From 4b3fc95cce2e262c8570ac41b7eb3958badbdb49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Mon, 13 Jul 2015 22:12:57 +0000 Subject: minitoc v61 (13jul15) git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@37852 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/en-mtc.bst | 1349 - Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst | 1385 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/CATALOG | 14 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/INSTALL | 204 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/README | 49 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/TODO | 5 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aaland-f.png | Bin 3119 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadian-m.pdf | Bin 393062 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadie-f.png | Bin 3527 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadien-m.pdf | Bin 402700 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afghan-f.png | Bin 49669 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lf.png | Bin 107791 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lo.pdf | Bin 45739 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-l.pdf | Bin 13660 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-p.pdf | Bin 21077 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alb2.png | Bin 21637 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alba-eth.pdf | Bin 21926 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania-f.png | Bin 1235 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania.pdf | Bin 17669 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/algeria-f.png | Bin 15661 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/allemand.jpg | Bin 49777 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alsace-f.png | Bin 82507 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/andorra-f.png | Bin 60613 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/anglo1.pdf | Bin 33283 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/angola-f.png | Bin 10961 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arab-l.jpg | Bin 2201 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arabw.png | Bin 8563 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/argentina-f.png | Bin 30971 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenia-f.png | Bin 2258 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniad.pdf | Bin 48294 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenian-l.png | Bin 1395 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniar.jpg | Bin 274185 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aruba-f.png | Bin 4980 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/australia-f.png | Bin 16290 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/austria-f.png | Bin 2954 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/azerbaijan-f.png | Bin 7861 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahamas-f.png | Bin 7907 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahrain-f.png | Bin 4207 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/baltes.jpg | Bin 84525 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla.png | Bin 735 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla1.png | Bin 11563 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla2.png | Bin 12870 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangladesh-f.png | Bin 9520 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/barbados-f.png | Bin 10089 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-de.png | Bin 69839 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-df.png | Bin 70527 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque1.pdf | Bin 10430 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque2.pdf | Bin 10502 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/be-dg-f.png | Bin 4524 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belarus-f.png | Bin 11363 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgique.pdf | Bin 72153 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgium-f.png | Bin 1602 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belize-f.png | Bin 120008 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bengali-m.jpg | Bin 70364 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/benin-f.png | Bin 2961 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty | 11 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolivia-f.png | Bin 3028 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolzano-f.png | Bin 67415 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia-hz-f.png | Bin 17499 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia.pdf | Bin 26311 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bozen-f.png | Bin 17029 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil-f.png | Bin 36091 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil.pdf | Bin 12018 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazilp.pdf | Bin 232272 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bretagne.pdf | Bin 19890 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brussels-f.png | Bin 37381 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgaria-f.png | Bin 1345 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgariar.jpg | Bin 338258 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgarski.png | Bin 289 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgmap.png | Bin 12078 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bur-f.png | Bin 8859 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burkina-f.png | Bin 7088 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burundi-f.png | Bin 19010 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia-l.pdf | Bin 14870 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia.pdf | Bin 19919 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/california-f.png | Bin 62780 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cambodia-f.png | Bin 31840 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cameroon-f.png | Bin 4390 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-f.png | Bin 10905 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-l.pdf | Bin 134091 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pe.png | Bin 250520 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pf.pdf | Bin 402604 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada.pdf | Bin 31248 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada1.pdf | Bin 42966 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cap-verde-f.png | Bin 7976 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/castille-f.png | Bin 54017 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-d.pdf | Bin 20124 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-p.pdf | Bin 22696 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalonia-f.png | Bin 2304 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/caucasus.pdf | Bin 22073 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/central-africa-f.png | Bin 6446 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chad-f.png | Bin 2964 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chile-f.png | Bin 6543 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ae.png | Bin 87738 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-af.png | Bin 85689 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ch.png | Bin 85142 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-f.png | Bin 11831 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-l.pdf | Bin 52562 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-w.png | Bin 1557 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine1.pdf | Bin 264075 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine2.pdf | Bin 31293 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cis-f.png | Bin 24184 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cmk | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/colombia-f.png | Bin 1948 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/comoros-f.png | Bin 8739 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/congo-f.png | Bin 4057 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/corsica-f.jpg | Bin 17220 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/costa-rica-f.jpg | Bin 2557 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplp-0.png | Bin 12565 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplpmap.png | Bin 30813 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-f.png | Bin 24210 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-un.png | Bin 182313 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatie2.png | Bin 5108 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cuba-f.png | Bin 12086 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyprus-f.png | Bin 21107 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyr-alf.png | Bin 10776 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz1.pdf | Bin 7636 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz3.png | Bin 32250 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czech-f.png | Bin 7118 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czechd.pdf | Bin 45877 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dane-f.png | Bin 1153 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danemark.jpg | Bin 25726 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishd.pdf | Bin 76487 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishg.pdf | Bin 36033 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty | 367 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/devanagari.png | Bin 469 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/djibouti-f.png | Bin 9957 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominica-f.png | Bin 24131 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominican-f.png | Bin 30342 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dutchw.pdf | Bin 36877 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/east-timor-f.png | Bin 12615 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse1.pdf | Bin 22098 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse2.pdf | Bin 33142 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse3.pdf | Bin 20369 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecuador-f.jpg | Bin 48875 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/egypt-f.png | Bin 22706 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/el-salvador-f.png | Bin 33850 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/emk | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/en-mtc.bst | 1351 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/england-f.jpg | Bin 2743 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/equa-guinea-f.png | Bin 17587 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eritrea-f.png | Bin 27373 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-l.pdf | Bin 16414 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-o.png | Bin 30057 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/esperanto-f.png | Bin 5524 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-a.pdf | Bin 101781 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-b.pdf | Bin 140972 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-f.png | Bin 2828 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eth2.png | Bin 856 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiolang.png | Bin 121058 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-f.png | Bin 12881 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-p.pdf | Bin 14060 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.pdf | Bin 21357 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan.png | Bin 338723 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan1.png | Bin 135300 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan2.png | Bin 105637 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eusk-f.png | Bin 22270 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euskara.png | Bin 1012243 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.pdf | Bin 0 -> 58537 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.tex | 187 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.pdf | Bin 0 -> 59550 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.tex | 174 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.pdf | Bin 0 -> 114282 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.tex | 230 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.bib | 131 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.pdf | Bin 0 -> 117158 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.tex | 271 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.pdf | Bin 0 -> 122809 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.tex | 335 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.pdf | Bin 0 -> 80090 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.tex | 178 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.pdf | Bin 0 -> 62702 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.tex | 177 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.pdf | Bin 0 -> 103242 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.tex | 317 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.pdf | Bin 0 -> 105071 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.tex | 344 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.pdf | Bin 0 -> 140341 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.tex | 305 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.pdf | Bin 0 -> 55766 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.tex | 187 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.pdf | Bin 0 -> 118870 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.tex | 194 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.pdf | Bin 0 -> 27683 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.tex | 155 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.pdf | Bin 0 -> 37510 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.tex | 164 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.pdf | Bin 0 -> 40891 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.tex | 172 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.pdf | Bin 0 -> 24290 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.tex | 159 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.pdf | Bin 0 -> 38507 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.tex | 195 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.pdf | Bin 0 -> 38507 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.tex | 193 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.pdf | Bin 0 -> 50633 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.tex | 186 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.pdf | Bin 0 -> 50929 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.tex | 183 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.pdf | Bin 0 -> 78017 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.tex | 177 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.pdf | Bin 0 -> 250763 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.tex | 306 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.pdf | Bin 0 -> 73040 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.tex | 164 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.pdf | Bin 0 -> 60754 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.tex | 167 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.pdf | Bin 0 -> 67424 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.tex | 209 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.pdf | Bin 0 -> 67830 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.tex | 167 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.pdf | Bin 0 -> 119824 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.tex | 185 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.pdf | Bin 0 -> 70940 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.tex | 186 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.pdf | Bin 0 -> 60644 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.tex | 190 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.pdf | Bin 0 -> 47414 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.tex | 183 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.pdf | Bin 0 -> 49105 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.tex | 171 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.pdf | Bin 0 -> 58063 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.tex | 181 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.pdf | Bin 0 -> 56473 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.tex | 169 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.pdf | Bin 0 -> 68978 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.tex | 206 + .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.pdf | Bin 0 -> 29485 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.tex | 180 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/faroe-f.png | Bin 3461 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi-logo.png | Bin 2706 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi.pdf | Bin 12372 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/feroe.jpg | Bin 37249 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fiji-f.png | Bin 30868 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finland-f.png | Bin 2828 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande1.png | Bin 13679 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande2.pdf | Bin 12259 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishd.pdf | Bin 43075 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishl.pdf | Bin 30351 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/flanders-f.png | Bin 103014 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fmk | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst | 1387 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franc.sty | 22 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-f.png | Bin 2960 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-lr.png | Bin 162440 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franco.png | Bin 50707 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/francophonie-f.png | Bin 21708 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty | 45 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty | 51 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fswahili.pdf | Bin 16560 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gabon-f.png | Bin 1201 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gael-ft.pdf | Bin 5173 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gaid.jpg | Bin 1645 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-f.png | Bin 34573 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-m.pdf | Bin 12812 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-mp.pdf | Bin 15757 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galician-l.png | Bin 664412 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles1.pdf | Bin 42820 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles2.pdf | Bin 123201 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/georgia-f.png | Bin 9153 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germ-w.png | Bin 70240 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-c.pdf | Bin 121567 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-d.pdf | Bin 28946 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-m.pdf | Bin 72575 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germany-f.jpg | Bin 2545 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ghana-f.png | Bin 3849 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gibraltar-f.png | Bin 13567 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece1.pdf | Bin 23864 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece2.pdf | Bin 15796 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greece-f.png | Bin 3344 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greeka.png | Bin 4029 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greekm.jpg | Bin 177571 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greenland-f.png | Bin 11606 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guatemala-f.jpg | Bin 34451 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-bissau-f.png | Bin 5228 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-f.png | Bin 1275 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gwenn-f.png | Bin 24339 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/haiti-f.jpg | Bin 23938 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hangul.png | Bin 42985 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanja.png | Bin 2423 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanzi.png | Bin 9523 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hin.png | Bin 4578 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-b.png | Bin 211737 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-p.png | Bin 210792 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hispano.png | Bin 24318 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/honduras-f.png | Bin 7704 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hrv.png | Bin 3175 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun1.png | Bin 15510 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun2.jpg | Bin 77008 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hungary-f.png | Bin 2259 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iceland-f.png | Bin 3234 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/images/lamed3.png | Bin 0 -> 702 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imk | 2 +- .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imongolia-f.png | Bin 1229 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde1.pdf | Bin 23807 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde2.jpg | Bin 79670 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/india-f.png | Bin 27441 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia-f.png | Bin 1936 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia1.pdf | Bin 7469 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia2.pdf | Bin 29121 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iran-f.png | Bin 18003 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iranian.jpg | Bin 157993 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iraq-f.png | Bin 11026 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ireland-f.png | Bin 1493 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irish.png | Bin 69165 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irlande.pdf | Bin 14310 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-pbc.png | Bin 33106 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-sw.pdf | Bin 37756 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islande.png | Bin 15012 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islandep.jpg | Bin 135468 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr1.pdf | Bin 46269 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr2.pdf | Bin 46735 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/israel-f.png | Bin 10873 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italian.pdf | Bin 21462 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italo1.png | Bin 228306 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italy-f.png | Bin 2964 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italysm.png | Bin 19520 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivory-f.png | Bin 1269 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivrit.png | Bin 408 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jamaica-f.png | Bin 4239 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japan-f.png | Bin 10848 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon1.pdf | Bin 26938 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon2.jpg | Bin 48978 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jordan-f.png | Bin 3970 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jutland-f.png | Bin 9563 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kannada-n.png | Bin 2149 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnad1.jpg | Bin 117083 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka-f.jpg | Bin 110702 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka.jpg | Bin 12471 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kazakhstan-f.png | Bin 54898 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kenya-f.png | Bin 20232 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala-f.jpg | Bin 28540 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala.jpg | Bin 32231 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/khalkha.pdf | Bin 18079 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kiribati-f.png | Bin 21914 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-n-f.png | Bin 10692 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-s-f.png | Bin 31599 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean1.png | Bin 18362 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean2.jpg | Bin 90405 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-alb.png | Bin 7252 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-ml.png | Bin 29944 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kosovo-f.png | Bin 19547 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kuwait-f.png | Bin 3259 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kyrgyzstan-f.png | Bin 42282 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lamed3.png | Bin 702 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lang-g.png | Bin 45792 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/laos-f.png | Bin 5993 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvia-f.png | Bin 1490 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-d.png | Bin 161391 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-r1.png | Bin 10589 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lebanon-f.png | Bin 20224 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lettonie.jpg | Bin 244077 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/leur.png | Bin 242171 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liberia-f.png | Bin 4094 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/libya-f.jpg | Bin 2163 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liech-f.png | Bin 24014 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lithuania-f.jpg | Bin 2550 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lituanie.png | Bin 61427 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lorraine-f.jpg | Bin 61720 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/louisiana-f.png | Bin 126070 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ls-f.png | Bin 37252 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso1.pdf | Bin 33349 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso2.pdf | Bin 32977 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lux-f.png | Bin 1344 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macau-f.png | Bin 23533 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macedonia-f.png | Bin 8097 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/madagascar-f.png | Bin 2976 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/maine-f.jpg | Bin 61342 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malawi-f.png | Bin 13020 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.pdf | Bin 9735 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.png | Bin 298 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia-f.png | Bin 16516 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia1.pdf | Bin 5559 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia2.pdf | Bin 18752 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mali-f.png | Bin 1275 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malta1-f.png | Bin 1297 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchu.jpg | Bin 148167 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchuria.jpg | Bin 62568 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjuc.jpg | Bin 17353 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjui.png | Bin 1203 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritania-f.png | Bin 13704 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritius-f.png | Bin 2987 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex1.pdf | Bin 150565 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex2.pdf | Bin 140446 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex3.pdf | Bin 187020 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexico-f.jpg | Bin 43952 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexip.pdf | Bin 329336 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/meyalu.png | Bin 741 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.bib | 429 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx | 141 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.ist | 3 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.lan | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf | Bin 28119760 -> 1874648 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bib | 429 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bug | 8 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx | 60174 +++++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins | 2179 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ist | 11 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.l | 465 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.lan | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pdf | Bin 27763275 -> 1698338 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pre | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sum | 3 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/moldova-f.png | Bin 22114 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/monaco-f.png | Bin 3211 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mondep.png | Bin 198974 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongasie.pdf | Bin 41556 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolcy.png | Bin 4117 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolia-f.png | Bin 10571 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolian.pdf | Bin 17102 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongols.png | Bin 82852 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongoltr.png | Bin 21731 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/montenegro-f.jpg | Bin 34224 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/morocco-f.png | Bin 13540 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mozambique-f.png | Bin 29113 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.pdf | Bin 46121 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.tex | 84 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.pdf | Bin 65560 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.tex | 71 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.pdf | Bin 87083 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.tex | 127 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.bib | 36 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.pdf | Bin 83324 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.tex | 168 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.pdf | Bin 89449 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.tex | 232 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.pdf | Bin 59328 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.tex | 75 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.pdf | Bin 42209 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.tex | 74 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.pdf | Bin 91429 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.tex | 214 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.pdf | Bin 95935 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.tex | 241 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.pdf | Bin 147768 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.tex | 202 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.pdf | Bin 34049 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.tex | 84 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.pdf | Bin 128644 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.tex | 91 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.pdf | Bin 17641 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.tex | 52 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.pdf | Bin 45263 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.tex | 61 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.pdf | Bin 51333 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.tex | 69 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.pdf | Bin 29713 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.tex | 56 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.pdf | Bin 24435 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.tex | 92 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.pdf | Bin 24430 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.tex | 90 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.pdf | Bin 35299 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.tex | 83 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.pdf | Bin 35836 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.tex | 80 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.pdf | Bin 47969 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.tex | 74 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.pdf | Bin 265416 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.tex | 203 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.pdf | Bin 41597 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.tex | 61 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.pdf | Bin 35748 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.tex | 64 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.pdf | Bin 45658 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.tex | 106 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.pdf | Bin 40133 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.tex | 64 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.pdf | Bin 125689 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.tex | 82 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.pdf | Bin 55926 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.tex | 83 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.pdf | Bin 35514 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.tex | 87 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.pdf | Bin 30584 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.tex | 80 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.pdf | Bin 31179 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.tex | 68 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.pdf | Bin 38350 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.tex | 78 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.pdf | Bin 28958 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.tex | 66 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.pdf | Bin 24154 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.tex | 51 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.pdf | Bin 41640 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.tex | 103 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.pdf | Bin 33365 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.tex | 77 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty | 45 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/namibia-f.png | Bin 25869 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nbrunswick-f.png | Bin 147585 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ncyprus-f.png | Bin 15366 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/neder.pdf | Bin 18059 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-antilles-f.png | Bin 8753 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-f.png | Bin 2960 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/new-york-f.png | Bin 103226 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/newzealand-f.png | Bin 15613 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nicaragua-f.png | Bin 22719 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nice-f.png | Bin 73049 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/niger-f.png | Bin 7110 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nigeria-f.png | Bin 2262 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nihongo.png | Bin 5428 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-c.pdf | Bin 92470 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-t.pdf | Bin 26795 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-f.png | Bin 3459 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-p.pdf | Bin 877872 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occ-f.png | Bin 51828 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial1.jpg | Bin 73671 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial2.png | Bin 20189 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occitanie.png | Bin 73408 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occtaur.jpg | Bin 108103 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/oman-f.png | Bin 16559 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/opole-f.png | Bin 1955 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pakistan-f.png | Bin 15451 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/palestine-f.png | Bin 3592 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/panama-f.png | Bin 4949 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay-f.png | Bin 25509 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay.png | Bin 27880 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguayp.pdf | Bin 229191 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/peru-f.png | Bin 2953 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/philippines-f.png | Bin 23177 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pmk | 1344 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/poland-f.png | Bin 2763 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polish-d.jpg | Bin 344257 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polmin.jpg | Bin 39886 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pologne.pdf | Bin 17097 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polski-f.png | Bin 57992 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-a.png | Bin 13499 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-b.png | Bin 22243 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-p.jpg | Bin 55300 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-r.jpg | Bin 213731 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal-f.png | Bin 36313 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal.pdf | Bin 16538 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/puerto-rico-f.png | Bin 16308 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/qatar-f.png | Bin 5867 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/quebec-f.png | Bin 12950 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rdcongo-f.png | Bin 11867 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rmk | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romania-f.png | Bin 1274 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romanian.pdf | Bin 16752 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-cyr.png | Bin 6984 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-re.png | Bin 60552 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-su.pdf | Bin 163501 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russia-f.png | Bin 1258 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-e.pdf | Bin 28111 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-n.png | Bin 559 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-w.png | Bin 20516 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian.png | Bin 10886 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rwanda-f.png | Bin 16324 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saint-lucia-f.png | Bin 9718 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same-f.png | Bin 38881 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same.png | Bin 329201 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sami-f.png | Bin 19612 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/samoa-f.png | Bin 7859 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/san-marino-f.png | Bin 98499 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sao-f.png | Bin 6317 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/saudi-arabia-f.png | Bin 39688 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/scotland-f.png | Bin 7394 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/senegal-f.png | Bin 6885 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serb-a.pdf | Bin 243067 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f.png | Bin 2957 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f2.png | Bin 68330 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia1.pdf | Bin 25369 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/seychelles-f.png | Bin 5988 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/singapore-f.png | Bin 13573 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovak-ok.png | Bin 184559 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia-f.png | Bin 16262 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia.pdf | Bin 33982 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenia-f.png | Bin 10957 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenian.png | Bin 43400 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenie.pdf | Bin 67453 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/solomon-islands-f.png | Bin 14883 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/somalia-f.png | Bin 7644 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-1.jpg | Bin 59869 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-2.jpg | Bin 7676 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorben.jpg | Bin 1227217 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorbian.jpg | Bin 97370 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/south-africa-f.png | Bin 12940 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain-f.png | Bin 39634 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain.png | Bin 129077 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spilhennig.png | Bin 4273 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/start.jpg | Bin 3137 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/stop.png | Bin 4179 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sudan-f.png | Bin 2730 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-a.pdf | Bin 12173 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-fin.pdf | Bin 69793 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suisse-f.png | Bin 1169 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suriname-f.png | Bin 7676 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/svenska.png | Bin 56812 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili-m.png | Bin 9473 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili.pdf | Bin 11719 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden-f.png | Bin 2797 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden.pdf | Bin 38698 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/syria-f.png | Bin 6345 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/taiwan-f.png | Bin 14579 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tajikistan-f.png | Bin 10567 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tanzania-f.png | Bin 4093 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.pdf | Bin 15148 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.png | Bin 409 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thailand-f.png | Bin 1984 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tmk | 591 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/togo-f.png | Bin 7717 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tonga-f.png | Bin 2346 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tunisia-f.png | Bin 18321 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkey-f.png | Bin 15380 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkish.png | Bin 30578 -> 0 bytes .../doc/latex/minitoc/turkmenistan-f.png | Bin 73787 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turquie.pdf | Bin 15847 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tuvalu-f.png | Bin 21496 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uae-f.png | Bin 2290 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uganda-f.png | Bin 19055 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur-f.png | Bin 14948 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur.pdf | Bin 21608 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uk-f.png | Bin 8024 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukra.png | Bin 1802 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine-f.png | Bin 2948 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine.jpg | Bin 49930 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukrainep.pdf | Bin 199066 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uruguay-f.png | Bin 39817 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/us-f.png | Bin 11503 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/usa-f.png | Bin 20040 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uzbekistan-f.png | Bin 10130 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vanuatu-f.png | Bin 28302 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vatican-f.jpg | Bin 46153 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/venezuela-f.png | Bin 14478 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vermont-f.png | Bin 82268 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet-w.pdf | Bin 32399 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet2.pdf | Bin 39933 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet3.pdf | Bin 12213 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet4.pdf | Bin 38147 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vietnam-f.png | Bin 10617 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vojvodina-f.png | Bin 8886 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wales-f.png | Bin 93224 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonia-f.png | Bin 63477 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonie.pdf | Bin 72153 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wiki.png | Bin 13819 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wikif.png | Bin 28766 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-a.png | Bin 204324 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-c.png | Bin 51560 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiang.png | Bin 35573 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiangc.png | Bin 16088 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xmk | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xyugo.png | Bin 177060 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/yemen-f.png | Bin 1264 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zambia-f.png | Bin 20204 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zanzibar-f.png | Bin 9960 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zimbabwe-f.png | Bin 18277 -> 0 bytes .../texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx | 38 - Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx | 65296 ------------------- Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins | 2179 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/UKenglish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/USenglish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadien.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaan.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaans.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/albanian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/american.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabi.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabic.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/armenian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/australian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/austrian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasa.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasai.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasam.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bangla.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/basque.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bengali.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bithe.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty | 11 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazil.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazilian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/breton.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/british.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarianb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadien.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillan.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/catalan.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/croatian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/czech.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/danish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty | 367 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/devanagari.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dutch.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english1.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperant.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperanto.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/estonian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/franc.sty | 22 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/francais.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty | 45 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french1.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchle.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchpro.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty | 51 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/galician.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/german.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-mono.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polydemo.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polykatha.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/guarani.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mlo | 8 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew2.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi-modern.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hungarian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/icelandic.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indon.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indonesian.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/interlingua.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/irish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/kannada.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/khalkha.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian2.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lowersorbian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lsorbian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malay.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-b.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli2.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-mr.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mlo | 20 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana2.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/manju.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mexican.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/meyalu.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sty | 113 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongol.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcmess.sty | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcoff.sty | 111 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcpatchmem.sty | 111 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty | 45 - Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/naustrian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/newzealand.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngerman.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polski.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuges.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuguese.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian3.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mlo | 20 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mlo | 20 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mlo | 22 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mlo | 20 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo | 2 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mld | 109 +- .../tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2m.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2o.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianc.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/samin.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/scottish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbianc.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovak.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovene.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish4.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swahili.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mlo | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/turkish.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur3.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukraineb.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukrainian.mld | 109 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uppersorbian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/usorbian.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnam.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnamese.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/welsh.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx2.mld | 109 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx3.mld | 109 +- 877 files changed, 94401 insertions(+), 78183 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/en-mtc.bst delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/CATALOG delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aaland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadian-m.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadie-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadien-m.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afghan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lf.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lo.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-l.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-p.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alb2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alba-eth.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/algeria-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/allemand.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alsace-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/andorra-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/anglo1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/angola-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arab-l.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arabw.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/argentina-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniad.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenian-l.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniar.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aruba-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/australia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/austria-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/azerbaijan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahamas-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahrain-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/baltes.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangladesh-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/barbados-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-de.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-df.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/be-dg-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belarus-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgique.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgium-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belize-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bengali-m.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/benin-f.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolivia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolzano-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia-hz-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bozen-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazilp.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bretagne.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brussels-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgaria-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgariar.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgarski.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgmap.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bur-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burkina-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burundi-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia-l.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/california-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cambodia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cameroon-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-l.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pe.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pf.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cap-verde-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/castille-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-d.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-p.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalonia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/caucasus.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/central-africa-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chad-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chile-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ae.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-af.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ch.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-l.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-w.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cis-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/colombia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/comoros-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/congo-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/corsica-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/costa-rica-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplp-0.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplpmap.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-un.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatie2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cuba-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyprus-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyr-alf.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz3.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czech-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czechd.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dane-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danemark.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishd.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishg.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/devanagari.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/djibouti-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominica-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominican-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dutchw.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/east-timor-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse3.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecuador-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/egypt-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/el-salvador-f.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/en-mtc.bst delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/england-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/equa-guinea-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eritrea-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-l.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-o.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/esperanto-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-a.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-b.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eth2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiolang.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-p.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eusk-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euskara.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.bib create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/faroe-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi-logo.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/feroe.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fiji-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishd.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishl.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/flanders-f.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franc.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-lr.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franco.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/francophonie-f.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fswahili.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gabon-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gael-ft.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gaid.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-m.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-mp.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galician-l.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/georgia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germ-w.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-c.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-d.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-m.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germany-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ghana-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gibraltar-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greece-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greeka.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greekm.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greenland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guatemala-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-bissau-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gwenn-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/haiti-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hangul.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanja.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanzi.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hin.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-b.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-p.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hispano.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/honduras-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hrv.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun2.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hungary-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iceland-f.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/images/lamed3.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imongolia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde2.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/india-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iran-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iranian.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iraq-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ireland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irish.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irlande.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-pbc.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-sw.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islande.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islandep.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/israel-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italian.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italo1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italy-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italysm.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivory-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivrit.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jamaica-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon2.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jordan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jutland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kannada-n.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnad1.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kazakhstan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kenya-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/khalkha.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kiribati-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-n-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-s-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean2.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-alb.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-ml.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kosovo-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kuwait-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kyrgyzstan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lamed3.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lang-g.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/laos-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-d.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-r1.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lebanon-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lettonie.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/leur.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liberia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/libya-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liech-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lithuania-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lituanie.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lorraine-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/louisiana-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ls-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lux-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macau-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macedonia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/madagascar-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/maine-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malawi-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mali-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malta1-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchu.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchuria.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjuc.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjui.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritania-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritius-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex3.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexico-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexip.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/meyalu.png create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/moldova-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/monaco-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mondep.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongasie.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolcy.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolian.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongols.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongoltr.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/montenegro-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/morocco-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mozambique-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.bib delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/namibia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nbrunswick-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ncyprus-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/neder.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-antilles-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/new-york-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/newzealand-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nicaragua-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nice-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/niger-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nigeria-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nihongo.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-c.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-t.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-p.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occ-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial1.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occitanie.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occtaur.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/oman-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/opole-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pakistan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/palestine-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/panama-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguayp.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/peru-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/philippines-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/poland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polish-d.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polmin.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pologne.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polski-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-a.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-b.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-p.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-r.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/puerto-rico-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/qatar-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/quebec-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rdcongo-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romania-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romanian.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-cyr.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-re.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-su.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-e.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-n.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-w.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rwanda-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saint-lucia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sami-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/samoa-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/san-marino-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sao-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saudi-arabia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/scotland-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/senegal-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serb-a.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f2.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia1.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/seychelles-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/singapore-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovak-ok.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenian.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenie.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/solomon-islands-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/somalia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-1.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-2.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorben.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorbian.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/south-africa-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spilhennig.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/start.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/stop.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sudan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-a.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-fin.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suisse-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suriname-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/svenska.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili-m.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/syria-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/taiwan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tajikistan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tanzania-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thailand-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/togo-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tonga-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tunisia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkey-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkish.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkmenistan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turquie.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tuvalu-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uae-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uganda-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uk-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukra.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukrainep.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uruguay-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/us-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/usa-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uzbekistan-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vanuatu-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vatican-f.jpg delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/venezuela-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vermont-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet-w.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet2.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet3.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet4.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vietnam-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vojvodina-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wales-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonie.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wiki.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wikif.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-a.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-c.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiang.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiangc.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xyugo.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/yemen-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zambia-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zanzibar-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zimbabwe-f.png delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/franc.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty (limited to 'Master') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/en-mtc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/en-mtc.bst deleted file mode 100644 index d730b3ea017..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/en-mtc.bst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1349 +0,0 @@ -%%% Modification of BibTeX style file /usr/share/texmf/bibtex/bst/base/plain.bst -%%% ... by urlbst, version 0.5 (marked with "% urlbst") -%%% See -%%% Added webpage entry type, and url and lastchecked fields. -%%% Original headers follow... - - -ENTRY - { address - author - booktitle - chapter - edition - editor - howpublished - institution - journal - key - month - note - number - organization - pages - publisher - school - series - title - type - volume - year - eprint % urlbst - doi % urlbst - url % urlbst - lastchecked % urlbst - } - {} - { label } - -INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } - -STRINGS { urlintro eprinturl eprintprefix doiprefix doiurl } % urlbst... -INTEGERS { hrefform addeprints adddoiresolver } -% Following constants may be adjusted by hand, if desired -FUNCTION {init.config.constants} -{ - "Available from: " 'urlintro := % prefix before URL - "http://arxiv.org/abs/" 'eprinturl := % prefix to make URL from eprint ref - "arXiv:" 'eprintprefix := % text prefix printed before eprint ref - "http://dx.doi.org/" 'doiurl := % prefix to make URL from DOI - "doi:" 'doiprefix := % text prefix printed before DOI ref - #0 'addeprints := % 0=no eprints; 1=include eprints - #0 'adddoiresolver := % 0=no DOI resolver; 1=include it - #0 'hrefform := % 0=no crossrefs; 1=hypertex xrefs; 2=hyperref refs -} -INTEGERS { - bracket.state - outside.brackets - open.brackets - within.brackets - close.brackets -} -% ...urlbst to here -FUNCTION {init.state.consts} -{ #0 'outside.brackets := % urlbst - #1 'open.brackets := - #2 'within.brackets := - #3 'close.brackets := - - #0 'before.all := - #1 'mid.sentence := - #2 'after.sentence := - #3 'after.block := -} - -STRINGS { s t } - -% urlbst -FUNCTION {output.nonnull.original} -{ 's := - output.state mid.sentence = - { ", " * write$ } - { output.state after.block = - { add.period$ write$ - newline$ - "\newblock " write$ - } - { output.state before.all = - 'write$ - { add.period$ " " * write$ } - if$ - } - if$ - mid.sentence 'output.state := - } - if$ - s -} - -% urlbst... -FUNCTION {output.nonnull} -{ % Save the thing we've been asked to output - 's := - % If the bracket-state is close.brackets, then add a close-bracket to - % what is currently at the top of the stack, and set bracket.state - % to outside.brackets - bracket.state close.brackets = - { "]" * - outside.brackets 'bracket.state := - } - 'skip$ - if$ - bracket.state outside.brackets = - { % We're outside all brackets -- this is the normal situation. - % Write out what's currently at the top of the stack, using the - % original output.nonnull function. - s - output.nonnull.original - } - { % Still in brackets. Add open-bracket or (continuation) comma, add the - % new text (in s) to the top of the stack, and move to the close-brackets - % state, ready for next time (unless inbrackets resets it). If we come - % into this branch, then output.state is carefully undisturbed. - bracket.state open.brackets = - { " [" * } - { ", " * } % bracket.state will be within.brackets - if$ - s * - close.brackets 'bracket.state := - } - if$ -} - -% Call this function just before adding something which should be presented in -% brackets. bracket.state is handled specially within output.nonnull. -FUNCTION {inbrackets} -{ bracket.state close.brackets = - { within.brackets 'bracket.state := } % reset the state: not open nor closed - { open.brackets 'bracket.state := } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.lastchecked} -{ lastchecked empty$ - { "" } - { inbrackets "cited " lastchecked * } - if$ -} -% ...urlbst to here - -FUNCTION {output} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.check} -{ 't := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.bibitem} -{ outside.brackets 'bracket.state := % urlbst - newline$ - "\bibitem{" write$ - cite$ write$ - "}" write$ - newline$ - "" - before.all 'output.state := -} - -FUNCTION {fin.entry} -{ - bracket.state close.brackets = % urlbst - { "]" * } - 'skip$ - if$ - add.period$ - write$ - newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block} -{ output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.block 'output.state := } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.sentence} -{ output.state after.block = - 'skip$ - { output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.sentence 'output.state := } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {not} -{ { #0 } - { #1 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {and} -{ 'skip$ - { pop$ #0 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {or} -{ { pop$ #1 } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block.checka} -{ empty$ - 'skip$ - 'new.block - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} -{ empty$ - swap$ empty$ - and - 'skip$ - 'new.block - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} -{ empty$ - 'skip$ - 'new.sentence - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} -{ empty$ - swap$ empty$ - and - 'skip$ - 'new.sentence - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {field.or.null} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {emphasize} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {slant} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\emph{\sffamily " swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} - -INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } - -FUNCTION {format.names} -{ 's := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr "{ff~}\bgroup\scshape {vv~}{ll}\egroup{{}}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := - nameptr #1 > - { namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { numnames #2 > - { "," * } - 'skip$ - if$ - t "others" = - { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } - { " and " * t * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.authors} -{ author empty$ - { "" } - { author format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.editors} -{ editor empty$ - { "" } - { editor format.names - editor num.names$ #1 > - { ", editors" * } - { ", editor" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.title} -{ title empty$ - { "" } - %{ title "t" change.case$ } On laisse le titre tel quel. - { title } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {n.dashify} -{ 't := - "" - { t empty$ not } - { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = - { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not - { "--" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } - { "-" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - while$ - } - if$ - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.date} -{ year empty$ - { month empty$ - { "" } - { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ - month - } - if$ - } - { month empty$ - { "\oldstylenums{" year * "}" * } - { month " " * "\oldstylenums{" * year * "}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.btitle} -{ title emphasize -} - -FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} -{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < - { "~" } - { " " } - if$ - swap$ * * -} - -FUNCTION {either.or.check} -{ empty$ - 'pop$ - { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.bvolume} -{ volume empty$ - { "" } - { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect - series empty$ - 'skip$ - { " of " * series emphasize * } - if$ - "volume and number" number either.or.check - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.number.series} -{ volume empty$ - { number empty$ - { series field.or.null } - { output.state mid.sentence = - { "number" } - { "Number" } - if$ - number tie.or.space.connect - series empty$ - { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } - { " in " * series * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.edition} -{ edition empty$ - { "" } - { output.state mid.sentence = - { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } - { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -INTEGERS { multiresult } - -FUNCTION {multi.page.check} -{ 't := - #0 'multiresult := - { multiresult not - t empty$ not - and - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "-" = - swap$ duplicate$ "," = - swap$ "+" = - or or - { #1 'multiresult := } - { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } - if$ - } - while$ - multiresult -} - -FUNCTION {format.pages} -{ pages empty$ - { "" } - { pages multi.page.check - { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } - { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} -{ volume field.or.null - number empty$ - 'skip$ - { "(" number * ")" * * - volume empty$ - { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - pages empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ format.pages } - { ":" * pages n.dashify * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} -{ chapter empty$ - 'format.pages - { type empty$ - { "chapter" } - { type "l" change.case$ } - if$ - chapter tie.or.space.connect - pages empty$ - 'skip$ - { ", " * format.pages * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} -{ booktitle empty$ - { "" } - { editor empty$ - { "In " booktitle slant * } - { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle slant * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} -{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ - month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ - and and and and and - key empty$ not and - { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} -{ type empty$ - 'skip$ - { pop$ - type "t" change.case$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.tr.number} -{ type empty$ - { "Technical Report" } - 'type - if$ - number empty$ - { "t" change.case$ } - { number tie.or.space.connect } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} -{ key empty$ - { journal empty$ - { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * - warning$ - "" - } - { "In \emph{\sffamily " journal * "}" * } - if$ - } - { "In " key * } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} - -FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} -{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - editor num.names$ duplicate$ - #2 > - { pop$ " et~al." * } - { #2 < - 'skip$ - { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = - { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } - { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} -{ volume empty$ - { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ - "In " - } - { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect - " of " * - } - if$ - editor empty$ - editor field.or.null author field.or.null = - or - { key empty$ - { series empty$ - { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * - crossref * warning$ - "" * - } - { "\emph{\sffamily " * series * "}" * } - if$ - } - { key * } - if$ - } - { format.crossref.editor * } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} - -FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} -{ editor empty$ - editor field.or.null author field.or.null = - or - { key empty$ - { booktitle empty$ - { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * - crossref * warning$ - "" - } - { "In \emph{\sffamily " booktitle * "}" * } - if$ - } - { "In " key * } - if$ - } - { "In " format.crossref.editor * } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} - -% urlbst... -% Functions for making hypertext links. -% In all cases, the stack has (link-text href-url) -% -% make 'null' specials -FUNCTION {make.href.null} -{ - pop$ -} -% make hypertex specials -FUNCTION {make.href.hypertex} -{ - "\special {html: }" * swap$ * - "\special {html:}" * -} -% make hyperref specials -FUNCTION {make.href.hyperref} -{ - "\href {" swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {make.href} -{ hrefform #2 = - 'make.href.hyperref % hrefform = 2 - { hrefform #1 = - 'make.href.hypertex % hrefform = 1 - 'make.href.null % hrefform = 0 (or anything else) - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.url} -{ url empty$ - { "" } - { hrefform #1 = - { % special case -- add HyperTeX specials - urlintro "\url{" url * "}" * url make.href.hypertex * } - { urlintro "\url{" * url * "}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.eprint} -{ eprint empty$ - { "" } - { eprintprefix eprint * eprinturl eprint * make.href } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.doi} -{ doi empty$ - { "" } - { doiprefix doi * doiurl doi * make.href } - if$ -} - -% Output a URL. We can't use the more normal idiom (something like -% `format.url output'), because the `inbrackets' within -% format.lastchecked applies to everything between calls to `output', -% so that `format.url format.lastchecked * output' ends up with both -% the URL and the lastchecked in brackets. -FUNCTION {output.url} -{ url empty$ - 'skip$ - { new.block - format.url output - format.lastchecked output - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.web.refs} -{ - new.block - output.url - addeprints eprint empty$ not and - { format.eprint output.nonnull } - 'skip$ - if$ - adddoiresolver doi empty$ not and - { format.doi output.nonnull } - 'skip$ - if$ -% addeprints -% { eprint empty$ -% 'skip$ -% { format.eprint output.nonnull } -% if$ -% } -% 'skip$ -% if$ -} - -% Webpage entry type. -% Title and url fields required; -% author, note, year, month, and lastchecked fields optional -% See references -% ISO 690-2 http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm -% http://www.classroom.net/classroom/CitingNetResources.html -% http://neal.ctstateu.edu/history/cite.html -% http://www.cas.usf.edu/english/walker/mla.html -% for citation formats for web pages. -FUNCTION {webpage} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { editor empty$ - 'skip$ % author and editor both optional - { format.editors output.nonnull } - if$ - } - { editor empty$ - { format.authors output.nonnull } - { "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ * warning$ } - if$ - } - if$ -% author empty$ -% 'skip$ -% { format.authors output.nonnull } -% if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - inbrackets "online" output -% new.block % NO PERIOD - year empty$ - 'skip$ - { format.date "year" output.check } - if$ - lastchecked empty$ - 'skip$ - { format.lastchecked output } - if$ - new.block - format.url "url" output.check - new.block - note output - fin.entry -} -% ...urlbst to here - - -FUNCTION {article} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - crossref missing$ - { journal slant "journal" output.check - format.vol.num.pages output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { format.article.crossref output.nonnull - format.pages output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {book} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - crossref missing$ - { format.bvolume output - new.block - format.number.series output - new.sentence - publisher "publisher" output.check - address output - } - { new.block - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.edition output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {booklet} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - howpublished address new.block.checkb - howpublished output - address output - format.date output - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {inbook} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - crossref missing$ - { format.bvolume output - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - new.block - format.number.series output - new.sentence - publisher "publisher" output.check - address output - } - { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - new.block - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.edition output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {incollection} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - format.chapter.pages output - new.sentence - publisher "publisher" output.check - address output - format.edition output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - format.chapter.pages output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {inproceedings} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - format.pages output - address empty$ - { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb - organization output - publisher output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { address output.nonnull - format.date "year" output.check - new.sentence - organization output - publisher output - } - if$ - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - format.pages output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } - -FUNCTION {manual} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { organization empty$ - 'skip$ - { organization output.nonnull - address output - } - if$ - } - { format.authors output.nonnull } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - author empty$ - { organization empty$ - { address new.block.checka - address output - } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { organization address new.block.checkb - organization output - address output - } - if$ - format.edition output - format.date output - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {mastersthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" output.check - address output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {misc} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - title howpublished new.block.checkb - format.btitle output - howpublished new.block.checka - howpublished output - format.date output - new.block - note output - address output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry - empty.misc.check -} - -FUNCTION {phdthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" output.check - address output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {proceedings} -{ output.bibitem - editor empty$ - { organization output } - { format.editors output.nonnull } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - address empty$ - { editor empty$ - { publisher new.sentence.checka } - { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb - organization output - } - if$ - publisher output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { address output.nonnull - format.date "year" output.check - new.sentence - editor empty$ - 'skip$ - { organization output } - if$ - publisher output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {techreport} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - format.tr.number output.nonnull - institution "institution" output.check - address output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {unpublished} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - new.block - note "note" output.check - format.date output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } - -MACRO {jan} {"January"} - -MACRO {feb} {"February"} - -MACRO {mar} {"March"} - -MACRO {apr} {"April"} - -MACRO {may} {"May"} - -MACRO {jun} {"June"} - -MACRO {jul} {"July"} - -MACRO {aug} {"August"} - -MACRO {sep} {"September"} - -MACRO {oct} {"October"} - -MACRO {nov} {"November"} - -MACRO {dec} {"December"} - -MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} - -MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} - -MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} - -MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} - -MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} - -MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} - -MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} - -MACRO {ieeetcad} - {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} - -MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} - -MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} - -MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} - -MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} - -MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} - -MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} - -MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} - -MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} - -MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} - -MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} - -MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} - -MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} - -READ - -FUNCTION {sortify} -{ purify$ - "l" change.case$ -} - -INTEGERS { len } - -FUNCTION {chop.word} -{ 's := - 'len := - s #1 len substring$ = - { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } - 's - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.names} -{ 's := - #1 'nameptr := - "" - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { nameptr #1 > - { " " * } - 'skip$ - if$ - s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := - nameptr numnames = t "others" = and - { " \upshape\rmfamily et al." * } - { t sortify * } - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.title} -{ 't := - "A " #2 - "An " #3 - "The " #4 t chop.word - chop.word - chop.word - sortify - #1 global.max$ substring$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.sort} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} -{ author empty$ - { organization empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} -{ editor empty$ - { organization empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {presort} -{ type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.sort - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.organization.sort - { type$ "manual" = - 'author.organization.sort - 'author.sort - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - " " - * - year field.or.null sortify - * - " " - * - title field.or.null - sort.format.title - * - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.key$ := -} - -ITERATE {presort} - -SORT - -STRINGS { longest.label } - -INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } - -FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} -{ "" 'longest.label := - #1 'number.label := - #0 'longest.label.width := -} - -FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} -{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := - number.label #1 + 'number.label := - label width$ longest.label.width > - { label 'longest.label := - label width$ 'longest.label.width := - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} - -ITERATE {longest.label.pass} - -FUNCTION {begin.bib} -{ preamble$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { preamble$ write$ newline$ } - if$ - "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ -} - -EXECUTE {begin.bib} - -EXECUTE {init.config.constants} -EXECUTE {init.state.consts} - -ITERATE {call.type$} - -FUNCTION {end.bib} -{ newline$ - "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ -} - -EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst deleted file mode 100644 index c68504c6baa..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1385 +0,0 @@ -%%% Modification of BibTeX style file frplain1.bst -%%% ... by urlbst, version 0.5 (marked with "% urlbst") -%%% See -%%% Added webpage entry type, and url and lastchecked fields. -%%% Added eprint support. -%%% Added DOI support. -%%% Added hyperref support. -%%% Original headers follow... - -% -% J'ai modifie' le style pour qu'il soit plus international. -% En plus les titres sont laisse's tels quels, avec majuscules/minuscules. -% -% Ronan Keryell@cri.ensmp.fr. -% -% 01/02/1995 : utilisation des macros de frbib.sty pour avoir des noms -% francise's pour les << editeur >>, << et >>, etc. -% -% 26/04/1994 : les noms passent en petites capitales. -% modification de la cle' dans format.lab.names -% et rajout des fonctions output.guillemet et -% output.check.guillemet. -% ??/02/2005 : (Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert) suppression d'une -% virgule avant л et ╗ dans une liste. -% 0202/2006 : (Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert) l'annщe en -% chiffres anciens. - -ENTRY - { address - author - booktitle - chapter - edition - editor - howpublished - institution - journal - key - month - note - number - organization - pages - publisher - school - series - title - type - volume - year - eprint % urlbst - doi % urlbst - url % urlbst - lastchecked % urlbst - } - {} - { label } - -INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } - -STRINGS { urlintro eprinturl eprintprefix doiprefix doiurl } % urlbst... -INTEGERS { hrefform addeprints adddoiresolver } -% Following constants may be adjusted by hand, if desired -FUNCTION {init.config.constants} -{ - "Disponible depuis: " 'urlintro := % prefix before URL - "http://arxiv.org/abs/" 'eprinturl := % prefix to make URL from eprint ref - "arXiv:" 'eprintprefix := % text prefix printed before eprint ref - "http://dx.doi.org/" 'doiurl := % prefix to make URL from DOI - "doi:" 'doiprefix := % text prefix printed before DOI ref - #1 'addeprints := % 0=no eprints; 1=include eprints - #1 'adddoiresolver := % 0=no DOI resolver; 1=include it - #2 'hrefform := % 0=no crossrefs; 1=hypertex xrefs; 2=hyperref refs -} -INTEGERS { - bracket.state - outside.brackets - open.brackets - within.brackets - close.brackets -} -% ...urlbst to here -FUNCTION {init.state.consts} -{ #0 'outside.brackets := % urlbst - #1 'open.brackets := - #2 'within.brackets := - #3 'close.brackets := - - #0 'before.all := - #1 'mid.sentence := - #2 'after.sentence := - #3 'after.block := -} - -STRINGS { s t } - -% urlbst -FUNCTION {output.nonnull.original} -{ 's := - output.state mid.sentence = - { ", " * write$ } - { output.state after.block = - { add.period$ write$ - newline$ - "\newblock " write$ - } - { output.state before.all = - 'write$ - { add.period$ " " * write$ } - if$ - } - if$ - mid.sentence 'output.state := - } - if$ - s -} - -% urlbst... -FUNCTION {output.nonnull} -{ % Save the thing we've been asked to output - 's := - % If the bracket-state is close.brackets, then add a close-bracket to - % what is currently at the top of the stack, and set bracket.state - % to outside.brackets - bracket.state close.brackets = - { "]" * - outside.brackets 'bracket.state := - } - 'skip$ - if$ - bracket.state outside.brackets = - { % We're outside all brackets -- this is the normal situation. - % Write out what's currently at the top of the stack, using the - % original output.nonnull function. - s - output.nonnull.original - } - { % Still in brackets. Add open-bracket or (continuation) comma, add the - % new text (in s) to the top of the stack, and move to the close-brackets - % state, ready for next time (unless inbrackets resets it). If we come - % into this branch, then output.state is carefully undisturbed. - bracket.state open.brackets = - { " [" * } - { ", " * } % bracket.state will be within.brackets - if$ - s * - close.brackets 'bracket.state := - } - if$ -} - -% Call this function just before adding something which should be presented in -% brackets. bracket.state is handled specially within output.nonnull. -FUNCTION {inbrackets} -{ bracket.state close.brackets = - { within.brackets 'bracket.state := } % reset the state: not open nor closed - { open.brackets 'bracket.state := } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.lastchecked} -{ lastchecked empty$ - { "" } - { inbrackets "cit\'e " lastchecked * } - if$ -} -% ...urlbst to here - -FUNCTION {output} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.guillemet} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - { "<<~" swap$ * "~>>" * output.nonnull } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.check} -{ 't := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.check.guillemet} -{ 't := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } - { "<<~" swap$ * "~>>" * output.nonnull } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.bibitem} -{ outside.brackets 'bracket.state := % urlbst - newline$ - "\bibitem{" write$ - cite$ write$ - "}" write$ - newline$ - "" - before.all 'output.state := -} - -FUNCTION {fin.entry} -{ - bracket.state close.brackets = % urlbst - { "]" * } - 'skip$ - if$ - add.period$ - write$ - newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block} -{ output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.block 'output.state := } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.sentence} -{ output.state after.block = - 'skip$ - { output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.sentence 'output.state := } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {not} -{ { #0 } - { #1 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {and} -{ 'skip$ - { pop$ #0 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {or} -{ { pop$ #1 } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block.checka} -{ empty$ - 'skip$ - 'new.block - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} -{ empty$ - swap$ empty$ - and - 'skip$ - 'new.block - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} -{ empty$ - 'skip$ - 'new.sentence - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} -{ empty$ - swap$ empty$ - and - 'skip$ - 'new.sentence - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {field.or.null} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {emphasize} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {slant} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\emph{\sffamily " swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} - -INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } - -FUNCTION {format.names} -{ 's := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr "{ff~}\bgroup\scshape {vv~}{ll}\egroup{{}}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := - nameptr #1 > - { namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { numnames #2 > -% { "," * } - { " " * } - 'skip$ - if$ - t "others" = - { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } - { " \andname{} " * t * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.authors} -{ author empty$ - { "" } - { author format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.editors} -{ editor empty$ - { "" } - { editor format.names - editor num.names$ #1 > - { ", \editornames{}" * } - { ", \editorname{}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.title} -{ title empty$ - { "" } - %{ title "t" change.case$ } On laisse le titre tel quel. - { title } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {n.dashify} -{ 't := - "" - { t empty$ not } - { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = - { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not - { "--" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } - { "-" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - while$ - } - if$ - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.date} -{ year empty$ - { month empty$ - { "" } - { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ - month - } - if$ - } - { month empty$ - { "\oldstylenums{" year * "}" * } - { month " " * "\oldstylenums{" * year * "}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.btitle} -{ title emphasize -} - -FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} -{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < - { "~" } - { " " } - if$ - swap$ * * -} - -FUNCTION {either.or.check} -{ empty$ - 'pop$ - { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.bvolume} -{ volume empty$ - { "" } - { "\volumename{}" volume tie.or.space.connect - series empty$ - 'skip$ - { " \ofname{} " * series emphasize * } - if$ - "\volumename{} \andname{} \numbername{}" number either.or.check - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.number.series} -{ volume empty$ - { number empty$ - { series field.or.null } - { output.state mid.sentence = - { "\numbername{}" } - { "\Numbername{}" } - if$ - number tie.or.space.connect - series empty$ - { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } - { " \inname{} " * series * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.edition} -{ edition empty$ - { "" } - { output.state mid.sentence = - { edition "l" change.case$ " \editionname{}" * } - { edition "t" change.case$ " \editionname{}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -INTEGERS { multiresult } - -FUNCTION {multi.page.check} -{ 't := - #0 'multiresult := - { multiresult not - t empty$ not - and - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "-" = - swap$ duplicate$ "," = - swap$ "+" = - or or - { #1 'multiresult := } - { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } - if$ - } - while$ - multiresult -} - -FUNCTION {format.pages} -{ pages empty$ - { "" } - { pages multi.page.check - { "\pagesname{}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } - { "\pagename{}" pages tie.or.space.connect } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} -{ volume field.or.null - number empty$ - 'skip$ - { "(" number * ")" * * - volume empty$ - { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - pages empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ format.pages } - { "{\froff$:$}" * pages n.dashify * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} -{ chapter empty$ - 'format.pages - { type empty$ - { "\chaptername{}" } - { type "l" change.case$ } - if$ - chapter tie.or.space.connect - pages empty$ - 'skip$ - { ", " * format.pages * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} -{ booktitle empty$ - { "" } - { editor empty$ - { "\Inname{} " booktitle slant * } - { "\Inname{} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle slant * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} -{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ - month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ - and and and and and - key empty$ not and - { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} -{ type empty$ - 'skip$ - { pop$ - type "t" change.case$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.tr.number} -{ type empty$ - { "\technicalreportname{}" } - 'type - if$ - number empty$ - { "t" change.case$ } - { number tie.or.space.connect } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} -{ key empty$ - { journal empty$ - { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * - warning$ - "" - } - { "\Inname{} \emph{\sffamily " journal * "}" * } - if$ - } - { "\Inname{} " key * } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} - -FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} -{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - editor num.names$ duplicate$ - #2 > - { pop$ " et~al." * } - { #2 < - 'skip$ - { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = - { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } - { " \andname{} " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} -{ volume empty$ - { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ - "\Inname{} " - } - { "\Volumename{}" volume tie.or.space.connect - " of " * - } - if$ - editor empty$ - editor field.or.null author field.or.null = - or - { key empty$ - { series empty$ - { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * - crossref * warning$ - "" * - } - { "\emph{\sffamily " * series * "}" * } - if$ - } - { key * } - if$ - } - { format.crossref.editor * } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} - -FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} -{ editor empty$ - editor field.or.null author field.or.null = - or - { key empty$ - { booktitle empty$ - { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * - crossref * warning$ - "" - } - { "\Inname{} \emph{\sffamily " booktitle * "}" * } - if$ - } - { "\Inname{} " key * } - if$ - } - { "\Inname{} " format.crossref.editor * } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} - -% urlbst... -% Functions for making hypertext links. -% In all cases, the stack has (link-text href-url) -% -% make 'null' specials -FUNCTION {make.href.null} -{ - pop$ -} -% make hypertex specials -FUNCTION {make.href.hypertex} -{ - "\special {html: }" * swap$ * - "\special {html:}" * -} -% make hyperref specials -FUNCTION {make.href.hyperref} -{ - "\href {" swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {make.href} -{ hrefform #2 = - 'make.href.hyperref % hrefform = 2 - { hrefform #1 = - 'make.href.hypertex % hrefform = 1 - 'make.href.null % hrefform = 0 (or anything else) - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.url} -{ url empty$ - { "" } - { hrefform #1 = - { % special case -- add HyperTeX specials - urlintro "{\froff\url{" url * "}}" * url make.href.hypertex * } - { urlintro "{\froff\url{" * url * "}}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.eprint} -{ eprint empty$ - { "" } - { eprintprefix eprint * eprinturl eprint * make.href } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.doi} -{ doi empty$ - { "" } - { doiprefix doi * doiurl doi * make.href } - if$ -} - -% Output a URL. We can't use the more normal idiom (something like -% `format.url output'), because the `inbrackets' within -% format.lastchecked applies to everything between calls to `output', -% so that `format.url format.lastchecked * output' ends up with both -% the URL and the lastchecked in brackets. -FUNCTION {output.url} -{ url empty$ - 'skip$ - { new.block - format.url output - format.lastchecked output - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.web.refs} -{ - new.block - output.url - addeprints eprint empty$ not and - { format.eprint output.nonnull } - 'skip$ - if$ - adddoiresolver doi empty$ not and - { format.doi output.nonnull } - 'skip$ - if$ -% addeprints -% { eprint empty$ -% 'skip$ -% { format.eprint output.nonnull } -% if$ -% } -% 'skip$ -% if$ -} - -% Webpage entry type. -% Title and url fields required; -% author, note, year, month, and lastchecked fields optional -% See references -% ISO 690-2 http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm -% http://www.classroom.net/classroom/CitingNetResources.html -% http://neal.ctstateu.edu/history/cite.html -% http://www.cas.usf.edu/english/walker/mla.html -% for citation formats for web pages. -FUNCTION {webpage} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { editor empty$ - 'skip$ % author and editor both optional - { format.editors output.nonnull } - if$ - } - { editor empty$ - { format.authors output.nonnull } - { "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ * warning$ } - if$ - } - if$ -% author empty$ -% 'skip$ -% { format.authors output.nonnull } -% if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - inbrackets "en ligne" output -% new.block % NO PERIOD - year empty$ - 'skip$ - { format.date "year" output.check } - if$ - lastchecked empty$ - 'skip$ - { format.lastchecked output } - if$ - new.block - format.url "url" output.check - new.block - note output - fin.entry -} -% ...urlbst to here - - -FUNCTION {article} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - crossref missing$ - { journal slant "journal" output.check - format.vol.num.pages output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { format.article.crossref output.nonnull - format.pages output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {book} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - crossref missing$ - { format.bvolume output - new.block - format.number.series output - new.sentence - publisher "publisher" output.check - address output - } - { new.block - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.edition output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {booklet} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - howpublished address new.block.checkb - howpublished output - address output - format.date output - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {inbook} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - crossref missing$ - { format.bvolume output - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - new.block - format.number.series output - new.sentence - publisher "publisher" output.check - address output - } - { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - new.block - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.edition output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {incollection} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - format.chapter.pages output - new.sentence - publisher "publisher" output.check - address output - format.edition output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - format.chapter.pages output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {inproceedings} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - format.pages output - address empty$ - { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb - organization output - publisher output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { address output.nonnull - format.date "year" output.check - new.sentence - organization output - publisher output - } - if$ - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - format.pages output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } - -FUNCTION {manual} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { organization empty$ - 'skip$ - { organization output.nonnull - address output - } - if$ - } - { format.authors output.nonnull } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - author empty$ - { organization empty$ - { address new.block.checka - address output - } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { organization address new.block.checkb - organization output - address output - } - if$ - format.edition output - format.date output - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {mastersthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" output.check - address output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {misc} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - title howpublished new.block.checkb - format.btitle output.guillemet - howpublished new.block.checka - howpublished output - format.date output - new.block - note output - address output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry - empty.misc.check -} - -FUNCTION {phdthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" output.check - address output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {proceedings} -{ output.bibitem - editor empty$ - { organization output } - { format.editors output.nonnull } - if$ - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - address empty$ - { editor empty$ - { publisher new.sentence.checka } - { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb - organization output - } - if$ - publisher output - format.date "year" output.check - } - { address output.nonnull - format.date "year" output.check - new.sentence - editor empty$ - 'skip$ - { organization output } - if$ - publisher output - } - if$ - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {techreport} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - format.tr.number output.nonnull - institution "institution" output.check - address output - format.date "year" output.check - new.block - note output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {unpublished} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - new.block - format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet - new.block - note "note" output.check - format.date output - output.web.refs % urlbst - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } - -MACRO {jan} {"\janname{}"} - -MACRO {feb} {"\febname{}"} - -MACRO {mar} {"\marname{}"} - -MACRO {apr} {"\aprname{}"} - -MACRO {may} {"\mayname{}"} - -MACRO {jun} {"\junname{}"} - -MACRO {jul} {"\julname{}"} - -MACRO {aug} {"\augname{}"} - -MACRO {sep} {"\sepname{}"} - -MACRO {oct} {"\octname{}"} - -MACRO {nov} {"\novname{}"} - -MACRO {dec} {"\decname{}"} - -MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} - -MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} - -MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} - -MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} - -MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} - -MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} - -MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} - -MACRO {ieeetcad} - {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} - -MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} - -MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} - -MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} - -MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} - -MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} - -MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} - -MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} - -MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} - -MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} - -MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} - -MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} - -MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} - -READ - -FUNCTION {sortify} -{ purify$ - "l" change.case$ -} - -INTEGERS { len } - -FUNCTION {chop.word} -{ 's := - 'len := - s #1 len substring$ = - { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } - 's - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.names} -{ 's := - #1 'nameptr := - "" - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { nameptr #1 > - { " " * } - 'skip$ - if$ - s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := - nameptr numnames = t "others" = and - { " \upshape\rmfamily et al." * } - { t sortify * } - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.title} -{ 't := - "A " #2 - "An " #3 - "The " #4 t chop.word - chop.word - chop.word - sortify - #1 global.max$ substring$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.sort} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} -{ author empty$ - { organization empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} -{ editor empty$ - { organization empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {presort} -{ type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.sort - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.organization.sort - { type$ "manual" = - 'author.organization.sort - 'author.sort - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - " " - * - year field.or.null sortify - * - " " - * - title field.or.null - sort.format.title - * - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.key$ := -} - -ITERATE {presort} - -SORT - -STRINGS { longest.label } - -INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } - -FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} -{ "" 'longest.label := - #1 'number.label := - #0 'longest.label.width := -} - -FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} -{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := - number.label #1 + 'number.label := - label width$ longest.label.width > - { label 'longest.label := - label width$ 'longest.label.width := - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} - -ITERATE {longest.label.pass} - -FUNCTION {begin.bib} -{ preamble$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { preamble$ write$ newline$ } - if$ - "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ -} - -EXECUTE {begin.bib} - -EXECUTE {init.config.constants} -EXECUTE {init.state.consts} - -ITERATE {call.type$} - -FUNCTION {end.bib} -{ newline$ - "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ -} - -EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/CATALOG b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/CATALOG deleted file mode 100644 index 8d2409b150d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/CATALOG +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -Name: minitoc -Problems-To: jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr -Author: Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -Date: 2008/07/16 -Version: 60 -Description: Mini tables of contents per chapter, part or section. -Also mini lists of figures and tables. -Titles are language dependent (via package options). -License: LPPL 1.3 -LPPL maintenance status: author-maintained -Current Maintainer: Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert. - -This work consists of all the files listed in the `minitoc.l' file -distributed with it. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/INSTALL b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/INSTALL index 37b19623bde..411d8e606f6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/INSTALL +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/INSTALL @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Installation of the minitoc package (version #60 2008/07/16). +Installation of the minitoc package. This package contains a lot of files. The list of all files is given in minitoc.l. @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ appear in more than one class). Each class specifies the function and the placement of its files. (0) The files minitoc.ins and minitoc.dtx are the basic source files - of this package. The file minitoc-fr.dtx loads minitoc.dtx but + of this package. The (derived) file minitoc-fr.dtx loads minitoc.dtx but selects the french documentation. The language selection is done by using \ifcase ... \or ... \fi constructs. @@ -20,15 +20,11 @@ the function and the placement of its files. (2) INSTALL is a file describing the installation of the package. You are reading it. - minitoc.l contains the list of all files of the minitoc - distribution. - README is a file describing briefly the minitoc package, - plus some useful infos. - CATALOG contains basic infos about the minitoc package - (abstract, date, author, version, licence). + minitoc.l contains the list of all files of the minitoc distribution. + README is the usual file briefly describing the minitoc package. TODO lists some suggested developments of the package. Comments and suggestions are welcome. -(3) Examples of documents: +(3) Example documents: mtc-2c.tex, mtc-2nd.tex, mtc-3co.tex, mtc-add.tex, mtc-ads.tex, mtc-amm.tex, mtc-apx.tex, mtc-art.tex, mtc-bk.tex, mtc-bo.tex, mtc-ch0.tex, mtc-cri.tex, @@ -46,162 +42,14 @@ the function and the placement of its files. and summary of commands. (5) minitoc.dtx, minitoc.ins, minitoc.bib, minitoc.ist, minitoc.lan, en-mtc.bst, are the source of the documentation - in (non perfect) english. -(6) The files aaland-f.png, acadian-m.pdf, acadie-f.png, acadien-m.pdf, - afghan-f.png, africa-lf.png, africa-lo.pdf, - afrsud-l.pdf, afrsud-p.pdf, - albania.pdf, albania-f.png, alb2.png, alba-eth.pdf, - algeria-f.png, allemand.jpg, alsace-f.png, - andorra-f.png, argentina-f.png, - anglo1.pdf, angola-f.png, - arab-l.jpg, arabw.png, - armenia-f.png, armeniad.pdf, armenian-l.png, armeniar.jpg, - aruba-f.png, australia-f.png, austria-f.png, azerbaijan-f.png, - bahamas-f.png, bahrain-f.png. - baltes.jpg, bangla.png, bangla1.png, bangla2.png, - bangladesh-f.png, barbados-f.png, - basque-de.png, basque-df.png, basque1.pdf, basque2.pdf, - be-dg-f.png, belarus-f.png, belgique.pdf, belgium-f.png, - belize-f.png, bengali-m.jpg, benin-f.png, bolivia-f.png, - bolzano-f.png, bosnia.pdf, bosnia-hz-f.png, - bozen-f.png, brazil.pdf, brazil-f.png, brazilp.pdf, - bretagne.pdf, brussels-f.png - bulgaria-f.png, bulgariar.jpg, bulgarski.png, - bulgmap.png, bur-f.png, burkina-f.png, burundi-f.png, - buryatia.pdf, buryatia-l.pdf, california-f.png, - cambodia-f.png, cameroon-f.png, - canada.pdf, canada-f.png, canada-l.pdf, canada-pe.png, - canada-pf.pdf, canada1.pdf, cap-verde-f.png, castille-f.png, - catalan-d.pdf, catalan-p.pdf, catalonia-f.png, chile-f.png, - caucasus.pdf, central-africa-f.png, chad-f.png, - china-ae.png, china-af.png, china-ch.png, - china-f.png, china-l.pdf, china-w.png, - chine1.pdf, chine2.pdf, cis-f.png, - colombia-f.png, comoros-f.png, congo-f.png, corsica-f.jpg, - costa-rica-f.jpg, cplp-0.png, cplpmap.png, - croatia-f.png, croatia-un.png, croatie2.png, cuba-f.png, - cyprus-f.png, - cyr-alf.png, cz1.pdf, cz3.png, czech-f.png, czechd.pdf, - dane-f.png, danemark.jpg, danishd.pdf, danishg.pdf, - devanagari.png, djibouti-f.png, - dominica-f.png, dominican-f.png, dutchw.pdf, - east-timor-f.png, ecosse1.pdf, ecosse2.pdf, ecosse3.pdf, - ecuador-f.jpg, egypt-f.png, el-salvador-f.png, - england-f.jpg, equa-guinea-f.png, eritrea-f.png, - espa-l.pdf, espa-o.png, esperanto-f.png, - estonia-a.pdf, estonia-b.pdf, estonia-f.png, - eth2.png, ethiolang.png, ethiopia.pdf, - ethiopia-f.png, ethiopia-p.pdf, - euro-lan.png, euro-lan1.png, euro-lan2.png, - eusk-f.png, euskara.png, faroe-f.png, - farsi.pdf, farsi-logo.png, - feroe.jpg, fiji-f.png, - finland-f.png, finlande1.png, finlande2.pdf, - finnishd.pdf, finnishl.pdf, flanders-f.png, france-f.png, - france-lr.png, franco.png, francophonie-f.png, gabon-f.png, - gael-ft.pdf, gaid.jpg, - galicia-f.png, galicia-m.pdf, galicia-mp.pdf, galician-l.png, - galles1.pdf, galles2.pdf, georgia-f.png, germ-w.png, - german-c.pdf, german-d.pdf, german-m.pdf, germany-f.jpg, - ghana-f.png, gibraltar-f.png, - grece1.pdf, grece2.pdf, greece-f.png, greeka.png, greekm.jpg, - greenland-f.png, guatemala-f.jpg, - guinea-bissau-f.png, guinea-f.png, - gwenn-f.png, haiti-f.jpg, hangul.png, hanja.png, hanzi.png, - hin.png, hindi-b.png, hindi-p.png, - hrv.png, hispano.png, honduras-f.png, - hun1.png, hun2.jpg, hungary-f.png, - iceland-f.png, imongolia-f.png, - inde1.pdf, inde2.jpg, india-f.png, - indonesia-f.png, indonesia1.pdf, indonesia2.pdf, - iran-f.png, iranian.jpg, iraq-f.png, - ireland-f.png, irish.png, irlande.pdf, - islam-pbc.png, islam-sw.pdf, - islande.png, islandep.jpg, isr1.pdf, isr2.pdf, israel-f.png, - italian.pdf, italy-f.png, italo1.png, italysm.png, - ivory-f.png, ivrit.png, jamaica-f.png, - japan-f.png, japon1.pdf, japon2.jpg, - jordan-f.png, jutland-f.png, - kannada-n.png, karnad1.jpg, karnataka.jpg, karnataka-f.jpg, - kazakhstan-f.png, kenya-f.png, - kerala.jpg, kerala-f.jpg, khalka.pdf, kiribati-f.png, - korea-n-f.png, korea-s-f.png, - korean1.png, korean2.jpg, - kos-alb.png, kos-ml.png, kosovo-f.png, - kuwait-f.png, kyrgyzstan-f.png, - lamed3.png, lang-g.png, - laos-f.png, latvia-f.png, latvian-d.png, latvian-r1.png, - lebanon-f.png, lettonie.jpg, leur.png, liberia-f.png, - libya-f.jpg, liech-f.png, lithuania-f.jpg, lituanie.png, - lorraine-f.jpg, louisiana-f.png, - ls-f.png, luso1.pdf, luso2.pdf, lux-f.png, macau-f.png, - macedonia-f.png, madagascar-f.png, maine-f.jpg, - malawi-f.png, malayalam.pdf, malayalam.png, - malaysia-f.png, malaysia1.pdf, malaysia2.pdf, mali-f.png, - malta1-f.png, manchu.jpg, manchuria.jpg, manjuc.jpg, - manjui.png, mauritania-f.png, mauritius-f.png, - mex1.pdf, mex2.pdf, mex3.pdf, mexico-f.jpg, mexip.pdf, - meyalu.png, moldova-f.png, monaco-f.png, - mondep.png, mongasie.pdf, mongolcy.png, - mongolia-f.png, mongolian.pdf, mongols.png, mongoltr.png, - montenegro-f.jpg, morocco-f.png, - mozambique-f.png, namibia-f.png, - nbrunswick-f.png, ncyprus-f.png, - neder.pdf, netherlands-antilles-f.png, netherlands-f.png, - new-york-f.png, newzealand-f.png, nicaragua-f.png, - nice-f.png, niger-f.png, nigeria-f.png, nihongo.png, - norvege-c.pdf, norvege-t.pdf, norway-f.png, norway-p.pdf, - occ-f.png, occdial1.jpg, occdial2.png, occitanie.png, - occtaur.jpg, oman-f.png, opole-f.png, - pakistan-f.png, palestine-f.png, - panama-f.png, paraguay.png, paraguay-f.png, paraguayp.pdf, - peru-f.png, philippines-f.png, - poland-f.png, polish-d.jpg, polmin.jpg, - pologne.pdf, polski-f.png, - portu-a.png, portu-b.png, portu-p.jpg, portu-r.jpg, - portugal.pdf, portugal-f.png, puerto-rico-f.png, - qatar-f.png, quebec-f.png, rdcongo-f.png, - romania-f.png, romanian.pdf, - rus-cyr.png, rus-re.png, - rus-su.pdf, russia-f.png, russian.png, - russian-e.pdf, russian-n.png, russian-w.png, rwanda-f.png, - saint-lucia-f.png, same.png, same-f.png, sami-f.png, - samoa-f.png, san-marino-f.png, sao-f.png, - saudi-arabia-f.png, scotland-f.png, senegal-f.png, - serb-a.pdf, serbia-f.png, serbia-f2.png, - serbia1.pdf, seychelles-f.png, singapore-f.png, - slovak-ok.png, slovakia.pdf, slovakia-f.png, - slovenia-f.png, slovenian.png, slovenie.pdf, - solomon-islands-f.png, somalia-f.png, - sorabe-1.jpg, sorabe-2.jpg, sorben.jpg, sorbian.jpg, - south-africa-f.png, - spain.png, spain-f.png, spilhennig.png, - start.jpg, stop.png, sudan-f.png, - suede-a.pdf, suede-fin.pdf, suisse-f.png, suriname-f.png, - svenska.png, swahili.pdf, fswahili.pdf, swahili-m.png, - sweden.pdf, sweden-f.png, syria-f.png, - taiwan-f.png, tajikistan-f.png, tanzania-f.png, - thai.pdf, thai.png, thailand-f.png, togo-f.png, - tonga-f.png, tunisia-f.png, turkey-f.png, turkish.png, - turkmenistan-f.png, turquie.pdf, tuvalu-f.png, - uae-f.png, uganda-f.png, - uighur-f.png, uighur.pdf, uk-f.png, - ukra.png, ukraine.jpg, ukraine-f.png, ukrainep.pdf, - uruguay-f.png, us-f.png, usa-f.png, uzbekistan-f.png, - vanuatu-f.png, vatican-f.jpg, venezuela-f.png, - vermont-f.png, - viet2.pdf, viet3.pdf, viet4.pdf, viet-w.pdf, vietnam-f.png, - vojvodina-f.png, - wales-f.png, wallonia-f.png, wallonie.pdf, - wiki.png, wikif.png, wrs-a.png, wrs-c.png, - xinjiang.png, xinjiangc.png, xyugo.png, - yemen-f.png, zambia-f.png, zanzibar-f.png, zimbabwe-f.png, - are images to include. + in (non-perfect) english. +(6) The file lamed3.png + is an image to include. (7) minitoc-fr.dtx, minitoc-fr.bib, minitoc-fr.ist, frbib.sty, fr-mtc.bst, minitoc-fr.lan are the source (and tools) of the documentation in french. (8) minitoc.pdf - is the documentation in (non perfect) english, + is the documentation in (non-perfect) english, in PDF format. (9) minitoc-fr.pdf is the documentation in french, in PDF format. @@ -275,19 +123,33 @@ to your needs): disk space under your home directory. -- the SAME PRECAUTIONS as for tmk are needed. -The file minitoc.tds.zip contains a ZIP archive of a TDS-compliant -hierarchy of all files of the minitoc package. It has been prepared by -the pmk or tmk scripts. +A file minitoc.tds.zip containing a ZIP archive of a TDS-compliant +hierarchy for minitoc can be prepared by the pmk or tmk scripts. This +is no longer distributed. -Note that the PostScript documentation files may be printed -recto-verso on some printers. They are no more distributed on -the CTAN archives but the scripts prepare them. - -Note that minitoc.dtx and minitoc-fr.dtx are (not so trivial) examples -of using minitoc with hyperref. They show how the combinaison of -these two packages may be useful. +minitoc.dtx and minitoc-fr.dtx are (not so trivial) examples of using +minitoc with hyperref. They show how the combinaison of these two +packages may be useful. For a more detailed description of the installation of the minitoc package, see the ``Installation'' chapter in minitoc.pdf (in english) ou in minitoc-fr.pdf (in french). +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +Cleaning: making the package creates a lot of files. You can get back +to just the sources by removing: + *.aux *.bbl *.blg *.brf *.idx *.ilg1 *.ind *.ist *.lan *.lo? *.log1 + *.maf *.mld *.mlo *.out *.pdf *.pre *.sty *.tex *.toc tmp/ + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +For concreteness: the v61 distribution was made like this: + rm -rf work; mkdir work + cp * work # copy source files to working directory + cd work + rm -rf /tmp/*.?mk # remove last run + csh -f pmk >&out # look at out file + cd .. # back to source dir + rm -rf work + cp /tmp/*.tmk/tds/minitoc.tds.zip .. # to parent + zip minitoc-upload.zip minitoc.tds.zip minitoc # the way ctan wants it + Upload to http://ctan.org/upload. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/README index 619c5a7e82f..03f9dba9d5c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/README @@ -1,33 +1,36 @@ -README file for the minitoc package, version 60 (2008/07/16) +README file for the minitoc package. -The minitoc package is useful to add mini-tables-of-contents (minitocs) -at the beginning of every chapter. They are also minilofs and minilots. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +This package is looking for a maintainer. +The original author, Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert, +passed away in 2009. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +The minitoc package is used to add mini-tables-of-contents (minitocs) +at the beginning of every chapter. There is also minilofs and minilots. At the part level, they are parttocs, partlofs and partlots. If the type of document does not use chapters, they are section level secttocs, sectlofs and sectlots. -The list of the files is in minitoc.l. - -The (long) history is now in the minitoc.dtx file, as part of the -documentation. +The (long) history is in the minitoc.dtx file, +as part of the documentation. -The installation is now described in the INSTALL file and the -minitoc.dtx file, as a chapter of the documentation. +The description of all the (many) files in the package and their +installation is described in the INSTALL file and the minitoc.dtx file, +as a chapter of the documentation. -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert ONERA/Toulouse/SRI -Office national d'\'etudes et de Recherches A\'erospatiales -Centre de Toulouse -Service r\'eseaux et informatique -Complexe scientifique de Rangueil -2, Avenue \'Edouard Belin -BP 4025 -F-31055 TOULOUSE CEDEX -FRANCE +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +This work is the minitoc package. -Phone +33-05-62-25-25-15 +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +of this license or (at your option) any later version. +The latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +version 2003/12/01 or later. -Email: jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". -Please send me any (constructive) suggestions and comments. -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +The list of all files belonging to the distribution is +given in the file `minitoc.l'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/TODO b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/TODO index 264b8a78306..3432a85a1f5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/TODO +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/TODO @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +First and foremost: this package is looking for a maintainer. +The original author, Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert, +passed away in 2009. + +Jean-Pierre's todo list: Problem FAQ 34: should this strategy for fonts be implemented? Problem of allowing secttocs for the book and report classes: needs a lot of rewrite. Is it important? Delayed. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aaland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aaland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 113d3c982d8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aaland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadian-m.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadian-m.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5488029836d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadian-m.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadie-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadie-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 94b96b8505e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadie-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadien-m.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadien-m.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2b671141122..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/acadien-m.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afghan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afghan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 982da358d0d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afghan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lf.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lf.png deleted file mode 100644 index 098f252022c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lf.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lo.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lo.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index a9353eb65c9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/africa-lo.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-l.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-l.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 535374abc8d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-l.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-p.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-p.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 674c496398d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/afrsud-p.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alb2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alb2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 25e59462503..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alb2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alba-eth.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alba-eth.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6eab69078c8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alba-eth.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4351114b30b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 0246add4b65..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/albania.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/algeria-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/algeria-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ab5b5139984..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/algeria-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/allemand.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/allemand.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 07b979b0eed..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/allemand.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alsace-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alsace-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 725e1496a15..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/alsace-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/andorra-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/andorra-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ed0c985dc6f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/andorra-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/anglo1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/anglo1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c650728b136..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/anglo1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/angola-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/angola-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2c2339bff31..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/angola-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arab-l.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arab-l.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 0de0d11ef37..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arab-l.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arabw.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arabw.png deleted file mode 100644 index a787d02fac1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/arabw.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/argentina-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/argentina-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index fd0cc2ea28d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/argentina-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9563fc44672..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniad.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniad.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index fc8c9ce71db..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniad.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenian-l.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenian-l.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6d03345f25f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armenian-l.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniar.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniar.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index c08c4c7c432..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/armeniar.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aruba-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aruba-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 747dfa6a1ff..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/aruba-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/australia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/australia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8227c04f86c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/australia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/austria-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/austria-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 26faeded892..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/austria-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/azerbaijan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/azerbaijan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e2164aadd93..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/azerbaijan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahamas-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahamas-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 00f8057c0b0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahamas-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahrain-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahrain-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1d5a02da917..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bahrain-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/baltes.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/baltes.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index eaa7b94bef5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/baltes.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0ab3bd875c9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 04ed73024ef..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1ac5a77ccb1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangla2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangladesh-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangladesh-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 50c3a771423..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bangladesh-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/barbados-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/barbados-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2a6ab757a5e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/barbados-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-de.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-de.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5d086b89736..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-de.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-df.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-df.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6d8ccfcf927..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque-df.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 55342d6c370..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8e1b051983f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/basque2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/be-dg-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/be-dg-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c83b102cf38..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/be-dg-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belarus-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belarus-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 24c17cdde0e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belarus-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgique.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgique.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 73cf252beee..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgique.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgium-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgium-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0e26d936989..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belgium-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belize-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belize-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 04d36fd5574..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/belize-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bengali-m.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bengali-m.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index ce69582fbb5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bengali-m.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/benin-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/benin-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6d0d4c6d5f7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/benin-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a7366c0236 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +%% LaTeX2e file `./boldsc.sty' +%% generated by the `filecontents' environment +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{boldsc}[1996/11/12] +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{bx}{sc}{% + <5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12>% + <14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>genb*ecxc% +}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolivia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolivia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ed17f12fcd2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolivia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolzano-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolzano-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index da68088ce73..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bolzano-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia-hz-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia-hz-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ca9fe173011..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia-hz-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index de9f2380143..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bosnia.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bozen-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bozen-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2fa254d0558..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bozen-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b472acf347e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 0ef7b1299e7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazil.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazilp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazilp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index e5b470dc0c0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brazilp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bretagne.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bretagne.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 0c43a30dbc7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bretagne.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brussels-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brussels-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5238c66c76c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/brussels-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgaria-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgaria-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 37cb3d45428..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgaria-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgariar.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgariar.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b36f60887ea..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgariar.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgarski.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgarski.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8a2e0b4d3a5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgarski.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgmap.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgmap.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0b5ff01cb3e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bulgmap.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bur-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bur-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b470ea028bc..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/bur-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burkina-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burkina-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0eaf22733c8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burkina-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burundi-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burundi-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ee06ab3c3a0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/burundi-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia-l.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia-l.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 19d6a61595a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia-l.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5ae06fa19ff..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/buryatia.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/california-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/california-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d9af186006b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/california-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cambodia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cambodia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a2799feaabf..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cambodia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cameroon-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cameroon-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c2c7079c53a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cameroon-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c4042c28265..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-l.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-l.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1cb65b9b482..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-l.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pe.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pe.png deleted file mode 100644 index 695e2db8933..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pe.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pf.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d7f32795945..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada-pf.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 3c6751d128d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 01abd38e0a1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/canada1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cap-verde-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cap-verde-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 843fcf8a368..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cap-verde-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/castille-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/castille-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3a88136930e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/castille-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-d.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-d.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 18ce37fdfa1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-d.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-p.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-p.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 4a4ecb8d83c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalan-p.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalonia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalonia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ca39f583d04..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/catalonia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/caucasus.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/caucasus.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 20244e89326..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/caucasus.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/central-africa-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/central-africa-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d54dab7c421..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/central-africa-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chad-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chad-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2df0e4b1907..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chad-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chile-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chile-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 38acd2066db..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chile-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ae.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ae.png deleted file mode 100644 index f1442e30444..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ae.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-af.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-af.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7431843bcc6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-af.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ch.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ch.png deleted file mode 100644 index df311503ede..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-ch.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e859c7f0832..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-l.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-l.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index bac9b206763..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-l.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-w.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-w.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5fc96c9e4fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/china-w.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 47c891cb0fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1279ee6dbdd..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/chine2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cis-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cis-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5b67dd280bf..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cis-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cmk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cmk index 8c3a267fab5..925a6ded93f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cmk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cmk @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/sh pdftops -level2sep -paper A4 -duplex minitoc.pdf minitoc.ps pdftops -level2sep -paper A4 -duplex minitoc-fr.pdf minitoc-fr.ps diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/colombia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/colombia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b584d3843e6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/colombia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/comoros-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/comoros-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index de6b0e59ffd..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/comoros-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/congo-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/congo-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c81c77e82ce..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/congo-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/corsica-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/corsica-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 83f902a2f89..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/corsica-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/costa-rica-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/costa-rica-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 5e0100e1210..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/costa-rica-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplp-0.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplp-0.png deleted file mode 100644 index c2e91c7329a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplp-0.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplpmap.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplpmap.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8d92dd75901..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cplpmap.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e17e7a64626..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-un.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-un.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8c1a61339ab..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatia-un.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatie2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatie2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 222704ddf4f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/croatie2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cuba-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cuba-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 70092b5371d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cuba-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyprus-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyprus-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 41751357a5d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyprus-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyr-alf.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyr-alf.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2057ffb2448..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cyr-alf.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 31ee4b0f65a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz3.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5caf0e1a29a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/cz3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czech-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czech-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9f64152412c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czech-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czechd.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czechd.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 38b9a9c8fa7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/czechd.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dane-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dane-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 60ba68941f5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dane-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danemark.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danemark.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 222491dd335..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danemark.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishd.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishd.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 607fbbb665a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishd.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishg.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1b84f1d02f3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/danishg.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..040ab68fa1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +%% LaTeX2e file `./dblaccnt.sty' +%% generated by the `filecontents' environment +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. +%% +% Copyright 2000 Frank Mittelbach . +% License: LPPL, version 1.3a or newer, according to +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Werner Lemberg . +% +% +% This is the file dblaccnt.tex which implements support for multiple +% accents. +% +% +% The code below handles only the case of +% +% \acc1 \acc2 ... glyph +% +% with or without nesting braces. +% +% \acc1 {\acc2 a} +% +% etc. will be handled correctly by removing the brace group during +% the scanning process. This means in particular that conceptually +% any accent command can only handle single token arguments! +% +% It should also work for combinations generated from inputenc, i.e., +% are presented as 8bit tokens or, after passing through something like +% an .aux file, as \IeC{\acc1} \IeC{\acc2} ... +% +% If you use OT1 encoding you have to explicitly reload it (with +% \usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}). +% +% +% History +% +% 1.0 2000/01/27 +% +% Initial release. +% +% 1.1 2005/04/21 +% +% Make it work with LaTeX release 2003/12/01. +% Add copyright message and history. +% + +\ProvidesPackage{dblaccnt}[2005/04/21 v1.1 double accent support] + +\endlinechar \m@ne + + +% We must redefine two internal LaTeX commands to provide hooks for +% assembling accents. + +% Here we test whether #1 (the command to be executed) is \chardef or +% #3 (the encoding) is `?'. If both are false, \assemble@accent@cmds +% will be used. +% +% The first case catches \DeclareTextSymbol, the second catches +% \ProvideTextCommandDefault. Both checks are ugly hacks which hopefully +% disappear in the near future. +% +\def\@dec@text@cmd#1#2#3{ + \ifx#1\chardef + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \else + \ifx#1\chardef@text@cmd + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \else + \if#3? + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + % start looking for acc tokens + \expandafter\assemble@accent@cmds + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \fi + \fi + \fi + \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable + \expandafter#1\csname#3\string#2\endcsname +} + + +% The redefined \@tabacckludge macro below assures that the top-level +% definition of the accents (which contains \assemble@accent@cmds) +% will be called. +% +\def\@make@tabacc#1#2{ + \expandafter\def\csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname{#2} +} + +\@make@tabacc{'}{\@acci} +\@make@tabacc{`}{\@accii} +\@make@tabacc{=}{\@acciii} + + +% Here the redefinition of second internal LaTeX macro. +% +\def\@tabacckludge#1{ + \csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname +} + + +% We only look ahead for further accents if we are to typeset. +% +\def\assemble@accent@cmds{ + \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect + \expandafter\assemble@tokensinit + \fi +} + + +% The init is special as we have to parse over some of the expansion +% of the encoding specific command; for example, \^ might expand to +% +% \assemble@accent@cmds \OT1-cmd \^ \OT1\^ +% ^^^^^^ one token +% +% We start \assemble@tokens with the number of hits so far (\@empty), +% zero the actual code for the current, e.g., \OT1\^ in the above +% example (resp. the corresponding macro in the current font +% encoding), and as a third argument we will pick up the next token +% or group in the input stream for testing. +% +\def\assemble@tokensinit#1#2#3{ + % the usual test for availability in the current encoding + % similar to the test in \@changed@cmd + \@inmathwarn#2 + \expandafter\ifx\csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname ?\string#2\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\def\csname ?\string#2\endcsname{ + \TextSymbolUnavailable#2 + } + \fi + \global\expandafter\let + \csname\cf@encoding \string#2\expandafter\endcsname + \csname ?\string#2\endcsname + \fi + + % here we substitute the current encoding + \expandafter\assemble@tokens@\expandafter\@empty + \csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname +} + + +% The next commands should be considered only as a proof of concept +% -- they can most certainly be streamlined. Here is roughly what +% they do: +% +% \assemble@tokens: If the picked up token is \IeC then get rid of it +% and parse the next token (or group) which is expected to be the +% argument of \IeC. This is done by restarting the whole process. +% Otherwise we have to figure out if the current token (#3) is an +% 8-bit from inputenc, i.e., expanding to \IeC{...}. This is +% handled by calling \assemble@tokensz passing an expansion of #3 +% as well as #3 (or more exactly, its first token since the braces +% get removed in this process) itself. +% +% \assemble@tokensz: Test if the expansion start with \IeC in which +% case it is assumed that it comes from an inputenc 8bit; the next +% token will be considered as its argument and used for further +% processing in \assemble@tokensx. Otherwise the unexpanded #3 +% from above is used. +% +% \assemble@tokensx: If this cmd is called its third argument should +% contain a normalized token from the input stream, i.e. +% +% {..} -> .. +% \IeC{..} -> .. +% ^^xx (expanding to) \IeC{..} -> .. +% +% Now all :-) that remains is testing whether the expansion of this +% token starts with \assemble@accent@cmds, since in this case we have +% found another accent cmd. +% +% #1 is the number of hits, #2 is the real definition in that +% encoding, and #3 is the next token (or group). +% +% The macros \assemble@tokens@ and \assemble@tokens@@ are +% intermediate steps to test whether #3 is empty; if yes, we simply +% expand #2. +% +\def\assemble@tokens@#1#2#3{ + \assemble@tokens@@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#3\@empty} +} + +\def\assemble@tokens@@#1#2#3#4{ + \ifx#4\@empty + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + {#2{}} + {\assemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} +} + +\def\assemble@tokens#1#2#3{ + \ifx\IeC#3 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + % try again but pick up argument of \IeC + {\assemble@tokens@{#1}{#2}} + % this will get rid of a group argument -- nasty :-) + {\expandafter\assemble@tokensz#3\relax\assemble@tokensz{#1}{#2}#3} +} + +\def\assemble@tokensz#1#2\assemble@tokensz#3#4#5{ + \ifx#1\IeC + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#2} + {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#5} +} + +% \assemble@tokensx: This passes an expanded and unexpanded version +% of #3 to \ifassemble@tokens to do the actual processing. +% +% \ifassemble@tokens: If we have found another accent command then +% keep its name and record that we had another hit and restart the +% scanning via \assemble@tokens, i.e., we append an `x' to the +% ``hit'' argument that we carry around for no good reason, and we +% append the official name of the accent command (which was picked +% up as part of the expansion of the input token) to the argument, +% storing the list of accents found so far. Note that we do use +% the official name, e.g. `\"', not `\OT1\"' -- the latter is only +% used for the very first accent! +% +% If it turns out that we don't have an accent command here it is +% time to stop the scanning and do some processing. Now finally the +% ``hit'' argument and the list of collected accents comes into play: +% We construct a command which name consists of the string +% ``handle@accent'', followed by a number of `x's each for each hit +% earlier on. Thus in a situation like \"\^a we would execute +% \handle@accentx and in case of \"a \handle@accent. This command +% gets as its arguments the collected accents followed by the token +% which stopped the scanning proccess, e.g. +% +% \handle@accentx \OT1\" \^ {a} +% +% and its purpose is to determine how to produce a glyph from it +% (e.g. as a composite or as a part composite or ...) +% +\def\assemble@tokensx#1#2#3{ + \expandafter + \ifassemble@tokens#3\@empty\@empty\@empty\ifassemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} + +\def\ifassemble@tokens#1#2#3#4\ifassemble@tokens#5#6#7{ + % next token was defined via \DeclareText... + \ifx#1\assemble@accent@cmds + % thus #3 is its official name + \expandafter\assemble@tokens@ + \else + % execute what has been assembled and exit + \csname handle@accent#5\endcsname#6{#7} + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \fi + % first two args to \assemble@tokens on next pass + {#5x}{#6#3} +} + + +% Depending on the number of accents found, \handle@accent[x[x]] will +% be called. + +% ONLY ONE: We check whether \#1-#2 is a known command (a composite) +% and execute it, otherwise try to execute #1{#2} as an accent +% command. +% +\def\handle@accent#1#2{ + \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname\relax + #1{#2} + \else + \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname + \fi +} + +% TWO IN A ROW: We check for \#1-#2-#3. If undefined, we apply #1 to +% whatever is the result of #2{#3}. One could think of a more +% complex algorithm here, e.g., if #1-#2 is known as a composite +% modifier (whatever that is) apply that before trying the above but +% this is probably not necessary. +% +\def\handle@accentx#1#2#3{ + \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname\relax + #1{#2{#3}} + \else + \csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname + \fi +} + +% MORE THAN TWO: (Not handled so far.) If there are more than three, +% then the parsing will die at some point when \handle@accentxx... +% will turn out to be \relax, and then one accent will become an +% argument of another -- too bad. +% +\def\handle@accentxx#1#2#3#4{ + % catch more than two accents in a row + \errmessage{Too many accents, dropping first} + #2#3#4 +} + + +% This is simpler now. +% +\def\DeclareTextCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4{ + \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname + #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3\endcsname{#4} +} + +% This is new. +% +\def\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4#5{ + \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname + #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3-\string#4\endcsname{#5} +} + +% This also. +% +\catcode\z@=11\relax +\def\DeclareTextDoubleComposite#1#2#3#4#5{ + \def\reserved@a{\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}} + \bgroup + \lccode\z@#5 + \lowercase{ + \egroup + \reserved@a ^^@} +} +\catcode\z@=15\relax + + +% Now we reinitialize the \@acc... macros to use our new definitions. +% +\AtBeginDocument{ + \let\@acci \' + \let\@accii \` + \let\@acciii \= +} + + +\endlinechar `\^^M + +\endinput + +% end of dblaccnt.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/devanagari.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/devanagari.png deleted file mode 100644 index 127252f23e1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/devanagari.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/djibouti-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/djibouti-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8b4701a6150..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/djibouti-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominica-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominica-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7a84a199ee1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominica-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominican-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominican-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 610df854ac7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dominican-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dutchw.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dutchw.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 567d825a2b2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/dutchw.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/east-timor-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/east-timor-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65cef7e3503..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/east-timor-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index f519e31a6b5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index db6b99e281d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse3.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c0cac3b5da5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecosse3.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecuador-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecuador-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 3c794f974b3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ecuador-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/egypt-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/egypt-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9133d622b2f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/egypt-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/el-salvador-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/el-salvador-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e4ef594c363..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/el-salvador-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/emk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/emk index 74bd3410906..d7a02ed56b0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/emk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/emk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f if ( -f minitoc.dtx ) then echo 'Creating the english documentation...' if ( -f minitoc.maf ) then diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/en-mtc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/en-mtc.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..51768748658 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/en-mtc.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1351 @@ +%%% Modification of BibTeX style file /usr/share/texmf/bibtex/bst/base/plain.bst +%%% ... by urlbst, version 0.5 (marked with "% urlbst") +%%% See +%%% Added webpage entry type, and url and lastchecked fields. +%%% Further modified into en-mtc.bst by Jean-Pierre Drucbert for minitoc; +%%% released under the original license(s). +%%% Original headers follow... + + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + eprint % urlbst + doi % urlbst + url % urlbst + lastchecked % urlbst + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +STRINGS { urlintro eprinturl eprintprefix doiprefix doiurl } % urlbst... +INTEGERS { hrefform addeprints adddoiresolver } +% Following constants may be adjusted by hand, if desired +FUNCTION {init.config.constants} +{ + "Available from: " 'urlintro := % prefix before URL + "http://arxiv.org/abs/" 'eprinturl := % prefix to make URL from eprint ref + "arXiv:" 'eprintprefix := % text prefix printed before eprint ref + "http://dx.doi.org/" 'doiurl := % prefix to make URL from DOI + "doi:" 'doiprefix := % text prefix printed before DOI ref + #0 'addeprints := % 0=no eprints; 1=include eprints + #0 'adddoiresolver := % 0=no DOI resolver; 1=include it + #0 'hrefform := % 0=no crossrefs; 1=hypertex xrefs; 2=hyperref refs +} +INTEGERS { + bracket.state + outside.brackets + open.brackets + within.brackets + close.brackets +} +% ...urlbst to here +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'outside.brackets := % urlbst + #1 'open.brackets := + #2 'within.brackets := + #3 'close.brackets := + + #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +% urlbst +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.original} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +% urlbst... +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ % Save the thing we've been asked to output + 's := + % If the bracket-state is close.brackets, then add a close-bracket to + % what is currently at the top of the stack, and set bracket.state + % to outside.brackets + bracket.state close.brackets = + { "]" * + outside.brackets 'bracket.state := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + bracket.state outside.brackets = + { % We're outside all brackets -- this is the normal situation. + % Write out what's currently at the top of the stack, using the + % original output.nonnull function. + s + output.nonnull.original + } + { % Still in brackets. Add open-bracket or (continuation) comma, add the + % new text (in s) to the top of the stack, and move to the close-brackets + % state, ready for next time (unless inbrackets resets it). If we come + % into this branch, then output.state is carefully undisturbed. + bracket.state open.brackets = + { " [" * } + { ", " * } % bracket.state will be within.brackets + if$ + s * + close.brackets 'bracket.state := + } + if$ +} + +% Call this function just before adding something which should be presented in +% brackets. bracket.state is handled specially within output.nonnull. +FUNCTION {inbrackets} +{ bracket.state close.brackets = + { within.brackets 'bracket.state := } % reset the state: not open nor closed + { open.brackets 'bracket.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.lastchecked} +{ lastchecked empty$ + { "" } + { inbrackets "cited " lastchecked * } + if$ +} +% ...urlbst to here + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ outside.brackets 'bracket.state := % urlbst + newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ + bracket.state close.brackets = % urlbst + { "]" * } + 'skip$ + if$ + add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {slant} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{\sffamily " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}\bgroup\scshape {vv~}{ll}\egroup{{}}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + %{ title "t" change.case$ } On laisse le titre tel quel. + { title } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + { "\oldstylenums{" year * "}" * } + { month " " * "\oldstylenums{" * year * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle slant * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle slant * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In \emph{\sffamily " journal * "}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "\emph{\sffamily " * series * "}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In \emph{\sffamily " booktitle * "}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% urlbst... +% Functions for making hypertext links. +% In all cases, the stack has (link-text href-url) +% +% make 'null' specials +FUNCTION {make.href.null} +{ + pop$ +} +% make hypertex specials +FUNCTION {make.href.hypertex} +{ + "\special {html: }" * swap$ * + "\special {html:}" * +} +% make hyperref specials +FUNCTION {make.href.hyperref} +{ + "\href {" swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" * +} +FUNCTION {make.href} +{ hrefform #2 = + 'make.href.hyperref % hrefform = 2 + { hrefform #1 = + 'make.href.hypertex % hrefform = 1 + 'make.href.null % hrefform = 0 (or anything else) + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { hrefform #1 = + { % special case -- add HyperTeX specials + urlintro "\url{" url * "}" * url make.href.hypertex * } + { urlintro "\url{" * url * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.eprint} +{ eprint empty$ + { "" } + { eprintprefix eprint * eprinturl eprint * make.href } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.doi} +{ doi empty$ + { "" } + { doiprefix doi * doiurl doi * make.href } + if$ +} + +% Output a URL. We can't use the more normal idiom (something like +% `format.url output'), because the `inbrackets' within +% format.lastchecked applies to everything between calls to `output', +% so that `format.url format.lastchecked * output' ends up with both +% the URL and the lastchecked in brackets. +FUNCTION {output.url} +{ url empty$ + 'skip$ + { new.block + format.url output + format.lastchecked output + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.web.refs} +{ + new.block + output.url + addeprints eprint empty$ not and + { format.eprint output.nonnull } + 'skip$ + if$ + adddoiresolver doi empty$ not and + { format.doi output.nonnull } + 'skip$ + if$ +% addeprints +% { eprint empty$ +% 'skip$ +% { format.eprint output.nonnull } +% if$ +% } +% 'skip$ +% if$ +} + +% Webpage entry type. +% Title and url fields required; +% author, note, year, month, and lastchecked fields optional +% See references +% ISO 690-2 http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm +% http://www.classroom.net/classroom/CitingNetResources.html +% http://neal.ctstateu.edu/history/cite.html +% http://www.cas.usf.edu/english/walker/mla.html +% for citation formats for web pages. +FUNCTION {webpage} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { editor empty$ + 'skip$ % author and editor both optional + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + } + { editor empty$ + { format.authors output.nonnull } + { "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + if$ +% author empty$ +% 'skip$ +% { format.authors output.nonnull } +% if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + inbrackets "online" output +% new.block % NO PERIOD + year empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.date "year" output.check } + if$ + lastchecked empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.lastchecked output } + if$ + new.block + format.url "url" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% ...urlbst to here + + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal slant "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.btitle output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + address output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { " \upshape\rmfamily et al." * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.config.constants} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/england-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/england-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b78c7325bf4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/england-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/equa-guinea-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/equa-guinea-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9aad0367678..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/equa-guinea-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eritrea-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eritrea-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index f18f430d026..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eritrea-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-l.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-l.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 60d0afb8999..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-l.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-o.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-o.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95f0a24f29c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/espa-o.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/esperanto-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/esperanto-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a2ad741948b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/esperanto-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-a.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-a.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 046ee5ac9f8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-a.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-b.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-b.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d76f2e87e25..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-b.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5a12b5b0179..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/estonia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eth2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eth2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 11d49a084cc..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eth2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiolang.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiolang.png deleted file mode 100644 index adf6e9d9776..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiolang.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3f8d20b1cc6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-p.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-p.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index da2ee247659..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia-p.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 455f1bdda1d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a73b6ce8ba..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7739b894b7f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan2.png deleted file mode 100644 index a1e3404db29..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euro-lan2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eusk-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eusk-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65f9d568901..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/eusk-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euskara.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euskara.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2ccf654a874..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/euskara.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ddefe386a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84ee7856763 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2c.tex @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-2c.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-2c') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% + {report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-2c.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage% + [tight,latin,listfiles]{minitoc} +\usepackage[latin]{babel} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\chapter{Primum capitulum} +\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[1-2] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[3-4] +\end{multicols} +\chapter{Secundum capitulum} +\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[5-6] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[7-8] +\section{Tertia sectio} +\lipsum[9-10] +\end{multicols} +\begin{multicols}{2} +\chapter{Tertium capitulum} +\minitoc +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[11-12] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[13-14] +\section{Tertia sectio} +\lipsum[15-16] +\end{multicols} +\chapter{Quadrum capitulum} +\begin{multicols}{2} +\minitoc +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[16-17] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[18-19] +\section{Tertia sectio} +\lipsum[20-21] +\end{multicols} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-2c.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57ca71ca6d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b2bcc00e2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-2nd.tex @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-2nd.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-2nd') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%% Test de french2.mld: +%% л seconde ╗ ou л deuxiшme ╗ partie? +%% compilez 3 fois. +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-2nd.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[french2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew} +\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{mypatches} +\begin{document} +\ifmtcsecondpart +Il n'y a que 2 parties: seconde. +\else +Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxiшme. +\fi +\clearpage +\doparttoc +\faketableofcontents +\part{P1} +\parttoc +\chapter{P1C1} +\chapter{P1C2} +\part{P2} +\parttoc +\chapter{P2C1} +\chapter{P2C2} +%% Commentez la ligne suivante puis recompilez 2 ou 3 fois. +\end{document} +\part{P3} +\parttoc +\chapter{P3C1} +\chapter{P3C2} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-2nd.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..372577c4f91 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74a7efe7bd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-3co.tex @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-3co.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-3co') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-3co.tex}% + [2007/02/19] +\usepackage[a3paper]{geometry} +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage[toc]{multitoc} +\renewcommand{\multicolumntoc}{3} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\mtcsetformat{minitoc}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} +\newcommand{\multicolumnmtc}{3} +\makeatletter +\let\SV@mtc@verse\mtc@verse +\let\SV@endmtc@verse\endmtc@verse +\def\mtc@verse#1{\SV@mtc@verse#1\removelastskip% + \begin{multicols}{\multicolumnmtc}\raggedcolumns\leavevmode\unskip + \vskip -1.5ex \vskip -1\baselineskip} +\def\endmtc@verse{\end{multicols}\SV@endmtc@verse} +\makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\chapter{First chapter} +\minitoc +\begin{multicols}{2} +\section{First section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Tenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Eleventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twelfth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fourteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Sixteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Seventeenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Eighteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Nineteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twentieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\subsection{A very long subsection title, for the fun in +a multicolumn table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirtieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fortieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fiftieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\end{multicols} +\clearpage +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-3co.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d23a9f9df89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.bib @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +@MISC{minitoc, + TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=2008} + +@MISC{minitoc-fr, + TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf}}", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=2008} + +@MISC{shorttoc, + TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=aug, + YEAR=2002} + +@BOOK{dark, + TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}", + AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies", + PUBLISHER="Bantam Books", + ISBN="0553292240 (pb)", + YEAR=1993} + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77a547f8fbd Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60702f27dd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-add.tex @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-add.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-add') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} +%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-add.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{tocbibind} +\usepackage{makeidx} +\makeatletter +\newif\ifscan@allowed +\scan@allowedtrue +\makeatother +\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% +\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak + \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% +\usepackage[tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\makeindex +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot +\tableofcontents \mtcaddchapter +\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter +\listoftables \mtcaddchapter +\chapter{First chapter}\index{chapter!normal} +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{First section} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} + +\section{Second section} +A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ +\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}\index{a}% +\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}\index{cannot}% +\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}\index{I}% +\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}\index{land}% +\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}\index{to}\index{tree}% +\index{would}\index{yes}% +\textsf{A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. +But I imagine that he would, yes.}\\ +\hbox{}\hfill +Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks}~(1993),~\textsl{Against~a~dark~background.}% +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} +\chapter*{Second chapter, starred} +\index{chapter!starred} +%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 3 FOLLOWING LINES +\mtcaddchapter[Second chapter, starred] % OK +%% \mtcaddchapter[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. OK +%% \addcontentsline{toc}{xchapter}{} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% \mtcaddchapter[] % BAD SOLUTION +%% \mtcaddchapter % BAD SOLUTION +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{tests} + +This is a starred chapter; you can test here variations on +the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| command. Just uncomment one (and +only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| commands after +\verb|\chapter*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. +For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents +and at this chapter. +\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% +\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{chapter}\index{code}% +\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}\index{each}% +\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}% +\index{index}\index{is}\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}% +\index{lot}\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% +\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% +\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% +\index{variations}\index{you}% +I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. + +\chapter{Third chapter} +\index{chapter!normal} +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{Third section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} + +\section{Fourth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} +\nocite* +\def\noopsort#1{\relax} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{mtc-add} +\adjustmtc +\printindex +\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines +%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{} +%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{} +%% \mtcaddchapter +%% + +\appendix +\chapter{App.~1} +\index{chapter!appendix} +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{Fifth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} + +\section{Sixth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} +\chapter{App.~2} +\index{chapter!appendix} +%% contains no tables but asks for a minilot! No minilot printed. +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{Seventh section} +\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} + +\section{Eighth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} + +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-add.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..475da993d45 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f2515d3953 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ads.tex @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-ads.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ads') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside,12pt,a4paper]{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ads.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{url,tocbibind,makeidx} +\makeatletter \newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue \makeatother +\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% +\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak + \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% +\usepackage[tight,hints,insection]{minitoc} +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\makeindex +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dopartlof \dopartlot +\dosecttoc \dosectlof \dosectlot +\setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +\setcounter{parttocdepth}{6} +\setcounter{secttocdepth}{6} +\tableofcontents \mtcaddsection +\listoffigures \mtcaddsection +\listoftables \mtcaddsection +\part{Part~1} +\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot + +\section{First section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{First subsection} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Second subsection} +A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ +\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% +\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% +\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% +\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% +\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% +\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% +A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. +But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ +\hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} +\section*{Second section, starred} +\index{section!starred} +%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES +\mtcaddsection[Second section, starred] % OK +%% \mtcaddsection[] % BAD +%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. +%% \mtcaddsection % BAD +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{tests} + +This is a starred section; you can test here variations on +the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and +only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after +\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. +For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents +and at this section. +\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% +\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% +\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}% +\index{Contents}\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}% +\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% +\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% +\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}\index{source}% +\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}\index{the}% +\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% +\index{variations}\index{you}% +I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. + +\section{Third section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Third subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Fourth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} + +\subsubsection{Even a sub-sub-section!} +\subsubsection{And yet another one} + +\part{Part~2} +\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot + +\section{Fourth section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Fifth subsection} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Sixth subsection} +A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ +\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% +\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% +\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% +\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% +\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% +\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% +A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. +But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ +\hbox{}\hfill +Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} + +\section*{Fifth section, starred} +\index{section!starred} +%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES +\mtcaddsection[Fifth section, starred] % OK +%% \mtcaddsection[] % OK +%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. +%% \mtcaddsection % OK +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{tests} + +This is a starred section; you can test here variations on +the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and +only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after +\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. +For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents +and at this section.\index{a}% +\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% +\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% +\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}% +\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}% +\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% +\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% +\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% +\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% +\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}% +\index{uncomment}\index{variations}\index{you}% +I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. + +\section{Sixth section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Seventh subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Seventh table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Eighth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Eighth table} \end{table} +\nocite* +\def\noopsort#1{\relax} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{mtc-add} +\adjuststc +\printindex +\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines +%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{} +%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{} +%% \mtcaddsection + +\appendix +\section{App.~1} +\index{section!appendix} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Ninth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Ninth table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Tenth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Tenth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Tenth table} \end{table} + +\section{App.~2} +\index{section!appendix} +%% contains no tables but asks for a sectlot! No sectlot printed. +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Eleventh subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Twelfth figure} \end{figure} + +\subsection{Twelfth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Thirdteenth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourteenth figure} \end{figure} + +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-ads.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bb899204e50 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c48acc778d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-amm.tex @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-amm.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-amm') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-amm.tex}% + [2007/08/29] +\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text +\usepackage{hyperref} +\usepackage{memhfixc} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\adjustmtc +\chapter{First chapter} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] +\section{First section} +\lipsum[2] +\begin{appendices} +\addappheadtotoc +\adjustmtc %correction! +\chapter{Afterthoughts} +\minitoc +\lipsum[3] +Afterthoughts appendix +\section{Further remarks} +\lipsum[4] +\chapter{Last wills} +\minitoc +\section{Testament} +\lipsum[5] +\end{appendices} +\chapter{Conclusion} +\minitoc +\section{Bye} +\lipsum[6] +\chapter{Back from Hell} +\minitoc +\section{Not dead yet!} +\lipsum[7] +\section{I will survive} +\lipsum[8] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-amm.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b72bb8880b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6e9aeda6a85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-apx.tex @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-apx.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-apx') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-apx.tex}% + [2007/03/22]% +\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text +\usepackage{tocbibind} % adds some entries in the main TOC. +\usepackage[tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} \setcounter{parttocdepth}{3} +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc % prepare the mini-tables +\tableofcontents +\mtcaddchapter % because tocbibind adds a chapter entry in the TOC +\chapter{First} +\minitoc +First chapter +\section{First section} \lipsum[1] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] +\chapter{Second} +\minitoc +Second +\section{First section of second chapter} \lipsum[3] +\section{Second section of second chapter} \lipsum[4] +\appendix % begins the appendices +\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices} % adds a part entry in the TOC +\adjustptc % fixes the parttoc counter ptc +\mtcsettitle{parttoc}{List of Appendices} % changes the parttoc title +\parttoc % adds a partial toc for the appendices +\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] % hides the details of the appendices in the main TOC, +\chapter{First appendix} +\minitoc +First appendix +\section{First section} \lipsum[5] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[6] +\chapter{Second appendix} +\minitoc +Second appendix +\section{First section of second appendix} \lipsum[7] +\section{Second section of second appendix} \lipsum[8] +\end{mtchideinmaintoc} % end of hiding +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-apx.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c16690d8fd Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..22b58b65d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-art.tex @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-art.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-art') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%% mtc-art.tex +%% This file contains a set of tests for minitoc +%% package. You can alter most of parameters to test. +%% article (\section must be defined) +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-art.tex}% + [2007/06/06] +\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text +%% \usepackage{hyperref} % If used, load it BEFORE minitoc +\usepackage[tight,insection]{minitoc} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents +\setlength{\stcindent}{24pt} % indentation of secttocs, default +%% % font for secttocs, default +\renewcommand{\stcfont}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries}% +%% % font for secttocs, subsections +%% \renewcommand{\stcSSfont}{\small\sf}% +%% % you can make experiments with +%% % \stcSSSfont, \stcPfont and \stcSPfont +%% % but it is ``fontomania''... +\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice +%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test +%%% resetting section number in each part +%%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{section}{part} \makeatother +%%% END TEST +\begin{document} +\dosecttoc +\dosectlof[c] % center titles of the sectlofs +\dosectlot +\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff +\dopartlof % added in version #15 +\dopartlot % added in version #15 +\faketableofcontents % or \tableofcontents +\fakelistoffigures % to check compatibility +\fakelistoftables % to check compatibility +\part{First Part} \parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot +\twocolumn\sloppy % the secttoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, + % but works. Ideas to make it better? +\section{AAAAA} % a section with a lot of sections +\secttoc[r] % secttoc title on the right +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\lipsum[1] +\subsection{S1} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{S2} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{S3} \lipsum[4] +\subsection*{S4} +%% \addcontentsline{toc}{starsubsection}{*S4*} +\lipsum[5] +\subsection{S5} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{S6} \lipsum[7] +\subsection{S7} \lipsum[8] +\subsection{S8} \lipsum[9] +\subsection{S9} \lipsum[10] +\subsection{S10} \lipsum[11] +\subsection{S11} \lipsum[12] +\subsection{S12} \lipsum[13] +\subsection{S13} \lipsum[14] +\subsection{S14} \lipsum[15] +\subsection{S15} \lipsum[16] +\subsection{S16} \lipsum[17] +\subsection{S17} \lipsum[18] +\subsection{S18} \lipsum[19] +\subsection{S19} \lipsum[20] +\subsection{S20} \lipsum[21] +\subsection{S21} \lipsum[22] +\subsection{S22} \lipsum[23] +\subsection{S23} \lipsum[24] +\subsection{S24} \lipsum[25] +\subsection{S25} \lipsum[26] +\subsection{S26} \lipsum[27] +\subsection{S27} \lipsum[28] +\subsection{S28} \lipsum[29] +\subsection{S29} \lipsum[30] +\subsection{S30} \lipsum[31] +\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column +\section{BBBBB} +\secttoc +\mtcskip % put some skip here +\sectlof % a sectlof +\lipsum[32] +\subsection{T1} \lipsum[33] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F1} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\subsubsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command +\lipsum[34] +\paragraph{TTT1} \lipsum[35] +\subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36] +\begin{figure}[t] +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\subsection{T2} \lipsum[37] +\section*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-section. should have no secttoc +%% \addstarredsection{CCCCC} +\mtcaddsection[CCCCC] +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\lipsum[38] +\subsection{U1} \lipsum[39] +\subsubsection{UU1} \lipsum[40] +\paragraph{UUU1} \lipsum[41] +\subparagraph{UUUU1} \lipsum[42] +\subsection{U2} \lipsum[43] +\part{Second Part} +\parttoc +\partlof[c] +\partlot +%% % the following section should have no secttoc, +\section{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \secttoc, +%% \secttoc +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\lipsum[44] +\subsection{V1} \lipsum[45] +\subsubsection{VV1} \lipsum[46] +\paragraph{VVV1} \lipsum[47] +\subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\lipsum[49] \subsection{V2} \lipsum[50] +\section{EEEEE} % this section should have a secttoc +{% % left brace, see below +\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3} % depth of sect table of contents; + % try with different values. +\secttoc +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +} % right brace +%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change on secttocdepth. +\lipsum[51] +\subsection{W1} % with the given depth +\lipsum[52] +\subsubsection{WW1} \lipsum[53] +\paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla +\subparagraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[55] +\subsection{W2} \lipsum[56] +\chapter*{} +\part{Appendices} +\parttoc \mtcskip +\partlof \mtcskip +\partlot +\FloatBarrier +\appendix +\section{Comments} \lipsum[57] +\secttoc +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\subsection{C1} \lipsum[58] +\subsection{C2} \lipsum[59] +\subsection{C3} \lipsum[60] +\begin{figure}[hb] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\subsection{C4} \lipsum[61] +\FloatBarrier +\section{Evolution} +\secttoc +\sectlof % empty +\sectlot % empty +\lipsum[62] +\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63] \subsection{D2} \lipsum[64] +\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65] \subsection{D4} \lipsum[66] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-art.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c270b13b0f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad4a12e3f8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bk.tex @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-bk.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-bk') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions) +%% mtc-bk.tex +%% This file contains a set of tests for minitoc package file. +%% You can alter most of parameters to test. +%% Class: book/report (\chapter must be defined). +%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc commands and parameters. +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} % the report class uses less pages +%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-bk.tex}% + [2007/06/06] +\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text +%% \usepackage{hyperref} % if used, load it BEFORE minitoc +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} % tight option make shorter mini-tables +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents +\setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} % indentation of minitocs, default +\renewcommand{\mtcfont}{\small\rm} % font for minitocs, default +\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\small\bf} % font for minitocs, sections, default +%% \renewcommand{\mtcSSfont}{\small\sf} % font for minitocs, subsections +%% you can make experiments with \mtcSSSfont, \mtcPfont and \mtcSPfont +%% but it is ``fontomania''... +\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice +%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test resetting chapter number in each part +%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} \makeatother +%%% END TEST +\begin{document} +\mtcpagenumbers +\noptcrule +%% \nomtcrule % suppresses minitoc rules +%% \nomtcpagenumbers % suppresses minitoc page numbers +%% \nomlfpagenumbers % ---------- minilof ---- ------- +%% \nomltpagenumbers % ---------- minilot ---- ------- +\dominitoc +\dominilof[c] % centers title of minilof's +\dominilot +\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff +\dopartlof % added in version #15 +\dopartlot % added in version #15 +\tableofcontents % or \faketableofcontents +\listoffigures % or \fakelistoffigures +\fakelistoftables % or \listoftables +%% \addtocounter{chapter}{-1} % to begin with Chapter 0 +\part{First Part} +\parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot[r] +\twocolumn\sloppy % the minitoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, +\chapter{AAAAA} % a chapter with a lot of sections +\minitoc[r] % minitoc title on the right +\lipsum[1] +\section{S1} \lipsum[2] +\section{S2} \lipsum[3] +\section{S3} \lipsum[4] +\section*{S4} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}{S4}} +\lipsum[5] +\section{S5} \lipsum[6] +\section{S6} \lipsum[6] +\section{S7} \lipsum[7] +\section{S8} \lipsum[9] +\section{S9} \lipsum[10] +\section{S10} \lipsum[11] +\section{S11} \lipsum[12] +\section{S12} \lipsum[13] +\section{S13} \lipsum[14] +\section{S14} \lipsum[15] +\section{S15} \lipsum[16] +\section{S16} \lipsum[17] +\section{S17} \lipsum[18] +\section{S18} \lipsum[19] +\section{S19} \lipsum[20] +\section{S20} \lipsum[21] +\section{S21} \lipsum[22] +\section{S22} \lipsum[23] +\section{S23} \lipsum[24] +\section{S24} \lipsum[25] +\section{S25} \lipsum[26] +\section{S26} \lipsum[27] +\section{S27} \lipsum[28] +\section{S28} \lipsum[29] +\section{S29} \lipsum[30] +\section{S30} \lipsum[31] +\subsection{SS1} \lipsum[32] +\section{S31} \lipsum[33] +\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column +\chapter{BBBBB} +\minitoc +\mtcskip % put some skip here +\minilof % a minilof +\mtcskip % put some skip here +\minilot % a minilot +\lipsum[34] +\section{T1} \lipsum[35] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F1} % (tables are similar) +\end{figure} +\begin{table}[b] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{T1} % (tables are similar) +\end{table} +\clearpage +\subsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command +\lipsum[36] +\subsubsection{TTT1} \lipsum[37] +\paragraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[38] +\begin{figure} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption +\end{figure} +\section{T2} \lipsum[39] +\chapter*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-chapter; could have a minitoc. +\addstarredchapter{CCCCC} +\lipsum[40] +\section*{U1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U1} +\lipsum[41] +\subsection*{UU1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{UU1} +\lipsum[42] +\subsubsection*{UUU1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{UUU1} +\lipsum[43] +\paragraph*{UUUU1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{paragraph}{UUUU1} +\lipsum[44] +\section*{U2} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U2} +\lipsum[45] +\part{Second Part} +\parttoc +\partlof[c] +%% % the following chapter should have no minitoc, +\chapter{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \minitoc, +%% \minitoc % the minitoc appears +\lipsum[46] +\section{V1} \lipsum[47] +\subsection{VV1} \lipsum[48] +\subsubsection{VVV1} \lipsum[49] +\paragraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[50] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\lipsum[51] +\section{V2} \lipsum[52] +\chapter{EEEEE} % this chapter should have a minitoc +{% % left brace, see below +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} % depth of mini table of contents; + % try with different values. +\minitoc +} % right brace +%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change +%% on minitocdepth. +\lipsum[53] +\section{W1} % with the given depth +\lipsum[54] +\subsection{WW1} \lipsum[55] +\subsubsection{WWW1} \lipsum[56] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables here, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\lipsum[57] +\paragraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[58] +\subparagraph{WWWWW1} \lipsum[59] +\section{W2} \lipsum[60] +\appendix +\part{Appendices} +\parttoc +\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] +\chapter{Comments} +\minitoc +\section{C1} \lipsum[61] +\section{C2} \lipsum[62] +\section{C3} \lipsum[63] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\section{C4} +\chapter{Evolution} +\minitoc +\minilof %Empty => invisible +\minilot %Empty => invisible +\section{D1} \lipsum[64] +\section{D2} \lipsum[65] +\section{D3} \lipsum[66] +\section{D4} \lipsum[67] +%% this line closes the omitted part +\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} +%% this line restore the depth in the main TOC +\end{mtchideinmaintoc} +\lipsum[68] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-bk.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..128a5a97a29 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8f51fe00f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-bo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-bo.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-bo') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[10pt]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-bo.tex}% + [2007/04/17] +\usepackage[paperwidth=8.5in,paperheight=11in,% + lmargin=1.25in,rmargin=1.25in,tmargin=1in,bmargin=1in]{geometry} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{color} +\usepackage{tocloft} +\setlength{\cftsecindent}{0cm} +\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{15 pt} +\setlength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecindent} +\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecnumwidth} +\setlength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}{20 pt} +\setlength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecindent} +\addtolength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecnumwidth} +\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} +\cftpagenumbersoff{subsec} +\usepackage[francais,tight]{minitoc} +\usepackage{hyperref} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\nomtcrule % pas de filets en haut et en bas de la mini-tdm +\nomtcpagenumbers % pas de numщro de pages +\renewcommand{\mtctitle}{Contenu de la rencontre} +\usepackage[francais]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{mypatches} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\makeatletter +\def\@makechapterhead#1{% + \vspace*{10\p@}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft \normalfont + \interlinepenalty\@M + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \Huge\bfseries\sffamily Rencontre \thechapter\\% \quad + \fi + \Huge\bfseries\sffamily #1\par\nobreak + \vskip 10\p@ +}} +\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% + \vspace*{10\p@}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont + \interlinepenalty\@M + \Huge \sffamily #1\par\nobreak + \vskip 10\p@ +}} \makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newenvironment{pageUn}[6]{% +\parindent = 0.0in +\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} +\begin{multicols}{2} + {\large \bfseries Math. pour mщdecine nuclщaire\\ + \textit{(#2)}} + \vfill\columnbreak + \raggedleft\bfseries Automne 2003\\ + #1 +\end{multicols} +\vspace{-18pt} +\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} + +\setlength{\columnseprule}{.3pt} \setlength{\columnsep}{1cm} +\begin{multicols}{2}% + +\colorbox[cmyk]{.1,0,0,0}{% + \parbox{\linewidth}{% + \setcounter{minitocdepth}{3}% + \minitoc% + }} + +\mtcskip + + +{\large \bfseries Documents distribuщs} +\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$} #3 \end{itemize} + + +\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Messages} +\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$}#4\end{itemize} + +\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Lecture}\vspace{-6pt} \par#5 \par + +\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Exercices}\vspace{-6pt}\par#6\par + +\end{multicols}% +} +{\hrule} + + +\parskip = 0.1in + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Alph{section}} + +%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%% +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \faketableofcontents +\chapter{Premiшre щtape (dщbut)} +\begin{pageUn} + {%1 Date du cours + lundi 25 ao√t + } + {%2 Durщe du cours + 2 pщriodes + } + {%3 Liste des documents р~distribuer + \item Plan de cours + \item Fiche d'identification + \item Grille horaire + \item Feuilles d'exercices supplщmentaires + } + {%4 Ne pas oublier + \item Acheter le livre de rщfщrence + \item Apporter une disquette + } + {%5 Lecture + Lire les pages ppp р~ppp et ppp р~ppp + } + {%6 Exercice + Faire les exercices nnn de la page ppp + } +\end{pageUn} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\section{Titre de la section} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Texte dans la section + +%% +\subsection{Une sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%% +\subsection{Une autre sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\section{Titre d'une autre section} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Texte dans la section + +%% +\subsection{Une sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%% +\subsection{Une autre sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\section{Encore une autre section} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Texte dans la section + +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-bo.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39adcbe254b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20bb279947e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ch0.tex @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-ch0.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ch0') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ch0.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[tight,english]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\chapter*{Chapter One (starred)} +\mtcaddchapter[Fake chapter one] +\minitoc +\section{Chap 1, section 1} +That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and +Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize +worldwide parties to celebrate. + +Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved +Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for +one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, +organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to +organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, +dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do +things by halves around here. + +\subsection{Chap 1, section 1, subsection 1} +That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and +Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize +worldwide parties to celebrate. + +Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved +Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for +one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, +organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to +organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, +dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do +things by halves around here. +\chapter{Chapter Two (numbered one)} +\minitoc +\section{Chapter 2, section 1} +That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and +Thunderbird 1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize +worldwide parties to celebrate. + +Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved +Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for +one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, +organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to +organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, +dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do +things by halves around here. +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-ch0.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb979d8094c Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..51d0d0e0ada --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-cri.tex @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-cri.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-cri') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% + {report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-cri.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[francais]{babel} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage% + [french2,tight]% + {minitoc} + +\mtcsetdepth{parttoc}{2} + +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\part*{Prщsentation gщnщrale} +\mtcaddpart[Prщsentation gщnщrale] +\adjustptc[-2] +\parttoc + +Texte de la +prщsentation gщnщrale\ldots + +\chapter*{Les auteurs} +\mtcaddchapter[Les auteurs] +Prщsentation des auteurs\ldots + +\chapter*{Les lecteurs} +\mtcaddchapter[Les lecteurs] +Prщsentation des lecteurs\ldots + +\part{Premiшre partie} +\parttoc +\chapter*{Introduction} +\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] +\chapter{Premier chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~A} +\section{Deuxiшme section~A} +\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~B} +\section{Deuxiшme section~B} + +\part{Deuxiшme partie} +\parttoc +\chapter{Premier chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~C} +\section{Deuxiшme section~C} +\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~D} +\section{Deuxiшme section~D} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-cri.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a31d91ab452 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e13cc7fdfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fko.tex @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-fko.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-fko') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[german,a4paper,oneside]{scrbook} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fko.tex}% + [2007/02/19] +\usepackage[germanb]{babel} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} % optional +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\sectfont\small} +\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\sectfont\large} +\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Inhalt} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\chapter{Ein serifenloses Kapitel} +\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc +\section{Dieser Text ist in minitoc serifenlos} +Auch der Text \glqq Inhaltsangabe\grqq\ will +so wie koma es definiert. +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-fko.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b89fa473873 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7fa763649ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-fo1.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-fo1') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo1.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents +\part{Introduction} \clearpage +\parttoc \clearpage +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\chapter{A very short chapter} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] +\section{First section} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] +\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-fo1.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a279f03bdd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84866d7fbf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-fo2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-fo2.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-fo2') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo2.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} + \def\ptcSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsections) + \def\ptcSSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsubsections) + \def\ptcPfont{\ptcfont} % (paragraphs) + \def\ptcSPfont{\ptcfont} % (subparagraphs) + \def\plffont{\ptcfont} % (figures) + \def\plfSfont{\ptcfont} % (subfigures) + \def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables) + \def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables) +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\part{Introduction} +\clearpage +\parttoc \clearpage +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\chapter{A very short chapter} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] +\section{First section} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] \subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] +\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] \subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-fo2.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96172bca7ff Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c91e2f5d8ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-gap.tex @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-gap.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-gap') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[a4paper,oneside,12pt]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-gap.tex}[2007/01/04]% +\usepackage{txfonts,vruler} % vertical graduation to note positions (Zhuhan Jiang) +\usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package +\doparttoc \faketableofcontents +\part{First part} +\parttoc +\chapter{First chapter of first part} \chapter{Second chapter of first part} +\part{Second part} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{100pt} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{80pt} +\parttoc +\chapter{First chapter of second part} \chapter{Second chapter of second part} +\part{Third part} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{20pt} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{10pt} +\parttoc +\chapter{First chapter of third part} \chapter{Second chapter of third part} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-gap.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..51fb3401df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..794c8c55815 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-hi1.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hi1') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi1.tex}% + [2007/01/04]% +\usepackage% + [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominilof \listoffigures +\dominilot \listoftables +\chapter{First} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA2} +\end{table} +\chapter{Second} +\minilof \minilot +%%---------------------- +\begin{mtchideinmainlof} +\begin{mtchideinmainlot} +\begin{figure} +\caption{BBBB1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{BBBB2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TBBBB1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TBBBB2} +\end{table} +\chapter{Third} +\end{mtchideinmainlot} +\end{mtchideinmainlof} +%%---------------------- +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC2} +\end{table} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-hi1.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f5bda0ab98 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fde601b85bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hi2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-hi2.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hi2') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi2.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage% + [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominilof \listoffigures +\dominilot \listoftables +\chapter{First} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA2} +\end{table} +\chapter{Second} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\mtchideinmainlof % <-- +\caption{BBBB1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{BBBB2} +\endmtchideinmainlof % <-- +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\mtchideinmainlot % <-- +\caption{TBBBB1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TBBBB2} +\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- +\end{table} +\chapter{Third} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC2} +\end{table} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-hi2.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b75167ebb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02ff9d6f7a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hia.tex @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-hia.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hia') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass% + [oneside,a4paper]{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hia.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage% + [tight,insection]% + {minitoc} +\dosectlot +\begin{document} +\listoftables +\section{First section} +\sectlot +\lipsum[1] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My first visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[2] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[3] +\begin{table}[hb] +\mtchideinmainlot +\caption{My first hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[4-6] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[7] +\section{Second section} +\sectlot +\lipsum[8] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My last hidden table} +\endmtchideinmainlot +\end{table} +\lipsum[9] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A third visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[10] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{A fourth visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[11] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-hia.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9fa184b6fa1 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f1ce90e2437 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hir.tex @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-hir.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hir') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[a4paper]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hir.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\dominilot +\begin{document} +\listoftables +\chapter{First chapter} +\minilot +\lipsum[1] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My first visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[2] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[3] +\begin{table}[hb] +\mtchideinmainlot % <-- +\caption{My first hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[4-6] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[7] +\chapter{Second chapter} +\minilot +\lipsum[8] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My last hidden table} +\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- +\end{table} +\lipsum[9] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A third visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[10] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{A fourth visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[11] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-hir.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc40963dbc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e3f8c24f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-hop.tex @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-hop.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hop') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside,12pt]{scrbook} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hop.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage[hints]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\dominilof \fakelistoffigures +\part*{Part 1: Strategic Marketing} +\mtcaddpart[Part 1: Strategic Marketing] +\chapter{Chapter 1} +\minitoc \minilof +\section{Section one of first chapter} \lipsum[1] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture one of first chapter} +\end{figure} + +\section{Section two of first chapter} \lipsum[2] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture two of first chapter} +\end{figure} + +\chapter{Chapter 2} +\minitoc \minilof + +\section{Section one of second chapter} \lipsum[3] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture one of second chapter} +\end{figure} +\cleardoublepage +\section{Section two of second chapter} \lipsum[4] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture two of second chapter} +\end{figure} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-hop.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dccc9c6f6a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..168e691789a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-liv.tex @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-liv.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-liv') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[10pt,twoside,openright]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-liv.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\makeatletter +\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% +\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage + \if@twoside + \ifodd\c@page\else + \null\thispagestyle{chapterverso}\newpage + \if@twocolumn\null\newpage\fi + \fi + \fi + }% +\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% +\makeatother +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{tocloft} +\usepackage{sectsty} +\usepackage[french,undotted,tight]{minitoc} +\usepackage[english,francais]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew,mypatches} +\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} +\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{1em} % for tocloft +\cftsetrmarg{2.55em plus 1fil} % to avoid hyphenations in the ToC (tocloft). +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{4} +\chapterfont{\huge\bfseries\sffamily} % for sectsty +\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}} +\sectionfont{\Large\raggedright} % for sectsty (to avoid hyphenations in section titles) +\title{Systшmes d'occultation} \author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}} +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\dominitoc \tableofcontents + +\chapter{Dщfinition et contrЇle du travail р~faire}% +\label{chap+controle} +\minitoc + +\section{Le modшle de la grande industrie et le taylorisme}% +\index{taylorisme} +C'est au \textsc{xviii}\fup{e}~siшcle que la vision du travail comme +marchandise est vraiment devenue dominante, pour s'imposer au +\textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siшcle dans l'organisation type de la grande usine +industrielle. + +\subsection*{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel}\index{centre d'appel} +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel} +Aujourd'hui le taylorisme\index{taylorisme} au sens +strict est en dщclin parce qu'il n'est plus guшre adaptщ aux +besoins de la production industrielle contemporaine non plus qu'aux +nouvelles normes de comportement individuel et collectif. + +\section{Tout travail щmet de la pensщe} +Le travail a vocation р~produire du sens, pour son auteur comme pour +son destinataire. + +\section{Thщorie et pratique de la commande publique} +En France, les prestations de service commandщes par les +services publics р~des entreprises font l'objet de contrЇles +de leur bonne rщalisation selon des procщdures et des rшgles +qui sont des cas particuliers d'un ensemble plus vaste, la +rщglementation des marchщs publics de l'╔tat, dont nous +allons donner ci-dessous une brшve description. + +\subsection{Rщglementation des marchщs publics} +Le dispositif juridique, rщglementaire et comptable qui encadre les +actes contractuels de la puissance publique en France est trшs~[...] + +\subsubsection{Premier principe: sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable} +Le premier щlщment du dispositif est le principe de +sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable. Il a щtщ +instaurщ en 1319 par l'ordonnance portant crщation de la~[...] + +\subsubsection{Second principe: contrЇle \emph{a~priori}} +Le second щlщment du dispositif est le principe du contrЇle +\emph{a~priori}. Lorsque le directeur de l'organisme public +de recherche pris ici comme exemple (l'ordonnateur) dщcide~[...] + +\subsubsection{Le Code des Marchщs Publics} +Le troisiшme pilier de la commande publique est le Code des Marchщs +Publics (CMP), qui rщgit tous les contrats, conclus par des organismes +publics ou des collectivitщs territoriales, dont le montant excшde un~[...] + +\subsection{La pratique des marchщs publics} +Lorsque l'administration franчaise fait rщaliser un systшme +informatique par un prestataire, elle est en position de maюtre +d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}. Elle rщdige (ou fait rщdiger) un +cahier des charges\index{cahier des charges} qui dщcrit les +spщcifications du systшme р~rщaliser. Ce cahier des charges constitue~[...] + +\subsection{Quels sont les services publics л~rentables~╗?} +Pour parler comme les informaticiens, nous pouvons identifier un +л effet de bord ╗, c'est-р-dire une consщquence non intentionnelle de +la rщglementation des marchщs publics: les administrations ne disposent +d'aucun moyen pour envisager la notion d'investissement. Le~[...] + +\section{Projet et cahier des charges}\index{cahier des charges} +Jean-Pierre~\textsc{Boutinet} nous guidera ici pour ce qui concerne +l'histoire de la notion de~[...] + +\subsection{La frontiшre entre conception et fabrication} +La vision classique de la conduite d'un projet informatique de gestion +est la suivante: le maюtre d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}~[...] + +\subsection{Bтtiment, mщcanique, programmation} +Nous y reviendrons au chapitre~\ref{chap+travail}, mais nous savons +dщjр que la mise en {\oe}uvre de l'informatique s'est beaucoup +inspirщe des procщdures de travail les plus щlaborщes du +\textsc{xx}\fup{e}~siшcle~[...] + +\chapter{Le travail informatique} +\minitoc + +\section{De la nature de l'informatique} + +\subsection{Premiшres croyances}\label{sub+premcroyances} +Les premiers ordinateurs, qui entrшrent en fonction р~l'extrъme fin +des annщes 1940 et durant les annщes 1950, щtaient consacrщs р~des +travaux militaires ou scientifiques puisque, р~cette щpoque, +on pensait~[...] + +\subsection{Comment l'informatique diffшre des mathщmatiques} +J'aimerai р~l'occasion de cette analyse attirer l'attention du +lecteur sur une question qui est une source constante de malentendus +au sujet de la programmation. + +\subsubsection{Les preuves de programme} +L'щcriture de programmes informatiques obщit р~de tout autres principes. +Il convient de prщciser cette affirmation pour la prщserver~[...] + +\section{Programmation dans le monde rщel} +\subsection{La vraie nature de la programmation des ordinateurs} + +Alors, comment s'щcrivent les programmes informatiques? Et +d'ailleurs, qu'est-ce qu'une erreur\index{erreur} de programmation? +Ces questions sont liщes et elles sont, bien s√r, au c{\oe}ur de notre +prщoccupation. + +\subsection{Mщthodes de programmation} +Un processeur quelconque est caractщrisщ par le jeu des actions +щlщmentaires qu'il est capable d'effectuer. Ces actions щlщmentaires +sont appelщes les \emph{primitives} du processeur, ou, si le +processeur est une machine, les л~instructions machine~╗. Un~[...] + +\subsection{Mщthodes de construction de programmes} +Nous avons dщcrit ci-dessus le processus щlщmentaire de la +programmation, celui qui consiste р~щcrire les instructions ou les +expressions qui vont composer un programme. + +\subsubsection{La programmation structurщe} +Le premier courant de pensщe qui associa la recherche d'une syntaxe +claire et expressive р~une organisation logique et commode des unitщs +de programme fut la \emph{programmation +structurщe}\index{programmation!structurщe} des annщes 1970, dont~[...] + +\subsubsection{La programmation par objets} +Aprшs la programmation structurщe vint un autre courant significatif: +la programmation par objets\index{programmation!par objets}, inventщe +en Norvшge р~la fin des annщes 1960 par l'щquipe de~[...] + +\subsubsection{Excшs dans la pensщe} +Il y a eu beaucoup de verbiage autour de l'aptitude supposщe du +modшle~[...] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-liv.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05d6c6a8803 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e734943746d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mem.tex @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-mem.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-mem') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass% + [oneside]{memoir} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-mem.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +%% \usepackage{hyperref} +%% \usepackage{memhfixc} +\usepackage% + [tight]{minitoc} +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents* + +\chapter[oneA][oneB]{oneC} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] \newpage \lipsum[2] +\section{S-1-one} \lipsum[3] +\section{S-1-two} \lipsum[4] + +\chapter[twoA][twoB]{twoC} +\minitoc +\lipsum[4] \newpage \lipsum[5] +\section{S-2-one} \lipsum[6] +\section{S-2-two} \lipsum[7] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-mem.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0f5ec59b15 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a031196cca1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mm1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-mm1.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-mm1') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-mm1.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text +\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} +\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} +\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} +\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} +%% hyperref before minitoc, optional +%% \usepackage[linktocpage=true]{hyperref}\usepackage{memhfixc} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalsize\scshape} % <- no scshape +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{subsection}{\normalsize\scshape}% <- no scshape +\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} +\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} +\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} +\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} +\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\Large\scshape} +%% this is working beautifully -> +\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Chapter Contents} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents* + +\chapter[OneA][OneB]{OneC} +\minitoc +\section{This section} \lipsum[1] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] +\section{Third section} \lipsum[3] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-mm1.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20b49544c82 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20a4431aff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-mu.tex @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-mu.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-mu') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-mu.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\usepackage{wrapfig} +\newcommand{\LangSig}[1]{\textsc{[#1]}} % smallcaps +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\chapter{Mulspren}\label{chapter+mulspren} +\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\linewidth} +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} +\vspace{-2.\baselineskip} +\minitoc +\vspace{-1.\baselineskip} +\end{minipage} +\end{wrapfigure} +The previous chapter examined many end-user programming environments +and found that most contain cognitive programming gulfs. +These gulfs were often created when programing environments used +multiple notations, and could manifest themselves in a variety of +usability problems, ranging from users being unable to understand +a program representation, to not wanting to execute their programs. +Conversely, the previous chapter also found circumstances where multiple +notations helped users understand programs. +It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming +environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating +programming gulfs. +It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming +environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating +programming gulfs. + +This chapter introduces our programming environment, Mulspren. +Mulspren was designed to avoid these gulfs and gain the potential +benefits of multiple notations. +Users program using two notations, one similar to English and one +similar to conventional code. +Changes in one notation are immediately reflected in the other notation, +and users can move rapidly and seamlessly between the notations. +This is programming using dual notations. +When the program is executed, both notations are animated. +Mulspren's language signature is \LangSig{Re/Wr/Wa + Re/Wr/Wa + Wa}. + +Papers describing Mulspren have been published in~\cite{Wright02-2} +and~\cite{Wright03-3}. + +\section{section 1} +\section{section 2 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla +bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla} +\section{section 3} +\section{section 4} +\section{section 5 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla +bla bla bla bla bla} +\begin{thebibliography}{1} +\bibitem{Wright02-2} +Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. +\newblock Mulspren: a multiple language simulation programming + environment. +\newblock In {\em HCC '02: Proceedings of the IEEE 2002 Symposia + on Human Centric Computing Languages and Environments (HCC'02)}, + page 101, Washington, DC, USA, 2002. IEEE Computer Society. + +\bibitem{Wright03-3} +Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. +\newblock Evaluation of two textual programming notations for children. +\newblock In {\em AUIC '05: Proceedings of the Sixth Australasian + conference on User interface}, pages 55--62, Darlinghurst, Australia, + Australia, 2005. + Australian Computer Society, Inc. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-mu.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..928f9a21f9b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc98669cce7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-nom.tex @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-nom.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-nom') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-nom.tex}% + [2007/04/02] +\usepackage[intoc]{nomencl} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\makenomenclature +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\chapter{Angels} +\minitoc +\section{Main equations} +\begin{equation} + a=\frac{N}{A} +\end{equation}% +\nomenclature{$a$}{The number of angels per unit area}% +\nomenclature{$N$}{The number of angels per needle point}% +\nomenclature{$A$}{The area of the needle point}% +The equation $\sigma = m a$% +\nomenclature{$\sigma$}{The total mass of angels per unit area}% +\nomenclature{$m$}{The mass of one angel} +follows easily. +\printnomenclature \mtcfixnomenclature +\chapter{Demons} +\minitoc +\section{False equations} +\begin{equation} i=\sqrt{-1} \end{equation} +\nomenclature{$i$}{The imaginary unit}% +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-nom.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36b8c32971d Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1dd4c645df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ocf.tex @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-ocf.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ocf') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ocf.tex}% + [2007/04/02] +\usepackage{multicol} % to make multi-columns. +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{fullpage} +\let\osection\section \def\section{\penalty-1\relax\osection} +\usepackage[french,tight]{minitoc} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{3}} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} + +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\chapter{Premier chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Alfa} +\section{Bravo} +\section{Charlie} +\section{Delta} +\section{Echo} +\section{Fox-Trot} +\section{Golf} +\section{Hotel} +\section{India} +\section{Juliet} +\section{Kilo} +\section{Lima} +\section{Mike} +\section{November} +\section{Oscar} +\section{Papa} +\section{Quebec} +\section{Romeo} +\section{Sierra} +\section{Tango} +\section{Uniform} +\section{Victor} +\section{Whiskey} +\section{X-Ray} +\section{Yankee} +\section{Zulu} +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-ocf.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e57a66368a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f3bc393f0ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-ofs.tex @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-ofs.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ofs') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ofs.tex}% + [2007/04/17] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{fullpage} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\kern1sp\vspace*{-.1ex}\begin{multicols}{4}[\kern-2.5ex]} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\kern-2.ex} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \faketableofcontents +\chapter{Introduction} +\minitoc +\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-1.75em} +\mtcskip \minitoc +\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.875em} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.875em} +\mtcskip \minitoc +\section{Alfa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Bravo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Charlie} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Delta} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Echo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fox-Trot} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Golf} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Hotel} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{India} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Juliet} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Kilo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Lima} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Mike} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{November} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Oscar} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Papa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Quebec} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Romeo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Sierra} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Tango} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Uniform} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Victor} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Whiskey} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{X-Ray} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Yankee} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Zulu} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-ofs.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3fb2004bd16 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..478c4facfde --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-sbf.tex @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-sbf.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-sbf') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-sbf.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{subfigure} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\l@subfigure}{\@dottedxxxline{\ext@subfigure}{2}{3.9em}{3.3em}} +\makeatother +\usepackage{varioref} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\newcommand{\goodap}{% + \hspace{\subfigtopskip}% + \hspace{\subfigbottomskip}} +\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} +\begin{document} +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{2} +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{partlof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{partlof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{minilof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{minilof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +%% no tables in this document +%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\dominilof \listoffigures \tableofcontents +\chapter{First Chapter} +\minilof \mtcskip +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} \minilof +\begin{figure} +\centering + \fbox{% + \begin{minipage}{3.5in}% + \raggedright + \begin{center} + \subfigure[First]{% + \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 15mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}% + \hspace{\subfigtopskip}\hspace{\subfigbottomskip}% + \subfigure[Second Figure]{% + \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ + \subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}% + \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ + \caption{Three subfigures.}\label{3figs}% + \end{center} + \vspace{4pt}% + This figure contains two top `subfigures' and + Figure~\ref{3figs-c}. + \end{minipage}} +\end{figure} +Figure~\vref{3figs} contains two top ``subfigures'' and +Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-sbf.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18017f12dad Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64ca4f0da7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-scr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-scr.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-scr') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[12pt,halfparskip,liststotoc,bibtotoc]{scrreprt} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-scr.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{4} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{longtable} +\usepackage{hyperref} +\usepackage[k-tight,germanb]{minitoc} +\usepackage[germanb]{babel} +\begin{document} +\pagenumbering{Roman} % page number in Roman, reset to 1 (I) +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\listoftables \mtcaddchapter +\clearpage +\pagenumbering{arabic} % page number in arabic digits +\setcounter{page}{1} % forced to 1 + +\chapter{Test 1}\label{cha:test-1} + +Text. + +\section{Tabelle}\label{sec:tabelle} + +\begin{table} + \centering + \begin{longtable}[l]{ll} + \underline{Ausbildungsbetrieb} \hspace{10mm} & Kommanditgesellschaft +\\ + \underline{Ausbildender} & Hammer \\ + Ausbildungsstфtte & XXXXX Ort + \end{longtable} + \caption{Ausbildungsbetrieb} +\end{table} + +Text. + +\appendix +\chapter{Dokumente} +\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc + +\section{Anhang}\label{sec:anhang} +Text.\\ +Hier sollte nun der Anhang sein, davor das Verzeichnis daf№r. +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-scr.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..15d80523653 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..315ca5e5b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-syn.tex @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-syn.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-syn') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[a4paper,twoside,12pt]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-syn.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\chapter*{ } % Dedication chapter, no title +\mtcaddchapter % Added for a starred chapter + % without entry in the ToC +Dedication goes here + +\chapter*{Abstract} +\mtcaddchapter[Abstract] % Added for a starred chapter + % with an entry in the ToC +Abstract goes here + +\chapter*{Declaration} +\mtcaddchapter[Declaration] % Added for a starred chapter + % with an entry in the ToC +Declaration goes here +\tableofcontents \decrementmtc % Synchro added (look at the .log file) +\chapter{Chapter One} +\minitoc +\section{Section 1} Some text. +\section{Section 2} Some text. + +\chapter{Chapter Two} +\minitoc +\section{Another Section 1} +Some more text. +\section{Another Section 2} +Some more text. +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-syn.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcc348770b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4701ec9261a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tbi.tex @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-tbi.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tbi') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[a4paper]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tbi.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +%% tocbibind compatibility +%% not used if nottoc option : +%% \mtcaddchapter[] +\chapter*{Introduction} +\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] +\chapter{Title of chapter~1} +\minitoc +\section{as1} \section{as2} +\chapter{Title of chapter~2} +\minitoc +\section{bs1} \section{bs2} +\chapter{Title of chapter~3} +\minitoc +\section{cs1} \section{cs2} +\chapter{Title of chapter~4} +\minitoc +\section{ds1} \section{ds2} +\chapter*{Conclusion} +\mtcaddchapter[Conclusion] +\chapter*{Appendices} +\mtcaddchapter[Appendices] +\minitoc +\section*{first appendix} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% + {first appendix} +\section*{second appendix} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% + {second appendix} +%% tocbibind compatibility +\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter +\begin{thebibliography}{3} + \bibitem {s1}{title ...} +\end{thebibliography} +%% tocbibind compatibility +\adjustmtc +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-tbi.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be7ca1feca5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9e01c4799ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tlc.tex @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-tlc.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tlc') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlc.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\setlength{\textwidth}% + {124.20126pt} +\setlength{\textheight}% + {19\baselineskip} +\usepackage{minitoc} +\setlength{\stcindent}{0pt} +\mtcsetfont{secttoc}{*}% + {\footnotesize} +\mtcsetdepth{secttoc}{3} +\begin{document} +\dosecttoc[e] \faketableofcontents + +\section{Afghanistan} \secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 647,500 km2 +\subsubsection{Land area} + 647,500 km2 +\subsection{History} \ldots + +\section{Albania} \secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 28,750 km2 +\subsubsection{Land area} + 27,400 km2 +\subsection{History} \ldots +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-tlc.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd9087c0e3a Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f1eac9ab6bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-tsf.tex @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-tsf.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tsf') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tsf.tex}[2008/04/03]% +\usepackage{fullpage} +\usepackage[config=altsf]{subfig} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\newdimen\testtemp +\newcommand{\ru}[1]{% + \testtemp #1% + \advance\testtemp .5pt \divide\testtemp 2% + \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% + \vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt\hfil}\hfil}% + \hbox to 0pt{\hss\vrule height3mm depth0pt width.25pt\hss}% + \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% + \hfil\vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt}\hfil}} +%% +\fboxsep=-\fboxrule +\newcommand{\figbox}[1]{% + \fbox{\vbox to 1in{% + \vfil\hbox to 2in{\parbox{2in}{\centering #1}}\vfil + \vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox to 2in{\hfil\ru{1.1in}\hfil}}}}} +\begin{document} +\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} \dominilof \listoffigures +\newpage +\chapter{Reference Test} +\minilof \mtcskip +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} +\minilof + +\begin{figure}[ht]% + \centering + \subfigure{% + \label{fig+A}\figbox{SUBFIGURE ONE:\\(no opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[]{% + \label{fig+B}\figbox{SUBFIGURE TWO:\\(empty opt)}}\\ + + \subfigure[Subfigure Three.]{% + \label{fig+C}\figbox{SUBFIGURE THREE:\\(opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[][Subfigure Four.]{% + \label{fig+D}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FOUR:\\(empty opt and opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[][]{% + \label{fig+E}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FIVE:\\(both empty opt)}}\\ + + \subfigure[The Sixth Subfigure.][Subfigure Six.]{% + \label{fig+F}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SIX:\\(both opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[The Seventh Subfigure][]{% + \label{fig+G}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SEVEN:\\(opt and empty opt)}} + + \caption{Optional argument test.}% + \label{fig+main}% +\end{figure} + +The figure~\ref{fig+main} on page~\pageref{fig+main} is composed +of the seven subfigures~\subref{fig+A} (aka: \ref{fig+A}), +\subref{fig+B} (aka: \ref{fig+B}), \subref{fig+C} (aka: \ref{fig+C}), +\subref{fig+D} (aka: \ref{fig+D}), \subref{fig+E} (aka: \ref{fig+E}), +\subref{fig+F} (aka: \ref{fig+F}), and \subref{fig+G} (aka: \ref{fig+G}). + +\section{Centering Test} +Note that figures~\ref{fig+B}, \ref{fig+E} and \ref{fig+G} are centered. +This means that \verb|\subfigcapskip| has been set to zero and is not +offsetting the simple label to the left. Also the remaining captioned +subfigures (figures~\ref{fig+C}, \ref{fig+D}, and \ref{fig+F}) should +have centered labels. +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-tsf.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0805a2f4fb Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fafe518248d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/mtc-vti.tex @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +%% +%% This is file `mtc-vti.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-vti') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-vti.tex}[2008/06/26]% +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\doparttoc +\newcommand\alfati{\ifinparttoc Alfa in parttoc + \else\ifinminitoc Alfa in minitoc + \else Alfa out subtoc + \fi + \fi} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\varsecti}[3]% + {\ifinparttoc{#1}\relax + \else\ifinminitoc{#2}\relax + \else{#3}\relax + \fi + \fi} +\tableofcontents +\part{Part~A} +\parttoc + +\chapter{One} +\minitoc +\section[\protect\alfati]{Alfa the first section} +\lipsum[1] +\section[\varsecti{Bravo in parttoc}% + {Bravo in minitoc}% + {Bravo out of subtoc}]% % in maintoc and headers + {Bravo the second section} % local title +\lipsum[2] +\chapter{Two} +\minitoc +\section[\mtcpolymtoc% + {Charlie in parttoc}% + {Charlie in minitoc}% + {Charlie in secttoc}% % <- see/voir note + {Charlie out subtoc}]% + {Charlie} +\lipsum[3] +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `mtc-vti.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/faroe-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/faroe-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index badc4d694d1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/faroe-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi-logo.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi-logo.png deleted file mode 100644 index 168a730c880..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi-logo.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8bad36dd4e1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/farsi.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/feroe.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/feroe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index ac3502522e7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/feroe.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fiji-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fiji-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d6cdd382615..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fiji-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1ace35dea3c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande1.png deleted file mode 100644 index d590e17b025..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2e32dfd3b28..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finlande2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishd.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishd.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 02dd1f83b18..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishd.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishl.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 937b5c1f0d0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/finnishl.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/flanders-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/flanders-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d7856d1d796..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/flanders-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fmk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fmk index 3f3095764ea..5a65fd79f06 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fmk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fmk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f if ( -f minitoc-fr.dtx ) then echo 'Creating the french documentation...' if ( -f minitoc-fr.maf ) then diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e076f1c08b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fr-mtc.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1387 @@ +%%% Modification of BibTeX style file frplain1.bst +%%% ... by urlbst, version 0.5 (marked with "% urlbst") +%%% See +%%% Added webpage entry type, and url and lastchecked fields. +%%% Added eprint support. +%%% Added DOI support. +%%% Added hyperref support. +%%% Further modified into fr-mtc.bst by Jean-Pierre Drucbert for minitoc; +%%% released under the original license(s). +%%% Original headers follow... + +% +% J'ai modifie' le style pour qu'il soit plus international. +% En plus les titres sont laisse's tels quels, avec majuscules/minuscules. +% +% Ronan Keryell@cri.ensmp.fr. +% +% 01/02/1995 : utilisation des macros de frbib.sty pour avoir des noms +% francise's pour les << editeur >>, << et >>, etc. +% +% 26/04/1994 : les noms passent en petites capitales. +% modification de la cle' dans format.lab.names +% et rajout des fonctions output.guillemet et +% output.check.guillemet. +% ??/02/2005 : (Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert) suppression d'une +% virgule avant л et ╗ dans une liste. +% 0202/2006 : (Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert) l'annщe en +% chiffres anciens. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + eprint % urlbst + doi % urlbst + url % urlbst + lastchecked % urlbst + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +STRINGS { urlintro eprinturl eprintprefix doiprefix doiurl } % urlbst... +INTEGERS { hrefform addeprints adddoiresolver } +% Following constants may be adjusted by hand, if desired +FUNCTION {init.config.constants} +{ + "Disponible depuis: " 'urlintro := % prefix before URL + "http://arxiv.org/abs/" 'eprinturl := % prefix to make URL from eprint ref + "arXiv:" 'eprintprefix := % text prefix printed before eprint ref + "http://dx.doi.org/" 'doiurl := % prefix to make URL from DOI + "doi:" 'doiprefix := % text prefix printed before DOI ref + #1 'addeprints := % 0=no eprints; 1=include eprints + #1 'adddoiresolver := % 0=no DOI resolver; 1=include it + #2 'hrefform := % 0=no crossrefs; 1=hypertex xrefs; 2=hyperref refs +} +INTEGERS { + bracket.state + outside.brackets + open.brackets + within.brackets + close.brackets +} +% ...urlbst to here +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'outside.brackets := % urlbst + #1 'open.brackets := + #2 'within.brackets := + #3 'close.brackets := + + #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +% urlbst +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.original} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +% urlbst... +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ % Save the thing we've been asked to output + 's := + % If the bracket-state is close.brackets, then add a close-bracket to + % what is currently at the top of the stack, and set bracket.state + % to outside.brackets + bracket.state close.brackets = + { "]" * + outside.brackets 'bracket.state := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + bracket.state outside.brackets = + { % We're outside all brackets -- this is the normal situation. + % Write out what's currently at the top of the stack, using the + % original output.nonnull function. + s + output.nonnull.original + } + { % Still in brackets. Add open-bracket or (continuation) comma, add the + % new text (in s) to the top of the stack, and move to the close-brackets + % state, ready for next time (unless inbrackets resets it). If we come + % into this branch, then output.state is carefully undisturbed. + bracket.state open.brackets = + { " [" * } + { ", " * } % bracket.state will be within.brackets + if$ + s * + close.brackets 'bracket.state := + } + if$ +} + +% Call this function just before adding something which should be presented in +% brackets. bracket.state is handled specially within output.nonnull. +FUNCTION {inbrackets} +{ bracket.state close.brackets = + { within.brackets 'bracket.state := } % reset the state: not open nor closed + { open.brackets 'bracket.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.lastchecked} +{ lastchecked empty$ + { "" } + { inbrackets "cit\'e " lastchecked * } + if$ +} +% ...urlbst to here + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.guillemet} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "<<~" swap$ * "~>>" * output.nonnull } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.guillemet} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + { "<<~" swap$ * "~>>" * output.nonnull } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ outside.brackets 'bracket.state := % urlbst + newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ + bracket.state close.brackets = % urlbst + { "]" * } + 'skip$ + if$ + add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {slant} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{\sffamily " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}\bgroup\scshape {vv~}{ll}\egroup{{}}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > +% { "," * } + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } + { " \andname{} " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", \editornames{}" * } + { ", \editorname{}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + %{ title "t" change.case$ } On laisse le titre tel quel. + { title } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + { "\oldstylenums{" year * "}" * } + { month " " * "\oldstylenums{" * year * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "\volumename{}" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " \ofname{} " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "\volumename{} \andname{} \numbername{}" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "\numbername{}" } + { "\Numbername{}" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " \inname{} " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " \editionname{}" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " \editionname{}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "\pagesname{}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "\pagename{}" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { "{\froff$:$}" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "\chaptername{}" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "\Inname{} " booktitle slant * } + { "\Inname{} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle slant * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "\technicalreportname{}" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "\Inname{} \emph{\sffamily " journal * "}" * } + if$ + } + { "\Inname{} " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " \upshape\rmfamily et~al." * } + { " \andname{} " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "\Inname{} " + } + { "\Volumename{}" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "\emph{\sffamily " * series * "}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "\Inname{} \emph{\sffamily " booktitle * "}" * } + if$ + } + { "\Inname{} " key * } + if$ + } + { "\Inname{} " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% urlbst... +% Functions for making hypertext links. +% In all cases, the stack has (link-text href-url) +% +% make 'null' specials +FUNCTION {make.href.null} +{ + pop$ +} +% make hypertex specials +FUNCTION {make.href.hypertex} +{ + "\special {html: }" * swap$ * + "\special {html:}" * +} +% make hyperref specials +FUNCTION {make.href.hyperref} +{ + "\href {" swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" * +} +FUNCTION {make.href} +{ hrefform #2 = + 'make.href.hyperref % hrefform = 2 + { hrefform #1 = + 'make.href.hypertex % hrefform = 1 + 'make.href.null % hrefform = 0 (or anything else) + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { hrefform #1 = + { % special case -- add HyperTeX specials + urlintro "{\froff\url{" url * "}}" * url make.href.hypertex * } + { urlintro "{\froff\url{" * url * "}}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.eprint} +{ eprint empty$ + { "" } + { eprintprefix eprint * eprinturl eprint * make.href } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.doi} +{ doi empty$ + { "" } + { doiprefix doi * doiurl doi * make.href } + if$ +} + +% Output a URL. We can't use the more normal idiom (something like +% `format.url output'), because the `inbrackets' within +% format.lastchecked applies to everything between calls to `output', +% so that `format.url format.lastchecked * output' ends up with both +% the URL and the lastchecked in brackets. +FUNCTION {output.url} +{ url empty$ + 'skip$ + { new.block + format.url output + format.lastchecked output + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.web.refs} +{ + new.block + output.url + addeprints eprint empty$ not and + { format.eprint output.nonnull } + 'skip$ + if$ + adddoiresolver doi empty$ not and + { format.doi output.nonnull } + 'skip$ + if$ +% addeprints +% { eprint empty$ +% 'skip$ +% { format.eprint output.nonnull } +% if$ +% } +% 'skip$ +% if$ +} + +% Webpage entry type. +% Title and url fields required; +% author, note, year, month, and lastchecked fields optional +% See references +% ISO 690-2 http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm +% http://www.classroom.net/classroom/CitingNetResources.html +% http://neal.ctstateu.edu/history/cite.html +% http://www.cas.usf.edu/english/walker/mla.html +% for citation formats for web pages. +FUNCTION {webpage} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { editor empty$ + 'skip$ % author and editor both optional + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + } + { editor empty$ + { format.authors output.nonnull } + { "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + if$ +% author empty$ +% 'skip$ +% { format.authors output.nonnull } +% if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + inbrackets "en ligne" output +% new.block % NO PERIOD + year empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.date "year" output.check } + if$ + lastchecked empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.lastchecked output } + if$ + new.block + format.url "url" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% ...urlbst to here + + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal slant "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.btitle output.guillemet + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + address output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check.guillemet + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + output.web.refs % urlbst + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"\janname{}"} + +MACRO {feb} {"\febname{}"} + +MACRO {mar} {"\marname{}"} + +MACRO {apr} {"\aprname{}"} + +MACRO {may} {"\mayname{}"} + +MACRO {jun} {"\junname{}"} + +MACRO {jul} {"\julname{}"} + +MACRO {aug} {"\augname{}"} + +MACRO {sep} {"\sepname{}"} + +MACRO {oct} {"\octname{}"} + +MACRO {nov} {"\novname{}"} + +MACRO {dec} {"\decname{}"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { " \upshape\rmfamily et al." * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.config.constants} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franc.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59683a4ddb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franc.sty @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +%% LaTeX2e file `./franc.sty' +%% generated by the `filecontents' environment +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. +%% +\ProvidesPackage{franc}[1994/12/16] +\def\figurename{Figure} +\def\tablename{Table} +\def\contentsname{Table des Mati\`eres} +\def\listfigurename{Liste des Figures} +\def\listtablename{Liste des Tableaux} +\def\bibname{Bibliographie} +\def\indexname{Index} +\def\chaptername{Chapitre} +\def\appendixname{Appendice} +\def\partname{Partie} +\def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e} +\def\seename{voir} +\def\alsoseename{voir aussi} +\def\today{\ifnum\day=1\relax 1\/$^{\rm er}$\else\number\day\fi \space\ifcase\month\or +janvier\or f\'evrier\or mars\or avril\or mai\or juin\or +juillet\or ao\^ut\or septembre\or octobre\or novembre\or d\'ecembre\fi +\space\number\year} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index f4889760337..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-lr.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-lr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7d8f5349ccc..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/france-lr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franco.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franco.png deleted file mode 100644 index ff27dd94f50..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/franco.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/francophonie-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/francophonie-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index f58947564f2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/francophonie-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba6aa9c354e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% LaTeX2e file `./frbib.sty' +%% generated by the `filecontents' environment +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. +%% +% +% Pour la bibliographie: +% +% En fonction du style french, par de'faut en anglais : +% Si on ne fait pas de traduction de mots en franc,ais ou que cette notion +% n'existe pas, on fait tout en anglais : + +%%% Correction --bg 2001/08/03 +%%%\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\let\ifFTR\iffalse\fi +\def\@tempa{\let\ifFTR\iffalse} +\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\expandafter\@tempa\fi + +\newcommand{\andname}{\ifFTR et\else and\fi} +\newcommand{\editorname}{\ifFTR \'editeur\else editor\fi} +\newcommand{\editornames}{\ifFTR \'editeurs\else editors\fi} +\newcommand{\volumename}{\ifFTR volume\else volume\fi} +\newcommand{\Volumename}{\ifFTR Volume\else volumes\fi} +\newcommand{\ofname}{\ifFTR de\else of\fi} +\newcommand{\numbername}{\ifFTR num\'ero\else number\fi} +\newcommand{\Numbername}{\ifFTR Num\'ero\else Number\fi} +\newcommand{\inname}{\ifFTR dans\else in\fi} +\newcommand{\Inname}{\ifFTR Dans\else In\fi} +\newcommand{\editionname}{\ifFTR \'edition\else edition\fi} +%\def\pagename{\ifFTR page\else page \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. +\newcommand{\pagesname}{\ifFTR pages\else pages\fi} +%\newcommand{\chaptername}{\ifFTR chapitre\else \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. +\newcommand{\technicalreportname}{\ifFTR Rapport Technique\else Technical + Report\fi} +\newcommand{\revisionname}{\ifFTR R\'evision\else Revision\fi} +\newcommand{\janname}{\ifFTR janvier\else January\fi} +\newcommand{\febname}{\ifFTR f\'evrier\else February\fi} +\newcommand{\marname}{\ifFTR mars\else March \fi} +\newcommand{\aprname}{\ifFTR avril\else April\fi} +\newcommand{\mayname}{\ifFTR mai\else May\fi} +\newcommand{\junname}{\ifFTR juin\else June\fi} +\newcommand{\julname}{\ifFTR juillet\else July\fi} +\newcommand{\augname}{\ifFTR ao\^ut\else August\fi} +\newcommand{\sepname}{\ifFTR septembre\else September\fi} +\newcommand{\octname}{\ifFTR octobre\else October\fi} +\newcommand{\novname}{\ifFTR novembre\else November\fi} +\newcommand{\decname}{\ifFTR d\'ecembre\else December\fi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..45597bc4bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% LaTeX2e file `./frnew.sty' +%% generated by the `filecontents' environment +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. +%% +%permet dans la frappe de retrouver les habitudes de +%la dactylographie francaise qui conseille de mettre +%un espace avant les signes de ponctuation ; : ! ? +%et d'empecher pourtant une coupure de ligne a cet +%endroit dans le traitement +\def\dospecials{\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~\do\!\do\?\do\:\do\;} +\catcode`\@=11 +\catcode`\;=\active +\catcode`\:=\active +\catcode`\!=\active +\catcode`\?=\active +\def;{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string;} +\def:{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\penalty\@M\ \fi\string:} +\def!{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string!} +\def?{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string?} +\let\old@C\^ +\let\old@T\" +%\uccode"10=`I +%\uccode"11=`J +\uccode`\i=`I +\uccode`\j=`J +%\def\^#1{\ifx#1i{\old@C\i}\else{\old@C #1}\fi} +%\def\"#1{\ifx#1i{\old@T\i}\else{\old@T #1}\fi} +\def\og{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}} +\def\fg{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\,\rangle\!\rangle$}} +\def\guill#1{\og\relax #1\relax\fg} +\frenchspacing +\def\fron{\catcode`\;=\active +\catcode`\:=\active +\catcode`\!=\active +\catcode`\?=\active +\frenchspacing} +\def\froff{\catcode`\;=12 +\catcode`\:=12 +\catcode`\!=12 +\catcode`\?=12 +\nonfrenchspacing} +\def\@tochtitle{Table des Chapitres} +\def\@utochtitle{TABLE DES CHAPITRES} +\def\@Hint{Indications} +%%% Espace apres le : +\fron diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fswahili.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fswahili.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d0be7d283b7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/fswahili.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gabon-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gabon-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d37bde326f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gabon-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gael-ft.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gael-ft.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 4470690673b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gael-ft.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gaid.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gaid.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 069193767f7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gaid.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 97d658ef609..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-m.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-m.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d4870badf16..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-m.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-mp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-mp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 061af90ddc3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galicia-mp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galician-l.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galician-l.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4512638cf18..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galician-l.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 18f1db01368..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index b9120585366..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/galles2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/georgia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/georgia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 829221b9d2c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/georgia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germ-w.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germ-w.png deleted file mode 100644 index 21a3ccd51bb..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germ-w.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-c.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-c.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 02b94f6267f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-c.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-d.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-d.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2c592822411..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-d.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-m.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-m.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8dd958cfbd3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/german-m.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germany-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germany-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 7e08b3283ee..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/germany-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ghana-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ghana-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7f74a1abd28..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ghana-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gibraltar-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gibraltar-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 83fbbd4967c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gibraltar-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8cbfa4afab0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 82fd4152806..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/grece2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greece-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greece-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 87bec0cceb5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greece-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greeka.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greeka.png deleted file mode 100644 index fe54b1001f7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greeka.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greekm.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greekm.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 3d8f454697b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greekm.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greenland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greenland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3ab9f8a1951..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/greenland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guatemala-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guatemala-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 21a6543e04a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guatemala-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-bissau-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-bissau-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index eaeb777ca6b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-bissau-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 093efe92b55..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/guinea-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gwenn-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gwenn-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 69017c78059..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/gwenn-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/haiti-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/haiti-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b426e79a5f3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/haiti-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hangul.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hangul.png deleted file mode 100644 index 37b0881bba8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hangul.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanja.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanja.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4fd3b9f7d19..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanja.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanzi.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanzi.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5892452837a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hanzi.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hin.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hin.png deleted file mode 100644 index 779779f0235..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hin.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-b.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-b.png deleted file mode 100644 index b7dc35e9f56..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-b.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-p.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-p.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9429dcea73d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hindi-p.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hispano.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hispano.png deleted file mode 100644 index f33aea5c2ca..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hispano.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/honduras-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/honduras-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a66fcf17f17..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/honduras-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hrv.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hrv.png deleted file mode 100644 index dd4aa1a1d79..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hrv.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 70424d1d82a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun2.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun2.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index f5717e033a3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hun2.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hungary-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hungary-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2351b049f54..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/hungary-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iceland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iceland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 03ed7a58473..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iceland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/images/lamed3.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/images/lamed3.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2395a0c3da Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/images/lamed3.png differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imk index f32b9b792b1..e053e597171 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f set w=`whoami`.imk set OLD=/tmp/$w/OLD if ( -d $OLD ) then diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imongolia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imongolia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 08aa19e135b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/imongolia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5fd59c61e77..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde2.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde2.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b4d50768a3b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/inde2.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/india-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/india-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d761af31fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/india-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0a861e52739..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 54894583666..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 7d1d4864a1c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/indonesia2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iran-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iran-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 01f660a00d5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iran-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iranian.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iranian.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index a31cc3b2eea..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iranian.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iraq-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iraq-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65285ffe140..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/iraq-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ireland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ireland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 130c3547164..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ireland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irish.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irish.png deleted file mode 100644 index dbee5f3e6e0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irish.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irlande.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irlande.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 4fe8f024e8f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/irlande.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-pbc.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-pbc.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9a02df81c70..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-pbc.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-sw.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-sw.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d24d06ec1bf..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islam-sw.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islande.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islande.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3288288df2c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islande.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islandep.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islandep.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index a905bc7704d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/islandep.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c187e0bcc31..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index f391d8a7634..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/isr2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/israel-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/israel-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2a6ee60e3c9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/israel-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italian.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italian.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index b5865e45c56..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italian.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italo1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italo1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2665a36c515..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italo1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italy-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italy-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 819c7ba2e43..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italy-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italysm.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italysm.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7f8a2ed5d65..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/italysm.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivory-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivory-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 076c30afd70..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivory-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivrit.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivrit.png deleted file mode 100644 index aabdada932a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ivrit.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jamaica-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jamaica-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3395e886116..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jamaica-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a6b91904590..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2ff5d8deba6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon2.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon2.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 45e530293d5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/japon2.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jordan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jordan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 018b3d637de..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jordan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jutland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jutland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6b9d6947d78..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/jutland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kannada-n.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kannada-n.png deleted file mode 100644 index 321163f8ce9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kannada-n.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnad1.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnad1.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index bcbc292593d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnad1.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 970de69de4f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index d0e8b711e58..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/karnataka.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kazakhstan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kazakhstan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 98f2654ebea..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kazakhstan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kenya-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kenya-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 11b098cdde9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kenya-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 9069accefa2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 50888aabbd9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kerala.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/khalkha.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/khalkha.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1521ed88a81..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/khalkha.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kiribati-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kiribati-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5818ee81964..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kiribati-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-n-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-n-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 77039f0ecd1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-n-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-s-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-s-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index dd231a03cda..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korea-s-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2b35e30707a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean2.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean2.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 34ec20fe850..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/korean2.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-alb.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-alb.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5ea323cba78..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-alb.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-ml.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-ml.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0097e0bbff8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kos-ml.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kosovo-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kosovo-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 389a83f3b46..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kosovo-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kuwait-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kuwait-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e64ab7b0496..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kuwait-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kyrgyzstan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kyrgyzstan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8f05633f852..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/kyrgyzstan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lamed3.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lamed3.png deleted file mode 100644 index a2395a0c3da..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lamed3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lang-g.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lang-g.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1c4f818715c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lang-g.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/laos-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/laos-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 06783dd27fa..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/laos-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e38e416470a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-d.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-d.png deleted file mode 100644 index 895797a8273..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-d.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-r1.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-r1.png deleted file mode 100644 index af75ebdf969..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/latvian-r1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lebanon-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lebanon-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c350a24470e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lebanon-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lettonie.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lettonie.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 20f1a58bced..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lettonie.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/leur.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/leur.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3d10aec16e6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/leur.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liberia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liberia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ccd3c64c22d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liberia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/libya-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/libya-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b20415dd671..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/libya-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liech-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liech-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7ce89b37586..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/liech-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lithuania-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lithuania-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 731110ff1f6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lithuania-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lituanie.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lituanie.png deleted file mode 100644 index cead19999fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lituanie.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lorraine-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lorraine-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 215353970ed..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lorraine-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/louisiana-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/louisiana-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ec12c6d01ae..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/louisiana-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ls-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ls-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3e82c6c17a8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ls-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index f52db5bb0e5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index a1d4935138f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/luso2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lux-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lux-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8cec0d52539..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/lux-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macau-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macau-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index f80fdc15805..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macau-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macedonia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macedonia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 91f93be8c15..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/macedonia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/madagascar-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/madagascar-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b323338a8ec..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/madagascar-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/maine-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/maine-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index c51f8c03246..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/maine-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malawi-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malawi-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index f3121015718..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malawi-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c5556215da8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.png deleted file mode 100644 index 47292511a44..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malayalam.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index dbde9a0116e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 200cffd1148..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6e4a8398cff..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malaysia2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mali-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mali-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b9c25b6c06c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mali-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malta1-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malta1-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8772311ef75..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/malta1-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchu.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchu.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index df28d032530..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchu.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchuria.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchuria.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 3e41474c14a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manchuria.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjuc.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjuc.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 6984ee65a49..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjuc.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjui.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjui.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8f1bd14ec94..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/manjui.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritania-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritania-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 945f729e2aa..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritania-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritius-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritius-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b3eb0af2b56..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mauritius-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 4a6f55cea1a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 711eb3cd2b5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex3.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index cf6fe9083f0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mex3.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexico-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexico-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index da0e68a884f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexico-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexip.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexip.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 086705c8f18..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mexip.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/meyalu.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/meyalu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 19d49bcf540..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/meyalu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.bib index f96b5301194..ae668513ab0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.bib @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +% minitoc-fr.bib by Jean-Pierre Drucbert. Part of the minitoc package. + @STRING{pub-SV = "Springer Verlag"} @STRING{pub-SV+adr = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/ @@ -11,24 +13,21 @@ @MISC{minitoc, TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2008} @MISC{minitoc-fr, TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2008} @MISC{shorttoc, TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2002} @@ -46,7 +45,7 @@ AUTHOR={Johannes L. Braams and David P. Carlisle and Alan Jeffrey and Leslie Lamport and Frank \mbox{Mittelbach} and Chris A. Rowley and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, TITLE = {The {\LaTeXe} {S}ources}, - URL = "http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/source2e.tex", + URL = "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/source2e.tex", YEAR = 2003} @BOOK{TLC2, @@ -89,7 +88,7 @@ MONTH = apr, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/appendix/appendix.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/appendix/appendix.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{babel, @@ -97,7 +96,7 @@ TITLE = "{\textsf{Babel}}, a multilingual package for use with {\LaTeX}'s standard document classes", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/babel.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/babel.pdf", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{babel-user, @@ -105,13 +104,13 @@ TITLE = "{\textsf{Babel}}, a multilingual package for use with {\LaTeX}'s standard document classes (user)", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/user.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/user.pdf", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{hyperref, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian and Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{\froff Hypertext marks in {\LaTeX}: a manual for {\textsf{hyperref}}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2006} @@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ TITLE="{T}he {M}emoir {C}lass", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf", EDITION="sixi{\`e}me", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ TITLE="{T}he {M}emoir {C}lass {(Addendum)}", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memmanadd.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memmanadd.pdf", EDITION="seconde", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2007} @@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{notoccite}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/notoccite.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/notoccite.sty", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2000} @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{placeins}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/placeins/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/placeins/", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2002} @@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{tocbibind}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/tocbibind/tocbibind.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tocbibind/tocbibind.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2004} @@ -161,7 +160,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{tocloft}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/tocloft/tocloft.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tocloft/tocloft.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2003} @@ -169,7 +168,7 @@ TITLE = "The {\textsf{titlesec}} and {\textsf{titletoc}} packages", AUTHOR="Bezos, Javier", NOTE="{\froff\url{http://www.tex-tipografia.com/contact.html}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2005} @@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ TITLE="{ArabTeX Version~3}", AUTHOR={Lagally, Klaus}, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:lagallyk@acm.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/arabtex/doc/html/arabtex.htm", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/arabtex/doc/html/arabtex.htm", MONTH=oct, YEAR=2003} @@ -197,7 +196,7 @@ TITLE="{M}on{\TeX} -- {A} {Q}uick {G}uide {\emph{(draft)}}", AUTHOR="Corff, Oliver", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:corff@zedat.fu-berlin.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/mongolian/montex/doc/mlsquick.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/mongolian/montex/doc/mlsquick.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2002} @@ -205,7 +204,7 @@ TITLE="Mon{\TeX} -- Mongolian for {\LaTeXe}, {I}mplementation {L}evel {S}ystem {D}ocumentation", AUTHOR="Corff, Oliver and Dorj, Dorjpalam", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:corff@zedat.fu-berlin.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/mongolian/montex/doc/montex.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/mongolian/montex/doc/montex.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2002} @@ -228,7 +227,7 @@ TITLE="{\froff{Arm\TeX}: a {S}ystem for {W}riting in {A}rmenian with {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} ({\'e}crit en arm{\'e}nien)}", AUTHOR="Dachian, Sergue{\"\i} and Dalalyan, Arnak and Akopian, Vartan", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/armtex/v2.0/manual.ps", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/armtex/v2.0/manual.ps", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr}, \url{http://www-scf.usc.edu/~vakopian/programs/progs.html}}", MONTH=jun, @@ -299,7 +298,7 @@ AUTHOR = "Patashnik, Oren", TITLE = "{{\BibTeX ing}}", NOTE = "{D}ocumentation pour les utilisateurs normaux de {{\BibTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf", MONTH = feb, YEAR = 1988 } @@ -308,7 +307,7 @@ TITLE = "{Designing {\BibTeX} Styles}", NOTE = "{L}a partie de la documentation de {{\BibTeX}} qui n'int{\'e}resse pas tous les utilisateurs", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf", MONTH = feb, YEAR = 1988 } @@ -335,14 +334,14 @@ AUTHOR="Kryukov, Alexej M. and Ivanov, Dmitry", TITLE="Typesetting multilingual documents with {ANTOMEGA}", MONTH=sep, - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/antomega.html", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/antomega.html", YEAR=2003} @BOOK{JMPL1, AUTHOR={Bayart, Benjamin}, TITLE="{J}oli manuel pour {\LaTeXe}", PUBLISHER="{G}uide local pour l'{ESIEE}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/JoliManuelPourLaTeX.ps.gz", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/JoliManuelPourLaTeX.ps.gz", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:bayartb@edgard.fdn.fr}}", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1995} @@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ TITLE="Une courte{~({\froff?})} introduction {\`a~\LaTeXe}", JOURNAL="{Cahiers GUTenberg}", NOTE="{Traduction de{~\cite{NSSL2E}} en fran{\c c}ais par \oname{Matthieu}{Herrb}, adaptation et compl{\'e}ments par \oname{Daniel}{Flipo}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/lshort/french/flshort-3.20.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/lshort/french/flshort-3.20.pdf", MONTH=feb, ISSN="1140-9304", VOLUME="{h}ors-s{\'e}rie num{\'e}ro{~2}", @@ -361,7 +360,7 @@ @MISC{NSSL2E, AUTHOR={Oetiker, Tobias and Partl, Hubert and Hyna, Helene and Schlegl, Elisabeth}, TITLE="{The Not So Short Introduction to \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2006} @@ -370,21 +369,21 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Lickert, Knut", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:knut@lickert.net} et \url{http://tex.lickert.net/packages/minutes/index.html}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minutes/minutes.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minutes/minutes.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{needspace, TITLE="The {\textsf{needspace}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/needspace.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/needspace.sty", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2003} @MISC{txfonts, TITLE="The {TX} {F}onts", AUTHOR="Ryu, Young", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/fonts/txfonts/doc/txfontsdocA4.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/txfonts/doc/txfontsdocA4.pdf", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2000} @@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{ifmtarg}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R. and Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}, \url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ifmtarg.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ifmtarg.sty", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2000} @@ -400,7 +399,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{abstract}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/abstract/abstract.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/abstract/abstract.pdf", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2004} @@ -408,7 +407,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{xr}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/xr.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/xr.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=1994} @@ -426,7 +425,7 @@ TITLE="{E}thiopian {L}anguage {S}upport for the {\textsf{Babel}} {P}ackage", AUTHOR="Beyene, Berhanu and Kudlek, Manfred and Kummer, Olaf and Metzinger, Jochen", ORGANIZATION="{U}niversit{\"a}t {H}amburg", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/ethiopia/ethiop/doc/ethiodoc.ps", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/ethiopia/ethiop/doc/ethiodoc.ps", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1998} @@ -434,7 +433,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{sectsty}} package v2.0.2", AUTHOR={{McDonnell}, Rowland}, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:rowland.mcdonnell@physics.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2002} @@ -442,7 +441,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{subfig}} {P}ackage", AUTHOR={Cochran, Steven Douglas}, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:sds@cs.cmu.edu}, \url{mailto:cochran@ieee.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -450,7 +449,7 @@ TITLE="{T}ypesetting {M}alayalam {U}sing {\LaTeXe}", AUTHOR="Alex, A.J.", NOTE="{\froff\url{malayalamtex@gmail.com} et \url{mailto:alexaj@myrealbox.com}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/malayalam/doc/mm-usr.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/malayalam/doc/mm-usr.pdf", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2007} @@ -458,21 +457,21 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{comment}} package", AUTHOR="E{\ij}khout, Victor", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:victor@eijkhout.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/comment/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/comment/", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1999} @MISC{fontsel, TITLE="{\LaTeXe} font selection", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2004} @MISC{guarani, TITLE="Typesetting {G}uaranэ with {\TeX}", AUTHOR="Bezos, Javier", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/guarani/guarani.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/guarani/guarani.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2004} @@ -488,14 +487,14 @@ TITLE="{T}ame the {B}ea{ST} ({T}he {B} {to~X} of{{~~\BibTeX}})", AUTHOR="Markey, Nicolas", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2005} @MISC{classes, AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and Mittelbach, Frank and Braams, Johannes L.", TITLE="{S}tandard {D}ocument {C}lasses for {\LaTeX} {version~2e}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/classes.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/classes.dtx", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -504,7 +503,7 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ccaption/ccaption.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ccaption/ccaption.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{caption, @@ -512,7 +511,7 @@ MONTH = dec, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{caption-eng, @@ -520,7 +519,7 @@ MONTH = dec, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{caption2, @@ -528,7 +527,7 @@ MONTH = nov, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{cap-anleitung, @@ -536,7 +535,7 @@ Tabellenbeschriftungen mit dem \textsf{caption}-Paket}", AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR = 2007} @@ -545,7 +544,7 @@ MONTH = sep, AUTHOR = "Hennig, Stephan", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:stephanhennig@arcor.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/mcaption/mcaption.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/mcaption/mcaption.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @BOOK{YH2004, @@ -575,7 +574,7 @@ MONTH = aug, AUTHOR = "Basso, Pierre and Ulrich, Stephan", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:Pierre.Basso@lim.univ-mrs.fr}, \url{mailto:stefanulrich@users.sourceforge.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/bibtopic.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/bibtopic.pdf", YEAR = 2002} @MISC{bibunits, @@ -583,7 +582,7 @@ MONTH = may, AUTHOR = "Hansen, Thorsten", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:thorsten.hansen@psychol.uni-giessen.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/bibunits/bibunits.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/bibunits/bibunits.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{chapterbib, @@ -591,7 +590,7 @@ MONTH = feb, AUTHOR = "Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cite/chapterbib.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cite/chapterbib.sty", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{multibib, @@ -599,7 +598,7 @@ MONTH = jan, AUTHOR = "Hansen, Thorsten", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:thorsten.hansen@psychol.uni-giessen.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/multibib.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/multibib.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{hangcaption, @@ -607,7 +606,7 @@ MONTH = aug, AUTHOR = "Jones, David{~}M.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty", YEAR = 1992} @BOOK{lunde1993, @@ -629,21 +628,21 @@ @MISC{usrguide, TITLE="{\LaTeXe} for authors", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/usrguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/usrguide.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2001} @MISC{clsguide, TITLE="{\LaTeXe} for Class and Package writers", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2003} @MISC{cyrguide, TITLE="Cyrillic language support in {\LaTeX}", AUTHOR="Volovich, Vladimir and Lemberg, Werner and {{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/cyrguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/cyrguide.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=1999} @@ -659,28 +658,28 @@ @MISC{koma, TITLE = "{\KOMAScript{}, a versatile {\LaTeXe} bundle}", AUTHOR = "Neukam, Frank and Kohm, Markus and Kielhorn, Axel and Morawski, Jens-Uwe", - URL = "http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf", + URL = "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf", MONTH = dec, YEAR = 2007} @MISC{komab, TITLE = "{\KOMAScript{}, ein wandelbares {\LaTeXe}-Paket}", AUTHOR = "Neukam, Frank and Kohm, Markus and Kielhorn, Axel and Morawski, Jens-Uwe", - URL = "http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf", + URL = "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf", MONTH = dec, YEAR = 2007} @MISC{varsects, TITLE="The {\textsf{varsects}} package", AUTHOR="Taupin{\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, Daniel", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/taupin/varsects.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/taupin/varsects.sty", MONTH=nov, YEAR=1998} @MISC{xr-hyper, AUTHOR="Carlisle, David P.", TITLE="{The \textsf{xr-hyper} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2000} @@ -688,7 +687,7 @@ AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}", ADDRESS="Providence, Rhode Island", TITLE="{\froff Instructions for Preparation of Papers and Monographs: \AmS-\LaTeX}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/amslatex/classes/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/amslatex/classes/", NOTE="{Voir \texttt{instr-l.pdf}}", YEAR=1999} @@ -770,7 +769,7 @@ AUTHOR="Breitenlohner, Peter", PUBLISHER="{The \NTS\ Team}", ADDRESS="{Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Physik, M\"unchen}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/systems/e-tex/v2/doc/etex_man.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/e-tex/v2/doc/etex_man.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1998} @@ -779,7 +778,7 @@ TITLE = "Albanian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:zami1st@yahoo.com}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/albanian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/albanian.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{bahasa, @@ -788,7 +787,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:joerg.knappen@alpha.ntp.springer.de}, \url{mailto:mart@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasa.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasa.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{bahasam, @@ -797,7 +796,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:joerg.knappen@alpha.ntp.springer.de}, \url{mailto:mart@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de}, \url{mailto:bob.margolis@ntlworld.com}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasam.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasam.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{hebrew2, @@ -805,7 +804,7 @@ TITLE = "Hebrew language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/hebrew.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/hebrew.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{basque, @@ -814,7 +813,7 @@ TITLE = "Basque support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:lg.ehu.es}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/basque.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/basque.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{breton, @@ -822,7 +821,7 @@ TITLE = "Breton language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:Christian.Rolland@univ-brest.fr}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/breton.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/breton.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{bulgarian, @@ -830,7 +829,7 @@ TITLE = "Bulgarian language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:georgi.boshnakov@umist.ac.uk}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/bulgarian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/bulgarian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{catalan, @@ -838,7 +837,7 @@ TITLE = "Catalan language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:badenes@imec.be}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/catalan.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/catalan.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{croatian, @@ -846,7 +845,7 @@ TITLE = "Croatian language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:paica@cernvm.cern.ch}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/croatian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/croatian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{czech, @@ -854,7 +853,7 @@ TITLE = "Czech language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:lokajick@cernvm}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/czech.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/czech.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{danish, @@ -862,7 +861,7 @@ TITLE = "Danish language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:larsen@cernvm.cern.ch}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/danish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/danish.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{dutch, @@ -870,7 +869,7 @@ TITLE = "Dutch language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/dutch.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/dutch.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{english, @@ -878,7 +877,7 @@ TITLE = "English support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/english.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/english.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{esperanto, @@ -888,7 +887,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:ruizaltb@cernvm.cern.ch}, \url{mailto:knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/esperanto.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/esperanto.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{estonian, @@ -896,7 +895,7 @@ TITLE = "Estonian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}, {\froff\url{mailto:saar@aai.ee}}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/estonian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/estonian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{finnish, @@ -904,7 +903,7 @@ TITLE = "Finnish support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:kanerva@cernvm}, \url{mailto:keranen@cernvm}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/finnish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/finnish.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{frenchb, @@ -912,7 +911,7 @@ TITLE = "{A Babel language definition file for French}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:Daniel.Flipo@univ-lille1.fr}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/frenchb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/frenchb.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{galician, @@ -920,7 +919,7 @@ TITLE = "Galician support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:mcarriba@eunetcom.net}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/galician.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/galician.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{germanb, @@ -928,7 +927,7 @@ TITLE = "German support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/germanb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/germanb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{greek, @@ -937,7 +936,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:apostolo@platon.ee.duth.gr} ou \url{mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/greek.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/greek.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{icelandic, @@ -945,7 +944,7 @@ TITLE = "Icelandic support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:einar@lif.hi.is}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/icelandic.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/icelandic.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{interlingua, @@ -953,7 +952,7 @@ TITLE = "Interlingua support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:kleiweg@let.rug.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/interlingua.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/interlingua.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{irish, @@ -963,7 +962,7 @@ \url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:fraser@cernvm}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/irish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/irish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{italian, @@ -972,7 +971,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it}, \url{mailto:beccari@polito.it}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/italian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/italian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{latin, @@ -981,7 +980,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:claudio.beccari@polito.it}, avec l'aide de \oname{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}, (\url{mailto:kkz@alfa.mimuw.edu.pl})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/latin.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/latin.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{lsorbian, @@ -989,7 +988,7 @@ TITLE = "{Lower Sorbian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:edi@kaihh.hanse.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/lsorbian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/lsorbian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{magyar, @@ -998,7 +997,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, avec l'aide de \oname{Attila}{Koppanyi} (\url{mailto:attila@cernvm.cern.ch})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/magyar.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/magyar.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ngermanb, @@ -1006,7 +1005,7 @@ TITLE = "New German support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/ngermanb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/ngermanb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{norsk, @@ -1021,7 +1020,7 @@ \oname{Rune}{Kleveland} (\url{mailto:runekl@math.uio.no}) a ajout\'e les d\'efinitions de raccourcis}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/norsk.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/norsk.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{polish, @@ -1030,7 +1029,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:elmar@uni-paderborn.de}, \url{mailto:massa@uni-paderborn.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/polish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/polish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{portuges, @@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ am{\'e}liorations. \url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:jramalhe@cernvm}, \url{mailto:Jose-Pedro_Ramalhete@macmail}, \url{mailto:arnaldo@vnet.ibm.com}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/portuges.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/portuges.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{romanian, @@ -1050,7 +1049,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:hhu@cernvm.cern.ch}, \url{mailto:robertj@uni-paderborn.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/romanian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/romanian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{russianb1, @@ -1059,7 +1058,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:cyrtug@mir.msk.su}, \url{mailto:TeX@vvv.vsu.ru} et \url{mailto:wl@gnu.org}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/russianb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/russianb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{samin, @@ -1068,7 +1067,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:Regnor.Jernsletten@sami.uit.no} ou \url{mailto:Regnor.Jernsletten@eunet.no}}", MONTH = feb, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/samin.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/samin.dtx", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{scottish, @@ -1076,7 +1075,7 @@ TITLE = "Scottish support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:fraser@cernvm}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/scottish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/scottish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{serbian, @@ -1085,7 +1084,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:dejan@yunix.com}, \url{mailto:slobodan@archimed.filfak.ac.ni.yu}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/serbian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/serbian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{slovak, @@ -1094,7 +1093,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:chlebikj@mff.uniba.cs}, \url{mailto:Tobias.Schlemmer@web.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/slovak.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/slovak.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{slovene, @@ -1102,7 +1101,7 @@ TITLE = "Slovene support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:leon.zlajpah@ijs.si}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/slovene.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/slovene.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{spanish, @@ -1110,7 +1109,7 @@ TITLE = "Spanish support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:jbezos@wanadoo.es} ou \url{mailto:babel@braams.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = feb, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/spanish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/spanish.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{swedish, @@ -1119,7 +1118,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:hellman@cernvm.cern.ch}; am{\'e}liorations pour la version~2.0 par \oname{Erik}{{\"O}sthols} (\url{mailto:erik_osthols@yahoo.com})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/swedish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/swedish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{turkish, @@ -1128,7 +1127,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:rz6001@rziris01.rrz.uni-hamburg.de}, avec l'aide de \oname{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} et \oname{Turgut}{Uyar} (\url{mailto:uyar@cs.itu.edu.tr})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/turkish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/turkish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ukraineb, @@ -1137,7 +1136,7 @@ TITLE = "Ukrainian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:ashv@icmp.lviv.ua}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/ukraineb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/ukraineb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{usorbian, @@ -1145,7 +1144,7 @@ TITLE = "{Upper Sorbian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:edi@kaihh.hanse.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/usorbian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/usorbian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{welsh, @@ -1153,7 +1152,7 @@ TITLE = "Welsh support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/welsh.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/welsh.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{stdclsdv, @@ -1161,14 +1160,14 @@ MONTH = jul, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/stdclsdv/stdclsdv.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/stdclsdv/stdclsdv.pdf", YEAR = 2000} @INPROCEEDINGS{hyperref-paper, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", BOOKTITLE="{Euro\TeX'99 Proceedings}", TITLE="{PDF information and navigation elements with hyperref, pdf\TeX, and thumbpdf}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/paper.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/paper.pdf", PUBLISHER="TUG", YEAR=1999} @@ -1177,7 +1176,7 @@ TITLE = "Romanian {\TeX}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:adriaan@cs.kun.nl}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/romanian/RomanianTeX/romanian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/romanian/RomanianTeX/romanian.dtx", YEAR = 1996} @MISC{spanish4, @@ -1193,7 +1192,7 @@ TITLE="{\TeX{} for the \mbox{Impatient}}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:impatient@tug.org}}", MONTH=sep, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/impatient/book.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/impatient/book.pdf", YEAR=2003} @MISC{fr-impatient, @@ -1202,7 +1201,7 @@ NOTE="{Traduction en fran{\c c}ais de~\cite{impatient} par \oname{Marc}{Chaudemanche}, {\froff\url{mailto:marc.chaudemanche@groupe-mma.fr}}}", MONTH=sep, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/impatient/fr/fbook.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/impatient/fr/fbook.pdf", YEAR=2004} @INPROCEEDINGS{X2ENC, @@ -1325,7 +1324,7 @@ @MISC{malayalam-o, TITLE="{Typesetting Malayalam Using~$\Omega/\aleph$}", - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/malayalam-omega.html", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/malayalam-omega.html", AUTHOR="Alex, A.J.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:indicTeX@gmail.com}}", MONTH=nov, @@ -1355,7 +1354,7 @@ TITLE="{The UK \TeX{} FAQ. Your 423 Questions Answered}", AUTHOR="Fairbairns, Robin", NOTE="Version{~}3.17", - URL="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/uk-tex-faq/newfaq.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/uk-tex-faq/newfaq.pdf", HOWPUBLISHED="{Visible aussi ici: \froff\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq}}", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2007} @@ -1379,7 +1378,7 @@ @MISC{HLATEX, TITLE="{H\LaTeX: a \LaTeX\ package for the Korean language support}", AUTHOR="Koaunghi, Un", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/korean/HLaTeX/hlguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/korean/HLaTeX/hlguide.pdf", HOWPUBLISHED="{En cor\'een}", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2005} @@ -1515,7 +1514,7 @@ TITLE="{The \textsf{docstrip} program}", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank and Duchier, Denys and Braams, Johannes L. and Woli{\'n}ski, Marcin and Wooding, Mark", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/docstrip.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/docstrip.dtx", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -1536,7 +1535,7 @@ HOWPUBLISHED="{En polonais et anglais; voir aussi {\froff\url{http://www.tug.org/teTeX/tetex-texmfdist/doc/latex/platex/platex.html}}}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:M.Olko@Litterae.com.pl} and \url{mailto:wolinski@gust.org.pl}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/polski/polski.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/polski/polski.dtx", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2008} @@ -1545,14 +1544,14 @@ MONTH = jul, AUTHOR = "Braun, Felix", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:fbraun@atdot.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/jura/jura.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/jura/jura.pdf", YEAR = 1998} @MISC{urlbst, TITLE="{The \textsf{urlbst} package}", AUTHOR="Gray, Norman", NOTE="{\froff\url{http://www.astro.gla.ac.uk/users/norman/}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/urlbst/urlbst.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/urlbst/urlbst.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2007} @@ -1627,14 +1626,14 @@ @MISC{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty, AUTHOR="Harin, Alexander and Zhytnikov, Vadim V. and Maslov, Vadim", TITLE="The {\textsf{cmcyralt.sty}} file", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1994} @MISC{cmcyralt/russian.sty, AUTHOR="Boyko, Victor", TITLE="The {\textsf{russian.sty}} file", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/russian.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/russian.sty", MONTH=jan, YEAR=1995} @@ -1648,7 +1647,7 @@ @MISC{lhcyr, TITLE="{The LHCYR collection}", AUTHOR="Zhytnikov, Vadim V. and Maslov, Vadim", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/lhcyr/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lhcyr/", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru}, \url{mailto:vadik@cs.umd.edu}}", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1998} @@ -1731,21 +1730,21 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:sven@tde.lu.se}, Department of Applied Electronics, University of Lund, Box 118, S-221 00 Lund, Sweden}", TITLE="{\SLaTeX:} Swedish speaking version of {\LaTeX}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/swedish/slatex/slatex.1", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/swedish/slatex/slatex.1", MONTH=nov, YEAR=1989} @MISC{ltoutput, TITLE="{{\LaTeXe} Kernel (Output Routine)}", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2000} @MISC{float, TITLE="{An Improved Environment for Floats}", AUTHOR="Lingnau, Anselm", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:anselm@strathspey.org}}", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2001} @@ -1753,7 +1752,7 @@ @MISC{encguide, TITLE="{\LaTeX} font encodings", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/encguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/encguide.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2006} @@ -1770,7 +1769,7 @@ AUTHOR="Lapko, Olga G.", TITLE="The \textsf{floatrow} package", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2005} @@ -1778,7 +1777,7 @@ AUTHOR="Lindgren, Ulf A.", TITLE="{FncyChap~V1.33}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:ulf.a.lindgren@ericsson.com}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/fncychap.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/fncychap.pdf", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2005} @@ -1786,7 +1785,7 @@ AUTHOR="Tinnefeld, Karsten", TITLE="{The \textsf{quotchap} document style}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:tinnefeld@irb.cs.uni-dortmund.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/quotchap/quotchap.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/quotchap/quotchap.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1998} @@ -1794,7 +1793,7 @@ AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", TITLE="{The \textsf{romannum} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/romannum/romannum.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/romannum/romannum.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2005} @@ -1806,7 +1805,7 @@ Via F. Marzolo, 8 -- 35131 PADOVA -- Italy}", TITLE="{The \textsf{sfheaders} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/sfheaders/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/sfheaders/", MONTH=sep, YEAR=1997} @@ -1817,7 +1816,7 @@ Abt.~Biophysikalische Chemie}", TITLE="{\textsf{alnumsec.sty}: Using alphanumeric section numbering with standard sectioning commands}", - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/alnumsec/alnumsec.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/alnumsec/alnumsec.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2005} @@ -1825,7 +1824,7 @@ AUTHOR="Cochran, Steven Douglas", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:sds@cs.cmu.edu}, \url{mailto:cochran@ieee.org}}", TITLE="{The \textsf{captcont} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/captcont/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/captcont/", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2002} @@ -1844,15 +1843,15 @@ TITLE="{The \textsf{vruler} package}", AUTHOR="Jiang, Zhuhan", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:zhuhan@neumann.une.edu.au}, et - regardez \url{http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/vruler.html}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/vruler.sty", + regardez \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/vruler.html}}", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/vruler.sty", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1996} @MISC{doc, TITLE="{The \textsf{doc} and \textsf{shortverb} packages}", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/doc.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/doc.dtx", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -1868,7 +1867,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{tocvsec2}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/tocvsec2/tocvsec2.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tocvsec2/tocvsec2.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2004} @@ -1891,7 +1890,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{lipsum}} package", AUTHOR = "Happel, Patrick", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:patrick.happel@rub.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/lipsum/lipsum.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lipsum/lipsum.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2005} @@ -1899,7 +1898,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{subfigure}} package", AUTHOR={Cochran, Steven Douglas}, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:sds@cs.cmu.edu}, \url{mailto:cochran@ieee.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/", MONTH=mar, YEAR=1995} @@ -1934,7 +1933,7 @@ TITLE="An environment for multicolumn output", AUTHOR = "Mittelbach, Frank", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2000} @@ -1942,7 +1941,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{geometry}} package", AUTHOR={Umeki, Hideo}, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:hideo.umeki@toshiba.co.jp}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/manual.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/manual.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2002} @@ -1950,7 +1949,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{wrapfig}} package", AUTHOR={Arseneau, Donald}, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2003} @@ -1960,7 +1959,7 @@ AUTHOR="Trettin, Mark", NOTE="{{T}raduction en anglais par \oname{J{\"u}rgen}{Fenn}, \froff\url{mailto:Mark@Trettin@gmx.de} et \url{mailto:juergen.fen@gmx.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/l2tabu/english/l2tabuen.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2tabu/english/l2tabuen.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2006} @@ -1973,7 +1972,7 @@ \froff\url{mailto:Mark@Trettin@gmx.de}, \url{mailto:juergen.fen@gmx.de} et \url{mailto:Yvon.Henel@wanadoo.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/l2tabu/french/l2tabufr-heavy.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2tabu/french/l2tabufr-heavy.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2004} @@ -1981,7 +1980,7 @@ TITLE="{Typesetting Arabic and Farsi with the {\Arabi} package. The Users Guide}", AUTHOR="Jabri, Youssef", - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/arabi.html", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/arabi.html", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:yjabri@ensa.univ-oujda.ac.ma}, \'Ecole des sciences appliqu{\'e}es, Bo{\^{\i}}te~696, Oujda, Maroc}", MONTH=dec, @@ -2001,14 +2000,14 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{color}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/graphics/color.dtx", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/color.dtx", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2005} @MISC{dtxtut, AUTHOR={Pakin, Scott}, TITLE="{How to Package Your \LaTeX{} Package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:scott+dtx@pakin.org}}", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2004} @@ -2017,7 +2016,7 @@ TITLE = "The {\textsf{docmfp}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/docmfp/docmfp.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/docmfp/docmfp.pdf", MONTH = mar, YEAR = 2005} @@ -2030,7 +2029,7 @@ \url{mailto:d.wujastyk@ucl.ac.uk}, \url{mailto:zdenek.wagner@gmail.com} and \url{mailto:i@kevincarmody.org}}; page d'accueil: {\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org/}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/devanagari/velthuis/doc/generic/velthuis/manual.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/devanagari/velthuis/doc/generic/velthuis/manual.pdf", MONTH = may, YEAR = 2006} @@ -2182,7 +2181,7 @@ @MISC{flynn, TITLE="{Formatting information. A beginner's introduction to typesetting with {\LaTeX}}", AUTHOR="Flynn, Peter", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/beginlatex/beginlatex-3.6.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/beginlatex/beginlatex-3.6.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:peter.silmaril.ie}}", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2005} @@ -2247,7 +2246,7 @@ @MISC{splitbib, TITLE="{Split your bibliography into categories}", AUTHOR="Markey, Nicolas", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/splitbib/splitbib.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/splitbib/splitbib.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr}}", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2005} @@ -2396,7 +2395,7 @@ @MISC{btxfaq, AUTHOR = "Shell, Michael and Hoadley, David", TITLE = "{{\BibTeX} {T}ips and {FAQ}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxFAQ.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxFAQ.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{http://www.michaelshell.org/}}", MONTH = jan, YEAR = 2007} @@ -2414,20 +2413,20 @@ TITLE="{\emph{MakeIndex}, An Index Processor For {\LaTeX}}", AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie", NOTE="{Technical report, Electronic document in \emph{MakeIndex} distribution}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf", YEAR=1987} @MISC{TFIG, AUTHOR="Lehman, Philipp", TITLE="{The Font Installation Guide}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2004} @MISC{mongolian, AUTHOR="Batmunkh, Dorjgotov", TITLE="{Mongolian support from the \textsf{babel} system}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/mongolian/babel/mongolian.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/mongolian/babel/mongolian.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2007} @@ -2435,7 +2434,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{afterpage}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/afterpage.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/afterpage.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1995} @@ -2443,7 +2442,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{multitoc}} package", AUTHOR = "Schr{\"o}der, Martin", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:martin.schroeder@acm.org}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.dtx", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.dtx", MONTH=jun, YEAR=1999} @@ -2455,14 +2454,14 @@ PAGES="17--90", TITLE="{Graham Williams' {\TeX} Catalogue}", URL="http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb21-1/tb66catal.pdf", - NOTE="Derni{\`e}re version {\`a}: {\froff\url{http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}}", + NOTE="Derni{\`e}re version {\`a}: {\froff\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}}", YEAR=2000} @MISC{cite, TITLE="The {\textsf{cite}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cite/cite.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cite/cite.sty", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2003} @@ -2473,7 +2472,7 @@ \textsf{babel}}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:mcarriba@eunetcom.net}, \url{mailto:jmugica@digi21.net}}", MONTH = jan, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/galician/galician.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/galician/galician.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @INCOLLECTION{chinois, @@ -2533,7 +2532,7 @@ AUTHOR="Fear, Simon", NOTE="{En l'absence de l'auteur, contacter \oname{Danie}{Els}, \froff\url{mailto:dnjels@sun.ac.za}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2003} @@ -2543,7 +2542,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org}. La maintenance de ce paquetage est faite par \oname{Werner}{Lemberg}, \url{mailto:wl@gnu.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/dblaccnt.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/dblaccnt.sty", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2005} @@ -2551,21 +2550,21 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{url}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2005} @MISC{varioref, TITLE="The {\textsf{varioref}} package", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/varioref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/varioref.pdf", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2003} @MISC{fullpage, TITLE="{A package to Set Margins to Full Page}", AUTHOR="Daly, Patrick W.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/preprint/fullpage.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/preprint/fullpage.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1999} @@ -2575,14 +2574,14 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:thomas@henloch.de}. La fonte a {\'e}t{\'e} con{\c c}ue par \oname{Martin}{Vogel}, \froff\url{mailto:marvosym.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/fonts/psfonts/marvosym/marvodoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/psfonts/marvosym/marvodoc.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2006} @MISC{symbols, AUTHOR={Pakin, Scott}, TITLE="{The Comprehensive {\LaTeX} Symbols List}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/symbols/comprehensive/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/symbols/comprehensive/", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:scott+dtx@pakin.org}}", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -2590,7 +2589,7 @@ @MISC{morefloats, AUTHOR={Hosek, Don}, TITLE="{The \textsf{morefloats} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/morefloats.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/morefloats.sty", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu}}", MONTH=jul, YEAR=1990} @@ -2608,14 +2607,14 @@ (Author-Year and Numerical Schemes)}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:daly@mps.mpg.de}. Ce document d{\'e}crit le paquetage \textsf{natbib} (version~8.0)}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natbib.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natbib.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2007} @MISC{natnotes, AUTHOR={Daly, Patrick~W.}, TITLE="{Reference sheet for \texttt{natbib} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natnotes.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natnotes.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:daly@mps.mpg.de}}", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2007} @@ -2624,7 +2623,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{overcite}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cite/overcite.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cite/overcite.sty", MONTH=may, YEAR=2003} @@ -2634,7 +2633,7 @@ NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:HubertJG@open.min.de}, \url{mailto:Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de}, \url{mailto:j.tkadlec@email.cz}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e/pict2e.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e/pict2e.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2008} @@ -2642,7 +2641,7 @@ TITLE="{The main structure of documents}", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank and Rowley, Chris A. and Jeffrey, Alan and Carlisle, David P.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltclass.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltclass.dtx", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -2656,35 +2655,35 @@ @MISC{proc, AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and {{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}} and Braams, Johannes L.", TITLE="{Producing proceedings articles with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/proc.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/proc.dtx", MONTH=nov, YEAR=1995} @MISC{slides, AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", TITLE="{Producing slides with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/slides.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/slides.dtx", MONTH=aug, YEAR=1997} @MISC{letter, AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and Mittelbach, Frank and Sch{\"o}pf, Rainer", TITLE="{Standard Letter Document Class for \LaTeX{} version~2e}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/letter.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/letter.dtx", MONTH=apr, YEAR=1999} @MISC{ltxdoc, AUTHOR="Carlisle, David P.", TITLE="{The file \texttt{ltxdoc.dtx} for use with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx", MONTH=aug, YEAR=1999} @MISC{ltnews, AUTHOR="Jeffrey, Alan and {{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", TITLE="{The file \texttt{ltnews.dtx} for use with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltnews.cls", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltnews.cls", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2001} @@ -2696,7 +2695,7 @@ \url{mailto:aroberts@usq.edu.au}. \textbf{Ce paquetage est obsol{\`e}te, utilisez dщsormais le paquetage \textsf{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc}}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/", MONTH = may, YEAR = 1999} @@ -2705,7 +2704,7 @@ AUTHOR = "Lemberg, Werner and H{\`a}n, Th{\'{\^e}} Th{\`a}nh", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:wl@gnu.org}, \url{mailto:hanthethanh@gmx.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/", MONTH = oct, YEAR = 2006} @@ -2751,21 +2750,21 @@ @MISC{ntg, TITLE="{NTG Document Classes for \LaTeX{} version~2e}", AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and E{\ij}khout, Victor and Braams, Johannes L.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/ntgclass.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/ntgclass.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2004} @MISC{i-ntg, TITLE="{Introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX{} document classes}", AUTHOR="E{\ij}khout, Victor and Braams, Johannes L.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1994} @MISC{newcommand, AUTHOR={Pakin, Scott}, TITLE="{The \textsf{newcommand.py} utility}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/support/newcommand/newcommand.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/support/newcommand/newcommand.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:scott+dtx@pakin.org}}", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2005} @@ -2773,8 +2772,8 @@ @MISC{hypernat, AUTHOR={Berger, Jens}, TITLE="{The \textsf{hypernat} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/hypernat.sty", - NOTE="{\froff\url{http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/hypernat.html}}", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/hypernat.sty", + NOTE="{\froff\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/hypernat.html}}", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2001} @@ -3133,7 +3132,7 @@ AUTHOR="Veytsman, Boris and Schandl, Bernd and Netherton, Lee and Radhakrishnan, C. V.", TITLE="{\textsf{nomencl} A Package to create a Nomenclature}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl}}", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -3151,7 +3150,7 @@ @MISC{calc, TITLE="{The {\textsf{calc}} package (Infix notation arithmetic in \LaTeX)}", AUTHOR = "Thorup, Kresten Krab and Jensen, Frank and Rowley, Chris A.", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/calc.dtx", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/calc.dtx", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2005} @@ -3160,7 +3159,7 @@ TITLE="{\froff Documentation for \texttt{fancybox.sty}: Box tips and tricks for \LaTeX}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:tvz@Princeton.EDU}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/fancybox/fancybox.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancybox/fancybox.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2000} @@ -3168,7 +3167,7 @@ AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{The \textsf{hypcap} package}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:oberdiek@uni-freiburg.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2007} @@ -3247,14 +3246,14 @@ AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{The \textsf{ifpdf} package}", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:oberdiek@uni-freiburg.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2006} @MISC{psnfss, AUTHOR="Schmidt, Walter", TITLE="{Using common PostScript fonts with {\LaTeX}. PSNFSS Version~9.2}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss2e.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss2e.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2004} @@ -3339,49 +3338,49 @@ @MISC{hyperref-o, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{hyperref package options}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/options.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/options.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2006} @MISC{hyperref-changelog, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{ChangeLog for the \textsf{hyperref} bundle}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2007} @MISC{hyperref-rdm, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{README for the \textsf{hyperref} bundle}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2007} @MISC{hyperref-pdf, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{Hypertext marks in {\LaTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2007} @MISC{backref, AUTHOR="Carlisle, David P. and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{Back referencing from bibliographical citations}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR=2006} @MISC{nameref, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{Section name references in {\LaTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2007} @MISC{flowfram, TITLE="{Creating Flow Frames for Posters, Brochures or Magazines using \textsf{flowfram.sty} v~1.07}", AUTHOR="Talbot, Nicola L. C.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", MONTH=mar, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:nlct@cmp.uea.ac.uk}, School of Computing Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich. NR4~7TJ, United~Kingdom}", @@ -3390,7 +3389,7 @@ @MISC{ffuserguide, TITLE="{Creating Flow Frames for Posters, Brochures or Magazines using \textsf{flowfram.sty}}", AUTHOR="Talbot, Nicola L. C.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", MONTH=mar, NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:nlct@cmp.uea.ac.uk}, School of Computing Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich. NR4~7TJ, United~Kingdom}", @@ -3401,7 +3400,7 @@ MONTH = jan, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:rotfloat@sommerfeldt.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/rotfloat/rotfloat.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/rotfloat/rotfloat.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{trivfloat, @@ -3409,13 +3408,13 @@ MONTH = jun, AUTHOR = "Wright, Joseph A.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/trivfloat/trivfloat.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/trivfloat/trivfloat.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{rotating, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian and Barroca, Leonor", TITLE="{A style option for rotated objects in {\LaTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/rotating.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/rotating.dtx", MONTH=sep, YEAR=1997} @@ -3467,7 +3466,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{textcase}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/textcase/textcase.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/textcase/textcase.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR=2004} @@ -3533,7 +3532,7 @@ @MISC{nomentbl, AUTHOR="Elmegaard, Brian and Egan, Patrick", TITLE="{The \textsf{nomentbl} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/nomentbl/nomentbl.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomentbl/nomentbl.pdf", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:be@mek.dtu.dk}}", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2006} @@ -3549,14 +3548,14 @@ @MISC{frenchle, TITLE="L'extension {\textsf{frenchle}} pour {\LaTeX} (notice d'utilisation)", AUTHOR="Gaulle{\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, Bernard", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/french/frenchle/frenchle.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/french/frenchle/frenchle.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1997} @MISC{frenchpro, TITLE="Notice d'utilisation de l'extension {\textsf{frenchpro}} pour {\LaTeX}", AUTHOR="Gaulle{\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, Bernard", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/french/frenchpro/french/ALIRE.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/french/frenchpro/french/ALIRE.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=1997} @@ -3585,7 +3584,7 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledmac.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledmac.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ledpar, @@ -3593,7 +3592,7 @@ MONTH = apr, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledpar.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledpar.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ledarab, @@ -3601,7 +3600,7 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledarab.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledarab.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @BOOK{icelandic2, @@ -3627,7 +3626,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{chngpage}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2003} @@ -3726,9 +3725,7 @@ TITLE="{Writing Greek with the \texttt{greek} option of the {\textsf{babel}} package}", AUTHOR="Syropoulos, Apostolos", - HOWPUBLISHED="{\froff\url{http://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/babel/usage.tex}}", - URL="http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel/greek-usage.pdf", - NOTE="{\froff\url{mailto:apostolo@platon.ee.duth.gr}}", + HOWPUBLISHED="{\froff\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/usage.tex}}", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1997} @@ -4098,14 +4095,14 @@ @MISC{p-xargs, AUTHOR="P{\'e}gouri{\'e}-Gonnard, Manuel", TITLE="{The \textsf{xargs} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2008} @MISC{p-xargs-fr, AUTHOR="P{\'e}gouri{\'e}-Gonnard, Manuel", TITLE="{L'extension \textsf{xargs}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2008} @@ -4269,7 +4266,7 @@ @MISC{makerobust, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{The {\textsf{makerobust}} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2006} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b022de40b7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +%% +%% This is file `minitoc-fr.dtx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `minitoc-fr') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +%% distributed with it. +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\ProvidesFile{minitoc-fr.dtx}% + [2015/07/13 minitoc v61 french documentation start file] +\input{minitoc.dtx} + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `minitoc-fr.dtx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.ist index 28074b3cc0c..10ce80f1011 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.ist +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.ist @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./minitoc-fr.ist' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. %% -------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.lan b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.lan index 94be14b72d5..968a0af85bc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.lan +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.lan @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./minitoc-fr.lan' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \def\LANG{1} \endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf index ff67656d880..ae799429492 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bib index 673587e0265..e1484eb9a31 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bib @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +% minitoc.bib by Jean-Pierre Drucbert. Part of the minitoc package. + @STRING{pub-SV = "Springer Verlag"} @STRING{pub-SV+adr = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/ London, UK~/ etc."} @@ -10,24 +12,21 @@ @MISC{minitoc, TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - NOTE="{\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2008} @MISC{minitoc-fr, TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - NOTE="{\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2008} @MISC{shorttoc, TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - NOTE="{\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2002} @@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ AUTHOR = {Johannes L. Braams and David P. Carlisle and Alan Jeffrey and Leslie Lamport and Frank \mbox{Mittelbach} and Chris A. Rowley and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, TITLE = {The {\LaTeXe} {S}ources}, - URL = "http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/source2e.tex", + URL = "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/source2e.tex", YEAR =2003} @BOOK{TLC2, @@ -88,7 +87,7 @@ MONTH = apr, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/appendix/appendix.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/appendix/appendix.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{babel, @@ -96,7 +95,7 @@ TITLE = "{\textsf{Babel}}, a multilingual package for use with {\LaTeX}'s standard document classes", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/babel.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/babel.pdf", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{babel-user, @@ -104,13 +103,13 @@ TITLE = "{\textsf{Babel}}, a multilingual package for use with {\LaTeX}'s standard document classes (user)", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/user.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/user.pdf", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{hyperref, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian and Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{Hypertext marks in {\LaTeX}: a manual for {\textsf{hyperref}}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2006} @@ -118,7 +117,7 @@ TITLE="{T}he {M}emoir {C}lass", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf", EDITION="sixth", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -127,7 +126,7 @@ TITLE="{T}he {M}emoir {C}lass {(Addendum)}", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memmanadd.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memmanadd.pdf", EDITION="second", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2007} @@ -136,7 +135,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{notoccite}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/notoccite.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/notoccite.sty", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2000} @@ -144,7 +143,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{placeins}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/placeins/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/placeins/", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2002} @@ -152,7 +151,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{tocbibind}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/tocbibind/tocbibind.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tocbibind/tocbibind.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2004} @@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{tocloft}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/tocloft/tocloft.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tocloft/tocloft.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2003} @@ -168,7 +167,7 @@ TITLE = "The {\textsf{titlesec}} and {\textsf{titletoc}} packages", AUTHOR="Bezos, Javier", NOTE="{\url{http://www.tex-tipografia.com/contact.html}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2005} @@ -176,7 +175,7 @@ TITLE="{ArabTeX Version~3}", AUTHOR={Lagally, Klaus}, NOTE="{\url{mailto:lagallyk@acm.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/arabtex/doc/html/arabtex.htm", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/arabtex/doc/html/arabtex.htm", MONTH=oct, YEAR=2003} @@ -196,7 +195,7 @@ TITLE="{M}on{\TeX} -- {A} {Q}uick {G}uide {\emph{(draft)}}", AUTHOR="Corff, Oliver", NOTE="{\url{mailto:corff@zedat.fu-berlin.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/mongolian/montex/doc/mlsquick.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/mongolian/montex/doc/mlsquick.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2002} @@ -204,7 +203,7 @@ TITLE="Mon{\TeX} -- Mongolian for {\LaTeXe}, {I}mplementation {L}evel {S}ystem {D}ocumentation", AUTHOR="Corff, Oliver and Dorj, Dorjpalam", NOTE="{\url{mailto:corff@zedat.fu-berlin.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/mongolian/montex/doc/montex.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/mongolian/montex/doc/montex.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2002} @@ -227,7 +226,7 @@ TITLE="{{Arm\TeX}: a {S}ystem for {W}riting in {A}rmenian with {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} (written in armenian)}", AUTHOR="Dachian, Sergue{\"\i} and Dalalyan, Arnak and Akopian, Vartan", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/armtex/v2.0/manual.ps", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/armtex/v2.0/manual.ps", NOTE="{\url{mailto:Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr}, \url{http://www-scf.usc.edu/~vakopian/programs/progs.html}}", MONTH=jun, @@ -297,7 +296,7 @@ AUTHOR = "Patashnik, Oren", TITLE = "{{\BibTeX ing}}", NOTE = "Documentation for general {{\BibTeX}} users", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf", MONTH = feb, YEAR = 1988 } @@ -305,7 +304,7 @@ AUTHOR = "Patashnik, Oren", TITLE = "{Designing {\BibTeX} Styles}", NOTE = "The part of {{\BibTeX}}'s documentation that's not meant for general users", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf", MONTH = feb, YEAR = 1988 } @@ -332,14 +331,14 @@ AUTHOR="Kryukov, Alexej M. and Ivanov, Dmitry", TITLE="Typesetting multilingual documents with {ANTOMEGA}", MONTH=sep, - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/antomega.html", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/antomega.html", YEAR=2003} @BOOK{JMPL1, AUTHOR={Bayart, Benjamin}, TITLE="{J}oli manuel pour {\LaTeXe}", PUBLISHER="{G}uide local pour l'{ESIEE}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/JoliManuelPourLaTeX.ps.gz", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/JoliManuelPourLaTeX.ps.gz", NOTE="{\url{mailto:bayartb@edgard.fdn.fr}}", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1995} @@ -350,7 +349,7 @@ JOURNAL="{Cahiers GUTenberg}", NOTE="{F}rench translation of{~\cite{NSSL2E}} by {\oname{Matthieu}{Herrb}}, adaptation and complements by {\oname{Daniel}{Flipo}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/lshort/french/flshort-3.20.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/lshort/french/flshort-3.20.pdf", MONTH=feb, ISSN="1140-9304", VOLUME="{s}pecial issue number{~2}", @@ -359,7 +358,7 @@ @MISC{NSSL2E, AUTHOR={Oetiker, Tobias and Partl, Hubert and Hyna, Helene and Schlegl, Elisabeth}, TITLE="{The Not So Short Introduction to \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2006} @@ -368,21 +367,21 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Lickert, Knut", NOTE="{\url{mailto:knut@lickert.net} et \url{http://tex.lickert.net/packages/minutes/index.html}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minutes/minutes.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minutes/minutes.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{needspace, TITLE="The {\textsf{needspace}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/needspace.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/needspace.sty", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2003} @MISC{txfonts, TITLE="The {TX} {F}onts", AUTHOR="Ryu, Young", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/fonts/txfonts/doc/txfontsdocA4.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/txfonts/doc/txfontsdocA4.pdf", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2000} @@ -390,7 +389,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{ifmtarg}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R. and Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}, \url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ifmtarg.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ifmtarg.sty", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2000} @@ -398,7 +397,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{abstract}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/abstract/abstract.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/abstract/abstract.pdf", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2004} @@ -406,7 +405,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{xr}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/xr.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/xr.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=1994} @@ -424,7 +423,7 @@ TITLE="{E}thiopian {L}anguage {S}upport for the {\textsf{Babel}} {P}ackage", AUTHOR="Beyene, Berhanu and Kudlek, Manfred and Kummer, Olaf and Metzinger, Jochen", ORGANIZATION="{U}niversit{\"a}t {A}amburg", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/ethiopia/ethiop/doc/ethiodoc.ps", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/ethiopia/ethiop/doc/ethiodoc.ps", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1998} @@ -432,7 +431,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{sectsty}} package v2.0.2", AUTHOR={{McDonnell}, Rowland}, NOTE="{\url{mailto:rowland.mcdonnell@physics.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2002} @@ -440,7 +439,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{subfig}} {P}ackage", AUTHOR={Cochran, Steven Douglas}, NOTE="{\url{mailto:sds@cs.cmu.edu}, \url{mailto:cochran@ieee.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -448,7 +447,7 @@ TITLE="{T}ypesetting {M}alayalam {U}sing {\LaTeXe}", AUTHOR="Alex, A.J.", NOTE="{\url{malayalamtex@gmail.com} and \url{mailto:alexaj@myrealbox.com}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/malayalam/doc/mm-usr.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/malayalam/doc/mm-usr.pdf", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2007} @@ -456,21 +455,21 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{comment}} package", AUTHOR="E{\ij}khout, Victor", NOTE="{\url{mailto:victor@eijkhout.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/comment/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/comment/", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1999} @MISC{fontsel, TITLE="{\LaTeXe} font selection", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2004} @MISC{guarani, TITLE="Typesetting {G}uaranэ with {\TeX}", AUTHOR="Bezos, Javier", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/guarani/guarani.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/guarani/guarani.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2004} @@ -486,14 +485,14 @@ TITLE="{T}ame the {B}ea{ST} ({T}he {B} {to~X} of{{~~\BibTeX}})", AUTHOR="Markey, Nicolas", NOTE="{\url{mailto:markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2005} @MISC{classes, AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and Mittelbach, Frank and Braams, Johannes L.", TITLE="{S}tandard {D}ocument {C}lasses for {\LaTeX} {version~2e}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/classes.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/classes.dtx", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -502,7 +501,7 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ccaption/ccaption.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ccaption/ccaption.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{caption, @@ -510,7 +509,7 @@ MONTH = dec, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{caption-eng, @@ -518,7 +517,7 @@ MONTH = dec, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{caption2, @@ -526,7 +525,7 @@ MONTH = nov, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{cap-anleitung, @@ -534,7 +533,7 @@ Tabellenbeschriftungen mit dem \textsf{caption}-Paket}", AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\url{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR = 2007} @@ -543,7 +542,7 @@ MONTH = sep, AUTHOR = "Hennig, Stephan", NOTE="{\url{mailto:stephanhennig@arcor.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/mcaption/mcaption.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/mcaption/mcaption.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @BOOK{YH2004, @@ -573,7 +572,7 @@ MONTH = aug, AUTHOR = "Basso, Pierre and Ulrich, Stephan", NOTE="{\url{mailto:Pierre.Basso@lim.univ-mrs.fr}, \url{mailto:stefanulrich@users.sourceforge.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/bibtopic.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/bibtopic.pdf", YEAR = 2002} @MISC{bibunits, @@ -581,7 +580,7 @@ MONTH = may, AUTHOR = "Hansen, Thorsten", NOTE="{\url{mailto:thorsten.hansen@psychol.uni-giessen.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/bibunits/bibunits.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/bibunits/bibunits.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{chapterbib, @@ -589,7 +588,7 @@ MONTH = feb, AUTHOR = "Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cite/chapterbib.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cite/chapterbib.sty", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{multibib, @@ -597,7 +596,7 @@ MONTH = jan, AUTHOR = "Hansen, Thorsten", NOTE="{\url{mailto:thorsten.hansen@psychol.uni-giessen.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/multibib.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/multibib.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{hangcaption, @@ -605,7 +604,7 @@ MONTH = aug, AUTHOR = "Jones, David{~}M.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty", YEAR = 1992} @BOOK{lunde1993, @@ -627,21 +626,21 @@ @MISC{usrguide, TITLE="{\LaTeXe} for authors", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/usrguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/usrguide.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2001} @MISC{clsguide, TITLE="{\LaTeXe} for Class and Package writers", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2003} @MISC{cyrguide, TITLE="Cyrillic language support in {\LaTeX}", AUTHOR="Volovich, Vladimir and Lemberg, Werner and {{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/cyrguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/cyrguide.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=1999} @@ -657,28 +656,28 @@ @MISC{koma, TITLE = "{\KOMAScript{}, a versatile {\LaTeXe} bundle}", AUTHOR = "Neukam, Frank and Kohm, Markus and Kielhorn, Axel and Morawski, Jens-Uwe", - URL = "http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf", + URL = "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf", MONTH = dec, YEAR = 2007} @MISC{komab, TITLE = "{\KOMAScript{}, ein wandelbares {\LaTeXe}-Paket}", AUTHOR = "Neukam, Frank and Kohm, Markus and Kielhorn, Axel and Morawski, Jens-Uwe", - URL = "http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf", + URL = "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf", MONTH = dec, YEAR = 2007} @MISC{varsects, TITLE="The {\textsf{varsects}} package", AUTHOR="Taupin{\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, Daniel", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/taupin/varsects.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/taupin/varsects.sty", MONTH=nov, YEAR=1998} @MISC{xr-hyper, AUTHOR="Carlisle, David P.", TITLE="{The \textsf{xr-hyper} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2000} @@ -686,7 +685,7 @@ AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}", ADDRESS="Providence, Rhode Island", TITLE="{Instructions for Preparation of Papers and Monographs: \AmS-\LaTeX}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/amslatex/classes/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/amslatex/classes/", NOTE="{See \texttt{instr-l.pdf}}", YEAR=1999} @@ -767,7 +766,7 @@ AUTHOR="Breitenlohner, Peter", PUBLISHER="{The \NTS\ Team}", ADDRESS="{Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Physik, M\"unchen}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/systems/e-tex/v2/doc/etex_man.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/e-tex/v2/doc/etex_man.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1998} @@ -776,7 +775,7 @@ TITLE = "Albanian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:zami1st@yahoo.com}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/albanian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/albanian.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{bahasa, @@ -785,7 +784,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:joerg.knappen@alpha.ntp.springer.de}, \url{mailto:mart@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasa.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasa.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{bahasam, @@ -794,7 +793,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:joerg.knappen@alpha.ntp.springer.de}, \url{mailto:mart@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de}, \url{mailto:bob.margolis@ntlworld.com}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasam.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/bahasam.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{hebrew2, @@ -802,7 +801,7 @@ TITLE = "Hebrew language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/hebrew.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/hebrew.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{basque, @@ -811,7 +810,7 @@ TITLE = "Basque support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:lg.ehu.es}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/basque.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/basque.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{breton, @@ -819,7 +818,7 @@ TITLE = "Breton language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:Christian.Rolland@univ-brest.fr}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/breton.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/breton.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{bulgarian, @@ -827,7 +826,7 @@ TITLE = "Bulgarian language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:georgi.boshnakov@umist.ac.uk}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/bulgarian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/bulgarian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{catalan, @@ -835,7 +834,7 @@ TITLE = "Catalan language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:badenes@imec.be}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/catalan.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/catalan.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{croatian, @@ -843,7 +842,7 @@ TITLE = "Croatian language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:paica@cernvm.cern.ch}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/croatian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/croatian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{czech, @@ -851,7 +850,7 @@ TITLE = "Czech language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:lokajick@cernvm}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/czech.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/czech.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{danish, @@ -859,7 +858,7 @@ TITLE = "Danish language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:larsen@cernvm.cern.ch}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/danish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/danish.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{dutch, @@ -867,7 +866,7 @@ TITLE = "Dutch language support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/dutch.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/dutch.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{english, @@ -875,7 +874,7 @@ TITLE = "English support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/english.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/english.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{esperanto, @@ -885,7 +884,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:ruizaltb@cernvm.cern.ch}, \url{mailto:knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/esperanto.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/esperanto.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{estonian, @@ -893,7 +892,7 @@ TITLE = "Estonian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}, {\url{mailto:saar@aai.ee}}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/estonian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/estonian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{finnish, @@ -901,7 +900,7 @@ TITLE = "Finnish support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:kanerva@cernvm}, \url{mailto:keranen@cernvm}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/finnish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/finnish.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{frenchb, @@ -909,7 +908,7 @@ TITLE = "{A Babel language definition file for French}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:Daniel.Flipo@univ-lille1.fr}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/frenchb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/frenchb.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{galician, @@ -917,7 +916,7 @@ TITLE = "Galician support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:mcarriba@eunetcom.net}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/galician.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/galician.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{germanb, @@ -925,7 +924,7 @@ TITLE = "German support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/germanb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/germanb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{greek, @@ -934,7 +933,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:apostolo@platon.ee.duth.gr} or \url{mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/greek.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/greek.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{icelandic, @@ -942,7 +941,7 @@ TITLE = "Icelandic support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:einar@lif.hi.is}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/icelandic.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/icelandic.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{interlingua, @@ -950,7 +949,7 @@ TITLE = "Interlingua support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:kleiweg@let.rug.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/interlingua.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/interlingua.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{irish, @@ -960,7 +959,7 @@ \url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:fraser@cernvm}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/irish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/irish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{italian, @@ -969,7 +968,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it}, \url{mailto:beccari@polito.it}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/italian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/italian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{latin, @@ -978,7 +977,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:claudio.beccari@polito.it}, with help from \oname{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}, (\url{mailto:kkz@alfa.mimuw.edu.pl})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/latin.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/latin.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{lsorbian, @@ -986,7 +985,7 @@ TITLE = "{Lower Sorbian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:edi@kaihh.hanse.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/lsorbian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/lsorbian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{magyar, @@ -995,7 +994,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, with help from \oname{Attila}{Koppanyi} (\url{mailto:attila@cernvm.cern.ch})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/magyar.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/magyar.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ngermanb, @@ -1003,7 +1002,7 @@ TITLE = "New German support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/ngermanb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/ngermanb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{norsk, @@ -1018,7 +1017,7 @@ \oname{Rune}{Kleveland} (\url{mailto:runekl@math.uio.no}) added the shorthand definitions}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/norsk.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/norsk.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{polish, @@ -1027,7 +1026,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:elmar@uni-paderborn.de}, \url{mailto:massa@uni-paderborn.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/polish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/polish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{portuges, @@ -1037,7 +1036,7 @@ contributed brasilian translations and suggestions for enhancements. \url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:jramalhe@cernvm}, \url{mailto:Jose-Pedro_Ramalhete@macmail}, \url{mailto:arnaldo@vnet.ibm.com}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/portuges.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/portuges.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{romanian, @@ -1046,7 +1045,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:hhu@cernvm.cern.ch}, \url{mailto:robertj@uni-paderborn.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/romanian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/romanian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{russianb1, @@ -1055,7 +1054,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:cyrtug@mir.msk.su}, \url{mailto:TeX@vvv.vsu.ru} et \url{mailto:wl@gnu.org}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/russianb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/russianb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{samin, @@ -1064,7 +1063,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:Regnor.Jernsletten@sami.uit.no} or \url{mailto:Regnor.Jernsletten@eunet.no}}", MONTH = feb, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/samin.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/samin.dtx", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{scottish, @@ -1072,7 +1071,7 @@ TITLE = "Scottish support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:fraser@cernvm}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/scottish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/scottish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{serbian, @@ -1081,7 +1080,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:dejan@yunix.com}, \url{mailto:slobodan@archimed.filfak.ac.ni.yu}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/serbian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/serbian.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{slovak, @@ -1090,7 +1089,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:chlebikj@mff.uniba.cs}, \url{mailto:Tobias.Schlemmer@web.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/slovak.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/slovak.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{slovene, @@ -1098,7 +1097,7 @@ TITLE = "Slovene support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:leon.zlajpah@ijs.si}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/slovene.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/slovene.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{spanish, @@ -1106,7 +1105,7 @@ TITLE = "Spanish support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:jbezos@wanadoo.es} or \url{mailto:babel@braams.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = feb, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/spanish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/spanish.dtx", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{swedish, @@ -1115,7 +1114,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:hellman@cernvm.cern.ch}; enhancements for version~2.0 by \oname{Erik}{{\"O}sthols} (\url{mailto:erik_osthols@yahoo.com})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/swedish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/swedish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{turkish, @@ -1124,7 +1123,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:rz6001@rziris01.rrz.uni-hamburg.de}, with help from \oname{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} and \oname{Turgut}{Uyar} (\url{mailto:uyar@cs.itu.edu.tr})}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/turkish.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/turkish.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ukraineb, @@ -1133,7 +1132,7 @@ TITLE = "Ukrainian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:ashv@icmp.lviv.ua}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/ukraineb.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/ukraineb.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{usorbian, @@ -1141,7 +1140,7 @@ TITLE = "{Upper Sorbian support from the {\textsf{babel}} system}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:edi@kaihh.hanse.de}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/usorbian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/usorbian.dtx", YEAR = 2008} @MISC{welsh, @@ -1149,7 +1148,7 @@ TITLE = "Welsh support from the {\textsf{babel}} system", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}}", MONTH = mar, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/babel/welsh.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/welsh.dtx", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{stdclsdv, @@ -1157,14 +1156,14 @@ MONTH = jul, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/stdclsdv/stdclsdv.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/stdclsdv/stdclsdv.pdf", YEAR = 2000} @INPROCEEDINGS{hyperref-paper, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", BOOKTITLE="{Euro\TeX'99 Proceedings}", TITLE="{PDF information and navigation elements with hyperref, pdf\TeX, and thumbpdf}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/paper.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/paper.pdf", PUBLISHER="TUG", YEAR=1999} @@ -1173,7 +1172,7 @@ TITLE = "Romanian {\TeX}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:adriaan@cs.kun.nl}}", MONTH = oct, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/romanian/RomanianTeX/romanian.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/romanian/RomanianTeX/romanian.dtx", YEAR = 1996} @MISC{spanish4, @@ -1189,7 +1188,7 @@ TITLE="{\TeX{} for the \mbox{Impatient}}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:impatient@tug.org}}", MONTH=sep, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/impatient/book.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/impatient/book.pdf", YEAR=2003} @MISC{fr-impatient, @@ -1198,7 +1197,7 @@ NOTE="{French translation of~\cite{impatient} by \oname{Marc}{Chaudemanche}, \url{mailto:marc.chaudemanche@groupe-mma.fr}}", MONTH=sep, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/impatient/fr/fbook.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/impatient/fr/fbook.pdf", YEAR=2004} @INPROCEEDINGS{X2ENC, @@ -1321,7 +1320,7 @@ @MISC{malayalam-o, TITLE="{Typesetting Malayalam Using~$\Omega/\aleph$}", - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/malayalam-omega.html", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/malayalam-omega.html", AUTHOR="Alex, A.J.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:indicTeX@gmail.com}}", MONTH=nov, @@ -1351,7 +1350,7 @@ TITLE="{The UK \TeX{} FAQ. Your 423 Questions Answered}", AUTHOR="Fairbairns, Robin", NOTE="Version{~}3.17", - URL="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/uk-tex-faq/newfaq.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/uk-tex-faq/newfaq.pdf", HOWPUBLISHED="{Also visible here: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq}}", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2007} @@ -1375,7 +1374,7 @@ @MISC{HLATEX, TITLE="{H\LaTeX: a \LaTeX\ package for the Korean language support}", AUTHOR="Koaunghi, Un", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/korean/HLaTeX/hlguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/korean/HLaTeX/hlguide.pdf", HOWPUBLISHED="{In korean}", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2005} @@ -1510,7 +1509,7 @@ TITLE="{The \textsf{docstrip} program}", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank and Duchier, Denys and Braams, Johannes L. and Woli{\'n}ski, Marcin and Wooding, Mark", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/docstrip.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/docstrip.dtx", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -1531,7 +1530,7 @@ HOWPUBLISHED="{In polish and english; see also \url{http://www.tug.org/teTeX/tetex-texmfdist/doc/latex/platex/platex.html}}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:M.Olko@Litterae.com.pl} and \url{mailto:wolinski@gust.org.pl}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/polski/polski.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/polski/polski.dtx", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2008} @@ -1540,14 +1539,14 @@ MONTH = jul, AUTHOR = "Braun, Felix", NOTE="{\url{mailto:fbraun@atdot.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/jura/jura.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/jura/jura.pdf", YEAR = 1998} @MISC{urlbst, TITLE="{The \textsf{urlbst} package}", AUTHOR="Gray, Norman", NOTE="\url{http://www.astro.gla.ac.uk/users/norman/}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/urlbst/urlbst.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/urlbst/urlbst.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2007} @@ -1622,14 +1621,14 @@ @MISC{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty, AUTHOR="Harin, Alexander and Zhytnikov, Vadim V. and Maslov, Vadim", TITLE="The {\textsf{cmcyralt.sty}} file", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1994} @MISC{cmcyralt/russian.sty, AUTHOR="Boyko, Victor", TITLE="The {\textsf{russian.sty}} file", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/russian.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cmcyralt/russian.sty", MONTH=jan, YEAR=1995} @@ -1643,7 +1642,7 @@ @WEBPAGE{lhcyr, TITLE="{The LHCYR collection}", AUTHOR="Zhytnikov, Vadim V. and Maslov, Vadim", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/lhcyr/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lhcyr/", NOTE="{\url{mailto:vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru}, \url{mailto:vadik@cs.umd.edu}}", MONTH=dec, YEAR=1998} @@ -1726,21 +1725,21 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:sven@tde.lu.se}, Department of Applied Electronics, University of Lund, Box 118, S-221 00 Lund, Sweden}", TITLE="{\SLaTeX:} Swedish speaking version of {\LaTeX}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/swedish/slatex/slatex.1", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/swedish/slatex/slatex.1", MONTH=nov, YEAR=1989} @MISC{ltoutput, TITLE="{{\LaTeXe} Kernel (Output Routine)}", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2000} @MISC{float, TITLE="{An Improved Environment for Floats}", AUTHOR="Lingnau, Anselm", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:anselm@strathspey.org}}", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2001} @@ -1748,7 +1747,7 @@ @MISC{encguide, TITLE="{\LaTeX} font encodings", AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/doc/encguide.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/encguide.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2006} @@ -1764,7 +1763,7 @@ AUTHOR="Lapko, Olga G.", TITLE="The \textsf{floatrow} package", NOTE="{\url{mailto:Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2005} @@ -1772,7 +1771,7 @@ AUTHOR="Lindgren, Ulf A.", TITLE="{FncyChap~V1.33}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:ulf.a.lindgren@ericsson.com}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/fncychap.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/fncychap.pdf", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2005} @@ -1780,7 +1779,7 @@ AUTHOR="Tinnefeld, Karsten", TITLE="{The \textsf{quotchap} document style}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:tinnefeld@irb.cs.uni-dortmund.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/quotchap/quotchap.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/quotchap/quotchap.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1998} @@ -1788,7 +1787,7 @@ AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", TITLE="{The \textsf{romannum} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/romannum/romannum.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/romannum/romannum.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2005} @@ -1800,7 +1799,7 @@ Via F. Marzolo, 8 -- 35131 PADOVA -- Italy}", TITLE="{The \textsf{sfheaders} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/sfheaders/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/sfheaders/", MONTH=sep, YEAR=1997} @@ -1811,7 +1810,7 @@ Abt.~Biophysikalische Chemie}", TITLE="{\textsf{alnumsec.sty}: Using alphanumeric section numbering with standard sectioning commands}", - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/alnumsec/alnumsec.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/alnumsec/alnumsec.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2005} @@ -1819,7 +1818,7 @@ AUTHOR="Cochran, Steven Douglas", NOTE="{\url{mailto:sds@cs.cmu.edu}, \url{mailto:cochran@ieee.org}}", TITLE="{The \textsf{captcont} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/captcont/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/captcont/", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2002} @@ -1838,15 +1837,15 @@ TITLE="{The \textsf{vruler} package}", AUTHOR="Jiang, Zhuhan", NOTE="{\url{mailto:zhuhan@neumann.une.edu.au}, and look - at \url{http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/vruler.html}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/vruler.sty", + at \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/vruler.html}}", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/vruler.sty", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1996} @MISC{doc, TITLE="{The \textsf{doc} and \textsf{shortverb} packages}", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/doc.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/doc.dtx", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -1862,7 +1861,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{tocvsec2}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/tocvsec2/tocvsec2.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tocvsec2/tocvsec2.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2004} @@ -1885,7 +1884,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{lipsum}} package", AUTHOR = "Happel, Patrick", NOTE="{\url{mailto:patrick.happel@rub.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/lipsum/lipsum.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lipsum/lipsum.pdf", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2005} @@ -1893,7 +1892,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{subfigure}} package", AUTHOR={Cochran, Steven Douglas}, NOTE="{\url{mailto:sds@cs.cmu.edu}, \url{mailto:cochran@ieee.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/", MONTH=mar, YEAR=1995} @@ -1927,7 +1926,7 @@ TITLE="An environment for multicolumn output", AUTHOR = "Mittelbach, Frank", NOTE="{\url{mailto:Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2000} @@ -1935,7 +1934,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{geometry}} package", AUTHOR={Umeki, Hideo}, NOTE="{\url{mailto:hideo.umeki@toshiba.co.jp}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/manual.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/manual.pdf", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2002} @@ -1943,7 +1942,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{wrapfig}} package", AUTHOR={Arseneau, Donald}, NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2003} @@ -1952,7 +1951,7 @@ commands and packages)}", AUTHOR="Trettin, Mark", ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:Mark@Trettin@gmx.de} and \url{mailto:juergen.fen@gmx.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/l2tabu/english/l2tabuen.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2tabu/english/l2tabuen.pdf", NOTE="{E}nglish translation by {\oname{J{\"u}rgen}{Fenn}}", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2006} @@ -1965,7 +1964,7 @@ ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:Mark@Trettin@gmx.de}, \url{mailto:juergen.fen@gmx.de} and \url{mailto:Yvon.Henel@wanadoo.fr}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/l2tabu/french/l2tabufr-heavy.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2tabu/french/l2tabufr-heavy.pdf", NOTE="{English translation by {\oname{J{\"u}rgen}{Fenn}}, french translation by {\oname{Yvon}{Henel}}}", MONTH=jun, @@ -1975,7 +1974,7 @@ TITLE="{Typesetting Arabic and Farsi with the {\Arabi} package. The Users Guide}", AUTHOR="Jabri, Youssef", - URL="http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/arabi.html", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/arabi.html", NOTE="{\url{mailto:yjabri@ensa.univ-oujda.ac.ma}, \'Ecole des sciences appliqu{\'e}es, Bo{\^{\i}}te~696, Oujda, Maroc}", MONTH=dec, @@ -1995,14 +1994,14 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{color}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/graphics/color.dtx", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/color.dtx", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2005} @MISC{dtxtut, AUTHOR={Pakin, Scott}, TITLE="{How to Package Your \LaTeX{} Package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:scott+dtx@pakin.org}}", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2004} @@ -2011,7 +2010,7 @@ TITLE = "The {\textsf{docmfp}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/docmfp/docmfp.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/docmfp/docmfp.pdf", MONTH = mar, YEAR = 2005} @@ -2025,7 +2024,7 @@ \url{mailto:zdenek.wagner@gmail.com} and \url{mailto:i@kevincarmody.org}, home page: \url{http://devnag.sarovar.org/}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/devanagari/velthuis/doc/generic/velthuis/manual.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/devanagari/velthuis/doc/generic/velthuis/manual.pdf", MONTH = may, YEAR = 2006} @@ -2191,7 +2190,7 @@ @MISC{flynn, TITLE="{Formatting information. A beginner's introduction to typesetting with {\LaTeX}}", AUTHOR="Flynn, Peter", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/beginlatex/beginlatex-3.6.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/beginlatex/beginlatex-3.6.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:peter.silmaril.ie}}", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2005} @@ -2242,7 +2241,7 @@ @MISC{splitbib, TITLE="{Split your bibliography into categories}", AUTHOR="Markey, Nicolas", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/splitbib/splitbib.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/splitbib/splitbib.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr}}", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2005} @@ -2390,7 +2389,7 @@ @MISC{btxfaq, AUTHOR = "Shell, Michael and Hoadley, David", TITLE = "{{\BibTeX} {T}ips and {FAQ}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxFAQ.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxFAQ.pdf", NOTE="{\url{http://www.michaelshell.org/}}", MONTH = jan, YEAR = 2007} @@ -2408,20 +2407,20 @@ TITLE="{\emph{MakeIndex}, An Index Processor For {\LaTeX}}", AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie", NOTE="{Technical report, Electronic document in \emph{MakeIndex} distribution}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf", YEAR=1987} @MISC{TFIG, AUTHOR="Lehman, Philipp", TITLE="{The Font Installation Guide}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/", MONTH=dec, YEAR=2004} @MISC{mongolian, AUTHOR="Batmunkh, Dorjgotov", TITLE="{Mongolian support from the \textsf{babel} system}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/mongolian/babel/mongolian.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/mongolian/babel/mongolian.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2007} @@ -2429,7 +2428,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{afterpage}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/afterpage.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/afterpage.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1995} @@ -2437,7 +2436,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{multitoc}} package", AUTHOR = "Schr{\"o}der, Martin", NOTE="{\url{mailto:martin.schroeder@acm.org}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.dtx", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.dtx", MONTH=jun, YEAR=1999} @@ -2449,14 +2448,14 @@ PAGES="17--90", TITLE="{Graham Williams' {\TeX} Catalogue}", URL="http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb21-1/tb66catal.pdf", - NOTE="Last version at: {\url{http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}}", + NOTE="Last version at: {\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/catalogue.html}}", YEAR=2000} @MISC{cite, TITLE="The {\textsf{cite}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cite/cite.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cite/cite.sty", MONTH=nov, YEAR=2003} @@ -2467,7 +2466,7 @@ \textsf{babel}}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:babel@bramms.cistron.nl}, \url{mailto:mcarriba@eunetcom.net}, \url{mailto:jmugica@digi21.net}}", MONTH = jan, - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/galician/galician.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/galician/galician.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @INCOLLECTION{chinois, @@ -2527,7 +2526,7 @@ AUTHOR="Fear, Simon", NOTE="{In the absence of the author, contact \oname{Danie}{Els}, \url{mailto:dnjels@sun.ac.za}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2003} @@ -2537,7 +2536,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org}, The current maintainer is \oname{Werner}{Lemberg}, \url{mailto:wl@gnu.org}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/dblaccnt.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/dblaccnt.sty", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2005} @@ -2545,21 +2544,21 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{url}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2005} @MISC{varioref, TITLE="The {\textsf{varioref}} package", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/varioref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/varioref.pdf", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2003} @MISC{fullpage, TITLE="{A package to Set Margins to Full Page}", AUTHOR="Daly, Patrick W.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/preprint/fullpage.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/preprint/fullpage.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1999} @@ -2569,14 +2568,14 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:thomas@henloch.de}, The font was designed by \oname{Martin}{Vogel}, \url{mailto:marvosym.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/fonts/psfonts/marvosym/marvodoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/psfonts/marvosym/marvodoc.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2006} @MISC{symbols, AUTHOR={Pakin, Scott}, TITLE="{The Comprehensive {\LaTeX} Symbols List}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/info/symbols/comprehensive/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/info/symbols/comprehensive/", NOTE="{\url{mailto:scott+dtx@pakin.org}}", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -2584,7 +2583,7 @@ @MISC{morefloats, AUTHOR={Hosek, Don}, TITLE="{The \textsf{morefloats} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/morefloats.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/morefloats.sty", NOTE="{\url{mailto:dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu}}", MONTH=jul, YEAR=1990} @@ -2602,14 +2601,14 @@ (Author-Year and Numerical Schemes)}", NOTE="{This paper describes the \textsf{natbib} package (version~8.0), \url{mailto:daly@mps.mpg.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natbib.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natbib.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2007} @MISC{natnotes, AUTHOR={Daly, Patrick~W.}, TITLE="{Reference sheet for \texttt{natbib} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natnotes.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natnotes.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:daly@mps.mpg.de}}", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2007} @@ -2618,7 +2617,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{overcite}} package", AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", NOTE="{\url{mailto:asnd@reg.triumf.ca}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/cite/overcite.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cite/overcite.sty", MONTH=may, YEAR=2003} @@ -2628,7 +2627,7 @@ NOTE="{\url{mailto:HubertJG@open.min.de}, \url{mailto:Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de}, \url{mailto:j.tkadlec@email.cz}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e/pict2e.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e/pict2e.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2008} @@ -2636,7 +2635,7 @@ TITLE="{The main structure of documents}", AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank and Rowley, Chris A. and Jeffrey, Alan and Carlisle, David P.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltclass.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltclass.dtx", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2004} @@ -2650,35 +2649,35 @@ @MISC{proc, AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and {{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}} and Braams, Johannes L.", TITLE="{Producing proceedings articles with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/proc.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/proc.dtx", MONTH=nov, YEAR=1995} @MISC{slides, AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", TITLE="{Producing slides with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/slides.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/slides.dtx", MONTH=aug, YEAR=1997} @MISC{letter, AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and Mittelbach, Frank and Sch{\"o}pf, Rainer", TITLE="{Standard Letter Document Class for \LaTeX{} version~2e}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/letter.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/letter.dtx", MONTH=apr, YEAR=1999} @MISC{ltxdoc, AUTHOR="Carlisle, David P.", TITLE="{The file \texttt{ltxdoc.dtx} for use with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx", MONTH=aug, YEAR=1999} @MISC{ltnews, AUTHOR="Jeffrey, Alan and {{\LaTeX3} {Project} {Team}}", TITLE="{The file \texttt{ltnews.dtx} for use with \LaTeXe}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltnews.cls", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltnews.cls", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2001} @@ -2689,7 +2688,7 @@ \url{mailto:verna@inf.enst.fr}, \url{mailto:Bernd.Jaehne@aeon.de}, \url{mailto:aroberts@usq.edu.au}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/", MONTH = may, YEAR = 1999} @@ -2698,7 +2697,7 @@ AUTHOR = "Lemberg, Werner and H{\`a}n, Th{\'{\^e}} Th{\`a}nh", NOTE="{\url{mailto:wl@gnu.org}, \url{mailto:hanthethanh@gmx.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/vietnamese/vntex/tex/latex/vntex/", MONTH = oct, YEAR = 2006} @@ -2744,21 +2743,21 @@ @MISC{ntg, TITLE="{NTG Document Classes for \LaTeX{} version~2e}", AUTHOR="Lamport, Leslie and E{\ij}khout, Victor and Braams, Johannes L.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/ntgclass.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/ntgclass.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=2004} @MISC{i-ntg, TITLE="{Introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX{} document classes}", AUTHOR="E{\ij}khout, Victor and Braams, Johannes L.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1994} @MISC{newcommand, AUTHOR={Pakin, Scott}, TITLE="{The \textsf{newcommand.py} utility}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/support/newcommand/newcommand.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/support/newcommand/newcommand.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:scott+dtx@pakin.org}}", MONTH=jan, YEAR=2005} @@ -2766,8 +2765,8 @@ @MISC{hypernat, AUTHOR={Berger, Jens}, TITLE="{The \textsf{hypernat} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/hypernat.sty", - NOTE="{\url{http://dante.ctan.org/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/hypernat.html}}", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/hypernat.sty", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/hypernat.html}}", MONTH=jul, YEAR=2001} @@ -3117,7 +3116,7 @@ AUTHOR="Veytsman, Boris and Schandl, Bernd and Netherton, Lee and Radhakrishnan, C. V.", TITLE="{\textsf{nomencl} A Package to create a Nomenclature}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf", NOTE="{\url{http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl}}", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2005} @@ -3135,7 +3134,7 @@ @MISC{calc, TITLE="{The {\textsf{calc}} package (Infix notation arithmetic in \LaTeX)}", AUTHOR = "Thorup, Kresten Krab and Jensen, Frank and Rowley, Chris A.", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools/calc.dtx", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/calc.dtx", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2005} @@ -3144,7 +3143,7 @@ TITLE="{Documentation for \texttt{fancybox.sty}: Box tips and tricks for \LaTeX}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:tvz@Princeton.EDU}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/fancybox/fancybox.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancybox/fancybox.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2000} @@ -3152,7 +3151,7 @@ AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{The \textsf{hypcap} package}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:oberdiek@uni-freiburg.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2007} @@ -3231,14 +3230,14 @@ AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{The \textsf{ifpdf} package}", NOTE="{\url{mailto:oberdiek@uni-freiburg.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2006} @MISC{psnfss, AUTHOR="Schmidt, Walter", TITLE="{Using common PostScript fonts with {\LaTeX}. PSNFSS Version~9.2}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss2e.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss2e.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2004} @@ -3325,49 +3324,49 @@ @MISC{hyperref-o, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{hyperref package options}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/options.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/options.pdf", MONTH=sep, YEAR=2006} @MISC{hyperref-changelog, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{ChangeLog for the \textsf{hyperref} bundle}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2007} @MISC{hyperref-rdm, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{README for the \textsf{hyperref} bundle}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=2007} @MISC{hyperref-pdf, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{Hypertext marks in {\LaTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2007} @MISC{backref, AUTHOR="Carlisle, David P. and Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{Back referencing from bibliographical citations}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR=2006} @MISC{nameref, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian", TITLE="{Section name references in {\LaTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.pdf", MONTH=may, YEAR=2007} @MISC{flowfram, TITLE="{Creating Flow Frames for Posters, Brochures or Magazines using \textsf{flowfram.sty} v~1.07}", AUTHOR="Talbot, Nicola L. C.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", MONTH=mar, NOTE="{\url{mailto:nlct@cmp.uea.ac.uk}, School of Computing Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich. NR4~7TJ, United~Kingdom}", @@ -3376,7 +3375,7 @@ @MISC{ffuserguide, TITLE="{Creating Flow Frames for Posters, Brochures or Magazines using \textsf{flowfram.sty}}", AUTHOR="Talbot, Nicola L. C.", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/flowfram/doc/", MONTH=mar, NOTE="{\url{mailto:nlct@cmp.uea.ac.uk}, School of Computing Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich. NR4~7TJ, United~Kingdom}", @@ -3387,7 +3386,7 @@ MONTH = jan, AUTHOR = "Sommerfeldt, Axel", NOTE="{\url{mailto:rotfloat@sommerfeldt.de}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/rotfloat/rotfloat.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/rotfloat/rotfloat.pdf", YEAR = 2004} @MISC{trivfloat, @@ -3395,13 +3394,13 @@ MONTH = jun, AUTHOR = "Wright, Joseph A.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/trivfloat/trivfloat.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/trivfloat/trivfloat.pdf", YEAR = 2007} @MISC{rotating, AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian and Barroca, Leonor", TITLE="{A style option for rotated objects in {\LaTeX}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/rotating.dtx", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/rotating.dtx", MONTH=sep, YEAR=1997} @@ -3453,7 +3452,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{textcase}} package", AUTHOR = "Carlisle, David P.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}}", - URL="http:/www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/textcase/textcase.pdf", + URL="http:/mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/textcase/textcase.pdf", MONTH=oct, YEAR=2004} @@ -3519,7 +3518,7 @@ @MISC{nomentbl, AUTHOR="Elmegaard, Brian and Egan, Patrick", TITLE="{The \textsf{nomentbl} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/nomentbl/nomentbl.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomentbl/nomentbl.pdf", NOTE="{\url{mailto:be@mek.dtu.dk}}", MONTH=apr, YEAR=2006} @@ -3535,14 +3534,14 @@ @MISC{frenchle, TITLE="L'extension {\textsf{frenchle}} pour {\LaTeX} (notice d'utilisation)", AUTHOR="Gaulle{\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, Bernard", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/french/frenchle/frenchle.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/french/frenchle/frenchle.pdf", MONTH=feb, YEAR=1997} @MISC{frenchpro, TITLE="Notice d'utilisation de l'extension {\textsf{frenchpro}} pour {\LaTeX}", AUTHOR="Gaulle{\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, Bernard", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/language/french/frenchpro/french/ALIRE.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/french/frenchpro/french/ALIRE.pdf", MONTH=jun, YEAR=1997} @@ -3571,7 +3570,7 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledmac.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledmac.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ledpar, @@ -3579,7 +3578,7 @@ MONTH = apr, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledpar.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledpar.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @MISC{ledarab, @@ -3587,7 +3586,7 @@ MONTH = mar, AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledarab.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/ledarab.pdf", YEAR = 2005} @BOOK{icelandic2, @@ -3613,7 +3612,7 @@ TITLE="The {\textsf{chngpage}} package", AUTHOR = "Wilson, Peter R.", NOTE="{\url{mailto:herries.press@earthlink.net}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty", MONTH=aug, YEAR=2003} @@ -3712,9 +3711,7 @@ TITLE="{Writing Greek with the \texttt{greek} option of the {\textsf{babel}} package}", AUTHOR="Syropoulos, Apostolos", - HOWPUBLISHED="{\url{http://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/babel/usage.tex}}", - URL="http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel/greek-usage.pdf", - NOTE="{\url{mailto:apostolo@platon.ee.duth.gr}}", + HOWPUBLISHED="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/babel/usage.tex}}", MONTH=oct, YEAR=1997} @@ -4084,14 +4081,14 @@ @MISC{p-xargs, AUTHOR="P{\'e}gouri{\'e}-Gonnard, Manuel", TITLE="{The \textsf{xargs} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2008} @MISC{p-xargs-fr, AUTHOR="P{\'e}gouri{\'e}-Gonnard, Manuel", TITLE="{L'extension \textsf{xargs}}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/xargs/", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2008} @@ -4255,7 +4252,7 @@ @MISC{makerobust, AUTHOR="Oberdiek, Heiko", TITLE="{The {\textsf{makerobust}} package}", - URL="http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf", + URL="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/makerobust.pdf", MONTH=mar, YEAR=2006} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bug b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bug index 9e237afebe4..ea1e3678c6b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bug +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.bug @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% minitoc.bug #60 2008/07/16 -There is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about -minitoc.sty. If your version is < 60, please upgrade. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% minitoc.bug v61 2015/07/13 +This is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about +minitoc.sty. If your version is < v61, please upgrade. + +First: this package is looking for a maintainer. If a problem arises, it is often wise to: a) use the hints option, and b) read the DOCUMENT.log file, which may contain pertinent diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f3956adc46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,60174 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +% +% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in: +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +% +% This work consists of all the files listed in the file minitoc.l +% distributed with it. +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\ProvidesFile{minitoc.dtx}% +% +%\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/05] +%\ProvidesPackage{minitoc} +%<*package> + [2015/07/13 v61 minitoc.dtx file] +% +%\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] +%<*driver> +\listfiles +\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,oneside,openright]{book} +%\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,twoside,openright]{book} +\newlength{\iwidth} +\newlength{\awidth} +\newlength{\bwidth} +\newlength{\cwidth} +\newlength{\dwidth} +\newlength{\wkdim} +\setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +\addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% +% To add a kind of minitoc in the index +% +%\newcommand{\xhead}[1]{\section*{#1}\relax\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}\phantomsection} +\newcommand{\xhead}[1]{\phantomsection\textbf{#1}\relax\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} +% +% To frame a flag. +\newlength{\flagframethickness} +\setlength{\flagframethickness}{.1pt} +\newcommand{\flagbox}[1]{\begingroup\fboxrule=\flagframethickness\fboxsep=0pt\textcolor{black}{\fbox{\protect#1}}\endgroup} +\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\flagframethickness}{1mm}} +\AtBeginDocument{\definecolor{FBcolor}{gray}{.93}} +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\flagbox}[1]{\begingroup\fboxrule=\flagframethickness\fboxsep=0pt\textcolor{FBcolor}{\fbox{\protect#1}}\endgroup}} +\newcommand{\flagboxa}[1]{\raisebox{-2mm}{\flagbox{\protect#1}}} +\newcommand{\flagboxu}[1]{\raisebox{2mm}{\flagbox{\protect#1}}} +% +\def\ATOC#1{{#1}\stepcounter{section}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}#1}} +\newlength{\widthinc}\setlength{\widthinc}{3.5cm} +\makeatletter\@mparswitchfalse\makeatother % les notes marginales р gauche! +\makeatletter +\def\mydotfill#1{% Filling dots; #1 = separation (dimension) + \leavevmode + \cleaders \hb@xt@ #1{\hss\ensuremath{\cdot}\hss}\hfill + \kern\z@} +\def\mysymbfill#1#2{% Filling symbols; #1 = separation (dimension) #2 = symbol; + \leavevmode + \cleaders \hb@xt@ #1{\hss\ensuremath{#2}\hss}\hfill + \kern\z@} +\makeatother +\let\RR\raggedright % or \RaggedRight ? +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lan}{\input{\jobname.lan}}{\typeout{WARNING: \jobname.lan NOT FOUND}\def\LANG{0}} +\IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\usepackage{marvosym}\def\myCoffeecup{~\Coffeecup}}{\let\myCoffeecup\relax} +\IfFileExists{mparhack.sty}{\usepackage{mparhack}}{} % not used if oneside. +\usepackage{chngpage} % to enlarge the biblio +\IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\usepackage[sort&compress,comma,numbers,square]{natbib}\citeindextrue}{} +\IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\usepackage[tight]{shorttoc}}{} +\IfFileExists{fnbreak.sty}{\usepackage{fnbreak}}{} % Checks split footnotes +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcounter{currlevel}\setcounter{currlevel}{-1} +\makeatletter +\gdef\@idxitem#1{% + \par + \hangindent 40\p@ + \ifthenelse{#1 > \value{currlevel}}{{% + \nobreak + }{\ifthenelse{#1 = \value{currlevel}}{% + \pagebreak[0]% + }{% + \pagebreak[2]% + }}% + \setcounter{currlevel}{#1}% + \hangindent 40pt +}}% +\makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\makeatletter +\providecommand*{\toclevel@chaptersom}{0} +\makeatletter\providecommand*{\toclevel@sectionsom}{0} +\let\nouppercase\relax +\def\Shorttableofcontents#1#2{\bgroup\c@tocdepth=#2\@restonecolfalse + \if@tightshtoc + \parsep\z@ + \fi + \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi + \@ifundefined{chapter}% + {\section*{{#1} + \@mkboth{\nouppercase{#1}}{\nouppercase{#1}}}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{sectionsom}{#1}}% + {\chapter*{{#1} + \@mkboth{\nouppercase{#1}}{\nouppercase{#1}}}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chaptersom}{#1}}% + \@startshorttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi\egroup} +\def\l@chaptersom{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1em}{2.3em}} +\makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% \IfFileExists{repeatindex.sty}{\usepackage{repeatindex}}{}% To improve the index; DOES NOT WORK %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\IfFileExists{sectsty.sty}{\usepackage[garrulous]{sectsty}% To fix long sectionning titles... + \partfont{\RR}% + \chapterfont{\RR}% + \sectionfont{\RR}% + \subsectionfont{\RR}% + \subsubsectionfont{\RR}}{} % NOT \paragraph or \subparagraph ! +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \usepackage[space,sort]{cite} % cite does not work well with hyperref... +%\RequirePackage[nocompress,sort]{cite}[2003/11/04] % cite[compress] or cite[sort] does not work well with hyperref; +% use a recent recent version of cite.sty to use its sort option. +% In fact, I use (above): \IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\usepackage[sort,comma,numbers,square]{natbib}}{} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\providecommand\citedash{\mbox{--}\nolinebreak} +\providecommand\citemid{,\nolinebreak[1]} +\providecommand\citepunct{,\nolinebreak[1]\hspace{.13em plus .1em minus .1em}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\renewcommand\citedash{\mbox{--}\nolinebreak} +\or\relax +\renewcommand\citedash{\mbox{-}\nolinebreak} +\fi +\let\bibpreamble\relax +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries This bibliography contains many URLs; you must be aware that +some of them might be inaccessible because they are obsolete, or because their site is down or encounters +some unexpected problem. Note also that the response of some sites may be slow (several seconds). +For instance, the entries +\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, from the \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/} +site, are very difficult to contact. + +The URLs beginning with ``\texttt{https:}'' to the TUGboat site may have a restricted access to the TUG members during +one year after publication. Being a member of TUG is useful and cheap! + +Some URLs may contain an extension not supported by your Web browser; in such cases, you should try to access to the +document manually. An example is~\cite{JMPL1}, whose extension is \suffix{.ps.gz}. + +Some URLs are too long for some tools; when possible, I shortened the URL to display only the contents the +directory, as for~\cite{pdftex}, or by using an URL to the catalogue entry (as for~\cite{arabi} +and~\cite{antomega}); when not possible, you should try +to access to the document manually.\par\lneed{12}% +}} +\or\relax +\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries Cette bibliographie contient de nombreux URLs; vous devez ъtre +avertis que certains d'entre eux pourraient ъtre inaccessibles parce qu'ils sont obsolшtes, parce que leur site +est inactif ou subit un problшme inattendu. Notez aussi que certains sites peuvent ъtre lents р~rщpondre (quelques +secondes). +Par exemple, les entrщes +\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, depuis le site \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/}, +sont trшs difficiles р~atteindre. + +Les URLs commenчant par {\froff\og{} \texttt{https:}~\fg{}} vers le site de TUGboat peuvent avoir leur accшs restreint +aux membres du TUG pendant un an aprшs leur publication. ╩tre membre du TUG est utile et n'est pas trшs cher! + +Certains URLs peuvent contenir un suffixe non supportщ par votre navigateur Web; dans un tel cas, vous devriez +essayer d'accщder au document manuellement. Un exemple est~\cite{JMPL1}, dont le suffixe est \suffix{.ps.gz}. + +Certains URLs sont trop longs pour certains logiciels; lorsque c'щtait possible, j'ai raccourci l'URL pour +n'afficher que le contenu du rщpertoire, ainsi par exemple pour~\cite{pdftex}, ou en utilisant un URL vers +l'entrщe dans le catalogue (comme pour~\cite{arabi} and~\cite{antomega}); lorsque ce n'щtait pas possible, +vous devrez essayer d'accщder manuellement au document.\par\lneed{12}% +}} +\fi +% inclusion graphique centrщe verticalement +% #1=hauteur apparente [0pt] optionnelle, #2=largeur, #3=fichier image +% \newlength{\hivc}\setlength{\hivc}{0pt} +% \newcommand{\IVC}[3][0pt]{\parbox[c][#1][c]{#2}{\setlength{\hivc}{#1}\leavevmode\rule[-.5\hivc]{0pt}{\hivc}\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=#2]{#3}}} +\newcommand{\IVC}[3][0pt]{\parbox[c][#1][c]{#2}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=#2]{#3}}} +% +\renewcommand\citemid{,\nolinebreak[1]} +\renewcommand\citepunct{,\nolinebreak[1]\hspace{.13em plus .1em minus .1em}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\usepackage[english2,tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} +\or\relax +\usepackage[french2,tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} +\fi +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\providecommand{\seename}{\protect\emph{see}} +\gdef\see#1#2{\protect\emph{see}~#1} +\or\relax +\providecommand{\seename}{\protect\textit{voir}} +\gdef\see#1#2{\protect\emph{voir}~#1} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% NEW INDEX COMMANDS +% -- packages +\newcommand{\pack}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\ipack{#1}} +\newcommand{\upack}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\ipack}[1]{\ipackA{#1}\ipackB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\fi +% -- packages with special names (#1=real name, #2=sort) +\newcommand{\packa}[2]{\protect\textsf{#1}\ipacka{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\upacka}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\ipacka}[2]{\ipackaA{#1}{#2}\ipackaB{#1}{#2}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\fi +% -- classes +\newcommand{\class}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\iclass{#1}} +\newcommand{\uclass}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\iclass}[1]{\iclassA{#1}\iclassB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\fi +% -- scripts +\newcommand{\scrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iscrp{#1}} +\newcommand{\uscrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\iscrp}[1]{\iscrpA{#1}\iscrpB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +% -- tools +\newcommand{\tool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\itool{#1}} +\newcommand{\utool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\itool}[1]{\itoolA{#1}\itoolB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\fi +% -- examples +\newcommand{\exam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iexam{#1}} +\newcommand{\uexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\iexam}[1]{\iexamA{#1}\iexamB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(example document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Examples=\protect\leavevmode Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(exemple de document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=\protect\leavevmode Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +% -- old examples +\newcommand{\oexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioexam{#1}} +\newcommand{\uoexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ioexam}[1]{\ioexamA{#1}\ioexamB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(old example document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Old Examples=\protect\leavevmode Old Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(ancien exemple de document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Anciens exemples=\protect\leavevmode Anciens exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +% -- features +\newcommand{\feat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ifeat{#1}} +\newcommand{\ufeat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ifeat}[1]{\ifeatA{#1}\ifeatB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (feature)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Features=\protect\leavevmode Features\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (dispositif)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=\protect\leavevmode Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- extensions/suffixes +\newcommand{\suffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\isuffix{#1}} +\newcommand{\usuffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\isuffix}[1]{\isuffixA{#1}\isuffixB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (extension)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Extensions=\protect\leavevmode Extensions\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (suffixe)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Suffixes=\protect\leavevmode Suffixes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- options (minitoc) +\newcommand{\opt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iopt{#1}} +\newcommand{\optd}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioptd{#1}} +\newcommand{\uopt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\iopt}[1]{\ioptA{#1}\ioptB{#1}} +\newcommand{\ioptd}[1]{\ioptdA{#1}\ioptdB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default option)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option par dщfaut)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (dщfaut)}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- options (other packages) +% \newcommand{\optp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}~\protect\textsf{(#2)}\ioptp{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\optp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioptp{#1}{#2}} +%\newcommand{\uoptp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}~\protect\textsf{(#2)}} +\newcommand{\uoptp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ioptp}[2]{\ioptpA{#1}{#2}\ioptpB{#1}{#2}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(\protect\textsf{#2} package)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(paquetage \protect\textsf{#2})}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- language options +\newcommand{\lopt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ilopt{#1}} +\newcommand{\loptd}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iloptd{#1}} +\newcommand{\ulopt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ilopt}[1]{\iloptA{#1}\iloptB{#1}} +\newcommand{\iloptd}[1]{\iloptdA{#1}\iloptdB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(language option)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default language option)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(option de langue)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option de langue par dщfaut)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (dщfaut)}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- names +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax} +\newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax} +\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax} +\newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax} +\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- authors names in bib +\newcommand{\bname}[3]{\bnameA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bnameB{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\newcommand{\bnamea}[4]{\bnameaA{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\bnameaB{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} + +\newcommand\sksep{\ensuremath{\hookrightarrow}}% % put before the bib. refs in the index +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}} +\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} +\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}} +\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} +\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- tool names in bib +\newcommand{\btool}[2]{\btoolA{#1}{#2}\btoolB{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\btoola}[3]{\btoolaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\btoolaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- pack names in bib +\newcommand{\bpack}[2]{\bpackA{#1}{#2}\bpackB{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\bpacka}[3]{\bpackaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bpackaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- class names in bib -- nom, [ nom-tri ], clщ-bib +\newcommand{\bclass}[2]{\bclassA{#1}{#2}\bclassB{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\bclassa}[3]{\bclassaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bclassaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- environments +\newcommand{\env}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ienv{#1}} +\newcommand{\uenv}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ienv}[1]{\ienvA{#1}\ienvB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environment)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environments=\protect\leavevmode Environments>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environnement)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environnements=\protect\leavevmode Environnements>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- files +\newcommand{\xfile}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixfile{#1}} +\newcommand{\uxfile}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ixfile}[1]{\ixfileA{#1}\ixfileB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (file)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Files=\protect\leavevmode Files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (fichier)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Fichiers=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- graphic files +\newcommand{\xgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixgrf{#1}} +\newcommand{\uxgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ixgrf}[1]{\ixgrfA{#1}\ixgrfB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(graphic file)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Graphic files=\protect\leavevmode Graphic files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(fichier graphique)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Fichiers graphiques=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers graphiques\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- flags (graphic) files +\newcommand{\xgrfl}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixgrfl{#1}} +\newcommand{\uxgrfl}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ixgrfl}[1]{\ixgrflA{#1}\ixgrflB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ixgrflA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(flag file)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixgrflB}[1]{\index{Flags files=\protect\leavevmode Flags files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ixgrflA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(fichier drapeau)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixgrflB}[1]{\index{Fichiers drapeaux=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers drapeaux\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- .mld /mlo couples +\newcommand{\xmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}} +\newcommand{\ixmldo}[1]{\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}} +\newcommand{\uxmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- depth counters +\newcommand{\dcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\idcnt{#1}} +\newcommand{\udcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\idcnt}[1]{\idcntA{#1}\idcntB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(depth counter)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Depth counters=\protect\leavevmode Depth counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(compteur de profondeur)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs de profondeur=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs de profondeur\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- counters +\newcommand{\cnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\icnt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ucnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\icnt}[1]{\icntA{#1}\icntB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (counter)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Counters=\protect\leavevmode Counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (compteur)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- commands +\newcommand{\lit}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} % literal string +\newcommand{\clit}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs #1}} % literal command string +\newcommand{\com}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs #1}\icom{#1}} +\newcommand{\ucom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs #1}} +\newcommand{\icom}[1]{\icomA{#1}\icomB{#1}} +\newcommand{\fkcom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[fake]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{fake#1}} +\newcommand{\ncom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[no]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{no#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (command)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commands=\protect\leavevmode Commands\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (commande)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commandes=\protect\leavevmode Commandes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- messages +%\newcommand{\mess}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\imess{#1}} +%\newcommand{\umess}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +% \let\Buttonbox\Ovalbox % to be changed easily +\def\Buttonbox#1{\fbox{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily +% \def\Buttonbox#1{\keystroke{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily +\newcommand{\lmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\footnotesize + \hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\phmess}{\footnotesize + \item[]{\textcolor{white}{\Buttonbox{\phantom{\texttt{M0000}}}}}} +\newcommand{\RMP}[1]{\reversemarginpar + \marginpar[{\raggedleft\strut\footnotesize\hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}\texttt{~~}}]{{\raggedright\strut\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}}% + }\normalmarginpar} +\newcommand{\NMP}[1]{\normalmarginpar + \marginpar[{\raggedleft\Strutt\footnotesize\hypertarget{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}\texttt{~~}}]{{\raggedright\strut\footnotesize\hypertarget{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}\texttt{~~}}% + }\normalmarginpar} +\newcommand{\imess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\RMP{#1}} +\newcommand{\jmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\NMP{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +\newcommand{\HPH}{\footnotesize\hphantom{\fbox{\texttt{M0000}}}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- Stacked Messages in Margin \SMM{\lmess{W0054}\\ \lmess{W0055}} +\newcommand{\SMM}[1]{\bgroup% + \let\imess\lmess % local redefinition, to avoid stupid errors. + \marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + \protect #1% + \end{tabular}}\egroup} +% -- idem. plus a Z dangerous bend above +\newcommand{\SMMZ}[1]{\bgroup% + \let\imess\lmess % local redefinition, to avoid stupid errors. + \marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127}\hfill\null\\*[3ex] + \protect #1% + \end{tabular}}\egroup} +% -- idem. plus a ZZ double dangerous bend above +\newcommand{\SMMZZ}[1]{\bgroup% + \let\imess\lmess % local redefinition, to avoid stupid errors. + \marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127\kern2pt\char127}\hfill\null\\*[3ex] + \protect #1% + \end{tabular}}\egroup} +% Redefine \virage and \Virage (beware to the braces!) +\AtBeginDocument{% +\renewcommand{\virage}{% + \reversemarginpar{\marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127\kern2pt}\hfill\null\\ + \HPH + \end{tabular}}}\normalmarginpar} +\renewcommand{\Virage}{% + \reversemarginpar{\marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127\kern2pt\char127}\hfill\null\\ + \HPH + \end{tabular}}}\normalmarginpar}% +} %%% ATBEGINDOCUMENT +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\gdef\envname{environment} +\gdef\envsname{environments} +\gdef\Envsname{Environments} +\gdef\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change history}}% + \markboth{{Change history}}{{Change history}}} +%\def\generalname{General} +\gdef\generalname{} +\or\relax +\gdef\envname{environnement} +\gdef\envsname{environnements} +\gdef\Envsname{Environnements} +\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Historique des modifications}}% + \markboth{{Historique des modifications}}{{Historique des modifications}}} +%\def\generalname{G\'en\'eral} +\gdef\generalname{} +\fi +\gdef\generalname{} %ESSAI +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\setlength{\ptcindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\makeatletter +\InputIfFileExists{ltxdoc.cfg}% +{\typeout{*************************************^^J% + * Local config file ltxdoc.cfg used^^J% + *************************************}} +{} +\RequirePackage{doc} +\renewenvironment{theglossary}{% +\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi +\columnseprule \z@ \columnsep 35\p@ +% \twocolumn[\glossary@prologue]% +\onecolumn \glossary@prologue%JPFD +\raggedright +\GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces} +{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi} +\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\|}} +\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand{\phantomsection}{}} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmtt}{bx}{n}{<-> ssub * cmtt/m/n}{} +\DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{cmtt}{\skewchar\font 48} % '60 +\DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmtt}{m}{n}{<-> ssub * cmsy/m/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmtt}{bx}{n}{<-> ssub * cmsy/b/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmss}{m}{it}{<->ssub*cmss/m/sl}{} +\CodelineNumbered +\DisableCrossrefs +\setlength{\textwidth}{375pt} % was 355pt +\newlength{\winf}\setlength{\winf}{\textwidth} % width in frame +\newlength{\winp}\setlength{\winp}{\textwidth} % width in minipage +\addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule} +\addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep} +\addtolength\marginparwidth{30pt} +\addtolength\oddsidemargin{20pt} +\addtolength\evensidemargin{20pt} +\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1} +\def\cmd#1{\cs{\expandafter\cmd@to@cs\string#1}} +\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax} +\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}} +\providecommand\marg[1]{% + {\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}} +\providecommand\oarg[1]{% + {\ttfamily[}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily]}} +\providecommand\parg[1]{% + {\ttfamily(}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily)}} +\def\oc@scan#1{% + \ifx\oc@bslash#1% + \egroup\let\next\oc@bslash\else + \ifcat a\noexpand#1% + #1\let\next\oc@scan\else + \ifx\oc@percent#1% + \def\next{\char`\%\egroup}% + \else + #1\let\next\egroup + \fi\fi\fi\next} +\def\oc@bslash{\bgroup\oc@ttf\char`\\\oc@scan}% +\def\oc@verb#1{% + \catcode`#1\active + \uccode`\~`#1% + \uppercase{\def~{{\oc@ttf\char`#1}}}} +\begingroup + \obeyspaces% + \catcode`\/=\catcode`\\ + /catcode`/\/active + /catcode`<=/catcode`{% + /catcode`>=/catcode`}% + /catcode`/{/active% + /catcode`/}/active% + /gdef/oldc< \end{oldcomments}>% + /gdef/begmac< \begin{macrocode}>% + /gdef/obs>>% +/endgroup% +\begingroup + \catcode`\/=\catcode`\\ + \catcode`\\=13 + /catcode`/|=/catcode`/% + /catcode`/%=13 + /gdef/oldcomments{| + /makeatletter + /let/do/oc@verb/dospecials + /frenchspacing/@vobeyspaces/obs + /raggedright + /oc@verb/>| + /oc@verb/<| + /let\/oc@bslash + /let%/oc@percent + /obeylines + /parindent/z@ + /ttfamily/expandafter/let/expandafter/oc@ttf/the/font + /rmfamily + /hfuzz/maxdimen + } +/endgroup +\begingroup + \sloppy% + \obeylines% + \gdef\oc@percent#1^^M{% + \ifvmode% + \def\commentline{#1}% + \ifx\commentline\oldc% + \end{oldcomments}% + \else% + \ifx\commentline\begmac% + \begin{macrocode}% + \else% + \leavevmode% + #1^^M% + \fi\fi% + \else% + {\oc@ttf\char`\%}#1^^M% + \fi}% +\endgroup% +% \@addtoreset{CodelineNo}{part} +\def\partname{File} +\newcommand*{\DocInclude}[1]{% + \relax + \clearpage + \docincludeaux + \IfFileExists{#1.fdd}{\def\currentfile{#1.fdd}}{\def\currentfile{#1.dtx}}% + \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux\relax + \@latexerr{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha + \else \@docinclude#1 \fi} +\def\@docinclude#1 {\clearpage +\if@filesw \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}\fi +\@tempswatrue\if@partsw \@tempswafalse\edef\@tempb{#1}\@for +\@tempa:=\@partlist\do{\ifx\@tempa\@tempb\@tempswatrue\fi}\fi +\if@tempswa \let\@auxout\@partaux \if@filesw +\immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux +\immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}\fi +\let\@ltxdoc@PrintIndex\PrintIndex +\let\PrintIndex\relax +\let\@ltxdoc@PrintChanges\PrintChanges +%\let\PrintChanges\relax +\let\@ltxdoc@theglossary\theglossary +\let\@ltxdoc@endtheglossary\endtheglossary +\part{\currentfile}% + {\let\ttfamily\relax + \xdef\filekey{\filekey, \thepart={\ttfamily\currentfile}}}% +\DocInput{\currentfile}% +\let\PrintIndex\@ltxdoc@PrintIndex +\let\PrintChanges\@ltxdoc@PrintChanges +\let\theglossary\@ltxdoc@theglossary +\let\endtheglossary\@ltxdoc@endtheglossary +\clearpage +\@writeckpt{#1}\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@partaux \fi +\else\@nameuse{cp@#1}\fi\let\@auxout\@mainaux} +\gdef\codeline@wrindex#1{\if@filesw + \immediate\write\@indexfile + {\string\indexentry{#1}% + {\filesep\number\c@CodelineNo}}\fi}% +\let\filesep\@empty +\def\aalph#1{\@aalph{\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +\def\@aalph#1{% + \ifcase#1\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or + j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or + t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\or A\or B\or C\or + D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or + N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or + X\or Y\or Z\else\@ctrerr\fi} +\def\docincludeaux{% + \def\thepart{\aalph{part}}\def\filesep{\thepart-}% + \let\filekey\@gobble + \g@addto@macro\index@prologue{% + \gdef\@oddfoot{\parbox{\textwidth}{\strut\footnotesize + \raggedright{\bfseries File Key:} \filekey}}% + \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}% + \global\let\docincludeaux\relax + \gdef\@oddfoot{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@\currentfile\endcsname\relax + File \thepart: {\ttfamily\currentfile} % + \else + \GetFileInfo{\currentfile}% + File \thepart: {\ttfamily\filename} % + Date: \filedate\ % + Version \fileversion + \fi + \hfill\thepage}% + \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}% +\def\task#1#2{} +% ``Change History'' in TOC +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\gdef\envname{environment} +\gdef\envsname{environments} +\gdef\Envsname{Environments} +\gdef\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change history}}% + \markboth{{Change history}}{{Change history}}} +%\def\generalname{General} +\gdef\generalname{} +\or\relax +\gdef\envname{environnement} +\gdef\envsname{environnements} +\gdef\Envsname{Environnements} +\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Historique des modifications}}% + \markboth{{Historique des modifications}}{{Historique des modifications}}} +%\def\generalname{G\'en\'eral} +\gdef\generalname{} +\fi +\gdef\generalname{} %ESSAI +\let\sv@glossary@prologue\glossary@prologue +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\def\glossary@prologue{\sv@glossary@prologue\relax\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Change History}} +\or\relax +\def\glossary@prologue{\sv@glossary@prologue\relax\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Historique des modifications}} +\fi +%% redefine \glossaryentry +\def\nouse#1{\mbox{}} +%%% +% morefloats.sty ... +% \iffalse +%% This is morefloats.sty as of 27-July-1990 +%% Don Hosek, Quixote +% \fi +% +% The task at hand is to increase \LaTeX's current limit of 18 unprocessed +% floats in memory at once to 36. An examination of latex.tex reveals that +% this is accomplished by allocating an insert register for each unprocessed +% float. A quick check of lplain.lis reveals that there is room, in fact, +% for 230 additional unprocessed floats, but \TeX's main memory would be +% exhausted long before that happened. +% +% First we allocate the additional insert registers needed: +\newinsert\bx@S +\newinsert\bx@T +\newinsert\bx@U +\newinsert\bx@V +\newinsert\bx@W +\newinsert\bx@X +\newinsert\bx@Y +\newinsert\bx@Z +\newinsert\bx@AA +\newinsert\bx@BB +\newinsert\bx@CC +\newinsert\bx@DD +\newinsert\bx@EE +\newinsert\bx@FF +\newinsert\bx@GG +\newinsert\bx@HH +\newinsert\bx@II +\newinsert\bx@JJ +\newinsert\bx@KK +\newinsert\bx@LL +\newinsert\bx@MM +\newinsert\bx@NN +\newinsert\bx@OO +\newinsert\bx@PP +\newinsert\bx@QQ +\newinsert\bx@RR +\newinsert\bx@SS +\newinsert\bx@TT +\newinsert\bx@UU +\newinsert\bx@VV +\newinsert\bx@WW +\newinsert\bx@XX +\newinsert\bx@YY +\newinsert\bx@ZZ +\newinsert\bx@AAA +\newinsert\bx@BBB +% +% That accomplished, the next step is to define the macro \verb+\@freelist+ +% which is merely a list of the box registers each preceded by \verb+\@elt+. +% This approach allows processing of the list to be done far more efficiently. +% A similar approach is used by Mittelbach \& Sch\"opf's \texttt{doc.sty}~\cite{doc} to +% keep track of control sequences which should not be indexed. +\gdef\@freelist{\@elt\bx@A\@elt\bx@B\@elt\bx@C\@elt\bx@D\@elt\bx@E + \@elt\bx@F\@elt\bx@G\@elt\bx@H\@elt\bx@I\@elt\bx@J + \@elt\bx@K\@elt\bx@L\@elt\bx@M\@elt\bx@N + \@elt\bx@O\@elt\bx@P\@elt\bx@Q\@elt\bx@R + \@elt\bx@S\@elt\bx@T\@elt\bx@U\@elt\bx@V + \@elt\bx@W\@elt\bx@X\@elt\bx@Y\@elt\bx@Z + \@elt\bx@AA\@elt\bx@BB\@elt\bx@CC\@elt\bx@DD + \@elt\bx@EE\@elt\bx@FF\@elt\bx@GG\@elt\bx@HH + \@elt\bx@II\@elt\bx@JJ\@elt\bx@KK\@elt\bx@LL + \@elt\bx@MM\@elt\bx@NN\@elt\bx@OO\@elt\bx@PP + \@elt\bx@QQ\@elt\bx@RR\@elt\bx@SS\@elt\bx@TT + \@elt\bx@UU\@elt\bx@VV\@elt\bx@WW\@elt\bx@XX + \@elt\bx@YY\@elt\bx@ZZ\@elt\bx@AAA\@elt\bx@BBB} +\makeatother +%%% +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +% \PageIndex +% \RecordChanges +\input{minitoc.pre} +\providecommand{\capstart}{\empty} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\usepackage{fancybox} +% \usepackage[english]{keystroke} % ERRORS +\or\relax +\froff\usepackage{fancybox}\fron +% \usepackage[french]{keystroke} % ERRORS +\fi +% +%%%% FANCYHDR +% \usepackage{fancyhdr} +%%%% FANCYHDR +\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% + \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} +\providecommand{\hyperlink}[2]{\empty} +\providecommand{\hypertarget}[2]{\empty} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \makeatletter +% \def\SpecialIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{\expandafter\@gobble +% \string#1\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar\string#1\verbatimchar}% +% \@esphack} +% \def\SpecialMainIndex#1{\@bsphack\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\main}% +% \@esphack} +% \def\SpecialIndex@#1#2{% +% \@SpecialIndexHelper@#1\@nil +% \def\@tempb{ }% +% \ifcat \@tempb\@gtempa +% \special@index{\quotechar\space\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar +% \quotechar\bslash\quotechar\space\verbatimchar#2}% +% \else +% \def\@tempb##1##2\relax{\ifx\relax##2\relax +% \def\@tempc{\special@index{\quotechar##1\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar +% \quotechar\bslash\quotechar##1\verbatimchar#2}}% +% \else +% \def\@tempc{\special@index{##1##2\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar +% \bslash##1##2\verbatimchar#2}}% +% \fi}% +% \expandafter\@tempb\@gtempa\relax +% \@tempc +% \fi} + \makeatletter + \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{% + #1\actualchar + {\string\ttfamily\space#1} + (\envname)% + \encapchar \string\main}% + \special@index{\Envsname\levelchar{% + \string\ttfamily\space#1}\encapchar + \string\main}\@esphack} + \def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack + {\let\special@index\index\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\usage}}% + \@esphack} + \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack + \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} + (\envname)\encapchar \string\usage}% + \index{Envsname\levelchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}\encapchar + \string\usage}\@esphack} +% %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{} +% %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{} +\gdef\main#1{\textsf{#1}} +\gdef\usage#1{\textit{#1}} +% \gdef\hyperpage#1{\textbf{#1}} + \makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% NEW ENV + \makeatletter + \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% + \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% + } +% + \def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack + {\let\special@index\index\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\usage}}% + \@esphack} + \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% + \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% + } +% %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{} +% %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{} +\let\ohyperpage\hyperpage +\gdef\main#1{\textbf{#1}} +\gdef\usage#1{\textsf{#1}} +\gdef\hyperpage#1{\textit{\ohyperpage{#1}}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\ifcase\LANG\relax + \includecomment{ENGLISH} + \excludecomment{FRENCH} + \typeout{ENGLISH DOC} +\or\relax + \excludecomment{ENGLISH} + \includecomment{FRENCH} + \typeout{FRENCH DOC} +\else\relax + \includecomment{ENGLISH} + \excludecomment{FRENCH} + \typeout{BAD LANGUAGE: ENGLISH DOC BY DEFAULT} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + \setcounter{GlossaryColumns}{1} +\def\ABK{\penalty-1\xspace} +\def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} +\def\NC{\penalty-1\hspace{2em}\P~} +\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage +\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{% + \clearpage + {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}% + } +\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage +\interfootnotelinepenalty=9999 +\let\svfinalhyphendemerits\finalhyphendemerits +\finalhyphendemerits=\maxdimen +\lefthyphenmin=3 +\righthyphenmin=3 +%%% pb \envname +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\gdef\envname{environment} +\gdef\envsname{environments} +\gdef\Envsname{Environments} +\gdef\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change history}}% + \markboth{{Change history}}{{Change history}}} +%\def\generalname{General} +\gdef\generalname{} +\or\relax +\gdef\envname{environnement} +\gdef\envsname{environnements} +\gdef\Envsname{Environnements} +\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Historique des modifications}}% + \markboth{{Historique des modifications}}{{Historique des modifications}}} +%\def\generalname{G\'en\'eral} +\gdef\generalname{} +\fi +%%% fixed notes +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FZ}{\texttt{O}~and~\texttt{o} are the letter~\texttt{O}, \texttt{0}~is the zero digit.} +\or\relax +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FZ}{\texttt{O}~et~\texttt{o} sont la lettre~\texttt{O}, \texttt{0}~est le chiffre zщro.} +\fi +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Spoken in Acadia and some parts of the south +of the USA, like Louisiane.} +\or\relax +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Parlщe en Acadie et dans certaines parties du +sud des ╔tats-Unis, comme la Louisiane; voir~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franчais_cadien}\,.} +\fi +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FARSINOTE}{By \protect\name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi} (\texttt{ghodsi@rose.ipm.ac.ir}) and the +\upack{Farsi\TeX} Project Group. See the \upack{Farsi\TeX} site at~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}} +\or\relax +\froff\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FARSINOTE}{Par \protect\name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi} (\texttt{ghodsi@rose.ipm.ac.ir}) et le +\upack{Farsi\TeX} Project Group. Voir le site de \upack{Farsi\TeX} р~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}}\fron +\fi +\ifx\KOMAScript\undefined% + \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}} +\fi +\ifx\PLaTeX\undefined +\makeatletter +\DeclareRobustCommand\PLaTeX{% after latex.dtx + P\kern-.08em L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0\hbox{T}% + \vbox to\ht0{\hbox{% + \csname S@\f@size\endcsname + \fontsize\sf@size\z@ + \math@fontsfalse\selectfont + A} + \vss}% + }% + \kern-.15em + \TeX\@}% +\makeatother +\fi +\def\PLaTeXe{P\LaTeXe} +\def\quocngu{Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}} +%%%% Strings by language +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\def\LLL{\mbox{LANGUAGE}} +\def\OFFSET{\mbox{OFFSET}} +\def\NB{\mbox{NUMBER}} +\def\NNN{\mbox{LINE}} +\def\PREPA{\mbox{PREPARATION}} +\def\CCC{\mbox{CLASS}} +\def\INAME{\mbox{INTERNAL\_NAME}} +\def\SEQ{\mbox{SEQUENCE}} +\def\NTITLE{\mbox{NEW\_TITLE}} +\def\FILE{\mbox{FILE}} +\def\CTR{\mbox{COUNTER}} +\def\VAL{\mbox{VALUE}} +\def\EXTEN{\mbox{EXTENSION}} +\def\STRING{\mbox{STRING}} +\def\COMMAND{\mbox{COMMAND}} +\def\PACK{\mbox{PACK}} +\or\relax +\def\LLL{\mbox{LANGUE}} +\def\OFFSET{\mbox{D╔PLACEMENT}} +\def\NB{\mbox{NOMBRE}} +\def\NNN{\mbox{LIGNE}} +\def\PREPA{\mbox{PR╔PARATION}} +\def\CCC{\mbox{CLASSE}} +\def\INAME{\mbox{NOM\_INTERNE}} +\def\SEQ{\mbox{S╔QUENCE}} +\def\NTITLE{\mbox{NOUVEAU\_TITRE}} +\def\FILE{\mbox{FICHIER}} +\def\CTR{\mbox{COMPTEUR}} +\def\VAL{\mbox{VALEUR}} +\def\EXTEN{\mbox{SUFFIXE}} +\def\STRING{\mbox{CHA╬NE}} +\def\COMMAND{\mbox{COMMANDE}} +\def\PACK{\mbox{PAQUETAGE}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% On float pages, push the floats to the top +\makeatletter +\setlength{\@fptop}{\topskip} +\addtolength{\@fptop}{-10pt} +\setlength{\@fpsep}{1.5\baselineskip plus 0fil} +\setlength{\@fpbot}{0pt plus 1fill} +\makeatother +\usepackage{dblaccnt} % here! +\def\magicminitoc{\columnwidth=\linewidth\null\hfilneg\hspace*{-\itemindent}\hspace*{-\leftmargin}\hspace*{-\labelwidth}\minitoc\hfill\null} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newsavebox{\Citname}% See TLC2 p 849 +\newenvironment{Citation}[1]% + {\sbox\Citname{#1}\unskip\noindent}% + {\null\hspace*{\fill}\nolinebreak[1]% + \quad\hspace*{\fill}% + \finalhyphendemerits=0\relax + \usebox{\Citname}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newsavebox{\BMTC} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Load hypernat.sty to compress citations; beware to the catcode of ``:''. +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\IfFileExists{hypernat.sty}{\usepackage{hypernat}}{} +\or\relax +\froff\IfFileExists{hypernat.sty}{\usepackage{hypernat}}{}\fron +\fi +\begin{document} +\pagestyle{headings} +% \setcounter{lofdepth}{2} +% \mtcsetdepth{minilof}{2} +\raggedbottom +\addtolength{\marginparsep}{.5em}%ESSAI +\setlength{\marginparpush}{1.0ex}% +% % FANCYHDR +% \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% +% \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} +% \pagestyle{fancy} +% \fancyhf{} % RAZ +% %\newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\marginparwidth}\addtolength{\fancyoff}{\marginparsep} +% \newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\leftmargin} +% \fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{\fancyoff} +% \fancyhead[RO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage} +% \fancyhead[RE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage} +% \fancyhead[LO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark} +% \fancyhead[LE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark} +% \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt} +% \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} +% \addtolength{\headheight}{2pt} +% % FANCYHDR +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\let\fron\relax +\let\froff\relax +\selectlanguage{english}\nonfrenchspacing + \def\reftextfaceafter {on the \reftextvario{facing}{next} page}% + \def\reftextfacebefore{on the \reftextvario{facing}{preceding} page}% + \def\reftextafter {on the \reftextvario{next}{following} page}% + \def\reftextbefore {on the \reftextvario{page before}{preceding page}}% + \def\reftextcurrent {on \reftextvario{this}{this} page}% +%% \def\reftextcurrent {\relax}% + \def\reftextfaraway#1{on page~\pageref{#1}}% + \def\reftextpagerange#1#2{on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}% + \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}% +\or\relax +\fron\selectlanguage{french}\frenchspacing + \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Liste des figures}% + \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Liste des tableaux}% + \renewcommand\figurename{{\scshape Figure}}% JPFD (je n'aime pas Fig.) + \renewcommand\tablename{{\scshape Tableau}}% JPFD (je n'aime pas Tab.) + \def\reftextfaceafter {page \reftextvario{ci-contre}{ci-contre}}% + \def\reftextfacebefore{page \reftextvario{ci-contre}{ci-contre}}% + \def\reftextafter {page suivante}% + \def\reftextbefore {page pr\'ec\'edente}% + \def\reftextcurrent {sur cette page}% +%% \def\reftextcurrent {\relax}% + \def\reftextfaraway#1{page~\pageref{#1}}% + \def\reftextpagerange#1#2{pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}% + \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} \`a~\ref{#2}}% +\fi +%% small in index +\let\svtheindex\theindex +%% preface of index + \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight}% + \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt}% +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\long\def\Indexhead{In this index, italic style numbers (\textcolor{red}{\textit{123}}) are page numbers +(and hyperlinks, thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}), normal roman numbers +(123) are code line +references for usage, bold roman numbers (\textbf{123}) are code line references for definitions; +colored numbers in square brackets, like this:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc}, are bibliographic references, eventually +sorted and compressed. + +The names of commands, environments, files, suffixes, options, features, messages identifiers\,\footnote{The +messages identifiers appear in the right margin of the text, near the points of usage.}, and languages, +are in \texttt{typewriter} font +(\textbf{\texttt{bold}} for default options or the default language). +The names of tools, packages and classes are in \textsf{sans serif} font. +The people names are in \textrm{roman} for the first names, in \textsc{Small Caps} for the family names, +separated by a comma, the +family name first\,\footnote{For some oriental names (like japanese, korean, vietnamese or indian names), +it is sometimes difficult to know which is the first or the last +name.}, like in ``\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie'' in the index.% + +Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not indexed. + +\noindent{\makeatletter\usebox{\BMTC}} +% +\par\bigskip}% +\or\relax +\long\def\Indexhead{Dans cet index, les nombres en italique (\textcolor{red}{\textit{123}}) sont des numщros de pages +(et des hyperliens, grтce р~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}), +les nombres en fonte romaine normale (123) sont des rщfщrences р~des lignes de code d'utilisation, +les nombres en fonte romaine grasse (\textbf{123}) sont des rщfщrences р~des lignes de code de dщfinition; +les nombres colorщs entre crochets carrщs, comme ceci:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc-fr}, sont des rщfщrences bibliographiques, +щventuellement triщes et compressщes. + +Les noms des commandes, environnements, fichiers, suffixes, options, dispositifs, identificateurs de messages\,\footnote{Les +identificateurs de messages apparaissent dans la marge droite du texte, prшs des points d'utilisation.} et +langues sont en fonte de \texttt{machine р~щcrire} (\textbf{\texttt{grasse}} pour les options et la langue par dщfaut). +Les noms des outils, des paquetages et des classes sont en fonte \textsf{sans empattement}. +Les noms de personnes sont en \textrm{romain} pour les prщnoms, en \textsc{Petites Capitales} +pour les noms de familles, sщparщs par +une virgule, le nom de famille en premier\,\footnote{Pour certains noms orientaux (par exemple, japonais, corщens, +vietnamiens ou indiens), il est parfois difficile de savoir quel est le prщnom ou le nom de famille.}, +comme dans л~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~╗ dans l'index.% + +Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres spщcifiques de certaines langues) ne sont pas indexщes. + +\noindent{\makeatletter\usebox{\BMTC}} +% +\par\bigskip}% +\fi +\makeatletter + \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\hspace*{15pt}}% + \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\hspace*{30pt}}% +\makeatother +%% \def\theindex{\svtheindex\small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}\setlength{\columnsep}{45pt}\sloppy} +\makeatletter +\renewenvironment{theindex}{% + \columnsep=2.1em% + \def\item{\@idxitem{0}\relax}% + \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\relax\hspace*{15pt}}% + \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\relax\hspace*{30pt}}% + \begin{multicols}{2}[\chapter*{\indexname}\Indexhead][10\baselineskip]% + \mtcaddchapter[\indexname]% + \@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}% + \small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}% + \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}% + \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}% + \setlength{\columnsep}{2.1em}% + \sloppy\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}\thispagestyle{plain}\pagestyle{myheadings}\def\item{\@idxitem{0}}% +%% \raggedcolumns + \setcounter{collectmore}{-1}% Not perfect, but acceptable. + \raggedbottom}% + {\end{multicols}} +\makeatother +\nonfrenchspacing +\mtcsetformat{minitoc}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} +\mtcsetformat{minilof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} +\mtcsetformat{minilot}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} +\raggedbottom +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% \def\MakePrivateLetters{\catcode`\^^?=11} + \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} + \setcounter{GlossaryColumns}{1} + \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight} + \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt} + \IndexPrologue{\section*{Index}% + \markboth{Index}{Index}% + Numbers written in italic refer to the page + where the corresponding entry is described; + numbers underlined refer to the + code line of the + definition; numbers in roman refer to the + code lines + where the entry is used.} + \DocInput{minitoc.dtx} + \clearpage +%% \begin{SMOOTH} + \xspaceskip=0.6em plus 0.1em minus .2em % tiny extensible +\def\pfill{\unskip\hspace*{1ex}\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak + \dotfil\hspace*{1ex}\ignorespaces}% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \begin{RaggedRight} +% \PrintChanges +% \end{RaggedRight} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% \end{SMOOTH} + \flushbottom + \IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\citeindexfalse}{} + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} + \mtcsetrules{minitoc}{on} + \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\kern1sp\vspace*{-.5ex}\relax\begin{multicols}{4}[\kern-2.ex]\raggedcolumns}% + \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\relax\vspace{-1.5ex}}% + \setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.75em}% + \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.75em}% + \setlength{\awidth}{\textwidth} + \addtolength{\awidth}{-1pt} +% \addtolength{\awidth}{2\fboxrule} +% \addtolength{\awidth}{2\fboxsep} +% \def\kernafterminitoc{\kern-.5\baselineskip\kern.5ex} + \def\kernafterminitoc{\kern-1\baselineskip\kern.5ex} + \makeatletter\savebox{\BMTC}{\relax{\begin{minipage}[t]{\awidth}\minitoc[l]\end{minipage}}}\makeatother% + \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty}% + \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty}% + \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt}% + \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{0pt}% + \begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[0] + \PrintIndex + \end{mtchideinmaintoc} + \AtEndDocument{\setcounter{tocdepth}{6}} + \mtcfixindex[chapter] +\end{document} +% +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{0} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% +% \lefthyphenmin=3 +% \righthyphenmin=3 +% \hyphenation{Mittelbach} +% \hyphenation{Jackowski} +% \hyphenation{Impatient} +% \hyphenation{make-index} +% \hyphenation{hyper-link} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@@par,\@beginparpenalty,\@empty} +% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input} +% \DoNotIndex{\@makefnmark,\@makeother,\@maketitle} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@ne,\@spaces,\@tempa} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempb,\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum} +% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa,\@totalleftmargin} +% \DoNotIndex{\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil,\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials,\edef} +% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\egroup} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endinput,\endtrivlist} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet} +% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if@inlabel,\if@tempswa,\if@twocolumn} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcase} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\ignorespaces,\index,\item} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower} +% \DoNotIndex{\let,\llap,\lower} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing} +% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage\nonfrenchspacing} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc} +% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\raggedleft,\rm,\sc} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\small,\space,\string,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} +% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} +% \DoNotIndex{\`,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\markboth,\mathcode} +% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\mathcode} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox} +% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle} +% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\raise,\rangle} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb} +% \DoNotIndex{\section,\TeX,\underline,\verb} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\[,\{,\},\]} +% \DoNotIndex{\count@,\ifnum,\loop,\today,\uppercase,\uccode} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\tw@} +% \DoNotIndex{\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k,\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q} +% \DoNotIndex{\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z,\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H} +% \DoNotIndex{\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O,\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z} +% \DoNotIndex{\1,\2,\3,\4,\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0} +% \DoNotIndex{\!,\#,\$,\&,\',\(,\),\+,\.,\:,\;,\<,\=,\>,\?,\_} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\makeatletter,\makeatother} +% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary} +% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother} +% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment} +% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined} +% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} +% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc} +% \DoNotIndex{\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifmmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting} +% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\newtoks} +% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf} +% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} +% \DoNotIndex{\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} +% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault} +% \DoNotIndex{\*} +% \DoNotIndex{\ } +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\MessageBreak} +% ^^A lettres de l'hщbreu +% \DoNotIndex{\alef,\ayin,\bet,\finalmem,\finalnun,\kaf,\lamed,\mem,\nun,\resh,\shin,\tav,\tet,\vav,\yod} +% ^^A lettres hebrew2 +% \DoNotIndex{\hebalef} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebayin} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebbet} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalmem} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalnun} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebkaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\heblamed} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebmem} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebnun} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebresh} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebshin} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebtav} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebtet} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebvav} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebyod} +% ^^A lettres arabi +% \DoNotIndex{\T} +% \DoNotIndex{\alef} +% \DoNotIndex{\alefhamza} +% \DoNotIndex{\dal} +% \DoNotIndex{\fa} +% \DoNotIndex{\ha} +% \DoNotIndex{\jeem} +% \DoNotIndex{\kaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\lam} +% \DoNotIndex{\meem} +% \DoNotIndex{\qaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\ra} +% \DoNotIndex{\seen} +% \DoNotIndex{\sheen} +% \DoNotIndex{\waw} +% \DoNotIndex{\yahamza} +% ^^A lettres bulgares +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres du cyrillique +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyro} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyry} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres farsi3 +% \DoNotIndex{\alef} +% \DoNotIndex{\dal} +% \DoNotIndex{\fa} +% \DoNotIndex{\ha} +% \DoNotIndex{\jeem} +% \DoNotIndex{\kaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\lam} +% \DoNotIndex{\meem} +% \DoNotIndex{\nun} +% \DoNotIndex{\ra} +% \DoNotIndex{\seen} +% \DoNotIndex{\sheen} +% \DoNotIndex{\taa} +% \DoNotIndex{\waw} +% \DoNotIndex{\ya} +% ^^A lettres mongolb +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyry} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres russianb +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyro} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres serbianc +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres ukrainian +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu} +% ^^A not true macros +% \DoNotIndex{\PTC@,\MTC@,\STC@} +% +% \GetFileInfo{minitoc.dtx} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \title{{\Large The \textsf{minitoc} package}\thanks{This document +% corresponds to \textsf{minitoc}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}} +% \author{Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert, et al.} +% \or\relax +% \title{{\Large Le paquetage \textsf{minitoc}}\thanks{Ce document +% correspond р~\textsf{minitoc}~\fileversion, datщ \filedate.}} +% \author{Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert, et al.} +% \fi +% \makeatletter +% \let\SVtitle\@title +% \let\SVdate\@date +% \let\SVauthor\@author +% +% \def\@maketitle{% +% \newpage +% \null +% \vskip 2em% +% \begin{center}% +% \let \footnote \thanks +% {\LARGE \SVtitle \par}% +% \vskip 1.5em% +% {\large +% \lineskip .5em% +% \begin{tabular}[t]{c}% +% \SVauthor +% \end{tabular}\par}% +% \vskip 1em% +% {\large \SVdate}% +% \end{center}% +% \par +% \vskip 1.5em} +% \makeatother +% \maketitle +% \doparttoc +% ^^A \dopartlof \dopartlot +% \dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot +% {\parskip=0pt +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\clearpage\Shorttableofcontents{Summary}{0}}{} +% \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} +% \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{List of figures} +% \renewcommand{\listtablename}{List of tables} +% \or\relax +% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\clearpage\Shorttableofcontents{Sommaire}{0}}{} +% \fi +% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +% \makeatletter +% \let\l@chaptersom\l@chapter +% \makeatother +% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +% \tableofcontents +% \mtcaddchapter +% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +% \listoffigures +% \mtcaddchapter +% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +% \listoftables +% \mtcaddchapter +% } +% ^^A FIX INDEX? +% \let\svmacro\macro +% \let\svendmacro\endmacro +% \let\svenvironment\environment +% \let\svendenvironment\endenvironment +% ^^A \renewenvironment{macro}[1]{\bgroup\DescribeMacro{#1}}{\egroup} +% ^^A \renewenvironment{environment}[1]{\bgroup\DescribeEnv{#1}}{\egroup} +% ^^A FIX INDEX? +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter*{About this document\markboth{About this document}{About this document}} +% \markboth{About this document}{About this document} +% \mtcaddchapter[About this document] +% This document is rather thick, but please, be not afraid: you do not need to read every page. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The most useful chapters are in the first part (``{User's Manual}'', page~\pageref{p+UM}): +% \begin{itemize} +% \item the chapter~``The \upack{minitoc} package'', page~\pageref{o+minitoc}, describes the essential commands to use +% the package; +% \item the chapter ``Frequently Asked Questions'', page~\pageref{FAQ}, may help you to solve some +% specific problems; +% \item the chapter ``Memento'', page~\pageref{c+memento}, is a set of tables to be used as a +% remainder of the commands of this package; +% \item the chapter ``Examples of documents'', page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, gives the code of some documents showing the +% basic usage of the \upack{minitoc} package and some interesting situations; +% \item the chapter ``Messages'', page~\pageref{c+messages}, is certainly boring, but it should be searched if you get some +% warning or error messages from the \upack{minitoc} package, because it explains them and also the informative +% messages (table~\vref{t+allmess} will help you to find the meaning of a message); +% \item the chapter ``Jargon'', page~\pageref{c+jargon}, attemps to explain +% most of the technical terms used here; +% \item the chapter ``Installation'', page~\pageref{c+installation}, describes +% all the files included in the distribution of the package; +% \item the chapter ``Postface'', page~\pageref{c+postface}, +% gives an abbreviated history of the package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item The second part, ``Implementation'', page~\pageref{p+ID}, is much more technical; you can read it if you are +% interested in the details of the coding of the package. +% The chapter ``Language definition (\suffix{.mld}) and object +% (\suffix{.mlo}) files'', page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, may be useful if you are interested by some language. +% This chapter contains many maps and illustrations. +% \item The third part, ``Complements'', page~\pageref{p+complements}, contains a bibliography, a detailed history of +% the package, a list of acknowlegments, and an index. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \bigskip +% +% For this document, I have used: +% \begin{itemize} +% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{% +% \item a short table of contents (summary), with the \com{shorttoc} command from my \pack{shorttoc} +% package~\cite{shorttoc}, displaying only parts and chapters;}{\relax} +% \item a main table of contents (\com{tableofcontents}), with a maximum depth~(6); +% \item a main list of figures (\com{listoffigures}) and a main list of tables (\com{listoftables}); +% \item for each part, a table of contents displaying only the chapters (\com{parttoc} with +% \dcnt{parttocdepth} equal to~1); +% ^^A \item for each part, a list of figures (\com{partlof}) and a list of tables (\com{partlot}) when useful; +% \item for each chapter, a complete table of contents (\com{minitoc} with \dcnt{minitocdepth} equal to~6); +% \item for each chapter, a list of figures (\com{minilof}) and a list of tables (\com{minilot}) when useful; +% \item customized parameters for the layout of the mini-tables; as the PDF version of the documentation uses hyperlinks +% (with the help of the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}), +% these mini-tables should help you to navigate within the document; +% \item some hyperlinks, placed in the right margin, contain a message identifier; the link points to the description +% of the message in the ``Messages'' chapter; try this one:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001} +% \item some flags, with hyperlinks to articles (mainly in Wikipedia) about countries or languages; +% \item the \pack{calc} package~\cite{calc} to make some computations with comfort; +% \ifBT\relax +% \item the \pack{booktabs} package~\cite{booktabs} to format the tables; +% \else\fi +% \item the \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} and \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} packages to document the code; +% \item many other packages to improve the presentation of the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% \chapter*{└~propos de ce document\markboth{└~propos de ce document}{└~propos de ce document}} +% \markboth{└~propos de ce document}{└~propos de ce document} +% \mtcaddchapter[└~propos de ce document] +% Ce document est assez щpais, mais s'il vous plaюt, n'en soyez pas effrayщs: vous n'avez pas besoin de lire toutes +% les pages. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Les chapitres les plus utiles sont dans la premiшre partie (л~{Manuel de l'utilisateur}~╗, page~\pageref{p+UM}): +% \begin{itemize} +% \item le chapitre~л~Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}~╗, page~\pageref{o+minitoc}, dщcrit les commandes essentielles +% pour utiliser le paquetage; +% \item le chapitre л~Questions frщquemment posщes~╗, page~\pageref{FAQ}, peut vous aider р~rщsoudre certains +% problшmes spщcifiques; +% \item le chapitre л~Mщmento~╗, page~\pageref{c+memento}, est un ensemble de tableaux р~utiliser +% comme aide-mщmoire des commandes de ce paquetage; +% \item le chapitre л~Exemples de documents~╗, page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, donne le code de quelques documents montrant +% l'utilisation basique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et quelques situations intщressantes; +% \item le chapitre л~Messages~╗, page~\pageref{c+messages}, est certainement +% fastidieux, mais il faut le consulter lorsque vous recevez des messages d'avertissement ou d'erreur du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}, parce qu'il les explique ainsi que les messages informatifs (le tableau~\vref{t+allmess} +% vous aidera р~trouver la signification d'un message); +% \item le chapitre л~Jargon~╗, +% page~\pageref{c+jargon}, essaye d'expliquer la plupart des termes techniques utilisщs ici; +% \item le chapitre л~Installation~╗, +% page~\pageref{c+installation}, dщcrit tous les fichiers inclus dans la distribution du paquetage; +% \item le chapitre л~Postface~╗, page~\pageref{c+postface}, donne un historique abrщgщ du paquetage. +% \end{itemize} +% \item La deuxiшme partie, л~Implantation~╗, page~\pageref{p+ID}, est bien plus technique; vous pouvez la lire si vous ъtes +% intщressщs par les dщtails du codage du paquetage. +% Le chapitre л~Fichiers de dщfinition (\suffix{.mld}) et objets (\suffix{.mlo}) de langue~╗, +% page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, peut ъtre utile si vous ъtes intщressщs par une certaine langue. +% Ce chapitre contient de nombreuses cartes et illustrations. +% \item La troisiшme partie, л~Complщments~╗, page~\pageref{p+complements}, contient une bibliographie, un historique +% dщtaillщ du paquetage, une liste des remerciements et un index. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \bigskip +% +% Pour ce document, j'ai utilisщ: +% \begin{itemize} +% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{% +% \item une table des matiшres abrщgщe (sommaire), avec la commande \com{shorttoc} de mon +% paquetage \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc}, n'affichant que les parties et chapitres;}{\relax} +% \item une table des matiшres principale (\com{tableofcontents}), avec une profondeur maximale~(6); +% \item une liste principale des figures (\com{listoffigures}) et une liste principale des tableaux +% (\com{listoftables}); +% \item pour chaque partie, une table des matiшres ne montrant que les chapitres (\com{parttoc} avec +% \dcnt{parttocdepth} щgale р~1); +% ^^A \item pour chaque partie, une liste des figures (\com{partlof}) +% ^^A et une liste des tableaux (\com{partlot}) lorsque c'est utile; +% \item pour chaque chapitre, une table des matiшres complшte (\com{minitoc} avec \dcnt{minitocdepth} щgale р~6); +% \item pour chaque chapitre, une liste des figures (\com{minilof}) et une liste des tableaux (\com{minilot}) +% lorsque c'est utile; +% \item des paramшtres adaptщs pour la mise en page mini-tables; comme la version PDF de la documentation utilise +% des hyperliens, (р~l'aide du paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}), ces mini-tables devraient +% vous aider р~vous dщplacer dans le document; +% \item quelques hyperliens, placщs dans la marge de droite, contiennent un identificateur de message; le lien +% renvoie р~la description du message dans le chapitre л~Messages~╗; +% \item quelques drapeaux avec des hyperliens vers des articles (principalement de Wikipedia) sur des pays ou des langues; +% essayez celui-ci:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001} +% \item le paquetage \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} pour faire certains calculs plus confortablement; +% \ifBT\relax +% \item le paquetage \pack{booktabs}~\cite{booktabs} pour formater les tableaux; +% \else\fi +% \item les paquetages \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} et \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} pour documenter le code; +% \item de nombreux autres paquetages pour amщliorer la prщsentation de la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \part{User's Manual}\label{p+UM} +% \or\relax +% \part{Manuel de l'utilisateur}\label{p+UM} +% \fi +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \parttoc +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\empty} +% ^^A \partlof +% ^^A \partlot +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{The \upack{minitoc} package}\label{o+minitoc}\ipack{minitoc} +% \or\relax +% \frenchspacing +% \chapter{Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}}\label{o+minitoc}\ipack{minitoc} +% \fi +% ^^A \pagestyle{headings} +% \minitoc +% \lsneed{5} +% \mtcskip +% \minilof +% \lsneed{5} +% \mtcskip +% \minilot +% \section{Introduction} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \upack{minitoc} package, initially written by \name{Nigel}{Ward} and \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, has been +% almost completely redesigned by \name{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert} (ONERA/Centre de Toulouse). +% A summary of the evolution of this package is given in the chapter~\vref{c+postface}. +% This package creates a mini-table of contents +% (a ``minitoc''\,\footnote{The \upack{minitoc} package introduces +% its own jargon, explained in this document. +% It should not be too difficult, however, to learn and use; it will be used here, of course.})% +% at the beginning of each chapter of a document. +% It is also possible to have a mini-list of +% figures (a ``minilof'') and a mini-list of tables (a ``minilot''). +% The document class should of course define chapters +% (classes like \class{book} or \class{report}~\cite{classes}) or sections +% (classes like \class{article}\,\footnote{As the standard \class{proc} class~\cite{proc}, and the \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc} and +% \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews} classes, load the standard +% \class{article} class, these classes will be just considered as variants of the \class{article} class.})~\cite{classes}. +% Thus, this package should not be used with +% document classes without standard sectionning commands (like \class{letter}). +% When the document class defines a ``part'' sectionning level +% (i.e.,~classes like \class{book}, \class{report} and \class{article}), +% you can create a ``partial'' table of contents +% (a ``parttoc'') at the beginning of each part of a document. +% It is also possible to have a partial list of figures (a ``partlof'') +% and a partial list of tables (a ``partlot''). +% When the document class has no \com{chapter} command +% but has a \com{section} command, you may use section +% level tables of contents (``secttocs'') at the beginning of each section; and you can also have section level +% lists of figures (``sectlofs'') or of tables (``sectlots''). +% +% All these tables (``minitocs'', ``partlots'', ``sectlofs'', etc.) are collectively referenced as ``mini-tables'' +% (or sometimes ``mini-lists''). +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, щcrit initialement par \name{Nigel}{Ward} et \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, a щtщ presque +% complшtement reconstruit par \name{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert} (ONERA/Centre de Toulouse). +% Un rщsumщ de l'щvolution de ce paquetage est donnщ dans le chapitre~\vref{c+postface}. +% Ce paquetage crщe une mini-table des matiшres (une л~minitoc~╗\,\footnote{Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% introduit son propre jargon, expliquщ dans ce document. Il ne devrait, cependant, pas ъtre trop difficile de +% l'apprendre et de l'utiliser; il sera щvidemment utilisщ ici.}) au dщbut de chaque chapitre d'un document. +% Il est aussi possible d'avoir une +% mini-liste des figures (une л~minilot~╗) et une mini-liste des tableaux (une л~minilot~╗). La classe de document +% devrait, bien s√r, dщfinir des chapitres (classes telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}) ou des sections +% (classes telles que \class{article}\,\footnote{Puisque la classe standard \class{proc}~\cite{proc}, ainsi que les classes +% \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc} et \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews}, chargent la classe +% standard \class{article}, ces classes seront simplement considщrщes comme des variantes de la classe \class{article}.})~\cite{classes}. +% Donc, ce paquetage ne devrait pas ъtre utilisщ avec des classes de document ne possщdant pas les commandes de +% sectionnement standard (classes telles que \class{letter}). +% Lorsque la classe de document dщfinit un niveau de sectionnement л~partie~╗ (c'est-р-dire des classes telles +% que \class{book}, \class{report} et \class{article}), vous pouvez crщer une table des matiшres +% л~partielle~╗ (une л~parttoc~╗) au dщbut de chaque partie d'un document. Il est aussi possible d'avoir une liste +% des figures partielle (une л~partlof~╗) et une liste des tableaux partielle (une л~partlot~╗) au dщbut de chaque +% partie d'un document. Lorsque la classe de document ne possшde pas de commande \com{chapter} mais a une +% commande \com{section}, vous pouvez utiliser des tables des matiшres au niveau section (л~secttocs~╗) au +% dщbut de chaque section; et vous pouvez aussi avoir des listes des figures (л~sectlofs~╗) ou des tableaux (л~sectlots~╗) +% au niveau section. +% +% Toutes ces tables (л~minitocs~╗, л~partlofs~╗, л~sectlots~╗, etc.) sont collectivement rщfщrencщes sous le terme de +% л~mini-tables~╗ (ou parfois л~mini-listes~╗). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \noindent +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Important restrictions}\label{note+sectionning}% +% \textbf{Note}\virage: you cannot use chapter level and section level mini-tables in the same document. +% This restriction is intented to avoid documents with full of local +% tables of contents, lists of figures and tables at every sectionning level. +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Restrictions importantes}\label{note+sectionning}% +% \textbf{Note}\virage: vous ne pouvez pas utiliser des mini-tables au niveau chapitre et au niveau section dans +% le mъme document. Cette restriction est destinщe р~щviter des documents pleins de mini-tables des matiшres, +% listes de figures et listes de tableaux locales р~chaque niveau de sectionnement. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \noindent +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \textbf{Note}\virage: the commands relative +% to the part level are defined only if the document class defines \com{part}. +% The commands relative +% to the section level are defined only if the document class +% defines \com{section} but does not define \com{chapter}. +% \or\relax +% \textbf{Note}\virage: les commandes relatives au niveau partie ne sont dщfinies que si la classe de document +% dщfinit \com{part}. +% Les commandes relatives au niveau section ne sont dщfinies que si la classe de document dщfinit \com{section} +% mais ne dщfinit pas \com{chapter}. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Version} +% The current version of this package is~\#61. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface'' +% chapter (chapter~\vref{c+postface}) and a more detailed history in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}. +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Version} +% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#61. Vous trouverez un historique rщsumщ de ce paquetage dans le +% chapitre л~Postface~╗ (chapitre~\vref{c+postface}) et un historique plus dщtaillщ dans л~Historique des +% modifications~╗, page~\pageref{c+history}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{License} +% This package must be distributed and/or may be modified under the +% conditions of the \textbf{\LaTeX{} Project Public License}, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (as convenient) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% \begin{quote} +% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} +% \end{quote} +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of \LaTeX{} +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% But please don't bother me about hacked versions; they will not be supported. +% However, suggestions for corrections and reasoned improvements are welcome. +% \or\relax +% \section{Licence} +% Ce paquetage doit ъtre distribuщ et/ou peut ъtre modifiщ sous les conditions de la +% \textbf{\LaTeX{} Project Public License}, soit la version~1.3 de cette licence soit (au choix) toute version +% ultщrieure. La plus rщcente version de cette licence est dans +% \begin{quote}\froff +% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} +% \end{quote} +% et la version~1.3 ou ultщrieure fait partie de toutes les distributions de \LaTeX{} version 2003/12/01 ou +% ultщrieure. +% +% Mais, s'il vous plaюt, ne me parlez pas de versions bricolщes; elles ne seront pas maintenues. +% Cependant, les suggestions de corrections et d'amщliorations raisonnables sont les bienvenues. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Using the \upack{minitoc} package} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utiliser le paquetage \upack{minitoc}} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Loading the package and creating the mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Charger le paquetage et crщer les mini-tables} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\usepackage} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To use the \upack{minitoc} package, you must insert a command: +% \or\relax +% Pour utiliser le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, vous devez insщrer une commande: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{usepackage}\verb|[...options...]{minitoc}| +% \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% in the preamble of the document\,\footnote{This command must +% be placed \emph{after} any modification done on the sectionning +% commands; if you modify some sectionning commands after loading the +% \upack{minitoc} package, this one might not work properly.}. +% The mini-table of contents will be in the chapter, +% after the \com{chapter} command, at the point of the \com{minitoc} +% command. The \com{minitoc} command may occur \emph{almost anywhere}\,\footnote{``Almost anywhere'' means +% ``in a normal place'', like between two paragraphs of normal text, or in a (wide enough) minipage, but not in a +% too strange position (like a marginal note or a footnote). Even a multicolumn or a floating environment can be used, +% but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you are asking for +% details with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}. +% As an example, I~once used a \com{afterpage} command +% (\pack{afterpage} package~\cite{afterpage}) to place the long +% minilof of chapter~\vref{c+code+mld.files} (so the minilof was forced to begin at the top of the next page).} inside a chapter. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Of course, it is better +% to put it at the beginning of the chapter, eventually after some introductory material. But you can also decide +% to put it at the end of the chapter. You should use the same conventions in all chapters. If you want to add the +% mini-table of contents for a chapter, you must use the sequence given in table~\vref{mtc+minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% dans le prщambule du document\,\footnote{Cette commande doit ъtre placщe \emph{aprшs} toute modification faite sur +% les commandes de sectionnement; si vous modifiez des commandes de sectionnement aprшs le chargement du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}, celui-ci pourrait ne pas fonctionner correctement.}. +% La mini-table des matiшres sera dans le chapitre, aprшs la commande \com{chapter}, р~l'emplacement de la +% commande \com{minitoc}. La commande \com{minitoc} peut se placer \emph{presque +% n'importe~o∙}\,\footnote{<<~Presque n'importe~o∙~>> signifie <<~en un endroit normal~>>, comme entre deux alinщas +% de texte normal, ou dans une minipage (suffisamment large), mais pas dans une position trop bizarre (comme une +% note marginale ou infrapaginale). Mъme un environnement multi-colonnes ou flottant peut ъtre utilisщ, mais avec +% soin. Mais notez qu'une minitoc peut ъtre assez longue, si le chapitre est complexe et si vous demandez des +% dщtails avec une valeur щlevщe de \dcnt{minitocdepth}. +% Par exemple, il m'est arrivщ d'utiliser une commande \com{afterpage} (paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage}) +% pour placer la longue minilof du chapitre~\vref{c+code+mld.files} (pour forcer la minilof р~commencer en haut de la +% page suivante).} р~l'intщrieur d'un chapitre. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Bien s√r, il est prщfщrable de la placer au dщbut du chapitre, щventuellement +% aprшs un texte introductif. Mais vous pouvez aussi dщcider de la placer р~la fin du chapitre. Vous devriez +% utiliser les mъmes conventions dans tous les chapitres. Si vous souhaitez ajouter la mini-table des matiшres pour +% un chapitre, vous devez utiliser la sщquence donnщe dans le tableau~\vref{mtc+minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[ht] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commands for a \texttt{minitoc}}\label{mtc+minitoc} +% \centering +% {\small\ttfamily +% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{book\}}}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}\texttt{[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{minitoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcskipamount}\}\{\com{bigskipamount}\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \emph{or:}&&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{minitoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{section\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \ldots&\\ +% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{dominitoc}&&\\ +% \com{dominilof}&&\\ +% \com{dominilot}&&\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{or} \com{faketableofcontents}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ +% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoffigures}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ +% \com{listoftables}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoftables}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{chapter}\{...\}&&\\ +% \com{minitoc}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \com{mtcskip}&&\\ +% \com{minilof}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \com{mtcskip}&&\\ +% \com{minilot}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \end{tabularx}}} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[ht] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes pour une \texttt{minitoc}}\label{mtc+minitoc} +% \centering +% {\small\ttfamily +% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{book\}}}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}\texttt{[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{minitoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcskipamount}\}\{\com{bigskipamount}\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \emph{ou:}&&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{minitoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{section\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{dominitoc}&&\\ +% \com{dominilof}&&\\ +% \com{dominilot}&&\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{ou} \com{faketableofcontents}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ +% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoffigures}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ +% \com{listoftables}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoftables}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{chapter}\{...\}&&\\ +% \com{minitoc}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \com{mtcskip}&\\ +% \com{minilof}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \com{mtcskip}&\\ +% \com{minilot}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \end{tabularx}}}% +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For each mini-table of contents, an auxiliary file will be +% created with a name of the form \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, +% where \meta{N} is the absolute chapter number. +% ``Absolute'' means that this number is unique, +% and always increasing from the first chapter\,\footnote{The concept of an ``absolute'' counter for the +% mini-tables has solved some obscure problems, and also made obsolete some commands, like \com{firstpartis}, +% \com{firstchapteris}, and \com{firstsectionis}.}. +% The suffix is \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} for mini-lists of figures and +% is \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} for mini-lists of tables. +% (If under MS-DOS or any operating system with short extensions to filenames, see section~\vref{MS-DOS} and +% section~\vref{.8+3}). There are similar commands for mini-tables at the part or section level, depending on the +% document class. +% \or\relax +% Pour chaque mini-table des matiшres, un fichier auxiliaire sera crщщ avec un nom de la forme +% \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu du chapitre. л~Absolu~╗ signifie que ce numщro est +% unique, et croit toujours depuis le premier chapitre\,\footnote{Le concept d'un compteur <<~absolu~>> pour les +% mini-tables a rщsolu certains problшmes tщnщbreux, et aussi frappщ d'obsolescence certaines commandes, telles que +% \com{firstpartis}, \com{firstchapteris} et \com{firstsectionis}.}. +% Le suffixe est \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} pour les mini-listes de figures et \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} pour +% les mini-listes de tableaux. +% (Si vous travaillez sous MS-DOS ou tout autre systшme d'exploitation utilisant des suffixes courts pour les +% noms de fichiers, voyez la section~\vref{MS-DOS} et la section~\vref{.8+3}). Il y a des commandes similaires aux +% niveaux partie ou section, selon la classe du document. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Preparing the mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Prщparation des mini-tables} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The commands\,\footnote{The code of these \clit{do.{}.{}.{}} commands is directly derived from that of +% the \pack{xr} package~\cite{xr}, by \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, with his permission.} +% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, and \com{dominilot} (for mini-tables at the chapter level), +% take respectively the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, \emph{document}\suffix{.lof}, and \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} files, +% and cut slices from them to create the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, \emph{document}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N}, and \emph{document}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} files. +% \or\relax +% Les commandes\,\footnote{Le code de ces commandes \clit{do.{}.{}.{}} est directement dщrivщ de celui du +% paquetage \pack{xr}~\cite{xr}, de \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, avec sa permission.} +% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} et \com{dominilot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre, prennent +% respectivement les fichiers \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} et \emph{document}\suffix{.lot}, +% et en +% prщlшvent des tranches pour crщer les fichiers \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, \emph{document}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} +% et \emph{document}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The commands \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, and \com{dosectlot} (for mini-tables at the section level) +% and \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, and \com{dopartlot} (for mini-tables at the part level) are analog. +% +% The\virage{} \com{mtcprepare} command invokes (and replaces) all these preparation commands when they are available +% with the document class and if the adequate contents file exists. +% This command accepts also an optional argument to set the default position of the title +% for \emph{all} the mini-tables. +% +% All\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} the preparation commands are \emph{ignored} if the \com{nofiles} command is invoked +% in the preamble, to avoid to overwrite the mini-table auxiliary files. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% To\virage{} obtain a satisfactory result (i.e.,~non empty), please note that all these commands must +% \emph{imperatively be put before} any command analog to the \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures}, +% and \com{listoftables} commands, or their \verb|\fake...| siblings. +% +% It\virage{} is also \emph{strongly} recommended to put these commands \emph{before} any sectionning command producing an +% entry in the table of contents (for the \verb|\do...toc| commands), and \emph{before} +% any \com{caption}-like command +% producing an entry in the list of figures (for the \verb|\do...lof| commands) or in the list of tables +% (for the \verb|\do...lot|) commands; else disorder in the mini-tables might result. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Les commandes \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof} et \com{dosectlot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau section), +% et \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof} et \com{dopartlot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau partie) sont +% analogues. +% +% La\virage{} commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque (et remplace) toutes ces commandes de prщparation lorsqu'elles sont +% disponibles pour la classe du document et si le fichier de contenu adщquat existe. +% Cette commande accepte aussi un argument optionnel pour щtablir la position par dщfaut du titre +% pour \emph{toutes} les mini-tables. +% +% Toutes\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} les commandes de prщparation sont \emph{ignorщes} si +% la commande \com{nofiles} est invoquщe dans le prщambule, pour щviter d'щcraser les fichiers auxiliaires des mini-tables. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Pour\virage{} obtenir un rщsultat satisfaisant (c'est-р-dire, non vide), veuillez noter que toutes ces commandes doivent +% \emph{impщrativement ъtre placщes avant} toute commande analogue aux commandes \com{tableofcontents}, +% \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables}, ou leurs cousines \verb|\fake...|! +% +% Il\virage{} est aussi \emph{fortement} recommandщ de placer ces commandes \emph{avant} toute commande de +% sectionnement produisant une entrщe dans la table des matiшres (pour les commandes \verb|\do...toc|), et +% \emph{avant} toute commande analogue р~\com{caption} produisant une entrщe dans la liste des figures (pour les +% commandes \verb|\do...lof|) ou dans la liste des tableaux (pour les commandes \verb|\do...lot|); sinon les +% mini-tables pourraient ъtre dans le dщsordre. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Placing the mini-tables}\label{s+placing} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Placement des mini-tables}\label{s+placing} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} +% \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcskip} command may be used to add a vertical +% skip between two mini-tables. Its height is +% \com{mtcskipamount} (equal to \com{bigskipamount} by default). +% \com{mtcskip} eliminates any immediate previous vertical +% skip, to not accumulate vertical space when a mini-table is +% empty and skipped by the \optd{checkfiles} option. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcskip} peut ъtre utilisщe pour ajouter un saut vertical entre deux mini-tables. Sa hauteur +% est \com{mtcskipamount} (щgale р~\com{bigskipamount} par dщfaut). \com{mtcskip} щlimine tout saut vertical +% qui prщcшde immщdiatement, afin de ne pas accumuler des espaces verticaux lorsqu'une mini-table est vide et donc +% ignorщe par l'option \optd{checkfiles}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The section-level table of contents will be in the section, +% after the \com{section} command, at the point of the \com{secttoc} command. The \com{secttoc} command +% may occur \emph{almost anywhere} inside a section. It is often better to put it at the beginning of the section, +% or after some short introductory material. You should use the same conventions in all sections. If you want to add +% a~section-level table of contents for a section, you must use the sequence given in Table~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. +% \or\relax +% La table des matiшres au niveau section sera dans la section, aprшs la commande \com{section}, р~l'emplacement +% de la commande \com{secttoc}. La commande \com{secttoc} peut ъtre placщe \emph{presque n'importe~o∙} +% р~l'intщrieur d'une section. Bien s√r, il est prщfщrable de la placer au dщbut de la section, ou щventuellement +% aprшs un texte introductif. Vous devriez utiliser les mъmes conventions dans toutes les sections. Si vous +% souhaitez ajouter la table des matiшres au niveau section pour une section, vous devez utiliser la sщquence +% donnщe dans le tableau~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[!t] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commands for a \texttt{secttoc}}\label{mtcsecttoc} +% \centering{\small\ttfamily +% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{article\}}}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{stcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{secttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcSSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \emph{or:}&&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{secttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{subsection\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{dosecttoc}&&\\ +% \com{dosectlof}&&\\ +% \com{dosectlot}&&\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{or} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ +% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ +% \com{listoftables}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{section}\{...\}&&\\ +% \com{secttoc}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \com{sectlof}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \com{sectlot}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \end{tabularx}}} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[t!] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes pour une \texttt{secttoc}}\label{mtcsecttoc} +% \centering{\small\ttfamily +% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{article\}}}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{stcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{secttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcSSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \emph{ou:}&&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{secttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{subsection\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{dosecttoc}&&\\ +% \com{dosectlof}&&\\ +% \com{dosectlot}&&\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{ou} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ +% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ +% \com{listoftables}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{section}\{...\}&&\\ +% \com{secttoc}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \com{sectlof}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \com{sectlot}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \end{tabularx}}} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For each section-level table of contents, an auxiliary file will be +% created with a name of the form \emph{document}\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}, +% where \meta{N} is the absolute section number. +% The suffix is \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} for section-level lists of figures and +% is \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} for section-level lists of tables. +% (If under MS-DOS or any operating system with short extensions to filenames, see section~\vref{MS-DOS} and +% section~\vref{.8+3}). +% \or\relax +% Pour chaque table des matiшres au niveau section, un fichier auxiliaire sera crщщ avec un nom de la forme +% \emph{document}\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de section. +% Le suffixe est \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} pour les +% listes de figures au niveau section et \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} pour les listes de tableaux au niveau section. +% (Si vous travaillez sous MS-DOS ou tout autre systшme d'exploitation utilisant des suffixes courts pour les +% noms de fichiers, voyez la section~\vref{MS-DOS} et la section~\vref{.8+3}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\usepackage} +% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{rem+FB}As\imess{W0056} floats (figures and tables) could drift\footnote{% +% \begin{Citation}{\name{Donald}{Arseneau}}% +% \noindent\textsl{A float is like a ship in harbor. +% There is a place in the text which is the anchor location. The figure or ``ship'' can float around to various places +% relative to the anchor, but always downstream or downwind. A float with bad placement parameters is like a ship +% that slips its anchor and eventually crashes on the rocks at the end of a chapter.}\end{Citation}} +% somewhere outside the printing area of the text of the section, the sectlofs and +% sectlots can be rather strange. In order to have a better +% behaviour of these mini-tables, it may be useful to add the +% \opt{insection} option in the \com{usepackage} command: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{usepackage}\verb|[insection]{minitoc}| +% \end{verse} +% if you want more consistent sectlofs and sectlots. +% The \opt{insection} option loads the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} with its \optp{verbose}{placeins} +% and \optp{section}{placeins} options. +% Sometimes, it might be necessary to use the \com{FloatBarrier} command of this package to correctly place the +% figure or table and have a correct mini-table. +% The options \optp{above}{placeins} or \optp{below}{placeins} options should not be used, because they allow +% floats to drift above +% or below a \com{FloatBarrier} (or a section limit): the barrier becomes ``porous'' upwards\footnote{But a float +% can not drift upwards beyond the top of the current page.}~($\uparrow$) or +% downwards~($\downarrow$), or both~($\updownarrow$). The \optp{section}{placeins} option makes a more ``watertight'' +% barrier~($\equiv$). This is illustrated by the figure~\vref{f+barrier}. +% +% The \pack{placeins} package, by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, is available +% on CTAN archives; note that the file \xfile{placeins.sty} contains its own +% documentation, with a copy in \xfile{placeins.txt}. You need a version whose date is at least 2005/04/18. +% \begin{figure}[p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{section}{placeins} option\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% +% \bigskip +% +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{above}{placeins} option\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% +% \bigskip +% +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{below}{placeins} option\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% +% \bigskip +% +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{above}{placeins} and \optp{below}{placeins} options\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \caption{Float barriers}\label{f+barrier} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% +% Since version~\#45, this option also loads the \pack{flafter} package (described in~\cite{ltoutput} +% and~\cite[page~286]{TLC2}) to force a float to appear \emph{after} its reference. +% The \optp{above}{placeins} and \optp{below}{placeins} options of the \pack{placeins} package are no more used, +% because they allowed the floats to move out of the section. +% +% In\virage{} all cases, it is \emph{strongly} recommended to verify the position of +% the floats and, if necessary, to look at the messages of the \pack{placeins} package +% in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% The placement of floats is a very complex problem, so some manual intervention may be necessary, like the use +% of the \pack{float} package~\cite{float} or, better, of the \pack{floatrow} package~\cite{floatrow}. +% \or\relax +% \label{rem+FB}Comme\imess{W0056} les щlщments flottants (figures et tableaux) pourraient +% dщriver\,\footnote{\selectlanguage{english}% +% \begin{Citation}{\name{Donald}{Arseneau}}% +% \noindent\textsl{A float is like a ship in harbor. There is +% a place in the text which is the anchor location. The figure or ``ship'' can float around to various places relative to +% the anchor, but always downstream or downwind. A float with bad placement parameters is like a ship that slips +% its anchor and eventually crashes on the rocks at the end of a chapter.}\end{Citation}} +% quelque part en dehors de la zone d'impression +% du texte de la section, les sectlofs et sectlots peuvent ъtre assez щtranges. Afin d'avoir un meilleur +% comportement de ces mini-tables, il peut ъtre utile d'ajouter l'option +% \opt{insection} dans la commande \com{usepackage}: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{usepackage}\verb|[insection]{minitoc}| +% \end{verse} +% si vous dщsirez des sectlofs et sectlots plus cohщrentes. +% L'option \opt{insection} charge le paquetage +% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} avec ses options \optp{verbose}{placeins} et \optp{section}{placeins}. +% Les options \optp{above}{placeins} ou \optp{below}{placeins} ne devraient pas ъtre utilisщes, car elles permettent aux щlщments +% flottants de dщriver au-dessus ou en dessous d'une \com{FloatBarrier} (ou d'une limite de section): +% la barriшre devient л~poreuse~╗ vers l'amont\,\footnote{Mais un щlщment flottant ne peut pas dщriver vers +% l'amont au-delр du sommet de la page courante.}~($\uparrow$) ou vers l'aval~($\downarrow$), ou dans les +% deux sens~($\updownarrow$). +% Il peut mъme ъtre nщcessaire d'utiliser la commande \com{FloatBarrier} de ce paquetage pour placer +% correctement la figure ou la table et avoir une mini-table correcte. +% L'option \optp{section}{placeins} place une barriшre plus щtanche~($\equiv$). +% Ceci est illustrщ par la figure~\vref{f+barrier}. +% +% Le paquetage \pack{placeins}, de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, est disponible sur les archives CTAN; +% notez que le fichier \xfile{placeins.sty} +% contient sa propre documentation, dont une copie est dans \xfile{placeins.txt}. Il vous faut une version plus +% rщcente que 2005/04/18. +% \begin{figure}[p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec l'option \optp{section}{placeins}\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% +% \bigskip +% +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec l'option \optp{above}{placeins}\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% +% \bigskip +% +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec l'option \optp{below}{placeins}\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% +% \bigskip +% +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec les options \optp{above}{placeins} et \optp{below}{placeins}\strut}}\\ +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ +% \midrule +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \caption{Barriшres pour les flottants}\label{f+barrier} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% +% Depuis la version~\#45, cette option charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter} (dщcrit dans~\cite{ltoutput} +% et~\cite[page~292]{TLC2F}) pour forcer un щlщment flottant р~n'apparaюtre qu'\emph{aprшs} sa rщfщrence. +% Les options \optp{above}{placeins} et \optp{below}{placeins} du paquetage \pack{placeins} ne sont plus utilisщes, +% car elles permettaient aux щlщments de sortir de la section. +% +% Dans\virage{} tous les cas, il est \emph{fortement} recommandщ de +% vщrifier la position des щlщments flottants et, si nщcessaire, de regarder les messages du paquetage \pack{placeins} +% dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% Le placement des щlщments flottants est un problшme trшs complexe, donc une intervention manuelle peut ъtre nщcessaire, +% comme l'utilisation du paquetage \pack{float}~\cite{float}, ou, mieux, du paquetage \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you want to add the partial table of contents for a part, +% you must use the sequence given in Table~\vref{mtc+parttoc}. +% \or\relax +% Si vous voulez ajouter une table des matiшres partielle pour une partie, vous devez utiliser la sщquence donnщe +% dans le tableau~\vref{mtc+parttoc}. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[t!] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commands for a \texttt{parttoc}}\label{mtc+parttoc} +% \centering{\small\ttfamily +% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\com{documentclass}[...]\{book\}}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ +% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{ptcindent}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{parttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ +% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcCfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcSfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \emph{or:}&&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{parttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{chapter\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{section\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{doparttoc}&&\\ +% \com{dopartlof}&&\\ +% \com{dopartlot}&&\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{or} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ +% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ +% \com{listoftables}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{part}\{...\}&&\\ +% \com{parttoc}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \com{partlof}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \com{partlot}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \end{tabularx}}} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[t] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes pour une \texttt{parttoc}}\label{mtc+parttoc} +% \centering{\small\ttfamily +% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}[...]\{book\}}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ +% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ +% \com{setlength}\{\com{ptcindent}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{parttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ +% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ +% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcCfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcSfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \emph{ou:}&&\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{parttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{chapter\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{section\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{doparttoc}&&\\ +% \com{dopartlof}&&\\ +% \com{dopartlot}&&\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{ou} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ +% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ +% \com{listoftables}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \com{part}\{...\}&&\\ +% \com{parttoc}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \com{partlof}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \com{partlot}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ +% \ldots&&\\ +% \end{tabularx}}} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For each partial table of contents, an auxiliary file will be +% created with a name of the form \emph{document}\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}, +% where \meta{N} is the absolute part number. +% The suffix is \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} for partial lists of figures and +% is \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} for partial lists of tables. +% (If under MS-DOS or any operating system with short +% extensions to filenames, see section~\vref{MS-DOS} and section~\vref{.8+3}). +% \or\relax +% Pour chaque table des matiшres au niveau partie, un fichier auxiliaire sera crщщ avec un nom de la forme +% \emph{document}\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de partie. +% Le suffixe est \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} pour les +% listes de figures au niveau partie et \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} pour les listes de tableaux au niveau partie. +% (Si vous travaillez sous MS-DOS ou tout autre systшme d'exploitation utilisant des suffixes courts pour les +% noms de fichiers, voyez la section~\vref{MS-DOS} et la section~\vref{.8+3}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \noindent +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \textbf{Note}\virage: the user is responsible of asking or not asking +% a mini-table (mini-toc, -lof or -lot) for some chapter. Asking a minilof for a +% chapter without any figure would result in an empty and ugly mini-list +% of figures (i.e.,~the title and two horizontal rules). +% He is also responsible of requiring or not requiring +% a partial toc (lof or lot) for some part. Asking a partlof for a +% part without any figure would result in an empty and ugly part +% list of figures (i.e.,~the title alone on a page). Analogous remarks +% apply to section-level mini-tables (secttoc, sectlof, and +% sectlot) and to the part-level mini-tables (parttoc, partlof, and partlot). +% \or\relax +% \textbf{Note}\virage: l'utilisateur est responsable de demander ou non une mini-table (mini-lof, -lof ou -lof) pour +% un certain chapitre. Demander une minilof pour un chapitre sans aucune figure aura pour rщsultat une mini-liste +% des figures vide et laide (c'est-р-dire le titre et deux filets horizontaux). Il est aussi responsable de demander +% ou non une table des matiшres partielle (ou une liste partielle des figures ou des tableaux) pour une certaine +% partie. Demander une partlot pour une partie sans aucune figure aura pour rщsultat une liste partielle des figures +% vide et laide (c'est-р-dire le titre seul sur une page). Des remarques analogues s'appliquent aux mini-tables +% au niveau section (secttoc, sectlof et sectlot) et aux mini-tables au niveau partie (parttoc, partlof et partlot). +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% But since version \#35, empty mini-tables are just ignored and +% this problem should disappear in normal circumstances. Nevertheless, it is recommended +% to put no \com{minitoc} command in +% a chapter without sections and no \com{minilof} or +% \com{minilot} command in a chapter without figures or tables. +% The \optd{checkfiles} (see section~\vref{s+placing}) package option +% (default) skips empty mini-tables (with a note in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file); +% the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option restores +% the old behaviour (empty mini-tables are displayed). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Mais depuis la version~\#35, les mini-tables vides sont simplement ignorщes et ce problшme devrait disparaюtre +% dans des circonstances normales. Nщanmoins, il est recommandщ de ne pas mettre de commande \com{minitoc} dans un +% chapitre sans sections ni de commande \com{minilof} ou \com{minilot} dans un chapitre sans figures ou sans +% tableaux. L'option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles} (voir la section~\vref{s+placing}), active par +% dщfaut, saute les mini-tables vides (avec un note dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}); l'option de paquetage +% \opt{nocheckfiles} rщtablit l'ancien comportement (les mini-tables vides sont imprimщes). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, the mini-tables and partial tables of contents +% contain only references higher and to sections and +% subsections. The counters \dcnt{parttocdepth}, +% \dcnt{minitocdepth} and \dcnt{secttocdepth}, +% similar to \dcnt{tocdepth}, allow the user to modify this behaviour. Mini or partial +% lists of figures or tables are not affected by the value of +% these counters, but if there are depth counters for these lists (\dcnt{lofdepth} and +% \dcnt{lotdepth}), as done by the \pack{subfigure} and +% \pack{subfig} packages~\cite{subfigure,subfig}\label{h.subfig} from +% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, new depth counters are created if necessary, with obvious names like +% \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, \dcnt{minilofdepth}, \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth}, +% and \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Par dщfaut, les mini-tables et tables des matiшres partielles ne contiennent que les rщfщrences jusqu'aux sections et +% sous-sections. Les trois compteurs \dcnt{parttocdepth}, \dcnt{minitocdepth} +% et \dcnt{secttocdepth}, similaires р~\dcnt{tocdepth}, permettent р~l'utilisateur de +% modifier ce comportement. Les mini-listes des figures ou des tableaux ne sont pas affectщes par ces compteurs, mais +% s'il existe des compteurs de profondeur pour ces listes (\dcnt{lofdepth} et +% \dcnt{lotdepth}), comme cela est fait par les paquetages\label{h.subfig} +% \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure} et +% \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} de \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, de nouveaux compteurs sont crщщs si +% nщcessaire, portant des noms щvidents tels que \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, +% \dcnt{minilofdepth}, \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth} et \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Starred chapters, parts and sections}\label{s+starred.chap} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Chapitres, parties et sections щtoilщs}\label{s+starred.chap} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredpart} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} +% \noindent +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \textbf{NOTE}: if using \com{chapter*} and a +% \or\relax +% \textbf{NOTE}: si vous utilisez \com{chapter*} et une commande +% \fi +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% command\Virage{} to add something in the +% table of contents, the numbering of the \upack{minitoc} auxiliary files would be altered. +% To avoid that problem, a first method is to say: +% \or\relax +% pour\Virage{} ajouter quelque chose dans la table des matiшres, la numщrotation des fichiers auxiliaires de +% \upack{minitoc} serait altщrщe. Pour щviter ce problшme, une premiшre mщthode est de dire: +% \fi +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addstarredpart}\verb|{...}|\\ +% \com{addstarredchapter}\verb|{...}|\\ +% \com{addstarredsection}\verb|{...}| +% \end{quote} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These commands apply only for the level of a part-, mini- or +% sect-toc; for lower levels, the usual command is sufficient: +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes ne s'appliquent que pour le niveau d'une part-, mini- ou +% sect-toc; pour des niveaux infщrieurs, utilisez, comme d'habitude: +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| +% \end{quote} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% So, to add a section-level entry in the global toc and in the +% minitoc of a starred chapter: +% \or\relax +% Donc, pour ajouter une entrщe de niveau section dans la table des matiшres globale et dans la minitoc +% d'un chapitre щtoilщ: +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{verse} +% \com{chapter*}\verb|{Title of chapter}|\\ +% \com{addstarredchapter}\verb|{Title of chapter}|\\ +% \com{minitoc}\\ +% \com{section*}\verb|{First section}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{First section}|\\ +% \com{section*}\verb|{Second section}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{Second section}| +% \end{verse} +% \or\relax +% \begin{verse} +% \com{chapter*}\verb|{Titre du chapitre}|\\ +% \com{addstarredchapter}\verb|{Titre du chapitre}|\\ +% \com{minitoc}\\ +% \com{section*}\verb|{Premiшre section}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{Premiшre section}|\\ +% \com{section*}\verb|{Seconde section}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{Seconde section}| +% \end{verse} +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There is sometimes a problem with mini-tables when +% you use \com{chapter*} (or \com{section*}): the minitocs +% appear in the wrong chapter. You can add a \com{adjustmtc} +% (or \com{adjuststc} or \com{adjustptc}) command at the end +% of the starred chapter (or section or part) to increment the +% corresponding counter. Do not use commands like \com{stepcounter}\verb|{mtc}| or \com{addtocounter}\verb|{mtc}{...}| +% (which should work, but it is cheating), because the \pack{mtcoff} package (see section~\vref{o+mtcoff}) knows +% what to do about \com{adjustmtc} (and others), but can do +% nothing about \com{stepcounter} or \com{addtocounter}, as they are a standard basic commands +% of \LaTeX, not \upack{minitoc} specific commands. Syntax:\nopagebreak +% \or\relax +% Il y a parfois un problшme avec des mini-tables lorsque vous utilisez \com{chapter*} (ou \com{section*}):\ les +% minitocs apparaissent dans le mauvais chapitre. Vous pouvez ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} (ou +% \com{adjuststc}, ou \com{adjustptc}) р~la fin du chapitre щtoilщ (ou de la section ou partie щtoilщe) pour +% incrщmenter le compteur correspondant. N'utilisez pas de commandes telles que \com{stepcounter}\verb|{mtc}| +% ou \com{addtocounter}\verb|{mtc}{...}| (ceci +% devrait marcher, mais c'est de la triche), parce que le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} (voir la section~\vref{o+mtcoff}) +% sait quoi faire avec \com{adjustmtc} (et autres), mais ne sait pas quoi faire de \com{stepcounter} ou +% \com{addtocounter}, car ce sont des +% commandes \LaTeX{} basiques standard, pas des commandes spщcifiques de \upack{minitoc}. Syntaxe:\nopagebreak +% \fi +% \begin{quote} +% \com{adjustptc}\verb|[|\emph{n}\verb|]|\qquad +% \com{adjustmtc}\verb|[|\emph{n}\verb|]|\qquad +% \com{adjuststc}\verb|[|\emph{n}\verb|]| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% where \emph{n} is the increment (default:~1). +% \or\relax +% o∙ \emph{n} est l'incrщment (dщfaut:~1). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementptc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementstc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementptc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementstc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are similar commands to \emph{decrement} or \emph{increment} by~1 these counters: +% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, +% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, and \com{incrementstc}; +% the same remarks as above apply. These commands have no argument. +% But a more clever way to solve this problem would be using commands similar to: +% \or\relax +% Il y~a des commandes similaires pour \emph{dщcrщmenter} ou \emph{incrщmenter} de~1 ces compteurs: +% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, +% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc} et \com{incrementstc}; +% les mъmes remarques que ci-dessus s'appliquent. Ces commandes n'ont pas d'argument. +% Mais une maniшre plus щlщgante de rщsoudre ce problшme serait d'utiliser des commandes similaires~р: +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]| +% \end{quote} +% This\virage{} command adds an entry in the table of contents (and adjusts the +% counter, because it calls \com{adjustmtc}). The +% table~\vref{t+mtcadd} summarizes these commands, that you put +% \emph{after} \com{chapter*}, etc.\ +% If the optional argument is omitted or empty or blank, no entry will +% be visible in the table of contents nor in the minitocs. +% If the optional argument is something invisible +% (like~\verb|~|, \com{space} or \com{quad}), the result will be strange +% but still logically correct. See also section~\vref{faq.30} for the problems with \com{mtcaddpart}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]| +% \end{quote} +% Cette\virage{} commande ajoute une entrщe dans la table des matiшres (et ajuste le compteur, +% car elle appelle \com{adjustmtc}). +% Le tableau~\vref{t+mtcadd} liste ces commandes, que vous placez \emph{aprшs} \com{chapter*}, etc.\ Si +% l'argument optionnel est omis, ou est vide ou blanc, aucune entrщe ne sera visible dans la table des matiшres ni +% dans les minitocs. Si l'argument optionnel est quelque chose d'invisible (comme~\verb|~|, \com{space} ou \com{quad}), +% le rщsultat sera щtrange mais cependant logiquement correct. Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq.30} pour les +% problшmes avec \com{mtcaddpart}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[th] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Adding an entry in the ToC for +% a starred part, chapter, or section}\label{t+mtcadd} +% \centering +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Level}&% +% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{With title}}\\ +% \midrule +% part&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% chapter&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \thickline +% \textbf{Level}&% +% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{With title}}\\ +% \hline +% part&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% chapter&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% \thickline +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[th] +% \changeskips +% \caption[Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une partie, un chapitre ou une +% section щtoilщs]{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une partie, un chapitre ou une +% section щtoilщs}\label{t+mtcadd} +% \centering +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Niveau}&% +% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{Avec titre}}\\ +% \midrule +% partie&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% chapitre&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \thickline +% \textbf{Niveau}&% +% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{Avec titre}}\\ +% \hline +% partie&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% chapitre&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% \thickline +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Typesetting of the mini-tables} +% The mini-tables are typeset in a \env{verse}-like environment, and can be split over several pages. +% \or\relax +% \section{Composition des mini-tables} +% Les mini-tables sont composщes dans un environnement analogue р~\env{verse}, et donc peuvent s'щtendre sur +% plusieurs pages. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Chapter-level mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Mini-tables au niveau chapitre} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The mini-table of contents is typeset in the \com{mtcfont} +% font, which is \verb|\small\rmfamily| by default. +% In fact, the font \com{mtcfont} is selected at the beginning of a minitoc, minilof or minilot. More +% selective choices are made with the following fonts. +% Section entries are typeset +% in the \com{mtcSfont} font, which is \verb|\small\bfseries| by default. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% La mini-table des matiшres est composщe dans la fonte \com{mtcfont}, qui est +% \verb|\small\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% En fait, la fonte \com{mtcfont} est sщlectionnщe au dщbut d'une minitoc, minilof ou minilot. Des choix +% plus sщlectifs sont faits avec les fontes suivantes. +% Les entrщes de type section sont composщes dans la fonte +% \com{mtcSfont}, qui est \verb|\small\bfseries| par dщfaut. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} +% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mltSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For subsections, subsubsections, paragraphs and subparagraphs, the +% commands \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, +% \com{mtcPfont} and \com{mtcSPfont} are available +% (by default, \verb|\small\rmfamily|) to enable the use of various fonts. Mini lists of figures and tables are +% typeset in the fonts \com{mlffont} and \com{mltfont}, which are \verb|\small\rmfamily| by default. +% There are also \com{mlfSfont} and \com{mltSfont} for sub-figures and sub-tables entries. +% See tables~\vrefrange{t+mtc+f1}{t+mtc+f2}\,\footnote{Thanks to \name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, +% who contributed these tables initially.}. +% \or\relax +% Pour les sous-sections, sous-sous-sections, +% paragraphes et sous-paragraphes, les commandes \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, +% \com{mtcPfont} et \com{mtcSPfont} sont disponibles (par dщfaut, \verb|\small\rmfamily|) pour permettre +% l'utilisation de fontes diverses. Les mini-listes de figures et de tableaux sont composщes dans les fontes +% \com{mlffont} et \com{mltfont}, qui sont \verb|\small\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% Il y a aussi \com{mlfSfont} et \com{mltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tableaux. +% Voir les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+mtc+f1}{t+mtc+f2}\,\footnote{Merci р~\name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, +% qui a fourni ces tableaux initialement.}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note\Virage{} that the default choice of fonts is certainly not perfect and hence it is not definitive. A~symptom of this +% imperfection is the presence of poor alignments in the mini-tables, if bold and non-bold fonts are mixed\,\footnote{This +% appears, e.g., if you are using the Computer Modern Roman (CMR) fonts~\cite{cmt}. +% The symptom disappears if you do not use bold +% CMR fonts or if you use the TX fonts (\pack{txfonts} package~\cite{txfonts}), +% for instance\IfFileExists{txfonts.sty}{, like in this document}{\relax}. See also section~\vref{faq.29}.} +% (the true length of +% \texttt{1em} is not the same for the fonts). This can often be adjusted by changing some fonts.\par +% \or\relax +% Notez\Virage{} que le choix de fontes par dщfaut n'est certainement pas parfait et n'est donc pas dщfinitif. +% Un symptЇme de +% cette imperfection est la prщsence d'alignements imprщcis dans les mini-tables, si des fontes grasses et non-grasses +% sont mщlangщes\,\footnote{Ceci apparaюt notamment si vous utilisez les fontes Computer Modern Roman (CMR)~\cite{cmt}. +% Le symptЇme disparaюt si vous n'utilisez plus de fontes CMR grasses ou si vous utilisez les fontes TX (paquetage +% \pack{txfonts}~\cite{txfonts}), par exemple\IfFileExists{txfonts.sty}{, comme dans ce document}{\relax}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq.29}.} +% (la longueur effective de \texttt{1em} n'est pas la mъme pour ces fontes). +% Ceci peut souvent ъtre corrigщ en changeant quelques fontes. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \footnotesize +% \caption{Fonts and titles for the mini-table commands}\label{t+mtc+f1} +% \centering +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} +% \toprule +% Command +% &\FontDefault{Font}{default setting} +% &\FontDefault{Title string}{default setting} +% &\FontDefault{Title font}{default setting}\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\part...} commands:}\\[1ex] +% \com{parttoc}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\com{normalsize}\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{partlof}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{partlot}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\mini...} commands:\Chap}\\[1ex] +% \com{minitoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{minilof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{minilot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\sect...} commands:\Sec}\\[1ex] +% \com{secttoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with +% \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with +% no \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang default for english; +% changed by the language definition files or +% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{All these fonts use \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape, and \V\mdseries\ by default.} +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} +% \thickline +% Command +% &\FontDefault{Font}{default setting} +% &\FontDefault{Title string}{default setting} +% &\FontDefault{Title font}{default setting}\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\part...} commands:}\\[1ex] +% \com{parttoc}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{partlof}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{partlot}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\mini...} commands:\Chap}\\[1ex] +% \com{minitoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{minilof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{minilot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\sect...} commands:\Sec}\\[1ex] +% \com{secttoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \thickline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with +% \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with +% no \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang default for english; +% changed by the language definition files or +% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{All these fonts use \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape, and \V\mdseries{} by default.} +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \footnotesize +% \caption{Fontes et titres pour les commandes de mini-tables}\label{t+mtc+f1} +% \centering +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} +% \toprule +% Commande +% &\FontDefault{Fonte}{choix par dщfaut} +% &\FontDefault{Chaюne titre}{choix par dщfaut} +% &\FontDefault{Fonte du titre}{choix par dщfaut}\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\part...}:}\\[1ex] +% \com{parttoc}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{partlof}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\com{normalsize}\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{partlot}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\mini...}:\Chap}\\[1ex] +% \com{minitoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{minilof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{minilot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\sect...}:\Sec}\\[1ex] +% \com{secttoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau +% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau +% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang par dщfaut pour l'anglais; +% changщ par les fichiers de dщfinition de langue ou +% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Toutes ces fontes utilisent \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape\ et \V\mdseries\ par dщfaut.} +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} +% \thickline +% Commande +% &\FontDefault{Fonte}{choix par dщfaut} +% &\FontDefault{Chaюne titre}{choix par dщfaut} +% &\FontDefault{Fonte du }{choix par dщfaut}\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\part...}:}\\[1ex] +% \com{parttoc}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{partlof}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{partlot}% +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} +% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\mini...}:\Chap}\\[1ex] +% \com{minitoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{minilof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{minilot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\sect...}:\Sec}\\[1ex] +% \com{secttoc}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlof}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \com{sectlot}% +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} +% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] +% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} +% & +% &\\[1ex] +% \thickline +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau +% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau +% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang par dщfaut pour l'anglais; +% changщ par les fichiers de dщfinition de langue ou +% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ +% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Toutes ces fontes utilisent \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape\ et \V\mdseries\ par dщfaut.} +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \small +% \caption{Fonts for the mini-table entries}\label{t+mtc+f2} +% \centering +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \toprule +% Level&Font&Default setting\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\ +% \Strut +% Chapter\Chap +% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ +% Section +% &\com{ptcSfont} +% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ +% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ +% Subsection +% &\com{ptcSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Subsubsection +% &\com{ptcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Paragraph +% &\com{ptcPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Subparagraph +% &\com{ptcSPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{minitoc} entries:\Chap}\\ +% \Strut +% Section +% &\com{mtcSfont} +% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ +% Subsection +% &\com{mtcSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Subsubsection +% &\com{mtcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Paragraph +% &\com{mtcPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Subparagraph +% &\com{mtcSPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{secttoc} entries:\Sec}\\ +% \Strut +% Subsection +% &\com{stcSSfont} +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ +% Subsubsection +% &\com{stcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Paragraph +% &\com{stcPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Subparagraph +% &\com{stcSPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with \com{chapter} +% level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with no \com{chapter} +% level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \thickline +% Level&Font&Default setting\\ +% \hline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\ +% \Strut +% Chapter\Chap +% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ +% Section +% &\com{ptcSfont} +% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ +% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ +% Subsection +% &\com{ptcSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Subsubsection +% &\com{ptcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Paragraph +% &\com{ptcPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Subparagraph +% &\com{ptcSPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{minitoc} entries:\Chap}\\ +% \Strut +% Section +% &\com{mtcSfont} +% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ +% Subsection +% &\com{mtcSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Subsubsection +% &\com{mtcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Paragraph +% &\com{mtcPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Subparagraph +% &\com{mtcSPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{secttoc} entries:\Sec}\\ +% \Strut +% Subsection +% &\com{stcSSfont} +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ +% Subsubsection +% &\com{stcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Paragraph +% &\com{stcPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Subparagraph +% &\com{stcSPfont} +% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \thickline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with \com{chapter} +% level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with no \com{chapter} +% level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \small +% \caption{Fontes pour les entrщes des mini-tables}\label{t+mtc+f2} +% \centering +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \toprule +% Niveau&Fonte&Choix par dщfaut\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{parttoc}:}\\ +% \Strut +% Chapitre\Chap +% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ +% Section +% &\com{ptcSfont} +% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ +% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ +% Sous-section +% &\com{ptcSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Sous-sous-section +% &\com{ptcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Paragraphe +% &\com{ptcPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Sous-paragraphe +% &\com{ptcSPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{minitoc}:\Chap}\\ +% \Strut +% Section +% &\com{mtcSfont} +% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ +% Sous-section +% &\com{mtcSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Sous-sous-section +% &\com{mtcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Paragraphe +% &\com{mtcPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Sous-paragraphe +% &\com{mtcSPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{secttoc}:\Sec}\\ +% \Strut +% Sous-section +% &\com{stcSSfont} +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ +% Sous-sous-section +% &\com{stcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Paragraphe +% &\com{stcPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Sous-paragraphe +% &\com{stcSPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau \com{chapter} +% (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau \com{chapter} +% (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \thickline +% Niveau&Fonte&Choix par dщfaut\\ +% \hline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{parttoc}:}\\ +% \Strut +% Chapitre\Chap +% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ +% Section +% &\com{ptcSfont} +% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ +% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ +% Sous-section +% &\com{ptcSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Sous-sous-section +% &\com{ptcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Paragraphe +% &\com{ptcPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ +% Sous-paragraphe +% &\com{ptcSPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{minitoc}:\Chap}\\ +% \Strut +% Section +% &\com{mtcSfont} +% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ +% Sous-section +% &\com{mtcSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Sous-sous-section +% &\com{mtcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Paragraphe +% &\com{mtcPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ +% Sous-paragraphe +% &\com{mtcSPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \hline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{secttoc}:\Sec}\\ +% \Strut +% Sous-section +% &\com{stcSSfont} +% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ +% Sous-sous-section +% &\com{stcSSSfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Paragraphe +% &\com{stcPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ +% Sous-paragraphe +% &\com{stcSPfont} +% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] +% \thickline +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau \com{chapter} +% (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau \com{chapter} +% (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% \fi +% ^^A \ifFLP\floatpagestyle{plain}\fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \changeskips +% \caption{Available languages}\label{t+languages} +% \ilopt{afrikaan}% +% \ilopt{afrikaans}% +% \ilopt{albanian}% +% \ilopt{arab}% +% \ilopt{arabic}% +% \ilopt{arab2}% +% \ilopt{arabi}% +% \ilopt{armenian}% +% \ilopt{bahasai}% +% \ilopt{bahasa}% +% \ilopt{indon}% +% \ilopt{indonesian}% +% \ilopt{bahasam}% +% \ilopt{malay}% +% \ilopt{meyalu}% +% \ilopt{bangla}% +% \ilopt{basque}% +% \ilopt{bengali}% +% \ilopt{bicig}% +% \ilopt{uighur}% +% \ilopt{bicig2}% +% \ilopt{uighur2}% +% \ilopt{bicig3}% +% \ilopt{uighur3}% +% \ilopt{bithe}% +% \ilopt{manju}% +% \ilopt{brazil}% +% \ilopt{brazilian}% +% \ilopt{breton}% +% \ilopt{bulgarian}% +% \ilopt{bulgarianb}% +% \ilopt{buryat}% +% \ilopt{buryat2}% +% \ilopt{catalan}% +% \ilopt{chinese1}% +% \ilopt{chinese2}% +% \ilopt{croatian}% +% \ilopt{czech}% +% \ilopt{danish}% +% \ilopt{devanagari}% +% \ilopt{hindi}% +% \ilopt{dutch}% +% \iloptd{english}% +% \ilopt{american}% +% \ilopt{australian}% +% \ilopt{british}% +% \ilopt{canadian}% +% \ilopt{newzealand}% +% \ilopt{UKenglish}% +% \ilopt{USenglish}% +% \ilopt{english1}% +% \ilopt{english2}% +% \ilopt{esperant}% +% \ilopt{esperanto}% +% \ilopt{estonian}% +% \ilopt{ethiopia}% +% \ilopt{ethiopian}% +% \ilopt{ethiopian2}% +% \ilopt{farsi1}% +% \ilopt{farsi2}% +% \ilopt{farsi3}% +% \ilopt{finnish}% +% \ilopt{finnish2}% +% \ilopt{french}% +% \ilopt{frenchb}% +% \ilopt{frenchle}% +% \ilopt{frenchpro}% +% \ilopt{francais}% +% \ilopt{acadien}% +% \ilopt{canadien}% +% \ilopt{french1}% +% \ilopt{french2}% +% \ilopt{galician}% +% \ilopt{german}% +% \ilopt{austrian}% +% \ilopt{germanb}% +% \ilopt{germanb2}% +% \ilopt{greek}% +% \ilopt{greek-mono}% +% \ilopt{greek-polydemo}% +% \ilopt{greek-polykatha}% +% \ilopt{guarani}% +% \ilopt{hangul1}% +% \ilopt{hangul2}% +% \ilopt{hangul3}% +% \ilopt{hangul4}% +% \ilopt{hangul-u8}% +% \ilopt{hanja1}% +% \ilopt{hanja2}% +% \ilopt{hanja-u8}% +% \ilopt{hebrew}% +% \ilopt{hebrew2}% +% \ilopt{hindi-modern}% +% \ilopt{icelandic}% +% \ilopt{interlingua}% +% \ilopt{irish}% +% \ilopt{italian}% +% \ilopt{italian2}% +% \ilopt{japanese}% +% \ilopt{japanese2}% +% \ilopt{japanese3}% +% \ilopt{japanese4}% +% \ilopt{japanese5}% +% \ilopt{japanese6}% +% \ilopt{kannada}% +% \ilopt{latin}% +% \ilopt{latin2}% +% \ilopt{latinc}% +% \ilopt{latinc2}% +% \ilopt{latvian}% +% \ilopt{latvian2}% +% \ilopt{letton}% +% \ilopt{letton2}% +% \ilopt{lithuanian}% +% \ilopt{lithuanian2}% +% \ilopt{lowersorbian}% +% \ilopt{lsorbian}% +% \ilopt{magyar}% +% \ilopt{hungarian}% +% \ilopt{magyar2}% +% \ilopt{magyar3}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-b}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}% +% \ilopt{manju}% +% \ilopt{mexican}% +% \ilopt{mongol}% +% \ilopt{mongolb}% +% \ilopt{mongolian}% +% \ilopt{ngermanb}% +% \ilopt{ngerman}% +% \ilopt{naustrian}% +% \ilopt{ngermanb2}% +% \ilopt{norsk}% +% \ilopt{norsk2}% +% \ilopt{nynorsk}% +% \ilopt{nynorsk2}% +% \ilopt{occitan}% +% \ilopt{occitan2}% +% \ilopt{polish}% +% \ilopt{polish2}% +% \ilopt{polski}% +% \ilopt{portuguese}% +% \ilopt{portuges}% +% \ilopt{romanian}% +% \ilopt{romanian2}% +% \ilopt{romanian3}% +% \ilopt{russian}% +% \ilopt{russianb}% +% \ilopt{russianc}% +% \ilopt{russian2m}% +% \ilopt{russian2o}% +% \ilopt{russian-cca}% +% \ilopt{russian-cca1}% +% \ilopt{russian-lh}% +% \ilopt{russian-lhcyralt}% +% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}% +% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrwin}% +% \ilopt{samin}% +% \ilopt{scottish}% +% \ilopt{serbian}% +% \ilopt{serbianc}% +% \ilopt{slovak}% +% \ilopt{slovene}% +% \ilopt{spanish}% +% \ilopt{castillan}% +% \ilopt{castillian}% +% \ilopt{spanish2}% +% \ilopt{spanish3}% +% \ilopt{spanish4}% +% \ilopt{swahili}% +% \ilopt{swedish}% +% \ilopt{swedish2}% +% \ilopt{thai}% +% \ilopt{turkish}% +% \ilopt{ukrainian}% +% \ilopt{ukraineb}% +% \ilopt{uppersorbian}% +% \ilopt{usorbian}% +% \ilopt{vietnam}% +% \ilopt{vietnamese}% +% \ilopt{welsh}% +% \ilopt{xalx}% +% \ilopt{khalkha}% +% \ilopt{xalx2}% +% \ilopt{xalx3}% +% \centering +% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small +% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing +% \begin{multicols}{4} +% \begin{itemize} +% ^^A \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em +% ^^A \def\labelitemi{--} +% \item afrikaan (afrikaans) +% \item albanian +% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{c}$ +% \item arab2\,$^{a,c}$ +% \item arabi\,$^{c,j}$ +% \item armenian\,$^c$ +% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$ +% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$ +% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$ +% \item basque +% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$ +% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$ +% \item bicig3 (uighur3)\,$^{c,i}$ +% \item bithe (manju)\,$^c$ +% \item brazil (brazilian) +% \item breton +% \item bulgarian\,$^c$ +% \item bulgarianb\,$^c$ +% \item buryat\,$^c$ +% \item buryat2\,$^c$ +% \item catalan +% \item chinese1\,$^{c,g}$ +% \item chinese2\,$^{c,g}$ +% \item croatian +% \item czech +% \item danish +% \item devanagari (hindi)$^c$ +% \item dutch +% \item english$^{\dagger}$ (american, australian, british, canadian, newzealand, UKenglish, USenglish) +% \item english1 +% \item english2 +% \item esperant (esperanto) +% \item estonian +% \item ethiopia (ethiopian)\,$^c$ +% \item ethiopian2\,$^{c,e,h}$ +% \item farsi1\,$^{c,f,g}$ +% \item farsi2\,$^{c,f,g}$ +% \item farsi3\,$^{c,j}$ +% \item finnish +% \item finnish2 +% \item french (frenchb, frenchle, frenchpro, francais, acadien, canadien) +% \item french1 +% \item french2 +% \item galician +% \item german (austrian) +% \item germanb +% \item germanb2 +% \item greek\,$^c$ +% \item greek-mono\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item greek-polydemo\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item greek-polykatha\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item guarani\,$^h$ +% \item hangul1\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul2\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul3\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul4\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ +% \item hanja1\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hanja2\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hanja-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ +% \item hebrew\,$^{c,h}$ +% \item hebrew2\,$^{c,h}$ +% \item hindi-modern\,$^c$ +% \item icelandic\,$^f$ +% \item interlingua +% \item irish +% \item italian +% \item italian2 +% \item japanese\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese2\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese3\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese4\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese5\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese6\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item kannada\,$^c$ +% \item latin +% \item latin2 +% \item latinc +% \item latinc2 +% \item latvian (letton)\,$^e$ +% \item latvian2 (letton2)\,$^c$ +% \item lithuanian +% \item lithuanian2\,$^{c,h}$ +% \item lowersorbian (lsorbian) +% \item magyar (hungarian) +% \item magyar2 +% \item magyar3 +% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$ +% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$ +% \item mexican +% \item mongol\,$^c$ +% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$ +% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian) +% \item ngermanb2 +% \item norsk +% \item norsk2 +% \item nynorsk +% \item nynorsk2 +% \item occitan +% \item occitan2 +% \item polish +% \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item polski\,$^c$ +% \item portuguese (portuges) +% \item romanian +% \item romanian2 +% \item romanian3 +% \item russian\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item russianb\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item russianc\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item russian2m\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item russian2o\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item russian-cca\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-cca1\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lh\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lhcyralt\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lhcyrkoi\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lhcyrwin\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item samin +% \item scottish +% \item serbian +% \item serbianc\,$^c$ +% \item slovak +% \item slovene +% \item spanish (castillan, castillian) +% \item spanish2 +% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$ +% \item spanish4 +% \item swahili +% \item swedish +% \item swedish2 +% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$ +% \item turkish +% \item ukrainian (ukraineb)\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item uppersorbian (usorbian) +% \item vietnam (vietnamese)\,$^{c,d}$ +% \item welsh +% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$ +% \item xalx2\,$^c$ +% \item xalx3\,$^c$ +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \hrule +% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize +% \begin{itemize} +% \item[()]The languages between parentheses are aliases of a main language +% and their \suffix{.mld} files will load the \suffix{.mld} file +% of that main language. +% \item[$^{\dagger}$] The presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory. +% \item[$^a$] The \ulopt{arab(ic)}\ilopt{arab}\ilopt{arabic} and \lopt{arab2} languages require the use of the +% \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}). +% \item[$^b$] The \ulopt{russian} language is not yet supported +% by the \pack{babel} system~\cite{babel,babel-user}, but +% \lopt{russianb}~\cite{russianb} is supported if you use +% babel-3.6 or a higher version; \lopt{russianc} is an extra. Look also at other \suffix{.mld} files for russian. +% \item[$^c$] Some languages may require specific fonts. +% \item[$^d$] Requires the \pack{CJK} package~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% \item[$^e$] Requires \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), the version of \LaTeX\ for Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). +% \item[$^f$] Requires a 8-bits input encoding. +% \item[$^g$] Uses also a \suffix{.mlo} file. +% \item[$^h$] Requires a specific input encoding. +% \item[$^i$] The \lopt{bicig} language is also known as \lopt{uighur}. +% \item[$^j$] The \lopt{arabi} and \lopt{farsi3} languages require the use of the +% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \end{minipage} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{table} +% ^^A \ifDP\else\afterpage{\clearpage}\fi +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \changeskips +% ^^A \vspace*{2\baselineskip} +% \caption{Langues disponibles}\label{t+languages} +% \ilopt{afrikaan}% +% \ilopt{afrikaans}% +% \ilopt{albanian}% +% \ilopt{arab}% +% \ilopt{arabic}% +% \ilopt{arab2}% +% \ilopt{arabi}% +% \ilopt{armenian}% +% \ilopt{bahasai}% +% \ilopt{bahasa}% +% \ilopt{indon}% +% \ilopt{indonesian}% +% \ilopt{bahasam}% +% \ilopt{malay}% +% \ilopt{meyalu}% +% \ilopt{bangla}% +% \ilopt{basque}% +% \ilopt{bengali}% +% \ilopt{bicig}% +% \ilopt{uighur}% +% \ilopt{bicig2}% +% \ilopt{uighur2}% +% \ilopt{bicig3}% +% \ilopt{uighur3}% +% \ilopt{bithe}% +% \ilopt{manju}% +% \ilopt{brazil}% +% \ilopt{brazilian}% +% \ilopt{breton}% +% \ilopt{bulgarian}% +% \ilopt{bulgarianb}% +% \ilopt{buryat}% +% \ilopt{buryat2}% +% \ilopt{catalan}% +% \ilopt{chinese1}% +% \ilopt{chinese2}% +% \ilopt{croatian}% +% \ilopt{czech}% +% \ilopt{danish}% +% \ilopt{devanagari}% +% \ilopt{hindi}% +% \ilopt{dutch}% +% \iloptd{english}% +% \ilopt{american}% +% \ilopt{australian}% +% \ilopt{british}% +% \ilopt{canadian}% +% \ilopt{newzealand}% +% \ilopt{UKenglish}% +% \ilopt{USenglish}% +% \ilopt{english1}% +% \ilopt{english2}% +% \ilopt{esperant}% +% \ilopt{esperanto}% +% \ilopt{estonian}% +% \ilopt{ethiopia}% +% \ilopt{ethiopian}% +% \ilopt{ethiopian2}% +% \ilopt{farsi1}% +% \ilopt{farsi2}% +% \ilopt{farsi3}% +% \ilopt{finnish}% +% \ilopt{finnish2}% +% \ilopt{french}% +% \ilopt{frenchb}% +% \ilopt{frenchle}% +% \ilopt{frenchpro}% +% \ilopt{francais}% +% \ilopt{acadien}% +% \ilopt{canadien}% +% \ilopt{french1}% +% \ilopt{french2}% +% \ilopt{galician}% +% \ilopt{german}% +% \ilopt{austrian}% +% \ilopt{germanb}% +% \ilopt{germanb2}% +% \ilopt{greek}% +% \ilopt{greek-mono}% +% \ilopt{greek-polydemo}% +% \ilopt{greek-polykatha}% +% \ilopt{guarani}% +% \ilopt{hangul1}% +% \ilopt{hangul2}% +% \ilopt{hangul3}% +% \ilopt{hangul4}% +% \ilopt{hangul-u8}% +% \ilopt{hanja1}% +% \ilopt{hanja2}% +% \ilopt{hanja-u8}% +% \ilopt{hebrew}% +% \ilopt{hebrew2}% +% \ilopt{hindi-modern}% +% \ilopt{icelandic}% +% \ilopt{interlingua}% +% \ilopt{irish}% +% \ilopt{italian}% +% \ilopt{italian2}% +% \ilopt{japanese}% +% \ilopt{japanese2}% +% \ilopt{japanese3}% +% \ilopt{japanese4}% +% \ilopt{japanese5}% +% \ilopt{japanese6}% +% \ilopt{kannada}% +% \ilopt{latin}% +% \ilopt{latin2}% +% \ilopt{latinc}% +% \ilopt{latinc2}% +% \ilopt{latvian}% +% \ilopt{latvian2}% +% \ilopt{letton}% +% \ilopt{letton2}% +% \ilopt{lithuanian}% +% \ilopt{lithuanian2}% +% \ilopt{lowersorbian}% +% \ilopt{lsorbian}% +% \ilopt{magyar}% +% \ilopt{hungarian}% +% \ilopt{magyar2}% +% \ilopt{magyar3}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-b}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}% +% \ilopt{manju}% +% \ilopt{mexican}% +% \ilopt{mongol}% +% \ilopt{mongolb}% +% \ilopt{mongolian}% +% \ilopt{ngermanb}% +% \ilopt{ngerman}% +% \ilopt{naustrian}% +% \ilopt{ngermanb2}% +% \ilopt{norsk}% +% \ilopt{norsk2}% +% \ilopt{nynorsk}% +% \ilopt{nynorsk2}% +% \ilopt{occitan}% +% \ilopt{occitan2}% +% \ilopt{polish}% +% \ilopt{polish2}% +% \ilopt{polski}% +% \ilopt{portuguese}% +% \ilopt{portuges}% +% \ilopt{romanian}% +% \ilopt{romanian2}% +% \ilopt{romanian3}% +% \ilopt{russian}% +% \ilopt{russianb}% +% \ilopt{russianc}% +% \ilopt{russian2m}% +% \ilopt{russian2o}% +% \ilopt{russian-cca}% +% \ilopt{russian-cca1}% +% \ilopt{russian-lh}% +% \ilopt{russian-lhcyralt}% +% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}% +% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrwin}% +% \ilopt{samin}% +% \ilopt{scottish}% +% \ilopt{serbian}% +% \ilopt{serbianc}% +% \ilopt{slovak}% +% \ilopt{slovene}% +% \ilopt{spanish}% +% \ilopt{castillan}% +% \ilopt{castillian}% +% \ilopt{spanish2}% +% \ilopt{spanish3}% +% \ilopt{spanish4}% +% \ilopt{swahili}% +% \ilopt{swedish}% +% \ilopt{swedish2}% +% \ilopt{thai}% +% \ilopt{turkish}% +% \ilopt{ukrainian}% +% \ilopt{ukraineb}% +% \ilopt{uppersorbian}% +% \ilopt{usorbian}% +% \ilopt{vietnam}% +% \ilopt{vietnamese}% +% \ilopt{welsh}% +% \ilopt{xalx}% +% \ilopt{khalkha}% +% \ilopt{xalx2}% +% \ilopt{xalx3}% +% \centering +% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small +% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing +% \begin{multicols}{4} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item afrikaan (afrikaans) +% \item albanian +% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{a,c}$ +% \item arab2\,$^{a,c}$ +% \item arabi\,$^{c,j}$ +% \item armenian\,$^c$ +% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$ +% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$ +% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$ +% \item basque +% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$ +% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$ +% \item bicig3 (uighur3)\,$^{c,i}$ +% \item bithe (manju)\,$^c$ +% \item brazil (brazilian) +% \item breton +% \item bulgarian\,$^c$ +% \item bulgarianb\,$^c$ +% \item buryat\,$^c$ +% \item buryat2\,$^c$ +% \item catalan +% \item chinese1\,$^{c,g}$ +% \item chinese2\,$^{c,g}$ +% \item croatian +% \item czech +% \item danish +% \item devanagari (hindi)$^c$ +% \item dutch +% \item english\,$^{\dagger}$ (american, australian, british, canadian, newzealand, UKenglish, USenglish) +% \item english1 +% \item english2 +% \item esperant (esperanto) +% \item estonian +% \item ethiopia (ethiopian)\,$^c$ +% \item ethiopian2\,$^{c,e,h}$ +% \item farsi1\,$^{c,f,g}$ +% \item farsi2\,$^{c,f,g}$ +% \item farsi3\,$^{c,j}$ +% \item finnish +% \item finnish2 +% \item french (frenchb, frenchle, frenchpro, francais, acadien, canadien) +% \item french1 +% \item french2 +% \item galician +% \item german (austrian) +% \item germanb +% \item germanb2 +% \item greek\,$^c$ +% \item greek-mono\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item greek-polydemo\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item greek-polykatha\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item guarani\,$^h$ +% \item hangul1\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul2\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul3\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul4\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hangul-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ +% \item hanja1\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hanja2\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item hanja-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ +% \item hebrew\,$^{c,h}$ +% \item hebrew2\,$^{c,h}$ +% \item hindi-modern\,$^c$ +% \item icelandic\,$^f$ +% \item interlingua +% \item irish +% \item italian +% \item italian2 +% \item japanese\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese2\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese3\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese4\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese5\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item japanese6\,$^{c,d,g}$ +% \item kannada\,$^c$ +% \item latin +% \item latin2 +% \item latinc +% \item latinc2 +% \item latvian (letton)\,$^e$ +% \item latvian2 (letton2)\,$^c$ +% \item lithuanian +% \item lithuanian2\,$^{c,h}$ +% \item lowersorbian (lsorbian) +% \item magyar (hungarian) +% \item magyar2 +% \item magyar3 +% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$ +% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$ +% \item mexican +% \item mongol\,$^c$ +% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$ +% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian) +% \item ngermanb2 +% \item norsk +% \item norsk2 +% \item nynorsk +% \item nynorsk2 +% \item occitan +% \item occitan2 +% \item polish +% \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item polski\,$^c$ +% \item portuguese (portuges) +% \item romanian +% \item romanian2 +% \item romanian3 +% \item russian\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item russianb\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item russianc\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item russian2m\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item russian2o\,$^{c,e}$ +% \item russian-cca\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-cca1\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lh\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lhcyralt\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lhcyrkoi\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item russian-lhcyrwin\,$^{c,g,h}$ +% \item samin +% \item scottish +% \item serbian +% \item serbianc\,$^c$ +% \item slovak +% \item slovene +% \item spanish (castillan, castillian) +% \item spanish2 +% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$ +% \item spanish4 +% \item swahili +% \item swedish +% \item swedish2 +% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$ +% \item turkish +% \item ukrainian (ukraineb)\,$^{b,c}$ +% \item uppersorbian (usorbian) +% \item vietnam (vietnamese)\,$^{c,d}$ +% \item welsh +% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$ +% \item xalx2\,$^c$ +% \item xalx3\,$^c$ +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \hrule +% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize +% \begin{itemize} +% \item[()] Les langues entre parenthшses sont des alias d'une langue principale et leurs fichiers \suffix{.mld} +% chargeront le fichier \suffix{.mld} de celle-ci. +% \item[$^{\dagger}$] La prщsence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire. +% \item[$^a$] Les langues <<~\ulopt{arab(ic)}~>>\ilopt{arab}\ilopt{arabic} et <<~\lopt{arab2}~>> requiшrent l'utilisation du paquetage +% \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}). +% \item[$^b$] La langue <<~\uopt{russian}~╗ n'est pas encore supportщe par le +% systшme \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}, +% mais <<~\lopt{russianb}~>>~\cite{russianb} est supportщe si vous utilisez +% babel-3.6 ou une version supщrieure; <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est un supplщment. Regardez aussi les autres +% fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour le russe. +% \item[$^c$] Certaines langues peuvent requщrir des fontes spщcifiques. +% \item[$^d$] Requiert le paquetage \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% \item[$^e$] Requiert \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). +% \item[$^f$] Requiert un codage en entrщe sur 8~bits. +% \item[$^g$] Utilise aussi un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. +% \item[$^h$] Requiert un codage en entrщe spщcifique. +% \item[$^i$] La langue \lopt{bicig} est aussi connue sous le nom de ouяghour (\emph{\lopt{uighur}}). +% \item[$^j$] Les langues <<~\lopt{arabi}~>> et <<~\lopt{farsi3}~>> requiшrent l'utilisation du paquetage +% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \end{minipage} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% ^^A \vspace*{-2\baselineskip} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% ^^A \ifDP\else\afterpage{\clearpage}\fi +% ^^A \afterpage{\clearpage} +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Titles for chapter-level mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Titres pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Titles are typeset in the \com{mtifont} (\verb|\large\bfseries| by +% default) font and the text strings of the titles are defined by +% \com{mtctitle}, \com{mlftitle} +% and \com{mlttitle}, which +% are the strings ``Contents'', ``Figures'' and ``Tables'' by default. +% These title commands should be redefined by \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} for +% languages other than english. +% +% \lneed{6} +% The language definition files like +% \xfile{french.mld} and \xfile{english.mld} (the suffix +% \suffix{.mld} means ``minitoc language definition (file)'') +% (and many others, see the list in table~\vref{t+languages} and section~\vref{fo+lang}) are available. +% You can easily prepare a similar file for a preferred language (see section~\vref{faq.26}). +% You can change the language of these titles by using the +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}} macro. +% \or\relax +% Les titres sont composщs dans la fonte \com{mtifont} (\verb|\large\bfseries| par dщfaut) et les textes des +% titres sont dщfinis par \com{mtctitle}, \com{mlftitle} et \com{mlttitle}, qui sont les +% chaюnes л~Contents~╗, л~Figures~╗ et л~Tables~╗ par dщfaut. Ces titres devraient ъtre redщfinis +% par \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} pour les langues autres que l'anglais. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Les fichiers de dщfinition de langue tels que \xfile{french.mld} +% et \xfile{english.mld} (le suffixe \suffix{.mld} signifie л~\emph{minitoc language definition +% (file)}~╗) (et bien d'autres, voir la liste dans le tableau~\vref{t+languages} et la section~\vref{fo+lang}) sont +% disponibles. Vous pouvez facilement prщparer un fichier similaire pour votre langue prщfщrщe +% (voir la section~\vref{faq.26}). +% Vous pouvez changer la langue de ces +% titres en utilisant la macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Part-level mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Mini-tables au niveau partie} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcCfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The partial table of contents is typeset in the \com{ptcfont} +% font, which is defined as \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. +% In fact, the font \com{ptcfont} is selected at the beginning of a parttoc, partlof or partlot. More +% selective choices are made with the following fonts. +% Chapter entries are typeset in the \com{ptcCfont} font, +% which is \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| by default. +% Section entries are typeset in the \com{ptcSfont} font, +% which is \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. +% \or\relax +% La table des matiшres au niveau partie est composщe dans la fonte \com{ptcfont}, qui est dщfinie comme +% щtant \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% En fait, la fonte \com{ptcfont} est sщlectionnщe au dщbut d'une parttoc, partlof ou partlot. Des choix +% plus sщlectifs sont faits avec les fontes suivantes. +% Les entrщes de type chapitre sont composщes dans la fonte +% \com{ptcCfont}, qui est \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| par dщfaut. +% Les entrщes de type section sont composщes dans la fonte \com{ptcSfont}, qui est +% \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For subsections, subsubsections, paragraphs and subparagraphs, the +% commands \com{ptcSSfont}, \com{ptcSSSfont}, +% \com{ptcPfont}, and \com{ptcSPfont} are available +% (by default, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) if you +% want to use various fonts. +% \or\relax +% Pour les sous-sections, sous-sous-sections, paragraphes et +% sous-paragraphes, les commandes \com{ptcSSfont}, \com{ptcSSSfont}, \com{ptcPfont} et \com{ptcSPfont} sont +% disponibles (par dщfaut, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) si vous souhaitez utiliser diverses fontes. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macro}{\plffont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Partial lists of figures and tables are +% typeset in the fonts \com{plffont} and \com{pltfont}, which are +% \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. +% There are also \com{plfSfont} and \com{pltSfont} for sub-figures and sub-tables entries. +% \or\relax +% Les listes de figures et de tableaux au niveau partie sont composщes dans les fontes \com{plffont} et \com{pltfont}, qui +% sont \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% Il y a aussi \com{plfSfont} et \com{pltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tableaux. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Titles for part-level mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Titres pour les mini-tables au niveau partie} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Titles are typeset in the \com{ptifont} (\verb|\LARGE\bfseries| by +% default) font and the text strings of the titles are defined by +% \com{ptctitle}, \com{plftitle} +% and \com{plttitle}, which +% are the strings ``Table of Contents'', +% ``List of Figures'' and ``List of Tables'' by default. +% These title commands should be redefined by \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} for +% languages other than english. +% +% \lneed{3} +% The language definition files like +% \xfile{french.mld} and \xfile{english.mld} (and many others; for a complete list, see +% table~\vref{t+languages}) are available. Read also section~\vref{fo+lang}. +% You can easily prepare a similar file for a preferred language (see section~\vref{faq.26}). +% You can change the language of these titles by using the +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}} macro. +% \or\relax +% Les titres sont composщs dans la fonte \com{ptifont} (\verb|\LARGE\bfseries| par dщfaut) et les textes des +% titres sont dщfinis par \com{ptctitle}, \com{plftitle} et \com{plttitle}, qui sont les +% chaюnes л~Table of Contents~╗, л~List of Figures~╗ et л~List of Tables~╗ par dщfaut. +% Ces commandes de titres devraient ъtre redщfinies par \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} +% pour les langues autres que l'anglais. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Des fichiers de dщfinition de langue tels que \xfile{french.mld} et \xfile{english.mld} (et de +% nombreux autres; pour une liste complшte, voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}) sont disponibles. Lire aussi +% la section~\vref{fo+lang}. +% Vous pouvez facilement prщparer un fichier similaire pour votre langue prщfщrщe (voir la section~\vref{faq.26}). +% Vous pouvez changer la langue de ces titres +% en utilisant la macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Section-level mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Mini-tables au niveau section} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The section-level table of contents +% is typeset in the \com{stcfont} +% font, which is defined as \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. +% In fact, the font \com{stcfont} is selected at the beginning of a secttoc, sectlof or sectlot. +% +% More selective choices are made with the following fonts. +% Subsection entries are typeset in the \com{stcSSfont} font, +% which is \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| by default. +% Subsubsection entries are typeset in the \com{stcSSSfont} font, +% which is \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. +% \or\relax +% La table des matiшres au niveau section est composщe dans la fonte \com{stcfont}, qui est dщfinie comme +% щtant \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% En fait, la fonte \com{stcfont} est sщlectionnщe au dщbut d'une secttoc, sectlof ou sectlot. +% +% Des choix plus sщlectifs sont faits avec les fontes suivantes. +% Les entrщes de sous-section sont composщes dans la fonte \com{stcSSfont}, qui est +% \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| par dщfaut. +% Les entrщes de sous-sous-section sont composщes dans la fonte \com{stcSSSfont}, qui est +% \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\stcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\slffont} +% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\slfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\sltSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For paragraphs and subparagraphs, the +% commands \com{stcPfont} and \com{stcSPfont} +% are available (by default, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) if you +% want to use various fonts. Section-level lists of figures and tables are +% typeset in the fonts \com{slffont} and \com{sltfont}, which are +% defined as \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. +% There are also \com{slfSfont} and \com{sltSfont} for sub-figures and sub-tables entries. +% \or\relax +% Pour les paragraphes et sous-paragraphes, les commandes \com{stcPfont} et \com{stcSPfont} sont disponibles +% (par dщfaut, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) si vous dщsirez utiliser diverses fontes. Les listes de figures et de +% tableaux au niveau section sont composщes dans les fontes \com{slffont} et \com{sltfont}, qui sont dщfinies +% comme щtant \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. +% Il y a aussi \com{slfSfont} et \com{sltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tableaux. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Titles for section-level mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Titres pour les mini-tables au niveau section} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\stifont} +% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Titles are typeset in the \com{stifont} (\verb|\normalsize\bfseries| by +% default) font and the text strings of the titles are defined by +% \com{stctitle}, \com{slftitle} +% and \com{slttitle}, which are the strings ``Contents'', ``Figures'' and ``Tables'' by default. +% These title commands should be redefined by \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} for +% languages other than english. +% +% \lneed{3} +% The language definition files like \xfile{french.mld} and \xfile{english.mld} (and also many others, as listed in +% table~\vref{t+languages} and explained in section~\vref{fo+lang}) are available. +% You can easily prepare a similar file for your preferred language (see section~\vref{faq.26}). +% You can change the language of these titles by using the +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}} macro. +% \or\relax +% Les titres sont composщs dans la fonte \com{stifont} (\verb|\normalsize\bfseries| par dщfaut) et les textes des +% titres sont dщfinis par \com{stctitle}, \com{slftitle} et \com{slttitle}, qui sont les +% chaюnes л~Contents~╗, л~Figures~╗ et л~Tables~╗ par dщfaut. +% Ces commandes de titres devraient ъtre redщfinies par \com{renewcommand} ou \com{mtcsettitle} +% pour les langues autres que l'anglais. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Des fichiers de dщfinition de langue tels que \xfile{french.mld} et \xfile{english.mld} (et de +% nombreux autres, voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages} et la section~\vref{fo+lang}) sont disponibles. Vous pouvez +% facilement prщparer un fichier similaire pour votre langue prщfщrщe (voir la section~\vref{faq.26}). +% Vous pouvez changer la langue de ces titres +% en utilisant la macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Position of the titles} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Position des titres} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{For mini-tables at the part level} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Pour les mini-tables au niveau partie} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, titles are on the left. The preparation commands \com{doparttoc}, +% \com{dopartlof} and \com{dopartlot} accept an optional argument +% to change the default position of the +% corresponding title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, +% \texttt{[r]} for right, or \texttt{[e]} (or \texttt{[n]}) for empty (no title). +% The change is global for all the document. +% If you want to change the position of the title for only one parttoc +% (or partlof or partlof), just use such an optional argument with the +% command \com{parttoc} (or \com{partlof} or \com{partlot}). +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les titres sont cadrщs р~gauche. Les commandes de prщparation \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof} et +% \com{dopartlot} acceptent un argument optionnel pour changer la position par dщfaut du titre correspondant: +% \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, ou \texttt{[e]} (ou +% \texttt{[n]}) pour vide (pas de titre). La modification est globale pour le document. +% Si vous souhaitez changer la position du titre pour une seule parttoc (ou partlof ou partlot), il vous suffit +% d'utiliser un tel argument optionnel avec la commande +% \com{parttoc} (ou \com{partlof} ou \com{partlot}). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{For mini-tables at the chapter level} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, titles are on the left. The preparation commands \com{dominitoc}, +% \com{dominilof} and \com{dominilot} accept an optional argument +% to change the default position of the +% corresponding title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, +% \texttt{[r]} for right, or \texttt{[e]} (or \texttt{[n]}) for ``empty'' (``no'' title). +% The change is global for all the document. +% If you want to change the position of the title for only one minitoc +% (or minilof or minilof), just use such an optional argument with the +% command \com{minitoc} (or \com{minilof} or +% \com{minilot}). +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les titres sont cadrщs р~gauche. Les commandes de prщparation \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} et +% \com{dominilot} acceptent un argument optionnel pour changer la position par dщfaut du titre correspondant: +% \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, ou \texttt{[e]} (ou +% \texttt{[n]}) pour vide (pas de titre). La modification est globale pour le document. +% Si vous souhaitez changer la position du titre pour une seule minitoc (ou minilof ou minilot), il vous suffit +% d'utiliser un tel argument optionnel avec la commande +% \com{minitoc} (ou \com{minilof} ou \com{minilot}). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{For mini-tables at the section level} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Pour les mini-tables au niveau section} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, titles are on the left. The preparation commands \com{dosecttoc}, +% \com{dosectlof} and \com{dosectlot} accept +% an optional argument to change the default position of the +% corresponding title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, +% \texttt{[r]} for right, or \texttt{[e]} (or \texttt{[n]}) for empty (no title). +% The change is global for all the document. +% If you want to change the position of the title for only one secttoc +% (or sectlof or sectlof), just use such an optional argument with the +% command \com{secttoc} (or \com{sectlof} or +% \com{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les titres sont cadrщs р~gauche. Les commandes de prщparation \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof} et +% \com{dosectlot} acceptent un argument optionnel pour changer la position par dщfaut du titre correspondant: +% \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, ou \texttt{[e]} (ou +% \texttt{[n]}) pour vide (pas de titre). La modification est globale pour le document. +% Si vous souhaitez changer la position du titre pour une seule secttoc (ou sectlof ou sectlot), il vous suffit +% d'utiliser un tel argument optionnel avec la commande +% \com{secttoc} (ou \com{sectlof} ou \com{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Summary of the positionning of titles} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Rщsumщ du positionnement des titres} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To summarize: by default, all titles are on the left. However, each one of the +% following preparation commands: +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} +% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},\\ +% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},\\ +% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},\\ +% \com{mtcprepare}\\ +% \end{tabular}\par\noindent +% accepts an optional argument to change the positionning of the +% title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, +% \texttt{[r]} for right, \texttt{[e]} or \texttt{[n]} for empty (no +% title), for all the corresponding mini-tables (for all mini-tables in the case of \com{mtcprepare}). +% \or\relax +% Pour rщsumer, par dщfaut, tous les titres sont sur la gauche. Cependant, chacune des commandes de prщparation +% suivantes: +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} +% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},\\ +% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},\\ +% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},\\ +% \com{mtcprepare}\\ +% \end{tabular}\par\noindent +% accepte un argument optionnel pour modifier le positionnement du titre: \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), +% \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, \texttt{[e]} ou \texttt{[n]} pour vide (pas de +% titre), pour toutes les mini-tables correspondantes (de toutes les mini-tables dans le cas de +% \com{mtcprepare}). +% \fi +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The following insertion commands: +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} +% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ +% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ +% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot} +% \end{tabular}\par\noindent +% accept the same optional arguments, but these options change the +% positionning only for the title of the current mini-table. +% \or\relax +% Les commandes d'insertion suivantes: +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} +% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ +% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ +% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot} +% \end{tabular}\par\noindent +% acceptent les mъmes arguments optionnels, mais ces options changent le positionnement seulement pour le +% titre de la mini-table courante. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Line spacing in the mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Espacement des lignes dans les mini-tables} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\tightmtctrue} +% \begin{macro}{\tightmtcfalse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% With the commands \com{tightmtctrue} (or the \opt{tight} +% package option) and \com{tightmtcfalse} (or the \optd{loose} +% package option, which is the default), the mini-tables will have less (tight) or more (loose) space +% between contents lines. +% \or\relax +% Avec les commandes \com{tightmtctrue} (ou l'option de paquetage \opt{tight}) et +% \com{tightmtcfalse} (ou l'option de paquetage \optd{loose}, qui est le choix par dщfaut), les +% mini-tables auront moins (\emph{tight}) ou plus (\emph{loose}) d'espacement entre les lignes de leurs entrщes. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\parsep} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But\imess{I0043} with the \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (\class{scrartcl}, +% \class{scrbook} and \class{scrreprt}), it may sometimes be necessary +% to use the following options or commands, because we need to set \com{parskip} to zero in place of +% \com{parsep} to tighten the mini-table. The efficiency of the following options depends on the options given +% to these \KOMAScript{} classes (\optp{parindent}{KOMA-Script} option, \optp{parskip}{KOMA-Script} option and variants). +% \or\relax +% Mais\imess{I0043} avec les classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (\class{scrartcl}, +% \class{scrbook} et \class{scrreprt}), il peut ъtre +% nщcessaire d'utiliser les options ou commandes suivantes, car il nous faut forcer р~zщro \com{parskip} au lieu +% de \com{parsep} pour resserrer la mini-table. L'efficacitщ des options ci-dessous dщpend des options donnщes +% р~ces classes \KOMAScript{} (options \optp{parindent}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{parskip}{KOMA-Script} et variantes). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ktightmtctrue} +% \begin{macro}{\ktightmtcfalse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \KOMAScript{} classes, with the commands \com{ktightmtctrue} (or the \opt{k-tight} +% package option) and \com{ktightmtcfalse} (or the \optd{k-loose} +% package option, which is the default), the mini-tables will have less (tight) or more (loose) space +% between contents lines. +% \or\relax +% Pour les classes \KOMAScript, avec les commandes \com{ktightmtctrue} (ou l'option de +% paquetage \opt{k-tight}) et +% \com{ktightmtcfalse} (ou l'option de paquetage \optd{k-loose}, qui est le choix par dщfaut), les +% mini-tables auront moins (\emph{tight}) ou plus (\emph{loose}) d'espacement entre les lignes de leurs entrщes. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Simplified commands for fonts}\label{s+simp-font-commands} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Commandes simplifiщes pour les fontes}\label{s+simp-font-commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To simplify the redefinition of the fonts for mini-tables, there are two +% useful commands: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{sectionning-level}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}|\\ +% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{5} +% For instance, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minitoc}{subsection}%|\\ +% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minilof}{subfigure}%|\\ +% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| +% \end{quote} +% will redefine \com{mtcSSfont} and \com{mlfSfont} with the given font commands. +% +% Note that \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}| allows also to redefine \com{ptcfont}, etc. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Moreover, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{parttoc}{\Large\rmfamily\itshape\mdseries}| +% \end{quote} +% will redefine \com{ptifont} (for titles in the parttocs, partlofs and partlofs) with the given font commands. +% \or\relax +% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des fontes des mini-tables, il y~a deux commandes utiles: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{niveau-sectionnement}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}|\\ +% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{5} +% Par exemple: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minitoc}{subsection}%|\\ +% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minilof}{subfigure}%|\\ +% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| +% \end{quote} +% redщfinira \com{mtcSSfont} et \com{mlfSfont} avec les commandes de fontes donnщes. +% +% Notez que \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}| permet aussi de redщfinir \com{ptcfont}, etc. +% +% \lneed{5} +% De plus, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{parttoc}{\Large\rmfamily\itshape\mdseries}| +% \end{quote} +% redщfinira \com{ptifont} (pour les titres dans les parttocs, partlofs et partlofs) avec les commandes de fontes +% donnщes. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Simplified command for mini-table titles} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Commande simplifiщe pour les titres des mini-tables} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To simplify the redefinition of the titles for mini-tables, the +% \com{mtcsettitle} command is also available: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{title string}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{5} +% For instance, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{minitoc}{Description of contents}| +% \end{quote} +% will redefine \com{mtctitle} with the given string. This command checks that you redefine a title for a +% mini-table type available in your document class. +% \or\relax +% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des titres des mini-tables, la commande +% \com{mtcsettitle} est aussi disponible: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{chaюne titre}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{5} +% Par exemple, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{minitoc}{Description du contenu}| +% \end{quote} +% redщfinira \com{mtctitle} avec la chaюne donnщe. Cette commande vщrifie que vous redщfinissez un titre pour un +% type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Simplified command for mini-table depths} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Commande simplifiщe pour les profondeurs des mini-tables} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To simplify the redefinition of the depths for mini-tables, the +% \com{mtcsetdepth} command is also available: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{depth}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% For instance, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{minitoc}{4}| +% \end{quote} +% will set the counter \dcnt{minitocdepth} with the given value. This command checks that you set a depth for a +% mini-table type available in your document class (and that it is possible to change its depth). +% \or\relax +% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des profondeurs des mini-tables, vous disposez de la commande +% \com{mtcsetdepth}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{profondeur}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% Par exemple: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{minitoc}{4}| +% \end{quote} +% forcera le compteur \dcnt{minitocdepth}~la valeur donnщe. Cette commande vщrifie que vous forcez une profondeur +% pour un type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document (et qu'il est possible de changer sa +% profondeur). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Simplified command for mini-table offsets} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Commande simplifiщe pour les dщplacements des mini-tables} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To simplify the redefinition of the offsets for mini-tables, the +% \com{mtcsetoffset} command is also available: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{offset}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{3} +% For instance, +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}| +% \end{quote} +% will set the macro \com{mtcoffset} to the given value. This command checks that you set a offset for a +% mini-table type available in your document class (and that it is possible to change its offset). +% \or\relax +% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des dщplacements des mini-tables, vous disposez de la commande +% \com{mtcsetoffset}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{dщplacement}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{3} +% Par exemple: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}| +% \end{quote} +% forcera la macro \com{mtcoffset} р~la valeur donnщe. Cette commande vщrifie que vous forcez un dщplacement +% pour un type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document (et qu'il est possible de changer son +% dщplacement). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \noindent +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \textbf{NOTE:}\Virage{} the argument of \com{mtcsetoffset} is \emph{not} verified. It must be a length value, +% without shrink nor stretch part. A positive offset is towards the right, a negative one towards the left. +% \or\relax +% \textbf{NOTE:}\Virage{} l'argument de \com{mtcsetoffset} \emph{n'est pas} vщrifiщ. Ce doit ъtre une valeur de +% longueur, sans partie compressible ou extensible. Un dщplacement positif se fait vers la droite, un dщplacement +% nщgatif se fait vers la gauche. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Polymorphic entries in the mini-tables}\label{ss+polym}\index{polymorphic entry} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Entrщes polymorphes dans les mini-tables}\label{ss+polym}\index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The title of a sectionning command can appear in several places: +% a)~at the beginning of the section, of the chapter or of the part; +% b)~in the page header; +% c)~in the main TOC; +% d)~in the minitoc of the chapter (for a section title or lower); +% e)~in the parttoc of the part (for a chapter title or lower). +% A sectionning command has two arguments: an optionnal one, \textsl{OA}, and a mandatory one, \textsl{MA}, like in: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\section[|\textsl{OA}\verb|]{|\textsl{MA}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% \textsl{OA} is taken as \textsl{MA} if omitted. Normaly, \textsl{OA} is used in the TOC and in the minitables, as in +% the page headers when necessary. \textsl{MA} is used as title for the sectionning unit and is the default for +% \textsl{OA}. But, some times, you may need to have a different version (a~variant) for a sectionning unit title +% in a minitable. So, it is now possible to define such variants by detecting if that title is used inside some +% minitable: the following flags are defined (when meaningful): +% \begin{center} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Level}&\textbf{Flag:}&\textbf{for tocs,}&\textbf{for lofs,}&\textbf{for lots.}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Part}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Chapter}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{center} +% But these flags are used to build three new commands, to be called from inside the optionnal argument +% (\textsl{OA}) of a +% sectionning command or that of a caption: +% \begin{center} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{From \textsl{OA} of}:&\textbf{Command}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ +% \midrule +% sect. command&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ +% figure caption&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ +% table caption&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{center} +% Such entries are ``polymorphic''. +% See the example~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}, for a short demonstration. +% \or\relax +% Le titre d'une commande se sectionnement peut apparaюtre en plusieurs endroits: +% a)~au dщbut de la section, du chapitre ou de la partie; +% b)~dans l'en-tъte de page; +% c)~dans la table des matiшres principale; +% d)~dans la minitoc du chapitre (pour un titre de section ou infщrieur); +% e)~dans la parttoc de la partie pour un titre de chapitre ou infщrieur). +% Une commande de sectionnement a deux arguments: un facultatif, \textsl{AF}, et un obligatoire, \textsl{AO}, comme dans: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\section[|\textsl{AF}\verb|]{|\textsl{AO}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% \textsl{AF} est pris щgal р~\textsl{AO} si omis. Normalement, \textsl{AF} est utilisщ dans la table des +% matiшres principale et dans les minitables, ainsi que dans les en-tъtes de page si nщcessaire. +% \textsl{AO} est utilisщ comme titre de l'unitщ de sectionnement est la valeur par dщfaut pour~\textsl{OA}. +% Mais, parfois, vous pouvez vouloir une version diffщrente (une variante) comme titre d'unitщ de +% sectionnement dans une minitable. Donc, il est maintenant possible de dщfinir de telles variantes en dщtectant +% si ce titre est utilisщ р~l'intщrieur d'une minitable: les indicateurs suivants sont dщfinis (lorsqu'ils ont un sens): +% \begin{center} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Niveau}&\textbf{Indicateur:}&\textbf{pour TdMs,}&\textbf{pour~LdFs,}&\textbf{pour~LdTs.}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Partie}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Chapitre}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{center} +% Mais ces indicateurs sont utilisщs pour construire trois nouvelles commandes, devant ъtre appelщes depuis +% l'intщrieur de l'argument optionnel +% (\textsl{AO}) d'une commande de sectionnement ou de celui d'un caption: +% \begin{center} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Depuis l'\textsl{AO} de}:&\textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ +% \midrule +% commande sect.&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ +% caption figure&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ +% caption table&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{center} +% De telles entrщes sont dites л~polymorphes~╗. +% Voir l'exemple~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}, pour une courte dщmonstration. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Languages for the titles}\label{fo+lang} +% Most of the strings defined in the language definition files (\suffix{.mld}) were taken from the +% superb \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} of \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, +% some were adapted, others were made available by gentle users +% or taken from specific packages, like \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, +% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, +% \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} (armenian)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex}, +% \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (spanish)~\cite{spanish4}. +% \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, +% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, +% \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, +% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} (mongol)~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, \pack{CJK} (chinese, +% korean-hang√l/hanja, japanese, thai)~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, +% \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl} (polish), +% \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex} (swedish), +% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} (farsi or iranian), or \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} +% --- latvian (letton), +% \lopt{greek-mono}, \lopt{greek-polydemo}, \lopt{greek-polykatha}, \lopt{polish2}, \lopt{russian2m}, \lopt{russian2o} and \lopt{spanish3} +% need \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), i.e.,~the Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) version of \LaTeX, (see~\cite{antomega}), +% or even found by searching on the Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} for upper cyrillic bulgarian, +% \xfile{japanese.mld} for japanese, \xfile{serbianc.mld} for cyrillic serbian). +% Other languages are welcome\,\footnote{I~am searching for the titles in corsican, in +% particular.}. See table~\vref{t+languages}. +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Langues pour les titres}\label{fo+lang} +% La plupart des chaюnes dщfinies dans les fichiers de dщfinition de langue (\suffix{.mld}) ont щtщ prises +% dans le superbe paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, certaines ont щtщ adaptщes, +% d'autres ont щtщ mises р~disposition par d'aimables utilisateurs ou prises dans des paquetages spщcifiques, tels +% que \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} +% (armщnien)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bтnglт, bengalю)~\cite{bangtex}, +% \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (espagnol)~\cite{spanish4}. +% \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} pour \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, +% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and +% \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} (mongol)~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, \pack{CJK} (chinois, +% corщen-hang√l/hanja, japonais, thaя)~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, +% \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl} (polonais), +% \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex} (suщdois), +% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} (farsi ou iranien) +% \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} --- le latvien (letton), des variantes de grec +% (\lopt{greek-mono}, \lopt{greek-polydemo}, \lopt{greek-polykatha}), de polonais (\lopt{polish2}), de russe (\lopt{russian2m}, \lopt{russian2o}) et +% d'espagnol (\lopt{spanish3}) ont besoin +% de \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), c'est-р-dire de la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$), +% (voir~\cite{antomega}), --- ou ont mъme щtщ trouvщes en +% cherchant sur le Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} pour le haut bulgare cyrillique, \xfile{japanese.mld} pour le +% japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues\,\footnote{Je recherche +% notamment les titres pour le corse (\emph{corsican}).}. +% Voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But\Virage{} for some oriental languages\,\footnote{Mainly for chinese, farsi, hang√l (korean), hanja (korean), japanese, +% \lopt{malayalam-omega}, thai and some variants of russian.}, the sources of the titles use some exotic encodings which +% are difficult to manipulate in a +% \suffix{.dtx} file, hence the \suffix{.mld} file is then just a wrapper which loads a special file, +% nicknamed a \suffix{.mlo} +% file\,\footnote{The extension \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}.}, not generated by the +% \suffix{.dtx} file in the current version of \upack{minitoc} package, but via \env{filecontents} +% environments in the \xfile{minitoc.ins} file, and playing with the ``catcode'' of +% the ``delete'' character. +% \or\relax +% Mais\Virage{} pour certaines langues orientales\,\footnote{Principalement pour le chinois, le farsi, le corщen (hang√l et +% hanja), le japonais, le \lopt{malayalam-omega}, le thaя et certaines variantes du russe.}, les sources des titres +% utilisent quelques +% codages exotiques qu'il est difficile de manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}, donc le fichier \suffix{.mld} est alors +% un simple emballage qui charge un fichier spщcial, surnommщ fichier \suffix{.mlo}\,\footnote{Le +% suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object} (objet de langue pour minitoc).}, qui n'est pas +% engendrщ par le fichier \suffix{.dtx} dans la version actuelle du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, mais via des +% environnements \env{filecontents} dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins}, +% et en jouant sur le л~catcode~╗ du caractшre л~delete~╗. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Altering the layout of the mini-tables}\label{s+alt+layout} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Modifier la mise en page des mini-tables}\label{s+alt+layout} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The layout of a mini-table is described in the figure~\vref{fig+ltoc} (this figure is adapted from~\cite{tocloft}), +% which defines some internal commands (these are not \emph{dimensions}, but \LaTeX{} commands, created by +% \com{newcommand}, modifiable via \com{renewcommand}). +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \relax\com{@dotsep}, which is the separation between the dots in the dotted line. It is a pure number +% expressing \emph{math units}; 18~math units make \texttt{1em} (one quad), which is about the width of a~``m'' +% in the current font. As the real size of \texttt{1em} is font dependent, the separation between the dots +% may vary if you use different fonts for different types of entries in the mini-tables. +% \item \relax\com{@pnumwidth}, is the width of the space reserved for the page number. It is a \LaTeX\ command +% containing the representation of a length (e.g.,~\texttt{1.55em}). +% \item \relax\com{@tocrmarg}, is the distance (margin) between the right border of the table and the end of the +% dotted line. It should be larger than \com{@pnumwidth}, and can be a rubber length (i.e.,~contain +% some glue, like \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil}); if you specify the ``\texttt{...~plus~1fil}'' portion, +% the text of the entry will be ragged on right; it is useful if you have long entries, and it can avoid +% most hyphenations. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% La mise en page est dщcrite dans la figure~\vref{fig+ltoc} (cette figure a щtщ adaptщe de~\cite{tocloft}), qui +% dщfinit certaines commandes internes (ce ne sont pas des \emph{dimensions}, mais des commandes \LaTeX, crщes par +% \com{newcommand}, modifiables via \com{renewcommand}). +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \relax\com{@dotsep}, qui est la sщparation entre les points de conduite dans une ligne de points. C'est un +% nombre pur exprimant des \emph{unitщs mathщmatiques}; 18~unitщs mathщmatiques font \texttt{1em} (un +% cadratin), qui est р~peu prшs la largeur d'un~л~m~╗ dans la fonte courante. Comme la taille effective de +% \texttt{1em} dщpend de la fonte, la sщparation entre les points peut varier si vous utilisez des fontes +% diffщrentes pour des types diffщrents d'entrщes dans les mini-tables. +% \item \relax\com{@pnumwidth}, qui est la largeur de l'espace rщservщ pour le numщro de page. C'est une commande +% \LaTeX\ contenant la reprщsentation d'une longueur (par~ex., \texttt{1.55em}). +% \item \relax\com{@tocrmarg}, est la distance (marge) entre le bord droit de la table et la fin de la ligne de +% points de conduite. Elle devrait ъtre plus grande que \com{@pnumwidth}, et peut ъtre une longueur +% щlastique (c'est-р-dire contenir de la glu, comme \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil}); si vous spщcifiez la +% portion л~\texttt{...~plus~1fil}~╗, le texte de l'entrщe sera en dщchiquetщ sur la droite; ceci est utile si +% vous avez des entrщes longues, et peut щviter la plupart des coupures de mots. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \newcommand{\maxx}{120} ^^A picture width +% \newcommand{\maxxm}{118} ^^A \maxx - 2\ +% \newcommand{\maxy}{55} ^^A picture height +% \newcommand{\maxym}{53} ^^A \maxy - 2 +% \newcommand{\maxyp}{57} ^^A \maxy + 2 +% \newcommand{\findent}{20} ^^A indent +% \newcommand{\findentp}{22} ^^A \findent + 2 +% \newcommand{\fnumwidth}{10} ^^A numwidth +% \newcommand{\ftocrmarg}{30} ^^A \@tocrmarg +% \newcommand{\fpnumwidth}{20} ^^A \@pnumwidth +% \newcommand{\fipn}{30} ^^A \findent + \fnumwidth +% \newcommand{\frmarg}{90} ^^A \maxx - \ftocrmarg +% \newcommand{\frnum}{100} ^^A \maxx - \fpnumwidth +% \newcommand{\fyi}{10} ^^A 1st y height +% \newcommand{\fyim}{8} ^^A \fyi - 2 +% \newcommand{\fyii}{20} ^^A 2nd y height +% \newcommand{\fyiii}{25} ^^A 3rd y height +% \newcommand{\fyiv}{30} ^^A 4th y height +% \newcommand{\fyv}{40} ^^A 5th y height +% \newcommand{\fyvp}{42} ^^A \fyv + 2 +% \newcommand{\flin}{4} ^^A length of leader lines +% \newcommand{\frmargm}{89} ^^A \frmarg (90) - a little bit +% \begin{figure}[tp] +% \centering +% \setlength{\unitlength}{\linewidth} +% \divide \unitlength by \maxx +% \icom{mtcindent}\icom{@pnumwidth}\icom{@tocrmarg}\icom{numwidth}\icom{@dotsep}% +% \icom{linewidth}\icom{mtcindent}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{picture}(\maxx,\maxyp) +% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} +% \put(\maxx,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} +% \put(0,\maxy){\vector(1,0){\maxx}} +% \put(2,\maxym){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{\bs linewidth-2\bs mtcindent}}} +% \put(\maxx,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\fpnumwidth}} +% \put(\maxxm,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @pnumwidth}}} +% \put(\frnum,\fyi){\line(0,1){\flin}} +% \put(\maxx,\fyv){\vector(-1,0){\ftocrmarg}} +% \put(\maxxm,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{\bs @tocrmarg}}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} +% \put(0,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\findent}} +% \put(2,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{indent}}} +% \put(\findent,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} +% \put(\findent,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\fnumwidth}} +% \put(\findentp,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{numwidth}}} +% \put(\fipn,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} +% \put(\maxx,\fyii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{487}} +% \put(\fipn,\fyii){title end} +% \put(\fipn,\fyiii){continue\ldots} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyiii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ title}} +% \put(\findent,\fyiv){\textbf{3.5}} +% \put(\fipn,\fyiv){Heading\ldots} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyiv){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ title}} +% \multiput(\frmargm,\fyii)(-\flin,0){12}{.} +% \multiput(\frmarg,\fyi)(-\flin,0){2}{\line(0,1){\flin}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\flin}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(1,0){0}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @dotsep}}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption{Layout of a ToC (LoF, LoT) entry}\label{fig+ltoc} +% \or\relax +% \begin{picture}(\maxx,\maxyp) +% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} +% \put(\maxx,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} +% \put(0,\maxy){\vector(1,0){\maxx}} +% \put(2,\maxym){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{\bs linewidth-2\bs mtcindent}}} +% \put(\maxx,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\fpnumwidth}} +% \put(\maxxm,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @pnumwidth}}} +% \put(\frnum,\fyi){\line(0,1){\flin}} +% \put(\maxx,\fyv){\vector(-1,0){\ftocrmarg}} +% \put(\maxxm,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{\bs @tocrmarg}}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} +% \put(0,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\findent}} +% \put(2,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{indent}}} +% \put(\findent,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} +% \put(\findent,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\fnumwidth}} +% \put(\findentp,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{numwidth}}} +% \put(\fipn,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} +% \put(\maxx,\fyii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{487}} +% \put(\fipn,\fyii){fin du titre} +% \put(\fipn,\fyiii){suite\ldots} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyiii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ titre}} +% \put(\findent,\fyiv){\textbf{3.5}} +% \put(\fipn,\fyiv){En-tъte\ldots} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyiv){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ titre}} +% \multiput(\frmargm,\fyii)(-\flin,0){12}{.} +% \multiput(\frmarg,\fyi)(-\flin,0){2}{\line(0,1){\flin}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\flin}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(1,0){0}} +% \put(\frmarg,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @dotsep}}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption{Mise en page d'une entrщe dans une table des matiшres (liste des figures, liste des tableaux)}\label{fig+ltoc} +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As these commands are internal (their names contain the ``\texttt{@}'' character) and must have a local effect only +% on the specified kinds of mini-tables, you should alter them indirectly via the \com{mtcsetformat} command: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{parameter}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% where \emph{mini-table} is one of the \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, +% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} or \texttt{sectlot} keywords; \emph{parameter} is +% one of the \texttt{dotinterval} (for \com{@dotsep}), \texttt{pagenumwidth} (for \com{@pnumwidth}), or +% \texttt{tocrightmargin} (for \com{@tocrmarg}) keywords; so: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}| +% \end{quote} +% will set the right margin to \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} in the lists of tables at the part level. The elasticity +% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) is useful if the table captions are long (it prevents most hyphenations). +% \or\relax +% Puisque ces commandes sont internes (leurs noms contiennent le caractшre л~\texttt{@}~╗) et doivent avoir un +% effet local seulement sur les types spщcifiщs de mini-tables, vous devriez les modifier indirectement via la commande +% \com{mtcsetformat}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{paramшtre}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, +% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}; \emph{paramшtre} est +% l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{dotinterval} (pour \com{@dotsep}), \texttt{pagenumwidth} (pour \com{@pnumwidth}) +% ou \texttt{tocrightmargin} (pour \com{@tocrmarg}); ainsi: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}| +% \end{quote} +% щtablira la marge de droite р~\texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} dans la liste des tableaux au niveau partie. L'щlasticitщ +% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) est utile si les captions des tableaux sont longs (elle щvite bien des coupures de mots). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note that the \texttt{tocrightmargin} (for \com{@tocrmarg}) parameter should obviously be greater than the +% \texttt{pagenumwidth} parameter (this appears in the figure~\vref{fig+ltoc}). +% +% If the \texttt{dotinterval} parameter (for \com{@dotsep}) is large enough (try 450, then increase or decrease), +% the dots of leaders will be so much spread out that they will disappear. +% \or\relax +% Notez que le paramшtre \texttt{tocrightmargin} (pour \com{@tocrmarg}) devrait manifestement ъtre plus grand que +% le paramшtre \texttt{pagenumwidth} (ceci est visible dans la figure~\vref{fig+ltoc}). +% +% Si le paramшtre \texttt{dotinterval} (pour \com{@dotsep}) est suffisamment grand (essayez 450, puis augmentez ou +% diminuez), les points de conduite seront tellement espacщs qu'ils disparaюtront. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Horizontal rules}\label{t+horiz} +% \ifBT +% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} +% \toprule +% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{defaults for}\\ +% \cmidrule(l){5-7} +% &rules in&&no rules in&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ +% \midrule +% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{plfrule}&partlofs&\com{noplfrule}&partlofs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{pltrule}&partlots&\com{nopltrule}&partlots&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ +% \com{mlfrule}&minilofs&\com{nomlfrule}&minilofs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ +% \com{mltrule}&minilots&\com{nomltrule}&minilots&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ +% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{slfrule}§lofs&\com{noslfrule}§lofs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{sltrule}§lots&\com{nosltrule}§lots&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(NA)}~=~not available.} +% \end{tabular}} +% \else +% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} +% \thickline +% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{defaults for}\\ +% &rules in&&no rules in&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ +% \hline +% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{plfrule}&partlofs&\com{noplfrule}&partlofs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{plfrule}&partlots&\com{noplfrule}&partlots&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ +% \com{mlfrule}&minilofs&\com{nomlfrule}&minilofs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ +% \com{mltrule}&minilots&\com{nomltrule}&minilots&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ +% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{slfrule}§lofs&\com{noslfrule}§lofs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \com{sltrule}§lots&\com{nosltrule}§lots&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ +% \thickline +% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(NA)}~=~not available.} +% \end{tabular}} +% \fi +% +% \bigskip +% +% \medfigrule +% +% \bigskip +% +% \caption{Page numbers}\label{t+pn} +% {\ttfamily% +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} +% \toprule +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Page numbers (Default)\hfill}&&% +% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries No page numbers\hfill}\\ +% \midrule +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular}% +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} +% \thickline +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Page numbers (Default)\hfill}&&% +% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries No page numbers\hfill}\\ +% \hline +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ +% \thickline +% \end{tabular}% +% \fi} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Filets horizontaux}\label{t+horiz} +% \ifBT +% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} +% \toprule +% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{dщfaut pour}\\ +% \cmidrule(l){5-7} +% &filets dans&&pas de filets dans&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ +% \midrule +% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{plfrule}&parttocs&\com{noplfrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{pltrule}&parttocs&\com{nopltrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ +% \com{mlfrule}&minitocs&\com{nomlfrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ +% \com{mltrule}&minitocs&\com{nomltrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ +% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{slfrule}§tocs&\com{noslfrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{sltrule}§tocs&\com{nosltrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(ND)}~=~non disponible.} +% \end{tabular}} +% \else +% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} +% \thickline +% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{dщfaut pour}\\ +% &filets dans&&pas de filets dans&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ +% \hline +% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{plfrule}&parttocs&\com{noplfrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{plfrule}&parttocs&\com{noplfrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ +% \com{mlfrule}&minitocs&\com{nomlfrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ +% \com{mltrule}&minitocs&\com{nomltrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ +% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{slfrule}§tocs&\com{noslfrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \com{sltrule}§tocs&\com{nosltrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ +% \thickline +% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(ND)}~=~non disponible.} +% \end{tabular}} +% \fi +% +% \bigskip +% +% \medfigrule +% +% \bigskip +% +% \caption{Numщros de pages}\label{t+pn} +% {\ttfamily% +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} +% \toprule +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Numщros de pages (dщfaut)\hfill}&&% +% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Pas de numщros de pages\hfill}\\ +% \midrule +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular}% +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} +% \thickline +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Numщros de pages (dщfaut)\hfill}&&% +% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Pas de numщros de pages\hfill}\\ +% \hline +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ +% \thickline +% \end{tabular}% +% \fi} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Special Features} +% \or\relax +% \section{Dispositifs spщciaux} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Horizontal Rules} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Filets horizontaux} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, most of mini-tables have horizontal rules after their +% titles and at their ends. The exception is the ``parttoc'' in a \class{book}- or +% \class{report}-like document (i.e.,~when \com{chapter} is defined). To activate +% or deactivate these rules, the commands of the table~\vref{t+horiz} are available. +% But you can also use the following command, which is simpler: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetrules}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ +% \end{quote} +% where \emph{mini-table} is one of the \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, +% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot} keywords; +% if the first argument is a star~(\texttt{*}), all mini-tables are affected; +% the keywords \texttt{on} and \texttt{off} have the following synonyms\,\FZ: +% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, +% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, +% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1}; +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, +% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{samepage} +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, la plupart des mini-tables ont des filets horizontaux aprшs leurs titres et р~leurs fins. L'exception +% est la л~parttoc~╗ dans un document de type analogue р~\class{book} ou \class{report} (c'est-р-dire lorsque +% la commande \com{chapter} est dщfinie). Pour activer ou dщsactiver ces filets, les commandes du +% tableau~\vref{t+horiz} sont disponibles. Mais vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande suivante, plus simple: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetrules}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ +% \end{quote} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, +% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}; +% si le premier argument est une щtoile~(\texttt{*}), toutes les mini-tables sont affectщes; +% les mots-clщs \texttt{on} et \texttt{off} ont les synonymes suivants\,\FZ: +% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, +% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, +% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1}; +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, +% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-} et~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{samepage} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lsneed{4} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Page Numbers, Leaders} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Numщros de pages, points de conduite} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, the page numbers are listed in each minitoc, minilof, etc.\ Some authors want only the section +% titles (with the section numbers), +% but without page numbers. Hence the obvious declarations of table~\vref{t+pn} are available. +% But you can also use the following command: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ +% \end{quote} +% where \emph{mini-table} is one of the \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, +% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot} keywords; +% the keywords \texttt{on} and \texttt{off} have the following synonyms\,\FZ: +% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, +% \texttt{TRUE}, \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, +% \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1};\nopagebreak[4] +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, +% \texttt{FALSE}, \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, +% \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{samepage} +% If the first argument is a star~(\texttt{*}), all mini-tables are affected. +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les numщros de page sont citщs dans chaque minitoc, minilof, etc.\ Certains auteurs dщsirent avoir +% seulement les titres des sections (avec les numщros des sections), mais pas les numщros des pages. Donc les +% dщclarations щvidentes du tableau~\vref{t+pn} sont disponibles. +% Mais vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande suivante: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ +% \end{quote} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, +% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}; +% les mots-clщs \texttt{on} et \texttt{off} ont les synonymes suivants\,\FZ: +% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, +% \texttt{TRUE}, \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, +% \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1};\nopagebreak[4] +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, +% \texttt{FALSE}, \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, +% \texttt{-}, et~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{samepage} +% Si le premier argument est une щtoile~(\texttt{*}), toutes les mini-tables sont affectщes. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% In the mini-tables, they are leaders of dots between +% the section titles and the page numbers. The \opt{undotted} +% package option removes these dots. The \optd{dotted} package option +% is the default. See also section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. +% \or\relax +% Dans les mini-tables, il y~a des points de conduite entre les titres de sections et les numщros de pages. +% L'option de paquetage \opt{undotted} supprime ces points de conduite. L'option de paquetage +% \optd{dotted} est le choix par dщfaut. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Features for parttocs and other mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Dispositifs pour les parttocs et autres mini-tables} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, a parttoc (or a partlof or a +% partlot), in a \class{book}- or \class{report}-class document, is preceded and followed by a +% \com{cleardoublepage} (which acts like \com{clearpage} in a one-side document), and has a page style of +% \texttt{empty}. Since version~\#32, you can modify this +% behaviour by redefining the commands of table~\vref{t+parttoc+features}, whose meaning +% is often obvious. A feature defined as \com{empty} does nothing. +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, une parttoc (ou une partlof ou une partlot), dans un document de classe \class{book} ou +% \class{report}, +% est prщcщdщe et suivie par une \com{cleardoublepage} (qui agit comme \com{clearpage} dans un document en recto), +% et a un style de page \texttt{empty}. Depuis la version~\#32, vous pouvez modifier ce comportement en +% redщfinissant les commandes du tableau~\vref{t+parttoc+features}, dont la signification est souvent щvidente. +% Un dispositif dщfini comme щtant \com{empty} ne fait rien. +% \fi +% \afterpage{\clearpage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[p] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \caption{Features for mini-tables}\label{t+parttoc+features} +% {\small\ttfamily% +% \let\Strut\relax +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Command \hfill}&&% +% {\rmfamily\bfseries Default \hfill}\\ +% \midrule +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% %% +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{command}\texttt{\}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifies the features for a mini-table.}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx}% +% \else +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcX{1}@{}} +% \thickline +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Command \hfill}&&% +% {\rmfamily\bfseries Default \hfill}\\\hline +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}|\feat{after}|\feat{open}|\feat{close}|\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{command}\texttt{\}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifies the features for a mini-table.}\\ +% \thickline +% \end{tabularx}% +% \fi} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[p] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \caption{Dispositifs pour les mini-tables}\label{t+parttoc+features} +% {\small\ttfamily% +% \let\Strut\relax +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Commande \hfill}&&% +% {\rmfamily\bfseries Dщfaut \hfill}\\ +% \midrule +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% %% +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{commande}\texttt{\}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx}% +% \else +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcZ{1}@{}} +% \thickline +% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Commande \hfill}&&% +% {\rmfamily\bfseries Dщfaut \hfill}\\\hline +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% %% +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}|\feat{after}|\feat{open}|\feat{close}|\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{commande}\texttt{\}}}\\ +% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.}\\ +% \thickline +% \end{tabularx}% +% \fi} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The command: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{keyword}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% allows you to redefine any of these commands. \emph{mini-table} is one of the mini-table names: +% \texttt{parttoc}\ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}. \emph{keyword} is one of the followings: \feat{before}, +% \feat{after}, \feat{open}, \feat{close} or \feat{pagestyle}. \emph{commands} is either a sequence of commands like \com{clearpage}, +% \com{cleardoublepage}, +% \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|, etc., either \com{empty} (does nothing). +% \or\relax +% La commande: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{mot-clщ}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% vous permet de redщfinir chacune de ces commandes. \emph{mini-table} est l'un des noms de type de mini-table: +% \texttt{parttoc}\ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}. \emph{mot-clщ} est l'un des suivants: \feat{before}, +% \feat{after}, \feat{open}, \feat{close} ou \feat{pagestyle}. \emph{commandes} est soit une sщquence de commandes telles que \com{clearpage}, +% \com{cleardoublepage}, \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|, etc., soit \com{empty} (ne fait rien). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection[Remark about page styles]{Remark about page styles\,\footnote{This remark is taken and adapted +% from a draft of the second edition of the JMPL~\cite{JMPL1}, by +% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, where he comments the \upack{minitoc} package.}} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection[Remarque sur les styles de page]{Remarque sur les styles de page\,\footnote{Cette remarque est +% tirщe et adaptщe d'une version prщliminaire de la seconde щdition du JMPL~\cite{JMPL1}, par +% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, o∙ il commente le paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagestyle} +% \begin{macro}{\pagestyle} +% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \Virage{}default commands for +% part-level mini-tables page styles are defined as being simply a standard \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}| command, +% because in document classes defining the \com{chapter} command (like \class{book} or \class{report}), +% the part-level mini-tables are on their own pages. +% If the document is printed +% recto-verso, the first page is recto. Usually, these pages are not numbered and have no header and no footer. This +% behaviour is a consequence from the default definitions of the commands of table~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. If you want an +% other behaviour, you can change these definitions. Note that, by default, only the \emph{first} page of these +% mini-tables are in the \texttt{empty} page style. You can set the style of this first page by using +% \com{thispagestyle} and set the style of the following pages by using \com{pagestyle}, but you must not forget +% to reset the normal style after the mini-table. Look at this short theorical example\,\footnote{This example shows that +% the third argument can be a \emph{sequence} of commands: we set the style of the current page and the style of the +% following pages.}: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{before}%|\\ +% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\verb|}|\\ +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{pagestyle}%|\\ +% \verb| {|\com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}|\com{pagestyle}\verb|{myheadings}}|\\ +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{after}%|\\ +% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\com{pagestyle}\verb|{headings}}| +% \end{verse} +% where we add a \com{cleardoublepage} before each parttoc, then we set the \texttt{empty} page style for +% the first page of the parttocs, +% the \texttt{myheadings} page style for the following pages of the parttocs, +% and set \texttt{headings} page style for the pages after the mini-table, after a +% \com{cleardoublepage}. +% \or\relax +% Les\Virage{} commandes par dщfaut pour les styles de page des mini-tables au niveau partie +% sont dщfinies comme щtant simplement \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}|, car +% dans les classes de document dщfinissant la commande \com{chapter} (comme \class{book} ou \class{report}), +% les mini-tables au niveau partie sont sur +% leurs propres pages. Si le document est imprimщ recto-verso, la premiшre page est recto. Habituellement, ces pages +% ne sont pas numщrotщes et n'ont ni en-tъte ni bas de page. Ce comportement est une consщquence des dщfinitions par dщfaut +% des commandes du tableau~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. Si vous dщsirez un comportement diffщrent, vous pouvez changer +% ces dщfinitions. Notez que, par dщfaut, seule la \emph{premiшre} page de ces mini-tables est composщe dans le +% style de page \texttt{empty}. Vous pouvez щtablir le style de cette premiшre page en utilisant +% \com{thispagestyle} et щtablir le style des pages suivantes en utilisant \com{pagestyle}, mais vous ne devez +% pas oublier de rщtablir le style normal aprшs la mini-table. Regardez ce court exemple thщorique\,\footnote{Cet exemple +% montre que le troisiшme argument peut ъtre une \emph{sщquence} de commandes: nous щtablissons le style de la page +% courante et le style des pages suivantes.}: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{before}%|\\ +% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\verb|}|\\ +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{thispagestyle}%|\\ +% \verb| {|\com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}|\com{pagestyle}\verb|{myheadings}}|\\ +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{after}%|\\ +% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\com{pagestyle}\verb|{headings}}| +% \end{verse} +% o∙ nous ajoutons une commande \com{cleardoublepage} avant chaque parttoc, puis nous щtablissons le style de page +% \texttt{empty} pour la premiшre page des parttocs, le style de page \texttt{myheadings} pour les pages +% suivantes des parttocs, et щtablissons le style de page \texttt{headings} pour les pages aprшs la mini-table, +% aprшs une commande \com{cleardoublepage}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The ``Chapter~0'' Problem (solved)}\label{faq.5} +% Some documents do not begin with chapter number one, but with chapter +% number zero (or even a weirder number). +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Le problшme du <<~Chapitre~0~>> (rщsolu)}\label{faq.5} +% Certains documents ne commencent pas par le chapitre numщro~un, mais par le chapitre numщro~zщro (ou mъme +% portant un numщro plus bizarre). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} +% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} +% \begin{description} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \item[Before version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] +% \or\relax +% \item[Avant la version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To make the \upack{minitoc} +% package work with such documents, you must insert the command: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\meta{N}\texttt{\}} +% \end{quote} +% before the \com{dominitoc} and analogous commands. \meta{N}~is the number +% of the first chapter. This command \emph{does not} +% modify the numbering of chapters, you must use a +% \begin{verse} +% \com{addtocounter}\verb|{chapter}{-1}| +% \end{verse} +% command to get a first chapter +% numbered~0. The \com{firstpartis} and +% \com{firstsectionis} commands are similar for parts and sections with +% a non standard numbering. +% \or\relax +% Pour que le paquetage \upack{minitoc} fonctionne avec de tels documents, vous devez insщrer la commande: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\meta{N}\texttt{\}} +% \end{quote} +% avant la commande \com{dominitoc} et les commandes analogues. \meta{N}~est le numщro du premier chapitre. Cette +% commande \emph{ne modifie pas} la numщrotation des chapitres, vous devez utiliser une commande +% \begin{verse} +% \com{addtocounter}\verb|{chapter}{-1}| +% \end{verse} +% pour obtenir un premier chapitre numщrotщ~0. Et les deux commandes \com{firstpartis} +% et \com{firstsectionis} sont similaires pour des parties et sections avec une numщrotation non standard. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \item[Since version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] +% \or\relax +% \item[Depuis la version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} commands are now obsolete, as this +% problem has been solved (via the ``absolute'' numbering of the mini-table auxiliary files). +% Thus now they just produce harmless warnings. +% \or\relax +% Ces\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} commandes sont dщsormais obsolшtes, car ce problшme +% a щtщ rщsolu (via la numщrotation л~absolue~╗ +% des fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-tables). Elles produisent dщsormais seulement des avertissements bщnins. +% \fi +% \end{description} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% ^^A \subsection{Special Entries for TOC, LOF, LOT, Bibliography and Index}\label{special.entries} +% \subsection{Special Entries in the TOC}\label{special.entries} +% \or\relax +% ^^A \subsection{Entrщes spщciales pour la table des matiшres, la liste des figures, la liste des tableaux, la +% ^^A bibliographie et l'index}\label{special.entries} +% \subsection{Entrщes spщciales dans la TdM}\label{special.entries} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMMZ{\lmess{I0046}} you want to add entries in the Table of Contents for +% objects like the Table of Contents itself, the List of +% Figures, the List of Tables, the Bibliography or the Index, +% you should use the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} +% (package available from the CTAN archives). +% \or\relax +% Si\SMMZ{\lmess{I0046}} vous souhaitez ajouter des entrщes dans la table des matiшres pour des objets tels que la table de +% matiшres elle-mъme, la liste des figures, la liste de tableaux, la bibliographie ou l'index, vous devriez +% utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} (paquetage disponible sur les archives CTAN). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But these entries are considered as chapters (or sections in +% an article class document) when the \suffix{.toc} file is +% scanned to prepare the minitocs (the \com{dominitoc} phase). +% \or\relax +% Mais ces entrщes sont considщrщes comme des chapitres (ou des sections dans un document de classe article) +% lorsque le fichier est analysщ pour prщparer les minitocs (la phase \com{dominitoc}). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note\imess{I0043} that the same problems appear if you use one of the \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} or +% \class{scrartcl} \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} with some options (\optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script}, +% \optp{liststotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script}, and \optp{idxtotoc}{KOMA-Script}). +% The solutions are the same ones. +% \or\relax +% Notez\imess{I0043} que les mъmes problшmes apparaissent lorsque vous utilisez l'une des classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} +% \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} or \class{scrartcl} avec certaines options (\optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script}, +% \optp{liststotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script} et \optp{idxtotoc}{KOMA-Script}). +% Les solutions sont les mъmes. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% So you must add an \com{mtcaddchapter} command, \emph{without +% argument}, after each of the involved commands \com{tableofcontents}, +% \com{listoffigures}, and \com{listoftables}. +% \or\relax +% Donc vous devez ajouter une commande \com{mtcaddchapter}, \emph{sans argument}, aprшs chacune des commandes +% \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables} mises en jeu. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\bibliography} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the bibliography, you should add a \com{adjustmtc} command after the \com{bibliography} command. +% \or\relax +% Pour la bibliographie, vous devriez ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} aprшs la commande \com{bibliography}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\printglossary} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixglossary} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the glossary, it is a bit more complicated, you should add the +% following commands just after the \com{printglossary} command: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter} +% \end{quote} +% \lneed{3} +% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} this can be done by: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ +% \end{quote} +% where the optional argument is the level for the glossary entry in the TOC\@. +% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else +% the \texttt{section} level. +% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is +% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, +% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. +% \or\relax +% Pour le glossaire, c'est un peu plus compliquщ; +% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste aprшs la commande \com{printglossary}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter} +% \end{quote} +% \lneed{3} +% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} ceci peut ъtre remplacщ par: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ +% \end{quote} +% o∙ l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrщe du glossaire dans la table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, si +% \com{chapter} est dщfinie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisщ, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. +% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont dщfinies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisщ si \com{part} est +% dщfinie; sinon une erreur est signalщe. Vous \emph{devez} de vщrifier le rщsultat et, si +% nщcessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\printindex} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the index, it is like for the glossary, you should add the +% following commands just after the \com{printindex} command: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter} +% \end{quote} +% \lneed{3} +% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} this can be done by: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ +% \end{quote} +% where the optional argument is the level for the index entry in the TOC\@. +% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else +% the \texttt{section} level. +% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is +% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, +% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. +% \or\relax +% Pour l'index, c'est comme pour le glossaire: +% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste aprшs la commande \com{printindex}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter} +% \end{quote} +% \lneed{3} +% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} ceci peut ъtre remplacщ par: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ +% \end{quote} +% o∙ l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrщe d'index dans la table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, si +% \com{chapter} est dщfinie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisщ, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. +% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont dщfinies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisщ si \com{part} est +% dщfinie; sinon une erreur est signalщe. Vous \emph{devez} vщrifier le rщsultat et, si +% nщcessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\printnomenclature} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the nomenclature\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or the \pack{nomentbl} +% package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} calls \pack{nomencl}).}, +% it is like for the glossary, you should add the +% following commands just after the \com{printnomenclature} command: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter} +% \end{quote} +% \lneed{3} +% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{W0096}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{E0040}} this can be done by: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ +% \end{quote} +% where the optional argument is the level for the nomenclature entry in the TOC\@. +% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else +% the \texttt{section} level. +% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is +% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, +% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. +% \or\relax +% Pour la nomenclature\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le paquetage +% \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} appelle \pack{nomencl}).}, c'est comme pour le glossaire, +% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste aprшs la commande \com{printnomenclature}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter} +% \end{quote} +% \lneed{3} +% Mais ceci peut ъtre remplacщ par: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ +% \end{quote} +% o∙ l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrщe de la nomenclature dans la table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, si +% \com{chapter} est dщfinie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisщ, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. +% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont dщfinies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisщ si \com{part} est +% dщfinie; sinon une erreur est signalщe. Vous \virage\emph{devez} vщrifier le rщsultat et, si +% nщcessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Of course, in documents were the TOC, LOF, LOT, bibliography +% and/or glossary (or index or nomenclature) are processed as starred sections, you must +% modify these additions to use section level commands. +% +% \lneed{5} +% And proceed \virage\emph{with extreme care}, tracking in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file the +% insertion of \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} files (and siblings). They are +% some examples in the \exam{mtc-add.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}), +% \exam{mtc-ads.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}), +% and \exam{mtc-nom.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}) files distributed with +% \upack{minitoc}. The \exam{mtc-ads.tex} example shows how much that problem is difficult. +% \or\relax +% Bien s√r, les documents dans lesquels la table des matiшres, la liste des figures, la liste des tableaux, la +% bibliographie et/ou le glossaire (ou l'index ou la nomenclature) sont traitщs comme des sections щtoilщes, +% modifiez ces additions pour utiliser des commandes au niveau section. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Et procщdez \virage\emph{avec grand soin}, en suivant dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} l'insertion des +% fichiers \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} (et +% analogues). Il y~a divers exemples dans les fichiers +% \exam{mtc-add.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}), +% \exam{mtc-ads.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}) et +% \exam{mtc-nom.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}) +% distribuщs avec \upack{minitoc}. +% L'exemple \exam{mtc-ads.tex} montre combien ce problшme est difficile. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uopt{notoccite} option}\label{ss+notoccite}\iopt{notoccite} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'option \uopt{notoccite}}\label{ss+notoccite}\iopt{notoccite} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cite} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This option loads the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite} (by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). +% It avoids problems with \com{cite} commands in +% sectionning commands or captions: if you then run \BibTeX{} using the \texttt{unsrt} (unsorted) style, or a +% similar style, these citations get numbered starting +% from the page in the table of contents where is the parasite citation, not the number they should have in the main text. +% The \pack{notoccite} package prevents this. As \upack{minitoc} prints TOCs, it is subject to the same problem. +% See also \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtocorder}. +% \or\relax +% Cette option charge le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). +% Elle щvite des problшmes avec des commandes \com{cite} situщes dans des commandes de sectionnement ou des +% captions: si vous exщcutez alors \BibTeX{} en utilisant le style \texttt{unsrt} (non triщ), ou un +% style similaire, ces citations seront numщrotщes en commenчant р~la page de la table des matiшres o∙ se trouve la +% citation parasite, et non avec le numщro qu'elles auraient dans le texte principal. Le paquetage +% \pack{notoccite} щvite ceci. Comme \upack{minitoc} imprime des tables des matiшres, il est sujet au mъme +% problшme. +% Voir aussi \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtocorder}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uopt{listfiles} and \uopt{nolistfiles} options}\label{s+listfiles}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} +% The \optd{listfiles} package option creates a list of the minitoc auxiliary files into the +% file \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\footnote{This package option is now (since version~\#48) the default (list created).}. +% This feature can help you to remove these auxiliary +% files which are no more necessary after the \LaTeX\ run. +% Under Unix or Linux, you can try: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb+cat +\emph{document}\verb+.maf | +\tool{xargs}\verb+ -i -t \rm {}+ +% \end{quote} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les options \uopt{listfiles} et \uopt{nolistfiles}}\label{s+listfiles}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} +% L'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles} crщe une liste des fichiers auxiliaires minitoc dans le +% fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Cette option de paquetage est dщsormais (depuis la version~\#48) +% le choix par dщfaut (liste crщщe).}. +% Ce dispositif peut vous aider р~supprimer ces +% fichiers auxiliaires qui ne sont plus nщcessaires aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX. +% Sous Unix ou Linux, vous pouvez essayer: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb+cat +\emph{document}\verb+.maf | +\tool{xargs}\verb+ -i -t \rm {}+ +% \end{quote} +% \fi +% ^^A \clearpage +% ^^A \need{.75\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uopt{hints} option}\label{s+hints}\ioptd{hints} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'option \uopt{hints}}\label{s+hints}\ioptd{hints} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This package option detects some actions and the loading of some packages and classes +% known as interacting with \upack{minitoc}, +% and also some frequent misuses and errors. This list of interacting packages and classes is, of course, not closed. +% If a known package is loaded, +% this option writes some hints in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file and +% emits a warning. The hints written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file may suggest you to consult the +% present document or +% the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file. \virage\emph{Your advice about this option will be welcome.} +% This option is activated by default, but you can inhibit it via the \opt{nohints} option. +% The following (potential) problems are currently detected: +% \or\relax +% Cette option du paquetage dщtecte certaines actions et le chargement de certains paquetages et classes connus pour +% interagir avec \upack{minitoc}, ainsi que certaines mauvaises utilisations et erreurs frщquentes. La liste des +% paquetages et classes qui interagissent n'est щvidemment pas close. Si un tel paquetage (ou classe) est chargщ, +% cette option щcrit quelques indications (\emph{hints}) dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} +% et щmet un avertissement. Les +% indications щcrites dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} peuvent vous suggщrer de consulter +% le prщsent document ou le +% fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}. \virage\emph{Votre avis sur cette option sera le bienvenu.} Cette +% option est activщe par dщfaut, mais vous pouvez l'inhiber via l'option \opt{nohints}. +% Les problшmes (potentiels) suivants sont actuellement dщtectщs: +% \fi +% \begin{itemize} +% \lneed{11} +% \item +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\@part} +% \begin{macro}{\spart} +% \begin{macro}{\@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Alteration of some of the following commands\,\footnote{The commands containing the ``\texttt{@}'' character +% in their names are internal commands of \LaTeX{}, of a package or of a class; they are sometimes altered by +% another packages; reconsider then the loading order of the packages.}: +% \com{part}, \com{@part}, \com{@spart}, \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter}, +% \com{@schapter}, \com{section}, \com{@sect}, and \com{@ssect}. +% Note that the \pack{hyperref} (see section~\vref{faq.17}) package alters these commands at +% \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}, hence this problem might be reported if you use this package, +% but these alterations seem harmless. Note that the \pack{hyperref} must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% L'altщration de certaines des commandes suivantes\,\footnote{Les commandes contenant le caractшre <<~\texttt{@}~>> +% dans leurs noms sont des commandes internes de \LaTeX{}, d'un paquetage ou d'une classe; elles sont parfois +% altщrщes par d'autres paquetages; reconsidщrez l'ordre de chargement des paquetages.}: +% \com{part}, \com{@part}, \com{@spart}, \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter}, +% \com{@schapter}, \com{section}, \com{@sect} et \com{@ssect}. +% Mais le paquetage \pack{hyperref} (voir la section~\vref{faq.17}) altшre ces commandes lors de +% \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}, donc ce problшme pourrait ъtre signalщ si vous utilisez ce paquetage, mais +% ces altщrations semblent bщnignes. Notez que le paquetage \pack{hyperref} doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} +% \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Presence\virage{} of the following packages or classes, which need some precautions: +% \class{amsbook} (class), +% \class{memoir} (class), +% \pack{appendix}, +% \pack{placeins} (beware to its options and its release date (2005/04/18 at least)), +% \class{scrbook} (class), +% \class{scrreprt} (class), +% \class{scrartcl} (class), +% \pack{tocbibind}, and +% \pack{tocloft}. +% \or\relax +% Prщsence\virage{} des paquetages et classes suivants, qui demandent certaines prщcautions: +% \class{amsbook} (classe), +% \pack{appendix}, +% \pack{placeins} (attention р~ses options et р~sa date (au moins 2005/04/18)), +% \class{scrbook} (classe), +% \class{scrreprt} (classe), +% \class{scrartcl} (classe), +% \pack{tocbibind} et +% \pack{tocloft}. +% \fi +% \lneed{7} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Presence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}} +% of the following packages or classes, which, unfortunately, are \emph{incompatible} +% with the \upack{minitoc} package: +% \class{amsart} (class), +% \class{amsproc} (class), +% \pack{alphanum}, \pack{flowfram}\,\footnote{This package has its own system for minitocs.}, \class{jura} (class), +% \pack{titlesec}, and +% \pack{titletoc}\,\footnote{\label{fn+titlesec}The \upack{titlesec} package redefines +% the sectionning commands in a way +% completely alien to the standard \LaTeX\ way; hence \upack{minitoc} and \upack{titlesec}-\upack{titletoc} are +% fundamentaly \emph{incompatible}, and it is very sad.}. +% \or\relax +% Prщsence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}} +% des paquetages ou classes suivants, qui, malheureusement, sont \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}: +% \class{amsart} (classe), +% \class{amsproc} (classe), +% \pack{alphanum}, \pack{flowfram}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage a son propre systшme de minitocs.}, \class{jura} (classe), +% \pack{titlesec} et +% \pack{titletoc}\,\footnote{\label{fn+titlesec}Le paquetage \upack{titlesec} redщfinit les +% commandes de sectionnement d'une maniшre complшtement щtrangшre р~la maniшre standard de \LaTeX; +% donc \upack{minitoc} et \upack{titlesec}-\upack{titletoc} sont fondamentalement incompatibles, +% et ceci est fort regrettable.}. +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \item +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Usage of \com{parttoc} without calling \com{doparttoc}, \ldots~, +% usage of \com{sectlot} without calling \com{dosectlot}; +% or the reverse. +% \or\relax +% Utilisation de \com{parttoc} sans appeler \com{doparttoc}, \ldots~, +% utilisation de \com{sectlot} sans appeler \com{dosectlot}; +% ou l'inverse. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \item +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Usage of \com{parttoc} without calling \fkcom{tableofcontents}, \ldots~, of \com{sectlot} +% without calling \fkcom{listoftables}. +% \or\relax +% Utilisation de \com{parttoc} sans appeler \fkcom{tableofcontents}, \ldots~, de +% \com{sectlot} sans appeler \fkcom{listoftables}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{8} +% \item +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Usage of \com{sectlof} and/or \com{sectlot} without +% using the \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} package option of \upack{minitoc} +% (or the \pack{placeins} package without +% its \optp{section}{placeins} option). +% \or\relax +% Utilisation de \com{sectlof} et/ou \com{sectlot} sans utiliser l'option de paquetage +% \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} de \upack{minitoc} (ou le paquetage \pack{placeins} +% sans son option \optp{section}{placeins}). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} +% you are using short extensions (because of your operating system or the \opt{shortext} +% package option, see section~\vref{MS-DOS}) and go beyond the limit of 99~parts, chapters or sections, +% the \optd{hints} package option displays a warning. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} +% vous utilisez des suffixes courts (р~cause de votre systшme d'exploitation ou de l'option de paquetage +% \opt{shortext}, voyez р~la section~\vref{MS-DOS}) et que vous allez au-delр de la +% limite de 99~parties, chapitres ou sections, +% l'option de paquetage \optd{hints} signale un avertissement. +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \item +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.abstract} +% If the \pack{abstract}\imess{I0040} package~\cite{abstract} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), is used with its +% \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option, a ``{Abstract}'' entry is added to the table of contents, +% as a starred chapter if the document class defines \com{chapter}, else as a starred section. +% This is detected and you should add a \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| or a \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| +% command after your \env{abstract} environment. +% \or\relax\label{h.abstract} +% Si le paquetage \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), est utilisщ +% avec son option \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}, une entrщe л~{Abstract}~╗ (ou щquivalente) est ajoutщe +% р~la table des matiшres, comme un chapitre щtoilщ si la classe de document dщfinit \com{chapter}, sinon +% comme une section щtoilщe. Ceci est dщtectщ et vous devriez ajouter une commande \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| ou +% \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| aprшs votre environnement \env{abstract}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.sectsty} +% If the \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (by \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. The interaction has been pointed out +% by \name{Bil}{Kleb}. +% \or\relax\label{h.sectsty} +% Si le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (de \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. L'interaction a щtщ signalщe par +% \name{Bil}{Kleb}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.varsects} +% If the \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} +% (by \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.varsects} +% Si le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} +% (de \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.fncychap} +% If the \pack{fncychap} package~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} +% (by \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.fncychap} +% Si le paquetage \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} +% (de \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.hangcaption} +% If the \pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} +% (by \name{David~M.}{Jones}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.hangcaption} +% Si le paquetage \pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} +% (de \name{David~M.}{Jones}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.quotchap} +% If the \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} +% (by \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.quotchap} +% Si le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} +% (de \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.romannum} +% If the \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} +% (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.romannum} +% Si le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} +% (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.sfheaders} +% If the \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} +% (by \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.sfheaders} +% Si le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} +% (de \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.alnumsec} +% If the \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} +% (by \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.alnumsec} +% Si le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} +% (de \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.captcont} +% If the \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} +% (by \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.captcont} +% Si le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} +% (de \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{4} +% \item +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.caption}\label{h.caption2}\label{h.ccaption}\label{h.mcaption} +% If one of the \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, +% \pack{caption2}\footnote{This package is obsolete; +% now use the \upack{caption} package.}~\cite{caption2}, (both written by \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), +% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (written by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), or +% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (written by \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), packages is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax\label{h.caption}\label{h.caption2}\label{h.ccaption}\label{h.mcaption} +% Si l'un des +% paquetages \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, +% \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage est obsolшte; utilisez +% maintenant le paquetage \upack{caption}.}, (tous deux щcrits par \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), +% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (щcrit par \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), ou +% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (щcrit par \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{4} +% \bigskip +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.float}\label{h.floatrow}\label{h.trivfloat}\label{h.rotfloat} +% If one of the\imess{I0053} \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, +% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, or \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages +% is used, you must remember that \emph{you can not use} the \upack{minitoc} facilities for preparing +% mini-tables of floats of the new defined types. +% \or\relax\label{h.float}\label{h.floatrow}\label{h.trivfloat}\label{h.rotfloat} +% Si\imess{I0053} l'un des paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, +% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} ou \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} +% est utilisщ, vous devez vous souvenir que \emph{vous ne pouvez pas utiliser} les facilitщs +% de \upack{minitoc} pour prщparer des mini-tables de flottants des types nouvellement dщfinis. +% \fi +% \bigskip +% \lneed{4} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\imess{I0006} you try to insert empty mini-tables, the \optd{hints} option gives a global warning (except if you +% used also the \opt{nocheckfiles} option, see section~\vref{s+placing}). +% \or\relax +% Si\imess{I0006} vous essayez d'insщrer des mini-tables vides, l'option \optd{hints} vous donne un avertissement +% global (sauf si vous avez aussi utilisщ l'option \opt{nocheckfiles}, voyez la +% section~\vref{s+placing}). +% \fi +% \bigskip +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item +% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} +% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} +% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you use\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} one of the obsolete commands +% (\com{firstpartis}, \com{firstchapteris}, or \com{firstsectionis}), +% a warning is issued for each use, of course, but also a global hint as reminder. +% \or\relax +% Si vous utilisez\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} l'une des commandes obsolшtes +% (\com{firstpartis}, \com{firstchapteris} ou +% \com{firstsectionis}), un avertissement est щmis pour chaque utilisation, bien s√r, mais aussi une +% indication (\emph{hint}) globale comme rappel. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{2} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you invoke a same preparation command more than once, an informative hint is issued for each spurious +% invocation. +% \or\relax +% Si vous invoquez une mъme commande de prщparation plus d'une fois, un \emph{hint} informatif est щmis pour +% chaque invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \end{itemize} +% ^^A +% ^^A \clearpage +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Usage with MS-DOS}\label{MS-DOS} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec MS-DOS}\label{MS-DOS} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Under\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} MS-DOS (and other PC oriented old operating systems), +% the filename extensions are limited to 3 characters. +% The \upack{minitoc} package determines dynamically the type of +% extensions available and will use it. +% All other modifications will be done automatically. +% The \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} +% extensions will become \suffix{.M}\meta{N}, where \meta{N} is the absolute chapter +% number. +% The extensions \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} and \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} become +% \suffix{.F}\meta{N} and \suffix{.T}\meta{N}. +% The \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} +% extensions become \suffix{.P}\meta{N}, where \meta{N} is the absolute part number. +% The extensions \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} and \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} become +% \suffix{.G}\meta{N} and \suffix{.U}\meta{N}. +% The \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} +% extensions become \suffix{.S}\meta{N}, where \meta{N} is the absolute section +% number. +% The extensions \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} and \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} become +% \suffix{.H}\meta{N} and \suffix{.V}\meta{N}. All these extensions are listed in table~\vref{t+suffixes}. +% Of course, this implies a limit of 99~chapters in a +% document, but do you really need so many chapters (or sections in an +% article)? The limit of 99~parts does not seem too serious for +% most documents, but for sections, it could be tragical. +% The \optd{hints} option (section~\vref{s+hints}) will report such situations. +% See also section~\vref{.8+3}. +% \begin{table}[th] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Extensions of the auxiliary files}\label{t+suffixes} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{mini-table}&\textbf{long extensions}&\textbf{short extensions}\\ +% &(UNIX, etc.)&(MS-DOS, etc,)\\ +% \midrule +% parttoc&\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.P}\meta{N}\\ +% partlof&\suffix{.plf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.G}\meta{N}\\ +% partlot&\suffix{.plt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.U}\meta{N}\\ +% \midrule +% minitoc&\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.M}\meta{N}\\ +% minilof&\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.F}\meta{N}\\ +% minilot&\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.T}\meta{N}\\ +% \midrule +% secttoc&\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.S}\meta{N}\\ +% sectlof&\suffix{.slf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.H}\meta{N}\\ +% sectlot&\suffix{.slt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.V}\meta{N}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% Sous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} MS-DOS +% (et autres vieux systшmes d'exploitation pour PC), les suffixes des noms de fichiers sont +% limitщs р~3~caractшres. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} dщtermine dynamiquement le type de suffixes disponible et +% l'utilisera. Toutes les autres modifications seront faites automatiquement. Les suffixes \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} deviendront +% \suffix{.M}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de chapitre. +% Les suffixes \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} et \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.F}\meta{N} et \suffix{.T}\meta{N}. +% Les suffixes \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.P}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de partie. +% Les suffixes \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} et \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.G}\meta{N} et \suffix{.U}\meta{N}. +% Les suffixes \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.S}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de section. +% Les suffixes \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} et \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.H}\meta{N} et \suffix{.V}\meta{N}. +% Tous ces suffixes sont listщs dans le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes}. +% Bien s√r, ceci implique une limite de 99~chapitres dans un document, mais avez-vous vraiment besoin d'autant de +% chapitres (ou de sections dans un article)? La limite de 99~parties ne semble pas trop grave pour la plupart des +% documents, mais pour les sections, ceci pourrait ъtre tragique. L'option \optd{hints} (section~\vref{s+hints}) +% signalera de telles situations. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{.8+3}. +% \begin{table}[th] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Suffixes des fichiers auxiliaires}\label{t+suffixes} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{mini-table}&\textbf{suffixes longs}&\textbf{suffixes courts}\\ +% &(UNIX, etc.)&(MS-DOS, etc,)\\ +% \midrule +% parttoc&\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.P}\meta{N}\\ +% partlof&\suffix{.plf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.G}\meta{N}\\ +% partlot&\suffix{.plt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.U}\meta{N}\\ +% \midrule +% minitoc&\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.M}\meta{N}\\ +% minilof&\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.F}\meta{N}\\ +% minilot&\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.T}\meta{N}\\ +% \midrule +% secttoc&\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.S}\meta{N}\\ +% sectlof&\suffix{.slf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.H}\meta{N}\\ +% sectlot&\suffix{.slt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.V}\meta{N}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Why several \LaTeX{} runs are required?} +% The mini-tables, at part, chapter and section levels, +% are using some space on the first pages on each chapter, part or section, +% thus the page numbers are altered. After the first \LaTeX\ run, the +% mini-tables and lists, partial tables and lists +% and section-level tables and lists +% will be empty (in fact skipped since version \#35); +% after the second run, they appear (if not empty), +% but because they modify the page numbering, page numbers +% are wrong; after the third \LaTeX\ run, the mini, part- and section-level +% tables and lists should be correct (see figure~\vref{fig+mtc+3comp}). +% \or\relax +% \section{Pourquoi plusieurs exщcutions de \LaTeX\ sont-elles nщcessaires?} +% Les mini-tables, aux niveaux partie, chapitre et section, occupent un certain espace sur les premiшres pages de +% chaque partie, chapitre ou section, donc la numщrotation des pages est altщrщe. Aprшs la premiшre exщcution de +% \LaTeX, les mini-tables (aux niveaux partie, chapitre et section) seront vides (et en fait sautщes depuis la +% version~\#35); aprшs la deuxiшme exщcution, elles apparaissent (lorsqu'elles ne sont pas vides), mais puisqu'elles +% modifient la numщrotation des pages, les numщros des pages y~sont faux; aprшs la troisiшme exщcution, les +% mini-tables devraient ъtre correctes (voir la figure~\vref{fig+mtc+3comp}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \upack{mtcoff} package}\label{o+mtcoff}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le paquetage \upack{mtcoff} }\label{o+mtcoff}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If a document has been prepared with the \upack{minitoc} package, +% it contains many \upack{minitoc} specific commands, most of them being +% \com{dominitoc}, +% \com{faketableofcontents}, and \com{minitoc} commands (and their +% equivalents for lists of figures and tables). +% If you want to typeset +% this document without any mini-table, you have just to replace the +% \upack{minitoc} package by the \pack{mtcoff} package (without option), and all these +% commands will be ignored, eventually writing warning messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% At least two \LaTeX\ runs will be necessary to get a correct page numbering and cross references. +% It also sanitizes the \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, +% \suffix{.lof}, and \suffix{.lot} files from \upack{minitoc} specific +% commands which are now spurious. +% \or\relax +% Si un document a щtщ prщparщ avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, il contient de nombreuses commandes +% spщcifiques de \upack{minitoc}, dont la plupart sont des commandes \com{dominitoc}, \com{faketableofcontents} et +% \com{minitoc} (et leurs щquivalentes pour les listes de figures et de tableaux). +% Si vous souhaitez composer ce document sans aucune mini-table, il vous suffit de remplacer le paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} (sans option), et toutes ces commandes seront ignorщes, en +% щcrivant щventuellement des messages d'avertissement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% Au moins deux exщcutions +% de \LaTeX\ seront nщcessaires pour avoir une numщrotation des pages et des rщfщrences croisщes correctes. +% Ceci nettoie aussi les fichiers \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot} en y~щliminant les +% commandes spщcifiques de \upack{minitoc} devenues superflues. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \cleardoublepage +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{FAQ} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Questions frщquemment posщes}\label{FAQ} +% \fi +% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \minitoc +% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} +% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} +% \mtcskip +% ^^A \lsneed{5} +% \lneed{6} +% ^^A \mtcskip +% \minilof +% \mtcskip +% \minilot +% +% \addtocounter{section}{-1} ^^A % Trick to get a section numbered zero +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Introduction} +% ^^A \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Introduction} +% \or\relax +% \section{Introduction} +% ^^A \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Introduction} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Here is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about +% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~61, please +% upgrade to version~\#61. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file, +% in pure text form. The numbering of this list is done by date of the first occurrence of the question. +% +% If a problem arises, it is often wise to: a)~use the \optd{hints} option (see section~\vref{s+hints}), +% which is activated by default, and b)~read the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, which may contain pertinent +% messages. If you do not find a solution, ask a question on an adequate news group, like \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} +% (in french) or \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english) preferably, groups which I try to follow, or send me a mail +% in last ressort (please join a minimal but complete example~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{See also: +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} +% and \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.} (or~``MCE'') +% reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hints} option). +% \or\relax +% Voici une liste de problшmes et de questions frщquemment posщes (л~foire aux questions~╗) р~propos du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numщro plus petit que~61, vous ъtes priщs de faire une mise р~jour +% р~la version~\#61. Cette liste est aussi donnщe dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous +% forme de texte pur (et en anglais). La numщrotation de cette liste est faite selon la date de la premiшre occurrence +% de la question. +% +% Si un problшme survient, il est souvent avisщ: a)~d'utiliser l'option \optd{hints} (voir la +% section~\vref{s+hints}), qui est activщe par dщfaut, et b)~de lire le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, qui +% peut contenir des messages pertinents. Si vous ne trouvez pas de solution, posez une question sur un groupe de +% discussion adщquat, tel que \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en franчais), ou \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais) de prщfщrence, +% que j'essaye de suivre, ou envoyez moi un courrier en dernier recours (priшre de joindre un exemple complet +% minimal~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{Voir aussi: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} +% et \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.} (ou л~ECM~╗\/) reproduisant +% le problшme; cet exemple devrait utiliser l'option \opt{hints}). +% \fi +% +% ^^A (1) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Avoiding a page break near the rules before and after a mini-table} +% \or\relax +% \section{╔viter une coupure de page prшs des filets avant et aprшs une mini-table} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\enlargethispage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This problem seemed solved since version~\#8, but version~\#12 added better fixes. +% You may have to make some final tuning with \com{enlargethispage}. +% See the \LaTeX\ manual~\cite{latex-manual}. +% The \pack{needspace} package~\cite{needspace} may also be useful. +% \or\relax +% Ce problшme semblait rщsolu depuis la version~\#8, mais la version~\#12 a ajoutщ de meilleures corrections. Vous +% pouvez devoir faire quelques ajustements ultimes avec \com{enlargethispage}. Voir le manuel +% \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual}. Il peut aussi ъtre utile d'utiliser le paquetage +% \pack{needspace}~\cite{needspace}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (2) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Implementing others layouts for a mini-table} +% \or\relax +% \section{Implanter d'autres mises en page pour une mini-table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Suggestions are welcome, but look at the section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. +% There are yet some examples in chapter~\vref{c+exdocs}, for some layouts, like mini-tables on two or three columns. +% \or\relax +% Les suggestions sont les bienvenues, mais voyez la section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. +% Il y~a quelques exemples dans le chapitre~\vref{c+exdocs}, pour quelques mises en page, comme des mini-tables +% sur deux ou trois colonnes. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (3) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{A ``\texttt{\textbackslash\textbackslash}'' command in a contents line makes an error} +% \or\relax +% \section{Une commande л~\texttt{\textbackslash\textbackslash}~╗ dans une entrщe de contenu provoque une erreur} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{macro}{\protect} +% \begin{macro}{\linebreak} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Use \com{protect}\com{linebreak}. The \verb|\\| command should be used only in tabular material (\env{tabular} +% environment and similar, or in the +% \env{tabbing} environment) and in math arrays and equations, or in the \env{quote}-like environments. +% \or\relax +% Utilisez \com{protect}\com{linebreak}. La commande \verb|\\| ne devrait ъtre utilisщe que dans du matщriel +% de tableau (environnement \env{tabular} ou similaire, ou dans l'environnement \env{tabbing}) et dans les +% tableaux (\emph{arrays}) et щquations mathщmatiques, ou dans des environnements similaires р~\env{quote}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (4) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Reordering chapters makes havoc} +% \or\relax +% \section{Changer l'ordre des chapitres crщe le chaos} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \emph{If you reorder chapters, havoc follows\ldots\ mini-tables +% going in wrong chapters.} +% \or\relax +% \emph{Si vous changez l'ordre des chapitres, le chaos en dщcoule,\ldots\ +% avec les mini-tables allant dans les mauvais chapitres.} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The best way seems to make one run with the \pack{mtcoff} +% package replacing the \upack{minitoc} package, then restore +% the \upack{minitoc} package and re-execute \LaTeX\ at least three times +% (yes, it is time consuming\ldots). See figure~\vref{fig+mtc+3comp}\footnote{I~used the \pack{pict2e} +% package~\cite{pict2e}, by \namea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}, \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk} and \name{Josef}{Tkadlec}, to prepare this figure.}. +% Running with the \pack{mtcoff} package ensures that the standard auxiliary files +% are cleared from ``spurious'' commands introduced by \upack{minitoc}. +% A more radical solution is to delete the \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, +% \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files relative to the document, then +% re-execute \LaTeX\ at least three times. +% \or\relax +% La meilleure mщthode semble d'effectuer une exщcution avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} remplaчant +% le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, puis de rщtablir le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et de rщ-exщcuter \LaTeX\ au +% moins trois fois (oui, cela prend du temps\ldots). Voir la figure~\vref{fig+mtc+3comp}\,\footnote{J'ai utilisщ le +% paquetage \pack{pict2e}~\cite{pict2e}, de \namea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}, \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk} +% et \name{Josef}{Tkadlec}, +% pour prщparer cette figure.}. +% Exщcuter avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} +% garantit que les fichiers auxiliaires standard seront purgщs des commandes л~superflues~╗ introduites par +% \upack{minitoc}. Une solution plus radicale est de dщtruire les fichiers \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} +% et \suffix{.lot} relatifs au document, puis de rщ-exщcuter \LaTeX\ au moins trois fois. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{figure}[tp] +% \centering\bgroup\footnotesize +% \def\NUM{\meta{N}} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \resizebox{1.0\textwidth}{!}{% +% \begin{picture}(170,60)(-5,0) +% \thicklines +% \put(0,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(0,50){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(30,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(60,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(60,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(60,50){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(90,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(120,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(120,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(120,50){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(150,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(15,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} +% \put(75,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} +% \put(135,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} +% \put(15,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} +% \put(75,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} +% \put(135,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} +% \put(15,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} +% \put(75,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} +% \put(135,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} +% \put(30,35){\vector(1,0){30}} +% \put(45,35){\line(0,1){10}} +% \put(45,45){\vector(1,0){15}} +% \put(90,35){\vector(1,0){30}} +% \put(105,35){\line(0,1){10}} +% \put(105,45){\vector(1,0){15}} +% \put(90,45){\line(1,-1){5}} +% \put(95,40){\line(0,-1){4}} +% \put(95,30){\line(0,1){4}} +% \put(95,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} +% \put(150,45){\line(1,-1){5}} +% \put(155,40){\line(0,-1){10}} +% \put(155,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} +% \put(15,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (1)}} +% \put(75,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (2)}} +% \put(135,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (3)}} +% \put(45,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} +% \put(105,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} +% \put(97,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} +% \put(157,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} +% \put(75,50){\vector(0,1){5}} +% \put(135,50){\vector(0,1){5}} +% \put(90,25){\vector(1,0){5}} +% \put(150,25){\vector(1,0){5}} +% \put(75,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(A)}} +% \put(135,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(C)}} +% \put(92,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(B)}} +% \put(152,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(D)}} +% \end{picture}} +% \egroup +% \begin{flushleft} +% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize +% \begin{itemize}\labelsep=1ex\itemindent=0pt +% \item[(A)] \com{tableofcontents} produces a table of +% contents, which is likely inaccurate. +% \item[(B)] \com{minitoc} produces minitocs, which are likely inaccurate. +% \item[(C)] \com{tableofcontents} produces a table of contents, which is accurate. +% \item[(D)] \com{minitoc} produces minitocs, which are accurate. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{minipage} +% \end{flushleft} +% \caption{Three compilations for \upack{minitoc}}\label{fig+mtc+3comp} +% \end{figure} +% \or\relax +% \begin{figure}[tp] +% \centering\bgroup\footnotesize +% \def\NUM{\meta{N}} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \resizebox{1.0\textwidth}{!}{% +% \begin{picture}(170,60)(-5,0) +% \thicklines +% \put(0,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(0,50){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(30,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(60,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(60,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(60,50){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(90,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(120,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(120,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(120,50){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(150,0){\line(0,1){50}} +% \put(15,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} +% \put(75,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} +% \put(135,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} +% \put(15,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} +% \put(75,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} +% \put(135,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} +% \put(15,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} +% \put(75,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} +% \put(135,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} +% \put(30,35){\vector(1,0){30}} +% \put(45,35){\line(0,1){10}} +% \put(45,45){\vector(1,0){15}} +% \put(90,35){\vector(1,0){30}} +% \put(105,35){\line(0,1){10}} +% \put(105,45){\vector(1,0){15}} +% \put(90,45){\line(1,-1){5}} +% \put(95,40){\line(0,-1){4}} +% \put(95,30){\line(0,1){4}} +% \put(95,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} +% \put(150,45){\line(1,-1){5}} +% \put(155,40){\line(0,-1){10}} +% \put(155,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} +% \put(15,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (1)}} +% \put(75,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (2)}} +% \put(135,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (3)}} +% \put(45,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} +% \put(105,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} +% \put(97,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} +% \put(157,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} +% \put(75,50){\vector(0,1){5}} +% \put(135,50){\vector(0,1){5}} +% \put(90,25){\vector(1,0){5}} +% \put(150,25){\vector(1,0){5}} +% \put(75,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(A)}} +% \put(135,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(C)}} +% \put(92,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(B)}} +% \put(152,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(D)}} +% \end{picture}} +% \egroup +% \begin{flushleft} +% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize +% \begin{itemize}\labelsep=1ex\itemindent=0pt +% \item[(A)] \com{tableofcontents} produit une table matiшres, qui est probablement inexacte. +% \item[(B)] \com{minitoc} produit des minitocs, qui sont probablement inexactes. +% \item[(C)] \com{tableofcontents} produit une table matiшres, qui est probablement exacte. +% \item[(D)] \com{minitoc} produit des minitocs, qui sont probablement exactes. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{minipage} +% \end{flushleft} +% \caption{Trois compilations pour \upack{minitoc}}\label{fig+mtc+3comp} +% \end{figure} +% \fi +% +% ^^A (5) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Extensions for the names of auxiliary files}\label{.8+3} +% \or\relax +% \section{Suffixes pour les noms des fichiers auxiliaires}\label{.8+3} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \emph{This package creates auxiliary files with extensions like \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}. +% Some operating systems allow only 3~characters extensions. What to do?}\par +% \lneed{3} +% No\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} modification is needed: all became automatic since +% version \#28! If you insist to use 3~characters extensions, +% even on operating systems allowing more, just use the package +% option \opt{shortext}. Then you will get first the +% autoconfiguration messages, then a message saying that you +% will use short extensions. But then be careful to not have more +% than 99~mini-tables of the same kind (even empty)! +% \or\relax +% \emph{Ce paquetage crщe des fichiers auxiliaires ayant des suffixes tels que \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}. Certains +% systшmes d'exploitation ne permettent que des suffixes limitщs р~3~caractшres. Que faire?}\par +% \lneed{3} +% Aucune\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} modification n'est nщcessaire: +% tout est devenu automatique depuis la version \#28! Si vous voulez vraiment +% utiliser des suffixes de 3~caractшres, utilisez simplement l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext}. +% Alors vous recevrez d'abord les messages d'autoconfiguration, puis un message disant que vous allez +% utiliser des suffixes courts. +% Mais alors faites attention р~ne pas avoir plus 99~mini-tables du mъme type (mъme vides)! +% \fi +% +% ^^A (6) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Playing with the chapter number} +% \or\relax +% \section{Jouer avec le numщro de chapitre} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \emph{Do not cheat}\virage{} with the ``\texttt{chapter}'' counter, i.e.,~do not write ugly things like: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{setcounter}\verb|{chapter}{6}| +% \end{verse} +% The mechanism would break. It is better to add \com{chapter} commands, +% to create empty (but numbered in a legal way) chapters. +% Since version~\#10, the \upack{minitoc} package works with appendices. +% Version \#19 allows to begin with a chapter other that number~1. +% ^^A And look at~``Special Entries for TOC, LOF, LOT, Bibliography and Index'', section~\vref{special.entries}. +% And look at~``Special Entries in the TOC'', section~\vref{special.entries}. +% +% Since version~\#23 (1994/11/08), the numbering of chapters and that of minitocs are independent, so that problem just +% vanished. +% +% The same remarks apply to the \texttt{part} and \texttt{section} counters. +% \or\relax +% \emph{Ne trichez pas}\virage{} avec le compteur л~\texttt{chapter}~╗, donc n'щcrivez pas des horreurs telles que: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{setcounter}\verb|{chapter}{6}| +% \end{verse} +% Ceci casserait la mщcanique du paquetage. Il vaut mieux ajouter des commandes \com{chapter}, afin de +% crщer des chapitres vides (mais numщrotщs d'une maniшre lщgale). Depuis la version~\#10, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% fonctionne avec les appendices. +% La version \#19 vous permet de commencer par un chapitre numщrotщ autrement que un. +% Et regardez л~Entrщes spщciales dans la TdM~╗, section~\vref{special.entries}. +% +% Depuis la version~\#23 (1994/11/08), la numщrotation des chapitres et celle des minitocs sont indщpendantes, +% donc ce problшme a disparu. +% +% Les mъmes remarques s'appliquent aux compteurs \texttt{part} et \texttt{section}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (7) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Supported document classes}\label{s+supported+classes} +% \or\relax +% \section{Classes de document supportщes}\label{s+supported+classes} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{W0017} \upack{minitoc} package is restricted to document classes which define +% chapters in the standard way, like ``\class{book}'' and ``\class{report}'', +% or sections in the standard way, like ``\class{article}''~\cite{classes}. +% There are ``parttocs'' if the document class defines the \com{part} command. +% Note that classes like ``\class{letter}''~\cite{letter}, which have not the classical sectionning structure, cannot be +% supported. Classes using sectionning commands with other names are not supported\,\footnote{This would be +% very difficult: any user can create new sectionning commands (often with the help from some packages) with +% standard or new names; this is only limited by the imagination. The \upack{minitoc} package relies on the +% names of the standard sectionning commands and on the syntax of these commands.}. +% See also section~\vref{s+AMS}. +% \or\relax +% Le\imess{W0017} paquetage \upack{minitoc} est restreint aux classes de document qui dщfinissent les chapitres +% de la maniшre standard, comme л~\class{book}~╗ et л~\class{report}~╗, ou les sections de la maniшre standard, +% comme л~\class{article}~╗~\cite{classes}. Il y~a des л~parttocs~╗ si la classe de document dщfinit +% la commande \com{part}. Notez que des classes telles que л~\class{letter}~╗~\cite{letter}, +% qui n'ont pas la structure de sectionnement classique, ne +% peuvent pas ъtre supportщes. Les classes utilisant des commandes de sectionnement portant d'autres noms ne sont +% pas supportщes\,\footnote{Ce serait trшs difficile: tout utilisateur peut crщer de nouvelles commandes de +% sectionnement (souvent р~l'aide de certains paquetages) portant des noms standard ou nouveaux; ceci n'est limitщ +% que par l'imagination. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} s'appuie sur les noms des commandes de sectionnement standard +% et sur la syntaxe de ces commandes.}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+AMS}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (8) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Compatibility with \LaTeX{} versions} +% \or\relax +% \section{Compatibilitщ avec les versions de \LaTeX{}} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some\imess{W0021} users have failed to make \upack{minitoc} to work. They got a message like: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0021|\\ +% \verb|Undefined command ... \@inputcheck ...|\\ +% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is obsolete.| +% \verb|Trying to continue...| +% \end{verse} +% or:\imess{W0022} +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0022|\\ +% \verb|Undefined command ... \reset@font ...|\\ +% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete.|\\ +% \verb|Trying to continue... crossing fingers.| +% \end{verse} +% The \com{reset@font} command has been added to \xfile{latex.tex} +% on September~29th, 1991 and the \com{@inputcheck} command +% on March~18th, 1992 and this version of \xfile{latex.tex} has been +% released on March~25th, 1992. If you get this message, you +% have an old version of \xfile{latex.tex}. Get a recent one from +% the archives (or a recent distribution) +% and regenerate a \xfile{latex.fmt} format via \texttt{initex} (or your configuration tool). +% \or\relax +% Certains\imess{W0021} utilisateurs ne sont pas parvenus р~faire fonctionner \upack{minitoc}. +% Ils ont reчu un message tel que: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0021|\\ +% \verb|Undefined command ... \@inputcheck ...|\\ +% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is obsolete.| +% \verb|Trying to continue...| +% \end{verse} +% ou:\imess{W0022} +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0022|\\ +% \verb|Undefined command ... \reset@font ...|\\ +% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete.|\\ +% \verb|Trying to continue... crossing fingers.| +% \end{verse} +% La commande \com{reset@font} a щtщ ajoutщe р~\xfile{latex.tex} le 29~septembre 1991, et la commande +% \com{@inputcheck} le 18~mars 1992, et cette version de \xfile{latex.tex} a щtщ distribuщe le 25~mars 1992. Si +% vous obtenez un tel message, vous avez une vieille version de \xfile{latex.tex}. Obtenez une version rщcente +% depuis les archives (ou une distribution rщcente) +% et rщgщnщrez un format \xfile{latex.fmt} via \texttt{initex} (ou votre outil de configuration). +% \fi +% +% ^^A (9) +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Other mini-tables}\label{faq.9} +% \or\relax +% \section{Autres mini-tables}\label{faq.9} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some demanding users want to have minilof, minilot and +% minibbl (mini-bibliographies per part, chapter or section). First, ``minibbl'' is another problem, strongly +% related to the \BibTeX's dealing with \suffix{.aux} files. Look +% at the \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits}, +% \pack{multibib}~\cite{multibib}, \pack{bibtopic}~\cite{bibtopic}, and \pack{splitbib}~\cite{splitbib} packages. +% Version~\#13 has implemented basic minilofs and minilots. +% Minibbls are not the aim of this package\footnote{See {\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multbib}}}. +% \or\relax +% Certains utilisateurs exigeants dщsirent avoir des minilofs, minilots et minibbls. Tout d'abord, les л~minibbls~╗ +% (mini-bibliographies par partie, chapitre ou section) sont un autre problшme, +% fortement liщ au traitement par \BibTeX\ des fichiers \suffix{.aux}. +% Regardez les paquetages \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits}, +% \pack{multibib}~\cite{bibunits}, \pack{bibtopic}~\cite{bibtopic} et \pack{splitbib}~\cite{splitbib}. +% La version~\#13 a implantщ les minilofs et minilots basiques. Les minibbls ne sont pas l'objet de ce +% paquetage{\froff\,\footnote{Voir~: \froff\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multbib}}}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% ^^A (10) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Why so many auxiliary files?}\label{faq.10} +% \or\relax +% \section{Pourquoi autant de fichiers auxiliaires?}\label{faq.10} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This package creates a lot of auxiliary files and some users +% have argued that it is too many. A deep redesign would be +% necessary to avoid that. Using only one big auxiliary file +% (or one for all minitocs, one for all minilofs, \ldots) +% would make the reading of such file very slow, as it would +% be read for each \ucom{miniXXX} macro! +% Moreover, this would make the \optd{checkfiles} (see section~\vref{s+placing}) package +% option impractical to implement. +% Note that the many files \uxfile{*.mtc*}, etc., may be +% deleted after the \LaTeX{} run. They are rebuilt by the preparation commands +% (like \com{dominitoc} and siblings). +% But, since version \#35, +% \upack{minitoc} is able to detect and skip empty \uxfile{*.mtc*} files +% (and siblings) to avoid ugly titles with just two thin rules. +% It would not be easy to do with only one big auxiliary file. +% Since version \#44, the \optd{listfiles} package option is available to create a list of these auxiliary +% files; see section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% \or\relax +% Ce paquetage crщe des tas de fichiers auxiliaires et certains utilisateurs ont arguщ qu'il y en avait trop. +% Une rщorganisation profonde serait nщcessaire pour щviter ce grand nombre. Utiliser un seul grand fichier +% auxiliaire (ou un pour toutes les minitocs, un pour toutes les minilofs, etc.) rendrait la lecture de ce +% fichier trшs lente, car il devrait ъtre lu pour chaque commande \ucom{miniXXX}! De plus, ceci +% rendrait l'implantation de l'option \optd{checkfiles} (section~\vref{s+placing}) pratiquement impossible. +% Notez que les nombreux fichiers \uxfile{*.mtc*}, etc., peuvent ъtre dщtruits aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX. +% Ils sont reconstruits par les commandes de prщparation (comme \com{dominitoc} et ses analogues). +% Mais, depuis la version \#35, \upack{minitoc} est capable de dщtecter et sauter les fichiers \uxfile{*.mtc*} (et +% analogues) vides pour щviter des titres isolщs avec seulement deux filets fins. +% Tout ceci ne serait pas facile р~faire avec un seul gros fichier auxiliaire. +% Depuis la version \#44, l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles} est disponible pour crщer une liste de ces +% fichiers auxiliaires; voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{5} +% These files contain the mini-tables extracted from the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof}, and \suffix{.lot} files. +% They are no more useful after the \LaTeX\ run. If you run \LaTeX\ via a script or a ``makefile'', it may be +% useful to add to it a cleaning feature (which should be optional, to allow debugging). The +% table~\vref{t+suffixes} gives the list of the extensions for these files (note that a \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} +% auxiliary file is also created as a scratch file). +% +% As an example, you can look at the \tool{rubber} tool~\cite{rubber} +% (written in Python) provided by \xname{Emmanuel}{Beffara}: +% \begin{quote} +% \url{http://iml.univ-mrs.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/} +% \end{quote} +% \or\relax +% Ces fichiers contiennent les mini-tables extraites des fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot}. +% Ils ne sont plus utiles aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX. Si vous exщcutez \LaTeX\ au moyen d'un script ou +% d'un л~makefile~╗, il peut ъtre utile de lui ajouter un dispositif de nettoyage (qui devrait ъtre optionnel, +% pour permettre la mise au point). Le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes} donne la liste des suffixes pour ces fichiers +% (notez qu'un fichier auxiliaire \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} est aussi crщщ comme fichier de travail). +% +% Comme exemple, vous pouvez regarder l'outil \tool{rubber}~\cite{rubber} +% (щcrit en Python) fourni par \xname{Emmanuel}{Beffara}: +% {\froff\begin{quote} +% \url{http://iml.univ-mrs.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/} +% \end{quote}} +% \fi +% +% ^^A (11) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Mini-tables at levels other than chapter} +% \or\relax +% \section{Mini-tables р~des niveaux autres que le chapitre} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Here also, some redesign was needed. From version~\#15, there are parttocs, partlofs and +% partlots for the part level in \class{book}\texttt{\BAR}\class{report}-like and \class{article}-like documents, +% secttocs, sectlofs and sectlots for the section level in \class{article}-like +% documents. Note that you can not have minitocs features at chapter +% and section level in the same document, because doing so would make +% an almost unreadable monster. The user must choose the main class of +% the document according to the size of it (e.g.,~do not write an article +% of more than 100~sections: this is a report, or even a book!). +% +% \begin{center}\ttfamily +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \toprule +% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries part&\rmfamily\bfseries chapter&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \midrule +% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \thickline +% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries part&\rmfamily\bfseries chapter&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \hline +% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline +% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline +% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\thickline +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{center} +% \or\relax +% Ici aussi, une reconstruction a щtщ nщcessaire. Depuis la version~\#15, il y a des parttocs, partlofs et partlots +% pour le niveau partie dans les documents dont la classe est similaire +% р~\class{book}, \class{report} ou \class{article}, +% des secttocs, sectlofs et sectlots pour le niveau section dans les documents dont la classe est similaire +% р~\class{article}. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas avoir les dispositifs de \upack{minitoc} aux niveaux chapitre et +% section dans le mъme document, car cela produirait un monstre presque illisible. L'utilisateur doit choisir la classe de +% base du document selon la taille de celui-ci (par exemple, ne pas щcrire un article de plus de 100~sections: c'est +% un rapport, ou mъme un livre!). +% \begin{center}\ttfamily +% \ifBT +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \toprule +% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries partie&\rmfamily\bfseries chapitre&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \midrule +% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \else +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \thickline +% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries partie&\rmfamily\bfseries chapitre&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ +% \hline +% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline +% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline +% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\thickline +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{center} +% \fi +% +% ^^A (12) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Incompatibility with \LaTeX2.09} +% \or\relax +% \section{Incompatibilitщ avec \LaTeX2.09} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\protect} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The more recent version of \LaTeXe{} adds \com{protect} before +% \com{contentsline} in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lof} +% files. The version~\#17 of \upack{minitoc} attempts to be compatible with \LaTeXe{} and \LaTeX2.09. +% This will be the \emph{last} +% version usable with \LaTeX2.09. Versions~\#18 and later are \LaTeXe{} specific, and no more compatible +% with \LaTeX2.09, which is completely obsolete. +% \or\relax +% La version la plus rщcente de \LaTeXe{} ajoute \com{protect} avant \com{contentsline} dans +% les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lof}. La version~\#17 de \upack{minitoc} tente d'ъtre compatible +% avec \LaTeXe{} et \LaTeX2.09. Ce sera la \emph{derniшre} version utilisable avec \LaTeX2.09. Les versions~\#18 et +% ultщrieures sont spщcifiques de \LaTeXe, et ne sont plus compatibles avec \LaTeX2.09, qui est totalement obsolшte. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (13) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Documents resetting the chapter number at each part} +% \or\relax +% \section{Documents rщ-initialisant le numщro de chapitre pour chaque partie} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since version~\#23, \upack{minitoc} works with document classes resetting +% chapter (or section) number at each part (or chapter). This is possible because the auxiliary files for the +% mini-tables have now an \emph{absolute} number. +% \or\relax +% Depuis la version~\#23, \upack{minitoc} fonctionne avec les classes de document qui rщ-initialisent le numщro de +% chapitre (ou de section) pour chaque partie (ou chapitre). Ceci est possible car les fichiers auxiliaires pour les +% mini-tables ont dщsormais un numщro \emph{absolu}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (14) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The mini-tables have too much spaced lines} +% From version~\#29, you can have tight mini-tables with the \opt{tight} option, and +% with the \opt{k-tight} option for the \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (since version~\#43). +% \or\relax +% \section{Les mini-tables ont leurs lignes trop espacщes} +% Depuis la version~\#29, vous pouvez avoir des mini-tables plus resserrщes avec l'option \opt{tight}, +% avec l'option \opt{k-tight} pour les classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (depuis la version~\#43). +% \fi +% +% ^^A (15) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The secttocs are wrong} +% Secttocs did not work: corrected (version~\#38). +% \or\relax +% \section{Les secttocs sont fausses} +% Les secttocs ne fonctionnent pas: corrigщ (version~\#38). +% \fi +% +% ^^A (16) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Removing the lines of dots} +% The lines of dots (leaders) between section titles and page numbers are removed by the \opt{undotted} +% option (\#29). See also section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Retirer les points de conduite} +% Les lignes de points (points de conduite) entre les titres de sections et les numщros de pages sont retirщs par +% l'option \opt{undotted} (\#29). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (17) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Using the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}}\label{faq.17} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utiliser le paquetage \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}}\label{faq.17} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since version~\#31, \upack{minitoc} works correctly with the powerful \pack{hyperref} +% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, thanks to \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, +% using the work of \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, \xname{Didier}{Verna} and \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. +% \emph{Hence\Virage{} the \pack{minitoc-hyper} package~\cite{minitoc-hyper} is now obsolete and should no more be used. +% It it still present on the CTAN archives for compatibility with old documents.} +% If you add the loading of the \pack{hyperref} package to a document yet using \upack{minitoc}, +% you will get error message about spurious closing braces. Just let finish the \LaTeX\ run, +% then re-\LaTeX\ the document. There will be no problem if you remove the loading of +% \pack{hyperref} and add it again: the problem occurs only when upgrading from +% \upack{minitoc}~\#30 to \upack{minitoc}~\#31 (or higher) with a document already processed and adding +% \pack{hyperref} at the same time! It seems better to process the document with \upack{minitoc}~\#31 (or higher) +% without \pack{hyperref}, then with \pack{hyperref}, because some internal commands written +% into the auxiliary files have been modified. If used, the \pack{hyperref} package must be loaded \emph{before} +% \upack{minitoc}. Note that the documents \xfile{minitoc.dtx} and \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} show (not so) basic examples +% of the use of the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% Depuis la version \#31, \upack{minitoc} fonctionne enfin correctement avec le puissant paquetage +% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, grтce р~\name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, qui a utilisщ les travaux de +% \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, \xname{Didier}{Verna} et \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. +% \emph{Donc\Virage{} le paquetage \pack{minitoc-hyper}~\cite{minitoc-hyper} est dщsormais obsolшte et ne devrait plus ъtre +% utilisщ. Il est encore prщsent sur les archives CTAN pour la compatibilitщ avec des anciens documents.} +% Si vous ajoutez le chargement du paquetage \pack{hyperref} р~un +% document utilisant dщjр \upack{minitoc}, vous recevrez un message d'erreur concernant des accolades fermantes en +% trop. Il suffit de laisser se terminer l'exщcution de \LaTeX, puis de rщ-exщcuter \LaTeX\ sur le document. Il n'y +% aura aucun problшme si vous enlevez le chargement de \pack{hyperref} puis l'ajoutez de nouveau; ce problшme ne +% se produit que lorsque vous passez de \upack{minitoc} version~\#30 р~\upack{minitoc} version~\#31 (ou supщrieure) +% avec un document dщjр traitщ et en ajoutant \pack{hyperref} en mъme temps! Il semble prщfщrable de traiter le +% document avec \upack{minitoc} version~\#31 (ou supщrieure) sans \pack{hyperref}, puis avec \pack{hyperref}, +% parce que certaines commandes internes щcrites dans les fichiers auxiliaires ont щtщ modifiщes. S'il est utilisщ, +% le paquetage \pack{hyperref} doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}. Notez que les documents +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} montrent des exemples (qui ne sont pas vraiment) basiques de +% l'utilisation du paquetage \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (18) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Problem while upgrading \upack{minitoc}} +% If upgrading from version~\#30 or lower to +% version~\#31 or higher, you should delete the \suffix{.aux}, +% \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof}, \suffix{.lot} files of the document, +% else the first \LaTeX{} run with version~\#31 or higher will +% produce a lot of errors (the next run should be ok). See also the section~\vref{faq.17}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Problшme lors de la mise р~jour de \upack{minitoc}} +% Lors de la mise р~jour de la version~\#30 ou infщrieure vers la version~\#31 ou supщrieure, vous devriez dщtruire +% les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof}, \suffix{.lot} du document, sinon la premiшre exщcution de \LaTeX{} avec +% la version~\#31 ou supщrieure produira beaucoup d'erreurs (l'exщcution suivante devrait ъtre correcte). Voir aussi +% la section~\vref{faq.17}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (19) +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{A local TOC for the set of appendices}\label{faq.19}% +% \or\relax +% \section{Une TdM locale pour l'ensemble des appendices}\label{faq.19}% +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\appendix} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\protect} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\partbegin} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some users need a table of contents for the appendices, +% but without putting the entries of it into the main table of +% contents. The solution is to put the appendices in a \com{part} +% subdivision of the document and ask for a table of contents at +% the \com{part} level: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{doparttoc}\verb|\doparttoc % after \begin{document}|\\ +% \verb|. . .|\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}\\ +% \verb|. . .|\\ +% \com{appendix}\\ +% \icom{part}\verb|\part{Appendices} % create a part level subdivision|\\ +% \icom{parttoc}\verb|\parttoc % create a local table of contents|\\ +% \verb|% To suppress the appendix part in the main toc|\\ +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{setcounter}\idcnt{tocdepth}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{-1}}|\\ +% \icom{chapter}\verb|\chapter{First appendix}|\\ +% \verb|. . .|\\ +% \verb|% Add this at the end of appendices if there is something|\\ +% \verb|% after the appendices (like an index or a bibliography)|\\ +% \verb|% to put a bound to the contents of \parttoc|\\ +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{partbegin}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}| +% \end{verse} +% See also section~\vref{faq.25}. +% \or\relax +% Certains utilisateurs ont besoin d'une table des matiшres pour les appendices, mais sans mettre les entrщes de +% cette table dans la table des matiшres principale. Une solution est de mettre les appendices dans une subdivision +% \com{part} du document et de demander une table des matiшres au niveau de cette partie: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{doparttoc}\verb|\doparttoc % aprшs \begin{document}|\\ +% \verb|. . .|\\ +% \com{tableofcontents}\\ +% \verb|. . .|\\ +% \icom{appendix}\verb|\appendix|\\ +% \icom{part}\verb|\part{Appendices} % crщe une subdivision de niveau partie|\\ +% \icom{parttoc}\verb|\parttoc % crщe une table des matiшres locale|\\ +% \verb|% Pour supprimer la partie appendices dans la TdM principale|\\ +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{setcounter}\idcnt{tocdepth}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{-1}}|\\ +% \icom{chapter}\verb|\chapter{Premier appendice}|\\ +% \verb|. . .|\\ +% \verb|% Ajoutez ceci р la fin des appendices s'il y a quelque chose|\\ +% \verb|% aprшs les appendices (comme un index ou une bibliographie)|\\ +% \verb|% pour placer une borne au contenu de \parttoc|\\ +% \icom{atttocontents}\icom{partbegin}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}| +% \end{verse} +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq.25}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (20) +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{appendix} package}\ipack{appendix}\label{faq+appendix} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{appendix}}\ipack{appendix}\label{faq+appendix} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} +% \begin{environment}{appendices} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you use the \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}),\imess{I0042} +% you will observe a serious problem with minitocs in the \env{appendices} environment +% (and after it): they do not +% match with their respective appendices. In fact, the environnement opening \ienv{appendices}\verb|\begin{appendices}| hides a +% \com{addcontentsline} command for a chapter or a section, putting trouble +% in the numbering of minitocs or secttocs. Several solutions are available. The first one is to add a +% \com{adjustmtc} or \com{adjuststc} command +% (depending on the level of the appendices, chapter or section) after \emph{each} +% \ienv{appendices}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{appendices\}} command. +% An other solution is to add the following commands in the preamble +% \emph{after} the loading of the \pack{appendix} package: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ +% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjustmtc}| +% \end{verse} +% if appendices are at the chapter level, OR: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ +% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjuststc}| +% \end{verse} +% if appendices are at the section level. +% +% These two solutions may be modified by replacing \com{adjustmtc} by the sequence: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{chapterend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\chapterend}|\\ +% OR\\ +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}| +% \end{quote} +% when it is necessary to delimit the end of the preceding chapter or section\,\footnote{In fact, the commands +% \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} and \com{sectend} should not be used directly by the user, in normal circumstances.}. +% +% A rather more elegant solution is to add an entry into the TOC via the \com{addappheadtotoc} command offered by +% the \pack{appendix} package. As this entry is a chapter-level (or section-level) entry, it delimits correctly +% the end of the preceding chapter or section. +% +% See also the \exam{mtc-amm.tex} example file (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}), +% which uses the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, +% which includes itself the \pack{appendix} package functionnality (these packages and this class are from the same author). +% \or\relax +% Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}),\imess{I0042} vous observerez un +% sщrieux problшme avec les minitocs dans l'environnement \env{appendices} (et aprшs lui): elles ne correspondent +% pas avec leurs appendices respectifs. En fait, l'ouverture de l'environnement par \ienv{appendices}\verb|\begin{appendices}| dissimule une +% commande \com{addcontentsline} pour un chapitre ou une section, semant le trouble dans la numщrotation des +% minitocs ou secttocs. Plusieurs solutions sont disponibles. La premiшre consiste р~ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} +% ou \com{adjuststc} (selon que les appendices sont au niveau chapitre ou section) aprшs \emph{chaque} commande +% \ienv{appendices}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{appendices\}}. Une autre solution est d'ajouter les commandes suivantes dans le prщambule +% \emph{aprшs} le chargement du paquetage \pack{appendix}: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ +% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjustmtc}| +% \end{verse} +% si les appendices sont au niveau chapitre, OU: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ +% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjuststc}| +% \end{verse} +% si les appendices sont au niveau section. +% +% Ces deux solutions peuvent ъtre modifiщes en remplaчant \com{adjustmtc} par la sщquence: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{chapterend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\chapterend}|\\ +% OU\\ +% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}| +% \end{quote} +% lorsqu'il est nщcessaire de dщlimiter la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) prщcщdent(e)\,\footnote{En fait, les +% commandes \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} et \com{sectend} ne devraient pas ъtre appelщes directement par +% l'utilisateur, dans des circonstances normales.}. +% +% Une solution plus щlщgante consiste р~ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres via la +% commande \com{addappheadtotoc} fournie par le paquetage \pack{appendix}. Comme cette entrщe est une entrщe +% au niveau chapitre (ou au niveau section), elle dщlimite correctement la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) +% prщcщdent(e). +% +% Voir aussi le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-amm.tex} (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}), +% qui utilise la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, +% qui inclut elle-mъme la fonctionnalitщ du paquetage \pack{appendix} (ces paquetages et cette classe sont du mъme auteur). +% \fi +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% ^^A (21) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{tocloft} package}\ipack{tocloft}\label{faq+tocloft} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{tocloft}}\ipack{tocloft}\label{faq+tocloft} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% (This\imess{I0047} answer is given in the documentation of the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}.) +% The \pack{tocloft} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) and \upack{minitoc} packages +% have an unfortunate interaction\,\footnote{Discovered by \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}.}, which fortunately can be fixed. +% In the normal course of events, when \upack{minitoc} is used in a chaptered +% document it will typeset section +% entries in the minitocs in bold font. If \pack{tocloft} is used in +% conjunction with \upack{minitoc}, then the minitoc section entries are +% typeset in the normal font, except for the page numbers which are in +% bold font, while the ToC section entries are all in normal font. +% +% One cure, if you want the minitoc section entries to be all in normal small +% font, is to put: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{renewcommand}\icom{mtcSfont}\verb|\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\normalfont\small}| +% \end{verse} +% or: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsetfont}\verb|\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalfont\small}| +% \end{verse} +% in the preamble. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Otherwise, the cure is the following incantation: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{renewcommand}\verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\bfseries}|\\ +% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\bfseries\cftdotfill{\cftdotsep}}|\\ +% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{\bfseries}| +% \end{verse} +% To have the section entries in both the ToC and the minitocs in bold then +% put the incantation in the preamble. To have only the minitoc section +% entries in bold while the ToC entries are in the normal font, +% put the incantation between the \com{tableofcontents} +% command and the first \com{chapter} command. +% +% As \pack{tocloft} is a very powerful and useful package, these cures are worth to be added if you need the +% benefits of this package. See also section~\vref{faq+memoir}. +% \or\relax +% (Cette\imess{I0047} rщponse est donnщe dans la documentation du paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}.) +% Les paquetages \pack{tocloft} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) et \upack{minitoc} ont une fтcheuse +% interaction\,\footnote{Dщcouverte par \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}.}, qui, heureusement, peut ъtre corrigщe. +% Dans le cours normal des choses, lorsque \upack{minitoc} est utilisщ dans un document avec chapitres, il +% composera les entrщes de sections dans une fonte grasse. Si \pack{tocloft} est utilisщ en conjonction avec +% \upack{minitoc}, alors les entrщes de sections dans les minitocs sont composщes dans la fonte normale, sauf pour +% les numщros de pages qui sont en fonte grasse, tandis que les entrщes de sections dans la table des matiшres +% principale sont entiшrement en fonte normale. +% +% Un remшde, si vous voulez que toutes des entrщes de sections dans les minitocs soient en fonte normale, est de +% placer: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{renewcommand}\icom{mtcSfont}\verb|\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\normalfont\small}| +% \end{verse} +% ou: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsetfont}\verb|\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalfont\small}| +% \end{verse} +% dans le prщambule. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Sinon, le remшde est l'incantation suivante: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{renewcommand}\verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\bfseries}|\\ +% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\bfseries\cftdotfill{\cftdotsep}}|\\ +% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{\bfseries}| +% \end{verse} +% Pour que les entrщes de sections dans la table des matiшres principale et dans les minitocs soient toutes en gras, +% placez l'incantation dans le prщambule. Pour que ces entrщes soient en gras dans les minitocs mais en fonte +% normale dans la table des matiшres principale, placez l'incantation entre la commande \com{tableofcontents} et +% la premiшre commande \com{chapter}. +% +% Puisque \pack{tocloft} est un paquetage trшs puissant et trшs utile, cela vaut la peine d'ajouter ces remшdes si +% vous voulez profiter des avantages de ce paquetage. Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq+memoir}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (22) +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \uclass{memoir} class}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq+memoir} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec la classe \uclass{memoir}}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq+memoir} +% \fi +% \SMMZZ{\lmess{E0028}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0032}\\\lmess{I0044}\\\lmess{M0001}} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} offers basically the functionnalities +% of the \pack{appendix}, \pack{tocbibind} +% and \pack{tocloft} packages (this class and these packages have the same author, \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), +% hence it has the same problems; +% see above the available solutions (sections~\vref{faq+appendix}, +% \vref{special.entries}, and~\vref{faq+tocloft} respectively). +% If your version of the \class{memoir} class is recent, the syntax of the \com{chapter} command is +% different and the \class{memoir} class \emph{could be no more compatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, but a +% patch is inserted to fix the problem. Hopefully, if your version of the \class{memoir} class +% is more recent than 2005/09/25, the patch is no more necessary. +% +% If you are using the \class{memoir} class (or the \pack{tocloft} package), +% the \com{mtcsetfont} command has no effect (\com{mtcsettitlefont} works); you should use the font +% commands which are specific of the \class{memoir} class (or of the \pack{tocloft} package). +% +% If you still want to use the \com{mtcsetfont} commands while using the \class{memoir} class (or of the +% \pack{tocloft} package), you must disable the \class{memoir}/\pack{tocloft} font commands. This is done by +% the following commands: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\let\cftpartfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftchapterfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsectionfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubsectionfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubsubsectionfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftparagraphfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubparagraphfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftfigurefont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubfigurefont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cfttablefont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubtablefont\relax| +% \end{quote} +% \or\relax +% La classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} offre essentiellement les fonctionnalitщs des +% paquetages \pack{appendix}, \pack{tocbibind} et \pack{tocloft} (cette classe et ces paquetages ont +% le mъme auteur, \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), +% et donc elle a les mъmes problшmes; voir ci-dessus les solutions disponibles (sections~\vref{faq+appendix}, +% \vref{special.entries} et~\vref{faq+tocloft} respectivement). +% Si votre version de la classe \class{memoir} est rщcente, la syntaxe de la commande \com{chapter} +% est diffщrente et la classe \class{memoir} \emph{pourrait n'ъtre plus compatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% mais une modification est insщrщe pour corriger le problшme. Heureusement, si votre version de la classe \class{memoir} +% est plus rщcente que 2005/09/25, la correction n'est plus nщcessaire. +% +% Si vous utilisez la classe \class{memoir} (ou le paquetage \pack{tocloft}), la commande \com{mtcsetfont} +% n'a aucun effet (\com{mtcsettitlefont} fonctionne); vous devriez utiliser les commandes de fontes qui +% sont spщcifiques de la classe \class{memoir} (ou du paquetage \pack{tocloft}). +% +% Si vous souhaitez quand mъme utiliser les commandes \com{mtcsetfont} tout en utilisant la classe \class{memoir} +% (ou le paquetage \pack{tocloft}), vous devez dщsactiver les commandes de fontes de \class{memoir}/\pack{tocloft}. +% Ceci peut ъtre fait par les commandes suivantes: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\let\cftpartfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftchapterfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsectionfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubsectionfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubsubsectionfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftparagraphfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubparagraphfont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftfigurefont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubfigurefont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cfttablefont\relax|\\ +% \verb|\let\cftsubtablefont\relax| +% \end{quote} +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% ^^A (23) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{There are too many commands for fonts, titles, and depths} +% \or\relax +% \section{Il y a trop de commandes pour les fontes, les titres et les profondeurs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since version \#41, the \com{mtcsetfont} and \com{mtcsettitlefont} commands are available. You do not need anymore +% to know \com{mtcSSSfont}, \com{ptifont}, etc. +% \or\relax +% Depuis la version \#41, les commandes \com{mtcsetfont} et \com{mtcsettitlefont} sont disponibles. Vous +% n'avez plus besoin de connaюtre \com{mtcSSSfont}, \com{ptifont}, etc. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since version \#42, the \com{mtcsettitle} command is available. +% You do not need anymore to know \com{mtctitle}, \com{slttitle}, etc. +% \or\relax +% Depuis la version \#42, la commande \com{mtcsettitle} est disponible. +% Vous n'avez plus besoin de connaюtre \com{mtctitle}, \com{slttitle}, etc. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since version \#43, the \com{mtcsetdepth} command is available. +% You do not need anymore to know the counters \dcnt{minitocdepth}, \dcnt{sectlotdepth}, etc. +% \or\relax +% Depuis la version \#43, la commande \com{mtcsetdepth} est disponible. +% n'avez plus besoin de connaюtre les compteurs \dcnt{minitocdepth}, \dcnt{sectlotdepth}, etc. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (24) +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section[Compatibility with the \texorpdfstring{\AmS}{\emph{AmS}} document classes]% +% {Compatibility with the {\AmS} document classes}\label{s+AMS} +% This problem has been pointed out by \name{Henri}{Massias}. +% \or\relax +% \section[Compatibilitщ avec les classes de document de l'\texorpdfstring{\AmS}{\emph{AmS}}]% +% {Compatibilitщ avec les classes de document de l'{\AmS}}\label{s+AMS} +% Ce problшme a щtщ signalщ par \name{Henri}{Massias}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Unfortunately, the \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}}\class{amsart} +% and \class{amsproc} document classes are +% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}. +% The \class{amsbook} document class requires the insertion of commands if you want +% a list of figures and/or a list of tables: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{listoffigures}\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % added|\\ +% \com{listoftables}\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % added| +% \end{verse} +% \or\relax +% Malheureusement, les classes de document \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}}\class{amsart} +% et \class{amsproc} sont \emph{incompatibles} avec \upack{minitoc}. +% La classe de document \class{amsbook} requiert l'insertion de commandes si vous dщsirez +% une liste des figures et/ou une liste des tableaux: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{listoffigures}\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % ajout|\\ +% \com{listoftables}\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % ajout| +% \end{verse} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% ^^A (25) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Hiding some entries from the main table of contents}\label{faq.25}% +% \or\relax +% \section{Cacher certaines entrщes dans la table des matiшres principale}\label{faq.25}% +% \fi +% \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% It is a problem similar to that of section~\vref{faq.19}. +% An example is having a local table of contents for a chapter (\com{minitoc}) whose entries should not appear in +% the main table of contents. Just use the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{}\emph{Title}\texttt{\}}\\ +% \texttt{\bs begin\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{level}\texttt{]}\\ +% \com{minitoc}\\ +% \com{section}\texttt{\{}\emph{sub-title}\texttt{\}}\\ +% .{}.{}.\\ +% \texttt{\bs end\{mtchideinmaintoc\}} +% \end{quote} +% This environment accepts an optional numeric argument, which is the depth of hiding in the main toc (default: +% \texttt{-1}, complete hiding). +% You can look at the \exam{mtc-apx.tex} example file:\label{mtc-apx.tex} +% \or\relax +% C'est un problшme similaire р~celui de la section~\vref{faq.19}. +% Un exemple est d'avoir une table des matiшres locale pour un chapitre (\com{minitoc}) dont les entrщes ne +% doivent pas apparaюtre dans la table des matiшres principale. Utilisez simplement l'environnement +% \env{mtchideinmaintoc}: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{}\emph{Titre}\texttt{\}}\\ +% \texttt{\bs begin\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{niveau}\texttt{]}\\ +% \com{minitoc}\\ +% \com{section}\texttt{\{}\emph{sous-titre}\texttt{\}}\\ +% .{}.{}.\\ +% \texttt{\bs end\{mtchideinmaintoc\}} +% \end{quote} +% Cet environnement accepte un argument optionnel numщrique, qui est la profondeur de masquage dans la table des +% matiшres principale (par dщfaut: \texttt{-1}, masquage complet). Vous pouvez regarder le fichier d'exemple +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}:\label{mtc-apx.tex} +% \fi +% \end{environment} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-apx> +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-apx.tex}% + [2007/03/22]% +\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text +\usepackage{tocbibind} % adds some entries in the main TOC. +\usepackage[tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} \setcounter{parttocdepth}{3} +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc % prepare the mini-tables +\tableofcontents +\mtcaddchapter % because tocbibind adds a chapter entry in the TOC +\chapter{First} +\minitoc +First chapter +\section{First section} \lipsum[1] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] +\chapter{Second} +\minitoc +Second +\section{First section of second chapter} \lipsum[3] +\section{Second section of second chapter} \lipsum[4] +\appendix % begins the appendices +\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices} % adds a part entry in the TOC +\adjustptc % fixes the parttoc counter ptc +\mtcsettitle{parttoc}{List of Appendices} % changes the parttoc title +\parttoc % adds a partial toc for the appendices +\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] % hides the details of the appendices in the main TOC, +% % but chapter-level entries would be still visible in the main TOC +% % if you use 0 in place of -1 as optional argument. +\chapter{First appendix} +\minitoc +First appendix +\section{First section} \lipsum[5] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[6] +\chapter{Second appendix} +\minitoc +Second appendix +\section{First section of second appendix} \lipsum[7] +\section{Second section of second appendix} \lipsum[8] +\end{mtchideinmaintoc} % end of hiding +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Of course, the environments \env{mtchideinmainlof} +% and \env{mtchideinmainlot} are also available, to hide some entries in the main +% list of figures or of tables. +% +% Note\virage{} that the position of the end of these environments must be adjusted to include a page break (like +% the one done by a \com{chapter} command), else the restore command might be inserted too early into the +% \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} or \suffix{.lot} file. There is an example file +% (\exam{mtc-hi1.tex}):\label{mtc-hi1.tex} +% \or\relax +% Bien s√r, les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} sont aussi disponibles, pour +% masquer certaines entrщes dans la liste principale des figures ou des tableaux. +% +% Notez\virage{} que la position de la fin de ces environnements doit ъtre ajustщe pour inclure un saut de page +% (comme celui fait par une commande \com{chapter}), sinon la commande de restauration pourrait ъtre insщrщe +% trop tЇt dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} ou \suffix{.lot}. Voici un fichier d'exemple +% (\exam{mtc-hi1.tex}):\label{mtc-hi1.tex} +% \fi +% \end{environment} +% \end{environment} +% \raggedcolumns +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-hi1> +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi1.tex}% + [2007/01/04]% +\usepackage% + [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominilof \listoffigures +\dominilot \listoftables +\chapter{First} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA2} +\end{table} +\chapter{Second} +\minilof \minilot +%%---------------------- +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{multicols}} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. +% In this document, we use the environment forms. +% \or\relax +% Nous commenчons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la +% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes environnements. +% \fi +% \raggedcolumns +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{mtchideinmainlof} +\begin{mtchideinmainlot} +\begin{figure} +\caption{BBBB1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{BBBB2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TBBBB1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TBBBB2} +\end{table} +\chapter{Third} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{multicols}} +% \lneed{3} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We terminate the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. +% In this document, we use the environment forms. +% \or\relax +% Nous terminons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la +% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes environnements. +% \fi +% \raggedcolumns +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\end{mtchideinmainlot} +\end{mtchideinmainlof} +%%---------------------- +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC2} +\end{table} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{multicols}} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot} +% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlof} +% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But\virage{} it is also possible to use \emph{commands} in place of these environments: +% you place a \com{mtchideinmainlof} +% (or \com{mtchideinmainlot}) command in the first figure (or table) to +% hide, \emph{before} its caption and a \com{endmtchideinmainlof} (or \com{endmtchideinmainlot}) command at the end of +% the last figure (or table) to hide, \emph{after} its caption, like in this example file +% (\exam{mtc-hi2.tex}):\label{mtc-hi2.tex} +% \or\relax +% Mais\virage{} il est aussi possible d'utiliser des \emph{commandes} р~la place de ces environnements: vous placez une +% commande \com{mtchideinmainlof} (ou \com{mtchideinmainlot}) dans +% la premiшre figure (ou table) р~masquer, \emph{avant} son caption et une commande \com{endmtchideinmainlof} +% (ou \com{endmtchideinmainlot}) р~la fin de la derniшre figure (ou table) р~masquer, \emph{aprшs} son caption, +% comme dans cet exemple de fichier (\exam{mtc-hi2.tex}):\label{mtc-hi2.tex} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-hi2> +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi2.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage% + [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominilof \listoffigures +\dominilot \listoftables +\chapter{First} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{AAAA2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TAAAA2} +\end{table} +\chapter{Second} +\minilof \minilot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\virage{} begin the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. +% In this document, we use the command forms: a command is inserted \emph{before} the caption of the first ``hidden'' +% entry. +% \or\relax +% Nous\virage{} commenчons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la +% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes commandes: une commande est insщrщe \emph{avant} +% le caption de la \emph{premiшre} entrщe л~masquщe~╗. +% \fi +% \raggedcolumns +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{figure} +\mtchideinmainlof % <-- +\caption{BBBB1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{BBBB2} +\endmtchideinmainlof % <-- +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\mtchideinmainlot % <-- +\caption{TBBBB1} +\end{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{multicols}} +% \lneed{3} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\virage{} terminate the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. +% In this document, we use the command forms: a command is inserted \emph{after} the caption of the \emph{last} ``hidden'' +% entry. +% \or\relax +% Nous\virage{} terminons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la +% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes commandes: une commande est insщrщe \emph{aprшs} +% le caption de la \emph{derniшre} entrщe л~masquщe~╗. +% \fi +% \raggedcolumns +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{table} +\caption{TBBBB2} +\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- +\end{table} +\chapter{Third} +\minilof \minilot +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC1} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure} +\caption{CCCC2} +\end{figure} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC1} +\end{table} +\begin{table} +\caption{TCCCC2} +\end{table} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{multicols}} +% \flushcolumns +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This method, recommended while more delicate to apply, is much more reliable in delimiting the hiding domain: +% it solves the problem of the asynchronism between the writing of floats and the writing of the normal text. +% \or\relax +% Cette mщthode, recommandщe bien que plus dщlicate р~appliquer, est bien plus fiable dans la dщlimitation du domaine de +% masquage: elle rщsout le problшme de l'asynchronisme entre l'щcriture des щlщments flottants et celle du texte normal. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (26) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Defining your own \usuffix{.mld} file}\label{faq.26}\isuffix{.mld}% +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщfinir votre propre fichier \usuffix{.mld}}\label{faq.26}\isuffix{.mld}% +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, you should not directly modify one of the distributed \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. +% The simplest way to alter some +% title is to redefine the corresponding command via \com{renewcommand} or better via +% \com{mtcsettitle}. +% If you really want to have your own \suffix{.mld} file, you copy an existing \suffix{.mld} file +% into one with a new name (not +% the name of a distributed \suffix{.mld} file). Then you modify this new \suffix{.mld} file and you can use it via +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}. You can always contact me to add this new \suffix{.mld} file to the +% distribution. These remarks apply also to the \emph{language}\usuffix{[.mld--.mlo]} pairs of language definition files. +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, vous ne devriez pas modifier directement l'un des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo} de la +% distribution. La +% maniшre la plus simple de modifier un certain titre est de redщfinir la commande correspondante via +% \com{renewcommand} ou mieux, via \com{mtcsettitle}. Si vous souhaitez vraiment avoir votre propre fichier +% \suffix{.mld}, vous copiez un fichier \suffix{.mld} existant vers un fichier portant un nouveau nom +% (pas le nom d'un fichier \suffix{.mld} de la distribution). Puis vous modifiez ce nouveau fichier \suffix{.mld} et +% vous pourrez l'utiliser via \com{mtcselectlanguage}. Vous pouvez toujours me contacter pour ajouter ce nouveau +% fichier \suffix{.mld} р~la distribution. Ces remarques s'appliquent aussi aux paires +% \emph{langue}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{[.mld--.mlo]} de fichiers de dщfinition de langues. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (27) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{abstract} package}\label{faq.27}\ipack{abstract} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{abstract}}\label{faq.27}\ipack{abstract} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{environment}{abstract} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the \pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), is used with its +% \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option, a ``{Abstract}'' entry is added to the table of contents, +% as a starred chapter if the document class defines \com{chapter}, else as a starred section. +% This problem is detected by the \optd{hints} option and you should add +% a \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| or a \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| +% command after your \env{abstract} environment. +% \or\relax +% Lorsque le paquetage \pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), est utilisщ avec son option +% \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}, une entrщe л~{Abstract}~╗ (ou similaire) est ajoutщe dans la table des +% matiшres, comme un chapitre щtoilщ si la classe du document dщfinit \com{chapter}, sinon comme une section +% щtoilщe. Ce problшme est dщtectщ par l'option \optd{hints} et vous devriez ajouter une commande +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| ou \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| aprшs votre environnement \env{abstract}. +% \fi +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (28) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{sectsty} package}\label{faq.28}\ipack{sectsty} +% If the \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (by \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{sectsty}}\label{faq.28}\ipack{sectsty} +% Si le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (de \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) est utilisщ, il doit ъtre chargщ +% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, +% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (29) +% \lneed{15} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Strange alignment in the minitocs}\label{faq.29} +% \emph{In minitocs, subsections titles are not aligned with sections, as they are in the main table of contents.} +% \or\relax +% \section{Alignement bizarre dans les minitocs}\label{faq.29} +% \emph{Dans les minitocs, les titres des sous-sections ne sont pas alignщs avec les sections, +% alors qu'ils le sont dans la table des matiшres principale.} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@part} +% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\l@section} +% \begin{macro}{\l@subsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@subsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@paragraph} +% \begin{macro}{\l@subparagraph} +% \begin{macro}{\renewcommand} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % +% The entries of a table of contents are formatted via internal commands like +% \com{l@part}, \com{l@chapter}, \com{l@section}, etc. +% +% The ``part'' and ``chapter'' levels (and ``section'' for an article) use +% specific commands which are somewhat complex for a more elaborated formatting. +% For the ``section'' (in the \class{report} and \class{book} classes) and lower levels, +% these commands are (\class{book} class, \xfile{book.cls}) by default: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{renewcommand*}\icom{l@section}\icom{@dottedtocline}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@subsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@subsubsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@paragraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@subparagraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}| +% \end{quote} +% which will be applied in the main table of contents and in the minitocs. The +% arguments of \com{@dottedtocline} are +% \begin{enumerate}[1)] +% \item the logical depth (which will be compared to \dcnt{tocdepth} or \dcnt{minitocdepth}). +% \item the indentation. +% \item the width reserved for the section/subsection/\ldots\ number. +% \end{enumerate} +% In the standard \class{book}, \class{report} and \class{article} classes~\cite{classes}, the dimensions +% (second and third arguments) are given in ``em'' units, and this unit +% depends on the current font. In the main table of contents, +% the section and subsection entries are witten in the \emph{same} font, hence +% usually the alignment is correct. But in the minitocs, the section entries +% are written in a bold font while the subsection entries are written in +% a non bold font (the default font choices are given in table~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), hence one ``em'' has +% different sizes in these two fonts and the alignement is changed. +% +% There are several solutions: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Redefine the \com{l@section} \ldots{} \com{l@subparagraph} commands +% to use font independent units (pt, mm, pc, etc.). This +% redefinition must be performed in a package or via a command defined by a package or between \com{makeatletter} +% and \com{makeatother}, because these commands have a~\verb|@| in +% their names; you must use \com{renewcommand*} to redefine +% these commands. +% \item Use\virage{} the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft} to change the indentation, with +% font independent units. But then see \emph{also} section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. +% \item Use the same font for the section and subsection entries +% in the minitocs, using the \com{mtcsetfont} command (see section~\vref{s+simp-font-commands}) or +% redefining the \com{mtcSfont}, \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, +% \com{mtcPfont} and \com{mtcSPfont} commands (see table~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), or similar. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% +% Les entrщes d'une table des matiшres sont mises en forme par des commandes internes telles que +% \com{l@part}, \com{l@chapter}, \com{l@section}, etc. +% +% Les niveaux л~partie~╗ et л~chapitre~╗ (et л~section~╗ pour un article) utilisent des +% commandes spщcifiques qui sont assez complexes pour une mise en forme plus щlaborщe. +% Pour les niveaux л~section~╗ (dans les classes \class{report} et \class{book}) et infщrieurs, +% ces commandes sont (class \class{book}, \xfile{book.cls}) par dщfaut: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{renewcommand*}\icom{l@section}\icom{@dottedtocline}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@subsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@subsubsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@paragraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}|\\ +% \icom{l@subparagraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}| +% \end{quote} +% qui seront appliquщes dans la table des matiшres principale et dans les minitocs. Les +% arguments de \com{@dottedtocline} sont +% \begin{enumerate}[1)] +% \item la profondeur logique (qui sera comparщe р~\dcnt{tocdepth} ou \dcnt{minitocdepth}); +% \item l'indentation; +% \item la largeur rщservщe pour le numщro de section/sous-section/\ldots +% \end{enumerate} +% Dans les classes standard \class{book}, \class{report} et \class{article}~\cite{classes}, les dimensions +% (deuxiшme et troisiшme arguments) sont donnщes en unitщs л~em~╗, et cette unitщ +% dщpend de la fonte courante. Dans la table des matiшres principale, les entrщes de sections et de sous-sections +% sont щcrites dans la \emph{mъme} fonte, donc normalement l'alignement est correct. Mais dans les +% minitocs, les entrщes pour les sections sont щcrites dans une fonte grasse tandis que celles des sous-sections +% sont щcrites dans une fonte non grasse (les choix par dщfaut pour ces fontes sont donnщs dans +% le tableau~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), donc un л~em~╗ a des tailles diffщrentes +% dans ces deux fontes et l'alignement est altщrщ. +% +% Il y a plusieurs solutions: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Redщfinir les commandes \com{l@section} \ldots{} \com{l@subparagraph} pour utiliser +% des unitщs indщpendantes de la fonte (pt, mm, pc, etc.). Cette +% redщfinition doit ъtre effectuщe dans un paquetage ou via une commande dщfinie dans un paquetage +% ou entre \com{makeatletter} +% et \com{makeatother}, puisque ces commandes contiennent un~\verb|@| dans leurs noms; +% vous devez utiliser \com{renewcommand*} pour redщfinir ces commandes. +% \item Utiliser\virage{} le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft} pour changer l'indentation, avec des unitщs +% indщpendantes de la fonte. Mais alors regardez \emph{aussi} la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. +% \item Utiliser la mъme fonte pour les entrщes de sections et de sous-sections dans les minitocs, +% en utilisant la commande \com{mtcsetfont} (voir la section~\vref{s+simp-font-commands}) ou +% en redщfinissant les commandes \com{mtcSfont}, \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, +% \com{mtcPfont} et \com{mtcSPfont} (voir le tableau~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), ou analogues. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Useful precautions with starred sectionning commands}\label{faq.30} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The\virage{} headers are not modified by \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} or \com{section*}; +% it is \emph{necessary} to use \com{markboth} or \com{markright} to get correct page headers for +% the current and following pages. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item If\virage{} you need an entry in the table of contents for a \com{chapter*} or a \com{section*} command, you +% must use \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]} or \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]} +% \emph{after} the starred sectionning command. +% If you need an entry in the table of contents for a \com{part*} command, the page number in the +% table of contents would be wrong, because \com{part*} implies a \com{clearpage} or a +% \com{cleardoublepage} before the first page of the part. Use the sequence +% \begin{quote}\small +% \com{cleardoublepage}\verb| % \clearpage if openany option.|\\ +% \com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ +% \com{part*}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]| +% \end{quote} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% \section{Prщcautions utiles avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes}\label{faq.30} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Les\virage{} en-tъtes ne sont pas modifiщs par \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} ou \com{section*}; +% il est \emph{nщcessaire} d'utiliser \com{markboth} ou \com{markright} pour obtenir des en-tъtes de +% pages corrects pour la page courante et les suivantes. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item Si\virage{} vous dщsirez une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une commande \com{chapter*} ou +% \com{section*} command, vous devez utiliser \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]} ou +% \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]} \emph{aprшs} la commande de sectionnement щtoilщe. +% Si vous dщsirez une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une commande pour une commande \com{part*}, +% le numщro de page dans la table des matiшres serait erronщ, car \com{part*} implique une commande +% \com{clearpage} ou \com{cleardoublepage} avant la premiшre page de la partie. Utilisez la +% sщquence +% \begin{quote}\small +% \com{cleardoublepage}\verb| % \clearpage si option openany.|\\ +% \com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ +% \com{part*}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]| +% \end{quote} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% +% ^^A (31) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with packages for captions}\label{faq.31} +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}} +% one of the \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, +% \pack{caption2}\footnote{This package is obsolete; now use a recent +% version of the +% \upack{caption} package.}~\cite{caption2}, (both written by \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), +% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), or +% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (by \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), packages is used, +% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package, because such packages alter (redefine) the +% commands listing figures and tables. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec des paquetages pour les captions}\label{faq.31}\ipack{caption}\ipack{caption2}\ipack{ccaption}\ipack{mcaption} +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}i +% l'un des paquetages \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, +% \pack{caption2}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage est obsolшte; utilisez +% maintenant une version rщcente du paquetage \upack{caption}.}~\cite{caption2}, (qui ont tous deux щtщ щcrits +% par \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), +% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (щcrit par \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), ou +% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (щcrit par \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car de tels paquetages altшrent (redщfinissent) +% les commandes de listage des figures et tableaux. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (32) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Bad interaction \upack{minitoc/hyperref/memoir}}\ipack{hyperref}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq.32} +% When the \upack{minitoc} and \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} packages are used in a document +% of class \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, +% the chapter header ``Chapter'' does not appear on the first page of the chapter. +% +% This problem is fixed in version~\#44 of \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Mauvaise interaction \upack{minitoc/hyperref/memoir}}\ipack{hyperref}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq.32} +% Lorsque les paquetages \upack{minitoc} et \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} sont utilisщs dans un document +% dont la classe est \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, l'en-tъte de chapitre л~Chapitre~╗ n'apparaюt pas +% sur la premiшre page du chapitre. +% +% Ce problшme est corrigщ dans la version~\#44 de \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (33) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{varsects} package}\label{faq.33}\ipack{varsects} +% If the \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} (by \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{varsects}}\label{faq.33}\ipack{varsects} +% Si le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} (de \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ +% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, +% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (34) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Initial font settings}\label{faq.34} +% The setting of the fonts in the mini-tables is a rather complex problem. If we take the parttocs as an example, +% there is a \com{ptcfont} font-command which is used for two purposes\footnote{The same remarks apply +% to the other mini-tables.}: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item First, to be used as default value for some other font-commands (like \com{ptcSPfont}). As its +% default value is used in the initialization of the \upack{minitoc} package, the value of these other +% commands is \emph{not altered} if you modify \com{ptcfont}. You must modify these commands one at a +% time. +% \item Second, it is invoked at the beginning of each parttoc, partlof or partlot to set an initial font command. +% Then each entry of the mini-table calls its own font command (like \com{ptcSPfont}). Thus, if you +% modify \com{ptcfont}, you can obtain a global effect on the fonts in the parttocs, partlofs, and +% partlots. So you can play with the various parameters of the fonts (family, shape, series, size), if +% you want fancy mini-tables; but it is rather difficult. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \lneed{6} +% In\Virage{} the initialization of the \upack{minitoc} package, we have a sequence of commands: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{let}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs)|\\ +% \icom{plffont}\verb|\let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures)|\\ +% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures)|\\ +% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables)|\\ +% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables)| +% \end{quote} +% to define some default fonts. But this sequence is executed only once. If you alter \com{ptcfont}, the modification is +% not applied to these font commands. The command \com{ptcfont} is invoked at the beginning of each parttoc. +% \com{ptcCfont} is invoked for each chapter entry in a parttoc (\com{ptcSfont} for each section entry, etc.). +% So \com{ptcfont} can be used to define some global characteristics for the fonts in the parttocs, while +% \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) can be used to customize the fonts for each level of entries. +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Note that if you say: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{let}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs)|\\ +% \icom{plffont}\verb|\let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures)|\\ +% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures)|\\ +% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables)|\\ +% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables)| +% \end{quote} +% after loading the \upack{minitoc} package, these font commands will be ``associated'' to \com{ptcfont}, hence if you +% modify \com{ptcfont} (by via \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}| or \com{renewcommand}), they will follow the +% modification. But if you modify one of these commands via \com{renewcommand} or +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} is an example), +% the association is broken. But you could be more clever by saying something like +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{\ptcfont\itshape}| +% \end{quote} +% to preserve the association and modify only some parameters of a minitoc font command. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% For levels above subsection (part, chapter and section), the fonts a more specific in general, but you can, of course, +% say something like \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| to make a similar association. +% You can even make other associations, like this: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|% for high sectionning levels:|\\ +% \icom{def}\verb| \def\highlevelsfont{\rmfamily\bfseries\normalsize\upshape}|\\ +% \verb|% for low sectionning levels:|\\ +% \verb| \def\lowlevelsfont{\rmfamily\mdseries\smallsize\upshape}|\\ +% \verb|% then for each level:|\\ +% \icom{ptcCfont}\verb| \def\ptcCfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb| \def\ptcPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb| \def\ptcSPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}| +% \end{quote} +% Then you can redefine \verb|\highlevelsfont| or \verb|\lowlevelsfont| to act on several fonts in one step, but you must +% use \com{renewcommand}. You cannot act on \verb|\highlevelsfont| or \verb|\lowlevelsfont| with \com{mtcsetfont}. +% +% Note that only the fonts for parttocs are used in the examples above; but, of course, the situation is the same for +% minitocs and secttocs. \verb|\highlevelsfont| and \verb|\lowlevelsfont| are macro names that you can choice, they are not +% part of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax +% \section{Choix initiaux des fontes}\label{faq.34} +% Le choix des fontes dans les mini-tables est un problшme assez compliquщ. Si nous prenons par exemple les +% parttocs, il y~a une commande de fonte \com{ptcfont} qui est utilisщe dans deux buts\,\footnote{Les mъmes +% remarques s'appliquent aux autres mini-tables.}: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Premiшrement, pour ъtre utilisщe comme valeur par dщfaut pour quelques autres commandes de fontes (telles +% que \com{ptcSPfont}). Comme sa valeur par dщfaut est utilisщe dans l'initialisation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}, la valeur de ces autres commandes \emph{n'est pas modifiщe} si vous modifiez +% \com{ptcfont}. Vous devez modifiez ces commandes une р~la fois. +% \item Deuxiшmement, elle est invoquщe au dщbut de chaque parttoc, partlof ou partlot pour щtablir une commande +% de fonte initiale. Puis chaque entrщe de la mini-table appelle sa propre commande de fonte (comme +% \com{ptcSPfont}). Donc, si vous modifiez \com{ptcfont}, vous pouvez obtenir un effet global sur les +% fontes dans les parttocs, partlofs et partlots. Vous pouvez ainsi jouer avec les divers paramшtres des +% fontes (famille, forme, graisse, taille), si vous voulez des mini-tables enjolivщes; mais ceci est assez +% difficile. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \lneed{6} +% Dans\Virage{} l'initialisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, nous avons une sщquence de commandes: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{let}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs)|\\ +% \icom{plffont}\verb|\let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures)|\\ +% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures)|\\ +% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables)|\\ +% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables)| +% \end{quote} +% pour dщfinir quelques fontes par dщfaut. Mais cette sщquence n'est exщcutщe qu'une seule fois. Si vous altщrez +% \com{ptcfont}, la modification n'est pas appliquщe р~ces commandes de fontes. La commande \com{ptcfont} est +% invoquщe au dщbut de chaque parttoc. \com{ptcCfont} est invoquщe pour chaque entrщe de chapitre dans une parttoc +% (\com{ptcSfont} pour chaque entrщe de section, etc.). Ainsi \com{ptcfont} peut ъtre utilisщe pour dщfinir +% quelques caractщristiques globales pour les fontes dans les parttocs, tandis que \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) peuvent +% ъtre utilisщes pour personnaliser les fontes pour chaque niveau d'entrщes. +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Notez que si vous dites: +% \begin{quote} +% \icom{def}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\def\ptcSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\def\ptcSSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsubsections)|\\ +% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\def\ptcPfont{\ptcfont} % (paragraphs)|\\ +% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\def\ptcSPfont{\ptcfont} % (subparagraphs)|\\ +% \icom{plffont}\verb|\def\plffont{\ptcfont} % (figures)|\\ +% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\def\plfSfont{\ptcfont} % (subfigures)|\\ +% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables)|\\ +% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables)| +% \end{quote} +% aprшs avoir chargщ le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, ces commandes de fontes seront л~associщes~╗ р~\com{ptcfont}, +% donc si vous modifiez \com{ptcfont} (par une commande \com{renewcommand} ou via \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}|), +% elles suivront la modification. Mais si vous modifiez l'une de ces commandes via +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} est un exemple) ou \com{renewcommand}, +% l'association est rompue. Mais vous pourriez agir plus subtilement en disant quelque chose comme +% \begin{quote} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{\ptcfont\itshape}| +% \end{quote} +% pour prщserver l'association et modifier seulement quelques paramшtres d'une commande de fonte minitoc. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Pour les niveaux au-dessus de la sous-section (partie, chapitre et section), les fontes sont plus spщcifiques en +% gщnщral, mais vous pouvez, bien s√r, utiliser une dщfinition telle que +% \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| pour faire une +% association similaire. Vous pouvez mъme faire d'autres associations, comme ceci: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|% pour les hauts niveaux de sectionnement:|\\ +% \icom{def}\verb| \def\highlevelsfont{\rmfamily\bfseries\normalsize\upshape}|\\ +% \verb|% pour les bas niveaux de sectionnement:|\\ +% \verb| \def\lowlevelsfont{\rmfamily\mdseries\smallsize\upshape}|\\ +% \verb|% puis pour chaque niveau:|\\ +% \icom{ptcCfont}\verb| \def\ptcCfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ +% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb| \def\ptcPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}|\\ +% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb| \def\ptcSPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}| +% \end{quote} +% Puis vous pouvez redщfinir \verb|\highlevelsfont| ou \verb|\lowlevelsfont| pour agir sur plusieurs fontes en une +% seule fois, mais vous devez utiliser \com{renewcommand}. Vous ne pouvez pas agir sur \verb|\highlevelsfont| ou +% \verb|\lowlevelsfont| avec \com{mtcsetfont}. +% +% Notez que seules les fontes pour les parttocs ont щtщ utilisщes dans les exemples ci-dessus; mais, bien s√r, la +% situation est la mъme pour les minitocs et les secttocs. \verb|\highlevelsfont| et \verb|\lowlevelsfont| sont des +% noms de macros que vous pouvez choisir, ils ne font pas partie du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (35) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \KOMAScript{} classes}\label{faq.35} +% If\imess{I0043} a \KOMAScript{} class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, compatible with \upack{minitoc} (\class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} or +% \class{scrartcl}), is used, some class options may cause problems with the \upack{minitoc} package, because these +% options add chapter or section entries in the table of contents. See section~\vref{special.entries}. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec les classes \KOMAScript}\label{faq.35} +% Si\imess{I0043} une classe \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, compatible avec \upack{minitoc} (\class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} ou +% \class{scrartcl}), est utilisщe, certaines options de la classe peuvent poser des problшmes avec le paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}, car elles ajoutent des entrщes de chapitre ou de section dans la table des matiшres. Voir la +% section~\vref{special.entries}. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (36) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \uclass{jura} class or the \upack{alphanum} package}\label{faq.36}\iclass{jura}\ipack{alphanum} +% The \class{jura}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} class loads the \pack{alphanum} package, +% which redefines the sectionning structure in a +% non-standard way, after the loading of the \class{report} class. +% This class and this package are \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec la classe \uclass{jura} ou le paquetage \upack{alphanum}}% +% \label{faq.36}\iclass{jura}\ipack{alphanum} +% La classe \class{jura}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} charge le paquetage \pack{alphanum}, +% qui redщfinit la structure de sectionnement d'une +% maniшre non-standard, aprшs le chargement de la classe \class{report}. +% Cette classe et ce paquetage sont \emph{incompatibles} avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (37) +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \usuffix{.mld} files and the \upack{babel} package}\label{faq.37}\ipack{babel}\isuffix{.mld} +% If you are using the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}, you can automatize the loading of the +% \suffix{.mld} file by adding some code in the preamble of your document, like this: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{AtBeginDocument}\verb|{%|\\ +% \icom{addto}\icom{captions}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\verb| \addto\captions|\emph{language1}\verb|{\mtcselectlanguage{|\emph{language2}\verb|}}}| +% \end{quote} +% where \emph{language1} is the language name for \pack{babel} and \emph{language2} the language name for +% \upack{minitoc}; there are often identical, but there are exceptions (when you use a locally customized \suffix{.mld} +% file, for instance). +% \or\relax +% \section{Les fichiers \usuffix{.mld} et le paquetage \upack{babel}}\label{faq.37}\ipack{babel}\isuffix{.mld} +% Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}, vous pouvez automatiser le chargement du +% fichier \suffix{.mld} en ajoutant du code dans le prщambule de votre document, comme ceci: +% \begin{quote} +% \com{AtBeginDocument}\verb|{%|\\ +% \icom{addto}\icom{captions}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\verb| \addto\captions|\emph{langue1}\verb|{\mtcselectlanguage{|\emph{langue2}\verb|}}}| +% \end{quote} +% o∙ \emph{langue1} est le nom de langue pour \pack{babel} et \emph{langue2} le nom de langue pour \upack{minitoc}; +% ils sont souvent identiques, mais il y~a des exceptions (lorsque vous utilisez un fichier \suffix{.mld} adaptщ +% localement, par exemple). +% \fi +% +% ^^A (38) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{fncychap} package}\label{faq.38}\ipack{fncychap} +% If the \pack{fncychap} package~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} (by \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{fncychap}}\label{faq.38}\ipack{fncychap} +% Si le paquetage \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} (de \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ +% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, +% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (39) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{quotchap} package}\label{faq.39}\ipack{quotchap} +% If the \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} (by \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{quotchap}}\label{faq.39}\ipack{quotchap} +% Si le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} (de \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ +% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, +% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (40) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{romannum} package}\label{faq.40}\ipack{romannum} +% If the \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the numbering of +% the sectionning commands. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{romannum}}\label{faq.40}\ipack{romannum} +% Si le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ +% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) +% la numщrotation des commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, +% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (41) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{sfheaders} package}\label{faq.41}\ipack{sfheaders} +% If the \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (by \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the +% sectionning commands. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{sfheaders}}\label{faq.41}\ipack{sfheaders} +% Si le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (de \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) +% les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (42) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{alnumsec} package}\label{faq.42}\ipack{alnumsec} +% If the \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} (by \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the +% numbering of the sectionning commands. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{alnumsec}}\label{faq.42}\ipack{alnumsec} +% Si le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} (de \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) +% la numщrotation des commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (43) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{captcont} package}\label{faq.43}\ipack{captcont} +% If the \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} (by \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the caption +% commands. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{captcont}}\label{faq.43}\ipack{captcont} +% Si le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} (de \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) +% les commandes pour les captions. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (44) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Vertical spaces (gaps) for parttocs, partlofs, and partlots titles}\label{faq.44}\index{gaps} +% These vertical gaps were hard-coded like for the chapter +% heads in the \class{book} and \class{report} document classes. +% The values were 50pt and 40pt, but some users want +% to adjust them for the titles of the part-level mini-tables. +% Since version~\#45, these gaps are defined by \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} +% and \com{mtcgapafterheads}, with these defaults values. These +% commands apply globally to parttocs, partlofs and partlots. +% They are \emph{commands}, \virage\emph{not} dimensions, so they must be +% modified via \com{renewcommand} (but \emph{not} via \com{setlength}). +% An example of use is given in the \exam{mtc-gap.tex} document file:\label{mtc-gap.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Espacements verticaux (\emph{gaps}) pour les titres des parttocs, +% partlofs et partlots}\label{faq.44}\index{gaps} +% Ces sauts verticaux (\emph{gaps}) щtaient codщs л~en dur~╗ comme pour +% les tъtes de chapitres dans les classes de document \class{book} +% et \class{report}. Les valeurs щtaient 50pt et 40pt, mais +% certains utilisateurs dщsirent les ajuster pour les titres +% des mini-tables au niveau partie. +% Depuis la version~\#45, ces sauts sont dщfinis par \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} +% et \com{mtcgapafterheads}, avec ces valeurs par dщfaut. +% Ces commandes s'appliquent globalement aux parttocs, partlofs et partlots. +% Ce sont des \emph{commandes}, \virage\emph{pas} des dimensions, +% donc elles doivent ъtre modifiщes via \com{renewcommand} +% (mais \emph{pas} via \com{setlength}). +% Un exemple d'utilisation est donnщ dans le fichier document \exam{mtc-gap.tex}:\label{mtc-gap.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-gap> +\documentclass[a4paper,oneside,12pt]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-gap.tex}[2007/01/04]% +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical ruler showing the position of the titles: +% \or\relax +% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{vruler} (de \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) pour placer une щchelle verticale montrant la position +% des titres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{txfonts,vruler} % vertical graduation to note positions (Zhuhan Jiang) +\usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package +\doparttoc \faketableofcontents +\part{First part} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A normal parttoc, with the normal gaps before and after it. +% \or\relax +% Une parttoc normale, avec des sauts verticaux normaux avant et aprшs elle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\parttoc +\chapter{First chapter of first part} \chapter{Second chapter of first part} +\part{Second part} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We set large gaps. Note the new position of the parttoc. +% \or\relax +% Nous forчons de plus grands sauts. Notez la nouvelle position de la parttoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{100pt} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{80pt} +\parttoc +\chapter{First chapter of second part} \chapter{Second chapter of second part} +\part{Third part} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We set small gaps. Note the new position of the parttoc. +% \or\relax +% Nous forчons de plus petits sauts. Notez la nouvelle position de la parttoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{20pt} +\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{10pt} +\parttoc +\chapter{First chapter of third part} \chapter{Second chapter of third part} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (45) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Vertical spacing before the bottom rule of a minitable}\label{faq.45} +% The little spacing between a minitable and its bottom rule is implemented as a vertical kern that should +% be sufficient to allow the +% descending parts of the letters of the last entry of the mini-table. The values should depend on +% the line spacing and of the font size. They are defined as macros that you can adjust by redefining them via +% \com{renewcommand}. The (empirical) default values are given in table~\vref{t+kernafters}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Espacement vertical avant le filet infщrieur d'une minitable}\label{faq.45} +% Le petit espacement entre une minitable et le filet qui est en-dessous d'elle est rщalisщ par un crъnage +% vertical qui devrait suffire pour les jambages des lettres de la derniшre entrщe de la +% minitable. Les valeurs devraient dщpendre de l'interlignage et de la taille de la fonte. +% Elles sont dщfinies comme des macros que vous pouvez ajuster en les redщfinissant via \com{renewcommand}. +% La table~\vref{t+kernafters} donne les valeurs par dщfaut (empiriques). +% \fi +% \begin{table}[!htb] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Kernings before minitable bottom rules}\label{t+kernafters} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Default value}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernafterparttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernafterminitoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-.5\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterminilof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterminilot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \or\relax +% \caption{Crъnage avant le filet infщrieur des minitables}\label{t+kernafters} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Valeur par dщfaut}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernafterparttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernafterminitoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-.5\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterminilof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ +% \com{kernafterminilot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \fi +% \end{table} +% +% ^^A (46) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Another interaction between the \upack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc} packages}\label{faq.46}\ipack{tocloft} +% \emph{I~encountered an interaction between \pack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc}. +% I want to force \upack{minitoc} to not display the page numbers, but because +% of \pack{tocloft} it doesn't. Here is an example code:} +% \else\relax +% \section{Une autre interaction entre les paquetages \upack{tocloft} et \upack{minitoc}}\label{faq.46}\ipack{tocloft} +% \emph{J'ai rencontrщ une interaction entre \pack{tocloft} et \upack{minitoc}. +% Je veux forcer \upack{minitoc} р~ne pas afficher les numщros de pages, +% mais, р~cause de \pack{tocloft}, il n'y arrive pas. Voici +% un exemple de code:} +% \fi\relax +% \begin{quote} +% \com{documentclass}\verb|[12pt,a4paper]{book}|\\ +% \com{usepackage}\verb|{tocloft}|\\ +% \com{usepackage}\verb|{minitoc}|\\ +% \ienv{document}\verb|\begin{document}|\\ +% \com{frontmatter}\\ +% \com{dominitoc}\com{tableofcontents}\\ +% \com{mainmatter}\\ +% \com{chapter}\verb|{Chapter}|\\ +% \verb|\section{Section A} \section{Section B}|\\ +% \verb|\chapter{Second Chapter}|\\ +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minitoc}{section}{\normalfont\small}|\\ +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\verb|{minitoc}{off}|\\ +% \com{minitoc}\\ +% \verb|\section{Section A} \section{Section B}|\\ +% \verb|\end{document}| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \emph{If I comment the line loading the \pack{tocloft} package, +% I~will get a minitoc without page numbers as I~wanted.} +% \else\relax +% \emph{Si je commente la ligne chargeant le paquetage \pack{tocloft}, +% j'obtiens bien une minitoc sans numщros de pages comme dщsirщ.} +% \fi\relax +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% When using together \pack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc}, the \pack{tocloft} package must be +% loaded first, and its commands take precedence to format the entries +% in the TOC (and in minitocs). To suppress the page numbers, you should try +% the \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| command (from \pack{tocloft}), which is described +% in the \xfile{tocloft.pdf} documentation~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX} is the level +% of entry (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{sec}, \texttt{subsec}, etc.). There are similar remarks about +% font related commands. +% +% The \pack{tocloft} package is more specialized in that job than \upack{minitoc}, so if it is +% loaded, \upack{minitoc} uses the \pack{tocloft} tools. +% There is the corrected example (\exam{mtc-tlo.tex}\label{mtc-tlo.tex}): +% \else\relax +% Lors de l'utilisation simultanщe de \pack{tocloft} et \upack{minitoc}, +% le paquetage \pack{tocloft} doit ъtre chargщ le premier, et ses +% commandes prennent le pas pour mettre en forme les +% entrщes dans la table des matiшres (et les minitocs). Pour +% supprimer les numщros de pages, vous devriez essayer la +% commande \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| (de \pack{tocloft}), qui est dщcrite dans la documentation +% \xfile{tocloft.pdf}~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX} +% est le niveau de l'entrщe (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{sec}, \texttt{subsec}, etc.). +% Il y a des remarques similaires sur les commandes concernant les fontes. +% +% Le paquetage \pack{tocloft} est davantage spщcialisщ dans +% ce travail que \upack{minitoc}, donc s'il est chargщ, \upack{minitoc} +% se sert des outils de \pack{tocloft}. Voici l'exemple +% corrigщ (\exam{mtc-tlo.tex}\label{mtc-tlo.tex}): +% \fi\relax +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-tlo> +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlo.tex}[2007/06/13]% +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must load \pack{tocloft} \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous devons charger \pack{tocloft} \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi\relax +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{tocloft} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the global font for the minitoc entries: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons la fonte globale pour les entrщes des minitocs: +% \fi\relax +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{*}{\normalfont\small} +\frontmatter +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\cftpagenumbersoff} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the section entries in the minitocs, we suppress the page numbers and change the font +% by using commands from the \pack{tocloft} package: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes de sections dans les minitocs, nous supprimons les numщros de pages et changeons la fonte en +% utilisant des commandes venant du paquetage \pack{tocloft}: +% \fi\relax +% \begin{macrocode} +\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} +\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalfont\small} +\mainmatter +\chapter{First Chapter} \minitoc +\section{Section A} \section{Section B} +\chapter{Second Chapter} \minitoc +\section{Section A} \section{Section B} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A (47) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{hangcaption} package}\label{faq.47}\ipack{hangcaption} +% If the \pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} (by \name{David~M.}{Jones}) +% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, +% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{hangcaption}}\label{faq.47}\ipack{hangcaption} +% Si le paquetage \pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} (de \name{David~M.}{Jones}) est utilisщ, +% il doit ъtre chargщ +% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, +% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. +% \fi +% +% ^^A (48) +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with the \upack{flowfram} package}\label{faq.48}\ipack{flowfram} +% The \pack{flowfram}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}, which +% has its own system of minitocs, is hence \emph{incompatible} +% with \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{flowfram}}% +% \label{faq.48}\ipack{flowfram} +% Le paquetage \SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}}\pack{flowfram}, qui a son propre +% systшme de minitocs, est donc \emph{incompatible} +% avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Memento}\label{c+memento} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Mщmento}\label{c+memento} +% \fi +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \minilot +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[!hbtp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Package options}\label{t+OPT} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Options}&\textbf{Default}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \opt{shortext}&\texttt{*NO*}&Short extensions for auxiliary files.\\ +% \optd{loose}, \opt{tight}&\optd{loose}&Spacing of lines in mini-tables.\\ +% \optd{k-loose}, \opt{k-tight}&\optd{k-loose}&Spacing of lines in mini-tables (\KOMAScript{} classes).\\ +% \optd{dotted}, \opt{undotted}&\optd{dotted}&Presence of leaders (dotted lines).\\ +% \opt{insection}&\texttt{*NO*}&Keeps floats (figures and tables) from drifting +% outside of their section. Useful if you use sectlofs/sectlots.\\ +% \opt{notoccite}&\texttt{*NO*}&Useful if you have \com{cite} commands +% in sectionning titles and use an unsorted bibliographic style.\\ +% \optd{listfiles}, \opt{nolistfiles}&\optd{listfiles}&Lists the minitoc auxiliary files +% into \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}.\\ +% \optd{hints}, \opt{nohints}&\optd{hints}&Adds hints in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} +% file. Useful to detect some problems. Option \opt{nohints} is inadvisable.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Language options are listed in +% table~\vref{t+languages}. Default: \loptd{english}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[!hbtp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Options du paquetage}\label{t+OPT} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Options}&\textbf{Dщfaut}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \opt{shortext}&\texttt{*NON*}&Suffixes courts pour les fichiers auxiliaires.\\ +% \optd{loose}, \opt{tight}&\optd{loose}&Espacement des lignes dans les mini-tables.\\ +% \optd{k-loose}, \opt{k-tight}&\optd{k-loose}&Espacement des lignes dans les mini-tables (classes \KOMAScript).\\ +% \optd{dotted}, \opt{undotted}&\optd{dotted}&Prщsence de points de conduite.\\ +% \opt{insection}&\texttt{*NON*}&Empъche les щlщments flottants (figures et tableaux) de dщriver en dehors de +% leur section. Utile si vous utilisez des sectlofs/sectlots.\\ +% \opt{notoccite}&\texttt{*NON*}&Utile si vous avez des commandes \com{cite} dans les titres de +% sectionnements et utilisez un style de bibliographie sans tri.\\ +% \optd{listfiles}, \opt{nolistfiles}&\optd{listfiles}&Liste les fichiers auxiliaires de minitoc +% dans \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}.\\ +% \optd{hints}, \opt{nohints}&\optd{hints}&Ajoute des indications (\emph{hints}) dans le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% Utile pour dщtecter certains problшmes. L'option \opt{nohints} est dщconseillщe.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Les options de langue sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+languages}. +% Dщfaut: \loptd{english}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{General commands}\label{t+SUC} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{faketableofcontents}&Replaces \com{tableofcontents} +% if you want mini-tables of contents but no main table of contents.\\ +% \com{fakelistoffigures}&Replaces \com{listoffigures} +% if you want mini-lists of figures but no main list of figures.\\ +% \com{fakelistoftables}&Replaces \com{listoftables} +% if you want mini-lists of tables but no main list of tables.\\ +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Loads \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} to select a language for mini-tables titles.\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{depth}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Changes the depth for some mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{offset}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Changes the offset for some mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Modifies the features for a mini-table.\\ +% \com{mtcsetfont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{sectionning-level}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{font commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Redefines a minitoc font command.\\ +% \com{mtcsetformat}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\texttt{dotinterval\BAR pagenumwidth\BAR tocrightmargin}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{value}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Changes the layout of some mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Activates/inhibits page numbers in some or all mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Activates/inhibits horizontal rules in some or all mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsettitle}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{title string}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Changes the title for some mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{font commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Changes the font of the title for some mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcskip}&To add a vertical skip between the mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcskipamount}&Length of \com{mtcskip}. Default: \com{bigskipamount}.\\ +% \com{tightmtcfalse}&Loose mini-tables. Default.\\ +% \com{tightmtctrue}&Tight mini-tables.\\ +% \com{ktightmtcfalse}&Loose mini-tables. Default. (\KOMAScript{} classes).\\ +% \com{ktightmtctrue}&Tight mini-tables. (\KOMAScript{} classes).\\ +% \com{undottedmtcfalse}&Dotted lines in mini-tables (from entry to page number). Default.\\ +% \com{undottedmtctrue}&No dotted lines in mini-tables (from entry to page number).\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes gщnщrales}\label{t+SUC} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{faketableofcontents}&Remplace \com{tableofcontents} +% si vous souhaitez des mini-tables des matiшres mais pas de table des matiшres principale.\\ +% \com{fakelistoffigures}&Remplace \com{listoffigures} +% si vous souhaitez des mini-listes des figures mais pas de liste des figures principale.\\ +% \com{fakelistoftables}&Remplace \com{listoftables} +% si vous souhaitez des mini-listes des tableaux mais pas de liste des tableaux principale.\\ +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Charge \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} pour sщlectionner une langue pour les titres des mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Change la profondeur pour certaines mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{dщplacement}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Change le dщplacement pour certaines mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commandes}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.\\ +% \com{mtcsetfont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{niveau-sectionnement}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{commandes de +% fonte}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Redщfinit une commande de fonte minitoc.\\ +% \com{mtcsetformat}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\texttt{dotinterval\BAR pagenumwidth\BAR tocrightmargin}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{valeur}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Change la mise en page de certaines mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Active/inhibe les numщros de pages dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ +% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Active/inhibe les filets horizontaux dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ +% \com{mtcsettitle}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{chaюne titre}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Change le titre pour certaines mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{commandes de fonte}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Change la fonte du titre pour certaines mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcskip}&Pour ajouter un saut vertical entre les mini-tables.\\ +% \com{mtcskipamount}&Longueur de \com{mtcskip}. Dщfaut: \com{bigskipamount}.\\ +% \com{tightmtcfalse}&Mini-tables avec lignes peu serrщes. Dщfaut.\\ +% \com{tightmtctrue}&Mini-tables avec lignes serrщes.\\ +% \com{ktightmtcfalse}&Mini-tables avec lignes peu serrщes. Dщfaut. (Classes \KOMAScript).\\ +% \com{ktightmtctrue}&Mini-tables avec lignes serrщes. (Classes \KOMAScript).\\ +% \com{undottedmtcfalse}&Points de conduite dans les mini-tables (de l'entrщe jusqu'au numщro de page). Dщfaut.\\ +% \com{undottedmtctrue}&Pas de points conduite dans les mini-tables (de l'entrщe jusqu'au numщro de page).\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Part level commands}\label{t+SUC-P-a} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{tableofcontents} if you use \com{parttoc}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoffigures} if you use \texttt{partlof}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoftables} if you use \com{partlot}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{part} command for which a parttoc is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{part} command for which a partlof is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% +% &After each \com{part} command for which a partlot is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{depth}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Depth of the following parttocs. Analog to \dcnt{tocdepth}. Default:~2.\\ +% &Has no action on partlofs and partlots.\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{or:}}}\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{depth}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, but can also act on partlofs and partlots.\\ +% \com{ptcindent}&Left/right indentation of a partial table. Default: \texttt{24pt}.\\ +% \com{ptcoffset}&Horizontal offset for parttocs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{plfoffset}&Horizontal offset for partlofs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{pltoffset}&Horizontal offset for partlots. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{offset}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, but can also act on partlofs and partlots.\\ +% \com{ptcfont}&Font command for parttoc.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (article)\\ +% &or: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (book, report).\\ +% \com{ptcCfont}&Font command for parttoc, chapter entries.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \com{ptcSfont}&Font command for parttoc, section entries.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\\ +% &or: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\\ +% \com{ptcSSfont}&Font command for parttoc, subsection entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{ptcSSSfont}&Font command for parttoc, subsubsection entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{ptcPfont}&Font command for parttoc, paragraph entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{ptcSPfont}&Font command for parttoc, subparagraph entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{plffont}&Font for partlof. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{plfSfont}&Font for partlof (subfigures). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{pltfont}&Font for partlot. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{pltSfont}&Font for partlot (subtables). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{ptctitle}&Title of parttocs. Default: \texttt{Table of Contents}.\\ +% \com{plftitle}&Title of partlofs. Default: \texttt{List of Figures}.\\ +% \com{plttitle}&Title of partlots. Default: \texttt{List of Tables}.\\ +% \com{ptifont}&Font for partXXX titles.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs Large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\hfill\null\\ +% &or: \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\hfill\null\\ +% \com{mtcgapbeforeheads}&Vertical gap before part-level mini-tables titles. Default: 50pt\\ +% \com{mtcgapafterheads}&Vertical gap after part-level mini-tables titles. Default: 40pt\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} is an optional argument to set the +% position of the title; the setting is local for the \ucom{partXXX} commands, global for the \ucom{dopartXXX} +% commands. The values of~\emph{x} are: \texttt{l}~for left (default), \texttt{c}~for centered, +% \texttt{r}~for right, \texttt{n}~or \texttt{e}~for no title.}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: defaults like \com{ptcfont}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes au niveau partie}\label{t+SUC-P-a} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{tableofcontents} si vous utilisez \com{parttoc}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoffigures} si vous utilisez \com{partlof}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoftables} si vous utilisez \com{partlot}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{part} pour laquelle une parttoc est +% nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{part} pour laquelle une partlof est +% nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% +% &Aprшs chaque commande \com{part} pour laquelle une partlot est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{profondeur}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Profondeur des parttocs ultщrieures. Analogue р~\dcnt{tocdepth}. Dщfaut:~2.\\ +% &N'a aucune action sur les partlofs et partlots.\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{ou:}}}\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{profondeur}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les partlofs et partlots.\\ +% \com{ptcindent}&Indentation gauche et droite d'une table partielle. Dщfaut: \texttt{24pt}.\\ +% \com{ptcoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les parttocs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{plfoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les partlofs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{pltoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les partlots. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{dщplacement}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les partlofs et partlots.\\ +% \com{ptcfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (article)\\ +% &ou: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (book, report).\\ +% \com{ptcCfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes chapitres.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \com{ptcSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes sections.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\\ +% &ou: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\\ +% \com{ptcSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{ptcSSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes, entrщes sous-sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{ptcPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{ptcSPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes sous-paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{plffont}&Fonte pour les partlofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{plfSfont}&Fonte pour les partlofs (sous-figures). Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{pltfont}&Fonte pour les partlots. Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{pltSfont}&Fonte pour les partlots (sous-tables). Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{ptctitle}&Titre des parttocs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Table of Contents}.\\ +% \com{plftitle}&Titre des partlofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{List of Figures}.\\ +% \com{plttitle}&Titre des partlots. Dщfaut: \texttt{List of Tables}.\\ +% \com{ptifont}&Fonte pour les titres des partXXX.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs Large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\hfill\null\\ +% &ou: \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\hfill\null\\ +% \com{mtcgapbeforeheads}&Saut vertical avant le titre des mini-tables au niveau partie. Dщfaut: 50pt.\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% \com{mtcgapafterheads}&Saut vertical aprшs le titre des mini-tables au niveau partie. Dщfaut: 40pt.\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} est un argument optionnel pour щtablir la +% position du titre; le choix est local pour les commandes \ucom{partXXX}, global pour les commandes \ucom{dopartXXX}. Les valeurs de~\emph{x} sont: \texttt{l}~pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{c}~pour centrщ, +% \texttt{r}~pour droite, \texttt{n}~ou \texttt{e}~pour pas de titre.}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: la valeur par dщfaut est comme \com{ptcfont}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Chapter level commands}\label{t+SUC-C} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{tableofcontents} if you use \com{minitoc}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoffigures} if you use \com{minilof}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoftables} if you use \com{minilot}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{chapter} command for which a minitoc is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{chapter} command for which a minilof is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% +% &After each \com{chapter} command for which a minilot is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{depth}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Depth of the following minitocs. Analog to \dcnt{tocdepth}. Default:~2. Has no action on minilofs and minilots.\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{or:}}}\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{depth}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, but can also act on minilofs and minilots.\\ +% \com{mtcindent}&Left/right indentation of a mini-table. Default: \texttt{24pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcoffset}&Horizontal offset for minitocs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mlfoffset}&Horizontal offset for minilofs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mltoffset}&Horizontal offset for minilots. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{offset}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, but can also act on minilofs and minilots.\\ +% \com{mtcfont}&Font command for minitoc.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mtcSfont}&Font command for minitoc, section entries.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \com{mtcSSfont}&Font command for minitoc, subsection entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcSSSfont}&Font command for minitoc, subsubsection entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcPfont}&Font command for minitoc, paragraph entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcSPfont}&Font command for minitoc, subparagraph entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mlffont}&Font for minilof. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mlfSfont}&Font for minilof (subfigures). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mltfont}&Font for minilot. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mltSfont}&Font for minilot (subtables). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mtctitle}&Title of minitocs. Default: \texttt{Contents}.\\ +% \com{mlftitle}&Title of minilofs. Default: \texttt{Figures}.\\ +% \com{mlttitle}&Title of minilots. Default: \texttt{Tables}.\\ +% \com{mtifont}&Font for miniXXX titles.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} is an optional argument to set the +% position of the title; the setting is local for the \ucom{miniXXX} commands, global for the \ucom{dominiXXX} commands. The values of~\emph{x} are: \texttt{l}~for left (default), \texttt{c}~for centered, +% \texttt{r}~for right, \texttt{n}~or \texttt{e}~for no title.}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: defaults like \com{mtcfont}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes au niveau chapitre}\label{t+SUC-C} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{tableofcontents} si vous utilisez \com{minitoc}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoffigures} si vous utilisez \com{minilof}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoftables} si vous utilisez \com{minilot}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{chapter} pour laquelle une minitoc est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{chapter} pour laquelle une minilof est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{chapter} pour laquelle une minilot est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{profondeur}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Profondeur des minitocs ultщrieures. Analogue р~\dcnt{tocdepth}. Dщfaut:~2.\\ +% &N'a aucune action sur les minilofs et minilots.\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{ou:}}}\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{profondeur}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les minilofs et minilots.\\ +% \com{mtcindent}&Indentation gauche et droite d'une mini-table. Dщfaut: \texttt{24pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les minitocs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mlfoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les minilofs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mltoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les minilots. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{dщplacement}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les minilofs et minilots.\\ +% \com{mtcfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mtcSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sections.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \com{mtcSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcSSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sous-sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcSPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sous-paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mlffont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilofs.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mlfSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilofs (sous-figures).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mltfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilots.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mltSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilots (sous-tables).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{mtctitle}&Titre des minitocs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Contents}.\\ +% \com{mlftitle}&Titre des minilofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Figures}.\\ +% \com{mlttitle}&Titre des minilots. Dщfaut: \texttt{Tables}.\\ +% \com{mtifont}&Fonte pour les titres des miniXXX.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} est un argument optionnel pour щtablir la +% position du titre; le choix est local pour les commandes \ucom{miniXXX}, +% global pour les commandes \ucom{dominiXXX}. +% Les valeurs de~\emph{x} sont: \texttt{l}~pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{c}~pour centrщ, +% \texttt{r}~pour droite, \texttt{n}~ou \texttt{e}~pour pas de titre.}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: la valeur par dщfaut est comme \com{mtcfont}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Section level commands}\label{t+SUC-S} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{tableofcontents} if you use \com{secttoc}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoffigures} if you use \com{sectlof}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoftables} if you use \com{sectlot}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{section} command for which a secttoc is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{section} command for which a sectlof is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% +% &After each \com{section} command for which a sectlot is needed$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{depth}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Depth of the following secttocs. Analog to \dcnt{tocdepth}. Default:~2. Has no action on sectlofs and sectlots.\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{or:}}}\\ +% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{depth}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, but can also act on sectlofs and sectlots.\\ +% \com{stcindent}&Left/right indentation of a mini-table. Default: \texttt{24pt}.\\ +% \com{stcoffset}&Horizontal offset for secttocs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{slfoffset}&Horizontal offset for sectlofs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{sltoffset}&Horizontal offset for sectlots. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{offset}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, but can also act on sectlofs and sectlots.\\ +% \com{stcfont}&Font command for secttoc.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{stcSSfont}&Font command for secttoc, subsection entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{stcSSSfont}&Font command for secttoc, subsubsection entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{stcPfont}&Font command for secttoc, paragraph entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcSPfont}&Font command for secttoc, subparagraph entries$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{slffont}&Font for sectlof.\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{slfSfont}&Font for sectlof (subfigures).\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{sltfont}&Font for sectlot.\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{sltSfont}&Font for sectlot (subtables).\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{stctitle}&Title of secttocs. Default: \texttt{Contents}.\\ +% \com{slftitle}&Title of sectlofs. Default: \texttt{Figures}.\\ +% \com{slttitle}&Title of sectlots. Default: \texttt{Tables}.\\ +% \com{stifont}&Font for sectXXX titles.\\ +% &Default: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} is an optional argument to set the +% position of the title; the setting is local for the \ucom{sectXXX} commands, global for the \ucom{dosectXXX} commands. The values of~\emph{x} are: \texttt{l}~for left (default), \texttt{c}~for centered, +% \texttt{r}~for right, \texttt{n}~or \texttt{e}~for no title.}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: defaults like \com{stcfont}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes au niveau section}\label{t+SUC-S} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{tableofcontents} si vous utilisez \com{secttoc}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoffigures} si vous utilisez \com{sectlof}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoftables} si vous utilisez \com{sectlot}$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{section} pour laquelle une secttoc est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{section} pour laquelle une sectlof est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{section} pour laquelle une sectlot est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ +% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{profondeur}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Profondeur des secttocs ultщrieures. Analogue р~\dcnt{tocdepth}. Dщfaut:~2.\\ +% &N'a aucune action sur les sectlofs et sectlots.\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{ou:}}}\\ +% \ucom{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{profondeur}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les sectlofs et sectlots.\\ +% \com{stcindent}&Indentation gauche et droite d'une mini-table. Dщfaut: \texttt{24pt}.\\ +% \com{stcoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les secttocs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{slfoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les sectlofs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{sltoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les sectlots. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ +% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{dщplacement}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ +% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les sectlofs et sectlots.\\ +% \com{stcfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{stcSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{stcSSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes sous-sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{stcPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{mtcSPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes sous-paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ +% \com{slffont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlofs.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{slfSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlofs (sous-figures).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{sltfont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlots.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{sltSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlots (sous-tables).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ +% \com{stctitle}&Titre des secttocs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Contents}.\\ +% \com{slftitle}&Titre des sectlofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Figures}.\\ +% \com{slttitle}&Titre des sectlots. Dщfaut: \texttt{Tables}.\\ +% \com{stifont}&Fonte pour les titres des sectXXX.\\ +% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} est un argument optionnel pour щtablir la +% position du titre; le choix est local pour les commandes \ucom{sectXXX}, global pour les commandes \ucom{dosectXXX}. Les valeurs de~\emph{x} sont: \texttt{l}~pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{c}~pour centrщ, +% \texttt{r}~pour droite, \texttt{n}~ou \texttt{e}~pour pas de titre.}\\ +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: la valeur par dщfaut est comme \com{stcfont}.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commands for horizontal rules}\label{t+SUC-rules} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \ncom{ptcrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in parttocs.\\ +% \ncom{mtcrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in minitocs.\\ +% \ncom{stcrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in secttocs.\\ +% \ncom{plfrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in partlofs.\\ +% \ncom{mlfrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in minilofs.\\ +% \ncom{slfrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in sectlofs.\\ +% \ncom{pltrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in partlots.\\ +% \ncom{mltrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in minilots.\\ +% \ncom{sltrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in sectlots.\\ +% \midrule +% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Activates/inhibits horizontal rules in some or all mini-tables.\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernafterparttoc}&Vertical kerning between a parttoc and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlof}&Vertical kerning between a partlof and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlot}&Vertical kerning between a partlot and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernafterminitoc}&Vertical kerning between a minitoc and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernafterminilof}&Vertical kerning between a minilof and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernafterminilot}&Vertical kerning between a minilot and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&Vertical kerning between a secttoc and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlof}&Vertical kerning between a sectlof and its bottom rule.\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlot}&Vertical kerning between a sectlot and its bottom rule.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{By default, parttocs have no rules; minitocs and secttocs have rules. In +% articles, parttocs have rules.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes pour les filets horizontaux}\label{t+SUC-rules} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \ncom{ptcrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les parttocs.\\ +% \ncom{mtcrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les minitocs.\\ +% \ncom{stcrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les secttocs.\\ +% \ncom{plfrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les partlofs.\\ +% \ncom{mlfrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les minilofs.\\ +% \ncom{slfrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les sectlofs.\\ +% \ncom{pltrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les partlots.\\ +% \ncom{mltrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les minilots.\\ +% \ncom{sltrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les sectlots.\\ +% \midrule +% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Active/inhibe les filets horizontaux dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ +% \midrule +% \com{kernafterparttoc}&Crъnage vertical entre une parttoc et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlof}&Crъnage vertical entre une partlof et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernafterpartlot}&Crъnage vertical entre une partlot et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernafterminitoc}&Crъnage vertical entre une minitoc et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernafterminilof}&Crъnage vertical entre une minilof et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernafterminilot}&Crъnage vertical entre une minilot et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&Crъnage vertical entre une secttoc et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlof}&Crъnage vertical entre une sectlof et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \com{kernaftersectlot}&Crъnage vertical entre une sectlot et son filet infщrieur.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Par dщfaut, les parttocs n'ont pas de filets; les minitocs et secttocs ont +% des filets. Dans les articles, les parttocs ont des filets.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commands for page numbers}\label{t+SUC-pn} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \ncom{ptcpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in parttocs.\\ +% \ncom{plfpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in partlofs.\\ +% \ncom{pltpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in partlots.\\ +% \ncom{mtcpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in minitocs.\\ +% \ncom{mlfpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in minilofs.\\ +% \ncom{mltpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in minilots.\\ +% \ncom{stcpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in secttocs.\\ +% \ncom{slfpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in sectlofs.\\ +% \ncom{sltpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in sectlots.\\ +% \midrule +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Activates/inhibits page numbers in some or all mini-tables.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{By default, the page numbers are present.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes pour les numщros de pages}\label{t+SUC-pn} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \ncom{ptcpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les parttocs.\\ +% \ncom{plfpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les partlofs.\\ +% \ncom{pltpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les partlots.\\ +% \ncom{mtcpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les minitocs.\\ +% \ncom{mlfpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les minilofs.\\ +% \ncom{mltpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les minilots.\\ +% \ncom{stcpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les secttocs.\\ +% \ncom{slfpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les sectlofs.\\ +% \ncom{sltpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les sectlots.\\ +% \midrule +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Active/inhibe les numщros de pages dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{Par dщfaut, les numщros de pages sont prщsents.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commands for mini-tables features}\label{t+SUC-P-b} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Default}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{beforeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before a parttoc.\\ +% \com{beforepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before a partlof.\\ +% \com{beforepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before a partlot.\\ +% \com{afterparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after a parttoc.\\ +% \com{afterpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after a partlof.\\ +% \com{afterpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after a partlot.\\ +% \com{openparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a parttoc file.\\ +% \com{openpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a partlof file.\\ +% \com{openpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a partlot file.\\ +% \com{closeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a parttoc file.\\ +% \com{closepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a partlof file.\\ +% \com{closepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a partlot file.\\ +% \com{thispageparttocstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Page style for a parttoc.\\ +% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Page style for a partlof.\\ +% \com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Page style for a partlot.\\ +% \com{beforeminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action before a minitoc.\\ +% \com{beforeminilof}&\com{empty}&Action before a minilof.\\ +% \com{beforeminilot}&\com{empty}&Action before a minilot.\\ +% \com{afterminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action after a minitoc.\\ +% \com{afterminilof}&\com{empty}&Action after a minilof.\\ +% \com{afterminilot}&\com{empty}&Action after a minilot.\\ +% \com{openminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a minitoc file.\\ +% \com{openminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a minilof file.\\ +% \com{openminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a minilot file.\\ +% \com{closeminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a minitoc file.\\ +% \com{closeminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a minilof file.\\ +% \com{closeminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a minilot file.\\ +% \com{thispageminitocstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a minitoc.\\ +% \com{thispageminilofstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a minilof.\\ +% \com{thispageminilotstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a minilot.\\ +% \com{beforesecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action before a secttoc.\\ +% \com{beforesectlof}&\com{empty}&Action before a sectlof.\\ +% \com{beforesectlot}&\com{empty}&Action before a sectlot.\\ +% \com{aftersecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action after a secttoc.\\ +% \com{aftersectlof}&\com{empty}&Action after a sectlof.\\ +% \com{aftersectlot}&\com{empty}&Action after a sectlot.\\ +% \com{opensecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a secttoc file.\\ +% \com{opensectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a sectlof file.\\ +% \com{opensectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a sectlot file.\\ +% \com{closesecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a secttoc file.\\ +% \com{closesectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a sectlof file.\\ +% \com{closesectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a sectlot file.\\ +% \com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a secttoc.\\ +% \com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a sectlof.\\ +% \com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a sectlot.\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}}&&\\ +% &Modifies the features for a mini-table.\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes pour les dispositifs des mini-tables}\label{t+SUC-P-b} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \null\hspace*{-.35em}\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth+.35em}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Dщfaut}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{beforeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant une parttoc.\\ +% \com{beforepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant une partlof.\\ +% \com{beforepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant une partlot.\\ +% \com{afterparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs une parttoc.\\ +% \com{afterpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs une partlof.\\ +% \com{afterpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs une partlot.\\ +% \com{openparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier parttoc.\\ +% \com{openpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier partlof.\\ +% \com{openpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier partlot.\\ +% \com{closeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier parttoc.\\ +% \com{closepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier partlof.\\ +% \com{closepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier partlot.\\ +% \com{thispageparttocstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Style de page pour une parttoc.\\ +% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Style de page pour une partlof.\\ +% \com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Style de page pour une partlot.\\ +% \com{beforeminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action avant une minitoc.\\ +% \com{beforeminilof}&\com{empty}&Action avant une minilof.\\ +% \com{beforeminilot}&\com{empty}&Action avant une minilot.\\ +% \com{afterminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une minitoc.\\ +% \com{afterminilof}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une minilof.\\ +% \com{afterminilot}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une minilot.\\ +% \com{openminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier minitoc.\\ +% \com{openminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier minilof.\\ +% \com{openminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier minilot.\\ +% \com{closeminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier minitoc.\\ +% \com{closeminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier minilof.\\ +% \com{closeminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier minilot.\\ +% \com{thispageminitocstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une minitoc.\\ +% \com{thispageminilofstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une minilof.\\ +% \com{thispageminilotstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une minilot.\\ +% \com{beforesecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action avant une secttoc.\\ +% \com{beforesectlof}&\com{empty}&Action avant une sectlof.\\ +% \com{beforesectlot}&\com{empty}&Action avant une sectlot.\\ +% \com{aftersecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une secttoc.\\ +% \com{aftersectlof}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une sectlof.\\ +% \com{aftersectlot}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une sectlot.\\ +% \com{opensecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier secttoc.\\ +% \com{opensectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier sectlof.\\ +% \com{opensectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier sectlot.\\ +% \com{closesecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier secttoc.\\ +% \com{closesectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier sectlof.\\ +% \com{closesectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier sectlot.\\ +% \com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une secttoc.\\ +% \com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une sectlof.\\ +% \com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une sectlot.\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commandes}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}}&&\\ +% &Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Preparation and insertion commands}\label{t+SUC-PI} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1.1}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Type}&\textbf{Phase}&\multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Level}}\\ +% \cmidrule(l){3-5} +% & &\textbf{part}&\textbf{chapter}&\textbf{section}\\ +% \midrule +% table of contents&preparation&\com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% &insertion &\com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% \midrule +% list of figures &preparation&\com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% &insertion &\com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% \midrule +% list of tables &preparation&\com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% &insertion &\com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% \midrule +% all &preparation&\multicolumn{3}{c@{}}{\null\mydotfill{.5ex}\com{mtcprepare}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\mydotfill{.5ex}\null}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Each of these commands accepts one optional argument~\emph{p}, +% which specifies the position of the +% title of the mini-table. This argument~\emph{p} has a global effect for the preparation commands, but local for the +% insertion commands. It is a letter: \texttt{[l]}~for left aligned (default), \texttt{[c]}~for centered, +% \texttt{[r]}~for right aligned, \texttt{[e]}~or \texttt{[n]}~for empty (no title).} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes de prщparation et d'insertion}\label{t+SUC-PI} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1.1}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Type}&\textbf{Phase}&\multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Niveau}}\\ +% \cmidrule(l){3-5} +% & &\textbf{partie}&\textbf{chapitre}&\textbf{section}\\ +% \midrule +% table des matiшres&prщparation&\com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% &insertion &\com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% \midrule +% liste des figures &prщparation&\com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% &insertion &\com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% \midrule +% liste des tableaux &prщparation&\com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% &insertion &\com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ +% \midrule +% tous &prщparation&\multicolumn{3}{c@{}}{\null\mydotfill{.5ex}\com{mtcprepare}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\mydotfill{.5ex}\null}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Chacune de ces commandes accepte un argument optionnel~\emph{p}, +% qui spщcifie la position du titre de la mini-table. Cet argument~\emph{p} a un effet global dans les commandes de +% prщparation, mais local dans les commandes d'insertion. C'est une lettre: \texttt{[l]}~pour alignщ р~gauche +% (dщfaut), +% \texttt{[c]}~pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]}~pour alignщ р~droite, \texttt{[e]}~ou \texttt{[n]}~pour vide (pas de titre).} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Adjustment commands}\label{t+SUC-A} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{adjustptc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Adjusts (increments) the parttoc counter \cnt{ptc} by~\emph{n}.\\ +% \com{adjustmtc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Adjusts (increments) the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc} by~\emph{n}.\\ +% \com{adjuststc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Adjusts (increments) the secttoc counter \cnt{stc} by~\emph{n}.\\ +% \com{decrementptc}&Adjusts (decrements by~1) the parttoc counter \cnt{ptc}.\\ +% \com{decrementmtc}&Adjusts (decrements by~1) the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc}.\\ +% \com{decrementstc}&Adjusts (decrements by~1) the secttoc counter \cnt{stc}.\\ +% \com{incrementptc}&Adjusts (increments by~1) the parttoc counter \cnt{ptc}.\\ +% \com{incrementmtc}&Adjusts (increments by~1) the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc}.\\ +% \com{incrementstc}&Adjusts (increments by~1) the secttoc counter \cnt{stc}.\\ +% \com{mtcaddpart}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]}&Adds the title of a \com{part*} in the ToC.\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]}&Adds the title of a \com{chapter*} in the ToC.\\ +% \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]}&Adds the title of a \com{section*} in the ToC.\\ +% \com{mtcfixglossary}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Adjusts the entry for the glossary in the ToC.\\ +% \com{mtcfixindex}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Adjusts the entry for the index in the ToC.\\ +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Adjusts the entry for the nomenclature in the ToC.\\ +% \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}Environment to hide entries in the main ToC.\\ +% \ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environment to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ +% \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ +% \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environment to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ +% \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: recommended form.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes d'ajustement}\label{t+SUC-A} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{adjustptc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Ajuste (incrщmente) le compteur de parttocs \cnt{ptc} de~\emph{n}.\\ +% \com{adjustmtc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Ajuste (incrщmente) le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc} de~\emph{n}.\\ +% \com{adjuststc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Ajuste (incrщmente) le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc} de~\emph{n}.\\ +% \com{decrementptc}&Ajuste (dщcrщmente de~1) le compteur de parttocs \cnt{ptc}.\\ +% \com{decrementmtc}&Ajuste (dщcrщmente de~1) le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc}.\\ +% \com{decrementstc}&Ajuste (dщcrщmente de~1) le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc}.\\ +% \com{incrementptc}&Ajuste (incrщmente de~1) le compteur de parttocs \cnt{ptc}.\\ +% \com{incrementmtc}&Ajuste (incrщmente de~1) le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc}.\\ +% \com{incrementstc}&Ajuste (incrщmente de~1) le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc}.\\ +% \com{mtcaddpart}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]}&Ajoute le titre d'une \com{part*} dans la TdM.\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]}&Ajoute le titre d'une \com{chapter*} dans la TdM.\\ +% \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]}&Ajoute le titre d'une \com{section*} dans la TdM.\\ +% \com{mtcfixglossary}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Ajuste l'entrщe pour le glossaire dans la TdM.\\ +% \com{mtcfixindex}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Ajoute l'entrщe pour l'index dans la TdM.\\ +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Ajoute l'entrщe pour la nomenclature dans la TdM.\\ +% \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}Environnement pour cacher des entrщes dans la TdM principale.\\ +% \ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environnement pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des figures principale.\\ +% \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des figures principale.\\ +% \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environnement pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ +% \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. +% \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ +% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: forme recommandщe.} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tpb] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Classes and packages needing some precautions with \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs} +% \centering +% \bgroup\mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}} +% \toprule +% &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Names}&\textbf{Author(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Reference(s)}\\ +% \midrule +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{abstract}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.abstract}&\cite{abstract}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{alnumsec}&\namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}&\pageref{h.alnumsec}&\cite{alnumsec}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{alphanum}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsart}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ +% &\textbf{C}&\class{amsbook}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsproc}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{appendix}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+appendix}&\cite{appendix}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{captcont}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.captcont}&\cite{captcont}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\ +% &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ +% &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} and\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, and \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfig}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfig}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfigure}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfigure}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titlesec}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lass.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}ackage.}\\ +% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Any class not defining the main standard sectionning commands is +% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.}\\ +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[tpb] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Classes et paquetages nщcessitant quelques prщcautions avec \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs} +% \centering +% \bgroup\mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}} +% \toprule +% &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Noms}&\textbf{Auteur(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Rщfщrence(s)}\\ +% \midrule +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{abstract}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.abstract}&\cite{abstract}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{alnumsec}&\namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}&\pageref{h.alnumsec}&\cite{alnumsec}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{alphanum}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsart}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ +% &\textbf{C}&\class{amsbook}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsproc}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{appendix}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+appendix}&\cite{appendix}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{captcont}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.captcont}&\cite{captcont}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} et \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\ +% &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ +% &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} et\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn} et \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfig}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfig}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfigure}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfigure}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titlesec}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ +% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lasse.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}aquetage.}\\ +% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Toute classe ne dщfinissant pas les principales commandes de sectionnement standard +% est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.}\\ +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[tbph] +% \capstart +% \caption{Checking if inside a minitable}\label{t+ifinside} +% \medskip +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Level}&\textbf{Flag}&\textbf{for tocs,}&\textbf{for lofs,}&\textbf{for lots.}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Part}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Chapter}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% +% \begin{table}[tbph] +% \capstart +% \caption{Commands for polymorphic entries}\label{t+polym}\index{polymorphic entry} +% \medskip +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{From \textsl{OA} of}:&\textbf{Command}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ +% \midrule +% sect. command&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ +% figure caption&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ +% table caption&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% \else\relax +% \begin{table}[tbph] +% \capstart +% \caption{Tester si р~l'intщrieur d'une minitable}\label{t+ifinside} +% \medskip +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Niveau}&\textbf{Indicateur}&\textbf{pour TdMs,}&\textbf{pour~LdFs,}&\textbf{pour~LdTs.}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Partie}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Chapitre}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% +% \begin{table}[tbph] +% \capstart +% \caption{Commandes pour des entrщes polymorphes}\label{t+polym}\index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe} +% \medskip +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Depuis l'\textsl{AO} de}:&\textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ +% \midrule +% commande sect.&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ +% caption figure&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ +% caption table&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{table}[btp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Obsolete commands}\label{t+SUC-O} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{firstpartis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} is the number of the first part.\\ +% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} is the number of the first chapter.\\ +% \com{firstsectionis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} is the number of the first section.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{These commands have no effect (except a harmless warning).} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% \begin{table}[btp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes obsolшtes}\label{t+SUC-O} +% \centering +% \bgroup +% \mysize +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% \com{firstpartis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} est le numщro de la premiшre partie.\\ +% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} est le numщro du premier chapitre.\\ +% \com{firstsectionis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} est le numщro de la premiшre section.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{Ces commandes n'ont aucun effet (exceptщ un avertissement bщnin).} +% \end{tabularx} +% \egroup +% \end{table} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Examples of documents}\label{c+exdocs} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Exemples de documents}\label{c+exdocs} +% \fi +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \minitoc +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} +% \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}% +% \raggedcolumns +% \mtcskip +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This chapter shows the code of some examples of documents. +% Some are extracted or derived from real documents, others are just demonstrations to illustrate problems or features. +% The code of some specific example files has been shown earlier: +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-apx.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-hi1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-hi2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-gap.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-gap.tex}, +% and \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-tlo.tex}, +% \or\relax +% Ce chapitre montre le code de quelques exemples de documents. +% Certains ont щtщ extraits ou inspirщs de documents rщels, les autres sont de simples dщmonstrations pour illustrer +% des problшmes ou des possibilitщs. +% Le code de fichiers d'exemples spщcifiques a dщjр щtщ montrщ: +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-apx.tex}), +% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-hi1.tex}), +% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-hi2.tex}), +% \exam{mtc-gap.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-gap.tex}) et +% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-tlo.tex}). +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note that the \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} is often used to provide filling text. +% \or\relax +% Notez que le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} est souvent utilisщ pour fournir du texte de bourrage. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-2c.tex} document file}\label{mtc-2c.tex}\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-2c.tex}}\label{mtc-2c.tex}\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document with a two columns layout. +% The layout uses the \pack{multicol} standard package~\cite{multicol} and its \env{multicols} environment. +% We set \com{mtcindent} to zero. We test several combinations. If a minitoc is long enough to be splitted on +% both columns, the result may be funny. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document avec une mise en page sur deux +% colonnes. +% La mise en page utilise le paquetage standard \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol} et son environnement \env{multicols}. +% Nous forчons \com{mtcindent} р~zщro. Si une minitoc est assez longue pour se rщpartir sur les deux colonnes, +% le rщsultat peut ъtre bizarre. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-2c> +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% + {report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-2c.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage% + [tight,latin,listfiles]{minitoc} +\usepackage[latin]{babel} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Two first chapters with a standard chapter head, a minitoc on one full width column, then the body of the chapter +% on two columns: +% \or\relax +% Deux premiers chapitres avec un en-tъte standard, une minitoc sur la largeur complшte, puis le corps du chapitre sur +% deux colonnes: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Primum capitulum} +\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[1-2] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[3-4] +\end{multicols} +\chapter{Secundum capitulum} +\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[5-6] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[7-8] +\section{Tertia sectio} +\lipsum[9-10] +\end{multicols} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A third chapter entirely on two columns, so the chapter head and the minitoc are in the first column: +% \or\relax +% Un troisiшme chapitre entiшrement sur deux colonnes, dont l'en-tъte du chapitre et la minitoc sont +% dans la premiшre colonne: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{multicols}{2} +\chapter{Tertium capitulum} +\minitoc +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[11-12] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[13-14] +\section{Tertia sectio} +\lipsum[15-16] +\end{multicols} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A fourth chapter, with the chapter head on one column, and the minitoc and the chapter body on two columns (the +% minitoc is in the first column): +% \or\relax +% Un quatriшme chapitre, avec l'en-tъte de chapitre sur une seule colonne, mais la minitoc et le corps du chapitre +% sur deux colonnes (la minitoc est dans la premiшre colonne): +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Quadrum capitulum} +\begin{multicols}{2} +\minitoc +\section{Prima sectio} +\lipsum[16-17] +\section{Secunda sectio} +\lipsum[18-19] +\section{Tertia sectio} +\lipsum[20-21] +\end{multicols} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-2nd.tex} document file}\label{mtc-2nd.tex}\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} +% This document tests the \xfile{french2.mld} minitoc language definition file +% (section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) and its +% supporting code in the \upack{minitoc} package. First, the preamble of the document uses the \lopt{french2} +% minitoc package language option\footnote{The \pack{franc}, \pack{frnew} and \pack{mypatches} packages are local +% additions, provided with the \upack{minitoc} package documentation sources.}: +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-2nd.tex}}\label{mtc-2nd.tex}\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} +% Ce document teste le fichier minitoc de dщfinition de langue \xfile{french2.mld} +% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) et le code +% qui en assure le support dans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Tout d'abord, le prщambule du document utilise +% l'option de langue \lopt{french2} du paquetage \upack{minitoc}\,\footnote{Les paquetages \pack{franc}, +% \pack{frnew} et \pack{mypatches} sont des additions locales, fournies avec les sources de la documentation +% franчaise du paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-2nd> +%% Test de french2.mld: +%% л seconde ╗ ou л deuxiшme ╗ partie? +%% compilez 3 fois. +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-2nd.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[french2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew} +\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{mypatches} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We test if there is only two parts: if yes, we will use ``seconde''. +% Else (three or more parts), we will use ``deuxiшme''. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons s'il y a seulement deux parties: si oui, nous utiliserons л~seconde~╗. +% Sinon (trois parties ou plus), nous utiliserons л~deuxiшme~╗. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifmtcsecondpart +Il n'y a que 2 parties: seconde. +\else +Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxiшme. +\fi +\clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The body of the document, with two parts: +% \or\relax +% Le corps du document, avec deux parties: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\doparttoc +\faketableofcontents +\part{P1} +\parttoc +\chapter{P1C1} +\chapter{P1C2} +\part{P2} +\parttoc +\chapter{P2C1} +\chapter{P2C2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you want also a third part, comment out this line and recompile 3~times: +% \or\relax +% Si vous voulez aussi une troisiшme partie, commentez la ligne suivante et recompilez 3~fois: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%% Commentez la ligne suivante puis recompilez 2 ou 3 fois. +\end{document} +\part{P3} +\parttoc +\chapter{P3C1} +\chapter{P3C2} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Observe the titles of the parttocs when the document has two then three parts. Note the changes after each +% compilation. You can play by adding and removing parts. It would be interesting to add a starred part, with +% starred chapters, at the beginning of the document, this part and these chapters having their entries in the TOC. +% For instance, try to add the following lines after \com{faketableofcontents}: +% \or\relax +% Observez les titres des parttocs lorsque le document a deux puis trois parties. Notez les changements aprшs +% chaque compilation. Vous pouvez jouer en ajoutant et enlevant des parties. Il serait intщressant d'ajouter une +% partie щtoilщe, avec des chapitres щtoilщs, au dщbut du document, cette partie et ces chapitres ayant leurs +% entrщes dans la table des matiшres. Par exemple, essayez d'ajouter les lignes suivantes +% aprшs \com{faketableofcontents}: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{part*}\verb|{Partie щtoilщe}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[Partie щtoilщe]|\\ +% \com{adjustptc}\verb|[-2] % IMPORTANT <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<|\\ +% \com{parttoc}\\ +% \com{chapter*}\verb|{Premier chapitre щtoilщ}|\\ +% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[Premier chapitre щtoilщ]|\\ +% \verb|\chapter*{Second chapitre щtoilщ}|\\ +% \verb|\mtcaddchapter[Second chapitre щtoilщ]| +% \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% and you will see how the parttoc of the new starred part is titled. +% \or\relax +% et vous verrez comment la parttoc de la nouvelle partie щtoilщe est titrщe. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-3co.tex} document file}\label{mtc-3co.tex}\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} +% This document shows how to prepare a minitoc on three columns, +% with some modifications of the code the \env{mtc@verse} environment. +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-3co.tex}}\label{mtc-3co.tex}\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} +% Ce document montre comment prщparer une minitoc sur trois +% colonnes, grтce р~quelques modifications du code de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we will use a wide paper format (A3) to set the text +% on two columns and the main TOC on three columns, with the +% \pack{multitoc} package~\cite{multitoc} (by \namea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}). +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous utiliserons un format de papier large (A3) +% pour composer le texte sur deux colonnes et la table des +% matiшres principale sur trois colonnes, avec le paquetage +% \pack{multitoc}~\cite{multitoc} (de \namea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-3co> +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-3co.tex}% + [2007/02/19] +\usepackage[a3paper]{geometry} +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage[toc]{multitoc} +\renewcommand{\multicolumntoc}{3} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \begin{macro}{\multicolumnmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\endmtc@verse} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we load the \upack{minitoc} package, set some +% parameters and define the number of columns for the +% minitocs. We alter the \env{mtc@verse} environment to add a +% \env{multicols} environment\footnote{Some vertical adjustments are necessary.}: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% щtablissons quelques paramшtres et dщfinissons le nombre de +% colonnes pour les minitocs. +% Nous altщrons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse} pour lui +% ajouter un environnement \env{multicols}\,\footnote{Quelques ajustements verticaux sont nщcessaires.}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\mtcsetformat{minitoc}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} +\newcommand{\multicolumnmtc}{3} +\makeatletter +\let\SV@mtc@verse\mtc@verse +\let\SV@endmtc@verse\endmtc@verse +\def\mtc@verse#1{\SV@mtc@verse#1\removelastskip% + \begin{multicols}{\multicolumnmtc}\raggedcolumns\leavevmode\unskip + \vskip -1.5ex \vskip -1\baselineskip} +\def\endmtc@verse{\end{multicols}\SV@endmtc@verse} +\makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin the document, preparing the minitocs and the main TOC. +% The (first) chapter begins with its minitoc, then the text +% on two columns. We use the \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} to provide filling text; +% the section number is used to select a \emph{lipsum} paragraph. +% \or\relax +% Nous commenчons le document, en prщparant les minitocs et la +% table des matiшres principale. Le (premier) chapitre commence +% avec sa minitoc, puis le texte sur deux colonnes. Nous +% utilisons le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} pour +% fournir du texte de bourrage; +% le numщro de section est utilisщ pour choisir un paragraphe \emph{lipsum}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\chapter{First chapter} +\minitoc +\begin{multicols}{2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We use a lot of sections, to have a minitoc large enough to +% use the three columns. A subsection with a long title gives +% a good result (we have used \com{mtcsetformat} to avoid hyphenations). +% \or\relax +% Nous utilisons beaucoup de sections, pour avoir une minitoc +% suffisamment grande pour utiliser les trois colonnes. Une +% sous-section avec un titre long donne un bon rщsultat (nous avons utilisщ \com{mtcsetformat} pour щviter les +% coupures). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section{First section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Tenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Eleventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twelfth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fourteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Sixteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Seventeenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Eighteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Nineteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twentieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\subsection{A very long subsection title, for the fun in +a multicolumn table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Twenty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirtieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Thirty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fortieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Forty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fiftieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fifty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\end{multicols} +\clearpage +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-add.tex} document file}\label{mtc-add.tex}\iexam{mtc-add.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-add.tex}}\label{mtc-add.tex}\iexam{mtc-add.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows how to add special entries in the table of contents, and the interaction with the +% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre comment ajouter des entrщes spщciales dans la table des matiшres, ainsi que l'interaction avec +% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}. +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-add> +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} +%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-add.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{tocbibind} +\usepackage{makeidx} +\makeatletter +\newif\ifscan@allowed +\scan@allowedtrue +\makeatother +\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% +\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak + \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Load the \upack{minitoc} package, or \pack{mtcoff}. +% \or\relax +% Charger le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, ou \pack{mtcoff}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\makeindex +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call the mini-table preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons les commandes de prщparation des mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We are using the \pack{tocbibind} package to add special entries in the table of contents, so we must take +% the precautions specified in section~\vref{special.entries}: +% \or\relax +% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{tocbibind} pour ajouter des entrщes spщciales dans la table des matiшres, +% donc nous devons prendre les prщcautions spщcifiщes dans la section~\vref{special.entries}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\tableofcontents \mtcaddchapter +\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter +\listoftables \mtcaddchapter +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For a chapter, we want a minitoc, a minilof and a minitoc: +% \or\relax +% Pour un chapitre, nous voulons une minitoc, une minilof et une minitoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{First chapter}\index{chapter!normal} +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then the text of the chapter, with sections, figures and tables: +% \or\relax +% Puis le texte du chapitre, avec des figures et des tableaux: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section{First section} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} + +\section{Second section} +A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ +\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}\index{a}% +\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}\index{cannot}% +\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}\index{I}% +\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}\index{land}% +\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}\index{to}\index{tree}% +\index{would}\index{yes}% +\textsf{A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. +But I imagine that he would, yes.}\\ +\hbox{}\hfill +Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks}~(1993),~\textsl{Against~a~dark~background.}% +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A starred chapter requires a special treatment; three solutions are possible. +% You can test variations on +% the \com{mtcaddchapter} command. Just uncomment one (and +% only one) of the \com{mtcaddchapter} commands after +% \com{chapter*} in the source code of \exam{mtc-add.tex}. +% For each case, look at the Table of Contents +% and the involved chapter. +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre щtoilщ nщcessite un traitement spщcial; trois solutions sont possibles. Vous pouvez tester des +% variations sur la commande \com{mtcaddchapter}. Il suffit de dщcommenter une et une seule des trois +% commandes \com{mtcaddchapter} aprшs \com{chapter*} dans le code source de \exam{mtc-add.tex}. Pour chaque +% cas, regardez la table des matiшres et le chapitre concernщ. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{Second chapter, starred} +\index{chapter!starred} +%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 3 FOLLOWING LINES +\mtcaddchapter[Second chapter, starred] % OK +%% \mtcaddchapter[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. OK +%% \addcontentsline{toc}{xchapter}{} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% \mtcaddchapter[] % BAD SOLUTION +%% \mtcaddchapter % BAD SOLUTION +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{tests} + +This is a starred chapter; you can test here variations on +the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| command. Just uncomment one (and +only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| commands after +\verb|\chapter*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. +For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents +and at this chapter. +\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% +\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{chapter}\index{code}% +\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}\index{each}% +\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}% +\index{index}\index{is}\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}% +\index{lot}\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% +\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% +\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% +\index{variations}\index{you}% +I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. + +\chapter{Third chapter} +\index{chapter!normal} +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{Third section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} + +\section{Fourth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle} +% \begin{macro}{\bibliography} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As we want to add an entry for the bibliography in the table of contents, and we use the \pack{tocbibind} package +% for that, we must add a correction with \com{adjustmtc}: +% \or\relax +% Comme nous voulons ajouter une entrщe pour la bibliographie dans la table des matiшres, et que nous utilisons +% donc le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}, nous ajoutons une correction avec \com{adjustmtc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\nocite* +\def\noopsort#1{\relax} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{mtc-add} +\adjustmtc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\printindex} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As we want to add an entry for the index in the table of contents, and we use the \pack{tocbibind} package +% for that, we must add a correction; two solutions are available: use \com{mtcfixindex} or +% the other given three lines: +% \or\relax +% Comme nous voulons ajouter une entrщe pour l'index dans la table des matiшres, et que nous utilisons +% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind} pour cela, nous devons ajouter une correction; deux solutions sont +% disponibles: utiliser \com{mtcfixindex} ou les trois autres lignes donnщes: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\printindex +\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines +%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{} +%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{} +%% \mtcaddchapter +%% + +\appendix +\chapter{App.~1} +\index{chapter!appendix} +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{Fifth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} + +\section{Sixth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The next chapter asks for a minitoc, a minilof and a minilot, but contains no tables; hence +% the \upack{minitoc} package will give some warnings. +% \or\relax +% Le chapitre suivant demande une minitoc, une minilof et une minilot, mais ne contient aucun tableau; donc le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} щmettra quelques avertissements. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{App.~2} +\index{chapter!appendix} +%% contains no tables but asks for a minilot! No minilot printed. +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip +\minilot +\section{Seventh section} +\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} + +\section{Eighth section} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} + +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And we need also its small bibliographic data base: +% \or\relax +% Et nous avons aussi besoin de sa petite base bibliographique: +% \fi +% \begin{itemize} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \item the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package~\cite{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% \item la documentation en anglais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-addbib> +@MISC{minitoc, + TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=2008} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \item the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package~\cite{minitoc-fr}: +% \or\relax +% \item la documentation en franчais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc-fr}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +@MISC{minitoc-fr, + TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf}}", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=2008} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \item the documentation of the \upack{shorttoc} package~\cite{shorttoc}: +% \or\relax +% \item la documentation du paquetage \upack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +@MISC{shorttoc, + TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + NOTE="{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=aug, + YEAR=2002} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \item a novel~\cite{dark} from which a short citation is taken: +% \or\relax +% \item un roman~\cite{dark} d'o∙ une courte citation est extraite: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +@BOOK{dark, + TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}", + AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies", + PUBLISHER="Bantam Books", + ISBN="0553292240 (pb)", + YEAR=1993} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But the database created this way must be trimmed of some spurious lines; +% on Unix-like systems, do\footnote{Note that we should use no preamble for +% this file in \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nevertheless, some spurious lines are still generated. This +% problem is not yet corrected now, so we keep the solution.}: +% \or\relax +% Mais la base ainsi crщщe doit ъtre purgщe des lignes superflues; +% sur les systшmes analogues р~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous +% ne devrions pas utiliser de prщambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nщanmoins, des lignes +% superflues sont encore produites. Ce problшme n'est pas encore corrigщ, donc nous conservons cette solution.}: +% \fi +% \begin{verse}\small +% \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib" +% \end{verse} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ads.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ads.tex}\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} +% This document uses the \class{article} class and shows some problems for adding special entries in the +% table of contents and some problems with floating objects. We need to use the \pack{tocbibind} +% package~\cite{tocbibind} for the first ones and the \upack{minitoc} \opt{insection} package option to avoid +% the drift if floating objects outside of their section. That gives the following document preamble: +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ads.tex}}\label{mtc-ads.tex}\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} +% Ce document utilise la classe \class{article} et montre quelques problшmes pour ajouter des entrщes spщciales +% dans la table des matiшres et quelques problшmes avec les objets flottants. Il nous faut utiliser le paquetage +% \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} pour les premiers et l'option \opt{insection} du +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour щviter la dщrive des objets flottants hors de leur section. Ceci donne le +% prщambule suivant: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-ads> +\documentclass[oneside,12pt,a4paper]{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ads.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{url,tocbibind,makeidx} +\makeatletter \newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue \makeatother +\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% +\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak + \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% +\usepackage[tight,hints,insection]{minitoc} +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\makeindex +% \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de prщparation: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dopartlof \dopartlot +\dosecttoc \dosectlof \dosectlot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The commands to prepare the table of contents, the list of figures and the list of tables. As we use the +% \pack{tocbibind} package, we must add some \com{mtcaddsection} commands: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes pour prщparer la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. Comme nous +% utilisons le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}, nous devons ajouter quelques commandes \com{mtcaddsection}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +\setcounter{parttocdepth}{6} +\setcounter{secttocdepth}{6} +\tableofcontents \mtcaddsection +\listoffigures \mtcaddsection +\listoftables \mtcaddsection +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The body of the document: a part with its part-level mini-tables, some sections with their section-level +% mini-tables. The document has an index and contains figures and tables. +% \or\relax +% Le corps du document: une partie avec ses mini-tables au niveau partie, quelques sections leurs mini-tables au +% niveau section. Le document a un index et contient des figures et des tableaux. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\part{Part~1} +\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot + +\section{First section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{First subsection} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Second subsection} +A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ +\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% +\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% +\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% +\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% +\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% +\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% +A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. +But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ +\hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\section*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Here, we try a starred section, with its entry in the table of contents. You can try several solutions (good or bad). +% \or\relax +% Ici, nous essayons une section щtoilщe, avec son entrщe dans la table des matiшres. Vous pouvez essayer plusieurs +% solutions (bonnes ou mauvaises). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section*{Second section, starred} +\index{section!starred} +%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES +\mtcaddsection[Second section, starred] % OK +%% \mtcaddsection[] % BAD +%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. +%% \mtcaddsection % BAD +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{tests} + +This is a starred section; you can test here variations on +the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and +only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after +\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. +For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents +and at this section. +\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% +\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% +\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}% +\index{Contents}\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}% +\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% +\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% +\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}\index{source}% +\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}\index{the}% +\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% +\index{variations}\index{you}% +I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. + +\section{Third section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Third subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Fourth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} + +\subsubsection{Even a sub-sub-section!} +\subsubsection{And yet another one} + +\part{Part~2} +\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot + +\section{Fourth section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Fifth subsection} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Sixth subsection} +A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ +\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% +\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% +\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% +\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% +\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% +\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% +A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. +But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ +\hbox{}\hfill +Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} + +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} + +\section*{Fifth section, starred} +\index{section!starred} +%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES +\mtcaddsection[Fifth section, starred] % OK +%% \mtcaddsection[] % OK +%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. +%% \mtcaddsection % OK +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{tests} + +This is a starred section; you can test here variations on +the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and +only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after +\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. +For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents +and at this section.\index{a}% +\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% +\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% +\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}% +\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}% +\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% +\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% +\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% +\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% +\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}% +\index{uncomment}\index{variations}\index{you}% +I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. + +\section{Sixth section} +\index{section!normal} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Seventh subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Seventh table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Eighth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Eighth table} \end{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle} +% \begin{macro}{\bibliography} +% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The bibliography: as we want an entry for it in the table of contents, we use the +% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} and a correction with \com{adjuststc}: +% \or\relax +% La bibliographie: comme nous voulons une entrщe pour elle dans la table des matiшres, nous utilisons le +% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} et une correction avec \com{adjuststc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\nocite* +\def\noopsort#1{\relax} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{mtc-add} +\adjuststc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\printindex} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The index: as we want an entry for it in the table of contents, we use the +% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} and a correction with \com{mtcfixindex}: +% \or\relax +% L'index: comme nous voulons une entrщe pour lui dans la table des matiшres, nous utilisons le +% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} et une correction avec \com{mtcfixindex}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\printindex +\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines +%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{} +%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{} +%% \mtcaddsection + +\appendix +\section{App.~1} +\index{section!appendix} +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Ninth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Ninth table} \end{table} + +\subsection{Tenth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Tenth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Tenth table} \end{table} + +\section{App.~2} +\index{section!appendix} +%% contains no tables but asks for a sectlot! No sectlot printed. +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot +\subsection{Eleventh subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Twelfth figure} \end{figure} + +\subsection{Twelfth subsection} + +\begin{figure} \caption{Thirdteenth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourteenth figure} \end{figure} + +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-amm.tex} document file}\label{mtc-amm.tex}\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-amm.tex}}\label{mtc-amm.tex}\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This example shows the use of the \env{appendices} environment in a \class{memoir} class document when +% the \upack{minitoc} package is loaded. First, the preamble: +% \or\relax +% Cet exemple montre l'utilisation de l'environnement \env{appendices} dans un document de classe \class{memoir} +% lorsque le paquetage \upack{minitoc} a щtщ chargщ. Tout d'abord, le prщambule: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-amm> +\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-amm.tex}% + [2007/08/29] +\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text +\usepackage{hyperref} +\usepackage{memhfixc} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\adjustmtc +\chapter{First chapter} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] +\section{First section} +\lipsum[2] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{environment}{appendices} +% \begin{macro}{\addappheadtotoc} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The appendices are set in an \env{appendices} environment; we can add an entry in the TOC with +% \com{addappheadtotoc} (a command from the \class{memoir} class): +% \or\relax +% Les appendices sont composщs dans un environnement \env{appendices}; nous pouvons ajouter une entrщe dans la table +% des matiшres avec \com{addappheadtotoc} (une commande fournie par la classe \class{memoir}): +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{appendices} +\addappheadtotoc +\adjustmtc %correction! +\chapter{Afterthoughts} +\minitoc +\lipsum[3] +Afterthoughts appendix +\section{Further remarks} +\lipsum[4] +\chapter{Last wills} +\minitoc +\section{Testament} +\lipsum[5] +\end{appendices} +\chapter{Conclusion} +\minitoc +\section{Bye} +\lipsum[6] +\chapter{Back from Hell} +\minitoc +\section{Not dead yet!} +\lipsum[7] +\section{I will survive} +\lipsum[8] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-apx.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-apx.tex}\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} +% The \exam{mtc-apx.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-apx.tex}}\label{1mtc-apx.tex}\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} +% Le document \exam{mtc-apx.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-art.tex} document file}\label{mtc-art.tex}\iexam{mtc-art.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-art.tex}}\label{mtc-art.tex}\iexam{mtc-art.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is a basic document using the \upack{minitoc} package. It contains sections but no chapters, so it must use an +% \class{article}-like document class. You should work on a \emph{copy} of this file and +% can alter its preamble and its contents to make experiments with parameters. A typical preamble follows: +% \or\relax +% C'est un document basique utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Il contient des sections mais pas de chapitres, +% donc il doit utiliser une classe de document analogue р~\class{article}. Vous devriez travailler sur +% une \emph{copie} de ce fichier et vous pouvez modifier son prщambule et son contenu pour faire des essais avec +% les paramшtres. Voici donc un prщambule typique: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-art> +%% mtc-art.tex +%% This file contains a set of tests for minitoc +%% package. You can alter most of parameters to test. +%% article (\section must be defined) +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-art.tex}% + [2007/06/06] +\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text +%% \usepackage{hyperref} % If used, load it BEFORE minitoc +\usepackage[tight,insection]{minitoc} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents +\setlength{\stcindent}{24pt} % indentation of secttocs, default +%% % font for secttocs, default +\renewcommand{\stcfont}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries}% +%% % font for secttocs, subsections +%% \renewcommand{\stcSSfont}{\small\sf}% +%% % you can make experiments with +%% % \stcSSSfont, \stcPfont and \stcSPfont +%% % but it is ``fontomania''... +\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you want to use sections numbered in each part (the section number restarts to~1 at the beginning of each +% part), uncomment the 3~lines of code below. This demonstrates that the numbering of the secttoc files is +% independent on the numbering of the sections (it is absolute). +% \or\relax +% Si vous voulez utiliser des sections numщrotщes dans chaque partie (le numщro de section repart р~1 au dщbut de +% chaque partie), dщcommentez les 3~lignes de code ci-dessous. Ceci montre que la numщrotation des fichiers +% secttoc est indщpendante de celle des sections (elle est absolue). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test +%%% resetting section number in each part +%%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{section}{part} \makeatother +%%% END TEST +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin the body of the document. You can still alter some parameters (presence or absence of rules and page numbers in +% the mini-tables): +% \or\relax +% Nous commenчons le corps du document. Vous pouvez encore altщrer certains paramшtres (prщsence ou absence de filets et +% de numщros de pages dans les mini-tables): +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The preparation commands, with their optional argument if necessary: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de prщparation, avec leur argument optionnel si nщcessaire: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dosecttoc +\dosectlof[c] % center titles of the sectlofs +\dosectlot +\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff +\dopartlof % added in version #15 +\dopartlot % added in version #15 +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% It is necessary to create the contents files; use the ``fake'' version to not print. +% \or\relax +% Il est nщcessaire de crщer les fichiers de contenu; utilisez la version л~fake~╗ pour ne pas imprimer. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\faketableofcontents % or \tableofcontents +\fakelistoffigures % to check compatibility +\fakelistoftables % to check compatibility +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There is the text of the document, with its sectionning commands; +% we define a part, with a parttoc, a partlof (with the title on the right) and a parttoc: +% \or\relax +% Voici le texte du document, avec ses commandes de sectionnement; +% nous dщfinissons une partie, avec une parttoc, une partlof (avec le titre sur la droite) et une parttoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\part{First Part} \parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A section, in two columns mode, with a secttoc (title on the right), and a sectlof; this section contains +% subsections to make a non-empty secttoc but no figures (to detect an empty sectlof). +% \or\relax +% Une section, en mode deux colonnes, avec une secttoc (titre sur la droite), et une sectlof; cette section contient +% des sous-sections pour que la secttoc ne soit pas vide mais pas de figures (pour dщtecter une sectlof vide). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\twocolumn\sloppy % the secttoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, + % but works. Ideas to make it better? +\section{AAAAA} % a section with a lot of sections +\secttoc[r] % secttoc title on the right +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\lipsum[1] +\subsection{S1} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{S2} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{S3} \lipsum[4] +\subsection*{S4} +%% \addcontentsline{toc}{starsubsection}{*S4*} +\lipsum[5] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A lot of subsections: +% \or\relax +% Un tas de sous-sections: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\subsection{S5} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{S6} \lipsum[7] +\subsection{S7} \lipsum[8] +\subsection{S8} \lipsum[9] +\subsection{S9} \lipsum[10] +\subsection{S10} \lipsum[11] +\subsection{S11} \lipsum[12] +\subsection{S12} \lipsum[13] +\subsection{S13} \lipsum[14] +\subsection{S14} \lipsum[15] +\subsection{S15} \lipsum[16] +\subsection{S16} \lipsum[17] +\subsection{S17} \lipsum[18] +\subsection{S18} \lipsum[19] +\subsection{S19} \lipsum[20] +\subsection{S20} \lipsum[21] +\subsection{S21} \lipsum[22] +\subsection{S22} \lipsum[23] +\subsection{S23} \lipsum[24] +\subsection{S24} \lipsum[25] +\subsection{S25} \lipsum[26] +\subsection{S26} \lipsum[27] +\subsection{S27} \lipsum[28] +\subsection{S28} \lipsum[29] +\subsection{S29} \lipsum[30] +\subsection{S30} \lipsum[31] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} +% \begin{macro}{\section*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We return to the one column mode. Then a section with a secttoc and a sectlof (there are subsections and figures). +% The \opt{insection} package option should ensure that floating objects (like figures) do not drift outside +% their section. +% \or\relax +% Nous revenons au mode une colonne. Puis une section avec une secttoc et une sectlof (il y~a des sous-sections et +% des figures). +% L'option de paquetage \opt{insection} devrait garantir que les objets flottants (tels que les figures) ne +% dщrivent pas en dehors de leur section. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column +\section{BBBBB} +\secttoc +\mtcskip % put some skip here +\sectlof % a sectlof +\lipsum[32] +\subsection{T1} \lipsum[33] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F1} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\subsubsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command +\lipsum[34] +\paragraph{TTT1} \lipsum[35] +\subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36] +\begin{figure}[t] +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\subsection{T2} \lipsum[37] +\section*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-section. should have no secttoc +%% \addstarredsection{CCCCC} +\mtcaddsection[CCCCC] +\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\lipsum[38] +\subsection{U1} \lipsum[39] +\subsubsection{UU1} \lipsum[40] +\paragraph{UUU1} \lipsum[41] +\subparagraph{UUUU1} \lipsum[42] +\subsection{U2} \lipsum[43] +\part{Second Part} +\parttoc +\partlof[c] +\partlot +%% % the following section should have no secttoc, +\section{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \secttoc, +%% \secttoc +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +% % the secttoc appears +\lipsum[44] +\subsection{V1} \lipsum[45] +\subsubsection{VV1} \lipsum[46] +\paragraph{VVV1} \lipsum[47] +\subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\lipsum[49] \subsection{V2} \lipsum[50] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We change the depth of the secttocs, inside a local group (a pair of braces): +% \or\relax +% Nous changeons la profondeur des secttocs, dans un groupe local (une paire d'accolades): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section{EEEEE} % this section should have a secttoc +{% % left brace, see below +\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3} % depth of sect table of contents; + % try with different values. +\secttoc +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +} % right brace +%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change on secttocdepth. +\lipsum[51] +\subsection{W1} % with the given depth +\lipsum[52] +\subsubsection{WW1} \lipsum[53] +\paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla +\subparagraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[55] +\subsection{W2} \lipsum[56] +\chapter*{} +\part{Appendices} +\parttoc \mtcskip +\partlof \mtcskip +\partlot +\FloatBarrier +\appendix +\section{Comments} \lipsum[57] +\secttoc +\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED +\subsection{C1} \lipsum[58] +\subsection{C2} \lipsum[59] +\subsection{C3} \lipsum[60] +\begin{figure}[hb] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} +\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\FloatBarrier +\subsection{C4} \lipsum[61] +\FloatBarrier +\section{Evolution} +\secttoc +\sectlof % empty +\sectlot % empty +\lipsum[62] +\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63] \subsection{D2} \lipsum[64] +\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65] \subsection{D4} \lipsum[66] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-bk.tex} document file}\label{mtc-bk.tex}\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-bk.tex}}\label{mtc-bk.tex}\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is a basic document using the \upack{minitoc} package. It contains chapters, so it must use a +% \class{book}-like or \class{report}-like document class. You should work on a \emph{copy} of this file and +% can alter its preamble and its contents to make experiments with parameters. A typical preamble follows: +% \or\relax +% C'est un document basique utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Il contient des chapitres, donc il doit +% utiliser une classe de document analogue р~\upack{book} ou р~\class{report}. Vous devriez travailler sur +% une \emph{copie} de ce fichier et vous pouvez modifier son prщambule et son contenu pour faire des essais avec +% les paramшtres. Voici donc un prщambule typique: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-bk> +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions) +%% mtc-bk.tex +%% This file contains a set of tests for minitoc package file. +%% You can alter most of parameters to test. +%% Class: book/report (\chapter must be defined). +%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc commands and parameters. +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} % the report class uses less pages +%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-bk.tex}% + [2007/06/06] +\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text +%% \usepackage{hyperref} % if used, load it BEFORE minitoc +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} % tight option make shorter mini-tables +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents +\setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} % indentation of minitocs, default +\renewcommand{\mtcfont}{\small\rm} % font for minitocs, default +\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\small\bf} % font for minitocs, sections, default +%% \renewcommand{\mtcSSfont}{\small\sf} % font for minitocs, subsections +%% you can make experiments with \mtcSSSfont, \mtcPfont and \mtcSPfont +%% but it is ``fontomania''... +\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you want to use chapters numbered in each part (the chapter number restarts to~1 at the beginning of each +% part), uncomment the 3~lines of code below. This demonstrates that the numbering of the minitoc files is +% independent on the numbering of the chapters (it is absolute). +% \or\relax +% Si vous voulez utiliser des chapitres numщrotщs dans chaque partie (le numщro de partie repart р~1 au dщbut de +% chaque partie), dщcommentez les 3~lignes de code ci-dessous. Ceci montre que la numщrotation des fichiers +% minitoc est indщpendante de celle des chapitres (elle est absolue). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test resetting chapter number in each part +%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} \makeatother +%%% END TEST +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noptcrule} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin the body of the document. You can still alter some parameters (presence or absence of rules and page numbers in +% the mini-tables): +% \or\relax +% Nous commenчons le corps du document. Vous pouvez encore altщrer certains paramшtres (prщsence ou absence de filets et +% de numщros de pages dans les mini-tables): +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\mtcpagenumbers +\noptcrule +%% \nomtcrule % suppresses minitoc rules +%% \nomtcpagenumbers % suppresses minitoc page numbers +%% \nomlfpagenumbers % ---------- minilof ---- ------- +%% \nomltpagenumbers % ---------- minilot ---- ------- +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The preparation commands, with their optional argument if necessary: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de prщparation, avec leur argument optionnel si nщcessaire: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominitoc +\dominilof[c] % centers title of minilof's +\dominilot +\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff +\dopartlof % added in version #15 +\dopartlot % added in version #15 +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% It is necessary to create the contents files; use the ``fake'' version to not print. +% \or\relax +% Il est nщcessaire de crщer les fichiers de contenu; utilisez la version л~fake~╗ pour ne pas imprimer. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\tableofcontents % or \faketableofcontents +\listoffigures % or \fakelistoffigures +\fakelistoftables % or \listoftables +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Uncomment the following line if the first chapter must be numbered~``0'': +% \or\relax +% Dщcommentez la ligne suivante si le premier chapitre doit ъtre numщrotщ~л~0~╗: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%% \addtocounter{chapter}{-1} % to begin with Chapter 0 +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There is the text of the document, with its sectionning commands: +% \or\relax +% Voici le texte du document, avec ses commandes de sectionnement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\part{First Part} +\parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot[r] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A chapter, in two column mode, with a minitoc (title on the right): +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre, en mode deux colonnes, avec une minitoc (titre sur la droite): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\twocolumn\sloppy % the minitoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, +\chapter{AAAAA} % a chapter with a lot of sections +\minitoc[r] % minitoc title on the right +\lipsum[1] +\section{S1} \lipsum[2] +\section{S2} \lipsum[3] +\section{S3} \lipsum[4] +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\section*} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A starred section; we want an entry in the TOC, so we add it the normal way: +% \or\relax +% Une section щtoilщe: nous voulons une entrщe dans la table des matiшres, donc nous l'ajoutons de la maniшre +% normale: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section*{S4} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}{S4}} +\lipsum[5] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A lot of subsections: +% \or\relax +% Un tas de sous-sections: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\section{S5} \lipsum[6] +\section{S6} \lipsum[6] +\section{S7} \lipsum[7] +\section{S8} \lipsum[9] +\section{S9} \lipsum[10] +\section{S10} \lipsum[11] +\section{S11} \lipsum[12] +\section{S12} \lipsum[13] +\section{S13} \lipsum[14] +\section{S14} \lipsum[15] +\section{S15} \lipsum[16] +\section{S16} \lipsum[17] +\section{S17} \lipsum[18] +\section{S18} \lipsum[19] +\section{S19} \lipsum[20] +\section{S20} \lipsum[21] +\section{S21} \lipsum[22] +\section{S22} \lipsum[23] +\section{S23} \lipsum[24] +\section{S24} \lipsum[25] +\section{S25} \lipsum[26] +\section{S26} \lipsum[27] +\section{S27} \lipsum[28] +\section{S28} \lipsum[29] +\section{S29} \lipsum[30] +\section{S30} \lipsum[31] +\subsection{SS1} \lipsum[32] +\section{S31} \lipsum[33] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We return to one column mode. A new chapter, with a minitoc, a minilof and a minilot: +% \or\relax +% Nous revenons au mode sur une colonne. Un nouveau chapitre, avec une minitoc, une minilof et une minilot: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column +\chapter{BBBBB} +\minitoc +\mtcskip % put some skip here +\minilof % a minilof +\mtcskip % put some skip here +\minilot % a minilot +\lipsum[34] +\section{T1} \lipsum[35] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F1} % (tables are similar) +\end{figure} +\begin{table}[b] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{T1} % (tables are similar) +\end{table} +\clearpage +\subsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command +\lipsum[36] +\subsubsection{TTT1} \lipsum[37] +\paragraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[38] +\begin{figure} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption +\end{figure} +\section{T2} \lipsum[39] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\section*} +% \begin{macro}{\paragraph*} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A starred chapter with an entry added in the TOC; all subordinate (lower) +% sectionning commands must also be starred. +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre щtoilщ avec une entrщe ajoutщe dans la table des matiшres; +% toutes les commandes de sectionnement subalternes (plus basses) doivent aussi ъtre щtoilщes. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-chapter; could have a minitoc. +\addstarredchapter{CCCCC} +\lipsum[40] +\section*{U1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U1} +\lipsum[41] +\subsection*{UU1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{UU1} +\lipsum[42] +\subsubsection*{UUU1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{UUU1} +\lipsum[43] +\paragraph*{UUUU1} +\addcontentsline{toc}{paragraph}{UUUU1} +\lipsum[44] +\section*{U2} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U2} +\lipsum[45] +\part{Second Part} +\parttoc +\partlof[c] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This chapter has no minitoc, but if you uncomment \com{minitoc}, +% the minitoc will appear. +% \or\relax +% Ce chapitre n'a pas de minitoc, mais si vous dщcommentez \com{minitoc}, +% la minitoc apparaюtra. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%% % the following chapter should have no minitoc, +\chapter{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \minitoc, +%% \minitoc % the minitoc appears +\lipsum[46] +\section{V1} \lipsum[47] +\subsection{VV1} \lipsum[48] +\subsubsection{VVV1} \lipsum[49] +\paragraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[50] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\lipsum[51] +\section{V2} \lipsum[52] +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We change the depth of the minitocs, inside a local group (a pair of braces): +% \or\relax +% Nous changeons la profondeur des minitocs, dans un groupe local (une paire d'accolades): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{EEEEE} % this chapter should have a minitoc +{% % left brace, see below +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} % depth of mini table of contents; + % try with different values. +\minitoc +} % right brace +%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change +%% on minitocdepth. +\lipsum[53] +\section{W1} % with the given depth +\lipsum[54] +\subsection{WW1} \lipsum[55] +\subsubsection{WWW1} \lipsum[56] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables here, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\lipsum[57] +\paragraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[58] +\subparagraph{WWWWW1} \lipsum[59] +\section{W2} \lipsum[60] +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\appendix} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Here, we encounter a classical problem: to make a local table of contents for a set +% of appendices, while hiding these entries in the main table of contents. First, we +% create a part, with its parttoc: +% \or\relax +% Ici, nous rencontrons un problшme classique: faire une table des matiшres locale pour un ensemble d'appendices, +% et tout en masquant ces entrщes dans la table des matiшres principale. Tout d'abord, nous crщons une partie, avec sa +% parttoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\appendix +\part{Appendices} +\parttoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we begin a \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment, with the hiding depth as optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous commenчons un environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, avec la profondeur de masquage requise: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] +\chapter{Comments} +\minitoc +\section{C1} \lipsum[61] +\section{C2} \lipsum[62] +\section{C3} \lipsum[63] +\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) +\end{picture} +\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) +\end{figure} +\section{C4} +\chapter{Evolution} +\minitoc +\minilof %Empty => invisible +\minilot %Empty => invisible +\section{D1} \lipsum[64] +\section{D2} \lipsum[65] +\section{D3} \lipsum[66] +\section{D4} \lipsum[67] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% We terminate the part by adding a marker in the TOC file, then we must close this \env{mtchideinmaintoc} +% environment: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Nous terminons la partie en ajoutant un marqueur dans le fichier table des matiшres, puis nous devons fermer +% cet environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%% this line closes the omitted part +\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} +%% this line restore the depth in the main TOC +\end{mtchideinmaintoc} +\lipsum[68] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-bo.tex} document file}\label{mtc-bo.tex}\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-bo.tex}}\label{mtc-bo.tex}\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document using a two column layout for some +% portions and the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}. The aim is to begin a chapter with a special head and a +% preliminary block containing a minitoc and some indications, on two columns. +% The preamble loads the \pack{geometry} package~\cite{geometry}, which defines the global page layout, +% the \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol}, the \pack{color} package~\cite{color}, because we want a colored +% background +% for the minitoc, the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}, to change some parameters of the minitoc, and, at +% least, the \upack{minitoc} package itself: +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document utilisant une mise en page sur +% deux colonnes pour certaines portions et le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}. Le but est de commencer +% un chapitre avec un en-tъte spщcial et un bloc prщliminaire contenant une minitoc et quelques indications, sur +% deux colonnes. +% Le prщambule charge le paquetage \pack{geometry}~\cite{geometry}, +% qui dщfinit la mise en page globale, le paquetage \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol}, +% le paquetage \pack{color}~\cite{color}, +% car nous voulons un fond colorщ pour la minitoc, le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}, pour changer +% quelques paramшtres de la minitoc, et, enfin, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} lui-mъme: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-bo> +\documentclass[10pt]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-bo.tex}% + [2007/04/17] +\usepackage[paperwidth=8.5in,paperheight=11in,% + lmargin=1.25in,rmargin=1.25in,tmargin=1in,bmargin=1in]{geometry} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{color} +% \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\setlength} +% \begin{macro}{\addtolength} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsecindent} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsecnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecindent} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsubsecindent} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsubsecnumwidth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We use the \pack{tocloft} package and its commands to set the indentations in the TOC and the minitoc: +% \or\relax +% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{tocloft} et ses commandes pour щtablir les indentations dans la table des +% matiшres et la minitoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{tocloft} +\setlength{\cftsecindent}{0cm} +\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{15 pt} +\setlength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecindent} +\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecnumwidth} +\setlength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}{20 pt} +\setlength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecindent} +\addtolength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecnumwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\cftpagenumbersoff} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note that if we want to suppress the page numbers in the minitoc, we must use the commands from \pack{tocloft}: +% \or\relax +% Notez que si nous voulons supprimer les numщros de page dans la minitoc, nous devons utiliser les commandes +% de \pack{tocloft}: +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} +\cftpagenumbersoff{subsec} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load the \upack{minitoc} package and change the indentation, suppress the rules and change the minitoc +% title. The \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref} can also be loaded (\emph{after} \upack{minitoc}). +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et changeons l'indentation, supprimons les filets et changeons le +% titre. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref} peut aussi ъtre chargщ (\emph{aprшs} \upack{minitoc}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[francais,tight]{minitoc} +\usepackage{hyperref} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\nomtcrule % pas de filets en haut et en bas de la mini-tdm +\nomtcpagenumbers % pas de numщro de pages +% (non fonctionnel avec tocloft) +\renewcommand{\mtctitle}{Contenu de la rencontre} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load also some packages for the french language (some are local): +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons aussi quelques paquetages pour la langue franчaise: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[francais]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{mypatches} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code redefines the format of the chapter head: +% \or\relax +% Ce code redщfinit le format de l'en-tъte de chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% MACRO POUR AVOIR LE MOT л RENCONTRE ╗ AU LIEU DE л CHAPITRE ╗ % +% Sans saut de ligne (modification du code qui se trouve dans la FAQ) % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\makeatletter +\def\@makechapterhead#1{% + \vspace*{10\p@}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft \normalfont + \interlinepenalty\@M + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \Huge\bfseries\sffamily Rencontre \thechapter\\% \quad + \fi + \Huge\bfseries\sffamily #1\par\nobreak + \vskip 10\p@ +}} +\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% + \vspace*{10\p@}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont + \interlinepenalty\@M + \Huge \sffamily #1\par\nobreak + \vskip 10\p@ +}} \makeatother +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define an environment (\env{pageUn}) for the block placed at the beginning of a chapter. This block +% contains a minitoc, then a sequence of informations given by the 6~parameters of the environment. The block +% uses a \env{multicols} environment to typeset on two columns. Some decorations are added: rules, colored +% background for the minitoc. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons un environnement (\env{pageUn}) pour le bloc placщ en dщbut de chapitre. Ce bloc contient +% une minitoc, puis une sщquence d'informations donnщes par les 6~paramшtres de l'environnement. Ce bloc utilise +% un environnement \env{multicols} pour composer sur deux colonnes. Quelques dщcorations sont ajoutщes: des +% filets, un fond colorщ pour la minitoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%: ENVIRONNEMENT POUR LA PAGE 1 DES RENCONTRES % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% param1: date de la rencontre +% param2: nombre de pщriodes +% param3: liste des documents distribuщs +% param4: messages +% param5: lecture +% param6: exercices +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newenvironment{pageUn}[6]{% +\parindent = 0.0in +\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} +\begin{multicols}{2} + {\large \bfseries Math. pour mщdecine nuclщaire\\ + \textit{(#2)}} + \vfill\columnbreak + \raggedleft\bfseries Automne 2003\\ + #1 +\end{multicols} +\vspace{-18pt} +\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} + +\setlength{\columnseprule}{.3pt} \setlength{\columnsep}{1cm} +\begin{multicols}{2}% + +%: TABLE DES MATI╚RES (col. gauche) +\colorbox[cmyk]{.1,0,0,0}{% + \parbox{\linewidth}{% + \setcounter{minitocdepth}{3}% + \minitoc% + }} +%\vfill \columnbreak ~ \vfill + +\mtcskip + +%: DOCUMENTS DISTRIBU╔S (dщbut col. droite) + +{\large \bfseries Documents distribuщs} +\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$} #3 \end{itemize} + +%: MESSAGES AUX ╔TUDIANTS + +\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Messages} +\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$}#4\end{itemize} + +%: LECTURE +\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Lecture}\vspace{-6pt} \par#5 \par + +% EXERCICES +\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Exercices}\vspace{-6pt}\par#6\par + +%\newpage +\end{multicols}% +} +%{\newpage} +{\hrule} + +%\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.2} %interligne + +%\pagestyle{empty} %pas de # de page +%\parindent = 0.0in +\parskip = 0.1in + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%: RED╔FINIR LES SECTIONS % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Alph{section}} +%\renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter-\Alph{section}} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The body of the document: +% \or\relax +% Le corps du document: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%%%%%%%% +%: BEGIN % +%%%%%%%%%% +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \faketableofcontents +\chapter{Premiшre щtape (dщbut)} +%\minitoc +\begin{pageUn} + {%1 Date du cours + lundi 25 ao√t + } + {%2 Durщe du cours + 2 pщriodes + } + {%3 Liste des documents р~distribuer + \item Plan de cours + \item Fiche d'identification + \item Grille horaire + \item Feuilles d'exercices supplщmentaires + } + {%4 Ne pas oublier + \item Acheter le livre de rщfщrence + \item Apporter une disquette + } + {%5 Lecture + Lire les pages ppp р~ppp et ppp р~ppp + } + {%6 Exercice + Faire les exercices nnn de la page ppp + } +\end{pageUn} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\section{Titre de la section} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Texte dans la section + +%% +\subsection{Une sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%% +\subsection{Une autre sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\section{Titre d'une autre section} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Texte dans la section + +%% +\subsection{Une sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%% +\subsection{Une autre sous-section} +%% +Bla bla bla + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\section{Encore une autre section} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Texte dans la section + +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ch0.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ch0.tex}\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ch0.tex}}\label{mtc-ch0.tex}\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document using a starred first chapter, +% inducing the ``Chapter Zero'' problem. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document utilisant un premier chapitre +% щtoilщ, induisant le problшme du л~Chapitre~zщro~╗. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-ch0> +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ch0.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[tight,english]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first chapter is starred, but contains real numbered sections. We add an entry in the TOC for this chapter +% and see that its sections are using ``0'' as chapter number: +% \or\relax +% Le premier chapitre est щtoilщ, mais contient de vraies sections numщrotщes. Nous ajoutons une entrщe pour ce +% chapitre dans la table des matiшres et voyons que ses sections utilisent л~0~╗ comme numщro de chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{Chapter One (starred)} +\mtcaddchapter[Fake chapter one] +\minitoc +\section{Chap 1, section 1} +That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and +Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize +worldwide parties to celebrate. + +Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved +Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for +one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, +organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to +organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, +dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do +things by halves around here. + +\subsection{Chap 1, section 1, subsection 1} +That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and +Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize +worldwide parties to celebrate. + +Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved +Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for +one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, +organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to +organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, +dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do +things by halves around here. +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second chapter is normal: +% \or\relax +% Le second chapitre est normal: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Chapter Two (numbered one)} +\minitoc +\section{Chapter 2, section 1} +That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and +Thunderbird 1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize +worldwide parties to celebrate. + +Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved +Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for +one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, +organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to +organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, +dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do +things by halves around here. +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-cri.tex} document file}\label{mtc-cri.tex}\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-cri.tex}}\label{mtc-cri.tex}\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\part*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document +% with a starred part and starred chapters. Note the use of the adjustment commands. +% This example is not commented: just follow the insertion of the mini-tables in the \xfile{mtc-cri.log} file. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document +% avec une partie щtoilщe et des chapitres щtoilщs. Notez l'utilisation des commandes d'ajustement. +% Cet exemple n'est pas commentщ: suivez simplement l'insertion des mini-tables dans le fichier \xfile{mtc-cri.log}. +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-cri> +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% + {report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-cri.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[francais]{babel} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage% + [french2,tight]% + {minitoc} + +\mtcsetdepth{parttoc}{2} + +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\part*{Prщsentation gщnщrale} +\mtcaddpart[Prщsentation gщnщrale] +\adjustptc[-2] +\parttoc + +Texte de la +prщsentation gщnщrale\ldots + +\chapter*{Les auteurs} +\mtcaddchapter[Les auteurs] +Prщsentation des auteurs\ldots + +\chapter*{Les lecteurs} +\mtcaddchapter[Les lecteurs] +Prщsentation des lecteurs\ldots + +\part{Premiшre partie} +\parttoc +\chapter*{Introduction} +\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] +\chapter{Premier chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~A} +\section{Deuxiшme section~A} +\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~B} +\section{Deuxiшme section~B} + +\part{Deuxiшme partie} +\parttoc +\chapter{Premier chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~C} +\section{Deuxiшme section~C} +\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} +\minitoc +\section{Premiшre section~D} +\section{Deuxiшme section~D} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}}% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-fko.tex} document file}\label{mtc-fko.tex}\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-fko.tex}}\label{mtc-fko.tex}\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is a document using the \class{scrbook} class. Without any precaution, some entries in the minitocs are +% not in the right font (bold sans serif) like in the main table of contents; moreover, the language of the +% minitoc titles is not correct because the options of the \pack{babel} package are not transferred to the +% \upack{minitoc} package. To solve the language problem, we just set ``\lopt{german}'' as a \emph{global} option in +% the \com{documentclass} command (\pack{babel} and \upack{minitoc} will hence use this global option). +% \or\relax +% C'est un document qui utilise la classe \class{scrbook}. Sans aucune prщcaution, certaines entrщes dans les minitocs ne +% sont pas dans la fonte correcte (grasse et sans empattements) comme dans la table des matiшres principale; de +% plus, la langue des titres des minitocs n'est pas correcte car les options du paquetage \pack{babel} ne sont +% pas transmises au paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Pour rщsoudre ce problшme de langue, nous mettons +% simplement л~\lopt{german}~╗ comme option \emph{globale} dans la commande \com{documentclass} (\pack{babel} +% et \upack{minitoc} utiliseront donc cette option globale). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-fko> +\documentclass[german,a4paper,oneside]{scrbook} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fko.tex}% + [2007/02/19] +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we load the packages and set some parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous chargeons les paquetages et щtablissons quelques paramшtres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[germanb]{babel} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} % optional +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \begin{macro}{\sectfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we set explicitly the fonts for the entries\footnote{Here we only gave the commands for the section entries in +% the minitocs, but analog commands may be used for lower entries.} and the font of the titles of the minitocs, +% knowing that the font command \com{sectfont} is defined in \xfile{scrbook.cls}; we change also the title for +% the minitocs: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous щtablissons explicitement les fontes pour les entrщes\,\footnote{Nous ne donnons ici que les commandes +% pour les entrщes de sections dans les minitocs, mais des commandes analogues peuvent ъtre utilisщes pour des +% entrщes infщrieures.} et la fonte des titres des minitocs, en sachant que la commande de fonte \com{sectfont} +% est dщfinie dans \xfile{scrbook.cls}; nous changeons aussi le titre des minitocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\sectfont\small} +\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\sectfont\large} +\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Inhalt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then the body of the document, with a chapter (with a minitoc) containing a section. The section entry did not +% appear in bold sans serif in the original document (before the corrections). +% \or\relax +% Et voici le corps du document, avec un chapitre (et sa minitoc) contenant une section. L'entrщe de section +% n'apparaissait pas en gras sans empattement dans le document original (avant les corrections). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% +\chapter{Ein serifenloses Kapitel} +\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc +\section{Dieser Text ist in minitoc serifenlos} +Auch der Text \glqq Inhaltsangabe\grqq\ will +so wie koma es definiert. +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-fo1.tex} document file}\label{mtc-fo1.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-fo1.tex}}\label{mtc-fo1.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document creates several copies of the same parttoc, but with different fonts (for the chapter level +% entries); you can compare the results. +% \or\relax +% Ce document crщe plusieurs copies de la mъme parttoc, mais avec des fontes diffщrentes (pour les entrщes du niveau +% chapitre); vous pouvez comparer les rщsultats. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-fo1> +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo1.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents +\part{Introduction} \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A first copy, with default fonts: +% \or\relax +% Une premiшre copie, avec les fontes par dщfaut: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\parttoc \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A second copy, roman bold font for chapter entries: +% \or\relax +% Une deuxiшme copie, fonte romaine grasse pour les entrщes de chapitres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A third copy, typewriter bold font for chapter entries: +% \or\relax +% Une troisiшme copie, fonte bтton grasse pour les entrщes de chapitres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A fourth copy, not bold typewriter font for chapter entries: +% \or\relax +% Une quatriшme copie, fonte bтton non grasse pour les entrщes de chapitres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\chapter{A very short chapter} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] +\section{First section} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] +\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-fo2.tex} document file}\label{mtc-fo2.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-fo2.tex}}\label{mtc-fo2.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document creates several copies of the same parttoc, but with different fonts (for the chapter level +% entries); you can compare the results. As the fonts are not declared the same way, compare the results +% with those of \exam{mtc-fo1.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}). +% \or\relax +% Ce document crщe plusieurs copies de la mъme parttoc, mais avec des fontes diffщrentes (pour les entrщes du niveau +% chapitre); vous pouvez comparer les rщsultats. Comme les fontes ne sont pas dщclarщes de la mъme maniшre, +% comparez les rщsultats avec ceux de \exam{mtc-fo1.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-fo2> +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo2.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{11} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\plffont} +% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We declare the fonts with the old method: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщclarons les fontes avec l'ancienne mщthode: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\ptcSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsections) + \def\ptcSSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsubsections) + \def\ptcPfont{\ptcfont} % (paragraphs) + \def\ptcSPfont{\ptcfont} % (subparagraphs) + \def\plffont{\ptcfont} % (figures) + \def\plfSfont{\ptcfont} % (subfigures) + \def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables) + \def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables) +\begin{document} +\doparttoc \dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\part{Introduction} +\clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A first version of the parttoc, with the fonts defined above: +% \or\relax +% Une premiшre version de la parttoc, avec les fontes dщfinies ci-dessus: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\parttoc \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A second version of the parttoc, with chapter entries in a roman bold font: +% \or\relax +% Une deuxiшme version de la parttoc, avec les entrщes de chapitres en fonte romane grasse: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A third version of the parttoc, with chapter entries in a typewriter bold font: +% \or\relax +% Une troisiшme version de la parttoc, avec les entrщes de chapitres en fonte bтton grasse: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A fourth version of the parttoc, with chapter entries in a non bold typewriter font: +% \or\relax +% Une quatriшme version de la parttoc, avec les entrщes de chapitres en fonte bтton non grasse: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} +\parttoc \clearpage +\chapter{A very short chapter} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] +\section{First section} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] \subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] +\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] \subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-gap.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-gap.tex}\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} +% The \exam{mtc-gap.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-gap.tex}}\label{1mtc-gap.tex}\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} +% Le document \exam{mtc-gap.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hi1.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-hi1.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} +% The \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hi1.tex}}\label{1mtc-hi1.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} +% Le document \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hi2.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-hi2.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} +% The \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hi2.tex}}\label{1mtc-hi2.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} +% Le document \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hia.tex} document file}\label{mtc-hia.tex}\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hia.tex}}\label{mtc-hia.tex}\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document where the entries for some tables +% must be hidden in the main list of tables. The document uses the \class{article} class. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document o∙ les entrщes pour certains +% tableaux doivent ъtre masquщes dans la liste des tableaux principale. Le document utilise la classe \class{article}. +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-hia> +\documentclass% + [oneside,a4paper]{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hia.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage% + [tight,insection]% + {minitoc} +\dosectlot +\begin{document} +\listoftables +\section{First section} +\sectlot +\lipsum[1] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My first visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[2] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[3] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\virage{} the \emph{first} hidden table, we add \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{before} its caption: +% \or\relax +% Pour\virage{} le \emph{premier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{avant} son caption: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{table}[hb] +\mtchideinmainlot +\caption{My first hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[4-6] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[7] +\section{Second section} +\sectlot +\lipsum[8] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\virage{} the \emph{last} hidden table, we add \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{after} its caption: +% \or\relax +% Pour\virage{} le \emph{dernier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{aprшs} son caption: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My last hidden table} +\endmtchideinmainlot +\end{table} +\lipsum[9] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A third visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[10] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{A fourth visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[11] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hir.tex} document file}\label{mtc-hir.tex}\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hir.tex}}\label{mtc-hir.tex}\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document where the entries for some tables +% must be hidden in the main list of tables. The document uses the \class{report} class. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document o∙ les entrщes pour certains +% tableaux doivent ъtre masquщes dans la liste des tableaux principale. Le document utilise la classe \class{report}. +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-hir> +\documentclass[a4paper]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hir.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\dominilot +\begin{document} +\listoftables +\chapter{First chapter} +\minilot +\lipsum[1] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My first visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[2] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[3] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\virage{} the \emph{first} hidden table, we add \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{before} its caption: +% \or\relax +% Pour\virage{} le \emph{premier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{avant} son caption: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{table}[hb] +\mtchideinmainlot % <-- +\caption{My first hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[4-6] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A second hidden table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[7] +\chapter{Second chapter} +\minilot +\lipsum[8] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\virage{} the \emph{last} hidden table, we add \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{after} its caption: +% \or\relax +% Pour\virage{} le \emph{dernier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{aprшs} son caption: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{My last hidden table} +\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- +\end{table} +\lipsum[9] +\begin{table}[ht] +\caption{A third visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[10] +\begin{table}[hb] +\caption{A fourth visible table} +\end{table} +\lipsum[11] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}}% +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hop.tex} document file}\label{mtc-hop.tex}\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hop.tex}}\label{mtc-hop.tex}\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of class \class{scrbook}. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de la classe \class{scrbook}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-hop> +\documentclass[oneside,12pt]{scrbook} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-hop.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage[hints]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We prepare the minitocs and the minilofs, we print the TOC but not the LOF (while the LOF file is prepared): +% \or\relax +% Nous prщparons les minitocs et les minilofs, nous imprimons la table des matiшres mais pas la liste des figures +% (cependant son fichier est prщparщ): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\dominilof \fakelistoffigures +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\part*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A starred part with its entry in the TOC: +% \or\relax +% Une partie щtoilщe avec son entrщe dans la table des matiшres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\part*{Part 1: Strategic Marketing} +\mtcaddpart[Part 1: Strategic Marketing] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then two chapters with their minitocs and minitocs: +% \or\relax +% Puis deux chapitres avec leurs minitocs et minilofs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Chapter 1} +\minitoc \minilof +\section{Section one of first chapter} \lipsum[1] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture one of first chapter} +\end{figure} + +\section{Section two of first chapter} \lipsum[2] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture two of first chapter} +\end{figure} + +\chapter{Chapter 2} +\minitoc \minilof + +\section{Section one of second chapter} \lipsum[3] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture one of second chapter} +\end{figure} +\cleardoublepage +\section{Section two of second chapter} \lipsum[4] +\begin{figure} + \centering Test + \caption{Picture two of second chapter} +\end{figure} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-liv.tex} document file}\label{mtc-liv.tex}\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-liv.tex}}\label{mtc-liv.tex}\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of \class{book} class, with +% customized TOC and minitocs. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{book}, avec +% une table de matiшres et des minitocs personnalisщes. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-liv> +\documentclass[10pt,twoside,openright]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-liv.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +% \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we want that empty pages be really empty, without page number nor headers, +% so we redefine \com{cleardoublepage}: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous souhaitons que les pages vides le soient vraiment, sans numщro de page ni en-tъte, donc nous +% redщfinissons \com{cleardoublepage}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\makeatletter +\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% +\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage + \if@twoside + \ifodd\c@page\else + \null\thispagestyle{chapterverso}\newpage + \if@twocolumn\null\newpage\fi + \fi + \fi + }% +\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% +\makeatother +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the encodings, for input and output, because the document is in french and uses accented letters: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les codages, en entrщe et en sortie, car le document est en franчais et utilise des lettres +% accentuщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load two packages, \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}, to customize the TOC and the minitocs, and +% \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}, to customize the sectionning commands: +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons deux paquetages, \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}, pour adapter la table des matiшres et les minitocs, +% et \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}, pour adapter les commandes de sectionnement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{tocloft} +\usepackage{sectsty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load the \upack{minitoc} package then some complementary local packages for the french language: +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} puis quelques paquetages locaux complщmentaires pour le franчais: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[french,undotted,tight]{minitoc} +\usepackage[english,francais]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew,mypatches} +\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\addtolength} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecindent} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsetrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterfont} +% \begin{macro}{\thesection} +% \begin{macro}{\sectionfont} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We make some customizations: indentation for the subsection entries in the TOC and the minitocs, depth of the +% TOC, numerotation depth, depth of the minitocs, some fonts: +% \or\relax +% Nous faisons quelques adaptations: indentation pour les entrщes de sous-sections dans la table des matiшres et +% les minitocs, profondeur de la table des matiшres, profondeur de la numщrotation, profondeur des minitocs, +% quelques fontes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{1em} % for tocloft +\cftsetrmarg{2.55em plus 1fil} % to avoid hyphenations in the ToC (tocloft). +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{4} +\chapterfont{\huge\bfseries\sffamily} % for sectsty +\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}} +\sectionfont{\Large\raggedright} % for sectsty (to avoid hyphenations in section titles) +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some informations for the title page: +% \or\relax +% Des informations pour la page de titre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\title{Systшmes d'occultation} \author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection*} +% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the document body\footnote{The text has been shortened, so there is an undefined reference; do not worry.}: +% \or\relax +% Et le corps de document\,\footnote{Le texte a щtщ abrщgщ, donc il reste une rщfщrence non satisfaite; ne vous +% inquiщtez pas.}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\dominitoc \tableofcontents + +\chapter{Dщfinition et contrЇle du travail р~faire}% +\label{chap+controle} +\minitoc + +\section{Le modшle de la grande industrie et le taylorisme}% +\index{taylorisme} +C'est au \textsc{xviii}\fup{e}~siшcle que la vision du travail comme +marchandise est vraiment devenue dominante, pour s'imposer au +\textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siшcle dans l'organisation type de la grande usine +industrielle. + +\subsection*{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel}\index{centre d'appel} +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel} +Aujourd'hui le taylorisme\index{taylorisme} au sens +strict est en dщclin parce qu'il n'est plus guшre adaptщ aux +besoins de la production industrielle contemporaine non plus qu'aux +nouvelles normes de comportement individuel et collectif. + +\section{Tout travail щmet de la pensщe} +Le travail a vocation р~produire du sens, pour son auteur comme pour +son destinataire. + +\section{Thщorie et pratique de la commande publique} +En France, les prestations de service commandщes par les +services publics р~des entreprises font l'objet de contrЇles +de leur bonne rщalisation selon des procщdures et des rшgles +qui sont des cas particuliers d'un ensemble plus vaste, la +rщglementation des marchщs publics de l'╔tat, dont nous +allons donner ci-dessous une brшve description. + +\subsection{Rщglementation des marchщs publics} +Le dispositif juridique, rщglementaire et comptable qui encadre les +actes contractuels de la puissance publique en France est trшs~[...] + +\subsubsection{Premier principe: sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable} +Le premier щlщment du dispositif est le principe de +sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable. Il a щtщ +instaurщ en 1319 par l'ordonnance portant crщation de la~[...] + +\subsubsection{Second principe: contrЇle \emph{a~priori}} +Le second щlщment du dispositif est le principe du contrЇle +\emph{a~priori}. Lorsque le directeur de l'organisme public +de recherche pris ici comme exemple (l'ordonnateur) dщcide~[...] + +\subsubsection{Le Code des Marchщs Publics} +Le troisiшme pilier de la commande publique est le Code des Marchщs +Publics (CMP), qui rщgit tous les contrats, conclus par des organismes +publics ou des collectivitщs territoriales, dont le montant excшde un~[...] + +\subsection{La pratique des marchщs publics} +Lorsque l'administration franчaise fait rщaliser un systшme +informatique par un prestataire, elle est en position de maюtre +d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}. Elle rщdige (ou fait rщdiger) un +cahier des charges\index{cahier des charges} qui dщcrit les +spщcifications du systшme р~rщaliser. Ce cahier des charges constitue~[...] + +\subsection{Quels sont les services publics л~rentables~╗?} +Pour parler comme les informaticiens, nous pouvons identifier un +л effet de bord ╗, c'est-р-dire une consщquence non intentionnelle de +la rщglementation des marchщs publics: les administrations ne disposent +d'aucun moyen pour envisager la notion d'investissement. Le~[...] + +\section{Projet et cahier des charges}\index{cahier des charges} +Jean-Pierre~\textsc{Boutinet} nous guidera ici pour ce qui concerne +l'histoire de la notion de~[...] + +\subsection{La frontiшre entre conception et fabrication} +La vision classique de la conduite d'un projet informatique de gestion +est la suivante: le maюtre d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}~[...] + +\subsection{Bтtiment, mщcanique, programmation} +Nous y reviendrons au chapitre~\ref{chap+travail}, mais nous savons +dщjр que la mise en {\oe}uvre de l'informatique s'est beaucoup +inspirщe des procщdures de travail les plus щlaborщes du +\textsc{xx}\fup{e}~siшcle~[...] + +\chapter{Le travail informatique} +\minitoc + +\section{De la nature de l'informatique} + +\subsection{Premiшres croyances}\label{sub+premcroyances} +Les premiers ordinateurs, qui entrшrent en fonction р~l'extrъme fin +des annщes 1940 et durant les annщes 1950, щtaient consacrщs р~des +travaux militaires ou scientifiques puisque, р~cette щpoque, +on pensait~[...] + +\subsection{Comment l'informatique diffшre des mathщmatiques} +J'aimerai р~l'occasion de cette analyse attirer l'attention du +lecteur sur une question qui est une source constante de malentendus +au sujet de la programmation. + +\subsubsection{Les preuves de programme} +L'щcriture de programmes informatiques obщit р~de tout autres principes. +Il convient de prщciser cette affirmation pour la prщserver~[...] + +\section{Programmation dans le monde rщel} +\subsection{La vraie nature de la programmation des ordinateurs} + +Alors, comment s'щcrivent les programmes informatiques? Et +d'ailleurs, qu'est-ce qu'une erreur\index{erreur} de programmation? +Ces questions sont liщes et elles sont, bien s√r, au c{\oe}ur de notre +prщoccupation. + +\subsection{Mщthodes de programmation} +Un processeur quelconque est caractщrisщ par le jeu des actions +щlщmentaires qu'il est capable d'effectuer. Ces actions щlщmentaires +sont appelщes les \emph{primitives} du processeur, ou, si le +processeur est une machine, les л~instructions machine~╗. Un~[...] + +\subsection{Mщthodes de construction de programmes} +Nous avons dщcrit ci-dessus le processus щlщmentaire de la +programmation, celui qui consiste р~щcrire les instructions ou les +expressions qui vont composer un programme. + +\subsubsection{La programmation structurщe} +Le premier courant de pensщe qui associa la recherche d'une syntaxe +claire et expressive р~une organisation logique et commode des unitщs +de programme fut la \emph{programmation +structurщe}\index{programmation!structurщe} des annщes 1970, dont~[...] + +\subsubsection{La programmation par objets} +Aprшs la programmation structurщe vint un autre courant significatif: +la programmation par objets\index{programmation!par objets}, inventщe +en Norvшge р~la fin des annщes 1960 par l'щquipe de~[...] + +\subsubsection{Excшs dans la pensщe} +Il y a eu beaucoup de verbiage autour de l'aptitude supposщe du +modшle~[...] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-mem.tex} document file}\label{mtc-mem.tex}\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-mem.tex}}\label{mtc-mem.tex}\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This example shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a \class{memoir} class document. +% First, the preamble: +% \or\relax +% Cet exemple montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{memoir}. +% Tout d'abord, le prщambule: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-mem> +\documentclass% + [oneside]{memoir} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-mem.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} +%% \usepackage{hyperref} +%% \usepackage{memhfixc} +\usepackage% + [tight]{minitoc} +%% \usepackage{mtcoff} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents*} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We use the starred form \com{tableofcontents*} specific of the \class{memoir} class. Note that the +% the \com{chapter} command has \emph{two} optional arguments in the \class{memoir} class. +% \or\relax +% Nous utilisons la forme щtoilщe \com{tableofcontents*} spщcifique de la classe \class{memoir}. Notez que la +% commande \com{chapter} a \emph{deux} arguments optionnels dans la classe \class{memoir}. +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents* + +\chapter[oneA][oneB]{oneC} +\minitoc +\lipsum[1] \newpage \lipsum[2] +\section{S-1-one} \lipsum[3] +\section{S-1-two} \lipsum[4] + +\chapter[twoA][twoB]{twoC} +\minitoc +\lipsum[4] \newpage \lipsum[5] +\section{S-2-one} \lipsum[6] +\section{S-2-two} \lipsum[7] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-mm1.tex} document file}\label{mtc-mm1.tex}\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-mm1.tex}}\label{mtc-mm1.tex}\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This example shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a \class{memoir} class document and shows some of +% the necessary adaptations for fonts. +% First, the preamble: +% \or\relax +% Cet exemple montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{memoir} et +% montre certaines des adaptations nщcessaires pour les fontes. +% Tout d'abord, le prщambule: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-mm1> +\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-mm1.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\empty} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We inhibit some font commands of the \class{memoir} class: +% \or\relax +% Nous inhibons certaines commandes de fontes de la classe \class{memoir}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} +\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\renewcommand} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we redefine them: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous les redщfinissons: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} +\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load the \upack{minitoc} package and try to use some minitoc font +% commands, but without any success: +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et essayons d'utiliser quelques commandes de \upack{minitoc} pour +% les fontes, mais sans aucun succшs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%% hyperref before minitoc, optional +%% \usepackage[linktocpage=true]{hyperref}\usepackage{memhfixc} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalsize\scshape} % <- no scshape +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{subsection}{\normalsize\scshape}% <- no scshape +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\empty} +% \begin{macro}{\renewcommand} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But if we use the font commands of the \class{memoir} class, it works! +% \or\relax +% Mais si nous utilisons les commandes de fontes de la classe \class{memoir}, cela marche! +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} +\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} +\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} +\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But for mini-table titles (font and text), we can use the \upack{minitoc} commands: +% \or\relax +% Mais pour les titres des mini-tables (fonte et texte), nous pouvons utiliser les commandes de \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\Large\scshape} +%% this is working beautifully -> +\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Chapter Contents} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents*} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The document body: +% \or\relax +% Le corps du document: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents* + +\chapter[OneA][OneB]{OneC} +\minitoc +\section{This section} \lipsum[1] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] +\section{Third section} \lipsum[3] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-mu.tex} document file}\label{mtc-mu.tex}\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-mu.tex}}\label{mtc-mu.tex}\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document, +% the minitoc being inserted in the text with the \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig}. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document, +% la minitoc щtant incrustщe dans le texte grтce au paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-mu> +\documentclass[12pt]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-mu.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\usepackage{wrapfig} +\newcommand{\LangSig}[1]{\textsc{[#1]}} % smallcaps +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{environment}{wrapfigure} +% \begin{environment}{minipage} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\linewidth} +% \begin{macro}{\vspace} +% \begin{macro}{\baselineskip} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A chapter, with its minitoc set in a \env{minipage}, included in a \env{wrapfigure} environment on the half +% of the text width, with some vertical adjustements: +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre, avec sa minitoc composщe dans une \env{minipage}, incluse dans un environnement \env{wrapfigure} +% sur la moitiщ de la largeur du texte, avec quelques ajustements verticaux: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Mulspren}\label{chapter+mulspren} +\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\linewidth} +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} +\vspace{-2.\baselineskip} +\minitoc +\vspace{-1.\baselineskip} +\end{minipage} +\end{wrapfigure} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{environment} +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The remaining of the text: +% \or\relax +% Le reste du texte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +The previous chapter examined many end-user programming environments +and found that most contain cognitive programming gulfs. +These gulfs were often created when programing environments used +multiple notations, and could manifest themselves in a variety of +usability problems, ranging from users being unable to understand +a program representation, to not wanting to execute their programs. +Conversely, the previous chapter also found circumstances where multiple +notations helped users understand programs. +It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming +environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating +programming gulfs. +It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming +environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating +programming gulfs. + +This chapter introduces our programming environment, Mulspren. +Mulspren was designed to avoid these gulfs and gain the potential +benefits of multiple notations. +Users program using two notations, one similar to English and one +similar to conventional code. +Changes in one notation are immediately reflected in the other notation, +and users can move rapidly and seamlessly between the notations. +This is programming using dual notations. +When the program is executed, both notations are animated. +Mulspren's language signature is \LangSig{Re/Wr/Wa + Re/Wr/Wa + Wa}. + +Papers describing Mulspren have been published in~\cite{Wright02-2} +and~\cite{Wright03-3}. + +\section{section 1} +\section{section 2 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla +bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla} +\section{section 3} +\section{section 4} +\section{section 5 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla +bla bla bla bla bla} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{environment}{thebibliography} +% \begin{macro}{\bibitem} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% I tried to find some articles of the net to fill the citations: +% \or\relax +% J'ai essayщ de trouver quelques articles pour remplir les citations: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{thebibliography}{1} +\bibitem{Wright02-2} +Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. +\newblock Mulspren: a multiple language simulation programming + environment. +\newblock In {\em HCC '02: Proceedings of the IEEE 2002 Symposia + on Human Centric Computing Languages and Environments (HCC'02)}, + page 101, Washington, DC, USA, 2002. IEEE Computer Society. + +\bibitem{Wright03-3} +Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. +\newblock Evaluation of two textual programming notations for children. +\newblock In {\em AUIC '05: Proceedings of the Sixth Australasian + conference on User interface}, pages 55--62, Darlinghurst, Australia, + Australia, 2005. + Australian Computer Society, Inc. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-nom.tex} document file}\label{mtc-nom.tex}\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-nom.tex}}\label{mtc-nom.tex}\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document\,\footnote{It is derived from the example given in the documentation of \pack{nomencl}.} shows +% the interaction of the \upack{minitoc} package with the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}, +% when this package uses its option \optp{intoc}{nomencl}. +% \or\relax +% Ce document\,\footnote{Il est dщrivщ de l'exemple donnщ dans la documentation de \pack{nomencl}.} montre +% l'interaction du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}, lorsque celui-ci +% utilise son option \optp{intoc}{nomencl}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-nom> +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-nom.tex}% + [2007/04/02] +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\makenomenclature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load the packages and prepare the nomenclature: +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons les paquetages et prщparons la nomenclature: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[intoc]{nomencl} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\makenomenclature +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We prepare the minitocs and the table of contents: +% \or\relax +% Nous prщparons les minitocs et la table des matiшres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\nomenclature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A first chapter, with its minitoc, a section and some +% entries for the nomenclature: +% \or\relax +% Un premier chapitre, avec sa minitoc, une section et +% quelques entrщes pour la nomenclature: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Angels} +\minitoc +\section{Main equations} +\begin{equation} + a=\frac{N}{A} +\end{equation}% +\nomenclature{$a$}{The number of angels per unit area}% +\nomenclature{$N$}{The number of angels per needle point}% +\nomenclature{$A$}{The area of the needle point}% +The equation $\sigma = m a$% +\nomenclature{$\sigma$}{The total mass of angels per unit area}% +\nomenclature{$m$}{The mass of one angel} +follows easily. +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\printnomenclature} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We print the nomenclature; but that adds a chapter entry in +% the TOC because of the \optp{intoc}{nomencl} option of the +% \pack{nomencl}, hence we add a correction with +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature} (try to remove the correction and +% look at the result: the next minitocs are wrong): +% \or\relax +% Nous imprimons la nomenclature; mais ceci ajoute une entrщe +% de chapitre dans la table des matiшres р~cause de +% l'option \optp{intoc}{nomencl} de \pack{nomencl}, donc nous +% ajoutons une correction avec \com{mtcfixnomenclature} (essayez +% de retirer correction et regardez le rщsultat: les minitocs +% suivantes sont fausses): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\printnomenclature \mtcfixnomenclature +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\nomenclature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A second chapter, with its minitoc, a section, and an entry +% in the nomenclature. This entry will be present in the +% nomenclature printed above. +% \or\relax +% Un second chapitre, avec sa minitoc, une section, et une +% entrщe dans la nomenclature. Cette entrщe sera prщsente dans la +% nomenclature imprimщe plus haut. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Demons} +\minitoc +\section{False equations} +\begin{equation} i=\sqrt{-1} \end{equation} +\nomenclature{$i$}{The imaginary unit}% +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ocf.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ocf.tex}\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ocf.tex}}\label{mtc-ocf.tex}\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \feat{open} and +% \feat{close} features of the \upack{minitoc} package +% to prepare a minitoc on three columns. +% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation des dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% pour prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. +% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisщ pour avoir une grande zone de texte. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-ocf> +\documentclass[oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ocf.tex}% + [2007/04/02] +\usepackage{multicol} % to make multi-columns. +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{fullpage} +% to allow a page breaks before a section +\let\osection\section \def\section{\penalty-1\relax\osection} +% +\usepackage[french,tight]{minitoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\feat{open}'' feature for minitocs opens a \env{multicols} +% environment, with 3~columns: +% \or\relax +% Le dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ pour les minitocs ouvre un +% environnement \env{multicols}, avec 3~colonnes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\feat{close}'' feature for minitocs close the \env{multicols} environment: +% \or\relax +% Le dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ pour les minitocs ferme l'environnement \env{multicols}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As the \env{multicols} environment adds some vertical spacing before and after it, we added some corrections. +% +% \or\relax +% Comme l'environnement \env{multicols} ajoute un peu d'espacement avant et aprшs lui, nous avons ajoutщ quelques +% corrections. + +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedcolumns} +% \begin{macro}{\flushcolumns} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As the number of sections is not a multiple of three (or some entries are long), we cannot always balance the +% columns nicely, so we use ragged columns, using the ``\feat{before}'' and ``\feat{after}'' features: +% \or\relax +% Comme le nombre de sections n'est pas un multiple de trois (ou lorsque certaines entrщes sont longues), nous ne +% pouvons pas toujours щquilibrer les colonnes agrщablement, donc nous utilisons des colonnes inщgales, grтce aux +% dispositifs л~\feat{before}~╗ et л~\feat{after}~╗: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the body of the document, a chapter with many sections, +% listed in a~minitoc: +% \or\relax +% Et le corps du document, un chapitre avec beaucoup de +% sections, listщes dans une minitoc: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +\tableofcontents +\chapter{Premier chapitre} +\minitoc +% A lot of sections +\section{Alfa} +\section{Bravo} +\section{Charlie} +\section{Delta} +\section{Echo} +\section{Fox-Trot} +\section{Golf} +\section{Hotel} +\section{India} +\section{Juliet} +\section{Kilo} +\section{Lima} +\section{Mike} +\section{November} +\section{Oscar} +\section{Papa} +\section{Quebec} +\section{Romeo} +\section{Sierra} +\section{Tango} +\section{Uniform} +\section{Victor} +\section{Whiskey} +\section{X-Ray} +\section{Yankee} +\section{Zulu} +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ofs.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ofs.tex}\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ofs.tex}}\label{mtc-ofs.tex}\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \com{mtcsetoffset} command to shift a minitoc to the left, trying to put it +% along the left margin of the text. The \feat{open} and \feat{close} features of the \upack{minitoc} package are +% also used to prepare the minitoc on three columns. +% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation de la commande \com{mtcsetoffset} pour dщcaler vers la gauche une minitoc, en +% essayant de la placer le long de la marge gauche du texte. Les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} sont aussi utilisщs pour prщparer la minitoc sur trois colonnes. +% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisщ pour avoir une grande zone de texte. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-ofs> +\documentclass[a4paper]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-ofs.tex}% + [2007/04/17] +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{fullpage} +%\usepackage[a4paper]{geometry} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\setlength} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedcolumns} +% \begin{macro}{\flushcolumns} +% \begin{environment}{multicols} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We remove the minitoc indentation and set up the \feat{open} and \feat{close} features: +% \or\relax +% Nous retirons l'indentation de la minitoc et mettons en place les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\kern1sp\vspace*{-.1ex}\begin{multicols}{4}[\kern-2.5ex]} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\kern-2.ex} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} +\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin the document with a chapter and its minitoc: +% \or\relax +% Nous commenчons le document par un chapitre et sa minitoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \faketableofcontents +\chapter{Introduction} +\minitoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As the minitoc is not aligned on the left margin of the text, we set a negative offset and print again the minitoc: +% \or\relax +% Comme la minitoc n'est pas alignщe sur la marge gauche du texte, nous щtablissons un dщcalage nщgatif et +% rщ-imprimons la minitoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-1.75em} +\mtcskip \minitoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\setlength} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But then the minitoc does not use the full width of the text; it would be better to modify both the offset and the +% indentation, each by the half of the total correction: +% \or\relax +% Mais alors la minitoc n'utilise pas toute la largeur du texte; il serait mieux de modifier р~la fois le dщcalage +% et l'indentation, par moitiщs de la correction nщcessaire: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.875em} +\setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.875em} +\mtcskip \minitoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then a lot of sections, with some text: +% \or\relax +% Puis un tas de sections, avec du texte quelconque: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section{Alfa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Bravo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Charlie} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Delta} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Echo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Fox-Trot} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Golf} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Hotel} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{India} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Juliet} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Kilo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Lima} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Mike} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{November} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Oscar} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Papa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Quebec} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Romeo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Sierra} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Tango} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Uniform} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Victor} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Whiskey} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{X-Ray} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Yankee} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\section{Zulu} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \textbf{Note:}\virage{} if you add a sub-section in this example, the corresponding entry in the minitoc +% may stick out if it appears in the last column, and the offset and the indentation should then be corrected again. +% \or\relax +% \textbf{Note:}\virage{} si vous ajoutez une sous-section dans cet exemple, l'entrщe correspondante dans la minitoc +% peut dщpasser si elle apparaюt dans la derniшre colonne, et alors le dщcalage et l'indentation doivent de +% nouveau ъtre corrigщs. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-sbf.tex} document file}\label{mtc-sbf.tex}\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-sbf.tex}}\label{mtc-sbf.tex}\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@subfigure} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline} +% \begin{macro}{\ext@subfigure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a document containing subfigures (here with the +% \pack{subfigure} package~\cite{subfigure}). We show how to use minilofs and to adjust their depth. +% +% The preamble loads the \pack{subfigure} package and redefines the format of subfigure entries in the list of figures: +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec un document contenant des sous-figures +% (ici avec le paquetage \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure}). Nous montrons comment utiliser des minilofs et +% ajuster leur profondeur. +% +% Le prщambule charge le paquetage \pack{subfigure} et redщfinit le format des entrщes des sous-figures dans la +% liste des figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-sbf> +\documentclass[12pt]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-sbf.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{subfigure} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\l@subfigure}{\@dottedxxxline{\ext@subfigure}{2}{3.9em}{3.3em}} +\makeatother +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load the \pack{varioref}~\cite{varioref} package (to have nice cross-references) and the \upack{minitoc} package: +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons le paquetage \pack{varioref}~\cite{varioref} (pour avoir de meilleures rщfщrences croisщes) et le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{varioref} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\newcommand} +% \begin{macro}{\goodap} +% \begin{macro}{\subfigtopskip} +% \begin{macro}{\subfigbottomskip} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define some features for the layout of the subfigures, then the depth of the list of figures: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons quelques dispositifs pour la mise en place des sous-figures, puis la profondeur de la liste des +% figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\goodap}{% + \hspace{\subfigtopskip}% + \hspace{\subfigbottomskip}} +\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the depth of the mini-lists of figures, then some fonts: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons la profondeur des mini-listes des figures, puis quelques fontes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{2} +\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{partlof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{partlof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{minilof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +\mtcsetfont{minilof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +%% no tables in this document +%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} +%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We prepare the minilofs, the table of contents and the list of figures: +% \or\relax +% Nous prщparons les minilofs, la table des matiшres et la liste des figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominilof \listoffigures \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A chapter, with is minilof, twice but with different depths: +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre, avec sa minilof, deux fois mais avec des profondeurs diffщrentes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{First Chapter} +\minilof \mtcskip +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} \minilof +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A figure containing three subfigures and their captions: +% \or\relax +% Une figure contenant trois sous-figures et leurs captions: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{figure} +\centering + \fbox{% + \begin{minipage}{3.5in}% + \raggedright + \begin{center} + \subfigure[First]{% + \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 15mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}% + \hspace{\subfigtopskip}\hspace{\subfigbottomskip}% + \subfigure[Second Figure]{% + \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ + \subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}% + \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ + \caption{Three subfigures.}\label{3figs}% + \end{center} + \vspace{4pt}% + This figure contains two top `subfigures' and + Figure~\ref{3figs-c}. + \end{minipage}} +\end{figure} +Figure~\vref{3figs} contains two top ``subfigures'' and +Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-scr.tex} document file}\label{mtc-scr.tex}\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-scr.tex}}\label{mtc-scr.tex}\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a {\KOMAScript} document class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, +% \class{scrreprt}. +% Some precautions are needed, because these classes have specific interfaces with the TOC (class options and +% commands). +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une classe de document +% {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, +% \class{scrreprt}. Certaines prщcautions sont nщcessaires, car ces classes ont des interfaces spщcifiques avec la +% table des matiшres (options de classe et commandes). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-scr> +\documentclass[12pt,halfparskip,liststotoc,bibtotoc]{scrreprt} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-scr.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{4} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{longtable} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{hyperref} package, if used, must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, s'il est utilisщ, doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{hyperref} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\pagenumbering} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% With a {\KOMAScript} class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, use the \opt{k-tight} package option in place of \opt{tight}; +% as it is a document in german, use also a language package option: +% \or\relax +% Avec une classe {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, utilisez l'option de paquetage \opt{k-tight} au lieu +% de \opt{tight}; comme c'est un document en allemand, utilisez aussi une option de langue pour le paquetage: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[k-tight,germanb]{minitoc} +\usepackage[germanb]{babel} +\begin{document} +\pagenumbering{Roman} % page number in Roman, reset to 1 (I) +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% In this document class, with the \optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script} class option, the \com{listoftables} macro +% adds a chapter entry in +% the TOC, so we must add \com{mtcaddchapter} after \com{listoftables}: +% \or\relax +% Dans cette classe de document, avec l'option de classe \optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script}, la macro \com{listoftables} ajoute une +% entrщe de niveau chapitre dans la table des matiшres, donc nous devons ajouter \com{mtcaddchapter} +% aprшs \com{listoftables}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\listoftables \mtcaddchapter +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\pagenumbering} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\appendix} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% With the \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script} class option, it is necessary to add a \com{adjustmtc} command after \com{bibliography}. +% This problem is similar to the one of compatibility with the \pack{tocbibind} package. +% \or\relax +% Avec l'option de classe \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script}, il est nщcessaire d'ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} +% aprшs \com{bibliography}. +% Ce problшme est similaire р~celui de la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\clearpage +\pagenumbering{arabic} % page number in arabic digits +\setcounter{page}{1} % forced to 1 + +\chapter{Test 1}\label{cha:test-1} + +Text. + +\section{Tabelle}\label{sec:tabelle} + +\begin{table} + \centering + \begin{longtable}[l]{ll} + \underline{Ausbildungsbetrieb} \hspace{10mm} & Kommanditgesellschaft +\\ + \underline{Ausbildender} & Hammer \\ + Ausbildungsstфtte & XXXXX Ort + \end{longtable} + \caption{Ausbildungsbetrieb} +\end{table} + +Text. + +\appendix +\chapter{Dokumente} +\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc + +\section{Anhang}\label{sec:anhang} +Text.\\ +Hier sollte nun der Anhang sein, davor das Verzeichnis daf№r. +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-syn.tex} document file}\label{mtc-syn.tex}\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-syn.tex}}\label{mtc-syn.tex}\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package when +% the table of contents is not at the beginning of the +% document, but is preceded by some starred chapters. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% lorsque la table des matiшres n'est pas au dщbut du +% document, mais est placщe aprшs quelques chapitres щtoilщs. +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We have the preamble, then we invoke \com{dominitoc} to +% prepare the minitocs: +% \or\relax +% Nous avons le prщambule, puis nous invoquons \com{dominitoc} +% pour prщparer les minitocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-syn> +\documentclass[a4paper,twoside,12pt]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-syn.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +\usepackage{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some starred chapters, with calls to \com{mtcaddchapter} +% to synchronize. The optional argument is used when an entry +% in the ToC is wanted: +% \or\relax +% Quelques chapitres щtoilщs, avec des appels +% р~\com{mtcaddchapter} pour synchroniser. L'argument +% optionnel est utilisщ lorsque quune entrщe dans la table des +% matiшres est dщsirщe: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{ } % Dedication chapter, no title +\mtcaddchapter % Added for a starred chapter + % without entry in the ToC +Dedication goes here + +\chapter*{Abstract} +\mtcaddchapter[Abstract] % Added for a starred chapter + % with an entry in the ToC +Abstract goes here + +\chapter*{Declaration} +\mtcaddchapter[Declaration] % Added for a starred chapter + % with an entry in the ToC +Declaration goes here +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The table of contents comes here. Looking at the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file shows that the minitoc files inserted +% after here are from one chapter to far: we add a correction. +% \or\relax +% La table des matiшres vient ici. En regardant le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, nous voyons que les fichiers minitoc insщrщs +% aprшs ce point correspondent р~un chapitre de trop: nous ajoutons +% une correction: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\tableofcontents \decrementmtc % Synchro added (look at the .log file) +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The following chapters are normal (unstarred): +% \or\relax +% Les chapitres suivants sont normaux (non щtoilщs): +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Chapter One} +\minitoc +\section{Section 1} Some text. +\section{Section 2} Some text. + +\chapter{Chapter Two} +\minitoc +\section{Another Section 1} +Some more text. +\section{Another Section 2} +Some more text. +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tbi.tex} document file}\label{mtc-tbi.tex}\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}}\label{mtc-tbi.tex}\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a document using +% the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec un document utilisant le +% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}. +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-tbi> +\documentclass[a4paper]{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tbi.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We dont want an entry for the TOC in the TOC: option \optp{nottoc}{tocbibind} for the \pack{tocbibind} package: +% \or\relax +% Nous ne voulons pas d'entrщe pour la table des matiшres dans la table des matiшres: option \optp{nottoc}{tocbibind} pour +% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As there is no entry for the TOC in the TOC, no correction is necessary; we comment out the usual +% correction\,\footnote{It is recommended to keep this comment; you could change your mind.}: +% \or\relax +% Puisqu'il n'y a pas d'entrщe pour la table des matiшres dans la table des matiшres, aucune correction n'est +% nщcessaire: nous mettons la correction habituelle en commentaire\,\footnote{Il est recommandщ de conserver ce +% commentaire; vous pourriez changer d'avis.}: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%% tocbibind compatibility +%% not used if nottoc option : +%% \mtcaddchapter[] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A starred chapter with an entry in the TOC; we add it; +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre щtoilщ avec une entrщe dans la table des matiшres; nous l'ajoutons: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{Introduction} +\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some normal chapters: +% \or\relax +% Quelques chapitres normaux: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Title of chapter~1} +\minitoc +\section{as1} \section{as2} +\chapter{Title of chapter~2} +\minitoc +\section{bs1} \section{bs2} +\chapter{Title of chapter~3} +\minitoc +\section{cs1} \section{cs2} +\chapter{Title of chapter~4} +\minitoc +\section{ds1} \section{ds2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Another starred chapter, with an entry in the TOC: +% \or\relax +% Un autre chapitre щtoilщ, avec une entrщe dans la table des matiшres: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{Conclusion} +\mtcaddchapter[Conclusion] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\section*} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Yet another starred chapter, with an entry in the TOC, but with starred sections, also listed in the TOC: +% \or\relax +% Encore un autre chapitre щtoilщ, avec une entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais avec des sections щtoilщes, +% elles aussi listщes dans la table des matiшres: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter*{Appendices} +\mtcaddchapter[Appendices] +\minitoc +\section*{first appendix} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% + {first appendix} +\section*{second appendix} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% + {second appendix} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The list of figures has an entry in the TOC (via the \pack{tocbibind} package), so a correction must be applied: +% \or\relax +% La liste des figures a une entrщe dans la table des matiшres (via le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}), donc une +% correction doit ъtre appliquщe: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%% tocbibind compatibility +\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{environment}{thebibliography} +% \begin{macro}{\bibitem} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{tocbibind} package adds an entry in the TOC for the bibliography, so we must add the recommended +% correction: +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{tocbibind} ajoute une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour la bibliographie, donc nous +% devons ajouter la correction recommandщe: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{thebibliography}{3} + \bibitem {s1}{title ...} +\end{thebibliography} +%% tocbibind compatibility +\adjustmtc +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tlc.tex} document file}\label{mtc-tlc.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}}\label{mtc-tlc.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of the \class{article} class. +% It is the example of~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernized. +% \or\relax +% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{article}. +% C'est l'exemple de~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernisщ. +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-tlc> +\documentclass{article} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlc.tex}% + [2007/01/04] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\setlength} +% \begin{macro}{\textwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\textheight} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Dimensions of the text on the page: +% \or\relax +% Dimensions du texte sur la page: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setlength{\textwidth}% + {124.20126pt} +\setlength{\textheight}% + {19\baselineskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{4} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\setlength} +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We load the \upack{minitoc} package and set some parameters (indentation, base font and depth) for the secttocs: +% \or\relax +% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et щtablissons quelques paramшtres (indentation, fonte de base et +% profondeur) pour les secttocs: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\usepackage{minitoc} +\setlength{\stcindent}{0pt} +\mtcsetfont{secttoc}{*}% + {\footnotesize} +\mtcsetdepth{secttoc}{3} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection} +% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We prepare the secttocs, without title, and the table of contents which is not printed: +% \or\relax +% Nous prщparons les secttocs, sans titre, et la table des matiшres qui n'est pas imprimщe: +% \fi +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\dosecttoc[e] \faketableofcontents + +\section{Afghanistan} \secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 647,500 km2 +\subsubsection{Land area} + 647,500 km2 +\subsection{History} \ldots + +\section{Albania} \secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 28,750 km2 +\subsubsection{Land area} + 27,400 km2 +\subsection{History} \ldots +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{multicols}}% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tlo.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-tlo.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} +% The \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tlo.tex}}\label{1mtc-tlo.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} +% Le document \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tsf.tex} document file}\label{mtc-tsf.tex}\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tsf.tex}}\label{mtc-tsf.tex}\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This document\footnote{It is derived from one of the examples distributed with +% the \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}.} shows +% the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a document containing subfigures (here with the +% \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}). We show how to use minilofs and to adjust their depth. +% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. +% +% The preamble loads the \pack{subfig} package and redefines the format of subfigure entries in the list of figures: +% \or\relax +% Ce document\,\footnote{Il est dщrivщ de l'un des exemples distribuщs avec le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}.} +% montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec un document contenant des sous-figures +% (ici avec le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}). Nous montrons comment utiliser des minilofs et +% ajuster leur profondeur. +% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisщ pour avoir une grande zone de texte. +% +% Le prщambule charge le paquetage \pack{subfig} et redщfinit le format des entrщes des sous-figures dans la +% liste des figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-tsf> +\documentclass{report} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-tsf.tex}[2008/04/03]% +\usepackage{fullpage} +\usepackage[config=altsf]{subfig} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is utility code to make graduated rules and a box around a figure. +% \or\relax +% Ceci est du code utilitaire pour faire un trait graduщ et une boюte autour d'une figure. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\testtemp +\newcommand{\ru}[1]{% + \testtemp #1% + \advance\testtemp .5pt \divide\testtemp 2% + \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% + \vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt\hfil}\hfil}% + \hbox to 0pt{\hss\vrule height3mm depth0pt width.25pt\hss}% + \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% + \hfil\vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt}\hfil}} +%% +\fboxsep=-\fboxrule +\newcommand{\figbox}[1]{% + \fbox{\vbox to 1in{% + \vfil\hbox to 2in{\parbox{2in}{\centering #1}}\vfil + \vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox to 2in{\hfil\ru{1.1in}\hfil}}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The body of the document. We set the depth of the list of figures and prepare the minilofs and the list of +% figures: +% \or\relax +% Le corps du document. Nous dщfinissons la profondeur de la liste des figures et prщparons les minilofs et la liste +% des figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begin{document} +\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} \dominilof \listoffigures +\newpage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A chapter containing a figure with subfigures. We print its minilof twice, with different depths: +% \or\relax +% Un chapitre contenant une figure avec des sous-figures. Nous imprimons sa minilof deux fois, avec des +% profondeurs diffщrentes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Reference Test} +\minilof \mtcskip +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} +\minilof + +\begin{figure}[ht]% + \centering + \subfigure{% + \label{fig+A}\figbox{SUBFIGURE ONE:\\(no opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[]{% + \label{fig+B}\figbox{SUBFIGURE TWO:\\(empty opt)}}\\ + + \subfigure[Subfigure Three.]{% + \label{fig+C}\figbox{SUBFIGURE THREE:\\(opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[][Subfigure Four.]{% + \label{fig+D}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FOUR:\\(empty opt and opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[][]{% + \label{fig+E}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FIVE:\\(both empty opt)}}\\ + + \subfigure[The Sixth Subfigure.][Subfigure Six.]{% + \label{fig+F}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SIX:\\(both opt)}} + \quad + \subfigure[The Seventh Subfigure][]{% + \label{fig+G}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SEVEN:\\(opt and empty opt)}} + + \caption{Optional argument test.}% + \label{fig+main}% +\end{figure} + +The figure~\ref{fig+main} on page~\pageref{fig+main} is composed +of the seven subfigures~\subref{fig+A} (aka: \ref{fig+A}), +\subref{fig+B} (aka: \ref{fig+B}), \subref{fig+C} (aka: \ref{fig+C}), +\subref{fig+D} (aka: \ref{fig+D}), \subref{fig+E} (aka: \ref{fig+E}), +\subref{fig+F} (aka: \ref{fig+F}), and \subref{fig+G} (aka: \ref{fig+G}). + +\section{Centering Test} +Note that figures~\ref{fig+B}, \ref{fig+E} and \ref{fig+G} are centered. +This means that \verb|\subfigcapskip| has been set to zero and is not +offsetting the simple label to the left. Also the remaining captioned +subfigures (figures~\ref{fig+C}, \ref{fig+D}, and \ref{fig+F}) should +have centered labels. +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \flushcolumns +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uexam{mtc-vti.tex} document file}\label{mtc-vti.tex}\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-vti.tex}}\label{mtc-vti.tex}\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \exam{mtc-vti.tex} example shows how to change the sectionnal titles when they appear in a mini-table: a +% section title (or a chapter title) can have variants in a parttoc or in a minitoc (similar effects are possible +% with figure ou table titles). Such entries are said ``polymorphic'' (section~\vref{ss+polym}). +% First, the preamble of the document, with utility packages: +% \or\relax +% L'exemple \exam{mtc-vti.tex} montre comment changer des titres de sectionnements lorsqu'ils apparaissent dans +% une mini-table: un titre de section (ou de chapitre) peut avoir des variantes dans une parttoc ou une minitoc +% (des effets similaires sont possibles avec des titres de figures ou de tableaux). +% De telles entrщes sont dites л~polymorphes~╗ (section~\vref{ss+polym}). +% Tout d'abord, le prщambule du document, avec les paquetages utilitaires: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtc-vti> +\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside]{book} +\ProvidesFile{mtc-vti.tex}[2008/06/26]% +\usepackage{lipsum} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} +\begin{document} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the demonstration, we will use a parttoc and a minitoc, so we must prepare them: +% \or\relax +% Pour la dщmonstration, nous utiliserons une parttoc et une minitoc, donc nous devons les prщparer: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\dominitoc +\doparttoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We will use a multi-form title for the first section: a form to appear in the parttoc (``Alfa in parttoc''), +% a form to appear in the minitoc of the chapter (``Alfa in minitoc''), a form to appear elsewhere (``Alfa out subtoc''), +% and a form as title at the beginning othe section (``Alfa the first section''). So we define a command +% \ucom{alfati} using the flags \com{ifinparttoc} and \com{ifinminitoc} to select which title is used in each of +% its instances. +% \or\relax +% Nous utiliserons un titre multi-forme pour la premiшre section: une forme devant apparaюtre dans la parttoc +% (л~Alfa in parttoc~╗), une forme pour apparaюtre dans la minitoc du chapitre (<<~Alfa in minitoc~╗), +% une forme pour apparaюtre ailleurs (л~Alfa out subtoc~╗), et une forme comme titre en dщbut de la section +% (л~Alfa the first section~╗). Donc nous dщfinissons une commande \ucom{alfati} utilisant les +% indicateurs \com{ifinparttoc} et \com{ifinminitoc} pour sщlectionner le titre р~utiliser dans chacune des ses instances. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\alfati{\ifinparttoc Alfa in parttoc + \else\ifinminitoc Alfa in minitoc + \else Alfa out subtoc + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But we can define a more general macro, \ucom{varsecti}, with three arguments for the three variants +% of a section title\,\footnote{You will eventually need to define similar macros for other sectionning commands or for +% figures or table titles; proceed with care from this model.}: +% \or\relax +% Mais nous pouvons dщfinir une macro plus gщnщrale, \ucom{varsecti}, avec trois arguments pour les trois variantes +% d'un titre de section\,\footnote{Vous aurez щventuellement besoin de dщfinir des macros similaires pour d'autres +% commandes de sectionnement ou pour les titres de figures ou de tableaux; procщdez avec soin р~partir de ce modшle.}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\varsecti}[3]% + {\ifinparttoc{#1}\relax + \else\ifinminitoc{#2}\relax + \else{#3}\relax + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then the document with a table of contents, a part with its parttoc and a chapter with its minitoc. And an other +% chapter. You can verify that the entry for the ``Alfa'' section varies in the main toc, the parttoc, the +% minitoc and the effective title of the section. +% Note that the variable title (here \ucom{alfati}) should be defined \virage\emph{before} any use, like in the main +% toc or any minitable. +% \or\relax +% Puis le document avec une table des matiшres, une partie avec sa parttoc et un chapitre avec sa minitoc. Puis un +% autre chapitre. Vous pouvez vщrifier que l'entrщe pour la section л~Alfa~╗ change dans la table des matiшres +% principale, la parttoc, la minitoc et dans le titre effectif de la section. +% Notez que le titre variable (ici \ucom{alfati}) doit ъtre dщfini \virage\emph{avant} toute utilisation, comme +% dans la table des matiшres principale ou dans une des minitables. +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\protect} +% \begin{macrocode} +\tableofcontents +\part{Part~A} +\parttoc + +\chapter{One} +\minitoc +\section[\protect\alfati]{Alfa the first section} +\lipsum[1] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We can use the more general macro \ucom{varsecti}\,\footnote{This macro is not part of the \upack{minitoc} package, it is +% just an example.}, with its three arguments given when the section begins; but that macro must +% be \virage\emph{protected} (or look at the \pack{makerobust}~\cite{makerobust} package by \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}), +% or declared ``robust'' by \com{DeclareRobustCommand} as above: +% \or\relax +% Nous pouvons utiliser la macro plus gщnщrale \ucom{varsecti}\,\footnote{Cette macro ne fait pas partie du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}, c'est simplement un exemple.}, avec ses trois arguments fournis lors du dщbut de la section; +% mais cette macro doit ъtre \virage\emph{protщgщe} (ou regardez le paquetage \pack{makerobust}~\cite{makerobust} +% de \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}), ou dщclarщe л~robuste~╗ par \com{DeclareRobustCommand} comme plus haut: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\section[\varsecti{Bravo in parttoc}% + {Bravo in minitoc}% + {Bravo out of subtoc}]% % in maintoc and headers + {Bravo the second section} % local title +\lipsum[2] +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymtoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But is is even easier to use a ``polymorphic'' entry in the optionnal argument\,\footnote{They are no secttocs +% in a book-class document, but all the four arguments of \com{mtcpolymtoc} must be specified, even empty!}: +% \or\relax +% Mais il est encore plus facile d'utiliser une entrщe л~polymorphique~╗ dans l'argument optionnel\,\footnote{Il +% n'y~a pas de secttocs dans un document de classe book, mais les quatre arguments de \com{mtcpolymtoc} doivent +% tous ъtre spщcifiщs, mъme vides!}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\chapter{Two} +\minitoc +\section[\mtcpolymtoc% + {Charlie in parttoc}% + {Charlie in minitoc}% + {Charlie in secttoc}% % <- see/voir note + {Charlie out subtoc}]% + {Charlie} +\lipsum[3] +\end{document} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Messages}\label{c+messages} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Messages}\label{c+messages} +% \fi +% \minitoc +% \mtcskip +% \minilot +% \mtcskip +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \def\mstrut{\rule[-5pt]{0pt}{5pt}} +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption[Message identifiers]{Message identifiers (click on a message identifier to see its meaning).}\label{t+allmess} +% \or\relax +% \caption[Identificateurs des messages]{Identificateurs des messages (cliquez sur un identificateur de message +% pour voir sa signification).}\label{t+allmess} +% \fi\relax +% ^^A {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}} +% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}} +% \toprule +% \mstrut\lmess{E0001}&&\lmess{E0002}&&\lmess{E0003}&&\lmess{E0004}&&\lmess{E0005}&&\lmess{E0006}&&\lmess{E0007}&&\lmess{E0008}&&\lmess{E0009}&&\lmess{E0010}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0011}&&\lmess{E0012}&&\lmess{E0013}&&\lmess{E0014}&&\lmess{E0015}&&\lmess{E0016}&&\lmess{E0017}&&\lmess{E0018}&&\lmess{E0019}&&\lmess{E0020}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0021}&&\lmess{E0022}&&\lmess{E0023}&&\lmess{E0024}&&\lmess{E0025}&&\lmess{E0026}&&\lmess{E0027}&&\lmess{E0028}&&\lmess{E0029}&&\lmess{E0030}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0031}&&\lmess{E0032}&&\lmess{E0033}&&\lmess{E0034}&&\lmess{E0035}&&\lmess{E0036}&&\lmess{E0037}&&\lmess{E0038}&&\lmess{E0039}&&\lmess{E0040}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0041}&&\lmess{E0042}&&\lmess{E0043}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ +% \midrule +% \mstrut\lmess{F0001}&&\lmess{F0002}&&\lmess{F0003}&&\lmess{F0004}&&\lmess{F0005}&&\lmess{F0006}&&\lmess{F0007}&&\lmess{F0008}&&\lmess{F0009}&&\\ +% \midrule +% \mstrut\lmess{I0000}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0001}&&\lmess{I0002}&&\lmess{I0003}&&\lmess{I0004}&&\lmess{I0005}&&\lmess{I0006}&&\lmess{I0007}&&\lmess{I0008}&&\lmess{I0009}&&\lmess{I0010}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0011}&&\lmess{I0012}&&\lmess{I0013}&&\lmess{I0014}&&\lmess{I0015}&&\lmess{I0016}&&\lmess{I0017}&&\lmess{I0018}&&\lmess{I0019}&&\lmess{I0020}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0021}&&\lmess{I0022}&&\lmess{I0023}&&\lmess{I0024}&&\lmess{I0025}&&\lmess{I0026}&&\lmess{I0027}&&\lmess{I0028}&&\lmess{I0029}&&\lmess{I0030}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0031}&&\lmess{I0032}&&\lmess{I0033}&&\lmess{I0034}&&\lmess{I0035}&&\lmess{I0036}&&\lmess{I0037}&&\lmess{I0038}&&\lmess{I0039}&&\lmess{I0040}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0041}&&\lmess{I0042}&&\lmess{I0043}&&\lmess{I0044}&&\lmess{I0045}&&\lmess{I0046}&&\lmess{I0047}&&\lmess{I0048}&&\lmess{I0049}&&\lmess{I0050}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0051}&&\lmess{I0052}&&\lmess{I0053}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ +% \midrule +% \mstrut\lmess{M0001}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ +% \midrule +% \mstrut\lmess{W0001}&&\lmess{W0002}&&\lmess{W0003}&&\lmess{W0004}&&\lmess{W0005}&&\lmess{W0006}&&\lmess{W0007}&&\lmess{W0008}&&\lmess{W0009}&&\lmess{W0010}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0011}&&\lmess{W0012}&&\lmess{W0013}&&\lmess{W0014}&&\lmess{W0015}&&\lmess{W0016}&&\lmess{W0017}&&\lmess{W0018}&&\lmess{W0019}&&\lmess{W0020}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0021}&&\lmess{W0022}&&\lmess{W0023}&&\lmess{W0024}&&\lmess{W0025}&&\lmess{W0026}&&\lmess{W0027}&&\lmess{W0028}&&\lmess{W0029}&&\lmess{W0030}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0031}&&\lmess{W0032}&&\lmess{W0033}&&\lmess{W0034}&&\lmess{W0035}&&\lmess{W0036}&&\lmess{W0037}&&\lmess{W0038}&&\lmess{W0039}&&\lmess{W0040}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0041}&&\lmess{W0042}&&\lmess{W0043}&&\lmess{W0044}&&\lmess{W0045}&&\lmess{W0046}&&\lmess{W0047}&&\lmess{W0048}&&\lmess{W0049}&&\lmess{W0050}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0051}&&\lmess{W0052}&&\lmess{W0053}&&\lmess{W0054}&&\lmess{W0055}&&\lmess{W0056}&&\lmess{W0057}&&\lmess{W0058}&&\lmess{W0059}&&\lmess{W0060}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0061}&&\lmess{W0062}&&\lmess{W0063}&&\lmess{W0064}&&\lmess{W0065}&&\lmess{W0066}&&\lmess{W0067}&&\lmess{W0068}&&\lmess{W0069}&&\lmess{W0070}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0071}&&\lmess{W0072}&&\lmess{W0073}&&\lmess{W0074}&&\lmess{W0075}&&\lmess{W0076}&&\lmess{W0077}&&\lmess{W0078}&&\lmess{W0079}&&\lmess{W0080}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0081}&&\lmess{W0082}&&\lmess{W0083}&&\lmess{W0084}&&\lmess{W0085}&&\lmess{W0086}&&\lmess{W0087}&&\lmess{W0088}&&\lmess{W0089}&&\lmess{W0090}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0091}&&\lmess{W0092}&&\lmess{W0093}&&\lmess{W0094}&&\lmess{W0095}&&\lmess{W0096}&&\lmess{W0097}&&\lmess{W0098}&&\lmess{W0099}&&\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx}} +% \end{table} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Introduction} +% This chapter lists and comments the messages given by the \upack{minitoc} package, and is associates, +% \pack{mtcoff} and \pack{mtcpatchmem}\footnote{The +% texts of the messages given in this chapter may slighty differ from the real text, because some messages contain +% variable elements and the layout may vary.}. +% The table~\vref{t+allmess} lists all messages; in this table, you can click on a message identifier to find quickly its meaning. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The first line of each message contains usually the name of the package and an unique identifier (this +% identifier may be useful to search in this chapter of the documentation, but has no special meaning, +% except the leading letter: \texttt{I}~for informative, \texttt{W}~for warning, and \texttt{E}~for error). +% \item Informative messages are written only in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file; the prefix is~\texttt{F} +% for the warning messages from the \pack{mtcoff} package and~\texttt{M} for the informative message from +% the \pack{mtcpatchmem} package. +% \item Warning messages are shown on the screen (but often too quickly to be seen, because normally \LaTeX\ does not stop +% for warnings) and written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% \item Error messages are shown on the screen and written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, +% but \LaTeX\ stops, so you can ask for help by typing~``\texttt{h}''. +% \item In this chapter, some words in the messages are typeset in italic characters; they represent the variable +% parts of the message: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \emph{ARG1}~The first argument of the command. +% \item \emph{ARG2}~The second argument of the command. +% \item \emph{ARG3}~The third argument of the command. +% \item \emph{\CCC}~The name of the class of your document. +% \item \emph{\COMMAND}~The name of the command. +% \item \emph{\CTR}~The name of a \LaTeX\ counter. +% \item \emph{document}~The name of your document, without its \suffix{.tex} extension. +% \item \emph{\EXTEN}~The extension part of the name of a file. +% \item \emph{\FILE}~The name of a file (often a minitoc auxiliary file, the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} +% file, the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file, or the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file). +% \item \emph{\INAME}~The name of an internal macro redefined by a \verb|\mtcset...| command. +% \item \emph{\LLL}~The name of the language (for \com{mtcselectlanguage}). +% \item \emph{\NNN}~The number of the line in the source file. +% \item \emph{macro}~The name of a minitoc font command redefined by \com{mtcsetfont}. +% \item \emph{\NTITLE}~The new value of a title redefined by \com{mtcsettitle}. +% \item \emph{\NB}~The number of mini-tables of the given type in your document (when you are using short +% extensions and that number is greater than~99). +% \item \emph{\OFFSET}~The new value of an offset redefined by \com{mtcsetoffset}. +% \item \emph{\PREPA}~The name of a minitoc preparation command. +% \item \emph{\SEQ}~A sequence of commands used to redefine an internal macro via a \verb|\mtcset...| command. +% \item \emph{\STRING}~A string of characters, often part of a command name. +% \item \emph{\VAL}~The new value of a counter. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% The messages are produced using macros from the \pack{mtcmess} package, described in chapter~\vref{c+code+mtcmess.sty}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Introduction} +% Ce chapitre liste et commente les messages щmis par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, et ses associщs \pack{mtcoff} et +% \pack{mtcpatchmem}\,\footnote{Les +% textes des messages donnщs dans ce chapitre peuvent ъtre lщgшrement diffщrents du texte rщel, car certains +% messages contiennent des щlщments variables et la mise en page peut aussi varier.}. +% Le tableau~\vref{t+allmess} liste tous les messages; vous pouvez cliquer dans ce tableau sur un identifieur de message pour +% trouver rapidement sa signification. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item La premiшre ligne de chaque message contient normalement le nom du paquetage et un identificateur unique +% (il peut ъtre utile pour chercher dans ce chapitre de la documentation, mais n'a aucune signification +% particuliшre, sauf la lettre de tъte: \texttt{I}~pour informatif, \texttt{W}~pour avertissement (\emph{warning}), +% et \texttt{E}~pour erreur); le prщfixe est~\texttt{F} pour les messages d'avertissement щmis par le +% paquetage \pack{mtcoff} et~\texttt{M} pour le message informatif щmis par le paquetage \pack{mtcpatchmem}. +% \item Les messages informatifs ne sont щcrits que dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% \item Les messages d'avertissement (\emph{warning}) sont affichщs sur l'щcran (mais souvent trop rapidement pour +% ъtre vus, car normalement \LaTeX\ ne s'arrъte pas pour les avertissements) et sont щcrits dans +% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% \item Les messages d'erreur (\emph{error}) sont affichщs sur l'щcran et щcrits dans le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, mais \LaTeX\ s'arrъte, donc vous pouvez demander de l'aide +% en tapant~л~\texttt{h}~╗ (\emph{help}). +% \item Dans ce chapitre, certains mots dans les messages sont щcrits en italique; ils reprщsentent les parties +% variables du message: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \emph{ARG1}~Le premier argument de la commande. +% \item \emph{ARG2}~Le deuxiшme argument de la commande. +% \item \emph{ARG3}~Le troisiшme argument de la commande. +% \item \emph{\CCC}~Le nom de la classe de votre document. +% \item \emph{\COMMAND}~Le nom de la commande. +% \item \emph{\STRING}~Une chaюne de caractшres, faisant souvent partie d'un nom de commande. +% \item \emph{\CTR}~Le nom d'un compteur \LaTeX. +% \item \emph{document}~Le nom de votre document, sans son suffixe \suffix{.tex}. +% \item \emph{\FILE}~Le nom d'un fichier (Souvent un fichier auxiliaire minitoc, le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof}, +% ou le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot}). +% \item \emph{\LLL}~Le nom de la langue (pour \com{mtcselectlanguage}). +% \item \emph{\NNN}~Le numщro de la ligne dans le fichier source. +% \item \emph{macro}~Le nom d'une commande de fonte minitoc redщfinie par \com{mtcsetfont}. +% \item \emph{\NTITLE}~La nouvelle valeur d'un titre redщfinie par \com{mtcsettitle}. +% \item \emph{\NB}~Le nombre de mini-tables du type donnщ dans votre document (lorsque vous utilisez des +% suffixes courts et que ce nombre dщpasse~99). +% \item \emph{\INAME}~Le nom d'une macro interne redщfinie par une commande \verb|\mtcset...|. +% \item \emph{\OFFSET}~La nouvelle valeur d'un dщplacement (dщcalage) redщfinie par \com{mtcsetoffset}. +% \item \emph{\PREPA}~Le nom d'une commande minitoc de prщparation. +% \item \emph{\SEQ}~Une sщquence de commandes utilisщe pour redщfinir une macro interne via une commande +% \verb|\mtcset...|. +% \item \emph{\EXTEN}~La partie suffixe du nom d'un fichier. +% \item \emph{\VAL}~La nouvelle valeur d'un compteur. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% Les messages sont produits en utilisant des macros du paquetage \pack{mtcmess}, +% dщcrit au chapitre~\vref{c+code+mtcmess.sty}. +% \fi +% \lneed{15} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Messages from the \upack{minitoc} package} +% \or\relax +% \section{Messages щmis par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Informative messages} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Messages informatifs} +% \fi +% \begin{xmessage}[I0000] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package: minitoc 2015/07/13 v61 Package minitoc (JPFD/et al.)| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is the announce message of the \upack{minitoc} package, with its name, date and version. ``JPFD'' are my +% initials. This message has no real identifier because it is emitted by \com{ProvidesPackage}, but, for indexing it, +% we use \texttt{I0000}. +% \or\relax +% Ceci est le message annonчant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, avec son nom, sa date et sa version. л~JPFD~╗ sont +% mes initiales. Ce message n'a pas d'identificateur rщel car il est щmis par \com{ProvidesPackage}, mais, pour +% l'indexer, nous utilisons \texttt{I0000}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0001] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0001|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) *** minitoc package, version 61 ***.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Remember the version of the package. +% \or\relax +% Rappel de la version du paquetage. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0002] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0002|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Autoconfiguration of extensions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \upack{minitoc} package tries to determine if short or long extensions for file names are used by the operating +% system. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} essaye de dщterminer si des suffixes courts pour les noms de fichiers ou longs sont +% utilisщs par le systшme d'exploitation. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0003] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0003|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) chapter level macros available.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{chapter} sectionning command is available, so you can use the mini-table commands at the chapter level, +% but \emph{not} the mini-table commands at the section level. +% \or\relax +% La commande de sectionnement \com{chapter} est disponible, donc vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des +% mini-tables au niveau chapitre, \emph{mais pas} les commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau section. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% \begin{xmessage}[I0004] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0004|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) chapter level macros NOT available.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{chapter} sectionning command is \emph{not} available, so you cannot use the mini-table commands at the +% chapter level, but, if the \com{section} sectionning command is available, you can use mini-table commands at +% the section level. +% \or\relax +% La commande de sectionnement \com{chapter} \emph{n'est pas} disponible, donc vous ne pouvez pas utiliser les +% commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau chapitre, mais, si la commande de sectionnement \com{section} est +% disponible, vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau section. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0005] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0005|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) compatible with hyperref.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This version of \upack{minitoc} is compatible with the \pack{hyperref} package. +% \or\relax +% Cette version de \upack{minitoc} est compatible avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0006] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0006|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.|\emph{\EXTEN}\verb| is empty on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The auxiliary file for a mini-table is found empty (or inexistent) when \upack{minitoc} tries to insert it. If +% the \optd{checkfiles} option is active, it is skipped. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier auxiliaire pour une mini-table est trouvщ vide (ou inexistant) lorsque \upack{minitoc} essaye de +% l'insщrer. Si l'option \optd{checkfiles} est active, il est sautщ. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0007] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0007|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Horizontal rules are activated|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The horizontal rules will be present in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. +% \or\relax +% Les filets horizontaux seront prщsents dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0008] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0008|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Horizontal rules are inhibited|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The horizontal rules will be omitted in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. +% \or\relax +% Les filets horizontaux seront omis dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0009] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0009|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Listing minitoc auxiliary files.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Creating the |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.maf file.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used the \optd{listfiles} package option. A list of the minitoc auxiliary files is written in the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.maf} file. It may be helpful to delete these files. See section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% This option is the default since version~\#48. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. Une liste des fichiers auxiliaires pour minitoc est +% щcrite dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. Ceci peut ъtre utile pour dщtruire ces fichiers. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% Cette option est active par dщfaut depuis la version~\#48. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0010] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0010|\\ +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: The |\emph{\LLL}\verb| language is selected.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} file has been successfully loaded for the \emph{\LLL} language\footnote{The +% \xfile{english.mld} file is always loaded first, to have english as default language.} +% by the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command at line~\emph{\NNN}. The titles for the mini-tables are changed. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} a щtщ correctement chargщ pour la langue \emph{\LLL},\footnote{Le +% fichier \xfile{english.mld} est toujours chargщ d'abord, pour avoir l'anglais comme langue par dщfaut.} par la commande +% \com{mtcselectlanguage} р~la ligne~\emph{\NNN}. Les titres pour les mini-tables sont changщs. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0011] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0011|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb| language object selected.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcselectlanguage} macro has successfully (indirectly) loaded +% the \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} minitoc object file. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcselectlanguage} a (indirectement) chargщ avec succшs le fichier minitoc objet de langue +% \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0012] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0012|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Long extensions (Unix-like) will be used.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The autoconfiguration has detected that your operating system is able to use long extensions; this will be the +% default. +% \or\relax +% L'autoconfiguration a dщtectщ que votre systшme d'exploitation est capable d'utiliser des suffixes longs; ce sera +% le choix par dщfaut. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0013] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0013|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth redefines the counter|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "|\mbox{\emph{\CTR}}\verb|" as "|\emph{\VAL}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetdepth} macro changes the value of the specified depth counter and forces it to \emph{\VAL}. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcsetdepth} change la valeur du compteur de profondeur spщcifiщ et lui donne la \emph{\VAL} +% demandщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0014] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0014|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfeature redefines the macro| +% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\SEQ}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetfeature} macro has redefined the internal macro \emph{\INAME} with the given \emph{\SEQ}. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcsetfeature} a redщfini la macro interne \emph{\INAME} par la \emph{\SEQ} donnщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0015] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0015|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfont redefines the macro|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "|\mbox{\emph{macro}}\verb|" as "|\emph{\SEQ}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetfont} command redefines the (old style) \emph{macro} by the given \emph{\SEQ} of font +% commands. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcsetfont} redщfinit la macro (en ancien style) par la \emph{\SEQ} de commandes de fontes +% donnщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0016] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0016|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetformat redefines the macro|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as "|\emph{ARG3}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{mtcsetformat} redefines an internal macro with the value given by its third argument. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcsetformat} redщfinit une macro interne avec la valeur de son troisiшme argument. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0017] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0017|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitle redefines the macro|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "|\emph{\NTITLE}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A mini-table title is redefined via the \com{mtcsettitle} macro. +% \or\relax +% Un titre de mini-table est redщfini via la macro \com{mtcsettitle}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0018] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0018|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitlefont redefines the macro|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "|\emph{\SEQ}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsettitlefont} macro redefines the (old style) \verb|\|\emph{\INAME} macro which the given sequence +% \emph{\SEQ}. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcsettitlefont} redщfinit la macro \verb|\|\emph{\INAME} (ancien style) par la sщquence \emph{\SEQ} +% donnщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0019] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0019|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) No hints have been written|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) in the |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.log file.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \optd{hints} package option has detected no potential problem. +% \or\relax +% L'option de paquetage \optd{hints} n'a dщtectщ aucun problшme potentiel. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0020] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0020|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) old version of the memoir class.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The version of the \class{memoir} class is old. The \upack{minitoc} package does not need to patch this class. +% \or\relax +% La version de la classe \class{memoir} est ancienne. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} n'a pas besoin de corriger +% cette classe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0021] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0021|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Page numbers are activated|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The page numbers will be present in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. +% \or\relax +% Les numщros de pages seront prщsents dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0022] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0022|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Page numbers are inhibited|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The page numbers will be omitted in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. +% \or\relax +% Les numщros de pages seront omis dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0023] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0023|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) part level macros available.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{part} sectionning command is available, so you can use the mini-table commands at the part level. +% \or\relax +% La commande de sectionnement \com{part} est disponible, donc vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des +% mini-tables au niveau partie. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0024] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0024|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING MINITOCS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dominitoc} command prepares the \upack{minitoc} auxiliary files for minitocs from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dominitoc} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \upack{minitoc} pour les minitocs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0025] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0025|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING PARTTOCS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{doparttoc} command prepares the \texttt{parttoc} auxiliary files for parttocs from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{doparttoc} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{parttoc} pour les parttocs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0026] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0026|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING SECTTOCS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dosecttoc} command prepares the \texttt{secttoc} auxiliary files for secttocs from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dosecttoc} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{secttoc} pour les secttocs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0027] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0027| +% \verb|(minitoc) recent version of the memoir class.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The version of the \class{memoir} class is recent. The \upack{minitoc} package will try to patch it. +% \or\relax +% La version de la classe \class{memoir} est rщcente. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va essayer de corriger cette +% classe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0028] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0028|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) section level macros available.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{section} sectionning command is available but the \com{chapter} sectionning command is \emph{not} +% available, so you can use the mini-table commands at the section level. +% \or\relax +% La commande de sectionnement \com{section} est disponible mais la commande de sectionnement +% \com{chapter} \emph{n'est pas} disponible, donc vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des mini-tables au +% niveau section. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0029] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0029|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) section level macros NOT available.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{section} sectionning command is not defined (by the document class), so the section level commands of +% the \upack{minitoc} package are not available. +% \or\relax +% La commande de sectionnement \com{section} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe du document), donc les commandes au +% niveau section du paquetage \upack{minitoc} ne sont pas disponibles. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0030] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0030|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) the memoir class is loaded:|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) compatibility attempted.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \class{memoir} document class is used. The \upack{minitoc} package tries to ensure compatibility. +% \or\relax +% La classe de document \class{memoir} est utilisщe. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} essaye d'assurer la compatibilitщ. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0031] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0031|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) ==> this version is configured for UNIX-like|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (long extensions) file names.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The autoconfiguration has detected that your operating uses UNIX-like (long extensions) file names. +% \or\relax +% L'autoconfiguration a dщtectщ que votre systшme d'exploitation utilise des noms de fichiers р~la mode UNIX +% (suffixes longs). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0032] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0032|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) This version of the memoir class uses|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) a version of \chapter which is|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) incompatible with the minitoc package.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) We try to patch.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \class{memoir} class uses a version of the \com{chapter} command which needs to be corrected because its syntax has +% been changed. A patch is loaded. +% \or\relax +% La classe \class{memoir} utilise une version de la commande \com{chapter} qui a besoin d'ъtre corrigщe car sa +% syntaxe a changщ. Une correction (\emph{patch}) est chargщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0033] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0033|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Writing |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.|\emph{\EXTEN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% An auxiliary file for a mini-table is written by a \upack{minitoc} preparation command (like \com{dominitoc}). +% \or\relax +% Un fichier auxiliaire pour une mini-table est щcrit par une commande \upack{minitoc} de prщparation +% (telle que \com{dominitoc}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0034] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0034|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING MINILOFS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dominilof} command prepares the \upack{minilof} auxiliary files for minilofs from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dominilof} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \upack{minilof} pour les minilofs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0035] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0035|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING PARTLOFS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dopartlof} command prepares the \texttt{partlof} auxiliary files for partlofs from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dopartlof} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{partlof} pour les partlofs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0036] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0036|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING SECTLOFS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dosectlof} command prepares the \texttt{sectlof} auxiliary files for sectlofs from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dosectlof} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{sectlof} pour les sectlofs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0037] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0037|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING MINILOTS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dominilot} command prepares the \texttt{minilot} auxiliary files for minilots from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dominilot} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{minilot} pour les minilots depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0038] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0038|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING PARTLOTS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dopartlot} command prepares the \texttt{partlot} auxiliary files for partlots from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dopartlot} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{partlot} pour les partlots depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0039] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0039|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING SECTLOTS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \com{dosectlot} command prepares the \texttt{sectlot} auxiliary files for sectlots from \emph{\FILE}. +% \or\relax +% Une commande \com{dosectlot} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{sectlot} pour les sectlots depuis le \emph{\FILE}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Informative messages for hints} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Messages informatifs pour les indications (\emph{hints})} +% \fi +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0040] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0040|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The ``abstract'' package has been|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded with the ``addtotoc'' option.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You need to look at the|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) documentation to adjust.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using the \pack{abstract} package with its \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option, +% you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq.27}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{abstract} avec son option \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}, +% vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq.27}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0041] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0041|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The amsbook class is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using the \class{amsbook} class, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{s+AMS}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez la classe \class{amsbook}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{s+AMS}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0042] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0042|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The appendix package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using also the \pack{appendix} package, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq+appendix}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez aussi le paquetage \pack{appendix}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq+appendix}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0043] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0043|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The KOMAScript |\emph{\CCC}\verb| class is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using also the \emph{\CCC} class, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{special.entries}. +% The classes involved here are \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt}, and \class{scrartcl}, i.e., the \KOMAScript{} +% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} compatible with \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez aussi la classe \emph{\CCC}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{special.entries}. +% Les classes concernщes ici sont \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} et \class{scrartcl}, c'est-р-dire les +% classes \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} compatibles avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0044] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0044|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The memoir class is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using the \class{memoir} class, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq+memoir}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez la classe \class{memoir}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq+memoir}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0045] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0045|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The |\texttt{\bs}\PREPA\verb| command|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) has been invoked more than once|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A minitoc preparation command has been invoked more than once. +% \or\relax +% Une commande minitoc de prщparation a щtщ invoquщe plus d'une fois. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0046] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0046|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The tocbibind package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using also the \pack{tocbibind} package, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{special.entries}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez aussi le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{special.entries}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0047] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0047|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The tocloft package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you are using also the \pack{tocloft} package, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation +% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous utilisez aussi le paquetage \pack{tocloft}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0048] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0048|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Using \mtcprepare may induce some|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) hints about the preparation commands,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) because it invokes ALL the preparation|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) commands allowed by the document class,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) without any previous check.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcprepare} command invoke all the possible preparation commands, depending only on the document class and the +% available contents files. It does not known exactly what you want, so it can prepare too many mini-tables +% files. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque toutes les commandes de prщparation possibles, selon la classe du document et +% les fichiers de contenu disponibles. Elle ne sait pas exactement ce que vous dщsirez, donc elle peut prщparer trop +% de fichiers de mini-tables. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0049] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0049|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) ==> You requested the hints option.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Some hints are eventually given below.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As you have requested the \optd{hints} package option (which is set by default), some ``hints'' are eventually +% given in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. You can find them easily by searching for the string +% ``\texttt{minitoc(hints)}'' with a text editor. +% \or\relax +% Puisque vous avez demandщ l'option de paquetage \optd{hints} (qui est activщe par dщfaut), quelques +% л~indications~╗ (\emph{hints}) sont щventuellement щcrites dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. Vous +% pourrez les trouver facilement en recherchant la chaюne л~\texttt{minitoc(hints)}~╗ avec un щditeur de texte. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0050] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: I0050|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The required "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mld" file is missing.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|" language option will not be available.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Please install it from a recent distribution|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or +% from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} n'a pas щtщ installщ sur votre systшme. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution +% rщcente ou depuis les archives CTAN pour complщter votre installation, sinon l'option de langue \emph{\LLL} ne sera pas +% disponible. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0051] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: I0051|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The required "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mlo" file is missing.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|" language option will not be available.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Please install it from a recent distribution|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or +% from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} n'a pas щtщ installщ sur votre systшme. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution +% rщcente ou depuis les archives CTAN pour complщter votre installation, sinon l'option de langue ne sera pas +% disponible. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0052] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0052|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset redefines the offset|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) "|\mbox{\emph{\OFFSET}}\verb|" as "|\emph{\VAL}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetoffset} macro changes the value of the specified offset and forces it to \emph{\VAL}. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcsetoffset} change la valeur du dщplacement spщcifiщ et lui donne la \emph{\VAL} +% demandщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[I0053] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0053|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) You have loaded the |\mbox{\emph{\PACK}}\verb| package;|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) please be aware that the minitoc package|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) facilities can not be used for new types|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) of floats defined by the |\mbox{\emph{\PACK}}\verb| package|\\ +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \upack{minitoc} package does not manage new types of floats defined via the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, +% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} +% and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages\,\footnote{As the +% \pack{trivfloat} and \pack{rotfloat} packages load the \pack{float} package, this message will then appear twice!}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} ne traite pas les nouveaux types de flottants dщfinis via les +% paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, +% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages\,\footnote{Comme les paquetages +% \pack{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat} chargent le paquetage +% \pack{float}, ce message apparaюtra alors deux fois!}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \lneed{15} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Warning messages} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Messages d'avertissement} +% \fi +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0001] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0001|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \chapter and \section are undefined.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Cannot use \mtcfixglossary without|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) optional argument [part].| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The sectionning commands \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined (by the document class), hence the +% \com{mtcfixglossary} macro cannot be used without an optional argument (try \com{part}). This situation is very +% unlikely to happen, so also verify your document class. +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies (par la classe du document), +% donc la macro \com{mtcfixglossary} ne peut pas ъtre utilisщe sans son argument optionnel (essayez \verb|[part]|). +% Il est trшs improbable que cette situation se produise, donc vщrifiez aussi la classe de votre document. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0002] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0002|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \chapter and \section are undefined.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Cannot use \mtcfixindex without|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) optional argument [part].| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The sectionning commands \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined (by the document class), hence the +% \com{mtcfixindex} macro cannot be used without an optional argument (try \com{part}). This situation is very +% unlikely to happen, so also verify your document class. +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies (par la classe du document), +% donc la macro \com{mtcfixindex} ne peut pas ъtre utilisщe sans son argument optionnel (essayez \verb|[part]|). +% Il est trшs improbable que cette situation se produise, donc vщrifiez aussi la classe de votre document. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0003] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0003|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \firstchapteris is an obsolete (ignored)|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) command on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstchapteris}). You should remove it. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstchapteris}. Vous devriez l'enlever. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0004] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0004|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \firstpartis is an obsolete (ignored)|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) command on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstpartis}). You should remove it. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstpartis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0005] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0005|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \firstsectionis is an obsolete (ignored)|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) command on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstsectionis}). You should remove it. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstsectionis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0006] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0006|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcfixglossary can only be used|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) with the [part] optional argument,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) which becomes the default.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcfixglossary} macro can only use \texttt{[part]} as optional argument (which becomes the default), because +% \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcfixglossary} ne peut utiliser que \texttt{[part]} comme argument optionnel (qui devient le choix +% par dщfaut), car \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0007] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0007|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcfixindex can only be used|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) with the [part] optional argument,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) which becomes the default.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcfixindex} macro can only use \texttt{[part]} as optional argument (which becomes the default), because +% \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcfixindex} ne peut utiliser que \texttt{[part]} comme argument optionnel (qui devient le choix +% par dщfaut), car \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0008] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0008|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) MINILOFS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dominilof} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dominilof} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dominilof}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dominilof} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0009] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0009|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) MINILOTS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dominilot} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dominilot} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dominilot}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dominilot} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0010] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0010|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) MINITOCS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dominitoc} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dominitoc} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dominitoc}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dominitoc} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0011] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0011|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PARTLOFS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dopartlof} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dopartlof} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dopartlof}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dopartlof} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0012] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0012|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PARTLOTS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dopartlot} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dopartlot} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dopartlot}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dopartlot} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0013] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0013|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PARTTOCS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{doparttoc} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{doparttoc} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{doparttoc}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{doparttoc} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0014] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0014|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) SECTLOFS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dosectlof} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dosectlof} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dosectlof}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dosectlof} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0015] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0015|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) SECTLOTS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dosectlot} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dosectlot} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dosectlot}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dosectlot} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0016] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0016|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) SECTTOCS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dosecttoc} command. Please check if +% you have called \com{dosecttoc} in the correct sequence of commands. +% \or\relax +% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dosecttoc}. Vщrifiez si +% vous avez invoquщ \com{dosecttoc} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0017] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0017|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) no section or chapter level macros available|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) PLEASE VERIFY YOUR MAIN DOCUMENT CLASS.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{chapter} and \com{section} sectionning commands are not defined. Your document class is likely +% without any sectionning command, so the \upack{minitoc} package is pointless. \emph{Verify your main +% document class.} +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. Votre classe de document +% est probablement sans aucune commande de sectionnement, donc le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est sans objet. \emph{Vщrifiez +% la classe principale de votre document.} +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0018] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0018|\\ +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: part level macros NOT available.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{part} sectionning command is not defined (by the document class), so the part level commands of the +% \upack{minitoc} package are not available. It is a warning message because most classes with sectionning commands +% define the \com{part} command, so you should verify which class you are using. +% \or\relax +% La commande de sectionnement \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe du document), donc les commandes au +% niveau partie du paquetage \upack{minitoc} ne sont pas disponibles. C'est un message d'avertissement +% (\emph{warning}) car la plupart des classes ayant des commandes de sectionnement dщfinissent la commande +% \com{part}, donc vous devriez vщrifier quelle classe vous utilisez. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0019] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0019|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Short extensions (MSDOS-like) will be used.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) ==> this version is configured for MSDOS-like|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (8+3) file names.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The autofiguration has found that the operating system uses file names with short extensions (8+3 scheme). +% \or\relax +% L'autoconfiguration a trouvщ que le systшme d'exploitation utilise des noms de fichiers avec des suffixes courts +% (schщma 8+3). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0020] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0020|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) You have forced the use of short extensions.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used the \opt{shortext} package option to force the use of short extensions (8+3 scheme). This action +% limits the number of usable mini-tables of each kind and may be problematic if you have more that 99~mini-tables +% of the same kind. If your operating system allows for long extensions, do not use the \opt{shortext} package +% option, except for testing purposes. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez spщcifiщ l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext} pour forcer l'utilisation de suffixes courts (schщma +% 8+3). Cette action limite le nombre de mini-tables utilisables dans chaque sorte et peut poser des problшmes si +% vous avez plus de 99~mini-tables du mъme genre. Si votre systшme d'exploitation permet des suffixes longs, +% n'utilisez pas l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext}, sauf р~des fins de test. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0021] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0021|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Your version of latex.tex is obsolete.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Trying to continue...| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\virage{} are using an obsolete version of \LaTeX, but the \upack{minitoc} package will still try to continue. It would be +% better to update your \LaTeX\ installation. +% \or\relax +% Vous\virage{} utilisez une version obsolшte de \LaTeX, mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va quand mъme essayer de continuer. Il +% serait prщfщrable de mettre р~jour votre installation de \LaTeX. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0022] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0022|\\ +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Trying to continue... crossing fingers.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Your\Virage{} version of \LaTeX\ is very obsolete, and almost unusable with the \upack{minitoc} package. You can try to +% continue the compilation, but you are urged to update your \LaTeX\ installation as soon as possible. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez une version totalement pщrimщe de \LaTeX, presque inutilisable avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Vous pouvez essayer de continuer la compilation, mais vous ъtes instamment priщs de mettre р~jour votre installation +% de \LaTeX{} dшs que possible. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0093] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0093|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Some "*.mld" or "*.mlo" files are missing|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) in your installation.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Search for the I0050 and I0051 info messages|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) in the \jobname.log file.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The full list of the missing language files|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) is gigen in the W0094 warning message.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Please install the missing files from|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) a recent distribution|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. +% Search for the \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} and +% \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} info messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file to find which files are missing. +% You can retrieve them from a recent distribution or from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, +% else some language options will not be available. +% The full list of the missing language files is given in the \texttt{W0094}\imess{W0094} +% warning message. +% \or\relax +% Certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} n'ont pas щtщ installщs sur votre systшme. Cherchez les +% messages informatifs \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} et \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} pour +% trouver quels fichiers sont manquants. Vous pouvez les rщcupщrer depuis une distribution rщcente ou depuis les +% archives CTAN pour complщter votre installation, sinon certaines options de langue ne seront pas disponibles. +% La liste complшte des fichiers de langue manquants est donnщe dans le message d'avertissement \imess{W0094}\texttt{W0094}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0094] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0094|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Missing minitoc language file(s):|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) ...|\\ +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. +% The list is given in the message. +% \or\relax +% Certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} n'ont pas щtщ installщs sur votre systшme. +% Leur liste est donnщe dans le message. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0095] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0095|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \chapter and \section are undefined.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Cannot use \mtcfixnomenclature without|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) optional argument [part].| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The sectionning commands \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined (by the document class), hence the +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro cannot be used without an optional argument (try \com{part}). This situation is very +% unlikely to happen, so also verify your document class. +% \or\relax +% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies (par la classe du document), +% donc la macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature} ne peut pas ъtre utilisщe sans son argument optionnel (essayez \verb|[part]|). +% Il est trшs improbable que cette situation se produise, donc vщrifiez aussi la classe de votre document. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0096] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0096|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcfixnomenclature can only be used|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) with the [part] optional argument,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) which becomes the default.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro can only use \texttt{[part]} as optional argument (which becomes the default), because +% \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature} ne peut utiliser que \texttt{[part]} comme argument optionnel (qui devient le choix +% par dщfaut), car \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0098] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0098|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) --- You have used the \nofiles command|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) in your preamble; all preparation commands|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) in the body of the document will be ignored.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used the \com{nofiles} command in the preamble of your document; hence the preparation commands will be +% ignored in your document. Please verify that the mini-table auxiliary files are in their final state. +% See page~\pageref{x+W0098}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande \com{nofiles} dans le prщambule de votre document; veuillez vщrifier que les +% fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-ables sont dans leur щtat final. Voir page~\pageref{x+W0098}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Warning messages for hints} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Messages d'avertissement pour les indications (\emph{hints})} +% \fi +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0023] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0023|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- It may be the consequence|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) of loading the ``hyperref'' package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some sectionning commands have been altered \emph{after} the loading of the \upack{minitoc} package. The +% \pack{hyperref} package does that, but it is harmless. For other packages or user-made alterations, it is +% recommended to alter the sectionning commands only \emph{before} loading the \upack{minitoc} package. See +% section~\vref{faq.17}. +% \or\relax +% Certaines commandes de sectionnement ont щtщ modifiщes \emph{aprшs} le chargement du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Le paquetage \pack{hyperref} fait cela, mais sans dommages. Pour des altщrations faites par d'autres paquetages +% ou par l'utilisateur, il est recommandщ de modifier les commandes de sectionnement seulement \emph{avant} le +% chargement du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{faq.17}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0024] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0024|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Some hints have been written|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) in the |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.log file.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \optd{hints} package option has detected some potential problems and written hints into the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. You can search it for the ``\texttt{minitoc(hints)}'' string with a text +% editor. +% \or\relax +% L'option de paquetage \optd{hints} a dщtectщ des problшmes potentiels et щcrit des indications (\emph{hints}) +% dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Vous pouvez l'examiner en y cherchant la chaюne +% л~\texttt{minitoc(hints)}~╗ avec un щditeur de texte. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0025] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0025|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The alphanum package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{alphanum} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. The +% compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{alphanum} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. La +% compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0026] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0026|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The amsart class is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \class{amsart} document class which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez la classe de document \class{amsart} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0027] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0027|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The amsproc class is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \class{amsproc} document class which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez la classe de document \class{amsproc} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0028] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0028|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The \chapter command is altered|\\ +% \verb| after minitoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some packages alter the sectionning commands, like \com{chapter}. Most of them should be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package. The \pack{hyperref} package, even if it is loaded \emph{before} the +% \upack{minitoc} package (as recommended), alters the sectionning commands in an \com{AtBeginDocument}, so this +% message is always printed when you use the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}, but then it is harmless. +% \or\relax +% Certains paquetages modifient les commandes de sectionnement, telles que \com{chapter}. La plupart d'entre-eux +% devraient ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, mъme s'il est +% chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (comme recommandщ), altшre les commandes de sectionnement dans +% un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, donc ce message est toujours щmis lorsque vous utilisez le paquetage +% \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}, mais il est alors bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0029] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0029|\\ +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: --- The jura class is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \class{jura} document class which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez la classe de document \class{jura} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0030] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0030|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The \part command is altered|\\ +% \verb| after minitoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some packages alter the sectionning commands, like \com{part}. Most of them should be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package. The \pack{hyperref} package, even if it is loaded \emph{before} the +% \upack{minitoc} package (as recommended), alters the sectionning commands in an \com{AtBeginDocument}, so this +% message is always printed when you use the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}, but then it is harmless. +% \or\relax +% Certains paquetages modifient les commandes de sectionnement, telles que \com{part}. La plupart d'entre-eux +% devraient ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, mъme s'il est +% chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (comme recommandщ), altшre les commandes de sectionnement dans +% un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, donc ce message est toujours щmis lorsque vous utilisez le paquetage +% \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}, mais il est alors bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0031] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0031|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package is loaded|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) without the section option,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but minitoc used the insection option|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) which implies it. Try to inverse the|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loading order and use consistent options.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You may have got a message|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) ! LaTeX Error: Option clash for package placeins.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are using the \pack{placeins} package, but without its \optp{section}{placeins} option, while +% \upack{minitoc} is called with its \opt{insection} option which implies it. See page~\pageref{rem+FB}, +% near a ``dangerous bend'' symbol\DBEND. +% \or\relax +% Vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{placeins}, mais sans son option \optp{section}{placeins}, alors que +% \upack{minitoc} est appelщ avec son option \opt{insection} qui l'implique. Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}, +% prшs d'un symbole л~virage dangereux~╗\DBEND. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0032] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0032|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package loaded is|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) too old. You should use a version|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) dated of 2005/04/18 at least.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are using an obsolete version of the \pack{placeins} package. Please update it from the CTAN archives or a +% recent distribution. +% \or\relax +% Vous utilisez une version obsolшte du paquetage \pack{placeins}. Vous devriez le mettre р~jour depuis les +% archives CTAN ou une distribution rщcente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0033] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0033|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The caption package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{caption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.31}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{caption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0034] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0034|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The caption2 package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{caption2} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.31}. Note that the \pack{caption2} package is now obsolete; please use a recent version of +% the \pack{caption} package. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{caption2} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. Notez que le paquetage \pack{caption2} est dщsormais obsolшte; veuillez utiliser +% une version rщcente du paquetage \pack{caption}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0035] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0035|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The ccaption package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{ccaption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.31}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{ccaption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0036] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0036|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The mcaption package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{mcaption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.31}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{mcaption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0037] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0037|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The sectsty package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{sectsty} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.28}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{sectsty} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.28}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0038] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0038|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The varsects package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{varsects} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.33}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{varsects} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.33}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0039] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0039|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The \section command is altered|\\ +% \verb| after minitoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some packages alter the sectionning commands, like \com{section}. Most of them should be loaded \emph{before} +% the \upack{minitoc} package. The \pack{hyperref} package, even if it is loaded \emph{before} the +% \upack{minitoc} package (as recommended), alters the sectionning commands in an \com{AtBeginDocument}, so this +% message is always printed when you use the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}, but then it is harmless. +% \or\relax +% Certains paquetages modifient les commandes de sectionnement, telles que \com{section}. La plupart d'entre-eux +% devraient ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, mъme s'il est +% chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (comme recommandщ), altшre les commandes de sectionnement dans +% un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, donc ce message est toujours щmis lorsque vous utilisez le paquetage +% \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}, mais il est alors bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0040] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0040|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The titletoc package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are trying to use also the \pack{titletoc} package, but it is \emph{incompatible} with +% the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titletoc}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0041] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0041|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty minilofs.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty minilofs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des minilofs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0042] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0042|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty minilots.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty minilots. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des minilots vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0043] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0043|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty minitocs.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty minitocs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des minitocs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0044] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0044|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty partlofs.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty partlofs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des partlofs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0045] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0045|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty partlots.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty partlots. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des partlots vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0046] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0046|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty parttocs.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty parttocs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des parttocs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0047] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0047|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty sectlofs.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty sectlofs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des sectlofs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0048] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0048|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty sectlots.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty sectlots. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des sectlots vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0049] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0049|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ +% \verb| empty secttocs.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert empty secttocs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will +% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} +% package option), you will only get this harmless message. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des secttocs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, +% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut +% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0050] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0050|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have invoked an obsolete (ignored)|\\ +% \verb| command: \firstchapteris.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstchapteris}). You should remove it. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstchapteris}. Vous devriez l'enlever. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0051] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0051|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have invoked an obsolete (ignored)|\\ +% \verb| command: \firstpartis.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstpartis}). You should remove it. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstpartis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0052] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0052|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have invoked an obsolete (ignored)|\\ +% \verb| command: \firstsectionis.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstsectionis}). You should remove it. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstsectionis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0053] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0053|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used short extensions|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and more than 99 chapters (|\emph{\NB}\verb|).| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used short extensions (limited to 3~characters) and more than 99~chapters, so the number of the auxiliary +% file does not fit in the extension. \emph{\NB} is the number of effective chapters in your document. See +% section~\vref{MS-DOS}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ des suffixes courts (limitщs р~3~caractшres) et plus de 99~chapitres, donc le numщro du fichier +% auxiliaire ne tient plus dans le suffixe. \emph{\NB} est le nombre de chapitres effectifs dans votre document. +% Voir la section~\vref{MS-DOS}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0054] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0054|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used short extensions|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and more than 99 parts (|\emph{\NB}\verb|).| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used short extensions (limited to 3~characters) and more than 99~parts, so the number of the auxiliary +% file does not fit in the extension. \emph{\NB} is the number of effective parts in your document. See +% section~\vref{MS-DOS}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ des suffixes courts (limitщs р~3~caractшres) et plus de 99~parties, donc le numщro du fichier +% auxiliaire ne tient plus dans le suffixe. \emph{\NB} est le nombre de parties effectives dans votre document. +% Voir la section~\vref{MS-DOS}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0055] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0055|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used short extensions|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and more than 99 sections (|\emph{\NB}\verb|).| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used short extensions (limited to 3~characters) and more than 99~sections, so the number of the auxiliary +% file does not fit in the extension. \emph{\NB} is the number of effective sections in your document. See +% section~\vref{MS-DOS}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ des suffixes courts (limitщs р~3~caractшres) et plus de 99~sections, donc le numщro du fichier +% auxiliaire ne tient plus dans le suffixe. \emph{\NB} est le nombre de sections effectives dans votre document. +% Voir la section~\vref{MS-DOS}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0056] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0056|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You are using \dosectlof and/or|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \dosectlot, \sectlof and/or \sectlot,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) hence the ``insection'' package|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) option is recommended.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are asking for mini-lists of figures or tables at the section level. But as floats (figures and tables) could +% drift somewhere outside the printing area of the text of the section, the sectlofs and sectlots can be rather strange. +% In order to have a better behaviour of these mini-tables, it may be useful to add the \opt{insection} package option. +% See page~\pageref{rem+FB}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez demandщ des mini-listes des figures ou des tables au niveau section. Mais Comme les щlщments flottants +% (figures et tableaux) pourraient dщriver quelque part en dehors de la zone d'impression du texte de la section, +% les sectlofs et sectlots peuvent ъtre assez щtranges. Afin d'avoir un meilleur comportement de ces mini-tables, +% il peut ъtre utile d'ajouter l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}. Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0057] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0057|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilof,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dominilof.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some minilofs (via \com{minilof}), but the minilofs have not been prepared +% (via \com{dominilof}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilofs (via \com{minilof}), mais les minilofs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dominilof}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0058] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0058|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilot,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dominilot.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some minilots (via \com{minilot}), but the minilots have not been prepared +% (via \com{dominilot}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilots (via \com{minilot}), mais les minilots n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dominilot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0059] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0059|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minitoc,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dominitoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), but the minitocs have not been prepared +% (via \com{dominitoc}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), mais les minitocs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dominitoc}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0060] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0060|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlof,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dopartlof.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some partlofs (via \com{partlof}), but the partlofs have not been prepared +% (via \com{dopartlof}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlofs (via \com{partlof}), mais les partlofs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dopartlof}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0061] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0061|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlot,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dopartlot.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some partlots (via \com{partlot}), but the partlots have not been prepared +% (via \com{dopartlot}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlots (via \com{partlot}), mais les partlots n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dopartlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0062] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0062|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \parttoc,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \doparttoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), but the parttocs have not been prepared +% (via \com{doparttoc}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), mais les parttocs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{doparttoc}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0063] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0063|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlof,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dosectlof.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), but the sectlofs have not been prepared +% (via \com{dosectlof}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), mais les sectlofs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dosectlof}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0064] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0064|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlot,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dosectlot.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), but the sectlots have not been prepared +% (via \com{dosectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), mais les sectlots n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dosectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0065] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0065|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \secttoc,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dosecttoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have attempted to insert some secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), but the secttocs have not been prepared +% (via \com{dosecttoc}). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), mais les secttocs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes +% (via \com{dosecttoc}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0066] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0066|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilof,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \listoffigures nor|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \fakelistoffigures.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some minilofs (via \com{minilof}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{listoffigures} nor \com{fakelistoffigures}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilofs (via \com{minilof}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoffigures}, ni \com{fakelistoffigures}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0067] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0067|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilot but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoftables| nor\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \fakelistoftables.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some minilots (via \com{minilot}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{listoftables} nor \com{fakelistoftables}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilots (via \com{minilot}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoftables}, ni \com{fakelistoftables}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0068] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0068|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minitoc but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \tableofcontents|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \faketableofcontents.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{tableofcontents} nor \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{tableofcontents}, ni \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0069] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0069|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlof but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoffigures|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoffigures.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some partlofs (via \com{partlof}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{listoffigures} nor \com{fakelistoffigures}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlofs (via \com{partlof}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoffigures}, ni \com{fakelistoffigures}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0070] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0070|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlot but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoftables|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoftables.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some partlots (via \com{partlot}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{listoftables} nor \com{fakelistoftables}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlots (via \com{partlot}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoftables}, ni \com{fakelistoftables}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0071] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0071|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \parttoc but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \tableofcontents|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \faketableofcontents.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{tableofcontents} nor \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{tableofcontents}, ni \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0072] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0072|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlof but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoffigures|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoffigures.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{listoffigures} nor \com{fakelistoffigures}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoffigures}, ni \com{fakelistoffigures}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0073] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0073|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlot but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoftables|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoftables.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{listoftables} nor \com{fakelistoftables}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoftables}, ni \com{fakelistoftables}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0074] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0074|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \secttoc but not|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \tableofcontents|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \faketableofcontents.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have tried to insert some secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file is not +% available because you have not invoked \com{tableofcontents} nor \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} n'est +% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{tableofcontents}, ni \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0075] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0075|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \doparttoc|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \parttoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some parttocs (via \com{doparttoc}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des parttocs (via \com{doparttoc}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0076] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0076|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dopartlof|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \partlof.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some partlofs (via \com{dopartlof}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des partlofs (via \com{dopartlof}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0077] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0077|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dopartlot|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \partlot.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some partlots (via \com{dopartlot}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des partlots (via \com{dopartlot}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0078] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0078|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dominitoc|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \minitoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some minitocs (via \com{dominitoc}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des minitocs (via \com{dominitoc}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0079] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0079|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dominilof|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \minilof.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some minilofs (via \com{dominilof}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des minilofs (via \com{dominilof}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0080] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0080|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dominilot|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \minilot.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some minilots (via \com{dominilot}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des minilots (via \com{dominilot}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0081] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0081|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dosecttoc|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \secttoc.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some secttocs (via \com{dosecttoc}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des secttocs (via \com{dosecttoc}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0082] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0082|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dosectlof|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \sectlof.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some sectlofs (via \com{dosectlof}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des sectlofs (via \com{dosectlof}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0083] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0083|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dosectlot|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \sectlot.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have prepared some sectlots (via \com{dosectlot}), but you never used one of them. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez prщparщ des sectlots (via \com{dosectlot}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0084] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0084|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package is loaded|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the above option,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but minitoc used the insection option|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) which is incompatible with it.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Try to remove the above option and|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) use consistent options.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{placeins} package, but with its \optp{above}{placeins} option, while +% \upack{minitoc} is called with its \opt{insection} option which is \emph{incompatible} with it. +% See page~\pageref{rem+FB}, near a ``dangerous bend'' symbol. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{placeins}, mais avec son option \optp{above}{placeins}, alors que +% \upack{minitoc} est appelщ avec son option \opt{insection} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec elle. +% Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}, prшs d'un symbole л~virage dangereux~╗. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0085] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0085|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package is loaded|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the below option,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but minitoc used the insection option|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) which is incompatible with it.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Try to remove the below option|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and use consistent options.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{placeins} package, but with its \optp{below}{placeins} option, while +% \upack{minitoc} is called with its \opt{insection} option which is \emph{incompatible} with it. +% See page~\pageref{rem+FB}, near a ``dangerous bend'' symbol. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{placeins}, mais avec son option \optp{below}{placeins}, alors que +% \upack{minitoc} est appelщ avec son option \opt{insection} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec elle. +% Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}, prшs d'un symbole л~virage dangereux~╗. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0086] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0086|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The fncychap package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{fncychap} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.38}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{fncychap} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.38}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0087] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0087|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The quotchap package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{quotchap} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.39}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{quotchap} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.39}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0088] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0088|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The romannum package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{romannum} package alters the numbering of some sectionning +% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.40}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{romannum} altшre la numщrotation de certaines commandes +% de sectionnement et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.40}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0089] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0089|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The sfheaders package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{sfheaders} package alters the sectionning +% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.41}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{sfheaders} altшre les commandes +% de sectionnement et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.41}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0090] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0090|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The alnumsec package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{alnumsec} package alters the sectionning +% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.42}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{alnumsec} altшre les commandes +% de sectionnement et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.42}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0091] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0091|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The captcont package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{captcont} package alters the caption +% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.43}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{captcont} altшre les commandes pour les captions +% et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.43}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0092] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0092|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The hangcaption package should be|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{hangcaption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{faq.47}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{hangcaption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.47}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0097] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0097|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The flowfram package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{flowfram} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, +% because it has its own definitions for minitocs. The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{flowfram} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% car il a ses propres dщfinitions pour des minitocs. La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre +% insatisfaisant. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0099] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0099|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The titlesec package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are trying to use also the \pack{titlesec} package, but it is \emph{incompatible} with +% the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titlesec}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Error messages} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Messages d'erreur} +% \fi +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0001] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0001|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) But \part is undefined.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb| not usable| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are no adequate sectionning command available to use the \com{mtcfixglossary} macro; even \com{part} is +% undefined. Verify your document class. +% \or\relax +% Il n'y a pas de commande de sectionnement adщquate disponible pour utiliser la macro \com{mtcfixglossary}; +% mъme \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie. Vщrifiez la classe de votre document. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0002] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0002|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) But \part is undefined.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb| not usable| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are no adequate sectionning command available to use the \com{mtcfixindex} macro; even \com{part} is +% undefined. Verify your document class. +% \or\relax +% Il n'y a pas de commande de sectionnement adщquate disponible pour utiliser la macro \com{mtcfixindex}; +% mъme \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie. Vщrifiez la classe de votre document. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0003] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0003|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect|\\ +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some \env{mtchideinmainlof} environments are incorrectly imbricated (overlapping), so the +% hiding in the main list of figures will be strange. +% \or\relax +% Certains environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} sont imbriquщs de maniшre incorrecte (chevauchement), +% donc le masquage dans la liste des figures principale sera щtrange. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0004] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0004|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect|\\ +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments are incorrectly imbricated (overlapping), so the +% hiding in the main list of tables will be strange. +% \or\relax +% Certains environnements \env{mtchideinmainlot} sont imbriquщs de maniшre incorrecte (chevauchement), +% donc le masquage dans la liste des tableaux principale sera щtrange. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0005] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0005|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Imbrication of mtchideinmaintoc environments.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect|\\ +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environments are incorrectly imbricated (overlapping), so the +% hiding in the main table of contents will be strange. +% \or\relax +% Certains environnements \env{mtchideinmaintoc} sont imbriquщs de maniшre incorrecte (chevauchement), +% donc le masquage dans la table des matiшres principale sera щtrange. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0006] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0006|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb| is not a known language,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mld not found.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Command ignored.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source using a valid language name.|\\ +% \verb|Press RETURN| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcselectlanguage} macro has attempted to load the \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} minitoc language definition +% file, but has not found it. First, verify the name of the language (likely to be misspelt), then check if your +% installation contains \emph{all} the many distributed \suffix{.mld} files of the \upack{minitoc} package, +% at the right place. If it is a local \suffix{.mld} file, it should be installed in the right place (in a local +% hierarchy) or be in the working directory. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcselectlanguage} a tentщ de charger le fichier minitoc de dщfinition de langue +% \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld}, mais ne l'a pas trouvщ. Tout d'abord, vщrifiez le nom de la langue (une faute de +% frappe est fort possible), puis regardez si votre installation contient bien \emph{tous} les nombreux fichiers +% \suffix{.mld} de la distribution du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, placщs au bon endroit. Si c'est un fichier +% \suffix{.mld} local, il devrait ъtre installщ au bon endroit (dans une hiщrarchie locale) ou ъtre dans le +% rщpertoire de travail. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0007] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0007|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb| is not a known minitoc|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) language object file (.mlo),|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mlo not found.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Command ignored.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source using a valid language name.|\\ +% \verb|Press RETURN| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcselectlanguage} macro has attempted to load indirectly the \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} minitoc language +% object file, but has not found it. First, verify the name of the language (likely to be misspelt), then check if your +% installation contains \emph{all} the many distributed \suffix{.mlo} files of the \upack{minitoc} package, +% at the right place. If it is a local \suffix{.mlo} file, it should be installed in the right place (in a local +% hierarchy) or be in the working directory. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcselectlanguage} a tentщ de charger (indirectement) le fichier minitoc objet de langue +% \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo}, mais ne l'a pas trouvщ. Tout d'abord, vщrifiez le nom de la langue (une faute de +% frappe est fort possible), puis regardez si votre installation contient bien \emph{tous} les nombreux fichiers +% \suffix{.mlo} de la distribution du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, placщs au bon endroit. Si c'est un fichier +% \suffix{.mlo} local, il devrait ъtre installщ au bon endroit (dans une hiщrarchie locale) ou ъtre dans le +% rщpertoire de travail. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0008] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0008|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth attempts to use|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) an undefined counter (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|depth).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are trying to set the depth for an inexistent or undefined type of mini-table. Verify the type given and the +% document class, and the loaded packages. +% \or\relax +% Vous essayez d'щtablir la profondeur pour un type de mini-table inexistant ou non dщfini. Vщrifiez le type donnщ et +% la classe du document, ainsi que les paquetages chargщs. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0009] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0009|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetdepth} macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetdepth} est incorrect. +% Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0010] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0010|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth: Illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetdepth} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetdepth} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0011] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0011|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfeature has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0012] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0012|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfeature has a wrong second argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a feature param|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (before, after, open, close, pagestyle).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro is incorrect. It should be \feat{before}, \feat{after}, +% \feat{open}, \feat{close}, or \texttt{thispagestyle}. +% \or\relax +% Le deuxiшme argument de la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre \feat{before}, \feat{after} +% \feat{open}, \feat{close} ou \feat{pagestyle}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0013] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0013|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfont has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{arg1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of \com{mtcsetfont} is incorrect; +% it should be the type of a mini-table (\texttt{parttoc} \dots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de \com{mtcsetfont} est incorrect; ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table +% (\texttt{parttoc} \dots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0014] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0014|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfont has a wrong second argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a sectionning level|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (part...subparagraph) or * .|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second argument of \com{mtcsetfont} is incorrect; it should be a sectionning level (i.e., a sectionning +% command without its backslash), like \texttt{part} \ldots, \texttt{subparagraph}. +% \or\relax +% Le deuxiшme argument de \com{mtcsetfont} est incorrect; ce devrait ъtre un niveau de sectionnement (c'est-р-dire, +% une commande de sectionnement sans sa contre-oblique), comme \texttt{part} \ldots, \texttt{subparagraph}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0015] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0015|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetformat has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of a \com{mtcsetformat} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument d'une macro \com{mtcsetformat} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0016] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0016|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetformat has a wrong second argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\texttt{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a formatting param choosen from:|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) pagenumwidth, tocrightmargin, dotinterval.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetformat} macro is wrong. It should be one of the following keywords: +% \texttt{pagenumwidth}, \texttt{tocrightmargin}, or \texttt{dotinterval}. +% \or\relax +% Le deuxiшme argument de la macro \com{mtcsetformat} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre l'un des mots-clщs suivants: +% \texttt{pagenumwidth}, \texttt{tocrightmargin} ou \texttt{dotinterval}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0017] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0017|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetpagenumbers has a wrong first|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) argument (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|)..|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot)|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} macro must be a type of minitable (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} doit ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0018] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0018|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetpagenumbers has a wrong second|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) argument (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...)|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} must be a keyword chosen in the following lists\FZ: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, +% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, +% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1}; +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, +% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% Le second argument de la macro \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} doit ъtre un mot-clщ choisi dans l'une des listes +% suivantes\,\FZ: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, +% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, +% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1}; +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, +% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-} et~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0019] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0019|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetrules has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot)|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetrules} is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument d'une macro \com{mtcsetrules} est incorrect. +% Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0020] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0020|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetrules has a wrong second argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...)|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetrules} must be a keyword chosen in the following lists\FZ: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, +% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, +% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1}; +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, +% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% Le second argument de la macro \com{mtcsetrules} doit ъtre un mot-clщ choisi dans l'une des listes +% suivantes\,\FZ: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, +% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, +% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1}; +% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, +% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-} et~\texttt{0}. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0021] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0021|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitle has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of a \com{mtcsettitle} macro is incorrect; it should be a mini-table type (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument d'une macro \com{mtcsettitle} est incorrect; +% ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0022] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0022|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitlefont has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsettitlefont} must be a mini-table type. You likely misspelt it. +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsettitlefont} doit ъtre un type de mini-table. Vous avez probablement +% fait une faute de frappe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0023] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0023|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsetfeature has incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) first (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|) and second (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|) arguments.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\Virage{} first and second arguments of the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro are \emph{incompatible}. You should verify them. +% \or\relax +% Les\Virage{} premier et deuxiшme arguments de la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} sont \emph{incompatibles}. +% Vous devriez les vщrifier. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0024] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0024|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsetfont has incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) first (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|) and second (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|) arguments.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetfont} macro takes a mini-table type as first argument, a sectionning level as second argument (or +% a star), and a sequence of font commands as third argument. The second argument must have a lower level than the first one +% (i.e., it is meaningless to specify the font for the chapter level entries for a minitoc or a secttoc). +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtcsetfont} prend un type de mini-table comme premier argument (ou une щtoile), un niveau de +% sectionnement comme deuxiшme argument et une sщquence de commandes de fontes comme troisiшme argument. Le deuxiшme +% argument doit ъtre de plus bas niveau que le premier (par exemple, il est absurde de spщcifier la fonte pour les +% entrщes de niveau chapitre dans une minitoc ou une secttoc). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0025] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0025|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsetformat has incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) first (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|) and second (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|) arguments.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\Virage{} first and second arguments of a \com{mtcsetformat} macro are \emph{incompatible}. +% One is likely to be misspelt. +% \or\relax +% Les\Virage{} premier et second arguments d'une macro \com{mtcsetformat} sont \Virage\emph{incompatibles}. +% Il est probable qu'il y~ait une faute de frappe dans l'un d'eux. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0026] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0026|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The optional argument of \mtcfixglossary|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) is wrong.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It must be omitted (chapter), or be part, chapter or section| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The optional argument of the \com{mtcfixglossary} macro is incorrect: it should be omitted (then it defaults +% to \texttt{chapter}) or be \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter}, or \texttt{section}. +% \or\relax +% L'argument optionnel de la macro \com{mtcfixglossary} est incorrect: il devrait ъtre omis (et alors il est pris +% par dщfaut comme \texttt{chapter}) ou ъtre \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter} ou \texttt{section}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0027] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0027|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The optional argument of \mtcfixindex|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) is wrong.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It must be omitted (chapter), or be part, chapter or section| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The optional argument of the \com{mtcfixindex} macro is incorrect: it should be omitted (then it defaults +% to \texttt{chapter}) or be \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter}, or \texttt{section}. +% \or\relax +% L'argument optionnel de la macro \com{mtcfixindex} est incorrect: il devrait ъtre omis (et alors il est pris +% par dщfaut comme \texttt{chapter}) ou ъtre \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter} ou \texttt{section}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0028] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0028|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Unable to patch the memoir class.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|So it remains incompatible. Sorry.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Your\Virage{} version of the \class{memoir} class is really \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package +% and cannot be automatically patched. Please update the \class{memoir} class and/or the \upack{minitoc} package +% from the CTAN archives or a recent distribution. +% \or\relax +% Votre\Virage{} version de la classe \class{memoir} est vraiment \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} et ne peut pas ъtre corrigщe automatiquement. Vous ъtes priщs de mettre р~jour +% la classe \class{memoir} et/ou le paquetage \upack{minitoc} depuis les archives ou une distribution rщcente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0029] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0029|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \env{mtchideinmainlof} environment is unbalanced, so the hiding in the main list of figures could be incorrect. +% \or\relax +% Un environnement \env{mtchideinmainlof} n'est pas щquilibrщ, donc le masquage dans la liste des figures +% principale pourrait ъtre incorrect. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0030] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0030|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \env{mtchideinmainlot} environment is unbalanced, so the hiding in the main list of tables could be incorrect. +% \or\relax +% Un environnement \env{mtchideinmainlot} n'est pas щquilibrщ, donc le masquage dans la liste des tableaux +% principale pourrait ъtre incorrect. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0031] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0031|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Unbalanced mtchideinmaintoc environment.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment is unbalanced, so the hiding in the main table of contents could be incorrect. +% \or\relax +% Un environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc} n'est pas щquilibrщ, donc le masquage dans la table des matiшres +% principale pourrait ъtre incorrect. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0032] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0032|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) You are using the \mtcloadmlo command|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) outside of a .mld file.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It will be ignored| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% It is \emph{forbidden} to use the \com{mtcloadmlo} macro outside of a \suffix{.mld} file (which is loaded via +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}). The command is ignored. +% \or\relax +% Il est \emph{interdit} d'utiliser la macro \com{mtcloadmlo} en dehors d'un fichier \suffix{.mld} (qui est chargщ via +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}). La commande est ignorщe. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0033] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0033|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsettitle uses|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) an illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of a minitoc macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table, like +% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, +% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot}. +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument d'une macro minitoc est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table, comme +% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, +% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0034] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0034|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsettitlefont uses|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) an illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of a minitoc macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table, like +% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, +% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot}. +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument d'une macro minitoc est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table, comme +% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, +% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0035] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0035|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) You have used the `insection' option in|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) a document where chapters are defined.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) This is not compatible: option ignored.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Remove this option.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \opt{insection} package option is intended for \class{article}-like document classes, to prevent floats +% from drifting out of their section. It is pointless for \class{book}-like or \class{report}-like document +% classes, where floats are contained in their chapter. +% \or\relax +% L'option de paquetage \opt{insection} est destinщe aux classes de document analogues р~\class{article}, +% pour empъcher les щlщments flottants de dщriver en dehors de leur section. Elle est sans objet pour les classes +% de document analogues р~\class{book} ou \class{report}, o∙ les щlщments flottants sont contenus dans leur +% chapitre. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0036] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0036|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Your minitoc installation is incomplete.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The minitoc language object file (.mld),|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) english.mld is not found.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) We will try to continue with default values.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ +% \verb|Please fix your minitoc installation.| +% \verb|Type to continue| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \xfile{english.mld} language definition file can not be found. You should verify your installation of the +% \upack{minitoc} package. As an interim solution, we provide the missing english titles. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier \xfile{english.mld} de dщfinition de langue n'a pas pu ъtre trouvщ. Vous devriez vщrifier votre +% installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Comme solution provisoire, nous fournissons les titres anglais manquants. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0037] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0037|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The \|\emph{\COMMAND}\verb| command is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) with the document class.|\\ +% \verb||\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb| ... |\\ +% \verb| |\\ +% \verb|l.39 \dominitoc[r]|\\ +% \verb| |\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have used a preparation or insertion command +% (\verb|\|\emph{\COMMAND}) which is not available for the +% document class you are using. Please verify that the document +% class is compatible with \upack{minitoc} and if the level of +% the mini-table is available in the document class +% (section-level mini-tables are not available in \class{book}- or +% \class{report}-like classes, chapter-level mini-tables are not +% available in \class{article}-like classes, mini-tables are not +% available in \class{letter}-like classes, etc.). +% \or\relax +% Vous avez utilisщ une commande de prщparation ou d'insertion +% (\verb|\|\emph{\COMMAND}) qui n'est pas disponible pour la +% classe de document que vous utilisez. Veuillez vщrifier que +% votre classe de document est compatible avec \upack{minitoc} +% et si le niveau de mini-table est disponible dans la classe de +% document (les mini-tables au niveau section ne sont pas +% disponibles dans les classes analogues р~\class{book} ou +% \class{report}, les mini-tables au niveau chapitre ne sont pas +% disponibles dans les classes analogues р~\class{article}, les mini-tables +% ne sont pas disponibles dans les classes analogues р~\class{letter}, etc.). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0038] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0038|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) Your minitoc installation is incomplete.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) A mandatory minitoc language object file,|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mld, is not found.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) We will try to continue with|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) current/default values.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ +% \verb|Please fix your minitoc installation.| +% \verb|Type to continue| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The mandatory \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} language definition file can not be found. +% You should verify your installation of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% As an interim solution, we provide the default english titles. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier obligatoire \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} de dщfinition de langue n'a pas pu ъtre trouvщ. +% Vous devriez vщrifier votre installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Comme solution provisoire, nous fournissons les titres anglais par dщfaut. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0039] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0039|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) But \part is undefined.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb| not usable| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are no adequate sectionning command available to use the \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro; even \com{part} is +% undefined. Verify your document class. +% \or\relax +% Il n'y a pas de commande de sectionnement adщquate disponible pour utiliser la macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature}; +% mъme \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie. Vщrifiez la classe de votre document. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0040] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0040|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The optional argument of \mtcfixnomenclature|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) is wrong.|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|It must be omitted (chapter), or be part, chapter or section| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The optional argument of the \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro is incorrect: it should be omitted (then it defaults +% to \texttt{chapter}) or be \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter}, or \texttt{section}. +% \or\relax +% L'argument optionnel de la macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature} est incorrect: il devrait ъtre omis (et alors il est pris +% par dщfaut comme \texttt{chapter}) ou ъtre \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter} ou \texttt{section}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0041] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0041|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset attempts to use|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) an undefined mini-table type (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are trying to set the offset for an inexistent or undefined type of mini-table. Verify the type given and the +% document class, and the loaded packages. +% \or\relax +% Vous essayez d'щtablir la profondeur pour un type de mini-table inexistant ou non dщfini. Vщrifiez le type donnщ et +% la classe du document, ainsi que les paquetages chargщs. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0042] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0042|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset has a wrong first argument|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetoffset} macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, +% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetoffset} est incorrect. +% Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[E0043] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0043|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset: Illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ +% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ +% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ +% \verb|? h|\\ +% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ +% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetoffset} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \or\relax +% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetoffset} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table +% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \lneed{15} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Messages from the \upack{mtcoff} package}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \or\relax +% \section{Messages щmis par le paquetage \upack{mtcoff}}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \pack{mtcoff} package gives only warning messages; their numbers begin with~\texttt{F}. +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} ne donne que des messages d'avertissement; leurs numщros commencent par~\texttt{F}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Warning messages} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Messages d'avertissement} +% \fi +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0001] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0001|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \addstarredchapter{...} should be replaced|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...}|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{addstarredchapter} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} +% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| +% command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{addstarredchapter} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe +% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| щquivalente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0002] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0002|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \addstarredpart{...} should be replaced|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...}|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{addstarredpart} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} +% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| +% command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{addstarredpart} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| щquivalente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0003] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0003|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \addstarredsection{...} should be replaced|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...}|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{addstarredsection} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} +% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| +% command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{addstarredsection} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe +% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| щquivalente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0004] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0004|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \mtcaddchapter{...} should be replaced|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...}|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcaddchapter} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} +% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| +% command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcaddchapter} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe +% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| щquivalente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0005] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0005|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \mtcaddpart{...} should be replaced|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...}|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcaddpart} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} +% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| +% command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcaddpart} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| щquivalente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0006] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0006|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \mtcaddsection{...} should be replaced|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...}|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcaddsection} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} +% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| +% command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcaddsection} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe +% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| щquivalente. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0007] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0007|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) You should scan (backwards) your .log|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) file to find some commands needing|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) to be replaced if you decide to|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) DEFINITELY stop using minitoc for this|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) document. It is more wise to keep the|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) \usepackage lines for minitoc and mtcoff|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) and to comment out only one of them.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You have replaced the use of the \upack{minitoc} package by its substitute \pack{mtcoff}. +% It is recommended to keep the \com{usepackage} lines for both \upack{minitoc} and \pack{mtcoff} +% and to comment out only one of them. If you decide to \emph{definitely} stop using \upack{minitoc} for this document, +% it is wise to scan (backwards) the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file (after a compilation using \pack{mtcoff}) +% to locate some commands needing to be replaced. +% \or\relax +% Vous avez remplacщ l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} par son substitut \pack{mtcoff}. +% Il est recommandщ de conserver les lignes \com{usepackage} р~la fois pour \upack{minitoc} et \pack{mtcoff} +% et d'en mettre une seule en commentaire. Si vous dщcidez d'arrъter \emph{dщfinitivement} d'utiliser \upack{minitoc} +% pour ce document, il est prudent d'examiner (en remontant depuis la fin) le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} +% (aprшs une compilation utilisant \pack{mtcoff}) pour localiser quelques commandes qu'il faut remplacer. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0008] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0008|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) The macro \kernafter|\emph{\STRING}\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) should not be used out of context|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are using one of the \verb|\kernafter|\emph{\STRING} macros with the \pack{mtcoff} package. +% The result may be impredictible. You can only redefine these macros to adjust +% the position of the bottom rule of a type of minitables. Any other usage is +% meaningless without the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax +% Vous utilisez l'une des macros \verb|\kernafter|\emph{\STRING} avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Le rщsultat peut ъtre imprщvisible. Vous pouvez seulement redщfinir ces macros pour +% ajuster la position du filet infщrieur d'un type de minitables. Tout autre usage +% sans objet sans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[F0009] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0009|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) The macro \|\emph{\STRING}\verb|offset|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) should not be used out of context|\\ +% \verb|(mtcoff) on line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are using one of the \verb|\|\emph{\STRING}\verb|offset| macros with the \pack{mtcoff} package. +% The result may be impredictible. You can only redefine these macros to adjust +% the horizontal position of a type of minitables. Any other usage is +% meaningless without the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax +% Vous utilisez l'une des macros \verb|\|\emph{\STRING}\verb|offset| avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% Le rщsultat peut ъtre imprщvisible. Vous pouvez seulement redщfinir ces macros pour +% ajuster la position horizontale d'un type de minitables. Tout autre usage +% sans objet sans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \lneed{15} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Message from the \upack{mtcpatchmem} package}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} +% \or\relax +% \section{Message щmis par le paquetage \upack{mtcpatchmem}}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} +% \fi +% +% \begin{xmessage}[M0001] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package mtcpatchmem Info: M0001|\\ +% \verb|Package mtcpatchmem Info: mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You are using a version of the \class{memoir} class which needs a correction. This correction has been +% automatically loaded if necessary. Very recent versions should not need it anymore. See +% chapter~\vref{memoir-patch}. +% \or\relax +% Vous utilisez une version de la classe \class{memoir} qui nщcessite une correction. Cette correction a щtщ +% chargщe automatiquement si nщcessaire. Les versions trшs rщcentes ne devraient plus en avoir besoin. Voir le +% chapitre~\vref{memoir-patch}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \def\jsection#1{\section*{\null\hspace*{-1cm}\fbox{\mbox{#1}}}} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Jargon}\label{c+jargon} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{5}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.75em} +% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.75em} +% \minitoc +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} +% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{0pt} +% \mtcskip +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +% \minilot +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} +% This chapter attempts to explain some terms used in this documentation, and describes some useful files and suffixes. +% Many data come from the documentations of various cited packages (often from the abstract), and +% from~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}. +% \clearpage +% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \jsection{.\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{``.''} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\usuffix{.aux}]\isuffix{.aux} The suffix of the name for an \emph{auxiliary} file of a \LaTeX{} document. It carries +% some information from a \LaTeX{} run to the next. +% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.cls} The suffix for the name of a document class file, loaded via \com{documentclass}. +% \item[\usuffix{.dtx}]\isuffix{.dtx} The suffix of the name for a documented source file of a \LaTeX{} package or class. This file +% is often associated with a \suffix{.ins} file to generate the package or class. Compiling a \suffix{.dtx} +% file with \LaTeX{} generates the documentation. +% \item[\usuffix{.F}]\isuffix{.F} The base suffix of the name for a minilof file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.F}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilof. +% \item[\usuffix{.G}]\isuffix{.G} The base suffix of the name for a partlof file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.G}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.H}]\isuffix{.H} The base suffix of the name for a sectlof file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.H}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.ins}]\isuffix{.ins} The suffix of the name for an installation file of a \LaTeX{} package or class. When +% compiled with \LaTeX, it extracts the files of the package or class from an \suffix{.dtx} file. +% \item[\usuffix{.lof}]\isuffix{.lof} The suffix of the name of the ``list of figures'' file. +% \item[\usuffix{.log}]\isuffix{.log} The suffix of the name of the log file (compilation report). +% \item[\usuffix{.lot}]\isuffix{.lot} The suffix of the name of the ``list of tables'' file. +% \item[\usuffix{.M}]\isuffix{.M} The base suffix of the name for a minitoc file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.M}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minitoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.maf}]\isuffix{.maf} The suffix of the name of the file generated by the \optd{listfiles} package option. This file +% contains the list of the minitoc auxiliary files. +% \item[\usuffix{.mld}]\isuffix{.mld} The suffix for the name of a minitoc language definition file. A minitoc language definition file +% contains the definitions for the mini-table titles in a given language. +% \item[\usuffix{.mlf}]\isuffix{.mlf} The base suffix of the name for a minilof file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.mlf}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilof. +% \item[\usuffix{.mlo}]\isuffix{.mlo} The suffix for the name of a minitoc language object file. For some exotic languages, the encoding +% makes not easy to put direcly the titles in a \suffix{.mld} file; +% hence the \suffix{.mld} file must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. +% \item[\usuffix{.mlt}]\isuffix{.mlt} The base suffix of the name for a minilot file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.mlt}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilot. +% \item[\usuffix{.mtc}]\isuffix{.mtc} The base suffix of the name for a minitoc file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.mtc}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minitoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.P}]\isuffix{.P} The base suffix of the name for a parttoc file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.P}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the parttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.plf}]\isuffix{.plf} The base suffix of the name for a partlof file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.plf}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.plt}]\isuffix{.plt} The base suffix of the name for a partlot file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.plt}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlot. +% \item[\usuffix{.ptc}]\isuffix{.ptc} The base suffix of the name for a parttoc file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.ptc}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the parttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.S}]\isuffix{.S} The base suffix of the name for a secttoc file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.S}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the secttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.slf}]\isuffix{.slf} The base suffix of the name for a sectlof file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.slf}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.slt}]\isuffix{.slt} The base suffix of the name for a sectlot file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.slt}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlot. +% \item[\usuffix{.stc}]\isuffix{.stc} The base suffix of the name for a secttoc file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.stc}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the secttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.sty}]\isuffix{.sty} The suffix for the name of a package file, loaded via \com{usepackage}. +% \item[\usuffix{.T}]\isuffix{.T} The base suffix of the name for a minilot file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.T}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilot. +% \item[\usuffix{.tex}]\isuffix{.tex} The suffix of the name of a \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ normal source file. +% \item[\usuffix{.toc}]\isuffix{.toc} The suffix of the name of the ``table of contents'' file. +% \item[\usuffix{.U}]\isuffix{.U} The base suffix of the name for a partlot file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.U}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlot. +% \item[\usuffix{.V}]\isuffix{.V} The base suffix of the name for a sectlot file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. +% The full suffix is \suffix{.V}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlot. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{A}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{A} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[absolute numbering] The auxiliary files for the mini-tables have a suffix containing an \emph{absolute +% number}, i.e.,~the number is unique and always increasing from the first part, chapter or section; this has +% solved some obscure problems, and also made obsolete some commands, like \com{firstpartis}, +% \com{firstchapteris}, and \com{firstsectionis}. The absolute numbering has been introduced in +% version~\#23. +% \item[\upack{abstract}] The \pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) needs some +% precautions if used with its \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[adjustment] Some \upack{minitoc} commands and environments are known as ``adjustment commands'' because +% they are used in +% some circumstances to ``adjust'' a counter or to alter the displaying of contents files. These commands and +% environments are +% \com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc}, \com{adjuststc}, +% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, +% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, \com{incrementstc}, +% \com{mtcaddpart}, \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, +% \com{mtcfixglossary}, \com{mtcfixindex}, \com{mtcfixnomenclature}, +% \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, +% \env{mtchideinmainlof}, and +% \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% It is \virage\emph{strongly recommended} that the user verifies the result of such adjustments in the final document. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\feat{after}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed \emph{after} a given type of mini-table. +% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \item[\pack{afterpage}] The \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage} package is used to add code to be executed \emph{after} the +% next page break. +% \item[\upack{alnumsec}] +% The \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} allows you to use alphanumeric section +% numbering, e.g. A.~Introduction; III.~International Law. It's +% output is similar to the \pack{alphanum} package (part of the \class{jura} class~\cite{jura}), +% but you can use the standard \LaTeX\ sectionning commands. Thus it is possible to switch numbering +% schemes easily. Greek letters, double letters~(bb) and different delimiters around them are supported. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.alnumsec} and +% section~\vref{faq.42}). +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{alphanum}] The \pack{alphanum}\imess{W0025} package, which is part of the specialized \class{jura} class~\cite{jura}, +% by \xname{Felix}{Braun}, is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{3} +% \item[\AmS] The\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}} +% American Mathematical Society~\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}. This society has developped some document classes: +% unfortunately, \class{amsart} and \class{amsproc} are \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package; +% \class{amsbook} is compatible but needs precautions. +% \item[\uclass{amsart}, \xfile{amsart.cls}]\iclass{amsart} A\imess{W0026} document class for articles~\cite{amslatex}, +% provided by the American Mathematical +% Society (\AmS). Unfortunately, this class is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\uclass{amsbook}, \xfile{amsbook.cls}]\iclass{amsbook} A\imess{I0041} document class for books~\cite{amslatex}, +% provided by the American Mathematical +% Society (\AmS). This class is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package, but needs some precautions. +% See section~\vref{s+AMS}. +% \item[\uclass{amsproc}, \xfile{amsproc.cls}]\iclass{amsproc} A\imess{W0027} document class for conference +% proceedings~\cite{amslatex}, +% provided by the American Mathematical Society (\AmS). Unfortunately, this class is +% \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{Antomega}] \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% is a language support package for \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), based on the original +% \xfile{omega.sty} file of the Omega project~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). However, it provides some additional useful +% functionalities. +% Some languages definition files (\suffix{.mld}) use titles taken from \pack{Antomega}: \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, +% \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, +% \xfile{russian2m.mld}, \xfile{russian2o.mld}, and \xfile{spanish3.mld}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\env{appendices}] See \upack{appendix} below. +% \item[\upack{appendix}] The\imess{I0042} \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) +% provides various ways of formatting the titles of appendices. Also (\texttt{sub})\env{appendices}\ienv{subappendices} +% environments\ienv{appendices}\ienv{subappendices} +% are provided that can be used, for instance, for per chapter/section appendices. If this package +% is used with \upack{minitoc}, some precautions are needed (see section~\vref{faq+appendix}). +% \item[\upack{\Arabi}] \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} is a system (by \name{Youssef}{Jabri}) to prepare \LaTeX{} documents in the +% \lopt{arabic} or \lopt{farsi} languages. The titles in \xfile{arabi.mld} and \xfile{farsi3.mld} come from the \xfile{arabic.ldf} +% and \xfile{farsi.ldf} files of this system. +% \item[\upack{Arab\TeX}] \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} is a package (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}) to prepare \LaTeX{} documents +% in the \lopt{arabic} or \lopt{hebrew} languages. The titles in \xfile{arab.mld} (or \xfile{arabic.mld}), +% \xfile{arab2.mld} and +% \xfile{hebrew.mld} come from \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}, while those of \xfile{hebrew2.mld} come +% from \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \item[\upack{Arm\TeX}] \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} is a package (prepared by \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, +% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}) to prepare \LaTeX{} +% documents in the \lopt{armenian} language. The titles in \xfile{armenian.mld} come from Arm\TeX. +% \item[\uclass{article}]\iclass{article} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{classes}. It has sectionning commands: \com{part} +% and \com{section} (and below), but not \com{chapter}. It is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package +% and you can make mini-tables at the part and section levels (but, of course, not at the unavailable chapter level). +% \item[\com{AtBeginDocument}] +% This standard macro allows to add code to be executed at the beginning of the document (if fact, at the very +% end of its preamble, but inside it, which implies some restrictions), at the point where \verb|\begin{document}| is +% processed. This allows a package (or a class) to add code without creating any conflicts with other packages +% trying to do the same. +% \item[\com{AtEndDocument}] +% This standard macro allows to add code to be executed at the end of the document, at the point +% where \verb|\end{document}| is processed. This allows a package (or a class) to add code without creating any +% conflicts with other packages trying to do the same. +% \item[\textbf{autoconfiguration}] Since version~\#28, \upack{minitoc} detects automaticaly if the extensions (suffixes) +% of the file names are limited to 3~characters (like under MS-DOS) or not. This process is named autoconfiguration. +% The package option \opt{shortext} forces the limitation to 3~characters. +% \item[auxiliary] During the preparation of a document, the \LaTeX\ system uses some \textbf{auxiliary} files to +% store information. The standard auxiliary files are \emph{document}\suffix{.aux} (for cross-reference +% labels, counters, etc.), \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} for the table of contents, +% \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} for the list of figures, and \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} for the list of +% tables. The \upack{minitoc} package creates its own auxiliary files, to store the contents of each +% mini-table. These files are the \emph{minitoc auxiliary files}, whose names are +% \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{extension}, the table~\vref{t+suffixes} lists the possible extensions. +% See also the \suffix{.maf} extension above. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{babel}] The \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and others) is +% a large package useful to write \LaTeX\ documents in many languages, not only english. +% Many titles for mini-tables come directly from the \pack{babel} package. +% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} A package for typesetting documents in the \lopt{bangla} +% (\lopt{bengali}) language using the {\TeX/\LaTeX} systems; see~\cite{bangtex}. +% \item[\feat{before}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed \emph{before} a given type of mini-table. +% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \item[\BibTeX] A program by \name{Oren}{Patashnik} to make bibliographies in \LaTeX{} documents. Distributed with \LaTeX. +% See~\cite{ttb,btxdoc,btxhak,btxfaq}. +% \item[\upack{bibtopic}]\ipack{bibtopic} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{bibtopic} for including several bibliographies in a document. +% These bibliographies might be considered to cover different topics (hence the name) or bibliographic +% material (e.g., primary and secondary literature) and the like. +% \item[\upack{bibunits}] The \pack{bibunits} package~\cite{bibunits} allows separate bibliographies for different +% units or parts of the text. The units can be chapters, sections or \env{bibunit} environments. This +% package is compatible with a wide variety of packages, including, but not limited to, \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes}, +% \pack{overcite}~\cite{overcite} and \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. +% \item[\uclass{book}]\iclass{book} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{classes}. It has sectionning commands: \com{part}, +% \com{chapter}, and \com{section} (and below). It is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package and +% you can make mini-tables at the part and chapter levels (but not at the section level, to avoid too many +% auxiliary files). +% \item[\pack{booktabs}] This nice package~\cite{booktabs} helps to the preparation of better tables, \emph{without} +% vertical rules nor double rules. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{C}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{C} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{calc}] The \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} package makes easier the numeric computations (on counters and dimensions) +% when preparing a \LaTeX{} document. +% \item[cappuccino] See ``minutes'' below. +% \item[\upack{captcont}] The \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} provides support for retaining +% a figure or caption number across several float environments --- usually over several pages. It allows +% control over the contents of the List-of-Figures and the List-of-Tables pages. It should be compatible +% with all other packages that modify or extend the float environment and with the \pack{subfig} +% package~\cite{subfig} in particular. +% \item[\upack{caption}] The \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\imess{W0033} provides many ways to customize the captions +% in floating environments such \env{figure} and \env{table} and cooperates with many other packages. +% \item[\upack{caption2}] The\footnote{This text comes from the documentation of the \pack{caption} package. +% The \pack{caption} and \pack{caption2} packages have the same author, \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}.} +% \pack{caption2} package~\cite{caption2}\imess{W0034} used to be an experimental side-version +% of the regular \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} and has been superseed by the new release of +% the regular \pack{caption} package version~\mbox{3.0} in December 2003. \pack{caption2} is still +% some kind of supported, that means it will be part of future releases and bugs will still be fixed, +% so existing documents using this package will still compile. But \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt} will \emph{not} answer +% questions about this package anymore except questions on migrating to the regular version of +% the \pack{caption} package. And it will \emph{not} be adapted or enhanced in the future. +% +% So please don't use this package for new documents. It's old, it's obsolete and it starts to begin smell bad! +% +% Please ignore all hints in books or other documents which try to tell you that the \pack{caption2} package should +% be used instead of the \pack{caption} package -- these hints are outdated since December 2003. +% \item[catcode] Short for ``category code''. In\footnote{This definition is taken from +% ``\textsl{The \TeX{}book}''~\cite{texbook,ftb}.} +% the first place, it's wise to have a precise idea of what your keyboard sends to the machine. There are 256~characters +% that \TeX\ might encounter at each step, in a file or in a line of text typed directly on your terminal. These +% 256~characters are classified into 16~categories numbered~0 to~15. See table~\vref{t+J+catcodes}. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \def?{\phantom{0}} +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Category codes}\label{t+J+catcodes} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}cll@{}} +% \toprule +% &\textbf{Category}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ +% \midrule +% ?0&Escape character&(\texttt{\bs}~usually)\\ +% ?1&Beginning of group&(\texttt{\{}~usually)\\ +% ?2&End of group&(\texttt{\}}~usually)\\ +% ?3&Math shift&(\texttt{\$}~usually)\\ +% ?4&Alignment tab&(\texttt{\&}~usually)\\ +% ?5&End of line&(\emph{return}~usually)\\ +% ?6&Parameter&(\texttt{\#}~usually)\\ +% ?7&Superscript&(\texttt{\textasciicircum}~usually)\\ +% ?8&Subscript&(\texttt{\_}~usually)\\ +% ?9&Ignored character&(\emph{null}~usually)\\ +% 10&Space&(\texttt{\textvisiblespace}~usually)\\ +% 11&Letter&(\texttt{A}, \dots, \texttt{Z} and~\texttt{a}, \dots, \texttt{z})\\ +% 12&Other character&(none of the above or below)\\ +% 13&Active character&(\texttt{\textasciitilde}~usually)\\ +% 14&Comment character&(\texttt{\%}~usually)\\ +% 15&Invalid character&(\emph{delete}~usually)\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% It's not necessary for you to learn these code numbers; the point is only that \TeX\ responds to 16~different +% types of characters. At first, ``\textsl{The \TeX{}book}'' led you to believe that there were just two types --- the +% escape character and the others --- and then you were told about two more types, the grouping symbols~\texttt{\{} +% and~\texttt{\}}. The category code for any character can be changed at any time, but it is usually wise to stick to a +% particular scheme. +% \item[\upack{ccaption}] The \pack{ccaption} package~\cite{ccaption}\imess{W0035} provides commands for ``continuation captions'', +% unnumbered captions, and a legend heading for any environment. Methods are provided to define captions +% for use outside float environments, and to define new float environments and subfloats. Tools are provided +% for defining your own captioning styles. +% \item[\upack{chngpage}] The \pack{chngpage} package (by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) provides commands to change +% the page layout in the middle of a document, and to robustly check for typesetting on odd or even pages. +% \item[Chapter~0] +% Some documents do not begin with chapter number one, but with chapter number zero (or even a weirder number). +% This caused a serious problem in old versions of the \upack{minitoc} package: the minitocs appeared in the +% wrong chapters, and a first correction was the introduction of specific commands (\com{firstchapteris} and +% co.). With the addition of the absolute numbering of the mini-table auxiliary files (see \emph{absolute} above), +% the problem was solved in \upack{minitoc} version~\#23, and these commands became obsolete. +% See section~\vref{faq.5}. +% \item[\upack{chapterbib}] The \pack{chapterbib} package~\cite{chapterbib} allows multiple bibliographies in a +% \LaTeX\ document, including items \com{cite}'d in more than one bibliography. Despite the name +% ``\pack{chapterbib}'', \emph{the bibliographies are for each included file}, not necessarily for each +% chapter. +% \item[\uopt{checkfiles}]\ioptd{checkfiles} +% A package option of \upack{minitoc}. It checks every mini-table to look if it is empty; then empty mini-tables +% are \emph{not} printed. This is the default. The opposite package option (\opt{nocheckfiles}) prints even the +% empty mini-tables, which look ugly. See section~\vref{o+checkfiles}. +% \item[\upack{CJK}] The \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and others), is a set of packages and fonts to +% prepare \LaTeX\ documents in some oriental language, like chinese, japanese, korean (with Hang√l or Hanja fonts), +% and thai, plus some variants of russian. +% The titles of mini-tables for these languages come from some \pack{CJK} files and were inserted in +% \suffix{.mld} files when possible, or in \suffix{.mlo} files when the encoding is incompatible with the +% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx} mechanism; +% then the \suffix{.mld} file must input the corresponding \suffix{.mlo} file. +% \pack{CJK} implements the GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8, and CNS encodings (on 16~bits, except UTF~8 on 24~bits). +% See table~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Encoding schemes implemented in \upack{CJK}}\label{t+jargon+CJK}\ipack{CJK} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{1~byte}&\textbf{2~bytes}&\textbf{3~bytes}\\ +% \midrule +% GB&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF7}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% Big~5&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF9}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% JIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF4}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% SJIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFC}&---\\ +% KS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFD}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% UTF~8&\texttt{0xC0}--\texttt{0xEF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}\\ +% CNS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% +% Some encoding schemes (Big~5, SJIS) have gaps in the range of the second byte. +% It is difficult to input Big~5 and SJIS encoding directly into \TeX\ since some of the values used for the +% encodings' second bytes are reserved for control characters: `\texttt{\{}', `\texttt{\}}', and +% `\texttt{\bs}'. Redefining them breaks a lot of things in \LaTeX; to avoid this, preprocessors are normally +% used which convert the second byte into a number followed by a delimiter character. For further details, +% please refer to~\cite{lunde1993,lunde}; \name{Ken}{Lunde} discusses in great detail all \pack{CJK} encodings which are +% or have been in use. +% Please note that the \upack{minitoc} package uses the \suffix{.mlo} files as a workaround for this problem; +% see section~\vref{fo+lang}. +% \item[class] The \textbf{class}\footnote{This note is extracted from~\cite{NSSL2E}, then adapted.} is the first +% information \LaTeX{} needs to know when processing an +% input file; it is the type of document the author wants to create. This +% is specified with the \com{documentclass} command. +% \begin{quote} +% \com{documentclass}\verb|[|\emph{options}\verb|]{|\emph{class}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% \noindent Here \emph{class} specifies the type of document to be created. +% Table~\vref{t+documentclasses} lists the standard document classes~\cite{classes}. The \LaTeXe{} distribution provides additional +% classes for other documents, including letters and slides, but the \upack{minitoc} package has not +% been tested with all these classes. The +% \emph{options} parameters customize the behaviour of the document +% class. The options have to be separated by commas. +% The standard classes supported by the \upack{minitoc} package +% are listed in section~\vref{s+supported+classes}. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Standard document classes}\label{t+documentclasses} +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Class}&\textbf{Usage}\\ +% \midrule +% \class{article}~\cite{classes}&For articles in scientific journals, presentations, short reports, program documentation, +% invitations, \ldots\\ +% \class{proc}~\cite{proc}&For preparing conference proceedings; analog to the \class{article} class.\\ +% \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc}&For preparing the documentation of a package or of a class; analog to the \class{article} class.\\ +% \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews}&For preparing the announcement of a \LaTeX{} release; analog to the \class{article} class.\\ +% \class{report}~\cite{classes}&For longer reports containing several chapters, small books, PhD theses, \ldots\\ +% \class{book}~\cite{classes}&For real books.\\ +% \class{letter}~\cite{letter}&For letters; as this class has no sectionning commands, do not use \upack{minitoc} with +% this class.\\ +% \class{slides}~\cite{slides}&For slides; the class uses big sans serif +% letters. You might want to consider using Beamer\TeX{}$^a$ instead. +% Do not use \upack{minitoc} with these classes.\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$^a$\phantom{-}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}\hfill\null}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \item[\feat{close}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately after (\emph{close}) the insertion +% of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table. +% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \item[\uscrp{cmk}]\iscrp{cmk} +% An example of shell script to prepare the documentation files in PostScript format from the ones in PDF format. +% This script should be adapted to your needs. +% \item[CMR] For ``Computer Modern Roman''. The roman subset of the Computer Modern fonts. See ``Computer Modern'' +% below. +% \item[\texttt{comp.text.tex}] The Usenet news group about \TeX\ and \LaTeX, in english. +% \item[Computer Modern] A set of fonts~\cite{cmt} designed by \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth} for \TeX. Initially +% they were built with {\MF}~\cite{meta-des,metabook} (a program also created by \textsc{Knuth}), but PostScript +% type~1 (vector) versions +% exist today, with extensions (for accented characters, mainly): the EC-fonts (European Computer Modern), +% the cm-super fonts, etc. +% \item[counter] A \TeX\ register containing an integer value. There are 256 counters (from~0 to~255) in \TeX, but +% \LaTeX\ uses some of them, and many packages need some counters for their own usage. An extended version +% derived from \TeX, \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, allows more counters. Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) also offers more counters. +% \item[CTAN] The \emph{Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network}, a~set of computer archives containing most of +% the \TeX\ related resources (like fonts, sofware, documentations, packages). They are accessible via +% Internet. See \url{http://ctan.org}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{D}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{D} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{dblaccnt}] I~needed to use the \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} package to typeset ``The pdf\TeX\ Program'' +% entry~\cite{han} in the bibliography, because its author's first name contains a double +% accent \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}. +% \item[\texttt{de.comp.text.tex}] The Usenet news group about \TeX\ and \LaTeX, in german. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Depths for sectionning commands}\label{t+j+depths} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Class:}&\textbf{\class{book}}&\textbf{\class{report}}&\textbf{\class{article}}\\ +% \midrule +% \dcnt{secnumdepth}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$3$\\ +% \com{part}&$-1$&$-1$&$0$\\ +% \com{chapter}&$\phantom{-}0$&$\phantom{-}0$&$\times$\\ +% \com{section}&$\phantom{-}1$&$\phantom{-}1$&$1$\\ +% \com{subsection}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$2$\\ +% \com{subsubsection}&$\phantom{-}3$&$\phantom{-}3$&$3$\\ +% \com{paragraph}&$\phantom{-}4$&$\phantom{-}4$&$4$\\ +% \com{subparagraph}&$\phantom{-}5$&$\phantom{-}5$&$5$\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% \item[depth] In the standard documents classes (and in most classes) with sectionning commands, we have a notion of +% \textbf{depth}. The depth of a sectionning command determines the numbering level in its title (from the value of the +% \dcnt{secnumdepth} counter), and the entries for a given sectionning command appear in the main table of contents +% if the depth of this sectionning command is lower than or equal to the value of the \dcnt{tocdepth} counter; see +% table~\vref{t+j+depths} for the depths of the sectionning commands in the main document classes. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The mechanism is analog for the parttocs, minitocs, and secttocs, using the values of the \dcnt{parttocdepth}, +% \dcnt{minitocdepth}, and \dcnt{secttocdepth} counters. If you use sub-figures or sub-tables, the corresponding +% mini-tables use counters like \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, \dcnt{minilofdepth}, +% \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth}, and \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[descriptor] (file descriptor). A software entity describing the interface between a program and a file. +% For most programs and operating systems, the number of file descriptors is limited. For \TeX{} (and \LaTeX), +% there are 16~file descriptors for writing and 16~file descriptors for reading. +% \item[\xfile{devanagari.sty}] The \emph{\devnag{} for \TeX{}} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}) package~\cite{devanagari} provides a +% way to typeset high-quality \devnag{} text with \TeX{}. \devnag{} is a script used for writing and printing +% Sanskrit and a number of languages in Northern and Central India such as Hindi and Marathi, as well as Nepali. +% The \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} package was originally developed in May 1991 by Frans Velthuis for the University of Groningen, +% The Netherlands, and it was the first system to provide support for the \devnag{} script for \TeX{}. +% ^^A \item[\xfile{duplex2v.pro}] A PostScript header file, which tries to activate recto-verso printing. It works +% ^^A with some HP and Canon PostScript printers. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{E}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{E} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\texttt{em}] A length unit equal (approximatively) to the width of a~``m'' letter in the current font. +% \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk} +% An example of shell script to prepare the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script +% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] A bibliographic style derived from the \xfile{plain.bst}\isuffix{.bst} standard style, but +% modified with the \tool{urlbst} tool~\cite{urlbst} to add an~\texttt{URL} field. Family names of authors +% and editors are in small caps, years are in old style digits. +% \item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the font (e.g., whether the 65th character is ``A''). +% The most common value for TeX font encoding is OT1. The other predefined option is T1 (extended \TeX). There's also +% US~ASCII (7~bit), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bit), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}), +% etc. See table~\vref{t+var-encodings} and ~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Various encodings}\label{t+var-encodings} +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{Comment}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{ansinew}&Windows~3.1 ANSI encoding, extension of Latin-1.\\ +% \texttt{applemac}&Macintosh encoding.\\ +% \texttt{ascii}&ASCII encoding for the range 32--127.\\ +% \texttt{cp1250}&Windows 1250 (Central and Eastern Europe) code page.\\ +% \texttt{cp1251}&Windows 1251 (Cyrillic) code page.\\ +% \texttt{cp1252}&Synonym for \texttt{ansinew}.\\ +% \texttt{cp1257}&Windows 1257 (Baltic) code page.\\ +% \texttt{cp437}&IBM~437 code page, which is the original +% American code page and contains letters, digits, +% mathematical symbols, and some characters useful in the +% construction of pseudographics.\\ +% \texttt{cp437de}&IBM~437 code page (German version).\\ +% \texttt{cp850}&IBM~850 code page, almost the same as +% ISO~Latin~1, but character arrangement is not the same.\\ +% \texttt{cp852}&IBM~852 code page.\\ +% \texttt{cp855}&IBM~855 code page (Cyrillic).\\ +% \texttt{cp865}&IBM~865 code page.\\ +% \texttt{cp866}&IBM~866 code page (MS-DOS Cyrillic).\\ +% \texttt{decmulti}&DEC Multinational Character Set encoding.\\ +% \texttt{latin1}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed +% for most Western European languages, including Danish, +% Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, Flemish, French, +% German, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, +% Spanish, and Swedish. Some non-European languages, such as +% Hawaiian and Indonesian, are also written in this +% character set.\\ +% \texttt{latin2}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed +% for most Central European languages, including Croatian, +% Czech, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian.\\ +% \texttt{latin3}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed +% for Esperanto, Maltese, Turkish, and Galicean. However, +% \texttt{latin5} is the prefered character set for +% Turkish.\\ +% \texttt{latin4}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed +% for the Baltic languages (Latvian, Estonian, and +% Lithuanian), Greenlandic, and Lappish (Sсmi).\\ +% \texttt{latin5}&Is essentially the same as +% \texttt{latin1}, except that some Turkish characters replace +% less commonly used Icelandic letters.\\ +% \texttt{next}&Next encoding.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \item[environment] An environment is a delimited domain in a document, where special rules apply. Such a +% domain is delimited by \verb|\begin{|\emph{env}\verb|}| \ldots{} \verb|\end{|\emph{env}\verb|}| and may take +% arguments, like this: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\begin{minipage}[t]{.5\textwidth}|\\ +% \verb|\end{minipage}| +% \end{quote} +% \item[\packa{\eTeX}{etex}] \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} is an extented version of \TeX, with much more +% registers and many new primitives; it supports also left-to-right and right-to-left writing. +% \item[ethiop]\ipack{ethiop} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{ethiop} giving the \lopt{ethiopian} language support for the \pack{babel} +% package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \item[extension] The name of a file is often made of 2~parts: a \emph{base name} and an \emph{entension}, +% separated by a dot. On some old operating systems, the base name is limited to 8~characters and the extension +% to 3~characters (the ``8+3'' scheme). See also sections~\vref{MS-DOS} and~\vref{.8+3}. +% It is strongly recommended to not have more than one dot in a file name. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{F}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{F} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\xfile{farsi.sty}] See \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} below. +% \item[\upack{Farsi\TeX}]\ipacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} A package~\cite{farsi} to typeset a document in the \lopt{farsi} (iranian, persian) language. +% See~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}. But this package is today available only for \LaTeX2.09. +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+farsi1} and~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. +% \item[features] A feature (for the \upack{minitoc} package) is a set of actions executed at each occurrence of +% a mini-table of a given type. Five features are associated to each mini-table type: a ``\feat{before}'' feature +% (executed before the whole mini-table), an ``\feat{after}'' feature (executed after the whole mini-table), +% a ``\feat{open}'' feature, executed just before inserting the mini-table file, +% a ``\feat{close}'' feature, executed just after inserting the mini-table file, +% and a +% ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature, which is executed with the mini-table to set its page style. +% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \item[\env{filecontents}] +% A special \LaTeX{} environment. It allows to create a file (whose name is passed as an argument of the +% environment) by writing the contents of the environment into that file: +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\bs begin\{filecontents\}\{\emph{file}\}}\\ +% \texttt{\ldots\emph{contents}~~\ldots}\\ +% \texttt{\bs end\{filecontents\}} +% \end{quote} +% This environment should be used \emph{before} \com{documentclass}. It is used in \xfile{minitoc.ins} +% to prepare the \suffix{.mlo} files (see section~\vref{fo+lang}) and some files used in the compilation +% of the documentation. +% \item[\com{firstchapteris}] An obsolete command, temporarily used as a workaround for the Chapter~0 problem; +% see~\textbf{Chapter~0} and \textbf{absolute numbering} above, and section~\vref{faq.5}. +% \item[\com{firstpartis}] Analog to \com{firstchapteris} above. +% \item[\com{firstsectionis}] Analog to \com{firstchapteris} above. +% \item[\pack{float}] This package~\cite{float} (by \name{Anselm}{Lingnau})\imess{I0053} improves the interface for defining floating +% objects such as figures and tables in \LaTeX{}. It adds the notion of a `float style' that governs appearance +% of floats. New kinds of floats may be defined using a \com{newfloat} command analogous to \com{newtheorem}. +% This package also incorporates the functionality of \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}'s package \pack{here}, +% giving floating environments a \texttt{[H]} option which means `PUT IT HERE' (as opposed to the +% standard \texttt{[h]} option which means `You may put it here if you like'). +% \item[\com{FloatBarrier}] +% A macro from the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins}. It sets up a ``barrier'' against the drift of +% floats (like figures or tables). +% \item[\pack{floatrow}] This package~\cite{floatrow} (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} is an extension of the +% \pack{float} package~\cite{float} (by \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), reusing its code, with extensions from +% the \pack{rotfloat} package~\cite{rotfloat} (by \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}). +% \item[\pack{flowfram}] This\imess{W0097} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} is designed to enable you +% to create text \emph{frames} +% in a document such that the contents of the \env{document} environment flow from one frame to the next in the +% order that they were defined. This is useful for creating posters or magazines or any other form of document that +% does not conform to the standard one or two column layout. As this package defines its own system of +% minitocs, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk} +% An example of shell script to prepare the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script +% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[\upack{fncychap}] The \pack{fncychap}\imess{W0086} package~\cite{fncychap} provides a set of commands for changing +% the format used for some headings (chapters) in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: +% \class{book} and \class{report}. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.fncychap} and +% section~\vref{faq.38}). +% \item[\texttt{fr.comp.text.tex}] The Usenet newsgroup about \TeX\ and \LaTeX, in french. +% \item[\upack{franc.sty}]\ipack{franc} A small package file used to prepare the french documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\upack{frbib.sty}]\ipack{frbib} A small package file used to prepare the bibliography of the french documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{fr-mtc.bst}] A bibliographic style file used to prepare the bibliography of the french +% documentation. +% It has been updated from the standard \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst} for french by \name{Ronan}{Keryell}, then I added +% some adaptations for french (like last names in small caps for authors and editors, years in old style digits), +% then modified with the \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst} tool to add an \texttt{URL} field. +% \item[\upack{frnew.sty}]\ipack{frnew} A small package file used to prepare the french documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{G}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{G} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{geometry}] The \pack{geometry} package~\cite{geometry} provides a flexible and complete user interface to page +% dimensions. You can specify them by using intuitive parameters to get your desired page layout. For instance, +% if you want to set margins (the left, right, top and bottom margins) to 2cm from each edge of +% the paper, what you need is just: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}| +% \end{quote} +% This powerful (and recommended) package is used in some example documents and in this documentation. +% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guaranэ, +% the main language spoken in Paraguay. +% The file \xfile{guarani.ldf}, included in this package, defines the titles. See~\cite{guarani} and +% section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{H}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{H} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{hangcaption}] The \pack{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} package~\cite{hangcaption} defines a variant of the +% \com{caption} command to produce captions with hanging indentation. This package is likely +% obsolete (1992, \LaTeX2.09). +% \item[Hindi] For the Hindi language, see the \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} package~\cite{devanagari} above. The +% \upack{minitoc} package accepts the \lopt{devanagari} and \lopt{hindi} language options, which are +% synonyms. A \lopt{hindi-modern} language option is also available. +% See also~\cite{hindi99} about the Hindi language. +% \item[hint] An indication, a clue to detect a problem. It is also a message written (into the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file) by the \optd{hints} option (see below). +% \item[\uopt{hints}]\ioptd{hints} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It verifies the loading order of some +% packages, the invocation order of some \upack{minitoc} commands, the consistency between main \upack{minitoc} +% commands, etc., and gaves warnings and other useful hints (mainly in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file). This is +% a default option (use the \opt{nohints} option to skip these checks). +% \item[\upack{H\LaTeX}]\ipacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} A system to write documents in the Korean language, using \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (see below). +% Written by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX}. It uses special Hang√l or Hanja fonts and the UTF-8 input +% encoding. +% \item[hyperlink] In a document, a reference to another object which is dynamicaly found (via a click with the +% mouse). This requires a special type of document (PDF, PostScript with hypertext features) and a suitable +% viewer (PDF viewer, recent PS viewer). This is useful to navigate in a document or in many documents, +% which can be remote documents. +% \lneed{4} +% \item[\upack{hyperref}] The\SMM{\lmess{W0023}\\\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0039}} +% \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web} is used to emend cross-referencing commands in +% \LaTeX\ to produce some sort of \com{special} commands; there are +% backends for the \com{special} set defined for \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} \texttt{dvi} processors, +% for embedded pdfmark commands for processing by \tool{Acrobat Distiller} +% (\tool{dvips} and \tool{dvipsone}), for \tool{dviwindo}, +% for \textbf{pdf\TeX}, for \textbf{\TeX4ht}, and for \tool{VTEX}'s pdf and HTML +% backends. +% +% This package derives from, and builds on, the work of the \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} +% project, described in \cite{hypertex}. It extends +% the functionality of all the \LaTeX\ cross-referencing commands +% (including the table of contents, bibliographies, etc.) to produce +% \com{special} commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links; +% it also provides new commands to allow the user to write \emph{ad hoc} +% hypertext links (hyperlinks), including those to external documents and URLs. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{I}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{I} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{ifmtarg}] The \pack{ifmtarg} package~\cite{ifmtarg} provides an if-then-else command +% for testing if a macro argument is empty (``empty'' meaning zero or more spaces only). +% \item[\pack{ifthen}] The \pack{ifthen} package~\cite{ifthen} implements an \com{ifthenelse} command for \LaTeXe. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} +% An example of shell script, which prepares the \upack{minitoc} package from \xfile{minitoc.ins} and +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; note that \scrp{imk} must be run before running \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}. +% See item~\vref{IN10}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uopt{insection}] The \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} package option loads the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} +% with adequate options to avoid the floats (like figures and tables) to drift outside of their sections. +% This package option is recommended if you use sectlofs or sectlots in your document. See +% section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. +% \item[insertion] The insertion commands of the \upack{minitoc} package insert a mini-table in the document. +% A~corresponding \emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before. The insertion commands +% are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} +% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ +% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ +% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot},\\ +% \com{mtcprepare} +% \end{tabular} +% \item[\xfile{INSTALL}] A text file describing the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package. See +% chapter~\vref{c+installation}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{J}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{J} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\com{jobname}] A \TeX\ primitive containing the name of the document in preparation, i.e.,~the name of +% the file read first by \TeX{} (or \LaTeX), without its extension. Very useful to build the names of other +% files. +% \item[\uclass{jura}] The \class{jura}\imess{W0029} class~\cite{jura}, by \xname{Felix}{Braun}, is \emph{incompatible} with the +% \upack{minitoc} package. It is used for german judicial documents. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{K}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{K} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}] A project~\cite{kannadatex} to use \LaTeX{} for typesetting in the +% Kannada language. See section~\vref{s+mld+kannada}. +% \item[\uopt{k-loose}]\ioptd{k-loose} A \upack{minitoc} package option useful if your document is written with one of the \KOMAScript{} +% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. This option tries to set a loose line spacing in the mini-tables. +% Analog to the \optd{loose} +% package option for standard classes. +% \item[\uopt{k-tight}]\iopt{k-tight} A \upack{minitoc} package option useful if your document is written with one of the \KOMAScript{} +% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. +% This option tries to set a tight line spacing in the mini-tables. Analog to the \opt{tight} +% package option for standard classes. +% \lneed{3} +% \item[\KOMAScript] +% {\KOMAScript}\imess{I0043}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} is a very complex bundle. You may see this, because it +% is not only one class or one package but a bundle of many classes and +% packages. The classes (\class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook}, +% \class{scrlettr}, \class{scrlttr2}, and \class{scrreprt}) +% are counterparts to the standard classes but never they come with +% only the same commands, environments, options and optional possibilities +% like the standard classes nor they result in the same look-a-like. +% +% \lneed{5} +% The \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt}, and \class{scrartcl} classes are compatible with the +% \upack{minitoc} package, with some precautions (see section~\vref{special.entries}). +% The \class{scrlettr} and \class{scrlttr2} have no sectionning commands, so +% the \upack{minitoc} package is pointless with them. +% +% \lneed{5} +% \KOMAScript{} comes with a lot of classes, packages, commands, +% environments and possibilities. Some of these you may find also at the +% standard classes, many of them you wouldn't. Some are even supplements +% to the \LaTeX{} kernel. +% +% The main classes of the {\KOMAScript} bundle are designed as +% counterparts to the standard {\LaTeX} classes. This means that the +% {\KOMAScript} bundle contains replacements for the three standard +% classes \class{book}, \class{report}, and \class{article}. +% There is also a replacement for the standard class \class{letter}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{L}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{L} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[Lambda] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of +% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) is called ``\emph{Lambda}'' ($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). +% \item[Lamed] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of +% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). +% \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} is a typesetting system that is very +% suitable for producing scientific and mathematical +% documents of high typographical quality. It is also suitable for +% producing all sorts of other documents, from simple letters +% to complete books. \LaTeX{} uses \TeX~\cite{texbook,ftb} as its +% formatting engine (from~\cite{NSSL2E}). +% +% In fact, \LaTeX{} is a macro package that enables authors to typeset and print +% their work at the highest typographical quality, using a predefined, +% professional layout. \LaTeX{} was originally written by +% \name{Leslie}{Lamport}~\cite{latex-manual}. It uses the +% \TeX{} formatter as its typesetting engine. +% These days \LaTeX{} is maintained by \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} +% and his team. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% In 1994 the \LaTeX{} package was (deeply) updated by the +% \LaTeX3 team, led \mbox{by~\name{Frank}{Mittelbach}}, +% to include some long-requested improvements, and to re\-unify all the +% patched versions which had cropped up since the release of +% \LaTeX2.09 some years earlier. To distinguish the new version from +% the old, it is called \LaTeXe. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \LaTeX{} is pronounced ``Lay-tech'' or ``Lah-tech.'' If you refer to +% \LaTeX{} in an \texttt{ASCII} environment, you type \texttt{LaTeX}. +% \LaTeXe{} is pronounced ``Lay-tech two~e'' and typed \texttt{LaTeX2e}. +% \item[\LaTeX2.09] An obsolete version of the \LaTeX\ program, before 1994; it is no more supported. +% Do not use it\footnote{Except in the case of a very old document; if possible, try to convert +% it.}. Use the current version of \LaTeXe, which is supported and much more efficient. +% \item[\LaTeXe] The current version of the \LaTeX\ program, after 1994; it is supported. +% \item[\LaTeX3] The future version of \LaTeX, whose development is still in progress. +% \item[leaders] A repetitive sequence of dots (or of one another small character), regulary spaced, used to link +% two objects on the same line (leading from a title to a page number in a table of contents or the like). +% \item[\uclass{letter}]\iclass{letter} A\Virage{} standard document class~\cite{letter} to prepare letters for postal +% mail (mail on paper). As such documents have no sectionning commands nor structure, the \upack{minitoc} package +% is pointless (hence \emph{incompatible}) with them. +% \item[\upack{lipsum}] The \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} allows to easily insert sentences +% in a test file with a minimum of typing. The sentences are in latin but are modified and made nearly +% senseless. I have used this package in some of the examples of documents. +% See also~\url{http://lipsum.com} for the origin of this text (pieces of +% \emph{De Finibus Bonorum et Malorum} by Marcus \textsc{Tullius Cicero}). +% \item[\uopt{listfiles}]\ioptd{listfiles} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It creates a list of the minitoc auxiliary +% files (these files contains the mini-tables and may be removed after the \LaTeX\ run) in the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.maf} file. Default. See section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% \item[LOF, LoF] An acronym for ``list of figures''. +% \item[\dcnt{lofdepth}] This counter, if it exists, contains the depth of the list of figures. +% \item[\uopt{loose}]\ioptd{loose} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a loose line spacing in the +% mini-tables. It is the default. The opposite option is \opt{tight}. +% \item[LOT, LoT] An acronym for ``list of tables''. +% \item[\dcnt{lotdepth}] This counter, if it exists, contains the depth of the list of tables. +% \item[LPPL] The \emph{LaTeX Project Public License}, available at +% \begin{quote} +% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} +% \end{quote} +% Its current version is 1.3 (2003-12-01). The \upack{minitoc} package is distributed under this license. +% \item[\uclass{ltxdoc}]\iclass{ltxdoc} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{ltxdoc}, for preparing the documentation of a package or of a class. +% For the \upack{minitoc} package, it is very similar to the \class{article} document class; see above. +% \item[\uclass{ltnews}]\iclass{ltnews} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{ltnews}, for preparing the announcement of a \LaTeX{} release. For the +% \upack{minitoc} package, it is very similar to the \class{article} document class; see above. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{M}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{M} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\com{makeatletter} \textmd{and} \com{makeatother}] Many\footnote{Informations +% from~\cite[page~843]{TLC2}.} internal commands of \LaTeX{}, of +% packages and classes contain the \texttt{@}~character in their names. This effectively prevents such names +% from being used in documents for user-defined commands. However, it also means that they cannot appear in a +% document, even in the preamble, without taking special precautions. As it is sometimes necessary to have +% such bits of ``internal code'' in the preamble, the commands \com{makeatletter} +% and \com{makeatother} make it easy to do: the difficult bit is to remember to add them, failure to do +% so can result in some strange errors. And these two commands \Virage\emph{should never be used in a package or class file}. +% \item[makefile] A special text file containing instructions describing the creation and the installation of a +% piece of software, using the ``\textbf{make}'' utility; \textbf{make} is a nice tool coming from the Unix +% operating system, but variants exists. +% \item[\upack{mcaption}] The \pack{mcaption}\imess{W0036} package~\cite{mcaption} provides a \env{margincap} +% environment for putting captions in the outer document margin with either a top or bottom alignment. +% \item[\textbf{MCE}] A minimal [complete] example is the smallest possible complete document that illustrates a problem. +% A minimal example file should not include any packages or code that do not contribute to the problem, but must +% include a document class and the \env{document} environment (from~\cite{talbot-mini}). See also~\cite{preusse}, +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} and +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices. +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uclass{memoir}, \xfile{memoir.cls}]\iclass{memoir} A very% +% \SMM{\lmess{E0028}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0032}\\\lmess{I0044}\\\lmess{M0001}} +% general and powerful document class +% (by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, described in~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}); this class +% is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package (with some precautions) if you use a recent version. See +% section~\vref{faq+memoir}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[mini-bibliography] See \textbf{minibbl} below. +% \item[mini-list] Synonym for ``mini-table'' below. +% \item[mini-lof] See ``minilof'' below. +% \item[mini-lot] See ``minilot'' below. +% \item[mini-table] This term refers to a local table of contents (like a table of contents, a list of figures or a +% list of tables) for a sectionning unit (part, chapter or section), by opposition to a global table (the +% table of contents, the list of figures or the list of tables for the whole document). The main aim of the +% \upack{minitoc} package is the creation of such mini-tables. But the term ``minitoc'' is also used to refer +% to such mini-table, as a generic term, because the first versions of the package allowed only tables of +% contents for chapters. +% \item[mini-toc] See ``minitoc'' below. +% \item[minibbl] Short for ``mini-bibliography'', i.e.,~to have a bibliography per part, chapter or section, or +% even by theme or subject. This is out of the domain of the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{faq.9}. +% \item[minilof] A list of figures for a chapter. +% \item[\dcnt{minilofdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the minilofs. +% \item[minilot] A list of tables for a chapter. +% \item[\dcnt{minilotdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the minilots. +% \item[minitoc] A table of contents for a chapter. Also used as a generic term for any mini-table (see +% ``mini-table'' above). +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}] A bibliographic data base for the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}] The source file for the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. In +% fact, it just sets \com{jobname} then loads \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, which itself loads +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.lan}\isuffix{.lan} to select the language used in \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; \xfile{minitoc.dtx} contains +% both english and french documentation fragments, selected by \com{ifcase} constructs with the +% \com{LANG} variable, set to~0 by \xfile{minitoc.lan}\isuffix{.lan} or to~1 by \xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} (i.e.,~by +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.lan}). \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}This file contains a style for formating the index in the french documentation. It +% is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} A file used to force the french language in the documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf}] The french documentation in PDF format. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ps}] The french documentation in PostScript format. No more distributed (but look at the +% \scrp{cmk} script). +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bib}] A bibliographic data base for the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bug}] A plain text file containing a list of problems and questions about the \upack{minitoc} +% package. See chapter~\vref{FAQ}. +% \item[\dcnt{minitocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the minitocs. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.dtx}] The file containing the documentation and the commented code of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-hyper.sty}]\ipack{minitoc-hyper} A special version~\cite{minitoc-hyper} of the \upack{minitoc} package which has been +% prepared by \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, +% \xname{Didier}{Verna} and \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts} to work with the powerful \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}; +% \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} has integrated their work so since version \#31, \upack{minitoc} is compatible with +% \pack{hyperref}. +% \emph{Hence\Virage{} the \pack{minitoc-hyper} package~\cite{minitoc-hyper} is now obsolete and +% should no more be used. +% It it still present on the CTAN archives for compatibility with old documents.} +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ins}] The installation file for the \upack{minitoc} package. Compiling it with \LaTeX\ +% produces most of the files of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}This file contains a style for formating the index in the english documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.l}] A text file containing the list of all the files being included in the +% \upack{minitoc} package. Files not listed in \xfile{minitoc.l} are files used only to install the package or +% to produce its documentation. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} A file used to force the english language in the documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pdf}] The english documentation in PDF format. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pre}]\isuffix{.pre} This file contains a \LaTeX{} preamble for the documentation. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ps}] The english documentation in PostScript format. No more distributed (but look at the +% \scrp{cmk} scripts). +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sty}] This file contains the main part of the \upack{minitoc} package, with comments removed. +% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sum}] A plain text file containing a commented list of the minitoc commands and environments. See +% chapter~\vref{c+memento}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}] A ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy containing all files in the +% \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\upack{minutes}] The \pack{minutes} package~\cite{minutes} (by \name{Knut}{Lickert}) is used to prepare +% conference proceedings. The \upack{minitoc} package allows to add ``coffee breaks'' in the table of contents +% via commands like \com{addcoffeeline} and \com{coffeeline} (and internal commands) whose names contain +% the string ``\texttt{coffee}'', hence the footnote about ``cappuccino''{\myCoffeecup} in the +% installation chapter!% +% \IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\footnote{The little cups \myCoffeecup{} come from the \pack{marvosym} package~\cite{marvosym}.}}{} +% \item[\upack{Mon\TeX}] \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} is a large package to prepare documents in various dialects +% of the Mongol language (Bicig and Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe and Manju, Buryat, Xalx and Khalkha) and in a +% dialect of Russian used in Mongolia (Russianc). Bicig is another name for Uighur. +% You can find many things about Mongolia and Mongolian at the web site~\cite{mongol-web}. +% See also: +% {\small\begin{quote} +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}\\ +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}\\ +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_script}\\ +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clear_script}\\ +% \url{http://www.indiana.edu/~mongsoc/mong/language.htm}\\ +% \url{http://www.viahistoria.com/SilverHorde/main.html?research/MongolScripts.html}\\ +% \url{http://www.krysstal.com/writing_evolution.html}\\ +% \url{http://mongolxel.webz.cz/qaguchin/index.htm} +% \end{quote}} +% +% The following description is extracted from~\cite{montex}. +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} is a package which offers support for writing documents in +% Mongolian, Manju, Buryat and Russian. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Mongolian +% can be represented in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or Traditional +% Script) and Cyrillic. Manju resembles the Traditional Mongolian script +% (from which it is derived) but uses a rich choice of diacritics in +% order to eliminate numerous ambiguities of the Mongolian script +% ancestor. Modern Buryat, like Mongolian in its present form, is written +% with a Cyrillic alphabet, +% but both Mongolian (35 letters) and Buryat +% (36 letters) use more letters than Russian (33 letters). +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \begin{description} +% \item[Mongolian] +% The word \emph{Mongolian} is actually an umbrella term for +% several languages rather than the precise name of a single language. +% Things become more complicated when names of ethnic groups, languages +% and writing systems are mixed. +% \begin{description} +% \item [Xalx] or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian +% nationality residing in Mongolia proper. Their +% dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with +% Cyrillic letters. Throughout this text, \emph{Modern +% Mongolian} is used as a synonym. +% \item [Buryat] +% is the name of the Mongolian nationality +% residing in Buryatia, north of Mongolia, east of +% Lake Baikal, being a part of the Russian Federation. +% The Buryat call themselves \emph{Buryaad} while Xalx +% Mongolians call them \emph{Buriad}. The English name +% follows the Russian orthography. +% Linguistically, Xalx and Buryat Mongol are fairly +% close languages; Buryat has a slightly different +% sound system in which the phoneme /s/ partially +% shifted to /h/; the modern Buryat Cyrillic alphabet +% (virtually identical with the Cyrillic alphabet used +% for writing Modern Mongolian) has one additional +% letter (H/h, \verb|\xalx{H/h}|) for marking the difference to /s/. +% %\enlargethispage*{1ex} +% \item [Bicig] (literally \emph{script} in Mongolian) denotes +% text written in the traditional Mongolian script +% which is also referred to as Uighur. Throughout this +% document, the term \emph{Bicig} will be used on an +% equal footing with \emph{Classical} and +% \emph{Traditional} Mongolian. The latter term is +% used in the names of the Unicode/ISO10646 character +% plane U1800 which contains Mongolian, Manju, Sibe +% and sets of special characters called Ali Gali or +% Galig. In order to identify Mongolian script related +% commands distinct for Mongolian and Manju, the +% Mongolian commands have the name root \lopt{bicig} +% whereas the Manju commands have the name root +% \lopt{bithe}. +% \end{description} +% +% Xalx Mongolian, or Modern Colloquial Mongolian, is about as +% different from the form written in Classical script as modern +% English in phonetical spelling (assume it be written in Shavian +% letters) from the highly historical orthography of Standard English. +% Beyond these differences, Mongolian written in Classical Script +% usually preserves a substantial amount of historical grammatical +% features which make it look a bit like Elizabethan English. +% +% \item[Manju] +% Manju is a Tungusic language closely related to Mongolian. Though +% Manju is virtually not spoken anymore, it has been the official +% language during 300 years of Manju government in Qing Dynasty China. +% Vast amounts of official documents survive, as well as some of the +% finest multilingual dictionaries ever compiled, e.\,g. the +% Pentaglot, or Mirror in Five Languages, a dictionary with 18671 +% entries in five languages (Manju, Tibetan, Mongolian, Uighur and +% Chinese). See~\cite{pentaglot} for more details. Manju writing is derived from Uighur Mongolian by adding +% diacritics in the form of dots and circles (\emph{tongki fuka sindaha hergen}, script with dots and +% circles). +% \end{description} +% \item[MS-DOS] (Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered} Disk Operating System) An old operating system +% for personnal computers (PCs). +% From the \upack{minitoc} point of view, +% its main drawback is the use of filenames with short extensions (the ``8+3'' scheme), which limits to~99 the number +% of mini-tables for each kind. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-2c.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a two columns +% page layout. See section~\vref{mtc-2c.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-2nd.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} An example of document using the \upack{minitoc} package and its \lopt{french2} +% language option. See section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.bib}]\iexam{mtc-add.bib} A small bibliographic data base for the \exam{mtc-add.tex} +% and \exam{mtc-ads.tex} example documents. See section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-3co.tex}]\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} An example of document using the \upack{minitoc} package to +% prepare a minitoc on three columns. See section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.tex}]\iexam{mtc-add.tex} An example document showing how to use \com{mtcaddchapter} and the +% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} with \upack{minitoc}. See section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ads.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} An example document showing how to use \com{mtcaddsection} and the +% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} with \upack{minitoc}. See section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}. +% It also shows how it is challenging to manage the mini-lists of floats at the section level. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-amm.tex}]\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} An example file showing the use of the \env{appendices} environment in a +% \class{memoir} class document with the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-apx.tex}]\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} An example file showing the use of the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment +% to hide the entries of the appendices in the main TOC and to create a part-level TOC for the appendices. See +% section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-art.tex}]\iexam{mtc-art.tex} An example of document (\class{article} class) using the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{mtc-art.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-bk.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} An example of document (\class{book} or \class{report} class) +% using the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{mtc-bk.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-bo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a two columns +% page layout and using the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}. See section~\vref{mtc-bo.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ch0.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document with a +% starred first chapter. See section~\vref{mtc-ch0.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-cri.tex}]\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with starred parts +% and chapters. See section~\vref{mtc-cri.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-fko.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} An example file showing the problem of fonts in minitocs when +% using the \class{scrbook} class. See section~\vref{mtc-fko.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with changing some fonts. See section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} Another example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with changing some fonts. See section~\vref{mtc-fo2.tex}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-gap.tex}]\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} An example file showing the use of the \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} and +% \com{mtcgapafterheads} commands. See section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} An example file showing the use of the \env{mtchideinmainlof} +% and \env{mtchideinmainlot} specialized environments. See section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} An example file showing the use of the following pairs of commands: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \com{mtchideinmainlof} and \com{endmtchideinmainlof}, +% \item \com{mtchideinmainlot} and \com{endmtchideinmainlot}. +% \end{itemize} +% See section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hia.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package to hide the entries for +% some tables in the main list of tables of an \class{article} class document. See section~\vref{mtc-hia.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hir.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package to hide the entries for +% some tables in the main list of tables of a \class{report} class document. See section~\vref{mtc-hir.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hop.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the +% \class{scrbook} document class. See section~\vref{mtc-hop.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-liv.tex}]\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a \class{book} with +% customized table of contents and minitocs. See section~\vref{mtc-liv.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-mem.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package +% with the \class{memoir} class. See section~\vref{mtc-mem.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-mm1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package +% with the \class{memoir} class, if you want to change some fonts. See section~\vref{mtc-mm1.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-mu.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} A document using a minitoc set in a \env{wrapfigure} environment with the +% \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig}. See section~\vref{mtc-mu.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-nom.tex}]\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} A document swowing an interaction betwen the \upack{minitoc} +% package and the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}. See section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ocf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} A document using the \feat{open} and \feat{close} features to +% prepare a minitoc on three columns. See section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ofs.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} A document using the \feat{open} and \feat{close} features to +% prepare a minitoc on three columns and \com{mtcsetoffset} to shift the minitoc to align it on the left. +% See section~\vref{mtc-ofs.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-sbf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the +% \pack{subfigure} package~\cite{subfigure}. See section~\vref{mtc-sbf.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-scr.tex}]\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a {\KOMAScript} +% class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, \class{scrreprt}. See section~\vref{mtc-scr.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-syn.tex}]\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package when the table of +% contents is prededed by some starred chapters. See section~\vref{mtc-syn.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the +% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}. See section~\vref{mtc-tbi.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of +% \class{article} class. It is the example of~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernized. See section~\vref{mtc-tlc.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the +% \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft} and their interaction about the page numbers in the mini-tables. +% See section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tsf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the +% \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}. See section~\vref{mtc-tsf.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-vti.tex}]\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} An example file showing the use of the \com{mtcpolymtoc} command +% and explaining \index{polymorphic entry}``polymorphic entries''. See section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{mtcmess}]\ipack{mtcmess} A package used to provide variants of the standard commands +% \com{PackageInfo}, \com{PackageWarning}, \com{PackageWarningNoLine}, and \com{PackageError} +% by adding an optional argument for an unique message identifier. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{mtcoff}]\ipack{mtcoff} A package which is used in place of the \upack{minitoc} package to +% ignore all the commands and environments of the \upack{minitoc} package. In fact, it defines them to +% do nothing. Useful if you want a version of your document without any mini-table. +% \item[\upack{mtcpatchmem}]\ipack{mtcpatchmem} A\SMMZ{\lmess{M0001}} small package which is automatically loaded if +% necessary when you use the \class{memoir} document class with a version \emph{incompatible} with the +% \upack{minitoc} package, but correctible. It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\texttt{mu}] A length unit normaly used in math mode (\texttt{mu} means ``math unit''); 18~math units make +% \texttt{1em} (one quad), which is about the width of a~``m'' in the current font. So the size of \texttt{1mu} +% is font dependent. The separation between dots in the dotted lines in the mini-tables is expressed in math units. +% \item[\upack{multibib}] The \pack{multibib} package~\cite{multibib} allows to create references to multiple +% bibliographies within one document. It thus provides a complementary functionality to packages +% like \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits} or \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, which allow +% to create one bibliography for multiple, but different parts of the document. +% \item[\upack{multicol}] The \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol} defines the \env{multicols} environment +% (with a~``\textbf{s}'') to typeset text on several columns. Used in some example documents. +% \item[\upack{multitoc}] This package~\cite{multitoc} allows setting only the table of contents, list of +% figures and/or list of tables in two or more columns (using the \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol}, of course). +% The number of columns can be configured via commands; the +% multicolumn toc(s) can be selected via package options. +% The \exam{mtc-3co.tex} example document uses this package; see section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{N}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{N} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{natbib}] It is a \LaTeXe{} (but with some support for \LaTeX2.09) package~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} to act +% as generalized interface for standard and non-standard bibliographic style files (\BibTeX). +% \item[\upack{needspace}] The \pack{needspace} package~\cite{needspace} provides commands to reserve space +% at the bottom of a page. If there is not enough space on the current page (column) a new page (column) is started. +% \item[NFSS] The \emph{New Font Selection Scheme}. The \LaTeXe{} font selection system~\cite{fontsel} +% was first released as the ``New Font Selection Scheme'' (NFSS) in 1989, and then in release~2 in 1993. +% \LaTeXe{} includes NFSS release~2 as standard. +% +% \lneed{7} +% Every text font in \LaTeX{} has five \emph{attributes}: +% \begin{description} +% \item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the +% font. The two most common text encodings used in \LaTeX{} are +% \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth}'s ``\TeX{} text'' encoding (OT1), and the ``\TeX{} text extended'' +% encoding (T1) developed by the \TeX{} Users Group members during a \TeX{} +% Conference at Cork in~1990 (hence its informal name ``Cork encoding''). +% See~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. +% \item[family] The name for a collection of fonts, usually grouped under +% a common name by the font foundry. For instance, ``Adobe Times'', ``ITC +% Garamond'', and \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth}'s ``Computer Modern Roman'' are all font families. +% \item[series] How heavy or expanded a font is. For instance, ``medium +% weight'', ``narrow'' and ``bold extended'' are all series. +% \item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family. For +% instance, ``italic'', ``oblique'' and ``upright'' (sometimes called +% ``roman'') are all font shapes. +% \item[size] The design size of the font, for instance ``10pt''. +% \end{description} +% +% \lneed{2} +% The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by +% \LaTeX. The most common values for the font encoding are given in table~\vref{t+nfss+1}. +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \changeskips +% \caption{Most common font encodings}\label{t+nfss+1} +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{T1} &\LaTeX{} extended text (``Cork encoding'')\\ +% \texttt{TS1} &\LaTeX{} symbols (Latin)\\ +% \texttt{T2A}, \texttt{T2B}, \texttt{T2C}&\LaTeX{} text (Cyrillic)\\ +% \texttt{T3} &\LaTeX{} phonetic alphabet\\ +% \texttt{TS3} &\LaTeX{} phonetic alphabet (extra symbols)\\ +% \texttt{T4} &\LaTeX{} text (African languages)\\ +% \texttt{T5} &\LaTeX{} text (Vietnamese)\\ +% \texttt{T7} &\LaTeX{} text (reserved for Greek)\\ +% \texttt{OT1} &\TeX{} text (as defined by \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{OT2} &\TeX{} text for Cyrillic languages (obsolete)\\ +% \texttt{OT3} &International phonetic alphabet (obsolete)\\ +% \texttt{OT4} &\TeX{} text with extensions for the Polish language\\ +% \texttt{OT6} &\TeX{} text with extensions for the Armenian language\\ +% \texttt{OML} &\TeX{} math italic (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{OMS} &\TeX{} math symbols (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{OMX} &\TeX{} math large symbols (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{X2} &\LaTeX{} extended text (Cyrillic)\\ +% \texttt{U} &Unknown \\ +% \texttt{L}\meta{xx}&A local encoding\\ +% \texttt{L7x} &Encoding used for the Lithuanian language\\ +% \texttt{LTH} &Encoding used for the Thai language\\ +% \texttt{LV1} &Encoding used with some \texttt{VTeX} fonts\\ +% \texttt{LY1} &Alternative to \texttt{T1} encoding, for Y\&Y software\\ +% \texttt{PD1} &Implements the PDFDocEncoding for use with \LaTeXe's NFSS.\\ +% \texttt{PU} &Implements the Unicode encoding for use with \LaTeX's NFSS.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% ^^A \end{table} +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} +% ^^A \begin{table}[!tp] +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.54\textwidth} +% \capstart +% \caption{Most common font families}\label{t+nfss+2} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Family}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{cmr} &Computer Modern Roman \\ +% \texttt{cmss}&Computer Modern Sans \\ +% \texttt{cmtt}&Computer Modern Typewriter \\ +% \texttt{cmm} &Computer Modern Math Italic \\ +% \texttt{cmsy}&Computer Modern Math Symbols \\ +% \texttt{cmex}&Computer Modern Math Extensions \\ +% \texttt{ptm} &Adobe Times \\ +% \texttt{phv} &Adobe Helvetica \\ +% \texttt{pcr} &Adobe Courier\\ +% \texttt{lazy}&Additional \LaTeX{} symbols\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular}% +% \end{minipage}% +% &&% +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth} +% \capstart +% \caption{Most common font series}\label{t+nfss+3} +% \centering +% \leavevmode\null\hfill\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Series}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{ul}&Ultra light\\ +% \texttt{el}&Extra light\\ +% \texttt{l}&Light\\ +% \texttt{sl}&Semi light\\ +% \texttt{m} &Medium \\ +% \texttt{sb} &Semi bold \\ +% \texttt{b} &Bold \\ +% \texttt{eb} &Extra bold \\ +% \texttt{bx}&Bold extended \\ +% \texttt{ub}&Ultra bold \\ +% \texttt{c} &Condensed\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular}\hfill\null +% \end{minipage} +% \end{tabularx} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{table} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.54\textwidth} +% \capstart +% \caption{Most common font shapes}\label{t+nfss+4} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Shape}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{n} &Normal (that is ``upright'' or ``roman'') \\ +% \texttt{it}&Italic \\ +% \texttt{sl}&Slanted (or ``oblique'') \\ +% \texttt{sc}&Caps and small caps\\ +% \texttt{u}&Unslanted (upright italic)\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{minipage}% +% &&% +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth} +% \capstart +% \caption{Most common font widths}\label{t+nfss+4a} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lcl@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Width}&\textbf{\%}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra condensed\\ +% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra condensed\\ +% \texttt{c}&50.0&Condensed\\ +% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi condensed\\ +% \texttt{m}&50.0&Medium\\ +% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi extended\\ +% \texttt{c}&50.0&Extended\\ +% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra extended\\ +% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra extended\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{minipage} +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% The ``local'' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only +% locally available, for instance a font containing an organisation's +% logo in various sizes. +% +% \lneed{4} +% There are far too many font families to list them all, but some common +% ones are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+2}. +% The most common values for the font series are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+3}. +% The most common values for the font shape are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+4}. +% The most common values for the font width are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. +% +% The font size is specified as a dimension, for instance \texttt{10pt} or +% \texttt{1.5in} or \texttt{3mm}; if no unit is specified, \texttt{pt} is assumed. These five +% parameters specify every \LaTeX{} font, see table~\vref{t+nfss+5}, for instance. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \caption{The five font parameters of some fonts}\label{t+nfss+5} +% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l}{\textbf{\LaTeX{} specification}}& +% \textbf{Font}&\textbf{\TeX{} name}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{OT1}&\texttt{cmr} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{n} & \texttt{10} & +% Computer Modern Roman 10 point & +% \texttt{cmr10}\\ +% \texttt{OT1} & \texttt{cmss} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{sl} & \texttt{1pc} & +% Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica & +% \texttt{cmssi12} \\ +% \texttt{OML} & \texttt{cmm} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{10pt} & +% Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point & +% \texttt{cmmi10} \\ +% \texttt{T1} & \texttt{ptm} & \texttt{b} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{1in} & +% Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch & +% \texttt{ptmb8t at 1in}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \caption{Author commands for fonts}\label{t+nfss+6} +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Author command} & +% \textbf{Attribute} & +% \textbf{Value in} \uclass{article} \textbf{class} \\ +% \midrule +% \com{textrm}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{rmfamily} & family & \texttt{cmr} \\ +% \com{textsf}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{sffamily} & family & \texttt{cmss} \\ +% \com{texttt}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{ttfamily} & family & \texttt{cmtt} \\ +% \com{textmd}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{mdseries} & series & \texttt{m} \\ +% \com{textbf}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{bfseries} & series & \texttt{bx} \\ +% \com{textup}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{upshape} & shape & \texttt{n} \\ +% \com{textit}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{itshape} & shape & \texttt{it} \\ +% \com{textsl}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{slshape} & shape & \texttt{sl} \\ +% \com{textsc}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{scshape} & shape & \texttt{sc} \\ +% \com{tiny} & size & \texttt{5pt} \\ +% \com{scriptsize} & size & \texttt{7pt} \\ +% \com{footnotesize} & size & \texttt{8pt} \\ +% \com{small} & size & \texttt{9pt} \\ +% \com{normalsize} & size & \texttt{10pt} \\ +% \com{large} & size & \texttt{12pt} \\ +% \com{Large} & size & \texttt{14.4pt} \\ +% \com{LARGE} & size & \texttt{17.28pt} \\ +% \com{huge} & size & \texttt{20.74pt} \\ +% \com{Huge} & size & \texttt{24.88pt}\\ +% \com{textnormal} & normal & \textnormal{normal text}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% +% These five parameters are displayed whenever \LaTeX{} gives an overfull +% box warning, for instance: +% \begin{verse} +% \texttt{Overfull \bs hbox (3.80855pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 314-{}-318}\\ +% \texttt{[]\bs OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Normally [] and [] will be iden-ti-cal,} +% \end{verse} +% \lneed{6} +% The table~\vref{t+nfss+6} lists the author commands for fonts which set these five attributes\footnote{The +% values used by these commands are determined by the document class.}. +% \item[\uopt{nocheckfiles}]\iopt{nocheckfiles} A package option of \upack{minitoc}. The opposite of the \optd{checkfiles} +% package option (see above). +% \item[\uopt{nohints}]\iopt{nohints} A package option of \upack{minitoc}. The opposite of the \optd{hints} +% package option (see above). +% \item[\uopt{nolistfiles}]\iopt{nolistfiles} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It is the opposite of the +% \optd{listfiles} above. See section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% \item[\uopt{notoccite}]\iopt{notoccite} This option of the \upack{minitoc} package loads +% the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite} (by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). +% It avoids problems with \com{cite} commands in sectionning commands or captions. See +% section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{O}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{O} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[Omega] The Omega typesetting system\,\footnote{Most but not all of this note is taken in the Omega documentation +% \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}. +% See~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} for more information.} +% ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (by \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} and \xname{John}{Plaice}) +% is an extension of \TeX{} that is aimed primarily at improving \TeX's multilingual abilities. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% When the \TeX{} program was originally developed in the mid seventies [\emph{circa} 1975] by +% Professor \xname{Donald~E.}{Knuth} +% it was mainly aimed at typesetting mathematical texts in the english language. Since then \TeX{} has +% made inroads in broader and broader areas of scientific, literary and other scholarly activities in many +% countries all over the world. In 1991, \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} froze \TeX, mainly in the interest of stability. +% However, he allows the \TeX{} code to be used as the basis for further developments, so long as the resulting system is +% distributed under a different name. +% +% In Omega all characters and pointers into data-structures are 31-bit +% wide, instead of 8-bit, thereby eliminating many of the trivial +% limitations of \TeX. Omega also allows multiple input and output +% character sets, and uses programmable filters to translate from one +% encoding to another, to perform contextual analysis, etc. Internally, +% Omega uses the universal Unicode/ISO-10646 character set. Omega also +% includes support for multiple writing directions. +% +% These improvements not only make it a lot easier for \TeX{} users to cope +% with multiple or complex languages, like Arabic, Indic, Khmer, Chinese, +% Japanese or Korean, in one document, but also form the basis for future +% developments in other areas, such as native color support and hypertext +% features. +% +% The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of Omega is called +% ``\emph{Lambda}''~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). +% Extending Omega with the \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} extensions is a separate +% project, known as ``\pack{Aleph}'' ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} and led by \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}. +% The \LaTeX\ for \pack{Aleph} is known as +% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). +% There is an experimental system, named \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex,luatex2007}, which will regroup +% \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} and other developments. +% A promising development is \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} by~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, with +% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}. +% \begin{table}[tp!] +% ^^A \changeskips +% \caption{Some systems derived from \TeX{} and \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex} +% \centering +% \[ \begin{array}{ccccccc} +% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Omega}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Lambda}\\ +% &&+&&&&+\\ +% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eTeX}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eLaTeX}\\ +% &&&&&&\\ +% \cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} +% &&&&&&\\ +% &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,height=10pt]{lamed3.png}}} +% \end{array} \] +% \end{table} +% \item[\feat{open}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately before +% (\emph{open}) the insertion of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table. +% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{P}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{P} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[package] Packages\footnote{This info is taken from~\cite[page~12--13]{kopka} and adapted.} are a very important +% feature of \LaTeX. These are extensions to the basic \LaTeX{} commands that are written to files with names +% that end with \suffix{.sty} and are loaded with the command \com{usepackage} in the preamble. Packages can be +% classified by they origin. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{Core} packages (in fact, \textbf{base} and \textbf{required} packages) are an integral part of +% the \LaTeX{} basic installation and are therefore fully standard. +% \item \textbf{Tools} packages are a set written by members of the \LaTeX3 Team and should always be in the +% installation. +% \item \textbf{Graphics} packages are a standardized set for including pictures generated by other programs +% and for handling colors; they are at the same level as the tools packages. +% \item \textbf{\AmS-\LaTeX} packages, published by the American Mathematical +% Society\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}, should be in any +% installation\footnote{They are indispensable if you use a lot of mathematics.}. +% \item \textbf{Contributed} packages have been submitted by actual users; certain of these have established +% themselves as ``essential'' to standard \LaTeX{} usage, but all are useful. +% \end{itemize} +% \item[\feat{pagestyle}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed at each occurrence of +% a given type of mini-table, to force the page style to use for the current page. +% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \item[partlof] A list of figures for a part. +% \item[\dcnt{partlofdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the partlofs. +% \item[partlot] A list of tables for a part. +% \item[\dcnt{partlotdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the partlots. +% \item[parttoc] A table of contents for a part. +% \item[\dcnt{parttocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the parttocs. +% \item[PDF] Portable Document Format~\cite{pdfspec}. A descendant of the PostScript language from Adobe, +% optimized for navigation on the Internet. It adds hypertext, font substitution, and compression features. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{placeins}] The \pack{placeins}\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0032}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}} +% package~\cite{placeins} keeps floats ``in their place'', +% preventing them from floating past a \com{FloatBarrier} command into another section. To use it, declare +% \com{usepackage}\texttt{\{placeins\}} in the preamble and +% insert \com{FloatBarrier} commands at places that floats +% should not move past, perhaps at every \com{section}. The \opt{insection} package option of the +% \upack{minitoc} package does that with adequate options, and loads also the \pack{flafter} package +% (described in~\cite{ltoutput} and~\cite[page~286]{TLC2}); +% see section~\vref{s+placing}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\xfile{placeins.txt}] A plain text file containing the documentation of +% the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins}. +% \item[\upack{\PLaTeX}]\ipacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} A\virage{} version of \LaTeX\ customized +% for the polish (\lopt{polski}) language. It has been replaced by the \pack{polski} package. See~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. +% But the \emph{same} name was referring also to a version of \LaTeX\ customized for the japanese language, +% \packa{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}~\cite{platex-jp,kakuto}. +% \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk} +% An example of shell script to prepare the \upack{minitoc} package +% and its documentation; you should adapt it to your needs. +% See item~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[polymorphic entry] An entry\index{polymorphic entry} in the TOC, LOF or LOT which changes its aspect +% depending on the place where it appears (main TOC, minitable, etc.); see section~\vref{ss+polym}. +% \item[PostScript] A page description language, by Adobe. It describes the appearance of a page, including +% elements such as text, graphics, and scanned images, to a printer or visualization device. Introduced by +% Adobe in 1985, it has become the language of choice in high quality printing. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[preamble] In the main file of a \LaTeX{} source document, the part of it between the commands +% \com{documentclass}\texttt{[.{}.{}.]\{.{}.{}.\}} and \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}. In the preamble, +% you can insert global declarations and the loading of packages via \com{usepackage} commands. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[preparation] The preparation commands of the \upack{minitoc} package prepare the auxiliary files for the +% mini-tables of a given type. A~\emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before any +% insertion command for the mini-table type. The preparation commands are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(part level)\\ +% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(chapter level)\\ +% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},&(section level)\\ +% \com{mtcprepare}&(all levels) +% \end{tabular} +% \item[\uclass{proc}]\iclass{proc} A standard \LaTeX\ document class, for preparing conference proceedings. For the +% \upack{minitoc} package, it is very similar to the \class{article} document class; see above. +% \item[pseudo-chapter] +% Or starred chapter. A chapter introduced by a \com{chapter*} command. By default, it has no entry in +% the table of contents. \com{chapter*} needs some precautions with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See section~\vref{s+starred.chap}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{Q}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Q} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{quotchap}] The \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} provides a set of commands for adding quotations to +% some headings (chapters) in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: +% \class{book}, and \class{report}. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.quotchap} and +% section~\vref{faq.39}). +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{R}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{R} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[README] is a plain text file (english) describing briefly the \upack{minitoc} package, +% plus some useful infos. +% \item[\uclass{report}]\iclass{report} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{classes}. It has sectionning commands: \com{part}, +% \com{chapter}, and \com{section} (and below). It is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package and +% you can make mini-tables at the part and chapter levels (but not at the section level, to avoid too many +% auxiliary files). +% \item[\uscrp{rmk}]\iscrp{rmk} An example of shell script, which sorts the files +% of the \upack{minitoc} package into classes (one directory +% for each class). It should be run after the scripts +% \scrp{imk} (mandatory) and \scrp{emk} and/or +% \scrp{fmk}, in that sequence. See item~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[\upack{romannum}] The \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} changes the numbers (for sectionning commands) +% generated by \LaTeX{} from arabic digits to roman numerals. This package uses +% the \pack{stdclsdv} package~\cite{stdclsdv}. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.romannum} and +% section~\vref{faq.40}). +% \item[\pack{rotating}] The \pack{rotating}~\cite{rotating} package performs all the different sorts of +% rotation one might like, including complete figures. +% \item[\pack{rotfloat}] The pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}\imess{I0053} package provides commands to define new floats +% of various styles (\texttt{plain}, \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{ruled}, and userdefined ones); +% the \pack{rotating} package~\cite{rotating} provides new environments (\env{sidewaysfigure} +% and \env{sidewaystable}) which are rotated by $90^\circ$ or $270^\circ$. +% But what about new rotated floats, e.g.\ a rotated ruled one? +% This package makes this possible; it builds a bridge between both packages +% and extend the commands from the \pack{float} package to define rotated +% versions of the new floats, too. +% \item[rubber] \tool{rubber}~\cite{rubber} is a wrapper for \LaTeX\ and companion programs. +% Its purpose is, given a \LaTeX\ source to process, +% to compile it enough times to resolve all references, possibly running satellite programs such as \textbf{\BibTeX}, +% \textbf{makeindex}, \textbf{Metapost}, etc., to produce appropriate data files. It has facilities to make +% some post-processing cleanup actions, like deleting the auxiliary files created by \upack{minitoc}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{S}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{S} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\uclass{scrartcl}]\iclass{scrartcl} See {\KOMAScript} above. +% \item[\uclass{scrbook}]\iclass{scrbook} See {\KOMAScript} above. +% \item[\uclass{scrreprt}]\iclass{scrreprt} See {\KOMAScript} above. +% \item[sectionning commands] These are the \LaTeX\ commands which specify the logical structure of your document. +% The main sectionning commands are \com{part}, \com{chapter}, \com{section}, +% \com{subsection}, \com{subsubsection}, \com{paragraph}, or \com{subparagraph}. +% Some standard document classes have not the \com{chapter} command (like the \class{article} and +% \class{proc} classes), some have no sectionning commands (like the \class{letter} class). In the later +% case, the \upack{minitoc} package is pointless. If some of the \com{part}, \com{chapter}, +% or \com{section} commands are not defined, the \upack{minitoc} commands for that level are +% unavailable. If \com{chapter} is defined, the \upack{minitoc} commands at the section level are not +% defined in the current and older versions of the \upack{minitoc} package, but if \com{chapter} is +% not defined and \com{section} is defined, then the \upack{minitoc} commands at the section level are +% defined. See section~\vref{note+sectionning}. +% In non-standard document classes, sectionning commands with non-standard names cannot be recognized by the +% \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[sectlof] A list of figures for a section. +% \item[\dcnt{sectlofdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the sectlofs. +% \item[sectlot] A list of tables for a section. +% \item[\dcnt{sectlotdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the sectlots. +% \item[\upack{sectsty}] The \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} provides a set of commands for changing +% the font used for the various sectional headings in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: \class{article}, +% \class{book}, and \class{report}. This package also works with the {\KOMAScript} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} +% \class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook}, and \class{scrreprt}. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.sectsty} and +% section~\vref{faq.28}). +% \item[secttoc] A table of contents for a section. +% \item[\dcnt{secttocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the secttocs. +% \item[\upack{sfheaders}] The \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (for \LaTeXe) borrows +% some definitions from the standard \class{article}/\class{report}/\class{book} classes +% and modifies them in order to print the part, chapter, section, subsection\ldots{} headers with +% the Sans-Serif variant of the current font. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.sfheaders} and +% section~\vref{faq.41}). +% \item[shell] In the Unix, Unix-like and Linux operating systems, the \textbf{shell} is a program used as an +% interface between the operating system and the user. It can also be used as a scripting language to write +% programs or scripts to prepare routinely used sequences of tasks. The main shells are the +% Bourne shell (\textbf{sh}), the C~shell (\textbf{csh}), the Korn shell (\textbf{ksh}), +% and their many successors (like \textbf{bash}, \textbf{tcsh}, etc.). +% \item[\uopt{shortext}]\iopt{shortext} An\imess{W0020} option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It forces the use of short extensions +% (3~characters) in the names of the minitoc auxiliary files. This option is inactive by default, but is +% automatically activated if your operating system needs short extensions. See \textbf{autoconfiguration} +% above and the section~\vref{.8+3}. +% \item[\upack{shorttoc}] The \pack{shorttoc} package~\cite{shorttoc} allows to create an other table of +% contents in a document, with an other title and an other depth than the main table of contents. +% \item[SJIS] The SJIS character encoding (for the japanese language), also known as MS-Kanji (Kanji for +% Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered}), +% consists of two overlaid character sets: the so-called halfwidth Katakana (JIS X0201-1976, 1-byte characters +% encoded in the range \texttt{0xA1} to \texttt{0xDF}) and the (fullwidth) JIS character set (JIS X0208-1990, +% mapped to the remaining code points). This information is taken from~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% \item[\upack{\SLaTeX}]\ipacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} A version of \LaTeX\ customized for the swedish language. See~\cite{slatex}. +% \item[\upack{splitbib}]\ipack{splitbib} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{splitbib} which allows for sorting a bibliography +% into categories and +% subcategories; this is interesting for lists of publications, for grouping references by subject, by year,~... +% \item[\upack{stdclsdv}] The \pack{stdclsdv} package~\cite{stdclsdv} is intended to be used by the authors +% of \LaTeX{} packages that need to know about the sectional divisions provided by the document class. +% \item[strut] A vertical invisible rule used to force a minimal separation between two lines of text. +% \item[\upack{subfig}] The \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig} provides support for the +% inclusion of small, ``sub-figures'' and ``sub-tables''. It simplifies the positioning, captioning and labeling of +% them within a single \env{figure} or \env{table} environment. In addition, this package allows +% such sub-captions to be written to the List of Figures or List of Tables if desired. +% \item[\upack{subfigure}] The \pack{subfigure} package~\cite{subfigure} is an obsolete version (by the same +% author) of the \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}. +% \item[suffix] See ``extension'' above. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{T}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{T} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[TDS] \index{TDS}The \TeX~Directory Structure~\cite{ftds,tds}; a directory structure highly recommended to +% store macros, fonts, and the other implementation-independent \TeX{} system files; it also suggests how to +% incorporate the rest of the \TeX{} files in a single structure; the \index{TDS}TDS has been designed to work on all +% modern systems. +% \item[\TeX] \TeX{} is a computer program created by \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}~\cite{texbook,ftb}. +% It is aimed at typesetting text and mathematical formulae. +% \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} started writing the \TeX{} typesetting +% engine in 1977 to explore the potential of the digital printing +% equipment that was beginning to infiltrate the publishing industry at +% that time, especially in the hope that he could reverse the trend of +% deteriorating typographical quality that he saw affecting his own +% books and articles. \TeX{} as we use it today was released in 1982, +% with some slight enhancements added in 1989 to better support 8-bit +% characters and multiple languages. \TeX{} is renowned for being +% extremely stable, for running on many different kinds of computers, +% and for being virtually bug free. The version number of \TeX{} is +% converging to $\pi$ and is now at $3.141592$. +% +% \TeX{} is pronounced ``Tech,'' with a ``ch'' as in the German word +% ``Ach'' or in the Scottish ``Loch.'' In an ASCII environment, \TeX{} +% becomes \texttt{TeX}. +% \item[\upack{thailatex}] The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex} allows to typeset +% documents in the Thai language. You can also use the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a tight line spacing in the +% mini-tables. The opposite option is \optd{loose}. +% \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles. +% Amongst its many features it provides margin titles, different format in left and right pages, rules above +% and below the title, etc. Unfortunately, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \item[\upack{titletoc}] The\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} \pack{titletoc} package is useful for toc entries formatting, +% providing the possibility of changing the format in the middle of a document, grouping the entries +% in a single paragraph, pretty free-forms entries, partial tocs, etc. +% Unfortunately, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. +% +% The \xfile{titletoc.sty} file is not part of the \pack{titlesec} package; it's an independent package, +% but it's described in the \pack{titlesec} package documentation~\cite{titletoc}. +% \item[\uscrp{tmk}]\iscrp{tmk} A script file which creates a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant +% hierarchy~\cite{ftds,tds} (to be ajusted to your system). +% \item[TOC, ToC] Acronym for ``table of contents''. +% \item[\upack{tocbibind}] The \pack{tocbibind}\imess{I0046} package~\cite{tocbibind} can be used to add the ToC +% and/or bibliography and/or the index etc., to the Table of Contents listing. But it needs some precautions +% when used with the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{special.entries}. +% \item[\dcnt{tocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the table of contents. +% \item[\upack{tocloft}] The \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}\imess{I0047} provides means of controlling the +% typographic design of the Table of Contents, List of Figures and List of Tables. +% New kinds of ``List of \ldots' can be defined. If you use the \pack{tocloft} package and the +% \upack{minitoc} package, see section~\vref{faq+tocloft} about fixing some minor compatibility issues. +% \item[\xfile{TODO}] is a plain text file (english) which lists some suggested developments of the package, +% not yet implemented. Comments and suggestions are welcome. +% \item[token] A token\footnote{This definition is taken from ``\textsl{The \TeX{}book}''~\cite{texbook,ftb}.} is either +% (a)~a single character with an attached category code (see ``catcode'' above), or (b)~a control sequence. +% \virage{} You \emph{should} remember two chief things about \TeX's tokens: (1)~A~control sequence is considered to be +% a single object that is no longer composed of a sequence of symbols. Therefore long control sequence names +% are no harder for \TeX\ to deal with than short ones, after they have been replaced by tokens. Furthermore, +% spaces are not ignored after control sequences inside a token list; the ignore-space rule applies only in an +% input file, during the time that strings of characters are being tokenized. (2)~Once a category code has been +% attached to a character token, the attachment is permanent. For instance, if character `\verb|{|' were +% suddenly declared to be of category~12 instead of category~1, the characters `\verb|{|$_1$' already inside token +% lists of \TeX\ would still remain of category~1; only newly made lists would contain `\verb|{|$_{12}$' tokens. +% In other words, individual characters receive a fixed interpretation as soon as they have been read from a file, +% based on the category they have at the time of reading. Control sequences are different, since they can change +% their interpretation at any time. \TeX's digestive processes always know exactly what a character token signifies, +% because the category code appears in the token itself; but when the digestive processes encounter a control sequence +% token, they must look up the current definition of that control sequence in order to figure out what it means. +% \item[\pack{trivfloat}] The \pack{trivfloat} package~\cite{trivfloat} (by \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright})\imess{I0053} provides +% a quick method for defining new float types in \LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the +% same style as the \LaTeX{} kernel \env{figure} and \env{table} float types. +% \item[\pack{txfonts}] The \pack{txfonts} package~\cite{txfonts} provides the \texttt{TX} fonts, which consist of +% \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt +% \item virtual text roman fonts using Adobe Times (or URW NimbusRomNo9L) with +% some modified and additional text symbols in OT1, T1, TS1, and LY1 encodings; +% \item \textsf{virtual text sans serif fonts using Adobe Helvetica (or URW NimbusSanL) with +% additional text symbols in OT1, T1, TS1, and LY1 encodings}; +% \item {\smooth\texttt{monospaced typewriter fonts in the OT1, T1, TS1, and LY1\linebreak[4] encodings}}; +% \item math alphabets using Adobe Times (or URW NimbusRomNo9L) with modified metrics; +% \item math fonts of all symbols corresponding to those of Computer Modern math fonts (CMSY, CMMI, CMEX, +% and Greek letters of CMR); +% \item math fonts of all symbols corresponding to those of AmS{} fonts (MSAM and MSBM); +% \item additional math fonts of various symbols. +% \end{enumerate} +% All fonts are in the Type~1 format (in \suffix{.afm} and \suffix{.pfb} files). +% Necessary \suffix{.tfm} and \suffix{.vf} files together with \LaTeXe\ package files and font map files +% (\suffix{.map}) for \tool{dvips} are provided. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[UNIX] A modern operating system, available on many computers and in various flavors. From the +% \upack{minitoc} point of view, it has the advantage of using filenames with long extensions (the length +% limit is too high to be a problem with the number of mini-tables). +% \item[UNIX-like] Operating systems analog to Unix, with the same advantages. Linux is a good example, but others +% exist. +% \item[\utool{urlbst}]\itool{urlbst} A PERL script, by \name{Norman}{Gray}~\cite{urlbst}, +% to add a \texttt{webpage} \BibTeX{} entry type, +% and add support for general \texttt{url} and \texttt{lastchecked} fields, to (most) \BibTeX{} \suffix{.bst} files. +% Optionally adds basic support for \texttt{eprint} and \texttt{doi} fields, and \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}/\pack{hyperref} +% support, too. See \cite{hypertex,hyperref.web}. +% \item[UTF\phantom{-}8] UTF~8 (Unicode Transformation Format~8), also called UTF~2 or FSS-UTF, is a special representation +% of Unicode (resp. ISO~10\,646). It uses multibyte sequences of various lengths, but only 2-byte and 3-byte +% sequences are implemented in \pack{CJK}. ASCII characters will be used as-is --- without this property it would be +% impossible to use UTF~8 with \TeX. See table~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{V}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{V} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{varsects}] The \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} provides a set of commands for changing +% the font used for the various sectional headings in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: \class{article}, +% \class{book}, and \class{report}. +% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.varsects} and +% section~\vref{faq.33}). +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{W}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{W} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \par\reversemarginpar +% \item[Wikipedia] The \index{Wikipedia}Wikipedia\index{Wikipedia} +% is a free, multilingual, open content (neutral, verifiable, modifiable and improvable by anyone) +% encyclopedia project operated by the non-profit Wikimedia Foundation. +% Its name is a portemanteau of the words \emph{wiki} (a type of collaborative website) and \emph{encyclopedia}. +% Launched in 2001 by \name{Jimmy}{Wales} and \name{Larry}{Sanger}, it is the largest, fastest growing and most +% popular general reference work currently available on the Internet. +% \par\normalmarginpar +% \item[\upack{wrapfig}] The \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig} provides the \env{wrapfigure} and +% \env{wraptable} environments to place a figure or table at the side of the page and wrap text around~it. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{X}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{X} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\scrp{xmk}] An example of shell script, which typesets the example document files into PDF documents. +% \item[\upack{xr}] The \pack{xr} package~\cite{xr} implements a system for eXternal References. I wrote the +% first version of this package, but it had severe problems. \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} rewrote it in a much +% better and more robust way. With his permission, I used some of his code in the \upack{minitoc} package +% to implement the preparation commands (like \com{dominitoc}). If you use also the \pack{hyperref} +% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, use \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} in place of the \upack{xr} package. +% \end{wdesc} +% \end{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Jargon}\label{c+jargon} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{5}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.75em} +% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.75em} +% \minitoc +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} +% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{0pt} +% \mtcskip +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} +% \minilot +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} +% Ce chapitre tente d'expliquer certains termes utilisщs dans cette documentation et dщcrit quelques fichiers et suffixes +% utiles. +% De nombreuses informations proviennent des documentations de divers paquetages citщs (souvent du rщsumщ ou +% \emph{abstract}), et +% de~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2F,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}. +% \clearpage +% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \jsection{<<~.~>>\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<<~.~>>} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\suffix{.aux}] Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier \emph{auxiliaire} d'un document \LaTeX{}. Il transfшre +% des informations d'une exщcution de \LaTeX{} р~la suivante. +% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.aux} Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier classe de document, +% chargщ via la commande \com{documentclass}. +% \item[\usuffix{.dtx}]\isuffix{.dtx} Le suffixe du nom pour le fichier source documentщ d'un paquetage ou d'une classe \LaTeX. +% Ce fichier est souvent associщ р~un fichier \suffix{.ins} pour engendrer le paquetage ou la classe. +% Compiler un fichier \suffix{.dtx} avec \LaTeX{} engendre la documentation. +% \item[\usuffix{.F}]\isuffix{.F} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilof lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.F}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilof. +% \item[\usuffix{.G}]\isuffix{.G} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlof lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.G}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.H}]\isuffix{.H} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlof lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.H}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.ins}]\isuffix{.ins} Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier d'installation d'un paquetage ou d'une classe \LaTeX. +% Lorsque qu'il est compilщ avec \LaTeX, il extrait les fichiers du paquetage ou de la classe depuis un +% fichier \suffix{.dtx}. +% \item[\usuffix{.lof}]\isuffix{.lot} Le suffixe du nom du fichier \og{} liste des figures\fg. +% \item[\usuffix{.log}]\isuffix{.log} Le suffixe du nom du fichier rapport de compilation. +% \item[\usuffix{.lot}]\isuffix{.lot} Le suffixe du nom du fichier \og{} liste des tableaux\fg. +% \item[\usuffix{.M}]\isuffix{.M} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minitoc lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.M}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minitoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.maf}]\suffix{.maf} Le suffixe du nom du fichier engendrщ par l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. +% Option par dщfaut. +% Ce fichier contient la liste des fichiers auxiliaires minitoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.mld}]\isuffix{.mld} Le suffixe pour le nom d'un fichier minitoc de dщfinition de langue. Un fichier minitoc de +% dщfinition de langue contient les dщfinitions des titres des mini-tables dans une langue donnщe. +% \item[\usuffix{.mlf}]\isuffix{.mlf} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilof lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.mlf}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilof. +% \item[\usuffix{.mlo}]\isuffix{.mlo} Le suffixe pour le nom d'un fichier minitoc objet de langue. Pour certaines langues +% exotiques, le codage rend difficile l'insertion directe des titres dans un fichier \suffix{.mld}; donc +% le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. +% \item[\usuffix{.mlt}]\isuffix{.mlt} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilot lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.mlt}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilot. +% \item[\usuffix{.mtc}]\isuffix{.mtc} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minitoc lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.mtc}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minitoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.P}]\isuffix{.P} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier parttoc lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.P}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la parttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.plf}]\isuffix{.plf} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlof lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.plf}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.plt}]\isuffix{.plt} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlot lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.plt}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlot. +% \item[\usuffix{.ptc}]\suffix{.ptc} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier parttoc lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.ptc}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la parttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.S}]\isuffix{.S} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier secttoc lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.S}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la secttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.slf}]\isuffix{.slf} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlof lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.slf}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlof. +% \item[\usuffix{.slt}]\isuffix{.slt} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlot lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.slt}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlot. +% \item[\usuffix{.stc}]\isuffix{.stc} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier secttoc lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.stc}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la secttoc. +% \item[\usuffix{.sty}]\isuffix{.sty} Le suffixe pour le nom d'un fichier paquetage, chargщ via \com{usepackage}. +% \item[\usuffix{.T}]\isuffix{.T} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilot lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.T}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilot. +% \item[\usuffix{.tex}]\isuffix{.tex} Le suffixe du nom d'un fichier source \TeX\ ou \LaTeX\ normal. +% \item[\usuffix{.toc}]\isuffix{.toc} Le suffixe du nom du fichier \og{} table des matiшres\fg. +% \item[\usuffix{.U}]\isuffix{.U} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlot lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.U}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlot. +% \item[\usuffix{.V}]\isuffix{.V} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlot lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le +% suffixe complet est \suffix{.V}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlot. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{A}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{A} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[absolue (numщrotation)] Les fichiers auxiliaires pour les minitables ont un suffixe contenant un +% \emph{numщro absolu}, c'est-р-dire un numщro qui est unique et toujours croissant depuis la premiшre +% partie, le premier chapitre ou la premiшre section; ceci a rщsolu quelques problшmes obscurs, et aussi +% frappщ d'obsolescence quelques commandes, telles que \com{firstpartis}, +% \com{firstchapteris} et \com{firstsectionis}. La numщrotation absolue a щtщ introduite dans +% la version~\#23. +% \item[\upack{abstract}] Le paquetage \pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) nщcessite +% quelques prщcautions s'il est utilisщ avec son option \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}. +% \item[\feat{after}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ \emph{aprшs} un type donnщ de mini-table. +% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[ajustement] Quelques commandes et environnements de \upack{minitoc} sont dits \og{} commandes +% d'ajustement\fg{} car ils sont utilisщs dans certaines circonstances pour \og{} ajuster\fg{} un compteur ou +% altщrer l'affichage de fichiers de contenu. Ces commandes et environnements sont +% \com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc}, \com{adjuststc}, +% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, +% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, \com{incrementstc}, +% \com{mtcaddpart}, \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, +% \com{mtcfixglossary}, \com{mtcfixindex}, \com{mtcfixnomenclature}, +% \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, +% \env{mtchideinmainlof} et +% \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% Il est \virage\emph{fortement recommandщ} que l'utilisateur vщrifie le rщsultat de tels ajustements dans le +% document final. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\pack{afterpage}] La paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage} est utilisщ pour ajouter du code qui sera +% exщcutщ \emph{aprшs} la prochaine coupure de page. +% \item[\upack{alnumsec}] +% Le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} vous permet d'utiliser une numщrotation alphanumщrique des sections, +% c'est-р-dire: A.~Introduction; III.~Loi internationale. Ce rщsultat est similaire +% р~celui du paquetage \pack{alphanum} (qui fait partie de la classe \class{jura}~\cite{jura}), +% mais vous pouvez utiliser les commandes de sectionnement standard de \LaTeX. Il est donc possible +% de changer facilement de schщma de numщrotation. Lettres grecques, lettres doubles~(bb) et diffщrents +% dщlimiteurs autour des numщros sont supportщs. +% Ce paquetage doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.alnumsec} et la +% section~\vref{faq.42}). +% \item[\upack{alphanum}] Le\imess{W0025} paquetage \pack{alphanum}, qui fait partie de la +% classe spщcialisщe \class{jura}~\cite{jura}, +% de \name{Felix}{Braun}, est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \lneed{3} +% \item[\AmS] L'\emph{American Mathematical Society}~\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}\fron.% +% \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}} +% Cette sociщtщ savante a dщveloppщ les classes de document suivantes: +% \class{amsart} et \class{amsproc} sont, malheureusement, \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% \class{amsbook} est compatible mais demande des prщcautions. Voir la section~\vref{s+AMS}. +% \item[\uclass{amsart}]\iclass{amsart} Une\imess{W0026} classe de document pour des articles~\cite{amslatex}, +% fournie par l'\emph{American Mathematical Society} (\AmS). Malheureusement, cette classe +% est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uclass{amsbook}]\iclass{amsbook} Une\imess{I0041} classe de document pour des livres~\cite{amslatex}, fournie par +% l'\emph{American Mathematical Society} (\AmS). Cette classe est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% mais requiert des prщcautions. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uclass{amsproc}]\iclass{amsproc} Une\imess{W0027} classe de document pour des comptes-rendus de +% congrшs~\cite{amslatex}, fournie par l'\emph{American Mathematical Society} (\AmS). Malheureusement, cette +% classe est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{Antomega}] \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% est un paquetage de support de langues pour \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), fondщ sur le +% fichier \xfile{omega.sty} original du projet Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). Cependant, il offre quelques +% fonctionnalitщs additionnelles utiles. +% Certains fichiers de dщfinition de langue (\suffix{.mld}) utilisent des titres dщfinis par \pack{Antomega}: +% \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, +% \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, +% \xfile{russian2m.mld}, \xfile{russian2o.mld} et \xfile{spanish3.mld}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\env{appendices}] Voir \upack{appendix} ci-dessous. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{appendix}] Le\imess{I0042} paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) +% fournit diverses maniшres de formater les titres des appendices. Des environnements +% nommщs (\texttt{sub})\env{appendices}\ienv{subappendices} +% sont aussi fournis pouvant ъtre utilisщs, par exemple, pour des appendices par chapitre ou par section. Si +% ce paquetage est utilisщ avec \upack{minitoc}, certaines prщcautions sont nщcessaires (voir la +% section~\vref{faq+appendix}). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{\Arabi}] \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} est un systшme (de \name{Youssef}{Jabri}) pour prщparer des documents \LaTeX{} dans +% les langues arabe (\lopt{arab}) ou \lopt{farsi}. Les titres dans \xfile{arabi.mld} et \xfile{farsi3.mld} proviennent +% des fichiers \xfile{arabic.ldf} et \xfile{farsi.ldf} de ce systшme. +% \item[\upack{Arab\TeX}] \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} est un paquetage (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}) pour prщparer des +% documents en langue arabe (\lopt{arab}) ou hщbraяque (\lopt{hebrew}). Les titres dans \xfile{arab.mld} (ou \xfile{arabic.mld}), +% \xfile{arab2.mld} et +% \xfile{hebrew.mld} proviennent d'\packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}, mais ceux donnщs par \xfile{hebrew2.mld} proviennent +% de \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \item[\upack{Arm\TeX}] \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} est un paquetage (rщalisщ par \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, +% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}) pour prщparer des +% documents \LaTeX{} en langue armщnienne. +% Les titres dans \xfile{armenian.mld} proviennent du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}. +% \item[\uclass{article}]\iclass{article} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{classes}. Elle offre des commandes de sectionnement: +% \com{part} et \com{section} (et en dessous), mais pas \com{chapter}. Elle est compatible avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} et vous pouvez faire des mini-tables aux niveaux partie et section (mais, bien +% s√r, pas au niveau chapitre indisponible). +% \item[\com{AtBeginDocument}] +% Cette macro standard permet d'ajouter du code р~exщcuter au dщbut du document (en fait, р~la fin exacte de +% son prщambule, mais р~l'intщrieur de celui-ci, ce qui implique quelques restrictions), р~l'endroit +% o∙ \verb|\begin{document}| est traitщ. Ceci permet р~un paquetage (ou р~une classe) d'ajouter du code sans +% crщer de conflits avec d'autres paquetages essayant de faire de mъme. +% \item[\com{AtEndDocument}] +% Cette macro standard permet d'ajouter du code р~exщcuter р~la fin du document, р~l'endroit +% o∙ \verb|\end{document}| est traitщ. Ceci permet р~un paquetage (ou р~une classe) d'ajouter du code sans +% crщer de conflits avec d'autres paquetages essayant de faire de mъme. +% \item[\textbf{autoconfiguration}] Depuis la version~\#28, \upack{minitoc} dщtecte automatiquement si les +% suffixes des noms de fichiers sont limitщs р~3~caractшres (comme sous MS-DOS). Ce processus se nomme +% l'autoconfiguration. L'option de paquetage \opt{shortext} force la limitation р~3~caractшres. +% \item[auxiliaire] Pendant la prщparation d'un document, le systшme \LaTeX\ utilise quelques fichiers +% \textbf{auxiliaires} pour stocker des informations. Les fichiers auxiliaires standard sont +% \emph{document}\suffix{.aux} (pour les labels de rщfщrences croisщes, les compteurs, etc.), +% \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} pour la table des matiшres, \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} pour la liste des figures +% et \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} pour la liste des tableaux. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} crщe ses propres +% fichiers auxiliaires, pour y~stocker les contenus de chaque mini-table. Ces fichiers sont les +% \emph{fichiers auxiliaires minitoc}, dont les noms sont de la forme \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{suffixe}, +% le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes} liste les suffixes possibles. +% Voir aussi le suffixe \suffix{.maf} plus haut. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{babel}] Le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et autres) est un +% vaste paquetage permettant de prщparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans de nombreuses langues, et pas seulement en +% anglais. De nombreux titres pour les mini-tables proviennent directement du paquetage \pack{babel}. +% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} Un paquetage pour composer des documents dans la langue \lopt{bangla} +% (\lopt{bengali}) en utilisant les systшmes {\TeX/\LaTeX}; voir~\cite{bangtex}. +% \item[\feat{before}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ \emph{avant} un type donnщ de mini-table. +% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \item[\BibTeX] Un programme щcrit par \name{Oren}{Patashnik} pour produire des bibliographies dans des documents \LaTeX. +% Distribuщ avec \LaTeX. Voir~\cite{ttb,btxdoc,btxhak,btxfaq}. +% \item[\upack{bibtopic}]\ipack{bibtopic} Un paquetage~\cite{bibtopic} \LaTeX{} pour inclure plusieurs bibliographies dans +% un document. Ces bibliographies pourraient ъtre considщrщes comme couvrant des sujets diffщrents (d'o∙ le nom) +% ou du matщriel bibliographique (par exemple, documentation de premier et second niveaux), etc. +% \item[\upack{bibunits}] Le paquetage \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits} permet de faire des bibliographies +% distinctes pour diffщrentes unitщs ou partie du texte. Les unitщs peuvent ъtre des chapitres, des sections ou +% des environnements \env{bibunit}. Ce paquetage est compatible avec une large variщtщ de paquetages, dont +% (mais sans y~ъtre limitщ) \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes}, \pack{overcite}~\cite{overcite} +% et les classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. +% \item[\uclass{book}]\iclass{book} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{classes}. Elle a des commandes de sectionnement: +% \com{part}, \com{chapter} et \com{section} (et en dessous). +% Elle est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et vous pouvez faire des mini-tables aux niveaux partie et +% chapitre (mais pas au niveau section, pour щviter de trop nombreux fichiers auxiliaires). +% \item[\pack{booktabs}] Ce beau paquetage~\cite{booktabs} vous aide р~prщparer de plus belles tables, \emph{sans} +% filets verticaux ni filets doubles. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{C}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{C} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[cadratin] Voir л~em~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[\pack{calc}] Le paquetage \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} facilite les calculs numщriques (sur des compteurs et +% des dimensions) lors le la prщparation d'un document \LaTeX. +% \item[cappuccino] Voir л~minutes~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[\upack{captcont}] Le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} fournit un support pour conserver +% un numщro de figure ou de caption pour plusieurs environnements flottants --- habituellement sur plusieurs pages. +% Il permet de contrЇler le contenu des pages de la liste des figures et de la liste des tableaux. Il devrait +% ъtre compatible avec tous les autres paquetages qui modifient ou щtendent l'environnement flottant et avec +% le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} en particulier. +% \item[\upack{caption}] Le paquetage \upack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\imess{W0033} offre de nombreuses faчons d'adapter les +% captions (lщgendes) dans des environnements flottants tels que \env{figure} et \env{table}, et coopшre +% avec de nombreux autres paquetages. +% \item[\upack{caption2}] Le paquetage\,\footnote{Ce texte provient de la documentation du paquetage \pack{caption}, +% et a щtщ traduit. Les paquetages \pack{caption} et \pack{caption2} ont le mъme auteur, \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}.} +% \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2}\imess{W0034} щtait considщrщ comme щtant une version expщrimentale +% parallшle du paquetage normal \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} et a щtщ supplantщ par la nouvelle version~\mbox{3.0} +% du paquetage normal \pack{caption} en dщcembre 2003. \pack{caption2} est encore supportщ +% d'une certaine maniшre, ce qui signifie qu'il fera partie des prochaines distributions et que les erreurs +% seront encore corrigщes, afin que les documents existants utilisant ce paquetage puissent encore ъtre +% compilщs. Mais \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt} \emph{ne rщpondra plus} aux questions concernant ce paquetage sauf +% pour les questions sur le passage р~la nouvelle version du paquetage \pack{caption}. Et ce paquetage +% \emph{ne sera ni adaptщ ni amщliorщ} dans le futur. +% +% Vous ъtes donc priщs de ne pas utiliser ce paquetage pour de nouveaux documents. Il est vieux, il est +% obsolшte et il commence р~sentir mauvais! +% +% Vous ъtes щgalement priщs d'ignorer tous les conseils dans des livres ou autres documents qui essayent de +% vous dire que le paquetage \pack{caption2} devrait ъtre utilisщ р~la place du paquetage \pack{caption} -- ces +% conseils sont dщmodщs depuis dщcembre 2003. +% \item[catcode] Abrщviation de л~code de catщgorie~╗ (\emph{category code}). Tout\,\footnote{Cette dщfinition +% est tirщe du <<~\textsl{The \TeX{}book}~>>~\cite{texbook,ftb}.} d'abord, il est sage d'avoir une idщe prщcise de ce +% que votre clavier envoie р~la machine. Il y~a 256~caractшres que \TeX\ peut rencontrer р~chaque щtape, dans un +% fichier ou dans une ligne de texte frappщ directement sur votre terminal. Ces 256~caractшres sont classщs en +% 16~catщgories numщrotщes de~0 р~15. Voir la table~\vref{t+J+catcodes}. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \def?{\phantom{0}} +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Codes de catщgorie}\label{t+J+catcodes} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}clZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% &\textbf{Catщgorie}&\textbf{Signification}\\ +% \midrule +% ?0&Caractшre d'щchappement&(\texttt{\bs}~habituellement)\\ +% ?1&Dщbut de groupe&(\texttt{\{}~habituellement)\\ +% ?2&Fin de groupe&(\texttt{\}}~habituellement)\\ +% ?3&Dщbut et fin de mode mathщmatique&(\texttt{\$}~habituellement)\\ +% ?4&Taquet d'alignement&(\texttt{\&}~habituellement)\\ +% ?5&Fin de ligne&(\emph{return}~habituellement)\\ +% ?6&Paramшtre&(\texttt{\#}~habituellement)\\ +% ?7&Exposant&(\texttt{\textasciicircum}~habituellement)\\ +% ?8&Indice&(\texttt{\_}~habituellement)\\ +% ?9&Caractшre ignorщ&(\emph{null}~habituellement)\\ +% 10&Espace&(\texttt{\textvisiblespace}~habituellement)\\ +% 11&Lettre&(\texttt{A}, \ldots, \texttt{Z} et~\texttt{a}, \ldots, \texttt{z})\\ +% 12&Autre caractшre&(aucun de ceux ci-dessus ou ci-dessous)\\ +% 13&Caractшre actif&(\texttt{\textasciitilde}~habituellement)\\ +% 14&Caractшre commentaire&(\texttt{\%}~habituellement)\\ +% 15&Caractшre invalide&(\emph{delete}~habituellement)\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% Il n'est pas nщcessaire que vous appreniez ces numщros de code; l'important est que \TeX\ connaisse 16~types +% diffщrents de caractшres. Tout d'abord, л~\textsl{The \TeX{}book}~╗ vous laisse croire qu'il n'y a que deux +% types --- le caractшre d'щchappement et les autres --- puis il vous parle de deux types de plus, les symboles de +% groupement~\texttt{\{} et~\texttt{\}}. Le code de catщgorie pour tout caractшre peut ъtre changщ р~tout moment, +% mais il est habituellement prudent de se conformer р~un schщma particulier. +% \item[\upack{ccaption}] Le paquetage \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption}\imess{W0035} fournit des commandes pour des +% \og{} captions de continuation\fg, des captions non numщrotщs, et un en-tъte de lщgende pour tout +% environnement. Des mщthodes sont fournies pour dщfinir des captions р~utiliser en dehors des environnements +% flottants et pour dщfinir de nouveaux environnements flottants et des sous-flottants. Des outils sont fournis +% pour dщfinir vos propres styles de captions. +% \item[\upack{chngpage}] Le paquetage \pack{chngpage} (de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) fournit des commandes pour changer +% la mise en page au milieu d'un document et pour tester de maniшre robuste la mise en page pour les pages +% paires ou impaires. +% \item[Chapter~0] +% Certains documents ne commencent pas par le chapitre numщro un, mais par un chapitre numщrotщ zщro (ou mъme +% avec un numщro plus bizarre). Ceci posait un sщrieux problшme dans les anciennes versions du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}: les minitocs n'apparaissaient plus dans les bons chapitres, et une premiшre correction +% fut l'introduction de commandes spщcifiques (\com{firstchapteris} et analogues). Avec l'ajout de la +% numщrotation absolue des fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-tables (voir \emph{absolue} plus haut), le +% problшme fut rщsolu dans \upack{minitoc} version~\#23, et ces commandes devinrent obsolшtes. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.5}. +% \item[\upack{chapterbib}] Le paquetage \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib} permet d'avoir plusieurs bibliographies +% dans un document \LaTeX, y~compris des щlщments citщs (par \com{cite}) dans plus d'une bibliographie. +% Un dщpit du nom \og{}\pack{chapterbib}\fg, \emph{les bibliographies sont pour chaque fichier inclus par +% \com{include}}, pas nщcessairement pour chaque chapitre. +% \item[\uopt{checkfiles}]\ioptd{checkfiles} +% Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle teste chaque mini-table pour voir si elle est vide; puis les +% mini-tables vides \emph{ne sont pas} imprimщes. C'est le choix par dщfaut. L'option contraire +% (\opt{nocheckfiles}) imprime aussi les mini-tables vides, qui sont laides. Voir la +% section~\vref{o+checkfiles}. +% \item[\upack{CJK}] Le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et autres) est un ensemble de paquetages et de +% fontes pour prщparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans certaines langues orientales, telles que le chinois, +% le corщen (fontes Hang√l ou Hanja), le japonais et le thaя, ainsi que certaines variantes du russe. +% Les titres des mini-tables pour ces langues +% proviennent de fichiers du systшme \pack{CJK} et ont щtщ insщrщs dans des fichiers \suffix{.mld} lorsque ceci +% щtait possible, ou dans des fichiers \suffix{.mlo} lorsque le codage est incompatible avec le mщcanisme +% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx}; +% le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit alors charger le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant. +% \pack{CJK} implante les codages GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8 et CNS (sur 16~bits, sauf UTF~8 sur 24~bits). +% Voir le tableau~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Schщmas de codage implantщs dans \upack{CJK}}\label{t+jargon+CJK}\ipack{CJK} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{1~octet}&\textbf{2~octets}&\textbf{3~octets}\\ +% \midrule +% GB&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF7}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% Big~5&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF9}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% JIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF4}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% SJIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFC}&---\\ +% KS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFD}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% UTF~8&\texttt{0xC0}--\texttt{0xEF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}\\ +% CNS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% +% Certains schщmas de codage (Big~5, SJIS) ont des trous dans le domaine du deuxiшme octet. +% Il est difficile de lire avec les codages Big~5 et SJIS directement vers \TeX\ puisque certaines des valeurs +% utilisщes pour les deuxiшmes octets des codages sont rщservщes pour des caractшres de contrЇle: +% л~\texttt{\{}~╗, л~\texttt{\}}~╗ et л~\texttt{\bs}~╗. Le fait de les redщfinir casse beaucoup de choses dans +% \LaTeX; pour щviter ceci, normalement des prщprocesseurs sont utilisщs pour convertir le deuxiшme octet en +% un nombre suivi d'un caractшre dщlimiteur. Pour plus de dщtails, voir~\cite{lunde1993,lunde}; \name{Ken}{Lunde} +% y~prщsente en grand dщtail tous les codages \pack{CJK} qui sont ou ont щtщ utilisщs. +% Notez que le paquetage \upack{minitoc} utilise les fichiers \suffix{.mlo} pour contourner ce problшme; +% voir la section~\vref{fo+lang}. +% \item[classe] La \textbf{classe}\,\footnote{Cette note a щtщ extraite de~\cite{NSSL2E}, puis adaptщe.} +% est la premiшre information que \LaTeX{} a besoin de connaюtre lors du traitement d'un fichier d'entrщe; +% c'est le type de document que l'auteur souhaite produite. Ceci est spщcifiщ par la commande +% \com{documentclass}. +% \begin{quote} +% \com{documentclass}\verb|[|\emph{options}\verb|]{|\emph{classe}\verb|}| +% \end{quote} +% \noindent Ici \emph{classe} spщcifie le type du document р~produire. +% Le tableau~\vref{t+documentclasses} liste les classes standard de documents~\cite{classes}. La distribution \LaTeXe{} +% fournit d'autres classes pour d'autres documents, y~compris des lettres et des transparents, +% mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} n'a pas щtщ testщ avec toutes ces classes. +% Les paramшtres \emph{options} adaptent le comportement de la classe du document. Les options doivent ъtre +% sщparщes par des virgules. Les classes standard supportщes par le paquetage \upack{minitoc} sont listщes +% dans la section~\vref{s+supported+classes}. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Classes standard de documents}\label{t+documentclasses} +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Classe}&\textbf{Usage}\\ +% \midrule +% \class{article}~\cite{classes}&Pour des articles dans des journaux scientifiques, des prщsentations, des rapports courts, +% de la documentation de programmes, des invitations, \ldots\\ +% \class{proc}~\cite{proc}&Pour prщparer les comptes-rendus d'une confщrence; analogue р~la classe \class{article}.\\ +% \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc}&Pour prщparer la documentation d'un paquetage ou d'une classe; analogue р~la classe +% \class{article}.\\ +% \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews}&Pour prщparer l'annonce d'une version de \LaTeX{}; analogue р~la classe \class{article}.\\ +% \class{report}~\cite{classes}&Pour des rapports plus longs contenant plusieurs chapitres, de petits livres, des thшses, \ldots\\ +% \class{book}~\cite{classes}&Pour de vrais livres.\\ +% \class{letter}&Pour des lettres; comme cette classe n'a pas de commandes de sectionnement, n'utilisez pas +% \upack{minitoc} avec cette classe.\\ +% \class{slides}~\cite{slides}&Pour des transparents; cette classe utilise de grandes lettres sans empattements. Vous +% pouvez aussi envisager d'utiliser Beamer\TeX{}\,$^a$ р~la place. N'utilisez pas \upack{minitoc} avec ces classes.\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{{\froff$^a$\phantom{-}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}}\hfill\null}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \item[\feat{close}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ immщdiatement aprшs +% (fermeture, \emph{close}) l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donnщ de mini-table. +% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \item[\uscrp{cmk}]\iscrp{cmk} +% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer les fichiers de documentation +% en format PostScript р~partir de ceux en format PDF. +% Vous devriez adapter ce script р~vos besoins. +% \item[CMR] Pour л~Computer Modern Roman~╗. Le sous-ensemble romain des fontes л~Computer Modern~╗. +% Voir л~Computer Modern~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[codage] Un codage (\emph{encoding}) spщcifie l'ordre selon lequel les caractшres apparaissent dans la +% fonte (par exemple, si le soixante-quinziшme caractшre est un л~A~╗). Le codage de fonte le plus courant +% pour \TeX\ est OT1. L'autre option prщdщfinie est~T1 (\TeX\ щtendu). Il y~a aussi +% US~ASCII (7~bits), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bits), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}), +% etc. Voir la table~\vref{t+var-encodings} et~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Codages divers}\label{t+var-encodings} +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{Commentaire}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{ansinew}&Codage ANSI pour Windows~3.1, extension de Latin-1.\\ +% \texttt{applemac}&Codage Macintosh.\\ +% \texttt{ascii}&Codage ASCII pour l'intervalle 32--127.\\ +% \texttt{cp1250}&Page de code Windows 1250 (Europe centrale et orientale).\\ +% \texttt{cp1251}&Page de code Windows 1251 (cyrillique).\\ +% \texttt{cp1252}&Synonyme de \texttt{ansinew}.\\ +% \texttt{cp1257}&Page de code Windows 1257 (baltique).\\ +% \texttt{cp437}&Page de code IBM~437, qui est la page de code +% amщricaine d'origine et contient les lettres, les +% chiffres, des symboles mathщmatiques et quelques +% caractшres utiles pour construire des pseudo-graphiques.\\ +% \texttt{cp437de}&Page de code IBM~437 (version allemande).\\ +% \texttt{cp850}&Page de code IBM~850, presque identique р~ISO~Latin~1, +% mais la disposition des caractшres n'est pas la mъme.\\ +% \texttt{cp852}&Page de code IBM~852.\\ +% \texttt{cp855}&Page de code IBM~855 (cyrillique).\\ +% \texttt{cp865}&Page de code IBM~865.\\ +% \texttt{cp866}&Page de code IBM~866 (MS-DOS cyrillique).\\ +% \texttt{decmulti}&Codage du jeu international de caractшres DEC.\\ +% \texttt{latin1}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires +% р~la plupart des langues europщennes occidentales, y~compris +% le danois, le nщerlandais, l'anglais, le fщroщen, le +% finnois, le flamand, le franчais, l'allemand, +% l'islandais, l'italien, le norvщgien, le portugais, +% l'espagnol et le suщdois. Certaines langues non +% europщennes, comme l'hawaяen et l'indonщsien, sont aussi +% щcrites avec ce jeu de caractшres.\\ +% \texttt{latin2}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires +% р~la plupart des langues d'Europe centrale, y~compris +% le croate, le tchшque, le hongrois, le polonais, le +% roumain, le slovaque et le slovшne.\\ +% \texttt{latin3}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires +% р~l'espщranto, le maltais, le turc et le galicien. +% Cependant, \texttt{latin5} est le jeu de caractшres +% prщfщrщ pour le turc.\\ +% \texttt{latin4}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires +% pour les langues baltes (latvien ou letton, estonien et +% lituanien), le groendlandais et le lapon (sтme, sсmi).\\ +% \texttt{latin5}&Est essentiellement identique р~\texttt{latin1}, +% exceptщ que certains caractшres turcs remplacent des +% lettres islandaises moins souvent utilisщes.\\ +% \texttt{next}&Codage pour Next.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \item[\texttt{comp.text.tex}] Le groupe de discussion Usenet sur \TeX\ et \LaTeX, en anglais. +% \item[compteur] Un registre \TeX\ contenant une valeur entiшre. Il~y a 256 compteurs (de~0 р~255) dans \TeX, mais +% \LaTeX\ en utilise certains, et de nombreux paquetages ont besoin de quelques compteurs pour leur propre +% usage. Une version щtendue, dщrivщe de \TeX, \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, permet davantage de compteurs. +% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$), lui aussi, permet davantage de compteurs. +% \item[Computer Modern] Pour \og Computer Modern\fg. Un ensemble de fontes~\cite{cmt} conчues +% par \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth} pour \TeX. Initialement, elles щtaient construites avec +% {\MF}~\cite{meta-des,metabook} (un programme lui aussi crщщ par \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth}), +% mais aujourd'hui il en existe des versions PostScript type~1 (vectoriel), avec des extensions (pour les caractшres +% accentuщs, principalement): les fontes EC (\emph{European Computer Modern}), les fontes cm-super, etc. +% \item[CTAN] Le \emph{Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network} (rщseau d'archives \TeX\ complшtes), un ensemble +% d'archives informatiques contenant la plupart des ressources relatives р~\TeX{} (telles que fontes, +% logiciels, documentations, paquetages). Elles sont accessibles par +% Internet. Voir \url{http://ctan.org}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{D}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{D} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{dblaccnt}] J'ai d√ utiliser le paquetage \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} pour prщparer l'entrщe +% <<~The pdf\TeX\ Program~>>~\cite{han} dans la bibliographie, parce que le prщnom de son auteur comporte un +% accent double \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}; I used it also to typeset some other vietnamese words. +% \item[\texttt{de.comp.text.tex}] Le groupe de discussion Usenet sur \TeX\ et \LaTeX, en allemand. +% \item[\emph{depth}] Voir \textbf{profondeur} plus loin. +% \item[descripteur] (de fichier). Une entitщ logicielle dщcrivant l'interface entre un programme et un fichier. +% Pour la plupart des programmes et des systшmes d'exploitation, le nombre de descripteurs de fichiers est +% limitщ. Pour {\TeX} et {\LaTeX}, il y a 16~descripteurs de fichiers en щcriture et 16~descripteurs de +% fichiers en lecture. +% \item[\xfile{devanagari.sty}] Le paquetage \emph{\devnag{} pour \TeX{}} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari})\cite{devanagari} +% offre un moyen pour composer avec une haute qualitщ du texte \devnag{} avec \TeX{}. \devnag{} est une +% щcriture utilisщe pour щcrire et imprimer le sanskrit et de nombreuses langues d'Inde du nord et centrale +% telles que l'hindi et le marathi, ainsi que le nщpalais. Le paquetage \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} a щtщ initialement +% dщveloppщ en mai~1991 par \name{Frans}{Velthuis} pour l'Universitщ de Groningen, aux Pays-Bas, et ce fut le +% premier systшme р~supporter l'щcriture \devnag{} pour \TeX{}. +% \item[dispositifs] Un dispositif (\emph{feature}) (au sens du paquetage \upack{minitoc}) est un ensemble +% d'actions qui est exщcutщ lors de chaque occurrence d'un certain type de mini-table. Cing dispositifs sont +% associщs р~chaque type de mini-table: un dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ (exщcutщ avant la mini-table complшte), un dispositif +% л~\feat{after}~╗ (exщcutщ aprшs la mini-table complшte), +% un dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ (exщcutщ juste avant l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire contenant la minitable), +% un dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ (exщcutщ juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire contenant la minitable), +% et un dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗, qui est exщcutщ avec la +% mini-table pour forcer son style de page. +% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% ^^A \item[\xfile{duplex2v.pro}] Un fichier d'en-tъte PostScript, qui essaye d'activer l'impression en recto-verso. +% ^^A Il fonctionne avec certaines imprimantes PostScript HP et Canon. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{E}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{E} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\textbf{ECM}] Un exemple minimal complet est le plus petit document complet possible qui illustre un +% problшme. Un exemple minimal ne devrait aucun paquetegage ni code qui ne contribue pas au problшme, mais +% il doit contenir une classe de document et l'environnement \env{document} (d'aprшs~\cite{talbot-mini}). +% Voir aussi~\cite{preusse}, \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} et +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils. +% \item[\texttt{em}] Une unitщ de longueur щgale (approximativement) р~la largeur de la lettre~\og m\fg +% dans la fonte courante. En typographie, c'est un \og cadratin\fg. +% \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk} +% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer la documentation en anglais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir щtщ exщcutщ au prщalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] Un style bibliographique similaire au style \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst} standard, mais +% modifiщ avec l'outil \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst} pour ajouter un champ \texttt{URL}. Les noms de famille +% des auteurs et rщdacteurs (\emph{editors}) sont en petites capitales, les annщes en chiffres de style ancien. +% \item[environnement] Un environnement (\emph{environment}) est un domaine dщlimitщ dans un document, o∙ des +% rшgles spщciales s'appliquent. Un tel domaine est dщlimitщ +% par \verb|\begin{|\emph{env}\verb|}| \ldots{} \verb|\end{|\emph{env}\verb|}| et peut prendre des arguments, +% comme ceci: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\begin{minipage}[t]{.5\textwidth}|\\ +% \verb|\end{minipage}| +% \end{quote} +% \item[\packa{\eTeX}{etex}] \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est une version щtendue de \TeX, avec bien plus de +% registres et de nombreuses nouvelles primitives; elle supporte aussi l'щcriture de gauche р~droite et de +% droite р~gauche. +% \item[\upack{ethiop}]\ipack{ethiop} Un paquetage~\cite{ethiop} \LaTeX\ offrant le support de la langue щthiopienne pour +% le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \item[extension] Voir л~suffixe~╗ plus loin. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{F}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{F} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\xfile{farsi.sty}] Voir \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} ci-dessous. +% \item[\upack{Farsi\TeX}]\ipacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} Un paquetage~\cite{farsi} pour composer un document dans la langue \lopt{farsi} (iranien, persan). +% Voir~{\froff\url{http://www.farsitex.org}}. Mais ce n'est actuellement disponible que pour \LaTeX2.09. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+farsi1} et~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. +% \item[features] Voir л~dispositifs~╗ plus haut. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\env{filecontents}] Un environnement \LaTeX{} spщcial. Il permet de crщer un fichier (dont le nom est donnщ +% en argument de cet environnement) en щcrivant le contenu de l'environnement dans ce fichier. +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\bs begin\{filecontents\}\{\emph{fichier}\}}\\ +% \texttt{\ldots\emph{contenu}~\ldots}\\ +% \texttt{\bs end\{filecontents\}} +% \end{quote} +% Cet environnement devrait ъtre utilisщ \emph{avant} \com{documentclass}. +% Il est utilisщ dans \xfile{minitoc.ins} pour prщparer les fichiers \suffix{.mlo} (voir la +% section~\vref{fo+lang}) et quelques fichiers utilisщs dans la compilation de la documentation. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\com{firstchapteris}] Une commande obsolшte, utilisщe temporairement pour contourner le problшme +% du Chapitre~0; +% voir~\textbf{Chapitre~0} et \textbf{absolue (numщrotation)} plus haut, et la section~\vref{faq.5}. +% \item[\com{firstpartis}] Analogue р~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus. +% \item[\com{firstsectionis}] Analogue р~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus. +% \item[\pack{float}] Ce paquetage~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau})\imess{I0053} amщliore l'interface de dщfinition +% d'objets flottants tels que figures et tableaux en \LaTeX. Il ajoute la notion de <<~style de flottant~>> +% qui rщgit l'aspect des flottants. De nouvelles sortes de flottants peuvent ъtre dщfinies en utilisant une +% commande \com{newfloat} analogue р~\com{newtheorem}. Ce paquetage incorpore aussi la fonctionnalitщ du +% paquetage \pack{here} de \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, donnant aux environnements flottants une option +% \texttt{[H]} qui signifie <<~METTEZ-LE ICI~>> (par opposition р~l'option standard \texttt{[h]} qui signifie +% <<~vous pouvez le mettre ici si vous voulez~>>). +% \item[\com{FloatBarrier}] +% Une macro du paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}. Elle щtablit une л~barriшre~╗ contre la dщrive +% des щlщments flottants (tels que figures ou tableaux). +% \item[\pack{floatrow}] Ce paquetage~\cite{floatrow} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} est une extension du paquetage +% \pack{float}~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), rщutilisant son code, avec des extensions venant du +% paquetage \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} (de \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}). +% \item[\pack{flowfram}] Ce\imess{W0097} paquetage~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} est conчu pour vous permettre de crщer des +% blocs (\emph{frames}) de texte dans un document de maniшre que le contenu de l'environnement \env{document} +% coule d'un bloc au suivant dans l'ordre o∙ ils ont щtщ dщfinis. Ceci est utile pour crщer des posters ou des +% magazines ou toute autre forme de document qui n'est pas conforme р~la mise en page standard sur une ou deux colonnes. +% Comme ce paquetage dщfinit son propre systшme de minitocs, il est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk} +% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer la documentation en franчais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir щtщ exщcutщ au prщalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[\upack{fncychap}] Le paquetage \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap} fournit diverses commandes pour changer +% le format utilisщ pour certaines en-tъtes (chapitres) dans les classes stantard de documents de \LaTeXe: +% \class{book} et \class{report}. +% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.fncychap} et la +% section~\vref{faq.38}). +% \item[\texttt{fr.comp.text.tex}] Le groupe de discussion Usenet sur \TeX\ et \LaTeX, en franчais. +% \item[\upack{franc}]\ipack{franc} Un petit paquetage utilisщ pour prщparer la documentation en franчais. Il est +% produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\upack{frbib}]\ipack{frbib} Un petit paquetage utilisщ pour prщparer la bibliographie de la documentation en +% franчais. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{fr-mtc.bst}] Un fichier de style bibliographique utilisщ pour prщparer la bibliographie de la +% documentation en franчais. +% Il a щtщ amщliorщ pour le franчais par \name{Ronan}{Keryell} en partant de la version standard +% \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst}, puis j'ai ajoutщ quelques adaptations pour le franчais (comme les noms de famille en +% petites capitales pour les auteurs et les щditeurs, les annщes en chiffres anciens), +% puis je l'ai modifiщ avec l'outil \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}. +% \item[\upack{frnew.sty}]\ipack{frnew} Un petit paquetage utilisщ pour prщparer la documentation en franчais. Il est +% produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{G}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{G} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{geometry}] Le paquetage \pack{geometry}~\cite{geometry} fournit une interface utilisateur flexible +% et complшte pour les dimensions de la page. Vous pouvez les spщcifier en utilisant des paramшtres intuitifs +% pour obtenir votre mise en page dщsirщe. Par exemple, si vous voulez щtablir des marges (р~gauche, р~droite, +% en haut et en bas) р~2\,cm de chaque bord du papier, il vous suffit de dire: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}| +% \end{quote} +% Ce paquetage puissant (et recommandщ) est utilisщ dans certains des exemples de documents et dans la prщsente +% documentation. +% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} Un paquetage \LaTeX\ pour composer du texte guarani, la principale langue parlщe +% au Paraguay. +% Le fichier \xfile{guarani.ldf}, inclus dans ce paquetage, dщfinit les titres. Voir~\cite{guarani} et la +% section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{H}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{H} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{hangcaption}] Le paquetage \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption} dщfinit une variante de la +% commande \com{caption} pour produire des captions (lщgendes) avec une indentation pendante +% (\emph{hanging indentation}), c'est-р-dire dont la premiшre ligne dщborde sur la gauche. Ce paquetage est +% sans doute obsolшte (1992, \LaTeX2.09). +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[Hindi] Pour la langue hindi, voir le paquetage \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}~\cite{devanagari} plus haut. Le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} accepte les options de langue \lopt{devanagari} et \lopt{hindi}, qui sont +% synonymes. Une option de langue \lopt{hindi-modern} est щgalement disponible. +% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\emph{hint}] Une indication, un indice pour dщtecter un problшme. C'est aussi un message щcrit (dans +% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}) par l'option \optd{hints} (voir ci-dessous). +% \item[\uopt{hints}]\ioptd{hints} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle vщrifie l'ordre ce chargement de certains +% paquetages, l'ordre des invocations de certaines commandes de \upack{minitoc}, la cohщrence entre les +% principales commandes de \upack{minitoc}, etc., et produit des avertissements et d'autres indications +% (\emph{hints}) utiles (principalement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}). +% C'est une option active par dщfaut +% (utilisez l'option \opt{nohints} pour sauter ces vщrifications). +% \item[\upack{H\LaTeX}]\ipacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} Un systшme pour щcrire des documents en langue corщenne, en utilisant \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) +% (voir plus bas). +% ╔crit par \name{Un}{Koaunghi}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX}. Il utilise des fontes Hang√l +% ou Hanja spщciales et le codage UTF-8 en entrщe. +% \item[hyperlien] (\emph{hyperlink}) Dans un document, une rщfщrence р~un autre objet qui peut ъtre trouvщ de +% maniшre dynamique (en cliquant avec la souris). Ceci requiert un type spщcial de document (PDF, PostScript +% avec dispositifs d'hypertexte) et un visualisateur adaptщ (visualisateur PDF, visualisateur PostScript +% rщcent). Ceci est pratique pour naviguer dans un document ou plusieurs documents, qui peuvent ъtre des +% documents distants. +% \lneed{4} +% \item[\upack{hyperref}] Le\SMM{\lmess{W0023}\\\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0039}} +% paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} est utilisщ pour modifier les commandes +% de rщfщrences croisщes de \LaTeX\ afin de produire une certaine sorte de commandes \com{special}; +% elles sont des prщmices de l'ensemble de commandes \com{special} dщfinis pour les processeurs de +% \texttt{dvi} vers \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, pour les commandes \texttt{pdfmark} incluses pour le traitement par +% \tool{Acrobat Distiller} (\tool{dvips} et \tool{dvipsone}), pour \tool{dviwindo}, pour \textbf{pdf\TeX}, +% pour \textbf{\TeX4ht} et pour les outils de conversion en PDF et HTML de \tool{VTEX}. +% +% Ce paquetage dщrive de, et est bтti sur, le travail du projet \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, +% dщcrit dans~\cite{hypertex}. Il щtend la fonctionnalitщ de toutes les commandes de +% rщfщrences croisщes de \LaTeX\ (y~compris la table des matiшres, les bibliographies, etc.) pour produire des +% commandes \com{special} qu'un programme pilote (\emph{driver}) pourra transformer en liens +% hypertextes; il fournit aussi de nouvelles commandes permettant р~l'utilisateur d'щcrire des liens +% hypertextes (hyperliens) \emph{ad hoc}, y~compris ceux vers des documents externes et des URLs. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{I}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{I} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{ifmtarg}] Le paquetage \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg} fournit une commande si-alors-sinon +% (\emph{if-then-else}) pour tester si un argument de macro est vide (л~vide~╗ signifiant seulement zщro espaces ou +% plus). +% \item[\pack{ifthen}] Le paquetage \pack{ifthen}~\cite{ifthen} dщfinit une commande \com{ifthenelse} pour \LaTeXe. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui prщpare le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% depuis \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; notez que \scrp{imk} doit ъtre exщcutщ avant +% de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uopt{insection}]\iopt{insection} L'option de paquetage \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} charge le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} +% avec les options adщquates pour щviter que les щlщments flottants (tels que figures et tableaux) dщrivent +% en dehors de leurs sections, et charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter} (dщcrit dans~\cite{ltoutput} +% et~\cite[page~292]{TLC2F}). +% Cette option de paquetage est recommandщe si vous utilisez des sectlofs ou +% des sectlots dans votre document. Voir la section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. +% \item[insertion] Les commandes d'insertion du paquetage \upack{minitoc} insшrent une mini-table dans le document. +% Une commande de \emph{prщparation} correspondante doit avoir щtщ invoquщe (une seule fois) auparavant. +% Les commandes d'insertion sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} +% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ +% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ +% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot} +% \end{tabular} +% \item[\xfile{INSTALL}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir le chapitre~\vref{c+installation}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{J}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{J} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\com{jobname}] Une primitive \TeX\ contenant le nom du document en prщparation, c'est-р-dire le nom +% du fichier lu en premier par \TeX{} (ou \LaTeX), sans son suffixe. Elle est trшs utile pour construire les +% noms d'autres fichiers. +% \item[\uclass{jura}] La classe \imess{W0029}\class{jura}~\cite{jura}, de \name{Felix}{Braun}, est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle est utilisщe pour des documents juridiques en allemand. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{K}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{K} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\uopt{k-loose}]\ioptd{k-loose} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc} utile si votre document est щcrit avec une des +% classes de \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. Cette option essaye d'щtablir un espacement peu serrщ (\emph{loose}) +% dans les mini-tables. Analogue р~l'option de paquetage \optd{loose} pour les classes standard. +% \item[\uopt{k-tight}]\iopt{k-tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc} utile si votre document est щcrit avec une des +% classes de \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. Cette option essaye d'щtablir un espacement serrщ (\emph{tight}) dans les +% mini-tables. Analogue р~l'option de paquetage \opt{tight} pour les classes standard. +% \item[\packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}] Un projet~\cite{kannadatex} pour utiliser \LaTeX{} pout la composition +% dans la langue Kannada language. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+kannada}. +% \item[\KOMAScript] +% {\KOMAScript}\imess{I0043}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} est un ensemble trшs complexe. +% Vous pouvez le voir, car il n'y a pas seulement +% une seule classe ou un seul paquetage, mais tout un ensemble de classes et paquetages nombreux. Les +% classes (\class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook}, \class{scrlettr}, \class{scrlttr2} et +% \class{scrreprt}) sont bien les contreparties des classes standard, mais elles n'ont jamais seulement les +% mъmes commandes, environnements, options et possibilitщs optionnelles que les classes standard et ne donnent +% pas un rщsultat de mъme aspect. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les classes \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} et \class{scrartcl} sont compatibles avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}, avec certaines prщcautions (voir la section~\vref{special.entries}). +% Les classes \class{scrlettr} et \class{scrlttr2} n'ont pas de commandes +% de sectionnement, donc le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est sans objet avec elles. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \KOMAScript{} offre des tas de classes, paquetages, commandes, environnements et possibilitщs. Vous en +% trouverez certains aussi dans les classes standard, mais il y en a beaucoup que vous ne trouverez pas. +% Certains sont mъme des ajouts au noyau de \LaTeX. +% +% Les classes principales de l'ensemble {\KOMAScript} sont conчues comme des contreparties des classes +% \LaTeX{} standard. Ceci signifie que l'ensemble {\KOMAScript} contient des remplacements pour les trois +% classes standard \class{book}, \class{report} et \class{article}. Il y a aussi un remplacement pour la +% classe standard \class{letter}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{L}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{L} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[Lambda] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adaptщ aux capacitщs spщciales du systшme +% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) est appelщ л~\emph{Lambda}~╗~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). +% \item[Lamed] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adaptщ aux capacitщs spщciales du systшme +% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelщ л~\emph{Lamed}~╗~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). +% \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} est un systшme de prщparation de documents qui convient fort bien pour +% produire des documents scientifiques et mathщmatiques de haute qualitщ typographique. Il convient aussi pour +% produire toutes sortes d'autres documents, depuis de simples lettres jusqu'р des livres complets. +% \LaTeX{} utilise \TeX~\cite{texbook,ftb} comme moteur de composition (d'aprшs~\cite{NSSL2E}). +% +% \LaTeX{} est en fait un ensemble de macros \TeX{} qui permet aux auteurs de +% composer et d'imprimer leur document avec la plus haute +% qualitщ typographique, en utilisant une mise en page +% prщdщfinie professionnelle. \LaTeX{} avait щtщ originellement +% щcrit par \name{Leslie}{Lamport}~\cite{latex-manual}. Il utilise le +% formateur \TeX{} comme moteur de composition typographique. +% Aujourd'hui, la maintenance de \LaTeX{} est faite par +% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} et son щquipe. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% En 1994, le systшme \LaTeX{} fut (profondщment) mis р~jour par l'щquipe de \LaTeX3, +% conduite par \name{Frank}{Mittelbach}, pour inclure certaines +% amщliorations attendues depuis longtemps, et pour rщunifier +% toutes les versions modifiщes qui ont pullulщ depuis la sortie +% de \LaTeX2.09 quelques annщes plus tЇt. Pour distinguer la +% nouvelle version de l'ancienne, elle est appelщe \LaTeXe. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \LaTeX{} se prononce \textbf{[latex]}. Si vous voulez faire rщfщrence р~\LaTeX{} dans un environnement +% \texttt{ASCII}, utilisez \texttt{LaTeX}. \LaTeXe{} se prononce \textbf{[latex d\o{}z\o{}]} et s'щcrit +% \texttt{LaTeX2e}. +% +% En anglais, cela donne \textbf{[la\i{}tex]} et \usebox{\latexbox}. +% ^^A {\selectlanguage{english}\froff\textbf{[la\i{}tex tu:i:]}\selectlanguage{french}}. +% \item[\LaTeX2.09] Une version obsolшte du programme \LaTeX, antщrieure р~1994; elle n'est plus supportщe. +% Ne l'utilisez pas\,\footnote{Sauf exceptionnellement, pour un trшs vieux document; si possible, essayez de le +% convertir.}. Utilisez la version actuelle de \LaTeXe, qui est supportщe et bien plus puissante. +% \item[\LaTeXe] La version actuelle du programme \LaTeX, aprшs 1994; elle est supportщe. +% \item[\LaTeX3] La future version de \LaTeX, toujours en cours de dщveloppement. +% \item[\uclass{letter}]\iclass{letter} Une\Virage{} classe de documents standard~\cite{letter} pour prщparer des +% lettres postales (courrier papier). +% Comme de tels documents n'ont ni commandes ni structure de sectionnement, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est +% sans objet pour eux (et est donc \emph{incompatible} avec cette classe). +% \item[\upack{lipsum}] Le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} permet d'insщrer facilement du +% texte dans un fichier de test avec un minimum de frappe. Les textes sont en latin mais ont щtщ altщrщs et +% rendus incomprщhensibles. J'ai utilisщ ce paquetage dans certains des exemples de documents. +% Voir aussi~\url{http://lipsum.com} pour les origines du texte +% utilisщ (des passages du \emph{De finibus bonorum et malorum} de Marcus \textsc{Tullius Cicero} (\textsc{Cicщron})). +% \item[\uopt{listfiles}]\ioptd{listfiles} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle crщe une liste des fichiers minitoc +% auxiliaires (ces fichiers contiennent les mini-tables et peuvent ъtre щliminщs aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX) +% dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. Option par dщfaut. Voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% \item[LOF, LoF] Un acronyme pour л~\emph{list of figures}~╗, ou л~liste des figures~╗. +% \item[\dcnt{lofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur de la liste des figures. +% \item[\uopt{loose}]\ioptd{loose} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement lache des lignes dans +% les mini-tables. C'est le choix par dщfaut. L'option contraire est \opt{tight}. +% \item[LOT, LoT] Un acronyme pour л~\emph{list of tables}~╗, ou л~liste des tableaux~╗. +% \item[\dcnt{lotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur de la liste des tableaux. +% \item[LPPL] La \emph{LaTeX Project Public License}, disponible~р: +% \begin{quote} +% {\froff\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}} +% \end{quote} +% Sa version actuelle est (2003-12-01). Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est distribuщ sous cette licence. +% Une traduction en franчais de cette licence est disponible~р: +% \begin{quote} +% {\froff\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/french-translations/macros/latex/base/f-lppl.txt}} +% \end{quote} +% \item[\uclass{ltxdoc}]\iclass{ltxdoc} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{ltxdoc}, +% pour prщparer la documentation d'un paquetage ou d'une +% classe. Pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, elle est +% trшs similaire р~la classe de document \class{article}; voir plus haut. +% \item[\uclass{ltnews}]\iclass{ltnews} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{ltnews}, +% pour prщparer l'announce d'une version de \LaTeX. +% Pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, elle est +% trшs similaire р~la classe de document \class{article}; voir plus haut. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{M}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{M} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\com{makeatletter} \textmd{et} \com{makeatother}] De\,\footnote{Ces informations proviennent +% de~\cite[page~857]{TLC2F}.} nombreuses commandes internes de \LaTeX{}, de paquetages et de classes contiennent +% le caractшre~\texttt{@} dans leurs noms. Ceci empъche efficacement que de tels noms soient utilisщs dans des +% documents pour des commandes dщfinies par l'utilisateur. Cependant, ceci signifie aussi qu'ils ne peuvent +% pas apparaюtre dans un document, mъme pas dans le prщambule, sans prendre des prщcautions spщciales. Comme +% il est parfois nщcessaire d'avoir de tels morceaux de л~code interne~╗ dans le prщambule, +% les commandes \com{makeatletter} et \com{makeatother} permettent de le faire facilement: ce +% qui est difficile, c'est de se rappeler qu'il faut les ajouter, faute de quoi des erreurs щtranges +% surviennent. Et ces deux commandes \Virage\emph{ne devraient jamais ъtre utilisщes dans un fichier de paquetage ou de classe}. +% \item[makefile] Un fichier de texte particulier contenant des instructions pour construire et installer un +% logiciel, р~l'aide de l'utilitaire л~\textbf{make}~╗; \textbf{make} est un outil pratique provenant du +% systшme d'exploitation Unix, mais il en existe des variantes. +% \item[\upack{mcaption}] Le paquetage \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption}\imess{W0036} fournit un environnement +% \env{margincap} pour placer les captions (lщgendes) dans la marge externe du document, avec un alignement +% par le haut ou par le bas. +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uclass{memoir}]\iclass{memoir} +% Une\SMM{\lmess{E0028}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0032}\\\lmess{I0044}\\\lmess{M0001}} +% trшs gщnщrale et puissante classe de document +% (de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, dщcrite dans~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}); +% cette classe est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (avec quelques prщcautions) si vous utilisez +% une version rщcente. Voir la section~\vref{faq+memoir}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[mini-bibliographie] Voir \textbf{minibbl} ci-dessous. +% \item[mini-liste] Synonyme de л~mini-table~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[mini-lof] Voir л~minilof~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[mini-lot] Voir л~minilot~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[mini-table] Ce terme dщsigne une table de contenu locale (comme une table des matiшres, une liste des +% figures ou une liste des tableaux) pour une unitщ de sectionnement (partie, chapitre ou section), par +% opposition р~une table globale (la table des matiшres, la liste des figures ou la liste des tableaux pour +% l'ensemble du document). Le but principal du paquetage \upack{minitoc} est la crщation de telles +% mini-tables. Mais le terme л~minitoc~╗ est aussi utilisщ pour dщsigner une telle mini-table, comme un terme +% gщnщrique, car les premiшres versions du paquetage ne permettaient que des tables des matiшres par chapitre. +% \item[mini-toc] Voir л~minitoc~╗ ci-dessous. +% \item[minibbl] Abrщviation pour л~mini-bibliographie~╗, c'est-р-dire avoir une bibliographie par partie, par +% chapitre ou par section, ou mъme par thшme ou par sujet. Ceci est en dehors du domaine du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{faq.9}. +% \item[minilof] Une liste des figures pour un chapitre. +% \item[\dcnt{minilofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il est dщfini, contient la profondeur des minilofs. +% \item[minilot] Une liste des tableaux pour un chapitre. +% \item[\dcnt{minilotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il est dщfini, contient la profondeur des minilots. +% \item[minitoc] Une table des matiшres pour un chapitre. Aussi utilisщ comme terme gщnщrique pour toute mini-table (voir +% л~mini-table~╗ plus haut). +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}] Une base de donnщes bibliographiques pour la documentation en franчais du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}] Le fichier source pour la documentation en franчais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% En fait, il ne fait que dщfinir \com{jobname} puis charger \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, qui lui-mъme charge +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.lan} pour choisir la langue utilisщe dans \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; \xfile{minitoc.dtx} contient +% р~la fois des fragments de documentation en anglais et en franчais, choisis par des constructions +% \com{ifcase} avec la variable \com{LANG}, forcщe р~0 par \xfile{minitoc.lan} ou р~1 par +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} (c'est-р-dire par \com{jobname}\suffix{.dtx}). \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} est produit lors de la +% compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}Ce fichier contient un style pour mettre en forme l'index dans la documentation en +% franчais. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} Ce fichier est utilisщ pour forcer la langue franчaise dans la documentation. +% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf}] La documentation en franчais, en format PDF. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ps}] La documentation en franчais, en format PostScript. N'est plus distribuщe (mais +% regardez le script \scrp{cmk}). +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bib}] Une base de donnщes bibliographiques pour la documentation en anglais du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bug}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant une liste de problшmes et +% de questions concernant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir le chapitre~\vref{FAQ}. +% \item[\dcnt{minitocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur des minitocs. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.dtx}] Le fichier contenant la documentation et le code commentщ du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\upack{minitoc-hyper}]\ipack{minitoc-hyper} Une version spщciale~\cite{minitoc-hyper} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% prщparщe par \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, +% \xname{Didier}{Verna} et \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts} pour fonctionner avec le puissant paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}; +% \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} a intщgrщ leur travail et donc depuis la version \#31, \upack{minitoc} est compatible avec +% \pack{hyperref}. +% \emph{Donc le paquetage\Virage{} \pack{minitoc-hyper} est dщsormais obsolшte et ne devrait plus ъtre +% utilisщ. Il est encore prщsent sur les archives CTAN pour la compatibilitщ avec des anciens documents.} +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ins}] Le fichier d'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Compiler ce fichier avec +% \LaTeX\ produit la plupart des fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}Ce fichier contient un style pour mettre en forme l'index dans la documentation en +% anglais. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.l}] Un fichier texte contenant la liste de tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}. Les fichiers non listщs dans \xfile{minitoc.l} sont des fichiers utilisщs seulement pour +% installer le paquetage ou produire sa documentation. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} Ce fichier est utilisщ pour forcer la langue anglaise dans la documentation. +% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pdf}] La documentation en anglais, en format PDF. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pre}]\isuffix{.pre} Ce fichier contient un prщambule \LaTeX{} pour la documentation. +% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ps}] La documentation en anglais, en format PostScript. N'est plus distribuщe (mais +% regarde les script \scrp{cmk}). +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sty}] Ce fichier contient la partie principale du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, avec ses +% commentaires retirщs. +% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sum}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant une liste commentщe des commandes +% et environnements minitoc. Voir le chapitre~\vref{c+memento}. +% \item[\xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}] Une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS et +% contenant tous les fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\upack{minutes}] Le paquetage \pack{minutes}~\cite{minutes} (de \name{Knut}{Lickert}) est utilisщ +% pour prщparer des comptes-rendus de confщrences. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} permet d'ajouter +% des л~pauses-cafщ~╗ dans la table des matiшres grтce р~des commandes telles que \com{addcoffeeline} et +% \com{coffeeline} (et des commandes internes) dont les noms contiennent la chaюne л~\texttt{coffee}~╗, +% d'o∙ la note de bas de page sur л~cappuccino~╗{\myCoffeecup} dans le chapitre sur l'installation!% +% \IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\footnote{Les petites tasses \myCoffeecup{} proviennent du paquetage \pack{marvosym}~\cite{marvosym}.}}{} +% \item[\upack{Mon\TeX}] \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} est un important paquetage utilisщ +% pour prщparer des documents +% dans divers dialectes de la langue mongole (Bicig et Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe et Manju, Buryat, Xalx et Khalkha) et dans +% un dialecte du russe utilisщ en Mongolie (Russianc). Bicig est un autre nom pour le Ouяghour. +% Vous pourrez trouver beaucoup d'informations sur la langue mongole et la Mongolie sur le site web~\cite{mongol-web}. +% Voir aussi: +% {\small\froff\begin{quote} +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}\\ +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}\\ +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_script}\\ +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clear_script}\\ +% \url{http://www.indiana.edu/~mongsoc/mong/language.htm}\\ +% \mbox{\url{http://www.viahistoria.com/SilverHorde/main.html?research/MongolScripts.html}}\\ +% \url{http://www.krysstal.com/writing_evolution.html}\\ +% \url{http://mongolxel.webz.cz/qaguchin/index.htm} +% \end{quote}} +% La description suivante a щtщ extraite de~\cite{montex} et traduite: +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour щcrire des documents en mongol +% (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Le mongol peut ъtre reprщsentщ en щcriture ouяghure (\emph{uighur}) +% traditionnelle +% (appelщe aussi щcriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en щcriture cyrillique. Le mandchou +% (\emph{manju}) ressemble р~l'щcriture mongole traditionnelle (dont elle dщrive) mais utilise un grand choix de +% signes diacritiques afin d'щliminer de nombreuses ambiguяtщs de son ancъtre l'щcriture mongole. Le bouriate +% (\emph{buryat}) moderne, comme le mongol dans sa forme actuelle, +% est щcrit avec un alphabet cyrillique,% +% mais tant le mongol (35~lettres) que le bouriate (36~lettres) utilisent davantage de lettres +% que le russe (33~lettres). +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \begin{description} +% \item[Mongol] +% Le terme \emph{mongol} (\emph{mongolian} en anglais) recouvre en fait plusieurs langues et n'est pas le nom prщcis +% d'une seule langue. Les choses se compliquent encore lorsque des noms de groupes ethniques, de langues et de +% systшmes d'щcriture sont mщlangщs. +% \begin{description} +% \item [Xalx] ou Khalkha est le nom de la nationalitщ mongole rщsidant en Mongolie proprement dite. +% Leur dialecte forme la base du mongol щcrit avec des lettres cyrilliques. +% Dans le prщsent texte, \emph{mongol moderne} est utilisщ comme synonyme. +% \item [Bouriate] (\emph{buryat}) est le nom de la nationalitщ mongole rщsidant en Bouriatie +% (\emph{Buryatia}), au nord de la Mongolie, р~l'est du Lac Baяkal, et faisant partie de la +% Fщdщration Russe. Les Bouriates se nomment eux-mъmes \emph{Buryaad} tandis que les Mongols Xlax +% s'appellent \emph{Buriad}. Le nom anglais suit l'orthographe russe (tandis que le nom franчais +% est pris phonщtiquement). +% Du point de vue linguistique, le mongol xalx et le mongol bouriate sont des langues assez proches; +% le bouriate a un systшme de sons lщgшrement diffщrent dans lequel le phonшme~\verb|/s/| est +% partiellement dщcalщ vers~\verb|/h/|; l'alphabet moderne bouriate cyrillique (virtuellement +% identique р~l'alphabet cyrillique utilisщ pour щcrire le mongol moderne) a une lettre +% additionnelle (H/h, \verb|\xalx{H/h}|) pour marquer la diffщrence avec \verb|/s/|. +% \item [Bicig] (littщralement \emph{щcriture} en mongol) dщsigne le texte щcrit avec l'щcriture mongole +% traditionnelle, qui est aussi dщnommщe Ouяghour (\emph{Uighur}). Ici, le texme \emph{bicig} sera +% utilisщ sur un pied d'щgalitщ avec le mongol \emph{classique} et \emph{traditionnel}. Ce dernier +% terme est utilisщ dans les noms du plan de caractшres U1800 de Unicode/ISO10646, qui contient le +% mongol (\emph{mongolian}), le mandchou (\emph{manju}), le Sibe et des ensembles de caractшres +% spщciaux appelщs Ali Gali ou Galig. Afin d'identifier les commandes concernant l'щcriture mongole +% distinctes pour le mongol et le mandchou, les commandes mongoles (\emph{mongolian}) ont un nom +% avec le radical \lopt{bicig} tandis que les commandes manchoues (\emph{manju}) ont un nom +% avec le radical \lopt{bithe}. +% \end{description} +% +% Le Mongol Xalx, ou Mongol Moderne Courant (\emph{Modern Colloquial Mongolian}), est р~peu prшs aussi diffщrent de +% la forme en щcriture classique que l'anglais moderne est diffщrent en orthographe phonщtique (en supposant qu'il +% soit щcrit en lettres Shaviennes) de l'orthographe hautement historique de l'Anglais Standard. +% Au-delр de ces diffщrences. le mongol щcrit en щcriture classique conserve habituellement une quantitщ +% substantielle des aspects grammaticaux historiques qui le font ressembler un peu р~l'anglais щlizabщthain. +% +% \item[Manchou] Le mandchou (\emph{mandju}) est une langue du groupe toungouze (\emph{tungusic}) щtroitement +% liщe au mongol. Bien que le +% mandchou ne soit virtuellement plus parlщ, il a щtщ la langue officielle pendant 300~ans de gouvernement mandchou +% sur la Chine de la dynastie Qing. De grandes quantitщs de documents officiels ont survщcu, ainsi que certains +% des meilleurs dictionnaires multilingues jamais rщalisщs, par exemple le Pentaglote, ou Miroir des Cinq Langues, un +% dictionnaire avec 18671 entrщes en cinq langues (mandchou, tibщtain, mongol, ouяghour et chinois). +% Voir~\cite{pentaglot} pour plus de dщtails. L'щcriture mandchoue est dщrivщe du mongol ouяghour par l'ajout +% de signes diacritiques sous la forme de points et de cercles (\emph{tongki fuka sindaha hergen}, щcriture +% avec points et cercles). +% \end{description} +% \item[MS-DOS] (\emph{Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered} Disk Operating System}) Un ancien systшme +% d'exploitation pour ordinateurs personnels (PCs). Du point de vue de \upack{minitoc}, son principal +% inconvщnient est l'utilisation de noms de fichiers avec des suffixes courts (le schщma л~8+3~╗), qui limite р~99 +% le nombre de mini-tables dans chaque sorte. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-2c.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une mise +% en page sur deux colonnes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-2c.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-2nd.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} Un exemple de document utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et son option de +% langue \lopt{french2}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-3co.tex}]\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} Un exemple de document utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour +% prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.bib}]\iexam{mtc-add.bib} Une petite base de donnщes bibliographiques pour les exemples +% de documents \exam{mtc-add.tex} et \exam{mtc-ads.tex}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.tex}]\iexam{mtc-add.tex} Un exemple de document montrant comment utiliser \com{mtcaddchapter} et le +% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} avec \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ads.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} Un exemple de document montrant comment utiliser \com{mtcaddsection} et le +% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} avec \upack{minitoc}. +% Il montre aussi quel dщfi reprщsente la gestion des mini-listes de flottants au niveau des sections. +% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-amm.tex}]\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation de l'environnement \env{appendices} +% dans un document de classe \class{memoir} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-apx.tex}]\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant comment utiliser l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc} +% pour masquer les entrщes pour les appendices dans la table des matiшres principale et crщer une table des +% matiшres au niveau partie pour les appendices. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-art.tex}]\iexam{mtc-art.tex} Un exemple de document (classe \class{article}) utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-art.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-bk.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} Un exemple de document (classe \class{book} ou \class{report}) utilisant le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-bk.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-bo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une mise +% en page sur deux colonnes et utilisant le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-bo.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ch0.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document +% dont le premier chapitre est щtoilщ. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ch0.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-cri.tex}]\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage minitoc avec des parties et des +% chapitres щtoilщs. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-cri.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-fko.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant le problшme des fontes lors de +% l'utilisation de la classe \class{scrbook}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-fko.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec +% changement de quelques fontes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} Un autre exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec +% changement de quelques fontes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-fo2.tex}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-gap.tex}]\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation des commandes \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} et +% \com{mtcgapafterheads}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation des environnements +% spщcialisщs \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation des paires de commandes: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \com{mtchideinmainlof} et \com{endmtchideinmainlof}, +% \item \com{mtchideinmainlot} et \com{endmtchideinmainlot}. +% \end{itemize} +% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hia.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour masquer les +% entrщes pour certains tableaux dans la liste des tableaux principale d'un document de la classe \class{article}. +% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hia.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hir.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour masquer les +% entrщes pour certains tableaux dans la liste des tableaux principale d'un document de la classe \class{report}. +% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hir.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-hop.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la classe de +% document \class{scrbook}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hop.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-liv.tex}]\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un +% livre avec une table des matiшres et des minitocs personnalisщes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-liv.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-mem.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la +% classe \class{memoir}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-mem.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-mm1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la +% classe \class{memoir}, dans le cas o∙ vous souhaiteriez changer quelques fontes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-mm1.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-mu.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} Un document utilisant une minitoc composщe, avec le paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig}, +% pour ъtre placщe dans un environnement \env{wrapfigure}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-mu.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-nom.tex}]\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} Un document montrant une interaction entre le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% et le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ocf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} Un document utilisant les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} +% pour prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-ofs.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} Un document utilisant les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} +% pour prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes et \com{mtcsetoffset} pour dщcaler la minitoc afin de +% l'aligner sur la gauche. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ofs.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-sbf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le +% paquetage \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-sbf.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-scr.tex}]\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} Un exemple de document montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une +% classe {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, \class{scrreprt}. Voir la +% section~\vref{mtc-scr.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-syn.tex}]\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} Un exemple de document montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} lorsque +% la table des matiшres est prщcщdщe de quelques chapitres щtoilщs. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-syn.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec +% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tbi.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document +% de la classe \class{article}. C'est l'exemple de~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernisщ. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tlc.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le +% paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft} et leur interaction pour les numщros de pages dans les mini-tables. +% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tsf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le +% paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tsf.tex}. +% \item[\uexam{mtc-vti.tex}]\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation de la commande \com{mtcpolymtoc} +% et expliquant les \index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe}л~entrщes polymorphes~╗. +% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{mtcmess}]\ipack{mtcmess} Un paquetage qui est utilisщ pour fournir des variantes des commandes +% standard \com{PackageInfo}, \com{PackageWarning}, \com{PackageWarningNoLine} et \com{PackageError} +% en leur ajoutant un argument optionnel pour un identificateur unique de message. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{mtcoff}]\ipack{mtcoff} Un paquetage qui est utilisщ р~la place du paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% pour ignorer toutes les commandes et tous les environnements du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. En fait, il les +% dщfinit pour qu'elles/ils ne fassent rien. Utile si vous dщsirez une version de votre document sans aucune +% mini-table. +% \item[\upack{mtcpatchmem}]\ipack{mtcpatchmem} Un\SMMZ{\lmess{M0001}} petit paquetage qui est chargщ automatiquement si +% nщcessaire lorsque vous utilisez la classe de document \class{memoir} dans une version \emph{incompatible} +% avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, mais corrigible. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item[\texttt{mu}] Une unitщ de longueur utilisщe normalement en mode mathщmatique (\texttt{mu} signifie +% л~\emph{math unit}~╗); 18~unitщs mathщmatiques font \texttt{1em} (un cadratin), qui est р~peu prшs la +% largeur d'un~л~m~╗ dans la fonte courante. Donc la taille de \texttt{1mu} dщpend de la fonte. +% La sщparation entre les points des lignes de pointillщs dans les mini-tables est exprimщe en unitщs +% mathщmatiques. +% \item[\upack{multibib}] Le paquetage \pack{multibib}~\cite{multibib} permet de crщer des rщfщrences +% р~plusieurs bibliographies р~l'intщrieur d'un mъme document. Il fournit donc une fonctionnalitщ +% complщmentaire р~des paquetages tels que \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits} ou \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, +% qui permettent de crщer une seule bibliographie pour plusieurs, mais diffщrentes, parties du document. +% \item[\upack{multicol}] Le paquetage \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol} dщfinit l'environnement \env{multicols} +% (avec un~<<~\textbf{s}~>>) pour composer du texte sur plusieurs colonnes. Utilisщ dans certains exemples de documents. +% \item[\upack{multitoc}] Ce paquetage~\cite{multitoc} permet de composer seulement la table des matiшres, la +% liste des figures et/ou la liste des tableaux sur deux colonnes ou plus (en utilisant le paquetage +% pquetage \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol}, bien s√r). +% Le nombre de colonnes peut ъtre configurщ par des commandes; les tables multi-colonnes peuvent ъtre choisies +% par des options du paquetage. +% L'exemple de document \exam{mtc-3co.tex} utilise ce paquetage; voir la section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{N}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{N} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\pack{natbib}] C'est un paquetage \LaTeXe{} (mais avec un certain support pour \LaTeX2.09)~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} +% qui agit comme interface gщnщralisщe pour des fichiers de styles bibliographiques standard et non-standard (\BibTeX). +% \item[\upack{needspace}] Le paquetage \pack{needspace}~\cite{needspace} fournit des commandes pour rщserver +% de l'espace en bas d'une page. S'il n'y a pas assez d'espace sur la page (colonne) courante, une nouvelle +% page (colonne) est commencщe. +% \item[NFSS] Le л~Nouveau Schщma de Sщlection de Fonte~╗ (\emph{New Font Selection Scheme}). +% Le systшme de sщlection des fontes~\cite{fontsel} \LaTeXe{} +% a щtщ publiщ pour la premiшre fois sous le nom de л~\emph{New Font Selection Scheme}~╗ (NFSS) en 1989, puis +% dans une seconde version en 1993. \LaTeXe{} inclut NFSS version~2 de maniшre standard. +% +% \lneed{7} +% Dans \LaTeX, chaque fonte (police) textuelle a cinq \emph{attributs}: +% \begin{description} +% \item[codage\,\footnotemark]\footnotetext{Et non \og{} encodage~\fg, qui est un anglicisme.} (\emph{encoding}) +% Un codage spщcifie +% l'ordre selon lequel les caractшres apparaissent dans la fonte. Les deux codages les plus courants +% utilisщs dans \LaTeX{} sont le codage л~texte \TeX~╗ de \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} (OT1) et +% le codage л~texte \TeX{} щtendu~╗ (T1) dщveloppщ par les membres du \emph{\TeX{} Users Group} pendant une +% confщrence sur \TeX{} р~Cork en~1990 (d'o∙ son nom informel de л~codage de Cork~╗). Voir~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. +% \item[famille] (\emph{family}) Le nom d'une collection de fontes, habituellement groupщes sous un nom commun +% par le fondeur de ces fontes. Par exemple, л~Adobe Times~╗, л~ITC Garamond~╗ et л~Computer Modern Roman~╗ +% de \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} sont toutes des familles de fontes. +% \item[graisse] (\emph{series}) Elle dщtermine comment une fonte est щpaisse (\emph{heavy}) ou +% щtirщe (\emph{extended}). Par exemple, л~medium weight~╗, л~narrow~╗ et л~bold extended~╗ sont toutes des graisses. +% \item[forme] (\emph{shape}) La forme des lettres р~l'intщrieur d'une famille de fontes. Par exemple, +% л~italique~╗ (\emph{italic}), л~oblique~╗ et л~droit~╗ (\emph{upright}) (parfois appelщ +% л~romain~╗ (\emph{roman})) sont toutes des formes de fontes. +% \item[taille] (\emph{size}) La taille de conception (\emph{design size}) de la fonte, par exemple л~10pt~╗. +% \end{description} +% +% \lneed{2} +% Dans \LaTeX, les valeurs possibles pour ces attributs ont reчu des acronymes courts. Les valeurs les plus +% courantes pour le codage d'une fonte sont donnщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+1}. +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \changeskips +% \caption{Codages de fontes les plus courants}\label{t+nfss+1} +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{T1} & texte \TeX{} щtendu (л~codage de Cork~╗) \\ +% \texttt{TS1} & codages des symboles pour \LaTeX{} (latin)\\ +% \texttt{T2A}, \texttt{T2B}, \texttt{T2C} & texte \LaTeX{} (cyrillique)\\ +% \texttt{T3} & alphabet phonщtique pour \LaTeX{}\\ +% \texttt{TS3} & alphabet phonщtique pour \LaTeX{}, symboles supplщmentaires\\ +% \texttt{T4} & texte \LaTeX{} (langues africaines)\\ +% \texttt{T5} & texte \LaTeX{} (vietnamien)\\ +% \texttt{T7} & texte \LaTeX{} (rщservщ pour le grec)\\ +% \texttt{OT1} & texte \TeX{} (comme dщfini par \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{OT2} & texte \TeX{} pour les langues en cyrillique (obsolшte)\\ +% \texttt{OT3} & Alphabet phonщtique international (obsolшte)\\ +% \texttt{OT4} & Texte \TeX{} avec extensions pour la langue polonaise\\ +% \texttt{OT6} & Texte \TeX{} avec extensions pour la langue armщnienne\\ +% \texttt{OML} & italique mathщmatique \TeX\ (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{OMS} & symboles mathщmatiques \TeX\ (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{OMX} & grands symboles mathщmatiques \TeX\ (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ +% \texttt{X2} & texte \LaTeX{} щtendu (cyrillique)\\ +% \texttt{U} & inconnu \\ +% \texttt{L}\meta{xx} & un codage local\\ +% \texttt{L7x} & codage utilisщ pour la langue lithuanienne\\ +% \texttt{LTH} & codage utilisщ pour la langue thaяe\\ +% \texttt{LV1} & codage utilisщ par quelques fontes de \texttt{VTeX}\\ +% \texttt{LY1} & alternative au \texttt{T1}, pour les logiciels Y\&Y\\ +% \texttt{PD1} & rщalise le codage PDFDocEncoding pour une utilisation avec NFSS de \LaTeXe.\\ +% \texttt{PU} & rщalise le codage Unicode pour une utilisation avec NFSS de \LaTeXe.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% ^^A \end{table} +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} +% ^^A \begin{table}[!p] +% ^^A \changeskips +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.50\textwidth} +% ^^A \changeskips +% \capstart +% \caption{Familles de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+2} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Famille}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{cmr} & Computer Modern Roman \\ +% \texttt{cmss} & Computer Modern Sans \\ +% \texttt{cmtt} & Computer Modern Typewriter \\ +% \texttt{cmm} & Computer Modern Math Italic \\ +% \texttt{cmsy} & Computer Modern Math Symbols \\ +% \texttt{cmex} & Computer Modern Math Extensions \\ +% \texttt{ptm} & Adobe Times \\ +% \texttt{phv} & Adobe Helvetica \\ +% \texttt{pcr} & Adobe Courier\\ +% \texttt{lazy} & Symboles \LaTeX{} additionnels\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular}% +% \end{minipage}% +% &&% +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth} +% ^^A \changeskips +% \capstart +% \caption{Graisses les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+3} +% \centering +% \leavevmode\null\hfill\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Graisse}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{ul}&Ultra fin\\ +% \texttt{el}&Extra fin\\ +% \texttt{l}&Fin\\ +% \texttt{sl}&Semi fin\\ +% \texttt{m} & Moyen (\emph{medium})\\ +% \texttt{sb} & Demi-gras (\emph{semi-bold}) \\ +% \texttt{b} &Bold \\ +% \texttt{eb} &Extra gras \\ +% \texttt{bx} & Gras щtendu (\emph{bold extended})\\ +% \texttt{ub}&Ultra gras \\ +% \texttt{c} & Condensщ (\emph{condensed})\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular}\hfill\null +% \end{minipage} +% \end{tabularx} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{table} +% \newlength{\ww} +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} +% \setlength{\ww}{.64\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\ww}{-1.5em} +% \begin{minipage}[t]{\ww} +% \changeskips +% \capstart +% \caption{Formes de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4} +% {\begin{tabularx}{\ww}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Forme}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{n} & Normale (c'est-р-dire л~droite~╗ (\emph{upright}) ou л~romaine~╗ (\emph{roman})) \\ +% \texttt{it} & Italique \\ +% \texttt{sl} & Penchщe (\emph{slanted}) (ou л~oblique~╗) \\ +% \texttt{sc} & Capitales et petites capitales (\emph{caps and small caps})\\ +% \texttt{u} & Italique redressщe (\emph{upright italic}) \\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx}} +% \end{minipage}% +% &&% +% \begin{minipage}[t]{.35\textwidth} +% \changeskips +% \capstart +% \caption{Largeurs de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4a} +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lcl@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Largeur}&\textbf{\%}&\textbf{Description}\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra condensщ\\ +% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra condensщ\\ +% \texttt{c}&50.0&Condensщ\\ +% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi condensщ\\ +% \texttt{m}&50.0&Normal\\ +% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi щtendu\\ +% \texttt{c}&50.0&╔tendu\\ +% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra щtendu\\ +% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra щtendu\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{minipage}% +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% Les codages л~locaux~╗ sont destinщs aux codages de fontes qui ne sont disponibles que localement, par +% exemple une fonte contenant le logo d'une organisation dans diverses tailles. +% +% \lneed{4} +% Il y a bien trop de familles de fontes pour les lister toutes, mais certaines familles courantes sont +% listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+2}. +% Les valeurs les plus courantes pour les graisses (\emph{series}) sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+3}. +% Les valeurs les plus courantes pour la forme de fonte sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+4}. +% Les valeurs les plus courantes pour la largeur de fonte sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. +% +% La taille de fonte est spщcifiщe comme une dimension, par exemple \texttt{10pt} ou +% \texttt{1.5in} ou \texttt{3mm}; si aucune unitщ n'est spщcifiщe, \texttt{pt} est pris par dщfaut. Ces cinq +% paramшtres spщcifient chaque fonte \LaTeX{}, voir le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+5}, par exemple. +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \capstart +% \caption{Les cinq paramшtres de fontes de quelques fontes}\label{t+nfss+5} +% \centering +% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l}{\textbf{Spщcification \LaTeX}} & +% \textbf{Fonte} & +% \textbf{Nom \TeX{}} \\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{OT1} & \texttt{cmr} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{n} & \texttt{10} & +% Computer Modern Roman 10 point & +% \texttt{cmr10} \\ +% \texttt{OT1} & \texttt{cmss} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{sl} & \texttt{1pc} & +% Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica & +% \texttt{cmssi12} \\ +% \texttt{OML} & \texttt{cmm} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{10pt} & +% Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point & +% \texttt{cmmi10} \\ +% \texttt{T1} & \texttt{ptm} & \texttt{b} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{1in} & +% Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch & +% \texttt{ptmb8t at 1in}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Commandes de l'utilisateur pour les fontes}\label{t+nfss+6} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Commande utilisateur} & +% \textbf{Attribut} & +% \textbf{Valeur dans la classe} \class{article} \\ +% \midrule +% \com{textrm}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{rmfamily} & famille & \texttt{cmr} \\ +% \com{textsf}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{sffamily} & famille & \texttt{cmss} \\ +% \com{texttt}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{ttfamily} & famille & \texttt{cmtt} \\ +% \com{textmd}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{mdseries} & graisse & \texttt{m} \\ +% \com{textbf}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{bfseries} & graisse & \texttt{bx} \\ +% \com{textup}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{upshape} & forme & \texttt{n} \\ +% \com{textit}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{itshape} & forme & \texttt{it} \\ +% \com{textsl}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{slshape} & forme & \texttt{sl} \\ +% \com{textsc}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{scshape} & forme & \texttt{sc} \\ +% \com{tiny} & taille & \texttt{5pt} \\ +% \com{scriptsize} & taille & \texttt{7pt} \\ +% \com{footnotesize} & taille & \texttt{8pt} \\ +% \com{small} & taille & \texttt{9pt} \\ +% \com{normalsize} & taille & \texttt{10pt} \\ +% \com{large} & taille & \texttt{12pt} \\ +% \com{Large} & taille & \texttt{14.4pt} \\ +% \com{LARGE} & taille & \texttt{17.28pt} \\ +% \com{huge} & taille & \texttt{20.74pt} \\ +% \com{Huge} & taille & \texttt{24.88pt}\\ +% \com{textnormal} & normal & \textnormal{texte normal}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% +% Ces cinq paramшtres sont affichщs chaque fois que \LaTeX{} donne un avertissement de dщbordement de boюte, +% par exemple: +% \begin{verse} +% \texttt{Overfull \bs hbox (3.80855pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 314-{}-318}\\ +% \texttt{[]\bs OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Normally [] and [] will be iden-ti-cal,} +% \end{verse} +% \lneed{6} +% Le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+6} liste les commandes de fontes que l'utilisateur peut invoquer pour щtablir ces +% cinq attributs\,\footnote{Les valeurs utilisщes par ces commandes sont dщterminщes par la classe du document.}. +% +% \item[\uopt{nocheckfiles}]\iopt{nocheckfiles} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le contraire de l'option de +% paquetage \optd{checkfiles} (voir plus haut). +% \item[\uopt{nohints}]\iopt{nohints} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le contraire de l'option de +% paquetage \optd{hints} (voir plus haut). +% \item[\uopt{nolistfiles}]\iopt{nolistfiles} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. C'est l'opposщe de +% \optd{listfiles} ci-dessus. Voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. +% \item[\uopt{notoccite}]\iopt{notoccite} Cette option du paquetage \upack{minitoc} charge le paquetage +% \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). Elle щvite des problшmes avec des +% commandes \com{cite} dans des commandes de sectionnement ou dans des captions (lщgendes). +% Voir la section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{O}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{O} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[Omega] Le systшme de typographie\,\footnote{L'essentiel (mais pas la totalitщ) de cette note provient de +% la documentation d'Omega \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}. +% Voir~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} pour plus d'informations.} +% Omega ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (de \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} et \xname{John}{Plaice}). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Omega est une extension de \TeX{} conчue surtout afin d'amщliorer les capacitщs multilingues de TeX. +% +% Quand le programme \TeX{} a щtщ dщveloppщ au milieu des annщes [mille neuf cent] soixante-dix +% par le professeur \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}, +% il a surtout щtщ conчu pour la mise en page de textes mathщmatiques en anglais. Depuis lors \TeX{} a fait de grandes +% avancщes dans des domaines scientifiques, littщraires et autres, dans tous +% les pays du monde. En 1991, \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} a gelщ \TeX{} avec pour objectif la +% stabilitщ. Cependant, il permet que le code \TeX{} soit utilisщ comme base +% pour des dщveloppements futurs, р~condition que le systшme rщsultant +% soit distribuщ sous un autre nom. +% +% En Omega, tous les caractшres et les pointeurs dans les structures de +% donnщes sont de 32 bits plutЇt que 8 bits, щliminant ainsi beaucoup de +% limitations triviales de \TeX. Omega permet aussi l'utilisation de +% multiples jeux de caractшres en entrщe et en sortie, et utilise des +% filtres programmables afin de traduire d'un jeu de caractшres р~un +% autre, afin de faire de l'analyse contextuelle, etc. En interne, Omega +% utilise le jeu de caractшres Unicode/ISO-10646. Omega soutient aussi +% l'utilisation de multiples directions d'щcriture. +% +% Ces amщliorations non seulement facilitent la tтche des utilisateurs de \TeX{} +% pour gщrer des langues multiples et complexes telles que l'arabe, les +% langues indiennes, le khmer, le chinois, le japonais ou le corщen, dans +% un seul document, mais aussi forment la base de dщveloppements futurs +% dans d'autres domaines, tels le soutien de la couleur et de l'hypertexte. +% +% Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adaptщ aux capacitщs spщciales d'Omega est +% appelщ л~\emph{Lambda}~╗~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). +% L'ajout р~Omega des extensions de \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est un projet +% distinct, connu sous le nom de л~\pack{Aleph}~╗ ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} et conduit par \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}. +% La version de \LaTeX\ pour \pack{Aleph} est connue sous le nom de +% л~\emph{Lamed}~╗~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). +% Il~y~a un systшme expщrimental, nommщ \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex,luatex2007}, qui regroupera +% \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} et d'autres dщveloppements. +% Une voie prometteuse est \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} par~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, avec +% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}. +% \begin{table}[tp!] +% ^^A \changeskips +% \caption{Quelques systшmes dщrivщs de \TeX{} et \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex} +% \centering +% \[ \begin{array}{ccccccc} +% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Omega}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Lambda}\\ +% &&+&&&&+\\ +% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eTeX}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eLaTeX}\\ +% &&&&&&\\ +% \cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} +% &&&&&&\\ +% &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,height=10pt]{lamed3.png}}} +% \end{array} \] +% \end{table} +% \item[\feat{open}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ immщdiatement +% avant (ouverture, \emph{open}) l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donnщ de mini-table. +% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{P}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{P} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\feat{pagestyle}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ lors de chaque occurrence d'un +% type donnщ de mini-table, pour forcer le style de page р~utiliser pour la page courante. +% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. +% \item[paquetage] (\emph{package}) +% Les paquetages\,\footnote{Ces informations ont щtщ extraites de~\cite[page~12--13]{kopka} puis adaptщes et +% traduites.}\textsuperscript{,}\footnote{Notez que j'utilise le terme <<~paquetage~>> pour traduire +% le terme anglais \emph{package}. D'autres +% prщfщreront <<~extension~>> (qui signifie <<~suffixe~>> en anglais), <<~package~>> (anglicisme), ou <<~module~>>; +% c'est une question de go√t et d'habitude, sans plus.} sont un dispositif trшs important de \LaTeX. Ce sont des +% extensions aux commandes de base de \LaTeX{} qui sont щcrites dans des fichiers dont les noms se terminent par +% \suffix{.sty} et qui sont chargщs via la commande \com{usepackage} dans le prщambule du document. Les paquetages +% peuvent ъtre classщs selon leur origine: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item les paquetages \textbf{centraux} (\emph{core}) (en fait, les paquetages \textbf{basiques} et \textbf{requis}) +% sont une partie fondamentale de l'installation de base de \LaTeX{} et sont donc complшtement standard; +% \item les paquetages \textbf{outils} (\emph{tools}) forment un ensemble щcrit par les membres de l'щquipe +% \LaTeX3 et devraient toujours ъtre prщsents dans l'installation; +% \item les paquetages \textbf{graphiques} (\emph{graphics}) sont un ensemble standardisщ pour l'inclusion de +% dessins produits par d'autres programmes et pour la gestion des couleurs; ils sont au mъme niveau que +% les paquetages outils; +% \item les paquetages \textbf{\AmS-\LaTeX}, publiщs par +% l'\emph{American Mathematical Society}\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}\fron, devraient +% ъtre prщsents dans toute installation\,\footnote{Ils sont indispensables si vous utilisez beaucoup +% de mathщmatiques.}; +% \item les paquetages des \textbf{contributions} (\emph{contributed}) ont щtщ proposщs par de vrais +% utilisateurs; certains de ces paquetages se sont rщvщlщs comme щtant л~essentiels~╗ dans l'utilisation +% standard de \LaTeX, mais tous sont utiles. +% \end{itemize} +% \item[partlof] Une liste des figures pour une partie. +% \item[\dcnt{partlofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des partlofs. +% \item[partlot] Une liste des tableaux pour une partie. +% \item[\dcnt{partlotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des partlots. +% \item[parttoc] Une table des matiшres pour une partie. +% \item[\dcnt{parttocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur des parttocs. +% \item[PDF] \emph{Portable Document Format}~\cite{pdfspec}. Un descendant du langage PostScript d'Adobe, +% optimisщ pour la navigation sur l'Internet. Il ajoute des dispositifs d'hypertexte, de substitution de fontes +% et de compression. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[\upack{placeins}] Le paquetage +% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0032}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}} +% permet de forcer les щlщments flottants р~л~rester р~leur place~╗, en les empъchant de dщriver au-delр d'une +% commande \com{FloatBarrier} vers une autre section. Pour l'utiliser, +% dщclarez \com{usepackage}\texttt{\{placeins\}} dans le prщambule et insщrez des commandes +% \com{FloatBarrier} aux endroits que les щlщments flottants ne devraient pas franchir, peut-ъtre +% р~chaque \com{section}. L'option \opt{insection} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} le fait avec des +% options adщquates de \pack{placeins}, et charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter}; +% voir la section~\vref{s+placing}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[\xfile{placeins.txt}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant la documentation du paquetage +% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}. +% \item[\upack{\PLaTeX}]\ipacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} Une\virage{} version de \LaTeX\ adaptщe +% р~la langue polonaise (\lopt{polski}). A~щtщ remplacщe par le paquetage \pack{polski}. Voir~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. +% Mais le \emph{mъme} nom dщsignait aussi une version de \LaTeX\ adaptщe р~la langue japonaise, +% \packa{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}~\cite{platex-jp,kakuto}. +% \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk} +% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% et sa documentation; vous devriez l'adapter р~vos besoins. +% Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[points de conduite] (\emph{leaders}) Une sщquence rщpщtive de points (ou d'un autre petit caractшre), +% espacщs rщguliшrement, utilisщe pour relier deux objets sur la mъme ligne (conduisant d'un titre р~un +% numщro de page dans une table des matiшres ou analogue). +% \item[polymorphe (entrщe)] Une entrщe\index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe} dans la table des matiшres, la +% liste des figures ou la liste des tableaux, qui change d'aspect selon l'endroit o∙ elle apparaюt (TdM +% principale, minitable, etc.); voir la section~\vref{ss+polym}. +% \item[PostScript] Un langage de description de page, par Adobe. Il dщcrit l'apparence d'une page, y~compris +% d'щlщments tels que texte, graphiques et images scannщes, vers une imprimante ou un appareil de +% visualisation. Introduit par Adobe en 1985, il est devenu le langage de choix dans l'impression de haute +% qualitщ. +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \item[prщambule] (\emph{preamble}) Dans le fichier principal d'un document \LaTeX{} source, la partie de ce +% fichier qui se trouve entre les commandes \com{documentclass}\texttt{[.{}.{}.]\{.{}.{}.\}} et +% \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}. Dans le prщambule, vous pouvez insщrer des dщclarations globales et le +% chargement de paquetages par des commandes \com{usepackage}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[prщparation] Les commandes de prщparation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} prщparent les fichiers auxiliaires +% pour les mini-tables d'un type donnщ. Une commande de~\emph{prщparation} doit avoir щtщ invoquщ +% prщalablement (et une seule fois) р~toute commande d'insertion pour le type de mini-table. Les commandes +% de prщparation sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): +% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(niveau partie)\\ +% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(niveau chapitre)\\ +% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},&(niveau section)\\ +% \com{mtcprepare}&(tous niveaux) +% \end{tabular} +% \item[\uclass{proc}]\iclass{proc} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX, pour prщparer les comptes-rendus d'une confщrence. +% Pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, elle est trшs semblable р~la classe de document \class{article}; voir +% plus haut. +% \begin{table}[tp] +% \changeskips +% \caption{Profondeurs pour les commandes de sectionnement}\label{t+j+depths} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} +% \toprule +% \textbf{Classe:}&\textbf{\class{book}}&\textbf{\class{report}}&\textbf{\class{article}}\\ +% \midrule +% \dcnt{secnumdepth}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$3$\\ +% \com{part}&$-1$&$-1$&$0$\\ +% \com{chapter}&$\phantom{-}0$&$\phantom{-}0$&$\times$\\ +% \com{section}&$\phantom{-}1$&$\phantom{-}1$&$1$\\ +% \com{subsection}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$2$\\ +% \com{subsubsection}&$\phantom{-}3$&$\phantom{-}3$&$3$\\ +% \com{paragraph}&$\phantom{-}4$&$\phantom{-}4$&$4$\\ +% \com{subparagraph}&$\phantom{-}5$&$\phantom{-}5$&$5$\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{table} +% \item[profondeur] Dans les classes de documents standard (et dans la plupart des classes) ayant des commandes se +% sectionnement, nous avons une notion de \textbf{profondeur} (\emph{depth}). La profondeur d'une commande de +% sectionnement dщtermine le niveau jusqu'auquel descend la numщrotation dans son titre (selon la valeur du compteur +% \dcnt{secnumdepth}), et les entrщes pour une commande de sectionnement donnщes apparaissent dans la table +% des matiшres principale si la profondeur de cette commande de sectionnement est infщrieure ou щgale р~la +% valeur du compteur \dcnt{tocdepth}; consultez le tableau~\vref{t+j+depths} pour les profondeurs des commandes +% de sectionnement dans les principales classes de document. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Le mщcanisme est analogue pour les parttocs, minitocs et secttocs, en utilisant les valeurs des compteurs +% \dcnt{parttocdepth}, \dcnt{minitocdepth} et \dcnt{secttocdepth}. Si vous utilisez des sous-figures ou +% des sous-tableaux, les mini-tables correspondantes utilisent des compteurs tels que +% \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, \dcnt{minilofdepth}, \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth} +% et \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \item[pseudo-chapitre] +% Ou chapitre щtoilщ. Un chapitre qui commence par une commande л~щtoilщe~╗ \com{chapter*}. +% Par dщfaut, il n'a pas +% d'entrщe dans la table des matiшres. \com{chapter*} nщcessite quelques prщcautions avec le paquetage +% \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{s+starred.chap}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{Q}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Q} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{quotchap}] Le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} fournit des commandes pour ajouter des +% citations р~certaines en-tъtes (chapitres) dans les classes standard de document \LaTeXe: +% \class{book} et \class{report}. Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% (voir le point~\vref{h.quotchap} et la section~\vref{faq.39}). +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{R}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{R} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[README] est un fichier en texte pur (anglais) dщcrivant sommairement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% plus quelques informations utiles. +% \item[\uclass{report}]\iclass{report} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{classes}. Elle a des commandes de sectionnement: +% \com{part}, \com{chapter} et \com{section} (et en dessous). +% Elle est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et vous pouvez faire des mini-tables aux niveaux partie +% et chapitre (mais pas au niveau section, pour щviter de trop nombreux fichiers auxiliaires). +% \item[\uscrp{rmk}]\iscrp{rmk} Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui trie les fichiers +% du paquetage \upack{minitoc} en classes (un rщpertoire pour chaque classe). +% Il devrait ъtre exщcutщ aprшs les scripts +% \scrp{imk} (obligatoire) et \scrp{emk} et/ou +% \scrp{fmk}, dans cet ordre. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. +% \item[\upack{romannum}] Le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} change les numщros (pour les commandes de +% sectionnement) engendrщs par \LaTeX{} de chiffres arabes en chiffres romains. Ce paquetage utilise le +% paquetage \pack{stdclsdv}~\cite{stdclsdv}. +% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.romannum} et la +% section~\vref{faq.40}). +% \item[\pack{rotating}] Le paquetage \pack{rotating}~\cite{rotating} effectue toutes les sortes de rotations +% que vous pouvez souhaiter, y~compris celles de figures complшtes. +% \item[\pack{rotfloat}] Le paquetage pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}\imess{I0053} fournit des commandes pour dщfinir de +% nouveaux flottants de divers styles +% of various styles (\texttt{plain}, \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{ruled}, et des styles non dщfinis); +% le paquetage \pack{rotating}~\cite{rotating} fournit de nouveaux environnements (\env{sidewaysfigure} +% et \env{sidewaystable}) qui sont tournщs de $90^\circ$ ou $270^\circ$. +% Mais qu'en est-t-il de nouveaux flottants tournщs, par exemple un flottant avec filets et tournщ? +% Ce paquetage rend ceci possible; il щtablit un pont entre les deux paquetages et щtend aussi les commandes du +% paquetage \pack{float} pour dщfinir des versions tournщes des nouveaux flottants. +% \item[rubber] \tool{rubber}~\cite{rubber} est un programme d'emballage (\emph{wrapper}) +% pour \LaTeX\ et ses programmes associщs. Son +% but est, щtant donnщ un source \LaTeX\ р~traiter, de le compiler un nombre de fois suffisant pour rщsoudre +% toutes les rщfщrences, en exщcutant щventuellement des programmes satellites tels que \textbf{\BibTeX}, +% \textbf{makeindex}, \textbf{Metapost}, etc., pour produire les fichiers de donnщes adщquats. Il a des +% dispositifs pour effectuer certaines actions de nettoyage en post-traitement, comme de dщtruire les fichiers +% auxiliaires produits par \upack{minitoc}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{S}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{S} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\uclass{scrartcl}]\iclass{scrartcl} Voir {\KOMAScript} plus haut. +% \item[\uclass{scrbook}]\iclass{scrbook} Voir {\KOMAScript} plus haut. +% \item[\uclass{scrreprt}]\iclass{scrreprt} Voir {\KOMAScript} plus haut. +% \item[sectionnement (commandes de)] Ce sont les commandes \LaTeX\ qui spщcifies la structure logique de votre document. +% Les principales commandes de sectionnement sont \com{part}, \com{chapter}, \com{section}, +% \com{subsection}, \com{subsubsection}, \com{paragraph} et \com{subparagraph}. +% Certaines classes standard de documents n'ont pas la commande \com{chapter} (ainsi les classes +% \class{article} et \class{proc}), certaines n'ont pas de commandes de sectionnement (ainsi la classe +% \class{letter}). Dans ce dernier cas, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est sans objet. Si certaines des +% commandes \com{part}, \com{chapter} ou \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies, les +% commandes de \upack{minitoc} pour le niveau associщ ne sont pas disponibles. Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, +% les commandes de \upack{minitoc} au niveau section ne sont pas dщfinies dans la version courante du +% paquetage \upack{minitoc} et les antщrieures, mais si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie mais que +% \com{section} l'est, alors les commandes de \upack{minitoc} au niveau section sont dщfinies. +% Voir la section~\vref{note+sectionning}. +% Dans les classes non-standard de documents, les commandes de sectionnement portant des noms non-standard ne +% peuvent pas ъtre reconnues par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[sectlof] Une liste des figures pour une section. +% \item[\dcnt{sectlofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des sectlofs. +% \item[sectlot] Une liste des tableaux pour une section. +% \item[\dcnt{sectlotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des sectlots. +% \item[\upack{sectsty}] Le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} offre un ensemble de commandes pour changer +% la fonte utilisщe pour les divers en-tъtes de sectionnement dans les classes standard de document de \LaTeXe: +% \class{article}, \class{book} et \class{report}. Ce paquetage fonctionne aussi avec +% les classes {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}: +% \class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook} et \class{scrreprt}. +% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.sectsty} et la +% section~\vref{faq.28}). +% \item[secttoc] Une table des matiшres pour une section. +% \item[\dcnt{secttocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur des secttocs. +% \item[\upack{sfheaders}] Le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (pour \LaTeXe) emprunte +% quelques dщfinitions des classes standard \class{article}/\class{report}/\class{book} +% et les modifie afin d'imprimer les en-tъtes de partie, chapitre, section, sous-section\ldots{} avec la +% variante Sans-Serif de la fonte courante. +% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.sfheaders} et la +% section~\vref{faq.41}). +% \item[shell] Dans les systшmes d'exploitation Unix, analogues р~Unix et Linux, le \emph{shell} est un programme +% utilisщ comme interface entre le systшme d'exploitation et l'utilisateur. Il peut aussi ъtre utilisщ comme +% un langage de programmation pour щcrire des programmes ou \emph{scripts} afin de prщparer de sщquences de +% tтches utilisщes de maniшre routiniшre. Les principaux \emph{shells} sont le \emph{shell} de Bourne (\textbf{sh}), +% le C~\emph{shell} (\textbf{csh}), le \emph{shell} de Korn (\textbf{ksh}), et leurs nombreux descendants +% (tels que \textbf{bash}, \textbf{tcsh}, etc.). +% \item[\uopt{shortext}]\iopt{shortext} Une option\imess{W0020} du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle force l'utilisation de suffixes courts +% (3~caractшres) dans les noms des fichiers auxiliaires de minitoc. Cette option est inactive par dщfaut, mais +% est automatiquement activщe si votre systшme d'exploitation requiert des suffixes courts. Voir +% \textbf{autoconfiguration} plus haut et la section~\vref{.8+3}. +% \item[\upack{shorttoc}] Le paquetage \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc} permet de crщer une autre table des +% matiшres dans un document, avec un autre titre et une autre profonteur que la table des matiшres principale. +% \item[SJIS] Le codage SJIS de caractшres (pour le japonais), aussi connu sous le nom de MS-Kanji +% (Kanji pour Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered}), +% consiste en deux jeux de caractшres se recouvrant: celui surnommщ Katakana demi-largeur (JIS X0201-1976, +% caractшres codщs sur 1~octet dans l'intervalle de \texttt{0xA1} р~\texttt{0xDF}) et le jeu de caractшres JIS +% (pleine largeur) (JIS X0208-1990, associщ aux points de codage restants). +% Cette information provient de~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% \item[\upack{\SLaTeX}]\ipacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} Une version of \LaTeX\ adaptщe pour la langue suщdoise. Voir~\cite{slatex}. +% \item[\upack{splitbib}]\ipack{splitbib} Un paquetage~\cite{splitbib} \LaTeX\ qui permet de trier une bibliographie +% en catщgories et sous-catщgories; ceci est intщressant pour des listes de publications, pour grouper les +% rщfщrences par sujet, par annщe,~... +% \item[\upack{stdclsdv}] Le paquetage \pack{stdclsdv}~\cite{stdclsdv} est destinщ р~ъtre utilisщ par les +% auteurs de paquetages \LaTeX{} qui ont besoin de savoir quelles divisions de sectionnement sont fournies par +% la classe du document. +% provided by the document class. +% \item[strut] Un trait vertical invisible utilisщ pour forcer une sщparation minimale entre deux lignes de texte. +% Ce terme anglais signifiant л~щtai~╗ est conservщ car il fait partie du jargon \TeX{} et \LaTeX. +% \item[\upack{subfig}] Le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} permet l'inclusion de petites, +% л~sous-~╗ figures et tables. Il en simplifie le positionnement, l'ajout de lщgendes (\emph{captions}) et +% l'щtiquetage р~l'intщrieur d'un seul environnement \env{figure} ou \env{table}. De plus, ce paquetage +% permet que de tels sous-captions (sous-lщgendes) soient щcrits dans la liste des figures ou dans la liste des +% tableaux si vous le dщsirez. +% \item[\upack{subfigure}] Le paquetage \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure} est une version obsolшte (par le mъme +% auteur) du paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}. +% \item[suffixe] (\emph{extension}) Le nom d'un fichier est souvent constituщ de 2~parties: un \emph{nom de base} +% et un \emph{suffixe}, sщparщes par un point. Sous certains anciens systшmes d'exploitation, le nom de base +% est limitщ р~8~caractшres et le suffixe р~3~caractшres (le schщma л~8+3~╗). Voir aussi les sections~\vref{MS-DOS} +% et~\vref{.8+3}. Il est fortement recommandщ d'avoir au plus un seul point dans un nom de fichier. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{T}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{T} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[TDM, TdM] Acronyme pour л~table des matiшres~╗ (\emph{TOC, ``table of contents''}). +% \item[TDS] \index{TDS}La \emph{\TeX~Directory Structure}~\cite{tds,ftds}; une structure de rщpertoires fortement +% recommandщe pour ranger les fichiers de macros, fontes et autres fichiers systшmes \TeX{} indщpendants de +% l'implantation; elle suggшre aussi comment incorporer le reste des fichiers \TeX{} dans une seule structure; +% la \index{TDS}TDS a щtщ pensщe pour fonctionner sur tous les systшmes modernes. +% \item[\TeX] \TeX{} est un programme щcrit par \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}~\cite{texbook,ftb}. +% Il est conчu pour la composition de textes et d'щquations mathщmatiques. +% +% \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} a commencщ le dщveloppement de \TeX{} en 1977 parce qu'il щtait +% frustrщ par la maniшre avec laquelle ses articles щtaient publiщs par +% l'\emph{American Mathematical Society}. Il avait arrъtщ de soumettre des +% articles vers 1974 parce que \og{} le rщsultat final щtait trop pщnible +% р~regarder \fg{}. \TeX{}, tel que nous l'utilisons aujourd'hui, est sorti en +% 1982 et a щtщ amщliorщ au fil des ans. Ces derniшres annщes \TeX{} a +% atteint une grande stabilitщ. Aujourd'hui \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} affirme qu'il n'y a +% virtuellement plus de \og{} bug \fg{}. Le numщro de version de \TeX{} tend +% vers $\pi$ et est actuellement $3.141592$. +% +% \TeX{} se prononce \og{} Tech \fg{}, avec un \og{} ch \fg{} comme dans le mot +% щcossais \og{} Loch \fg{}. En alphabet phonщtique cela donne +% \textbf{[tex]}\dots Dans un environnement \texttt{ASCII}, \TeX{} +% devient \texttt{TeX}. +% \item[\upack{thailatex}] Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex} permet de composer +% des documents en langue thaяe. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement serrщ des lignes dans +% les mini-tables. L'option contraire est \optd{loose}. +% \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de +% sectionnement. Parmi ses nombreux dispositifs, il permet des titres dans la marge, un format diffщrent dans +% les pages de gauche et de droite, des filets au-dessus et en dessous du titre, etc. +% Malheureusement, il est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \item[\upack{titletoc}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} paquetage \pack{titletoc} est utile pour la mise +% en forme des entrщes de la table +% des matiшres, en offrant la possibilitщ de changer de format au milieu du document, de regrouper des entrщes +% en un seul paragraphe, d'avoir de jolies entrщes en format libre, de faire des tables des matiшres +% partielles, etc. +% Malheureusement, il est avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% +% Le fichier \xfile{titletoc.sty} ne fait pas partie du paquetage \pack{titlesec}; c'est un paquetage +% indщpendant, mais il est dщcrit dans la documentation~\cite{titletoc} du paquetage \pack{titlesec}. +% \item[\uscrp{tmk}]\iscrp{tmk} Un fichier script file qui crщe une hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS~\cite{tds,ftds} (р~adapter +% pour votre systшme). +% \item[TOC] Acronyme pour л~\emph{table of contents}~╗, ou л~table des matiшres~╗. +% \item[\upack{tocbibind}] Le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}\imess{I0046} peut ъtre utilisщ pour ajouter une +% entrщe pour la table des matiшres et/ou pour la bibliographie et/ou pour l'index dans la table des matiшres. +% Mais il nщcessite quelques prщcautions si vous l'utilisez avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{special.entries}. +% \item[\dcnt{tocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur de la table des matiшres. +% \item[\upack{tocloft}] Le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}\imess{I0047} offre des outils pour contrЇler +% la conception typographique de la table des matiшres, de la liste des figures et de la liste des tables. De +% nouvelles sortes de л~liste des \ldots~╗ peuvent ъtre dщfinies. Si vous utilisez le paquetage +% \pack{tocloft} et le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, regardez la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}, sur la maniшre de +% traiter quelques problшmes mineurs de compatibilitщ. +% \item[\xfile{TODO}] est un fichier en texte pur (anglais) qui liste quelques propositions de dщveloppement du +% paquetage, pas encore rщalisщes. Commentaires et suggestions sont les bienvenus. +% \item[token] Un \emph{token}\,\footnote{Cette dщfinition est tirщe +% du <<~\textsl{The \TeX{}book}~>>~\cite{texbook,ftb}.}\textsuperscript{,}\footnote{Gardons cet anglicisme bien pratique!} +% est soit (a)~un seul caractшre avec son code de +% catщgorie attachщ (voir л~catcode~╗ plus haut), soit (b)~une sщquence de contrЇle. \virage{} Vous \emph{devriez} +% vous souvenir de deux choses importantes р~propos des \emph{tokens} de \TeX: (1)~Une sщquence de contrЇle est +% considщrщe comme щtant un seul objet qui n'est plus composщe d'une suite de symboles. En consщquence, les noms longs +% de sщquences de contrЇle ne sont pas plus difficiles р~traiter par \TeX\ que les noms courts, une fois qu'ils +% ont щtщ remplacщs par des \emph{tokens}. De plus, les espaces ne sont pas ignorщs aprшs les sщquences de +% contrЇle р~l'intщrieur d'une liste de \emph{tokens}; la rшgle d'ignorance des espaces ne s'applique que dans un +% fichier d'entrщe, au moment o∙ les chaюnes de caractшres sont dщcoupщes en \emph{tokens}. (2)~Une fois qu'un +% code de catщgorie a щtщ attachщ р~un \emph{token} caractшre, cet attachement est permanent. Par exemple, si le +% caractшre~`\verb|{|' щtait soudainement dщclarщ comme щtant de catщgorie~12 au lieu de catщgorie~1, les +% les caractшres `\verb|{|$_1$' dщjр р~l'intщrieur de listes de \emph{tokens} de \TeX\ resteraient encore de +% catщgorie~1; seules les listes nouvellement construites contiendraient des \emph{tokens} `\verb|{|$_{12}$'. +% En d'autres termes, les caractшres individuels reчoivent une interprщtation figщe dшs qu'ils ont щtщ lus depuis +% un fichier, selon la catщgorie qu'ils ont au moment de la lecture. Les sщquences de contrЇle sont diffщrents, +% car elles peuvent changer d'interprщtation р~tout moment. Les processus digestifs de \TeX\ savent toujours +% exactement ce qu'un \emph{token} signifie, parce que le code de catщgorie apparaюt dans le \emph{token} +% lui-mъme; mais lorsque les processus digestifs rencontrent un \emph{token} sщquence de contrЇle, ils doivent +% examiner la dщfinition courante de cette sщquence de contrЇle afin d'en trouver la signification. +% \item[\pack{trivfloat}] Le paquetage \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} (de \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright})\imess{I0053} fournit une +% mщthode rapide pour dщfinir de nouveaux types de flottants en \LaTeX. Un seule commande dщfinit un nouveau +% flottant dans le mъme style que les types de flottants \env{figure} et \env{table} du noyau \LaTeX{} kernel. +% \item[\pack{txfonts}] Le paquetage \pack{txfonts}~\cite{txfonts} fournit les fontes \texttt{TX}, qui comprennent +% \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt +% \item des fontes romanes textuelles virtuelles utilisant Adobe Times (ou URW NimbusRomNo9L) avec quelques +% symboles textuels modifiщs ou additionnels dans les codages OT1, T1, TS1 et LY1; +% \item {\textsf{des fontes sans empattement (sans serif) utilisant Adobe Helvetica (ou URW NimbusSanL) avec +% quelques symboles textuels additionnels dans les codages OT1, T1, TS1 et LY1}}; +% \item {\smooth\texttt{des fontes р~chasse fixe (dites <<~machine р~щcrire~>>) dans\linebreak[4] les +% codages OT1, T1, TS1 et LY1}}; +% \item des alphabets mathщmatiques utilisant Adobe Times (ou URW NimbusRomNo9L) avec des mщtriques modifiщes; +% \item des fontes mathщmatiques de tous les symboles correspondant р~ceux des fontes mathщmatiques +% Computer Modern (CMSY, CMMI, CMEX et les lettres grecques de CMR); +% \item des fontes mathщmatiques de tous les symboles correspondant р~ceux des fontes \AmS{} fonts (MSAM et MSBM); +% \item des fontes mathщmatiques de divers symboles. +% \end{enumerate} +% Toutes ces fontes sont en format Type~1 (dans des fichiers \suffix{.afm} et \suffix{.pfb}). +% Les fichiers \suffix{.tfm} et \suffix{.vf} nщcessaires ainsi que les fichiers de paquetage \LaTeXe{} et +% fichiers <<~font map~>> (\suffix{.map}) pour \tool{dvips} sont fournis. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[UNIX] Un systшme d'exploitation moderne, disponible sur divers types d'ordinateurs et dans diverses +% variantes. Du point de vue de \upack{minitoc}, il a l'avantage d'utiliser des noms de fichiers avec des +% suffixes longs (la limite est trop haute pour que le nombre de mini-tables soit un problшme). +% \item[UNIX (analogues~р)] Les systшmes d'exploitation analogues р~Unix, avec les mъmes avantages. Linux en est +% un bon exemple, mais il en existe d'autres. +% \item[\utool{urlbst}]\itool{urlbst} Un script PERL script, par \name{Norman}{Gray}~\cite{urlbst}, pour ajouter un type +% d'entrщe \BibTeX{} \texttt{webpage}, +% et ajouter le support des champs gщnщraux \texttt{url} et \texttt{lastchecked}, aux fichiers \suffix{.bst} +% de \BibTeX{} (du moins р~la plupart d'entre eux). Ajoute optionnellement un support basique pour les champs +% \texttt{eprint} et \texttt{doi}, et aussi le support pour \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}/\pack{hyperref}. +% \item[UTF\phantom{-}8] UTF~8 (Unicode Transformation Format~8), aussi appelщe UTF~2 ou FSS-UTF, est une reprщsentation +% spщciale d'Unicode (resp. ISO~10\,646). Elle utilise des sщquences de plusieurs octets de longueurs +% diverses, mais seules les sщquences d'un, de deux ou de trois octets sont implantщes dans \pack{CJK}. +% Les caractшres ASCII seront utilisщs tels quels --- sans cette propriщtщ, il serait impossible d'utiliser +% UTF~8 avec \TeX. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{V}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{V} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\upack{varsects}] Le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} offre un ensemble de commandes pour changer +% la fonte utilisщe pour les divers en-tъtes de sectionnement dans les classes standard de document de \LaTeXe: +% \class{article}, \class{book} et \class{report}. +% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.varsects} et la +% section~\vref{faq.33}). +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{W}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{W} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \par\reversemarginpar +% \item[Wikipщdia] La Wikipщdia\index{Wikipedia=Wikipщdia}\marginpar{\null\hfill% +% \raisebox{0cm}[2.87cm][0cm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipщdia}}} +% est un projet d'encyclopщdie libre, multilingue et de contenu ouvert (libre, neutre et vщrifiable +% que chacun peut щditer et amщliorer) gщrщ par la \emph{Wikimedia Foundation} +% р~but non lucratif. Son nom est un assemblage des mots \emph{wiki} (un type de site Web collaboratif) et +% \emph{encyclopedia}. Lancщ en 2001 par \name{Jimmy}{Wales} et \name{Larry}{Sanger}, c'est le projet de travail +% de rщfщrence gщnщral le plus vaste, celui qui croюt le plus vite, et le plus populaire disponible sur l'Internet. +% \par\normalmarginpar +% \item[\upack{wrapfig}] Le paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig} fournit les environnements \env{wrapfigure} et +% \env{wraptable} pour placer une figure ou un tableau sur le cЇtщ de la page et faire que le texte +% enveloppe cette figure ou ce tableau. +% \end{wdesc} +% \jsection{X}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{X} +% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\scrp{xmk}] Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui compose les fichiers exemples de documents et produit +% des documents PDF. +% \item[\upack{xr}] Le paquetage \pack{xr}~\cite{xr} met en place un systшme pour les rщfщrences externes +% (\emph{eXternal References}). J'en ai щcrit la premiшre version, mais elle avait de graves problшmes. +% \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} a rщщcrit ce paquetage d'une maniшre bien meilleure et plus robuste. Avec sa permission, +% j'ai utilisщ une partie de son code dans le paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour rщaliser les commandes de +% prщparation (telles que \com{dominitoc}). Si vous utilisez aussi le paquetage +% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, utilisez \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} au lieu du paquetage \upack{xr}. +% \end{wdesc} +% \end{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Installation}\label{c+installation} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Installation}\label{c+installation} +% \fi +% \bgroup\mtcindent=0pt +% \minilot +% \egroup +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#61). +% +% This package contains a lot of files. The list of all files is given in \xfile{minitoc.l}. See +% tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. +% The files are sorted into ``classes'' below (a file can appear in more than one class). Each class specifies +% the function and the placement of its files. +% \or\relax +% Ce chapitre dщcrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#61). +% +% Ce paquetage contient de nombreux fichiers. La liste de tous les fichiers est donnщe dans +% \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. +% Les fichiers sont rщpartis en л~classes~╗ ci-dessous (un mъme fichier peut apparaюtre dans plusieurs classes). +% Chaque classe spщcifie la fonction et le placement de ses fichiers. +% \fi +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \def\CLA{class} +% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace} +% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} +% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), first part}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \or\relax +% \def\CLA{classe} +% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace} +% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} +% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), premiшre partie}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \fi +% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} +% \medskip +% \fboxsep=1em +% ^^A % was -.22\textwidth +% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries +% \flushleft +% \smash{\vphantom{\mpfootnotemark[0]}}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}% +% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns +% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french} +% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em +% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN0}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.ins} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} +% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN1}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.sty} +% \item \xfile{mtcoff.sty} +% \item \xfile{mtcmess.sty} +% \item \xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty} +% \item \xfile{acadian.mld} +% \item \xfile{acadien.mld} +% \item \xfile{afrikaan.mld} +% \item \xfile{afrikaans.mld} +% \item \xfile{albanian.mld} +% \item \xfile{american.mld} +% \item \xfile{arab.mld} +% \item \xfile{arab2.mld} +% \item \xfile{arabi.mld} +% \item \xfile{arabic.mld} +% \item \xfile{armenian.mld} +% \item \xfile{australian.mld} +% \item \xfile{austrian.mld} +% \item \xfile{bahasa.mld} +% \item \xfile{bahasai.mld} +% \item \xfile{bahasam.mld} +% \item \xfile{bangla.mld} +% \item \xfile{basque.mld} +% \item \xfile{bengali.mld} +% \item \xfile{bicig.mld} +% \item \xfile{bicig2.mld} +% \item \xfile{bicig3.mld} +% \item \xfile{bithe.mld} +% \item \xfile{brazil.mld} +% \item \xfile{brazilian.mld} +% \item \xfile{breton.mld} +% \item \xfile{british.mld} +% \item \xfile{bulgarian.mld} +% \item \xfile{bulgarianb.mld} +% \item \xfile{buryat.mld} +% \item \xfile{buryat2.mld} +% \item \xfile{canadian.mld} +% \item \xfile{canadien.mld} +% \item \xfile{castillan.mld} +% \item \xfile{castillian.mld} +% \item \xfile{catalan.mld} +% \item \xmldo{chinese1} +% \item \xmldo{chinese2} +% \item \xfile{croatian.mld} +% \item \xfile{czech.mld} +% \item \xfile{danish.mld} +% \item \xfile{devanagari.mld} +% \item \xfile{dutch.mld} +% \item \xfile{english.mld} +% \item \xfile{english1.mld} +% \item \xfile{english2.mld} +% \item \xfile{esperant.mld} +% \item \xfile{esperanto.mld} +% \item \xfile{estonian.mld} +% \item \xfile{ethiopia.mld} +% \item \xfile{ethiopian.mld} +% \item \xfile{ethiopian2.mld} +% \item \xmldo{farsi1} +% \item \xmldo{farsi2} +% \item \xfile{farsi3.mld} +% \item \xfile{finnish.mld} +% \item \xfile{finnish2.mld} +% \item \xfile{francais.mld} +% \item \xfile{french.mld} +% \item \xfile{french1.mld} +% \item \xfile{french2.mld} +% \item \xfile{frenchb.mld} +% \item \xfile{frenchle.mld} +% \item \xfile{frenchpro.mld} +% \item \xfile{galician.mld} +% \item \xfile{german.mld} +% \item \xfile{germanb.mld} +% \item \xfile{germanb2.mld} +% \item \xfile{greek.mld} +% \item \xfile{greek-mono.mld} +% \item \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld} +% \item \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld} +% \item \xfile{guarani.mld} +% \item \xmldo{hangul1} +% \item \xmldo{hangul2} +% \item \xmldo{hangul3} +% \item \xmldo{hangul4} +% \item \xmldo{hangul-u8} +% \item \xmldo{hanja1} +% \item \xmldo{hanja2} +% \item \xmldo{hanja-u8} +% \item \xfile{hebrew.mld} +% \item \xfile{hebrew2.mld} +% \item \xfile{hindi.mld} +% \item \xfile{hindi-modern.mld} +% \item \xfile{hungarian.mld} +% \item \xfile{icelandic.mld} +% \item \xfile{indon.mld} +% \item \xfile{indonesian.mld} +% \item \xfile{interlingua.mld} +% \item \xfile{irish.mld} +% \item \xfile{italian.mld} +% \item \xfile{italian2.mld} +% \item \xmldo{japanese} +% \item \xmldo{japanese2} +% \item \xmldo{japanese3} +% \item \xmldo{japanese4} +% \item \xmldo{japanese5} +% \item \xmldo{japanese6} +% \item \xfile{kannada.mld} +% \item \xfile{khalkha.mld} +% \item \xfile{latin.mld} +% \item \xfile{latin2.mld} +% \item \xfile{latinc.mld} +% \item \xfile{latinc2.mld} +% \item \xfile{latvian.mld} +% \item \xfile{latvian2.mld} +% \item \xfile{letton.mld} +% \item \xfile{letton2.mld} +% \item \xfile{lithuanian.mld} +% \item \xfile{lithuanian2.mld} +% \item \xfile{lowersorbian.mld} +% \item \xfile{lsorbian.mld} +% \item \xfile{magyar.mld} +% \item \xfile{magyar2.mld} +% \item \xfile{magyar3.mld} +% \item \xfile{malay.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-b.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} +% \item \xmldo{malayalam-omega} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} +% \item \xfile{manju.mld} +% \item \xfile{mexican.mld} +% \item \xfile{meyalu.mld} +% \item \xfile{mongol.mld} +% \item \xfile{mongolb.mld} +% \item \xfile{mongolian.mld} +% \item \xfile{naustrian.mld} +% \item \xfile{newzealand.mld} +% \item \xfile{ngerman.mld} +% \item \xfile{ngermanb.mld} +% \item \xfile{ngermanb2.mld} +% \item \xfile{norsk.mld} +% \item \xfile{norsk2.mld} +% \item \xfile{nynorsk.mld} +% \item \xfile{nynorsk2.mld} +% \item \xfile{occitan.mld} +% \item \xfile{occitan2.mld} +% \item \xfile{polish.mld} +% \item \xfile{polish2.mld} +% \item \xfile{polski.mld} +% \item \xfile{portuges.mld} +% \item \xfile{portuguese.mld} +% \item \xfile{romanian.mld} +% \item \xfile{romanian2.mld} +% \item \xfile{romanian3.mld} +% \item \xfile{russian.mld} +% \item \xfile{russianb.mld} +% \item \xfile{russianc.mld} +% \item \xfile{russian2m.mld} +% \item \xfile{russian2o.mld} +% \item \xmldo{russian-cca} +% \item \xmldo{russian-cca1} +% \item \xmldo{russian-lh} +% \item \xmldo{russian-lhcyralt} +% \item \xmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} +% \item \xmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} +% \item \xfile{samin.mld} +% \item \xfile{scottish.mld} +% \item \xfile{serbian.mld} +% \item \xfile{serbianc.mld} +% \item \xfile{slovak.mld} +% \item \xfile{slovene.mld} +% \item \xfile{spanish.mld} +% \item \xfile{spanish2.mld} +% \item \xfile{spanish3.mld} +% \item \xfile{spanish4.mld} +% \item \xfile{swahili.mld} +% \item \xfile{swedish.mld} +% \item \xfile{swedish2.mld} +% \item \xmldo{thai} +% \item \xfile{turkish.mld} +% \item \xfile{uighur.mld} +% \item \xfile{uighur2.mld} +% \item \xfile{uighur3.mld} +% \item \xfile{UKenglish.mld} +% \item \xfile{ukraineb.mld} +% \item \xfile{ukrainian.mld} +% \item \xfile{uppersorbian.mld} +% \item \xfile{USenglish.mld} +% \item \xfile{usorbian.mld} +% \item \xfile{vietnam.mld} +% \item \xfile{vietnamese.mld} +% \item \xfile{welsh.mld} +% \item \xfile{xalx.mld} +% \item \xfile{xalx2.mld} +% \item \xfile{xalx3.mld} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN2}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{INSTALL}, \xfile{README}, \xfile{TODO}, +% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN3}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item +% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, +% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-vti.tex} +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \footnotetext{See continuation in table~\vref{t+files2}.} +% \or\relax +% \footnotetext{Voir la suite dans le tableau~\vref{t+files2}.} +% \fi +% \end{minipage}} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{table} +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \def\CLA{class} +% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace} +% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} +% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), second part}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \or\relax +% \def\CLA{classe} +% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace} +% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} +% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), seconde partie}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \fi +% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} +% \medskip +% \fboxsep=1em +% ^^A % was -.22\textwidth +% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries +% \flushleft +% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns +% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french} +% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em +% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN4}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.bug} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.sum} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN5}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.ins} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.bib} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.ist}\isuffix{.ist} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.lan}\isuffix{.lan} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.pre}\isuffix{.pre} +% \item \xfile{en-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN6}):}}}]\NL +% {\rmfamily\slshape\ifcase\LANG\relax +% The list of the graphic and flag files is given in tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. +% \or\relax +% La liste des fichiers graphiques et drapeaux est donnщe dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. +% \fi} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} +% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} +% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib} +% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}\isuffix{.ist} +% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}\isuffix{.lan} +% \item \xfile{minitoc.pre}\isuffix{.pre} +% \item \xfile{franc.sty}, \xfile{frbib.sty}, \xfile{frnew.sty} +% \item \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN8}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.pdf} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN9}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN10}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \scrp{cmk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{imk}, \scrp{pmk}, \scrp{rmk}, \scrp{tmk}, \scrp{xmk} +% ^^A \item \xfile{duplex2v.pro} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN11}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em +% \item \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \end{minipage}} +% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{table} +% \begin{table}[!t] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \setlength{\winf}{\textwidth}% ^^A width in frame textwidth+marginparwidth+marginparsep-2*fboxrule-2*fboxsep +% \setlength{\winp}{\marginparwidth}% ^^A left shift (marginparwidth+marginparsep) +% \addtolength{\winp}{\marginparsep}% +% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparwidth} +% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparsep} +% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule} +% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption[List of the graphic files]{List of the graphic files (class~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF1} +% \or\relax +% \caption[Liste des fichiers graphiques]{Liste des fichiers graphiques (classe~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF1} +% \fi +% ^^A \noindent\null\hspace*{1cm}\hspace*{-\winp}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\winf}\footnotesize\RaggedRight +% \noindent\null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\RaggedRight +% \columnseprule=.4pt +% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns +% \xgrf{lamed3.png}, +% \end{multicols} +% \end{minipage}} +% \end{table} +% \begin{table}[!t] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \setlength{\winf}{\textwidth}% ^^A width in frame textwidth+marginparwidth+marginparsep-2*fboxrule-2*fboxsep +% \setlength{\winp}{\marginparwidth}% ^^A left shift (marginparwidth+marginparsep) +% \addtolength{\winp}{\marginparsep}% +% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparwidth} +% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparsep} +% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule} +% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption[List of the flag files]{List of the flag files (class~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF2} +% \or\relax +% \caption[Liste des fichiers drapeaux]{Liste des fichiers drapeaux (classe~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF2} +% \fi +% ^^A \noindent\null\hspace*{1cm}\hspace*{-\winp}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\winf}\footnotesize\RaggedRight +% \noindent\null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\RaggedRight +% \columnseprule=.4pt +% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns +% \end{multicols} +% \end{minipage}} +% \end{table} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{enumerate}[(1)] +% \addtocounter{enumi}{-1} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN0}The files \xfile{minitoc.ins} and \xfile{minitoc.dtx} +% are the basic source files of this package. The file \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} loads +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} but selects the french documentation. +% The language selection is done by using +% \com{ifcase} \ldots\ \com{or} \ldots\ \com{fi} constructs. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN0}Les fichiers \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx} +% sont les fichiers sources basiques de ce paquetage. Le fichier \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} charge +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} mais sщlectionne la documentation en franчais. La sщlection de la +% langue est faite en utilisant des constructions \com{ifcase} \ldots\ \com{or} +% \ldots\ \com{fi}. +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN1}The files \xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, +% \xfile{mtcmess.sty}, +% and \emph{all}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} +% \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} and \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo} files are the package +% itself\,\footnote{The large number of \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} files is (partially) a consequence +% of the fact that some languages have +% aliases (or dialects) and hence one \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} file for each name (a \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} file may load +% another one) and, if necessary, a \suffix{.mlo} file; the english and french languages are evident examples. +% For some languages, the multiplicity of the \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} files corresponds to a multiplicity of fonts +% and/or encodings (chinese, greek, japanese, korean, malayalam, polish, russian, serbian), or even +% for spelling reforms (german, greek, norsk). \emph{Note that the presence of +% the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory.} Since version~\#50, the \upack{minitoc} package signals the +% missing \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files and gives their list in a warning message.}. +% +% The table~\vref{t+languages} lists the available languages; for each of these languages, a +% \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file is available; the languages in parentheses are aliases of a main language +% and their \suffix{.mld} files will load the \suffix{.mld} file of that main language. +% +% \ipack{mtcpatchmem}\xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty} is a temporary fix for compatibility with the \class{memoir} class. +% +% The files of this class must be \emph{all} installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds the \suffix{.sty} files. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN1}Les fichiers \xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, +% \xfile{mtcmess.sty} +% et \emph{tous}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} +% les fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} et \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo} constituent le +% paquetage lui-mъme\,\footnote{Le grand nombre de fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} est (en partie) +% une consщquence du fait que certaines +% langues ont des alias (ou dialectes) et donc un fichier \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} pour chaque nom (un fichier +% \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} peut en charger un autre) et, si nщcessaire, un fichier \suffix{.mlo}; +% les langues \emph{english} et \emph{french} sont des exemples щvidents. +% Pour certaines langues, la multiplicitщ des fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} correspond р~une multiplicitщ de fontes +% et/ou de codages (chinois, grec, japonais, corщen, malayalam, polonais, russe, serbe), ou mъme р~des +% rщformes de l'orthographe (allemand, grec, norvщgien). \emph{Notez que la prщsence du fichier +% \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire.}. Depuis la version~\#50, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} signale les +% fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} manquants et en donne une liste dans un message d'avertissement.}. +% +% Le tableau~\vref{t+languages} liste les langues disponibles; pour chacune de ces langues, un fichier +% \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} est disponible; les langues entre parenthшses sont des alias d'une langue +% principale et leurs fichiers \suffix{.mld} chargeront le fichier \suffix{.mld} de cette langue principale. +% +% \ipack{mtcpatchmem}\xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty} est une correction temporaire pour compatibilitщ avec la classe \class{memoir}. +% +% Les fichiers de cette classe doivent ъtre \emph{tous} installщs dans un rщpertoire o∙ \LaTeXe{} trouve +% les fichiers \suffix{.sty}. +% \fi +% \lneed{4} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN2}Informative text files: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \xfile{INSTALL} is a file describing the installation of the package. +% You are (almost) reading it (but it is shorter). +% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contains the list of all files of the \upack{minitoc} distribution. See +% tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. +% \item \xfile{README} is a file describing briefly the \upack{minitoc} package, +% plus some useful infos. +% \item \xfile{TODO} lists some suggested developments of the package, not yet implemented. +% Comments and suggestions are welcome. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% \label{IN2}Fichiers informatifs textuels: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \xfile{INSTALL} est un fichier dщcrivant l'installation du paquetage. └~part la langue, +% vous ъtes (presque) en train de le lire (mais il est plus court). +% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contient la liste de tous les fichiers de la distribution de +% \upack{minitoc}. Voir les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. +% \item \xfile{README} est un fichier dщcrivant sommairement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% plus quelques informations utiles. +% \item \xfile{TODO} liste quelques propositions de dщveloppement du paquetage, pas encore rщalisщes. +% Commentaires et suggestions sont les bienvenus. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN3}Examples of documents: +% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, +% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-vti.tex}, +% are example files, to play with. +% The associated \suffix{.pdf} files are provided. +% Another (\emph{short}) examples are welcome. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN3}Exemples de documents: +% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, +% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-vti.tex}, +% sont des exemples de fichiers, avec lesquels vous pouvez jouer. +% Les fichiers \suffix{.pdf} associщs sont fournis. +% D'autres exemples (\emph{courts}) sont les bienvenus. +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN4}\xfile{minitoc.bug}, \xfile{minitoc.sum} +% are plain text documentation: list of problems (faq, see chapter~\vref{FAQ}) and summary of commands +% (see chapter~\vref{c+memento}). +% \or\relax +% \label{IN4}\xfile{minitoc.bug}, \xfile{minitoc.sum} +% sont de la documentation en texte pur: liste des problшmes (questions frщquemment posщes, voir le +% chapitre~\vref{FAQ}) et sommaire des commandes (voir le chapitre~\vref{c+memento}). +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN5} \xfile{minitoc.ins}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and +% \xfile{minitoc.bib} are the source of the documentation in (non perfect) english. +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} is the common preamble code for the documentation. +% \else\relax +% \label{IN5} \xfile{minitoc.ins}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et +% \xfile{minitoc.bib} forment le code source de la documentation en anglais (ou presque). +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} est le code de prщambule commun pour la documentation. +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN6} +% {\rmfamily\slshape The list of the graphic and flag files is given in tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}; +% they are images to include.} +% \or\relax +% \label{IN6} +% {\rmfamily\slshape La liste des fichiers graphiques et drapeaux est donnщe dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}; +% ce sont des images р~inclure.} +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}, +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}, +% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}, +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, +% \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty}, \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty}, +% \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{fr-mtc.bst} are the source +% (and tools) of the documentation in french\,\footnote{This seems rather strange. In fact, the english and +% french documentations are both contained in the \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file. \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} sets +% a flag then +% loads \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; hence the file \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} is much smaller than \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. +% Thus, \xfile{minitoc.ins} contains also some utilitary files which are automatically created (some +% \suffix{.sty} files, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, +% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}). +% The english and french versions are not word-by-word translations, but they are in parallel in the +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file, and this helps the maintenance.}. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}, +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}, +% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}, +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, +% \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty}, \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty}, +% \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{fr-mtc.bst} sont les codes sources +% (et les outils) pour la documentation en franчais\,\footnote{Ceci peut sembler assez щtrange. En fait, les +% documentations en anglais et en franчais sont toutes deux contenues dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} щtablit un indicateur puis charge \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; en consщquence, le fichier +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} est bien plus petit que \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. Donc, \xfile{minitoc.ins} +% contient aussi certains fichiers utilitaires qui sont crщщs automatiquement (quelques fichiers +% \suffix{.sty}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, +% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}). +% Les versions anglaise et franчaise ne sont pas des traductions mot-р-mot, mais elles sont en +% parallшle dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, et ceci aide pour la maintenance.}. +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf}, +% is the documentation in (non perfect) english, in PDF format. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf} +% forme la documentation en anglais (ou presque), en format PDF. +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN9}\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} +% is the documentation in french, in PDF format. The french documentation and its source +% files must not be left out. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN9}\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} +% forme la documentation en franчais, en format PDF. La documentation en franчais +% et ses fichiers sources ne doivent pas ъtre omis. +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} is a shell script\,\footnote{You can sip a big cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} +% while this script is running! Be patient.} +% to prepare the package and its documentation; +% the \scrp{pmk} script uses the \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} +% and \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} directories to not waste disk space under your home directory; +% there are also six partial scripts\footnote{In fact, \scrp{pmk} assembles the scripts +% \scrp{imk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{xmk}, \scrp{rmk}, and \scrp{tmk} (but \emph{not} \scrp{cmk}).} +% and a supplementary one, \scrp{cmk} (all to be adapted): +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \scrp{imk}, which prepares the package from \xfile{minitoc.ins} and +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; note that \scrp{imk} must be run before running +% \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}; it creates also some \suffix{.sty} files necessary to prepare +% the documentation but that are to be installed with it; +% the \scrp{imk} script uses the \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} directory to not waste disk space +% under your home directory; +% \item \scrp{emk}, which prepares the english documentation from +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; +% \item \scrp{fmk}, which prepares the french documentation from +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} and \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; +% \item \scrp{xmk}, which typesets the example files (in PDF format); +% \item \scrp{rmk}, which sorts the files into classes (one directory for each class); +% \item \scrp{tmk}, which creates a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy~\cite{ftds,tds} +% (to be tailored to your system); see table~\vref{t+TDS}; this hierarchy is saved +% in \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}; +% \item \scrp{cmk}, which converts the PDF documentation files into PostScript files. +% \end{itemize} +% These scripts are currently written in C-shell, but they are very simple, and should be easy to +% convert in another classic shell. The documentation in PostScript format is no more distributed on +% the CTAN archives, but the \scrp{cmk} script can prepare it from the documentation in PDF format +% (recto-verso printing). +% \or\relax +% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} est un script \emph{shell}\,\footnote{Vous avez le temps de dщguster un +% grand cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} pendant que ce script s'exщcute! Soyez patients.} pour prщparer le paquetage +% et sa documentation; +% le script \scrp{pmk} utilise les rщpertoires \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} +% et \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour ne pas gтcher de l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; +% il y~a aussi six scripts partiels\,\footnote{En fait, \scrp{pmk} regroupe les scripts +% \scrp{imk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{xmk}, \scrp{rmk} et \scrp{tmk} (mais \emph{pas} +% \scrp{cmk}).} et un supplщmentaire, \scrp{cmk} (tous р~adapter): +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \scrp{imk}, qui prщpare le paquetage en partant de +% \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; +% notez que \scrp{imk} doit ъtre exщcutщ avant de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}; +% il crщe aussi quelques fichiers \suffix{.sty} nщcessaires pour prщparer la documentation et +% ils doivent ъtre installщs avec elle; +% le script \scrp{imk} utilise le rщpertoire \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} pour ne pas gтcher +% de l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; +% \item \scrp{emk}, qui prщpare la documentation anglaise en partant de +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; +% \item \scrp{fmk}, qui prщpare la documentation franчaise en partant de +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; +% \item \scrp{xmk}, qui compose les fichiers d'exemples (en format PDF); +% \item \scrp{rmk}, qui trie les fichiers en classes (un rщpertoire pour chaque classe); +% \item \scrp{tmk}, qui crщe une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS~\cite{ftds,tds} +% (р~adapter pour votre systшme); voir le tableau~\vref{t+TDS}; cette hiщrarchie est sauvegardщe +% dans \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}; +% \item \scrp{cmk}, qui convertit les fichiers PDF de la documentation en fichiers PostScript. +% \end{itemize} +% Ces scripts sont actuellement щcrits en C-\emph{shell}, mais ils sont trшs simples et devraient ъtre +% faciles р~convertir dans tout autre \emph{shell} classique. La documentation en format PostScript +% n'est plus distribuщe sur les archives CTAN, mais le script \scrp{cmk} peut la prщparer р~partir de +% celle en format PDF (impression recto-verso). +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} is a ZIP-archive file containing a +% \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy with all the files of the \upack{minitoc} package. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} est un fichier archive ZIP contenant une +% hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS avec tous les fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some remarks about the \scrp{rmk}, \scrp{tmk} and \scrp{pmk} scripts (which you should tailor to your needs): +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{with \scrp{rmk}:} +% \nopagebreak[4] +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item the hierarchy is \emph{not} \index{TDS}TDS-compliant; +% \item the files of~(\ref{IN0}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.dtx} +% and \suffix{.ins} files; +% \item the files of~(\ref{IN1}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.sty} files; +% \item the files of~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) and~(\ref{IN10}) +% must be installed in a separate directory, but must not be left out; +% \item the files of~(\ref{IN8}) and~(\ref{IN9}) must be installed as on-line documentation; +% \item the directories created by the \scrp{rmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} to not waste disk space +% under your home directory. +% \end{enumerate} +% \item \textbf{with \scrp{tmk}:} +% \nopagebreak[4] +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item the hierarchy is \index{TDS}TDS-compliant; +% \item each file appears only once in the hierarchy; +% \item the installation is much easier: you only need a \suffix{.zip} or a \suffix{.tar} (or \suffix{.tgz}) +% dump file\footnote{The \scrp{tmk} script creates the \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} file.} of the hierarchy +% to be deployed into the installed \index{TDS}TDS hierarchy; you should examine \emph{very carefully}\Virage{} (by +% comparison with your \index{TDS}TDS installation) and tailor the \scrp{tmk} script before using it; +% \item the directories created by the \scrp{tmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space +% under your home directory; +% \item the file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) should not be installed; it is just a method to help making +% a~\index{TDS}TDS-compliant installation. +% \end{enumerate} +% \nopagebreak[4] +% \item \textbf{with \scrp{pmk}:} +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item the \scrp{pmk} script performs the actions of \scrp{imk} (preparation of the basic files), \scrp{emk} and +% \scrp{fmk} (preparation of the english and french documentation), \scrp{xmk} (preparation of the +% examples of documents), \scrp{rmk} and \scrp{tmk} (repartition of files into classes and in +% a~\index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy);\par +% \begin{RaggedRight} +% \item the directories created by the \scrp{pmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} and +% \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space under your home directory; +% ^^A \item the \scrp{pmk} script creates its directories under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} and +% ^^A \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space under your home directory. +% \par\end{RaggedRight} +% \item the \emph{same precautions}\Virage{} as for \scrp{tmk} are needed. +% \end{enumerate} +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% Quelques remarques sur les scripts \scrp{rmk}, \scrp{tmk} et \scrp{pmk} (que vous devriez adapter р~vos besoins): +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{rmk}:} +% \nopagebreak[4] +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item la hiщrarchie \emph{n'est pas} conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS; +% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN0}) doivent ъtre installщs dans un rщpertoire o∙ \LaTeXe{} trouve les fichiers \suffix{.dtx} +% et \suffix{.ins}; +% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN1}) doivent ъtre installщs dans un rщpertoire o∙ \LaTeXe{} trouve les +% fichiers \suffix{.sty}; +% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) et~(\ref{IN10}) +% doivent ъtre installщs dans un rщpertoire distinct, mais ne doivent pas ъtre omis; +% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN8}) et~(\ref{IN9}) doivent ъtre installщs comme documentation en ligne; +% \item les rщpertoires crщщs par le script \scrp{rmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} pour de pas gтcher de +% l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base. +% \end{enumerate} +% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{tmk}:} +% \nopagebreak[4] +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item la hiщrarchie est conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS; +% \item chaque fichier n'apparaюt qu'une seule fois dans la hiщrarchie; +% \item l'installation est plus facile: il vous suffit d'un fichier de sauvegarde \suffix{.zip} ou \suffix{.tar} +% (ou \suffix{.tgz}) de la hiщrarchie\,\footnote{Le script \scrp{tmk} crщe le fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}.} +% pour le dщployer dans la hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS installщe; +% vous devriez examiner \emph{trшs soigneusement}\Virage{} (par +% comparaison avec votre installation de la \index{TDS}TDS) et adapter le script \scrp{tmk} avant de l'utiliser; +% \item les rщpertoires crщщs par le script \scrp{tmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour de pas gтcher de +% l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; +% \item le fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) ne devrait pas ъtre installщ; c'est juste une mщthode +% pour aider р~faire une installation conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS. +% \end{enumerate} +% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{pmk}:} +% \nopagebreak[4] +% ^^A \begin{RaggedRight} +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item le script \scrp{pmk} effectue les actions de \scrp{imk} (prщparation des fichiers de base), \scrp{emk} et +% \scrp{fmk} (prщparation de la documentation en anglais et en franчais), \scrp{xmk} (prщparation des +% exemples de documents), \scrp{rmk} et \scrp{tmk} (rщpartition des fichiers en classes et dans une +% hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS); +% \item le script \scrp{pmk} crщe ses rщpertoires sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} et +% \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour de pas gтcher de l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; +% \item les \emph{mъmes prщcautions}\Virage{} que pour \scrp{tmk} sont nщcessaires. +% \end{enumerate} +% ^^A \end{RaggedRight} +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \begin{table}[!t] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \def\TDSPH{\vphantom{\'TDSj}} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{A TDS-compliant hierarchy for the \upack{minitoc} files}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS} +% \def\tdstitle{TDS~Root~Directory\TDSPH} +% \or\relax +% \caption{Une hiщrarchie conforme р~la TDS pour les fichiers de \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS} +% \def\tdstitle{Rщpertoire~racine~TDS\TDSPH} +% \fi +% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{\large\textbf{\tdstitle}}\\ +% \midrule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c|}{\texttt{bibtex/}}&\texttt{doc/}&\texttt{makeindex/}&\texttt{scripts/}&\texttt{source/}&\texttt{tex/}\\ +% \cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7} +% \texttt{bib/}&\texttt{bst/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{latex/}\\ +% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7} +% \texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\textbf{(D)}&\textbf{(E)}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}\\ +% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}% +% \textbf{(A)}&\textbf{(B)}&\textbf{(C)}&\multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(F)}&\textbf{(G)}\\ +% ^^A \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}% +% \cmidrule{3-4}% +% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\texttt{images/}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\ +% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}% +% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\textbf{(I)}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\ +% \morecmidrules\cmidrule[\heavyrulewidth]{1-7} +% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{% +% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize +% \raggedright +% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} +% \begin{multicols}{2} %^^A \raggedcolumns\setcounter{unbalance}{5} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=2em +% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt +% \begin{description} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em +% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em +% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\textbf{(H)}} +% \parindent=0pt +% \def\sepitem{\vspace*{-1.5\baselineskip}\item[]\null\hspace*{-2em}\hrulefill\pagebreak[1]} +% \item[(A)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}, \xfile{minitoc.bib}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(B)\hfill\null]~\unskip\isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(C)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{INSTALL}, +% \xfile{README}, +% \xfile{TODO}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}, +% \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf}, +% \xfile{minitoc.bug}, +% \xfile{minitoc.l}, +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, +% \xfile{minitoc.pdf}, +% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, +% \xfile{minitoc.sum}, +% \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty}, +% \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty}, +% \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(D)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(E)\hfill\null]~\unskip\scrp{cmk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{imk}, \scrp{pmk}, \scrp{rmk}, +% \scrp{tmk}, \scrp{xmk}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(F)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.ins}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(G)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, \xfile{mtcmess.sty}, \xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty}, +% \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld}, \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(H)\hfill\null]~\unskip\exam{mtc-2c.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-2nd.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-3co.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, +% \exam{mtc-add.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ads.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-amm.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-apx.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-art.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bk.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-bo.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ch0.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-cri.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fko.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo1.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-fo2.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-gap.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi1.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hi2.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hia.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hir.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-hop.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-liv.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mem.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mm1.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-mu.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-nom.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ocf.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-ofs.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-sbf.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-scr.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-syn.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tbi.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlc.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tlo.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-tsf.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, +% \exam{mtc-vti.pdf}, +% \exam{mtc-vti.tex}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(I)\hfill\null] +% {\rmfamily\slshape\ifcase\LANG\relax +% The list of the graphic and flag files is given in tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. +% \or\relax +% La liste des fichiers graphiques et drapeaux est donnщe dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. +% \fi} +% \end{description} +% \end{multicols} +% \end{minipage}}\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx}} +% \smash{% +% \ixfile{acadian.mld}% +% \ixfile{acadien.mld}% +% \ixfile{afrikaan.mld}% +% \ixfile{afrikaans.mld}% +% \ixfile{albanian.mld}% +% \ixfile{american.mld}% +% \ixfile{arabic.mld}% +% \ixfile{arabi.mld}% +% \ixfile{arab.mld}% +% \ixfile{arab2.mld}% +% \ixfile{armenian.mld}% +% \ixfile{australian.mld}% +% \ixfile{austrian.mld}% +% \ixfile{bahasai.mld}% +% \ixfile{bahasa.mld}% +% \ixfile{bahasam.mld}% +% \ixfile{bangla.mld}% +% \ixfile{basque.mld}% +% \ixfile{bengali.mld}% +% \ixfile{bicig.mld}% +% \ixfile{bicig2.mld}% +% \ixfile{bicig3.mld}% +% \ixfile{bithe.mld}% +% \ixfile{brazilian.mld}% +% \ixfile{brazil.mld}% +% \ixfile{breton.mld}% +% \ixfile{british.mld}% +% \ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}% +% \ixfile{bulgarian.mld}% +% \ixfile{buryat.mld}% +% \ixfile{buryat2.mld}% +% \ixfile{canadian.mld}% +% \ixfile{canadien.mld}% +% \ixfile{castillan.mld}% +% \ixfile{castillian.mld}% +% \ixfile{catalan.mld}% +% \ixmldo{chinese1}% +% \ixmldo{chinese2}% +% \ixfile{croatian.mld}% +% \ixfile{czech.mld}% +% \ixfile{danish.mld}% +% \ixfile{devanagari.mld}% +% \ixfile{dutch.mld}% +% \ixfile{english.mld}% +% \ixfile{english1.mld}% +% \ixfile{english2.mld}% +% \ixfile{esperant.mld}% +% \ixfile{esperanto.mld}% +% \ixfile{estonian.mld}% +% \ixfile{ethiopia.mld}% +% \ixfile{ethiopian.mld}% +% \ixfile{ethiopian2.mld}% +% \ixmldo{farsi1}% +% \ixmldo{farsi2}% +% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}% +% \ixfile{finnish.mld}% +% \ixfile{finnish2.mld}% +% \ixfile{francais.mld}% +% \ixfile{french.mld}% +% \ixfile{french1.mld}% +% \ixfile{french2.mld}% +% \ixfile{frenchb.mld}% +% \ixfile{frenchle.mld}% +% \ixfile{frenchpro.mld}% +% \ixfile{galician.mld}% +% \ixfile{german.mld}% +% \ixfile{germanb.mld}% +% \ixfile{germanb2.mld}% +% \ixfile{greek.mld}% +% \ixfile{greek-mono.mld}% +% \ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}% +% \ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}% +% \ixfile{guarani.mld}% +% \ixmldo{hangul1}% +% \ixmldo{hangul2}% +% \ixmldo{hangul3}% +% \ixmldo{hangul4}% +% \ixmldo{hangul-u8}% +% \ixmldo{hanja1}% +% \ixmldo{hanja2}% +% \ixmldo{hanja-u8}% +% \ixfile{hebrew.mld}% +% \ixfile{hebrew2.mld}% +% \ixfile{hindi.mld}% +% \ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}% +% \ixfile{hungarian.mld}% +% \ixfile{icelandic.mld}% +% \ixfile{indonesian.mld}% +% \ixfile{indon.mld}% +% \ixfile{interlingua.mld}% +% \ixfile{irish.mld}% +% \ixfile{italian.mld}% +% \ixfile{italian2.mld}% +% \ixmldo{japanese}% +% \ixmldo{japanese2}% +% \ixmldo{japanese3}% +% \ixmldo{japanese4}% +% \ixmldo{japanese5}% +% \ixmldo{japanese6}% +% \ixfile{kannada.mld}% +% \ixfile{khalkha.mld}% +% \ixfile{latin.mld}% +% \ixfile{latin2.mld}% +% \ixfile{latinc.mld}% +% \ixfile{latinc2.mld}% +% \ixfile{latvian.mld}% +% \ixfile{latvian2.mld}% +% \ixfile{letton.mld}% +% \ixfile{letton2.mld}% +% \ixfile{lithuanian.mld}% +% \ixfile{lithuanian2.mld}% +% \ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}% +% \ixfile{lsorbian.mld}% +% \ixfile{magyar.mld}% +% \ixfile{magyar2.mld}% +% \ixfile{magyar3.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}% +% \ixmldo{malayalam-omega}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}% +% \ixfile{malay.mld}% +% \ixfile{manju.mld}% +% \ixfile{mexican.mld}% +% \ixfile{meyalu.mld}% +% \ixfile{mongol.mld}% +% \ixfile{mongolb.mld}% +% \ixfile{mongolian.mld}% +% \ixfile{naustrian.mld}% +% \ixfile{newzealand.mld}% +% \ixfile{ngermanb.mld}% +% \ixfile{ngermanb2.mld}% +% \ixfile{ngerman.mld}% +% \ixfile{norsk.mld}% +% \ixfile{norsk2.mld}% +% \ixfile{nynorsk.mld}% +% \ixfile{nynorsk2.mld}% +% \ixfile{occitan.mld}% +% \ixfile{occitan2.mld}% +% \ixfile{polish.mld}% +% \ixfile{polish2.mld}% +% \ixfile{polski.mld}% +% \ixfile{portuges.mld}% +% \ixfile{portuguese.mld}% +% \ixfile{romanian.mld}% +% \ixfile{romanian2.mld}% +% \ixfile{romanian3.mld}% +% \ixfile{russian.mld}% +% \ixfile{russian2m.mld}% +% \ixfile{russian2o.mld}% +% \ixfile{russianb.mld}% +% \ixmldo{russian-cca1}% +% \ixmldo{russian-cca}% +% \ixfile{russianc.mld}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lh}% +% \ixfile{samin.mld}% +% \ixfile{scottish.mld}% +% \ixfile{serbianc.mld}% +% \ixfile{serbian.mld}% +% \ixfile{slovak.mld}% +% \ixfile{slovene.mld}% +% \ixfile{spanish.mld}% +% \ixfile{spanish2.mld}% +% \ixfile{spanish3.mld}% +% \ixfile{spanish4.mld}% +% \ixfile{swahili.mld}% +% \ixfile{swedish.mld}% +% \ixfile{swedish2.mld}% +% \ixmldo{thai}% +% \ixfile{turkish.mld}% +% \ixfile{uighur.mld}% +% \ixfile{uighur2.mld}% +% \ixfile{uighur3.mld}% +% \ixfile{UKenglish.mld}% +% \ixfile{ukraineb.mld}% +% \ixfile{ukrainian.mld}% +% \ixfile{uppersorbian.mld}% +% \ixfile{USenglish.mld}% +% \ixfile{usorbian.mld}% +% \ixfile{vietnamese.mld}% +% \ixfile{vietnam.mld}% +% \ixfile{welsh.mld}% +% \ixfile{xalx.mld}% +% \ixfile{xalx2.mld}% +% \ixfile{xalx3.mld}% +% }% +% \end{table} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} contains a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of the +% \upack{minitoc} package. It has been prepared by the \scrp{pmk} or \scrp{tmk} scripts. +% \or\relax +% Le fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} contient une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS de tous les +% fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Il a щtщ prщparщ par l'un des scripts \scrp{pmk} ou \scrp{tmk}. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note that \xfile{minitoc.dtx} and hence \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} are (not so trivial) examples of using \upack{minitoc} +% with \pack{hyperref}. They show how the combinaison of these two packages may be useful. +% \or\relax +% Notez que \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et donc \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} sont des exemples (non triviaux) de l'utilisation de +% \upack{minitoc} avec \pack{hyperref}. Ils montrent combien la combinaison de ces deux paquetages peut ъtre +% utile. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Postface}\label{c+postface} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Postface}\label{c+postface} +% \fi +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \bgroup\mtcindent=0pt +% \minitoc +% \egroup +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This chapter summarizes the evolution of the \upack{minitoc} package, year by year. A more detailed history is +% available in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}. Many minor changes are skipped here. +% +% In fact, this chapter is for the average user of the package, who wants to have an overview ot its evolution; +% the chapter ``Changes History'' is more oriented towards peoples interested in the code of the package and the +% problems encountered during its development. +% \or\relax +% Ce chapitre rщsume l'щvolution du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, annщe par annщe. Un historique plus dщtaillщ est +% disponible dans л~Historique des modifications~╗, page~\pageref{c+history}. De nombreuses modifications mineures ne +% sont pas citщes ici. +% +% En fait, le prщsent chapitre s'adresse р~l'utilisateur normal du paquetage, qui voudrait avoir une idщe gщnщrale +% de son щvolution; le chapitre л~Historique des modifications~╗ s'adresse par contre aux personnes qui seraient +% intщressщes par le code du paquetage et les problшmes rencontrщs lors de son dщveloppement. +% \fi +% +% \begin{RaggedRight} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The origins} +% The \upack{minitoc} package was initially written by \name{Nigel}{Ward} in~1990 and~1991, with major contributions +% by \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}. But \upack{minitoc} suffered of a major weakness: when the number of chapters +% exceeded~9 or~10, you got a rather mysterious error message: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|No room for a new \write.| +% \end{quote} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les origines} +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} fut initialement щcrit par \name{Nigel}{Ward}, en~1990 et~1991, avec des contributions +% majeures de \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}. Mais \upack{minitoc} souffrait d'une faiblesse majeure: lorsque le nombre de chapitres +% dщpassait~9 ou~10, vous obteniez un message d'erreur assez mystщrieux: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|No room for a new \write.| +% \end{quote} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As I needed the basic fonctionnality of this package (printing mini-tables of contents for each chapter), I looked further +% in its code and finally found the culprit: \upack{minitoc} used a \com{newwrite} command to create a new file for the +% contents table of each chapter, allocating a new file descriptor each time. But the number of file descriptors for +% writing is limited to~16 under \LaTeX\ (in fact, by the underlying \TeX\ program itself). As some descriptors are already +% used by \LaTeX, writing more than 9~or~10~chapters was too much. Such errors are difficult to find when testing on +% too small documents: with few chapters, everything goes fine. But on a real document, with many chapters, the mysterious +% error happens. +% \or\relax +% Comme j'avais besoin de la fonctionnalitщ basique de ce paquetage (imprimer une mini-table des matiшres pour chaque +% chapitre), j'ai regardщ de plus prшs son code et finalement trouvщ le maillon faible: \upack{minitoc} utilisait +% une commande \com{newwrite} pour crщer un nouveau fichier pour la table de maniшres de chaque chapitre, +% en allouant un nouveau +% descripteur de fichier chaque fois. Mais le nombre de descripteurs de fichiers en щcriture est limitщ р~16 sous +% \LaTeX\ (en fait, par le programme \TeX\ sous-jacent lui-mъme). Comme quelques descripteurs sont dщjр utilisщs par +% \LaTeX, щcrire plus de 9~ou~10~chapitres allait trop loin. De telles erreurs sont difficiles р~trouver lors de tests +% sur de trop petits documents: avec peu de chapitres, tout se passe bien. Mais sur un document rщel, avec de nombreux +% chapitres, l'erreur mystщrieuse survient. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{New design in~1993} +% So I~decided (June~1993, when I took the maintenance of the package) to change the allocation method to always +% use the same file descriptor for all the +% mini-table of contents files. Some major improvements happened in 1993: the addition of the \pack{mtcoff} +% (\pack{minitocoff} at this time) +% package and a rewrite of \upack{minitoc} to extract the data from the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file, with a +% selection mechanism. +% Then a first solution for the short extension problem was added (still manual). An elementary system for the fonts +% in the mini-tables was added. In December 1993, the minilofs and minilots were added. +% \or\relax +% \section{Nouvelle conception en~1993} +% Donc je dщcidai (en juin~1993, lorsque je repris le support du paquetage) de changer la mщthode d'allocation +% pour toujours utiliser le mъme descripteur de fichier pour tous les fichiers des mini-tables des matiшres. +% Quelques amщliorations majeures furent faites en 1993: l'addition du paquetage \pack{mtcoff} (\pack{minitocoff} +% р~cette щpoque) et une rщ-щcriture +% de \upack{minitoc} pour extraire les donnщes depuis le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, avec un mщcanisme de +% sщlection. Puis une premiшre solution +% pour le problшme des suffixes courts fut ajoutщe (encore manuelle). Un systшme щlщmentaire pour les fontes dans +% les mini-tables fut ajoutщ. En dщcembre~1993, les minilofs et minilots furent ajoutщes. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~1994} +% The first improvements in 1994 were about the formating of the mini-tables: spacing was improved and the position +% of the title became ajustable (with the optional parameter of \com{minitoc} or \com{dominitoc}). But a major +% addition was done: part-level mini-tables (parttocs, partlofs, partlots) and, for articles, section-level +% mini-tables (secttocs, sectlofs, sectlots). +% +% With the emergence of \LaTeXe, replacing the ageing \LaTeX2.09, some work was necessary to support the +% compatibility with this new version. This was not easy, but \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel} and \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} gave +% me many helpful hints. +% +% Another major addition is the language option feature, with the concept of the \emph{minitoc language definition +% file} (or \suffix{.mld} file), coming from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}, +% by \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}. +% But at this time, these files were still named as \suffix{.sty} files. +% +% An important simplification is introduced by the notion of ``absolute numbering'', with avoids many problems when the +% chapters are not numbered the standard way (consecutively, starting from~1, with arabic digits). +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~1994} +% Les premiшres amщliorations en 1994 concernaient la mise en forme des mini-tables: l'espacement fut ajustщ et la +% position du titre devient adaptable (avec le paramшtre optionnel de \com{minitoc} ou \com{dominitoc}). Mais +% une addition majeure fut faite: les mini-tables au niveau partie (parttocs, partlofs, partlots) et, pour les articles, +% les mini-tables au niveau section (secttocs, sectlofs, sectlots). +% +% Avec l'щmergence de \LaTeXe, remplaчant \LaTeX2.09 vieillissant, un certain travail щtait nщcessaire pour +% supporter la compatibilitщ avec la nouvelle version. Ce ne fut pas facile, mais \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel} et +% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} m'apportшrent bien des conseils utiles. +% +% Une autre addition majeure est le systшme des options de langue, avec le concept de fichier minitoc de dщfinition de +% langue (\emph{minitoc language definition file} ou fichier \suffix{.mld}), provenant du paquetage +% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}, de \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}. +% Mais р~cette щpoque, ces fichiers щtaient encore nommщs comme des fichiers \suffix{.sty}. +% +% Une simplification importante est introduite par la notion de л~numщrotation absolue~╗, qui щvite de nombreux +% problшmes lorsque les chapitres ne sont pas numщrotщs de maniшre standard (consщcutivement, en commenчant р~1, avec +% des chiffres arabes). +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{No developments in~1995} +% Sorry, I was busy with an other project. +% \or\relax +% \section{Pas de dщveloppements en~1995} +% Dщsolщ, j'щtais trшs occupщ par un autre projet. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~1996} +% The very annoying problem with the starred sectionning commands received some (rather primitive) solutions, but it +% is very complex, so manual interventions are often required. +% +% The names of the minitoc language definition files take now the extension \suffix{.mld}, more specific, and english +% is the default language. Some new languages are added. +% +% The work on the starred sectionning commands continues. +% +% The \pack{minitocoff} companion package is renamed \pack{mtcoff} to keep its name short. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~1996} +% Le trшs gъnant problшme avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes a reчu quelques solutions (assez primitives), +% mais il est trшs complexe, donc des interventions manuelles sont souvent nщcessaires. +% +% Les noms des fichiers minitoc de dщfinition de langue prennent maintenant le suffixe \suffix{.mld}, +% plus spщcifique, et l'anglais (\loptd{english}) est la langue par dщfaut. Quelques nouvelles langues sont +% ajoutщes (ceci continue autant que possible). +% +% Le travail sur les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes continue. +% +% Le paquetage compagnon \pack{minitocoff} est renommщ \pack{mtcoff} pour que son nom reste court. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~1997} +% The problem of short extensions for files names under some operating systems is addressed via the +% new \opt{shortext} package option and by the new autoconfiguration feature. +% +% For the starred sectionning commands, the \com{addstarredchapter} command is added (with analog commands for starred +% parts and sections). +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~1997} +% Le problшme des suffixes courts pour les noms de fichiers sous certains systшmes d'exploitation est rщsolu via la +% nouvelle option de paquetage \opt{shortext} et le nouveau systшme d'autoconfiguration. +% +% Pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes, la commande \com{addstarredchapter} est ajoutщe (avec des +% commandes analogues pour les parties et sections щtoilщes). +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~1998} +% The \opt{tight} and \optd{loose} package options are added to improve the line spacing in the mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~1998} +% Les options de paquetage \opt{tight} et \optd{loose} sont ajoutщes pour changer l'interlignage dans les mini-tables. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~1999} +% The \optd{dotted} and \opt{undotted} package options are added to add or suppress some lines of dots +% (leaders) in the mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~1999} +% Les options de paquetage \optd{dotted} et \opt{undotted} sont ajoutщes pour activer ou inhiber certaines lignes de +% points (points de conduite) dans les mini-tables. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2000} +% A major addition is the compatibility with the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}, and I~ought to thank +% loudly \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} and \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}~\cite{minitoc-hyper}. +% +% Some corrections about the starred sectionning commands are added by \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}. +% +% The mini-tables features (\com{beforeparttoc} and co.) commands are added. +% +% Some adjustment commands, like \com{mtcaddchapter}, are added, again about the problem with the starred +% sectionning commands. +% +% The\imess{I0046} compatibility with the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} is documented. +% +% Aliases for some languages are added. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2000} +% Un ajout majeur est la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, et je dois +% remercier chaleureusement \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} et +% \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}~\cite{minitoc-hyper}. +% +% Quelques corrections concernant les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes ont щtщ apportщes par \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}. +% +% Les commandes relatives aux dispositifs pour les (\com{beforeparttoc} et co.) ont щtщ ajoutщes. +% +% Quelques commandes d'adjustement, telles que \com{mtcaddchapter}, sont ajoutщes, encore pour le problшme des +% commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. +% +% La\imess{I0046} compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} est documentщe. +% +% Des alias pour certaines langues sont ajoutщs. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2001} +% Added the \optd{checkfiles} and \opt{nocheckfiles} package options, to avoid the insertion of (ugly) empty +% mini-tables. +% +% Added the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command to change more easily the language of the mini-tables titles. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2001} +% Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{checkfiles} et \opt{nocheckfiles}, pour щviter d'insщrer des minitables +% vides (et laides). +% +% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcselectlanguage} pour changer plus facilement la langue des titres des mini-tables. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2002} +% Correction of an interaction between \com{tableofcontents} (creating a hidden \com{chapter*} or +% \com{section*} command) and the numbering of the mini-table files. +% +% Added the \com{mtcskip} and \com{mtcskipamount} commands. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2002} +% Correction d'une interaction entre \com{tableofcontents} (qui crщe une commande \com{chapter*} ou +% \com{section*} cachщe) et la numщrotation des fichiers mini-tables. +% +% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcskip} et \com{mtcskipamount}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2003} +% Added the \opt{insection} package option (which was temporarily done by the \opt{flsection} and \opt{flsectionb} +% package options) +% to deal with floats drifting out of their section. The \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} (by +% \name{Donald}{Arseneau}) is used. +% +% The font commands are made compatible with the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. +% +% Added compatibility with the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2003} +% Ajout de l'option de paquetage \opt{insection} (qui щtait temporairement rщalisщe par les options +% de paquetage \opt{flsection} +% et \opt{flsectionb}) pour traiter les щlщments flottants dщrivant hors de leur section. Le paquetage +% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}) est utilisщ. +% +% Les commandes de fontes sont rendues compatibles avec la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. +% +% Ajout de la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2004} +% Added comments in the \suffix{.mld} files needing special fonts. Better documentation about languages. +% +% Added an explanation about making a local table of contents for an appendix, eventually masking it in the main +% table of contents. Compatibility\imess{I0042} with the \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix}. +% +% A major addition is the \optd{hints} package option, to detect some programming and compatibility problems. +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2004} +% Amщlioration de la documentation sur les langues. +% +% Ajout d'une explication sur la maniшre de faire une table des matiшres locale pour un appendice, щventuellement en +% la masquant dans la table des matiшres principale. Compatibilitщ\imess{I0042} avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix}. +% +% Un ajout majeur est l'option de paquetage \optd{hints}, pour dщtecter certains problшmes de programmation et de +% compatibilitщ. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Developments in~2005} +% All messages are now written via the standard interface commands (\com{PackageInfo}, \com{PackageWarning}, and +% \com{PackageError}), so the \upack{minitoc} package is less verbose on the terminal. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Added the \com{mtcsetfont} and \com{mtcsettitlefont} commands (from a suggestion by \xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) to +% replace many font commands by only one command with a better user interface. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Comments about the \AmS\ classes (some ones are incompatible with \upack{minitoc}). +% +% Added the \com{mtcsetformat} and \com{mtcsettitle} commands, again to have a simpler user interface. +% +% Added various hints (\opt{insection} package option, order of minitoc basic commands, short extensions). +% +% Added the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and \com{mtcsetrules} commands, again to have a simpler user interface. +% +% Added the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment, to hide a group of entries in the main table of contents; added +% also the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. +% +% Added the \com{mtcfixindex} and \com{mtcsettitle} commands. +% +% Added the description of the installation of the package (a new chapter and the file \xfile{INSTALL}). +% +% Improved and added hints about consistency of \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} and co. +% +% Added the \com{mtcsetfeature} command (very complex). +% +% Added a hint about the \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}. +% +% The \upack{minitoc} package is now written using the \suffix{.dtx}-\suffix{.ins} system. +% Some cleanup is done in the code. +% +% Added the \com{mtcfixglossary} command, like \com{mtcfixindex}. +% +% Some improvements are made to print the documentation. +% +% Some new hints are added (\pack{sectsty}\imess{I0043} package~\cite{sectsty}, empty mini-tables, obsolete commands). +% +% Added the notion of depth for mini-tables of figures/tables. Added the \com{mtcsetdepth} command. +% +% The \optd{hints} package option is now the default. +% +% Added a method for making a bilingual documentation in one file (the \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file). This method could be used +% for more languages. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Added or improved some adjustement commands (\com{adjustptc}, \com{incrementptc}, \com{decrementptc}, etc.). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Added the \opt{k-tight} and \optd{k-loose} package options, for the \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} document classes. +% +% Added a patch for the recent version of the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. +% +% Use \com{mtcselectlanguage} in language options and in ``secondary'' \suffix{.mld} files. +% +% Added the \com{mtcloadmlo} command to be used in some \suffix{.mld} files to load a \suffix{.mlo} file. The +% extension \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}; such files contains characters not easily +% manipulated in a \suffix{.dtx} file. +% +% The history of changes is now displayed in a much simpler way (using a glossary was too cumbersome). +% +% Added the \optd{listfiles} package option, to create a list of the minitoc auxiliary files, which can be removed after +% the \LaTeX\ compilation of the document. It is the \emph{document}\suffix{.maf} file. +% +% Added a remark in the FAQ chapter (and \xfile{minitoc.bug}) about precautions to take with the starred +% sectionning commands. +% +% Added hints about the \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption}, and \pack{mcaption} packages +% (they must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% +% A ``Jargon'' chapter is added. It will grow slowly. +% +% Added a note about a problem with \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} and \class{memoir} used together. +% +% Some bugs in the \verb|\mtcset...| commands are fixed. +% +% Added a hint about the \pack{varsects}\imess{W0038} package~\cite{varsects}. +% +% Added a hint on the number of mini-tables when short extensions are used. +% +% Added a chapter with all the (explained) messages. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2005} +% Tous les messages sont dщsormais щcrits via les commandes de l'interface standard (\com{PackageInfo}, +% \com{PackageWarning} et \com{PackageError}), donc le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est moins bavard sur le terminal. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetfont} et \com{mtcsettitlefont} (d'aprшs une suggestion de \xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) +% pour remplacer de nombreuses commandes de fontes par une seule commande avec une meilleure interface avec +% l'utilisateur. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Commentaires sur les classes de l'\AmS\ (certaines sont incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}). +% +% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetformat} et \com{mtcsettitle}, encore pour avoir une meilleure interface avec +% l'utilisateur. +% +% Ajout de divers \emph{hints} (option de paquetage \opt{insection}, ordre des commandes minitoc basiques, suffixes +% courts). +% +% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et \com{mtcsetrules}, encore pour avoir une meilleure interface +% avec l'utilisateur. +% +% Ajout de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, pour masquer un groupe d'entrщes dans la table des matiшres +% principale; ajout aussi des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% +% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcfixindex} et \com{mtcsettitle}. +% +% Ajout d'une description de l'installation du paquetage (un nouveau chapitre et le fichier \xfile{INSTALL}). +% +% \emph{Hints} amщliorщs et ajoutщs sur la cohщrence des commandes \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} et co. +% +% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature} (trшs complexe). +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}. +% +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est maintenant щcrit en utilisant le systшme \suffix{.dtx}-\suffix{.ins}. Un peu de +% nettoyage a щtщ fait dans le code. +% +% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcfixglossary}, analoque р~\com{mtcfixindex}. +% +% Quelques amщliorations sont faites pour l'impression de la documentation. +% +% Ajout de quelques nouveaux \emph{hints} (paquetage\imess{I0043} \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}, mini-tables vides, commandes +% obsolшtes). +% +% Ajout de la notion de profondeur pour les mini-tables des figures/tableaux. Ajout de la commande \com{mtcsetdepth}. +% +% L'option de paquetage \optd{hints} est maintenant le choix par dщfaut. +% +% Ajout d'une mщthode pour faire une documentation bilingue en un seul fichier (le fichier \xfile{minitoc.dtx}). +% Cette mщthode pourrait ъtre utilisщe pour plusieurs langues. +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Ajout ou amщlioration de quelques commandes d'ajustement (\com{adjustptc}, \com{incrementptc}, +% \com{decrementptc}, etc.). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{k-tight} et \optd{k-loose}, pour les classes de document +% \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. +% +% Ajout d'une correction (\emph{patch}) pour une version rщcente de la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. +% +% Utilisation de \com{mtcselectlanguage} dans les options de langue et dans les fichiers \suffix{.mld} +% л~secondaires~╗. +% +% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcloadmlo} р~utiliser dans certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour charger un fichier +% \suffix{.mlo}. Le suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object} (objet de langage minitoc); de +% tels fichiers contiennent des caractшres qui ne sont pas faciles р~manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}. +% +% L'historique des modifications est maintenant imprimщ d'une maniшre bien plus simple (utiliser un glossaire щtait +% trop pщnible). +% +% Ajout de l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}, pour crщer une liste des fichiers auxiliaires de minitoc, qui +% peuvent ъtre щliminщs aprшs la compilation \LaTeX\ du document. C'est le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. +% +% Ajout d'une remarque dans le chapitre des questions frщquemment posщes (et dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}) +% sur les prщcautions р~prendre avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. +% +% Ajout de \emph{hints} sur les paquetages \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption} et \pack{mcaption} +% (ils doivent ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% +% Un chapitre л~Jargon~╗ est ajoutщ. Il grossira lentement. +% +% Ajout d'une note sur un problшme avec \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} et \class{memoir} utilisщs ensemble. +% +% Quelques erreurs dans les commandes \verb|\mtcset...| sont corrigщes. +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0038}\pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}. +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le nombre de mini-tables lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. +% +% Ajout d'un chapitre avec tous les messages (expliquщs). +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Developments in~2006} +% Added the ``\texttt{*}'' keyword as first argument of the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and \com{mtcsetrules} +% command, to get an action on all kinds of mini-tables. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% Corrections in the \com{mtcaddsection}, \com{mtcfixglossary}, and \com{mtcfixindex} commands. +% +% In the PDF documentation, the panel of bookmarks shows initialy only the bookmarks for parts and chapters, but you +% can open them to show deeper entries. +% +% Added a comment about the initialization of fonts in the FAQ (point~34). It is still an open domain and I am +% working on it. +% +% Added a hint about the \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, and an entry in the FAQ chapter +% (and in \xfile{minitoc.bug}). +% +% Added the ``Postface'' chapter. +% +% Added the \com{mtcprepare} command. +% +% Added an~\texttt{URL} field in the bibliography (the styles are modified with the \tool{urlbst} tool~\cite{urlbst}). +% +% Added the \pack{mtcmess} package to add unique identifiers to the messages. +% +% Suppressed the PostScript documentation files from the distribution (no more accepted on CTAN archives), but the +% scripts still creates them. +% +% Corrections in the \opt{insection} package option. +% +% Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I). +% +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2006} +% Ajout du mot-clщ л~\texttt{*}~╗ comme premier argument des commandes \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et \com{mtcsetrules}, +% pour avoir une action sur toutes les sortes de mini-tables. +% +% \begin{raggedright} +% Corrections dans les commandes \com{mtcaddsection}, \com{mtcfixglossary} et \com{mtcfixindex}. +% +% \end{raggedright} +% Dans la documentation en PDF, le panneau des signets (panneau de gauche) ne montre initialement que les signets +% pour les parties et les chapitres, mais vous pouvez les ouvrir pour accщder aux entrщes plus profondes. +% +% Ajout d'un commentaire sur l'initialisation des fontes dans le chapitre des questions frщquemment posщes (point~34). +% C'est encore un sujet ouvert et je travaille dessus. +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les classes \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, et d'une note dans le chapitre des questions +% frщquemment posщes (et dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}). +% +% Ajout du chapitre л~Postface~╗. +% +% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcprepare}. +% +% Ajout d'un champ \texttt{URL} dans la bibliographie (les styles ont щtщ modifiщs р~l'aide de l'outil +% \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}). +% +% Ajout du paquetage \pack{mtcmess} pour ajouter des identificateurs uniques aux messages. +% +% Suppression des fichiers de documentation en format PostScript dans la distribution (ils ne sont plus acceptщs +% sur les archives CTAN), mais les scripts les crщent encore. +% +% Corrections dans l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}. +% +% Rщ-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I). +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2007} +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2007} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Removed the preparation of documentation in PostScript format. +% +% Added the \scrp{cmk} script to convert the documentation from PDF format to PostScript format. +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{raggedright} +% Added hints about the\SMM{\lmess{W0086}\\\lmess{W0087}\\\lmess{W0088}\\\lmess{W0089}\\\lmess{W0090}} +% \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}, +% \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}, +% \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}, +% \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}, +% \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}, +% and +% \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont} packages. +% +% \end{raggedright} +% +% \begin{raggedright} +% Added FAQ~44 and the \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} and \com{mtcgapafterheads} formatting commands. +% +% \end{raggedright} +% Added the chapter~\ref{c+exdocs}, ``Examples of documents'', page~\pageref{c+exdocs}. +% +% Added FAQ~45 and the \com{kernafterparttoc} and co. commands for the vertical space between a minitable and +% its bottom rule. +% +% Increased the text width and adjusted the format of the entries in the TOC in the documentation. +% +% Correction of the preamble in the generated files (spurious lines have been eliminated, at least). +% +% Added \xfile{devanagari.mld} and \xfile{hindi.mld}. +% Added \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. +% +% The bibliographic styles \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} and \xfile{frplain1.bst} are renamed \xfile{en-mtc.bst} and +% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. +% +% All example documents are renamed with names beginning with ``\uexam{mtc-}''. +% +% The ``\optd{listfiles}'' package option is active by default. +% +% Better error messages about undefined preparation and insertion commands. +% +% Added \xfile{japanese6.mld} and \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. +% +% Added a hint about the \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption}. +% +% Added (in the memento) a table of the classes and packages which are incompatible or need precautions with +% \upack{minitoc}. +% +% Added a validation of the language options with the presence of the \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. +% +% Added the \scrp{tmk} script and a table describing a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant structure for \upack{minitoc}. +% +% Updated the \xfile{INSTALL} file and the ``Installation'' chapter. +% +% Added the file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of +% the package) to the distribution. +% +% Improving the index (entries for: packages and classes, scripts, tools, names, examples, extensions, option, +% language options). +% +% The names of some internal macros are shortened to fit into the margin. +% +% Indexing the environments and the files. +% +% Indexing the counters and depth counters. +% +% The example files are in their own directory in the (proposed) \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy. +% +% Indexing referenced commands (begin). +% +% Added \xfile{mongolb.mld} and \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. +% +% Removed \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (new T2 and X2 cyrillic encodings in \xfile{mongolb.mld}). +% +% Added the \exam{mtc-3co.tex} example file. +% +% Added \xfile{mongolian.mld} (loads \xfile{mongolb.mld}). +% +% Improved the layout of the index. +% +% Indexing the names of authors. +% +% Added the \exam{mtc-fko.tex} example file. +% +% Bibliographic references for packages and classes in the index. +% +% Features in the index. +% +% Added the ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features. +% +% Added the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file. +% +% Added the ``\com{mtcfixnomenclature}'' command. +% +% Added the \exam{mtc-nom.tex} example file. +% +% Corrected the last argument of \com{mtcsetfeature} and siblings, using \com{mtc@toks}. +% +% Indexing the messages. Messages noted in the right margin. +% +% Added \xfile{latinc.mld} and \xfile{latinc2.mld} for classical latin. +% +% Added internal hyperlinks for messages. +% +% Added \com{mtcoffset} and co. for an horizontal offset of a mini-table. +% +% Added \com{mtcsetoffset} for an horizontal offset of a mini-table type. +% +% Added the \exam{mtc-ofs.tex} example file. +% +% Added flagging of macros in example files. +% +% Added a clickable table of all messages. +% +% Added a local minitoc in the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% +% Added \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% +% Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}. +% +% Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} about the \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} +% package (incompatible). +% +% Added a \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} about the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, +% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages. +% +% Regrouping some marginal notes about messages; improving their positions. +% +% Corrected a bug about minitocs in appendices for the \class{memoir} class. +% +% Changed the color of hyperlinks. +% +% Revised the format of headers. +% +% Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}. +% +% Added \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% +% Added stuff (files) for maps of areas of some languages. +% +% Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}. +% +% Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). +% +% Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid +% erasing (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file). +% +% Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% +% The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part. +% +% Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package. +% +% Complete indexing of the messages. +% +% Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% +% Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to make increase the width of the pages of the bibliography. +% +% Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% +% Updated \xfile{czech.mld}. +% +% Removed \ucom{l@xsection}. +% +% Graphic files are indexed separately. +% +% Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy. +% +% Updated \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% +% Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}, +% and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% +% Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% +% Suppressed parasite entries from the index. +% +% Added \xfile{occitan.mld}. +% +% Updated \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, +% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, +% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld}, and \xfile{turkish.mld}. +% +% \or\relax +% Retrait de la prщparation de la documentation en format PostScript. +% +% Ajout du script \scrp{cmk} pour convertir la documentation du format PDF en format PostScript. +% +% \begin{raggedright} +% Ajout de \emph{hints}\SMM{\lmess{W0086}\\\lmess{W0087}\\\lmess{W0088}\\\lmess{W0089}\\\lmess{W0090}} sur les paquetages +% \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}, +% \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}, +% \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}, +% \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}, +% \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec} +% et +% \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}. +% +% \end{raggedright} +% +% \begin{raggedright} +% Ajout du point~44 de la FAQ et des commandes de mise en page \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} +% et \com{mtcgapafterheads}. +% +% \end{raggedright} +% Ajout du chapitre~\ref{c+exdocs}, л~Exemples de documents~╗, page~\pageref{c+exdocs}. +% +% Ajout du point~45 de la FAQ et des commandes \com{kernafterparttoc} et analogues pour l'espacement vertical +% entre une minitable et son filet infщrieur. +% +% Augmentation de la largeur du texte et ajustement du format des entrщes dans la table des matiшres pour la +% documentation. +% +% Correction du prщambule des fichiers engendrщs (les lignes superflues ont щtщ enfin щliminщes). +% +% Ajout de \xfile{devanagari.mld} et \xfile{hindi.mld}. +% Ajout de \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. +% +% Les styles bibliographiques \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} et \xfile{frplain1.bst} sont renommщs \xfile{en-mtc.bst} et +% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. +% +% Tous les exemples de documents sont renommщs avec des noms commenчant par л~\uexam{mtc-}~╗. +% +% L'option de paquetage л~\optd{listfiles}~╗ est active par dщfaut. +% +% Meilleurs messages d'erreur pour les commandes de prщparation et d'insertion non dщfinies. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{japanese6.mld} et \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption}. +% +% Ajout (dans le mщmento) d'un tableau des classes et paquetages qui sont incompatibles ou ont besoin de +% prщcautions avec \upack{minitoc}. +% +% Ajout d'une validation des options de langue avec la prщsence des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}. +% +% Ajout du script \scrp{tmk} et d'un tableau dщcrivant une structure \index{TDS}TDS pour \upack{minitoc}. +% +% Mise р~jour du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et du chapitre л~Installation~╗. +% +% Ajout du fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS et contenant tous +% les fichiers du paquetage) р~la distribution. +% +% Amщlioration de l'index (entrщes pour: paquetages et classes, scripts, outils, noms, exemples, suffixes, options, +% options de langue). +% +% Les noms de certaines macros internes sont raccourcis pour tenir dans la marge. +% +% Indexation des environnements et fichiers. +% +% Indexation des compteurs et compteurs de profondeur. +% +% Les fichiers exemples sont dans leur propre rщpertoire de la hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS (proposщe). +% +% Indexation des commandes rщfщrencщes (dщbut). +% +% Ajout de \xfile{mongolb.mld} et \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. +% +% Retrait de \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (nouveaux codages cyrilliques T2 et X2 dans \xfile{mongolb.mld}). +% +% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-3co.tex}. +% +% Amщlioration de la mise en page de l'index. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{mongolian.mld} (charge \xfile{mongolb.mld}). +% +% Indexation des noms des auteurs. +% +% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-fko.tex}. +% +% Rщfщrences bibliographiques pour les paquetages et les classes dans l'index. +% +% Dispositifs dans l'index. +% +% Ajout des dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗. +% +% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% +% Ajout de la commande л~\com{mtcfixnomenclature}~╗. +% +% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-nom.tex}. +% +% Correction du dernier argument de \com{mtcsetfeature} et analogues, en utilisant \com{mtc@toks}. +% +% Indexation des messages. Messages notщs dans la marge de droite. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{latinc.mld} et \xfile{latinc2.mld} pour le latin classique. +% +% Ajout d'hyperliens internes pour les messages. +% +% Ajout de \com{mtcoffset} et consorts pour un dщcalage horizontal d'une mini-table. +% +% Ajout de \com{mtcsetoffset} pour un dщcalage horizontal d'un type de mini-table. +% +% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}. +% +% Ajout du marquage des macros dans les fichiers exemples. +% +% Ajout d'une table cliquable de tous les messages. +% +% Ajout d'une minitoc locale dans le chapitre <<~Jargon~>>. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}. +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} sur le +% paquetage \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} (incompatible). +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} sur les paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, +% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}. +% +% Regroupement de notes marginales concernant des messages; amщlioration de leur placement. +% +% Correction d'un problшme sur les minitocs dans les appendices pour la classe \class{memoir}. +% +% Changement de la couleur des hyperliens. +% +% Correction de quelques commandes \verb|\mtcset...| pour utiliser \com{edef} afin d'щvaluer correctement \com{mtc@toks}. +% +% Changement du format des en-tъtes. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% +% Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) de rщgions o∙ certaines langues sont parlщes. +% +% Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}. +% +% ╔clatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). +% +% Remplacement du suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour щviter +% d'щcraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}). +% +% Correction d'un problшme avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% +% Les remerciements sont dщplacщs vers la partie л~Complщments~╗. +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} +% р~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}. +% +% Indexation complшte des messages. +% +% Mise р~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% +% Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour щlargir les pages de la bibliographie. +% +% Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% +% Mise р~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}. +% +% Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}. +% +% Les fichiers graphiques sont indexщs sщparщment. +% +% Ajout d'un rщpertoire spщcifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiщrarchie TDS. +% +% Mise р~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et +% \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% +% Mise р~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% +% Suppression d'entrщes parasites dans l'index. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{occitan.mld}. +% +% Mise р~jour de \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, +% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, +% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld} et \xfile{turkish.mld}. +% +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Developments in~2008} +% Corrected \xfile{polski.mld}. +% +% Added table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. +% +% Added many maps about languages and dialects, etc. +% +% Better captions for maps. +% +% Added an entry for the Wikipedia in the jargon. +% +% Splitted the TDS hierarchy into three tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. +% +% The page numbers in the index are now hyperlinks (thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). +% +% Colors added in figure~\vref{f+barrier}. +% +% Corrected an error of message number. +% +% Updated from the \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j of 2008/03/16. +% +% Used \ucom{vrefrange} to compress ranges of internal cross-references. +% +% Added flags for many countries. +% +% Added a figure about lusophonia. +% +% Added a figure about germanophonia. +% +% Added a figure about hispanophonia. +% +% Added a figure about italophonia. +% +% Added a minitoc in the index to make it easier to consult (not trivial). +% +% Added figures about francophones countries. +% +% Added a figure about swahili-speaking countries. +% +% Added a figure about arabic-speaking countries. +% +% Added a figure about russian-speaking countries. +% +% Added a figure about english-speaking countries. +% +% Added flags \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}, +% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, +% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof}, and \com{ifinsectlot}. +% +% Added example document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. +% +% Added commands for polymorphic entries: \com{mtcpolymtoc}, \com{mtcpolymlof}, and \com{mtcpolymlot}. +% +% Added a figure about dutch-speaking countries. +% +% Renamed \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} and consorts as \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} and consorts. +% +% Added missing flag files (thanks to \namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). +% +% Replaced many \suffix{.pdf} image files (most of them are flag files) by the original \suffix{.png} file +% because they were corrupted during the conversion by \tool{ImageMagick} (\tool{xpdf} didnt see the problem but +% \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuses to show the file); many thanks to \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} +% and \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. +% +% Back to standard colors and default \pack{hyperref} color options. +% +% ^^A MAJ-E +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщveloppements en~2008} +% Correction de \xfile{polski.mld}. +% +% Ajout de nombreuses cartes pour les langues et les dialectes, etc. +% +% Ajout de la table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. +% +% Amщlioration des lщgendes des cartes. +% +% Ajout d'une entrщe pour la Wikipщdia dans le jargon. +% +% ╔clatement de la hiщrarchie TDS en trois tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. +% +% Les numщros de pages dans l'index sont maintenant des hyperliens (grтce р~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). +% +% Ajout de couleurs dans la figure~\vref{f+barrier}. +% +% Correction d'une erreur de numщro de message. +% +% Mise р~jour depuis le paquetage \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j du 2008/03/16. +% +% Utilisation de \ucom{vrefrange} pour compresser les intervales de rщfщrences croisщes internes. +% +% Ajout des drapeaux de nombreux pays. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur la lusophonie. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur la germanophonie. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur l'hispanophonie. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur l'italophonie. +% +% Ajout d'une minitoc dans l'index pour faciliter sa consultation (pas trivial). +% +% Ajout de figures sur les pays francophones. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le swahili. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'arabe. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le russe. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'anglais. +% +% Ajout des indicateurs \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}, +% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, +% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof} et \com{ifinsectlot}. +% +% Ajout de l'exemple de document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. +% +% Ajout de commandes pour les entrщes polymorphes: \com{mtcpolymtoc}, \com{mtcpolymlof} et \com{mtcpolymlot}. +% +% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le nщerlandais. +% +% Renommage de \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} et consorts en \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} et consorts. +% +% Ajout de fichiers drapeaux manquants (merci р~\namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). +% +% Remplacement de nombreux fichiers images \suffix{.pdf} (la plupart щtant des fichiers drapeaux) +% par le fichier \suffix{.png} parce qu'ils ont щtщ corrompus lors de la conversion par \tool{ImageMagick} +% (\tool{xpdf} ne voit pas le problшme mais \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuse de montrer le fichier); +% grands mercis р~\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} et \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. +% +% Retour aux couleurs standard et aux options de couleur standard de \pack{hyperref}. +% +% ^^A MAJ-F +% \fi +% \par\end{RaggedRight} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \part{Implementation}\label{p+ID} +% \or\relax +% \part{Implantation}\label{p+ID} +% \fi +% ^^A FIX INDEX? +% \let\macro\svmacro +% \let\endmacro\svendmacro +% \let\environment\svenvironment +% \let\endenvironment\svendenvironment +% \makeatletter +% \def\macro{\begingroup +% \catcode`\\12 +% \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iftrue} +% \def\environment{\begingroup +% \catcode`\\12 +% \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iffalse} +% \let\endmacro \endtrivlist +% \let\endenvironment\endmacro +% \makeatother +% ^^A FIX INDEX? +% \parttoc +% ^^A \partlof +% ^^A \partlot +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Commented code of the \upack{minitoc} package}\label{c+code+minitoc.sty}\ipack{minitoc} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Code commentщ du paquetage \upack{minitoc}}\label{c+code+minitoc.sty}\ipack{minitoc} +% \fi +% \minitoc +% \mtcskip +% \lneed{4} +% \minilof +% \mtcskip +% +% \lneed{6} +% \section{Introduction}\label{s+code+intro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This very long chapter presents the code of the \upack{minitoc} package and attempts to explain it. +% Some comments of the original source file\,\footnote{The source file of version~\#42. Version~\#43 includes the +% conversion of the package to \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.dtx-.ins} format. +% Version~\#42 has not been distributed because of that.} +% are skipped, like the history, because they do not need further examination (they will be put in the change history). +% +% The code is split in sections to make the reading easier, and the sections are sometimes reordered to make the reading +% easier. +% +% Most of the \upack{minitoc} external commands have \texttt{mtc}, \texttt{ptc}, \texttt{stc}, or one of the +% mini-table names (\texttt{parttoc},\ldots, \texttt{sectlot}) in their names. +% Most of the \upack{minitoc} internal commands +% have \texttt{@mtc}, \texttt{@ptc}, \texttt{@stc}, or \texttt{parttoc@},\ldots, \texttt{sectlot@} in their names, or +% a similar convention. The few exceptions should be explicit enough to not conflict with other packages. +% \or\relax +% Ce trшs long chapitre prщsente le code du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et tente de l'expliquer. +% Certains commentaires du fichier source original\,\footnote{C'est-р-dire, celui de la version~\#42. La +% version~\#43 inclut la conversion du paquetage au format \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.dtx/.ins}. +% La version~\#42 n'a pas щtщ distribuщe pour cette raison.} sont sautщs, +% comme l'historique, car ils n'ont pas besoin d'ъtre examinщs davantage (ils seront mis dans l'historique des +% modifications). +% +% Le code est щclatщ en sections pour faciliter la lecture, et ces sections sont parfois rщordonnщes, dans ce mъme +% but. +% +% La plupart des commandes externes de \upack{minitoc} ont \texttt{mtc}, \texttt{ptc}, \texttt{stc} +% ou le nom de l'un des types de mini-tables (\texttt{parttoc},\ldots, \texttt{sectlot}) dans leurs noms. La plupart +% des commandes internes de \upack{minitoc} ont \texttt{@mtc}, \texttt{@ptc}, \texttt{@stc} ou \texttt{parttoc@},\ldots, +% \texttt{sectlot@} dans leurs noms, ou suivent une convention similaire. Les quelques exceptions devraient ъtre +% assez explicites pour ne pas entrer en conflit avec d'autres paquetages. +% \fi +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Identification code}\label{s+code+ident} +% \or\relax +% \section{Code d'identification}\label{s+code+ident} +% \fi +% \setlength{\wkdim}{9.375mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The code +% of \xfile{minitoc.sty} starts here: +% \or\relax +% Le code +% de \xfile{minitoc.sty} commence ici: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*minitoc> +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\NeedsTeXFormat} +% \begin{macro}{\ProvidesPackage} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageInfo} +% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\SMM{\lmess{I0000}\\\lmess{I0001}} code section identifies the package with its name, version number and date. +% A trace is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. This package will not work with \LaTeX2.09. +% \or\relax +% Cette\SMM{\lmess{I0000}\\\lmess{I0001}} section de code identifie le paquetage par son nom, son numщro de version +% et sa date. Une trace est щcrite dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% Ce paquetage ne fonctionnera pas avec \LaTeX2.09. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/02]% +\ProvidesPackage{minitoc}% + [2015/07/13 v61 Package minitoc] % message I0000 +\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] +\mtcPackageInfo[I0001]{minitoc}% + {*** minitoc package, version 61 ***\@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{A file descriptor to write}\label{s+code+fd-write} +% \or\relax +% \section{Un descripteur de fichier pour щcrire}\label{s+code+fd-write} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\newwrite} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A file descriptor is needed to write the files containing the mini-tables, it is \com{tf@mtc}. +% The \upack{minitoc} package uses only one file descriptor for writing. See section~\vref{s+code+autoconf}. +% \or\relax +% Un descripteur de fichier est nщcessaire pour щcrire les fichiers contenant les mini-tables, c'est \com{tf@mtc}. +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} utilise un seul descripteur de fichier en щcriture. Voir la +% section~\vref{s+code+autoconf}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newwrite\tf@mtc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Indentation and skip}\label{s+code+indent.skip} +% \or\relax +% \section{Indentation et saut}\label{s+code+indent.skip} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\addvspace} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the indentation \com{mtcindent} (both sides) of the mini-tables and the +% command \com{mtcskip} to make a vertical skip before a mini-table, its value is \com{mtcskipamount} +% (default: \com{bigskipamount}). +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons l'indentation \com{mtcindent} (des deux cЇtщs) des mini-tables et la commande +% \com{mtcskip} pour faire un saut vertical avant une mini-table, sa valeur est \com{mtcskipamount} +% (dщfaut: \com{bigskipamount}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newlength\mtcindent +\newskip\mtcskipamount +\setlength{\mtcskipamount}{\bigskipamount} +\def\mtcskip{{\parskip=\z@\addvspace{\mtcskipamount}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note that \com{mtcskip} uses a local group to avoid the influence of \com{parskip}. +% \or\relax +% Notez que \com{mtcskip} utilise un groupe local pour щviter l'influence de \com{parskip}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the default values for the vertical gaps before and after titles part level mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les valeurs par dщfaut pour les sauts verticaux avant et aprшs les titres des mini-tables au +% niveau partie. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcgapbeforeheads{50\p@} +\def\mtcgapafterheads{40\p@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the vertical kernings between the minitables and their before the bottom rule. +% The names of these macros is rather explicit. The values are empirical and can be changed via \com{renewcommand}. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les crъnages verticaux placщs entre les minitables et leurs filets horizontaux infщrieurs. +% Les noms de ces macros sont assez explicites. Les valeurs sont empiriques et peuvent ъtre changщes +% via \com{renewcommand}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{part}{}{% + \def\kernafterparttoc{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernafterpartlof{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernafterpartlot{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + }% + \@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {% + \def\kernaftersecttoc{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernaftersectlof{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernaftersectlot{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + }% + }% + {% + \def\kernafterminitoc{\kern-.5\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernafterminilof{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern0.ex}% + \def\kernafterminilot{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern0.ex}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\pfloffset} +% \begin{macro}{\pltoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mltoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\sltoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\sfloffset} +% \begin{macro}{\sltoffset} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We defines horizontal offets by which the margins in the mini-tables are corrected (added to the right margin and +% substracted from the left margin). These are \emph{commands}, \emph{not} lengths\,\footnote{We avoid to +% allocate a precious length register.}, to be redefined by \com{renewcommand}. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les dщcalages horizontaux servant р~corriger les marges dans les mini-tables (ajout р~la marge +% gauche et retrait р~la marge droite). Ce sont des \emph{commandes}, \emph{pas} des longueurs\,\footnote{Nous +% щvitons d'allouer un prщcieux registre de longueur.}, р~redщfinir via \com{renewcommand}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{part}{}{% + \def\ptcoffset{0pt}% + \def\plfoffset{0pt}% + \def\pltoffset{0pt}% + }% + \@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {% + \def\stcoffset{0pt}% + \def\slfoffset{0pt}% + \def\sltoffset{0pt}% + }% + }% + {% + \def\mtcoffset{0pt}% + \def\mlfoffset{0pt}% + \def\mltoffset{0pt}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We defines flags which will be true when inside a mini-table of the matching type, false outside. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons des indicateurs qui seront vrais р~l'intщrieur d'une mini-table du type correspondant, faux +% р~l'extщrieur. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifinparttoc\inparttocfalse% +\newif\ifinpartlof\inpartloffalse% +\newif\ifinpartlot\inpartlotfalse% +\newif\ifinsecttoc\insecttocfalse% +\newif\ifinsectlof\insectloffalse% +\newif\ifinsectlot\insectlotfalse% +\newif\ifinminitoc\inminitocfalse% +\newif\ifinminilof\inminiloffalse% +\newif\ifinminilot\inminilotfalse% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Tests and flags}\label{s+code+test-flags} +% \or\relax +% \section{Tests et indicateurs}\label{s+code+test-flags} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We need to declare some flags\,\footnote{Not so many years ago, some authors had a preference for using counters +% rather than flags, +% because a flag costs 3~control sequences (\ucom{iffoo}, \ucom{foofalse} and \ucom{footrue}), +% which use memory. But the number of count registers is limited to 256 in the native \TeX\ engine (much more with +% \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, but still limited in number), while memory has become rather cheap today. +% And a code programmed with flags (\texttt{\ucom{iffoo} .{}.{}. \com{else} .{}.{}. \com{fi}}) is easier to structure +% and debug than a code programmed with counters, \textsc{imho}.} (via \com{newif}) to detect +% the loading of some packages or classes and the availability of some commands (this will be used by the +% \optd{hints} option (section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}) or to allow the definition of some \upack{minitoc} commands). +% \or\relax +% Nous avons besoin de dщclarer quelques indicateurs\,\footnote{Il n'y a pas tant d'annщes, certains auteurs +% prщfщraient utiliser des compteurs plutЇt que des indicateurs, car un indicateur co√te 3~sщquences de contrЇle +% (\ucom{iftoto}, \ucom{totofalse} et \ucom{tototrue}), qui consomment de la mщmoire. Mais le +% nombre de registres compteurs est limitщ р~256 dans le moteur \TeX\ natif (bien plus avec +% \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, mais encore en nombre limitщ), tandis que le co√t de la mщmoire a beaucoup baissщ +% aujourd'hui. Et un code programmщ avec des indicateurs (\texttt{\ucom{iftoto} .{}.{}. \com{else} .{}.{}. \com{fi}}) est +% plus facile р~structurer et р~mettre au point qu'un code programmщ р~l'aide de compteurs, р~mon humble avis.} +% (via \com{newif}) pour dщtecter le chargement de certains paquetages ou classes et la disponibilitщ de certaines +% commandes (ceci sera utilisщ par l'option \optd{hints} (voir la section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}) ou +% pour autoriser la dщfinition de certaines commandes de \upack{minitoc}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Flags for the \uopt{hints} option}\ioptd{hints} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Indicateurs pour l'option \uopt{hints}}\ioptd{hints} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@giben@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But first, we define some flags for the \optd{hints} option: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The flag \com{if@mtc@hints@} is true if the \optd{hints} option is required (default). +% \item The flag \com{if@mtc@hints@w@} is set true if we detect that some sectionning commands have been +% altered since the loading of the document class. +% \item The flag \com{if@mtc@hints@given@} is set true if the \optd{hints} option detects something curious +% and writes messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. It will be used at the end of the document to signal that +% you should look for hints in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% Mais tout d'abord, nous dщfinissons quelques indicateurs pour l'option \optd{hints}: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@hints@} est vrai si l'option \optd{hints} est demandщe (dщfaut). +% \item L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@hints@w@} est forcщ р~vrai si nous dщtectons que certaines commandes de +% sectionnement ont щtщ altщrщes depuis le chargement de la classe de document. +% \item L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@hints@given@} est forcщ р~vrai si l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte quelque +% chose de curieux et щcrit des messages dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% Il sera utilisщ en fin de document +% pour signaler que vous devriez chercher des \emph{hints} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@hints@ \@mtc@hints@true +\newif\if@mtc@hints@w@ \@mtc@hints@w@false +\newif\if@mtc@hints@given@ \@mtc@hints@given@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Use of section-level mini-lists of floats} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Utilisation de mini-listes d'щlщments flottants, au niveau \texorpdfstring{\mbox{section}}{section}} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sect@floats@} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We will check if the commands \com{dosectlof} and \com{dosectlot} are used: +% \or\relax +% Nous testerons si les commandes \com{dosectlof} et \com{dosectlot} ont щtщ utilisщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@sect@floats@ \@mtc@sect@floats@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} %% ^^A 25 +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Presence of some packages and classes} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Prщsence de certains paquetages et classes} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirnew@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We will check if the \pack{placeins} package is loaded, then if the \class{memoir} +% is loaded (and if it is a recent enough version), then if the \pack{sectsty} package is loaded +% (before or after \upack{minitoc}). +% \or\relax +% Nous testerons si le paquetage \pack{placeins} est chargщ, puis si la classe +% \class{memoir} est chargщe (et si c'est une version suffisamment rщcente), puis si le +% paquetage \pack{sectsty} est chargщ (avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@ \@mtc@placeinsLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@ \@mtc@memoirLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@memoirnew@ \@mtc@memoirnew@false +\newif\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@ \@mtc@sectstyLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@ \@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We do the same for some caption-related packages: +% \else\relax +% Nous faisons de mъme pour quelques paquetages relatifs aux captions: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@captionLoaded@ \@mtc@captionLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@ \@mtc@captionLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@ \@mtc@captionIILoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@ \@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@ \@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@ \@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@ \@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@ \@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@ \@mtc@captcontLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@ \@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the \pack{varsects} package and other packages altering the sectionning commands: +% \or\relax +% Et pour le paquetage \pack{varsects} et +% d'autres paquetages altщrant les commandes de sectionnement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@ \@mtc@varsectsLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@ \@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@ \@mtc@fncychapLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@ \@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@ \@mtc@HgcLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@ \@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@ \@mtc@quotchapLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@ \@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And yet other packages altering the sectionning commands: +% \or\relax +% Et encore d'autres paquetages altщrant les commandes de sectionnement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@ \@mtc@romannumLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@ \@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@ \@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@ \@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@false +\newif\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@ \@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@ \@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Flags for packages dealing with floats} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Indicateurs pour des paquetages traitant des flottants} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must warn about a limitation with the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, +% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons signaler une limitation avec les paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, +% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@floatLoaded@ \@mtc@floatLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@ \@mtc@floatrowLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@ \@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@ \@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Insertion of empty mini-tables} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Insertion de mini-tables vides} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We will check if you have attempted to insert some empty mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Nous testerons si vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des mini-tables vides: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@ \@mtc@empty@parttoc@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@partlof@ \@mtc@empty@partlof@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@partlot@ \@mtc@empty@partlot@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@ \@mtc@empty@minitoc@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@minilof@ \@mtc@empty@minilof@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@minilot@ \@mtc@empty@minilot@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@secttoc@ \@mtc@empty@secttoc@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@ \@mtc@empty@sectlof@false +\newif\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@ \@mtc@empty@sectlot@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Presence or absence of some sectionning commands} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Prщsence ou absence de certaines commandes de sectionnement} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define and set flags about the presence of the sectionning commands (in fact, the counters associated with +% these commands). +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons et positionnons des indicateurs concernant la prщsence des commandes de sectionnement (en fait, +% celle des compteurs associщs р~ces commandes). +% +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \cnt{part} counter: +% \or\relax +% Le compteur \cnt{part}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@part@def@ \@mtc@part@def@false + \@ifundefined{part}{\@mtc@part@def@false}{\@mtc@part@def@true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \cnt{chapter} counter: +% \or\relax +% Le compteur \cnt{chapter}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@chapter@def@ \@mtc@chapter@def@false + \@ifundefined{chapter}{\@mtc@chapter@def@false}{\@mtc@chapter@def@true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \cnt{section} counter: +% \or\relax +% Le compteur \cnt{section}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@section@def@ \@mtc@section@def@false + \@ifundefined{section}{\@mtc@section@def@false}{\@mtc@section@def@true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define and set flags about the absence of the sectionning commands. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons et positionnons des indicateurs concernant l'absence des commandes de sectionnement: +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@undef@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \cnt{part} counter: +% \or\relax +% Le compteur \cnt{part}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@part@undef@ \@mtc@part@undef@true + \@ifundefined{part}{\@mtc@part@undef@true}{\@mtc@part@undef@false} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@undef@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \cnt{chapter} counter: +% \or\relax +% Le compteur \cnt{chapter}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@chapter@undef@ \@mtc@chapter@undef@true + \@ifundefined{chapter}{\@mtc@chapter@undef@true}{\@mtc@chapter@undef@false} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@undef@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \cnt{section} counter: +% \or\relax +% Le compteur \cnt{section}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@section@undef@ \@mtc@section@undef@true + \@ifundefined{section}{\@mtc@section@undef@true}{\@mtc@section@undef@false} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Flags to check if some commands are used} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Indicateurs pour tester si certaines commandes ont щtщ utilisщes} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define a pair of flags for each mini-table type: one for the command itself and one for the preparation +% command (\ucom{do.{}.{}.}). These flags will be used by the \optd{hints} package option +% (section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}). +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons une paire d'indicateurs pour chaque type de mini-table: un pour la commande elle-mъme et un +% pour la commande de prщparation (\ucom{do.{}.{}.}). Ces indicateurs seront utilisщs par l'option de +% paquetage \optd{hints} (section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the part level: +% \or\relax +% Pour le niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@parttoc@used@ \global\@parttoc@used@false +\newif\if@partlof@used@ \global\@partlof@used@false +\newif\if@partlot@used@ \global\@partlot@used@false +\newif\if@doparttoc@used@ \global\@doparttoc@used@false +\newif\if@dopartlof@used@ \global\@dopartlof@used@false +\newif\if@dopartlot@used@ \global\@dopartlot@used@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the chapter level: +% \or\relax +% Pour le niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@minitoc@used@ \global\@minitoc@used@false +\newif\if@minilof@used@ \global\@minilof@used@false +\newif\if@minilot@used@ \global\@minilot@used@false +\newif\if@dominitoc@used@ \global\@dominitoc@used@false +\newif\if@dominilof@used@ \global\@dominilof@used@false +\newif\if@dominilot@used@ \global\@dominilot@used@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the section level: +% \or\relax +% Pour le niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@secttoc@used@ \global\@secttoc@used@false +\newif\if@sectlof@used@ \global\@sectlof@used@false +\newif\if@sectlot@used@ \global\@sectlot@used@false +\newif\if@dosecttoc@used@ \global\@dosecttoc@used@false +\newif\if@dosectlof@used@ \global\@dosectlof@used@false +\newif\if@dosectlot@used@ \global\@dosectlot@used@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstpartis@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstchapteris@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstsectionis@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We also detect the use of some obsolete commands: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщtectons aussi l'utilisation de certaines commandes obsolшtes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@firstpartis@used@ \global\@firstpartis@used@false +\newif\if@firstchapteris@used@ \global\@firstchapteris@used@false +\newif\if@firstsectionis@used@ \global\@firstsectionis@used@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the document has exactly 2~parts}\label{ss+2parts} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le document a exactement 2~parties}\label{ss+2parts} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% In french, the ordinal adjective is ``deuxiшme'' if the second object is not the last object, but ``second'' +% (masculine) or ``seconde'' (feminine) when it is also the last one (see~\cite[page~204]{fnul}). So we define a specific flag: +% \or\relax +% En franчais, l'adjectif ordinal est \og deuxiшme \fg si le deuxiшme objet n'est pas le dernier objet, mais +% \og second \fg (masculin) ou \og seconde \fg (fщminin) si c'est le dernier (voir~\cite[page~204]{fnul}). +% Donc nous dщfinissons un indicateur +% spщcifique: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifmtcsecondpart \mtcsecondpartfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% At the beginning of the document, we test this flag and make it global: +% \or\relax +% Au dщbut du document, nous testons cet indicateur et le rendons global: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \ifmtcsecondpart + \global\mtcsecondparttrue + \else + \global\mtcsecondpartfalse + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \begin{macro}{\@mainaux} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% At the end of the document, we set and memorize the value of the flag in the \suffix{.aux} file: +% \or\relax +% └~la fin du document, nous щtablissons et mщmorisons la valeur de l'indicateur dans le fichier \suffix{.aux}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% +\ifnum\value{part}=2\relax + \mtcsecondparttrue +\else + \mtcsecondpartfalse +\fi +\if@filesw + \ifmtcsecondpart + \immediate\write\@mainaux + {\string\global\string\mtcsecondparttrue}% + \else + \immediate\write\@mainaux + {\string\global\string\mtcsecondpartfalse}% + \fi +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{3} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% So we need two \LaTeX\ runs to get a correct result. The \xfile{french2.mld} language definition file +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) uses this trick to form the titles of part level mini-tables. +% See the \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} example file in section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \or\relax +% Il nous faut donc deux exщcutions de \LaTeX\ pour obtenir un rщsultat correct. Le fichier de dщfinition de +% langue \xfile{french2.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) utilise cette astuce pour former les titres +% des mini-tables au niveau partie. +% Voir le fichier d'exemple \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} dans la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Preparation for the \uopt{notoccite} option}\label{s+code+notoccite1}\iopt{notoccite} +% \or\relax +% \section{Prщparation pour l'option \uopt{notoccite}}\label{s+code+notoccite1}\iopt{notoccite} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@notoccite@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We declare a flag for the presence of this option and the new internal ``hook'' command +% (redefinable command) \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile}, +% used by this option (this has been requested by \name{Donald}{Arseneau} for his \pack{notoccite} +% package~\cite{notoccite}). See section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщclarons un indicateur pour la prщsence de cette option et la nouvelle commande interne л~\emph{hook}~╗ +% (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} utilisщe par cette option +% (ceci a щtщ demandщ par \name{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage +% \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}). Voir la section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@notoccite@ \@mtc@notoccite@false +\@ifundefined{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile}% + {\let\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile\relax}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Preparation for the \uopt{tight} and \uopt{k-tight} options}\label{s+code+tight.flag}\iopt{tight}\iopt{k-tight} +% \or\relax +% \section{Prщparation pour les options \uopt{tight} et \uopt{k-tight}}\label{s+code+tight.flag}\iopt{tight}\iopt{k-tight} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We just declare a flag for each of these options; they are set false by default (\optd{loose} and +% \optd{k-loose} options): +% \or\relax +% Nous dщclarons simplement un indicateur pour chacune de ces options; ils sont faux par dщfaut (options \optd{loose} +% et \optd{k-loose}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\iftightmtc \tightmtcfalse +\newif\ifktightmtc \ktightmtcfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Preparation to work with \upack{hyperref}}\label{s+code+hyperref.prep}\ipack{hyperref} +% \or\relax +% \section{Prщparation pour travailler avec \upack{hyperref}}\label{s+code+hyperref.prep}\ipack{hyperref} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\imess{I0005} code prepares the interface with the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}. +% A flag is defined, then this preparation is performed in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block if this package is loaded. +% This action defines some commands for the \pack{hyperref} package. +% \or\relax +% Ce\imess{I0005} code prщpare l'interface avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}. +% Un indicateur est dщfini, puis cette prщparation est effectuщe dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} si ce +% paquetage est chargщ. Cette action dщfinit quelques commandes pour le paquetage \pack{hyperref}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcPackageInfo[I0005]{minitoc}{compatible with hyperref\@gobble} +\newif\if@mtc@hyper@used@ \global\@mtc@hyper@used@false +\AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{% + \global\@mtc@hyper@used@true + \def\toclevel@xpart{1000}% + \def\toclevel@xchapter{1000}% + \def\toclevel@xsect{1000}% + \let\toclevel@starpart\toclevel@part + \let\toclevel@starchapter\toclevel@chapter + \let\toclevel@starsection\toclevel@section + \let\toclevel@starsubsection\toclevel@subsection + \let\toclevel@starsubsubsection\toclevel@subsubsection + \let\toclevel@starparagraph\toclevel@paragraph + \let\toclevel@starsubparagraph\toclevel@subparagraph + }{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{8} +% \section{Checking the presence of some packages} +% \or\relax +% \section{Tester la prщsence de certains paquetages} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{sectsty} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{sectsty}\label{s+sectsty.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{sectsty} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{sectsty}\label{s+sectsty.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+sectsty.h2}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+sectsty.h2}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{sectsty}{\@mtc@sectstyLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{sectsty}{\@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{varsects} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{varsects}\label{s+varsects.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{varsects} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{varsects}\label{s+varsects.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+varsects.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+varsects.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{varsects}%{\@mtc@varsectsLoaded@true}{} + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{varsects}{\@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{fncychap} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{fncychap}\label{s+fncychap.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{fncychap} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{fncychap}\label{s+fncychap.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{fncychap} package~\cite{fncychap} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+fncychap.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+fncychap.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{fncychap}{\@mtc@fncychapLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{fncychap}{\@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{hangcaption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{hangcaption}\label{s+hangcaption.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{hangcaption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{hangcaption}\label{s+hangcaption.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{hangcaption}{\@mtc@HgcLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{hangcaption}{\@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{quotchap} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{quotchap}\label{s+quotchap.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{quotchap} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{quotchap}\label{s+quotchap.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+quotchap.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+quotchap.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{quotchap}{\@mtc@quotchapLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{quotchap}{\@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{romannum} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{romannum}\label{s+romannum.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{romannum} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{romannum}\label{s+romannum.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+romannum.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+romannum.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{romannum}{\@mtc@romannumLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{romannum}{\@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{sfheaders} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{sfheaders}\label{s+sfheaders.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{sfheaders} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{sfheaders}\label{s+sfheaders.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{sfheaders}{\@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{sfheaders}{\@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{alnumsec} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{alnumsec}\label{s+alnumsec.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{alnumsec} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{alnumsec}\label{s+alnumsec.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{alnumsec}{\@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{alnumsec}{\@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{captcont} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{captcont}\label{s+captcont.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{captcont} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{captcont}\label{s+captcont.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+captcont.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+captcont.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{captcont}{\@mtc@captcontLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{captcont}{\@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{caption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{caption}\label{s+caption.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{caption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{caption}\label{s+caption.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+caption.h2}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+caption.h2}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{caption}{\@mtc@captionLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{caption}{\@mtc@captionLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{caption2} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{caption2}\label{s+caption2.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{caption2} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{caption2}\label{s+caption2.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{caption2} package~\cite{caption2} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+caption2.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+caption2.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{\@mtc@captionIILoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{\@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{ccaption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{ccaption}\label{s+ccaption.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{ccaption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{ccaption}\label{s+ccaption.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{ccaption} package~\cite{ccaption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+ccaption.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+ccaption.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{ccaption}{\@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{ccaption}{\@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{mcaption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{mcaption}\label{s+mcaption.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{mcaption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{mcaption}\label{s+mcaption.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{mcaption} package~\cite{mcaption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we +% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been +% loaded. See section~\vref{s+mcaption.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, +% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois +% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+mcaption.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifpackageloaded{mcaption}{\@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@true}{}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{mcaption}{\@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{float} package is loaded}\ipack{float}\label{s+float.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{float} est chargщ}\ipack{float}\label{s+float.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatLoaded@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{float} package~\cite{float} is loaded +% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. +% See section~\vref{s+float.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{float}~\cite{float} est chargщ dans le prщambule, +% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+float.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{float}{\@mtc@floatLoaded@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{floatrow} package is loaded}\ipack{floatrow}\label{s+floatrow.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{floatrow} est chargщ}\ipack{floatrow}\label{s+floatrow.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{floatrow} package~\cite{floatrow} is loaded +% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. +% See section~\vref{s+floatrow.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow} est chargщ dans le prщambule, +% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+floatrow.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{\@mtc@floatrowLoaded@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{trivfloat} package is loaded}\ipack{trivfloat}\label{s+trivfloat.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{trivfloat} est chargщ}\ipack{trivfloat}\label{s+trivfloat.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{trivfloat} package~\cite{trivfloat} is loaded +% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. +% See section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} est chargщ dans le prщambule, +% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{trivfloat}{\@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Check if the \upack{rotfloat} package is loaded}\ipack{rotfloat}\label{s+rotfloat.h1} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{rotfloat} est chargщ}\ipack{rotfloat}\label{s+rotfloat.h1} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must test if the \pack{rotfloat} package~\cite{rotfloat} is loaded +% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. +% See section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h2}. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} est chargщ dans le prщambule, +% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h2}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{rotfloat}{\@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@true}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Is the \uclass{memoir} class loaded?}\label{s+code+memoir.loaded}\iclass{memoir} +% \or\relax +% \section{La classe \uclass{memoir} est-elle chargщe?}\label{s+code+memoir.loaded}\iclass{memoir} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirnew@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcpatchmemoir@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0032}} +% test if the \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} class is loaded. +% This class needs some compatibility adjustments or may be \emph{incompatible} if too recent. +% In the later case, a patch +% is inserted (see chapter~\vref{memoir-patch}). This correction is no more necessary after the 2005/09/25 version +% of \xfile{memoir.cls}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0032}} testons si la +% classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} est chargщe. +% Cette classe nщcessite certains ajustements pour la compatibilitщ ou peut ъtre \emph{incompatible} si +% elle est trop rщcente. +% Dans ce dernier cas, une correction est insщrщe (voir le chapitre~\vref{memoir-patch}). Cette correction n'est +% plus nщcessaire aprшs la version de \xfile{memoir.cls} datщe 2005/09/25. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtcpatchmemoir@ \@mtcpatchmemoir@false +\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{\@mtc@memoirLoaded@true\relax% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0030]{minitoc}% + {the memoir class is loaded: + \MessageBreak + compatibility attempted\@gobble}}% + {\@mtc@memoirLoaded@false} +\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@ + \@ifundefined{@m@mchapter}% + {\@mtc@memoirnew@false\mtcPackageInfo[I0020]{minitoc}% + {old version of the memoir class\@gobble}} + {\@mtc@memoirnew@true\mtcPackageInfo[I0027]{minitoc}% + {recent version of the memoir class\@gobble} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0032]{minitoc}% + {This version of the memoir class uses + \MessageBreak + a version of \string\chapter\space which is + \MessageBreak + incompatible with the minitoc package. + \MessageBreak + We try to patch\@gobble}% + \@mtcpatchmemoir@true} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcpatchmemoir@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And\imess{E0028} now the patch: +% \or\relax +% Et\imess{E0028} voici cette correction: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtcpatchmemoir@ +\IfFileExists{mtcpatchmem.sty}{% + \@ifclasslater{memoir}{2005/09/25}{}{\RequirePackage{mtcpatchmem}}}{% + \mtcPackageError[E0028]{minitoc}% + {Unable to patch the memoir class}% + {So it remains incompatible. Sorry.}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Testing the emptiness of a file}\label{s+code+emptiness} +% \or\relax +% \section{Tester la vacuitщ d'un fichier}\label{s+code+emptiness} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@xifmtarg} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@EndWhile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhilePreCondition} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhileCondition} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhileBody} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@While} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhileNext} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some macros for testing if an argument of a macro is empty (taken from the package +% \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} and +% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, and from \uxfile{while.tip}, +% by \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). The group is necessary to keep local the catcode +% change of ``Q'', hence a \com{gdef} is needed for \com{mtc@ifmtarg}. +% \or\relax +% Quelques macros pour tester si un argument d'une macro est vide (elles sont tirщes du paquetage +% \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} et +% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, et de \uxfile{while.tip}, +% de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). Le groupe est nщcessaire pour garder local le +% changement de л~\emph{catcode}~╗ de л~Q~╗, il faut donc utiliser un \com{gdef} pour dщfinir \com{mtc@ifmtarg}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup +\catcode`\Q=3 +\long\gdef\mtc@ifmtarg#1{% +\mtc@xifmtarg#1QQ\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo\@nil} +\long\gdef\mtc@xifmtarg#1#2Q#3#4#5\@nil{#4} +\endgroup +\let\mtc@EndWhile = \fi +\def\mtc@While #1#2#3\mtc@EndWhile{% + \def\mtc@WhilePreCondition{#1}% + \def\mtc@WhileCondition{#2}% + \def\mtc@WhileBody{#3}% + \mtc@@While +} +\def\mtc@@While{% + \mtc@WhilePreCondition + \mtc@WhileCondition + \def\mtc@WhileNext{% + \mtc@WhileBody + \mtc@@While + }% + \else + \def\mtc@WhileNext{}% + \fi + \mtc@WhileNext +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@checkfiles} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@LI} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@While} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@Body} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@EndWhile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@Rline} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some macros to test if a file is empty or not: \com{mtc@CkFile}\verb|{|\emph{file}\verb|}| returns \com{@mtc@FEtrue} if the file +% is empty, \com{@mtc@FEfalse} if the is file not empty. An inexistent file is empty. A file full of white +% space (space, tabulation, newline) is empty. Comments are empty. +% \or\relax +% Quelques macros pour tester si un fichier est vide ou non: \com{mtc@CkFile}\verb|{|\emph{fichier}\verb|}| +% rend \com{@mtc@FEtrue} si le fichier est vide, \com{@mtc@FEfalse} si le fichier n'est pas vide. +% Un fichier inexistant est vide. Un +% fichier rempli d'espace blanc (espace, tabulation, saut de ligne) est vide. Les commentaires sont vides. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \noindent +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \textbf{Note:} on a big empty file, the \com{mtc@While} loop may be +% time consuming, but not an eternity (33\,s for +% $10^6$~lines on my computer), and the first non-empty line stops the loop. +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} is used as scratch file. Its contents is erased after use. +% \or\relax +% \textbf{Note:} sur un gros fichier vide, la boucle \com{mtc@While} peut prendre du temps, mais pas une +% щternitщ (33\,s pour $10^6$~lignes avec mon ordinateur), et la premiшre ligne non vide arrъte la boucle. +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} est utilisщ comme fichier de travail. Son contenu est effacщ aprшs usage. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@LI\@mtc@LItrue +\newif\if@mtc@FE\@mtc@FEtrue +\newif\if@mtc@checkfiles\@mtc@checkfilestrue +\def\mtc@Body{\immediate\read\@inputcheck to \mtc@Rline\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck\relax\@mtc@LIfalse\fi + \expandafter\ifx\mtc@Rline\par\relax + \def\mtc@Rline{} + \else + \ifeof\@inputcheck\relax\global\@mtc@LIfalse\fi + \mtc@ifmtarg{\mtc@Rline}{\relax}{\@mtc@FEfalse\@mtc@LIfalse} + \fi} +\def\mtc@CkFile#1{% + \@mtc@LItrue\@mtc@FEtrue + \if@mtc@checkfiles + \IfFileExists{#1}{% + \immediate\openin\@inputcheck #1\relax + \mtc@While{}{\if@mtc@LI\relax}{\mtc@Body}\mtc@EndWhile}% + {\@mtc@FEtrue}% + \else + \@mtc@FEfalse% + \fi} +\closein\@inputcheck\relax +\def\mtc@CkStr#1{% + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc + \immediate\write\tf@mtc{#1}% + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.mtc}% + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Internal macros to decrement \upack{minitoc} counters}\label{s+code+d.count} +% \or\relax +% \section{Macros internes pour dщcrщmenter les compteurs de \upack{minitoc}}\label{s+code+d.count} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebackpart} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebackchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebacksection} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% It is sometimes necessary to decrement a \upack{minitoc} counter (\cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc} or \cnt{stc}) by one. +% These macros are: +% \or\relax +% Il est parfois nщcessaire de dщcrщmenter un compteur de \upack{minitoc} (\cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc} ou \cnt{stc}) +% de un. Ces macros sont: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@onebackpart{\addtocounter{ptc}{-1}} +\def\mtc@onebackchap{\addtocounter{mtc}{-1}} +\def\mtc@onebacksect{\addtocounter{stc}{-1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Patching the \ucom{part} command}\label{s+code+patching.part}\icom{part} +% \or\relax +% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{part}}\label{s+code+patching.part}\icom{part} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svspart} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svpart} +% \begin{macro}{\@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\@part} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the \com{part} command is not defined (by the document class, usually), +% we cannot patch it and a warning is +% displayed\,\footnote{Document classes with sectionning commands but no \com{part} command are likely non +% standard, hence the warning displayed on the terminal.}. Else, we patch its two branches, +% \com{@part} (for the unstarred version) or +% \com{@spart} (for the starred version, \com{part*}): we add \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{ptc}\verb|}| to increment the parttoc +% counter \cnt{ptc}. See also section~\vref{s+code+patching.part.2}. +% +% \lneed{5} +% The code\SMM{\lmess{W0018}\\\lmess{I0023}} of the next section (section~\vref{s+code+mtcaddpart}) is also skipped if \com{part} is not defined. +% \or\relax +% Si la commande \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe de document, habituellement), nous ne pouvons pas la +% modifier et un avertissement est щmis\,\footnote{Une classe de document ayant des commandes de sectionnement mais +% pas de commande \com{part} est probablement non standard, d'o∙ l'avertissement affichщ sur le terminal.}. +% Sinon, nous modifions ses deux branches, \com{@part} (pour la version non щtoilщe) ou \com{@spart} (pour la +% version щtoilщe, \com{part*}): nous ajoutons \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{ptc}\verb|}| pour incrщmenter le compteur de parttocs +% \cnt{ptc}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+code+patching.part.2}. +% +% \lneed{5} +% Le\SMM{\lmess{W0018}\\\lmess{I0023}} code de la section suivante (section~\vref{s+code+mtcaddpart}) est aussi sautщ si \com{part} n'est pas +% dщfinie. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{part}{% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0018]{minitoc}% + {part level macros NOT available} +}{%% else undefined part (\part defined) + \mtcPackageInfo[I0023]{minitoc}% + {part level macros available\@gobble} + \let\mtc@svspart\@spart + \def\@spart{\stepcounter{ptc}\mtc@svspart} + \let\mtc@svpart\@part + \def\@part{\stepcounter{ptc}\mtc@svpart} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Adding an entry in the TOC for a starred part}\label{s+code+mtcaddpart} +% \or\relax +% \section{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une partie щtoilщe}\label{s+code+mtcaddpart} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xpart} +% \begin{macro}{\l@part} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred part, we need the \com{mtcaddpart} macro, +% which has an optional +% argument, the title of the part as if should appear in the TOC. +% +% By default, this argument is empty. If it is empty +% (tested via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) +% or omitted, we add a \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| line in the +% \suffix{.toc} file. If it is not empty, we add a +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{part}{title...}...| line in the \suffix{.toc} file. We always add a +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| line in the \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files. Then we increment the +% \cnt{ptc} counter, via \com{adjustptc} +% (defined in section~\vref{s+code+part.level}). +% Using \texttt{xpart} as first argument of +% \com{contentsline} means that \com{l@xpart} will be invoked in place of +% \com{l@part} to print the entry in +% the TOC, but \com{l@xpart} uses a huge depth (10\,000) for this entry, hence it will never be really printed +% (except if you cheat). +% \or\relax +% Pour ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une partie щtoilщe, nous avons besoin de la macro +% \com{mtcaddpart}, qui a un argument optionnel, le titre de la partie tel qu'il devrait apparaюtre dans la table +% des matiшres. +% +% Par dщfaut, cet argument est vide. S'il est vide (le test est fait par \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) ou omis, nous ajoutons +% une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. S'il n'est pas vide, nous ajoutons une +% ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{part}{titre...}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Nous ajoutons toujours une ligne +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| dans les fichiers \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot}. Puis nous +% incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{ptc}, via \com{adjustptc} (dщfinie dans la section~\vref{s+code+part.level}). +% Utiliser \texttt{xpart} comme premier argument de \com{contentsline} signifie que \com{l@xpart} sera invoquщe +% au lieu de \com{l@part} pour imprimer l'entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais \com{l@xpart} utilise une trшs +% grande profondeur (10\,000) pour cette entrщe, donc celle-ci ne sera jamais vraiment imprimщe (sauf si vous trichez). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcaddpart}[1][]{% + \mtc@ifmtarg{#1}{\addcontentsline{toc}{xpart}{}}% + {\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}}% + \addcontentsline{lof}{xpart}{}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xpart}{}% + \adjustptc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code terminates (temporarily) the part level commands. +% \or\relax +% Ce code termine (temporairement) les commandes au niveau partie. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Section level macros}\label{s+code+def.section.level.macros} +% \or\relax +% \section{Macros au niveau section}\label{s+code+def.section.level.macros} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} +% section level macros are defined if \com{chapter} is not defined and \com{section} defined, i.e.,~in +% document classes like \class{article}, but not in document classes +% like \class{book} or \class{report}. So we +% test if \com{chapter} is defined and if \com{section} is defined, with adequate warnings. If neither are +% defined, you are in big trouble to use the \upack{minitoc} package with the class of your document. +% \or\relax +% Les\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} +% macros au niveau section sont dщfinies si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie mais \com{section} est dщfinie, +% c'est-р-dire dans les classes de document telles que \class{article}, mais pas dans les classes de +% document telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}. Donc nous testons si \com{chapter} +% est dщfinie et si \com{section} est dщfinie, avec les avertissements adщquats. Si aucune de ces deux commandes +% n'est dщfinie, vous avez un sщrieux problшme pour utiliser le paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la classe de votre +% document. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{\mtcPackageInfo[I0004]{minitoc}% + {chapter level macros NOT available\@gobble}% + \@ifundefined{section}{\mtcPackageInfo[I0029]{minitoc}% + {section level macros NOT available\@gobble}% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0017]{minitoc}% + {no section or chapter level macros available + \MessageBreak + PLEASE VERIFY YOUR MAIN DOCUMENT CLASS}}% + {\mtcPackageInfo[I0028]{minitoc}% + {section level macros available\@gobble}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Corrections for numbering}\label{s+code+correction.numbering.sections} +% \or\relax +% \section{Corrections pour la numщrotation}\label{s+code+correction.numbering.sections} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebacksect} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsv@tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsv@listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsv@listoftables} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As the TOC, the LOF and the LOT are considered as (starred) sections, we must decrement the secttoc counter +% (\cnt{stc}) via \com{mtc@onebacksect} when the corresponding commands are executed. Hence we patch these +% commands. +% \or\relax +% Comme la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux sont considщrщes comme des sections +% (щtoilщes), il nous faut dщcrщmenter le compteur de secttocs (\cnt{stc}) via \com{mtc@onebacksect} +% lorsque les commandes correspondantes sont exщcutщes. Donc nous modifions ces commandes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\mtcsv@tableofcontents\tableofcontents + \let\mtcsv@listoffigures\listoffigures + \let\mtcsv@listoftables\listoftables + \def\tableofcontents{\mtcsv@tableofcontents\mtc@onebacksect} + \def\listoffigures{\mtcsv@listoffigures\mtc@onebacksect} + \def\listoftables{\mtcsv@listoftables\mtc@onebacksect} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Patching the \ucom{section} command}\label{s+code+patching.section.1}\icom{section} +% \or\relax +% \section{Modification de la commande \ucom{section}}\label{s+code+patching.section.1}\icom{section} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svsection} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svss} +% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} +% \begin{macro}{\@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the \com{section} command is not defined (by the document class, usually), +% we cannot patch it and a warning is displayed. +% Else, we patch its two branches, \com{@sect} (for the unstarred version) +% or \com{@ssect} (for the starred version, \com{section*}): we add \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{stc}\verb|}| to increment +% the secttoc counter \cnt{stc}, +% only in the unstarred case\footnote{Version \#25 has removed a spurious decrementation of this counter.}. +% \or\relax +% Si la commande \com{section} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe de document, habituellement), nous ne pouvons pas +% la modifier et un avertissement est affichщ. Sinon, nous modifions ses deux branches, \com{@sect} (pour la version +% non щtoilщe) ou \com{@ssect} (pour la version щtoilщe, \com{section*}): nous ajoutons +% \com{stepcounter}\verb}|{|\cnt{stc}\verb|}| pour incrщmenter le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc}, seulement dans le cas non +% щtoilщ\,\footnote{La version~\#25 a щliminщ une dщcrщmentation superflue de ce compteur.}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\mtc@svsection\section + \def\section{\stepcounter{stc}\mtc@svsection} + \let\mtc@svss\@ssect +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Adding an entry in the TOC for a starred section}\label{s+code+mtcaddsection} +% \or\relax +% \section{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une section щtoilщe}\label{s+code+mtcaddsection} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} +% \begin{macro}{\l@section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred section, we need the \com{mtcaddsection} macro, which has an optional +% argument, the title of the section as it should appear in the TOC. By default, this argument is empty. If it is empty +% (tested via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) +% or omitted, we add a \com{contentsline}\verb|{xsect}{}...| +% line in the \suffix{.toc} file. If it is not empty, we add a +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{section}{title...}...| line in the \suffix{.toc} file. We always add a +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xsect}{}...| line in the \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files. +% Then we increment the +% \cnt{stc} counter, via \com{adjuststc} (this command is defined in section~\vref{s+code+section.level.commands}). +% Using \texttt{xsect} as first argument of +% \com{contentsline} means that \com{l@xsect} will be invoked +% in place of \com{l@section} to print the entry in +% the TOC, but \com{l@xsect} uses a huge depth (10\,000) for this entry, hence it will never be really printed +% (except if you cheat). +% \or\relax +% Pour ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une section щtoilщe, nous avons besoin de la macro +% \com{mtcaddsection}, qui a un argument optionnel, le titre de la section tel qu'il doit apparaюtre dans la +% table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, cet argument est vide. S'il est vide (ce qui est testщ par \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) ou +% omis, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|xsect}{}...| dans le fichier +% \suffix{.toc}. S'il n'est pas vide, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{section}{title...}...| +% dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Nous ajoutons toujours une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xsect}{}...| dans les +% fichiers \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot}. Puis nous incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{stc}, +% via \com{adjuststc} (cette commande est dщfinie dans la section~\vref{s+code+section.level.commands}). +% Le fait d'utiliser +% \texttt{xsect} comme premier argument de \com{contentsline} signifie que \com{l@xsect} sera invoquщe au +% lieu de \com{l@section} pour imprimer l'entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais \com{l@xsect} utilise une +% trшs grande profondeur (10\,000) pour cette entrщe, donc elle ne sera jamais rщellement imprimщe (sauf si vous +% trichez). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcaddsection}[1][]{% + \mtc@ifmtarg{#1}{\addcontentsline{toc}{xsect}{}}% + {\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}% + \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{}% + \adjuststc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code terminates (temporarily) the section level commands, and we continue with chapter level macros. +% \or\relax +% Ce code termine (temporairement) les commandes au niveau section et nous continuons avec les commandes au niveau chapitre. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + }}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Chapter level macros}\label{s+code+def.chapter.level.macros} +% \or\relax +% \section{Macros au niveau chapitre}\label{s+code+def.chapter.level.macros} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{I0003} chapter level macros are defined if \com{chapter} is defined, i.e.,~in +% document classes like \class{book} or \class{report}. So we +% test if \com{chapter} is defined, with adequate warnings. The test is already done above, we are in the +% ``else'' branch of \com{@ifundefined}\texttt{\{chapter\}}. +% \or\relax +% Les\imess{I0003} macros au niveau chapitre sont dщfinies si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, c'est-р-dire, dans les classes de +% document telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}. Donc nous testons si \com{chapter} +% est dщfinie, avec les avertissements adщquats. Ce test a dщjр щtщ fait plus haut, nous sommes dans la branche +% л~sinon~╗ de \com{@ifundefined}\texttt{\{chapter\}}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0003]{minitoc}{chapter level macros available\@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Patching the \ucom{chapter} command}\label{s+code+patching.chapter}\icom{chapter} +% \or\relax +% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{chapter}}\label{s+code+patching.chapter}\icom{chapter} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{chapter} command is defined (by the document class, usually). +% We patch its two branches, \com{@chapter} (for the unstarred version) or \com{@schapter} (for the +% starred version, \com{chapter*}): we add call to \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{mtc}\verb|}| to increment the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc}. +% Only the unstarred branch (\com{@chapter}) is patched here. +% The other branch is patched later (section~\vref{s+code+patching.chapter.2}). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{chapter} est dщfinie (par la classe de document, habituellement). Nous modifions ses deux +% branches, \com{@chapter} (pour la version non щtoilщe) ou \com{@schapter} (pour la version щtoilщe, +% \com{chapter*}): nous ajoutons un appel р~\com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{mtc}\verb|}| pour incrщmenter le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc}. +% Seule la branche non щtoilщe est modifiщe ici. L'autre branche sera modifiщe plus loin (voir la +% section~\vref{s+code+patching.chapter.2}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtc@svchapter\@chapter \def\@chapter{\stepcounter{mtc}\mtc@svchapter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Adding an entry in the TOC for a starred chapter}\label{s+code+mtcaddchapter} +% \or\relax +% \section{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour un chapitre щtoilщ}\label{s+code+mtcaddchapter} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred chapter, we need the \com{mtcaddchapter} macro, which has an optional +% argument, the title of the chapter as if should appear in the TOC. By default, this argument is empty. If it is empty +% (tested via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) +% or omitted, we add a \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| line +% in the \suffix{.toc} file. If it is not empty, we add a +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}{title...}...| line in the \suffix{.toc} file. We always add a +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| line in the \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files. Then we increment the +% \cnt{mtc} counter, via \com{adjustmtc} +% (defined in section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}). +% Using \texttt{xchapter} as first argument of +% \com{contentsline} means that \com{l@xchapter} will be invoked in place of +% \com{l@chapter} to print the entry in +% the TOC, but \com{l@xchapter} uses a huge depth (10\,000) for this entry, hence it will never be really printed +% (except if you cheat). +% \or\relax +% Pour ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour un chapitre щtoilщ, nous avons besoin de la macro +% \com{mtcaddchapter}, qui a un argument optionnel, le titre du chapitre tel qu'il devrait apparaюtre dans la +% table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, cet argument est vide. S'il est vide (ce qui est testщ via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) ou +% omis, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. +% S'il n'est pas vide, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}{titre...}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. +% Nous ajoutons toujours une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| dans les fichiers \suffix{.lof} et +% \suffix{.lot}. Puis nous incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{mtc}, via \com{adjustmtc} (dщfinie dans la +% section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}). Le fait d'utiliser \texttt{xchapter} comme premier argument +% de \com{contentsline} signifie que \com{l@xchapter} sera invoquщe au lieu de \com{l@chapter} pour imprimer +% l'entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais \com{l@xchapter} utilise une trшs grande profondeur (10\,000) pour cette +% entrщe, et donc elle ne sera jamais vraiment imprimщe (sauf si vous trichez). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcaddchapter}[1][]{% + \mtc@ifmtarg{#1}{\addcontentsline{toc}{xchapter}{}}% + {\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}% + \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{}% + \adjustmtc}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code terminates (temporarily) the chapter level commands, +% i.e.,~terminates the \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| at the beginning of +% section~\vref{s+code+def.section.level.macros}. +% \or\relax +% Ce code termine (temporairement) les commandes au niveau chapitre, c'est-р-dire termine la construction +% \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| du dщbut de la section~\vref{s+code+def.section.level.macros}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Miscellaneous declarations}\label{s+code+misc.decls} +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщclarations diverses}\label{s+code+misc.decls} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\newread} +% \begin{macro}{\newtoks} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strutbox} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hstrut} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hstrutbox} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{newread} command must be redeclared as being \com{outer} (as \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} told me). +% We need a token register (\com{mtc@toks}), a temporary string (\com{mtc@string}), struts (two kinds, each +% one using a box containing an invisible vertical rule), a rule with all +% dimensions equal to zero (\com{mtc@zrule}) and a command discouraging page breaks (\com{mtc@BBR}, for ``bad +% break''). For the struts, which are boxes containing an invisible vertical rule, we use ``\texttt{ex}''~units, +% to follow the current font. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{newread} doit щtre redщclarщe comme щtant \com{outer} (comme me l'a conseillщ +% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}). +% Nous avons besoin d'un registre \emph{token} (\com{mtc@toks}), d'une chaюne temporaire (\com{mtc@string}), +% d'щtais ou \emph{struts} (de deux sortes, dont chacune utilise une boюte contenant un filet vertical invisible) +% un filet dont toutes les dimensions sont р~zщro (\com{mtc@zrule}) et d'une commande pour dщcourager les +% coupures de page (\com{mtc@BBR}, pour л~\emph{bad break}~╗). Pour les щtais, qui sont des boюtes contenant un +% filet vertical invisible, nous utilisons des unitщs л~\texttt{ex}~╗, pour suivre la fonte courante. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newread{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} +\newtoks\mtc@toks +\def\mtc@string{\relax} +\newbox\mtc@strutbox +\setbox\mtc@strutbox=\hbox{\rule[1.8ex]{\z@}{2.5ex}} +\def\mtc@strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\mtc@strutbox + \else\unhcopy\mtc@strutbox\fi} +\newbox\mtc@hstrutbox +\setbox\mtc@hstrutbox=\hbox{\rule[1.ex]{\z@}{1.ex}} +\def\mtc@hstrut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\mtc@hstrutbox + \else\unhcopy\mtc@hstrutbox\fi} +\def\mtc@v{\leavevmode\mtc@strut} +\def\mtc@zrule{\rule[\z@]{\z@}{\z@}} +\def\mtc@BBR{\unpenalty\nopagebreak[4]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Autoconfiguration of extensions}\label{s+code+autoconf} +% \or\relax +% \section{Autoconfiguration des suffixes}\label{s+code+autoconf} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code is a trick to determine if the operating system is able or unable to use long extensions (${}>3$~characters) +% in file names. We define a file descriptor (\com{tf@mtc}) to write files\footnote{\samepage It is +% the \emph{only} new +% file descriptor created by the \upack{minitoc} package. All files written by \upack{minitoc} use this +% descriptor, or one of the standard descriptors, e.g., for the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% In fact, \upack{minitoc} writes also in the +% \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files, but via file descriptors already used by standard commands +% like \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures} and \com{listoftables}. We can conclude that +% \upack{minitoc} itself uses only one file descriptor (or write stream). Some other attempts to make per chapter +% TOCs have failed by quickly leading to exhaustion of file descriptors (\TeX\ offers only 16~file descriptors for writing), +% because they called the standard internal \com{@starttoc} macro, which invokes \com{newwrite}, +% for each mini-table. As \upack{minitoc} writes into only one file at a~time (and in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} +% file, and in the standard contents files, +% of course), we can reuse the same file descriptor and avoid this serious problem (which was present in the +% original version of the package). +% The \upack{minitoc} package writes in the contents files when it encounters a major sectionning command +% (\com{part}, \com{chapter}, or \com{section}), if necessary. It writes into the mini-table +% auxiliary files only via the mini-table preparing commands (\com{doparttoc}, \ldots, +% \com{dosectlot}), once at a time. +% You do not need a new hammer for each nail.}. +% This code is verbose if long extensions cannot +% be used, else the messages are only written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% The sequencing of these operations is vital. The table~\vref{t+code+8.3} shows this sequence. +% A~star~($*$) denotes which file is read in phase~3. +% \end{macro} +% \begin{table}[t] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \caption{Trick to detect the limitation to short extensions}\label{t+code+8.3} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}lccc} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (time runs from left to right):}}&1&2&3\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{OS with long extensions}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&TRUE&TRUE&$*$\\ +% \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FALSE&\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{OS with short extensions}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&TRUE&FALSE&$*$\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% \or\relax +% Ce code est une astuce pour dщterminer si le systшme d'exploitation est capable ou non d'utiliser des suffixes +% longs (${}>3$~caractшres) dans les noms de fichiers. Nous dщfinissons un descripteur de fichier (\com{tf@mtc}) +% pour щcrire des fichiers\,\footnote{C'est le \emph{seul} nouveau descripteur de fichier crщщ par +% le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Tous les +% fichiers щcrits par \upack{minitoc} utilisent ce descripteur, ou l'un des descripteurs standard, comme pour le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. En fait, \upack{minitoc} щcrit aussi dans les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} +% et \suffix{.lot}, +% mais via des descripteurs de fichiers dщjр utilisщs par des commandes standard telles que \com{tableofcontents}, +% \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables}. Nous pouvons en conclure que \upack{minitoc} lui-mъme +% utilise un seul descripteur de fichier (ou flux d'щcriture). Certaines autres tentatives pour faire des tables des +% matiшres par chapitre ont щchouщ en conduisant rapidement р~un щpuisement des descripteurs de fichiers (\TeX\ +% offre seulement 16~descripteurs de fichiers en щcriture), parce qu'elles appelaient la macro interne standard +% \com{@starttoc}, qui invoque \com{newwrite}, pour chaque mini-table. Puisque \upack{minitoc} щcrit +% dans seulement un seul fichier р~la fois (et dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, +% et dans les fichiers standard de +% contenus, bien s√r), nous pouvons rщutiliser le mъme descripteur de fichier et щviter ce sщrieux problшme (qui +% щtait prщsent dans la version originale du paquetage). +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} щcrit dans les fichiers de contenus lorsqu'il rencontre une commande de +% sectionnement majeure (\com{part}, \com{chapter}, ou \com{section}), si nщcessaire. Il щcrit +% dans les fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-tables seulement via les commandes de prщparation des mini-tables +% (\com{doparttoc}, \ldots, \com{dosectlot}), un р~la fois. Vous n'avez pas besoin d'un nouveau +% marteau pour chaque clou.}. Ce code est bavard si les suffixes longs ne peuvent pas ъtre utilisщs, sinon les +% messages sont щcrits seulement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Le sщquencement de ces opщrations est vital. +% Le tableau~\vref{t+code+8.3} montre ce sщquencement. Un astщrisque~($*$) indique quel fichier est lu lors de la phase~3. +% \end{macro} +% \begin{table}[t] +% \changeskips +% \centering +% \caption{Astuce pour dщtecter la limitation р~des suffixes courts}\label{t+code+8.3} +% {\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}lccc} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (le temps s'щcoule de gauche р~droite):}}&1&2&3\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes longs}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&VRAI&VRAI&$*$\\ +% \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FAUX&\\ +% \midrule +% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes courts}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&VRAI&FAUX&$*$\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx}} +% \end{table} +% \fi +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\newif} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\immediate} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \begin{macro}{\write} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\input} +% \begin{macro}{\jobname} +% \begin{enumerate}[(1)] +% \addtocounter{enumi}{-1} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, a message and a new flag:\imess{I0002} +% \or\relax +% D'abord, un message et un nouvel indicateur:\imess{I0002} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtcPackageInfo[I0002]{minitoc}% + {Autoconfiguration of extensions\@gobble} +\newif\if@mtc@longext@\@mtc@longext@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@true}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the +% real name of the file will be truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% \or\relax +% Nous щcrivons л~\com{@mtc@longext@true}~╗ dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le systшme +% d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du fichier sera tronquщ р~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0 +\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@true} +\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc +% \end{macrocode} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@false}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% \or\relax +% Nous щcrivons л~\com{@mtc@longext@false}~╗ dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc +\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@false} +\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc +% \end{macrocode} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We read \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the real name of the file will be +% truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% \or\relax +% Nous lisons \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le systшme d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du +% fichier sera tronquщ р~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\input{\jobname.mtc0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Hence,\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} the flag is true if we read really +% from \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, but false if we read from +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. The text and the severity of the messages are different. +% \or\relax +% En\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} consщquence, +% l'indicateur est vrai si nous lisons effectivement depuis le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, mais faux +% si nous lisons depuis \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. Le texte et la sщvщritщ des messages sont diffщrents. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@longext@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0012]{minitoc}% + {Long extensions (Unix-like) will be used\@gobble} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0031]{minitoc}% + {==> this version is configured for UNIX-like + \MessageBreak + \space\space\space\space(long extensions) file names\@gobble}% +\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0019]{minitoc}% + {Short extensions (MSDOS-like) will be used + \MessageBreak + ==> this version is configured for MSDOS-like + \MessageBreak + \space\space\space\space(8+3) file names} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We erase the contents of the two files (because \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} is also used later as a~scratch file, +% see section~\vref{s+code+emptiness}). +% \or\relax +% Nous effaчons le contenu des deux fichiers (car \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} est aussi utilisщ comme fichier de +% travail plus tard, voir la section~\vref{s+code+emptiness}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc +\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc +\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0 +\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{enumerate} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Detecting obsolete versions of \LaTeX}\label{s+code+latex.obs} +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщtection des versions obsolшtes de \LaTeX}\label{s+code+latex.obs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \begin{macro}{\reset@font} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0021}\\\lmess{W0022}} code detects old versions of the \LaTeX\ kernel that are no more supported and +% with which the \upack{minitoc}% package can hardly work. The trick is to detect the absence of some +% internal \LaTeX\ commands, \com{@inputcheck} and \com{reset@font}. +% If you get one of these messages, your are in bad luck and should \emph{urgently} update your +% \LaTeX\ installation, which is just rusting since\ldots\ a~lot of years! +% \or\relax +% Ce\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0021}\\\lmess{W0022}} code dщtecte les vieilles versions du noyau \LaTeX\ qui ne sont plus maintenues +% et avec lesquelles le paquetage \upack{minitoc} aura beaucoup de mal р~fonctionner. +% L'astuce est de dщtecter l'absence de certaines commandes +% internes de \LaTeX, \com{@inputcheck} et \com{reset@font}. Si vous recevez l'un de ces messages, vous ъtes +% dans une mauvaise situation et devriez, \emph{dans l'urgence,} mettre р~jour votre installation de \LaTeX, +% qui rouille depuis\ldots\ pas mal d'annщes! +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{@inputcheck}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0021]{minitoc}% + {Your version of latex.tex is obsolete. + \MessageBreak + Trying to continue..}\newread\@inputcheck\relax}{} +\@ifundefined{reset@font}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0022]{minitoc}% + {Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete. + \MessageBreak + Trying to continue... crossing fingers}% + \let\reset@font\relax}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Adding a TOC entry without leaders nor page numbers}\label{s+code+@undottedtocline} +% \or\relax +% \section{Ajouter une entrщe dans la TdM sans points de conduite ni numщro de page}\label{s+code+@undottedtocline} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\undottedmtcfalse} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The (internal) macro \com{@undottedtocline} is a modified version of the standard command \com{@dottedtocline}. +% It will be used in customization macros. +% \or\relax +% La macro (interne) \com{@undottedtocline} est une version modifiщe de la commande standard \com{@dottedtocline}. +% Elle sera utilisщe dans les macros de personnalisation. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifundottedmtc\undottedmtcfalse +\def\@undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% + \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth\relax \else + \vskip \z@ plus.2\p@ + {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip + \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue + \interlinepenalty\@M + \leavevmode + \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}% + \hskip -\leftskip + #4\nobreak\hfill \nobreak + \null\par}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Default values for the page-number customizations}\label{s+code+custom.defaults} +% \or\relax +% \section{Valeurs par dщfaut pour les personnalisations des numщros de page}\label{s+code+custom.defaults} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This section defines some customization macros for the presence or +% absence of page numbers in the mini-tables. But if the \class{memoir} +% class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} is loaded, +% it does the job. So, we test first \com{if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} +% to use the commands of \class{memoir} when they are available. +% \or\relax +% Cette section dщfinit quelques macros de personnalisation concernant la prщsence ou l'absence des numщros de +% pages dans les mini-tables. Mais si la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} est chargщe, elle +% sait faire ce travail. Donc, nous testons d'abord \com{if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} pour utiliser les commandes de +% \class{memoir} lorsqu'elles sont disponibles. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries in minitocs: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes dans les minitocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcpagenumbers{% + \cftpagenumberson{section} + \cftpagenumberson{subsection} + \cftpagenumberson{subsubsection} + \cftpagenumberson{paragraph} + \cftpagenumberson{subparagraph}} +\def\nomtcpagenumbers{% + \cftpagenumbersoff{section} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subsection} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subsubsection} + \cftpagenumbersoff{paragraph} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subparagraph}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nostcpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries in secttocs: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes dans les secttocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\stcpagenumbers{% + \cftpagenumberson{subsection} + \cftpagenumberson{subsubsection} + \cftpagenumberson{paragraph} + \cftpagenumberson{subparagraph}} +\def\nostcpagenumbers{% + \cftpagenumbersoff{subsection} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subsubsection} + \cftpagenumbersoff{paragraph} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subparagraph}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noptcpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries in parttocs: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes dans les parttocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ptcpagenumbers{% + \cftpagenumberson{chapter} + \cftpagenumberson{section} + \cftpagenumberson{subsection} + \cftpagenumberson{subsubsection} + \cftpagenumberson{paragraph} + \cftpagenumberson{subparagraph}} +\def\noptcpagenumbers{% + \cftpagenumbersoff{chapter} + \cftpagenumbersoff{section} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subsection} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subsubsection} + \cftpagenumbersoff{paragraph} + \cftpagenumbersoff{subparagraph}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\slfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noslfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\plfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noplfpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries in minilofs, sectlofs, and partlofs: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes dans les minilofs, sectlofs et partlofs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\mlfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{figure}} + \def\nomlfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{figure}} + \def\slfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{figure}} + \def\noslfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{figure}} + \def\plfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{figure}} + \def\noplfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{figure}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\sltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nosltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\pltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nopltpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries in minilots, sectlots, and partlots: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes dans les minilots, sectlots et partlots: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\mltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{table}} + \def\nomltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{table}} + \def\sltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{table}} + \def\nosltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{table}} + \def\pltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{table}} + \def\nopltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{table}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Else, \upack{minitoc} will use its own commands. +% \or\relax +% Sinon, \upack{minitoc} utilisera ses propres commandes. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\else +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, for minitocs, secttocs and parttocs: +% \or\relax +% D'abord, pour les minitocs, secttocs et parttocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\mtcpagenumbers{\let\mtc@pgno\null} + \def\nomtcpagenumbers{\let\mtc@pgno\relax} + \def\stcpagenumbers{\let\stc@pgno\null} + \def\nostcpagenumbers{\let\stc@pgno\relax} + \def\ptcpagenumbers{\let\ptc@pgno\null} + \def\noptcpagenumbers{\let\ptc@pgno\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, for minilofs, sectlofs and partlofs: +% \or\relax +% Puis, pour les minilofs, sectlofs et partlofs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\mlfpagenumbers{\let\mlf@pgno\null} + \def\nomlfpagenumbers{\let\mlf@pgno\relax} + \def\slfpagenumbers{\let\slf@pgno\null} + \def\noslfpagenumbers{\let\slf@pgno\relax} + \def\plfpagenumbers{\let\plf@pgno\null} + \def\noplfpagenumbers{\let\plf@pgno\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, for minilots, sectlots and partlots: +% \or\relax +% Puis, pour les minilots, sectlots et partlots: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\mltpagenumbers{\let\mlt@pgno\null} + \def\nomltpagenumbers{\let\mlt@pgno\relax} + \def\sltpagenumbers{\let\slt@pgno\null} + \def\nosltpagenumbers{\let\slt@pgno\relax} + \def\pltpagenumbers{\let\plt@pgno\null} + \def\nopltpagenumbers{\let\plt@pgno\relax} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\plfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\pltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\stcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\slfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\sltpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then the default values are set; page numbers are present: +% \or\relax +% Et enfin, les valeurs par dщfaut sont щtablies; les numщros de pages sont prщsents: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\ptcpagenumbers +\plfpagenumbers +\pltpagenumbers +\mtcpagenumbers +\mlfpagenumbers +\mltpagenumbers +\stcpagenumbers +\slfpagenumbers +\sltpagenumbers +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A \need{.85\textheight} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Features'' for the mini-tables}\label{s+code+features} +% \or\relax +% \section{<<~Dispositifs~>> pour les mini-tables}\label{s+code+features} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Each kind of mini-table has five ``features'': a ``\feat{before}'' feature, an ``\feat{after}'' feature, +% an ``\feat{open}'' feature, an ``\feat{close}'' feature, +% and a ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature. +% +% A ``\feat{before}'' feature is defined by a macro like \com{beforeparttoc} which contains code to be executed +% before any mini-table of a given type: \com{beforeparttoc} is executed before each parttoc. Usually such features +% contain only trivial commands like \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page|, or \com{empty}. +% +% An ``\feat{after}'' feature is analog but its code is executed after each mini-table of a given type. +% +% An ``\feat{open}'' feature contains code to be executed just before the insertion of the file containing the +% mini-table. Usally such features either do nothing, either prepare some basic formatting (like multi-column). +% It does not concern the title of the mini-table or the decorative rules. +% +% An ``\feat{close}'' feature contains code to be executed just after the insertion of the file containing the +% mini-table. Usally such features either do nothing, either finish some basic formatting (like multi-column). +% It does not concern the title of the mini-table or the decorative rules. +% +% A ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature is defined by a macro like \com{thispageparttocstyle} which contains code to define the page +% style implied by mini-tables of a given type: the command \com{thispageparttocstyle} can be defined as +% \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|. Usually, the ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature is only defined for part-level mini-tables, +% which use page breaks in their \feat{before} and \feat{after} features. For chapter- and section-level +% mini-tables, the ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature is usually defined as \com{empty}. +% +% We set the default values for the part-level features depending on the presence of the \com{chapter} command, as +% \class{article}-like documents are different from the \class{book}- or \class{report}-like documents for the +% layout of part-level mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% └~chaque type de mini-table sont associщs cinq л~dispositifs~╗ (\emph{features}): un dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ +% (avant), un dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ (aprшs), +% un dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ (ouverture), un dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ (fermeture), +% et un dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ (style de cette page). +% +% Un dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ est dщfini par une macro telle que \com{beforeparttoc} qui contient du code р~exщcuter +% avant toute mini-table d'un type donnщ: \com{beforeparttoc} est exщcutщe avant chaque parttoc. Habituellement, +% de tels dispositifs ne contiennent que des commandes triviales telles que \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page| ou \com{empty}. +% +% Un dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ est analogue mais son code est exщcutщ aprшs chaque mini-table d'un type donnщ. +% +% Un dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ contient du code р~exщcuter juste avant l'insertion du fichier contenant la +% mini-table. Habituellement, de tels dispositifs soit ne font rien, soit prщparent une mise en forme basique +% (comme un multi-colonnage). Il ne concerne pas le titre de la mini-table ni les filets dщcoratifs. +% +% Un dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ contient du code р~exщcuter juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier contenant la +% mini-table. Habituellement, de tels dispositifs soit ne font rien, soit achшvent une mise en forme basique +% (comme un multi-colonnage). Il ne concerne pas le titre de la mini-table ni les filets dщcoratifs. +% +% Un dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ est dщfini par une macro comme \com{thispageparttocstyle} qui contient du +% code pour dщfinir le style de page impliquщ par les mini-tables d'un type donnщ: la commande \com{thispageparttocstyle} +% peut ъtre dщfinie comme щtant \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|. Habituellement, le dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ n'est +% dщfini que pour les mini-tables au niveau partie, qui utilisent des sauts de page dans leurs dispositifs л~\feat{before}~╗ +% et л~\feat{after}~╗. Pour les mini-tables aux niveaux chapitre et section, le dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ est +% habituellement dщfini comme щtant \com{empty}. +% +% Nous щtablissons les valeurs par dщfaut pour les dispositifs au niveau partie selon la prщsence de la commande +% \com{chapter}, car les documents du genre \class{article} sont diffщrents des documents du genre \class{book} +% ou \class{report} pour la mise en page des mini-tables au niveau partie. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is not defined, the part level mini-tables have no ``\feat{before}'' feature (by default): +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, les mini-tables au niveau partie n'ont pas de dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ (par dщfaut): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \let\beforeparttoc\empty + \let\beforepartlof\empty + \let\beforepartlot\empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But if \com{chapter} is defined, they have a \com{cleardoublepage} as default ``\feat{before}'' feature: +% \or\relax +% Mais si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, elles ont \com{cleardoublepage} comme dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ par dщfaut +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + {\let\beforeparttoc\cleardoublepage + \let\beforepartlof\cleardoublepage + \let\beforepartlot\cleardoublepage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Chapter level mini-tables have no ``\feat{before}'' feature (by default): +% \or\relax +% Les mini-tables au niveau chapitre n'ont (par dщfaut), pas de dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\beforeminitoc\empty +\let\beforeminilof\empty +\let\beforeminilot\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Section level mini-tables have no ``\feat{before}'' feature (by default): +% \or\relax +% Les mini-tables au niveau section n'ont (par dщfaut), pas de dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\beforesecttoc\empty +\let\beforesectlof\empty +\let\beforesectlot\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\afterparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is not defined, the part level mini-tables have no ``\feat{after}'' feature (by default): +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, les mini-tables au niveau partie n'ont pas de dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ (par dщfaut): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \let\afterparttoc\empty + \let\afterpartlof\empty + \let\afterpartlot\empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But if \com{chapter} is defined, they have a \com{cleardoublepage} as default ``\feat{after}'' feature: +% \or\relax +% Mais si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, elles ont \com{cleardoublepage} comme dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ par dщfaut +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + {\let\afterparttoc\cleardoublepage + \let\afterpartlof\cleardoublepage + \let\afterpartlot\cleardoublepage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Chapter level mini-tables have no ``\feat{after}'' feature (by default): +% \or\relax +% Les mini-tables au niveau chapitre n'ont, par dщfaut, pas de dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\afterminitoc\empty +\let\afterminilof\empty +\let\afterminilot\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Section level mini-tables have no ``\feat{after}'' feature (by default): +% \or\relax +% Les mini-tables au niveau section n'ont, par dщfaut, pas de dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\aftersecttoc\empty +\let\aftersectlof\empty +\let\aftersectlot\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \begin{macro}{\openparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\openpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\openpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\openminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\openminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\openminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\opensecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\opensectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\opensectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, the ``\feat{open}'' features do nothing: +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les dispositifs ``\feat{open}'' ne font rien: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\openparttoc\empty +\let\openpartlof\empty +\let\openpartlot\empty +\let\openminitoc\empty +\let\openminilof\empty +\let\openminilot\empty +\let\opensecttoc\empty +\let\opensectlof\empty +\let\opensectlot\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \begin{macro}{\closeparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closepartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\closepartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\closesecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closesectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\closesectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, ``\feat{close}'' features do nothing: +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les dispositifs ``\feat{close}'' ne font rien: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\closeparttoc\empty +\let\closepartlof\empty +\let\closepartlot\empty +\let\closeminitoc\empty +\let\closeminilof\empty +\let\closeminilot\empty +\let\closesecttoc\empty +\let\closesectlof\empty +\let\closesectlot\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagestyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageparttocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlotstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminitocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilotstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesecttocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlotstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, all the ``\feat{pagestyle}'' features (at part level) use the \texttt{empty} page style. +% It affects only the first page of the mini-table. If \com{chapter} is not defined, there is no default +% ``\feat{pagestyle}'' features at the part level. +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, tous les dispositifs л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ (au niveau partie) utilisent le style de page \texttt{empty}. +% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, il n'y a pas de dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ au niveau partie. +% Ceci affecte seulement la premiшre page de la mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \def\thispageparttocstyle{\empty} + \def\thispagepartlofstyle{\empty} + \def\thispagepartlotstyle{\empty}}% +{\def\thispageparttocstyle{\thispagestyle{empty}} + \def\thispagepartlofstyle{\thispagestyle{empty}} + \def\thispagepartlotstyle{\thispagestyle{empty}}} +\def\thispageminitocstyle{\empty} +\def\thispageminilofstyle{\empty} +\def\thispageminilotstyle{\empty} +\def\thispagesecttocstyle{\empty} +\def\thispagesectlofstyle{\empty} +\def\thispagesectlotstyle{\empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% In section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}, we will define the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro which is +% a~much easier user interface to set the mini-tables ``features''. +% \or\relax +% Dans la section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}, nous dщfinirons la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} qui est une +% interface utilisateur bien plus facile pour mettre en place les л~dispositifs~╗ des mini-tables. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Fake tables of contents}\label{s+code+fake} +% \or\relax +% \section{Tables des matiшres invisibles}\label{s+code+fake} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\fake@starttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw} +% \begin{macro}{\newwrite} +% \begin{macro}{\immediate} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If you don't want a table of contents, but want minitocs, +% you need to create the \suffix{.toc} file, without inserting it +% into your document. This \com{faketableofcontents} command is a stripped off version +% of the standard command \com{tableofcontents}. +% We define in the same way the analog commands \com{fakelistoffigures} and \com{fakelistoftables}, +% using in fact just a stripped version \com{fake@starttoc} of \com{@starttoc}. But it is nice to reset to zero the +% \cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc}, and \cnt{stc} counters now, if they are defined\,\footnote{Remember the infamous +% ``\texttt{stc0}'' bug.}. +% \or\relax +% Si vous souhaitez ne pas avoir de table des matiшres, mais avoir quand mъme des minitocs, il vous faut crщer le +% fichier \suffix{.toc}, sans l'insщrer dans votre document. Cette commande +% \com{faketableofcontents} est une version restreinte de la commande \com{tableofcontents} standard. Nous +% dщfinissons de la mъme maniшre les deux autres commandes analogues \com{fakelistoffigures} et \com{fakelistoftables}, +% en utilisant en fait simplement une version restreinte \com{fake@starttoc} de \com{@starttoc}. +% Mais il est bon de remettre р~zщro +% maintenant les compteurs \cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc} et \cnt{stc}, s'ils sont dщfinis\,\footnote{Souvenez-vous +% de l'infтme erreur <<~\texttt{stc0}~>>.}. +% \fi +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\faketableofcontents{\fake@starttoc{toc}% + \@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% + \@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{\setcounter{mtc}{0}}% + \@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\setcounter{stc}{0}}% + } +\def\fakelistoffigures{\fake@starttoc{lof}} +\def\fakelistoftables{\fake@starttoc{lot}} +\def\fake@starttoc#1{\begingroup \makeatletter + \if@filesw \expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname + \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname + \jobname.#1\relax \fi + \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code uses the same file descriptors (for writing) than the original commands. +% \or\relax +% Ce code utilise les mъmes descripteurs de fichier (en щcriture) que les commandes d'origine. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Depth counters for minilofs and minilots} +% \or\relax +% \section{Compteurs de profondeur pour les minilofs et les minilots} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the counters \dcnt{lofdepth} and \dcnt{lotdepth} are defined, +% we create the necessary new counters: +% \dcnt{minilofdepth} and \dcnt{minilofdepth}. +% These counters are initialized to~2. +% This is done after the loading of the packages, in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Si les compteurs \dcnt{lofdepth} et \dcnt{lotdepth} sont dщfinis, nous crщons +% les nouveaux compteurs nщcessaires: +% \dcnt{minilofdepth} et \dcnt{minilofdepth}. +% Ces compteurs sont initialisщs р~2. +% Ceci est fait aprшs le chargement des paquetages, dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% + {\newcounter{minilofdepth}\setcounter{minilofdepth}{2}}% + \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% + {\newcounter{minilotdepth}\setcounter{minilotdepth}{2}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Chapter level commands}\label{s+code+chapter.level} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes au niveau chapitre}\label{s+code+chapter.level} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% From here, we define the chapter-level commands. +% \or\relax +% └~partir d'ici, nous dщfinissons les commandes au niveau chapitre. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} +% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we memorize the marks (not used today, but\ldots): +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous mщmorisons les marques (ceci n'est pas encore utilisщ, mais\ldots): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth +\global\let\@mkboth\markboth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Starred parts, chapters or sections}\label{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections} +% \or\relax +% \section{Parties, chapitres et section щtoilщs}\label{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\addst@rred} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\c@ptc} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\c@stc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define commands to manage the starred sectionning commands: \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} and \com{section*}. +% The section-level is different depending on the presence of the \com{chapter} command. +% Eventually, a counter is incremented. +% A~contents line is added in the \suffix{.toc} file, with the right depth to print it (see \verb|\l@star...| later, +% in section~\vref{s+code+necessary.l@}). +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons des commandes pour traiter les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes: \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} +% et \com{section*}. Le niveau section est diffщrent selon que \com{chapter} est dщfinie ou non. ╔ventuellement, +% un compteur est incrщmentщ. Une ligne de contenu est ajoutщe dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}, avec la bonne +% profondeur pour l'imprimer (voir \verb|\l@star...| plus loin, dans la section~\vref{s+code+necessary.l@}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\addst@rred#1#2{% + \addcontentsline{toc}{star#1}{#2}% + \@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax + \stepcounter{ptc}% + \fi + }% + \@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax + \stepcounter{mtc}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix\relax + \stepcounter{mtc}% + \fi + }% + \@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax +%% \@ifundefined{chapter}{\stepcounter{stc}}{}% + \stepcounter{stc}% + \fi + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\addst@rred} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is not defined, we just define \com{addstarredsection}: +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, nous dщfinissons simplement \com{addstarredsection}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% +\gdef\addstarredsection#1{\addst@rred{section}{#1}} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Else we begin to define the stuff for chapter-level commands (the ``else'' branch of \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}|): +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Sinon, nous commenчons р~dщfinir le matщriel pour les commandes au niveau chapitre (branche л~sinon~╗ de +% \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}|): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\The@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstchapteris@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0003} define now: the internal format of the \cnt{mtc} counter (\com{The@mtc}), the obsolete command +% \com{firstchapteris} (it just emits a harmless warning), the \cnt{mtc} counter (initialized to~0), +% the \com{adjustmtc} command (increments the \cnt{mtc} counter, by~1 by default), +% the \com{decrementmtc} command (decrements the \cnt{mtc} counter by~1), +% the \com{incrementmtc} command (increments the \cnt{mtc} counter by~1), +% the format of the \cnt{mtc} counter (\com{themtc}), +% the counter \dcnt{minitocdepth}, initialized to~2, for the depth of a minitoc +% (analog to the standard \dcnt{tocdepth} counter). +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0003} dщfinissons ensuite: le format interne du compteur \cnt{mtc} (\com{The@mtc}), la commande +% obsolшte \com{firstchapteris} (elle ne fait qu'щmettre un avertissement bщnin), le compteur \cnt{mtc} (initialisщ +% р~0), la commande \com{adjustmtc} (incrщmente le compteur \cnt{mtc}, de~1 par dщfaut), +% la commande \com{decrementmtc} (dщcrщmente le compteur \cnt{mtc} de~1), +% la commande \com{incrementmtc} (incrщmente le compteur \cnt{mtc} de~1), +% le format du compteur \cnt{mtc} (\com{themtc}), +% le compteur \dcnt{minitocdepth}, initialisщ р~2, pour la profondeur d'une minitoc (analogue +% au compteur standard \dcnt{tocdepth}). +% \fi +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\The@mtc{\arabic{mtc}} +\def\firstchapteris#1% + {\mtcPackageWarning[W0003]{minitoc}% + {\string\firstchapteris \space is an obsolete (ignored) + \MessageBreak + command}% + \@firstchapteris@used@true} +\newcounter{mtc} +\setcounter{mtc}{0} +\newcommand{\adjustmtc}[1][1]{\addtocounter{mtc}{#1}} +\def\decrementmtc{\addtocounter{mtc}{-1}} +\def\incrementmtc{\addtocounter{mtc}{+1}} +\gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}} +\newcounter{minitocdepth} +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mlf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mlt@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\plt@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\slf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\slt@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the horizontal rules to draw before and after minitocs (\com{mtc@rule}), and we copy +% that definition into analog macros for other kinds of mini-tables. We also set the default value (24pt) of +% \com{mtcindent}, the indentation for minitocs (both sides). The rules are 0.4pt thick. They are defined via +% \com{hrule} to stay in vertical mode for the final \com{kern}. +% \or\relax % +% Nous dщfinissons les filets horizontaux р~tracer avant et aprшs les minitocs +% (\com{mtc@rule}), puis nous copions cette dщfinition dans des macros analogues pour les autres sortes de +% mini-tables. Nous щtablissons aussi la valeur par dщfaut (24pt) de \com{mtcindent}, l'indentation pour les minitocs (des +% deux cЇtщs). Les filets sont щpais de 0.4pt. Ils sont dщfinis via \com{hrule} pour rester en mode vertical +% pour le \com{kern} final. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \@width\columnwidth \kern2.6\p@} +\let\mlf@rule\mtc@rule +\let\mlt@rule\mtc@rule +\let\plf@rule\mtc@rule +\let\plt@rule\mtc@rule +\let\slf@rule\mtc@rule +\let\slt@rule\mtc@rule +\mtcindent=24\p@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{14} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Font commands for the mini-tables}\label{s+code+font.commands.ch} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes de fontes pour les mini-tables}\label{s+code+font.commands.ch} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define these commands with full NFSS~\cite{fontsel} descriptions. These definitions are effective if \com{chapter} is +% defined. +% The fonts for titles are also defined here. See also the \com{mtcsetfont} macro +% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}) and the \com{mtcsettitlefont} macro later +% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}). +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons ces commandes avec des descriptions NFSS~\cite{fontsel} complшtes. Ces dщfinitions sont effectives +% si \com{chapter} +% est dщfinie. Les fontes pour les titres sont aussi dщfinies ici. Voir aussi la macro \com{mtcsetfont} +% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}) et la macro \com{mtcsettitlefont} plus loin +% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} +\def\mtcSfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +\let\mtcSSfont\mtcfont \let\mtcSSSfont\mtcfont +\let\mtcPfont\mtcfont \let\mtcSPfont\mtcfont +\let\mlffont\mtcfont \let\mlfSfont\mtcfont +\let\mltfont\mtcfont \let\mltSfont\mtcfont +\def\mtifont{\large\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And \com{coffeefont} is used for ``coffee breaks{\myCoffeecup}'' in the \pack{minutes} +% package~\cite{minutes}. +% \or\relax +% Et \com{coffeefont} est utilisщe pour les л~pauses cafщ{\myCoffeecup}~╗ dans le +% paquetage \pack{minutes}~\cite{minutes}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\coffeefont{\small\rmfamily\slshape\mdseries} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Internal commands to position the mini-table titles}\label{s+code+position.title.mini} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes internes pour positionner les titres des mini-tables}\label{s+code+position.title.mini} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilf} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilt} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilf} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilt} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The commands \verb|\miniXXX| and \verb|\dominiXXX| accept an optional argument to left justify, center, +% right justify or omit the title of the chapter-level mini-tables. By default, these titles are left justified. +% The choice made in a \verb|\dominiXXX| command is global and memorized in \com{df@mtitc}, \com{df@mtilf} or +% \com{df@mtilt}; the choice made in a \verb|\miniXXX| command is local and stored in \com{do@mtitc}, +% \com{do@mtilf} or \com{do@mtilt}. See the \com{minitoc@} macro later +% (section~\vref{s+code+minitoc.command}). An empty title needs a vertical correction (\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \or\relax +% Les commandes \verb|\miniXXX| et \verb|\dominiXXX| acceptent un argument optionnel pour justifier р~gauche, +% centrer, justifier р~droite ou omettre le titre des mini-tables au niveau chapitre. Par dщfaut, ces titres sont +% justifiщs р~gauche. Le choix fait dans une commande \verb|\dominiXXX| est global et mщmorisщ dans \com{df@mtitc}, +% \com{df@mtilf} ou \com{df@mtilt}; le choix fait dans une commande \verb|\miniXXX| est local et rangщ dans +% \com{do@mtitc}, \com{do@mtilf} ou \com{do@mtilt}. Voir la macro \com{minitoc@} plus loin +% (section~\vref{s+code+minitoc.command}). Un titre vide nщcessite une correction verticale +% (\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Centering, flushleft, flushright or empty titles: +% \or\relax +% Titres centrщs, justifiщs р~gauche, justifiщs р~droite ou vides: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\c@mti#1{\null\hfill #1\hfill\null} +\def\l@mti#1{\null #1\hfill\null} +\def\r@mti#1{\null\hfill #1\null} +\def\e@mti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} +\def\n@mti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilf} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilf} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilt} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilt} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Default: titles on left: +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les titres sont justifiщs р~gauche: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\do@mtitc\l@mti +\let\df@mtitc\l@mti +\let\do@mtilf\l@mti +\let\df@mtilf\l@mti +\let\do@mtilt\l@mti +\let\df@mtilt\l@mti +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \texttt{mtc@verse} environment}\label{s+code+mtc@verse.env} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'environnement \texttt{mtc@verse}}\label{s+code+mtc@verse.env} +% \fi +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{macro}{\list} +% \begin{macro}{\itemsep} +% \begin{macro}{\itemindent} +% \begin{macro}{\listparindent} +% \begin{macro}{\topsep} +% \begin{macro}{\parsep} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Each minitoc is placed inside a \env{mtc@verse} environment. This environment is analog to the +% standard \env{verse} environment and hence defined via two commands: \com{mtc@verse} and \com{endmtc@verse}. +% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way) \verb|\\|, then call \com{list}\verb|{}| and set some +% dimensions like \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, \com{topsep}. +% \com{parsep} is set to zero if the \opt{tight} option is active (to reduce the spacing of the lines). +% \com{parskip} is set to zero if the \opt{k-tight} option is active +% (to reduce the spacing of the lines). +% Both margins are set to \com{mtcindent}. \com{endmtc@verse} terminates the list and discourages a page break. +% The \env{mtc@verse} environment has an argument which is an horizontal offset (a command like \com{mtcoffset}). +% \or\relax +% Chaque minitoc est placщe р~l'intщrieur d'un environnement \env{mtc@verse}. Cet environnement est analogue +% р~l'environnement standard \env{verse} et donc il est dщfini р~l'aide de deux commandes: \com{mtc@verse} et +% \com{endmtc@verse}. Comme c'est un environnement de liste, nous dщfinissons d'abord (de maniшre locale) \verb|\\|, +% puis nous appelons \com{list}\verb|{}| et щtablissons quelques dimensions telles que \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, +% \com{listparindent}, \com{topsep}. +% \com{parsep} est forcщe р~zщro si l'option \opt{tight} est active +% (pour rщduire l'espacement des lignes). +% \com{parskip} est forcщe р~zщro si l'option \opt{k-tight} est active +% (pour rщduire l'espacement des lignes). +% Les deux marges sont щtablies р~\com{mtcindent}. +% L'environnement \env{mtc@verse} a un argument qui est un dщplacement horizontal (une commande telle que \com{mtcoffset}). +% \com{endmtc@verse} termine la liste et dщcourage une coupure de page. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@verse#1{\let\\=\@centercr + \list{}{% + \itemsep=\z@ \itemindent=\z@ \partopsep=\z@ + \listparindent=\itemindent \topsep=1ex + \iftightmtc \parsep=\z@ \fi \ifktightmtc \parskip=\z@ \fi + \leftmargin=\mtcindent \rightmargin=\leftmargin + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{+#1}% + \addtolength{\rightmargin}{-#1}% + }% + \item[]} +\def\endmtc@verse{\nopagebreak[4]\endlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% ^^A \need{.5\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{minitoc}, \ucom{minilof}, and \ucom{minilot} commands}\icom{minitoc}\icom{minilof}\icom{minilot} +% These three commands are very similar, with only cosmetic differences. +% \or\relax +% \section{Les commandes \ucom{minitoc}, \ucom{minilof} et \ucom{minilot}}\icom{minitoc}\icom{minilof}\icom{minilot} +% Ces trois commandes sont trшs similaires, avec seulement des diffщrences de dщtail. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{minitoc} command}\label{s+code+minitoc.command}\icom{minitoc} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{minitoc}}\label{s+code+minitoc.command}\icom{minitoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{minitoc} command must be used after \com{chapter} if you need a minitoc (no automatic minitoc). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{minitoc} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{chapter} si vous voulez une minitoc (il n'y a pas de +% minitoc automatique). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command accepts an optional argument, whose default value has eventually been set earlier by a +% \com{dominitoc} command. The letter~``\texttt{d}'' represents this default value. +% \com{dominitoc} has itself an +% optional argument which sets the default value of the optional argument of \com{minitoc}. The default value of +% the optional argument of the \com{dominitoc} command is~``\texttt{l}''. It seems tortuous, but it is simple to use: +% we have a default behaviour~(\texttt{l}) which can be altered globally via the optional argument of +% \com{dominitoc}, or locally via the optional argument of \com{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut щventuellement щtщ щtablie plus tЇt par +% une commande \com{dominitoc}. La lettre~л~\texttt{d}~╗ reprщsente cette valeur par dщfaut. \com{dominitoc} a elle-mъme +% un argument optionnel qui щtablit la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de \com{minitoc}. La valeur par +% dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de la commande \com{dominitoc} est~л~\texttt{l}~╗. Ceci semble tortueux, mais +% c'est simple р~utiliser: nous avons un comportement par dщfaut~(\texttt{l}) qui peut ъtre altщrщ globalement via +% l'argument optionnel de \com{dominitoc}, ou localement via l'argument optionnel de \com{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% So we define \com{minitoc} with an optional argument and its (current) default value, and call the true code in +% the \com{minitoc@} macro (which has one delimited argument); we use the \com{@ifnextchar} trick to detect a +% left bracket for the optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Donc nous dщfinissons \com{minitoc} avec un argument optionnel et sa valeur par dщfaut (courante), puis +% appelons le vrai code dans la macro \com{minitoc@} (qui a un argument dщlimitщ); nous utilisons l'astuce +% \com{@ifnextchar} pour dщtecter le crochet gauche de l'argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\minitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\minitoc@}{\minitoc@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The real code of \com{minitoc} is in \com{minitoc@}, which has a mandatory argument (delimited by brackets) +% specifying the position of the title. +% \or\relax +% Le vщritable code de \com{minitoc} est dans \com{minitoc@}, qui a un argument obligatoire (dщlimitщ par les +% crochets) spщcifiant la position du titre. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we set the global flag \com{@minitoc@used@true} to note that \com{minitoc} has been called (this will be +% used by a hint later, section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). +% \or\relax +% Nous щtablissons d'abord l'indicateur global \com{@minitoc@used@true} pour noter que la macro \com{minitoc} a щtщ +% appelщe (ceci sera utilisщ par une indication ou \emph{hint} plus tard, comme le dщcrit la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\minitoc@[#1]{% +\global\@minitoc@used@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The name of the file containing the minitoc is constructed from \com{jobname} and a +% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mtc} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.M} (short extensions) +% followed by the absolute number of the minitoc. +% \or\relax +% Le nom du fichier contenant la minitoc est construit р~partir de \com{jobname} et d'un suffixe \com{@tocfile}, +% qui est \suffix{.mtc} (suffixes longs) ou~\suffix{.M} (suffixes courts) suivi du numщro absolu +% de la minitoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@longext@ + \def\@tocfile{mtc\The@mtc}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{M\The@mtc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{I0006} we test (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) the emptiness of this file. +% A warning is given if the file is empty and a flag is set (a hint will signal that an empty minitoc has been +% requested). +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) la vacuitщ de ce fichier. Un avertissement est щmis si le +% fichier est % vide et un indicateur est щtabli (une indication ou \emph{hint} signalera qu'une minitoc vide +% a щtщ demandщe). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@minitoc@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminitocstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call \com{thispageminitocstyle} to set the page style +% (by default, this does nothing because, by default, there is no page break before a minitoc). +% The marks are not treated, because usually there is no new page for a minitoc. +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons \com{thispageminitocstyle} pour щtablir le style de page (par dщfaut, ceci ne fait rien car, par +% dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minitoc). Les marques ne sont pas traitщes, car, habituellement, +% il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minitoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \thispageminitocstyle +%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\mtctitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\mtctitle}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminitoc} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtic} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call \com{beforeminitoc}, +% then begin a \env{samepage} environment (to try to discourage page breaks in a minitoc) +% and look at the position of the title. If the title is empty, the +% layout is corrected. We print the title with its font (\com{mtifont}), +% then the top rule of the minitoc (if rules are present), using a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page +% break between the title and the top rule). +% The font is set to \com{mtcfont}. +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons \com{beforeminitoc}, puis commenчons un environnement \env{samepage} (pour essayer de +% dщcourager les coupures de page р~l'intщrieur d'une minitoc) et examinons la position du titre. Si le titre est +% vide, la mise en page est corrigщe. Nous imprimons le titre avec sa fonte (\com{mtifont}), puis le filet du haut +% de la minitoc (si les filets sont prщsents), en utilisant un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher une +% coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut). La fonte est щtablie р~\com{mtcfont}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforeminitoc + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@mtitc\e@mti + \else\if #1n\let\do@mtitc\n@mti + \else\if #1c\let\do@mtitc\c@mti + \else\if #1l\let\do@mtitc\l@mti + \else\if #1r\let\do@mtitc\r@mti + \else\if #1d\let\do@mtitc\df@mtitc + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\mtctitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@mtitc\e@mti\relax\fi + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\mtcfont% + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent %% + \ifx\mtc@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtitc{\mtc@v\mtctitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtitc{\mtc@v\mtctitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcoffset} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We forbid a page break after the title and the top rule, then set some layout parameters and begin +% an \env{mtc@verse} environment: +% \or\relax +% Nous interdisons une coupure de page aprшs le titre et le filet supщrieur, puis щtablissons quelques paramшtres +% de mise en page et commenчons un environnement \env{mtc@verse}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\mtcindent \rightmargin\mtcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% + \begin{mtc@verse}{\mtcoffset}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@minitocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We force the effective depth of the mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) to the required depth (\com{c@minitocdepth}), +% so the printing is done inside the \env{mtc@verse} environment, where \dcnt{tocdepth} +% has been forced to \dcnt{minitocdepth}, to print only the entries whose level is low enough, +% then inhibit a page break. The blank line is necessary to avoid a parasite negative indentation. +% \or\relax +% Nous forчons la profondeur effective de la mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) р~la profondeur demandщe +% (\com{c@minitocdepth}), donc l'impression est faite р~l'intщrieur de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, o∙ +% \dcnt{tocdepth} a щtщ forcщe р~\dcnt{minitocdepth}, pour n'imprimer que +% les entrщes dont le niveau est assez bas, puis nous inhibons une coupure de page. La ligne blanche est nщcessaire +% pour щviter une indentation nщgative parasite. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \c@tocdepth=\c@minitocdepth + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\openminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We test the presence of leaders and page numbers, then print the minitoc by inputing the minitoc file. +% But before reading the minitoc file, we must call the hook macro (asked for by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} for his +% \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}) +% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} and the macro +% \com{mtc@setform} which adjusts some layout parameters (defined by the user via +% some \com{mtcsetformat} commands). +% We work in a group to keep local some macro redefinitions. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons la prщsence de points de conduite et de numщros de pages, puis imprimons la minitoc en insщrant le +% fichier de minitoc. Mais avant de lire ce fichier de minitoc, nous devons appeler la macro d'attache (\emph{hook}) +% (demandщe par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}) +% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} et la macro \com{mtc@setform} qui ajuste certains paramшtres de mise en page +% (dщfinis par l'utilisateur via quelques commandes \com{mtcsetformat}). +% Nous travaillons dans un groupe pour que certaines redщfinitions de macros restent locales. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{mtc@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \mtc@setform% + \openminitoc \global\inminitoctrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\inminitocfalse\closeminitoc + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We close the \env{mtc@verse} environment, add the bottomrule (while preventing a page break), then close the +% \env{samepage} environment, and call \com{afterminitoc}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. +% \or\relax +% Nous fermons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, ajoutons le filet infщrieur (tout en щvitant une coupure de page), +% puis fermons l'environnement \env{samepage}, et enfin appelons \com{afterminitoc}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) +% est essentielle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \end{mtc@verse}% + \kernafterminitoc + \nopagebreak[4]\mtc@bottom@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\afterminitoc\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And we define the bottom rule for a minitoc, with some space under the minitoc: +% \or\relax +% Et nous dщfinissons le filet infщrieur pour une minitoc, avec un peu d'espace en dessous de la minitoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@bottom@rule{% + \ifx\mtc@rule\relax\relax\else + \vskip -2.5ex + \rule[2.4\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A \need{.5\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{minilof} command}\label{s+code+minilof.command}\icom{minilof} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{minilof}}\label{s+code+minilof.command}\icom{minilof} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{minilof} command is very similar to the \com{minitoc} command. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{minilof} est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{minilof} command must be used after \com{chapter} if you need a minilof (no automatic minilof). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{minilof} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{chapter} si vous voulez une minilof (il n'y a pas de +% minilof automatique). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command accepts an optional argument, whose default value has eventually been set earlier by a +% \com{dominilof} command. The letter~``\texttt{d}'' represents this default value. +% \com{dominilof} has itself an +% optional argument which sets the default value of the optional argument of \com{minilof}. The default value of +% the optional argument of the \com{dominilof} command is~``\texttt{l}''. It seems tortuous, but it is simple to use: +% we have a default behaviour~(\texttt{l}) which can be altered globally via the optional argument of +% \com{dominilof}, or locally via the optional argument of \com{minilof}. +% \or\relax +% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut щventuellement щtщ щtablie plus tЇt par +% une commande \com{dominilof}. La lettre~л~\texttt{d}~╗ reprщsente cette valeur par dщfaut. \com{dominilof} a elle-mъme +% un argument optionnel qui щtablit la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de \com{minilof}. La valeur par +% dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de la commande \com{dominilof} est~л~\texttt{l}~╗. Ceci semble tortueux, mais +% c'est simple р~utiliser: nous avons un comportement par dщfaut~(\texttt{l}) qui peut ъtre altщrщ globalement via +% l'argument optionnel de \com{dominilof}, ou localement via l'argument optionnel de \com{minilof}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% So we define \com{minilof} with an optional argument and its (current) default value, and call the true code in +% the \com{minilof@} macro (which has one delimited argument); we use the \com{@ifnextchar} trick to detect a +% left bracket for the optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Donc nous dщfinissons \com{minilof} avec un argument optionnel et sa valeur par dщfaut (courante), puis +% appelons le vrai code dans la macro \com{minilof@} (qui a un argument dщlimitщ); nous utilisons l'astuce +% \com{@ifnextchar} pour dщtecter le crochet gauche de l'argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\minilof{\@ifnextchar[{\minilof@}{\minilof@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The real code of \com{minilof} is in \com{minilof@}, which has a mandatory argument (delimited by brackets) +% specifying the position of the title. +% \or\relax +% Le vщritable code de \com{minilof} est dans \com{minilof@}, qui a un argument obligatoire (dщlimitщ par les +% crochets) spщcifiant la position du titre. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we set the global flag \com{@minilof@used@true} to note that \com{minilof} has been called (this will be +% used by a hint later, section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). +% \or\relax +% Nous щtablissons d'abord l'indicateur global \com{@minilof@used@true} pour noter que la macro \com{minilof} a щtщ +% appelщe (ceci sera utilisщ par une indication ou \emph{hint} plus tard, comme le dщcrit la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\minilof@[#1]{% +\global\@minilof@used@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The name of the file containing the minilof is constructed from \com{jobname} and a +% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlf} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.F} (short extensions) +% followed by the absolute number of the minilof. +% \or\relax +% Le nom du fichier contenant la minilof est construit р~partir de \com{jobname} et d'un suffixe \com{@tocfile}, +% qui est \suffix{.mlf} (suffixes longs) ou~\suffix{.F} (suffixes courts) suivi du numщro absolu +% de la minilof. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{mlf\The@mtc}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{F\The@mtc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilof@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{I0006} we test (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) the emptiness of this file. +% A warning is given if the file is empty and a flag is set (a hint will signal that an empty minilof has been +% requested). +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) la vacuitщ de ce fichier. Un avertissement est щmis +% si le fichier est vide et un indicateur est щtabli (une indication ou \emph{hint} signalera qu'une minilof +% vide a щtщ demandщe). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@minilof@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilofstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call \com{thispageminilofstyle} to set the page style +% (by default, this does nothing because, by default, there is no page break before a minilof). +% The marks are not treated, because usually there is no new page for a minilof. +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons \com{thispageminilofstyle} pour щtablir le style de page (par dщfaut, ceci ne fait rien car, par +% dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilof). Les marques ne sont pas traitщes, car, habituellement, +% il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilof. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \thispageminilofstyle +%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\mlftitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\mlftitle}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilof} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtic} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call \com{beforeminilof}, +% then begin a \env{samepage} environment (to try to discourage page breaks in a minilof) +% and look at the position of the title. If the title is empty, the +% layout is corrected. We print the title with its font (\com{mtifont}), +% then the top rule of the minilof (if rules are present), using a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit +% a page break between the title and the top rule). +% The font is set to \com{mlffont}. +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons \com{beforeminilof}, puis commenчons un environnement \env{samepage} (pour essayer de +% dщcourager les coupures de page р~l'intщrieur d'une minilof) et examinons la position du titre. Si le titre est +% vide, la mise en page est corrigщe. Nous imprimons le titre avec sa fonte (\com{mtifont}), puis le filet du haut +% de la minilof (si les filets sont prщsents), en utilisant un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher +% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut). La fonte est щtablie р~\com{mlffont}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforeminilof + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@mtilf\e@mti + \else\if #1n\let\do@mtilf\n@mti + \else\if #1c\let\do@mtilf\c@mti + \else\if #1l\let\do@mtilf\l@mti + \else\if #1r\let\do@mtilf\r@mti + \else\if #1d\let\do@mtilf\df@mtilf + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\mlftitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@mtilf\e@mti\relax\fi + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@ + \reset@font\mlffont + \parindent=\z@ + \nopagebreak[4]% + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent + \ifx\mlf@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilf{\mtc@v\mlftitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilf{\mtc@v\mlftitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfoffset} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We forbid a page break after the title and the top rule, then set some layout parameters and begin +% an \env{mtc@verse} environment: +% \or\relax +% Nous interdisons une coupure de page aprшs le titre et le filet supщrieur, puis щtablissons quelques paramшtres +% de mise en page et commenчons un environnement \env{mtc@verse}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\mtcindent \rightmargin\mtcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% + \begin{mtc@verse}{\mlfoffset}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@minilofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We force the effective depth of the mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) to the required depth (\com{c@minilofdepth}), +% so the printing is done inside the \env{mtc@verse} environment, where \dcnt{tocdepth} +% has been forced to \dcnt{minilofdepth}, to print only the entries whose level is low enough, +% then inhibit a page break. The blank line is necessary to avoid a parasite negative indentation. +% \or\relax +% Nous forчons la profondeur effective de la mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) р~la profondeur demandщe +% (\com{c@minitocdepth}), donc l'impression est faite р~l'intщrieur de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, o∙ +% \dcnt{tocdepth} a щtщ forcщe р~\dcnt{minilofdepth}, pour n'imprimer que +% les entrщes dont le niveau est assez bas, puis nous inhibons une coupure de page. La ligne blanche est nщcessaire +% pour щviter une indentation nщgative parasite. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% + {\c@lofdepth=\c@minilofdepth + \ifnum\c@lofdepth<1\relax\c@lofdepth=1\fi} + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mlf@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\openminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We test the presence of leaders and page numbers, then print the minilof by inputing the minilof file. +% But before reading the minilof file, we must call the hook macro (asked for by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} for his +% \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}) +% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} and the macro +% \com{mlf@setform} which adjusts some layout parameters (defined by the user via some +% \com{mtcsetformat} commands). +% We work in a group to keep local some macro redefinitions. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons la prщsence de points de conduite et de numщros de pages, puis imprimons la minilof en insщrant le +% fichier de minilof. Mais avant de lire ce fichier de minilof, nous devons appeler la macro d'attache (\emph{hook}) +% (demandщe par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}) +% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} et la macro \com{mlf@setform} qui ajuste certains paramшtres de mise en page +% (dщfinis par l'utilisateur via quelques commandes \com{mtcsetformat}). +% Nous travaillons dans un groupe pour que certaines redщfinitions de macros restent locales. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{mlf@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \mlf@setform + \global\openminilof\inminiloftrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\inminiloffalse\closeminilof + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminilof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We close the \env{mtc@verse} environment, add the bottomrule (while preventing a page break), then close the +% \env{samepage} environment, and call \com{afterminilof}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. +% \or\relax +% Nous fermons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, ajoutons le filet infщrieur (tout en щvitant une coupure de page), +% puis fermons l'environnement \env{samepage}, et enfin appelons \com{afterminilof}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) +% est essentielle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \end{mtc@verse}% + \kernafterminilof + \nopagebreak[4]\mlf@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\afterminilof\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% ^^A \need{.5\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{minilot} command}\label{s+code+minilot.command}\icom{minilot} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{minilot}}\label{s+code+minilot.command}\icom{minilot} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{minilot} command is absolutely similar to the \com{minilof} command: +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{minilot} est absolument similaire р~la commande \com{minilof}: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{minilot} command must be used after \com{chapter} if you need a minilot (no automatic minilot). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{minilot} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{chapter} si vous voulez une minilot (il n'y a pas de +% minilot automatique). +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command accepts an optional argument, whose default value has eventually been set earlier by a +% \com{dominilot} command. The letter~``\texttt{d}'' represents this default value. +% \com{dominilot} has itself an +% optional argument which sets the default value of the optional argument of \com{minilot}. The default value of +% the optional argument of the \com{dominilot} command is~``\texttt{l}''. It seems tortuous, but it is simple to use: +% we have a default behaviour~(\texttt{l}) which can be altered globally via the optional argument of +% \com{dominilot}, or locally via the optional argument of \com{minilot}. +% \or\relax +% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut щventuellement щtщ щtablie plus tЇt par +% une commande \com{dominilot}. La lettre~л~\texttt{d}~╗ reprщsente cette valeur par dщfaut. \com{dominilot} a elle-mъme +% un argument optionnel qui щtablit la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de \com{minilot}. La valeur par +% dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de la commande \com{dominilot} est~л~\texttt{l}~╗. Ceci semble tortueux, mais +% c'est simple р~utiliser: nous avons un comportement par dщfaut~(\texttt{l}) qui peut ъtre altщrщ globalement via +% l'argument optionnel de \com{dominilot}, ou localement via l'argument optionnel de \com{minilot}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% So we define \com{minilot} with an optional argument and its (current) default value, and call the true code in +% the \com{minilot@} macro (which has one delimited argument); we use the \com{@ifnextchar} trick to detect a +% left bracket for the optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Donc nous dщfinissons \com{minilot} avec un argument optionnel et sa valeur par dщfaut (courante), puis +% appelons le vrai code dans la macro \com{minilot@} (qui a un argument dщlimitщ); nous utilisons l'astuce +% \com{@ifnextchar} pour dщtecter le crochet gauche de l'argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\minilot{\@ifnextchar[{\minilot@}{\minilot@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The real code of \com{minilot} is in \com{minilot@}, which has a mandatory argument (delimited by brackets) +% specifying the position of the title. +% \or\relax +% Le vщritable code de \com{minilot} est dans \com{minilot@}, qui a un argument obligatoire (dщlimitщ par les +% crochets) spщcifiant la position du titre. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we set the global flag \com{@minilot@used@true} to note that \com{minilot} has been called (this will be +% used by a hint later, section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). +% \or\relax +% Nous щtablissons d'abord l'indicateur global \com{@minilot@used@true} pour noter que la macro \com{minilot} a щtщ +% appelщe (ceci sera utilisщ par une indication ou \emph{hint} plus tard, comme le dщcrit la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\minilot@[#1]{% +\global\@minilot@used@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The name of the file containing the minilot is constructed from \com{jobname} and a +% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlt} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.T} (short extensions) +% followed by the absolute number of the minilot. +% \or\relax +% Le nom du fichier contenant la minilot est construit р~partir de \com{jobname} et d'un suffixe \com{@tocfile}, +% qui est \suffix{.mlt} (suffixes longs) ou~\suffix{.T} (suffixes courts) suivi du numщro absolu +% de la minilot. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{mlt\The@mtc}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{T\The@mtc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{I0006} we test (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) the emptiness of this file. +% A warning is given if the file is empty and a flag is set (a hint will signal that an empty minilot has been +% requested). +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) la vacuitщ de ce fichier. Un avertissement est щmis si le fichier +% est vide et un indicateur est щtabli (une indication ou \emph{hint} signalera qu'une minilot vide a щtщ demandщe). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@minilot@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilotstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call \com{thispageminilotstyle} to set the page style +% (by default, this does nothing because, by default, there is no page break before a minilot). +% The marks are not treated, because usually there is no new page for a minilot. +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons \com{thispageminilotstyle} pour щtablir le style de page (par dщfaut, ceci ne fait rien car, par +% dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilot). Les marques ne sont pas traitщes, car, habituellement, +% il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilot. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \thispageminilotstyle +%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\mlttitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\mlttitle}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilot} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtic} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlt@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We call \com{beforeminilot}, +% then begin a \env{samepage} environment (to try to discourage page breaks in a minilot) +% and look at the position of the title. If the title is empty, the +% layout is corrected. We print the title with its font (\com{mtifont}), +% then the top rule of the minilot (if rules are present), using a \env{tabular} environment +% (to inhibit a page break between the title and the top rule). +% The font is set to \com{mltfont}. +% \or\relax +% Nous appelons \com{beforeminilot}, puis commenчons un environnement \env{samepage} (pour essayer de +% dщcourager les coupures de page р~l'intщrieur d'une minilot) et examinons la position du titre. Si le titre est +% vide, la mise en page est corrigщe. Nous imprimons le titre avec sa fonte (\com{mtifont}), puis le filet du haut +% de la minilot (si les filets sont prщsents), en utilisant un environnement \env{tabular} +% (pour empъcher une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut). La fonte est щtablie р~\com{mltfont}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforeminilot + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@mtilt\e@mti + \else\if #1n\let\do@mtilt\n@mti + \else\if #1c\let\do@mtilt\c@mti + \else\if #1l\let\do@mtilt\l@mti + \else\if #1r\let\do@mtilt\r@mti + \else\if #1d\let\do@mtilt\df@mtilt + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\mlttitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@mtilt\e@mti\relax\fi + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\mltfont% + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent + \ifx\mlt@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilt{\mtc@v\mlttitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilt{\mtc@v\mlttitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mltoffset} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We forbid a page break after the title and the top rule, then set some layout parameters and begin +% an \env{mtc@verse} environment: +% \or\relax +% Nous interdisons une coupure de page aprшs le titre et le filet supщrieur, puis щtablissons quelques paramшtres +% de mise en page et commenчons un environnement \env{mtc@verse}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\mtcindent \rightmargin\mtcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% + \begin{mtc@verse}{\mltoffset}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@minilotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We force the effective depth of the mini-table (\com{c@lotdepth}) to the required depth (\com{c@minilotdepth}), +% so the printing is done inside the \env{mtc@verse} environment, where \dcnt{lotdepth} +% has been forced to \dcnt{minilotdepth}, to print only the entries whose level is low enough, +% then inhibit a page break. The blank line is necessary to avoid a parasite negative indentation. +% \or\relax +% Nous forчons la profondeur effective de la mini-table (\com{c@lotdepth}) р~la profondeur demandщe +% (\com{c@minilotdepth}), donc l'impression est faite р~l'intщrieur de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, o∙ +% \dcnt{lotdepth} a щtщ forcщe р~\dcnt{minilotdepth}, pour n'imprimer que +% les entrщes dont le niveau est assez bas, puis nous inhibons une coupure de page. La ligne blanche est nщcessaire +% pour щviter une indentation nщgative parasite. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% + {\c@lotdepth=\c@minilotdepth + \ifnum\c@lotdepth<1\relax\c@lotdepth=1\fi} + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mlt@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\openminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We test the presence of leaders and page numbers, then print the minilot by inputing the minilot file. +% But before reading the minilot file, we must call the hook macro (asked for by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} for his +% \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}) +% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} and the macro +% \com{mlt@setform} which adjusts some layout parameters (defined by the user via some +% \com{mtcsetformat} commands). +% We work in a group to keep local some macro redefinitions. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons la prщsence de points de conduite et de numщros de pages, puis imprimons la minilot en insщrant le +% fichier de minilot. Mais avant de lire ce fichier de minilot, nous devons appeler la macro d'attache (\emph{hook}) +% (demandщe par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}) +% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} et la macro \com{mlt@setform} qui ajuste certains paramшtres de mise en page +% (dщfinis par l'utilisateur via quelques commandes \com{mtcsetformat}). +% Nous travaillons dans un groupe pour que certaines redщfinitions de macros restent locales. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{mlt@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \mlt@setform + \global\openminilot\inminilottrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\inminilotfalse\closeminilot + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We close the \env{mtc@verse} environment, add the bottomrule (while preventing a page break), then close the +% \env{samepage} environment, and call \com{afterminilot}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. +% \or\relax +% Nous fermons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, ajoutons le filet infщrieur (tout en щvitant une coupure de page), +% puis fermons l'environnement \env{samepage}, et enfin appelons \com{afterminilot}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) +% est essentielle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \end{mtc@verse}% + \kernafterminilot + \nopagebreak[4]\mlt@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\afterminilot\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% ^^A \need{.75\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Patching the \ucom{chapter} command, \texorpdfstring{\mbox{continued}}{continued}}\label{s+code+patching.chapter.2}\icom{chapter} +% \or\relax +% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{chapter}, \texorpdfstring{\mbox{suite}}{suite}}\label{s+code+patching.chapter.2}\icom{chapter} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@xchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline}% +% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter}% +% \begin{macro}{\xchapter}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we define \com{l@xchapter} which is like \com{l@chapter}, but with a huge depth, to inhibit its +% printing (except if you cheat): +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous dщfinissons \com{l@xchapter} qui est semblable р~\com{l@chapter}, mais avec une profondeur +% trшs grande, pour inhiber son impression (sauf si vous trichez): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@xchapter{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1em}{2.3em}} +\def\xchapter{xchapter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@chapter}% +% \begin{macro}{\sv@chapter}% +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\ignorespaces} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we patch \com{@chapter} (the non-starred branch of \com{chapter}) +% to add pseudo-chapter entries in the LOF and the LOT (these entries will be used by +% the \verb|\dominiXXX| commands to split the LOF and the LOT into slices). +% \or\relax +% Puis nous modifions \com{@chapter} (la branche non щtoilщe de \com{chapter}) pour ajouter des entrщes de +% pseudo-chapitres dans la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux (ces entrщes seront utilisщes par les +% commandes \verb|\dominiXXX| pour dщcouper en tranches la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\sv@chapter\@chapter +\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\sv@chapter[{#1}]{#2}\relax% + \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{#1}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{#1}% + \ignorespaces} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We also patch \com{@schapter} (the starred branch of \com{chapter}) +% to add marks in the TOC to delimit +% chapters; these marks will be used by the \verb|\dominiXXX| commands to take slices from the LOF and the LOT; as +% they are defined as \com{relax}, they should not perturbate other packages. +% \or\relax +% Nous modifions aussi \com{@schapter} (la branche щtoilщe de \com{chapter}) pour ajouter des marques dans la +% table des matiшres afin de dщlimiter les chapitres; ces marques seront utilisщes par les commandes \verb|\dominiXXX| +% pour prщlever des tranches dans la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux; comme elles sont dщfinies comme +% щtant \com{relax}, elles ne devraient pas perturber d'autres paquetages. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtc@schapter\@schapter +\def\@schapter{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\chapterend}\mtc@schapter} +\def\@schapter{\addtocontents{@@@}{\protect\chapterbegin}\mtc@schapter} +\let\chapterbegin\relax +\let\chapterend\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+addstarred}\icom{addstarredpart}\icom{addstarredchapter}\icom{addstarredsection} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les commandes \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.}}\label{s+code+addstarred}\icom{addstarredpart}\icom{addstarredchapter}\icom{addstarredsection} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredpart} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\addst@rred} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the command \com{chapter} is undefined, we define the command \com{addstarredsection} +% (only if \com{section} is defined). If the command \com{chapter} is defined, we define the command +% \com{addstarredchapter}. If the command \com{part} is defined, we define the command \com{addstarredpart}. +% We use the utility command \com{addst@rred} defined in section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}. +% \or\relax +% Si la commande \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, alors nous devons dщfinir la commande \com{addstarredsection} (mais +% seulement si \com{section} est dщfinie). Si la commande \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous dщfinissons la +% commande \com{addstarredchapter}. Si la commande \com{part} est dщfinie, nous dщfinissons la commande +% \com{addstarredpart}. Nous utilisons la commande utilitaire \com{addst@rred} dщfinie dans la +% section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}% + {\@ifundefined{section}% + {}{\def\addstarredsection#1{\addst@rred{section}{#1}}}}% + {\def\addstarredchapter#1{\addst@rred{chapter}{#1}}} +\@ifundefined{part}% + {}{\def\addstarredpart#1{\addst@rred{part}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{TOC entries without leaders}\label{s+code+TOC.entries.no.leaders} +% \or\relax +% \section{Entrщes de TdM sans points de conduite}\label{s+code+TOC.entries.no.leaders} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define two internal macros to format TOC entries without leaders. The macro +% \com{@Undottedtocline} prints no page number, but \com{@Undottedtoclinep} prints~it. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons deux macros internes pour mettre en forme des entrщes de table des matiшres sans points de +% conduite. La macro \com{@Undottedtocline} n'imprime pas de numщro de page, mais \com{@Undottedtoclinep} +% l'imprime. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% + \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth\relax \else + \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ + {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip + \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue + \interlinepenalty\@M + \leavevmode + \@tempdima #3\relax + \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip + {\coffeefont #4}\nobreak \nobreak\null + \par}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtoclinep} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The same but with the page number: +% \or\relax +% La mъme chose, mais avec le numщro de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Undottedtoclinep#1#2#3#4#5{% + \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth\relax \else + \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ + {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip + \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue + \interlinepenalty\@M + \leavevmode + \@tempdima #3\relax + \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip + {#4}\nobreak \hfill \nobreak\null + \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor #5}% + \par}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Mini-tables with or without leaders}\label{s+code+mini-tables.w/wo.leaders} +% \or\relax +% \section{Mini-tables avec ou sans points de conduite}\label{s+code+mini-tables.w/wo.leaders} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof@} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot@} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtoclinep} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@minitoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@minilof@} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@minilot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This code sets the flag to false, then patches each mini-table command (its internal part). +% We alter the commands \com{minitoc@}, \com{minilof@}, etc., to test the flag \com{ifundottedmtc} and, +% if true, replace locally \com{@dottedtocline} by its dotless version \com{@Undottedtoclinep}. Of course, +% we must also test the availability of the \com{chapter}, \com{part} and \com{section} commands, to avoid to +% define many unnecessary commands. +% \or\relax +% Ce code force l'indicateur р~faux, puis modifie chaque commande de mini-table (en fait, sa partie interne). Nous modifions +% les commandes \com{minitoc@}, \com{minilof@}, etc., pour tester l'indicateur \com{ifundottedmtc} et, s'il +% est vrai, remplacer localement \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version sans points de conduite \com{@Undottedtoclinep}. +% Bien s√r, nous devons aussi tester la disponibilitщ des commandes \com{chapter}, \com{part} et \com{section}, +% pour щviter de dщfinir de nombreuses commandes non nщcessaires. +% \fi +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% + \let\sv@minitoc@\minitoc@ + \def\minitoc@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@minitoc@[#1]}}% + \let\sv@minilof@\minilof@ + \def\minilof@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@minilof@[#1]}}% + \let\sv@minilot@\minilot@ + \def\minilot@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@minilot@[#1]}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@parttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@partlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@partlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the part level: +% \or\relax +% Pour le niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{part}{}{% + \let\sv@parttoc@\parttoc@ + \def\parttoc@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@parttoc@[#1]}}% + \let\sv@partlof@\partlof@ + \def\partlof@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@partlof@[#1]}}% + \let\sv@partlot@\partlot@ + \def\partlot@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@partlot@[#1]}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@secttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@sectlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@sectlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the section level: +% \or\relax +% Pour le niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{}{% + \let\sv@secttoc@\secttoc@ + \def\secttoc@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@secttoc@[#1]}}% + \let\sv@sectlof@\sectlof@ + \def\sectlof@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@sectlof@[#1]}}% + \let\sv@sectlot@\sectlot@ + \def\sectlot@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi + \sv@sectlot@[#1]}}}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{dominitoc} command and its siblings}\label{s+code+dominitoc}\icom{dominitoc} +% \or\relax +% \section{La commande \ucom{dominitoc} et ses analogues}\label{s+code+dominitoc}\icom{dominitoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\chapbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\starchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The three commands \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} and \com{dominilot} are, of course, very similar. +% They take the \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} file (resp. the \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} and \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot} files) +% produced by the previous \LaTeX\ run and +% cut it in slices (one slice per chapter or starred chapter) into the \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} files +% (resp. the \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} and \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} files), using specific +% lines in the \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} (resp. \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} and \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot}) file. These lines are +% essentially chapter-level entry commands (like \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}...|, \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}...|, +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{starchapter}...|, \com{chapbegin}) delimiting chapters in the TOC (or in the LOF or the +% LOT). Analog part-level lines delimit parts, hence also chapters. +% \or\relax +% Les trois commandes \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} et \com{dominilot} sont, bien s√r, trшs similaires. +% Elles prennent le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} (respectivement les fichiers \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} et \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot}) +% produit par l'exщcution prщcщdente de \LaTeX\ et l'щclatent en tranches (une tranche par chapitre ou chapitre +% щtoilщ) vers les fichiers \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} (respectivement, les fichiers \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} et +% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} files), en utilisant des lignes spщcifiques dans le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} +% (respectivement, \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} et \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot}). Ces lignes sont essentiellement des commandes pour +% des entrщes au niveau chapitre (telles que \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}...|, \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}...|, +% \com{contentsline}\verb|{starchapter}...|, \com{chapbegin}) dщlimitant les chapitres dans la table des matiшres (ou +% dans la liste des figures ou dans la liste des tableaux). Des lignes analogues au niveau partie dщlimitent les +% parties, donc aussi les chapitres. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% As \com{dominitoc} has an optional argument, whose default value is~``\texttt{l}'' (left), it calls \com{dominitoc@} +% with a argument delimited by brackets. +% +% The macros are \com{dominitoc} (user interface), which calls \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| (or with the optional argument +% of \com{dominitoc}). +% Then \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| processes its argument and calls \com{@@dominitoc}. +% \com{@@dominitoc} calls \com{@dominitoc} (passing \com{jobname} as argument) then close the minitoc file +% written. \com{@dominitoc} reset to zero the counter of mini-tables, calls \verb|\MTC@next#1.toc| (where +% \verb|#1| is the value of \com{jobname}), then reset again to zero the counter of mini-tables. Each call to +% \com{dominitoc@} (i.e.,~to \com{dominitoc}) sets the flag \com{@dominitoc@used@true}. This will be used later +% for a hint (which detects that you have correctly called \com{minitoc} \emph{after} \com{dominitoc} and that both +% or neither have been called). See section~\vref{ss+final.coh}. +% The code is similar for \com{dominilof} and \com{dominilot}. +% \or\relax +% Puisque \com{dominitoc} a un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut est~л~\texttt{l}~╗ (gauche), elle +% appelle \com{dominitoc@} avec un argument dщlimitщ par des crochets. +% +% Les macros sont \com{dominitoc} (interface utilisateur), qui appelle \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| (ou avec l'argument +% optionnel de \com{dominitoc}). Puis \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| traite son argument et appelle \com{@@dominitoc}. +% \com{@@dominitoc} appelle \com{@dominitoc} (en passant \com{jobname} comme argument) puis ferme le fichier +% minitoc щcrit. \com{@dominitoc} remet р~zщro le compteur de mini-tables, appelle \verb|\MTC@next#1.toc| (o∙ +% \verb|#1| est la valeur de \com{jobname}), puis remet encore р~zщro le compteur de mini-tables. Chaque appel +% р~\com{dominitoc@} (c'est-р-dire, р~\com{dominitoc}) щtablit l'indicateur \com{@dominitoc@used@true}. Ceci +% sera utilisщ plus tard pour une indication (\emph{hint}) (qui dщtecte si vous avez appelщ correctement \com{minitoc} +% \emph{aprшs} \com{dominitoc} et que les deux ont щtщ appelщes). Voir la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}. +% Le code est similaire pour \com{dominilof} et \com{dominilot}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dominitoc} command extracts information from the \suffix{.toc} file and create the minitocs files, with the +% adequate extension. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dominitoc} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.toc} et crщe les fichiers minitocs, +% avec le suffixe adщquat. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dominitoc#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{mtc}{0} + \MTC@next#1.toc\relax\\}\setcounter{mtc}{0}} +\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\dominitoc@}{\dominitoc@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\@dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dominilof} command extracts information from the \suffix{.lof} file and create the minilofs files, with the +% adequate extension. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dominilof} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lof} et crщe les fichiers minilofs, +% avec le suffixe adщquat. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dominilof#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{mtc}{0} + \MLF@next#1.lof\relax\\}\setcounter{mtc}{0}} +\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\dominilof@}{\dominilof@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\@dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dominilot} command extracts information from the \suffix{.lot} file and create the minilots files, with the +% adequate extension. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dominilot} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lot} et crщe les fichiers minilots, +% avec le suffixe adщquat. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dominilot#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{mtc}{0} + \MLT@next#1.lot\relax\\}\setcounter{mtc}{0}} +\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\dominilot@}{\dominilot@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominitoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some\imess{I0045} code to flag the use of the command and manage the position of the minitoc title; +% a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Un\imess{I0045} peu de code pour noter que la commande a щtщ utilisщe et gщrer la position du titre de la minitoc; +% un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dominitoc@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dominitoc@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dominitoc \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dominitoc@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@mtitc\e@mti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@mtitc\n@mti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@mtitc\c@mti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@mtitc\l@mti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@mtitc\r@mti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dominitoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilf} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some\imess{I0045} code to flag the use of the command and manage the position of the minilof title; +% a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Un\imess{I0045} peu de code pour noter que la commande a щtщ utilisщe et gщrer la position du titre de la minilof; +% un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dominilof@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dominilof@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dominilof \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dominilof@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@mtilf\e@mti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@mtilf\n@mti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@mtilf\c@mti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@mtilf\l@mti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@mtilf\r@mti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dominilof} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilt} +% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some\imess{I0045} code to flag the use of the command and manage the position of the minilot title; +% a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Un\imess{I0045} peu de code pour noter que la commande a щtщ utilisщe et gщrer la position du titre de la minilot; +% un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dominilot@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dominilot@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dominilot \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dominilot@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@mtilt\e@mti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@mtilt\n@mti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@mtilt\c@mti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@mtilt\l@mti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@mtilt\r@mti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dominilot} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These macros invoke the \verb|\@domini...| macros to create the mini-table file, then close the file +% descriptor. +% \or\relax +% Ces macros invoquent les macros \verb|\@domini...| pour crщer le fichier de mini-table, puis ferment le +% descripteur de fichier. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@dominitoc{\@dominitoc{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\@@dominilof{\@dominilof{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\@@dominilot{\@dominilot{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Analysis and splitting of the TOC file}\label{s+code+an.split.TOC} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Analyse et щclatement du fichier TdM}\label{s+code+an.split.TOC} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is done via a loop managed by the following macros\,\footnote{This code is derived from the +% \pack{xr} package~\cite{xr}, by \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}, with his permission. +% Some modifications were made by \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, +% \xname{Didier}{Verna}, and \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne} for the support of \pack{hyperref}, essentially by adding an +% argument to some macros, to use the hyperlink argument in the contents lines.}: +% \or\relax +% Ceci est fait grтce р~une boucle gщrщe par les macros suivantes\,\footnote{Ce code est dщrivщ du paquetage +% \pack{xr}~\cite{xr}, de \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}, avec sa permission. +% Des modifications ont щtщ faites par +% \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \xname{Didier}{Verna} et \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne} pour le support de \pack{hyperref}, +% essentiellement en ajoutant un argument р~certaines macros, pour utiliser l'argument hyperlien dans les lignes de +% contenu.}: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processes the next entry in the list and removes it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retire de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\MTC@list{#2}% + \MTC@loop{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Teste si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@toc{% + \ifx\MTC@list\@empty\else\expandafter\MTC@explist\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{MTC@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the TOC file and detects interesting keywords. +% If \com{chapter} is found, the \cnt{mtc} counter (which simulates the chapter counter, but is absolute) +% is incremented and a new minitoc file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MTC@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues depuis le fichier table des matiшres et dщtecte les +% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{chapter} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{mtc} (qui simule le compteur de +% chapitre, mais est absolu) est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier minitoc est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter + \stepcounter{mtc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcname} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it (after +% closing the file descriptor): +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} regardons si des suffixes longs ou courts ont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, +% puis l'ouvrir (aprшs avoir fermщ le descripteur de fichier): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.M\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mtcname{\jobname.M\themtc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mtcname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcname} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} need a similar code to detect TOC entries for appendices in the \class{memoir} class\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} +% has signaled the problem; thanks!}: +% \or\relax +% Il\imess{I0033} nous faut un code similaire pour dщtecter les entrщes dans la TdM pour les appendices dans +% la classe \class{memoir}\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} a signalщ le problшme; merci!}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix + \stepcounter{mtc}% + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.M\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mtcname{\jobname.M\themtc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mtcname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines, the token register \com{mtc@toks} is used as a verbatim memory. +% \or\relax +% Maintenant, nous filtrons les lignes de contenu utiles, le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} щtant utilisщ +% comme mщmoire \emph{verbatim}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection} +% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} +% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Each interesting contents line is copied, with a font command added before it. We begin with the standard +% sectionning commands, below \com{chapter}: +% \or\relax +% Chaque ligne de contenu intщressante est copiщe, avec une commande de fonte ajoutщe devant +% elle. Nous commenчons par les commandes de sectionnement standard, en dessous de \com{chapter}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\paragraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\coffee} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteCoffeeline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A coffee break contents line{\myCoffeecup} is written for \com{coffee}: +% \or\relax +% Une ligne de contenu de pause-cafщ{\myCoffeecup} est щcrite pour \com{coffee}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\coffee + \MTC@WriteCoffeeline{#1}{#3}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\starchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcname} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\imess{I0033} it is \com{starchapter} (for a starred chapter), we increment the \cnt{mtc} counter, +% build a new minitoc file name, close the file descriptor and open it with this new file. +% \or\relax +% Si\imess{I0033} c'est \com{starchapter} (pour un chapitre щtoilщ), nous incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{mtc}, +% construisons un nouveau nom de fichier minitoc, fermons le descripteur de fichier puis le rщ-ouvrons avec ce +% nouveau fichier. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starchapter + \stepcounter{mtc}% + \if@mtc@longext@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.M\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mtcname{\jobname.M\themtc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mtcname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\starsection} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starparagraph} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For starred sectionning commands lower than \com{chapter}, a contents line is written into the minitoc file, +% with a font command added: +% \or\relax +% Pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes plus basses que \com{chapter}, une ligne de contenu est щcrite +% dans le fichier minitoc, en lui ajoutant une commande de fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the TOC file; it expands the list of entries and call \com{MTC@next} to process the +% first one: +% \or\relax +% La boucle de lecture du fichier table des matiшres; elle expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle +% \com{MTC@next} pour traiter la premiшre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@explist{\expandafter\MTC@next\MTC@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\openin} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0010}\\\lmess{I0024}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0010}\\\lmess{I0024}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en cherchant des entrщes +% intщressantes. Sinon, on traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0010]{minitoc}% + {No file #1. + \MessageBreak + MINITOCS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\MTC@toc + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0024]{minitoc}{PREPARING MINITOCS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\MTC@read + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@read} +% \begin{macro}{\read} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.toc} file. +% \or\relax +% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\MTC@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@test} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@line} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{MTC@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% La sщrie de points \verb|.....| garantit que \com{MTC@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\MTC@test\MTC@line.....\MTC@% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@test} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@contentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{MTC@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the TOC file, mainly to +% delimit chapters\footnote{The macro \com{MTC@test} has been patched to call \com{MTC@contentsline} with +% four parameters~instead of three (thanks to \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} and +% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}). The same remark applies to similar macros.}: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MTC@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier table des matiшres, +% principalement pour dщlimiter les chapitres\,\footnote{La macro \com{MTC@test} a щtщ modifiщe pour +% appeler \com{MTC@contentsline} avec quatre paramшtres ~au lieu de trois +% (merci р~\name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} et \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}). +% La mъme remarque s'applique aux macros similaires.}: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@test} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\@input} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the +% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. +% Finally process the next file in the list. +% ^^A Thanks to \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. +% \or\relax +% Nous regardons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe intщressante, nous la traitons. +% Si c'est \com{@input}, le fichier est ajoutщ р~la liste. Sinon, elle est ignorщe. Nous recommenчons la boucle si +% la fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin, nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. +% ^^A Merci р~\name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\MTC@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\MTC@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \MTC@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\MTC@list{\MTC@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\chapterend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\chapterbegin + \addtocounter{mtc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \expandafter\MTC@toc + \else + \expandafter\MTC@read + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Mini-lists of figures}\label{s+code+mlf} +% \or\relax +% \section{Mini-listes des figures}\label{s+code+mlf} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The code is similar to the code for mini-tables of contents, but with less commands to recognize. +% \or\relax +% Le code est similaire р~celui pour les mini-tables des matiшres, mais avec moins de commandes р~reconnaюtre. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Analysis and splitting of the list of figures file} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Analyse et щclatement du fichier liste des figures} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is done via a loop managed by the following macros: +% \or\relax +% Ceci est fait grтce р~une boucle gщrщe par les macros suivantes: +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processes the next entry in the list and removes it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retire de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLF@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\MLF@list{#2}% + \MLF@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Checks if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Teste si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLF@lof{% + \ifx\MLF@list\@empty\else\expandafter\MLF@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\xchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{MLF@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOF file and detects interesting keywords. +% If \com{xchapter} is found, the counter \cnt{mtc} is incremented and a new minilof file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MLF@contentsline} analyse les lignes du fichier liste des figures et dщtecte les mots-clщs +% intщressants. Si \com{xchapter} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{mtc} est incrщmentщ et +% un nouveau fichier minilof est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLF@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xchapter + \stepcounter{mtc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfname} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{I0033} name of the minilof file is built from \com{jobname} and a long or short extension: +% \or\relax +% Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilof est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.mlf\themtc\@gobble} + \def\mlfname{\jobname.mlf\themtc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.F\themtc\@gobble} + \def\mlfname{\jobname.F\themtc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mlfname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \begin{macro}{\subfigure} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% If we found a \com{figure} entry, we copy it into the minilof file: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Si nous trouvons une entrщe \com{figure} ou \com{subfigure}, nous la copions dans le fichier minilof: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\figure + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mlf}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subfigure + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mlfS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the LOF file; it expands the list of entries and calls \com{MLF@next} to process the +% first one: +% \or\relax +% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des figures; elle expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle +% \com{MLF@next} pour traiter la premiшre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLF@explist{\expandafter\MLF@next\MLF@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\openin} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And\SMM{\lmess{W0008}\\\lmess{I0034}} now, we scan the \suffix{.lof} file: +% \or\relax +% Et\SMM{\lmess{W0008}\\\lmess{I0034}} maintenant, nous examinons le fichier \suffix{.lof}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLF@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0008]{minitoc}% + {No file #1. + \MessageBreak + MINILOFS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\MLF@lof + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0034]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING MINILOFS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\MLF@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@read} +% \begin{macro}{\read} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry in the \suffix{.lof} file: +% \or\relax +% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lof}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLF@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\MLF@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@line} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@test} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{MLF@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% La sщrie de points \verb|.....| garantit que \com{MLF@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\MLF@test\MLF@line.....\MLF@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@test} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{MLF@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOF file, mainly to +% delimit chapters. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MLF@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des figures, +% principalement pour dщlimiter les chapitres. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\@input} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\MLF@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the +% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. +% Finally process the next file in the list. +% \or\relax +% Nous regardons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe intщressante, nous la traitons. +% Si c'est \com{@input}, le fichier est ajoutщ р~la liste. Sinon, elle est ignorщe. Nous recommenчons la boucle si +% la fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin, nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\MLF@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\MLF@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \MLF@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\MLF@list{\MLF@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\chapterend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\chapterbegin + \addtocounter{mtc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\MLF@lof + \else\expandafter\MLF@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Mini-lists of tables}\label{s+code+mlt} +% \or\relax +% \section{Mini-listes des tableaux}\label{s+code+mlt} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The code is similar to the code for mini-tables of contents, but with less commands to recognize. +% \or\relax +% Le code est similaire р~celui pour les mini-tables des matiшres, mais avec moins de commandes р~reconnaюtre. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Analysis and splitting of the list of tables file} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Analyse et щclatement du fichier liste des tableaux} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is done via a loop managed by the following macros: +% \or\relax +% Ceci est fait grтce р~une boucle gщrщe par les macros suivantes: +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processes the next entry in the list and removes it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retire de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLT@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\MLT@list{#2}% + \MLT@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Checks if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Teste si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLT@lot{% + \ifx\MLT@list\@empty\else\expandafter\MLT@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\xchapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{MLT@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOT file and detects interesting keywords. +% If \com{xchapter} is found, the \cnt{mtc} counter is incremented and a new minilot file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MLT@contentsline} analyse les lignes du fichier liste des tableaux et dщtecte les mots-clщs +% intщressants. Si \com{xchapter} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{mtc} est incrщmentщ et +% un nouveau fichier minilot est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLT@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xchapter + \stepcounter{mtc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\themtc} +% \begin{macro}{\mltname} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{I0033} name of the minilot file it build from \com{jobname} and a long or short extension: +% \or\relax +% Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilot est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.mlt\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mltname{\jobname.mlt\themtc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.T\themtc\@gobble}% + \def\mltname{\jobname.T\themtc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mltname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \begin{macro}{\subtable} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% If we found a \com{table} entry, we copy it into the minilot file: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Si nous trouvons une entrщe \com{table}, nous la copions dans le fichier minilot: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\table + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mlt}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subtable + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mltS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the LOT file; it expands the list of entries and calls \com{MLT@next} to process the +% first one: +% \or\relax +% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des tableaux; elle expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle +% \com{MLT@next} pour traiter la premiшre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLT@explist{\expandafter\MLT@next\MLT@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\openin} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And\SMM{\lmess{W0009}\\\lmess{I0037}} now, we scan the \suffix{.lot} file: +% \or\relax +% Et\SMM{\lmess{W0009}\\\lmess{I0037}} maintenant, nous examinons le fichier \suffix{.lot}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLT@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0009]{minitoc}% + {No file #1. + \MessageBreak + MINILOTS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\MLT@lot + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0037]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING MINILOTS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\MLT@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@read} +% \begin{macro}{\read} +% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry in the \suffix{.lot} file: +% \or\relax +% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lot}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MLT@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\MLT@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@line} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@test} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{MLT@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% La sщrie de points \verb|.....| garantit que \com{MLT@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\MLT@test\MLT@line.....\MLT@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@test} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{MLT@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOT file, mainly to +% delimit chapters. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MLT@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des tableaux, +% principalement pour dщlimiter les chapitres. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{13} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\@input} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\MLT@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the +% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. +% Finally process the next file in the list. +% \or\relax +% Nous regardons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe intщressante, nous la traitons. +% Si c'est \com{@input}, le fichier est ajoutщ р~la liste. Sinon, elle est ignorщe. Nous recommenчons la boucle si +% la fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin, nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\MLT@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\MLT@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \MLT@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\MLT@list{\MLT@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\chapterend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\chapterbegin + \addtocounter{mtc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\MLT@lot + \else\expandafter\MLT@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Note that we terminate with a closing brace to end the chapter-level macros (end of the \emph{else} branch of a +% \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| alternative). +% \or\relax +% Notez que nous terminons par une accolade fermante pour achever les macros du niveau chapitre (fin de la +% branche \emph{sinon} d'une alternative \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}|). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Macro to write a contents line}\label{s+code+MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \or\relax +% \section{Macro pour щcrire une ligne de contenu}\label{s+code+MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@dot} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@param} +% \begin{macro}{\write} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\@resetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} macro makes the definition of \com{MTC@contentsline} shorter. An extra \com{edef} +% level is removed (\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} rend la dщfinition de \com{MTC@contentsline} plus courte. Un niveau +% supplщmentaire de \com{edef} est retirщ (\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}): +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The arguments of \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] the \texttt{\#1} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}; +% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] font shorthand $\Longrightarrow$ \com{csname}\verb| #2font|\com{endcsname}; +% \item[\texttt{\#3}:] the \texttt{\#3} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}; +% \item[\texttt{\#4}:] the \texttt{\#4} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline} (hyperlink). +% \end{itemize} +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% \or\relax +% Les arguments de \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} sont: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] l'argument \texttt{\#1} de \com{MTC@contentsline}; +% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] un raccourci pour la fonte $\Longrightarrow$ \com{csname}\verb| #2font|\com{endcsname}; +% \item[\texttt{\#3}:] l'argument \texttt{\#3} de \com{MTC@contentsline}; +% \item[\texttt{\#4}:] l'argument \texttt{\#4} de \com{MTC@contentsline} (hyperlien). +% \end{itemize} +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@dot{.} +\def\MTC@WriteContentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \def\mtc@param{#4}% + \immediate\write\tf@mtc{% + {\string\reset@font + \expandafter\string\csname #2font\endcsname + \string\mtc@string + \string\contentsline{#1}% + {\the\mtc@toks}% + {\string\reset@font + \expandafter\string\csname #2font\endcsname + \space #3% + }% + \ifx\mtc@dot\mtc@param + \else + {#4}% + \fi + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteCoffeeline} +% \begin{macro}{\write} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\@resetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the same for a ``coffee''{\myCoffeecup} line. The arguments of the macro \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline} are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] the \texttt{\#1} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}; +% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] the \texttt{\#3} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}. +% \end{itemize} +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. +% \or\relax +% Et la mъme chose pour une ligne de л~pause cafщ~╗{\myCoffeecup}. Les arguments de +% la macro \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline} sont: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] l'argument \texttt{\#1} de \com{MTC@contentsline}; +% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] l'argument \texttt{\#3} de \com{MTC@contentsline}. +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MTC@WriteCoffeeline#1#2#3{% + \immediate\write\tf@mtc{% + {\string\reset@font \string\coffeefont \string\mtc@string + {\the\mtc@toks}% + {\string\reset@font \string\coffeefont \space #3% + }% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Depth counters for partlofs and partlots} +% \or\relax +% \section{Compteurs de profondeur pour les partlofs et les partlots} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the counters \dcnt{lofdepth} and \dcnt{lotdepth} are defined, we create the corresponding new counters: +% \dcnt{partlofdepth} and \dcnt{partlotdepth}. +% These counters are initialized to~2. +% This is done after the loading of the packages, in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Si les compteurs \dcnt{lofdepth} et \dcnt{lotdepth} sont dщfinis, nous crщons les nouveaux compteurs +% correspondants: \dcnt{partlofdepth} et \dcnt{partlotdepth}. +% Ces compteurs sont initialisщs р~2. +% Ceci est fait aprшs le chargement des paquetages, dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% + {\newcounter{partlofdepth}\setcounter{partlofdepth}{2}}% + \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% + {\newcounter{partlotdepth}\setcounter{partlotdepth}{2}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Part level commands}\label{s+code+part.level} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes au niveau partie}\label{s+code+part.level} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\xpart} +% \begin{macro}{\theptc} +% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementptc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementptc} +% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} +% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstpartis@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\imess{W0004} \com{part} is defined, we define some utility commands, a counter (\cnt{ptc}) +% for the parttocs and related commands (\com{theptc}, \com{Thepart}, \com{adjustptc}, \com{decrementptc}, +% \com{incrementptc}), the +% obsolete command \com{firstpartis}, and the depth counter \dcnt{parttocdepth}. +% \or\relax +% Si\imess{W0004} \com{part} est dщfinie, nous dщfinissons quelques commandes utilitaires, un compteur (\cnt{ptc}) +% pour les parttocs et les commandes associщes (\com{theptc}, \com{Thepart}, \com{adjustptc}, +% \com{decrementptc}, \com{incrementptc}), la commande +% obsolшte \com{firstpartis} et le compteur de profondeur \dcnt{parttocdepth}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{part}{}% +{% +\def\xpart{xpart} +\def\Thepart{\arabic{ptc}} +\def\firstpartis#1% + {\mtcPackageWarning[W0004]{minitoc}% + {\string\firstpartis \space is an obsolete (ignored) + \MessageBreak + command}% + \@firstpartis@used@true} +\newcounter{ptc} +\setcounter{ptc}{0} +\newcommand{\adjustptc}[1][1]{\addtocounter{ptc}{#1}} +\def\decrementptc{\addtocounter{ptc}{-1}} +\def\incrementptc{\addtocounter{ptc}{+1}} +\def\theptc{\arabic{ptc}} +\newcounter{parttocdepth} +\setcounter{parttocdepth}{2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But, sometimes, we need to make a difference between book/report and article classes (is \com{chapter} defined?), to +% have a different layout: the definition of \com{ptc@rule} is empty except if \com{chapter} is undefined. +% By default, there is no rule before/after parttocs, partlofs, and partlots for books. You should redeclare +% \com{ptc@rule} if you want these rules. +% \or\relax +% Mais, parfois, nous voulons faire une diffщrence entre les classes \class{book}\texttt{/}\class{report} et \class{article} +% (\com{chapter} est-elle dщfinie?), pour avoir une prщsentation diffщrente: +% la dщfinition de la macro \com{ptc@rule} est +% vide sauf si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie. Par dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de filets avant et aprшs les parttocs, +% partlofs et partlots pour les livres. Vous devriez redщclarer \com{ptc@rule} si vous voulez ces filets. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}% + {\def\ptc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}}}% + {\let\ptc@rule\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And we declare the default indentation (both sides) of the parttocs: +% \or\relax +% Et nous dщclarons l'indentation (des deux cЇtщs) par dщfaut des parttocs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newlength\ptcindent +\@ifundefined{chapter}{\ptcindent=24\p@}{\ptcindent=\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Fonts for the parttocs}\label{s+code+fonts.parttocs} +% \or\relax +% \section{Fontes pour les parttocs}\label{s+code+fonts.parttocs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\plffont} +% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the fonts for the parttocs. Note that they are larger if \com{chapter} is defined +% (\class{book}\texttt{/}\class{report}-like +% document classes) than when it is not (\class{article}-like document classes): +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les fontes pour les parttocs. Notez qu'elles sont plus grandes si \com{chapter} est dщfinie +% (classes de document analogues р~\class{book}\texttt{/}\class{report}) que lorsqu'elle ne l'est pas (classes de +% document analogues р~\class{article}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \def\ptcfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} % the parttoc + \def\ptcSfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% (sections) + \let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections) + \let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections) + \let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs) + \let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs) + \let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures) + \let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures) + \let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables) + \let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables) + \def\ptifont{\Large\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% titles +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcCfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\plffont} +% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is defined, the fonts are larger and \com{ptcCfont} must be defined: +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, les fontes sont plus grandes et \com{ptcCfont} doit ъtre dщfinie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +{% + \def\ptcfont{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} % the parttoc + \def\ptcCfont{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% (chapters) + \def\ptcSfont{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries}% (sections) + \let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections) + \let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections) + \let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs) + \let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs) + \let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures) + \let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures) + \let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables) + \let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables) + \def\ptifont{\LARGE\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% titles +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Default titles for part-level mini-tables}\label{s+code+default.titles.part.level} +% \or\relax +% \section{Titres par dщfaut pour les mini-tables au niveau partie}\label{s+code+default.titles.part.level} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the default position, the fonts and the layout for titles of the part-level mini-tables (\com{parttoc}, +% \com{partlof} and \com{partlot}). This formating is different if \com{chapter} is defined or undefined. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons la position par dщfaut, les fontes et la mise en page pour les titres des mini-tables du niveau +% partie (\com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} et \com{partlot}). Cette mise en page est diffщrente selon que +% \com{chapter} est dщfinie ou non. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is undefined, the definitions are very simple, for +% centered, flushleft, flushright or empty titles. +% Here, empty titles need a vertical correction \linebreak[0](\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, les dщfinitions sont trшs simples, pour des titres centrщs, cadrщs +% р~gauche, cadrщs р~droite, ou vides. +% Ici, les titres vides auront encore besoin d'une correction verticale \linebreak[0](\nolinebreak[4]selon \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \def\c@pti#1{\null\hfill #1\hfill\null} + \def\l@pti#1{\null #1\hfill\null} + \def\r@pti#1{\null\hfill #1\null} + \def\e@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} + \def\n@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But, if \com{chapter} is defined, we must simulate the formatting of a chapter head, which is more complex. +% Here, empty titles need a vertical correction \linebreak[0](\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \or\relax +% Mais, si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous devons simuler la mise en page d'une tъte de chapitre, qui est plus +% complexe. +% Ici, les titres vides auront encore besoin d'une correction verticale \linebreak[0](\nolinebreak[4]selon \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +{% +\def\e@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} \def\n@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn} +% \begin{macro}{\@topnewpage} +% \begin{macro}{\@afterheading} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\@makephead@l} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For a title on the left, we must test if the main text is on two columns: +% \or\relax +% Pour un titre cadrщ р~gauche, nous devons tester si le corps du texte est sur deux colonnes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@pti#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makephead@l{#1}]% + \else \@makephead@l{#1}\@afterheading \fi} +\def\@makephead@l#1{% + \vspace*{\mtcgapbeforeheads}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \ptifont #1\par \nobreak + \vskip \mtcgapafterheads\hbox{} + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn} +% \begin{macro}{\@topnewpage} +% \begin{macro}{\@makephead@r} +% \begin{macro}{\@afterheading} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For a title on the right, we must also test if the main text is on two columns: +% \or\relax +% Pour un titre cadrщ р~droite, nous devons tester si le corps du texte est sur deux colonnes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\r@pti#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makephead@r{#1}] + \else \@makephead@r{#1}\@afterheading \fi} +\def\@makephead@r#1{% + \vspace*{\mtcgapbeforeheads}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft \ptifont #1\par \nobreak + \vskip \mtcgapafterheads\hbox{} + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn} +% \begin{macro}{\@topnewpage} +% \begin{macro}{\@makephead@c} +% \begin{macro}{\@afterheading} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For a centered title, we must also test if the main text is on two columns: +% \or\relax +% Pour un titre centrщ, nous devons aussi tester si le corps du texte est sur deux colonnes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\c@pti#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makephead@c{#1}]% + \else \@makephead@c{#1}\@afterheading \fi} +\def\@makephead@c#1{% + \vspace*{\mtcgapbeforeheads}% + {\parindent \z@ \centering \ptifont #1\par \nobreak + \vskip \mtcgapafterheads\hbox{} + }}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptitc} +% \begin{macro}{\df@ptitc} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilf} +% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilf} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilt} +% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilt} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, titles are on left: +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les titres sont р~gauche: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\do@ptitc\l@pti \let\df@ptitc\l@pti +\let\do@ptilf\l@pti \let\df@ptilf\l@pti +\let\do@ptilt\l@pti \let\df@ptilt\l@pti +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{15} ^^A many macros +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \texttt{ptc@verse} environment}\label{s+code+ptc@verse.env} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'environnement \texttt{ptc@verse}}\label{s+code+ptc@verse.env} +% \fi +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\endptc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\\} +% \begin{macro}{\@centercr} +% \begin{macro}{\list} +% \begin{macro}{\itemsep} +% \begin{macro}{\itemindent} +% \begin{macro}{\listparindent} +% \begin{macro}{\topsep} +% \begin{macro}{\parsep} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\partopsep} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Each parttoc is placed inside a \env{ptc@verse} environment. This environment is analog to the +% standard \env{verse} environment and hence defined via two commands: \com{ptc@verse} and +% \com{endptc@verse}. +% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, then call \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} and +% set some dimensions like \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, +% \com{itemindent}, \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}. +% \com{parsep} is set to zero if +% the \opt{tight} option is active (this reduces the spacing between the lines). +% \com{parskip} is set to zero if +% the \opt{k-tight} option is active (this reduces the spacing between the lines). +% Both margins are set to \com{ptcindent}. \com{endptc@verse} terminates the list and discourages +% a page break. +% The \env{ptc@verse} environment has an argument which is an horizontal offset (a command like \com{ptcoffset}). +% \or\relax +% Chaque parttoc est placщe р~l'intщrieur d'un environnement \env{ptc@verse}. Cet environnement est analogue +% р~l'environnement standard \env{verse} et est donc dщfini р~l'aide de deux commandes: +% \com{ptc@verse} et \com{endptc@verse}. Puisque c'est un environnement de liste, nous dщfinissons d'abord +% (de maniшre locale)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, puis appelons \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} et щtablissons quelques dimensions +% telles que \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, \com{itemindent}, +% \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}. +% \com{parsep} est forcщe р~zщro si +% l'option \opt{tight} est active (ceci rщduit l'espacement entre les lignes). +% \com{parskip} est forcщe р~zщro si +% l'option \opt{k-tight} est active (ceci rщduit l'espacement entre les lignes). +% Les deux marges sont +% forcщes р~\com{ptcindent}. \com{endptc@verse} termine la liste et dщcourage une coupure de page. +% L'environnement \env{ptc@verse} a un argument qui est un dщplacement horizontal (une commande telle que \com{ptcoffset}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ptc@verse#1{\let\\=\@centercr + \list{}{% + \topsep=1ex \itemsep=\z@ \itemindent=\z@ + \listparindent=\itemindent \partopsep=\z@ + \leftmargin=\ptcindent \rightmargin=\leftmargin + \iftightmtc \parsep=\z@ \fi + \ifktightmtc \parskip=\z@ \fi + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{+#1} + \addtolength{\rightmargin}{-#1} + }% + \item[]} +\def\endptc@verse{\nopagebreak[4]\endlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{raggedright} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The part level mini-tables: \ucom{parttoc}, \ucom{partlof}, and \ucom{partlot}}\label{s+code+parttoc.command}\icom{parttoc}\icom{partlof}\icom{partlot} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les mini-tables au niveau partie: \ucom{parttoc}, \ucom{partlof} et \ucom{partlot}}\label{s+code+parttoc.command}\icom{parttoc}\icom{partlof}\icom{partlot} +% \fi +% \end{raggedright} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These commands are essentially similar to the \com{minitoc} command, except that they should be placed after a +% \com{part} command to produce a parttoc, a partlof or a partlot, and the formatting is different and depends on +% the availability of the +% \com{chapter} command (for the fonts and the horizontal rules). The code is very similar. The \com{partlof} +% and \com{partlot} commands are siblings of the \com{parttoc} command. +% Note that \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} and \com{partlot} use page styles, because \verb|\beforepart...| and +% \verb|\afterpart...| commands imply usually a \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page| command, and hence +% \com{markboth}\verb|{...}{...}| must be called. +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes sont essentiellement similaires р~la commande \com{minitoc}, sauf qu'elles devraient ъtre placщes +% aprшs une commande \com{part} pour produire une parttoc, une partlof ou une partlot, et que la mise en page est +% diffщrente et dщpend de la disponibilitщ de la commande \com{chapter} (pour les fontes et les filets +% horizontaux). Le code est trшs similaire. Les commandes \com{partlof} et \com{partlof} sont les cousines +% de la commande \com{parttoc}. Notez que \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} et \com{partlot} utilisent des styles +% de page, car les commandes \verb|\beforepart...| et \verb|\afterpart...| impliquent habituellement une commande +% \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page|, et donc \com{markboth}\verb|{...}{...}| doit ъtre appelщe. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{parttoc} command}\icom{parttoc} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{parttoc}}\icom{parttoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command must be used after \com{part} if you need a parttoc (no automatic parttoc). +% First, \com{parttoc} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if +% it is missing. Then, \com{parttoc@} is called with the effective position as argument: +% \or\relax +% Cette commande doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{part} si vous souhaitez avoir une parttoc (pas de parttoc +% automatique). Tout d'abord, \com{parttoc} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur +% par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il est absent. Puis, \com{parttoc@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme +% argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\parttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\parttoc@}{\parttoc@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{parttoc@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@parttoc@used@} (for a consistency +% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the parttoc file): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{parttoc@} fait le vщritable travail. +% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@parttoc@used@} +% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs ou non (pour construire +% le nom du fichier parttoc): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\parttoc@[#1]{% +\global\@parttoc@used@true +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{ptc\Thepart}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{P\Thepart}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence of the parttoc file and give a warning if it is not here: +% \or\relax +% Puis,\imess{I0006} nous vщrifions la prщsence du fichier parttoc et donnons un avertissement s'il n'est pas lр: +% \fi +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@parttoc@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeparttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the parttoc file is present, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, +% \com{beforeparttoc}, of course: +% \or\relax +% Si le fichier est prщsent, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais devons ajouter un peu de code pour la prщsentation; +% d'abord, \com{beforeparttoc}, bien s√r: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforeparttoc +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} +% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageparttocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is defined, we just set the page marks with the parttoc title and set the page style: +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous mettons simplement le titre de la parttoc dans les marques de page et +% щtablissons le style de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% + \global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth \global\let\@mkboth\markboth + \thispageparttocstyle + \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\ptctitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\ptctitle}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \env{samepage} environment is begun, then the argument is treated to set the position of +% the parttoc title. If the title string is empty, this forces the positionning. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis l'argument est traitщ pour щtablir la +% position du titre de la parttoc. Si la chaюne de titre est vide, le positionnement est forcщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@ptitc\e@pti + \else\if #1n\let\do@ptitc\n@pti + \else\if #1c\let\do@ptitc\c@pti + \else\if #1l\let\do@ptitc\l@pti + \else\if #1r\let\do@ptitc\r@pti + \else\if #1d\let\do@ptitc\df@ptitc + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\ptctitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@ptitc\e@pti\relax\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the parttoc, then we set the font: +% \or\relax +% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la parttoc, +% puis щtablissons la fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \raggedright \reset@font\ptcfont \parskip=\z@ \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]\kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent \nopagebreak[4]% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptitc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\hline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The parttoc title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between +% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. +% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the parttoc. +% \or\relax +% Le titre de la parttoc est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher une coupure +% de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si +% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la parttoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\ptc@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptitc{\mtc@v\ptctitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptitc{\mtc@v\ptctitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we adjust the position close the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques +% paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\*[-\baselineskip]\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\ptcindent \rightmargin\ptcindent + \itemindent=\z@ \labelwidth=\z@ \labelsep=\z@ \listparindent=\z@% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@parttocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We enter in a \env{ptc@verse} environment to format the parttoc. The toc depth is forced (locally) to +% \dcnt{parttocdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. A blank line is +% necessary to avoid a negative indentation. +% \or\relax +% Nous entrons dans un environnement \env{ptc@verse} pour mettre en page la parttoc. La profondeur de table +% des matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{parttocdepth}. Une petite astuce est +% nщcessaire pour ajuster la position. Une ligne blanche est nщcessaire pour щviter une indentation nщgative. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \begin{ptc@verse}{\ptcoffset}\c@tocdepth=\c@parttocdepth% + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\openparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. +% For chapter-level entries, we must invoke \com{l@chapter} ignoring the page number argument. +% A hook (redefinissable command) is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated +% via \com{ptc@setform}. +% Then the parttoc file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{ptc@verse} environment is terminated. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Si les lignes de contenu doivent ne pas avoir de numщros de pages, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa +% version sans points de conduite. Pour les entrщes au niveau chapitre, nous devons invoquer \com{l@chapter} en +% ignorant l'argument numщro de page. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et +% les choix de mise en page de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{ptc@setform}. Puis le fichier parttoc est +% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, puis l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} est terminщ. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{ptc@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@ifundefined{ptc@pgno}% + {\let\l@chapter@SVPN\l@chapter% + \def\l@chapter##1##2{\l@chapter@SVPN{##1}{\hbox{}}}}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \ptc@setform + \openparttoc\global\inparttoctrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\inparttocfalse\closeparttoc + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup + \end{ptc@verse}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\afterparttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break (if \com{chapter} is +% not defined), and \com{afterparttoc}. +% \or\relax +% La partie finale consiste seulement р~ajouter le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la possibilitщ d'une coupure de page +% (si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie), et \com{afterparttoc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kernafterparttoc + \nopagebreak[4]\ptc@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\@ifundefined{chapter}{\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}}% + \afterparttoc\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{partlof} command}\icom{partlof} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{partlof}}\icom{partlof} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command must be used after \com{part} if you need a partlof (no automatic partlof). +% First, \com{partlof} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if +% it is missing. Then, \com{partlof@} is called with the effective position as argument: +% \or\relax +% Cette commande doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{part} si vous souhaitez avoir une partlof (pas de partlof +% automatique). Tout d'abord, \com{partlof} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur +% par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il est absent. Puis, \com{partlof@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme +% argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\partlof{\@ifnextchar[{\partlof@}{\partlof@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{partlof@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@partlof@used@} (for a consistency +% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the partlof file): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{partlof@} fait le vщritable travail. +% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@partlof@used@} +% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs ou non (pour construire +% le nom du fichier partlof): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\partlof@[#1]{% +\global\@partlof@used@true +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{plf\Thepart}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{G\Thepart}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence of the partlof file and give a warning if it is not here: +% \or\relax +% Puis,\imess{I0006} nous vщrifions la prщsence du fichier partlof et donnons un avertissement s'il n'est pas lр: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@partlof@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the partlof file is present, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, +% \com{beforepartlof}, of course: +% \or\relax +% Si le fichier est prщsent, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais devons ajouter un peu de code pour la prщsentation; +% d'abord, \com{beforepartlof}, bien s√r: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforepartlof +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} +% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is defined, we just set the page marks with the partlof title and set the page style: +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous mettons simplement le titre de la partlof dans les marques de page et +% щtablissons le style de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{chapter}{}% + {\global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth + \global\let\@mkboth\markboth + \thispagepartlofstyle + \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\plftitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\plftitle}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilf} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \env{samepage} environment is begun, then the argument is treated to set the position of +% the partlof title. If the title string is empty, this forces the positionning. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis l'argument est traitщ pour щtablir la +% position du titre de la partlof. Si la chaюne de titre est vide, le positionnement est forcщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@ptilf\e@pti + \else\if #1n\let\do@ptilf\n@pti + \else\if #1c\let\do@ptilf\c@pti + \else\if #1l\let\do@ptilf\l@pti + \else\if #1r\let\do@ptilf\r@pti + \else\if #1d\let\do@ptilf\df@ptilf + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\plftitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@ptilf\e@pti\relax\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\plffont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the parttoc, then we set the font: +% \or\relax +% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la partlof, +% puis щtablissons la fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\plffont% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilf} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\hline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The parttoc title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between the +% title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. +% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the partlof. +% \or\relax +% Le titre de la partlof est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher une coupure +% de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si +% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la partlof. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent + \ifx\plf@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilf{\mtc@v\plftitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilf{\mtc@v\plftitle}\\\hline + \mtc@hstrut\\ + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques +% paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\*[-\baselineskip]\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\ptcindent \rightmargin\ptcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\plfoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We enter in a \env{ptc@verse} environment to format the partlof. +% If necessary, the toc depth is forced (locally) to \dcnt{partlofdepth}. +% A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. A blank line is necessary to avoid a negative indentation. +% \or\relax +% Nous entrons dans un environnement \env{ptc@verse} pour mettre en page la partlof. +% Si nщcessaire la profondeur de table des matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{partlofdepth}. +% Une petite astuce est nщcessaire pour ajuster la position. Une ligne blanche est nщcessaire pour щviter une +% indentation nщgative. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \begin{ptc@verse}{\plfoffset}% + \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% + {\c@lofdepth=\c@partlofdepth + \ifnum\c@lofdepth<1\relax\c@lofdepth=1\fi} + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\openpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\closepartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. +% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{plf@setform}. +% Then the partlof file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{ptc@verse} environment is terminated. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Si les lignes de contenu doivent ne pas avoir de numщros de pages, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa +% version sans points de conduite. Pour les entrщes au niveau chapitre, nous devons invoquer \com{l@chapter} en +% ignorant l'argument numщro de page. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et +% les choix de mise en page de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{plf@setform}. Puis le fichier partlof est +% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, puis l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} est terminщ. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{plf@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \plf@setform + \openpartlof\global\inpartloftrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\inpartloffalse\closepartlof + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup + \end{ptc@verse}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break (if \com{chapter} is +% not defined), and \com{afterpartlof}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. +% \or\relax +% La partie finale consiste seulement р~ajouter le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la possibilitщ d'une coupure de page +% (si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie), et \com{afterpartlof}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) est essentielle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kernafterpartlof + \nopagebreak[4]\plf@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\@ifundefined{chapter}{\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}}% + \afterpartlof\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{partlot} command}\icom{partlot} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{partlot}}\icom{partlot} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command must be used after \com{part} if you need a partlot (no automatic partlot). +% First, \com{partlot} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if +% it is missing. Then, \com{partlot@} is called with the effective position as argument: +% \or\relax +% Cette commande doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{part} si vous souhaitez avoir une partlot (pas de partlot +% automatique). Tout d'abord, \com{partlot} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur +% par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il est absent. Puis, \com{partlot@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme +% argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\partlot{\@ifnextchar[{\partlot@}{\partlot@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{partlot@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@partlot@used@} (for a consistency +% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the partlot file): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{partlot@} fait le vщritable travail. +% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@partlot@used@} +% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs ou non (pour construire +% le nom du fichier partlot): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +% +\def\partlot@[#1]{% +\global\@partlot@used@true +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{plt\Thepart}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{U\Thepart}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence of the partlot file and give a warning if it is not here: +% \or\relax +% Puis,\imess{I0006} nous vщrifions la prщsence du fichier partlot et donnons un avertissement s'il n'est pas lр: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@partlof@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the partlot file is present, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, +% \com{beforepartlot}, of course: +% \or\relax +% Si le fichier est prщsent, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais devons ajouter un peu de code pour la prщsentation; +% d'abord, \com{beforepartlot}, bien s√r: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforepartlot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} +% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlotstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If \com{chapter} is defined, we just set the page marks with the partlot title and set the page style: +% \or\relax +% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous mettons simplement le titre de la partlot dans les marques de page et +% щtablissons le style de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% + \global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth + \global\let\@mkboth\markboth + \thispagepartlotstyle + \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\plttitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\plttitle}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilt} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A \env{samepage} environment is begun, then the argument is treated to set the position of +% the partlof title. If the title string is empty, this forces the positionning. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis l'argument est traitщ pour щtablir la +% position du titre de la partlot. Si la chaюne de titre est vide, le positionnement est forcщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@ptilt\e@pti + \else\if #1n\let\do@ptilt\n@pti + \else\if #1c\let\do@ptilt\c@pti + \else\if #1l\let\do@ptilt\l@pti + \else\if #1r\let\do@ptilt\r@pti + \else\if #1d\let\do@ptilt\df@ptilt + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\plttitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@ptilt\e@pti\relax\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the partlot, then we set the font: +% \or\relax +% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la partlot, +% puis щtablissons la fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\pltfont% + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plt@rule} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilt} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\hline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The partlot title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between +% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. +% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the partlot. +% \or\relax +% Le titre de la partlot est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher +% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si +% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la partlot. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\plt@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilt{\mtc@v\plttitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilt{\mtc@v\plttitle}\\\hline + \mtc@hstrut\\ + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques +% paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\*[-\baselineskip]\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\ptcindent \rightmargin\ptcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\pltoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We enter in a \env{ptc@verse} environment to format the parttoc. +% If necessary, the toc depth is forced (locally) to \dcnt{partlotdepth}. +% A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. +% \or\relax +% Nous entrons dans un environnement \env{ptc@verse} pour mettre en page la partlot. +% Si nщcessaire la profondeur de table des matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{partlotdepth}. +% Une petite astuce est nщcessaire pour ajuster la position. Une ligne blanche est nщcessaire pour щviter une +% indentation nщgative. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \begin{ptc@verse}{\pltoffset}% + \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% + {\c@lotdepth=\c@partlotdepth + \ifnum\c@lotdepth<1\relax\c@lotdepth=1\fi} + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plt@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\plt@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\openpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\closepartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. +% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{plt@setform}. +% Then the partlot file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{ptc@verse} environment is terminated. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Si les lignes de contenu doivent ne pas avoir de numщros de pages, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa +% version sans points de conduite. Pour les entrщes au niveau chapitre, nous devons invoquer \com{l@chapter} en +% ignorant l'argument numщro de page. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et +% les choix de mise en page de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{plt@setform}. Puis le fichier partlot est +% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, puis l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} est terminщ. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{plt@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \plt@setform + \openpartlot\global\inpartlottrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\inpartlotfalse\closepartlot + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup + \end{ptc@verse}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break (if \com{chapter} is +% not defined), and \com{afterpartlot}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. +% \or\relax +% La partie finale consiste seulement р~ajouter le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la possibilitщ d'une coupure de page +% (si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie), et \com{afterpartlot}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) est essentielle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kernafterpartlot + \nopagebreak[4]\plt@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\@ifundefined{chapter}{\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}}% + \afterpartlot\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Auxiliary commands for printing parttocs}\label{s+code+aux.commands.parttoc} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes auxiliaires pour l'impression des parttocs}\label{s+code+aux.commands.parttoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xpart} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\l@psect} +% \begin{macro}{\pchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\psect} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The following auxiliary commands are used in the printing of parttocs. Note that \com{l@xpart} uses a huge depth +% to inhibit the printing of its contents line (except if you cheat). These commands are similar to +% \com{l@subsection}, only the arguments have been altered: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes auxiliaires suivantes sont utilisщes dans l'impression des parttocs. Notez que \com{l@xpart} +% utilise une profondeur щnorme pour inhiber l'impression de sa ligne de contenu (sauf si vous trichez). Ces +% commandes sont similaires р~\com{l@subsection}, seuls les arguments ont щtщ altщrщs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@xpart{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} +\def\l@pchapter{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.0em}{2.3em}} +\def\l@psect{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.0em}{2.3em}} +\def\pchapter{pchapter} +\def\psect{psect} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Patching the \ucom{part} command, continued}\label{s+code+patching.part.2}\icom{part} +% \or\relax +% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{part}, suite}\label{s+code+patching.part.2}\icom{part} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\sv@part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svpart} +% \begin{macro}{\@part} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\sv@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\partbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\partend} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We patch both branches of the \com{part} command: \com{@part} (unstarred \com{part}) and \com{@spart} +% (\com{part*}). We add the incrementation of the \cnt{ptc} counter to both branches. +% In the unstarred branch, +% we add \texttt{xpart} entries in the TOC, the LOF and the LOT. In the starred branch, we add a \com{partbegin} +% line in the TOC. This command is just a marker and does nothing real (\com{relax}). +% \or\relax +% Nous modifions les deux branches de la commande \com{part}: \com{@part} (\com{part} non щtoilщe) et \com{@spart} +% (\com{part*}). Nous ajoutons l'incrщmentation du compteur \cnt{ptc} dans les deux branches. Dans +% la branche non щtoilщe, nous ajoutons des entrщes +% \texttt{xpart} dans les fichiers table des matiшres, liste des figures et liste des tableaux. Dans la branche +% щtoilщe, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{partbegin} dans le fichier table des matiшres. Cette commande est juste un +% marqueur et ne fait rien de concret (\com{relax}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\sv@part\mtc@svpart +\def\@part[#1]#2{\sv@part[{#1}]{#2}\relax +\addcontentsline{lof}{xpart}{#1}% +\addcontentsline{lot}{xpart}{#1}% +\addcontentsline{toc}{xpart}{#1}% +\stepcounter{ptc}} +\let\sv@spart\@spart +\def\@spart{\stepcounter{ptc}\sv@spart} +\let\ptc@spart\@spart +\def\@spart{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partend}\ptc@spart} +\def\@spart{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}\ptc@spart} +\let\partend\relax +\let\partbegin\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{doparttoc} command and its siblings}\label{s+code+doparttoc}\icom{doparttoc} +% \or\relax +% \section{La commande \ucom{doparttoc} et ses cousines}\label{s+code+doparttoc}\icom{doparttoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{doparttoc} command works like the \com{dominitoc} command, \com{dopartlof} like \com{dominilof} +% and \com{dopartlot} like \com{dominilot}. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{doparttoc} fonctionne comme la commande \com{dominitoc}, \com{dopartlof} comme \com{dominilof} +% et \com{dopartlot} comme \com{dominilot}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{doparttoc} command extracts information from the \suffix{.toc} file and creates the +% \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.ptc} becomes \suffix{.P} on MS-DOS). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{doparttoc} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.toc} et crщe les fichiers +% \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} (\suffix{.ptc} devient \suffix{.P} sous MS-DOS). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@doparttoc#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{ptc}{0}% + \PTC@next#1.toc\relax\\}\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dopartlof} command extracts information from the +% \suffix{.lof} file and creates the \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.plf} becomes \suffix{.G} on MS-DOS). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dopartlof} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lof} et crщe les fichiers +% \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} (\suffix{.plf} devient \suffix{.G} sous MS-DOS). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dopartlof#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{ptc}{0}% + \PLF@next#1.lof\relax\\}\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dopartlot} command extracts information from the +% \suffix{.lot} file and creates the \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.plt} becomes \suffix{.U} on MS-DOS). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dopartlot} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lot} et crщe les fichiers +% \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} (\suffix{.plt} devient \suffix{.U} sous MS-DOS). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dopartlot#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{ptc}{0}% + \PLT@next#1.lot\relax\\}\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the user macros, who detect the optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les macros pour l'utilisateur, qui dщtectent l'argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\doparttoc@}{\doparttoc@[l]}} +\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\dopartlof@}{\dopartlof@[l]}} +\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\dopartlot@}{\dopartlot@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\df@ptitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{doparttoc} (it becomes the default position for titles of parttocs) +% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{doparttoc} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les +% titres des parttocs) et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doparttoc@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@doparttoc@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\doparttoc \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@doparttoc@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@ptitc\e@pti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@ptitc\n@pti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@ptitc\c@pti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@ptitc\l@pti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@ptitc\r@pti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@doparttoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilf} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dopartlof} (it becomes the default position for titles of partlofs) +% and flag this macro as used, a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dopartlof} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les +% titres des partlofs) et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dopartlof@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dopartlof@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dopartlof \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dopartlof@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@ptilf\e@pti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@ptilf\n@pti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@ptilf\c@pti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@ptilf\l@pti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@ptilf\r@pti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dopartlof} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilt} +% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dopartlot} (it becomes the default position for titles of partlofs) +% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dopartlot} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres +% des partlots) et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dopartlot@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dopartlot@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dopartlot \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dopartlot@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@ptilt\e@pti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@ptilt\n@pti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@ptilt\c@pti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@ptilt\l@pti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@ptilt\r@pti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dopartlot} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\@@doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These macros invoke the \verb|@dopart...| commands to create the mini-table file, then close the file +% descriptor. +% \or\relax +% Ces macros invoquent les \verb|\@dopart...| pour crщer le fichier de mini-table, puis ferment le descripteur de +% fichier. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@doparttoc{\@doparttoc{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\@@dopartlof{\@dopartlof{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\@@dopartlot{\@dopartlot{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing macros for the parttocs} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Macros de traitement pour les parttocs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste puis la retirons de la tъte de liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PTC@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\PTC@list{#2}% + \PTC@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PTC@toc{% + \ifx\PTC@list\@empty\else\expandafter\PTC@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\theptc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcname} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{I0033} macro \com{PTC@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the TOC file and detects interesting keywords. +% If \com{part} is found, the \cnt{ptc} counter is incremented and a new partlof file is created. +% \or\relax +% La\imess{I0033} macro \com{PTC@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier table des matiшres et dщtecte les +% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{part} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{ptc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier parttoc +% est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PTC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part + \stepcounter{ptc}% + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc\@gobble}% + \def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.P\theptc\@gobble}% + \def\ptcname{\jobname.P\theptc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\ptcname + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starpart\relax + \stepcounter{ptc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si des suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, +% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc}% + \def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.P\theptc}% + \def\ptcname{\jobname.P\theptc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\ptcname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\pchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\coffee} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection} +% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} +% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines; this code extracts and writes info for chapters, sections, etc.: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes; ce code extrait et щcrit les informations pour les +% chapitres, sections, etc.: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\pchapter + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\coffee + \MTC@WriteCoffeeline{#1}{#3}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\paragraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\starchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\starsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starparagraph} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And for the starred sectionning commands: +% \or\relax +% Et pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starchapter + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the TOC file; expands the list of entries and call \com{PTC@next} to process the +% first one: +% \or\relax +% La boucle de lecture du fichier table des matiшres; expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle \com{PTC@next} pour +% traiter la premiшre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PTC@explist{\expandafter\PTC@next\PTC@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0013}\\\lmess{I0025}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0013}\\\lmess{I0025}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en recherchant des entrщes +% intщressantes. Sinon, traiter l'entrщe suivante de la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PTC@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0013]{minitoc}% + {No file #1 + \MessageBreak + PARTTOCS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\PTC@toc + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0025]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING PARTTOCS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\PTC@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@read} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.toc} file. +% \or\relax +% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PTC@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\PTC@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@test} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{PTC@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{PTC@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\PTC@test\PTC@line.....\PTC@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@test} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{PTC@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the TOC file, mainly to +% delimit parts: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{PTC@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier table des matiшres, +% principalement pour dщlimiter les parties: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\PTC@read} +% \begin{macro}{\partend} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the +% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next file in the +% list. +% \or\relax +% Nous examinons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe л~intщressante~╗, nous la traitons. Si +% c'est \com{@input}, nous ajoutons le fichier р~la liste. Sinon, nous l'ignorons. La boucle est recommencщe si la +% fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\PTC@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\PTC@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \PTC@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\PTC@list{\PTC@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\partend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\partbegin + \addtocounter{ptc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\PTC@toc + \else\expandafter\PTC@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing macros for the partlofs} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Macros de traitement pour les partlofs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante de la liste et le retirons de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLF@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\PLF@list{#2}% + \PLF@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLF@lof{% + \ifx\PLF@list\@empty\else\expandafter\PLF@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\theptc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\plfname} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@WriteContentsLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{PLF@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOF file and detects interesting keywords. +% If \com{part} is found, the \cnt{ptc} counter is incremented and a new partlof file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{PLF@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des figures et dщtecte les +% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{part} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{ptc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier partlof +% est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLF@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xpart + \stepcounter{ptc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\plfname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si des suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, +% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.plf\theptc}% + \def\plfname{\jobname.plf\theptc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.G\theptc}% + \def\plfname{\jobname.G\theptc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\plfname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \begin{macro}{\subfigure} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\figure + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{plf}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subfigure + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{plfS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the LOF file; expands the list of entries and call \com{PLF@next} to process the +% first one: +% \or\relax +% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des figures; expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle \com{PLF@next} pour +% traiter la premiшre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLF@explist{\expandafter\PLF@next\PLF@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0011}\\\lmess{I0035}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0011}\\\lmess{I0035}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en recherchant des entrщes +% intщressantes. Sinon, traiter l'entrщe suivante de la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLF@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0011]{minitoc}% + {No file #1 + \MessageBreak + PARTLOFS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\PLF@lof + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0035]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING PARTLOFS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\PLF@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@read} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lof} file. +% \or\relax +% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lof}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLF@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\PLF@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@test} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{PLF@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{PLF@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\PLF@test\PLF@line.....\PLF@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@test} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{PLF@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOF file, mainly to +% delimit parts: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{PLF@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des figures, +% principalement pour dщlimiter les parties: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\PLF@read} +% \begin{macro}{\partend} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the +% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next file in the +% list. +% \or\relax +% Nous examinons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe л~intщressante~╗, nous la traitons. Si +% c'est \com{@input}, nous ajoutons le fichier р~la liste. Sinon, nous l'ignorons. La boucle est recommencщe si la +% fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\PLF@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\PLF@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \PLF@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\PLF@list{\PLF@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\partend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\partbegin + \addtocounter{ptc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\PLF@lof + \else\expandafter\PLF@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing macros for the partlots} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Macros de traitement pour les partlots} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante de la liste et le retirons de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLT@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\PLT@list{#2}% + \PLT@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLT@lot{% + \ifx\PLT@list\@empty\else\expandafter\PLT@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\theptc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\pltname} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@WriteContentsLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{PLT@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOT file and detects interesting keywords. +% If \com{part} is found, the \cnt{ptc} counter is incremented and a new partlot file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{PLT@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des tableaux et dщtecte les +% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{part} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{ptc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier partlot +% est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLT@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xpart + \stepcounter{ptc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\pltname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si des suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, +% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.plt\theptc}% + \def\pltname{\jobname.plt\theptc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.U\theptc}% + \def\pltname{\jobname.U\theptc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\pltname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \begin{macro}{\subtable} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\table + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{plt}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subtable + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{pltS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the LOT file; expands the list of entries and call \com{PLT@next} to process the +% first one: +% \or\relax +% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des tableaux; expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle \com{PLT@next} pour +% traiter la premiшre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLT@explist{\expandafter\PLT@next\PLT@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0012}\\\lmess{I0038}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0012}\\\lmess{I0038}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en recherchant des entrщes +% intщressantes. Sinon, traiter l'entrщe suivante de la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLT@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0012]{minitoc}% + {No file #1 + \MessageBreak + PARTLOTS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\PLT@lot + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0038]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING PARTLOTS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\PLT@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@read} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lot} file. +% \or\relax +% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lot}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\PLT@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\PLT@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@test} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{PLT@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{PLT@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\PLT@test\PLT@line.....\PLT@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@test} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{PLT@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOT file, mainly to +% delimit parts: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{PLT@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des tableaux, +% principalement pour dщlimiter les parties: +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@read} +% \begin{macro}{\partend} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the +% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next file in the +% list. +% \or\relax +% Nous examinons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe л~intщressante~╗, nous la traitons. Si +% c'est \com{@input}, nous ajoutons le fichier р~la liste. Sinon, nous l'ignorons. La boucle est recommencщe si la +% fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\PLT@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\PLT@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \PLT@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\PLT@list{\PLT@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\partend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\partbegin + \addtocounter{ptc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\PLT@lot + \else\expandafter\PLT@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% End of the part level stuff (begun in section~\vref{s+code+part.level}): +% \or\relax +% Fin du code pour le niveau partie (dщbutщ dans la section~\vref{s+code+part.level}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Depth counters for sectlofs and sectlots} +% \or\relax +% \section{Compteurs de profondeur pour les sectlofs et les sectlots} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the counters \dcnt{lofdepth} and \dcnt{lotdepth} are defined, we create new counters for the depths of +% the corresponding mini-tables: +% \dcnt{sectlofdepth} and \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. +% These counters are initialized to~2. +% This is done after the loading of the packages, in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Si les compteurs \dcnt{lofdepth} et \dcnt{lotdepth} sont dщfinis, nous crщons de nouveaux compteurs pour les +% profondeurs des mini-tables correspondantes: +% \dcnt{sectlofdepth} et \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. +% Ces compteurs sont initialisщs р~2. +% Ceci est fait aprшs le chargement des paquetages, dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% + {\newcounter{sectlofdepth}\setcounter{sectlofdepth}{2}}% + \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% + {\newcounter{sectlotdepth}\setcounter{sectlotdepth}{2}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Section-level commands}\label{s+code+section.level.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes au niveau section}\label{s+code+section.level.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@undef@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The section-level commands are defined only if \com{chapter} is \emph{not} defined, hence in article-like +% document classes, and only if \com{section} is defined: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes au niveau section sont dщfinies seulement si \com{chapter} \emph{n'est pas} dщfinie, donc dans +% les classes de document du genre article, et seulement si \com{section} est dщfinie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@chapter@undef@ \if@mtc@section@def@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} +% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementstc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementstc} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0005} define the obsolete command \com{firstsectionis} (with its harmless warning), the counter \cnt{stc} +% of secttocs, the \com{adjuststc}, \com{decrementstc} and \com{incrementstc} commands, +% the depth counter \dcnt{secttocdepth} and its default +% value~2 (to include at least the subsections), the horizontal rule \com{stc@rule} (rule before/after +% secttoc/sectlof/sectlot), the indentation (both sides) \com{stcindent} for the secttocs (with its default +% values). +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0005} dщfinissons la commande obsolшte \com{firstsectionis} (avec son avertissement bщnin), +% le compteur \cnt{stc} de secttocs, les commandes \com{adjuststc}, \com{decrementstc} +% et \com{incrementstc}, +% le compteur de profondeur \dcnt{secttocdepth} et sa valeur par dщfaut~2 (pour inclure au moins +% les sous-sections), le filet horizontal \com{stc@rule} (filet avant/aprшs la secttoc/sectlof/sectlot), l'indentation +% (des deux cЇtщs) \com{stcindent} pour les secttocs (avec leurs valeurs par dщfaut). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\firstsectionis#1{\mtcPackageWarning[W0005]{minitoc}% + {\string\firstsectionis \space is an obsolete (ignored) + \MessageBreak + command}% + \@firstsectionis@used@true} +\newcounter{stc}\setcounter{stc}{0}% +\newcommand{\adjuststc}[1][1]{\addtocounter{stc}{#1}}% +\def\decrementstc{\addtocounter{stc}{-1}}% +\def\incrementstc{\addtocounter{stc}{+1}}% +\newcounter{secttocdepth}\setcounter{secttocdepth}{2}% +\def\stc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}}% +\newlength\stcindent \stcindent=24\p@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Fonts commands for secttocs and co.}\label{s+code+fonts.commands.secttocs} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commands de fontes pour les secttocs et co.}\label{s+code+fonts.commands.secttocs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\slffont} +% \begin{macro}{\slfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\sltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the fonts commands for the secttocs, sectlofs and sectlots and their titles: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les commandes de fontes pour les secttocs, sectlofs et sectlots et pour leurs titres: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\stcfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} % secttoc +\def\stcSSfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} % (subsections) +\let\stcSSSfont\stcfont % (subsubsections) +\let\stcPfont\stcfont % (paragraphs) +\let\stcSPfont\stcfont % (subparagraphs) +\let\slffont\stcfont % sectlof (figures) +\let\slfSfont\stcfont % sectlof (subfigures) +\let\sltfont\stcfont % sectlot (tables) +\let\sltSfont\stcfont % sectlot (subtables) +\def\stifont{\large\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} % titles +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Internal macros for title positionning}\label{s+code+int.macros.title.pos.secttocs} +% \or\relax +% \section{Macros internes pour le positionnement du titre}\label{s+code+int.macros.title.pos.secttocs} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some internal macros for title positionning, from the optional arguments of \com{dosecttoc} and \com{secttoc} +% commands (and siblings). +% Centering, flushleft, flushright or empty titles (with a vertical correction for empty titles, +% from \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}): +% \or\relax +% Voici quelques macros internes pour le positionnement du titre, selon les arguments optionnels des +% commandes \com{dosecttoc} et \com{secttoc} (et leurs cousines). +% Titres centrщs, cadrщs р~gauche, cadrщs р~droite ou vides (avec un correction verticale pour les titres vides, +% d'aprшs \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\c@sti#1{\null\hfill #1\hfill\null} +\def\l@sti#1{\null #1\hfill\null} +\def\r@sti#1{\null\hfill #1\null} +\def\e@sti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} +\def\n@sti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stitc} +% \begin{macro}{\df@stitc} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stilf} +% \begin{macro}{\df@stilf} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stilt} +% \begin{macro}{\df@stilt} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% By default, titles are flushleft. +% \or\relax +% Par dщfaut, les titres sur cadrщs р~gauche. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\do@stitc\l@sti +\let\df@stitc\l@sti +\let\do@stilf\l@sti +\let\df@stilf\l@sti +\let\do@stilt\l@sti +\let\df@stilt\l@sti +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \texttt{stc@verse} environment}\label{s+code+stc@verse} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'environnement \texttt{stc@verse}}\label{s+code+stc@verse} +% \fi +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \env{stc@verse} environment is a very simple list environment, analog to the standard \env{verse} environment. +% Some formatting parameters are adjusted. The \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\uopt{tight/loose} +% and \iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose}\uopt{k-tight/k-loose} package options +% are honored. +% The \env{stc@verse} environment has an argument which is an horizontal offset (a command like \com{stcoffset}). +% \or\relax +% L'environnement \env{stc@verse} est un environnement de liste trшs simple, analogue р~l'environnement +% standard \env{verse}. Certains paramшtres de mise en page sont ajustщs. Les options de paquetage +% \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\uopt{tight/loose} et \iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose}\uopt{k-tight/k-loose} sont honorщes. +% L'environnement \env{stc@verse} a un argument qui est un dщplacement horizontal (une commande telle que \com{stcoffset}). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\stc@verse#1{\let\\=\@centercr + \list{}{% + \itemsep=\z@ \itemindent=\z@ \topsep=1ex + \listparindent=\itemindent \partopsep=\z@ + \iftightmtc \parsep=\z@ \fi + \ifktightmtc \parskip=\z@ \fi + \leftmargin=\stcindent \rightmargin=\leftmargin + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{+#1}% + \addtolength{\rightmargin}{-#1}% + }% + \item[]}% +\def\endstc@verse{\nopagebreak[4]\endlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{secttoc}, \ucom{sectlof}, and \ucom{sectlot} commands}\icom{secttoc}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} +% These three commands are very similar. +% \or\relax +% \section{Les commandes \ucom{secttoc}, \ucom{sectlof} et \ucom{sectlot}}\icom{secttoc}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} +% Ces trois commandes sont trшs similaires. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{secttoc} command}\label{s+code+secttoc}\icom{secttoc} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{secttoc}}\label{s+code+secttoc}\icom{secttoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{secttoc} command must be used after \com{section} if you need a secttoc (no automatic secttoc). +% Its code is similar to the code of \com{minitoc} (but simpler). +% First, \com{secttoc} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if +% it is missing. Then, \com{secttoc@} is called with the effective position as argument: +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{secttoc} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{section} si vous dщsirez une secttoc (pas de secttoc +% automatique). Son code est similaire р~celui de \com{minitoc} (mais plus simple). Tout d'abord, +% \com{secttoc} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il +% est omis. Puis, \com{secttoc@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\secttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\secttoc@}{\secttoc@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{secttoc@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@secttoc@used@} (for a consistency +% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the secttoc file): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{secttoc@} effectue le vrai travail. +% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@secttoc@used@} +% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les longs suffixes sont utilisщs ou non (pour +% construire le nom du fichier secttoc): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\secttoc@[#1]{% +\global\@secttoc@used@true +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{stc\thestc}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{S\thestc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence and the emptiness of the secttoc file and give a warning if it is not here or is empty: +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons la prщsence et la vacuitщ du fichier secttoc, en donnant un avertissement s'il est absent ou +% est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@secttoc@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesecttocstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the secttoc file is present and not empty, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, +% \com{beforesecttoc}, of course, and the page style feature: +% \or\relax +% Si le fichier secttoc est prщsent et non vide, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais nous devons au prщalable ajouter du +% code de prщsentation: d'abord, \com{beforesecttoc}, bien s√r, et le dispositif de style de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \beforesecttoc + \thispagesecttocstyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin a \env{samepage} environment, then treat the positionning argument. If the title is empty, we +% simulate the ``\texttt{e}'' positionning. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis traitons l'argument de positionnement. Si le titre est +% vide, nous simulons le positionnement л~\texttt{e}~╗. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\stctitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\stctitle}}% + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@stitc\e@sti + \else\if #1n\let\do@stitc\n@sti + \else\if #1c\let\do@stitc\c@sti + \else\if #1l\let\do@stitc\l@sti + \else\if #1r\let\do@stitc\r@sti + \else\if #1d\let\do@stitc\df@stitc + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\stctitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@stitc\e@sti\relax\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the secttoc, then we set the font: +% \or\relax +% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la secttoc, puis nous +% щtablissons la fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\stcfont% + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\stifont} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stitc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\hline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The secttoc title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between +% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. +% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the secttoc. +% \or\relax +% Le titre de la secttoc est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher +% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si +% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la secttoc. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent + \nopagebreak[4]% + \ifx\stc@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\stifont\do@stitc{\mtc@v\stctitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\stifont\do@stitc{\mtc@v\stctitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{5} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques +% paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\stcindent \rightmargin\stcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\stcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@secttocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We enter in a \env{stc@verse} environment to format the secttoc. The toc depth is forced (locally) to +% \dcnt{secttocdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{stc@verse} pour mettre en page la secttoc. La profondeur de table des +% matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{secttocdepth}. Une petite astuce est nщcessaire +% pour ajuster le positionnement. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \begin{stc@verse}{\stcoffset}\c@tocdepth=\c@secttocdepth% + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\opensecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closesecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. +% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{stc@setform}. +% Then the secttoc file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{stc@verse} environment is terminated. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Si les lignes de contenu ne doivent pas avoir de numщros, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version +% sans points de conduite. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et les choix +% de mise en page issus de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{stc@setform}. Puis le fichier secttoc est +% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, et l'environnement \env{stc@verse} est terminщ. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \stc@setform% + \@ifundefined{stc@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \stc@setform% + \opensecttoc\global\insecttoctrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\insecttocfalse\closesecttoc + \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} + \leavevmode\mtc@strut + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup + \end{stc@verse}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersecttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break and \com{aftersecttoc}. +% \or\relax +% La partie finale ajoute le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la permission d'une coupure de page et \com{aftersecttoc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kernaftersecttoc + \nopagebreak[4]\stc@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\aftersecttoc\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{sectlof} command}\label{s+code+sectlof}\icom{sectlof} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{sectlof}}\label{s+code+sectlof}\icom{sectlof} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{sectlof} command must be used after \com{section} if you need a sectlof (no automatic sectlof). +% Its code is similar to the code of \com{minilof} (but simpler). +% First, \com{sectlof} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if +% it is missing. Then, \com{sectlof@} is called with the effective position as argument: +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{sectlof} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{section} si vous dщsirez une sectlof (pas de sectlof +% automatique). Son code est similaire р~celui de \com{minilof} (mais plus simple). Tout d'abord, +% \com{sectlof} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il +% est omis. Puis, \com{sectlof@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\sectlof@}{\sectlof@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{sectlof@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@sectlof@used@} (for a consistency +% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the sectlof file): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{sectlof@} effectue le vrai travail. +% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@sectlof@used@} +% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les longs suffixes sont utilisщs ou non (pour +% construire le nom du fichier sectlof): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sectlof@[#1]{% +\global\@sectlof@used@true +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{slf\thestc}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{H\thestc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence and the emptiness of the sectlof file and give a warning if it is not here or is empty: +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons la prщsence et la vacuitщ du fichier sectlof, en donnant un avertissement s'il est absent ou +% est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@sectlof@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlofstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the sectlof file is present and not empty, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, +% \com{beforesectlof}, of course, and the page style feature: +% \or\relax +% Si le fichier sectlof est prщsent et non vide, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais nous devons au prщalable ajouter du +% code de prщsentation: d'abord, \com{beforesectlof}, bien s√r, et le dispositif de style de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \thispagesectlofstyle +%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\slftitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\slftitle}}% + \beforesectlof +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{11} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stilf} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin a \env{samepage} environment, then treat the positionning argument. If the title is empty, we +% simulate the ``\texttt{e}'' positionning. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis traitons l'argument de positionnement. Si le titre est +% vide, nous simulons le positionnement л~\texttt{e}~╗. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@stilf\e@sti + \else\if #1n\let\do@stilf\n@sti + \else\if #1c\let\do@stilf\c@sti + \else\if #1l\let\do@stilf\l@sti + \else\if #1r\let\do@stilf\r@sti + \else\if #1d\let\do@stilf\df@stilf + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\slftitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@stilf\e@sti\relax\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\slffont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the sectlof, then we set the font: +% \or\relax +% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la sectlof, puis nous +% щtablissons la fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\slffont% + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\slf@rule} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \begin{macro}{\stifont} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stilf} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\hline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The sectlof title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between +% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. +% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the sectlof. +% \or\relax +% Le titre de la sectlof est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher +% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si +% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la sectlof. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent + \ifx\slf@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\stifont\do@stilf{\mtc@v\slftitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \mtc@hstrut + \reset@font\stifont\do@stilf{\mtc@v\slftitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques +% paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\stcindent \rightmargin\stcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\slfoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sectlofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We enter in a \env{stc@verse} environment to format the sectlof. The toc depth is forced (locally) to +% \dcnt{sectlofdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{stc@verse} pour mettre en page la sectlof. La profondeur de table des +% matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{sectlofdepth}. Une petite astuce est nщcessaire +% pour ajuster le positionnement. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \begin{stc@verse}{\slfoffset}% + \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% + {\c@lofdepth=\c@sectlofdepth + \ifnum\c@lofdepth<1\relax\c@lofdepth=1\fi} + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\slf@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\slf@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\opensectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\closesectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. +% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{slf@setform}. +% Then the sectlof file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{stc@verse} environment is terminated. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Si les lignes de contenu ne doivent pas avoir de numщros, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version +% sans points de conduite. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et les choix +% de mise en page issus de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{slf@setform}. Puis le fichier sectlof est +% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, et l'environnement \env{stc@verse} est terminщ. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{slf@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \slf@setform% + \opensectlof\global\insectloftrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\insectloffalse\closesectlof + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup + \end{stc@verse}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break and \com{aftersectlof}. +% The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. +% \or\relax +% La partie finale ajoute le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la permission d'une coupure de page et \com{aftersectlof}. +% La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) est essentielle. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kernaftersectlof + \nopagebreak[4]\slf@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\aftersectlof\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{sectlot} command}\label{s+code+sectlot}\icom{sectlot} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{sectlot}}\label{s+code+sectlot}\icom{sectlot} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{sectlot} command must be used after \com{section} if you need a sectlot (no automatic sectlot). +% Its code is similar to the code of \com{minilot} (but simpler). +% First, \com{sectlot} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if +% it is missing. Then, \com{sectlot@} is called with the effective position as argument: +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{sectlot} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{section} si vous dщsirez une sectlot (pas de sectlot +% automatique). Son code est similaire р~celui de \com{minilot} (mais plus simple). Tout d'abord, +% \com{sectlot} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il +% est omis. Puis, \com{sectlot@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\sectlot@}{\sectlot@[d]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{sectlot@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@sectlot@used@} (for a consistency +% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the sectlot file): +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{sectlot@} effectue le vrai travail. +% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@sectlot@used@} +% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les longs suffixes sont utilisщs ou non (pour +% construire le nom du fichier sectlot): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sectlot@[#1]{% +\global\@sectlot@used@true +\if@mtc@longext@% + \def\@tocfile{slt\thestc}% +\else + \def\@tocfile{I\thestc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence and the emptiness of the sectlot file and give a warning if it is not here or is empty: +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons la prщsence et la vacuitщ du fichier sectlot, en donnant un avertissement s'il est absent ou +% est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} + \if@mtc@FE + \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% + {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} + \@mtc@empty@sectlot@true + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlotstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the sectlot file is present and not empty, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, +% \com{beforesectlot}, of course, and the page style feature: +% \or\relax +% Si le fichier sectlot est prщsent et non vide, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais nous devons au prщalable ajouter du +% code de prщsentation: d'abord, \com{beforesectlot}, bien s√r, et le dispositif de style de page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \thispagesectlotstyle +%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\slttitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\slttitle}}% + \beforesectlot +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stilt} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\df@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} +% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We begin a \env{samepage} environment, then treat the positionning argument. If the title is empty, we +% simulate the ``\texttt{e}'' positionning. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis traitons l'argument de positionnement. Si le titre est +% vide, nous simulons le positionnement л~\texttt{e}~╗. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \relax\begin{samepage}% + \if #1e\let\do@stilt\e@sti + \else\if #1n\let\do@stilt\n@sti + \else\if #1c\let\do@stilt\c@sti + \else\if #1l\let\do@stilt\l@sti + \else\if #1r\let\do@stilt\r@sti + \else\if #1d\let\do@stilt\df@stilt + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \mtc@CkStr{\slttitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@stilt\e@sti\relax\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the sectlot, then we set the font: +% \or\relax +% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la sectlot, puis nous +% щtablissons la fonte: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \raggedright + \parskip=\z@% + \reset@font\sltfont% + \parindent=\z@% + \nopagebreak[4]% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \begin{environment}{tabular} +% \begin{macro}{\stifont} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\do@stilt} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} +% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\hline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The sectlot title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break +% between the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. +% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the sectlot. +% \or\relax +% Le titre de la sectlot est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher +% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si +% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la sectlot. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% + \par\noindent + \ifx\slt@rule\relax + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \reset@font\stifont\do@stilt{\mtc@v\slttitle}\\ + \end{tabular}% + \else + \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} + \mtc@hstrut + \reset@font\stifont\do@stilt{\mtc@v\slttitle}\\\hline + \end{tabular}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques +% paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR + \leftmargin\stcindent \rightmargin\stcindent + \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% + \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sectlotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We enter in a \env{stc@verse} environment to format the sectlot. The toc depth is forced (locally) to +% \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{stc@verse} pour mettre en page la sectlot. La profondeur de table des +% matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{sectlotdepth}. Une petite astuce est nщcessaire +% pour ajuster le positionnement. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \begin{stc@verse}{\sltoffset}% + \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% + {\c@lotdepth=\c@sectlotdepth + \ifnum\c@lotdepth<1\relax\c@lotdepth=1\fi} + \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\slt@pgno} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% \begin{macro}{\slt@setform} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\opensectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\closesectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. +% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{slt@setform}. +% Then the sectlot file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{stc@verse} environment is terminated. +% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. +% \or\relax +% Si les lignes de contenu ne doivent pas avoir de numщros, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version +% sans points de conduite. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et les choix +% de mise en page issus de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{slt@setform}. Puis le fichier sectlot est +% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, et l'environnement \env{stc@verse} est terminщ. +% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup + \makeatletter + \@ifundefined{slt@pgno}% + {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} + \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}} + \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile + \slt@setform% + \opensectlot\global\insectlottrue + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% + \global\insectlotfalse\closesectlot + \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup + \end{stc@verse}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} +% \begin{environment}{samepage} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break and \com{aftersectlot}. +% \or\relax +% La partie finale ajoute le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la permission d'une coupure de page et \com{aftersectlot}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \kernaftersectlof + \nopagebreak[4]\slt@rule\null\leavevmode\\% + \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% + \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\aftersectlot\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Auxiliary internal commands, section level}\label{s+code+aux.int.commands.section.level} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes internes auxiliaires, niveau section}\label{s+code+aux.int.commands.section.level} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\l@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\xsect} +% \begin{macro}{\schapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define auxiliary commands, used for the mini-tables and as delimiters in the TOC file (and LOF and LOT files). +% The depth of \texttt{xsect} is huge to inhibit the printing of its contents line (except if you cheat). +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons quelques commandes auxiliaires, utilisщes pour les mini-tables et comme dщlimiteurs dans le +% fichier table des matiшres (et les fichiers liste des figures et liste des tableaux). +% La profondeur de \texttt{xsect} est щnorme pour inhiber l'impression de ses lignes de contenu (sauf si vous +% trichez). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@xsect{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} +\def\l@xsection{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} +\def\l@schapter{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.0em}{2.3em}} +\def\xsect{xsect} \def\schapter{schapter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Patching the \ucom{section} command (continued)}\label{s+code+patching.section.2}\icom{section} +% \or\relax +% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{section} (suite)}\label{s+code+patching.section.2}\icom{section} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We patch the both branches of the \com{section} command: \com{@sect} for the unstarred version and +% \com{@ssect} for the starred version. First, for the unstarred version (\com{@sect}), we add a +% \texttt{xsect} contents line in the LOF and in the LOT. The test \com{ifnum}\texttt{~\#2=1} restricts the action to the +% section level macros (because \com{@sect} is also used by \com{subsection} and below, which have no +% mini-tables). +% \or\relax +% Nous modifions les deux branches de la commande \com{section}: \com{@sect} pour la version non щtoilщe et +% \com{@ssect} pour la version щtoilщe. Tout d'abord, pour la version non щtoilщe (\com{@sect}), nous ajoutons +% une ligne de contenu \texttt{xsect} dans la liste des figures et dans la liste des tableaux. +% Le test \com{ifnum}\texttt{~\#2=1} restreint l'action aux macros de niveau section (parce que \com{@sect} est +% aussi utilisщe par \com{subsection} et en dessous, qui n'ont pas de mini-tables). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\sv@sect\@sect +\gdef\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% +\ifnum #2=1\relax + \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{#7}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{#7}% +\fi +\sv@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#4}{#5}{#6}[{#7}]{#8}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\starsection} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If it is a section (unstarred or starred via \com{starsection}), we add a \texttt{xsect} entry +% in the LOF and in the LOT. +% \or\relax +% Si c'est une section (non щtoilщe ou щtoilщe via \com{starsection}), nous ajoutons une entrщe \texttt{xsect} +% dans la liste des figures et dans la liste des tableaux. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{ +\expandafter +\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax + \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{#7}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{#7}% +\fi +\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection\relax + \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{#7}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{#7}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@svsec} +% \begin{macro}{\refstepcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\@tempskipa} +% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\numberline} +% \begin{macro}{\@svsechd} +% \begin{macro}{\@xsect} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the remainder of the section header formatting: +% \or\relax +% Et le reste de la mise en page d'un en-tъte de section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax + \let\@svsec\@empty +\else + \refstepcounter{#1}% + \edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em}% +\fi +\@tempskipa #5\relax +\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ + \begingroup #6\relax + \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}% + {\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}% + \endgroup + \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline + {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax + \else + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \fi + #7}% +\else + \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax + \@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname + {#7}\addcontentsline + {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax + \else + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname} + \fi + #7}}% +\fi +\@xsect{#5}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\sectend} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we patch the unstarred branch (\com{@sect}). We define also the delimiting commands \com{sectbegin} and +% \com{sectend} commands. We do not add \com{sectbegin} if it is a subsection or deeper. +% \or\relax +% Puis nous modifions la branche non щtoilщe (\com{@sect}). Nous dщfinissons aussi les commandes de dщlimitation +% \com{sectbegin} et \com{sectend}. Nous n'ajoutons pas \com{sectbegin} si c'est une sous-section ou plus +% profond. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\stc@sect\@sect +\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% + \ifnum #2<1 \relax + \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\sectbegin} + \fi + \stc@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[{#7}]{#8}} +\let\sectend\relax +\let\sectbegin\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{dosecttoc} command and siblings}\label{s+code+dosecttoc.etc}\icom{dosecttoc} +% \or\relax +% \section{La commande \ucom{dosecttoc} et ses cousines}\label{s+code+dosecttoc.etc}\icom{dosecttoc} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dosecttoc} command is very similar to \com{dominitoc}. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dosecttoc} est trшs similaire р~\com{dominitoc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@next} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dosecttoc} command extracts information from the +% \suffix{.toc} file and creates the \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.stc} becomes \suffix{.S} on MS-DOS). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dosecttoc} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.toc} et crщe les fichiers +% \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} (\suffix{.stc} devient \suffix{.S} sous MS-DOS). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dosecttoc#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{stc}{0} + \STC@next#1.toc\relax\\}\setcounter{stc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\@dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@next} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dosectlof} command extracts information from the +% \suffix{.lof} file and creates the \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.slf} becomes \suffix{.H} on MS-DOS). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dosectlof} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lof} et crщe les fichiers +% \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} (\suffix{.slf} devient \suffix{.H} sous MS-DOS). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dosectlof#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{stc}{0} + \SLF@next#1.lof\relax\\}\setcounter{stc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\@dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{dosectlot} command extracts information from the +% \suffix{.lot} file and creates the \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.slt} becomes \suffix{.V} on MS-DOS). +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{dosectlot} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lot} et crщe les fichiers +% \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} (\suffix{.slt} devient \suffix{.V} sous MS-DOS). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@dosectlot#1{{% + \makeatletter + \setcounter{stc}{0} + \SLT@next#1.lot\relax\\}\setcounter{stc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the user-level macros, who detect the optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les commandes pour l'utilisateur, commandes qui dщtectent l'argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\dosecttoc@}{\dosecttoc@[l]}} +\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\dosectlof@}{\dosectlof@[l]}} +\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\dosectlot@}{\dosectlot@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\df@stitc} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dosecttoc} (it becomes the default position for titles of secttocs) +% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dosecttoc} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres des secttocs) +% et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosecttoc@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dosecttoc@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dosecttoc \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dosecttoc@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@stitc\e@sti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@stitc\n@sti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@stitc\c@sti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@stitc\l@sti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@stitc\r@sti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dosecttoc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\df@stilf} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dosectlof} (it becomes the default position for titles of sectlofs) +% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dosectlof} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres des sectlofs) +% et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosectlof@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dosectlof@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dosectlof \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dosectlof@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@stilf\e@sti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@stilf\n@sti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@stilf\c@sti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@stilf\l@sti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@stilf\r@sti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dosectlof} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\df@stilt} +% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} +% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dosectlot} (it becomes the default position for titles of sectlofs) +% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dosectlot} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres des sectlots) +% et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosectlot@[#1]{% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \if@dosectlot@used@ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The \string\dosectlot \space command + \MessageBreak + has been invoked more than once + \MessageBreak} + \global\@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +\global\@dosectlot@used@true +\if #1e\let\df@stilt\e@sti% +\else\if #1n\let\df@stilt\n@sti% +\else\if #1c\let\df@stilt\c@sti% +\else\if #1l\let\df@stilt\l@sti% +\else\if #1r\let\df@stilt\r@sti% +\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% +\@@dosectlot} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\@@dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These macros invoke the \verb|\@dosect...| commands to create the mini-table file, then close the file +% descriptor. +% \or\relax +% Ces macros invoquent les commandes \verb|\@dosect...| pour crщer le fichier mini-table, puis ferment le +% descripteur de fichier. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@dosecttoc{\@dosecttoc{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\@@dosectlof{\@dosectlof{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\@@dosectlot{\@dosectlot{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retirons de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\STC@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\STC@list{#2}% + \STC@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\STC@toc{% + \ifx\STC@list\@empty\else\expandafter\STC@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\stcname} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{STC@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the TOC file. +% If \com{section} is found, the \cnt{stc} counter is incremented and a new secttoc file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{STC@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier table des matiшres. +% Si \com{section} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{stc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier secttoc est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\STC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section + \stepcounter{stc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\stcname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si les suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, puis +% nous l'ouvrons: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}% + \def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.S\thestc}% + \def\stcname{\jobname.S\thestc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\stcname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteCoffeeline} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\coffee} +% \begin{macro}{\subsection} +% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} +% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} or \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline} ou +% \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. +% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\coffee + \MTC@WriteCoffeeline{#1}{#3}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\paragraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\starsection} +% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\stcname} +% \begin{macro}{\closeout} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A\imess{I0033} starred section terminates the current section and creates a new secttoc file: +% \or\relax +% Une\imess{I0033} section щtoilщe termine la section courante et crщe un nouveau fichier secttoc: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection + \stepcounter{stc}% + \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}% + \def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.S\thestc}% + \def\stcname{\jobname.S\thestc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\stcname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\starparagraph} +% \begin{macro}{\starsubparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We process the entries for starred sectionning commands: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons les entrщes pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsubsection + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSSS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubparagraph + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSP}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@next} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the TOC file; expands the list of entries and call \com{STC@next} to process the +% first one. +% \or\relax +% Voici la boucle de lecture des lignes du fichier table des matiшres; nous expansons la liste des entrщes et +% appelons \com{STC@next} pour traiter la premiшre. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\STC@explist{\expandafter\STC@next\STC@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0016}\\\lmess{I0026}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0016}\\\lmess{I0026}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on examine ligne par ligne, en recherchant les +% entrщes л~intщressantes~╗. Sinon, nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\STC@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0016]{minitoc}% + {No file #1 + \MessageBreak + SECTTOCS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\STC@toc + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0026]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING SECTTOCS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\STC@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@read} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.toc} file. +% \or\relax +% Nous lisons l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\STC@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\STC@line +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@test} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{STC@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{STC@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\STC@test\STC@line.....\STC@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@test} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@toc} +% \begin{macro}{\STC@read} +% \begin{macro}{\sectend} +% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{STC@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the TOC file, mainly to delimit sections; +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{STC@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier table des matiшres, +% essentiellement pour dщlimiter les sections: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\STC@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\STC@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \STC@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\STC@list{\STC@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\sectend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\sectbegin + \addtocounter{stc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\STC@toc + \else\expandafter\STC@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retirons de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLF@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\SLF@list{#2}% + \SLF@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLF@lof{% + \ifx\SLF@list\@empty\else\expandafter\SLF@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\slfname} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{SLF@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOF file. +% If \com{section} is found, the \cnt{stc} counter is incremented and a new sectlof file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{SLF@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des figures. +% Si \com{section} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{stc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier sectlof est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLF@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xsect + \stepcounter{stc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\slfname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si les suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, puis +% nous l'ouvrons: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.slf\thestc}% + \def\slfname{\jobname.slf\thestc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.H\thestc}% + \def\slfname{\jobname.H\thestc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\slfname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \begin{macro}{\subfigure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\figure + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{slf}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subfigure + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{slfS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@next} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the LOF file; expands the list of entries and call \com{SLF@next} to process the +% first one. +% \or\relax +% Voici la boucle de lecture des lignes du fichier liste des figures; nous expansons la liste des entrщes et +% appelons \com{SLF@next} pour traiter la premiшre. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLF@explist{\expandafter\SLF@next\SLF@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0014}\\\lmess{I0036}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0014}\\\lmess{I0036}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on examine ligne par ligne, en recherchant les +% entrщes л~intщressantes~╗. Sinon, nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLF@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0014]{minitoc}% + {No file #1 + \MessageBreak + SECTLOFS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\SLF@lof + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0036]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING SECTLOFS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\SLF@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lof} file. +% \or\relax +% Nous lisons l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lof}. +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@read} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@test} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{SLF@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{SLF@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLF@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\SLF@line + \expandafter\SLF@test\SLF@line.....\SLF@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@test} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@lof} +% \begin{macro}{\SLF@read} +% \begin{macro}{\sectend} +% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{SLF@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOF file, mainly to delimit sections; +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{SLF@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des figures, +% essentiellement pour dщlimiter les sections: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\SLF@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\SLF@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \SLF@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\SLF@list{\SLF@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\sectend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\sectbegin + \addtocounter{stc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\SLF@lof + \else\expandafter\SLF@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@loop} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: +% \or\relax +% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retirons de la tъte de la liste: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLT@next#1\relax#2\\{% + \edef\SLT@list{#2}% + \SLT@loop{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@explist} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Check if the list is empty: +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si la liste est vide: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLT@lot{% + \ifx\SLT@list\@empty\else\expandafter\SLT@explist\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\thestc} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\sltname} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The macro \com{SLT@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOT file. +% If \com{section} is found, the \cnt{stc} counter is incremented and a new sectlot file is created. +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{SLT@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des tableaux. +% Si \com{section} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{stc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier sectlot est crщщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLT@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xsect + \stepcounter{stc}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\sltname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si les suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, puis +% nous l'ouvrons: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@mtc@longext@% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.slt\thestc}% + \def\sltname{\jobname.slt\thestc}% + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% + {Writing\space\jobname.V\thestc}% + \def\sltname{\jobname.V\thestc}% + \fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\sltname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \begin{macro}{\subtable} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: +% \or\relax +% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. +% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\table + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{slt}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subtable + \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{sltS}{#3}{#4}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@explist} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@next} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The loop to read the lines of the LOT file; expands the list of entries and call \com{SLT@next} to process the +% first one. +% \or\relax +% Voici la boucle de lecture des lignes du fichier liste des tableaux; nous expansons la liste des entrщes et +% appelons \com{SLT@next} pour traiter la premiшre. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLT@explist{\expandafter\SLT@next\SLT@list\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@loop} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@read} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0015}\\\lmess{I0039}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. +% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0015}\\\lmess{I0039}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on examine ligne par ligne, en recherchant les +% entrщes л~intщressantes~╗. Sinon, nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLT@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax + \ifeof\@inputcheck + \mtcPackageWarning[W0015]{minitoc}% + {No file #1 + \MessageBreak + SECTLOTS NOT PREPARED}% + \expandafter\SLT@lot + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0039]{minitoc}% + {PREPARING SECTLOTS FROM #1}% + \expandafter\SLT@read\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lot} file. +% \or\relax +% Nous lisons l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lot}. +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@read} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@test} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@line} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{SLT@test} has enough arguments: +% \or\relax +% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{SLT@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\SLT@read{% + \read\@inputcheck to\SLT@line + \expandafter\SLT@test\SLT@line.....\SLT@% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@test} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@contentsline} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@lot} +% \begin{macro}{\SLT@read} +% \begin{macro}{\sectend} +% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{SLT@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOT file, mainly to delimit sections; +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{SLT@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des tableaux, +% essentiellement pour dщlimiter les sections: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\SLT@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\SLT@{% + \ifx#1\contentsline + \let\mtc@string\string + \SLT@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% + \let\mtc@string\relax + \else\ifx#1\@input + \edef\SLT@list{\SLT@list#2\relax}% + \else\ifx#1\sectend + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc + \else\ifx#1\sectbegin + \addtocounter{stc}{-1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\SLT@lot + \else\expandafter\SLT@read\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{End of section-level commands}\label{s+code+end.section.level.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Fin des commandes du niveau section}\label{s+code+end.section.level.commands} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We terminate the \emph{else} branch of the test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{section}|, the \emph{true} branch of the +% test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| and add an empty \emph{else} branch to that test: +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Nous terminons la branche \emph{sinon} du test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{section}|, la branche \emph{vraie} du +% test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| et ajoutons une branche \emph{sinon} vide р~ce test: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\fi% end of \if@mtc@section@def@ +\fi% end of \if@mtc@chapter@undef@ +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{16} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{mtcprepare} command}\icom{mtcprepare} +% \or\relax +% \section{La commande \ucom{mtcprepare}}\icom{mtcprepare} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\jobname} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageInfo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\imess{I0048} command tests the availability of the \verb|\do|\texttt{\ldots} minitoc preparation commands and +% of the contents files, then calls as much as possible of these preparation commands. A hint is given. +% \or\relax +% Cette\imess{I0048} commande teste la disponibilitщ des commandes minitoc de prщparation \verb|\do|\texttt{\ldots} et des +% fichiers de contenu, puis appelle autant de ces commandes de prщparation que possible. Un \emph{hint} est +% щmis. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\mtcprepare@}{\mtcprepare@[l]}}% +\def\mtcprepare@[#1]{% +\@ifundefined{part}{}{% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\doparttoc[#1]}{}% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lof}{\dopartlof[#1]}{}% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lot}{\dopartlot[#1]}{}% +}% +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\dosecttoc[#1]}{}% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lof}{\dosectlof[#1]}{}% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lot}{\dosectlot[#1]}{}% + }% +}{% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\dominitoc[#1]}{}% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lof}{\dominilof[#1]}{}% +\IfFileExists{\jobname.lot}{\dominilot[#1]}{}% +}% +\if@mtc@hints@ + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0048]{minitoc(hints)}% + {Using \string\mtcprepare\space may induce some + \MessageBreak + hints about the preparation commands, + \MessageBreak + because it invokes ALL the preparation + \MessageBreak + commands allowed by the document class, + \MessageBreak + without any previous check\@gobble}% +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\nofiles} +% \begin{macro}{\gobbleopt@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% In case the document uses the \com{nofiles} command (in its preamble), the auxiliary files for the mini-tables +% should not be overwritten by the preparation commands, so these ones must be just faked; as these commands may +% have an optional argument, they will be faked using the internal \LaTeX\ macro \com{@ifnextchar} (to get +% the optional argument) and the new utility command \com{gobbleopt@}. Problem signaled by \name{Andreas}{Deininger}. +% \or\relax +% Dans le cas o∙ le document utilise la commande \com{nofiles} (dans son prщambule), les fichiers auxiliaires pour +% les mini-tables ne doivent pas ъtre rщ-щcrits par les commandes de prщparation, donc celles-ci doivent seulement ъtre +% simulщes; comme ces commandes peuvent avoir un argument optionnel, elles seront simulщes en utilisant la +% macro interne de \LaTeX\ \com{@ifnextchar} (pour obtenir l'argument optionnel) et la nouvelle commande +% utilitaire \com{gobbleopt@}. Problшme signalщ par \name{Andreas}{Deininger}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\gobbleopt@[#1]{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A test is placed in a \com{AtBeginDocument} and gives a warning if \com{nofiles} is used: +% \or\relax +% Un test est placщ dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} et donne un avertissement si \com{nofiles} est utilisщe: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\if@filesw\relax\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0098]{minitoc}% + {--- You have used the \string\nofiles\space command + \MessageBreak + in your preamble; all preparation commands + \MessageBreak + in the body of the document will be ignored} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since \com{nofiles} has been used, we must disable all the +% preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Puisque \com{nofiles} a щtщ utilisщe, nous devons inhiber +% toutes les commandes de prщparation: +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for part level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for section level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Command \com{mtcprepare}: +% \or\relax +% Commande \com{mtcprepare}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% End of the inhibition of the preparation commands and of the \com{AtBeginDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Fin de l'inhibition des commandes de prщparation et du bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Necessary \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+necessary.l@} +% \or\relax +% \section{Commandes \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} nщcessaires}\label{s+code+necessary.l@} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@listof} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starpart} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starparagraph} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some \verb|\l@...| commands (analog to \com{l@section} or \com{l@paragraph}) are required to format some +% entries in the mini-tables, for starred sectionning commands essentially: +% \or\relax +% Quelques commandes \verb|\l@...| (analogues р~\com{l@section} ou \com{l@paragraph}) sont requises pour +% mettre en page certaines entrщes dans les mini-tables, essentiellement pour les commandes de sectionnement +% щtoilщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\l@listof\l@section} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\l@listof\l@chapter} +\@ifundefined{part}{}{\let\l@starpart\l@part} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\l@starchapter\l@chapter} +\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\l@starsection\l@section} +\@ifundefined{subsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsection\l@subsection} +\@ifundefined{subsubsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsubsection\l@subsubsection} +\@ifundefined{paragraph}{}{\let\l@starparagraph\l@paragraph} +\@ifundefined{subparagraph}{}{\let\l@starsubparagraph\l@subparagraph} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{13} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The horizontal rules and their default values}\label{s+code+horiz.rules.default.values} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les filets horizontaux et leurs valeurs par dщfaut}\label{s+code+horiz.rules.default.values} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\noptcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nostcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\stcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define here the various commands to activate ou inhibit the horizontal rules in the various kinds of +% mini-tables. Each such command is an indirect definition of the corresponding horizontal rule. The rules are +% .4\,pt high horizontal rules. We begin with rules for mini-tables of contents. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons ici les diverses commandes pour activer ou inhiber les filets horizontaux dans les diverses +% sortes de mini-tables. Chacune de ces commandes est une dщfinition indirecte du filet horizontal correspondant. +% Les filets sont des filets horizontaux щpais de 0.4\,pt. Nous commenчons par les filets pour les mini-tables des matiшres. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\noptcrule{\let\ptc@rule\relax} +\def\nomtcrule{\let\mtc@rule\relax} +\def\nostcrule{\let\stc@rule\relax} +\def\ptcrule{\def\ptc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\mtcrule{\def\mtc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\stcrule{\def\stc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\ptc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +\def\mtc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +\def\stc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\noplfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\noslfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\plfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mlf@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\slfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\slf@rule} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, the rules for mini-lists of figures: +% \or\relax +% Puis les filets pour les mini-listes de figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\noplfrule{\let\plf@rule\relax} +\def\nomlfrule{\let\mlf@rule\relax} +\def\noslfrule{\let\slf@rule\relax} +\def\plfrule{\def\plf@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\mlfrule{\def\mlf@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\slfrule{\def\slf@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\plf@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +\def\mlf@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +\def\slf@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\nopltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nosltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\pltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\plt@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\mltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mlt@rule} +% \begin{macro}{\sltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\slt@rule} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, the rules for mini-lists of tables: +% \or\relax +% Puis les filets pour les mini-listes de tableaux: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\nopltrule{\let\plt@rule\relax} +\def\nomltrule{\let\mlt@rule\relax} +\def\nosltrule{\let\slt@rule\relax} +\def\pltrule{\def\plt@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\mltrule{\def\mlt@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\sltrule{\def\slt@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} +\def\plt@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +\def\mlt@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +\def\slt@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+mtcsetXXX.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.}}\label{s+code+mtcsetXXX.commands} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These commands\,\footnote{The general concept of the \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands was proposed +% by \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}.} have been introduced to build a nicer user interface, and each of them replaces +% numerous user commands, offering a rather unified and logical syntax. +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes\,\footnote{Le concept gщnщral des commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} a щtщ proposщ par +% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}.} ont щtщ introduites pour construire une meilleure interface utilisateur, et chacune +% d'elles remplace de nombreuses commandes utilisateur, offrant une syntaxe assez unifiщe et logique. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Keywords for the \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+keywords.mtcset} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Mots-clщs pour les commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.}}\label{s+code+keywords.mtcset} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define some common keywords for the \verb|\mtcset...| commands. A keyword is created via +% the \com{@namedef} -- \com{@nameuse} mechanism the following way: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{@namedef}\verb|{mtc@|\emph{family}\verb|@|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{abbreviation}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% where \emph{family} is the name of a group of keywords relative to one or several \verb|\mtcset...| macros, +% \emph{name} is the keyword that the user gives as argument to the \verb|\mtcset...| macro, and +% \emph{abbreviation} is a string used to build the name of the macro effectively used. As some \verb|\mtcset...| +% macros have several keyword parameters, this method can reduce the number of macros at the user level, at the cost +% of few keyword families. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons quelques mots-clщs communs pour les commandes \verb|\mtcset...|. Un mot-clщ est crщщ via le +% mщcanisme \com{@namedef} -- \com{@nameuse} de la maniшre suivante: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{@namedef}\verb|{mtc@|\emph{famille}\verb|@|\emph{nom}\verb|}{|\emph{abrщviation}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% o∙ \emph{famille} est le nom d'un groupe de mots-clщs concernent une ou plusieurs macros \verb|\mtcset...|, +% \emph{nom} est le mot-clщ que l'utilisateur donne comme argument р~la macro \verb|\mtcset...|, et +% \emph{abrщviation} est une chaюne utilisщe pour construire le nom de la macro effectivement utilisщe. Comme +% certaines macros \verb|\mtcset...| ont plusieurs paramшtres mots-clщs, cette mщthode peut rщduire le nombre de +% macros au niveau de l'utilisateur, au prix de quelques familles de mots-clщs. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define a family (\texttt{typetable}) of keywords for the types of mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons une famille (\texttt{typetable}) de mots-clщs pour les types de mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@parttoc}{ptc}\def\mtc@typetable@parttoc{ptc} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@partlof}{plf}\def\mtc@typetable@partlof{plf} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@partlot}{plt}\def\mtc@typetable@partlot{plt} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@minitoc}{mtc}\def\mtc@typetable@minitoc{mtc} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@minilof}{mlf}\def\mtc@typetable@minilof{mlf} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@minilot}{mlt}\def\mtc@typetable@minilot{mlt} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@secttoc}{stc}\def\mtc@typetable@secttoc{stc} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@sectlof}{slf}\def\mtc@typetable@sectlof{slf} +\@namedef{mtc@typetable@sectlot}{slt}\def\mtc@typetable@sectlot{slt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then another family (\texttt{typetitle}) for the titles of the mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Puis une autre famille (\texttt{typetitle}) pour les titres des mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@parttoc}{pti}\def\mtc@typetitle@parttoc{pti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@partlof}{pti}\def\mtc@typetitle@partlof{pti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@partlot}{pti}\def\mtc@typetitle@partlot{pti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@minitoc}{mti}\def\mtc@typetitle@minitoc{mti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@minilof}{mti}\def\mtc@typetitle@minilof{mti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@minilot}{mti}\def\mtc@typetitle@minilot{mti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@secttoc}{sti}\def\mtc@typetitle@secttoc{sti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@sectlof}{sti}\def\mtc@typetitle@sectlof{sti} +\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@sectlot}{sti}\def\mtc@typetitle@sectlot{sti} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define a family (\texttt{YN}) of keywords to recognize the keywords ``\texttt{off}'' and ``\texttt{on}'', with their +% many synonyms\,\footnote{This (deliberately extreme) case shows the easyness for creating synonyms of frequently +% used keywords. Note also that when a keyword contains a non-letter character, we must use a hack with +% \com{expandafter} \com{csname} \texttt{...} \com{endcsname}.} +% and meaning false or true\FZ: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons une famille (\texttt{YN}) de mots-clщs pour reconnaюtre les mots-clщs л~\texttt{off}~╗ et +% л~\texttt{on}~╗, avec leurs nombreux synonymes\,\footnote{Ce cas (dщlibщrщment extrъme) montre la facilitщ de crщation de +% synonymes pour des mots-clщs frщquemment utilisщs. Notez aussi que lorsqu'un mot-clщ contient un caractшre qui +% n'est pas une lettre, nous devons ruser en utilisant \com{expandafter} \com{csname} \texttt{...} +% \com{endcsname}.} et signifiant faux ou vrai\,\FZ: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@off}{no}\def\mtc@YN@off{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@OFF}{no}\def\mtc@YN@OFF{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@no}{no}\def\mtc@YN@no{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@NO}{no}\def\mtc@YN@NO{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@n}{no}\def\mtc@YN@n{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@N}{no}\def\mtc@YN@N{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@false}{no}\def\mtc@YN@false{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@FALSE}{no}\def\mtc@YN@FALSE{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@faux}{no}\def\mtc@YN@faux{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@FAUX}{no}\def\mtc@YN@FAUX{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@f}{no}\def\mtc@YN@f{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@F}{no}\def\mtc@YN@F{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@NON}{no}\def\mtc@YN@NON{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@non}{no}\def\mtc@YN@non{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@0}{no}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@0\endcsname{no} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@-}{no}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@-\endcsname{no} +% +\@namedef{mtc@YN@on}{}\def\mtc@YN@on{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@ON}{}\def\mtc@YN@ON{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@yes}{}\def\mtc@YN@yes{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@YES}{}\def\mtc@YN@YES{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@y}{}\def\mtc@YN@y{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@Y}{}\def\mtc@YN@Y{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@true}{}\def\mtc@YN@true{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@TRUE}{}\def\mtc@YN@TRUE{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@t}{}\def\mtc@YN@t{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@T}{}\def\mtc@YN@T{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@vrai}{}\def\mtc@YN@vrai{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@VRAI}{}\def\mtc@YN@VRAI{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@v}{}\def\mtc@YN@v{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@V}{}\def\mtc@YN@V{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@OUI}{}\def\mtc@YN@OUI{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@oui}{}\def\mtc@YN@oui{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@O}{}\def\mtc@YN@O{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@o}{}\def\mtc@YN@o{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@1}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@1\endcsname{} +\@namedef{mtc@YN@+}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@+\endcsname{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetfont} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}\icom{mtcsetfont} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetfont}}\label{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}\icom{mtcsetfont} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the sectionning level keywords (note that \texttt{part} is not a member of this family (\texttt{sectlevel}), +% because no contents line for a +% part can appear in a mini-table, part being the highest sectionning level); ``\texttt{*}''~represents ``any level'', +% and is used to set the global default font for a given kind of mini-table. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons les mots-clщs pour les niveaux de sectionnement (notez que \texttt{part} n'est pas membre de +% cette famille (\texttt{sectlevel}), car aucune ligne de contenu pour une partie ne peut apparaюtre dans une +% mini-table, la partie щtant le plus haut niveau de sectionnement); <<~\texttt{*}~>>~reprщsente <<~tout +% niveau~>>, et est utilisщe pour щtablir la fonte globale par dщfaut pour un genre donnщ de mini-table. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@chapter}{C}\def\mtc@sectlevel@chapter{C} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@section}{S}\def\mtc@sectlevel@section{S} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subsection}{SS}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subsection{SS} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subsubsection}{SSS}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subsubsection{SSS} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@paragraph}{P}\def\mtc@sectlevel@paragraph{P} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subparagraph}{SP}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subparagraph{SP} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@*}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@sectlevel@*\endcsname{} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@figure}{}\def\mtc@sectlevel@figure{} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@table}{}\def\mtc@sectlevel@table{} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subfigure}{S}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subfigure{S} +\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subtable}{S}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subtable{S} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetfont} command has the following syntax: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{level-name}\verb|}{|\emph{font commands}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcsetfont} a la syntaxe suivante: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{nom-niveau}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes de fonte}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \verb|minitoc|, the \emph{level-name} is a sectionning level like +% \verb|subsection| (no backslash). The \emph{font commands} are a font specification, using NFSS~\cite{fontsel} basic +% commands usually. +% \or\relax +% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \verb|minitoc|, le \emph{nom-niveau} est un niveau de +% sectionnement tel que \verb|subsection| (sans contre-oblique). Les \emph{commandes de fonte} sont une spщcification +% de fonte, utilisant habituellement des commandes basiques de NFSS~\cite{fontsel}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we declare a flag, set true: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, mis р~vrai: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setfont@\@mtc@setfont@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we begin the command, which has three arguments: +% \or\relax +% Puis, nous commenчons la commande, qui a trois arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetfont}[3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mta@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{E0013} two first arguments of this command are keywords. They must be translated into the effective strings. +% We process the first argument, a keyword from the \texttt{typetable} family. The result is stored in +% \com{mtc@mta@abbrev}. Example: if \verb|#1| is \verb|minitoc|, we get \cnt{mtc}. +% \or\relax +% Les\imess{E0013} deux premiers arguments sont des mots-clщs. Ils doivent ъtre traduits en chaюnes effectives. +% Nous traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ dans +% \com{mtc@mta@abbrev}. Exemple: si \verb|#1| est \verb|minitoc|, nous obtenons \cnt{mtc}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mta@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setfont@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setfont@false + \def\mtc@mta@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0013]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetfont \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mta@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@level@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{E0014} second argument, a keyword from the family \texttt{sectlevel}, is processed the same way and +% the result is stored into a macro \com{mtc@level@abbrev}. +% Example: if \verb|#2| is the \verb|subparagraph| keyword, we get~\verb|SP|. +% \or\relax +% Le\imess{E0014} deuxiшme argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{sectlevel}, est traitщ de la mъme maniшre +% et le rщsultat est rangщ dans \com{mtc@level@abbrev}. Exemple: si \verb|#2| est le mot-clщ \verb|subparagraph|, +% nous obtenons~\verb|SP|. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@level@abbrev{X} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@sectlevel@#2\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setfont@false + \def\mtc@level@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0014]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetfont \space has a wrong second argument + \MessageBreak + (#2). + \MessageBreak + It should be a sectionning level + \MessageBreak + (part...subparagraph) or * }% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@level@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@sectlevel@#2}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmp@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mta@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@level@abbrev} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we construct the effective macro to be applied: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous construisons la macro effective qui sera appliquщe: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@tmp@name{\mtc@mta@abbrev\mtc@level@abbrev font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Example: if \verb|#1| is \verb|minitoc| and \verb|#2| is \verb|subsection|, we get \verb|mtcSSfont|, which is the +% name of the command for the font of a subsection entry in a minitoc (the backslash is missing, but we will use +% a \com{csname} \ldots\ \com{endcsname} pair to apply the constructed command). +% \or\relax +% Exemple: si \verb|#1| est \verb|minitoc| et \verb|#2| est \verb|subsection|, nous obtenons \verb|mtcSSfont|, qui +% est le nom de la commande pour la fonte d'une entrщe de sous-section dans une minitoc (il manque la +% contre-oblique, mais nous utiliserons une paire \com{csname} \ldots\ \com{endcsname} pour appliquer la +% commande construite). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But all combinaisons are not legal (the level of the entry must be lower than the level of the mini-table, and +% the kind\,\footnote{``Kind'' being sectionning, (sub-)figure, or (sub-)table.} of the entry must be consistent +% with that of the mini-table), +% so we must test. Special care must be taken for testing via internal defined commands (\emph{quarks}) +% with \texttt{@mtcqk} at the end of their names). +% \or\relax +% Mais toutes les combinaisons ne sont pas lщgales (le niveau de l'entrщe doit ъtre plus bas que celui de la +% mini-table et le genre\,\footnote{Le <<~genre~>> щtant sectionnement, (sous-)figure ou (sous)-table.} de +% l'entrщe doit ъtre cohщrent avec celui de la mini-table),), donc nous devons tester. +% Un soin particulier doit ъtre pris pour tester en utilisant +% des commandes internes dщfinies (\emph{quarks} avec \texttt{@mtcqk} р~la fin de leurs noms). +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\parttoc@mtcqk{parttoc@mtcqk} +\def\minitoc@mtcqk{minitoc@mtcqk} +\def\secttoc@mtcqk{secttoc@mtcqk} +\def\partlof@mtcqk{partlof@mtcqk} +\def\minilof@mtcqk{minilof@mtcqk} +\def\sectlof@mtcqk{sectlof@mtcqk} +\def\partlot@mtcqk{partlot@mtcqk} +\def\minilot@mtcqk{minilot@mtcqk} +\def\sectlot@mtcqk{sectlot@mtcqk} +\def\part@mtcqk{part@mtcqk} +\def\chapter@mtcqk{chapter@mtcqk} +\def\appendix@mtcqk{appendix@mtcqk} +\def\section@mtcqk{section@mtcqk} +\def\subsection@mtcqk{subsection@mtcqk} +\def\subsubsection@mtcqk{subsubsection@mtcqk} +\def\paragraph@mtcqk{paragraph@mtcqk} +\def\subparagraph@mtcqk{subparagraph@mtcqk} +\def\figure@mtcqk{figure@mtcqk} +\def\table@mtcqk{table@mtcqk} +\def\subfigure@mtcqk{subfigure@mtcqk} +\def\subtable@mtcqk{subtable@mtcqk} +\@mtc@setfont@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\parttoc@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\partlof@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\partlot@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\minitoc@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\minilof@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\minilot@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\secttoc@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\section@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\sectlof@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\section@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\sectlot@mtcqk\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\section@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmp@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mta@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@level@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{I0015}\\\lmess{E0024}} the combinaison is legal, +% we apply it, i.e.,~we redefine the meaning of the constructed macro with the sequence +% of commands given as third argument of \com{mtcsetfont} and we log that event (we store the third argument in a +% token register to can print it \emph{verbatim}); +% if the combinaison is not legal, an error message is displayed. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{I0015}\\\lmess{E0024}} la combinaison est lщgale, +% nous l'appliquons, c'est-р-dire que nous redщfinissons la signification de la +% macro construite comme щtant la sщquence de commandes donnщe en troisiшme argument de \com{mtcsetfont} et nous +% notons cet щvщnement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} (nous rangeons le troisiшme argument dans un registre +% \emph{token} pour pouvoir l'щcrire \emph{verbatim}); +% si la combinaison n'est pas lщgale, un message d'erreur est affichщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@setfont@ + \def\mtc@tmp@name{\mtc@mta@abbrev\mtc@level@abbrev font} + \mtc@toks{#3} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0015]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetfont\space redefines the macro + \MessageBreak + "\mtc@tmp@name" as "\the\mtc@toks"}% + \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmp@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0024]{minitoc}% + {The macro \string\mtcsetfont\space has incompatible + \MessageBreak + first (#1) and second (#2) arguments}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsettitlefont} command}\label{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}\icom{mtcsettitlefont} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsettitlefont}}\label{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}\icom{mtcsettitlefont} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsetfont} command. Its syntax is almost identical: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|\mtcsettitlefont{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{font commands}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% \or\relax +% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsetfont}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|\mtcsettitlefont{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes de fonte}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitlefont@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \verb|minitoc|. The \emph{font commands} are a font specification, using +% NFSS~\cite{fontsel} basic commands usually. The difference is the absence of the second keyword argument, because +% the \emph{font commands} will be applied to the title of each mini-table of the given kind. +% +% First, we declare a flag, set true: +% \or\relax +% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \verb|minitoc|. Les \emph{commandes de fonte} sont une +% spщcification de fonte, utilisant habituellement des commandes basiques de NFSS~\cite{fontsel}. La diffщrence est +% l'absence du deuxiшme argument mot-clщ, car les \emph{commandes de fonte} seront appliquщes au titre de chaque +% mini-table du genre donnщ. +% +% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, mis р~vrai: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@settitlefont@\@mtc@settitlefont@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And we begin the definition of the \com{mtcsettitlefont} command, which has two arguments: +% \or\relax +% Et nous commenчons la dщfinition de la commande \com{mtcsettitlefont}, qui a deux arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsettitlefont}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtatf@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitlefont@} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0022} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetitle} family, then the result is stored into +% \com{mtc@mtatf@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0022} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetitle}, puis le rщsultat est +% rangщ dans \com{mtc@mtatf@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mtatf@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@settitlefont@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetitle@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@settitlefont@false + \def\mtc@mtatf@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0022]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsettitlefont \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mtatf@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetitle@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitlefont@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmptf@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtatf@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\SMM{\lmess{I0018}\\\lmess{E0034}} we build the name of the effective command and apply this command: +% \or\relax +% Puis\SMM{\lmess{I0018}\\\lmess{E0034}} nous construisons le nom de la commande effective et appliquons cette commande: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@settitlefont@ + \def\mtc@tmptf@name{\mtc@mtatf@abbrev font} + \mtc@toks{#2}% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0018]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsettitlefont\space redefines the macro + \MessageBreak + "\mtc@tmptf@name" as + \MessageBreak + "\the\mtc@toks"}% + \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmptf@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0034]{minitoc}% + {The macro \string\\mtcsettitlefont\space uses + \MessageBreak + an illegal type of table (#1)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax} +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsettitle} command}\label{s+code+mtcsettitle.command}\icom{mtcsettitle} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsettitle}}\label{s+code+mtcsettitle.command}\icom{mtcsettitle} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsettitlefont} command. Its syntax is almost identical: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsettitle}\verb|\mtcsettitle{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% \or\relax +% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsettitlefont}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsettitle}\verb|\mtcsettitle{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{texte}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \verb|minitoc|. The \emph{text} is the text for a mini-table title. +% \or\relax +% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \verb|minitoc|. Le \emph{texte} est le texte pour un titre +% de mini-table. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitle@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we declare a flag, set true: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, mis р~vrai: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@settitle@\@mtc@settitle@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we define the \com{mtcsettitle} command, which has two arguments: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous dщfinissons la commande \com{mtcsettitle}, qui a deux arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsettitle}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtati@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitle@} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0021} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family. The result is stored in +% \com{mtc@mtati@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0021} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ +% dans \com{mtc@mtati@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mtati@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@settitle@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@settitle@false + \def\mtc@mtati@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0021]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsettitle \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mtati@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitle@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpti@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtati@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And\SMM{\lmess{I0017}\\\lmess{E0033}} we construct the name of the effective macro and apply it: +% \or\relax +% Et\SMM{\lmess{I0017}\\\lmess{E0033}} nous construisons le nom de la macro effective et nous l'appliquons: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@settitle@ + \def\mtc@tmpti@name{\mtc@mtati@abbrev title}% + \mtc@toks{#2}% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0017]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsettitle\space redefines the macro + \MessageBreak + "\mtc@tmpti@name" as + \MessageBreak + "\the\mtc@toks"}% + \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmpti@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0033]{minitoc}% + {The macro \string\mtcsettitle\space uses + \MessageBreak + an illegal type of table (#1)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax} +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetformat} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetformat.command}\icom{mtcsetformat} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetformat}}\label{s+code+mtcsetformat.command}\icom{mtcsetformat} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define first the keywords (family \texttt{formatparam}) for the three formatting parameters that this command +% can alter: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons d'abord les mots-clщs (famille \texttt{formatparam}) pour les trois paramшtres de mise en page +% que cette commande peut altщrer: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@formatparam@dotinterval}{dotsep}% +\def\mtc@arg@dotinterval{dotsep} +\@namedef{mtc@formatparam@tocrightmargin}{tocrmarg}% +\def\mtc@arg@tocrightmargin{tocrightmargin} +\@namedef{mtc@formatparam@pagenumwidth}{pnumwidth}% +\def\mtc@arg@pagenumwidth{\mtc@arg@pagenumwidth} +%% \@namedef{mtc@arg@numwidth}{numwidth} %not yet available +%% \def\mtc@arg@numwidth{\mtc@arg@numwidth} %not yet available +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{13} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetformat} command needs an initialization to be done at the beginning of the document, to set the +% defaults values of the formatting parameters: +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcsetformat} a besoin qu'une initialisation soit faite en dщbut de document pour щtablir les +% valeurs par dщfaut des paramшtes de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\@pnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\stcpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\plfpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\slfpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\pltpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpnumwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\sltpnumwidth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We take, if possible, the default value of \com{@pnumwith} for each type of mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Nous prenons, si possible, la valeur par dщfaut de \com{@pnumwith} pour chaque type de mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{ptcpnumwidth}{\let\ptcpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{stcpnumwidth}{\let\stcpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{mtcpnumwidth}{\let\mtcpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{plfpnumwidth}{\let\plfpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{mlfpnumwidth}{\let\mlfpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{slfpnumwidth}{\let\slfpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{pltpnumwidth}{\let\pltpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{mltpnumwidth}{\let\mltpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +\@ifundefined{sltpnumwidth}{\let\sltpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\@tocrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctocrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\mtclofrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\stclotrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\plftocrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\mlflofrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\slflotrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\plttocrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\mltlofrmarg} +% \begin{macro}{\sltlotrmarg} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We take, if possible, the default value of \com{@tocrmarg} for each type of mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Nous prenons, si possible, la valeur par dщfaut de \com{@tocrmarg} pour chaque type de mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{ptctocrmarg}{\let\ptctocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{mtctocrmarg}{\let\mtctocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{stctocrmarg}{\let\stctocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{plftocrmarg}{\let\plftocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{mlftocrmarg}{\let\mlftocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{slftocrmarg}{\let\slftocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{plttocrmarg}{\let\plttocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{mlttocrmarg}{\let\mlttocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +\@ifundefined{slttocrmarg}{\let\slttocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\@dotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\stcdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\plfdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\slfdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\pltdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\mltdotsep} +% \begin{macro}{\sltdotsep} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We take, if possible, the default value of \com{@dotsep} for each type of mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Nous prenons, si possible, la valeur par dщfaut de \com{@dotsep} pour chaque type de mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{ptcdotsep}{\let\ptcdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{mtcdotsep}{\let\mtcdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{stcdotsep}{\let\stcdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{plfdotsep}{\let\plfdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{mlfdotsep}{\let\mlfdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{slfdotsep}{\let\slfdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{pltdotsep}{\let\pltdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{mltdotsep}{\let\mltdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +\@ifundefined{sltdotsep}{\let\sltdotsep\@dotsep}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{4} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And we terminate the \com{AtBeginDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Et nous terminons le bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The executive part is done via the following macros, which are invoked in the \env{mtc@verse}-like +% environments for each kind of mini-table. These commands activate the values recorded by \com{mtcsetformat}. +% \or\relax +% La partie exщcutive est effectuщe via les macros suivantes, qui sont invoquщes dans les environnements analogues +% р~\env{mtc@verse} pour chaque genre de mini-table. Ces commandes activent les valeurs enregistrщes par +% \com{mtcsetformat}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ptc@setform} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{ptc@setform} macro is invoked in \env{ptc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{ptc@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{ptc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ptc@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\ptcpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\ptctocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\ptcdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setform} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtc@setform} macro is invoked in \env{mtc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mtc@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{mtc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\mtcpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\mtctocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\mtcdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\stc@setform} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{stc@setform} macro is invoked in \env{stc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{stc@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{stc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\stc@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\stcpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\stctocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\stcdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plf@setform} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{plf@setform} macro is invoked in \env{ptc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{plf@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{ptc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\plf@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\plfpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\plftocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\plfdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mlf@setform} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mlf@setform} macro is invoked in \env{mtc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mlf@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{mtc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mlf@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\mlfpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\mlftocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\mlfdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\slf@setform} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{slf@setform} macro is invoked in \env{stc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{slf@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{stc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\slf@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\slfpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\slftocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\slfdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\plt@setform} +% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{plt@setform} macro is invoked in \env{ptc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{plt@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{ptc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\plt@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\pltpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\plttocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\pltdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mlt@setform} +% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mlt@setform} macro is invoked in \env{mtc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{mlt@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{mtc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mlt@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\plfpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\plftocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\plfdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\slt@setform} +% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{slt@setform} macro is invoked in \env{stc@verse} to set format parameters: +% \or\relax +% La macro \com{slt@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{stc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\slt@setform{% +\let\@pnumwidth\plfpnumwidth\relax +\let\@tocrmarg\plftocrmarg\relax +\let\@dotsep\plfdotsep\relax +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setformat@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We now define a flag and the \com{mtcsetformat} command, with has the following syntax: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{parameter-name}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family, \emph{parameter-name} is a keyword of +% the \texttt{formatparam} family and \emph{value}, the value of this parameter for the given kind of mini-table. +% \or\relax +% Puis nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcsetformat}, avec syntaxe suivante: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{nom-paramшtre}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}, \emph{nom-paramшtre} est un mot-clщ de la +% famille \texttt{formatparam} et \emph{valeur}, la valeur de ce paramшtre pour le genre de mini-table donnщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setformat@\@mtc@setformat@true +\newcommand{\mtcsetformat}[3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtf@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@fparam@abbrev} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0021} now process the first argument and store the result in \com{mtc@mtf@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{E0021} nous traitons le premier argument et rangeons le rщsultat dans \com{mtc@mtf@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mtf@abbrev{X} +\def\mtc@fparam@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setformat@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setformat@false + \def\mtc@mtf@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0015]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetformat \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else \edef\mtc@mtf@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@fparam@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{E0016} we process the second argument and store the result into a macro \com{mtc@fparam@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{E0016} le deuxiшme argument est traitщ et le rщsultat est rangщ dans \com{mtc@fparam@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@formatparam@#2\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setformat@false + \def\mtc@fparam@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0016]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetformat \space has a wrong second argument + \MessageBreak + (#2). + \MessageBreak + It should be a formatting param choosen from: + \MessageBreak + pagenumwidth, tocrightmargin, dotinterval}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}% +\else + \edef\mtc@fparam@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@formatparam@#2}}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setformat@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpfm@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtf@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@fparam@abbrev} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\SMMZZ{\lmess{I0016}\\\lmess{E0025}} name of the storage macro is built and it receives the third parameter +% as value (\emph{via}~\com{edef} because it can contain some complex code): +% \or\relax +% Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{I0016}\\\lmess{E0025}} nom de la macro de stockage est construit et elle reчoit le troisiшme paramшtre +% comme valeur (\emph{via}~\com{edef} car il peut contenir du code complexe): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@setformat@ + \mtc@toks{#3}% + \def\mtc@tmpfm@name{\mtc@mtf@abbrev\mtc@fparam@abbrev}% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0016]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetformat\space redefines the macro + \MessageBreak + "\mtc@tmpfm@name" as "\the\mtc@toks"} + \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmpfm@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0025]{minitoc}% + {The macro \string\mtcsetformat\space has incompatible + \MessageBreak + first (#1) and second (#2) arguments}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}% +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetpagenumbers} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetpagenumbers.command}\icom{mtcsetpagenumbers} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetpagenumbers}}\label{s+code+mtcsetpagenumbers.command}\icom{mtcsetpagenumbers} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command activates of inhibits page numbers in the mini-tables of a given kind. Its syntax is the following: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb+\mtcsetpagenumbers{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ +% \end{verse} +% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword for a kind of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}), +% or \texttt{on} and +% \texttt{off} a keyword to activate (\texttt{on}) or inhibit (\texttt{off}) the page numbers. \texttt{on} and +% \texttt{off} have many synonyms. +% \or\relax +% Cette commande active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les mini-tables du genre donnщ. Sa syntaxe est la +% suivante: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb+\mtcsetpagenumbers{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ +% \end{verse} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ pour un genre de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}) +% et \texttt{on} ou \texttt{off} un mot-clщ pour activer (\texttt{on}) ou inhiber (\texttt{off}) les numщros de +% pages. \texttt{on} et \texttt{off} ont de nombreux synonymes. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setpagenumbers@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@spn@ok@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define some flags: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons quelques indicateurs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setpagenumbers@ \@mtc@setpagenumbers@false +\newif\if@mtc@spn@ok@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the user-level macro. If the first argument is a star, we call the internal macro +% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@} for each type of mini-table available; else, we call this internal macro only once, +% for the specified type of mini-table. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons la macro au niveau utilisateur. Si le premier argument est une щtoile, nous appelons la macro +% interne \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@} pour chaque type de mini-table disponible; sinon, nous appelons cette macro +% interne une seule fois, pour le type de mini-table spщcifiщ. +% +% \lneed{5} +% \fi % +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetpagenumbers}[2]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\*\relax + \@ifundefined{part}{}% + {\mtcsetpagenumbers@{parttoc}{#2} + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{partlof}{#2} + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{partlot}{#2}} + \@ifundefined{chapter}{}% + {\mtcsetpagenumbers@{minitoc}{#2} + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{minilof}{#2} + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{minilot}{#2}} + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {\mtcsetpagenumbers@{secttoc}{#2} + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{sectlof}{#2} + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{sectlot}{#2}} + \else + \mtcsetpagenumbers@{#1}{#2}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumber@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@} internal macro, with two arguments: +% \or\relax +% Puis la macro interne \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@}, avec deux arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetpagenumbers@}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttpn@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pnsw@abbrev} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0017} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family, and store the result in +% \com{mtc@mttpn@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0017} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}, et rangeons le rщsultat dans +% \com{mtc@mttpn@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setpagenumbers@true +\def\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setpagenumbers@false + \def\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{X} + \def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0017]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetpagenumbers \space has a wrong first + \MessageBreak + argument (#1)}% + {It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot) + \MessageBreak + Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@spn@ok@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pnsw@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttpn@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setpagenumbers@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmppn@name} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\SMM{\lmess{E0018}\\\lmess{I0022}\\\lmess{I0021}} the second argument, a keyword of the \texttt{YN} family, +% and store the result into a macro \com{mtc@pnsw@abbrev}. +% The name of the effective macro is built and the macro executed. +% \or\relax +% Puis\SMM{\lmess{E0018}\\\lmess{I0022}\\\lmess{I0021}} le second argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{YN}, +% et nous rangeons le rщsultat dans \com{mtc@pnsw@abbrev}. +% Le nom de la macro effective est construit puis la macro exщcutщe. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@mtc@spn@ok@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@YN@#2\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@spn@ok@false + \def\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{X} + \def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} + \@mtc@setpagenumbers@false + \def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0018]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetpagenumbers \space has a wrong second + \MessageBreak + argument (#2)}% + {It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...) + \MessageBreak + Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@YN@#2}} + \def\mtc@pnsw@abbrevX{X} + \def\mtc@noX{mtc@noX} + \def\mtc@tmppn@name{\mtc@pnsw@abbrev\mtc@mttpn@abbrev pagenumbers} + \expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@\mtc@pnsw@abbrev X\endcsname\mtc@noX + \mtcPackageInfo[I0022]{minitoc}% + {Page numbers are inhibited + \MessageBreak + for the #1s} + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0021]{minitoc}% + {Page numbers are activated + \MessageBreak for the #1s} + \fi + \csname\mtc@tmppn@name\endcsname{} +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetrules} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetrules.command}\icom{mtcsetrules} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetrules}}\label{s+code+mtcsetrules.command}\icom{mtcsetrules} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This macro is very similar to \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and its syntax is the same: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb+\mtcsetrules{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ +% \end{verse} +% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword for a kind of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}), +% or \texttt{on} and +% \texttt{off} a keyword to activate (\texttt{on}) or inhibit (\texttt{off}) the horizontal rules. \texttt{on} and +% \texttt{off} have many synonyms. +% +% Hence the code is similar. +% \or\relax +% Cette macro ressemble beaucoup р~\com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et sa syntaxe est la mъme: +% \begin{verse} +% \verb+\mtcsetrules{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ +% \end{verse} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ pour un genre de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}) +% et \texttt{on} ou +% \texttt{off} un mot-clщ pour activer (\texttt{on}) ou inhiber (\texttt{off}) les filets horizontaux. \texttt{on} et +% \texttt{off} ont de nombreux synonymes. +% +% Donc le code est similaire. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setrules@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sru@ok@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define some flags: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons quelques indicateurs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setrules@ \@mtc@setrules@false +\newif\if@mtc@sru@ok@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define the user-level macro. If the first argument is a star, we call the internal macro +% \com{mtcsetrules@} for each type of mini-table available; else, we call this internal macro only once, +% for the specified type of mini-table. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons la macro au niveau utilisateur. Si le premier argument est une щtoile, nous appelons la macro +% interne \com{mtcsetrules@} pour chaque type de mini-table disponible; sinon, nous appelons cette macro +% interne une seule fois, pour le type de mini-table spщcifiщ. +% \fi % +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetrules}[2]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\*\relax + \@ifundefined{part}{}% + {\mtcsetrules@{parttoc}{#2} + \mtcsetrules@{partlof}{#2} + \mtcsetrules@{partlot}{#2}} + \@ifundefined{chapter}{}% + {\mtcsetrules@{minitoc}{#2} + \mtcsetrules@{minilof}{#2} + \mtcsetrules@{minilot}{#2}} + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {\mtcsetrules@{secttoc}{#2} + \mtcsetrules@{sectlof}{#2} + \mtcsetrules@{sectlot}{#2}} + \else + \mtcsetrules@{#1}{#2}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then the \com{mtcsetrules@} internal macro, which has two arguments: +% \or\relax +% Puis la macro interne \com{mtcsetrules@}, qui a deux arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetrules@}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttru@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setrules@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rusw@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0019} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family and store the result in a macro +% \com{mtc@mttru@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0019} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable} puis rangeons le rщsultat +% dans \com{mtc@mttru@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mttru@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setrules@true +\def\mtc@rusw@abbrev{} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setrules@false + \def\mtc@rusw@abbrev{X} + \def\mtc@mttru@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0019]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetrules \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1)}% + {It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot) + \MessageBreak + Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mttru@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sru@ok@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rusw@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttru@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{if@setrules@false} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@noX} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmppn@name} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\SMM{\lmess{E0020}\\\lmess{I0008}\\\lmess{I0007}} the second argument, a keyword of the \texttt{YN} family, +% and store the result in a macro \com{mtc@rusw@abbrev}. +% The name of the effective macro is built and the macro executed. +% \or\relax +% Puis\SMM{\lmess{E0020}\\\lmess{I0008}\\\lmess{I0007}} le second argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{YN}, +% et nous rangeons le rщsultat dans \com{mtc@rusw@abbrev}. +% Le nom de la macro effective est construit et cette macro est exщcutщe. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@mtc@sru@ok@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@YN@#2\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@sru@ok@false + \def\mtc@rusw@abbrev{X} + \def\mtc@mttru@abbrev{X} + \@mtc@setrules@false + \mtcPackageError[E0020]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetrules \space has a wrong second argument + \MessageBreak + (#2)}% + {It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...) + \MessageBreak + Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@rusw@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@YN@#2}} + \def\mtc@rusw@abbrevX{X} + \def\mtc@noX{mtc@noX} + \def\mtc@tmppn@name{\mtc@rusw@abbrev\mtc@mttru@abbrev rule} + \expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@\mtc@rusw@abbrev X\endcsname\mtc@noX + \mtcPackageInfo[I0008]{minitoc}% + {Horizontal rules are inhibited + \MessageBreak + for the #1s} + \else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0007]{minitoc}% + {Horizontal rules are activated + \MessageBreak + for the #1s} + \fi + \csname\mtc@tmppn@name\endcsname{} +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetfeature} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}\icom{mtcsetfeature} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetfeature}}\label{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}\icom{mtcsetfeature} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For this command, we must define three families of keywords, but the third is just used to add the word +% ``\texttt{style}'' for the ``\texttt{pagestyle}'' when ``\feat{pagestyle}'' is used. +% +% \or\relax +% Pour cette commande, nous devons dщfinir trois familles de mots-clщs, mais la troisiшme ne sert qu'р~ajouter le mot +% <<~\texttt{style}~>> pour le <<~\texttt{pagestyle}~>> lorsque <<~\feat{pagestyle}~>> est utilisщ. +% +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A family (\texttt{ltypetable}) for the long names of the types of mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Une famille (\texttt{ltypetable}) pour les noms longs des types de mini-tables: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@parttoc}{parttoc}\def\mtc@ltypetable@parttoc{parttoc} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@partlof}{partlof}\def\mtc@ltypetable@partlof{partlof} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@partlot}{partlot}\def\mtc@ltypetable@partlot{partlot} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@minitoc}{minitoc}\def\mtc@ltypetable@minitoc{minitoc} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@minilof}{minilof}\def\mtc@ltypetable@minilof{minilof} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@minilot}{minilot}\def\mtc@ltypetable@minilot{minilot} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@secttoc}{secttoc}\def\mtc@ltypetable@secttoc{secttoc} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@sectlof}{sectlof}\def\mtc@ltypetable@sectlof{sectlof} +\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@sectlot}{sectlot}\def\mtc@ltypetable@sectlot{sectlot} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A family (\texttt{featureparam}) for the type of feature: +% \or\relax +% Une famille (\texttt{featureparam}) pour le type de dispositif: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@before}{before}% + \def\mtc@featureparam@before{before} +\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@after}{after}% + \def\mtc@featureparam@after{after} +\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@open}{open}% + \def\mtc@featureparam@open{open} +\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@close}{close}% + \def\mtc@featureparam@close{close} +\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@pagestyle}{thispage}% + \def\mtc@featureparam@pagestyle{thispage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And a family (\texttt{ft3}) to add ``style'' if it is a ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature: +% \or\relax +% Et une famille (\texttt{ft3}) pour ajouter <<~style~>> si c'est un dispositif <<~\feat{pagestyle}~>>: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@namedef{mtc@ft3@before}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@before\endcsname{} +\@namedef{mtc@ft3@after}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@after\endcsname{} +\@namedef{mtc@ft3@open}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@open\endcsname{} +\@namedef{mtc@ft3@close}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@close\endcsname{} +\@namedef{mtc@ft3@pagestyle}{style}% + \expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@pagestyle\endcsname{style} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \com{mtcsetfeature} command has the following syntax: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{feature-name}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword of the \texttt{ltypetable} family, \emph{feature-name} is a keyword of +% the \texttt{featureparam} family (but also of the \texttt{ft3} family), and \emph{commands} are the commands which +% constitute the selected feature. +% \or\relax +% La commande \com{mtcsetfeature} a la syntaxe suivante: +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{nom-dispositif}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est une mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{ltypetable} family, \emph{nom-dispositif} est un mot-clщ +% de la famille \texttt{featureparam} (mais aussi de la famille \texttt{ft3}), et \emph{commandes} sont les +% commandes qui constituent le dispositif choisi. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfeature@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We define a flag and the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, with three arguments: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, qui a trois arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setfeature@\@mtc@setfeature@true +\newcommand{\mtcsetfeature}[3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@abbrev} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0011} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{ltypetable} family, and store +% the result in \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0011} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{ltypetable}, et rangeons le rщsultat +% dans \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev{X} +\def\mtc@featparam@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setfeature@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@ltypetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setfeature@false + \def\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0011]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetfeature \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@ltypetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfeature@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@third} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The\imess{E0012} second argument is a keyword of the \texttt{featureparam} family, the result is stored in +% \com{mtc@featparam@}; and the complement is computed from the first argument, interpreted as a keyword of the +% \texttt{ft3} family and whose result is stored in \com{mtc@featparam@third}. +% \or\relax +% Le\imess{E0012} deuxiшme argument est un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{featureparam}, le rщsultat est rangщ dans +% \com{mtc@featparam@}; et le complщment est calculщ d'aprшs le premier argument, interprщtщ comme un mot-clщ de +% la famille \texttt{ft3} et dont le rщsultat est rangщ dans \com{mtc@featparam@third}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@featureparam@#2\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setfeature@false + \def\mtc@featparam@abbrev{X} + \def\mtc@featparam@third{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0012]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetfeature \space has a wrong second argument + \MessageBreak + (#2). + \MessageBreak + It should be a feature param + \MessageBreak + (before, after, open, close, pagestyle)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@featparam@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@featureparam@#2}} + \edef\mtc@featparam@third{\@nameuse{mtc@ft3@#2}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfeature@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpfeat@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@third} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The\SMM{\lmess{I0014}\\\lmess{E0023}} name of the effective macro is built by concatenating these three +% pieces (named \com{mtc@featparam@abbrev},\space +% \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev},\space and \com{mtc@featparam@third}\space respectively), then this macro is executed: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Le\SMM{\lmess{I0014}\\\lmess{E0023}} nom de la macro effective est construit en concatщnant ces trois +% morceaux (nommщs \com{mtc@featparam@abbrev}, +% \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev} et \com{mtc@featparam@third} respectivement), puis cette macro est exщcutщe: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@setfeature@ + \def\mtc@tmpfeat@name% + {\mtc@featparam@abbrev\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev\mtc@featparam@third}% + \mtc@toks{#3}% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0014]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetfeature\space redefines the macro + \MessageBreak + "\csname mtc@tmpfeat@name\endcsname" as + \MessageBreak + "\the\mtc@toks"}% + \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmpfeat@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0023]{minitoc}% + {The macro \string\mtcsetfeature\space has incompatible + \MessageBreak + first (#1) and second (#2) arguments}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetdepth} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetdepth.command}\icom{mtcsetdepth} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetdepth}}\label{s+code+mtcsetdepth.command}\icom{mtcsetdepth} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsettitle} command. Its syntax is almost identical: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsetdepth}\verb|\mtcsetdepth{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{depth}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% +% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \texttt{minitoc}. The \emph{depth} is the depth for a mini-table. +% If it is a mini-table for a list of figures or tables, the corresponding depth counter \virage\emph{must be +% available}, i.e.,~must have been created (often by an adequate package, like the \pack{subfig} +% package~\cite{subfig}). +% \or\relax +% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsettitle}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsetdepth}\verb|\mtcsetdepth{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{profondeur}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% +% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \texttt{minitoc}. La \emph{profondeur} est la profondeur +% pour une mini-table. Si c'est une mini-table pour une liste de figures ou de tableaux, le compteur profondeur +% correspondant \virage\emph{doit ъtre disponible}, c'est-р-dire qu'il doit avoir щtщ crщщ (souvent par un paquetage +% adщquat, tel que le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setdepth@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we declare a flag, set true: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, vrai par dщfaut: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setdepth@\@mtc@setdepth@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we define the \com{mtcsetdepth} command, with two arguments: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous dщfinissons la commande \com{mtcsetdepth}, avec deux arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetdepth}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtade@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setdepth@} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0009} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{ltypetable} family. The result is stored in +% \com{mtc@mtade@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0009} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{ltypetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ +% dans \com{mtc@mtade@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mtade@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setdepth@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@ltypetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setdepth@false + \def\mtc@mtade@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0009]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetdepth \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mtade@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@ltypetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setdepth@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpde@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtade@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And\SMM{\lmess{E0008}\\\lmess{I0013}\\\lmess{E0010}} we construct the name of the effective counter +% and gave it the value: +% \or\relax +% Et\SMM{\lmess{E0008}\\\lmess{I0013}\\\lmess{E0010}} nous construisons le nom du compteur effectif +% et lui donnons la valeur: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@setdepth@ + \def\mtc@tmpde@name{\mtc@mtade@abbrev depth} + \expandafter\noexpand\@ifundefined{c@\mtc@mtade@abbrev depth}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0008]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetdepth \space attempts to use + \MessageBreak + an undefined counter (#1depth).}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}}{% + \mtc@toks{#2} % trick for explicit message using \the. + \mtcPackageInfo[I0013]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetdepth\space redefines the counter + \MessageBreak + "\mtc@tmpde@name" as "\the\mtc@toks"}% + \expandafter\csname c@\mtc@tmpde@name\endcsname=#2}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0010]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetdepth:\space Illegal type of table (#1)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax}% +\fi}% end of \mtcsetdepth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetoffset} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetoffset.command}\icom{mtcsetoffset} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetoffset}}\label{s+code+mtcsetoffset.command}\icom{mtcsetoffset} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsettitle} command. Its syntax is almost identical: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsetoffset}\verb|\mtcsetoffset{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% +% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \texttt{minitoc}. The \emph{value} is the offset value for a mini-table. +% \or\relax +% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsettitle}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: +% \begin{verse} +% \icom{mtcsetoffset}\verb|\mtcsetoffset{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| +% \end{verse} +% +% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \texttt{minitoc}. La \emph{valeur} est celle du dщplacement +% latщral pour une mini-table. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setoffset@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we declare a flag, set true: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, vrai par dщfaut: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@setoffset@\@mtc@setoffset@true +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we define the \com{mtcsetoffset} command, with two arguments: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous dщfinissons la commande \com{mtcsetoffset}, avec deux arguments: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcsetoffset}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setoffset@} +% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{E0042} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family. The result is stored in +% \com{mtc@mtaof@abbrev}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{E0042} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ +% dans \com{mtc@mtaof@abbrev}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@mtaof@abbrev{X} +\@mtc@setoffset@true +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax + \@mtc@setoffset@false + \def\mtc@mtaof@abbrev{X} + \mtcPackageError[E0042]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetoffset \space has a wrong first argument + \MessageBreak + (#1). + \MessageBreak + It should be a mini-table type + \MessageBreak + (parttoc...sectlot)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} +\else + \edef\mtc@mtaof@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setoffset@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpof@name} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And\SMM{\lmess{E0041}\\\lmess{I0052}\\\lmess{E0043}} we construct the name of the effective offset and gave it the value: +% \or\relax +% Et\SMM{\lmess{E0041}\\\lmess{I0052}\\\lmess{E0043}} nous construisons le nom du dщplacement effectif +% et lui donnons la valeur: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@setoffset@ + \def\mtc@tmpof@name{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset.} + \expandafter\noexpand\@ifundefined{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0041]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetoffset \space attempts to use + \MessageBreak + an undefined offset (\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset).}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}}{% + \mtc@toks{#2} % trick for explicit message using \the. + \mtcPackageInfo[I0052]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetoffset\space redefines + \MessageBreak + "\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset" as "\the\mtc@toks"}% + \expandafter\def\csname \mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset\endcsname{#2}}% +\else + \mtcPackageError[E0043]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcsetoffset:\space Illegal type of table (#1)}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax}% +\fi}% end of \mtcsetoffset +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Polymorphic entries}\label{s+code+polym} +% \or\relax +% \section{Entrщes polymorphes}\label{s+code+polym} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymtoc} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A toc entry should be able to have variants when it appears in the normal text (like the mandatory argument of +% a sectionning command), in a page header or in the main TOC (like the optionnal argument of a sectionning +% command), in a minitable (parttoc, minitoc or secttoc). Similar behaviour should be available for entries in th +% LOF or the LOT. So we define three commands to be used inside the optionnal argument of a sectionning command or +% of \com{caption} for a figure or a table. These commands must be robust (because used in optionnal arguments) +% and have 4~arguments: (1)~the variant to appear in a parttoc (or partlof or partlof), +% (2)~the variant to appear in a minitoc (or minilof or minilof), +% (3)~the variant to appear in a secttoc (or sectlof or sectlof). +% (4)~the variant to appear in the main TOC (or LOF or LOT). +% The variant to appear locally as title of the sectionning unit or as local caption of the figure or table is +% the mandatory argument of the sectionning command or of the caption command (see section~\vref{ss+polym}). +% We use the \verb|\ifin...| flags. +% \or\relax +% Une entrщe de table des matiшres devrait disposer de variantes selon qu'elle apparaюt dans le texte normal +% (comme l'argument obligatoire d'une commande de sectionnement), dans un en-tъte de page ou dans la table des +% matiшres principale (comme l'argument optionnel d'une commande de sectionnement), dans une minitable (parttoc, minitoc +% ou secttoc). Un comportement similaire devrait ъtre possible pour les entrщes de la liste des figures ou des +% tableaux. Donc nous dщfinissons trois commandes р~utiliser р~l'intщrieur de l'argument optionnel d'une commande +% de sectionnement ou de celui de \com{caption} pour une figure ou un tableau. Ces commandes doivent ъtre robustes +% (car utilisщes р~l'intщrieur d'un argument optionnel) et ont 4~arguments: (1)~la variante apparaissant dans une +% parttoc (ou partlof ou partlof), +% (2)~la variante apparaissant dans une a minitoc (ou minilof ou minilof), +% (3)~la variante apparaissant dans une secttoc (ou sectlof ou sectlof). +% (4)~la variante apparaissant la la table des matiшres (ou liste des figures ou liste des tableaux) principale. +% La variante apparaissant localement comme titre de l'unitщ de sectionnement ou comme lщgende locale de la figure +% ou du tableau est l'argument obligatoire de la commande de sectionnement ou de la commande de caption (voir la +% section~\vref{ss+polym}). +% Nous utilisons les indicateurs \verb|\ifin...|. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymtoc}[4]{% + \ifinparttoc\relax{#1}% + \else\ifinminitoc\relax{#2}% + \else\ifinsecttoc\relax{#3}% + \else\relax{#4} + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlof} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries of the list of figures: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes le la liste des figures: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlof}[4]{% + \ifinpartlof\relax{#1}% + \else\ifinminilof\relax{#2}% + \else\ifinsectlof\relax{#3}% + \else\relax{#4} + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlot} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For entries of the list of tables: +% \or\relax +% Pour les entrщes le la liste des tableaux: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlot}[4]{% + \ifinpartlot\relax{#1}% + \else\ifinminilot\relax{#2}% + \else\ifinsectlot\relax{#3}% + \else\relax{#4} + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \texttt{mtchideinmaintoc} environment and siblings}\label{s+code+mtchideinmaintoc.env}\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'environnement \texttt{mtchideinmaintoc} et ses comparses}\label{s+code+mtchideinmaintoc.env}\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himtoc@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The flag \com{if@mtc@Himtoc@} is used to detect an incorrect imbrication of this environment: +% \or\relax +% L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@Himtoc@} est utilisщ pour dщtecter une imbrication incorrecte de cet environnement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@Himtoc@ \@mtc@Himtoc@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{9} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savetocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restoretocdepth} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himtoc@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{E0005}\\\lmess{E0031}} define a macro \com{mtc@savetocdepth} to save the current value +% of the counter \dcnt{tocdepth}. +% Then we define this environment, which inserts into the TOC file this command and commands of the +% form \com{setcounter}\verb|{|\dcnt{tocdepth}\verb|}{...}|. Note that \com{xdef} is necessary! +% It also save and restore the value of the counter \dcnt{tocdepth}, as the optional argument is the hiding depth of +% the entries in the main TOC. +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{E0005}\\\lmess{E0031}} dщfinissons une macro \com{mtc@savetocdepth} pour sauvegarder la valeur +% courante du compteur \dcnt{tocdepth}. +% Notez que \com{xdef} est nщcessaire! +% Puis nous dщfinissons cet environnement, qui щcrit dans le fichier table des matiшres cette commande et +% des commandes de la +% forme \com{setcounter}\verb|{|\dcnt{tocdepth}\verb|}{...}|. +% Il sauvegarde et restaure aussi la valeur du compteur \dcnt{tocdepth}, car +% l'argument optionnel est la profondeur de masquage des entrщes dans la table des matiшres principale. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtc@savetocdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@tocdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}}% +\newcommand{\mtc@restoretocdepth}{\setcounter{tocdepth}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth}}% +\newenvironment{mtchideinmaintoc}[1][-1]% +{\if@mtc@Himtoc@\mtcPackageError[E0005]{minitoc}% + {Imbrication of mtchideinmaintoc environments}% + {The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himtoc@true + \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\mtc@savetocdepth}% + \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% +{\if@mtc@Himtoc@\else\mtcPackageError[E0031]{minitoc}% + {Unbalanced mtchideinmaintoc environment}% + {The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himtoc@false + \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlof@} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\empty} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svf@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments are similar, but we must verify the +% presence of the associated depth counter, so we have two versions of each of these environments. +% This must be done \emph{after} the loading of the packages. +% +% First, for the list of figures:\SMM{\lmess{E0003}\\\lmess{E0029}} +% \or\relax +% Les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} sont similaires, mais nous devons +% vщfifier la prщsence du compteur de profondeur associщ, donc nous avons deux versions de ces environnements. +% Ceci doit ъtre fait \emph{aprшs} le chargement des paquetages. +% +% D'abord, pour la liste des figures:\SMM{\lmess{E0003}\\\lmess{E0029}} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@Himlof@ \@mtc@Himlof@false +\AtBeginDocument{% +\@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{% + \providecommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\empty} + \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]% + {\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}% + {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments}% + {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlof@true + \def\mtc@sv@tocdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% + \def\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@savetocdepth}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% + {\if@mtc@Himlof@\else\mtcPackageError[E0029]{minitoc}% + {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment}% + {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlof@false + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}% +}}% +{% + \newcommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{lofdepth}}}% + \newcommand{\mtc@restorelofdepth}{\setcounter{lofdepth}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth}}% + \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]% + {\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}% + {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments}% + {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlof@true + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@savelofdepth}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% + {\if@mtc@Himlof@\else\mtcPackageError[E0029]{minitoc}% + {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment}% + {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlof@false + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlot@} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\empty} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svt@tocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\arabic} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then for the list of tables:\SMM{\lmess{E0004}\\\lmess{E0030}} +% \or\relax +% Puis pour la liste des tableaux:\SMM{\lmess{E0004}\\\lmess{E0030}} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@Himlot@ \@mtc@Himlot@false +\AtBeginDocument{% +\@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{% + \providecommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\empty} + \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]% + {\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}% + {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments}% + {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlot@true + \def\mtc@sv@tocdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% + \def\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@savetocdepth}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% + {\if@mtc@Himlot@\else\mtcPackageError[E0030]{minitoc}% + {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment}% + {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlot@false + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}% +}}% +{% + \newcommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{lotdepth}}}% + \newcommand{\mtc@restorelotdepth}{\setcounter{lotdepth}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth}}% + \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]% + {\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}% + {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments}% + {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlot@true + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@savelotdepth}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% + {\if@mtc@Himlot@\else\mtcPackageError[E0030]{minitoc}% + {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment}% + {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi + \global\@mtc@Himlot@false + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Fixing the ``Glossary'' entry in the TOC}\label{s+code+mtcfixglossary} +% \or\relax +% \section{Correction de l'entrщe <<~Glossaire~>> dans la TdM}\label{s+code+mtcfixglossary} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This macro is complex. Its syntax is: +% \or\relax +% Cette macro est complexe. Sa syntaxe est la suivante: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[part|chapter|section]+ +% \end{verse} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@glofix@level} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{W0006}} on the document class, +% the ``Glossary'' entry in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred +% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then +% stored in the macro \com{mtc@glofix@level}. This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning +% message: +% \or\relax +% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{W0006}} la classe du document, +% l'entrщe <<~Glossaire~>> dans la table des matiшres est traitщe comme un chapitre щtoilщ +% ou une section щtoilщe. Donc nous devons d'abord dщterminer la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel. La +% valeur par dщfaut est alors rangщe dans la macro \com{mtc@glofix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui +% produit щventuellement un message d'avertissement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0001]{minitoc}% + {\string\chapter\space and \string\section\space are undefined.% + \MessageBreak + Cannot use \string\mtcfixglossary \space without + \MessageBreak + optional argument [part]}% + \@ifundefined{part}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0001]{minitoc}% + {But \string\part\space is undefined}% + {\string\mtcfixglossary\space not usable}}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0006]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcfixglossary\space can only be used + \MessageBreak + with the [part] optional argument, + \MessageBreak + which becomes the default}% + \def\mtc@glofix@level{part}% + }}% + {\def\mtc@glofix@level{section}}}% +{\def\mtc@glofix@level{chapter}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcfixglossary@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixglossary} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{E0026} we define a flag (\com{if@mtcfixglossary@}) and the command \com{mtcfixglossary}, which adds +% the necessary lines in the TOC, the LOF and the LOT. +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{E0026} nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcfixglossary}, qui ajoute les lignes +% nщcessaires dans la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtcfixglossary@ \@mtcfixglossary@false +\newcommand{\mtcfixglossary}[1][\mtc@glofix@level]{% + \@mtcfixglossary@false + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax\@mtcfixglossary@true\fi + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax\@mtcfixglossary@true\fi + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax\@mtcfixglossary@true\fi + \if@mtcfixglossary@ + \addcontentsline{lof}{x\mtc@glofix@level}{}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{x\mtc@glofix@level}{}% + \csname mtcadd\mtc@glofix@level\endcsname\relax + \else + \mtcPackageError[E0026]{minitoc}% + {The optional argument of \string\mtcfixglossary + \MessageBreak + is wrong}% + {It must be omitted (\mtc@glofix@level), or be part, chapter or section}% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Fixing the ``Index'' entry in the TOC}\label{s+code+mtcfixindex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Correction de l'entrщe <<~Index~>> dans la TdM}\label{s+code+mtcfixindex} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This macro is complex. Its syntax is: +% \or\relax +% Cette macro est complexe. Sa syntaxe est la suivante: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[part|chapter|section]+ +% \end{verse} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ixfix@level} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}} on the document class, +% the ``Index'' entry in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred +% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then +% stored in the macro \com{mtc@ixfix@level}. This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning message: +% \or\relax +% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}} la classe du document, +% l'entrщe <<~Index~>> dans la table des matiшres est traitщe comme un chapitre щtoilщ +% ou une section щtoilщe. Donc nous devons d'abord dщterminer la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel. La +% valeur par dщfaut est alors rangщe dans la macro \com{mtc@ixfix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui +% produit щventuellement un message d'avertissement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0002]{minitoc}% + {\string\chapter\space and \string\section\space are undefined.% + \MessageBreak + Cannot use \string\mtcfixindex \space without + \MessageBreak + optional argument [part]}% + \@ifundefined{part}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0002]{minitoc}% + {But \string\part\space is undefined}% + {\string\mtcfixindex\space not usable}}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0007]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcfixindex\space can only be used with + \MessageBreak + the [part] optional argument, + \MessageBreak + which becomes the default}% + \def\mtc@ixfix@level{part}% + }}% + {\def\mtc@ixfix@level{section}}}% +{\def\mtc@ixfix@level{chapter}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcfixindex@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{E0027} we define a flag and the command \com{mtcfixindex}, which adds the necessary lines in the TOC, the LOF +% and the LOT. +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{E0027} nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcfixindex}, qui ajoute les lignes nщcessaires dans +% la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtcfixindex@ \@mtcfixindex@false +\newcommand{\mtcfixindex}[1][\mtc@ixfix@level]{% + \@mtcfixindex@false + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax\@mtcfixindex@true\fi + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax\@mtcfixindex@true\fi + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax\@mtcfixindex@true\fi + \if@mtcfixindex@ + \addcontentsline{lof}{x\mtc@ixfix@level}{}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{x\mtc@ixfix@level}{}% + \csname mtcadd\mtc@ixfix@level\endcsname\relax + \else + \mtcPackageError[E0027]{minitoc}% + {The optional argument of \string\mtcfixindex + \MessageBreak + is wrong}% + {It must be omitted (\mtc@ixfix@level), or be part, chapter or section}% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Fixing the ``Nomenclature'' entry in the TOC}\label{s+code+ature} +% \or\relax +% \section{Correction de l'entrщe <<~Nomenclature~>> dans la TdM}\label{s+code+ature} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This macro is complex. Its syntax is: +% \or\relax +% Cette macro est complexe. Sa syntaxe est la suivante: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[part|chapter|section]+ +% \end{verse} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@nomenclfix@level} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} on the document class, +% the ``Nomenclature'' entry\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or +% \pack{nomentbl} package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} calls \pack{nomentbl}).} +% in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred +% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then +% stored in the macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. +% This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning message: +% \or\relax +% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} la classe du document, +% l'entrщe <<~Nomenclature~>>\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le +% paquetage \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} appelle \pack{nomentbl}).} +% dans la table des matiшres est traitщe comme un chapitre щtoilщ +% ou une section щtoilщe. Donc nous devons d'abord dщterminer la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel. La +% valeur par dщfaut est alors rangщe dans la macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui +% produit щventuellement un message d'avertissement: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0095]{minitoc}% + {\string\chapter\space and \string\section\space are undefined.% + \MessageBreak + Cannot use \string\mtcfixnomenclature \space without + \MessageBreak + optional argument [part]}% + \@ifundefined{part}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0039]{minitoc}% + {But \string\part\space is undefined}% + {\string\mtcfixnomclature\space not usable}}% + {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0096]{minitoc}% + {\string\mtcfixnomenclature\space can only be used with + \MessageBreak + the [part] optional argument, + \MessageBreak + which becomes the default}% + \def\mtc@nomenclfix@level{part}% + }}% + {\def\mtc@nomenclfix@level{section}}}% +{\def\mtc@nomenclfix@level{chapter}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcfixnomclature@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\imess{E0040} we define a flag and the command \com{mtcfixnomenclature}, which adds the necessary lines in the TOC, +% the LOF and the LOT. +% \or\relax +% Puis\imess{E0040} nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcfixnomclature}, qui ajoute les lignes +% nщcessaires dans la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtcfixnomenclature@ \@mtcfixnomenclature@false +\newcommand{\mtcfixnomenclature}[1][\mtc@nomenclfix@level]{% + \@mtcfixnomenclature@false + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax\@mtcfixnomenclature@true\fi + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax\@mtcfixnomenclature@true\fi + \expandafter% + \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax\@mtcfixnomenclature@true\fi + \if@mtcfixnomenclature@ + \addcontentsline{lof}{x\mtc@nomenclfix@level}{}% + \addcontentsline{lot}{x\mtc@nomenclfix@level}{}% + \csname mtcadd\mtc@nomenclfix@level\endcsname\relax + \else + \mtcPackageError[E0040]{minitoc}% + {The optional argument of \string\mtcfixnomenclature + \MessageBreak + is wrong}% + {It must be omitted (\mtc@nomenclfix@level), or be part, chapter or section}% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{mtcselectlanguage} command}\label{s+code+mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage} +% \or\relax +% \section{La commande \ucom{mtcselectlanguage}}\label{s+code+mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@insellang@} +% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\@input} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\SMM{\lmess{I0010}\\\lmess{E0006}} command loads a minitoc language definition +% file \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} to set the language-dependent +% titles for the mini-tables. +% But first, we verify that this file exists. +% The flag \com{if@mtc@insellang@} is true while we are in this macro. +% \or\relax +% Cette\SMM{\lmess{I0010}\\\lmess{E0006}} commande charge un fichier minitoc de dщfinition +% de langue \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} pour щtablir les +% titres dщpendants de la langue pour les mini-tables. +% Mais au prщalable, nous vщrifions que ce fichier existe. +% L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@insellang@} est vrai tant que nous sommes dans cette macro. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@insellang@ \@mtc@insellang@false +\def\mtcselectlanguage#1{% + \@mtc@insellang@true + \InputIfFileExists{#1.mld}% + {\mtcPackageInfo[I0010]{minitoc}{The #1 language is selected.% + \MessageBreak + }}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0006]{minitoc}% + {#1 is not a known language, + \MessageBreak + #1.mld not found. + \MessageBreak + Command ignored}% + {See the minitoc documentation. + \MessageBreak + Correct the source using a valid language name. + \MessageBreak + Press RETURN}}% + \@mtc@insellang@false +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \ucom{mtcloadmlo} internal command}\label{s+code+mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} +% \or\relax +% \section{La commande interne \ucom{mtcloadmlo}}\label{s+code+mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@insellang@} +% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\@input} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command loads a minitoc language object file \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} to set the language-dependent +% titles for the mini-tables when exotic characters are needed. +% This command is used only in some \suffix{.mld} files when the title strings can not be generated by the normal +% processing of \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. The \suffix{.mlo} files are generated by \env{filecontents} environments in the +% \xfile{minitoc.ins} file. +% But first, we verify that this \suffix{.mlo} file exists. +% +% \emph{This command}\SMMZ{\lmess{I0011}\\\lmess{E0007}\\\lmess{E0032}} +% \emph{should not be invoked directly by the user. This is verified via the flag +% \com{if@mtc@insellang@}.} +% \or\relax +% Cette commande charge un fichier minitoc objet de langue \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} pour щtablir les +% titres dщpendants de la langue pour les mini-tables lorsque des caractшres exotiques sont nщcessaires. +% Cette commande n'est utilisщe que dans certains fichiers \suffix{.mld}, lorsque les chaюnes de titres ne peuvent +% pas ъtre produites par le traitement normal de \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. Les fichiers \suffix{.mlo} sont produits +% par des environments \env{filecontents} dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% Mais au prщalable, nous vщrifions que ce fichier \suffix{.mlo} existe. +% +% \emph{Cette commande}\SMMZ{\lmess{I0011}\\\lmess{E0007}\\\lmess{E0032}} +% \emph{ne devrait pas ъtre invoquщe directement par l'utilisateur. Ceci est vщrifiщ grтce +% р~l'indicateur \com{if@mtc@insellang@}.} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcloadmlo#1{% + \if@mtc@insellang@ + \InputIfFileExists{#1.mlo}% + {\mtcPackageInfo[I0011]{minitoc}% + {#1 minitoc language object selected. + \MessageBreak}}% + {\mtcPackageError[E0007]{minitoc}% + {#1 is not a known minitoc + \MessageBreak + language object file (.mlo), + \MessageBreak + #1.mlo not found. + \MessageBreak + Command ignored}% + {See the minitoc documentation. + \MessageBreak + Correct the source using a valid language name. + \MessageBreak + Press RETURN}}% + \else + \mtcPackageError[E0032]{minitoc}% + {You are using the \string\mtcloadmlo\space command + \MessageBreak + outside of a .mld file}% + {It will be ignored} + \@mtc@insellang@false + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The ``coffee breaks''}\label{s+cod+coffee.breaks} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les <<~pauses cafщ~>>}\label{s+cod+coffee.breaks} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\addcoffeeline} +% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} +% \begin{macro}{\coffeeline} +% \begin{macro}{\l@coffee} +% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtocline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \pack{minutes} package~\cite{minutes} (by \name{Knut}{Lickert}), we need some commands to insert special +% entries, undotted, in the +% TOC to mark ``coffee breaks''{\myCoffeecup} in a conference. +% Hence we define \com{addcoffeeline}, \com{coffeeline} and +% \com{l@coffee}, and internal commands analog to the standard internal commands to format the TOC. +% \or\relax +% Pour le paquetage \pack{minutes}~\cite{minutes} (de \name{Knut}{Lickert}), nous avons besoin de quelques +% commandes pour insщrer des entrщes spщciales, sans points de conduite, dans la table des matiшres pour marquer les +% <<~pauses cafщ~>>{\myCoffeecup} dans une confщrence. Donc nous dщfinissons \com{addcoffeeline}, \com{coffeeline} et +% \com{l@coffee}, et des commandes internes analogues aux commandes internes standard pour mettre en forme la +% table des matiшres. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\addcoffeeline#1#2#3{% + \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\coffeeline{#2}{#3}{\null}}} +\def\coffeeline#1{\csname l@#1\endcsname} +\newcommand*\l@coffee{\@Undottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Initialization of counters}\label{s+verse+init.counters} +% \or\relax +% \section{Initialisation des compteurs}\label{s+verse+init.counters} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% At the beginning of the document, we initialize the absolute counters for parts, chapters and sections, if they +% are defined. +% \or\relax +% Au dщbut du document, nous initialisons les compteurs absolus pour les parties, chapitres et sections, s'ils +% sont dщfinis. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\setcounter{ptc}{0}} +\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{\setcounter{mtc}{0}} +\@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\setcounter{stc}{0}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Declarations for simple options}\label{s+code+simple.options} +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщclarations pour les options simples}\label{s+code+simple.options} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These options are just setting a flag. +% \or\relax +% Ces options ne font que positionner un indicateur. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Options \uopt{tight} and \uopt{loose}, \uopt{k-tight} and \uopt{k-loose}}% +% \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Options \uopt{tight} et \uopt{loose}, \uopt{k-tight} et \uopt{k-loose}}% +% \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These options influence the interline separation in the mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% Ces options influencent l'interlignage dans les mini-tables. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{tight}{\tightmtctrue} +\DeclareOption{loose}{\tightmtcfalse} % default +\DeclareOption{k-tight}{\ktightmtctrue} +\DeclareOption{k-loose}{\ktightmtcfalse} % default +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Options \uopt{checkfiles} and \uopt{nocheckfiles}}\label{o+checkfiles}\ioptd{checkfiles}\iopt{nocheckfiles} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Options \uopt{checkfiles} et \uopt{nocheckfiles}}\label{o+checkfiles}\ioptd{checkfiles}\iopt{nocheckfiles} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@checkfiles} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These options activate or inhibit the checking for empty mini-table files. +% \or\relax +% Ces options activent ou inhibent les tests de vacuitщ sur les fichiers des mini-tables. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{checkfiles}{\@mtc@checkfilestrue} % default +\DeclareOption{nocheckfiles}{\@mtc@checkfilesfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Options \uopt{dotted} and \uopt{undotted}}\ioptd{dotted}\iopt{undotted} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Options \uopt{dotted} et \uopt{undotted}}\ioptd{dotted}\iopt{undotted} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These options activate or inhibit the leaders (lines of dots) in the mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% Ces options activent ou inhibent les points de conduite dans les mini-tables. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{undotted}{\undottedmtctrue} +\DeclareOption{dotted}{\undottedmtcfalse} % default +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Option \uopt{notoccite}}\iopt{notoccite} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Option \uopt{notoccite}}\iopt{notoccite} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@notoccite@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This option will later load the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}. +% \or\relax +% Cette option chargera plus loin le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{notoccite}{\@mtc@notoccite@true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Option \uopt{shortext}}\iopt{shortext} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Option \uopt{shortext}}\iopt{shortext} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\imess{W0020} option forces the use of short extensions. +% \or\relax +% Cette\imess{W0020} option force l'utilisation de suffixes courts. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{shortext}{% + \@mtc@longext@false + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0020]{minitoc}% + {You have forced the use of short extensions}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uopt{insection} option}\label{s+code+insection.option}\iopt{insection} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'option \uopt{insection}}\label{s+code+insection.option}\iopt{insection} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ss@insection@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This\imess{E0035} option is available only if \com{chapter} is not defined and \com{section} defined. +% It is to be revised when chapter/section level commands will ever be allowed together, sometime in the far away future, +% with a lot of luck (and work)\footnote{Please, do not dream too much!}. +% \or\relax +% Cette\imess{E0035} option n'est disponible que si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie et \com{section} est dщfinie. +% Il faudra la revoir si un jour les commandes aux niveaux chapitre et section sont щventuellement permises +% ensemble, peut-ъtre dans un avenir lointain, avec beaucoup de chance (et de travail)\,\footnote{Ne rщvez pas trop +% quand mъme!}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@ss@insection@ \@mtc@ss@insection@false +\@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{\DeclareOption{insection}{% + \mtcPackageError[E0035]{minitoc}% + {You have used the `insection' option in + \MessageBreak + a document where chapters are defined. + \MessageBreak + This is not compatible: option ignored.}% + {Remove this option. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX} + }}% + {% + \DeclareOption{insection}% + {\@mtc@ss@insection@true}% + }% +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uopt{listfiles} and \uopt{nolistfiles} options}\label{s+code+listfiles.option}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} +% \or\relax +% \section{Les options \uopt{listfiles} et \uopt{nolistfiles}}\label{s+code+listfiles.option}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@listfiles@} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \optd{listfiles} option creates a file containing a list of the auxiliary files created +% by the \upack{minitoc} package. This is the default. +% This file is named \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. +% The \opt{nolistfiles} option inhibits this listing. +% \or\relax +% L'option \optd{listfiles} crщe un fichier contenant une liste des fichiers auxiliaires crщщs par +% le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. C'est le choix par dщfaut. +% Ce fichier est nommщ \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. +% L'option \opt{nolistfiles} inhibe ce listage. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@listfiles@ \@mtc@listfiles@true +\DeclareOption{listfiles}{\@mtc@listfiles@true} +\DeclareOption{nolistfiles}{\@mtc@listfiles@false} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Language options}\label{s+section+language.options} +% \or\relax +% \section{Options pour les langues}\label{s+section+language.options} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@listmisslanguages} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@LML} +% \begin{macro}{\MessageBreak} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we define an utility macro (\com{@gobblethree}), a list of the missing files +% (accumulated in the \com{mtc@listmisslanguages} macro), +% and a macro (\com{mtc@addmisslanguage}) to add a file name to the list: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous dщfinissons une macro utilitaire (\com{@gobblethree}), une liste des fichiers manquants +% (accumulщe dans la macro \com{mtc@listmisslanguages}), et une macro pour ajouter un nom de fichier р~la liste +% (\com{mtc@addmisslanguage}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@gobblethree#1#2#3{\empty} +\def\mtc@listmisslanguages{} +\def\mtc@addmisslanguage#1{% + \let\mtc@LML\mtc@listmisslanguages + \edef\mtc@listmisslanguages{\mtc@LML \MessageBreak #1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@misslang} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopt} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopto} +% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Before\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}} defining a language option, +% we must verify that the corresponding \suffix{.mld} file exists, and, if +% necessary, that the corresponding \suffix{.mlo} file exists. +% Hence, we must first define a flag \com{if@mtc@misslang} and +% two macros to test the presence of these files; if the files are available, we define the language option. +% \or\relax +% Avant\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}} de dщfinir une option de langue, +% nous devons vщrifier si le fichier \suffix{.mld} existe, et, si +% nщcessaire, que le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant existe. Donc, nous devons d'abord dщfinir un indicateur +% \com{if@mtc@misslang} et deux macros pour tester la prщsence de ces fichiers; si les fichiers sont +% disponibles, nous dщfinissons l'option de langue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@misslang\@mtc@misslangfalse +\newcommand{\mtc@setlangopt}[1]{% + \IfFileExists{#1.mld}% + {\DeclareOption{#1}{\mtcselectlanguage{#1}}}% + {\@mtc@misslangtrue \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mld} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0050]{minitoc}% + {The required "#1.mld" file is missing. + \MessageBreak + The "#1" language option will not be available. + \MessageBreak + Please install it from a recent distribution + \MessageBreak + or from the CTAN archives\@gobble}}% +}% +\newcommand{\mtc@setlangopto}[1]{% + \IfFileExists{#1.mlo}% + {\mtc@setlangopt{#1}}% + {\@mtc@misslangtrue \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mlo} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0051]{minitoc}% + {The required "#1.mlo" file is missing. + \MessageBreak + The "#1" language option will not be available. + \MessageBreak + Please install it from a recent distribution + \MessageBreak + or from the CTAN archives\@gobble}% + \IfFileExists{#1.mld}{}% + {\@mtc@misslangtrue + \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mld} + \mtcPackageInfo[I0050]{minitoc}% + {The required "#1.mld" file is missing. + \MessageBreak + The "#1" language option will not be available. + \MessageBreak + Please install it from a recent distribution + \MessageBreak + or from the CTAN archives\@gobble}% + }% + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@misslang} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangoptm} +% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} \suffix{.mld} files are mandatory (\xfile{english.mld} because english is the default language), +% so their absence is a serious error: +% \or\relax +% Certains\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} fichiers \suffix{.mld} sont obligatoires (\xfile{english.mld} car l'anglais est la langue +% par dщfaut), donc leur absence est une erreur sщvшre): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtc@setlangoptm}[1]{% + \IfFileExists{#1.mld}% + {\DeclareOption{#1}{\mtcselectlanguage{#1}}}% + {\@mtc@misslangtrue + \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mld} + \mtcPackageError[E0038]{minitoc}% + {Your minitoc installation is incomplete. + \MessageBreak + A mandatory minitoc language object file, + \MessageBreak + #1.mld, is not found. + \MessageBreak + We will try to continue with + \MessageBreak + current/default values}% + {See the minitoc documentation. + \MessageBreak + Please fix your minitoc installation. + \MessageBreak + Press to continue}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must define the default titles (english): +% \or\relax +% Nous devons dщfinir les titres par dщfaut (anglais): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\ptctitle}{Table of Contents}% + \providecommand{\plftitle}{List of Figures}% + \providecommand{\plttitle}{List of Tables}% + \providecommand{\mtctitle}{Contents}% + \providecommand{\mlftitle}{Figures}% + \providecommand{\mlttitle}{Tables}% + \providecommand{\stctitle}{Contents}% + \providecommand{\slftitle}{Figures}% + \providecommand{\slttitle}{Tables}% +}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@misslang} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} +% \begin{macro}{\MessageBreak} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@listmisslanguages} +% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing, +% we signal that at the end of the document, with also the full list of the missing language files: +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} est manquant, +% nous le signalons en fin de document, avec aussi liste complшte des fichiers de langue manquants: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \if@mtc@misslang + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0093]{minitoc}% + {Some "*.mld" or "*.mlo" files are missing + \MessageBreak + in your installation. + \MessageBreak + Search for the I0050 and I0051 info messages + \MessageBreak + in the \string\jobname.log file. + \MessageBreak + The full list of the missing language files + \MessageBreak + is given in the W0094 warning message. + \MessageBreak + Please install the missing files from + \MessageBreak + a recent distribution + \MessageBreak + or from the CTAN archives}% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0094]{minitoc}% + {Missing minitoc language file(s)\string: + \MessageBreak + \mtc@listmisslanguages\@gobblethree}% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopt} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopto} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangoptm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Each language option reads the corresponding \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file via +% the specialized macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}, after verification by \com{mtc@setlangopt} or +% \com{mtc@setlangopto} (when a \suffix{.mlo} file is required), by \com{mtc@setlangoptm} when the language is +% mandatory. If the file +% does not exist, a standard error message is displayed. The language options are (should be) in alphabetical order +% (to make maintenance easier). +% Several options could load the same file, but, by convention, there should be a \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file for +% each language option, given that this file may load another one (as \xfile{american.mld} loads \xfile{english.mld}). +% \or\relax +% Chaque option de langue lit le fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} correspondant via +% la macro spщcialisщe \com{mtcselectlanguage}, aprшs vщrification par \com{mtc@setlangopt} ou +% \com{mtc@setlangopto} (lorsqu'un fichier \suffix{.mlo} est requis), par \com{mtc@setlangoptm} lorsque la +% langue est obligatoire. Si le fichier +% n'existe pas, un message d'erreur standard est affichщ. Les options de langue sont (devraient) ъtre par ordre +% alphabщtique (pour faciliter la maintenance). Plusieurs options pourraient charger le mъme fichier, mais, +% par convention, il devrait y~avoir un +% fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} pour chaque option de langue, щtant donnщ que ce fichier peut en charger un autre +% (ainsi \xfile{francais.mld} charge-t-il \xfile{french.mld}). +% \fi +% \raggedcolumns +% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macrocode} +\mtc@setlangopt{acadian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{acadien}% +\mtc@setlangopt{afrikaan}% +\mtc@setlangopt{afrikaans}% +\mtc@setlangopt{albanian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{american}% +\mtc@setlangopt{arab}% +\mtc@setlangopt{arab2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{arabi}% +\mtc@setlangopt{arabic}% +\mtc@setlangopt{armenian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{australian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{austrian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bahasa}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bahasai}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bahasam}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bangla}% +\mtc@setlangopt{basque}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bengali}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bicig}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bicig2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bicig3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bithe}% +\mtc@setlangopt{brazil}% +\mtc@setlangopt{brazilian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{breton}% +\mtc@setlangopt{british}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bulgarian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bulgarianb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{buryat}% +\mtc@setlangopt{buryat2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{canadian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{canadien}% +\mtc@setlangopt{castillan}% +\mtc@setlangopt{castillian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{catalan}% +\mtc@setlangopto{chinese1}% +\mtc@setlangopto{chinese2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{croatian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{czech}% +\mtc@setlangopt{danish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{devanagari}% +\mtc@setlangopt{dutch}% +\mtc@setlangoptm{english}% +\mtc@setlangopt{english1}% +\mtc@setlangopt{english2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{esperant}% +\mtc@setlangopt{esperanto}% +\mtc@setlangopt{estonian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ethiopia}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ethiopian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ethiopian2}% +\mtc@setlangopto{farsi1}% +\mtc@setlangopto{farsi2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{farsi3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{finnish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{finnish2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{francais}% +\mtc@setlangopt{french}% +\mtc@setlangopt{french1}% +\mtc@setlangopt{french2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{frenchb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{frenchle}% +\mtc@setlangopt{frenchpro}% +\mtc@setlangopt{galician}% +\mtc@setlangopt{german}% +\mtc@setlangopt{germanb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{germanb2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{greek}% +\mtc@setlangopt{greek-mono}% +\mtc@setlangopt{greek-polydemo}% +\mtc@setlangopt{greek-polykatha}% +\mtc@setlangopt{guarani}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hangul1}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hangul2}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hangul3}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hangul4}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hangul-u8}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hanja1}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hanja2}% +\mtc@setlangopto{hanja-u8}% +\mtc@setlangopt{hebrew}% +\mtc@setlangopt{hebrew2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{hindi}% +\mtc@setlangopt{hindi-modern}% +\mtc@setlangopt{hungarian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{icelandic}% +\mtc@setlangopt{indon}% +\mtc@setlangopt{indonesian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{interlingua}% +\mtc@setlangopt{irish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{italian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{italian2}% +\mtc@setlangopto{japanese}% +\mtc@setlangopto{japanese2}% +\mtc@setlangopto{japanese3}% +\mtc@setlangopto{japanese4}% +\mtc@setlangopto{japanese5}% +\mtc@setlangopto{japanese6}% +\mtc@setlangopt{kannada}% +\mtc@setlangopt{khalkha}% +\mtc@setlangopt{latin}% +\mtc@setlangopt{latin2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{latinc}% +\mtc@setlangopt{latinc2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{latvian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{latvian2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{letton}% +\mtc@setlangopt{letton2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{lithuanian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{lithuanian2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{lowersorbian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{lsorbian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{magyar}% +\mtc@setlangopt{magyar2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{magyar3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malay}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-b}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-mr}% +\mtc@setlangopto{malayalam-omega}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{manju}% +\mtc@setlangopt{mexican}% +\mtc@setlangopt{meyalu}% +\mtc@setlangopt{mongol}% +\mtc@setlangopt{mongolb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{mongolian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{naustrian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ngerman}% +\mtc@setlangopt{newzealand}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ngermanb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ngermanb2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{norsk}% +\mtc@setlangopt{norsk2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{nynorsk}% +\mtc@setlangopt{nynorsk2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{occitan}% +\mtc@setlangopt{occitan2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{polish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{polish2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{polski}% +\mtc@setlangopt{portuges}% +\mtc@setlangopt{portuguese}% +\mtc@setlangopt{romanian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{romanian2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{romanian3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{russian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{russianb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{russianc}% +\mtc@setlangopt{russian2m}% +\mtc@setlangopt{russian2o}% +\mtc@setlangopto{russian-cca}% +\mtc@setlangopto{russian-cca1}% +\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lh}% +\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lhcyralt}% +\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lhcyrkoi}% +\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lhcyrwin}% +\mtc@setlangopt{samin}% +\mtc@setlangopt{scottish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{serbian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{serbianc}% +\mtc@setlangopt{slovak}% +\mtc@setlangopt{slovene}% +\mtc@setlangopt{spanish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{spanish2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{spanish3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{spanish4}% +\mtc@setlangopt{swahili}% +\mtc@setlangopt{swedish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{swedish2}% +\mtc@setlangopto{thai}% +\mtc@setlangopt{turkish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{uighur}% +\mtc@setlangopt{uighur2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{uighur3}% +\mtc@setlangopt{UKenglish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ukraineb}% +\mtc@setlangopt{ukrainian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{uppersorbian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{USenglish}% +\mtc@setlangopt{usorbian}% +\mtc@setlangopt{vietnam}% +\mtc@setlangopt{vietnamese}% +\mtc@setlangopt{welsh}% +\mtc@setlangopt{xalx}% +\mtc@setlangopt{xalx2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{xalx3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{multicols}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uopt{hints} option}\label{s+code+hints.option}\ioptd{hints} +% \or\relax +% \section{L'option \uopt{hints}}\label{s+code+hints.option}\ioptd{hints} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We declare the \optd{hints} (default) and \opt{nohints} options: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщclarons les options \optd{hints} (dщfaut) et \opt{nohints}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{hints}{\@mtc@hints@true} +\DeclareOption{nohints}{\@mtc@hints@false} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \optd{hints} option is made of three parts: the first, \com{mtc@hints@begindoc}, is executed via +% \com{AtBeginDocument} and looks if some packages or classes are loaded, then gives warnings about their compatibility +% with \upack{minitoc}. +% \or\relax +% L'option \optd{hints} est constituщe de trois parties: la premiшre, \com{mtc@hints@begindoc}, est exщcutщe +% via \com{AtBeginDocument} et regarde si certains paquetages ou classes sont chargщs, puis donne des +% avertissements р~propos de leur compatibilitщ avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The second part is made of tiny pieces of code inserted in the \upack{minitoc} code, to verify that some macros +% are called in the right order. +% \or\relax +% La deuxiшme partie est faite de petits fragments de code insщrщs dans le code de \upack{minitoc}, pour vщrifier +% que certaines macros sont appelщes dans le bon ordre. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The third and last part, \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}, is executed via \com{AtEndDocument} and examines the flags set +% by the first and the second parts. Then, if necessary, it writes some infos in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} +% file and/or warnings on the screen and in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% The \optd{hints} option \virage\emph{does not signal errors}, only infos +% and warnings, so it does not stop the \LaTeX\ run. +% \or\relax +% La troisiшme et derniшre partie, \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}, est exщcutщe via \com{AtEndDocument} et examine +% les indicateurs positionnщs par les premiшre et deuxiшme parties. Puis, si nщcessaire, elle щcrit quelques +% informations dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} et/ou des avertissements sur l'щcran +% et dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% L'option \optd{hints} \virage\emph{ne signale pas d'erreurs}, seulement des informations et des avertissements, et +% donc n'interrompt pas l'exщcution de \LaTeX. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{First part: \ucom{mtc@hints@begindoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}\icom{mtc@hints@begindoc} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Premiшre partie: \ucom{mtc@hints@begindoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}\icom{mtc@hints@begindoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@abstract@loaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0049} declare some flags and the first part of the \optd{hints} option (for an \com{AtBeginDocument} block): +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0049} dщclarons quelques indicateurs et la premiшre partie de l'option \optd{hints} +% (pour un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@abstract@loaded@ \@mtc@abstract@loaded@false +\newif\if@mtc@toc@used@ \global\@mtc@toc@used@false +\newif\if@mtc@lof@used@ \global\@mtc@lof@used@false +\newif\if@mtc@lot@used@ \global\@mtc@lot@used@false +\def\mtc@hints@begindoc{% +\mtcPackageInfo[I0049]{minitoc(hints)}% + {==> You requested the hints option. + \MessageBreak + Some hints are eventually given below\@gobble}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{alphanum} package}\ipack{alphanum} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{alphanum}}\ipack{alphanum} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0025}} test the presence of the \pack{alphanum} package (part of the \class{jura} class~\cite{jura}), +% and emit a warning, because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0025}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{alphanum} (qui fait partie de la +% classe \class{jura}~\cite{jura}), et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} +% avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{alphanum}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0025]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The alphanum package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{appendix} package}\ipack{appendix} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{appendix}}\ipack{appendix} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0042} test the presence of the \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0042} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{appendix}{% +\@mtc@hints@given@true +\mtcPackageInfo[I0042]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The appendix package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{tocbibind} package}\ipack{tocbibind} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{tocbibind}}\ipack{tocbibind} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0046} test the presence of the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0046} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{tocbibind}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0046]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The tocbibind package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \KOMAScript{} classes} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur les classes \KOMAScript} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0043} test the presence of each \upack{minitoc}-compatible \KOMAScript{} +% class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0043} testons la prщsence de chaque classe \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} compatible +% avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{scrbook}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0043]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The KOMAScript scrbook class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% +\@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0043]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The KOMAScript scrreprt class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% +\@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0043]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The KOMAScript scrartcl class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{tocloft} package}\ipack{tocloft} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{tocloft}}\ipack{tocloft} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0047} test the presence of the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0047} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0047]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The tocloft package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titlesec} package}\ipack{titlesec} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titlesec}}\ipack{titlesec} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} test the presence of the \pack{titlesec} package~\cite{titletoc}, and emit a warning, +% because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}, +% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0099]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The titlesec package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titletoc} package}\ipack{titletoc} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titletoc}}\ipack{titletoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} test the presence of the \pack{titletoc} package~\cite{titletoc}, and emit a warning, +% because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{titletoc}~\cite{titletoc}, +% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{titletoc}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0040]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The titletoc package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{placeins} package}\ipack{placeins} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{placeins}}\ipack{placeins} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ss@insection@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackagewith} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}\\\lmess{W0032}} test if the \pack{placeins} +% package~\cite{placeins} is loaded and, if yes, we check if the selected options are correct (see section~\vref{rem+FB}): +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}\\\lmess{W0032}} testons si le paquetage +% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} est chargщ et, si oui, nous regardons si les options choisies +% sont correctes (voir la section~\vref{rem+FB}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{placeins}% + {\if@mtc@ss@insection@ + \@ifpackagewith{placeins}{section}{}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0031]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The placeins package is loaded + \MessageBreak + without the section option, + \MessageBreak + but minitoc used the insection option + \MessageBreak + which implies it. Try to inverse the + \MessageBreak + loading order and use consistent options. + \MessageBreak + You may have got a message + \MessageBreak + ! LaTeX Error: Option clash for package placeins}% + }% + \@ifpackagewith{placeins}{above}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0084]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The placeins package is loaded + \MessageBreak + with the above option, + \MessageBreak + but minitoc used the insection option + \MessageBreak + which is incompatible with it. + \MessageBreak + Try to remove the above option + \MessageBreak + and use consistent options}% + }{}% + \@ifpackagewith{placeins}{below}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0085]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The placeins package is loaded + \MessageBreak + with the below option, + \MessageBreak + but minitoc used the insection option + \MessageBreak + which is incompatible with it. + \MessageBreak + Try to remove the below option + \MessageBreak + and use consistent options}% + }{}% + \fi + \@ifpackagelater{placeins}{2005/04/18}{}{% + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0032]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The placeins package loaded is + \MessageBreak + too old. You should use a version + \MessageBreak + dated of 2005/04/18 at least}% + }% + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{memoir} class}\iclass{memoir} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la classe \uclass{memoir}}\iclass{memoir} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0044} test if the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} is loaded: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0044} testons si la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} est chargщe: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{memoir}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0044]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The memoir class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}{}% + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{amsart} and \uclass{amsproc} classes}\iclass{amsart}\iclass{amsproc} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur les classes \uclass{amsart} et \uclass{amsproc}}\iclass{amsart}\iclass{amsproc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}} test if the \class{amsart} or \class{amsproc} class is loaded and emit a warning, +% because these classes are \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}} regardons si l'une des classes \class{amsart} ou \class{amsproc} a щtщ chargщe +% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ces classes sont \emph{incompatibles} avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{amsart}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0026]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The amsart class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the minitoc package}}{}% +\@ifclassloaded{amsproc}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0027]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The amsproc class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{amsbook} class}\iclass{amsbook} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la classe \uclass{amsbook}}\iclass{amsbook} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0041} test if the \class{amsbook} class is loaded: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0041} testons si la classe \class{amsbook} est chargщe: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{amsbook}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0041]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The amsbook class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + See the minitoc package documentation + \MessageBreak + for specific precautions\@gobble}{}% + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{abstract} package}\ipack{abstract} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{abstract}}\ipack{abstract} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackagewith} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0040} test the presence of the \pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}, then its options: +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0040} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}, puis ses options: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{abstract}% + {\@mtc@abstract@loaded@true% + \@ifpackagewith{abstract}{addtotoc}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageInfo[I0040]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The ``abstract'' package has been + \MessageBreak + loaded with the ``addtotoc'' option. + \MessageBreak + You need to look at the + \MessageBreak + documentation to adjust. + \MessageBreak} + }}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{jura} class}\iclass{jura} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la classe \uclass{jura}}\iclass{jura} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}} test if the \class{jura} class is loaded and emit a warning, because this class is +% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}} regardons si la classe \class{jura} a щtщ chargщe et щmettons un +% avertissement, puisque cette classe est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{jura}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0029]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The jura class is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{flowfram} package}\ipack{flowfram} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{flowfram}}\ipack{flowfram} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We \SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}} test the presence of the \pack{flowfram} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}, +% and emit a warning, because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}, +% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{flowfram}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0097]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The flowfram package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the alteration of the sectionning commands} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur l'altщration des commandes de sectionnement} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@section} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To check if the sectionning commands \com{part}, \com{chapter} or \com{section} have been altered by some +% package or in the preamble, we compare them (when executing an \com{AtBeginDocument} block) with their saved +% versions (saved by the +% \upack{minitoc} package when it is loaded) \com{mtc@hints@part}, \com{mtc@hints@chapter} and +% \com{mtc@hints@section}. For each sectionning command, we must perform the comparaison for the command itself, +% its unstarred branch and its starred branch. But the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web} may interfere, +% hence the formal precautions in the messages. +% \or\relax +% Pour vщrifier si les commandes de sectionnement \com{part}, \com{chapter} ou \com{section} ont щtщ altщrщes +% par un paquetage ou dans le prщambule, nous les comparons (lors de l'exщcution d'un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}) +% avec leurs versions sauvegardщes (par le paquetage \upack{minitoc} lors de son chargement) \com{mtc@hints@part}, +% \com{mtc@hints@chapter} et \com{mtc@hints@section}. Pour chacune de ces commandes de sectionnement, nous +% devons effectuer la comparaison pour la commande elle-mъme, sa branche non щtoilщe et sa branche щtoilщe. Mais le +% paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} peut interfщrer, d'o∙ les prщcautions formelles dans les messages. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{13} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \paragraph{Alteration of \ucom{part}}\icom{part} +% \or\relax +% \paragraph{Altщration de \ucom{part}}\icom{part} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@part} +% \begin{macro}{\@part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@part} +% \begin{macro}{\@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0023}} check the alteration of \com{part}, \com{@part} and \com{@spart}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0023}} regardons si \com{part}, \com{@part} and \com{@spart} ont щtщ altщrщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@mtc@hints@w@false +\@ifundefined{part}{}{\ifx\part\mtc@hints@part\relax + \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} +\@ifundefined{part}{}{\ifx\@part\mtc@hints@@part\relax + \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} +\@ifundefined{part}{}{\ifx\@spart\mtc@hints@@spart\relax + \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} +\if@mtc@hints@w@\@mtc@hints@given@true% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0030]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The \string\part\space command is altered + \MessageBreak + after minitoc} + \if@mtc@hyper@used@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0023]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- It may be the consequence + \MessageBreak + of loading the ``hyperref'' package} + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{13} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \paragraph{Alteration of \ucom{chapter}}\icom{chapter} +% \or\relax +% \paragraph{Altщration de \ucom{chapter}}\icom{chapter} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0023}} check the alteration of \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter} and \com{@schapter}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0023}} regardons si \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter} and \com{@schapter} ont щtщ altщrщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@mtc@hints@w@false +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\ifx\chapter\mtc@hints@chapter\relax + \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi}% +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\ifx\@chapter\mtc@hints@@chapter\relax + \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi}% +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\ifx\@schapter\mtc@hints@@schapter\relax + \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi}% +\if@mtc@hints@w@\@mtc@hints@given@true% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0028]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The \string\chapter\space command is altered + \MessageBreak + after minitoc} + \if@mtc@hyper@used@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0023]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- It may be the consequence + \MessageBreak + of loading the ``hyperref'' package} + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{13} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \paragraph{Alteration of \ucom{section}}\icom{section} +% \or\relax +% \paragraph{Altщration de \ucom{section}}\icom{section} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@section} +% \begin{macro}{\@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@ssect} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{W0039}\\\lmess{W0023}} check the alteration of \com{section}, \com{@sect} and \com{@ssect}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0039}\\\lmess{W0023}} regardons si \com{section}, \com{@sect} and \com{@ssect} ont щtщ altщrщes: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@mtc@hints@w@false +\@ifundefined{chapter}% + {\@ifundefined{section}{}{\ifx\section\mtc@hints@section\relax\else + \@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} + \@ifundefined{section}{}{\ifx\@sect\mtc@hints@@sect\relax\else + \@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} + \@ifundefined{section}{}{\ifx\@ssect\mtc@hints@@ssect\relax\else + \@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} +\if@mtc@hints@w@\@mtc@hints@given@true% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0039]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The \string\section\space command is altered + \MessageBreak + after minitoc} + \if@mtc@hyper@used@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0023]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- It may be the consequence + \MessageBreak + of loading the ``hyperref'' package} + \fi + \relax\else\fi}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the consistency of the calling sequences of the commands} +% And finally, we prepare the consistency tests about the calling sequences of triplets of associated commands +% like \com{doparttoc}, \com{parttoc} and \fkcom{tableofcontents}, and similar: to be able to use +% \com{parttoc}, a table of contents file must have been +% created via \fkcom{tableofcontents} and splitted into parttoc files via \com{doparttoc}. +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la cohщrence des sщquences d'appel des commandes} +% Et enfin, nous prщparons les tests de cohщrence sur les sщquences d'appel de triplets de commandes associщes +% telles que \com{doparttoc}, \com{parttoc} et \fkcom{tableofcontents}, et similaires: pour pouvoir +% utiliser \com{parttoc}, un fichier table des matiшres doit avoir щtщ crщщ via \fkcom{tableofcontents} et +% щclatщ en fichiers parttocs via \com{doparttoc}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Hence we initialize some flags: +% \or\relax +% Donc nous initialisons quelques indicateurs: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@hints@ +\global\@mtc@toc@used@false +\global\@mtc@lof@used@false +\global\@mtc@lot@used@false +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@listoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then we patch the involved commands to set the corresponding flag when they are used. First, the commands for +% the main summaries: +% \or\relax +% Puis nous modifions les commandes concernщes pour positionner l'indicateur correspondant lorsqu'elles sont +% utilisщes. Nous commenчons par les commandes des sommaires principaux: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtc@sv@tableofcontents\tableofcontents +\def\tableofcontents% + {\global\@mtc@toc@used@true\mtc@sv@tableofcontents} +\let\mtc@sv@listoffigures\listoffigures +\def\listoffigures% + {\global\@mtc@lof@used@true\mtc@sv@listoffigures} +\let\mtc@sv@listoftables\listoftables +\def\listoftables% + {\global\@mtc@lot@used@true\mtc@sv@listoftables} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@fktableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@fklistoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@fklistoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, their ``fake'' siblings: +% \or\relax +% Puis, leurs cousines <<~fake~>>: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtc@sv@fktableofcontents\faketableofcontents +\def\faketableofcontents% + {\global\@mtc@toc@used@true\mtc@sv@fktableofcontents} +\let\mtc@sv@fklistoffigures\fakelistoffigures +\def\fakelistoffigures% + {\global\@mtc@lof@used@true\mtc@sv@fklistoffigures} +\let\mtc@sv@fklistoftables\fakelistoftables +\def\fakelistoftables% + {\global\@mtc@lot@used@true\mtc@sv@fklistoftables} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the \com{mtc@hints@begindoc} definition is finished (it begins in +% section~\vref{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}): +% \or\relax +% Et la dщfinition de \com{mtc@hints@begindoc} est terminщe (elle avait commencщ р~la +% section~\vref{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Final part: \ucom{mtc@hints@enddoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@enddoc}\icom{mtc@hints@enddoc} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Partie finale: \ucom{mtc@hints@enddoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@enddoc}\icom{mtc@hints@enddoc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The final part of the \optd{hints} option is executed via \com{AtEndDocument}. Its code is in the +% \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} macro. It is a sequence of tests on the packages or classes loaded and the flags set +% during the first and the second parts of this option. First, we declare the \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} macro: +% \or\relax +% La partie finale de l'option \optd{hints} est exщcutщe via \com{AtEndDocument}. Son code est dans la +% macro \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}. C'est une sщquence de tests sur les paquetages et classes chargщs et sur les +% indicateurs positionnщs durant les premiшre et deuxiшme parties de cette option. Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons +% la macro \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@hints@enddoc{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about \ucom{sect-lof{\BAR}lot} and the \uopt{insection} option}\iopt{insection}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur \ucom{sect-lof{\BAR}lot} et l'option \uopt{insection}}\iopt{insection}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sect@floats@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We look if some section-level lists of figures or tables have been requested. +% \or\relax +% Nous regardons si des listes de figures ou de tableaux ont щtщ demandщes au niveau section. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@dosectlof@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi +\if@dosectlot@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi +\if@sectlof@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi +\if@sectlot@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi +\if@mtc@section@def@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sect@floats@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\imess{W0056} yes, we verify that the +% \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} has been loaded with the correct options or that the \opt{insection} +% option of the \upack{minitoc} package has been invoked. +% If not, a warning is given. +% \or\relax +% Si\imess{W0056} oui, nous +% vщrifions que le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} a щtщ chargщ avec les options correctes ou que +% l'option \opt{insection} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} a щtщ invoquщe. +% Sinon, un avertissement est щmis. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@ \else + \if@mtc@sect@floats@% + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0056]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You are using \string\dosectlof\space and/or + \MessageBreak + \string\dosectlot, \string\sectlof\space and/or \string\sectlot, + \MessageBreak + hence the ``insection'' package + \MessageBreak + option is recommended}% + \@mtc@hints@w@true \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the consistency tests}\label{ss+final.coh} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale des tests de cohщrence}\label{ss+final.coh} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We test if \com{parttoc} has been used without \com{doparttoc}, etc., for each pair +% of preparation/insertion commands. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons si \com{parttoc} a щtщ utilisщe \com{doparttoc}, etc., pour chaque paire de commandes +% prщparation/insertion. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\SMM{\lmess{W0062}\\\lmess{W0060}\\\lmess{W0061}} the part level commands: +% \or\relax +% Pour\SMM{\lmess{W0062}\\\lmess{W0060}\\\lmess{W0061}} les commandes au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@part@def@ + \if@parttoc@used@ + \if@doparttoc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0062]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\parttoc, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\doparttoc} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@partlof@used@ + \if@dopartlof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0060]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\partlof, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dopartlof} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@partlot@used@ + \if@dopartlot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0061]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\partlot, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dopartlot} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\SMM{\lmess{W0059}\\\lmess{W0057}\\\lmess{W0058}} the chapter level commands: +% \or\relax +% Pour\SMM{\lmess{W0059}\\\lmess{W0057}\\\lmess{W0058}} les commandes au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@chapter@def@ + \if@minitoc@used@ + \if@dominitoc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0059]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\minitoc, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dominitoc} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@minilof@used@ + \if@dominilof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0057]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\minilof, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dominilof} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@minilot@used@ + \if@dominilot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0058]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\minilot, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dominilot} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For\SMM{\lmess{W0065}\\\lmess{W0063}\\\lmess{W0064}} the section level commands: +% \or\relax +% Pour\SMM{\lmess{W0065}\\\lmess{W0063}\\\lmess{W0064}} les commandes au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@section@def@ + \if@secttoc@used@ + \if@dosecttoc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0065]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\secttoc, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dosecttoc} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@sectlof@used@ + \if@dosectlof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0063]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\sectlof, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dosectlof} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@sectlot@used@ + \if@dosectlot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0064]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\sectlot, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\dosectlot} + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Check if the main tables have been prepared (first part)} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Les tables principales ont-elles щtщ prщparщes (premiшre partie)?} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Now, we test if a \com{doparttoc} macro has been called but without any matching \com{parttoc}, hence it is a +% vain call. We do the same for each analog command. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons maintenant si une macro \com{doparttoc} a щtщ appelщe sans aucune commande \com{parttoc} +% correspondante, car sinon cet appel est vain. Nous faisons de mъme pour chaque commande analogue. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Part\SMM{\lmess{W0075}\\\lmess{W0076}\\\lmess{W0077}} level commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0075}\\\lmess{W0076}\\\lmess{W0077}} au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@part@def@ + \if@doparttoc@used@ + \if@parttoc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0075]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\doparttoc, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\parttoc} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@dopartlof@used@ + \if@partlof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0076]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dopartlof, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\partlof} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@dopartlot@used@ + \if@partlot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0077]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dopartlot, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\partlot} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Chapter\SMM{\lmess{W0078}\\\lmess{W0079}\\\lmess{W0080}} level commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0078}\\\lmess{W0079}\\\lmess{W0080}} au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@chapter@def@ + \if@dominitoc@used@ + \if@minitoc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0078]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dominitoc, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\minitoc} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@dominilof@used@ + \if@minilof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0079]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dominilof, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\minilof} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@dominilot@used@ + \if@minilot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0080]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dominilot, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\minilot} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Section\SMM{\lmess{W0081}\\\lmess{W0082}\\\lmess{W0083}} level commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0081}\\\lmess{W0082}\\\lmess{W0083}} au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@section@def@ + \if@dosecttoc@used@ + \if@secttoc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0081]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dosecttoc, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\secttoc} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@dosectlof@used@ + \if@sectlof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0082]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dosectlof, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\sectlof} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@dosectlot@used@ + \if@sectlot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0083]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\dosectlot, + \MessageBreak + but not \string\sectlot} + \fi + \fi +\fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Check if the main tables have been prepared (second part)} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Les tables principales ont-elles щtщ prщparщes (seconde partie)?} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Another consistency test verifies that if the macro \com{parttoc} has been called, +% then the macro \com{tableofcontents} or \com{faketableofcontents} has also been called +% (to create the necessary contents file); similar tests are made +% for the other mini-table commands. +% \or\relax +% Un autre test de cohщrence vщrifie que si la macro \com{parttoc} a щtщ appelщe, +% alors la macro \com{tableofcontents} ou +% \com{faketableofcontents} a aussi щtщ appelщe (crщant le fichier de contenu nщcessaire); des tests +% analogues sont faits pour les autres commandes de mini-tables. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Part\SMM{\lmess{W0071}\\\lmess{W0069}\\\lmess{W0070}} level commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0071}\\\lmess{W0069}\\\lmess{W0070}} au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@part@def@ + \if@parttoc@used@ + \if@mtc@toc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0071]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\parttoc\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\tableofcontents + \MessageBreak + nor \string\faketableofcontents} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@partlof@used@ + \if@mtc@lof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0069]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\partlof\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\listoffigures + \MessageBreak + nor \string\fakelistoffigures} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@partlot@used@ + \if@mtc@lot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0070]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\partlot\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\listoftables + \MessageBreak + nor \string\fakelistoftables} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Chapter\SMM{\lmess{W0068}\\\lmess{W0066}\\\lmess{W0067}} level commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0068}\\\lmess{W0066}\\\lmess{W0067}} au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@chapter@def@ + \if@minitoc@used@ + \if@mtc@toc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0068]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\minitoc\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\tableofcontents + \MessageBreak + nor \string\faketableofcontents} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@minilof@used@ + \if@mtc@lof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0066]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\minilof\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\listoffigures + \MessageBreak + nor \string\fakelistoffigures} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@minilot@used@ + \if@mtc@lot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0067]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\minilot\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\listoftables + \MessageBreak + nor \string\fakelistoftables} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@toc@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lof@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lot@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Section\SMM{\lmess{W0074}\\\lmess{W0072}\\\lmess{W0073}} level commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0074}\\\lmess{W0072}\\\lmess{W0073}} au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@section@def@ + \if@secttoc@used@ + \if@mtc@toc@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0074]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\secttoc\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\tableofcontents + \MessageBreak + nor \string\faketableofcontents} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@sectlof@used@ + \if@mtc@lof@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0072]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\sectlof\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\listoffigures + \MessageBreak + nor \string\fakelistoffigures} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi + \if@sectlot@used@ + \if@mtc@lot@used@\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0073]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used \string\sectlot\space but not + \MessageBreak + \string\listoftables + \MessageBreak + nor \string\fakelistoftables} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Check the number of mini-tables, in case of short extensions} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Tester le nombre de mini-tables, dans le cas de suffixes courts} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@checklongext} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@true} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If\SMM{\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0055}} short extensions are used, +% you can use only 99~mini-tables of each kind. If more are created, the auxiliary +% files can be overwritten: the hundredth minitoc file \com{jobname}\verb|.U100| has its name truncated to +% \com{jobname}\verb|.U10|, which is already the tenth minitoc file. Thus, we need a hint to signal this situation. The +% code is rather simple, but the remedy is bitter and costly: either use a better operating system\,\footnote{On +% the long term, a good investment.}, either redesign the document. +% \or\relax +% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0055}} les suffixes courts sont utilisщs, +% vous ne pouvez utiliser que 99~mini-tables de chaque genre. Si davantage de +% mini-tables sont crщщes, les fichiers auxiliaires seront щcrasщs; le centiшme fichier minitoc \com{jobname}\verb|.U100| +% a son nom tronquщ р\com{jobname}\verb|.U10|, qui est dщjр le dixiшme fichier minitoc. Donc nous avons besoin d'une +% indication (\emph{hint}) pour signaler cette situation. Le code est assez simple, mais le remшde est amer et +% co√teux: soit utiliser un meilleur systшme d'exploitation\,\footnote{Dans le long terme, un bon investissement.}, +% soit revoir la conception du document. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@hints@checklongext{% +\if@mtc@longext@ +\else + \if@mtc@part@def@ + \ifnum 99 < \value{ptc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0054]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used short extensions + \MessageBreak + and more than 99 parts (\arabic{ptc})} + \fi + \fi + \if@mtc@chapter@def@ + \ifnum 99 < \value{mtc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0053]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used short extensions + \MessageBreak + and more than 99 chapters (\arabic{mtc})} + \fi + \else + \if@mtc@section@def@ + \ifnum 99 < \value{stc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0055]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have used short extensions + \MessageBreak + and more than 99 sections (\arabic{stc})} + \fi + \fi + \fi +\fi} +\mtc@hints@checklongext +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{sectsty} package}\label{s+sectsty.h2}\ipack{sectsty} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{sectsty}}\label{s+sectsty.h2}\ipack{sectsty} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0037} test if \pack{sectsty} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+sectsty.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0037} testons si \pack{sectsty} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+sectsty.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0037]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The sectsty package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{varsects} package}\label{s+varsects.h2}\ipack{varsects} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{varsects}}\label{s+varsects.h2}\ipack{varsects} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0038} test if \pack{varsects} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+varsects.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0038} testons si \pack{varsects} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+varsects.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0038]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The varsects package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{fncychap} package}\label{s+fncychap.h2}\ipack{fncychap} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{fncychap}}\label{s+fncychap.h2}\ipack{fncychap} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0086} test if \pack{fncychap} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+fncychap.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0086} testons si \pack{fncychap} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+fncychap.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0086]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The fncychap package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{hangcaption} package}\label{s+hangcaption.h2}\ipack{hangcaption} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{hangcaption}}\label{s+hangcaption.h2}\ipack{hangcaption} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0092} test if \pack{hangcaption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0092} testons si \pack{hangcaption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0092]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The hangcaption package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{quotchap} package}\label{s+quotchap.h2}\ipack{quotchap} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{quotchap}}\label{s+quotchap.h2}\ipack{quotchap} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0087} test if \pack{quotchap} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+quotchap.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0087} testons si \pack{quotchap} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+quotchap.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0087]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The quotchap package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{romannum} package}\label{s+romannum.h2}\ipack{romannum} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{romannum}}\label{s+romannum.h2}\ipack{romannum} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0088} test if \pack{romannum} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+romannum.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0088} testons si \pack{romannum} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+romannum.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0088]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The romannum package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{sfheaders} package}\label{s+sfheaders.h2}\ipack{sfheaders} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{sfheaders}}\label{s+sfheaders.h2}\ipack{sfheaders} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0089} test if \pack{sfheaders} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0089} testons si \pack{sfheaders} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0089]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The sfheaders package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{alnumsec} package}\label{s+alnumsec.h2}\ipack{alnumsec} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{alnumsec}}\label{s+alnumsec.h2}\ipack{alnumsec} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0090} test if \pack{alnumsec} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0090} testons si \pack{alnumsec} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0090]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The alnumsec package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{captcont} package}\label{s+captcont.h2}\ipack{captcont} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{captcont}}\label{s+captcont.h2}\ipack{captcont} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0091} test if \pack{captcont} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+captcont.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0091} testons si \pack{captcont} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+captcont.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0091]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The captcont package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{caption} package}\label{s+caption.h2}\ipack{caption} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{caption}}\label{s+caption.h2}\ipack{caption} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0033} test if \pack{caption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+caption.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0033} testons si \pack{caption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+caption.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@captionLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0033]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The caption package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{caption2} package}\label{s+caption2.h2}\ipack{caption2} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{caption2}}\label{s+caption2.h2}\ipack{caption2} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0034} test if \pack{caption2} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+caption2.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0034} testons si \pack{caption2} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+caption2.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@\else + \if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0034]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The caption2 package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{ccaption} package}\label{s+ccaption.h2}\ipack{ccaption} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{ccaption}}\label{s+ccaption.h2}\ipack{ccaption} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0035} test if \pack{ccaption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+ccaption.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0035} testons si \pack{ccaption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+ccaption.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0035]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The ccaption package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{mcaption} package}\label{s+mcaption.h2}\ipack{mcaption} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{mcaption}}\label{s+mcaption.h2}\ipack{mcaption} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{W0036} test if \pack{mcaption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% See section~\vref{s+mcaption.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{W0036} testons si \pack{mcaption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+mcaption.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@\else + \if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0036]{minitoc(hints)}% + {The mcaption package should be + \MessageBreak + loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} + \@mtc@hints@given@true + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{float} package}\label{s+float.h2}\ipack{float} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{float}}\label{s+float.h2}\ipack{float} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{float} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+float.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{float} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+float.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@floatLoaded@\ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have loaded the float package; + \MessageBreak + please be aware that the minitoc package + \MessageBreak + facilities can not be used for new types + \MessageBreak + of floats defined by the float package\@gobble} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{floatrow} package}\label{s+floatrow.h2}\ipack{floatrow} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{floatrow}}\label{s+floatrow.h2}\ipack{floatrow} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{floatrow} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+floatrow.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{floatrow} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+floatrow.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@\ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have loaded the floatrow package; + \MessageBreak + please be aware that the minitoc package + \MessageBreak + facilities can not be used for new types + \MessageBreak + of floats defined by the floatrow package\@gobble} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{trivfloat} package}\label{s+trivfloat.h2}\ipack{trivfloat} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{trivfloat}}\label{s+trivfloat.h2}\ipack{trivfloat} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{trivfloat} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{trivfloat} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@\ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have loaded the trivfloat package; + \MessageBreak + please be aware that the minitoc package + \MessageBreak + facilities can not be used for new types + \MessageBreak + of floats defined by the trivfloat package\@gobble} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{rotfloat} package}\label{s+rotfloat.h2}\ipack{rotfloat} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{rotfloat}}\label{s+rotfloat.h2}\ipack{rotfloat} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{rotfloat} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h1}. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{rotfloat} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h1}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@\ + \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have loaded the rotfloat package; + \MessageBreak + please be aware that the minitoc package + \MessageBreak + facilities can not be used for new types + \MessageBreak + of floats defined by the rotfloat package\@gobble} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Check if empty mini-tables have been detected} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Tester si des mini-tables vides ont щtщ dщtectщes} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We test for each kind of mini-tables. +% \or\relax +% Nous testons pour chaque sorte de mini-tables. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For parttocs:\imess{W0046} +% \or\relax +% Pour les parttocs:\imess{W0046} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0046]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty parttocs} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlof@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For partlofs:\imess{W0044} +% \or\relax +% Pour les partlofs:\imess{W0044} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@partlof@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0044]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty partlofs} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For partlots:\imess{W0045} +% \or\relax +% Pour les partlots:\imess{W0045} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@partlot@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0045]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty partlots} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For minitocs:\imess{W0043} +% \or\relax +% Pour les minitocs:\imess{W0043} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0043]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty minitocs} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilof@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For minilofs:\imess{W0041} +% \or\relax +% Pour les minilofs:\imess{W0041} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@minilof@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0041]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty minilofs} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For minilots:\imess{W0042} +% \or\relax +% Pour les minilots:\imess{W0042} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@minilot@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0042]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty minilots} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@secttoc@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For secttocs:\imess{W0049} +% \or\relax +% Pour les secttocs:\imess{W0049} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@secttoc@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0049]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty secttocs} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For sectlofs:\imess{W0047} +% \or\relax +% Pour les sectlofs:\imess{W0047} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0047]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty sectlofs} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For sectlots:\imess{W0048} +% \or\relax +% Pour les sectlots:\imess{W0048} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0048]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have attempted to insert + \MessageBreak + empty sectlots} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG +% \subsubsection{Check if obsolete commands have been used} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Tester si des commandes obsolшtes ont щtщ utilisщes} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG +% This hint is just a reminder if you have used obsolete commands, which are also signalled +% in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. +% \or\relax +% Ce \emph{hint} est juste un rappel dans le cas o∙ vous auriez utilisщ des commandes obsolшtes, qui sont aussi +% signalщes dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstpartis@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Obsolete macro \com{firstpartis}:\imess{W0051} +% \or\relax +% Macro obsolшte \com{firstpartis}:\imess{W0051} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@firstpartis@used@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0051]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have invoked an obsolete (ignored) + \MessageBreak + command: \string\firstpartis} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstchapteris@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Obsolete macro \com{firstchapteris}:\imess{W0050} +% \or\relax +% Macro obsolшte \com{firstchapteris}:\imess{W0050} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@firstchapteris@used@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0050]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have invoked an obsolete (ignored) + \MessageBreak + command: \string\firstchapteris} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@firstsectionis@used@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Obsolete macro \com{firstsectionis}:\imess{W0052} +% \or\relax +% Macro obsolшte \com{firstsectionis}:\imess{W0052} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@firstsectionis@used@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0052]{minitoc(hints)}% + {You have invoked an obsolete (ignored) + \MessageBreak + command: \string\firstsectionis} + \@mtc@hints@given@true +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Check if some hints have been written} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{Tester si des \emph{hints} ont щtщ щcrits} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMM{\lmess{W0024}\\\lmess{I0019}} come at the end of the third part of the \optd{hints} option: +% if problems have been detected, a warning is displayed; +% the warning is not displayed but only written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file if no problems have been detected. +% And we terminate the \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} macro by a closing brace. +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0024}\\\lmess{I0019}} arrivons р~la fin de la troisiшme partie de l'option \optd{hints}: +% si des problшmes ont щtщ dщtectщs, un +% avertissement est affichщ; cet avertissement n'est pas affichщ mais seulement щcrit dans le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} si aucun problшme n'a щtщ dщtectщ. Et nous terminons la macro \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} +% par une accolade fermante. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@hints@given@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0024]{minitoc(hints)}% + {Some hints have been written + \MessageBreak + in the \jobname.log file} +\else + \mtcPackageInfo[I0019]{minitoc(hints)}% + {No hints have been written + \MessageBreak + in the \jobname.log file.\@gobble} +\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Processing of options}\label{s+code+processing.options} +% \or\relax +% \section{Traitement des options}\label{s+code+processing.options} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\InputIfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\ExecuteOptions} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, if possible, we apply the default language option, \loptd{english}: +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, si possible, nous exщcutons l'option de langue par dщfaut, \loptd{english}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \InputIfFileExists{english.mld}% + {\ExecuteOptions{english}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} +% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Else,\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} we signal a severe error and provide the missing default titles: +% \else\relax +% Sinon,\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} nous signalons une erreur sщvшre et fournissons les titres par dщfaut manquants: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + {\mtcPackageError[E0036]{minitoc}% + {Your minitoc installation is incomplete. + \MessageBreak + The minitoc language object file (.mld), + \MessageBreak + english.mld is not found. + \MessageBreak + We will try to continue with default values}% + {See the minitoc documentation. + \MessageBreak + Please fix your minitoc installation. + \MessageBreak + Press to continue}% + \providecommand{\ptctitle}{Table of Contents}% + \providecommand{\plftitle}{List of Figures}% + \providecommand{\plttitle}{List of Tables}% + \providecommand{\mtctitle}{Contents}% + \providecommand{\mlftitle}{Figures}% + \providecommand{\mlttitle}{Tables}% + \providecommand{\stctitle}{Contents}% + \providecommand{\slftitle}{Figures}% + \providecommand{\slttitle}{Tables}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\ProcessOptions*} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then, we execute all requested options: for most options, it is just setting a flag, or loading a file for the +% language options. +% \or\relax +% Puis nous exщcutons toutes les options demandщes; pour la plupart des options, ceci consiste seulement +% р~positionner un indicateur, ou р~charger un fichier pour les options de langue. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We now examine the flags for some options and execute the necessary actions. +% \or\relax +% Nous examinons maintenant les indicateurs pour certaines options et exщcutons les actions nщcessaires. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{insection} option}\iopt{insection} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{insection}}\iopt{insection} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ss@insection@} +% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \opt{insection} option, we load the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} with its options +% \optp{verbose}{placeins} and \optp{section}{placeins}, after the \pack{flafter} package (described in~\cite{ltoutput} +% and~\cite[page~286]{TLC2}); the correct loading is verified: +% \or\relax +% Pour l'option \opt{insection}, nous chargeons +% le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} avec ses options +% \optp{verbose}{placeins} et \optp{section}{placeins}, aprшs le paquetage \pack{flafter} (dщcrit dans~\cite{ltoutput} +% et~\cite[page~292]{TLC2F}); le chargement correct est vщrifiщ: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@ss@insection@ + \RequirePackage{flafter}[2000/07/23]% + \RequirePackage[section,verbose]{placeins}[2005/04/18]% + \@ifpackageloaded{placeins}% + {\@mtc@placeinsLoaded@true}{\@mtc@placeinsLoaded@false}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{notoccite} option}\iopt{notoccite} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{notoccite}}\iopt{notoccite} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@notoccite@} +% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \opt{notoccite} option, we just load the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}: +% \or\relax +% Pour l'option \opt{notoccite}, nous chargeons simplement le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@notoccite@ + \RequirePackage{notoccite}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{listfiles} option}\ioptd{listfiles} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{listfiles}}\ioptd{listfiles} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@long} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@short} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addtomaf} +% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} +% \begin{macro}{\jobname} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{I0009} define the \com{mtc@maf} macro which closes \com{tf@mtc} +% and reopens it to write into the file \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. +% It calls \com{mtc@maf@long} or \com{mtc@maf@short} (long or short extensions), then +% closes \com{tf@mtc}. \com{mtc@maf@long} or \com{mtc@maf@short} writes the names of the existing auxiliary +% files using decrementing loops on the associated counters, and includes \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} in the list +% (but \emph{not} the \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Some users could made a cleanup using this file as a list of +% files to delete, so it must not be in the list.} file). +% We must also check the existence of \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} if long extensions are used. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{I0009} dщfinissons la macro \com{mtc@maf} qui ferme \com{tf@mtc} +% puis le rщ-ouvre pour щcrire dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. +% Elle appelle \com{mtc@maf@long} ou \com{mtc@maf@short} (suffixes longs ou courts), puis ferme \com{tf@mtc}. +% \com{mtc@maf@long} ou \com{mtc@maf@short} щcrit les noms des fichiers auxiliaires existants en utilisant des boucles +% par ordre dщcroissant sur les compteurs associщs, et inclut \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} dans la liste +% (mais \emph{pas} le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Certains utilisateurs pourraient faire un nettoyage +% en utilisant ce fichier comme liste des fichiers р~dщtruire, donc il ne doit pas ъtre dans la liste.}). +% Nous devons aussi tester l'existence de \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@maf{% + \mtcPackageInfo[I0009]{minitoc}% + {Listing minitoc auxiliary files. + \MessageBreak + Creating the \jobname.maf file\@gobble} + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc + \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.maf + \if@mtc@longext@\mtc@maf@long\else\mtc@maf@short\fi + \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} +\def\mtc@addtomaf#1{% + \IfFileExists{#1}{\immediate\write\tf@mtc{#1}}{}} +\def\mtc@maf@long{% + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc0} +\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@ptc>\z@\relax + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.ptc\arabic{ptc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plf\arabic{ptc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plt\arabic{ptc}} + \advance\c@ptc\m@ne\repeat} +\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{% + \loop\ifnum\c@mtc>\z@\relax + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc\arabic{mtc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mlf\arabic{mtc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mlt\arabic{mtc}} + \advance\c@mtc\m@ne\repeat} +\@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@stc>\z@\relax + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.stc\arabic{stc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.slf\arabic{stc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.slt\arabic{stc}} + \advance\c@stc\m@ne\repeat}} +\def\mtc@maf@short{% + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc} +\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@ptc>\z@\relax + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.P\arabic{ptc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.G\arabic{ptc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.U\arabic{ptc}} + \advance\c@ptc\m@ne\repeat} +\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@mtc>\z@\relax + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.M\arabic{mtc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.F\arabic{mtc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.T\arabic{mtc}} + \advance\c@mtc\m@ne\repeat} +\@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@stc>\z@\relax + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.S\arabic{stc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.H\arabic{stc}} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.V\arabic{stc}} + \advance\c@stc\m@ne\repeat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@listfiles@} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% If this option is active, we call \com{mtc@maf} in an \com{AtEndDocument} block. +% \or\relax +% Si cette option est active, nous appellons \com{mtc@maf} dans un bloc \com{AtEndDocument}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@listfiles@{\AtEndDocument{\mtc@maf}}\else\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{hints} option}\ioptd{hints} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{hints}}\ioptd{hints} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \optd{hints} option, we set its first part in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block and its third (last) part +% in an \com{AtEndDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Pour l'option \optd{hints}, nous plaчons sa premiшre partie dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} et sa +% troisiшme (derniшre) partie dans un bloc \com{AtEndDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@mtc@hints@ + \AtBeginDocument{\mtc@hints@begindoc}% + \AtEndDocument{\mtc@hints@enddoc}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsection{Saving the sectionning commands} +% \or\relax +% \subsection{Sauvegarde des commandes de sectionnement} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And, at least, we save the definitions of sectionning commands (and of their unstarred and starred branches), +% for comparaisons (this is a part of the \optd{hints} option executed in the preamble): +% \or\relax +% Et, enfin, nous sauvegardons les dщfinitions des commandes de sectionnement (avec leurs branches non щtoilщes et +% щtoilщes), pour des comparaisons (ceci est une partie de l'option \optd{hints} exщcutщe dans le prщambule). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@part} +% \begin{macro}{\part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@part} +% \begin{macro}{\@part} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@spart} +% \begin{macro}{\@spart} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \com{part} command: +% \or\relax +% Pour la commande \com{part}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{part}{}{\let\mtc@hints@part\part + \let\mtc@hints@@part\@part + \let\mtc@hints@@spart\@spart} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \vspace{3\baselineskip} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@schapter} +% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \com{chapter} command: +% \or\relax +% Pour la commande \com{chapter}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\mtc@hints@chapter\chapter + \let\mtc@hints@@chapter\@chapter + \let\mtc@hints@@schapter\@schapter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \vspace{3\baselineskip} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@section} +% \begin{macro}{\section} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\@sect} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@ssect} +% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For the \com{section} command: +% \or\relax +% Pour la commande \com{section}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\mtc@hints@section\section + \let\mtc@hints@@sect\@sect + \let\mtc@hints@@ssect\@ssect} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Trapping the undefined preparation and insertion commands}\label{s+undef+trap} +% \or\relax +% \section{Interception des commandes de prщparation et d'insertion non dщfinies}\label{s+undef+trap} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@classck} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% It\imess{E0037} may happen that you use a preparation command (like \com{dominitoc}) or an insertion command +% (like \com{dominitoc}) in a document using a class where that command is not available (like +% \class{article}). To get a better diagnostic for such errors, we intercept such commands by providing a default +% definition which just emits an error message. These default definitions are made in an \com{AtBeginDocument} +% block. +% \or\relax +% Il\imess{E0037} peut arriver que vous utilisiez une commande de prщparation (comme \com{dominitoc}) ou une commande +% d'insertion (comme \com{dominitoc}) dans un document utilisant une classe pour laquelle cette commande n'est pas +% disponible (comme \class{article}). Pour obtenir un meilleur diagnostic pour ce type d'erreurs, nous interceptons de +% telles commandes en fournissant une dщfinition par dщfaut qui щmet simplement un message d'erreur. Ces dщfinitions +% par dщfaut sont faites dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtc@classck#1{% + \mtcPackageError[E0037]{minitoc}% + {The \csname #1\endcsname\space command is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the document class}% + {Correct the source code. + \MessageBreak + Type and rerun LaTeX}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% An \com{AtBeginDocument} bloc: +% \or\relax +% Un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Part-level preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes de prщparation au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\doparttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{doparttoc}}% + \providecommand{\dopartlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dopartlof}}% + \providecommand{\dopartlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dopartlot}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Chapter-level preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes de prщparation au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\dominitoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dominitoc}}% + \providecommand{\dominilof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dominilof}}% + \providecommand{\dominilot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dominilot}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Section-level preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes de prщparation au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\dosecttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dosecttoc}}% + \providecommand{\dosectlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dosectlof}}% + \providecommand{\dosectlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dosectlot}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Part-level insertion commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes d'insertion au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\parttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{parttoc}}% + \providecommand{\partlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{partlof}}% + \providecommand{\partlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{partlot}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Chapter-level insertion commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes d'insertion au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\minitoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{minitoc}}% + \providecommand{\minilof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{minilof}}% + \providecommand{\minilot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{minilot}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Section-level insertion commands: +% \or\relax +% Commandes d'insertion au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand{\secttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{secttoc}}% + \providecommand{\sectlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{sectlof}}% + \providecommand{\sectlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{sectlot}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% ^^A \vspace{3\baselineskip} +% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{19.45525292mm} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{9.727626459mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And +% the package is terminated. +% \or\relax +% Et +% le paquetage est terminщ. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{The \uxfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} file}\ixfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} +% \or\relax +% \section{Le fichier \uxfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}}\ixfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\jobname} +% \begin{macro}{\input} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This short file is necessary to create the french documentation. Its rЇle is to +% set \com{jobname} to \texttt{minitoc-fr} in place of \texttt{minitoc}. As \xfile{minitoc.ins} +% generates the \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan} and \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} files which set a language number \com{LANG}, +% and \xfile{minitoc.dtx} reads then the \icom{jobname}\xfile{\bs jobname.lan} file, the documentation can be in several languages +% (english and french here) in +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, the language being selected by \com{ifcase}\com{LANG}\com{relax} \ldots\ \com{or}\com{relax} +% \ldots\ \com{fi} constructs. The \com{relax} primitives are necessary to avoid bad surprises. +% \or\relax +% Ce court fichier est nщcessaire pour crщer la documentation en franчais. Son rЇle est de forcer \com{jobname} +% р~\texttt{minitoc-fr} au lieu de \texttt{minitoc}. Comme \xfile{minitoc.ins} engendre les fichiers +% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan} et \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} qui щtablissent un numщro de langue \com{LANG}, et comme +% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} lit alors le fichier \icom{jobname}\xfile{\bs jobname.lan}, la documentation peut ъtre en plusieurs langues +% (anglais et franчais ici) dans \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, la langue щtant choisie par des constructions +% \com{ifcase}\com{LANG}\com{relax} \ldots\ \com{or}\com{relax} \ldots\ \com{fi}. Les primitives +% \com{relax} sont nщcessaires pour щviter de mauvaises surprises. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*minitoc-fr> +\ProvidesFile{minitoc-fr.dtx}% + [2015/07/13 minitoc v61 french documentation start file] +\input{minitoc.dtx} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Commented code of the \upack{mtcoff} package}\label{c+code+mtcoff.sty}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Code commentщ du paquetage \upack{mtcoff}}\label{c+code+mtcoff.sty}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \fi +% \minitoc +% \mtcskip +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Why \upack{mtcoff}?}\label{s+mtcoff+why}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \or\relax +% \section{Pourquoi \upack{mtcoff}?}\label{s+mtcoff+why}\ipack{mtcoff} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \upack{minitoc} package~\cite{minitoc-fr,minitoc} requires that the user inserts many commands in the source +% code of her/his document, and not only into the preamble of the document. Hence the concept of a replacement +% package, \pack{mtcoff} (means ``minitoc off''), which substitutes to all commands and environments of the +% \upack{minitoc} package some alternative commands and environments with the same names and syntaxes, but doing nothing +% (except emitting some harmless warnings, for special cases). This way, to turn off easily the \upack{minitoc} package, +% you just have to write, in the preamble of your document, something like: +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc-fr,minitoc} requiert que l'utilisateur insшre de nombreuses commandes +% dans le code source de son document, mais pas seulement dans le prщambule du document. D'o∙ le concept d'un +% paquetage de remplacement, \pack{mtcoff} (c'est-р-dire, л~\emph{minitoc off}~╗), qui substitue р~toutes les +% commandes et р~tous les environnements du paquetage \upack{minitoc} d'autres commandes et environnements ayant +% les mъmes noms et syntaxes, mais ne faisant rien (sauf щmettre quelques avertissements bщnins, dans des cas +% spщciaux). De cette maniшre, pour inhiber facilement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, il vous suffit d'щcrire, +% dans le prщambule de votre document, quelque chose comme ceci: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{usepackage}\verb|[...options...]{minitoc}|\\ +% \verb|%\usepackage{mtcoff}| +% \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% then the \upack{minitoc} package is activated with the specified options. If you modify this two lines this way: +% \or\relax +% alors le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est activщ avec les options spщcifiщes. Si vous modifiez ces deux lignes de +% la maniшre suivante: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \verb|%\usepackage[...options...]{minitoc}|\\ +% \com{usepackage}\verb|{mtcoff}| +% \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% then the \upack{minitoc} package is desactivated and all its commands and environments are ignored. This is much +% easier, faster and safer than commenting out all the commands and environments of \upack{minitoc}. Moreover, +% this operation is reversible. +% \or\relax +% alors le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est dщsactivщ et toutes ses commandes et environnements sont ignorщs. Ceci +% est beaucoup plus facile, rapide et s√r que de mettre en commentaire toutes les commandes et environnements +% de \upack{minitoc}. De plus, cette opщration est rщversible. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Identification of the package}\label{s+mtcoff+ident} +% \or\relax +% \section{Identification du paquetage}\label{s+mtcoff+ident} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\NeedsTeXFormat} +% \begin{macro}{\ProvidesPackage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% First, we identify the package and check the version of \LaTeX\,\footnote{This checking is not really useful for +% the \pack{mtcoff} package itself, but it is good to check that your version of \LaTeX\ is not too old to +% support \upack{minitoc}.}; we need the \pack{mtcmess} package to write messages with unique identifiers. +% \or\relax +% Tout d'abord, nous identifions le paquetage et vщrifions la version de \LaTeX\,\footnote{Cette vщrification +% n'est pas vraiment utile pour le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} lui-mъme, mais il est bon de vщrifier que votre +% version de \LaTeX\ n'est pas trop ancienne pour supporter \upack{minitoc}.}; nous avons besoin du paquetage +% \pack{mtcmess} pour щcrire des messages avec des identificateurs uniques. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtcoff> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}% +\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2015/07/13 v61 The mtcoff package] +\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Faking counters and dimensions}\label{s+mtcoff+faking.counters.dimensions} +% \or\relax +% \section{Simuler compteurs et dimensions}\label{s+mtcoff+faking.counters.dimensions} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\count@} +% \begin{macro}{\dimen@} +% \begin{macro}{\c@minitocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} +% \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount} +% \begin{macro}{\c@parttocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} +% \begin{macro}{\c@secttocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% As \upack{minitoc} declares some counters and dimensions registers, we fake them using \com{count@} or +% \com{dimen@}. For \com{mtcskipamount}, we must use its default definition, \com{bigskipamount}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Puisque \upack{minitoc} dщclare quelques registres compteurs et dimensions, nous les simulons en utilisant +% \com{count@} ou \com{dimen@}. Pour \com{mtcskipamount}, nous utilisons sa dщfinition par dщfaut, +% \com{bigskipamount}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\c@minitocdepth\count@ +\let\mtcindent\dimen@ +\let\mtcskipamount\bigskipamount +\let\c@parttocdepth\count@ +\let\ptcindent\dimen@ +\let\c@secttocdepth\count@ +\let\stcindent\dimen@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\c@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\c@ptc} +% \begin{macro}{\c@stc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The basic mini-table counters are provided by \com{count@}: +% \or\relax +% Les compteurs de mini-tables basiques sont fournis par \com{count@}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\c@mtc\count@ \let\c@ptc\count@ \let\c@stc\count@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The gaps before and after parttoc heads receive their default values: +% \or\relax +% Les intervalles avant et aprшs les tъtes de parttocs reчoivent leurs valeurs par dщfaut: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcgapbeforeheads{50\p@} \def\mtcgapafterheads{40\p@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{F0008} must define the macros for the vertical kernings between the minitables and their before the bottom rule. +% The default values are used. We must issue a warning if one of these macros is used. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{F0008} devons dщfinir les macros pour les crъnages verticaux placщs entre les minitables et leurs filets +% horizontaux infщrieurs. Les valeurs par dщfaut sont utilisщes. Nous devons щmettre un avertissement si l'une de ces +% macros est utilisщe. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{part}{}{% + \def\kernafterparttoc{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernafterparttoc + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernafterpartlof{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernafterpartlof + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernafterpartlot{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernafterpartlot + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + }% + \@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {% + \def\kernaftersecttoc{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernaftersecttoc + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernaftersectlof{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernaftersectlof + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernaftersectlot{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernaftersectlot + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + }% + }% + {% + \def\kernafterminitoc{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernafterminitoc + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-.5\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% + \def\kernafterminilof{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernafterminilof + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.0ex}% + \def\kernafterminilot{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\kernafterminilot + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.0ex}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\plfoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\pltoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\stcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\slfoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\sltoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\slfoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mltoffset} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\imess{F0009} must define the macros for the horizontal offsets of the mini-tables. +% The default values are used. We must issue a warning if one of these macros is used. +% \or\relax +% Nous\imess{F0009} devons dщfinir les macros pour les corrections horizontales des mini-tables. +% Les valeurs par dщfaut sont utilisщes. Un avertissement sera щmis si l'une de ces macros est utilisщe. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{part}{}{% + \def\ptcoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\ptcoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + \def\plfoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\plfoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + \def\pltoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\pltoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + }% + \@ifundefined{chapter}{% + \@ifundefined{section}{}% + {% + \def\stcoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\stcoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + \def\slfoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\slfoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + \def\sltoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\sltoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + }% + }% + {% + \def\mtcoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\mtcoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + \def\slfoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\slfoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + \def\mltoffset{% + \mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% + {The macro \string\mltoffset + \MessageBreak + should not be used out of context + \MessageBreak}% + 0pt}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Faking simple commands}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.simple.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Simuler les commandes simples}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.simple.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} +% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some user commands are easy to fake: +% \or\relax +% Certaines commandes utilisateur sont faciles р~simuler: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\faketableofcontents\relax +\let\fakelistoffigures\relax +\let\fakelistoftables\relax +\let\mtcskip\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} +% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementptc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\decrementstc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementptc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\incrementstc} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Basic adjustment commands are also easy: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes d'ajustement de base sont aussi faciles: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\adjustptc}[1][1]{\relax} +\newcommand{\adjustmtc}[1][1]{\relax} +\newcommand{\adjuststc}[1][1]{\relax} +\let\decrementptc\relax \let\incrementptc\relax +\let\decrementmtc\relax \let\incrementmtc\relax +\let\decrementstc\relax \let\incrementstc\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\partend} +% \begin{macro}{\partbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} +% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} +% \begin{macro}{\sectend} +% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The following commands are not directly called by the user, in normal circumstances, but must be faked: +% \or\relax +% Les commandes suivantes ne sont pas appelщes directement par l'utilisateur, dans des circonstances normales, +% mais il faut les simuler: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\partend\relax \let\partbegin\relax +\let\chapterend\relax \let\chapterbegin\relax +\let\sectend\relax \let\sectbegin\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Faking commands with one optional argument}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.user.commands.1opt} +% \or\relax +% \section{Simulation des commandes ayant un \texorpdfstring{\mbox{argument}}{argument} optionnel}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.user.commands.1opt} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\gobbleopt@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The user commands with an optional argument are faked using the internal \LaTeX\ macro \com{@ifnextchar} (to get +% the optional argument) and the new utility command \com{gobbleopt@}. +% \or\relax +% Les commandes utilisateur ayant un argument optionnel sont simulщes en utilisant la macro interne \LaTeX{} +% \com{@ifnextchar} (pour prendre l'argument optionnel) et la nouvelle commande utilitaire \com{gobbleopt@}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\gobbleopt@[#1]{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\partlof} +% \begin{macro}{\partlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for part level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\parttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\partlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\partlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\minilof} +% \begin{macro}{\minilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\minitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\minilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\minilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for section level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\secttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\sectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\sectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Command \com{mtcprepare}: +% \or\relax +% Commande \com{mtcprepare}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Faking flags}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.iflags} +% \or\relax +% \section{Simulation d'indicateurs}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.iflags} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We defines flags which were true when inside a mini-table of the matching type, false outside. +% \or\relax +% Nous dщfinissons des indicateurs qui щtaient vrais р~l'intщrieur d'une mini-table du type correspondant, faux +% р~l'extщrieur. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifinparttoc\inparttocfalse% +\newif\ifinpartlof\inpartloffalse% +\newif\ifinpartlot\inpartlotfalse% +\newif\ifinsecttoc\insecttocfalse% +\newif\ifinsectlof\insectloffalse% +\newif\ifinsectlot\insectlotfalse% +\newif\ifinminitoc\inminitocfalse% +\newif\ifinminilof\inminiloffalse% +\newif\ifinminilot\inminilotfalse% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the internal commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.internal.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes internes}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.internal.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@gobbletwo} +% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} +% \begin{macro}{\appendixmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\xchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\pchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\psect} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xpart} +% \begin{macro}{\xpart} +% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} +% \begin{macro}{\xsect} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We need also to disable some \upack{minitoc} commands, with \com{relax} (macros with no argument) or +% \com{@gobbletwo} (macros with two arguments): +% \or\relax +% Il nous faut aussi inhiber quelques commandes de \upack{minitoc}, avec \com{relax} (macros sans argument) ou +% \com{@gobbletwo} (macros avec arguments): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\tf@mtc\count@ +\let\mtc@string\relax +\let\appendixmtc\relax +\let\l@xchapter\@gobbletwo +\let\xchapter\relax +\let\pchapter\relax +\let\psect\relax +\let\l@xpart\@gobbletwo +\let\xpart\relax +\let\l@xsect\@gobbletwo +\let\xsect\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the font commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.font.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Dщsactivation des commandes de fonte}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.font.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\empty} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We disable the \upack{minitoc} font commands (like \com{mtcSSfont}) with \com{empty}, because some users +% might have used: +% \or\relax +% Nous dщsactivons commandes de fonte de \upack{minitoc} (telles que \com{mtcSSfont}) avec \com{empty}, car +% certains utilisateurs pourraient avoir utilisщ: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{renewcommand}\verb|{|\com{mtcSSfont}\verb|}{...}| +% \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% which will not work if we use \com{relax} here. +% \or\relax +% ce qui ne marcherait pas si nous utilisions \com{relax} ici. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcCfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\plffont} +% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Fonts for part level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Fontes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ptcfont\empty +\let\ptcCfont\empty +\let\ptcSfont\empty +\let\ptcSSfont\empty +\let\ptcSSSfont\empty +\let\ptcPfont\empty +\let\ptcSPfont\empty +\let\plffont\empty +\let\plfSfont\empty +\let\pltfont\empty +\let\pltSfont\empty +\let\ptifont\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Fonts for chapter level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Fontes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtcfont\empty +\let\mtcSfont\empty +\let\mtcSSfont\empty +\let\mtcSSSfont\empty +\let\mtcPfont\empty +\let\mtcSPfont\empty +\let\mlffont\empty +\let\mlfSfont\empty +\let\mltfont\empty +\let\mltSfont\empty +\let\mtifont\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSSSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stcSPfont} +% \begin{macro}{\slffont} +% \begin{macro}{\slfSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} +% \begin{macro}{\sltSfont} +% \begin{macro}{\stifont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Fonts for section level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Fontes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\stcfont\empty +\let\stcSSfont\empty +\let\stcSSSfont\empty +\let\stcPfont\empty +\let\stcSPfont\empty +\let\slffont\empty +\let\slfSfont\empty +\let\sltfont\empty +\let\sltSfont\empty +\let\stifont\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Font for ``coffee''{\myCoffeecup} lines: +% \or\relax +% Fonte pour les lignes de л~pause-cafщ~╗{\myCoffeecup}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\coffeefont\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcsetXXX.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcsetXXX.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@gobbletwo} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These commands use two or three mandatory arguments: +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes utilisent deux ou trois arguments obligatoires: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtcsetdepth\@gobbletwo +\let\mtcsetoffset\@gobbletwo +\def\mtcsetfont#1#2#3{\empty} +\let\mtcsettitlefont\@gobbletwo +\let\mtcsettitle\@gobbletwo +\def\mtcsetformat#1#2#3{\empty} +\def\mtcsetfeature#1#2#3{\empty} +\let\mtcsetpagenumbers\@gobbletwo +\let\mtcsetrules\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcpolym.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcpolymXXX.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{mtcpolym.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcsetpolym.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymtoc} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We simulate these commands by keeping only the fourth argument; they must still be robust. +% \or\relax +% Nous simulons ces commandes en ne gardant que le quatriшme argument; elles doivent encore ъtre robustes. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +% \DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymtoc}[4]{{#4}} +% \DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlof}[4]{{#4}} +% \DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlot}[4]{{#4}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the new \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.l@XXX.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des nouvelles commandes \ucom{l@.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.l@XXX.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\l@starpart} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsubsection} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starparagraph} +% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubparagraph} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \upack{minitoc} package defines the \verb|\l@starXXX| commands to format TOC entries for starred sectionning +% commands. We reset to the unstarred version, when necessary: +% \or\relax +% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} dщfinit les commandes \verb|\l@starXXX| pour la mise en forme d'entrщes de la +% table des matiшres pour des commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. Nous revenons р~la version non щtoilщe, lorsque +% cela est nщcessaire: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{part}{}{\let\l@starpart\l@part} +\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\l@starchapter\l@chapter} +\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\l@starsection\l@section} +\@ifundefined{subsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsection\l@subsection} +\@ifundefined{subsubsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsubsection\l@subsubsection} +\@ifundefined{paragraph}{}{\let\l@starparagraph\l@paragraph} +\@ifundefined{subparagraph}{}{\let\l@starsubparagraph\l@subparagraph} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Ignore the obsolete commands}\label{s+mtcoff+ignore.obsolete.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Ignorer les commandes obsolшtes}\label{s+mtcoff+ignore.obsolete.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@gobble} +% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} +% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} +% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We just ignore the obsolete commands (with one mandatory argument): +% \or\relax +% Nous ignorons simplement les commandes obsolшtes (qui ont un seul argument, obligatoire): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\firstpartis\@gobble \let\firstchapteris\@gobble \let\firstsectionis\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcselectlanguage} and \ucom{mtcloadmlo} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{mtcselectlanguage} et \ucom{mtcloadmlo}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@gobble} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These command have one mandatory argument: +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes ont un seul argument, obligatoire: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtcselectlanguage\@gobble \let\mtcloadmlo\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{16} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the commands for the horizontal rules}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+horiz.rules} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les filets horizontaux}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+horiz.rules} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ptcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\noptcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\stcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nostcrule} +% \begin{macro}{\plfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\noplfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\slfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\noslfrule} +% \begin{macro}{\pltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nopltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\mltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\sltrule} +% \begin{macro}{\nosltrule} +% % \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These commands have no argument: +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes n'ont aucun argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ptcrule\relax +\let\noptcrule\relax +\let\mtcrule\relax +\let\nomtcrule\relax +\let\stcrule\relax +\let\nostcrule\relax +\let\plfrule\relax +\let\noplfrule\relax +\let\mlfrule\relax +\let\nomlfrule\relax +\let\slfrule\relax +\let\noslfrule\relax +\let\pltrule\relax +\let\nopltrule\relax +\let\mltrule\relax +\let\nomltrule\relax +\let\sltrule\relax +\let\nosltrule\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{15} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the commands for the page numbers}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+page.numbers} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les numщros de page}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+page.numbers} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ptcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noptcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\stcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nostcpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\plfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noplfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\slfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\noslfpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\pltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nopltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\sltpagenumbers} +% \begin{macro}{\nosltpagenumbers} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These commands have no argument: +% \or\relax +% Ces commandes n'ont aucun argument: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtcpagenumbers\relax +\let\nomtcpagenumbers\relax +\let\stcpagenumbers\relax +\let\nostcpagenumbers\relax +\let\ptcpagenumbers\relax +\let\noptcpagenumbers\relax +\let\mlfpagenumbers\relax +\let\nomlfpagenumbers\relax +\let\slfpagenumbers\relax +\let\noslfpagenumbers\relax +\let\plfpagenumbers\relax +\let\noplfpagenumbers\relax +\let\mltpagenumbers\relax +\let\nomltpagenumbers\relax +\let\sltpagenumbers\relax +\let\nosltpagenumbers\relax +\let\pltpagenumbers\relax +\let\nopltpagenumbers\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the mini-table features commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.features} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les dispositifs des mini-tables}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.features} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We disable the commands for features (like \com{beforeparttoc}) with \com{empty}, because some users may have +% used: +% \or\relax +% Nous inhibons les commandes pour les dispositifs (telles que \com{beforeparttoc}) avec \com{empty}, car +% certains utilisateurs ont pu avoir fait: +% \fi +% \begin{verse} +% \com{renewcommand}\verb|{|\com{beforeparttoc}\verb|}{...}| +% \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% which will not work if we use \com{relax} here. These commands have no argument, +% \or\relax +% ce qui ne marcherait pas si nous utilisions \com{relax} ici. Ces commandes n'ont aucun argument, +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\beforeparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\afterparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\openparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\openpartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\openpartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\closeparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closepartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\closepartlot} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageparttocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlotstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for part level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\beforeparttoc\empty +\let\beforepartlof\empty +\let\beforepartlot\empty +\let\afterparttoc\empty +\let\afterpartlof\empty +\let\afterpartlot\empty +\let\openparttoc\empty +\let\openpartlof\empty +\let\openpartlot\empty +\let\closeparttoc\empty +\let\closepartlof\empty +\let\closepartlot\empty +\let\thispageparttocstyle\empty +\let\thispagepartlofstyle\empty +\let\thispagepartlotstyle\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\afterminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\openminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\openminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\openminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminilof} +% \begin{macro}{\closeminilot} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminitocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilotstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\beforeminitoc\empty +\let\beforeminilof\empty +\let\beforeminilot\empty +\let\afterminitoc\empty +\let\afterminilof\empty +\let\afterminilot\empty +\let\openminitoc\empty +\let\openminilof\empty +\let\openminilot\empty +\let\closeminitoc\empty +\let\closeminilof\empty +\let\closeminilot\empty +\let\thispageminitocstyle\empty +\let\thispageminilofstyle\empty +\let\thispageminilotstyle\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\opensecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\opensectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\opensectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\closesecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\closesectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\closesectlot} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesecttocstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlofstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlotstyle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for section level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\beforesecttoc\empty +\let\beforesectlof\empty +\let\beforesectlot\empty +\let\aftersecttoc\empty +\let\aftersectlof\empty +\let\aftersectlot\empty +\let\opensecttoc\empty +\let\opensectlof\empty +\let\opensectlot\empty +\let\closesecttoc\empty +\let\closesectlof\empty +\let\closesectlot\empty +\let\thispagesecttocstyle\empty +\let\thispagesectlofstyle\empty +\let\thispagesectlotstyle\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling miscellaneous flags and commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.misc} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition de divers indicateurs et commandes}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.misc} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} +% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} +% \begin{macro}{\l@listof} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \begin{macro}{\chapter} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are some flags and commands that it is wise to declare: +% \or\relax +% Il y~a quelques indicateurs et commandes qu'il est bon de dщclarer: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mtc@longext@ \@mtc@longext@true +\newif\iftightmtc \tightmtcfalse +\newif\ifktightmtc \ktightmtcfalse +\newif\ifundottedmtc \undottedmtcfalse +\newif\ifmtcsecondpart \mtcsecondpartfalse +\let\l@listof\chapter +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Caution for some commands}\label{s+mtcoff+caution} +% \or\relax +% \section{Prщcaution pour certaines commandes}\label{s+mtcoff+caution} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcoffwarn@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Some\SMMZ{\lmess{F0007}} \upack{minitoc} commands should eventually be replaced if you decide to \emph{definitely} +% stop using the \upack{minitoc} package with your document. So we declare a flag and an \com{AtEndDocument} block to signal +% that you have used these commands: +% \or\relax +% Certaines\SMMZ{\lmess{F0007}} commandes de \upack{minitoc} devraient щventuellement ъtre remplacщes si vous dщcidez +% d'arrъter \emph{dщfinitivement} l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec votre document. Donc nous dщclarons un +% indicateur et un bloc \com{AtEndDocument} pour signaler que vous avez utilisщ ces commandes: +% \fi +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifmtcoffwarn@ \mtcoffwarn@false +\AtEndDocument{\ifmtcoffwarn@ + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[F0007]{mtcoff}% + {You should scan (backwards) your .log + \MessageBreak + file to find some commands needing + \MessageBreak + to be replaced if you decide to + \MessageBreak + DEFINITELY stop using minitoc for this + \MessageBreak + document. It is more wise to keep the + \MessageBreak + \string\usepackage\space lines for minitoc and mtcoff + \MessageBreak + and to comment out only one of them} +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcoffwarn@} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ck} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Then\SMM{\lmess{F0004}\\\lmess{F0006}\\\lmess{F0005}} these commands are disabled +% and they set the flag and give a warning (useful to get the line number): +% \or\relax +% Puis\SMM{\lmess{F0004}\\\lmess{F0006}\\\lmess{F0005}} ces commandes sont inhibщes +% de maniшre qu'elles positionnent l'indicateur et donnent un avertissement (ce +% qui est utile pour avoir le numщro de ligne): +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcaddchapter}[1][]{\mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0004]{mtcoff}% + {\protect\mtcaddchapter{...} should be replaced + \MessageBreak + by \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...} + \MessageBreak} +\def\mtc@ck{#1} +\ifx\mtc@ck\empty +\else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% +\fi} +\newcommand{\mtcaddsection}[1][]{\mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0006]{mtcoff}% + {\protect\mtcaddsection{...} should be replaced + \MessageBreak + by \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...} + \MessageBreak} +\def\mtc@ck{#1} +\ifx\mtc@ck\empty +\else + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% +\fi} +\newcommand{\mtcaddpart}[1][]{\mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0005]{mtcoff}% + {\protect\mtcaddpart{...} should be replaced + \MessageBreak + by \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...} + \MessageBreak} +\def\mtc@ck{#1} +\ifx\mtc@ck\empty +\else + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling commands for ``coffee''}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.coffee.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les <<~pauses-cafщ~>>}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.coffee.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\addcoffeeline} +% \begin{macro}{\coffeeline} +% \begin{macro}{\@gobble} +% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtocline} +% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtoclinep} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We disable the commands relative to ``coffee'' lines, and the specific version of contents lines without leaders +% of dots: +% \or\relax +% Nous inhibons les commandes concernant les lignes de contenu pour les л~pauses-cafщ~╗, ainsi que la version +% spщcifique de ligne de contenu sans points de conduite: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\addcoffeeline#1#2#3{\relax} +\let\coffeeline\@gobble +\let\l@coffee\relax +\def\@Undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\relax} +\def\@Undottedtoclinep#1#2#3#4#5{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \texttt{mtchideinmain.{}.{}.} environments}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtchideinmainXXX.envs} +% ^^A \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des environnements \texttt{mtchideinmain.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtchideinmainXXX.envs} +% ^^A \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} +% \fi +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} +% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These environments accept one optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Ces environnements acceptent un argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{mtchideinmaintoc}[1][-1]{\empty}{\empty} +\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]{\empty}{\empty} +\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]{\empty}{\empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% \end{environment} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% ^^A \section{Inhibition of the \ucom{mtc@saveXXXdepth} and \ucom{mtc@restoreXXXdepth} internal commands} +% \section{Inhibition of the \ucom{mtc@[save\BAR{}restore]XXXdepth} internal commands} +% \or\relax +% ^^A \section{Inhibition des commandes internes \ucom{mtc@saveXXXdepth} et \ucom{mtc@restoreXXXdepth}} +% \section{Inhibition des commandes internes \ucom{mtc@[save\BAR{}restore]XXXdepth}} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savetocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restoretocdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restorelofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restorelotdepth} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We must inhibit these commands, inserted in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files by the +% hiding commands. So we will not have to delete these files when switching from the \upack{minitoc} package to +% the \pack{mtcoff} package. +% \or\relax +% Nous devons inhiber ces commandes, insщrщes dans les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot} par +% les commandes de masquage. Ainsi nous n'aurons pas р~dщtruire ces fichiers lors du passage du paquetage +% \upack{minitoc} au paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\mtc@savetocdepth\empty +\let\mtc@savelofdepth\empty +\let\mtc@savelotdepth\empty +\let\mtc@restoretocdepth\empty +\let\mtc@restorelofdepth\empty +\let\mtc@restorelotdepth\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcfixglossary} command}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixglossary.command}\icom{mtcfixglossary} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition de la commande \ucom{mtcfixglossary}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixglossary.command}\icom{mtcfixglossary} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixglossary} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command accepts one optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcfixglossary}[1][]{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcfixindex} command}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixindex.command}\icom{mtcfixindex} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition de la commande \ucom{mtcfixindex}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixindex.command}\icom{mtcfixindex} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command accepts one optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcfixindex}[1][]{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcfixnomenclature} command}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixnomenclature.command}\icom{mtcfixnomenclature} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition de la commande \ucom{mtcfixnomenclature}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixnomenclature.command}\icom{mtcfixnomenclature} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This command accepts one optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mtcfixnomenclature}[1][]{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Disabling the \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.addstarredXXX.commands} +% \or\relax +% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.addstarredXXX.commands} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcoffwarn@} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredpart} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} +% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} +% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These\SMM{\lmess{F0002}\\\lmess{F0001}\\\lmess{F0003}} commands should be replaced by standard commands, +% but \pack{mtcoff} simulates and gives a warning, which will be reminded at the end of document: +% \or\relax +% Ces\SMM{\lmess{F0002}\\\lmess{F0001}\\\lmess{F0003}} commandes devraient ъtre remplacщes par des commandes standard, +% mais \pack{mtcoff} les simule et donne un avertissement, qui sera rappelщ en fin de document: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\addstarredpart#1{\mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0002]{mtcoff}% + {\protect\addstarredpart{...} should be replaced by + \MessageBreak + \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...} + \MessageBreak} + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}} +\def\addstarredchapter#1{\mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0001]{mtcoff}% + {\protect\addstarredchapter{...} should be replaced by + \MessageBreak + \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...} + \MessageBreak} + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}} +\def\addstarredsection#1{\mtcoffwarn@true + \mtcPackageWarning[F0003]{mtcoff}% + {\protect\addstarredsection{...} should be replaced by + \MessageBreak + \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...} + \MessageBreak} + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% And the \pack{mtcoff} package is terminated. +% \or\relax +% Et le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} est terminщ. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Commented code of the \upack{mtcmess} package}\label{c+code+mtcmess.sty}\ipack{mtcmess} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Code commentщ du paquetage \upack{mtcmess}}\label{c+code+mtcmess.sty}\ipack{mtcmess} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageInfo} +% \begin{macro}{\PackageInfo} +% \begin{macro}{\MessageBreak} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarning} +% \begin{macro}{\PackageWarning} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} +% \begin{macro}{\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} +% \begin{macro}{\PackageError} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% To make easier the search of a message in the documentation\footnote{For instance, using the search facility of some PDF +% reader utility.}, we will assign an unique identifier to each +% message of the \upack{minitoc} and \pack{mtcoff} packages. As the standard commands for such messages do not +% include this feature, we make extended versions, with the same syntax, plus a first optional argument: +% \or\relax +% Pour faciliter la recherche d'un message dans la documentation\,\footnote{Par exemple, en utilisant le systшme de +% recherche d'un utilitaire de lecture de fichier PDF.}, nous attribuerons un identificateur unique р~chaque +% message des paquetages \upack{minitoc} et \pack{mtcoff}. Puisque les commandes standard pour de tels messages +% n'offrent pas ce dispositif, nous en faisons des versions щtendues, avec la mъme syntaxe, plus un premier argument +% optionnel: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtcmess> +\ProvidesPackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% +\newcommand{\mtcPackageInfo}[3][]% + {\PackageInfo{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% +\newcommand{\mtcPackageWarning}[3][]% + {\PackageWarning{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% +\newcommand{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine}[3][]% + {\PackageWarningNoLine{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% +\newcommand{\mtcPackageError}[4][]% + {\PackageError{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}{#4}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Hence the first line of the message will contain the package name and the unique identifier of the message. +% \or\relax +% Donc la premiшre ligne du message contiendra le nom du paquetage et l'identificateur unique du message. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% These macros are defined in a separate package because they are used by at least two packages +% (\upack{minitoc} and \pack{mtcoff}) and because they could be useful for other packages. +% \or\relax +% Ces macros sont dщfinies dans un paquetage distinct car elles sont utilisщes par au moins deux paquetages +% (\upack{minitoc} et \pack{mtcoff}) et parce qu'elles pourraient ъtre utiles pour d'autres paquetages. +% \fi +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Patch for the \uclass{memoir} class}\label{memoir-patch}\iclass{memoir}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} +% This\SMMZZ{\lmess{M0001}} code must be loaded to fix an \emph{incompatibility} of the \upack{minitoc} package +% with some recent versions of the \class{memoir} class. +% This correction is no more necessary after the 2005/09/25 version of \class{memoir}. +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Correction pour la classe \uclass{memoir}}\label{memoir-patch}\iclass{memoir}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} +% Ce\SMMZZ{\lmess{M0001}} code doit ъtre chargщ pour corriger une \emph{incompatibilitщ} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% avec certaines versions rщcentes de la classe \class{memoir}. +% Cette correction n'est plus nщcessaire aprшs la version datщe 2005/09/25 de \class{memoir}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mtcpatchmem> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% +\ProvidesPackage{mtcpatchmem}% + [2015/07/13 v61 package mtcpatchmem] +\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] +\mtcPackageInfo[M0001]{mtcpatchmem}% + {mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class\@gobble} +\renewcommand{\@m@mchapter}[1][]{% + \def\ch@pt@c{#1}% capture first optional arg + \@ifnextchar[{\@chapter}{\@chapter[]}% +} +\def\@chapter[#1]#2{% +% if |\ch@pt@c| is empty, no [ was found at all. Use |#2| as +% entry for all fields. + \ifx\ch@pt@c\@empty + \def\f@rtoc{#2}% + \def\f@rhdr{#2}% + \else +% otherwise at least one [ was found. If |#1| is empty then only +% one was found. + \let\f@rtoc\ch@pt@c + \ifx\@empty#1\@empty + \let\f@rhdr\ch@pt@c + \else + \def\f@rhdr{#1}% + \fi + \fi + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \fi + \fi + \chaptermark{\f@rhdr}% + \ifartopt + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \else + \insertchapterspace + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \fi + \@afterheading + \fi + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax + \if@mainmatter + \ifanappendix + \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}{% + \protect\chapternumberline{\thechapter}\f@rtoc}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\chapternumberline{\thechapter}\f@rtoc}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\f@rtoc}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\f@rtoc}% + \fi + \ifheadnameref\M@gettitle{\f@rhdr}\else\M@gettitle{\f@rtoc}\fi +} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter{Language definition (\usuffix{.mld}) and object (\usuffix{.mlo}) files}\label{c+code+mld.files}% +% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo} +% \or\relax +% \chapter{Fichiers de dщfinition (\usuffix{.mld}) et objets (\usuffix{.mlo}) de langue}\label{c+code+mld.files}% +% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo} +% \fi +% \minitoc +% \mtcskip +% \lneed{7} +% ^^A MINILOF BLOCK WAS HERE +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \mtcindent=0pt +% \minilof +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\empty} +% \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}% +% \raggedcolumns +% \mtcskip + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} + + + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} + + + + +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Overview} +% This chapter shows the code of each \suffix{.mld} file. A \suffix{.mld} file is a \emph{minitoc language +% definition} file, which defines the titles of the mini-tables for a given language. It contains often some +% comments about its origin, if you need further details. +% +% \lneed{6} +% For some languages, I~have added a map (and a flag) of the country or area where the language is spoken, if it is not +% trivial. The origin of each map is given by an URL to the graphic file or to the WEB page where I~found it. +% Note that the~\cite{tlfq} and~\cite{LMP} Web sites are useful sources. Maps from~\cite{LMP} are under the +% Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}. +% The site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} allows to look at the maps of many countries (but not of France!). +% The Perry-Castaёeda Library Map Collection~\cite{texasmaps} (The University of Texas at Austin, +% \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contains countless maps. +% +% \reversemarginpar +% Many +% free maps were also found by a search in the vast Wikipedia +% (i.e. \url{http://en.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org}, +% \url{http://de.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org}, etc.). +% If you are curious and brave, you can also find many +% maps and documents about Eastern Europa and about Asia at \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org}; that site give many +% historical informations. +% +% \lneed{8} +% \normalmarginpar +% A \suffix{.mld} file is loaded either via a +% package option in the \com{usepackage} command +% for the \upack{minitoc} package (or a global option for the document), either via the command: +% \or\relax +% \section{Gщnщralitщs} +% Ce chapitre montre le code de chaque fichier \suffix{.mld}. Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est un fichier +% de dщfinition de langue pour minitoc (\emph{minitoc language definition file}), qui dщfinit les titres des +% mini-tables pour une langue donnщe. Il contient souvent quelques informations sur son origine, si vous avez +% besoin de plus de dщtails. +% +% \lneed{6} +% \reversemarginpar +% Pour certaines langues, j'ai ajoutщ une carte (et un drapeau) du pays ou des zones o∙ la langue est parlщe, si ce n'est pas trivial. +% L'origine de chaque carte est donnщe par un URL vers le fichier graphique ou vers la page o∙ je l'ai trouvщe. +% Notez que les sites Web~\cite{tlfq} et~\cite{LMP} sont des sources utiles. Les cartes de~\cite{LMP} sont sous la +% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}. +% +% Le site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} permet de regarder les cartes de nombreux +% pays (mais pas de la France!). La \emph{Perry-Castaёeda Library Map Collection}~\cite{texasmaps} (Universitщ du Texas +% р~Austin, \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contient d'innombrables cartes. +% +% \lneed{7} +% De +% nombreuses cartes publiques proviennent aussi de la Wikipщdia ({\froff\url{http://en.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org}, +% \url{http://de.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org}, etc.}). +% Si vous ъtes curieux et courageux, vous pourrez aussi trouver de nombreux documents et cartes concernant l'Europe de +% l'Est et l'Asie sur le site \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org}; il donne de nombreuses informations historiques. +% +% \lneed{8} +% \normalmarginpar +% Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est chargщ soit via une option du paquetage +% dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% (ou une option globale pour le document), +% soit via la commande: +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \begin{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\marg{language} +% \or\relax +% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\marg{langue} +% \fi +% \end{verse} +% \end{macro} +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} +% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} +% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Each \suffix{.mld} file must define the nine following commands (for the mini-tables of contents, +% mini-lists of figures and mini-lists of tables, at the part, chapter and section levels): +% \or\relax +% Chaque fichier \suffix{.mld} doit dщfinir les neuf commandes suivantes (pour les mini-tables des +% matiшres, les mini-listes des figures et les mini-listes des tableaux, aux niveaux partie, chapitre et section): +% \fi +% \begin{multicols}{3} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \com{ptctitle} +% \item \com{plftitle} +% \item \com{plttitle}\columnbreak +% \item \com{mtctitle} +% \item \com{mlftitle} +% \item \com{mlttitle}\columnbreak +% \item \com{stctitle} +% \item \com{slftitle} +% \item \com{slttitle} +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{3} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Many \suffix{.mld} files require special fonts adequate for the corresponding language; as this is a +% language-dependent issue, the user must set up the correct language and font context for each language, like using +% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, the +% \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX}, the \pack{Antomega} +% system~\cite{antomega}, the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex}, +% \ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}\devnag{} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, +% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}{\protect\FARSINOTE}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, +% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} et \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, +% or \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} packages. +% Note that it is often the \virage\emph{english} name of the language which is used to name the corresponding +% \suffix{.mld} file. +% \or\relax +% De nombreux fichiers \suffix{.mld} ont besoin de fontes spщciales adщquates pour la langue +% correspondante; comme ceci est une question concernant la langue, l'utilisateur doit mettre en place un contexte +% linguistique et typographique correct pour la langue correspondante, en utilisant par exemple le paquetage +% \pack{babel}~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, le systшme +% \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX}, le systшme \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}, +% les paquetages \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex}, +% \ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}\devnag{} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, +% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, +% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} +% et \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} ou \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}. +% Notez que c'est souvent le nom en \virage\emph{anglais} de la langue qui est utilisщ pour nommer le fichier \suffix{.mld} +% correspondant. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{environment}{filecontents} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But for some oriental languages\,\footnote{Mainly for chinese, farsi (iranian), hang√l (korean), hanja (korean), japanese, +% \lopt{malayalam-omega}, thai, and russian variants.}, the source of the titles +% use some \virage\emph{exotic encodings}, difficult to manipulate +% in a \suffix{.dtx} file, the \suffix{.mld} file is then just a wrapper loading +% a \suffix{.mlo} file\,\footnote{The extension +% \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}.}, not generated by the +% \suffix{.dtx} files in the current version of \upack{minitoc} package. +% To go around this limitation, the \xfile{minitoc.ins} file uses +% \env{filecontents} environments to generate the \suffix{.mlo} files. +% The adequate input encoding must be set up +% by the user \emph{before}\virage{} loading the \suffix{.mld} file via the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command. +% \or\relax +% Mais pour certaines langues orientales\,\footnote{Principalement pour les variantes du chinois, du farsi +% (iranien), du corщen (hang√l et hanja), du japonais, du \lopt{malayalam-omega}, du thaя et du russe.}, le code source des +% titres utilise quelques \virage\emph{codages exotiques}, +% difficiles р~manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}, le fichier \suffix{.mld} est alors une simple enveloppe qui charge +% un fichier \suffix{.mlo}\,\footnote{Le suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object}, +% objet minitoc de langue.}, qui n'est pas engendrщ par les fichiers \suffix{.dtx} dans la version actuelle du +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Pour contourner cette limitation, le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins} utilise simplement des +% environnements \env{filecontents} pour engendrer les fichiers \suffix{.mlo}. +% Le codage d'entrщe adщquat doit ъtre mis en place par l'utilisateur \emph{avant}\virage{} le +% chargement du fichier \suffix{.mld} via la commande \com{mtcselectlanguage}. +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% \end{environment} +% +% \lneed{4} +% {\bfseries +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} version~\#49, +% the \upack{minitoc} package checks the presence of the +% \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file +% (and of the \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} file if necessary) for each language option of the package, +% before validating the option. If a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing, the corresponding language option +% is not enabled and a warning message is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. But the presence of +% the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language. +% If some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing, +% the list of this files is given in the \suffix{.log} file. You should find these files on CTAN. +% \or\relax +% └~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} de la version~\#49, +% le paquetage \upack{minitoc} vщrifie la prщsence du fichier +% \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (et du fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} si nщcessaire) pour +% chaque option de langue du paquetage, avant de valider l'option. Si un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} +% est manquant, l'option de langue correspondante n'est pas validщe et un message d'avertissement est щcrit dans +% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Mais la prщsence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car +% l'anglais est la langue par dщfaut. +% Si certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants, +% la liste de ces fichiers est щcrite dans le fichier \suffix{.log}. Vous devriez pouvoir les trouver sur CTAN. +% \fi +% \par} ^^A %BF> +% ^^A \clearpage ^^A %% BEGIN OF LANGUAGE SECTIONS +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Acadian'' language: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~acadian~>>: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} +% \fi + +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% \lopt{acadian} language\,\FAC{} +% is just french, so we load the \xfile{french.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue \lopt{acadian} (acadien)\,\FAC{} est simplement du franчais, +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*acadian> +\ProvidesFile{acadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Acadien'' language: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~acadien~>>: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{acadien}'' language\,\FAC{} +% is just french (``\texttt{acadien}'' is the french term for ``\texttt{acadian}''), so we load the \xfile{french.mld} +% file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \or\relax +% La +% <<~\lopt{acadien}~>>\,\FAC{} +% est simplement du franчais (<<~\texttt{acadien}~>> est le terme franчais pour <<~\texttt{acadian}~>>, en anglais), +% donc nous chargons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*acadien> +\ProvidesFile{acadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Afrikaan'' language: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} +% \fi + +% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{33.33333333mm} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{afrikaan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in South Africa and Namibia, it has dutch origins; compare with +% section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}. +% See also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}. } +% come from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \lneed{5} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe en Afrique du Sud et en Namibie, elle a des origines +% nщerlandaises; comparez avec la section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}. +% Voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} +% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*afrikaan> +\ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Afrikaan(s) titles from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L. +\def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% +\def\plftitle{Lys van figure}% +\def\plttitle{Lys van tabelle}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% +\def\mlftitle{Lys van figure}% +\def\mlttitle{Lys van tabelle}% +\def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% +\def\slftitle{Lys van figure}% +\def\slttitle{Lys van tabelle}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Afrikaans'' language: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~afrikaans~>>: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The term ``\lopt{afrikaans}'' is a synonym of ``\lopt{afrikaan}'', so we just load \xfile{afrikaan.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}): +% \or\relax +% Le terme <<~\lopt{afrikaans}~>> est un synonyme de <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>, +% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{afrikaan.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*afrikaans> +\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \setlength{\wkdim}{17.25352113mm} +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Albanian'' language: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% albanian language (\emph{shqip}) is spoken in Albania and some regions of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Kosovo. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{albanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{albanian.dtx} file +% (with a contribution of \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}: +% \or\relax +% La +% langue albanaise (\emph{shqip}) est parlщe en Albanie et quelques rщgions de Macщdoine, du Montenegro, +% de Serbie et du Kosovo. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{albanian}~>> (albanais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{albanian.dtx} +% (avec une contribution de \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}: +% \fi + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} + + +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*albanian> +\ProvidesFile{albanian.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Albanian titles from albabian.dtx (babel). +%% Adi Zaimi (zami1st at yahoo.com / adizaimi at yahoo.com). +\def\ptctitle{P\"ermbajta}% +\def\plftitle{Figurat}% +\def\plttitle{Tabelat}% +\def\mtctitle{P\"ermbajta}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurat}% +\def\mltitle{Tabelat}% +\def\stctitle{P\"ermbajta}% +\def\slftitle{Figurat}% +\def\slttitle{Tabelat}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{13.15625mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``American'' language: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~american~>>: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{american}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'' +% (the languages themselves have some differences, +% like the hyphenation rules, some spellings and phonetics), +% so we just load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{american}~>> (amщricain) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>> +% (les langues elles-mъmes ont quelques diffщrences, +% par exemple les rшgles de coupure des mots, l'orthographe et la prononciation), +% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} (voir +% la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*american> +\ProvidesFile{american.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Arab'' language: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arab~>>: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} +% \fi + +% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} + +% ^^A (ARAB +% ^^A ARAB) +% \par\reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{arab}'' language (\textsf{al-'Arabiyyah}) are taken +% from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} +% (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab}~>> (arabe) (\textsf{al-'Arabiyyah}) sont tirщs +% du paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} +% (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The arabic language is spoken in: +% Algeria, Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Mauritania, Morocco, Oman, Palestinian territories, +% Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, United Arab Emirates, Western Sahara, Yemen by a majority; it is also +% the liturgical language of Islam. +% \or\relax +% La langue arabe est parlщe dans les pays suivants: +% Algщrie, Bahrain, ╔gypte, Irak, Jordanie, Koweяt, Liban, Libye, Mauritanie, Maroc, Oman, Territoires Palestiniens, +% Qatar, Arabie Saoudite, Soudan, Syrie, Tunisie, ╔mirats Arabes Unis, Sahara Occidental, Yщmen par une +% majoritщ de la population; c'est aussi la langue liturgique de l'Islam +%.\looseness=-1 +% \fi +% \par\normalmarginpar +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*arab> +\ProvidesFile{arab.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Arabic titles. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex) +\def\ptctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% +\def\plftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% +\def\plttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% +\def\mtctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% +\def\mlftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% +\def\mlttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% +\def\stctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% +\def\slftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% +\def\slttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Arab2'' language: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcArabTok} +% \begin{macro}{\tcArabTok} +% \begin{macro}{\a@tok} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{arab2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} +% (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts. +% It is a variant of the ``\lopt{arab}'' language. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab2}~>> (arabe, variante) sont tirщs du +% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), +% qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*arab2> +\ProvidesFile{arab2.mld}[2006/03/31]% +%% Arabic titles. Variant. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex) +{\makeatletter\global\let\mtcArabTok\a@tok}% +\def\ptctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% +\def\plftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% +\def\plttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% +\def\mtctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% +\def\mlftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% +\def\mlttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% +\def\stctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% +\def\slftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% +\def\slttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Arabi'' language: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arabi~>>: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\R} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{arabi}'' language are taken from the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi} +% (by \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), +% which should be used, with the associated fonts. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arabi}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} +% (par \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*arabi> +\ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27]% +%% Arabic titles (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi) +%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, by Youssef Jabri) +\def\ptctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% +\def\plftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% +\def\plttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% +\def\mtctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% +\def\mlftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% +\def\mlttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% +\def\stctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% +\def\slftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% +\def\slttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Arabic'' language: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arabic~>>: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{arabic}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{arab}'', so we just load \xfile{arab.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{arabic}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{arab}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{arab.mld} +% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*arabic> +\ProvidesFile{arabic.mld}[2005/02/10]\mtcselectlanguage{arab}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Armenian'' language: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} +% \fi + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} + +% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{6.213285133mm} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{armenian}'' language (\emph{hayeren}) are taken from the \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} package~\cite{armtex} +% (by \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), which should be +% used, with the associated fonts. +% The armenian language is spoken in Armenia, in a part of Azerbaidjan and in the armenian diaspora. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{armenian}~>> (armщnien, \emph{hayeren}) sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} +% (de \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), +% qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. +% La langue armщnienne est parlщe en Armщnie, dans une partie de l'Azerbaяdjan et dans la diaspora armщnienne. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*armenian> +\ProvidesFile{armenian.mld}[1999/06/28]% +%% Armenian titles from ArmTeX. Sergueя Dachian (Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr), +%% Arnak Dalalyan & Vartan Akopian +\def\ptctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% +\def\plftitle{Patkerneri cank}% +\def\plttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% +\def\mtctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% +\def\mlftitle{Patkerneri cank}% +\def\mlttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% +\def\stctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% +\def\slftitle{Patkerneri cank}% +\def\slttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Australian'' language: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~australian~>>: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{australian}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{australian}~>> (australien) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*australian> +\ProvidesFile{australian.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Austrian'' language: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~austrian~>>: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% For +% the mini-table titles, the ``\lopt{austrian}'' language is like the ``\lopt{german}'' language, so we load +% \xfile{german.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+german}): +% \or\relax +% Pour +% les titres des mini-tables, la langue <<~\lopt{austrian}~>> (autrichien) est comme la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> +% (allemand), donc nous chargeons \xfile{german.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+german}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*austrian> +\ProvidesFile{austrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{german}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bahasa'' language: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bahasa~>>: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{bahasa}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{bahasa}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bahasa> +\ProvidesFile{bahasa.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bahasai'' language: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bahasai~>>: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.321112516\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.678887484\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasai}'' language\,\footnote{Bahasa is spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, +% with different pronunciations and titles but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant. See +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are +% taken from the file \xfile{bahasa.dtx} (by \name{JЎrg}{Knappen} and \name{Terry}{Mart}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}. +% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. The word ``bahasa'' means ``language'' in bahasa. +% For other names for this language, see sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa} and \vrefrange{s+mld+indon}{s+mld+indonesian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>\,\footnote{Le bahasa est parlщ en Indonщsie et en Malaisie, +% avec des prononciations et des titres diffщrents mais avec la mъme щcriture. Bahasai est la variante indonщsienne. +% Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.} +% (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{bahasa.dtx} (de \name{JЎrg}{Knappen} +% et \name{Terry}{Mart}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}. +% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. Le mot л~bahasa~╗ signifie +% л~langage~╗ en bahasa. Pour d'autres noms pour cette langue, voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa} et +% \vrefrange{s+mld+indon}{s+mld+indonesian}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bahasai> +\ProvidesFile{bahasai.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Bahasa Indonesia titles from bahasa.dtx in the babel package. +%% Knappen, JЎrg & Mart, Terry +\def\ptctitle{Daftar Isi}% +\def\plftitle{Daftar Gambar}% +\def\plttitle{Daftar Tabel}% +\def\mtctitle{Daftar Isi}% +\def\mlftitle{Daftar Gambar}% +\def\mlttitle{Daftar Tabel}% +\def\stctitle{Daftar Isi}% +\def\slftitle{Daftar Gambar}% +\def\slttitle{Daftar Tabel}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{18} +% \section{``Bahasam'' language: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} +% \or\relax +% \lneed{20} +% \section{Langue <<~bahasam~>>: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.293413174\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.706586826\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{4} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasam}'' language (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with +% different pronunciations and titles +% but the same writing. Bahasam is the malaysian variant.} are taken from the file \xfile{bahasam.dtx} +% (by \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}, \name{Terry}{Mart} and \name{Bob}{Margolis}) +% in the +% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasam}. +% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. For other names for this language, see +% sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} and~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>> (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Parlщe en Indonщsie et en Malaisie, avec des +% prononciations et des titres diffщrents mais avec la mъme щcriture. Bahasam est la variante malaisienne.} sont +% tirщs du fichier \xfile{bahasam.dtx} +% (de \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}, \name{Terry}{Mart} et \name{Bob}{Margolis}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasam}. +% Des +% fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. Pour d'autres noms pour cette +% langue, voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} et~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bahasam> +\ProvidesFile{bahasam.mld}[2006/12/19]% +%% Bahasa Malaysia titles from bahasam.dtx in the babel package +%% Knappen, JЎrg & Mart, Terry & Margolis, Bob +\def\ptctitle{Kandungan}% +\def\plftitle{Senarai Gambar}% +\def\plttitle{Senarai Jadual}% +\def\mtctitle{Kandungan}% +\def\mlftitle{Senarai Gambar}% +\def\mlttitle{Senarai Jadual}% +\def\stctitle{Kandungan}% +\def\slftitle{Senarai Gambar}% +\def\slttitle{Senarai Jadual}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{4} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bangla'' language: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld} +% \suppressfloats +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bangla~>>: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}% +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}% +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}% +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}% + +% \vspace*{1.\baselineskip} + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0pt} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \noindent\begin{samepage} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' (\lopt{bengali}) language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India, +% like Occidental Bengal~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) and Tripura~(16).} are taken from +% the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts +% (the bengali alphabet is derived from sanskrit). +% \par\end{samepage} +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe au Bangladesh et dans certaines parties de +% l'Inde, comme le Bengale Occidental~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) et Tripura~(16).} (\lopt{bengali}) sont simplement tirщs +% du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); +% ils ont besoin de fontes spщcifiques (l'alphabet bengalю est dщrivщ du sanskrit). +% \fi +% \par\normalmarginpar +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bangla> +\ProvidesFile{bangla.mld}[2006/03/31]% +%% Bangla titles from BangTeX. Needs specific fonts. +\def\ptctitle{suu\*c*ipotRo}% <----- +\def\plftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% +\def\plttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% +\def\mtctitle{suu\*c*i}% +\def\mlftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% +\def\mlttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% +\def\stctitle{suu\*c*i}% +\def\slftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% +\def\slttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Basque'' language: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~basque~>>: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{14mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the basque country, in the north of Spain and +% south-west of France.} (\emph{euskara}) are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, by \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} +% and \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}, with help from \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}. +% It seems that 8~bits fonts are preferable. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{basque}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe au Pays Basque, qui est situщ dans le nord de l'Espagne +% et le sud-ouest de la France.} (\emph{euskara}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage +% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, par \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} et \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}, avec +% l'aide de \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}. +% Il semble que des fontes 8-bits soient prщfщrables. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*basque> +\ProvidesFile{basque.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Basque titles from basque.dtx (babel). +%% Aguirregabiria, Juan M. WWW: http://tp.lc.ehu.es/jma.html +%% & Sanchez, Julio , +%% and help from Izaola Azkona, Zunbeltz +%% Needs special fonts. +\def\ptctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% +\def\plftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% +\def\plttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% +\def\mtctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% +\def\mlftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% +\def\mlttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% +\def\stctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% +\def\slftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% +\def\slttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bengali'' language: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bengali~>>: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{bengali}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language, so we load +% the file \xfile{bangla.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{bengali}~>> (bengalю) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>> (bтnglт), +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{bangla.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bengali> +\ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23]\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bicig'' language: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bicig~>>: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\bcg} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig} is a written form of the mongolian language. +% It is also known as Uighur or Bichig. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} are taken +% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig2}{s+mld+bicig3}, and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> est une forme щcrite de la langue mongole. +% Il est aussi connu sous le nom de ouяghour (\emph{uighur} en anglais) ou bichig. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi les +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig2}{s+mld+bicig3} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bicig> +\ProvidesFile{bicig.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Mongol (Bicig) titles needs mongol fonts +\def\ptctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% +\def\plftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% +\def\plttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mtctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% +\def\mlftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% +\def\mlttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\stctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% +\def\slftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% +\def\slttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bicig2'' language: \uxfile{bicig2.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig2}\ixfile{bicig2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig2}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig}, or uighur, is a written form of the mongolian language, +% \lopt{bicig2} is a variant. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur2}.} are taken +% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also +% sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, and~\vref{s+mld+bicig3}, and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bicig2~>>: \uxfile{bicig2.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig2}\ixfile{bicig2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig2}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>, ou ouяghour, est une forme щcrite de la langue mongole, +% \lopt{bicig2} en est une variante. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur2}.} sont +% tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi les +% sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, \vref{s+mld+bicig3} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bicig2> +\ProvidesFile{bicig2.mld}[2005/11/16]% +%% Mongol (Bicig2) titles (needs mongol fonts) +\def\ptctitle{garcag}% +\def\plftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% +\def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% +\def\mtctitle{garcag}% +\def\mlftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% +\def\mlttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% +\def\stctitle{garcag}% +\def\slftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% +\def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bicig3'' language: \uxfile{bicig3.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig3}\ixfile{bicig3.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig3}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig}, or uighur, is a written form of the mongolian language, \lopt{bicig3} is a +% variant. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur3}.} are taken +% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bicig2} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~bicig3~>>: \uxfile{bicig3.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig3}\ixfile{bicig3.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig3}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>, ou ouяghour, est une forme щcrite de la langue mongole, +% \lopt{bicig3} en est une variante. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont +% tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi les +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bicig2} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bicig3> +\ProvidesFile{bicig3.mld}[2006/03/31]% +%% Mongol (Bicig3) titles (needs mongol fonts) +\def\ptctitle{aguulag=a}% +\def\plftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% +\def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% +\def\mtctitle{aguulag=a}% +\def\mlftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% +\def\mlttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% +\def\stctitle{aguulag=a}% +\def\slftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% +\def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{41.11842105mm} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bithe'' language: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{bithe}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bithe} is a written form of the \lopt{manju} variant of the mongolian language.} are taken +% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% The Manju writing, or \emph{bithe} system is a close relative +% of the Mongolian system; the basical letter shapes are the +% same. Yet for Manju, a set of diacritics (\emph{dots and circles}) +% was designed to eliminate all the ambiguities of Mongolian. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bithe~>>: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bithe}~>> est une forme щcrite de la +% variante <<~\lopt{manju}~>> de la langue mongole.} sont +% tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% L'щcriture Manju (Manchou), ou le systшme \emph{bithe}, est une proche +% parente du systшme Mongol; les formes de base des lettres sont les mъmes. Mais pour le Manju, un +% ensemble de signes diacritiques (\emph{points et cercles}) a +% щtщ conчu pour щliminer toutes les ambiguяtщs du Mongol. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.386473430\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.613526570\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bithe> +\ProvidesFile{bithe.mld}[2005/11/16]% +%% Manju (bithe) titles (needs mongol fonts) +\def\ptctitle{garcag}% +\def\plftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% +\def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% +\def\mtctitle{garcag}% +\def\mlftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% +\def\mlttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% +\def\stctitle{garcag}% +\def\slftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% +\def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Brazil'' language: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~brazil~>>: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{17.5mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language (\emph{portuguъs brasileiro} or +% \emph{portuguъs do Brasil})\,\footnote{It is the main portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note that these titles are +% \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed to brazilian translations. +% See section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file (for portugese titles by +% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) in the \pack{babel} +% package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brщsilien, \emph{portuguъs brasileiro} ou +% \emph{portuguъs do Brasil})\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais principal parlщ au Brщsil. +% Notez que ces +% titres sont \emph{diffщrents} au Brщsil et au Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} a contribuщ aux +% traductions brщsiliennes. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx} +% (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete} pour les titres portugais) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*brazil> +\ProvidesFile{brazil.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Portugues (brazil) titles, from portuges.dtx (babel) +%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro & "de Lima", Arnaldo Viegas +\def\ptctitle{Sum\'ario}% +\def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}% +\def\plttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% +\def\mtctitle{Sum\'ario}% +\def\mlftitle{Lista de Figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% +\def\stctitle{Sum\'ario}% +\def\slftitle{Lista de Figuras}% +\def\slttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Brazilian'' language: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~brazilian~>>: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{brazilian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{brazil}'', so we just load \xfile{brazil.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{brazilian}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{brazil}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{brazil.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*brazilian> +\ProvidesFile{brazilian.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{brazil}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Breton'' language: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~breton~>>: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld} +% \fi + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language (\emph{brezhoneg})\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany. +% See also \url{http://www.ofis-bzh.org}, \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-fr.jpg} and +% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-br.jpg}.} are taken from the +% \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: +% \or\relax +% \lneed{2} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>> (\emph{brezhoneg})\,\footnote{Parlщe comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France). Voir aussi \url{http://www.ofis-bzh.org}, +% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-fr.jpg} et +% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-br.jpg}.} +% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{breton.dtx} (de \name{Christian}{Rolland}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*breton> +\ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Breton titles from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian +\def\ptctitle{Taolenn}% +\def\plftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% +\def\plttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% +\def\mtctitle{Taolenn}% +\def\mlftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% +\def\mlttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% +\def\stctitle{Taolenn}% +\def\slftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% +\def\slttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``British'' language: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~british~>>: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{british}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{british}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*british> +\ProvidesFile{british.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bulgarian'' language: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bulgarian~>>: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.317738791\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.682261209\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{bulgarian}'' language (\emph{b\u{a}lgarski}) are taken from the \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} +% (adapted from russian by \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) file in the +% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; they require +% specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarian}~>> (bulgare, \emph{b\u{a}lgarski}) sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} (adaptщ du russe par \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) dans le +% paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; ils ont +% besoin de fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bulgarian> +\ProvidesFile{bulgarian.mld}[2007/03/08]% +%% Bulgarian titles from bulgarian.dtx (babel) (needs special cyrillic fonts) +%% by Boshnakov, Georgi N. +\def\ptctitle{% + {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % + \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% +\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % + \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% +\def\mtctitle{% + {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % + \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % + \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% +\def\stctitle{% + {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % + \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% +\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % + \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bulgarianb'' language: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bulgarianb~>>: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarianb}'' (upper bulgarian) language are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) +% of the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}; +% they require specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarianb}~>> (haut bulgare) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} +% (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}; +% ils requiшrent des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bulgarianb> +\ProvidesFile{bulgarianb.mld}[2006/03/06]% +%% Upper bulgarian titles from russianb.dtx. Needs cyrillic fonts for upper bulgarian. +\def\ptctitle{% + {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\def\plftitle{% Figuri + {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% +\def\plttitle{% Tablici + {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% +\def\mtctitle{% Sydyrzhanie + {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\def\mlftitle{% Figurite + {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% +\def\mlttitle{% Tablici + {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% +\def\stctitle{% Sydyrzhanie + {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\def\slftitle{% Figuri + {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% +\def\slttitle{% Tablici + {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{13} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Buryat'' language: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~buryat~>>: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \begin{macro}{\sh} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in some regions of Mongolia and in the Buryatia republic, near +% Lake Baikal. } are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. +% This language requires specific fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe dans certaines rщgions de la Mongolie et dans la rщpublique +% de Buryatie, prшs du lac Baяkal. } (bouriate) sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*buryat> +\ProvidesFile{buryat.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Buryat titles. Needs special fonts. +\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% +\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\stctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% +\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Buryat2'' language: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~buryat2~>>: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat2}'' language (a variant for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language, see section~\vref{s+mld+buryat}) +% are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat2}~>> (une variante du langage л~\lopt{buryat}~╗, voir la section~\vref{s+mld+buryat}) +% sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue +% requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*buryat2> +\ProvidesFile{buryat2.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Buryat2 titles. Needs special fonts. +\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% +\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\stctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% +\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Canadian'' language: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~canadian~>>: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} +% \fi + +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% + +% \afterpage{\clearpage} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{canadian}'' language \textcolor{red}{(note the final ``i\emph{a}n'')} is just the \loptd{english} language spoken +% in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{canadian}~>> \textcolor{red}{(notez le <<~i\emph{a}n~>> final)} est simplement la langue \emph{anglaise} +% (\loptd{english}) parlщe au Canada. +% Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*canadian> +\ProvidesFile{canadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Canadien'' language: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~canadien~>>: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{canadien}'' language \textcolor{red}{(note the final ``i\emph{e}n'')} is just the \lopt{french} language spoken +% in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{canadien}~>> \textcolor{red}{(notez le <<~i\emph{e}n~>> final)} est simplement la langue \emph{franчaise} +% (\lopt{french}) parlщe au Canada. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la +% section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*canadien> +\ProvidesFile{canadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{19.14587332mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Castillan'' language: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~castillan~>>: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{castillan}'' language is better known as ``\lopt{spanish}'', +% but is spoken mainly in Castile, +% a part of central Spain. We +% just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> est mieux connue sous le nom de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> +% (espagnol), +% mais est parlщe principalement +% en Castille, une partie du centre de l'Espagne. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*castillan> +\ProvidesFile{castillan.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Castillian'' language: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~castillian~>>: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% ``Castillian'' is just the english name for ``castillan'', so +% we just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): +% \or\relax +% <<~Castillian~>> est juste le nom anglais du castillan, donc +% nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*castillian> +\ProvidesFile{castillian.mld}[2005/07/01]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Catalan'' language: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~catalan~>>: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.502354788\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.497645212\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{3} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{catalan}'' language (\emph{catalр, valenciр})\,\footnote{Spoken in Catalunya, the eastern part of Spain, +% around Barcelona, and in Roussillon, in France. } +% are taken from the \xfile{catalan.dtx} file (adapted from spanish by \name{Gonчal}{Badenes} and \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{catalan}~>> (\emph{catalр, valenciр})\,\footnote{Parlщe en Catalogne, +% la partie orientale de l'Espagne, autour +% de Barcelone, et dans le Roussillon, en France. } sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adaptщ de l'espagnol par \name{Gonчal}{Badenes} +% et \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*catalan> +\ProvidesFile{catalan.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Catalan titles from catalan.dtx (babel) (Badenes, Gonчal) +\def\ptctitle{\'Index}% +\def\plftitle{\'Index de figures}% +\def\plttitle{\'Index de taules}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\'Index}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Taules}% +\def\stctitle{\'Index}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Taules}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Chinese1'' language: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1} +% \fi + + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} + + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.25mm} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There +% are several variants for the chinese language. +% The ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cap} file +% in the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}. +% See~\cite{china-h} about the history of China and the chinese language. +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm}% +% The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{chinese1.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Il y~a +% plusieurs variantes pour la langue chinoise. +% La langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> (chinois premiшre variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cap} du +% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}. +% Voir~\cite{china-h} sur l'histoire de la Chine et de la langue chinoise. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese1.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*chinese1> +\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese1}% +%% From file Bg5.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e +%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5 +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Chinese2'' language: \uxmldo{chinese2}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~chinese2~>>: \uxmldo{chinese2.mld}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cpx} file in the \pack{CJK} +% system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{chinese2.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> (chinois seconde variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cpx} dans +% le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Voir aussi la +% section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese2.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*chinese2> +\ProvidesFile{chinese2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese2}% +%% From file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e +%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5, preprocessed +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Croatian'' language: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~\lopt{croatian}~>>: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.556818182\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443181818\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{25mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{croatian}'' language (\emph{hrvatski}) are taken from the file \xfile{croatian.dtx} file +% (by \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~croatian~>> (croate, \emph{hrvatski}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{croatian.dtx} +% (de \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*croatian> +\ProvidesFile{croatian.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Croatian titles from croatian.dtx (babel). Pai\'{c}, Alan. +\def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% +\def\plftitle{Popis slika}% +\def\plttitle{Popis tablica}% +\def\mtctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% +\def\mlftitle{Popis slika}% +\def\mlttitle{Popis tablica}% +\def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% +\def\slftitle{Slike}% +\def\slttitle{Tablice}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Czech'' language: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~czech~>>: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{czech}'' language (\emph{\v{c}e\v{s}tina, \v{c}esk\'{y} jazyk}) are taken from the file \xfile{czech.dtx} +% (contributions by \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{czech}~>> (tchшque, \emph{\v{c}e\v{s}tina, \v{c}esk\'{y} jazyk}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{czech.dtx} +% (contributions de \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*czech> +\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04]% +%% Czech titles from czech.dtx (babel). Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V. +\def\ptctitle{Obsah}% +\def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% +\def\plttitle{Seznam tabulek}% +\def\mtctitle{Obsah}% +\def\mlftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% +\def\mlttitle{Seznam tabulek}% +\def\stctitle{Obsah}% +\def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% +\def\slttitle{Seznam tabulek}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Danish'' language: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~danish~>>: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.362204724\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.637795276\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{18.9189892mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language\,\footnote{The danish (\emph{dansk}) language is spoken in Denmark, in the Faeroe +% Islands and in Greenland.} are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Henning}{Larsen}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois\,\footnote{Le danois (\emph{dansk}) est parlщ au Danemark, dans les ╬les +% Fщroщ et au Groenland.}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx} +% (de \name{Henning}{Larsen}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*danish> +\ProvidesFile{danish.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Danish titles from danish.dtx (babel). Larsen, Henning (larsen@cernvm.cern.ch) +\def\ptctitle{Indhold}% +\def\plftitle{Figurer}% +\def\plttitle{Tabeller}% +\def\mtctitle{Indhold}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurer}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabeller}% +\def\stctitle{Indhold}% +\def\slftitle{Figurer}% +\def\slttitle{Tabeller}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Devanagari'' language: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.845238095mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{devanagari}'' language are taken from the \xfile{devanagari.sty} and \xfile{captions.dn} files +% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, +% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) +% in the Devan\=agar\={\i} +% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>> (hindi) sont tirщs des fichiers \xfile{devanagari.sty} et \xfile{captions.dn} +% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, +% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) +% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dn} +% \begin{macro}{\qva} +% \begin{macro}{\re} +% \begin{macro}{\rs} +% \begin{macro}{\8} +% \begin{macro}{\2} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Specific fonts are required. +% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. See also~\cite{hindi99} about the hindi language. +% \or\relax +% Des fontes spщcifiques sont requises. +% La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}. +% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*devanagari> +\ProvidesFile{devanagari.mld}[2006/08/25]% +%% Devanagari (hindi) titles from devanagari.sty by +%% Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k & +%% Smith, John & Carmody, Kevin & Mahoney, Richard & Wujastyk, Dominik +\def\ptctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% +\def\plftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\plttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\stctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% +\def\slftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Dutch'' language: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~dutch~>>: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} +% \fi +% ^^A (DU +% ^^A DU) +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.381017882) +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.618982118) + +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} + +% \lneed{3} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language\,\footnote{The dutch language (\emph{nederlands}) is spoken in +% the Netherlands and a part of Belgium.} are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (nщerlandais, \emph{nederlands})\,\footnote{La langue nщerlandaise +% est parlщe aux Pays-Bas et dans une partie de la Belgique.} sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) dans le +% paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*dutch> +\ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Dutch titles from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) +\def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% +\def\plftitle{L"yst van figuren}% +\def\plttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% +\def\mlftitle{L"yst van figuren}% +\def\mlttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% +\def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% +\def\slftitle{L"yst van figuren}% +\def\slttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \normalmarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``English'' language: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~english~>>: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\loptd{english}'' language are taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}. +% \emph{The\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.} +% +% \reversemarginpar +% See +% also sections~\vref{s+mld+american},\ABK \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK +% \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK \vref{s+mld+canadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+newzealand},\ABK \vref{s+mld+UKenglish},\ABK +% and~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\loptd{english}~>> (anglais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} +% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}. +% \emph{Notez que la\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} prщsence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par dщfaut.} +% +% \reversemarginpar +% Voir +% aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+american},\ABK \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK +% \vref{s+mld+canadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+newzealand},\ABK \vref{s+mld+UKenglish}\ABK et~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*english> +\ProvidesFile{english.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) +\def\ptctitle{Table of Contents}% +\def\plftitle{List of Figures}% +\def\plttitle{List of Tables}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Contents}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Tables}% +\def\stctitle{Contents}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Tables}% +% +% \end{macrocode} + +% ^^A (ENG +% ^^A ENG) +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``English1'' language: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~english1~>>: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{english1}'' language come from the \xfile{english.dtx} file +% (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english1}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} +% (щcrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres +% au niveau partie. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*english1> +\ProvidesFile{english1.mld}[2006/03/30]% +%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L. +%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) +\def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax + Table of Contents of the First Part\relax + \else Table of Contents of Part~\Roman{part}\fi}% +\def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax + List of Figures in the First Part\relax + \else List of Figures in Part~\Roman{part}\fi}% +\def\plttitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax + List of Tables in the First Part\relax + \else List of Tables in Part~\Roman{part}\fi}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Contents}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Tables}% +\def\stctitle{Contents}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Tables}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``English2'' language: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~english2~>>: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcEnglishIIpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifcase} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{english2}'' language are again taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file +% (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with adaptations at the part level. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english2}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} +% (щcrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec adaptations au niveau partie. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*english2> +\ProvidesFile{english2.mld}[2006/03/30]% +%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L. +%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) +\def\mtcEnglishIIpart{\ifcase\value{part}% +\or the First Part\or the Second Part\or the Third Part +\or the Fourth Part\or the Fifth Part\or the Sixth Part +\or the Seventh Part\or the Eighth Part\or the Ninth Part +\or the Tenth Part\or the Eleventh Part\or the Twelfth Part +\or the Thirteenth Part\or the Fourteenth Part \or the Fifteenth Part +\or the Sixteenth Part \or the Seventeenth Part \or the Eighteenth Part +\or the Nineteenth Part\or the Twentieth Part \else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} +\def\ptctitle{Contents of \mtcEnglishIIpart} +\def\plftitle{List of Figures in \mtcEnglishIIpart} +\def\plttitle{List of Tables in \mtcEnglishIIpart} +%% +\def\mtctitle{Contents}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Tables}% +\def\stctitle{Contents}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Tables}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Esperant'' language: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{esperant}'' (espщranto) language are taken from the \xfile{esperanto.dtx} file +% (by \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} and \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}. +% The esperanto artificial language was created in the 1877--1885 years +% by Doctor~\namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}\footnote{See +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/L.L._Zamenhof}, +% \url{http://uea.org/} and \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} for more information; his first names are +% sometimes spelled ``Ludvic Lazarus'' or ``Louis-Lazare'', with small variations.} (1859--1917) of Warsaw, Poland. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~esperant~>>: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> (espщranto) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{esperanto.dtx} +% (de \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} et \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}. +% La langue artificielle esperanto a щtщ crщщe dans les annщes 1877--1885 par le docteur +% \namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir +% \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zamenhof}, +% \url{http://uea.org/} et \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} pour plus d'informations. Ses prщnoms sont +% parfois щcrits \og~Ludvic Lazarus~\fg{} ou \og~Louis-Lazare~\fg, avec quelques variantes.}} (1859--1917) de +% Varsovie en Pologne. +% \fi +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*esperant> +\ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19]% +%% Esperanto titles from esperanto.dtx (babel) Ruiz-Altaba, Marti & Knappen, JЎrg +\def\ptctitle{Enhavo}% +\def\plftitle{Listo de figuroj}% +\def\plttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% +\def\mtctitle{Enhavo}% +\def\mlftitle{Listo de figuroj}% +\def\mlttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% +\def\stctitle{Enhavo}% +\def\slftitle{Listo de figuroj}% +\def\slttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Esperanto'' language: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~esperanto~>>: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{esperanto}'' and ``\lopt{esperant}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the +% \xfile{esperant.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}): +% \or\relax +% Les langues <<~\lopt{esperanto}~>> et <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{esperant.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*esperanto> +\ProvidesFile{esperanto.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{esperant}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Estonian'' language: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~estonian~>>: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language\,\footnote{Estonian (\emph{eesti keel}) is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a +% language from the uralian family.} are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file +% (by \name{Enn}{Saar}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien\,\footnote{L'estonien (\emph{eesti keel}) \emph{n'est pas} une langue +% balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx} +% (de \name{Enn}{Saar}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}: +% \fi + +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*estonian> +\ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Estonian titles from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn +\def\ptctitle{Sisukord}% +\def\plftitle{Joonised}% +\def\plttitle{Tabelid}% +\def\mtctitle{Sisukord}% +\def\mlftitle{Joonised}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabelid}% +\def\stctitle{Sisukord}% +\def\slftitle{Joonised}% +\def\slttitle{Tabelid}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ethiopia'' language: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ethiopia~>>: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.447761194\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.552238806\iwidth} + +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.642441860mm} +% \begin{macro}{\eth@doaltchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language (amharic, \emph{\=amari\"{n}\"{n}a}) are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop} +% (written by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). Specific +% fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. for the repartition of +% the various ethiopian dialects. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>> (щthiopien, amarique, \emph{amaregna}) sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop} +% (щcrit par \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). +% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. +% pour la rщpartition des divers dialectes щthiopiens. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \normalmarginpar +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ethiopia> +\ProvidesFile{ethiopia.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Ethopian titles. Needs special fonts. +\def\ptctitle{yezate}% +\def\plftitle{% + ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% +\def\plttitle{% + yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% +\def\mtctitle{yezate}% +\def\mlftitle{% + ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% +\def\mlttitle{% + yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% +\def\stctitle{yezate}% +\def\slftitle{% + ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% +\def\slttitle{% + yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ethiopian'' language: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{ethiopian}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language, so we just load the +% \xfile{ethiopia.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian}~>> (щthiopien) est un simple synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>>, +% donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{ethiopia.mld} +% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ethiopian> +\ProvidesFile{ethiopian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ethiopian2'' language: \uxfile{ethiopian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian2}\ixfile{ethiopian2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{ethiopian2}'' language (for Omega) are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop} +% (by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). +% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian2~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian2}\ixfile{ethiopian2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian2}~>> (щthiopien pour Omega) sont tirщs +% du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop} +% (de \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). +% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ethiopian2> +\ProvidesFile{ethiopian2.mld}[2006/01/30]% +%% Ethopian titles with Omega. Needs special fonts +\def\ptctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% +\def\plftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% +\def\plttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 + ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% +\def\mtctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% +\def\mlftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% +\def\mlttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 + ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% +\def\stctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% +\def\slftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% +\def\slttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 + ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{30.96125mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Farsi1'' language: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% There are +% several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan. +% The ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the +% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} system{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, +% \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, +% \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others. +% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{farsi1.mlo}. + +% +% \or\relax +% \lneed{8} +% \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1} + +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{30.96125mm} +% Il y~a +% plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlщe en Iran et en Afghanistan. +% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> (farsi premiшre variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du +% systшme +% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, +% par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al. +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. +% +% \normalmarginpar +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi1.mlo}. +% \fi + +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*farsi1> +\ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi1}% +%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, +%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others. +%% http://www.farsitex.org +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{``Farsi2'' language: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2} +% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan. +% The ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}} +% system~\cite{farsi}{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, +% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others. +% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~farsi2~>>: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2} +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlщe en Iran et en Afghanistan. +% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> (farsi deuxiшme variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du +% systшme \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, dщveloppщ par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, +% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al. +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, +% hence we load \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*farsi2> +\ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi2}% +%% From farsi.sty (FarsiTeX project: http://www.farsitex.org). Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, +%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others. +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Farsi3'' language: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}% +% \ixfile{farsi3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~farsi3~>>: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}% +% \ixfile{farsi3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\FR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan. +% The ``\lopt{farsi3}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.ldf} file in the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system\cite{arabi}, +% by \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. Special fonts are needed, of course. +% \or\relax +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlщe en Iran et en Afghanistan. +% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi3}~>> utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.ldf} du +% systшme \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, par \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*farsi3> +\ProvidesFile{farsi3.mld}[2006/07/27]% +%% From farsi.ldf of the Arabi system by Youssef Jabri. +\def\ptctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% +\def\plftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% +\def\plttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% +\def\mtctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% +\def\mlftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% +\def\mlttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% +\def\stctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% +\def\slftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% +\def\slttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Finnish'' language: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~finnish~>>: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.437269373\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.562730627\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.505\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.495\iwidth} + + + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15.28125mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{finnish}'' language (\emph{suomi}) are taken from the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish}~>> (finnois, \emph{suomi}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx} +% (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*finnish> +\ProvidesFile{finnish.mld}[2006/03/20]% +%% Finnish titles from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen +\def\ptctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% +\def\plftitle{Kuvat}% +\def\plttitle{Taulukot}% +\def\mtctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% +\def\mlftitle{Kuvat}% +\def\mlttitle{Taulukot}% +\def\stctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% +\def\slftitle{Kuvat}% +\def\slttitle{Taulukot}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Finnish2'' language: \uxfile{finnish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish2}\ixfile{finnish2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{finnish2}'' language are taken from a variant proposed by the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~finnish2~>>: \uxfile{finnish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish2}\ixfile{finnish2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish2}~>> (finnois seconde variante) sont tirщs d'une variante proposщe +% par le fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx} +% (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*finnish2> +\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Finnish titles (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen +\def\ptctitle{Sis\"allys}% +\def\plftitle{Kuvat}% +\def\plttitle{Taulukot}% +\def\mtctitle{Sis\"allys}% +\def\mlftitle{Kuvat}% +\def\mlttitle{Taulukot}% +\def\stctitle{Sis\"allys}% +\def\slftitle{Kuvat}% +\def\slttitle{Taulukot}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Francais'' language: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~francais~>>: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{francais}'' (\emph{franчais}) +% language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see +% section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{francais}~>> (\emph{franчais}) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, +% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*francais> +\ProvidesFile{francais.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``French'' language: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~french~>>: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} +% \fi + + +% ^^A (FRANCO-EU +% ^^A FRANCO-EU) +% ^^A (FRANCO-AM +% ^^A FRANCO-AM) +% ^^A (FRANCO-AFN +% ^^A FRANCO-AFN) +% ^^A (FRANCO-AFW +% ^^A FRANCO-AFW) +% ^^A (FRANCO-AC +% ^^A FRANCO-AC) +% ^^A (FRANCO-AEOI +% ^^A FRANCO-AEOI) +% ^^A (FRANCO-AS +% ^^A FRANCO-AS) +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{4} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{french}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. See also +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+acadian}{s+mld+acadien}, \vref{s+mld+canadien}, \vref{s+mld+francais}, +% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+frenchb}{s+mld+frenchpro}. +% \or\relax +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>> (c'est-р-dire le franчais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} +% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. Voir aussi +% les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+acadian}{s+mld+acadien},\ABK \vref{s+mld+canadien},\ABK \vref{s+mld+francais},\ABK +% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+frenchb}{s+mld+frenchpro}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*french> +\ProvidesFile{french.mld}[2006/03/21]% +%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel +\def\ptctitle{Table des mati\`eres}% +\def\plftitle{Liste des figures}% +\def\plttitle{Liste des tableaux}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Sommaire}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Tableaux}% +\def\stctitle{Sommaire}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Tableaux}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``French1'' language: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~french1~>>: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{french1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} +% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) +% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french1}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} +% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres +% au niveau partie. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*french1> +\ProvidesFile{french1.mld}[2006/03/29]% +%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel +%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) +\def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax + Sommaire de la premi\`ere partie\relax + \else Sommaire de la partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% +\def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax + Liste des figures de la premi\`ere partie\relax + \else Liste des figures de la partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% +\def\plttitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax + Liste des tableaux de la premi\`ere partie\relax + \else Liste des tableaux de la partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Sommaire}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Tableaux}% +\def\stctitle{Sommaire}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Tableaux}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``French2'' language: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~french2~>>: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcFrenchIIpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{french2}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles\footnote{This +% is an example of a \suffix{.mld} file needing some support from code in the \upack{minitoc} package.}. +% See also section~\vref{ss+2parts}, for the subtle distinction between ``deuxiшme'' and ``seconde''. +% See the \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} example file in section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french2}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} +% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres +% au niveau partie\,\footnote{C'est un exemple de fichier \suffix{.mld} ayant besoin de code de support dans le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{ss+2parts}, pour la subtile nuance entre л~deuxiшme~╗ et л~seconde~╗. +% Voir le fichier d'exemple \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} dans la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*french2> +\ProvidesFile{french2.mld}[2006/07/07]% +%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel +%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) +\def\mtcFrenchIIpart{\ifcase\value{part}% +\or premi\`ere partie\or +{\ifmtcsecondpart seconde\else deuxi\`eme\fi} partie\or +troisi\`eme partie\or quatri\`eme partie\or cinqui\`eme partie\or +sixi\`eme partie\or septi\`eme partie\or huiti\`eme partie\or +neuvi\`eme partie\or dixi\`eme partie\or onzi\`eme partie\or +douzi\`eme partie\or treizi\`eme partie\or quatorzi\`eme partie\or +quinzi\`eme partie\or seizi\`eme partie\or dix-septi\`eme partie\or +dix-huiti\`eme partie\or dix-neuvi\`eme partie\or +vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% +\def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax + Sommaire \else Sommaire de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}% +\def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax + Liste des figures\else + Liste des figures de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}% +\def\plttitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax + Liste des tableaux\else + Liste des tableaux de la \mtcFrenchIIpart}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Sommaire}% +\def\mlftitle{Figures}% +\def\mlttitle{Tableaux}% +\def\stctitle{Sommaire}% +\def\slftitle{Figures}% +\def\slttitle{Tableaux}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Frenchb'' language: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~frenchb~>>: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{frenchb}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the +% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchb}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier +% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*frenchb> +\ProvidesFile{frenchb.mld}[2003/02/11]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Frenchle'' language: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~frenchle~>>: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{frenchle}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the +% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchle}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchle}~╗ est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier +% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchle}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*frenchle> +\ProvidesFile{frenchle.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Frenchpro'' language: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~frenchpro~>>: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{frenchpro}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the +% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchpro}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier +% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*frenchpro> +\ProvidesFile{frenchpro.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Galician'' language: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} +% \fi + + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{galician}'' language (\emph{galego})\,\footnote{Spoken in Galice, in the north-west part +% of Spain, around Santiago de Compostela.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file, +% (by \name{Manuel}{Carriba} and \namea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}) derived from the +% \xfile{spanish.dtx} file (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien, \emph{galego})\,\footnote{Parlщe en Galice, +% dans la partie nord-ouest de l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle.} +% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{galician.dtx} (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et +% \namea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}), dщrivщ du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}), +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*galician> +\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Galician titles from galician.dtx (babel). +%% Carriba, Manuel (mcarriba@eunetcom.net) +%% Javier A. M·gica de Rivera (jmugica@digi21.net) +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% +\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\mtctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% +\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\stctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% +\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\slttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``German'' language: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} +% \fi + +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} + + + + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{german}'' language (\emph{deutsch}) are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% See also the section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> (allemand, \emph{deutsch}) sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*german> +\ProvidesFile{german.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% German titles +\def\ptctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% +\def\plftitle{Figuren}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellen}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% +\def\mlftitle{Figuren}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}% +\def\stctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% +\def\slftitle{Figuren}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Germanb'' language: \uxfile{germanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb}\ixfile{germanb.mld} +% The ``\lopt{germanb}'' language is a variant for the ``german'' language. The titles come from +% \xfile{germanb.dtx} +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,germanb}: +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~germanb~>>: \uxfile{germanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb}\ixfile{germanb.mld} +% La langue <<~\lopt{germanb}~>> (allemand, variante) est une variante de la langue <<~german~>>. Les titres sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{germanb.dtx} +% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,germanb}: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*germanb> +\ProvidesFile{germanb.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% German titles (variant) from germanb.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Raichle, Bernd +\def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% +\def\plftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% +\def\mlftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% +%% +\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Germanb2'' language: \uxfile{germanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb2}\ixfile{germanb2.mld} +% The ``\lopt{germanb2}'' language is a variant for the ``\lopt{german}'' language, with short titles. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+germanb}. +% The titles are taken from the file \xfile{germanb.dtx} +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}: +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~germanb2~>>: \uxfile{germanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb2}\ixfile{germanb2.mld} +% La langue <<~\lopt{germanb2}~>> (allemand, variante) est une variante de la langue <<~german~>>, avec des titres courts. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+germanb}. +% Les titres sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{germanb.dtx} +% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*germanb2> +\ProvidesFile{germanb2.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% German titles (variant) +\def\ptctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\plftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellen}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\mlftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}% +\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Greek'' language: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek~>>: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.6273522572\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.372647428\iwidth} + +% +% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} +% + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm}\reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{greek}'' language (modern greek, +% $\nu\acute{\epsilon}\alpha~\epsilon\lambda\lambda\eta\nu i\kappa\acute{\alpha}$) are taken from the \xfile{greek.dtx} file +% (by \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) in the +% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek,greek-ba}. +% Greek fonts are required. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek}~>> (grec moderne, +% $\nu\acute{\epsilon}\alpha~\epsilon\lambda\lambda\eta\nu i\kappa\acute{\alpha}$) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{greek.dtx} +% (de \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek,greek-ba}. +% Des fontes grecques sont requises. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*greek> +\ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Greek titles from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos. Needs greek fonts. +\def\ptctitle{Perieq'omena}% +\def\plftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% +\def\plttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% +\def\mtctitle{Perieq'omena}% +\def\mlftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% +\def\mlttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% +\def\stctitle{Perieq'omena}% +\def\slftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% +\def\slttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Greek-mono'' language: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek-mono~>>: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-mono}'' language\,\footnote{Monotonic greek, from a recent (1982) but strongly +% contested -- and contestable -- reform of the greek language.} are taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-mono}~>> (grec dit monotonique\,\footnote{Le grec monotonique, selon une rщcente +% (1982) mais fortement contestщe -- et contestable -- rщforme de la langue grecque.}) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*greek-mono> +\ProvidesFile{greek-mono.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. +%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\plftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^03ac^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% + ^^^^03bd}}% +\def\plftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\mlftitle%{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^03ac^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% + ^^^^03bd}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\stctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\slftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^03ac^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% + ^^^^03bd}}% +\def\slftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Greek-polydemo'' language: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek-polydemo~>>: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polydemo}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic demotic (popular) greek, for classical greek.} +% are taken from the file \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polydemo}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique <<~dщmotique~>> (populaire), +% pour le grec classique.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*greek-polydemo> +\ProvidesFile{greek-polydemo.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. +%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\plftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% + ^^^^03bd}}% +\def\plttitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% + ^^^^03bd}}% +\def\mlttitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\stctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\slftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% + ^^^^03bd}}% +\def\slttitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Greek-polykatha'' language: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polykatha}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic greek, <<~kathaverousa~>> (purified) style, +% a form of the Greek language created during the early \textsc{xix}-th century by \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, +% to purify the language from the Byzantine and non-greek vocabulary. +% It has now been obsoleted by the demotic (popular) greek, but it +% has left a very noticeable trace in the modern Greek language.} are +% taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polykatha}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique, en style <<~kathaverousa~>> (purifiщ), +% une forme de la langue grecque crщщe au dщbut du \textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siшcle par \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, pour purifier +% la langue du vocabulaire byzantin ou non grec. Il a maintenant щtщ dщmodщ par le grec dщmotique (populaire), +% mais a laissщ d'importantes traces dans la langue grecque moderne.} +% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}: +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*greek-polykatha> +\ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. +%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\plftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\plttitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\mlttitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\stctitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% + ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% +\def\slftitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +\def\slttitle{\localgreek% +{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Guarani'' language: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{guarani}'' (guaranэ) language is the main language spoken in Paraguay. +% Very often, a mixture of Guaranэ and Spanish, known as Joparс or Yoparс, is spoken. +% The titles are taken from the \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} file by \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}. +% A special input encoding (\xfile{win-gn.def}) is needed. +% These files are available on the CTAN archives. +% \or\relax +% La +% langue л~\lopt{guarani}~╗ (guaranэ) est la langue principale parlщe au Paraguay. +% Trшs souvent, un mщlange de guaranэ et d'espagnol, appelщ л~joparс~╗ ou л~yoparс~╗, est utilisщ. +% Les titres sont tirщs du fichier \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} de \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}. +% Un codage d'entrщe spщcial (\xfile{win-gn.def}) est nщcessaire. +% Ces fichiers sont disponibles sur les archives CTAN. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*guarani> +\ProvidesFile{guarani.mld}[2005/08/26]% +%% Guaranэ titles from guarani.ldf by Javier Bezos. Input encoding win-gn.def needed. +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% +\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +\def\mtctitle{\'Indice general}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +\def\stctitle{\'Indice general}% +\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hangul1'' language: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1} +% \else\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul1~>>: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.426693630\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.573306370\iwidth} + +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.677187948\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.322812052\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{29.15625mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% Korean language was originally written using the Chinese characters; it is now mainly written in Hang√l, the +% Korean writing system, optionally incorporating Hanja to write Sino-Korean words~\cite{venkatesan}. +% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. +% +% +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language (korean in hang√l script, first variant) are taken from the file +% \xfile{hangul.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% +% \lneed{2} +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% +% \or\relax +% La +% langue corщenne щtait originellement щcrite en caractшres chinois; elle est actuellement principalement +% щcrite en caractшres hang√l, en incorporant щventuellement des caractшres hanja pour щcrire des mots +% sino-corщens~\cite{venkatesan}. Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}. +% +% +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> (corщen, щcriture hang√l premiшre variante) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{hangul.cap} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. +% +% \lneed{2} +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hangul1> +\ProvidesFile{hangul1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul1}% +%% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs +%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg +%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions +%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hangul2'' language: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul2~>>: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language (korean in hang√l script, second variant) are taken from the file +% \xfile{hangul.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% +% \lneed{3} +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1} and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul3}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> (corщen en щcriture hang√l, deuxiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{hangul.cpx} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Voir aussi les variantes dans les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul3}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hangul2> +\ProvidesFile{hangul2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul2}% +%% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs +%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg +%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003), Hangul captions +%% char. set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{11} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hangul3'' language: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixmldo{hangul3} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul3~>>: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixfile{hangul3} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language (korean in hang√l script, third variant) are taken from the file +% \xfile{hangul2.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul2} and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul4}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> (corщen en щcriture hang√l, troisiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{hangul2.cap} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi les +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul2} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul4}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hangul3> +\ProvidesFile{hangul3.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul3}% +%% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs +%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg +%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2 +%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{11} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hangul4'' language: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul4~>>: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language (korean in hang√l script, fourth variant) are taken from the file +% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul3}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul-u8}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> (corщen en щcriture hang√l, quatriшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi les +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul3} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul-u8}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hangul4> +\ProvidesFile{hangul4.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul4}% +%% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs +%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg +%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2, +%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), +%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{9} +% \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8} +% \or\relax +% \lneed{8} +% \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language (korean in hang√l script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken +% from the file \xfile{u8hangul.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. +% Special fonts are needed, of course. Input encoding is UTF-8. +% +% \lneed{3} +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul4}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja1}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> (corщen, щcriture hang√l, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{u8hangul.tex} du systшme \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. +% Le codage en entrщe est UTF-8. +% +% \lneed{4} +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul4} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja1}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hangul-u8> +\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}% +%% Hangul captions for Lambda. From the file u8hangul.tex +%% of the HLaTeX package by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hanja1'' language: \uxmldo{hanja1.mld}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hanja1~>>: \uxmldo{hanja1}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language (korean in the old script hanja, first variant) are taken from the file +% \xfile{hanja.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul-u8}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> (corщen en щcriture ancienne hanja, premiшre variante) sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{hanja.cpx} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi +% +% les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul-u8} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hanja1> +\ProvidesFile{hanja1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja1}% +%% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs +%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions. +%% Created by Werner Lemberg , Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% Character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), +%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hanja2'' language: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hanja2~>>: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language (Korean in the old script hanja, second variant) are taken from the file +% \xfile{hanja.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> (corщen en щcriture ancienne hanja, seconde variante) sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{hanja.cap} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi +% les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hanja2> +\ProvidesFile{hanja2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja2}% +%% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs +%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions. +%% Created by Werner Lemberg . +%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), +%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung). Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{11} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hanja-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language (korean in hanja script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken from the file +% \xfile{u8hanja.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% Input encoding is UTF-8. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja2}. +% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. +% +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> (corщen, щcriture hanja, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{u8hanja.tex} du systшme \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. +% Le codage en entrщe est UTF-8. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja2}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hanja-u8> +\ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}% +%% Hanja captions for Lambda. From the file hanja-u8.tex of the HLaTeX package +%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{29.15625mm} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hebrew'' language: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{hebrew}'' language (\emph{ivrit}) are taken from +% the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), +% with the associated fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}. +% See the hebrew alphabet (\emph{alefbet}): \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew}~>> (hщbreu, \emph{ivrit}) sont tirщs du +% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), +% avec les fontes associщes. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}. +% Voir l'alphabet (\emph{alefbet}) hщbreu: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hebrew> +\ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28]% +%% Hebrew titles. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation) +\def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% +\def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% +\def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% +\def\mtctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% +\def\mlftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% +\def\mlttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% +\def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% +\def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% +\def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% +% +% \end{macrocode} + +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hebrew2'' language: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hebrew2~>>: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ensure@R} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew2}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{hebrew.dtx} +% (by \xname{Boris}{Lavva} and \name{Rama}{Porrat}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, which should be +% used, with the associated fonts and encodings. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew2}~>> (hщbreu, une variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{hebrew.dtx} +% (de \name{Boris}{Lavva} et \name{Rama}{Porrat}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, qui +% devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes et codages associщs. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hebrew2> +\ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11]% +%% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il) +%% Need hebrew fonts. +\def\ptctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % + \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% +\def\plftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % + \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% +\def\plttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ + \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% +\def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % + \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% +\def\mlftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % + \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% +\def\mlttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ + \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% +\def\stctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % + \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% +\def\slftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % + \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% +\def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ + \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hindi'' language: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hindi~>>: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{hindi}'' language is just like ``\lopt{devanagari}'', +% so we just load \xfile{devanagari.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{hindi}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>>, donc nous +% chargeons \xfile{devanagari.mld} simplement (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hindi> +\ProvidesFile{hindi.mld}[2006/08/24]\mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hindi-modern'' language: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hindi-modern~>>: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.417475728\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.582524272\iwidth} + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \lneed{6} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{hindi-modern}'' language are taken from the \xfile{captions.dn} file +% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, +% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) +% in the Devan\=agar\={\i} +% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}) after conversion. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}. Specific fonts are required. +% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{hindi-modern}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{captions.dn} +% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, +% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) +% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}), aprшs conversion. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}. +% Des fontes spщcifiques sont requises. +% La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dn} +% \begin{macro}{\qva} +% \begin{macro}{\re} +% \begin{macro}{\rs} +% \begin{macro}{\2} +% \begin{macro}{\8} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hindi-modern> +\ProvidesFile{hindi-modern.mld}[2006/08/29]% +%% Hindi modern titles from captions.dn in ``Devanagari for TeX'' +%% by Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k & +%% Smith, John & Carmody, Kevin & Mahoney, Richard & Wujastyk, Dominik +\def\ptctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% +\def\plftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\plttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\stctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% +\def\slftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% +\def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hungarian'' language: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hungarian~>>: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{hungarian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language, +% so we load \xfile{magyar.mld}. +% See section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>>, donc nous chargeons +% \xfile{magyar.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*hungarian> +\ProvidesFile{hungarian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{magyar}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Icelandic'' language: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~icelandic~>>: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{18mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{icelandic}'' language (\emph{эslenska}) are taken from the \xfile{icelandic.dtx} file +% (by \namea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. See also~\cite{icelandic2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{icelandic}~>> (islandais, \emph{эslenska}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{icelandic.dtx} +% (par \namea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. Voir aussi~\cite{icelandic2}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*icelandic> +\ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% From icelandic.dtx (babel). Needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding. ┴rnason, Einar +\def\ptctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% +\def\plftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% +\def\plttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% +\def\mtctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% +\def\mlftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% +\def\mlttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% +\def\stctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% +\def\slftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% +\def\slttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Indon'' language: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~indon~>>: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{indon}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{indon}~>> (indon) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*indon> +\ProvidesFile{indon.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Indonesian'' language: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~indonesian~>>: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{indonesian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{indonesian}~>> (indonщsien) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*indonesian> +\ProvidesFile{indonesian.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Interlingua'' language: \uxfile{interlingua.mld}}\label{s+mld+interlingua}\ixfile{interlingua.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{interlingua}'' language are taken from the \xfile{interlingua.dtx} file +% (by \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,interlingua}. +% Interlingua is an auxiliary language, built from the common +% vocabulary of Spanish/Portuguese, English, Italian and French, +% with some normalisation of spelling. The grammar is very easy, +% more similar to English's than to neolatin languages\footnote{The site +% \url{http://www.interlingua.com} is mostly written in interlingua +% (as is \url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}), in case you want to read some sample of it.}. +% See also: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, +% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/} +% \item interlingua-english dictionnary: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/} +% \item interlingua grammar (in french): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html} +% \item somes sites in interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua} +% \item other sites about interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm} +% \end{itemize} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~interlingua~>>: \uxfile{interlingua.mld}}\label{s+mld+interlingua}\ixfile{interlingua.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{interlingua}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{interlingua.dtx} +% (de \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,interlingua}. +% Interlingua est une langue auxiliaire, construite р~partir du vocabulaire commun de l'espagnol/portugais, de +% l'anglais de l'italien et du franчais, avec une certaine normalisation de l'orthographe. La grammaire est trшs +% facile, plus similaire р~celle de l'anglais qu'р celles des langues nщo-latines\,\footnote{Le site +% {\froff\url{http://www.interlingua.com}} est щcrit principalement en interlingua +% (comme l'est {\froff\url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}}), au cas o∙ vous souhaiteriez en lire un exemple.}. +% Voir aussi: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, +% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/} +% \item dictionnaire interlingua-anglais: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/} +% \item grammaire de l'interlingua (en franчais): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html} +% \item quelques sites en interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua} +% \item d'autres sites sur interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm} +% \end{itemize} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*interlingua> +\ProvidesFile{interlingua.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Interlingua titles from interlingua.dtx (babel). Kleiweg, Peter +\def\ptctitle{Contento}% +\def\plftitle{Lista de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{Lista de tabellas}% +\def\mtctitle{Contento}% +\def\mlftitle{Figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellas}% +\def\stctitle{Contento}% +\def\slftitle{Figuras}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Irish'' language: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~irish~>>: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{irish}'' language (\emph{gaeilge}) come from the \xfile{irish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} and \name{Fraser}{Grant}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}: +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{irish}~>> (irlandais, \emph{gaeilge}) viennent du fichier \xfile{irish.dtx} +% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} et \name{Fraser}{Grant}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*irish> +\ProvidesFile{irish.mld}[2006/02/28]% +%% From irish.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Gunn, Marion & Grant, Fraser +\def\ptctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% +\def\plftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% +\def\plttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% +\def\mtctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% +\def\mlftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% +\def\mlttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% +\def\stctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% +\def\slftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% +\def\slttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Italian'' language: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.55\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.45\iwidth} + + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language (\emph{italiano}) come from the file \xfile{italian.dtx} +% (by \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} and \name{Claudio}{Beccari}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian}~>> (italien, \emph{italiano}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{italian.dtx} +% (de \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} et \name{Claudio}{Beccari}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*italian> +\ProvidesFile{italian.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Italian titles from italian.dtx (babel). Same authors. +%% Maurizio Codogno (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it) & Claudio Beccari (beccari@polito.it) +\def\ptctitle{Indice}% +\def\plftitle{Elenco delle figure}% +\def\plttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% +\def\mtctitle{Indice}% +\def\mlftitle{Elenco delle figure}% +\def\mlttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% +\def\stctitle{Indice}% +\def\slftitle{Elenco delle figure}% +\def\slttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Italian2'' language: \uxfile{italian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian2}\ixfile{italian2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{italian2}'' language are the same as for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language, except at the part +% level (``Contenuto''). See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian}.\iname{Maurizio}{Codogno}\iname{Claudio}{Beccari} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~italian2~>>: \uxfile{italian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian2}\ixfile{italian2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian2}~>> (italien, variante) sont les mъmes que pour la langue л~\lopt{italian}~╗, +% sauf au niveau partie (л~Contenuto~╗). +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian}.\iname{Maurizio}{Codogno}\iname{Claudio}{Beccari} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*italian2> +\ProvidesFile{italian2.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Italian titles. Variant, from italian.dtx (babel). Same authors. +\def\ptctitle{Contenuto}% +\def\plftitle{Elenco delle figure}% +\def\plttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% +\def\mtctitle{Contenuto}% +\def\mlftitle{Elenco delle figure}% +\def\mlttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% +\def\stctitle{Contenuto}% +\def\slftitle{Elenco delle figure}% +\def\slttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{7} +% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{29.15625mm} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~japanese~>>: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.516379310\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.483620690\iwidth} + +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There +% are several variants for the japanese titles. +% The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language have been found (by a Google search) on +% the Web site of +% Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}. +% +% \normalmarginpar +% But see also other variants in sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese2}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \or\relax +% Il y~a +% plusieurs variantes pour les titres en japonais. +% Les titres pour une premiшre variante de la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> (japonais) ont щtщ trouvщs +% (par une recherche avec Google) sur le site Web du Professeur +% \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}. +% +% Mais il faut aussi regarder les autres variantes dans les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese2}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*japanese> +\ProvidesFile{japanese.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese}% +%% Japanese titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. +%% From Kumazawa Toshiki +%% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language (japanese, second variant) are taken from file +% \xfile{JIS.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese3}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> (japonais, deuxiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{JIS.cap} du +% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese3}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*japanese2> +\ProvidesFile{japanese2.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese2}% +%% From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package +%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. +%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language (japanese, third variant) are taken from +% file \xfile{JIS.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% +% \lneed{3} +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese2}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese4}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> (japonais, troisiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{JIS.cpx} du +% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont bien s√r nщcessaires. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese2} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese4}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Notez que les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas +% ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*japanese3> +\ProvidesFile{japanese3.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese3}% +%% From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package +%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. +%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC, preprocessed +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language (japanese, fourth version) are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cap} of the +% \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese3}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese5}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> (japonais, quatriшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cap} +% du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi les +% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese3} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*japanese4> +\ProvidesFile{japanese4.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese4}% +%% From SJIS.cap in CJK package for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) +%% with LaTeX2e. Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28/03/2003). +%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' (japanese, fifth variant) language are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cpx} of +% the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese4}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> (japonais, cinquiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cpx} du +% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Regardez aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese4} +% et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*japanese5> +\ProvidesFile{japanese5.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese5}% +%% From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package +%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. +%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS, preprocessed +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{11} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese6'' language: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' (japanese, sixth variant) language have been found (by a Google search) +% on the Web site of +% Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}. +% ^^A \lneed{4} +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese5}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~japanese6~>>: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6} +% Les titres pour la langue л~\lopt{japanese6}~╗ (japonais, sixiшme variante) ont щtщ trouvщs (par une recherche avec +% Google) sur le site Web du Professeur +% \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}. +% ^^A \lneed{4} +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese5}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese6}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*japanese6> +\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mld}[2006/10/31]\mtcloadmlo{japanese6}% +%% Japanese6 titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. +%% From Kumazawa Toshiki +%% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Kannada'' language: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue л~kannada~╗: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixgrf{kannada.mld} +% \fi + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{7.180851064mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state +% (main town: Bangalore) of India. +% Titles are taken in the \xfile{kanlel.sty} package file from the +% \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX} project~\cite{kannadatex}\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}} by \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} and \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}. +% Specific fonts are required. See the alphabet here: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}. +% \or\relax +% Le +% л~\lopt{kannada}~╗ (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlщe dans l'щtat Karnataka (capitale Bangalore) de l'Inde. Les textes pour les +% titres sont tirщes du fichier paquetage \xfile{kanlel.sty} du projet +% \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}~\cite{kannadatex}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}}} de \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} et \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}. +% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir l'alphabet ici: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*kannada> +\ProvidesFile{kannada.mld}[2007/02/22]% +%% From kanlel.sty of Kannadatex +%% (C. S. Yogananda yoga@math.iisc.ernet.in yogacs@users.sarovar.org) +%% (K. K. Subramaniam subbukk@users.sarovar.org) +\def\ptctitle{pariviDi}% +\def\plftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% +\def\plftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% +\def\mtctitle{pariviDi}% +\def\mlftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% +\def\mlftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% +\def\stctitle{pariviDi}% +\def\slftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% +\def\slftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Khalkha'' language: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~khalkha~>>: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% ``\lopt{khalkha}'' is a synomym for ``\lopt{xalx}'', +% so we just load \xfile{xalx.mld} (see sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}): +% \or\relax +% Le <<~\lopt{khalkha}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{xalx}~>>, +% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{xalx.mld} +% (voir les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*khalkha> +\ProvidesFile{khalkha.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{xalx}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Latin'' language: \uxfile{latin.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin}\ixfile{latin.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{latin}'' language (medieval) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} file +% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latin2}. +% The latin +% language is still used by the Catholic Church and the Vatican for archives and some texts. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latin~>>: \uxfile{latin.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin}\ixfile{latin.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latin}~>> (mщdiщval) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} +% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latin2}. +% La langue latine +% est encore utilisщe par l'╔glise Catholique et le Vatican pour des archives et certains textes. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*latin> +\ProvidesFile{latin.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Latin (medieval) titles from latin.dtx (babel) +%% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad +\def\ptctitle{Index}% +\def\plftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% +\def\plttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% +\def\mtctitle{Index}% +\def\mlftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% +\def\mlttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% +\def\stctitle{Index}% +\def\slftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% +\def\slttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Latin2'' language: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latin2~>>: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ae} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{latin2}'' language (latin, medieval, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} +% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latin}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latin2}~>> (latin, mщdiщval, variante abrщgщe) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} +% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont щtщ abrщgщs. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latin}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*latin2> +\ProvidesFile{latin2.mld}[2007/04/06]% +%% Latin (medieval) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel) +%% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad +\def\ptctitle{Index}% +\def\plftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% +\def\plttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% +\def\mtctitle{Index}% +\def\mlftitle{Descriptiones}% +\def\mlttitle{{Tabul\ae}}% +\def\stctitle{Index}% +\def\slftitle{Descriptiones}% +\def\slttitle{{Tabul\ae}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Latinc'' language: \uxfile{latinc.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc}\ixfile{latinc.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc}'' language (classical latin) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} file +% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc2}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latinc~>>: \uxfile{latinc.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc}\ixfile{latinc.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc}~>> (latin classique) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} +% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc2}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*latinc> +\ProvidesFile{latinc.mld}[2007/04/13]% +%% Latin (classical) titles from latin.dtx (babel) +%% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad +\def\ptctitle{Index}% +\def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% +\def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% +\def\mtctitle{Index}% +\def\mlftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% +\def\mlttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% +\def\stctitle{Index}% +\def\slftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% +\def\slttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Latinc2'' language: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (classical latin, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} +% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latinc2~>>: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (latin classique, variante abrщgщe) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} +% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont щtщ abrщgщs. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*latinc2> +\ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06]% +%% Latin (classical) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel) +%% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad +\def\ptctitle{Index}% +\def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% +\def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% +\def\mtctitle{Index}% +\def\mlftitle{Descriptiones}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabvlae}% +\def\stctitle{Index}% +\def\slftitle{Descriptiones}% +\def\slttitle{Tabvlae}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{``Latvian'' language: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latvian~>>: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.3649022507\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.635097493\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language\,\footnote{Note that ``\lopt{latvian}'' is the original name for +% ``\lopt{letton}''.} (\emph{latvie\v{s}u valoda}) come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+letton}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>\,\footnote{Notez que <<~\lopt{latvian}~>> (latvien) est +% l'autre nom du <<~\lopt{letton}~>>.} (\emph{latvie\v{s}u valoda}) viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+letton}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*latvian> +\ProvidesFile{latvian.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% From latvian.ldf (Antomega project). +%% Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% +\def\plftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% +\def\plttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% +\def\mtctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% +\def\mlftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% +\def\mlttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% +\def\stctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% +\def\slftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% +\def\slttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{``Latvian2'' language: \uxfile{latvian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian2}\ixfile{latvian2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{latvian2}'' language come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file +% (by \name{Andris}{Lasis} and \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}) +% at~\url{http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~latvian2~>>: \uxfile{latvian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian2}\ixfile{latvian2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian2}~>> viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf} +% (de \name{Andris}{Lasis} et \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}) +% р~{\froff\url{http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf}}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*latvian2> +\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]% +% Andris Lasis (andris_lisis@simms.lv) Ivars Drikis (drikis@lanet.lv) +% http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf +\def\ptctitle{Saturs}% +\def\plftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% +\def\plttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% +\def\mtctitle{Saturs}% +\def\mlftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% +\def\stctitle{Saturs}% +\def\slftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% +\def\slttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Letton'' language: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~letton~>>: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{letton}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language, so we just load +% \xfile{latvian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{letton}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{latvian.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*letton> +\ProvidesFile{letton.mld}[2005/02/08]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Letton2'' language: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~letton2~>>: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{letton2}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian2}'' language, so we just load +% \xfile{latvian2.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{letton2}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian2}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{latvian2.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*letton2> +\ProvidesFile{letton2.mld}[2007/06/05]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Lithuanian'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.442069741\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.557930259\iwidth} + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{lithuanian}'' language (\emph{lietuvi\k{u} kalba}) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf} +% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}.} +% (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) +% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lituanien, \emph{lietuvi\k{u} kalba}) sont simplement tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvщ dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}}}.} +% (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) +% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lithuanian> +\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04]% +%% Lithuanian titles from lithuanian.ldf +%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip +%% by Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt) +\def\ptctitle{Turinys}% +\def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% +\def\plttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% +\def\mtctitle{Turinys}% +\def\mlftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% +\def\mlttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% +\def\stctitle{Turinys}% +\def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% +\def\slttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Lithuanian2'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian2}'' language (variant) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf} +% file, found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}, +% (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) +% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}. +% The L7x encoding and the Latin Modern fonts are needed. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian2~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian2}~>> (lituanien, variante) sont simplement tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}, trouvщ dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}}}, +% (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) +% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}. +% Le codage L7x et les fontes Latin Modern sont nщcessaires. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lithuanian2> +\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04]% +%% Lithuanian titles (variant) from lithuanian.ldf +%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz +%% by Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt) +\def\ptctitle{Turinys}% +\def\plftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% +\def\plttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% +\def\mtctitle{Turinys}% +\def\mlftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% +\def\mlttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% +\def\stctitle{Turinys}% +\def\slftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% +\def\slttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \par +% +% \lneed{9} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Lowersorbian'' language: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~lowersorbian~>>: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'' language\,\footnote{Lower sorbian. Sorbian, or wendisch, +% is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Lower Lusatia in the german +% \emph{lфnder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes +% who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during +% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century). +% } (\emph{dolnoserbski, dolnoserv\v{s}\'{c}ina}) are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file (by \name{Eduard}{Werner}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. +% A shorter language name is \lopt{lsorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}). +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>> (bas sorabe)\,\footnote{% +% ^^A \interfootnotelinepenalty=10000\interlinepenalty=10000\relax +% Le bas sorabe, le sorabe ou wende, +% est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-europщennes parlщ en Basse-Lusace dans les \emph{lфnder} +% allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves +% qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale р~l'ouest et l'Oder р~l'est pendant la pщriode mщdiщvale +% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siшcle). } +% (\emph{dolnoserbski, dolnoserv\v{s}\'{c}ina}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} +% (de \name{Eduard}{Werner}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. +% Un nom plus court pour cette langue est \lopt{lsorbian} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar + + + +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lowersorbian> +\ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28]% +%% Lower sorbian titles from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard +\def\ptctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% +\def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% +\def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% +\def\mtctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% +\def\mlftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% +\def\mlttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% +\def\stctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% +\def\slftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% +\def\slttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Lsorbian'' language: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~lsorbian~>>: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{lsorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'', so we just need to load \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. +% See section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{lsorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lsorbian> +\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Magyar'' language: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~magyar~>>: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.588235294\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.411764706\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm}\reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language are taken from the \xfile{magyar.dtx} +% (by \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces} and \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, with help from \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) +% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. A synonym of ``\lopt{magyar}'' is +% ``\lopt{hungarian}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar2}{s+mld+magyar3} for variants. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} +% (de \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces} et \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, avec l'aide de \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. Un synonyme de <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> +% est <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar2}{s+mld+magyar3} pour des variantes. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*magyar> +\ProvidesFile{magyar.mld}[2006/03/08]% +%% Magyar titles from magyar.dtx (babel). Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef +\def\ptctitle{Tartalom}% +\def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% +\def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% +\def\mtctitle{Tartalom}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% +\def\mlttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% +\def\stctitle{Tartalom}% +\def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% +\def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Magyar2'' language: \uxfile{magyar2.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar2}\ixfile{magyar2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar2}'' language are taken from a variant proposed +% in the \xfile{magyar.dtx} file of the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (by \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, +% \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, and \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}). +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar} and~\vref{s+mld+magyar3}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~magyar2~>>: \uxfile{magyar2.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar2}\ixfile{magyar2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar2}~>> sont tirщs d'une variante proposщe +% dans le fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (de \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, +% \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro} et \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}). +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar} et~\vref{s+mld+magyar3}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*magyar2> +\ProvidesFile{magyar2.mld}[2008/04/03]% +%% Magyar2 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). +%% Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef +\def\ptctitle{Tartalom}% +\def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% +\def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% +\def\mtctitle{Tartalom}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% +\def\mlttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% +\def\stctitle{Tartalom}% +\def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% +\def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Magyar3'' language: \uxfile{magyar3.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar3}\ixfile{magyar3.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar3}'' language (third variant of magyar) are taken +% from the \xfile{magyar.dtx} file (by \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, and \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}\,\footnote{The situation of the magyar language in +% the \pack{babel} package is not clear; some experimental versions exist.}. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar}{s+mld+magyar2}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~magyar3~>>: \uxfile{magyar3.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar3}\ixfile{magyar3.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar3}~>> (troisiшme variante de la langue magyar) sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} (de \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro} et \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}). +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}\,\footnote{La situation de la langue magyar dans +% le paquetage \pack{babel} n'est pas claire; il existe des versions expщrimentales.}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar}{s+mld+magyar2}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*magyar3> +\ProvidesFile{magyar3.mld}[2006/03/08]% +%% Magyar3 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). +%% Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef +\def\ptctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% +\def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% +\def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% +\def\mtctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% +\def\mlttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% +\def\stctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% +\def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% +\def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malay'' language: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malay~>>: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{malay}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{malay}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malay> +\ProvidesFile{malay.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-b'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-b~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.528700906\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.471299094\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-b}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of +% Malabar to the extreme southern India, mainly in the Kerala state. It is one of the dravidian languages strongly +% bound to the Tamil language. +% The +% alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries. +% This language option requires specific fonts (depending on the +% option of the \pack{malayalam} package). +% It should be used with the following options of the +% \pack{malayalam} package\,\footnote{There is a great variety of fonts for malayalam; hence I have attempted to limit +% the number of \suffix{.mld} files.}: +% \optp{aathira}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ambili}{malayalam}, +% \optp{anahka}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam}, +% \optp{chippi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gauri}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gopika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{jaya}{malayalam}, +% \optp{karthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam}, +% \optp{makam}{malayalam}, +% \optp{malavika}, +% \optp{mridula}{malayalam}, +% \optp{payippad}{malayalam}, +% \optp{periyar}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam}, +% \optp{revathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sabari}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sarada}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam}, and +% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-b}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% La langue Malayalam est +% parlщe de la cЇte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'р l'extrъme sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'щtat de Kerala. +% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liщes au Tamoul. L'alphabet% +% +% et l'щcriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou +% \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siшcle. +% Cette option de langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (selon l'option +% du paquetage \pack{malayalam}). +% Elle devrait ъtre utilisщe avec les options suivantes du paquetage +% \pack{malayalam}\,\footnote{Il y~a une grande variщtщ de fontes pour le malayalam; j'ai donc essayщ de limiter +% le nombre de fichiers \suffix{.mld}.}: +% \optp{aathira}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ambili}{malayalam}, +% \optp{anahka}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam}, +% \optp{chippi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gauri}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gopika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{jaya}{malayalam}, +% \optp{karthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam}, +% \optp{makam}{malayalam}, +% \optp{malavika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{mridula}{malayalam}, +% \optp{payippad}{malayalam}, +% \optp{periyar}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam}, +% \optp{revathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sabari}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sarada}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam} et +% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-b> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04]% +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +%% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}'' language, +% with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam} +% package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts. +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} and \vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, щcriture \emph{keli}), avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>, +% sont tirщs du paquetage +% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} et \vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-keli> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Malayalam: Keli fonts +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-keli2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli2}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts (keli second variant). +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli} +% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-mr}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli2}~>> sont +% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (keli seconde variante).\ABK +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli} +% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-mr}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-keli2> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04]% +% Keli fonts (mkl) +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-mr'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-mr~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-mr}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts (traditional rachana). +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli2} +% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-omega}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-mr}~>> sont +% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (rachana traditionnel).\ABK +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli2} +% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-omega}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-mr> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04]% +% mr fonts (rachana: mr1,...,mr6) +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-omega'' language: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue л~malayalam-omega~╗: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is the Malayalam language implementation ``\lopt{malayalam-omega}'' +% based on \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (the version of \LaTeX\ for +% Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega +% project\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}. As the titles contain characters in a special encoding, +% we must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. A lot of fonts are available via options of the \pack{omal} package. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-mr} +% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% C'est l'implantation л~\lopt{malayalam-omega}~╗ de la langue malayalam lorsque vous utilisez +% \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (la version de \LaTeX\ pour +% Omega) via le paquetage \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o} (de \name{A.J.}{Alex}) du projet +% Malayalam-Omega\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}}. Comme les titres contiennent des +% caractшres dans un codage spщcial, nous devons charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. De nombreuses fontes sont disponibles +% via des options du paquetage \pack{omal}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-mr} +% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-omega> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}% +%% from omal.sty (Alex A.J. indicTeX@gmail.com) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-rachana'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\C} +% \begin{macro}{\F} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana}'' language, +% with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from +% the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-omega} +% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana}~>>, +% avec les fontes traditionnelles <<~Rachana~>> (ancien \emph{lipi}), +% sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-omega} +% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-rachana> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana.mld}[2005/06/07]% +%% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, traditionnal. +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-rachana2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}'' language, +% with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}~>>, +% avec les fontes <<~Rachana~>> rщformщes (nouveau \emph{lipi}), sont +% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-rachana2> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, reformed. +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{9} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-rachana3'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana3~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \begin{macro}{\C} +% \begin{macro}{\F} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts (rachana). +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}~>> sont +% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (rachana). +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-rachana3> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04]% % Rachana fonts (mr2,...,mr6) +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Manju'' language: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~manju~>>: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{manju}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{bithe}'', +% so we just load \xfile{bithe.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{manju}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>, donc nous chargeons +% simplement \xfile{bithe.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*manju> +\ProvidesFile{manju.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{bithe}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{14.28125mm}\reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Mexican'' language: \uxfile{mexican.mld}}\label{s+mld+mexican}\ixfile{mexican.mld} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{mexican}'' language (\emph{espaёol mexicano}) are taken from the \xfile{mexican.ldf} file +% (by \name{Luis}{Rivera}) in \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/language/spanish/nonstandard/mx/}. +% Mexican is a spanish (castillan) dialect. +% The title of the parttocs is shorter for articles. See also section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}. +% +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~mexican~>>: \uxfile{mexican.mld}}\label{s+mld+mexican}\ixfile{mexican.mld} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{mexican}~>> (mexicain, \emph{espaёol mexicano}) sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{mexican.ldf} (de \name{Luis}{Rivera}) +% dans \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/language/spanish/nonstandard/mx/}. Le mexicain est un dialecte de l'espagnol +% (castillan). +% Le titre des parttocs est plus court dans les articles. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}. +% +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \def\LBAS{Less than 20\,000 speakers.} +% \def\LMED{From 20\,000 to 100\,000 speakers.} +% \def\LHAUT{More than 100\,000 speakers.} +% \else\relax +% \def\LBAS{Moins de 20\,000 locuteurs.} +% \def\LMED{De 20\,000 р~100\,000 locuteurs.} +% \def\LHAUT{Plus de 100\,000 locuteurs.} +% \fi + +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} + +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mexican> +\ProvidesFile{mexican.mld}[2008/04/03]% +%% Spanish titles (from mexican.ldf) Rivera, Luis (jlrn77@gmail.com) +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi % <---- +\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +\def\stctitle{\'Indice}% +\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Meyalu'' language: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{meyalu}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld} +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{meyalu}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*meyalu> +\ProvidesFile{meyalu.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Mongol'' language: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~mongol~>>: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} +% \fi + +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% + + +% +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{22.8125mm} +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% ^^A \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{mongol}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bithe}, +% \vrefrange{s+mld+buryat}{s+mld+buryat2}, and \vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}. +% ^^A \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% ^^A \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongol}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bithe}, \vrefrange{s+mld+buryat}{s+mld+buryat2} et +% \vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}. +% ^^A \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mongol> +\ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Mongol (xalx) titles. Needs mongol fonts +\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% +\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\stctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% +\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Mongolb'' language: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld} +% This +% is an other variant for the mongolian titles, +% taken from the \xfile{mongolian.dtx} file~\cite{mongolian} (by \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}) +% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (hence the final ``\texttt{b}'' in ``\texttt{mongolb}''). +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~mongolb~>>: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld} +% Ceci +% est une autre variante pour les titres en mongol. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongolb}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{mongolian.dtx}~\cite{mongolian} +% (de \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}) +% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (d'o∙ le л~\texttt{b}~╗ final dans л~\texttt{mongolb}~╗). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived +% from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue л~\lopt{mongolb}~╗ utilisent des caractшres cyrilliques et les codages X2 et T2 +% sont dщrivщs du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et +% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mongolb> +\ProvidesFile{mongolb.mld}[2007/01/29]% +%% Mongolian titles from mongolian.dtx for the babel package +%% Dorjgotov Batmunkh (batmunkh@num.edu.mn) +%% Needs some cyrillic fonts and special cyrillic encoding T2 and X2. +%% Vladimir Volovich (TeX@vvv.vsu.ru) & Werner Lemberg (wl@gnu.org) +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax + \def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax% +\else\relax + \def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRG\cyra\cyrr\cyrch\cyri\cyrg}}\relax% +\fi +\def\plftitle{{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyru\cyrr\cyrg\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn + \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn + \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax + \def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax% +\else\relax + \def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRG\cyra\cyrr\cyrch\cyri\cyrg}}\relax% +\fi +\def\mlftitle{{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyru\cyrr\cyrg\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn + \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn + \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax + \def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax% +\else\relax + \def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRG\cyra\cyrr\cyrch\cyri\cyrg}}\relax% +\fi +\def\slftitle{{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyru\cyrr\cyrg\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn + \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn + \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Mongolian'' language: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~mongolian~>>: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% This is an other name for the ``mongolb'' language, because +% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} uses the name ``\lopt{mongolian}''. +% We just load \xfile{mongolb.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}. +% \or\relax +% C'est un autre nom pour la langue л~mongolb~╗, car le paquetage +% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} utilise le nom л~\lopt{mongolian}~╗ +% Nous chargeons simplement \xfile{mongolb.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*mongolian> +\ProvidesFile{mongolian.mld}[2007/02/05]\mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Naustrian'' language: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~naustrian~>>: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{naustrian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language +% (a revised version of the \texttt{germanb} variant of the german language), +% so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{naustrian}~>> (nщo-autrichien) est un synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>> (nщo-allemand) (une +% version rщformщe de la variante \texttt{germanb} de la langue allemande), donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*naustrian> +\ProvidesFile{naustrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Newzealand'' language: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~newzealand~>>: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{newzealand}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', +% so we just load \xfile{english.mld} +% (section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{newzealand}~>> (nщo-zщlandais) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*newzealand> +\ProvidesFile{newzealand.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ngerman'' language: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ngerman~>>: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{ngerman}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language\,\footnote{A revised version of the +% \lopt{germanb} variant of the german language.}, so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{ngerman}~>> (nщo-allemand) est un synonyme de la langue +% <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>>\,\footnote{Une version rщformщe +% de la variante \lopt{germanb} de la langue allemande.}, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ngerman> +\ProvidesFile{ngerman.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ngermanb'' language: \uxfile{ngermanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb}\ixfile{ngermanb.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language\,\footnote{A variant of the german language, with revised spelling.} are +% taken from the file \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Bernd}{Raichle} and \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}. +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+naustrian}, and~\vref{s+mld+ngerman}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ngermanb~>>: \uxfile{ngermanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb}\ixfile{ngermanb.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>>\,\footnote{Une variante pour la langue allemande, avec une orthographe +% rщformщe.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} +% (de \name{Bernd}{Raichle} et \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+naustrian} +% et~\vref{s+mld+ngerman}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ngermanb> +\ProvidesFile{ngermanb.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% New german (B) titles from ngermanb.dtx (babel). Raichle, Bernd & Schmidt, Walter +\def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% % oder nur: Inhalt % <----- +\def\plftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\mlftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% +\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\slftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ngermanb2'' language: \uxfile{ngermanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb2}\ixfile{ngermanb2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{ngermanb2}'' language (revised spelling and +% short titles) are taken from the \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Bernd}{Raichle} and \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}, and abbreviated. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~ngermanb2~>>: \uxfile{ngermanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb2}\ixfile{ngermanb2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb2}~>> (orthographe rщformщe et titres courts) sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} +% (de \name{Bernd}{Raichle} et \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}, et abrщgщs. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ngermanb2> +\ProvidesFile{ngermanb2.mld}[2005/09/27]% +%% New german (B) short (2) titles +\def\ptctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\plftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellen}% +\def\mtctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\mlftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}% +\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% +\def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{``Norsk'' language: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~norsk~>>: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.591188475\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.408811475\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{18.1875mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{norsk}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the +% \xfile{norsk.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, +% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} and \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help +% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk}~>> (norvщgien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirщs du +% fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx} +% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, +% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} et \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, +% avec l'aide de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. +% \fi + +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*norsk> +\ProvidesFile{norsk.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Norsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard +%% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset +%% & Kleveland, Rune. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) +\def\ptctitle{Innhold}% +\def\plftitle{Figurer}% +\def\plttitle{Tabeller}% +\def\mtctitle{Innhold}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurer}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabeller}% +\def\stctitle{Innhold}% +\def\slftitle{Figurer}% +\def\slttitle{Tabeller}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Norsk2'' language: \uxfile{norsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk2}\ixfile{norsk2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{norsk2}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the +% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help +% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}, and abbreviated. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~norsk2~>>: \uxfile{norsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk2}\ixfile{norsk2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk2}~>> (norvщgien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirщs +% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}, et abrщgщs. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*norsk2> +\ProvidesFile{norsk2.mld}[2005/09/27]% +%% Short norsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) +\def\ptctitle{Innhold}% +\def\plftitle{Figurliste}% +\def\plttitle{Tabelliste}% +\def\mtctitle{Innhold}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurliste}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabelliste}% +\def\stctitle{Innhold}% +\def\slftitle{Figurliste}% +\def\slttitle{Tabelliste}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{``Nynorsk'' language: \uxfile{nynorsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk}\ixfile{nynorsk.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{nynorsk}'' language\,\footnote{Created around 1800 +% by \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen} to make a real +% independent and national norvegian language, in reaction to danish, from the various dialects spoken in the +% country. But nynorsk has never gained much popularity outside rural regions.} are taken +% from the \xfile{norsk.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, +% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} and \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help from +% \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~nynorsk~>>: \uxfile{nynorsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk}\ixfile{nynorsk.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{nynorsk}~>> +% (nщo-norvщgien)\,\footnote{Crщщe vers 1800 par \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen} +% pour construire une vraie langue norvщgienne indщpendante et nationale, en rщaction au danois, р~partir des +% divers dialectes parlщs dans le pays. Mais le nщo-norvщgien n'a jamais beaucoup gagnщ en popularitщ en dehors des rщgions +% rurales.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx} +% (par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, +% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} et \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de +% \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nynorsk> +\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Nynorsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard +%% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset +%% & Kleveland, Rune. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) +\def\mtctitle{Innhald}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurar}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellar}% +\def\ptctitle{Innhald}% +\def\plftitle{Figurar}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellar}% +\def\stctitle{Innhald}% +\def\slftitle{Figurar}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellar}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Nynorsk2'' language: \uxfile{nynorsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk2}\ixfile{nynorsk2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{nynorsk2}'' language are variants of the titles of the ``\lopt{nynorsk}'' language. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~nynorsk2~>>: \uxfile{nynorsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk2}\ixfile{nynorsk2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{nynorsk2}~>> sont des variantes des titres de la langue <<~\lopt{nynorsk}~>>. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nynorsk2> +\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Nynorsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) +\def\mtctitle{Innhald}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurliste}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabelliste}% +\def\ptctitle{Innhald}% +\def\plftitle{Figurliste}% +\def\plttitle{Tabelliste}% +\def\stctitle{Innhald}% +\def\slftitle{Figurliste}% +\def\slttitle{Tabelliste}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Occitan'' language: \uxfile{occitan.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan}\ixfile{occitan.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~occitan~>>: \uxfile{occitan.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan}\ixfile{occitan.mld} +% \fi + +% +% \vspace*{1.\bigskipamount} +% + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% \lopt{occitan} language\,\footnote{I~used the site {\url{http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx}} +% for the translations.} is still spoken in the south of France, +% from Limoges (LetmЄges), Bordeaux (Bordшu) and Toulouse +% (Tolosa\,\footnote{\emph{Per Tolosa totjorn mai!}}) to Marseille (Marselha) and Nice (Niчa), with many local variants. +% This bilingual street sign in Toulouse (Tolosa), like many +% such signs found in historical parts of the city, is maintained +% primarily for its antique charm; it is typical of what little +% remains of the ``lenga d'oc'' in southern French cities. +% See also~\url{http://www.orbilat.com/Maps/Occitan/Occitan.gif}. +% See also~\cite{occi}. +% \or\relax +% La +% langue occitane (\lopt{occitan} ou langue d'oc)\,\footnote{J'ai utilisщ le site +% {\froff\url{http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx}} pour les traductions.} +% est encore parlщe dans le sud de la France, +% de Limoges (LetmЄges), Bordeaux (Bordшu) et Toulouse (Tolosa\,\footnote{\emph{Per Tolosa totjorn mai!}}) +% р~Marseille (Marselha) et Nice (Niчa), avec de nombreuses variantes locales. +% Ces plaques de rue en deux langues dans Toulouse (Tolosa), +% comme de nombreux signes analogues dans les parties +% historiques de la citщ, sont conservщes essentiellement pour +% leur charme ancien; ceci est typique de ce qui subsiste de la +% <<~lenga d'oc~>> dans les citщs du Midi de la France. +% Voir aussi {\froff\url{http://www.orbilat.com/Maps/Occitan/Occitan.gif}}. +% Voir aussi~\cite{occi}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*occitan> +\ProvidesFile{occitan.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Occitan titles (translations using http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx) +\def\ptctitle{Ensenhador}% +\def\plftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% +\def\plttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% +\def\mtctitle{Ensenhador}% +\def\mlftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% +\def\mlttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% +\def\stctitle{Ensenhador}% +\def\slftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% +\def\slttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Occitan2'' language: \uxfile{occitan2.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan2}\ixfile{occitan2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~occitan2~>>: \uxfile{occitan2.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan2}\ixfile{occitan2.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The \lopt{occitan2} language provides an example of variants for the occitan titles. +% \or\relax +% La langue \lopt{occitan2} donne un exemple de variantes des titres occitans. +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*occitan2> +\ProvidesFile{occitan2.mld}[2008/04/03]% +% Occitan titles (variants) +\def\ptctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% +\def\plftitle{Lista de las figuras}% +\def\plttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% +\def\mtctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% +\def\mlftitle{Lista de las figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% +\def\stctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% +\def\slftitle{Lista de las figuras}% +\def\slttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Polish'' language: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} +% \fi + + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{polish}'' language (\emph{j\k{e}zyk polski}) are taken from the \xfile{polish.dtx} file +% (by \namea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck} and \name{Michael}{Janich}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish2}{s+mld+polski}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish}~>> (polonais, \emph{j\k{e}zyk polski}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{polish.dtx} +% (de \namea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck} et \name{Michael}{Janich}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish2}{s+mld+polski}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*polish> +\ProvidesFile{polish.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Polish titles from polish.dtx (babel). Schal№ck, Elmar & Janich, Michael +\def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% +\def\plftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% +\def\plttitle{Spis tablic}% +\def\mtctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% +\def\mlftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% +\def\mlttitle{Spis tablic}% +\def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% +\def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% +\def\slttitle{Spis tablic}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Polish2'' language: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~polish2~>>: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localpolish} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{polish2}'' language\,\footnote{``Polish2'' is a variant of ``\lopt{polish}''.} are taken from +% the \xfile{omega-polish.ldf} +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish2}~>> (polonais, seconde variante) sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{omega-polish.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} et~\vref{s+mld+polski}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*polish2> +\ProvidesFile{polish2.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% from omega-polish.ldf (Antomega). Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov, Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% +\def\plftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% +\def\plttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% +\def\mlttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% +\def\stctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% +\def\slftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% +\def\slttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Polski'' language: \uxfile{polski.mld}}\label{s+mld+polski}\ixfile{polski.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{polski}'' language (variant for polish) are taken from the \xfile{polski.dtx} file +% (by \name{Mariusz}{Olko} and \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}) +% in the \pack{polski} package~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish}{s+mld+polish2}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~polski~>>: \uxfile{polski.mld}}\label{s+mld+polski}\ixfile{polski.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polski}~>> (autre nom du polonais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{polski.dtx} +% (de \name{Mariusz}{Olko} et \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish}{s+mld+polish2}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*polski> +\ProvidesFile{polski.mld}[2008/01/15]% +%% Polski titles from polski.dtx. Olko, Mariusz & Woli\'nski, Marcin. +\def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% +\def\plftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% +\def\plttitle{Spis tabel}% +\def\mtctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% +\def\mlftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% +\def\mlttitle{Spis tabel}% +\def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% +\def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% +\def\slttitle{Spis tabel}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Portuges'' language: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~portuges~>>: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The name ``\lopt{portuges}'' is another spelling for ``\lopt{portuguese}'' +% (see section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), so we just load \xfile{portuguese.mld}: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Le nom л~\lopt{portuges}~╗ est une autre orthographe pour <<~portuguese~>> +% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{portuguese.mld}: +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*portuges> +\ProvidesFile{portuges.mld}[2005/06/07]\mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Portuguese'' language: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~portuguese~>>: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} +% \fi + +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} + +% ^^A \def\ctextbf#1{\null\hfill\textbf{#1}\hfill\null} +% ^^A \let\ctextbf\textbf +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.35\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.65\iwidth} +% \vspace*{1.\baselineskip} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth} +% \reversemarginpar +% ^^A http://www.gastronomias.com/lusofonia/ +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{portuguese}'' language (\emph{portuguъs}) are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file +% (by \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}. +% The portuguese language is spoken in Portugal (with the islands of Azores and Madeira) , in Brazil, and in +% former portuguese colonies like Angola, Guinea-Bissau, Mozambique, Cape Verde Islands, Sa\~o~Tomщ and Prэncipe Islands, +% East Timor, and some old trading posts like Macao and Goa. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, because the titles are different in Brazil, even if the language is also portuguese. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{portuguese}~>> (portugais, \emph{portuguъs}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx} +% (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}. +% Le portugais est parlщ au Portugal (avec les ╬les des Aчores et Madшre) , au Brщsil, et dans les anciennes +% colonies telles que l'Angola, la Guinщe-Bissau, le Mozambique, les ╬les du Cap-Vert, les ╬les de Sa\~o~Tomщ-et-Prэncipe, +% le Timor Oriental et quelques anciens comptoirs comme Macao et Goa. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, parce que les titres sont diffщrents au Brщsil, +% mъme si l'on y parle aussi le portugais. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*portuguese> +\ProvidesFile{portuguese.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Portuguese titles from portuges.dtx (babel). +%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro +\def\ptctitle{Conte\'udo}% +\def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}% +\def\plttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% +\def\mtctitle{Conte\'udo}% +\def\mlftitle{Lista de Figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% +\def\stctitle{Conte\'udo}% +\def\slftitle{Lista de Figuras}% +\def\slttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Romanian'' language: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~romanian~>>: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} +% \fi + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{romanian}'' language (\emph{romтn\u{a}}) come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file +% (by \name{Umstatter}{Horst} and \name{Robert}{Juhasz}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian2}{s+mld+romanian3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian}~>> (roumain, \emph{romтn\u{a}}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} +% (de \name{Umstatter}{Horst} et \name{Robert}{Juhasz}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian2}{s+mld+romanian3}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*romanian> +\ProvidesFile{romanian.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Romanian titles from romanian.dtx (babel). +%% Horst, Umstatter & Juhasz, Robert +\def\ptctitle{Cuprins}% +\def\plftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% +\def\plttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% +\def\mtctitle{Cuprins}% +\def\mlftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% +\def\mlttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% +\def\stctitle{Cuprins}% +\def\slftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% +\def\slttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{9} +% \section{``Romanian2'' language: \uxfile{romanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian2}\ixfile{romanian2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian2}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file +% (by \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% in the \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX} package~\cite{romaniantex}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+romanian} and~\vref{s+mld+romanian3}. +% Alas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{is not compatible} with the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~romanian2>>: \uxfile{romanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian2}\ixfile{romanian2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian2}~>> (roumain, variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} +% (de \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% dans le paquetage \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}~\cite{romaniantex}. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+romanian} +% et~\vref{s+mld+romanian3}. +% Hщlas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{n'est pas compatible} avec le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*romanian2> +\ProvidesFile{romanian2.mld}[2006/08/03]% +%% Titles in RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx). Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl), +%% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de) +\def\ptctitle{Cuprins}% +\def\plftitle{Lista de figuri}% +\def\plttitle{Lista de tabele}% +\def\mtctitle{Cuprins}% +\def\mlftitle{Lista de figuri}% +\def\mlttitle{Lista de tabele}% +\def\stctitle{Cuprins}% +\def\slftitle{Lista de figuri}% +\def\slttitle{Lista de tabele}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Romanian3'' language: \uxfile{romanian3.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian3}\ixfile{romanian3.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian3}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file +% (by \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% in the \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX} package~\cite{romaniantex}. +% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian}{s+mld+romanian2}. +% Alas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{is not compatible} with the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~romanian3>>: \uxfile{romanian3.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian3}\ixfile{romanian3.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian3}~>> (roumain, autre variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} +% (de \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) +% dans le paquetage \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}~\cite{romaniantex}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian}{s+mld+romanian3}. +% Hщlas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{n'est pas compatible} avec le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*romanian3> +\ProvidesFile{romanian3.mld}[2006/08/03]% +%% Romanian titles from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx) variant. +%% Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl) +%% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de) +\def\ptctitle{Tabla de materii}% +\def\plttitle{Indice de figuri}% +\def\plttitle{Tabele}% +\def\mtctitle{Tabla de materii}% +\def\mlttitle{Indice de figuri}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabele}% +\def\stctitle{Tabla de materii}% +\def\slttitle{Indice de figuri}% +\def\slttitle{Tabele}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian'' language: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian~>>: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax + +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} + +% \or\relax + +% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} + +% \fi + +% +% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} +% + +% ^^A (RUSS +% ^^A RUSS) + + +% +% \setlength{\wkdim}{18mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \begin{macro}{\cz} +% \begin{macro}{\mz} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% +% for the ``\lopt{russian}'' language (\emph{russkiy yazyk}) are taken from +% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian}~>> (russe, \emph{russkiy yazyk}) sont tirщs +% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. +% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian> +\ProvidesFile{russian.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Russian titles +\def\ptctitle{Oglavlenie}% +\def\plftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% +\def\plttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% +\def\mtctitle{Oglavlenie}% +\def\mlftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% +\def\mlttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% +\def\stctitle{Oglavlenie}% +\def\slftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% +\def\slttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian2m'' language: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian2m~>>: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localrussian} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2m}'' language (``\lopt{russian2m}'' is a modern variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') +% are taken from the \xfile{russian2m.ldf} file +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. +% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2m}~>> (une variante moderne de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{russian2m.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. +% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian2m> +\ProvidesFile{russian2m.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% from russian2m.ldf (Antomega project, russian modern) +%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}% +\def\plftitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b% + ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}% +\def\plttitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% + ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b% + ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}% +\def\mlttitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% + ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% +\def\stctitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}% +\def\slftitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b% + ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}% +\def\slttitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% + ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian2o'' language: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian2o~>>: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localrussian} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2o}'' language (``\lopt{russian2o}'' is an old variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') +% are taken from the \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} file +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> (<<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> est une ancienne variante +% de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} +% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) +% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. +% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian2o> +\ProvidesFile{russian2o.mld}[2005/02/08]% +%% from russian2o.mld (Antomega project - russian old) +%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov +\def\ptctitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}% +\def\plftitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438% + ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}% +\def\plttitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% + ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438% + ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}% +\def\mlttitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% + ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% +\def\stctitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}% +\def\slftitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438% + ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}% +\def\slttitle{\localrussian% +{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% + ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russianb'' language: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russianb~>>: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russianb}'' language (``\lopt{russianb}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') +% are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}. +% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. The parttoc title varies depending +% on the presence of chapters defined or not by the document class. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianb}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianb}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) +% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} +% (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}. +% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. Le titre des +% parttocs dщpend de l'existence de chapitres dans la classe de document. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russianb> +\ProvidesFile{russianb.mld}[2006/02/15]% +%% Russian (russianb) titles from russianb.dtx (babel) +%% Lapko, Olga & Volovitch, Vladimir & Lemberg, Werner +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\ptctitle{% + {\cyr\CYRS\cyro\cyrd\cyre\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% +\else\def\ptctitle{% + {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}% +\fi +\def\plftitle{% + {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space + \CYRi\CYRl\CYRl\CYRyu\CYRs\CYRt\CYRr\CYRa\CYRc\CYRi\CYRishrt}}% +\def\plttitle{% + {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space + \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% +\def\mtctitle{% + {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}% +\def\mlftitle{% + {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space + \CYRi\CYRl\CYRl\CYRyu\CYRs\CYRt\CYRr\CYRa\CYRc\CYRi\CYRishrt}}% +\def\mlttitle{% + {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space + \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% +\def\stctitle{% + {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}% +\def\slftitle{% + {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space + \CYRi\CYRl\CYRl\CYRyu\CYRs\CYRt\CYRr\CYRa\CYRc\CYRi\CYRishrt}}% +\def\slttitle{% + {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space + \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russianc'' language: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russianc~>>: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\xalx} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russianc}'' language (``\lopt{russianc}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'', +% used in the part of Mongolia under russian influence) are taken from the file \xfile{russian.def} in the +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est une variante du russe <<~\lopt{russian}~>>, +% utilisщe dans la partie de la Mongolie sous influence russe) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russian.def} dans le paquetage +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la +% section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russianc> +\ProvidesFile{russianc.mld}[1999/03/16]% +%% Russian titles (Mongolia). Needs cyrillic fonts. +\def\ptctitle{\xalx{Oglawlenie}}% +\def\plftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% +\def\plttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% +\def\mlftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% +\def\mlttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% +\def\stctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% +\def\slftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% +\def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian-cca'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts. +% The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} +% (by \name{Victor}{Boyko} and \name{Vadim}{Maslov}) +% file in the \pack{cmcyralt} package~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}. +% \or\relax +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt. +% Les titres pour une premiшre variante de la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russian.sty} +% (de \name{Victor}{Boyko} de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian-cca> +\ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}% +%% Russian-cca titles. From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package +%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu) +%% Needs cmcyralt fonts and special input encoding. +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian-cca1'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca1~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} file +% (by \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} and \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) +% in the \pack{cmcyralt} package\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}. +% \or\relax +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} +% (de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} et \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian-cca1> +\ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}% +%% Russian-cca1 titles. From cmcyralt.sty in the cmcyralt package +%% with cmcyr fonts in alt encoding. +%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Alexander Harin (harin@lourie.und.ac.za) +%% & Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@phy.ncu.edu.tw) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian-lh'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lh~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The russian titles for the LH fonts (``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language) are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} file +% (by \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}) +% in the \pack{LH} package~\cite{LH/russian.sty}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LH (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>>) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russian.sty} +% (de \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{LH}~\cite{LH/russian.sty}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian-lh> +\ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}% +%% Russian-lh titles from russian.sty in the LH package +%% LH fonts in special encoding. By Sergei O. Naumov (serge@astro.unc.edu) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyralt~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The russian titles for the LHCYRALT fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language) are taken +% from the \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRALT (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>>) sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. The input encoding is ALT (code page CP866). +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre +% gщnщrщs facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. Le codage en entrщe est ALT (page de code CP866). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian-lhcyralt> +\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}[2006/03/10]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}% +%% Russian-lhcyralt titles from lhcyralt.sty in the LHCYR package +%% LHCYRALT fonts in special encoding ALT (CP866). +%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian-lhcyrkoi'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrkoi~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The russian titles for the LHCYRKOI fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language) are taken +% from the \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRKOI (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>>) sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. The input encoding is KOI-8. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. Le codage en entrщe est KOI-8. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian-lhcyrkoi> +\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% +%% Russian-lhcyrkoi titles from lhcyrkoi.sty in the LHCYR package +%% LHCYRKOI fonts in special encoding KOI-8. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Russian-lhcyrwin'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrwin~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The russian titles for the LHCYRWIN fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language) are taken +% from the \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRWIN (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>>) sont tirщs +% du fichier \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is CP1251. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas +% ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. +% Le codage en entrщe est CP1251. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*russian-lhcyrwin> +\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}% +%% Russian titles from lhcyrwin.sty in the LHCYR package +%% LHCYRWIN fonts in encoding CP1251. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Samin'' language: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{samin}'' language come from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Specific fonts are required. +% ^^A +% ^^A \lneed{3} +% Note that several Sсmi dialects/languages are spoken in Finland, Norway, Sweden, +% and on the Kola Peninsula (Russia). The alphabets differ, so there will eventually be a need for more \suffix{.dtx} +% files for, e.g., Lule and South Sсmi. +% Hence the (artificial) name \xfile{samin.dtx} (and not \uxfile{sami.dtx} or the like) in the North Sсmi +% case\,\footnote{Adapted from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file.}. These dialects and languages are part of +% the Finnic group. See also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sсpmi_(area)}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{samin}~>> (Sсmi (ou Sтme) du Nord) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx} +% (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Des fontes spщcifiques sont requises. +% ^^A +% ^^A \lneed{3} +% Notez que plusieurs dialectes ou langues Sсmi/Sтme sont parlщs en Finlande, Norvшge, Suшde et dans la pщninsule +% de Kola (Russie). Les alphabets sont diffщrents, donc il y~aurait щventuellement besoin de plusieurs +% fichiers \suffix{.dtx} pour, par exemple, le Lule et le Sсmi (ou Sтme) du Sud. +% D'o∙ le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue) dans le cas du +% Sсmi (Sтme) du Nord\,\footnote{D'aprшs le fichier \xfile{samin.dtx}.}. Ces dialectes et langues font partie +% du groupe finnois. Voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sсpmi_(area)}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*samin> +\ProvidesFile{samin.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% North Sсmi (samin) titles from samin.dtx (babel). Jernsletten, Regnor +\def\ptctitle{Sisdoallu}% +\def\plftitle{Govvosat}% +\def\plttitle{Tabeallat}% +\def\mtctitle{Sisdoallu}% +\def\mlftitle{Govvosat}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabeallat}% +\def\stctitle{Sisdoallu}% +\def\slftitle{Govvosat}% +\def\slttitle{Tabeallat}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Scottish'' language: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~scottish~>>: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.275526742\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.358184765\iwidth} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{.366288493\iwidth} + +% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{5.508474576mm} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language (gaelic scottish, \emph{gрidhlig}) come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Fraser}{Grant}) +% in the \pack{babel} language~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (gaщlique щcossais, \emph{gрidhlig}) sont tirщs du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx} +% (de \name{Fraser}{Grant}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*scottish> +\ProvidesFile{scottish.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Scottish titles from scottish.dtx (babel). Grant, Fraser +\def\ptctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% +\def\plftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% +\def\plttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% +\def\mtctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% +\def\mlftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% +\def\mlttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% +\def\stctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% +\def\slftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% +\def\slttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Serbian'' language: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~serbian~>>: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.500713267\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.499286733\iwidth} + + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{serbian}'' (serbocroatian) (\emph{srpski jezik}, \emph{srpskohrvatski jezik}) language are taken from the \xfile{serbian.dtx} file +% (by \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} and \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}. +% Serbocroatian is spoken by Serbs, Croats and Chernogors, but only Serbs and Chernogors use the cyrillic alphabet +% (a variant). +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc} . +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbian}~>> (serbocroate) (\emph{srpski jezik}, \emph{srpskohrvatski jezik}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{serbian.dtx} +% (de \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} et \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}. +% Le serbocroate est parlщ par les Serbes, les Croates et les Chernogores, mais seuls les Serbes et les Chernogores +% utilisent l'alphabet cyrillique (une variante). +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*serbian> +\ProvidesFile{serbian.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Serbian titles in serbian.dtx (babel). Muhamedagi\'{c}, Dejan & Slobodan, Jankovic +\def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% +\def\plftitle{Slike}% +\def\plttitle{Tabele}% +\def\mtctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% +\def\mlftitle{Slike}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabele}% +\def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% +\def\slftitle{Slike}% +\def\slttitle{Tabele}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{6} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Serbianc'' language: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~serbianc~>>: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language\,\footnote{The ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language is written +% with cyrillic characters.} have been gently provided by \namea{Marko}{╚ehaja}{Eehaja} and \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}. +% Cyrillic fonts are required. +% Serbocroatian is spoken by Serbs, Croats and Chernogors, but only Serbs and Chernogors use the cyrillic alphabet +% (a variant). +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> (serbe cyrillique)\,\footnote{La langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> est +% щcrite en caractшres cyrilliques.} ont щtщ aimablement fournis par \namea{Marko}{╚ehaja}{Eehaja} et +% \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises. +% Le serbocroate est parlщ par les Serbes, les Croates et les Chernogores, mais seuls les Serbes et les Chernogores +% utilisent l'alphabet cyrillique (une variante). +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}. +% \fi +% ^^A %% Abt. Biophysikalische Chemie | K№ster +% \lneed{14} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*serbianc> +\ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Serbian cyrillic titles. Marko ╚ehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org +%% Frank K№ster, Biozentrum der Univ. Basel, frank@kuesterei.ch +\def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% +\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% +\def\plttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% +\def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% +\def\mlttitle{\cyr\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% +\def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% +\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% +\def\slttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Slovak'' language: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} +% \fi + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{slovak}'' language (\emph{sloven\v{c}ina, slovenk\'{y} jazyk}) are taken from the \xfile{slovak.dtx} file +% (\namea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova} and \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovak}~>> (slovaque, \emph{sloven\v{c}ina, slovenk\'{y} jazyk}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{slovak.dtx} +% (\namea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova} et \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3}% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*slovak> +\ProvidesFile{slovak.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Slovak titles from slovak.dtx (babel). Chlebюkovс, Jana & Schlemmer, Tobias. T1 encoding. +\def\ptctitle{Obsah}% +\def\plftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% +\def\plttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% +\def\mtctitle{Obsah}% +\def\mlftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% +\def\mlttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% +\def\stctitle{Obsah}% +\def\slftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% +\def\slttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Slovene'' language: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% slovene language (\emph{sloven\v{s}\v{c}ina, slovenski jezik}) is spoken in Slovenia, but somewhat also in Italy (Frioul), in Austria (Carinthia and Styria), in +% Hungary (Szlovщnviщk and Porabje), in West Germany and Sweden. +% \or\relax +% La +% langue slovшne (\emph{sloven\v{s}\v{c}ina, slovenski jezik}) est parlщe en Slovщnie, mais un peu aussi en Italie (Frioul), en Autriche (Carinthie et Styrie), en +% Hongrie (Szlovщnviщk et Porabje), en Allemagne de l'Ouest et en Suшde. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{slovene}'' language come from the \xfile{slovene.dtx} file +% (by \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} and \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovene}~>> (slovшne) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{slovene.dtx} +% (de \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} et \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*slovene> +\ProvidesFile{slovene.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Slovene titles from slovene.dtx (babel). Zavrtanik, Danilo & \v{Z}lajpah, Leon +\def\ptctitle{Kazalo}% +\def\plftitle{Slike}% +\def\plttitle{Tabele}% +\def\mtctitle{Kazalo}% +\def\mlftitle{Slike}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabele}% +\def\stctitle{Kazalo}% +\def\slftitle{Slike}% +\def\slttitle{Tabele}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{10} +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Spanish'' language: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~spanish~>>: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} +% \fi + + +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% + + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{spanish}'' (\emph{espaёol, castellano}) language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialy by \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}. +% Note that the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language is in +% fact ``\lopt{castillan}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). But note also that other languages are spoken in Spain: ``basque'' +% (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), ``\lopt{catalan}'' (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), and ``\lopt{galician}'' +% (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}). Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}'' +% with shorter titles (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}). +% And ``\lopt{spanish3}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) is a version for +% the \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} project; some titles are +% differents. +% And ``\lopt{spanish4}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{spanish}'' where \com{ptctitle} is shorter for +% articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}). +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) (\emph{espaёol, castellano}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} +% (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialement par \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}. +% Notez que le <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) est en fait le <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> +% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). +% Mais notez aussi que d'autres langues sont parlщes en Espagne: <<~\lopt{basque}~>> (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), <<~\lopt{catalan}~>> +% (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}). +% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> avec des titres plus courts +% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}). +% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) est une variante pour le +% projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}; certains titres sont diffщrents. +% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish4}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> o∙ \com{ptctitle} est plus court +% pour les articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}). +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*spanish> +\ProvidesFile{spanish.mld}[2008/04/03]% +%% Spanish titles from spanish.dtx (babel) by Bezos, Javier & CervanTeX +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}\fi +\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +\def\stctitle{\'Indice}% +\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Spanish2'' language: \uxfile{spanish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish2}\ixfile{spanish2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish2}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file in +% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}, +% but made shorter for chapter and section levels. See section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~spanish2~>>: \uxfile{spanish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish2}\ixfile{spanish2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> (espagnol deuxiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}, +% mais abrщgщs pour les niveaux chapitre et section. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*spanish2> +\ProvidesFile{spanish2.mld}[2008/04/03]% +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% +\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% +\def\mtctitle{Contenido}% +\def\mlftitle{Figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{Tablas}% +\def\stctitle{Contenido}% +\def\slftitle{Figuras}% +\def\slttitle{Tablas}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Spanish3'' language: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~spanish3~>>: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localspanish} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish3}'' language are taken from the \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} file +% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) +% of the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (espagnol troisiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier +% \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) du projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*spanish3> +\ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06]% +%% Spanish titles from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project. +\def\ptctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% +\def\plftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% +\def\plttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% +\def\mtctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% +\def\mlftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% +\def\mlttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% +\def\stctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% +\def\slftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% +\def\slttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Spanish4'' language: \uxfile{spanish4.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish4}\ixfile{spanish4.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish4}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}) +% from the \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} package~\cite{spanish4}. +% The title of the parttocs is shorter for articles. See also section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~spanish4~>>: \uxfile{spanish4.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish4}\ixfile{spanish4.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish4}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} +% (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}) +% du paquetage \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX}~\cite{spanish4}. +% Le titre des parttocs est plus court dans les articles. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*spanish4> +\ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19]% +%% Spanish titles (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi +\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% +\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +\def\stctitle{\'Indice}% +\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% +\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Swahili'' language: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~swahili~>>: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld} +% \fi + +% ^^A (SWA +% ^^A SWA) +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{swahili}'' language (\emph{kiswahili}) are taken from the \emph{obsolete} +% \xfile{swahili.tex} file\,\footnote{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}}, +% with adaptations and corrections given on the +% \texttt{comp.text.tex} news group (messages 57662, 57713, and 57717) by \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} +% and \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swahili}~>> (\emph{kiswahili}) sont tirщs +% du fichier \emph{obsolшte} \xfile{swahili.tex}\,\footnote{\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}\,.}, +% avec des adaptations et des corrections donnщes sur le groupe de discussion \texttt{comp.text.tex} (messages +% 57662, 57713 et 57717) par \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} et \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Swahili is the main Bantu language and is spoken in East Africa: Tanzania, Kenya, +% Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar and in the area of the Great Lakes in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Congo-Kinshasa, +% formerly Zaire) and in the Republic of Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), in +% the north of Mozambique and the south of Somalia\,\footnote{\RaggedRight See +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/czaire.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}, +% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html}, and +% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}\,.}. See~\cite[page~991]{comrie1990} . +% \or\relax +% Le swahili (ou л~souaщli~╗) est la plus importante langue bantoue et est parlщe dans l'Afrique de l'Est: Tanzanie, Kenya, +% Ouganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar et la rщgion des grands lacs dans la Rщpublique Dщmocratique du Congo (Congo-Kinshasa, +% ex-Zaяre) et dans la Rщpublique du Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), au +% nord du Mozambique et dans le sud de la Somalie\,\footnote{\RaggedRight Voir +% \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/czaire.htm} +% dans~\cite{tlfq}, \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html} et +% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. Voir~\cite[page~991]{comrie1990}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*swahili> +\ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02]% +%% Swahili titles from swahili.tex in articles: 57662,57713,57717 +%% in comp.text.tex by Giancarlo Bassi +%% & Enrico Gregorio +\def\ptctitle{Yaliyomo}% +\def\plftitle{Picha zilizomo}% +\def\plttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% +\def\mtctitle{Yaliyomo}% +\def\mlftitle{Picha zilizomo}% +\def\mlttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% +\def\stctitle{Yaliyomo}% +\def\slftitle{Picha zilizomo}% +\def\slttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Swedish'' language: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~swedish~>>: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.450276243\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.549723757\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.42\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.58\iwidth} +% \setlength{\cwidth}{.323437500\iwidth} +% \setlength{\dwidth}{.676562500\iwidth} + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' (\emph{svenska}) language come from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Sten}{Hellman} and \namea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}, with a correction by \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}. +% The swedish language is spoken in Sweden and in some regions of Finland like +% the \r{A}land Islands. See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish}~>> (suщdois, \emph{svenska}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{swedish.dtx} +% (de \name{Sten}{Hellman} et \namea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}, avec une correction de \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}. +% ^^A +% La langue suщdoise est parlщe en Suшde et dans certaines rщgions de Finlande, +% dont les ╬les \r{A}land. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{7} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*swedish> +\ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13]% +%% Swedish titles from swedish.dtx (babel). Hellman, Sten & ╓sthols, Erik +\def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% +\def\plftitle{Figurer}% +\def\plttitle{Tabeller}% +\def\mtctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurer}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabeller}% +\def\stctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% +\def\slftitle{Figurer}% +\def\slttitle{Tabeller}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Swedish2'' language: \uxfile{swedish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish2}\ixfile{swedish2.mld} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish2}'' language (variant for swedish) are taken +% from the \xfile{rapport.doc} file (by \name{Sven}{Mattisson}) in the \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} package~\cite{slatex}. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish}. +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~swedish2~>>: \uxfile{swedish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish2}\ixfile{swedish2.mld} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish2}~>> (suщdois, variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{rapport.doc} +% (de \name{Sven}{Mattisson}) +% dans le paquetage \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*swedish2> +\ProvidesFile{swedish2.mld}[2006/04/04]% +%% Swedish2 titles from rapport.doc (slatex). Mattisson, Sven (sven@tde.lu.se) +\def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% +\def\plftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% +\def\plttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% +\def\mtctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% +\def\mlftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% +\def\mlttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% +\def\stctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% +\def\slftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% +\def\slttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Thai'' language: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~thai~>>: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai} +% \fi + +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language come from the \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} file +% (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) +% and use fonts +% of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex} (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, +% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) provides the same titles in its \xfile{thai.ldf} file. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> (thaя) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} +% (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) +% et utilisent des fontes du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. +% Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex}% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, +% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) fournit les mъmes titres dans son +% fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}. Voir aussi~\cite{thaistd}. +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \normalmarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{thai.mlo}. See also~\cite{thaistd}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, donc +% nous chargeons \xfile{thai.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*thai> +\ProvidesFile{thai.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{thai}% +%% From thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system +%% by Werner Lemberg +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Turkish'' language: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} +% \fi +% \newcommand{\TUL}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}} + + +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} + +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% The +% turkish language (\emph{t№rkчe}) is spoken mainly in Turkey and in Cyprus. +% The titles for the ``\lopt{turkish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{turkish.dtx} file +% (by \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} and \name{Turgut}{Uyar}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}. +% \or\relax +% La +% langue turque (\emph{t№rkчe}) est parlщe principalement en Turquie et р~Chypre. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{turkish}~>> (turc) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{turkish.dtx} +% (de \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} et \name{Turgut}{Uyar}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*turkish> +\ProvidesFile{turkish.mld}[2007/12/18]% +%% Turkish titles from turkish.dtx (babel). Burc, Mustafa +\def\ptctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% +\def\plftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% +\def\plttitle{Tablo Listesi}% +\def\mtctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% +\def\mlftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% +\def\mlttitle{Tablo Listesi}% +\def\stctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% +\def\slftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% +\def\slttitle{Tablo Listesi}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{7} +% \section{``Uighur'' language: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} +% \fi + +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.308755760\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.691244240\iwidth} + +% \lneed{3} +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{20mm} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{uighur}'' and ``\lopt{bicig}'' languages +% are synonyms, so we just load the +% \xfile{bicig.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): +% \or\relax +% Les langues +% <<~\lopt{uighur}~>> (ouяghour) et <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{bicig.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*uighur> +\ProvidesFile{uighur.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Uighur2'' language: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~uighur2~>>: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{uighur2}'' and ``\lopt{bicig2}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the +% \xfile{bicig2.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}): +% \or\relax +% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur2}~>> (ouяghour deuxiшme variante) +% et <<~\lopt{bicig2}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{bicig2.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*uighur2> +\ProvidesFile{uighur2.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Uighur3'' language: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~uighur3~>>: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{uighur3}'' and ``\lopt{bicig3}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the +% \xfile{bicig3.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): +% \or\relax +% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur3}~>> (ouяghour troisiшme variante) +% et <<~\lopt{bicig3}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier +% \xfile{bicig3.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*uighur3> +\ProvidesFile{uighur3.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm}\reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``UKenglish'' language: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~UKenglish~>>: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{UKenglish}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'' (``UK'' is for ``United Kingdom''), so we just +% load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{UKenglish}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>> (л~UK~╗ signifie \emph{United Kingdom}, +% le л~Royaume Uni~╗), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} +% (section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3}\normalmarginpar +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*UKenglish> +\ProvidesFile{UKenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ukraineb'' language: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ukraineb~>>: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{ukraineb}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{ukrainian}'', so we just load \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. +% See section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{ukraineb}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ukraineb> +\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Ukrainian'' language: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ukrainian~>>: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} +% \fi + +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% + +% +% \setlength{\wkdim}{6mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{ukrainian}'' language (\emph{ukrayins'ka mova}) come from the \xfile{ukraineb.dtx} file +% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Cyrillic fonts are required. +% Another language name is \lopt{ukraineb} (see section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>> (ukrainien, \emph{ukrayins'ka mova}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{ukrainian.dtx} +% (de \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises. +% Un autre nom pour cette langue est \lopt{ukraineb} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ukrainian> +\ProvidesFile{ukrainian.mld}[2006/01/33]% +%% Ukrainian titles from ukraineb.dtx (babel). Shvaika, Andrij & Lapko, Olga +%% Needs cyrillic fonts +\def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk + \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk + \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% +\def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}% +\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk + \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk + \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% +\def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}% +\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk + \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk + \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{12} +% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Uppersorbian'' language: \uxfile{uppersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+uppersorbian}\ixfile{uppersorbian.mld} +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'' language\,\footnote{Upper sorbian. Sorbian, or wendisch, +% is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Upper Lusatia in the german +% \emph{lфnder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes +% who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during +% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).} (\emph{hornjoserbsce, hornjoserb\v{s}\'{c}iba}) +% are taken from the \xfile{usorbian.dtx} file (by \name{Eduard}{Werner}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,usorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. +% A shorter language name is \lopt{usorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+usorbian}). +% \or\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% \section{Langue <<~uppersorbian~>>: \uxfile{uppersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+uppersorbian}\ixfile{uppersorbian.mld} +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{uppersorbian}~>> (haut sorabe)\,\footnote{Le haut sorabe, le sorabe ou wende, +% est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-europщennes parlщ en Haute-Lusace dans les \emph{lфnder} +% allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves +% qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale р~l'ouest et l'Oder р~l'est pendant la pщriode mщdiщvale +% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siшcle).} (\emph{hornjoserbsce, hornjoserb\v{s}\'{c}iba}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{usorbian.dtx} +% (de \name{Eduard}{Werner}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,usorbian}. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. +% Un nom plus court pour cette langue est \lopt{usorbian} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+usorbian}). +% \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*uppersorbian> +\ProvidesFile{uppersorbian.mld}[2006/02/38]% +%% Upper sorbian titles from usorbian.dtx (babel). Needs cyrillic fonts. Werner, Eduard +\def\ptctitle{Wobsah}% +\def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% +\def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% +\def\mtctitle{Wobsah}% +\def\mlftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% +\def\mlttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% +\def\stctitle{Wobsah}% +\def\slftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% +\def\slttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \reversemarginpar +% \setlength{\wkdim}{13.15625mm} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``USenglish'' language: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~USenglish~>>: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The +% ``\lopt{USenglish}'' language (``US'' is for ``United States (of America))'' is just like +% ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the +% languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules, +% see~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}\,.}, so we just +% load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \or\relax +% La +% langue <<~\lopt{USenglish}~>> (amщricain, л~US~╗ signifiant л~\emph{United States (of America)}~╗) est +% comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait ъtre vrai pour les titres des mini-tables; les langues elles-mъmes +% ont quelques diffщrences, dont les rшgles de coupure des mots, +% voir~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}\,.}, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*USenglish> +\ProvidesFile{USenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Usorbian'' language: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~usorbian~>>: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{usorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'', so we just have +% to load \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{usorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{uppersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement +% \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. +% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*usorbian> +\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Vietnam'' language: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} +% \fi + + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language (\emph{ti\'{\^e}ng vi\d{\^{e}t}}) are taken from the \pack{vietnam} package~\cite{vietnam} +% (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}). +% Vietnamese fonts are required; see~\cite{han2003,han2008}. The vietnamese language is spoken in Vietnam +% and in the vietnamese diaspora. +% See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien, \emph{ti\'{\^e}ng vi\d{\^{e}t}}) sont +% tirщs du paquetage \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}). +% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises; voir~\cite{han2003,han2008}. Le vietnamien est parlщ au Vietnam +% et dans la diaspora vietnamienne. +% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar + +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*vietnam> +\ProvidesFile{vietnam.mld}[1999/03/16]% Vietnamese titles +\def\ptctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% +\def\plftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% +\def\plttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% +\def\mtctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% +\def\mlftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% +\def\mlttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% +\def\stctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% +\def\slftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% +\def\slttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Vietnamese'' language: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~vietnamese~>>: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{vietnamese}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language. +% So we just load \xfile{vietnam.mld}. +% Vietnamese fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}. +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{vietnamese}~>> est simplement un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien). Donc nous +% chargeons simplement \xfile{vietnam.mld}. Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises, Voir aussi +% la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}. +% \fi +% \lneed{4} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*vietnamese> +\ProvidesFile{vietnamese.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Welsh'' language: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~welsh~>>: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.346020761\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.653979239\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth} + +% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} +% \reversemarginpar +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles +% for the ``\lopt{welsh}'' language (\emph{cymraeg}) come from the \xfile{welsh.dtx} file +% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres +% pour la langue <<~\lopt{welsh}~>> (gallois, \emph{cymraeg}) proviennent du fichier \xfile{welsh.dtx} +% (щcrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}: +% \fi +% +% \normalmarginpar +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*welsh> +\ProvidesFile{welsh.mld}[1999/12/06]% +%% Welsh titles from welsh.dtx (babel), by Braams, Johannes~L. +\def\ptctitle{Cynnwys}% +\def\plftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% +\def\plttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% +\def\mtctitle{Cynnwys}% +\def\mlftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% +\def\mlttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% +\def\stctitle{Cynnwys}% +\def\slftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% +\def\slttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Xalx'' language: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~xalx~>>: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% Xalx (Khalkha) is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia proper. +% +% Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with +% Cyrillic letters. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha} and~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx2}{s+mld+xalx3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% Xalx (Khalkha) est le nom de la nationalitщ Mongole qui +% vit en Mongolie proprement dite. +% Son dialecte forme la base du Mongol щcrit en lettres cyrilliques. +% Voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx2}{s+mld+xalx3}. +% \fi +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*xalx> +\ProvidesFile{xalx.mld}[2005/11/16]% +%% Mongol (xalx) titles +\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% +\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\stctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% +\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} + +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Xalx2'' language: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~xalx2~>>: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% This is a variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx2}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% C'est une variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*xalx2> +\ProvidesFile{xalx2.mld}[2006/03/31]% +%% Mongol (xalx2) titles +\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% +\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% +\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\stctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% +\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% +\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Xalx3'' language: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~xalx3~>>: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\xalx} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx3}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% This is an other variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx3}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} +% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). +% C'est une autre variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*xalx3> +\ProvidesFile{xalx3.mld}[2006/03/31]% +%% Mongol (xalx3) titles +\def\ptctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% +\def\plftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% +\def\plttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% +\def\mtctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% +\def\mlftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% +\def\mlttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% +\def\stctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% +\def\slftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% +\def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \cleardoublepage +% ^^A \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} +% \let\NC\relax +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \part{Complements}\label{p+complements} +% \or\relax +% \part{Complщments}\label{p+complements} +% \fi +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \parttoc +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\empty} +% +% ^^A \ifcase\LANG\relax +% ^^A \backrefenglish +% ^^A \or\relax +% ^^A \backreffrench +% ^^A \fi +% +% \nocite* +% \def\noopsort#1{\relax} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \FTRfalse +% \bibliographystyle{en-mtc} +% \begin{raggedright} +% ^^A DO NOT INDEX AUTHORS +% \let\name\oname +% \let\iname\oiname +% \let\inameA\oinameA +% \let\inameB\oinameB +% \let\xname\oxname +% \let\vname\ovname +% \bibliography{minitoc} +% +% \end{raggedright} +% \or\relax +% \FTRtrue +% \bibliographystyle{fr-mtc} +% \begin{raggedright} +% ^^A DO NOT INDEX AUTHORS +% \let\name\oname +% \let\iname\oiname +% \let\inameA\oinameA +% \let\inameB\oinameB +% \let\xname\oxname +% \let\vname\ovname +% \bibliography{minitoc-fr} +% +% \end{raggedright} +% \fi +% \adjustmtc +% ^^A NEW HISTORY BEGIN +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter*{Changes history\markboth{Changes history}{Changes history}}\label{c+history} +% \markboth{Changes history}{Changes history} +% \mtcaddchapter[Changes history] +% \or\relax +% \chapter*{Historique des modifications\markboth{Historique des modifications}{Historique des modifications}}\label{c+history} +% \markboth{Historique des modifications}{Historique des modifications} +% \mtcaddchapter[Historique des modifications] +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \bgroup +% \def\labelitemi{\ensuremath{\star}~\textbf{version}} +% \def\labelitemii{\textbullet} +% \def\labelitemiii{\textopenbullet} +% \def\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered} +% \begin{RaggedRight} +% % +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{00} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1990/10/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Original version, by \xname{Nigel}{Ward}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1991/11/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Revised to reuse \com{chapter}, \com{section}, +% \com{subsection} commands transparently, generate toc-file-name automatically, +% assorted other cleanup (by \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{01} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item New design, to avoid allocating a newwrite, or file descriptor, +% for each chapter (a deadly sin!) (\uname{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert}). +% \item Added \com{chapterend} to terminate the scope of a minitoc. +% (\emph{If you forgot putting} \com{chapterend} at the end +% of \emph{each} chapter, an entry for the next chapter +% will appear in each minitoc.) (Thanks to \xname{Yufan}{Hu}). +% \item Replaced the \env{minipage} environment by a \env{verse} +% environment, to allow a minitoc being split across pages. +% \item All the layout of the minitoc is in the +% command, so if someboby wants +% to redefine that layout, he has just to rewrite it (and only it). +% \item You can inhibit the minitoc for the next chapter +% by preceding it with \ucom{minitocno}. (\ucom{minitocyes} +% is useless for the user, because it is implicit \emph{after} +% the \com{chapter*} pseudo-chapters). +% \item Problems: you \emph{must} have \com{chapterend} to terminate each +% chapter with a minitoc. How about avoiding this constraint? +% \item The depth of the minitoc is user-adjustable with +% the counter \dcnt{minitocdepth} (similar to \dcnt{tocdepth} for the table of contents). +% \item At least three passes (3) of \LaTeX{} are necessary to +% get correct minitocs (the first pass creates the +% \suffix{.mtc}\meta{X} files, the second uses them (but they may +% contain wrong page numbers) and recreates them, +% the third should be ok). +% \item Works with \com{chapter}\texttt{[xxx]\{yyy\}} and floating bodies. +% Works with two columns (but the minitoc is composed in +% one column; how to make it to spread over the two columns?). +% \item Some mods added to work with \pack{xr} (external +% references). \upack{xr} version~5 is much more tolerant. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{02} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added compatibility with \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} (the package +% \pack{hangcaption} (if present) must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package). +% \emph{Beware} to options modifying \com{@caption}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{03} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version 3 not released (buggy). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{04} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \ucom{if@realch} to avoid contents lines from pseudo-chapters to go into the toc. +% \item The package \pack{mtcoff} allows you to use a \LaTeX\ document +% with minitoc commands and to make them transparent: just replace the \upack{minitoc} package by +% \pack{mtcoff}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{05} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a selection mechanism to not write spurious things in the minitocs. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{06} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed problems about chapters in the toc, removed obsolete \com{caption} stuff +% (filters are much better) added compatibility with \pack{toch} +% (\pack{toch} makes a table of chapters; +% if used, must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}; in fact, it is the ancestor of +% the \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc} package). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{07} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item (\emph{major differences}) Completely rewritten, using tricks from \pack{xr} (the version~5, by +% \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). The info for minitocs is directly stolen from the \suffix{.toc} file. +% \com{chapterend} and \ucom{minitocno} are suppressed, \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} +% and \com{faketableofcontents} added. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{08} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Spacing adjustements. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{09} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/08/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added mods for MS-DOS (search for MS-DOS, uncomment; search for UNIX, comment out). MS-DOS allows +% only 3 characters for extensions in file names (what a pity!). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{10} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/08/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Works now with appendices. Detects now the obsolete versions of \xfile{latex.tex} +% (\com{@inputcheck} or \com{reset@font} not defined). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{11} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/08/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcSfont}, font for section entries, \com{mtcSSfont} for subsection entries, +% \com{mtcSSSfont} for subsubsection entries, \com{mtcPfont} for paragraph entries, +% \com{mtcSPfont} for subparagraph entries. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{12} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/12/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Use \com{kern} in place of \com{vspace*}, and added penalties (\com{nopagebreak}) +% to avoid a page break just before last \com{mtc@rule}. +% \item Also added a \env{samepage} environnement. +% \item Removed old commented out lines from previous versions. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{13} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/12/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{minilof} and \com{minilot} stuff. For MS-DOS, uncomment the definition of \com{SHORTEXT}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{14} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/01/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected space under \texttt{minitoc/lof/lot} and added a \com{raggedright} +% setting to avoid ``underfull'' warnings. +% \item Corrected some spacing problems (avoiding~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s). +% \com{mtifont} is changed from \ucom{normalsize\bs bf} to \ucom{large\bs bf}. +% \item Some modifications suggested by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (thanks): +% \ucom{@newread} becomes \com{newread}, not outer version of \com{newread}; +% \com{empty} replaced by \com{relax} in the spare definition of \com{reset@font}. +% \item Removed the setting of \com{clubpenalty} and \com{widowpenalty} +% to \texttt{10\,000} (done by \com{samepage}), and \com{noindent}. +% \item Simplified processing of optional argument in \com{minitoc}, +% \com{minilof} and \com{minilot}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{15} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/01/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} and \com{partlot} for books, \com{secttoc}, +% \com{sectlof} and \com{sectlot} for articles, with some commands and parameters parallel to those +% for mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1994/01/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} and \com{partlot} for books, +% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof} and \com{sectlot} for articles, +% with some commands and parameters parallel to those for mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{16} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/02/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Bug fixes (typos). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{17} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/06/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item `\texttt{n}' (null) synonym of `\texttt{e}' (empty) in the optional argument of \com{minitoc}, +% \com{dominitoc}, and siblings. +% \item Compatibility with ``\LaTeXe''. Thanks to \xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} (who found the problem) and +% \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach} (who gave the hints to solve). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{18} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/06/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Make \upack{minitoc} really compatible with \LaTeXe. +% \item Introduce the language files as options. Many thanks to \xname{Michel}{Goossens} +% (via \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}) who was inspired by the code of the \pack{babel} package +% (by \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{19} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/08/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added stuff for numbering of chapters (parts, sections) not starting at 1. \com{firstchapteris} etc. +% commands added. +% \item \com{mtcrule}, \com{nomtcrule} etc. commands added. +% \item Corrected a bug in \com{c@mti}. +% \item Corrected \xfile{mtcswedish.sty} (\xname{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}). +% \item Corrected appendix in articles. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{20} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/08/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected spacing before and after minitocs and siblings. +% \item Added the \com{mtcpagenumbers} and \com{nomtcpagenumbers} commands +% (and siblings) to make minitocs with/without page numbers. Default: with page numbers. +% \item Corrected (difficult bug) appendix in articles. +% \item Corrected vertical spacing. +% \item Corrected a problem with chapters numbered with uppercase roman numbers. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{21} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/09/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected typos in \upack{minitoc} and \xfile{minitoc.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{22} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/10/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected typos in \upack{minitoc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{23} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/11/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a missing line in \com{sectlof}. +% \item Works with document classes resetting chapter (or section) number at each part +% (thanks to \xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}). +% \item Added the notion of ``absolute numbering'' for the mini-tables. +% \item Removed stuff for \com{firstchapteris} and co. These commands are obsolete. +% \item Removed appendix stuff. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{24} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/12/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The \com{protect} commands have been removed from +% the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lot} and \suffix{.lot} files, so some internal macros have been +% corrected to be compatible with the \LaTeXe\ release of December 1994. Thanks to +% \xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} who did the work. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{25} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1996/09/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated \xfile{mtcnorsk.sty} and added \xfile{mtcnynorsk.sty} on a suggestion from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{26} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1996/11/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Language specific files are now named \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} (replacing names of the form +% \texttt{mtc}\emph{language}\suffix{.sty}) because they are not packages and it makes shorter names. +% \item Added breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower and upper sorbian; renamed +% ``esperanto'' by ``esperant'' like in the \pack{babel} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{27} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1996/12/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections for starred sectionning commands. +% \item \xfile{english.mld} loaded as default language. +% \item Added \xfile{vietnam.mld} and \xfile{arab.mld}. +% \item Renamed \pack{minitocoff} into \pack{mtcoff} to keep the name short. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{28} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1997/10/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the afrikaan(s), brazil, and ethiopia(n) languages. +% \item Added autoconfiguration of extensions. +% \item Added the \opt{shortext} package option. +% \item Added \emph{coffee} stuff. +% \item Added \com{addstarred} stuff (for starred chapter stuff). +% \item Fixed bug in parttocs. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1998/06/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item A typo corrected by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} +% should probably be +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} +% (a backslash was missing after \com{let}). Thanks to him. +% \item Added the bahasa language. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1998/12/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \opt{tight} and \optd{loose} package options. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{29} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1999/03/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the bicig, buryat, mongol and russianc languages. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1999/06/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the armenian language (from \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1999/07/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \optd{dotted}/\opt{undotted} package options (default: \optd{dotted}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1999/07/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{30} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1999/12/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the basque, ngermanb, serbian, ukraineb, and welsh languages. +% \item Corrected a bug in \com{sltname} definition (\texttt{mlt} should be \texttt{slt}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{31} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/04/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added compatibility with the \pack{hyperref} package, thanks to \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, +% who has also simplified some code and fixed the infamous \com{chapter*} bug. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{32} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/08/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added very (too) numerous new commands for the mini-table features: +% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK +% \com{afterparttoc},\ABK \com{afterpartlof},\ABK \com{afterpartlot},\ABK +% \com{thispageparttocstyle},\goodbreak \com{thispagepartlofstyle},\ABK and \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. +% \item Documentation improved by \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}. +% \item \com{nomtcrule} corrected. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{33} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/12/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added new adjustment commands: \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, +% and \com{mtcaddpart}. +% These commands add stuff in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files for the +% \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} and \com{part*}) problem. From a suggestion by +% \xname{Karl~F.}{Everitt}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2000/12/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected a feature in \com{mtcaddchapter} and~co. with a blank optional argument. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{34} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/12/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added\imess{I0046} in the documentation a section for use with the \pack{tocbibind} package. +% \item Added \suffix{.mld} files for alternate names of languages: so, \xfile{american.mld} just loads +% \xfile{english.mld}, which contains the real definitions. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{35} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2001/01/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added macros to test if a file is ``empty'' (i.e.,~empty, blank or +% inexistent) or ``non empty'' (i.e.,~useful). I used some code from \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}. +% \item Added the \optd{checkfiles}/\opt{nocheckfiles} package options. +% \item Replaced \ucom{The@chapter} by \com{The@mtc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/02/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{bulgarian.mld}, \xfile{hebrew.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{latin.mld}, and +% \xfile{samin.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcselectlanguage}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed the \lopt{estonian} package option (missing). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/07/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the interlingua language. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{36} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected an interaction with \com{tableofcontents} which creates a \com{chapter*} or +% a \com{section*}, perturbing \cnt{mtc}/\cnt{stc} counters (problem signalled by \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected a spacing problem with empty titles (problem signalled by \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \item Workaround for the \com{parttoc}-\com{chapter*} problem. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcskip} and \com{mtcskipamount}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed test for empty files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/03/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \lopt{bangla} language. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/03/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Reduced depth of \com{mtc@strutbox}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{37} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~\#37 dropped. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{38} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{pt} becomes \ucom{@pt} and \texttt{0pt} becomes \ucom{z@}. +% \item \ucom{hrule} and \ucom{vrule} replaced by \ucom{rule} (\LaTeX). +% \item Added \com{mtc@zrule} for zero-dims rules. +% \item Added the frenchb language (synonym of french). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changed the test for empty titles. +% \item Added the \opt{flsection} and \opt{flsectionb} package options. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The \opt{tight} and \optd{loose} package options are applied to +% \com{parttoc} (\xname{Thomas}{Leonhardt}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/02/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Package options \opt{flsection} and \opt{flsectionb} removed and +% replaced by the \opt{insection} package option (like \opt{flsectionb}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/02/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected numbering of SLF, SLT. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/02/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \lopt{frenchle} and \lopt{frenchpro} language options (synonyms of \lopt{french}). +% \item Corrected secttocs, at least. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/03/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected some vertical spacings and struts +% (I added some mods by \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}, many thanks to him.). +% A lot of cleaning remains to do, but the release seems to be needed now. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{39} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2003/04/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Modern font commands for compatibility with the \class{memoir} class. +% \item \com{nomtcpagenumbers} and \class{memoir} class. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/06/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{@fileswfalse} and \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} +% for the \pack{notoccite} package (requested by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}); added the +% \opt{notoccite} package option (loads the \pack{notoccite} package). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/09/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added language options and \suffix{.mld} files for dialects: \lopt{canadian} (\loptd{english}), \lopt{acadian}, +% \lopt{acadien}, \lopt{canadien} (\lopt{french}), \lopt{naustrian}, \lopt{ngerman} (\lopt{ngermanb}). +% \item Added comments in \suffix{.mld} files using special fonts. +% \item Documentation: added a paragraph about making a TOC for +% appendices, eventually not listed in the main TOC. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/09/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation; corrections about rules. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{40} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the japanese and castillan languages. +% \item Removed the test on the presence of the \pack{multicol} package in +% \xfile{minitoc.tex}, because \pack{multicol} is a required package. +% \item Added a figure in \xfile{minitoc.tex} about the need of three compilations. +% \item Added some infos in \xfile{minitoc.bug}. +% \item Added\imess{I0042} a paragraph about a problem with the \pack{appendix} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib} and \xfile{minitoc.bib}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \optd{hints} package option. This option is still experimental; your advice is welcome. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} (french documentation in PDF format). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{41} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in documentation. +% \item Message added if some sectionning commands are not available. +% \item Replaced \ucom{typeout} commands in \upack{minitoc} +% by the \com{PackageInfo} or \com{PackageWarning} commands; with the line number when useful +% (\com{@gobble} if no line number). Hence, the package is less verbose +% (\com{PackageInfo} writes only in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, not on the terminal). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \com{mtcsetfont} (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) and \com{mtcsettitlefont} commands, +% with a much simpler syntax. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \AmS\ classes: \class{amsart} and \class{amsproc} are incompatible with +% \upack{minitoc}, \class{amsbook} needs precautions. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcsetformat}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcsettitle}. +% \item Added a hint for recommending the \opt{insection} package option. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint about the presence of \com{dominitoc} and co. +% \item Added a hint about consistency of \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} and co. +% \item Improved documentation about hints. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint about using short extensions with more that 99~parts or 99~chapters or 99~sections. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \com{ptifont}: \texttt{\bs Huge\bs bfseries} becomes \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs bfseries}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added many new language files: \xfile{serbianc.mld}, \xfile{chinese1.mld}, +% \xfile{chinese2.mld}, \xfile{hangul1.mld}, \xfile{hangul2.mld}, \xfile{hangul3.mld}, +% \xfile{hangul4.mld}, \xfile{hanja1.mld}, \xfile{hanja2.mld}, \xfile{japanese2.mld}, +% \xfile{japanese3.mld}, \xfile{japanese4.mld}, \xfile{japanese5.mld}, \xfile{thai.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcsetrules}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{plfrule}, \com{noplfrule}, \com{mlfrule}, +% \com{nomlfrule}, \com{slfrule}, \com{noslfrule}, \com{pltrule}, +% \com{nopltrule}, \com{mltrule}, \com{nomltrule}, \com{sltrule}, +% \com{nosltrule}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{letton.mld}, \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, +% \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, \xfile{russian2m.mld}, and \xfile{russian2o.mld} +% as new language files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added tests on the \uenv{mtchideinmain*}\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} +% environments. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{42} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~42 not released. +% \item Replaced ``language'' by ``langue'' in the french documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed a minor typo. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Upgraded \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcsettitle}, forgotten to be inserted in v41. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{43} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~43: consolidation of v40, v41 and v42. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed a big bug in \com{mtcsetformat}. +% \item Fixed a bug in \xfile{mtcoff.sty} about \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed the \ucom{mtcset}\texttt{.{}.{}.}\ macros. +% \item Moved history to the end of package code. +% \item Added the \xfile{INSTALL} file and a chapter about installation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed a typo (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}). +% \item Completed the hint about consistency of \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} and co. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint about consistency of \com{minitoc} and \com{tableofcontents}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added comments about fonts. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcsetfeature}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{bulgarianb.mld} (upper bulgarian). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \texttt{*[-\bs baselineskip]} after the \texttt{\bs\bs} after the top rule of each part level mini-table. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the arguments of \com{mtcsetfeature}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Removed \com{markboth} for minitocs (\ldots) and secttocs (\ldots). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{spanish2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint for the \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected the \env{stc@verse} environment. +% \item Added \xfile{finnish2.mld}, \xfile{latin2.mld}, and \xfile{magyar2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renamed \xfile{portuges.mld} as \xfile{portugues.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction in \com{mtcskip}. +% \item First version in \suffix{.dtx} format. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Removed \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, and stuff; unused. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/05/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected a typo in \com{@dosectlot}. +% \item Added \com{mtcfixglossary}. +% \item Print the documentation with ``\optp{oneside}{\protect\textsl{many classes}}'' to have all marginal notes on left. +% Added the (extended to 54 floats) code of \pack{morefloats} (\xname{Don}{Hosek}) to allow more marginpars +% and floats. +% \item Added \xfile{minitoc.ist}\isuffix{.ist} to format the index correctly. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/05/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed rules in parttocs, partlofs and partlots. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/05/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed chapter-level entries in parttocs, when page numbers must be removed. +% \item Added a hint about the \pack{sectsty}\imess{I0043} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint about attempts to insert empty mini-tables. +% \item Added a hint about the use of obsolete commands. +% \item The mini-lists of figures or tables should not be printed empty even if \dcnt{tocdepth}${}<1$. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the notion of depth for mini-tables of figures/tables. +% \item Added \com{mtcsetdepth}. +% \item The \optd{hints} option is the default and no more considered as experimental. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added an error message in \com{mtcsetdepth} if the counter is not available. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{portuges.mld}, which loads \xfile{portugues.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added three variants for the malayalam language: \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld}, +% \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}, and \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added method for bilingual documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}\isuffix{.ist} to format correctly the index in french. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changed ``Liste des Tables'' by ``Liste des Tableaux'' in \xfile{french.mld}, and in the french documentation, +% to stick to the choices of the \pack{babel} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The file \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} is now generated by \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added ``OUI'', ``NON'', ``oui'', ``non'', ``O'', and ``o'' as true/false keywords. +% \item Compacted the code about detection of short/long extensions. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added ``VRAI'', ``FAUX'', ``vrai'', ``faux'', ``V'', and ``v'' as true/false keywords. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correctly set the \com{ifFTR} flag to have the names of months in the right language in the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Set the flag \com{mtcoffwarn@true} in \pack{mtcoff} if a command \ucom{mtcadd...} is found. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{castillian.mld}. +% \item Renamed \xfile{portugues.mld} as \xfile{portuguese.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{brazilian.mld}, \xfile{british.mld}, \xfile{UKenglish.mld}, and \xfile{USenglish.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppressed ``General:'' in the changes history. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Replaced some \com{PackageWarning} commands by \com{PackageInfo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Restoring the correspondence of each language option with a \suffix{.mld} file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Improving the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Removing unused some flags \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} and \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. +% \item Added the \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, and \com{decrementstc} commands. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected a bug in \pack{mtcoff}. +% \item Improved some messages in \pack{mtcoff}. +% \item Added a test on the version of the \pack{placeins} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a note about \com{FloatBarrier}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a note about an alignment problem in the minitocs. Updated \xfile{minitoc.bug}. +% \item Made two versions of the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments, +% depending on the presence of the corresponding depth counter. +% \item The \class{memoir} class is incompatible if too recent. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a comment about the position of the \ucom{do.{}.{}.} preparation commands. +% \item Corrections in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{guarani.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, and \com{incrementstc}. +% \item Added an optional argument to \com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc}, and \com{adjuststc}. +% \item Added the \opt{k-tight} and \optd{k-loose} package options. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a patch for the recent version of the \class{memoir} class. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{spanish3.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Use \com{mtcselectlanguage} in language options and in ``secondary'' \suffix{.mld} files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcloadmlo} to be used in some \suffix{.mld} files to load a \suffix{.mlo} file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a test to forbid direct calls of \com{mtcloadmlo} by the user. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{farsi1.mld}, \xfile{farsi1.mlo}, \xfile{farsi2.mld}, and \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. +% \item Added a note about the \tool{rubber} tool. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{mtcglo.ist}\isuffix{.ist} to format the glossary. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Removed the page numbers in the glossary. Done in the \texttt{*mk} scripts. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{44} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changes history (glossary) typeset in \texttt{RaggedRight}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{ngermanb2.mld}, \xfile{norsk2.mld}, and \xfile{nynorsk2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item New method for history: embedded lists on 3~levels. +% \item Removed \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{mtcglo.ist}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Cleaned the \texttt{*mk} scripts. +% \item Added the \optd{listfiles} package option. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected typos. +% \item Added the name of the \suffix{.maf} file in the message of the \optd{listfiles} package option. +% \item Improved the cleaning in the \texttt{*mk} scripts, using a~\suffix{.maf} file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Load the patch for the \class{memoir} class only if necessary; do not load it if \class{memoir} +% is dated after 2005/09/25. +% \item Added a remark in the FAQ chapter (and \xfile{minitoc.bug}) about precautions to take with the starred +% sectionning commands. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \opt{nolistfiles} package option. +% \item Added a hint about the \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption}, and \pack{mcaption} packages +% (they must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \item Fixed some marginal notes in the commented code. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. +% \item Use the \tool{xargs} Unix command in the \texttt{*mk} scripts to remove the auxiliary files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added a short intro to the ``Frequently Asked Questions'' chapter and to \xfile{minitoc.bug}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Begin adding the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the french \LaTeX{} Companion~\cite{TLC2F}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Adding \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} in \xfile{minitoc.l}. +% \item Adding a note about the need of running \scrp{imk} before \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \item Added a note about a problem with \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} and \class{memoir}. +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Improve the notes about the \class{memoir} class. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Improve the notes about the \class{memoir} class. +% \item Added \com{plfSfont}, \com{pltSfont}, \com{mlfSfont}, \com{mltSfont}, +% \com{slfSfont}, and \com{sltSfont} for subfigures and subtables entries in the mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Fixed a bug about fonts for subfigures and subtables entries in the mini-tables. +% \item Added \xfile{bicig2.mld}, \xfile{bithe.mld}, \xfile{manju.mld}, \xfile{xalx.mld}, and +% \xfile{khalkha.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Added testing via internal \emph{quarks} commands in \com{mtcsetfont}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Updating the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Changed ``table'' into ``tableau'' in the french doc, where necessary. +% \item Updating the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \item Fixed typos in the bibliography. +% \item Updating the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Avoid some warnings ``Token not allowed'' from \texttt{pdftex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Reordering a long sequence of citations. +% \item Added \og{} {\texttt{mailto:}}\fg{} in the mailing URLs. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0038}\pack{varsects} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Correcting an hyperlink in the bibliography (for the \pack{xr} package). +% \item Attempting to avoid broken URLs, using \env{quote}, footnotes and \com{par}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Updating the bibliography. +% \item Corrections of layout (some headers, a table). +% \item In the warning message of the hint about a number of mini-tables greater than~99 (if short extensions), +% give the effective number. +% \item Reduce the width of some info, warning or error messages. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections of layout (some headers). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections of french quotes. +% \item Added some PDF options. +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Corrected an URL to the \AmS\ in the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Made some messages shorter (mainly by removing stars). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction of typos. +% \item Added some labels. +% \item Added a chapter with the (explained) messages. Not yet sorted. +% \item The documentation needs 4~\LaTeX\ runs. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Made some messages shorter. +% \item Corrections in the list of messages. +% \item Updating the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Improving the placement of floats on pages of floats: to the top. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation (thanks to \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). +% \item Added \oexam{addsec.tex} +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected the flag \com{ifundottedmtc}. +% \item Correction to make \oexam{addsec.tex} work. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added ``\texttt{*}'' as keyword for the first argument of \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and +% \com{mtcsetrules} (asked by \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). +% \item Removed ``\com{MessageBreak}'' from the index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Corrected the bibliography entry about \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Used the \pack{afterpage} package~\cite{afterpage} in the documentation to fix a float positionning problem. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Fixing a float positionning problem. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added the bahasam language. +% \item Added the albanian language. +% \item Added the hebrew2 language. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Updated the documentation for the albanian, bahasa, bahasam, and hebrew2 languages. +% \item Updated \xfile{french.mld} (removing abusive uppercase letters). +% \item Corrected the \xfile{italian.mld} file. Added the italian2 language. +% \item Added the australian and newzealand languages (english). +% \item Renamed the bahasa language as bahasai; bahasa is synonym of bahasai. +% \item Added the malay and meyalu languages, synonyms of bahasam. +% \item Added the indon and indonesian languages, synonyms of bahasai. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Updated the acknowledgements. +% \item Added references to the new bibliographic entries. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed an instability in page breaks in the documentation of \xfile{japanese3.mld}. +% \item Added comments in some \suffix{.mld} files. +% \item Added \xfile{magyar3.mld}. +% \item Updated \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction in \com{mtcaddsection}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction in \com{mtcfixindex} and \com{mtcfixglossary}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Limitation of the initial depth of displayed bookmarks. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added some comments in point~34 of the FAQ (and in \xfile{minitoc.bug}) about the initialization of fonts. +% \item Added \xfile{romanian2.mld} and \xfile{romanian3.mld}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Load some packages before \pack{hyperref}. +% \item Added \xfile{spanish4.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected the table about default titles. +% \item Corrected the keywords for \com{mtcsetfont}. +% \item Added \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}, and \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated documentation for \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}, and \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript{} +% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, and an entry in the FAQ chapter +% (and in \xfile{minitoc.bug}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added a note in documentation of \xfile{serbian.mld} and \xfile{serbianc.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{ethiopian2.mld} (for Omega). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Simplifications in the ``Messages'' chapter. +% \item Corrections in the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added the ``Postface'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the ``Postface'' chapter. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added package \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} for the ``The pdf\TeX\ Program'' entry in the bibliography. +% Its author's first name needs a double accent \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}; je l'ai aussi +% utilisщ pour composer d'autres mots vietnamiens. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{malayalam-omega.mld} and \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{kannada.mld}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in \xfile{russianb.mld} and \xfile{spanish.mld}. +% \item Corrections in the documentation and the bibliography. +% \item Place \com{mtcfixglossary} before \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a citation from \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Updated the acknowlegments. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Updated the jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld}, and \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renamed languages \texttt{u8hangul} and \texttt{u8hanja} into \xmldo{hangul-u8} and \xmldo{hanja-u8}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint about repeated preparation commands. +% \item Moved up the declaration of some flags relative to the \optd{hints} option. +% \item Added \com{mtcprepare}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} to class~6. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Corrected the position of tables in the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Corrected \xfile{irish.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld} and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% \item Added \xfile{polski.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Hints about the \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} class and the \pack{alphanum} package, +% incompatible with \upack{minitoc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Use bibliographic styles with an~\texttt{URL} field, built with the help of \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in \xfile{magyar.mld}, \xfile{magyar2.mld}, and \xfile{magyar3.mld}. +% \item Added \xfile{russian-cca.mld}, \xfile{russian-cca1.mld}, and \xfile{russian-lh.mld}, with their +% \suffix{.mlo} files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Added \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}, \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}, and \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}, with their +% \suffix{.mlo} files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \pack{mtcmess} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The messages are now numbered. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Update the jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added FAQ~37 about \suffix{.mld} files and \pack{babel}. +% \item Added \xfile{french1.mld} and \xfile{french2.mld}. +% \item Update the jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{english1.mld} and \xfile{english2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{45} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppression of the PostScript versions of the documentation. +% \item Added \xfile{arab2.mld}, \xfile{bicig3.mld}, \xfile{buryat2.mld}, \xfile{xalx2.mld}, and \xfile{xalx3.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{swedish2.mld}. +% \item The \opt{insection} package option loads also the \pack{flafter} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added \uxgrf{lamed.eps} and \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \uxfile{lamed.tex}). +% \item Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Use \pack{sectsty} to better format section titles. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added \com{ifmtcsecondpart} to check if the document has exactly 2~parts. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item In the \opt{insection} package option, load the \pack{flafter} package \emph{before} the +% \pack{placeins} package. +% \item Added a figure about the float barriers. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added notes in FAQ~20, about the use with the \pack{appendix} package. +% \item Added comments about the \opt{insection} option. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Begin correction of the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added notes in \xfile{minitoc.bug}, point~20, about the use with the \pack{appendix} package. +% \item End correction of the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment. +% \item Analogous corrections in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added notes about the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. +% \item Added \oexam{hide1.tex} and \oexam{hide2.tex}. +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0087}\pack{quotchap} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0088}\pack{romannum} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0089}\pack{sfheaders} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0090}\pack{alnumsec} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Renamed \oexam{hide.tex} to \oexam{hide1.tex}. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Use \com{MakeUpperCase} in \com{markboth} for page styles. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Added a hint about the \pack{captcont} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added \xfile{uighur.mld}, \xfile{uighur2.mld}, and \xfile{uighur3.mld} (as synonyms for the bicig variants). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Added description of \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} in the jargon. +% \item Added a comment about the \scrp{imk} script in \xfile{INSTALL} and the ``Installation'' chapter. +% \item Added an entry about ``package'' in the jargon. +% \item Added the \exam{mtc-apx.tex} example file. +% \item Added FAQ 44 and the \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} and \com{mtcgapafterheads} commands. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Added the \oexam{gaps.tex} example file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item Spacing correction in \xfile{french2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{46} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation and the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Comment about the \pack{thailatex} package. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Generate some example files with \xfile{minitoc.dtx}/\xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item Added chapter ``Example files''. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renamed chapter ``Example files'' as ``Examples of documents''. +% \item Use the \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} in some of the examples of documents. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the examples of documents. +% \item Added the \oexam{second.tex} example file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \oexam{amem.tex}, \oexam{mem.tex} and \oexam{mem1.tex} example files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \oexam{fo1.tex}, \oexam{fo2.tex} and \oexam{scr.tex} example files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \oexam{subf.tex} example file. +% \item Corrections about the depth of minilofs, minilots and siblings. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \oexam{tsfc.tex} and \oexam{tbi.tex} example files. +% \item Corrections in the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections of typos. +% \item Corrections in the bibliography. +% \item Added the \oexam{2c.tex} and \exam{mtc-bo.tex} example files. +% \item Correction in \xfile{french2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction in minilots and minilofs (and siblings) about depth. +% \item Added the \oexam{hop.tex} and \oexam{cri.tex} example files. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \oexam{livre.tex}, \oexam{ch0.tex}, \oexam{tlc.tex} and \oexam{mu.tex} example files. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation. +% \item The not released versions are flagged by~\textbf{\textreferencemark} in place of~\ensuremath{\star}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The ``About this document'' section becomes a starred first chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \oexam{hir.tex} and \oexam{hia.tex} example files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Corrections in \oexam{add.tex} and \oexam{addsec.tex} for the index. +% \item Added the \scrp{xmk} script to typeset the examples into PDF documents. +% \item Updated the scripts to treat the examples. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Do not forget \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} in the list of files. +% \item In the scripts, the backup directory (\xfile{OLD}) is now \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}. +% \item In the scripts, the repartition directories (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) are +% now \texttt{/tmp/`whoami`/CL[0-9]}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{47} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the documentation and the bibliography. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{arabi.mld} and \xfile{farsi3.mld} (from the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system~\cite{arabi}). +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed \com{l@xsection}. +% \item Fixed some spacings in mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a \verb|\kernafter...| vertical kern between each minitable and its bottom rule. +% \item Added point~45 of the FAQ. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Minor correction in warning message \texttt{F0008}. +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Fixed a bug in \xfile{romanian2.mld} and \xfile{romanian3.mld}. +% \item Shortened the result of some example documents by using the \class{report} class in place of the +% \class{book} class (hence using one side printing). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{48} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fixed typos. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item No preamble in \oexam{add.bib}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the TOC formatting. +% \item Increasing \com{textwidth}. +% \item Correction of the preamble problem in \oexam{add.bib} and all generated files. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Remove comments about spurious lines in preamble of generated files. +% \item Added \xfile{devanagari.mld} and \xfile{hindi.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Added \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. +% \item Corrected the \com{name} macro (for the documentation). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the bibliography. +% \item Correction (conversion) in \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added error \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} if \xfile{english.mld} is not found to set the default titles. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Modified the \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} to have family names of authors and editors in small caps and years in +% old style digits. Titles are in emphasis. The \xfile{frplain1.bst} style is also updated. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item The bibliographic styles \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} and \xfile{frplain1.bst} are renamed \xfile{en-mtc.bst} and +% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Update the bibliography. +% \item Renamed \oexam{add.bib} to \exam{mtc-add.bib}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{add.tex} to \exam{mtc-add.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{addsec.tex} to \exam{mtc-ads.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{2c.tex} to \exam{mtc-2c.tex}. +% \item The \optd{listfiles} package option is now active by default. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renamed \oexam{app-mem.tex} to \exam{mtc-amm.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{apx.tex} to \exam{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{bo.tex} to \exam{mtc-bo.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{ch0.tex} to \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{cri.tex} to \exam{mtc-cri.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{fo1.tex} to \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{fo2.tex} to \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{gaps.tex} to \exam{mtc-gap.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{hia.tex} to \exam{mtc-hia.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{hir.tex} to \exam{mtc-hir.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{hide1.tex} to \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{hide2.tex} to \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{hop.tex} to \exam{mtc-hop.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{livre.tex} to \exam{mtc-liv.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{mem.tex} to \exam{mtc-mem.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{mem1.tex} to \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{mini-art.tex} to \exam{mtc-art.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{minitoc-ex.tex} to \exam{mtc-bk.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{mu.tex} to \exam{mtc-mu.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{scr.tex} to \exam{mtc-scr.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{second.tex} to \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{subf.tex} to \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{tbi.tex} to \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{tlc.tex} to \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}. +% \item Renamed \oexam{tsfc.tex} to \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography (added the Pentaglot). +% \item Corrected the format of two tables about NFSS. +% \item Example documents in alphabetical order in their chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a figure about systems derived from \TeX{} and \LaTeX. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \exam{mtc-syn.tex} example document file. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{49} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Slightly modified the layout of the list of files (``Installation'' chapter). +% \item Simplifications in the scripts. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added point~46 in the FAQ and example file \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Corrections in the bibliography and the bibliographic styles. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Better error messages about undefined preparation and insertion commands. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added ``\textbf{+}'' and ``\texttt{-}'' as synonyms for ``\texttt{on}'' and ``\texttt{off}'', respectively. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/10/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the bibliography. +% \item Fixed typos. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added a table of some encodings. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/10/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppressed the ``Summary'' entry in the summary, but added it in the Table of Contents. +% \item Improving some tables. +% \item Added the \xfile{japanese6.mld} and \xfile{japanese6.mlo} files. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in the bibliography. +% \item Corrections in formatting a citation from \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. +% \item Combine four figures in one (with sub-figures). +% \item Added (in the memento) a table of the classes and packages which are incompatible or need precautions with +% \upack{minitoc}. +% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Completed the list of the standard classes. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a validation of the language options with the presence of the \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. +% \item Added\imess{E0036} notes about the mandatory presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The validation of the language options writes only informative messages in the +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file and, if necessary, gives only one warning message. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{50} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Removed old examples of documents: \oexam{mtc-adds.tex}, \oexam{mtc-amem.tex}, \oexam{mtc-book.tex}, +% \oexam{mtc-gaps.tex}, \oexam{mtc-mem1.tex}, \oexam{mtc-subf.tex}, and \oexam{mtc-tsfc.tex}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added the \scrp{tmk} script and a table describing a \index{TDS}TDS structure for \upack{minitoc}. +% \item Added an item about the \index{TDS}TDS in the jargon. +% \item Updated the \xfile{INSTALL} file and the ``Installation'' chapter. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the warning message \texttt{W0094} with the list of the missing minitoc languages files (\suffix{.mld} +% and \suffix{.mlo}). +% \item Corrections in the bibliography. +% \item Updated the \xfile{INSTALL} file and the ``Installation'' chapter. +% \item Changed the names of the scratch directories in some scripts. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added the file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of +% the package) to the distribution. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{51} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/12/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Improving the index: packages and classes, scripts, tools, names, examples, extensions, options, +% language options. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/12/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Improving the index: names. +% \item Updated some \suffix{.mld} files with names of the authors of titles. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Miscellaneous corrections. +% \item The names of some internal macros are shortened to fit into the margin. +% \item Added a \com{ProvidesFile} command to the example files. +% \item Indexing the environments (not perfect). +% \item Indexing the files. +% \item Renamed the file ``\texttt{catalog}'' into ``\xfile{CATALOG}''. +% \item Indexing the counters and depth counters. +% \item The example files are in their own directory in the (proposed) \index{TDS}TDS hierarchy. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{52} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction of index ordering. +% \item Default option in boldface in the index. +% \item Adding some informations about authors for language specific titles. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added fake sections in the ``Examples of documents'' chapter. +% \item Removed the preparation of the documentation in PostScript format. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the \scrp{cmk} script to convert the documentation from PDF format into PostScript format. +% \item Removed \xfile{duplex2v.pro}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Indexing the referenced commands. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected the name \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han} (first name before last name, the english way). +% \item Corrected some other names. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{mongolb.mld} and \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. +% \item Removed \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (new cyrillic encodings T2 and X2 in \xfile{mongolb.mld}). +% \item Added the example file \exam{mtc-3co.tex}. +% \item Trying to use a recent version of the \pack{cite}~\cite{cite} package (2003/11/04, 4.01) to allow +% sorting, but still clashes with \pack{hyperref}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Balancing the columns in the index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction of the indexing of the environments. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Improving the index layout. +% \item Updated \xfile{galician.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{mongolian.mld} which loads \xfile{mongolb.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Indexing the names of authors. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the acknowledgements. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{53} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the example file \exam{mtc-fko.tex}. +% \item Corrected \com{kernafterminitoc} and siblings. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Bibliographic references for packages and classes in the index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a header to the index, to explain notations. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Changed the style of page and line numbers in the index. +% \item Updated \xfile{kannada.mld}. +% \item Dangerous bend symbols are now in the right margin. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Improved the presentation of example files. +% \item Using the \pack{natbib} package~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} to sort the sequences of citations. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction in table~\vref{t+TDS}. +% \item Renamed \uxfile{minitoc-texmf.zip} into \uxfile{minitoc-tds.zip}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Use the \optp{sort\&compress}{natbib} option of the \pack{natbib} package~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} to compress the +% sequences of citations; the \pack{hypernat} package must also be loaded (after \pack{natbib} and +% \pack{hyperref}). +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added changing the title of the parttoc for appendices in \xfile{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{54} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features. +% \item Indexing the features. +% \item Added the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/04/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added the ``\com{mtcfixnomenclature}'' command. +% \item Added the \exam{mtc-nom.tex} example file. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Corrected the last argument of \com{mtcsetfeature} and siblings, using \com{mtc@toks}. +% \item Some mini-tables are set on two columns in the manual. +% \item Indexing the messages. Messages noted in the right margin. +% \item Corrected a bug in \pack{mtcoff}. +% \item Added \xfile{latinc.mld} and \xfile{latinc2.mld} for classical latin. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/04/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added internal hyperlinks for messages. +% \item Load the \pack{hypcap} package for hyperlinks in the documentation. +% ^^A \item Modification of \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, and \scrp{pmk} to remove \verb*|\ | from the index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \com{mtcoffset} and co. for an horizontal offset of a mini-table. +% \item Added \com{mtcsetoffset} for an horizontal offset of a mini-table type. +% \item Added the \exam{mtc-ofs.tex} example file. +% \item Added flagging of macros in example files. +% \item The 2007 section in the ``Postface'' chapter was garbled. +% \item More internal links in the documentation. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added a clickable table of all messages. +% \item Improved column breaks in the index. +% \item Added a local minitoc in the ``Jargon'' chapter. +% \item Added \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% \item Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}. +% \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{55} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} about the \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} package (incompatible). +% \item Added a \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} about the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, +% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Regrouping some marginal notes about messages; improving their positions. +% \item Improve page breaks in the documentation. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Corrected a bug about minitocs in appendices for the \class{memoir} class. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changed the color of hyperlinks. +% \item Revised the format of the headers. +% \item Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{56} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/07/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/08/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Page headers modified in documentation. +% \item Added stuff (files) for figures (maps) for many language areas. +% \item Removed the \suffix{.eps} files. +% \item Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}. +% \item Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Many minor typo fixes. +% \item Darker colors for hyperlinks. +% \item Updated and corrected the bibliography. +% \item Corrected a typo in the \env{ptc@verse} environment (thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). +% \item Corrections of typos in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments +% (thanks to \name{Andrew}{Bowden}). +% \item Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid +% erasing the (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file). +% \item Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% \item The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part. +% \item Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package. +% \item Complete indexing of the messages. +% \item Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% \item Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to increase the width of the pages of the bibliography. +% \item Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% \item Updated \xfile{czech.mld}. +% \item Removed \ucom{l@xsection}. +% \item Graphic files are indexed separately. +% \item Updated \xfile{galician.mld}. +% \item Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy. +% \item Updated \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% \item Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld},\ABK and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% \item Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% \item Suppressed parasite entries from the index. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{57} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections in examples of documents. +% \item Added \xfile{occitan.mld}. +% \item Updated \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, +% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, +% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld}, and \xfile{turkish.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2008/01/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrected \xfile{polski.mld}. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. +% \item Added maps of Manchuria. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2008/04/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Better captions for maps. +% Added maps for Italy, Karnataka, Germany, Mongols and China. +% \item Added \xfile{occitan2.mld} and \xfile{mexican.mld}. +% \item Added a map of czech dialects. +% \item Added maps of danish dialects. +% \item Added a map of the dutch language. +% \item Added a map of french dialects. +% \item Added a map of galician dialects. +% \item Added maps of german dialects. +% \item Added maps of hindi dialects. +% \item Added maps of portugese dialects. +% \item Added a map of the turkish language. +% \item Added a map of the vietnamese language. +% \item Added a map of the armenian diaspora. +% \item Added a map of the sami dialects. +% \item Added a map of the nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia. +% \item Added a map of countries where spanish is an official language. +% \item Added a map of the sorbian area. +% \item Added an entry for the Wikipedia in the jargon. +% \item Added a map of the minorities in Poland. +% \item Added a map of the bengali diaspora. +% \item Splitted the TDS hierarchy into three tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. +% \item Added maps of the basque dialects. +% \item Added maps of the latvian dialects. +% \item Added a map for the swahili language. +% \item Added the turkish alphabet. +% \item The page numbers in the index are now hyperlinks (thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). +% \item Colors added in figure~\vref{f+barrier}. +% \item Added maps of the languages in Europe. +% \item Added maps of Kosovo. +% \item Added a map of the languages in Africa. +% \item Corrected an error of message number. +% \item Added maps for Russia. +% \item Added a map of the districts of Slovakia. +% \item Added maps about Islam. +% \item Added a figure about hрnzь characters. +% \item Added a figure about chinese characters usage in the world. +% \item Added a figure about chinese dialects. +% \item Added maps about writing systems. +% \item Added a map of the regions where Finnish is spoken. +% \item Shortened the ``Installation'' chapter. +% \item Updated from the \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j of 2008/03/16. +% \item Files \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} and \uxfile{lamed.tex} replaced by \xgrf{lamed3.png}. +% \item Added maps of the indigenous languages of Mщxico. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{58} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2008/06/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renamed \uxfile{minitoc-tds.zip} into \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}. +% \item Added a simplified linguistic map of Europe. +% \item Added a map of polish dialects. +% \item Added a figure about the russian alphabet. +% \item Added a map about the russian alphabet. +% \item Added a figure about the serbian alphabets. +% \item Added a map of the provinces of Vietnam. +% \item Used \ucom{vrefrange} to compress ranges of internal cross-references. +% \item Added a map of albanian dialects. +% \item Added a map of Norway. +% \item Added flags for many countries. Added a light gray frame around the flags. +% \item Added a figure about lusophonia. +% \item Added a figure about germanophonia. +% \item Added a figure about hispanophonia. +% \item Added a figure about italophonia. +% \item Added a minitoc in the index to make it easier to consult. +% \item Added figures about francophones countries. +% \item Added a figure about swahili-speaking countries. +% \item Added a figure about arabic-speaking countries. +% \item Added a figure about russian-speaking countries. +% \item Added a figure about english-speaking countries. +% \item Added flags \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}. +% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, +% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof}, and \com{ifinsectlot}. +% \item Added example document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. +% \item Added a figure about dutch-speaking countries. +% \item Renamed \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} and consorts as \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} and consorts. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{59}:~corrupted PDF files. +% +% \item \textbf{60} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2008/07/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Minor correction in figure. +% \item Updated the bibliography. +% \item Added missing flag files (thanks to \namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). +% \item Replaced many \suffix{.pdf} image files (most of them are flag files) by the original \suffix{.png} file +% because they were corrupted during the conversion by \tool{ImageMagick} (\tool{xpdf} didnt see the problem but +% \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuses to show the file); many thanks to \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} +% and \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. +% \item Back to standard colors and default \pack{hyperref} color options. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \item \textbf{61} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2015/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert passed away in 2009. So this package +% is now looking for a maintainer. +% \item Reduce size of documentation, by eliminating flags and other +% images, from 25+mb to less than 2mb. +% \item Remove the \texttt{CATALOG} file, as it was redundant and stale. +% \item Use \url{mirror.ctan.org} for CTAN references. +% \item Done by Nils Ole Tippenhauer (\verb|nils_tippenhauer| at +% \verb|sutd.edu.sg|) and Karl Berry (\verb|karl| at +% \verb|freefriends.org|). They are not prospective future maintainers. +% \item No functional changes. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \end{itemize} +% \end{RaggedRight} +% \egroup +% ^^A MAJ-E +% \or\relax +% ^^A FRENCH +% \bgroup +% \def\labelitemi{\ensuremath{\star}~\textbf{version}} +% \def\labelitemii{\textbullet} +% \def\labelitemiii{\textopenbullet} +% \def\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered} +% \begin{RaggedRight} +% % +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{00} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1990/10/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version originale, par \xname{Nigel}{Ward}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1991/11/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Rщvision pour rщutiliser de maniшre transparente les commandes +% \com{chapter}, \com{section}, \com{subsection}, et engendrer automatiquement +% le nom du fichier minitoc, avec en plus d'autres nettoyages (par \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{01} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Nouvelle conception, pour щviter d'allouer un newwrite, ou descripteur de fichier, pour chaque chapitre +% (un pщchщ mortel!) (\uname{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert}). +% \item Ajout de \com{chapterend} pour terminer la portщe d'une minitoc. (\emph{Si vous oubliez de +% mettre} \com{chapterend} р~la fin de \emph{chaque} chapitre, une entrщe pour le chapitre suivant +% apparaюtra dans chaque minitoc.) (Merci р~\xname{Yufan}{Hu}). +% \item Remplacement de l'environnement \env{minipage} par un environnement \env{verse}, pour qu'une +% minitoc puisse se rщpartir sur plusieurs pages. +% \item Toute la mise en page de la minitoc est dans la commande, donc si quelqu'un souhaite redщfinir cette +% mise en page, il a juste р~la rщщcrire (et seulement elle). +% \item Vous pouvez inhiber la minitoc pour le chapitre suivant en le faisant prщcщder par \ucom{minitocno}. +% (\ucom{minitocyes} est sans objet pour l'utilisateur: elle est implicite \emph{aprшs} +% les pseudo-chapitres \com{chapter*}). +% \item Problшmes: vous \emph{devez} avoir mis \com{chapterend} pour terminer chaque chapitre ayant une +% minitoc. Comment щviter cette contrainte? +% \item La profondeur de la minitoc est ajustable par l'utilisateur avec le compteur \dcnt{minitocdepth} (similaire +% р~\dcnt{tocdepth} pour la table des matiшres.). +% \item Au moins trois passes~(3) de \LaTeX{} sont nщcessaires pour obtenir des minitocs correctes (la premiшre +% passe crщe les fichiers \suffix{.mtc}\meta{X}, la deuxiшme les utilise (mais ils peuvent contenir des +% numщros de pages faux) et les recrщe, la troisiшme devrait ъtre bonne). +% \item Fonctionne avec \com{chapter}\texttt{[xxx]\{yyy\}} et les щlщments flottants. Fonctionne en mode deux +% colonnes (mais la minitoc est composщe sur une colonne; comment faire pour qu'elle s'щtende sur les deux +% colonnes?). +% \item Ajout de quelques modifications pour fonctionner avec \pack{xr} (rщfщrences externes). +% \upack{xr} version~5 est bien plus tolщrant. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{02} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la compatibilitщ avec \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} (le paquetage \pack{hangcaption} (s'il est prщsent) +% doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}). \emph{Attention} aux options modifiant +% \com{@caption}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{03} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~3 non distribuщe (erronщe). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{04} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \ucom{if@realch} pour щviter que des lignes de contenu provenant de pseudo-chapitres +% aillent dans la table des matiшres. +% \item Le fichier paquetage \pack{mtcoff} vous permet d'utiliser un document \LaTeX\ contenant des +% commandes minitoc et de les rendre transparentes: il suffit de remplacer le paquetage \upack{minitoc} +% par \upack{mtcoff}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{05} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un mщcanisme de sщlection pour ne pas щcrire des choses superflues dans les minitocs. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{06} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de problшmes sur les chapitres dans la table des matiшres, retrait de code obsolшte pour +% \com{caption} (les filtres sont bien meilleurs), ajout de la compatibilitщ +% avec \pack{toch} +% (\pack{toch} crщe une table des chapitres; si utilisщ, doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}; +% en fait, c'est l'ancъtre du paquetage \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{07} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item (\emph{diffщrences majeures}) Rщщcriture complшte, en utilisant des astuces de \pack{xr} +% (la version~5, de \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). Les informations pour les minitocs sont directement prщlevщes dans +% le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Suppression de \com{chapterend} et \ucom{minitocno}, ajout de +% \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} et \com{faketableofcontents}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{08} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/07/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajustements d'espacement. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{09} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/08/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de modifications pour MS-DOS (rechercher MS-DOS, et dщcommenter; rechercher UNIX, mettre en commentaire). +% MS-DOS permet seulement 3~caractшres pour les suffixes dans les noms de fichiers (pitoyable\ldots). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{10} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/08/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Fonctionne avec les appendices. Dщtecte maintenant les versions obsolшtes de \xfile{latex.tex}: +% (\com{@inputcheck} ou \com{reset@font} non dщfinies). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{11} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/08/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcSfont}, fonte pour les entrщes de section, \com{mtcSSfont} pour les entrщes +% de sous-section, \com{mtcSSSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-sous-section, \com{mtcPfont} pour +% les entrщes de paragraphe, \com{mtcSPfont} pour les entrщes de sous-paragraphe. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{12} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/12/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Utilisation de \com{kern} au lieu de \com{vspace*} et ajout de pщnalitщs +% (\com{nopagebreak}) pour щviter une coupure de page juste avant la derniшre \com{mtc@rule}. +% \item Ajout aussi d'un environnement \env{samepage}. +% \item Retrait de vieilles lignes mises en commentaire dans des versions prщcщdentes. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{13} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1993/12/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de code pour \com{minilof} et \com{minilot}. Pour MS-DOS, dщcommenter la dщfinition +% de \com{SHORTEXT}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{14} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/01/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'espacement en dessous d'une \texttt{minitoc/lof/lot} et ajout de \com{raggedright} +% pour щviter des avertissements \og{} underfull \fg. +% \item Correction de quelques problшmes d'espacement (en щvitant des~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s). +% \com{mtifont} est changщe de \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs bf} en \texttt{\bs large\bs bf}. +% \item Quelques modifications suggщrщes par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (merci): \ucom{@newread} devient +% \com{newread}, une version \emph{not outer} de \com{newread}; \com{empty} remplacщe +% par \com{relax} dans la dщfinition par dщfaut de \com{reset@font}. +% \item Retrait du forчage de \com{clubpenalty} et \com{widowpenalty} р~\texttt{10\,000} (fait +% par \com{samepage}) et \com{noindent}. +% \item Traitement simplifiщ de l'argument optionnel dans les commandes \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof} +% et \com{minilot}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{15} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/01/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} et \com{partlot} pour la classe \class{book}, +% de \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof} et \com{sectlot} pour les articles, avec des commandes +% et paramшtres en parallшle avec ceux pour les mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{16} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/02/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections d'erreurs (typos). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{17} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/06/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \og{} \texttt{n} \fg{} (nul) synonyme de \og{} \texttt{e} \fg{} (\emph{empty}, vide) dans l'argument optionnel +% \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc}, et analogues. +% \item Compatibilitщ avec \og{} \LaTeXe \fg. Merci р~\xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} (qui a trouvщ le problшme) +% et \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach} (qui a donnщ les indications pour le rщsoudre). +% \item Ajout de la notion de \og{} numщrotation absolue\fg{} pour les the mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{18} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/06/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Rendu \upack{minitoc} vraiment compatible avec \LaTeXe. +% \item Introduction des fichiers de langue comme options. Grand merci р~\xname{Michel}{Goossens} +% (via \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}) qui a щtщ inspirщ par le code du paquetage \pack{babel} +% (de \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{19} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/08/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de code pour numщroter les chapitres (parties, sections) sans commencer р~1. +% Ajout des commandes \com{firstchapteris}, etc. +% \item Ajout des commandes \com{mtcrule}, \com{nomtcrule}, etc. +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans \com{c@mti}. +% \item Correction dans \xfile{mtcswedish.sty} (\xname{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}). +% \item Correction de l'appendice dans les articles. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{20} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/08/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'espacement avant et aprшs les minitocs et analogues. +% \item Ajout des commandes \com{mtcpagenumbers} et \com{nomtcpagenumbers} (et analogues) pour faire +% des minitocs avec ou sans numщros de pages. Dщfaut: avec numщros de pages. +% \item Correction du problшme (difficile) de l'appendice dans les articles. +% \item Correction de l'espacement vertical. +% \item Correction d'un problшme avec des chapitres numщrotщs avec des chiffres romains majuscules. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{21} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/09/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos dans \upack{minitoc} et \xfile{minitoc.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{22} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/10/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos dans \upack{minitoc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{23} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/11/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une ligne manquante dans \com{sectlof}. +% \item Fonctionne avec les classes de document rщinitialisant le numщro de chapitre (ou de section) +% р~chaque partie (merci р~\xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}). +% \item Retrait du code pour \com{firstchapteris} et compagnie. Ces commandes sont obsolшtes. +% \item Retrait du code pour l'appendice. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{24} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1994/12/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Les commandes \com{protect} ont щtщ retirщes des fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lot} et +% \suffix{.lot}, donc certaines commandes internes on t щtщ corrigщes pour ъtre compatibles avec la version +% de \LaTeXe\ de dщcembre 1994. Merci р~\xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} qui a fait le travail. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{25} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1996/09/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{mtcnorsk.sty} et ajout de \xfile{mtcnynorsk.sty} sur une suggestion +% de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{26} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1996/11/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Les fichiers spщcifiques des langues sont maintenant nommщs \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (remplaчant les +% noms de la forme \texttt{mtc}\emph{langue}\suffix{.sty}) parce que ne sont pas des paquetages +% et que cela fait des noms plus courts. +% \item Ajout des langues breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower- et upper-sorbian; +% renommage de \og{} esperanto \fg{} en \og{} esperant \fg{} comme dans le paquetage \pack{babel}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{27} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1996/12/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. +% \item \xfile{english.mld} chargщ comme langue par dщfaut. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{vietnam.mld} et \xfile{arab.mld}. +% \item Renommage de \pack{minitocoff} en \pack{mtcoff} pour que le nom reste court. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{28} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1997/10/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des langues afrikaan(s), brazil et ethiopia(n). +% \item Ajout de l'autoconfiguration des suffixes. +% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext}. +% \item Ajout du code \emph{coffee} (pauses cafщ). +% \item Ajout du code de \com{addstarred} (pour ce qui concerne un chapitre щtoilщ). +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans les parttocs. +% \end{itemize} +% \item +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Un typo corrigщ par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} +% devrait probablement ъtre +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} +% (une contre-oblique manquait aprшs \com{let}). Merci р~lui. +% \item Ajout de la langue bahasa. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1998/12/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{tight} et \optd{loose}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{29} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1999/03/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des langues bicig, buryat, mongol et russianc. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1999/06/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la langue armenian (d'aprшs \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1999/07/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{dotted}/\opt{undotted} (dщfaut: \optd{dotted}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 1999/07/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{30} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 1999/12/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des langues basque, ngermanb, serbian, ukraineb et welsh. +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans la dщfinition de \com{sltname} (\texttt{mlt} devrait ъtre \texttt{slt}). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{31} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/04/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, merci р~\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, +% qui a aussi simplifiщ certains morceaux de code et corrigщ l'infтme erreur sur \com{chapter*}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{32} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/08/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de trшs (trop) nombreuses nouvelles commandes pour les dispositifs associщs aux mini-tables: +% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK \com{afterparttoc},\ABK +% \com{afterpartlof},\goodbreak \com{afterpartlot},\ABK \com{thispageparttocstyle},\ABK +% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}\ABK et \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. +% \item Documentation amщliorщe par \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}. +% \item Correction de \com{nomtcrule}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{33} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/12/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de nouvelles commandes d'ajustement: \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection} et +% \com{mtcaddpart}. Ces commandes ajoutent des choses dans les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} +% et \suffix{.lot} pour le problшme de \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} et \com{part*}). +% D'aprшs une suggestion de \xname{Karl~F.}{Everitt}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2000/12/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'un problшme dans \com{mtcaddchapter} et~co. avec un argument optionnel blanc. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{34} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2000/12/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout\imess{I0046} dans la documentation d'une section sur l'utilisation avec le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. +% \item Ajout de fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour les noms alternatifs de langues: ainsi, \xfile{american.mld} ne fait +% que charger \xfile{english.mld}, qui contient les vraies dщfinitions. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{35} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2001/01/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de macros pour tester si un fichier est \og{} vide\fg{} (c'est-р-dire vide, blanc ou inexistant) +% ou \og{} non vide \fg{} (c'est-р-dire utile). J'ai utilisщ du code de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}. +% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}\\opt{nocheckfiles}. +% \item Remplacement de \ucom{The@chapter} par \com{The@mtc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/02/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{bulgarian.mld}, \xfile{hebrew.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{latin.mld} et +% \xfile{samin.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcselectlanguage}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'option de paquetage \lopt{estonian} (manquante). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2001/07/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la langue interlingua. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{36} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'une interaction avec \com{tableofcontents} qui crщe un \com{chapter*} ou +% une \com{section*}, en perturbant les compteurs \cnt{mtc}/\cnt{stc} (problшme signalщ par +% \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'un problшme d'espacement avec des titres vides (problшme signalщ par \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). +% \item Contournement du problшme \com{parttoc}-\com{chapter*}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcskip} et \com{mtcskipamount}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/02/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction du test sur les fichiers vides. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/03/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la langue \lopt{bangla}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2002/03/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Rщduction de la profondeur de \com{mtc@strutbox}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{37} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~\#37 sautщe. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{38} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{pt} devient \ucom{@pt} et \texttt{0pt} devient \ucom{z@}. +% \item \ucom{hrule} et \ucom{vrule} remplacщes par \ucom{rule} (\LaTeX). +% \item Ajout de \com{mtc@zrule} pour les filets de dimensions nulles. +% \item Ajout de la langue frenchb (synonyme de french). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changement du test pour les titres vides. +% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{flsection} et \opt{flsectionb}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/01/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Les options de paquetage \opt{tight} et \optd{loose} sont appliquщes р~\com{parttoc} +% (\xname{Thomas}{Leonhardt}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/02/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Options de paquetage \opt{flsection} et \opt{flsectionb} retirщes et remplacщes par l'option +% de paquetage \opt{insection} (comme \opt{flsectionb}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/02/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de la numщrotation des SLF, SLT. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/02/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des langues frenchle et frenchpro (synonymes de french). +% \item Correction des secttocs, enfin. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/03/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de certains espacements verticaux et d'щtais (j'ai ajoutщ quelques modifications +% de \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}, grand merci р~lui.). Il reste pas mal de nettoyage р~faire, mais il semble +% nщcessaire de publier la distribution maintenant. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{39} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2003/04/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Commandes de fontes modernes pour compatibilitщ avec la classe \class{memoir}. +% \item \com{nomtcpagenumbers} et la classe \class{memoir}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2003/06/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{@fileswfalse} et \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} pour le paquetage +% \pack{notoccite} (demandщ par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}); ajout de l'option de paquetage +% \opt{notoccite} (charge le paquetage \pack{notoccite}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/09/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des options de langue et des fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour les dialectes: \lopt{canadian} (\loptd{english}), +% \lopt{acadian}, \lopt{acadien}, \lopt{canadien} (\lopt{french}), \lopt{naustrian}, \lopt{ngerman} (\lopt{ngermanb}). +% \item Ajout de commentaires dans les fichiers \suffix{.mld} utilisant des fontes spщciales. +% \item Corrections dans la documentation: ajout d'un paragraphe sur comment faire une table des matiшres pour +% les appendices, щventuellement non listщs dans la table des matiшres principale. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/09/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation; corrections sur les filets. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{40} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des langues japanese et castillan. +% \item Retrait du test sur la prщsence du paquetage \pack{multicol} dans \xfile{minitoc.tex}, +% puisque \pack{multicol} est un paquetage obligatoire (\emph{required}). +% \item Ajout d'une figure dans \xfile{minitoc.tex} sur la nщcessitщ de trois compilations. +% \item Ajout de quelques informations dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}. +% \item Ajout\imess{I0042} d'un paragraphe sur un problшme avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib} et \xfile{minitoc.bib}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \optd{hints}. Cette option est encore expщrimentale; votre avis est le bienvenu. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2004/12/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} (documentation en franчais en format PDF). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{41} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Message ajoutщ si certaines commandes de sectionnement ne sont pas disponibles. +% \item Remplacement des commandes \ucom{typeout} dans \upack{minitoc} par les commandes +% \com{PackageInfo} ou \com{PackageWarning}; avec le numщro de ligne lorsqu'il est utile +% (\com{@gobble} si pas de numщro de ligne). En consщquence, le paquetage est moins bavard +% (\com{PackageInfo} щcrit seulement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, pas sur le terminal). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetfont} (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) et \com{mtcsettitlefont}, +% avec une syntaxe beaucoup plus simple. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Classes \AmS: \class{amsart} et \class{amsproc} sont incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}, +% \class{amsbook} demande des prщcautions. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetformat}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsettitle}. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} pour recommander l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur la prщsence de \com{dominitoc} et co. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur la cohщrence de \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} et co. +% \item Amщlioration de la documentation sur les \emph{hints}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur l'utilisation des suffixes courts avec plus de 99~parties ou 99~chapitres +% ou 99~sections. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \com{ptifont}: \texttt{\bs Huge\bs bfseries} devient \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs bfseries}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/01/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de nombreux fichiers de langues: \xfile{serbianc.mld}, \xfile{chinese1.mld}, \xfile{chinese2.mld}, +% \xfile{hangul1.mld}, \xfile{hangul2.mld}, \xfile{hangul3.mld}, \xfile{hangul4.mld}, \xfile{hanja1.mld}, +% \xfile{hanja2.mld}, \xfile{japanese2.mld}, \xfile{japanese3.mld}, \xfile{japanese4.mld}, +% \xfile{japanese5.mld}, \xfile{thai.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetrules}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{plfrule}, \com{noplfrule}, \com{mlfrule}, \com{nomlfrule}, +% \com{slfrule}, \com{noslfrule}, \com{pltrule}, \com{nopltrule}, +% \com{mltrule}, \com{nomltrule}, \com{sltrule}, \com{nosltrule}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de nouvelles langues: \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{letton.mld}, \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, +% \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, \xfile{russian2m.mld}, +% \xfile{russian2o.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de tests sur les environnements \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\env{mtchideinmain*}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{42} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~42 non distribuщe. +% \item Remplacement de \og{} language \fg{} par \og{} langue \fg{} dans la documentation franчaise. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'un typo mineur. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration de \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsettitle}, oubliщe dans v41. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{43} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Version~43: consolidation de v40, v41 et v42. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/02/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'une grosse erreur dans \com{mtcsetformat}. +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} р~propos de \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction des macros \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} +% \item Dщplacement de l'historique vers la fin du code du paquetage. +% \item Ajout du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et d'un chapitre sur l'installation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'un typo (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}). +% \item Complщter le \emph{hint} sur la cohщrence de \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} et co. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur la cohщrence entre \com{minitoc} et \com{tableofcontents}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de commentaires sur les fontes. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetfeature}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{bulgarianb.mld} (haut bulgare). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \texttt{*[-\bs baselineskip]} aprшs le \texttt{\bs\bs} aprшs le filet supщrieur de chaque +% mini-table au niveau partie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans les arguments de \com{mtcsetfeature}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Retrait de \com{markboth} pour les minitocs (\ldots) et secttocs (\ldots). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{spanish2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/03/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} pour le paquetage \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'environnement \env{stc@verse}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{finnish2.mld}, \xfile{latin2.mld} et \xfile{magyar2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renommage de \xfile{portuges.mld} en \xfile{portugues.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction dans \com{mtcskip}. +% \item Premiшre version en format \suffix{.dtx}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/04/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Retrait de \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, etc., inutilisщes. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/05/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'un typo dans \com{@dosectlot}. +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcfixglossary}. +% \item Impression de la documentation avec \og{} \optp{oneside}{\protect\textsl{nombreuses classes}} \fg{} pour +% avoir toutes les notes marginales +% sur la gauche. Ajout du code (щtendu р~54 щlщments flottants) de \pack{morefloats} +% (\xname{Don}{Hosek}) pour permettre +% davantage de notes marginales et d'щlщments flottants. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{minitoc.ist}\isuffix{.ist} pour mettre en page l'index correctement. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/05/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction des filets dans les parttocs, partlofs et partlots. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/05/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction des entrщes de niveau chapitre dans les parttocs, lorsque les numщros de pages doivent ъtre omis. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \pack{sectsty}\imess{I0043} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les tentatives d'insertion de mini-tables vides. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur l'utilisation de commandes obsolшtes. +% \item Les mini-listes de figures ou de tableaux ne doivent pas ъtre imprimщes vides mъme si \dcnt{tocdepth}${}<1$. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la notion de profondeur pour les mini-listes de figures/tableaux. +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetdepth}. +% \item L'option \optd{hints} est le choix par dщfaut et elle n'est plus considщrщe comme expщrimentale. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un message d'erreur dans \com{mtcsetdepth} si le compteur n'est pas disponible. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{portuges.mld}, qui charge \xfile{portugues.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de trois variantes pour la langue malayalam: \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld}, +% \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une mщthode pour documentation bilingue. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}\isuffix{.ist} pour mettre en forme correctement l'index en franчais. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changement de \og{} Liste des Tables \fg{} en \og{} Liste des Tableaux \fg{} dans \xfile{french.mld} et +% dans la documentation franчaise, pour suivre les choix du paquetage \pack{babel}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Le fichier \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} est maintenant engendrщ par \xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des mots-clщs \texttt{OUI}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{O} et~\texttt{o} +% pour vrai/faux. +% \item Condensation du code de dщtection des suffixes courts ou longs. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des mots-clщs \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{faux}, \texttt{V} et~\texttt{v} +% pour vrai/faux. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item ╔tablir correctement l'indicateur \com{ifFTR} pour avoir les noms des mois dans la langue correcte dans +% la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/06/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item ╔tablir l'indicateur \com{mtcoffwarn@true} par \pack{mtcoff} si une commande +% \texttt{\bs mtcadd...} est trouvщe. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{castillian.mld}. +% \item Renommage de \xfile{portugues.mld} en \xfile{portuguese.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{brazilian.mld}, \xfile{british.mld}, \xfile{UKenglish.mld} et \xfile{USenglish.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppression de \og{} Gщnщral: \fg{} dans l'historique des modifications. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Remplacement de quelques commandes \com{PackageWarning} par \com{PackageInfo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Restauration de la correspondance de chaque option de langue avec un fichier \suffix{.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Retrait de deux indicateurs inutiles: \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} et +% \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. +% \item Ajout des commandes \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc} et \com{decrementstc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/07/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'une bourde dans \pack{mtcoff}. +% \item Amщlioration de quelques messages dans \pack{mtcoff}. +% \item Ajout d'un test sur la version du paquetage \pack{placeins}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une note sur \com{FloatBarrier}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une note sur un problшme d'alignement dans les minitocs. Mise р~jour de \xfile{minitoc.bug}. +% \item Fait deux versions des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}, +% selon la prщsence du compteur de profondeur correspondant. +% \item La classe \class{memoir} est incompatible si elle est trop rщcente. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un commentaire sur la position des commandes \texttt{\bs do.{}.{}.} de prщparation. +% \item Corrections dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{guarani.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/08/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc} et \com{incrementstc}. +% \item Ajout d'un argument optionnel р~\com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc} et \com{adjuststc}. +% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{k-tight} et \optd{k-loose}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un patch pour la version rщcente de la classe \class{memoir}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{spanish3.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Utiliser \com{mtcselectlanguage} dans les options de langue et dans les fichiers +% \suffix{.mld} \og{} secondaires\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcloadmlo} р~utiliser dans certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour charger +% un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un test pour interdire les appels directs de \com{mtcloadmlo} par l'utilisateur. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{farsi1.mld}, \xfile{farsi1.mlo}, \xfile{farsi2.mld} et \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. +% \item Ajout d'une note sur l'outil \tool{rubber}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{mtcglo.ist}\isuffix{.ist} pour formater le glossaire. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Retrait des numщros de pages dans le glossaire. Fait par les scripts \texttt{*mk}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{44} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Historique (glossaire) composщ en \texttt{RaggedRight}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{ngermanb2.mld}, \xfile{norsk2.mld} et \xfile{nynorsk2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Nouvelle mщthode pour l'historique: listes imbriquщes sur 3~niveaux. +% \item Retrait de \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{mtcglo.ist}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Nettoyage des scripts \texttt{*mk}. +% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/09/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos. +% \item Ajout du nom du fichier \suffix{.maf} dans le message de l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. +% \item Amщlioration du nettoyage dans les scripts \texttt{*mk}, en utilisant un fichier \suffix{.maf}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Charger la correction pour la classe \class{memoir} seulement si nщcessaire; ne pas la charger si +% \class{memoir} est datщe aprшs 2005/09/25. +% \item Ajout d'une remarque dans le chapitre \og{} Questions Frщquemment Posщes\fg{} (et dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}) +% sur les prщcautions р~prendre avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \opt{nolistfiles}. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les paquetages \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption} et +% \pack{mcaption} (ils doivent ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \item Correction de quelques notes marginales dans le code commentщ. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. +% \item Utiliser la commande Unix \tool{xargs} dans les scripts \texttt{*mk} pour dщtruire les fichiers +% auxiliaires. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/10/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout d'une courte introduction dans le chapitre \og{} Questions frщquemment posщes\fg{} et +% dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Dщbut de l'ajout du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la version franчaise du \LaTeX{} Companion~\cite{TLC2F}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Ajout de \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} dans \xfile{minitoc.l}. +% \item Ajout d'une note sur la nщcessitщ d'exщcuter \scrp{imk} avant \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout d'une note sur un problшme avec \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} et \class{memoir}. +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Amщlioration des notes sur la classe \class{memoir}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Amщlioration des notes sur la classe \class{memoir}. +% \item Ajout de \com{plfSfont}, \com{pltSfont}, \com{mlfSfont}, \com{mltSfont}, +% \com{slfSfont} et \com{sltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tables dans +% les mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction d'une erreur sur les fontes pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tables dans les +% mini-tables. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{bicig2.mld}, \xfile{bithe.mld}, \xfile{manju.mld}, \xfile{xalx.mld} et +% \xfile{khalkha.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Ajout de vщrifications par des commandes \emph{quarks} internes dans \com{mtcsetfont}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Changement de \og{} table\fg{} en \og{} tableau\fg{} dans la documentation en franчais, lр o∙ c'est nщcessaire. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \item Correction de typos dans la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/11/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item ╔viter quelques avertissements \og{} Token not allowed\fg{} щmis par \texttt{pdftex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Rщordonnщ une longue sщquence de citations. +% \item Ajout de \og{} {\froff\texttt{mailto:}}\fg{} pour les URLs de courrier. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0038}\pack{varsects} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction d'un hyperlien dans la bibliographie (pour le paquetage \pack{xr}). +% \item Tentative pour щviter des URLs cassщs, en utilisant \env{quote}, des notes infrapaginales et \com{par}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Corrections de mise en page (quelques en-tъtes, un tableau). +% \item Dans le message d'avertissement du \emph{hint} concernant un nombre de mini-tables dщpassant~99 (idans +% le cas de suffixes courts), imprimer le nombre effectif. +% \item Rщduction de la largeur de certains messages d'information, d'avertissement ou d'erreur. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections de mise en page (quelques en-tъtes). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections sur les guillemets franчais. +% \item Ajout de quelques options pour PDF. +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction d'un URL vers l'\AmS\ dans la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Raccourcissement de quelques messages (essentiellement en enlevant des щtoiles). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos. +% \item Ajout de quelques labels. +% \item Ajout d'un chapitre avec les messages (expliquщs). Pas encore triщs. +% \item La documentation a besoin de 4~compilations par \LaTeX. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Raccourcissement de quelques messages. +% \item Corrections dans la liste des messages. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2005/12/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration de la position des flottants dans les pages de flottants: en haut. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation (merci р~\name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). +% \item Ajout de \oexam{addsec.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'indicateur \com{ifundottedmtc}. +% \item Correction pour faire marcher \oexam{addsec.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \og \texttt{*}\fg comme mot-clщ pour le premier argument de \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et +% \com{mtcsetrules} (demandщ par \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). +% \item Retrait de \og \com{MessageBreak}\fg de l'index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Correction de l'entrщe bibliographique sur \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage} dans la documentation pour rщsoudre +% un problшme de placement de flottants. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Rщsoudre un problшme de placement de flottants. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout de la langue bahasam. +% \item Ajout de la langue albanian. +% \item Ajout de la langue hebrew2. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour de la documentation pour les langues albanian, bahasa, bahasam et hebrew2. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{french.mld} (retrait de majuscules abusives). +% \item Correction du fichier \xfile{italian.mld} language. Ajout de la langue italian2. +% \item Ajout des langues australian et newzealand (english). +% \item La langue bahasa est renommщe en bahasai; bahasa est synonyme de bahasai. +% \item Ajout des langues malay et meyalu, synonymes de bahasam. +% \item Ajout des langues indon et indonesian, synonymes de bahasai. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour des remerciements. +% \item Ajout de rщfщrences aux nouvelles entrщes bibliographiques. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction d'une instabilitщ dans les coupures de page dans la documentation de \xfile{japanese3.mld}. +% \item Ajout de commentaires dans quelques fichiers \suffix{.mld}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{magyar3.mld}. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction dans \com{mtcaddsection}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction dans \com{mtcfixindex} et \com{mtcfixglossary}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Limitation de la profondeur initiale d'affichage des signets. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de quelques commentaires dans le point~34 des questions frщquemment posщes (et dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}) +% р~propos de l'initialisation des fontes. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{romanian2.mld} et \xfile{romanian3.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Chargement de certains paquetages avant \pack{hyperref}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{spanish4.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction du tableau sur les titres par dщfaut. +% \item Correction dans les mots-clщs de \com{mtcsetfont}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld} et \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la documentation pour \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld} +% et \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les classes \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} et +% d'un point dans les questions frщquemment posщes (et dans in \xfile{minitoc.bug}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout d'une note dans la documentation de \xfile{serbian.mld} et \xfile{serbianc.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{ethiopian2.mld} (pour Omega). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/01/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Simplifications dans le chapitre л~Messages~╗. +% \item Corrections dans le chapitre л~Jargon~╗. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout du chapitre л~Postface~╗. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans le chapitre л~Postface~╗. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout du pacquetage \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} pour l'entrщe л~The pdf\TeX\ Program~╗ dans la bibliographie. +% Le prщnom de son auteur a besoin d'un double accent \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{kannada.mld}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans \xfile{russianb.mld} et \xfile{spanish.mld}. +% \item Corrections dans la documentation et la bibliographie. +% \item Mettre \com{mtcfixglossary} avant \com{mtcfixindex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une citation de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour des remerciements. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld} et \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Les langues \texttt{u8hangul} et \texttt{u8hanja} sont renommщes \xmldo{hangul-u8} et \xmldo{hanja-u8}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} pour des commandes de prщparation rщpщtщes. +% \item Dщplacement vers le haut de la dщclaration de certains indicateurs concernant l'option \optd{hints}. +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcprepare}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout de \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} р~la classe~6. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/02/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Correction de la position des tableaux dans le chapitre л~Jargon~╗. +% \item Correction de \xfile{irish.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{polski.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \emph{Hints} sur la classe \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} et le paquetage \pack{alphanum}, +% incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Utilisation de styles bibliographiques avec un champ \texttt{URL}, construits р~l'aide de +% \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans \xfile{magyar.mld}, \xfile{magyar2.mld} et \xfile{magyar3.mld}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{russian-cca.mld}, \xfile{russian-cca1.mld} et \xfile{russian-lh.mld}, avec leurs +% fichiers \suffix{.mlo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}, \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld} et \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}, avec +% leurs fichiers \suffix{.mlo}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du paquetage \pack{mtcmess}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Dщsormais, les messages sont numщrotщs. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la question~37 sur les fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \pack{babel}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{french1.mld} et \xfile{french2.mld}. +% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{english1.mld} et \xfile{english2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{45} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/03/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppression des versions PostScript de la documentation. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{arab2.mld}, \xfile{bicig3.mld}, \xfile{buryat2.mld}, \xfile{xalx2.mld} et \xfile{xalx3.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{swedish2.mld}. +% \item L'option de paquetage \opt{insection} charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout de \uxgrf{lamed.eps} et \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis +% \uxfile{lamed.tex}). +% \item Rщ-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Utilisation de \pack{sectsty} pour mieux mettre en forme les titres des sections. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout de \com{ifmtcsecondpart} pour tester si le document a exactement 2~parties. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Dans l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}, charger le paquetage \pack{flafter} \emph{avant} le +% paquetage \pack{placeins}. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les barriшres de flottants. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/04/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout\imess{I0042} de notes dans la question~20, sur l'utilisation avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}. +% \item Ajout de commentaires pour l'option \opt{insection}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Dщbut de la correction de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout\imess{I0042} de notes dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}, point~20, sur l'utilisation avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}. +% \item Fin de la correction de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}. +% \item Corrections analogues dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de notes р~propos des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. +% \item Ajout de \oexam{hide1.tex} et \oexam{hide2.tex}. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0087}\pack{quotchap} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0088}\pack{romannum} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0089}\pack{sfheaders} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0090}\pack{alnumsec} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Renommщ \oexam{hide.tex} en \oexam{hide1.tex}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Utilisation de \com{MakeUpperCase} dans \com{markboth} pour les styles de page. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/05/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \pack{captcont} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{uighur.mld}, \xfile{uighur2.mld} et \xfile{uighur3.mld} (comme synonymes pour les +% variantes de la langue bicig). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout d'une description de \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} dans le jargon. +% \item Ajout d'un commentaire sur le script \scrp{imk} dans \xfile{INSTALL} et le chapitre л~Installation~╗. +% \item Ajout d'une entrщe л~paquetage~╗ dans le jargon. +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \item Ajout du point~44 de la FAQ et des commandes \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} et \com{mtcgapafterheads}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \oexam{gaps.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \end{itemize} +% \item Correction d'espacement dans \xfile{french2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{46} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation et la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/21 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Commentaire sur le paquetage \pack{thailatex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Engendrer certains fichiers d'exemples avec \xfile{minitoc.dtx}/\xfile{minitoc.ins}. +% \item Ajout du chapitre л~Fichiers d'exemples~╗. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renommщ le chapitre л~Fichiers d'exemples~╗ en л~Exemples de documents~╗. +% \item Utiliser le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} dans certains des exemples de documents. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour des exemples de documents. +% \item Ajout du fichier d'exemple \oexam{second.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, \oexam{mem.tex} et \oexam{mem1.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/06/30 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{fo1.tex}, \oexam{fo2.tex} et \oexam{scr.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du fichier d'exemple \oexam{subf.tex}. +% \item Corrections sur la profondeur des minilofs, minilots et similaires. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{tsfc.tex} et \oexam{tbi.tex}. +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections de typos. +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{2c.tex} et \exam{mtc-bo.tex}. +% \item Correction dans \xfile{french2.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/10 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction dans les minilots et minilofs (et analogues) sur la profondeur. +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{hop.tex} et \oexam{cri.tex}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{livre.tex}, \oexam{ch0.tex}, \oexam{tlc.tex} et \oexam{mu.tex}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation. +% \item Les versions non distribuщes sont marquщes par~\textbf{\textreferencemark} au lieu de~\ensuremath{\star}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item La section л~└~propos de ce document~╗ devient un premier chapitre щtoilщ. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{hir.tex} et \oexam{hia.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Corrections dans \oexam{add.tex} et \oexam{addsec.tex} pour l'index. +% \item Ajout du script \scrp{xmk} pour composer les exemples en documents PDF. +% \item Mise р~jour des scripts pour traiter les exemples. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ne pas oublier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} dans la liste des fichiers. +% \item Dans les scripts, le rщpertoire de \emph{backup} (\ixfile{OLD}) est +% dщsormais \ixfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}. +% \item Dans les scripts, les rщpertoires de rщpartition (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) sont +% dщsormais \texttt{/tmp/`whoami`/CL[0-9]}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{47} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la documentation et la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{arabi.mld} et \xfile{farsi3.mld} (d'aprшs le systшme \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}). +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de \com{l@xsection}. +% \item Correction d'espacements dans les mini-tables. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/07/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un crъnage vertical \verb|\kernafter...| entre chaque minitable et son filet infщrieur. +% \item Ajout du point~45 des questions frщquemment posщes. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction mineure dans le message d'avertissement \texttt{F0008}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans \xfile{romanian2.mld} et \xfile{romanian3.mld}. +% \item Raccourcissement du rщsultat de certains exemples de documents en utilisant la classe \class{report} +% au lieu de la classe \class{book} (d'o∙ une impression en recto seul). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{48} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de typos. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Pas de prщambule dans \oexam{add.bib}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/23 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans le format de la table des matiшres. +% \item Augmentation de \com{textwidth}. +% \item Correction du problшme de prщambule dans \oexam{add.bib} et tous les fichiers gщnщrщs. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/24 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Retrait des commentaires sur les lignes superflues dans le prщambule des fichiers gщnщrщs. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{devanagari.mld} et \xfile{hindi.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/25 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. +% \item Correction de la macro \com{name} (pour la documentation). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/28 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. +% \item Correction (conversion) dans \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de l'erreur \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} si \xfile{english.mld} n'est pas trouvщ pour щtablir les titres par dщfaut. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/08/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Modification du style bibliographique \xfile{plainurl.bst}\isuffix{.bst} pour avoir les noms de famille des auteurs +% et rщdacteurs (\emph{editors}) en petites capitales et les annщes en chiffres de style ancien. Les +% titres sont mis en emphase. Le style \xfile{frplain1.bst} est aussi mis р~jour. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/01 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Les styles bibliographiques \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} et \xfile{frplain1.bst} sont renommщs \xfile{en-mtc.bst} et +% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{add.bib} en \exam{mtc-add.bib}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{add.tex} en \exam{mtc-add.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{addsec.tex} en \exam{mtc-ads.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{2c.tex} en \exam{mtc-2c.tex}. +% \item L'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles} est dщsormais active par dщfaut. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/07 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renommage de \oexam{app-mem.tex} en \exam{mtc-amm.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{apx.tex} en \exam{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{bo.tex} en \exam{mtc-bo.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{ch0.tex} en \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{cri.tex} en \exam{mtc-cri.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{fo1.tex} en \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{fo2.tex} en \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{gaps.tex} en \exam{mtc-gap.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{hia.tex} en \exam{mtc-hia.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{hir.tex} en \exam{mtc-hir.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{hide1.tex} en \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{hide2.tex} en \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{hop.tex} en \exam{mtc-hop.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{livre.tex} en \exam{mtc-liv.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{mem.tex} en \exam{mtc-mem.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{mem1.tex} en \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{mini-art.tex} en \exam{mtc-art.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{minitoc-ex.tex} en \exam{mtc-bk.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{mu.tex} en \exam{mtc-mu.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{scr.tex} en \exam{mtc-scr.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{second.tex} en \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{subf.tex} en \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{tbi.tex} en \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{tlc.tex} en \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}. +% \item Renommage de \oexam{tsfc.tex} en \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/08 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie (ajout du Pentaglot). +% \item Correction du format de deux tableaux sur NFSS. +% \item Exemples de documents par ordre alphabщtique dans leur chapitre. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les systшmes dщrivщs de \TeX{} et \LaTeX. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple de document \exam{mtc-syn.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{49} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/14 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Lщgшre modification de la mise en forme de la liste des fichiers (chapitre л~Installation~╗). +% \item Simplifications dans les scripts. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout du point~46 dans les questions frщquemment posщes et du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie et les styles bibliographiques. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/09/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Meilleurs messages d'erreur pour les commandes de prщparation et d'insertion non dщfinies. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout de л~\textbf{+}~╗ et л~\texttt{-}~╗ comme synonymes pour л~\texttt{on}~╗ et л~\texttt{off}~╗, +% respectivement. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/10/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. +% \item Corrections de typos. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout d'un tableau de quelques codages. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/10/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppression de l'entrщe л~Sommaire~╗ dans le sommaire, mais elle est ajoutщe dans la table des matiшres. +% \item Amщlioration de quelques tableaux. +% \item Ajout des fichiers \xfile{japanese6.mld} and \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. +% \item Corrections dans la mise en page d'une citation de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. +% \item Combinaison de quatre figures en une (avec des sous-figures). +% \item Ajout (dans le mщmento) d'un tableau des classes et paquetages qui sont incompatibles ou ont besoin de +% prщcautions avec \upack{minitoc}. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Complщtщ la liste des classes standard. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'une validation des options de langue avec la prщsence des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}. +% \item Ajout\imess{E0036} de notes sur la prщsence obligatoire du fichier \xfile{english.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item La validation des options de langue n'щcrit que des messages informatifs dans le fichier +% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} et, si nщcessaire, donne un seul message d'avertissement. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{50} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Suppression des anciens exemples de documents: \oexam{mtc-adds.tex}, \oexam{mtc-amem.tex}, \oexam{mtc-book.tex}, +% \oexam{mtc-gaps.tex}, \oexam{mtc-mem1.tex}, \oexam{mtc-subf.tex} et \oexam{mtc-tsfc.tex}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout du script \scrp{tmk} et d'un tableau dщcrivant une structure \index{TDS}TDS pour \upack{minitoc}. +% \item Ajout d'un item sur la \index{TDS}TDS dans le jargon. +% \item Mise р~jour du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et du chapitre л~Installation~╗. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/11/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du message d'avertissement \texttt{W0094} avec la liste des fichiers minitoc de langue manquants +% (\suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}). +% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. +% \item Mise р~jour du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et du chapitre л~Installation~╗. +% \item Changement des noms des rщpertoires \emph{scratch} dans certains scripts. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout du fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS et +% contenant tous les fichiers du paquetage) р~la distribution. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{51} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2006/12/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration de l'index: paquetages et classes, scripts, outils, noms, exemples, suffixes, options, +% options de langue. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2006/12/20 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration de l'index: noms. +% \item Mise р~jour de certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} avec les noms des auteurs des titres. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections diverses. +% \item Les noms de certaines macros internes sont raccourcis pour tenir dans la marge. +% \item Ajout d'une commande \com{ProvidesFile} aux fichiers exemples. +% \item Indexation des environnements (pas parfaite). +% \item Indexation des fichiers. +% \item Renommage du fichier л~\texttt{catalog}~╗ en л~\xfile{CATALOG}~╗. +% \item Indexation des compteurs et des compteurs de profondeur. +% \item Les fichiers exemples sont dans leur propre rщpertoire de la hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS (proposщe). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{52} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'ordre dans l'index. +% \item Options par dщfaut en gras dans l'index. +% \item Ajout d'informations sur les auteurs pour les titres spщcifiques aux langues. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de sections bidons dans le chapitre л~Exemples de documents~╗. +% \item Retrait de la prщparation de la documentation en format PostScript. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du script \scrp{cmk} pour convertir la documentation du format PDF en format PostScript. +% \item Retrait de \xfile{duplex2v.pro}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/17 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Indexation des commandes rщfщrencщes. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction du nom \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han} (le prщnom avant le nom de famille, р~la franчaise). +% \item Correction de quelques autres noms. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{mongolb.mld} et \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. +% \item Retrait de \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (nouveaux codages cyrilliques T2 et X2 dans \xfile{mongolb.mld}). +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-3co.tex}. +% \item Essai d'utilisation d'une version rщcente du paquetage \pack{cite}~\cite{cite} (2003/11/04, 4.01) pour permettre le tri, +% mais reste en conflit avec \pack{hyperref}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item ╔quilibrage des colonnes de l'index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de l'indexation des environnements. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/01/31 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration de la mise en page de l'index. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/05 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{mongolian.mld} qui charge \xfile{mongolb.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Indexation des noms des auteurs. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour des remerciements. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{53} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-fko.tex}. +% \item Correction de \com{kernafterminitoc} et consorts. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/02/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Rщfщrences bibliographiques pour les paquetages et les classes dans l'index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un en-tъte р~l'index, pour expliquer les notations. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Changement du style des numщros de pages et de lignes dans l'index. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{kannada.mld}. +% \item Les symboles de virages dangereux sont maintenant dans la marge de droite. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration de la prщsentation des exemples de fichiers. +% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} pour trier les sщquences de citations. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/09 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction dans le tableau~\vref{t+TDS}. +% \item Renommage de \uxfile{minitoc-texmf.zip} en \uxfile{minitoc.tds.zip}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/19 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Utilisation de l'option \optp{sort\&compress}{natbib} du paquetage \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} pour +% compresser les sщquences de citations; le paquetage \pack{hypernat} doit aussi ъtre chargщ (aprшs \pack{natbib} et +% \pack{hyperref}). +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout du changement de titre de la parttoc des appendices dans \xfile{mtc-apx.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{54} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/03/27 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout des dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗. +% \item Indexation des dispositifs. +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/04/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de la commande л~\com{mtcfixnomenclature}~╗. +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-nom.tex}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Correction du dernier argument de \com{mtcsetfeature} et analogues, en utilisant \com{mtc@toks}. +% \item Certaines mini-tables sont composщes sur deux colonnes dans le manuel. +% \item Indexation des messages. Messages notщs dans la marge de droite. +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans \pack{mtcoff}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{latinc.mld} et \xfile{latinc2.mld} pour le latin classique. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/04/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'hyperliens internes pour les messages. +% \item Charger le paquetage \pack{hypcap} pour les hyperliens dans la documentation. +% ^^A \item Modification de \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk} et \scrp{pmk} pour retirer \verb*|\ | de l'index. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/06 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcoffset} et consorts pour un dщcalage horizontal d'une mini-table. +% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetoffset} pour un dщcalage horizontal d'un type de mini-table. +% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}. +% \item Ajout du marquage des macros dans les fichiers exemples. +% \item La section 2007 du chapitre л~Postface~╗ щtait en pagaille. +% \item Plus de liens internes dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout d'une table cliquable de tous les messages. +% \item Amщlioration des coupures de colonnes dans l'index. +% \item Ajout d'une minitoc locale dans le chapitre <<~Jargon~>>. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}. +% \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \lneed{5} +% \item \textbf{55} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/12 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} sur le +% paquetage \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} (incompatible). +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} sur les paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, +% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/22 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Regroupement de notes marginales concernant des messages; amщlioration de leur placement. +% \item Amщlioration des coupures de page dans la documentation. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Correction d'un problшme sur les minitocs dans les appendices pour la classe \class{memoir}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/06/29 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Changement de la couleur des hyperliens. +% \item Changement du format des en-tъtes. +% \item Correction de quelques commandes \verb|\mtcset...| pour utiliser \com{edef} afin d'щvaluer +% correctement \com{mtc@toks}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{56} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/07/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/08/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item En-tъtes de pages modifiщs dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) des rщgions o∙ sont parlщes diverses langues. +% \item Retrait des fichiers \suffix{.eps}. +% \item Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}. +% \item ╔clatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Nombreuses corrections typographiques mineures. +% \item Couleurs plus sombres pour les hyper-liens. +% \item Mise р~jour et correction de la bibliographie. +% \item Correction d'un typo dans l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} (\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). +% \item Corrections de typos dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} (merci +% р~\name{Andrew}{Bowden}). +% \item Remplacer le suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour щviter +% d'щcraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}). +% \item Correction d'un problшme avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% \item Les remerciements sont dщplacщs vers la partie л~Complщments~╗. +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} +% р~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}. +% \item Indexation complшte des messages. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour щlargir les pages de la bibliographie. +% \item Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}. +% \item Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}. +% \item Les fichiers graphiques sont indexщs sщparщment. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}. +% \item Ajout d'un rщpertoire spщcifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiщrarchie TDS. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et\ABK \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% \item Suppression d'entrщes parasites dans l'index. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{57} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/11 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/18 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Corrections dans les exemples de documents. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{occitan.mld}. +% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, +% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, +% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld} et \xfile{turkish.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2008/01/15 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction de \xfile{polski.mld}. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout de la table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. +% \item Ajout de cartes de la Mandchourie. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2008/04/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Amщlioration des lщgendes des cartes. +% Ajout de cartes pour l'Italie , le Karnataka, l'Allemagne, les Mongols et la Chine. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{occitan2.mld} et \xfile{mexican.mld}. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes tchшques. +% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes danois. +% \item Ajout d'une carte du nщerlandais. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes franчais. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes galiciens. +% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes allemands. +% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes hindi. +% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes portugais. +% \item Ajout d'une carte de la langue turque. +% \item Ajout d'une carte de la langue vietnamienne. +% \item Ajout d'une carte de la diaspora armщnienne. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes sтmes. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des nationalitщs dans l'ex-Yougoslavie. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des pays o∙ l'espagnol est une langue officielle. +% \item Ajout d'une carte de la rщgion sorabe. +% \item Ajout d'une entrщe pour la Wikipщdia dans le jargon. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des minoritщs en Pologne. +% \item Ajout d'une carte de la diaspora bengalю. +% \item ╔clatement de la hiщrarchie TDS en trois tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. +% \item Ajout de cartes pour les dialectes basques. +% \item Ajout de cartes pour les dialectes lettons. +% \item Ajout d'une carte pour la langue swahilie. +% \item Ajout de l'alphabet turc. +% \item Les numщros de pages dans l'index sont maintenant des hyperliens (merci р~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). +% \item Ajout de couleurs dans la figure~\vref{f+barrier}. +% \item Ajout de cartes des langues d'Europe. +% \item Ajout de cartes du Kosovo. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des langues d'Afrique. +% \item Correction d'une erreur de numщro de message. +% \item Ajout de cartes pour la Russie. +% \item Ajout d'une carte du Kosovo. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des districts de Slovaquie. +% \item Ajout de cartes sur l'Islam. +% \item Added a figure about hрnzь characters. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'utilisation des caractшres chinois dans le monde. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les dialectes chinois. +% \item Ajout de cartes sur les systшmes d'щcriture. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des rщgions o∙ le finnois est parlщ. +% \item Raccourcissement du chapitre л~Installation~╗. +% \item Mise р~jour depuis le paquetage \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j du 2008/03/16. +% \item Remplacement des fichiers \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} et \uxfile{lamed.tex} par \xgrf{lamed3.png}. +% \item Ajout de cartes de langues indigшnes du Mexique. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{58} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2008/06/26 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Renommage de \uxfile{minitoc-tds.zip} en \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}. +% \item Ajout d'une carte linguistique simplifiщe de l'Europe. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes polonais. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'alphabet russe. +% \item Ajout d'une carte sur l'alphabet russe. +% \item Ajout d'une carte sur les alphabets serbes. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des provinces du Viъtnam. +% \item Utilisation de \ucom{vrefrange} pour compresser les intervales de rщfщrences croisщes internes. +% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes albanais. +% \item Ajout d'une carte de la Norvшge. +% \item Ajout des drapeaux de nombreux pays. Ajout d'un cadre gris clair autour des drapeaux. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur la lusophonie. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur la germanophonie. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'hispanophonie. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'italophonie. +% \item Ajout d'une minitoc dans l'index pour faciliter sa consultation. +% \item Ajout de figures sur les pays francophones. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le swahili. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'arabe. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le russe. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'anglais. +% \item Ajout des indicateurs \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}, +% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, +% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof} et \com{ifinsectlot}. +% \item Ajout de l'exemple de document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. +% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le nщerlandais. +% \item Renommage de \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} et consorts en \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} et consorts. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{59}:~fichiers PDF corrompus. +% \item \textbf{60} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2008/07/16 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Correction mineure dans la figure. +% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. +% \item Ajout de fichiers drapeaux manquants (merci р~\namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). +% \item Remplacement de nombreux fichiers images \suffix{.pdf} (la plupart щtant des fichiers drapeaux) +% par le fichier \suffix{.png} parce qu'ils ont щtщ corrompus lors de la conversion par \tool{ImageMagick} +% (\tool{xpdf} ne voit pas le problшme mais \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuse de montrer le fichier); +% grands mercis р~\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} et \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. +% \item Retour aux couleurs standard et aux options de couleur standard de \pack{hyperref}. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \item \textbf{61} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2015/07/13 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Voir l'anglais (d\'esol\'e). +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \end{itemize} +% \end{RaggedRight} +% \egroup +% \fi +% ^^A MAJ-F +% +% ^^A ACK +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter*{Acknowledgments\markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}} +% \markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}% +% ^^A \enlargethispage*{1.5\baselineskip} +% \mtcaddchapter[Acknowledgments]% +% \noindent +% I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their +% questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and +% \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well: +% send me also a mail in french or in english).}, +% and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{} +% \or\relax +% \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}} +% \markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}% +% \mtcaddchapter[Remerciements]% +% \noindent +% Il me faut remercier les personnes suivantes\,\footnote{Et que toutes celles que j'ai oubliщes me pardonnent.}, pour +% leur aide, leurs questions, leurs interventions dans les groupes de discussion\,\footnote{Essentiellement, +% \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en franчais) et \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais), mais aussi +% \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (en allemand, mais je le lis trшs mal: envoyez-moi aussi un courrier en franчais ou en anglais).} +% et/ou leurs paquetages, classes, documents et outils:\hfill\mbox{} +% \fi +% +% \begin{raggedright}\noindent +% \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, +% \name{Paul~W.}{Abrahams}, +% \namea{Nabil}{Abu~El-Ata}{Abu~El-Ata}, +% \name{Tommaso}{Addabbo}, +% \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}, +% \name{Stщphane}{Aicardi}, +% \name{Vartan}{Akopian}, +% \name{A.J.}{Alex}, +% \namea{╔lisabeth}{Allшs}{Alles}, +% \name{Mark}{Alford}, +% \name{Viviane}{Alleton}, +% \namea{Jacques}{Andrщ}{Andre}, +% \name{JщrЇme}{Andrieux}, +% \name{Ralf}{Angeli}, +% \name{Walter}{Appel}, +% \name{Achod~Andrщ}{Aradian}, +% \name{Patrick}{Andries}, +% \namea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}, +% \name{Tim}{Arnold}, +% \name{Jouko}{Arponen}, +% \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, +% \name{Helmer}{Aslasken}, +% \name{David}{Aspinall}, +% \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen}, +% \name{Philipp}{Bachmann}, +% \name{Gonчal}{Badenes}, +% \name{Guillaume}{Balavoine}, +% \name{Jason}{Baldridge}, +% \name{Marin}{Balgarensky}, +% \name{Leonor}{Barroca}, +% \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi}, +% \name{Pierre}{Basso}, +% \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}, +% \name{Jean-Yves}{Baudais}, +% \name{David}{Bausum}, +% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, +% \name{Thierry}{Bayet}, +% \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, +% \name{Beebe}{Nelson~H.~F.}, +% \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara}, +% \name{Benoюt}{Belet}, +% \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub}, +% \namea{Madeleine}{Benoюt-Guyot}{Benoit-Guyot}, +% \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, +% \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov}, +% \name{Jens}{Berger}, +% \name{Tobias}{Berndt}, +% \name{Karl}{Berry}, +% \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, +% \name{Javier}{Bezos}, +% \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}, +% \name{Olivier}{Binisti}, +% \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, +% \name{Justin~K.}{Bisanwa}, +% \namea{Denis}{Bitouzщ}{Bitouze}, +% \name{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}, +% \name{Laurent}{Bloch}, +% \namea{Aurщlie}{Boissiшre}{Boissiere}, +% \name{Patrick}{Boman}, +% \name{Onofre}{Bonvila}, +% \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}, +% \name{Patrice}{Bougette}, +% \name{Daniel}{Bourbonnais}, +% \name{Andrew}{Bowden}, +% \name{Victor}{Boyko}, +% \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, +% \name{Felix}{Braun}, +% \name{Jim}{Breen}, +% \name{Peter}{Breitenlohner}, +% \name{Roland}{Breton}, +% \name{Catherine}{Bricout}, +% \name{William}{Bright}, +% \namea{GyЎngyi}{Bujdosє}{Bujdoso}, +% \name{Mimi}{Burbank}, +% \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, +% \name{Patrick}{Burgel}, +% \name{Alexey}{Burykin}, +% \name{Jean-Pierre}{Cabestan}, +% \namea{Philippe}{Cadшne}{Cadene}, +% \name{Olivier}{Cardi}, +% \name{Samuele}{Carcagno}, +% \name{David}{Carella}, +% \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, +% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, +% \name{Manuel}{Carriba}, +% \name{Rщgis}{Caspar}, +% \name{Waldemar}{Celes}, +% \name{Raymond}{Chabbert\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, +% \name{Winston}{Chang}, +% \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}, +% \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}, +% \name{Pehong}{Chen}, +% \name{Cщline}{Chevalier}, +% \namea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova}, +% \name{Otfried}{Cheong}, +% \name{Jin-Hwan}{Cho}, +% \name{Pai~H.}{Chou}, +% \name{Pierre}{Chuvin}, +% \name{Yves}{Citoleux}, +% \name{Marian}{Clegg}, +% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, +% \name{Maurizio}{Codogno}, +% \name{Bernard}{Comrie}, +% \name{David~B.}{Cook}, +% \name{Emmanuel}{Cornet}, +% \name{Oliver}{Corff}, +% \name{Prakash}{Countcham}, +% \namea{Olivier}{Dabшne}{Dabene}, +% \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, +% \name{Adrian}{Daerr}, +% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan}, +% \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly}, +% \name{Peter~T.}{Daniels}, +% \name{Holger}{Danielsson}, +% \name{Alice}{Davison}, +% \namea{Luiz~Henrique}{de~Figueiro}{deFigueiro}, +% \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima}, +% \name{Sщbastien}{Demoustier}, +% \name{Andreas}{Deininger}, +% \name{╔ric}{Depardieu}, +% \namea{Ben}{De~Rydt}{DeRydt}, +% \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes}, +% \name{Cщcile}{Desprairies}, +% \name{Sщbastien}{Desreux}, +% \name{Christine}{Detig}, +% \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller}, +% \name{Gщrard}{Dorel}, +% \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}, +% \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}, +% \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, +% \name{Denys}{Duchier}, +% \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}, +% \namea{Marko}{╚ehaja}{Eehaja}, +% \name{Ta~Quang}{Dung}, +% \name{Patrick}{Egan}, +% \namea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout}, +% \name{Brian}{Elmegaard}, +% \name{Danie}{Els}, ^^A booktabs +% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, +% \name{Thomas}{Esser}, +% \name{Gilhooly}{Etienne}, +% \name{Karl~F.}{Everitt}, +% \name{Mike}{Fabian}, +% \name{Robin}{Fairbairns}, +% \name{Christian}{Faulhammer}, +% \name{Simon}{Fear}, ^^A booktabs +% \name{J№rgen}{Fenn}, ^^A l2tabu +% \name{Michael~J.}{Ferguson}, +% \name{Jeff}{Fessler}, +% \name{Ulrike}{Fischer}, +% \name{Joshua-A.}{Fishman}, +% \name{Jean-Julien}{Fleck}, +% \name{Daniel}{Flipo}, +% \name{Peter~L.}{Flom}, +% \name{Peter}{Flynn}, +% \name{Jim}{Fox}, ^^A dpfloat +% \namea{Louis}{Frщdщric}{Frederic}, +% \namea{Danny~M.}{F№rni▀}{Furniss}, +% \name{Tetsuo}{Furukawa}, +% \name{Federico}{Garcia}, +% \namea{Diego}{Garcэa~Morate}{Garcia~Morate}, +% \namea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}, ^^A pict2e +% \namea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}, +% \name{Maarten}{Gelderman}, +% \name{Chuck}{Genschte}, +% \name{Jacques}{Gernet}, +% \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, +% \name{Helen}{Gilhooly}, +% \name{Henri}{Giordan}% +% \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis}, +% \name{Franчois}{Giron}, +% \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}, +% \name{Josiane}{Gonthier}, +% \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk}, +% \name{Michel}{Goossens}, +% \namea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}, +% \name{Mathieu}{Goutelle}, +% \name{Bruce~K.}{Grant}, +% \name{Fraser}{Grant}, +% \namea{George}{Grфtzer}{Gratzer}, +% \name{Norman}{Gray}, +% \name{George~D.}{Greenwade}, +% \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}, +% \name{Loяc}{Grenon}, +% \name{Charles}{Grether}, +% \name{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}, +% \name{Olga~A.}{Grineva}, +% \name{Sщbastien}{Grot}, +% \name{Micael}{Guignard}, +% \name{Marion}{Gunn}, +% \name{Guntermann}{Klaus}, +% \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari}, +% \name{Thomas}{Hafner}, +% \name{Hans}{Hagen}, +% \name{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}, +% \name{Boumediene}{Hamzi}, +% \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}, +% \name{Thorsten}{Hansen}, +% \name{Patrick}{Happel}, +% \name{Yannis}{Haralambous}, +% \name{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves}, +% \name{Alexander}{Harin}, +% \name{Russel~L.}{Harris}, +% \name{Michael~A.}{Harrison}, +% \name{Stephen}{Hartke}, +% \name{Danny}{Heap}, +% \name{Jim}{Hefferon}, +% \name{Andrщ}{Heider}, +% \name{Thorsten}{Hein}, +% \name{Sten}{Hellman}, +% \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, +% \name{Yvon}{Henel}, ^^A l2tabu +% \name{Hartmut}{Henkel}, +% \name{Thomas}{Henlich}, ^^A marvosym% +% \name{Stephan}{Hennig}, +% \name{Florence}{Henry}, +% \name{Stephen}{Herborn}, +% \name{JЎrg}{Hesoll}, +% \name{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}, +% \name{David}{Hoadley}, +% \name{Taco}{Hoekwater}, +% \name{Alan}{Hoenig}, +% \name{Joe}{Hogg}, +% \namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}, +% \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, +% \namea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}, +% \name{Umstatter}{Horst}, +% \name{Don}{Hosek}, +% \name{Yufan}{Hu}, +% \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}, +% \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby}, +% \name{Helene}{Hyna}, +% \name{Roberto}{Ierusalimschy}, +% \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda}, +% \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}, +% \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, +% \name{Victor}{Ivrii}, +% \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma}, +% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}, +% \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi +% \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls +% \name{Roland}{Jacques}, +% \name{Christophe}{Jacquet}, +% \name{Bernd}{Jaehne}, +% \name{Radwan}{Jalam}, +% \name{Michael}{Janich}, +% \name{Frank}{Jensen}, +% \name{Alan}{Jeffrey}, +% \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}, +% \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}, +% \name{Loяc}{Joly}, +% \name{David~M.}{Jones}, +% \name{Christophe}{Jorssen}, +% \name{Robert}{Juhasz}, +% \name{Jean-Joseph}{Julaud}, +% \name{Stefan}{Junge}, +% \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, +% \name{Akira}{Kakuto}, +% \name{Mikko}{Kanerva}, +% \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, +% \name{David}{Kastrup}, +% \name{Ronan}{Keryell}, +% \name{Jonathan}{Kew}, ^^A xetex +% \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, +% \name{Ki-Joo}{Kim}, +% \name{Bil}{Kleb}, +% \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}, +% \name{Rune}{Kleveland}, +% \namea{Ingo}{KlЎckl}{Klockl}, +% \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}, +% \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}, +% \name{Markus}{Kohm}, +% \name{Helmut}{Kopka}, +% \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}, +% \name{Adamantios}{Korais}, +% \name{Vincent}{Krakoviack}, +% \name{Kai}{Kratt}, +% \name{Thankmar}{Kronzucker}, +% \name{Siep}{Kroonenberg}, +% \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}, +% \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, +% \name{Markus~G.}{Kuhn}, +% \name{Florian}{Kulzer}, +% \name{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}, +% \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, +% \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}, +% \name{Stщphane}{Laborde}, +% \name{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert}, +% \name{Klaus}{Lagally}, +% \name{Leslie}{Lamport}, +% \name{Fabio}{Lanari}, +% \name{Robert}{Lange}, +% \name{Dag}{Langmyhr}, +% \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, +% \name{Henning}{Larsen}, +% \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes}, +% \name{Andris}{Lasis}, +% \name{Christian}{Laucou}, +% \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger}, +% \name{Arnaud}{Launay}, +% \name{Claire}{Lauvernet}, +% \name{Boris}{Lavva}, +% \name{Andrщ}{Lebacq}, +% \name{Olivier}{Lecarme}, +% \name{Jacques}{Leclerc}, +% \name{Iksop}{Lee}, +% \namea{Fabrice}{Le~Goff}{LeGoff}, +% \name{Jeanne}{Legrand}, +% \name{Philipp}{Lehman}, +% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, +% \name{Thomas}{Leonhardt}, +% \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}, +% \name{Stщphane}{Lepolozec}, +% \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut}, +% \namea{Renщ}{Lщtoile}{Letoile}, +% \name{Adam}{Lewenberg}, +% \name{Knut}{Lickert}, +% \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}, +% \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}, +% \name{Bernice~Sacks}{Lipkin}, +% \name{Pierre}{Lobel}, +% \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}, +% \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}, +% \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}, +% \name{Tristan}{Lorino}, +% \name{Tim}{Love}, +% \name{Vincent}{Lozano}, +% \name{Daniel~H.}{Luecking}, +% \name{Ken}{Lunde}, +% \name{Anders}{Lyhne}, +% \namea{Jean-Franчois}{Macщ}{Mace}, +% \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay}, +% \name{Lars}{Madsen}, +% \name{Richard}{Mahoney}, +% \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}, +% \name{Pierre}{Malecki}, +% \name{Pascal}{Marchand}, +% \name{Bob}{Margolis}, +% \name{Cщcile}{Marin}, +% \name{Nicolas}{Markey}, +% \name{Marcus}{Marr}, +% \name{Franчoise}{Marre-Fournier}, +% \name{Alan}{Marshall}, +% \name{Terry}{Mart}, +% \name{╔ric}{Martini}, +% \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, +% \name{Henri}{Massias}, +% \name{Stephen}{Matthews}, +% \name{Andreas}{Matthias}, +% \name{Sven}{Mattisson}, +% \name{Krystyna}{Mazoyer}, +% \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}, +% \name{Ben}{McKay}, +% \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, +% \name{Sщbastien}{Mengin}, +% \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}, +% \name{Yanick}{Michou}, +% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach}, +% \name{Young~Joon}{Moon}, +% \name{Ross}{Moore}, +% \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}, +% \name{Florence}{Morgiensztern}, +% \name{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}, +% \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison}, +% \namea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}, +% \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}, +% \name{Andrei}{Nacu}, +% \name{}{National Geographic Society}, +% \name{}{National Institute of the Korean}, +% \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}, +% \name{Lee}{Netherton}, +% \name{Frank}{Neukam}, +% \name{Cuong}{Nguyen}, +% \name{Julien}{Nicolas}, +% \name{Elke}{Niedermair}, +% \name{Michael}{Niedermair}, +% \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e +% \name{Josselin}{Noirel}, +% \name{Tim}{Null}, +% \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, +% \name{Tobias}{Oetiker}, +% \name{Haruhito}{Okamura}, +% \name{Mariusz}{Olko}, +% \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo}, +% \namea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}, +% \name{JЎrg}{Ott}, +% \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}, +% \name{Scott}{Pakin}, +% \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}, +% \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, +% \name{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park}, +% \name{Hubert}{Partl}, +% \name{Oren}{Patashnik}, +% \name{Jonathan}{Pechta}, +% \name{Kasper}{Peeters}, +% \namea{Manuel}{Pщgouriщ-Gonnard}{Pegourie-Gonnard}, +% \name{Matthias}{Pelger}, +% \name{Philippe}{Pelletier}, +% \namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}, +% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}, +% \name{Sщbastien}{Peyrouse}, +% \name{Paul}{Pichaureau}, +% \name{╔ric}{Picheral}, +% \name{Bruno}{Piguet}, +% \namea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska}, +% \name{John}{Plaice}, +% \name{Yves}{Plassereau}, +% \name{Ariane}{Poissonnier}, +% \name{Maria}{Polinsky}, +% \name{Philippe}{Pons}, +% \name{Monique}{Pontault}, +% \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}, +% \name{Fabrice}{Popineau}, +% \name{Nico}{Poppelier}, +% \name{Rama}{Porrat}, +% \namea{Camille-Aimщ}{Possamaя}{Possamai}, +% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, +% \namea{Hilmar}{Preu▀e}{Preusse}, +% \name{Glanville}{Price}, +% \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, +% \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz}, +% \name{Bernd}{Raichle}, +% \name{Claude}{Raimond}, +% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}, +% \name{S.~Robert}{Ramsey}, +% \name{Paul}{Rascoe}, +% \name{Keranen}{Reino}, +% \name{Arthur}{Reutenauer}, +% \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}, +% \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes}, +% \name{Franчois}{Richaudeau}, +% \name{Luis}{Rivera}, +% \name{Yuri}{Robbers}, +% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}, +% \name{Will}{Robertson}, +% \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel}, +% \name{Christian}{Rolland}, +% \name{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund}, +% \name{Chris~A.}{Rowley}, +% \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}, +% \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}, +% \name{Young}{Ryu}, ^^A txfonts +% \name{Enn}{Saar}, +% \name{David}{Samsoen}, +% \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}, +% \name{Larry}{Sanger}, +% \name{Morgan}{Sangeux}, +% \name{Thierry}{Sanjuan}, +% \name{Eddie}{Saudrais}, +% \namea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck}, +% \name{Bernd}{Schandl}, +% \name{Elisabeth}{Schlegl}, +% \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}, +% \name{Walter}{Schmidt}, +% \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}, +% \name{Uwe}{Schneider}, +% \namea{Rainer}{SchЎpf}{Schopf}, +% \name{Joachim}{Schrod}, +% \namea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc +% \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz}, +% \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield}, +% \name{Michael}{Shell}, +% \vname{Shin}{Jungshik}, +% \namea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}, +% \name{Ali}{Shoukat}, +% \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, +% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}, +% \name{Sindhu}{Singh}, +% \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland}, +% \name{Petra}{Schlager}, +% \name{Kristian}{Slimak}, +% \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}, +% \name{John}{Smith}, +% \name{Robin~S.}{Socha}, +% \name{Nick}{Sofroniou}, +% \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}, +% \name{Lianyi}{Song}, +% \name{Yves}{Soulet}, +% \name{Gщrard}{Sournia}, +% \name{Pierre-Franчois}{Souyri}, +% \name{Arjen}{Steiner}, +% \name{D.~P.}{Story}, +% \name{╔ric}{Streit}, +% \name{Ralf}{Stubner}, +% \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}, +% \name{Cyrille}{Suss}, +% \name{Robert~S.}{Sutor}, +% \name{Chris}{Swoyer}, +% \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}, +% \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, +% \name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}, +% \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}, +% \name{Philip}{Taylor}, +% \namea{Michel}{Tщtu}{Tetu}, +% \name{Yves}{Ternon}, +% \name{Manfred}{Thibud}, +% \name{Christina}{Thiele}, +% \name{Harold}{Thimbleby}, +% \name{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}, +% \name{Aurщlien}{Thureau}, +% \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}, +% \name{Josef}{Tkadlec}, ^^A pict2e +% \namea{Ton}{'t~Lam}{tLam}, +% \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}, +% \name{Cezare}{Tomczak}, +% \name{Laurent}{Tordella}, +% \name{Mark}{Trettin}, ^^A l2tabu +% \name{Antonis}{Tsolomitis}, +% \name{Ahto}{Truu}, +% \name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, +% \name{Hideo}{Umeki}, +% \name{Un}{Koaunghi}, +% \name{Turgut}{Uyar}, +% \name{Jari}{Vaario}, +% \name{Christian}{Valantin}, +% \name{Piet}{van~Oostrum}, +% \namea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gщry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}, +% \name{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}, +% \name{Vincent}{Vaquin}, +% \name{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}, +% \name{Didier}{Verna}, +% \name{Sylvain}{Vesco}, +% \name{Boris}{Veytsman}, +% \name{Alexandre}{Vial}, +% \name{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}, +% \name{Florence M.}{Voegelin}, +% \name{Martin}{Vogel}, +% \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, +% \name{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}, +% \namea{Herbert}{Vo▀}{Voss}, +% \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, +% \name{David}{Walden}, +% \name{Jimmy}{Wales}, +% \name{Nigel}{Ward}, +% \name{John}{Warnock}, +% \name{Douglas}{Waud}% +% \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}, +% \name{Stephan~B.}{Webanck}, +% \name{Eduard}{Werner}, +% \name{Daphne}{West}, +% \name{Ferenc}{Wettl}, +% \name{Graham}{Williams}, +% \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, +% \namea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout}, +% \name{Alexandre}{Wolf},% +% \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}, +% \name{╔lisabeth}{Wolkowski}, +% \name{Mark}{Wooding}, +% \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}, +% \name{Tim}{Wright}, +% \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}, +% \name{Damien}{Wyart}, +% \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda}, +% \name{Adi}{Zaimi}, +% \namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}, +% \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}, +% \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}, +% \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender}, +% \name{Federico}{Zenith}, +% \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}, +% \name{Uwe}{Ziegenhagen}\ifcase\LANG\relax, and\ \or\relax\ et\ \fi +% \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}.\par +% \end{raggedright} +% ^^A NEW HISTORY END +% ^^A SEE.. +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \index{Suffixes|see{Extensions}} +% \or\relax +% \index{Extensions|see{Suffixes}} +% \fi +% \iftrue % ^^A to index authors from the bibliography (citations replace the page number) +% \bname{}{National Institute of the Korean}{korean-beg}% +% \bname{Iksop}{Lee}{kor-lan}% +% \bname{Bruce~K.}{Grant}{korean-chars}% +% \bname{Philippe}{Pelletier}{pelletier2003,pelletier2004,pelletier2007}% +% \bname{Philippe}{Pons}{pons2007}% +% \bname{Pierre-Franчois}{Souyri}{pons2007,souyri1999}% +% \bnamea{Louis}{Frщdщric}{Frederic}{japon-dc}% +% \bname{Jean-Pierre}{Cabestan}{chineco}% +% \bname{Yves}{Citoleux}{chineco}% +% \bnamea{╔lisabeth}{Allшs}{Alles}{chineco}% +% \bname{Jacques}{Gernet}{gernet1,gernet2,gernet3}% +% \bname{Viviane}{Alleton}{alleton2008}% +% \bnamea{Jean-Franчois}{Macщ}{Mace}{mace2008}% +% \bname{Gщrard}{Dorel}{atlasmi-us}% +% \bnamea{Philippe}{Cadшne}{Cadene}{atlas-in}% +% \bname{Guillaume}{Balavoine}{atlas-in}% +% \bname{Pascal}{Marchand}{atlas-ru}% +% \bname{Cyrille}{Suss}{atlas-ru}% +% \bnamea{Olivier}{Dabшne}{Dabene}{atlas-amla}% +% \bnamea{Aurщlie}{Boissiшre}{Boissiere}{atlas-amla}% +% \bname{Yves}{Plassereau}{atlasmi-eu}% +% \bname{Henri}{Giordan}{atlasmi-eu}% +% \bname{Yves}{Ternon}{atlasmi-eu}% +% \bname{Cщcile}{Marin}{atlasmi-eu}% +% \bname{Thierry}{Sanjuan}{sanjuan,chineco}% +% \bnamea{Madeleine}{Benoюt-Guyot}{Benoit-Guyot}{sanjuan}% +% \bname{Justin~K.}{Bisanwa}{bisanwa}% +% \bnamea{Michel}{Tщtu}{Tetu}{bisanwa}% +% \bname{Victor}{Ivrii}{ivrii2007a,ivrii2007b}% +% \bname{Roland}{Breton}{breton2003,atlasmi-mo}% +% \bname{Krystyna}{Mazoyer}{breton2003}% +% \bname{Joshua-A.}{Fishman}{breton2003}% +% \bname{Stephen}{Matthews}{comrie2004}% +% \bname{Maria}{Polinsky}{comrie2004}% +% \bname{Catherine}{Bricout}{comrie2004}% +% \bname{Petra}{Schlager}{schlager2007}% +% \bname{Manfred}{Thibud}{schlager2007}% +% \bname{Monique}{Pontault}{OIF}% +% \bname{Alexandre}{Wolf}{OIF}% +% \bname{Christian}{Valantin}{OIF,OIF2003}% +% \bname{Florence}{Morgiensztern}{OIF,OIF2003}% +% \bname{Josiane}{Gonthier}{OIF}% +% \bname{Ariane}{Poissonnier}{AF}% +% \bname{Gщrard}{Sournia}{AF}% +% \bnamea{Fabrice}{Le~Goff}{LeGoff}{AF}% +% \bname{Glanville}{Price}{LOE}% +% \bname{Peter~T.}{Daniels}{WWS}% +% \bname{William}{Bright}{WWS}% +% \bname{Bernard}{Comrie}{comrie1990,comrie2004}% +% \bname{Tristan}{Lorino}{lorino2006}% +% \bname{S.~Robert}{Ramsey}{ramsey1989,kor-lan}% +% \bname{Pierre}{Chuvin}{chuvin2008}% +% \bnamea{Renщ}{Lщtoile}{Letoile}{chuvin2008}% +% \bname{Sщbastien}{Peyrouse}{chuvin2008}% +% \bnamea{Manuel}{Pщgouriщ-Gonnard}{Pegourie-Gonnard}{p-xargs,p-xargs-fr}% +% \bname{Roberto}{Ierusalimschy}{lua2005,lua2006}% +% \bnamea{Luiz~Henrique}{de~Figueiro}{deFigueiro}{lua2006}% +% \bname{Waldemar}{Celes}{lua2006}% +% \bnamea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes}{ppvl}% +% \bname{Alan}{Marshall}{marshall1991}% +% \bname{Patrick}{Andries}{andries2008}% +% \bname{Roland}{Jacques}{ppvl}% +% \bname{Tobias}{Berndt}{berndt2007}% +% \bname{Joachim}{Schrod}{ilatex,guntermann1986,detig1994}% +% \bname{Guntermann}{Klaus}{guntermann1986}% +% \bname{Christine}{Detig}{detig1994}% +% \bname{╔ric}{Martini}{martini2008}% +% \bname{Olivier}{Binisti}{rich2005}% +% \bname{Patrick}{Boman}{boman2005}% +% \bname{Christian}{Laucou}{boman2005}% +% \bname{Franчois}{Richaudeau}{rich2005}% +% \bname{Patrick}{Burgel}{pluriels}% +% \bname{Jin-Hwan}{Cho}{cjkomega}% +% \bname{Haruhito}{Okamura}{cjkomega}% +% \bname{}{National Geographic Society}{atlas-china}% +% \bname{Beebe}{Nelson~H.~F.}{beebe}% +% \bname{Raymond}{Chabbert\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{occi}% +% \bname{Elke}{Niedermair}{la-praxis}% +% \bname{Bernice~Sacks}{Lipkin}{lipkin}% +% \bname{Michael}{Niedermair}{la-praxis}% +% \bname{Jean-Joseph}{Julaud}{fnul,fgram,conju}% +% \bname{Claude}{Raimond}{enul}% +% \bname{Paul}{Rascoe}{texasmaps}% +% \bname{Christophe}{Jacquet}{mlatex}% +% \bname{Alice}{Davison}{hindi99}% +% \bname{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}{basque}% +% \bname{Jonathan}{Kew}{xetex}% +% \bname{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}{lowlands}% +% \bname{Franчois}{Giron}{surlatex}% +% \bname{Patrick}{Egan}{nomentbl}% +% \bname{Brian}{Elmegaard}{nomentbl}% +% \bname{Ferenc}{Wettl}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}% +% \bname{Stщphane}{Aicardi}{aicardi}% +% \bname{Jouko}{Arponen}{practical}% +% \bname{Jason}{Baldridge}{jason}% +% \bname{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}{fancybox}% +% \bname{Frank}{Jensen}{calc}% +% \bname{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}{calc}% +% \bname{Akira}{Kakuto}{kakuto}% +% \bname{Lee}{Netherton}{nomencl}% +% \bname{Bernd}{Schandl}{nomencl}% +% \bname{Vartan}{Akopian}{armtex}% +% \bname{A.J.}{Alex}{malayalam,malayalam-o}% +% \bnamea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}{china-h}% +% \bnamea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}{icelandic}% +% \bnamea{GyЎngyi}{Bujdosє}{Bujdoso}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}% +% \bnamea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}{ethno}% +% \bname{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}{ethno}% +% \bnamea{Ingo}{KlЎckl}{Klockl}{ingo}% +% \bname{Donald}{Arseneau}{notoccite,placeins,cite,overcite,wrapfig,chapterbib,url,ifmtarg}% +% \bname{Gonчal}{Badenes}{catalan}% +% \bname{Pierre}{Basso}{bibtopic}% +% \bname{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}{mongolian}% +% \bname{David}{Bausum}{trm-b,trm}% +% \bname{Benjamin}{Bayart}{JMPL1,texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Thierry}{Bayet}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Claudio}{Beccari}{beccari1998,latin,italian,beccari-pj-2007-1}% +% \bname{Emmanuel}{Beffara}{rubber}% +% \bnamea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}{magyar}% +% \bname{Jens}{Berger}{hypernat}% +% \bname{Alexander}{Berdnikov}{maccents,X2T2,cyri,X2ENC}% +% \bname{Karl}{Berry}{impatient,fr-impatient,berry1990,berry2003}% +% \bname{Berhanu}{Beyene}{ethiop}% +% \bname{Javier}{Bezos}{spanish4,spanish,guarani,titletoc}% +% \bname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}{aleph}% +% \bnamea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}{magyar}% +% \bnamea{Denis}{Bitouzщ}{Bitouze}{latex-synthex}% +% \bname{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}{bulgarian}% +% \bname{Victor}{Boyko}{cmcyralt/russian.sty}% +% \bname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,dutch,english,irish,norsk,welsh,basque,% +% icelandic,catalan,latin,magyar,bulgarian,turkish,LaTeXbase,galician,galician2,slovak,italian,BEP,% +% frenchb,scottish,swedish,romanian,samin,finnish,interlingua,bahasa,bahasam,russianb1,danish,hebrew2,% +% czech,serbian,croatian,germanb,ngermanb,portuges,breton,esperanto,estonian,polish,ukraineb,greek,% +% lsorbian,usorbian,albanian,slovene,i-ntg,ntg,proc,classes,letter,docstrip-prog,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F}% +% \bname{Felix}{Braun}{jura}% +% \bname{Jim}{Breen}{breen}% +% \bname{Mustafa}{Burc}{turkish}% +% \bname{Alexey}{Burykin}{X2T2,cyri,X2ENC}% +% \bname{David}{Carella}{carella}% +% \bname{David~P.}{Carlisle}{LaTeXbase,xr,afterpage,ltxdoc,xr-hyper,color,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,ltclass,ifthen,backref,textcase}% +% \bname{Manuel}{Carriba}{galician,galician2}% +% \bname{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}{latex-synthex,ftb,TLC2F,jcc2008,ftds}% +% \bname{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}{kanji}% +% \bname{Pehong}{Chen}{chen1988}% +% \bnamea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova}{slovak}% +% \bname{Bernard}{Desgraupes}{meta-des,desgraupes,unicode-des}% +% \bname{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}{subfigure,captcont,subfig}% +% \bname{Maurizio}{Codogno}{italian}% +% \bname{Oliver}{Corff}{mlsquick,pentaglot,mongol-web,montex}% +% \bname{Prakash}{Countcham}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Sergueя}{Dachian}{armtex}% +% \bname{Arnak}{Dalalyan}{armtex}% +% \bname{Patrick~W.}{Daly}{fullpage,dnatbib,natnotes,kopka,daly1998}% +% \bnamea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima}{portuges}% +% \bname{╔ric}{Depardieu}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}{montex}% +% \bname{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert}{texfaq-fr,shorttoc,minitoc-fr,minitoc}% +% \bnamea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout}{BEP,TBT,comment,i-ntg,ntg}% +% \bname{Behdad}{Esfahbod}{farsi}% +% \bname{Mike}{Fabian}{cjk-suse}% +% \bname{Robin}{Fairbairns}{texfaq-en}% +% \bname{J№rgen}{Fenn}{l2tabufr,l2tabuen,Fenn-pj-2006-4}% +% \bname{Daniel}{Flipo}{frenchb,CIL2E}% +% \bname{Peter}{Flynn}{flynn,veryshort,Flynn-pj-2005-3,Flynn-pj-2006-4}% +% \bname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}{farsi}% +% \bname{Michel}{Goossens}{latex-web,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,TLGC}% +% \bname{Mathieu}{Goutelle}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Fraser}{Grant}{irish,scottish}% +% \bnamea{George}{Grфtzer}{Gratzer}{gr-mil,gr-mmil,gr-fsl}% +% \bname{Norman}{Gray}{urlbst}% +% \bname{George~D.}{Greenwade}{greenwade}% +% \bname{Enrico}{Gregorio}{gregorio-pj-2007-1,gregorio2007}% +% \bname{Olga~A.}{Grineva}{maccents}% +% \bname{Marion}{Gunn}{irish}% +% \bname{Hans}{Hagen}{aleph-hagen,style-hagen,pdftex,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,luatex}% +% \bname{Hartmut}{Henkel}{luatex}% +% \bname{Taco}{Hoekwater}{luatex,luatex2007}% +% \bnamea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}{han,han2000,pdftex,vietnam,han2003,han2008,han2008a}% +% \bname{Patrick}{Happel}{lipsum}% +% \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,YH2007,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004,yannis+a}% +% \bname{Alexander}{Harin}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}% +% \bname{Michael~A.}{Harrison}{chen1988}% +% \bname{Sten}{Hellman}{swedish}% +% \bname{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}{norsk}% +% \bname{Yvon}{Henel}{texfaq-fr,l2tabufr}% +% \bname{Thomas}{Henlich}{marvosym}% +% \bname{Stephan}{Hennig}{mcaption}% +% \bname{Florence}{Henry}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{David}{Hoadley}{btxfaq}% +% \bname{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}{norsk}% +% \bname{Umstatter}{Horst}{romanian}% +% \bname{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}{norsk}% +% \bname{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}{basque}% +% \bname{Youssef}{Jabri}{arabi}% +% \bname{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}{pearls}% +% \bname{Michael}{Janich}{polish}% +% \bname{Regnor}{Jernsletten}{samin}% +% \bname{Zhuhan}{Jiang}{vruler}% +% \bname{Loяc}{Joly}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{David~M.}{Jones}{hangcaption}% +% \bname{Christophe}{Jorssen}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Robert}{Juhasz}{romanian}% +% \bname{Mikko}{Kanerva}{finnish}% +% \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex,thaistd}% +% \bname{Axel}{Kielhorn}{koma,komab}% +% \bname{Ki-Joo}{Kim}{bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim,latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim}% +% \bname{Peter}{Kleiweg}{interlingua}% +% \bname{Rune}{Kleveland}{norsk}% +% \bname{JЎrg}{Knappen}{bahasa,bahasam,esperanto,knappen2004}% +% \bname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}{cmt,texbook,metabook,ftb}% +% \bname{Markus}{Kohm}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bname{Yuri}{Robbers}{robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bname{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund}{robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bname{Helmut}{Kopka}{kopka,kopka-bd1,kopka-bd2,kopka-bd3}% +% \bname{Attila}{Koppanyi}{magyar}% +% \bname{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}{antomega}% +% \bname{Dmitry}{Ivanov}{antomega}% +% \bname{Manfred}{Kudlek}{ethiop}% +% \bname{Markus~G.}{Kuhn}{effective}% +% \bname{Olaf}{Kummer}{ethiop}% +% \bnamea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}{alnumsec}% +% \bname{Klaus}{Lagally}{arabtex2,arabtex}% +% \bname{Leslie}{Lamport}{LaTeXbase,lamport-mkx,latex-manual,ntg,proc,classes,letter}% +% \bname{Olga~G.}{Lapko}{X2T2,cyri,X2ENC,russianb1,FULLCYR,floatrow,russianb,ukraineb}% +% \bname{Henning}{Larsen}{danish}% +% \bname{Boris}{Lavva}{hebrew2}% +% \bname{Olivier}{Lecarme}{lecarme}% +% \bname{Jacques}{Leclerc}{tlfq}% +% \bname{Philipp}{Lehman}{TFIG}% +% \bname{Werner}{Lemberg}{russianb1,cjk,cjk2,vietnam,dblaccnt,cyrguide,ukraineb}% +% \bnamea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Knut}{Lickert}{minutes}% +% \bname{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}{fncychap}% +% \bname{Anselm}{Lingnau}{float}% +% \bnamea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}{czech}% +% \bname{Maurizio}{Loreti}{sfheaders}% +% \bname{Tim}{Love}{timlove1994,timlove}% +% \bname{Vincent}{Lozano}{lozano}% +% \bname{Ken}{Lunde}{lunde1993,lunde,lunde1999}% +% \bname{Pierre~A.}{MacKay}{turkish}% +% \bname{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}{russianb}% +% \bname{Bob}{Margolis}{bahasam}% +% \bname{Nicolas}{Markey}{texfaq-fr,splitbib,ttb}% +% \bname{Franчoise}{Marre-Fournier}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Terry}{Mart}{bahasa,bahasam}% +% \bname{Sven}{Mattisson}{slatex}% +% \bname{Rowland}{McDonnell}{sectsty}% +% \bname{Surapant}{Meknavin}{thailatex}% +% \bname{Sщbastien}{Mengin}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Jochen}{Metzinger}{ethiop}% +% \bname{Frank}{Mittelbach}{LaTeXbase,classes,letter,FMI1990,FMI1992,slides,multicol,varioref,doc,dblaccnt,docstrip-prog,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,FMI1997,ltclass,enc-inter,TLGC}% +% \bname{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}{komab,koma}% +% \bname{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}{gregorio-pj-2007-1,Mori1-pj-2007-1,Mori2-pj-2007-1}% +% \bnamea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}{galician,galician2}% +% \bnamea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}{serbian}% +% \bname{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}{LH/russian.sty}% +% \bname{Frank}{Neukam}{koma,komab}% +% \bname{Rolf}{Niepraschk}{pict2e,texfaq-de}% +% \bname{Josef}{Tkadlec}{pict2e}% +% \bname{Josselin}{Noirel}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hypcap,ifpdf,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf,makerobust}% +% \bname{Mariusz}{Olko}{polski}% +% \bnamea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}{swedish}% +% \bnamea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}{croatian}% +% \bname{Scott}{Pakin}{dtxtut,symbols,newcommand}% +% \bname{Palash~Baran}{Pal}{bangtex}% +% \bname{Anshuman}{Pandey}{pandey1999,devanagari}% +% \bname{John}{Smith}{devanagari}% +% \bname{Harold}{Thimbleby}{seealso,seealso1}% +% \bname{Dominik}{Wujastyk}{devanagari}% +% \bname{Kevin}{Carmody}{devanagari}% +% \bname{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}{devanagari}% +% \bname{Oren}{Patashnik}{btxdoc,btxhak}% +% \bname{Kasper}{Peeters}{hypertex}% +% \bname{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}{norsk}% +% \bname{Bruno}{Piguet}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{John}{Plaice}{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}% +% \bname{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}{thailatex,thai-how}% +% \bname{Nico}{Poppelier}{BEP}% +% \bname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}{farsi}% +% \bname{Sebastian}{Rahtz}{latex-web,pdftex,hyperref.web,hyperref,TLGC,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf,backref,nameref,rotating}% +% \bname{Leonor}{Barroca}{rotating}% +% \bname{Bernd}{Raichle}{germanb,ngermanb,texfaq-de,romaniantex}% +% \bname{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}{portuges}% +% \bname{Keranen}{Reino}{finnish}% +% \bname{Arthur}{Reutenauer}{reutenauer2008}% +% \bnamea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}{romaniantex}% +% \bname{Christian}{Rolland}{breton,rolland1999}% +% \bname{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}{esperanto}% +% \bname{Young}{Ryu}{txfonts}% +% \bname{Enn}{Saar}{estonian}% +% \bnamea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}{basque}% +% \bname{Eddie}{Saudrais}{saudrais2001,saudrais2005}% +% \bnamea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck}{polish}% +% \bname{Tobias}{Schlemmer}{slovak}% +% \bname{Walter}{Schmidt}{ngermanb,Schmidt-pj-2006-1,psnfss,fftex}% +% \bnamea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}{multitoc,pdftex,msch2007}% +% \bname{Michael}{Shell}{btxfaq}% +% \bname{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}{ukraineb}% +% \bname{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}{thailatex}% +% \bname{Jankovic}{Slobodan}{serbian}% +% \bname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}{caption2,cap-anleitung,caption,caption-eng,rotfloat}% +% \bname{Joseph~A.}{Wright}{trivfloat}% +% \bname{D.~P.}{Story}{dpstory}% +% \bname{╔ric}{Streit}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}{beccari1998,greek,syro2002,greek-ba}% +% \bnamea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}{varsects}% +% \bnamea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}{frenchle,frenchpro,frenchperso}% +% \bname{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}{quotchap}% +% \bname{Mark}{Trettin}{l2tabufr,l2tabuen}% +% \bname{Stefan}{Ulrich}{bibtopic}% +% \bname{Un}{Koaunghi}{HLATEX}% +% \bname{Turgut}{Uyar}{turkish}% +% \bname{Piet}{van~Oostrum}{teximpl}% +% \bnamea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gщry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}{texfaq-fr,thomasvo}% +% \bname{Vladimir}{Volovich}{russianb1,cyrguide,ukraineb}% +% \bname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}{Bechtolsheim+TB11-3-409,tex-bech}% +% \bname{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}{platex-pl}% +% \bname{Eduard}{Werner}{lsorbian,usorbian}% +% \bname{Graham}{Williams}{tcat}% +% \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,ledmac,ledpar,ledarab,chngpage}% +% \bnamea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}{docstrip-prog,polski}% +% \bname{Damien}{Wyart}{texfaq-fr}% +% \bname{Adi}{Zaimi}{albanian}% +% \bname{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}{slovene}% +% \bnamea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}{latin}% +% \bname{Charlie~S.}{Zender}{latex-cheat}% +% \bname{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty,lhcyr}% +% \bnamea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}{slovene}% +% \bname{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves}{impatient,fr-impatient}% +% \bname{Paul~W.}{Abrahams}{impatient,fr-impatient}% +% \bname{Mark}{Alford}{alford}% +% \bname{Walter}{Appel}{ltximpat}% +% \bname{Cщline}{Chevalier}{ltximpat}% +% \bname{Emmanuel}{Cornet}{ltximpat}% +% \bname{Sщbastien}{Desreux}{ltximpat}% +% \bname{Jean-Julien}{Fleck}{ltximpat}% +% \bname{Paul}{Pichaureau}{ltximpat}% +% \bname{Helmer}{Aslasken}{aslaksen,aslaksen2}% +% \bname{Rachid}{Belmouhoub}{arabe}% +% \bname{Cщcile}{Desprairies}{arabe,japo,chinois,russe}% +% \bname{Antoni~R.}{Diller}{diller}% +% \bname{Fabrice}{Popineau}{ftds}% +% \bname{Alan}{Jeffrey}{LaTeXbase,jeffrey1994,ltnews,ltclass}% +% \bname{Chris~A.}{Rowley}{LaTeXbase,jeffrey1994,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,FMI1997,ltclass,rowley1999,calc}% +% \bnamea{Rainer}{SchЎpf}{Schopf}{LaTeXbase,letter}% +% \bname{Peter}{Breitenlohner}{etex}% +% \bname{Otfried}{Cheong}{cheong}% +% \bname{Pai~H.}{Chou}{chou}% +% \bname{Michael~J.}{Ferguson}{fergu90}% +% \bname{Maarten}{Gelderman}{gelderman}% +% \bname{Chuck}{Genschte}{pdfspec}% +% \bname{John}{Warnock}{pdfspec}% +% \bname{Helen}{Gilhooly}{japo}% +% \bname{Gilhooly}{Etienne}{japo}% +% \bname{Eitan~M.}{Gurari}{latex-web}% +% \bname{Ross}{Moore}{latex-web}% +% \bname{Robert~S.}{Sutor}{latex-web}% +% \bname{Thorsten}{Hansen}{multibib,bibunits}% +% \bname{╔ric}{Picheral}{yannis1995}% +% \bname{Alan}{Hoenig}{unbound}% +% \bname{Hiroya}{Ikeda}{platex-jp}% +% \bname{Tetsuo}{Furukawa}{styleuse}% +% \bname{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma}{styleuse}% +% \bname{Siep}{Kroonenberg}{MAPS22-13}% +% \bname{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert}{lachand}% +% \bname{Denys}{Duchier}{docstrip-prog}% +% \bname{Mark}{Wooding}{docstrip-prog}% +% \bname{Young~Joon}{Moon}{young-mm}% +% \bname{Tobias}{Oetiker}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% +% \bname{Hubert}{Partl}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% +% \bname{Helene}{Hyna}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% +% \bname{Elisabeth}{Schlegl}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% +% \bname{Tanguy}{Ortolo}{ortolo}% +% \bname{Jeanne}{Legrand}{ortolo}% +% \bnamea{}{{\LaTeX3}~{Project}~{Team}}{latex3}{ltnews,proc,docstrip,ltoutput,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,encguide,cyrguide} +% \bname{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park}{park2003}% +% \bname{Jonathan}{Pechta}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% +% \bname{Federico}{Zenith}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% +% \bname{Holger}{Danielsson}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% +% \bnamea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% +% \bnamea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska}{piska}% +% \bname{Mimi}{Burbank}{piska}% +% \bname{Christina}{Thiele}{piska,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% +% \bname{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}{venkatesan}% +% \bname{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}{voeg}% +% \bname{Florence M.}{Voegelin}{voeg}% +% \bname{Daphne}{West}{russe}% +% \bname{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland}{russe}% +% \bname{Thomas}{Hafner}{texfaq-de}% +% \bname{Elizabeth}{Scurfield}{chinois}% +% \bname{Lianyi}{Song}{chinois}% +% \bname{Charles}{Grether}{chinois}% +% \bname{Antonis}{Tsolomitis}{syro2002}% +% \bname{Nick}{Sofroniou}{syro2002}% +% \bname{}{TWS-TDS}{ftds,tds}% +% \bname{Hideo}{Umeki}{geometry}% +% \bname{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}{TLC2F,hufflen}% +% \bname{Benoюt}{Belet}{TLC2F}% +% \bname{Yves}{Soulet}{TLC2F}% +% \bnamea{Jacques}{Andrщ}{Andre}{TLC2F,jcc2008,yannis+a}% +% \bname{Samuele}{Carcagno}{carcagno}% +% \bname{Simon}{Fear}{booktabs}% +% \bname{Danie}{Els}{booktabs}% +% \bname{Martin}{Vogel}{marvosym}% +% \bname{Don}{Hosek}{morefloats}% +% \bname{Stephan}{Hennig}{mcaption}% +% \bnamea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}{pict2e}% +% \bname{Winston}{Chang}{latexsheet}% +% \bname{Didier}{Verna}{minitoc-hyper}% +% \bname{Bernd}{Jaehne}{minitoc-hyper}% +% \bname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}{minitoc-hyper}% +% \bname{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}{ltx-primer,nomencl}% +% \bname{C.~S.}{Yogananda}{kannadatex}% +% \bname{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}{kannadatex}% +% \bname{Vadim}{Maslov}{cmcyralt/russian.sty,cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}% +% \bname{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}{Schmitz-pj-2007-1}% +% \bname{Federico}{Garcia}{Garcia-pj-2006-4,garcia2007}% +% \bname{Boris}{Veytsman}{Veytsman-pj-2006-4-design,nomencl}% +% \bname{Sindhu}{Singh}{Singh-pj-2006-4}% +% \bname{Will}{Robertson}{Robertson-pj-2006-3}% +% \bname{Stephen}{Hartke}{Hartke-pj-2006-1}% +% \bname{Jim}{Hefferon}{Hefferon-pj-2005-4,Hefferon-pj-2006-4}% +% \bname{David}{Walden}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% +% \bname{Philip}{Taylor}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,taylor1996}% +% \bname{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,talbot2004,novices,flowfram,ffuserguide,talbot-admin,talbot-phd,talbot-thesis,talbot-mini}% +% \bname{Joe}{Hogg}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% +% \bnamea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}{Hoeppner-pj-2005-3}% +% \bname{Peter~L.}{Flom}{Flom-pj-2005-2,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,Flom-pj-2005-4}% +% \bname{Douglas}{Waud}{Waud-pj-2005-1}% +% \bname{Tim}{Null}{Waud-pj-2005-1,Null-pj-2005-2-bh02,Null-pj-2005-3-bh03}% +% \bname{Michael~A.}{Morrison}{morrison}% +% \bname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}{TLGC}% +% \bnamea{Herbert}{Vo▀}{Voss}{TLGC,voss2006}% +% \bname{Christian}{Faulhammer}{preusse}% +% \bname{Ulrich}{Schwartz}{preusse}% +% \bnamea{Hilmar}{Preu▀e}{Preusse}{preusse}% +% \bname{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}{LMP}% +% \bname{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}{LMP}% +% \bpack{xargs}{p-xargs,p-xargs-fr}% +% \bpack{chngpage}{chngpage}% +% \bpack{ledmac}{ledmac}% +% \bpack{ledpar}{ledpar}% +% \bpack{ledarab}{ledarab}% +% \bpack{afoot}{ledarab}% +% \bpack{frenchle}{frenchle}% +% \bpack{frenchpro}{frenchpro,frenchperso}% +% \bpack{flowfram}{flowfram,ffuserguide}% +% \bpack{nomentbl}{nomentbl}% +% \bpack{minitoc}{minitoc-fr,minitoc}% +% \bpack{Aleph}{aleph,aleph-hagen}% +% \bpack{dblaccnt}{dblaccnt}% +% \bpack{nomencl}{nomencl}% +% \bpack{hypernat}{hypernat}% +% \bpack{fancybox}{fancybox}% +% \bpack{shorttoc}{shorttoc}% +% \bpack{appendix}{appendix}% +% \bpack{babel}{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}% +% \bpack{hyperref}{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}% +% \bpack{backref}{backref}% +% \bpack{nameref}{nameref}% +% \bpack{rotating}{rotating}% +% \bpack{hypcap}{hypcap}% +% \bpack{ifpdf}{ifpdf}% +% \bpack{notoccite}{notoccite}% +% \bpack{placeins}{placeins}% +% \bpack{tocbibind}{tocbibind}% +% \bpack{tocloft}{tocloft}% +% \bpack{titletoc}{titletoc}% +% \bpack{titlesec}{titletoc}% +% \bpacka{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}{arabtex2,arabtex}% +% \bpacka{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}{xetex}% +% \bpack{minutes}{minutes}% +% \bpack{needspace}{needspace}% +% \bpack{txfonts}{txfonts}% +% \bpack{ifmtarg}{ifmtarg}% +% \bpack{abstract}{abstract}% +% \bpack{xr}{xr}% +% \bpack{textcase}{textcase}% +% \bpack{ethiop}{ethiop}% +% \bpack{sectsty}{sectsty}% +% \bpack{subfig}{subfig}% +% \bpack{comment}{comment}% +% \bpack{ccaption}{ccaption}% +% \bpack{caption}{caption,caption-eng}% +% \bpack{caption2}{caption2,cap-anleitung}% +% \bpack{bibtopic}{bibtopic}% +% \bpack{bibunits}{bibunits}% +% \bpack{chapterbib}{chapterbib}% +% \bpack{multibib}{multibib}% +% \bpack{hangcaption}{hangcaption}% +% \bpack{varsects}{varsects}% +% \bpack{xr-hyper}{xr-hyper}% +% \bpack{stdclsdv}{stdclsdv}% +% \bpack{CJK}{aslaksen,aslaksen2,chou,cjk-suse,cjk,cjk2,kile-cjk}% +% \bpack{docstrip}{docstrip,docstrip-prog}% +% \btool{urlbst}{urlbst}% +% \btool{rubber}{rubber}% +% \btool{newcommand}{newcommand}% +% \bpack{float}{float}% +% \bpack{floatrow}{floatrow}% +% \bpack{trivfloat}{trivfloat}% +% \bpack{rotfloat}{rotfloat}% +% \bpack{fncychap}{fncychap}% +% \bpack{quotchap}{quotchap}% +% \bpack{romannum}{romannum}% +% \bpack{sfheaders}{sfheaders}% +% \bpack{alnumsec}{alnumsec}% +% \bpack{captcont}{captcont}% +% \bpack{vruler}{vruler}% +% \bpack{doc}{doc}% +% \bpack{shortverb}{doc}% +% \bpack{tocvsec2}{tocvsec2}% +% \bpack{thailatex}{thailatex}% +% \bpack{lipsum}{lipsum}% +% \bpack{subfigure}{subfigure}% +% \bpack{multicol}{multicol}% +% \bpack{geometry}{geometry}% +% \bpack{wrapfig}{wrapfig}% +% \bpacka{\eTeX}{etex}{etex,FMI1990}% +% \bpacka{\Arabi}{arabi}{arabi}% +% \bpack{color}{color}% +% \bpack{docmfp}{docmfp}% +% \bpack{splitbib}{splitbib}% +% \bpack{afterpage}{afterpage}% +% \bpack{multitoc}{multitoc}% +% \bpack{cite}{cite}% +% \bpack{booktabs}{booktabs}% +% \bpack{url}{url}% +% \bpack{varioref}{varioref}% +% \bpack{fullpage}{fullpage}% +% \bpack{marvosym}{marvosym}% +% \bpack{guarani}{guarani}% +% \bpacka{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}{mlsquick,montex}% +% \bpacka{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}{armtex}% +% \bpack{Antomega}{antomega}% +% \bpacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}{bangtex}% +% \bpacka{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX}{spanish4}% +% \bpacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}{devanagari}% +% \bpack{malayalam}{malayalam}% +% \bpack{omal}{malayalam-o}% +% \bpacka{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}{platex-jp,kakuto}% +% ^^A \bpacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}{polski,platex-pl}% +% \bpack{polski}{polski,platex-pl}% +% \bpacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}{slatex}% +% \bpacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}{farsi}% +% \bpacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}{HLATEX}% +% \bpack{LH}{LH/russian.sty}% +% \bpack{lhcyr}{lhcyr}% +% \bpack{cmcyralt}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty,cmcyralt/russian.sty}% +% \bpacka{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}{romaniantex}% +% \bpack{flafter}{ltoutput,TLC2}% +% \bpack{alphanum}{jura}% +% \bpack{morefloats}{morefloats}% +% \bpack{natbib}{dnatbib,natnotes}% +% \bpack{overcite}{overcite}% +% \bpack{pict2e}{pict2e}% +% \bpacka{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}{kannadatex}% +% \bpacka{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}{hypertex}% +% \bpacka{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}{luatex,luatex2007}% +% \bpack{mcaption}{mcaption}% +% \bpack{minitoc-hyper}{minitoc-hyper}% +% \bpack{vietnam}{vietnam}% +% \bpack{calc}{calc}% +% \bpack{makerobust}{makerobust}% +% \bclass{memoir}{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}% +% \bclass{jura}{jura}% +% \bclass{amsart}{amslatex}% +% \bclass{amsproc}{amslatex}% +% \bclass{amsbook}{amslatex}% +% \bclass{scrbook}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bclass{scrartcl}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bclass{scrreprt}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bclass{scrlettr}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bclass{scrlttr2}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% +% \bclass{article}{classes}% +% \bclass{report}{classes}% +% \bclass{book}{classes}% +% \bclass{letter}{letter}% +% \bclass{slides}{slides}% +% \bclass{ltxdoc}{ltxdoc}% +% \bclass{ltnews}{ltnews}% +% \bclass{proc}{proc}% +% \fi +% \Finale +% \endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d00b6372bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins @@ -0,0 +1,2179 @@ +\begin{filecontents}{./dblaccnt.sty} +% Copyright 2000 Frank Mittelbach . +% License: LPPL, version 1.3a or newer, according to +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Werner Lemberg . +% +% +% This is the file dblaccnt.tex which implements support for multiple +% accents. +% +% +% The code below handles only the case of +% +% \acc1 \acc2 ... glyph +% +% with or without nesting braces. +% +% \acc1 {\acc2 a} +% +% etc. will be handled correctly by removing the brace group during +% the scanning process. This means in particular that conceptually +% any accent command can only handle single token arguments! +% +% It should also work for combinations generated from inputenc, i.e., +% are presented as 8bit tokens or, after passing through something like +% an .aux file, as \IeC{\acc1} \IeC{\acc2} ... +% +% If you use OT1 encoding you have to explicitly reload it (with +% \usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}). +% +% +% History +% +% 1.0 2000/01/27 +% +% Initial release. +% +% 1.1 2005/04/21 +% +% Make it work with LaTeX release 2003/12/01. +% Add copyright message and history. +% + +\ProvidesPackage{dblaccnt}[2005/04/21 v1.1 double accent support] + +\endlinechar \m@ne + + +% We must redefine two internal LaTeX commands to provide hooks for +% assembling accents. + +% Here we test whether #1 (the command to be executed) is \chardef or +% #3 (the encoding) is `?'. If both are false, \assemble@accent@cmds +% will be used. +% +% The first case catches \DeclareTextSymbol, the second catches +% \ProvideTextCommandDefault. Both checks are ugly hacks which hopefully +% disappear in the near future. +% +\def\@dec@text@cmd#1#2#3{ + \ifx#1\chardef + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \else + \ifx#1\chardef@text@cmd + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \else + \if#3? + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ + % start looking for acc tokens + \expandafter\assemble@accent@cmds + \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter#2 + \csname#3\string#2\endcsname + } + \fi + \fi + \fi + \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable + \expandafter#1\csname#3\string#2\endcsname +} + + +% The redefined \@tabacckludge macro below assures that the top-level +% definition of the accents (which contains \assemble@accent@cmds) +% will be called. +% +\def\@make@tabacc#1#2{ + \expandafter\def\csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname{#2} +} + +\@make@tabacc{'}{\@acci} +\@make@tabacc{`}{\@accii} +\@make@tabacc{=}{\@acciii} + + +% Here the redefinition of second internal LaTeX macro. +% +\def\@tabacckludge#1{ + \csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname +} + + +% We only look ahead for further accents if we are to typeset. +% +\def\assemble@accent@cmds{ + \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect + \expandafter\assemble@tokensinit + \fi +} + + +% The init is special as we have to parse over some of the expansion +% of the encoding specific command; for example, \^ might expand to +% +% \assemble@accent@cmds \OT1-cmd \^ \OT1\^ +% ^^^^^^ one token +% +% We start \assemble@tokens with the number of hits so far (\@empty), +% zero the actual code for the current, e.g., \OT1\^ in the above +% example (resp. the corresponding macro in the current font +% encoding), and as a third argument we will pick up the next token +% or group in the input stream for testing. +% +\def\assemble@tokensinit#1#2#3{ + % the usual test for availability in the current encoding + % similar to the test in \@changed@cmd + \@inmathwarn#2 + \expandafter\ifx\csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname ?\string#2\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\def\csname ?\string#2\endcsname{ + \TextSymbolUnavailable#2 + } + \fi + \global\expandafter\let + \csname\cf@encoding \string#2\expandafter\endcsname + \csname ?\string#2\endcsname + \fi + + % here we substitute the current encoding + \expandafter\assemble@tokens@\expandafter\@empty + \csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname +} + + +% The next commands should be considered only as a proof of concept +% -- they can most certainly be streamlined. Here is roughly what +% they do: +% +% \assemble@tokens: If the picked up token is \IeC then get rid of it +% and parse the next token (or group) which is expected to be the +% argument of \IeC. This is done by restarting the whole process. +% Otherwise we have to figure out if the current token (#3) is an +% 8-bit from inputenc, i.e., expanding to \IeC{...}. This is +% handled by calling \assemble@tokensz passing an expansion of #3 +% as well as #3 (or more exactly, its first token since the braces +% get removed in this process) itself. +% +% \assemble@tokensz: Test if the expansion start with \IeC in which +% case it is assumed that it comes from an inputenc 8bit; the next +% token will be considered as its argument and used for further +% processing in \assemble@tokensx. Otherwise the unexpanded #3 +% from above is used. +% +% \assemble@tokensx: If this cmd is called its third argument should +% contain a normalized token from the input stream, i.e. +% +% {..} -> .. +% \IeC{..} -> .. +% ^^xx (expanding to) \IeC{..} -> .. +% +% Now all :-) that remains is testing whether the expansion of this +% token starts with \assemble@accent@cmds, since in this case we have +% found another accent cmd. +% +% #1 is the number of hits, #2 is the real definition in that +% encoding, and #3 is the next token (or group). +% +% The macros \assemble@tokens@ and \assemble@tokens@@ are +% intermediate steps to test whether #3 is empty; if yes, we simply +% expand #2. +% +\def\assemble@tokens@#1#2#3{ + \assemble@tokens@@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#3\@empty} +} + +\def\assemble@tokens@@#1#2#3#4{ + \ifx#4\@empty + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + {#2{}} + {\assemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} +} + +\def\assemble@tokens#1#2#3{ + \ifx\IeC#3 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + % try again but pick up argument of \IeC + {\assemble@tokens@{#1}{#2}} + % this will get rid of a group argument -- nasty :-) + {\expandafter\assemble@tokensz#3\relax\assemble@tokensz{#1}{#2}#3} +} + +\def\assemble@tokensz#1#2\assemble@tokensz#3#4#5{ + \ifx#1\IeC + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#2} + {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#5} +} + +% \assemble@tokensx: This passes an expanded and unexpanded version +% of #3 to \ifassemble@tokens to do the actual processing. +% +% \ifassemble@tokens: If we have found another accent command then +% keep its name and record that we had another hit and restart the +% scanning via \assemble@tokens, i.e., we append an `x' to the +% ``hit'' argument that we carry around for no good reason, and we +% append the official name of the accent command (which was picked +% up as part of the expansion of the input token) to the argument, +% storing the list of accents found so far. Note that we do use +% the official name, e.g. `\"', not `\OT1\"' -- the latter is only +% used for the very first accent! +% +% If it turns out that we don't have an accent command here it is +% time to stop the scanning and do some processing. Now finally the +% ``hit'' argument and the list of collected accents comes into play: +% We construct a command which name consists of the string +% ``handle@accent'', followed by a number of `x's each for each hit +% earlier on. Thus in a situation like \"\^a we would execute +% \handle@accentx and in case of \"a \handle@accent. This command +% gets as its arguments the collected accents followed by the token +% which stopped the scanning proccess, e.g. +% +% \handle@accentx \OT1\" \^ {a} +% +% and its purpose is to determine how to produce a glyph from it +% (e.g. as a composite or as a part composite or ...) +% +\def\assemble@tokensx#1#2#3{ + \expandafter + \ifassemble@tokens#3\@empty\@empty\@empty\ifassemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} + +\def\ifassemble@tokens#1#2#3#4\ifassemble@tokens#5#6#7{ + % next token was defined via \DeclareText... + \ifx#1\assemble@accent@cmds + % thus #3 is its official name + \expandafter\assemble@tokens@ + \else + % execute what has been assembled and exit + \csname handle@accent#5\endcsname#6{#7} + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \fi + % first two args to \assemble@tokens on next pass + {#5x}{#6#3} +} + + +% Depending on the number of accents found, \handle@accent[x[x]] will +% be called. + +% ONLY ONE: We check whether \#1-#2 is a known command (a composite) +% and execute it, otherwise try to execute #1{#2} as an accent +% command. +% +\def\handle@accent#1#2{ + \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname\relax + #1{#2} + \else + \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname + \fi +} + +% TWO IN A ROW: We check for \#1-#2-#3. If undefined, we apply #1 to +% whatever is the result of #2{#3}. One could think of a more +% complex algorithm here, e.g., if #1-#2 is known as a composite +% modifier (whatever that is) apply that before trying the above but +% this is probably not necessary. +% +\def\handle@accentx#1#2#3{ + \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname\relax + #1{#2{#3}} + \else + \csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname + \fi +} + +% MORE THAN TWO: (Not handled so far.) If there are more than three, +% then the parsing will die at some point when \handle@accentxx... +% will turn out to be \relax, and then one accent will become an +% argument of another -- too bad. +% +\def\handle@accentxx#1#2#3#4{ + % catch more than two accents in a row + \errmessage{Too many accents, dropping first} + #2#3#4 +} + + +% This is simpler now. +% +\def\DeclareTextCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4{ + \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname + #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3\endcsname{#4} +} + +% This is new. +% +\def\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4#5{ + \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname + #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3-\string#4\endcsname{#5} +} + +% This also. +% +\catcode\z@=11\relax +\def\DeclareTextDoubleComposite#1#2#3#4#5{ + \def\reserved@a{\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}} + \bgroup + \lccode\z@#5 + \lowercase{ + \egroup + \reserved@a ^^@} +} +\catcode\z@=15\relax + + +% Now we reinitialize the \@acc... macros to use our new definitions. +% +\AtBeginDocument{ + \let\@acci \' + \let\@accii \` + \let\@acciii \= +} + + +\endlinechar `\^^M + +\endinput + +% end of dblaccnt.tex +\end{filecontents} +\bgroup +\catcode`\^^?=11 +\begin{filecontents}{./chinese1.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file file Bg5.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Chinese captions +% +% character set: Big 5 +% encoding: Big 5 +% +\def\ptctitle{е╪~~┐¤}% +\def\plftitle{╣╧~е╪~┐¤}% +\def\plttitle{кэ~е╪~┐¤}% +% +\def\mtctitle{е╪~~┐¤}% +\def\mlftitle{╣╧~е╪~┐¤}% +\def\mlttitle{кэ~е╪~┐¤}% +% +\def\stctitle{е╪~~┐¤}% +\def\slftitle{╣╧~е╪~┐¤}% +\def\slttitle{кэ~е╪~┐¤}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./chinese2.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{chinese2.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Chinese captions +% +% character set: Big 5 +% encoding: Big 5 +% +% preprocessed +% +\def\ptctitle{е216~~┐253} +\def\plftitle{╣207~е216~┐253} +\def\plttitle{к237~е216~┐253} +% +\def\mtctitle{е216~~┐253} +\def\mlftitle{╣207~е216~┐253} +\def\mlttitle{к237~е216~┐253} +% +\def\stctitle{е216~~┐253} +\def\slftitle{╣207~е216~┐253} +\def\slttitle{к237~е216~┐253} +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./farsi1.mlo} +\ProvidesFiles{farsi1.mlo}[2005/09/13] +% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project +% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, +% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), +% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. +% http://www.farsitex.org +\def\ptctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} +\def\plftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} +\def\plttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} +% +\def\mtctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} +\def\mlftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} +\def\mlttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} +% +\def\stctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} +\def\slftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} +\def\slttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./farsi2.mlo} +\ProvidesFiles{farsi2.mlo}[2005/09/13] +% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project +% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, +% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), +% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. +% http://www.farsitex.org +\def\ptctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} +\def\plftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} +\def\plttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} +% +\def\mtctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} +\def\mlftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} +\def\mlttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} +% +\def\stctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} +\def\slftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} +\def\slttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hangul1.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hangul1.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Hangul captions +% +% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) +% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +\def\ptctitle{╕ё┬ў}% +\def\plftitle{▒╫╕▓~╕ё┬ў}% +\def\plttitle{╟е~╕ё┬ў}% +% +\def\mtctitle{╕ё┬ў}% +\def\mlftitle{▒╫╕▓~╕ё┬ў}% +\def\mlttitle{╟е~╕ё┬ў}% +% +\def\stctitle{╕ё┬ў}% +\def\slftitle{▒╫╕▓~╕ё┬ў}% +\def\slttitle{╟е~╕ё┬ў}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hangul2.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hangul2.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Hangul captions +% +% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) +% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +% preprocessed +% +\def\ptctitle{╕241┬247}% +\def\plftitle{▒215╕178~╕241┬247}% +\def\plttitle{╟165~╕241┬247}% +% +\def\mtctitle{╕241┬247}% +\def\mlftitle{▒215╕178~╕241┬247}% +\def\mlttitle{╟165~╕241┬247}% +% +\def\stctitle{╕241┬247}% +\def\slftitle{▒215╕178~╕241┬247}% +\def\slttitle{╟165~╕241┬247}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hangul3.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hangul3.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Hangul captions set 2 +% +% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) +% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +\def\ptctitle{┬ў╖╩}% +\def\plftitle{▒╫╕▓~┬ў╖╩}% +\def\plttitle{╟е~┬ў╖╩}% +% +\def\mtctitle{┬ў╖╩}% +\def\mlftitle{▒╫╕▓~┬ў╖╩}% +\def\mlttitle{╟е~┬ў╖╩}% +% +\def\stctitle{┬ў╖╩}% +\def\slftitle{▒╫╕▓~┬ў╖╩}% +\def\slttitle{╟е~┬ў╖╩}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hangul4.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hangul4.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Hangul captions set 2 +% +% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) +% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +% preprocessed +% +\def\ptctitle{┬247╖202}% +\def\plftitle{▒215╕178~┬247╖202}% +\def\plttitle{╟165~┬247╖202}% +% +\def\mtctitle{┬247╖202}% +\def\mlftitle{▒215╕178~┬247╖202}% +\def\mlttitle{╟165~┬247╖202}% +% +\def\stctitle{┬247╖202}% +\def\slftitle{▒215╕178~┬247╖202}% +\def\slttitle{╟165~┬247╖202}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hanja1.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hanja1.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Hanja captions +% +% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) +% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +% preprocessed +% +\def\ptctitle{┘205є173}% +\def\plftitle{▒215╕178~┘205є173}% +\def\plttitle{°250~┘205є173}% +% +\def\mtctitle{┘205є173}% +\def\mlftitle{▒215╕178~┘205є173}% +\def\mlttitle{°250~┘205є173}% +% +\def\stctitle{┘205є173}% +\def\slftitle{▒215╕178~┘205є173}% +\def\slttitle{°250~┘205є173}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hanja2.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hanja2.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997) +% +% Hanja captions +% +% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) +% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) +% +\def\ptctitle{┘═єн}$ +\def\plftitle{▒╫╕▓~┘═єн}$ +\def\plttitle{°·~┘═єн}$ +% +\def\mtctitle{┘═єн}$ +\def\mlftitle{▒╫╕▓~┘═єн}$ +\def\mlttitle{°·~┘═єн}$ +% +\def\stctitle{┘═єн}$ +\def\slftitle{▒╫╕▓~┘═єн}$ +\def\slttitle{°·~┘═єн}$ +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./japanese.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{japanese.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Japanese captions +% +% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) +% encoding: SJIS +% +\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} +% +\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} +% +\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./japanese2.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{japanese2.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Japanese captions +% +% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) +% encoding: EUC +% +\def\plttitle{╠▄╝б}% +\def\plftitle{┐▐╠▄╝б}% +\def\plttitle{╔╜╠▄╝б}% +% +\def\mlttitle{╠▄╝б}% +\def\mlftitle{┐▐╠▄╝б}% +\def\mlttitle{╔╜╠▄╝б}% +% +\def\slttitle{╠▄╝б}% +\def\slftitle{┐▐╠▄╝б}% +\def\slttitle{╔╜╠▄╝б}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./japanese3.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{japanese3.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Japanese captions +% +% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) +% encoding: EUC +% +% preprocessed +% +\def\ptctitle{╠220╝161}% +\def\plftitle{┐222╠220╝161}% +\def\plttitle{╔189╠220╝161}% +% +\def\mtctitle{╠220╝161}% +\def\mlftitle{┐222╠220╝161}% +\def\mlttitle{╔189╠220╝161}% +% +\def\stctitle{╠220╝161}% +\def\slftitle{┐222╠220╝161}% +\def\slttitle{╔189╠220╝161}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./japanese4.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{japanese4.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Japanese captions +% +% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) +% encoding: SJIS +% +\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} +% +\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} +% +\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./japanese5.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{japanese5.mlo}[[2005/01/28] +% From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package +% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e +% created by Werner Lemberg +% +% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +% +% Japanese captions +% +% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) +% encoding: SJIS +% +% preprocessed +% +\def\ptctitle{Ц218О159} +\def\plftitle{Р125Ц218О159} +\def\plttitle{Х92Ц218О159} +% +\def\mtctitle{Ц218О159} +\def\mlftitle{Р125Ц218О159} +\def\mlttitle{Х92Ц218О159} +% +\def\stctitle{Ц218О159} +\def\slftitle{Р125Ц218О159} +\def\slttitle{Х92Ц218О159} +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./japanese6.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mlo}[2006/10/31] +% +% Japanese captions +% +%% Japanese titles for minitoc.sty +%% Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. +%% From Kumazawa Toshiki +%% kumazawa@biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp +%% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html +% +\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mlo}[2006/10/31]% +% Japanese titles for minitoc.sty% +\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% +\def\plftitle{Р}ИъЧЧ}% +\def\plttitle{Х\ИъЧЧ}% +% +\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% +\def\mlftitle{Р}}% +\def\mlttitle{Х\}% +% +\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% +\def\slftitle{Р}}% +\def\slttitle{Х\}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./malayalam-omega.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2007/11/21] +% From omal.sty +% by Alex A.J. +% +\def\ptctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% +\def\plftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% +\def\plttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% +% +\def\mtctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% +\def\mlftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% +\def\mlttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% +% +\def\stctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% +\def\slftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% +\def\slttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% +% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./russian-cca.mlo} +%% This package redefines several LaTeX defaults for printing Russian +%% documents in alternative encoding. Uses packages cmcyr and +%% indentfirst. By Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu). 01/18/95. +\ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mlo}[2006/03/07] +%% From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package +%% Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu) +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление} +\def\plftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц} +%% +\def\mtctitle{Оглавление} +\def\mlftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц} +%% +\def\stctitle{Оглавление} +\def\slftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц} +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./russian-cca1.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mlo}[2006/02/07] +%% Titles for minitoc.sty +%% using cmcyr fonts in alt encoding +%% From the cmcyralt package +%% (A.Harin and V.Zhytnikov)] +%% +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\plftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\mlftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц}% +%% +\def\stctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\slftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц}% +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lh.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mlo}[2006/03/07] +%% Russian (russian-lh) titles for minitoc.sty +%% from russian.sty in the LH package +%% Sergei O. Naoumov (serge@astro.unc.edu) +%% +\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax +%% for books -- +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление} +\else +%% for articles etc.-- +\def\ptctitle{Содержание} +\fi +\def\plftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц} +%% +\def\mtctitle{Содержание} +\def\mlftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц} +%% +\def\stctitle{Содержание} +\def\slftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц} +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lhcyralt.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}[2006/03/10] +%% From lhcyralt.sty in the lhcyr package +%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\plftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\mlftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц}% +%% +\def\stctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\slftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц}% +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}[2006/03/10] +%% From lhcyrkoi.sty in the lhcyr package +%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) +\def\ptctitle{я╟╠┴╫╠┼╬╔┼}% +\def\plftitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╔╠╠└╙╘╥┴├╔╩}% +\def\plttitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╘┴┬╠╔├}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{я╟╠┴╫╠┼╬╔┼}% +\def\mlftitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╔╠╠└╙╘╥┴├╔╩}% +\def\mlttitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╘┴┬╠╔├}% +%% +\def\stctitle{я╟╠┴╫╠┼╬╔┼}% +\def\slftitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╔╠╠└╙╘╥┴├╔╩}% +\def\slttitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╘┴┬╠╔├}% +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lhcyrwin.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}[2006/03/10] +%% From lhcyrwin.sty in the lhcyr package +%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) +\def\ptctitle{╬уыртыхэшх}% +\def\plftitle{╤яшёюъ шыы■ёЄЁрЎшщ}% +\def\plttitle{╤яшёюъ ЄрсышЎ}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{╬уыртыхэшх}% +\def\mlftitle{╤яшёюъ шыы■ёЄЁрЎшщ}% +\def\mlttitle{╤яшёюъ ЄрсышЎ}% +%% +\def\stctitle{╬уыртыхэшх}% +\def\slftitle{╤яшёюъ шыы■ёЄЁрЎшщ}% +\def\slttitle{╤яшёюъ ЄрсышЎ}% +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./thai.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{thai.mlo}[2005/01/28] +% from thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system +% by Werner Lemberg +% +\def\ptctitle{╩╥├║╤н}% +\def\plftitle{╩╥├║╤н├┘╗}% +\def\plttitle{╩╥├║╤н╡╥├╥з}% +% +\def\mtctitle{╩╥├║╤н}% +\def\mlftitle{╩╥├║╤н├┘╗}% +\def\mlttitle{╩╥├║╤н╡╥├╥з}% +% +\def\stctitle{╩╥├║╤н}% +\def\slftitle{╩╥├║╤н├┘╗}% +\def\slttitle{╩╥├║╤н╡╥├╥з}% +% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hangul-u8.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mlo}[2006/02/21] +%% From the file u8hangul.tex in the HLaTeX package +%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) +%% +%% Hangul captions for Lambda +%% +\ksnamedef{ptctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} +\ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} +\ksnamedef{plttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} +%% +\ksnamedef{mtctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} +\ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} +\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} +%% +\ksnamedef{stctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} +\ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} +\ksnamedef{slttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} +%% +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./hanja-u8.mlo} +\ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mlo}[2006/02/21] +%% From the file u8hangul.tex in the HLaTeX package +%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) +%% +%% Hanja captions for Lambda +%% +\ksnamedef{ptctitle}{чЫо~цмб} +\ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} +\ksnamedef{plttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} +%% +\ksnamedef{mtctitle}{чЫо~цмб} +\ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} +\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} +%% +\ksnamedef{stctitle}{чЫо~цмб} +\ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} +\ksnamedef{slttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} +%% +\end{filecontents} +\egroup +\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc-fr.ist} +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%% +%% This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. +%% -------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% The list of all files belonging to the minitoc package is +%% given in the file `minitoc.l'. +%% +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +%% +actual '=' +quote '!' +level '>' +encap '|' +preamble +"\\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" +postamble +"\n\\end{theindex}\n" +item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " +item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " +delim_0 "\\dotfill " +delim_1 "\\dotfill " +delim_2 "\\dotfill " +% The next lines will produce some warnings when +% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different +% versions of the program: +lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" +lethead_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +lethead_flag 1 +heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" +heading_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +headings_flag 1 +%% +% Added for french. +symhead_positive "Symboles" +symhead_negative "symboles" +numhead_positive "Nombres" +numhead_negative "nombres" +%% +%% End of file `minitoc-fr.ist'. +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.ist} +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% The list of all files belonging to the minitoc package +%% given in the file `minitoc.l'. +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +actual '=' +quote '!' +level '>' +encap '|' +preamble +"\\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" +postamble +"\n\\end{theindex}\n" +item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " +item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " +delim_0 "\\dotfill " +delim_1 "\\dotfill " +delim_2 "\\dotfill " +% The next lines will produce some warnings when +% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different +% versions of the program: +lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" +lethead_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +lethead_flag 1 +heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" +heading_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +headings_flag 1 +%% +%% +%% End of file `minitoc.ist'. +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.lan} +\def\LANG{0} +\endinput +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc-fr.lan} +\def\LANG{1} +\endinput +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.pre} +% chaptermark: do not uppercase the headers +% \def\HLS{\hspace*{-\leftmargin}} % Header Left Shift +\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% + \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} +% \markboth{\chaptername~\thechapter~---~#1}{\chaptername~.\thechapter~---~#1}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% do not uppercase the headers in TOC, LOF, LOT, BIB +\makeatletter +\let\RELAX\relax +% We replace \MakeUppercase by \RELAX +% TOC +\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% + \if@twocolumn + \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn + \else + \@restonecolfalse + \fi + \chapter*{\contentsname + \@mkboth{% + \RELAX\contentsname}{\RELAX\contentsname}}% + \@starttoc{toc}% + \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi + } +% LOF +\renewcommand\listoffigures{% + \if@twocolumn + \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn + \else + \@restonecolfalse + \fi + \chapter*{\listfigurename + \@mkboth{\RELAX\listfigurename}{\RELAX\listfigurename}}% + \@starttoc{lof}% + \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi + } +% LOT +\renewcommand\listoftables{% + \if@twocolumn + \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn + \else + \@restonecolfalse + \fi + \chapter*{\listtablename + \@mkboth{% + \RELAX\listtablename}{\RELAX\listtablename}}% + \@starttoc{lot}% + \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi + } +% BIB +\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1] + {\chapter*{\bibname + \@mkboth{\RELAX\bibname}{\RELAX\bibname}}% + \mtcaddchapter[\bibname]% + \bibpreamble + \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% + {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% + \leftmargin\labelwidth + \advance\leftmargin\labelsep + \@openbib@code + \usecounter{enumiv}% + \let\p@enumiv\@empty + \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% + \sloppy + \clubpenalty4000 + \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty + \widowpenalty4000% + \sfcode`\.\@m} + {\def\@noitemerr + {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% + \endlist} +% Do nor slant text in headers +\if@twoside + \def\ps@headings{% + \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty + \def\@evenhead{\bfseries\large\thepage\hfil\upshape\leftmark}% + \def\@oddhead{\bfseries\large{\upshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}% + \let\@mkboth\markboth + \def\chaptermark##1{% + \markboth {\RELAX{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter +% \@chapapp~\thechapter~---~% + [\thechapter]~---~% + \fi + \fi + ##1}}{}}% + \def\sectionmark##1{% + \markright {\RELAX{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ + \thesection. \ % + \fi + ##1}}}} +\else + \def\ps@headings{% + \let\@oddfoot\@empty + \def\@oddhead{\bfseries\large{\upshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}% + \let\@mkboth\markboth + \def\chaptermark##1{% + \markright {\RELAX{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter +% \@chapapp~\thechapter~---~% + [\thechapter]~---~% + \fi + \fi + ##1}}}} +\fi +\def\ps@myheadings{% + \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty + \def\@evenhead{\bfseries\large\thepage\hfil\upshape\leftmark}% + \def\@oddhead{\bfseries\large{\upshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}% + \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo + \let\chaptermark\@gobble + \let\sectionmark\@gobble + } +\makeatother +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% PB HYPERREF % \usepackage[position=top,farskip=3ex,captionskip=2ex]{subfig} +\usepackage{tocbibind} +% Do not uppercase +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\tocetcmark}[1]{% + \@mkboth{\RELAX{#1}}{\RELAX{#1}}} +\makeatother +\RequirePackage{fixltx2e} +\usepackage{xspace} +\usepackage{calc} +\usepackage{afterpage} +\usepackage{comment} +\usepackage{enumerate} +%{\RaggedRight\arraybackslash}p{#1}} +\newcolumntype{L}[1]{>{\RaggedLeft\arraybackslash}p{#1}} +\newcolumntype{C}[1]{>{\Centering\arraybackslash}p{#1}} +% La somme des coeffs doit ъtre щgale au nombre de colonnes Z, P et X. +\newcolumntype{Z}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\RaggedRight\arraybackslash}X} +\newcolumntype{Y}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\RaggedLeft\arraybackslash}X} +\newcolumntype{O}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\Centering\arraybackslash}X} +% La somme des coeffs doit ъtre щgale au nombre de colonnes Z, O, P et X. +\newcolumntype{P}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\arraybackslash}X} +%ADDITIONS> +\usepackage{textcomp} +\DeclareTextSymbol{\textbackslash}{TS1}{92} +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbackslash}{TS1} +\usepackage{amsfonts} +\IfFileExists{txfonts.sty}{\usepackage{txfonts}}{\relax} +\IfFileExists{mflogo.sty}{\usepackage{mflogo}}% +{\def\MF{\textbf{\texttt{METAFONT}}} + \def\MP{\textbf{\texttt{METAPOST}}}} +\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} +\newif\ifDP\DPfalse +\IfFileExists{dpfloat.sty}{\usepackage{dpfloat}\DPtrue}{\DPfalse} +\newif\ifFLP\FLPfalse +\IfFileExists{floatpag.sty}{\usepackage{floatpag}\FLPtrue}{\FLPfalse} +\usepackage{nameref} +\input{\jobname.lan} +\newif\ifFTR +\makeatletter % ESSAI pour tromper varioref +\@twosidetrue\@mparswitchtrue % ESSAI pour tromper varioref +\makeatother % ESSAI pour tromper varioref +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\lefthyphenmin=3 +\righthyphenmin=3 +\hyphenation{Mittelbach} +\hyphenation{Jackowski} +\hyphenation{biblio-gra-phy} +\hyphenation{Biblio-gra-phy} +\hyphenation{Impatient} +\hyphenation{make-index} +\hyphenation{hyper-link} +\FTRfalse +\usepackage[english]{varioref} +\or\relax +\lefthyphenmin=3 +\righthyphenmin=3 +\hyphenation{Mittelbach} +\hyphenation{Jackowski} +\hyphenation{biblio-gra-phy} +\hyphenation{Biblio-gra-phy} +\hyphenation{Impatient} +\hyphenation{make-index} +\hyphenation{hyper-link} +\FTRtrue +\usepackage[french]{varioref} +\fi +\usepackage{frbib} +\makeatletter % ESSAI pour tromper varioref +\@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse% ESSAI pour tromper varioref +\makeatother % ESSAI pour tromper varioref +\usepackage{multicol}% v40 +\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{fixfoot} +\usepackage[bottom,hang,multiple]{footmisc} +% \def\footnotelayout{\color[rgb]{0.37254903,0.37254903,0.37254903}} +\renewcommand{\multfootsep}{,} +\setlength{\footnotemargin}{.7em} %1.8em by default, much too wide. +% Check if booktabs package is available +\newif\ifBT \BTfalse +\IfFileExists{booktabs.sty}{\BTtrue\usepackage{booktabs}}{\BTfalse} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\def\gpdftitle{The minitoc package} +\or\relax +\def\gpdftitle{Le paquetage minitoc} +\fi +\ifpdf + \usepackage[pdftex]{color} +% \definecolor{OliveGreen}{cmyk}{0.64,0,0.95,0.40} +% \definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1.,0.,1.,0.} +% \definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0.,0.77,0.87,0.} +% \definecolor{Cyan}{cmyk}{1.,0.,0.,0.} +% \definecolor{light}{cmyk}{0.,0.,0.,0.05} +% \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0.,0,0.5} +% basic color % \definecolor{blue}{rgb}{0.,0.,1.} +% \definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0.,.35,0.} +% basic color % \definecolor{green}{rgb}{0.,1.,0.} +% \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1} +% basic color % \definecolor{red}{rgb}{1.,0.,0.} + \usepackage[pdftex,pstarrows]{pict2e} + \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} + \usepackage[pdftex, colorlinks,% + pdfpagelayout={SinglePage},% +% pdfpagetransition=Dissolve,% slow +% pdfpagetransition={Split /H /O},% + pdfview={Fit},% + pdfstartview={Fit},% + pdftitle={\gpdftitle},% + pdfsubject={minitoc},% + pdfauthor={Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert},% + pdfcreator={pdfLaTeX with hyperref package},% + pdfproducer={pdflatex},% +% pdfpagemode={UseOutlines},% + pdfkeywords={latex,toc,table-of-contents,part,chapter,section},% +% pdfpagescrop={53 486 389 754},% +% pdfpagescrop={0 72 595 772},% % A4 cropped +% pdfcompresslevel=9,% + pagebackref=true,% + pdfnewwindow=true,% +%% pdffitwindow=true,% +%% pdfcenterwindow=false,% + pdftoolbar=true,% + pdfmenubar=true,% +%% pdfwindowui=false,% + bookmarks=true,% + unicode=true,% + a4paper=true,% +% plainpages=false,% +% pageanchor=false,% +% hyperindex=true,% + breaklinks=true,% + bookmarksopenlevel=0,% + bookmarksopen,% +% DEFAULTS % COLORS +% DEFAULTS linkbordercolor={blue},% +% DEFAULTS linkcolor={blue},% +% DEFAULTS menubordercolor={blue},% +% DEFAULTS % menucolor={FireBrick},% +% DEFAULTS % basic color % menucolor={red},% +% DEFAULTS pagecolor={blue},% +% DEFAULTS % citecolor={DarkGreen},% +% DEFAULTS citecolor={green},% +% DEFAULTS % urlcolor={FireBrick},% +% DEFAULTS urlcolor={red},% +% DEFAULTS filecolor={blue},% +% DEFAULTS % COLORS + bookmarksnumbered=true]% + {hyperref}% + \IfFileExists{hypcap.sty}{\usepackage[all]{hypcap}}{}% +\else + \usepackage[dvips]{color}% +% \definecolor{OliveGreen}{cmyk}{0.64,0,0.95,0.40} +% \definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1.,0.,1.,0.} +% \definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0.,0.77,0.87,0.} +% \definecolor{Cyan}{cmyk}{1.,0.,0.,0.} +% \definecolor{light}{cmyk}{0.,0.,0.,0.05} +% \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0.,0.,.5} +% basic color % \definecolor{blue}{rgb}{0.,0.,1.} + %\definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0.,.35,0.} +% basic color % \definecolor{green}{rgb}{0.,1.,0.} +% \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1} +% basic color % \definecolor{red}{rgb}{1.,0.,0.} + \usepackage[dvips,pstarrows]{pict2e}% + \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}% + \usepackage{hyperref}% + \IfFileExists{hypcap.sty}{\usepackage[all]{hypcap}}{}% +% \usepackage{breakurl} % DOES NOT WORK +\fi +\makeatletter % to include some useful commands +%avoid warnings +\providecommand*{\toclevel@xpart}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@xchapter}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@xsect}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@starpart}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@starchapter}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@starsection}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@ppart}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@pchapter}{0} +\providecommand*{\toclevel@psect}{0} +\makeatother +\usepackage{tabularx} +\def\UrlFont{\sffamily} +% Check if url package is available +% \IfFileExists{url.sty}{\usepackage{url}}{\let\url\texttt} +\def\eLaTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\LaTeX} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\or\relax +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\usepackage{franc,frnew} +% prepare a box for phonetics... +\newsavebox{\latexbox} +\catcode`\:=12 +\savebox{\latexbox}{\textbf{[la\i{}tex tu:i:]}} +\catcode`\:=\active +\fi +%\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc} +%\def\ij{i\kern-.1ex j} +\DeclareTextSymbol{\ij}{T1}{188} +\DeclareTextSymbol{\IJ}{T1}{156} +\usepackage[isolatin]{inputenc} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\or\relax +\IfFileExists{mypatches.sty}{\usepackage{mypatches}}{\relax} +\fi +%\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +% gray rules for tables/figures +\definecolor{figrulecolor}{gray}{.82} +%\definecolor{figrulecolor}{cmyk}{.7,.1,.1,.1} % ESSAIS +\providecommand{\topfigrule}{\relax} +\providecommand{\botfigrule}{\relax} +\providecommand{\medfigrule}{\relax} +\iffalse % NO figrules... sight +\renewcommand{\topfigrule}{% + \vspace*{3pt}% + \noindent\textcolor{figrulecolor}{\rule[0pt]{\textwidth}{2pt}}% + \vspace*{-5pt}} +\renewcommand{\botfigrule}{% + \vspace*{-3pt}% + \noindent\textcolor{figrulecolor}{\rule[0pt]{\textwidth}{2pt}}% + \vspace*{1pt}} +\renewcommand{\medfigrule}{% + \vspace*{-3pt}% + \noindent\textcolor{figrulecolor}{\rule[0pt]{\textwidth}{2pt}}% + \vspace*{-2pt}} +\fi % NO figrules... sight +% +% +\makeatletter % to include some useful commands +\providecommand{\WEB}{\textsc{WEB}} +\providecommand{\BibTeX}{{\rmfamily B\kern-.05em\textsc{i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em + T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} +\providecommand{\SLaTeX}{{\rmfamily S\LaTeX}} +\renewcommand{\SLaTeX}{{\sffamily S\LaTeX}} % \sffamily to be coherent with other package names +%\renewcommand{\BibTeX}{{\rm B\kern-.05em\textsc{i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em +% T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} +\renewcommand{\BibTeX}{{\upshape B\kern-.05em\textsc{i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em + T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} +\let\BiBTeX\BibTeX +\def\NTS{\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal N\kern-0.35em\lower0.5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}\kern-0.2emS$}} +\providecommand*{\pdfTeX}{pdf\TeX} +%\def\eTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX} +\providecommand*{\eTeX}{$\csname m@th\endcsname\varepsilon$-\TeX} +%\newcommand{\Arabi}{\L{\sffamily A\kern-.2ex\lower.25ex\hbox{r}\kern-.25exa% \L not used here +% \kern-.22exb\kern-.15exi}} %Logo +\newcommand{\Arabi}{\mbox{\sffamily A\kern-.2ex\lower.25ex\hbox{r}\kern-.25exa% + \kern-.22exb\kern-.15exi}} %Logo +\newcommand{\devnag}{Devan\=agar{\=\i}} +\def\XeTeX{\leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em \TeX}% + \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0} +\def\XeLaTeX{\leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\LaTeX}% + \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0} +% IF YOU NOT HAVE THE manfnt FONT, the dangerous bends will not be printed... +\IfFileExists{manfnt.sty}{% does not work with .tfm +%\typeout{manfnt.tfm FOUND} +\def\DBEND{% +\ifcase\LANG\relax +{} like the one shown in the margin\virage\relax +\or\relax +{} comme celui montrщ dans la marge\virage\relax +\fi}% +\newfont{\manfnt}{manfnt} +\newcommand\virage{\reversemarginpar\marginpar[\raggedleft + {{\manfnt\symbol{'177}}~~}]{\raggedright {~~\manfnt\symbol{'177}}}\normalmarginpar} +\def\@Vir{\hbox to12mm{\hbox{}\leaders% + \hbox{{\manfnt\char127}\kern2pt}\hfil\hbox{}}} +\newcommand\Virage{\reversemarginpar\marginpar[\hfill{\@Vir~~}]{{~~\@Vir}\hfill}\normalmarginpar}% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +}%ELSE +{\let\Virage\relax \let\virage\relax \let\DBEND\relax} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF REPLACE +\def\smooth{\spaceskip=0.3em plus .8em minus .1em +\xspaceskip=0.6em plus 1em minus .2em +\pretolerance=10 \tolerance=10000 \looseness=-10000 +\parfillskip=0pt plus10fill\relax}% +%%% \newenvironment{SCBOX}[1]{\mbox{\scshape #1}}{} +\newenvironment{SMOOTH}{\bgroup\smooth}{\par\egroup} +% +\let\oendquote\endquote +\def\nendquote{\oendquote\penalty-1\relax} +% +\newenvironment{xmessage}[1][XXXXX]{% + \expandafter\label{mess+#1}% + \begin{samepage}% + \let\endquote\nendquote\relax\smooth\lneed{5}\strut\hrule\relax\jmess{#1}\penalty10000}% +{\par\end{samepage}} +% +\def\Cat#1{\hbox{$\langle$\emph{#1}$\rangle$}} +\def\<#1>{\Cat{#1}} +%%% +%%%% Some useful commands from Stefan Ulrich +\newcommand\changeskips{% + \@tempdima\abovecaptionskip + \abovecaptionskip\belowcaptionskip + \belowcaptionskip\@tempdima +} +\newcommand\thickline{% + \noalign{\hrule\@height1pt\vskip.8ex\relax}% +} +\newcommand\V[1]{\texttt{\string#1}} +\newcommand\Chap{$^*$} +\newcommand\Sec{$^{**}$} +\newcommand\Lang{$^\dag$} +\newcommand\Strut{\rule[2.5ex]{0pt}{0pt}} +\newcommand\Strutt{\rule[3.5ex]{0pt}{0pt}} +\newcommand\FontDefault[2]{% + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + #1\\ + \hspace*{2em}#2 + \end{tabular}% +} +\newcommand\FontChapSec[3]{% + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% + #1\\ + \hspace*{2em}#2\Chap\\ + \hspace*{2em}#3\Sec + \end{tabular}% +} +%\makeatother +%\makeatletter +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% +\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage + \if@twoside + \ifodd\c@page\else + \null\thispagestyle{chapterverso}\newpage + \if@twocolumn\null\newpage\fi + \fi + \fi + }% +\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\makeatother +%old% +\def\oname#1#2{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}\oinameA{#1}{#2}\oinameB{#1}{#2}} +\def\oiname#1#2{\oinameA{#1}{#2}\oinameB{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\name}[2]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}\inameA{#1}{#2}\inameB{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\iname}[2]{\inameA{#1}{#2}\inameB{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\uname}[2]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}} +\newcommand{\namea}[3]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}\inameaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\inameaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\newcommand{\inamea}[3]{\inameaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\inameaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} +%\def\xname#1#2{\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}} +\let\oxname\oname +\let\xname\name +% vietnamese name: last-first +%old% +\def\ovname#1#2{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textsc{#2}~\textrm{\upshape{#1}}}\oinameA{#2}{#1}\oinameB{#2}{#1}} +\newcommand{\vname}[2]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textsc{#2}~\textrm{\upshape{#1}}}\inameA{#2}{#1}\inameB{#2}{#1}} +\newcommand{\ivname}[2]{\inameA{#2}{#1}\inameB{#2}{#1}} +\newcommand{\vnamea}[3]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textsc{#2}~\textrm{\upshape{#1}}}\inameaA{#2}{#1}{#3}\inameaB{#2}{#1}{#3}} +\newcommand{\ivnamea}[3]{\inameaA{#2}{#1}{#3}\inameaB{#2}{#1}{#3}} +\parskip=12pt +%\def\bs{{\ttfamily\char'134}} +\def\bs{\textbackslash} %ESSAI +\setcounter{tocdepth}{6} +\setcounter{parttocdepth}{0} % only chapters +\setcounter{minitocdepth}{6} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6} +\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.0} +\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9999} +\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.9999} +\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.9999} +\setcounter{totalnumber}{10} +\setcounter{topnumber}{10} +\setcounter{bottomnumber}{10} +\makeatletter +\setlength{\@fptop}{0pt}% to push floats to top on float pages +\makeatother +\clubpenalty=10000 +\widowpenalty=10000 +\let\mysize\small +\author{\name{Jean-Pierre F.}{Drucbert}\\% +ONERA~/~Centre de Toulouse~/~SRI\\% +} +\date{\today} +\title{The \texttt{minitoc} package\\(version~\#44)} +\parindent=0pt +\lefthyphenmin=3 +\righthyphenmin=3 +\hyphenation{Mittelbach} +\hyphenation{Jackowski} +\hyphenation{biblio-gra-phy} +\hyphenation{Biblio-gra-phy} +\hyphenation{Impatient} +\hyphenation{make-index} +\hyphenation{hyper-link} +\makeatletter +\let\o@tocrmarg\@tocrmarg +\def\@tocrmarg{\o@tocrmarg plus 1fil} +% macros for needed vertical space +\def\need#1{\ifhmode\unskip\par\fi \penalty-100 \begingroup % preserve \dimen@, \dimen@i + \ifdim\prevdepth>\maxdepth \dimen@i\maxdepth \else \dimen@i\prevdepth\fi + \kern-\dimen@i + \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal % space left + \ifdim #1>\dimen@ + \vfill\eject\PackageInfo{'need' macro}{WARNING- EJECT BY NEED} + \fi + \kern\dimen@i + \endgroup} +\def\lneed#1{\need{#1\baselineskip}} +\def\sneed#1{\ifhmode\unskip\par\fi \penalty-100 \begingroup % preserve \dimen@, \dimen@i + \ifdim\prevdepth>\maxdepth \dimen@i\maxdepth \else \dimen@i\prevdepth\fi + \kern-\dimen@i + \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal % space left + \ifdim #1>\dimen@ + \vfill\null\newpage\PackageInfo{'sneed' macro}{WARNING- SOFT EJECT BY NEED} + \fi + \kern\dimen@i + \endgroup} +\def\lsneed#1{\sneed{#1\baselineskip}} +% to avoid a page break just after +% a part/chapter/section title in a table of contents. +\let\old@l@part\l@part +\def\l@part{\lneed{6}\old@l@part} +\let\old@l@chapter\l@chapter +\def\l@chapter{\lneed{2.5}\old@l@chapter} +% +% %Donald Arseneau asnd@reg.triumf.ca +% % bottomfnote.sty % replaced by footmisc.sty +% \let\bf@makecolold=\@makecol +% \def\@makecol{\advance\skip\footins\fill \bf@makecolold} +% % end of bottomfnote.sty +% indentations multiples of 1.5em. +% enlarge section numbers (numwidth) in tocs. +\def\l@section{\lneed{1.5}\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{3.0em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.0em}{3.2em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{4.5em}{4.1em}} +\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.0em}{5.0em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{7.5em}{6.0em}} +% +% \renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{3.0em}} +\let\l@table\l@figure +\makeatother +\providecommand{\AmS}{$\mathcal{A}$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\mathcal{M}$}% + \kern-.125em$\mathcal{S}$}% +%%% +\providecommand{\BAR}{\texttt{\textbar}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%% wdesc &co +\def\wdesclabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1} +\def\wdesc#1{\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{#1}\leftmargin\labelwidth +\advance\leftmargin\labelsep +\let\makelabel\wdesclabel}} +\let\endwdesc\endlist +\def\wit[#1]{\item[{{#1}\hfill}]} +% bulleted labels +\def\buwdesclabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \hbox{$\bullet$~~\bf #1}} +\def\buwdesc#1{\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{{$\bullet$~~#1}}\leftmargin\labelwidth +\advance\leftmargin\labelsep +\let\makelabel\buwdesclabel}} +\let\endbuwdesc\endlist +% boxed labels +\def\bxdesclabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \fbox{\bf #1}} +\def\bxdesc#1{\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{#1}\leftmargin\labelwidth +\advance\leftmargin\labelsep +\let\makelabel\bxdesclabel}} +\let\endbxdesc\endlist +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\RequirePackage{boldsc} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./mypatches.sty} +% LOCAL PATCH +% encoding T1 for \" (francais) +\def\fileversion{v02} +\def\filedate{2006/06/01} +\ProvidesPackage{mypatches}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space + Package mypatches] +% dieresis accent; special case for i +\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{T1}[1]{{\accent"4\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{OT1}[1]{{\accent"7F\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} +% encoding T1 for \w (czech) +\gdef\czech@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) +\gdef\croatian@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) +\global\let\w\czech@w +% \q for czech +\gdef\czech@q#1{#1\kern-2pt\char'47}% +\global\let\q\czech@q +% backslash character (Barre Oblique Inversщe: \boi) +\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{T1}{{\tt\char '20}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{OT1}{{\tt\char '134}} +%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{T1}{{\char '6}} +%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{OT1}{{\char '27}} +\let\degre\undefined +\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{T1}{'6} +\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{OT1}{'27} +% +\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} +\global\let\w\czech@w +% +\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} +\global\let\q\czech@q +% Pb with \No (Nobelium) in chemsym.sty +\let\Noo\No +\let\No\undefined +% \textcent, \textcurrentcy, \textyen, \textbrokenbar +\ProvideTextCommand{\textcent}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char162}} +\ProvideTextCommand{\textcurrency}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char164}} +\ProvideTextCommand{\textyen}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char165}} +\ProvideTextCommand{\textbrokenbar}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char166}} +\RequirePackage{cmsd} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./boldsc.sty} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{boldsc}[1996/11/12] +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{bx}{sc}{% + <5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12>% + <14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>genb*ecxc% +}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./franc.sty} +\ProvidesPackage{franc}[1994/12/16] +\def\figurename{Figure} +\def\tablename{Table} +\def\contentsname{Table des Mati\`eres} +\def\listfigurename{Liste des Figures} +\def\listtablename{Liste des Tableaux} +\def\bibname{Bibliographie} +\def\indexname{Index} +\def\chaptername{Chapitre} +\def\appendixname{Appendice} +\def\partname{Partie} +\def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e} +\def\seename{voir} +\def\alsoseename{voir aussi} +\def\today{\ifnum\day=1\relax 1\/$^{\rm er}$\else\number\day\fi \space\ifcase\month\or +janvier\or f\'evrier\or mars\or avril\or mai\or juin\or +juillet\or ao\^ut\or septembre\or octobre\or novembre\or d\'ecembre\fi +\space\number\year} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./frbib.sty} +% +% Pour la bibliographie: +% +% En fonction du style french, par de'faut en anglais : +% Si on ne fait pas de traduction de mots en franc,ais ou que cette notion +% n'existe pas, on fait tout en anglais : + +%%% Correction --bg 2001/08/03 +%%%\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\let\ifFTR\iffalse\fi +\def\@tempa{\let\ifFTR\iffalse} +\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\expandafter\@tempa\fi + +\newcommand{\andname}{\ifFTR et\else and\fi} +\newcommand{\editorname}{\ifFTR \'editeur\else editor\fi} +\newcommand{\editornames}{\ifFTR \'editeurs\else editors\fi} +\newcommand{\volumename}{\ifFTR volume\else volume\fi} +\newcommand{\Volumename}{\ifFTR Volume\else volumes\fi} +\newcommand{\ofname}{\ifFTR de\else of\fi} +\newcommand{\numbername}{\ifFTR num\'ero\else number\fi} +\newcommand{\Numbername}{\ifFTR Num\'ero\else Number\fi} +\newcommand{\inname}{\ifFTR dans\else in\fi} +\newcommand{\Inname}{\ifFTR Dans\else In\fi} +\newcommand{\editionname}{\ifFTR \'edition\else edition\fi} +%\def\pagename{\ifFTR page\else page \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. +\newcommand{\pagesname}{\ifFTR pages\else pages\fi} +%\newcommand{\chaptername}{\ifFTR chapitre\else \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. +\newcommand{\technicalreportname}{\ifFTR Rapport Technique\else Technical + Report\fi} +\newcommand{\revisionname}{\ifFTR R\'evision\else Revision\fi} +\newcommand{\janname}{\ifFTR janvier\else January\fi} +\newcommand{\febname}{\ifFTR f\'evrier\else February\fi} +\newcommand{\marname}{\ifFTR mars\else March \fi} +\newcommand{\aprname}{\ifFTR avril\else April\fi} +\newcommand{\mayname}{\ifFTR mai\else May\fi} +\newcommand{\junname}{\ifFTR juin\else June\fi} +\newcommand{\julname}{\ifFTR juillet\else July\fi} +\newcommand{\augname}{\ifFTR ao\^ut\else August\fi} +\newcommand{\sepname}{\ifFTR septembre\else September\fi} +\newcommand{\octname}{\ifFTR octobre\else October\fi} +\newcommand{\novname}{\ifFTR novembre\else November\fi} +\newcommand{\decname}{\ifFTR d\'ecembre\else December\fi} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{./frnew.sty} +%permet dans la frappe de retrouver les habitudes de +%la dactylographie francaise qui conseille de mettre +%un espace avant les signes de ponctuation ; : ! ? +%et d'empecher pourtant une coupure de ligne a cet +%endroit dans le traitement +\def\dospecials{\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~\do\!\do\?\do\:\do\;} +\catcode`\@=11 +\catcode`\;=\active +\catcode`\:=\active +\catcode`\!=\active +\catcode`\?=\active +\def;{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string;} +\def:{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\penalty\@M\ \fi\string:} +\def!{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string!} +\def?{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ + \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string?} +\let\old@C\^ +\let\old@T\" +%\uccode"10=`I +%\uccode"11=`J +\uccode`\i=`I +\uccode`\j=`J +%\def\^#1{\ifx#1i{\old@C\i}\else{\old@C #1}\fi} +%\def\"#1{\ifx#1i{\old@T\i}\else{\old@T #1}\fi} +\def\og{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}} +\def\fg{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\,\rangle\!\rangle$}} +\def\guill#1{\og\relax #1\relax\fg} +\frenchspacing +\def\fron{\catcode`\;=\active +\catcode`\:=\active +\catcode`\!=\active +\catcode`\?=\active +\frenchspacing} +\def\froff{\catcode`\;=12 +\catcode`\:=12 +\catcode`\!=12 +\catcode`\?=12 +\nonfrenchspacing} +\def\@tochtitle{Table des Chapitres} +\def\@utochtitle{TABLE DES CHAPITRES} +\def\@Hint{Indications} +%%% Espace apres le : +\fron +\end{filecontents} +%% +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . +%% +%% The list of all files belonging to the minitoc package +%% given in the file `minitoc.l'. +%% +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent + +%\usedir{tex/latex/minitoc} +\usedir{.} + +\preamble +This is a generated file. + +%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 +%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 +%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license +or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +license is in: + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +2003/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". + +The Current Maintainer of this work is . + +This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' +distributed with it. +\endpreamble + +\Msg{****************} +\Msg{*** PACKAGES ***} +\Msg{****************} +\generate{\file{minitoc.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{minitoc}}} +\generate{\file{minitoc-fr.dtx}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{minitoc-fr}}} +\generate{\file{mtcoff.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtcoff}}} +\generate{\file{mtcmess.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtcmess}}} +\generate{\file{mtcpatchmem.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtcpatchmem}}} +\Msg{*****************************} +\Msg{*** EXAMPLES OF DOCUMENTS ***} +\Msg{*****************************} +\generate{\file{mtc-2c.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-2c}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-2nd.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-2nd}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-3co.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-3co}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-add.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-add}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-ads.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ads}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-amm.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-amm}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-apx.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-apx}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-art.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-art}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-bk.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-bk}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-bo.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-bo}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-ch0.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ch0}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-cri.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-cri}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-fko.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-fko}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-fo1.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-fo1}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-fo2.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-fo2}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-gap.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-gap}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-hi1.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hi1}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-hi2.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hi2}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-hia.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hia}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-hir.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hir}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-hop.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hop}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-liv.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-liv}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-mem.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-mem}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-mm1.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-mm1}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-mu.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-mu}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-nom.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-nom}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-ocf.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ocf}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-ofs.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ofs}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-sbf.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-sbf}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-scr.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-scr}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-syn.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-syn}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-tbi.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tbi}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-tlc.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tlc}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-tlo.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tlo}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-tsf.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tsf}}} +\generate{\file{mtc-vti.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-vti}}} +\Msg{*****************} +\Msg{*** MLD FILES ***} +\Msg{*****************} +\generate{\file{acadian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{acadian}}} +\generate{\file{acadien.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{acadien}}} +\generate{\file{afrikaan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{afrikaan}}} +\generate{\file{afrikaans.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{afrikaans}}} +\generate{\file{albanian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{albanian}}} +\generate{\file{american.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{american}}} +\generate{\file{arab.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arab}}} +\generate{\file{arab2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arab2}}} +\generate{\file{arabi.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arabi}}} +\generate{\file{arabic.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arabic}}} +\generate{\file{armenian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{armenian}}} +\generate{\file{australian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{australian}}} +\generate{\file{austrian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{austrian}}} +\generate{\file{bahasa.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasa}}} +\generate{\file{bahasai.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasai}}} +\generate{\file{bahasam.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasam}}} +\generate{\file{bangla.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bangla}}} +\generate{\file{basque.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{basque}}} +\generate{\file{bengali.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bengali}}} +\generate{\file{bicig.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig}}} +\generate{\file{bicig2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig2}}} +\generate{\file{bicig3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig3}}} +\generate{\file{bithe.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bithe}}} +\generate{\file{brazil.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{brazil}}} +\generate{\file{brazilian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{brazilian}}} +\generate{\file{breton.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{breton}}} +\generate{\file{british.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{british}}} +\generate{\file{bulgarian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bulgarian}}} +\generate{\file{bulgarianb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bulgarianb}}} +\generate{\file{buryat.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{buryat}}} +\generate{\file{buryat2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{buryat2}}} +\generate{\file{canadian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{canadian}}} +\generate{\file{canadien.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{canadien}}} +\generate{\file{castillan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{castillan}}} +\generate{\file{castillian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{castillian}}} +\generate{\file{catalan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{catalan}}} +\generate{\file{chinese1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{chinese1}}} +\generate{\file{chinese2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{chinese2}}} +\generate{\file{croatian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{croatian}}} +\generate{\file{czech.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{czech}}} +\generate{\file{danish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{danish}}} +\generate{\file{devanagari.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{devanagari}}} +\generate{\file{dutch.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{dutch}}} +\generate{\file{english.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{english}}} +\generate{\file{english1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{english1}}} +\generate{\file{english2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{english2}}} +\generate{\file{esperant.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{esperant}}} +\generate{\file{esperanto.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{esperanto}}} +\generate{\file{estonian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{estonian}}} +\generate{\file{ethiopia.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ethiopia}}} +\generate{\file{ethiopian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ethiopian}}} +\generate{\file{ethiopian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ethiopian2}}} +\generate{\file{farsi1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{farsi1}}} +\generate{\file{farsi2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{farsi2}}} +\generate{\file{farsi3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{farsi3}}} +\generate{\file{finnish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{finnish}}} +\generate{\file{finnish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{finnish2}}} +\generate{\file{francais.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{francais}}} +\generate{\file{french.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{french}}} +\generate{\file{french1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{french1}}} +\generate{\file{french2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{french2}}} +\generate{\file{frenchb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{frenchb}}} +\generate{\file{frenchle.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{frenchle}}} +\generate{\file{frenchpro.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{frenchpro}}} +\generate{\file{galician.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{galician}}} +\generate{\file{german.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{german}}} +\generate{\file{germanb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{germanb}}} +\generate{\file{germanb2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{germanb2}}} +\generate{\file{greek.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek}}} +\generate{\file{greek-mono.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek-mono}}} +\generate{\file{greek-polydemo.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek-polydemo}}} +\generate{\file{greek-polykatha.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek-polykatha}}} +\generate{\file{guarani.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{guarani}}} +\generate{\file{hangul1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul1}}} +\generate{\file{hangul2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul2}}} +\generate{\file{hangul3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul3}}} +\generate{\file{hangul4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul4}}} +\generate{\file{hangul-u8.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul-u8}}} +\generate{\file{hanja1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hanja1}}} +\generate{\file{hanja2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hanja2}}} +\generate{\file{hanja-u8.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hanja-u8}}} +\generate{\file{hebrew.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hebrew}}} +\generate{\file{hebrew2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hebrew2}}} +\generate{\file{hindi.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hindi}}} +\generate{\file{hindi-modern.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hindi-modern}}} +\generate{\file{hungarian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hungarian}}} +\generate{\file{icelandic.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{icelandic}}} +\generate{\file{indon.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{indon}}} +\generate{\file{indonesian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{indonesian}}} +\generate{\file{interlingua.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{interlingua}}} +\generate{\file{irish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{irish}}} +\generate{\file{italian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{italian}}} +\generate{\file{italian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{italian2}}} +\generate{\file{japanese.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese}}} +\generate{\file{japanese2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese2}}} +\generate{\file{japanese3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese3}}} +\generate{\file{japanese4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese4}}} +\generate{\file{japanese5.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese5}}} +\generate{\file{japanese6.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese6}}} +\generate{\file{kannada.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{kannada}}} +\generate{\file{khalkha.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{khalkha}}} +\generate{\file{latin.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latin}}} +\generate{\file{latin2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latin2}}} +\generate{\file{latinc.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latinc}}} +\generate{\file{latinc2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latinc2}}} +\generate{\file{latvian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latvian}}} +\generate{\file{latvian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latvian2}}} +\generate{\file{letton.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{letton}}} +\generate{\file{letton2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{letton2}}} +\generate{\file{lithuanian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lithuanian}}} +\generate{\file{lithuanian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lithuanian2}}} +\generate{\file{lowersorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lowersorbian}}} +\generate{\file{lsorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lsorbian}}} +\generate{\file{magyar.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar}}} +\generate{\file{magyar2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar2}}} +\generate{\file{magyar3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar3}}} +\generate{\file{malay.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malay}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-b.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-b}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-keli.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-keli2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli2}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-mr.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-mr}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-omega.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-omega}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana2}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana3}}} +\generate{\file{manju.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{manju}}} +\generate{\file{mexican.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mexican}}} +\generate{\file{meyalu.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{meyalu}}} +\generate{\file{mongol.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongol}}} +\generate{\file{mongolb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongolb}}} +\generate{\file{mongolian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongolian}}} +\generate{\file{naustrian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{naustrian}}} +\generate{\file{newzealand.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{newzealand}}} +\generate{\file{ngerman.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ngerman}}} +\generate{\file{ngermanb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ngermanb}}} +\generate{\file{ngermanb2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ngermanb2}}} +\generate{\file{norsk.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{norsk}}} +\generate{\file{norsk2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{norsk2}}} +\generate{\file{nynorsk.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{nynorsk}}} +\generate{\file{nynorsk2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{nynorsk2}}} +\generate{\file{occitan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{occitan}}} +\generate{\file{occitan2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{occitan2}}} +\generate{\file{polish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{polish}}} +\generate{\file{polish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{polish2}}} +\generate{\file{polski.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{polski}}} +\generate{\file{portuges.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{portuges}}} +\generate{\file{portuguese.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{portuguese}}} +\generate{\file{romanian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{romanian}}} +\generate{\file{romanian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{romanian2}}} +\generate{\file{romanian3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{romanian3}}} +\generate{\file{russian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian}}} +\generate{\file{russian2m.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian2m}}} +\generate{\file{russian2o.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian2o}}} +\generate{\file{russianb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russianb}}} +\generate{\file{russianc.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russianc}}} +\generate{\file{russian-cca.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-cca}}} +\generate{\file{russian-cca1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-cca1}}} +\generate{\file{russian-lh.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lh}}} +\generate{\file{russian-lhcyralt.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lhcyralt}}} +\generate{\file{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lhcyrkoi}}} +\generate{\file{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lhcyrwin}}} +\generate{\file{samin.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{samin}}} +\generate{\file{scottish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{scottish}}} +\generate{\file{serbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{serbian}}} +\generate{\file{serbianc.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{serbianc}}} +\generate{\file{slovak.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{slovak}}} +\generate{\file{slovene.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{slovene}}} +\generate{\file{spanish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish}}} +\generate{\file{spanish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish2}}} +\generate{\file{spanish3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish3}}} +\generate{\file{spanish4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish4}}} +\generate{\file{swahili.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swahili}}} +\generate{\file{swedish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish}}} +\generate{\file{swedish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish2}}} +\generate{\file{thai.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{thai}}} +\generate{\file{turkish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{turkish}}} +\generate{\file{uighur.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uighur}}} +\generate{\file{uighur2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uighur2}}} +\generate{\file{uighur3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uighur3}}} +\generate{\file{UKenglish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{UKenglish}}} +\generate{\file{ukraineb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ukraineb}}} +\generate{\file{ukrainian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ukrainian}}} +\generate{\file{uppersorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uppersorbian}}} +\generate{\file{USenglish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{USenglish}}} +\generate{\file{usorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{usorbian}}} +\generate{\file{vietnam.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{vietnam}}} +\generate{\file{vietnamese.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{vietnamese}}} +\generate{\file{welsh.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{welsh}}} +\generate{\file{xalx.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{xalx}}} +\generate{\file{xalx2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{xalx2}}} +\generate{\file{xalx3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{xalx3}}} +% +% NO preamble/postamble for mtc-add.bib +\nopreamble +\nopostamble +\Msg{******************} +\Msg{*** A BIB FILE ***} +\Msg{******************} +\generate{\file{mtc-add.bib}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-addbib}}}% +\obeyspaces +\Msg{*************************************************************} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to read the *} +\Msg{* Installation chapter in minitoc.pdf (or minitoc-fr.pdf) *} +\Msg{* or the INSTALL file. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file minitoc.dtx *} +\Msg{* (or minitoc-fr.dtx) through PdfLaTeX. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{*************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ist index cf6a6fc6dfd..4c421e15ddc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ist +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ist @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./minitoc.ist' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %% %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of %% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license @@ -17,12 +16,12 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert. +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. +%% The list of all files belonging to the minitoc package +%% given in the file `minitoc.l'. %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.l b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.l index 402b94d8975..c8eaca39c35 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.l +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.l @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ minitoc.l minitoc.sum minitoc.bug -CATALOG README INSTALL cmk @@ -29,471 +28,7 @@ minitoc.bib minitoc-fr.bib en-mtc.bst fr-mtc.bst -aaland-f.png -acadian-m.pdf -acadie-f.png -acadien-m.pdf -afghan-f.png -africa-lf.png -africa-lo.pdf -afrsud-l.pdf -afrsud-p.pdf -albania.pdf -alb2.png -alba-eth.pdf -albania-f.png -algeria-f.png -allemand.jpg -alsace-f.png -andorra-f.png -anglo1.pdf -argentina-f.png -angola-f.png -arab-l.jpg -arabw.png -armenia-f.png -armeniad.pdf -armenian-l.png -armeniar.jpg -aruba-f.png -australia-f.png -austria-f.png -azerbaijan-f.png -bahamas-f.png -bahrain-f.png -baltes.jpg -bangla.png -bangla1.png -bangla2.png -bangladesh-f.png -barbados-f.png -basque-de.png -basque-df.png -basque1.pdf -basque2.pdf -be-dg-f.png -belarus-f.png -belgique.pdf -belgium-f.png -belize-f.png -bengali-m.jpg -benin-f.png -bolivia-f.png -bolzano-f.png -bosnia.pdf -bosnia-hz-f.png -bozen-f.png -brazil.pdf -brazil-f.png -brazilp.pdf -bretagne.pdf -brussels-f.png -bulgaria-f.png -bulgariar.jpg -bulgarski.png -bulgmap.png -bur-f.png -burkina-f.png -burundi-f.png -buryatia.pdf -buryatia-l.pdf -california-f.png -cambodia-f.png -cameroon-f.png -canada.pdf -canada-f.png -canada-l.pdf -canada-pe.png -canada-pf.pdf -canada1.pdf -cap-verde-f.png -castille-f.png -catalan-d.pdf -catalan-p.pdf -catalonia-f.png -caucasus.pdf -central-africa-f.png -chad-f.png -chile-f.png -china-ae.png -china-af.png -china-ch.png -china-f.png -china-l.pdf -china-w.png -chine1.pdf -chine2.pdf -cis-f.png -colombia-f.png -comoros-f.png -congo-f.png -corsica-f.jpg -costa-rica-f.jpg -cplp-0.png -cplpmap.png -croatia-f.png -croatia-un.png -croatie2.png -cuba-f.png -cyprus-f.png -cyr-alf.png -cz1.pdf -cz3.png -czech-f.png -czechd.pdf -dane-f.png -danemark.jpg -danishd.pdf -danishg.pdf -devanagari.png -djibouti-f.png -dominica-f.png -dominican-f.png -dutchw.pdf -east-timor-f.png -ecosse1.pdf -ecosse2.pdf -ecosse3.pdf -ecuador-f.jpg -egypt-f.png -el-salvador-f.png -england-f.jpg -equa-guinea-f.png -eritrea-f.png -espa-l.pdf -espa-o.png -esperanto-f.png -estonia-a.pdf -estonia-b.pdf -estonia-f.png -eth2.png -ethiolang.png -ethiopia.pdf -ethiopia-f.png -ethiopia-p.pdf -euro-lan.png -euro-lan1.png -euro-lan2.png -eusk-f.png -euskara.png -faroe-f.png -farsi.pdf -farsi-logo.png -feroe.jpg -fiji-f.png -finland-f.png -finlande1.png -finlande2.pdf -finnishd.pdf -finnishl.pdf -flanders-f.png -france-f.png -france-lr.png -franco.png -francophonie-f.png -fswahili.pdf -gabon-f.png -gael-ft.pdf -gaid.jpg -galicia-f.png -galicia-m.pdf -galicia-mp.pdf -galician-l.png -galles1.pdf -galles2.pdf -georgia-f.png -germ-w.png -german-c.pdf -german-d.pdf -german-m.pdf -germany-f.jpg -ghana-f.png -gibraltar-f.png -grece1.pdf -grece2.pdf -greece-f.png -greeka.png -greekm.jpg -greenland-f.png -guatemala-f.jpg -guinea-bissau-f.png -guinea-f.png -gwenn-f.png -haiti-f.jpg -hangul.png -hanja.png -hanzi.png -hin.png -hindi-b.png -hindi-p.png -hispano.png -honduras-f.png -hrv.png -hun1.png -hun2.jpg -hungary-f.png -iceland-f.png -imongolia-f.png -inde1.pdf -inde2.jpg -india-f.png -indonesia-f.png -indonesia1.pdf -indonesia2.pdf -iran-f.png -iranian.jpg -iraq-f.png -ireland-f.png -irish.png -irlande.pdf -islam-pbc.png -islam-sw.pdf -islande.png -islandep.jpg -isr1.pdf -isr2.pdf -israel-f.png -italian.pdf -italy-f.png -italo1.png -italysm.png -ivory-f.png -ivrit.png -jamaica-f.png -japan-f.png -japon1.pdf -japon2.jpg -jordan-f.png -jutland-f.png -kannada-n.png -karnad1.jpg -karnataka.jpg -karnataka-f.jpg -kazakhstan-f.png -kenya-f.png -kerala.jpg -kerala-f.jpg -khalkha.pdf -kiribati-f.png -korea-n-f.png -korea-s-f.png -korean1.png -korean2.jpg -kos-alb.png -kos-ml.png -kosovo-f.png -kuwait-f.png -kyrgyzstan-f.png lamed3.png -lang-g.png -laos-f.png -latvia-f.png -latvian-d.png -latvian-r1.png -lebanon-f.png -lettonie.jpg -leur.png -liberia-f.png -libya-f.jpg -liech-f.png -lithuania-f.jpg -lituanie.png -lorraine-f.jpg -louisiana-f.png -ls-f.png -luso1.pdf -luso2.pdf -lux-f.png -macau-f.png -macedonia-f.png -madagascar-f.png -maine-f.jpg -malawi-f.png -malayalam.pdf -malayalam.png -malaysia-f.png -malaysia1.pdf -malaysia2.pdf -mali-f.png -malta1-f.png -manchu.jpg -manchuria.jpg -manjuc.jpg -manjui.png -mauritania-f.png -mauritius-f.png -mex1.pdf -mex2.pdf -mex3.pdf -mexico-f.jpg -mexip.pdf -meyalu.png -moldova-f.png -monaco-f.png -mondep.png -mongasie.pdf -mongolcy.png -mongolia-f.png -mongolian.pdf -mongols.png -mongoltr.png -montenegro-f.jpg -morocco-f.png -mozambique-f.png -namibia-f.png -nbrunswick-f.png -ncyprus-f.png -neder.pdf -netherlands-antilles-f.png -netherlands-f.png -new-york-f.png -newzealand-f.png -nicaragua-f.png -nice-f.png -niger-f.png -nigeria-f.png -nihongo.png -norvege-c.pdf -norvege-t.pdf -norway-f.png -norway-p.pdf -occ-f.png -occdial1.jpg -occdial2.png -occitanie.png -occtaur.jpg -oman-f.png -opole-f.png -pakistan-f.png -palestine-f.png -panama-f.png -paraguay.png -paraguay-f.png -paraguayp.pdf -peru-f.png -philippines-f.png -poland-f.png -polish-d.jpg -polmin.jpg -pologne.pdf -polski-f.png -portu-a.png -portu-b.png -portu-p.jpg -portu-r.jpg -portugal.pdf -portugal-f.png -puerto-rico-f.png -qatar-f.png -quebec-f.png -rdcongo-f.png -romania-f.png -romanian.pdf -rus-cyr.png -rus-re.png -rus-su.pdf -russia-f.png -russian.png -russian-e.pdf -russian-n.png -russian-w.png -rwanda-f.png -saint-lucia-f.png -same.png -same-f.png -sami-f.png -samoa-f.png -san-marino-f.png -sao-f.png -saudi-arabia-f.png -scotland-f.png -senegal-f.png -serb-a.pdf -serbia-f.png -serbia-f2.png -serbia1.pdf -seychelles-f.png -singapore-f.png -slovak-ok.png -slovakia.pdf -slovakia-f.png -slovenia-f.png -slovenian.png -slovenie.pdf -solomon-islands-f.png -somalia-f.png -sorabe-1.jpg -sorabe-2.jpg -sorben.jpg -sorbian.jpg -south-africa-f.png -spain.png -spain-f.png -spilhennig.png -start.jpg -stop.png -sudan-f.png -suede-a.pdf -suede-fin.pdf -suisse-f.png -suriname-f.png -svenska.png -swahili.pdf -swahili-m.png -sweden.pdf -sweden-f.png -syria-f.png -taiwan-f.png -tajikistan-f.png -tanzania-f.png -thai.pdf -thai.png -thailand-f.png -togo-f.png -tonga-f.png -tunisia-f.png -turkey-f.png -turkish.png -turkmenistan-f.png -turquie.pdf -tuvalu-f.png -uae-f.png -uganda-f.png -uighur-f.png -uighur.pdf -uk-f.png -ukra.png -ukraine.jpg -ukraine-f.png -ukrainep.pdf -uruguay-f.png -usa-f.png -us-f.png -uzbekistan-f.png -vanuatu-f.png -vatican-f.jpg -venezuela-f.png -vermont-f.png -viet2.pdf -viet3.pdf -viet4.pdf -viet-w.pdf -vietnam-f.png -vojvodina-f.png -wales-f.png -wallonia-f.png -wallonie.pdf -wiki.png -wikif.png -wrs-a.png -wrs-c.png -xinjiang.png -xinjiangc.png -xyugo.png -yemen-f.png -zambia-f.png -zanzibar-f.png -zimbabwe-f.png mtc-2c.tex mtc-2nd.tex mtc-3co.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.lan b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.lan index bfe8a97fbc7..a1441398474 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.lan +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.lan @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./minitoc.lan' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \def\LANG{0} \endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pdf index 8d57462e65d..78f5a268f88 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pre b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pre index 9db7bcf21db..03e45c7e702 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pre +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.pre @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./minitoc.pre' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% % chaptermark: do not uppercase the headers % \def\HLS{\hspace*{-\leftmargin}} % Header Left Shift @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ \let\mysize\small \author{\name{Jean-Pierre F.}{Drucbert}\\% ONERA~/~Centre de Toulouse~/~SRI\\% -\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}} +} \date{\today} \title{The \texttt{minitoc} package\\(version~\#44)} \parindent=0pt diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sum b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sum index 9249598fa66..847fcdf0447 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sum +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sum @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% minitoc.sum summary of user commands (2008/07/16) -% minitoc.sum (#60) +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% minitoc.sum - summary of user commands % \mtcindent left/right indentation of minitoc (24pt) % \mtcsetdepth{mini-table}{depth} % to change the depth of some mini-tables. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/moldova-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/moldova-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0055e65090a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/moldova-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/monaco-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/monaco-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3e19cf1783e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/monaco-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mondep.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mondep.png deleted file mode 100644 index ce1602f6d9b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mondep.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongasie.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongasie.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index e17382cfca3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongasie.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolcy.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolcy.png deleted file mode 100644 index 611af6f48c5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolcy.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a1e07427619..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolian.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolian.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 4043f38aa22..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongolian.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongols.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongols.png deleted file mode 100644 index 15650b98535..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongols.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongoltr.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongoltr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 54f2d5ea639..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mongoltr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/montenegro-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/montenegro-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 51b31143edc..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/montenegro-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/morocco-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/morocco-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 49c32fb66ba..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/morocco-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mozambique-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mozambique-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 971f0bee827..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mozambique-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 64a4c885817..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 8d37b483a9e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2c.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-2c.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-2c') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% - {report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-2c.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage% - [tight,latin,listfiles]{minitoc} -\usepackage[latin]{babel} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\chapter{Primum capitulum} -\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[1-2] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[3-4] -\end{multicols} -\chapter{Secundum capitulum} -\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[5-6] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[7-8] -\section{Tertia sectio} -\lipsum[9-10] -\end{multicols} -\begin{multicols}{2} -\chapter{Tertium capitulum} -\minitoc -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[11-12] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[13-14] -\section{Tertia sectio} -\lipsum[15-16] -\end{multicols} -\chapter{Quadrum capitulum} -\begin{multicols}{2} -\minitoc -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[16-17] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[18-19] -\section{Tertia sectio} -\lipsum[20-21] -\end{multicols} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-2c.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index dd203df7491..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e7a60109886..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-2nd.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-2nd.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-2nd') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%% Test de french2.mld: -%% л seconde ╗ ou л deuxiшme ╗ partie? -%% compilez 3 fois. -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-2nd.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[french2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\usepackage[french]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew} -\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[isolatin]{inputenc} -\usepackage{mypatches} -\begin{document} -\ifmtcsecondpart -Il n'y a que 2 parties: seconde. -\else -Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxiшme. -\fi -\clearpage -\doparttoc -\faketableofcontents -\part{P1} -\parttoc -\chapter{P1C1} -\chapter{P1C2} -\part{P2} -\parttoc -\chapter{P2C1} -\chapter{P2C2} -%% Commentez la ligne suivante puis recompilez 2 ou 3 fois. -\end{document} -\part{P3} -\parttoc -\chapter{P3C1} -\chapter{P3C2} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-2nd.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index b435615ebc2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 769a9c0b085..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-3co.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-3co.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-3co') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-3co.tex}% - [2007/02/19] -\usepackage[a3paper]{geometry} -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage[toc]{multitoc} -\renewcommand{\multicolumntoc}{3} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\mtcsetformat{minitoc}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} -\newcommand{\multicolumnmtc}{3} -\makeatletter -\let\SV@mtc@verse\mtc@verse -\let\SV@endmtc@verse\endmtc@verse -\def\mtc@verse#1{\SV@mtc@verse#1\removelastskip% - \begin{multicols}{\multicolumnmtc}\raggedcolumns\leavevmode\unskip - \vskip -1.5ex \vskip -1\baselineskip} -\def\endmtc@verse{\end{multicols}\SV@endmtc@verse} -\makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\chapter{First chapter} -\minitoc -\begin{multicols}{2} -\section{First section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Tenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Eleventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twelfth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fourteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Sixteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Seventeenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Eighteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Nineteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twentieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\subsection{A very long subsection title, for the fun in -a multicolumn table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirtieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fortieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fiftieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\end{multicols} -\clearpage -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-3co.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.bib deleted file mode 100644 index 54e5e65e05c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.bib +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -@MISC{minitoc, - TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}", - MONTH=jul, - YEAR=2008} - -@MISC{minitoc-fr, - TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf}}", - MONTH=jul, - YEAR=2008} - -@MISC{shorttoc, - TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf}}", - MONTH=aug, - YEAR=2002} - -@BOOK{dark, - TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}", - AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies", - PUBLISHER="Bantam Books", - ISBN="0553292240 (pb)", - YEAR=1993} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5b68de93393..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.tex deleted file mode 100644 index bc778ff3e20..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-add.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-add.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-add') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} -%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-add.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{tocbibind} -\usepackage{makeidx} -\makeatletter -\newif\ifscan@allowed -\scan@allowedtrue -\makeatother -\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% -\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak - \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% -\usepackage[tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\makeindex -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot -\tableofcontents \mtcaddchapter -\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter -\listoftables \mtcaddchapter -\chapter{First chapter}\index{chapter!normal} -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{First section} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} - -\section{Second section} -A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ -\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}\index{a}% -\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}\index{cannot}% -\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}\index{I}% -\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}\index{land}% -\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}\index{to}\index{tree}% -\index{would}\index{yes}% -\textsf{A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. -But I imagine that he would, yes.}\\ -\hbox{}\hfill -Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks}~(1993),~\textsl{Against~a~dark~background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} -\chapter*{Second chapter, starred} -\index{chapter!starred} -%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 3 FOLLOWING LINES -\mtcaddchapter[Second chapter, starred] % OK -%% \mtcaddchapter[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. OK -%% \addcontentsline{toc}{xchapter}{} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \mtcaddchapter[] % BAD SOLUTION -%% \mtcaddchapter % BAD SOLUTION -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\index{tests} - -This is a starred chapter; you can test here variations on -the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| command. Just uncomment one (and -only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| commands after -\verb|\chapter*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. -For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents -and at this chapter. -\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% -\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{chapter}\index{code}% -\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}\index{each}% -\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}% -\index{index}\index{is}\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}% -\index{lot}\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% -\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% -\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% -\index{variations}\index{you}% -I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. - -\chapter{Third chapter} -\index{chapter!normal} -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{Third section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} - -\section{Fourth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} -\nocite* -\def\noopsort#1{\relax} -\bibliographystyle{plain} -\bibliography{mtc-add} -\adjustmtc -\printindex -\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines -%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{} -%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{} -%% \mtcaddchapter -%% - -\appendix -\chapter{App.~1} -\index{chapter!appendix} -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{Fifth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} - -\section{Sixth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} -\chapter{App.~2} -\index{chapter!appendix} -%% contains no tables but asks for a minilot! No minilot printed. -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{Seventh section} -\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} - -\section{Eighth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} - -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-add.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 61105cf9b2e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 719cb874576..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ads.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-ads.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ads') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside,12pt,a4paper]{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ads.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{url,tocbibind,makeidx} -\makeatletter \newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue \makeatother -\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% -\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak - \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% -\usepackage[tight,hints,insection]{minitoc} -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\makeindex -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dopartlof \dopartlot -\dosecttoc \dosectlof \dosectlot -\setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -\setcounter{parttocdepth}{6} -\setcounter{secttocdepth}{6} -\tableofcontents \mtcaddsection -\listoffigures \mtcaddsection -\listoftables \mtcaddsection -\part{Part~1} -\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot - -\section{First section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{First subsection} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Second subsection} -A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ -\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% -\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% -\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% -\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% -\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% -\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% -A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. -But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ -\hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} -\section*{Second section, starred} -\index{section!starred} -%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES -\mtcaddsection[Second section, starred] % OK -%% \mtcaddsection[] % BAD -%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. -%% \mtcaddsection % BAD -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\index{tests} - -This is a starred section; you can test here variations on -the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and -only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after -\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. -For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents -and at this section. -\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% -\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% -\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}% -\index{Contents}\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}% -\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% -\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% -\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}\index{source}% -\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}\index{the}% -\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% -\index{variations}\index{you}% -I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. - -\section{Third section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Third subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Fourth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} - -\subsubsection{Even a sub-sub-section!} -\subsubsection{And yet another one} - -\part{Part~2} -\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot - -\section{Fourth section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Fifth subsection} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Sixth subsection} -A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ -\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% -\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% -\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% -\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% -\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% -\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% -A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. -But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ -\hbox{}\hfill -Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} - -\section*{Fifth section, starred} -\index{section!starred} -%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES -\mtcaddsection[Fifth section, starred] % OK -%% \mtcaddsection[] % OK -%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. -%% \mtcaddsection % OK -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\index{tests} - -This is a starred section; you can test here variations on -the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and -only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after -\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. -For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents -and at this section.\index{a}% -\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% -\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% -\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}% -\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}% -\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% -\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% -\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% -\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% -\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}% -\index{uncomment}\index{variations}\index{you}% -I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. - -\section{Sixth section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Seventh subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Seventh table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Eighth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Eighth table} \end{table} -\nocite* -\def\noopsort#1{\relax} -\bibliographystyle{plain} -\bibliography{mtc-add} -\adjuststc -\printindex -\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines -%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{} -%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{} -%% \mtcaddsection - -\appendix -\section{App.~1} -\index{section!appendix} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Ninth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Ninth table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Tenth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Tenth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Tenth table} \end{table} - -\section{App.~2} -\index{section!appendix} -%% contains no tables but asks for a sectlot! No sectlot printed. -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Eleventh subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Twelfth figure} \end{figure} - -\subsection{Twelfth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Thirdteenth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Fourteenth figure} \end{figure} - -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-ads.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 4f5082d41ee..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.tex deleted file mode 100644 index b712fea912d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-amm.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-amm.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-amm') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-amm.tex}% - [2007/08/29] -\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{memhfixc} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\adjustmtc -\chapter{First chapter} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\section{First section} -\lipsum[2] -\begin{appendices} -\addappheadtotoc -\adjustmtc %correction! -\chapter{Afterthoughts} -\minitoc -\lipsum[3] -Afterthoughts appendix -\section{Further remarks} -\lipsum[4] -\chapter{Last wills} -\minitoc -\section{Testament} -\lipsum[5] -\end{appendices} -\chapter{Conclusion} -\minitoc -\section{Bye} -\lipsum[6] -\chapter{Back from Hell} -\minitoc -\section{Not dead yet!} -\lipsum[7] -\section{I will survive} -\lipsum[8] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-amm.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 563f621f458..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 829a04dbc9f..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-apx.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-apx.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-apx') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-apx.tex}% - [2007/03/22]% -\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text -\usepackage{tocbibind} % adds some entries in the main TOC. -\usepackage[tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} \setcounter{parttocdepth}{3} -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc % prepare the mini-tables -\tableofcontents -\mtcaddchapter % because tocbibind adds a chapter entry in the TOC -\chapter{First} -\minitoc -First chapter -\section{First section} \lipsum[1] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] -\chapter{Second} -\minitoc -Second -\section{First section of second chapter} \lipsum[3] -\section{Second section of second chapter} \lipsum[4] -\appendix % begins the appendices -\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices} % adds a part entry in the TOC -\adjustptc % fixes the parttoc counter ptc -\mtcsettitle{parttoc}{List of Appendices} % changes the parttoc title -\parttoc % adds a partial toc for the appendices -\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] % hides the details of the appendices in the main TOC, -\chapter{First appendix} -\minitoc -First appendix -\section{First section} \lipsum[5] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[6] -\chapter{Second appendix} -\minitoc -Second appendix -\section{First section of second appendix} \lipsum[7] -\section{Second section of second appendix} \lipsum[8] -\end{mtchideinmaintoc} % end of hiding -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-apx.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 80b0fb2b171..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 2df5e425cda..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-art.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-art.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-art') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%% mtc-art.tex -%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #60 -%% package. You can alter most of parameters to test. -%% article (\section must be defined) -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-art.tex}% - [2007/06/06] -\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text -%% \usepackage{hyperref} % If used, load it BEFORE minitoc -\usepackage[tight,insection]{minitoc} -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents -\setlength{\stcindent}{24pt} % indentation of secttocs, default -%% % font for secttocs, default -\renewcommand{\stcfont}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries}% -%% % font for secttocs, subsections -%% \renewcommand{\stcSSfont}{\small\sf}% -%% % you can make experiments with -%% % \stcSSSfont, \stcPfont and \stcSPfont -%% % but it is ``fontomania''... -\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice -%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test -%%% resetting section number in each part -%%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{section}{part} \makeatother -%%% END TEST -\begin{document} -\dosecttoc -\dosectlof[c] % center titles of the sectlofs -\dosectlot -\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff -\dopartlof % added in version #15 -\dopartlot % added in version #15 -\faketableofcontents % or \tableofcontents -\fakelistoffigures % to check compatibility -\fakelistoftables % to check compatibility -\part{First Part} \parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot -\twocolumn\sloppy % the secttoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, - % but works. Ideas to make it better? -\section{AAAAA} % a section with a lot of sections -\secttoc[r] % secttoc title on the right -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\lipsum[1] -\subsection{S1} \lipsum[2] -\subsection{S2} \lipsum[3] -\subsection{S3} \lipsum[4] -\subsection*{S4} -%% \addcontentsline{toc}{starsubsection}{*S4*} -\lipsum[5] -\subsection{S5} \lipsum[6] -\subsection{S6} \lipsum[7] -\subsection{S7} \lipsum[8] -\subsection{S8} \lipsum[9] -\subsection{S9} \lipsum[10] -\subsection{S10} \lipsum[11] -\subsection{S11} \lipsum[12] -\subsection{S12} \lipsum[13] -\subsection{S13} \lipsum[14] -\subsection{S14} \lipsum[15] -\subsection{S15} \lipsum[16] -\subsection{S16} \lipsum[17] -\subsection{S17} \lipsum[18] -\subsection{S18} \lipsum[19] -\subsection{S19} \lipsum[20] -\subsection{S20} \lipsum[21] -\subsection{S21} \lipsum[22] -\subsection{S22} \lipsum[23] -\subsection{S23} \lipsum[24] -\subsection{S24} \lipsum[25] -\subsection{S25} \lipsum[26] -\subsection{S26} \lipsum[27] -\subsection{S27} \lipsum[28] -\subsection{S28} \lipsum[29] -\subsection{S29} \lipsum[30] -\subsection{S30} \lipsum[31] -\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column -\section{BBBBB} -\secttoc -\mtcskip % put some skip here -\sectlof % a sectlof -\lipsum[32] -\subsection{T1} \lipsum[33] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F1} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\subsubsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command -\lipsum[34] -\paragraph{TTT1} \lipsum[35] -\subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36] -\begin{figure}[t] -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\subsection{T2} \lipsum[37] -\section*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-section. should have no secttoc -%% \addstarredsection{CCCCC} -\mtcaddsection[CCCCC] -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\lipsum[38] -\subsection{U1} \lipsum[39] -\subsubsection{UU1} \lipsum[40] -\paragraph{UUU1} \lipsum[41] -\subparagraph{UUUU1} \lipsum[42] -\subsection{U2} \lipsum[43] -\part{Second Part} -\parttoc -\partlof[c] -\partlot -%% % the following section should have no secttoc, -\section{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \secttoc, -%% \secttoc -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\lipsum[44] -\subsection{V1} \lipsum[45] -\subsubsection{VV1} \lipsum[46] -\paragraph{VVV1} \lipsum[47] -\subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\lipsum[49] \subsection{V2} \lipsum[50] -\section{EEEEE} % this section should have a secttoc -{% % left brace, see below -\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3} % depth of sect table of contents; - % try with different values. -\secttoc -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -} % right brace -%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change on secttocdepth. -\lipsum[51] -\subsection{W1} % with the given depth -\lipsum[52] -\subsubsection{WW1} \lipsum[53] -\paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -\subparagraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[55] -\subsection{W2} \lipsum[56] -\chapter*{} -\part{Appendices} -\parttoc \mtcskip -\partlof \mtcskip -\partlot -\FloatBarrier -\appendix -\section{Comments} \lipsum[57] -\secttoc -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\subsection{C1} \lipsum[58] -\subsection{C2} \lipsum[59] -\subsection{C3} \lipsum[60] -\begin{figure}[hb] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\subsection{C4} \lipsum[61] -\FloatBarrier -\section{Evolution} -\secttoc -\sectlof % empty -\sectlot % empty -\lipsum[62] -\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63] \subsection{D2} \lipsum[64] -\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65] \subsection{D4} \lipsum[66] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-art.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index a90ff100f3e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.tex deleted file mode 100644 index fb0bb681958..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bk.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-bk.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-bk') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions) -%% mtc-bk.tex -%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #60 package file. -%% You can alter most of parameters to test. -%% Class: book/report (\chapter must be defined). -%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc commands and parameters. -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} % the report class uses less pages -%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-bk.tex}% - [2007/06/06] -\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text -%% \usepackage{hyperref} % if used, load it BEFORE minitoc -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} % tight option make shorter mini-tables -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents -\setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} % indentation of minitocs, default -\renewcommand{\mtcfont}{\small\rm} % font for minitocs, default -\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\small\bf} % font for minitocs, sections, default -%% \renewcommand{\mtcSSfont}{\small\sf} % font for minitocs, subsections -%% you can make experiments with \mtcSSSfont, \mtcPfont and \mtcSPfont -%% but it is ``fontomania''... -\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice -%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test resetting chapter number in each part -%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} \makeatother -%%% END TEST -\begin{document} -\mtcpagenumbers -\noptcrule -%% \nomtcrule % suppresses minitoc rules -%% \nomtcpagenumbers % suppresses minitoc page numbers -%% \nomlfpagenumbers % ---------- minilof ---- ------- -%% \nomltpagenumbers % ---------- minilot ---- ------- -\dominitoc -\dominilof[c] % centers title of minilof's -\dominilot -\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff -\dopartlof % added in version #15 -\dopartlot % added in version #15 -\tableofcontents % or \faketableofcontents -\listoffigures % or \fakelistoffigures -\fakelistoftables % or \listoftables -%% \addtocounter{chapter}{-1} % to begin with Chapter 0 -\part{First Part} -\parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot[r] -\twocolumn\sloppy % the minitoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, -\chapter{AAAAA} % a chapter with a lot of sections -\minitoc[r] % minitoc title on the right -\lipsum[1] -\section{S1} \lipsum[2] -\section{S2} \lipsum[3] -\section{S3} \lipsum[4] -\section*{S4} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}{S4}} -\lipsum[5] -\section{S5} \lipsum[6] -\section{S6} \lipsum[6] -\section{S7} \lipsum[7] -\section{S8} \lipsum[9] -\section{S9} \lipsum[10] -\section{S10} \lipsum[11] -\section{S11} \lipsum[12] -\section{S12} \lipsum[13] -\section{S13} \lipsum[14] -\section{S14} \lipsum[15] -\section{S15} \lipsum[16] -\section{S16} \lipsum[17] -\section{S17} \lipsum[18] -\section{S18} \lipsum[19] -\section{S19} \lipsum[20] -\section{S20} \lipsum[21] -\section{S21} \lipsum[22] -\section{S22} \lipsum[23] -\section{S23} \lipsum[24] -\section{S24} \lipsum[25] -\section{S25} \lipsum[26] -\section{S26} \lipsum[27] -\section{S27} \lipsum[28] -\section{S28} \lipsum[29] -\section{S29} \lipsum[30] -\section{S30} \lipsum[31] -\subsection{SS1} \lipsum[32] -\section{S31} \lipsum[33] -\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column -\chapter{BBBBB} -\minitoc -\mtcskip % put some skip here -\minilof % a minilof -\mtcskip % put some skip here -\minilot % a minilot -\lipsum[34] -\section{T1} \lipsum[35] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F1} % (tables are similar) -\end{figure} -\begin{table}[b] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{T1} % (tables are similar) -\end{table} -\clearpage -\subsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command -\lipsum[36] -\subsubsection{TTT1} \lipsum[37] -\paragraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[38] -\begin{figure} -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption -\end{figure} -\section{T2} \lipsum[39] -\chapter*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-chapter; could have a minitoc. -\addstarredchapter{CCCCC} -\lipsum[40] -\section*{U1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U1} -\lipsum[41] -\subsection*{UU1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{UU1} -\lipsum[42] -\subsubsection*{UUU1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{UUU1} -\lipsum[43] -\paragraph*{UUUU1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{paragraph}{UUUU1} -\lipsum[44] -\section*{U2} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U2} -\lipsum[45] -\part{Second Part} -\parttoc -\partlof[c] -%% % the following chapter should have no minitoc, -\chapter{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \minitoc, -%% \minitoc % the minitoc appears -\lipsum[46] -\section{V1} \lipsum[47] -\subsection{VV1} \lipsum[48] -\subsubsection{VVV1} \lipsum[49] -\paragraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[50] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\lipsum[51] -\section{V2} \lipsum[52] -\chapter{EEEEE} % this chapter should have a minitoc -{% % left brace, see below -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} % depth of mini table of contents; - % try with different values. -\minitoc -} % right brace -%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change -%% on minitocdepth. -\lipsum[53] -\section{W1} % with the given depth -\lipsum[54] -\subsection{WW1} \lipsum[55] -\subsubsection{WWW1} \lipsum[56] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables here, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\lipsum[57] -\paragraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[58] -\subparagraph{WWWWW1} \lipsum[59] -\section{W2} \lipsum[60] -\appendix -\part{Appendices} -\parttoc -\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] -\chapter{Comments} -\minitoc -\section{C1} \lipsum[61] -\section{C2} \lipsum[62] -\section{C3} \lipsum[63] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\section{C4} -\chapter{Evolution} -\minitoc -\minilof %Empty => invisible -\minilot %Empty => invisible -\section{D1} \lipsum[64] -\section{D2} \lipsum[65] -\section{D3} \lipsum[66] -\section{D4} \lipsum[67] -%% this line closes the omitted part -\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} -%% this line restore the depth in the main TOC -\end{mtchideinmaintoc} -\lipsum[68] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-bk.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 448f1f7ceb3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index a1ecf8d48ea..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-bo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-bo.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-bo') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[10pt]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-bo.tex}% - [2007/04/17] -\usepackage[paperwidth=8.5in,paperheight=11in,% - lmargin=1.25in,rmargin=1.25in,tmargin=1in,bmargin=1in]{geometry} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{color} -\usepackage{tocloft} -\setlength{\cftsecindent}{0cm} -\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{15 pt} -\setlength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecindent} -\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecnumwidth} -\setlength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}{20 pt} -\setlength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecindent} -\addtolength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecnumwidth} -\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} -\cftpagenumbersoff{subsec} -\usepackage[francais,tight]{minitoc} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\nomtcrule % pas de filets en haut et en bas de la mini-tdm -\nomtcpagenumbers % pas de numщro de pages -\renewcommand{\mtctitle}{Contenu de la rencontre} -\usepackage[francais]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[isolatin]{inputenc} -\usepackage{mypatches} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\makeatletter -\def\@makechapterhead#1{% - \vspace*{10\p@}% - {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft \normalfont - \interlinepenalty\@M - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \Huge\bfseries\sffamily Rencontre \thechapter\\% \quad - \fi - \Huge\bfseries\sffamily #1\par\nobreak - \vskip 10\p@ -}} -\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% - \vspace*{10\p@}% - {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont - \interlinepenalty\@M - \Huge \sffamily #1\par\nobreak - \vskip 10\p@ -}} \makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\newenvironment{pageUn}[6]{% -\parindent = 0.0in -\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} -\begin{multicols}{2} - {\large \bfseries Math. pour mщdecine nuclщaire\\ - \textit{(#2)}} - \vfill\columnbreak - \raggedleft\bfseries Automne 2003\\ - #1 -\end{multicols} -\vspace{-18pt} -\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} - -\setlength{\columnseprule}{.3pt} \setlength{\columnsep}{1cm} -\begin{multicols}{2}% - -\colorbox[cmyk]{.1,0,0,0}{% - \parbox{\linewidth}{% - \setcounter{minitocdepth}{3}% - \minitoc% - }} - -\mtcskip - - -{\large \bfseries Documents distribuщs} -\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$} #3 \end{itemize} - - -\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Messages} -\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$}#4\end{itemize} - -\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Lecture}\vspace{-6pt} \par#5 \par - -\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Exercices}\vspace{-6pt}\par#6\par - -\end{multicols}% -} -{\hrule} - - -\parskip = 0.1in - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Alph{section}} - -%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%% -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \faketableofcontents -\chapter{Premiшre щtape (dщbut)} -\begin{pageUn} - {%1 Date du cours - lundi 25 ao√t - } - {%2 Durщe du cours - 2 pщriodes - } - {%3 Liste des documents р~distribuer - \item Plan de cours - \item Fiche d'identification - \item Grille horaire - \item Feuilles d'exercices supplщmentaires - } - {%4 Ne pas oublier - \item Acheter le livre de rщfщrence - \item Apporter une disquette - } - {%5 Lecture - Lire les pages ppp р~ppp et ppp р~ppp - } - {%6 Exercice - Faire les exercices nnn de la page ppp - } -\end{pageUn} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\section{Titre de la section} % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Texte dans la section - -%% -\subsection{Une sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%% -\subsection{Une autre sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\section{Titre d'une autre section} % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Texte dans la section - -%% -\subsection{Une sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%% -\subsection{Une autre sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\section{Encore une autre section} % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Texte dans la section - -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-bo.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 3bb7010fc42..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 2f190781847..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ch0.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-ch0.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ch0') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ch0.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[tight,english]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\chapter*{Chapter One (starred)} -\mtcaddchapter[Fake chapter one] -\minitoc -\section{Chap 1, section 1} -That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and -Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize -worldwide parties to celebrate. - -Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved -Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for -one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, -organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to -organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, -dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do -things by halves around here. - -\subsection{Chap 1, section 1, subsection 1} -That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and -Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize -worldwide parties to celebrate. - -Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved -Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for -one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, -organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to -organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, -dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do -things by halves around here. -\chapter{Chapter Two (numbered one)} -\minitoc -\section{Chapter 2, section 1} -That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and -Thunderbird 1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize -worldwide parties to celebrate. - -Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved -Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for -one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, -organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to -organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, -dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do -things by halves around here. -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-ch0.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index cc3feade30b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.tex deleted file mode 100644 index bf514b3708d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-cri.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-cri.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-cri') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% - {report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-cri.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[francais]{babel} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage% - [french2,tight]% - {minitoc} - -\mtcsetdepth{parttoc}{2} - -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\part*{Prщsentation gщnщrale} -\mtcaddpart[Prщsentation gщnщrale] -\adjustptc[-2] -\parttoc - -Texte de la -prщsentation gщnщrale\ldots - -\chapter*{Les auteurs} -\mtcaddchapter[Les auteurs] -Prщsentation des auteurs\ldots - -\chapter*{Les lecteurs} -\mtcaddchapter[Les lecteurs] -Prщsentation des lecteurs\ldots - -\part{Premiшre partie} -\parttoc -\chapter*{Introduction} -\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] -\chapter{Premier chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~A} -\section{Deuxiшme section~A} -\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~B} -\section{Deuxiшme section~B} - -\part{Deuxiшme partie} -\parttoc -\chapter{Premier chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~C} -\section{Deuxiшme section~C} -\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~D} -\section{Deuxiшme section~D} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-cri.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5d57fd1ef3b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 5fd6095e93a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fko.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-fko.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-fko') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[german,a4paper,oneside]{scrbook} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-fko.tex}% - [2007/02/19] -\usepackage{babel} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} % optional -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\sectfont\small} -\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\sectfont\large} -\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Inhalt} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\chapter{Ein serifenloses Kapitel} -\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc -\section{Dieser Text ist in minitoc serifenlos} -Auch der Text \glqq Inhaltsangabe\grqq\ will -so wie koma es definiert. -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-fko.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index e1d64b506d3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index d4ca01ea235..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-fo1.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-fo1') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo1.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{txfonts} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents -\part{Introduction} \clearpage -\parttoc \clearpage -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\chapter{A very short chapter} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\section{First section} \lipsum[2] -\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] -\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] -\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] -\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-fo1.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 858536c25c9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 62ea30ccebb..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-fo2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-fo2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-fo2') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo2.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{txfonts} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} - \def\ptcSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsections) - \def\ptcSSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsubsections) - \def\ptcPfont{\ptcfont} % (paragraphs) - \def\ptcSPfont{\ptcfont} % (subparagraphs) - \def\plffont{\ptcfont} % (figures) - \def\plfSfont{\ptcfont} % (subfigures) - \def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables) - \def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables) -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\part{Introduction} -\clearpage -\parttoc \clearpage -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\chapter{A very short chapter} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\section{First section} \lipsum[2] -\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] \subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] -\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] \subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-fo2.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6935b88caf3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 22714e0e7ad..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-gap.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-gap.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-gap') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside,12pt]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-gap.tex}[2007/01/04]% -\usepackage{txfonts,vruler} % vertical graduation to note positions (Zhuhan Jiang) -\usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package -\doparttoc \faketableofcontents -\part{First part} -\parttoc -\chapter{First chapter of first part} \chapter{Second chapter of first part} -\part{Second part} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{100pt} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{80pt} -\parttoc -\chapter{First chapter of second part} \chapter{Second chapter of second part} -\part{Third part} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{20pt} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{10pt} -\parttoc -\chapter{First chapter of third part} \chapter{Second chapter of third part} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-gap.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index e24adcd6484..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 59e5759c25c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-hi1.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hi1') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi1.tex}% - [2007/01/04]% -\usepackage% - [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominilof \listoffigures -\dominilot \listoftables -\chapter{First} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA2} -\end{table} -\chapter{Second} -\minilof \minilot -%%---------------------- -\begin{mtchideinmainlof} -\begin{mtchideinmainlot} -\begin{figure} -\caption{BBBB1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{BBBB2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TBBBB1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TBBBB2} -\end{table} -\chapter{Third} -\end{mtchideinmainlot} -\end{mtchideinmainlof} -%%---------------------- -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC2} -\end{table} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-hi1.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5c871dad31b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ea29cc89ed4..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hi2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-hi2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hi2') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi2.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage% - [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominilof \listoffigures -\dominilot \listoftables -\chapter{First} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA2} -\end{table} -\chapter{Second} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\mtchideinmainlof % <-- -\caption{BBBB1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{BBBB2} -\endmtchideinmainlof % <-- -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\mtchideinmainlot % <-- -\caption{TBBBB1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TBBBB2} -\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- -\end{table} -\chapter{Third} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC2} -\end{table} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-hi2.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 54051cbf2cd..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 78a1a38bd44..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hia.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-hia.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hia') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass% - [oneside,a4paper]{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hia.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage% - [tight,insection]% - {minitoc} -\dosectlot -\begin{document} -\listoftables -\section{First section} -\sectlot -\lipsum[1] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My first visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[2] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[3] -\begin{table}[hb] -\mtchideinmainlot -\caption{My first hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[4-6] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[7] -\section{Second section} -\sectlot -\lipsum[8] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My last hidden table} -\endmtchideinmainlot -\end{table} -\lipsum[9] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A third visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[10] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{A fourth visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[11] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-hia.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5827dfd210b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ab8fc51c756..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hir.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-hir.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hir') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[a4paper]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hir.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\dominilot -\begin{document} -\listoftables -\chapter{First chapter} -\minilot -\lipsum[1] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My first visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[2] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[3] -\begin{table}[hb] -\mtchideinmainlot % <-- -\caption{My first hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[4-6] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[7] -\chapter{Second chapter} -\minilot -\lipsum[8] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My last hidden table} -\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- -\end{table} -\lipsum[9] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A third visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[10] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{A fourth visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[11] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-hir.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d46feb9fccd..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.tex deleted file mode 100644 index bc4db4d8665..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-hop.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-hop.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-hop') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside,12pt]{scrbook} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hop.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage[hints]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\dominilof \fakelistoffigures -\part*{Part 1: Strategic Marketing} -\mtcaddpart[Part 1: Strategic Marketing] -\chapter{Chapter 1} -\minitoc \minilof -\section{Section one of first chapter} \lipsum[1] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture one of first chapter} -\end{figure} - -\section{Section two of first chapter} \lipsum[2] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture two of first chapter} -\end{figure} - -\chapter{Chapter 2} -\minitoc \minilof - -\section{Section one of second chapter} \lipsum[3] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture one of second chapter} -\end{figure} -\cleardoublepage -\section{Section two of second chapter} \lipsum[4] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture two of second chapter} -\end{figure} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-hop.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8db353531fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 895046df195..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-liv.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-liv.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-liv') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[10pt,twoside,openright]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-liv.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\makeatletter -\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% -\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage - \if@twoside - \ifodd\c@page\else - \null\thispagestyle{chapterverso}\newpage - \if@twocolumn\null\newpage\fi - \fi - \fi - }% -\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% -\makeatother -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{tocloft} -\usepackage{sectsty} -\usepackage[french,undotted,tight]{minitoc} -\usepackage[english,francais]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew,mypatches} -\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} -\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{1em} % for tocloft -\cftsetrmarg{2.55em plus 1fil} % to avoid hyphenations in the ToC (tocloft). -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{4} -\chapterfont{\huge\bfseries\sffamily} % for sectsty -\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}} -\sectionfont{\Large\raggedright} % for sectsty (to avoid hyphenations in section titles) -\title{Systшmes d'occultation} \author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}} -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\dominitoc \tableofcontents - -\chapter{Dщfinition et contrЇle du travail р~faire}% -\label{chap+controle} -\minitoc - -\section{Le modшle de la grande industrie et le taylorisme}% -\index{taylorisme} -C'est au \textsc{xviii}\fup{e}~siшcle que la vision du travail comme -marchandise est vraiment devenue dominante, pour s'imposer au -\textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siшcle dans l'organisation type de la grande usine -industrielle. - -\subsection*{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel}\index{centre d'appel} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel} -Aujourd'hui le taylorisme\index{taylorisme} au sens -strict est en dщclin parce qu'il n'est plus guшre adaptщ aux -besoins de la production industrielle contemporaine non plus qu'aux -nouvelles normes de comportement individuel et collectif. - -\section{Tout travail щmet de la pensщe} -Le travail a vocation р~produire du sens, pour son auteur comme pour -son destinataire. - -\section{Thщorie et pratique de la commande publique} -En France, les prestations de service commandщes par les -services publics р~des entreprises font l'objet de contrЇles -de leur bonne rщalisation selon des procщdures et des rшgles -qui sont des cas particuliers d'un ensemble plus vaste, la -rщglementation des marchщs publics de l'╔tat, dont nous -allons donner ci-dessous une brшve description. - -\subsection{Rщglementation des marchщs publics} -Le dispositif juridique, rщglementaire et comptable qui encadre les -actes contractuels de la puissance publique en France est trшs~[...] - -\subsubsection{Premier principe: sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable} -Le premier щlщment du dispositif est le principe de -sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable. Il a щtщ -instaurщ en 1319 par l'ordonnance portant crщation de la~[...] - -\subsubsection{Second principe: contrЇle \emph{a~priori}} -Le second щlщment du dispositif est le principe du contrЇle -\emph{a~priori}. Lorsque le directeur de l'organisme public -de recherche pris ici comme exemple (l'ordonnateur) dщcide~[...] - -\subsubsection{Le Code des Marchщs Publics} -Le troisiшme pilier de la commande publique est le Code des Marchщs -Publics (CMP), qui rщgit tous les contrats, conclus par des organismes -publics ou des collectivitщs territoriales, dont le montant excшde un~[...] - -\subsection{La pratique des marchщs publics} -Lorsque l'administration franчaise fait rщaliser un systшme -informatique par un prestataire, elle est en position de maюtre -d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}. Elle rщdige (ou fait rщdiger) un -cahier des charges\index{cahier des charges} qui dщcrit les -spщcifications du systшme р~rщaliser. Ce cahier des charges constitue~[...] - -\subsection{Quels sont les services publics л~rentables~╗?} -Pour parler comme les informaticiens, nous pouvons identifier un -л effet de bord ╗, c'est-р-dire une consщquence non intentionnelle de -la rщglementation des marchщs publics: les administrations ne disposent -d'aucun moyen pour envisager la notion d'investissement. Le~[...] - -\section{Projet et cahier des charges}\index{cahier des charges} -Jean-Pierre~\textsc{Boutinet} nous guidera ici pour ce qui concerne -l'histoire de la notion de~[...] - -\subsection{La frontiшre entre conception et fabrication} -La vision classique de la conduite d'un projet informatique de gestion -est la suivante: le maюtre d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}~[...] - -\subsection{Bтtiment, mщcanique, programmation} -Nous y reviendrons au chapitre~\ref{chap+travail}, mais nous savons -dщjр que la mise en {\oe}uvre de l'informatique s'est beaucoup -inspirщe des procщdures de travail les plus щlaborщes du -\textsc{xx}\fup{e}~siшcle~[...] - -\chapter{Le travail informatique} -\minitoc - -\section{De la nature de l'informatique} - -\subsection{Premiшres croyances}\label{sub+premcroyances} -Les premiers ordinateurs, qui entrшrent en fonction р~l'extrъme fin -des annщes 1940 et durant les annщes 1950, щtaient consacrщs р~des -travaux militaires ou scientifiques puisque, р~cette щpoque, -on pensait~[...] - -\subsection{Comment l'informatique diffшre des mathщmatiques} -J'aimerai р~l'occasion de cette analyse attirer l'attention du -lecteur sur une question qui est une source constante de malentendus -au sujet de la programmation. - -\subsubsection{Les preuves de programme} -L'щcriture de programmes informatiques obщit р~de tout autres principes. -Il convient de prщciser cette affirmation pour la prщserver~[...] - -\section{Programmation dans le monde rщel} -\subsection{La vraie nature de la programmation des ordinateurs} - -Alors, comment s'щcrivent les programmes informatiques? Et -d'ailleurs, qu'est-ce qu'une erreur\index{erreur} de programmation? -Ces questions sont liщes et elles sont, bien s√r, au c{\oe}ur de notre -prщoccupation. - -\subsection{Mщthodes de programmation} -Un processeur quelconque est caractщrisщ par le jeu des actions -щlщmentaires qu'il est capable d'effectuer. Ces actions щlщmentaires -sont appelщes les \emph{primitives} du processeur, ou, si le -processeur est une machine, les л~instructions machine~╗. Un~[...] - -\subsection{Mщthodes de construction de programmes} -Nous avons dщcrit ci-dessus le processus щlщmentaire de la -programmation, celui qui consiste р~щcrire les instructions ou les -expressions qui vont composer un programme. - -\subsubsection{La programmation structurщe} -Le premier courant de pensщe qui associa la recherche d'une syntaxe -claire et expressive р~une organisation logique et commode des unitщs -de programme fut la \emph{programmation -structurщe}\index{programmation!structurщe} des annщes 1970, dont~[...] - -\subsubsection{La programmation par objets} -Aprшs la programmation structurщe vint un autre courant significatif: -la programmation par objets\index{programmation!par objets}, inventщe -en Norvшge р~la fin des annщes 1960 par l'щquipe de~[...] - -\subsubsection{Excшs dans la pensщe} -Il y a eu beaucoup de verbiage autour de l'aptitude supposщe du -modшle~[...] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-liv.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 65bbaaad872..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 3d7f5fd64b1..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mem.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-mem.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-mem') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass% - [oneside]{memoir} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-mem.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -%% \usepackage{hyperref} -%% \usepackage{memhfixc} -\usepackage% - [tight]{minitoc} -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents* - -\chapter[oneA][oneB]{oneC} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] \newpage \lipsum[2] -\section{S-1-one} \lipsum[3] -\section{S-1-two} \lipsum[4] - -\chapter[twoA][twoB]{twoC} -\minitoc -\lipsum[4] \newpage \lipsum[5] -\section{S-2-one} \lipsum[6] -\section{S-2-two} \lipsum[7] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-mem.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 69e4372d7ee..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index f7b38fad6ea..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mm1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-mm1.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-mm1') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-mm1.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text -\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} -\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} -\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} -\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} -%% hyperref before minitoc, optional -%% \usepackage[linktocpage=true]{hyperref}\usepackage{memhfixc} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalsize\scshape} % <- no scshape -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{subsection}{\normalsize\scshape}% <- no scshape -\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} -\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} -\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} -\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} -\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\Large\scshape} -%% this is working beautifully -> -\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Chapter Contents} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents* - -\chapter[OneA][OneB]{OneC} -\minitoc -\section{This section} \lipsum[1] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] -\section{Third section} \lipsum[3] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-mm1.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index fe195aab05c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 270a01a6545..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-mu.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-mu.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-mu') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-mu.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\usepackage{wrapfig} -\newcommand{\LangSig}[1]{\textsc{[#1]}} % smallcaps -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\chapter{Mulspren}\label{chapter+mulspren} -\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\linewidth} -\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} -\vspace{-2.\baselineskip} -\minitoc -\vspace{-1.\baselineskip} -\end{minipage} -\end{wrapfigure} -The previous chapter examined many end-user programming environments -and found that most contain cognitive programming gulfs. -These gulfs were often created when programing environments used -multiple notations, and could manifest themselves in a variety of -usability problems, ranging from users being unable to understand -a program representation, to not wanting to execute their programs. -Conversely, the previous chapter also found circumstances where multiple -notations helped users understand programs. -It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming -environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating -programming gulfs. -It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming -environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating -programming gulfs. - -This chapter introduces our programming environment, Mulspren. -Mulspren was designed to avoid these gulfs and gain the potential -benefits of multiple notations. -Users program using two notations, one similar to English and one -similar to conventional code. -Changes in one notation are immediately reflected in the other notation, -and users can move rapidly and seamlessly between the notations. -This is programming using dual notations. -When the program is executed, both notations are animated. -Mulspren's language signature is \LangSig{Re/Wr/Wa + Re/Wr/Wa + Wa}. - -Papers describing Mulspren have been published in~\cite{Wright02-2} -and~\cite{Wright03-3}. - -\section{section 1} -\section{section 2 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla} -\section{section 3} -\section{section 4} -\section{section 5 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -bla bla bla bla bla} -\begin{thebibliography}{1} -\bibitem{Wright02-2} -Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. -\newblock Mulspren: a multiple language simulation programming - environment. -\newblock In {\em HCC '02: Proceedings of the IEEE 2002 Symposia - on Human Centric Computing Languages and Environments (HCC'02)}, - page 101, Washington, DC, USA, 2002. IEEE Computer Society. - -\bibitem{Wright03-3} -Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. -\newblock Evaluation of two textual programming notations for children. -\newblock In {\em AUIC '05: Proceedings of the Sixth Australasian - conference on User interface}, pages 55--62, Darlinghurst, Australia, - Australia, 2005. - Australian Computer Society, Inc. -\end{thebibliography} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-mu.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index a82ee633d4f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 1f33286d496..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-nom.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-nom.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-nom') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-nom.tex}% - [2007/04/02] -\usepackage[intoc]{nomencl} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\makenomenclature -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\chapter{Angels} -\minitoc -\section{Main equations} -\begin{equation} - a=\frac{N}{A} -\end{equation}% -\nomenclature{$a$}{The number of angels per unit area}% -\nomenclature{$N$}{The number of angels per needle point}% -\nomenclature{$A$}{The area of the needle point}% -The equation $\sigma = m a$% -\nomenclature{$\sigma$}{The total mass of angels per unit area}% -\nomenclature{$m$}{The mass of one angel} -follows easily. -\printnomenclature \mtcfixnomenclature -\chapter{Demons} -\minitoc -\section{False equations} -\begin{equation} i=\sqrt{-1} \end{equation} -\nomenclature{$i$}{The imaginary unit}% -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-nom.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d9708bf7a5b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 6292db44cc3..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ocf.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-ocf.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ocf') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ocf.tex}% - [2007/04/02] -\usepackage{multicol} % to make multi-columns. -\usepackage[french]{babel} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{fullpage} -\let\osection\section \def\section{\penalty-1\relax\osection} -\usepackage[french,tight]{minitoc} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{3}} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} - -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\chapter{Premier chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Alfa} -\section{Bravo} -\section{Charlie} -\section{Delta} -\section{Echo} -\section{Fox-Trot} -\section{Golf} -\section{Hotel} -\section{India} -\section{Juliet} -\section{Kilo} -\section{Lima} -\section{Mike} -\section{November} -\section{Oscar} -\section{Papa} -\section{Quebec} -\section{Romeo} -\section{Sierra} -\section{Tango} -\section{Uniform} -\section{Victor} -\section{Whiskey} -\section{X-Ray} -\section{Yankee} -\section{Zulu} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-ocf.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 7c3f80a2f75..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 77ba664f5b7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-ofs.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-ofs.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-ofs') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ofs.tex}% - [2007/04/17] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{fullpage} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\kern1sp\vspace*{-.1ex}\begin{multicols}{4}[\kern-2.5ex]} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\kern-2.ex} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \faketableofcontents -\chapter{Introduction} -\minitoc -\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-1.75em} -\mtcskip \minitoc -\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.875em} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.875em} -\mtcskip \minitoc -\section{Alfa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Bravo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Charlie} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Delta} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Echo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fox-Trot} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Golf} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Hotel} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{India} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Juliet} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Kilo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Lima} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Mike} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{November} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Oscar} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Papa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Quebec} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Romeo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Sierra} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Tango} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Uniform} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Victor} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Whiskey} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{X-Ray} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Yankee} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Zulu} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-ofs.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 16f7426084a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.tex deleted file mode 100644 index d48bf6d1205..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-sbf.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-sbf.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-sbf') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-sbf.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{subfigure} -\makeatletter -\renewcommand{\l@subfigure}{\@dottedxxxline{\ext@subfigure}{2}{3.9em}{3.3em}} -\makeatother -\usepackage{varioref} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\newcommand{\goodap}{% - \hspace{\subfigtopskip}% - \hspace{\subfigbottomskip}} -\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} -\begin{document} -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{2} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{partlof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{partlof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{minilof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{minilof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -%% no tables in this document -%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\dominilof \listoffigures \tableofcontents -\chapter{First Chapter} -\minilof \mtcskip -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} \minilof -\begin{figure} -\centering - \fbox{% - \begin{minipage}{3.5in}% - \raggedright - \begin{center} - \subfigure[First]{% - \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 15mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}% - \hspace{\subfigtopskip}\hspace{\subfigbottomskip}% - \subfigure[Second Figure]{% - \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ - \subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}% - \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ - \caption{Three subfigures.}\label{3figs}% - \end{center} - \vspace{4pt}% - This figure contains two top `subfigures' and - Figure~\ref{3figs-c}. - \end{minipage}} -\end{figure} -Figure~\vref{3figs} contains two top ``subfigures'' and -Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-sbf.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6a28b906480..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 3a0681f38c0..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-scr.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-scr.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-scr') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt,halfparskip,liststotoc,bibtotoc]{scrreprt} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-scr.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{4} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage{longtable} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage[k-tight,germanb]{minitoc} -\usepackage[germanb]{babel} -\begin{document} -\pagenumbering{Roman} % page number in Roman, reset to 1 (I) -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\listoftables \mtcaddchapter -\clearpage -\pagenumbering{arabic} % page number in arabic digits -\setcounter{page}{1} % forced to 1 - -\chapter{Test 1}\label{cha:test-1} - -Text. - -\section{Tabelle}\label{sec:tabelle} - -\begin{table} - \centering - \begin{longtable}[l]{ll} - \underline{Ausbildungsbetrieb} \hspace{10mm} & Kommanditgesellschaft -\\ - \underline{Ausbildender} & Hammer \\ - Ausbildungsstфtte & XXXXX Ort - \end{longtable} - \caption{Ausbildungsbetrieb} -\end{table} - -Text. - -\appendix -\chapter{Dokumente} -\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc - -\section{Anhang}\label{sec:anhang} -Text.\\ -Hier sollte nun der Anhang sein, davor das Verzeichnis daf№r. -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-scr.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 208f4875bf4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 31207b397a6..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-syn.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-syn.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-syn') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[a4paper,twoside,12pt]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-syn.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\chapter*{ } % Dedication chapter, no title -\mtcaddchapter % Added for a starred chapter - % without entry in the ToC -Dedication goes here - -\chapter*{Abstract} -\mtcaddchapter[Abstract] % Added for a starred chapter - % with an entry in the ToC -Abstract goes here - -\chapter*{Declaration} -\mtcaddchapter[Declaration] % Added for a starred chapter - % with an entry in the ToC -Declaration goes here -\tableofcontents \decrementmtc % Synchro added (look at the .log file) -\chapter{Chapter One} -\minitoc -\section{Section 1} Some text. -\section{Section 2} Some text. - -\chapter{Chapter Two} -\minitoc -\section{Another Section 1} -Some more text. -\section{Another Section 2} -Some more text. -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-syn.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c52f06a4504..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 2a0575e2ff8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tbi.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-tbi.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tbi') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[a4paper]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tbi.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -%% tocbibind compatibility -%% not used if nottoc option : -%% \mtcaddchapter[] -\chapter*{Introduction} -\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] -\chapter{Title of chapter~1} -\minitoc -\section{as1} \section{as2} -\chapter{Title of chapter~2} -\minitoc -\section{bs1} \section{bs2} -\chapter{Title of chapter~3} -\minitoc -\section{cs1} \section{cs2} -\chapter{Title of chapter~4} -\minitoc -\section{ds1} \section{ds2} -\chapter*{Conclusion} -\mtcaddchapter[Conclusion] -\chapter*{Appendices} -\mtcaddchapter[Appendices] -\minitoc -\section*{first appendix} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% - {first appendix} -\section*{second appendix} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% - {second appendix} -%% tocbibind compatibility -\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter -\begin{thebibliography}{3} - \bibitem {s1}{title ...} -\end{thebibliography} -%% tocbibind compatibility -\adjustmtc -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-tbi.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 948fdf56bda..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 79063890d87..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlc.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-tlc.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tlc') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlc.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\setlength{\textwidth}% - {124.20126pt} -\setlength{\textheight}% - {19\baselineskip} -\usepackage{minitoc} -\setlength{\stcindent}{0pt} -\mtcsetfont{secttoc}{*}% - {\footnotesize} -\mtcsetdepth{secttoc}{3} -\begin{document} -\dosecttoc[e] \faketableofcontents - -\section{Afghanistan} \secttoc -\subsection{Geography} -\subsubsection{Total area} - 647,500 km2 -\subsubsection{Land area} - 647,500 km2 -\subsection{History} \ldots - -\section{Albania} \secttoc -\subsection{Geography} -\subsubsection{Total area} - 28,750 km2 -\subsubsection{Land area} - 27,400 km2 -\subsection{History} \ldots -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-tlc.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6720ebc5533..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index cda494148de..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tlo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-tlo.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tlo') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlo.tex}[2007/06/13]% -\usepackage{tocloft} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{*}{\normalfont\small} -\frontmatter -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} -\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalfont\small} -\mainmatter -\chapter{First Chapter} \minitoc -\section{Section A} \section{Section B} -\chapter{Second Chapter} \minitoc -\section{Section A} \section{Section B} -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-tlo.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index fddd2d785d0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 5df52690fcb..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-tsf.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-tsf.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-tsf') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tsf.tex}[2008/04/03]% -\usepackage{fullpage} -\usepackage[config=altsf]{subfig} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\newdimen\testtemp -\newcommand{\ru}[1]{% - \testtemp #1% - \advance\testtemp .5pt \divide\testtemp 2% - \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% - \vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt\hfil}\hfil}% - \hbox to 0pt{\hss\vrule height3mm depth0pt width.25pt\hss}% - \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% - \hfil\vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt}\hfil}} -%% -\fboxsep=-\fboxrule -\newcommand{\figbox}[1]{% - \fbox{\vbox to 1in{% - \vfil\hbox to 2in{\parbox{2in}{\centering #1}}\vfil - \vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox to 2in{\hfil\ru{1.1in}\hfil}}}}} -\begin{document} -\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} \dominilof \listoffigures -\newpage -\chapter{Reference Test} -\minilof \mtcskip -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} -\minilof - -\begin{figure}[ht]% - \centering - \subfigure{% - \label{fig+A}\figbox{SUBFIGURE ONE:\\(no opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[]{% - \label{fig+B}\figbox{SUBFIGURE TWO:\\(empty opt)}}\\ - - \subfigure[Subfigure Three.]{% - \label{fig+C}\figbox{SUBFIGURE THREE:\\(opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[][Subfigure Four.]{% - \label{fig+D}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FOUR:\\(empty opt and opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[][]{% - \label{fig+E}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FIVE:\\(both empty opt)}}\\ - - \subfigure[The Sixth Subfigure.][Subfigure Six.]{% - \label{fig+F}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SIX:\\(both opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[The Seventh Subfigure][]{% - \label{fig+G}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SEVEN:\\(opt and empty opt)}} - - \caption{Optional argument test.}% - \label{fig+main}% -\end{figure} - -The figure~\ref{fig+main} on page~\pageref{fig+main} is composed -of the seven subfigures~\subref{fig+A} (aka: \ref{fig+A}), -\subref{fig+B} (aka: \ref{fig+B}), \subref{fig+C} (aka: \ref{fig+C}), -\subref{fig+D} (aka: \ref{fig+D}), \subref{fig+E} (aka: \ref{fig+E}), -\subref{fig+F} (aka: \ref{fig+F}), and \subref{fig+G} (aka: \ref{fig+G}). - -\section{Centering Test} -Note that figures~\ref{fig+B}, \ref{fig+E} and \ref{fig+G} are centered. -This means that \verb|\subfigcapskip| has been set to zero and is not -offsetting the simple label to the left. Also the remaining captioned -subfigures (figures~\ref{fig+C}, \ref{fig+D}, and \ref{fig+F}) should -have centered labels. -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-tsf.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 42b6a756d3e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.tex deleted file mode 100644 index be20b004ec7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mtc-vti.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mtc-vti.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `mtc-vti') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-vti.tex}[2008/06/26]% -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{txfonts} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\doparttoc -\newcommand\alfati{\ifinparttoc Alfa in parttoc - \else\ifinminitoc Alfa in minitoc - \else Alfa out subtoc - \fi - \fi} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\varsecti}[3]% - {\ifinparttoc{#1}\relax - \else\ifinminitoc{#2}\relax - \else{#3}\relax - \fi - \fi} -\tableofcontents -\part{Part~A} -\parttoc - -\chapter{One} -\minitoc -\section[\protect\alfati]{Alfa the first section} -\lipsum[1] -\section[\varsecti{Bravo in parttoc}% - {Bravo in minitoc}% - {Bravo out of subtoc}]% % in maintoc and headers - {Bravo the second section} % local title -\lipsum[2] -\chapter{Two} -\minitoc -\section[\mtcpolymtoc% - {Charlie in parttoc}% - {Charlie in minitoc}% - {Charlie in secttoc}% % <- see/voir note - {Charlie out subtoc}]% - {Charlie} -\lipsum[3] -\end{document} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `mtc-vti.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e50884c1d26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% LaTeX2e file `./mypatches.sty' +%% generated by the `filecontents' environment +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. +%% +% LOCAL PATCH +% encoding T1 for \" (francais) +\def\fileversion{v02} +\def\filedate{2006/06/01} +\ProvidesPackage{mypatches}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space + Package mypatches] +% dieresis accent; special case for i +\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{T1}[1]{{\accent"4\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{OT1}[1]{{\accent"7F\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} +% encoding T1 for \w (czech) +\gdef\czech@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) +\gdef\croatian@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) +\global\let\w\czech@w +% \q for czech +\gdef\czech@q#1{#1\kern-2pt\char'47}% +\global\let\q\czech@q +% backslash character (Barre Oblique Inversщe: \boi) +\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{T1}{{\tt\char '20}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{OT1}{{\tt\char '134}} +%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{T1}{{\char '6}} +%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{OT1}{{\char '27}} +\let\degre\undefined +\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{T1}{'6} +\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{OT1}{'27} +% +\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} +\global\let\w\czech@w +% +\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} +\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} +\global\let\q\czech@q +% Pb with \No (Nobelium) in chemsym.sty +\let\Noo\No +\let\No\undefined +% \textcent, \textcurrentcy, \textyen, \textbrokenbar +\ProvideTextCommand{\textcent}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char162}} +\ProvideTextCommand{\textcurrency}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char164}} +\ProvideTextCommand{\textyen}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char165}} +\ProvideTextCommand{\textbrokenbar}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char166}} +\RequirePackage{cmsd} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/namibia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/namibia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0a12f1c289d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/namibia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nbrunswick-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nbrunswick-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index cebadfc8a48..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nbrunswick-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ncyprus-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ncyprus-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7ddbbb3e5f4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ncyprus-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/neder.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/neder.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 0862f5fb20f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/neder.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-antilles-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-antilles-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d22ba4651c1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-antilles-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0ee03bda0e2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/netherlands-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/new-york-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/new-york-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e501bbdae5c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/new-york-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/newzealand-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/newzealand-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index eb09460012b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/newzealand-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nicaragua-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nicaragua-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e2f83f803a7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nicaragua-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nice-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nice-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 59aa90aa73f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nice-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/niger-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/niger-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 38b301ee9e3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/niger-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nigeria-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nigeria-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index eed4c1b08f4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nigeria-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nihongo.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nihongo.png deleted file mode 100644 index dfcfb2a1e4a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/nihongo.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-c.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-c.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index f1eeca96417..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-c.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-t.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-t.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c67198a59ec..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norvege-t.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0601059e126..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-p.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-p.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 7871ed7abc0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/norway-p.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occ-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occ-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2ada84c0990..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occ-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial1.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial1.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 004290f0ce8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial1.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 39d4d8fc88c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occdial2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occitanie.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occitanie.png deleted file mode 100644 index 29d1f958974..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occitanie.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occtaur.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occtaur.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 0daf68efec3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/occtaur.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/oman-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/oman-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5a82da1e6a9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/oman-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/opole-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/opole-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 40d73224712..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/opole-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pakistan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pakistan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b1af834c882..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pakistan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/palestine-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/palestine-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 75510351b28..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/palestine-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/panama-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/panama-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b262353adf6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/panama-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2bfac68182b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay.png deleted file mode 100644 index bd4d3ccb905..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguay.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguayp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguayp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 84c520852d2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/paraguayp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/peru-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/peru-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5bc651090d4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/peru-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/philippines-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/philippines-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 847106d8c78..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/philippines-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pmk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pmk index eefea8a338c..714e2ac19e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pmk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pmk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f # set verbose # create a backup directory set w=`whoami`.pmk @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ cp *.mld *.mlo ${WCL}1 chmod 644 ${WCL}1/* # class 2 echo 'Class 2' -cp INSTALL minitoc.l README CATALOG TODO ${WCL}2 +cp INSTALL minitoc.l README TODO ${WCL}2 chmod 644 ${WCL}2/* # class 3 echo 'Class 3' @@ -181,406 +181,7 @@ cp minitoc.dtx minitoc.ins minitoc.bib minitoc.ist minitoc.lan en-mtc.bst ${WCL} chmod 644 ${WCL}5/* # class 6 echo 'Class 6' -cp aaland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp acadian-m.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp acadie-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp acadien-m.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp afghan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp africa-lf.png africa-lo.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp afrsud-l.pdf afrsud-p.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp albania.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp alb2.png ${WCL}6 -cp alba-eth.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp albania-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp algeria-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp allemand.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp alsace-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp andorra-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp argentina-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp anglo1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp angola-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp arab-l.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp arabw.png ${WCL}6 -cp armenia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp armeniad.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp armenian-l.png ${WCL}6 -cp armeniar.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp aruba-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp australia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp austria-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp azerbaijan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bahamas-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bahrain-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp baltes.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp bangla.png ${WCL}6 -cp bangla1.png ${WCL}6 -cp bangla2.png ${WCL}6 -cp bangladesh-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp barbados-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp basque-de.png ${WCL}6 -cp basque-df.png ${WCL}6 -cp basque1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp basque2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp be-dg-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp belarus-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp belgique.pdf belgium-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp belize-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bengali-m.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp benin-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bolivia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bolzano-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bosnia.pdf bosnia-hz-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bozen-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp brazil.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp brazil-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp brazilp.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp bretagne.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp brussels-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bulgaria-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp bulgariar.jpg bulgarski.png bulgmap.png ${WCL}6 -cp bur-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp burkina-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp burundi-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp buryatia.pdf buryatia-l.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp california-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp cambodia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp cameroon-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp canada.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp canada-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp canada-l.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp canada-pe.png ${WCL}6 -cp canada-pf.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp canada1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp cap-verde-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp castille-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp catalan-d.pdf catalan-p.pdf catalonia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp caucasus.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp central-africa-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp chad-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp chile-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp china-ae.png china-af.png china-ch.png china-f.png china-l.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp china-w.png ${WCL}6 -cp chine1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp chine2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp cis-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp colombia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp comoros-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp congo-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp corsica-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp costa-rica-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp cplp-0.png cplpmap.png ${WCL}6 -cp croatia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp croatia-un.png ${WCL}6 -cp croatie2.png ${WCL}6 -cp cuba-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp cyprus-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp cyr-alf.png ${WCL}6 -cp cz1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp cz3.png ${WCL}6 -cp czech-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp czechd.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp dane-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp danemark.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp danishd.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp danishg.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp devanagari.png ${WCL}6 -cp djibouti-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp dominica-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp dominican-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp dutchw.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp east-timor-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ecosse1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp ecosse2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp ecosse3.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp ecuador-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp egypt-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp el-salvador-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp england-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp equa-guinea-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp eritrea-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp espa-l.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp espa-o.png ${WCL}6 -cp esperanto-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp estonia-a.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp estonia-b.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp estonia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp eth2.png ${WCL}6 -cp ethiolang.png ${WCL}6 -cp ethiopia.pdf ethiopia-f.png ethiopia-p.pdf $(WCL}6 -cp euro-lan.png ${WCL}6 -cp euro-lan1.png ${WCL}6 -cp euro-lan2.png ${WCL}6 -cp eusk-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp euskara.png ${WCL}6 -cp faroe-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp farsi.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp farsi-logo.png ${WCL}6 -cp feroe.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp fiji-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp finland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp finlande1.png ${WCL}6 -cp finlande2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp finnishd.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp finnishl.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp flanders-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp france-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp france-lr.png ${WCL}6 -cp franco.png francophonie-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp gabon-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp gael-ft.pdf gaid.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp galicia-f.png galicia-m.pdf galicia-mp.pdf galician-l.png ${WCL}6 -cp galles1.pdf galles2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp georgia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp germ-w.png ${WCL}6 -cp german-c.pdf german-d.pdf german-m.pdf germany-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp ghana-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp gibraltar-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp grece1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp grece2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp greece-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp greeka.png ${WCL}6 -cp greekm.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp greenland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp guatemala-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp guinea-bissau-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp guinea-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp gwenn-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp haiti-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp hangul.png ${WCL}6 -cp hanja.png ${WCL}6 -cp hanzi.png ${WCL}6 -cp hin.png ${WCL}6 -cp hindi-b.png ${WCL}6 -cp hindi-p.png ${WCL}6 -cp hispano.png ${WCL}6 -cp honduras-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp hrv.png ${WCL}6 -cp hun1.png ${WCL}6 -cp hun2.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp hungary-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp iceland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp imongolia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp inde1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp inde2.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp india-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp indonesia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp indonesia1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp indonesia2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp iran-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp iranian.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp iraq-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ireland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp irish.png ${WCL}6 -cp irlande.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp islam-pbc.png islam-sw.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp islande.png ${WCL}6 -cp islandep.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp isr1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp isr2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp israel-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp italian.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp italy-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp italo1.png ${WCL}6 -cp italysm.png ${WCL}6 -cp ivory-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ivrit.png ${WCL}6 -cp jamaica-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp japan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp japon1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp japon2.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp jordan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp jutland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp kannada-n.png ${WCL}6 -cp karnad1.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp karnataka.jpg karnataka-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp kazakhstan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp kenya-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp kerala.jpg kerala-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp khalkha.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp kiribati-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp korea-n-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp korea-s-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp korean1.png ${WCL}6 -cp korean2.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp kos-alb.png ${WCL}6 -cp kos-ml.png ${WCL}6 -cp kosovo-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp kuwait-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp kyrgyzstan-f.png ${WCL}6 cp lamed3.png ${WCL}6 -cp lang-g.png ${WCL}6 -cp laos-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp latvia-f.png latvian-d.png latvian-r1.png ${WCL}6 -cp lebanon-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp lettonie.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp leur.png ${WCL}6 -cp liberia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp libya-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp liech-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp lithuania-f.jpg lituanie.png ${WCL}6 -cp lorraine-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp louisiana-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ls-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp luso1.pdf luso2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp lux-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp macau-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp macedonia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp madagascar-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp maine-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp malawi-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp malayalam.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp malayalam.png ${WCL}6 -cp malaysia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp malaysia1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp malaysia2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp mali-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp malta1-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp manchu.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp manchuria.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp manjuc.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp manjui.png ${WCL}6 -cp mauritania-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp mauritius-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp mex1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp mex2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp mex3.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp mexico-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp mexip.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp meyalu.png ${WCL}6 -cp moldova-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp monaco-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp mondep.png ${WCL}6 -cp mongasie.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp mongolcy.png ${WCL}6 -cp mongolia-f.png mongolian.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp mongols.png ${WCL}6 -cp mongoltr.png ${WCL}6 -cp montenegro-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp morocco-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp mozambique-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp namibia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp nbrunswick-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ncyprus-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp neder.pdf netherlands-antilles-f.png netherlands-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp new-york-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp newzealand-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp nicaragua-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp nice-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp niger-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp nigeria-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp nihongo.png ${WCL}6 -cp norvege-c.pdf norvege-t.pdf norway-f.png norway-p.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp occ-f.png occdial1.jpg occdial2.png occitanie.png occtaur.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp oman-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp opole-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp pakistan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp palestine-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp panama-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp paraguay.png paraguay-f.png paraguayp.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp peru-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp philippines-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp poland-f.png polish-d.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp polmin.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp pologne.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp polski-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp portu-a.png ${WCL}6 -cp portu-b.png ${WCL}6 -cp portu-p.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp portu-r.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp portugal.pdf portugal-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp puerto-rico-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp qatar-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp quebec-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp rdcongo-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp romania-f.png romanian.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp rus-cyr.png ${WCL}6 -cp rus-re.png ${WCL}6 -cp rus-su.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp russia-f.png russian.png ${WCL}6 -cp russian-e.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp russian-n.png ${WCL}6 -cp russian-w.png ${WCL}6 -cp rwanda-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp saint-lucia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp same.png ${WCL}6 -cp same-f.png sami-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp samoa-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp san-marino-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp sao-f.png${WCL}6 -cp saudi-arabia-f.png${WCL}6 -cp scotland-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp senegal-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp serb-a.pdf serbia-f.png serbia-f2.png ${WCL}6 -cp serbia1.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp seychelles-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp singapore-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp slovak-ok.png ${WCL}6 -cp slovakia.pdf slovakia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp slovenia-f.png slovenian.png slovenie.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp solomon-islands-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp somalia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp sorabe-1.png ${WCL}6 -cp sorabe-2.png ${WCL}6 -cp sorben.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp sorbian.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp south-africa-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp spain.png spain-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp spilhennig.png ${WCL}6 -cp start.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp stop.png ${WCL}6 -cp sudan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp suede-a.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp suede-fin.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp suisse-f.png.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp suriname-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp svenska.png ${WCL}6 -cp swahili.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp swahili-m.png ${WCL}6 -cp fswahili.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp sweden.pdf sweden-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp syria-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp taiwan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp tajikistan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp tanzania-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp thai.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp thai.png thailand-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp togo-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp tonga-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp tunisia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp turkey-f.png turkish.png turquie.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp turkmenistan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp tuvalu-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp uae-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp uganda-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp uighur-f.png uighur.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp uk-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ukra.png ${WCL}6 -cp ukraine.jpg ukraine-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp ukrainep.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp uruguay-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp us-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp usa-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp uzbekistan-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp vanuatu-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp vatican-f.jpg ${WCL}6 -cp venezuela-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp vermont-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp viet2.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp viet3.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp viet4.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp viet-w.pdf vietnam-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp vojvodina-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp wales-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp wallonia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp wallonie.pdf ${WCL}6 -cp wiki.png wikif.png ${WCL}6 -cp wrs-a.png wrs-a.png ${WCL}6 -cp xinjiang.png xinjiangc.png ${WCL}6 -cp xyugo.png ${WCL}6 -cp yemen-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp zambia-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp zanzibar-f.png ${WCL}6 -cp zimbabwe-f.png ${WCL}6 chmod 644 ${WCL}6/* # class 7 echo 'Class 7' @@ -610,942 +211,5 @@ if ( -f minitoc-fr.maf ) then cat minitoc-fr.maf | xargs -i -t \rm {} endif # -set UN=`whoami`.tmk -set RD=/tmp/$UN -if ( -d $RD ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $RD -endif -set TDSDIR=tds -set TDS=$RD/$TDSDIR -echo "BIB files" -if ( -d $TDS ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bib ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bib -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc -foreach i ( minitoc-fr.bib minitoc.bib ) - cp $i $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "BST files" -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bst ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bst -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc -foreach i ( en-mtc.bst fr-mtc.bst) - cp $i $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "SCRIPT files" -if ( -d $TDS/scripts ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/scripts -endif -if ( -d $TDS/scripts/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/scripts/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/scripts/minitoc -foreach i ( emk fmk imk pmk rmk tmk xmk cmk ) - cp $i $TDS/scripts/minitoc - chmod 755 $TDS/scripts/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "DVIPS files" -if ( -d $TDS/dvips ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/dvips -endif -if ( -d $TDS/dvips/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/dvips/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/dvips/minitoc -# -echo "INDEXING files" -if ( -d $TDS/makeindex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/makeindex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/makeindex/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/makeindex/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/makeindex/minitoc -foreach i ( minitoc-fr.ist minitoc.ist ) - cp $i $TDS/makeindex/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/makeindex/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "LATEX files" -if ( -d $TDS/tex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/tex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/tex/latex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/tex/latex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/tex/latex/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/tex/latex/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/tex/latex/minitoc -foreach i ( \ -UKenglish.mld \ -USenglish.mld \ -acadien.mld \ -afrikaans.mld \ -albanian.mld \ -american.mld \ -arab.mld \ -arab2.mld \ -arabi.mld \ -arabic.mld \ -armenian.mld \ -australian.mld \ -austrian.mld \ -bahasa.mld \ -bahasai.mld \ -bahasam.mld \ -bangla.mld \ -basque.mld \ -bengali.mld \ -bicig.mld \ -bicig2.mld \ -bicig3.mld \ -bithe.mld \ -brazil.mld \ -brazilian.mld \ -breton.mld \ -british.mld \ -bulgarian.mld \ -bulgarianb.mld \ -buryat.mld \ -buryat2.mld \ -canadian.mld \ -canadien.mld \ -castillan.mld \ -castillian.mld \ -catalan.mld \ -chinese1.mld \ -chinese1.mlo \ -chinese2.mld \ -chinese2.mlo \ -croatian.mld \ -czech.mld \ -danish.mld \ -devanagari.mld \ -dutch.mld \ -english.mld \ -english1.mld \ -english2.mld \ -esperant.mld \ -esperanto.mld \ -estonian.mld \ -ethiopia.mld \ -ethiopian.mld \ -ethiopian2.mld \ -farsi1.mld \ -farsi1.mlo \ -farsi2.mld \ -farsi2.mlo \ -farsi3.mld \ -finnish.mld \ -finnish2.mld \ -francais.mld \ -french.mld \ -french1.mld \ -french2.mld \ -frenchb.mld \ -frenchle.mld \ -frenchpro.mld \ -galician.mld \ -german.mld \ -germanb.mld \ -germanb2.mld \ -greek-mono.mld \ -greek-polydemo.mld \ -greek-polykatha.mld \ -greek.mld \ -guarani.mld \ -hangul-u8.mld \ -hangul-u8.mlo \ -hangul1.mld \ -hangul1.mlo \ -hangul2.mld \ -hangul2.mlo \ -hangul3.mld \ -hangul3.mlo \ -hangul4.mld \ -hangul4.mlo \ -hanja-u8.mld \ -hanja-u8.mlo \ -hanja1.mld \ -hanja1.mlo \ -hanja2.mld \ -hanja2.mlo \ -hebrew.mld \ -hebrew2.mld \ -hindi-modern.mld \ -hindi.mld \ -hungarian.mld \ -icelandic.mld \ -indon.mld \ -indonesian.mld \ -interlingua.mld \ -irish.mld \ -italian.mld \ -italian2.mld \ -japanese.mld \ -japanese.mlo \ -japanese2.mld \ -japanese2.mlo \ -japanese3.mld \ -japanese3.mlo \ -japanese4.mld \ -japanese4.mlo \ -japanese5.mld \ -japanese5.mlo \ -japanese6.mld \ -japanese6.mlo \ -kannada.mld \ -khalkha.mld \ -latin.mld \ -latin2.mld \ -latinc.mld \ -latinc2.mld \ -latvian.mld \ -latvian2.mld \ -letton.mld \ -letton2.mld \ -lithuanian.mld \ -lithuanian2.mld \ -lowersorbian.mld \ -lsorbian.mld \ -magyar.mld \ -magyar2.mld \ -magyar3.mld \ -malay.mld \ -malayalam-b.mld \ -malayalam-keli.mld \ -malayalam-keli2.mld \ -malayalam-mr.mld \ -malayalam-omega.mld \ -malayalam-omega.mlo \ -malayalam-rachana.mld \ -malayalam-rachana2.mld \ -malayalam-rachana3.mld \ -manju.mld \ -mexican.mld \ -meyalu.mld \ -minitoc.sty \ -mongol.mld \ -mongolb.mld \ -mongolian.mld \ -mtcmess.sty \ -mtcoff.sty \ -mtcpatchmem.sty \ -naustrian.mld \ -newzealand.mld \ -ngerman.mld \ -ngermanb.mld \ -ngermanb2.mld \ -norsk.mld \ -norsk2.mld \ -nynorsk.mld \ -nynorsk2.mld \ -occitan.mld \ -occitan2.mld \ -polish.mld \ -polish2.mld \ -polski.mld \ -portuges.mld \ -portuguese.mld \ -romanian.mld \ -romanian2.mld \ -romanian3.mld \ -russian-cca.mld \ -russian-cca.mlo \ -russian-cca1.mld \ -russian-cca1.mlo \ -russian-lh.mld \ -russian-lh.mlo \ -russian-lhcyralt.mld \ -russian-lhcyralt.mlo \ -russian-lhcyrkoi.mld \ -russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo \ -russian-lhcyrwin.mld \ -russian-lhcyrwin.mlo \ -russian.mld \ -russian2m.mld \ -russian2o.mld \ -russianb.mld \ -russianc.mld \ -samin.mld \ -scottish.mld \ -serbian.mld \ -serbianc.mld \ -slovak.mld \ -slovene.mld \ -spanish.mld \ -spanish2.mld \ -spanish3.mld \ -spanish4.mld \ -swahili.mld \ -swedish.mld \ -swedish2.mld \ -thai.mld \ -thai.mlo \ -turkish.mld \ -uighur.mld \ -uighur2.mld \ -uighur3.mld \ -ukraineb.mld \ -ukrainian.mld \ -uppersorbian.mld \ -usorbian.mld \ -vietnam.mld \ -vietnamese.mld \ -welsh.mld \ -xalx.mld \ -xalx2.mld \ -xalx3.mld \ -) - cp $i $TDS/tex/latex/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/tex/latex/minitoc/$i -end -# -## echo "TPM file" -## if ( -d $TDS/tpm ) then -## else -## mkdir -m 755 $TDS/tpm -## endif -## cp minitoc.tpm $TDS/tpm/minitoc.tpm -## chmod 744 $TDS/tpm/minitoc.tpm -# -echo "DOCUMENTATION files" -if ( -d $TDS/doc ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/doc -endif -if ( -d $TDS/doc/latex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/doc/latex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc -foreach i ( \ -INSTALL \ -README \ -TODO \ -CATALOG \ -minitoc-fr.lan \ -minitoc-fr.pdf \ -minitoc.bug \ -minitoc.l \ -minitoc.lan \ -minitoc.pdf \ -minitoc.pre \ -minitoc.sum \ -franc.sty \ -frbib.sty \ -frnew.sty \ -) - cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc -end -echo "EXAMPLE files" -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc/examples -foreach i ( \ -mtc-2c.pdf \ -mtc-2c.tex \ -mtc-2nd.pdf \ -mtc-2nd.tex \ -mtc-3co.pdf \ -mtc-3co.tex \ -mtc-add.pdf \ -mtc-add.tex \ -mtc-add.bib \ -mtc-ads.pdf \ -mtc-ads.tex \ -mtc-amm.pdf \ -mtc-amm.tex \ -mtc-apx.pdf \ -mtc-apx.tex \ -mtc-art.pdf \ -mtc-art.tex \ -mtc-bk.pdf \ -mtc-bk.tex \ -mtc-bo.pdf \ -mtc-bo.tex \ -mtc-ch0.pdf \ -mtc-ch0.tex \ -mtc-cri.pdf \ -mtc-cri.tex \ -mtc-fko.pdf \ -mtc-fko.tex \ -mtc-fo1.pdf \ -mtc-fo1.tex \ -mtc-fo2.pdf \ -mtc-fo2.tex \ -mtc-gap.pdf \ -mtc-gap.tex \ -mtc-hi1.pdf \ -mtc-hi1.tex \ -mtc-hi2.pdf \ -mtc-hi2.tex \ -mtc-hia.pdf \ -mtc-hia.tex \ -mtc-hir.pdf \ -mtc-hir.tex \ -mtc-hop.pdf \ -mtc-hop.tex \ -mtc-liv.pdf \ -mtc-liv.tex \ -mtc-mem.pdf \ -mtc-mem.tex \ -mtc-mm1.pdf \ -mtc-mm1.tex \ -mtc-mu.pdf \ -mtc-mu.tex \ -mtc-nom.pdf \ -mtc-nom.tex \ -mtc-ocf.pdf \ -mtc-ocf.tex \ -mtc-ofs.pdf \ -mtc-ofs.tex \ -mtc-sbf.pdf \ -mtc-sbf.tex \ -mtc-scr.pdf \ -mtc-scr.tex \ -mtc-syn.pdf \ -mtc-syn.tex \ -mtc-tbi.pdf \ -mtc-tbi.tex \ -mtc-tlc.pdf \ -mtc-tlc.tex \ -mtc-tsf.pdf \ -mtc-tsf.tex \ -mtc-vti.pdf \ -mtc-vti.tex \ -) - cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/examples -end -echo "IMAGE files" -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc/images -foreach i ( \ -aaland-f.png \ -acadian-m.pdf \ -acadie-f.png \ -acadien-m.pdf \ -afghan-f.png \ -africa-lf.png \ -africa-lo.pdf \ -afrsud-l.pdf \ -afrsud-p.pdf \ -albania.pdf \ -alb2.png \ -alba-eth.pdf \ -albania-f.png \ -algeria-f.png \ -allemand.jpg \ -alsace-f.png \ -andorra-f.png \ -argentina-f.png \ -anglo1.pdf \ -angola-f.png \ -arab-l.jpg \ -arabw.png \ -armenia-f.png \ -armeniad.pdf \ -armenian-l.png \ -armeniar.jpg \ -aruba-f.png \ -australia-f.png \ -austria-f.png \ -azerbaijan-f.png \ -bahamas-f.png \ -bahrain-f.png \ -baltes.jpg \ -bangla.png \ -bangla1.png \ -bangla2.png \ -bangladesh-f.png \ -barbados-f.png \ -basque-de.png \ -basque-df.png \ -basque1.pdf \ -basque2.pdf \ -be-dg-f.png \ -belarus-f.png \ -belgique.pdf \ -belgium-f.png \ -belize-f.png \ -bengali-m.jpg \ -benin-f.png \ -bolivia-f.png \ -bolzano-f.png \ -bosnia.pdf \ -bosnia-hz-f.png \ -bozen-f.png \ -brazil.pdf \ -brazil-f.png \ -brazilp.pdf \ -bretagne.pdf \ -brussels-f.png \ -bulgaria-f.png \ -bulgariar.jpg \ -bulgarski.png \ -bulgmap.png \ -bur-f.png \ -burkina-f.png \ -burundi-f.png \ -buryatia.pdf \ -buryatia-l.pdf \ -california-f.png \ -cambodia-f.png \ -cameroon-f.png \ -canada.pdf \ -canada-f.png \ -canada-l.pdf \ -canada-pe.png \ -canada-pf.pdf \ -canada1.pdf \ -cap-verde-f.png \ -castille-f.png \ -catalan-d.pdf \ -catalan-p.pdf \ -catalonia-f.png \ -caucasus.pdf \ -central-africa-f.png \ -chad-f.png \ -chile-f.png \ -china-ae.png \ -china-af.png \ -china-ch.png \ -china-f.png \ -china-l.pdf \ -china-w.png \ -chine1.pdf \ -chine2.pdf \ -cis-f.png \ -colombia-f.png \ -comoros-f.png \ -congo-f.png \ -corsica-f.jpg \ -costa-rica-f.jpg \ -cplp-0.png \ -cplpmap.png \ -croatia-f.png \ -croatia-un.png \ -croatie2.png \ -cuba-f.png \ -cyprus-f.png \ -cyr-alf.png \ -cz1.pdf \ -cz3.png \ -czech-f.png \ -czechd.pdf \ -dane-f.png \ -danemark.jpg \ -danishd.pdf \ -danishg.pdf \ -devanagari.png \ -djibouti-f.png \ -dominica-f.png \ -dominican-f.png \ -dutchw.pdf \ -east-timor-f.png \ -ecosse1.pdf \ -ecosse2.pdf \ -ecosse3.pdf \ -ecuador-f.jpg \ -egypt-f.png \ -el-salvador-f.png \ -england-f.jpg \ -equa-guinea-f.png \ -eritrea-f.png \ -espa-l.pdf \ -espa-o.png \ -esperanto-f.png \ -estonia-a.pdf \ -estonia-b.pdf \ -estonia-f.png \ -eth2.png \ -ethiolang.png \ -ethiopia.pdf \ -ethiopia-f.png \ -ethiopia-p.pdf \ -euro-lan.png \ -euro-lan1.png \ -euro-lan2.png \ -eusk-f.png \ -euskara.png \ -faroe-f.png\ -farsi.pdf \ -farsi-logo.png \ -feroe.jpg \ -fiji-f.png \ -finland-f.png \ -finlande1.png \ -finlande2.pdf \ -finnishd.pdf \ -finnishl.pdf \ -flanders-f.png \ -france-f.png \ -france-lr.png \ -franco.png \ -francophonie-f.png \ -gabon-f.png \ -gael-ft.pdf \ -gaid.jpg \ -galicia-f.png \ -galicia-m.pdf \ -galicia-mp.pdf \ -galician-l.png \ -galles1.pdf \ -galles2.pdf \ -georgia-f.png \ -germ-w.png \ -german-c.pdf \ -german-d.pdf \ -german-m.pdf \ -germany-f.jpg \ -ghana-f.png \ -gibraltar-f.png \ -grece1.pdf \ -grece2.pdf \ -greece-f.png \ -greeka.png \ -greekm.jpg \ -greenland-f.png \ -guatemala-f.jpg \ -guinea-bissau-f.png \ -guinea-f.png \ -gwenn-f.png \ -haiti-f.jpg \ -hangul.png \ -hanja.png \ -hanzi.png \ -hin.png \ -hindi-b.png \ -hindi-p.png \ -hispano.png \ -honduras-f.png \ -hrv.png \ -hun1.png \ -hun2.jpg \ -hungary-f.png \ -iceland-f.png \ -imongolia-f.png \ -inde1.pdf \ -inde2.jpg \ -india-f.png \ -indonesia-f.png \ -indonesia1.pdf \ -indonesia2.pdf \ -iran-f.png \ -iranian.jpg \ -iraq-f.png \ -ireland-f.png \ -irish.png \ -irlande.pdf \ -islam-pbc.png \ -islam-sw.pdf \ -islande.png \ -islandep.jpg \ -isr1.pdf \ -isr2.pdf \ -israel-f.png \ -italian.pdf \ -italy-f.png \ -italo1.png \ -italysm.png \ -ivory-f.png \ -ivrit.png \ -jamaica-f.png \ -japan-f.png \ -japon1.pdf \ -japon2.jpg \ -jordan-f.png \ -jutland-f.png \ -kannada-n.png \ -karnad1.jpg \ -karnataka.jpg \ -karnataka-f.jpg \ -kazakhstan-f.png \ -kenya-f.png \ -kerala.jpg \ -kerala-f.jpg \ -khalkha.pdf \ -kiribati-f.png \ -korea-n-f.png \ -korea-s-f.png \ -korean1.png \ -korean2.jpg \ -kos-alb.png \ -kos-ml.png \ -kosovo-f.png \ -kuwait-f.png \ -kyrgyzstan-f.png \ -lamed3.png \ -lang-g.png \ -laos-f.png \ -latvia-f.png \ -latvian-d.png \ -latvian-r1.png \ -lebanon-f.png \ -lettonie.jpg \ -leur.png \ -liberia-f.png \ -libya-f.jpg \ -liech-f.png \ -lithuania-f.jpg \ -lituanie.png \ -lorraine-f.jpg \ -louisiana-f.png \ -ls-f.png \ -luso1.pdf \ -luso2.pdf \ -lux-f.png \ -macau-f.png \ -macedonia-f.png \ -madagascar-f.png \ -maine-f.jpg \ -malawi-f.png \ -malayalam.pdf \ -malayalam.png \ -malaysia-f.png \ -malaysia1.pdf \ -malaysia2.pdf \ -mali-f.png \ -malta1-f.png \ -manchu.jpg \ -manchuria.jpg \ -manjuc.jpg \ -manjui.png \ -mauritania-f.png \ -mauritius-f.png \ -mex1.pdf \ -mex2.pdf \ -mex3.pdf \ -mexico-f.jpg \ -mexip.pdf \ -meyalu.png \ -moldova-f.png \ -monaco-f.png \ -mondep.png \ -mongasie.pdf \ -mongolcy.png \ -mongolia-f.png \ -mongolian.pdf \ -mongols.png \ -mongoltr.png \ -montenegro-f.jpg \ -morocco-f.png \ -mozambique-f.png \ -namibia-f.png \ -nbrunswick-f.png \ -ncyprus-f.png \ -neder.pdf \ -netherlands-antilles-f.png \ -netherlands-f.png \ -new-york-f.png \ -newzealand-f.png \ -nicaragua-f.png \ -nice-f.png \ -niger-f.png \ -nigeria-f.png \ -nihongo.png \ -norvege-c.pdf \ -norvege-t.pdf \ -norway-f.png \ -norway-p.pdf \ -occ-f.png \ -occdial1.jpg \ -occdial2.png \ -occitanie.png \ -occtaur.jpg \ -oman-f.png \ -opole-f.png \ -pakistan-f.png \ -palestine-f.png \ -panama-f.png \ -paraguay.png \ -paraguay-f.png \ -paraguayp.pdf \ -peru-f.png \ -philippines-f.png \ -poland-f.png \ -polish-d.jpg \ -polmin.jpg \ -pologne.pdf \ -polski-f.png \ -portu-a.png \ -portu-b.png \ -portu-p.jpg \ -portu-r.jpg \ -portugal.pdf \ -portugal-f.png \ -puerto-rico-f.png \ -qatar-f.png \ -quebec-f.png \ -rdcongo-f.png \ -romania-f.png \ -romanian.pdf \ -rus-cyr.png \ -rus-re.png \ -rus-su.pdf \ -russia-f.png \ -russian.png \ -russian-e.pdf \ -russian-n.png \ -russian-w.png \ -rwanda-f.png \ -saint-lucia-f.png \ -same.png \ -same-f.png \ -sami-f.png \ -samoa-f.png \ -san-marino-f.png \ -sao-f.png \ -saudi-arabia-f.png \ -scotland-f.png \ -senegal-f.png \ -serb-a.pdf \ -serbia-f.png \ -serbia-f2.png \ -serbia1.pdf \ -seychelles-f.png \ -singapore-f.png \ -slovak-ok.png \ -slovakia.pdf \ -slovakia-f.png \ -slovenia-f.png \ -slovenian.png \ -slovenie.pdf \ -solomon-islands-f.png \ -somalia-f.png \ -sorabe-1.jpg \ -sorabe-2.jpg \ -sorben.jpg \ -sorbian.jpg \ -south-africa-f.png \ -spain.png \ -spain-f.png \ -spilhennig.png \ -start.jpg \ -stop.png \ -sudan-f.png \ -suede-a.pdf \ -suede-fin.pdf \ -suisse-f.png \ -suriname-f.png \ -svenska.png \ -swahili.pdf \ -swahili-m.png \ -fswahili.pdf \ -sweden.pdf \ -sweden-f.png \ -syria-f.png \ -taiwan-f.png \ -tajikistan-f.png \ -tanzania-f.png \ -thai.pdf \ -thai.png \ -thailand-f.png \ -togo-f.png \ -tonga-f.png \ -tunisia-f.png \ -turkey-f.png \ -turkish.png \ -turkmenistan-f.png \ -turquie.pdf \ -tuvalu-f.png \ -uae-f.png \ -uganda-f.png \ -uighur-f.png \ -uighur.pdf \ -uk-f.png \ -ukra.png \ -ukraine.jpg \ -ukraine-f.png \ -ukrainep.pdf \ -uruguay-f.png \ -us-f.png \ -usa-f.png \ -uzbekistan-f.png \ -vanuatu-f.png \ -vatican-f.jpg \ -venezuela-f.png \ -vermont-f.png \ -viet2.pdf \ -viet3.pdf \ -viet4.pdf \ -viet-w.pdf \ -vietnam-f.png \ -vojvodina-f.png \ -wales-f.png \ -wallonia-f.png \ -wallonie.pdf \ -wiki.png \ -wikif.png \ -wrs-a.png \ -wrs-c.png \ -xinjiang.png \ -xinjiangc.png \ -xyugo.png \ -yemen-f.png \ -zambia-f.png \ -zanzibar-f.png \ -zimbabwe-f.png \ -) - cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images - chmod 644 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images/$i -end -# -echo "SOURCE files" -if ( -d $TDS/source ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/source -endif -if ( -d $TDS/source/latex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/source/latex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/source/latex/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/source/latex/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/source/latex/minitoc -foreach i ( minitoc-fr.dtx minitoc.dtx minitoc.ins ) - cp $i $TDS/source/latex/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/source/latex/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "MINITOC-TDS.ZIP" -set WD=`pwd` -cd $RD/$TDSDIR -\rm -f minitoc-tds.zip -\rm -f minitoc.tds.zip -zip -r minitoc.tds.zip * -i \* -cd $WD -# it's all! -echo "It's all, folks..." -exit - +echo "Running ./tmk to make .tds.zip ..." +csh -f ./tmk diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/poland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/poland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 52378c6617c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/poland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polish-d.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polish-d.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 974e6a9cb37..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polish-d.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polmin.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polmin.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 02d63152840..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polmin.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pologne.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pologne.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 46e65cdeb5a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/pologne.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polski-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polski-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 691bab431d7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/polski-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-a.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-a.png deleted file mode 100644 index d9f9f0d323a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-a.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-b.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-b.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9c722cef7df..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-b.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-p.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-p.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index e73b4773fbf..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-p.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-r.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-r.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 14ad8399bd9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portu-r.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index bdca04d4587..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8cb72bd9bc3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/portugal.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/puerto-rico-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/puerto-rico-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 51d567d1bb5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/puerto-rico-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/qatar-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/qatar-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b4e4649b2c5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/qatar-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/quebec-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/quebec-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6ef8173a201..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/quebec-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rdcongo-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rdcongo-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9e82c63f603..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rdcongo-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rmk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rmk index a908af87940..e7fa21d507c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rmk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rmk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f # repartition set w=`whoami`.rmk set OLD=/tmp/$w/OLD @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ cp minitoc.sty mtcoff.sty mtcmess.sty mtcpatchmem.sty ${WCL}1 cp *.mld *.mlo ${WCL}1 # class 2 echo 'Class 2' -cp INSTALL minitoc.l README CATALOG TODO ${WCL}2 +cp INSTALL minitoc.l README TODO ${WCL}2 # class 3 echo 'Class 3' cp mtc-add.bib ${WCL}3 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romania-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romania-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ecd1502aa23..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romania-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romanian.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romanian.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 40656d12d31..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/romanian.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-cyr.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-cyr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 015d3f9e368..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-cyr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-re.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-re.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5e3293f4a54..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-re.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-su.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-su.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 71d6088ab23..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rus-su.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7251cd22e01..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-e.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 79fed8a0d11..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-e.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-n.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-n.png deleted file mode 100644 index 36324ed51c3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-n.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-w.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-w.png deleted file mode 100644 index 851f3751b2d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian-w.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian.png deleted file mode 100644 index b4798471b03..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/russian.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rwanda-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rwanda-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1a11e9e0302..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/rwanda-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saint-lucia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saint-lucia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 629652333c8..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saint-lucia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b1a23e3d253..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same.png deleted file mode 100644 index 07ddebe43c6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/same.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sami-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sami-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d89207abaa3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sami-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/samoa-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/samoa-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4d483dd69c0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/samoa-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/san-marino-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/san-marino-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7d8bd922691..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/san-marino-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sao-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sao-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index f833a11ce3a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sao-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saudi-arabia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saudi-arabia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7967f2b7f96..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/saudi-arabia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/scotland-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/scotland-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index fe7cc55d7cd..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/scotland-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/senegal-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/senegal-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 119bdd02f4a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/senegal-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serb-a.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serb-a.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c294a479e35..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serb-a.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ee9f785817c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f2.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1e147a2aaf3..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia-f2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2a550f1ccb5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/serbia1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/seychelles-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/seychelles-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2352dcb9f25..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/seychelles-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/singapore-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/singapore-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b6d8fdf19d5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/singapore-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovak-ok.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovak-ok.png deleted file mode 100644 index af89aa1fd37..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovak-ok.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 91784e23f82..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 7eca9bd10b1..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovakia.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7392025dd56..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenian.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenian.png deleted file mode 100644 index 380d7e1c6fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenian.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenie.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenie.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 862c29dd00a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/slovenie.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/solomon-islands-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/solomon-islands-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e79a5f53a6e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/solomon-islands-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/somalia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/somalia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 489ee91d570..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/somalia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-1.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-1.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 70cbed3bcab..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-1.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-2.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-2.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 376a4bf6001..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorabe-2.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorben.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorben.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 28242858598..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorben.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorbian.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorbian.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index bbbe38515fb..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sorbian.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/south-africa-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/south-africa-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1a91621b431..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/south-africa-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0393f055d63..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain.png deleted file mode 100644 index adcb3808abf..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spain.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spilhennig.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spilhennig.png deleted file mode 100644 index 40f21dab7b6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/spilhennig.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/start.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/start.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 14ce660da76..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/start.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/stop.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/stop.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8b32f403977..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/stop.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sudan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sudan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c80b38dbd99..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sudan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-a.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-a.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 23e882ddc01..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-a.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-fin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-fin.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 92739103c64..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suede-fin.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suisse-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suisse-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index fd51b4ae727..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suisse-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suriname-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suriname-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d4150777022..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/suriname-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/svenska.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/svenska.png deleted file mode 100644 index 107e836c413..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/svenska.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili-m.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili-m.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2067c58e869..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili-m.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 48e3b950dfb..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/swahili.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 00fd8da0aaf..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1e92863e44e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/sweden.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/syria-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/syria-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index c3a0349d5e5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/syria-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/taiwan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/taiwan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 44612c49767..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/taiwan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tajikistan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tajikistan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8ff3490940e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tajikistan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tanzania-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tanzania-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c72dda1b2d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tanzania-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index de213d0e977..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.png deleted file mode 100644 index a33c1ac331f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thai.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thailand-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thailand-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index edfc567f496..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/thailand-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tmk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tmk index c68ac20c86d..169093b3611 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tmk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tmk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f # set x # set verbose set UN=`whoami`.tmk @@ -9,78 +9,10 @@ else endif set TDSDIR=tds set TDS=$RD/$TDSDIR -echo "BIB files" if ( -d $TDS ) then else mkdir -m 755 $TDS endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bib ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bib -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc -foreach i ( minitoc-fr.bib minitoc.bib ) - cp $i $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/bibtex/bib/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "BST files" -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bst ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bst -endif -if ( -d $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc -foreach i ( en-mtc.bst fr-mtc.bst) - cp $i $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/bibtex/bst/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "SCRIPT files" -if ( -d $TDS/scripts ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/scripts -endif -if ( -d $TDS/scripts/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/scripts/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/scripts/minitoc -foreach i ( emk fmk imk pmk rmk tmk cmk xmk ) - cp $i $TDS/scripts/minitoc - chmod 755 $TDS/scripts/minitoc/$i -end -# -echo "DVIPS files" -if ( -d $TDS/dvips ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/dvips -endif -if ( -d $TDS/dvips/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/dvips/minitoc -endif -# -echo "INDEXING files" -if ( -d $TDS/makeindex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/makeindex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/makeindex/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/makeindex/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/makeindex/minitoc -foreach i ( minitoc-fr.ist minitoc.ist ) - cp $i $TDS/makeindex/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/makeindex/minitoc/$i -end # echo "LATEX files" if ( -d $TDS/tex ) then @@ -322,14 +254,6 @@ xalx3.mld \ chmod 744 $TDS/tex/latex/minitoc/$i end # -## echo "TPM file" -## if ( -d $TDS/tpm ) then -## else -## mkdir -m 755 $TDS/tpm -## endif -## cp minitoc.tpm $TDS/tpm/minitoc.tpm -## chmod 744 $TDS/tpm/minitoc.tpm -# echo "DOCUMENTATION files" if ( -d $TDS/doc ) then else @@ -343,11 +267,22 @@ if ( -d $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc ) then \rm -rf $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc endif mkdir -m 755 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc +# include .bst, .bib, .ist, .dtx, .ins, scripts, here, +# since they need all the other doc files . foreach i ( \ INSTALL \ README \ TODO \ -CATALOG \ +en-mtc.bst \ +fr-mtc.bst \ +minitoc-fr.bib \ +minitoc.bib \ +minitoc-fr.ist \ +minitoc.ist \ +minitoc-fr.dtx \ +minitoc.dtx \ +minitoc.ins \ +cmk emk fmk imk pmk rmk tmk xmk \ minitoc-fr.lan \ minitoc-fr.pdf \ minitoc.bug \ @@ -356,9 +291,12 @@ minitoc.lan \ minitoc.pdf \ minitoc.pre \ minitoc.sum \ +boldsc.sty \ +dblaccnt.sty \ franc.sty \ frbib.sty \ frnew.sty \ +mypatches.sty \ ) cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc end @@ -437,503 +375,16 @@ mtc-tsf.tex \ mtc-vti.pdf \ mtc-vti.tex \ ) -cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/examples + cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/examples/ end +# echo "IMAGE files" mkdir -m 755 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images foreach i ( \ -aaland-f.png \ -acadian-m.pdf \ -acadie-f.png \ -acadien-m.pdf \ -afghan-f.png \ -africa-lf.png \ -africa-lo.pdf \ -afrsud-l.pdf \ -afrsud-p.pdf \ -albania.pdf \ -albania-f.png\ -alb2.png \ -alba-eth.pdf \ -algeria-f.png \ -allemand.jpg \ -alsace-f.png \ -andorra-f.png \ -argentina-f.png \ -anglo1.pdf \ -angola-f.png \ -arab-l.jpg \ -arabw.png \ -armenia-f.png \ -armeniad.pdf \ -armenian-l.png \ -armeniar.jpg \ -aruba-f.png \ -australia-f.png \ -austria-f.png \ -azerbaijan-f.png \ -bahamas-f.png \ -bahrain-f.png \ -baltes.jpg \ -bangla.png \ -bangla1.png \ -bangla2.png \ -bangladesh-f.png \ -barbados-f.png \ -basque-de.png \ -basque-df.png \ -basque1.pdf \ -basque2.pdf \ -be-dg-f.png \ -belarus-f.png \ -belgique.pdf \ -belgium-f.png \ -belize-f.png \ -bengali-m.jpg \ -benin-f.png \ -bolivia-f.png \ -bolzano-f.png \ -bosnia.pdf \ -bosnia-hz-f.png \ -bozen-f.png \ -brazil.pdf \ -brazil-f.png \ -brazilp.pdf \ -bretagne.pdf \ -brussels-f.png \ -bulgaria-f.png \ -bulgariar.jpg \ -bulgarski.png \ -bulgmap.png \ -bur-f.png \ -burkina-f.png \ -burundi-f.png \ -buryatia.pdf \ -buryatia-l.pdf \ -california-f.png \ -cambodia-f.png \ -cameroon-f.png \ -canada.pdf \ -canada-f.png \ -canada-l.pdf \ -canada-pe.png \ -canada-pf.pdf \ -canada1.pdf \ -cap-verde-f.png \ -castille-f.png \ -catalan-d.pdf \ -catalan-p.pdf \ -catalonia-f.png \ -caucasus.pdf \ -central-africa-f.png \ -chad-f.png \ -chile-f.png \ -china-ae.png \ -china-af.png \ -china-ch.png \ -china-f.png \ -china-l.pdf \ -china-w.png \ -chine1.pdf \ -chine2.pdf \ -cis-f.png \ -colombia-f.png \ -comoros-f.png \ -congo-f.png \ -corsica-f.jpg \ -costa-rica-f.jpg \ -cplp-0.png \ -cplpmap.png \ -croatia-f.png \ -croatia-un.png \ -croatie2.png \ -cuba-f.png \ -cyprus-f.png \ -cyr-alf.png \ -cz1.pdf \ -cz3.png \ -czech-f.png \ -czechd.pdf \ -dane-f.png \ -danemark.jpg \ -danishd.pdf \ -danishg.pdf \ -devanagari.png \ -djibouti-f.png \ -dominica-f.png \ -dominican-f.png \ -dutchw.pdf \ -east-timor-f.png \ -ecosse1.pdf \ -ecosse2.pdf \ -ecosse3.pdf \ -ecuador-f.jpg \ -egypt-f.png \ -el-salvador-f.png \ -england-f.jpg \ -equa-guinea-f.png \ -eritrea-f.png \ -espa-l.pdf \ -espa-o.png \ -esperanto-f.png \ -estonia-a.pdf \ -estonia-b.pdf \ -estonia-f.png \ -eth2.png \ -ethiolang.png \ -ethiopia.pdf \ -ethiopia-f.png \ -ethiopia-p.pdf \ -euro-lan.png \ -euro-lan1.png \ -euro-lan2.png \ -eusk-f.png \ -euskara.png \ -faroe-f.png \ -farsi.pdf \ -farsi-logo.png \ -feroe.jpg \ -fiji-f.png \ -finland-f.png \ -finlande1.png \ -finlande2.pdf \ -finnishd.pdf \ -finnishl.pdf \ -flanders-f.png \ -france-f.png \ -france-lr.png \ -franco.png \ -francophonie-f.png \ -gabon-f.png \ -gael-ft.pdf \ -gaid.jpg \ -galicia-f.png \ -galicia-m.pdf \ -galicia-mp.pdf \ -galician-l.png \ -galles1.pdf \ -galles2.pdf \ -georgia-f.png \ -germ-w.png \ -german-c.pdf \ -german-d.pdf \ -german-m.pdf \ -germany-f.jpg \ -ghana-f.png \ -gibraltar-f.png \ -grece1.pdf \ -grece2.pdf \ -greece-f.png \ -greeka.png \ -greekm.jpg \ -greenland-f.png \ -guatemala-f.jpg \ -guinea-bissau-f.png \ -guinea-f.png \ -gwenn-f.png \ -haiti-f.jpg \ -hangul.png \ -hanja.png \ -hanzi.png \ -hin.png \ -hindi-b.png \ -hindi-p.png \ -hispano.png \ -honduras-f.png \ -hrv.png \ -hun1.png \ -hun2.jpg \ -hungary-f.png \ -iceland-f.png \ -imongolia-f.png \ -inde1.pdf \ -inde2.jpg \ -india-f.png \ -indonesia-f.png \ -indonesia1.pdf \ -indonesia2.pdf \ -iran-f.png \ -iranian.jpg \ -iraq-f.png \ -ireland-f.png \ -irish.png \ -irlande.pdf \ -islam-pbc.png \ -islam-sw.pdf \ -islande.png \ -islandep.jpg \ -isr1.pdf \ -isr2.pdf \ -israel-f.png \ -italian.pdf \ -italy-f.png \ -italo1.png \ -italysm.png \ -ivory-f.png \ -ivrit.png \ -jamaica-f.png \ -japan-f.png \ -japon1.pdf \ -japon2.jpg \ -jordan-f.png \ -jutland-f.png \ -kannada-n.png \ -karnad1.jpg \ -karnataka.jpg \ -karnataka-f.jpg \ -kazakhstan-f.png \ -kenya-f.png \ -kerala.jpg \ -kerala-f.jpg \ -khalkha.pdf \ -kiribati-f.png \ -korea-n-f.png \ -korea-s-f.png \ -korean1.png \ -korean2.jpg \ -kos-alb.png \ -kos-ml.png \ -kosovo-f.png \ -kuwait-f.png \ -kyrgyzstan-f.png \ -lamed3.png \ -lang-g.png \ -laos-f.png \ -latvia-f.png \ -latvian-d.png \ -latvian-r1.png \ -lebanon-f.png \ -lettonie.jpg \ -leur.png \ -liberia-f.png \ -libya-f.jpg \ -liech-f.png \ -lithuania-f.jpg \ -lituanie.png \ -lorraine-f.jpg \ -louisiana-f.png \ -ls-f.png \ -luso1.pdf \ -luso2.pdf \ -lux-f.png \ -macau-f.png \ -macedonia-f.png \ -madagascar-f.png \ -maine-f.jpg \ -malawi-f.png \ -malayalam.pdf \ -malayalam.png \ -malaysia-f.png \ -malaysia1.pdf \ -malaysia2.pdf \ -mali-f.png \ -malta1-f.png \ -manchu.jpg \ -manchuria.jpg \ -manjuc.jpg \ -manjui.png \ -mauritania-f.png \ -mauritius-f.png \ -mex1.pdf \ -mex2.pdf \ -mex3.pdf \ -mexico-f.jpg \ -mexip.pdf \ -meyalu.png \ -moldova-f.png \ -monaco-f.png \ -mondep.png \ -mongasie.pdf \ -mongolcy.png \ -mongolia-f.png \ -mongolian.pdf \ -mongols.png \ -mongoltr.png \ -montenegro-f.jpg \ -morocco-f.png \ -mozambique-f.png \ -namibia-f.png \ -nbrunswick-f.png \ -ncyprus-f.png \ -neder.pdf \ -netherlands-antilles-f.png \ -netherlands-f.png \ -new-york-f.png \ -newzealand-f.png \ -nicaragua-f.png \ -nice-f.png \ -niger-f.png \ -nigeria-f.png \ -nihongo.png \ -norvege-c.pdf \ -norvege-t.pdf \ -norway-f.png \ -norway-p.pdf \ + lamed3.png \ ) -cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images -chmod 644 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images/$i -end -# -foreach i ( \ -occ-f.png \ -occdial1.jpg \ -occdial2.png \ -occitanie.png \ -occtaur.jpg \ -oman-f.png \ -opole-f.png \ -pakistan-f.png \ -palestine-f.png \ -panama-f.png \ -paraguay.png \ -paraguay-f.png \ -paraguayp.pdf \ -peru-f.png \ -philippines-f.png \ -poland-f.png \ -polish-d.jpg \ -polmin.jpg \ -pologne.pdf \ -polski-f.png \ -portu-a.png \ -portu-b.png \ -portu-p.jpg \ -portu-r.jpg \ -portugal.pdf \ -portugal-f.png \ -puerto-rico-f.png \ -qatar-f.png \ -quebec-f.png \ -rdcongo-f.png \ -romania-f.png \ -romanian.pdf \ -rus-cyr.png \ -rus-re.png \ -rus-su.pdf \ -russia-f.png \ -russian.png \ -russian-e.pdf \ -russian-n.png \ -russian-w.png \ -rwanda-f.png \ -saint-lucia-f.png \ -same.png \ -same-f.png \ -sami-f.png \ -samoa-f.png \ -san-marino-f.png \ -sao-f.png \ -saudi-arabia-f.png \ -scotland-f.png \ -senegal-f.png \ -serb-a.pdf \ -serbia-f.png \ -serbia-f2.png \ -serbia1.pdf \ -seychelles-f.png \ -singapore-f.png \ -slovak-ok.png \ -slovakia.pdf \ -slovakia-f.png \ -slovenia-f.png \ -slovenian.png \ -slovenie.pdf \ -solomon-islands-f.png \ -somalia-f.png \ -sorabe-1.jpg \ -sorabe-2.jpg \ -sorben.jpg \ -sorbian.jpg \ -south-africa-f.png \ -spain.png \ -spain-f.png \ -spilhennig.png \ -start.jpg \ -stop.png \ -sudan-f.png \ -suede-a.pdf \ -suede-fin.pdf \ -suisse-f.png \ -suriname-f.png \ -svenska.png \ -swahili.pdf \ -swahili-m.png \ -fswahili.pdf \ -sweden.pdf \ -sweden-f.png \ -syria-f.png \ -taiwan-f.png \ -tajikistan-f.png \ -tanzania-f.png \ -thai.pdf \ -thai.png \ -thailand-f.png \ -togo-f.png \ -tonga-f.png \ -tunisia-f.png \ -turkey-f.png \ -turkish.png \ -turkmenistan-f.png \ -turquie.pdf \ -tuvalu-f.png \ -uae-f.png \ -uganda-f.png \ -uighur-f.png \ -uighur.pdf \ -uk-f.png \ -ukra.png \ -ukraine.jpg \ -ukraine-f.png \ -ukrainep.pdf \ -uruguay-f.png \ -us-f.png \ -usa-f.png \ -uzbekistan-f.png \ -vanuatu-f.png \ -vatican-f.jpg \ -venezuela-f.png \ -vermont-f.png \ -viet2.pdf \ -viet3.pdf \ -viet4.pdf \ -viet-w.pdf \ -vietnam-f.png \ -vojvodina-f.png \ -wales-f.png \ -wallonia-f.png \ -wallonie.pdf \ -wiki.png \ -wikif.png \ -wrs-a.png \ -wrs-c.png \ -xinjiang.png \ -xinjiangc.png \ -xyugo.png \ -yemen-f.png \ -zambia-f.png \ -zanzibar-f.png \ -zimbabwe-f.png \ -) -cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images -chmod 644 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images/$i -end -# -echo "SOURCE files" -if ( -d $TDS/source ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/source -endif -if ( -d $TDS/source/latex ) then -else - mkdir -m 755 $TDS/source/latex -endif -if ( -d $TDS/source/latex/minitoc ) then - \rm -rf $TDS/source/latex/minitoc -endif -mkdir -m 755 $TDS/source/latex/minitoc -foreach i ( minitoc-fr.dtx minitoc.dtx minitoc.ins ) - cp $i $TDS/source/latex/minitoc - chmod 744 $TDS/source/latex/minitoc/$i + cp $i $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images/ + chmod 644 $TDS/doc/latex/minitoc/images/$i end # echo "MINITOC-TDS.ZIP" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/togo-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/togo-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8cbba3a8aa5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/togo-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tonga-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tonga-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d0f4ab5189d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tonga-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tunisia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tunisia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index da5d01fb811..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tunisia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkey-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkey-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ebc0ce60ca6..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkey-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkish.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkish.png deleted file mode 100644 index ba7844138af..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkish.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkmenistan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkmenistan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 738ade9401b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turkmenistan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turquie.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turquie.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 597b240397e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/turquie.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tuvalu-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tuvalu-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 14795a2b408..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/tuvalu-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uae-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uae-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 98dfa053cde..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uae-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uganda-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uganda-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index dfd43fd51fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uganda-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a009d2f035d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2ec8953af17..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uighur.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uk-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uk-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d36774f17ca..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uk-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukra.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukra.png deleted file mode 100644 index 98add65a3e7..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukra.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1f97bf5085c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 9877895693c..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukraine.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukrainep.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukrainep.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8f33a5ccdfb..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/ukrainep.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uruguay-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uruguay-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ea92fae98e4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uruguay-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/us-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/us-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d5377c2e96b..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/us-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/usa-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/usa-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e8cdbaf5c5f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/usa-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uzbekistan-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uzbekistan-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 90b889ec357..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/uzbekistan-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vanuatu-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vanuatu-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index d179805419e..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vanuatu-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vatican-f.jpg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vatican-f.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 4c58ef44c00..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vatican-f.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/venezuela-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/venezuela-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index ce5bc29e976..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/venezuela-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vermont-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vermont-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index b7914707f5f..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vermont-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet-w.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet-w.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 658abaa2eae..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet-w.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 270f4294a82..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet3.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 7b7b711b1d0..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet3.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet4.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet4.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 9cbd0d16d78..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/viet4.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vietnam-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vietnam-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0f9c98061f4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vietnam-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vojvodina-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vojvodina-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index a039123e450..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/vojvodina-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wales-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wales-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index e9762a0450a..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wales-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 10ef9c575c5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonie.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonie.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 73cf252beee..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wallonie.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wiki.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wiki.png deleted file mode 100644 index 216d991bc19..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wiki.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wikif.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wikif.png deleted file mode 100644 index c7819999dd5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wikif.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-a.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-a.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3da5cc57470..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-a.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-c.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-c.png deleted file mode 100644 index a099cdb67a2..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/wrs-c.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiang.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiang.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6ea4596c5ba..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiang.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiangc.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiangc.png deleted file mode 100644 index 56119e01641..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xinjiangc.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xmk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xmk index 744abf7328a..e5fcc4aceca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xmk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xmk @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#! /bin/csh +#! /bin/csh -f ####################### foreach f ( mtc-add mtc-ads ) foreach i ( 1 2 3 ) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xyugo.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xyugo.png deleted file mode 100644 index bda46248845..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/xyugo.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/yemen-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/yemen-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 564351ce1e5..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/yemen-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zambia-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zambia-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9019bc5803d..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zambia-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zanzibar-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zanzibar-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 64962834e16..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zanzibar-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zimbabwe-f.png b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zimbabwe-f.png deleted file mode 100644 index 97944162a39..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/minitoc/zimbabwe-f.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 9014b56cbae..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc-fr.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `minitoc-fr.dtx', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% minitoc.dtx (with options: `minitoc-fr') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\ProvidesFile{minitoc-fr.dtx}% - [2008/07/16 minitoc v60 french documentation start file] -\input{minitoc.dtx} -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `minitoc-fr.dtx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 2957e0e9ccd..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65296 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in: -% -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2003/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert. -% -% This work consists of all the files listed in the file minitoc.l -% distributed with it. -% -% \fi -% -% \iffalse -%<*driver> -\ProvidesFile{minitoc.dtx}% -% -%\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/05] -%\ProvidesPackage{minitoc} -%<*package> - [2008/07/16 v60 minitoc.dtx file] -% -%\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] -%<*driver> -\listfiles -\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,oneside,openright]{book} -%\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,twoside,openright]{book} -\newlength{\iwidth} -\newlength{\awidth} -\newlength{\bwidth} -\newlength{\cwidth} -\newlength{\dwidth} -\newlength{\wkdim} -\setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -\addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% -% To add a kind of minitoc in the index -% -%\newcommand{\xhead}[1]{\section*{#1}\relax\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}\phantomsection} -\newcommand{\xhead}[1]{\phantomsection\textbf{#1}\relax\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} -% -% To frame a flag. -\newlength{\flagframethickness} -\setlength{\flagframethickness}{.1pt} -\newcommand{\flagbox}[1]{\begingroup\fboxrule=\flagframethickness\fboxsep=0pt\textcolor{black}{\fbox{\protect#1}}\endgroup} -\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\flagframethickness}{1mm}} -\AtBeginDocument{\definecolor{FBcolor}{gray}{.93}} -\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\flagbox}[1]{\begingroup\fboxrule=\flagframethickness\fboxsep=0pt\textcolor{FBcolor}{\fbox{\protect#1}}\endgroup}} -\newcommand{\flagboxa}[1]{\raisebox{-2mm}{\flagbox{\protect#1}}} -\newcommand{\flagboxu}[1]{\raisebox{2mm}{\flagbox{\protect#1}}} -% -\def\ATOC#1{{#1}\stepcounter{section}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}#1}} -\newlength{\widthinc}\setlength{\widthinc}{3.5cm} -\makeatletter\@mparswitchfalse\makeatother % les notes marginales р gauche! -\makeatletter -\def\mydotfill#1{% Filling dots; #1 = separation (dimension) - \leavevmode - \cleaders \hb@xt@ #1{\hss\ensuremath{\cdot}\hss}\hfill - \kern\z@} -\def\mysymbfill#1#2{% Filling symbols; #1 = separation (dimension) #2 = symbol; - \leavevmode - \cleaders \hb@xt@ #1{\hss\ensuremath{#2}\hss}\hfill - \kern\z@} -\makeatother -\let\RR\raggedright % or \RaggedRight ? -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lan}{\input{\jobname.lan}}{\typeout{WARNING: \jobname.lan NOT FOUND}\def\LANG{0}} -\IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\usepackage{marvosym}\def\myCoffeecup{~\Coffeecup}}{\let\myCoffeecup\relax} -\IfFileExists{mparhack.sty}{\usepackage{mparhack}}{} % not used if oneside. -\usepackage{chngpage} % to enlarge the biblio -\IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\usepackage[sort&compress,comma,numbers,square]{natbib}\citeindextrue}{} -\IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\usepackage[tight]{shorttoc}}{} -\IfFileExists{fnbreak.sty}{\usepackage{fnbreak}}{} % Checks split footnotes -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\usepackage{ifthen} -\newcounter{currlevel}\setcounter{currlevel}{-1} -\makeatletter -\gdef\@idxitem#1{% - \par - \hangindent 40\p@ - \ifthenelse{#1 > \value{currlevel}}{{% - \nobreak - }{\ifthenelse{#1 = \value{currlevel}}{% - \pagebreak[0]% - }{% - \pagebreak[2]% - }}% - \setcounter{currlevel}{#1}% - \hangindent 40pt -}}% -\makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\makeatletter -\providecommand*{\toclevel@chaptersom}{0} -\makeatletter\providecommand*{\toclevel@sectionsom}{0} -\let\nouppercase\relax -\def\Shorttableofcontents#1#2{\bgroup\c@tocdepth=#2\@restonecolfalse - \if@tightshtoc - \parsep\z@ - \fi - \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi - \@ifundefined{chapter}% - {\section*{{#1} - \@mkboth{\nouppercase{#1}}{\nouppercase{#1}}}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{sectionsom}{#1}}% - {\chapter*{{#1} - \@mkboth{\nouppercase{#1}}{\nouppercase{#1}}}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chaptersom}{#1}}% - \@startshorttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi\egroup} -\def\l@chaptersom{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1em}{2.3em}} -\makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \IfFileExists{repeatindex.sty}{\usepackage{repeatindex}}{}% To improve the index; DOES NOT WORK %% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\IfFileExists{sectsty.sty}{\usepackage[garrulous]{sectsty}% To fix long sectionning titles... - \partfont{\RR}% - \chapterfont{\RR}% - \sectionfont{\RR}% - \subsectionfont{\RR}% - \subsubsectionfont{\RR}}{} % NOT \paragraph or \subparagraph ! -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \usepackage[space,sort]{cite} % cite does not work well with hyperref... -%\RequirePackage[nocompress,sort]{cite}[2003/11/04] % cite[compress] or cite[sort] does not work well with hyperref; -% use a recent recent version of cite.sty to use its sort option. -% In fact, I use (above): \IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\usepackage[sort,comma,numbers,square]{natbib}}{} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\providecommand\citedash{\mbox{--}\nolinebreak} -\providecommand\citemid{,\nolinebreak[1]} -\providecommand\citepunct{,\nolinebreak[1]\hspace{.13em plus .1em minus .1em}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\renewcommand\citedash{\mbox{--}\nolinebreak} -\or\relax -\renewcommand\citedash{\mbox{-}\nolinebreak} -\fi -\let\bibpreamble\relax -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries This bibliography contains many URLs; you must be aware that -some of them might be inaccessible because they are obsolete, or because their site is down or encounters -some unexpected problem. Note also that the response of some sites may be slow (several seconds). -For instance, the entries -\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, from the \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/} -site, are very difficult to contact. - -The URLs beginning with ``\texttt{https:}'' to the TUGboat site may have a restricted access to the TUG members during -one year after publication. Being a member of TUG is useful and cheap! - -Some URLs may contain an extension not supported by your Web browser; in such cases, you should try to access to the -document manually. An example is~\cite{JMPL1}, whose extension is \suffix{.ps.gz}. - -Some URLs are too long for some tools; when possible, I shortened the URL to display only the contents the -directory, as for~\cite{pdftex}, or by using an URL to the catalogue entry (as for~\cite{arabi} -and~\cite{antomega}); when not possible, you should try -to access to the document manually.\par\lneed{12}% -}} -\or\relax -\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries Cette bibliographie contient de nombreux URLs; vous devez ъtre -avertis que certains d'entre eux pourraient ъtre inaccessibles parce qu'ils sont obsolшtes, parce que leur site -est inactif ou subit un problшme inattendu. Notez aussi que certains sites peuvent ъtre lents р~rщpondre (quelques -secondes). -Par exemple, les entrщes -\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, depuis le site \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/}, -sont trшs difficiles р~atteindre. - -Les URLs commenчant par {\froff\og{} \texttt{https:}~\fg{}} vers le site de TUGboat peuvent avoir leur accшs restreint -aux membres du TUG pendant un an aprшs leur publication. ╩tre membre du TUG est utile et n'est pas trшs cher! - -Certains URLs peuvent contenir un suffixe non supportщ par votre navigateur Web; dans un tel cas, vous devriez -essayer d'accщder au document manuellement. Un exemple est~\cite{JMPL1}, dont le suffixe est \suffix{.ps.gz}. - -Certains URLs sont trop longs pour certains logiciels; lorsque c'щtait possible, j'ai raccourci l'URL pour -n'afficher que le contenu du rщpertoire, ainsi par exemple pour~\cite{pdftex}, ou en utilisant un URL vers -l'entrщe dans le catalogue (comme pour~\cite{arabi} and~\cite{antomega}); lorsque ce n'щtait pas possible, -vous devrez essayer d'accщder manuellement au document.\par\lneed{12}% -}} -\fi -% inclusion graphique centrщe verticalement -% #1=hauteur apparente [0pt] optionnelle, #2=largeur, #3=fichier image -% \newlength{\hivc}\setlength{\hivc}{0pt} -% \newcommand{\IVC}[3][0pt]{\parbox[c][#1][c]{#2}{\setlength{\hivc}{#1}\leavevmode\rule[-.5\hivc]{0pt}{\hivc}\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=#2]{#3}}} -\newcommand{\IVC}[3][0pt]{\parbox[c][#1][c]{#2}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=#2]{#3}}} -% -\renewcommand\citemid{,\nolinebreak[1]} -\renewcommand\citepunct{,\nolinebreak[1]\hspace{.13em plus .1em minus .1em}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\usepackage[english2,tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} -\or\relax -\usepackage[french2,tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} -\fi -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\providecommand{\seename}{\protect\emph{see}} -\gdef\see#1#2{\protect\emph{see}~#1} -\or\relax -\providecommand{\seename}{\protect\textit{voir}} -\gdef\see#1#2{\protect\emph{voir}~#1} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% NEW INDEX COMMANDS -% -- packages -\newcommand{\pack}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\ipack{#1}} -\newcommand{\upack}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand{\ipack}[1]{\ipackA{#1}\ipackB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\fi -% -- packages with special names (#1=real name, #2=sort) -\newcommand{\packa}[2]{\protect\textsf{#1}\ipacka{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\upacka}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand{\ipacka}[2]{\ipackaA{#1}{#2}\ipackaB{#1}{#2}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\fi -% -- classes -\newcommand{\class}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\iclass{#1}} -\newcommand{\uclass}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand{\iclass}[1]{\iclassA{#1}\iclassB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\fi -% -- scripts -\newcommand{\scrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iscrp{#1}} -\newcommand{\uscrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\iscrp}[1]{\iscrpA{#1}\iscrpB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -% -- tools -\newcommand{\tool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\itool{#1}} -\newcommand{\utool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand{\itool}[1]{\itoolA{#1}\itoolB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} -\fi -% -- examples -\newcommand{\exam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iexam{#1}} -\newcommand{\uexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\iexam}[1]{\iexamA{#1}\iexamB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(example document)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Examples=\protect\leavevmode Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(exemple de document)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=\protect\leavevmode Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -% -- old examples -\newcommand{\oexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioexam{#1}} -\newcommand{\uoexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ioexam}[1]{\ioexamA{#1}\ioexamB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(old example document)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Old Examples=\protect\leavevmode Old Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(ancien exemple de document)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Anciens exemples=\protect\leavevmode Anciens exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -% -- features -\newcommand{\feat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ifeat{#1}} -\newcommand{\ufeat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ifeat}[1]{\ifeatA{#1}\ifeatB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (feature)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Features=\protect\leavevmode Features\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (dispositif)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=\protect\leavevmode Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- extensions/suffixes -\newcommand{\suffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\isuffix{#1}} -\newcommand{\usuffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\isuffix}[1]{\isuffixA{#1}\isuffixB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (extension)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Extensions=\protect\leavevmode Extensions\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (suffixe)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Suffixes=\protect\leavevmode Suffixes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- options (minitoc) -\newcommand{\opt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iopt{#1}} -\newcommand{\optd}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioptd{#1}} -\newcommand{\uopt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\iopt}[1]{\ioptA{#1}\ioptB{#1}} -\newcommand{\ioptd}[1]{\ioptdA{#1}\ioptdB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default option)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option par dщfaut)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (dщfaut)}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- options (other packages) -% \newcommand{\optp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}~\protect\textsf{(#2)}\ioptp{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\optp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioptp{#1}{#2}} -%\newcommand{\uoptp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}~\protect\textsf{(#2)}} -\newcommand{\uoptp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ioptp}[2]{\ioptpA{#1}{#2}\ioptpB{#1}{#2}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(\protect\textsf{#2} package)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(paquetage \protect\textsf{#2})}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- language options -\newcommand{\lopt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ilopt{#1}} -\newcommand{\loptd}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iloptd{#1}} -\newcommand{\ulopt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ilopt}[1]{\iloptA{#1}\iloptB{#1}} -\newcommand{\iloptd}[1]{\iloptdA{#1}\iloptdB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(language option)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default language option)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(option de langue)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option de langue par dщfaut)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (dщfaut)}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- names -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax} -\newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax} -\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} -\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax} -\newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax} -\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} -\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- authors names in bib -\newcommand{\bname}[3]{\bnameA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bnameB{#1}{#2}{#3}} -\newcommand{\bnamea}[4]{\bnameaA{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\bnameaB{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} - -\newcommand\sksep{\ensuremath{\hookrightarrow}}% % put before the bib. refs in the index -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}} -\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} -\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}} -\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} -\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- tool names in bib -\newcommand{\btool}[2]{\btoolA{#1}{#2}\btoolB{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\btoola}[3]{\btoolaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\btoolaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- pack names in bib -\newcommand{\bpack}[2]{\bpackA{#1}{#2}\bpackB{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\bpacka}[3]{\bpackaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bpackaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- class names in bib -- nom, [ nom-tri ], clщ-bib -\newcommand{\bclass}[2]{\bclassA{#1}{#2}\bclassB{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\bclassa}[3]{\bclassaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bclassaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- environments -\newcommand{\env}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ienv{#1}} -\newcommand{\uenv}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ienv}[1]{\ienvA{#1}\ienvB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environment)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environments=\protect\leavevmode Environments>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environnement)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environnements=\protect\leavevmode Environnements>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- files -\newcommand{\xfile}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixfile{#1}} -\newcommand{\uxfile}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ixfile}[1]{\ixfileA{#1}\ixfileB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (file)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Files=\protect\leavevmode Files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (fichier)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Fichiers=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- graphic files -\newcommand{\xgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixgrf{#1}} -\newcommand{\uxgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ixgrf}[1]{\ixgrfA{#1}\ixgrfB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(graphic file)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Graphic files=\protect\leavevmode Graphic files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(fichier graphique)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Fichiers graphiques=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers graphiques\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- flags (graphic) files -\newcommand{\xgrfl}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixgrfl{#1}} -\newcommand{\uxgrfl}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ixgrfl}[1]{\ixgrflA{#1}\ixgrflB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ixgrflA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(flag file)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixgrflB}[1]{\index{Flags files=\protect\leavevmode Flags files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\ixgrflA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(fichier drapeau)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixgrflB}[1]{\index{Fichiers drapeaux=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers drapeaux\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- .mld /mlo couples -\newcommand{\xmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}} -\newcommand{\ixmldo}[1]{\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}} -\newcommand{\uxmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- depth counters -\newcommand{\dcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\idcnt{#1}} -\newcommand{\udcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\idcnt}[1]{\idcntA{#1}\idcntB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(depth counter)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Depth counters=\protect\leavevmode Depth counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(compteur de profondeur)}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs de profondeur=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs de profondeur\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- counters -\newcommand{\cnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\icnt{#1}} -\newcommand{\ucnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\icnt}[1]{\icntA{#1}\icntB{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (counter)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Counters=\protect\leavevmode Counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (compteur)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- commands -\newcommand{\lit}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} % literal string -\newcommand{\clit}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs #1}} % literal command string -\newcommand{\com}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs #1}\icom{#1}} -\newcommand{\ucom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs #1}} -\newcommand{\icom}[1]{\icomA{#1}\icomB{#1}} -\newcommand{\fkcom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[fake]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{fake#1}} -\newcommand{\ncom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[no]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{no#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (command)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commands=\protect\leavevmode Commands\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (commande)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commandes=\protect\leavevmode Commandes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- messages -%\newcommand{\mess}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\imess{#1}} -%\newcommand{\umess}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} -% \let\Buttonbox\Ovalbox % to be changed easily -\def\Buttonbox#1{\fbox{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily -% \def\Buttonbox#1{\keystroke{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily -\newcommand{\lmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\footnotesize - \hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}} -\newcommand{\phmess}{\footnotesize - \item[]{\textcolor{white}{\Buttonbox{\phantom{\texttt{M0000}}}}}} -\newcommand{\RMP}[1]{\reversemarginpar - \marginpar[{\raggedleft\strut\footnotesize\hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}\texttt{~~}}]{{\raggedright\strut\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}}% - }\normalmarginpar} -\newcommand{\NMP}[1]{\normalmarginpar - \marginpar[{\raggedleft\Strutt\footnotesize\hypertarget{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}\texttt{~~}}]{{\raggedright\strut\footnotesize\hypertarget{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}\texttt{~~}}% - }\normalmarginpar} -\newcommand{\imess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\RMP{#1}} -\newcommand{\jmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\NMP{#1}} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\or\relax -\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\fi -\newcommand{\HPH}{\footnotesize\hphantom{\fbox{\texttt{M0000}}}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -- Stacked Messages in Margin \SMM{\lmess{W0054}\\ \lmess{W0055}} -\newcommand{\SMM}[1]{\bgroup% - \let\imess\lmess % local redefinition, to avoid stupid errors. - \marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - \protect #1% - \end{tabular}}\egroup} -% -- idem. plus a Z dangerous bend above -\newcommand{\SMMZ}[1]{\bgroup% - \let\imess\lmess % local redefinition, to avoid stupid errors. - \marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127}\hfill\null\\*[3ex] - \protect #1% - \end{tabular}}\egroup} -% -- idem. plus a ZZ double dangerous bend above -\newcommand{\SMMZZ}[1]{\bgroup% - \let\imess\lmess % local redefinition, to avoid stupid errors. - \marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127\kern2pt\char127}\hfill\null\\*[3ex] - \protect #1% - \end{tabular}}\egroup} -% Redefine \virage and \Virage (beware to the braces!) -\AtBeginDocument{% -\renewcommand{\virage}{% - \reversemarginpar{\marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127\kern2pt}\hfill\null\\ - \HPH - \end{tabular}}}\normalmarginpar} -\renewcommand{\Virage}{% - \reversemarginpar{\marginpar{\footnotesize\texttt{~~}\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - \null\hfill\Strutt\hbox{\manfnt\char127\kern2pt\char127}\hfill\null\\ - \HPH - \end{tabular}}}\normalmarginpar}% -} %%% ATBEGINDOCUMENT -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\gdef\envname{environment} -\gdef\envsname{environments} -\gdef\Envsname{Environments} -\gdef\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change history}}% - \markboth{{Change history}}{{Change history}}} -%\def\generalname{General} -\gdef\generalname{} -\or\relax -\gdef\envname{environnement} -\gdef\envsname{environnements} -\gdef\Envsname{Environnements} -\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Historique des modifications}}% - \markboth{{Historique des modifications}}{{Historique des modifications}}} -%\def\generalname{G\'en\'eral} -\gdef\generalname{} -\fi -\gdef\generalname{} %ESSAI -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\setlength{\ptcindent}{0pt} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\makeatletter -\InputIfFileExists{ltxdoc.cfg}% -{\typeout{*************************************^^J% - * Local config file ltxdoc.cfg used^^J% - *************************************}} -{} -\RequirePackage{doc} -\renewenvironment{theglossary}{% -\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi -\columnseprule \z@ \columnsep 35\p@ -% \twocolumn[\glossary@prologue]% -\onecolumn \glossary@prologue%JPFD -\raggedright -\GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces} -{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi} -\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\|}} -\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand{\phantomsection}{}} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmtt}{bx}{n}{<-> ssub * cmtt/m/n}{} -\DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{cmtt}{\skewchar\font 48} % '60 -\DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmtt}{m}{n}{<-> ssub * cmsy/m/n}{} -\DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmtt}{bx}{n}{<-> ssub * cmsy/b/n}{} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmss}{m}{it}{<->ssub*cmss/m/sl}{} -\CodelineNumbered -\DisableCrossrefs -\setlength{\textwidth}{375pt} % was 355pt -\newlength{\winf}\setlength{\winf}{\textwidth} % width in frame -\newlength{\winp}\setlength{\winp}{\textwidth} % width in minipage -\addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule} -\addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep} -\addtolength\marginparwidth{30pt} -\addtolength\oddsidemargin{20pt} -\addtolength\evensidemargin{20pt} -\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1} -\def\cmd#1{\cs{\expandafter\cmd@to@cs\string#1}} -\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax} -\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}} -\providecommand\marg[1]{% - {\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}} -\providecommand\oarg[1]{% - {\ttfamily[}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily]}} -\providecommand\parg[1]{% - {\ttfamily(}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily)}} -\def\oc@scan#1{% - \ifx\oc@bslash#1% - \egroup\let\next\oc@bslash\else - \ifcat a\noexpand#1% - #1\let\next\oc@scan\else - \ifx\oc@percent#1% - \def\next{\char`\%\egroup}% - \else - #1\let\next\egroup - \fi\fi\fi\next} -\def\oc@bslash{\bgroup\oc@ttf\char`\\\oc@scan}% -\def\oc@verb#1{% - \catcode`#1\active - \uccode`\~`#1% - \uppercase{\def~{{\oc@ttf\char`#1}}}} -\begingroup - \obeyspaces% - \catcode`\/=\catcode`\\ - /catcode`/\/active - /catcode`<=/catcode`{% - /catcode`>=/catcode`}% - /catcode`/{/active% - /catcode`/}/active% - /gdef/oldc< \end{oldcomments}>% - /gdef/begmac< \begin{macrocode}>% - /gdef/obs>>% -/endgroup% -\begingroup - \catcode`\/=\catcode`\\ - \catcode`\\=13 - /catcode`/|=/catcode`/% - /catcode`/%=13 - /gdef/oldcomments{| - /makeatletter - /let/do/oc@verb/dospecials - /frenchspacing/@vobeyspaces/obs - /raggedright - /oc@verb/>| - /oc@verb/<| - /let\/oc@bslash - /let%/oc@percent - /obeylines - /parindent/z@ - /ttfamily/expandafter/let/expandafter/oc@ttf/the/font - /rmfamily - /hfuzz/maxdimen - } -/endgroup -\begingroup - \sloppy% - \obeylines% - \gdef\oc@percent#1^^M{% - \ifvmode% - \def\commentline{#1}% - \ifx\commentline\oldc% - \end{oldcomments}% - \else% - \ifx\commentline\begmac% - \begin{macrocode}% - \else% - \leavevmode% - #1^^M% - \fi\fi% - \else% - {\oc@ttf\char`\%}#1^^M% - \fi}% -\endgroup% -% \@addtoreset{CodelineNo}{part} -\def\partname{File} -\newcommand*{\DocInclude}[1]{% - \relax - \clearpage - \docincludeaux - \IfFileExists{#1.fdd}{\def\currentfile{#1.fdd}}{\def\currentfile{#1.dtx}}% - \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux\relax - \@latexerr{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha - \else \@docinclude#1 \fi} -\def\@docinclude#1 {\clearpage -\if@filesw \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}\fi -\@tempswatrue\if@partsw \@tempswafalse\edef\@tempb{#1}\@for -\@tempa:=\@partlist\do{\ifx\@tempa\@tempb\@tempswatrue\fi}\fi -\if@tempswa \let\@auxout\@partaux \if@filesw -\immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux -\immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}\fi -\let\@ltxdoc@PrintIndex\PrintIndex -\let\PrintIndex\relax -\let\@ltxdoc@PrintChanges\PrintChanges -%\let\PrintChanges\relax -\let\@ltxdoc@theglossary\theglossary -\let\@ltxdoc@endtheglossary\endtheglossary -\part{\currentfile}% - {\let\ttfamily\relax - \xdef\filekey{\filekey, \thepart={\ttfamily\currentfile}}}% -\DocInput{\currentfile}% -\let\PrintIndex\@ltxdoc@PrintIndex -\let\PrintChanges\@ltxdoc@PrintChanges -\let\theglossary\@ltxdoc@theglossary -\let\endtheglossary\@ltxdoc@endtheglossary -\clearpage -\@writeckpt{#1}\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@partaux \fi -\else\@nameuse{cp@#1}\fi\let\@auxout\@mainaux} -\gdef\codeline@wrindex#1{\if@filesw - \immediate\write\@indexfile - {\string\indexentry{#1}% - {\filesep\number\c@CodelineNo}}\fi}% -\let\filesep\@empty -\def\aalph#1{\@aalph{\csname c@#1\endcsname}} -\def\@aalph#1{% - \ifcase#1\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or - j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or - t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\or A\or B\or C\or - D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or - N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or - X\or Y\or Z\else\@ctrerr\fi} -\def\docincludeaux{% - \def\thepart{\aalph{part}}\def\filesep{\thepart-}% - \let\filekey\@gobble - \g@addto@macro\index@prologue{% - \gdef\@oddfoot{\parbox{\textwidth}{\strut\footnotesize - \raggedright{\bfseries File Key:} \filekey}}% - \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}% - \global\let\docincludeaux\relax - \gdef\@oddfoot{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@\currentfile\endcsname\relax - File \thepart: {\ttfamily\currentfile} % - \else - \GetFileInfo{\currentfile}% - File \thepart: {\ttfamily\filename} % - Date: \filedate\ % - Version \fileversion - \fi - \hfill\thepage}% - \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}% -\def\task#1#2{} -% ``Change History'' in TOC -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\gdef\envname{environment} -\gdef\envsname{environments} -\gdef\Envsname{Environments} -\gdef\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change history}}% - \markboth{{Change history}}{{Change history}}} -%\def\generalname{General} -\gdef\generalname{} -\or\relax -\gdef\envname{environnement} -\gdef\envsname{environnements} -\gdef\Envsname{Environnements} -\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Historique des modifications}}% - \markboth{{Historique des modifications}}{{Historique des modifications}}} -%\def\generalname{G\'en\'eral} -\gdef\generalname{} -\fi -\gdef\generalname{} %ESSAI -\let\sv@glossary@prologue\glossary@prologue -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\def\glossary@prologue{\sv@glossary@prologue\relax\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Change History}} -\or\relax -\def\glossary@prologue{\sv@glossary@prologue\relax\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Historique des modifications}} -\fi -%% redefine \glossaryentry -\def\nouse#1{\mbox{}} -%%% -% morefloats.sty ... -% \iffalse -%% This is morefloats.sty as of 27-July-1990 -%% Don Hosek, Quixote -% \fi -% -% The task at hand is to increase \LaTeX's current limit of 18 unprocessed -% floats in memory at once to 36. An examination of latex.tex reveals that -% this is accomplished by allocating an insert register for each unprocessed -% float. A quick check of lplain.lis reveals that there is room, in fact, -% for 230 additional unprocessed floats, but \TeX's main memory would be -% exhausted long before that happened. -% -% First we allocate the additional insert registers needed: -\newinsert\bx@S -\newinsert\bx@T -\newinsert\bx@U -\newinsert\bx@V -\newinsert\bx@W -\newinsert\bx@X -\newinsert\bx@Y -\newinsert\bx@Z -\newinsert\bx@AA -\newinsert\bx@BB -\newinsert\bx@CC -\newinsert\bx@DD -\newinsert\bx@EE -\newinsert\bx@FF -\newinsert\bx@GG -\newinsert\bx@HH -\newinsert\bx@II -\newinsert\bx@JJ -\newinsert\bx@KK -\newinsert\bx@LL -\newinsert\bx@MM -\newinsert\bx@NN -\newinsert\bx@OO -\newinsert\bx@PP -\newinsert\bx@QQ -\newinsert\bx@RR -\newinsert\bx@SS -\newinsert\bx@TT -\newinsert\bx@UU -\newinsert\bx@VV -\newinsert\bx@WW -\newinsert\bx@XX -\newinsert\bx@YY -\newinsert\bx@ZZ -\newinsert\bx@AAA -\newinsert\bx@BBB -% -% That accomplished, the next step is to define the macro \verb+\@freelist+ -% which is merely a list of the box registers each preceded by \verb+\@elt+. -% This approach allows processing of the list to be done far more efficiently. -% A similar approach is used by Mittelbach \& Sch\"opf's \texttt{doc.sty}~\cite{doc} to -% keep track of control sequences which should not be indexed. -\gdef\@freelist{\@elt\bx@A\@elt\bx@B\@elt\bx@C\@elt\bx@D\@elt\bx@E - \@elt\bx@F\@elt\bx@G\@elt\bx@H\@elt\bx@I\@elt\bx@J - \@elt\bx@K\@elt\bx@L\@elt\bx@M\@elt\bx@N - \@elt\bx@O\@elt\bx@P\@elt\bx@Q\@elt\bx@R - \@elt\bx@S\@elt\bx@T\@elt\bx@U\@elt\bx@V - \@elt\bx@W\@elt\bx@X\@elt\bx@Y\@elt\bx@Z - \@elt\bx@AA\@elt\bx@BB\@elt\bx@CC\@elt\bx@DD - \@elt\bx@EE\@elt\bx@FF\@elt\bx@GG\@elt\bx@HH - \@elt\bx@II\@elt\bx@JJ\@elt\bx@KK\@elt\bx@LL - \@elt\bx@MM\@elt\bx@NN\@elt\bx@OO\@elt\bx@PP - \@elt\bx@QQ\@elt\bx@RR\@elt\bx@SS\@elt\bx@TT - \@elt\bx@UU\@elt\bx@VV\@elt\bx@WW\@elt\bx@XX - \@elt\bx@YY\@elt\bx@ZZ\@elt\bx@AAA\@elt\bx@BBB} -\makeatother -%%% -\EnableCrossrefs -\CodelineIndex -% \PageIndex -% \RecordChanges -\input{minitoc.pre} -\providecommand{\capstart}{\empty} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\usepackage{fancybox} -% \usepackage[english]{keystroke} % ERRORS -\or\relax -\froff\usepackage{fancybox}\fron -% \usepackage[french]{keystroke} % ERRORS -\fi -% -%%%% FANCYHDR -% \usepackage{fancyhdr} -%%%% FANCYHDR -\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% - \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} -\providecommand{\hyperlink}[2]{\empty} -\providecommand{\hypertarget}[2]{\empty} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \makeatletter -% \def\SpecialIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{\expandafter\@gobble -% \string#1\actualchar -% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar\string#1\verbatimchar}% -% \@esphack} -% \def\SpecialMainIndex#1{\@bsphack\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\main}% -% \@esphack} -% \def\SpecialIndex@#1#2{% -% \@SpecialIndexHelper@#1\@nil -% \def\@tempb{ }% -% \ifcat \@tempb\@gtempa -% \special@index{\quotechar\space\actualchar -% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar -% \quotechar\bslash\quotechar\space\verbatimchar#2}% -% \else -% \def\@tempb##1##2\relax{\ifx\relax##2\relax -% \def\@tempc{\special@index{\quotechar##1\actualchar -% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar -% \quotechar\bslash\quotechar##1\verbatimchar#2}}% -% \else -% \def\@tempc{\special@index{##1##2\actualchar -% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar -% \bslash##1##2\verbatimchar#2}}% -% \fi}% -% \expandafter\@tempb\@gtempa\relax -% \@tempc -% \fi} - \makeatletter - \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{% - #1\actualchar - {\string\ttfamily\space#1} - (\envname)% - \encapchar \string\main}% - \special@index{\Envsname\levelchar{% - \string\ttfamily\space#1}\encapchar - \string\main}\@esphack} - \def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack - {\let\special@index\index\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\usage}}% - \@esphack} - \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (\envname)\encapchar \string\usage}% - \index{Envsname\levelchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}\encapchar - \string\usage}\@esphack} -% %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{} -% %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{} -\gdef\main#1{\textsf{#1}} -\gdef\usage#1{\textit{#1}} -% \gdef\hyperpage#1{\textbf{#1}} - \makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% NEW ENV - \makeatletter - \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% - \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% - } -% - \def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack - {\let\special@index\index\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\usage}}% - \@esphack} - \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% - \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% - } -% %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{} -% %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{} -\let\ohyperpage\hyperpage -\gdef\main#1{\textbf{#1}} -\gdef\usage#1{\textsf{#1}} -\gdef\hyperpage#1{\textit{\ohyperpage{#1}}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\ifcase\LANG\relax - \includecomment{ENGLISH} - \excludecomment{FRENCH} - \typeout{ENGLISH DOC} -\or\relax - \excludecomment{ENGLISH} - \includecomment{FRENCH} - \typeout{FRENCH DOC} -\else\relax - \includecomment{ENGLISH} - \excludecomment{FRENCH} - \typeout{BAD LANGUAGE: ENGLISH DOC BY DEFAULT} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \setcounter{GlossaryColumns}{1} -\def\ABK{\penalty-1\xspace} -\def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} -\def\NC{\penalty-1\hspace{2em}\P~} -\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage -\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{% - \clearpage - {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}% - } -\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage -\interfootnotelinepenalty=9999 -\let\svfinalhyphendemerits\finalhyphendemerits -\finalhyphendemerits=\maxdimen -\lefthyphenmin=3 -\righthyphenmin=3 -%%% pb \envname -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\gdef\envname{environment} -\gdef\envsname{environments} -\gdef\Envsname{Environments} -\gdef\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change history}}% - \markboth{{Change history}}{{Change history}}} -%\def\generalname{General} -\gdef\generalname{} -\or\relax -\gdef\envname{environnement} -\gdef\envsname{environnements} -\gdef\Envsname{Environnements} -\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Historique des modifications}}% - \markboth{{Historique des modifications}}{{Historique des modifications}}} -%\def\generalname{G\'en\'eral} -\gdef\generalname{} -\fi -%%% fixed notes -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FZ}{\texttt{O}~and~\texttt{o} are the letter~\texttt{O}, \texttt{0}~is the zero digit.} -\or\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FZ}{\texttt{O}~et~\texttt{o} sont la lettre~\texttt{O}, \texttt{0}~est le chiffre zщro.} -\fi -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Spoken in Acadia (see figure~\vref{f+acadien}) and some parts of the south -of the USA, like Louisiane; see~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cajun_French}\,.} -\or\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Parlщe en Acadie (voir la figure~\vref{f+acadien}) et dans certaines parties du -sud des ╔tats-Unis, comme la Louisiane; voir~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franчais_cadien}\,.} -\fi -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FARSINOTE}{By \protect\name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi} (\texttt{ghodsi@rose.ipm.ac.ir}) and the -\upack{Farsi\TeX} Project Group. See the \upack{Farsi\TeX} site at~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}} -\or\relax -\froff\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FARSINOTE}{Par \protect\name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi} (\texttt{ghodsi@rose.ipm.ac.ir}) et le -\upack{Farsi\TeX} Project Group. Voir le site de \upack{Farsi\TeX} р~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}}\fron -\fi -\ifx\KOMAScript\undefined% - \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}} -\fi -\ifx\PLaTeX\undefined -\makeatletter -\DeclareRobustCommand\PLaTeX{% after latex.dtx - P\kern-.08em L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0\hbox{T}% - \vbox to\ht0{\hbox{% - \csname S@\f@size\endcsname - \fontsize\sf@size\z@ - \math@fontsfalse\selectfont - A} - \vss}% - }% - \kern-.15em - \TeX\@}% -\makeatother -\fi -\def\PLaTeXe{P\LaTeXe} -\def\quocngu{Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}} -%%%% Strings by language -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\def\LLL{\mbox{LANGUAGE}} -\def\OFFSET{\mbox{OFFSET}} -\def\NB{\mbox{NUMBER}} -\def\NNN{\mbox{LINE}} -\def\PREPA{\mbox{PREPARATION}} -\def\CCC{\mbox{CLASS}} -\def\INAME{\mbox{INTERNAL\_NAME}} -\def\SEQ{\mbox{SEQUENCE}} -\def\NTITLE{\mbox{NEW\_TITLE}} -\def\FILE{\mbox{FILE}} -\def\CTR{\mbox{COUNTER}} -\def\VAL{\mbox{VALUE}} -\def\EXTEN{\mbox{EXTENSION}} -\def\STRING{\mbox{STRING}} -\def\COMMAND{\mbox{COMMAND}} -\def\PACK{\mbox{PACK}} -\or\relax -\def\LLL{\mbox{LANGUE}} -\def\OFFSET{\mbox{D╔PLACEMENT}} -\def\NB{\mbox{NOMBRE}} -\def\NNN{\mbox{LIGNE}} -\def\PREPA{\mbox{PR╔PARATION}} -\def\CCC{\mbox{CLASSE}} -\def\INAME{\mbox{NOM\_INTERNE}} -\def\SEQ{\mbox{S╔QUENCE}} -\def\NTITLE{\mbox{NOUVEAU\_TITRE}} -\def\FILE{\mbox{FICHIER}} -\def\CTR{\mbox{COMPTEUR}} -\def\VAL{\mbox{VALEUR}} -\def\EXTEN{\mbox{SUFFIXE}} -\def\STRING{\mbox{CHA╬NE}} -\def\COMMAND{\mbox{COMMANDE}} -\def\PACK{\mbox{PAQUETAGE}} -\fi -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% On float pages, push the floats to the top -\makeatletter -\setlength{\@fptop}{\topskip} -\addtolength{\@fptop}{-10pt} -\setlength{\@fpsep}{1.5\baselineskip plus 0fil} -\setlength{\@fpbot}{0pt plus 1fill} -\makeatother -\usepackage{dblaccnt} % here! -\def\magicminitoc{\columnwidth=\linewidth\null\hfilneg\hspace*{-\itemindent}\hspace*{-\leftmargin}\hspace*{-\labelwidth}\minitoc\hfill\null} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\newsavebox{\Citname}% See TLC2 p 849 -\newenvironment{Citation}[1]% - {\sbox\Citname{#1}\unskip\noindent}% - {\null\hspace*{\fill}\nolinebreak[1]% - \quad\hspace*{\fill}% - \finalhyphendemerits=0\relax - \usebox{\Citname}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\newsavebox{\BMTC} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% Load hypernat.sty to compress citations; beware to the catcode of ``:''. -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\IfFileExists{hypernat.sty}{\usepackage{hypernat}}{} -\or\relax -\froff\IfFileExists{hypernat.sty}{\usepackage{hypernat}}{}\fron -\fi -\begin{document} -\pagestyle{headings} -% \setcounter{lofdepth}{2} -% \mtcsetdepth{minilof}{2} -\raggedbottom -\addtolength{\marginparsep}{.5em}%ESSAI -\setlength{\marginparpush}{1.0ex}% -% % FANCYHDR -% \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% -% \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} -% \pagestyle{fancy} -% \fancyhf{} % RAZ -% %\newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\marginparwidth}\addtolength{\fancyoff}{\marginparsep} -% \newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\leftmargin} -% \fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{\fancyoff} -% \fancyhead[RO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage} -% \fancyhead[RE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage} -% \fancyhead[LO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark} -% \fancyhead[LE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark} -% \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt} -% \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} -% \addtolength{\headheight}{2pt} -% % FANCYHDR -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\let\fron\relax -\let\froff\relax -\selectlanguage{english}\nonfrenchspacing - \def\reftextfaceafter {on the \reftextvario{facing}{next} page}% - \def\reftextfacebefore{on the \reftextvario{facing}{preceding} page}% - \def\reftextafter {on the \reftextvario{next}{following} page}% - \def\reftextbefore {on the \reftextvario{page before}{preceding page}}% - \def\reftextcurrent {on \reftextvario{this}{this} page}% -%% \def\reftextcurrent {\relax}% - \def\reftextfaraway#1{on page~\pageref{#1}}% - \def\reftextpagerange#1#2{on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}% - \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}% -\or\relax -\fron\selectlanguage{french}\frenchspacing - \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Liste des figures}% - \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Liste des tableaux}% - \renewcommand\figurename{{\scshape Figure}}% JPFD (je n'aime pas Fig.) - \renewcommand\tablename{{\scshape Tableau}}% JPFD (je n'aime pas Tab.) - \def\reftextfaceafter {page \reftextvario{ci-contre}{ci-contre}}% - \def\reftextfacebefore{page \reftextvario{ci-contre}{ci-contre}}% - \def\reftextafter {page suivante}% - \def\reftextbefore {page pr\'ec\'edente}% - \def\reftextcurrent {sur cette page}% -%% \def\reftextcurrent {\relax}% - \def\reftextfaraway#1{page~\pageref{#1}}% - \def\reftextpagerange#1#2{pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}% - \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} \`a~\ref{#2}}% -\fi -%% small in index -\let\svtheindex\theindex -%% preface of index - \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight}% - \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt}% -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\long\def\Indexhead{In this index, italic style numbers (\textcolor{red}{\textit{123}}) are page numbers -(and hyperlinks, thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}), normal roman numbers -(123) are code line -references for usage, bold roman numbers (\textbf{123}) are code line references for definitions; -colored numbers in square brackets, like this:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc}, are bibliographic references, eventually -sorted and compressed. - -The names of commands, environments, files, suffixes, options, features, messages identifiers\,\footnote{The -messages identifiers appear in the right margin of the text, near the points of usage.}, and languages, -are in \texttt{typewriter} font -(\textbf{\texttt{bold}} for default options or the default language). -The names of tools, packages and classes are in \textsf{sans serif} font. -The people names are in \textrm{roman} for the first names, in \textsc{Small Caps} for the family names, -separated by a comma, the -family name first\,\footnote{For some oriental names (like japanese, korean, vietnamese or indian names), -it is sometimes difficult to know which is the first or the last -name.}, like in ``\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie'' in the index.% - -Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not indexed. - -\noindent{\makeatletter\usebox{\BMTC}} -% -\par\bigskip}% -\or\relax -\long\def\Indexhead{Dans cet index, les nombres en italique (\textcolor{red}{\textit{123}}) sont des numщros de pages -(et des hyperliens, grтce р~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}), -les nombres en fonte romaine normale (123) sont des rщfщrences р~des lignes de code d'utilisation, -les nombres en fonte romaine grasse (\textbf{123}) sont des rщfщrences р~des lignes de code de dщfinition; -les nombres colorщs entre crochets carrщs, comme ceci:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc-fr}, sont des rщfщrences bibliographiques, -щventuellement triщes et compressщes. - -Les noms des commandes, environnements, fichiers, suffixes, options, dispositifs, identificateurs de messages\,\footnote{Les -identificateurs de messages apparaissent dans la marge droite du texte, prшs des points d'utilisation.} et -langues sont en fonte de \texttt{machine р~щcrire} (\textbf{\texttt{grasse}} pour les options et la langue par dщfaut). -Les noms des outils, des paquetages et des classes sont en fonte \textsf{sans empattement}. -Les noms de personnes sont en \textrm{romain} pour les prщnoms, en \textsc{Petites Capitales} -pour les noms de familles, sщparщs par -une virgule, le nom de famille en premier\,\footnote{Pour certains noms orientaux (par exemple, japonais, corщens, -vietnamiens ou indiens), il est parfois difficile de savoir quel est le prщnom ou le nom de famille.}, -comme dans л~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~╗ dans l'index.% - -Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres spщcifiques de certaines langues) ne sont pas indexщes. - -\noindent{\makeatletter\usebox{\BMTC}} -% -\par\bigskip}% -\fi -\makeatletter - \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\hspace*{15pt}}% - \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\hspace*{30pt}}% -\makeatother -%% \def\theindex{\svtheindex\small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}\setlength{\columnsep}{45pt}\sloppy} -\makeatletter -\renewenvironment{theindex}{% - \columnsep=2.1em% - \def\item{\@idxitem{0}\relax}% - \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\relax\hspace*{15pt}}% - \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\relax\hspace*{30pt}}% - \begin{multicols}{2}[\chapter*{\indexname}\Indexhead][10\baselineskip]% - \mtcaddchapter[\indexname]% - \@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}% - \small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\columnsep}{2.1em}% - \sloppy\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}\thispagestyle{plain}\pagestyle{myheadings}\def\item{\@idxitem{0}}% -%% \raggedcolumns - \setcounter{collectmore}{-1}% Not perfect, but acceptable. - \raggedbottom}% - {\end{multicols}} -\makeatother -\nonfrenchspacing -\mtcsetformat{minitoc}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} -\mtcsetformat{minilof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} -\mtcsetformat{minilot}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} -\raggedbottom -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \def\MakePrivateLetters{\catcode`\^^?=11} - \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} - \setcounter{GlossaryColumns}{1} - \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight} - \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt} - \IndexPrologue{\section*{Index}% - \markboth{Index}{Index}% - Numbers written in italic refer to the page - where the corresponding entry is described; - numbers underlined refer to the - code line of the - definition; numbers in roman refer to the - code lines - where the entry is used.} - \DocInput{minitoc.dtx} - \clearpage -%% \begin{SMOOTH} - \xspaceskip=0.6em plus 0.1em minus .2em % tiny extensible -\def\pfill{\unskip\hspace*{1ex}\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak - \dotfil\hspace*{1ex}\ignorespaces}% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \begin{RaggedRight} -% \PrintChanges -% \end{RaggedRight} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \end{SMOOTH} - \flushbottom - \IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\citeindexfalse}{} - \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} - \mtcsetrules{minitoc}{on} - \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\kern1sp\vspace*{-.5ex}\relax\begin{multicols}{4}[\kern-2.ex]\raggedcolumns}% - \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\relax\vspace{-1.5ex}}% - \setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.75em}% - \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.75em}% - \setlength{\awidth}{\textwidth} - \addtolength{\awidth}{-1pt} -% \addtolength{\awidth}{2\fboxrule} -% \addtolength{\awidth}{2\fboxsep} -% \def\kernafterminitoc{\kern-.5\baselineskip\kern.5ex} - \def\kernafterminitoc{\kern-1\baselineskip\kern.5ex} - \makeatletter\savebox{\BMTC}{\relax{\begin{minipage}[t]{\awidth}\minitoc[l]\end{minipage}}}\makeatother% - \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty}% - \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty}% - \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt}% - \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{0pt}% - \begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[0] - \PrintIndex - \end{mtchideinmaintoc} - \AtEndDocument{\setcounter{tocdepth}{6}} - \mtcfixindex[chapter] -\end{document} -% -% \fi -% -% \CheckSum{0} -% -% \CharacterTable -% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -% -% -% \lefthyphenmin=3 -% \righthyphenmin=3 -% \hyphenation{Mittelbach} -% \hyphenation{Jackowski} -% \hyphenation{Impatient} -% \hyphenation{make-index} -% \hyphenation{hyper-link} -% -% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@@par,\@beginparpenalty,\@empty} -% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input} -% \DoNotIndex{\@makefnmark,\@makeother,\@maketitle} -% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@ne,\@spaces,\@tempa} -% \DoNotIndex{\@tempb,\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue} -% \DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum} -% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa,\@totalleftmargin} -% \DoNotIndex{\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil,\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup} -% \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials,\edef} -% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\egroup} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist} -% \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endinput,\endtrivlist} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global} -% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet} -% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if@inlabel,\if@tempswa,\if@twocolumn} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcase} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item} -% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\ignorespaces,\index,\item} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower} -% \DoNotIndex{\let,\llap,\lower} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing} -% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage\nonfrenchspacing} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc} -% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\raggedleft,\rm,\sc} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut} -% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\small,\space,\string,\strut} -% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} -% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@} -% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\z@} -% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} -% \DoNotIndex{\`,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} -% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\markboth,\mathcode} -% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\mathcode} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip} -% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox} -% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle} -% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\raise,\rangle} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb} -% \DoNotIndex{\section,\TeX,\underline,\verb} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar} -% \DoNotIndex{\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar} -% \DoNotIndex{\[,\{,\},\]} -% \DoNotIndex{\count@,\ifnum,\loop,\today,\uppercase,\uccode} -% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\tw@} -% \DoNotIndex{\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k,\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q} -% \DoNotIndex{\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z,\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H} -% \DoNotIndex{\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O,\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z} -% \DoNotIndex{\1,\2,\3,\4,\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0} -% \DoNotIndex{\!,\#,\$,\&,\',\(,\),\+,\.,\:,\;,\<,\=,\>,\?,\_} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\makeatletter,\makeatother} -% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary} -% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother} -% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment} -% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined} -% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} -% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc} -% \DoNotIndex{\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} -% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode} -% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifmmode} -% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting} -% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\newtoks} -% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf} -% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse} -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} -% \DoNotIndex{\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} -% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault} -% \DoNotIndex{\*} -% \DoNotIndex{\ } -% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\MessageBreak} -% ^^A lettres de l'hщbreu -% \DoNotIndex{\alef,\ayin,\bet,\finalmem,\finalnun,\kaf,\lamed,\mem,\nun,\resh,\shin,\tav,\tet,\vav,\yod} -% ^^A lettres hebrew2 -% \DoNotIndex{\hebalef} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebayin} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebbet} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalmem} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalnun} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebkaf} -% \DoNotIndex{\heblamed} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebmem} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebnun} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebresh} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebshin} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebtav} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebtet} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebvav} -% \DoNotIndex{\hebyod} -% ^^A lettres arabi -% \DoNotIndex{\T} -% \DoNotIndex{\alef} -% \DoNotIndex{\alefhamza} -% \DoNotIndex{\dal} -% \DoNotIndex{\fa} -% \DoNotIndex{\ha} -% \DoNotIndex{\jeem} -% \DoNotIndex{\kaf} -% \DoNotIndex{\lam} -% \DoNotIndex{\meem} -% \DoNotIndex{\qaf} -% \DoNotIndex{\ra} -% \DoNotIndex{\seen} -% \DoNotIndex{\sheen} -% \DoNotIndex{\waw} -% \DoNotIndex{\yahamza} -% ^^A lettres bulgares -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} -% ^^A lettres du cyrillique -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyro} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyry} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} -% ^^A lettres farsi3 -% \DoNotIndex{\alef} -% \DoNotIndex{\dal} -% \DoNotIndex{\fa} -% \DoNotIndex{\ha} -% \DoNotIndex{\jeem} -% \DoNotIndex{\kaf} -% \DoNotIndex{\lam} -% \DoNotIndex{\meem} -% \DoNotIndex{\nun} -% \DoNotIndex{\ra} -% \DoNotIndex{\seen} -% \DoNotIndex{\sheen} -% \DoNotIndex{\taa} -% \DoNotIndex{\waw} -% \DoNotIndex{\ya} -% ^^A lettres mongolb -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyry} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} -% ^^A lettres russianb -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyro} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} -% ^^A lettres serbianc -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} -% ^^A lettres ukrainian -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP} -% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} -% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu} -% ^^A not true macros -% \DoNotIndex{\PTC@,\MTC@,\STC@} -% -% \GetFileInfo{minitoc.dtx} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \title{{\Large The \textsf{minitoc} package}\thanks{This document -% corresponds to \textsf{minitoc}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}} -% \author{Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert \\ \url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}} -% \or\relax -% \title{{\Large Le paquetage \textsf{minitoc}}\thanks{Ce document -% correspond р~\textsf{minitoc}~\fileversion, datщ \filedate.}} -% \author{Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert \\ {\froff\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}}} -% \fi -% \makeatletter -% \let\SVtitle\@title -% \let\SVdate\@date -% \let\SVauthor\@author -% -% \def\@maketitle{% -% \newpage -% \null -% \vskip 2em% -% \begin{center}% -% \let \footnote \thanks -% {\LARGE \SVtitle \par}% -% \vskip 1.5em% -% {\large -% \lineskip .5em% -% \begin{tabular}[t]{c}% -% \SVauthor -% \end{tabular}\par}% -% \vskip 1em% -% {\large \SVdate}% -% \end{center}% -% \par -% \vskip 1.5em} -% \makeatother -% \maketitle -% \doparttoc -% ^^A \dopartlof \dopartlot -% \dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot -% {\parskip=0pt -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\clearpage\Shorttableofcontents{Summary}{0}}{} -% \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} -% \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{List of figures} -% \renewcommand{\listtablename}{List of tables} -% \or\relax -% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\clearpage\Shorttableofcontents{Sommaire}{0}}{} -% \fi -% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -% \makeatletter -% \let\l@chaptersom\l@chapter -% \makeatother -% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -% \tableofcontents -% \mtcaddchapter -% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -% \listoffigures -% \mtcaddchapter -% \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -% \listoftables -% \mtcaddchapter -% } -% ^^A FIX INDEX? -% \let\svmacro\macro -% \let\svendmacro\endmacro -% \let\svenvironment\environment -% \let\svendenvironment\endenvironment -% ^^A \renewenvironment{macro}[1]{\bgroup\DescribeMacro{#1}}{\egroup} -% ^^A \renewenvironment{environment}[1]{\bgroup\DescribeEnv{#1}}{\egroup} -% ^^A FIX INDEX? -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter*{About this document\markboth{About this document}{About this document}} -% \markboth{About this document}{About this document} -% \mtcaddchapter[About this document] -% This document is rather thick, but please, be not afraid: you do not need to read every page. -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The most useful chapters are in the first part (``{User's Manual}'', page~\pageref{p+UM}): -% \begin{itemize} -% \item the chapter~``The \upack{minitoc} package'', page~\pageref{o+minitoc}, describes the essential commands to use -% the package; -% \item the chapter ``Frequently Asked Questions'', page~\pageref{FAQ}, may help you to solve some -% specific problems; -% \item the chapter ``Memento'', page~\pageref{c+memento}, is a set of tables to be used as a -% remainder of the commands of this package; -% \item the chapter ``Examples of documents'', page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, gives the code of some documents showing the -% basic usage of the \upack{minitoc} package and some interesting situations; -% \item the chapter ``Messages'', page~\pageref{c+messages}, is certainly boring, but it should be searched if you get some -% warning or error messages from the \upack{minitoc} package, because it explains them and also the informative -% messages (table~\vref{t+allmess} will help you to find the meaning of a message); -% \item the chapter ``Jargon'', page~\pageref{c+jargon}, attemps to explain -% most of the technical terms used here; -% \item the chapter ``Installation'', page~\pageref{c+installation}, describes -% all the files included in the distribution of the package; -% \item the chapter ``Postface'', page~\pageref{c+postface}, -% gives an abbreviated history of the package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item The second part, ``Implementation'', page~\pageref{p+ID}, is much more technical; you can read it if you are -% interested in the details of the coding of the package. -% The chapter ``Language definition (\suffix{.mld}) and object -% (\suffix{.mlo}) files'', page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, may be useful if you are interested by some language. -% This chapter contains many maps and illustrations. -% \item The third part, ``Complements'', page~\pageref{p+complements}, contains a bibliography, a detailed history of -% the package, a list of acknowlegments, and an index. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \bigskip -% -% For this document, I have used: -% \begin{itemize} -% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{% -% \item a short table of contents (summary), with the \com{shorttoc} command from my \pack{shorttoc} -% package~\cite{shorttoc}, displaying only parts and chapters;}{\relax} -% \item a main table of contents (\com{tableofcontents}), with a maximum depth~(6); -% \item a main list of figures (\com{listoffigures}) and a main list of tables (\com{listoftables}); -% \item for each part, a table of contents displaying only the chapters (\com{parttoc} with -% \dcnt{parttocdepth} equal to~1); -% ^^A \item for each part, a list of figures (\com{partlof}) and a list of tables (\com{partlot}) when useful; -% \item for each chapter, a complete table of contents (\com{minitoc} with \dcnt{minitocdepth} equal to~6); -% \item for each chapter, a list of figures (\com{minilof}) and a list of tables (\com{minilot}) when useful; -% \item customized parameters for the layout of the mini-tables; as the PDF version of the documentation uses hyperlinks -% (with the help of the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}), -% these mini-tables should help you to navigate within the document; -% \item some hyperlinks, placed in the right margin, contain a message identifier; the link points to the description -% of the message in the ``Messages'' chapter; try this one:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001} -% \item some flags, with hyperlinks to articles (mainly in Wikipedia) about countries or languages; -% \item the \pack{calc} package~\cite{calc} to make some computations with comfort; -% \ifBT\relax -% \item the \pack{booktabs} package~\cite{booktabs} to format the tables; -% \else\fi -% \item the \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} and \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} packages to document the code; -% \item many other packages to improve the presentation of the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% \chapter*{└~propos de ce document\markboth{└~propos de ce document}{└~propos de ce document}} -% \markboth{└~propos de ce document}{└~propos de ce document} -% \mtcaddchapter[└~propos de ce document] -% Ce document est assez щpais, mais s'il vous plaюt, n'en soyez pas effrayщs: vous n'avez pas besoin de lire toutes -% les pages. -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Les chapitres les plus utiles sont dans la premiшre partie (л~{Manuel de l'utilisateur}~╗, page~\pageref{p+UM}): -% \begin{itemize} -% \item le chapitre~л~Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}~╗, page~\pageref{o+minitoc}, dщcrit les commandes essentielles -% pour utiliser le paquetage; -% \item le chapitre л~Questions frщquemment posщes~╗, page~\pageref{FAQ}, peut vous aider р~rщsoudre certains -% problшmes spщcifiques; -% \item le chapitre л~Mщmento~╗, page~\pageref{c+memento}, est un ensemble de tableaux р~utiliser -% comme aide-mщmoire des commandes de ce paquetage; -% \item le chapitre л~Exemples de documents~╗, page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, donne le code de quelques documents montrant -% l'utilisation basique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et quelques situations intщressantes; -% \item le chapitre л~Messages~╗, page~\pageref{c+messages}, est certainement -% fastidieux, mais il faut le consulter lorsque vous recevez des messages d'avertissement ou d'erreur du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}, parce qu'il les explique ainsi que les messages informatifs (le tableau~\vref{t+allmess} -% vous aidera р~trouver la signification d'un message); -% \item le chapitre л~Jargon~╗, -% page~\pageref{c+jargon}, essaye d'expliquer la plupart des termes techniques utilisщs ici; -% \item le chapitre л~Installation~╗, -% page~\pageref{c+installation}, dщcrit tous les fichiers inclus dans la distribution du paquetage; -% \item le chapitre л~Postface~╗, page~\pageref{c+postface}, donne un historique abrщgщ du paquetage. -% \end{itemize} -% \item La deuxiшme partie, л~Implantation~╗, page~\pageref{p+ID}, est bien plus technique; vous pouvez la lire si vous ъtes -% intщressщs par les dщtails du codage du paquetage. -% Le chapitre л~Fichiers de dщfinition (\suffix{.mld}) et objets (\suffix{.mlo}) de langue~╗, -% page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, peut ъtre utile si vous ъtes intщressщs par une certaine langue. -% Ce chapitre contient de nombreuses cartes et illustrations. -% \item La troisiшme partie, л~Complщments~╗, page~\pageref{p+complements}, contient une bibliographie, un historique -% dщtaillщ du paquetage, une liste des remerciements et un index. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \bigskip -% -% Pour ce document, j'ai utilisщ: -% \begin{itemize} -% \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{% -% \item une table des matiшres abrщgщe (sommaire), avec la commande \com{shorttoc} de mon -% paquetage \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc}, n'affichant que les parties et chapitres;}{\relax} -% \item une table des matiшres principale (\com{tableofcontents}), avec une profondeur maximale~(6); -% \item une liste principale des figures (\com{listoffigures}) et une liste principale des tableaux -% (\com{listoftables}); -% \item pour chaque partie, une table des matiшres ne montrant que les chapitres (\com{parttoc} avec -% \dcnt{parttocdepth} щgale р~1); -% ^^A \item pour chaque partie, une liste des figures (\com{partlof}) -% ^^A et une liste des tableaux (\com{partlot}) lorsque c'est utile; -% \item pour chaque chapitre, une table des matiшres complшte (\com{minitoc} avec \dcnt{minitocdepth} щgale р~6); -% \item pour chaque chapitre, une liste des figures (\com{minilof}) et une liste des tableaux (\com{minilot}) -% lorsque c'est utile; -% \item des paramшtres adaptщs pour la mise en page mini-tables; comme la version PDF de la documentation utilise -% des hyperliens, (р~l'aide du paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}), ces mini-tables devraient -% vous aider р~vous dщplacer dans le document; -% \item quelques hyperliens, placщs dans la marge de droite, contiennent un identificateur de message; le lien -% renvoie р~la description du message dans le chapitre л~Messages~╗; -% \item quelques drapeaux avec des hyperliens vers des articles (principalement de Wikipedia) sur des pays ou des langues; -% essayez celui-ci:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001} -% \item le paquetage \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} pour faire certains calculs plus confortablement; -% \ifBT\relax -% \item le paquetage \pack{booktabs}~\cite{booktabs} pour formater les tableaux; -% \else\fi -% \item les paquetages \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} et \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} pour documenter le code; -% \item de nombreux autres paquetages pour amщliorer la prщsentation de la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \part{User's Manual}\label{p+UM} -% \or\relax -% \part{Manuel de l'utilisateur}\label{p+UM} -% \fi -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \parttoc -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\empty} -% ^^A \partlof -% ^^A \partlot -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{The \upack{minitoc} package}\label{o+minitoc}\ipack{minitoc} -% \or\relax -% \frenchspacing -% \chapter{Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}}\label{o+minitoc}\ipack{minitoc} -% \fi -% ^^A \pagestyle{headings} -% \minitoc -% \lsneed{5} -% \mtcskip -% \minilof -% \lsneed{5} -% \mtcskip -% \minilot -% \section{Introduction} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \upack{minitoc} package, initially written by \name{Nigel}{Ward} and \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, has been -% almost completely redesigned by \name{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert} (ONERA/Centre de Toulouse). -% A summary of the evolution of this package is given in the chapter~\vref{c+postface}. -% This package creates a mini-table of contents -% (a ``minitoc''\,\footnote{The \upack{minitoc} package introduces -% its own jargon, explained in this document. -% It should not be too difficult, however, to learn and use; it will be used here, of course.})% -% at the beginning of each chapter of a document. -% It is also possible to have a mini-list of -% figures (a ``minilof'') and a mini-list of tables (a ``minilot''). -% The document class should of course define chapters -% (classes like \class{book} or \class{report}~\cite{classes}) or sections -% (classes like \class{article}\,\footnote{As the standard \class{proc} class~\cite{proc}, and the \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc} and -% \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews} classes, load the standard -% \class{article} class, these classes will be just considered as variants of the \class{article} class.})~\cite{classes}. -% Thus, this package should not be used with -% document classes without standard sectionning commands (like \class{letter}). -% When the document class defines a ``part'' sectionning level -% (i.e.,~classes like \class{book}, \class{report} and \class{article}), -% you can create a ``partial'' table of contents -% (a ``parttoc'') at the beginning of each part of a document. -% It is also possible to have a partial list of figures (a ``partlof'') -% and a partial list of tables (a ``partlot''). -% When the document class has no \com{chapter} command -% but has a \com{section} command, you may use section -% level tables of contents (``secttocs'') at the beginning of each section; and you can also have section level -% lists of figures (``sectlofs'') or of tables (``sectlots''). -% -% All these tables (``minitocs'', ``partlots'', ``sectlofs'', etc.) are collectively referenced as ``mini-tables'' -% (or sometimes ``mini-lists''). -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, щcrit initialement par \name{Nigel}{Ward} et \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, a щtщ presque -% complшtement reconstruit par \name{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert} (ONERA/Centre de Toulouse). -% Un rщsumщ de l'щvolution de ce paquetage est donnщ dans le chapitre~\vref{c+postface}. -% Ce paquetage crщe une mini-table des matiшres (une л~minitoc~╗\,\footnote{Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% introduit son propre jargon, expliquщ dans ce document. Il ne devrait, cependant, pas ъtre trop difficile de -% l'apprendre et de l'utiliser; il sera щvidemment utilisщ ici.}) au dщbut de chaque chapitre d'un document. -% Il est aussi possible d'avoir une -% mini-liste des figures (une л~minilot~╗) et une mini-liste des tableaux (une л~minilot~╗). La classe de document -% devrait, bien s√r, dщfinir des chapitres (classes telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}) ou des sections -% (classes telles que \class{article}\,\footnote{Puisque la classe standard \class{proc}~\cite{proc}, ainsi que les classes -% \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc} et \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews}, chargent la classe -% standard \class{article}, ces classes seront simplement considщrщes comme des variantes de la classe \class{article}.})~\cite{classes}. -% Donc, ce paquetage ne devrait pas ъtre utilisщ avec des classes de document ne possщdant pas les commandes de -% sectionnement standard (classes telles que \class{letter}). -% Lorsque la classe de document dщfinit un niveau de sectionnement л~partie~╗ (c'est-р-dire des classes telles -% que \class{book}, \class{report} et \class{article}), vous pouvez crщer une table des matiшres -% л~partielle~╗ (une л~parttoc~╗) au dщbut de chaque partie d'un document. Il est aussi possible d'avoir une liste -% des figures partielle (une л~partlof~╗) et une liste des tableaux partielle (une л~partlot~╗) au dщbut de chaque -% partie d'un document. Lorsque la classe de document ne possшde pas de commande \com{chapter} mais a une -% commande \com{section}, vous pouvez utiliser des tables des matiшres au niveau section (л~secttocs~╗) au -% dщbut de chaque section; et vous pouvez aussi avoir des listes des figures (л~sectlofs~╗) ou des tableaux (л~sectlots~╗) -% au niveau section. -% -% Toutes ces tables (л~minitocs~╗, л~partlofs~╗, л~sectlots~╗, etc.) sont collectivement rщfщrencщes sous le terme de -% л~mini-tables~╗ (ou parfois л~mini-listes~╗). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \noindent -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Important restrictions}\label{note+sectionning}% -% \textbf{Note}\virage: you cannot use chapter level and section level mini-tables in the same document. -% This restriction is intented to avoid documents with full of local -% tables of contents, lists of figures and tables at every sectionning level. -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Restrictions importantes}\label{note+sectionning}% -% \textbf{Note}\virage: vous ne pouvez pas utiliser des mini-tables au niveau chapitre et au niveau section dans -% le mъme document. Cette restriction est destinщe р~щviter des documents pleins de mini-tables des matiшres, -% listes de figures et listes de tableaux locales р~chaque niveau de sectionnement. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \noindent -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \textbf{Note}\virage: the commands relative -% to the part level are defined only if the document class defines \com{part}. -% The commands relative -% to the section level are defined only if the document class -% defines \com{section} but does not define \com{chapter}. -% \or\relax -% \textbf{Note}\virage: les commandes relatives au niveau partie ne sont dщfinies que si la classe de document -% dщfinit \com{part}. -% Les commandes relatives au niveau section ne sont dщfinies que si la classe de document dщfinit \com{section} -% mais ne dщfinit pas \com{chapter}. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Version} -% The current version of this package is~\#60. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface'' -% chapter (chapter~\vref{c+postface}) and a more detailed history in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}. -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Version} -% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#60. Vous trouverez un historique rщsumщ de ce paquetage dans le -% chapitre л~Postface~╗ (chapitre~\vref{c+postface}) et un historique plus dщtaillщ dans л~Historique des -% modifications~╗, page~\pageref{c+history}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{License} -% This package must be distributed and/or may be modified under the -% conditions of the \textbf{\LaTeX{} Project Public License}, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (as convenient) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% \begin{quote} -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} -% \end{quote} -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of \LaTeX{} -% version 2003/12/01 or later. -% -% But please don't bother me about hacked versions; they will not be supported. -% However, suggestions for corrections and reasoned improvements are welcome. -% \or\relax -% \section{Licence} -% Ce paquetage doit ъtre distribuщ et/ou peut ъtre modifiщ sous les conditions de la -% \textbf{\LaTeX{} Project Public License}, soit la version~1.3 de cette licence soit (au choix) toute version -% ultщrieure. La plus rщcente version de cette licence est dans -% \begin{quote}\froff -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} -% \end{quote} -% et la version~1.3 ou ultщrieure fait partie de toutes les distributions de \LaTeX{} version 2003/12/01 ou -% ultщrieure. -% -% Mais, s'il vous plaюt, ne me parlez pas de versions bricolщes; elles ne seront pas maintenues. -% Cependant, les suggestions de corrections et d'amщliorations raisonnables sont les bienvenues. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Using the \upack{minitoc} package} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utiliser le paquetage \upack{minitoc}} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Loading the package and creating the mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Charger le paquetage et crщer les mini-tables} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\usepackage} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To use the \upack{minitoc} package, you must insert a command: -% \or\relax -% Pour utiliser le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, vous devez insщrer une commande: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{usepackage}\verb|[...options...]{minitoc}| -% \end{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% in the preamble of the document\,\footnote{This command must -% be placed \emph{after} any modification done on the sectionning -% commands; if you modify some sectionning commands after loading the -% \upack{minitoc} package, this one might not work properly.}. -% The mini-table of contents will be in the chapter, -% after the \com{chapter} command, at the point of the \com{minitoc} -% command. The \com{minitoc} command may occur \emph{almost anywhere}\,\footnote{``Almost anywhere'' means -% ``in a normal place'', like between two paragraphs of normal text, or in a (wide enough) minipage, but not in a -% too strange position (like a marginal note or a footnote). Even a multicolumn or a floating environment can be used, -% but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you are asking for -% details with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}. -% As an example, I~once used a \com{afterpage} command -% (\pack{afterpage} package~\cite{afterpage}) to place the long -% minilof of chapter~\vref{c+code+mld.files} (so the minilof was forced to begin at the top of the next page).} inside a chapter. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Of course, it is better -% to put it at the beginning of the chapter, eventually after some introductory material. But you can also decide -% to put it at the end of the chapter. You should use the same conventions in all chapters. If you want to add the -% mini-table of contents for a chapter, you must use the sequence given in table~\vref{mtc+minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% dans le prщambule du document\,\footnote{Cette commande doit ъtre placщe \emph{aprшs} toute modification faite sur -% les commandes de sectionnement; si vous modifiez des commandes de sectionnement aprшs le chargement du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}, celui-ci pourrait ne pas fonctionner correctement.}. -% La mini-table des matiшres sera dans le chapitre, aprшs la commande \com{chapter}, р~l'emplacement de la -% commande \com{minitoc}. La commande \com{minitoc} peut se placer \emph{presque -% n'importe~o∙}\,\footnote{<<~Presque n'importe~o∙~>> signifie <<~en un endroit normal~>>, comme entre deux alinщas -% de texte normal, ou dans une minipage (suffisamment large), mais pas dans une position trop bizarre (comme une -% note marginale ou infrapaginale). Mъme un environnement multi-colonnes ou flottant peut ъtre utilisщ, mais avec -% soin. Mais notez qu'une minitoc peut ъtre assez longue, si le chapitre est complexe et si vous demandez des -% dщtails avec une valeur щlevщe de \dcnt{minitocdepth}. -% Par exemple, il m'est arrivщ d'utiliser une commande \com{afterpage} (paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage}) -% pour placer la longue minilof du chapitre~\vref{c+code+mld.files} (pour forcer la minilof р~commencer en haut de la -% page suivante).} р~l'intщrieur d'un chapitre. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Bien s√r, il est prщfщrable de la placer au dщbut du chapitre, щventuellement -% aprшs un texte introductif. Mais vous pouvez aussi dщcider de la placer р~la fin du chapitre. Vous devriez -% utiliser les mъmes conventions dans tous les chapitres. Si vous souhaitez ajouter la mini-table des matiшres pour -% un chapitre, vous devez utiliser la sщquence donnщe dans le tableau~\vref{mtc+minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[ht] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commands for a \texttt{minitoc}}\label{mtc+minitoc} -% \centering -% {\small\ttfamily -% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{book\}}}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}\texttt{[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{minitoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcskipamount}\}\{\com{bigskipamount}\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \emph{or:}&&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{minitoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{section\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \ldots&\\ -% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{dominitoc}&&\\ -% \com{dominilof}&&\\ -% \com{dominilot}&&\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{or} \com{faketableofcontents}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ -% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoffigures}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ -% \com{listoftables}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoftables}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{chapter}\{...\}&&\\ -% \com{minitoc}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \com{mtcskip}&&\\ -% \com{minilof}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \com{mtcskip}&&\\ -% \com{minilot}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \end{tabularx}}} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[ht] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes pour une \texttt{minitoc}}\label{mtc+minitoc} -% \centering -% {\small\ttfamily -% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{book\}}}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}\texttt{[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{minitoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{mtcskipamount}\}\{\com{bigskipamount}\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{mtcSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \emph{ou:}&&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{minitoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{minitoc\}\{section\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{dominitoc}&&\\ -% \com{dominilof}&&\\ -% \com{dominilot}&&\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{ou} \com{faketableofcontents}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ -% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoffigures}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ -% \com{listoftables}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoftables}\hspace*{-3cm}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{chapter}\{...\}&&\\ -% \com{minitoc}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \com{mtcskip}&\\ -% \com{minilof}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \com{mtcskip}&\\ -% \com{minilot}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \end{tabularx}}}% -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For each mini-table of contents, an auxiliary file will be -% created with a name of the form \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, -% where \meta{N} is the absolute chapter number. -% ``Absolute'' means that this number is unique, -% and always increasing from the first chapter\,\footnote{The concept of an ``absolute'' counter for the -% mini-tables has solved some obscure problems, and also made obsolete some commands, like \com{firstpartis}, -% \com{firstchapteris}, and \com{firstsectionis}.}. -% The suffix is \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} for mini-lists of figures and -% is \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} for mini-lists of tables. -% (If under MS-DOS or any operating system with short extensions to filenames, see section~\vref{MS-DOS} and -% section~\vref{.8+3}). There are similar commands for mini-tables at the part or section level, depending on the -% document class. -% \or\relax -% Pour chaque mini-table des matiшres, un fichier auxiliaire sera crщщ avec un nom de la forme -% \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu du chapitre. л~Absolu~╗ signifie que ce numщro est -% unique, et croit toujours depuis le premier chapitre\,\footnote{Le concept d'un compteur <<~absolu~>> pour les -% mini-tables a rщsolu certains problшmes tщnщbreux, et aussi frappщ d'obsolescence certaines commandes, telles que -% \com{firstpartis}, \com{firstchapteris} et \com{firstsectionis}.}. -% Le suffixe est \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} pour les mini-listes de figures et \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} pour -% les mini-listes de tableaux. -% (Si vous travaillez sous MS-DOS ou tout autre systшme d'exploitation utilisant des suffixes courts pour les -% noms de fichiers, voyez la section~\vref{MS-DOS} et la section~\vref{.8+3}). Il y a des commandes similaires aux -% niveaux partie ou section, selon la classe du document. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Preparing the mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Prщparation des mini-tables} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The commands\,\footnote{The code of these \clit{do.{}.{}.{}} commands is directly derived from that of -% the \pack{xr} package~\cite{xr}, by \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, with his permission.} -% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, and \com{dominilot} (for mini-tables at the chapter level), -% take respectively the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, \emph{document}\suffix{.lof}, and \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} files, -% and cut slices from them to create the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, \emph{document}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N}, and \emph{document}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} files. -% \or\relax -% Les commandes\,\footnote{Le code de ces commandes \clit{do.{}.{}.{}} est directement dщrivщ de celui du -% paquetage \pack{xr}~\cite{xr}, de \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, avec sa permission.} -% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} et \com{dominilot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre, prennent -% respectivement les fichiers \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} et \emph{document}\suffix{.lot}, -% et en -% prщlшvent des tranches pour crщer les fichiers \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}, \emph{document}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} -% et \emph{document}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The commands \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, and \com{dosectlot} (for mini-tables at the section level) -% and \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, and \com{dopartlot} (for mini-tables at the part level) are analog. -% -% The\virage{} \com{mtcprepare} command invokes (and replaces) all these preparation commands when they are available -% with the document class and if the adequate contents file exists. -% This command accepts also an optional argument to set the default position of the title -% for \emph{all} the mini-tables. -% -% All\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} the preparation commands are \emph{ignored} if the \com{nofiles} command is invoked -% in the preamble, to avoid to overwrite the mini-table auxiliary files. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% To\virage{} obtain a satisfactory result (i.e.,~non empty), please note that all these commands must -% \emph{imperatively be put before} any command analog to the \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures}, -% and \com{listoftables} commands, or their \verb|\fake...| siblings. -% -% It\virage{} is also \emph{strongly} recommended to put these commands \emph{before} any sectionning command producing an -% entry in the table of contents (for the \verb|\do...toc| commands), and \emph{before} -% any \com{caption}-like command -% producing an entry in the list of figures (for the \verb|\do...lof| commands) or in the list of tables -% (for the \verb|\do...lot|) commands; else disorder in the mini-tables might result. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Les commandes \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof} et \com{dosectlot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau section), -% et \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof} et \com{dopartlot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau partie) sont -% analogues. -% -% La\virage{} commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque (et remplace) toutes ces commandes de prщparation lorsqu'elles sont -% disponibles pour la classe du document et si le fichier de contenu adщquat existe. -% Cette commande accepte aussi un argument optionnel pour щtablir la position par dщfaut du titre -% pour \emph{toutes} les mini-tables. -% -% Toutes\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} les commandes de prщparation sont \emph{ignorщes} si -% la commande \com{nofiles} est invoquщe dans le prщambule, pour щviter d'щcraser les fichiers auxiliaires des mini-tables. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Pour\virage{} obtenir un rщsultat satisfaisant (c'est-р-dire, non vide), veuillez noter que toutes ces commandes doivent -% \emph{impщrativement ъtre placщes avant} toute commande analogue aux commandes \com{tableofcontents}, -% \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables}, ou leurs cousines \verb|\fake...|! -% -% Il\virage{} est aussi \emph{fortement} recommandщ de placer ces commandes \emph{avant} toute commande de -% sectionnement produisant une entrщe dans la table des matiшres (pour les commandes \verb|\do...toc|), et -% \emph{avant} toute commande analogue р~\com{caption} produisant une entrщe dans la liste des figures (pour les -% commandes \verb|\do...lof|) ou dans la liste des tableaux (pour les commandes \verb|\do...lot|); sinon les -% mini-tables pourraient ъtre dans le dщsordre. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Placing the mini-tables}\label{s+placing} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Placement des mini-tables}\label{s+placing} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} -% \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcskip} command may be used to add a vertical -% skip between two mini-tables. Its height is -% \com{mtcskipamount} (equal to \com{bigskipamount} by default). -% \com{mtcskip} eliminates any immediate previous vertical -% skip, to not accumulate vertical space when a mini-table is -% empty and skipped by the \optd{checkfiles} option. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcskip} peut ъtre utilisщe pour ajouter un saut vertical entre deux mini-tables. Sa hauteur -% est \com{mtcskipamount} (щgale р~\com{bigskipamount} par dщfaut). \com{mtcskip} щlimine tout saut vertical -% qui prщcшde immщdiatement, afin de ne pas accumuler des espaces verticaux lorsqu'une mini-table est vide et donc -% ignorщe par l'option \optd{checkfiles}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The section-level table of contents will be in the section, -% after the \com{section} command, at the point of the \com{secttoc} command. The \com{secttoc} command -% may occur \emph{almost anywhere} inside a section. It is often better to put it at the beginning of the section, -% or after some short introductory material. You should use the same conventions in all sections. If you want to add -% a~section-level table of contents for a section, you must use the sequence given in Table~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. -% \or\relax -% La table des matiшres au niveau section sera dans la section, aprшs la commande \com{section}, р~l'emplacement -% de la commande \com{secttoc}. La commande \com{secttoc} peut ъtre placщe \emph{presque n'importe~o∙} -% р~l'intщrieur d'une section. Bien s√r, il est prщfщrable de la placer au dщbut de la section, ou щventuellement -% aprшs un texte introductif. Vous devriez utiliser les mъmes conventions dans toutes les sections. Si vous -% souhaitez ajouter la table des matiшres au niveau section pour une section, vous devez utiliser la sщquence -% donnщe dans le tableau~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[!t] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commands for a \texttt{secttoc}}\label{mtcsecttoc} -% \centering{\small\ttfamily -% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{article\}}}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{stcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{secttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcSSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \emph{or:}&&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{secttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{subsection\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{dosecttoc}&&\\ -% \com{dosectlof}&&\\ -% \com{dosectlot}&&\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{or} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ -% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ -% \com{listoftables}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{section}\{...\}&&\\ -% \com{secttoc}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \com{sectlof}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \com{sectlot}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \end{tabularx}}} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[t!] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes pour une \texttt{secttoc}}\label{mtcsecttoc} -% \centering{\small\ttfamily -% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}\texttt{[...]\{article\}}}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{stcindent}\}\{24pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{secttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{stcSSfont}\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \emph{ou:}&&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{secttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{secttoc\}\{subsection\}\{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{dosecttoc}&&\\ -% \com{dosectlof}&&\\ -% \com{dosectlot}&&\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{ou} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ -% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ -% \com{listoftables}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{section}\{...\}&&\\ -% \com{secttoc}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \com{sectlof}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \com{sectlot}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \end{tabularx}}} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For each section-level table of contents, an auxiliary file will be -% created with a name of the form \emph{document}\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}, -% where \meta{N} is the absolute section number. -% The suffix is \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} for section-level lists of figures and -% is \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} for section-level lists of tables. -% (If under MS-DOS or any operating system with short extensions to filenames, see section~\vref{MS-DOS} and -% section~\vref{.8+3}). -% \or\relax -% Pour chaque table des matiшres au niveau section, un fichier auxiliaire sera crщщ avec un nom de la forme -% \emph{document}\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de section. -% Le suffixe est \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} pour les -% listes de figures au niveau section et \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} pour les listes de tableaux au niveau section. -% (Si vous travaillez sous MS-DOS ou tout autre systшme d'exploitation utilisant des suffixes courts pour les -% noms de fichiers, voyez la section~\vref{MS-DOS} et la section~\vref{.8+3}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\usepackage} -% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{rem+FB}As\imess{W0056} floats (figures and tables) could drift\footnote{% -% \begin{Citation}{\name{Donald}{Arseneau}}% -% \noindent\textsl{A float is like a ship in harbor. -% There is a place in the text which is the anchor location. The figure or ``ship'' can float around to various places -% relative to the anchor, but always downstream or downwind. A float with bad placement parameters is like a ship -% that slips its anchor and eventually crashes on the rocks at the end of a chapter.}\end{Citation}} -% somewhere outside the printing area of the text of the section, the sectlofs and -% sectlots can be rather strange. In order to have a better -% behaviour of these mini-tables, it may be useful to add the -% \opt{insection} option in the \com{usepackage} command: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{usepackage}\verb|[insection]{minitoc}| -% \end{verse} -% if you want more consistent sectlofs and sectlots. -% The \opt{insection} option loads the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} with its \optp{verbose}{placeins} -% and \optp{section}{placeins} options. -% Sometimes, it might be necessary to use the \com{FloatBarrier} command of this package to correctly place the -% figure or table and have a correct mini-table. -% The options \optp{above}{placeins} or \optp{below}{placeins} options should not be used, because they allow -% floats to drift above -% or below a \com{FloatBarrier} (or a section limit): the barrier becomes ``porous'' upwards\footnote{But a float -% can not drift upwards beyond the top of the current page.}~($\uparrow$) or -% downwards~($\downarrow$), or both~($\updownarrow$). The \optp{section}{placeins} option makes a more ``watertight'' -% barrier~($\equiv$). This is illustrated by the figure~\vref{f+barrier}. -% -% The \pack{placeins} package, by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, is available -% on CTAN archives; note that the file \xfile{placeins.sty} contains its own -% documentation, with a copy in \xfile{placeins.txt}. You need a version whose date is at least 2005/04/18. -% \begin{figure}[p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{section}{placeins} option\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% -% \bigskip -% -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{above}{placeins} option\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% -% \bigskip -% -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{below}{placeins} option\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% -% \bigskip -% -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{With the \optp{above}{placeins} and \optp{below}{placeins} options\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \caption{Float barriers}\label{f+barrier} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% Since version~\#45, this option also loads the \pack{flafter} package (described in~\cite{ltoutput} -% and~\cite[page~286]{TLC2}) to force a float to appear \emph{after} its reference. -% The \optp{above}{placeins} and \optp{below}{placeins} options of the \pack{placeins} package are no more used, -% because they allowed the floats to move out of the section. -% -% In\virage{} all cases, it is \emph{strongly} recommended to verify the position of -% the floats and, if necessary, to look at the messages of the \pack{placeins} package -% in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% The placement of floats is a very complex problem, so some manual intervention may be necessary, like the use -% of the \pack{float} package~\cite{float} or, better, of the \pack{floatrow} package~\cite{floatrow}. -% \or\relax -% \label{rem+FB}Comme\imess{W0056} les щlщments flottants (figures et tableaux) pourraient -% dщriver\,\footnote{\selectlanguage{english}% -% \begin{Citation}{\name{Donald}{Arseneau}}% -% \noindent\textsl{A float is like a ship in harbor. There is -% a place in the text which is the anchor location. The figure or ``ship'' can float around to various places relative to -% the anchor, but always downstream or downwind. A float with bad placement parameters is like a ship that slips -% its anchor and eventually crashes on the rocks at the end of a chapter.}\end{Citation}} -% quelque part en dehors de la zone d'impression -% du texte de la section, les sectlofs et sectlots peuvent ъtre assez щtranges. Afin d'avoir un meilleur -% comportement de ces mini-tables, il peut ъtre utile d'ajouter l'option -% \opt{insection} dans la commande \com{usepackage}: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{usepackage}\verb|[insection]{minitoc}| -% \end{verse} -% si vous dщsirez des sectlofs et sectlots plus cohщrentes. -% L'option \opt{insection} charge le paquetage -% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} avec ses options \optp{verbose}{placeins} et \optp{section}{placeins}. -% Les options \optp{above}{placeins} ou \optp{below}{placeins} ne devraient pas ъtre utilisщes, car elles permettent aux щlщments -% flottants de dщriver au-dessus ou en dessous d'une \com{FloatBarrier} (ou d'une limite de section): -% la barriшre devient л~poreuse~╗ vers l'amont\,\footnote{Mais un щlщment flottant ne peut pas dщriver vers -% l'amont au-delр du sommet de la page courante.}~($\uparrow$) ou vers l'aval~($\downarrow$), ou dans les -% deux sens~($\updownarrow$). -% Il peut mъme ъtre nщcessaire d'utiliser la commande \com{FloatBarrier} de ce paquetage pour placer -% correctement la figure ou la table et avoir une mini-table correcte. -% L'option \optp{section}{placeins} place une barriшre plus щtanche~($\equiv$). -% Ceci est illustrщ par la figure~\vref{f+barrier}. -% -% Le paquetage \pack{placeins}, de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, est disponible sur les archives CTAN; -% notez que le fichier \xfile{placeins.sty} -% contient sa propre documentation, dont une copie est dans \xfile{placeins.txt}. Il vous faut une version plus -% rщcente que 2005/04/18. -% \begin{figure}[p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec l'option \optp{section}{placeins}\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% -% \bigskip -% -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec l'option \optp{above}{placeins}\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% -% \bigskip -% -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec l'option \optp{below}{placeins}\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% -% \bigskip -% -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lO{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Avec les options \optp{above}{placeins} et \optp{below}{placeins}\strut}}\\ -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\ -% \midrule -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insщrщs ici}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisщe}}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \caption{Barriшres pour les flottants}\label{f+barrier} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% Depuis la version~\#45, cette option charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter} (dщcrit dans~\cite{ltoutput} -% et~\cite[page~292]{TLC2F}) pour forcer un щlщment flottant р~n'apparaюtre qu'\emph{aprшs} sa rщfщrence. -% Les options \optp{above}{placeins} et \optp{below}{placeins} du paquetage \pack{placeins} ne sont plus utilisщes, -% car elles permettaient aux щlщments de sortir de la section. -% -% Dans\virage{} tous les cas, il est \emph{fortement} recommandщ de -% vщrifier la position des щlщments flottants et, si nщcessaire, de regarder les messages du paquetage \pack{placeins} -% dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% Le placement des щlщments flottants est un problшme trшs complexe, donc une intervention manuelle peut ъtre nщcessaire, -% comme l'utilisation du paquetage \pack{float}~\cite{float}, ou, mieux, du paquetage \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you want to add the partial table of contents for a part, -% you must use the sequence given in Table~\vref{mtc+parttoc}. -% \or\relax -% Si vous voulez ajouter une table des matiшres partielle pour une partie, vous devez utiliser la sщquence donnщe -% dans le tableau~\vref{mtc+parttoc}. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[t!] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commands for a \texttt{parttoc}}\label{mtc+parttoc} -% \centering{\small\ttfamily -% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\com{documentclass}[...]\{book\}}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ -% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{ptcindent}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{parttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ -% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcCfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcSfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \emph{or:}&&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{parttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{chapter\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{section\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{default}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{doparttoc}&&\\ -% \com{dopartlof}&&\\ -% \com{dopartlot}&&\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{or} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ -% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ -% \com{listoftables}&\emph{or} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{part}\{...\}&&\\ -% \com{parttoc}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \com{partlof}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \com{partlot}&\emph{if you want one}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \end{tabularx}}} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[t] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes pour une \texttt{parttoc}}\label{mtc+parttoc} -% \centering{\small\ttfamily -% \fbox{\begin{tabularx}{\winf}{@{}llY{1}@{}} -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{documentclass}[...]\{book\}}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{usepackage}[...\emph{options}...]\{minitoc\}}&\\ -% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ -% \com{setlength}\{\com{ptcindent}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcoffset}\}\{0pt\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\{parttoc\}\{0pt\}&\emph{default}&\\ -% \ldots&\null\hfil\null&\\ -% \com{setcounter}\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{2\}&\emph{dщfaut}&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcCfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{renewcommand}\{\com{ptcSfont}\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \emph{ou:}&&\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetdepth}\{parttoc\}\{2\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{*\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{chapter\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\com{mtcsetfont}\{parttoc\}\{section\}\{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries\}}&\emph{dщfaut}\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \bs begin\{document\}&&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{doparttoc}&&\\ -% \com{dopartlof}&&\\ -% \com{dopartlot}&&\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}&\emph{ou} \com{faketableofcontents}&\\ -% \com{listoffigures}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoffigures}&\\ -% \com{listoftables}&\emph{ou} \com{fakelistoftables}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \com{part}\{...\}&&\\ -% \com{parttoc}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \com{partlof}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \com{partlot}&\emph{si vous en voulez une}&\\ -% \ldots&&\\ -% \end{tabularx}}} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For each partial table of contents, an auxiliary file will be -% created with a name of the form \emph{document}\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}, -% where \meta{N} is the absolute part number. -% The suffix is \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} for partial lists of figures and -% is \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} for partial lists of tables. -% (If under MS-DOS or any operating system with short -% extensions to filenames, see section~\vref{MS-DOS} and section~\vref{.8+3}). -% \or\relax -% Pour chaque table des matiшres au niveau partie, un fichier auxiliaire sera crщщ avec un nom de la forme -% \emph{document}\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de partie. -% Le suffixe est \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} pour les -% listes de figures au niveau partie et \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} pour les listes de tableaux au niveau partie. -% (Si vous travaillez sous MS-DOS ou tout autre systшme d'exploitation utilisant des suffixes courts pour les -% noms de fichiers, voyez la section~\vref{MS-DOS} et la section~\vref{.8+3}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \noindent -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \textbf{Note}\virage: the user is responsible of asking or not asking -% a mini-table (mini-toc, -lof or -lot) for some chapter. Asking a minilof for a -% chapter without any figure would result in an empty and ugly mini-list -% of figures (i.e.,~the title and two horizontal rules). -% He is also responsible of requiring or not requiring -% a partial toc (lof or lot) for some part. Asking a partlof for a -% part without any figure would result in an empty and ugly part -% list of figures (i.e.,~the title alone on a page). Analogous remarks -% apply to section-level mini-tables (secttoc, sectlof, and -% sectlot) and to the part-level mini-tables (parttoc, partlof, and partlot). -% \or\relax -% \textbf{Note}\virage: l'utilisateur est responsable de demander ou non une mini-table (mini-lof, -lof ou -lof) pour -% un certain chapitre. Demander une minilof pour un chapitre sans aucune figure aura pour rщsultat une mini-liste -% des figures vide et laide (c'est-р-dire le titre et deux filets horizontaux). Il est aussi responsable de demander -% ou non une table des matiшres partielle (ou une liste partielle des figures ou des tableaux) pour une certaine -% partie. Demander une partlot pour une partie sans aucune figure aura pour rщsultat une liste partielle des figures -% vide et laide (c'est-р-dire le titre seul sur une page). Des remarques analogues s'appliquent aux mini-tables -% au niveau section (secttoc, sectlof et sectlot) et aux mini-tables au niveau partie (parttoc, partlof et partlot). -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% But since version \#35, empty mini-tables are just ignored and -% this problem should disappear in normal circumstances. Nevertheless, it is recommended -% to put no \com{minitoc} command in -% a chapter without sections and no \com{minilof} or -% \com{minilot} command in a chapter without figures or tables. -% The \optd{checkfiles} (see section~\vref{s+placing}) package option -% (default) skips empty mini-tables (with a note in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file); -% the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option restores -% the old behaviour (empty mini-tables are displayed). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Mais depuis la version~\#35, les mini-tables vides sont simplement ignorщes et ce problшme devrait disparaюtre -% dans des circonstances normales. Nщanmoins, il est recommandщ de ne pas mettre de commande \com{minitoc} dans un -% chapitre sans sections ni de commande \com{minilof} ou \com{minilot} dans un chapitre sans figures ou sans -% tableaux. L'option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles} (voir la section~\vref{s+placing}), active par -% dщfaut, saute les mini-tables vides (avec un note dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}); l'option de paquetage -% \opt{nocheckfiles} rщtablit l'ancien comportement (les mini-tables vides sont imprimщes). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, the mini-tables and partial tables of contents -% contain only references higher and to sections and -% subsections. The counters \dcnt{parttocdepth}, -% \dcnt{minitocdepth} and \dcnt{secttocdepth}, -% similar to \dcnt{tocdepth}, allow the user to modify this behaviour. Mini or partial -% lists of figures or tables are not affected by the value of -% these counters, but if there are depth counters for these lists (\dcnt{lofdepth} and -% \dcnt{lotdepth}), as done by the \pack{subfigure} and -% \pack{subfig} packages~\cite{subfigure,subfig}\label{h.subfig} from -% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, new depth counters are created if necessary, with obvious names like -% \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, \dcnt{minilofdepth}, \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth}, -% and \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Par dщfaut, les mini-tables et tables des matiшres partielles ne contiennent que les rщfщrences jusqu'aux sections et -% sous-sections. Les trois compteurs \dcnt{parttocdepth}, \dcnt{minitocdepth} -% et \dcnt{secttocdepth}, similaires р~\dcnt{tocdepth}, permettent р~l'utilisateur de -% modifier ce comportement. Les mini-listes des figures ou des tableaux ne sont pas affectщes par ces compteurs, mais -% s'il existe des compteurs de profondeur pour ces listes (\dcnt{lofdepth} et -% \dcnt{lotdepth}), comme cela est fait par les paquetages\label{h.subfig} -% \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure} et -% \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} de \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, de nouveaux compteurs sont crщщs si -% nщcessaire, portant des noms щvidents tels que \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, -% \dcnt{minilofdepth}, \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth} et \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Starred chapters, parts and sections}\label{s+starred.chap} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Chapitres, parties et sections щtoilщs}\label{s+starred.chap} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredpart} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} -% \noindent -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \textbf{NOTE}: if using \com{chapter*} and a -% \or\relax -% \textbf{NOTE}: si vous utilisez \com{chapter*} et une commande -% \fi -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% command\Virage{} to add something in the -% table of contents, the numbering of the \upack{minitoc} auxiliary files would be altered. -% To avoid that problem, a first method is to say: -% \or\relax -% pour\Virage{} ajouter quelque chose dans la table des matiшres, la numщrotation des fichiers auxiliaires de -% \upack{minitoc} serait altщrщe. Pour щviter ce problшme, une premiшre mщthode est de dire: -% \fi -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addstarredpart}\verb|{...}|\\ -% \com{addstarredchapter}\verb|{...}|\\ -% \com{addstarredsection}\verb|{...}| -% \end{quote} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These commands apply only for the level of a part-, mini- or -% sect-toc; for lower levels, the usual command is sufficient: -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes ne s'appliquent que pour le niveau d'une part-, mini- ou -% sect-toc; pour des niveaux infщrieurs, utilisez, comme d'habitude: -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| -% \end{quote} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% So, to add a section-level entry in the global toc and in the -% minitoc of a starred chapter: -% \or\relax -% Donc, pour ajouter une entrщe de niveau section dans la table des matiшres globale et dans la minitoc -% d'un chapitre щtoilщ: -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{verse} -% \com{chapter*}\verb|{Title of chapter}|\\ -% \com{addstarredchapter}\verb|{Title of chapter}|\\ -% \com{minitoc}\\ -% \com{section*}\verb|{First section}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{First section}|\\ -% \com{section*}\verb|{Second section}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{Second section}| -% \end{verse} -% \or\relax -% \begin{verse} -% \com{chapter*}\verb|{Titre du chapitre}|\\ -% \com{addstarredchapter}\verb|{Titre du chapitre}|\\ -% \com{minitoc}\\ -% \com{section*}\verb|{Premiшre section}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{Premiшre section}|\\ -% \com{section*}\verb|{Seconde section}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{Seconde section}| -% \end{verse} -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There is sometimes a problem with mini-tables when -% you use \com{chapter*} (or \com{section*}): the minitocs -% appear in the wrong chapter. You can add a \com{adjustmtc} -% (or \com{adjuststc} or \com{adjustptc}) command at the end -% of the starred chapter (or section or part) to increment the -% corresponding counter. Do not use commands like \com{stepcounter}\verb|{mtc}| or \com{addtocounter}\verb|{mtc}{...}| -% (which should work, but it is cheating), because the \pack{mtcoff} package (see section~\vref{o+mtcoff}) knows -% what to do about \com{adjustmtc} (and others), but can do -% nothing about \com{stepcounter} or \com{addtocounter}, as they are a standard basic commands -% of \LaTeX, not \upack{minitoc} specific commands. Syntax:\nopagebreak -% \or\relax -% Il y a parfois un problшme avec des mini-tables lorsque vous utilisez \com{chapter*} (ou \com{section*}):\ les -% minitocs apparaissent dans le mauvais chapitre. Vous pouvez ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} (ou -% \com{adjuststc}, ou \com{adjustptc}) р~la fin du chapitre щtoilщ (ou de la section ou partie щtoilщe) pour -% incrщmenter le compteur correspondant. N'utilisez pas de commandes telles que \com{stepcounter}\verb|{mtc}| -% ou \com{addtocounter}\verb|{mtc}{...}| (ceci -% devrait marcher, mais c'est de la triche), parce que le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} (voir la section~\vref{o+mtcoff}) -% sait quoi faire avec \com{adjustmtc} (et autres), mais ne sait pas quoi faire de \com{stepcounter} ou -% \com{addtocounter}, car ce sont des -% commandes \LaTeX{} basiques standard, pas des commandes spщcifiques de \upack{minitoc}. Syntaxe:\nopagebreak -% \fi -% \begin{quote} -% \com{adjustptc}\verb|[|\emph{n}\verb|]|\qquad -% \com{adjustmtc}\verb|[|\emph{n}\verb|]|\qquad -% \com{adjuststc}\verb|[|\emph{n}\verb|]| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% where \emph{n} is the increment (default:~1). -% \or\relax -% o∙ \emph{n} est l'incrщment (dщfaut:~1). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementptc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementstc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementptc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementstc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There are similar commands to \emph{decrement} or \emph{increment} by~1 these counters: -% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, -% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, and \com{incrementstc}; -% the same remarks as above apply. These commands have no argument. -% But a more clever way to solve this problem would be using commands similar to: -% \or\relax -% Il y~a des commandes similaires pour \emph{dщcrщmenter} ou \emph{incrщmenter} de~1 ces compteurs: -% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, -% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc} et \com{incrementstc}; -% les mъmes remarques que ci-dessus s'appliquent. Ces commandes n'ont pas d'argument. -% Mais une maniшre plus щlщgante de rщsoudre ce problшme serait d'utiliser des commandes similaires~р: -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]| -% \end{quote} -% This\virage{} command adds an entry in the table of contents (and adjusts the -% counter, because it calls \com{adjustmtc}). The -% table~\vref{t+mtcadd} summarizes these commands, that you put -% \emph{after} \com{chapter*}, etc.\ -% If the optional argument is omitted or empty or blank, no entry will -% be visible in the table of contents nor in the minitocs. -% If the optional argument is something invisible -% (like~\verb|~|, \com{space} or \com{quad}), the result will be strange -% but still logically correct. See also section~\vref{faq.30} for the problems with \com{mtcaddpart}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]| -% \end{quote} -% Cette\virage{} commande ajoute une entrщe dans la table des matiшres (et ajuste le compteur, -% car elle appelle \com{adjustmtc}). -% Le tableau~\vref{t+mtcadd} liste ces commandes, que vous placez \emph{aprшs} \com{chapter*}, etc.\ Si -% l'argument optionnel est omis, ou est vide ou blanc, aucune entrщe ne sera visible dans la table des matiшres ni -% dans les minitocs. Si l'argument optionnel est quelque chose d'invisible (comme~\verb|~|, \com{space} ou \com{quad}), -% le rщsultat sera щtrange mais cependant logiquement correct. Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq.30} pour les -% problшmes avec \com{mtcaddpart}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[th] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Adding an entry in the ToC for -% a starred part, chapter, or section}\label{t+mtcadd} -% \centering -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Level}&% -% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{With title}}\\ -% \midrule -% part&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% chapter&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \thickline -% \textbf{Level}&% -% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{With title}}\\ -% \hline -% part&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% chapter&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% \thickline -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[th] -% \changeskips -% \caption[Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une partie, un chapitre ou une -% section щtoilщs]{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une partie, un chapitre ou une -% section щtoilщs}\label{t+mtcadd} -% \centering -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Niveau}&% -% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{Avec titre}}\\ -% \midrule -% partie&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% chapitre&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \thickline -% \textbf{Niveau}&% -% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{Avec titre}}\\ -% \hline -% partie&\com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% chapitre&\com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% section&\com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% \thickline -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Typesetting of the mini-tables} -% The mini-tables are typeset in a \env{verse}-like environment, and can be split over several pages. -% \or\relax -% \section{Composition des mini-tables} -% Les mini-tables sont composщes dans un environnement analogue р~\env{verse}, et donc peuvent s'щtendre sur -% plusieurs pages. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Chapter-level mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Mini-tables au niveau chapitre} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The mini-table of contents is typeset in the \com{mtcfont} -% font, which is \verb|\small\rmfamily| by default. -% In fact, the font \com{mtcfont} is selected at the beginning of a minitoc, minilof or minilot. More -% selective choices are made with the following fonts. -% Section entries are typeset -% in the \com{mtcSfont} font, which is \verb|\small\bfseries| by default. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% La mini-table des matiшres est composщe dans la fonte \com{mtcfont}, qui est -% \verb|\small\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% En fait, la fonte \com{mtcfont} est sщlectionnщe au dщbut d'une minitoc, minilof ou minilot. Des choix -% plus sщlectifs sont faits avec les fontes suivantes. -% Les entrщes de type section sont composщes dans la fonte -% \com{mtcSfont}, qui est \verb|\small\bfseries| par dщfaut. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} -% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mltSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For subsections, subsubsections, paragraphs and subparagraphs, the -% commands \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, -% \com{mtcPfont} and \com{mtcSPfont} are available -% (by default, \verb|\small\rmfamily|) to enable the use of various fonts. Mini lists of figures and tables are -% typeset in the fonts \com{mlffont} and \com{mltfont}, which are \verb|\small\rmfamily| by default. -% There are also \com{mlfSfont} and \com{mltSfont} for sub-figures and sub-tables entries. -% See tables~\vrefrange{t+mtc+f1}{t+mtc+f2}\,\footnote{Thanks to \name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, -% who contributed these tables initially.}. -% \or\relax -% Pour les sous-sections, sous-sous-sections, -% paragraphes et sous-paragraphes, les commandes \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, -% \com{mtcPfont} et \com{mtcSPfont} sont disponibles (par dщfaut, \verb|\small\rmfamily|) pour permettre -% l'utilisation de fontes diverses. Les mini-listes de figures et de tableaux sont composщes dans les fontes -% \com{mlffont} et \com{mltfont}, qui sont \verb|\small\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% Il y a aussi \com{mlfSfont} et \com{mltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tableaux. -% Voir les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+mtc+f1}{t+mtc+f2}\,\footnote{Merci р~\name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, -% qui a fourni ces tableaux initialement.}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note\Virage{} that the default choice of fonts is certainly not perfect and hence it is not definitive. A~symptom of this -% imperfection is the presence of poor alignments in the mini-tables, if bold and non-bold fonts are mixed\,\footnote{This -% appears, e.g., if you are using the Computer Modern Roman (CMR) fonts~\cite{cmt}. -% The symptom disappears if you do not use bold -% CMR fonts or if you use the TX fonts (\pack{txfonts} package~\cite{txfonts}), -% for instance\IfFileExists{txfonts.sty}{, like in this document}{\relax}. See also section~\vref{faq.29}.} -% (the true length of -% \texttt{1em} is not the same for the fonts). This can often be adjusted by changing some fonts.\par -% \or\relax -% Notez\Virage{} que le choix de fontes par dщfaut n'est certainement pas parfait et n'est donc pas dщfinitif. -% Un symptЇme de -% cette imperfection est la prщsence d'alignements imprщcis dans les mini-tables, si des fontes grasses et non-grasses -% sont mщlangщes\,\footnote{Ceci apparaюt notamment si vous utilisez les fontes Computer Modern Roman (CMR)~\cite{cmt}. -% Le symptЇme disparaюt si vous n'utilisez plus de fontes CMR grasses ou si vous utilisez les fontes TX (paquetage -% \pack{txfonts}~\cite{txfonts}), par exemple\IfFileExists{txfonts.sty}{, comme dans ce document}{\relax}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq.29}.} -% (la longueur effective de \texttt{1em} n'est pas la mъme pour ces fontes). -% Ceci peut souvent ъtre corrigщ en changeant quelques fontes. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \footnotesize -% \caption{Fonts and titles for the mini-table commands}\label{t+mtc+f1} -% \centering -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} -% \toprule -% Command -% &\FontDefault{Font}{default setting} -% &\FontDefault{Title string}{default setting} -% &\FontDefault{Title font}{default setting}\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\part...} commands:}\\[1ex] -% \com{parttoc}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\com{normalsize}\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{partlof}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{partlot}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\mini...} commands:\Chap}\\[1ex] -% \com{minitoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{minilof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{minilot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\sect...} commands:\Sec}\\[1ex] -% \com{secttoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with -% \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with -% no \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang default for english; -% changed by the language definition files or -% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{All these fonts use \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape, and \V\mdseries\ by default.} -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} -% \thickline -% Command -% &\FontDefault{Font}{default setting} -% &\FontDefault{Title string}{default setting} -% &\FontDefault{Title font}{default setting}\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\part...} commands:}\\[1ex] -% \com{parttoc}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{partlof}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{partlot}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\mini...} commands:\Chap}\\[1ex] -% \com{minitoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{minilof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{minilot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut For the \V{\sect...} commands:\Sec}\\[1ex] -% \com{secttoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \thickline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with -% \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with -% no \com{chapter} level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang default for english; -% changed by the language definition files or -% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{All these fonts use \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape, and \V\mdseries{} by default.} -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \footnotesize -% \caption{Fontes et titres pour les commandes de mini-tables}\label{t+mtc+f1} -% \centering -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} -% \toprule -% Commande -% &\FontDefault{Fonte}{choix par dщfaut} -% &\FontDefault{Chaюne titre}{choix par dщfaut} -% &\FontDefault{Fonte du titre}{choix par dщfaut}\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\part...}:}\\[1ex] -% \com{parttoc}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{partlof}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\com{normalsize}\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{partlot}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\mini...}:\Chap}\\[1ex] -% \com{minitoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{minilof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{minilot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\sect...}:\Sec}\\[1ex] -% \com{secttoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau -% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau -% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang par dщfaut pour l'anglais; -% changщ par les fichiers de dщfinition de langue ou -% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Toutes ces fontes utilisent \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape\ et \V\mdseries\ par dщfaut.} -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} -% \thickline -% Commande -% &\FontDefault{Fonte}{choix par dщfaut} -% &\FontDefault{Chaюne titre}{choix par dщfaut} -% &\FontDefault{Fonte du }{choix par dщfaut}\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\part...}:}\\[1ex] -% \com{parttoc}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptcfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{ptctitle}}{Table of Contents\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{partlof}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plffont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plftitle}}{List of Figures\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{plfSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{partlot}% -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{plttitle}}{List of Tables\Lang} -% &\FontChapSec{\com{ptifont}}{\V\LARGE\V\bfseries}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontChapSec{\com{pltSfont}}{\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\mini...}:\Chap}\\[1ex] -% \com{minitoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{minilof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{minilot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mlttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{mtifont}}{\V\large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{mltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Strut Pour les commandes \V{\sect...}:\Sec}\\[1ex] -% \com{secttoc}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{stcfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stctitle}}{Contents\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlof}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{slffont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slftitle}}{Figures\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{slfSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \com{sectlot}% -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% &\FontDefault{\com{slttitle}}{Tables\Lang} -% &\FontDefault{\com{stifont}}{\V\Large\V\bfseries}\\[1ex] -% &\FontDefault{\com{sltSfont}}{\V\small\V\rmfamily} -% & -% &\\[1ex] -% \thickline -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau -% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau -% \com{chapter} (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\Lang par dщfaut pour l'anglais; -% changщ par les fichiers de dщfinition de langue ou -% \com{renewcommand}.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Toutes ces fontes utilisent \V\rmfamily, \V\upshape\ et \V\mdseries\ par dщfaut.} -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \small -% \caption{Fonts for the mini-table entries}\label{t+mtc+f2} -% \centering -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \toprule -% Level&Font&Default setting\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\ -% \Strut -% Chapter\Chap -% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ -% Section -% &\com{ptcSfont} -% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ -% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ -% Subsection -% &\com{ptcSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Subsubsection -% &\com{ptcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Paragraph -% &\com{ptcPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Subparagraph -% &\com{ptcSPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{minitoc} entries:\Chap}\\ -% \Strut -% Section -% &\com{mtcSfont} -% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ -% Subsection -% &\com{mtcSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Subsubsection -% &\com{mtcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Paragraph -% &\com{mtcPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Subparagraph -% &\com{mtcSPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{secttoc} entries:\Sec}\\ -% \Strut -% Subsection -% &\com{stcSSfont} -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ -% Subsubsection -% &\com{stcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Paragraph -% &\com{stcPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Subparagraph -% &\com{stcSPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with \com{chapter} -% level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with no \com{chapter} -% level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \thickline -% Level&Font&Default setting\\ -% \hline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\ -% \Strut -% Chapter\Chap -% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ -% Section -% &\com{ptcSfont} -% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ -% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ -% Subsection -% &\com{ptcSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Subsubsection -% &\com{ptcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Paragraph -% &\com{ptcPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Subparagraph -% &\com{ptcSPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{minitoc} entries:\Chap}\\ -% \Strut -% Section -% &\com{mtcSfont} -% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ -% Subsection -% &\com{mtcSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Subsubsection -% &\com{mtcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Paragraph -% &\com{mtcPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Subparagraph -% &\com{mtcSPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{secttoc} entries:\Sec}\\ -% \Strut -% Subsection -% &\com{stcSSfont} -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ -% Subsubsection -% &\com{stcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Paragraph -% &\com{stcPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Subparagraph -% &\com{stcSPfont} -% &\emph{(like \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \thickline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap for document classes with \com{chapter} -% level (e.g., \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec for document classes with no \com{chapter} -% level (e.g., \class{article}).}\\ -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \small -% \caption{Fontes pour les entrщes des mini-tables}\label{t+mtc+f2} -% \centering -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \toprule -% Niveau&Fonte&Choix par dщfaut\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{parttoc}:}\\ -% \Strut -% Chapitre\Chap -% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ -% Section -% &\com{ptcSfont} -% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ -% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ -% Sous-section -% &\com{ptcSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Sous-sous-section -% &\com{ptcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Paragraphe -% &\com{ptcPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Sous-paragraphe -% &\com{ptcSPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{minitoc}:\Chap}\\ -% \Strut -% Section -% &\com{mtcSfont} -% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ -% Sous-section -% &\com{mtcSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Sous-sous-section -% &\com{mtcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Paragraphe -% &\com{mtcPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Sous-paragraphe -% &\com{mtcSPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{secttoc}:\Sec}\\ -% \Strut -% Sous-section -% &\com{stcSSfont} -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ -% Sous-sous-section -% &\com{stcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Paragraphe -% &\com{stcPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Sous-paragraphe -% &\com{stcSPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau \com{chapter} -% (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau \com{chapter} -% (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \thickline -% Niveau&Fonte&Choix par dщfaut\\ -% \hline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{parttoc}:}\\ -% \Strut -% Chapitre\Chap -% &\com{ptcCfont}\Chap -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\Chap\\ -% Section -% &\com{ptcSfont} -% &\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}\V\normalsize\V\rmfamily\Chap\\ -% \V\small\V\bfseries\Sec \end{tabular}\\ -% Sous-section -% &\com{ptcSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Sous-sous-section -% &\com{ptcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Paragraphe -% &\com{ptcPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\ -% Sous-paragraphe -% &\com{ptcSPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{ptcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{minitoc}:\Chap}\\ -% \Strut -% Section -% &\com{mtcSfont} -% &\V\small\V\bfseries\\ -% Sous-section -% &\com{mtcSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Sous-sous-section -% &\com{mtcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Paragraphe -% &\com{mtcPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\ -% Sous-paragraphe -% &\com{mtcSPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{mtcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \hline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt Pour les entrщes d'une \com{secttoc}:\Sec}\\ -% \Strut -% Sous-section -% &\com{stcSSfont} -% &\V\normalsize\V\bfseries\\ -% Sous-sous-section -% &\com{stcSSSfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Paragraphe -% &\com{stcPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\ -% Sous-paragraphe -% &\com{stcSPfont} -% &\emph{(comme \com{stcfont})}\\[1ex] -% \thickline -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Chap pour les classes de document avec le niveau \com{chapter} -% (par~ex. \class{book}, \class{report}).}\\ -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Sec pour les classes de document sans le niveau \com{chapter} -% (par~ex. \class{article}).}\\ -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% \fi -% ^^A \ifFLP\floatpagestyle{plain}\fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \changeskips -% \caption{Available languages}\label{t+languages} -% \ilopt{afrikaan}% -% \ilopt{afrikaans}% -% \ilopt{albanian}% -% \ilopt{arab}% -% \ilopt{arabic}% -% \ilopt{arab2}% -% \ilopt{arabi}% -% \ilopt{armenian}% -% \ilopt{bahasai}% -% \ilopt{bahasa}% -% \ilopt{indon}% -% \ilopt{indonesian}% -% \ilopt{bahasam}% -% \ilopt{malay}% -% \ilopt{meyalu}% -% \ilopt{bangla}% -% \ilopt{basque}% -% \ilopt{bengali}% -% \ilopt{bicig}% -% \ilopt{uighur}% -% \ilopt{bicig2}% -% \ilopt{uighur2}% -% \ilopt{bicig3}% -% \ilopt{uighur3}% -% \ilopt{bithe}% -% \ilopt{manju}% -% \ilopt{brazil}% -% \ilopt{brazilian}% -% \ilopt{breton}% -% \ilopt{bulgarian}% -% \ilopt{bulgarianb}% -% \ilopt{buryat}% -% \ilopt{buryat2}% -% \ilopt{catalan}% -% \ilopt{chinese1}% -% \ilopt{chinese2}% -% \ilopt{croatian}% -% \ilopt{czech}% -% \ilopt{danish}% -% \ilopt{devanagari}% -% \ilopt{hindi}% -% \ilopt{dutch}% -% \iloptd{english}% -% \ilopt{american}% -% \ilopt{australian}% -% \ilopt{british}% -% \ilopt{canadian}% -% \ilopt{newzealand}% -% \ilopt{UKenglish}% -% \ilopt{USenglish}% -% \ilopt{english1}% -% \ilopt{english2}% -% \ilopt{esperant}% -% \ilopt{esperanto}% -% \ilopt{estonian}% -% \ilopt{ethiopia}% -% \ilopt{ethiopian}% -% \ilopt{ethiopian2}% -% \ilopt{farsi1}% -% \ilopt{farsi2}% -% \ilopt{farsi3}% -% \ilopt{finnish}% -% \ilopt{finnish2}% -% \ilopt{french}% -% \ilopt{frenchb}% -% \ilopt{frenchle}% -% \ilopt{frenchpro}% -% \ilopt{francais}% -% \ilopt{acadien}% -% \ilopt{canadien}% -% \ilopt{french1}% -% \ilopt{french2}% -% \ilopt{galician}% -% \ilopt{german}% -% \ilopt{austrian}% -% \ilopt{germanb}% -% \ilopt{germanb2}% -% \ilopt{greek}% -% \ilopt{greek-mono}% -% \ilopt{greek-polydemo}% -% \ilopt{greek-polykatha}% -% \ilopt{guarani}% -% \ilopt{hangul1}% -% \ilopt{hangul2}% -% \ilopt{hangul3}% -% \ilopt{hangul4}% -% \ilopt{hangul-u8}% -% \ilopt{hanja1}% -% \ilopt{hanja2}% -% \ilopt{hanja-u8}% -% \ilopt{hebrew}% -% \ilopt{hebrew2}% -% \ilopt{hindi-modern}% -% \ilopt{icelandic}% -% \ilopt{interlingua}% -% \ilopt{irish}% -% \ilopt{italian}% -% \ilopt{italian2}% -% \ilopt{japanese}% -% \ilopt{japanese2}% -% \ilopt{japanese3}% -% \ilopt{japanese4}% -% \ilopt{japanese5}% -% \ilopt{japanese6}% -% \ilopt{kannada}% -% \ilopt{latin}% -% \ilopt{latin2}% -% \ilopt{latinc}% -% \ilopt{latinc2}% -% \ilopt{latvian}% -% \ilopt{latvian2}% -% \ilopt{letton}% -% \ilopt{letton2}% -% \ilopt{lithuanian}% -% \ilopt{lithuanian2}% -% \ilopt{lowersorbian}% -% \ilopt{lsorbian}% -% \ilopt{magyar}% -% \ilopt{hungarian}% -% \ilopt{magyar2}% -% \ilopt{magyar3}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-b}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}% -% \ilopt{manju}% -% \ilopt{mexican}% -% \ilopt{mongol}% -% \ilopt{mongolb}% -% \ilopt{mongolian}% -% \ilopt{ngermanb}% -% \ilopt{ngerman}% -% \ilopt{naustrian}% -% \ilopt{ngermanb2}% -% \ilopt{norsk}% -% \ilopt{norsk2}% -% \ilopt{nynorsk}% -% \ilopt{nynorsk2}% -% \ilopt{occitan}% -% \ilopt{occitan2}% -% \ilopt{polish}% -% \ilopt{polish2}% -% \ilopt{polski}% -% \ilopt{portuguese}% -% \ilopt{portuges}% -% \ilopt{romanian}% -% \ilopt{romanian2}% -% \ilopt{romanian3}% -% \ilopt{russian}% -% \ilopt{russianb}% -% \ilopt{russianc}% -% \ilopt{russian2m}% -% \ilopt{russian2o}% -% \ilopt{russian-cca}% -% \ilopt{russian-cca1}% -% \ilopt{russian-lh}% -% \ilopt{russian-lhcyralt}% -% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}% -% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrwin}% -% \ilopt{samin}% -% \ilopt{scottish}% -% \ilopt{serbian}% -% \ilopt{serbianc}% -% \ilopt{slovak}% -% \ilopt{slovene}% -% \ilopt{spanish}% -% \ilopt{castillan}% -% \ilopt{castillian}% -% \ilopt{spanish2}% -% \ilopt{spanish3}% -% \ilopt{spanish4}% -% \ilopt{swahili}% -% \ilopt{swedish}% -% \ilopt{swedish2}% -% \ilopt{thai}% -% \ilopt{turkish}% -% \ilopt{ukrainian}% -% \ilopt{ukraineb}% -% \ilopt{uppersorbian}% -% \ilopt{usorbian}% -% \ilopt{vietnam}% -% \ilopt{vietnamese}% -% \ilopt{welsh}% -% \ilopt{xalx}% -% \ilopt{khalkha}% -% \ilopt{xalx2}% -% \ilopt{xalx3}% -% \centering -% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small -% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing -% \begin{multicols}{4} -% \begin{itemize} -% ^^A \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em -% ^^A \def\labelitemi{--} -% \item afrikaan (afrikaans) -% \item albanian -% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{c}$ -% \item arab2\,$^{a,c}$ -% \item arabi\,$^{c,j}$ -% \item armenian\,$^c$ -% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$ -% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$ -% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$ -% \item basque -% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$ -% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$ -% \item bicig3 (uighur3)\,$^{c,i}$ -% \item bithe (manju)\,$^c$ -% \item brazil (brazilian) -% \item breton -% \item bulgarian\,$^c$ -% \item bulgarianb\,$^c$ -% \item buryat\,$^c$ -% \item buryat2\,$^c$ -% \item catalan -% \item chinese1\,$^{c,g}$ -% \item chinese2\,$^{c,g}$ -% \item croatian -% \item czech -% \item danish -% \item devanagari (hindi)$^c$ -% \item dutch -% \item english$^{\dagger}$ (american, australian, british, canadian, newzealand, UKenglish, USenglish) -% \item english1 -% \item english2 -% \item esperant (esperanto) -% \item estonian -% \item ethiopia (ethiopian)\,$^c$ -% \item ethiopian2\,$^{c,e,h}$ -% \item farsi1\,$^{c,f,g}$ -% \item farsi2\,$^{c,f,g}$ -% \item farsi3\,$^{c,j}$ -% \item finnish -% \item finnish2 -% \item french (frenchb, frenchle, frenchpro, francais, acadien, canadien) -% \item french1 -% \item french2 -% \item galician -% \item german (austrian) -% \item germanb -% \item germanb2 -% \item greek\,$^c$ -% \item greek-mono\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item greek-polydemo\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item greek-polykatha\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item guarani\,$^h$ -% \item hangul1\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul2\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul3\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul4\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ -% \item hanja1\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hanja2\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hanja-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ -% \item hebrew\,$^{c,h}$ -% \item hebrew2\,$^{c,h}$ -% \item hindi-modern\,$^c$ -% \item icelandic\,$^f$ -% \item interlingua -% \item irish -% \item italian -% \item italian2 -% \item japanese\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese2\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese3\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese4\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese5\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese6\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item kannada\,$^c$ -% \item latin -% \item latin2 -% \item latinc -% \item latinc2 -% \item latvian (letton)\,$^e$ -% \item latvian2 (letton2)\,$^c$ -% \item lithuanian -% \item lithuanian2\,$^{c,h}$ -% \item lowersorbian (lsorbian) -% \item magyar (hungarian) -% \item magyar2 -% \item magyar3 -% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$ -% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$ -% \item mexican -% \item mongol\,$^c$ -% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$ -% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian) -% \item ngermanb2 -% \item norsk -% \item norsk2 -% \item nynorsk -% \item nynorsk2 -% \item occitan -% \item occitan2 -% \item polish -% \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item polski\,$^c$ -% \item portuguese (portuges) -% \item romanian -% \item romanian2 -% \item romanian3 -% \item russian\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item russianb\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item russianc\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item russian2m\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item russian2o\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item russian-cca\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-cca1\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lh\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lhcyralt\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lhcyrkoi\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lhcyrwin\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item samin -% \item scottish -% \item serbian -% \item serbianc\,$^c$ -% \item slovak -% \item slovene -% \item spanish (castillan, castillian) -% \item spanish2 -% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$ -% \item spanish4 -% \item swahili -% \item swedish -% \item swedish2 -% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$ -% \item turkish -% \item ukrainian (ukraineb)\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item uppersorbian (usorbian) -% \item vietnam (vietnamese)\,$^{c,d}$ -% \item welsh -% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$ -% \item xalx2\,$^c$ -% \item xalx3\,$^c$ -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \hrule -% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[()]The languages between parentheses are aliases of a main language -% and their \suffix{.mld} files will load the \suffix{.mld} file -% of that main language. -% \item[$^{\dagger}$] The presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory. -% \item[$^a$] The \ulopt{arab(ic)}\ilopt{arab}\ilopt{arabic} and \lopt{arab2} languages require the use of the -% \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}). -% \item[$^b$] The \ulopt{russian} language is not yet supported -% by the \pack{babel} system~\cite{babel,babel-user}, but -% \lopt{russianb}~\cite{russianb} is supported if you use -% babel-3.6 or a higher version; \lopt{russianc} is an extra. Look also at other \suffix{.mld} files for russian. -% \item[$^c$] Some languages may require specific fonts. -% \item[$^d$] Requires the \pack{CJK} package~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% \item[$^e$] Requires \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), the version of \LaTeX\ for Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). -% \item[$^f$] Requires a 8-bits input encoding. -% \item[$^g$] Uses also a \suffix{.mlo} file. -% \item[$^h$] Requires a specific input encoding. -% \item[$^i$] The \lopt{bicig} language is also known as \lopt{uighur}. -% \item[$^j$] The \lopt{arabi} and \lopt{farsi3} languages require the use of the -% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{table} -% ^^A \ifDP\else\afterpage{\clearpage}\fi -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \changeskips -% ^^A \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \caption{Langues disponibles}\label{t+languages} -% \ilopt{afrikaan}% -% \ilopt{afrikaans}% -% \ilopt{albanian}% -% \ilopt{arab}% -% \ilopt{arabic}% -% \ilopt{arab2}% -% \ilopt{arabi}% -% \ilopt{armenian}% -% \ilopt{bahasai}% -% \ilopt{bahasa}% -% \ilopt{indon}% -% \ilopt{indonesian}% -% \ilopt{bahasam}% -% \ilopt{malay}% -% \ilopt{meyalu}% -% \ilopt{bangla}% -% \ilopt{basque}% -% \ilopt{bengali}% -% \ilopt{bicig}% -% \ilopt{uighur}% -% \ilopt{bicig2}% -% \ilopt{uighur2}% -% \ilopt{bicig3}% -% \ilopt{uighur3}% -% \ilopt{bithe}% -% \ilopt{manju}% -% \ilopt{brazil}% -% \ilopt{brazilian}% -% \ilopt{breton}% -% \ilopt{bulgarian}% -% \ilopt{bulgarianb}% -% \ilopt{buryat}% -% \ilopt{buryat2}% -% \ilopt{catalan}% -% \ilopt{chinese1}% -% \ilopt{chinese2}% -% \ilopt{croatian}% -% \ilopt{czech}% -% \ilopt{danish}% -% \ilopt{devanagari}% -% \ilopt{hindi}% -% \ilopt{dutch}% -% \iloptd{english}% -% \ilopt{american}% -% \ilopt{australian}% -% \ilopt{british}% -% \ilopt{canadian}% -% \ilopt{newzealand}% -% \ilopt{UKenglish}% -% \ilopt{USenglish}% -% \ilopt{english1}% -% \ilopt{english2}% -% \ilopt{esperant}% -% \ilopt{esperanto}% -% \ilopt{estonian}% -% \ilopt{ethiopia}% -% \ilopt{ethiopian}% -% \ilopt{ethiopian2}% -% \ilopt{farsi1}% -% \ilopt{farsi2}% -% \ilopt{farsi3}% -% \ilopt{finnish}% -% \ilopt{finnish2}% -% \ilopt{french}% -% \ilopt{frenchb}% -% \ilopt{frenchle}% -% \ilopt{frenchpro}% -% \ilopt{francais}% -% \ilopt{acadien}% -% \ilopt{canadien}% -% \ilopt{french1}% -% \ilopt{french2}% -% \ilopt{galician}% -% \ilopt{german}% -% \ilopt{austrian}% -% \ilopt{germanb}% -% \ilopt{germanb2}% -% \ilopt{greek}% -% \ilopt{greek-mono}% -% \ilopt{greek-polydemo}% -% \ilopt{greek-polykatha}% -% \ilopt{guarani}% -% \ilopt{hangul1}% -% \ilopt{hangul2}% -% \ilopt{hangul3}% -% \ilopt{hangul4}% -% \ilopt{hangul-u8}% -% \ilopt{hanja1}% -% \ilopt{hanja2}% -% \ilopt{hanja-u8}% -% \ilopt{hebrew}% -% \ilopt{hebrew2}% -% \ilopt{hindi-modern}% -% \ilopt{icelandic}% -% \ilopt{interlingua}% -% \ilopt{irish}% -% \ilopt{italian}% -% \ilopt{italian2}% -% \ilopt{japanese}% -% \ilopt{japanese2}% -% \ilopt{japanese3}% -% \ilopt{japanese4}% -% \ilopt{japanese5}% -% \ilopt{japanese6}% -% \ilopt{kannada}% -% \ilopt{latin}% -% \ilopt{latin2}% -% \ilopt{latinc}% -% \ilopt{latinc2}% -% \ilopt{latvian}% -% \ilopt{latvian2}% -% \ilopt{letton}% -% \ilopt{letton2}% -% \ilopt{lithuanian}% -% \ilopt{lithuanian2}% -% \ilopt{lowersorbian}% -% \ilopt{lsorbian}% -% \ilopt{magyar}% -% \ilopt{hungarian}% -% \ilopt{magyar2}% -% \ilopt{magyar3}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-b}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}% -% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}% -% \ilopt{manju}% -% \ilopt{mexican}% -% \ilopt{mongol}% -% \ilopt{mongolb}% -% \ilopt{mongolian}% -% \ilopt{ngermanb}% -% \ilopt{ngerman}% -% \ilopt{naustrian}% -% \ilopt{ngermanb2}% -% \ilopt{norsk}% -% \ilopt{norsk2}% -% \ilopt{nynorsk}% -% \ilopt{nynorsk2}% -% \ilopt{occitan}% -% \ilopt{occitan2}% -% \ilopt{polish}% -% \ilopt{polish2}% -% \ilopt{polski}% -% \ilopt{portuguese}% -% \ilopt{portuges}% -% \ilopt{romanian}% -% \ilopt{romanian2}% -% \ilopt{romanian3}% -% \ilopt{russian}% -% \ilopt{russianb}% -% \ilopt{russianc}% -% \ilopt{russian2m}% -% \ilopt{russian2o}% -% \ilopt{russian-cca}% -% \ilopt{russian-cca1}% -% \ilopt{russian-lh}% -% \ilopt{russian-lhcyralt}% -% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}% -% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrwin}% -% \ilopt{samin}% -% \ilopt{scottish}% -% \ilopt{serbian}% -% \ilopt{serbianc}% -% \ilopt{slovak}% -% \ilopt{slovene}% -% \ilopt{spanish}% -% \ilopt{castillan}% -% \ilopt{castillian}% -% \ilopt{spanish2}% -% \ilopt{spanish3}% -% \ilopt{spanish4}% -% \ilopt{swahili}% -% \ilopt{swedish}% -% \ilopt{swedish2}% -% \ilopt{thai}% -% \ilopt{turkish}% -% \ilopt{ukrainian}% -% \ilopt{ukraineb}% -% \ilopt{uppersorbian}% -% \ilopt{usorbian}% -% \ilopt{vietnam}% -% \ilopt{vietnamese}% -% \ilopt{welsh}% -% \ilopt{xalx}% -% \ilopt{khalkha}% -% \ilopt{xalx2}% -% \ilopt{xalx3}% -% \centering -% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small -% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing -% \begin{multicols}{4} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item afrikaan (afrikaans) -% \item albanian -% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{a,c}$ -% \item arab2\,$^{a,c}$ -% \item arabi\,$^{c,j}$ -% \item armenian\,$^c$ -% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$ -% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$ -% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$ -% \item basque -% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$ -% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$ -% \item bicig3 (uighur3)\,$^{c,i}$ -% \item bithe (manju)\,$^c$ -% \item brazil (brazilian) -% \item breton -% \item bulgarian\,$^c$ -% \item bulgarianb\,$^c$ -% \item buryat\,$^c$ -% \item buryat2\,$^c$ -% \item catalan -% \item chinese1\,$^{c,g}$ -% \item chinese2\,$^{c,g}$ -% \item croatian -% \item czech -% \item danish -% \item devanagari (hindi)$^c$ -% \item dutch -% \item english\,$^{\dagger}$ (american, australian, british, canadian, newzealand, UKenglish, USenglish) -% \item english1 -% \item english2 -% \item esperant (esperanto) -% \item estonian -% \item ethiopia (ethiopian)\,$^c$ -% \item ethiopian2\,$^{c,e,h}$ -% \item farsi1\,$^{c,f,g}$ -% \item farsi2\,$^{c,f,g}$ -% \item farsi3\,$^{c,j}$ -% \item finnish -% \item finnish2 -% \item french (frenchb, frenchle, frenchpro, francais, acadien, canadien) -% \item french1 -% \item french2 -% \item galician -% \item german (austrian) -% \item germanb -% \item germanb2 -% \item greek\,$^c$ -% \item greek-mono\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item greek-polydemo\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item greek-polykatha\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item guarani\,$^h$ -% \item hangul1\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul2\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul3\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul4\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hangul-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ -% \item hanja1\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hanja2\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item hanja-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$ -% \item hebrew\,$^{c,h}$ -% \item hebrew2\,$^{c,h}$ -% \item hindi-modern\,$^c$ -% \item icelandic\,$^f$ -% \item interlingua -% \item irish -% \item italian -% \item italian2 -% \item japanese\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese2\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese3\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese4\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese5\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item japanese6\,$^{c,d,g}$ -% \item kannada\,$^c$ -% \item latin -% \item latin2 -% \item latinc -% \item latinc2 -% \item latvian (letton)\,$^e$ -% \item latvian2 (letton2)\,$^c$ -% \item lithuanian -% \item lithuanian2\,$^{c,h}$ -% \item lowersorbian (lsorbian) -% \item magyar (hungarian) -% \item magyar2 -% \item magyar3 -% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$ -% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$ -% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$ -% \item mexican -% \item mongol\,$^c$ -% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$ -% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian) -% \item ngermanb2 -% \item norsk -% \item norsk2 -% \item nynorsk -% \item nynorsk2 -% \item occitan -% \item occitan2 -% \item polish -% \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item polski\,$^c$ -% \item portuguese (portuges) -% \item romanian -% \item romanian2 -% \item romanian3 -% \item russian\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item russianb\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item russianc\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item russian2m\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item russian2o\,$^{c,e}$ -% \item russian-cca\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-cca1\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lh\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lhcyralt\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lhcyrkoi\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item russian-lhcyrwin\,$^{c,g,h}$ -% \item samin -% \item scottish -% \item serbian -% \item serbianc\,$^c$ -% \item slovak -% \item slovene -% \item spanish (castillan, castillian) -% \item spanish2 -% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$ -% \item spanish4 -% \item swahili -% \item swedish -% \item swedish2 -% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$ -% \item turkish -% \item ukrainian (ukraineb)\,$^{b,c}$ -% \item uppersorbian (usorbian) -% \item vietnam (vietnamese)\,$^{c,d}$ -% \item welsh -% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$ -% \item xalx2\,$^c$ -% \item xalx3\,$^c$ -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \hrule -% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[()] Les langues entre parenthшses sont des alias d'une langue principale et leurs fichiers \suffix{.mld} -% chargeront le fichier \suffix{.mld} de celle-ci. -% \item[$^{\dagger}$] La prщsence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire. -% \item[$^a$] Les langues <<~\ulopt{arab(ic)}~>>\ilopt{arab}\ilopt{arabic} et <<~\lopt{arab2}~>> requiшrent l'utilisation du paquetage -% \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}). -% \item[$^b$] La langue <<~\uopt{russian}~╗ n'est pas encore supportщe par le -% systшme \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}, -% mais <<~\lopt{russianb}~>>~\cite{russianb} est supportщe si vous utilisez -% babel-3.6 ou une version supщrieure; <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est un supplщment. Regardez aussi les autres -% fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour le russe. -% \item[$^c$] Certaines langues peuvent requщrir des fontes spщcifiques. -% \item[$^d$] Requiert le paquetage \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% \item[$^e$] Requiert \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). -% \item[$^f$] Requiert un codage en entrщe sur 8~bits. -% \item[$^g$] Utilise aussi un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. -% \item[$^h$] Requiert un codage en entrщe spщcifique. -% \item[$^i$] La langue \lopt{bicig} est aussi connue sous le nom de ouяghour (\emph{\lopt{uighur}}). -% \item[$^j$] Les langues <<~\lopt{arabi}~>> et <<~\lopt{farsi3}~>> requiшrent l'utilisation du paquetage -% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% ^^A \vspace*{-2\baselineskip} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% ^^A \ifDP\else\afterpage{\clearpage}\fi -% ^^A \afterpage{\clearpage} -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Titles for chapter-level mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Titres pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Titles are typeset in the \com{mtifont} (\verb|\large\bfseries| by -% default) font and the text strings of the titles are defined by -% \com{mtctitle}, \com{mlftitle} -% and \com{mlttitle}, which -% are the strings ``Contents'', ``Figures'' and ``Tables'' by default. -% These title commands should be redefined by \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} for -% languages other than english. -% -% \lneed{6} -% The language definition files like -% \xfile{french.mld} and \xfile{english.mld} (the suffix -% \suffix{.mld} means ``minitoc language definition (file)'') -% (and many others, see the list in table~\vref{t+languages} and section~\vref{fo+lang}) are available. -% You can easily prepare a similar file for a preferred language (see section~\vref{faq.26}). -% You can change the language of these titles by using the -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}} macro. -% \or\relax -% Les titres sont composщs dans la fonte \com{mtifont} (\verb|\large\bfseries| par dщfaut) et les textes des -% titres sont dщfinis par \com{mtctitle}, \com{mlftitle} et \com{mlttitle}, qui sont les -% chaюnes л~Contents~╗, л~Figures~╗ et л~Tables~╗ par dщfaut. Ces titres devraient ъtre redщfinis -% par \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} pour les langues autres que l'anglais. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Les fichiers de dщfinition de langue tels que \xfile{french.mld} -% et \xfile{english.mld} (le suffixe \suffix{.mld} signifie л~\emph{minitoc language definition -% (file)}~╗) (et bien d'autres, voir la liste dans le tableau~\vref{t+languages} et la section~\vref{fo+lang}) sont -% disponibles. Vous pouvez facilement prщparer un fichier similaire pour votre langue prщfщrщe -% (voir la section~\vref{faq.26}). -% Vous pouvez changer la langue de ces -% titres en utilisant la macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Part-level mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Mini-tables au niveau partie} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcCfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The partial table of contents is typeset in the \com{ptcfont} -% font, which is defined as \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. -% In fact, the font \com{ptcfont} is selected at the beginning of a parttoc, partlof or partlot. More -% selective choices are made with the following fonts. -% Chapter entries are typeset in the \com{ptcCfont} font, -% which is \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| by default. -% Section entries are typeset in the \com{ptcSfont} font, -% which is \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. -% \or\relax -% La table des matiшres au niveau partie est composщe dans la fonte \com{ptcfont}, qui est dщfinie comme -% щtant \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% En fait, la fonte \com{ptcfont} est sщlectionnщe au dщbut d'une parttoc, partlof ou partlot. Des choix -% plus sщlectifs sont faits avec les fontes suivantes. -% Les entrщes de type chapitre sont composщes dans la fonte -% \com{ptcCfont}, qui est \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| par dщfaut. -% Les entrщes de type section sont composщes dans la fonte \com{ptcSfont}, qui est -% \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For subsections, subsubsections, paragraphs and subparagraphs, the -% commands \com{ptcSSfont}, \com{ptcSSSfont}, -% \com{ptcPfont}, and \com{ptcSPfont} are available -% (by default, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) if you -% want to use various fonts. -% \or\relax -% Pour les sous-sections, sous-sous-sections, paragraphes et -% sous-paragraphes, les commandes \com{ptcSSfont}, \com{ptcSSSfont}, \com{ptcPfont} et \com{ptcSPfont} sont -% disponibles (par dщfaut, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) si vous souhaitez utiliser diverses fontes. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macro}{\plffont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Partial lists of figures and tables are -% typeset in the fonts \com{plffont} and \com{pltfont}, which are -% \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. -% There are also \com{plfSfont} and \com{pltSfont} for sub-figures and sub-tables entries. -% \or\relax -% Les listes de figures et de tableaux au niveau partie sont composщes dans les fontes \com{plffont} et \com{pltfont}, qui -% sont \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% Il y a aussi \com{plfSfont} et \com{pltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tableaux. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Titles for part-level mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Titres pour les mini-tables au niveau partie} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Titles are typeset in the \com{ptifont} (\verb|\LARGE\bfseries| by -% default) font and the text strings of the titles are defined by -% \com{ptctitle}, \com{plftitle} -% and \com{plttitle}, which -% are the strings ``Table of Contents'', -% ``List of Figures'' and ``List of Tables'' by default. -% These title commands should be redefined by \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} for -% languages other than english. -% -% \lneed{3} -% The language definition files like -% \xfile{french.mld} and \xfile{english.mld} (and many others; for a complete list, see -% table~\vref{t+languages}) are available. Read also section~\vref{fo+lang}. -% You can easily prepare a similar file for a preferred language (see section~\vref{faq.26}). -% You can change the language of these titles by using the -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}} macro. -% \or\relax -% Les titres sont composщs dans la fonte \com{ptifont} (\verb|\LARGE\bfseries| par dщfaut) et les textes des -% titres sont dщfinis par \com{ptctitle}, \com{plftitle} et \com{plttitle}, qui sont les -% chaюnes л~Table of Contents~╗, л~List of Figures~╗ et л~List of Tables~╗ par dщfaut. -% Ces commandes de titres devraient ъtre redщfinies par \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} -% pour les langues autres que l'anglais. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Des fichiers de dщfinition de langue tels que \xfile{french.mld} et \xfile{english.mld} (et de -% nombreux autres; pour une liste complшte, voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}) sont disponibles. Lire aussi -% la section~\vref{fo+lang}. -% Vous pouvez facilement prщparer un fichier similaire pour votre langue prщfщrщe (voir la section~\vref{faq.26}). -% Vous pouvez changer la langue de ces titres -% en utilisant la macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Section-level mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Mini-tables au niveau section} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The section-level table of contents -% is typeset in the \com{stcfont} -% font, which is defined as \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. -% In fact, the font \com{stcfont} is selected at the beginning of a secttoc, sectlof or sectlot. -% -% More selective choices are made with the following fonts. -% Subsection entries are typeset in the \com{stcSSfont} font, -% which is \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| by default. -% Subsubsection entries are typeset in the \com{stcSSSfont} font, -% which is \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. -% \or\relax -% La table des matiшres au niveau section est composщe dans la fonte \com{stcfont}, qui est dщfinie comme -% щtant \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% En fait, la fonte \com{stcfont} est sщlectionnщe au dщbut d'une secttoc, sectlof ou sectlot. -% -% Des choix plus sщlectifs sont faits avec les fontes suivantes. -% Les entrщes de sous-section sont composщes dans la fonte \com{stcSSfont}, qui est -% \verb|\normalsize\bfseries| par dщfaut. -% Les entrщes de sous-sous-section sont composщes dans la fonte \com{stcSSSfont}, qui est -% \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\stcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\slffont} -% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\slfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\sltSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For paragraphs and subparagraphs, the -% commands \com{stcPfont} and \com{stcSPfont} -% are available (by default, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) if you -% want to use various fonts. Section-level lists of figures and tables are -% typeset in the fonts \com{slffont} and \com{sltfont}, which are -% defined as \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| by default. -% There are also \com{slfSfont} and \com{sltSfont} for sub-figures and sub-tables entries. -% \or\relax -% Pour les paragraphes et sous-paragraphes, les commandes \com{stcPfont} et \com{stcSPfont} sont disponibles -% (par dщfaut, \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily|) si vous dщsirez utiliser diverses fontes. Les listes de figures et de -% tableaux au niveau section sont composщes dans les fontes \com{slffont} et \com{sltfont}, qui sont dщfinies -% comme щtant \verb|\normalsize\rmfamily| par dщfaut. -% Il y a aussi \com{slfSfont} et \com{sltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tableaux. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Titles for section-level mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Titres pour les mini-tables au niveau section} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\stifont} -% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Titles are typeset in the \com{stifont} (\verb|\normalsize\bfseries| by -% default) font and the text strings of the titles are defined by -% \com{stctitle}, \com{slftitle} -% and \com{slttitle}, which are the strings ``Contents'', ``Figures'' and ``Tables'' by default. -% These title commands should be redefined by \com{renewcommand} or \com{mtcsettitle} for -% languages other than english. -% -% \lneed{3} -% The language definition files like \xfile{french.mld} and \xfile{english.mld} (and also many others, as listed in -% table~\vref{t+languages} and explained in section~\vref{fo+lang}) are available. -% You can easily prepare a similar file for your preferred language (see section~\vref{faq.26}). -% You can change the language of these titles by using the -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}} macro. -% \or\relax -% Les titres sont composщs dans la fonte \com{stifont} (\verb|\normalsize\bfseries| par dщfaut) et les textes des -% titres sont dщfinis par \com{stctitle}, \com{slftitle} et \com{slttitle}, qui sont les -% chaюnes л~Contents~╗, л~Figures~╗ et л~Tables~╗ par dщfaut. -% Ces commandes de titres devraient ъtre redщfinies par \com{renewcommand} ou \com{mtcsettitle} -% pour les langues autres que l'anglais. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Des fichiers de dщfinition de langue tels que \xfile{french.mld} et \xfile{english.mld} (et de -% nombreux autres, voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages} et la section~\vref{fo+lang}) sont disponibles. Vous pouvez -% facilement prщparer un fichier similaire pour votre langue prщfщrщe (voir la section~\vref{faq.26}). -% Vous pouvez changer la langue de ces titres -% en utilisant la macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Position of the titles} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Position des titres} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{For mini-tables at the part level} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Pour les mini-tables au niveau partie} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, titles are on the left. The preparation commands \com{doparttoc}, -% \com{dopartlof} and \com{dopartlot} accept an optional argument -% to change the default position of the -% corresponding title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, -% \texttt{[r]} for right, or \texttt{[e]} (or \texttt{[n]}) for empty (no title). -% The change is global for all the document. -% If you want to change the position of the title for only one parttoc -% (or partlof or partlof), just use such an optional argument with the -% command \com{parttoc} (or \com{partlof} or \com{partlot}). -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les titres sont cadrщs р~gauche. Les commandes de prщparation \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof} et -% \com{dopartlot} acceptent un argument optionnel pour changer la position par dщfaut du titre correspondant: -% \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, ou \texttt{[e]} (ou -% \texttt{[n]}) pour vide (pas de titre). La modification est globale pour le document. -% Si vous souhaitez changer la position du titre pour une seule parttoc (ou partlof ou partlot), il vous suffit -% d'utiliser un tel argument optionnel avec la commande -% \com{parttoc} (ou \com{partlof} ou \com{partlot}). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{For mini-tables at the chapter level} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, titles are on the left. The preparation commands \com{dominitoc}, -% \com{dominilof} and \com{dominilot} accept an optional argument -% to change the default position of the -% corresponding title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, -% \texttt{[r]} for right, or \texttt{[e]} (or \texttt{[n]}) for ``empty'' (``no'' title). -% The change is global for all the document. -% If you want to change the position of the title for only one minitoc -% (or minilof or minilof), just use such an optional argument with the -% command \com{minitoc} (or \com{minilof} or -% \com{minilot}). -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les titres sont cadrщs р~gauche. Les commandes de prщparation \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} et -% \com{dominilot} acceptent un argument optionnel pour changer la position par dщfaut du titre correspondant: -% \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, ou \texttt{[e]} (ou -% \texttt{[n]}) pour vide (pas de titre). La modification est globale pour le document. -% Si vous souhaitez changer la position du titre pour une seule minitoc (ou minilof ou minilot), il vous suffit -% d'utiliser un tel argument optionnel avec la commande -% \com{minitoc} (ou \com{minilof} ou \com{minilot}). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{For mini-tables at the section level} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Pour les mini-tables au niveau section} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, titles are on the left. The preparation commands \com{dosecttoc}, -% \com{dosectlof} and \com{dosectlot} accept -% an optional argument to change the default position of the -% corresponding title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, -% \texttt{[r]} for right, or \texttt{[e]} (or \texttt{[n]}) for empty (no title). -% The change is global for all the document. -% If you want to change the position of the title for only one secttoc -% (or sectlof or sectlof), just use such an optional argument with the -% command \com{secttoc} (or \com{sectlof} or -% \com{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les titres sont cadrщs р~gauche. Les commandes de prщparation \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof} et -% \com{dosectlot} acceptent un argument optionnel pour changer la position par dщfaut du titre correspondant: -% \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, ou \texttt{[e]} (ou -% \texttt{[n]}) pour vide (pas de titre). La modification est globale pour le document. -% Si vous souhaitez changer la position du titre pour une seule secttoc (ou sectlof ou sectlot), il vous suffit -% d'utiliser un tel argument optionnel avec la commande -% \com{secttoc} (ou \com{sectlof} ou \com{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Summary of the positionning of titles} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Rщsumщ du positionnement des titres} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To summarize: by default, all titles are on the left. However, each one of the -% following preparation commands: -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} -% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},\\ -% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},\\ -% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},\\ -% \com{mtcprepare}\\ -% \end{tabular}\par\noindent -% accepts an optional argument to change the positionning of the -% title: \texttt{[l]} for left (default), \texttt{[c]} for center, -% \texttt{[r]} for right, \texttt{[e]} or \texttt{[n]} for empty (no -% title), for all the corresponding mini-tables (for all mini-tables in the case of \com{mtcprepare}). -% \or\relax -% Pour rщsumer, par dщfaut, tous les titres sont sur la gauche. Cependant, chacune des commandes de prщparation -% suivantes: -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} -% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},\\ -% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},\\ -% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},\\ -% \com{mtcprepare}\\ -% \end{tabular}\par\noindent -% accepte un argument optionnel pour modifier le positionnement du titre: \texttt{[l]} pour gauche (dщfaut), -% \texttt{[c]} pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]} pour droite, \texttt{[e]} ou \texttt{[n]} pour vide (pas de -% titre), pour toutes les mini-tables correspondantes (de toutes les mini-tables dans le cas de -% \com{mtcprepare}). -% \fi -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The following insertion commands: -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} -% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ -% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ -% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot} -% \end{tabular}\par\noindent -% accept the same optional arguments, but these options change the -% positionning only for the title of the current mini-table. -% \or\relax -% Les commandes d'insertion suivantes: -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} -% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ -% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ -% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot} -% \end{tabular}\par\noindent -% acceptent les mъmes arguments optionnels, mais ces options changent le positionnement seulement pour le -% titre de la mini-table courante. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Line spacing in the mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Espacement des lignes dans les mini-tables} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\tightmtctrue} -% \begin{macro}{\tightmtcfalse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% With the commands \com{tightmtctrue} (or the \opt{tight} -% package option) and \com{tightmtcfalse} (or the \optd{loose} -% package option, which is the default), the mini-tables will have less (tight) or more (loose) space -% between contents lines. -% \or\relax -% Avec les commandes \com{tightmtctrue} (ou l'option de paquetage \opt{tight}) et -% \com{tightmtcfalse} (ou l'option de paquetage \optd{loose}, qui est le choix par dщfaut), les -% mini-tables auront moins (\emph{tight}) ou plus (\emph{loose}) d'espacement entre les lignes de leurs entrщes. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\parsep} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But\imess{I0043} with the \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (\class{scrartcl}, -% \class{scrbook} and \class{scrreprt}), it may sometimes be necessary -% to use the following options or commands, because we need to set \com{parskip} to zero in place of -% \com{parsep} to tighten the mini-table. The efficiency of the following options depends on the options given -% to these \KOMAScript{} classes (\optp{parindent}{KOMA-Script} option, \optp{parskip}{KOMA-Script} option and variants). -% \or\relax -% Mais\imess{I0043} avec les classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (\class{scrartcl}, -% \class{scrbook} et \class{scrreprt}), il peut ъtre -% nщcessaire d'utiliser les options ou commandes suivantes, car il nous faut forcer р~zщro \com{parskip} au lieu -% de \com{parsep} pour resserrer la mini-table. L'efficacitщ des options ci-dessous dщpend des options donnщes -% р~ces classes \KOMAScript{} (options \optp{parindent}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{parskip}{KOMA-Script} et variantes). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ktightmtctrue} -% \begin{macro}{\ktightmtcfalse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \KOMAScript{} classes, with the commands \com{ktightmtctrue} (or the \opt{k-tight} -% package option) and \com{ktightmtcfalse} (or the \optd{k-loose} -% package option, which is the default), the mini-tables will have less (tight) or more (loose) space -% between contents lines. -% \or\relax -% Pour les classes \KOMAScript, avec les commandes \com{ktightmtctrue} (ou l'option de -% paquetage \opt{k-tight}) et -% \com{ktightmtcfalse} (ou l'option de paquetage \optd{k-loose}, qui est le choix par dщfaut), les -% mini-tables auront moins (\emph{tight}) ou plus (\emph{loose}) d'espacement entre les lignes de leurs entrщes. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Simplified commands for fonts}\label{s+simp-font-commands} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Commandes simplifiщes pour les fontes}\label{s+simp-font-commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To simplify the redefinition of the fonts for mini-tables, there are two -% useful commands: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{sectionning-level}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}|\\ -% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{5} -% For instance, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minitoc}{subsection}%|\\ -% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| -% \end{quote} -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minilof}{subfigure}%|\\ -% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| -% \end{quote} -% will redefine \com{mtcSSfont} and \com{mlfSfont} with the given font commands. -% -% Note that \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}| allows also to redefine \com{ptcfont}, etc. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Moreover, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{parttoc}{\Large\rmfamily\itshape\mdseries}| -% \end{quote} -% will redefine \com{ptifont} (for titles in the parttocs, partlofs and partlofs) with the given font commands. -% \or\relax -% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des fontes des mini-tables, il y~a deux commandes utiles: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{niveau-sectionnement}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}|\\ -% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{5} -% Par exemple: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minitoc}{subsection}%|\\ -% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| -% \end{quote} -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minilof}{subfigure}%|\\ -% \verb| {\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}| -% \end{quote} -% redщfinira \com{mtcSSfont} et \com{mlfSfont} avec les commandes de fontes donnщes. -% -% Notez que \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}| permet aussi de redщfinir \com{ptcfont}, etc. -% -% \lneed{5} -% De plus, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|{parttoc}{\Large\rmfamily\itshape\mdseries}| -% \end{quote} -% redщfinira \com{ptifont} (pour les titres dans les parttocs, partlofs et partlofs) avec les commandes de fontes -% donnщes. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Simplified command for mini-table titles} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Commande simplifiщe pour les titres des mini-tables} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To simplify the redefinition of the titles for mini-tables, the -% \com{mtcsettitle} command is also available: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{title string}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{5} -% For instance, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{minitoc}{Description of contents}| -% \end{quote} -% will redefine \com{mtctitle} with the given string. This command checks that you redefine a title for a -% mini-table type available in your document class. -% \or\relax -% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des titres des mini-tables, la commande -% \com{mtcsettitle} est aussi disponible: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{chaюne titre}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{5} -% Par exemple, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsettitle}\verb|{minitoc}{Description du contenu}| -% \end{quote} -% redщfinira \com{mtctitle} avec la chaюne donnщe. Cette commande vщrifie que vous redщfinissez un titre pour un -% type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Simplified command for mini-table depths} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Commande simplifiщe pour les profondeurs des mini-tables} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To simplify the redefinition of the depths for mini-tables, the -% \com{mtcsetdepth} command is also available: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{depth}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% For instance, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{minitoc}{4}| -% \end{quote} -% will set the counter \dcnt{minitocdepth} with the given value. This command checks that you set a depth for a -% mini-table type available in your document class (and that it is possible to change its depth). -% \or\relax -% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des profondeurs des mini-tables, vous disposez de la commande -% \com{mtcsetdepth}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{profondeur}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% Par exemple: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\verb|{minitoc}{4}| -% \end{quote} -% forcera le compteur \dcnt{minitocdepth}~la valeur donnщe. Cette commande vщrifie que vous forcez une profondeur -% pour un type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document (et qu'il est possible de changer sa -% profondeur). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Simplified command for mini-table offsets} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Commande simplifiщe pour les dщplacements des mini-tables} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To simplify the redefinition of the offsets for mini-tables, the -% \com{mtcsetoffset} command is also available: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{offset}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{3} -% For instance, -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}| -% \end{quote} -% will set the macro \com{mtcoffset} to the given value. This command checks that you set a offset for a -% mini-table type available in your document class (and that it is possible to change its offset). -% \or\relax -% Pour simplifier la redщfinition des dщplacements des mini-tables, vous disposez de la commande -% \com{mtcsetoffset}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{dщplacement}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{3} -% Par exemple: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}| -% \end{quote} -% forcera la macro \com{mtcoffset} р~la valeur donnщe. Cette commande vщrifie que vous forcez un dщplacement -% pour un type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document (et qu'il est possible de changer son -% dщplacement). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \noindent -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \textbf{NOTE:}\Virage{} the argument of \com{mtcsetoffset} is \emph{not} verified. It must be a length value, -% without shrink nor stretch part. A positive offset is towards the right, a negative one towards the left. -% \or\relax -% \textbf{NOTE:}\Virage{} l'argument de \com{mtcsetoffset} \emph{n'est pas} vщrifiщ. Ce doit ъtre une valeur de -% longueur, sans partie compressible ou extensible. Un dщplacement positif se fait vers la droite, un dщplacement -% nщgatif se fait vers la gauche. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Polymorphic entries in the mini-tables}\label{ss+polym}\index{polymorphic entry} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Entrщes polymorphes dans les mini-tables}\label{ss+polym}\index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The title of a sectionning command can appear in several places: -% a)~at the beginning of the section, of the chapter or of the part; -% b)~in the page header; -% c)~in the main TOC; -% d)~in the minitoc of the chapter (for a section title or lower); -% e)~in the parttoc of the part (for a chapter title or lower). -% A sectionning command has two arguments: an optionnal one, \textsl{OA}, and a mandatory one, \textsl{MA}, like in: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\section[|\textsl{OA}\verb|]{|\textsl{MA}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% \textsl{OA} is taken as \textsl{MA} if omitted. Normaly, \textsl{OA} is used in the TOC and in the minitables, as in -% the page headers when necessary. \textsl{MA} is used as title for the sectionning unit and is the default for -% \textsl{OA}. But, some times, you may need to have a different version (a~variant) for a sectionning unit title -% in a minitable. So, it is now possible to define such variants by detecting if that title is used inside some -% minitable: the following flags are defined (when meaningful): -% \begin{center} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Level}&\textbf{Flag:}&\textbf{for tocs,}&\textbf{for lofs,}&\textbf{for lots.}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Part}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Chapter}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{center} -% But these flags are used to build three new commands, to be called from inside the optionnal argument -% (\textsl{OA}) of a -% sectionning command or that of a caption: -% \begin{center} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{From \textsl{OA} of}:&\textbf{Command}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ -% \midrule -% sect. command&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ -% figure caption&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ -% table caption&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{center} -% Such entries are ``polymorphic''. -% See the example~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}, for a short demonstration. -% \or\relax -% Le titre d'une commande se sectionnement peut apparaюtre en plusieurs endroits: -% a)~au dщbut de la section, du chapitre ou de la partie; -% b)~dans l'en-tъte de page; -% c)~dans la table des matiшres principale; -% d)~dans la minitoc du chapitre (pour un titre de section ou infщrieur); -% e)~dans la parttoc de la partie pour un titre de chapitre ou infщrieur). -% Une commande de sectionnement a deux arguments: un facultatif, \textsl{AF}, et un obligatoire, \textsl{AO}, comme dans: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\section[|\textsl{AF}\verb|]{|\textsl{AO}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% \textsl{AF} est pris щgal р~\textsl{AO} si omis. Normalement, \textsl{AF} est utilisщ dans la table des -% matiшres principale et dans les minitables, ainsi que dans les en-tъtes de page si nщcessaire. -% \textsl{AO} est utilisщ comme titre de l'unitщ de sectionnement est la valeur par dщfaut pour~\textsl{OA}. -% Mais, parfois, vous pouvez vouloir une version diffщrente (une variante) comme titre d'unitщ de -% sectionnement dans une minitable. Donc, il est maintenant possible de dщfinir de telles variantes en dщtectant -% si ce titre est utilisщ р~l'intщrieur d'une minitable: les indicateurs suivants sont dщfinis (lorsqu'ils ont un sens): -% \begin{center} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Niveau}&\textbf{Indicateur:}&\textbf{pour TdMs,}&\textbf{pour~LdFs,}&\textbf{pour~LdTs.}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Partie}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Chapitre}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{center} -% Mais ces indicateurs sont utilisщs pour construire trois nouvelles commandes, devant ъtre appelщes depuis -% l'intщrieur de l'argument optionnel -% (\textsl{AO}) d'une commande de sectionnement ou de celui d'un caption: -% \begin{center} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Depuis l'\textsl{AO} de}:&\textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ -% \midrule -% commande sect.&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ -% caption figure&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ -% caption table&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{center} -% De telles entrщes sont dites л~polymorphes~╗. -% Voir l'exemple~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}, pour une courte dщmonstration. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Languages for the titles}\label{fo+lang} -% Most of the strings defined in the language definition files (\suffix{.mld}) were taken from the -% superb \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} of \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, -% some were adapted, others were made available by gentle users -% or taken from specific packages, like \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, -% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, -% \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} (armenian)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex}, -% \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (spanish)~\cite{spanish4}. -% \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, -% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, -% \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, -% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} (mongol)~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, \pack{CJK} (chinese, -% korean-hang√l/hanja, japanese, thai)~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, -% \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl} (polish), -% \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex} (swedish), -% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} (farsi or iranian), or \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} -% --- latvian (letton), -% \lopt{greek-mono}, \lopt{greek-polydemo}, \lopt{greek-polykatha}, \lopt{polish2}, \lopt{russian2m}, \lopt{russian2o} and \lopt{spanish3} -% need \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), i.e.,~the Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) version of \LaTeX, (see~\cite{antomega}), -% or even found by searching on the Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} for upper cyrillic bulgarian, -% \xfile{japanese.mld} for japanese, \xfile{serbianc.mld} for cyrillic serbian). -% Other languages are welcome\,\footnote{I~am searching for the titles in corsican, in -% particular.}. See table~\vref{t+languages}. -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Langues pour les titres}\label{fo+lang} -% La plupart des chaюnes dщfinies dans les fichiers de dщfinition de langue (\suffix{.mld}) ont щtщ prises -% dans le superbe paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, certaines ont щtщ adaptщes, -% d'autres ont щtщ mises р~disposition par d'aimables utilisateurs ou prises dans des paquetages spщcifiques, tels -% que \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} -% (armщnien)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bтnglт, bengalю)~\cite{bangtex}, -% \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (espagnol)~\cite{spanish4}. -% \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} pour \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, -% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and -% \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} (mongol)~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, \pack{CJK} (chinois, -% corщen-hang√l/hanja, japonais, thaя)~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, -% \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl} (polonais), -% \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex} (suщdois), -% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} (farsi ou iranien) -% \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} --- le latvien (letton), des variantes de grec -% (\lopt{greek-mono}, \lopt{greek-polydemo}, \lopt{greek-polykatha}), de polonais (\lopt{polish2}), de russe (\lopt{russian2m}, \lopt{russian2o}) et -% d'espagnol (\lopt{spanish3}) ont besoin -% de \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), c'est-р-dire de la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$), -% (voir~\cite{antomega}), --- ou ont mъme щtщ trouvщes en -% cherchant sur le Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} pour le haut bulgare cyrillique, \xfile{japanese.mld} pour le -% japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues\,\footnote{Je recherche -% notamment les titres pour le corse (\emph{corsican}).}. -% Voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But\Virage{} for some oriental languages\,\footnote{Mainly for chinese, farsi, hang√l (korean), hanja (korean), japanese, -% \lopt{malayalam-omega}, thai and some variants of russian.}, the sources of the titles use some exotic encodings which -% are difficult to manipulate in a -% \suffix{.dtx} file, hence the \suffix{.mld} file is then just a wrapper which loads a special file, -% nicknamed a \suffix{.mlo} -% file\,\footnote{The extension \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}.}, not generated by the -% \suffix{.dtx} file in the current version of \upack{minitoc} package, but via \env{filecontents} -% environments in the \xfile{minitoc.ins} file, and playing with the ``catcode'' of -% the ``delete'' character. -% \or\relax -% Mais\Virage{} pour certaines langues orientales\,\footnote{Principalement pour le chinois, le farsi, le corщen (hang√l et -% hanja), le japonais, le \lopt{malayalam-omega}, le thaя et certaines variantes du russe.}, les sources des titres -% utilisent quelques -% codages exotiques qu'il est difficile de manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}, donc le fichier \suffix{.mld} est alors -% un simple emballage qui charge un fichier spщcial, surnommщ fichier \suffix{.mlo}\,\footnote{Le -% suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object} (objet de langue pour minitoc).}, qui n'est pas -% engendrщ par le fichier \suffix{.dtx} dans la version actuelle du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, mais via des -% environnements \env{filecontents} dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins}, -% et en jouant sur le л~catcode~╗ du caractшre л~delete~╗. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Altering the layout of the mini-tables}\label{s+alt+layout} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Modifier la mise en page des mini-tables}\label{s+alt+layout} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The layout of a mini-table is described in the figure~\vref{fig+ltoc} (this figure is adapted from~\cite{tocloft}), -% which defines some internal commands (these are not \emph{dimensions}, but \LaTeX{} commands, created by -% \com{newcommand}, modifiable via \com{renewcommand}). -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \relax\com{@dotsep}, which is the separation between the dots in the dotted line. It is a pure number -% expressing \emph{math units}; 18~math units make \texttt{1em} (one quad), which is about the width of a~``m'' -% in the current font. As the real size of \texttt{1em} is font dependent, the separation between the dots -% may vary if you use different fonts for different types of entries in the mini-tables. -% \item \relax\com{@pnumwidth}, is the width of the space reserved for the page number. It is a \LaTeX\ command -% containing the representation of a length (e.g.,~\texttt{1.55em}). -% \item \relax\com{@tocrmarg}, is the distance (margin) between the right border of the table and the end of the -% dotted line. It should be larger than \com{@pnumwidth}, and can be a rubber length (i.e.,~contain -% some glue, like \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil}); if you specify the ``\texttt{...~plus~1fil}'' portion, -% the text of the entry will be ragged on right; it is useful if you have long entries, and it can avoid -% most hyphenations. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% La mise en page est dщcrite dans la figure~\vref{fig+ltoc} (cette figure a щtщ adaptщe de~\cite{tocloft}), qui -% dщfinit certaines commandes internes (ce ne sont pas des \emph{dimensions}, mais des commandes \LaTeX, crщes par -% \com{newcommand}, modifiables via \com{renewcommand}). -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \relax\com{@dotsep}, qui est la sщparation entre les points de conduite dans une ligne de points. C'est un -% nombre pur exprimant des \emph{unitщs mathщmatiques}; 18~unitщs mathщmatiques font \texttt{1em} (un -% cadratin), qui est р~peu prшs la largeur d'un~л~m~╗ dans la fonte courante. Comme la taille effective de -% \texttt{1em} dщpend de la fonte, la sщparation entre les points peut varier si vous utilisez des fontes -% diffщrentes pour des types diffщrents d'entrщes dans les mini-tables. -% \item \relax\com{@pnumwidth}, qui est la largeur de l'espace rщservщ pour le numщro de page. C'est une commande -% \LaTeX\ contenant la reprщsentation d'une longueur (par~ex., \texttt{1.55em}). -% \item \relax\com{@tocrmarg}, est la distance (marge) entre le bord droit de la table et la fin de la ligne de -% points de conduite. Elle devrait ъtre plus grande que \com{@pnumwidth}, et peut ъtre une longueur -% щlastique (c'est-р-dire contenir de la glu, comme \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil}); si vous spщcifiez la -% portion л~\texttt{...~plus~1fil}~╗, le texte de l'entrщe sera en dщchiquetщ sur la droite; ceci est utile si -% vous avez des entrщes longues, et peut щviter la plupart des coupures de mots. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \newcommand{\maxx}{120} ^^A picture width -% \newcommand{\maxxm}{118} ^^A \maxx - 2\ -% \newcommand{\maxy}{55} ^^A picture height -% \newcommand{\maxym}{53} ^^A \maxy - 2 -% \newcommand{\maxyp}{57} ^^A \maxy + 2 -% \newcommand{\findent}{20} ^^A indent -% \newcommand{\findentp}{22} ^^A \findent + 2 -% \newcommand{\fnumwidth}{10} ^^A numwidth -% \newcommand{\ftocrmarg}{30} ^^A \@tocrmarg -% \newcommand{\fpnumwidth}{20} ^^A \@pnumwidth -% \newcommand{\fipn}{30} ^^A \findent + \fnumwidth -% \newcommand{\frmarg}{90} ^^A \maxx - \ftocrmarg -% \newcommand{\frnum}{100} ^^A \maxx - \fpnumwidth -% \newcommand{\fyi}{10} ^^A 1st y height -% \newcommand{\fyim}{8} ^^A \fyi - 2 -% \newcommand{\fyii}{20} ^^A 2nd y height -% \newcommand{\fyiii}{25} ^^A 3rd y height -% \newcommand{\fyiv}{30} ^^A 4th y height -% \newcommand{\fyv}{40} ^^A 5th y height -% \newcommand{\fyvp}{42} ^^A \fyv + 2 -% \newcommand{\flin}{4} ^^A length of leader lines -% \newcommand{\frmargm}{89} ^^A \frmarg (90) - a little bit -% \begin{figure}[tp] -% \centering -% \setlength{\unitlength}{\linewidth} -% \divide \unitlength by \maxx -% \icom{mtcindent}\icom{@pnumwidth}\icom{@tocrmarg}\icom{numwidth}\icom{@dotsep}% -% \icom{linewidth}\icom{mtcindent}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{picture}(\maxx,\maxyp) -% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} -% \put(\maxx,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} -% \put(0,\maxy){\vector(1,0){\maxx}} -% \put(2,\maxym){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{\bs linewidth-2\bs mtcindent}}} -% \put(\maxx,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\fpnumwidth}} -% \put(\maxxm,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @pnumwidth}}} -% \put(\frnum,\fyi){\line(0,1){\flin}} -% \put(\maxx,\fyv){\vector(-1,0){\ftocrmarg}} -% \put(\maxxm,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{\bs @tocrmarg}}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} -% \put(0,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\findent}} -% \put(2,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{indent}}} -% \put(\findent,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} -% \put(\findent,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\fnumwidth}} -% \put(\findentp,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{numwidth}}} -% \put(\fipn,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} -% \put(\maxx,\fyii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{487}} -% \put(\fipn,\fyii){title end} -% \put(\fipn,\fyiii){continue\ldots} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyiii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ title}} -% \put(\findent,\fyiv){\textbf{3.5}} -% \put(\fipn,\fyiv){Heading\ldots} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyiv){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ title}} -% \multiput(\frmargm,\fyii)(-\flin,0){12}{.} -% \multiput(\frmarg,\fyi)(-\flin,0){2}{\line(0,1){\flin}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\flin}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(1,0){0}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @dotsep}}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{Layout of a ToC (LoF, LoT) entry}\label{fig+ltoc} -% \or\relax -% \begin{picture}(\maxx,\maxyp) -% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} -% \put(\maxx,0){\line(0,1){\maxyp}} -% \put(0,\maxy){\vector(1,0){\maxx}} -% \put(2,\maxym){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{\bs linewidth-2\bs mtcindent}}} -% \put(\maxx,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\fpnumwidth}} -% \put(\maxxm,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @pnumwidth}}} -% \put(\frnum,\fyi){\line(0,1){\flin}} -% \put(\maxx,\fyv){\vector(-1,0){\ftocrmarg}} -% \put(\maxxm,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{\bs @tocrmarg}}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} -% \put(0,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\findent}} -% \put(2,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{indent}}} -% \put(\findent,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} -% \put(\findent,\fyv){\vector(1,0){\fnumwidth}} -% \put(\findentp,\fyvp){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\textit{numwidth}}} -% \put(\fipn,\fyv){\line(0,-1){\flin}} -% \put(\maxx,\fyii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{487}} -% \put(\fipn,\fyii){fin du titre} -% \put(\fipn,\fyiii){suite\ldots} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyiii){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ titre}} -% \put(\findent,\fyiv){\textbf{3.5}} -% \put(\fipn,\fyiv){En-tъte\ldots} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyiv){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\ldots\ titre}} -% \multiput(\frmargm,\fyii)(-\flin,0){12}{.} -% \multiput(\frmarg,\fyi)(-\flin,0){2}{\line(0,1){\flin}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(-1,0){\flin}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyi){\vector(1,0){0}} -% \put(\frmarg,\fyim){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{\bs @dotsep}}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{Mise en page d'une entrщe dans une table des matiшres (liste des figures, liste des tableaux)}\label{fig+ltoc} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As these commands are internal (their names contain the ``\texttt{@}'' character) and must have a local effect only -% on the specified kinds of mini-tables, you should alter them indirectly via the \com{mtcsetformat} command: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{parameter}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% where \emph{mini-table} is one of the \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, -% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} or \texttt{sectlot} keywords; \emph{parameter} is -% one of the \texttt{dotinterval} (for \com{@dotsep}), \texttt{pagenumwidth} (for \com{@pnumwidth}), or -% \texttt{tocrightmargin} (for \com{@tocrmarg}) keywords; so: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}| -% \end{quote} -% will set the right margin to \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} in the lists of tables at the part level. The elasticity -% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) is useful if the table captions are long (it prevents most hyphenations). -% \or\relax -% Puisque ces commandes sont internes (leurs noms contiennent le caractшre л~\texttt{@}~╗) et doivent avoir un -% effet local seulement sur les types spщcifiщs de mini-tables, vous devriez les modifier indirectement via la commande -% \com{mtcsetformat}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{paramшtre}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, -% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}; \emph{paramшtre} est -% l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{dotinterval} (pour \com{@dotsep}), \texttt{pagenumwidth} (pour \com{@pnumwidth}) -% ou \texttt{tocrightmargin} (pour \com{@tocrmarg}); ainsi: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}| -% \end{quote} -% щtablira la marge de droite р~\texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} dans la liste des tableaux au niveau partie. L'щlasticitщ -% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) est utile si les captions des tableaux sont longs (elle щvite bien des coupures de mots). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note that the \texttt{tocrightmargin} (for \com{@tocrmarg}) parameter should obviously be greater than the -% \texttt{pagenumwidth} parameter (this appears in the figure~\vref{fig+ltoc}). -% -% If the \texttt{dotinterval} parameter (for \com{@dotsep}) is large enough (try 450, then increase or decrease), -% the dots of leaders will be so much spread out that they will disappear. -% \or\relax -% Notez que le paramшtre \texttt{tocrightmargin} (pour \com{@tocrmarg}) devrait manifestement ъtre plus grand que -% le paramшtre \texttt{pagenumwidth} (ceci est visible dans la figure~\vref{fig+ltoc}). -% -% Si le paramшtre \texttt{dotinterval} (pour \com{@dotsep}) est suffisamment grand (essayez 450, puis augmentez ou -% diminuez), les points de conduite seront tellement espacщs qu'ils disparaюtront. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Horizontal rules}\label{t+horiz} -% \ifBT -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} -% \toprule -% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{defaults for}\\ -% \cmidrule(l){5-7} -% &rules in&&no rules in&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ -% \midrule -% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{plfrule}&partlofs&\com{noplfrule}&partlofs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{pltrule}&partlots&\com{nopltrule}&partlots&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ -% \com{mlfrule}&minilofs&\com{nomlfrule}&minilofs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ -% \com{mltrule}&minilots&\com{nomltrule}&minilots&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ -% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{slfrule}§lofs&\com{noslfrule}§lofs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{sltrule}§lots&\com{nosltrule}§lots&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(NA)}~=~not available.} -% \end{tabular}} -% \else -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} -% \thickline -% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{defaults for}\\ -% &rules in&&no rules in&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ -% \hline -% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{plfrule}&partlofs&\com{noplfrule}&partlofs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{plfrule}&partlots&\com{noplfrule}&partlots&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ -% \com{mlfrule}&minilofs&\com{nomlfrule}&minilofs&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ -% \com{mltrule}&minilots&\com{nomltrule}&minilots&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{Y}&\textbf{(NA)}\\ -% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{slfrule}§lofs&\com{noslfrule}§lofs&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \com{sltrule}§lots&\com{nosltrule}§lots&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{(NA)}&\textbf{Y}\\ -% \thickline -% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(NA)}~=~not available.} -% \end{tabular}} -% \fi -% -% \bigskip -% -% \medfigrule -% -% \bigskip -% -% \caption{Page numbers}\label{t+pn} -% {\ttfamily% -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} -% \toprule -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Page numbers (Default)\hfill}&&% -% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries No page numbers\hfill}\\ -% \midrule -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}% -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} -% \thickline -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Page numbers (Default)\hfill}&&% -% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries No page numbers\hfill}\\ -% \hline -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ -% \thickline -% \end{tabular}% -% \fi} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Filets horizontaux}\label{t+horiz} -% \ifBT -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} -% \toprule -% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{dщfaut pour}\\ -% \cmidrule(l){5-7} -% &filets dans&&pas de filets dans&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ -% \midrule -% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{plfrule}&parttocs&\com{noplfrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{pltrule}&parttocs&\com{nopltrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ -% \com{mlfrule}&minitocs&\com{nomlfrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ -% \com{mltrule}&minitocs&\com{nomltrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ -% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{slfrule}§tocs&\com{noslfrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{sltrule}§tocs&\com{nosltrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(ND)}~=~non disponible.} -% \end{tabular}} -% \else -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}llllccc@{}} -% \thickline -% &&&&\multicolumn{3}{c}{dщfaut pour}\\ -% &filets dans&&pas de filets dans&\ttfamily book&\ttfamily report&\ttfamily article\\ -% \hline -% \com{ptcrule}&parttocs&\com{noptcrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{plfrule}&parttocs&\com{noplfrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{plfrule}&parttocs&\com{noplfrule}&parttocs&\textbf{N}&\textbf{N}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{mtcrule}&minitocs&\com{nomtcrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ -% \com{mlfrule}&minitocs&\com{nomlfrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ -% \com{mltrule}&minitocs&\com{nomltrule}&minitocs&\textbf{O}&\textbf{O}&\textbf{(ND)}\\ -% \com{stcrule}§tocs&\com{nostcrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{slfrule}§tocs&\com{noslfrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \com{sltrule}§tocs&\com{nosltrule}§tocs&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{(ND)}&\textbf{O}\\ -% \thickline -% \multicolumn{7}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{(ND)}~=~non disponible.} -% \end{tabular}} -% \fi -% -% \bigskip -% -% \medfigrule -% -% \bigskip -% -% \caption{Numщros de pages}\label{t+pn} -% {\ttfamily% -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} -% \toprule -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Numщros de pages (dщfaut)\hfill}&&% -% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Pas de numщros de pages\hfill}\\ -% \midrule -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}% -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllcl@{}} -% \thickline -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Numщros de pages (dщfaut)\hfill}&&% -% {\hfill\rmfamily\bfseries Pas de numщros de pages\hfill}\\ -% \hline -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{ptcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noptcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{mtcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomtcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{stcpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nostcpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{plfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noplfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{mlfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomlfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{slfpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{noslfpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{pltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nopltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{mltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nomltpagenumbers}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{sltpagenumbers}&\qquad&\com{nosltpagenumbers}\\ -% \thickline -% \end{tabular}% -% \fi} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Special Features} -% \or\relax -% \section{Dispositifs spщciaux} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Horizontal Rules} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Filets horizontaux} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, most of mini-tables have horizontal rules after their -% titles and at their ends. The exception is the ``parttoc'' in a \class{book}- or -% \class{report}-like document (i.e.,~when \com{chapter} is defined). To activate -% or deactivate these rules, the commands of the table~\vref{t+horiz} are available. -% But you can also use the following command, which is simpler: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetrules}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ -% \end{quote} -% where \emph{mini-table} is one of the \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, -% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot} keywords; -% if the first argument is a star~(\texttt{*}), all mini-tables are affected; -% the keywords \texttt{on} and \texttt{off} have the following synonyms\,\FZ: -% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, -% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, -% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1}; -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, -% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{samepage} -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, la plupart des mini-tables ont des filets horizontaux aprшs leurs titres et р~leurs fins. L'exception -% est la л~parttoc~╗ dans un document de type analogue р~\class{book} ou \class{report} (c'est-р-dire lorsque -% la commande \com{chapter} est dщfinie). Pour activer ou dщsactiver ces filets, les commandes du -% tableau~\vref{t+horiz} sont disponibles. Mais vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande suivante, plus simple: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetrules}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ -% \end{quote} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, -% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}; -% si le premier argument est une щtoile~(\texttt{*}), toutes les mini-tables sont affectщes; -% les mots-clщs \texttt{on} et \texttt{off} ont les synonymes suivants\,\FZ: -% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, -% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, -% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1}; -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, -% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-} et~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{samepage} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lsneed{4} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Page Numbers, Leaders} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Numщros de pages, points de conduite} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, the page numbers are listed in each minitoc, minilof, etc.\ Some authors want only the section -% titles (with the section numbers), -% but without page numbers. Hence the obvious declarations of table~\vref{t+pn} are available. -% But you can also use the following command: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ -% \end{quote} -% where \emph{mini-table} is one of the \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, -% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot} keywords; -% the keywords \texttt{on} and \texttt{off} have the following synonyms\,\FZ: -% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, -% \texttt{TRUE}, \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, -% \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1};\nopagebreak[4] -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, -% \texttt{FALSE}, \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, -% \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{samepage} -% If the first argument is a star~(\texttt{*}), all mini-tables are affected. -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les numщros de page sont citщs dans chaque minitoc, minilof, etc.\ Certains auteurs dщsirent avoir -% seulement les titres des sections (avec les numщros des sections), mais pas les numщros des pages. Donc les -% dщclarations щvidentes du tableau~\vref{t+pn} sont disponibles. -% Mais vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande suivante: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb+|*}{on|off}+ -% \end{quote} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est l'un des mots-clщs \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, -% \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}; -% les mots-clщs \texttt{on} et \texttt{off} ont les synonymes suivants\,\FZ: -% \begin{samepage}\lneed{2} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, -% \texttt{TRUE}, \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, -% \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1};\nopagebreak[4] -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, -% \texttt{FALSE}, \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, -% \texttt{-}, et~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{samepage} -% Si le premier argument est une щtoile~(\texttt{*}), toutes les mini-tables sont affectщes. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% In the mini-tables, they are leaders of dots between -% the section titles and the page numbers. The \opt{undotted} -% package option removes these dots. The \optd{dotted} package option -% is the default. See also section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. -% \or\relax -% Dans les mini-tables, il y~a des points de conduite entre les titres de sections et les numщros de pages. -% L'option de paquetage \opt{undotted} supprime ces points de conduite. L'option de paquetage -% \optd{dotted} est le choix par dщfaut. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Features for parttocs and other mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Dispositifs pour les parttocs et autres mini-tables} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, a parttoc (or a partlof or a -% partlot), in a \class{book}- or \class{report}-class document, is preceded and followed by a -% \com{cleardoublepage} (which acts like \com{clearpage} in a one-side document), and has a page style of -% \texttt{empty}. Since version~\#32, you can modify this -% behaviour by redefining the commands of table~\vref{t+parttoc+features}, whose meaning -% is often obvious. A feature defined as \com{empty} does nothing. -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, une parttoc (ou une partlof ou une partlot), dans un document de classe \class{book} ou -% \class{report}, -% est prщcщdщe et suivie par une \com{cleardoublepage} (qui agit comme \com{clearpage} dans un document en recto), -% et a un style de page \texttt{empty}. Depuis la version~\#32, vous pouvez modifier ce comportement en -% redщfinissant les commandes du tableau~\vref{t+parttoc+features}, dont la signification est souvent щvidente. -% Un dispositif dщfini comme щtant \com{empty} ne fait rien. -% \fi -% \afterpage{\clearpage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[p] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \caption{Features for mini-tables}\label{t+parttoc+features} -% {\small\ttfamily% -% \let\Strut\relax -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Command \hfill}&&% -% {\rmfamily\bfseries Default \hfill}\\ -% \midrule -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% %% -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{command}\texttt{\}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifies the features for a mini-table.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}% -% \else -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcX{1}@{}} -% \thickline -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Command \hfill}&&% -% {\rmfamily\bfseries Default \hfill}\\\hline -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}|\feat{after}|\feat{open}|\feat{close}|\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{command}\texttt{\}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifies the features for a mini-table.}\\ -% \thickline -% \end{tabularx}% -% \fi} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[p] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \caption{Dispositifs pour les mini-tables}\label{t+parttoc+features} -% {\small\ttfamily% -% \let\Strut\relax -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Commande \hfill}&&% -% {\rmfamily\bfseries Dщfaut \hfill}\\ -% \midrule -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% %% -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{commande}\texttt{\}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}% -% \else -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllcZ{1}@{}} -% \thickline -% \Strut\rmfamily\textbf{Type}&&{\vphantom{$P^2_3$}\rmfamily\bfseries Commande \hfill}&&% -% {\rmfamily\bfseries Dщfaut \hfill}\\\hline -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{beforeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{afterparttoc}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{openparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{closeparttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily parttoc&&\com{thispageparttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{beforepartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{afterpartlof}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{openpartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{closepartlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlof&&\com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{beforepartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{afterpartlot}&\qquad&\com{cleardoublepage}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{openpartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{closepartlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily partlot&&\com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{thispagestyle}\{empty\}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{beforeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{afterminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{openminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{closeminitoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minitoc&&\com{thispageminitocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{beforeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{afterminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{openminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{closeminilof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilof&&\com{thispageminilofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{beforeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{afterminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{openminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{closeminilot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily minilot&&\com{thispageminilotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% %% -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{beforesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{aftersecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{opensecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{closesecttoc}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily secttoc&&\com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{beforesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{aftersectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{opensectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{closesectlof}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlof&&\com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{beforesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{aftersectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{opensectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{closesectlot}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \Strut\rmfamily sectlot&&\com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\qquad&\com{empty}\\ -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\rmfamily\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}|\feat{after}|\feat{open}|\feat{close}|\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\rmfamily\emph{commande}\texttt{\}}}\\ -% &\multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\rmfamily Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.}\\ -% \thickline -% \end{tabularx}% -% \fi} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The command: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{keyword}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% allows you to redefine any of these commands. \emph{mini-table} is one of the mini-table names: -% \texttt{parttoc}\ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}. \emph{keyword} is one of the followings: \feat{before}, -% \feat{after}, \feat{open}, \feat{close} or \feat{pagestyle}. \emph{commands} is either a sequence of commands like \com{clearpage}, -% \com{cleardoublepage}, -% \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|, etc., either \com{empty} (does nothing). -% \or\relax -% La commande: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{mot-clщ}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% vous permet de redщfinir chacune de ces commandes. \emph{mini-table} est l'un des noms de type de mini-table: -% \texttt{parttoc}\ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}. \emph{mot-clщ} est l'un des suivants: \feat{before}, -% \feat{after}, \feat{open}, \feat{close} ou \feat{pagestyle}. \emph{commandes} est soit une sщquence de commandes telles que \com{clearpage}, -% \com{cleardoublepage}, \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|, etc., soit \com{empty} (ne fait rien). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection[Remark about page styles]{Remark about page styles\,\footnote{This remark is taken and adapted -% from a draft of the second edition of the JMPL~\cite{JMPL1}, by -% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, where he comments the \upack{minitoc} package.}} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection[Remarque sur les styles de page]{Remarque sur les styles de page\,\footnote{Cette remarque est -% tirщe et adaptщe d'une version prщliminaire de la seconde щdition du JMPL~\cite{JMPL1}, par -% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, o∙ il commente le paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagestyle} -% \begin{macro}{\pagestyle} -% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \Virage{}default commands for -% part-level mini-tables page styles are defined as being simply a standard \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}| command, -% because in document classes defining the \com{chapter} command (like \class{book} or \class{report}), -% the part-level mini-tables are on their own pages. -% If the document is printed -% recto-verso, the first page is recto. Usually, these pages are not numbered and have no header and no footer. This -% behaviour is a consequence from the default definitions of the commands of table~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. If you want an -% other behaviour, you can change these definitions. Note that, by default, only the \emph{first} page of these -% mini-tables are in the \texttt{empty} page style. You can set the style of this first page by using -% \com{thispagestyle} and set the style of the following pages by using \com{pagestyle}, but you must not forget -% to reset the normal style after the mini-table. Look at this short theorical example\,\footnote{This example shows that -% the third argument can be a \emph{sequence} of commands: we set the style of the current page and the style of the -% following pages.}: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{before}%|\\ -% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\verb|}|\\ -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{pagestyle}%|\\ -% \verb| {|\com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}|\com{pagestyle}\verb|{myheadings}}|\\ -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{after}%|\\ -% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\com{pagestyle}\verb|{headings}}| -% \end{verse} -% where we add a \com{cleardoublepage} before each parttoc, then we set the \texttt{empty} page style for -% the first page of the parttocs, -% the \texttt{myheadings} page style for the following pages of the parttocs, -% and set \texttt{headings} page style for the pages after the mini-table, after a -% \com{cleardoublepage}. -% \or\relax -% Les\Virage{} commandes par dщfaut pour les styles de page des mini-tables au niveau partie -% sont dщfinies comme щtant simplement \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}|, car -% dans les classes de document dщfinissant la commande \com{chapter} (comme \class{book} ou \class{report}), -% les mini-tables au niveau partie sont sur -% leurs propres pages. Si le document est imprimщ recto-verso, la premiшre page est recto. Habituellement, ces pages -% ne sont pas numщrotщes et n'ont ni en-tъte ni bas de page. Ce comportement est une consщquence des dщfinitions par dщfaut -% des commandes du tableau~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. Si vous dщsirez un comportement diffщrent, vous pouvez changer -% ces dщfinitions. Notez que, par dщfaut, seule la \emph{premiшre} page de ces mini-tables est composщe dans le -% style de page \texttt{empty}. Vous pouvez щtablir le style de cette premiшre page en utilisant -% \com{thispagestyle} et щtablir le style des pages suivantes en utilisant \com{pagestyle}, mais vous ne devez -% pas oublier de rщtablir le style normal aprшs la mini-table. Regardez ce court exemple thщorique\,\footnote{Cet exemple -% montre que le troisiшme argument peut ъtre une \emph{sщquence} de commandes: nous щtablissons le style de la page -% courante et le style des pages suivantes.}: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{before}%|\\ -% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\verb|}|\\ -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{thispagestyle}%|\\ -% \verb| {|\com{thispagestyle}\verb|{empty}|\com{pagestyle}\verb|{myheadings}}|\\ -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{parttoc}{after}%|\\ -% \verb| {|\com{cleardoublepage}\com{pagestyle}\verb|{headings}}| -% \end{verse} -% o∙ nous ajoutons une commande \com{cleardoublepage} avant chaque parttoc, puis nous щtablissons le style de page -% \texttt{empty} pour la premiшre page des parttocs, le style de page \texttt{myheadings} pour les pages -% suivantes des parttocs, et щtablissons le style de page \texttt{headings} pour les pages aprшs la mini-table, -% aprшs une commande \com{cleardoublepage}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The ``Chapter~0'' Problem (solved)}\label{faq.5} -% Some documents do not begin with chapter number one, but with chapter -% number zero (or even a weirder number). -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Le problшme du <<~Chapitre~0~>> (rщsolu)}\label{faq.5} -% Certains documents ne commencent pas par le chapitre numщro~un, mais par le chapitre numщro~zщro (ou mъme -% portant un numщro plus bizarre). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} -% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} -% \begin{description} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \item[Before version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] -% \or\relax -% \item[Avant la version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To make the \upack{minitoc} -% package work with such documents, you must insert the command: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\meta{N}\texttt{\}} -% \end{quote} -% before the \com{dominitoc} and analogous commands. \meta{N}~is the number -% of the first chapter. This command \emph{does not} -% modify the numbering of chapters, you must use a -% \begin{verse} -% \com{addtocounter}\verb|{chapter}{-1}| -% \end{verse} -% command to get a first chapter -% numbered~0. The \com{firstpartis} and -% \com{firstsectionis} commands are similar for parts and sections with -% a non standard numbering. -% \or\relax -% Pour que le paquetage \upack{minitoc} fonctionne avec de tels documents, vous devez insщrer la commande: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\meta{N}\texttt{\}} -% \end{quote} -% avant la commande \com{dominitoc} et les commandes analogues. \meta{N}~est le numщro du premier chapitre. Cette -% commande \emph{ne modifie pas} la numщrotation des chapitres, vous devez utiliser une commande -% \begin{verse} -% \com{addtocounter}\verb|{chapter}{-1}| -% \end{verse} -% pour obtenir un premier chapitre numщrotщ~0. Et les deux commandes \com{firstpartis} -% et \com{firstsectionis} sont similaires pour des parties et sections avec une numщrotation non standard. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \item[Since version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] -% \or\relax -% \item[Depuis la version~\#23 (1994/11/08)] -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} commands are now obsolete, as this -% problem has been solved (via the ``absolute'' numbering of the mini-table auxiliary files). -% Thus now they just produce harmless warnings. -% \or\relax -% Ces\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} commandes sont dщsormais obsolшtes, car ce problшme -% a щtщ rщsolu (via la numщrotation л~absolue~╗ -% des fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-tables). Elles produisent dщsormais seulement des avertissements bщnins. -% \fi -% \end{description} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \subsection{Special Entries for TOC, LOF, LOT, Bibliography and Index}\label{special.entries} -% \subsection{Special Entries in the TOC}\label{special.entries} -% \or\relax -% ^^A \subsection{Entrщes spщciales pour la table des matiшres, la liste des figures, la liste des tableaux, la -% ^^A bibliographie et l'index}\label{special.entries} -% \subsection{Entrщes spщciales dans la TdM}\label{special.entries} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMMZ{\lmess{I0046}} you want to add entries in the Table of Contents for -% objects like the Table of Contents itself, the List of -% Figures, the List of Tables, the Bibliography or the Index, -% you should use the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} -% (package available from the CTAN archives). -% \or\relax -% Si\SMMZ{\lmess{I0046}} vous souhaitez ajouter des entrщes dans la table des matiшres pour des objets tels que la table de -% matiшres elle-mъme, la liste des figures, la liste de tableaux, la bibliographie ou l'index, vous devriez -% utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} (paquetage disponible sur les archives CTAN). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But these entries are considered as chapters (or sections in -% an article class document) when the \suffix{.toc} file is -% scanned to prepare the minitocs (the \com{dominitoc} phase). -% \or\relax -% Mais ces entrщes sont considщrщes comme des chapitres (ou des sections dans un document de classe article) -% lorsque le fichier est analysщ pour prщparer les minitocs (la phase \com{dominitoc}). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note\imess{I0043} that the same problems appear if you use one of the \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} or -% \class{scrartcl} \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} with some options (\optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script}, -% \optp{liststotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script}, and \optp{idxtotoc}{KOMA-Script}). -% The solutions are the same ones. -% \or\relax -% Notez\imess{I0043} que les mъmes problшmes apparaissent lorsque vous utilisez l'une des classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} -% \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} or \class{scrartcl} avec certaines options (\optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script}, -% \optp{liststotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script}, \optp{bibtotocnumbered}{KOMA-Script} et \optp{idxtotoc}{KOMA-Script}). -% Les solutions sont les mъmes. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% So you must add an \com{mtcaddchapter} command, \emph{without -% argument}, after each of the involved commands \com{tableofcontents}, -% \com{listoffigures}, and \com{listoftables}. -% \or\relax -% Donc vous devez ajouter une commande \com{mtcaddchapter}, \emph{sans argument}, aprшs chacune des commandes -% \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables} mises en jeu. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\bibliography} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the bibliography, you should add a \com{adjustmtc} command after the \com{bibliography} command. -% \or\relax -% Pour la bibliographie, vous devriez ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} aprшs la commande \com{bibliography}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\printglossary} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixglossary} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the glossary, it is a bit more complicated, you should add the -% following commands just after the \com{printglossary} command: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter} -% \end{quote} -% \lneed{3} -% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} this can be done by: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ -% \end{quote} -% where the optional argument is the level for the glossary entry in the TOC\@. -% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else -% the \texttt{section} level. -% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is -% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, -% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. -% \or\relax -% Pour le glossaire, c'est un peu plus compliquщ; -% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste aprшs la commande \com{printglossary}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter} -% \end{quote} -% \lneed{3} -% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} ceci peut ъtre remplacщ par: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ -% \end{quote} -% o∙ l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrщe du glossaire dans la table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, si -% \com{chapter} est dщfinie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisщ, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. -% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont dщfinies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisщ si \com{part} est -% dщfinie; sinon une erreur est signalщe. Vous \emph{devez} de vщrifier le rщsultat et, si -% nщcessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\printindex} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the index, it is like for the glossary, you should add the -% following commands just after the \com{printindex} command: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter} -% \end{quote} -% \lneed{3} -% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} this can be done by: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ -% \end{quote} -% where the optional argument is the level for the index entry in the TOC\@. -% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else -% the \texttt{section} level. -% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is -% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, -% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. -% \or\relax -% Pour l'index, c'est comme pour le glossaire: -% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste aprшs la commande \com{printindex}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter} -% \end{quote} -% \lneed{3} -% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} ceci peut ъtre remplacщ par: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ -% \end{quote} -% o∙ l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrщe d'index dans la table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, si -% \com{chapter} est dщfinie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisщ, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. -% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont dщfinies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisщ si \com{part} est -% dщfinie; sinon une erreur est signalщe. Vous \emph{devez} vщrifier le rщsultat et, si -% nщcessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\printnomenclature} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the nomenclature\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or the \pack{nomentbl} -% package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} calls \pack{nomencl}).}, -% it is like for the glossary, you should add the -% following commands just after the \com{printnomenclature} command: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter} -% \end{quote} -% \lneed{3} -% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{W0096}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{E0040}} this can be done by: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ -% \end{quote} -% where the optional argument is the level for the nomenclature entry in the TOC\@. -% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else -% the \texttt{section} level. -% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is -% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, -% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. -% \or\relax -% Pour la nomenclature\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le paquetage -% \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} appelle \pack{nomencl}).}, c'est comme pour le glossaire, -% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste aprшs la commande \com{printnomenclature}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lot}{xchapter}{}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter} -% \end{quote} -% \lneed{3} -% Mais ceci peut ъtre remplacщ par: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ -% \end{quote} -% o∙ l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrщe de la nomenclature dans la table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, si -% \com{chapter} est dщfinie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisщ, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. -% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont dщfinies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisщ si \com{part} est -% dщfinie; sinon une erreur est signalщe. Vous \virage\emph{devez} vщrifier le rщsultat et, si -% nщcessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Of course, in documents were the TOC, LOF, LOT, bibliography -% and/or glossary (or index or nomenclature) are processed as starred sections, you must -% modify these additions to use section level commands. -% -% \lneed{5} -% And proceed \virage\emph{with extreme care}, tracking in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file the -% insertion of \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} files (and siblings). They are -% some examples in the \exam{mtc-add.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}), -% \exam{mtc-ads.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}), -% and \exam{mtc-nom.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}) files distributed with -% \upack{minitoc}. The \exam{mtc-ads.tex} example shows how much that problem is difficult. -% \or\relax -% Bien s√r, les documents dans lesquels la table des matiшres, la liste des figures, la liste des tableaux, la -% bibliographie et/ou le glossaire (ou l'index ou la nomenclature) sont traitщs comme des sections щtoilщes, -% modifiez ces additions pour utiliser des commandes au niveau section. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Et procщdez \virage\emph{avec grand soin}, en suivant dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} l'insertion des -% fichiers \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} (et -% analogues). Il y~a divers exemples dans les fichiers -% \exam{mtc-add.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}), -% \exam{mtc-ads.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}) et -% \exam{mtc-nom.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}) -% distribuщs avec \upack{minitoc}. -% L'exemple \exam{mtc-ads.tex} montre combien ce problшme est difficile. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uopt{notoccite} option}\label{ss+notoccite}\iopt{notoccite} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'option \uopt{notoccite}}\label{ss+notoccite}\iopt{notoccite} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\cite} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This option loads the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite} (by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). -% It avoids problems with \com{cite} commands in -% sectionning commands or captions: if you then run \BibTeX{} using the \texttt{unsrt} (unsorted) style, or a -% similar style, these citations get numbered starting -% from the page in the table of contents where is the parasite citation, not the number they should have in the main text. -% The \pack{notoccite} package prevents this. As \upack{minitoc} prints TOCs, it is subject to the same problem. -% See also \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtocorder}. -% \or\relax -% Cette option charge le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). -% Elle щvite des problшmes avec des commandes \com{cite} situщes dans des commandes de sectionnement ou des -% captions: si vous exщcutez alors \BibTeX{} en utilisant le style \texttt{unsrt} (non triщ), ou un -% style similaire, ces citations seront numщrotщes en commenчant р~la page de la table des matiшres o∙ se trouve la -% citation parasite, et non avec le numщro qu'elles auraient dans le texte principal. Le paquetage -% \pack{notoccite} щvite ceci. Comme \upack{minitoc} imprime des tables des matiшres, il est sujet au mъme -% problшme. -% Voir aussi \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtocorder}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uopt{listfiles} and \uopt{nolistfiles} options}\label{s+listfiles}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} -% The \optd{listfiles} package option creates a list of the minitoc auxiliary files into the -% file \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\footnote{This package option is now (since version~\#48) the default (list created).}. -% This feature can help you to remove these auxiliary -% files which are no more necessary after the \LaTeX\ run. -% Under Unix or Linux, you can try: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb+cat +\emph{document}\verb+.maf | +\tool{xargs}\verb+ -i -t \rm {}+ -% \end{quote} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les options \uopt{listfiles} et \uopt{nolistfiles}}\label{s+listfiles}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} -% L'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles} crщe une liste des fichiers auxiliaires minitoc dans le -% fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Cette option de paquetage est dщsormais (depuis la version~\#48) -% le choix par dщfaut (liste crщщe).}. -% Ce dispositif peut vous aider р~supprimer ces -% fichiers auxiliaires qui ne sont plus nщcessaires aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX. -% Sous Unix ou Linux, vous pouvez essayer: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb+cat +\emph{document}\verb+.maf | +\tool{xargs}\verb+ -i -t \rm {}+ -% \end{quote} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \or\relax -% \fi -% ^^A \clearpage -% ^^A \need{.75\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uopt{hints} option}\label{s+hints}\ioptd{hints} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'option \uopt{hints}}\label{s+hints}\ioptd{hints} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This package option detects some actions and the loading of some packages and classes -% known as interacting with \upack{minitoc}, -% and also some frequent misuses and errors. This list of interacting packages and classes is, of course, not closed. -% If a known package is loaded, -% this option writes some hints in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file and -% emits a warning. The hints written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file may suggest you to consult the -% present document or -% the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file. \virage\emph{Your advice about this option will be welcome.} -% This option is activated by default, but you can inhibit it via the \opt{nohints} option. -% The following (potential) problems are currently detected: -% \or\relax -% Cette option du paquetage dщtecte certaines actions et le chargement de certains paquetages et classes connus pour -% interagir avec \upack{minitoc}, ainsi que certaines mauvaises utilisations et erreurs frщquentes. La liste des -% paquetages et classes qui interagissent n'est щvidemment pas close. Si un tel paquetage (ou classe) est chargщ, -% cette option щcrit quelques indications (\emph{hints}) dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} -% et щmet un avertissement. Les -% indications щcrites dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} peuvent vous suggщrer de consulter -% le prщsent document ou le -% fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}. \virage\emph{Votre avis sur cette option sera le bienvenu.} Cette -% option est activщe par dщfaut, mais vous pouvez l'inhiber via l'option \opt{nohints}. -% Les problшmes (potentiels) suivants sont actuellement dщtectщs: -% \fi -% \begin{itemize} -% \lneed{11} -% \item -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\@part} -% \begin{macro}{\spart} -% \begin{macro}{\@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Alteration of some of the following commands\,\footnote{The commands containing the ``\texttt{@}'' character -% in their names are internal commands of \LaTeX{}, of a package or of a class; they are sometimes altered by -% another packages; reconsider then the loading order of the packages.}: -% \com{part}, \com{@part}, \com{@spart}, \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter}, -% \com{@schapter}, \com{section}, \com{@sect}, and \com{@ssect}. -% Note that the \pack{hyperref} (see section~\vref{faq.17}) package alters these commands at -% \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}, hence this problem might be reported if you use this package, -% but these alterations seem harmless. Note that the \pack{hyperref} must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% L'altщration de certaines des commandes suivantes\,\footnote{Les commandes contenant le caractшre <<~\texttt{@}~>> -% dans leurs noms sont des commandes internes de \LaTeX{}, d'un paquetage ou d'une classe; elles sont parfois -% altщrщes par d'autres paquetages; reconsidщrez l'ordre de chargement des paquetages.}: -% \com{part}, \com{@part}, \com{@spart}, \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter}, -% \com{@schapter}, \com{section}, \com{@sect} et \com{@ssect}. -% Mais le paquetage \pack{hyperref} (voir la section~\vref{faq.17}) altшre ces commandes lors de -% \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}, donc ce problшme pourrait ъtre signalщ si vous utilisez ce paquetage, mais -% ces altщrations semblent bщnignes. Notez que le paquetage \pack{hyperref} doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} -% \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Presence\virage{} of the following packages or classes, which need some precautions: -% \class{amsbook} (class), -% \class{memoir} (class), -% \pack{appendix}, -% \pack{placeins} (beware to its options and its release date (2005/04/18 at least)), -% \class{scrbook} (class), -% \class{scrreprt} (class), -% \class{scrartcl} (class), -% \pack{tocbibind}, and -% \pack{tocloft}. -% \or\relax -% Prщsence\virage{} des paquetages et classes suivants, qui demandent certaines prщcautions: -% \class{amsbook} (classe), -% \pack{appendix}, -% \pack{placeins} (attention р~ses options et р~sa date (au moins 2005/04/18)), -% \class{scrbook} (classe), -% \class{scrreprt} (classe), -% \class{scrartcl} (classe), -% \pack{tocbibind} et -% \pack{tocloft}. -% \fi -% \lneed{7} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Presence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}} -% of the following packages or classes, which, unfortunately, are \emph{incompatible} -% with the \upack{minitoc} package: -% \class{amsart} (class), -% \class{amsproc} (class), -% \pack{alphanum}, \pack{flowfram}\,\footnote{This package has its own system for minitocs.}, \class{jura} (class), -% \pack{titlesec}, and -% \pack{titletoc}\,\footnote{\label{fn+titlesec}The \upack{titlesec} package redefines -% the sectionning commands in a way -% completely alien to the standard \LaTeX\ way; hence \upack{minitoc} and \upack{titlesec}-\upack{titletoc} are -% fundamentaly \emph{incompatible}, and it is very sad.}. -% \or\relax -% Prщsence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}} -% des paquetages ou classes suivants, qui, malheureusement, sont \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}: -% \class{amsart} (classe), -% \class{amsproc} (classe), -% \pack{alphanum}, \pack{flowfram}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage a son propre systшme de minitocs.}, \class{jura} (classe), -% \pack{titlesec} et -% \pack{titletoc}\,\footnote{\label{fn+titlesec}Le paquetage \upack{titlesec} redщfinit les -% commandes de sectionnement d'une maniшre complшtement щtrangшre р~la maniшre standard de \LaTeX; -% donc \upack{minitoc} et \upack{titlesec}-\upack{titletoc} sont fondamentalement incompatibles, -% et ceci est fort regrettable.}. -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \item -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Usage of \com{parttoc} without calling \com{doparttoc}, \ldots~, -% usage of \com{sectlot} without calling \com{dosectlot}; -% or the reverse. -% \or\relax -% Utilisation de \com{parttoc} sans appeler \com{doparttoc}, \ldots~, -% utilisation de \com{sectlot} sans appeler \com{dosectlot}; -% ou l'inverse. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \item -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Usage of \com{parttoc} without calling \fkcom{tableofcontents}, \ldots~, of \com{sectlot} -% without calling \fkcom{listoftables}. -% \or\relax -% Utilisation de \com{parttoc} sans appeler \fkcom{tableofcontents}, \ldots~, de -% \com{sectlot} sans appeler \fkcom{listoftables}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{8} -% \item -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Usage of \com{sectlof} and/or \com{sectlot} without -% using the \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} package option of \upack{minitoc} -% (or the \pack{placeins} package without -% its \optp{section}{placeins} option). -% \or\relax -% Utilisation de \com{sectlof} et/ou \com{sectlot} sans utiliser l'option de paquetage -% \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} de \upack{minitoc} (ou le paquetage \pack{placeins} -% sans son option \optp{section}{placeins}). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} -% you are using short extensions (because of your operating system or the \opt{shortext} -% package option, see section~\vref{MS-DOS}) and go beyond the limit of 99~parts, chapters or sections, -% the \optd{hints} package option displays a warning. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} -% vous utilisez des suffixes courts (р~cause de votre systшme d'exploitation ou de l'option de paquetage -% \opt{shortext}, voyez р~la section~\vref{MS-DOS}) et que vous allez au-delр de la -% limite de 99~parties, chapitres ou sections, -% l'option de paquetage \optd{hints} signale un avertissement. -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \item -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.abstract} -% If the \pack{abstract}\imess{I0040} package~\cite{abstract} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), is used with its -% \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option, a ``{Abstract}'' entry is added to the table of contents, -% as a starred chapter if the document class defines \com{chapter}, else as a starred section. -% This is detected and you should add a \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| or a \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| -% command after your \env{abstract} environment. -% \or\relax\label{h.abstract} -% Si le paquetage \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), est utilisщ -% avec son option \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}, une entrщe л~{Abstract}~╗ (ou щquivalente) est ajoutщe -% р~la table des matiшres, comme un chapitre щtoilщ si la classe de document dщfinit \com{chapter}, sinon -% comme une section щtoilщe. Ceci est dщtectщ et vous devriez ajouter une commande \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| ou -% \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| aprшs votre environnement \env{abstract}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.sectsty} -% If the \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (by \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. The interaction has been pointed out -% by \name{Bil}{Kleb}. -% \or\relax\label{h.sectsty} -% Si le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (de \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. L'interaction a щtщ signalщe par -% \name{Bil}{Kleb}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.varsects} -% If the \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} -% (by \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.varsects} -% Si le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} -% (de \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.fncychap} -% If the \pack{fncychap} package~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} -% (by \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.fncychap} -% Si le paquetage \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} -% (de \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.hangcaption} -% If the \pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} -% (by \name{David~M.}{Jones}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.hangcaption} -% Si le paquetage \pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} -% (de \name{David~M.}{Jones}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.quotchap} -% If the \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} -% (by \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.quotchap} -% Si le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} -% (de \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.romannum} -% If the \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} -% (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.romannum} -% Si le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} -% (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.sfheaders} -% If the \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} -% (by \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.sfheaders} -% Si le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} -% (de \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.alnumsec} -% If the \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} -% (by \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.alnumsec} -% Si le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} -% (de \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.captcont} -% If the \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} -% (by \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.captcont} -% Si le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} -% (de \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{4} -% \item -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.caption}\label{h.caption2}\label{h.ccaption}\label{h.mcaption} -% If one of the \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, -% \pack{caption2}\footnote{This package is obsolete; -% now use the \upack{caption} package.}~\cite{caption2}, (both written by \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), -% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (written by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), or -% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (written by \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), packages is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax\label{h.caption}\label{h.caption2}\label{h.ccaption}\label{h.mcaption} -% Si l'un des -% paquetages \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, -% \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage est obsolшte; utilisez -% maintenant le paquetage \upack{caption}.}, (tous deux щcrits par \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), -% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (щcrit par \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), ou -% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (щcrit par \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{4} -% \bigskip -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.float}\label{h.floatrow}\label{h.trivfloat}\label{h.rotfloat} -% If one of the\imess{I0053} \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, -% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, or \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages -% is used, you must remember that \emph{you can not use} the \upack{minitoc} facilities for preparing -% mini-tables of floats of the new defined types. -% \or\relax\label{h.float}\label{h.floatrow}\label{h.trivfloat}\label{h.rotfloat} -% Si\imess{I0053} l'un des paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, -% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} ou \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} -% est utilisщ, vous devez vous souvenir que \emph{vous ne pouvez pas utiliser} les facilitщs -% de \upack{minitoc} pour prщparer des mini-tables de flottants des types nouvellement dщfinis. -% \fi -% \bigskip -% \lneed{4} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\imess{I0006} you try to insert empty mini-tables, the \optd{hints} option gives a global warning (except if you -% used also the \opt{nocheckfiles} option, see section~\vref{s+placing}). -% \or\relax -% Si\imess{I0006} vous essayez d'insщrer des mini-tables vides, l'option \optd{hints} vous donne un avertissement -% global (sauf si vous avez aussi utilisщ l'option \opt{nocheckfiles}, voyez la -% section~\vref{s+placing}). -% \fi -% \bigskip -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item -% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} -% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} -% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you use\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} one of the obsolete commands -% (\com{firstpartis}, \com{firstchapteris}, or \com{firstsectionis}), -% a warning is issued for each use, of course, but also a global hint as reminder. -% \or\relax -% Si vous utilisez\SMM{\lmess{W0003}\\\lmess{W0004}\\\lmess{W0005}} l'une des commandes obsolшtes -% (\com{firstpartis}, \com{firstchapteris} ou -% \com{firstsectionis}), un avertissement est щmis pour chaque utilisation, bien s√r, mais aussi une -% indication (\emph{hint}) globale comme rappel. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{2} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you invoke a same preparation command more than once, an informative hint is issued for each spurious -% invocation. -% \or\relax -% Si vous invoquez une mъme commande de prщparation plus d'une fois, un \emph{hint} informatif est щmis pour -% chaque invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \end{itemize} -% ^^A -% ^^A \clearpage -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Usage with MS-DOS}\label{MS-DOS} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec MS-DOS}\label{MS-DOS} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Under\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} MS-DOS (and other PC oriented old operating systems), -% the filename extensions are limited to 3 characters. -% The \upack{minitoc} package determines dynamically the type of -% extensions available and will use it. -% All other modifications will be done automatically. -% The \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} -% extensions will become \suffix{.M}\meta{N}, where \meta{N} is the absolute chapter -% number. -% The extensions \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} and \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} become -% \suffix{.F}\meta{N} and \suffix{.T}\meta{N}. -% The \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} -% extensions become \suffix{.P}\meta{N}, where \meta{N} is the absolute part number. -% The extensions \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} and \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} become -% \suffix{.G}\meta{N} and \suffix{.U}\meta{N}. -% The \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} -% extensions become \suffix{.S}\meta{N}, where \meta{N} is the absolute section -% number. -% The extensions \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} and \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} become -% \suffix{.H}\meta{N} and \suffix{.V}\meta{N}. All these extensions are listed in table~\vref{t+suffixes}. -% Of course, this implies a limit of 99~chapters in a -% document, but do you really need so many chapters (or sections in an -% article)? The limit of 99~parts does not seem too serious for -% most documents, but for sections, it could be tragical. -% The \optd{hints} option (section~\vref{s+hints}) will report such situations. -% See also section~\vref{.8+3}. -% \begin{table}[th] -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Extensions of the auxiliary files}\label{t+suffixes} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{mini-table}&\textbf{long extensions}&\textbf{short extensions}\\ -% &(UNIX, etc.)&(MS-DOS, etc,)\\ -% \midrule -% parttoc&\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.P}\meta{N}\\ -% partlof&\suffix{.plf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.G}\meta{N}\\ -% partlot&\suffix{.plt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.U}\meta{N}\\ -% \midrule -% minitoc&\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.M}\meta{N}\\ -% minilof&\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.F}\meta{N}\\ -% minilot&\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.T}\meta{N}\\ -% \midrule -% secttoc&\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.S}\meta{N}\\ -% sectlof&\suffix{.slf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.H}\meta{N}\\ -% sectlot&\suffix{.slt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.V}\meta{N}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% Sous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} MS-DOS -% (et autres vieux systшmes d'exploitation pour PC), les suffixes des noms de fichiers sont -% limitщs р~3~caractшres. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} dщtermine dynamiquement le type de suffixes disponible et -% l'utilisera. Toutes les autres modifications seront faites automatiquement. Les suffixes \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} deviendront -% \suffix{.M}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de chapitre. -% Les suffixes \suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} et \suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.F}\meta{N} et \suffix{.T}\meta{N}. -% Les suffixes \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.P}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de partie. -% Les suffixes \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} et \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.G}\meta{N} et \suffix{.U}\meta{N}. -% Les suffixes \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.S}\meta{N}, o∙ \meta{N} est le numщro absolu de section. -% Les suffixes \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} et \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} deviennent \suffix{.H}\meta{N} et \suffix{.V}\meta{N}. -% Tous ces suffixes sont listщs dans le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes}. -% Bien s√r, ceci implique une limite de 99~chapitres dans un document, mais avez-vous vraiment besoin d'autant de -% chapitres (ou de sections dans un article)? La limite de 99~parties ne semble pas trop grave pour la plupart des -% documents, mais pour les sections, ceci pourrait ъtre tragique. L'option \optd{hints} (section~\vref{s+hints}) -% signalera de telles situations. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{.8+3}. -% \begin{table}[th] -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Suffixes des fichiers auxiliaires}\label{t+suffixes} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{mini-table}&\textbf{suffixes longs}&\textbf{suffixes courts}\\ -% &(UNIX, etc.)&(MS-DOS, etc,)\\ -% \midrule -% parttoc&\suffix{.ptc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.P}\meta{N}\\ -% partlof&\suffix{.plf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.G}\meta{N}\\ -% partlot&\suffix{.plt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.U}\meta{N}\\ -% \midrule -% minitoc&\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.M}\meta{N}\\ -% minilof&\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.F}\meta{N}\\ -% minilot&\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.T}\meta{N}\\ -% \midrule -% secttoc&\suffix{.stc}\meta{N}&\suffix{.S}\meta{N}\\ -% sectlof&\suffix{.slf}\meta{N}&\suffix{.H}\meta{N}\\ -% sectlot&\suffix{.slt}\meta{N}&\suffix{.V}\meta{N}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Why several \LaTeX{} runs are required?} -% The mini-tables, at part, chapter and section levels, -% are using some space on the first pages on each chapter, part or section, -% thus the page numbers are altered. After the first \LaTeX\ run, the -% mini-tables and lists, partial tables and lists -% and section-level tables and lists -% will be empty (in fact skipped since version \#35); -% after the second run, they appear (if not empty), -% but because they modify the page numbering, page numbers -% are wrong; after the third \LaTeX\ run, the mini, part- and section-level -% tables and lists should be correct (see figure~\vref{f+mtc+3comp}). -% \or\relax -% \section{Pourquoi plusieurs exщcutions de \LaTeX\ sont-elles nщcessaires?} -% Les mini-tables, aux niveaux partie, chapitre et section, occupent un certain espace sur les premiшres pages de -% chaque partie, chapitre ou section, donc la numщrotation des pages est altщrщe. Aprшs la premiшre exщcution de -% \LaTeX, les mini-tables (aux niveaux partie, chapitre et section) seront vides (et en fait sautщes depuis la -% version~\#35); aprшs la deuxiшme exщcution, elles apparaissent (lorsqu'elles ne sont pas vides), mais puisqu'elles -% modifient la numщrotation des pages, les numщros des pages y~sont faux; aprшs la troisiшme exщcution, les -% mini-tables devraient ъtre correctes (voir la figure~\vref{f+mtc+3comp}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \upack{mtcoff} package}\label{o+mtcoff}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le paquetage \upack{mtcoff} }\label{o+mtcoff}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If a document has been prepared with the \upack{minitoc} package, -% it contains many \upack{minitoc} specific commands, most of them being -% \com{dominitoc}, -% \com{faketableofcontents}, and \com{minitoc} commands (and their -% equivalents for lists of figures and tables). -% If you want to typeset -% this document without any mini-table, you have just to replace the -% \upack{minitoc} package by the \pack{mtcoff} package (without option), and all these -% commands will be ignored, eventually writing warning messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% At least two \LaTeX\ runs will be necessary to get a correct page numbering and cross references. -% It also sanitizes the \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, -% \suffix{.lof}, and \suffix{.lot} files from \upack{minitoc} specific -% commands which are now spurious. -% \or\relax -% Si un document a щtщ prщparщ avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, il contient de nombreuses commandes -% spщcifiques de \upack{minitoc}, dont la plupart sont des commandes \com{dominitoc}, \com{faketableofcontents} et -% \com{minitoc} (et leurs щquivalentes pour les listes de figures et de tableaux). -% Si vous souhaitez composer ce document sans aucune mini-table, il vous suffit de remplacer le paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} (sans option), et toutes ces commandes seront ignorщes, en -% щcrivant щventuellement des messages d'avertissement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% Au moins deux exщcutions -% de \LaTeX\ seront nщcessaires pour avoir une numщrotation des pages et des rщfщrences croisщes correctes. -% Ceci nettoie aussi les fichiers \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot} en y~щliminant les -% commandes spщcifiques de \upack{minitoc} devenues superflues. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \cleardoublepage -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{FAQ} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Questions frщquemment posщes}\label{FAQ} -% \fi -% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \minitoc -% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} -% ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} -% \mtcskip -% ^^A \lsneed{5} -% \lneed{6} -% ^^A \mtcskip -% \minilof -% \mtcskip -% \minilot -% -% \addtocounter{section}{-1} ^^A % Trick to get a section numbered zero -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Introduction} -% ^^A \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Introduction} -% \or\relax -% \section{Introduction} -% ^^A \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Introduction} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Here is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about -% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~60, please -% upgrade to version~\#60. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file, -% in pure text form. The numbering of this list is done by date of the first occurrence of the question. -% -% If a problem arises, it is often wise to: a)~use the \optd{hints} option (see section~\vref{s+hints}), -% which is activated by default, and b)~read the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, which may contain pertinent -% messages. If you do not find a solution, ask a question on an adequate news group, like \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} -% (in french) or \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english) preferably, groups which I try to follow, or send me a mail -% in last ressort (please join a minimal but complete example~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{See also: -% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} -% and \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.} (or~``MCE'') -% reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hints} option). -% \or\relax -% Voici une liste de problшmes et de questions frщquemment posщes (л~foire aux questions~╗) р~propos du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numщro plus petit que~60, vous ъtes priщs de faire une mise р~jour -% р~la version~\#60. Cette liste est aussi donnщe dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous -% forme de texte pur (et en anglais). La numщrotation de cette liste est faite selon la date de la premiшre occurrence -% de la question. -% -% Si un problшme survient, il est souvent avisщ: a)~d'utiliser l'option \optd{hints} (voir la -% section~\vref{s+hints}), qui est activщe par dщfaut, et b)~de lire le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, qui -% peut contenir des messages pertinents. Si vous ne trouvez pas de solution, posez une question sur un groupe de -% discussion adщquat, tel que \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en franчais), ou \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais) de prщfщrence, -% que j'essaye de suivre, ou envoyez moi un courrier en dernier recours (priшre de joindre un exemple complet -% minimal~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{Voir aussi: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} -% et \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.} (ou л~ECM~╗\/) reproduisant -% le problшme; cet exemple devrait utiliser l'option \opt{hints}). -% \fi -% -% ^^A (1) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Avoiding a page break near the rules before and after a mini-table} -% \or\relax -% \section{╔viter une coupure de page prшs des filets avant et aprшs une mini-table} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\enlargethispage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This problem seemed solved since version~\#8, but version~\#12 added better fixes. -% You may have to make some final tuning with \com{enlargethispage}. -% See the \LaTeX\ manual~\cite{latex-manual}. -% The \pack{needspace} package~\cite{needspace} may also be useful. -% \or\relax -% Ce problшme semblait rщsolu depuis la version~\#8, mais la version~\#12 a ajoutщ de meilleures corrections. Vous -% pouvez devoir faire quelques ajustements ultimes avec \com{enlargethispage}. Voir le manuel -% \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual}. Il peut aussi ъtre utile d'utiliser le paquetage -% \pack{needspace}~\cite{needspace}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (2) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Implementing others layouts for a mini-table} -% \or\relax -% \section{Implanter d'autres mises en page pour une mini-table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Suggestions are welcome, but look at the section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. -% There are yet some examples in chapter~\vref{c+exdocs}, for some layouts, like mini-tables on two or three columns. -% \or\relax -% Les suggestions sont les bienvenues, mais voyez la section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. -% Il y~a quelques exemples dans le chapitre~\vref{c+exdocs}, pour quelques mises en page, comme des mini-tables -% sur deux ou trois colonnes. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (3) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{A ``\texttt{\textbackslash\textbackslash}'' command in a contents line makes an error} -% \or\relax -% \section{Une commande л~\texttt{\textbackslash\textbackslash}~╗ dans une entrщe de contenu provoque une erreur} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{macro}{\protect} -% \begin{macro}{\linebreak} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Use \com{protect}\com{linebreak}. The \verb|\\| command should be used only in tabular material (\env{tabular} -% environment and similar, or in the -% \env{tabbing} environment) and in math arrays and equations, or in the \env{quote}-like environments. -% \or\relax -% Utilisez \com{protect}\com{linebreak}. La commande \verb|\\| ne devrait ъtre utilisщe que dans du matщriel -% de tableau (environnement \env{tabular} ou similaire, ou dans l'environnement \env{tabbing}) et dans les -% tableaux (\emph{arrays}) et щquations mathщmatiques, ou dans des environnements similaires р~\env{quote}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (4) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Reordering chapters makes havoc} -% \or\relax -% \section{Changer l'ordre des chapitres crщe le chaos} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \emph{If you reorder chapters, havoc follows\ldots\ mini-tables -% going in wrong chapters.} -% \or\relax -% \emph{Si vous changez l'ordre des chapitres, le chaos en dщcoule,\ldots\ -% avec les mini-tables allant dans les mauvais chapitres.} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The best way seems to make one run with the \pack{mtcoff} -% package replacing the \upack{minitoc} package, then restore -% the \upack{minitoc} package and re-execute \LaTeX\ at least three times -% (yes, it is time consuming\ldots). See figure~\vref{f+mtc+3comp}\footnote{I~used the \pack{pict2e} -% package~\cite{pict2e}, by \namea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}, \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk} and \name{Josef}{Tkadlec}, to prepare this figure.}. -% Running with the \pack{mtcoff} package ensures that the standard auxiliary files -% are cleared from ``spurious'' commands introduced by \upack{minitoc}. -% A more radical solution is to delete the \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, -% \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files relative to the document, then -% re-execute \LaTeX\ at least three times. -% \or\relax -% La meilleure mщthode semble d'effectuer une exщcution avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} remplaчant -% le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, puis de rщtablir le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et de rщ-exщcuter \LaTeX\ au -% moins trois fois (oui, cela prend du temps\ldots). Voir la figure~\vref{f+mtc+3comp}\,\footnote{J'ai utilisщ le -% paquetage \pack{pict2e}~\cite{pict2e}, de \namea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}, \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk} -% et \name{Josef}{Tkadlec}, -% pour prщparer cette figure.}. -% Exщcuter avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} -% garantit que les fichiers auxiliaires standard seront purgщs des commandes л~superflues~╗ introduites par -% \upack{minitoc}. Une solution plus radicale est de dщtruire les fichiers \suffix{.aux}, \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} -% et \suffix{.lot} relatifs au document, puis de rщ-exщcuter \LaTeX\ au moins trois fois. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[tp] -% \centering\bgroup\footnotesize -% \def\NUM{\meta{N}} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \resizebox{1.0\textwidth}{!}{% -% \begin{picture}(170,60)(-5,0) -% \thicklines -% \put(0,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(0,50){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(30,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(60,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(60,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(60,50){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(90,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(120,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(120,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(120,50){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(150,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(15,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} -% \put(75,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} -% \put(135,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} -% \put(15,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} -% \put(75,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} -% \put(135,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} -% \put(15,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} -% \put(75,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} -% \put(135,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} -% \put(30,35){\vector(1,0){30}} -% \put(45,35){\line(0,1){10}} -% \put(45,45){\vector(1,0){15}} -% \put(90,35){\vector(1,0){30}} -% \put(105,35){\line(0,1){10}} -% \put(105,45){\vector(1,0){15}} -% \put(90,45){\line(1,-1){5}} -% \put(95,40){\line(0,-1){4}} -% \put(95,30){\line(0,1){4}} -% \put(95,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} -% \put(150,45){\line(1,-1){5}} -% \put(155,40){\line(0,-1){10}} -% \put(155,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} -% \put(15,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (1)}} -% \put(75,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (2)}} -% \put(135,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (3)}} -% \put(45,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} -% \put(105,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} -% \put(97,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} -% \put(157,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} -% \put(75,50){\vector(0,1){5}} -% \put(135,50){\vector(0,1){5}} -% \put(90,25){\vector(1,0){5}} -% \put(150,25){\vector(1,0){5}} -% \put(75,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(A)}} -% \put(135,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(C)}} -% \put(92,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(B)}} -% \put(152,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(D)}} -% \end{picture}} -% \egroup -% \begin{flushleft} -% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% \begin{itemize}\labelsep=1ex\itemindent=0pt -% \item[(A)] \com{tableofcontents} produces a table of -% contents, which is likely inaccurate. -% \item[(B)] \com{minitoc} produces minitocs, which are likely inaccurate. -% \item[(C)] \com{tableofcontents} produces a table of contents, which is accurate. -% \item[(D)] \com{minitoc} produces minitocs, which are accurate. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{flushleft} -% \caption{Three compilations for \upack{minitoc}}\label{f+mtc+3comp} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[tp] -% \centering\bgroup\footnotesize -% \def\NUM{\meta{N}} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \resizebox{1.0\textwidth}{!}{% -% \begin{picture}(170,60)(-5,0) -% \thicklines -% \put(0,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(0,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(0,50){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(30,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(60,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(60,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(60,50){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(90,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(120,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(120,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(120,50){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(150,0){\line(0,1){50}} -% \put(15,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} -% \put(75,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} -% \put(135,45){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs dominitoc\phantom{xxxxxx}}}} -% \put(15,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} -% \put(75,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} -% \put(135,35){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs tableofcontents}}} -% \put(15,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} -% \put(75,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} -% \put(135,25){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{\bs minitoc\phantom{xxxxxxxx}}}} -% \put(30,35){\vector(1,0){30}} -% \put(45,35){\line(0,1){10}} -% \put(45,45){\vector(1,0){15}} -% \put(90,35){\vector(1,0){30}} -% \put(105,35){\line(0,1){10}} -% \put(105,45){\vector(1,0){15}} -% \put(90,45){\line(1,-1){5}} -% \put(95,40){\line(0,-1){4}} -% \put(95,30){\line(0,1){4}} -% \put(95,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} -% \put(150,45){\line(1,-1){5}} -% \put(155,40){\line(0,-1){10}} -% \put(155,30){\vector(-1,-1){5}} -% \put(15,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (1)}} -% \put(75,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (2)}} -% \put(135,5){\makebox(0,0){\LaTeX\ (3)}} -% \put(45,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} -% \put(105,47){\makebox(0,10)[b]{\suffix{.toc}}} -% \put(97,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} -% \put(157,30){\makebox(10,0)[l]{\suffix{.mtc}\NUM}} -% \put(75,50){\vector(0,1){5}} -% \put(135,50){\vector(0,1){5}} -% \put(90,25){\vector(1,0){5}} -% \put(150,25){\vector(1,0){5}} -% \put(75,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(A)}} -% \put(135,60){\makebox(0,0){\bf(C)}} -% \put(92,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(B)}} -% \put(152,20){\makebox(10,5)[lb]{\bf(D)}} -% \end{picture}} -% \egroup -% \begin{flushleft} -% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% \begin{itemize}\labelsep=1ex\itemindent=0pt -% \item[(A)] \com{tableofcontents} produit une table matiшres, qui est probablement inexacte. -% \item[(B)] \com{minitoc} produit des minitocs, qui sont probablement inexactes. -% \item[(C)] \com{tableofcontents} produit une table matiшres, qui est probablement exacte. -% \item[(D)] \com{minitoc} produit des minitocs, qui sont probablement exactes. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{flushleft} -% \caption{Trois compilations pour \upack{minitoc}}\label{f+mtc+3comp} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% -% ^^A (5) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Extensions for the names of auxiliary files}\label{.8+3} -% \or\relax -% \section{Suffixes pour les noms des fichiers auxiliaires}\label{.8+3} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \emph{This package creates auxiliary files with extensions like \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}. -% Some operating systems allow only 3~characters extensions. What to do?}\par -% \lneed{3} -% No\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} modification is needed: all became automatic since -% version \#28! If you insist to use 3~characters extensions, -% even on operating systems allowing more, just use the package -% option \opt{shortext}. Then you will get first the -% autoconfiguration messages, then a message saying that you -% will use short extensions. But then be careful to not have more -% than 99~mini-tables of the same kind (even empty)! -% \or\relax -% \emph{Ce paquetage crщe des fichiers auxiliaires ayant des suffixes tels que \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N}. Certains -% systшmes d'exploitation ne permettent que des suffixes limitщs р~3~caractшres. Que faire?}\par -% \lneed{3} -% Aucune\SMM{\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0055}} modification n'est nщcessaire: -% tout est devenu automatique depuis la version \#28! Si vous voulez vraiment -% utiliser des suffixes de 3~caractшres, utilisez simplement l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext}. -% Alors vous recevrez d'abord les messages d'autoconfiguration, puis un message disant que vous allez -% utiliser des suffixes courts. -% Mais alors faites attention р~ne pas avoir plus 99~mini-tables du mъme type (mъme vides)! -% \fi -% -% ^^A (6) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Playing with the chapter number} -% \or\relax -% \section{Jouer avec le numщro de chapitre} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \emph{Do not cheat}\virage{} with the ``\texttt{chapter}'' counter, i.e.,~do not write ugly things like: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{setcounter}\verb|{chapter}{6}| -% \end{verse} -% The mechanism would break. It is better to add \com{chapter} commands, -% to create empty (but numbered in a legal way) chapters. -% Since version~\#10, the \upack{minitoc} package works with appendices. -% Version \#19 allows to begin with a chapter other that number~1. -% ^^A And look at~``Special Entries for TOC, LOF, LOT, Bibliography and Index'', section~\vref{special.entries}. -% And look at~``Special Entries in the TOC'', section~\vref{special.entries}. -% -% Since version~\#23 (1994/11/08), the numbering of chapters and that of minitocs are independent, so that problem just -% vanished. -% -% The same remarks apply to the \texttt{part} and \texttt{section} counters. -% \or\relax -% \emph{Ne trichez pas}\virage{} avec le compteur л~\texttt{chapter}~╗, donc n'щcrivez pas des horreurs telles que: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{setcounter}\verb|{chapter}{6}| -% \end{verse} -% Ceci casserait la mщcanique du paquetage. Il vaut mieux ajouter des commandes \com{chapter}, afin de -% crщer des chapitres vides (mais numщrotщs d'une maniшre lщgale). Depuis la version~\#10, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% fonctionne avec les appendices. -% La version \#19 vous permet de commencer par un chapitre numщrotщ autrement que un. -% Et regardez л~Entrщes spщciales dans la TdM~╗, section~\vref{special.entries}. -% -% Depuis la version~\#23 (1994/11/08), la numщrotation des chapitres et celle des minitocs sont indщpendantes, -% donc ce problшme a disparu. -% -% Les mъmes remarques s'appliquent aux compteurs \texttt{part} et \texttt{section}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (7) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Supported document classes}\label{s+supported+classes} -% \or\relax -% \section{Classes de document supportщes}\label{s+supported+classes} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{W0017} \upack{minitoc} package is restricted to document classes which define -% chapters in the standard way, like ``\class{book}'' and ``\class{report}'', -% or sections in the standard way, like ``\class{article}''~\cite{classes}. -% There are ``parttocs'' if the document class defines the \com{part} command. -% Note that classes like ``\class{letter}''~\cite{letter}, which have not the classical sectionning structure, cannot be -% supported. Classes using sectionning commands with other names are not supported\,\footnote{This would be -% very difficult: any user can create new sectionning commands (often with the help from some packages) with -% standard or new names; this is only limited by the imagination. The \upack{minitoc} package relies on the -% names of the standard sectionning commands and on the syntax of these commands.}. -% See also section~\vref{s+AMS}. -% \or\relax -% Le\imess{W0017} paquetage \upack{minitoc} est restreint aux classes de document qui dщfinissent les chapitres -% de la maniшre standard, comme л~\class{book}~╗ et л~\class{report}~╗, ou les sections de la maniшre standard, -% comme л~\class{article}~╗~\cite{classes}. Il y~a des л~parttocs~╗ si la classe de document dщfinit -% la commande \com{part}. Notez que des classes telles que л~\class{letter}~╗~\cite{letter}, -% qui n'ont pas la structure de sectionnement classique, ne -% peuvent pas ъtre supportщes. Les classes utilisant des commandes de sectionnement portant d'autres noms ne sont -% pas supportщes\,\footnote{Ce serait trшs difficile: tout utilisateur peut crщer de nouvelles commandes de -% sectionnement (souvent р~l'aide de certains paquetages) portant des noms standard ou nouveaux; ceci n'est limitщ -% que par l'imagination. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} s'appuie sur les noms des commandes de sectionnement standard -% et sur la syntaxe de ces commandes.}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+AMS}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (8) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Compatibility with \LaTeX{} versions} -% \or\relax -% \section{Compatibilitщ avec les versions de \LaTeX{}} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\imess{W0021} users have failed to make \upack{minitoc} to work. They got a message like: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0021|\\ -% \verb|Undefined command ... \@inputcheck ...|\\ -% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is obsolete.| -% \verb|Trying to continue...| -% \end{verse} -% or:\imess{W0022} -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0022|\\ -% \verb|Undefined command ... \reset@font ...|\\ -% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete.|\\ -% \verb|Trying to continue... crossing fingers.| -% \end{verse} -% The \com{reset@font} command has been added to \xfile{latex.tex} -% on September~29th, 1991 and the \com{@inputcheck} command -% on March~18th, 1992 and this version of \xfile{latex.tex} has been -% released on March~25th, 1992. If you get this message, you -% have an old version of \xfile{latex.tex}. Get a recent one from -% the archives (or a recent distribution) -% and regenerate a \xfile{latex.fmt} format via \texttt{initex} (or your configuration tool). -% \or\relax -% Certains\imess{W0021} utilisateurs ne sont pas parvenus р~faire fonctionner \upack{minitoc}. -% Ils ont reчu un message tel que: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0021|\\ -% \verb|Undefined command ... \@inputcheck ...|\\ -% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is obsolete.| -% \verb|Trying to continue...| -% \end{verse} -% ou:\imess{W0022} -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0022|\\ -% \verb|Undefined command ... \reset@font ...|\\ -% \verb|Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete.|\\ -% \verb|Trying to continue... crossing fingers.| -% \end{verse} -% La commande \com{reset@font} a щtщ ajoutщe р~\xfile{latex.tex} le 29~septembre 1991, et la commande -% \com{@inputcheck} le 18~mars 1992, et cette version de \xfile{latex.tex} a щtщ distribuщe le 25~mars 1992. Si -% vous obtenez un tel message, vous avez une vieille version de \xfile{latex.tex}. Obtenez une version rщcente -% depuis les archives (ou une distribution rщcente) -% et rщgщnщrez un format \xfile{latex.fmt} via \texttt{initex} (ou votre outil de configuration). -% \fi -% -% ^^A (9) -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Other mini-tables}\label{faq.9} -% \or\relax -% \section{Autres mini-tables}\label{faq.9} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some demanding users want to have minilof, minilot and -% minibbl (mini-bibliographies per part, chapter or section). First, ``minibbl'' is another problem, strongly -% related to the \BibTeX's dealing with \suffix{.aux} files. Look -% at the \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits}, -% \pack{multibib}~\cite{multibib}, \pack{bibtopic}~\cite{bibtopic}, and \pack{splitbib}~\cite{splitbib} packages. -% Version~\#13 has implemented basic minilofs and minilots. -% Minibbls are not the aim of this package\footnote{See {\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multbib}}}. -% \or\relax -% Certains utilisateurs exigeants dщsirent avoir des minilofs, minilots et minibbls. Tout d'abord, les л~minibbls~╗ -% (mini-bibliographies par partie, chapitre ou section) sont un autre problшme, -% fortement liщ au traitement par \BibTeX\ des fichiers \suffix{.aux}. -% Regardez les paquetages \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits}, -% \pack{multibib}~\cite{bibunits}, \pack{bibtopic}~\cite{bibtopic} et \pack{splitbib}~\cite{splitbib}. -% La version~\#13 a implantщ les minilofs et minilots basiques. Les minibbls ne sont pas l'objet de ce -% paquetage{\froff\,\footnote{Voir~: \froff\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multbib}}}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% ^^A (10) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Why so many auxiliary files?}\label{faq.10} -% \or\relax -% \section{Pourquoi autant de fichiers auxiliaires?}\label{faq.10} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This package creates a lot of auxiliary files and some users -% have argued that it is too many. A deep redesign would be -% necessary to avoid that. Using only one big auxiliary file -% (or one for all minitocs, one for all minilofs, \ldots) -% would make the reading of such file very slow, as it would -% be read for each \ucom{miniXXX} macro! -% Moreover, this would make the \optd{checkfiles} (see section~\vref{s+placing}) package -% option impractical to implement. -% Note that the many files \uxfile{*.mtc*}, etc., may be -% deleted after the \LaTeX{} run. They are rebuilt by the preparation commands -% (like \com{dominitoc} and siblings). -% But, since version \#35, -% \upack{minitoc} is able to detect and skip empty \uxfile{*.mtc*} files -% (and siblings) to avoid ugly titles with just two thin rules. -% It would not be easy to do with only one big auxiliary file. -% Since version \#44, the \optd{listfiles} package option is available to create a list of these auxiliary -% files; see section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% \or\relax -% Ce paquetage crщe des tas de fichiers auxiliaires et certains utilisateurs ont arguщ qu'il y en avait trop. -% Une rщorganisation profonde serait nщcessaire pour щviter ce grand nombre. Utiliser un seul grand fichier -% auxiliaire (ou un pour toutes les minitocs, un pour toutes les minilofs, etc.) rendrait la lecture de ce -% fichier trшs lente, car il devrait ъtre lu pour chaque commande \ucom{miniXXX}! De plus, ceci -% rendrait l'implantation de l'option \optd{checkfiles} (section~\vref{s+placing}) pratiquement impossible. -% Notez que les nombreux fichiers \uxfile{*.mtc*}, etc., peuvent ъtre dщtruits aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX. -% Ils sont reconstruits par les commandes de prщparation (comme \com{dominitoc} et ses analogues). -% Mais, depuis la version \#35, \upack{minitoc} est capable de dщtecter et sauter les fichiers \uxfile{*.mtc*} (et -% analogues) vides pour щviter des titres isolщs avec seulement deux filets fins. -% Tout ceci ne serait pas facile р~faire avec un seul gros fichier auxiliaire. -% Depuis la version \#44, l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles} est disponible pour crщer une liste de ces -% fichiers auxiliaires; voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{5} -% These files contain the mini-tables extracted from the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof}, and \suffix{.lot} files. -% They are no more useful after the \LaTeX\ run. If you run \LaTeX\ via a script or a ``makefile'', it may be -% useful to add to it a cleaning feature (which should be optional, to allow debugging). The -% table~\vref{t+suffixes} gives the list of the extensions for these files (note that a \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} -% auxiliary file is also created as a scratch file). -% -% As an example, you can look at the \tool{rubber} tool~\cite{rubber} -% (written in Python) provided by \xname{Emmanuel}{Beffara}: -% \begin{quote} -% \url{http://iml.univ-mrs.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/} -% \end{quote} -% \or\relax -% Ces fichiers contiennent les mini-tables extraites des fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot}. -% Ils ne sont plus utiles aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX. Si vous exщcutez \LaTeX\ au moyen d'un script ou -% d'un л~makefile~╗, il peut ъtre utile de lui ajouter un dispositif de nettoyage (qui devrait ъtre optionnel, -% pour permettre la mise au point). Le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes} donne la liste des suffixes pour ces fichiers -% (notez qu'un fichier auxiliaire \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} est aussi crщщ comme fichier de travail). -% -% Comme exemple, vous pouvez regarder l'outil \tool{rubber}~\cite{rubber} -% (щcrit en Python) fourni par \xname{Emmanuel}{Beffara}: -% {\froff\begin{quote} -% \url{http://iml.univ-mrs.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/} -% \end{quote}} -% \fi -% -% ^^A (11) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Mini-tables at levels other than chapter} -% \or\relax -% \section{Mini-tables р~des niveaux autres que le chapitre} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Here also, some redesign was needed. From version~\#15, there are parttocs, partlofs and -% partlots for the part level in \class{book}\texttt{\BAR}\class{report}-like and \class{article}-like documents, -% secttocs, sectlofs and sectlots for the section level in \class{article}-like -% documents. Note that you can not have minitocs features at chapter -% and section level in the same document, because doing so would make -% an almost unreadable monster. The user must choose the main class of -% the document according to the size of it (e.g.,~do not write an article -% of more than 100~sections: this is a report, or even a book!). -% -% \begin{center}\ttfamily -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \toprule -% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries part&\rmfamily\bfseries chapter&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \midrule -% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \thickline -% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries part&\rmfamily\bfseries chapter&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \hline -% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline -% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline -% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\thickline -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{center} -% \or\relax -% Ici aussi, une reconstruction a щtщ nщcessaire. Depuis la version~\#15, il y a des parttocs, partlofs et partlots -% pour le niveau partie dans les documents dont la classe est similaire -% р~\class{book}, \class{report} ou \class{article}, -% des secttocs, sectlofs et sectlots pour le niveau section dans les documents dont la classe est similaire -% р~\class{article}. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas avoir les dispositifs de \upack{minitoc} aux niveaux chapitre et -% section dans le mъme document, car cela produirait un monstre presque illisible. L'utilisateur doit choisir la classe de -% base du document selon la taille de celui-ci (par exemple, ne pas щcrire un article de plus de 100~sections: c'est -% un rapport, ou mъme un livre!). -% \begin{center}\ttfamily -% \ifBT -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \toprule -% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries partie&\rmfamily\bfseries chapitre&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \midrule -% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \else -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \thickline -% &\Strut \rmfamily\bfseries partie&\rmfamily\bfseries chapitre&\rmfamily\bfseries section\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\ -% \hline -% \Strut book&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline -% \Strut report&$*$&$*$&\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\hline -% \Strut article&$*$&&$*$\vphantom{\Large Pj}\\\thickline -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{center} -% \fi -% -% ^^A (12) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Incompatibility with \LaTeX2.09} -% \or\relax -% \section{Incompatibilitщ avec \LaTeX2.09} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\protect} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The more recent version of \LaTeXe{} adds \com{protect} before -% \com{contentsline} in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lof} -% files. The version~\#17 of \upack{minitoc} attempts to be compatible with \LaTeXe{} and \LaTeX2.09. -% This will be the \emph{last} -% version usable with \LaTeX2.09. Versions~\#18 and later are \LaTeXe{} specific, and no more compatible -% with \LaTeX2.09, which is completely obsolete. -% \or\relax -% La version la plus rщcente de \LaTeXe{} ajoute \com{protect} avant \com{contentsline} dans -% les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lof}. La version~\#17 de \upack{minitoc} tente d'ъtre compatible -% avec \LaTeXe{} et \LaTeX2.09. Ce sera la \emph{derniшre} version utilisable avec \LaTeX2.09. Les versions~\#18 et -% ultщrieures sont spщcifiques de \LaTeXe, et ne sont plus compatibles avec \LaTeX2.09, qui est totalement obsolшte. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (13) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Documents resetting the chapter number at each part} -% \or\relax -% \section{Documents rщ-initialisant le numщro de chapitre pour chaque partie} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since version~\#23, \upack{minitoc} works with document classes resetting -% chapter (or section) number at each part (or chapter). This is possible because the auxiliary files for the -% mini-tables have now an \emph{absolute} number. -% \or\relax -% Depuis la version~\#23, \upack{minitoc} fonctionne avec les classes de document qui rщ-initialisent le numщro de -% chapitre (ou de section) pour chaque partie (ou chapitre). Ceci est possible car les fichiers auxiliaires pour les -% mini-tables ont dщsormais un numщro \emph{absolu}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (14) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The mini-tables have too much spaced lines} -% From version~\#29, you can have tight mini-tables with the \opt{tight} option, and -% with the \opt{k-tight} option for the \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (since version~\#43). -% \or\relax -% \section{Les mini-tables ont leurs lignes trop espacщes} -% Depuis la version~\#29, vous pouvez avoir des mini-tables plus resserrщes avec l'option \opt{tight}, -% avec l'option \opt{k-tight} pour les classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} (depuis la version~\#43). -% \fi -% -% ^^A (15) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The secttocs are wrong} -% Secttocs did not work: corrected (version~\#38). -% \or\relax -% \section{Les secttocs sont fausses} -% Les secttocs ne fonctionnent pas: corrigщ (version~\#38). -% \fi -% -% ^^A (16) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Removing the lines of dots} -% The lines of dots (leaders) between section titles and page numbers are removed by the \opt{undotted} -% option (\#29). See also section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Retirer les points de conduite} -% Les lignes de points (points de conduite) entre les titres de sections et les numщros de pages sont retirщs par -% l'option \opt{undotted} (\#29). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+alt+layout}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (17) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Using the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}}\label{faq.17} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utiliser le paquetage \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}}\label{faq.17} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since version~\#31, \upack{minitoc} works correctly with the powerful \pack{hyperref} -% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, thanks to \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, -% using the work of \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, \xname{Didier}{Verna} and \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. -% \emph{Hence\Virage{} the \pack{minitoc-hyper} package~\cite{minitoc-hyper} is now obsolete and should no more be used. -% It it still present on the CTAN archives for compatibility with old documents.} -% If you add the loading of the \pack{hyperref} package to a document yet using \upack{minitoc}, -% you will get error message about spurious closing braces. Just let finish the \LaTeX\ run, -% then re-\LaTeX\ the document. There will be no problem if you remove the loading of -% \pack{hyperref} and add it again: the problem occurs only when upgrading from -% \upack{minitoc}~\#30 to \upack{minitoc}~\#31 (or higher) with a document already processed and adding -% \pack{hyperref} at the same time! It seems better to process the document with \upack{minitoc}~\#31 (or higher) -% without \pack{hyperref}, then with \pack{hyperref}, because some internal commands written -% into the auxiliary files have been modified. If used, the \pack{hyperref} package must be loaded \emph{before} -% \upack{minitoc}. Note that the documents \xfile{minitoc.dtx} and \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} show (not so) basic examples -% of the use of the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% Depuis la version \#31, \upack{minitoc} fonctionne enfin correctement avec le puissant paquetage -% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, grтce р~\name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, qui a utilisщ les travaux de -% \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, \xname{Didier}{Verna} et \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. -% \emph{Donc\Virage{} le paquetage \pack{minitoc-hyper}~\cite{minitoc-hyper} est dщsormais obsolшte et ne devrait plus ъtre -% utilisщ. Il est encore prщsent sur les archives CTAN pour la compatibilitщ avec des anciens documents.} -% Si vous ajoutez le chargement du paquetage \pack{hyperref} р~un -% document utilisant dщjр \upack{minitoc}, vous recevrez un message d'erreur concernant des accolades fermantes en -% trop. Il suffit de laisser se terminer l'exщcution de \LaTeX, puis de rщ-exщcuter \LaTeX\ sur le document. Il n'y -% aura aucun problшme si vous enlevez le chargement de \pack{hyperref} puis l'ajoutez de nouveau; ce problшme ne -% se produit que lorsque vous passez de \upack{minitoc} version~\#30 р~\upack{minitoc} version~\#31 (ou supщrieure) -% avec un document dщjр traitщ et en ajoutant \pack{hyperref} en mъme temps! Il semble prщfщrable de traiter le -% document avec \upack{minitoc} version~\#31 (ou supщrieure) sans \pack{hyperref}, puis avec \pack{hyperref}, -% parce que certaines commandes internes щcrites dans les fichiers auxiliaires ont щtщ modifiщes. S'il est utilisщ, -% le paquetage \pack{hyperref} doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}. Notez que les documents -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} montrent des exemples (qui ne sont pas vraiment) basiques de -% l'utilisation du paquetage \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (18) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Problem while upgrading \upack{minitoc}} -% If upgrading from version~\#30 or lower to -% version~\#31 or higher, you should delete the \suffix{.aux}, -% \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof}, \suffix{.lot} files of the document, -% else the first \LaTeX{} run with version~\#31 or higher will -% produce a lot of errors (the next run should be ok). See also the section~\vref{faq.17}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Problшme lors de la mise р~jour de \upack{minitoc}} -% Lors de la mise р~jour de la version~\#30 ou infщrieure vers la version~\#31 ou supщrieure, vous devriez dщtruire -% les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof}, \suffix{.lot} du document, sinon la premiшre exщcution de \LaTeX{} avec -% la version~\#31 ou supщrieure produira beaucoup d'erreurs (l'exщcution suivante devrait ъtre correcte). Voir aussi -% la section~\vref{faq.17}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (19) -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{A local TOC for the set of appendices}\label{faq.19}% -% \or\relax -% \section{Une TdM locale pour l'ensemble des appendices}\label{faq.19}% -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\appendix} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\protect} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\partbegin} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some users need a table of contents for the appendices, -% but without putting the entries of it into the main table of -% contents. The solution is to put the appendices in a \com{part} -% subdivision of the document and ask for a table of contents at -% the \com{part} level: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{doparttoc}\verb|\doparttoc % after \begin{document}|\\ -% \verb|. . .|\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}\\ -% \verb|. . .|\\ -% \com{appendix}\\ -% \icom{part}\verb|\part{Appendices} % create a part level subdivision|\\ -% \icom{parttoc}\verb|\parttoc % create a local table of contents|\\ -% \verb|% To suppress the appendix part in the main toc|\\ -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{setcounter}\idcnt{tocdepth}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{-1}}|\\ -% \icom{chapter}\verb|\chapter{First appendix}|\\ -% \verb|. . .|\\ -% \verb|% Add this at the end of appendices if there is something|\\ -% \verb|% after the appendices (like an index or a bibliography)|\\ -% \verb|% to put a bound to the contents of \parttoc|\\ -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{partbegin}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}| -% \end{verse} -% See also section~\vref{faq.25}. -% \or\relax -% Certains utilisateurs ont besoin d'une table des matiшres pour les appendices, mais sans mettre les entrщes de -% cette table dans la table des matiшres principale. Une solution est de mettre les appendices dans une subdivision -% \com{part} du document et de demander une table des matiшres au niveau de cette partie: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{doparttoc}\verb|\doparttoc % aprшs \begin{document}|\\ -% \verb|. . .|\\ -% \com{tableofcontents}\\ -% \verb|. . .|\\ -% \icom{appendix}\verb|\appendix|\\ -% \icom{part}\verb|\part{Appendices} % crщe une subdivision de niveau partie|\\ -% \icom{parttoc}\verb|\parttoc % crщe une table des matiшres locale|\\ -% \verb|% Pour supprimer la partie appendices dans la TdM principale|\\ -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{setcounter}\idcnt{tocdepth}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{-1}}|\\ -% \icom{chapter}\verb|\chapter{Premier appendice}|\\ -% \verb|. . .|\\ -% \verb|% Ajoutez ceci р la fin des appendices s'il y a quelque chose|\\ -% \verb|% aprшs les appendices (comme un index ou une bibliographie)|\\ -% \verb|% pour placer une borne au contenu de \parttoc|\\ -% \icom{atttocontents}\icom{partbegin}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}| -% \end{verse} -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq.25}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (20) -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{appendix} package}\ipack{appendix}\label{faq+appendix} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{appendix}}\ipack{appendix}\label{faq+appendix} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} -% \begin{environment}{appendices} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you use the \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}),\imess{I0042} -% you will observe a serious problem with minitocs in the \env{appendices} environment -% (and after it): they do not -% match with their respective appendices. In fact, the environnement opening \ienv{appendices}\verb|\begin{appendices}| hides a -% \com{addcontentsline} command for a chapter or a section, putting trouble -% in the numbering of minitocs or secttocs. Several solutions are available. The first one is to add a -% \com{adjustmtc} or \com{adjuststc} command -% (depending on the level of the appendices, chapter or section) after \emph{each} -% \ienv{appendices}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{appendices\}} command. -% An other solution is to add the following commands in the preamble -% \emph{after} the loading of the \pack{appendix} package: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ -% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjustmtc}| -% \end{verse} -% if appendices are at the chapter level, OR: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ -% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjuststc}| -% \end{verse} -% if appendices are at the section level. -% -% These two solutions may be modified by replacing \com{adjustmtc} by the sequence: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{chapterend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\chapterend}|\\ -% OR\\ -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}| -% \end{quote} -% when it is necessary to delimit the end of the preceding chapter or section\,\footnote{In fact, the commands -% \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} and \com{sectend} should not be used directly by the user, in normal circumstances.}. -% -% A rather more elegant solution is to add an entry into the TOC via the \com{addappheadtotoc} command offered by -% the \pack{appendix} package. As this entry is a chapter-level (or section-level) entry, it delimits correctly -% the end of the preceding chapter or section. -% -% See also the \exam{mtc-amm.tex} example file (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}), -% which uses the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, -% which includes itself the \pack{appendix} package functionnality (these packages and this class are from the same author). -% \or\relax -% Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}),\imess{I0042} vous observerez un -% sщrieux problшme avec les minitocs dans l'environnement \env{appendices} (et aprшs lui): elles ne correspondent -% pas avec leurs appendices respectifs. En fait, l'ouverture de l'environnement par \ienv{appendices}\verb|\begin{appendices}| dissimule une -% commande \com{addcontentsline} pour un chapitre ou une section, semant le trouble dans la numщrotation des -% minitocs ou secttocs. Plusieurs solutions sont disponibles. La premiшre consiste р~ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} -% ou \com{adjuststc} (selon que les appendices sont au niveau chapitre ou section) aprшs \emph{chaque} commande -% \ienv{appendices}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{appendices\}}. Une autre solution est d'ajouter les commandes suivantes dans le prщambule -% \emph{aprшs} le chargement du paquetage \pack{appendix}: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ -% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjustmtc}| -% \end{verse} -% si les appendices sont au niveau chapitre, OU: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|\let\oldappendices\appendices|\\ -% \verb|\def\appendices{\oldappendices\adjuststc}| -% \end{verse} -% si les appendices sont au niveau section. -% -% Ces deux solutions peuvent ъtre modifiщes en remplaчant \com{adjustmtc} par la sщquence: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{chapterend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\chapterend}|\\ -% OU\\ -% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}| -% \end{quote} -% lorsqu'il est nщcessaire de dщlimiter la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) prщcщdent(e)\,\footnote{En fait, les -% commandes \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} et \com{sectend} ne devraient pas ъtre appelщes directement par -% l'utilisateur, dans des circonstances normales.}. -% -% Une solution plus щlщgante consiste р~ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres via la -% commande \com{addappheadtotoc} fournie par le paquetage \pack{appendix}. Comme cette entrщe est une entrщe -% au niveau chapitre (ou au niveau section), elle dщlimite correctement la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) -% prщcщdent(e). -% -% Voir aussi le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-amm.tex} (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}), -% qui utilise la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, -% qui inclut elle-mъme la fonctionnalitщ du paquetage \pack{appendix} (ces paquetages et cette classe sont du mъme auteur). -% \fi -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% ^^A (21) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{tocloft} package}\ipack{tocloft}\label{faq+tocloft} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{tocloft}}\ipack{tocloft}\label{faq+tocloft} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% (This\imess{I0047} answer is given in the documentation of the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}.) -% The \pack{tocloft} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) and \upack{minitoc} packages -% have an unfortunate interaction\,\footnote{Discovered by \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}.}, which fortunately can be fixed. -% In the normal course of events, when \upack{minitoc} is used in a chaptered -% document it will typeset section -% entries in the minitocs in bold font. If \pack{tocloft} is used in -% conjunction with \upack{minitoc}, then the minitoc section entries are -% typeset in the normal font, except for the page numbers which are in -% bold font, while the ToC section entries are all in normal font. -% -% One cure, if you want the minitoc section entries to be all in normal small -% font, is to put: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{renewcommand}\icom{mtcSfont}\verb|\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\normalfont\small}| -% \end{verse} -% or: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsetfont}\verb|\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalfont\small}| -% \end{verse} -% in the preamble. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Otherwise, the cure is the following incantation: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{renewcommand}\verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\bfseries}|\\ -% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\bfseries\cftdotfill{\cftdotsep}}|\\ -% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{\bfseries}| -% \end{verse} -% To have the section entries in both the ToC and the minitocs in bold then -% put the incantation in the preamble. To have only the minitoc section -% entries in bold while the ToC entries are in the normal font, -% put the incantation between the \com{tableofcontents} -% command and the first \com{chapter} command. -% -% As \pack{tocloft} is a very powerful and useful package, these cures are worth to be added if you need the -% benefits of this package. See also section~\vref{faq+memoir}. -% \or\relax -% (Cette\imess{I0047} rщponse est donnщe dans la documentation du paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}.) -% Les paquetages \pack{tocloft} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) et \upack{minitoc} ont une fтcheuse -% interaction\,\footnote{Dщcouverte par \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}.}, qui, heureusement, peut ъtre corrigщe. -% Dans le cours normal des choses, lorsque \upack{minitoc} est utilisщ dans un document avec chapitres, il -% composera les entrщes de sections dans une fonte grasse. Si \pack{tocloft} est utilisщ en conjonction avec -% \upack{minitoc}, alors les entrщes de sections dans les minitocs sont composщes dans la fonte normale, sauf pour -% les numщros de pages qui sont en fonte grasse, tandis que les entrщes de sections dans la table des matiшres -% principale sont entiшrement en fonte normale. -% -% Un remшde, si vous voulez que toutes des entrщes de sections dans les minitocs soient en fonte normale, est de -% placer: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{renewcommand}\icom{mtcSfont}\verb|\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\normalfont\small}| -% \end{verse} -% ou: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsetfont}\verb|\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalfont\small}| -% \end{verse} -% dans le prщambule. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Sinon, le remшde est l'incantation suivante: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{renewcommand}\verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\bfseries}|\\ -% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\bfseries\cftdotfill{\cftdotsep}}|\\ -% \verb|\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{\bfseries}| -% \end{verse} -% Pour que les entrщes de sections dans la table des matiшres principale et dans les minitocs soient toutes en gras, -% placez l'incantation dans le prщambule. Pour que ces entrщes soient en gras dans les minitocs mais en fonte -% normale dans la table des matiшres principale, placez l'incantation entre la commande \com{tableofcontents} et -% la premiшre commande \com{chapter}. -% -% Puisque \pack{tocloft} est un paquetage trшs puissant et trшs utile, cela vaut la peine d'ajouter ces remшdes si -% vous voulez profiter des avantages de ce paquetage. Voir aussi la section~\vref{faq+memoir}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (22) -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \uclass{memoir} class}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq+memoir} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec la classe \uclass{memoir}}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq+memoir} -% \fi -% \SMMZZ{\lmess{E0028}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0032}\\\lmess{I0044}\\\lmess{M0001}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} offers basically the functionnalities -% of the \pack{appendix}, \pack{tocbibind} -% and \pack{tocloft} packages (this class and these packages have the same author, \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), -% hence it has the same problems; -% see above the available solutions (sections~\vref{faq+appendix}, -% \vref{special.entries}, and~\vref{faq+tocloft} respectively). -% If your version of the \class{memoir} class is recent, the syntax of the \com{chapter} command is -% different and the \class{memoir} class \emph{could be no more compatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, but a -% patch is inserted to fix the problem. Hopefully, if your version of the \class{memoir} class -% is more recent than 2005/09/25, the patch is no more necessary. -% -% If you are using the \class{memoir} class (or the \pack{tocloft} package), -% the \com{mtcsetfont} command has no effect (\com{mtcsettitlefont} works); you should use the font -% commands which are specific of the \class{memoir} class (or of the \pack{tocloft} package). -% -% If you still want to use the \com{mtcsetfont} commands while using the \class{memoir} class (or of the -% \pack{tocloft} package), you must disable the \class{memoir}/\pack{tocloft} font commands. This is done by -% the following commands: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\let\cftpartfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftchapterfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsectionfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubsectionfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubsubsectionfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftparagraphfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubparagraphfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftfigurefont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubfigurefont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cfttablefont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubtablefont\relax| -% \end{quote} -% \or\relax -% La classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} offre essentiellement les fonctionnalitщs des -% paquetages \pack{appendix}, \pack{tocbibind} et \pack{tocloft} (cette classe et ces paquetages ont -% le mъme auteur, \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), -% et donc elle a les mъmes problшmes; voir ci-dessus les solutions disponibles (sections~\vref{faq+appendix}, -% \vref{special.entries} et~\vref{faq+tocloft} respectivement). -% Si votre version de la classe \class{memoir} est rщcente, la syntaxe de la commande \com{chapter} -% est diffщrente et la classe \class{memoir} \emph{pourrait n'ъtre plus compatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% mais une modification est insщrщe pour corriger le problшme. Heureusement, si votre version de la classe \class{memoir} -% est plus rщcente que 2005/09/25, la correction n'est plus nщcessaire. -% -% Si vous utilisez la classe \class{memoir} (ou le paquetage \pack{tocloft}), la commande \com{mtcsetfont} -% n'a aucun effet (\com{mtcsettitlefont} fonctionne); vous devriez utiliser les commandes de fontes qui -% sont spщcifiques de la classe \class{memoir} (ou du paquetage \pack{tocloft}). -% -% Si vous souhaitez quand mъme utiliser les commandes \com{mtcsetfont} tout en utilisant la classe \class{memoir} -% (ou le paquetage \pack{tocloft}), vous devez dщsactiver les commandes de fontes de \class{memoir}/\pack{tocloft}. -% Ceci peut ъtre fait par les commandes suivantes: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\let\cftpartfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftchapterfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsectionfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubsectionfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubsubsectionfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftparagraphfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubparagraphfont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftfigurefont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubfigurefont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cfttablefont\relax|\\ -% \verb|\let\cftsubtablefont\relax| -% \end{quote} -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% ^^A (23) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{There are too many commands for fonts, titles, and depths} -% \or\relax -% \section{Il y a trop de commandes pour les fontes, les titres et les profondeurs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since version \#41, the \com{mtcsetfont} and \com{mtcsettitlefont} commands are available. You do not need anymore -% to know \com{mtcSSSfont}, \com{ptifont}, etc. -% \or\relax -% Depuis la version \#41, les commandes \com{mtcsetfont} et \com{mtcsettitlefont} sont disponibles. Vous -% n'avez plus besoin de connaюtre \com{mtcSSSfont}, \com{ptifont}, etc. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since version \#42, the \com{mtcsettitle} command is available. -% You do not need anymore to know \com{mtctitle}, \com{slttitle}, etc. -% \or\relax -% Depuis la version \#42, la commande \com{mtcsettitle} est disponible. -% Vous n'avez plus besoin de connaюtre \com{mtctitle}, \com{slttitle}, etc. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since version \#43, the \com{mtcsetdepth} command is available. -% You do not need anymore to know the counters \dcnt{minitocdepth}, \dcnt{sectlotdepth}, etc. -% \or\relax -% Depuis la version \#43, la commande \com{mtcsetdepth} est disponible. -% n'avez plus besoin de connaюtre les compteurs \dcnt{minitocdepth}, \dcnt{sectlotdepth}, etc. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (24) -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section[Compatibility with the \texorpdfstring{\AmS}{\emph{AmS}} document classes]% -% {Compatibility with the {\AmS} document classes}\label{s+AMS} -% This problem has been pointed out by \name{Henri}{Massias}. -% \or\relax -% \section[Compatibilitщ avec les classes de document de l'\texorpdfstring{\AmS}{\emph{AmS}}]% -% {Compatibilitщ avec les classes de document de l'{\AmS}}\label{s+AMS} -% Ce problшme a щtщ signalщ par \name{Henri}{Massias}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Unfortunately, the \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}}\class{amsart} -% and \class{amsproc} document classes are -% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}. -% The \class{amsbook} document class requires the insertion of commands if you want -% a list of figures and/or a list of tables: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{listoffigures}\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % added|\\ -% \com{listoftables}\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % added| -% \end{verse} -% \or\relax -% Malheureusement, les classes de document \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}}\class{amsart} -% et \class{amsproc} sont \emph{incompatibles} avec \upack{minitoc}. -% La classe de document \class{amsbook} requiert l'insertion de commandes si vous dщsirez -% une liste des figures et/ou une liste des tableaux: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{listoffigures}\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % ajout|\\ -% \com{listoftables}\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb| % ajout| -% \end{verse} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% ^^A (25) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Hiding some entries from the main table of contents}\label{faq.25}% -% \or\relax -% \section{Cacher certaines entrщes dans la table des matiшres principale}\label{faq.25}% -% \fi -% \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% It is a problem similar to that of section~\vref{faq.19}. -% An example is having a local table of contents for a chapter (\com{minitoc}) whose entries should not appear in -% the main table of contents. Just use the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{}\emph{Title}\texttt{\}}\\ -% \texttt{\bs begin\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{level}\texttt{]}\\ -% \com{minitoc}\\ -% \com{section}\texttt{\{}\emph{sub-title}\texttt{\}}\\ -% .{}.{}.\\ -% \texttt{\bs end\{mtchideinmaintoc\}} -% \end{quote} -% This environment accepts an optional numeric argument, which is the depth of hiding in the main toc (default: -% \texttt{-1}, complete hiding). -% You can look at the \exam{mtc-apx.tex} example file:\label{mtc-apx.tex} -% \or\relax -% C'est un problшme similaire р~celui de la section~\vref{faq.19}. -% Un exemple est d'avoir une table des matiшres locale pour un chapitre (\com{minitoc}) dont les entrщes ne -% doivent pas apparaюtre dans la table des matiшres principale. Utilisez simplement l'environnement -% \env{mtchideinmaintoc}: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{}\emph{Titre}\texttt{\}}\\ -% \texttt{\bs begin\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{niveau}\texttt{]}\\ -% \com{minitoc}\\ -% \com{section}\texttt{\{}\emph{sous-titre}\texttt{\}}\\ -% .{}.{}.\\ -% \texttt{\bs end\{mtchideinmaintoc\}} -% \end{quote} -% Cet environnement accepte un argument optionnel numщrique, qui est la profondeur de masquage dans la table des -% matiшres principale (par dщfaut: \texttt{-1}, masquage complet). Vous pouvez regarder le fichier d'exemple -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}:\label{mtc-apx.tex} -% \fi -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-apx> -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-apx.tex}% - [2007/03/22]% -\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text -\usepackage{tocbibind} % adds some entries in the main TOC. -\usepackage[tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} \setcounter{parttocdepth}{3} -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc % prepare the mini-tables -\tableofcontents -\mtcaddchapter % because tocbibind adds a chapter entry in the TOC -\chapter{First} -\minitoc -First chapter -\section{First section} \lipsum[1] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] -\chapter{Second} -\minitoc -Second -\section{First section of second chapter} \lipsum[3] -\section{Second section of second chapter} \lipsum[4] -\appendix % begins the appendices -\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices} % adds a part entry in the TOC -\adjustptc % fixes the parttoc counter ptc -\mtcsettitle{parttoc}{List of Appendices} % changes the parttoc title -\parttoc % adds a partial toc for the appendices -\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] % hides the details of the appendices in the main TOC, -% % but chapter-level entries would be still visible in the main TOC -% % if you use 0 in place of -1 as optional argument. -\chapter{First appendix} -\minitoc -First appendix -\section{First section} \lipsum[5] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[6] -\chapter{Second appendix} -\minitoc -Second appendix -\section{First section of second appendix} \lipsum[7] -\section{Second section of second appendix} \lipsum[8] -\end{mtchideinmaintoc} % end of hiding -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Of course, the environments \env{mtchideinmainlof} -% and \env{mtchideinmainlot} are also available, to hide some entries in the main -% list of figures or of tables. -% -% Note\virage{} that the position of the end of these environments must be adjusted to include a page break (like -% the one done by a \com{chapter} command), else the restore command might be inserted too early into the -% \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} or \suffix{.lot} file. There is an example file -% (\exam{mtc-hi1.tex}):\label{mtc-hi1.tex} -% \or\relax -% Bien s√r, les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} sont aussi disponibles, pour -% masquer certaines entrщes dans la liste principale des figures ou des tableaux. -% -% Notez\virage{} que la position de la fin de ces environnements doit ъtre ajustщe pour inclure un saut de page -% (comme celui fait par une commande \com{chapter}), sinon la commande de restauration pourrait ъtre insщrщe -% trop tЇt dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} ou \suffix{.lot}. Voici un fichier d'exemple -% (\exam{mtc-hi1.tex}):\label{mtc-hi1.tex} -% \fi -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \raggedcolumns -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-hi1> -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi1.tex}% - [2007/01/04]% -\usepackage% - [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominilof \listoffigures -\dominilot \listoftables -\chapter{First} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA2} -\end{table} -\chapter{Second} -\minilof \minilot -%%---------------------- -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{multicols}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. -% In this document, we use the environment forms. -% \or\relax -% Nous commenчons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la -% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes environnements. -% \fi -% \raggedcolumns -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{mtchideinmainlof} -\begin{mtchideinmainlot} -\begin{figure} -\caption{BBBB1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{BBBB2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TBBBB1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TBBBB2} -\end{table} -\chapter{Third} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{multicols}} -% \lneed{3} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We terminate the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. -% In this document, we use the environment forms. -% \or\relax -% Nous terminons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la -% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes environnements. -% \fi -% \raggedcolumns -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -\end{mtchideinmainlot} -\end{mtchideinmainlof} -%%---------------------- -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC2} -\end{table} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{multicols}} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot} -% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlof} -% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But\virage{} it is also possible to use \emph{commands} in place of these environments: -% you place a \com{mtchideinmainlof} -% (or \com{mtchideinmainlot}) command in the first figure (or table) to -% hide, \emph{before} its caption and a \com{endmtchideinmainlof} (or \com{endmtchideinmainlot}) command at the end of -% the last figure (or table) to hide, \emph{after} its caption, like in this example file -% (\exam{mtc-hi2.tex}):\label{mtc-hi2.tex} -% \or\relax -% Mais\virage{} il est aussi possible d'utiliser des \emph{commandes} р~la place de ces environnements: vous placez une -% commande \com{mtchideinmainlof} (ou \com{mtchideinmainlot}) dans -% la premiшre figure (ou table) р~masquer, \emph{avant} son caption et une commande \com{endmtchideinmainlof} -% (ou \com{endmtchideinmainlot}) р~la fin de la derniшre figure (ou table) р~masquer, \emph{aprшs} son caption, -% comme dans cet exemple de fichier (\exam{mtc-hi2.tex}):\label{mtc-hi2.tex} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-hi2> -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hi2.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage% - [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominilof \listoffigures -\dominilot \listoftables -\chapter{First} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{AAAA2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TAAAA2} -\end{table} -\chapter{Second} -\minilof \minilot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\virage{} begin the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. -% In this document, we use the command forms: a command is inserted \emph{before} the caption of the first ``hidden'' -% entry. -% \or\relax -% Nous\virage{} commenчons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la -% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes commandes: une commande est insщrщe \emph{avant} -% le caption de la \emph{premiшre} entrщe л~masquщe~╗. -% \fi -% \raggedcolumns -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{figure} -\mtchideinmainlof % <-- -\caption{BBBB1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{BBBB2} -\endmtchideinmainlof % <-- -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\mtchideinmainlot % <-- -\caption{TBBBB1} -\end{table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{multicols}} -% \lneed{3} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\virage{} terminate the hiding of figure entries in the list of figures and of table entries in the list of tables. -% In this document, we use the command forms: a command is inserted \emph{after} the caption of the \emph{last} ``hidden'' -% entry. -% \or\relax -% Nous\virage{} terminons le masquage des entrщes de figures dans la liste des figures et des entrщes de tableaux dans la -% liste des tableaux. Dans ce document, nous utilisons les formes commandes: une commande est insщrщe \emph{aprшs} -% le caption de la \emph{derniшre} entrщe л~masquщe~╗. -% \fi -% \raggedcolumns -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{table} -\caption{TBBBB2} -\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- -\end{table} -\chapter{Third} -\minilof \minilot -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC1} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{CCCC2} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC1} -\end{table} -\begin{table} -\caption{TCCCC2} -\end{table} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{multicols}} -% \flushcolumns -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This method, recommended while more delicate to apply, is much more reliable in delimiting the hiding domain: -% it solves the problem of the asynchronism between the writing of floats and the writing of the normal text. -% \or\relax -% Cette mщthode, recommandщe bien que plus dщlicate р~appliquer, est bien plus fiable dans la dщlimitation du domaine de -% masquage: elle rщsout le problшme de l'asynchronisme entre l'щcriture des щlщments flottants et celle du texte normal. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (26) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Defining your own \usuffix{.mld} file}\label{faq.26}\isuffix{.mld}% -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщfinir votre propre fichier \usuffix{.mld}}\label{faq.26}\isuffix{.mld}% -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, you should not directly modify one of the distributed \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. -% The simplest way to alter some -% title is to redefine the corresponding command via \com{renewcommand} or better via -% \com{mtcsettitle}. -% If you really want to have your own \suffix{.mld} file, you copy an existing \suffix{.mld} file -% into one with a new name (not -% the name of a distributed \suffix{.mld} file). Then you modify this new \suffix{.mld} file and you can use it via -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}. You can always contact me to add this new \suffix{.mld} file to the -% distribution. These remarks apply also to the \emph{language}\usuffix{[.mld--.mlo]} pairs of language definition files. -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, vous ne devriez pas modifier directement l'un des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo} de la -% distribution. La -% maniшre la plus simple de modifier un certain titre est de redщfinir la commande correspondante via -% \com{renewcommand} ou mieux, via \com{mtcsettitle}. Si vous souhaitez vraiment avoir votre propre fichier -% \suffix{.mld}, vous copiez un fichier \suffix{.mld} existant vers un fichier portant un nouveau nom -% (pas le nom d'un fichier \suffix{.mld} de la distribution). Puis vous modifiez ce nouveau fichier \suffix{.mld} et -% vous pourrez l'utiliser via \com{mtcselectlanguage}. Vous pouvez toujours me contacter pour ajouter ce nouveau -% fichier \suffix{.mld} р~la distribution. Ces remarques s'appliquent aussi aux paires -% \emph{langue}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{[.mld--.mlo]} de fichiers de dщfinition de langues. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (27) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{abstract} package}\label{faq.27}\ipack{abstract} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{abstract}}\label{faq.27}\ipack{abstract} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{environment}{abstract} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the \pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), is used with its -% \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option, a ``{Abstract}'' entry is added to the table of contents, -% as a starred chapter if the document class defines \com{chapter}, else as a starred section. -% This problem is detected by the \optd{hints} option and you should add -% a \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| or a \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| -% command after your \env{abstract} environment. -% \or\relax -% Lorsque le paquetage \pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), est utilisщ avec son option -% \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}, une entrщe л~{Abstract}~╗ (ou similaire) est ajoutщe dans la table des -% matiшres, comme un chapitre щtoilщ si la classe du document dщfinit \com{chapter}, sinon comme une section -% щtoilщe. Ce problшme est dщtectщ par l'option \optd{hints} et vous devriez ajouter une commande -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[]| ou \com{mtcaddsection}\verb|[]| aprшs votre environnement \env{abstract}. -% \fi -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (28) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{sectsty} package}\label{faq.28}\ipack{sectsty} -% If the \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (by \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{sectsty}}\label{faq.28}\ipack{sectsty} -% Si le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} (de \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}) est utilisщ, il doit ъtre chargщ -% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, -% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (29) -% \lneed{15} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Strange alignment in the minitocs}\label{faq.29} -% \emph{In minitocs, subsections titles are not aligned with sections, as they are in the main table of contents.} -% \or\relax -% \section{Alignement bizarre dans les minitocs}\label{faq.29} -% \emph{Dans les minitocs, les titres des sous-sections ne sont pas alignщs avec les sections, -% alors qu'ils le sont dans la table des matiшres principale.} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@part} -% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\l@section} -% \begin{macro}{\l@subsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@subsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@paragraph} -% \begin{macro}{\l@subparagraph} -% \begin{macro}{\renewcommand} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax % -% The entries of a table of contents are formatted via internal commands like -% \com{l@part}, \com{l@chapter}, \com{l@section}, etc. -% -% The ``part'' and ``chapter'' levels (and ``section'' for an article) use -% specific commands which are somewhat complex for a more elaborated formatting. -% For the ``section'' (in the \class{report} and \class{book} classes) and lower levels, -% these commands are (\class{book} class, \xfile{book.cls}) by default: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{renewcommand*}\icom{l@section}\icom{@dottedtocline}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@subsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@subsubsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@paragraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@subparagraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}| -% \end{quote} -% which will be applied in the main table of contents and in the minitocs. The -% arguments of \com{@dottedtocline} are -% \begin{enumerate}[1)] -% \item the logical depth (which will be compared to \dcnt{tocdepth} or \dcnt{minitocdepth}). -% \item the indentation. -% \item the width reserved for the section/subsection/\ldots\ number. -% \end{enumerate} -% In the standard \class{book}, \class{report} and \class{article} classes~\cite{classes}, the dimensions -% (second and third arguments) are given in ``em'' units, and this unit -% depends on the current font. In the main table of contents, -% the section and subsection entries are witten in the \emph{same} font, hence -% usually the alignment is correct. But in the minitocs, the section entries -% are written in a bold font while the subsection entries are written in -% a non bold font (the default font choices are given in table~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), hence one ``em'' has -% different sizes in these two fonts and the alignement is changed. -% -% There are several solutions: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Redefine the \com{l@section} \ldots{} \com{l@subparagraph} commands -% to use font independent units (pt, mm, pc, etc.). This -% redefinition must be performed in a package or via a command defined by a package or between \com{makeatletter} -% and \com{makeatother}, because these commands have a~\verb|@| in -% their names; you must use \com{renewcommand*} to redefine -% these commands. -% \item Use\virage{} the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft} to change the indentation, with -% font independent units. But then see \emph{also} section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. -% \item Use the same font for the section and subsection entries -% in the minitocs, using the \com{mtcsetfont} command (see section~\vref{s+simp-font-commands}) or -% redefining the \com{mtcSfont}, \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, -% \com{mtcPfont} and \com{mtcSPfont} commands (see table~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), or similar. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% -% Les entrщes d'une table des matiшres sont mises en forme par des commandes internes telles que -% \com{l@part}, \com{l@chapter}, \com{l@section}, etc. -% -% Les niveaux л~partie~╗ et л~chapitre~╗ (et л~section~╗ pour un article) utilisent des -% commandes spщcifiques qui sont assez complexes pour une mise en forme plus щlaborщe. -% Pour les niveaux л~section~╗ (dans les classes \class{report} et \class{book}) et infщrieurs, -% ces commandes sont (class \class{book}, \xfile{book.cls}) par dщfaut: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{renewcommand*}\icom{l@section}\icom{@dottedtocline}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@subsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@subsubsection}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@paragraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}|\\ -% \icom{l@subparagraph}\verb|\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}| -% \end{quote} -% qui seront appliquщes dans la table des matiшres principale et dans les minitocs. Les -% arguments de \com{@dottedtocline} sont -% \begin{enumerate}[1)] -% \item la profondeur logique (qui sera comparщe р~\dcnt{tocdepth} ou \dcnt{minitocdepth}); -% \item l'indentation; -% \item la largeur rщservщe pour le numщro de section/sous-section/\ldots -% \end{enumerate} -% Dans les classes standard \class{book}, \class{report} et \class{article}~\cite{classes}, les dimensions -% (deuxiшme et troisiшme arguments) sont donnщes en unitщs л~em~╗, et cette unitщ -% dщpend de la fonte courante. Dans la table des matiшres principale, les entrщes de sections et de sous-sections -% sont щcrites dans la \emph{mъme} fonte, donc normalement l'alignement est correct. Mais dans les -% minitocs, les entrщes pour les sections sont щcrites dans une fonte grasse tandis que celles des sous-sections -% sont щcrites dans une fonte non grasse (les choix par dщfaut pour ces fontes sont donnщs dans -% le tableau~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), donc un л~em~╗ a des tailles diffщrentes -% dans ces deux fontes et l'alignement est altщrщ. -% -% Il y a plusieurs solutions: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Redщfinir les commandes \com{l@section} \ldots{} \com{l@subparagraph} pour utiliser -% des unitщs indщpendantes de la fonte (pt, mm, pc, etc.). Cette -% redщfinition doit ъtre effectuщe dans un paquetage ou via une commande dщfinie dans un paquetage -% ou entre \com{makeatletter} -% et \com{makeatother}, puisque ces commandes contiennent un~\verb|@| dans leurs noms; -% vous devez utiliser \com{renewcommand*} pour redщfinir ces commandes. -% \item Utiliser\virage{} le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft} pour changer l'indentation, avec des unitщs -% indщpendantes de la fonte. Mais alors regardez \emph{aussi} la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. -% \item Utiliser la mъme fonte pour les entrщes de sections et de sous-sections dans les minitocs, -% en utilisant la commande \com{mtcsetfont} (voir la section~\vref{s+simp-font-commands}) ou -% en redщfinissant les commandes \com{mtcSfont}, \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont}, -% \com{mtcPfont} et \com{mtcSPfont} (voir le tableau~\vref{t+mtc+f2}), ou analogues. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Useful precautions with starred sectionning commands}\label{faq.30} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The\virage{} headers are not modified by \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} or \com{section*}; -% it is \emph{necessary} to use \com{markboth} or \com{markright} to get correct page headers for -% the current and following pages. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item If\virage{} you need an entry in the table of contents for a \com{chapter*} or a \com{section*} command, you -% must use \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]} or \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]} -% \emph{after} the starred sectionning command. -% If you need an entry in the table of contents for a \com{part*} command, the page number in the -% table of contents would be wrong, because \com{part*} implies a \com{clearpage} or a -% \com{cleardoublepage} before the first page of the part. Use the sequence -% \begin{quote}\small -% \com{cleardoublepage}\verb| % \clearpage if openany option.|\\ -% \com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]|\\ -% \com{part*}\verb|[|\emph{title}\verb|]| -% \end{quote} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% \section{Prщcautions utiles avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes}\label{faq.30} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Les\virage{} en-tъtes ne sont pas modifiщs par \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} ou \com{section*}; -% il est \emph{nщcessaire} d'utiliser \com{markboth} ou \com{markright} pour obtenir des en-tъtes de -% pages corrects pour la page courante et les suivantes. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item Si\virage{} vous dщsirez une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une commande \com{chapter*} ou -% \com{section*} command, vous devez utiliser \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]} ou -% \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]} \emph{aprшs} la commande de sectionnement щtoilщe. -% Si vous dщsirez une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une commande pour une commande \com{part*}, -% le numщro de page dans la table des matiшres serait erronщ, car \com{part*} implique une commande -% \com{clearpage} ou \com{cleardoublepage} avant la premiшre page de la partie. Utilisez la -% sщquence -% \begin{quote}\small -% \com{cleardoublepage}\verb| % \clearpage si option openany.|\\ -% \com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]|\\ -% \com{part*}\verb|[|\emph{titre}\verb|]| -% \end{quote} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% -% ^^A (31) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with packages for captions}\label{faq.31} -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}} -% one of the \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, -% \pack{caption2}\footnote{This package is obsolete; now use a recent -% version of the -% \upack{caption} package.}~\cite{caption2}, (both written by \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), -% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), or -% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (by \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), packages is used, -% it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package, because such packages alter (redefine) the -% commands listing figures and tables. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec des paquetages pour les captions}\label{faq.31}\ipack{caption}\ipack{caption2}\ipack{ccaption}\ipack{mcaption} -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}i -% l'un des paquetages \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}, -% \pack{caption2}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage est obsolшte; utilisez -% maintenant une version rщcente du paquetage \upack{caption}.}~\cite{caption2}, (qui ont tous deux щtщ щcrits -% par \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}), -% \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (щcrit par \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), ou -% \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} (щcrit par \xname{Stephan}{Hennig}), est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car de tels paquetages altшrent (redщfinissent) -% les commandes de listage des figures et tableaux. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (32) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Bad interaction \upack{minitoc/hyperref/memoir}}\ipack{hyperref}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq.32} -% When the \upack{minitoc} and \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} packages are used in a document -% of class \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, -% the chapter header ``Chapter'' does not appear on the first page of the chapter. -% -% This problem is fixed in version~\#44 of \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Mauvaise interaction \upack{minitoc/hyperref/memoir}}\ipack{hyperref}\iclass{memoir}\label{faq.32} -% Lorsque les paquetages \upack{minitoc} et \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} sont utilisщs dans un document -% dont la classe est \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, l'en-tъte de chapitre л~Chapitre~╗ n'apparaюt pas -% sur la premiшre page du chapitre. -% -% Ce problшme est corrigщ dans la version~\#44 de \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (33) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{varsects} package}\label{faq.33}\ipack{varsects} -% If the \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} (by \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{varsects}}\label{faq.33}\ipack{varsects} -% Si le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} (de \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ -% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, -% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (34) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Initial font settings}\label{faq.34} -% The setting of the fonts in the mini-tables is a rather complex problem. If we take the parttocs as an example, -% there is a \com{ptcfont} font-command which is used for two purposes\footnote{The same remarks apply -% to the other mini-tables.}: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item First, to be used as default value for some other font-commands (like \com{ptcSPfont}). As its -% default value is used in the initialization of the \upack{minitoc} package, the value of these other -% commands is \emph{not altered} if you modify \com{ptcfont}. You must modify these commands one at a -% time. -% \item Second, it is invoked at the beginning of each parttoc, partlof or partlot to set an initial font command. -% Then each entry of the mini-table calls its own font command (like \com{ptcSPfont}). Thus, if you -% modify \com{ptcfont}, you can obtain a global effect on the fonts in the parttocs, partlofs, and -% partlots. So you can play with the various parameters of the fonts (family, shape, series, size), if -% you want fancy mini-tables; but it is rather difficult. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \lneed{6} -% In\Virage{} the initialization of the \upack{minitoc} package, we have a sequence of commands: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{let}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs)|\\ -% \icom{plffont}\verb|\let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures)|\\ -% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures)|\\ -% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables)|\\ -% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables)| -% \end{quote} -% to define some default fonts. But this sequence is executed only once. If you alter \com{ptcfont}, the modification is -% not applied to these font commands. The command \com{ptcfont} is invoked at the beginning of each parttoc. -% \com{ptcCfont} is invoked for each chapter entry in a parttoc (\com{ptcSfont} for each section entry, etc.). -% So \com{ptcfont} can be used to define some global characteristics for the fonts in the parttocs, while -% \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) can be used to customize the fonts for each level of entries. -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Note that if you say: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{let}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs)|\\ -% \icom{plffont}\verb|\let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures)|\\ -% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures)|\\ -% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables)|\\ -% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables)| -% \end{quote} -% after loading the \upack{minitoc} package, these font commands will be ``associated'' to \com{ptcfont}, hence if you -% modify \com{ptcfont} (by via \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}| or \com{renewcommand}), they will follow the -% modification. But if you modify one of these commands via \com{renewcommand} or -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} is an example), -% the association is broken. But you could be more clever by saying something like -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{\ptcfont\itshape}| -% \end{quote} -% to preserve the association and modify only some parameters of a minitoc font command. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% For levels above subsection (part, chapter and section), the fonts a more specific in general, but you can, of course, -% say something like \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| to make a similar association. -% You can even make other associations, like this: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|% for high sectionning levels:|\\ -% \icom{def}\verb| \def\highlevelsfont{\rmfamily\bfseries\normalsize\upshape}|\\ -% \verb|% for low sectionning levels:|\\ -% \verb| \def\lowlevelsfont{\rmfamily\mdseries\smallsize\upshape}|\\ -% \verb|% then for each level:|\\ -% \icom{ptcCfont}\verb| \def\ptcCfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb| \def\ptcPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb| \def\ptcSPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}| -% \end{quote} -% Then you can redefine \verb|\highlevelsfont| or \verb|\lowlevelsfont| to act on several fonts in one step, but you must -% use \com{renewcommand}. You cannot act on \verb|\highlevelsfont| or \verb|\lowlevelsfont| with \com{mtcsetfont}. -% -% Note that only the fonts for parttocs are used in the examples above; but, of course, the situation is the same for -% minitocs and secttocs. \verb|\highlevelsfont| and \verb|\lowlevelsfont| are macro names that you can choice, they are not -% part of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax -% \section{Choix initiaux des fontes}\label{faq.34} -% Le choix des fontes dans les mini-tables est un problшme assez compliquщ. Si nous prenons par exemple les -% parttocs, il y~a une commande de fonte \com{ptcfont} qui est utilisщe dans deux buts\,\footnote{Les mъmes -% remarques s'appliquent aux autres mini-tables.}: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Premiшrement, pour ъtre utilisщe comme valeur par dщfaut pour quelques autres commandes de fontes (telles -% que \com{ptcSPfont}). Comme sa valeur par dщfaut est utilisщe dans l'initialisation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}, la valeur de ces autres commandes \emph{n'est pas modifiщe} si vous modifiez -% \com{ptcfont}. Vous devez modifiez ces commandes une р~la fois. -% \item Deuxiшmement, elle est invoquщe au dщbut de chaque parttoc, partlof ou partlot pour щtablir une commande -% de fonte initiale. Puis chaque entrщe de la mini-table appelle sa propre commande de fonte (comme -% \com{ptcSPfont}). Donc, si vous modifiez \com{ptcfont}, vous pouvez obtenir un effet global sur les -% fontes dans les parttocs, partlofs et partlots. Vous pouvez ainsi jouer avec les divers paramшtres des -% fontes (famille, forme, graisse, taille), si vous voulez des mini-tables enjolivщes; mais ceci est assez -% difficile. -% \end{itemize} -% -% \lneed{6} -% Dans\Virage{} l'initialisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, nous avons une sщquence de commandes: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{let}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs)|\\ -% \icom{plffont}\verb|\let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures)|\\ -% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures)|\\ -% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables)|\\ -% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables)| -% \end{quote} -% pour dщfinir quelques fontes par dщfaut. Mais cette sщquence n'est exщcutщe qu'une seule fois. Si vous altщrez -% \com{ptcfont}, la modification n'est pas appliquщe р~ces commandes de fontes. La commande \com{ptcfont} est -% invoquщe au dщbut de chaque parttoc. \com{ptcCfont} est invoquщe pour chaque entrщe de chapitre dans une parttoc -% (\com{ptcSfont} pour chaque entrщe de section, etc.). Ainsi \com{ptcfont} peut ъtre utilisщe pour dщfinir -% quelques caractщristiques globales pour les fontes dans les parttocs, tandis que \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) peuvent -% ъtre utilisщes pour personnaliser les fontes pour chaque niveau d'entrщes. -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Notez que si vous dites: -% \begin{quote} -% \icom{def}\icom{ptcfont}\icom{ptcSSfont}\verb|\def\ptcSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb|\def\ptcSSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsubsections)|\\ -% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb|\def\ptcPfont{\ptcfont} % (paragraphs)|\\ -% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb|\def\ptcSPfont{\ptcfont} % (subparagraphs)|\\ -% \icom{plffont}\verb|\def\plffont{\ptcfont} % (figures)|\\ -% \icom{plfSfont}\verb|\def\plfSfont{\ptcfont} % (subfigures)|\\ -% \icom{pltfont}\verb|\def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables)|\\ -% \icom{pltSfont}\verb|\def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables)| -% \end{quote} -% aprшs avoir chargщ le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, ces commandes de fontes seront л~associщes~╗ р~\com{ptcfont}, -% donc si vous modifiez \com{ptcfont} (par une commande \com{renewcommand} ou via \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}|), -% elles suivront la modification. Mais si vous modifiez l'une de ces commandes via -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} est un exemple) ou \com{renewcommand}, -% l'association est rompue. Mais vous pourriez agir plus subtilement en disant quelque chose comme -% \begin{quote} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{\ptcfont\itshape}| -% \end{quote} -% pour prщserver l'association et modifier seulement quelques paramшtres d'une commande de fonte minitoc. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Pour les niveaux au-dessus de la sous-section (partie, chapitre et section), les fontes sont plus spщcifiques en -% gщnщral, mais vous pouvez, bien s√r, utiliser une dщfinition telle que -% \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| pour faire une -% association similaire. Vous pouvez mъme faire d'autres associations, comme ceci: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|% pour les hauts niveaux de sectionnement:|\\ -% \icom{def}\verb| \def\highlevelsfont{\rmfamily\bfseries\normalsize\upshape}|\\ -% \verb|% pour les bas niveaux de sectionnement:|\\ -% \verb| \def\lowlevelsfont{\rmfamily\mdseries\smallsize\upshape}|\\ -% \verb|% puis pour chaque niveau:|\\ -% \icom{ptcCfont}\verb| \def\ptcCfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSfont{\highlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSSSfont}\verb| \def\ptcSSSfont{\lowlevelsfont}|\\ -% \icom{ptcPfont}\verb| \def\ptcPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}|\\ -% \icom{ptcSPfont}\verb| \def\ptcSPfont{\lowlevelsfont\itshape}| -% \end{quote} -% Puis vous pouvez redщfinir \verb|\highlevelsfont| ou \verb|\lowlevelsfont| pour agir sur plusieurs fontes en une -% seule fois, mais vous devez utiliser \com{renewcommand}. Vous ne pouvez pas agir sur \verb|\highlevelsfont| ou -% \verb|\lowlevelsfont| avec \com{mtcsetfont}. -% -% Notez que seules les fontes pour les parttocs ont щtщ utilisщes dans les exemples ci-dessus; mais, bien s√r, la -% situation est la mъme pour les minitocs et les secttocs. \verb|\highlevelsfont| et \verb|\lowlevelsfont| sont des -% noms de macros que vous pouvez choisir, ils ne font pas partie du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (35) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \KOMAScript{} classes}\label{faq.35} -% If\imess{I0043} a \KOMAScript{} class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, compatible with \upack{minitoc} (\class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} or -% \class{scrartcl}), is used, some class options may cause problems with the \upack{minitoc} package, because these -% options add chapter or section entries in the table of contents. See section~\vref{special.entries}. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec les classes \KOMAScript}\label{faq.35} -% Si\imess{I0043} une classe \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, compatible avec \upack{minitoc} (\class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} ou -% \class{scrartcl}), est utilisщe, certaines options de la classe peuvent poser des problшmes avec le paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}, car elles ajoutent des entrщes de chapitre ou de section dans la table des matiшres. Voir la -% section~\vref{special.entries}. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (36) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \uclass{jura} class or the \upack{alphanum} package}\label{faq.36}\iclass{jura}\ipack{alphanum} -% The \class{jura}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} class loads the \pack{alphanum} package, -% which redefines the sectionning structure in a -% non-standard way, after the loading of the \class{report} class. -% This class and this package are \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec la classe \uclass{jura} ou le paquetage \upack{alphanum}}% -% \label{faq.36}\iclass{jura}\ipack{alphanum} -% La classe \class{jura}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} charge le paquetage \pack{alphanum}, -% qui redщfinit la structure de sectionnement d'une -% maniшre non-standard, aprшs le chargement de la classe \class{report}. -% Cette classe et ce paquetage sont \emph{incompatibles} avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (37) -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \usuffix{.mld} files and the \upack{babel} package}\label{faq.37}\ipack{babel}\isuffix{.mld} -% If you are using the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}, you can automatize the loading of the -% \suffix{.mld} file by adding some code in the preamble of your document, like this: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{AtBeginDocument}\verb|{%|\\ -% \icom{addto}\icom{captions}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\verb| \addto\captions|\emph{language1}\verb|{\mtcselectlanguage{|\emph{language2}\verb|}}}| -% \end{quote} -% where \emph{language1} is the language name for \pack{babel} and \emph{language2} the language name for -% \upack{minitoc}; there are often identical, but there are exceptions (when you use a locally customized \suffix{.mld} -% file, for instance). -% \or\relax -% \section{Les fichiers \usuffix{.mld} et le paquetage \upack{babel}}\label{faq.37}\ipack{babel}\isuffix{.mld} -% Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}, vous pouvez automatiser le chargement du -% fichier \suffix{.mld} en ajoutant du code dans le prщambule de votre document, comme ceci: -% \begin{quote} -% \com{AtBeginDocument}\verb|{%|\\ -% \icom{addto}\icom{captions}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\verb| \addto\captions|\emph{langue1}\verb|{\mtcselectlanguage{|\emph{langue2}\verb|}}}| -% \end{quote} -% o∙ \emph{langue1} est le nom de langue pour \pack{babel} et \emph{langue2} le nom de langue pour \upack{minitoc}; -% ils sont souvent identiques, mais il y~a des exceptions (lorsque vous utilisez un fichier \suffix{.mld} adaptщ -% localement, par exemple). -% \fi -% -% ^^A (38) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{fncychap} package}\label{faq.38}\ipack{fncychap} -% If the \pack{fncychap} package~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} (by \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{fncychap}}\label{faq.38}\ipack{fncychap} -% Si le paquetage \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}\imess{W0086} (de \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ -% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, -% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (39) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{quotchap} package}\label{faq.39}\ipack{quotchap} -% If the \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} (by \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{quotchap}}\label{faq.39}\ipack{quotchap} -% Si le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} (de \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ -% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, -% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (40) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{romannum} package}\label{faq.40}\ipack{romannum} -% If the \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the numbering of -% the sectionning commands. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{romannum}}\label{faq.40}\ipack{romannum} -% Si le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ -% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) -% la numщrotation des commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, -% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (41) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{sfheaders} package}\label{faq.41}\ipack{sfheaders} -% If the \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (by \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the -% sectionning commands. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{sfheaders}}\label{faq.41}\ipack{sfheaders} -% Si le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (de \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) -% les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (42) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{alnumsec} package}\label{faq.42}\ipack{alnumsec} -% If the \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} (by \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the -% numbering of the sectionning commands. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{alnumsec}}\label{faq.42}\ipack{alnumsec} -% Si le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} (de \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) -% la numщrotation des commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (43) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{captcont} package}\label{faq.43}\ipack{captcont} -% If the \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} (by \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the caption -% commands. Of course, the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{captcont}}\label{faq.43}\ipack{captcont} -% Si le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} (de \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) -% les commandes pour les captions. Bien s√r, l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (44) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Vertical spaces (gaps) for parttocs, partlofs, and partlots titles}\label{faq.44}\index{gaps} -% These vertical gaps were hard-coded like for the chapter -% heads in the \class{book} and \class{report} document classes. -% The values were 50pt and 40pt, but some users want -% to adjust them for the titles of the part-level mini-tables. -% Since version~\#45, these gaps are defined by \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} -% and \com{mtcgapafterheads}, with these defaults values. These -% commands apply globally to parttocs, partlofs and partlots. -% They are \emph{commands}, \virage\emph{not} dimensions, so they must be -% modified via \com{renewcommand} (but \emph{not} via \com{setlength}). -% An example of use is given in the \exam{mtc-gap.tex} document file:\label{mtc-gap.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Espacements verticaux (\emph{gaps}) pour les titres des parttocs, -% partlofs et partlots}\label{faq.44}\index{gaps} -% Ces sauts verticaux (\emph{gaps}) щtaient codщs л~en dur~╗ comme pour -% les tъtes de chapitres dans les classes de document \class{book} -% et \class{report}. Les valeurs щtaient 50pt et 40pt, mais -% certains utilisateurs dщsirent les ajuster pour les titres -% des mini-tables au niveau partie. -% Depuis la version~\#45, ces sauts sont dщfinis par \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} -% et \com{mtcgapafterheads}, avec ces valeurs par dщfaut. -% Ces commandes s'appliquent globalement aux parttocs, partlofs et partlots. -% Ce sont des \emph{commandes}, \virage\emph{pas} des dimensions, -% donc elles doivent ъtre modifiщes via \com{renewcommand} -% (mais \emph{pas} via \com{setlength}). -% Un exemple d'utilisation est donnщ dans le fichier document \exam{mtc-gap.tex}:\label{mtc-gap.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-gap> -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside,12pt]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-gap.tex}[2007/01/04]% -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical ruler showing the position of the titles: -% \or\relax -% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{vruler} (de \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) pour placer une щchelle verticale montrant la position -% des titres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{txfonts,vruler} % vertical graduation to note positions (Zhuhan Jiang) -\usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package -\doparttoc \faketableofcontents -\part{First part} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A normal parttoc, with the normal gaps before and after it. -% \or\relax -% Une parttoc normale, avec des sauts verticaux normaux avant et aprшs elle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\parttoc -\chapter{First chapter of first part} \chapter{Second chapter of first part} -\part{Second part} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We set large gaps. Note the new position of the parttoc. -% \or\relax -% Nous forчons de plus grands sauts. Notez la nouvelle position de la parttoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{100pt} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{80pt} -\parttoc -\chapter{First chapter of second part} \chapter{Second chapter of second part} -\part{Third part} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We set small gaps. Note the new position of the parttoc. -% \or\relax -% Nous forчons de plus petits sauts. Notez la nouvelle position de la parttoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapbeforeheads}{20pt} -\renewcommand{\mtcgapafterheads}{10pt} -\parttoc -\chapter{First chapter of third part} \chapter{Second chapter of third part} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (45) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Vertical spacing before the bottom rule of a minitable}\label{faq.45} -% The little spacing between a minitable and its bottom rule is implemented as a vertical kern that should -% be sufficient to allow the -% descending parts of the letters of the last entry of the mini-table. The values should depend on -% the line spacing and of the font size. They are defined as macros that you can adjust by redefining them via -% \com{renewcommand}. The (empirical) default values are given in table~\vref{t+kernafters}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Espacement vertical avant le filet infщrieur d'une minitable}\label{faq.45} -% Le petit espacement entre une minitable et le filet qui est en-dessous d'elle est rщalisщ par un crъnage -% vertical qui devrait suffire pour les jambages des lettres de la derniшre entrщe de la -% minitable. Les valeurs devraient dщpendre de l'interlignage et de la taille de la fonte. -% Elles sont dщfinies comme des macros que vous pouvez ajuster en les redщfinissant via \com{renewcommand}. -% La table~\vref{t+kernafters} donne les valeurs par dщfaut (empiriques). -% \fi -% \begin{table}[!htb] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption{Kernings before minitable bottom rules}\label{t+kernafters} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Default value}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernafterparttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernafterminitoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-.5\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterminilof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterminilot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \or\relax -% \caption{Crъnage avant le filet infщrieur des minitables}\label{t+kernafters} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Valeur par dщfaut}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernafterparttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernafterminitoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-.5\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterminilof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ -% \com{kernafterminilot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern0.ex}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlof}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlot}&\texttt{\bs kern-1.\bs baselineskip\bs kern.5ex}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \fi -% \end{table} -% -% ^^A (46) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Another interaction between the \upack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc} packages}\label{faq.46}\ipack{tocloft} -% \emph{I~encountered an interaction between \pack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc}. -% I want to force \upack{minitoc} to not display the page numbers, but because -% of \pack{tocloft} it doesn't. Here is an example code:} -% \else\relax -% \section{Une autre interaction entre les paquetages \upack{tocloft} et \upack{minitoc}}\label{faq.46}\ipack{tocloft} -% \emph{J'ai rencontrщ une interaction entre \pack{tocloft} et \upack{minitoc}. -% Je veux forcer \upack{minitoc} р~ne pas afficher les numщros de pages, -% mais, р~cause de \pack{tocloft}, il n'y arrive pas. Voici -% un exemple de code:} -% \fi\relax -% \begin{quote} -% \com{documentclass}\verb|[12pt,a4paper]{book}|\\ -% \com{usepackage}\verb|{tocloft}|\\ -% \com{usepackage}\verb|{minitoc}|\\ -% \ienv{document}\verb|\begin{document}|\\ -% \com{frontmatter}\\ -% \com{dominitoc}\com{tableofcontents}\\ -% \com{mainmatter}\\ -% \com{chapter}\verb|{Chapter}|\\ -% \verb|\section{Section A} \section{Section B}|\\ -% \verb|\chapter{Second Chapter}|\\ -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{minitoc}{section}{\normalfont\small}|\\ -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\verb|{minitoc}{off}|\\ -% \com{minitoc}\\ -% \verb|\section{Section A} \section{Section B}|\\ -% \verb|\end{document}| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \emph{If I comment the line loading the \pack{tocloft} package, -% I~will get a minitoc without page numbers as I~wanted.} -% \else\relax -% \emph{Si je commente la ligne chargeant le paquetage \pack{tocloft}, -% j'obtiens bien une minitoc sans numщros de pages comme dщsirщ.} -% \fi\relax -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% When using together \pack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc}, the \pack{tocloft} package must be -% loaded first, and its commands take precedence to format the entries -% in the TOC (and in minitocs). To suppress the page numbers, you should try -% the \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| command (from \pack{tocloft}), which is described -% in the \xfile{tocloft.pdf} documentation~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX} is the level -% of entry (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{sec}, \texttt{subsec}, etc.). There are similar remarks about -% font related commands. -% -% The \pack{tocloft} package is more specialized in that job than \upack{minitoc}, so if it is -% loaded, \upack{minitoc} uses the \pack{tocloft} tools. -% There is the corrected example (\exam{mtc-tlo.tex}\label{mtc-tlo.tex}): -% \else\relax -% Lors de l'utilisation simultanщe de \pack{tocloft} et \upack{minitoc}, -% le paquetage \pack{tocloft} doit ъtre chargщ le premier, et ses -% commandes prennent le pas pour mettre en forme les -% entrщes dans la table des matiшres (et les minitocs). Pour -% supprimer les numщros de pages, vous devriez essayer la -% commande \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| (de \pack{tocloft}), qui est dщcrite dans la documentation -% \xfile{tocloft.pdf}~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX} -% est le niveau de l'entrщe (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{sec}, \texttt{subsec}, etc.). -% Il y a des remarques similaires sur les commandes concernant les fontes. -% -% Le paquetage \pack{tocloft} est davantage spщcialisщ dans -% ce travail que \upack{minitoc}, donc s'il est chargщ, \upack{minitoc} -% se sert des outils de \pack{tocloft}. Voici l'exemple -% corrigщ (\exam{mtc-tlo.tex}\label{mtc-tlo.tex}): -% \fi\relax -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-tlo> -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlo.tex}[2007/06/13]% -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must load \pack{tocloft} \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous devons charger \pack{tocloft} \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi\relax -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{tocloft} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the global font for the minitoc entries: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons la fonte globale pour les entrщes des minitocs: -% \fi\relax -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{*}{\normalfont\small} -\frontmatter -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\cftpagenumbersoff} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the section entries in the minitocs, we suppress the page numbers and change the font -% by using commands from the \pack{tocloft} package: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes de sections dans les minitocs, nous supprimons les numщros de pages et changeons la fonte en -% utilisant des commandes venant du paquetage \pack{tocloft}: -% \fi\relax -% \begin{macrocode} -\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} -\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalfont\small} -\mainmatter -\chapter{First Chapter} \minitoc -\section{Section A} \section{Section B} -\chapter{Second Chapter} \minitoc -\section{Section A} \section{Section B} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A (47) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{hangcaption} package}\label{faq.47}\ipack{hangcaption} -% If the \pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} (by \name{David~M.}{Jones}) -% is used, it must be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package, because it alters (redefines) the sectionning commands. Of course, -% the \optd{hints} option detects this problem. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{hangcaption}}\label{faq.47}\ipack{hangcaption} -% Si le paquetage \pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} (de \name{David~M.}{Jones}) est utilisщ, -% il doit ъtre chargщ -% \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, car il altшre (redщfinit) les commandes de sectionnement. Bien s√r, -% l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte ce problшme. -% \fi -% -% ^^A (48) -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with the \upack{flowfram} package}\label{faq.48}\ipack{flowfram} -% The \pack{flowfram}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}, which -% has its own system of minitocs, is hence \emph{incompatible} -% with \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec le paquetage \upack{flowfram}}% -% \label{faq.48}\ipack{flowfram} -% Le paquetage \SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}}\pack{flowfram}, qui a son propre -% systшme de minitocs, est donc \emph{incompatible} -% avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Memento}\label{c+memento} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Mщmento}\label{c+memento} -% \fi -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \minilot -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[!hbtp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Package options}\label{t+OPT} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Options}&\textbf{Default}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \opt{shortext}&\texttt{*NO*}&Short extensions for auxiliary files.\\ -% \optd{loose}, \opt{tight}&\optd{loose}&Spacing of lines in mini-tables.\\ -% \optd{k-loose}, \opt{k-tight}&\optd{k-loose}&Spacing of lines in mini-tables (\KOMAScript{} classes).\\ -% \optd{dotted}, \opt{undotted}&\optd{dotted}&Presence of leaders (dotted lines).\\ -% \opt{insection}&\texttt{*NO*}&Keeps floats (figures and tables) from drifting -% outside of their section. Useful if you use sectlofs/sectlots.\\ -% \opt{notoccite}&\texttt{*NO*}&Useful if you have \com{cite} commands -% in sectionning titles and use an unsorted bibliographic style.\\ -% \optd{listfiles}, \opt{nolistfiles}&\optd{listfiles}&Lists the minitoc auxiliary files -% into \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}.\\ -% \optd{hints}, \opt{nohints}&\optd{hints}&Adds hints in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} -% file. Useful to detect some problems. Option \opt{nohints} is inadvisable.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Language options are listed in -% table~\vref{t+languages}. Default: \loptd{english}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[!hbtp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Options du paquetage}\label{t+OPT} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Options}&\textbf{Dщfaut}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \opt{shortext}&\texttt{*NON*}&Suffixes courts pour les fichiers auxiliaires.\\ -% \optd{loose}, \opt{tight}&\optd{loose}&Espacement des lignes dans les mini-tables.\\ -% \optd{k-loose}, \opt{k-tight}&\optd{k-loose}&Espacement des lignes dans les mini-tables (classes \KOMAScript).\\ -% \optd{dotted}, \opt{undotted}&\optd{dotted}&Prщsence de points de conduite.\\ -% \opt{insection}&\texttt{*NON*}&Empъche les щlщments flottants (figures et tableaux) de dщriver en dehors de -% leur section. Utile si vous utilisez des sectlofs/sectlots.\\ -% \opt{notoccite}&\texttt{*NON*}&Utile si vous avez des commandes \com{cite} dans les titres de -% sectionnements et utilisez un style de bibliographie sans tri.\\ -% \optd{listfiles}, \opt{nolistfiles}&\optd{listfiles}&Liste les fichiers auxiliaires de minitoc -% dans \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}.\\ -% \optd{hints}, \opt{nohints}&\optd{hints}&Ajoute des indications (\emph{hints}) dans le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% Utile pour dщtecter certains problшmes. L'option \opt{nohints} est dщconseillщe.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Les options de langue sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+languages}. -% Dщfaut: \loptd{english}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{General commands}\label{t+SUC} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{faketableofcontents}&Replaces \com{tableofcontents} -% if you want mini-tables of contents but no main table of contents.\\ -% \com{fakelistoffigures}&Replaces \com{listoffigures} -% if you want mini-lists of figures but no main list of figures.\\ -% \com{fakelistoftables}&Replaces \com{listoftables} -% if you want mini-lists of tables but no main list of tables.\\ -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{language}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Loads \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} to select a language for mini-tables titles.\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{depth}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Changes the depth for some mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{offset}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Changes the offset for some mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Modifies the features for a mini-table.\\ -% \com{mtcsetfont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{sectionning-level}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{font commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Redefines a minitoc font command.\\ -% \com{mtcsetformat}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\texttt{dotinterval\BAR pagenumwidth\BAR tocrightmargin}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{value}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Changes the layout of some mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Activates/inhibits page numbers in some or all mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Activates/inhibits horizontal rules in some or all mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsettitle}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{title string}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Changes the title for some mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{font commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Changes the font of the title for some mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcskip}&To add a vertical skip between the mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcskipamount}&Length of \com{mtcskip}. Default: \com{bigskipamount}.\\ -% \com{tightmtcfalse}&Loose mini-tables. Default.\\ -% \com{tightmtctrue}&Tight mini-tables.\\ -% \com{ktightmtcfalse}&Loose mini-tables. Default. (\KOMAScript{} classes).\\ -% \com{ktightmtctrue}&Tight mini-tables. (\KOMAScript{} classes).\\ -% \com{undottedmtcfalse}&Dotted lines in mini-tables (from entry to page number). Default.\\ -% \com{undottedmtctrue}&No dotted lines in mini-tables (from entry to page number).\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes gщnщrales}\label{t+SUC} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{faketableofcontents}&Remplace \com{tableofcontents} -% si vous souhaitez des mini-tables des matiшres mais pas de table des matiшres principale.\\ -% \com{fakelistoffigures}&Remplace \com{listoffigures} -% si vous souhaitez des mini-listes des figures mais pas de liste des figures principale.\\ -% \com{fakelistoftables}&Remplace \com{listoftables} -% si vous souhaitez des mini-listes des tableaux mais pas de liste des tableaux principale.\\ -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\texttt{\{}\emph{langue}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Charge \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} pour sщlectionner une langue pour les titres des mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Change la profondeur pour certaines mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{dщplacement}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Change le dщplacement pour certaines mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commandes}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.\\ -% \com{mtcsetfont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{niveau-sectionnement}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{commandes de -% fonte}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Redщfinit une commande de fonte minitoc.\\ -% \com{mtcsetformat}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\texttt{dotinterval\BAR pagenumwidth\BAR tocrightmargin}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{valeur}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Change la mise en page de certaines mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Active/inhibe les numщros de pages dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ -% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Active/inhibe les filets horizontaux dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ -% \com{mtcsettitle}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{chaюne titre}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Change le titre pour certaines mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcsettitlefont}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{}\emph{commandes de fonte}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Change la fonte du titre pour certaines mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcskip}&Pour ajouter un saut vertical entre les mini-tables.\\ -% \com{mtcskipamount}&Longueur de \com{mtcskip}. Dщfaut: \com{bigskipamount}.\\ -% \com{tightmtcfalse}&Mini-tables avec lignes peu serrщes. Dщfaut.\\ -% \com{tightmtctrue}&Mini-tables avec lignes serrщes.\\ -% \com{ktightmtcfalse}&Mini-tables avec lignes peu serrщes. Dщfaut. (Classes \KOMAScript).\\ -% \com{ktightmtctrue}&Mini-tables avec lignes serrщes. (Classes \KOMAScript).\\ -% \com{undottedmtcfalse}&Points de conduite dans les mini-tables (de l'entrщe jusqu'au numщro de page). Dщfaut.\\ -% \com{undottedmtctrue}&Pas de points conduite dans les mini-tables (de l'entrщe jusqu'au numщro de page).\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Part level commands}\label{t+SUC-P-a} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{tableofcontents} if you use \com{parttoc}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoffigures} if you use \texttt{partlof}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoftables} if you use \com{partlot}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{part} command for which a parttoc is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{part} command for which a partlof is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% -% &After each \com{part} command for which a partlot is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{depth}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Depth of the following parttocs. Analog to \dcnt{tocdepth}. Default:~2.\\ -% &Has no action on partlofs and partlots.\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{or:}}}\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{depth}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, but can also act on partlofs and partlots.\\ -% \com{ptcindent}&Left/right indentation of a partial table. Default: \texttt{24pt}.\\ -% \com{ptcoffset}&Horizontal offset for parttocs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{plfoffset}&Horizontal offset for partlofs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{pltoffset}&Horizontal offset for partlots. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{offset}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, but can also act on partlofs and partlots.\\ -% \com{ptcfont}&Font command for parttoc.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (article)\\ -% &or: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (book, report).\\ -% \com{ptcCfont}&Font command for parttoc, chapter entries.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \com{ptcSfont}&Font command for parttoc, section entries.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\\ -% &or: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\\ -% \com{ptcSSfont}&Font command for parttoc, subsection entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{ptcSSSfont}&Font command for parttoc, subsubsection entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{ptcPfont}&Font command for parttoc, paragraph entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{ptcSPfont}&Font command for parttoc, subparagraph entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{plffont}&Font for partlof. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{plfSfont}&Font for partlof (subfigures). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{pltfont}&Font for partlot. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{pltSfont}&Font for partlot (subtables). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{ptctitle}&Title of parttocs. Default: \texttt{Table of Contents}.\\ -% \com{plftitle}&Title of partlofs. Default: \texttt{List of Figures}.\\ -% \com{plttitle}&Title of partlots. Default: \texttt{List of Tables}.\\ -% \com{ptifont}&Font for partXXX titles.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs Large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\hfill\null\\ -% &or: \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\hfill\null\\ -% \com{mtcgapbeforeheads}&Vertical gap before part-level mini-tables titles. Default: 50pt\\ -% \com{mtcgapafterheads}&Vertical gap after part-level mini-tables titles. Default: 40pt\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} is an optional argument to set the -% position of the title; the setting is local for the \ucom{partXXX} commands, global for the \ucom{dopartXXX} -% commands. The values of~\emph{x} are: \texttt{l}~for left (default), \texttt{c}~for centered, -% \texttt{r}~for right, \texttt{n}~or \texttt{e}~for no title.}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: defaults like \com{ptcfont}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes au niveau partie}\label{t+SUC-P-a} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{tableofcontents} si vous utilisez \com{parttoc}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoffigures} si vous utilisez \com{partlof}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoftables} si vous utilisez \com{partlot}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{part} pour laquelle une parttoc est -% nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{part} pour laquelle une partlof est -% nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% -% &Aprшs chaque commande \com{part} pour laquelle une partlot est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{parttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{profondeur}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Profondeur des parttocs ultщrieures. Analogue р~\dcnt{tocdepth}. Dщfaut:~2.\\ -% &N'a aucune action sur les partlofs et partlots.\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{ou:}}}\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{profondeur}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les partlofs et partlots.\\ -% \com{ptcindent}&Indentation gauche et droite d'une table partielle. Dщfaut: \texttt{24pt}.\\ -% \com{ptcoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les parttocs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{plfoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les partlofs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{pltoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les partlots. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{parttoc{\BAR}partlof{\BAR}partlot\}\{\emph{dщplacement}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les partlofs et partlots.\\ -% \com{ptcfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (article)\\ -% &ou: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries} (book, report).\\ -% \com{ptcCfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes chapitres.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \com{ptcSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes sections.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\\ -% &ou: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\\ -% \com{ptcSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{ptcSSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes, entrщes sous-sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{ptcPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{ptcSPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les parttocs, entrщes sous-paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{plffont}&Fonte pour les partlofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{plfSfont}&Fonte pour les partlofs (sous-figures). Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{pltfont}&Fonte pour les partlots. Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{pltSfont}&Fonte pour les partlots (sous-tables). Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{ptctitle}&Titre des parttocs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Table of Contents}.\\ -% \com{plftitle}&Titre des partlofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{List of Figures}.\\ -% \com{plttitle}&Titre des partlots. Dщfaut: \texttt{List of Tables}.\\ -% \com{ptifont}&Fonte pour les titres des partXXX.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs Large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (article)\hfill\null\\ -% &ou: \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries} (book, report).\hfill\null\\ -% \com{mtcgapbeforeheads}&Saut vertical avant le titre des mini-tables au niveau partie. Dщfaut: 50pt.\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% \com{mtcgapafterheads}&Saut vertical aprшs le titre des mini-tables au niveau partie. Dщfaut: 40pt.\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} est un argument optionnel pour щtablir la -% position du titre; le choix est local pour les commandes \ucom{partXXX}, global pour les commandes \ucom{dopartXXX}. Les valeurs de~\emph{x} sont: \texttt{l}~pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{c}~pour centrщ, -% \texttt{r}~pour droite, \texttt{n}~ou \texttt{e}~pour pas de titre.}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: la valeur par dщfaut est comme \com{ptcfont}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Chapter level commands}\label{t+SUC-C} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{tableofcontents} if you use \com{minitoc}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoffigures} if you use \com{minilof}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoftables} if you use \com{minilot}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{chapter} command for which a minitoc is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{chapter} command for which a minilof is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% -% &After each \com{chapter} command for which a minilot is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{depth}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Depth of the following minitocs. Analog to \dcnt{tocdepth}. Default:~2. Has no action on minilofs and minilots.\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{or:}}}\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{depth}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, but can also act on minilofs and minilots.\\ -% \com{mtcindent}&Left/right indentation of a mini-table. Default: \texttt{24pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcoffset}&Horizontal offset for minitocs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mlfoffset}&Horizontal offset for minilofs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mltoffset}&Horizontal offset for minilots. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{offset}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, but can also act on minilofs and minilots.\\ -% \com{mtcfont}&Font command for minitoc.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mtcSfont}&Font command for minitoc, section entries.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \com{mtcSSfont}&Font command for minitoc, subsection entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcSSSfont}&Font command for minitoc, subsubsection entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcPfont}&Font command for minitoc, paragraph entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcSPfont}&Font command for minitoc, subparagraph entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mlffont}&Font for minilof. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mlfSfont}&Font for minilof (subfigures). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mltfont}&Font for minilot. Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mltSfont}&Font for minilot (subtables). Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mtctitle}&Title of minitocs. Default: \texttt{Contents}.\\ -% \com{mlftitle}&Title of minilofs. Default: \texttt{Figures}.\\ -% \com{mlttitle}&Title of minilots. Default: \texttt{Tables}.\\ -% \com{mtifont}&Font for miniXXX titles.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} is an optional argument to set the -% position of the title; the setting is local for the \ucom{miniXXX} commands, global for the \ucom{dominiXXX} commands. The values of~\emph{x} are: \texttt{l}~for left (default), \texttt{c}~for centered, -% \texttt{r}~for right, \texttt{n}~or \texttt{e}~for no title.}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: defaults like \com{mtcfont}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes au niveau chapitre}\label{t+SUC-C} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{tableofcontents} si vous utilisez \com{minitoc}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoffigures} si vous utilisez \com{minilof}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoftables} si vous utilisez \com{minilot}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{chapter} pour laquelle une minitoc est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{chapter} pour laquelle une minilof est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{chapter} pour laquelle une minilot est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{minitocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{profondeur}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Profondeur des minitocs ultщrieures. Analogue р~\dcnt{tocdepth}. Dщfaut:~2.\\ -% &N'a aucune action sur les minilofs et minilots.\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{ou:}}}\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{profondeur}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les minilofs et minilots.\\ -% \com{mtcindent}&Indentation gauche et droite d'une mini-table. Dщfaut: \texttt{24pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les minitocs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mlfoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les minilofs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mltoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les minilots. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{minitoc{\BAR}minilof{\BAR}minilot\}\{\emph{dщplacement}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les minilofs et minilots.\\ -% \com{mtcfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mtcSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sections.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \com{mtcSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcSSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sous-sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcSPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minitocs, entrщes sous-paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mlffont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilofs.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mlfSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilofs (sous-figures).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mltfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilots.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mltSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les minilots (sous-tables).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{mtctitle}&Titre des minitocs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Contents}.\\ -% \com{mlftitle}&Titre des minilofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Figures}.\\ -% \com{mlttitle}&Titre des minilots. Dщfaut: \texttt{Tables}.\\ -% \com{mtifont}&Fonte pour les titres des miniXXX.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} est un argument optionnel pour щtablir la -% position du titre; le choix est local pour les commandes \ucom{miniXXX}, -% global pour les commandes \ucom{dominiXXX}. -% Les valeurs de~\emph{x} sont: \texttt{l}~pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{c}~pour centrщ, -% \texttt{r}~pour droite, \texttt{n}~ou \texttt{e}~pour pas de titre.}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: la valeur par dщfaut est comme \com{mtcfont}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Section level commands}\label{t+SUC-S} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{tableofcontents} if you use \com{secttoc}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoffigures} if you use \com{sectlof}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Before \fkcom{listoftables} if you use \com{sectlot}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{section} command for which a secttoc is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&After each \com{section} command for which a sectlof is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}% -% &After each \com{section} command for which a sectlot is needed$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{depth}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Depth of the following secttocs. Analog to \dcnt{tocdepth}. Default:~2. Has no action on sectlofs and sectlots.\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{or:}}}\\ -% \com{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{depth}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, but can also act on sectlofs and sectlots.\\ -% \com{stcindent}&Left/right indentation of a mini-table. Default: \texttt{24pt}.\\ -% \com{stcoffset}&Horizontal offset for secttocs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{slfoffset}&Horizontal offset for sectlofs. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{sltoffset}&Horizontal offset for sectlots. Command. Default: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{offset}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, but can also act on sectlofs and sectlots.\\ -% \com{stcfont}&Font command for secttoc.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{stcSSfont}&Font command for secttoc, subsection entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{stcSSSfont}&Font command for secttoc, subsubsection entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{stcPfont}&Font command for secttoc, paragraph entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcSPfont}&Font command for secttoc, subparagraph entries$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{slffont}&Font for sectlof.\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{slfSfont}&Font for sectlof (subfigures).\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{sltfont}&Font for sectlot.\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{sltSfont}&Font for sectlot (subtables).\\&Default: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{stctitle}&Title of secttocs. Default: \texttt{Contents}.\\ -% \com{slftitle}&Title of sectlofs. Default: \texttt{Figures}.\\ -% \com{slttitle}&Title of sectlots. Default: \texttt{Tables}.\\ -% \com{stifont}&Font for sectXXX titles.\\ -% &Default: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} is an optional argument to set the -% position of the title; the setting is local for the \ucom{sectXXX} commands, global for the \ucom{dosectXXX} commands. The values of~\emph{x} are: \texttt{l}~for left (default), \texttt{c}~for centered, -% \texttt{r}~for right, \texttt{n}~or \texttt{e}~for no title.}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: defaults like \com{stcfont}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes au niveau section}\label{t+SUC-S} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{tableofcontents} si vous utilisez \com{secttoc}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoffigures} si vous utilisez \com{sectlof}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Avant \fkcom{listoftables} si vous utilisez \com{sectlot}$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{section} pour laquelle une secttoc est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{section} pour laquelle une sectlof est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]}&Aprшs chaque commande \com{section} pour laquelle une sectlot est nщcessaire$^{*}$.\\ -% \com{setcounter}\texttt{\{\dcnt{secttocdepth}\}\{}\emph{\texttt{profondeur}}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Profondeur des secttocs ultщrieures. Analogue р~\dcnt{tocdepth}. Dщfaut:~2.\\ -% &N'a aucune action sur les sectlofs et sectlots.\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\emph{\texttt{ou:}}}\\ -% \ucom{mtcsetdepth}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{profondeur}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les sectlofs et sectlots.\\ -% \com{stcindent}&Indentation gauche et droite d'une mini-table. Dщfaut: \texttt{24pt}.\\ -% \com{stcoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les secttocs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{slfoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les sectlofs. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{sltoffset}&Correction horizontale pour les sectlots. Commande. Dщfaut: \texttt{0pt}.\\ -% \com{mtcsetoffset}\texttt{\{secttoc{\BAR}sectlof{\BAR}sectlot\}\{\emph{dщplacement}\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}\\ -% &Idem, mais peut aussi agir sur les sectlofs et sectlots.\\ -% \com{stcfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{stcSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{stcSSSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes sous-sous-sections$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{stcPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{mtcSPfont}&Commande de fonte pour les secttocs, entrщes sous-paragraphes$^{**}$.\\ -% \com{slffont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlofs.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{slfSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlofs (sous-figures).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{sltfont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlots.\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{sltSfont}&Commande de fonte pour les sectlots (sous-tables).\\&Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs small\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs mdseries}.\\ -% \com{stctitle}&Titre des secttocs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Contents}.\\ -% \com{slftitle}&Titre des sectlofs. Dщfaut: \texttt{Figures}.\\ -% \com{slttitle}&Titre des sectlots. Dщfaut: \texttt{Tables}.\\ -% \com{stifont}&Fonte pour les titres des sectXXX.\\ -% &Dщfaut: \texttt{\bs large\bs rmfamily\bs upshape\bs bfseries}.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$: \texttt{[}\emph{x}\texttt{]} est un argument optionnel pour щtablir la -% position du titre; le choix est local pour les commandes \ucom{sectXXX}, global pour les commandes \ucom{dosectXXX}. Les valeurs de~\emph{x} sont: \texttt{l}~pour gauche (dщfaut), \texttt{c}~pour centrщ, -% \texttt{r}~pour droite, \texttt{n}~ou \texttt{e}~pour pas de titre.}\\ -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{${**}$: la valeur par dщfaut est comme \com{stcfont}.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commands for horizontal rules}\label{t+SUC-rules} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \ncom{ptcrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in parttocs.\\ -% \ncom{mtcrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in minitocs.\\ -% \ncom{stcrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in secttocs.\\ -% \ncom{plfrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in partlofs.\\ -% \ncom{mlfrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in minilofs.\\ -% \ncom{slfrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in sectlofs.\\ -% \ncom{pltrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in partlots.\\ -% \ncom{mltrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in minilots.\\ -% \ncom{sltrule}&Activates or inhibits rules in sectlots.\\ -% \midrule -% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Activates/inhibits horizontal rules in some or all mini-tables.\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernafterparttoc}&Vertical kerning between a parttoc and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlof}&Vertical kerning between a partlof and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlot}&Vertical kerning between a partlot and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernafterminitoc}&Vertical kerning between a minitoc and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernafterminilof}&Vertical kerning between a minilof and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernafterminilot}&Vertical kerning between a minilot and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&Vertical kerning between a secttoc and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlof}&Vertical kerning between a sectlof and its bottom rule.\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlot}&Vertical kerning between a sectlot and its bottom rule.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{By default, parttocs have no rules; minitocs and secttocs have rules. In -% articles, parttocs have rules.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes pour les filets horizontaux}\label{t+SUC-rules} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \ncom{ptcrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les parttocs.\\ -% \ncom{mtcrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les minitocs.\\ -% \ncom{stcrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les secttocs.\\ -% \ncom{plfrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les partlofs.\\ -% \ncom{mlfrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les minilofs.\\ -% \ncom{slfrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les sectlofs.\\ -% \ncom{pltrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les partlots.\\ -% \ncom{mltrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les minilots.\\ -% \ncom{sltrule}&Active ou inhibe les filets dans les sectlots.\\ -% \midrule -% \com{mtcsetrules}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Active/inhibe les filets horizontaux dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ -% \midrule -% \com{kernafterparttoc}&Crъnage vertical entre une parttoc et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlof}&Crъnage vertical entre une partlof et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernafterpartlot}&Crъnage vertical entre une partlot et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernafterminitoc}&Crъnage vertical entre une minitoc et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernafterminilof}&Crъnage vertical entre une minilof et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernafterminilot}&Crъnage vertical entre une minilot et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernaftersecttoc}&Crъnage vertical entre une secttoc et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlof}&Crъnage vertical entre une sectlof et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \com{kernaftersectlot}&Crъnage vertical entre une sectlot et son filet infщrieur.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Par dщfaut, les parttocs n'ont pas de filets; les minitocs et secttocs ont -% des filets. Dans les articles, les parttocs ont des filets.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commands for page numbers}\label{t+SUC-pn} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \ncom{ptcpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in parttocs.\\ -% \ncom{plfpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in partlofs.\\ -% \ncom{pltpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in partlots.\\ -% \ncom{mtcpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in minitocs.\\ -% \ncom{mlfpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in minilofs.\\ -% \ncom{mltpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in minilots.\\ -% \ncom{stcpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in secttocs.\\ -% \ncom{slfpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in sectlofs.\\ -% \ncom{sltpagenumbers}&Activates or inhibits page numbers in sectlots.\\ -% \midrule -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Activates/inhibits page numbers in some or all mini-tables.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{By default, the page numbers are present.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes pour les numщros de pages}\label{t+SUC-pn} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \ncom{ptcpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les parttocs.\\ -% \ncom{plfpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les partlofs.\\ -% \ncom{pltpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les partlots.\\ -% \ncom{mtcpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les minitocs.\\ -% \ncom{mlfpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les minilofs.\\ -% \ncom{mltpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les minilots.\\ -% \ncom{stcpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les secttocs.\\ -% \ncom{slfpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les sectlofs.\\ -% \ncom{sltpagenumbers}&Active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les sectlots.\\ -% \midrule -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\BAR*\}\{on{\BAR}off\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Active/inhibe les numщros de pages dans certaines mini-tables ou toutes.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{Par dщfaut, les numщros de pages sont prщsents.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commands for mini-tables features}\label{t+SUC-P-b} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Default}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{beforeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before a parttoc.\\ -% \com{beforepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before a partlof.\\ -% \com{beforepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before a partlot.\\ -% \com{afterparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after a parttoc.\\ -% \com{afterpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after a partlof.\\ -% \com{afterpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after a partlot.\\ -% \com{openparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a parttoc file.\\ -% \com{openpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a partlof file.\\ -% \com{openpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a partlot file.\\ -% \com{closeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a parttoc file.\\ -% \com{closepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a partlof file.\\ -% \com{closepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a partlot file.\\ -% \com{thispageparttocstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Page style for a parttoc.\\ -% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Page style for a partlof.\\ -% \com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Page style for a partlot.\\ -% \com{beforeminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action before a minitoc.\\ -% \com{beforeminilof}&\com{empty}&Action before a minilof.\\ -% \com{beforeminilot}&\com{empty}&Action before a minilot.\\ -% \com{afterminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action after a minitoc.\\ -% \com{afterminilof}&\com{empty}&Action after a minilof.\\ -% \com{afterminilot}&\com{empty}&Action after a minilot.\\ -% \com{openminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a minitoc file.\\ -% \com{openminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a minilof file.\\ -% \com{openminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a minilot file.\\ -% \com{closeminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a minitoc file.\\ -% \com{closeminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a minilof file.\\ -% \com{closeminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a minilot file.\\ -% \com{thispageminitocstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a minitoc.\\ -% \com{thispageminilofstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a minilof.\\ -% \com{thispageminilotstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a minilot.\\ -% \com{beforesecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action before a secttoc.\\ -% \com{beforesectlof}&\com{empty}&Action before a sectlof.\\ -% \com{beforesectlot}&\com{empty}&Action before a sectlot.\\ -% \com{aftersecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action after a secttoc.\\ -% \com{aftersectlof}&\com{empty}&Action after a sectlof.\\ -% \com{aftersectlot}&\com{empty}&Action after a sectlot.\\ -% \com{opensecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a secttoc file.\\ -% \com{opensectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a sectlof file.\\ -% \com{opensectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action before inserting a sectlot file.\\ -% \com{closesecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a secttoc file.\\ -% \com{closesectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a sectlof file.\\ -% \com{closesectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action after inserting a sectlot file.\\ -% \com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a secttoc.\\ -% \com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a sectlof.\\ -% \com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\com{empty}&Page style for a sectlot.\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commands}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}}&&\\ -% &Modifies the features for a mini-table.\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes pour les dispositifs des mini-tables}\label{t+SUC-P-b} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \null\hspace*{-.35em}\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth+.35em}{@{}llZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Dщfaut}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{beforeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant une parttoc.\\ -% \com{beforepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant une partlof.\\ -% \com{beforepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant une partlot.\\ -% \com{afterparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs une parttoc.\\ -% \com{afterpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs une partlof.\\ -% \com{afterpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs une partlot.\\ -% \com{openparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier parttoc.\\ -% \com{openpartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier partlof.\\ -% \com{openpartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier partlot.\\ -% \com{closeparttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier parttoc.\\ -% \com{closepartlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier partlof.\\ -% \com{closepartlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier partlot.\\ -% \com{thispageparttocstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Style de page pour une parttoc.\\ -% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Style de page pour une partlof.\\ -% \com{thispagepartlotstyle}&\com{thispagestyle}\texttt{\{empty\}}&Style de page pour une partlot.\\ -% \com{beforeminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action avant une minitoc.\\ -% \com{beforeminilof}&\com{empty}&Action avant une minilof.\\ -% \com{beforeminilot}&\com{empty}&Action avant une minilot.\\ -% \com{afterminitoc}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une minitoc.\\ -% \com{afterminilof}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une minilof.\\ -% \com{afterminilot}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une minilot.\\ -% \com{openminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier minitoc.\\ -% \com{openminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier minilof.\\ -% \com{openminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier minilot.\\ -% \com{closeminitoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier minitoc.\\ -% \com{closeminilof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier minilof.\\ -% \com{closeminilot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier minilot.\\ -% \com{thispageminitocstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une minitoc.\\ -% \com{thispageminilofstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une minilof.\\ -% \com{thispageminilotstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une minilot.\\ -% \com{beforesecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action avant une secttoc.\\ -% \com{beforesectlof}&\com{empty}&Action avant une sectlof.\\ -% \com{beforesectlot}&\com{empty}&Action avant une sectlot.\\ -% \com{aftersecttoc}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une secttoc.\\ -% \com{aftersectlof}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une sectlof.\\ -% \com{aftersectlot}&\com{empty}&Action aprшs une sectlot.\\ -% \com{opensecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier secttoc.\\ -% \com{opensectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier sectlof.\\ -% \com{opensectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action avant insertion d'un fichier sectlot.\\ -% \com{closesecttoc}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier secttoc.\\ -% \com{closesectlof}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier sectlof.\\ -% \com{closesectlot}&\com{cleardoublepage}&Action aprшs insertion d'un fichier sectlot.\\ -% \com{thispagesecttocstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une secttoc.\\ -% \com{thispagesectlofstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une sectlof.\\ -% \com{thispagesectlotstyle}&\com{empty}&Style de page pour une sectlot.\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{\com{mtcsetfeature}\texttt{\{}\emph{mini-table}\texttt{\}\{\feat{before}{\BAR}\feat{after}{\BAR}\feat{open}{\BAR}\feat{close}{\BAR}\feat{pagestyle}\}\{}\emph{commandes}\texttt{\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}}&&\\ -% &Modifie les dispositifs pour une mini-table.\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Preparation and insertion commands}\label{t+SUC-PI} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1.1}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Type}&\textbf{Phase}&\multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Level}}\\ -% \cmidrule(l){3-5} -% & &\textbf{part}&\textbf{chapter}&\textbf{section}\\ -% \midrule -% table of contents&preparation&\com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% &insertion &\com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% \midrule -% list of figures &preparation&\com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% &insertion &\com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% \midrule -% list of tables &preparation&\com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% &insertion &\com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% \midrule -% all &preparation&\multicolumn{3}{c@{}}{\null\mydotfill{.5ex}\com{mtcprepare}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\mydotfill{.5ex}\null}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Each of these commands accepts one optional argument~\emph{p}, -% which specifies the position of the -% title of the mini-table. This argument~\emph{p} has a global effect for the preparation commands, but local for the -% insertion commands. It is a letter: \texttt{[l]}~for left aligned (default), \texttt{[c]}~for centered, -% \texttt{[r]}~for right aligned, \texttt{[e]}~or \texttt{[n]}~for empty (no title).} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes de prщparation et d'insertion}\label{t+SUC-PI} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1.1}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}Z{.975}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Type}&\textbf{Phase}&\multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{Niveau}}\\ -% \cmidrule(l){3-5} -% & &\textbf{partie}&\textbf{chapitre}&\textbf{section}\\ -% \midrule -% table des matiшres&prщparation&\com{doparttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosecttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% &insertion &\com{parttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minitoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{secttoc}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% \midrule -% liste des figures &prщparation&\com{dopartlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% &insertion &\com{partlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlof}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% \midrule -% liste des tableaux &prщparation&\com{dopartlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dominilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{dosectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% &insertion &\com{partlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{minilot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}&\com{sectlot}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\\ -% \midrule -% tous &prщparation&\multicolumn{3}{c@{}}{\null\mydotfill{.5ex}\com{mtcprepare}\texttt{[}\emph{p}\texttt{]}\mydotfill{.5ex}\null}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Chacune de ces commandes accepte un argument optionnel~\emph{p}, -% qui spщcifie la position du titre de la mini-table. Cet argument~\emph{p} a un effet global dans les commandes de -% prщparation, mais local dans les commandes d'insertion. C'est une lettre: \texttt{[l]}~pour alignщ р~gauche -% (dщfaut), -% \texttt{[c]}~pour centrщ, \texttt{[r]}~pour alignщ р~droite, \texttt{[e]}~ou \texttt{[n]}~pour vide (pas de titre).} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Adjustment commands}\label{t+SUC-A} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{adjustptc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Adjusts (increments) the parttoc counter \cnt{ptc} by~\emph{n}.\\ -% \com{adjustmtc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Adjusts (increments) the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc} by~\emph{n}.\\ -% \com{adjuststc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Adjusts (increments) the secttoc counter \cnt{stc} by~\emph{n}.\\ -% \com{decrementptc}&Adjusts (decrements by~1) the parttoc counter \cnt{ptc}.\\ -% \com{decrementmtc}&Adjusts (decrements by~1) the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc}.\\ -% \com{decrementstc}&Adjusts (decrements by~1) the secttoc counter \cnt{stc}.\\ -% \com{incrementptc}&Adjusts (increments by~1) the parttoc counter \cnt{ptc}.\\ -% \com{incrementmtc}&Adjusts (increments by~1) the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc}.\\ -% \com{incrementstc}&Adjusts (increments by~1) the secttoc counter \cnt{stc}.\\ -% \com{mtcaddpart}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]}&Adds the title of a \com{part*} in the ToC.\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]}&Adds the title of a \com{chapter*} in the ToC.\\ -% \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{title}\texttt{]}&Adds the title of a \com{section*} in the ToC.\\ -% \com{mtcfixglossary}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Adjusts the entry for the glossary in the ToC.\\ -% \com{mtcfixindex}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Adjusts the entry for the index in the ToC.\\ -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Adjusts the entry for the nomenclature in the ToC.\\ -% \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}Environment to hide entries in the main ToC.\\ -% \ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environment to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ -% \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ -% \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environment to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ -% \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: recommended form.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes d'ajustement}\label{t+SUC-A} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{adjustptc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Ajuste (incrщmente) le compteur de parttocs \cnt{ptc} de~\emph{n}.\\ -% \com{adjustmtc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Ajuste (incrщmente) le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc} de~\emph{n}.\\ -% \com{adjuststc}\texttt{[}\emph{n}\texttt{]}&Ajuste (incrщmente) le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc} de~\emph{n}.\\ -% \com{decrementptc}&Ajuste (dщcrщmente de~1) le compteur de parttocs \cnt{ptc}.\\ -% \com{decrementmtc}&Ajuste (dщcrщmente de~1) le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc}.\\ -% \com{decrementstc}&Ajuste (dщcrщmente de~1) le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc}.\\ -% \com{incrementptc}&Ajuste (incrщmente de~1) le compteur de parttocs \cnt{ptc}.\\ -% \com{incrementmtc}&Ajuste (incrщmente de~1) le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc}.\\ -% \com{incrementstc}&Ajuste (incrщmente de~1) le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc}.\\ -% \com{mtcaddpart}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]}&Ajoute le titre d'une \com{part*} dans la TdM.\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]}&Ajoute le titre d'une \com{chapter*} dans la TdM.\\ -% \com{mtcaddsection}\texttt{[}\emph{titre}\texttt{]}&Ajoute le titre d'une \com{section*} dans la TdM.\\ -% \com{mtcfixglossary}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Ajuste l'entrщe pour le glossaire dans la TdM.\\ -% \com{mtcfixindex}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Ajoute l'entrщe pour l'index dans la TdM.\\ -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\texttt{[chapter{\BAR}section{\BAR}part]}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Ajoute l'entrщe pour la nomenclature dans la TdM.\\ -% \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmaintoc\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}Environnement pour cacher des entrщes dans la TdM principale.\\ -% \ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlof\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environnement pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des figures principale.\\ -% \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des figures principale.\\ -% \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environnement pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ -% \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. -% \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrщes dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: forme recommandщe.} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tpb] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Classes and packages needing some precautions with \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs} -% \centering -% \bgroup\mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}} -% \toprule -% &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Names}&\textbf{Author(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Reference(s)}\\ -% \midrule -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{abstract}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.abstract}&\cite{abstract}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{alnumsec}&\namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}&\pageref{h.alnumsec}&\cite{alnumsec}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{alphanum}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsart}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ -% &\textbf{C}&\class{amsbook}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsproc}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{appendix}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+appendix}&\cite{appendix}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{captcont}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.captcont}&\cite{captcont}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\ -% &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ -% &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} and\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, and \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfig}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfig}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfigure}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfigure}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titlesec}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lass.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}ackage.}\\ -% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Any class not defining the main standard sectionning commands is -% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.}\\ -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[tpb] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Classes et paquetages nщcessitant quelques prщcautions avec \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs} -% \centering -% \bgroup\mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}} -% \toprule -% &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Noms}&\textbf{Auteur(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Rщfщrence(s)}\\ -% \midrule -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{abstract}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.abstract}&\cite{abstract}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{alnumsec}&\namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}&\pageref{h.alnumsec}&\cite{alnumsec}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{alphanum}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsart}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ -% &\textbf{C}&\class{amsbook}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsproc}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{appendix}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+appendix}&\cite{appendix}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{captcont}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.captcont}&\cite{captcont}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} et \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\ -% &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ -% &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} et\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn} et \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfig}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfig}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{subfigure}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.subfig}&\cite{subfigure}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titlesec}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ -% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lasse.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}aquetage.}\\ -% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Toute classe ne dщfinissant pas les principales commandes de sectionnement standard -% est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.}\\ -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[tbph] -% \capstart -% \caption{Checking if inside a minitable}\label{t+ifinside} -% \medskip -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Level}&\textbf{Flag}&\textbf{for tocs,}&\textbf{for lofs,}&\textbf{for lots.}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Part}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Chapter}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% -% \begin{table}[tbph] -% \capstart -% \caption{Commands for polymorphic entries}\label{t+polym}\index{polymorphic entry} -% \medskip -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{From \textsl{OA} of}:&\textbf{Command}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ -% \midrule -% sect. command&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ -% figure caption&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ -% table caption&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% \else\relax -% \begin{table}[tbph] -% \capstart -% \caption{Tester si р~l'intщrieur d'une minitable}\label{t+ifinside} -% \medskip -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Niveau}&\textbf{Indicateur}&\textbf{pour TdMs,}&\textbf{pour~LdFs,}&\textbf{pour~LdTs.}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Partie}&&\com{ifinparttoc}&\com{ifinpartlof}&\com{ifinpartlot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Chapitre}&&\com{ifinminitoc}&\com{ifinminilof}&\com{ifinminilot}\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{Section}&&\com{ifinsecttoc}&\com{ifinsectlof}&\com{ifinsectlot}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% -% \begin{table}[tbph] -% \capstart -% \caption{Commandes pour des entrщes polymorphes}\label{t+polym}\index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe} -% \medskip -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Depuis l'\textsl{AO} de}:&\textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Arg.~1}&\textbf{Arg.~2}&\textbf{Arg.~3}&\textbf{Arg.~4}\\ -% \midrule -% commande sect.&\com{mtcpolymtoc}&\{$\rightarrow$parttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$minitoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$secttoc\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~toc\}\\ -% caption figure&\com{mtcpolymlof}&\{$\rightarrow$partlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilof\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlof\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lof\}\\ -% caption table&\com{mtcpolymlot}&\{$\rightarrow$partlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$minilot\}&\{$\rightarrow$sectlot\}&\{$\rightarrow$main~lot\}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{table}[btp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Obsolete commands}\label{t+SUC-O} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{firstpartis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} is the number of the first part.\\ -% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} is the number of the first chapter.\\ -% \com{firstsectionis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} is the number of the first section.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{These commands have no effect (except a harmless warning).} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% \begin{table}[btp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes obsolшtes}\label{t+SUC-O} -% \centering -% \bgroup -% \mysize -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% \com{firstpartis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} est le numщro de la premiшre partie.\\ -% \com{firstchapteris}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} est le numщro du premier chapitre.\\ -% \com{firstsectionis}\texttt{\{}\emph{N}\texttt{\}}&\emph{N} est le numщro de la premiшre section.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{Ces commandes n'ont aucun effet (exceptщ un avertissement bщnin).} -% \end{tabularx} -% \egroup -% \end{table} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Examples of documents}\label{c+exdocs} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Exemples de documents}\label{c+exdocs} -% \fi -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \minitoc -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} -% \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}% -% \raggedcolumns -% \mtcskip -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This chapter shows the code of some examples of documents. -% Some are extracted or derived from real documents, others are just demonstrations to illustrate problems or features. -% The code of some specific example files has been shown earlier: -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-apx.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-hi1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-hi2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-gap.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-gap.tex}, -% and \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} on page~\pageref{mtc-tlo.tex}, -% \or\relax -% Ce chapitre montre le code de quelques exemples de documents. -% Certains ont щtщ extraits ou inspirщs de documents rщels, les autres sont de simples dщmonstrations pour illustrer -% des problшmes ou des possibilitщs. -% Le code de fichiers d'exemples spщcifiques a dщjр щtщ montrщ: -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-apx.tex}), -% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-hi1.tex}), -% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-hi2.tex}), -% \exam{mtc-gap.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-gap.tex}) et -% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} (page~\pageref{mtc-tlo.tex}). -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note that the \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} is often used to provide filling text. -% \or\relax -% Notez que le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} est souvent utilisщ pour fournir du texte de bourrage. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-2c.tex} document file}\label{mtc-2c.tex}\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-2c.tex}}\label{mtc-2c.tex}\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document with a two columns layout. -% The layout uses the \pack{multicol} standard package~\cite{multicol} and its \env{multicols} environment. -% We set \com{mtcindent} to zero. We test several combinations. If a minitoc is long enough to be splitted on -% both columns, the result may be funny. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document avec une mise en page sur deux -% colonnes. -% La mise en page utilise le paquetage standard \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol} et son environnement \env{multicols}. -% Nous forчons \com{mtcindent} р~zщro. Si une minitoc est assez longue pour se rщpartir sur les deux colonnes, -% le rщsultat peut ъtre bizarre. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-2c> -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% - {report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-2c.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage% - [tight,latin,listfiles]{minitoc} -\usepackage[latin]{babel} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Two first chapters with a standard chapter head, a minitoc on one full width column, then the body of the chapter -% on two columns: -% \or\relax -% Deux premiers chapitres avec un en-tъte standard, une minitoc sur la largeur complшte, puis le corps du chapitre sur -% deux colonnes: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Primum capitulum} -\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[1-2] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[3-4] -\end{multicols} -\chapter{Secundum capitulum} -\begin{multicols}{2}[\minitoc] -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[5-6] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[7-8] -\section{Tertia sectio} -\lipsum[9-10] -\end{multicols} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A third chapter entirely on two columns, so the chapter head and the minitoc are in the first column: -% \or\relax -% Un troisiшme chapitre entiшrement sur deux colonnes, dont l'en-tъte du chapitre et la minitoc sont -% dans la premiшre colonne: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{multicols}{2} -\chapter{Tertium capitulum} -\minitoc -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[11-12] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[13-14] -\section{Tertia sectio} -\lipsum[15-16] -\end{multicols} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A fourth chapter, with the chapter head on one column, and the minitoc and the chapter body on two columns (the -% minitoc is in the first column): -% \or\relax -% Un quatriшme chapitre, avec l'en-tъte de chapitre sur une seule colonne, mais la minitoc et le corps du chapitre -% sur deux colonnes (la minitoc est dans la premiшre colonne): -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Quadrum capitulum} -\begin{multicols}{2} -\minitoc -\section{Prima sectio} -\lipsum[16-17] -\section{Secunda sectio} -\lipsum[18-19] -\section{Tertia sectio} -\lipsum[20-21] -\end{multicols} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-2nd.tex} document file}\label{mtc-2nd.tex}\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} -% This document tests the \xfile{french2.mld} minitoc language definition file -% (section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) and its -% supporting code in the \upack{minitoc} package. First, the preamble of the document uses the \lopt{french2} -% minitoc package language option\footnote{The \pack{franc}, \pack{frnew} and \pack{mypatches} packages are local -% additions, provided with the \upack{minitoc} package documentation sources.}: -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-2nd.tex}}\label{mtc-2nd.tex}\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} -% Ce document teste le fichier minitoc de dщfinition de langue \xfile{french2.mld} -% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) et le code -% qui en assure le support dans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Tout d'abord, le prщambule du document utilise -% l'option de langue \lopt{french2} du paquetage \upack{minitoc}\,\footnote{Les paquetages \pack{franc}, -% \pack{frnew} et \pack{mypatches} sont des additions locales, fournies avec les sources de la documentation -% franчaise du paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-2nd> -%% Test de french2.mld: -%% л seconde ╗ ou л deuxiшme ╗ partie? -%% compilez 3 fois. -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-2nd.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[french2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} -\usepackage[french]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew} -\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[isolatin]{inputenc} -\usepackage{mypatches} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We test if there is only two parts: if yes, we will use ``seconde''. -% Else (three or more parts), we will use ``deuxiшme''. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons s'il y a seulement deux parties: si oui, nous utiliserons л~seconde~╗. -% Sinon (trois parties ou plus), nous utiliserons л~deuxiшme~╗. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifmtcsecondpart -Il n'y a que 2 parties: seconde. -\else -Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxiшme. -\fi -\clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The body of the document, with two parts: -% \or\relax -% Le corps du document, avec deux parties: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\doparttoc -\faketableofcontents -\part{P1} -\parttoc -\chapter{P1C1} -\chapter{P1C2} -\part{P2} -\parttoc -\chapter{P2C1} -\chapter{P2C2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you want also a third part, comment out this line and recompile 3~times: -% \or\relax -% Si vous voulez aussi une troisiшme partie, commentez la ligne suivante et recompilez 3~fois: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%% Commentez la ligne suivante puis recompilez 2 ou 3 fois. -\end{document} -\part{P3} -\parttoc -\chapter{P3C1} -\chapter{P3C2} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Observe the titles of the parttocs when the document has two then three parts. Note the changes after each -% compilation. You can play by adding and removing parts. It would be interesting to add a starred part, with -% starred chapters, at the beginning of the document, this part and these chapters having their entries in the TOC. -% For instance, try to add the following lines after \com{faketableofcontents}: -% \or\relax -% Observez les titres des parttocs lorsque le document a deux puis trois parties. Notez les changements aprшs -% chaque compilation. Vous pouvez jouer en ajoutant et enlevant des parties. Il serait intщressant d'ajouter une -% partie щtoilщe, avec des chapitres щtoilщs, au dщbut du document, cette partie et ces chapitres ayant leurs -% entrщes dans la table des matiшres. Par exemple, essayez d'ajouter les lignes suivantes -% aprшs \com{faketableofcontents}: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{part*}\verb|{Partie щtoilщe}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddpart}\verb|[Partie щtoilщe]|\\ -% \com{adjustptc}\verb|[-2] % IMPORTANT <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<|\\ -% \com{parttoc}\\ -% \com{chapter*}\verb|{Premier chapitre щtoilщ}|\\ -% \com{mtcaddchapter}\verb|[Premier chapitre щtoilщ]|\\ -% \verb|\chapter*{Second chapitre щtoilщ}|\\ -% \verb|\mtcaddchapter[Second chapitre щtoilщ]| -% \end{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% and you will see how the parttoc of the new starred part is titled. -% \or\relax -% et vous verrez comment la parttoc de la nouvelle partie щtoilщe est titrщe. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-3co.tex} document file}\label{mtc-3co.tex}\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} -% This document shows how to prepare a minitoc on three columns, -% with some modifications of the code the \env{mtc@verse} environment. -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-3co.tex}}\label{mtc-3co.tex}\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} -% Ce document montre comment prщparer une minitoc sur trois -% colonnes, grтce р~quelques modifications du code de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we will use a wide paper format (A3) to set the text -% on two columns and the main TOC on three columns, with the -% \pack{multitoc} package~\cite{multitoc} (by \namea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}). -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous utiliserons un format de papier large (A3) -% pour composer le texte sur deux colonnes et la table des -% matiшres principale sur trois colonnes, avec le paquetage -% \pack{multitoc}~\cite{multitoc} (de \namea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-3co> -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-3co.tex}% - [2007/02/19] -\usepackage[a3paper]{geometry} -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage[toc]{multitoc} -\renewcommand{\multicolumntoc}{3} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \begin{macro}{\multicolumnmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\endmtc@verse} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we load the \upack{minitoc} package, set some -% parameters and define the number of columns for the -% minitocs. We alter the \env{mtc@verse} environment to add a -% \env{multicols} environment\footnote{Some vertical adjustments are necessary.}: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% щtablissons quelques paramшtres et dщfinissons le nombre de -% colonnes pour les minitocs. -% Nous altщrons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse} pour lui -% ajouter un environnement \env{multicols}\,\footnote{Quelques ajustements verticaux sont nщcessaires.}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\mtcsetformat{minitoc}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil} -\newcommand{\multicolumnmtc}{3} -\makeatletter -\let\SV@mtc@verse\mtc@verse -\let\SV@endmtc@verse\endmtc@verse -\def\mtc@verse#1{\SV@mtc@verse#1\removelastskip% - \begin{multicols}{\multicolumnmtc}\raggedcolumns\leavevmode\unskip - \vskip -1.5ex \vskip -1\baselineskip} -\def\endmtc@verse{\end{multicols}\SV@endmtc@verse} -\makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin the document, preparing the minitocs and the main TOC. -% The (first) chapter begins with its minitoc, then the text -% on two columns. We use the \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} to provide filling text; -% the section number is used to select a \emph{lipsum} paragraph. -% \or\relax -% Nous commenчons le document, en prщparant les minitocs et la -% table des matiшres principale. Le (premier) chapitre commence -% avec sa minitoc, puis le texte sur deux colonnes. Nous -% utilisons le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} pour -% fournir du texte de bourrage; -% le numщro de section est utilisщ pour choisir un paragraphe \emph{lipsum}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\chapter{First chapter} -\minitoc -\begin{multicols}{2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We use a lot of sections, to have a minitoc large enough to -% use the three columns. A subsection with a long title gives -% a good result (we have used \com{mtcsetformat} to avoid hyphenations). -% \or\relax -% Nous utilisons beaucoup de sections, pour avoir une minitoc -% suffisamment grande pour utiliser les trois colonnes. Une -% sous-section avec un titre long donne un bon rщsultat (nous avons utilisщ \com{mtcsetformat} pour щviter les -% coupures). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section{First section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Tenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Eleventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twelfth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fourteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Sixteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Seventeenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Eighteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Nineteenth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twentieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\subsection{A very long subsection title, for the fun in -a multicolumn table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Twenty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirtieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Thirty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fortieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Forty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fiftieth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-first section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-eighth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fifty-ninth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\end{multicols} -\clearpage -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-add.tex} document file}\label{mtc-add.tex}\iexam{mtc-add.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-add.tex}}\label{mtc-add.tex}\iexam{mtc-add.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows how to add special entries in the table of contents, and the interaction with the -% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre comment ajouter des entrщes spщciales dans la table des matiшres, ainsi que l'interaction avec -% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}. -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-add> -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} -%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-add.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{tocbibind} -\usepackage{makeidx} -\makeatletter -\newif\ifscan@allowed -\scan@allowedtrue -\makeatother -\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% -\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak - \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Load the \upack{minitoc} package, or \pack{mtcoff}. -% \or\relax -% Charger le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, ou \pack{mtcoff}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[tight,hints,listfiles]{minitoc} -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\makeindex -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call the mini-table preparation commands: -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons les commandes de prщparation des mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We are using the \pack{tocbibind} package to add special entries in the table of contents, so we must take -% the precautions specified in section~\vref{special.entries}: -% \or\relax -% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{tocbibind} pour ajouter des entrщes spщciales dans la table des matiшres, -% donc nous devons prendre les prщcautions spщcifiщes dans la section~\vref{special.entries}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\tableofcontents \mtcaddchapter -\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter -\listoftables \mtcaddchapter -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For a chapter, we want a minitoc, a minilof and a minitoc: -% \or\relax -% Pour un chapitre, nous voulons une minitoc, une minilof et une minitoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{First chapter}\index{chapter!normal} -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then the text of the chapter, with sections, figures and tables: -% \or\relax -% Puis le texte du chapitre, avec des figures et des tableaux: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section{First section} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} - -\section{Second section} -A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ -\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}\index{a}% -\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}\index{cannot}% -\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}\index{I}% -\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}\index{land}% -\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}\index{to}\index{tree}% -\index{would}\index{yes}% -\textsf{A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. -But I imagine that he would, yes.}\\ -\hbox{}\hfill -Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks}~(1993),~\textsl{Against~a~dark~background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A starred chapter requires a special treatment; three solutions are possible. -% You can test variations on -% the \com{mtcaddchapter} command. Just uncomment one (and -% only one) of the \com{mtcaddchapter} commands after -% \com{chapter*} in the source code of \exam{mtc-add.tex}. -% For each case, look at the Table of Contents -% and the involved chapter. -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre щtoilщ nщcessite un traitement spщcial; trois solutions sont possibles. Vous pouvez tester des -% variations sur la commande \com{mtcaddchapter}. Il suffit de dщcommenter une et une seule des trois -% commandes \com{mtcaddchapter} aprшs \com{chapter*} dans le code source de \exam{mtc-add.tex}. Pour chaque -% cas, regardez la table des matiшres et le chapitre concernщ. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{Second chapter, starred} -\index{chapter!starred} -%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 3 FOLLOWING LINES -\mtcaddchapter[Second chapter, starred] % OK -%% \mtcaddchapter[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. OK -%% \addcontentsline{toc}{xchapter}{} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \mtcaddchapter[] % BAD SOLUTION -%% \mtcaddchapter % BAD SOLUTION -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\index{tests} - -This is a starred chapter; you can test here variations on -the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| command. Just uncomment one (and -only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddchapter| commands after -\verb|\chapter*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. -For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents -and at this chapter. -\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% -\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{chapter}\index{code}% -\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}\index{each}% -\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}% -\index{index}\index{is}\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}% -\index{lot}\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% -\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% -\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% -\index{variations}\index{you}% -I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. - -\chapter{Third chapter} -\index{chapter!normal} -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{Third section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} - -\section{Fourth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle} -% \begin{macro}{\bibliography} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As we want to add an entry for the bibliography in the table of contents, and we use the \pack{tocbibind} package -% for that, we must add a correction with \com{adjustmtc}: -% \or\relax -% Comme nous voulons ajouter une entrщe pour la bibliographie dans la table des matiшres, et que nous utilisons -% donc le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}, nous ajoutons une correction avec \com{adjustmtc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\nocite* -\def\noopsort#1{\relax} -\bibliographystyle{plain} -\bibliography{mtc-add} -\adjustmtc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\printindex} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As we want to add an entry for the index in the table of contents, and we use the \pack{tocbibind} package -% for that, we must add a correction; two solutions are available: use \com{mtcfixindex} or -% the other given three lines: -% \or\relax -% Comme nous voulons ajouter une entrщe pour l'index dans la table des matiшres, et que nous utilisons -% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind} pour cela, nous devons ajouter une correction; deux solutions sont -% disponibles: utiliser \com{mtcfixindex} ou les trois autres lignes donnщes: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\printindex -\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines -%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{} -%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{} -%% \mtcaddchapter -%% - -\appendix -\chapter{App.~1} -\index{chapter!appendix} -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{Fifth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} - -\section{Sixth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The next chapter asks for a minitoc, a minilof and a minilot, but contains no tables; hence -% the \upack{minitoc} package will give some warnings. -% \or\relax -% Le chapitre suivant demande une minitoc, une minilof et une minilot, mais ne contient aucun tableau; donc le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} щmettra quelques avertissements. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{App.~2} -\index{chapter!appendix} -%% contains no tables but asks for a minilot! No minilot printed. -\minitoc \mtcskip -\minilof \mtcskip -\minilot -\section{Seventh section} -\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} - -\section{Eighth section} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} - -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And we need also its small bibliographic data base: -% \or\relax -% Et nous avons aussi besoin de sa petite base bibliographique: -% \fi -% \begin{itemize} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \item the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package~\cite{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% \item la documentation en anglais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-addbib> -@MISC{minitoc, - TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}", - MONTH=jul, - YEAR=2008} - -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \item the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package~\cite{minitoc-fr}: -% \or\relax -% \item la documentation en franчais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc-fr}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -@MISC{minitoc-fr, - TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc-fr.pdf}}", - MONTH=jul, - YEAR=2008} - -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \item the documentation of the \upack{shorttoc} package~\cite{shorttoc}: -% \or\relax -% \item la documentation du paquetage \upack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -@MISC{shorttoc, - TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf}}", - MONTH=aug, - YEAR=2002} - -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \item a novel~\cite{dark} from which a short citation is taken: -% \or\relax -% \item un roman~\cite{dark} d'o∙ une courte citation est extraite: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -@BOOK{dark, - TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}", - AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies", - PUBLISHER="Bantam Books", - ISBN="0553292240 (pb)", - YEAR=1993} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{itemize} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But the database created this way must be trimmed of some spurious lines; -% on Unix-like systems, do\footnote{Note that we should use no preamble for -% this file in \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nevertheless, some spurious lines are still generated. This -% problem is not yet corrected now, so we keep the solution.}: -% \or\relax -% Mais la base ainsi crщщe doit ъtre purgщe des lignes superflues; -% sur les systшmes analogues р~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous -% ne devrions pas utiliser de prщambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nщanmoins, des lignes -% superflues sont encore produites. Ce problшme n'est pas encore corrigщ, donc nous conservons cette solution.}: -% \fi -% \begin{verse}\small -% \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib" -% \end{verse} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ads.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ads.tex}\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} -% This document uses the \class{article} class and shows some problems for adding special entries in the -% table of contents and some problems with floating objects. We need to use the \pack{tocbibind} -% package~\cite{tocbibind} for the first ones and the \upack{minitoc} \opt{insection} package option to avoid -% the drift if floating objects outside of their section. That gives the following document preamble: -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ads.tex}}\label{mtc-ads.tex}\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} -% Ce document utilise la classe \class{article} et montre quelques problшmes pour ajouter des entrщes spщciales -% dans la table des matiшres et quelques problшmes avec les objets flottants. Il nous faut utiliser le paquetage -% \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} pour les premiers et l'option \opt{insection} du -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour щviter la dщrive des objets flottants hors de leur section. Ceci donne le -% prщambule suivant: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-ads> -\documentclass[oneside,12pt,a4paper]{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ads.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{url,tocbibind,makeidx} -\makeatletter \newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue \makeatother -\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% -\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak - \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% -\usepackage[tight,hints,insection]{minitoc} -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\makeindex -% \end{macrocode} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The preparation commands: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de prщparation: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dopartlof \dopartlot -\dosecttoc \dosectlof \dosectlot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The commands to prepare the table of contents, the list of figures and the list of tables. As we use the -% \pack{tocbibind} package, we must add some \com{mtcaddsection} commands: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes pour prщparer la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. Comme nous -% utilisons le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}, nous devons ajouter quelques commandes \com{mtcaddsection}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -\setcounter{parttocdepth}{6} -\setcounter{secttocdepth}{6} -\tableofcontents \mtcaddsection -\listoffigures \mtcaddsection -\listoftables \mtcaddsection -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The body of the document: a part with its part-level mini-tables, some sections with their section-level -% mini-tables. The document has an index and contains figures and tables. -% \or\relax -% Le corps du document: une partie avec ses mini-tables au niveau partie, quelques sections leurs mini-tables au -% niveau section. Le document a un index et contient des figures et des tableaux. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\part{Part~1} -\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot - -\section{First section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{First subsection} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Second subsection} -A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ -\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% -\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% -\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% -\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% -\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% -\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% -A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. -But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ -\hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\section*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Here, we try a starred section, with its entry in the table of contents. You can try several solutions (good or bad). -% \or\relax -% Ici, nous essayons une section щtoilщe, avec son entrщe dans la table des matiшres. Vous pouvez essayer plusieurs -% solutions (bonnes ou mauvaises). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section*{Second section, starred} -\index{section!starred} -%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES -\mtcaddsection[Second section, starred] % OK -%% \mtcaddsection[] % BAD -%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. -%% \mtcaddsection % BAD -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\index{tests} - -This is a starred section; you can test here variations on -the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and -only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after -\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. -For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents -and at this section. -\index{a}\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% -\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% -\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}% -\index{Contents}\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}% -\index{here}\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% -\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% -\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}\index{source}% -\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}\index{the}% -\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}\index{uncomment}% -\index{variations}\index{you}% -I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. - -\section{Third section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Third subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Fourth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} - -\subsubsection{Even a sub-sub-section!} -\subsubsection{And yet another one} - -\part{Part~2} -\parttoc \mtcskip \partlof \mtcskip \partlot - -\section{Fourth section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Fifth subsection} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Sixth subsection} -A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ -\index{small}\index{citation}\index{nice}\index{A}% -\index{a}\index{and}\index{bird}\index{But}% -\index{cannot}\index{claim}\index{great}\index{he}% -\index{I}\index{imagine}\index{it}\index{know}% -\index{land}\index{on}\index{once}\index{that}% -\index{to}\index{tree}\index{would}\index{yes}% -A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. -But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ -\hbox{}\hfill -Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} - -\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} - -\section*{Fifth section, starred} -\index{section!starred} -%% UNCOMMENT ONE AND ONLY ONE OF THE 4 FOLLOWING LINES -\mtcaddsection[Fifth section, starred] % OK -%% \mtcaddsection[] % OK -%% \mtcaddsection[~] % produces a (strange) correct result. -%% \mtcaddsection % OK -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\index{tests} - -This is a starred section; you can test here variations on -the \verb|\mtcaddsection| command. Just uncomment one (and -only one) of the \verb|\mtcaddsection| commands after -\verb|\section*| in the source code of \texttt{mtc-add.tex}. -For each case, look at the \index{Table of Contents}Table of Contents -and at this section.\index{a}% -\index{added}\index{after}\index{also}\index{and}% -\index{at}\index{can}\index{case}\index{section}% -\index{code}\index{command}\index{commands}\index{Contents}% -\index{each}\index{entries}\index{For}\index{here}% -\index{I}\index{in}\index{index}\index{is}% -\index{Just}\index{just}\index{look}\index{lot}% -\index{of}\index{on}\index{one}\index{only}% -\index{source}\index{starred}\index{Table}\index{test}% -\index{the}\index{This}\index{this}\index{to}% -\index{uncomment}\index{variations}\index{you}% -I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. - -\section{Sixth section} -\index{section!normal} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Seventh subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Seventh table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Eighth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Eighth table} \end{table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle} -% \begin{macro}{\bibliography} -% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The bibliography: as we want an entry for it in the table of contents, we use the -% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} and a correction with \com{adjuststc}: -% \or\relax -% La bibliographie: comme nous voulons une entrщe pour elle dans la table des matiшres, nous utilisons le -% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} et une correction avec \com{adjuststc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\nocite* -\def\noopsort#1{\relax} -\bibliographystyle{plain} -\bibliography{mtc-add} -\adjuststc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\printindex} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The index: as we want an entry for it in the table of contents, we use the -% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} and a correction with \com{mtcfixindex}: -% \or\relax -% L'index: comme nous voulons une entrщe pour lui dans la table des matiшres, nous utilisons le -% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} et une correction avec \com{mtcfixindex}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\printindex -\mtcfixindex % use this OR the 3 following lines -%% \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{} -%% \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{} -%% \mtcaddsection - -\appendix -\section{App.~1} -\index{section!appendix} -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Ninth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Ninth table} \end{table} - -\subsection{Tenth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Tenth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{table} \caption{Tenth table} \end{table} - -\section{App.~2} -\index{section!appendix} -%% contains no tables but asks for a sectlot! No sectlot printed. -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot -\subsection{Eleventh subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Twelfth figure} \end{figure} - -\subsection{Twelfth subsection} - -\begin{figure} \caption{Thirdteenth figure} \end{figure} -\begin{figure} \caption{Fourteenth figure} \end{figure} - -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-amm.tex} document file}\label{mtc-amm.tex}\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-amm.tex}}\label{mtc-amm.tex}\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This example shows the use of the \env{appendices} environment in a \class{memoir} class document when -% the \upack{minitoc} package is loaded. First, the preamble: -% \or\relax -% Cet exemple montre l'utilisation de l'environnement \env{appendices} dans un document de classe \class{memoir} -% lorsque le paquetage \upack{minitoc} a щtщ chargщ. Tout d'abord, le prщambule: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-amm> -\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-amm.tex}% - [2007/08/29] -\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{memhfixc} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\adjustmtc -\chapter{First chapter} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\section{First section} -\lipsum[2] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{appendices} -% \begin{macro}{\addappheadtotoc} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The appendices are set in an \env{appendices} environment; we can add an entry in the TOC with -% \com{addappheadtotoc} (a command from the \class{memoir} class): -% \or\relax -% Les appendices sont composщs dans un environnement \env{appendices}; nous pouvons ajouter une entrщe dans la table -% des matiшres avec \com{addappheadtotoc} (une commande fournie par la classe \class{memoir}): -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{appendices} -\addappheadtotoc -\adjustmtc %correction! -\chapter{Afterthoughts} -\minitoc -\lipsum[3] -Afterthoughts appendix -\section{Further remarks} -\lipsum[4] -\chapter{Last wills} -\minitoc -\section{Testament} -\lipsum[5] -\end{appendices} -\chapter{Conclusion} -\minitoc -\section{Bye} -\lipsum[6] -\chapter{Back from Hell} -\minitoc -\section{Not dead yet!} -\lipsum[7] -\section{I will survive} -\lipsum[8] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-apx.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-apx.tex}\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} -% The \exam{mtc-apx.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-apx.tex}}\label{1mtc-apx.tex}\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} -% Le document \exam{mtc-apx.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-art.tex} document file}\label{mtc-art.tex}\iexam{mtc-art.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-art.tex}}\label{mtc-art.tex}\iexam{mtc-art.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is a basic document using the \upack{minitoc} package. It contains sections but no chapters, so it must use an -% \class{article}-like document class. You should work on a \emph{copy} of this file and -% can alter its preamble and its contents to make experiments with parameters. A typical preamble follows: -% \or\relax -% C'est un document basique utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Il contient des sections mais pas de chapitres, -% donc il doit utiliser une classe de document analogue р~\class{article}. Vous devriez travailler sur -% une \emph{copie} de ce fichier et vous pouvez modifier son prщambule et son contenu pour faire des essais avec -% les paramшtres. Voici donc un prщambule typique: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-art> -%% mtc-art.tex -%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #60 -%% package. You can alter most of parameters to test. -%% article (\section must be defined) -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-art.tex}% - [2007/06/06] -\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text -%% \usepackage{hyperref} % If used, load it BEFORE minitoc -\usepackage[tight,insection]{minitoc} -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents -\setlength{\stcindent}{24pt} % indentation of secttocs, default -%% % font for secttocs, default -\renewcommand{\stcfont}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries}% -%% % font for secttocs, subsections -%% \renewcommand{\stcSSfont}{\small\sf}% -%% % you can make experiments with -%% % \stcSSSfont, \stcPfont and \stcSPfont -%% % but it is ``fontomania''... -\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you want to use sections numbered in each part (the section number restarts to~1 at the beginning of each -% part), uncomment the 3~lines of code below. This demonstrates that the numbering of the secttoc files is -% independent on the numbering of the sections (it is absolute). -% \or\relax -% Si vous voulez utiliser des sections numщrotщes dans chaque partie (le numщro de section repart р~1 au dщbut de -% chaque partie), dщcommentez les 3~lignes de code ci-dessous. Ceci montre que la numщrotation des fichiers -% secttoc est indщpendante de celle des sections (elle est absolue). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test -%%% resetting section number in each part -%%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{section}{part} \makeatother -%%% END TEST -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin the body of the document. You can still alter some parameters (presence or absence of rules and page numbers in -% the mini-tables): -% \or\relax -% Nous commenчons le corps du document. Vous pouvez encore altщrer certains paramшtres (prщsence ou absence de filets et -% de numщros de pages dans les mini-tables): -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The preparation commands, with their optional argument if necessary: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de prщparation, avec leur argument optionnel si nщcessaire: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dosecttoc -\dosectlof[c] % center titles of the sectlofs -\dosectlot -\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff -\dopartlof % added in version #15 -\dopartlot % added in version #15 -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% It is necessary to create the contents files; use the ``fake'' version to not print. -% \or\relax -% Il est nщcessaire de crщer les fichiers de contenu; utilisez la version л~fake~╗ pour ne pas imprimer. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\faketableofcontents % or \tableofcontents -\fakelistoffigures % to check compatibility -\fakelistoftables % to check compatibility -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There is the text of the document, with its sectionning commands; -% we define a part, with a parttoc, a partlof (with the title on the right) and a parttoc: -% \or\relax -% Voici le texte du document, avec ses commandes de sectionnement; -% nous dщfinissons une partie, avec une parttoc, une partlof (avec le titre sur la droite) et une parttoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\part{First Part} \parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A section, in two columns mode, with a secttoc (title on the right), and a sectlof; this section contains -% subsections to make a non-empty secttoc but no figures (to detect an empty sectlof). -% \or\relax -% Une section, en mode deux colonnes, avec une secttoc (titre sur la droite), et une sectlof; cette section contient -% des sous-sections pour que la secttoc ne soit pas vide mais pas de figures (pour dщtecter une sectlof vide). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\twocolumn\sloppy % the secttoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, - % but works. Ideas to make it better? -\section{AAAAA} % a section with a lot of sections -\secttoc[r] % secttoc title on the right -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\lipsum[1] -\subsection{S1} \lipsum[2] -\subsection{S2} \lipsum[3] -\subsection{S3} \lipsum[4] -\subsection*{S4} -%% \addcontentsline{toc}{starsubsection}{*S4*} -\lipsum[5] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A lot of subsections: -% \or\relax -% Un tas de sous-sections: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\subsection{S5} \lipsum[6] -\subsection{S6} \lipsum[7] -\subsection{S7} \lipsum[8] -\subsection{S8} \lipsum[9] -\subsection{S9} \lipsum[10] -\subsection{S10} \lipsum[11] -\subsection{S11} \lipsum[12] -\subsection{S12} \lipsum[13] -\subsection{S13} \lipsum[14] -\subsection{S14} \lipsum[15] -\subsection{S15} \lipsum[16] -\subsection{S16} \lipsum[17] -\subsection{S17} \lipsum[18] -\subsection{S18} \lipsum[19] -\subsection{S19} \lipsum[20] -\subsection{S20} \lipsum[21] -\subsection{S21} \lipsum[22] -\subsection{S22} \lipsum[23] -\subsection{S23} \lipsum[24] -\subsection{S24} \lipsum[25] -\subsection{S25} \lipsum[26] -\subsection{S26} \lipsum[27] -\subsection{S27} \lipsum[28] -\subsection{S28} \lipsum[29] -\subsection{S29} \lipsum[30] -\subsection{S30} \lipsum[31] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} -% \begin{macro}{\section*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We return to the one column mode. Then a section with a secttoc and a sectlof (there are subsections and figures). -% The \opt{insection} package option should ensure that floating objects (like figures) do not drift outside -% their section. -% \or\relax -% Nous revenons au mode une colonne. Puis une section avec une secttoc et une sectlof (il y~a des sous-sections et -% des figures). -% L'option de paquetage \opt{insection} devrait garantir que les objets flottants (tels que les figures) ne -% dщrivent pas en dehors de leur section. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column -\section{BBBBB} -\secttoc -\mtcskip % put some skip here -\sectlof % a sectlof -\lipsum[32] -\subsection{T1} \lipsum[33] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F1} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\subsubsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command -\lipsum[34] -\paragraph{TTT1} \lipsum[35] -\subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36] -\begin{figure}[t] -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\subsection{T2} \lipsum[37] -\section*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-section. should have no secttoc -%% \addstarredsection{CCCCC} -\mtcaddsection[CCCCC] -\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\lipsum[38] -\subsection{U1} \lipsum[39] -\subsubsection{UU1} \lipsum[40] -\paragraph{UUU1} \lipsum[41] -\subparagraph{UUUU1} \lipsum[42] -\subsection{U2} \lipsum[43] -\part{Second Part} -\parttoc -\partlof[c] -\partlot -%% % the following section should have no secttoc, -\section{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \secttoc, -%% \secttoc -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -% % the secttoc appears -\lipsum[44] -\subsection{V1} \lipsum[45] -\subsubsection{VV1} \lipsum[46] -\paragraph{VVV1} \lipsum[47] -\subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\lipsum[49] \subsection{V2} \lipsum[50] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We change the depth of the secttocs, inside a local group (a pair of braces): -% \or\relax -% Nous changeons la profondeur des secttocs, dans un groupe local (une paire d'accolades): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section{EEEEE} % this section should have a secttoc -{% % left brace, see below -\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3} % depth of sect table of contents; - % try with different values. -\secttoc -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -} % right brace -%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change on secttocdepth. -\lipsum[51] -\subsection{W1} % with the given depth -\lipsum[52] -\subsubsection{WW1} \lipsum[53] -\paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -\subparagraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[55] -\subsection{W2} \lipsum[56] -\chapter*{} -\part{Appendices} -\parttoc \mtcskip -\partlof \mtcskip -\partlot -\FloatBarrier -\appendix -\section{Comments} \lipsum[57] -\secttoc -\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\subsection{C1} \lipsum[58] -\subsection{C2} \lipsum[59] -\subsection{C3} \lipsum[60] -\begin{figure}[hb] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} -\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\FloatBarrier -\subsection{C4} \lipsum[61] -\FloatBarrier -\section{Evolution} -\secttoc -\sectlof % empty -\sectlot % empty -\lipsum[62] -\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63] \subsection{D2} \lipsum[64] -\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65] \subsection{D4} \lipsum[66] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-bk.tex} document file}\label{mtc-bk.tex}\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-bk.tex}}\label{mtc-bk.tex}\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is a basic document using the \upack{minitoc} package. It contains chapters, so it must use a -% \class{book}-like or \class{report}-like document class. You should work on a \emph{copy} of this file and -% can alter its preamble and its contents to make experiments with parameters. A typical preamble follows: -% \or\relax -% C'est un document basique utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Il contient des chapitres, donc il doit -% utiliser une classe de document analogue р~\upack{book} ou р~\class{report}. Vous devriez travailler sur -% une \emph{copie} de ce fichier et vous pouvez modifier son prщambule et son contenu pour faire des essais avec -% les paramшtres. Voici donc un prщambule typique: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-bk> -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions) -%% mtc-bk.tex -%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #60 package file. -%% You can alter most of parameters to test. -%% Class: book/report (\chapter must be defined). -%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc commands and parameters. -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} % the report class uses less pages -%% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-bk.tex}% - [2007/06/06] -\usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text -%% \usepackage{hyperref} % if used, load it BEFORE minitoc -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} % tight option make shorter mini-tables -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5} % depth of numbering of sectionning commands -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % depth of table of contents -\setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} % indentation of minitocs, default -\renewcommand{\mtcfont}{\small\rm} % font for minitocs, default -\renewcommand{\mtcSfont}{\small\bf} % font for minitocs, sections, default -%% \renewcommand{\mtcSSfont}{\small\sf} % font for minitocs, subsections -%% you can make experiments with \mtcSSSfont, \mtcPfont and \mtcSPfont -%% but it is ``fontomania''... -\raggedbottom % or \flushbottom, at your choice -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you want to use chapters numbered in each part (the chapter number restarts to~1 at the beginning of each -% part), uncomment the 3~lines of code below. This demonstrates that the numbering of the minitoc files is -% independent on the numbering of the chapters (it is absolute). -% \or\relax -% Si vous voulez utiliser des chapitres numщrotщs dans chaque partie (le numщro de partie repart р~1 au dщbut de -% chaque partie), dщcommentez les 3~lignes de code ci-dessous. Ceci montre que la numщrotation des fichiers -% minitoc est indщpendante de celle des chapitres (elle est absolue). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test resetting chapter number in each part -%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} \makeatother -%%% END TEST -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noptcrule} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin the body of the document. You can still alter some parameters (presence or absence of rules and page numbers in -% the mini-tables): -% \or\relax -% Nous commenчons le corps du document. Vous pouvez encore altщrer certains paramшtres (prщsence ou absence de filets et -% de numщros de pages dans les mini-tables): -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\mtcpagenumbers -\noptcrule -%% \nomtcrule % suppresses minitoc rules -%% \nomtcpagenumbers % suppresses minitoc page numbers -%% \nomlfpagenumbers % ---------- minilof ---- ------- -%% \nomltpagenumbers % ---------- minilot ---- ------- -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The preparation commands, with their optional argument if necessary: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de prщparation, avec leur argument optionnel si nщcessaire: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc -\dominilof[c] % centers title of minilof's -\dominilot -\doparttoc % test of parttoc/partlof stuff -\dopartlof % added in version #15 -\dopartlot % added in version #15 -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% It is necessary to create the contents files; use the ``fake'' version to not print. -% \or\relax -% Il est nщcessaire de crщer les fichiers de contenu; utilisez la version л~fake~╗ pour ne pas imprimer. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\tableofcontents % or \faketableofcontents -\listoffigures % or \fakelistoffigures -\fakelistoftables % or \listoftables -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Uncomment the following line if the first chapter must be numbered~``0'': -% \or\relax -% Dщcommentez la ligne suivante si le premier chapitre doit ъtre numщrotщ~л~0~╗: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%% \addtocounter{chapter}{-1} % to begin with Chapter 0 -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There is the text of the document, with its sectionning commands: -% \or\relax -% Voici le texte du document, avec ses commandes de sectionnement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\part{First Part} -\parttoc \partlof[r] \partlot[r] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A chapter, in two column mode, with a minitoc (title on the right): -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre, en mode deux colonnes, avec une minitoc (titre sur la droite): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\twocolumn\sloppy % the minitoc in twocolumn layout is ugly, -\chapter{AAAAA} % a chapter with a lot of sections -\minitoc[r] % minitoc title on the right -\lipsum[1] -\section{S1} \lipsum[2] -\section{S2} \lipsum[3] -\section{S3} \lipsum[4] -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\section*} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A starred section; we want an entry in the TOC, so we add it the normal way: -% \or\relax -% Une section щtoilщe: nous voulons une entrщe dans la table des matiшres, donc nous l'ajoutons de la maniшre -% normale: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section*{S4} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}{S4}} -\lipsum[5] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A lot of subsections: -% \or\relax -% Un tas de sous-sections: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\section{S5} \lipsum[6] -\section{S6} \lipsum[6] -\section{S7} \lipsum[7] -\section{S8} \lipsum[9] -\section{S9} \lipsum[10] -\section{S10} \lipsum[11] -\section{S11} \lipsum[12] -\section{S12} \lipsum[13] -\section{S13} \lipsum[14] -\section{S14} \lipsum[15] -\section{S15} \lipsum[16] -\section{S16} \lipsum[17] -\section{S17} \lipsum[18] -\section{S18} \lipsum[19] -\section{S19} \lipsum[20] -\section{S20} \lipsum[21] -\section{S21} \lipsum[22] -\section{S22} \lipsum[23] -\section{S23} \lipsum[24] -\section{S24} \lipsum[25] -\section{S25} \lipsum[26] -\section{S26} \lipsum[27] -\section{S27} \lipsum[28] -\section{S28} \lipsum[29] -\section{S29} \lipsum[30] -\section{S30} \lipsum[31] -\subsection{SS1} \lipsum[32] -\section{S31} \lipsum[33] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We return to one column mode. A new chapter, with a minitoc, a minilof and a minilot: -% \or\relax -% Nous revenons au mode sur une colonne. Un nouveau chapitre, avec une minitoc, une minilof et une minilot: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\onecolumn\fussy % back to one column -\chapter{BBBBB} -\minitoc -\mtcskip % put some skip here -\minilof % a minilof -\mtcskip % put some skip here -\minilot % a minilot -\lipsum[34] -\section{T1} \lipsum[35] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F1} % (tables are similar) -\end{figure} -\begin{table}[b] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{T1} % (tables are similar) -\end{table} -\clearpage -\subsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command -\lipsum[36] -\subsubsection{TTT1} \lipsum[37] -\paragraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[38] -\begin{figure} -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption -\end{figure} -\section{T2} \lipsum[39] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\section*} -% \begin{macro}{\paragraph*} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A starred chapter with an entry added in the TOC; all subordinate (lower) -% sectionning commands must also be starred. -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre щtoilщ avec une entrщe ajoutщe dans la table des matiшres; -% toutes les commandes de sectionnement subalternes (plus basses) doivent aussi ъtre щtoilщes. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-chapter; could have a minitoc. -\addstarredchapter{CCCCC} -\lipsum[40] -\section*{U1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U1} -\lipsum[41] -\subsection*{UU1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{UU1} -\lipsum[42] -\subsubsection*{UUU1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{UUU1} -\lipsum[43] -\paragraph*{UUUU1} -\addcontentsline{toc}{paragraph}{UUUU1} -\lipsum[44] -\section*{U2} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U2} -\lipsum[45] -\part{Second Part} -\parttoc -\partlof[c] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This chapter has no minitoc, but if you uncomment \com{minitoc}, -% the minitoc will appear. -% \or\relax -% Ce chapitre n'a pas de minitoc, mais si vous dщcommentez \com{minitoc}, -% la minitoc apparaюtra. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%% % the following chapter should have no minitoc, -\chapter{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \minitoc, -%% \minitoc % the minitoc appears -\lipsum[46] -\section{V1} \lipsum[47] -\subsection{VV1} \lipsum[48] -\subsubsection{VVV1} \lipsum[49] -\paragraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[50] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\lipsum[51] -\section{V2} \lipsum[52] -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We change the depth of the minitocs, inside a local group (a pair of braces): -% \or\relax -% Nous changeons la profondeur des minitocs, dans un groupe local (une paire d'accolades): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{EEEEE} % this chapter should have a minitoc -{% % left brace, see below -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3} % depth of mini table of contents; - % try with different values. -\minitoc -} % right brace -%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change -%% on minitocdepth. -\lipsum[53] -\section{W1} % with the given depth -\lipsum[54] -\subsection{WW1} \lipsum[55] -\subsubsection{WWW1} \lipsum[56] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables here, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\lipsum[57] -\paragraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[58] -\subparagraph{WWWWW1} \lipsum[59] -\section{W2} \lipsum[60] -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\appendix} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Here, we encounter a classical problem: to make a local table of contents for a set -% of appendices, while hiding these entries in the main table of contents. First, we -% create a part, with its parttoc: -% \or\relax -% Ici, nous rencontrons un problшme classique: faire une table des matiшres locale pour un ensemble d'appendices, -% et tout en masquant ces entrщes dans la table des matiшres principale. Tout d'abord, nous crщons une partie, avec sa -% parttoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\appendix -\part{Appendices} -\parttoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we begin a \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment, with the hiding depth as optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous commenчons un environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, avec la profondeur de masquage requise: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] -\chapter{Comments} -\minitoc -\section{C1} \lipsum[61] -\section{C2} \lipsum[62] -\section{C3} \lipsum[63] -\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies -\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -\begin{picture}(100,50) -\end{picture} -\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) -\end{figure} -\section{C4} -\chapter{Evolution} -\minitoc -\minilof %Empty => invisible -\minilot %Empty => invisible -\section{D1} \lipsum[64] -\section{D2} \lipsum[65] -\section{D3} \lipsum[66] -\section{D4} \lipsum[67] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% We terminate the part by adding a marker in the TOC file, then we must close this \env{mtchideinmaintoc} -% environment: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Nous terminons la partie en ajoutant un marqueur dans le fichier table des matiшres, puis nous devons fermer -% cet environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%% this line closes the omitted part -\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} -%% this line restore the depth in the main TOC -\end{mtchideinmaintoc} -\lipsum[68] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-bo.tex} document file}\label{mtc-bo.tex}\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-bo.tex}}\label{mtc-bo.tex}\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document using a two column layout for some -% portions and the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}. The aim is to begin a chapter with a special head and a -% preliminary block containing a minitoc and some indications, on two columns. -% The preamble loads the \pack{geometry} package~\cite{geometry}, which defines the global page layout, -% the \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol}, the \pack{color} package~\cite{color}, because we want a colored -% background -% for the minitoc, the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}, to change some parameters of the minitoc, and, at -% least, the \upack{minitoc} package itself: -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document utilisant une mise en page sur -% deux colonnes pour certaines portions et le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}. Le but est de commencer -% un chapitre avec un en-tъte spщcial et un bloc prщliminaire contenant une minitoc et quelques indications, sur -% deux colonnes. -% Le prщambule charge le paquetage \pack{geometry}~\cite{geometry}, -% qui dщfinit la mise en page globale, le paquetage \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol}, -% le paquetage \pack{color}~\cite{color}, -% car nous voulons un fond colorщ pour la minitoc, le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}, pour changer -% quelques paramшtres de la minitoc, et, enfin, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} lui-mъme: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-bo> -\documentclass[10pt]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-bo.tex}% - [2007/04/17] -\usepackage[paperwidth=8.5in,paperheight=11in,% - lmargin=1.25in,rmargin=1.25in,tmargin=1in,bmargin=1in]{geometry} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{color} -% \end{macrocode} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\setlength} -% \begin{macro}{\addtolength} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsecindent} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsecnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecindent} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsubsecindent} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsubsecnumwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We use the \pack{tocloft} package and its commands to set the indentations in the TOC and the minitoc: -% \or\relax -% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{tocloft} et ses commandes pour щtablir les indentations dans la table des -% matiшres et la minitoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{tocloft} -\setlength{\cftsecindent}{0cm} -\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{15 pt} -\setlength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecindent} -\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{\cftsecnumwidth} -\setlength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}{20 pt} -\setlength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecindent} -\addtolength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{\cftsubsecnumwidth} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\cftpagenumbersoff} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note that if we want to suppress the page numbers in the minitoc, we must use the commands from \pack{tocloft}: -% \or\relax -% Notez que si nous voulons supprimer les numщros de page dans la minitoc, nous devons utiliser les commandes -% de \pack{tocloft}: -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -\cftpagenumbersoff{sec} -\cftpagenumbersoff{subsec} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load the \upack{minitoc} package and change the indentation, suppress the rules and change the minitoc -% title. The \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref} can also be loaded (\emph{after} \upack{minitoc}). -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et changeons l'indentation, supprimons les filets et changeons le -% titre. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref} peut aussi ъtre chargщ (\emph{aprшs} \upack{minitoc}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[francais,tight]{minitoc} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\nomtcrule % pas de filets en haut et en bas de la mini-tdm -\nomtcpagenumbers % pas de numщro de pages -% (non fonctionnel avec tocloft) -\renewcommand{\mtctitle}{Contenu de la rencontre} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load also some packages for the french language (some are local): -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons aussi quelques paquetages pour la langue franчaise: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[francais]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[isolatin]{inputenc} -\usepackage{mypatches} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code redefines the format of the chapter head: -% \or\relax -% Ce code redщfinit le format de l'en-tъte de chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% MACRO POUR AVOIR LE MOT л RENCONTRE ╗ AU LIEU DE л CHAPITRE ╗ % -% Sans saut de ligne (modification du code qui se trouve dans la FAQ) % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\makeatletter -\def\@makechapterhead#1{% - \vspace*{10\p@}% - {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft \normalfont - \interlinepenalty\@M - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \Huge\bfseries\sffamily Rencontre \thechapter\\% \quad - \fi - \Huge\bfseries\sffamily #1\par\nobreak - \vskip 10\p@ -}} -\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% - \vspace*{10\p@}% - {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont - \interlinepenalty\@M - \Huge \sffamily #1\par\nobreak - \vskip 10\p@ -}} \makeatother -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define an environment (\env{pageUn}) for the block placed at the beginning of a chapter. This block -% contains a minitoc, then a sequence of informations given by the 6~parameters of the environment. The block -% uses a \env{multicols} environment to typeset on two columns. Some decorations are added: rules, colored -% background for the minitoc. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons un environnement (\env{pageUn}) pour le bloc placщ en dщbut de chapitre. Ce bloc contient -% une minitoc, puis une sщquence d'informations donnщes par les 6~paramшtres de l'environnement. Ce bloc utilise -% un environnement \env{multicols} pour composer sur deux colonnes. Quelques dщcorations sont ajoutщes: des -% filets, un fond colorщ pour la minitoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%: ENVIRONNEMENT POUR LA PAGE 1 DES RENCONTRES % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% param1: date de la rencontre -% param2: nombre de pщriodes -% param3: liste des documents distribuщs -% param4: messages -% param5: lecture -% param6: exercices -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\newenvironment{pageUn}[6]{% -\parindent = 0.0in -\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} -\begin{multicols}{2} - {\large \bfseries Math. pour mщdecine nuclщaire\\ - \textit{(#2)}} - \vfill\columnbreak - \raggedleft\bfseries Automne 2003\\ - #1 -\end{multicols} -\vspace{-18pt} -\rule{\linewidth}{1pt} - -\setlength{\columnseprule}{.3pt} \setlength{\columnsep}{1cm} -\begin{multicols}{2}% - -%: TABLE DES MATI╚RES (col. gauche) -\colorbox[cmyk]{.1,0,0,0}{% - \parbox{\linewidth}{% - \setcounter{minitocdepth}{3}% - \minitoc% - }} -%\vfill \columnbreak ~ \vfill - -\mtcskip - -%: DOCUMENTS DISTRIBU╔S (dщbut col. droite) - -{\large \bfseries Documents distribuщs} -\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$} #3 \end{itemize} - -%: MESSAGES AUX ╔TUDIANTS - -\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Messages} -\begin{itemize} \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\star$}#4\end{itemize} - -%: LECTURE -\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Lecture}\vspace{-6pt} \par#5 \par - -% EXERCICES -\vspace{12pt}{\large \bfseries Exercices}\vspace{-6pt}\par#6\par - -%\newpage -\end{multicols}% -} -%{\newpage} -{\hrule} - -%\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.2} %interligne - -%\pagestyle{empty} %pas de # de page -%\parindent = 0.0in -\parskip = 0.1in - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%: RED╔FINIR LES SECTIONS % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Alph{section}} -%\renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter-\Alph{section}} - -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The body of the document: -% \or\relax -% Le corps du document: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%%%%%%%% -%: BEGIN % -%%%%%%%%%% -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \faketableofcontents -\chapter{Premiшre щtape (dщbut)} -%\minitoc -\begin{pageUn} - {%1 Date du cours - lundi 25 ao√t - } - {%2 Durщe du cours - 2 pщriodes - } - {%3 Liste des documents р~distribuer - \item Plan de cours - \item Fiche d'identification - \item Grille horaire - \item Feuilles d'exercices supplщmentaires - } - {%4 Ne pas oublier - \item Acheter le livre de rщfщrence - \item Apporter une disquette - } - {%5 Lecture - Lire les pages ppp р~ppp et ppp р~ppp - } - {%6 Exercice - Faire les exercices nnn de la page ppp - } -\end{pageUn} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\section{Titre de la section} % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Texte dans la section - -%% -\subsection{Une sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%% -\subsection{Une autre sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\section{Titre d'une autre section} % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Texte dans la section - -%% -\subsection{Une sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%% -\subsection{Une autre sous-section} -%% -Bla bla bla - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\section{Encore une autre section} % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Texte dans la section - -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ch0.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ch0.tex}\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ch0.tex}}\label{mtc-ch0.tex}\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document using a starred first chapter, -% inducing the ``Chapter Zero'' problem. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document utilisant un premier chapitre -% щtoilщ, induisant le problшme du л~Chapitre~zщro~╗. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-ch0> -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ch0.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[tight,english]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first chapter is starred, but contains real numbered sections. We add an entry in the TOC for this chapter -% and see that its sections are using ``0'' as chapter number: -% \or\relax -% Le premier chapitre est щtoilщ, mais contient de vraies sections numщrotщes. Nous ajoutons une entrщe pour ce -% chapitre dans la table des matiшres et voyons que ses sections utilisent л~0~╗ comme numщro de chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{Chapter One (starred)} -\mtcaddchapter[Fake chapter one] -\minitoc -\section{Chap 1, section 1} -That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and -Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize -worldwide parties to celebrate. - -Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved -Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for -one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, -organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to -organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, -dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do -things by halves around here. - -\subsection{Chap 1, section 1, subsection 1} -That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and -Thunderbird~1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize -worldwide parties to celebrate. - -Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved -Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for -one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, -organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to -organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, -dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do -things by halves around here. -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second chapter is normal: -% \or\relax -% Le second chapitre est normal: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Chapter Two (numbered one)} -\minitoc -\section{Chapter 2, section 1} -That's right, folks -- we're close to the release of Firefox and -Thunderbird 1.0 and, just like our last 1.0~release, we want to organize -worldwide parties to celebrate. - -Thanks to Dominik 'Aeneas' Schnitzer, we have an all-new and improved -Mozilla Party Webtool~2.0. You can create your own party, or sign up for -one already in progress -- and, in an improvement on Webtool~1.0, -organizers can now edit and update party details. The tool allows you to -organize a celebration in any of 243~countries, principalities, -dominions and islands around the world. Never let it be said that we do -things by halves around here. -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-cri.tex} document file}\label{mtc-cri.tex}\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-cri.tex}}\label{mtc-cri.tex}\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\part*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document -% with a starred part and starred chapters. Note the use of the adjustment commands. -% This example is not commented: just follow the insertion of the mini-tables in the \xfile{mtc-cri.log} file. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document -% avec une partie щtoilщe et des chapitres щtoilщs. Notez l'utilisation des commandes d'ajustement. -% Cet exemple n'est pas commentщ: suivez simplement l'insertion des mini-tables dans le fichier \xfile{mtc-cri.log}. -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-cri> -\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]% - {report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-cri.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[francais]{babel} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage% - [french2,tight]% - {minitoc} - -\mtcsetdepth{parttoc}{2} - -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\part*{Prщsentation gщnщrale} -\mtcaddpart[Prщsentation gщnщrale] -\adjustptc[-2] -\parttoc - -Texte de la -prщsentation gщnщrale\ldots - -\chapter*{Les auteurs} -\mtcaddchapter[Les auteurs] -Prщsentation des auteurs\ldots - -\chapter*{Les lecteurs} -\mtcaddchapter[Les lecteurs] -Prщsentation des lecteurs\ldots - -\part{Premiшre partie} -\parttoc -\chapter*{Introduction} -\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] -\chapter{Premier chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~A} -\section{Deuxiшme section~A} -\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~B} -\section{Deuxiшme section~B} - -\part{Deuxiшme partie} -\parttoc -\chapter{Premier chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~C} -\section{Deuxiшme section~C} -\chapter{Deuxiшme chapitre} -\minitoc -\section{Premiшre section~D} -\section{Deuxiшme section~D} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}}% -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-fko.tex} document file}\label{mtc-fko.tex}\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-fko.tex}}\label{mtc-fko.tex}\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is a document using the \class{scrbook} class. Without any precaution, some entries in the minitocs are -% not in the right font (bold sans serif) like in the main table of contents; moreover, the language of the -% minitoc titles is not correct because the options of the \pack{babel} package are not transferred to the -% \upack{minitoc} package. To solve the language problem, we just set ``\lopt{german}'' as a \emph{global} option in -% the \com{documentclass} command (\pack{babel} and \upack{minitoc} will hence use this global option). -% \or\relax -% C'est un document qui utilise la classe \class{scrbook}. Sans aucune prщcaution, certaines entrщes dans les minitocs ne -% sont pas dans la fonte correcte (grasse et sans empattements) comme dans la table des matiшres principale; de -% plus, la langue des titres des minitocs n'est pas correcte car les options du paquetage \pack{babel} ne sont -% pas transmises au paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Pour rщsoudre ce problшme de langue, nous mettons -% simplement л~\lopt{german}~╗ comme option \emph{globale} dans la commande \com{documentclass} (\pack{babel} -% et \upack{minitoc} utiliseront donc cette option globale). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-fko> -\documentclass[german,a4paper,oneside]{scrbook} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-fko.tex}% - [2007/02/19] -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we load the packages and set some parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous chargeons les paquetages et щtablissons quelques paramшtres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{babel} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} % optional -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \begin{macro}{\sectfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we set explicitly the fonts for the entries\footnote{Here we only gave the commands for the section entries in -% the minitocs, but analog commands may be used for lower entries.} and the font of the titles of the minitocs, -% knowing that the font command \com{sectfont} is defined in \xfile{scrbook.cls}; we change also the title for -% the minitocs: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous щtablissons explicitement les fontes pour les entrщes\,\footnote{Nous ne donnons ici que les commandes -% pour les entrщes de sections dans les minitocs, mais des commandes analogues peuvent ъtre utilisщes pour des -% entrщes infщrieures.} et la fonte des titres des minitocs, en sachant que la commande de fonte \com{sectfont} -% est dщfinie dans \xfile{scrbook.cls}; nous changeons aussi le titre des minitocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\sectfont\small} -\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\sectfont\large} -\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Inhalt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then the body of the document, with a chapter (with a minitoc) containing a section. The section entry did not -% appear in bold sans serif in the original document (before the corrections). -% \or\relax -% Et voici le corps du document, avec un chapitre (et sa minitoc) contenant une section. L'entrщe de section -% n'apparaissait pas en gras sans empattement dans le document original (avant les corrections). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% -\chapter{Ein serifenloses Kapitel} -\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc -\section{Dieser Text ist in minitoc serifenlos} -Auch der Text \glqq Inhaltsangabe\grqq\ will -so wie koma es definiert. -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-fo1.tex} document file}\label{mtc-fo1.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-fo1.tex}}\label{mtc-fo1.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document creates several copies of the same parttoc, but with different fonts (for the chapter level -% entries); you can compare the results. -% \or\relax -% Ce document crщe plusieurs copies de la mъme parttoc, mais avec des fontes diffщrentes (pour les entrщes du niveau -% chapitre); vous pouvez comparer les rщsultats. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-fo1> -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo1.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{txfonts} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents -\part{Introduction} \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A first copy, with default fonts: -% \or\relax -% Une premiшre copie, avec les fontes par dщfaut: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\parttoc \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A second copy, roman bold font for chapter entries: -% \or\relax -% Une deuxiшme copie, fonte romaine grasse pour les entrщes de chapitres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A third copy, typewriter bold font for chapter entries: -% \or\relax -% Une troisiшme copie, fonte bтton grasse pour les entrщes de chapitres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A fourth copy, not bold typewriter font for chapter entries: -% \or\relax -% Une quatriшme copie, fonte bтton non grasse pour les entrщes de chapitres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\chapter{A very short chapter} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\section{First section} \lipsum[2] -\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] -\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] -\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] -\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-fo2.tex} document file}\label{mtc-fo2.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-fo2.tex}}\label{mtc-fo2.tex}\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document creates several copies of the same parttoc, but with different fonts (for the chapter level -% entries); you can compare the results. As the fonts are not declared the same way, compare the results -% with those of \exam{mtc-fo1.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}). -% \or\relax -% Ce document crщe plusieurs copies de la mъme parttoc, mais avec des fontes diffщrentes (pour les entrщes du niveau -% chapitre); vous pouvez comparer les rщsultats. Comme les fontes ne sont pas dщclarщes de la mъme maniшre, -% comparez les rщsultats avec ceux de \exam{mtc-fo1.tex} (voir la section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-fo2> -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo2.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{txfonts} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \lneed{11} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\plffont} -% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We declare the fonts with the old method: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщclarons les fontes avec l'ancienne mщthode: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\ptcSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsections) - \def\ptcSSSfont{\ptcfont} % (subsubsections) - \def\ptcPfont{\ptcfont} % (paragraphs) - \def\ptcSPfont{\ptcfont} % (subparagraphs) - \def\plffont{\ptcfont} % (figures) - \def\plfSfont{\ptcfont} % (subfigures) - \def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables) - \def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables) -\begin{document} -\doparttoc \dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\part{Introduction} -\clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A first version of the parttoc, with the fonts defined above: -% \or\relax -% Une premiшre version de la parttoc, avec les fontes dщfinies ci-dessus: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\parttoc \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A second version of the parttoc, with chapter entries in a roman bold font: -% \or\relax -% Une deuxiшme version de la parttoc, avec les entrщes de chapitres en fonte romane grasse: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A third version of the parttoc, with chapter entries in a typewriter bold font: -% \or\relax -% Une troisiшme version de la parttoc, avec les entrщes de chapitres en fonte bтton grasse: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A fourth version of the parttoc, with chapter entries in a non bold typewriter font: -% \or\relax -% Une quatriшme version de la parttoc, avec les entrщes de chapitres en fonte bтton non grasse: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\parttoc \clearpage -\chapter{A very short chapter} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\section{First section} \lipsum[2] -\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] \subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] -\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] \subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-gap.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-gap.tex}\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} -% The \exam{mtc-gap.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-gap.tex}}\label{1mtc-gap.tex}\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} -% Le document \exam{mtc-gap.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hi1.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-hi1.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} -% The \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hi1.tex}}\label{1mtc-hi1.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} -% Le document \exam{mtc-hi1.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hi2.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-hi2.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} -% The \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hi2.tex}}\label{1mtc-hi2.tex}\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} -% Le document \exam{mtc-hi2.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hia.tex} document file}\label{mtc-hia.tex}\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hia.tex}}\label{mtc-hia.tex}\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document where the entries for some tables -% must be hidden in the main list of tables. The document uses the \class{article} class. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document o∙ les entrщes pour certains -% tableaux doivent ъtre masquщes dans la liste des tableaux principale. Le document utilise la classe \class{article}. -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-hia> -\documentclass% - [oneside,a4paper]{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hia.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage% - [tight,insection]% - {minitoc} -\dosectlot -\begin{document} -\listoftables -\section{First section} -\sectlot -\lipsum[1] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My first visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[2] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[3] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\virage{} the \emph{first} hidden table, we add \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{before} its caption: -% \or\relax -% Pour\virage{} le \emph{premier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{avant} son caption: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{table}[hb] -\mtchideinmainlot -\caption{My first hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[4-6] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[7] -\section{Second section} -\sectlot -\lipsum[8] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\virage{} the \emph{last} hidden table, we add \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{after} its caption: -% \or\relax -% Pour\virage{} le \emph{dernier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{aprшs} son caption: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My last hidden table} -\endmtchideinmainlot -\end{table} -\lipsum[9] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A third visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[10] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{A fourth visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[11] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hir.tex} document file}\label{mtc-hir.tex}\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hir.tex}}\label{mtc-hir.tex}\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document where the entries for some tables -% must be hidden in the main list of tables. The document uses the \class{report} class. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document o∙ les entrщes pour certains -% tableaux doivent ъtre masquщes dans la liste des tableaux principale. Le document utilise la classe \class{report}. -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-hir> -\documentclass[a4paper]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hir.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\dominilot -\begin{document} -\listoftables -\chapter{First chapter} -\minilot -\lipsum[1] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My first visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[2] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[3] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\virage{} the \emph{first} hidden table, we add \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{before} its caption: -% \or\relax -% Pour\virage{} le \emph{premier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{mtchideinmainlot} \emph{avant} son caption: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{table}[hb] -\mtchideinmainlot % <-- -\caption{My first hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[4-6] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A second hidden table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[7] -\chapter{Second chapter} -\minilot -\lipsum[8] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\virage{} the \emph{last} hidden table, we add \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{after} its caption: -% \or\relax -% Pour\virage{} le \emph{dernier} tableau masquщ, nous ajoutons \com{endmtchideinmainlot} \emph{aprшs} son caption: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{My last hidden table} -\endmtchideinmainlot % <-- -\end{table} -\lipsum[9] -\begin{table}[ht] -\caption{A third visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[10] -\begin{table}[hb] -\caption{A fourth visible table} -\end{table} -\lipsum[11] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}}% -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-hop.tex} document file}\label{mtc-hop.tex}\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-hop.tex}}\label{mtc-hop.tex}\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of class \class{scrbook}. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de la classe \class{scrbook}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-hop> -\documentclass[oneside,12pt]{scrbook} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-hop.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage[hints]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We prepare the minitocs and the minilofs, we print the TOC but not the LOF (while the LOF file is prepared): -% \or\relax -% Nous prщparons les minitocs et les minilofs, nous imprimons la table des matiшres mais pas la liste des figures -% (cependant son fichier est prщparщ): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -\dominilof \fakelistoffigures -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\part*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A starred part with its entry in the TOC: -% \or\relax -% Une partie щtoilщe avec son entrщe dans la table des matiшres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\part*{Part 1: Strategic Marketing} -\mtcaddpart[Part 1: Strategic Marketing] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then two chapters with their minitocs and minitocs: -% \or\relax -% Puis deux chapitres avec leurs minitocs et minilofs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Chapter 1} -\minitoc \minilof -\section{Section one of first chapter} \lipsum[1] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture one of first chapter} -\end{figure} - -\section{Section two of first chapter} \lipsum[2] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture two of first chapter} -\end{figure} - -\chapter{Chapter 2} -\minitoc \minilof - -\section{Section one of second chapter} \lipsum[3] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture one of second chapter} -\end{figure} -\cleardoublepage -\section{Section two of second chapter} \lipsum[4] -\begin{figure} - \centering Test - \caption{Picture two of second chapter} -\end{figure} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-liv.tex} document file}\label{mtc-liv.tex}\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-liv.tex}}\label{mtc-liv.tex}\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of \class{book} class, with -% customized TOC and minitocs. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{book}, avec -% une table de matiшres et des minitocs personnalisщes. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-liv> -\documentclass[10pt,twoside,openright]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-liv.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -% \end{macrocode} -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we want that empty pages be really empty, without page number nor headers, -% so we redefine \com{cleardoublepage}: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous souhaitons que les pages vides le soient vraiment, sans numщro de page ni en-tъte, donc nous -% redщfinissons \com{cleardoublepage}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\makeatletter -\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% -\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage - \if@twoside - \ifodd\c@page\else - \null\thispagestyle{chapterverso}\newpage - \if@twocolumn\null\newpage\fi - \fi - \fi - }% -\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% -\makeatother -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the encodings, for input and output, because the document is in french and uses accented letters: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les codages, en entrщe et en sortie, car le document est en franчais et utilise des lettres -% accentuщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load two packages, \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}, to customize the TOC and the minitocs, and -% \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}, to customize the sectionning commands: -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons deux paquetages, \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}, pour adapter la table des matiшres et les minitocs, -% et \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}, pour adapter les commandes de sectionnement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{tocloft} -\usepackage{sectsty} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load the \upack{minitoc} package then some complementary local packages for the french language: -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} puis quelques paquetages locaux complщmentaires pour le franчais: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[french,undotted,tight]{minitoc} -\usepackage[english,francais]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew,mypatches} -\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\addtolength} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecindent} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsetrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterfont} -% \begin{macro}{\thesection} -% \begin{macro}{\sectionfont} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We make some customizations: indentation for the subsection entries in the TOC and the minitocs, depth of the -% TOC, numerotation depth, depth of the minitocs, some fonts: -% \or\relax -% Nous faisons quelques adaptations: indentation pour les entrщes de sous-sections dans la table des matiшres et -% les minitocs, profondeur de la table des matiшres, profondeur de la numщrotation, profondeur des minitocs, -% quelques fontes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{1em} % for tocloft -\cftsetrmarg{2.55em plus 1fil} % to avoid hyphenations in the ToC (tocloft). -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{4} -\chapterfont{\huge\bfseries\sffamily} % for sectsty -\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}} -\sectionfont{\Large\raggedright} % for sectsty (to avoid hyphenations in section titles) -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some informations for the title page: -% \or\relax -% Des informations pour la page de titre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\title{Systшmes d'occultation} \author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection*} -% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the document body\footnote{The text has been shortened, so there is an undefined reference; do not worry.}: -% \or\relax -% Et le corps de document\,\footnote{Le texte a щtщ abrщgщ, donc il reste une rщfщrence non satisfaite; ne vous -% inquiщtez pas.}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\dominitoc \tableofcontents - -\chapter{Dщfinition et contrЇle du travail р~faire}% -\label{chap+controle} -\minitoc - -\section{Le modшle de la grande industrie et le taylorisme}% -\index{taylorisme} -C'est au \textsc{xviii}\fup{e}~siшcle que la vision du travail comme -marchandise est vraiment devenue dominante, pour s'imposer au -\textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siшcle dans l'organisation type de la grande usine -industrielle. - -\subsection*{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel}\index{centre d'appel} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Aprшs l'usine, le centre d'appel} -Aujourd'hui le taylorisme\index{taylorisme} au sens -strict est en dщclin parce qu'il n'est plus guшre adaptщ aux -besoins de la production industrielle contemporaine non plus qu'aux -nouvelles normes de comportement individuel et collectif. - -\section{Tout travail щmet de la pensщe} -Le travail a vocation р~produire du sens, pour son auteur comme pour -son destinataire. - -\section{Thщorie et pratique de la commande publique} -En France, les prestations de service commandщes par les -services publics р~des entreprises font l'objet de contrЇles -de leur bonne rщalisation selon des procщdures et des rшgles -qui sont des cas particuliers d'un ensemble plus vaste, la -rщglementation des marchщs publics de l'╔tat, dont nous -allons donner ci-dessous une brшve description. - -\subsection{Rщglementation des marchщs publics} -Le dispositif juridique, rщglementaire et comptable qui encadre les -actes contractuels de la puissance publique en France est trшs~[...] - -\subsubsection{Premier principe: sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable} -Le premier щlщment du dispositif est le principe de -sщparation de l'ordonnateur et du comptable. Il a щtщ -instaurщ en 1319 par l'ordonnance portant crщation de la~[...] - -\subsubsection{Second principe: contrЇle \emph{a~priori}} -Le second щlщment du dispositif est le principe du contrЇle -\emph{a~priori}. Lorsque le directeur de l'organisme public -de recherche pris ici comme exemple (l'ordonnateur) dщcide~[...] - -\subsubsection{Le Code des Marchщs Publics} -Le troisiшme pilier de la commande publique est le Code des Marchщs -Publics (CMP), qui rщgit tous les contrats, conclus par des organismes -publics ou des collectivitщs territoriales, dont le montant excшde un~[...] - -\subsection{La pratique des marchщs publics} -Lorsque l'administration franчaise fait rщaliser un systшme -informatique par un prestataire, elle est en position de maюtre -d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}. Elle rщdige (ou fait rщdiger) un -cahier des charges\index{cahier des charges} qui dщcrit les -spщcifications du systшme р~rщaliser. Ce cahier des charges constitue~[...] - -\subsection{Quels sont les services publics л~rentables~╗?} -Pour parler comme les informaticiens, nous pouvons identifier un -л effet de bord ╗, c'est-р-dire une consщquence non intentionnelle de -la rщglementation des marchщs publics: les administrations ne disposent -d'aucun moyen pour envisager la notion d'investissement. Le~[...] - -\section{Projet et cahier des charges}\index{cahier des charges} -Jean-Pierre~\textsc{Boutinet} nous guidera ici pour ce qui concerne -l'histoire de la notion de~[...] - -\subsection{La frontiшre entre conception et fabrication} -La vision classique de la conduite d'un projet informatique de gestion -est la suivante: le maюtre d'ouvrage\index{maюtrise d'ouvrage}~[...] - -\subsection{Bтtiment, mщcanique, programmation} -Nous y reviendrons au chapitre~\ref{chap+travail}, mais nous savons -dщjр que la mise en {\oe}uvre de l'informatique s'est beaucoup -inspirщe des procщdures de travail les plus щlaborщes du -\textsc{xx}\fup{e}~siшcle~[...] - -\chapter{Le travail informatique} -\minitoc - -\section{De la nature de l'informatique} - -\subsection{Premiшres croyances}\label{sub+premcroyances} -Les premiers ordinateurs, qui entrшrent en fonction р~l'extrъme fin -des annщes 1940 et durant les annщes 1950, щtaient consacrщs р~des -travaux militaires ou scientifiques puisque, р~cette щpoque, -on pensait~[...] - -\subsection{Comment l'informatique diffшre des mathщmatiques} -J'aimerai р~l'occasion de cette analyse attirer l'attention du -lecteur sur une question qui est une source constante de malentendus -au sujet de la programmation. - -\subsubsection{Les preuves de programme} -L'щcriture de programmes informatiques obщit р~de tout autres principes. -Il convient de prщciser cette affirmation pour la prщserver~[...] - -\section{Programmation dans le monde rщel} -\subsection{La vraie nature de la programmation des ordinateurs} - -Alors, comment s'щcrivent les programmes informatiques? Et -d'ailleurs, qu'est-ce qu'une erreur\index{erreur} de programmation? -Ces questions sont liщes et elles sont, bien s√r, au c{\oe}ur de notre -prщoccupation. - -\subsection{Mщthodes de programmation} -Un processeur quelconque est caractщrisщ par le jeu des actions -щlщmentaires qu'il est capable d'effectuer. Ces actions щlщmentaires -sont appelщes les \emph{primitives} du processeur, ou, si le -processeur est une machine, les л~instructions machine~╗. Un~[...] - -\subsection{Mщthodes de construction de programmes} -Nous avons dщcrit ci-dessus le processus щlщmentaire de la -programmation, celui qui consiste р~щcrire les instructions ou les -expressions qui vont composer un programme. - -\subsubsection{La programmation structurщe} -Le premier courant de pensщe qui associa la recherche d'une syntaxe -claire et expressive р~une organisation logique et commode des unitщs -de programme fut la \emph{programmation -structurщe}\index{programmation!structurщe} des annщes 1970, dont~[...] - -\subsubsection{La programmation par objets} -Aprшs la programmation structurщe vint un autre courant significatif: -la programmation par objets\index{programmation!par objets}, inventщe -en Norvшge р~la fin des annщes 1960 par l'щquipe de~[...] - -\subsubsection{Excшs dans la pensщe} -Il y a eu beaucoup de verbiage autour de l'aptitude supposщe du -modшle~[...] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-mem.tex} document file}\label{mtc-mem.tex}\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-mem.tex}}\label{mtc-mem.tex}\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This example shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a \class{memoir} class document. -% First, the preamble: -% \or\relax -% Cet exemple montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{memoir}. -% Tout d'abord, le prщambule: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-mem> -\documentclass% - [oneside]{memoir} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-mem.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} -%% \usepackage{hyperref} -%% \usepackage{memhfixc} -\usepackage% - [tight]{minitoc} -%% \usepackage{mtcoff} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents*} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We use the starred form \com{tableofcontents*} specific of the \class{memoir} class. Note that the -% the \com{chapter} command has \emph{two} optional arguments in the \class{memoir} class. -% \or\relax -% Nous utilisons la forme щtoilщe \com{tableofcontents*} spщcifique de la classe \class{memoir}. Notez que la -% commande \com{chapter} a \emph{deux} arguments optionnels dans la classe \class{memoir}. -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents* - -\chapter[oneA][oneB]{oneC} -\minitoc -\lipsum[1] \newpage \lipsum[2] -\section{S-1-one} \lipsum[3] -\section{S-1-two} \lipsum[4] - -\chapter[twoA][twoB]{twoC} -\minitoc -\lipsum[4] \newpage \lipsum[5] -\section{S-2-one} \lipsum[6] -\section{S-2-two} \lipsum[7] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-mm1.tex} document file}\label{mtc-mm1.tex}\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-mm1.tex}}\label{mtc-mm1.tex}\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This example shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a \class{memoir} class document and shows some of -% the necessary adaptations for fonts. -% First, the preamble: -% \or\relax -% Cet exemple montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{memoir} et -% montre certaines des adaptations nщcessaires pour les fontes. -% Tout d'abord, le prщambule: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-mm1> -\documentclass[oneside]{memoir} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-mm1.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecfont} -% \begin{macro}{\empty} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We inhibit some font commands of the \class{memoir} class: -% \or\relax -% Nous inhibons certaines commandes de fontes de la classe \class{memoir}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} -\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\renewcommand} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we redefine them: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous les redщfinissons: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} -\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\scshape} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load the \upack{minitoc} package and try to use some minitoc font -% commands, but without any success: -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et essayons d'utiliser quelques commandes de \upack{minitoc} pour -% les fontes, mais sans aucun succшs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%% hyperref before minitoc, optional -%% \usepackage[linktocpage=true]{hyperref}\usepackage{memhfixc} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\normalsize\scshape} % <- no scshape -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{subsection}{\normalsize\scshape}% <- no scshape -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsecfont} -% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecfont} -% \begin{macro}{\empty} -% \begin{macro}{\renewcommand} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But if we use the font commands of the \class{memoir} class, it works! -% \or\relax -% Mais si nous utilisons les commandes de fontes de la classe \class{memoir}, cela marche! -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand{\cftsecfont}{\empty} -\providecommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\empty} -\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} -\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalsize\rmfamily\scshape} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But for mini-table titles (font and text), we can use the \upack{minitoc} commands: -% \or\relax -% Mais pour les titres des mini-tables (fonte et texte), nous pouvons utiliser les commandes de \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsettitlefont{minitoc}{\Large\scshape} -%% this is working beautifully -> -\mtcsettitle{minitoc}{Chapter Contents} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents*} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The document body: -% \or\relax -% Le corps du document: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents* - -\chapter[OneA][OneB]{OneC} -\minitoc -\section{This section} \lipsum[1] -\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] -\section{Third section} \lipsum[3] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-mu.tex} document file}\label{mtc-mu.tex}\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-mu.tex}}\label{mtc-mu.tex}\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document, -% the minitoc being inserted in the text with the \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig}. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document, -% la minitoc щtant incrustщe dans le texte grтce au paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-mu> -\documentclass[12pt]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-mu.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\usepackage{wrapfig} -\newcommand{\LangSig}[1]{\textsc{[#1]}} % smallcaps -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{environment}{wrapfigure} -% \begin{environment}{minipage} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\linewidth} -% \begin{macro}{\vspace} -% \begin{macro}{\baselineskip} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A chapter, with its minitoc set in a \env{minipage}, included in a \env{wrapfigure} environment on the half -% of the text width, with some vertical adjustements: -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre, avec sa minitoc composщe dans une \env{minipage}, incluse dans un environnement \env{wrapfigure} -% sur la moitiщ de la largeur du texte, avec quelques ajustements verticaux: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Mulspren}\label{chapter+mulspren} -\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\linewidth} -\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} -\vspace{-2.\baselineskip} -\minitoc -\vspace{-1.\baselineskip} -\end{minipage} -\end{wrapfigure} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The remaining of the text: -% \or\relax -% Le reste du texte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -The previous chapter examined many end-user programming environments -and found that most contain cognitive programming gulfs. -These gulfs were often created when programing environments used -multiple notations, and could manifest themselves in a variety of -usability problems, ranging from users being unable to understand -a program representation, to not wanting to execute their programs. -Conversely, the previous chapter also found circumstances where multiple -notations helped users understand programs. -It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming -environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating -programming gulfs. -It concluded that there was a place for multiple notation programming -environments, but developers had to be very careful to avoid creating -programming gulfs. - -This chapter introduces our programming environment, Mulspren. -Mulspren was designed to avoid these gulfs and gain the potential -benefits of multiple notations. -Users program using two notations, one similar to English and one -similar to conventional code. -Changes in one notation are immediately reflected in the other notation, -and users can move rapidly and seamlessly between the notations. -This is programming using dual notations. -When the program is executed, both notations are animated. -Mulspren's language signature is \LangSig{Re/Wr/Wa + Re/Wr/Wa + Wa}. - -Papers describing Mulspren have been published in~\cite{Wright02-2} -and~\cite{Wright03-3}. - -\section{section 1} -\section{section 2 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla} -\section{section 3} -\section{section 4} -\section{section 5 bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -bla bla bla bla bla} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{environment}{thebibliography} -% \begin{macro}{\bibitem} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% I tried to find some articles of the net to fill the citations: -% \or\relax -% J'ai essayщ de trouver quelques articles pour remplir les citations: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{thebibliography}{1} -\bibitem{Wright02-2} -Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. -\newblock Mulspren: a multiple language simulation programming - environment. -\newblock In {\em HCC '02: Proceedings of the IEEE 2002 Symposia - on Human Centric Computing Languages and Environments (HCC'02)}, - page 101, Washington, DC, USA, 2002. IEEE Computer Society. - -\bibitem{Wright03-3} -Tim Wright and Andy Cockburn. -\newblock Evaluation of two textual programming notations for children. -\newblock In {\em AUIC '05: Proceedings of the Sixth Australasian - conference on User interface}, pages 55--62, Darlinghurst, Australia, - Australia, 2005. - Australian Computer Society, Inc. -\end{thebibliography} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-nom.tex} document file}\label{mtc-nom.tex}\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-nom.tex}}\label{mtc-nom.tex}\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document\,\footnote{It is derived from the example given in the documentation of \pack{nomencl}.} shows -% the interaction of the \upack{minitoc} package with the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}, -% when this package uses its option \optp{intoc}{nomencl}. -% \or\relax -% Ce document\,\footnote{Il est dщrivщ de l'exemple donnщ dans la documentation de \pack{nomencl}.} montre -% l'interaction du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}, lorsque celui-ci -% utilise son option \optp{intoc}{nomencl}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-nom> -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-nom.tex}% - [2007/04/02] -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\makenomenclature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load the packages and prepare the nomenclature: -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons les paquetages et prщparons la nomenclature: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[intoc]{nomencl} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\makenomenclature -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We prepare the minitocs and the table of contents: -% \or\relax -% Nous prщparons les minitocs et la table des matiшres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\nomenclature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A first chapter, with its minitoc, a section and some -% entries for the nomenclature: -% \or\relax -% Un premier chapitre, avec sa minitoc, une section et -% quelques entrщes pour la nomenclature: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Angels} -\minitoc -\section{Main equations} -\begin{equation} - a=\frac{N}{A} -\end{equation}% -\nomenclature{$a$}{The number of angels per unit area}% -\nomenclature{$N$}{The number of angels per needle point}% -\nomenclature{$A$}{The area of the needle point}% -The equation $\sigma = m a$% -\nomenclature{$\sigma$}{The total mass of angels per unit area}% -\nomenclature{$m$}{The mass of one angel} -follows easily. -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\printnomenclature} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We print the nomenclature; but that adds a chapter entry in -% the TOC because of the \optp{intoc}{nomencl} option of the -% \pack{nomencl}, hence we add a correction with -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature} (try to remove the correction and -% look at the result: the next minitocs are wrong): -% \or\relax -% Nous imprimons la nomenclature; mais ceci ajoute une entrщe -% de chapitre dans la table des matiшres р~cause de -% l'option \optp{intoc}{nomencl} de \pack{nomencl}, donc nous -% ajoutons une correction avec \com{mtcfixnomenclature} (essayez -% de retirer correction et regardez le rщsultat: les minitocs -% suivantes sont fausses): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\printnomenclature \mtcfixnomenclature -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\nomenclature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A second chapter, with its minitoc, a section, and an entry -% in the nomenclature. This entry will be present in the -% nomenclature printed above. -% \or\relax -% Un second chapitre, avec sa minitoc, une section, et une -% entrщe dans la nomenclature. Cette entrщe sera prщsente dans la -% nomenclature imprimщe plus haut. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Demons} -\minitoc -\section{False equations} -\begin{equation} i=\sqrt{-1} \end{equation} -\nomenclature{$i$}{The imaginary unit}% -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ocf.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ocf.tex}\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ocf.tex}}\label{mtc-ocf.tex}\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \feat{open} and -% \feat{close} features of the \upack{minitoc} package -% to prepare a minitoc on three columns. -% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation des dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% pour prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. -% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisщ pour avoir une grande zone de texte. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-ocf> -\documentclass[oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ocf.tex}% - [2007/04/02] -\usepackage{multicol} % to make multi-columns. -\usepackage[french]{babel} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{fullpage} -% to allow a page breaks before a section -\let\osection\section \def\section{\penalty-1\relax\osection} -% -\usepackage[french,tight]{minitoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\feat{open}'' feature for minitocs opens a \env{multicols} -% environment, with 3~columns: -% \or\relax -% Le dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ pour les minitocs ouvre un -% environnement \env{multicols}, avec 3~colonnes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{3}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\feat{close}'' feature for minitocs close the \env{multicols} environment: -% \or\relax -% Le dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ pour les minitocs ferme l'environnement \env{multicols}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As the \env{multicols} environment adds some vertical spacing before and after it, we added some corrections. -% -% \or\relax -% Comme l'environnement \env{multicols} ajoute un peu d'espacement avant et aprшs lui, nous avons ajoutщ quelques -% corrections. - -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedcolumns} -% \begin{macro}{\flushcolumns} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As the number of sections is not a multiple of three (or some entries are long), we cannot always balance the -% columns nicely, so we use ragged columns, using the ``\feat{before}'' and ``\feat{after}'' features: -% \or\relax -% Comme le nombre de sections n'est pas un multiple de trois (ou lorsque certaines entrщes sont longues), nous ne -% pouvons pas toujours щquilibrer les colonnes agrщablement, donc nous utilisons des colonnes inщgales, grтce aux -% dispositifs л~\feat{before}~╗ et л~\feat{after}~╗: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the body of the document, a chapter with many sections, -% listed in a~minitoc: -% \or\relax -% Et le corps du document, un chapitre avec beaucoup de -% sections, listщes dans une minitoc: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\chapter{Premier chapitre} -\minitoc -% A lot of sections -\section{Alfa} -\section{Bravo} -\section{Charlie} -\section{Delta} -\section{Echo} -\section{Fox-Trot} -\section{Golf} -\section{Hotel} -\section{India} -\section{Juliet} -\section{Kilo} -\section{Lima} -\section{Mike} -\section{November} -\section{Oscar} -\section{Papa} -\section{Quebec} -\section{Romeo} -\section{Sierra} -\section{Tango} -\section{Uniform} -\section{Victor} -\section{Whiskey} -\section{X-Ray} -\section{Yankee} -\section{Zulu} -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-ofs.tex} document file}\label{mtc-ofs.tex}\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-ofs.tex}}\label{mtc-ofs.tex}\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \com{mtcsetoffset} command to shift a minitoc to the left, trying to put it -% along the left margin of the text. The \feat{open} and \feat{close} features of the \upack{minitoc} package are -% also used to prepare the minitoc on three columns. -% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation de la commande \com{mtcsetoffset} pour dщcaler vers la gauche une minitoc, en -% essayant de la placer le long de la marge gauche du texte. Les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} sont aussi utilisщs pour prщparer la minitoc sur trois colonnes. -% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisщ pour avoir une grande zone de texte. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-ofs> -\documentclass[a4paper]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-ofs.tex}% - [2007/04/17] -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{fullpage} -%\usepackage[a4paper]{geometry} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\setlength} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedcolumns} -% \begin{macro}{\flushcolumns} -% \begin{environment}{multicols} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We remove the minitoc indentation and set up the \feat{open} and \feat{close} features: -% \or\relax -% Nous retirons l'indentation de la minitoc et mettons en place les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\kern1sp\vspace*{-.1ex}\begin{multicols}{4}[\kern-2.5ex]} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\kern-2.ex} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{before}{\raggedcolumns} -\mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{after}{\flushcolumns} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin the document with a chapter and its minitoc: -% \or\relax -% Nous commenчons le document par un chapitre et sa minitoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \faketableofcontents -\chapter{Introduction} -\minitoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As the minitoc is not aligned on the left margin of the text, we set a negative offset and print again the minitoc: -% \or\relax -% Comme la minitoc n'est pas alignщe sur la marge gauche du texte, nous щtablissons un dщcalage nщgatif et -% rщ-imprimons la minitoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-1.75em} -\mtcskip \minitoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\setlength} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But then the minitoc does not use the full width of the text; it would be better to modify both the offset and the -% indentation, each by the half of the total correction: -% \or\relax -% Mais alors la minitoc n'utilise pas toute la largeur du texte; il serait mieux de modifier р~la fois le dщcalage -% et l'indentation, par moitiщs de la correction nщcessaire: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.875em} -\setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.875em} -\mtcskip \minitoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then a lot of sections, with some text: -% \or\relax -% Puis un tas de sections, avec du texte quelconque: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section{Alfa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Bravo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Charlie} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Delta} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Echo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Fox-Trot} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Golf} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Hotel} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{India} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Juliet} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Kilo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Lima} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Mike} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{November} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Oscar} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Papa} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Quebec} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Romeo} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Sierra} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Tango} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Uniform} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Victor} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Whiskey} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{X-Ray} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Yankee} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\section{Zulu} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \textbf{Note:}\virage{} if you add a sub-section in this example, the corresponding entry in the minitoc -% may stick out if it appears in the last column, and the offset and the indentation should then be corrected again. -% \or\relax -% \textbf{Note:}\virage{} si vous ajoutez une sous-section dans cet exemple, l'entrщe correspondante dans la minitoc -% peut dщpasser si elle apparaюt dans la derniшre colonne, et alors le dщcalage et l'indentation doivent de -% nouveau ъtre corrigщs. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-sbf.tex} document file}\label{mtc-sbf.tex}\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-sbf.tex}}\label{mtc-sbf.tex}\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@subfigure} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline} -% \begin{macro}{\ext@subfigure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a document containing subfigures (here with the -% \pack{subfigure} package~\cite{subfigure}). We show how to use minilofs and to adjust their depth. -% -% The preamble loads the \pack{subfigure} package and redefines the format of subfigure entries in the list of figures: -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec un document contenant des sous-figures -% (ici avec le paquetage \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure}). Nous montrons comment utiliser des minilofs et -% ajuster leur profondeur. -% -% Le prщambule charge le paquetage \pack{subfigure} et redщfinit le format des entrщes des sous-figures dans la -% liste des figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-sbf> -\documentclass[12pt]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-sbf.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{subfigure} -\makeatletter -\renewcommand{\l@subfigure}{\@dottedxxxline{\ext@subfigure}{2}{3.9em}{3.3em}} -\makeatother -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load the \pack{varioref}~\cite{varioref} package (to have nice cross-references) and the \upack{minitoc} package: -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons le paquetage \pack{varioref}~\cite{varioref} (pour avoir de meilleures rщfщrences croisщes) et le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{varioref} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\newcommand} -% \begin{macro}{\goodap} -% \begin{macro}{\subfigtopskip} -% \begin{macro}{\subfigbottomskip} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define some features for the layout of the subfigures, then the depth of the list of figures: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons quelques dispositifs pour la mise en place des sous-figures, puis la profondeur de la liste des -% figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\goodap}{% - \hspace{\subfigtopskip}% - \hspace{\subfigbottomskip}} -\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the depth of the mini-lists of figures, then some fonts: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons la profondeur des mini-listes des figures, puis quelques fontes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{2} -\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{section}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{partlof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{partlof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{minilof}{subfigure}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -\mtcsetfont{minilof}{figure}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -%% no tables in this document -%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -%% \mtcsetfont{partlot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{subtable}{\small\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries} -%% \mtcsetfont{minilot}{table}{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We prepare the minilofs, the table of contents and the list of figures: -% \or\relax -% Nous prщparons les minilofs, la table des matiшres et la liste des figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominilof \listoffigures \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A chapter, with is minilof, twice but with different depths: -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre, avec sa minilof, deux fois mais avec des profondeurs diffщrentes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{First Chapter} -\minilof \mtcskip -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} \minilof -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A figure containing three subfigures and their captions: -% \or\relax -% Une figure contenant trois sous-figures et leurs captions: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{figure} -\centering - \fbox{% - \begin{minipage}{3.5in}% - \raggedright - \begin{center} - \subfigure[First]{% - \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 15mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}% - \hspace{\subfigtopskip}\hspace{\subfigbottomskip}% - \subfigure[Second Figure]{% - \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ - \subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}% - \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ - \caption{Three subfigures.}\label{3figs}% - \end{center} - \vspace{4pt}% - This figure contains two top `subfigures' and - Figure~\ref{3figs-c}. - \end{minipage}} -\end{figure} -Figure~\vref{3figs} contains two top ``subfigures'' and -Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-scr.tex} document file}\label{mtc-scr.tex}\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-scr.tex}}\label{mtc-scr.tex}\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a {\KOMAScript} document class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, -% \class{scrreprt}. -% Some precautions are needed, because these classes have specific interfaces with the TOC (class options and -% commands). -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une classe de document -% {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, -% \class{scrreprt}. Certaines prщcautions sont nщcessaires, car ces classes ont des interfaces spщcifiques avec la -% table des matiшres (options de classe et commandes). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-scr> -\documentclass[12pt,halfparskip,liststotoc,bibtotoc]{scrreprt} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-scr.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{4} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage{longtable} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{hyperref} package, if used, must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, s'il est utilisщ, doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{hyperref} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pagenumbering} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% With a {\KOMAScript} class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, use the \opt{k-tight} package option in place of \opt{tight}; -% as it is a document in german, use also a language package option: -% \or\relax -% Avec une classe {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, utilisez l'option de paquetage \opt{k-tight} au lieu -% de \opt{tight}; comme c'est un document en allemand, utilisez aussi une option de langue pour le paquetage: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[k-tight,germanb]{minitoc} -\usepackage[germanb]{babel} -\begin{document} -\pagenumbering{Roman} % page number in Roman, reset to 1 (I) -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% In this document class, with the \optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script} class option, the \com{listoftables} macro -% adds a chapter entry in -% the TOC, so we must add \com{mtcaddchapter} after \com{listoftables}: -% \or\relax -% Dans cette classe de document, avec l'option de classe \optp{liststotoc}{KOMA-Script}, la macro \com{listoftables} ajoute une -% entrщe de niveau chapitre dans la table des matiшres, donc nous devons ajouter \com{mtcaddchapter} -% aprшs \com{listoftables}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\listoftables \mtcaddchapter -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pagenumbering} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\appendix} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% With the \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script} class option, it is necessary to add a \com{adjustmtc} command after \com{bibliography}. -% This problem is similar to the one of compatibility with the \pack{tocbibind} package. -% \or\relax -% Avec l'option de classe \optp{bibtotoc}{KOMA-Script}, il est nщcessaire d'ajouter une commande \com{adjustmtc} -% aprшs \com{bibliography}. -% Ce problшme est similaire р~celui de la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\clearpage -\pagenumbering{arabic} % page number in arabic digits -\setcounter{page}{1} % forced to 1 - -\chapter{Test 1}\label{cha:test-1} - -Text. - -\section{Tabelle}\label{sec:tabelle} - -\begin{table} - \centering - \begin{longtable}[l]{ll} - \underline{Ausbildungsbetrieb} \hspace{10mm} & Kommanditgesellschaft -\\ - \underline{Ausbildender} & Hammer \\ - Ausbildungsstфtte & XXXXX Ort - \end{longtable} - \caption{Ausbildungsbetrieb} -\end{table} - -Text. - -\appendix -\chapter{Dokumente} -\minitoc % Aufruf Minitoc - -\section{Anhang}\label{sec:anhang} -Text.\\ -Hier sollte nun der Anhang sein, davor das Verzeichnis daf№r. -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-syn.tex} document file}\label{mtc-syn.tex}\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-syn.tex}}\label{mtc-syn.tex}\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package when -% the table of contents is not at the beginning of the -% document, but is preceded by some starred chapters. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% lorsque la table des matiшres n'est pas au dщbut du -% document, mais est placщe aprшs quelques chapitres щtoilщs. -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We have the preamble, then we invoke \com{dominitoc} to -% prepare the minitocs: -% \or\relax -% Nous avons le prщambule, puis nous invoquons \com{dominitoc} -% pour prщparer les minitocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-syn> -\documentclass[a4paper,twoside,12pt]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-syn.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -\usepackage{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some starred chapters, with calls to \com{mtcaddchapter} -% to synchronize. The optional argument is used when an entry -% in the ToC is wanted: -% \or\relax -% Quelques chapitres щtoilщs, avec des appels -% р~\com{mtcaddchapter} pour synchroniser. L'argument -% optionnel est utilisщ lorsque quune entrщe dans la table des -% matiшres est dщsirщe: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{ } % Dedication chapter, no title -\mtcaddchapter % Added for a starred chapter - % without entry in the ToC -Dedication goes here - -\chapter*{Abstract} -\mtcaddchapter[Abstract] % Added for a starred chapter - % with an entry in the ToC -Abstract goes here - -\chapter*{Declaration} -\mtcaddchapter[Declaration] % Added for a starred chapter - % with an entry in the ToC -Declaration goes here -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The table of contents comes here. Looking at the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file shows that the minitoc files inserted -% after here are from one chapter to far: we add a correction. -% \or\relax -% La table des matiшres vient ici. En regardant le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, nous voyons que les fichiers minitoc insщrщs -% aprшs ce point correspondent р~un chapitre de trop: nous ajoutons -% une correction: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\tableofcontents \decrementmtc % Synchro added (look at the .log file) -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The following chapters are normal (unstarred): -% \or\relax -% Les chapitres suivants sont normaux (non щtoilщs): -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Chapter One} -\minitoc -\section{Section 1} Some text. -\section{Section 2} Some text. - -\chapter{Chapter Two} -\minitoc -\section{Another Section 1} -Some more text. -\section{Another Section 2} -Some more text. -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tbi.tex} document file}\label{mtc-tbi.tex}\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}}\label{mtc-tbi.tex}\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a document using -% the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec un document utilisant le -% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}. -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-tbi> -\documentclass[a4paper]{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tbi.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We dont want an entry for the TOC in the TOC: option \optp{nottoc}{tocbibind} for the \pack{tocbibind} package: -% \or\relax -% Nous ne voulons pas d'entrщe pour la table des matiшres dans la table des matiшres: option \optp{nottoc}{tocbibind} pour -% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -\dominitoc \tableofcontents -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As there is no entry for the TOC in the TOC, no correction is necessary; we comment out the usual -% correction\,\footnote{It is recommended to keep this comment; you could change your mind.}: -% \or\relax -% Puisqu'il n'y a pas d'entrщe pour la table des matiшres dans la table des matiшres, aucune correction n'est -% nщcessaire: nous mettons la correction habituelle en commentaire\,\footnote{Il est recommandщ de conserver ce -% commentaire; vous pourriez changer d'avis.}: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%% tocbibind compatibility -%% not used if nottoc option : -%% \mtcaddchapter[] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A starred chapter with an entry in the TOC; we add it; -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre щtoilщ avec une entrщe dans la table des matiшres; nous l'ajoutons: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{Introduction} -\mtcaddchapter[Introduction] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some normal chapters: -% \or\relax -% Quelques chapitres normaux: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Title of chapter~1} -\minitoc -\section{as1} \section{as2} -\chapter{Title of chapter~2} -\minitoc -\section{bs1} \section{bs2} -\chapter{Title of chapter~3} -\minitoc -\section{cs1} \section{cs2} -\chapter{Title of chapter~4} -\minitoc -\section{ds1} \section{ds2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Another starred chapter, with an entry in the TOC: -% \or\relax -% Un autre chapitre щtoilщ, avec une entrщe dans la table des matiшres: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{Conclusion} -\mtcaddchapter[Conclusion] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter*} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\section*} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Yet another starred chapter, with an entry in the TOC, but with starred sections, also listed in the TOC: -% \or\relax -% Encore un autre chapitre щtoilщ, avec une entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais avec des sections щtoilщes, -% elles aussi listщes dans la table des matiшres: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter*{Appendices} -\mtcaddchapter[Appendices] -\minitoc -\section*{first appendix} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% - {first appendix} -\section*{second appendix} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}% - {second appendix} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The list of figures has an entry in the TOC (via the \pack{tocbibind} package), so a correction must be applied: -% \or\relax -% La liste des figures a une entrщe dans la table des matiшres (via le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}), donc une -% correction doit ъtre appliquщe: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%% tocbibind compatibility -\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{thebibliography} -% \begin{macro}{\bibitem} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{tocbibind} package adds an entry in the TOC for the bibliography, so we must add the recommended -% correction: -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{tocbibind} ajoute une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour la bibliographie, donc nous -% devons ajouter la correction recommandщe: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{thebibliography}{3} - \bibitem {s1}{title ...} -\end{thebibliography} -%% tocbibind compatibility -\adjustmtc -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tlc.tex} document file}\label{mtc-tlc.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}}\label{mtc-tlc.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document shows the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of the \class{article} class. -% It is the example of~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernized. -% \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document de classe \class{article}. -% C'est l'exemple de~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernisщ. -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-tlc> -\documentclass{article} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlc.tex}% - [2007/01/04] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\setlength} -% \begin{macro}{\textwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\textheight} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Dimensions of the text on the page: -% \or\relax -% Dimensions du texte sur la page: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\setlength{\textwidth}% - {124.20126pt} -\setlength{\textheight}% - {19\baselineskip} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{4} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\setlength} -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We load the \upack{minitoc} package and set some parameters (indentation, base font and depth) for the secttocs: -% \or\relax -% Nous chargeons le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et щtablissons quelques paramшtres (indentation, fonte de base et -% profondeur) pour les secttocs: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\usepackage{minitoc} -\setlength{\stcindent}{0pt} -\mtcsetfont{secttoc}{*}% - {\footnotesize} -\mtcsetdepth{secttoc}{3} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection} -% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We prepare the secttocs, without title, and the table of contents which is not printed: -% \or\relax -% Nous prщparons les secttocs, sans titre, et la table des matiшres qui n'est pas imprimщe: -% \fi -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\dosecttoc[e] \faketableofcontents - -\section{Afghanistan} \secttoc -\subsection{Geography} -\subsubsection{Total area} - 647,500 km2 -\subsubsection{Land area} - 647,500 km2 -\subsection{History} \ldots - -\section{Albania} \secttoc -\subsection{Geography} -\subsubsection{Total area} - 28,750 km2 -\subsubsection{Land area} - 27,400 km2 -\subsection{History} \ldots -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{multicols}}% -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tlo.tex} document file}\label{1mtc-tlo.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} -% The \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} document file is described in section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tlo.tex}}\label{1mtc-tlo.tex}\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} -% Le document \exam{mtc-tlo.tex} est dщcrit dans la section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-tsf.tex} document file}\label{mtc-tsf.tex}\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-tsf.tex}}\label{mtc-tsf.tex}\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This document\footnote{It is derived from one of the examples distributed with -% the \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}.} shows -% the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a document containing subfigures (here with the -% \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}). We show how to use minilofs and to adjust their depth. -% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. -% -% The preamble loads the \pack{subfig} package and redefines the format of subfigure entries in the list of figures: -% \or\relax -% Ce document\,\footnote{Il est dщrivщ de l'un des exemples distribuщs avec le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}.} -% montre l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec un document contenant des sous-figures -% (ici avec le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}). Nous montrons comment utiliser des minilofs et -% ajuster leur profondeur. -% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisщ pour avoir une grande zone de texte. -% -% Le prщambule charge le paquetage \pack{subfig} et redщfinit le format des entrщes des sous-figures dans la -% liste des figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-tsf> -\documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-tsf.tex}[2008/04/03]% -\usepackage{fullpage} -\usepackage[config=altsf]{subfig} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is utility code to make graduated rules and a box around a figure. -% \or\relax -% Ceci est du code utilitaire pour faire un trait graduщ et une boюte autour d'une figure. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\testtemp -\newcommand{\ru}[1]{% - \testtemp #1% - \advance\testtemp .5pt \divide\testtemp 2% - \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% - \vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt\hfil}\hfil}% - \hbox to 0pt{\hss\vrule height3mm depth0pt width.25pt\hss}% - \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{% - \hfil\vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt}\hfil}} -%% -\fboxsep=-\fboxrule -\newcommand{\figbox}[1]{% - \fbox{\vbox to 1in{% - \vfil\hbox to 2in{\parbox{2in}{\centering #1}}\vfil - \vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox to 2in{\hfil\ru{1.1in}\hfil}}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The body of the document. We set the depth of the list of figures and prepare the minilofs and the list of -% figures: -% \or\relax -% Le corps du document. Nous dщfinissons la profondeur de la liste des figures et prщparons les minilofs et la liste -% des figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begin{document} -\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} \dominilof \listoffigures -\newpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A chapter containing a figure with subfigures. We print its minilof twice, with different depths: -% \or\relax -% Un chapitre contenant une figure avec des sous-figures. Nous imprimons sa minilof deux fois, avec des -% profondeurs diffщrentes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Reference Test} -\minilof \mtcskip -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} -\minilof - -\begin{figure}[ht]% - \centering - \subfigure{% - \label{fig+A}\figbox{SUBFIGURE ONE:\\(no opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[]{% - \label{fig+B}\figbox{SUBFIGURE TWO:\\(empty opt)}}\\ - - \subfigure[Subfigure Three.]{% - \label{fig+C}\figbox{SUBFIGURE THREE:\\(opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[][Subfigure Four.]{% - \label{fig+D}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FOUR:\\(empty opt and opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[][]{% - \label{fig+E}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FIVE:\\(both empty opt)}}\\ - - \subfigure[The Sixth Subfigure.][Subfigure Six.]{% - \label{fig+F}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SIX:\\(both opt)}} - \quad - \subfigure[The Seventh Subfigure][]{% - \label{fig+G}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SEVEN:\\(opt and empty opt)}} - - \caption{Optional argument test.}% - \label{fig+main}% -\end{figure} - -The figure~\ref{fig+main} on page~\pageref{fig+main} is composed -of the seven subfigures~\subref{fig+A} (aka: \ref{fig+A}), -\subref{fig+B} (aka: \ref{fig+B}), \subref{fig+C} (aka: \ref{fig+C}), -\subref{fig+D} (aka: \ref{fig+D}), \subref{fig+E} (aka: \ref{fig+E}), -\subref{fig+F} (aka: \ref{fig+F}), and \subref{fig+G} (aka: \ref{fig+G}). - -\section{Centering Test} -Note that figures~\ref{fig+B}, \ref{fig+E} and \ref{fig+G} are centered. -This means that \verb|\subfigcapskip| has been set to zero and is not -offsetting the simple label to the left. Also the remaining captioned -subfigures (figures~\ref{fig+C}, \ref{fig+D}, and \ref{fig+F}) should -have centered labels. -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \flushcolumns -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uexam{mtc-vti.tex} document file}\label{mtc-vti.tex}\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le document \uexam{mtc-vti.tex}}\label{mtc-vti.tex}\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \exam{mtc-vti.tex} example shows how to change the sectionnal titles when they appear in a mini-table: a -% section title (or a chapter title) can have variants in a parttoc or in a minitoc (similar effects are possible -% with figure ou table titles). Such entries are said ``polymorphic'' (section~\vref{ss+polym}). -% First, the preamble of the document, with utility packages: -% \or\relax -% L'exemple \exam{mtc-vti.tex} montre comment changer des titres de sectionnements lorsqu'ils apparaissent dans -% une mini-table: un titre de section (ou de chapitre) peut avoir des variantes dans une parttoc ou une minitoc -% (des effets similaires sont possibles avec des titres de figures ou de tableaux). -% De telles entrщes sont dites л~polymorphes~╗ (section~\vref{ss+polym}). -% Tout d'abord, le prщambule du document, avec les paquetages utilitaires: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtc-vti> -\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside]{book} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-vti.tex}[2008/06/26]% -\usepackage{lipsum} -\usepackage{txfonts} -\usepackage[tight]{minitoc} -\begin{document} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the demonstration, we will use a parttoc and a minitoc, so we must prepare them: -% \or\relax -% Pour la dщmonstration, nous utiliserons une parttoc et une minitoc, donc nous devons les prщparer: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc -\doparttoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We will use a multi-form title for the first section: a form to appear in the parttoc (``Alfa in parttoc''), -% a form to appear in the minitoc of the chapter (``Alfa in minitoc''), a form to appear elsewhere (``Alfa out subtoc''), -% and a form as title at the beginning othe section (``Alfa the first section''). So we define a command -% \ucom{alfati} using the flags \com{ifinparttoc} and \com{ifinminitoc} to select which title is used in each of -% its instances. -% \or\relax -% Nous utiliserons un titre multi-forme pour la premiшre section: une forme devant apparaюtre dans la parttoc -% (л~Alfa in parttoc~╗), une forme pour apparaюtre dans la minitoc du chapitre (<<~Alfa in minitoc~╗), -% une forme pour apparaюtre ailleurs (л~Alfa out subtoc~╗), et une forme comme titre en dщbut de la section -% (л~Alfa the first section~╗). Donc nous dщfinissons une commande \ucom{alfati} utilisant les -% indicateurs \com{ifinparttoc} et \com{ifinminitoc} pour sщlectionner le titre р~utiliser dans chacune des ses instances. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\alfati{\ifinparttoc Alfa in parttoc - \else\ifinminitoc Alfa in minitoc - \else Alfa out subtoc - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But we can define a more general macro, \ucom{varsecti}, with three arguments for the three variants -% of a section title\,\footnote{You will eventually need to define similar macros for other sectionning commands or for -% figures or table titles; proceed with care from this model.}: -% \or\relax -% Mais nous pouvons dщfinir une macro plus gщnщrale, \ucom{varsecti}, avec trois arguments pour les trois variantes -% d'un titre de section\,\footnote{Vous aurez щventuellement besoin de dщfinir des macros similaires pour d'autres -% commandes de sectionnement ou pour les titres de figures ou de tableaux; procщdez avec soin р~partir de ce modшle.}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\varsecti}[3]% - {\ifinparttoc{#1}\relax - \else\ifinminitoc{#2}\relax - \else{#3}\relax - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then the document with a table of contents, a part with its parttoc and a chapter with its minitoc. And an other -% chapter. You can verify that the entry for the ``Alfa'' section varies in the main toc, the parttoc, the -% minitoc and the effective title of the section. -% Note that the variable title (here \ucom{alfati}) should be defined \virage\emph{before} any use, like in the main -% toc or any minitable. -% \or\relax -% Puis le document avec une table des matiшres, une partie avec sa parttoc et un chapitre avec sa minitoc. Puis un -% autre chapitre. Vous pouvez vщrifier que l'entrщe pour la section л~Alfa~╗ change dans la table des matiшres -% principale, la parttoc, la minitoc et dans le titre effectif de la section. -% Notez que le titre variable (ici \ucom{alfati}) doit ъtre dщfini \virage\emph{avant} toute utilisation, comme -% dans la table des matiшres principale ou dans une des minitables. -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\protect} -% \begin{macrocode} -\tableofcontents -\part{Part~A} -\parttoc - -\chapter{One} -\minitoc -\section[\protect\alfati]{Alfa the first section} -\lipsum[1] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We can use the more general macro \ucom{varsecti}\,\footnote{This macro is not part of the \upack{minitoc} package, it is -% just an example.}, with its three arguments given when the section begins; but that macro must -% be \virage\emph{protected} (or look at the \pack{makerobust}~\cite{makerobust} package by \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}), -% or declared ``robust'' by \com{DeclareRobustCommand} as above: -% \or\relax -% Nous pouvons utiliser la macro plus gщnщrale \ucom{varsecti}\,\footnote{Cette macro ne fait pas partie du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}, c'est simplement un exemple.}, avec ses trois arguments fournis lors du dщbut de la section; -% mais cette macro doit ъtre \virage\emph{protщgщe} (ou regardez le paquetage \pack{makerobust}~\cite{makerobust} -% de \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}), ou dщclarщe л~robuste~╗ par \com{DeclareRobustCommand} comme plus haut: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\section[\varsecti{Bravo in parttoc}% - {Bravo in minitoc}% - {Bravo out of subtoc}]% % in maintoc and headers - {Bravo the second section} % local title -\lipsum[2] -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymtoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But is is even easier to use a ``polymorphic'' entry in the optionnal argument\,\footnote{They are no secttocs -% in a book-class document, but all the four arguments of \com{mtcpolymtoc} must be specified, even empty!}: -% \or\relax -% Mais il est encore plus facile d'utiliser une entrщe л~polymorphique~╗ dans l'argument optionnel\,\footnote{Il -% n'y~a pas de secttocs dans un document de classe book, mais les quatre arguments de \com{mtcpolymtoc} doivent -% tous ъtre spщcifiщs, mъme vides!}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\chapter{Two} -\minitoc -\section[\mtcpolymtoc% - {Charlie in parttoc}% - {Charlie in minitoc}% - {Charlie in secttoc}% % <- see/voir note - {Charlie out subtoc}]% - {Charlie} -\lipsum[3] -\end{document} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Messages}\label{c+messages} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Messages}\label{c+messages} -% \fi -% \minitoc -% \mtcskip -% \minilot -% \mtcskip -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \def\mstrut{\rule[-5pt]{0pt}{5pt}} -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Message identifiers]{Message identifiers (click on a message identifier to see its meaning).}\label{t+allmess} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Identificateurs des messages]{Identificateurs des messages (cliquez sur un identificateur de message -% pour voir sa signification).}\label{t+allmess} -% \fi\relax -% ^^A {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}} -% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}} -% \toprule -% \mstrut\lmess{E0001}&&\lmess{E0002}&&\lmess{E0003}&&\lmess{E0004}&&\lmess{E0005}&&\lmess{E0006}&&\lmess{E0007}&&\lmess{E0008}&&\lmess{E0009}&&\lmess{E0010}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0011}&&\lmess{E0012}&&\lmess{E0013}&&\lmess{E0014}&&\lmess{E0015}&&\lmess{E0016}&&\lmess{E0017}&&\lmess{E0018}&&\lmess{E0019}&&\lmess{E0020}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0021}&&\lmess{E0022}&&\lmess{E0023}&&\lmess{E0024}&&\lmess{E0025}&&\lmess{E0026}&&\lmess{E0027}&&\lmess{E0028}&&\lmess{E0029}&&\lmess{E0030}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0031}&&\lmess{E0032}&&\lmess{E0033}&&\lmess{E0034}&&\lmess{E0035}&&\lmess{E0036}&&\lmess{E0037}&&\lmess{E0038}&&\lmess{E0039}&&\lmess{E0040}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0041}&&\lmess{E0042}&&\lmess{E0043}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ -% \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{F0001}&&\lmess{F0002}&&\lmess{F0003}&&\lmess{F0004}&&\lmess{F0005}&&\lmess{F0006}&&\lmess{F0007}&&\lmess{F0008}&&\lmess{F0009}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{I0000}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0001}&&\lmess{I0002}&&\lmess{I0003}&&\lmess{I0004}&&\lmess{I0005}&&\lmess{I0006}&&\lmess{I0007}&&\lmess{I0008}&&\lmess{I0009}&&\lmess{I0010}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0011}&&\lmess{I0012}&&\lmess{I0013}&&\lmess{I0014}&&\lmess{I0015}&&\lmess{I0016}&&\lmess{I0017}&&\lmess{I0018}&&\lmess{I0019}&&\lmess{I0020}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0021}&&\lmess{I0022}&&\lmess{I0023}&&\lmess{I0024}&&\lmess{I0025}&&\lmess{I0026}&&\lmess{I0027}&&\lmess{I0028}&&\lmess{I0029}&&\lmess{I0030}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0031}&&\lmess{I0032}&&\lmess{I0033}&&\lmess{I0034}&&\lmess{I0035}&&\lmess{I0036}&&\lmess{I0037}&&\lmess{I0038}&&\lmess{I0039}&&\lmess{I0040}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0041}&&\lmess{I0042}&&\lmess{I0043}&&\lmess{I0044}&&\lmess{I0045}&&\lmess{I0046}&&\lmess{I0047}&&\lmess{I0048}&&\lmess{I0049}&&\lmess{I0050}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0051}&&\lmess{I0052}&&\lmess{I0053}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ -% \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{M0001}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ -% \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{W0001}&&\lmess{W0002}&&\lmess{W0003}&&\lmess{W0004}&&\lmess{W0005}&&\lmess{W0006}&&\lmess{W0007}&&\lmess{W0008}&&\lmess{W0009}&&\lmess{W0010}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0011}&&\lmess{W0012}&&\lmess{W0013}&&\lmess{W0014}&&\lmess{W0015}&&\lmess{W0016}&&\lmess{W0017}&&\lmess{W0018}&&\lmess{W0019}&&\lmess{W0020}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0021}&&\lmess{W0022}&&\lmess{W0023}&&\lmess{W0024}&&\lmess{W0025}&&\lmess{W0026}&&\lmess{W0027}&&\lmess{W0028}&&\lmess{W0029}&&\lmess{W0030}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0031}&&\lmess{W0032}&&\lmess{W0033}&&\lmess{W0034}&&\lmess{W0035}&&\lmess{W0036}&&\lmess{W0037}&&\lmess{W0038}&&\lmess{W0039}&&\lmess{W0040}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0041}&&\lmess{W0042}&&\lmess{W0043}&&\lmess{W0044}&&\lmess{W0045}&&\lmess{W0046}&&\lmess{W0047}&&\lmess{W0048}&&\lmess{W0049}&&\lmess{W0050}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0051}&&\lmess{W0052}&&\lmess{W0053}&&\lmess{W0054}&&\lmess{W0055}&&\lmess{W0056}&&\lmess{W0057}&&\lmess{W0058}&&\lmess{W0059}&&\lmess{W0060}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0061}&&\lmess{W0062}&&\lmess{W0063}&&\lmess{W0064}&&\lmess{W0065}&&\lmess{W0066}&&\lmess{W0067}&&\lmess{W0068}&&\lmess{W0069}&&\lmess{W0070}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0071}&&\lmess{W0072}&&\lmess{W0073}&&\lmess{W0074}&&\lmess{W0075}&&\lmess{W0076}&&\lmess{W0077}&&\lmess{W0078}&&\lmess{W0079}&&\lmess{W0080}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0081}&&\lmess{W0082}&&\lmess{W0083}&&\lmess{W0084}&&\lmess{W0085}&&\lmess{W0086}&&\lmess{W0087}&&\lmess{W0088}&&\lmess{W0089}&&\lmess{W0090}\\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0091}&&\lmess{W0092}&&\lmess{W0093}&&\lmess{W0094}&&\lmess{W0095}&&\lmess{W0096}&&\lmess{W0097}&&\lmess{W0098}&&\lmess{W0099}&&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}} -% \end{table} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Introduction} -% This chapter lists and comments the messages given by the \upack{minitoc} package, and is associates, -% \pack{mtcoff} and \pack{mtcpatchmem}\footnote{The -% texts of the messages given in this chapter may slighty differ from the real text, because some messages contain -% variable elements and the layout may vary.}. -% The table~\vref{t+allmess} lists all messages; in this table, you can click on a message identifier to find quickly its meaning. -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The first line of each message contains usually the name of the package and an unique identifier (this -% identifier may be useful to search in this chapter of the documentation, but has no special meaning, -% except the leading letter: \texttt{I}~for informative, \texttt{W}~for warning, and \texttt{E}~for error). -% \item Informative messages are written only in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file; the prefix is~\texttt{F} -% for the warning messages from the \pack{mtcoff} package and~\texttt{M} for the informative message from -% the \pack{mtcpatchmem} package. -% \item Warning messages are shown on the screen (but often too quickly to be seen, because normally \LaTeX\ does not stop -% for warnings) and written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% \item Error messages are shown on the screen and written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, -% but \LaTeX\ stops, so you can ask for help by typing~``\texttt{h}''. -% \item In this chapter, some words in the messages are typeset in italic characters; they represent the variable -% parts of the message: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \emph{ARG1}~The first argument of the command. -% \item \emph{ARG2}~The second argument of the command. -% \item \emph{ARG3}~The third argument of the command. -% \item \emph{\CCC}~The name of the class of your document. -% \item \emph{\COMMAND}~The name of the command. -% \item \emph{\CTR}~The name of a \LaTeX\ counter. -% \item \emph{document}~The name of your document, without its \suffix{.tex} extension. -% \item \emph{\EXTEN}~The extension part of the name of a file. -% \item \emph{\FILE}~The name of a file (often a minitoc auxiliary file, the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} -% file, the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file, or the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file). -% \item \emph{\INAME}~The name of an internal macro redefined by a \verb|\mtcset...| command. -% \item \emph{\LLL}~The name of the language (for \com{mtcselectlanguage}). -% \item \emph{\NNN}~The number of the line in the source file. -% \item \emph{macro}~The name of a minitoc font command redefined by \com{mtcsetfont}. -% \item \emph{\NTITLE}~The new value of a title redefined by \com{mtcsettitle}. -% \item \emph{\NB}~The number of mini-tables of the given type in your document (when you are using short -% extensions and that number is greater than~99). -% \item \emph{\OFFSET}~The new value of an offset redefined by \com{mtcsetoffset}. -% \item \emph{\PREPA}~The name of a minitoc preparation command. -% \item \emph{\SEQ}~A sequence of commands used to redefine an internal macro via a \verb|\mtcset...| command. -% \item \emph{\STRING}~A string of characters, often part of a command name. -% \item \emph{\VAL}~The new value of a counter. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% The messages are produced using macros from the \pack{mtcmess} package, described in chapter~\vref{c+code+mtcmess.sty}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Introduction} -% Ce chapitre liste et commente les messages щmis par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, et ses associщs \pack{mtcoff} et -% \pack{mtcpatchmem}\,\footnote{Les -% textes des messages donnщs dans ce chapitre peuvent ъtre lщgшrement diffщrents du texte rщel, car certains -% messages contiennent des щlщments variables et la mise en page peut aussi varier.}. -% Le tableau~\vref{t+allmess} liste tous les messages; vous pouvez cliquer dans ce tableau sur un identifieur de message pour -% trouver rapidement sa signification. -% \begin{itemize} -% \item La premiшre ligne de chaque message contient normalement le nom du paquetage et un identificateur unique -% (il peut ъtre utile pour chercher dans ce chapitre de la documentation, mais n'a aucune signification -% particuliшre, sauf la lettre de tъte: \texttt{I}~pour informatif, \texttt{W}~pour avertissement (\emph{warning}), -% et \texttt{E}~pour erreur); le prщfixe est~\texttt{F} pour les messages d'avertissement щmis par le -% paquetage \pack{mtcoff} et~\texttt{M} pour le message informatif щmis par le paquetage \pack{mtcpatchmem}. -% \item Les messages informatifs ne sont щcrits que dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% \item Les messages d'avertissement (\emph{warning}) sont affichщs sur l'щcran (mais souvent trop rapidement pour -% ъtre vus, car normalement \LaTeX\ ne s'arrъte pas pour les avertissements) et sont щcrits dans -% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% \item Les messages d'erreur (\emph{error}) sont affichщs sur l'щcran et щcrits dans le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, mais \LaTeX\ s'arrъte, donc vous pouvez demander de l'aide -% en tapant~л~\texttt{h}~╗ (\emph{help}). -% \item Dans ce chapitre, certains mots dans les messages sont щcrits en italique; ils reprщsentent les parties -% variables du message: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \emph{ARG1}~Le premier argument de la commande. -% \item \emph{ARG2}~Le deuxiшme argument de la commande. -% \item \emph{ARG3}~Le troisiшme argument de la commande. -% \item \emph{\CCC}~Le nom de la classe de votre document. -% \item \emph{\COMMAND}~Le nom de la commande. -% \item \emph{\STRING}~Une chaюne de caractшres, faisant souvent partie d'un nom de commande. -% \item \emph{\CTR}~Le nom d'un compteur \LaTeX. -% \item \emph{document}~Le nom de votre document, sans son suffixe \suffix{.tex}. -% \item \emph{\FILE}~Le nom d'un fichier (Souvent un fichier auxiliaire minitoc, le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof}, -% ou le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot}). -% \item \emph{\LLL}~Le nom de la langue (pour \com{mtcselectlanguage}). -% \item \emph{\NNN}~Le numщro de la ligne dans le fichier source. -% \item \emph{macro}~Le nom d'une commande de fonte minitoc redщfinie par \com{mtcsetfont}. -% \item \emph{\NTITLE}~La nouvelle valeur d'un titre redщfinie par \com{mtcsettitle}. -% \item \emph{\NB}~Le nombre de mini-tables du type donnщ dans votre document (lorsque vous utilisez des -% suffixes courts et que ce nombre dщpasse~99). -% \item \emph{\INAME}~Le nom d'une macro interne redщfinie par une commande \verb|\mtcset...|. -% \item \emph{\OFFSET}~La nouvelle valeur d'un dщplacement (dщcalage) redщfinie par \com{mtcsetoffset}. -% \item \emph{\PREPA}~Le nom d'une commande minitoc de prщparation. -% \item \emph{\SEQ}~Une sщquence de commandes utilisщe pour redщfinir une macro interne via une commande -% \verb|\mtcset...|. -% \item \emph{\EXTEN}~La partie suffixe du nom d'un fichier. -% \item \emph{\VAL}~La nouvelle valeur d'un compteur. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% Les messages sont produits en utilisant des macros du paquetage \pack{mtcmess}, -% dщcrit au chapitre~\vref{c+code+mtcmess.sty}. -% \fi -% \lneed{15} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Messages from the \upack{minitoc} package} -% \or\relax -% \section{Messages щmis par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Informative messages} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Messages informatifs} -% \fi -% \begin{xmessage}[I0000] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package: minitoc 2008/07/16 v60 Package minitoc (JPFD)| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is the announce message of the \upack{minitoc} package, with its name, date and version. ``JPFD'' are my -% initials. This message has no real identifier because it is emitted by \com{ProvidesPackage}, but, for indexing it, -% we use \texttt{I0000}. -% \or\relax -% Ceci est le message annonчant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, avec son nom, sa date et sa version. л~JPFD~╗ sont -% mes initiales. Ce message n'a pas d'identificateur rщel car il est щmis par \com{ProvidesPackage}, mais, pour -% l'indexer, nous utilisons \texttt{I0000}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0001] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0001|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) *** minitoc package, version 60 ***.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Remember the version of the package. -% \or\relax -% Rappel de la version du paquetage. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0002] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0002|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Autoconfiguration of extensions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \upack{minitoc} package tries to determine if short or long extensions for file names are used by the operating -% system. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} essaye de dщterminer si des suffixes courts pour les noms de fichiers ou longs sont -% utilisщs par le systшme d'exploitation. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0003] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0003|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) chapter level macros available.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{chapter} sectionning command is available, so you can use the mini-table commands at the chapter level, -% but \emph{not} the mini-table commands at the section level. -% \or\relax -% La commande de sectionnement \com{chapter} est disponible, donc vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des -% mini-tables au niveau chapitre, \emph{mais pas} les commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau section. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% \begin{xmessage}[I0004] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0004|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) chapter level macros NOT available.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{chapter} sectionning command is \emph{not} available, so you cannot use the mini-table commands at the -% chapter level, but, if the \com{section} sectionning command is available, you can use mini-table commands at -% the section level. -% \or\relax -% La commande de sectionnement \com{chapter} \emph{n'est pas} disponible, donc vous ne pouvez pas utiliser les -% commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau chapitre, mais, si la commande de sectionnement \com{section} est -% disponible, vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau section. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0005] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0005|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) compatible with hyperref.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This version of \upack{minitoc} is compatible with the \pack{hyperref} package. -% \or\relax -% Cette version de \upack{minitoc} est compatible avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0006] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0006|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.|\emph{\EXTEN}\verb| is empty on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The auxiliary file for a mini-table is found empty (or inexistent) when \upack{minitoc} tries to insert it. If -% the \optd{checkfiles} option is active, it is skipped. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier auxiliaire pour une mini-table est trouvщ vide (ou inexistant) lorsque \upack{minitoc} essaye de -% l'insщrer. Si l'option \optd{checkfiles} est active, il est sautщ. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0007] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0007|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Horizontal rules are activated|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The horizontal rules will be present in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. -% \or\relax -% Les filets horizontaux seront prщsents dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0008] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0008|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Horizontal rules are inhibited|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The horizontal rules will be omitted in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. -% \or\relax -% Les filets horizontaux seront omis dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0009] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0009|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Listing minitoc auxiliary files.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Creating the |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.maf file.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used the \optd{listfiles} package option. A list of the minitoc auxiliary files is written in the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.maf} file. It may be helpful to delete these files. See section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% This option is the default since version~\#48. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. Une liste des fichiers auxiliaires pour minitoc est -% щcrite dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. Ceci peut ъtre utile pour dщtruire ces fichiers. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% Cette option est active par dщfaut depuis la version~\#48. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0010] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0010|\\ -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: The |\emph{\LLL}\verb| language is selected.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} file has been successfully loaded for the \emph{\LLL} language\footnote{The -% \xfile{english.mld} file is always loaded first, to have english as default language.} -% by the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command at line~\emph{\NNN}. The titles for the mini-tables are changed. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} a щtщ correctement chargщ pour la langue \emph{\LLL},\footnote{Le -% fichier \xfile{english.mld} est toujours chargщ d'abord, pour avoir l'anglais comme langue par dщfaut.} par la commande -% \com{mtcselectlanguage} р~la ligne~\emph{\NNN}. Les titres pour les mini-tables sont changщs. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0011] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0011|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb| language object selected.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcselectlanguage} macro has successfully (indirectly) loaded -% the \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} minitoc object file. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcselectlanguage} a (indirectement) chargщ avec succшs le fichier minitoc objet de langue -% \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0012] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0012|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Long extensions (Unix-like) will be used.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The autoconfiguration has detected that your operating system is able to use long extensions; this will be the -% default. -% \or\relax -% L'autoconfiguration a dщtectщ que votre systшme d'exploitation est capable d'utiliser des suffixes longs; ce sera -% le choix par dщfaut. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0013] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0013|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth redefines the counter|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "|\mbox{\emph{\CTR}}\verb|" as "|\emph{\VAL}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetdepth} macro changes the value of the specified depth counter and forces it to \emph{\VAL}. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcsetdepth} change la valeur du compteur de profondeur spщcifiщ et lui donne la \emph{\VAL} -% demandщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0014] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0014|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfeature redefines the macro| -% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\SEQ}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetfeature} macro has redefined the internal macro \emph{\INAME} with the given \emph{\SEQ}. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcsetfeature} a redщfini la macro interne \emph{\INAME} par la \emph{\SEQ} donnщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0015] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0015|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfont redefines the macro|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "|\mbox{\emph{macro}}\verb|" as "|\emph{\SEQ}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetfont} command redefines the (old style) \emph{macro} by the given \emph{\SEQ} of font -% commands. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcsetfont} redщfinit la macro (en ancien style) par la \emph{\SEQ} de commandes de fontes -% donnщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0016] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0016|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetformat redefines the macro|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as "|\emph{ARG3}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{mtcsetformat} redefines an internal macro with the value given by its third argument. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcsetformat} redщfinit une macro interne avec la valeur de son troisiшme argument. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0017] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0017|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitle redefines the macro|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "|\emph{\NTITLE}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A mini-table title is redefined via the \com{mtcsettitle} macro. -% \or\relax -% Un titre de mini-table est redщfini via la macro \com{mtcsettitle}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0018] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0018|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitlefont redefines the macro|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "\|\emph{\INAME}\verb|" as|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "|\emph{\SEQ}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsettitlefont} macro redefines the (old style) \verb|\|\emph{\INAME} macro which the given sequence -% \emph{\SEQ}. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcsettitlefont} redщfinit la macro \verb|\|\emph{\INAME} (ancien style) par la sщquence \emph{\SEQ} -% donnщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0019] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0019|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) No hints have been written|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) in the |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.log file.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \optd{hints} package option has detected no potential problem. -% \or\relax -% L'option de paquetage \optd{hints} n'a dщtectщ aucun problшme potentiel. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0020] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0020|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) old version of the memoir class.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The version of the \class{memoir} class is old. The \upack{minitoc} package does not need to patch this class. -% \or\relax -% La version de la classe \class{memoir} est ancienne. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} n'a pas besoin de corriger -% cette classe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0021] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0021|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Page numbers are activated|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The page numbers will be present in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. -% \or\relax -% Les numщros de pages seront prщsents dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0022] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0022|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Page numbers are inhibited|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) for the |\emph{ARG1}\verb|s on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The page numbers will be omitted in the mini-tables of type \emph{ARG1}. -% \or\relax -% Les numщros de pages seront omis dans les mini-tables de type \emph{ARG1}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0023] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0023|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) part level macros available.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{part} sectionning command is available, so you can use the mini-table commands at the part level. -% \or\relax -% La commande de sectionnement \com{part} est disponible, donc vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des -% mini-tables au niveau partie. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0024] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0024|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING MINITOCS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dominitoc} command prepares the \upack{minitoc} auxiliary files for minitocs from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dominitoc} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \upack{minitoc} pour les minitocs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0025] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0025|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING PARTTOCS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{doparttoc} command prepares the \texttt{parttoc} auxiliary files for parttocs from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{doparttoc} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{parttoc} pour les parttocs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0026] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0026|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING SECTTOCS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dosecttoc} command prepares the \texttt{secttoc} auxiliary files for secttocs from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dosecttoc} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{secttoc} pour les secttocs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0027] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0027| -% \verb|(minitoc) recent version of the memoir class.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The version of the \class{memoir} class is recent. The \upack{minitoc} package will try to patch it. -% \or\relax -% La version de la classe \class{memoir} est rщcente. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va essayer de corriger cette -% classe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0028] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0028|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) section level macros available.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{section} sectionning command is available but the \com{chapter} sectionning command is \emph{not} -% available, so you can use the mini-table commands at the section level. -% \or\relax -% La commande de sectionnement \com{section} est disponible mais la commande de sectionnement -% \com{chapter} \emph{n'est pas} disponible, donc vous pouvez utiliser les commandes pour des mini-tables au -% niveau section. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0029] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0029|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) section level macros NOT available.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{section} sectionning command is not defined (by the document class), so the section level commands of -% the \upack{minitoc} package are not available. -% \or\relax -% La commande de sectionnement \com{section} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe du document), donc les commandes au -% niveau section du paquetage \upack{minitoc} ne sont pas disponibles. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0030] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0030|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) the memoir class is loaded:|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) compatibility attempted.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \class{memoir} document class is used. The \upack{minitoc} package tries to ensure compatibility. -% \or\relax -% La classe de document \class{memoir} est utilisщe. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} essaye d'assurer la compatibilitщ. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0031] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0031|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) ==> this version is configured for UNIX-like|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (long extensions) file names.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The autoconfiguration has detected that your operating uses UNIX-like (long extensions) file names. -% \or\relax -% L'autoconfiguration a dщtectщ que votre systшme d'exploitation utilise des noms de fichiers р~la mode UNIX -% (suffixes longs). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0032] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0032|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) This version of the memoir class uses|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) a version of \chapter which is|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) incompatible with the minitoc package.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) We try to patch.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \class{memoir} class uses a version of the \com{chapter} command which needs to be corrected because its syntax has -% been changed. A patch is loaded. -% \or\relax -% La classe \class{memoir} utilise une version de la commande \com{chapter} qui a besoin d'ъtre corrigщe car sa -% syntaxe a changщ. Une correction (\emph{patch}) est chargщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0033] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0033|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Writing |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.|\emph{\EXTEN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% An auxiliary file for a mini-table is written by a \upack{minitoc} preparation command (like \com{dominitoc}). -% \or\relax -% Un fichier auxiliaire pour une mini-table est щcrit par une commande \upack{minitoc} de prщparation -% (telle que \com{dominitoc}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0034] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0034|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING MINILOFS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dominilof} command prepares the \upack{minilof} auxiliary files for minilofs from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dominilof} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \upack{minilof} pour les minilofs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0035] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0035|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING PARTLOFS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dopartlof} command prepares the \texttt{partlof} auxiliary files for partlofs from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dopartlof} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{partlof} pour les partlofs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0036] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0036|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING SECTLOFS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dosectlof} command prepares the \texttt{sectlof} auxiliary files for sectlofs from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dosectlof} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{sectlof} pour les sectlofs depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0037] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0037|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING MINILOTS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dominilot} command prepares the \texttt{minilot} auxiliary files for minilots from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dominilot} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{minilot} pour les minilots depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0038] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0038|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING PARTLOTS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dopartlot} command prepares the \texttt{partlot} auxiliary files for partlots from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dopartlot} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{partlot} pour les partlots depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0039] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0039|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PREPARING SECTLOTS FROM |\emph{\FILE}\verb| on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \com{dosectlot} command prepares the \texttt{sectlot} auxiliary files for sectlots from \emph{\FILE}. -% \or\relax -% Une commande \com{dosectlot} prщpare les fichiers auxiliaires \texttt{sectlot} pour les sectlots depuis le \emph{\FILE}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Informative messages for hints} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Messages informatifs pour les indications (\emph{hints})} -% \fi -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0040] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0040|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The ``abstract'' package has been|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded with the ``addtotoc'' option.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You need to look at the|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) documentation to adjust.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using the \pack{abstract} package with its \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option, -% you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq.27}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{abstract} avec son option \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}, -% vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq.27}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0041] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0041|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The amsbook class is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using the \class{amsbook} class, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{s+AMS}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez la classe \class{amsbook}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{s+AMS}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0042] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0042|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The appendix package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using also the \pack{appendix} package, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq+appendix}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez aussi le paquetage \pack{appendix}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq+appendix}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0043] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0043|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The KOMAScript |\emph{\CCC}\verb| class is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using also the \emph{\CCC} class, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{special.entries}. -% The classes involved here are \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt}, and \class{scrartcl}, i.e., the \KOMAScript{} -% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} compatible with \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez aussi la classe \emph{\CCC}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{special.entries}. -% Les classes concernщes ici sont \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} et \class{scrartcl}, c'est-р-dire les -% classes \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} compatibles avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0044] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0044|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The memoir class is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using the \class{memoir} class, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq+memoir}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez la classe \class{memoir}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq+memoir}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0045] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0045|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The |\texttt{\bs}\PREPA\verb| command|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) has been invoked more than once|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A minitoc preparation command has been invoked more than once. -% \or\relax -% Une commande minitoc de prщparation a щtщ invoquщe plus d'une fois. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0046] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0046|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The tocbibind package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using also the \pack{tocbibind} package, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{special.entries}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez aussi le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{special.entries}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0047] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0047|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The tocloft package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) See the minitoc package documentation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) for specific precautions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you are using also the \pack{tocloft} package, you should look at the \upack{minitoc} package documentation -% for specific precautions. See section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous utilisez aussi le paquetage \pack{tocloft}, vous devriez consulter la documentation du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} pour les prщcautions spщcifiques. Voir la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0048] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0048|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Using \mtcprepare may induce some|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) hints about the preparation commands,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) because it invokes ALL the preparation|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) commands allowed by the document class,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) without any previous check.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcprepare} command invoke all the possible preparation commands, depending only on the document class and the -% available contents files. It does not known exactly what you want, so it can prepare too many mini-tables -% files. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque toutes les commandes de prщparation possibles, selon la classe du document et -% les fichiers de contenu disponibles. Elle ne sait pas exactement ce que vous dщsirez, donc elle peut prщparer trop -% de fichiers de mini-tables. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0049] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Info: I0049|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) ==> You requested the hints option.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Some hints are eventually given below.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As you have requested the \optd{hints} package option (which is set by default), some ``hints'' are eventually -% given in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. You can find them easily by searching for the string -% ``\texttt{minitoc(hints)}'' with a text editor. -% \or\relax -% Puisque vous avez demandщ l'option de paquetage \optd{hints} (qui est activщe par dщfaut), quelques -% л~indications~╗ (\emph{hints}) sont щventuellement щcrites dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. Vous -% pourrez les trouver facilement en recherchant la chaюne л~\texttt{minitoc(hints)}~╗ avec un щditeur de texte. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0050] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: I0050|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The required "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mld" file is missing.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|" language option will not be available.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Please install it from a recent distribution|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or -% from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} n'a pas щtщ installщ sur votre systшme. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution -% rщcente ou depuis les archives CTAN pour complщter votre installation, sinon l'option de langue \emph{\LLL} ne sera pas -% disponible. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0051] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: I0051|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The required "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mlo" file is missing.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The "|\emph{\LLL}\verb|" language option will not be available.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Please install it from a recent distribution|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or -% from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} n'a pas щtщ installщ sur votre systшme. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution -% rщcente ou depuis les archives CTAN pour complщter votre installation, sinon l'option de langue ne sera pas -% disponible. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0052] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0052|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset redefines the offset|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) "|\mbox{\emph{\OFFSET}}\verb|" as "|\emph{\VAL}\verb|" on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetoffset} macro changes the value of the specified offset and forces it to \emph{\VAL}. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcsetoffset} change la valeur du dщplacement spщcifiщ et lui donne la \emph{\VAL} -% demandщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[I0053] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0053|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) You have loaded the |\mbox{\emph{\PACK}}\verb| package;|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) please be aware that the minitoc package|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) facilities can not be used for new types|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) of floats defined by the |\mbox{\emph{\PACK}}\verb| package|\\ -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \upack{minitoc} package does not manage new types of floats defined via the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, -% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} -% and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages\,\footnote{As the -% \pack{trivfloat} and \pack{rotfloat} packages load the \pack{float} package, this message will then appear twice!}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} ne traite pas les nouveaux types de flottants dщfinis via les -% paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, -% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages\,\footnote{Comme les paquetages -% \pack{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat} chargent le paquetage -% \pack{float}, ce message apparaюtra alors deux fois!}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \lneed{15} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Warning messages} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Messages d'avertissement} -% \fi -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0001] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0001|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \chapter and \section are undefined.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Cannot use \mtcfixglossary without|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) optional argument [part].| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The sectionning commands \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined (by the document class), hence the -% \com{mtcfixglossary} macro cannot be used without an optional argument (try \com{part}). This situation is very -% unlikely to happen, so also verify your document class. -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies (par la classe du document), -% donc la macro \com{mtcfixglossary} ne peut pas ъtre utilisщe sans son argument optionnel (essayez \verb|[part]|). -% Il est trшs improbable que cette situation se produise, donc vщrifiez aussi la classe de votre document. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0002] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0002|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \chapter and \section are undefined.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Cannot use \mtcfixindex without|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) optional argument [part].| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The sectionning commands \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined (by the document class), hence the -% \com{mtcfixindex} macro cannot be used without an optional argument (try \com{part}). This situation is very -% unlikely to happen, so also verify your document class. -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies (par la classe du document), -% donc la macro \com{mtcfixindex} ne peut pas ъtre utilisщe sans son argument optionnel (essayez \verb|[part]|). -% Il est trшs improbable que cette situation se produise, donc vщrifiez aussi la classe de votre document. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0003] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0003|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \firstchapteris is an obsolete (ignored)|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) command on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstchapteris}). You should remove it. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstchapteris}. Vous devriez l'enlever. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0004] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0004|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \firstpartis is an obsolete (ignored)|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) command on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstpartis}). You should remove it. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstpartis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0005] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0005|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \firstsectionis is an obsolete (ignored)|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) command on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstsectionis}). You should remove it. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstsectionis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0006] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0006|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcfixglossary can only be used|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) with the [part] optional argument,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) which becomes the default.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcfixglossary} macro can only use \texttt{[part]} as optional argument (which becomes the default), because -% \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcfixglossary} ne peut utiliser que \texttt{[part]} comme argument optionnel (qui devient le choix -% par dщfaut), car \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0007] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0007|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcfixindex can only be used|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) with the [part] optional argument,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) which becomes the default.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcfixindex} macro can only use \texttt{[part]} as optional argument (which becomes the default), because -% \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcfixindex} ne peut utiliser que \texttt{[part]} comme argument optionnel (qui devient le choix -% par dщfaut), car \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0008] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0008|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) MINILOFS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dominilof} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dominilof} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dominilof}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dominilof} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0009] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0009|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) MINILOTS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dominilot} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dominilot} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dominilot}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dominilot} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0010] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0010|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) MINITOCS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dominitoc} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dominitoc} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dominitoc}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dominitoc} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0011] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0011|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PARTLOFS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dopartlof} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dopartlof} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dopartlof}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dopartlof} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0012] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0012|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PARTLOTS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dopartlot} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dopartlot} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dopartlot}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dopartlot} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0013] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0013|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PARTTOCS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{doparttoc} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{doparttoc} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{doparttoc}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{doparttoc} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0014] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0014|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) SECTLOFS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dosectlof} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dosectlof} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dosectlof}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dosectlof} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0015] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0015|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) SECTLOTS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dosectlot} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dosectlot} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dosectlot}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dosectlot} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0016] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0016|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) No file |\emph{\FILE}\verb|.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) SECTTOCS NOT PREPARED on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\FILE} cannot be found, because it has not been created by a \com{dosecttoc} command. Please check if -% you have called \com{dosecttoc} in the correct sequence of commands. -% \or\relax -% Le \emph{\FILE} n'a pu ъtre trouvщ, parce qu'il n'a pas щtщ crщщ par une commande \com{dosecttoc}. Vщrifiez si -% vous avez invoquщ \com{dosecttoc} dans la bonne sщquence de commandes. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0017] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0017|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) no section or chapter level macros available|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) PLEASE VERIFY YOUR MAIN DOCUMENT CLASS.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{chapter} and \com{section} sectionning commands are not defined. Your document class is likely -% without any sectionning command, so the \upack{minitoc} package is pointless. \emph{Verify your main -% document class.} -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. Votre classe de document -% est probablement sans aucune commande de sectionnement, donc le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est sans objet. \emph{Vщrifiez -% la classe principale de votre document.} -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0018] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0018|\\ -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: part level macros NOT available.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{part} sectionning command is not defined (by the document class), so the part level commands of the -% \upack{minitoc} package are not available. It is a warning message because most classes with sectionning commands -% define the \com{part} command, so you should verify which class you are using. -% \or\relax -% La commande de sectionnement \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe du document), donc les commandes au -% niveau partie du paquetage \upack{minitoc} ne sont pas disponibles. C'est un message d'avertissement -% (\emph{warning}) car la plupart des classes ayant des commandes de sectionnement dщfinissent la commande -% \com{part}, donc vous devriez vщrifier quelle classe vous utilisez. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0019] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0019|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Short extensions (MSDOS-like) will be used.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) ==> this version is configured for MSDOS-like|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (8+3) file names.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The autofiguration has found that the operating system uses file names with short extensions (8+3 scheme). -% \or\relax -% L'autoconfiguration a trouvщ que le systшme d'exploitation utilise des noms de fichiers avec des suffixes courts -% (schщma 8+3). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0020] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0020|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) You have forced the use of short extensions.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used the \opt{shortext} package option to force the use of short extensions (8+3 scheme). This action -% limits the number of usable mini-tables of each kind and may be problematic if you have more that 99~mini-tables -% of the same kind. If your operating system allows for long extensions, do not use the \opt{shortext} package -% option, except for testing purposes. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez spщcifiщ l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext} pour forcer l'utilisation de suffixes courts (schщma -% 8+3). Cette action limite le nombre de mini-tables utilisables dans chaque sorte et peut poser des problшmes si -% vous avez plus de 99~mini-tables du mъme genre. Si votre systшme d'exploitation permet des suffixes longs, -% n'utilisez pas l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext}, sauf р~des fins de test. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0021] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0021|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Your version of latex.tex is obsolete.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Trying to continue...| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\virage{} are using an obsolete version of \LaTeX, but the \upack{minitoc} package will still try to continue. It would be -% better to update your \LaTeX\ installation. -% \or\relax -% Vous\virage{} utilisez une version obsolшte de \LaTeX, mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va quand mъme essayer de continuer. Il -% serait prщfщrable de mettre р~jour votre installation de \LaTeX. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0022] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0022|\\ -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Trying to continue... crossing fingers.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Your\Virage{} version of \LaTeX\ is very obsolete, and almost unusable with the \upack{minitoc} package. You can try to -% continue the compilation, but you are urged to update your \LaTeX\ installation as soon as possible. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez une version totalement pщrimщe de \LaTeX, presque inutilisable avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Vous pouvez essayer de continuer la compilation, mais vous ъtes instamment priщs de mettre р~jour votre installation -% de \LaTeX{} dшs que possible. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0093] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0093|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Some "*.mld" or "*.mlo" files are missing|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) in your installation.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Search for the I0050 and I0051 info messages|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) in the \jobname.log file.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The full list of the missing language files|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) is gigen in the W0094 warning message.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Please install the missing files from|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) a recent distribution|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. -% Search for the \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} and -% \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} info messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file to find which files are missing. -% You can retrieve them from a recent distribution or from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, -% else some language options will not be available. -% The full list of the missing language files is given in the \texttt{W0094}\imess{W0094} -% warning message. -% \or\relax -% Certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} n'ont pas щtщ installщs sur votre systшme. Cherchez les -% messages informatifs \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} et \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} pour -% trouver quels fichiers sont manquants. Vous pouvez les rщcupщrer depuis une distribution rщcente ou depuis les -% archives CTAN pour complщter votre installation, sinon certaines options de langue ne seront pas disponibles. -% La liste complшte des fichiers de langue manquants est donnщe dans le message d'avertissement \imess{W0094}\texttt{W0094}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0094] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0094|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Missing minitoc language file(s):|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) ...|\\ -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. -% The list is given in the message. -% \or\relax -% Certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} n'ont pas щtщ installщs sur votre systшme. -% Leur liste est donnщe dans le message. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0095] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0095|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \chapter and \section are undefined.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Cannot use \mtcfixnomenclature without|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) optional argument [part].| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The sectionning commands \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined (by the document class), hence the -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro cannot be used without an optional argument (try \com{part}). This situation is very -% unlikely to happen, so also verify your document class. -% \or\relax -% Les commandes de sectionnement \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies (par la classe du document), -% donc la macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature} ne peut pas ъtre utilisщe sans son argument optionnel (essayez \verb|[part]|). -% Il est trшs improbable que cette situation se produise, donc vщrifiez aussi la classe de votre document. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0096] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0096|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcfixnomenclature can only be used|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) with the [part] optional argument,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) which becomes the default.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro can only use \texttt{[part]} as optional argument (which becomes the default), because -% \com{chapter} and \com{section} are not defined. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature} ne peut utiliser que \texttt{[part]} comme argument optionnel (qui devient le choix -% par dщfaut), car \com{chapter} et \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0098] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0098|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) --- You have used the \nofiles command|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) in your preamble; all preparation commands|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) in the body of the document will be ignored.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used the \com{nofiles} command in the preamble of your document; hence the preparation commands will be -% ignored in your document. Please verify that the mini-table auxiliary files are in their final state. -% See page~\pageref{x+W0098}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande \com{nofiles} dans le prщambule de votre document; veuillez vщrifier que les -% fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-ables sont dans leur щtat final. Voir page~\pageref{x+W0098}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Warning messages for hints} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Messages d'avertissement pour les indications (\emph{hints})} -% \fi -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0023] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0023|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- It may be the consequence|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) of loading the ``hyperref'' package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some sectionning commands have been altered \emph{after} the loading of the \upack{minitoc} package. The -% \pack{hyperref} package does that, but it is harmless. For other packages or user-made alterations, it is -% recommended to alter the sectionning commands only \emph{before} loading the \upack{minitoc} package. See -% section~\vref{faq.17}. -% \or\relax -% Certaines commandes de sectionnement ont щtщ modifiщes \emph{aprшs} le chargement du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Le paquetage \pack{hyperref} fait cela, mais sans dommages. Pour des altщrations faites par d'autres paquetages -% ou par l'utilisateur, il est recommandщ de modifier les commandes de sectionnement seulement \emph{avant} le -% chargement du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{faq.17}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0024] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0024|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Some hints have been written|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) in the |\mbox{\emph{document}}\verb|.log file.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \optd{hints} package option has detected some potential problems and written hints into the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. You can search it for the ``\texttt{minitoc(hints)}'' string with a text -% editor. -% \or\relax -% L'option de paquetage \optd{hints} a dщtectщ des problшmes potentiels et щcrit des indications (\emph{hints}) -% dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Vous pouvez l'examiner en y cherchant la chaюne -% л~\texttt{minitoc(hints)}~╗ avec un щditeur de texte. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0025] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0025|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The alphanum package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{alphanum} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. The -% compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{alphanum} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. La -% compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0026] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0026|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The amsart class is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \class{amsart} document class which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez la classe de document \class{amsart} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0027] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0027|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The amsproc class is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \class{amsproc} document class which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez la classe de document \class{amsproc} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0028] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0028|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The \chapter command is altered|\\ -% \verb| after minitoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some packages alter the sectionning commands, like \com{chapter}. Most of them should be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package. The \pack{hyperref} package, even if it is loaded \emph{before} the -% \upack{minitoc} package (as recommended), alters the sectionning commands in an \com{AtBeginDocument}, so this -% message is always printed when you use the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}, but then it is harmless. -% \or\relax -% Certains paquetages modifient les commandes de sectionnement, telles que \com{chapter}. La plupart d'entre-eux -% devraient ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, mъme s'il est -% chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (comme recommandщ), altшre les commandes de sectionnement dans -% un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, donc ce message est toujours щmis lorsque vous utilisez le paquetage -% \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}, mais il est alors bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0029] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0029|\\ -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: --- The jura class is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \class{jura} document class which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez la classe de document \class{jura} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre insatisfaisant. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0030] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0030|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The \part command is altered|\\ -% \verb| after minitoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some packages alter the sectionning commands, like \com{part}. Most of them should be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package. The \pack{hyperref} package, even if it is loaded \emph{before} the -% \upack{minitoc} package (as recommended), alters the sectionning commands in an \com{AtBeginDocument}, so this -% message is always printed when you use the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}, but then it is harmless. -% \or\relax -% Certains paquetages modifient les commandes de sectionnement, telles que \com{part}. La plupart d'entre-eux -% devraient ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, mъme s'il est -% chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (comme recommandщ), altшre les commandes de sectionnement dans -% un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, donc ce message est toujours щmis lorsque vous utilisez le paquetage -% \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}, mais il est alors bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0031] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0031|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package is loaded|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) without the section option,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but minitoc used the insection option|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) which implies it. Try to inverse the|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loading order and use consistent options.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You may have got a message|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) ! LaTeX Error: Option clash for package placeins.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are using the \pack{placeins} package, but without its \optp{section}{placeins} option, while -% \upack{minitoc} is called with its \opt{insection} option which implies it. See page~\pageref{rem+FB}, -% near a ``dangerous bend'' symbol\DBEND. -% \or\relax -% Vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{placeins}, mais sans son option \optp{section}{placeins}, alors que -% \upack{minitoc} est appelщ avec son option \opt{insection} qui l'implique. Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}, -% prшs d'un symbole л~virage dangereux~╗\DBEND. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0032] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0032|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package loaded is|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) too old. You should use a version|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) dated of 2005/04/18 at least.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are using an obsolete version of the \pack{placeins} package. Please update it from the CTAN archives or a -% recent distribution. -% \or\relax -% Vous utilisez une version obsolшte du paquetage \pack{placeins}. Vous devriez le mettre р~jour depuis les -% archives CTAN ou une distribution rщcente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0033] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0033|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The caption package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{caption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.31}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{caption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0034] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0034|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The caption2 package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{caption2} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.31}. Note that the \pack{caption2} package is now obsolete; please use a recent version of -% the \pack{caption} package. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{caption2} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. Notez que le paquetage \pack{caption2} est dщsormais obsolшte; veuillez utiliser -% une version rщcente du paquetage \pack{caption}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0035] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0035|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The ccaption package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{ccaption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.31}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{ccaption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0036] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0036|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The mcaption package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{mcaption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.31}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{mcaption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.31}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0037] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0037|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The sectsty package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{sectsty} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.28}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{sectsty} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.28}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0038] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0038|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The varsects package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{varsects} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.33}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{varsects} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.33}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0039] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0039|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The \section command is altered|\\ -% \verb| after minitoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some packages alter the sectionning commands, like \com{section}. Most of them should be loaded \emph{before} -% the \upack{minitoc} package. The \pack{hyperref} package, even if it is loaded \emph{before} the -% \upack{minitoc} package (as recommended), alters the sectionning commands in an \com{AtBeginDocument}, so this -% message is always printed when you use the \pack{hyperref} package with \upack{minitoc}, but then it is harmless. -% \or\relax -% Certains paquetages modifient les commandes de sectionnement, telles que \com{section}. La plupart d'entre-eux -% devraient ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, mъme s'il est -% chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (comme recommandщ), altшre les commandes de sectionnement dans -% un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, donc ce message est toujours щmis lorsque vous utilisez le paquetage -% \pack{hyperref} avec \upack{minitoc}, mais il est alors bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0040] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0040|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The titletoc package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are trying to use also the \pack{titletoc} package, but it is \emph{incompatible} with -% the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titletoc}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0041] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0041|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty minilofs.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty minilofs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des minilofs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0042] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0042|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty minilots.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty minilots. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des minilots vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0043] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0043|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty minitocs.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty minitocs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des minitocs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0044] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0044|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty partlofs.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty partlofs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des partlofs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0045] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0045|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty partlots.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty partlots. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des partlots vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0046] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0046|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty parttocs.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty parttocs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des parttocs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0047] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0047|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty sectlofs.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty sectlofs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des sectlofs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0048] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0048|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty sectlots.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty sectlots. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des sectlots vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0049] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0049|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have attempted to insert|\\ -% \verb| empty secttocs.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert empty secttocs. If you have used the \opt{nocheckfiles} package option, you will -% get some ugly empty mini-tables, with only a title and two horizontal rules. By default (\optd{checkfiles} -% package option), you will only get this harmless message. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des secttocs vides. Si vous avez utilisщ l'option de paquetage \opt{nocheckfiles}, -% vous aurez quelques mini-tables vides et laides, avec seulement un titre et deux filets horizontaux. Par dщfaut -% (option de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}), vous n'aurez que ce message bщnin. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0050] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0050|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have invoked an obsolete (ignored)|\\ -% \verb| command: \firstchapteris.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstchapteris}). You should remove it. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstchapteris}. Vous devriez l'enlever. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0051] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0051|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have invoked an obsolete (ignored)|\\ -% \verb| command: \firstpartis.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstpartis}). You should remove it. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstpartis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0052] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0052|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have invoked an obsolete (ignored)|\\ -% \verb| command: \firstsectionis.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used an obsolete command (\com{firstsectionis}). You should remove it. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ la commande obsolшte \com{firstsectionis}. Vous devriez l'enlever. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0053] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0053|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used short extensions|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and more than 99 chapters (|\emph{\NB}\verb|).| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used short extensions (limited to 3~characters) and more than 99~chapters, so the number of the auxiliary -% file does not fit in the extension. \emph{\NB} is the number of effective chapters in your document. See -% section~\vref{MS-DOS}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ des suffixes courts (limitщs р~3~caractшres) et plus de 99~chapitres, donc le numщro du fichier -% auxiliaire ne tient plus dans le suffixe. \emph{\NB} est le nombre de chapitres effectifs dans votre document. -% Voir la section~\vref{MS-DOS}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0054] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0054|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used short extensions|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and more than 99 parts (|\emph{\NB}\verb|).| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used short extensions (limited to 3~characters) and more than 99~parts, so the number of the auxiliary -% file does not fit in the extension. \emph{\NB} is the number of effective parts in your document. See -% section~\vref{MS-DOS}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ des suffixes courts (limitщs р~3~caractшres) et plus de 99~parties, donc le numщro du fichier -% auxiliaire ne tient plus dans le suffixe. \emph{\NB} est le nombre de parties effectives dans votre document. -% Voir la section~\vref{MS-DOS}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0055] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0055|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used short extensions|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and more than 99 sections (|\emph{\NB}\verb|).| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used short extensions (limited to 3~characters) and more than 99~sections, so the number of the auxiliary -% file does not fit in the extension. \emph{\NB} is the number of effective sections in your document. See -% section~\vref{MS-DOS}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ des suffixes courts (limitщs р~3~caractшres) et plus de 99~sections, donc le numщro du fichier -% auxiliaire ne tient plus dans le suffixe. \emph{\NB} est le nombre de sections effectives dans votre document. -% Voir la section~\vref{MS-DOS}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0056] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0056|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You are using \dosectlof and/or|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \dosectlot, \sectlof and/or \sectlot,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) hence the ``insection'' package|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) option is recommended.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are asking for mini-lists of figures or tables at the section level. But as floats (figures and tables) could -% drift somewhere outside the printing area of the text of the section, the sectlofs and sectlots can be rather strange. -% In order to have a better behaviour of these mini-tables, it may be useful to add the \opt{insection} package option. -% See page~\pageref{rem+FB}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez demandщ des mini-listes des figures ou des tables au niveau section. Mais Comme les щlщments flottants -% (figures et tableaux) pourraient dщriver quelque part en dehors de la zone d'impression du texte de la section, -% les sectlofs et sectlots peuvent ъtre assez щtranges. Afin d'avoir un meilleur comportement de ces mini-tables, -% il peut ъtre utile d'ajouter l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}. Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0057] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0057|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilof,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dominilof.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some minilofs (via \com{minilof}), but the minilofs have not been prepared -% (via \com{dominilof}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilofs (via \com{minilof}), mais les minilofs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dominilof}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0058] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0058|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilot,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dominilot.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some minilots (via \com{minilot}), but the minilots have not been prepared -% (via \com{dominilot}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilots (via \com{minilot}), mais les minilots n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dominilot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0059] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0059|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minitoc,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dominitoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), but the minitocs have not been prepared -% (via \com{dominitoc}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), mais les minitocs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dominitoc}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0060] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0060|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlof,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dopartlof.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some partlofs (via \com{partlof}), but the partlofs have not been prepared -% (via \com{dopartlof}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlofs (via \com{partlof}), mais les partlofs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dopartlof}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0061] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0061|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlot,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dopartlot.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some partlots (via \com{partlot}), but the partlots have not been prepared -% (via \com{dopartlot}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlots (via \com{partlot}), mais les partlots n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dopartlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0062] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0062|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \parttoc,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \doparttoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), but the parttocs have not been prepared -% (via \com{doparttoc}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), mais les parttocs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{doparttoc}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0063] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0063|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlof,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dosectlof.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), but the sectlofs have not been prepared -% (via \com{dosectlof}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), mais les sectlofs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dosectlof}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0064] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0064|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlot,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dosectlot.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), but the sectlots have not been prepared -% (via \com{dosectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), mais les sectlots n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dosectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0065] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0065|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \secttoc,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \dosecttoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have attempted to insert some secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), but the secttocs have not been prepared -% (via \com{dosecttoc}). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), mais les secttocs n'ont pas щtщ prщparщes -% (via \com{dosecttoc}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0066] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0066|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilof,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \listoffigures nor|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \fakelistoffigures.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some minilofs (via \com{minilof}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{listoffigures} nor \com{fakelistoffigures}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilofs (via \com{minilof}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoffigures}, ni \com{fakelistoffigures}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0067] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0067|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minilot but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoftables| nor\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \fakelistoftables.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some minilots (via \com{minilot}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{listoftables} nor \com{fakelistoftables}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minilots (via \com{minilot}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoftables}, ni \com{fakelistoftables}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0068] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0068|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \minitoc but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \tableofcontents|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \faketableofcontents.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{tableofcontents} nor \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des minitocs (via \com{minitoc}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{tableofcontents}, ni \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0069] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0069|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlof but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoffigures|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoffigures.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some partlofs (via \com{partlof}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{listoffigures} nor \com{fakelistoffigures}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlofs (via \com{partlof}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoffigures}, ni \com{fakelistoffigures}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0070] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0070|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \partlot but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoftables|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoftables.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some partlots (via \com{partlot}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{listoftables} nor \com{fakelistoftables}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des partlots (via \com{partlot}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoftables}, ni \com{fakelistoftables}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0071] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0071|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \parttoc but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \tableofcontents|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \faketableofcontents.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{tableofcontents} nor \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des parttocs (via \com{parttoc}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{tableofcontents}, ni \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0072] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0072|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlof but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoffigures|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoffigures.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{listoffigures} nor \com{fakelistoffigures}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlofs (via \com{sectlof}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoffigures}, ni \com{fakelistoffigures}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0073] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0073|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \sectlot but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \listoftables|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \fakelistoftables.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{listoftables} nor \com{fakelistoftables}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des sectlots (via \com{sectlot}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{listoftables}, ni \com{fakelistoftables}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0074] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0074|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \secttoc but not|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) \tableofcontents|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) nor \faketableofcontents.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have tried to insert some secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), but the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file is not -% available because you have not invoked \com{tableofcontents} nor \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez essayщ d'insщrer des secttocs (via \com{secttoc}), mais le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} n'est -% pas disponible car vous n'avez invoquщ ni \com{tableofcontents}, ni \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0075] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0075|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \doparttoc|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \parttoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some parttocs (via \com{doparttoc}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des parttocs (via \com{doparttoc}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0076] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0076|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dopartlof|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \partlof.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some partlofs (via \com{dopartlof}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des partlofs (via \com{dopartlof}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0077] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0077|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dopartlot|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \partlot.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some partlots (via \com{dopartlot}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des partlots (via \com{dopartlot}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0078] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0078|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dominitoc|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \minitoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some minitocs (via \com{dominitoc}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des minitocs (via \com{dominitoc}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0079] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0079|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dominilof|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \minilof.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some minilofs (via \com{dominilof}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des minilofs (via \com{dominilof}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0080] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0080|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dominilot|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \minilot.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some minilots (via \com{dominilot}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des minilots (via \com{dominilot}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0081] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0081|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dosecttoc|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \secttoc.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some secttocs (via \com{dosecttoc}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des secttocs (via \com{dosecttoc}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0082] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0082|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dosectlof|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \sectlof.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some sectlofs (via \com{dosectlof}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des sectlofs (via \com{dosectlof}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0083] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0083|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) You have used \dosectlot|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but not \sectlot.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have prepared some sectlots (via \com{dosectlot}), but you never used one of them. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez prщparщ des sectlots (via \com{dosectlot}), mais vous n'en avez utilisщ aucune. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0084] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0084|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package is loaded|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the above option,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but minitoc used the insection option|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) which is incompatible with it.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Try to remove the above option and|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) use consistent options.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{placeins} package, but with its \optp{above}{placeins} option, while -% \upack{minitoc} is called with its \opt{insection} option which is \emph{incompatible} with it. -% See page~\pageref{rem+FB}, near a ``dangerous bend'' symbol. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{placeins}, mais avec son option \optp{above}{placeins}, alors que -% \upack{minitoc} est appelщ avec son option \opt{insection} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec elle. -% Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}, prшs d'un symbole л~virage dangereux~╗. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0085] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0085|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The placeins package is loaded|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the below option,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) but minitoc used the insection option|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) which is incompatible with it.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) Try to remove the below option|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) and use consistent options.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{placeins} package, but with its \optp{below}{placeins} option, while -% \upack{minitoc} is called with its \opt{insection} option which is \emph{incompatible} with it. -% See page~\pageref{rem+FB}, near a ``dangerous bend'' symbol. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{placeins}, mais avec son option \optp{below}{placeins}, alors que -% \upack{minitoc} est appelщ avec son option \opt{insection} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec elle. -% Voir page~\pageref{rem+FB}, prшs d'un symbole л~virage dangereux~╗. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0086] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0086|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The fncychap package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{fncychap} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.38}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{fncychap} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.38}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0087] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0087|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The quotchap package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{quotchap} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.39}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{quotchap} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.39}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0088] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0088|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The romannum package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{romannum} package alters the numbering of some sectionning -% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.40}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{romannum} altшre la numщrotation de certaines commandes -% de sectionnement et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.40}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0089] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0089|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The sfheaders package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{sfheaders} package alters the sectionning -% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.41}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{sfheaders} altшre les commandes -% de sectionnement et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.41}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0090] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0090|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The alnumsec package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{alnumsec} package alters the sectionning -% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.42}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{alnumsec} altшre les commandes -% de sectionnement et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.42}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0091] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0091|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The captcont package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{captcont} package alters the caption -% commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.43}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{captcont} altшre les commandes pour les captions -% et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.43}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0092] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0092|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) The hangcaption package should be|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) loaded BEFORE the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{hangcaption} package alters some commands and must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{faq.47}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{hangcaption} altшre certaines commandes et doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.47}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0097] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0097|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The flowfram package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{flowfram} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, -% because it has its own definitions for minitocs. The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{flowfram} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% car il a ses propres dщfinitions pour des minitocs. La compilation continue, mais le rщsultat pourrait ъtre -% insatisfaisant. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[W0099] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0099|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The titlesec package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are trying to use also the \pack{titlesec} package, but it is \emph{incompatible} with -% the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. -% \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titlesec}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Error messages} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Messages d'erreur} -% \fi -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0001] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0001|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) But \part is undefined.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb| not usable| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There are no adequate sectionning command available to use the \com{mtcfixglossary} macro; even \com{part} is -% undefined. Verify your document class. -% \or\relax -% Il n'y a pas de commande de sectionnement adщquate disponible pour utiliser la macro \com{mtcfixglossary}; -% mъme \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie. Vщrifiez la classe de votre document. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0002] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0002|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) But \part is undefined.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb| not usable| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There are no adequate sectionning command available to use the \com{mtcfixindex} macro; even \com{part} is -% undefined. Verify your document class. -% \or\relax -% Il n'y a pas de commande de sectionnement adщquate disponible pour utiliser la macro \com{mtcfixindex}; -% mъme \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie. Vщrifiez la classe de votre document. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0003] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0003|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect|\\ -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \env{mtchideinmainlof} environments are incorrectly imbricated (overlapping), so the -% hiding in the main list of figures will be strange. -% \or\relax -% Certains environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} sont imbriquщs de maniшre incorrecte (chevauchement), -% donc le masquage dans la liste des figures principale sera щtrange. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0004] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0004|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect|\\ -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments are incorrectly imbricated (overlapping), so the -% hiding in the main list of tables will be strange. -% \or\relax -% Certains environnements \env{mtchideinmainlot} sont imbriquщs de maniшre incorrecte (chevauchement), -% donc le masquage dans la liste des tableaux principale sera щtrange. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0005] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0005|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Imbrication of mtchideinmaintoc environments.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect|\\ -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environments are incorrectly imbricated (overlapping), so the -% hiding in the main table of contents will be strange. -% \or\relax -% Certains environnements \env{mtchideinmaintoc} sont imbriquщs de maniшre incorrecte (chevauchement), -% donc le masquage dans la table des matiшres principale sera щtrange. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0006] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0006|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb| is not a known language,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mld not found.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Command ignored.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source using a valid language name.|\\ -% \verb|Press RETURN| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcselectlanguage} macro has attempted to load the \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} minitoc language definition -% file, but has not found it. First, verify the name of the language (likely to be misspelt), then check if your -% installation contains \emph{all} the many distributed \suffix{.mld} files of the \upack{minitoc} package, -% at the right place. If it is a local \suffix{.mld} file, it should be installed in the right place (in a local -% hierarchy) or be in the working directory. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcselectlanguage} a tentщ de charger le fichier minitoc de dщfinition de langue -% \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld}, mais ne l'a pas trouvщ. Tout d'abord, vщrifiez le nom de la langue (une faute de -% frappe est fort possible), puis regardez si votre installation contient bien \emph{tous} les nombreux fichiers -% \suffix{.mld} de la distribution du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, placщs au bon endroit. Si c'est un fichier -% \suffix{.mld} local, il devrait ъtre installщ au bon endroit (dans une hiщrarchie locale) ou ъtre dans le -% rщpertoire de travail. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0007] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0007|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb| is not a known minitoc|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) language object file (.mlo),|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mlo not found.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Command ignored.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source using a valid language name.|\\ -% \verb|Press RETURN| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcselectlanguage} macro has attempted to load indirectly the \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} minitoc language -% object file, but has not found it. First, verify the name of the language (likely to be misspelt), then check if your -% installation contains \emph{all} the many distributed \suffix{.mlo} files of the \upack{minitoc} package, -% at the right place. If it is a local \suffix{.mlo} file, it should be installed in the right place (in a local -% hierarchy) or be in the working directory. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcselectlanguage} a tentщ de charger (indirectement) le fichier minitoc objet de langue -% \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo}, mais ne l'a pas trouvщ. Tout d'abord, vщrifiez le nom de la langue (une faute de -% frappe est fort possible), puis regardez si votre installation contient bien \emph{tous} les nombreux fichiers -% \suffix{.mlo} de la distribution du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, placщs au bon endroit. Si c'est un fichier -% \suffix{.mlo} local, il devrait ъtre installщ au bon endroit (dans une hiщrarchie locale) ou ъtre dans le -% rщpertoire de travail. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0008] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0008|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth attempts to use|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) an undefined counter (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|depth).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are trying to set the depth for an inexistent or undefined type of mini-table. Verify the type given and the -% document class, and the loaded packages. -% \or\relax -% Vous essayez d'щtablir la profondeur pour un type de mini-table inexistant ou non dщfini. Vщrifiez le type donnщ et -% la classe du document, ainsi que les paquetages chargщs. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0009] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0009|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetdepth} macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetdepth} est incorrect. -% Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0010] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0010|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetdepth: Illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetdepth} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetdepth} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0011] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0011|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfeature has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0012] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0012|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfeature has a wrong second argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a feature param|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (before, after, open, close, pagestyle).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro is incorrect. It should be \feat{before}, \feat{after}, -% \feat{open}, \feat{close}, or \texttt{thispagestyle}. -% \or\relax -% Le deuxiшme argument de la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre \feat{before}, \feat{after} -% \feat{open}, \feat{close} ou \feat{pagestyle}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0013] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0013|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfont has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{arg1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of \com{mtcsetfont} is incorrect; -% it should be the type of a mini-table (\texttt{parttoc} \dots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de \com{mtcsetfont} est incorrect; ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table -% (\texttt{parttoc} \dots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0014] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0014|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetfont has a wrong second argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a sectionning level|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (part...subparagraph) or * .|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second argument of \com{mtcsetfont} is incorrect; it should be a sectionning level (i.e., a sectionning -% command without its backslash), like \texttt{part} \ldots, \texttt{subparagraph}. -% \or\relax -% Le deuxiшme argument de \com{mtcsetfont} est incorrect; ce devrait ъtre un niveau de sectionnement (c'est-р-dire, -% une commande de sectionnement sans sa contre-oblique), comme \texttt{part} \ldots, \texttt{subparagraph}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0015] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0015|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetformat has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of a \com{mtcsetformat} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument d'une macro \com{mtcsetformat} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0016] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0016|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetformat has a wrong second argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\texttt{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a formatting param choosen from:|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) pagenumwidth, tocrightmargin, dotinterval.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetformat} macro is wrong. It should be one of the following keywords: -% \texttt{pagenumwidth}, \texttt{tocrightmargin}, or \texttt{dotinterval}. -% \or\relax -% Le deuxiшme argument de la macro \com{mtcsetformat} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre l'un des mots-clщs suivants: -% \texttt{pagenumwidth}, \texttt{tocrightmargin} ou \texttt{dotinterval}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0017] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0017|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetpagenumbers has a wrong first|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) argument (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|)..|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot)|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} macro must be a type of minitable (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} doit ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0018] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0018|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetpagenumbers has a wrong second|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) argument (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...)|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} must be a keyword chosen in the following lists\FZ: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, -% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, -% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1}; -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, -% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% Le second argument de la macro \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} doit ъtre un mot-clщ choisi dans l'une des listes -% suivantes\,\FZ: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, -% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, -% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1}; -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, -% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-} et~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0019] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0019|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetrules has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot)|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetrules} is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument d'une macro \com{mtcsetrules} est incorrect. -% Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0020] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0020|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetrules has a wrong second argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...)|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second argument of the \com{mtcsetrules} must be a keyword chosen in the following lists\FZ: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, -% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, -% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+}, and~\texttt{1}; -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, -% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-}, and~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% Le second argument de la macro \com{mtcsetrules} doit ъtre un mot-clщ choisi dans l'une des listes -% suivantes\,\FZ: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{on}, \texttt{ON}, \texttt{yes}, \texttt{YES}, \texttt{y}, \texttt{Y}, \texttt{true}, \texttt{TRUE}, -% \texttt{t}, \texttt{T}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{v}, \texttt{V}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{OUI}, -% \texttt{o}, \texttt{O}, \texttt{+} et~\texttt{1}; -% \item \texttt{off}, \texttt{OFF}, \texttt{no}, \texttt{NO}, \texttt{n}, \texttt{N}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{FALSE}, -% \texttt{faux}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{-} et~\texttt{0}. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0021] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0021|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitle has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of a \com{mtcsettitle} macro is incorrect; it should be a mini-table type (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument d'une macro \com{mtcsettitle} est incorrect; -% ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0022] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0022|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsettitlefont has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsettitlefont} must be a mini-table type. You likely misspelt it. -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsettitlefont} doit ъtre un type de mini-table. Vous avez probablement -% fait une faute de frappe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0023] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0023|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsetfeature has incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) first (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|) and second (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|) arguments.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\Virage{} first and second arguments of the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro are \emph{incompatible}. You should verify them. -% \or\relax -% Les\Virage{} premier et deuxiшme arguments de la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} sont \emph{incompatibles}. -% Vous devriez les vщrifier. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0024] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0024|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsetfont has incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) first (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|) and second (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|) arguments.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetfont} macro takes a mini-table type as first argument, a sectionning level as second argument (or -% a star), and a sequence of font commands as third argument. The second argument must have a lower level than the first one -% (i.e., it is meaningless to specify the font for the chapter level entries for a minitoc or a secttoc). -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtcsetfont} prend un type de mini-table comme premier argument (ou une щtoile), un niveau de -% sectionnement comme deuxiшme argument et une sщquence de commandes de fontes comme troisiшme argument. Le deuxiшme -% argument doit ъtre de plus bas niveau que le premier (par exemple, il est absurde de spщcifier la fonte pour les -% entrщes de niveau chapitre dans une minitoc ou une secttoc). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0025] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0025|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsetformat has incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) first (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|) and second (|\emph{ARG2}\verb|) arguments.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\Virage{} first and second arguments of a \com{mtcsetformat} macro are \emph{incompatible}. -% One is likely to be misspelt. -% \or\relax -% Les\Virage{} premier et second arguments d'une macro \com{mtcsetformat} sont \Virage\emph{incompatibles}. -% Il est probable qu'il y~ait une faute de frappe dans l'un d'eux. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0026] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0026|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The optional argument of \mtcfixglossary|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) is wrong.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It must be omitted (chapter), or be part, chapter or section| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The optional argument of the \com{mtcfixglossary} macro is incorrect: it should be omitted (then it defaults -% to \texttt{chapter}) or be \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter}, or \texttt{section}. -% \or\relax -% L'argument optionnel de la macro \com{mtcfixglossary} est incorrect: il devrait ъtre omis (et alors il est pris -% par dщfaut comme \texttt{chapter}) ou ъtre \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter} ou \texttt{section}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0027] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0027|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The optional argument of \mtcfixindex|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) is wrong.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It must be omitted (chapter), or be part, chapter or section| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The optional argument of the \com{mtcfixindex} macro is incorrect: it should be omitted (then it defaults -% to \texttt{chapter}) or be \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter}, or \texttt{section}. -% \or\relax -% L'argument optionnel de la macro \com{mtcfixindex} est incorrect: il devrait ъtre omis (et alors il est pris -% par dщfaut comme \texttt{chapter}) ou ъtre \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter} ou \texttt{section}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0028] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0028|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Unable to patch the memoir class.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|So it remains incompatible. Sorry.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Your\Virage{} version of the \class{memoir} class is really \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package -% and cannot be automatically patched. Please update the \class{memoir} class and/or the \upack{minitoc} package -% from the CTAN archives or a recent distribution. -% \or\relax -% Votre\Virage{} version de la classe \class{memoir} est vraiment \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} et ne peut pas ъtre corrigщe automatiquement. Vous ъtes priщs de mettre р~jour -% la classe \class{memoir} et/ou le paquetage \upack{minitoc} depuis les archives ou une distribution rщcente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0029] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0029|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \env{mtchideinmainlof} environment is unbalanced, so the hiding in the main list of figures could be incorrect. -% \or\relax -% Un environnement \env{mtchideinmainlof} n'est pas щquilibrщ, donc le masquage dans la liste des figures -% principale pourrait ъtre incorrect. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0030] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0030|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \env{mtchideinmainlot} environment is unbalanced, so the hiding in the main list of tables could be incorrect. -% \or\relax -% Un environnement \env{mtchideinmainlot} n'est pas щquilibrщ, donc le masquage dans la liste des tableaux -% principale pourrait ъtre incorrect. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0031] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0031|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Unbalanced mtchideinmaintoc environment.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment is unbalanced, so the hiding in the main table of contents could be incorrect. -% \or\relax -% Un environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc} n'est pas щquilibrщ, donc le masquage dans la table des matiшres -% principale pourrait ъtre incorrect. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0032] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0032|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) You are using the \mtcloadmlo command|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) outside of a .mld file.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It will be ignored| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% It is \emph{forbidden} to use the \com{mtcloadmlo} macro outside of a \suffix{.mld} file (which is loaded via -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}). The command is ignored. -% \or\relax -% Il est \emph{interdit} d'utiliser la macro \com{mtcloadmlo} en dehors d'un fichier \suffix{.mld} (qui est chargщ via -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}). La commande est ignorщe. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0033] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0033|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsettitle uses|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) an illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of a minitoc macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table, like -% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, -% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot}. -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument d'une macro minitoc est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table, comme -% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, -% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0034] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0034|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The macro \mtcsettitlefont uses|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) an illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of a minitoc macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table, like -% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, -% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof}, or \texttt{sectlot}. -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument d'une macro minitoc est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table, comme -% \texttt{parttoc}, \texttt{partlof}, \texttt{partlot}, \texttt{minitoc}, \texttt{minilof}, \texttt{minilot}, -% \texttt{secttoc}, \texttt{sectlof} ou \texttt{sectlot}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0035] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0035|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) You have used the `insection' option in|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) a document where chapters are defined.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) This is not compatible: option ignored.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Remove this option.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \opt{insection} package option is intended for \class{article}-like document classes, to prevent floats -% from drifting out of their section. It is pointless for \class{book}-like or \class{report}-like document -% classes, where floats are contained in their chapter. -% \or\relax -% L'option de paquetage \opt{insection} est destinщe aux classes de document analogues р~\class{article}, -% pour empъcher les щlщments flottants de dщriver en dehors de leur section. Elle est sans objet pour les classes -% de document analogues р~\class{book} ou \class{report}, o∙ les щlщments flottants sont contenus dans leur -% chapitre. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0036] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0036|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Your minitoc installation is incomplete.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The minitoc language object file (.mld),|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) english.mld is not found.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) We will try to continue with default values.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ -% \verb|Please fix your minitoc installation.| -% \verb|Type to continue| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \xfile{english.mld} language definition file can not be found. You should verify your installation of the -% \upack{minitoc} package. As an interim solution, we provide the missing english titles. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier \xfile{english.mld} de dщfinition de langue n'a pas pu ъtre trouvщ. Vous devriez vщrifier votre -% installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Comme solution provisoire, nous fournissons les titres anglais manquants. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0037] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0037|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The \|\emph{\COMMAND}\verb| command is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) with the document class.|\\ -% \verb||\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb| ... |\\ -% \verb| |\\ -% \verb|l.39 \dominitoc[r]|\\ -% \verb| |\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have used a preparation or insertion command -% (\verb|\|\emph{\COMMAND}) which is not available for the -% document class you are using. Please verify that the document -% class is compatible with \upack{minitoc} and if the level of -% the mini-table is available in the document class -% (section-level mini-tables are not available in \class{book}- or -% \class{report}-like classes, chapter-level mini-tables are not -% available in \class{article}-like classes, mini-tables are not -% available in \class{letter}-like classes, etc.). -% \or\relax -% Vous avez utilisщ une commande de prщparation ou d'insertion -% (\verb|\|\emph{\COMMAND}) qui n'est pas disponible pour la -% classe de document que vous utilisez. Veuillez vщrifier que -% votre classe de document est compatible avec \upack{minitoc} -% et si le niveau de mini-table est disponible dans la classe de -% document (les mini-tables au niveau section ne sont pas -% disponibles dans les classes analogues р~\class{book} ou -% \class{report}, les mini-tables au niveau chapitre ne sont pas -% disponibles dans les classes analogues р~\class{article}, les mini-tables -% ne sont pas disponibles dans les classes analogues р~\class{letter}, etc.). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0038] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0038|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) Your minitoc installation is incomplete.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) A mandatory minitoc language object file,|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) |\emph{\LLL}\verb|.mld, is not found.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) We will try to continue with|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) current/default values.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc documentation.|\\ -% \verb|Please fix your minitoc installation.| -% \verb|Type to continue| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The mandatory \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} language definition file can not be found. -% You should verify your installation of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% As an interim solution, we provide the default english titles. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier obligatoire \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} de dщfinition de langue n'a pas pu ъtre trouvщ. -% Vous devriez vщrifier votre installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Comme solution provisoire, nous fournissons les titres anglais par dщfaut. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0039] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0039|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) But \part is undefined.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb| not usable| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There are no adequate sectionning command available to use the \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro; even \com{part} is -% undefined. Verify your document class. -% \or\relax -% Il n'y a pas de commande de sectionnement adщquate disponible pour utiliser la macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature}; -% mъme \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie. Vщrifiez la classe de votre document. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0040] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0040|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) The optional argument of \mtcfixnomenclature|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) is wrong.|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|It must be omitted (chapter), or be part, chapter or section| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The optional argument of the \com{mtcfixnomenclature} macro is incorrect: it should be omitted (then it defaults -% to \texttt{chapter}) or be \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter}, or \texttt{section}. -% \or\relax -% L'argument optionnel de la macro \com{mtcfixnomenclature} est incorrect: il devrait ъtre omis (et alors il est pris -% par dщfaut comme \texttt{chapter}) ou ъtre \texttt{part}, \texttt{chapter} ou \texttt{section}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0041] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0041|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset attempts to use|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) an undefined mini-table type (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are trying to set the offset for an inexistent or undefined type of mini-table. Verify the type given and the -% document class, and the loaded packages. -% \or\relax -% Vous essayez d'щtablir la profondeur pour un type de mini-table inexistant ou non dщfini. Vщrifiez le type donnщ et -% la classe du document, ainsi que les paquetages chargщs. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0042] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0042|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset has a wrong first argument|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) It should be a mini-table type|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) (parttoc...sectlot).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetoffset} macro is incorrect. It should be a type of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, -% \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetoffset} est incorrect. -% Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[E0043] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|! Package minitoc Error: E0043|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) \mtcsetoffset: Illegal type of table (|\emph{ARG1}\verb|).|\\ -% \verb|See the minitoc package documentation for explanation.|\\ -% \verb|Type H for immediate help.|\\ -% \verb|? h|\\ -% \verb|Correct the source code.|\\ -% \verb|Type and rerun LaTeX| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The first argument of the \com{mtcsetoffset} macro is incorrect. It should be a mini-table type -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \or\relax -% Le premier argument de la macro \com{mtcsetoffset} est incorrect. Ce devrait ъtre un type de mini-table -% (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots, \texttt{sectlot}). -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \lneed{15} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Messages from the \upack{mtcoff} package}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \or\relax -% \section{Messages щmis par le paquetage \upack{mtcoff}}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \pack{mtcoff} package gives only warning messages; their numbers begin with~\texttt{F}. -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} ne donne que des messages d'avertissement; leurs numщros commencent par~\texttt{F}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Warning messages} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Messages d'avertissement} -% \fi -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0001] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0001|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \addstarredchapter{...} should be replaced|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...}|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{addstarredchapter} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} -% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| -% command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{addstarredchapter} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe -% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| щquivalente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0002] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0002|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \addstarredpart{...} should be replaced|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...}|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{addstarredpart} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} -% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| -% command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{addstarredpart} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| щquivalente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0003] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0003|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \addstarredsection{...} should be replaced|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...}|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{addstarredsection} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} -% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| -% command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{addstarredsection} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe -% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| щquivalente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0004] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0004|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \mtcaddchapter{...} should be replaced|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...}|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcaddchapter} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} -% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| -% command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcaddchapter} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe -% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{chapter}{...}| щquivalente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0005] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0005|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \mtcaddpart{...} should be replaced|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...}|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcaddpart} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} -% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| -% command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcaddpart} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{part}{...}| щquivalente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0006] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0006|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \mtcaddsection{...} should be replaced|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) by \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...}|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on input line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcaddsection} command is specific of the \upack{minitoc} package and simulated by the \pack{mtcoff} -% package. If necessary, it should be replaced by the equivalent \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| -% command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcaddsection} est spщcifique du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et simulщe -% par le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Si nщcessaire, elle devrait ъtre remplacщe par la commande \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{toc}{section}{...}| щquivalente. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0007] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0007|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) You should scan (backwards) your .log|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) file to find some commands needing|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) to be replaced if you decide to|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) DEFINITELY stop using minitoc for this|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) document. It is more wise to keep the|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) \usepackage lines for minitoc and mtcoff|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) and to comment out only one of them.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You have replaced the use of the \upack{minitoc} package by its substitute \pack{mtcoff}. -% It is recommended to keep the \com{usepackage} lines for both \upack{minitoc} and \pack{mtcoff} -% and to comment out only one of them. If you decide to \emph{definitely} stop using \upack{minitoc} for this document, -% it is wise to scan (backwards) the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file (after a compilation using \pack{mtcoff}) -% to locate some commands needing to be replaced. -% \or\relax -% Vous avez remplacщ l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} par son substitut \pack{mtcoff}. -% Il est recommandщ de conserver les lignes \com{usepackage} р~la fois pour \upack{minitoc} et \pack{mtcoff} -% et d'en mettre une seule en commentaire. Si vous dщcidez d'arrъter \emph{dщfinitivement} d'utiliser \upack{minitoc} -% pour ce document, il est prudent d'examiner (en remontant depuis la fin) le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} -% (aprшs une compilation utilisant \pack{mtcoff}) pour localiser quelques commandes qu'il faut remplacer. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0008] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0008|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) The macro \kernafter|\emph{\STRING}\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) should not be used out of context|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are using one of the \verb|\kernafter|\emph{\STRING} macros with the \pack{mtcoff} package. -% The result may be impredictible. You can only redefine these macros to adjust -% the position of the bottom rule of a type of minitables. Any other usage is -% meaningless without the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax -% Vous utilisez l'une des macros \verb|\kernafter|\emph{\STRING} avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Le rщsultat peut ъtre imprщvisible. Vous pouvez seulement redщfinir ces macros pour -% ajuster la position du filet infщrieur d'un type de minitables. Tout autre usage -% sans objet sans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \begin{xmessage}[F0009] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0009|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) The macro \|\emph{\STRING}\verb|offset|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) should not be used out of context|\\ -% \verb|(mtcoff) on line |\emph{\NNN}\verb|.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are using one of the \verb|\|\emph{\STRING}\verb|offset| macros with the \pack{mtcoff} package. -% The result may be impredictible. You can only redefine these macros to adjust -% the horizontal position of a type of minitables. Any other usage is -% meaningless without the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax -% Vous utilisez l'une des macros \verb|\|\emph{\STRING}\verb|offset| avec le paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% Le rщsultat peut ъtre imprщvisible. Vous pouvez seulement redщfinir ces macros pour -% ajuster la position horizontale d'un type de minitables. Tout autre usage -% sans objet sans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \lneed{15} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Message from the \upack{mtcpatchmem} package}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} -% \or\relax -% \section{Message щmis par le paquetage \upack{mtcpatchmem}}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} -% \fi -% -% \begin{xmessage}[M0001] -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package mtcpatchmem Info: M0001|\\ -% \verb|Package mtcpatchmem Info: mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class.| -% \end{quote} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You are using a version of the \class{memoir} class which needs a correction. This correction has been -% automatically loaded if necessary. Very recent versions should not need it anymore. See -% chapter~\vref{memoir-patch}. -% \or\relax -% Vous utilisez une version de la classe \class{memoir} qui nщcessite une correction. Cette correction a щtщ -% chargщe automatiquement si nщcessaire. Les versions trшs rщcentes ne devraient plus en avoir besoin. Voir le -% chapitre~\vref{memoir-patch}. -% \fi -% \end{xmessage} -% -% \def\jsection#1{\section*{\null\hspace*{-1cm}\fbox{\mbox{#1}}}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Jargon}\label{c+jargon} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{5}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.75em} -% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.75em} -% \minitoc -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} -% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{0pt} -% \mtcskip -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -% \minilot -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} -% This chapter attempts to explain some terms used in this documentation, and describes some useful files and suffixes. -% Many data come from the documentations of various cited packages (often from the abstract), and -% from~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}. -% \clearpage -% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \jsection{.\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{``.''} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\usuffix{.aux}]\isuffix{.aux} The suffix of the name for an \emph{auxiliary} file of a \LaTeX{} document. It carries -% some information from a \LaTeX{} run to the next. -% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.cls} The suffix for the name of a document class file, loaded via \com{documentclass}. -% \item[\usuffix{.dtx}]\isuffix{.dtx} The suffix of the name for a documented source file of a \LaTeX{} package or class. This file -% is often associated with a \suffix{.ins} file to generate the package or class. Compiling a \suffix{.dtx} -% file with \LaTeX{} generates the documentation. -% \item[\usuffix{.F}]\isuffix{.F} The base suffix of the name for a minilof file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.F}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilof. -% \item[\usuffix{.G}]\isuffix{.G} The base suffix of the name for a partlof file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.G}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.H}]\isuffix{.H} The base suffix of the name for a sectlof file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.H}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.ins}]\isuffix{.ins} The suffix of the name for an installation file of a \LaTeX{} package or class. When -% compiled with \LaTeX, it extracts the files of the package or class from an \suffix{.dtx} file. -% \item[\usuffix{.lof}]\isuffix{.lof} The suffix of the name of the ``list of figures'' file. -% \item[\usuffix{.log}]\isuffix{.log} The suffix of the name of the log file (compilation report). -% \item[\usuffix{.lot}]\isuffix{.lot} The suffix of the name of the ``list of tables'' file. -% \item[\usuffix{.M}]\isuffix{.M} The base suffix of the name for a minitoc file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.M}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minitoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.maf}]\isuffix{.maf} The suffix of the name of the file generated by the \optd{listfiles} package option. This file -% contains the list of the minitoc auxiliary files. -% \item[\usuffix{.mld}]\isuffix{.mld} The suffix for the name of a minitoc language definition file. A minitoc language definition file -% contains the definitions for the mini-table titles in a given language. -% \item[\usuffix{.mlf}]\isuffix{.mlf} The base suffix of the name for a minilof file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.mlf}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilof. -% \item[\usuffix{.mlo}]\isuffix{.mlo} The suffix for the name of a minitoc language object file. For some exotic languages, the encoding -% makes not easy to put direcly the titles in a \suffix{.mld} file; -% hence the \suffix{.mld} file must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. -% \item[\usuffix{.mlt}]\isuffix{.mlt} The base suffix of the name for a minilot file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.mlt}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilot. -% \item[\usuffix{.mtc}]\isuffix{.mtc} The base suffix of the name for a minitoc file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.mtc}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minitoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.P}]\isuffix{.P} The base suffix of the name for a parttoc file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.P}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the parttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.plf}]\isuffix{.plf} The base suffix of the name for a partlof file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.plf}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.plt}]\isuffix{.plt} The base suffix of the name for a partlot file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.plt}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlot. -% \item[\usuffix{.ptc}]\isuffix{.ptc} The base suffix of the name for a parttoc file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.ptc}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the parttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.S}]\isuffix{.S} The base suffix of the name for a secttoc file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.S}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the secttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.slf}]\isuffix{.slf} The base suffix of the name for a sectlof file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.slf}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.slt}]\isuffix{.slt} The base suffix of the name for a sectlot file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.slt}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlot. -% \item[\usuffix{.stc}]\isuffix{.stc} The base suffix of the name for a secttoc file when long extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.stc}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the secttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.sty}]\isuffix{.sty} The suffix for the name of a package file, loaded via \com{usepackage}. -% \item[\usuffix{.T}]\isuffix{.T} The base suffix of the name for a minilot file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.T}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the minilot. -% \item[\usuffix{.tex}]\isuffix{.tex} The suffix of the name of a \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ normal source file. -% \item[\usuffix{.toc}]\isuffix{.toc} The suffix of the name of the ``table of contents'' file. -% \item[\usuffix{.U}]\isuffix{.U} The base suffix of the name for a partlot file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.U}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the partlot. -% \item[\usuffix{.V}]\isuffix{.V} The base suffix of the name for a sectlot file when short extensions (suffixes) are used. -% The full suffix is \suffix{.V}\emph{nn} where \emph{nn} is the absolute number of the sectlot. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{A}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{A} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[absolute numbering] The auxiliary files for the mini-tables have a suffix containing an \emph{absolute -% number}, i.e.,~the number is unique and always increasing from the first part, chapter or section; this has -% solved some obscure problems, and also made obsolete some commands, like \com{firstpartis}, -% \com{firstchapteris}, and \com{firstsectionis}. The absolute numbering has been introduced in -% version~\#23. -% \item[\upack{abstract}] The \pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) needs some -% precautions if used with its \optp{addtotoc}{abstract} option. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[adjustment] Some \upack{minitoc} commands and environments are known as ``adjustment commands'' because -% they are used in -% some circumstances to ``adjust'' a counter or to alter the displaying of contents files. These commands and -% environments are -% \com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc}, \com{adjuststc}, -% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, -% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, \com{incrementstc}, -% \com{mtcaddpart}, \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, -% \com{mtcfixglossary}, \com{mtcfixindex}, \com{mtcfixnomenclature}, -% \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, -% \env{mtchideinmainlof}, and -% \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% It is \virage\emph{strongly recommended} that the user verifies the result of such adjustments in the final document. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\feat{after}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed \emph{after} a given type of mini-table. -% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \item[\pack{afterpage}] The \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage} package is used to add code to be executed \emph{after} the -% next page break. -% \item[\upack{alnumsec}] -% The \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} allows you to use alphanumeric section -% numbering, e.g. A.~Introduction; III.~International Law. It's -% output is similar to the \pack{alphanum} package (part of the \class{jura} class~\cite{jura}), -% but you can use the standard \LaTeX\ sectionning commands. Thus it is possible to switch numbering -% schemes easily. Greek letters, double letters~(bb) and different delimiters around them are supported. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.alnumsec} and -% section~\vref{faq.42}). -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{alphanum}] The \pack{alphanum}\imess{W0025} package, which is part of the specialized \class{jura} class~\cite{jura}, -% by \xname{Felix}{Braun}, is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{3} -% \item[\AmS] The\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}} -% American Mathematical Society~\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}. This society has developped some document classes: -% unfortunately, \class{amsart} and \class{amsproc} are \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package; -% \class{amsbook} is compatible but needs precautions. -% \item[\uclass{amsart}, \xfile{amsart.cls}]\iclass{amsart} A\imess{W0026} document class for articles~\cite{amslatex}, -% provided by the American Mathematical -% Society (\AmS). Unfortunately, this class is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\uclass{amsbook}, \xfile{amsbook.cls}]\iclass{amsbook} A\imess{I0041} document class for books~\cite{amslatex}, -% provided by the American Mathematical -% Society (\AmS). This class is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package, but needs some precautions. -% See section~\vref{s+AMS}. -% \item[\uclass{amsproc}, \xfile{amsproc.cls}]\iclass{amsproc} A\imess{W0027} document class for conference -% proceedings~\cite{amslatex}, -% provided by the American Mathematical Society (\AmS). Unfortunately, this class is -% \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{Antomega}] \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% is a language support package for \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), based on the original -% \xfile{omega.sty} file of the Omega project~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). However, it provides some additional useful -% functionalities. -% Some languages definition files (\suffix{.mld}) use titles taken from \pack{Antomega}: \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, -% \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, -% \xfile{russian2m.mld}, \xfile{russian2o.mld}, and \xfile{spanish3.mld}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\env{appendices}] See \upack{appendix} below. -% \item[\upack{appendix}] The\imess{I0042} \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix} (by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) -% provides various ways of formatting the titles of appendices. Also (\texttt{sub})\env{appendices}\ienv{subappendices} -% environments\ienv{appendices}\ienv{subappendices} -% are provided that can be used, for instance, for per chapter/section appendices. If this package -% is used with \upack{minitoc}, some precautions are needed (see section~\vref{faq+appendix}). -% \item[\upack{\Arabi}] \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} is a system (by \name{Youssef}{Jabri}) to prepare \LaTeX{} documents in the -% \lopt{arabic} or \lopt{farsi} languages. The titles in \xfile{arabi.mld} and \xfile{farsi3.mld} come from the \xfile{arabic.ldf} -% and \xfile{farsi.ldf} files of this system. -% \item[\upack{Arab\TeX}] \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} is a package (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}) to prepare \LaTeX{} documents -% in the \lopt{arabic} or \lopt{hebrew} languages. The titles in \xfile{arab.mld} (or \xfile{arabic.mld}), -% \xfile{arab2.mld} and -% \xfile{hebrew.mld} come from \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}, while those of \xfile{hebrew2.mld} come -% from \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \item[\upack{Arm\TeX}] \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} is a package (prepared by \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, -% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}) to prepare \LaTeX{} -% documents in the \lopt{armenian} language. The titles in \xfile{armenian.mld} come from Arm\TeX. -% \item[\uclass{article}]\iclass{article} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{classes}. It has sectionning commands: \com{part} -% and \com{section} (and below), but not \com{chapter}. It is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package -% and you can make mini-tables at the part and section levels (but, of course, not at the unavailable chapter level). -% \item[\com{AtBeginDocument}] -% This standard macro allows to add code to be executed at the beginning of the document (if fact, at the very -% end of its preamble, but inside it, which implies some restrictions), at the point where \verb|\begin{document}| is -% processed. This allows a package (or a class) to add code without creating any conflicts with other packages -% trying to do the same. -% \item[\com{AtEndDocument}] -% This standard macro allows to add code to be executed at the end of the document, at the point -% where \verb|\end{document}| is processed. This allows a package (or a class) to add code without creating any -% conflicts with other packages trying to do the same. -% \item[\textbf{autoconfiguration}] Since version~\#28, \upack{minitoc} detects automaticaly if the extensions (suffixes) -% of the file names are limited to 3~characters (like under MS-DOS) or not. This process is named autoconfiguration. -% The package option \opt{shortext} forces the limitation to 3~characters. -% \item[auxiliary] During the preparation of a document, the \LaTeX\ system uses some \textbf{auxiliary} files to -% store information. The standard auxiliary files are \emph{document}\suffix{.aux} (for cross-reference -% labels, counters, etc.), \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} for the table of contents, -% \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} for the list of figures, and \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} for the list of -% tables. The \upack{minitoc} package creates its own auxiliary files, to store the contents of each -% mini-table. These files are the \emph{minitoc auxiliary files}, whose names are -% \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{extension}, the table~\vref{t+suffixes} lists the possible extensions. -% See also the \suffix{.maf} extension above. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{babel}] The \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and others) is -% a large package useful to write \LaTeX\ documents in many languages, not only english. -% Many titles for mini-tables come directly from the \pack{babel} package. -% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} A package for typesetting documents in the \lopt{bangla} -% (\lopt{bengali}) language using the {\TeX/\LaTeX} systems; see~\cite{bangtex}. -% \item[\feat{before}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed \emph{before} a given type of mini-table. -% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \item[\BibTeX] A program by \name{Oren}{Patashnik} to make bibliographies in \LaTeX{} documents. Distributed with \LaTeX. -% See~\cite{ttb,btxdoc,btxhak,btxfaq}. -% \item[\upack{bibtopic}]\ipack{bibtopic} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{bibtopic} for including several bibliographies in a document. -% These bibliographies might be considered to cover different topics (hence the name) or bibliographic -% material (e.g., primary and secondary literature) and the like. -% \item[\upack{bibunits}] The \pack{bibunits} package~\cite{bibunits} allows separate bibliographies for different -% units or parts of the text. The units can be chapters, sections or \env{bibunit} environments. This -% package is compatible with a wide variety of packages, including, but not limited to, \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes}, -% \pack{overcite}~\cite{overcite} and \KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. -% \item[\uclass{book}]\iclass{book} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{classes}. It has sectionning commands: \com{part}, -% \com{chapter}, and \com{section} (and below). It is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package and -% you can make mini-tables at the part and chapter levels (but not at the section level, to avoid too many -% auxiliary files). -% \item[\pack{booktabs}] This nice package~\cite{booktabs} helps to the preparation of better tables, \emph{without} -% vertical rules nor double rules. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{C}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{C} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{calc}] The \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} package makes easier the numeric computations (on counters and dimensions) -% when preparing a \LaTeX{} document. -% \item[cappuccino] See ``minutes'' below. -% \item[\upack{captcont}] The \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} provides support for retaining -% a figure or caption number across several float environments --- usually over several pages. It allows -% control over the contents of the List-of-Figures and the List-of-Tables pages. It should be compatible -% with all other packages that modify or extend the float environment and with the \pack{subfig} -% package~\cite{subfig} in particular. -% \item[\upack{caption}] The \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\imess{W0033} provides many ways to customize the captions -% in floating environments such \env{figure} and \env{table} and cooperates with many other packages. -% \item[\upack{caption2}] The\footnote{This text comes from the documentation of the \pack{caption} package. -% The \pack{caption} and \pack{caption2} packages have the same author, \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}.} -% \pack{caption2} package~\cite{caption2}\imess{W0034} used to be an experimental side-version -% of the regular \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} and has been superseed by the new release of -% the regular \pack{caption} package version~\mbox{3.0} in December 2003. \pack{caption2} is still -% some kind of supported, that means it will be part of future releases and bugs will still be fixed, -% so existing documents using this package will still compile. But \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt} will \emph{not} answer -% questions about this package anymore except questions on migrating to the regular version of -% the \pack{caption} package. And it will \emph{not} be adapted or enhanced in the future. -% -% So please don't use this package for new documents. It's old, it's obsolete and it starts to begin smell bad! -% -% Please ignore all hints in books or other documents which try to tell you that the \pack{caption2} package should -% be used instead of the \pack{caption} package -- these hints are outdated since December 2003. -% \item[\xfile{CATALOG}] A plain text file which contains basic infos about the \upack{minitoc} package -% (abstract, date, author, version, licence). -% \item[catcode] Short for ``category code''. In\footnote{This definition is taken from -% ``\textsl{The \TeX{}book}''~\cite{texbook,ftb}.} -% the first place, it's wise to have a precise idea of what your keyboard sends to the machine. There are 256~characters -% that \TeX\ might encounter at each step, in a file or in a line of text typed directly on your terminal. These -% 256~characters are classified into 16~categories numbered~0 to~15. See table~\vref{t+J+catcodes}. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \def?{\phantom{0}} -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Category codes}\label{t+J+catcodes} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}cll@{}} -% \toprule -% &\textbf{Category}&\textbf{Meaning}\\ -% \midrule -% ?0&Escape character&(\texttt{\bs}~usually)\\ -% ?1&Beginning of group&(\texttt{\{}~usually)\\ -% ?2&End of group&(\texttt{\}}~usually)\\ -% ?3&Math shift&(\texttt{\$}~usually)\\ -% ?4&Alignment tab&(\texttt{\&}~usually)\\ -% ?5&End of line&(\emph{return}~usually)\\ -% ?6&Parameter&(\texttt{\#}~usually)\\ -% ?7&Superscript&(\texttt{\textasciicircum}~usually)\\ -% ?8&Subscript&(\texttt{\_}~usually)\\ -% ?9&Ignored character&(\emph{null}~usually)\\ -% 10&Space&(\texttt{\textvisiblespace}~usually)\\ -% 11&Letter&(\texttt{A}, \dots, \texttt{Z} and~\texttt{a}, \dots, \texttt{z})\\ -% 12&Other character&(none of the above or below)\\ -% 13&Active character&(\texttt{\textasciitilde}~usually)\\ -% 14&Comment character&(\texttt{\%}~usually)\\ -% 15&Invalid character&(\emph{delete}~usually)\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% It's not necessary for you to learn these code numbers; the point is only that \TeX\ responds to 16~different -% types of characters. At first, ``\textsl{The \TeX{}book}'' led you to believe that there were just two types --- the -% escape character and the others --- and then you were told about two more types, the grouping symbols~\texttt{\{} -% and~\texttt{\}}. The category code for any character can be changed at any time, but it is usually wise to stick to a -% particular scheme. -% \item[\upack{ccaption}] The \pack{ccaption} package~\cite{ccaption}\imess{W0035} provides commands for ``continuation captions'', -% unnumbered captions, and a legend heading for any environment. Methods are provided to define captions -% for use outside float environments, and to define new float environments and subfloats. Tools are provided -% for defining your own captioning styles. -% \item[\upack{chngpage}] The \pack{chngpage} package (by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) provides commands to change -% the page layout in the middle of a document, and to robustly check for typesetting on odd or even pages. -% \item[Chapter~0] -% Some documents do not begin with chapter number one, but with chapter number zero (or even a weirder number). -% This caused a serious problem in old versions of the \upack{minitoc} package: the minitocs appeared in the -% wrong chapters, and a first correction was the introduction of specific commands (\com{firstchapteris} and -% co.). With the addition of the absolute numbering of the mini-table auxiliary files (see \emph{absolute} above), -% the problem was solved in \upack{minitoc} version~\#23, and these commands became obsolete. -% See section~\vref{faq.5}. -% \item[\upack{chapterbib}] The \pack{chapterbib} package~\cite{chapterbib} allows multiple bibliographies in a -% \LaTeX\ document, including items \com{cite}'d in more than one bibliography. Despite the name -% ``\pack{chapterbib}'', \emph{the bibliographies are for each included file}, not necessarily for each -% chapter. -% \item[\uopt{checkfiles}]\ioptd{checkfiles} -% A package option of \upack{minitoc}. It checks every mini-table to look if it is empty; then empty mini-tables -% are \emph{not} printed. This is the default. The opposite package option (\opt{nocheckfiles}) prints even the -% empty mini-tables, which look ugly. See section~\vref{o+checkfiles}. -% \item[\upack{CJK}] The \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and others), is a set of packages and fonts to -% prepare \LaTeX\ documents in some oriental language, like chinese, japanese, korean (with Hang√l or Hanja fonts), -% and thai, plus some variants of russian. -% The titles of mini-tables for these languages come from some \pack{CJK} files and were inserted in -% \suffix{.mld} files when possible, or in \suffix{.mlo} files when the encoding is incompatible with the -% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx} mechanism; -% then the \suffix{.mld} file must input the corresponding \suffix{.mlo} file. -% \pack{CJK} implements the GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8, and CNS encodings (on 16~bits, except UTF~8 on 24~bits). -% See table~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Encoding schemes implemented in \upack{CJK}}\label{t+jargon+CJK}\ipack{CJK} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{1~byte}&\textbf{2~bytes}&\textbf{3~bytes}\\ -% \midrule -% GB&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF7}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% Big~5&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF9}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% JIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF4}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% SJIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFC}&---\\ -% KS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFD}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% UTF~8&\texttt{0xC0}--\texttt{0xEF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}\\ -% CNS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% -% Some encoding schemes (Big~5, SJIS) have gaps in the range of the second byte. -% It is difficult to input Big~5 and SJIS encoding directly into \TeX\ since some of the values used for the -% encodings' second bytes are reserved for control characters: `\texttt{\{}', `\texttt{\}}', and -% `\texttt{\bs}'. Redefining them breaks a lot of things in \LaTeX; to avoid this, preprocessors are normally -% used which convert the second byte into a number followed by a delimiter character. For further details, -% please refer to~\cite{lunde1993,lunde}; \name{Ken}{Lunde} discusses in great detail all \pack{CJK} encodings which are -% or have been in use. -% Please note that the \upack{minitoc} package uses the \suffix{.mlo} files as a workaround for this problem; -% see section~\vref{fo+lang}. -% \item[class] The \textbf{class}\footnote{This note is extracted from~\cite{NSSL2E}, then adapted.} is the first -% information \LaTeX{} needs to know when processing an -% input file; it is the type of document the author wants to create. This -% is specified with the \com{documentclass} command. -% \begin{quote} -% \com{documentclass}\verb|[|\emph{options}\verb|]{|\emph{class}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% \noindent Here \emph{class} specifies the type of document to be created. -% Table~\vref{t+documentclasses} lists the standard document classes~\cite{classes}. The \LaTeXe{} distribution provides additional -% classes for other documents, including letters and slides, but the \upack{minitoc} package has not -% been tested with all these classes. The -% \emph{options} parameters customize the behaviour of the document -% class. The options have to be separated by commas. -% The standard classes supported by the \upack{minitoc} package -% are listed in section~\vref{s+supported+classes}. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Standard document classes}\label{t+documentclasses} -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Class}&\textbf{Usage}\\ -% \midrule -% \class{article}~\cite{classes}&For articles in scientific journals, presentations, short reports, program documentation, -% invitations, \ldots\\ -% \class{proc}~\cite{proc}&For preparing conference proceedings; analog to the \class{article} class.\\ -% \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc}&For preparing the documentation of a package or of a class; analog to the \class{article} class.\\ -% \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews}&For preparing the announcement of a \LaTeX{} release; analog to the \class{article} class.\\ -% \class{report}~\cite{classes}&For longer reports containing several chapters, small books, PhD theses, \ldots\\ -% \class{book}~\cite{classes}&For real books.\\ -% \class{letter}~\cite{letter}&For letters; as this class has no sectionning commands, do not use \upack{minitoc} with -% this class.\\ -% \class{slides}~\cite{slides}&For slides; the class uses big sans serif -% letters. You might want to consider using Beamer\TeX{}$^a$ instead. -% Do not use \upack{minitoc} with these classes.\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$^a$\phantom{-}\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}\hfill\null}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \item[\feat{close}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately after (\emph{close}) the insertion -% of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table. -% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \item[\uscrp{cmk}]\iscrp{cmk} -% An example of shell script to prepare the documentation files in PostScript format from the ones in PDF format. -% This script should be adapted to your needs. -% \item[CMR] For ``Computer Modern Roman''. The roman subset of the Computer Modern fonts. See ``Computer Modern'' -% below. -% \item[\texttt{comp.text.tex}] The Usenet news group about \TeX\ and \LaTeX, in english. -% \item[Computer Modern] A set of fonts~\cite{cmt} designed by \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth} for \TeX. Initially -% they were built with {\MF}~\cite{meta-des,metabook} (a program also created by \textsc{Knuth}), but PostScript -% type~1 (vector) versions -% exist today, with extensions (for accented characters, mainly): the EC-fonts (European Computer Modern), -% the cm-super fonts, etc. -% \item[counter] A \TeX\ register containing an integer value. There are 256 counters (from~0 to~255) in \TeX, but -% \LaTeX\ uses some of them, and many packages need some counters for their own usage. An extended version -% derived from \TeX, \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, allows more counters. Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) also offers more counters. -% \item[CTAN] The \emph{Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network}, a~set of computer archives containing most of -% the \TeX\ related resources (like fonts, sofware, documentations, packages). They are accessible via -% Internet. The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network -% are\,\footnote{This list may change in the future.}: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{ftp.dante.de} (Cologne [KЎln], Germany) -% \begin{itemize} -% \item anonymous ftp \texttt{/tex-archive} (\texttt{/pub/tex} \texttt{/pub/archive}) -% \item rsync access on \url{rsync://rsync.dante.de/CTAN/} -% \item World Wide Web access on \url{http://www.dante.de/} -% \item Administrator: \url{mailto:ftpmaint@dante.de} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \texttt{ftp.tex.ac.uk} (Cambridge, England, UK) -% \begin{itemize} -% \item anonymous ftp \texttt{/tex-archive} (\texttt{/pub/tex} \texttt{/pub/archive}) -% \item rsync access on \url{rsync://rsync.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/} -% \item NFS mountable from \url{nfs.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive} -% \item World Wide Web access on \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/} -% \item Administrator: \url{mailto:ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \texttt{tug.ctan.org} (Colchester, Vermont, USA) -% \begin{itemize} -% \item anonymous ftp \texttt{/tex-archive} (\texttt{/pub/archive}) -% \item World Wide Web access on \url{http://www.ctan.org/} -% \item Administrator: \url{mailto:tex@ctan.tug.org} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% There are also many sites mirroring these main archives. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{D}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{D} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{dblaccnt}] I~needed to use the \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} package to typeset ``The pdf\TeX\ Program'' -% entry~\cite{han} in the bibliography, because its author's first name contains a double -% accent \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}. -% \item[\texttt{de.comp.text.tex}] The Usenet news group about \TeX\ and \LaTeX, in german. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Depths for sectionning commands}\label{t+j+depths} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Class:}&\textbf{\class{book}}&\textbf{\class{report}}&\textbf{\class{article}}\\ -% \midrule -% \dcnt{secnumdepth}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$3$\\ -% \com{part}&$-1$&$-1$&$0$\\ -% \com{chapter}&$\phantom{-}0$&$\phantom{-}0$&$\times$\\ -% \com{section}&$\phantom{-}1$&$\phantom{-}1$&$1$\\ -% \com{subsection}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$2$\\ -% \com{subsubsection}&$\phantom{-}3$&$\phantom{-}3$&$3$\\ -% \com{paragraph}&$\phantom{-}4$&$\phantom{-}4$&$4$\\ -% \com{subparagraph}&$\phantom{-}5$&$\phantom{-}5$&$5$\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% \item[depth] In the standard documents classes (and in most classes) with sectionning commands, we have a notion of -% \textbf{depth}. The depth of a sectionning command determines the numbering level in its title (from the value of the -% \dcnt{secnumdepth} counter), and the entries for a given sectionning command appear in the main table of contents -% if the depth of this sectionning command is lower than or equal to the value of the \dcnt{tocdepth} counter; see -% table~\vref{t+j+depths} for the depths of the sectionning commands in the main document classes. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The mechanism is analog for the parttocs, minitocs, and secttocs, using the values of the \dcnt{parttocdepth}, -% \dcnt{minitocdepth}, and \dcnt{secttocdepth} counters. If you use sub-figures or sub-tables, the corresponding -% mini-tables use counters like \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, \dcnt{minilofdepth}, -% \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth}, and \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[descriptor] (file descriptor). A software entity describing the interface between a program and a file. -% For most programs and operating systems, the number of file descriptors is limited. For \TeX{} (and \LaTeX), -% there are 16~file descriptors for writing and 16~file descriptors for reading. -% \item[\xfile{devanagari.sty}] The \emph{\devnag{} for \TeX{}} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}) package~\cite{devanagari} provides a -% way to typeset high-quality \devnag{} text with \TeX{}. \devnag{} is a script used for writing and printing -% Sanskrit and a number of languages in Northern and Central India such as Hindi and Marathi, as well as Nepali. -% The \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} package was originally developed in May 1991 by Frans Velthuis for the University of Groningen, -% The Netherlands, and it was the first system to provide support for the \devnag{} script for \TeX{}. -% ^^A \item[\xfile{duplex2v.pro}] A PostScript header file, which tries to activate recto-verso printing. It works -% ^^A with some HP and Canon PostScript printers. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{E}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{E} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\texttt{em}] A length unit equal (approximatively) to the width of a~``m'' letter in the current font. -% \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk} -% An example of shell script to prepare the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script -% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] A bibliographic style derived from the \xfile{plain.bst}\isuffix{.bst} standard style, but -% modified with the \tool{urlbst} tool~\cite{urlbst} to add an~\texttt{URL} field. Family names of authors -% and editors are in small caps, years are in old style digits. -% \item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the font (e.g., whether the 65th character is ``A''). -% The most common value for TeX font encoding is OT1. The other predefined option is T1 (extended \TeX). There's also -% US~ASCII (7~bit), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bit), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}), -% etc. See table~\vref{t+var-encodings} and ~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Various encodings}\label{t+var-encodings} -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{Comment}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{ansinew}&Windows~3.1 ANSI encoding, extension of Latin-1.\\ -% \texttt{applemac}&Macintosh encoding.\\ -% \texttt{ascii}&ASCII encoding for the range 32--127.\\ -% \texttt{cp1250}&Windows 1250 (Central and Eastern Europe) code page.\\ -% \texttt{cp1251}&Windows 1251 (Cyrillic) code page.\\ -% \texttt{cp1252}&Synonym for \texttt{ansinew}.\\ -% \texttt{cp1257}&Windows 1257 (Baltic) code page.\\ -% \texttt{cp437}&IBM~437 code page, which is the original -% American code page and contains letters, digits, -% mathematical symbols, and some characters useful in the -% construction of pseudographics.\\ -% \texttt{cp437de}&IBM~437 code page (German version).\\ -% \texttt{cp850}&IBM~850 code page, almost the same as -% ISO~Latin~1, but character arrangement is not the same.\\ -% \texttt{cp852}&IBM~852 code page.\\ -% \texttt{cp855}&IBM~855 code page (Cyrillic).\\ -% \texttt{cp865}&IBM~865 code page.\\ -% \texttt{cp866}&IBM~866 code page (MS-DOS Cyrillic).\\ -% \texttt{decmulti}&DEC Multinational Character Set encoding.\\ -% \texttt{latin1}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed -% for most Western European languages, including Danish, -% Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, Flemish, French, -% German, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, -% Spanish, and Swedish. Some non-European languages, such as -% Hawaiian and Indonesian, are also written in this -% character set.\\ -% \texttt{latin2}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed -% for most Central European languages, including Croatian, -% Czech, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian.\\ -% \texttt{latin3}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed -% for Esperanto, Maltese, Turkish, and Galicean. However, -% \texttt{latin5} is the prefered character set for -% Turkish.\\ -% \texttt{latin4}&ASCII encoding plus the characters needed -% for the Baltic languages (Latvian, Estonian, and -% Lithuanian), Greenlandic, and Lappish (Sсmi).\\ -% \texttt{latin5}&Is essentially the same as -% \texttt{latin1}, except that some Turkish characters replace -% less commonly used Icelandic letters.\\ -% \texttt{next}&Next encoding.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \item[environment] An environment is a delimited domain in a document, where special rules apply. Such a -% domain is delimited by \verb|\begin{|\emph{env}\verb|}| \ldots{} \verb|\end{|\emph{env}\verb|}| and may take -% arguments, like this: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\begin{minipage}[t]{.5\textwidth}|\\ -% \verb|\end{minipage}| -% \end{quote} -% \item[\packa{\eTeX}{etex}] \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} is an extented version of \TeX, with much more -% registers and many new primitives; it supports also left-to-right and right-to-left writing. -% \item[ethiop]\ipack{ethiop} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{ethiop} giving the \lopt{ethiopian} language support for the \pack{babel} -% package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \item[extension] The name of a file is often made of 2~parts: a \emph{base name} and an \emph{entension}, -% separated by a dot. On some old operating systems, the base name is limited to 8~characters and the extension -% to 3~characters (the ``8+3'' scheme). See also sections~\vref{MS-DOS} and~\vref{.8+3}. -% It is strongly recommended to not have more than one dot in a file name. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{F}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{F} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\xfile{farsi.sty}] See \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} below. -% \item[\upack{Farsi\TeX}]\ipacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} A package~\cite{farsi} to typeset a document in the \lopt{farsi} (iranian, persian) language. -% See~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}. But this package is today available only for \LaTeX2.09. -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+farsi1} and~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. -% \item[features] A feature (for the \upack{minitoc} package) is a set of actions executed at each occurrence of -% a mini-table of a given type. Five features are associated to each mini-table type: a ``\feat{before}'' feature -% (executed before the whole mini-table), an ``\feat{after}'' feature (executed after the whole mini-table), -% a ``\feat{open}'' feature, executed just before inserting the mini-table file, -% a ``\feat{close}'' feature, executed just after inserting the mini-table file, -% and a -% ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature, which is executed with the mini-table to set its page style. -% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \item[\env{filecontents}] -% A special \LaTeX{} environment. It allows to create a file (whose name is passed as an argument of the -% environment) by writing the contents of the environment into that file: -% \begin{quote} -% \texttt{\bs begin\{filecontents\}\{\emph{file}\}}\\ -% \texttt{\ldots\emph{contents}~~\ldots}\\ -% \texttt{\bs end\{filecontents\}} -% \end{quote} -% This environment should be used \emph{before} \com{documentclass}. It is used in \xfile{minitoc.ins} -% to prepare the \suffix{.mlo} files (see section~\vref{fo+lang}) and some files used in the compilation -% of the documentation. -% \item[\com{firstchapteris}] An obsolete command, temporarily used as a workaround for the Chapter~0 problem; -% see~\textbf{Chapter~0} and \textbf{absolute numbering} above, and section~\vref{faq.5}. -% \item[\com{firstpartis}] Analog to \com{firstchapteris} above. -% \item[\com{firstsectionis}] Analog to \com{firstchapteris} above. -% \item[\pack{float}] This package~\cite{float} (by \name{Anselm}{Lingnau})\imess{I0053} improves the interface for defining floating -% objects such as figures and tables in \LaTeX{}. It adds the notion of a `float style' that governs appearance -% of floats. New kinds of floats may be defined using a \com{newfloat} command analogous to \com{newtheorem}. -% This package also incorporates the functionality of \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}'s package \pack{here}, -% giving floating environments a \texttt{[H]} option which means `PUT IT HERE' (as opposed to the -% standard \texttt{[h]} option which means `You may put it here if you like'). -% \item[\com{FloatBarrier}] -% A macro from the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins}. It sets up a ``barrier'' against the drift of -% floats (like figures or tables). -% \item[\pack{floatrow}] This package~\cite{floatrow} (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} is an extension of the -% \pack{float} package~\cite{float} (by \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), reusing its code, with extensions from -% the \pack{rotfloat} package~\cite{rotfloat} (by \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}). -% \item[\pack{flowfram}] This\imess{W0097} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} is designed to enable you -% to create text \emph{frames} -% in a document such that the contents of the \env{document} environment flow from one frame to the next in the -% order that they were defined. This is useful for creating posters or magazines or any other form of document that -% does not conform to the standard one or two column layout. As this package defines its own system of -% minitocs, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk} -% An example of shell script to prepare the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script -% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[\upack{fncychap}] The \pack{fncychap}\imess{W0086} package~\cite{fncychap} provides a set of commands for changing -% the format used for some headings (chapters) in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: -% \class{book} and \class{report}. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.fncychap} and -% section~\vref{faq.38}). -% \item[\texttt{fr.comp.text.tex}] The Usenet newsgroup about \TeX\ and \LaTeX, in french. -% \item[\upack{franc.sty}]\ipack{franc} A small package file used to prepare the french documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\upack{frbib.sty}]\ipack{frbib} A small package file used to prepare the bibliography of the french documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{fr-mtc.bst}] A bibliographic style file used to prepare the bibliography of the french -% documentation. -% It has been updated from the standard \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst} for french by \name{Ronan}{Keryell}, then I added -% some adaptations for french (like last names in small caps for authors and editors, years in old style digits), -% then modified with the \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst} tool to add an \texttt{URL} field. -% \item[\upack{frnew.sty}]\ipack{frnew} A small package file used to prepare the french documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{G}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{G} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{geometry}] The \pack{geometry} package~\cite{geometry} provides a flexible and complete user interface to page -% dimensions. You can specify them by using intuitive parameters to get your desired page layout. For instance, -% if you want to set margins (the left, right, top and bottom margins) to 2cm from each edge of -% the paper, what you need is just: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}| -% \end{quote} -% This powerful (and recommended) package is used in some example documents and in this documentation. -% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guaranэ, -% the main language spoken in Paraguay. -% The file \xfile{guarani.ldf}, included in this package, defines the titles. See~\cite{guarani} and -% section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{H}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{H} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{hangcaption}] The \pack{hangcaption}\imess{W0092} package~\cite{hangcaption} defines a variant of the -% \com{caption} command to produce captions with hanging indentation. This package is likely -% obsolete (1992, \LaTeX2.09). -% \item[Hindi] For the Hindi language, see the \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} package~\cite{devanagari} above. The -% \upack{minitoc} package accepts the \lopt{devanagari} and \lopt{hindi} language options, which are -% synonyms. A \lopt{hindi-modern} language option is also available. -% See also~\cite{hindi99} about the Hindi language. -% \item[hint] An indication, a clue to detect a problem. It is also a message written (into the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file) by the \optd{hints} option (see below). -% \item[\uopt{hints}]\ioptd{hints} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It verifies the loading order of some -% packages, the invocation order of some \upack{minitoc} commands, the consistency between main \upack{minitoc} -% commands, etc., and gaves warnings and other useful hints (mainly in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file). This is -% a default option (use the \opt{nohints} option to skip these checks). -% \item[\upack{H\LaTeX}]\ipacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} A system to write documents in the Korean language, using \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (see below). -% Written by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX}. It uses special Hang√l or Hanja fonts and the UTF-8 input -% encoding. -% \item[hyperlink] In a document, a reference to another object which is dynamicaly found (via a click with the -% mouse). This requires a special type of document (PDF, PostScript with hypertext features) and a suitable -% viewer (PDF viewer, recent PS viewer). This is useful to navigate in a document or in many documents, -% which can be remote documents. -% \lneed{4} -% \item[\upack{hyperref}] The\SMM{\lmess{W0023}\\\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0039}} -% \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web} is used to emend cross-referencing commands in -% \LaTeX\ to produce some sort of \com{special} commands; there are -% backends for the \com{special} set defined for \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} \texttt{dvi} processors, -% for embedded pdfmark commands for processing by \tool{Acrobat Distiller} -% (\tool{dvips} and \tool{dvipsone}), for \tool{dviwindo}, -% for \textbf{pdf\TeX}, for \textbf{\TeX4ht}, and for \tool{VTEX}'s pdf and HTML -% backends. -% -% This package derives from, and builds on, the work of the \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} -% project, described in \cite{hypertex}. It extends -% the functionality of all the \LaTeX\ cross-referencing commands -% (including the table of contents, bibliographies, etc.) to produce -% \com{special} commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links; -% it also provides new commands to allow the user to write \emph{ad hoc} -% hypertext links (hyperlinks), including those to external documents and URLs. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{I}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{I} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{ifmtarg}] The \pack{ifmtarg} package~\cite{ifmtarg} provides an if-then-else command -% for testing if a macro argument is empty (``empty'' meaning zero or more spaces only). -% \item[\pack{ifthen}] The \pack{ifthen} package~\cite{ifthen} implements an \com{ifthenelse} command for \LaTeXe. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} -% An example of shell script, which prepares the \upack{minitoc} package from \xfile{minitoc.ins} and -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; note that \scrp{imk} must be run before running \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}. -% See item~\vref{IN10}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uopt{insection}] The \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} package option loads the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} -% with adequate options to avoid the floats (like figures and tables) to drift outside of their sections. -% This package option is recommended if you use sectlofs or sectlots in your document. See -% section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. -% \item[insertion] The insertion commands of the \upack{minitoc} package insert a mini-table in the document. -% A~corresponding \emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before. The insertion commands -% are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} -% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ -% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ -% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot},\\ -% \com{mtcprepare} -% \end{tabular} -% \item[\xfile{INSTALL}] A text file describing the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package. See -% chapter~\vref{c+installation}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{J}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{J} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\com{jobname}] A \TeX\ primitive containing the name of the document in preparation, i.e.,~the name of -% the file read first by \TeX{} (or \LaTeX), without its extension. Very useful to build the names of other -% files. -% \item[\uclass{jura}] The \class{jura}\imess{W0029} class~\cite{jura}, by \xname{Felix}{Braun}, is \emph{incompatible} with the -% \upack{minitoc} package. It is used for german judicial documents. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{K}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{K} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}] A project~\cite{kannadatex} to use \LaTeX{} for typesetting in the -% Kannada language. See section~\vref{s+mld+kannada}. -% \item[\uopt{k-loose}]\ioptd{k-loose} A \upack{minitoc} package option useful if your document is written with one of the \KOMAScript{} -% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. This option tries to set a loose line spacing in the mini-tables. -% Analog to the \optd{loose} -% package option for standard classes. -% \item[\uopt{k-tight}]\iopt{k-tight} A \upack{minitoc} package option useful if your document is written with one of the \KOMAScript{} -% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. -% This option tries to set a tight line spacing in the mini-tables. Analog to the \opt{tight} -% package option for standard classes. -% \lneed{3} -% \item[\KOMAScript] -% {\KOMAScript}\imess{I0043}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} is a very complex bundle. You may see this, because it -% is not only one class or one package but a bundle of many classes and -% packages. The classes (\class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook}, -% \class{scrlettr}, \class{scrlttr2}, and \class{scrreprt}) -% are counterparts to the standard classes but never they come with -% only the same commands, environments, options and optional possibilities -% like the standard classes nor they result in the same look-a-like. -% -% \lneed{5} -% The \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt}, and \class{scrartcl} classes are compatible with the -% \upack{minitoc} package, with some precautions (see section~\vref{special.entries}). -% The \class{scrlettr} and \class{scrlttr2} have no sectionning commands, so -% the \upack{minitoc} package is pointless with them. -% -% \lneed{5} -% \KOMAScript{} comes with a lot of classes, packages, commands, -% environments and possibilities. Some of these you may find also at the -% standard classes, many of them you wouldn't. Some are even supplements -% to the \LaTeX{} kernel. -% -% The main classes of the {\KOMAScript} bundle are designed as -% counterparts to the standard {\LaTeX} classes. This means that the -% {\KOMAScript} bundle contains replacements for the three standard -% classes \class{book}, \class{report}, and \class{article}. -% There is also a replacement for the standard class \class{letter}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{L}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{L} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[Lambda] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of -% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) is called ``\emph{Lambda}'' ($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). -% \item[Lamed] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of -% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). -% \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} is a typesetting system that is very -% suitable for producing scientific and mathematical -% documents of high typographical quality. It is also suitable for -% producing all sorts of other documents, from simple letters -% to complete books. \LaTeX{} uses \TeX~\cite{texbook,ftb} as its -% formatting engine (from~\cite{NSSL2E}). -% -% In fact, \LaTeX{} is a macro package that enables authors to typeset and print -% their work at the highest typographical quality, using a predefined, -% professional layout. \LaTeX{} was originally written by -% \name{Leslie}{Lamport}~\cite{latex-manual}. It uses the -% \TeX{} formatter as its typesetting engine. -% These days \LaTeX{} is maintained by \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} -% and his team. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% In 1994 the \LaTeX{} package was (deeply) updated by the -% \LaTeX3 team, led \mbox{by~\name{Frank}{Mittelbach}}, -% to include some long-requested improvements, and to re\-unify all the -% patched versions which had cropped up since the release of -% \LaTeX2.09 some years earlier. To distinguish the new version from -% the old, it is called \LaTeXe. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \LaTeX{} is pronounced ``Lay-tech'' or ``Lah-tech.'' If you refer to -% \LaTeX{} in an \texttt{ASCII} environment, you type \texttt{LaTeX}. -% \LaTeXe{} is pronounced ``Lay-tech two~e'' and typed \texttt{LaTeX2e}. -% \item[\LaTeX2.09] An obsolete version of the \LaTeX\ program, before 1994; it is no more supported. -% Do not use it\footnote{Except in the case of a very old document; if possible, try to convert -% it.}. Use the current version of \LaTeXe, which is supported and much more efficient. -% \item[\LaTeXe] The current version of the \LaTeX\ program, after 1994; it is supported. -% \item[\LaTeX3] The future version of \LaTeX, whose development is still in progress. -% \item[leaders] A repetitive sequence of dots (or of one another small character), regulary spaced, used to link -% two objects on the same line (leading from a title to a page number in a table of contents or the like). -% \item[\uclass{letter}]\iclass{letter} A\Virage{} standard document class~\cite{letter} to prepare letters for postal -% mail (mail on paper). As such documents have no sectionning commands nor structure, the \upack{minitoc} package -% is pointless (hence \emph{incompatible}) with them. -% \item[\upack{lipsum}] The \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} allows to easily insert sentences -% in a test file with a minimum of typing. The sentences are in latin but are modified and made nearly -% senseless. I have used this package in some of the examples of documents. -% See also~\url{http://lipsum.com} for the origin of this text (pieces of -% \emph{De Finibus Bonorum et Malorum} by Marcus \textsc{Tullius Cicero}). -% \item[\uopt{listfiles}]\ioptd{listfiles} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It creates a list of the minitoc auxiliary -% files (these files contains the mini-tables and may be removed after the \LaTeX\ run) in the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.maf} file. Default. See section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% \item[LOF, LoF] An acronym for ``list of figures''. -% \item[\dcnt{lofdepth}] This counter, if it exists, contains the depth of the list of figures. -% \item[\uopt{loose}]\ioptd{loose} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a loose line spacing in the -% mini-tables. It is the default. The opposite option is \opt{tight}. -% \item[LOT, LoT] An acronym for ``list of tables''. -% \item[\dcnt{lotdepth}] This counter, if it exists, contains the depth of the list of tables. -% \item[LPPL] The \emph{LaTeX Project Public License}, available at -% \begin{quote} -% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} -% \end{quote} -% Its current version is 1.3 (2003-12-01). The \upack{minitoc} package is distributed under this license. -% \item[\uclass{ltxdoc}]\iclass{ltxdoc} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{ltxdoc}, for preparing the documentation of a package or of a class. -% For the \upack{minitoc} package, it is very similar to the \class{article} document class; see above. -% \item[\uclass{ltnews}]\iclass{ltnews} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{ltnews}, for preparing the announcement of a \LaTeX{} release. For the -% \upack{minitoc} package, it is very similar to the \class{article} document class; see above. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{M}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{M} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\com{makeatletter} \textmd{and} \com{makeatother}] Many\footnote{Informations -% from~\cite[page~843]{TLC2}.} internal commands of \LaTeX{}, of -% packages and classes contain the \texttt{@}~character in their names. This effectively prevents such names -% from being used in documents for user-defined commands. However, it also means that they cannot appear in a -% document, even in the preamble, without taking special precautions. As it is sometimes necessary to have -% such bits of ``internal code'' in the preamble, the commands \com{makeatletter} -% and \com{makeatother} make it easy to do: the difficult bit is to remember to add them, failure to do -% so can result in some strange errors. And these two commands \Virage\emph{should never be used in a package or class file}. -% \item[makefile] A special text file containing instructions describing the creation and the installation of a -% piece of software, using the ``\textbf{make}'' utility; \textbf{make} is a nice tool coming from the Unix -% operating system, but variants exists. -% \item[\upack{mcaption}] The \pack{mcaption}\imess{W0036} package~\cite{mcaption} provides a \env{margincap} -% environment for putting captions in the outer document margin with either a top or bottom alignment. -% \item[\textbf{MCE}] A minimal [complete] example is the smallest possible complete document that illustrates a problem. -% A minimal example file should not include any packages or code that do not contribute to the problem, but must -% include a document class and the \env{document} environment (from~\cite{talbot-mini}). See also~\cite{preusse}, -% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} and -% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices. -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uclass{memoir}, \xfile{memoir.cls}]\iclass{memoir} A very% -% \SMM{\lmess{E0028}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0032}\\\lmess{I0044}\\\lmess{M0001}} -% general and powerful document class -% (by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, described in~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}); this class -% is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package (with some precautions) if you use a recent version. See -% section~\vref{faq+memoir}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[mini-bibliography] See \textbf{minibbl} below. -% \item[mini-list] Synonym for ``mini-table'' below. -% \item[mini-lof] See ``minilof'' below. -% \item[mini-lot] See ``minilot'' below. -% \item[mini-table] This term refers to a local table of contents (like a table of contents, a list of figures or a -% list of tables) for a sectionning unit (part, chapter or section), by opposition to a global table (the -% table of contents, the list of figures or the list of tables for the whole document). The main aim of the -% \upack{minitoc} package is the creation of such mini-tables. But the term ``minitoc'' is also used to refer -% to such mini-table, as a generic term, because the first versions of the package allowed only tables of -% contents for chapters. -% \item[mini-toc] See ``minitoc'' below. -% \item[minibbl] Short for ``mini-bibliography'', i.e.,~to have a bibliography per part, chapter or section, or -% even by theme or subject. This is out of the domain of the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{faq.9}. -% \item[minilof] A list of figures for a chapter. -% \item[\dcnt{minilofdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the minilofs. -% \item[minilot] A list of tables for a chapter. -% \item[\dcnt{minilotdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the minilots. -% \item[minitoc] A table of contents for a chapter. Also used as a generic term for any mini-table (see -% ``mini-table'' above). -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}] A bibliographic data base for the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}] The source file for the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. In -% fact, it just sets \com{jobname} then loads \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, which itself loads -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.lan}\isuffix{.lan} to select the language used in \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; \xfile{minitoc.dtx} contains -% both english and french documentation fragments, selected by \com{ifcase} constructs with the -% \com{LANG} variable, set to~0 by \xfile{minitoc.lan}\isuffix{.lan} or to~1 by \xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} (i.e.,~by -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.lan}). \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}This file contains a style for formating the index in the french documentation. It -% is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} A file used to force the french language in the documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf}] The french documentation in PDF format. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ps}] The french documentation in PostScript format. No more distributed (but look at the -% \scrp{cmk} script). -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bib}] A bibliographic data base for the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bug}] A plain text file containing a list of problems and questions about the \upack{minitoc} -% package. See chapter~\vref{FAQ}. -% \item[\dcnt{minitocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the minitocs. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.dtx}] The file containing the documentation and the commented code of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-hyper.sty}]\ipack{minitoc-hyper} A special version~\cite{minitoc-hyper} of the \upack{minitoc} package which has been -% prepared by \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, -% \xname{Didier}{Verna} and \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts} to work with the powerful \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}; -% \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} has integrated their work so since version \#31, \upack{minitoc} is compatible with -% \pack{hyperref}. -% \emph{Hence\Virage{} the \pack{minitoc-hyper} package~\cite{minitoc-hyper} is now obsolete and -% should no more be used. -% It it still present on the CTAN archives for compatibility with old documents.} -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ins}] The installation file for the \upack{minitoc} package. Compiling it with \LaTeX\ -% produces most of the files of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}This file contains a style for formating the index in the english documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.l}] A text file containing the list of all the files being included in the -% \upack{minitoc} package. Files not listed in \xfile{minitoc.l} are files used only to install the package or -% to produce its documentation. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} A file used to force the english language in the documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pdf}] The english documentation in PDF format. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pre}]\isuffix{.pre} This file contains a \LaTeX{} preamble for the documentation. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ps}] The english documentation in PostScript format. No more distributed (but look at the -% \scrp{cmk} scripts). -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sty}] This file contains the main part of the \upack{minitoc} package, with comments removed. -% It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sum}] A plain text file containing a commented list of the minitoc commands and environments. See -% chapter~\vref{c+memento}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}] A ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy containing all files in the -% \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\upack{minutes}] The \pack{minutes} package~\cite{minutes} (by \name{Knut}{Lickert}) is used to prepare -% conference proceedings. The \upack{minitoc} package allows to add ``coffee breaks'' in the table of contents -% via commands like \com{addcoffeeline} and \com{coffeeline} (and internal commands) whose names contain -% the string ``\texttt{coffee}'', hence the footnote about ``cappuccino''{\myCoffeecup} in the -% installation chapter!% -% \IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\footnote{The little cups \myCoffeecup{} come from the \pack{marvosym} package~\cite{marvosym}.}}{} -% \item[\upack{Mon\TeX}] \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} is a large package to prepare documents in various dialects -% of the Mongol language (Bicig and Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe and Manju, Buryat, Xalx and Khalkha) and in a -% dialect of Russian used in Mongolia (Russianc). Bicig is another name for Uighur. -% You can find many things about Mongolia and Mongolian at the web site~\cite{mongol-web}. -% See also: -% {\small\begin{quote} -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}\\ -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}\\ -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_script}\\ -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clear_script}\\ -% \url{http://www.indiana.edu/~mongsoc/mong/language.htm}\\ -% \url{http://www.viahistoria.com/SilverHorde/main.html?research/MongolScripts.html}\\ -% \url{http://www.krysstal.com/writing_evolution.html}\\ -% \url{http://mongolxel.webz.cz/qaguchin/index.htm} -% \end{quote}} -% -% The following description is extracted from~\cite{montex}. -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} is a package which offers support for writing documents in -% Mongolian, Manju, Buryat and Russian. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Mongolian\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}} -% can be represented in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or Traditional -% Script) and Cyrillic. Manju resembles the Traditional Mongolian script -% (from which it is derived) but uses a rich choice of diacritics in -% order to eliminate numerous ambiguities of the Mongolian script -% ancestor. Modern Buryat, like Mongolian in its present form, is written -% with a Cyrillic alphabet, -% but both Mongolian (35 letters) and Buryat\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{mongolcy.png}}} -% (36 letters) use more letters than Russian (33 letters). -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{description} -% \item[Mongolian] -% The word \emph{Mongolian} is actually an umbrella term for -% several languages rather than the precise name of a single language. -% Things become more complicated when names of ethnic groups, languages -% and writing systems are mixed. -% \begin{description} -% \item [Xalx] or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian -% nationality residing in Mongolia proper. Their -% dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with -% Cyrillic letters. Throughout this text, \emph{Modern -% Mongolian} is used as a synonym. -% \item [Buryat] -% is the name of the Mongolian nationality -% residing in Buryatia, north of Mongolia, east of -% Lake Baikal, being a part of the Russian Federation. -% The Buryat call themselves \emph{Buryaad} while Xalx -% Mongolians call them \emph{Buriad}. The English name -% follows the Russian orthography. -% Linguistically, Xalx and Buryat Mongol are fairly -% close languages; Buryat has a slightly different -% sound system in which the phoneme /s/ partially -% shifted to /h/; the modern Buryat Cyrillic alphabet -% (virtually identical with the Cyrillic alphabet used -% for writing Modern Mongolian) has one additional -% letter (H/h, \verb|\xalx{H/h}|) for marking the difference to /s/. -% %\enlargethispage*{1ex} -% \item [Bicig] (literally \emph{script} in Mongolian) denotes -% text written in the traditional Mongolian script -% which is also referred to as Uighur. Throughout this -% document, the term \emph{Bicig} will be used on an -% equal footing with \emph{Classical} and -% \emph{Traditional} Mongolian. The latter term is -% used in the names of the Unicode/ISO10646 character -% plane U1800 which contains Mongolian, Manju, Sibe -% and sets of special characters called Ali Gali or -% Galig. In order to identify Mongolian script related -% commands distinct for Mongolian and Manju, the -% Mongolian commands have the name root \lopt{bicig} -% whereas the Manju commands have the name root -% \lopt{bithe}. -% \end{description} -% -% Xalx Mongolian, or Modern Colloquial Mongolian, is about as -% different from the form written in Classical script as modern -% English in phonetical spelling (assume it be written in Shavian -% letters) from the highly historical orthography of Standard English. -% Beyond these differences, Mongolian written in Classical Script -% usually preserves a substantial amount of historical grammatical -% features which make it look a bit like Elizabethan English. -% -% \item[Manju] -% Manju is a Tungusic language closely related to Mongolian. Though -% Manju is virtually not spoken anymore, it has been the official -% language during 300 years of Manju government in Qing Dynasty China. -% Vast amounts of official documents survive, as well as some of the -% finest multilingual dictionaries ever compiled, e.\,g. the -% Pentaglot, or Mirror in Five Languages, a dictionary with 18671 -% entries in five languages (Manju, Tibetan, Mongolian, Uighur and -% Chinese). See~\cite{pentaglot} for more details. Manju writing is derived from Uighur Mongolian by adding -% diacritics in the form of dots and circles (\emph{tongki fuka sindaha hergen}, script with dots and -% circles). -% \end{description} -% \item[MS-DOS] (Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered} Disk Operating System) An old operating system -% for personnal computers (PCs). -% From the \upack{minitoc} point of view, -% its main drawback is the use of filenames with short extensions (the ``8+3'' scheme), which limits to~99 the number -% of mini-tables for each kind. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-2c.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a two columns -% page layout. See section~\vref{mtc-2c.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-2nd.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} An example of document using the \upack{minitoc} package and its \lopt{french2} -% language option. See section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.bib}]\iexam{mtc-add.bib} A small bibliographic data base for the \exam{mtc-add.tex} -% and \exam{mtc-ads.tex} example documents. See section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-3co.tex}]\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} An example of document using the \upack{minitoc} package to -% prepare a minitoc on three columns. See section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.tex}]\iexam{mtc-add.tex} An example document showing how to use \com{mtcaddchapter} and the -% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} with \upack{minitoc}. See section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ads.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} An example document showing how to use \com{mtcaddsection} and the -% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} with \upack{minitoc}. See section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}. -% It also shows how it is challenging to manage the mini-lists of floats at the section level. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-amm.tex}]\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} An example file showing the use of the \env{appendices} environment in a -% \class{memoir} class document with the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-apx.tex}]\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} An example file showing the use of the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment -% to hide the entries of the appendices in the main TOC and to create a part-level TOC for the appendices. See -% section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-art.tex}]\iexam{mtc-art.tex} An example of document (\class{article} class) using the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{mtc-art.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-bk.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} An example of document (\class{book} or \class{report} class) -% using the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{mtc-bk.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-bo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a two columns -% page layout and using the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}. See section~\vref{mtc-bo.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ch0.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document with a -% starred first chapter. See section~\vref{mtc-ch0.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-cri.tex}]\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with starred parts -% and chapters. See section~\vref{mtc-cri.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-fko.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} An example file showing the problem of fonts in minitocs when -% using the \class{scrbook} class. See section~\vref{mtc-fko.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with changing some fonts. See section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} Another example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with changing some fonts. See section~\vref{mtc-fo2.tex}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-gap.tex}]\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} An example file showing the use of the \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} and -% \com{mtcgapafterheads} commands. See section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} An example file showing the use of the \env{mtchideinmainlof} -% and \env{mtchideinmainlot} specialized environments. See section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} An example file showing the use of the following pairs of commands: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \com{mtchideinmainlof} and \com{endmtchideinmainlof}, -% \item \com{mtchideinmainlot} and \com{endmtchideinmainlot}. -% \end{itemize} -% See section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hia.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package to hide the entries for -% some tables in the main list of tables of an \class{article} class document. See section~\vref{mtc-hia.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hir.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package to hide the entries for -% some tables in the main list of tables of a \class{report} class document. See section~\vref{mtc-hir.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hop.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the -% \class{scrbook} document class. See section~\vref{mtc-hop.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-liv.tex}]\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a \class{book} with -% customized table of contents and minitocs. See section~\vref{mtc-liv.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-mem.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package -% with the \class{memoir} class. See section~\vref{mtc-mem.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-mm1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package -% with the \class{memoir} class, if you want to change some fonts. See section~\vref{mtc-mm1.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-mu.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} A document using a minitoc set in a \env{wrapfigure} environment with the -% \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig}. See section~\vref{mtc-mu.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-nom.tex}]\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} A document swowing an interaction betwen the \upack{minitoc} -% package and the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}. See section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ocf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} A document using the \feat{open} and \feat{close} features to -% prepare a minitoc on three columns. See section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ofs.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} A document using the \feat{open} and \feat{close} features to -% prepare a minitoc on three columns and \com{mtcsetoffset} to shift the minitoc to align it on the left. -% See section~\vref{mtc-ofs.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-sbf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the -% \pack{subfigure} package~\cite{subfigure}. See section~\vref{mtc-sbf.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-scr.tex}]\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with a {\KOMAScript} -% class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, \class{scrreprt}. See section~\vref{mtc-scr.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-syn.tex}]\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package when the table of -% contents is prededed by some starred chapters. See section~\vref{mtc-syn.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the -% \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}. See section~\vref{mtc-tbi.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package in a document of -% \class{article} class. It is the example of~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernized. See section~\vref{mtc-tlc.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the -% \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft} and their interaction about the page numbers in the mini-tables. -% See section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tsf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} An example file showing the use of the \upack{minitoc} package with the -% \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}. See section~\vref{mtc-tsf.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-vti.tex}]\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} An example file showing the use of the \com{mtcpolymtoc} command -% and explaining \index{polymorphic entry}``polymorphic entries''. See section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{mtcmess}]\ipack{mtcmess} A package used to provide variants of the standard commands -% \com{PackageInfo}, \com{PackageWarning}, \com{PackageWarningNoLine}, and \com{PackageError} -% by adding an optional argument for an unique message identifier. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{mtcoff}]\ipack{mtcoff} A package which is used in place of the \upack{minitoc} package to -% ignore all the commands and environments of the \upack{minitoc} package. In fact, it defines them to -% do nothing. Useful if you want a version of your document without any mini-table. -% \item[\upack{mtcpatchmem}]\ipack{mtcpatchmem} A\SMMZ{\lmess{M0001}} small package which is automatically loaded if -% necessary when you use the \class{memoir} document class with a version \emph{incompatible} with the -% \upack{minitoc} package, but correctible. It is generated when compiling \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\texttt{mu}] A length unit normaly used in math mode (\texttt{mu} means ``math unit''); 18~math units make -% \texttt{1em} (one quad), which is about the width of a~``m'' in the current font. So the size of \texttt{1mu} -% is font dependent. The separation between dots in the dotted lines in the mini-tables is expressed in math units. -% \item[\upack{multibib}] The \pack{multibib} package~\cite{multibib} allows to create references to multiple -% bibliographies within one document. It thus provides a complementary functionality to packages -% like \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits} or \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, which allow -% to create one bibliography for multiple, but different parts of the document. -% \item[\upack{multicol}] The \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol} defines the \env{multicols} environment -% (with a~``\textbf{s}'') to typeset text on several columns. Used in some example documents. -% \item[\upack{multitoc}] This package~\cite{multitoc} allows setting only the table of contents, list of -% figures and/or list of tables in two or more columns (using the \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol}, of course). -% The number of columns can be configured via commands; the -% multicolumn toc(s) can be selected via package options. -% The \exam{mtc-3co.tex} example document uses this package; see section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{N}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{N} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{natbib}] It is a \LaTeXe{} (but with some support for \LaTeX2.09) package~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} to act -% as generalized interface for standard and non-standard bibliographic style files (\BibTeX). -% \item[\upack{needspace}] The \pack{needspace} package~\cite{needspace} provides commands to reserve space -% at the bottom of a page. If there is not enough space on the current page (column) a new page (column) is started. -% \item[NFSS] The \emph{New Font Selection Scheme}. The \LaTeXe{} font selection system~\cite{fontsel} -% was first released as the ``New Font Selection Scheme'' (NFSS) in 1989, and then in release~2 in 1993. -% \LaTeXe{} includes NFSS release~2 as standard. -% -% \lneed{7} -% Every text font in \LaTeX{} has five \emph{attributes}: -% \begin{description} -% \item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the -% font. The two most common text encodings used in \LaTeX{} are -% \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth}'s ``\TeX{} text'' encoding (OT1), and the ``\TeX{} text extended'' -% encoding (T1) developed by the \TeX{} Users Group members during a \TeX{} -% Conference at Cork in~1990 (hence its informal name ``Cork encoding''). -% See~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. -% \item[family] The name for a collection of fonts, usually grouped under -% a common name by the font foundry. For instance, ``Adobe Times'', ``ITC -% Garamond'', and \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth}'s ``Computer Modern Roman'' are all font families. -% \item[series] How heavy or expanded a font is. For instance, ``medium -% weight'', ``narrow'' and ``bold extended'' are all series. -% \item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family. For -% instance, ``italic'', ``oblique'' and ``upright'' (sometimes called -% ``roman'') are all font shapes. -% \item[size] The design size of the font, for instance ``10pt''. -% \end{description} -% -% \lneed{2} -% The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by -% \LaTeX. The most common values for the font encoding are given in table~\vref{t+nfss+1}. -% \begin{table}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \changeskips -% \caption{Most common font encodings}\label{t+nfss+1} -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{T1} &\LaTeX{} extended text (``Cork encoding'')\\ -% \texttt{TS1} &\LaTeX{} symbols (Latin)\\ -% \texttt{T2A}, \texttt{T2B}, \texttt{T2C}&\LaTeX{} text (Cyrillic)\\ -% \texttt{T3} &\LaTeX{} phonetic alphabet\\ -% \texttt{TS3} &\LaTeX{} phonetic alphabet (extra symbols)\\ -% \texttt{T4} &\LaTeX{} text (African languages)\\ -% \texttt{T5} &\LaTeX{} text (Vietnamese)\\ -% \texttt{T7} &\LaTeX{} text (reserved for Greek)\\ -% \texttt{OT1} &\TeX{} text (as defined by \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{OT2} &\TeX{} text for Cyrillic languages (obsolete)\\ -% \texttt{OT3} &International phonetic alphabet (obsolete)\\ -% \texttt{OT4} &\TeX{} text with extensions for the Polish language\\ -% \texttt{OT6} &\TeX{} text with extensions for the Armenian language\\ -% \texttt{OML} &\TeX{} math italic (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{OMS} &\TeX{} math symbols (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{OMX} &\TeX{} math large symbols (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{X2} &\LaTeX{} extended text (Cyrillic)\\ -% \texttt{U} &Unknown \\ -% \texttt{L}\meta{xx}&A local encoding\\ -% \texttt{L7x} &Encoding used for the Lithuanian language\\ -% \texttt{LTH} &Encoding used for the Thai language\\ -% \texttt{LV1} &Encoding used with some \texttt{VTeX} fonts\\ -% \texttt{LY1} &Alternative to \texttt{T1} encoding, for Y\&Y software\\ -% \texttt{PD1} &Implements the PDFDocEncoding for use with \LaTeXe's NFSS.\\ -% \texttt{PU} &Implements the Unicode encoding for use with \LaTeX's NFSS.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% ^^A \end{table} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{table}[!tp] -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.54\textwidth} -% \capstart -% \caption{Most common font families}\label{t+nfss+2} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Family}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{cmr} &Computer Modern Roman \\ -% \texttt{cmss}&Computer Modern Sans \\ -% \texttt{cmtt}&Computer Modern Typewriter \\ -% \texttt{cmm} &Computer Modern Math Italic \\ -% \texttt{cmsy}&Computer Modern Math Symbols \\ -% \texttt{cmex}&Computer Modern Math Extensions \\ -% \texttt{ptm} &Adobe Times \\ -% \texttt{phv} &Adobe Helvetica \\ -% \texttt{pcr} &Adobe Courier\\ -% \texttt{lazy}&Additional \LaTeX{} symbols\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}% -% \end{minipage}% -% &&% -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth} -% \capstart -% \caption{Most common font series}\label{t+nfss+3} -% \centering -% \leavevmode\null\hfill\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Series}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{ul}&Ultra light\\ -% \texttt{el}&Extra light\\ -% \texttt{l}&Light\\ -% \texttt{sl}&Semi light\\ -% \texttt{m} &Medium \\ -% \texttt{sb} &Semi bold \\ -% \texttt{b} &Bold \\ -% \texttt{eb} &Extra bold \\ -% \texttt{bx}&Bold extended \\ -% \texttt{ub}&Ultra bold \\ -% \texttt{c} &Condensed\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}\hfill\null -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{table} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.54\textwidth} -% \capstart -% \caption{Most common font shapes}\label{t+nfss+4} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Shape}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{n} &Normal (that is ``upright'' or ``roman'') \\ -% \texttt{it}&Italic \\ -% \texttt{sl}&Slanted (or ``oblique'') \\ -% \texttt{sc}&Caps and small caps\\ -% \texttt{u}&Unslanted (upright italic)\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{minipage}% -% &&% -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth} -% \capstart -% \caption{Most common font widths}\label{t+nfss+4a} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lcl@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Width}&\textbf{\%}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra condensed\\ -% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra condensed\\ -% \texttt{c}&50.0&Condensed\\ -% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi condensed\\ -% \texttt{m}&50.0&Medium\\ -% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi extended\\ -% \texttt{c}&50.0&Extended\\ -% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra extended\\ -% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra extended\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% The ``local'' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only -% locally available, for instance a font containing an organisation's -% logo in various sizes. -% -% \lneed{4} -% There are far too many font families to list them all, but some common -% ones are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+2}. -% The most common values for the font series are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+3}. -% The most common values for the font shape are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+4}. -% The most common values for the font width are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. -% -% The font size is specified as a dimension, for instance \texttt{10pt} or -% \texttt{1.5in} or \texttt{3mm}; if no unit is specified, \texttt{pt} is assumed. These five -% parameters specify every \LaTeX{} font, see table~\vref{t+nfss+5}, for instance. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \caption{The five font parameters of some fonts}\label{t+nfss+5} -% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}} -% \toprule -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l}{\textbf{\LaTeX{} specification}}& -% \textbf{Font}&\textbf{\TeX{} name}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{OT1}&\texttt{cmr} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{n} & \texttt{10} & -% Computer Modern Roman 10 point & -% \texttt{cmr10}\\ -% \texttt{OT1} & \texttt{cmss} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{sl} & \texttt{1pc} & -% Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica & -% \texttt{cmssi12} \\ -% \texttt{OML} & \texttt{cmm} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{10pt} & -% Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point & -% \texttt{cmmi10} \\ -% \texttt{T1} & \texttt{ptm} & \texttt{b} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{1in} & -% Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch & -% \texttt{ptmb8t at 1in}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \caption{Author commands for fonts}\label{t+nfss+6} -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Author command} & -% \textbf{Attribute} & -% \textbf{Value in} \uclass{article} \textbf{class} \\ -% \midrule -% \com{textrm}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{rmfamily} & family & \texttt{cmr} \\ -% \com{textsf}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{sffamily} & family & \texttt{cmss} \\ -% \com{texttt}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{ttfamily} & family & \texttt{cmtt} \\ -% \com{textmd}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{mdseries} & series & \texttt{m} \\ -% \com{textbf}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{bfseries} & series & \texttt{bx} \\ -% \com{textup}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{upshape} & shape & \texttt{n} \\ -% \com{textit}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{itshape} & shape & \texttt{it} \\ -% \com{textsl}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{slshape} & shape & \texttt{sl} \\ -% \com{textsc}\texttt{\ldots} or \com{scshape} & shape & \texttt{sc} \\ -% \com{tiny} & size & \texttt{5pt} \\ -% \com{scriptsize} & size & \texttt{7pt} \\ -% \com{footnotesize} & size & \texttt{8pt} \\ -% \com{small} & size & \texttt{9pt} \\ -% \com{normalsize} & size & \texttt{10pt} \\ -% \com{large} & size & \texttt{12pt} \\ -% \com{Large} & size & \texttt{14.4pt} \\ -% \com{LARGE} & size & \texttt{17.28pt} \\ -% \com{huge} & size & \texttt{20.74pt} \\ -% \com{Huge} & size & \texttt{24.88pt}\\ -% \com{textnormal} & normal & \textnormal{normal text}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% -% These five parameters are displayed whenever \LaTeX{} gives an overfull -% box warning, for instance: -% \begin{verse} -% \texttt{Overfull \bs hbox (3.80855pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 314-{}-318}\\ -% \texttt{[]\bs OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Normally [] and [] will be iden-ti-cal,} -% \end{verse} -% \lneed{6} -% The table~\vref{t+nfss+6} lists the author commands for fonts which set these five attributes\footnote{The -% values used by these commands are determined by the document class.}. -% \item[\uopt{nocheckfiles}]\iopt{nocheckfiles} A package option of \upack{minitoc}. The opposite of the \optd{checkfiles} -% package option (see above). -% \item[\uopt{nohints}]\iopt{nohints} A package option of \upack{minitoc}. The opposite of the \optd{hints} -% package option (see above). -% \item[\uopt{nolistfiles}]\iopt{nolistfiles} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It is the opposite of the -% \optd{listfiles} above. See section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% \item[\uopt{notoccite}]\iopt{notoccite} This option of the \upack{minitoc} package loads -% the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite} (by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). -% It avoids problems with \com{cite} commands in sectionning commands or captions. See -% section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{O}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{O} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[Omega] The Omega typesetting system\,\footnote{Most but not all of this note is taken in the Omega documentation -% \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}. -% See~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} for more information.} -% ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (by \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} and \xname{John}{Plaice}) -% is an extension of \TeX{} that is aimed primarily at improving \TeX's multilingual abilities. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% When the \TeX{} program was originally developed in the mid seventies [\emph{circa} 1975] by -% Professor \xname{Donald~E.}{Knuth} -% it was mainly aimed at typesetting mathematical texts in the english language. Since then \TeX{} has -% made inroads in broader and broader areas of scientific, literary and other scholarly activities in many -% countries all over the world. In 1991, \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} froze \TeX, mainly in the interest of stability. -% However, he allows the \TeX{} code to be used as the basis for further developments, so long as the resulting system is -% distributed under a different name. -% -% In Omega all characters and pointers into data-structures are 31-bit -% wide, instead of 8-bit, thereby eliminating many of the trivial -% limitations of \TeX. Omega also allows multiple input and output -% character sets, and uses programmable filters to translate from one -% encoding to another, to perform contextual analysis, etc. Internally, -% Omega uses the universal Unicode/ISO-10646 character set. Omega also -% includes support for multiple writing directions. -% -% These improvements not only make it a lot easier for \TeX{} users to cope -% with multiple or complex languages, like Arabic, Indic, Khmer, Chinese, -% Japanese or Korean, in one document, but also form the basis for future -% developments in other areas, such as native color support and hypertext -% features. -% -% The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of Omega is called -% ``\emph{Lambda}''~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). -% Extending Omega with the \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} extensions is a separate -% project, known as ``\pack{Aleph}'' ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} and led by \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}. -% The \LaTeX\ for \pack{Aleph} is known as -% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). -% There is an experimental system, named \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex,luatex2007}, which will regroup -% \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} and other developments. -% A promising development is \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} by~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, with -% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}. -% \begin{table}[tp!] -% ^^A \changeskips -% \caption{Some systems derived from \TeX{} and \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex} -% \centering -% \[ \begin{array}{ccccccc} -% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Omega}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Lambda}\\ -% &&+&&&&+\\ -% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eTeX}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eLaTeX}\\ -% &&&&&&\\ -% \cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} -% &&&&&&\\ -% &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,height=10pt]{lamed3.png}}} -% \end{array} \] -% \end{table} -% \item[\feat{open}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately before -% (\emph{open}) the insertion of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table. -% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{P}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{P} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[package] Packages\footnote{This info is taken from~\cite[page~12--13]{kopka} and adapted.} are a very important -% feature of \LaTeX. These are extensions to the basic \LaTeX{} commands that are written to files with names -% that end with \suffix{.sty} and are loaded with the command \com{usepackage} in the preamble. Packages can be -% classified by they origin. -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \textbf{Core} packages (in fact, \textbf{base} and \textbf{required} packages) are an integral part of -% the \LaTeX{} basic installation and are therefore fully standard. -% \item \textbf{Tools} packages are a set written by members of the \LaTeX3 Team and should always be in the -% installation. -% \item \textbf{Graphics} packages are a standardized set for including pictures generated by other programs -% and for handling colors; they are at the same level as the tools packages. -% \item \textbf{\AmS-\LaTeX} packages, published by the American Mathematical -% Society\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}, should be in any -% installation\footnote{They are indispensable if you use a lot of mathematics.}. -% \item \textbf{Contributed} packages have been submitted by actual users; certain of these have established -% themselves as ``essential'' to standard \LaTeX{} usage, but all are useful. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[\feat{pagestyle}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed at each occurrence of -% a given type of mini-table, to force the page style to use for the current page. -% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \item[partlof] A list of figures for a part. -% \item[\dcnt{partlofdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the partlofs. -% \item[partlot] A list of tables for a part. -% \item[\dcnt{partlotdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the partlots. -% \item[parttoc] A table of contents for a part. -% \item[\dcnt{parttocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the parttocs. -% \item[PDF] Portable Document Format~\cite{pdfspec}. A descendant of the PostScript language from Adobe, -% optimized for navigation on the Internet. It adds hypertext, font substitution, and compression features. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{placeins}] The \pack{placeins}\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0032}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}} -% package~\cite{placeins} keeps floats ``in their place'', -% preventing them from floating past a \com{FloatBarrier} command into another section. To use it, declare -% \com{usepackage}\texttt{\{placeins\}} in the preamble and -% insert \com{FloatBarrier} commands at places that floats -% should not move past, perhaps at every \com{section}. The \opt{insection} package option of the -% \upack{minitoc} package does that with adequate options, and loads also the \pack{flafter} package -% (described in~\cite{ltoutput} and~\cite[page~286]{TLC2}); -% see section~\vref{s+placing}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\xfile{placeins.txt}] A plain text file containing the documentation of -% the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins}. -% \item[\upack{\PLaTeX}]\ipacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} A\virage{} version of \LaTeX\ customized -% for the polish (\lopt{polski}) language. It has been replaced by the \pack{polski} package. See~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. -% But the \emph{same} name was referring also to a version of \LaTeX\ customized for the japanese language, -% \packa{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}~\cite{platex-jp,kakuto}. -% \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk} -% An example of shell script to prepare the \upack{minitoc} package -% and its documentation; you should adapt it to your needs. -% See item~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[polymorphic entry] An entry\index{polymorphic entry} in the TOC, LOF or LOT which changes its aspect -% depending on the place where it appears (main TOC, minitable, etc.); see section~\vref{ss+polym}. -% \item[PostScript] A page description language, by Adobe. It describes the appearance of a page, including -% elements such as text, graphics, and scanned images, to a printer or visualization device. Introduced by -% Adobe in 1985, it has become the language of choice in high quality printing. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[preamble] In the main file of a \LaTeX{} source document, the part of it between the commands -% \com{documentclass}\texttt{[.{}.{}.]\{.{}.{}.\}} and \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}. In the preamble, -% you can insert global declarations and the loading of packages via \com{usepackage} commands. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[preparation] The preparation commands of the \upack{minitoc} package prepare the auxiliary files for the -% mini-tables of a given type. A~\emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before any -% insertion command for the mini-table type. The preparation commands are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(part level)\\ -% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(chapter level)\\ -% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},&(section level)\\ -% \com{mtcprepare}&(all levels) -% \end{tabular} -% \item[\uclass{proc}]\iclass{proc} A standard \LaTeX\ document class, for preparing conference proceedings. For the -% \upack{minitoc} package, it is very similar to the \class{article} document class; see above. -% \item[pseudo-chapter] -% Or starred chapter. A chapter introduced by a \com{chapter*} command. By default, it has no entry in -% the table of contents. \com{chapter*} needs some precautions with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% See section~\vref{s+starred.chap}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{Q}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Q} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{quotchap}] The \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} provides a set of commands for adding quotations to -% some headings (chapters) in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: -% \class{book}, and \class{report}. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.quotchap} and -% section~\vref{faq.39}). -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{R}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{R} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[README] is a plain text file (english) describing briefly the \upack{minitoc} package, -% plus some useful infos. -% \item[\uclass{report}]\iclass{report} A standard \LaTeX\ document class~\cite{classes}. It has sectionning commands: \com{part}, -% \com{chapter}, and \com{section} (and below). It is compatible with the \upack{minitoc} package and -% you can make mini-tables at the part and chapter levels (but not at the section level, to avoid too many -% auxiliary files). -% \item[\uscrp{rmk}]\iscrp{rmk} An example of shell script, which sorts the files -% of the \upack{minitoc} package into classes (one directory -% for each class). It should be run after the scripts -% \scrp{imk} (mandatory) and \scrp{emk} and/or -% \scrp{fmk}, in that sequence. See item~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[\upack{romannum}] The \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} changes the numbers (for sectionning commands) -% generated by \LaTeX{} from arabic digits to roman numerals. This package uses -% the \pack{stdclsdv} package~\cite{stdclsdv}. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.romannum} and -% section~\vref{faq.40}). -% \item[\pack{rotating}] The \pack{rotating}~\cite{rotating} package performs all the different sorts of -% rotation one might like, including complete figures. -% \item[\pack{rotfloat}] The pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}\imess{I0053} package provides commands to define new floats -% of various styles (\texttt{plain}, \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{ruled}, and userdefined ones); -% the \pack{rotating} package~\cite{rotating} provides new environments (\env{sidewaysfigure} -% and \env{sidewaystable}) which are rotated by $90^\circ$ or $270^\circ$. -% But what about new rotated floats, e.g.\ a rotated ruled one? -% This package makes this possible; it builds a bridge between both packages -% and extend the commands from the \pack{float} package to define rotated -% versions of the new floats, too. -% \item[rubber] \tool{rubber}~\cite{rubber} is a wrapper for \LaTeX\ and companion programs. -% Its purpose is, given a \LaTeX\ source to process, -% to compile it enough times to resolve all references, possibly running satellite programs such as \textbf{\BibTeX}, -% \textbf{makeindex}, \textbf{Metapost}, etc., to produce appropriate data files. It has facilities to make -% some post-processing cleanup actions, like deleting the auxiliary files created by \upack{minitoc}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{S}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{S} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\uclass{scrartcl}]\iclass{scrartcl} See {\KOMAScript} above. -% \item[\uclass{scrbook}]\iclass{scrbook} See {\KOMAScript} above. -% \item[\uclass{scrreprt}]\iclass{scrreprt} See {\KOMAScript} above. -% \item[sectionning commands] These are the \LaTeX\ commands which specify the logical structure of your document. -% The main sectionning commands are \com{part}, \com{chapter}, \com{section}, -% \com{subsection}, \com{subsubsection}, \com{paragraph}, or \com{subparagraph}. -% Some standard document classes have not the \com{chapter} command (like the \class{article} and -% \class{proc} classes), some have no sectionning commands (like the \class{letter} class). In the later -% case, the \upack{minitoc} package is pointless. If some of the \com{part}, \com{chapter}, -% or \com{section} commands are not defined, the \upack{minitoc} commands for that level are -% unavailable. If \com{chapter} is defined, the \upack{minitoc} commands at the section level are not -% defined in the current and older versions of the \upack{minitoc} package, but if \com{chapter} is -% not defined and \com{section} is defined, then the \upack{minitoc} commands at the section level are -% defined. See section~\vref{note+sectionning}. -% In non-standard document classes, sectionning commands with non-standard names cannot be recognized by the -% \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[sectlof] A list of figures for a section. -% \item[\dcnt{sectlofdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the sectlofs. -% \item[sectlot] A list of tables for a section. -% \item[\dcnt{sectlotdepth}] This counter, if defined, contains the depth of the sectlots. -% \item[\upack{sectsty}] The \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} provides a set of commands for changing -% the font used for the various sectional headings in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: \class{article}, -% \class{book}, and \class{report}. This package also works with the {\KOMAScript} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} -% \class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook}, and \class{scrreprt}. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.sectsty} and -% section~\vref{faq.28}). -% \item[secttoc] A table of contents for a section. -% \item[\dcnt{secttocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the secttocs. -% \item[\upack{sfheaders}] The \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (for \LaTeXe) borrows -% some definitions from the standard \class{article}/\class{report}/\class{book} classes -% and modifies them in order to print the part, chapter, section, subsection\ldots{} headers with -% the Sans-Serif variant of the current font. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.sfheaders} and -% section~\vref{faq.41}). -% \item[shell] In the Unix, Unix-like and Linux operating systems, the \textbf{shell} is a program used as an -% interface between the operating system and the user. It can also be used as a scripting language to write -% programs or scripts to prepare routinely used sequences of tasks. The main shells are the -% Bourne shell (\textbf{sh}), the C~shell (\textbf{csh}), the Korn shell (\textbf{ksh}), -% and their many successors (like \textbf{bash}, \textbf{tcsh}, etc.). -% \item[\uopt{shortext}]\iopt{shortext} An\imess{W0020} option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It forces the use of short extensions -% (3~characters) in the names of the minitoc auxiliary files. This option is inactive by default, but is -% automatically activated if your operating system needs short extensions. See \textbf{autoconfiguration} -% above and the section~\vref{.8+3}. -% \item[\upack{shorttoc}] The \pack{shorttoc} package~\cite{shorttoc} allows to create an other table of -% contents in a document, with an other title and an other depth than the main table of contents. -% \item[SJIS] The SJIS character encoding (for the japanese language), also known as MS-Kanji (Kanji for -% Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered}), -% consists of two overlaid character sets: the so-called halfwidth Katakana (JIS X0201-1976, 1-byte characters -% encoded in the range \texttt{0xA1} to \texttt{0xDF}) and the (fullwidth) JIS character set (JIS X0208-1990, -% mapped to the remaining code points). This information is taken from~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% \item[\upack{\SLaTeX}]\ipacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} A version of \LaTeX\ customized for the swedish language. See~\cite{slatex}. -% \item[\upack{splitbib}]\ipack{splitbib} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{splitbib} which allows for sorting a bibliography -% into categories and -% subcategories; this is interesting for lists of publications, for grouping references by subject, by year,~... -% \item[\upack{stdclsdv}] The \pack{stdclsdv} package~\cite{stdclsdv} is intended to be used by the authors -% of \LaTeX{} packages that need to know about the sectional divisions provided by the document class. -% \item[strut] A vertical invisible rule used to force a minimal separation between two lines of text. -% \item[\upack{subfig}] The \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig} provides support for the -% inclusion of small, ``sub-figures'' and ``sub-tables''. It simplifies the positioning, captioning and labeling of -% them within a single \env{figure} or \env{table} environment. In addition, this package allows -% such sub-captions to be written to the List of Figures or List of Tables if desired. -% \item[\upack{subfigure}] The \pack{subfigure} package~\cite{subfigure} is an obsolete version (by the same -% author) of the \pack{subfig} package~\cite{subfig}. -% \item[suffix] See ``extension'' above. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{T}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{T} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[TDS] \index{TDS}The \TeX~Directory Structure~\cite{ftds,tds}; a directory structure highly recommended to -% store macros, fonts, and the other implementation-independent \TeX{} system files; it also suggests how to -% incorporate the rest of the \TeX{} files in a single structure; the \index{TDS}TDS has been designed to work on all -% modern systems. -% \item[\TeX] \TeX{} is a computer program created by \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}~\cite{texbook,ftb}. -% It is aimed at typesetting text and mathematical formulae. -% \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} started writing the \TeX{} typesetting -% engine in 1977 to explore the potential of the digital printing -% equipment that was beginning to infiltrate the publishing industry at -% that time, especially in the hope that he could reverse the trend of -% deteriorating typographical quality that he saw affecting his own -% books and articles. \TeX{} as we use it today was released in 1982, -% with some slight enhancements added in 1989 to better support 8-bit -% characters and multiple languages. \TeX{} is renowned for being -% extremely stable, for running on many different kinds of computers, -% and for being virtually bug free. The version number of \TeX{} is -% converging to $\pi$ and is now at $3.141592$. -% -% \TeX{} is pronounced ``Tech,'' with a ``ch'' as in the German word -% ``Ach'' or in the Scottish ``Loch.'' In an ASCII environment, \TeX{} -% becomes \texttt{TeX}. -% \item[\upack{thailatex}] The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex} allows to typeset -% documents in the Thai language. You can also use the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a tight line spacing in the -% mini-tables. The opposite option is \optd{loose}. -% \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles. -% Amongst its many features it provides margin titles, different format in left and right pages, rules above -% and below the title, etc. Unfortunately, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \item[\upack{titletoc}] The\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} \pack{titletoc} package is useful for toc entries formatting, -% providing the possibility of changing the format in the middle of a document, grouping the entries -% in a single paragraph, pretty free-forms entries, partial tocs, etc. -% Unfortunately, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. -% -% The \xfile{titletoc.sty} file is not part of the \pack{titlesec} package; it's an independent package, -% but it's described in the \pack{titlesec} package documentation~\cite{titletoc}. -% \item[\uscrp{tmk}]\iscrp{tmk} A script file which creates a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant -% hierarchy~\cite{ftds,tds} (to be ajusted to your system). -% \item[TOC, ToC] Acronym for ``table of contents''. -% \item[\upack{tocbibind}] The \pack{tocbibind}\imess{I0046} package~\cite{tocbibind} can be used to add the ToC -% and/or bibliography and/or the index etc., to the Table of Contents listing. But it needs some precautions -% when used with the \upack{minitoc} package. See section~\vref{special.entries}. -% \item[\dcnt{tocdepth}] This counter contains the depth of the table of contents. -% \item[\upack{tocloft}] The \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}\imess{I0047} provides means of controlling the -% typographic design of the Table of Contents, List of Figures and List of Tables. -% New kinds of ``List of \ldots' can be defined. If you use the \pack{tocloft} package and the -% \upack{minitoc} package, see section~\vref{faq+tocloft} about fixing some minor compatibility issues. -% \item[\xfile{TODO}] is a plain text file (english) which lists some suggested developments of the package, -% not yet implemented. Comments and suggestions are welcome. -% \item[token] A token\footnote{This definition is taken from ``\textsl{The \TeX{}book}''~\cite{texbook,ftb}.} is either -% (a)~a single character with an attached category code (see ``catcode'' above), or (b)~a control sequence. -% \virage{} You \emph{should} remember two chief things about \TeX's tokens: (1)~A~control sequence is considered to be -% a single object that is no longer composed of a sequence of symbols. Therefore long control sequence names -% are no harder for \TeX\ to deal with than short ones, after they have been replaced by tokens. Furthermore, -% spaces are not ignored after control sequences inside a token list; the ignore-space rule applies only in an -% input file, during the time that strings of characters are being tokenized. (2)~Once a category code has been -% attached to a character token, the attachment is permanent. For instance, if character `\verb|{|' were -% suddenly declared to be of category~12 instead of category~1, the characters `\verb|{|$_1$' already inside token -% lists of \TeX\ would still remain of category~1; only newly made lists would contain `\verb|{|$_{12}$' tokens. -% In other words, individual characters receive a fixed interpretation as soon as they have been read from a file, -% based on the category they have at the time of reading. Control sequences are different, since they can change -% their interpretation at any time. \TeX's digestive processes always know exactly what a character token signifies, -% because the category code appears in the token itself; but when the digestive processes encounter a control sequence -% token, they must look up the current definition of that control sequence in order to figure out what it means. -% \item[\pack{trivfloat}] The \pack{trivfloat} package~\cite{trivfloat} (by \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright})\imess{I0053} provides -% a quick method for defining new float types in \LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the -% same style as the \LaTeX{} kernel \env{figure} and \env{table} float types. -% \item[\pack{txfonts}] The \pack{txfonts} package~\cite{txfonts} provides the \texttt{TX} fonts, which consist of -% \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt -% \item virtual text roman fonts using Adobe Times (or URW NimbusRomNo9L) with -% some modified and additional text symbols in OT1, T1, TS1, and LY1 encodings; -% \item \textsf{virtual text sans serif fonts using Adobe Helvetica (or URW NimbusSanL) with -% additional text symbols in OT1, T1, TS1, and LY1 encodings}; -% \item {\smooth\texttt{monospaced typewriter fonts in the OT1, T1, TS1, and LY1\linebreak[4] encodings}}; -% \item math alphabets using Adobe Times (or URW NimbusRomNo9L) with modified metrics; -% \item math fonts of all symbols corresponding to those of Computer Modern math fonts (CMSY, CMMI, CMEX, -% and Greek letters of CMR); -% \item math fonts of all symbols corresponding to those of AmS{} fonts (MSAM and MSBM); -% \item additional math fonts of various symbols. -% \end{enumerate} -% All fonts are in the Type~1 format (in \suffix{.afm} and \suffix{.pfb} files). -% Necessary \suffix{.tfm} and \suffix{.vf} files together with \LaTeXe\ package files and font map files -% (\suffix{.map}) for \tool{dvips} are provided. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[UNIX] A modern operating system, available on many computers and in various flavors. From the -% \upack{minitoc} point of view, it has the advantage of using filenames with long extensions (the length -% limit is too high to be a problem with the number of mini-tables). -% \item[UNIX-like] Operating systems analog to Unix, with the same advantages. Linux is a good example, but others -% exist. -% \item[\utool{urlbst}]\itool{urlbst} A PERL script, by \name{Norman}{Gray}~\cite{urlbst}, -% to add a \texttt{webpage} \BibTeX{} entry type, -% and add support for general \texttt{url} and \texttt{lastchecked} fields, to (most) \BibTeX{} \suffix{.bst} files. -% Optionally adds basic support for \texttt{eprint} and \texttt{doi} fields, and \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}/\pack{hyperref} -% support, too. See \cite{hypertex,hyperref.web}. -% \item[UTF\phantom{-}8] UTF~8 (Unicode Transformation Format~8), also called UTF~2 or FSS-UTF, is a special representation -% of Unicode (resp. ISO~10\,646). It uses multibyte sequences of various lengths, but only 2-byte and 3-byte -% sequences are implemented in \pack{CJK}. ASCII characters will be used as-is --- without this property it would be -% impossible to use UTF~8 with \TeX. See table~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{V}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{V} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{varsects}] The \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} provides a set of commands for changing -% the font used for the various sectional headings in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: \class{article}, -% \class{book}, and \class{report}. -% It must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package (see point~\vref{h.varsects} and -% section~\vref{faq.33}). -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{W}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{W} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \par\reversemarginpar -% \item[Wikipedia] The \index{Wikipedia}Wikipedia\index{Wikipedia}\ixgrf{wiki.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\raisebox{0cm}[2.5cm][0cm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wiki.png}}}} -% is a free, multilingual, open content (neutral, verifiable, modifiable and improvable by anyone) -% encyclopedia project operated by the non-profit Wikimedia Foundation. -% Its name is a portemanteau of the words \emph{wiki} (a type of collaborative website) and \emph{encyclopedia}. -% Launched in 2001 by \name{Jimmy}{Wales} and \name{Larry}{Sanger}, it is the largest, fastest growing and most -% popular general reference work currently available on the Internet. -% \par\normalmarginpar -% \item[\upack{wrapfig}] The \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig} provides the \env{wrapfigure} and -% \env{wraptable} environments to place a figure or table at the side of the page and wrap text around~it. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{X}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{X} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\scrp{xmk}] An example of shell script, which typesets the example document files into PDF documents. -% \item[\upack{xr}] The \pack{xr} package~\cite{xr} implements a system for eXternal References. I wrote the -% first version of this package, but it had severe problems. \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} rewrote it in a much -% better and more robust way. With his permission, I used some of his code in the \upack{minitoc} package -% to implement the preparation commands (like \com{dominitoc}). If you use also the \pack{hyperref} -% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, use \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} in place of the \upack{xr} package. -% \end{wdesc} -% \end{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Jargon}\label{c+jargon} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{5}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{-0.75em} -% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{-0.75em} -% \minitoc -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} -% \mtcsetoffset{minitoc}{0pt} -% \mtcskip -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} -% \minilot -% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} -% Ce chapitre tente d'expliquer certains termes utilisщs dans cette documentation et dщcrit quelques fichiers et suffixes -% utiles. -% De nombreuses informations proviennent des documentations de divers paquetages citщs (souvent du rщsumщ ou -% \emph{abstract}), et -% de~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2F,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}. -% \clearpage -% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \jsection{<<~.~>>\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<<~.~>>} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\suffix{.aux}] Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier \emph{auxiliaire} d'un document \LaTeX{}. Il transfшre -% des informations d'une exщcution de \LaTeX{} р~la suivante. -% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.aux} Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier classe de document, -% chargщ via la commande \com{documentclass}. -% \item[\usuffix{.dtx}]\isuffix{.dtx} Le suffixe du nom pour le fichier source documentщ d'un paquetage ou d'une classe \LaTeX. -% Ce fichier est souvent associщ р~un fichier \suffix{.ins} pour engendrer le paquetage ou la classe. -% Compiler un fichier \suffix{.dtx} avec \LaTeX{} engendre la documentation. -% \item[\usuffix{.F}]\isuffix{.F} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilof lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.F}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilof. -% \item[\usuffix{.G}]\isuffix{.G} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlof lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.G}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.H}]\isuffix{.H} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlof lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.H}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.ins}]\isuffix{.ins} Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier d'installation d'un paquetage ou d'une classe \LaTeX. -% Lorsque qu'il est compilщ avec \LaTeX, il extrait les fichiers du paquetage ou de la classe depuis un -% fichier \suffix{.dtx}. -% \item[\usuffix{.lof}]\isuffix{.lot} Le suffixe du nom du fichier \og{} liste des figures\fg. -% \item[\usuffix{.log}]\isuffix{.log} Le suffixe du nom du fichier rapport de compilation. -% \item[\usuffix{.lot}]\isuffix{.lot} Le suffixe du nom du fichier \og{} liste des tableaux\fg. -% \item[\usuffix{.M}]\isuffix{.M} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minitoc lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.M}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minitoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.maf}]\suffix{.maf} Le suffixe du nom du fichier engendrщ par l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. -% Option par dщfaut. -% Ce fichier contient la liste des fichiers auxiliaires minitoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.mld}]\isuffix{.mld} Le suffixe pour le nom d'un fichier minitoc de dщfinition de langue. Un fichier minitoc de -% dщfinition de langue contient les dщfinitions des titres des mini-tables dans une langue donnщe. -% \item[\usuffix{.mlf}]\isuffix{.mlf} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilof lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.mlf}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilof. -% \item[\usuffix{.mlo}]\isuffix{.mlo} Le suffixe pour le nom d'un fichier minitoc objet de langue. Pour certaines langues -% exotiques, le codage rend difficile l'insertion directe des titres dans un fichier \suffix{.mld}; donc -% le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. -% \item[\usuffix{.mlt}]\isuffix{.mlt} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilot lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.mlt}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilot. -% \item[\usuffix{.mtc}]\isuffix{.mtc} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minitoc lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.mtc}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minitoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.P}]\isuffix{.P} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier parttoc lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.P}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la parttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.plf}]\isuffix{.plf} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlof lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.plf}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.plt}]\isuffix{.plt} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlot lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.plt}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlot. -% \item[\usuffix{.ptc}]\suffix{.ptc} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier parttoc lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.ptc}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la parttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.S}]\isuffix{.S} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier secttoc lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.S}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la secttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.slf}]\isuffix{.slf} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlof lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.slf}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlof. -% \item[\usuffix{.slt}]\isuffix{.slt} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlot lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.slt}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlot. -% \item[\usuffix{.stc}]\isuffix{.stc} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier secttoc lorsque les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.stc}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la secttoc. -% \item[\usuffix{.sty}]\isuffix{.sty} Le suffixe pour le nom d'un fichier paquetage, chargщ via \com{usepackage}. -% \item[\usuffix{.T}]\isuffix{.T} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier minilot lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.T}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la minilot. -% \item[\usuffix{.tex}]\isuffix{.tex} Le suffixe du nom d'un fichier source \TeX\ ou \LaTeX\ normal. -% \item[\usuffix{.toc}]\isuffix{.toc} Le suffixe du nom du fichier \og{} table des matiшres\fg. -% \item[\usuffix{.U}]\isuffix{.U} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier partlot lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.U}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la partlot. -% \item[\usuffix{.V}]\isuffix{.V} Le suffixe de base pour un fichier sectlot lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. Le -% suffixe complet est \suffix{.V}\emph{nn} o∙ \emph{nn} est le numщro absolu de la sectlot. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{A}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{A} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[absolue (numщrotation)] Les fichiers auxiliaires pour les minitables ont un suffixe contenant un -% \emph{numщro absolu}, c'est-р-dire un numщro qui est unique et toujours croissant depuis la premiшre -% partie, le premier chapitre ou la premiшre section; ceci a rщsolu quelques problшmes obscurs, et aussi -% frappщ d'obsolescence quelques commandes, telles que \com{firstpartis}, -% \com{firstchapteris} et \com{firstsectionis}. La numщrotation absolue a щtщ introduite dans -% la version~\#23. -% \item[\upack{abstract}] Le paquetage \pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}\imess{I0040} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) nщcessite -% quelques prщcautions s'il est utilisщ avec son option \optp{addtotoc}{abstract}. -% \item[\feat{after}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ \emph{aprшs} un type donnщ de mini-table. -% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[ajustement] Quelques commandes et environnements de \upack{minitoc} sont dits \og{} commandes -% d'ajustement\fg{} car ils sont utilisщs dans certaines circonstances pour \og{} ajuster\fg{} un compteur ou -% altщrer l'affichage de fichiers de contenu. Ces commandes et environnements sont -% \com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc}, \com{adjuststc}, -% \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, \com{decrementstc}, -% \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, \com{incrementstc}, -% \com{mtcaddpart}, \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, -% \com{mtcfixglossary}, \com{mtcfixindex}, \com{mtcfixnomenclature}, -% \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, -% \env{mtchideinmainlof} et -% \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% Il est \virage\emph{fortement recommandщ} que l'utilisateur vщrifie le rщsultat de tels ajustements dans le -% document final. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\pack{afterpage}] La paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage} est utilisщ pour ajouter du code qui sera -% exщcutщ \emph{aprшs} la prochaine coupure de page. -% \item[\upack{alnumsec}] -% Le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}\imess{W0090} vous permet d'utiliser une numщrotation alphanumщrique des sections, -% c'est-р-dire: A.~Introduction; III.~Loi internationale. Ce rщsultat est similaire -% р~celui du paquetage \pack{alphanum} (qui fait partie de la classe \class{jura}~\cite{jura}), -% mais vous pouvez utiliser les commandes de sectionnement standard de \LaTeX. Il est donc possible -% de changer facilement de schщma de numщrotation. Lettres grecques, lettres doubles~(bb) et diffщrents -% dщlimiteurs autour des numщros sont supportщs. -% Ce paquetage doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.alnumsec} et la -% section~\vref{faq.42}). -% \item[\upack{alphanum}] Le\imess{W0025} paquetage \pack{alphanum}, qui fait partie de la -% classe spщcialisщe \class{jura}~\cite{jura}, -% de \name{Felix}{Braun}, est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \lneed{3} -% \item[\AmS] L'\emph{American Mathematical Society}~\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}\fron.% -% \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}} -% Cette sociщtщ savante a dщveloppщ les classes de document suivantes: -% \class{amsart} et \class{amsproc} sont, malheureusement, \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% \class{amsbook} est compatible mais demande des prщcautions. Voir la section~\vref{s+AMS}. -% \item[\uclass{amsart}]\iclass{amsart} Une\imess{W0026} classe de document pour des articles~\cite{amslatex}, -% fournie par l'\emph{American Mathematical Society} (\AmS). Malheureusement, cette classe -% est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uclass{amsbook}]\iclass{amsbook} Une\imess{I0041} classe de document pour des livres~\cite{amslatex}, fournie par -% l'\emph{American Mathematical Society} (\AmS). Cette classe est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% mais requiert des prщcautions. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uclass{amsproc}]\iclass{amsproc} Une\imess{W0027} classe de document pour des comptes-rendus de -% congrшs~\cite{amslatex}, fournie par l'\emph{American Mathematical Society} (\AmS). Malheureusement, cette -% classe est \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{Antomega}] \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% est un paquetage de support de langues pour \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), fondщ sur le -% fichier \xfile{omega.sty} original du projet Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$). Cependant, il offre quelques -% fonctionnalitщs additionnelles utiles. -% Certains fichiers de dщfinition de langue (\suffix{.mld}) utilisent des titres dщfinis par \pack{Antomega}: -% \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, -% \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, -% \xfile{russian2m.mld}, \xfile{russian2o.mld} et \xfile{spanish3.mld}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\env{appendices}] Voir \upack{appendix} ci-dessous. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{appendix}] Le\imess{I0042} paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) -% fournit diverses maniшres de formater les titres des appendices. Des environnements -% nommщs (\texttt{sub})\env{appendices}\ienv{subappendices} -% sont aussi fournis pouvant ъtre utilisщs, par exemple, pour des appendices par chapitre ou par section. Si -% ce paquetage est utilisщ avec \upack{minitoc}, certaines prщcautions sont nщcessaires (voir la -% section~\vref{faq+appendix}). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{\Arabi}] \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} est un systшme (de \name{Youssef}{Jabri}) pour prщparer des documents \LaTeX{} dans -% les langues arabe (\lopt{arab}) ou \lopt{farsi}. Les titres dans \xfile{arabi.mld} et \xfile{farsi3.mld} proviennent -% des fichiers \xfile{arabic.ldf} et \xfile{farsi.ldf} de ce systшme. -% \item[\upack{Arab\TeX}] \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} est un paquetage (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}) pour prщparer des -% documents en langue arabe (\lopt{arab}) ou hщbraяque (\lopt{hebrew}). Les titres dans \xfile{arab.mld} (ou \xfile{arabic.mld}), -% \xfile{arab2.mld} et -% \xfile{hebrew.mld} proviennent d'\packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}, mais ceux donnщs par \xfile{hebrew2.mld} proviennent -% de \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \item[\upack{Arm\TeX}] \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} est un paquetage (rщalisщ par \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, -% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}) pour prщparer des -% documents \LaTeX{} en langue armщnienne. -% Les titres dans \xfile{armenian.mld} proviennent du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}. -% \item[\uclass{article}]\iclass{article} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{classes}. Elle offre des commandes de sectionnement: -% \com{part} et \com{section} (et en dessous), mais pas \com{chapter}. Elle est compatible avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} et vous pouvez faire des mini-tables aux niveaux partie et section (mais, bien -% s√r, pas au niveau chapitre indisponible). -% \item[\com{AtBeginDocument}] -% Cette macro standard permet d'ajouter du code р~exщcuter au dщbut du document (en fait, р~la fin exacte de -% son prщambule, mais р~l'intщrieur de celui-ci, ce qui implique quelques restrictions), р~l'endroit -% o∙ \verb|\begin{document}| est traitщ. Ceci permet р~un paquetage (ou р~une classe) d'ajouter du code sans -% crщer de conflits avec d'autres paquetages essayant de faire de mъme. -% \item[\com{AtEndDocument}] -% Cette macro standard permet d'ajouter du code р~exщcuter р~la fin du document, р~l'endroit -% o∙ \verb|\end{document}| est traitщ. Ceci permet р~un paquetage (ou р~une classe) d'ajouter du code sans -% crщer de conflits avec d'autres paquetages essayant de faire de mъme. -% \item[\textbf{autoconfiguration}] Depuis la version~\#28, \upack{minitoc} dщtecte automatiquement si les -% suffixes des noms de fichiers sont limitщs р~3~caractшres (comme sous MS-DOS). Ce processus se nomme -% l'autoconfiguration. L'option de paquetage \opt{shortext} force la limitation р~3~caractшres. -% \item[auxiliaire] Pendant la prщparation d'un document, le systшme \LaTeX\ utilise quelques fichiers -% \textbf{auxiliaires} pour stocker des informations. Les fichiers auxiliaires standard sont -% \emph{document}\suffix{.aux} (pour les labels de rщfщrences croisщes, les compteurs, etc.), -% \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} pour la table des matiшres, \emph{document}\suffix{.lof} pour la liste des figures -% et \emph{document}\suffix{.lot} pour la liste des tableaux. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} crщe ses propres -% fichiers auxiliaires, pour y~stocker les contenus de chaque mini-table. Ces fichiers sont les -% \emph{fichiers auxiliaires minitoc}, dont les noms sont de la forme \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{suffixe}, -% le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes} liste les suffixes possibles. -% Voir aussi le suffixe \suffix{.maf} plus haut. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{babel}] Le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et autres) est un -% vaste paquetage permettant de prщparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans de nombreuses langues, et pas seulement en -% anglais. De nombreux titres pour les mini-tables proviennent directement du paquetage \pack{babel}. -% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} Un paquetage pour composer des documents dans la langue \lopt{bangla} -% (\lopt{bengali}) en utilisant les systшmes {\TeX/\LaTeX}; voir~\cite{bangtex}. -% \item[\feat{before}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ \emph{avant} un type donnщ de mini-table. -% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \item[\BibTeX] Un programme щcrit par \name{Oren}{Patashnik} pour produire des bibliographies dans des documents \LaTeX. -% Distribuщ avec \LaTeX. Voir~\cite{ttb,btxdoc,btxhak,btxfaq}. -% \item[\upack{bibtopic}]\ipack{bibtopic} Un paquetage~\cite{bibtopic} \LaTeX{} pour inclure plusieurs bibliographies dans -% un document. Ces bibliographies pourraient ъtre considщrщes comme couvrant des sujets diffщrents (d'o∙ le nom) -% ou du matщriel bibliographique (par exemple, documentation de premier et second niveaux), etc. -% \item[\upack{bibunits}] Le paquetage \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits} permet de faire des bibliographies -% distinctes pour diffщrentes unitщs ou partie du texte. Les unitщs peuvent ъtre des chapitres, des sections ou -% des environnements \env{bibunit}. Ce paquetage est compatible avec une large variщtщ de paquetages, dont -% (mais sans y~ъtre limitщ) \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes}, \pack{overcite}~\cite{overcite} -% et les classes \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. -% \item[\uclass{book}]\iclass{book} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{classes}. Elle a des commandes de sectionnement: -% \com{part}, \com{chapter} et \com{section} (et en dessous). -% Elle est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et vous pouvez faire des mini-tables aux niveaux partie et -% chapitre (mais pas au niveau section, pour щviter de trop nombreux fichiers auxiliaires). -% \item[\pack{booktabs}] Ce beau paquetage~\cite{booktabs} vous aide р~prщparer de plus belles tables, \emph{sans} -% filets verticaux ni filets doubles. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{C}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{C} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[cadratin] Voir л~em~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[\pack{calc}] Le paquetage \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} facilite les calculs numщriques (sur des compteurs et -% des dimensions) lors le la prщparation d'un document \LaTeX. -% \item[cappuccino] Voir л~minutes~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[\upack{captcont}] Le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}\imess{W0091} fournit un support pour conserver -% un numщro de figure ou de caption pour plusieurs environnements flottants --- habituellement sur plusieurs pages. -% Il permet de contrЇler le contenu des pages de la liste des figures et de la liste des tableaux. Il devrait -% ъtre compatible avec tous les autres paquetages qui modifient ou щtendent l'environnement flottant et avec -% le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} en particulier. -% \item[\upack{caption}] Le paquetage \upack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\imess{W0033} offre de nombreuses faчons d'adapter les -% captions (lщgendes) dans des environnements flottants tels que \env{figure} et \env{table}, et coopшre -% avec de nombreux autres paquetages. -% \item[\upack{caption2}] Le paquetage\,\footnote{Ce texte provient de la documentation du paquetage \pack{caption}, -% et a щtщ traduit. Les paquetages \pack{caption} et \pack{caption2} ont le mъme auteur, \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}.} -% \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2}\imess{W0034} щtait considщrщ comme щtant une version expщrimentale -% parallшle du paquetage normal \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} et a щtщ supplantщ par la nouvelle version~\mbox{3.0} -% du paquetage normal \pack{caption} en dщcembre 2003. \pack{caption2} est encore supportщ -% d'une certaine maniшre, ce qui signifie qu'il fera partie des prochaines distributions et que les erreurs -% seront encore corrigщes, afin que les documents existants utilisant ce paquetage puissent encore ъtre -% compilщs. Mais \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt} \emph{ne rщpondra plus} aux questions concernant ce paquetage sauf -% pour les questions sur le passage р~la nouvelle version du paquetage \pack{caption}. Et ce paquetage -% \emph{ne sera ni adaptщ ni amщliorщ} dans le futur. -% -% Vous ъtes donc priщs de ne pas utiliser ce paquetage pour de nouveaux documents. Il est vieux, il est -% obsolшte et il commence р~sentir mauvais! -% -% Vous ъtes щgalement priщs d'ignorer tous les conseils dans des livres ou autres documents qui essayent de -% vous dire que le paquetage \pack{caption2} devrait ъtre utilisщ р~la place du paquetage \pack{caption} -- ces -% conseils sont dщmodщs depuis dщcembre 2003. -% \item[\xfile{CATALOG}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) qui contient des informations basiques sur le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} (rщsumщ, date, auteur, version, licence). -% \item[catcode] Abrщviation de л~code de catщgorie~╗ (\emph{category code}). Tout\,\footnote{Cette dщfinition -% est tirщe du <<~\textsl{The \TeX{}book}~>>~\cite{texbook,ftb}.} d'abord, il est sage d'avoir une idщe prщcise de ce -% que votre clavier envoie р~la machine. Il y~a 256~caractшres que \TeX\ peut rencontrer р~chaque щtape, dans un -% fichier ou dans une ligne de texte frappщ directement sur votre terminal. Ces 256~caractшres sont classщs en -% 16~catщgories numщrotщes de~0 р~15. Voir la table~\vref{t+J+catcodes}. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \def?{\phantom{0}} -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Codes de catщgorie}\label{t+J+catcodes} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}clZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% &\textbf{Catщgorie}&\textbf{Signification}\\ -% \midrule -% ?0&Caractшre d'щchappement&(\texttt{\bs}~habituellement)\\ -% ?1&Dщbut de groupe&(\texttt{\{}~habituellement)\\ -% ?2&Fin de groupe&(\texttt{\}}~habituellement)\\ -% ?3&Dщbut et fin de mode mathщmatique&(\texttt{\$}~habituellement)\\ -% ?4&Taquet d'alignement&(\texttt{\&}~habituellement)\\ -% ?5&Fin de ligne&(\emph{return}~habituellement)\\ -% ?6&Paramшtre&(\texttt{\#}~habituellement)\\ -% ?7&Exposant&(\texttt{\textasciicircum}~habituellement)\\ -% ?8&Indice&(\texttt{\_}~habituellement)\\ -% ?9&Caractшre ignorщ&(\emph{null}~habituellement)\\ -% 10&Espace&(\texttt{\textvisiblespace}~habituellement)\\ -% 11&Lettre&(\texttt{A}, \ldots, \texttt{Z} et~\texttt{a}, \ldots, \texttt{z})\\ -% 12&Autre caractшre&(aucun de ceux ci-dessus ou ci-dessous)\\ -% 13&Caractшre actif&(\texttt{\textasciitilde}~habituellement)\\ -% 14&Caractшre commentaire&(\texttt{\%}~habituellement)\\ -% 15&Caractшre invalide&(\emph{delete}~habituellement)\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% Il n'est pas nщcessaire que vous appreniez ces numщros de code; l'important est que \TeX\ connaisse 16~types -% diffщrents de caractшres. Tout d'abord, л~\textsl{The \TeX{}book}~╗ vous laisse croire qu'il n'y a que deux -% types --- le caractшre d'щchappement et les autres --- puis il vous parle de deux types de plus, les symboles de -% groupement~\texttt{\{} et~\texttt{\}}. Le code de catщgorie pour tout caractшre peut ъtre changщ р~tout moment, -% mais il est habituellement prudent de se conformer р~un schщma particulier. -% \item[\upack{ccaption}] Le paquetage \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption}\imess{W0035} fournit des commandes pour des -% \og{} captions de continuation\fg, des captions non numщrotщs, et un en-tъte de lщgende pour tout -% environnement. Des mщthodes sont fournies pour dщfinir des captions р~utiliser en dehors des environnements -% flottants et pour dщfinir de nouveaux environnements flottants et des sous-flottants. Des outils sont fournis -% pour dщfinir vos propres styles de captions. -% \item[\upack{chngpage}] Le paquetage \pack{chngpage} (de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) fournit des commandes pour changer -% la mise en page au milieu d'un document et pour tester de maniшre robuste la mise en page pour les pages -% paires ou impaires. -% \item[Chapter~0] -% Certains documents ne commencent pas par le chapitre numщro un, mais par un chapitre numщrotщ zщro (ou mъme -% avec un numщro plus bizarre). Ceci posait un sщrieux problшme dans les anciennes versions du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}: les minitocs n'apparaissaient plus dans les bons chapitres, et une premiшre correction -% fut l'introduction de commandes spщcifiques (\com{firstchapteris} et analogues). Avec l'ajout de la -% numщrotation absolue des fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-tables (voir \emph{absolue} plus haut), le -% problшme fut rщsolu dans \upack{minitoc} version~\#23, et ces commandes devinrent obsolшtes. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.5}. -% \item[\upack{chapterbib}] Le paquetage \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib} permet d'avoir plusieurs bibliographies -% dans un document \LaTeX, y~compris des щlщments citщs (par \com{cite}) dans plus d'une bibliographie. -% Un dщpit du nom \og{}\pack{chapterbib}\fg, \emph{les bibliographies sont pour chaque fichier inclus par -% \com{include}}, pas nщcessairement pour chaque chapitre. -% \item[\uopt{checkfiles}]\ioptd{checkfiles} -% Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle teste chaque mini-table pour voir si elle est vide; puis les -% mini-tables vides \emph{ne sont pas} imprimщes. C'est le choix par dщfaut. L'option contraire -% (\opt{nocheckfiles}) imprime aussi les mini-tables vides, qui sont laides. Voir la -% section~\vref{o+checkfiles}. -% \item[\upack{CJK}] Le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et autres) est un ensemble de paquetages et de -% fontes pour prщparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans certaines langues orientales, telles que le chinois, -% le corщen (fontes Hang√l ou Hanja), le japonais et le thaя, ainsi que certaines variantes du russe. -% Les titres des mini-tables pour ces langues -% proviennent de fichiers du systшme \pack{CJK} et ont щtщ insщrщs dans des fichiers \suffix{.mld} lorsque ceci -% щtait possible, ou dans des fichiers \suffix{.mlo} lorsque le codage est incompatible avec le mщcanisme -% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx}; -% le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit alors charger le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant. -% \pack{CJK} implante les codages GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8 et CNS (sur 16~bits, sauf UTF~8 sur 24~bits). -% Voir le tableau~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Schщmas de codage implantщs dans \upack{CJK}}\label{t+jargon+CJK}\ipack{CJK} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{1~octet}&\textbf{2~octets}&\textbf{3~octets}\\ -% \midrule -% GB&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF7}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% Big~5&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF9}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% JIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xF4}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% SJIS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0x40}--\texttt{0xFC}&---\\ -% KS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFD}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% UTF~8&\texttt{0xC0}--\texttt{0xEF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}&\texttt{0x80}--\texttt{0xBF}\\ -% CNS&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&\texttt{0xA1}--\texttt{0xFE}&---\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% -% Certains schщmas de codage (Big~5, SJIS) ont des trous dans le domaine du deuxiшme octet. -% Il est difficile de lire avec les codages Big~5 et SJIS directement vers \TeX\ puisque certaines des valeurs -% utilisщes pour les deuxiшmes octets des codages sont rщservщes pour des caractшres de contrЇle: -% л~\texttt{\{}~╗, л~\texttt{\}}~╗ et л~\texttt{\bs}~╗. Le fait de les redщfinir casse beaucoup de choses dans -% \LaTeX; pour щviter ceci, normalement des prщprocesseurs sont utilisщs pour convertir le deuxiшme octet en -% un nombre suivi d'un caractшre dщlimiteur. Pour plus de dщtails, voir~\cite{lunde1993,lunde}; \name{Ken}{Lunde} -% y~prщsente en grand dщtail tous les codages \pack{CJK} qui sont ou ont щtщ utilisщs. -% Notez que le paquetage \upack{minitoc} utilise les fichiers \suffix{.mlo} pour contourner ce problшme; -% voir la section~\vref{fo+lang}. -% \item[classe] La \textbf{classe}\,\footnote{Cette note a щtщ extraite de~\cite{NSSL2E}, puis adaptщe.} -% est la premiшre information que \LaTeX{} a besoin de connaюtre lors du traitement d'un fichier d'entrщe; -% c'est le type de document que l'auteur souhaite produite. Ceci est spщcifiщ par la commande -% \com{documentclass}. -% \begin{quote} -% \com{documentclass}\verb|[|\emph{options}\verb|]{|\emph{classe}\verb|}| -% \end{quote} -% \noindent Ici \emph{classe} spщcifie le type du document р~produire. -% Le tableau~\vref{t+documentclasses} liste les classes standard de documents~\cite{classes}. La distribution \LaTeXe{} -% fournit d'autres classes pour d'autres documents, y~compris des lettres et des transparents, -% mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} n'a pas щtщ testщ avec toutes ces classes. -% Les paramшtres \emph{options} adaptent le comportement de la classe du document. Les options doivent ъtre -% sщparщes par des virgules. Les classes standard supportщes par le paquetage \upack{minitoc} sont listщes -% dans la section~\vref{s+supported+classes}. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Classes standard de documents}\label{t+documentclasses} -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Classe}&\textbf{Usage}\\ -% \midrule -% \class{article}~\cite{classes}&Pour des articles dans des journaux scientifiques, des prщsentations, des rapports courts, -% de la documentation de programmes, des invitations, \ldots\\ -% \class{proc}~\cite{proc}&Pour prщparer les comptes-rendus d'une confщrence; analogue р~la classe \class{article}.\\ -% \class{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc}&Pour prщparer la documentation d'un paquetage ou d'une classe; analogue р~la classe -% \class{article}.\\ -% \class{ltnews}~\cite{ltnews}&Pour prщparer l'annonce d'une version de \LaTeX{}; analogue р~la classe \class{article}.\\ -% \class{report}~\cite{classes}&Pour des rapports plus longs contenant plusieurs chapitres, de petits livres, des thшses, \ldots\\ -% \class{book}~\cite{classes}&Pour de vrais livres.\\ -% \class{letter}&Pour des lettres; comme cette classe n'a pas de commandes de sectionnement, n'utilisez pas -% \upack{minitoc} avec cette classe.\\ -% \class{slides}~\cite{slides}&Pour des transparents; cette classe utilise de grandes lettres sans empattements. Vous -% pouvez aussi envisager d'utiliser Beamer\TeX{}\,$^a$ р~la place. N'utilisez pas \upack{minitoc} avec ces classes.\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{{\froff$^a$\phantom{-}\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}}\hfill\null}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \item[\feat{close}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ immщdiatement aprшs -% (fermeture, \emph{close}) l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donnщ de mini-table. -% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \item[\uscrp{cmk}]\iscrp{cmk} -% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer les fichiers de documentation -% en format PostScript р~partir de ceux en format PDF. -% Vous devriez adapter ce script р~vos besoins. -% \item[CMR] Pour л~Computer Modern Roman~╗. Le sous-ensemble romain des fontes л~Computer Modern~╗. -% Voir л~Computer Modern~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[codage] Un codage (\emph{encoding}) spщcifie l'ordre selon lequel les caractшres apparaissent dans la -% fonte (par exemple, si le soixante-quinziшme caractшre est un л~A~╗). Le codage de fonte le plus courant -% pour \TeX\ est OT1. L'autre option prщdщfinie est~T1 (\TeX\ щtendu). Il y~a aussi -% US~ASCII (7~bits), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bits), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}), -% etc. Voir la table~\vref{t+var-encodings} et~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Codages divers}\label{t+var-encodings} -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{Commentaire}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{ansinew}&Codage ANSI pour Windows~3.1, extension de Latin-1.\\ -% \texttt{applemac}&Codage Macintosh.\\ -% \texttt{ascii}&Codage ASCII pour l'intervalle 32--127.\\ -% \texttt{cp1250}&Page de code Windows 1250 (Europe centrale et orientale).\\ -% \texttt{cp1251}&Page de code Windows 1251 (cyrillique).\\ -% \texttt{cp1252}&Synonyme de \texttt{ansinew}.\\ -% \texttt{cp1257}&Page de code Windows 1257 (baltique).\\ -% \texttt{cp437}&Page de code IBM~437, qui est la page de code -% amщricaine d'origine et contient les lettres, les -% chiffres, des symboles mathщmatiques et quelques -% caractшres utiles pour construire des pseudo-graphiques.\\ -% \texttt{cp437de}&Page de code IBM~437 (version allemande).\\ -% \texttt{cp850}&Page de code IBM~850, presque identique р~ISO~Latin~1, -% mais la disposition des caractшres n'est pas la mъme.\\ -% \texttt{cp852}&Page de code IBM~852.\\ -% \texttt{cp855}&Page de code IBM~855 (cyrillique).\\ -% \texttt{cp865}&Page de code IBM~865.\\ -% \texttt{cp866}&Page de code IBM~866 (MS-DOS cyrillique).\\ -% \texttt{decmulti}&Codage du jeu international de caractшres DEC.\\ -% \texttt{latin1}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires -% р~la plupart des langues europщennes occidentales, y~compris -% le danois, le nщerlandais, l'anglais, le fщroщen, le -% finnois, le flamand, le franчais, l'allemand, -% l'islandais, l'italien, le norvщgien, le portugais, -% l'espagnol et le suщdois. Certaines langues non -% europщennes, comme l'hawaяen et l'indonщsien, sont aussi -% щcrites avec ce jeu de caractшres.\\ -% \texttt{latin2}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires -% р~la plupart des langues d'Europe centrale, y~compris -% le croate, le tchшque, le hongrois, le polonais, le -% roumain, le slovaque et le slovшne.\\ -% \texttt{latin3}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires -% р~l'espщranto, le maltais, le turc et le galicien. -% Cependant, \texttt{latin5} est le jeu de caractшres -% prщfщrщ pour le turc.\\ -% \texttt{latin4}&Codage ASCII plus les caractшres nщcessaires -% pour les langues baltes (latvien ou letton, estonien et -% lituanien), le groendlandais et le lapon (sтme, sсmi).\\ -% \texttt{latin5}&Est essentiellement identique р~\texttt{latin1}, -% exceptщ que certains caractшres turcs remplacent des -% lettres islandaises moins souvent utilisщes.\\ -% \texttt{next}&Codage pour Next.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \item[\texttt{comp.text.tex}] Le groupe de discussion Usenet sur \TeX\ et \LaTeX, en anglais. -% \item[compteur] Un registre \TeX\ contenant une valeur entiшre. Il~y a 256 compteurs (de~0 р~255) dans \TeX, mais -% \LaTeX\ en utilise certains, et de nombreux paquetages ont besoin de quelques compteurs pour leur propre -% usage. Une version щtendue, dщrivщe de \TeX, \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, permet davantage de compteurs. -% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$), lui aussi, permet davantage de compteurs. -% \item[Computer Modern] Pour \og Computer Modern\fg. Un ensemble de fontes~\cite{cmt} conчues -% par \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth} pour \TeX. Initialement, elles щtaient construites avec -% {\MF}~\cite{meta-des,metabook} (un programme lui aussi crщщ par \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth}), -% mais aujourd'hui il en existe des versions PostScript type~1 (vectoriel), avec des extensions (pour les caractшres -% accentuщs, principalement): les fontes EC (\emph{European Computer Modern}), les fontes cm-super, etc. -% \item[CTAN] Le \emph{Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network} (rщseau d'archives \TeX\ complшtes), un ensemble -% d'archives informatiques contenant la plupart des ressources relatives р~\TeX{} (telles que fontes, -% logiciels, documentations, paquetages). Elles sont accessibles par Internet. Les sites participant р~ce -% rщseau CTAN sont\,\footnote{Cette liste peut changer dans le futur.}: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{ftp.dante.de} (Cologne [KЎln], Allemagne) -% \begin{itemize} -% \item FTP anonyme \texttt{/tex-archive} (\texttt{/pub/tex} \texttt{/pub/archive}) -% \item accшs \texttt{rsync} sur {\froff\url{rsync://rsync.dante.de/CTAN/}} -% \item Accшs World Wide Web sur {\froff\url{http://www.dante.de/}} -% \item Administrateur: {\froff\url{mailto:ftpmaint@dante.de}} -% \end{itemize} -% \item\texttt{ftp.tex.ac.uk} (Cambridge, Angleterre, Royaume Uni) -% \begin{itemize} -% \item FTP anonyme \texttt{/tex-archive} (\texttt{/pub/tex} \texttt{/pub/archive}) -% \item accшs \texttt{rsync} sur {\froff\url{rsync://rsync.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/}} -% \item montage NFS depuis {\froff\url{nfs.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive}} -% \item accшs World Wide Web sur {\froff\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/}} -% \item Administrateur: {\froff\url{mailto:ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk}} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \texttt{tug.ctan.org} (Colchester, Vermont, USA) -% \begin{itemize} -% \item FTP anonyme \texttt{/tex-archive} (\texttt{/pub/archive}) -% \item accшs World Wide Web sur {\froff\url{http://www.ctan.org/}} -% \item Administrateur: {\froff\url{mailto:tex@ctan.tug.org}} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% Il y a aussi de nombreux sites \og{} miroirs \fg{} de ces archives principales. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{D}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{D} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{dblaccnt}] J'ai d√ utiliser le paquetage \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} pour prщparer l'entrщe -% <<~The pdf\TeX\ Program~>>~\cite{han} dans la bibliographie, parce que le prщnom de son auteur comporte un -% accent double \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}; I used it also to typeset some other vietnamese words. -% \item[\texttt{de.comp.text.tex}] Le groupe de discussion Usenet sur \TeX\ et \LaTeX, en allemand. -% \item[\emph{depth}] Voir \textbf{profondeur} plus loin. -% \item[descripteur] (de fichier). Une entitщ logicielle dщcrivant l'interface entre un programme et un fichier. -% Pour la plupart des programmes et des systшmes d'exploitation, le nombre de descripteurs de fichiers est -% limitщ. Pour {\TeX} et {\LaTeX}, il y a 16~descripteurs de fichiers en щcriture et 16~descripteurs de -% fichiers en lecture. -% \item[\xfile{devanagari.sty}] Le paquetage \emph{\devnag{} pour \TeX{}} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari})\cite{devanagari} -% offre un moyen pour composer avec une haute qualitщ du texte \devnag{} avec \TeX{}. \devnag{} est une -% щcriture utilisщe pour щcrire et imprimer le sanskrit et de nombreuses langues d'Inde du nord et centrale -% telles que l'hindi et le marathi, ainsi que le nщpalais. Le paquetage \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} a щtщ initialement -% dщveloppщ en mai~1991 par \name{Frans}{Velthuis} pour l'Universitщ de Groningen, aux Pays-Bas, et ce fut le -% premier systшme р~supporter l'щcriture \devnag{} pour \TeX{}. -% \item[dispositifs] Un dispositif (\emph{feature}) (au sens du paquetage \upack{minitoc}) est un ensemble -% d'actions qui est exщcutщ lors de chaque occurrence d'un certain type de mini-table. Cing dispositifs sont -% associщs р~chaque type de mini-table: un dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ (exщcutщ avant la mini-table complшte), un dispositif -% л~\feat{after}~╗ (exщcutщ aprшs la mini-table complшte), -% un dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ (exщcutщ juste avant l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire contenant la minitable), -% un dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ (exщcutщ juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire contenant la minitable), -% et un dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗, qui est exщcutщ avec la -% mini-table pour forcer son style de page. -% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% ^^A \item[\xfile{duplex2v.pro}] Un fichier d'en-tъte PostScript, qui essaye d'activer l'impression en recto-verso. -% ^^A Il fonctionne avec certaines imprimantes PostScript HP et Canon. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{E}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{E} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\textbf{ECM}] Un exemple minimal complet est le plus petit document complet possible qui illustre un -% problшme. Un exemple minimal ne devrait aucun paquetegage ni code qui ne contribue pas au problшme, mais -% il doit contenir une classe de document et l'environnement \env{document} (d'aprшs~\cite{talbot-mini}). -% Voir aussi~\cite{preusse}, \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} et -% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils. -% \item[\texttt{em}] Une unitщ de longueur щgale (approximativement) р~la largeur de la lettre~\og m\fg -% dans la fonte courante. En typographie, c'est un \og cadratin\fg. -% \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk} -% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer la documentation en anglais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir щtщ exщcutщ au prщalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] Un style bibliographique similaire au style \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst} standard, mais -% modifiщ avec l'outil \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst} pour ajouter un champ \texttt{URL}. Les noms de famille -% des auteurs et rщdacteurs (\emph{editors}) sont en petites capitales, les annщes en chiffres de style ancien. -% \item[environnement] Un environnement (\emph{environment}) est un domaine dщlimitщ dans un document, o∙ des -% rшgles spщciales s'appliquent. Un tel domaine est dщlimitщ -% par \verb|\begin{|\emph{env}\verb|}| \ldots{} \verb|\end{|\emph{env}\verb|}| et peut prendre des arguments, -% comme ceci: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\begin{minipage}[t]{.5\textwidth}|\\ -% \verb|\end{minipage}| -% \end{quote} -% \item[\packa{\eTeX}{etex}] \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est une version щtendue de \TeX, avec bien plus de -% registres et de nombreuses nouvelles primitives; elle supporte aussi l'щcriture de gauche р~droite et de -% droite р~gauche. -% \item[\upack{ethiop}]\ipack{ethiop} Un paquetage~\cite{ethiop} \LaTeX\ offrant le support de la langue щthiopienne pour -% le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \item[extension] Voir л~suffixe~╗ plus loin. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{F}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{F} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\xfile{farsi.sty}] Voir \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} ci-dessous. -% \item[\upack{Farsi\TeX}]\ipacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX} Un paquetage~\cite{farsi} pour composer un document dans la langue \lopt{farsi} (iranien, persan). -% Voir~{\froff\url{http://www.farsitex.org}}. Mais ce n'est actuellement disponible que pour \LaTeX2.09. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+farsi1} et~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. -% \item[features] Voir л~dispositifs~╗ plus haut. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\env{filecontents}] Un environnement \LaTeX{} spщcial. Il permet de crщer un fichier (dont le nom est donnщ -% en argument de cet environnement) en щcrivant le contenu de l'environnement dans ce fichier. -% \begin{quote} -% \texttt{\bs begin\{filecontents\}\{\emph{fichier}\}}\\ -% \texttt{\ldots\emph{contenu}~\ldots}\\ -% \texttt{\bs end\{filecontents\}} -% \end{quote} -% Cet environnement devrait ъtre utilisщ \emph{avant} \com{documentclass}. -% Il est utilisщ dans \xfile{minitoc.ins} pour prщparer les fichiers \suffix{.mlo} (voir la -% section~\vref{fo+lang}) et quelques fichiers utilisщs dans la compilation de la documentation. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\com{firstchapteris}] Une commande obsolшte, utilisщe temporairement pour contourner le problшme -% du Chapitre~0; -% voir~\textbf{Chapitre~0} et \textbf{absolue (numщrotation)} plus haut, et la section~\vref{faq.5}. -% \item[\com{firstpartis}] Analogue р~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus. -% \item[\com{firstsectionis}] Analogue р~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus. -% \item[\pack{float}] Ce paquetage~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau})\imess{I0053} amщliore l'interface de dщfinition -% d'objets flottants tels que figures et tableaux en \LaTeX. Il ajoute la notion de <<~style de flottant~>> -% qui rщgit l'aspect des flottants. De nouvelles sortes de flottants peuvent ъtre dщfinies en utilisant une -% commande \com{newfloat} analogue р~\com{newtheorem}. Ce paquetage incorpore aussi la fonctionnalitщ du -% paquetage \pack{here} de \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, donnant aux environnements flottants une option -% \texttt{[H]} qui signifie <<~METTEZ-LE ICI~>> (par opposition р~l'option standard \texttt{[h]} qui signifie -% <<~vous pouvez le mettre ici si vous voulez~>>). -% \item[\com{FloatBarrier}] -% Une macro du paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}. Elle щtablit une л~barriшre~╗ contre la dщrive -% des щlщments flottants (tels que figures ou tableaux). -% \item[\pack{floatrow}] Ce paquetage~\cite{floatrow} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} est une extension du paquetage -% \pack{float}~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), rщutilisant son code, avec des extensions venant du -% paquetage \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} (de \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}). -% \item[\pack{flowfram}] Ce\imess{W0097} paquetage~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} est conчu pour vous permettre de crщer des -% blocs (\emph{frames}) de texte dans un document de maniшre que le contenu de l'environnement \env{document} -% coule d'un bloc au suivant dans l'ordre o∙ ils ont щtщ dщfinis. Ceci est utile pour crщer des posters ou des -% magazines ou toute autre forme de document qui n'est pas conforme р~la mise en page standard sur une ou deux colonnes. -% Comme ce paquetage dщfinit son propre systшme de minitocs, il est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk} -% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer la documentation en franчais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir щtщ exщcutщ au prщalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[\upack{fncychap}] Le paquetage \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap} fournit diverses commandes pour changer -% le format utilisщ pour certaines en-tъtes (chapitres) dans les classes stantard de documents de \LaTeXe: -% \class{book} et \class{report}. -% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.fncychap} et la -% section~\vref{faq.38}). -% \item[\texttt{fr.comp.text.tex}] Le groupe de discussion Usenet sur \TeX\ et \LaTeX, en franчais. -% \item[\upack{franc}]\ipack{franc} Un petit paquetage utilisщ pour prщparer la documentation en franчais. Il est -% produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\upack{frbib}]\ipack{frbib} Un petit paquetage utilisщ pour prщparer la bibliographie de la documentation en -% franчais. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{fr-mtc.bst}] Un fichier de style bibliographique utilisщ pour prщparer la bibliographie de la -% documentation en franчais. -% Il a щtщ amщliorщ pour le franчais par \name{Ronan}{Keryell} en partant de la version standard -% \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst}, puis j'ai ajoutщ quelques adaptations pour le franчais (comme les noms de famille en -% petites capitales pour les auteurs et les щditeurs, les annщes en chiffres anciens), -% puis je l'ai modifiщ avec l'outil \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}. -% \item[\upack{frnew.sty}]\ipack{frnew} Un petit paquetage utilisщ pour prщparer la documentation en franчais. Il est -% produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{G}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{G} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{geometry}] Le paquetage \pack{geometry}~\cite{geometry} fournit une interface utilisateur flexible -% et complшte pour les dimensions de la page. Vous pouvez les spщcifier en utilisant des paramшtres intuitifs -% pour obtenir votre mise en page dщsirщe. Par exemple, si vous voulez щtablir des marges (р~gauche, р~droite, -% en haut et en bas) р~2\,cm de chaque bord du papier, il vous suffit de dire: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}| -% \end{quote} -% Ce paquetage puissant (et recommandщ) est utilisщ dans certains des exemples de documents et dans la prщsente -% documentation. -% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} Un paquetage \LaTeX\ pour composer du texte guarani, la principale langue parlщe -% au Paraguay. -% Le fichier \xfile{guarani.ldf}, inclus dans ce paquetage, dщfinit les titres. Voir~\cite{guarani} et la -% section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{H}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{H} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{hangcaption}] Le paquetage \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption} dщfinit une variante de la -% commande \com{caption} pour produire des captions (lщgendes) avec une indentation pendante -% (\emph{hanging indentation}), c'est-р-dire dont la premiшre ligne dщborde sur la gauche. Ce paquetage est -% sans doute obsolшte (1992, \LaTeX2.09). -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[Hindi] Pour la langue hindi, voir le paquetage \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}~\cite{devanagari} plus haut. Le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} accepte les options de langue \lopt{devanagari} et \lopt{hindi}, qui sont -% synonymes. Une option de langue \lopt{hindi-modern} est щgalement disponible. -% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\emph{hint}] Une indication, un indice pour dщtecter un problшme. C'est aussi un message щcrit (dans -% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}) par l'option \optd{hints} (voir ci-dessous). -% \item[\uopt{hints}]\ioptd{hints} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle vщrifie l'ordre ce chargement de certains -% paquetages, l'ordre des invocations de certaines commandes de \upack{minitoc}, la cohщrence entre les -% principales commandes de \upack{minitoc}, etc., et produit des avertissements et d'autres indications -% (\emph{hints}) utiles (principalement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}). -% C'est une option active par dщfaut -% (utilisez l'option \opt{nohints} pour sauter ces vщrifications). -% \item[\upack{H\LaTeX}]\ipacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} Un systшme pour щcrire des documents en langue corщenne, en utilisant \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) -% (voir plus bas). -% ╔crit par \name{Un}{Koaunghi}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX}. Il utilise des fontes Hang√l -% ou Hanja spщciales et le codage UTF-8 en entrщe. -% \item[hyperlien] (\emph{hyperlink}) Dans un document, une rщfщrence р~un autre objet qui peut ъtre trouvщ de -% maniшre dynamique (en cliquant avec la souris). Ceci requiert un type spщcial de document (PDF, PostScript -% avec dispositifs d'hypertexte) et un visualisateur adaptщ (visualisateur PDF, visualisateur PostScript -% rщcent). Ceci est pratique pour naviguer dans un document ou plusieurs documents, qui peuvent ъtre des -% documents distants. -% \lneed{4} -% \item[\upack{hyperref}] Le\SMM{\lmess{W0023}\\\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0039}} -% paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} est utilisщ pour modifier les commandes -% de rщfщrences croisщes de \LaTeX\ afin de produire une certaine sorte de commandes \com{special}; -% elles sont des prщmices de l'ensemble de commandes \com{special} dщfinis pour les processeurs de -% \texttt{dvi} vers \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, pour les commandes \texttt{pdfmark} incluses pour le traitement par -% \tool{Acrobat Distiller} (\tool{dvips} et \tool{dvipsone}), pour \tool{dviwindo}, pour \textbf{pdf\TeX}, -% pour \textbf{\TeX4ht} et pour les outils de conversion en PDF et HTML de \tool{VTEX}. -% -% Ce paquetage dщrive de, et est bтti sur, le travail du projet \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, -% dщcrit dans~\cite{hypertex}. Il щtend la fonctionnalitщ de toutes les commandes de -% rщfщrences croisщes de \LaTeX\ (y~compris la table des matiшres, les bibliographies, etc.) pour produire des -% commandes \com{special} qu'un programme pilote (\emph{driver}) pourra transformer en liens -% hypertextes; il fournit aussi de nouvelles commandes permettant р~l'utilisateur d'щcrire des liens -% hypertextes (hyperliens) \emph{ad hoc}, y~compris ceux vers des documents externes et des URLs. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{I}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{I} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{ifmtarg}] Le paquetage \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg} fournit une commande si-alors-sinon -% (\emph{if-then-else}) pour tester si un argument de macro est vide (л~vide~╗ signifiant seulement zщro espaces ou -% plus). -% \item[\pack{ifthen}] Le paquetage \pack{ifthen}~\cite{ifthen} dщfinit une commande \com{ifthenelse} pour \LaTeXe. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui prщpare le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% depuis \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; notez que \scrp{imk} doit ъtre exщcutщ avant -% de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uopt{insection}]\iopt{insection} L'option de paquetage \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} charge le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} -% avec les options adщquates pour щviter que les щlщments flottants (tels que figures et tableaux) dщrivent -% en dehors de leurs sections, et charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter} (dщcrit dans~\cite{ltoutput} -% et~\cite[page~292]{TLC2F}). -% Cette option de paquetage est recommandщe si vous utilisez des sectlofs ou -% des sectlots dans votre document. Voir la section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. -% \item[insertion] Les commandes d'insertion du paquetage \upack{minitoc} insшrent une mini-table dans le document. -% Une commande de \emph{prщparation} correspondante doit avoir щtщ invoquщe (une seule fois) auparavant. -% Les commandes d'insertion sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} -% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ -% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ -% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof}, \com{sectlot} -% \end{tabular} -% \item[\xfile{INSTALL}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir le chapitre~\vref{c+installation}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{J}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{J} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\com{jobname}] Une primitive \TeX\ contenant le nom du document en prщparation, c'est-р-dire le nom -% du fichier lu en premier par \TeX{} (ou \LaTeX), sans son suffixe. Elle est trшs utile pour construire les -% noms d'autres fichiers. -% \item[\uclass{jura}] La classe \imess{W0029}\class{jura}~\cite{jura}, de \name{Felix}{Braun}, est \emph{incompatible} avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle est utilisщe pour des documents juridiques en allemand. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{K}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{K} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\uopt{k-loose}]\ioptd{k-loose} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc} utile si votre document est щcrit avec une des -% classes de \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. Cette option essaye d'щtablir un espacement peu serrщ (\emph{loose}) -% dans les mini-tables. Analogue р~l'option de paquetage \optd{loose} pour les classes standard. -% \item[\uopt{k-tight}]\iopt{k-tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc} utile si votre document est щcrit avec une des -% classes de \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. Cette option essaye d'щtablir un espacement serrщ (\emph{tight}) dans les -% mini-tables. Analogue р~l'option de paquetage \opt{tight} pour les classes standard. -% \item[\packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}] Un projet~\cite{kannadatex} pour utiliser \LaTeX{} pout la composition -% dans la langue Kannada language. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+kannada}. -% \item[\KOMAScript] -% {\KOMAScript}\imess{I0043}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} est un ensemble trшs complexe. -% Vous pouvez le voir, car il n'y a pas seulement -% une seule classe ou un seul paquetage, mais tout un ensemble de classes et paquetages nombreux. Les -% classes (\class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook}, \class{scrlettr}, \class{scrlttr2} et -% \class{scrreprt}) sont bien les contreparties des classes standard, mais elles n'ont jamais seulement les -% mъmes commandes, environnements, options et possibilitщs optionnelles que les classes standard et ne donnent -% pas un rщsultat de mъme aspect. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les classes \class{scrbook}, \class{scrreprt} et \class{scrartcl} sont compatibles avec le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}, avec certaines prщcautions (voir la section~\vref{special.entries}). -% Les classes \class{scrlettr} et \class{scrlttr2} n'ont pas de commandes -% de sectionnement, donc le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est sans objet avec elles. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \KOMAScript{} offre des tas de classes, paquetages, commandes, environnements et possibilitщs. Vous en -% trouverez certains aussi dans les classes standard, mais il y en a beaucoup que vous ne trouverez pas. -% Certains sont mъme des ajouts au noyau de \LaTeX. -% -% Les classes principales de l'ensemble {\KOMAScript} sont conчues comme des contreparties des classes -% \LaTeX{} standard. Ceci signifie que l'ensemble {\KOMAScript} contient des remplacements pour les trois -% classes standard \class{book}, \class{report} et \class{article}. Il y a aussi un remplacement pour la -% classe standard \class{letter}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{L}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{L} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[Lambda] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adaptщ aux capacitщs spщciales du systшme -% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) est appelщ л~\emph{Lambda}~╗~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). -% \item[Lamed] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adaptщ aux capacitщs spщciales du systшme -% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelщ л~\emph{Lamed}~╗~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). -% \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} est un systшme de prщparation de documents qui convient fort bien pour -% produire des documents scientifiques et mathщmatiques de haute qualitщ typographique. Il convient aussi pour -% produire toutes sortes d'autres documents, depuis de simples lettres jusqu'р des livres complets. -% \LaTeX{} utilise \TeX~\cite{texbook,ftb} comme moteur de composition (d'aprшs~\cite{NSSL2E}). -% -% \LaTeX{} est en fait un ensemble de macros \TeX{} qui permet aux auteurs de -% composer et d'imprimer leur document avec la plus haute -% qualitщ typographique, en utilisant une mise en page -% prщdщfinie professionnelle. \LaTeX{} avait щtщ originellement -% щcrit par \name{Leslie}{Lamport}~\cite{latex-manual}. Il utilise le -% formateur \TeX{} comme moteur de composition typographique. -% Aujourd'hui, la maintenance de \LaTeX{} est faite par -% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} et son щquipe. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% En 1994, le systшme \LaTeX{} fut (profondщment) mis р~jour par l'щquipe de \LaTeX3, -% conduite par \name{Frank}{Mittelbach}, pour inclure certaines -% amщliorations attendues depuis longtemps, et pour rщunifier -% toutes les versions modifiщes qui ont pullulщ depuis la sortie -% de \LaTeX2.09 quelques annщes plus tЇt. Pour distinguer la -% nouvelle version de l'ancienne, elle est appelщe \LaTeXe. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \LaTeX{} se prononce \textbf{[latex]}. Si vous voulez faire rщfщrence р~\LaTeX{} dans un environnement -% \texttt{ASCII}, utilisez \texttt{LaTeX}. \LaTeXe{} se prononce \textbf{[latex d\o{}z\o{}]} et s'щcrit -% \texttt{LaTeX2e}. -% -% En anglais, cela donne \textbf{[la\i{}tex]} et \usebox{\latexbox}. -% ^^A {\selectlanguage{english}\froff\textbf{[la\i{}tex tu:i:]}\selectlanguage{french}}. -% \item[\LaTeX2.09] Une version obsolшte du programme \LaTeX, antщrieure р~1994; elle n'est plus supportщe. -% Ne l'utilisez pas\,\footnote{Sauf exceptionnellement, pour un trшs vieux document; si possible, essayez de le -% convertir.}. Utilisez la version actuelle de \LaTeXe, qui est supportщe et bien plus puissante. -% \item[\LaTeXe] La version actuelle du programme \LaTeX, aprшs 1994; elle est supportщe. -% \item[\LaTeX3] La future version de \LaTeX, toujours en cours de dщveloppement. -% \item[\uclass{letter}]\iclass{letter} Une\Virage{} classe de documents standard~\cite{letter} pour prщparer des -% lettres postales (courrier papier). -% Comme de tels documents n'ont ni commandes ni structure de sectionnement, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est -% sans objet pour eux (et est donc \emph{incompatible} avec cette classe). -% \item[\upack{lipsum}] Le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} permet d'insщrer facilement du -% texte dans un fichier de test avec un minimum de frappe. Les textes sont en latin mais ont щtщ altщrщs et -% rendus incomprщhensibles. J'ai utilisщ ce paquetage dans certains des exemples de documents. -% Voir aussi~\url{http://lipsum.com} pour les origines du texte -% utilisщ (des passages du \emph{De finibus bonorum et malorum} de Marcus \textsc{Tullius Cicero} (\textsc{Cicщron})). -% \item[\uopt{listfiles}]\ioptd{listfiles} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle crщe une liste des fichiers minitoc -% auxiliaires (ces fichiers contiennent les mini-tables et peuvent ъtre щliminщs aprшs l'exщcution de \LaTeX) -% dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. Option par dщfaut. Voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% \item[LOF, LoF] Un acronyme pour л~\emph{list of figures}~╗, ou л~liste des figures~╗. -% \item[\dcnt{lofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur de la liste des figures. -% \item[\uopt{loose}]\ioptd{loose} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement lache des lignes dans -% les mini-tables. C'est le choix par dщfaut. L'option contraire est \opt{tight}. -% \item[LOT, LoT] Un acronyme pour л~\emph{list of tables}~╗, ou л~liste des tableaux~╗. -% \item[\dcnt{lotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur de la liste des tableaux. -% \item[LPPL] La \emph{LaTeX Project Public License}, disponible~р: -% \begin{quote} -% {\froff\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}} -% \end{quote} -% Sa version actuelle est (2003-12-01). Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est distribuщ sous cette licence. -% Une traduction en franчais de cette licence est disponible~р: -% \begin{quote} -% {\froff\url{http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/info/french-translations/macros/latex/base/f-lppl.txt}} -% \end{quote} -% \item[\uclass{ltxdoc}]\iclass{ltxdoc} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{ltxdoc}, -% pour prщparer la documentation d'un paquetage ou d'une -% classe. Pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, elle est -% trшs similaire р~la classe de document \class{article}; voir plus haut. -% \item[\uclass{ltnews}]\iclass{ltnews} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{ltnews}, -% pour prщparer l'announce d'une version de \LaTeX. -% Pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, elle est -% trшs similaire р~la classe de document \class{article}; voir plus haut. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{M}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{M} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\com{makeatletter} \textmd{et} \com{makeatother}] De\,\footnote{Ces informations proviennent -% de~\cite[page~857]{TLC2F}.} nombreuses commandes internes de \LaTeX{}, de paquetages et de classes contiennent -% le caractшre~\texttt{@} dans leurs noms. Ceci empъche efficacement que de tels noms soient utilisщs dans des -% documents pour des commandes dщfinies par l'utilisateur. Cependant, ceci signifie aussi qu'ils ne peuvent -% pas apparaюtre dans un document, mъme pas dans le prщambule, sans prendre des prщcautions spщciales. Comme -% il est parfois nщcessaire d'avoir de tels morceaux de л~code interne~╗ dans le prщambule, -% les commandes \com{makeatletter} et \com{makeatother} permettent de le faire facilement: ce -% qui est difficile, c'est de se rappeler qu'il faut les ajouter, faute de quoi des erreurs щtranges -% surviennent. Et ces deux commandes \Virage\emph{ne devraient jamais ъtre utilisщes dans un fichier de paquetage ou de classe}. -% \item[makefile] Un fichier de texte particulier contenant des instructions pour construire et installer un -% logiciel, р~l'aide de l'utilitaire л~\textbf{make}~╗; \textbf{make} est un outil pratique provenant du -% systшme d'exploitation Unix, mais il en existe des variantes. -% \item[\upack{mcaption}] Le paquetage \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption}\imess{W0036} fournit un environnement -% \env{margincap} pour placer les captions (lщgendes) dans la marge externe du document, avec un alignement -% par le haut ou par le bas. -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uclass{memoir}]\iclass{memoir} -% Une\SMM{\lmess{E0028}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0032}\\\lmess{I0044}\\\lmess{M0001}} -% trшs gщnщrale et puissante classe de document -% (de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, dщcrite dans~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}); -% cette classe est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (avec quelques prщcautions) si vous utilisez -% une version rщcente. Voir la section~\vref{faq+memoir}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[mini-bibliographie] Voir \textbf{minibbl} ci-dessous. -% \item[mini-liste] Synonyme de л~mini-table~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[mini-lof] Voir л~minilof~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[mini-lot] Voir л~minilot~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[mini-table] Ce terme dщsigne une table de contenu locale (comme une table des matiшres, une liste des -% figures ou une liste des tableaux) pour une unitщ de sectionnement (partie, chapitre ou section), par -% opposition р~une table globale (la table des matiшres, la liste des figures ou la liste des tableaux pour -% l'ensemble du document). Le but principal du paquetage \upack{minitoc} est la crщation de telles -% mini-tables. Mais le terme л~minitoc~╗ est aussi utilisщ pour dщsigner une telle mini-table, comme un terme -% gщnщrique, car les premiшres versions du paquetage ne permettaient que des tables des matiшres par chapitre. -% \item[mini-toc] Voir л~minitoc~╗ ci-dessous. -% \item[minibbl] Abrщviation pour л~mini-bibliographie~╗, c'est-р-dire avoir une bibliographie par partie, par -% chapitre ou par section, ou mъme par thшme ou par sujet. Ceci est en dehors du domaine du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{faq.9}. -% \item[minilof] Une liste des figures pour un chapitre. -% \item[\dcnt{minilofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il est dщfini, contient la profondeur des minilofs. -% \item[minilot] Une liste des tableaux pour un chapitre. -% \item[\dcnt{minilotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il est dщfini, contient la profondeur des minilots. -% \item[minitoc] Une table des matiшres pour un chapitre. Aussi utilisщ comme terme gщnщrique pour toute mini-table (voir -% л~mini-table~╗ plus haut). -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}] Une base de donnщes bibliographiques pour la documentation en franчais du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}] Le fichier source pour la documentation en franчais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% En fait, il ne fait que dщfinir \com{jobname} puis charger \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, qui lui-mъme charge -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.lan} pour choisir la langue utilisщe dans \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; \xfile{minitoc.dtx} contient -% р~la fois des fragments de documentation en anglais et en franчais, choisis par des constructions -% \com{ifcase} avec la variable \com{LANG}, forcщe р~0 par \xfile{minitoc.lan} ou р~1 par -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} (c'est-р-dire par \com{jobname}\suffix{.dtx}). \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} est produit lors de la -% compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}Ce fichier contient un style pour mettre en forme l'index dans la documentation en -% franчais. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} Ce fichier est utilisщ pour forcer la langue franчaise dans la documentation. -% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf}] La documentation en franчais, en format PDF. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc-fr.ps}] La documentation en franчais, en format PostScript. N'est plus distribuщe (mais -% regardez le script \scrp{cmk}). -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bib}] Une base de donnщes bibliographiques pour la documentation en anglais du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.bug}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant une liste de problшmes et -% de questions concernant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir le chapitre~\vref{FAQ}. -% \item[\dcnt{minitocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur des minitocs. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.dtx}] Le fichier contenant la documentation et le code commentщ du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\upack{minitoc-hyper}]\ipack{minitoc-hyper} Une version spщciale~\cite{minitoc-hyper} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% prщparщe par \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne}, -% \xname{Didier}{Verna} et \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts} pour fonctionner avec le puissant paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}; -% \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} a intщgrщ leur travail et donc depuis la version \#31, \upack{minitoc} est compatible avec -% \pack{hyperref}. -% \emph{Donc le paquetage\Virage{} \pack{minitoc-hyper} est dщsormais obsolшte et ne devrait plus ъtre -% utilisщ. Il est encore prщsent sur les archives CTAN pour la compatibilitщ avec des anciens documents.} -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ins}] Le fichier d'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Compiler ce fichier avec -% \LaTeX\ produit la plupart des fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ist}] \isuffix{.ist}Ce fichier contient un style pour mettre en forme l'index dans la documentation en -% anglais. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.l}] Un fichier texte contenant la liste de tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. Les fichiers non listщs dans \xfile{minitoc.l} sont des fichiers utilisщs seulement pour -% installer le paquetage ou produire sa documentation. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.lan}]\isuffix{.lan} Ce fichier est utilisщ pour forcer la langue anglaise dans la documentation. -% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pdf}] La documentation en anglais, en format PDF. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.pre}]\isuffix{.pre} Ce fichier contient un prщambule \LaTeX{} pour la documentation. -% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.ps}] La documentation en anglais, en format PostScript. N'est plus distribuщe (mais -% regarde les script \scrp{cmk}). -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sty}] Ce fichier contient la partie principale du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, avec ses -% commentaires retirщs. -% Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.sum}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant une liste commentщe des commandes -% et environnements minitoc. Voir le chapitre~\vref{c+memento}. -% \item[\xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}] Une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS et -% contenant tous les fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\upack{minutes}] Le paquetage \pack{minutes}~\cite{minutes} (de \name{Knut}{Lickert}) est utilisщ -% pour prщparer des comptes-rendus de confщrences. Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} permet d'ajouter -% des л~pauses-cafщ~╗ dans la table des matiшres grтce р~des commandes telles que \com{addcoffeeline} et -% \com{coffeeline} (et des commandes internes) dont les noms contiennent la chaюne л~\texttt{coffee}~╗, -% d'o∙ la note de bas de page sur л~cappuccino~╗{\myCoffeecup} dans le chapitre sur l'installation!% -% \IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\footnote{Les petites tasses \myCoffeecup{} proviennent du paquetage \pack{marvosym}~\cite{marvosym}.}}{} -% \item[\upack{Mon\TeX}] \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} est un important paquetage utilisщ -% pour prщparer des documents -% dans divers dialectes de la langue mongole (Bicig et Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe et Manju, Buryat, Xalx et Khalkha) et dans -% un dialecte du russe utilisщ en Mongolie (Russianc). Bicig est un autre nom pour le Ouяghour. -% Vous pourrez trouver beaucoup d'informations sur la langue mongole et la Mongolie sur le site web~\cite{mongol-web}. -% Voir aussi: -% {\small\froff\begin{quote} -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}\\ -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}\\ -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_script}\\ -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clear_script}\\ -% \url{http://www.indiana.edu/~mongsoc/mong/language.htm}\\ -% \mbox{\url{http://www.viahistoria.com/SilverHorde/main.html?research/MongolScripts.html}}\\ -% \url{http://www.krysstal.com/writing_evolution.html}\\ -% \url{http://mongolxel.webz.cz/qaguchin/index.htm} -% \end{quote}} -% La description suivante a щtщ extraite de~\cite{montex} et traduite: -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour щcrire des documents en mongol -% (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Le mongol peut ъtre reprщsentщ en щcriture ouяghure (\emph{uighur}) -% traditionnelle\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}} -% (appelщe aussi щcriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en щcriture cyrillique. Le mandchou -% (\emph{manju}) ressemble р~l'щcriture mongole traditionnelle (dont elle dщrive) mais utilise un grand choix de -% signes diacritiques afin d'щliminer de nombreuses ambiguяtщs de son ancъtre l'щcriture mongole. Le bouriate -% (\emph{buryat}) moderne, comme le mongol dans sa forme actuelle, -% est щcrit avec un alphabet cyrillique,\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{mongolcy.png}}}% -% mais tant le mongol (35~lettres) que le bouriate (36~lettres) utilisent davantage de lettres -% que le russe (33~lettres). -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{description} -% \item[Mongol] -% Le terme \emph{mongol} (\emph{mongolian} en anglais) recouvre en fait plusieurs langues et n'est pas le nom prщcis -% d'une seule langue. Les choses se compliquent encore lorsque des noms de groupes ethniques, de langues et de -% systшmes d'щcriture sont mщlangщs. -% \begin{description} -% \item [Xalx] ou Khalkha est le nom de la nationalitщ mongole rщsidant en Mongolie proprement dite. -% Leur dialecte forme la base du mongol щcrit avec des lettres cyrilliques. -% Dans le prщsent texte, \emph{mongol moderne} est utilisщ comme synonyme. -% \item [Bouriate] (\emph{buryat}) est le nom de la nationalitщ mongole rщsidant en Bouriatie -% (\emph{Buryatia}), au nord de la Mongolie, р~l'est du Lac Baяkal, et faisant partie de la -% Fщdщration Russe. Les Bouriates se nomment eux-mъmes \emph{Buryaad} tandis que les Mongols Xlax -% s'appellent \emph{Buriad}. Le nom anglais suit l'orthographe russe (tandis que le nom franчais -% est pris phonщtiquement). -% Du point de vue linguistique, le mongol xalx et le mongol bouriate sont des langues assez proches; -% le bouriate a un systшme de sons lщgшrement diffщrent dans lequel le phonшme~\verb|/s/| est -% partiellement dщcalщ vers~\verb|/h/|; l'alphabet moderne bouriate cyrillique (virtuellement -% identique р~l'alphabet cyrillique utilisщ pour щcrire le mongol moderne) a une lettre -% additionnelle (H/h, \verb|\xalx{H/h}|) pour marquer la diffщrence avec \verb|/s/|. -% \item [Bicig] (littщralement \emph{щcriture} en mongol) dщsigne le texte щcrit avec l'щcriture mongole -% traditionnelle, qui est aussi dщnommщe Ouяghour (\emph{Uighur}). Ici, le texme \emph{bicig} sera -% utilisщ sur un pied d'щgalitщ avec le mongol \emph{classique} et \emph{traditionnel}. Ce dernier -% terme est utilisщ dans les noms du plan de caractшres U1800 de Unicode/ISO10646, qui contient le -% mongol (\emph{mongolian}), le mandchou (\emph{manju}), le Sibe et des ensembles de caractшres -% spщciaux appelщs Ali Gali ou Galig. Afin d'identifier les commandes concernant l'щcriture mongole -% distinctes pour le mongol et le mandchou, les commandes mongoles (\emph{mongolian}) ont un nom -% avec le radical \lopt{bicig} tandis que les commandes manchoues (\emph{manju}) ont un nom -% avec le radical \lopt{bithe}. -% \end{description} -% -% Le Mongol Xalx, ou Mongol Moderne Courant (\emph{Modern Colloquial Mongolian}), est р~peu prшs aussi diffщrent de -% la forme en щcriture classique que l'anglais moderne est diffщrent en orthographe phonщtique (en supposant qu'il -% soit щcrit en lettres Shaviennes) de l'orthographe hautement historique de l'Anglais Standard. -% Au-delр de ces diffщrences. le mongol щcrit en щcriture classique conserve habituellement une quantitщ -% substantielle des aspects grammaticaux historiques qui le font ressembler un peu р~l'anglais щlizabщthain. -% -% \item[Manchou] Le mandchou (\emph{mandju}) est une langue du groupe toungouze (\emph{tungusic}) щtroitement -% liщe au mongol. Bien que le -% mandchou ne soit virtuellement plus parlщ, il a щtщ la langue officielle pendant 300~ans de gouvernement mandchou -% sur la Chine de la dynastie Qing. De grandes quantitщs de documents officiels ont survщcu, ainsi que certains -% des meilleurs dictionnaires multilingues jamais rщalisщs, par exemple le Pentaglote, ou Miroir des Cinq Langues, un -% dictionnaire avec 18671 entrщes en cinq langues (mandchou, tibщtain, mongol, ouяghour et chinois). -% Voir~\cite{pentaglot} pour plus de dщtails. L'щcriture mandchoue est dщrivщe du mongol ouяghour par l'ajout -% de signes diacritiques sous la forme de points et de cercles (\emph{tongki fuka sindaha hergen}, щcriture -% avec points et cercles). -% \end{description} -% \item[MS-DOS] (\emph{Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered} Disk Operating System}) Un ancien systшme -% d'exploitation pour ordinateurs personnels (PCs). Du point de vue de \upack{minitoc}, son principal -% inconvщnient est l'utilisation de noms de fichiers avec des suffixes courts (le schщma л~8+3~╗), qui limite р~99 -% le nombre de mini-tables dans chaque sorte. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-2c.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2c.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une mise -% en page sur deux colonnes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-2c.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-2nd.tex}]\iexam{mtc-2nd.tex} Un exemple de document utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et son option de -% langue \lopt{french2}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-3co.tex}]\iexam{mtc-3co.tex} Un exemple de document utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour -% prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.bib}]\iexam{mtc-add.bib} Une petite base de donnщes bibliographiques pour les exemples -% de documents \exam{mtc-add.tex} et \exam{mtc-ads.tex}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-add.tex}]\iexam{mtc-add.tex} Un exemple de document montrant comment utiliser \com{mtcaddchapter} et le -% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} avec \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ads.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ads.tex} Un exemple de document montrant comment utiliser \com{mtcaddsection} et le -% paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} avec \upack{minitoc}. -% Il montre aussi quel dщfi reprщsente la gestion des mini-listes de flottants au niveau des sections. -% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-amm.tex}]\iexam{mtc-amm.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation de l'environnement \env{appendices} -% dans un document de classe \class{memoir} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-apx.tex}]\iexam{mtc-apx.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant comment utiliser l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc} -% pour masquer les entrщes pour les appendices dans la table des matiшres principale et crщer une table des -% matiшres au niveau partie pour les appendices. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-art.tex}]\iexam{mtc-art.tex} Un exemple de document (classe \class{article}) utilisant le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-art.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-bk.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bk.tex} Un exemple de document (classe \class{book} ou \class{report}) utilisant le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-bk.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-bo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-bo.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une mise -% en page sur deux colonnes et utilisant le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-bo.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ch0.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ch0.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document -% dont le premier chapitre est щtoilщ. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ch0.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-cri.tex}]\iexam{mtc-cri.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage minitoc avec des parties et des -% chapitres щtoilщs. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-cri.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-fko.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fko.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant le problшme des fontes lors de -% l'utilisation de la classe \class{scrbook}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-fko.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo1.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec -% changement de quelques fontes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-fo1.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-fo2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-fo2.tex} Un autre exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec -% changement de quelques fontes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-fo2.tex}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-gap.tex}]\iexam{mtc-gap.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation des commandes \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} et -% \com{mtcgapafterheads}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-gap.tex}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi1.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation des environnements -% spщcialisщs \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hi1.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hi2.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hi2.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation des paires de commandes: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \com{mtchideinmainlof} et \com{endmtchideinmainlof}, -% \item \com{mtchideinmainlot} et \com{endmtchideinmainlot}. -% \end{itemize} -% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hi2.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hia.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hia.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour masquer les -% entrщes pour certains tableaux dans la liste des tableaux principale d'un document de la classe \class{article}. -% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hia.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hir.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hir.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour masquer les -% entrщes pour certains tableaux dans la liste des tableaux principale d'un document de la classe \class{report}. -% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hir.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-hop.tex}]\iexam{mtc-hop.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la classe de -% document \class{scrbook}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-hop.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-liv.tex}]\iexam{mtc-liv.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un -% livre avec une table des matiшres et des minitocs personnalisщes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-liv.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-mem.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mem.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la -% classe \class{memoir}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-mem.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-mm1.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mm1.tex} Un exemple de fichier montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la -% classe \class{memoir}, dans le cas o∙ vous souhaiteriez changer quelques fontes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-mm1.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-mu.tex}]\iexam{mtc-mu.tex} Un document utilisant une minitoc composщe, avec le paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig}, -% pour ъtre placщe dans un environnement \env{wrapfigure}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-mu.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-nom.tex}]\iexam{mtc-nom.tex} Un document montrant une interaction entre le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% et le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ocf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ocf.tex} Un document utilisant les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} -% pour prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-ofs.tex}]\iexam{mtc-ofs.tex} Un document utilisant les dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} -% pour prщparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes et \com{mtcsetoffset} pour dщcaler la minitoc afin de -% l'aligner sur la gauche. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-ofs.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-sbf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-sbf.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le -% paquetage \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-sbf.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-scr.tex}]\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} Un exemple de document montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec une -% classe {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, \class{scrreprt}. Voir la -% section~\vref{mtc-scr.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-syn.tex}]\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} Un exemple de document montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} lorsque -% la table des matiшres est prщcщdщe de quelques chapitres щtoilщs. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-syn.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec -% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tbi.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document -% de la classe \class{article}. C'est l'exemple de~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernisщ. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tlc.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlo.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlo.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le -% paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft} et leur interaction pour les numщros de pages dans les mini-tables. -% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tlo.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tsf.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tsf.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec le -% paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tsf.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-vti.tex}]\iexam{mtc-vti.tex} Un fichier exemple montrant l'utilisation de la commande \com{mtcpolymtoc} -% et expliquant les \index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe}л~entrщes polymorphes~╗. -% Voir la section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{mtcmess}]\ipack{mtcmess} Un paquetage qui est utilisщ pour fournir des variantes des commandes -% standard \com{PackageInfo}, \com{PackageWarning}, \com{PackageWarningNoLine} et \com{PackageError} -% en leur ajoutant un argument optionnel pour un identificateur unique de message. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{mtcoff}]\ipack{mtcoff} Un paquetage qui est utilisщ р~la place du paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% pour ignorer toutes les commandes et tous les environnements du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. En fait, il les -% dщfinit pour qu'elles/ils ne fassent rien. Utile si vous dщsirez une version de votre document sans aucune -% mini-table. -% \item[\upack{mtcpatchmem}]\ipack{mtcpatchmem} Un\SMMZ{\lmess{M0001}} petit paquetage qui est chargщ automatiquement si -% nщcessaire lorsque vous utilisez la classe de document \class{memoir} dans une version \emph{incompatible} -% avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, mais corrigible. Il est produit lors de la compilation de \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item[\texttt{mu}] Une unitщ de longueur utilisщe normalement en mode mathщmatique (\texttt{mu} signifie -% л~\emph{math unit}~╗); 18~unitщs mathщmatiques font \texttt{1em} (un cadratin), qui est р~peu prшs la -% largeur d'un~л~m~╗ dans la fonte courante. Donc la taille de \texttt{1mu} dщpend de la fonte. -% La sщparation entre les points des lignes de pointillщs dans les mini-tables est exprimщe en unitщs -% mathщmatiques. -% \item[\upack{multibib}] Le paquetage \pack{multibib}~\cite{multibib} permet de crщer des rщfщrences -% р~plusieurs bibliographies р~l'intщrieur d'un mъme document. Il fournit donc une fonctionnalitщ -% complщmentaire р~des paquetages tels que \pack{bibunits}~\cite{bibunits} ou \pack{chapterbib}~\cite{chapterbib}, -% qui permettent de crщer une seule bibliographie pour plusieurs, mais diffщrentes, parties du document. -% \item[\upack{multicol}] Le paquetage \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol} dщfinit l'environnement \env{multicols} -% (avec un~<<~\textbf{s}~>>) pour composer du texte sur plusieurs colonnes. Utilisщ dans certains exemples de documents. -% \item[\upack{multitoc}] Ce paquetage~\cite{multitoc} permet de composer seulement la table des matiшres, la -% liste des figures et/ou la liste des tableaux sur deux colonnes ou plus (en utilisant le paquetage -% pquetage \pack{multicol}~\cite{multicol}, bien s√r). -% Le nombre de colonnes peut ъtre configurщ par des commandes; les tables multi-colonnes peuvent ъtre choisies -% par des options du paquetage. -% L'exemple de document \exam{mtc-3co.tex} utilise ce paquetage; voir la section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{N}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{N} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\pack{natbib}] C'est un paquetage \LaTeXe{} (mais avec un certain support pour \LaTeX2.09)~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} -% qui agit comme interface gщnщralisщe pour des fichiers de styles bibliographiques standard et non-standard (\BibTeX). -% \item[\upack{needspace}] Le paquetage \pack{needspace}~\cite{needspace} fournit des commandes pour rщserver -% de l'espace en bas d'une page. S'il n'y a pas assez d'espace sur la page (colonne) courante, une nouvelle -% page (colonne) est commencщe. -% \item[NFSS] Le л~Nouveau Schщma de Sщlection de Fonte~╗ (\emph{New Font Selection Scheme}). -% Le systшme de sщlection des fontes~\cite{fontsel} \LaTeXe{} -% a щtщ publiщ pour la premiшre fois sous le nom de л~\emph{New Font Selection Scheme}~╗ (NFSS) en 1989, puis -% dans une seconde version en 1993. \LaTeXe{} inclut NFSS version~2 de maniшre standard. -% -% \lneed{7} -% Dans \LaTeX, chaque fonte (police) textuelle a cinq \emph{attributs}: -% \begin{description} -% \item[codage\,\footnotemark]\footnotetext{Et non \og{} encodage~\fg, qui est un anglicisme.} (\emph{encoding}) -% Un codage spщcifie -% l'ordre selon lequel les caractшres apparaissent dans la fonte. Les deux codages les plus courants -% utilisщs dans \LaTeX{} sont le codage л~texte \TeX~╗ de \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} (OT1) et -% le codage л~texte \TeX{} щtendu~╗ (T1) dщveloppщ par les membres du \emph{\TeX{} Users Group} pendant une -% confщrence sur \TeX{} р~Cork en~1990 (d'o∙ son nom informel de л~codage de Cork~╗). Voir~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. -% \item[famille] (\emph{family}) Le nom d'une collection de fontes, habituellement groupщes sous un nom commun -% par le fondeur de ces fontes. Par exemple, л~Adobe Times~╗, л~ITC Garamond~╗ et л~Computer Modern Roman~╗ -% de \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} sont toutes des familles de fontes. -% \item[graisse] (\emph{series}) Elle dщtermine comment une fonte est щpaisse (\emph{heavy}) ou -% щtirщe (\emph{extended}). Par exemple, л~medium weight~╗, л~narrow~╗ et л~bold extended~╗ sont toutes des graisses. -% \item[forme] (\emph{shape}) La forme des lettres р~l'intщrieur d'une famille de fontes. Par exemple, -% л~italique~╗ (\emph{italic}), л~oblique~╗ et л~droit~╗ (\emph{upright}) (parfois appelщ -% л~romain~╗ (\emph{roman})) sont toutes des formes de fontes. -% \item[taille] (\emph{size}) La taille de conception (\emph{design size}) de la fonte, par exemple л~10pt~╗. -% \end{description} -% -% \lneed{2} -% Dans \LaTeX, les valeurs possibles pour ces attributs ont reчu des acronymes courts. Les valeurs les plus -% courantes pour le codage d'une fonte sont donnщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+1}. -% \begin{table}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \changeskips -% \caption{Codages de fontes les plus courants}\label{t+nfss+1} -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{T1} & texte \TeX{} щtendu (л~codage de Cork~╗) \\ -% \texttt{TS1} & codages des symboles pour \LaTeX{} (latin)\\ -% \texttt{T2A}, \texttt{T2B}, \texttt{T2C} & texte \LaTeX{} (cyrillique)\\ -% \texttt{T3} & alphabet phonщtique pour \LaTeX{}\\ -% \texttt{TS3} & alphabet phonщtique pour \LaTeX{}, symboles supplщmentaires\\ -% \texttt{T4} & texte \LaTeX{} (langues africaines)\\ -% \texttt{T5} & texte \LaTeX{} (vietnamien)\\ -% \texttt{T7} & texte \LaTeX{} (rщservщ pour le grec)\\ -% \texttt{OT1} & texte \TeX{} (comme dщfini par \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{OT2} & texte \TeX{} pour les langues en cyrillique (obsolшte)\\ -% \texttt{OT3} & Alphabet phonщtique international (obsolшte)\\ -% \texttt{OT4} & Texte \TeX{} avec extensions pour la langue polonaise\\ -% \texttt{OT6} & Texte \TeX{} avec extensions pour la langue armщnienne\\ -% \texttt{OML} & italique mathщmatique \TeX\ (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{OMS} & symboles mathщmatiques \TeX\ (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{OMX} & grands symboles mathщmatiques \TeX\ (\name{Donald~E.}{Knuth})\\ -% \texttt{X2} & texte \LaTeX{} щtendu (cyrillique)\\ -% \texttt{U} & inconnu \\ -% \texttt{L}\meta{xx} & un codage local\\ -% \texttt{L7x} & codage utilisщ pour la langue lithuanienne\\ -% \texttt{LTH} & codage utilisщ pour la langue thaяe\\ -% \texttt{LV1} & codage utilisщ par quelques fontes de \texttt{VTeX}\\ -% \texttt{LY1} & alternative au \texttt{T1}, pour les logiciels Y\&Y\\ -% \texttt{PD1} & rщalise le codage PDFDocEncoding pour une utilisation avec NFSS de \LaTeXe.\\ -% \texttt{PU} & rщalise le codage Unicode pour une utilisation avec NFSS de \LaTeXe.\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% ^^A \end{table} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{table}[!p] -% ^^A \changeskips -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.50\textwidth} -% ^^A \changeskips -% \capstart -% \caption{Familles de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+2} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Famille}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{cmr} & Computer Modern Roman \\ -% \texttt{cmss} & Computer Modern Sans \\ -% \texttt{cmtt} & Computer Modern Typewriter \\ -% \texttt{cmm} & Computer Modern Math Italic \\ -% \texttt{cmsy} & Computer Modern Math Symbols \\ -% \texttt{cmex} & Computer Modern Math Extensions \\ -% \texttt{ptm} & Adobe Times \\ -% \texttt{phv} & Adobe Helvetica \\ -% \texttt{pcr} & Adobe Courier\\ -% \texttt{lazy} & Symboles \LaTeX{} additionnels\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}% -% \end{minipage}% -% &&% -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth} -% ^^A \changeskips -% \capstart -% \caption{Graisses les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+3} -% \centering -% \leavevmode\null\hfill\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Graisse}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{ul}&Ultra fin\\ -% \texttt{el}&Extra fin\\ -% \texttt{l}&Fin\\ -% \texttt{sl}&Semi fin\\ -% \texttt{m} & Moyen (\emph{medium})\\ -% \texttt{sb} & Demi-gras (\emph{semi-bold}) \\ -% \texttt{b} &Bold \\ -% \texttt{eb} &Extra gras \\ -% \texttt{bx} & Gras щtendu (\emph{bold extended})\\ -% \texttt{ub}&Ultra gras \\ -% \texttt{c} & Condensщ (\emph{condensed})\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}\hfill\null -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{table} -% \newlength{\ww} -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} -% \setlength{\ww}{.64\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\ww}{-1.5em} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{\ww} -% \changeskips -% \capstart -% \caption{Formes de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4} -% {\begin{tabularx}{\ww}{@{}lZ{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Forme}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{n} & Normale (c'est-р-dire л~droite~╗ (\emph{upright}) ou л~romaine~╗ (\emph{roman})) \\ -% \texttt{it} & Italique \\ -% \texttt{sl} & Penchщe (\emph{slanted}) (ou л~oblique~╗) \\ -% \texttt{sc} & Capitales et petites capitales (\emph{caps and small caps})\\ -% \texttt{u} & Italique redressщe (\emph{upright italic}) \\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}} -% \end{minipage}% -% &&% -% \begin{minipage}[t]{.35\textwidth} -% \changeskips -% \capstart -% \caption{Largeurs de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4a} -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lcl@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Largeur}&\textbf{\%}&\textbf{Description}\\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra condensщ\\ -% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra condensщ\\ -% \texttt{c}&50.0&Condensщ\\ -% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi condensщ\\ -% \texttt{m}&50.0&Normal\\ -% \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi щtendu\\ -% \texttt{c}&50.0&╔tendu\\ -% \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra щtendu\\ -% \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra щtendu\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{minipage}% -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% Les codages л~locaux~╗ sont destinщs aux codages de fontes qui ne sont disponibles que localement, par -% exemple une fonte contenant le logo d'une organisation dans diverses tailles. -% -% \lneed{4} -% Il y a bien trop de familles de fontes pour les lister toutes, mais certaines familles courantes sont -% listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+2}. -% Les valeurs les plus courantes pour les graisses (\emph{series}) sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+3}. -% Les valeurs les plus courantes pour la forme de fonte sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+4}. -% Les valeurs les plus courantes pour la largeur de fonte sont listщes dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. -% -% La taille de fonte est spщcifiщe comme une dimension, par exemple \texttt{10pt} ou -% \texttt{1.5in} ou \texttt{3mm}; si aucune unitщ n'est spщcifiщe, \texttt{pt} est pris par dщfaut. Ces cinq -% paramшtres spщcifient chaque fonte \LaTeX{}, voir le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+5}, par exemple. -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \capstart -% \caption{Les cinq paramшtres de fontes de quelques fontes}\label{t+nfss+5} -% \centering -% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}} -% \toprule -% \multicolumn{5}{@{}l}{\textbf{Spщcification \LaTeX}} & -% \textbf{Fonte} & -% \textbf{Nom \TeX{}} \\ -% \midrule -% \texttt{OT1} & \texttt{cmr} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{n} & \texttt{10} & -% Computer Modern Roman 10 point & -% \texttt{cmr10} \\ -% \texttt{OT1} & \texttt{cmss} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{sl} & \texttt{1pc} & -% Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica & -% \texttt{cmssi12} \\ -% \texttt{OML} & \texttt{cmm} & \texttt{m} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{10pt} & -% Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point & -% \texttt{cmmi10} \\ -% \texttt{T1} & \texttt{ptm} & \texttt{b} & \texttt{it} & \texttt{1in} & -% Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch & -% \texttt{ptmb8t at 1in}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Commandes de l'utilisateur pour les fontes}\label{t+nfss+6} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Commande utilisateur} & -% \textbf{Attribut} & -% \textbf{Valeur dans la classe} \class{article} \\ -% \midrule -% \com{textrm}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{rmfamily} & famille & \texttt{cmr} \\ -% \com{textsf}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{sffamily} & famille & \texttt{cmss} \\ -% \com{texttt}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{ttfamily} & famille & \texttt{cmtt} \\ -% \com{textmd}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{mdseries} & graisse & \texttt{m} \\ -% \com{textbf}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{bfseries} & graisse & \texttt{bx} \\ -% \com{textup}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{upshape} & forme & \texttt{n} \\ -% \com{textit}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{itshape} & forme & \texttt{it} \\ -% \com{textsl}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{slshape} & forme & \texttt{sl} \\ -% \com{textsc}\texttt{\ldots} ou \com{scshape} & forme & \texttt{sc} \\ -% \com{tiny} & taille & \texttt{5pt} \\ -% \com{scriptsize} & taille & \texttt{7pt} \\ -% \com{footnotesize} & taille & \texttt{8pt} \\ -% \com{small} & taille & \texttt{9pt} \\ -% \com{normalsize} & taille & \texttt{10pt} \\ -% \com{large} & taille & \texttt{12pt} \\ -% \com{Large} & taille & \texttt{14.4pt} \\ -% \com{LARGE} & taille & \texttt{17.28pt} \\ -% \com{huge} & taille & \texttt{20.74pt} \\ -% \com{Huge} & taille & \texttt{24.88pt}\\ -% \com{textnormal} & normal & \textnormal{texte normal}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% -% Ces cinq paramшtres sont affichщs chaque fois que \LaTeX{} donne un avertissement de dщbordement de boюte, -% par exemple: -% \begin{verse} -% \texttt{Overfull \bs hbox (3.80855pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 314-{}-318}\\ -% \texttt{[]\bs OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Normally [] and [] will be iden-ti-cal,} -% \end{verse} -% \lneed{6} -% Le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+6} liste les commandes de fontes que l'utilisateur peut invoquer pour щtablir ces -% cinq attributs\,\footnote{Les valeurs utilisщes par ces commandes sont dщterminщes par la classe du document.}. -% -% \item[\uopt{nocheckfiles}]\iopt{nocheckfiles} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le contraire de l'option de -% paquetage \optd{checkfiles} (voir plus haut). -% \item[\uopt{nohints}]\iopt{nohints} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le contraire de l'option de -% paquetage \optd{hints} (voir plus haut). -% \item[\uopt{nolistfiles}]\iopt{nolistfiles} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. C'est l'opposщe de -% \optd{listfiles} ci-dessus. Voir la section~\vref{s+listfiles}. -% \item[\uopt{notoccite}]\iopt{notoccite} Cette option du paquetage \upack{minitoc} charge le paquetage -% \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). Elle щvite des problшmes avec des -% commandes \com{cite} dans des commandes de sectionnement ou dans des captions (lщgendes). -% Voir la section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{O}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{O} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[Omega] Le systшme de typographie\,\footnote{L'essentiel (mais pas la totalitщ) de cette note provient de -% la documentation d'Omega \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}. -% Voir~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} pour plus d'informations.} -% Omega ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (de \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} et \xname{John}{Plaice}). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Omega est une extension de \TeX{} conчue surtout afin d'amщliorer les capacitщs multilingues de TeX. -% -% Quand le programme \TeX{} a щtщ dщveloppщ au milieu des annщes [mille neuf cent] soixante-dix -% par le professeur \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}, -% il a surtout щtщ conчu pour la mise en page de textes mathщmatiques en anglais. Depuis lors \TeX{} a fait de grandes -% avancщes dans des domaines scientifiques, littщraires et autres, dans tous -% les pays du monde. En 1991, \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} a gelщ \TeX{} avec pour objectif la -% stabilitщ. Cependant, il permet que le code \TeX{} soit utilisщ comme base -% pour des dщveloppements futurs, р~condition que le systшme rщsultant -% soit distribuщ sous un autre nom. -% -% En Omega, tous les caractшres et les pointeurs dans les structures de -% donnщes sont de 32 bits plutЇt que 8 bits, щliminant ainsi beaucoup de -% limitations triviales de \TeX. Omega permet aussi l'utilisation de -% multiples jeux de caractшres en entrщe et en sortie, et utilise des -% filtres programmables afin de traduire d'un jeu de caractшres р~un -% autre, afin de faire de l'analyse contextuelle, etc. En interne, Omega -% utilise le jeu de caractшres Unicode/ISO-10646. Omega soutient aussi -% l'utilisation de multiples directions d'щcriture. -% -% Ces amщliorations non seulement facilitent la tтche des utilisateurs de \TeX{} -% pour gщrer des langues multiples et complexes telles que l'arabe, les -% langues indiennes, le khmer, le chinois, le japonais ou le corщen, dans -% un seul document, mais aussi forment la base de dщveloppements futurs -% dans d'autres domaines, tels le soutien de la couleur et de l'hypertexte. -% -% Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adaptщ aux capacitщs spщciales d'Omega est -% appelщ л~\emph{Lambda}~╗~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). -% L'ajout р~Omega des extensions de \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est un projet -% distinct, connu sous le nom de л~\pack{Aleph}~╗ ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} et conduit par \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}. -% La version de \LaTeX\ pour \pack{Aleph} est connue sous le nom de -% л~\emph{Lamed}~╗~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}\/). -% Il~y~a un systшme expщrimental, nommщ \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex,luatex2007}, qui regroupera -% \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} et d'autres dщveloppements. -% Une voie prometteuse est \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} par~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, avec -% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}. -% \begin{table}[tp!] -% ^^A \changeskips -% \caption{Quelques systшmes dщrivщs de \TeX{} et \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex} -% \centering -% \[ \begin{array}{ccccccc} -% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Omega}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mathbf{\Lambda}\\ -% &&+&&&&+\\ -% \mbox{\TeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eTeX}&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\eLaTeX}\\ -% &&&&&&\\ -% \cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} -% &&&&&&\\ -% &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,height=10pt]{lamed3.png}}} -% \end{array} \] -% \end{table} -% \item[\feat{open}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ immщdiatement -% avant (ouverture, \emph{open}) l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donnщ de mini-table. -% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{P}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{P} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\feat{pagestyle}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exщcutщ lors de chaque occurrence d'un -% type donnщ de mini-table, pour forcer le style de page р~utiliser pour la page courante. -% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. -% \item[paquetage] (\emph{package}) -% Les paquetages\,\footnote{Ces informations ont щtщ extraites de~\cite[page~12--13]{kopka} puis adaptщes et -% traduites.}\textsuperscript{,}\footnote{Notez que j'utilise le terme <<~paquetage~>> pour traduire -% le terme anglais \emph{package}. D'autres -% prщfщreront <<~extension~>> (qui signifie <<~suffixe~>> en anglais), <<~package~>> (anglicisme), ou <<~module~>>; -% c'est une question de go√t et d'habitude, sans plus.} sont un dispositif trшs important de \LaTeX. Ce sont des -% extensions aux commandes de base de \LaTeX{} qui sont щcrites dans des fichiers dont les noms se terminent par -% \suffix{.sty} et qui sont chargщs via la commande \com{usepackage} dans le prщambule du document. Les paquetages -% peuvent ъtre classщs selon leur origine: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item les paquetages \textbf{centraux} (\emph{core}) (en fait, les paquetages \textbf{basiques} et \textbf{requis}) -% sont une partie fondamentale de l'installation de base de \LaTeX{} et sont donc complшtement standard; -% \item les paquetages \textbf{outils} (\emph{tools}) forment un ensemble щcrit par les membres de l'щquipe -% \LaTeX3 et devraient toujours ъtre prщsents dans l'installation; -% \item les paquetages \textbf{graphiques} (\emph{graphics}) sont un ensemble standardisщ pour l'inclusion de -% dessins produits par d'autres programmes et pour la gestion des couleurs; ils sont au mъme niveau que -% les paquetages outils; -% \item les paquetages \textbf{\AmS-\LaTeX}, publiщs par -% l'\emph{American Mathematical Society}\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}\fron, devraient -% ъtre prщsents dans toute installation\,\footnote{Ils sont indispensables si vous utilisez beaucoup -% de mathщmatiques.}; -% \item les paquetages des \textbf{contributions} (\emph{contributed}) ont щtщ proposщs par de vrais -% utilisateurs; certains de ces paquetages se sont rщvщlщs comme щtant л~essentiels~╗ dans l'utilisation -% standard de \LaTeX, mais tous sont utiles. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[partlof] Une liste des figures pour une partie. -% \item[\dcnt{partlofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des partlofs. -% \item[partlot] Une liste des tableaux pour une partie. -% \item[\dcnt{partlotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des partlots. -% \item[parttoc] Une table des matiшres pour une partie. -% \item[\dcnt{parttocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur des parttocs. -% \item[PDF] \emph{Portable Document Format}~\cite{pdfspec}. Un descendant du langage PostScript d'Adobe, -% optimisщ pour la navigation sur l'Internet. Il ajoute des dispositifs d'hypertexte, de substitution de fontes -% et de compression. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[\upack{placeins}] Le paquetage -% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0032}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}} -% permet de forcer les щlщments flottants р~л~rester р~leur place~╗, en les empъchant de dщriver au-delр d'une -% commande \com{FloatBarrier} vers une autre section. Pour l'utiliser, -% dщclarez \com{usepackage}\texttt{\{placeins\}} dans le prщambule et insщrez des commandes -% \com{FloatBarrier} aux endroits que les щlщments flottants ne devraient pas franchir, peut-ъtre -% р~chaque \com{section}. L'option \opt{insection} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} le fait avec des -% options adщquates de \pack{placeins}, et charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter}; -% voir la section~\vref{s+placing}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[\xfile{placeins.txt}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant la documentation du paquetage -% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}. -% \item[\upack{\PLaTeX}]\ipacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} Une\virage{} version de \LaTeX\ adaptщe -% р~la langue polonaise (\lopt{polski}). A~щtщ remplacщe par le paquetage \pack{polski}. Voir~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. -% Mais le \emph{mъme} nom dщsignait aussi une version de \LaTeX\ adaptщe р~la langue japonaise, -% \packa{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}~\cite{platex-jp,kakuto}. -% \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk} -% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour prщparer le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% et sa documentation; vous devriez l'adapter р~vos besoins. -% Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[points de conduite] (\emph{leaders}) Une sщquence rщpщtive de points (ou d'un autre petit caractшre), -% espacщs rщguliшrement, utilisщe pour relier deux objets sur la mъme ligne (conduisant d'un titre р~un -% numщro de page dans une table des matiшres ou analogue). -% \item[polymorphe (entrщe)] Une entrщe\index{entree polymorphe=entrщe polymorphe} dans la table des matiшres, la -% liste des figures ou la liste des tableaux, qui change d'aspect selon l'endroit o∙ elle apparaюt (TdM -% principale, minitable, etc.); voir la section~\vref{ss+polym}. -% \item[PostScript] Un langage de description de page, par Adobe. Il dщcrit l'apparence d'une page, y~compris -% d'щlщments tels que texte, graphiques et images scannщes, vers une imprimante ou un appareil de -% visualisation. Introduit par Adobe en 1985, il est devenu le langage de choix dans l'impression de haute -% qualitщ. -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \item[prщambule] (\emph{preamble}) Dans le fichier principal d'un document \LaTeX{} source, la partie de ce -% fichier qui se trouve entre les commandes \com{documentclass}\texttt{[.{}.{}.]\{.{}.{}.\}} et -% \ienv{document}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}. Dans le prщambule, vous pouvez insщrer des dщclarations globales et le -% chargement de paquetages par des commandes \com{usepackage}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[prщparation] Les commandes de prщparation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} prщparent les fichiers auxiliaires -% pour les mini-tables d'un type donnщ. Une commande de~\emph{prщparation} doit avoir щtщ invoquщ -% prщalablement (et une seule fois) р~toute commande d'insertion pour le type de mini-table. Les commandes -% de prщparation sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): -% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} -% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(niveau partie)\\ -% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(niveau chapitre)\\ -% \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, \com{dosectlot},&(niveau section)\\ -% \com{mtcprepare}&(tous niveaux) -% \end{tabular} -% \item[\uclass{proc}]\iclass{proc} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX, pour prщparer les comptes-rendus d'une confщrence. -% Pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, elle est trшs semblable р~la classe de document \class{article}; voir -% plus haut. -% \begin{table}[tp] -% \changeskips -% \caption{Profondeurs pour les commandes de sectionnement}\label{t+j+depths} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \textbf{Classe:}&\textbf{\class{book}}&\textbf{\class{report}}&\textbf{\class{article}}\\ -% \midrule -% \dcnt{secnumdepth}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$3$\\ -% \com{part}&$-1$&$-1$&$0$\\ -% \com{chapter}&$\phantom{-}0$&$\phantom{-}0$&$\times$\\ -% \com{section}&$\phantom{-}1$&$\phantom{-}1$&$1$\\ -% \com{subsection}&$\phantom{-}2$&$\phantom{-}2$&$2$\\ -% \com{subsubsection}&$\phantom{-}3$&$\phantom{-}3$&$3$\\ -% \com{paragraph}&$\phantom{-}4$&$\phantom{-}4$&$4$\\ -% \com{subparagraph}&$\phantom{-}5$&$\phantom{-}5$&$5$\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \end{table} -% \item[profondeur] Dans les classes de documents standard (et dans la plupart des classes) ayant des commandes se -% sectionnement, nous avons une notion de \textbf{profondeur} (\emph{depth}). La profondeur d'une commande de -% sectionnement dщtermine le niveau jusqu'auquel descend la numщrotation dans son titre (selon la valeur du compteur -% \dcnt{secnumdepth}), et les entrщes pour une commande de sectionnement donnщes apparaissent dans la table -% des matiшres principale si la profondeur de cette commande de sectionnement est infщrieure ou щgale р~la -% valeur du compteur \dcnt{tocdepth}; consultez le tableau~\vref{t+j+depths} pour les profondeurs des commandes -% de sectionnement dans les principales classes de document. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Le mщcanisme est analogue pour les parttocs, minitocs et secttocs, en utilisant les valeurs des compteurs -% \dcnt{parttocdepth}, \dcnt{minitocdepth} et \dcnt{secttocdepth}. Si vous utilisez des sous-figures ou -% des sous-tableaux, les mini-tables correspondantes utilisent des compteurs tels que -% \dcnt{partlofdepth}, \dcnt{partlotdepth}, \dcnt{minilofdepth}, \dcnt{minilotdepth}, \dcnt{sectlofdepth} -% et \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \item[pseudo-chapitre] -% Ou chapitre щtoilщ. Un chapitre qui commence par une commande л~щtoilщe~╗ \com{chapter*}. -% Par dщfaut, il n'a pas -% d'entrщe dans la table des matiшres. \com{chapter*} nщcessite quelques prщcautions avec le paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. Voir la section~\vref{s+starred.chap}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{Q}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Q} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{quotchap}] Le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}\imess{W0087} fournit des commandes pour ajouter des -% citations р~certaines en-tъtes (chapitres) dans les classes standard de document \LaTeXe: -% \class{book} et \class{report}. Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% (voir le point~\vref{h.quotchap} et la section~\vref{faq.39}). -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{R}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{R} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[README] est un fichier en texte pur (anglais) dщcrivant sommairement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% plus quelques informations utiles. -% \item[\uclass{report}]\iclass{report} Une classe standard de document \LaTeX~\cite{classes}. Elle a des commandes de sectionnement: -% \com{part}, \com{chapter} et \com{section} (et en dessous). -% Elle est compatible avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} et vous pouvez faire des mini-tables aux niveaux partie -% et chapitre (mais pas au niveau section, pour щviter de trop nombreux fichiers auxiliaires). -% \item[\uscrp{rmk}]\iscrp{rmk} Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui trie les fichiers -% du paquetage \upack{minitoc} en classes (un rщpertoire pour chaque classe). -% Il devrait ъtre exщcutщ aprшs les scripts -% \scrp{imk} (obligatoire) et \scrp{emk} et/ou -% \scrp{fmk}, dans cet ordre. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. -% \item[\upack{romannum}] Le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} change les numщros (pour les commandes de -% sectionnement) engendrщs par \LaTeX{} de chiffres arabes en chiffres romains. Ce paquetage utilise le -% paquetage \pack{stdclsdv}~\cite{stdclsdv}. -% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.romannum} et la -% section~\vref{faq.40}). -% \item[\pack{rotating}] Le paquetage \pack{rotating}~\cite{rotating} effectue toutes les sortes de rotations -% que vous pouvez souhaiter, y~compris celles de figures complшtes. -% \item[\pack{rotfloat}] Le paquetage pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}\imess{I0053} fournit des commandes pour dщfinir de -% nouveaux flottants de divers styles -% of various styles (\texttt{plain}, \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{ruled}, et des styles non dщfinis); -% le paquetage \pack{rotating}~\cite{rotating} fournit de nouveaux environnements (\env{sidewaysfigure} -% et \env{sidewaystable}) qui sont tournщs de $90^\circ$ ou $270^\circ$. -% Mais qu'en est-t-il de nouveaux flottants tournщs, par exemple un flottant avec filets et tournщ? -% Ce paquetage rend ceci possible; il щtablit un pont entre les deux paquetages et щtend aussi les commandes du -% paquetage \pack{float} pour dщfinir des versions tournщes des nouveaux flottants. -% \item[rubber] \tool{rubber}~\cite{rubber} est un programme d'emballage (\emph{wrapper}) -% pour \LaTeX\ et ses programmes associщs. Son -% but est, щtant donnщ un source \LaTeX\ р~traiter, de le compiler un nombre de fois suffisant pour rщsoudre -% toutes les rщfщrences, en exщcutant щventuellement des programmes satellites tels que \textbf{\BibTeX}, -% \textbf{makeindex}, \textbf{Metapost}, etc., pour produire les fichiers de donnщes adщquats. Il a des -% dispositifs pour effectuer certaines actions de nettoyage en post-traitement, comme de dщtruire les fichiers -% auxiliaires produits par \upack{minitoc}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{S}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{S} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\uclass{scrartcl}]\iclass{scrartcl} Voir {\KOMAScript} plus haut. -% \item[\uclass{scrbook}]\iclass{scrbook} Voir {\KOMAScript} plus haut. -% \item[\uclass{scrreprt}]\iclass{scrreprt} Voir {\KOMAScript} plus haut. -% \item[sectionnement (commandes de)] Ce sont les commandes \LaTeX\ qui spщcifies la structure logique de votre document. -% Les principales commandes de sectionnement sont \com{part}, \com{chapter}, \com{section}, -% \com{subsection}, \com{subsubsection}, \com{paragraph} et \com{subparagraph}. -% Certaines classes standard de documents n'ont pas la commande \com{chapter} (ainsi les classes -% \class{article} et \class{proc}), certaines n'ont pas de commandes de sectionnement (ainsi la classe -% \class{letter}). Dans ce dernier cas, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est sans objet. Si certaines des -% commandes \com{part}, \com{chapter} ou \com{section} ne sont pas dщfinies, les -% commandes de \upack{minitoc} pour le niveau associщ ne sont pas disponibles. Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, -% les commandes de \upack{minitoc} au niveau section ne sont pas dщfinies dans la version courante du -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} et les antщrieures, mais si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie mais que -% \com{section} l'est, alors les commandes de \upack{minitoc} au niveau section sont dщfinies. -% Voir la section~\vref{note+sectionning}. -% Dans les classes non-standard de documents, les commandes de sectionnement portant des noms non-standard ne -% peuvent pas ъtre reconnues par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[sectlof] Une liste des figures pour une section. -% \item[\dcnt{sectlofdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des sectlofs. -% \item[sectlot] Une liste des tableaux pour une section. -% \item[\dcnt{sectlotdepth}] Ce compteur, s'il existe, contient la profondeur des sectlots. -% \item[\upack{sectsty}] Le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}\imess{W0037} offre un ensemble de commandes pour changer -% la fonte utilisщe pour les divers en-tъtes de sectionnement dans les classes standard de document de \LaTeXe: -% \class{article}, \class{book} et \class{report}. Ce paquetage fonctionne aussi avec -% les classes {\KOMAScript}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}: -% \class{scrartcl}, \class{scrbook} et \class{scrreprt}. -% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.sectsty} et la -% section~\vref{faq.28}). -% \item[secttoc] Une table des matiшres pour une section. -% \item[\dcnt{secttocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur des secttocs. -% \item[\upack{sfheaders}] Le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}\imess{W0089} (pour \LaTeXe) emprunte -% quelques dщfinitions des classes standard \class{article}/\class{report}/\class{book} -% et les modifie afin d'imprimer les en-tъtes de partie, chapitre, section, sous-section\ldots{} avec la -% variante Sans-Serif de la fonte courante. -% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.sfheaders} et la -% section~\vref{faq.41}). -% \item[shell] Dans les systшmes d'exploitation Unix, analogues р~Unix et Linux, le \emph{shell} est un programme -% utilisщ comme interface entre le systшme d'exploitation et l'utilisateur. Il peut aussi ъtre utilisщ comme -% un langage de programmation pour щcrire des programmes ou \emph{scripts} afin de prщparer de sщquences de -% tтches utilisщes de maniшre routiniшre. Les principaux \emph{shells} sont le \emph{shell} de Bourne (\textbf{sh}), -% le C~\emph{shell} (\textbf{csh}), le \emph{shell} de Korn (\textbf{ksh}), et leurs nombreux descendants -% (tels que \textbf{bash}, \textbf{tcsh}, etc.). -% \item[\uopt{shortext}]\iopt{shortext} Une option\imess{W0020} du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle force l'utilisation de suffixes courts -% (3~caractшres) dans les noms des fichiers auxiliaires de minitoc. Cette option est inactive par dщfaut, mais -% est automatiquement activщe si votre systшme d'exploitation requiert des suffixes courts. Voir -% \textbf{autoconfiguration} plus haut et la section~\vref{.8+3}. -% \item[\upack{shorttoc}] Le paquetage \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc} permet de crщer une autre table des -% matiшres dans un document, avec un autre titre et une autre profonteur que la table des matiшres principale. -% \item[SJIS] Le codage SJIS de caractшres (pour le japonais), aussi connu sous le nom de MS-Kanji -% (Kanji pour Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered}), -% consiste en deux jeux de caractшres se recouvrant: celui surnommщ Katakana demi-largeur (JIS X0201-1976, -% caractшres codщs sur 1~octet dans l'intervalle de \texttt{0xA1} р~\texttt{0xDF}) et le jeu de caractшres JIS -% (pleine largeur) (JIS X0208-1990, associщ aux points de codage restants). -% Cette information provient de~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% \item[\upack{\SLaTeX}]\ipacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} Une version of \LaTeX\ adaptщe pour la langue suщdoise. Voir~\cite{slatex}. -% \item[\upack{splitbib}]\ipack{splitbib} Un paquetage~\cite{splitbib} \LaTeX\ qui permet de trier une bibliographie -% en catщgories et sous-catщgories; ceci est intщressant pour des listes de publications, pour grouper les -% rщfщrences par sujet, par annщe,~... -% \item[\upack{stdclsdv}] Le paquetage \pack{stdclsdv}~\cite{stdclsdv} est destinщ р~ъtre utilisщ par les -% auteurs de paquetages \LaTeX{} qui ont besoin de savoir quelles divisions de sectionnement sont fournies par -% la classe du document. -% provided by the document class. -% \item[strut] Un trait vertical invisible utilisщ pour forcer une sщparation minimale entre deux lignes de texte. -% Ce terme anglais signifiant л~щtai~╗ est conservщ car il fait partie du jargon \TeX{} et \LaTeX. -% \item[\upack{subfig}] Le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} permet l'inclusion de petites, -% л~sous-~╗ figures et tables. Il en simplifie le positionnement, l'ajout de lщgendes (\emph{captions}) et -% l'щtiquetage р~l'intщrieur d'un seul environnement \env{figure} ou \env{table}. De plus, ce paquetage -% permet que de tels sous-captions (sous-lщgendes) soient щcrits dans la liste des figures ou dans la liste des -% tableaux si vous le dщsirez. -% \item[\upack{subfigure}] Le paquetage \pack{subfigure}~\cite{subfigure} est une version obsolшte (par le mъme -% auteur) du paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}. -% \item[suffixe] (\emph{extension}) Le nom d'un fichier est souvent constituщ de 2~parties: un \emph{nom de base} -% et un \emph{suffixe}, sщparщes par un point. Sous certains anciens systшmes d'exploitation, le nom de base -% est limitщ р~8~caractшres et le suffixe р~3~caractшres (le schщma л~8+3~╗). Voir aussi les sections~\vref{MS-DOS} -% et~\vref{.8+3}. Il est fortement recommandщ d'avoir au plus un seul point dans un nom de fichier. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{T}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{T} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[TDM, TdM] Acronyme pour л~table des matiшres~╗ (\emph{TOC, ``table of contents''}). -% \item[TDS] \index{TDS}La \emph{\TeX~Directory Structure}~\cite{tds,ftds}; une structure de rщpertoires fortement -% recommandщe pour ranger les fichiers de macros, fontes et autres fichiers systшmes \TeX{} indщpendants de -% l'implantation; elle suggшre aussi comment incorporer le reste des fichiers \TeX{} dans une seule structure; -% la \index{TDS}TDS a щtщ pensщe pour fonctionner sur tous les systшmes modernes. -% \item[\TeX] \TeX{} est un programme щcrit par \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}~\cite{texbook,ftb}. -% Il est conчu pour la composition de textes et d'щquations mathщmatiques. -% -% \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} a commencщ le dщveloppement de \TeX{} en 1977 parce qu'il щtait -% frustrщ par la maniшre avec laquelle ses articles щtaient publiщs par -% l'\emph{American Mathematical Society}. Il avait arrъtщ de soumettre des -% articles vers 1974 parce que \og{} le rщsultat final щtait trop pщnible -% р~regarder \fg{}. \TeX{}, tel que nous l'utilisons aujourd'hui, est sorti en -% 1982 et a щtщ amщliorщ au fil des ans. Ces derniшres annщes \TeX{} a -% atteint une grande stabilitщ. Aujourd'hui \iname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}\textsc{Knuth} affirme qu'il n'y a -% virtuellement plus de \og{} bug \fg{}. Le numщro de version de \TeX{} tend -% vers $\pi$ et est actuellement $3.141592$. -% -% \TeX{} se prononce \og{} Tech \fg{}, avec un \og{} ch \fg{} comme dans le mot -% щcossais \og{} Loch \fg{}. En alphabet phonщtique cela donne -% \textbf{[tex]}\dots Dans un environnement \texttt{ASCII}, \TeX{} -% devient \texttt{TeX}. -% \item[\upack{thailatex}] Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex} permet de composer -% des documents en langue thaяe. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement serrщ des lignes dans -% les mini-tables. L'option contraire est \optd{loose}. -% \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de -% sectionnement. Parmi ses nombreux dispositifs, il permet des titres dans la marge, un format diffщrent dans -% les pages de gauche et de droite, des filets au-dessus et en dessous du titre, etc. -% Malheureusement, il est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \item[\upack{titletoc}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} paquetage \pack{titletoc} est utile pour la mise -% en forme des entrщes de la table -% des matiшres, en offrant la possibilitщ de changer de format au milieu du document, de regrouper des entrщes -% en un seul paragraphe, d'avoir de jolies entrщes en format libre, de faire des tables des matiшres -% partielles, etc. -% Malheureusement, il est avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% -% Le fichier \xfile{titletoc.sty} ne fait pas partie du paquetage \pack{titlesec}; c'est un paquetage -% indщpendant, mais il est dщcrit dans la documentation~\cite{titletoc} du paquetage \pack{titlesec}. -% \item[\uscrp{tmk}]\iscrp{tmk} Un fichier script file qui crщe une hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS~\cite{tds,ftds} (р~adapter -% pour votre systшme). -% \item[TOC] Acronyme pour л~\emph{table of contents}~╗, ou л~table des matiшres~╗. -% \item[\upack{tocbibind}] Le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}\imess{I0046} peut ъtre utilisщ pour ajouter une -% entrщe pour la table des matiшres et/ou pour la bibliographie et/ou pour l'index dans la table des matiшres. -% Mais il nщcessite quelques prщcautions si vous l'utilisez avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{special.entries}. -% \item[\dcnt{tocdepth}] Ce compteur contient la profondeur de la table des matiшres. -% \item[\upack{tocloft}] Le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}\imess{I0047} offre des outils pour contrЇler -% la conception typographique de la table des matiшres, de la liste des figures et de la liste des tables. De -% nouvelles sortes de л~liste des \ldots~╗ peuvent ъtre dщfinies. Si vous utilisez le paquetage -% \pack{tocloft} et le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, regardez la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}, sur la maniшre de -% traiter quelques problшmes mineurs de compatibilitщ. -% \item[\xfile{TODO}] est un fichier en texte pur (anglais) qui liste quelques propositions de dщveloppement du -% paquetage, pas encore rщalisщes. Commentaires et suggestions sont les bienvenus. -% \item[token] Un \emph{token}\,\footnote{Cette dщfinition est tirщe -% du <<~\textsl{The \TeX{}book}~>>~\cite{texbook,ftb}.}\textsuperscript{,}\footnote{Gardons cet anglicisme bien pratique!} -% est soit (a)~un seul caractшre avec son code de -% catщgorie attachщ (voir л~catcode~╗ plus haut), soit (b)~une sщquence de contrЇle. \virage{} Vous \emph{devriez} -% vous souvenir de deux choses importantes р~propos des \emph{tokens} de \TeX: (1)~Une sщquence de contrЇle est -% considщrщe comme щtant un seul objet qui n'est plus composщe d'une suite de symboles. En consщquence, les noms longs -% de sщquences de contrЇle ne sont pas plus difficiles р~traiter par \TeX\ que les noms courts, une fois qu'ils -% ont щtщ remplacщs par des \emph{tokens}. De plus, les espaces ne sont pas ignorщs aprшs les sщquences de -% contrЇle р~l'intщrieur d'une liste de \emph{tokens}; la rшgle d'ignorance des espaces ne s'applique que dans un -% fichier d'entrщe, au moment o∙ les chaюnes de caractшres sont dщcoupщes en \emph{tokens}. (2)~Une fois qu'un -% code de catщgorie a щtщ attachщ р~un \emph{token} caractшre, cet attachement est permanent. Par exemple, si le -% caractшre~`\verb|{|' щtait soudainement dщclarщ comme щtant de catщgorie~12 au lieu de catщgorie~1, les -% les caractшres `\verb|{|$_1$' dщjр р~l'intщrieur de listes de \emph{tokens} de \TeX\ resteraient encore de -% catщgorie~1; seules les listes nouvellement construites contiendraient des \emph{tokens} `\verb|{|$_{12}$'. -% En d'autres termes, les caractшres individuels reчoivent une interprщtation figщe dшs qu'ils ont щtщ lus depuis -% un fichier, selon la catщgorie qu'ils ont au moment de la lecture. Les sщquences de contrЇle sont diffщrents, -% car elles peuvent changer d'interprщtation р~tout moment. Les processus digestifs de \TeX\ savent toujours -% exactement ce qu'un \emph{token} signifie, parce que le code de catщgorie apparaюt dans le \emph{token} -% lui-mъme; mais lorsque les processus digestifs rencontrent un \emph{token} sщquence de contrЇle, ils doivent -% examiner la dщfinition courante de cette sщquence de contrЇle afin d'en trouver la signification. -% \item[\pack{trivfloat}] Le paquetage \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} (de \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright})\imess{I0053} fournit une -% mщthode rapide pour dщfinir de nouveaux types de flottants en \LaTeX. Un seule commande dщfinit un nouveau -% flottant dans le mъme style que les types de flottants \env{figure} et \env{table} du noyau \LaTeX{} kernel. -% \item[\pack{txfonts}] Le paquetage \pack{txfonts}~\cite{txfonts} fournit les fontes \texttt{TX}, qui comprennent -% \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt -% \item des fontes romanes textuelles virtuelles utilisant Adobe Times (ou URW NimbusRomNo9L) avec quelques -% symboles textuels modifiщs ou additionnels dans les codages OT1, T1, TS1 et LY1; -% \item {\textsf{des fontes sans empattement (sans serif) utilisant Adobe Helvetica (ou URW NimbusSanL) avec -% quelques symboles textuels additionnels dans les codages OT1, T1, TS1 et LY1}}; -% \item {\smooth\texttt{des fontes р~chasse fixe (dites <<~machine р~щcrire~>>) dans\linebreak[4] les -% codages OT1, T1, TS1 et LY1}}; -% \item des alphabets mathщmatiques utilisant Adobe Times (ou URW NimbusRomNo9L) avec des mщtriques modifiщes; -% \item des fontes mathщmatiques de tous les symboles correspondant р~ceux des fontes mathщmatiques -% Computer Modern (CMSY, CMMI, CMEX et les lettres grecques de CMR); -% \item des fontes mathщmatiques de tous les symboles correspondant р~ceux des fontes \AmS{} fonts (MSAM et MSBM); -% \item des fontes mathщmatiques de divers symboles. -% \end{enumerate} -% Toutes ces fontes sont en format Type~1 (dans des fichiers \suffix{.afm} et \suffix{.pfb}). -% Les fichiers \suffix{.tfm} et \suffix{.vf} nщcessaires ainsi que les fichiers de paquetage \LaTeXe{} et -% fichiers <<~font map~>> (\suffix{.map}) pour \tool{dvips} sont fournis. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[UNIX] Un systшme d'exploitation moderne, disponible sur divers types d'ordinateurs et dans diverses -% variantes. Du point de vue de \upack{minitoc}, il a l'avantage d'utiliser des noms de fichiers avec des -% suffixes longs (la limite est trop haute pour que le nombre de mini-tables soit un problшme). -% \item[UNIX (analogues~р)] Les systшmes d'exploitation analogues р~Unix, avec les mъmes avantages. Linux en est -% un bon exemple, mais il en existe d'autres. -% \item[\utool{urlbst}]\itool{urlbst} Un script PERL script, par \name{Norman}{Gray}~\cite{urlbst}, pour ajouter un type -% d'entrщe \BibTeX{} \texttt{webpage}, -% et ajouter le support des champs gщnщraux \texttt{url} et \texttt{lastchecked}, aux fichiers \suffix{.bst} -% de \BibTeX{} (du moins р~la plupart d'entre eux). Ajoute optionnellement un support basique pour les champs -% \texttt{eprint} et \texttt{doi}, et aussi le support pour \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}/\pack{hyperref}. -% \item[UTF\phantom{-}8] UTF~8 (Unicode Transformation Format~8), aussi appelщe UTF~2 ou FSS-UTF, est une reprщsentation -% spщciale d'Unicode (resp. ISO~10\,646). Elle utilise des sщquences de plusieurs octets de longueurs -% diverses, mais seules les sщquences d'un, de deux ou de trois octets sont implantщes dans \pack{CJK}. -% Les caractшres ASCII seront utilisщs tels quels --- sans cette propriщtщ, il serait impossible d'utiliser -% UTF~8 avec \TeX. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{V}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{V} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\upack{varsects}] Le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}\imess{W0038} offre un ensemble de commandes pour changer -% la fonte utilisщe pour les divers en-tъtes de sectionnement dans les classes standard de document de \LaTeXe: -% \class{article}, \class{book} et \class{report}. -% Il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc} (voir le point~\vref{h.varsects} et la -% section~\vref{faq.33}). -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{W}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{W} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \par\reversemarginpar -% \item[Wikipщdia] La \ixgrf{wikif.png}Wikipщdia\index{Wikipedia=Wikipщdia}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{0cm}[2.87cm][0cm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipщdia}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wikif.png}}}} -% est un projet d'encyclopщdie libre, multilingue et de contenu ouvert (libre, neutre et vщrifiable -% que chacun peut щditer et amщliorer) gщrщ par la \emph{Wikimedia Foundation} -% р~but non lucratif. Son nom est un assemblage des mots \emph{wiki} (un type de site Web collaboratif) et -% \emph{encyclopedia}. Lancщ en 2001 par \name{Jimmy}{Wales} et \name{Larry}{Sanger}, c'est le projet de travail -% de rщfщrence gщnщral le plus vaste, celui qui croюt le plus vite, et le plus populaire disponible sur l'Internet. -% \par\normalmarginpar -% \item[\upack{wrapfig}] Le paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig} fournit les environnements \env{wrapfigure} et -% \env{wraptable} pour placer une figure ou un tableau sur le cЇtщ de la page et faire que le texte -% enveloppe cette figure ou ce tableau. -% \end{wdesc} -% \jsection{X}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{X} -% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} -% \item[\scrp{xmk}] Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui compose les fichiers exemples de documents et produit -% des documents PDF. -% \item[\upack{xr}] Le paquetage \pack{xr}~\cite{xr} met en place un systшme pour les rщfщrences externes -% (\emph{eXternal References}). J'en ai щcrit la premiшre version, mais elle avait de graves problшmes. -% \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} a rщщcrit ce paquetage d'une maniшre bien meilleure et plus robuste. Avec sa permission, -% j'ai utilisщ une partie de son code dans le paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour rщaliser les commandes de -% prщparation (telles que \com{dominitoc}). Si vous utilisez aussi le paquetage -% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, utilisez \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} au lieu du paquetage \upack{xr}. -% \end{wdesc} -% \end{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Installation}\label{c+installation} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Installation}\label{c+installation} -% \fi -% \bgroup\mtcindent=0pt -% \minilot -% \egroup -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#60). -% -% This package contains a lot of files. The list of all files is given in \xfile{minitoc.l}. See -% tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. -% The files are sorted into ``classes'' below (a file can appear in more than one class). Each class specifies -% the function and the placement of its files. -% \or\relax -% Ce chapitre dщcrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#60). -% -% Ce paquetage contient de nombreux fichiers. La liste de tous les fichiers est donnщe dans -% \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. -% Les fichiers sont rщpartis en л~classes~╗ ci-dessous (un mъme fichier peut apparaюtre dans plusieurs classes). -% Chaque classe spщcifie la fonction et le placement de ses fichiers. -% \fi -% \begin{table}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \def\CLA{class} -% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace} -% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} -% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), first part}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l} -% \or\relax -% \def\CLA{classe} -% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace} -% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} -% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), premiшre partie}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l} -% \fi -% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} -% \medskip -% \fboxsep=1em -% ^^A % was -.22\textwidth -% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries -% \flushleft -% \noextrasfrancais -% \smash{\vphantom{\mpfootnotemark[0]}}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}% -% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns -% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french} -% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN0}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.ins} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} -% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN1}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.sty} -% \item \xfile{mtcoff.sty} -% \item \xfile{mtcmess.sty} -% \item \xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty} -% \item \xfile{acadian.mld} -% \item \xfile{acadien.mld} -% \item \xfile{afrikaan.mld} -% \item \xfile{afrikaans.mld} -% \item \xfile{albanian.mld} -% \item \xfile{american.mld} -% \item \xfile{arab.mld} -% \item \xfile{arab2.mld} -% \item \xfile{arabi.mld} -% \item \xfile{arabic.mld} -% \item \xfile{armenian.mld} -% \item \xfile{australian.mld} -% \item \xfile{austrian.mld} -% \item \xfile{bahasa.mld} -% \item \xfile{bahasai.mld} -% \item \xfile{bahasam.mld} -% \item \xfile{bangla.mld} -% \item \xfile{basque.mld} -% \item \xfile{bengali.mld} -% \item \xfile{bicig.mld} -% \item \xfile{bicig2.mld} -% \item \xfile{bicig3.mld} -% \item \xfile{bithe.mld} -% \item \xfile{brazil.mld} -% \item \xfile{brazilian.mld} -% \item \xfile{breton.mld} -% \item \xfile{british.mld} -% \item \xfile{bulgarian.mld} -% \item \xfile{bulgarianb.mld} -% \item \xfile{buryat.mld} -% \item \xfile{buryat2.mld} -% \item \xfile{canadian.mld} -% \item \xfile{canadien.mld} -% \item \xfile{castillan.mld} -% \item \xfile{castillian.mld} -% \item \xfile{catalan.mld} -% \item \xmldo{chinese1} -% \item \xmldo{chinese2} -% \item \xfile{croatian.mld} -% \item \xfile{czech.mld} -% \item \xfile{danish.mld} -% \item \xfile{devanagari.mld} -% \item \xfile{dutch.mld} -% \item \xfile{english.mld} -% \item \xfile{english1.mld} -% \item \xfile{english2.mld} -% \item \xfile{esperant.mld} -% \item \xfile{esperanto.mld} -% \item \xfile{estonian.mld} -% \item \xfile{ethiopia.mld} -% \item \xfile{ethiopian.mld} -% \item \xfile{ethiopian2.mld} -% \item \xmldo{farsi1} -% \item \xmldo{farsi2} -% \item \xfile{farsi3.mld} -% \item \xfile{finnish.mld} -% \item \xfile{finnish2.mld} -% \item \xfile{francais.mld} -% \item \xfile{french.mld} -% \item \xfile{french1.mld} -% \item \xfile{french2.mld} -% \item \xfile{frenchb.mld} -% \item \xfile{frenchle.mld} -% \item \xfile{frenchpro.mld} -% \item \xfile{galician.mld} -% \item \xfile{german.mld} -% \item \xfile{germanb.mld} -% \item \xfile{germanb2.mld} -% \item \xfile{greek.mld} -% \item \xfile{greek-mono.mld} -% \item \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld} -% \item \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld} -% \item \xfile{guarani.mld} -% \item \xmldo{hangul1} -% \item \xmldo{hangul2} -% \item \xmldo{hangul3} -% \item \xmldo{hangul4} -% \item \xmldo{hangul-u8} -% \item \xmldo{hanja1} -% \item \xmldo{hanja2} -% \item \xmldo{hanja-u8} -% \item \xfile{hebrew.mld} -% \item \xfile{hebrew2.mld} -% \item \xfile{hindi.mld} -% \item \xfile{hindi-modern.mld} -% \item \xfile{hungarian.mld} -% \item \xfile{icelandic.mld} -% \item \xfile{indon.mld} -% \item \xfile{indonesian.mld} -% \item \xfile{interlingua.mld} -% \item \xfile{irish.mld} -% \item \xfile{italian.mld} -% \item \xfile{italian2.mld} -% \item \xmldo{japanese} -% \item \xmldo{japanese2} -% \item \xmldo{japanese3} -% \item \xmldo{japanese4} -% \item \xmldo{japanese5} -% \item \xmldo{japanese6} -% \item \xfile{kannada.mld} -% \item \xfile{khalkha.mld} -% \item \xfile{latin.mld} -% \item \xfile{latin2.mld} -% \item \xfile{latinc.mld} -% \item \xfile{latinc2.mld} -% \item \xfile{latvian.mld} -% \item \xfile{latvian2.mld} -% \item \xfile{letton.mld} -% \item \xfile{letton2.mld} -% \item \xfile{lithuanian.mld} -% \item \xfile{lithuanian2.mld} -% \item \xfile{lowersorbian.mld} -% \item \xfile{lsorbian.mld} -% \item \xfile{magyar.mld} -% \item \xfile{magyar2.mld} -% \item \xfile{magyar3.mld} -% \item \xfile{malay.mld} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-b.mld} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} -% \item \xmldo{malayalam-omega} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} -% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} -% \item \xfile{manju.mld} -% \item \xfile{mexican.mld} -% \item \xfile{meyalu.mld} -% \item \xfile{mongol.mld} -% \item \xfile{mongolb.mld} -% \item \xfile{mongolian.mld} -% \item \xfile{naustrian.mld} -% \item \xfile{newzealand.mld} -% \item \xfile{ngerman.mld} -% \item \xfile{ngermanb.mld} -% \item \xfile{ngermanb2.mld} -% \item \xfile{norsk.mld} -% \item \xfile{norsk2.mld} -% \item \xfile{nynorsk.mld} -% \item \xfile{nynorsk2.mld} -% \item \xfile{occitan.mld} -% \item \xfile{occitan2.mld} -% \item \xfile{polish.mld} -% \item \xfile{polish2.mld} -% \item \xfile{polski.mld} -% \item \xfile{portuges.mld} -% \item \xfile{portuguese.mld} -% \item \xfile{romanian.mld} -% \item \xfile{romanian2.mld} -% \item \xfile{romanian3.mld} -% \item \xfile{russian.mld} -% \item \xfile{russianb.mld} -% \item \xfile{russianc.mld} -% \item \xfile{russian2m.mld} -% \item \xfile{russian2o.mld} -% \item \xmldo{russian-cca} -% \item \xmldo{russian-cca1} -% \item \xmldo{russian-lh} -% \item \xmldo{russian-lhcyralt} -% \item \xmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} -% \item \xmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} -% \item \xfile{samin.mld} -% \item \xfile{scottish.mld} -% \item \xfile{serbian.mld} -% \item \xfile{serbianc.mld} -% \item \xfile{slovak.mld} -% \item \xfile{slovene.mld} -% \item \xfile{spanish.mld} -% \item \xfile{spanish2.mld} -% \item \xfile{spanish3.mld} -% \item \xfile{spanish4.mld} -% \item \xfile{swahili.mld} -% \item \xfile{swedish.mld} -% \item \xfile{swedish2.mld} -% \item \xmldo{thai} -% \item \xfile{turkish.mld} -% \item \xfile{uighur.mld} -% \item \xfile{uighur2.mld} -% \item \xfile{uighur3.mld} -% \item \xfile{UKenglish.mld} -% \item \xfile{ukraineb.mld} -% \item \xfile{ukrainian.mld} -% \item \xfile{uppersorbian.mld} -% \item \xfile{USenglish.mld} -% \item \xfile{usorbian.mld} -% \item \xfile{vietnam.mld} -% \item \xfile{vietnamese.mld} -% \item \xfile{welsh.mld} -% \item \xfile{xalx.mld} -% \item \xfile{xalx2.mld} -% \item \xfile{xalx3.mld} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN2}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{INSTALL}, \xfile{README}, \xfile{TODO}, \xfile{CATALOG} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN3}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item -% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, -% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-vti.tex} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \footnotetext{See continuation in table~\vref{t+files2}.} -% \or\relax -% \footnotetext{Voir la suite dans le tableau~\vref{t+files2}.} -% \fi -% \end{minipage}} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{table} -% \begin{table}[!tp] -% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \def\CLA{class} -% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace} -% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} -% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), second part}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l} -% \or\relax -% \def\CLA{classe} -% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace} -% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} -% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), seconde partie}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l} -% \fi -% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} -% \medskip -% \fboxsep=1em -% ^^A % was -.22\textwidth -% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries -% \flushleft -% \noextrasfrancais -% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns -% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french} -% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN4}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.bug} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.sum} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN5}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.ins} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.bib} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.ist}\isuffix{.ist} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.lan}\isuffix{.lan} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.pre}\isuffix{.pre} -% \item \xfile{en-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN6}):}}}]\NL -% {\rmfamily\slshape\ifcase\LANG\relax -% The list of the graphic and flag files is given in tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. -% \or\relax -% La liste des fichiers graphiques et drapeaux est donnщe dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. -% \fi} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} -% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} -% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib} -% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}\isuffix{.ist} -% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}\isuffix{.lan} -% \item \xfile{minitoc.pre}\isuffix{.pre} -% \item \xfile{franc.sty}, \xfile{frbib.sty}, \xfile{frnew.sty} -% \item \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN8}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.pdf} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN9}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN10}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \scrp{cmk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{imk}, \scrp{pmk}, \scrp{rmk}, \scrp{tmk}, \scrp{xmk} -% ^^A \item \xfile{duplex2v.pro} -% \end{itemize} -% \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN11}):}}}]\NL -% \begin{itemize} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \leftmargin=0pt -% \listparindent=1em -% \item \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage}} -% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{table} -% \begin{table}[!t] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \setlength{\winf}{\textwidth}% ^^A width in frame textwidth+marginparwidth+marginparsep-2*fboxrule-2*fboxsep -% \setlength{\winp}{\marginparwidth}% ^^A left shift (marginparwidth+marginparsep) -% \addtolength{\winp}{\marginparsep}% -% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparwidth} -% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparsep} -% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule} -% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[List of the graphic files]{List of the graphic files (class~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF1} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Liste des fichiers graphiques]{Liste des fichiers graphiques (classe~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF1} -% \fi -% ^^A \noindent\null\hspace*{1cm}\hspace*{-\winp}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\winf}\footnotesize\RaggedRight -% \noindent\null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\RaggedRight -% \columnseprule=.4pt -% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns -% \xgrf{acadian-m.pdf}, -% \xgrf{acadien-m.pdf}, -% \xgrf{africa-lf.png}, -% \xgrf{africa-lo.pdf}, -% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}, -% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}, -% \xgrf{albania.pdf}, -% \xgrf{alb2.png}, -% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf}, -% \xgrf{allemand.jpg}, -% \xgrf{anglo1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{arab-l.jpg}, -% \xgrf{arabw.png}, -% \xgrf{armeniad.pdf}, -% \xgrf{armenian-l.png}, -% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg}, -% \xgrf{baltes.jpg}, -% \xgrf{bangla.png}, -% \xgrf{bangla1.png}, -% \xgrf{bangla2.png}, -% \xgrf{basque-de.png}, -% \xgrf{basque-df.png}, -% \xgrf{basque1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{basque2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{be-dg-f.png}, -% \xgrf{belgique.pdf}, -% \xgrf{bengali-m.jpg}, -% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf}, -% \xgrf{brazil.pdf}, -% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf}, -% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf}, -% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg}, -% \xgrf{bulgarski.png}, -% \xgrf{bulgmap.png}, -% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf}, -% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}, -% \xgrf{canada.pdf}, -% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf}, -% \xgrf{canada-pe.png}, -% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf}, -% \xgrf{canada1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf}, -% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf}, -% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf}, -% \xgrf{china-ae.png}, -% \xgrf{china-af.png}, -% \xgrf{china-ch.png}, -% \xgrf{china-l.pdf}, -% \xgrf{china-w.png}, -% \xgrf{chine1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{chine2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{cplpmap.png}, -% \xgrf{croatia-un.png}, -% \xgrf{croatie2.png}, -% \xgrf{cyr-alf.png}, -% \xgrf{cz1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{cz3.png}, -% \xgrf{czechd.pdf}, -% \xgrf{danemark.jpg}, -% \xgrf{danishd.pdf}, -% \xgrf{danishg.pdf}, -% \xgrf{devanagari.png}, -% \xgrf{dutchw.pdf}, -% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf}, -% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf}, -% \xgrf{espa-o.png}, -% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf}, -% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf}, -% \xgrf{eth2.png}, -% \xgrf{ethiolang.png}, -% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf}, -% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}, -% \xgrf{euro-lan.png}, -% \xgrf{euro-lan1.png}, -% \xgrf{euro-lan2.png}, -% \xgrf{euskara.png}, -% \xgrf{farsi.pdf}, -% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png}, -% \xgrf{feroe.jpg}, -% \xgrf{finlande1.png}, -% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf}, -% \xgrf{finnishl.pdf}, -% \xgrf{france-lr.png}, -% \xgrf{franco.png}, -% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf}, -% \xgrf{gael-ft.pdf}, -% \xgrf{gaid.jpg}, -% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf}, -% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}, -% \xgrf{galician-l.png}, -% \xgrf{galles1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{galles2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{germ-w.png}, -% \xgrf{german-c.pdf}, -% \xgrf{german-d.pdf}, -% \xgrf{german-m.pdf}, -% \xgrf{grece1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{grece2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{greeka.png}, -% \xgrf{greekm.jpg}, -% \xgrf{hangul.png}, -% \xgrf{hanja.png}, -% \xgrf{hanzi.png}, -% \xgrf{hin.png}, -% \xgrf{hindi-b.png}, -% \xgrf{hindi-p.png}, -% \xgrf{hispano.png}, -% \xgrf{hrv.png}, -% \xgrf{hun1.png}, -% \xgrf{hun2.jpg}, -% \xgrf{inde1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{inde2.jpg}, -% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{iranian.jpg}, -% \xgrf{irish.png}, -% \xgrf{irlande.pdf}, -% \xgrf{islam-pbc.png}, -% \xgrf{islam-sw.pdf}, -% \xgrf{islande.png}, -% \xgrf{islandep.jpg}, -% \xgrf{isr1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{isr2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{italian.pdf}, -% \xgrf{italo1.png}, -% \xgrf{italysm.png}, -% \xgrf{ivrit.png}, -% \xgrf{japon1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{japon2.jpg}, -% \xgrf{kannada-n.png}, -% \xgrf{karnad1.jpg}, -% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg}, -% \xgrf{kerala.jpg}, -% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf}, -% \xgrf{korean1.png}, -% \xgrf{korean2.jpg}, -% \xgrf{kos-alb.png}, -% \xgrf{kos-ml.png}, -% \xgrf{lamed3.png}, -% \xgrf{lang-g.png}, -% \xgrf{latvian-d.png}, -% \xgrf{latvian-r1.png}, -% \xgrf{lettonie.jpg}, -% \xgrf{leur.png}, -% \xgrf{lituanie.png}, -% \xgrf{luso1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{luso2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf}, -% \xgrf{malayalam.png}, -% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{manchu.jpg}, -% \xgrf{manchuria.jpg}, -% \xgrf{manjuc.jpg}, -% \xgrf{manjui.png}, -% \xgrf{mex1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{mex2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{mex3.pdf}, -% \xgrf{mexip.pdf}, -% \xgrf{meyalu.png}, -% \xgrf{mondep.png}, -% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf}, -% \xgrf{mongolcy.png}, -% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf}, -% \xgrf{mongols.png}, -% \xgrf{mongoltr.png}, -% \xgrf{neder.pdf}, -% \xgrf{nihongo.png}, -% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf}, -% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf}, -% \xgrf{norway-p.pdf}, -% \xgrf{occdial1.jpg}, -% \xgrf{occdial2.png}, -% \xgrf{occitanie.png}, -% \xgrf{occtaur.jpg}, -% \xgrf{paraguay.png}, -% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf}, -% \xgrf{polish-d.jpg}, -% \xgrf{polmin.jpg}, -% \xgrf{pologne.pdf}, -% \xgrf{portu-a.png}, -% \xgrf{portu-b.png}, -% \xgrf{portu-p.jpg}, -% \xgrf{portu-r.jpg}, -% \xgrf{portugal.pdf}, -% \xgrf{romanian.pdf}, -% \xgrf{rus-cyr.png}, -% \xgrf{rus-re.png}, -% \xgrf{rus-su.pdf}, -% \xgrf{russian.png}, -% \xgrf{russian-e.pdf}, -% \xgrf{russian-n.png}, -% \xgrf{russian-w.png}, -% \xgrf{same.png}, -% \xgrf{same-f.png}, -% \xgrf{serb-a.pdf}, -% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf}, -% \xgrf{slovak-ok.png}, -% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf}, -% \xgrf{slovenian.png}, -% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf}, -% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}, -% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}, -% \xgrf{sorben.jpg}, -% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg}, -% \xgrf{spain.png}, -% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf}, -% \xgrf{suede-fin.pdf}, -% \xgrf{svenska.png}, -% \xgrf{swahili.pdf}, -% \xgrf{swahili-m.png}, -% \xgrf{sweden.pdf}, -% \xgrf{thai.pdf}, -% \xgrf{thai.png}, -% \xgrf{turkish.png}, -% \xgrf{turquie.pdf}, -% \xgrf{uighur.pdf}, -% \xgrf{ukra.png}, -% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg}, -% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf}, -% \xgrf{viet2.pdf}, -% \xgrf{viet3.pdf}, -% \xgrf{viet4.pdf}, -% \xgrf{viet-w.pdf}, -% \xgrf{wallonie.pdf}, -% \xgrf{wiki.png}, -% \xgrf{wikif.png}, -% \xgrf{wrs-a.png}, -% \xgrf{wrs-c.png}, -% \xgrf{xinjiang.png}, -% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}, -% \xgrf{xyugo.png}. -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage}} -% \end{table} -% \begin{table}[!t] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \setlength{\winf}{\textwidth}% ^^A width in frame textwidth+marginparwidth+marginparsep-2*fboxrule-2*fboxsep -% \setlength{\winp}{\marginparwidth}% ^^A left shift (marginparwidth+marginparsep) -% \addtolength{\winp}{\marginparsep}% -% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparwidth} -% \addtolength{\winf}{\marginparsep} -% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule} -% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[List of the flag files]{List of the flag files (class~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF2} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Liste des fichiers drapeaux]{Liste des fichiers drapeaux (classe~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF2} -% \fi -% ^^A \noindent\null\hspace*{1cm}\hspace*{-\winp}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\winf}\footnotesize\RaggedRight -% \noindent\null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\RaggedRight -% \columnseprule=.4pt -% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns -% \xgrfl{aaland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{acadie-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{afghan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{albania-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{algeria-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{alsace-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{andorra-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{argentina-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{angola-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{armenia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{aruba-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{australia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{austria-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{azerbaijan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bahamas-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bahrain-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bangladesh-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{barbados-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{belarus-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{belgium-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{belize-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{benin-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bolivia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bolzano-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bosnia-hz-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bozen-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{brazil-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{brussels-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{bur-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{burkina-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{burundi-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{cambodia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{california-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{cameroon-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{canada-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{cap-verde-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{castille-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{catalonia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{central-africa-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{chad-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{chile-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{china-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{cis-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{colombia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{comoros-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{congo-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{corsica-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{costa-rica-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{cplp-0.png}, -% \xgrfl{croatia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{cuba-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{cyprus-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{czech-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{dane-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{djibouti-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{dominica-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{dominican-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{east-timor-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ecuador-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{egypt-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{el-salvador-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{england-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{eritrea-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{esperanto-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{estonia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ethiopia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{eusk-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{faroe-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{fiji-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{finland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{flanders-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{france-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{francophonie-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{gabon-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{galicia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{georgia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{germany-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{ghana-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{gibraltar-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{greece-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{greenland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{guatemala-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{guinea-bissau-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{guinea-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{gwenn-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{haiti-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{honduras-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{hungary-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{iceland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{imongolia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{india-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{indonesia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{iran-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{iraq-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ireland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{israel-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{italy-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ivory-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{jamaica-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{japan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{jordan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{jutland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{karnataka-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{kazakhstan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{kenya-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{kerala-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{kiribati-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{korea-n-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{korea-s-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{kosovo-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{kuwait-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{kyrgyzstan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{laos-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{latvia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{lebanon-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{liberia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{libya-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{liech-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{lorraine-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{louisiana-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ls-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{lux-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{macau-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{macedonia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{madagascar-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{maine-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{malawi-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{malaysia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{mali-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{malta1-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{mauritania-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{mauritius-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{mexico-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{moldova-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{monaco-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{mongolia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{morocco-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{mozambique-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{namibia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{nbrunswick-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ncyprus-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{netherlands-antilles-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{netherlands-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{new-york-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{newzealand-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{nicaragua-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{nice-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{niger-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{nigeria-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{norway-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{occ-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{oman-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{opole-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{pakistan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{palestine-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{panama-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{paraguay-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{peru-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{philippines-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{poland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{polski-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{portugal-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{puerto-rico-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{qatar-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{quebec-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{rdcongo-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{romania-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{russia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{rwanda-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{saint-lucia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{sami-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{samoa-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{san-marino-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{sao-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{saudi-arabia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{scotland-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{senegal-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{serbia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{serbia-f2.png}, -% \xgrfl{seychelles-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{singapore-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{slovakia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{slovenia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{solomon-islands-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{somalia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{south-africa-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{spain-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{spilhennig.png}, -% \xgrfl{start.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{stop.png}, -% \xgrfl{sudan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{suisse-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{suriname-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{sweden-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{syria-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{taiwan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{tajikistan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{tanzania-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{thailand-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{togo-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{tonga-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{tunisia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{turkey-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{turkmenistan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{tuvalu-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{uae-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{uganda-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{uighur-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{uk-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{ukraine-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{uruguay-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{us-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{usa-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{uzbekistan-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{vanuatu-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}, -% \xgrfl{venezuela-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{vermont-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{vietnam-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{vojvodina-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{wales-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{wallonia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{yemen-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{zambia-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{zanzibar-f.png}, -% \xgrfl{zimbabwe-f.png}. -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage}} -% \end{table} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{enumerate}[(1)] -% \addtocounter{enumi}{-1} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN0}The files \xfile{minitoc.ins} and \xfile{minitoc.dtx} -% are the basic source files of this package. The file \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} loads -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} but selects the french documentation. -% The language selection is done by using -% \com{ifcase} \ldots\ \com{or} \ldots\ \com{fi} constructs. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN0}Les fichiers \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx} -% sont les fichiers sources basiques de ce paquetage. Le fichier \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} charge -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} mais sщlectionne la documentation en franчais. La sщlection de la -% langue est faite en utilisant des constructions \com{ifcase} \ldots\ \com{or} -% \ldots\ \com{fi}. -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN1}The files \xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, -% \xfile{mtcmess.sty}, -% and \emph{all}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} -% \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} and \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo} files are the package -% itself\,\footnote{The large number of \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} files is (partially) a consequence -% of the fact that some languages have -% aliases (or dialects) and hence one \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} file for each name (a \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} file may load -% another one) and, if necessary, a \suffix{.mlo} file; the english and french languages are evident examples. -% For some languages, the multiplicity of the \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} files corresponds to a multiplicity of fonts -% and/or encodings (chinese, greek, japanese, korean, malayalam, polish, russian, serbian), or even -% for spelling reforms (german, greek, norsk). \emph{Note that the presence of -% the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory.} Since version~\#50, the \upack{minitoc} package signals the -% missing \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files and gives their list in a warning message.}. -% -% The table~\vref{t+languages} lists the available languages; for each of these languages, a -% \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file is available; the languages in parentheses are aliases of a main language -% and their \suffix{.mld} files will load the \suffix{.mld} file of that main language. -% -% \ipack{mtcpatchmem}\xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty} is a temporary fix for compatibility with the \class{memoir} class. -% -% The files of this class must be \emph{all} installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds the \suffix{.sty} files. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN1}Les fichiers \xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, -% \xfile{mtcmess.sty} -% et \emph{tous}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} -% les fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} et \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo} constituent le -% paquetage lui-mъme\,\footnote{Le grand nombre de fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} est (en partie) -% une consщquence du fait que certaines -% langues ont des alias (ou dialectes) et donc un fichier \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} pour chaque nom (un fichier -% \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} peut en charger un autre) et, si nщcessaire, un fichier \suffix{.mlo}; -% les langues \emph{english} et \emph{french} sont des exemples щvidents. -% Pour certaines langues, la multiplicitщ des fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} correspond р~une multiplicitщ de fontes -% et/ou de codages (chinois, grec, japonais, corщen, malayalam, polonais, russe, serbe), ou mъme р~des -% rщformes de l'orthographe (allemand, grec, norvщgien). \emph{Notez que la prщsence du fichier -% \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire.}. Depuis la version~\#50, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} signale les -% fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} manquants et en donne une liste dans un message d'avertissement.}. -% -% Le tableau~\vref{t+languages} liste les langues disponibles; pour chacune de ces langues, un fichier -% \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} est disponible; les langues entre parenthшses sont des alias d'une langue -% principale et leurs fichiers \suffix{.mld} chargeront le fichier \suffix{.mld} de cette langue principale. -% -% \ipack{mtcpatchmem}\xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty} est une correction temporaire pour compatibilitщ avec la classe \class{memoir}. -% -% Les fichiers de cette classe doivent ъtre \emph{tous} installщs dans un rщpertoire o∙ \LaTeXe{} trouve -% les fichiers \suffix{.sty}. -% \fi -% \lneed{4} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN2}Informative text files: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \xfile{INSTALL} is a file describing the installation of the package. -% You are (almost) reading it (but it is shorter). -% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contains the list of all files of the \upack{minitoc} distribution. See -% tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. -% \item \xfile{README} is a file describing briefly the \upack{minitoc} package, -% plus some useful infos. -% \item \xfile{CATALOG} contains basic infos about the \upack{minitoc} package (abstract, date, -% author, version, licence). -% \item \xfile{TODO} lists some suggested developments of the package, not yet implemented. -% Comments and suggestions are welcome. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% \label{IN2}Fichiers informatifs textuels: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \xfile{INSTALL} est un fichier dщcrivant l'installation du paquetage. └~part la langue, -% vous ъtes (presque) en train de le lire (mais il est plus court). -% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contient la liste de tous les fichiers de la distribution de -% \upack{minitoc}. Voir les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. -% \item \xfile{README} est un fichier dщcrivant sommairement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% plus quelques informations utiles. -% \item \xfile{CATALOG} contient des informations basiques sur le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% (rщsumщ, date, auteur, version, licence). -% \item \xfile{TODO} liste quelques propositions de dщveloppement du paquetage, pas encore rщalisщes. -% Commentaires et suggestions sont les bienvenus. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN3}Examples of documents: -% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, -% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-vti.tex}, -% are example files, to play with. -% The associated \suffix{.pdf} files are provided. -% Another (\emph{short}) examples are welcome. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN3}Exemples de documents: -% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, -% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-vti.tex}, -% sont des exemples de fichiers, avec lesquels vous pouvez jouer. -% Les fichiers \suffix{.pdf} associщs sont fournis. -% D'autres exemples (\emph{courts}) sont les bienvenus. -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN4}\xfile{minitoc.bug}, \xfile{minitoc.sum} -% are plain text documentation: list of problems (faq, see chapter~\vref{FAQ}) and summary of commands -% (see chapter~\vref{c+memento}). -% \or\relax -% \label{IN4}\xfile{minitoc.bug}, \xfile{minitoc.sum} -% sont de la documentation en texte pur: liste des problшmes (questions frщquemment posщes, voir le -% chapitre~\vref{FAQ}) et sommaire des commandes (voir le chapitre~\vref{c+memento}). -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN5} \xfile{minitoc.ins}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and -% \xfile{minitoc.bib} are the source of the documentation in (non perfect) english. -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} is the common preambule code for the documentation. -% \else\relax -% \label{IN5} \xfile{minitoc.ins}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et -% \xfile{minitoc.bib} forment le code source de la documentation en anglais (ou presque). -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} est le code de prщambule commun pour la documentation. -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN6} -% {\rmfamily\slshape The list of the graphic and flag files is given in tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}; -% they are images to include.} -% \or\relax -% \label{IN6} -% {\rmfamily\slshape La liste des fichiers graphiques et drapeaux est donnщe dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}; -% ce sont des images р~inclure.} -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}, -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}, -% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}, -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, -% \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty}, \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty}, -% \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{fr-mtc.bst} are the source -% (and tools) of the documentation in french\,\footnote{This seems rather strange. In fact, the english and -% french documentations are both contained in the \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file. \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} sets -% a flag then -% loads \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; hence the file \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} is much smaller than \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. -% Thus, \xfile{minitoc.ins} contains also some utilitary files which are automatically created (some -% \suffix{.sty} files, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, -% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}). -% The english and french versions are not word-by-word translations, but they are in parallel in the -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file, and this helps the maintenance.}. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}, -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}, -% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}, -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, -% \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty}, \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty}, -% \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{fr-mtc.bst} sont les codes sources -% (et les outils) pour la documentation en franчais\,\footnote{Ceci peut sembler assez щtrange. En fait, les -% documentations en anglais et en franчais sont toutes deux contenues dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} щtablit un indicateur puis charge \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; en consщquence, le fichier -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} est bien plus petit que \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. Donc, \xfile{minitoc.ins} -% contient aussi certains fichiers utilitaires qui sont crщщs automatiquement (quelques fichiers -% \suffix{.sty}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, -% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}). -% Les versions anglaise et franчaise ne sont pas des traductions mot-р-mot, mais elles sont en -% parallшle dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, et ceci aide pour la maintenance.}. -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf}, -% is the documentation in (non perfect) english, in PDF format. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf} -% forme la documentation en anglais (ou presque), en format PDF. -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN9}\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} -% is the documentation in french, in PDF format. The french documentation and its source -% files must not be left out. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN9}\xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} -% forme la documentation en franчais, en format PDF. La documentation en franчais -% et ses fichiers sources ne doivent pas ъtre omis. -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} is a shell script\,\footnote{You can sip a big cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} -% while this script is running! Be patient.} -% to prepare the package and its documentation; -% the \scrp{pmk} script uses the \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} -% and \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} directories to not waste disk space under your home directory; -% there are also six partial scripts\footnote{In fact, \scrp{pmk} assembles the scripts -% \scrp{imk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{xmk}, \scrp{rmk}, and \scrp{tmk} (but \emph{not} \scrp{cmk}).} -% and a supplementary one, \scrp{cmk} (all to be adapted): -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \scrp{imk}, which prepares the package from \xfile{minitoc.ins} and -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; note that \scrp{imk} must be run before running -% \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}; it creates also some \suffix{.sty} files necessary to prepare -% the documentation but that are to be installed with it; -% the \scrp{imk} script uses the \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} directory to not waste disk space -% under your home directory; -% \item \scrp{emk}, which prepares the english documentation from -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; -% \item \scrp{fmk}, which prepares the french documentation from -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} and \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; -% \item \scrp{xmk}, which typesets the example files (in PDF format); -% \item \scrp{rmk}, which sorts the files into classes (one directory for each class); -% \item \scrp{tmk}, which creates a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy~\cite{ftds,tds} -% (to be tailored to your system); see table~\vref{t+TDS}; this hierarchy is saved -% in \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}; -% \item \scrp{cmk}, which converts the PDF documentation files into PostScript files. -% \end{itemize} -% These scripts are currently written in C-shell, but they are very simple, and should be easy to -% convert in another classic shell. The documentation in PostScript format is no more distributed on -% the CTAN archives, but the \scrp{cmk} script can prepare it from the documentation in PDF format -% (recto-verso printing). -% \or\relax -% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} est un script \emph{shell}\,\footnote{Vous avez le temps de dщguster un -% grand cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} pendant que ce script s'exщcute! Soyez patients.} pour prщparer le paquetage -% et sa documentation; -% le script \scrp{pmk} utilise les rщpertoires \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} -% et \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour ne pas gтcher de l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; -% il y~a aussi six scripts partiels\,\footnote{En fait, \scrp{pmk} regroupe les scripts -% \scrp{imk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{xmk}, \scrp{rmk} et \scrp{tmk} (mais \emph{pas} -% \scrp{cmk}).} et un supplщmentaire, \scrp{cmk} (tous р~adapter): -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \scrp{imk}, qui prщpare le paquetage en partant de -% \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; -% notez que \scrp{imk} doit ъtre exщcutщ avant de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}; -% il crщe aussi quelques fichiers \suffix{.sty} nщcessaires pour prщparer la documentation et -% ils doivent ъtre installщs avec elle; -% le script \scrp{imk} utilise le rщpertoire \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} pour ne pas gтcher -% de l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; -% \item \scrp{emk}, qui prщpare la documentation anglaise en partant de -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; -% \item \scrp{fmk}, qui prщpare la documentation franчaise en partant de -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; -% \item \scrp{xmk}, qui compose les fichiers d'exemples (en format PDF); -% \item \scrp{rmk}, qui trie les fichiers en classes (un rщpertoire pour chaque classe); -% \item \scrp{tmk}, qui crщe une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS~\cite{ftds,tds} -% (р~adapter pour votre systшme); voir le tableau~\vref{t+TDS}; cette hiщrarchie est sauvegardщe -% dans \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}; -% \item \scrp{cmk}, qui convertit les fichiers PDF de la documentation en fichiers PostScript. -% \end{itemize} -% Ces scripts sont actuellement щcrits en C-\emph{shell}, mais ils sont trшs simples et devraient ъtre -% faciles р~convertir dans tout autre \emph{shell} classique. La documentation en format PostScript -% n'est plus distribuщe sur les archives CTAN, mais le script \scrp{cmk} peut la prщparer р~partir de -% celle en format PDF (impression recto-verso). -% \fi -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} is a ZIP-archive file containing a -% \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy with all the files of the \upack{minitoc} package. -% \or\relax -% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} est un fichier archive ZIP contenant une -% hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS avec tous les fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some remarks about the \scrp{rmk}, \scrp{tmk} and \scrp{pmk} scripts (which you should tailor to your needs): -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \textbf{with \scrp{rmk}:} -% \nopagebreak[4] -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item the hierarchy is \emph{not} \index{TDS}TDS-compliant; -% \item the files of~(\ref{IN0}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.dtx} -% and \suffix{.ins} files; -% \item the files of~(\ref{IN1}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.sty} files; -% \item the files of~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) and~(\ref{IN10}) -% must be installed in a separate directory, but must not be left out; -% \item the files of~(\ref{IN8}) and~(\ref{IN9}) must be installed as on-line documentation; -% \item the directories created by the \scrp{rmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} to not waste disk space -% under your home directory. -% \end{enumerate} -% \item \textbf{with \scrp{tmk}:} -% \nopagebreak[4] -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item the hierarchy is \index{TDS}TDS-compliant; -% \item each file appears only once in the hierarchy; -% \item the installation is much easier: you only need a \suffix{.zip} or a \suffix{.tar} (or \suffix{.tgz}) -% dump file\footnote{The \scrp{tmk} script creates the \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} file.} of the hierarchy -% to be deployed into the installed \index{TDS}TDS hierarchy; you should examine \emph{very carefully}\Virage{} (by -% comparison with your \index{TDS}TDS installation) and tailor the \scrp{tmk} script before using it; -% \item the directories created by the \scrp{tmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space -% under your home directory; -% \item the file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) should not be installed; it is just a method to help making -% a~\index{TDS}TDS-compliant installation. -% \end{enumerate} -% \nopagebreak[4] -% \item \textbf{with \scrp{pmk}:} -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item the \scrp{pmk} script performs the actions of \scrp{imk} (preparation of the basic files), \scrp{emk} and -% \scrp{fmk} (preparation of the english and french documentation), \scrp{xmk} (preparation of the -% examples of documents), \scrp{rmk} and \scrp{tmk} (repartition of files into classes and in -% a~\index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy);\par -% \begin{RaggedRight} -% \item the directories created by the \scrp{pmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} and -% \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space under your home directory; -% ^^A \item the \scrp{pmk} script creates its directories under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} and -% ^^A \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space under your home directory. -% \par\end{RaggedRight} -% \item the \emph{same precautions}\Virage{} as for \scrp{tmk} are needed. -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% Quelques remarques sur les scripts \scrp{rmk}, \scrp{tmk} et \scrp{pmk} (que vous devriez adapter р~vos besoins): -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{rmk}:} -% \nopagebreak[4] -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item la hiщrarchie \emph{n'est pas} conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS; -% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN0}) doivent ъtre installщs dans un rщpertoire o∙ \LaTeXe{} trouve les fichiers \suffix{.dtx} -% et \suffix{.ins}; -% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN1}) doivent ъtre installщs dans un rщpertoire o∙ \LaTeXe{} trouve les -% fichiers \suffix{.sty}; -% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) et~(\ref{IN10}) -% doivent ъtre installщs dans un rщpertoire distinct, mais ne doivent pas ъtre omis; -% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN8}) et~(\ref{IN9}) doivent ъtre installщs comme documentation en ligne; -% \item les rщpertoires crщщs par le script \scrp{rmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} pour de pas gтcher de -% l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base. -% \end{enumerate} -% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{tmk}:} -% \nopagebreak[4] -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item la hiщrarchie est conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS; -% \item chaque fichier n'apparaюt qu'une seule fois dans la hiщrarchie; -% \item l'installation est plus facile: il vous suffit d'un fichier de sauvegarde \suffix{.zip} ou \suffix{.tar} -% (ou \suffix{.tgz}) de la hiщrarchie\,\footnote{Le script \scrp{tmk} crщe le fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}.} -% pour le dщployer dans la hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS installщe; -% vous devriez examiner \emph{trшs soigneusement}\Virage{} (par -% comparaison avec votre installation de la \index{TDS}TDS) et adapter le script \scrp{tmk} avant de l'utiliser; -% \item les rщpertoires crщщs par le script \scrp{tmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour de pas gтcher de -% l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; -% \item le fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) ne devrait pas ъtre installщ; c'est juste une mщthode -% pour aider р~faire une installation conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS. -% \end{enumerate} -% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{pmk}:} -% \nopagebreak[4] -% ^^A \begin{RaggedRight} -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item le script \scrp{pmk} effectue les actions de \scrp{imk} (prщparation des fichiers de base), \scrp{emk} et -% \scrp{fmk} (prщparation de la documentation en anglais et en franчais), \scrp{xmk} (prщparation des -% exemples de documents), \scrp{rmk} et \scrp{tmk} (rщpartition des fichiers en classes et dans une -% hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS); -% \item le script \scrp{pmk} crщe ses rщpertoires sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} et -% \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour de pas gтcher de l'espace disque sous votre rщpertoire de base; -% \item les \emph{mъmes prщcautions}\Virage{} que pour \scrp{tmk} sont nщcessaires. -% \end{enumerate} -% ^^A \end{RaggedRight} -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \begin{table}[!t] -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \def\TDSPH{\vphantom{\'TDSj}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption{A TDS-compliant hierarchy for the \upack{minitoc} files}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS} -% \def\tdstitle{TDS~Root~Directory\TDSPH} -% \or\relax -% \caption{Une hiщrarchie conforme р~la TDS pour les fichiers de \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS} -% \def\tdstitle{Rщpertoire~racine~TDS\TDSPH} -% \fi -% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{\large\textbf{\tdstitle}}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c|}{\texttt{bibtex/}}&\texttt{doc/}&\texttt{makeindex/}&\texttt{scripts/}&\texttt{source/}&\texttt{tex/}\\ -% \cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7} -% \texttt{bib/}&\texttt{bst/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{latex/}\\ -% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7} -% \texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\textbf{(D)}&\textbf{(E)}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}\\ -% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}% -% \textbf{(A)}&\textbf{(B)}&\textbf{(C)}&\multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(F)}&\textbf{(G)}\\ -% ^^A \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}% -% \cmidrule{3-4}% -% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\texttt{images/}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\ -% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}% -% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\textbf{(I)}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\ -% \morecmidrules\cmidrule[\heavyrulewidth]{1-7} -% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{% -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% \raggedright -% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} -% \begin{multicols}{2} %^^A \raggedcolumns\setcounter{unbalance}{5} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=2em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \begin{description} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em -% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\textbf{(H)}} -% \parindent=0pt -% \def\sepitem{\vspace*{-1.5\baselineskip}\item[]\null\hspace*{-2em}\hrulefill\pagebreak[1]} -% \item[(A)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc-fr.bib}, \xfile{minitoc.bib}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(B)\hfill\null]~\unskip\isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(C)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{INSTALL}, -% \xfile{README}, -% \xfile{TODO}, -% \xfile{CATALOG}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan}, -% \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf}, -% \xfile{minitoc.bug}, -% \xfile{minitoc.l}, -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, -% \xfile{minitoc.pdf}, -% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, -% \xfile{minitoc.sum}, -% \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty}, -% \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty}, -% \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(D)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(E)\hfill\null]~\unskip\scrp{cmk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{imk}, \scrp{pmk}, \scrp{rmk}, -% \scrp{tmk}, \scrp{xmk}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(F)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.ins}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(G)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, \xfile{mtcmess.sty}, \xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty}, -% \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld}, \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(H)\hfill\null]~\unskip\exam{mtc-2c.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-2nd.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-3co.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-add.bib}, -% \exam{mtc-add.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-add.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ads.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-ads.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-amm.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-apx.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-apx.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-art.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-art.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bk.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-bk.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-bo.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-bo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ch0.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-cri.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-cri.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fko.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-fko.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo1.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-fo2.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-gap.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-gap.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi1.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hi2.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hia.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-hia.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hir.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-hir.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-hop.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-hop.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-liv.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-liv.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mem.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-mem.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mm1.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-mu.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-mu.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-nom.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-nom.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ocf.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-ofs.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-sbf.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-scr.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-scr.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-syn.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-syn.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tbi.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlc.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tlo.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-tsf.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}, -% \exam{mtc-vti.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-vti.tex}; -% \sepitem -% \item[(I)\hfill\null] -% {\rmfamily\slshape\ifcase\LANG\relax -% The list of the graphic and flag files is given in tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. -% \or\relax -% La liste des fichiers graphiques et drapeaux est donnщe dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+GRF2}. -% \fi} -% \end{description} -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}} -% \smash{% -% \ixfile{acadian.mld}% -% \ixfile{acadien.mld}% -% \ixfile{afrikaan.mld}% -% \ixfile{afrikaans.mld}% -% \ixfile{albanian.mld}% -% \ixfile{american.mld}% -% \ixfile{arabic.mld}% -% \ixfile{arabi.mld}% -% \ixfile{arab.mld}% -% \ixfile{arab2.mld}% -% \ixfile{armenian.mld}% -% \ixfile{australian.mld}% -% \ixfile{austrian.mld}% -% \ixfile{bahasai.mld}% -% \ixfile{bahasa.mld}% -% \ixfile{bahasam.mld}% -% \ixfile{bangla.mld}% -% \ixfile{basque.mld}% -% \ixfile{bengali.mld}% -% \ixfile{bicig.mld}% -% \ixfile{bicig2.mld}% -% \ixfile{bicig3.mld}% -% \ixfile{bithe.mld}% -% \ixfile{brazilian.mld}% -% \ixfile{brazil.mld}% -% \ixfile{breton.mld}% -% \ixfile{british.mld}% -% \ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}% -% \ixfile{bulgarian.mld}% -% \ixfile{buryat.mld}% -% \ixfile{buryat2.mld}% -% \ixfile{canadian.mld}% -% \ixfile{canadien.mld}% -% \ixfile{castillan.mld}% -% \ixfile{castillian.mld}% -% \ixfile{catalan.mld}% -% \ixmldo{chinese1}% -% \ixmldo{chinese2}% -% \ixfile{croatian.mld}% -% \ixfile{czech.mld}% -% \ixfile{danish.mld}% -% \ixfile{devanagari.mld}% -% \ixfile{dutch.mld}% -% \ixfile{english.mld}% -% \ixfile{english1.mld}% -% \ixfile{english2.mld}% -% \ixfile{esperant.mld}% -% \ixfile{esperanto.mld}% -% \ixfile{estonian.mld}% -% \ixfile{ethiopia.mld}% -% \ixfile{ethiopian.mld}% -% \ixfile{ethiopian2.mld}% -% \ixmldo{farsi1}% -% \ixmldo{farsi2}% -% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}% -% \ixfile{finnish.mld}% -% \ixfile{finnish2.mld}% -% \ixfile{francais.mld}% -% \ixfile{french.mld}% -% \ixfile{french1.mld}% -% \ixfile{french2.mld}% -% \ixfile{frenchb.mld}% -% \ixfile{frenchle.mld}% -% \ixfile{frenchpro.mld}% -% \ixfile{galician.mld}% -% \ixfile{german.mld}% -% \ixfile{germanb.mld}% -% \ixfile{germanb2.mld}% -% \ixfile{greek.mld}% -% \ixfile{greek-mono.mld}% -% \ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}% -% \ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}% -% \ixfile{guarani.mld}% -% \ixmldo{hangul1}% -% \ixmldo{hangul2}% -% \ixmldo{hangul3}% -% \ixmldo{hangul4}% -% \ixmldo{hangul-u8}% -% \ixmldo{hanja1}% -% \ixmldo{hanja2}% -% \ixmldo{hanja-u8}% -% \ixfile{hebrew.mld}% -% \ixfile{hebrew2.mld}% -% \ixfile{hindi.mld}% -% \ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}% -% \ixfile{hungarian.mld}% -% \ixfile{icelandic.mld}% -% \ixfile{indonesian.mld}% -% \ixfile{indon.mld}% -% \ixfile{interlingua.mld}% -% \ixfile{irish.mld}% -% \ixfile{italian.mld}% -% \ixfile{italian2.mld}% -% \ixmldo{japanese}% -% \ixmldo{japanese2}% -% \ixmldo{japanese3}% -% \ixmldo{japanese4}% -% \ixmldo{japanese5}% -% \ixmldo{japanese6}% -% \ixfile{kannada.mld}% -% \ixfile{khalkha.mld}% -% \ixfile{latin.mld}% -% \ixfile{latin2.mld}% -% \ixfile{latinc.mld}% -% \ixfile{latinc2.mld}% -% \ixfile{latvian.mld}% -% \ixfile{latvian2.mld}% -% \ixfile{letton.mld}% -% \ixfile{letton2.mld}% -% \ixfile{lithuanian.mld}% -% \ixfile{lithuanian2.mld}% -% \ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}% -% \ixfile{lsorbian.mld}% -% \ixfile{magyar.mld}% -% \ixfile{magyar2.mld}% -% \ixfile{magyar3.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}% -% \ixmldo{malayalam-omega}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}% -% \ixfile{malay.mld}% -% \ixfile{manju.mld}% -% \ixfile{mexican.mld}% -% \ixfile{meyalu.mld}% -% \ixfile{mongol.mld}% -% \ixfile{mongolb.mld}% -% \ixfile{mongolian.mld}% -% \ixfile{naustrian.mld}% -% \ixfile{newzealand.mld}% -% \ixfile{ngermanb.mld}% -% \ixfile{ngermanb2.mld}% -% \ixfile{ngerman.mld}% -% \ixfile{norsk.mld}% -% \ixfile{norsk2.mld}% -% \ixfile{nynorsk.mld}% -% \ixfile{nynorsk2.mld}% -% \ixfile{occitan.mld}% -% \ixfile{occitan2.mld}% -% \ixfile{polish.mld}% -% \ixfile{polish2.mld}% -% \ixfile{polski.mld}% -% \ixfile{portuges.mld}% -% \ixfile{portuguese.mld}% -% \ixfile{romanian.mld}% -% \ixfile{romanian2.mld}% -% \ixfile{romanian3.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian2m.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian2o.mld}% -% \ixfile{russianb.mld}% -% \ixmldo{russian-cca1}% -% \ixmldo{russian-cca}% -% \ixfile{russianc.mld}% -% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}% -% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% -% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}% -% \ixmldo{russian-lh}% -% \ixfile{samin.mld}% -% \ixfile{scottish.mld}% -% \ixfile{serbianc.mld}% -% \ixfile{serbian.mld}% -% \ixfile{slovak.mld}% -% \ixfile{slovene.mld}% -% \ixfile{spanish.mld}% -% \ixfile{spanish2.mld}% -% \ixfile{spanish3.mld}% -% \ixfile{spanish4.mld}% -% \ixfile{swahili.mld}% -% \ixfile{swedish.mld}% -% \ixfile{swedish2.mld}% -% \ixmldo{thai}% -% \ixfile{turkish.mld}% -% \ixfile{uighur.mld}% -% \ixfile{uighur2.mld}% -% \ixfile{uighur3.mld}% -% \ixfile{UKenglish.mld}% -% \ixfile{ukraineb.mld}% -% \ixfile{ukrainian.mld}% -% \ixfile{uppersorbian.mld}% -% \ixfile{USenglish.mld}% -% \ixfile{usorbian.mld}% -% \ixfile{vietnamese.mld}% -% \ixfile{vietnam.mld}% -% \ixfile{welsh.mld}% -% \ixfile{xalx.mld}% -% \ixfile{xalx2.mld}% -% \ixfile{xalx3.mld}% -% }% -% \end{table} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} contains a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of the -% \upack{minitoc} package. It has been prepared by the \scrp{pmk} or \scrp{tmk} scripts. -% \or\relax -% Le fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} contient une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS de tous les -% fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Il a щtщ prщparщ par l'un des scripts \scrp{pmk} ou \scrp{tmk}. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note that \xfile{minitoc.dtx} and hence \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} are (not so trivial) examples of using \upack{minitoc} -% with \pack{hyperref}. They show how the combinaison of these two packages may be useful. -% \or\relax -% Notez que \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et donc \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} sont des exemples (non triviaux) de l'utilisation de -% \upack{minitoc} avec \pack{hyperref}. Ils montrent combien la combinaison de ces deux paquetages peut ъtre -% utile. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Postface}\label{c+postface} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Postface}\label{c+postface} -% \fi -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \bgroup\mtcindent=0pt -% \minitoc -% \egroup -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This chapter summarizes the evolution of the \upack{minitoc} package, year by year. A more detailed history is -% available in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}. Many minor changes are skipped here. -% -% In fact, this chapter is for the average user of the package, who wants to have an overview ot its evolution; -% the chapter ``Changes History'' is more oriented towards peoples interested in the code of the package and the -% problems encountered during its development. -% \or\relax -% Ce chapitre rщsume l'щvolution du paquetage \upack{minitoc}, annщe par annщe. Un historique plus dщtaillщ est -% disponible dans л~Historique des modifications~╗, page~\pageref{c+history}. De nombreuses modifications mineures ne -% sont pas citщes ici. -% -% En fait, le prщsent chapitre s'adresse р~l'utilisateur normal du paquetage, qui voudrait avoir une idщe gщnщrale -% de son щvolution; le chapitre л~Historique des modifications~╗ s'adresse par contre aux personnes qui seraient -% intщressщes par le code du paquetage et les problшmes rencontrщs lors de son dщveloppement. -% \fi -% -% \begin{RaggedRight} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The origins} -% The \upack{minitoc} package was initially written by \name{Nigel}{Ward} in~1990 and~1991, with major contributions -% by \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}. But \upack{minitoc} suffered of a major weakness: when the number of chapters -% exceeded~9 or~10, you got a rather mysterious error message: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|No room for a new \write.| -% \end{quote} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les origines} -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} fut initialement щcrit par \name{Nigel}{Ward}, en~1990 et~1991, avec des contributions -% majeures de \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}. Mais \upack{minitoc} souffrait d'une faiblesse majeure: lorsque le nombre de chapitres -% dщpassait~9 ou~10, vous obteniez un message d'erreur assez mystщrieux: -% \begin{quote} -% \verb|No room for a new \write.| -% \end{quote} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As I needed the basic fonctionnality of this package (printing mini-tables of contents for each chapter), I looked further -% in its code and finally found the culprit: \upack{minitoc} used a \com{newwrite} command to create a new file for the -% contents table of each chapter, allocating a new file descriptor each time. But the number of file descriptors for -% writing is limited to~16 under \LaTeX\ (in fact, by the underlying \TeX\ program itself). As some descriptors are already -% used by \LaTeX, writing more than 9~or~10~chapters was too much. Such errors are difficult to find when testing on -% too small documents: with few chapters, everything goes fine. But on a real document, with many chapters, the mysterious -% error happens. -% \or\relax -% Comme j'avais besoin de la fonctionnalitщ basique de ce paquetage (imprimer une mini-table des matiшres pour chaque -% chapitre), j'ai regardщ de plus prшs son code et finalement trouvщ le maillon faible: \upack{minitoc} utilisait -% une commande \com{newwrite} pour crщer un nouveau fichier pour la table de maniшres de chaque chapitre, -% en allouant un nouveau -% descripteur de fichier chaque fois. Mais le nombre de descripteurs de fichiers en щcriture est limitщ р~16 sous -% \LaTeX\ (en fait, par le programme \TeX\ sous-jacent lui-mъme). Comme quelques descripteurs sont dщjр utilisщs par -% \LaTeX, щcrire plus de 9~ou~10~chapitres allait trop loin. De telles erreurs sont difficiles р~trouver lors de tests -% sur de trop petits documents: avec peu de chapitres, tout se passe bien. Mais sur un document rщel, avec de nombreux -% chapitres, l'erreur mystщrieuse survient. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{New design in~1993} -% So I~decided (June~1993, when I took the maintenance of the package) to change the allocation method to always -% use the same file descriptor for all the -% mini-table of contents files. Some major improvements happened in 1993: the addition of the \pack{mtcoff} -% (\pack{minitocoff} at this time) -% package and a rewrite of \upack{minitoc} to extract the data from the \emph{document}\suffix{.toc} file, with a -% selection mechanism. -% Then a first solution for the short extension problem was added (still manual). An elementary system for the fonts -% in the mini-tables was added. In December 1993, the minilofs and minilots were added. -% \or\relax -% \section{Nouvelle conception en~1993} -% Donc je dщcidai (en juin~1993, lorsque je repris le support du paquetage) de changer la mщthode d'allocation -% pour toujours utiliser le mъme descripteur de fichier pour tous les fichiers des mini-tables des matiшres. -% Quelques amщliorations majeures furent faites en 1993: l'addition du paquetage \pack{mtcoff} (\pack{minitocoff} -% р~cette щpoque) et une rщ-щcriture -% de \upack{minitoc} pour extraire les donnщes depuis le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.toc}, avec un mщcanisme de -% sщlection. Puis une premiшre solution -% pour le problшme des suffixes courts fut ajoutщe (encore manuelle). Un systшme щlщmentaire pour les fontes dans -% les mini-tables fut ajoutщ. En dщcembre~1993, les minilofs et minilots furent ajoutщes. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~1994} -% The first improvements in 1994 were about the formating of the mini-tables: spacing was improved and the position -% of the title became ajustable (with the optional parameter of \com{minitoc} or \com{dominitoc}). But a major -% addition was done: part-level mini-tables (parttocs, partlofs, partlots) and, for articles, section-level -% mini-tables (secttocs, sectlofs, sectlots). -% -% With the emergence of \LaTeXe, replacing the ageing \LaTeX2.09, some work was necessary to support the -% compatibility with this new version. This was not easy, but \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel} and \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} gave -% me many helpful hints. -% -% Another major addition is the language option feature, with the concept of the \emph{minitoc language definition -% file} (or \suffix{.mld} file), coming from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}, -% by \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}. -% But at this time, these files were still named as \suffix{.sty} files. -% -% An important simplification is introduced by the notion of ``absolute numbering'', with avoids many problems when the -% chapters are not numbered the standard way (consecutively, starting from~1, with arabic digits). -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~1994} -% Les premiшres amщliorations en 1994 concernaient la mise en forme des mini-tables: l'espacement fut ajustщ et la -% position du titre devient adaptable (avec le paramшtre optionnel de \com{minitoc} ou \com{dominitoc}). Mais -% une addition majeure fut faite: les mini-tables au niveau partie (parttocs, partlofs, partlots) et, pour les articles, -% les mini-tables au niveau section (secttocs, sectlofs, sectlots). -% -% Avec l'щmergence de \LaTeXe, remplaчant \LaTeX2.09 vieillissant, un certain travail щtait nщcessaire pour -% supporter la compatibilitщ avec la nouvelle version. Ce ne fut pas facile, mais \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel} et -% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach} m'apportшrent bien des conseils utiles. -% -% Une autre addition majeure est le systшme des options de langue, avec le concept de fichier minitoc de dщfinition de -% langue (\emph{minitoc language definition file} ou fichier \suffix{.mld}), provenant du paquetage -% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}, de \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}. -% Mais р~cette щpoque, ces fichiers щtaient encore nommщs comme des fichiers \suffix{.sty}. -% -% Une simplification importante est introduite par la notion de л~numщrotation absolue~╗, qui щvite de nombreux -% problшmes lorsque les chapitres ne sont pas numщrotщs de maniшre standard (consщcutivement, en commenчant р~1, avec -% des chiffres arabes). -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{No developments in~1995} -% Sorry, I was busy with an other project. -% \or\relax -% \section{Pas de dщveloppements en~1995} -% Dщsolщ, j'щtais trшs occupщ par un autre projet. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~1996} -% The very annoying problem with the starred sectionning commands received some (rather primitive) solutions, but it -% is very complex, so manual interventions are often required. -% -% The names of the minitoc language definition files take now the extension \suffix{.mld}, more specific, and english -% is the default language. Some new languages are added. -% -% The work on the starred sectionning commands continues. -% -% The \pack{minitocoff} companion package is renamed \pack{mtcoff} to keep its name short. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~1996} -% Le trшs gъnant problшme avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes a reчu quelques solutions (assez primitives), -% mais il est trшs complexe, donc des interventions manuelles sont souvent nщcessaires. -% -% Les noms des fichiers minitoc de dщfinition de langue prennent maintenant le suffixe \suffix{.mld}, -% plus spщcifique, et l'anglais (\loptd{english}) est la langue par dщfaut. Quelques nouvelles langues sont -% ajoutщes (ceci continue autant que possible). -% -% Le travail sur les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes continue. -% -% Le paquetage compagnon \pack{minitocoff} est renommщ \pack{mtcoff} pour que son nom reste court. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~1997} -% The problem of short extensions for files names under some operating systems is addressed via the -% new \opt{shortext} package option and by the new autoconfiguration feature. -% -% For the starred sectionning commands, the \com{addstarredchapter} command is added (with analog commands for starred -% parts and sections). -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~1997} -% Le problшme des suffixes courts pour les noms de fichiers sous certains systшmes d'exploitation est rщsolu via la -% nouvelle option de paquetage \opt{shortext} et le nouveau systшme d'autoconfiguration. -% -% Pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes, la commande \com{addstarredchapter} est ajoutщe (avec des -% commandes analogues pour les parties et sections щtoilщes). -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~1998} -% The \opt{tight} and \optd{loose} package options are added to improve the line spacing in the mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~1998} -% Les options de paquetage \opt{tight} et \optd{loose} sont ajoutщes pour changer l'interlignage dans les mini-tables. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~1999} -% The \optd{dotted} and \opt{undotted} package options are added to add or suppress some lines of dots -% (leaders) in the mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~1999} -% Les options de paquetage \optd{dotted} et \opt{undotted} sont ajoutщes pour activer ou inhiber certaines lignes de -% points (points de conduite) dans les mini-tables. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2000} -% A major addition is the compatibility with the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}, and I~ought to thank -% loudly \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} and \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}~\cite{minitoc-hyper}. -% -% Some corrections about the starred sectionning commands are added by \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}. -% -% The mini-tables features (\com{beforeparttoc} and co.) commands are added. -% -% Some adjustment commands, like \com{mtcaddchapter}, are added, again about the problem with the starred -% sectionning commands. -% -% The\imess{I0046} compatibility with the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} is documented. -% -% Aliases for some languages are added. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2000} -% Un ajout majeur est la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, et je dois -% remercier chaleureusement \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} et -% \xname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}~\cite{minitoc-hyper}. -% -% Quelques corrections concernant les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes ont щtщ apportщes par \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}. -% -% Les commandes relatives aux dispositifs pour les (\com{beforeparttoc} et co.) ont щtщ ajoutщes. -% -% Quelques commandes d'adjustement, telles que \com{mtcaddchapter}, sont ajoutщes, encore pour le problшme des -% commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. -% -% La\imess{I0046} compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} est documentщe. -% -% Des alias pour certaines langues sont ajoutщs. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2001} -% Added the \optd{checkfiles} and \opt{nocheckfiles} package options, to avoid the insertion of (ugly) empty -% mini-tables. -% -% Added the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command to change more easily the language of the mini-tables titles. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2001} -% Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{checkfiles} et \opt{nocheckfiles}, pour щviter d'insщrer des minitables -% vides (et laides). -% -% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcselectlanguage} pour changer plus facilement la langue des titres des mini-tables. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2002} -% Correction of an interaction between \com{tableofcontents} (creating a hidden \com{chapter*} or -% \com{section*} command) and the numbering of the mini-table files. -% -% Added the \com{mtcskip} and \com{mtcskipamount} commands. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2002} -% Correction d'une interaction entre \com{tableofcontents} (qui crщe une commande \com{chapter*} ou -% \com{section*} cachщe) et la numщrotation des fichiers mini-tables. -% -% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcskip} et \com{mtcskipamount}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2003} -% Added the \opt{insection} package option (which was temporarily done by the \opt{flsection} and \opt{flsectionb} -% package options) -% to deal with floats drifting out of their section. The \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} (by -% \name{Donald}{Arseneau}) is used. -% -% The font commands are made compatible with the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. -% -% Added compatibility with the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2003} -% Ajout de l'option de paquetage \opt{insection} (qui щtait temporairement rщalisщe par les options -% de paquetage \opt{flsection} -% et \opt{flsectionb}) pour traiter les щlщments flottants dщrivant hors de leur section. Le paquetage -% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}) est utilisщ. -% -% Les commandes de fontes sont rendues compatibles avec la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. -% -% Ajout de la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2004} -% Added comments in the \suffix{.mld} files needing special fonts. Better documentation about languages. -% -% Added an explanation about making a local table of contents for an appendix, eventually masking it in the main -% table of contents. Compatibility\imess{I0042} with the \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix}. -% -% A major addition is the \optd{hints} package option, to detect some programming and compatibility problems. -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2004} -% Amщlioration de la documentation sur les langues. -% -% Ajout d'une explication sur la maniшre de faire une table des matiшres locale pour un appendice, щventuellement en -% la masquant dans la table des matiшres principale. Compatibilitщ\imess{I0042} avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix}. -% -% Un ajout majeur est l'option de paquetage \optd{hints}, pour dщtecter certains problшmes de programmation et de -% compatibilitщ. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Developments in~2005} -% All messages are now written via the standard interface commands (\com{PackageInfo}, \com{PackageWarning}, and -% \com{PackageError}), so the \upack{minitoc} package is less verbose on the terminal. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Added the \com{mtcsetfont} and \com{mtcsettitlefont} commands (from a suggestion by \xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) to -% replace many font commands by only one command with a better user interface. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Comments about the \AmS\ classes (some ones are incompatible with \upack{minitoc}). -% -% Added the \com{mtcsetformat} and \com{mtcsettitle} commands, again to have a simpler user interface. -% -% Added various hints (\opt{insection} package option, order of minitoc basic commands, short extensions). -% -% Added the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and \com{mtcsetrules} commands, again to have a simpler user interface. -% -% Added the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment, to hide a group of entries in the main table of contents; added -% also the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. -% -% Added the \com{mtcfixindex} and \com{mtcsettitle} commands. -% -% Added the description of the installation of the package (a new chapter and the file \xfile{INSTALL}). -% -% Improved and added hints about consistency of \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} and co. -% -% Added the \com{mtcsetfeature} command (very complex). -% -% Added a hint about the \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}. -% -% The \upack{minitoc} package is now written using the \suffix{.dtx}-\suffix{.ins} system. -% Some cleanup is done in the code. -% -% Added the \com{mtcfixglossary} command, like \com{mtcfixindex}. -% -% Some improvements are made to print the documentation. -% -% Some new hints are added (\pack{sectsty}\imess{I0043} package~\cite{sectsty}, empty mini-tables, obsolete commands). -% -% Added the notion of depth for mini-tables of figures/tables. Added the \com{mtcsetdepth} command. -% -% The \optd{hints} package option is now the default. -% -% Added a method for making a bilingual documentation in one file (the \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file). This method could be used -% for more languages. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Added or improved some adjustement commands (\com{adjustptc}, \com{incrementptc}, \com{decrementptc}, etc.). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Added the \opt{k-tight} and \optd{k-loose} package options, for the \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} document classes. -% -% Added a patch for the recent version of the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. -% -% Use \com{mtcselectlanguage} in language options and in ``secondary'' \suffix{.mld} files. -% -% Added the \com{mtcloadmlo} command to be used in some \suffix{.mld} files to load a \suffix{.mlo} file. The -% extension \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}; such files contains characters not easily -% manipulated in a \suffix{.dtx} file. -% -% The history of changes is now displayed in a much simpler way (using a glossary was too cumbersome). -% -% Added the \optd{listfiles} package option, to create a list of the minitoc auxiliary files, which can be removed after -% the \LaTeX\ compilation of the document. It is the \emph{document}\suffix{.maf} file. -% -% Added a remark in the FAQ chapter (and \xfile{minitoc.bug}) about precautions to take with the starred -% sectionning commands. -% -% Added hints about the \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption}, and \pack{mcaption} packages -% (they must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% -% A ``Jargon'' chapter is added. It will grow slowly. -% -% Added a note about a problem with \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} and \class{memoir} used together. -% -% Some bugs in the \verb|\mtcset...| commands are fixed. -% -% Added a hint about the \pack{varsects}\imess{W0038} package~\cite{varsects}. -% -% Added a hint on the number of mini-tables when short extensions are used. -% -% Added a chapter with all the (explained) messages. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2005} -% Tous les messages sont dщsormais щcrits via les commandes de l'interface standard (\com{PackageInfo}, -% \com{PackageWarning} et \com{PackageError}), donc le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est moins bavard sur le terminal. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetfont} et \com{mtcsettitlefont} (d'aprшs une suggestion de \xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) -% pour remplacer de nombreuses commandes de fontes par une seule commande avec une meilleure interface avec -% l'utilisateur. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Commentaires sur les classes de l'\AmS\ (certaines sont incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}). -% -% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetformat} et \com{mtcsettitle}, encore pour avoir une meilleure interface avec -% l'utilisateur. -% -% Ajout de divers \emph{hints} (option de paquetage \opt{insection}, ordre des commandes minitoc basiques, suffixes -% courts). -% -% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et \com{mtcsetrules}, encore pour avoir une meilleure interface -% avec l'utilisateur. -% -% Ajout de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}, pour masquer un groupe d'entrщes dans la table des matiшres -% principale; ajout aussi des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% -% Ajout des commandes \com{mtcfixindex} et \com{mtcsettitle}. -% -% Ajout d'une description de l'installation du paquetage (un nouveau chapitre et le fichier \xfile{INSTALL}). -% -% \emph{Hints} amщliorщs et ajoutщs sur la cohщrence des commandes \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} et co. -% -% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature} (trшs complexe). -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}. -% -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est maintenant щcrit en utilisant le systшme \suffix{.dtx}-\suffix{.ins}. Un peu de -% nettoyage a щtщ fait dans le code. -% -% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcfixglossary}, analoque р~\com{mtcfixindex}. -% -% Quelques amщliorations sont faites pour l'impression de la documentation. -% -% Ajout de quelques nouveaux \emph{hints} (paquetage\imess{I0043} \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty}, mini-tables vides, commandes -% obsolшtes). -% -% Ajout de la notion de profondeur pour les mini-tables des figures/tableaux. Ajout de la commande \com{mtcsetdepth}. -% -% L'option de paquetage \optd{hints} est maintenant le choix par dщfaut. -% -% Ajout d'une mщthode pour faire une documentation bilingue en un seul fichier (le fichier \xfile{minitoc.dtx}). -% Cette mщthode pourrait ъtre utilisщe pour plusieurs langues. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Ajout ou amщlioration de quelques commandes d'ajustement (\com{adjustptc}, \com{incrementptc}, -% \com{decrementptc}, etc.). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{k-tight} et \optd{k-loose}, pour les classes de document -% \KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}. -% -% Ajout d'une correction (\emph{patch}) pour une version rщcente de la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}. -% -% Utilisation de \com{mtcselectlanguage} dans les options de langue et dans les fichiers \suffix{.mld} -% л~secondaires~╗. -% -% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcloadmlo} р~utiliser dans certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour charger un fichier -% \suffix{.mlo}. Le suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object} (objet de langage minitoc); de -% tels fichiers contiennent des caractшres qui ne sont pas faciles р~manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}. -% -% L'historique des modifications est maintenant imprimщ d'une maniшre bien plus simple (utiliser un glossaire щtait -% trop pщnible). -% -% Ajout de l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}, pour crщer une liste des fichiers auxiliaires de minitoc, qui -% peuvent ъtre щliminщs aprшs la compilation \LaTeX\ du document. C'est le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. -% -% Ajout d'une remarque dans le chapitre des questions frщquemment posщes (et dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}) -% sur les prщcautions р~prendre avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. -% -% Ajout de \emph{hints} sur les paquetages \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption} et \pack{mcaption} -% (ils doivent ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% -% Un chapitre л~Jargon~╗ est ajoutщ. Il grossira lentement. -% -% Ajout d'une note sur un problшme avec \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} et \class{memoir} utilisщs ensemble. -% -% Quelques erreurs dans les commandes \verb|\mtcset...| sont corrigщes. -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0038}\pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects}. -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le nombre de mini-tables lorsque les suffixes courts sont utilisщs. -% -% Ajout d'un chapitre avec tous les messages (expliquщs). -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Developments in~2006} -% Added the ``\texttt{*}'' keyword as first argument of the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and \com{mtcsetrules} -% command, to get an action on all kinds of mini-tables. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% Corrections in the \com{mtcaddsection}, \com{mtcfixglossary}, and \com{mtcfixindex} commands. -% -% In the PDF documentation, the panel of bookmarks shows initialy only the bookmarks for parts and chapters, but you -% can open them to show deeper entries. -% -% Added a comment about the initialization of fonts in the FAQ (point~34). It is still an open domain and I am -% working on it. -% -% Added a hint about the \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript{} classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, and an entry in the FAQ chapter -% (and in \xfile{minitoc.bug}). -% -% Added the ``Postface'' chapter. -% -% Added the \com{mtcprepare} command. -% -% Added an~\texttt{URL} field in the bibliography (the styles are modified with the \tool{urlbst} tool~\cite{urlbst}). -% -% Added the \pack{mtcmess} package to add unique identifiers to the messages. -% -% Suppressed the PostScript documentation files from the distribution (no more accepted on CTAN archives), but the -% scripts still creates them. -% -% Corrections in the \opt{insection} package option. -% -% Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I). -% -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2006} -% Ajout du mot-clщ л~\texttt{*}~╗ comme premier argument des commandes \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et \com{mtcsetrules}, -% pour avoir une action sur toutes les sortes de mini-tables. -% -% \begin{raggedright} -% Corrections dans les commandes \com{mtcaddsection}, \com{mtcfixglossary} et \com{mtcfixindex}. -% -% \end{raggedright} -% Dans la documentation en PDF, le panneau des signets (panneau de gauche) ne montre initialement que les signets -% pour les parties et les chapitres, mais vous pouvez les ouvrir pour accщder aux entrщes plus profondes. -% -% Ajout d'un commentaire sur l'initialisation des fontes dans le chapitre des questions frщquemment posщes (point~34). -% C'est encore un sujet ouvert et je travaille dessus. -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les classes \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, et d'une note dans le chapitre des questions -% frщquemment posщes (et dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}). -% -% Ajout du chapitre л~Postface~╗. -% -% Ajout de la commande \com{mtcprepare}. -% -% Ajout d'un champ \texttt{URL} dans la bibliographie (les styles ont щtщ modifiщs р~l'aide de l'outil -% \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}). -% -% Ajout du paquetage \pack{mtcmess} pour ajouter des identificateurs uniques aux messages. -% -% Suppression des fichiers de documentation en format PostScript dans la distribution (ils ne sont plus acceptщs -% sur les archives CTAN), mais les scripts les crщent encore. -% -% Corrections dans l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}. -% -% Rщ-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I). -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2007} -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2007} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Removed the preparation of documentation in PostScript format. -% -% Added the \scrp{cmk} script to convert the documentation from PDF format to PostScript format. -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{raggedright} -% Added hints about the\SMM{\lmess{W0086}\\\lmess{W0087}\\\lmess{W0088}\\\lmess{W0089}\\\lmess{W0090}} -% \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}, -% \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}, -% \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}, -% \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}, -% \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec}, -% and -% \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont} packages. -% -% \end{raggedright} -% -% \begin{raggedright} -% Added FAQ~44 and the \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} and \com{mtcgapafterheads} formatting commands. -% -% \end{raggedright} -% Added the chapter~\ref{c+exdocs}, ``Examples of documents'', page~\pageref{c+exdocs}. -% -% Added FAQ~45 and the \com{kernafterparttoc} and co. commands for the vertical space between a minitable and -% its bottom rule. -% -% Increased the text width and adjusted the format of the entries in the TOC in the documentation. -% -% Correction of the preamble in the generated files (spurious lines have been eliminated, at least). -% -% Added \xfile{devanagari.mld} and \xfile{hindi.mld}. -% Added \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. -% -% The bibliographic styles \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} and \xfile{frplain1.bst} are renamed \xfile{en-mtc.bst} and -% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. -% -% All example documents are renamed with names beginning with ``\uexam{mtc-}''. -% -% The ``\optd{listfiles}'' package option is active by default. -% -% Better error messages about undefined preparation and insertion commands. -% -% Added \xfile{japanese6.mld} and \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. -% -% Added a hint about the \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption}. -% -% Added (in the memento) a table of the classes and packages which are incompatible or need precautions with -% \upack{minitoc}. -% -% Added a validation of the language options with the presence of the \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. -% -% Added the \scrp{tmk} script and a table describing a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant structure for \upack{minitoc}. -% -% Updated the \xfile{INSTALL} file and the ``Installation'' chapter. -% -% Added the file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of -% the package) to the distribution. -% -% Improving the index (entries for: packages and classes, scripts, tools, names, examples, extensions, option, -% language options). -% -% The names of some internal macros are shortened to fit into the margin. -% -% Indexing the environments and the files. -% -% Indexing the counters and depth counters. -% -% The example files are in their own directory in the (proposed) \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy. -% -% Indexing referenced commands (begin). -% -% Added \xfile{mongolb.mld} and \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. -% -% Removed \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (new T2 and X2 cyrillic encodings in \xfile{mongolb.mld}). -% -% Added the \exam{mtc-3co.tex} example file. -% -% Added \xfile{mongolian.mld} (loads \xfile{mongolb.mld}). -% -% Improved the layout of the index. -% -% Indexing the names of authors. -% -% Added the \exam{mtc-fko.tex} example file. -% -% Bibliographic references for packages and classes in the index. -% -% Features in the index. -% -% Added the ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features. -% -% Added the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file. -% -% Added the ``\com{mtcfixnomenclature}'' command. -% -% Added the \exam{mtc-nom.tex} example file. -% -% Corrected the last argument of \com{mtcsetfeature} and siblings, using \com{mtc@toks}. -% -% Indexing the messages. Messages noted in the right margin. -% -% Added \xfile{latinc.mld} and \xfile{latinc2.mld} for classical latin. -% -% Added internal hyperlinks for messages. -% -% Added \com{mtcoffset} and co. for an horizontal offset of a mini-table. -% -% Added \com{mtcsetoffset} for an horizontal offset of a mini-table type. -% -% Added the \exam{mtc-ofs.tex} example file. -% -% Added flagging of macros in example files. -% -% Added a clickable table of all messages. -% -% Added a local minitoc in the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% -% Added \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% -% Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}. -% -% Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} about the \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} -% package (incompatible). -% -% Added a \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} about the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, -% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages. -% -% Regrouping some marginal notes about messages; improving their positions. -% -% Corrected a bug about minitocs in appendices for the \class{memoir} class. -% -% Changed the color of hyperlinks. -% -% Revised the format of headers. -% -% Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}. -% -% Added \xfile{swahili.mld}. -% -% Added stuff (files) for maps of areas of some languages. -% -% Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}. -% -% Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). -% -% Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid -% erasing (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file). -% -% Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). -% -% The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part. -% -% Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package. -% -% Complete indexing of the messages. -% -% Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% -% Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to make increase the width of the pages of the bibliography. -% -% Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}. -% -% Updated \xfile{czech.mld}. -% -% Removed \ucom{l@xsection}. -% -% Graphic files are indexed separately. -% -% Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy. -% -% Updated \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. -% -% Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}, -% and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. -% -% Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. -% -% Suppressed parasite entries from the index. -% -% Added \xfile{occitan.mld}. -% -% Updated \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, -% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, -% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld}, and \xfile{turkish.mld}. -% -% \or\relax -% Retrait de la prщparation de la documentation en format PostScript. -% -% Ajout du script \scrp{cmk} pour convertir la documentation du format PDF en format PostScript. -% -% \begin{raggedright} -% Ajout de \emph{hints}\SMM{\lmess{W0086}\\\lmess{W0087}\\\lmess{W0088}\\\lmess{W0089}\\\lmess{W0090}} sur les paquetages -% \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap}, -% \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap}, -% \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}, -% \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders}, -% \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec} -% et -% \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont}. -% -% \end{raggedright} -% -% \begin{raggedright} -% Ajout du point~44 de la FAQ et des commandes de mise en page \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} -% et \com{mtcgapafterheads}. -% -% \end{raggedright} -% Ajout du chapitre~\ref{c+exdocs}, л~Exemples de documents~╗, page~\pageref{c+exdocs}. -% -% Ajout du point~45 de la FAQ et des commandes \com{kernafterparttoc} et analogues pour l'espacement vertical -% entre une minitable et son filet infщrieur. -% -% Augmentation de la largeur du texte et ajustement du format des entrщes dans la table des matiшres pour la -% documentation. -% -% Correction du prщambule des fichiers engendrщs (les lignes superflues ont щtщ enfin щliminщes). -% -% Ajout de \xfile{devanagari.mld} et \xfile{hindi.mld}. -% Ajout de \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. -% -% Les styles bibliographiques \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} et \xfile{frplain1.bst} sont renommщs \xfile{en-mtc.bst} et -% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. -% -% Tous les exemples de documents sont renommщs avec des noms commenчant par л~\uexam{mtc-}~╗. -% -% L'option de paquetage л~\optd{listfiles}~╗ est active par dщfaut. -% -% Meilleurs messages d'erreur pour les commandes de prщparation et d'insertion non dщfinies. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{japanese6.mld} et \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption}. -% -% Ajout (dans le mщmento) d'un tableau des classes et paquetages qui sont incompatibles ou ont besoin de -% prщcautions avec \upack{minitoc}. -% -% Ajout d'une validation des options de langue avec la prщsence des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}. -% -% Ajout du script \scrp{tmk} et d'un tableau dщcrivant une structure \index{TDS}TDS pour \upack{minitoc}. -% -% Mise р~jour du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et du chapitre л~Installation~╗. -% -% Ajout du fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS et contenant tous -% les fichiers du paquetage) р~la distribution. -% -% Amщlioration de l'index (entrщes pour: paquetages et classes, scripts, outils, noms, exemples, suffixes, options, -% options de langue). -% -% Les noms de certaines macros internes sont raccourcis pour tenir dans la marge. -% -% Indexation des environnements et fichiers. -% -% Indexation des compteurs et compteurs de profondeur. -% -% Les fichiers exemples sont dans leur propre rщpertoire de la hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS (proposщe). -% -% Indexation des commandes rщfщrencщes (dщbut). -% -% Ajout de \xfile{mongolb.mld} et \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. -% -% Retrait de \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (nouveaux codages cyrilliques T2 et X2 dans \xfile{mongolb.mld}). -% -% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-3co.tex}. -% -% Amщlioration de la mise en page de l'index. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{mongolian.mld} (charge \xfile{mongolb.mld}). -% -% Indexation des noms des auteurs. -% -% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-fko.tex}. -% -% Rщfщrences bibliographiques pour les paquetages et les classes dans l'index. -% -% Dispositifs dans l'index. -% -% Ajout des dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗. -% -% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% -% Ajout de la commande л~\com{mtcfixnomenclature}~╗. -% -% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-nom.tex}. -% -% Correction du dernier argument de \com{mtcsetfeature} et analogues, en utilisant \com{mtc@toks}. -% -% Indexation des messages. Messages notщs dans la marge de droite. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{latinc.mld} et \xfile{latinc2.mld} pour le latin classique. -% -% Ajout d'hyperliens internes pour les messages. -% -% Ajout de \com{mtcoffset} et consorts pour un dщcalage horizontal d'une mini-table. -% -% Ajout de \com{mtcsetoffset} pour un dщcalage horizontal d'un type de mini-table. -% -% Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}. -% -% Ajout du marquage des macros dans les fichiers exemples. -% -% Ajout d'une table cliquable de tous les messages. -% -% Ajout d'une minitoc locale dans le chapitre <<~Jargon~>>. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}. -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} sur le -% paquetage \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} (incompatible). -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} sur les paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, -% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}. -% -% Regroupement de notes marginales concernant des messages; amщlioration de leur placement. -% -% Correction d'un problшme sur les minitocs dans les appendices pour la classe \class{memoir}. -% -% Changement de la couleur des hyperliens. -% -% Correction de quelques commandes \verb|\mtcset...| pour utiliser \com{edef} afin d'щvaluer correctement \com{mtc@toks}. -% -% Changement du format des en-tъtes. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}. -% -% Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) de rщgions o∙ certaines langues sont parlщes. -% -% Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}. -% -% ╔clatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). -% -% Remplacement du suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour щviter -% d'щcraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}). -% -% Correction d'un problшme avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). -% -% Les remerciements sont dщplacщs vers la partie л~Complщments~╗. -% -% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} -% р~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}. -% -% Indexation complшte des messages. -% -% Mise р~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% -% Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour щlargir les pages de la bibliographie. -% -% Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}. -% -% Mise р~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}. -% -% Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}. -% -% Les fichiers graphiques sont indexщs sщparщment. -% -% Ajout d'un rщpertoire spщcifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiщrarchie TDS. -% -% Mise р~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et -% \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. -% -% Mise р~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. -% -% Suppression d'entrщes parasites dans l'index. -% -% Ajout de \xfile{occitan.mld}. -% -% Mise р~jour de \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, -% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, -% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld} et \xfile{turkish.mld}. -% -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments in~2008} -% Corrected \xfile{polski.mld}. -% -% Added table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. -% -% Added many maps about languages and dialects, etc. -% -% Better captions for maps. -% -% Added an entry for the Wikipedia in the jargon. -% -% Splitted the TDS hierarchy into three tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. -% -% The page numbers in the index are now hyperlinks (thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). -% -% Colors added in figure~\vref{f+barrier}. -% -% Corrected an error of message number. -% -% Updated from the \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j of 2008/03/16. -% -% Used \ucom{vrefrange} to compress ranges of internal cross-references. -% -% Added flags for many countries. -% -% Added a figure about lusophonia (figure~\vref{f+luso-c}). -% -% Added a figure about germanophonia (figure~\vref{f+germano-c}). -% -% Added a figure about hispanophonia (figure~\vref{f+hispano-c}). -% -% Added a figure about italophonia (figure~\vref{f+italo-c}). -% -% Added a minitoc in the index to make it easier to consult (not trivial). -% -% Added figures about francophones countries (figures~\vrefrange{f+franco-eu-c}{f+franco-asp-c}). -% -% Added a figure about swahili-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+swa-c}). -% -% Added a figure about arabic-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+arabo-sp-c}). -% -% Added a figure about russian-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+russ-c}). -% -% Added a figure about english-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+eng-c}). -% -% Added flags \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}, -% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, -% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof}, and \com{ifinsectlot}. -% -% Added example document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. -% -% Added commands for polymorphic entries: \com{mtcpolymtoc}, \com{mtcpolymlof}, and \com{mtcpolymlot}. -% -% Added a figure about dutch-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+dutch-c}). -% -% Renamed \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} and consorts as \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} and consorts. -% -% Added missing flag files (thanks to \namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). -% -% Replaced many \suffix{.pdf} image files (most of them are flag files) by the original \suffix{.png} file -% because they were corrupted during the conversion by \tool{ImageMagick} (\tool{xpdf} didnt see the problem but -% \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuses to show the file); many thanks to \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} -% and \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. -% -% Back to standard colors and default \pack{hyperref} color options. -% -% ^^A MAJ-E -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщveloppements en~2008} -% Correction de \xfile{polski.mld}. -% -% Ajout de nombreuses cartes pour les langues et les dialectes, etc. -% -% Ajout de la table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. -% -% Amщlioration des lщgendes des cartes. -% -% Ajout d'une entrщe pour la Wikipщdia dans le jargon. -% -% ╔clatement de la hiщrarchie TDS en trois tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. -% -% Les numщros de pages dans l'index sont maintenant des hyperliens (grтce р~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). -% -% Ajout de couleurs dans la figure~\vref{f+barrier}. -% -% Correction d'une erreur de numщro de message. -% -% Mise р~jour depuis le paquetage \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j du 2008/03/16. -% -% Utilisation de \ucom{vrefrange} pour compresser les intervales de rщfщrences croisщes internes. -% -% Ajout des drapeaux de nombreux pays. -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur la lusophonie (figure~\vref{f+luso-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur la germanophonie (figure~\vref{f+germano-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur l'hispanophonie (figure~\vref{f+hispano-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur l'italophonie (figure~\vref{f+italo-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une minitoc dans l'index pour faciliter sa consultation (pas trivial). -% -% Ajout de figures sur les pays francophones (figures~\vrefrange{f+franco-eu-c}{f+franco-asp-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le swahili (figure~\vref{f+swa-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'arabe (figure~\vref{f+arabo-sp-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le russe (figure~\vref{f+russ-c}). -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'anglais (figure~\vref{f+eng-c}). -% -% Ajout des indicateurs \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}, -% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, -% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof} et \com{ifinsectlot}. -% -% Ajout de l'exemple de document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. -% -% Ajout de commandes pour les entrщes polymorphes: \com{mtcpolymtoc}, \com{mtcpolymlof} et \com{mtcpolymlot}. -% -% Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le nщerlandais (figure~\vref{f+dutch-c}). -% -% Renommage de \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} et consorts en \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} et consorts. -% -% Ajout de fichiers drapeaux manquants (merci р~\namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). -% -% Remplacement de nombreux fichiers images \suffix{.pdf} (la plupart щtant des fichiers drapeaux) -% par le fichier \suffix{.png} parce qu'ils ont щtщ corrompus lors de la conversion par \tool{ImageMagick} -% (\tool{xpdf} ne voit pas le problшme mais \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuse de montrer le fichier); -% grands mercis р~\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} et \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. -% -% Retour aux couleurs standard et aux options de couleur standard de \pack{hyperref}. -% -% ^^A MAJ-F -% \fi -% \par\end{RaggedRight} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \part{Implementation}\label{p+ID} -% \or\relax -% \part{Implantation}\label{p+ID} -% \fi -% ^^A FIX INDEX? -% \let\macro\svmacro -% \let\endmacro\svendmacro -% \let\environment\svenvironment -% \let\endenvironment\svendenvironment -% \makeatletter -% \def\macro{\begingroup -% \catcode`\\12 -% \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iftrue} -% \def\environment{\begingroup -% \catcode`\\12 -% \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iffalse} -% \let\endmacro \endtrivlist -% \let\endenvironment\endmacro -% \makeatother -% ^^A FIX INDEX? -% \parttoc -% ^^A \partlof -% ^^A \partlot -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Commented code of the \upack{minitoc} package}\label{c+code+minitoc.sty}\ipack{minitoc} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Code commentщ du paquetage \upack{minitoc}}\label{c+code+minitoc.sty}\ipack{minitoc} -% \fi -% \minitoc -% \mtcskip -% \lneed{4} -% \minilof -% \mtcskip -% -% \lneed{6} -% \section{Introduction}\label{s+code+intro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This very long chapter presents the code of the \upack{minitoc} package and attempts to explain it. -% Some comments of the original source file\,\footnote{The source file of version~\#42. Version~\#43 includes the -% conversion of the package to \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.dtx-.ins} format. -% Version~\#42 has not been distributed because of that.} -% are skipped, like the history, because they do not need further examination (they will be put in the change history). -% -% The code is split in sections to make the reading easier, and the sections are sometimes reordered to make the reading -% easier. -% -% Most of the \upack{minitoc} external commands have \texttt{mtc}, \texttt{ptc}, \texttt{stc}, or one of the -% mini-table names (\texttt{parttoc},\ldots, \texttt{sectlot}) in their names. -% Most of the \upack{minitoc} internal commands -% have \texttt{@mtc}, \texttt{@ptc}, \texttt{@stc}, or \texttt{parttoc@},\ldots, \texttt{sectlot@} in their names, or -% a similar convention. The few exceptions should be explicit enough to not conflict with other packages. -% \or\relax -% Ce trшs long chapitre prщsente le code du paquetage \upack{minitoc} et tente de l'expliquer. -% Certains commentaires du fichier source original\,\footnote{C'est-р-dire, celui de la version~\#42. La -% version~\#43 inclut la conversion du paquetage au format \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.dtx/.ins}. -% La version~\#42 n'a pas щtщ distribuщe pour cette raison.} sont sautщs, -% comme l'historique, car ils n'ont pas besoin d'ъtre examinщs davantage (ils seront mis dans l'historique des -% modifications). -% -% Le code est щclatщ en sections pour faciliter la lecture, et ces sections sont parfois rщordonnщes, dans ce mъme -% but. -% -% La plupart des commandes externes de \upack{minitoc} ont \texttt{mtc}, \texttt{ptc}, \texttt{stc} -% ou le nom de l'un des types de mini-tables (\texttt{parttoc},\ldots, \texttt{sectlot}) dans leurs noms. La plupart -% des commandes internes de \upack{minitoc} ont \texttt{@mtc}, \texttt{@ptc}, \texttt{@stc} ou \texttt{parttoc@},\ldots, -% \texttt{sectlot@} dans leurs noms, ou suivent une convention similaire. Les quelques exceptions devraient ъtre -% assez explicites pour ne pas entrer en conflit avec d'autres paquetages. -% \fi -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Identification code}\label{s+code+ident} -% \or\relax -% \section{Code d'identification}\label{s+code+ident} -% \fi -% \setlength{\wkdim}{9.375mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The code\ixgrfl{start.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{start.jpg}}} -% of \xfile{minitoc.sty} starts here: -% \or\relax -% Le code\ixgrfl{start.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{start.jpg}}} -% de \xfile{minitoc.sty} commence ici: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*minitoc> -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\NeedsTeXFormat} -% \begin{macro}{\ProvidesPackage} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageInfo} -% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\SMM{\lmess{I0000}\\\lmess{I0001}} code section identifies the package with its name, version number and date. -% A trace is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. This package will not work with \LaTeX2.09. -% \or\relax -% Cette\SMM{\lmess{I0000}\\\lmess{I0001}} section de code identifie le paquetage par son nom, son numщro de version -% et sa date. Une trace est щcrite dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% Ce paquetage ne fonctionnera pas avec \LaTeX2.09. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/02]% -\ProvidesPackage{minitoc}% - [2008/07/16 v60 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000 -\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] -\mtcPackageInfo[I0001]{minitoc}% - {*** minitoc package, version 60 ***\@gobble} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{A file descriptor to write}\label{s+code+fd-write} -% \or\relax -% \section{Un descripteur de fichier pour щcrire}\label{s+code+fd-write} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\newwrite} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A file descriptor is needed to write the files containing the mini-tables, it is \com{tf@mtc}. -% The \upack{minitoc} package uses only one file descriptor for writing. See section~\vref{s+code+autoconf}. -% \or\relax -% Un descripteur de fichier est nщcessaire pour щcrire les fichiers contenant les mini-tables, c'est \com{tf@mtc}. -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} utilise un seul descripteur de fichier en щcriture. Voir la -% section~\vref{s+code+autoconf}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newwrite\tf@mtc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Indentation and skip}\label{s+code+indent.skip} -% \or\relax -% \section{Indentation et saut}\label{s+code+indent.skip} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\addvspace} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the indentation \com{mtcindent} (both sides) of the mini-tables and the -% command \com{mtcskip} to make a vertical skip before a mini-table, its value is \com{mtcskipamount} -% (default: \com{bigskipamount}). -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons l'indentation \com{mtcindent} (des deux cЇtщs) des mini-tables et la commande -% \com{mtcskip} pour faire un saut vertical avant une mini-table, sa valeur est \com{mtcskipamount} -% (dщfaut: \com{bigskipamount}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newlength\mtcindent -\newskip\mtcskipamount -\setlength{\mtcskipamount}{\bigskipamount} -\def\mtcskip{{\parskip=\z@\addvspace{\mtcskipamount}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note that \com{mtcskip} uses a local group to avoid the influence of \com{parskip}. -% \or\relax -% Notez que \com{mtcskip} utilise un groupe local pour щviter l'influence de \com{parskip}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the default values for the vertical gaps before and after titles part level mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les valeurs par dщfaut pour les sauts verticaux avant et aprшs les titres des mini-tables au -% niveau partie. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcgapbeforeheads{50\p@} -\def\mtcgapafterheads{40\p@} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the vertical kernings between the minitables and their before the bottom rule. -% The names of these macros is rather explicit. The values are empirical and can be changed via \com{renewcommand}. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les crъnages verticaux placщs entre les minitables et leurs filets horizontaux infщrieurs. -% Les noms de ces macros sont assez explicites. Les valeurs sont empiriques et peuvent ъtre changщes -% via \com{renewcommand}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{part}{}{% - \def\kernafterparttoc{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernafterpartlof{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernafterpartlot{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - }% - \@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {% - \def\kernaftersecttoc{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernaftersectlof{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernaftersectlot{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - }% - }% - {% - \def\kernafterminitoc{\kern-.5\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernafterminilof{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern0.ex}% - \def\kernafterminilot{\kern-1.\baselineskip\kern0.ex}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\pfloffset} -% \begin{macro}{\pltoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mltoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\sltoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\sfloffset} -% \begin{macro}{\sltoffset} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We defines horizontal offets by which the margins in the mini-tables are corrected (added to the right margin and -% substracted from the left margin). These are \emph{commands}, \emph{not} lengths\,\footnote{We avoid to -% allocate a precious length register.}, to be redefined by \com{renewcommand}. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les dщcalages horizontaux servant р~corriger les marges dans les mini-tables (ajout р~la marge -% gauche et retrait р~la marge droite). Ce sont des \emph{commandes}, \emph{pas} des longueurs\,\footnote{Nous -% щvitons d'allouer un prщcieux registre de longueur.}, р~redщfinir via \com{renewcommand}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{part}{}{% - \def\ptcoffset{0pt}% - \def\plfoffset{0pt}% - \def\pltoffset{0pt}% - }% - \@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {% - \def\stcoffset{0pt}% - \def\slfoffset{0pt}% - \def\sltoffset{0pt}% - }% - }% - {% - \def\mtcoffset{0pt}% - \def\mlfoffset{0pt}% - \def\mltoffset{0pt}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We defines flags which will be true when inside a mini-table of the matching type, false outside. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons des indicateurs qui seront vrais р~l'intщrieur d'une mini-table du type correspondant, faux -% р~l'extщrieur. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifinparttoc\inparttocfalse% -\newif\ifinpartlof\inpartloffalse% -\newif\ifinpartlot\inpartlotfalse% -\newif\ifinsecttoc\insecttocfalse% -\newif\ifinsectlof\insectloffalse% -\newif\ifinsectlot\insectlotfalse% -\newif\ifinminitoc\inminitocfalse% -\newif\ifinminilof\inminiloffalse% -\newif\ifinminilot\inminilotfalse% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Tests and flags}\label{s+code+test-flags} -% \or\relax -% \section{Tests et indicateurs}\label{s+code+test-flags} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We need to declare some flags\,\footnote{Not so many years ago, some authors had a preference for using counters -% rather than flags, -% because a flag costs 3~control sequences (\ucom{iffoo}, \ucom{foofalse} and \ucom{footrue}), -% which use memory. But the number of count registers is limited to 256 in the native \TeX\ engine (much more with -% \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, but still limited in number), while memory has become rather cheap today. -% And a code programmed with flags (\texttt{\ucom{iffoo} .{}.{}. \com{else} .{}.{}. \com{fi}}) is easier to structure -% and debug than a code programmed with counters, \textsc{imho}.} (via \com{newif}) to detect -% the loading of some packages or classes and the availability of some commands (this will be used by the -% \optd{hints} option (section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}) or to allow the definition of some \upack{minitoc} commands). -% \or\relax -% Nous avons besoin de dщclarer quelques indicateurs\,\footnote{Il n'y a pas tant d'annщes, certains auteurs -% prщfщraient utiliser des compteurs plutЇt que des indicateurs, car un indicateur co√te 3~sщquences de contrЇle -% (\ucom{iftoto}, \ucom{totofalse} et \ucom{tototrue}), qui consomment de la mщmoire. Mais le -% nombre de registres compteurs est limitщ р~256 dans le moteur \TeX\ natif (bien plus avec -% \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex}, mais encore en nombre limitщ), tandis que le co√t de la mщmoire a beaucoup baissщ -% aujourd'hui. Et un code programmщ avec des indicateurs (\texttt{\ucom{iftoto} .{}.{}. \com{else} .{}.{}. \com{fi}}) est -% plus facile р~structurer et р~mettre au point qu'un code programmщ р~l'aide de compteurs, р~mon humble avis.} -% (via \com{newif}) pour dщtecter le chargement de certains paquetages ou classes et la disponibilitщ de certaines -% commandes (ceci sera utilisщ par l'option \optd{hints} (voir la section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}) ou -% pour autoriser la dщfinition de certaines commandes de \upack{minitoc}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Flags for the \uopt{hints} option}\ioptd{hints} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Indicateurs pour l'option \uopt{hints}}\ioptd{hints} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@giben@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But first, we define some flags for the \optd{hints} option: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The flag \com{if@mtc@hints@} is true if the \optd{hints} option is required (default). -% \item The flag \com{if@mtc@hints@w@} is set true if we detect that some sectionning commands have been -% altered since the loading of the document class. -% \item The flag \com{if@mtc@hints@given@} is set true if the \optd{hints} option detects something curious -% and writes messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. It will be used at the end of the document to signal that -% you should look for hints in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% Mais tout d'abord, nous dщfinissons quelques indicateurs pour l'option \optd{hints}: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@hints@} est vrai si l'option \optd{hints} est demandщe (dщfaut). -% \item L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@hints@w@} est forcщ р~vrai si nous dщtectons que certaines commandes de -% sectionnement ont щtщ altщrщes depuis le chargement de la classe de document. -% \item L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@hints@given@} est forcщ р~vrai si l'option \optd{hints} dщtecte quelque -% chose de curieux et щcrit des messages dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% Il sera utilisщ en fin de document -% pour signaler que vous devriez chercher des \emph{hints} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@hints@ \@mtc@hints@true -\newif\if@mtc@hints@w@ \@mtc@hints@w@false -\newif\if@mtc@hints@given@ \@mtc@hints@given@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Use of section-level mini-lists of floats} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Utilisation de mini-listes d'щlщments flottants, au niveau \texorpdfstring{\mbox{section}}{section}} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sect@floats@} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We will check if the commands \com{dosectlof} and \com{dosectlot} are used: -% \or\relax -% Nous testerons si les commandes \com{dosectlof} et \com{dosectlot} ont щtщ utilisщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@sect@floats@ \@mtc@sect@floats@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} %% ^^A 25 -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Presence of some packages and classes} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Prщsence de certains paquetages et classes} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirnew@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We will check if the \pack{placeins} package is loaded, then if the \class{memoir} -% is loaded (and if it is a recent enough version), then if the \pack{sectsty} package is loaded -% (before or after \upack{minitoc}). -% \or\relax -% Nous testerons si le paquetage \pack{placeins} est chargщ, puis si la classe -% \class{memoir} est chargщe (et si c'est une version suffisamment rщcente), puis si le -% paquetage \pack{sectsty} est chargщ (avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@ \@mtc@placeinsLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@ \@mtc@memoirLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@memoirnew@ \@mtc@memoirnew@false -\newif\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@ \@mtc@sectstyLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@ \@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We do the same for some caption-related packages: -% \else\relax -% Nous faisons de mъme pour quelques paquetages relatifs aux captions: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@captionLoaded@ \@mtc@captionLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@ \@mtc@captionLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@ \@mtc@captionIILoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@ \@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@ \@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@ \@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@ \@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@ \@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@ \@mtc@captcontLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@ \@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the \pack{varsects} package and other packages altering the sectionning commands: -% \or\relax -% Et pour le paquetage \pack{varsects} et -% d'autres paquetages altщrant les commandes de sectionnement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@ \@mtc@varsectsLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@ \@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@ \@mtc@fncychapLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@ \@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@ \@mtc@HgcLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@ \@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@ \@mtc@quotchapLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@ \@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And yet other packages altering the sectionning commands: -% \or\relax -% Et encore d'autres paquetages altщrant les commandes de sectionnement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@ \@mtc@romannumLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@ \@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@ \@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@ \@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@false -\newif\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@ \@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@ \@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Flags for packages dealing with floats} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Indicateurs pour des paquetages traitant des flottants} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must warn about a limitation with the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, -% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons signaler une limitation avec les paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, -% \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@floatLoaded@ \@mtc@floatLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@ \@mtc@floatrowLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@ \@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@ \@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Insertion of empty mini-tables} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Insertion de mini-tables vides} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We will check if you have attempted to insert some empty mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Nous testerons si vous avez tentщ d'insщrer des mini-tables vides: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@ \@mtc@empty@parttoc@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@partlof@ \@mtc@empty@partlof@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@partlot@ \@mtc@empty@partlot@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@ \@mtc@empty@minitoc@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@minilof@ \@mtc@empty@minilof@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@minilot@ \@mtc@empty@minilot@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@secttoc@ \@mtc@empty@secttoc@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@ \@mtc@empty@sectlof@false -\newif\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@ \@mtc@empty@sectlot@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Presence or absence of some sectionning commands} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Prщsence ou absence de certaines commandes de sectionnement} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define and set flags about the presence of the sectionning commands (in fact, the counters associated with -% these commands). -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons et positionnons des indicateurs concernant la prщsence des commandes de sectionnement (en fait, -% celle des compteurs associщs р~ces commandes). -% -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \cnt{part} counter: -% \or\relax -% Le compteur \cnt{part}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@part@def@ \@mtc@part@def@false - \@ifundefined{part}{\@mtc@part@def@false}{\@mtc@part@def@true} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \cnt{chapter} counter: -% \or\relax -% Le compteur \cnt{chapter}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@chapter@def@ \@mtc@chapter@def@false - \@ifundefined{chapter}{\@mtc@chapter@def@false}{\@mtc@chapter@def@true} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \cnt{section} counter: -% \or\relax -% Le compteur \cnt{section}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@section@def@ \@mtc@section@def@false - \@ifundefined{section}{\@mtc@section@def@false}{\@mtc@section@def@true} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define and set flags about the absence of the sectionning commands. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons et positionnons des indicateurs concernant l'absence des commandes de sectionnement: -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@undef@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \cnt{part} counter: -% \or\relax -% Le compteur \cnt{part}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@part@undef@ \@mtc@part@undef@true - \@ifundefined{part}{\@mtc@part@undef@true}{\@mtc@part@undef@false} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@undef@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \cnt{chapter} counter: -% \or\relax -% Le compteur \cnt{chapter}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@chapter@undef@ \@mtc@chapter@undef@true - \@ifundefined{chapter}{\@mtc@chapter@undef@true}{\@mtc@chapter@undef@false} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@undef@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \cnt{section} counter: -% \or\relax -% Le compteur \cnt{section}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@section@undef@ \@mtc@section@undef@true - \@ifundefined{section}{\@mtc@section@undef@true}{\@mtc@section@undef@false} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Flags to check if some commands are used} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Indicateurs pour tester si certaines commandes ont щtщ utilisщes} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define a pair of flags for each mini-table type: one for the command itself and one for the preparation -% command (\ucom{do.{}.{}.}). These flags will be used by the \optd{hints} package option -% (section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}). -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons une paire d'indicateurs pour chaque type de mini-table: un pour la commande elle-mъme et un -% pour la commande de prщparation (\ucom{do.{}.{}.}). Ces indicateurs seront utilisщs par l'option de -% paquetage \optd{hints} (section~\vref{s+code+hints.option}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the part level: -% \or\relax -% Pour le niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@parttoc@used@ \global\@parttoc@used@false -\newif\if@partlof@used@ \global\@partlof@used@false -\newif\if@partlot@used@ \global\@partlot@used@false -\newif\if@doparttoc@used@ \global\@doparttoc@used@false -\newif\if@dopartlof@used@ \global\@dopartlof@used@false -\newif\if@dopartlot@used@ \global\@dopartlot@used@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the chapter level: -% \or\relax -% Pour le niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@minitoc@used@ \global\@minitoc@used@false -\newif\if@minilof@used@ \global\@minilof@used@false -\newif\if@minilot@used@ \global\@minilot@used@false -\newif\if@dominitoc@used@ \global\@dominitoc@used@false -\newif\if@dominilof@used@ \global\@dominilof@used@false -\newif\if@dominilot@used@ \global\@dominilot@used@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the section level: -% \or\relax -% Pour le niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@secttoc@used@ \global\@secttoc@used@false -\newif\if@sectlof@used@ \global\@sectlof@used@false -\newif\if@sectlot@used@ \global\@sectlot@used@false -\newif\if@dosecttoc@used@ \global\@dosecttoc@used@false -\newif\if@dosectlof@used@ \global\@dosectlof@used@false -\newif\if@dosectlot@used@ \global\@dosectlot@used@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstpartis@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstchapteris@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstsectionis@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We also detect the use of some obsolete commands: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщtectons aussi l'utilisation de certaines commandes obsolшtes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@firstpartis@used@ \global\@firstpartis@used@false -\newif\if@firstchapteris@used@ \global\@firstchapteris@used@false -\newif\if@firstsectionis@used@ \global\@firstsectionis@used@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the document has exactly 2~parts}\label{ss+2parts} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le document a exactement 2~parties}\label{ss+2parts} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% In french, the ordinal adjective is ``deuxiшme'' if the second object is not the last object, but ``second'' -% (masculine) or ``seconde'' (feminine) when it is also the last one (see~\cite[page~204]{fnul}). So we define a specific flag: -% \or\relax -% En franчais, l'adjectif ordinal est \og deuxiшme \fg si le deuxiшme objet n'est pas le dernier objet, mais -% \og second \fg (masculin) ou \og seconde \fg (fщminin) si c'est le dernier (voir~\cite[page~204]{fnul}). -% Donc nous dщfinissons un indicateur -% spщcifique: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifmtcsecondpart \mtcsecondpartfalse -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% At the beginning of the document, we test this flag and make it global: -% \or\relax -% Au dщbut du document, nous testons cet indicateur et le rendons global: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \ifmtcsecondpart - \global\mtcsecondparttrue - \else - \global\mtcsecondpartfalse - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} -% \begin{macro}{\@mainaux} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% At the end of the document, we set and memorize the value of the flag in the \suffix{.aux} file: -% \or\relax -% └~la fin du document, nous щtablissons et mщmorisons la valeur de l'indicateur dans le fichier \suffix{.aux}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndDocument{% -\ifnum\value{part}=2\relax - \mtcsecondparttrue -\else - \mtcsecondpartfalse -\fi -\if@filesw - \ifmtcsecondpart - \immediate\write\@mainaux - {\string\global\string\mtcsecondparttrue}% - \else - \immediate\write\@mainaux - {\string\global\string\mtcsecondpartfalse}% - \fi -\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{3} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% So we need two \LaTeX\ runs to get a correct result. The \xfile{french2.mld} language definition file -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) uses this trick to form the titles of part level mini-tables. -% See the \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} example file in section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \or\relax -% Il nous faut donc deux exщcutions de \LaTeX\ pour obtenir un rщsultat correct. Le fichier de dщfinition de -% langue \xfile{french2.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french2}) utilise cette astuce pour former les titres -% des mini-tables au niveau partie. -% Voir le fichier d'exemple \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} dans la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Preparation for the \uopt{notoccite} option}\label{s+code+notoccite1}\iopt{notoccite} -% \or\relax -% \section{Prщparation pour l'option \uopt{notoccite}}\label{s+code+notoccite1}\iopt{notoccite} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@notoccite@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We declare a flag for the presence of this option and the new internal ``hook'' command -% (redefinable command) \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile}, -% used by this option (this has been requested by \name{Donald}{Arseneau} for his \pack{notoccite} -% package~\cite{notoccite}). See section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщclarons un indicateur pour la prщsence de cette option et la nouvelle commande interne л~\emph{hook}~╗ -% (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} utilisщe par cette option -% (ceci a щtщ demandщ par \name{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage -% \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}). Voir la section~\vref{ss+notoccite}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@notoccite@ \@mtc@notoccite@false -\@ifundefined{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile}% - {\let\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile\relax}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Preparation for the \uopt{tight} and \uopt{k-tight} options}\label{s+code+tight.flag}\iopt{tight}\iopt{k-tight} -% \or\relax -% \section{Prщparation pour les options \uopt{tight} et \uopt{k-tight}}\label{s+code+tight.flag}\iopt{tight}\iopt{k-tight} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We just declare a flag for each of these options; they are set false by default (\optd{loose} and -% \optd{k-loose} options): -% \or\relax -% Nous dщclarons simplement un indicateur pour chacune de ces options; ils sont faux par dщfaut (options \optd{loose} -% et \optd{k-loose}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\iftightmtc \tightmtcfalse -\newif\ifktightmtc \ktightmtcfalse -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Preparation to work with \upack{hyperref}}\label{s+code+hyperref.prep}\ipack{hyperref} -% \or\relax -% \section{Prщparation pour travailler avec \upack{hyperref}}\label{s+code+hyperref.prep}\ipack{hyperref} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\imess{I0005} code prepares the interface with the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}. -% A flag is defined, then this preparation is performed in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block if this package is loaded. -% This action defines some commands for the \pack{hyperref} package. -% \or\relax -% Ce\imess{I0005} code prщpare l'interface avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}. -% Un indicateur est dщfini, puis cette prщparation est effectuщe dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} si ce -% paquetage est chargщ. Cette action dщfinit quelques commandes pour le paquetage \pack{hyperref}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcPackageInfo[I0005]{minitoc}{compatible with hyperref\@gobble} -\newif\if@mtc@hyper@used@ \global\@mtc@hyper@used@false -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{% - \global\@mtc@hyper@used@true - \def\toclevel@xpart{1000}% - \def\toclevel@xchapter{1000}% - \def\toclevel@xsect{1000}% - \let\toclevel@starpart\toclevel@part - \let\toclevel@starchapter\toclevel@chapter - \let\toclevel@starsection\toclevel@section - \let\toclevel@starsubsection\toclevel@subsection - \let\toclevel@starsubsubsection\toclevel@subsubsection - \let\toclevel@starparagraph\toclevel@paragraph - \let\toclevel@starsubparagraph\toclevel@subparagraph - }{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{8} -% \section{Checking the presence of some packages} -% \or\relax -% \section{Tester la prщsence de certains paquetages} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{sectsty} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{sectsty}\label{s+sectsty.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{sectsty} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{sectsty}\label{s+sectsty.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{sectsty} package~\cite{sectsty} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+sectsty.h2}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{sectsty}~\cite{sectsty} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+sectsty.h2}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{sectsty}{\@mtc@sectstyLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{sectsty}{\@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{varsects} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{varsects}\label{s+varsects.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{varsects} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{varsects}\label{s+varsects.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{varsects} package~\cite{varsects} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+varsects.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{varsects}~\cite{varsects} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+varsects.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{varsects}%{\@mtc@varsectsLoaded@true}{} - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{varsects}{\@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{fncychap} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{fncychap}\label{s+fncychap.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{fncychap} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{fncychap}\label{s+fncychap.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{fncychap} package~\cite{fncychap} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+fncychap.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+fncychap.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{fncychap}{\@mtc@fncychapLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{fncychap}{\@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{hangcaption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{hangcaption}\label{s+hangcaption.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{hangcaption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{hangcaption}\label{s+hangcaption.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{hangcaption} package~\cite{hangcaption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{hangcaption}~\cite{hangcaption} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{hangcaption}{\@mtc@HgcLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{hangcaption}{\@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{quotchap} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{quotchap}\label{s+quotchap.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{quotchap} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{quotchap}\label{s+quotchap.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{quotchap} package~\cite{quotchap} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+quotchap.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{quotchap}~\cite{quotchap} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+quotchap.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{quotchap}{\@mtc@quotchapLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{quotchap}{\@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{romannum} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{romannum}\label{s+romannum.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{romannum} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{romannum}\label{s+romannum.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+romannum.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+romannum.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{romannum}{\@mtc@romannumLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{romannum}{\@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{sfheaders} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{sfheaders}\label{s+sfheaders.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{sfheaders} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{sfheaders}\label{s+sfheaders.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{sfheaders} package~\cite{sfheaders} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{sfheaders}~\cite{sfheaders} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{sfheaders}{\@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{sfheaders}{\@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{alnumsec} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{alnumsec}\label{s+alnumsec.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{alnumsec} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{alnumsec}\label{s+alnumsec.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{alnumsec} package~\cite{alnumsec} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{alnumsec}~\cite{alnumsec} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{alnumsec}{\@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{alnumsec}{\@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{captcont} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{captcont}\label{s+captcont.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{captcont} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{captcont}\label{s+captcont.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{captcont} package~\cite{captcont} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+captcont.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{captcont}~\cite{captcont} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+captcont.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{captcont}{\@mtc@captcontLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{captcont}{\@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{caption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{caption}\label{s+caption.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{caption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{caption}\label{s+caption.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+caption.h2}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+caption.h2}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{caption}{\@mtc@captionLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{caption}{\@mtc@captionLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{caption2} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{caption2}\label{s+caption2.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{caption2} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{caption2}\label{s+caption2.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{caption2} package~\cite{caption2} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+caption2.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+caption2.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{\@mtc@captionIILoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{\@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{ccaption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{ccaption}\label{s+ccaption.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{ccaption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{ccaption}\label{s+ccaption.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{ccaption} package~\cite{ccaption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+ccaption.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+ccaption.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{ccaption}{\@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{ccaption}{\@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{mcaption} package is loaded, and when}\ipack{mcaption}\label{s+mcaption.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{mcaption} est chargщ, et quand}\ipack{mcaption}\label{s+mcaption.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{mcaption} package~\cite{mcaption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we -% test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been -% loaded. See section~\vref{s+mcaption.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{mcaption}~\cite{mcaption} est chargщ avant ou aprшs \upack{minitoc}, -% donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois -% que tous les paquetages ont щtщ chargщs. Voir la section~\vref{s+mcaption.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{mcaption}{\@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@true}{}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{mcaption}{\@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{float} package is loaded}\ipack{float}\label{s+float.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{float} est chargщ}\ipack{float}\label{s+float.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatLoaded@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{float} package~\cite{float} is loaded -% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. -% See section~\vref{s+float.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{float}~\cite{float} est chargщ dans le prщambule, -% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+float.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{float}{\@mtc@floatLoaded@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{floatrow} package is loaded}\ipack{floatrow}\label{s+floatrow.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{floatrow} est chargщ}\ipack{floatrow}\label{s+floatrow.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{floatrow} package~\cite{floatrow} is loaded -% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. -% See section~\vref{s+floatrow.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow} est chargщ dans le prщambule, -% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+floatrow.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{\@mtc@floatrowLoaded@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{trivfloat} package is loaded}\ipack{trivfloat}\label{s+trivfloat.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{trivfloat} est chargщ}\ipack{trivfloat}\label{s+trivfloat.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{trivfloat} package~\cite{trivfloat} is loaded -% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. -% See section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} est chargщ dans le prщambule, -% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{trivfloat}{\@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Check if the \upack{rotfloat} package is loaded}\ipack{rotfloat}\label{s+rotfloat.h1} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Tester si le paquetage \upack{rotfloat} est chargщ}\ipack{rotfloat}\label{s+rotfloat.h1} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must test if the \pack{rotfloat} package~\cite{rotfloat} is loaded -% in the preamble, so we use an \com{AtBeginDocument} block. -% See section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h2}. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} est chargщ dans le prщambule, -% donc nous utilisons un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h2}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{rotfloat}{\@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@true}{}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Is the \uclass{memoir} class loaded?}\label{s+code+memoir.loaded}\iclass{memoir} -% \or\relax -% \section{La classe \uclass{memoir} est-elle chargщe?}\label{s+code+memoir.loaded}\iclass{memoir} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirnew@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcpatchmemoir@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0032}} -% test if the \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} class is loaded. -% This class needs some compatibility adjustments or may be \emph{incompatible} if too recent. -% In the later case, a patch -% is inserted (see chapter~\vref{memoir-patch}). This correction is no more necessary after the 2005/09/25 version -% of \xfile{memoir.cls}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{I0030}\\\lmess{I0020}\\\lmess{I0027}\\\lmess{I0032}} testons si la -% classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} est chargщe. -% Cette classe nщcessite certains ajustements pour la compatibilitщ ou peut ъtre \emph{incompatible} si -% elle est trop rщcente. -% Dans ce dernier cas, une correction est insщrщe (voir le chapitre~\vref{memoir-patch}). Cette correction n'est -% plus nщcessaire aprшs la version de \xfile{memoir.cls} datщe 2005/09/25. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtcpatchmemoir@ \@mtcpatchmemoir@false -\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{\@mtc@memoirLoaded@true\relax% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0030]{minitoc}% - {the memoir class is loaded: - \MessageBreak - compatibility attempted\@gobble}}% - {\@mtc@memoirLoaded@false} -\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@ - \@ifundefined{@m@mchapter}% - {\@mtc@memoirnew@false\mtcPackageInfo[I0020]{minitoc}% - {old version of the memoir class\@gobble}} - {\@mtc@memoirnew@true\mtcPackageInfo[I0027]{minitoc}% - {recent version of the memoir class\@gobble} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0032]{minitoc}% - {This version of the memoir class uses - \MessageBreak - a version of \string\chapter\space which is - \MessageBreak - incompatible with the minitoc package. - \MessageBreak - We try to patch\@gobble}% - \@mtcpatchmemoir@true} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcpatchmemoir@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\imess{E0028} now the patch: -% \or\relax -% Et\imess{E0028} voici cette correction: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtcpatchmemoir@ -\IfFileExists{mtcpatchmem.sty}{% - \@ifclasslater{memoir}{2005/09/25}{}{\RequirePackage{mtcpatchmem}}}{% - \mtcPackageError[E0028]{minitoc}% - {Unable to patch the memoir class}% - {So it remains incompatible. Sorry.}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Testing the emptiness of a file}\label{s+code+emptiness} -% \or\relax -% \section{Tester la vacuitщ d'un fichier}\label{s+code+emptiness} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@xifmtarg} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@EndWhile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhilePreCondition} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhileCondition} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhileBody} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@While} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@WhileNext} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some macros for testing if an argument of a macro is empty (taken from the package -% \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} and -% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, and from \uxfile{while.tip}, -% by \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). The group is necessary to keep local the catcode -% change of ``Q'', hence a \com{gdef} is needed for \com{mtc@ifmtarg}. -% \or\relax -% Quelques macros pour tester si un argument d'une macro est vide (elles sont tirщes du paquetage -% \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} et -% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, et de \uxfile{while.tip}, -% de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). Le groupe est nщcessaire pour garder local le -% changement de л~\emph{catcode}~╗ de л~Q~╗, il faut donc utiliser un \com{gdef} pour dщfinir \com{mtc@ifmtarg}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup -\catcode`\Q=3 -\long\gdef\mtc@ifmtarg#1{% -\mtc@xifmtarg#1QQ\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo\@nil} -\long\gdef\mtc@xifmtarg#1#2Q#3#4#5\@nil{#4} -\endgroup -\let\mtc@EndWhile = \fi -\def\mtc@While #1#2#3\mtc@EndWhile{% - \def\mtc@WhilePreCondition{#1}% - \def\mtc@WhileCondition{#2}% - \def\mtc@WhileBody{#3}% - \mtc@@While -} -\def\mtc@@While{% - \mtc@WhilePreCondition - \mtc@WhileCondition - \def\mtc@WhileNext{% - \mtc@WhileBody - \mtc@@While - }% - \else - \def\mtc@WhileNext{}% - \fi - \mtc@WhileNext -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@checkfiles} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@LI} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@While} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@Body} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@EndWhile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@Rline} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some macros to test if a file is empty or not: \com{mtc@CkFile}\verb|{|\emph{file}\verb|}| returns \com{@mtc@FEtrue} if the file -% is empty, \com{@mtc@FEfalse} if the is file not empty. An inexistent file is empty. A file full of white -% space (space, tabulation, newline) is empty. Comments are empty. -% \or\relax -% Quelques macros pour tester si un fichier est vide ou non: \com{mtc@CkFile}\verb|{|\emph{fichier}\verb|}| -% rend \com{@mtc@FEtrue} si le fichier est vide, \com{@mtc@FEfalse} si le fichier n'est pas vide. -% Un fichier inexistant est vide. Un -% fichier rempli d'espace blanc (espace, tabulation, saut de ligne) est vide. Les commentaires sont vides. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \noindent -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \textbf{Note:} on a big empty file, the \com{mtc@While} loop may be -% time consuming, but not an eternity (33\,s for -% $10^6$~lines on my computer), and the first non-empty line stops the loop. -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} is used as scratch file. Its contents is erased after use. -% \or\relax -% \textbf{Note:} sur un gros fichier vide, la boucle \com{mtc@While} peut prendre du temps, mais pas une -% щternitщ (33\,s pour $10^6$~lignes avec mon ordinateur), et la premiшre ligne non vide arrъte la boucle. -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} est utilisщ comme fichier de travail. Son contenu est effacщ aprшs usage. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@LI\@mtc@LItrue -\newif\if@mtc@FE\@mtc@FEtrue -\newif\if@mtc@checkfiles\@mtc@checkfilestrue -\def\mtc@Body{\immediate\read\@inputcheck to \mtc@Rline\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck\relax\@mtc@LIfalse\fi - \expandafter\ifx\mtc@Rline\par\relax - \def\mtc@Rline{} - \else - \ifeof\@inputcheck\relax\global\@mtc@LIfalse\fi - \mtc@ifmtarg{\mtc@Rline}{\relax}{\@mtc@FEfalse\@mtc@LIfalse} - \fi} -\def\mtc@CkFile#1{% - \@mtc@LItrue\@mtc@FEtrue - \if@mtc@checkfiles - \IfFileExists{#1}{% - \immediate\openin\@inputcheck #1\relax - \mtc@While{}{\if@mtc@LI\relax}{\mtc@Body}\mtc@EndWhile}% - {\@mtc@FEtrue}% - \else - \@mtc@FEfalse% - \fi} -\closein\@inputcheck\relax -\def\mtc@CkStr#1{% - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc - \immediate\write\tf@mtc{#1}% - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.mtc}% - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Internal macros to decrement \upack{minitoc} counters}\label{s+code+d.count} -% \or\relax -% \section{Macros internes pour dщcrщmenter les compteurs de \upack{minitoc}}\label{s+code+d.count} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebackpart} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebackchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebacksection} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% It is sometimes necessary to decrement a \upack{minitoc} counter (\cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc} or \cnt{stc}) by one. -% These macros are: -% \or\relax -% Il est parfois nщcessaire de dщcrщmenter un compteur de \upack{minitoc} (\cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc} ou \cnt{stc}) -% de un. Ces macros sont: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@onebackpart{\addtocounter{ptc}{-1}} -\def\mtc@onebackchap{\addtocounter{mtc}{-1}} -\def\mtc@onebacksect{\addtocounter{stc}{-1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Patching the \ucom{part} command}\label{s+code+patching.part}\icom{part} -% \or\relax -% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{part}}\label{s+code+patching.part}\icom{part} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svspart} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svpart} -% \begin{macro}{\@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\@part} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the \com{part} command is not defined (by the document class, usually), -% we cannot patch it and a warning is -% displayed\,\footnote{Document classes with sectionning commands but no \com{part} command are likely non -% standard, hence the warning displayed on the terminal.}. Else, we patch its two branches, -% \com{@part} (for the unstarred version) or -% \com{@spart} (for the starred version, \com{part*}): we add \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{ptc}\verb|}| to increment the parttoc -% counter \cnt{ptc}. See also section~\vref{s+code+patching.part.2}. -% -% \lneed{5} -% The code\SMM{\lmess{W0018}\\\lmess{I0023}} of the next section (section~\vref{s+code+mtcaddpart}) is also skipped if \com{part} is not defined. -% \or\relax -% Si la commande \com{part} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe de document, habituellement), nous ne pouvons pas la -% modifier et un avertissement est щmis\,\footnote{Une classe de document ayant des commandes de sectionnement mais -% pas de commande \com{part} est probablement non standard, d'o∙ l'avertissement affichщ sur le terminal.}. -% Sinon, nous modifions ses deux branches, \com{@part} (pour la version non щtoilщe) ou \com{@spart} (pour la -% version щtoilщe, \com{part*}): nous ajoutons \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{ptc}\verb|}| pour incrщmenter le compteur de parttocs -% \cnt{ptc}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+code+patching.part.2}. -% -% \lneed{5} -% Le\SMM{\lmess{W0018}\\\lmess{I0023}} code de la section suivante (section~\vref{s+code+mtcaddpart}) est aussi sautщ si \com{part} n'est pas -% dщfinie. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{part}{% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0018]{minitoc}% - {part level macros NOT available} -}{%% else undefined part (\part defined) - \mtcPackageInfo[I0023]{minitoc}% - {part level macros available\@gobble} - \let\mtc@svspart\@spart - \def\@spart{\stepcounter{ptc}\mtc@svspart} - \let\mtc@svpart\@part - \def\@part{\stepcounter{ptc}\mtc@svpart} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Adding an entry in the TOC for a starred part}\label{s+code+mtcaddpart} -% \or\relax -% \section{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une partie щtoilщe}\label{s+code+mtcaddpart} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xpart} -% \begin{macro}{\l@part} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred part, we need the \com{mtcaddpart} macro, -% which has an optional -% argument, the title of the part as if should appear in the TOC. -% -% By default, this argument is empty. If it is empty -% (tested via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) -% or omitted, we add a \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| line in the -% \suffix{.toc} file. If it is not empty, we add a -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{part}{title...}...| line in the \suffix{.toc} file. We always add a -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| line in the \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files. Then we increment the -% \cnt{ptc} counter, via \com{adjustptc} -% (defined in section~\vref{s+code+part.level}). -% Using \texttt{xpart} as first argument of -% \com{contentsline} means that \com{l@xpart} will be invoked in place of -% \com{l@part} to print the entry in -% the TOC, but \com{l@xpart} uses a huge depth (10\,000) for this entry, hence it will never be really printed -% (except if you cheat). -% \or\relax -% Pour ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une partie щtoilщe, nous avons besoin de la macro -% \com{mtcaddpart}, qui a un argument optionnel, le titre de la partie tel qu'il devrait apparaюtre dans la table -% des matiшres. -% -% Par dщfaut, cet argument est vide. S'il est vide (le test est fait par \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) ou omis, nous ajoutons -% une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. S'il n'est pas vide, nous ajoutons une -% ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{part}{titre...}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Nous ajoutons toujours une ligne -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xpart}{}...| dans les fichiers \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot}. Puis nous -% incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{ptc}, via \com{adjustptc} (dщfinie dans la section~\vref{s+code+part.level}). -% Utiliser \texttt{xpart} comme premier argument de \com{contentsline} signifie que \com{l@xpart} sera invoquщe -% au lieu de \com{l@part} pour imprimer l'entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais \com{l@xpart} utilise une trшs -% grande profondeur (10\,000) pour cette entrщe, donc celle-ci ne sera jamais vraiment imprimщe (sauf si vous trichez). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcaddpart}[1][]{% - \mtc@ifmtarg{#1}{\addcontentsline{toc}{xpart}{}}% - {\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}}% - \addcontentsline{lof}{xpart}{}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xpart}{}% - \adjustptc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code terminates (temporarily) the part level commands. -% \or\relax -% Ce code termine (temporairement) les commandes au niveau partie. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Section level macros}\label{s+code+def.section.level.macros} -% \or\relax -% \section{Macros au niveau section}\label{s+code+def.section.level.macros} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} -% section level macros are defined if \com{chapter} is not defined and \com{section} defined, i.e.,~in -% document classes like \class{article}, but not in document classes -% like \class{book} or \class{report}. So we -% test if \com{chapter} is defined and if \com{section} is defined, with adequate warnings. If neither are -% defined, you are in big trouble to use the \upack{minitoc} package with the class of your document. -% \or\relax -% Les\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} -% macros au niveau section sont dщfinies si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie mais \com{section} est dщfinie, -% c'est-р-dire dans les classes de document telles que \class{article}, mais pas dans les classes de -% document telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}. Donc nous testons si \com{chapter} -% est dщfinie et si \com{section} est dщfinie, avec les avertissements adщquats. Si aucune de ces deux commandes -% n'est dщfinie, vous avez un sщrieux problшme pour utiliser le paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec la classe de votre -% document. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{\mtcPackageInfo[I0004]{minitoc}% - {chapter level macros NOT available\@gobble}% - \@ifundefined{section}{\mtcPackageInfo[I0029]{minitoc}% - {section level macros NOT available\@gobble}% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0017]{minitoc}% - {no section or chapter level macros available - \MessageBreak - PLEASE VERIFY YOUR MAIN DOCUMENT CLASS}}% - {\mtcPackageInfo[I0028]{minitoc}% - {section level macros available\@gobble}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Corrections for numbering}\label{s+code+correction.numbering.sections} -% \or\relax -% \section{Corrections pour la numщrotation}\label{s+code+correction.numbering.sections} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@onebacksect} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsv@tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsv@listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsv@listoftables} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As the TOC, the LOF and the LOT are considered as (starred) sections, we must decrement the secttoc counter -% (\cnt{stc}) via \com{mtc@onebacksect} when the corresponding commands are executed. Hence we patch these -% commands. -% \or\relax -% Comme la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux sont considщrщes comme des sections -% (щtoilщes), il nous faut dщcrщmenter le compteur de secttocs (\cnt{stc}) via \com{mtc@onebacksect} -% lorsque les commandes correspondantes sont exщcutщes. Donc nous modifions ces commandes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\mtcsv@tableofcontents\tableofcontents - \let\mtcsv@listoffigures\listoffigures - \let\mtcsv@listoftables\listoftables - \def\tableofcontents{\mtcsv@tableofcontents\mtc@onebacksect} - \def\listoffigures{\mtcsv@listoffigures\mtc@onebacksect} - \def\listoftables{\mtcsv@listoftables\mtc@onebacksect} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Patching the \ucom{section} command}\label{s+code+patching.section.1}\icom{section} -% \or\relax -% \section{Modification de la commande \ucom{section}}\label{s+code+patching.section.1}\icom{section} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svsection} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svss} -% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} -% \begin{macro}{\@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the \com{section} command is not defined (by the document class, usually), -% we cannot patch it and a warning is displayed. -% Else, we patch its two branches, \com{@sect} (for the unstarred version) -% or \com{@ssect} (for the starred version, \com{section*}): we add \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{stc}\verb|}| to increment -% the secttoc counter \cnt{stc}, -% only in the unstarred case\footnote{Version \#25 has removed a spurious decrementation of this counter.}. -% \or\relax -% Si la commande \com{section} n'est pas dщfinie (par la classe de document, habituellement), nous ne pouvons pas -% la modifier et un avertissement est affichщ. Sinon, nous modifions ses deux branches, \com{@sect} (pour la version -% non щtoilщe) ou \com{@ssect} (pour la version щtoilщe, \com{section*}): nous ajoutons -% \com{stepcounter}\verb}|{|\cnt{stc}\verb|}| pour incrщmenter le compteur de secttocs \cnt{stc}, seulement dans le cas non -% щtoilщ\,\footnote{La version~\#25 a щliminщ une dщcrщmentation superflue de ce compteur.}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\mtc@svsection\section - \def\section{\stepcounter{stc}\mtc@svsection} - \let\mtc@svss\@ssect -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Adding an entry in the TOC for a starred section}\label{s+code+mtcaddsection} -% \or\relax -% \section{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour une section щtoilщe}\label{s+code+mtcaddsection} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\l@section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred section, we need the \com{mtcaddsection} macro, which has an optional -% argument, the title of the section as it should appear in the TOC. By default, this argument is empty. If it is empty -% (tested via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) -% or omitted, we add a \com{contentsline}\verb|{xsect}{}...| -% line in the \suffix{.toc} file. If it is not empty, we add a -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{section}{title...}...| line in the \suffix{.toc} file. We always add a -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xsect}{}...| line in the \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files. -% Then we increment the -% \cnt{stc} counter, via \com{adjuststc} (this command is defined in section~\vref{s+code+section.level.commands}). -% Using \texttt{xsect} as first argument of -% \com{contentsline} means that \com{l@xsect} will be invoked -% in place of \com{l@section} to print the entry in -% the TOC, but \com{l@xsect} uses a huge depth (10\,000) for this entry, hence it will never be really printed -% (except if you cheat). -% \or\relax -% Pour ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour une section щtoilщe, nous avons besoin de la macro -% \com{mtcaddsection}, qui a un argument optionnel, le titre de la section tel qu'il doit apparaюtre dans la -% table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, cet argument est vide. S'il est vide (ce qui est testщ par \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) ou -% omis, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|xsect}{}...| dans le fichier -% \suffix{.toc}. S'il n'est pas vide, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{section}{title...}...| -% dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Nous ajoutons toujours une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xsect}{}...| dans les -% fichiers \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot}. Puis nous incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{stc}, -% via \com{adjuststc} (cette commande est dщfinie dans la section~\vref{s+code+section.level.commands}). -% Le fait d'utiliser -% \texttt{xsect} comme premier argument de \com{contentsline} signifie que \com{l@xsect} sera invoquщe au -% lieu de \com{l@section} pour imprimer l'entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais \com{l@xsect} utilise une -% trшs grande profondeur (10\,000) pour cette entrщe, donc elle ne sera jamais rщellement imprimщe (sauf si vous -% trichez). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcaddsection}[1][]{% - \mtc@ifmtarg{#1}{\addcontentsline{toc}{xsect}{}}% - {\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}% - \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{}% - \adjuststc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code terminates (temporarily) the section level commands, and we continue with chapter level macros. -% \or\relax -% Ce code termine (temporairement) les commandes au niveau section et nous continuons avec les commandes au niveau chapitre. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - }}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Chapter level macros}\label{s+code+def.chapter.level.macros} -% \or\relax -% \section{Macros au niveau chapitre}\label{s+code+def.chapter.level.macros} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{I0003} chapter level macros are defined if \com{chapter} is defined, i.e.,~in -% document classes like \class{book} or \class{report}. So we -% test if \com{chapter} is defined, with adequate warnings. The test is already done above, we are in the -% ``else'' branch of \com{@ifundefined}\texttt{\{chapter\}}. -% \or\relax -% Les\imess{I0003} macros au niveau chapitre sont dщfinies si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, c'est-р-dire, dans les classes de -% document telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}. Donc nous testons si \com{chapter} -% est dщfinie, avec les avertissements adщquats. Ce test a dщjр щtщ fait plus haut, nous sommes dans la branche -% л~sinon~╗ de \com{@ifundefined}\texttt{\{chapter\}}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0003]{minitoc}{chapter level macros available\@gobble} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Patching the \ucom{chapter} command}\label{s+code+patching.chapter}\icom{chapter} -% \or\relax -% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{chapter}}\label{s+code+patching.chapter}\icom{chapter} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{chapter} command is defined (by the document class, usually). -% We patch its two branches, \com{@chapter} (for the unstarred version) or \com{@schapter} (for the -% starred version, \com{chapter*}): we add call to \com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{mtc}\verb|}| to increment the minitoc counter \cnt{mtc}. -% Only the unstarred branch (\com{@chapter}) is patched here. -% The other branch is patched later (section~\vref{s+code+patching.chapter.2}). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{chapter} est dщfinie (par la classe de document, habituellement). Nous modifions ses deux -% branches, \com{@chapter} (pour la version non щtoilщe) ou \com{@schapter} (pour la version щtoilщe, -% \com{chapter*}): nous ajoutons un appel р~\com{stepcounter}\verb|{|\cnt{mtc}\verb|}| pour incrщmenter le compteur de minitocs \cnt{mtc}. -% Seule la branche non щtoilщe est modifiщe ici. L'autre branche sera modifiщe plus loin (voir la -% section~\vref{s+code+patching.chapter.2}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtc@svchapter\@chapter \def\@chapter{\stepcounter{mtc}\mtc@svchapter} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Adding an entry in the TOC for a starred chapter}\label{s+code+mtcaddchapter} -% \or\relax -% \section{Ajout d'une entrщe dans la TdM pour un chapitre щtoilщ}\label{s+code+mtcaddchapter} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ifmtarg} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred chapter, we need the \com{mtcaddchapter} macro, which has an optional -% argument, the title of the chapter as if should appear in the TOC. By default, this argument is empty. If it is empty -% (tested via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) -% or omitted, we add a \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| line -% in the \suffix{.toc} file. If it is not empty, we add a -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}{title...}...| line in the \suffix{.toc} file. We always add a -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| line in the \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files. Then we increment the -% \cnt{mtc} counter, via \com{adjustmtc} -% (defined in section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}). -% Using \texttt{xchapter} as first argument of -% \com{contentsline} means that \com{l@xchapter} will be invoked in place of -% \com{l@chapter} to print the entry in -% the TOC, but \com{l@xchapter} uses a huge depth (10\,000) for this entry, hence it will never be really printed -% (except if you cheat). -% \or\relax -% Pour ajouter une entrщe dans la table des matiшres pour un chapitre щtoilщ, nous avons besoin de la macro -% \com{mtcaddchapter}, qui a un argument optionnel, le titre du chapitre tel qu'il devrait apparaюtre dans la -% table des matiшres. Par dщfaut, cet argument est vide. S'il est vide (ce qui est testщ via \com{mtc@ifmtarg}) ou -% omis, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. -% S'il n'est pas vide, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}{titre...}...| dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. -% Nous ajoutons toujours une ligne \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}{}...| dans les fichiers \suffix{.lof} et -% \suffix{.lot}. Puis nous incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{mtc}, via \com{adjustmtc} (dщfinie dans la -% section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}). Le fait d'utiliser \texttt{xchapter} comme premier argument -% de \com{contentsline} signifie que \com{l@xchapter} sera invoquщe au lieu de \com{l@chapter} pour imprimer -% l'entrщe dans la table des matiшres, mais \com{l@xchapter} utilise une trшs grande profondeur (10\,000) pour cette -% entrщe, et donc elle ne sera jamais vraiment imprimщe (sauf si vous trichez). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcaddchapter}[1][]{% - \mtc@ifmtarg{#1}{\addcontentsline{toc}{xchapter}{}}% - {\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}% - \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{}% - \adjustmtc}% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code terminates (temporarily) the chapter level commands, -% i.e.,~terminates the \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| at the beginning of -% section~\vref{s+code+def.section.level.macros}. -% \or\relax -% Ce code termine (temporairement) les commandes au niveau chapitre, c'est-р-dire termine la construction -% \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| du dщbut de la section~\vref{s+code+def.section.level.macros}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Miscellaneous declarations}\label{s+code+misc.decls} -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщclarations diverses}\label{s+code+misc.decls} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\newread} -% \begin{macro}{\newtoks} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strutbox} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hstrut} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hstrutbox} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{newread} command must be redeclared as being \com{outer} (as \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} told me). -% We need a token register (\com{mtc@toks}), a temporary string (\com{mtc@string}), struts (two kinds, each -% one using a box containing an invisible vertical rule), a rule with all -% dimensions equal to zero (\com{mtc@zrule}) and a command discouraging page breaks (\com{mtc@BBR}, for ``bad -% break''). For the struts, which are boxes containing an invisible vertical rule, we use ``\texttt{ex}''~units, -% to follow the current font. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{newread} doit щtre redщclarщe comme щtant \com{outer} (comme me l'a conseillщ -% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}). -% Nous avons besoin d'un registre \emph{token} (\com{mtc@toks}), d'une chaюne temporaire (\com{mtc@string}), -% d'щtais ou \emph{struts} (de deux sortes, dont chacune utilise une boюte contenant un filet vertical invisible) -% un filet dont toutes les dimensions sont р~zщro (\com{mtc@zrule}) et d'une commande pour dщcourager les -% coupures de page (\com{mtc@BBR}, pour л~\emph{bad break}~╗). Pour les щtais, qui sont des boюtes contenant un -% filet vertical invisible, nous utilisons des unitщs л~\texttt{ex}~╗, pour suivre la fonte courante. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\newread{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} -\newtoks\mtc@toks -\def\mtc@string{\relax} -\newbox\mtc@strutbox -\setbox\mtc@strutbox=\hbox{\rule[1.8ex]{\z@}{2.5ex}} -\def\mtc@strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\mtc@strutbox - \else\unhcopy\mtc@strutbox\fi} -\newbox\mtc@hstrutbox -\setbox\mtc@hstrutbox=\hbox{\rule[1.ex]{\z@}{1.ex}} -\def\mtc@hstrut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\mtc@hstrutbox - \else\unhcopy\mtc@hstrutbox\fi} -\def\mtc@v{\leavevmode\mtc@strut} -\def\mtc@zrule{\rule[\z@]{\z@}{\z@}} -\def\mtc@BBR{\unpenalty\nopagebreak[4]} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Autoconfiguration of extensions}\label{s+code+autoconf} -% \or\relax -% \section{Autoconfiguration des suffixes}\label{s+code+autoconf} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code is a trick to determine if the operating system is able or unable to use long extensions (${}>3$~characters) -% in file names. We define a file descriptor (\com{tf@mtc}) to write files\footnote{\samepage It is -% the \emph{only} new -% file descriptor created by the \upack{minitoc} package. All files written by \upack{minitoc} use this -% descriptor, or one of the standard descriptors, e.g., for the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% In fact, \upack{minitoc} writes also in the -% \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files, but via file descriptors already used by standard commands -% like \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures} and \com{listoftables}. We can conclude that -% \upack{minitoc} itself uses only one file descriptor (or write stream). Some other attempts to make per chapter -% TOCs have failed by quickly leading to exhaustion of file descriptors (\TeX\ offers only 16~file descriptors for writing), -% because they called the standard internal \com{@starttoc} macro, which invokes \com{newwrite}, -% for each mini-table. As \upack{minitoc} writes into only one file at a~time (and in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} -% file, and in the standard contents files, -% of course), we can reuse the same file descriptor and avoid this serious problem (which was present in the -% original version of the package). -% The \upack{minitoc} package writes in the contents files when it encounters a major sectionning command -% (\com{part}, \com{chapter}, or \com{section}), if necessary. It writes into the mini-table -% auxiliary files only via the mini-table preparing commands (\com{doparttoc}, \ldots, -% \com{dosectlot}), once at a time. -% You do not need a new hammer for each nail.}. -% This code is verbose if long extensions cannot -% be used, else the messages are only written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% The sequencing of these operations is vital. The table~\vref{t+code+8.3} shows this sequence. -% A~star~($*$) denotes which file is read in phase~3. -% \end{macro} -% \begin{table}[t] -% \centering -% \changeskips -% \caption{Trick to detect the limitation to short extensions}\label{t+code+8.3} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}lccc} -% \toprule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (time runs from left to right):}}&1&2&3\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{OS with long extensions}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&TRUE&TRUE&$*$\\ -% \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FALSE&\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{OS with short extensions}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&TRUE&FALSE&$*$\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \end{table} -% \or\relax -% Ce code est une astuce pour dщterminer si le systшme d'exploitation est capable ou non d'utiliser des suffixes -% longs (${}>3$~caractшres) dans les noms de fichiers. Nous dщfinissons un descripteur de fichier (\com{tf@mtc}) -% pour щcrire des fichiers\,\footnote{C'est le \emph{seul} nouveau descripteur de fichier crщщ par -% le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Tous les -% fichiers щcrits par \upack{minitoc} utilisent ce descripteur, ou l'un des descripteurs standard, comme pour le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. En fait, \upack{minitoc} щcrit aussi dans les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} -% et \suffix{.lot}, -% mais via des descripteurs de fichiers dщjр utilisщs par des commandes standard telles que \com{tableofcontents}, -% \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables}. Nous pouvons en conclure que \upack{minitoc} lui-mъme -% utilise un seul descripteur de fichier (ou flux d'щcriture). Certaines autres tentatives pour faire des tables des -% matiшres par chapitre ont щchouщ en conduisant rapidement р~un щpuisement des descripteurs de fichiers (\TeX\ -% offre seulement 16~descripteurs de fichiers en щcriture), parce qu'elles appelaient la macro interne standard -% \com{@starttoc}, qui invoque \com{newwrite}, pour chaque mini-table. Puisque \upack{minitoc} щcrit -% dans seulement un seul fichier р~la fois (et dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, -% et dans les fichiers standard de -% contenus, bien s√r), nous pouvons rщutiliser le mъme descripteur de fichier et щviter ce sщrieux problшme (qui -% щtait prщsent dans la version originale du paquetage). -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} щcrit dans les fichiers de contenus lorsqu'il rencontre une commande de -% sectionnement majeure (\com{part}, \com{chapter}, ou \com{section}), si nщcessaire. Il щcrit -% dans les fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-tables seulement via les commandes de prщparation des mini-tables -% (\com{doparttoc}, \ldots, \com{dosectlot}), un р~la fois. Vous n'avez pas besoin d'un nouveau -% marteau pour chaque clou.}. Ce code est bavard si les suffixes longs ne peuvent pas ъtre utilisщs, sinon les -% messages sont щcrits seulement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Le sщquencement de ces opщrations est vital. -% Le tableau~\vref{t+code+8.3} montre ce sщquencement. Un astщrisque~($*$) indique quel fichier est lu lors de la phase~3. -% \end{macro} -% \begin{table}[t] -% \changeskips -% \centering -% \caption{Astuce pour dщtecter la limitation р~des suffixes courts}\label{t+code+8.3} -% {\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}lccc} -% \toprule -% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (le temps s'щcoule de gauche р~droite):}}&1&2&3\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes longs}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&VRAI&VRAI&$*$\\ -% \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FAUX&\\ -% \midrule -% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes courts}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&VRAI&FAUX&$*$\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}} -% \end{table} -% \fi -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\newif} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\immediate} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \begin{macro}{\write} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\input} -% \begin{macro}{\jobname} -% \begin{enumerate}[(1)] -% \addtocounter{enumi}{-1} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, a message and a new flag:\imess{I0002} -% \or\relax -% D'abord, un message et un nouvel indicateur:\imess{I0002} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtcPackageInfo[I0002]{minitoc}% - {Autoconfiguration of extensions\@gobble} -\newif\if@mtc@longext@\@mtc@longext@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@true}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the -% real name of the file will be truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. -% \or\relax -% Nous щcrivons л~\com{@mtc@longext@true}~╗ dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le systшme -% d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du fichier sera tronquщ р~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0 -\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@true} -\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc -% \end{macrocode} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@false}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. -% \or\relax -% Nous щcrivons л~\com{@mtc@longext@false}~╗ dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc -\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@false} -\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc -% \end{macrocode} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We read \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the real name of the file will be -% truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. -% \or\relax -% Nous lisons \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le systшme d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du -% fichier sera tronquщ р~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\input{\jobname.mtc0} -% \end{macrocode} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Hence,\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} the flag is true if we read really -% from \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, but false if we read from -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. The text and the severity of the messages are different. -% \or\relax -% En\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} consщquence, -% l'indicateur est vrai si nous lisons effectivement depuis le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, mais faux -% si nous lisons depuis \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. Le texte et la sщvщritщ des messages sont diffщrents. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@longext@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0012]{minitoc}% - {Long extensions (Unix-like) will be used\@gobble} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0031]{minitoc}% - {==> this version is configured for UNIX-like - \MessageBreak - \space\space\space\space(long extensions) file names\@gobble}% -\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0019]{minitoc}% - {Short extensions (MSDOS-like) will be used - \MessageBreak - ==> this version is configured for MSDOS-like - \MessageBreak - \space\space\space\space(8+3) file names} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \item -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We erase the contents of the two files (because \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} is also used later as a~scratch file, -% see section~\vref{s+code+emptiness}). -% \or\relax -% Nous effaчons le contenu des deux fichiers (car \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc} est aussi utilisщ comme fichier de -% travail plus tard, voir la section~\vref{s+code+emptiness}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc -\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc -\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0 -\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Detecting obsolete versions of \LaTeX}\label{s+code+latex.obs} -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщtection des versions obsolшtes de \LaTeX}\label{s+code+latex.obs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \begin{macro}{\reset@font} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0021}\\\lmess{W0022}} code detects old versions of the \LaTeX\ kernel that are no more supported and -% with which the \upack{minitoc}% package can hardly work. The trick is to detect the absence of some -% internal \LaTeX\ commands, \com{@inputcheck} and \com{reset@font}. -% If you get one of these messages, your are in bad luck and should \emph{urgently} update your -% \LaTeX\ installation, which is just rusting since\ldots\ a~lot of years! -% \or\relax -% Ce\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0021}\\\lmess{W0022}} code dщtecte les vieilles versions du noyau \LaTeX\ qui ne sont plus maintenues -% et avec lesquelles le paquetage \upack{minitoc} aura beaucoup de mal р~fonctionner. -% L'astuce est de dщtecter l'absence de certaines commandes -% internes de \LaTeX, \com{@inputcheck} et \com{reset@font}. Si vous recevez l'un de ces messages, vous ъtes -% dans une mauvaise situation et devriez, \emph{dans l'urgence,} mettre р~jour votre installation de \LaTeX, -% qui rouille depuis\ldots\ pas mal d'annщes! -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{@inputcheck}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0021]{minitoc}% - {Your version of latex.tex is obsolete. - \MessageBreak - Trying to continue..}\newread\@inputcheck\relax}{} -\@ifundefined{reset@font}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0022]{minitoc}% - {Your version of latex.tex is very obsolete. - \MessageBreak - Trying to continue... crossing fingers}% - \let\reset@font\relax}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Adding a TOC entry without leaders nor page numbers}\label{s+code+@undottedtocline} -% \or\relax -% \section{Ajouter une entrщe dans la TdM sans points de conduite ni numщro de page}\label{s+code+@undottedtocline} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\undottedmtcfalse} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The (internal) macro \com{@undottedtocline} is a modified version of the standard command \com{@dottedtocline}. -% It will be used in customization macros. -% \or\relax -% La macro (interne) \com{@undottedtocline} est une version modifiщe de la commande standard \com{@dottedtocline}. -% Elle sera utilisщe dans les macros de personnalisation. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifundottedmtc\undottedmtcfalse -\def\@undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% - \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth\relax \else - \vskip \z@ plus.2\p@ - {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip - \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue - \interlinepenalty\@M - \leavevmode - \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}% - \hskip -\leftskip - #4\nobreak\hfill \nobreak - \null\par}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Default values for the page-number customizations}\label{s+code+custom.defaults} -% \or\relax -% \section{Valeurs par dщfaut pour les personnalisations des numщros de page}\label{s+code+custom.defaults} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This section defines some customization macros for the presence or -% absence of page numbers in the mini-tables. But if the \class{memoir} -% class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} is loaded, -% it does the job. So, we test first \com{if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} -% to use the commands of \class{memoir} when they are available. -% \or\relax -% Cette section dщfinit quelques macros de personnalisation concernant la prщsence ou l'absence des numщros de -% pages dans les mini-tables. Mais si la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} est chargщe, elle -% sait faire ce travail. Donc, nous testons d'abord \com{if@mtc@memoirLoaded@} pour utiliser les commandes de -% \class{memoir} lorsqu'elles sont disponibles. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@memoirLoaded@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries in minitocs: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes dans les minitocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcpagenumbers{% - \cftpagenumberson{section} - \cftpagenumberson{subsection} - \cftpagenumberson{subsubsection} - \cftpagenumberson{paragraph} - \cftpagenumberson{subparagraph}} -\def\nomtcpagenumbers{% - \cftpagenumbersoff{section} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subsection} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subsubsection} - \cftpagenumbersoff{paragraph} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subparagraph}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nostcpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries in secttocs: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes dans les secttocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\stcpagenumbers{% - \cftpagenumberson{subsection} - \cftpagenumberson{subsubsection} - \cftpagenumberson{paragraph} - \cftpagenumberson{subparagraph}} -\def\nostcpagenumbers{% - \cftpagenumbersoff{subsection} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subsubsection} - \cftpagenumbersoff{paragraph} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subparagraph}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noptcpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries in parttocs: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes dans les parttocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ptcpagenumbers{% - \cftpagenumberson{chapter} - \cftpagenumberson{section} - \cftpagenumberson{subsection} - \cftpagenumberson{subsubsection} - \cftpagenumberson{paragraph} - \cftpagenumberson{subparagraph}} -\def\noptcpagenumbers{% - \cftpagenumbersoff{chapter} - \cftpagenumbersoff{section} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subsection} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subsubsection} - \cftpagenumbersoff{paragraph} - \cftpagenumbersoff{subparagraph}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\slfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noslfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\plfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noplfpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries in minilofs, sectlofs, and partlofs: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes dans les minilofs, sectlofs et partlofs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\mlfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{figure}} - \def\nomlfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{figure}} - \def\slfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{figure}} - \def\noslfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{figure}} - \def\plfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{figure}} - \def\noplfpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{figure}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\sltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nosltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\pltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nopltpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries in minilots, sectlots, and partlots: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes dans les minilots, sectlots et partlots: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\mltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{table}} - \def\nomltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{table}} - \def\sltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{table}} - \def\nosltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{table}} - \def\pltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumberson{table}} - \def\nopltpagenumbers{\cftpagenumbersoff{table}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Else, \upack{minitoc} will use its own commands. -% \or\relax -% Sinon, \upack{minitoc} utilisera ses propres commandes. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\else -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, for minitocs, secttocs and parttocs: -% \or\relax -% D'abord, pour les minitocs, secttocs et parttocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\mtcpagenumbers{\let\mtc@pgno\null} - \def\nomtcpagenumbers{\let\mtc@pgno\relax} - \def\stcpagenumbers{\let\stc@pgno\null} - \def\nostcpagenumbers{\let\stc@pgno\relax} - \def\ptcpagenumbers{\let\ptc@pgno\null} - \def\noptcpagenumbers{\let\ptc@pgno\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, for minilofs, sectlofs and partlofs: -% \or\relax -% Puis, pour les minilofs, sectlofs et partlofs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\mlfpagenumbers{\let\mlf@pgno\null} - \def\nomlfpagenumbers{\let\mlf@pgno\relax} - \def\slfpagenumbers{\let\slf@pgno\null} - \def\noslfpagenumbers{\let\slf@pgno\relax} - \def\plfpagenumbers{\let\plf@pgno\null} - \def\noplfpagenumbers{\let\plf@pgno\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, for minilots, sectlots and partlots: -% \or\relax -% Puis, pour les minilots, sectlots et partlots: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\mltpagenumbers{\let\mlt@pgno\null} - \def\nomltpagenumbers{\let\mlt@pgno\relax} - \def\sltpagenumbers{\let\slt@pgno\null} - \def\nosltpagenumbers{\let\slt@pgno\relax} - \def\pltpagenumbers{\let\plt@pgno\null} - \def\nopltpagenumbers{\let\plt@pgno\relax} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\plfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\pltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\stcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\slfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\sltpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then the default values are set; page numbers are present: -% \or\relax -% Et enfin, les valeurs par dщfaut sont щtablies; les numщros de pages sont prщsents: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\ptcpagenumbers -\plfpagenumbers -\pltpagenumbers -\mtcpagenumbers -\mlfpagenumbers -\mltpagenumbers -\stcpagenumbers -\slfpagenumbers -\sltpagenumbers -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A \need{.85\textheight} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Features'' for the mini-tables}\label{s+code+features} -% \or\relax -% \section{<<~Dispositifs~>> pour les mini-tables}\label{s+code+features} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Each kind of mini-table has five ``features'': a ``\feat{before}'' feature, an ``\feat{after}'' feature, -% an ``\feat{open}'' feature, an ``\feat{close}'' feature, -% and a ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature. -% -% A ``\feat{before}'' feature is defined by a macro like \com{beforeparttoc} which contains code to be executed -% before any mini-table of a given type: \com{beforeparttoc} is executed before each parttoc. Usually such features -% contain only trivial commands like \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page|, or \com{empty}. -% -% An ``\feat{after}'' feature is analog but its code is executed after each mini-table of a given type. -% -% An ``\feat{open}'' feature contains code to be executed just before the insertion of the file containing the -% mini-table. Usally such features either do nothing, either prepare some basic formatting (like multi-column). -% It does not concern the title of the mini-table or the decorative rules. -% -% An ``\feat{close}'' feature contains code to be executed just after the insertion of the file containing the -% mini-table. Usally such features either do nothing, either finish some basic formatting (like multi-column). -% It does not concern the title of the mini-table or the decorative rules. -% -% A ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature is defined by a macro like \com{thispageparttocstyle} which contains code to define the page -% style implied by mini-tables of a given type: the command \com{thispageparttocstyle} can be defined as -% \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|. Usually, the ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature is only defined for part-level mini-tables, -% which use page breaks in their \feat{before} and \feat{after} features. For chapter- and section-level -% mini-tables, the ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature is usually defined as \com{empty}. -% -% We set the default values for the part-level features depending on the presence of the \com{chapter} command, as -% \class{article}-like documents are different from the \class{book}- or \class{report}-like documents for the -% layout of part-level mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% └~chaque type de mini-table sont associщs cinq л~dispositifs~╗ (\emph{features}): un dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ -% (avant), un dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ (aprшs), -% un dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ (ouverture), un dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ (fermeture), -% et un dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ (style de cette page). -% -% Un dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ est dщfini par une macro telle que \com{beforeparttoc} qui contient du code р~exщcuter -% avant toute mini-table d'un type donnщ: \com{beforeparttoc} est exщcutщe avant chaque parttoc. Habituellement, -% de tels dispositifs ne contiennent que des commandes triviales telles que \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page| ou \com{empty}. -% -% Un dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ est analogue mais son code est exщcutщ aprшs chaque mini-table d'un type donnщ. -% -% Un dispositif л~\feat{open}~╗ contient du code р~exщcuter juste avant l'insertion du fichier contenant la -% mini-table. Habituellement, de tels dispositifs soit ne font rien, soit prщparent une mise en forme basique -% (comme un multi-colonnage). Il ne concerne pas le titre de la mini-table ni les filets dщcoratifs. -% -% Un dispositif л~\feat{close}~╗ contient du code р~exщcuter juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier contenant la -% mini-table. Habituellement, de tels dispositifs soit ne font rien, soit achшvent une mise en forme basique -% (comme un multi-colonnage). Il ne concerne pas le titre de la mini-table ni les filets dщcoratifs. -% -% Un dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ est dщfini par une macro comme \com{thispageparttocstyle} qui contient du -% code pour dщfinir le style de page impliquщ par les mini-tables d'un type donnщ: la commande \com{thispageparttocstyle} -% peut ъtre dщfinie comme щtant \com{thispagestyle}\verb|{...}|. Habituellement, le dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ n'est -% dщfini que pour les mini-tables au niveau partie, qui utilisent des sauts de page dans leurs dispositifs л~\feat{before}~╗ -% et л~\feat{after}~╗. Pour les mini-tables aux niveaux chapitre et section, le dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ est -% habituellement dщfini comme щtant \com{empty}. -% -% Nous щtablissons les valeurs par dщfaut pour les dispositifs au niveau partie selon la prщsence de la commande -% \com{chapter}, car les documents du genre \class{article} sont diffщrents des documents du genre \class{book} -% ou \class{report} pour la mise en page des mini-tables au niveau partie. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is not defined, the part level mini-tables have no ``\feat{before}'' feature (by default): -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, les mini-tables au niveau partie n'ont pas de dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ (par dщfaut): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \let\beforeparttoc\empty - \let\beforepartlof\empty - \let\beforepartlot\empty}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But if \com{chapter} is defined, they have a \com{cleardoublepage} as default ``\feat{before}'' feature: -% \or\relax -% Mais si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, elles ont \com{cleardoublepage} comme dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗ par dщfaut -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - {\let\beforeparttoc\cleardoublepage - \let\beforepartlof\cleardoublepage - \let\beforepartlot\cleardoublepage} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Chapter level mini-tables have no ``\feat{before}'' feature (by default): -% \or\relax -% Les mini-tables au niveau chapitre n'ont (par dщfaut), pas de dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\beforeminitoc\empty -\let\beforeminilof\empty -\let\beforeminilot\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Section level mini-tables have no ``\feat{before}'' feature (by default): -% \or\relax -% Les mini-tables au niveau section n'ont (par dщfaut), pas de dispositif л~\feat{before}~╗: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\beforesecttoc\empty -\let\beforesectlof\empty -\let\beforesectlot\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\afterparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is not defined, the part level mini-tables have no ``\feat{after}'' feature (by default): -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, les mini-tables au niveau partie n'ont pas de dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ (par dщfaut): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \let\afterparttoc\empty - \let\afterpartlof\empty - \let\afterpartlot\empty}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But if \com{chapter} is defined, they have a \com{cleardoublepage} as default ``\feat{after}'' feature: -% \or\relax -% Mais si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, elles ont \com{cleardoublepage} comme dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗ par dщfaut -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - {\let\afterparttoc\cleardoublepage - \let\afterpartlof\cleardoublepage - \let\afterpartlot\cleardoublepage} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Chapter level mini-tables have no ``\feat{after}'' feature (by default): -% \or\relax -% Les mini-tables au niveau chapitre n'ont, par dщfaut, pas de dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\afterminitoc\empty -\let\afterminilof\empty -\let\afterminilot\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Section level mini-tables have no ``\feat{after}'' feature (by default): -% \or\relax -% Les mini-tables au niveau section n'ont, par dщfaut, pas de dispositif л~\feat{after}~╗: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\aftersecttoc\empty -\let\aftersectlof\empty -\let\aftersectlot\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \begin{macro}{\openparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\openpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\openpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\openminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\openminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\openminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\opensecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\opensectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\opensectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, the ``\feat{open}'' features do nothing: -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les dispositifs ``\feat{open}'' ne font rien: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\openparttoc\empty -\let\openpartlof\empty -\let\openpartlot\empty -\let\openminitoc\empty -\let\openminilof\empty -\let\openminilot\empty -\let\opensecttoc\empty -\let\opensectlof\empty -\let\opensectlot\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \begin{macro}{\closeparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closepartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\closepartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\closesecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closesectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\closesectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, ``\feat{close}'' features do nothing: -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les dispositifs ``\feat{close}'' ne font rien: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\closeparttoc\empty -\let\closepartlof\empty -\let\closepartlot\empty -\let\closeminitoc\empty -\let\closeminilof\empty -\let\closeminilot\empty -\let\closesecttoc\empty -\let\closesectlof\empty -\let\closesectlot\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagestyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageparttocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlotstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminitocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilotstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesecttocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlotstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, all the ``\feat{pagestyle}'' features (at part level) use the \texttt{empty} page style. -% It affects only the first page of the mini-table. If \com{chapter} is not defined, there is no default -% ``\feat{pagestyle}'' features at the part level. -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, tous les dispositifs л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ (au niveau partie) utilisent le style de page \texttt{empty}. -% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, il n'y a pas de dispositif л~\feat{pagestyle}~╗ au niveau partie. -% Ceci affecte seulement la premiшre page de la mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \def\thispageparttocstyle{\empty} - \def\thispagepartlofstyle{\empty} - \def\thispagepartlotstyle{\empty}}% -{\def\thispageparttocstyle{\thispagestyle{empty}} - \def\thispagepartlofstyle{\thispagestyle{empty}} - \def\thispagepartlotstyle{\thispagestyle{empty}}} -\def\thispageminitocstyle{\empty} -\def\thispageminilofstyle{\empty} -\def\thispageminilotstyle{\empty} -\def\thispagesecttocstyle{\empty} -\def\thispagesectlofstyle{\empty} -\def\thispagesectlotstyle{\empty} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% In section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}, we will define the \com{mtcsetfeature} macro which is -% a~much easier user interface to set the mini-tables ``features''. -% \or\relax -% Dans la section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}, nous dщfinirons la macro \com{mtcsetfeature} qui est une -% interface utilisateur bien plus facile pour mettre en place les л~dispositifs~╗ des mini-tables. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Fake tables of contents}\label{s+code+fake} -% \or\relax -% \section{Tables des matiшres invisibles}\label{s+code+fake} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\fake@starttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw} -% \begin{macro}{\newwrite} -% \begin{macro}{\immediate} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If you don't want a table of contents, but want minitocs, -% you need to create the \suffix{.toc} file, without inserting it -% into your document. This \com{faketableofcontents} command is a stripped off version -% of the standard command \com{tableofcontents}. -% We define in the same way the analog commands \com{fakelistoffigures} and \com{fakelistoftables}, -% using in fact just a stripped version \com{fake@starttoc} of \com{@starttoc}. But it is nice to reset to zero the -% \cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc}, and \cnt{stc} counters now, if they are defined\,\footnote{Remember the infamous -% ``\texttt{stc0}'' bug.}. -% \or\relax -% Si vous souhaitez ne pas avoir de table des matiшres, mais avoir quand mъme des minitocs, il vous faut crщer le -% fichier \suffix{.toc}, sans l'insщrer dans votre document. Cette commande -% \com{faketableofcontents} est une version restreinte de la commande \com{tableofcontents} standard. Nous -% dщfinissons de la mъme maniшre les deux autres commandes analogues \com{fakelistoffigures} et \com{fakelistoftables}, -% en utilisant en fait simplement une version restreinte \com{fake@starttoc} de \com{@starttoc}. -% Mais il est bon de remettre р~zщro -% maintenant les compteurs \cnt{ptc}, \cnt{mtc} et \cnt{stc}, s'ils sont dщfinis\,\footnote{Souvenez-vous -% de l'infтme erreur <<~\texttt{stc0}~>>.}. -% \fi -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\faketableofcontents{\fake@starttoc{toc}% - \@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% - \@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{\setcounter{mtc}{0}}% - \@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\setcounter{stc}{0}}% - } -\def\fakelistoffigures{\fake@starttoc{lof}} -\def\fakelistoftables{\fake@starttoc{lot}} -\def\fake@starttoc#1{\begingroup \makeatletter - \if@filesw \expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname - \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname - \jobname.#1\relax \fi - \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code uses the same file descriptors (for writing) than the original commands. -% \or\relax -% Ce code utilise les mъmes descripteurs de fichier (en щcriture) que les commandes d'origine. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Depth counters for minilofs and minilots} -% \or\relax -% \section{Compteurs de profondeur pour les minilofs et les minilots} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the counters \dcnt{lofdepth} and \dcnt{lotdepth} are defined, -% we create the necessary new counters: -% \dcnt{minilofdepth} and \dcnt{minilofdepth}. -% These counters are initialized to~2. -% This is done after the loading of the packages, in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block: -% \or\relax -% Si les compteurs \dcnt{lofdepth} et \dcnt{lotdepth} sont dщfinis, nous crщons -% les nouveaux compteurs nщcessaires: -% \dcnt{minilofdepth} et \dcnt{minilofdepth}. -% Ces compteurs sont initialisщs р~2. -% Ceci est fait aprшs le chargement des paquetages, dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% - {\newcounter{minilofdepth}\setcounter{minilofdepth}{2}}% - \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% - {\newcounter{minilotdepth}\setcounter{minilotdepth}{2}}% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Chapter level commands}\label{s+code+chapter.level} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes au niveau chapitre}\label{s+code+chapter.level} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% From here, we define the chapter-level commands. -% \or\relax -% └~partir d'ici, nous dщfinissons les commandes au niveau chapitre. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} -% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we memorize the marks (not used today, but\ldots): -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous mщmorisons les marques (ceci n'est pas encore utilisщ, mais\ldots): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth -\global\let\@mkboth\markboth -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Starred parts, chapters or sections}\label{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections} -% \or\relax -% \section{Parties, chapitres et section щtoilщs}\label{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\addst@rred} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\c@ptc} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\c@stc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define commands to manage the starred sectionning commands: \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} and \com{section*}. -% The section-level is different depending on the presence of the \com{chapter} command. -% Eventually, a counter is incremented. -% A~contents line is added in the \suffix{.toc} file, with the right depth to print it (see \verb|\l@star...| later, -% in section~\vref{s+code+necessary.l@}). -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons des commandes pour traiter les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes: \com{part*}, \com{chapter*} -% et \com{section*}. Le niveau section est diffщrent selon que \com{chapter} est dщfinie ou non. ╔ventuellement, -% un compteur est incrщmentщ. Une ligne de contenu est ajoutщe dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}, avec la bonne -% profondeur pour l'imprimer (voir \verb|\l@star...| plus loin, dans la section~\vref{s+code+necessary.l@}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\addst@rred#1#2{% - \addcontentsline{toc}{star#1}{#2}% - \@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax - \stepcounter{ptc}% - \fi - }% - \@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax - \stepcounter{mtc}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix\relax - \stepcounter{mtc}% - \fi - }% - \@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax -%% \@ifundefined{chapter}{\stepcounter{stc}}{}% - \stepcounter{stc}% - \fi - }% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\addst@rred} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is not defined, we just define \com{addstarredsection}: -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, nous dщfinissons simplement \com{addstarredsection}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% -\gdef\addstarredsection#1{\addst@rred{section}{#1}} -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Else we begin to define the stuff for chapter-level commands (the ``else'' branch of \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}|): -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Sinon, nous commenчons р~dщfinir le matщriel pour les commandes au niveau chapitre (branche л~sinon~╗ de -% \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}|): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -{% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\The@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstchapteris@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0003} define now: the internal format of the \cnt{mtc} counter (\com{The@mtc}), the obsolete command -% \com{firstchapteris} (it just emits a harmless warning), the \cnt{mtc} counter (initialized to~0), -% the \com{adjustmtc} command (increments the \cnt{mtc} counter, by~1 by default), -% the \com{decrementmtc} command (decrements the \cnt{mtc} counter by~1), -% the \com{incrementmtc} command (increments the \cnt{mtc} counter by~1), -% the format of the \cnt{mtc} counter (\com{themtc}), -% the counter \dcnt{minitocdepth}, initialized to~2, for the depth of a minitoc -% (analog to the standard \dcnt{tocdepth} counter). -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0003} dщfinissons ensuite: le format interne du compteur \cnt{mtc} (\com{The@mtc}), la commande -% obsolшte \com{firstchapteris} (elle ne fait qu'щmettre un avertissement bщnin), le compteur \cnt{mtc} (initialisщ -% р~0), la commande \com{adjustmtc} (incrщmente le compteur \cnt{mtc}, de~1 par dщfaut), -% la commande \com{decrementmtc} (dщcrщmente le compteur \cnt{mtc} de~1), -% la commande \com{incrementmtc} (incrщmente le compteur \cnt{mtc} de~1), -% le format du compteur \cnt{mtc} (\com{themtc}), -% le compteur \dcnt{minitocdepth}, initialisщ р~2, pour la profondeur d'une minitoc (analogue -% au compteur standard \dcnt{tocdepth}). -% \fi -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\The@mtc{\arabic{mtc}} -\def\firstchapteris#1% - {\mtcPackageWarning[W0003]{minitoc}% - {\string\firstchapteris \space is an obsolete (ignored) - \MessageBreak - command}% - \@firstchapteris@used@true} -\newcounter{mtc} -\setcounter{mtc}{0} -\newcommand{\adjustmtc}[1][1]{\addtocounter{mtc}{#1}} -\def\decrementmtc{\addtocounter{mtc}{-1}} -\def\incrementmtc{\addtocounter{mtc}{+1}} -\gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}} -\newcounter{minitocdepth} -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mlf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mlt@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\plt@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\slf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\slt@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the horizontal rules to draw before and after minitocs (\com{mtc@rule}), and we copy -% that definition into analog macros for other kinds of mini-tables. We also set the default value (24pt) of -% \com{mtcindent}, the indentation for minitocs (both sides). The rules are 0.4pt thick. They are defined via -% \com{hrule} to stay in vertical mode for the final \com{kern}. -% \or\relax % -% Nous dщfinissons les filets horizontaux р~tracer avant et aprшs les minitocs -% (\com{mtc@rule}), puis nous copions cette dщfinition dans des macros analogues pour les autres sortes de -% mini-tables. Nous щtablissons aussi la valeur par dщfaut (24pt) de \com{mtcindent}, l'indentation pour les minitocs (des -% deux cЇtщs). Les filets sont щpais de 0.4pt. Ils sont dщfinis via \com{hrule} pour rester en mode vertical -% pour le \com{kern} final. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \@width\columnwidth \kern2.6\p@} -\let\mlf@rule\mtc@rule -\let\mlt@rule\mtc@rule -\let\plf@rule\mtc@rule -\let\plt@rule\mtc@rule -\let\slf@rule\mtc@rule -\let\slt@rule\mtc@rule -\mtcindent=24\p@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{14} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Font commands for the mini-tables}\label{s+code+font.commands.ch} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes de fontes pour les mini-tables}\label{s+code+font.commands.ch} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define these commands with full NFSS~\cite{fontsel} descriptions. These definitions are effective if \com{chapter} is -% defined. -% The fonts for titles are also defined here. See also the \com{mtcsetfont} macro -% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}) and the \com{mtcsettitlefont} macro later -% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}). -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons ces commandes avec des descriptions NFSS~\cite{fontsel} complшtes. Ces dщfinitions sont effectives -% si \com{chapter} -% est dщfinie. Les fontes pour les titres sont aussi dщfinies ici. Voir aussi la macro \com{mtcsetfont} -% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}) et la macro \com{mtcsettitlefont} plus loin -% (section~\vref{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\def\mtcSfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\let\mtcSSfont\mtcfont \let\mtcSSSfont\mtcfont -\let\mtcPfont\mtcfont \let\mtcSPfont\mtcfont -\let\mlffont\mtcfont \let\mlfSfont\mtcfont -\let\mltfont\mtcfont \let\mltSfont\mtcfont -\def\mtifont{\large\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And \com{coffeefont} is used for ``coffee breaks{\myCoffeecup}'' in the \pack{minutes} -% package~\cite{minutes}. -% \or\relax -% Et \com{coffeefont} est utilisщe pour les л~pauses cafщ{\myCoffeecup}~╗ dans le -% paquetage \pack{minutes}~\cite{minutes}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\coffeefont{\small\rmfamily\slshape\mdseries} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Internal commands to position the mini-table titles}\label{s+code+position.title.mini} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes internes pour positionner les titres des mini-tables}\label{s+code+position.title.mini} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilf} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilt} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilf} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilt} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The commands \verb|\miniXXX| and \verb|\dominiXXX| accept an optional argument to left justify, center, -% right justify or omit the title of the chapter-level mini-tables. By default, these titles are left justified. -% The choice made in a \verb|\dominiXXX| command is global and memorized in \com{df@mtitc}, \com{df@mtilf} or -% \com{df@mtilt}; the choice made in a \verb|\miniXXX| command is local and stored in \com{do@mtitc}, -% \com{do@mtilf} or \com{do@mtilt}. See the \com{minitoc@} macro later -% (section~\vref{s+code+minitoc.command}). An empty title needs a vertical correction (\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \or\relax -% Les commandes \verb|\miniXXX| et \verb|\dominiXXX| acceptent un argument optionnel pour justifier р~gauche, -% centrer, justifier р~droite ou omettre le titre des mini-tables au niveau chapitre. Par dщfaut, ces titres sont -% justifiщs р~gauche. Le choix fait dans une commande \verb|\dominiXXX| est global et mщmorisщ dans \com{df@mtitc}, -% \com{df@mtilf} ou \com{df@mtilt}; le choix fait dans une commande \verb|\miniXXX| est local et rangщ dans -% \com{do@mtitc}, \com{do@mtilf} ou \com{do@mtilt}. Voir la macro \com{minitoc@} plus loin -% (section~\vref{s+code+minitoc.command}). Un titre vide nщcessite une correction verticale -% (\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Centering, flushleft, flushright or empty titles: -% \or\relax -% Titres centrщs, justifiщs р~gauche, justifiщs р~droite ou vides: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\c@mti#1{\null\hfill #1\hfill\null} -\def\l@mti#1{\null #1\hfill\null} -\def\r@mti#1{\null\hfill #1\null} -\def\e@mti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -\def\n@mti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilf} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilf} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtilt} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilt} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Default: titles on left: -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les titres sont justifiщs р~gauche: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\do@mtitc\l@mti -\let\df@mtitc\l@mti -\let\do@mtilf\l@mti -\let\df@mtilf\l@mti -\let\do@mtilt\l@mti -\let\df@mtilt\l@mti -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \texttt{mtc@verse} environment}\label{s+code+mtc@verse.env} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'environnement \texttt{mtc@verse}}\label{s+code+mtc@verse.env} -% \fi -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{macro}{\list} -% \begin{macro}{\itemsep} -% \begin{macro}{\itemindent} -% \begin{macro}{\listparindent} -% \begin{macro}{\topsep} -% \begin{macro}{\parsep} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Each minitoc is placed inside a \env{mtc@verse} environment. This environment is analog to the -% standard \env{verse} environment and hence defined via two commands: \com{mtc@verse} and \com{endmtc@verse}. -% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way) \verb|\\|, then call \com{list}\verb|{}| and set some -% dimensions like \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, \com{topsep}. -% \com{parsep} is set to zero if the \opt{tight} option is active (to reduce the spacing of the lines). -% \com{parskip} is set to zero if the \opt{k-tight} option is active -% (to reduce the spacing of the lines). -% Both margins are set to \com{mtcindent}. \com{endmtc@verse} terminates the list and discourages a page break. -% The \env{mtc@verse} environment has an argument which is an horizontal offset (a command like \com{mtcoffset}). -% \or\relax -% Chaque minitoc est placщe р~l'intщrieur d'un environnement \env{mtc@verse}. Cet environnement est analogue -% р~l'environnement standard \env{verse} et donc il est dщfini р~l'aide de deux commandes: \com{mtc@verse} et -% \com{endmtc@verse}. Comme c'est un environnement de liste, nous dщfinissons d'abord (de maniшre locale) \verb|\\|, -% puis nous appelons \com{list}\verb|{}| et щtablissons quelques dimensions telles que \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, -% \com{listparindent}, \com{topsep}. -% \com{parsep} est forcщe р~zщro si l'option \opt{tight} est active -% (pour rщduire l'espacement des lignes). -% \com{parskip} est forcщe р~zщro si l'option \opt{k-tight} est active -% (pour rщduire l'espacement des lignes). -% Les deux marges sont щtablies р~\com{mtcindent}. -% L'environnement \env{mtc@verse} a un argument qui est un dщplacement horizontal (une commande telle que \com{mtcoffset}). -% \com{endmtc@verse} termine la liste et dщcourage une coupure de page. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@verse#1{\let\\=\@centercr - \list{}{% - \itemsep=\z@ \itemindent=\z@ \partopsep=\z@ - \listparindent=\itemindent \topsep=1ex - \iftightmtc \parsep=\z@ \fi \ifktightmtc \parskip=\z@ \fi - \leftmargin=\mtcindent \rightmargin=\leftmargin - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{+#1}% - \addtolength{\rightmargin}{-#1}% - }% - \item[]} -\def\endmtc@verse{\nopagebreak[4]\endlist} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% ^^A \need{.5\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{minitoc}, \ucom{minilof}, and \ucom{minilot} commands}\icom{minitoc}\icom{minilof}\icom{minilot} -% These three commands are very similar, with only cosmetic differences. -% \or\relax -% \section{Les commandes \ucom{minitoc}, \ucom{minilof} et \ucom{minilot}}\icom{minitoc}\icom{minilof}\icom{minilot} -% Ces trois commandes sont trшs similaires, avec seulement des diffщrences de dщtail. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{minitoc} command}\label{s+code+minitoc.command}\icom{minitoc} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{minitoc}}\label{s+code+minitoc.command}\icom{minitoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{minitoc} command must be used after \com{chapter} if you need a minitoc (no automatic minitoc). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{minitoc} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{chapter} si vous voulez une minitoc (il n'y a pas de -% minitoc automatique). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command accepts an optional argument, whose default value has eventually been set earlier by a -% \com{dominitoc} command. The letter~``\texttt{d}'' represents this default value. -% \com{dominitoc} has itself an -% optional argument which sets the default value of the optional argument of \com{minitoc}. The default value of -% the optional argument of the \com{dominitoc} command is~``\texttt{l}''. It seems tortuous, but it is simple to use: -% we have a default behaviour~(\texttt{l}) which can be altered globally via the optional argument of -% \com{dominitoc}, or locally via the optional argument of \com{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut щventuellement щtщ щtablie plus tЇt par -% une commande \com{dominitoc}. La lettre~л~\texttt{d}~╗ reprщsente cette valeur par dщfaut. \com{dominitoc} a elle-mъme -% un argument optionnel qui щtablit la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de \com{minitoc}. La valeur par -% dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de la commande \com{dominitoc} est~л~\texttt{l}~╗. Ceci semble tortueux, mais -% c'est simple р~utiliser: nous avons un comportement par dщfaut~(\texttt{l}) qui peut ъtre altщrщ globalement via -% l'argument optionnel de \com{dominitoc}, ou localement via l'argument optionnel de \com{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% So we define \com{minitoc} with an optional argument and its (current) default value, and call the true code in -% the \com{minitoc@} macro (which has one delimited argument); we use the \com{@ifnextchar} trick to detect a -% left bracket for the optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Donc nous dщfinissons \com{minitoc} avec un argument optionnel et sa valeur par dщfaut (courante), puis -% appelons le vrai code dans la macro \com{minitoc@} (qui a un argument dщlimitщ); nous utilisons l'astuce -% \com{@ifnextchar} pour dщtecter le crochet gauche de l'argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\minitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\minitoc@}{\minitoc@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The real code of \com{minitoc} is in \com{minitoc@}, which has a mandatory argument (delimited by brackets) -% specifying the position of the title. -% \or\relax -% Le vщritable code de \com{minitoc} est dans \com{minitoc@}, qui a un argument obligatoire (dщlimitщ par les -% crochets) spщcifiant la position du titre. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we set the global flag \com{@minitoc@used@true} to note that \com{minitoc} has been called (this will be -% used by a hint later, section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). -% \or\relax -% Nous щtablissons d'abord l'indicateur global \com{@minitoc@used@true} pour noter que la macro \com{minitoc} a щtщ -% appelщe (ceci sera utilisщ par une indication ou \emph{hint} plus tard, comme le dщcrit la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\minitoc@[#1]{% -\global\@minitoc@used@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The name of the file containing the minitoc is constructed from \com{jobname} and a -% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mtc} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.M} (short extensions) -% followed by the absolute number of the minitoc. -% \or\relax -% Le nom du fichier contenant la minitoc est construit р~partir de \com{jobname} et d'un suffixe \com{@tocfile}, -% qui est \suffix{.mtc} (suffixes longs) ou~\suffix{.M} (suffixes courts) suivi du numщro absolu -% de la minitoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@longext@ - \def\@tocfile{mtc\The@mtc}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{M\The@mtc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{I0006} we test (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) the emptiness of this file. -% A warning is given if the file is empty and a flag is set (a hint will signal that an empty minitoc has been -% requested). -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) la vacuitщ de ce fichier. Un avertissement est щmis si le -% fichier est % vide et un indicateur est щtabli (une indication ou \emph{hint} signalera qu'une minitoc vide -% a щtщ demandщe). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@minitoc@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminitocstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call \com{thispageminitocstyle} to set the page style -% (by default, this does nothing because, by default, there is no page break before a minitoc). -% The marks are not treated, because usually there is no new page for a minitoc. -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons \com{thispageminitocstyle} pour щtablir le style de page (par dщfaut, ceci ne fait rien car, par -% dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minitoc). Les marques ne sont pas traitщes, car, habituellement, -% il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minitoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \thispageminitocstyle -%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\mtctitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\mtctitle}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminitoc} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtic} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call \com{beforeminitoc}, -% then begin a \env{samepage} environment (to try to discourage page breaks in a minitoc) -% and look at the position of the title. If the title is empty, the -% layout is corrected. We print the title with its font (\com{mtifont}), -% then the top rule of the minitoc (if rules are present), using a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page -% break between the title and the top rule). -% The font is set to \com{mtcfont}. -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons \com{beforeminitoc}, puis commenчons un environnement \env{samepage} (pour essayer de -% dщcourager les coupures de page р~l'intщrieur d'une minitoc) et examinons la position du titre. Si le titre est -% vide, la mise en page est corrigщe. Nous imprimons le titre avec sa fonte (\com{mtifont}), puis le filet du haut -% de la minitoc (si les filets sont prщsents), en utilisant un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher une -% coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut). La fonte est щtablie р~\com{mtcfont}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforeminitoc - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@mtitc\e@mti - \else\if #1n\let\do@mtitc\n@mti - \else\if #1c\let\do@mtitc\c@mti - \else\if #1l\let\do@mtitc\l@mti - \else\if #1r\let\do@mtitc\r@mti - \else\if #1d\let\do@mtitc\df@mtitc - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\mtctitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@mtitc\e@mti\relax\fi - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\mtcfont% - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent %% - \ifx\mtc@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtitc{\mtc@v\mtctitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtitc{\mtc@v\mtctitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcoffset} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We forbid a page break after the title and the top rule, then set some layout parameters and begin -% an \env{mtc@verse} environment: -% \or\relax -% Nous interdisons une coupure de page aprшs le titre et le filet supщrieur, puis щtablissons quelques paramшtres -% de mise en page et commenчons un environnement \env{mtc@verse}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\mtcindent \rightmargin\mtcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% - \begin{mtc@verse}{\mtcoffset}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@minitocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We force the effective depth of the mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) to the required depth (\com{c@minitocdepth}), -% so the printing is done inside the \env{mtc@verse} environment, where \dcnt{tocdepth} -% has been forced to \dcnt{minitocdepth}, to print only the entries whose level is low enough, -% then inhibit a page break. The blank line is necessary to avoid a parasite negative indentation. -% \or\relax -% Nous forчons la profondeur effective de la mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) р~la profondeur demandщe -% (\com{c@minitocdepth}), donc l'impression est faite р~l'intщrieur de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, o∙ -% \dcnt{tocdepth} a щtщ forcщe р~\dcnt{minitocdepth}, pour n'imprimer que -% les entrщes dont le niveau est assez bas, puis nous inhibons une coupure de page. La ligne blanche est nщcessaire -% pour щviter une indentation nщgative parasite. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \c@tocdepth=\c@minitocdepth - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\openminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We test the presence of leaders and page numbers, then print the minitoc by inputing the minitoc file. -% But before reading the minitoc file, we must call the hook macro (asked for by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} for his -% \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}) -% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} and the macro -% \com{mtc@setform} which adjusts some layout parameters (defined by the user via -% some \com{mtcsetformat} commands). -% We work in a group to keep local some macro redefinitions. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons la prщsence de points de conduite et de numщros de pages, puis imprimons la minitoc en insщrant le -% fichier de minitoc. Mais avant de lire ce fichier de minitoc, nous devons appeler la macro d'attache (\emph{hook}) -% (demandщe par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}) -% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} et la macro \com{mtc@setform} qui ajuste certains paramшtres de mise en page -% (dщfinis par l'utilisateur via quelques commandes \com{mtcsetformat}). -% Nous travaillons dans un groupe pour que certaines redщfinitions de macros restent locales. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{mtc@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \mtc@setform% - \openminitoc \global\inminitoctrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\inminitocfalse\closeminitoc - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We close the \env{mtc@verse} environment, add the bottomrule (while preventing a page break), then close the -% \env{samepage} environment, and call \com{afterminitoc}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. -% \or\relax -% Nous fermons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, ajoutons le filet infщrieur (tout en щvitant une coupure de page), -% puis fermons l'environnement \env{samepage}, et enfin appelons \com{afterminitoc}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) -% est essentielle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \end{mtc@verse}% - \kernafterminitoc - \nopagebreak[4]\mtc@bottom@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\afterminitoc\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And we define the bottom rule for a minitoc, with some space under the minitoc: -% \or\relax -% Et nous dщfinissons le filet infщrieur pour une minitoc, avec un peu d'espace en dessous de la minitoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@bottom@rule{% - \ifx\mtc@rule\relax\relax\else - \vskip -2.5ex - \rule[2.4\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A \need{.5\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{minilof} command}\label{s+code+minilof.command}\icom{minilof} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{minilof}}\label{s+code+minilof.command}\icom{minilof} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{minilof} command is very similar to the \com{minitoc} command. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{minilof} est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{minilof} command must be used after \com{chapter} if you need a minilof (no automatic minilof). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{minilof} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{chapter} si vous voulez une minilof (il n'y a pas de -% minilof automatique). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command accepts an optional argument, whose default value has eventually been set earlier by a -% \com{dominilof} command. The letter~``\texttt{d}'' represents this default value. -% \com{dominilof} has itself an -% optional argument which sets the default value of the optional argument of \com{minilof}. The default value of -% the optional argument of the \com{dominilof} command is~``\texttt{l}''. It seems tortuous, but it is simple to use: -% we have a default behaviour~(\texttt{l}) which can be altered globally via the optional argument of -% \com{dominilof}, or locally via the optional argument of \com{minilof}. -% \or\relax -% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut щventuellement щtщ щtablie plus tЇt par -% une commande \com{dominilof}. La lettre~л~\texttt{d}~╗ reprщsente cette valeur par dщfaut. \com{dominilof} a elle-mъme -% un argument optionnel qui щtablit la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de \com{minilof}. La valeur par -% dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de la commande \com{dominilof} est~л~\texttt{l}~╗. Ceci semble tortueux, mais -% c'est simple р~utiliser: nous avons un comportement par dщfaut~(\texttt{l}) qui peut ъtre altщrщ globalement via -% l'argument optionnel de \com{dominilof}, ou localement via l'argument optionnel de \com{minilof}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% So we define \com{minilof} with an optional argument and its (current) default value, and call the true code in -% the \com{minilof@} macro (which has one delimited argument); we use the \com{@ifnextchar} trick to detect a -% left bracket for the optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Donc nous dщfinissons \com{minilof} avec un argument optionnel et sa valeur par dщfaut (courante), puis -% appelons le vrai code dans la macro \com{minilof@} (qui a un argument dщlimitщ); nous utilisons l'astuce -% \com{@ifnextchar} pour dщtecter le crochet gauche de l'argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\minilof{\@ifnextchar[{\minilof@}{\minilof@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The real code of \com{minilof} is in \com{minilof@}, which has a mandatory argument (delimited by brackets) -% specifying the position of the title. -% \or\relax -% Le vщritable code de \com{minilof} est dans \com{minilof@}, qui a un argument obligatoire (dщlimitщ par les -% crochets) spщcifiant la position du titre. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we set the global flag \com{@minilof@used@true} to note that \com{minilof} has been called (this will be -% used by a hint later, section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). -% \or\relax -% Nous щtablissons d'abord l'indicateur global \com{@minilof@used@true} pour noter que la macro \com{minilof} a щtщ -% appelщe (ceci sera utilisщ par une indication ou \emph{hint} plus tard, comme le dщcrit la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\minilof@[#1]{% -\global\@minilof@used@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The name of the file containing the minilof is constructed from \com{jobname} and a -% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlf} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.F} (short extensions) -% followed by the absolute number of the minilof. -% \or\relax -% Le nom du fichier contenant la minilof est construit р~partir de \com{jobname} et d'un suffixe \com{@tocfile}, -% qui est \suffix{.mlf} (suffixes longs) ou~\suffix{.F} (suffixes courts) suivi du numщro absolu -% de la minilof. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{mlf\The@mtc}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{F\The@mtc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilof@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{I0006} we test (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) the emptiness of this file. -% A warning is given if the file is empty and a flag is set (a hint will signal that an empty minilof has been -% requested). -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) la vacuitщ de ce fichier. Un avertissement est щmis -% si le fichier est vide et un indicateur est щtabli (une indication ou \emph{hint} signalera qu'une minilof -% vide a щtщ demandщe). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@minilof@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilofstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call \com{thispageminilofstyle} to set the page style -% (by default, this does nothing because, by default, there is no page break before a minilof). -% The marks are not treated, because usually there is no new page for a minilof. -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons \com{thispageminilofstyle} pour щtablir le style de page (par dщfaut, ceci ne fait rien car, par -% dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilof). Les marques ne sont pas traitщes, car, habituellement, -% il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilof. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \thispageminilofstyle -%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\mlftitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\mlftitle}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilof} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtic} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call \com{beforeminilof}, -% then begin a \env{samepage} environment (to try to discourage page breaks in a minilof) -% and look at the position of the title. If the title is empty, the -% layout is corrected. We print the title with its font (\com{mtifont}), -% then the top rule of the minilof (if rules are present), using a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit -% a page break between the title and the top rule). -% The font is set to \com{mlffont}. -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons \com{beforeminilof}, puis commenчons un environnement \env{samepage} (pour essayer de -% dщcourager les coupures de page р~l'intщrieur d'une minilof) et examinons la position du titre. Si le titre est -% vide, la mise en page est corrigщe. Nous imprimons le titre avec sa fonte (\com{mtifont}), puis le filet du haut -% de la minilof (si les filets sont prщsents), en utilisant un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher -% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut). La fonte est щtablie р~\com{mlffont}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforeminilof - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@mtilf\e@mti - \else\if #1n\let\do@mtilf\n@mti - \else\if #1c\let\do@mtilf\c@mti - \else\if #1l\let\do@mtilf\l@mti - \else\if #1r\let\do@mtilf\r@mti - \else\if #1d\let\do@mtilf\df@mtilf - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\mlftitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@mtilf\e@mti\relax\fi - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@ - \reset@font\mlffont - \parindent=\z@ - \nopagebreak[4]% - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent - \ifx\mlf@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilf{\mtc@v\mlftitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilf{\mtc@v\mlftitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfoffset} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We forbid a page break after the title and the top rule, then set some layout parameters and begin -% an \env{mtc@verse} environment: -% \or\relax -% Nous interdisons une coupure de page aprшs le titre et le filet supщrieur, puis щtablissons quelques paramшtres -% de mise en page et commenчons un environnement \env{mtc@verse}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\mtcindent \rightmargin\mtcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% - \begin{mtc@verse}{\mlfoffset}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@minilofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We force the effective depth of the mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) to the required depth (\com{c@minilofdepth}), -% so the printing is done inside the \env{mtc@verse} environment, where \dcnt{tocdepth} -% has been forced to \dcnt{minilofdepth}, to print only the entries whose level is low enough, -% then inhibit a page break. The blank line is necessary to avoid a parasite negative indentation. -% \or\relax -% Nous forчons la profondeur effective de la mini-table (\com{c@tocdepth}) р~la profondeur demandщe -% (\com{c@minitocdepth}), donc l'impression est faite р~l'intщrieur de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, o∙ -% \dcnt{tocdepth} a щtщ forcщe р~\dcnt{minilofdepth}, pour n'imprimer que -% les entrщes dont le niveau est assez bas, puis nous inhibons une coupure de page. La ligne blanche est nщcessaire -% pour щviter une indentation nщgative parasite. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% - {\c@lofdepth=\c@minilofdepth - \ifnum\c@lofdepth<1\relax\c@lofdepth=1\fi} - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mlf@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\openminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We test the presence of leaders and page numbers, then print the minilof by inputing the minilof file. -% But before reading the minilof file, we must call the hook macro (asked for by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} for his -% \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}) -% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} and the macro -% \com{mlf@setform} which adjusts some layout parameters (defined by the user via some -% \com{mtcsetformat} commands). -% We work in a group to keep local some macro redefinitions. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons la prщsence de points de conduite et de numщros de pages, puis imprimons la minilof en insщrant le -% fichier de minilof. Mais avant de lire ce fichier de minilof, nous devons appeler la macro d'attache (\emph{hook}) -% (demandщe par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}) -% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} et la macro \com{mlf@setform} qui ajuste certains paramшtres de mise en page -% (dщfinis par l'utilisateur via quelques commandes \com{mtcsetformat}). -% Nous travaillons dans un groupe pour que certaines redщfinitions de macros restent locales. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{mlf@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \mlf@setform - \global\openminilof\inminiloftrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\inminiloffalse\closeminilof - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminilof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We close the \env{mtc@verse} environment, add the bottomrule (while preventing a page break), then close the -% \env{samepage} environment, and call \com{afterminilof}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. -% \or\relax -% Nous fermons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, ajoutons le filet infщrieur (tout en щvitant une coupure de page), -% puis fermons l'environnement \env{samepage}, et enfin appelons \com{afterminilof}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) -% est essentielle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \end{mtc@verse}% - \kernafterminilof - \nopagebreak[4]\mlf@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\afterminilof\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% ^^A \need{.5\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{minilot} command}\label{s+code+minilot.command}\icom{minilot} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{minilot}}\label{s+code+minilot.command}\icom{minilot} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{minilot} command is absolutely similar to the \com{minilof} command: -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{minilot} est absolument similaire р~la commande \com{minilof}: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{minilot} command must be used after \com{chapter} if you need a minilot (no automatic minilot). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{minilot} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{chapter} si vous voulez une minilot (il n'y a pas de -% minilot automatique). -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command accepts an optional argument, whose default value has eventually been set earlier by a -% \com{dominilot} command. The letter~``\texttt{d}'' represents this default value. -% \com{dominilot} has itself an -% optional argument which sets the default value of the optional argument of \com{minilot}. The default value of -% the optional argument of the \com{dominilot} command is~``\texttt{l}''. It seems tortuous, but it is simple to use: -% we have a default behaviour~(\texttt{l}) which can be altered globally via the optional argument of -% \com{dominilot}, or locally via the optional argument of \com{minilot}. -% \or\relax -% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut щventuellement щtщ щtablie plus tЇt par -% une commande \com{dominilot}. La lettre~л~\texttt{d}~╗ reprщsente cette valeur par dщfaut. \com{dominilot} a elle-mъme -% un argument optionnel qui щtablit la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de \com{minilot}. La valeur par -% dщfaut de l'argument optionnel de la commande \com{dominilot} est~л~\texttt{l}~╗. Ceci semble tortueux, mais -% c'est simple р~utiliser: nous avons un comportement par dщfaut~(\texttt{l}) qui peut ъtre altщrщ globalement via -% l'argument optionnel de \com{dominilot}, ou localement via l'argument optionnel de \com{minilot}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% So we define \com{minilot} with an optional argument and its (current) default value, and call the true code in -% the \com{minilot@} macro (which has one delimited argument); we use the \com{@ifnextchar} trick to detect a -% left bracket for the optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Donc nous dщfinissons \com{minilot} avec un argument optionnel et sa valeur par dщfaut (courante), puis -% appelons le vrai code dans la macro \com{minilot@} (qui a un argument dщlimitщ); nous utilisons l'astuce -% \com{@ifnextchar} pour dщtecter le crochet gauche de l'argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\minilot{\@ifnextchar[{\minilot@}{\minilot@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The real code of \com{minilot} is in \com{minilot@}, which has a mandatory argument (delimited by brackets) -% specifying the position of the title. -% \or\relax -% Le vщritable code de \com{minilot} est dans \com{minilot@}, qui a un argument obligatoire (dщlimitщ par les -% crochets) spщcifiant la position du titre. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we set the global flag \com{@minilot@used@true} to note that \com{minilot} has been called (this will be -% used by a hint later, section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). -% \or\relax -% Nous щtablissons d'abord l'indicateur global \com{@minilot@used@true} pour noter que la macro \com{minilot} a щtщ -% appelщe (ceci sera utilisщ par une indication ou \emph{hint} plus tard, comme le dщcrit la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\minilot@[#1]{% -\global\@minilot@used@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The name of the file containing the minilot is constructed from \com{jobname} and a -% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlt} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.T} (short extensions) -% followed by the absolute number of the minilot. -% \or\relax -% Le nom du fichier contenant la minilot est construit р~partir de \com{jobname} et d'un suffixe \com{@tocfile}, -% qui est \suffix{.mlt} (suffixes longs) ou~\suffix{.T} (suffixes courts) suivi du numщro absolu -% de la minilot. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{mlt\The@mtc}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{T\The@mtc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{I0006} we test (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) the emptiness of this file. -% A warning is given if the file is empty and a flag is set (a hint will signal that an empty minilot has been -% requested). -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons (via \com{mtc@CkFile}) la vacuitщ de ce fichier. Un avertissement est щmis si le fichier -% est vide et un indicateur est щtabli (une indication ou \emph{hint} signalera qu'une minilot vide a щtщ demandщe). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@minilot@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilotstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call \com{thispageminilotstyle} to set the page style -% (by default, this does nothing because, by default, there is no page break before a minilot). -% The marks are not treated, because usually there is no new page for a minilot. -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons \com{thispageminilotstyle} pour щtablir le style de page (par dщfaut, ceci ne fait rien car, par -% dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilot). Les marques ne sont pas traitщes, car, habituellement, -% il n'y~a pas de saut de page avant une minilot. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \thispageminilotstyle -%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\mlttitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\mlttitle}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilot} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\do@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtic} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlt@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We call \com{beforeminilot}, -% then begin a \env{samepage} environment (to try to discourage page breaks in a minilot) -% and look at the position of the title. If the title is empty, the -% layout is corrected. We print the title with its font (\com{mtifont}), -% then the top rule of the minilot (if rules are present), using a \env{tabular} environment -% (to inhibit a page break between the title and the top rule). -% The font is set to \com{mltfont}. -% \or\relax -% Nous appelons \com{beforeminilot}, puis commenчons un environnement \env{samepage} (pour essayer de -% dщcourager les coupures de page р~l'intщrieur d'une minilot) et examinons la position du titre. Si le titre est -% vide, la mise en page est corrigщe. Nous imprimons le titre avec sa fonte (\com{mtifont}), puis le filet du haut -% de la minilot (si les filets sont prщsents), en utilisant un environnement \env{tabular} -% (pour empъcher une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut). La fonte est щtablie р~\com{mltfont}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforeminilot - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@mtilt\e@mti - \else\if #1n\let\do@mtilt\n@mti - \else\if #1c\let\do@mtilt\c@mti - \else\if #1l\let\do@mtilt\l@mti - \else\if #1r\let\do@mtilt\r@mti - \else\if #1d\let\do@mtilt\df@mtilt - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\mlttitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@mtilt\e@mti\relax\fi - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\mltfont% - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent - \ifx\mlt@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilt{\mtc@v\mlttitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\mtifont\do@mtilt{\mtc@v\mlttitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mltoffset} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We forbid a page break after the title and the top rule, then set some layout parameters and begin -% an \env{mtc@verse} environment: -% \or\relax -% Nous interdisons une coupure de page aprшs le titre et le filet supщrieur, puis щtablissons quelques paramшtres -% de mise en page et commenчons un environnement \env{mtc@verse}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\mtcindent \rightmargin\mtcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% - \begin{mtc@verse}{\mltoffset}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@minilotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We force the effective depth of the mini-table (\com{c@lotdepth}) to the required depth (\com{c@minilotdepth}), -% so the printing is done inside the \env{mtc@verse} environment, where \dcnt{lotdepth} -% has been forced to \dcnt{minilotdepth}, to print only the entries whose level is low enough, -% then inhibit a page break. The blank line is necessary to avoid a parasite negative indentation. -% \or\relax -% Nous forчons la profondeur effective de la mini-table (\com{c@lotdepth}) р~la profondeur demandщe -% (\com{c@minilotdepth}), donc l'impression est faite р~l'intщrieur de l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, o∙ -% \dcnt{lotdepth} a щtщ forcщe р~\dcnt{minilotdepth}, pour n'imprimer que -% les entrщes dont le niveau est assez bas, puis nous inhibons une coupure de page. La ligne blanche est nщcessaire -% pour щviter une indentation nщgative parasite. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% - {\c@lotdepth=\c@minilotdepth - \ifnum\c@lotdepth<1\relax\c@lotdepth=1\fi} - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mlt@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\openminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We test the presence of leaders and page numbers, then print the minilot by inputing the minilot file. -% But before reading the minilot file, we must call the hook macro (asked for by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} for his -% \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}) -% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} and the macro -% \com{mlt@setform} which adjusts some layout parameters (defined by the user via some -% \com{mtcsetformat} commands). -% We work in a group to keep local some macro redefinitions. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons la prщsence de points de conduite et de numщros de pages, puis imprimons la minilot en insщrant le -% fichier de minilot. Mais avant de lire ce fichier de minilot, nous devons appeler la macro d'attache (\emph{hook}) -% (demandщe par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} pour son paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}) -% \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} et la macro \com{mlt@setform} qui ajuste certains paramшtres de mise en page -% (dщfinis par l'utilisateur via quelques commandes \com{mtcsetformat}). -% Nous travaillons dans un groupe pour que certaines redщfinitions de macros restent locales. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{mlt@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \mlt@setform - \global\openminilot\inminilottrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\inminilotfalse\closeminilot - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@bottom@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We close the \env{mtc@verse} environment, add the bottomrule (while preventing a page break), then close the -% \env{samepage} environment, and call \com{afterminilot}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. -% \or\relax -% Nous fermons l'environnement \env{mtc@verse}, ajoutons le filet infщrieur (tout en щvitant une coupure de page), -% puis fermons l'environnement \env{samepage}, et enfin appelons \com{afterminilot}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) -% est essentielle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \end{mtc@verse}% - \kernafterminilot - \nopagebreak[4]\mlt@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\afterminilot\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% ^^A \need{.75\textheight} ^^A% for marginpars. -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Patching the \ucom{chapter} command, \texorpdfstring{\mbox{continued}}{continued}}\label{s+code+patching.chapter.2}\icom{chapter} -% \or\relax -% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{chapter}, \texorpdfstring{\mbox{suite}}{suite}}\label{s+code+patching.chapter.2}\icom{chapter} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@xchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline}% -% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter}% -% \begin{macro}{\xchapter}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we define \com{l@xchapter} which is like \com{l@chapter}, but with a huge depth, to inhibit its -% printing (except if you cheat): -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous dщfinissons \com{l@xchapter} qui est semblable р~\com{l@chapter}, mais avec une profondeur -% trшs grande, pour inhiber son impression (sauf si vous trichez): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\l@xchapter{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1em}{2.3em}} -\def\xchapter{xchapter} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@chapter}% -% \begin{macro}{\sv@chapter}% -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\ignorespaces} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we patch \com{@chapter} (the non-starred branch of \com{chapter}) -% to add pseudo-chapter entries in the LOF and the LOT (these entries will be used by -% the \verb|\dominiXXX| commands to split the LOF and the LOT into slices). -% \or\relax -% Puis nous modifions \com{@chapter} (la branche non щtoilщe de \com{chapter}) pour ajouter des entrщes de -% pseudo-chapitres dans la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux (ces entrщes seront utilisщes par les -% commandes \verb|\dominiXXX| pour dщcouper en tranches la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\sv@chapter\@chapter -\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\sv@chapter[{#1}]{#2}\relax% - \addcontentsline{lof}{xchapter}{#1}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xchapter}{#1}% - \ignorespaces} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We also patch \com{@schapter} (the starred branch of \com{chapter}) -% to add marks in the TOC to delimit -% chapters; these marks will be used by the \verb|\dominiXXX| commands to take slices from the LOF and the LOT; as -% they are defined as \com{relax}, they should not perturbate other packages. -% \or\relax -% Nous modifions aussi \com{@schapter} (la branche щtoilщe de \com{chapter}) pour ajouter des marques dans la -% table des matiшres afin de dщlimiter les chapitres; ces marques seront utilisщes par les commandes \verb|\dominiXXX| -% pour prщlever des tranches dans la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux; comme elles sont dщfinies comme -% щtant \com{relax}, elles ne devraient pas perturber d'autres paquetages. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtc@schapter\@schapter -\def\@schapter{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\chapterend}\mtc@schapter} -\def\@schapter{\addtocontents{@@@}{\protect\chapterbegin}\mtc@schapter} -\let\chapterbegin\relax -\let\chapterend\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+addstarred}\icom{addstarredpart}\icom{addstarredchapter}\icom{addstarredsection} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les commandes \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.}}\label{s+code+addstarred}\icom{addstarredpart}\icom{addstarredchapter}\icom{addstarredsection} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredpart} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\addst@rred} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the command \com{chapter} is undefined, we define the command \com{addstarredsection} -% (only if \com{section} is defined). If the command \com{chapter} is defined, we define the command -% \com{addstarredchapter}. If the command \com{part} is defined, we define the command \com{addstarredpart}. -% We use the utility command \com{addst@rred} defined in section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}. -% \or\relax -% Si la commande \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, alors nous devons dщfinir la commande \com{addstarredsection} (mais -% seulement si \com{section} est dщfinie). Si la commande \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous dщfinissons la -% commande \com{addstarredchapter}. Si la commande \com{part} est dщfinie, nous dщfinissons la commande -% \com{addstarredpart}. Nous utilisons la commande utilitaire \com{addst@rred} dщfinie dans la -% section~\vref{s+code+starred.parts.chapters.or.sections}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}% - {\@ifundefined{section}% - {}{\def\addstarredsection#1{\addst@rred{section}{#1}}}}% - {\def\addstarredchapter#1{\addst@rred{chapter}{#1}}} -\@ifundefined{part}% - {}{\def\addstarredpart#1{\addst@rred{part}{#1}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{TOC entries without leaders}\label{s+code+TOC.entries.no.leaders} -% \or\relax -% \section{Entrщes de TdM sans points de conduite}\label{s+code+TOC.entries.no.leaders} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define two internal macros to format TOC entries without leaders. The macro -% \com{@Undottedtocline} prints no page number, but \com{@Undottedtoclinep} prints~it. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons deux macros internes pour mettre en forme des entrщes de table des matiшres sans points de -% conduite. La macro \com{@Undottedtocline} n'imprime pas de numщro de page, mais \com{@Undottedtoclinep} -% l'imprime. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@Undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% - \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth\relax \else - \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ - {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip - \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue - \interlinepenalty\@M - \leavevmode - \@tempdima #3\relax - \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip - {\coffeefont #4}\nobreak \nobreak\null - \par}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtoclinep} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The same but with the page number: -% \or\relax -% La mъme chose, mais avec le numщro de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@Undottedtoclinep#1#2#3#4#5{% - \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth\relax \else - \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ - {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip - \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue - \interlinepenalty\@M - \leavevmode - \@tempdima #3\relax - \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip - {#4}\nobreak \hfill \nobreak\null - \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor #5}% - \par}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Mini-tables with or without leaders}\label{s+code+mini-tables.w/wo.leaders} -% \or\relax -% \section{Mini-tables avec ou sans points de conduite}\label{s+code+mini-tables.w/wo.leaders} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof@} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot@} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtoclinep} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@minitoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@minilof@} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@minilot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This code sets the flag to false, then patches each mini-table command (its internal part). -% We alter the commands \com{minitoc@}, \com{minilof@}, etc., to test the flag \com{ifundottedmtc} and, -% if true, replace locally \com{@dottedtocline} by its dotless version \com{@Undottedtoclinep}. Of course, -% we must also test the availability of the \com{chapter}, \com{part} and \com{section} commands, to avoid to -% define many unnecessary commands. -% \or\relax -% Ce code force l'indicateur р~faux, puis modifie chaque commande de mini-table (en fait, sa partie interne). Nous modifions -% les commandes \com{minitoc@}, \com{minilof@}, etc., pour tester l'indicateur \com{ifundottedmtc} et, s'il -% est vrai, remplacer localement \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version sans points de conduite \com{@Undottedtoclinep}. -% Bien s√r, nous devons aussi tester la disponibilitщ des commandes \com{chapter}, \com{part} et \com{section}, -% pour щviter de dщfinir de nombreuses commandes non nщcessaires. -% \fi -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% - \let\sv@minitoc@\minitoc@ - \def\minitoc@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@minitoc@[#1]}}% - \let\sv@minilof@\minilof@ - \def\minilof@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@minilof@[#1]}}% - \let\sv@minilot@\minilot@ - \def\minilot@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@minilot@[#1]}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@parttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@partlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@partlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the part level: -% \or\relax -% Pour le niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{part}{}{% - \let\sv@parttoc@\parttoc@ - \def\parttoc@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@parttoc@[#1]}}% - \let\sv@partlof@\partlof@ - \def\partlof@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@partlof@[#1]}}% - \let\sv@partlot@\partlot@ - \def\partlot@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@partlot@[#1]}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@secttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@sectlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@sectlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the section level: -% \or\relax -% Pour le niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{}{% - \let\sv@secttoc@\secttoc@ - \def\secttoc@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@secttoc@[#1]}}% - \let\sv@sectlof@\sectlof@ - \def\sectlof@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@sectlof@[#1]}}% - \let\sv@sectlot@\sectlot@ - \def\sectlot@[#1]{{\ifundottedmtc\let\@dottedtocline\@Undottedtoclinep\fi - \sv@sectlot@[#1]}}}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{dominitoc} command and its siblings}\label{s+code+dominitoc}\icom{dominitoc} -% \or\relax -% \section{La commande \ucom{dominitoc} et ses analogues}\label{s+code+dominitoc}\icom{dominitoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\chapbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\starchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The three commands \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} and \com{dominilot} are, of course, very similar. -% They take the \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} file (resp. the \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} and \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot} files) -% produced by the previous \LaTeX\ run and -% cut it in slices (one slice per chapter or starred chapter) into the \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} files -% (resp. the \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} and \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} files), using specific -% lines in the \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} (resp. \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} and \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot}) file. These lines are -% essentially chapter-level entry commands (like \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}...|, \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}...|, -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{starchapter}...|, \com{chapbegin}) delimiting chapters in the TOC (or in the LOF or the -% LOT). Analog part-level lines delimit parts, hence also chapters. -% \or\relax -% Les trois commandes \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof} et \com{dominilot} sont, bien s√r, trшs similaires. -% Elles prennent le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} (respectivement les fichiers \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} et \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot}) -% produit par l'exщcution prщcщdente de \LaTeX\ et l'щclatent en tranches (une tranche par chapitre ou chapitre -% щtoilщ) vers les fichiers \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} (respectivement, les fichiers \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlf}\meta{N} et -% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mlt}\meta{N} files), en utilisant des lignes spщcifiques dans le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.toc} -% (respectivement, \com{jobname}\suffix{.lof} et \com{jobname}\suffix{.lot}). Ces lignes sont essentiellement des commandes pour -% des entrщes au niveau chapitre (telles que \com{contentsline}\verb|{chapter}...|, \com{contentsline}\verb|{xchapter}...|, -% \com{contentsline}\verb|{starchapter}...|, \com{chapbegin}) dщlimitant les chapitres dans la table des matiшres (ou -% dans la liste des figures ou dans la liste des tableaux). Des lignes analogues au niveau partie dщlimitent les -% parties, donc aussi les chapitres. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% As \com{dominitoc} has an optional argument, whose default value is~``\texttt{l}'' (left), it calls \com{dominitoc@} -% with a argument delimited by brackets. -% -% The macros are \com{dominitoc} (user interface), which calls \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| (or with the optional argument -% of \com{dominitoc}). -% Then \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| processes its argument and calls \com{@@dominitoc}. -% \com{@@dominitoc} calls \com{@dominitoc} (passing \com{jobname} as argument) then close the minitoc file -% written. \com{@dominitoc} reset to zero the counter of mini-tables, calls \verb|\MTC@next#1.toc| (where -% \verb|#1| is the value of \com{jobname}), then reset again to zero the counter of mini-tables. Each call to -% \com{dominitoc@} (i.e.,~to \com{dominitoc}) sets the flag \com{@dominitoc@used@true}. This will be used later -% for a hint (which detects that you have correctly called \com{minitoc} \emph{after} \com{dominitoc} and that both -% or neither have been called). See section~\vref{ss+final.coh}. -% The code is similar for \com{dominilof} and \com{dominilot}. -% \or\relax -% Puisque \com{dominitoc} a un argument optionnel, dont la valeur par dщfaut est~л~\texttt{l}~╗ (gauche), elle -% appelle \com{dominitoc@} avec un argument dщlimitщ par des crochets. -% -% Les macros sont \com{dominitoc} (interface utilisateur), qui appelle \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| (ou avec l'argument -% optionnel de \com{dominitoc}). Puis \com{dominitoc@}\verb|[l]| traite son argument et appelle \com{@@dominitoc}. -% \com{@@dominitoc} appelle \com{@dominitoc} (en passant \com{jobname} comme argument) puis ferme le fichier -% minitoc щcrit. \com{@dominitoc} remet р~zщro le compteur de mini-tables, appelle \verb|\MTC@next#1.toc| (o∙ -% \verb|#1| est la valeur de \com{jobname}), puis remet encore р~zщro le compteur de mini-tables. Chaque appel -% р~\com{dominitoc@} (c'est-р-dire, р~\com{dominitoc}) щtablit l'indicateur \com{@dominitoc@used@true}. Ceci -% sera utilisщ plus tard pour une indication (\emph{hint}) (qui dщtecte si vous avez appelщ correctement \com{minitoc} -% \emph{aprшs} \com{dominitoc} et que les deux ont щtщ appelщes). Voir la section~\vref{ss+final.coh}. -% Le code est similaire pour \com{dominilof} et \com{dominilot}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dominitoc} command extracts information from the \suffix{.toc} file and create the minitocs files, with the -% adequate extension. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dominitoc} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.toc} et crщe les fichiers minitocs, -% avec le suffixe adщquat. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dominitoc#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{mtc}{0} - \MTC@next#1.toc\relax\\}\setcounter{mtc}{0}} -\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\dominitoc@}{\dominitoc@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\@dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dominilof} command extracts information from the \suffix{.lof} file and create the minilofs files, with the -% adequate extension. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dominilof} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lof} et crщe les fichiers minilofs, -% avec le suffixe adщquat. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dominilof#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{mtc}{0} - \MLF@next#1.lof\relax\\}\setcounter{mtc}{0}} -\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\dominilof@}{\dominilof@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\@dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dominilot} command extracts information from the \suffix{.lot} file and create the minilots files, with the -% adequate extension. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dominilot} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lot} et crщe les fichiers minilots, -% avec le suffixe adщquat. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dominilot#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{mtc}{0} - \MLT@next#1.lot\relax\\}\setcounter{mtc}{0}} -\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\dominilot@}{\dominilot@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominitoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\imess{I0045} code to flag the use of the command and manage the position of the minitoc title; -% a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Un\imess{I0045} peu de code pour noter que la commande a щtщ utilisщe et gщrer la position du titre de la minitoc; -% un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dominitoc@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dominitoc@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dominitoc \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dominitoc@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@mtitc\e@mti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@mtitc\n@mti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@mtitc\c@mti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@mtitc\l@mti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@mtitc\r@mti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dominitoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilf} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\imess{I0045} code to flag the use of the command and manage the position of the minilof title; -% a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Un\imess{I0045} peu de code pour noter que la commande a щtщ utilisщe et gщrer la position du titre de la minilof; -% un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dominilof@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dominilof@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dominilof \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dominilof@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@mtilf\e@mti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@mtilf\n@mti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@mtilf\c@mti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@mtilf\l@mti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@mtilf\r@mti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dominilof} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\df@mtilt} -% \begin{macro}{\e@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@mti} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\imess{I0045} code to flag the use of the command and manage the position of the minilot title; -% a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Un\imess{I0045} peu de code pour noter que la commande a щtщ utilisщe et gщrer la position du titre de la minilot; -% un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dominilot@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dominilot@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dominilot \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dominilot@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@mtilt\e@mti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@mtilt\n@mti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@mtilt\c@mti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@mtilt\l@mti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@mtilt\r@mti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dominilot} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These macros invoke the \verb|\@domini...| macros to create the mini-table file, then close the file -% descriptor. -% \or\relax -% Ces macros invoquent les macros \verb|\@domini...| pour crщer le fichier de mini-table, puis ferment le -% descripteur de fichier. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@@dominitoc{\@dominitoc{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\@@dominilof{\@dominilof{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\@@dominilot{\@dominilot{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Analysis and splitting of the TOC file}\label{s+code+an.split.TOC} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Analyse et щclatement du fichier TdM}\label{s+code+an.split.TOC} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is done via a loop managed by the following macros\,\footnote{This code is derived from the -% \pack{xr} package~\cite{xr}, by \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}, with his permission. -% Some modifications were made by \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, -% \xname{Didier}{Verna}, and \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne} for the support of \pack{hyperref}, essentially by adding an -% argument to some macros, to use the hyperlink argument in the contents lines.}: -% \or\relax -% Ceci est fait grтce р~une boucle gщrщe par les macros suivantes\,\footnote{Ce code est dщrivщ du paquetage -% \pack{xr}~\cite{xr}, de \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}, avec sa permission. -% Des modifications ont щtщ faites par -% \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \xname{Didier}{Verna} et \xname{Bernd}{Jaehne} pour le support de \pack{hyperref}, -% essentiellement en ajoutant un argument р~certaines macros, pour utiliser l'argument hyperlien dans les lignes de -% contenu.}: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processes the next entry in the list and removes it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retire de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\MTC@list{#2}% - \MTC@loop{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Teste si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@toc{% - \ifx\MTC@list\@empty\else\expandafter\MTC@explist\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{MTC@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the TOC file and detects interesting keywords. -% If \com{chapter} is found, the \cnt{mtc} counter (which simulates the chapter counter, but is absolute) -% is incremented and a new minitoc file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MTC@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues depuis le fichier table des matiшres et dщtecte les -% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{chapter} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{mtc} (qui simule le compteur de -% chapitre, mais est absolu) est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier minitoc est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter - \stepcounter{mtc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcname} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it (after -% closing the file descriptor): -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} regardons si des suffixes longs ou courts ont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, -% puis l'ouvrir (aprшs avoir fermщ le descripteur de fichier): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.M\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mtcname{\jobname.M\themtc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mtcname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcname} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} need a similar code to detect TOC entries for appendices in the \class{memoir} class\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} -% has signaled the problem; thanks!}: -% \or\relax -% Il\imess{I0033} nous faut un code similaire pour dщtecter les entrщes dans la TdM pour les appendices dans -% la classe \class{memoir}\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} a signalщ le problшme; merci!}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix - \stepcounter{mtc}% - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.M\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mtcname{\jobname.M\themtc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mtcname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines, the token register \com{mtc@toks} is used as a verbatim memory. -% \or\relax -% Maintenant, nous filtrons les lignes de contenu utiles, le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} щtant utilisщ -% comme mщmoire \emph{verbatim}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection} -% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} -% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Each interesting contents line is copied, with a font command added before it. We begin with the standard -% sectionning commands, below \com{chapter}: -% \or\relax -% Chaque ligne de contenu intщressante est copiщe, avec une commande de fonte ajoutщe devant -% elle. Nous commenчons par les commandes de sectionnement standard, en dessous de \com{chapter}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\paragraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\coffee} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteCoffeeline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A coffee break contents line{\myCoffeecup} is written for \com{coffee}: -% \or\relax -% Une ligne de contenu de pause-cafщ{\myCoffeecup} est щcrite pour \com{coffee}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\coffee - \MTC@WriteCoffeeline{#1}{#3}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\starchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcname} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\imess{I0033} it is \com{starchapter} (for a starred chapter), we increment the \cnt{mtc} counter, -% build a new minitoc file name, close the file descriptor and open it with this new file. -% \or\relax -% Si\imess{I0033} c'est \com{starchapter} (pour un chapitre щtoilщ), nous incrщmentons le compteur \cnt{mtc}, -% construisons un nouveau nom de fichier minitoc, fermons le descripteur de fichier puis le rщ-ouvrons avec ce -% nouveau fichier. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starchapter - \stepcounter{mtc}% - \if@mtc@longext@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.M\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mtcname{\jobname.M\themtc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mtcname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\starsection} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starparagraph} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For starred sectionning commands lower than \com{chapter}, a contents line is written into the minitoc file, -% with a font command added: -% \or\relax -% Pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes plus basses que \com{chapter}, une ligne de contenu est щcrite -% dans le fichier minitoc, en lui ajoutant une commande de fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mtcSP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the TOC file; it expands the list of entries and call \com{MTC@next} to process the -% first one: -% \or\relax -% La boucle de lecture du fichier table des matiшres; elle expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle -% \com{MTC@next} pour traiter la premiшre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@explist{\expandafter\MTC@next\MTC@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\openin} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0010}\\\lmess{I0024}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0010}\\\lmess{I0024}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en cherchant des entrщes -% intщressantes. Sinon, on traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0010]{minitoc}% - {No file #1. - \MessageBreak - MINITOCS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\MTC@toc - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0024]{minitoc}{PREPARING MINITOCS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\MTC@read - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@read} -% \begin{macro}{\read} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.toc} file. -% \or\relax -% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\MTC@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@test} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@line} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{MTC@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% La sщrie de points \verb|.....| garantit que \com{MTC@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\MTC@test\MTC@line.....\MTC@% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@test} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@contentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{MTC@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the TOC file, mainly to -% delimit chapters\footnote{The macro \com{MTC@test} has been patched to call \com{MTC@contentsline} with -% four parameters~instead of three (thanks to \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} and -% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}). The same remark applies to similar macros.}: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MTC@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier table des matiшres, -% principalement pour dщlimiter les chapitres\,\footnote{La macro \com{MTC@test} a щtщ modifiщe pour -% appeler \com{MTC@contentsline} avec quatre paramшtres ~au lieu de trois -% (merci р~\name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, \name{Didier}{Verna}, \name{Bernd}{Jaehne} et \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}). -% La mъme remarque s'applique aux macros similaires.}: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@test} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\@input} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the -% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. -% Finally process the next file in the list. -% ^^A Thanks to \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. -% \or\relax -% Nous regardons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe intщressante, nous la traitons. -% Si c'est \com{@input}, le fichier est ajoutщ р~la liste. Sinon, elle est ignorщe. Nous recommenчons la boucle si -% la fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin, nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. -% ^^A Merci р~\name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\MTC@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\MTC@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \MTC@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\MTC@list{\MTC@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\chapterend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\chapterbegin - \addtocounter{mtc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \expandafter\MTC@toc - \else - \expandafter\MTC@read - \fi -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Mini-lists of figures}\label{s+code+mlf} -% \or\relax -% \section{Mini-listes des figures}\label{s+code+mlf} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The code is similar to the code for mini-tables of contents, but with less commands to recognize. -% \or\relax -% Le code est similaire р~celui pour les mini-tables des matiшres, mais avec moins de commandes р~reconnaюtre. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Analysis and splitting of the list of figures file} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Analyse et щclatement du fichier liste des figures} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is done via a loop managed by the following macros: -% \or\relax -% Ceci est fait grтce р~une boucle gщrщe par les macros suivantes: -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processes the next entry in the list and removes it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retire de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLF@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\MLF@list{#2}% - \MLF@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Checks if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Teste si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLF@lof{% - \ifx\MLF@list\@empty\else\expandafter\MLF@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\xchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{MLF@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOF file and detects interesting keywords. -% If \com{xchapter} is found, the counter \cnt{mtc} is incremented and a new minilof file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MLF@contentsline} analyse les lignes du fichier liste des figures et dщtecte les mots-clщs -% intщressants. Si \com{xchapter} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{mtc} est incrщmentщ et -% un nouveau fichier minilof est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLF@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xchapter - \stepcounter{mtc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfname} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{I0033} name of the minilof file is built from \com{jobname} and a long or short extension: -% \or\relax -% Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilof est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.mlf\themtc\@gobble} - \def\mlfname{\jobname.mlf\themtc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.F\themtc\@gobble} - \def\mlfname{\jobname.F\themtc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mlfname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\figure} -% \begin{macro}{\subfigure} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% If we found a \com{figure} entry, we copy it into the minilof file: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Si nous trouvons une entrщe \com{figure} ou \com{subfigure}, nous la copions dans le fichier minilof: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\figure - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mlf}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subfigure - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mlfS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the LOF file; it expands the list of entries and calls \com{MLF@next} to process the -% first one: -% \or\relax -% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des figures; elle expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle -% \com{MLF@next} pour traiter la premiшre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLF@explist{\expandafter\MLF@next\MLF@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\openin} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\SMM{\lmess{W0008}\\\lmess{I0034}} now, we scan the \suffix{.lof} file: -% \or\relax -% Et\SMM{\lmess{W0008}\\\lmess{I0034}} maintenant, nous examinons le fichier \suffix{.lof}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLF@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0008]{minitoc}% - {No file #1. - \MessageBreak - MINILOFS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\MLF@lof - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0034]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING MINILOFS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\MLF@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@read} -% \begin{macro}{\read} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry in the \suffix{.lof} file: -% \or\relax -% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lof}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLF@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\MLF@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@line} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@test} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{MLF@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% La sщrie de points \verb|.....| garantit que \com{MLF@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\MLF@test\MLF@line.....\MLF@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@test} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{MLF@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOF file, mainly to -% delimit chapters. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MLF@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des figures, -% principalement pour dщlimiter les chapitres. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\@input} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\MLF@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the -% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. -% Finally process the next file in the list. -% \or\relax -% Nous regardons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe intщressante, nous la traitons. -% Si c'est \com{@input}, le fichier est ajoutщ р~la liste. Sinon, elle est ignorщe. Nous recommenчons la boucle si -% la fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin, nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\MLF@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\MLF@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \MLF@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\MLF@list{\MLF@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\chapterend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\chapterbegin - \addtocounter{mtc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\MLF@lof - \else\expandafter\MLF@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Mini-lists of tables}\label{s+code+mlt} -% \or\relax -% \section{Mini-listes des tableaux}\label{s+code+mlt} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The code is similar to the code for mini-tables of contents, but with less commands to recognize. -% \or\relax -% Le code est similaire р~celui pour les mini-tables des matiшres, mais avec moins de commandes р~reconnaюtre. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Analysis and splitting of the list of tables file} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Analyse et щclatement du fichier liste des tableaux} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is done via a loop managed by the following macros: -% \or\relax -% Ceci est fait grтce р~une boucle gщrщe par les macros suivantes: -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processes the next entry in the list and removes it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Traite l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retire de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLT@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\MLT@list{#2}% - \MLT@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Checks if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Teste si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLT@lot{% - \ifx\MLT@list\@empty\else\expandafter\MLT@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\xchapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{MLT@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOT file and detects interesting keywords. -% If \com{xchapter} is found, the \cnt{mtc} counter is incremented and a new minilot file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MLT@contentsline} analyse les lignes du fichier liste des tableaux et dщtecte les mots-clщs -% intщressants. Si \com{xchapter} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{mtc} est incrщmentщ et -% un nouveau fichier minilot est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLT@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \gdef\themtc{\arabic{mtc}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xchapter - \stepcounter{mtc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\themtc} -% \begin{macro}{\mltname} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{I0033} name of the minilot file it build from \com{jobname} and a long or short extension: -% \or\relax -% Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilot est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.mlt\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mltname{\jobname.mlt\themtc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.T\themtc\@gobble}% - \def\mltname{\jobname.T\themtc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\mltname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\table} -% \begin{macro}{\subtable} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% If we found a \com{table} entry, we copy it into the minilot file: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Si nous trouvons une entrщe \com{table}, nous la copions dans le fichier minilot: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\table - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mlt}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subtable - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{mltS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the LOT file; it expands the list of entries and calls \com{MLT@next} to process the -% first one: -% \or\relax -% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des tableaux; elle expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle -% \com{MLT@next} pour traiter la premiшre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLT@explist{\expandafter\MLT@next\MLT@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\openin} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\SMM{\lmess{W0009}\\\lmess{I0037}} now, we scan the \suffix{.lot} file: -% \or\relax -% Et\SMM{\lmess{W0009}\\\lmess{I0037}} maintenant, nous examinons le fichier \suffix{.lot}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLT@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0009]{minitoc}% - {No file #1. - \MessageBreak - MINILOTS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\MLT@lot - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0037]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING MINILOTS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\MLT@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@read} -% \begin{macro}{\read} -% \begin{macro}{\@inputcheck} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry in the \suffix{.lot} file: -% \or\relax -% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lot}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MLT@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\MLT@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@line} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@test} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{MLT@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% La sщrie de points \verb|.....| garantit que \com{MLT@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\MLT@test\MLT@line.....\MLT@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@test} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{MLT@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOT file, mainly to -% delimit chapters. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MLT@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des tableaux, -% principalement pour dщlimiter les chapitres. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{13} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\@input} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocounter} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\MLT@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the -% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. -% Finally process the next file in the list. -% \or\relax -% Nous regardons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe intщressante, nous la traitons. -% Si c'est \com{@input}, le fichier est ajoutщ р~la liste. Sinon, elle est ignorщe. Nous recommenчons la boucle si -% la fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin, nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\MLT@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\MLT@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \MLT@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\MLT@list{\MLT@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\chapterend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\chapterbegin - \addtocounter{mtc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\MLT@lot - \else\expandafter\MLT@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Note that we terminate with a closing brace to end the chapter-level macros (end of the \emph{else} branch of a -% \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| alternative). -% \or\relax -% Notez que nous terminons par une accolade fermante pour achever les macros du niveau chapitre (fin de la -% branche \emph{sinon} d'une alternative \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}|). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Macro to write a contents line}\label{s+code+MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \or\relax -% \section{Macro pour щcrire une ligne de contenu}\label{s+code+MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@dot} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@param} -% \begin{macro}{\write} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\@resetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} macro makes the definition of \com{MTC@contentsline} shorter. An extra \com{edef} -% level is removed (\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} rend la dщfinition de \com{MTC@contentsline} plus courte. Un niveau -% supplщmentaire de \com{edef} est retirщ (\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}): -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The arguments of \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} are: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] the \texttt{\#1} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}; -% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] font shorthand $\Longrightarrow$ \com{csname}\verb| #2font|\com{endcsname}; -% \item[\texttt{\#3}:] the \texttt{\#3} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}; -% \item[\texttt{\#4}:] the \texttt{\#4} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline} (hyperlink). -% \end{itemize} -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% \or\relax -% Les arguments de \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} sont: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] l'argument \texttt{\#1} de \com{MTC@contentsline}; -% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] un raccourci pour la fonte $\Longrightarrow$ \com{csname}\verb| #2font|\com{endcsname}; -% \item[\texttt{\#3}:] l'argument \texttt{\#3} de \com{MTC@contentsline}; -% \item[\texttt{\#4}:] l'argument \texttt{\#4} de \com{MTC@contentsline} (hyperlien). -% \end{itemize} -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@dot{.} -\def\MTC@WriteContentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \def\mtc@param{#4}% - \immediate\write\tf@mtc{% - {\string\reset@font - \expandafter\string\csname #2font\endcsname - \string\mtc@string - \string\contentsline{#1}% - {\the\mtc@toks}% - {\string\reset@font - \expandafter\string\csname #2font\endcsname - \space #3% - }% - \ifx\mtc@dot\mtc@param - \else - {#4}% - \fi - }% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteCoffeeline} -% \begin{macro}{\write} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\@resetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the same for a ``coffee''{\myCoffeecup} line. The arguments of the macro \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline} are: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] the \texttt{\#1} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}; -% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] the \texttt{\#3} argument of \com{MTC@contentsline}. -% \end{itemize} -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. -% \or\relax -% Et la mъme chose pour une ligne de л~pause cafщ~╗{\myCoffeecup}. Les arguments de -% la macro \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline} sont: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[\texttt{\#1}:] l'argument \texttt{\#1} de \com{MTC@contentsline}; -% \item[\texttt{\#2}:] l'argument \texttt{\#3} de \com{MTC@contentsline}. -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MTC@WriteCoffeeline#1#2#3{% - \immediate\write\tf@mtc{% - {\string\reset@font \string\coffeefont \string\mtc@string - {\the\mtc@toks}% - {\string\reset@font \string\coffeefont \space #3% - }% - }% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Depth counters for partlofs and partlots} -% \or\relax -% \section{Compteurs de profondeur pour les partlofs et les partlots} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the counters \dcnt{lofdepth} and \dcnt{lotdepth} are defined, we create the corresponding new counters: -% \dcnt{partlofdepth} and \dcnt{partlotdepth}. -% These counters are initialized to~2. -% This is done after the loading of the packages, in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block: -% \or\relax -% Si les compteurs \dcnt{lofdepth} et \dcnt{lotdepth} sont dщfinis, nous crщons les nouveaux compteurs -% correspondants: \dcnt{partlofdepth} et \dcnt{partlotdepth}. -% Ces compteurs sont initialisщs р~2. -% Ceci est fait aprшs le chargement des paquetages, dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% - {\newcounter{partlofdepth}\setcounter{partlofdepth}{2}}% - \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% - {\newcounter{partlotdepth}\setcounter{partlotdepth}{2}}% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Part level commands}\label{s+code+part.level} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes au niveau partie}\label{s+code+part.level} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\xpart} -% \begin{macro}{\theptc} -% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementptc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementptc} -% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} -% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstpartis@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\imess{W0004} \com{part} is defined, we define some utility commands, a counter (\cnt{ptc}) -% for the parttocs and related commands (\com{theptc}, \com{Thepart}, \com{adjustptc}, \com{decrementptc}, -% \com{incrementptc}), the -% obsolete command \com{firstpartis}, and the depth counter \dcnt{parttocdepth}. -% \or\relax -% Si\imess{W0004} \com{part} est dщfinie, nous dщfinissons quelques commandes utilitaires, un compteur (\cnt{ptc}) -% pour les parttocs et les commandes associщes (\com{theptc}, \com{Thepart}, \com{adjustptc}, -% \com{decrementptc}, \com{incrementptc}), la commande -% obsolшte \com{firstpartis} et le compteur de profondeur \dcnt{parttocdepth}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{part}{}% -{% -\def\xpart{xpart} -\def\Thepart{\arabic{ptc}} -\def\firstpartis#1% - {\mtcPackageWarning[W0004]{minitoc}% - {\string\firstpartis \space is an obsolete (ignored) - \MessageBreak - command}% - \@firstpartis@used@true} -\newcounter{ptc} -\setcounter{ptc}{0} -\newcommand{\adjustptc}[1][1]{\addtocounter{ptc}{#1}} -\def\decrementptc{\addtocounter{ptc}{-1}} -\def\incrementptc{\addtocounter{ptc}{+1}} -\def\theptc{\arabic{ptc}} -\newcounter{parttocdepth} -\setcounter{parttocdepth}{2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But, sometimes, we need to make a difference between book/report and article classes (is \com{chapter} defined?), to -% have a different layout: the definition of \com{ptc@rule} is empty except if \com{chapter} is undefined. -% By default, there is no rule before/after parttocs, partlofs, and partlots for books. You should redeclare -% \com{ptc@rule} if you want these rules. -% \or\relax -% Mais, parfois, nous voulons faire une diffщrence entre les classes \class{book}\texttt{/}\class{report} et \class{article} -% (\com{chapter} est-elle dщfinie?), pour avoir une prщsentation diffщrente: -% la dщfinition de la macro \com{ptc@rule} est -% vide sauf si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie. Par dщfaut, il n'y~a pas de filets avant et aprшs les parttocs, -% partlofs et partlots pour les livres. Vous devriez redщclarer \com{ptc@rule} si vous voulez ces filets. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}% - {\def\ptc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}}}% - {\let\ptc@rule\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And we declare the default indentation (both sides) of the parttocs: -% \or\relax -% Et nous dщclarons l'indentation (des deux cЇtщs) par dщfaut des parttocs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newlength\ptcindent -\@ifundefined{chapter}{\ptcindent=24\p@}{\ptcindent=\z@} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Fonts for the parttocs}\label{s+code+fonts.parttocs} -% \or\relax -% \section{Fontes pour les parttocs}\label{s+code+fonts.parttocs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\plffont} -% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the fonts for the parttocs. Note that they are larger if \com{chapter} is defined -% (\class{book}\texttt{/}\class{report}-like -% document classes) than when it is not (\class{article}-like document classes): -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les fontes pour les parttocs. Notez qu'elles sont plus grandes si \com{chapter} est dщfinie -% (classes de document analogues р~\class{book}\texttt{/}\class{report}) que lorsqu'elle ne l'est pas (classes de -% document analogues р~\class{article}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \def\ptcfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} % the parttoc - \def\ptcSfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% (sections) - \let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections) - \let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections) - \let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs) - \let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs) - \let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures) - \let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures) - \let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables) - \let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables) - \def\ptifont{\Large\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% titles -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcCfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\plffont} -% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is defined, the fonts are larger and \com{ptcCfont} must be defined: -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, les fontes sont plus grandes et \com{ptcCfont} doit ъtre dщfinie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -{% - \def\ptcfont{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} % the parttoc - \def\ptcCfont{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% (chapters) - \def\ptcSfont{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries}% (sections) - \let\ptcSSfont\ptcfont % (subsections) - \let\ptcSSSfont\ptcfont % (subsubsections) - \let\ptcPfont\ptcfont % (paragraphs) - \let\ptcSPfont\ptcfont % (subparagraphs) - \let\plffont\ptcfont % (figures) - \let\plfSfont\ptcfont % (subfigures) - \let\pltfont\ptcfont % (tables) - \let\pltSfont\ptcfont % (subtables) - \def\ptifont{\LARGE\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}% titles -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Default titles for part-level mini-tables}\label{s+code+default.titles.part.level} -% \or\relax -% \section{Titres par dщfaut pour les mini-tables au niveau partie}\label{s+code+default.titles.part.level} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the default position, the fonts and the layout for titles of the part-level mini-tables (\com{parttoc}, -% \com{partlof} and \com{partlot}). This formating is different if \com{chapter} is defined or undefined. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons la position par dщfaut, les fontes et la mise en page pour les titres des mini-tables du niveau -% partie (\com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} et \com{partlot}). Cette mise en page est diffщrente selon que -% \com{chapter} est dщfinie ou non. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is undefined, the definitions are very simple, for -% centered, flushleft, flushright or empty titles. -% Here, empty titles need a vertical correction \linebreak[0](\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie, les dщfinitions sont trшs simples, pour des titres centrщs, cadrщs -% р~gauche, cadrщs р~droite, ou vides. -% Ici, les titres vides auront encore besoin d'une correction verticale \linebreak[0](\nolinebreak[4]selon \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \def\c@pti#1{\null\hfill #1\hfill\null} - \def\l@pti#1{\null #1\hfill\null} - \def\r@pti#1{\null\hfill #1\null} - \def\e@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} - \def\n@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But, if \com{chapter} is defined, we must simulate the formatting of a chapter head, which is more complex. -% Here, empty titles need a vertical correction \linebreak[0](\xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \or\relax -% Mais, si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous devons simuler la mise en page d'une tъte de chapitre, qui est plus -% complexe. -% Ici, les titres vides auront encore besoin d'une correction verticale \linebreak[0](\nolinebreak[4]selon \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -{% -\def\e@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} \def\n@pti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn} -% \begin{macro}{\@topnewpage} -% \begin{macro}{\@afterheading} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\@makephead@l} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For a title on the left, we must test if the main text is on two columns: -% \or\relax -% Pour un titre cadrщ р~gauche, nous devons tester si le corps du texte est sur deux colonnes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\l@pti#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makephead@l{#1}]% - \else \@makephead@l{#1}\@afterheading \fi} -\def\@makephead@l#1{% - \vspace*{\mtcgapbeforeheads}% - {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \ptifont #1\par \nobreak - \vskip \mtcgapafterheads\hbox{} - }} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn} -% \begin{macro}{\@topnewpage} -% \begin{macro}{\@makephead@r} -% \begin{macro}{\@afterheading} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For a title on the right, we must also test if the main text is on two columns: -% \or\relax -% Pour un titre cadrщ р~droite, nous devons tester si le corps du texte est sur deux colonnes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\r@pti#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makephead@r{#1}] - \else \@makephead@r{#1}\@afterheading \fi} -\def\@makephead@r#1{% - \vspace*{\mtcgapbeforeheads}% - {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft \ptifont #1\par \nobreak - \vskip \mtcgapafterheads\hbox{} - }} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn} -% \begin{macro}{\@topnewpage} -% \begin{macro}{\@makephead@c} -% \begin{macro}{\@afterheading} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For a centered title, we must also test if the main text is on two columns: -% \or\relax -% Pour un titre centrщ, nous devons aussi tester si le corps du texte est sur deux colonnes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\c@pti#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makephead@c{#1}]% - \else \@makephead@c{#1}\@afterheading \fi} -\def\@makephead@c#1{% - \vspace*{\mtcgapbeforeheads}% - {\parindent \z@ \centering \ptifont #1\par \nobreak - \vskip \mtcgapafterheads\hbox{} - }}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptitc} -% \begin{macro}{\df@ptitc} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilf} -% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilf} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilt} -% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilt} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, titles are on left: -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les titres sont р~gauche: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\do@ptitc\l@pti \let\df@ptitc\l@pti -\let\do@ptilf\l@pti \let\df@ptilf\l@pti -\let\do@ptilt\l@pti \let\df@ptilt\l@pti -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{15} ^^A many macros -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \texttt{ptc@verse} environment}\label{s+code+ptc@verse.env} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'environnement \texttt{ptc@verse}}\label{s+code+ptc@verse.env} -% \fi -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\endptc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\\} -% \begin{macro}{\@centercr} -% \begin{macro}{\list} -% \begin{macro}{\itemsep} -% \begin{macro}{\itemindent} -% \begin{macro}{\listparindent} -% \begin{macro}{\topsep} -% \begin{macro}{\parsep} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\partopsep} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Each parttoc is placed inside a \env{ptc@verse} environment. This environment is analog to the -% standard \env{verse} environment and hence defined via two commands: \com{ptc@verse} and -% \com{endptc@verse}. -% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, then call \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} and -% set some dimensions like \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, -% \com{itemindent}, \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}. -% \com{parsep} is set to zero if -% the \opt{tight} option is active (this reduces the spacing between the lines). -% \com{parskip} is set to zero if -% the \opt{k-tight} option is active (this reduces the spacing between the lines). -% Both margins are set to \com{ptcindent}. \com{endptc@verse} terminates the list and discourages -% a page break. -% The \env{ptc@verse} environment has an argument which is an horizontal offset (a command like \com{ptcoffset}). -% \or\relax -% Chaque parttoc est placщe р~l'intщrieur d'un environnement \env{ptc@verse}. Cet environnement est analogue -% р~l'environnement standard \env{verse} et est donc dщfini р~l'aide de deux commandes: -% \com{ptc@verse} et \com{endptc@verse}. Puisque c'est un environnement de liste, nous dщfinissons d'abord -% (de maniшre locale)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, puis appelons \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} et щtablissons quelques dimensions -% telles que \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, \com{itemindent}, -% \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}. -% \com{parsep} est forcщe р~zщro si -% l'option \opt{tight} est active (ceci rщduit l'espacement entre les lignes). -% \com{parskip} est forcщe р~zщro si -% l'option \opt{k-tight} est active (ceci rщduit l'espacement entre les lignes). -% Les deux marges sont -% forcщes р~\com{ptcindent}. \com{endptc@verse} termine la liste et dщcourage une coupure de page. -% L'environnement \env{ptc@verse} a un argument qui est un dщplacement horizontal (une commande telle que \com{ptcoffset}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ptc@verse#1{\let\\=\@centercr - \list{}{% - \topsep=1ex \itemsep=\z@ \itemindent=\z@ - \listparindent=\itemindent \partopsep=\z@ - \leftmargin=\ptcindent \rightmargin=\leftmargin - \iftightmtc \parsep=\z@ \fi - \ifktightmtc \parskip=\z@ \fi - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{+#1} - \addtolength{\rightmargin}{-#1} - }% - \item[]} -\def\endptc@verse{\nopagebreak[4]\endlist} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{raggedright} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The part level mini-tables: \ucom{parttoc}, \ucom{partlof}, and \ucom{partlot}}\label{s+code+parttoc.command}\icom{parttoc}\icom{partlof}\icom{partlot} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les mini-tables au niveau partie: \ucom{parttoc}, \ucom{partlof} et \ucom{partlot}}\label{s+code+parttoc.command}\icom{parttoc}\icom{partlof}\icom{partlot} -% \fi -% \end{raggedright} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These commands are essentially similar to the \com{minitoc} command, except that they should be placed after a -% \com{part} command to produce a parttoc, a partlof or a partlot, and the formatting is different and depends on -% the availability of the -% \com{chapter} command (for the fonts and the horizontal rules). The code is very similar. The \com{partlof} -% and \com{partlot} commands are siblings of the \com{parttoc} command. -% Note that \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} and \com{partlot} use page styles, because \verb|\beforepart...| and -% \verb|\afterpart...| commands imply usually a \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page| command, and hence -% \com{markboth}\verb|{...}{...}| must be called. -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes sont essentiellement similaires р~la commande \com{minitoc}, sauf qu'elles devraient ъtre placщes -% aprшs une commande \com{part} pour produire une parttoc, une partlof ou une partlot, et que la mise en page est -% diffщrente et dщpend de la disponibilitщ de la commande \com{chapter} (pour les fontes et les filets -% horizontaux). Le code est trшs similaire. Les commandes \com{partlof} et \com{partlof} sont les cousines -% de la commande \com{parttoc}. Notez que \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} et \com{partlot} utilisent des styles -% de page, car les commandes \verb|\beforepart...| et \verb|\afterpart...| impliquent habituellement une commande -% \icom{clearpage}\icom{cleardoublepage}\verb|\clear[double]page|, et donc \com{markboth}\verb|{...}{...}| doit ъtre appelщe. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{parttoc} command}\icom{parttoc} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{parttoc}}\icom{parttoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command must be used after \com{part} if you need a parttoc (no automatic parttoc). -% First, \com{parttoc} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if -% it is missing. Then, \com{parttoc@} is called with the effective position as argument: -% \or\relax -% Cette commande doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{part} si vous souhaitez avoir une parttoc (pas de parttoc -% automatique). Tout d'abord, \com{parttoc} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur -% par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il est absent. Puis, \com{parttoc@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme -% argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\parttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\parttoc@}{\parttoc@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{parttoc@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@parttoc@used@} (for a consistency -% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the parttoc file): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{parttoc@} fait le vщritable travail. -% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@parttoc@used@} -% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs ou non (pour construire -% le nom du fichier parttoc): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\parttoc@[#1]{% -\global\@parttoc@used@true -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{ptc\Thepart}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{P\Thepart}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence of the parttoc file and give a warning if it is not here: -% \or\relax -% Puis,\imess{I0006} nous vщrifions la prщsence du fichier parttoc et donnons un avertissement s'il n'est pas lр: -% \fi -% -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@parttoc@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeparttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the parttoc file is present, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, -% \com{beforeparttoc}, of course: -% \or\relax -% Si le fichier est prщsent, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais devons ajouter un peu de code pour la prщsentation; -% d'abord, \com{beforeparttoc}, bien s√r: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforeparttoc -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} -% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageparttocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is defined, we just set the page marks with the parttoc title and set the page style: -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous mettons simplement le titre de la parttoc dans les marques de page et -% щtablissons le style de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% - \global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth \global\let\@mkboth\markboth - \thispageparttocstyle - \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\ptctitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\ptctitle}}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \env{samepage} environment is begun, then the argument is treated to set the position of -% the parttoc title. If the title string is empty, this forces the positionning. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis l'argument est traitщ pour щtablir la -% position du titre de la parttoc. Si la chaюne de titre est vide, le positionnement est forcщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@ptitc\e@pti - \else\if #1n\let\do@ptitc\n@pti - \else\if #1c\let\do@ptitc\c@pti - \else\if #1l\let\do@ptitc\l@pti - \else\if #1r\let\do@ptitc\r@pti - \else\if #1d\let\do@ptitc\df@ptitc - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\ptctitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@ptitc\e@pti\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the parttoc, then we set the font: -% \or\relax -% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la parttoc, -% puis щtablissons la fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \raggedright \reset@font\ptcfont \parskip=\z@ \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]\kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent \nopagebreak[4]% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptitc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\hline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The parttoc title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between -% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. -% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the parttoc. -% \or\relax -% Le titre de la parttoc est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher une coupure -% de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si -% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la parttoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\ptc@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptitc{\mtc@v\ptctitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptitc{\mtc@v\ptctitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we adjust the position close the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques -% paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\*[-\baselineskip]\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\ptcindent \rightmargin\ptcindent - \itemindent=\z@ \labelwidth=\z@ \labelsep=\z@ \listparindent=\z@% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@parttocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We enter in a \env{ptc@verse} environment to format the parttoc. The toc depth is forced (locally) to -% \dcnt{parttocdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. A blank line is -% necessary to avoid a negative indentation. -% \or\relax -% Nous entrons dans un environnement \env{ptc@verse} pour mettre en page la parttoc. La profondeur de table -% des matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{parttocdepth}. Une petite astuce est -% nщcessaire pour ajuster la position. Une ligne blanche est nщcessaire pour щviter une indentation nщgative. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{ptc@verse}{\ptcoffset}\c@tocdepth=\c@parttocdepth% - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\openparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. -% For chapter-level entries, we must invoke \com{l@chapter} ignoring the page number argument. -% A hook (redefinissable command) is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated -% via \com{ptc@setform}. -% Then the parttoc file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{ptc@verse} environment is terminated. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Si les lignes de contenu doivent ne pas avoir de numщros de pages, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa -% version sans points de conduite. Pour les entrщes au niveau chapitre, nous devons invoquer \com{l@chapter} en -% ignorant l'argument numщro de page. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et -% les choix de mise en page de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{ptc@setform}. Puis le fichier parttoc est -% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, puis l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} est terminщ. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{ptc@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@ifundefined{ptc@pgno}% - {\let\l@chapter@SVPN\l@chapter% - \def\l@chapter##1##2{\l@chapter@SVPN{##1}{\hbox{}}}}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \ptc@setform - \openparttoc\global\inparttoctrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\inparttocfalse\closeparttoc - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup - \end{ptc@verse}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\afterparttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break (if \com{chapter} is -% not defined), and \com{afterparttoc}. -% \or\relax -% La partie finale consiste seulement р~ajouter le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la possibilitщ d'une coupure de page -% (si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie), et \com{afterparttoc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kernafterparttoc - \nopagebreak[4]\ptc@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\@ifundefined{chapter}{\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}}% - \afterparttoc\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{partlof} command}\icom{partlof} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{partlof}}\icom{partlof} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command must be used after \com{part} if you need a partlof (no automatic partlof). -% First, \com{partlof} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if -% it is missing. Then, \com{partlof@} is called with the effective position as argument: -% \or\relax -% Cette commande doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{part} si vous souhaitez avoir une partlof (pas de partlof -% automatique). Tout d'abord, \com{partlof} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur -% par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il est absent. Puis, \com{partlof@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme -% argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\partlof{\@ifnextchar[{\partlof@}{\partlof@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{partlof@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@partlof@used@} (for a consistency -% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the partlof file): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{partlof@} fait le vщritable travail. -% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@partlof@used@} -% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs ou non (pour construire -% le nom du fichier partlof): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\partlof@[#1]{% -\global\@partlof@used@true -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{plf\Thepart}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{G\Thepart}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence of the partlof file and give a warning if it is not here: -% \or\relax -% Puis,\imess{I0006} nous vщrifions la prщsence du fichier partlof et donnons un avertissement s'il n'est pas lр: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@partlof@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the partlof file is present, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, -% \com{beforepartlof}, of course: -% \or\relax -% Si le fichier est prщsent, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais devons ajouter un peu de code pour la prщsentation; -% d'abord, \com{beforepartlof}, bien s√r: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforepartlof -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} -% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is defined, we just set the page marks with the partlof title and set the page style: -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous mettons simplement le titre de la partlof dans les marques de page et -% щtablissons le style de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{chapter}{}% - {\global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth - \global\let\@mkboth\markboth - \thispagepartlofstyle - \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\plftitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\plftitle}}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilf} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \env{samepage} environment is begun, then the argument is treated to set the position of -% the partlof title. If the title string is empty, this forces the positionning. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis l'argument est traitщ pour щtablir la -% position du titre de la partlof. Si la chaюne de titre est vide, le positionnement est forcщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@ptilf\e@pti - \else\if #1n\let\do@ptilf\n@pti - \else\if #1c\let\do@ptilf\c@pti - \else\if #1l\let\do@ptilf\l@pti - \else\if #1r\let\do@ptilf\r@pti - \else\if #1d\let\do@ptilf\df@ptilf - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\plftitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@ptilf\e@pti\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\plffont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the parttoc, then we set the font: -% \or\relax -% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la partlof, -% puis щtablissons la fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\plffont% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilf} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\hline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The parttoc title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between the -% title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. -% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the partlof. -% \or\relax -% Le titre de la partlof est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher une coupure -% de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si -% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la partlof. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent - \ifx\plf@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilf{\mtc@v\plftitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilf{\mtc@v\plftitle}\\\hline - \mtc@hstrut\\ - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques -% paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\*[-\baselineskip]\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\ptcindent \rightmargin\ptcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\plfoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We enter in a \env{ptc@verse} environment to format the partlof. -% If necessary, the toc depth is forced (locally) to \dcnt{partlofdepth}. -% A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. A blank line is necessary to avoid a negative indentation. -% \or\relax -% Nous entrons dans un environnement \env{ptc@verse} pour mettre en page la partlof. -% Si nщcessaire la profondeur de table des matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{partlofdepth}. -% Une petite astuce est nщcessaire pour ajuster la position. Une ligne blanche est nщcessaire pour щviter une -% indentation nщgative. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{ptc@verse}{\plfoffset}% - \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% - {\c@lofdepth=\c@partlofdepth - \ifnum\c@lofdepth<1\relax\c@lofdepth=1\fi} - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\openpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\closepartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. -% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{plf@setform}. -% Then the partlof file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{ptc@verse} environment is terminated. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Si les lignes de contenu doivent ne pas avoir de numщros de pages, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa -% version sans points de conduite. Pour les entrщes au niveau chapitre, nous devons invoquer \com{l@chapter} en -% ignorant l'argument numщro de page. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et -% les choix de mise en page de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{plf@setform}. Puis le fichier partlof est -% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, puis l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} est terminщ. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{plf@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \plf@setform - \openpartlof\global\inpartloftrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\inpartloffalse\closepartlof - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup - \end{ptc@verse}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break (if \com{chapter} is -% not defined), and \com{afterpartlof}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. -% \or\relax -% La partie finale consiste seulement р~ajouter le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la possibilitщ d'une coupure de page -% (si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie), et \com{afterpartlof}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) est essentielle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kernafterpartlof - \nopagebreak[4]\plf@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\@ifundefined{chapter}{\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}}% - \afterpartlof\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{partlot} command}\icom{partlot} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{partlot}}\icom{partlot} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command must be used after \com{part} if you need a partlot (no automatic partlot). -% First, \com{partlot} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if -% it is missing. Then, \com{partlot@} is called with the effective position as argument: -% \or\relax -% Cette commande doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{part} si vous souhaitez avoir une partlot (pas de partlot -% automatique). Tout d'abord, \com{partlot} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur -% par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il est absent. Puis, \com{partlot@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme -% argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\partlot{\@ifnextchar[{\partlot@}{\partlot@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\Thepart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{partlot@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@partlot@used@} (for a consistency -% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the partlot file): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{partlot@} fait le vщritable travail. -% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@partlot@used@} -% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs ou non (pour construire -% le nom du fichier partlot): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -% -\def\partlot@[#1]{% -\global\@partlot@used@true -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{plt\Thepart}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{U\Thepart}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence of the partlot file and give a warning if it is not here: -% \or\relax -% Puis,\imess{I0006} nous vщrifions la prщsence du fichier partlot et donnons un avertissement s'il n'est pas lр: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@partlof@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the partlot file is present, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, -% \com{beforepartlot}, of course: -% \or\relax -% Si le fichier est prщsent, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais devons ajouter un peu de code pour la prщsentation; -% d'abord, \com{beforepartlot}, bien s√r: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforepartlot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@markboth} -% \begin{macro}{\@mkboth} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlotstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If \com{chapter} is defined, we just set the page marks with the partlot title and set the page style: -% \or\relax -% Si \com{chapter} est dщfinie, nous mettons simplement le titre de la partlot dans les marques de page et -% щtablissons le style de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% - \global\let\mtc@markboth\markboth - \global\let\@mkboth\markboth - \thispagepartlotstyle - \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\plttitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\plttitle}}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilt} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A \env{samepage} environment is begun, then the argument is treated to set the position of -% the partlof title. If the title string is empty, this forces the positionning. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis l'argument est traitщ pour щtablir la -% position du titre de la partlot. Si la chaюne de titre est vide, le positionnement est forcщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@ptilt\e@pti - \else\if #1n\let\do@ptilt\n@pti - \else\if #1c\let\do@ptilt\c@pti - \else\if #1l\let\do@ptilt\l@pti - \else\if #1r\let\do@ptilt\r@pti - \else\if #1d\let\do@ptilt\df@ptilt - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\plttitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@ptilt\e@pti\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the partlot, then we set the font: -% \or\relax -% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la partlot, -% puis щtablissons la fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\pltfont% - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plt@rule} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \begin{macro}{\do@ptilt} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\hline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The partlot title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between -% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. -% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the partlot. -% \or\relax -% Le titre de la partlot est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher -% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si -% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la partlot. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\plt@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilt{\mtc@v\plttitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\ptifont\do@ptilt{\mtc@v\plttitle}\\\hline - \mtc@hstrut\\ - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques -% paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\*[-\baselineskip]\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\ptcindent \rightmargin\ptcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\pltoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We enter in a \env{ptc@verse} environment to format the parttoc. -% If necessary, the toc depth is forced (locally) to \dcnt{partlotdepth}. -% A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. -% \or\relax -% Nous entrons dans un environnement \env{ptc@verse} pour mettre en page la partlot. -% Si nщcessaire la profondeur de table des matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{partlotdepth}. -% Une petite astuce est nщcessaire pour ajuster la position. Une ligne blanche est nщcessaire pour щviter une -% indentation nщgative. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{ptc@verse}{\pltoffset}% - \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% - {\c@lotdepth=\c@partlotdepth - \ifnum\c@lotdepth<1\relax\c@lotdepth=1\fi} - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plt@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\plt@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\openpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\closepartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. -% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{plt@setform}. -% Then the partlot file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{ptc@verse} environment is terminated. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Si les lignes de contenu doivent ne pas avoir de numщros de pages, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa -% version sans points de conduite. Pour les entrщes au niveau chapitre, nous devons invoquer \com{l@chapter} en -% ignorant l'argument numщro de page. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et -% les choix de mise en page de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{plt@setform}. Puis le fichier partlot est -% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, puis l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} est terminщ. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{plt@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \plt@setform - \openpartlot\global\inpartlottrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\inpartlotfalse\closepartlot - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup - \end{ptc@verse}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break (if \com{chapter} is -% not defined), and \com{afterpartlot}. The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. -% \or\relax -% La partie finale consiste seulement р~ajouter le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la possibilitщ d'une coupure de page -% (si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie), et \com{afterpartlot}. La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) est essentielle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kernafterpartlot - \nopagebreak[4]\plt@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\@ifundefined{chapter}{\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}}% - \afterpartlot\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Auxiliary commands for printing parttocs}\label{s+code+aux.commands.parttoc} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes auxiliaires pour l'impression des parttocs}\label{s+code+aux.commands.parttoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xpart} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\l@psect} -% \begin{macro}{\pchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\psect} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The following auxiliary commands are used in the printing of parttocs. Note that \com{l@xpart} uses a huge depth -% to inhibit the printing of its contents line (except if you cheat). These commands are similar to -% \com{l@subsection}, only the arguments have been altered: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes auxiliaires suivantes sont utilisщes dans l'impression des parttocs. Notez que \com{l@xpart} -% utilise une profondeur щnorme pour inhiber l'impression de sa ligne de contenu (sauf si vous trichez). Ces -% commandes sont similaires р~\com{l@subsection}, seuls les arguments ont щtщ altщrщs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\l@xpart{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\l@pchapter{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\l@psect{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\pchapter{pchapter} -\def\psect{psect} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Patching the \ucom{part} command, continued}\label{s+code+patching.part.2}\icom{part} -% \or\relax -% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{part}, suite}\label{s+code+patching.part.2}\icom{part} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\sv@part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svpart} -% \begin{macro}{\@part} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\sv@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\partbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\partend} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We patch both branches of the \com{part} command: \com{@part} (unstarred \com{part}) and \com{@spart} -% (\com{part*}). We add the incrementation of the \cnt{ptc} counter to both branches. -% In the unstarred branch, -% we add \texttt{xpart} entries in the TOC, the LOF and the LOT. In the starred branch, we add a \com{partbegin} -% line in the TOC. This command is just a marker and does nothing real (\com{relax}). -% \or\relax -% Nous modifions les deux branches de la commande \com{part}: \com{@part} (\com{part} non щtoilщe) et \com{@spart} -% (\com{part*}). Nous ajoutons l'incrщmentation du compteur \cnt{ptc} dans les deux branches. Dans -% la branche non щtoilщe, nous ajoutons des entrщes -% \texttt{xpart} dans les fichiers table des matiшres, liste des figures et liste des tableaux. Dans la branche -% щtoilщe, nous ajoutons une ligne \com{partbegin} dans le fichier table des matiшres. Cette commande est juste un -% marqueur et ne fait rien de concret (\com{relax}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\sv@part\mtc@svpart -\def\@part[#1]#2{\sv@part[{#1}]{#2}\relax -\addcontentsline{lof}{xpart}{#1}% -\addcontentsline{lot}{xpart}{#1}% -\addcontentsline{toc}{xpart}{#1}% -\stepcounter{ptc}} -\let\sv@spart\@spart -\def\@spart{\stepcounter{ptc}\sv@spart} -\let\ptc@spart\@spart -\def\@spart{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partend}\ptc@spart} -\def\@spart{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}\ptc@spart} -\let\partend\relax -\let\partbegin\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{doparttoc} command and its siblings}\label{s+code+doparttoc}\icom{doparttoc} -% \or\relax -% \section{La commande \ucom{doparttoc} et ses cousines}\label{s+code+doparttoc}\icom{doparttoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{doparttoc} command works like the \com{dominitoc} command, \com{dopartlof} like \com{dominilof} -% and \com{dopartlot} like \com{dominilot}. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{doparttoc} fonctionne comme la commande \com{dominitoc}, \com{dopartlof} comme \com{dominilof} -% et \com{dopartlot} comme \com{dominilot}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{doparttoc} command extracts information from the \suffix{.toc} file and creates the -% \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.ptc} becomes \suffix{.P} on MS-DOS). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{doparttoc} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.toc} et crщe les fichiers -% \suffix{.ptc}\meta{N} (\suffix{.ptc} devient \suffix{.P} sous MS-DOS). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@doparttoc#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{ptc}{0}% - \PTC@next#1.toc\relax\\}\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dopartlof} command extracts information from the -% \suffix{.lof} file and creates the \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.plf} becomes \suffix{.G} on MS-DOS). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dopartlof} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lof} et crщe les fichiers -% \suffix{.plf}\meta{N} (\suffix{.plf} devient \suffix{.G} sous MS-DOS). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dopartlof#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{ptc}{0}% - \PLF@next#1.lof\relax\\}\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dopartlot} command extracts information from the -% \suffix{.lot} file and creates the \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.plt} becomes \suffix{.U} on MS-DOS). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dopartlot} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lot} et crщe les fichiers -% \suffix{.plt}\meta{N} (\suffix{.plt} devient \suffix{.U} sous MS-DOS). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dopartlot#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{ptc}{0}% - \PLT@next#1.lot\relax\\}\setcounter{ptc}{0}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the user macros, who detect the optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les macros pour l'utilisateur, qui dщtectent l'argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\doparttoc@}{\doparttoc@[l]}} -\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\dopartlof@}{\dopartlof@[l]}} -\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\dopartlot@}{\dopartlot@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\df@ptitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{doparttoc} (it becomes the default position for titles of parttocs) -% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{doparttoc} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les -% titres des parttocs) et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\doparttoc@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@doparttoc@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\doparttoc \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@doparttoc@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@ptitc\e@pti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@ptitc\n@pti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@ptitc\c@pti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@ptitc\l@pti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@ptitc\r@pti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@doparttoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilf} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dopartlof} (it becomes the default position for titles of partlofs) -% and flag this macro as used, a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dopartlof} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les -% titres des partlofs) et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dopartlof@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dopartlof@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dopartlof \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dopartlof@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@ptilf\e@pti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@ptilf\n@pti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@ptilf\c@pti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@ptilf\l@pti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@ptilf\r@pti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dopartlof} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\df@ptilt} -% \begin{macro}{\e@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@pti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@pti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dopartlot} (it becomes the default position for titles of partlofs) -% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dopartlot} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres -% des partlots) et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dopartlot@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dopartlot@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dopartlot \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dopartlot@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@ptilt\e@pti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@ptilt\n@pti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@ptilt\c@pti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@ptilt\l@pti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@ptilt\r@pti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dopartlot} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\@@doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These macros invoke the \verb|@dopart...| commands to create the mini-table file, then close the file -% descriptor. -% \or\relax -% Ces macros invoquent les \verb|\@dopart...| pour crщer le fichier de mini-table, puis ferment le descripteur de -% fichier. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@@doparttoc{\@doparttoc{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\@@dopartlof{\@dopartlof{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\@@dopartlot{\@dopartlot{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing macros for the parttocs} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Macros de traitement pour les parttocs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste puis la retirons de la tъte de liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PTC@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\PTC@list{#2}% - \PTC@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PTC@toc{% - \ifx\PTC@list\@empty\else\expandafter\PTC@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\theptc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcname} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{I0033} macro \com{PTC@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the TOC file and detects interesting keywords. -% If \com{part} is found, the \cnt{ptc} counter is incremented and a new partlof file is created. -% \or\relax -% La\imess{I0033} macro \com{PTC@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier table des matiшres et dщtecte les -% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{part} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{ptc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier parttoc -% est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PTC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part - \stepcounter{ptc}% - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc\@gobble}% - \def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.P\theptc\@gobble}% - \def\ptcname{\jobname.P\theptc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\ptcname - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starpart\relax - \stepcounter{ptc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si des suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, -% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc}% - \def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.P\theptc}% - \def\ptcname{\jobname.P\theptc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\ptcname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\pchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\coffee} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection} -% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} -% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines; this code extracts and writes info for chapters, sections, etc.: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes; ce code extrait et щcrit les informations pour les -% chapitres, sections, etc.: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\pchapter - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\coffee - \MTC@WriteCoffeeline{#1}{#3}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\paragraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\starchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\starsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starparagraph} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And for the starred sectionning commands: -% \or\relax -% Et pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starchapter - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcC}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{ptcSP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the TOC file; expands the list of entries and call \com{PTC@next} to process the -% first one: -% \or\relax -% La boucle de lecture du fichier table des matiшres; expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle \com{PTC@next} pour -% traiter la premiшre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PTC@explist{\expandafter\PTC@next\PTC@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0013}\\\lmess{I0025}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0013}\\\lmess{I0025}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en recherchant des entrщes -% intщressantes. Sinon, traiter l'entrщe suivante de la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PTC@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0013]{minitoc}% - {No file #1 - \MessageBreak - PARTTOCS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\PTC@toc - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0025]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING PARTTOCS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\PTC@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@read} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.toc} file. -% \or\relax -% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PTC@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\PTC@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@test} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{PTC@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{PTC@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\PTC@test\PTC@line.....\PTC@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@test} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{PTC@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the TOC file, mainly to -% delimit parts: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{PTC@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier table des matiшres, -% principalement pour dщlimiter les parties: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\PTC@read} -% \begin{macro}{\partend} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the -% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next file in the -% list. -% \or\relax -% Nous examinons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe л~intщressante~╗, nous la traitons. Si -% c'est \com{@input}, nous ajoutons le fichier р~la liste. Sinon, nous l'ignorons. La boucle est recommencщe si la -% fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\PTC@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\PTC@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \PTC@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\PTC@list{\PTC@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\partend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\partbegin - \addtocounter{ptc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\PTC@toc - \else\expandafter\PTC@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing macros for the partlofs} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Macros de traitement pour les partlofs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante de la liste et le retirons de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLF@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\PLF@list{#2}% - \PLF@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLF@lof{% - \ifx\PLF@list\@empty\else\expandafter\PLF@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\theptc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\plfname} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@WriteContentsLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{PLF@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOF file and detects interesting keywords. -% If \com{part} is found, the \cnt{ptc} counter is incremented and a new partlof file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{PLF@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des figures et dщtecte les -% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{part} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{ptc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier partlof -% est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLF@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xpart - \stepcounter{ptc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\plfname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si des suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, -% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.plf\theptc}% - \def\plfname{\jobname.plf\theptc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.G\theptc}% - \def\plfname{\jobname.G\theptc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\plfname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\figure} -% \begin{macro}{\subfigure} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\figure - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{plf}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subfigure - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{plfS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the LOF file; expands the list of entries and call \com{PLF@next} to process the -% first one: -% \or\relax -% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des figures; expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle \com{PLF@next} pour -% traiter la premiшre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLF@explist{\expandafter\PLF@next\PLF@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0011}\\\lmess{I0035}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0011}\\\lmess{I0035}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en recherchant des entrщes -% intщressantes. Sinon, traiter l'entrщe suivante de la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLF@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0011]{minitoc}% - {No file #1 - \MessageBreak - PARTLOFS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\PLF@lof - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0035]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING PARTLOFS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\PLF@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@read} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lof} file. -% \or\relax -% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lof}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLF@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\PLF@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@test} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{PLF@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{PLF@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\PLF@test\PLF@line.....\PLF@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@test} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{PLF@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOF file, mainly to -% delimit parts: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{PLF@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des figures, -% principalement pour dщlimiter les parties: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\PLF@read} -% \begin{macro}{\partend} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the -% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next file in the -% list. -% \or\relax -% Nous examinons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe л~intщressante~╗, nous la traitons. Si -% c'est \com{@input}, nous ajoutons le fichier р~la liste. Sinon, nous l'ignorons. La boucle est recommencщe si la -% fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\PLF@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\PLF@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \PLF@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\PLF@list{\PLF@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\partend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\partbegin - \addtocounter{ptc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\PLF@lof - \else\expandafter\PLF@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing macros for the partlots} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Macros de traitement pour les partlots} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante de la liste et le retirons de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLT@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\PLT@list{#2}% - \PLT@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLT@lot{% - \ifx\PLT@list\@empty\else\expandafter\PLT@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\theptc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\pltname} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@WriteContentsLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{PLT@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOT file and detects interesting keywords. -% If \com{part} is found, the \cnt{ptc} counter is incremented and a new partlot file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{PLT@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des tableaux et dщtecte les -% mots-clщs intщressants. Si \com{part} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{ptc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier partlot -% est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLT@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xpart - \stepcounter{ptc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\pltname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si des suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, -% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.plt\theptc}% - \def\pltname{\jobname.plt\theptc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.U\theptc}% - \def\pltname{\jobname.U\theptc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\pltname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\table} -% \begin{macro}{\subtable} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\table - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{plt}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subtable - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode#2}% - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{pltS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the LOT file; expands the list of entries and call \com{PLT@next} to process the -% first one: -% \or\relax -% La boucle de lecture du fichier liste des tableaux; expanse la liste des entrщes et appelle \com{PLT@next} pour -% traiter la premiшre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLT@explist{\expandafter\PLT@next\PLT@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0012}\\\lmess{I0038}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0012}\\\lmess{I0038}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on boucle ligne par ligne en recherchant des entrщes -% intщressantes. Sinon, traiter l'entrщe suivante de la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLT@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0012]{minitoc}% - {No file #1 - \MessageBreak - PARTLOTS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\PLT@lot - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0038]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING PARTLOTS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\PLT@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@read} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lot} file. -% \or\relax -% Lire l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lot}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\PLT@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\PLT@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@test} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{PLT@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{PLT@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\PLT@test\PLT@line.....\PLT@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@test} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{PLT@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOT file, mainly to -% delimit parts: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{PLT@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des tableaux, -% principalement pour dщlimiter les parties: -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@read} -% \begin{macro}{\partend} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Look at the first token of the line. If it is an interesting entry, process it. If it is \com{@input}, add the -% file to the list. Otherwise ignore. Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next file in the -% list. -% \or\relax -% Nous examinons le premier \emph{token} de la ligne. Si c'est une entrщe л~intщressante~╗, nous la traitons. Si -% c'est \com{@input}, nous ajoutons le fichier р~la liste. Sinon, nous l'ignorons. La boucle est recommencщe si la -% fin du fichier n'est pas atteinte. Enfin nous traitons le fichier suivant dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\PLT@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\PLT@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \PLT@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\PLT@list{\PLT@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\partend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\partbegin - \addtocounter{ptc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\PLT@lot - \else\expandafter\PLT@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% End of the part level stuff (begun in section~\vref{s+code+part.level}): -% \or\relax -% Fin du code pour le niveau partie (dщbutщ dans la section~\vref{s+code+part.level}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Depth counters for sectlofs and sectlots} -% \or\relax -% \section{Compteurs de profondeur pour les sectlofs et les sectlots} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@lotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\newcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the counters \dcnt{lofdepth} and \dcnt{lotdepth} are defined, we create new counters for the depths of -% the corresponding mini-tables: -% \dcnt{sectlofdepth} and \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. -% These counters are initialized to~2. -% This is done after the loading of the packages, in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block: -% \or\relax -% Si les compteurs \dcnt{lofdepth} et \dcnt{lotdepth} sont dщfinis, nous crщons de nouveaux compteurs pour les -% profondeurs des mini-tables correspondantes: -% \dcnt{sectlofdepth} et \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. -% Ces compteurs sont initialisщs р~2. -% Ceci est fait aprшs le chargement des paquetages, dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% - {\newcounter{sectlofdepth}\setcounter{sectlofdepth}{2}}% - \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% - {\newcounter{sectlotdepth}\setcounter{sectlotdepth}{2}}% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Section-level commands}\label{s+code+section.level.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes au niveau section}\label{s+code+section.level.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@undef@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The section-level commands are defined only if \com{chapter} is \emph{not} defined, hence in article-like -% document classes, and only if \com{section} is defined: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes au niveau section sont dщfinies seulement si \com{chapter} \emph{n'est pas} dщfinie, donc dans -% les classes de document du genre article, et seulement si \com{section} est dщfinie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@chapter@undef@ \if@mtc@section@def@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} -% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementstc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementstc} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0005} define the obsolete command \com{firstsectionis} (with its harmless warning), the counter \cnt{stc} -% of secttocs, the \com{adjuststc}, \com{decrementstc} and \com{incrementstc} commands, -% the depth counter \dcnt{secttocdepth} and its default -% value~2 (to include at least the subsections), the horizontal rule \com{stc@rule} (rule before/after -% secttoc/sectlof/sectlot), the indentation (both sides) \com{stcindent} for the secttocs (with its default -% values). -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0005} dщfinissons la commande obsolшte \com{firstsectionis} (avec son avertissement bщnin), -% le compteur \cnt{stc} de secttocs, les commandes \com{adjuststc}, \com{decrementstc} -% et \com{incrementstc}, -% le compteur de profondeur \dcnt{secttocdepth} et sa valeur par dщfaut~2 (pour inclure au moins -% les sous-sections), le filet horizontal \com{stc@rule} (filet avant/aprшs la secttoc/sectlof/sectlot), l'indentation -% (des deux cЇtщs) \com{stcindent} pour les secttocs (avec leurs valeurs par dщfaut). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\firstsectionis#1{\mtcPackageWarning[W0005]{minitoc}% - {\string\firstsectionis \space is an obsolete (ignored) - \MessageBreak - command}% - \@firstsectionis@used@true} -\newcounter{stc}\setcounter{stc}{0}% -\newcommand{\adjuststc}[1][1]{\addtocounter{stc}{#1}}% -\def\decrementstc{\addtocounter{stc}{-1}}% -\def\incrementstc{\addtocounter{stc}{+1}}% -\newcounter{secttocdepth}\setcounter{secttocdepth}{2}% -\def\stc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}}% -\newlength\stcindent \stcindent=24\p@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Fonts commands for secttocs and co.}\label{s+code+fonts.commands.secttocs} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commands de fontes pour les secttocs et co.}\label{s+code+fonts.commands.secttocs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\slffont} -% \begin{macro}{\slfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\sltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the fonts commands for the secttocs, sectlofs and sectlots and their titles: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les commandes de fontes pour les secttocs, sectlofs et sectlots et pour leurs titres: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\stcfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\mdseries} % secttoc -\def\stcSSfont{\small\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} % (subsections) -\let\stcSSSfont\stcfont % (subsubsections) -\let\stcPfont\stcfont % (paragraphs) -\let\stcSPfont\stcfont % (subparagraphs) -\let\slffont\stcfont % sectlof (figures) -\let\slfSfont\stcfont % sectlof (subfigures) -\let\sltfont\stcfont % sectlot (tables) -\let\sltSfont\stcfont % sectlot (subtables) -\def\stifont{\large\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} % titles -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Internal macros for title positionning}\label{s+code+int.macros.title.pos.secttocs} -% \or\relax -% \section{Macros internes pour le positionnement du titre}\label{s+code+int.macros.title.pos.secttocs} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some internal macros for title positionning, from the optional arguments of \com{dosecttoc} and \com{secttoc} -% commands (and siblings). -% Centering, flushleft, flushright or empty titles (with a vertical correction for empty titles, -% from \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}): -% \or\relax -% Voici quelques macros internes pour le positionnement du titre, selon les arguments optionnels des -% commandes \com{dosecttoc} et \com{secttoc} (et leurs cousines). -% Titres centrщs, cadrщs р~gauche, cadrщs р~droite ou vides (avec un correction verticale pour les titres vides, -% d'aprшs \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\c@sti#1{\null\hfill #1\hfill\null} -\def\l@sti#1{\null #1\hfill\null} -\def\r@sti#1{\null\hfill #1\null} -\def\e@sti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -\def\n@sti#1{\vspace{-\baselineskip}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stitc} -% \begin{macro}{\df@stitc} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stilf} -% \begin{macro}{\df@stilf} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stilt} -% \begin{macro}{\df@stilt} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% By default, titles are flushleft. -% \or\relax -% Par dщfaut, les titres sur cadrщs р~gauche. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\do@stitc\l@sti -\let\df@stitc\l@sti -\let\do@stilf\l@sti -\let\df@stilf\l@sti -\let\do@stilt\l@sti -\let\df@stilt\l@sti -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \texttt{stc@verse} environment}\label{s+code+stc@verse} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'environnement \texttt{stc@verse}}\label{s+code+stc@verse} -% \fi -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \env{stc@verse} environment is a very simple list environment, analog to the standard \env{verse} environment. -% Some formatting parameters are adjusted. The \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\uopt{tight/loose} -% and \iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose}\uopt{k-tight/k-loose} package options -% are honored. -% The \env{stc@verse} environment has an argument which is an horizontal offset (a command like \com{stcoffset}). -% \or\relax -% L'environnement \env{stc@verse} est un environnement de liste trшs simple, analogue р~l'environnement -% standard \env{verse}. Certains paramшtres de mise en page sont ajustщs. Les options de paquetage -% \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\uopt{tight/loose} et \iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose}\uopt{k-tight/k-loose} sont honorщes. -% L'environnement \env{stc@verse} a un argument qui est un dщplacement horizontal (une commande telle que \com{stcoffset}). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\stc@verse#1{\let\\=\@centercr - \list{}{% - \itemsep=\z@ \itemindent=\z@ \topsep=1ex - \listparindent=\itemindent \partopsep=\z@ - \iftightmtc \parsep=\z@ \fi - \ifktightmtc \parskip=\z@ \fi - \leftmargin=\stcindent \rightmargin=\leftmargin - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{+#1}% - \addtolength{\rightmargin}{-#1}% - }% - \item[]}% -\def\endstc@verse{\nopagebreak[4]\endlist} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{secttoc}, \ucom{sectlof}, and \ucom{sectlot} commands}\icom{secttoc}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} -% These three commands are very similar. -% \or\relax -% \section{Les commandes \ucom{secttoc}, \ucom{sectlof} et \ucom{sectlot}}\icom{secttoc}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} -% Ces trois commandes sont trшs similaires. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{secttoc} command}\label{s+code+secttoc}\icom{secttoc} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{secttoc}}\label{s+code+secttoc}\icom{secttoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{secttoc} command must be used after \com{section} if you need a secttoc (no automatic secttoc). -% Its code is similar to the code of \com{minitoc} (but simpler). -% First, \com{secttoc} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if -% it is missing. Then, \com{secttoc@} is called with the effective position as argument: -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{secttoc} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{section} si vous dщsirez une secttoc (pas de secttoc -% automatique). Son code est similaire р~celui de \com{minitoc} (mais plus simple). Tout d'abord, -% \com{secttoc} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il -% est omis. Puis, \com{secttoc@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\secttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\secttoc@}{\secttoc@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{secttoc@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@secttoc@used@} (for a consistency -% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the secttoc file): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{secttoc@} effectue le vrai travail. -% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@secttoc@used@} -% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les longs suffixes sont utilisщs ou non (pour -% construire le nom du fichier secttoc): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\secttoc@[#1]{% -\global\@secttoc@used@true -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{stc\thestc}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{S\thestc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence and the emptiness of the secttoc file and give a warning if it is not here or is empty: -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons la prщsence et la vacuitщ du fichier secttoc, en donnant un avertissement s'il est absent ou -% est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@secttoc@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesecttocstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the secttoc file is present and not empty, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, -% \com{beforesecttoc}, of course, and the page style feature: -% \or\relax -% Si le fichier secttoc est prщsent et non vide, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais nous devons au prщalable ajouter du -% code de prщsentation: d'abord, \com{beforesecttoc}, bien s√r, et le dispositif de style de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \beforesecttoc - \thispagesecttocstyle -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin a \env{samepage} environment, then treat the positionning argument. If the title is empty, we -% simulate the ``\texttt{e}'' positionning. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis traitons l'argument de positionnement. Si le titre est -% vide, nous simulons le positionnement л~\texttt{e}~╗. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\stctitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\stctitle}}% - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@stitc\e@sti - \else\if #1n\let\do@stitc\n@sti - \else\if #1c\let\do@stitc\c@sti - \else\if #1l\let\do@stitc\l@sti - \else\if #1r\let\do@stitc\r@sti - \else\if #1d\let\do@stitc\df@stitc - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\stctitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@stitc\e@sti\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the secttoc, then we set the font: -% \or\relax -% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la secttoc, puis nous -% щtablissons la fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\stcfont% - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\stifont} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stitc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\hline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The secttoc title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between -% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. -% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the secttoc. -% \or\relax -% Le titre de la secttoc est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher -% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si -% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la secttoc. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent - \nopagebreak[4]% - \ifx\stc@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\stifont\do@stitc{\mtc@v\stctitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\stifont\do@stitc{\mtc@v\stctitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{5} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques -% paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\stcindent \rightmargin\stcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\stcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@secttocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We enter in a \env{stc@verse} environment to format the secttoc. The toc depth is forced (locally) to -% \dcnt{secttocdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{stc@verse} pour mettre en page la secttoc. La profondeur de table des -% matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{secttocdepth}. Une petite astuce est nщcessaire -% pour ajuster le positionnement. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{stc@verse}{\stcoffset}\c@tocdepth=\c@secttocdepth% - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\opensecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closesecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. -% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{stc@setform}. -% Then the secttoc file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{stc@verse} environment is terminated. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Si les lignes de contenu ne doivent pas avoir de numщros, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version -% sans points de conduite. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et les choix -% de mise en page issus de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{stc@setform}. Puis le fichier secttoc est -% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, et l'environnement \env{stc@verse} est terminщ. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \stc@setform% - \@ifundefined{stc@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \stc@setform% - \opensecttoc\global\insecttoctrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\insecttocfalse\closesecttoc - \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-\baselineskip} - \leavevmode\mtc@strut - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup - \end{stc@verse}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersecttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break and \com{aftersecttoc}. -% \or\relax -% La partie finale ajoute le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la permission d'une coupure de page et \com{aftersecttoc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kernaftersecttoc - \nopagebreak[4]\stc@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\aftersecttoc\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{sectlof} command}\label{s+code+sectlof}\icom{sectlof} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{sectlof}}\label{s+code+sectlof}\icom{sectlof} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{sectlof} command must be used after \com{section} if you need a sectlof (no automatic sectlof). -% Its code is similar to the code of \com{minilof} (but simpler). -% First, \com{sectlof} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if -% it is missing. Then, \com{sectlof@} is called with the effective position as argument: -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{sectlof} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{section} si vous dщsirez une sectlof (pas de sectlof -% automatique). Son code est similaire р~celui de \com{minilof} (mais plus simple). Tout d'abord, -% \com{sectlof} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il -% est omis. Puis, \com{sectlof@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\sectlof@}{\sectlof@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{sectlof@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@sectlof@used@} (for a consistency -% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the sectlof file): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{sectlof@} effectue le vrai travail. -% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@sectlof@used@} -% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les longs suffixes sont utilisщs ou non (pour -% construire le nom du fichier sectlof): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sectlof@[#1]{% -\global\@sectlof@used@true -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{slf\thestc}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{H\thestc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence and the emptiness of the sectlof file and give a warning if it is not here or is empty: -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons la prщsence et la vacuitщ du fichier sectlof, en donnant un avertissement s'il est absent ou -% est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@sectlof@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlofstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the sectlof file is present and not empty, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, -% \com{beforesectlof}, of course, and the page style feature: -% \or\relax -% Si le fichier sectlof est prщsent et non vide, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais nous devons au prщalable ajouter du -% code de prщsentation: d'abord, \com{beforesectlof}, bien s√r, et le dispositif de style de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \thispagesectlofstyle -%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\slftitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\slftitle}}% - \beforesectlof -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{11} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stilf} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin a \env{samepage} environment, then treat the positionning argument. If the title is empty, we -% simulate the ``\texttt{e}'' positionning. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis traitons l'argument de positionnement. Si le titre est -% vide, nous simulons le positionnement л~\texttt{e}~╗. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@stilf\e@sti - \else\if #1n\let\do@stilf\n@sti - \else\if #1c\let\do@stilf\c@sti - \else\if #1l\let\do@stilf\l@sti - \else\if #1r\let\do@stilf\r@sti - \else\if #1d\let\do@stilf\df@stilf - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\slftitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@stilf\e@sti\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\slffont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the sectlof, then we set the font: -% \or\relax -% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la sectlof, puis nous -% щtablissons la fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\slffont% - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\slf@rule} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \begin{macro}{\stifont} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stilf} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\hline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The sectlof title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break between -% the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. -% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the sectlof. -% \or\relax -% Le titre de la sectlof est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher -% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si -% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la sectlof. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent - \ifx\slf@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\stifont\do@stilf{\mtc@v\slftitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \mtc@hstrut - \reset@font\stifont\do@stilf{\mtc@v\slftitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques -% paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\stcindent \rightmargin\stcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\slfoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sectlofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We enter in a \env{stc@verse} environment to format the sectlof. The toc depth is forced (locally) to -% \dcnt{sectlofdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{stc@verse} pour mettre en page la sectlof. La profondeur de table des -% matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{sectlofdepth}. Une petite astuce est nщcessaire -% pour ajuster le positionnement. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{stc@verse}{\slfoffset}% - \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{}% - {\c@lofdepth=\c@sectlofdepth - \ifnum\c@lofdepth<1\relax\c@lofdepth=1\fi} - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\slf@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\slf@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\opensectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\closesectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. -% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{slf@setform}. -% Then the sectlof file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{stc@verse} environment is terminated. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Si les lignes de contenu ne doivent pas avoir de numщros, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version -% sans points de conduite. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et les choix -% de mise en page issus de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{slf@setform}. Puis le fichier sectlof est -% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, et l'environnement \env{stc@verse} est terminщ. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{slf@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \slf@setform% - \opensectlof\global\insectloftrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\insectloffalse\closesectlof - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup - \end{stc@verse}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break and \com{aftersectlof}. -% The blank line (\verb|\\|) is essential. -% \or\relax -% La partie finale ajoute le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la permission d'une coupure de page et \com{aftersectlof}. -% La ligne blanche (\verb|\\|) est essentielle. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kernaftersectlof - \nopagebreak[4]\slf@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\aftersectlof\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{sectlot} command}\label{s+code+sectlot}\icom{sectlot} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{sectlot}}\label{s+code+sectlot}\icom{sectlot} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{sectlot} command must be used after \com{section} if you need a sectlot (no automatic sectlot). -% Its code is similar to the code of \com{minilot} (but simpler). -% First, \com{sectlot} detects the presence of its optional argument, and uses its default value,~\texttt{d}, if -% it is missing. Then, \com{sectlot@} is called with the effective position as argument: -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{sectlot} doit ъtre utilisщe aprшs \com{section} si vous dщsirez une sectlot (pas de sectlot -% automatique). Son code est similaire р~celui de \com{minilot} (mais plus simple). Tout d'abord, -% \com{sectlot} dщtecte la prщsence de son argument optionnel, et utilise sa valeur par dщfaut,~\texttt{d}, s'il -% est omis. Puis, \com{sectlot@} est appelщe avec la position effective comme argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\sectlot@}{\sectlot@[d]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{sectlot@} macro does the real work. It first sets the flag \com{if@sectlot@used@} (for a consistency -% hint) and checks if long extensions are used or not (to create the name of the sectlot file): -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{sectlot@} effectue le vrai travail. -% Elle positionne tout d'abord l'indicateur \com{if@sectlot@used@} -% (pour une indication (\emph{hint}) de cohщrence) et teste si les longs suffixes sont utilisщs ou non (pour -% construire le nom du fichier sectlot): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sectlot@[#1]{% -\global\@sectlot@used@true -\if@mtc@longext@% - \def\@tocfile{slt\thestc}% -\else - \def\@tocfile{I\thestc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkFile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then,\imess{I0006} we check the presence and the emptiness of the sectlot file and give a warning if it is not here or is empty: -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{I0006} nous testons la prщsence et la vacuitщ du fichier sectlot, en donnant un avertissement s'il est absent ou -% est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@CkFile{\jobname.\@tocfile} - \if@mtc@FE - \mtcPackageInfo[I0006]{minitoc}% - {\jobname.\@tocfile\space is empty} - \@mtc@empty@sectlot@true - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlotstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the sectlot file is present and not empty, we can insert it, but we must add some presentation code: first, -% \com{beforesectlot}, of course, and the page style feature: -% \or\relax -% Si le fichier sectlot est prщsent et non vide, nous pouvons l'insщrer, mais nous devons au prщalable ajouter du -% code de prщsentation: d'abord, \com{beforesectlot}, bien s√r, et le dispositif de style de page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \thispagesectlotstyle -%% \mtc@markboth{\MakeUppercase{\slttitle}}{\MakeUppercase{\slttitle}}% - \beforesectlot -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stilt} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\df@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@CkStr} -% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@FE} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We begin a \env{samepage} environment, then treat the positionning argument. If the title is empty, we -% simulate the ``\texttt{e}'' positionning. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{samepage}, puis traitons l'argument de positionnement. Si le titre est -% vide, nous simulons le positionnement л~\texttt{e}~╗. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \relax\begin{samepage}% - \if #1e\let\do@stilt\e@sti - \else\if #1n\let\do@stilt\n@sti - \else\if #1c\let\do@stilt\c@sti - \else\if #1l\let\do@stilt\l@sti - \else\if #1r\let\do@stilt\r@sti - \else\if #1d\let\do@stilt\df@stilt - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \mtc@CkStr{\slttitle}\if@mtc@FE \let\do@stilt\e@sti\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\raggedright} -% \begin{macro}{\parskip} -% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We adjust some formatting parameters and avoid a page break between the title and the sectlot, then we set the font: -% \or\relax -% Nous ajustons quelques paramшtres de mise en page et щvitons une coupure de page entre le titre et la sectlot, puis nous -% щtablissons la fonte: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \raggedright - \parskip=\z@% - \reset@font\sltfont% - \parindent=\z@% - \nopagebreak[4]% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \begin{environment}{tabular} -% \begin{macro}{\stifont} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\do@stilt} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@v} -% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\hline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The sectlot title is set in a \env{tabular} environment (to inhibit a page break -% between the title and the top rule), with a rule at its bottom if necessary. -% This rule is an \com{hline}. It is the top rule of the sectlot. -% \or\relax -% Le titre de la sectlot est composщ dans un environnement \env{tabular} (pour empъcher -% une coupure de page entre le titre et le filet du haut), avec un filet en dessous si -% nщcessaire. Ce filet est une \com{hline}. C'est le filet supщrieur de la sectlot. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kern-0.8\baselineskip\nopagebreak[4]% - \par\noindent - \ifx\slt@rule\relax - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \reset@font\stifont\do@stilt{\mtc@v\slttitle}\\ - \end{tabular}% - \else - \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} - \mtc@hstrut - \reset@font\stifont\do@stilt{\mtc@v\slttitle}\\\hline - \end{tabular}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we adjust the position under the top rule and set the indentation and some formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous ajustons la position en dessous du filet supщrieur et щtablissons l'indentation et quelques -% paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \nopagebreak[4]\null\leavevmode\mtc@zrule\\\mtc@BBR - \leftmargin\stcindent \rightmargin\stcindent - \itemindent=\z@\labelwidth=\z@% - \labelsep=\z@\listparindent=\z@% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \begin{macro}{\c@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sectlotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@BBR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We enter in a \env{stc@verse} environment to format the sectlot. The toc depth is forced (locally) to -% \dcnt{sectlotdepth}. A little trick is necessary to adjust the position. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщbutons un environnement \env{stc@verse} pour mettre en page la sectlot. La profondeur de table des -% matiшres est forcщe (localement) р~\dcnt{sectlotdepth}. Une petite astuce est nщcessaire -% pour ajuster le positionnement. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{stc@verse}{\sltoffset}% - \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{}% - {\c@lotdepth=\c@sectlotdepth - \ifnum\c@lotdepth<1\relax\c@lotdepth=1\fi} - \leavevmode\\\mtc@BBR\vskip -.5\baselineskip -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\slt@pgno} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% \begin{macro}{\slt@setform} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\opensectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\closesectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@strut} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If the contents lines must have no numbers, we replace the macro \com{@dottedtocline} with its undotted version. -% A hook is added, and the formatting settings coming from \com{mtcsetformat} are activated via \com{slt@setform}. -% Then the sectlot file is inserted, followed by a strut, and the \env{stc@verse} environment is terminated. -% The ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features are called just before and after the insertion of the mini-table file. -% \or\relax -% Si les lignes de contenu ne doivent pas avoir de numщros, nous remplaчons la macro \com{@dottedtocline} par sa version -% sans points de conduite. Un л~\emph{hook}~╗ (point d'attache, commande redщfinissable) est ajoutщ, et les choix -% de mise en page issus de \com{mtcsetformat} sont activщs par \com{slt@setform}. Puis le fichier sectlot est -% insщrщ, suivi d'un щtai, et l'environnement \env{stc@verse} est terminщ. -% Les dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗ sont appelщs juste avant et juste aprшs l'insertion du fichier mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup - \makeatletter - \@ifundefined{slt@pgno}% - {\let\@dottedtocline\@undottedtocline}{} - \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}} - \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile - \slt@setform% - \opensectlot\global\insectlottrue - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% - \global\insectlotfalse\closesectlot - \global\@nobreakfalse\endgroup - \end{stc@verse}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@zrule} -% \begin{environment}{samepage} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part is just to add the bottom rule, if necessary, a possible page break and \com{aftersectlot}. -% \or\relax -% La partie finale ajoute le filet infщrieur, si nщcessaire, la permission d'une coupure de page et \com{aftersectlot}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \kernaftersectlof - \nopagebreak[4]\slt@rule\null\leavevmode\\% - \vskip-1.0\baselineskip\mtc@zrule\end{samepage}% - \par\pagebreak[1]\vspace*{-1ex}\aftersectlot\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Auxiliary internal commands, section level}\label{s+code+aux.int.commands.section.level} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes internes auxiliaires, niveau section}\label{s+code+aux.int.commands.section.level} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\l@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\schapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define auxiliary commands, used for the mini-tables and as delimiters in the TOC file (and LOF and LOT files). -% The depth of \texttt{xsect} is huge to inhibit the printing of its contents line (except if you cheat). -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons quelques commandes auxiliaires, utilisщes pour les mini-tables et comme dщlimiteurs dans le -% fichier table des matiшres (et les fichiers liste des figures et liste des tableaux). -% La profondeur de \texttt{xsect} est щnorme pour inhiber l'impression de ses lignes de contenu (sauf si vous -% trichez). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\l@xsect{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\l@xsection{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\l@schapter{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\xsect{xsect} \def\schapter{schapter} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Patching the \ucom{section} command (continued)}\label{s+code+patching.section.2}\icom{section} -% \or\relax -% \section{Modifier la commande \ucom{section} (suite)}\label{s+code+patching.section.2}\icom{section} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We patch the both branches of the \com{section} command: \com{@sect} for the unstarred version and -% \com{@ssect} for the starred version. First, for the unstarred version (\com{@sect}), we add a -% \texttt{xsect} contents line in the LOF and in the LOT. The test \com{ifnum}\texttt{~\#2=1} restricts the action to the -% section level macros (because \com{@sect} is also used by \com{subsection} and below, which have no -% mini-tables). -% \or\relax -% Nous modifions les deux branches de la commande \com{section}: \com{@sect} pour la version non щtoilщe et -% \com{@ssect} pour la version щtoilщe. Tout d'abord, pour la version non щtoilщe (\com{@sect}), nous ajoutons -% une ligne de contenu \texttt{xsect} dans la liste des figures et dans la liste des tableaux. -% Le test \com{ifnum}\texttt{~\#2=1} restreint l'action aux macros de niveau section (parce que \com{@sect} est -% aussi utilisщe par \com{subsection} et en dessous, qui n'ont pas de mini-tables). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\sv@sect\@sect -\gdef\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% -\ifnum #2=1\relax - \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{#7}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{#7}% -\fi -\sv@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#4}{#5}{#6}[{#7}]{#8}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\starsection} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If it is a section (unstarred or starred via \com{starsection}), we add a \texttt{xsect} entry -% in the LOF and in the LOT. -% \or\relax -% Si c'est une section (non щtoilщe ou щtoilщe via \com{starsection}), nous ajoutons une entrщe \texttt{xsect} -% dans la liste des figures et dans la liste des tableaux. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{ -\expandafter -\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax - \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{#7}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{#7}% -\fi -\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection\relax - \addcontentsline{lof}{xsect}{#7}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{xsect}{#7}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@svsec} -% \begin{macro}{\refstepcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\@tempskipa} -% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\numberline} -% \begin{macro}{\@svsechd} -% \begin{macro}{\@xsect} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the remainder of the section header formatting: -% \or\relax -% Et le reste de la mise en page d'un en-tъte de section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax - \let\@svsec\@empty -\else - \refstepcounter{#1}% - \edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em}% -\fi -\@tempskipa #5\relax -\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ - \begingroup #6\relax - \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}% - {\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}% - \endgroup - \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline - {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax - \else - \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% - \fi - #7}% -\else - \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax - \@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname - {#7}\addcontentsline - {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax - \else - \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname} - \fi - #7}}% -\fi -\@xsect{#5}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\sectend} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we patch the unstarred branch (\com{@sect}). We define also the delimiting commands \com{sectbegin} and -% \com{sectend} commands. We do not add \com{sectbegin} if it is a subsection or deeper. -% \or\relax -% Puis nous modifions la branche non щtoilщe (\com{@sect}). Nous dщfinissons aussi les commandes de dщlimitation -% \com{sectbegin} et \com{sectend}. Nous n'ajoutons pas \com{sectbegin} si c'est une sous-section ou plus -% profond. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\stc@sect\@sect -\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% - \ifnum #2<1 \relax - \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\sectbegin} - \fi - \stc@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[{#7}]{#8}} -\let\sectend\relax -\let\sectbegin\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{dosecttoc} command and siblings}\label{s+code+dosecttoc.etc}\icom{dosecttoc} -% \or\relax -% \section{La commande \ucom{dosecttoc} et ses cousines}\label{s+code+dosecttoc.etc}\icom{dosecttoc} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dosecttoc} command is very similar to \com{dominitoc}. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dosecttoc} est trшs similaire р~\com{dominitoc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@next} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dosecttoc} command extracts information from the -% \suffix{.toc} file and creates the \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.stc} becomes \suffix{.S} on MS-DOS). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dosecttoc} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.toc} et crщe les fichiers -% \suffix{.stc}\meta{N} (\suffix{.stc} devient \suffix{.S} sous MS-DOS). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dosecttoc#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{stc}{0} - \STC@next#1.toc\relax\\}\setcounter{stc}{0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\@dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@next} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dosectlof} command extracts information from the -% \suffix{.lof} file and creates the \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.slf} becomes \suffix{.H} on MS-DOS). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dosectlof} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lof} et crщe les fichiers -% \suffix{.slf}\meta{N} (\suffix{.slf} devient \suffix{.H} sous MS-DOS). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dosectlof#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{stc}{0} - \SLF@next#1.lof\relax\\}\setcounter{stc}{0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\@dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\PLT@next} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{dosectlot} command extracts information from the -% \suffix{.lot} file and creates the \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} files (\suffix{.slt} becomes \suffix{.V} on MS-DOS). -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{dosectlot} extrait des informations du fichier \suffix{.lot} et crщe les fichiers -% \suffix{.slt}\meta{N} (\suffix{.slt} devient \suffix{.V} sous MS-DOS). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@dosectlot#1{{% - \makeatletter - \setcounter{stc}{0} - \SLT@next#1.lot\relax\\}\setcounter{stc}{0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the user-level macros, who detect the optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les commandes pour l'utilisateur, commandes qui dщtectent l'argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\dosecttoc@}{\dosecttoc@[l]}} -\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\dosectlof@}{\dosectlof@[l]}} -\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\dosectlot@}{\dosectlot@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\df@stitc} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dosecttoc} (it becomes the default position for titles of secttocs) -% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dosecttoc} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres des secttocs) -% et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dosecttoc@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dosecttoc@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dosecttoc \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dosecttoc@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@stitc\e@sti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@stitc\n@sti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@stitc\c@sti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@stitc\l@sti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@stitc\r@sti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dosecttoc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\df@stilf} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dosectlof} (it becomes the default position for titles of sectlofs) -% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dosectlof} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres des sectlofs) -% et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dosectlof@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dosectlof@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dosectlof \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dosectlof@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@stilf\e@sti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@stilf\n@sti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@stilf\c@sti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@stilf\l@sti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@stilf\r@sti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dosectlof} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\df@stilt} -% \begin{macro}{\e@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\n@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\c@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\l@sti} -% \begin{macro}{\r@sti} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0045} treat the optional argument of \com{dosectlot} (it becomes the default position for titles of sectlofs) -% and flag this macro as used; a hint detects any spurious invocation. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0045} traitons l'argument optionnel de \com{dosectlot} (il devient la position par dщfaut pour les titres des sectlots) -% et marquons cette macro comme ayant щtщ utilisщe; un \emph{hint} dщtecte toute invocation superflue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dosectlot@[#1]{% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \if@dosectlot@used@ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The \string\dosectlot \space command - \MessageBreak - has been invoked more than once - \MessageBreak} - \global\@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -\global\@dosectlot@used@true -\if #1e\let\df@stilt\e@sti% -\else\if #1n\let\df@stilt\n@sti% -\else\if #1c\let\df@stilt\c@sti% -\else\if #1l\let\df@stilt\l@sti% -\else\if #1r\let\df@stilt\r@sti% -\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\@@dosectlot} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\@@dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These macros invoke the \verb|\@dosect...| commands to create the mini-table file, then close the file -% descriptor. -% \or\relax -% Ces macros invoquent les commandes \verb|\@dosect...| pour crщer le fichier mini-table, puis ferment le -% descripteur de fichier. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@@dosecttoc{\@dosecttoc{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\@@dosectlof{\@dosectlof{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\@@dosectlot{\@dosectlot{\jobname}\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retirons de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\STC@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\STC@list{#2}% - \STC@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\STC@toc{% - \ifx\STC@list\@empty\else\expandafter\STC@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\stcname} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{STC@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the TOC file. -% If \com{section} is found, the \cnt{stc} counter is incremented and a new secttoc file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{STC@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier table des matiшres. -% Si \com{section} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{stc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier secttoc est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\STC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section - \stepcounter{stc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\stcname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si les suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, puis -% nous l'ouvrons: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}% - \def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.S\thestc}% - \def\stcname{\jobname.S\thestc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\stcname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteCoffeeline} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\coffee} -% \begin{macro}{\subsection} -% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} -% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline} or \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline} ou -% \com{MTC@WriteCoffeeline}. -% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\coffee - \MTC@WriteCoffeeline{#1}{#3}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\paragraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\starsection} -% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\stcname} -% \begin{macro}{\closeout} -% \begin{macro}{\openout} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A\imess{I0033} starred section terminates the current section and creates a new secttoc file: -% \or\relax -% Une\imess{I0033} section щtoilщe termine la section courante et crщe un nouveau fichier secttoc: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection - \stepcounter{stc}% - \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}% - \def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.S\thestc}% - \def\stcname{\jobname.S\thestc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\stcname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\starparagraph} -% \begin{macro}{\starsubparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We process the entries for starred sectionning commands: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons les entrщes pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubsubsection - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSSS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsubparagraph - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{stcSP}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@next} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the TOC file; expands the list of entries and call \com{STC@next} to process the -% first one. -% \or\relax -% Voici la boucle de lecture des lignes du fichier table des matiшres; nous expansons la liste des entrщes et -% appelons \com{STC@next} pour traiter la premiшre. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\STC@explist{\expandafter\STC@next\STC@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0016}\\\lmess{I0026}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0016}\\\lmess{I0026}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on examine ligne par ligne, en recherchant les -% entrщes л~intщressantes~╗. Sinon, nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\STC@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0016]{minitoc}% - {No file #1 - \MessageBreak - SECTTOCS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\STC@toc - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0026]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING SECTTOCS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\STC@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@read} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.toc} file. -% \or\relax -% Nous lisons l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.toc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\STC@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\STC@line -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@test} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{STC@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{STC@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\STC@test\STC@line.....\STC@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@test} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@list} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@toc} -% \begin{macro}{\STC@read} -% \begin{macro}{\sectend} -% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{STC@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the TOC file, mainly to delimit sections; -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{STC@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier table des matiшres, -% essentiellement pour dщlimiter les sections: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\STC@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\STC@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \STC@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\STC@list{\STC@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\sectend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\sectbegin - \addtocounter{stc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\STC@toc - \else\expandafter\STC@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retirons de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLF@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\SLF@list{#2}% - \SLF@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLF@lof{% - \ifx\SLF@list\@empty\else\expandafter\SLF@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\slfname} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{SLF@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOF file. -% If \com{section} is found, the \cnt{stc} counter is incremented and a new sectlof file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{SLF@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des figures. -% Si \com{section} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{stc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier sectlof est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLF@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xsect - \stepcounter{stc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\slfname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si les suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, puis -% nous l'ouvrons: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.slf\thestc}% - \def\slfname{\jobname.slf\thestc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.H\thestc}% - \def\slfname{\jobname.H\thestc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\slfname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\figure} -% \begin{macro}{\subfigure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\figure - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{slf}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subfigure - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{slfS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@next} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the LOF file; expands the list of entries and call \com{SLF@next} to process the -% first one. -% \or\relax -% Voici la boucle de lecture des lignes du fichier liste des figures; nous expansons la liste des entrщes et -% appelons \com{SLF@next} pour traiter la premiшre. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLF@explist{\expandafter\SLF@next\SLF@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0014}\\\lmess{I0036}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0014}\\\lmess{I0036}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on examine ligne par ligne, en recherchant les -% entrщes л~intщressantes~╗. Sinon, nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLF@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0014]{minitoc}% - {No file #1 - \MessageBreak - SECTLOFS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\SLF@lof - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0036]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING SECTLOFS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\SLF@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lof} file. -% \or\relax -% Nous lisons l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lof}. -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@read} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@test} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{SLF@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{SLF@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLF@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\SLF@line - \expandafter\SLF@test\SLF@line.....\SLF@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@test} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@list} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@lof} -% \begin{macro}{\SLF@read} -% \begin{macro}{\sectend} -% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{SLF@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOF file, mainly to delimit sections; -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{SLF@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des figures, -% essentiellement pour dщlimiter les sections: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\SLF@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\SLF@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \SLF@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\SLF@list{\SLF@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\sectend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\sectbegin - \addtocounter{stc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\SLF@lof - \else\expandafter\SLF@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@loop} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Processing the next entry in the list and remove it from the head of the list: -% \or\relax -% Nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste et la retirons de la tъte de la liste: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLT@next#1\relax#2\\{% - \edef\SLT@list{#2}% - \SLT@loop{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@explist} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Check if the list is empty: -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si la liste est vide: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLT@lot{% - \ifx\SLT@list\@empty\else\expandafter\SLT@explist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\thestc} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\sltname} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The macro \com{SLT@contentsline} analyses the lines read from the LOT file. -% If \com{section} is found, the \cnt{stc} counter is incremented and a new sectlot file is created. -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{SLT@contentsline} analyse les lignes lues dans le fichier liste des tableaux. -% Si \com{section} est trouvщe, le compteur \cnt{stc} est incrщmentщ et un nouveau fichier sectlot est crщщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLT@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\xsect - \stepcounter{stc}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\sltname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0033} testons si les suffixes longs ou courts sont utilisщs, pour construire le nom du fichier mini-table, puis -% nous l'ouvrons: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@mtc@longext@% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.slt\thestc}% - \def\sltname{\jobname.slt\thestc}% - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% - {Writing\space\jobname.V\thestc}% - \def\sltname{\jobname.V\thestc}% - \fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\sltname - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\MTC@WriteContentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\table} -% \begin{macro}{\subtable} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The token register \com{mtc@toks} is used to pass the entry to \com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Now, we filter the relevant contents lines: -% \or\relax -% Le registre \emph{token} \com{mtc@toks} est utilisщ pour passer l'entrщe р~\com{MTC@WriteContentsline}. -% Puis nous filtrons les lignes de contenu concernщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \mtc@toks{\noexpand\leavevmode #2}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\table - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{slt}{#3}{#4}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\subtable - \MTC@WriteContentsline{#1}{sltS}{#3}{#4}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@explist} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@next} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The loop to read the lines of the LOT file; expands the list of entries and call \com{SLT@next} to process the -% first one. -% \or\relax -% Voici la boucle de lecture des lignes du fichier liste des tableaux; nous expansons la liste des entrщes et -% appelons \com{SLT@next} pour traiter la premiшre. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLT@explist{\expandafter\SLT@next\SLT@list\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@loop} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@read} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0015}\\\lmess{I0039}} an entry is found, loop through line by line, looking for interesting entries. -% Otherwise, process the next entry in the list. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0015}\\\lmess{I0039}} une entrщe est trouvщe, on examine ligne par ligne, en recherchant les -% entrщes л~intщressantes~╗. Sinon, nous traitons l'entrщe suivante dans la liste. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLT@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax - \ifeof\@inputcheck - \mtcPackageWarning[W0015]{minitoc}% - {No file #1 - \MessageBreak - SECTLOTS NOT PREPARED}% - \expandafter\SLT@lot - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0039]{minitoc}% - {PREPARING SECTLOTS FROM #1}% - \expandafter\SLT@read\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Read the next entry of the \suffix{.lot} file. -% \or\relax -% Nous lisons l'entrщe suivante dans le fichier \suffix{.lot}. -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@read} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@test} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@line} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \verb|.....| make sure that \com{SLT@test} has enough arguments: -% \or\relax -% Les \verb|.....| garantissent que \com{SLT@test} a suffisamment d'arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\SLT@read{% - \read\@inputcheck to\SLT@line - \expandafter\SLT@test\SLT@line.....\SLT@% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@test} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@contentsline} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@list} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@lot} -% \begin{macro}{\SLT@read} -% \begin{macro}{\sectend} -% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{SLT@test} macro finds the ``interesting'' commands in the LOT file, mainly to delimit sections; -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{SLT@test} trouve les commandes л~intщressantes~╗ dans le fichier liste des tableaux, -% essentiellement pour dщlimiter les sections: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\SLT@test#1#2#3#4#5#6\SLT@{% - \ifx#1\contentsline - \let\mtc@string\string - \SLT@contentsline{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \let\mtc@string\relax - \else\ifx#1\@input - \edef\SLT@list{\SLT@list#2\relax}% - \else\ifx#1\sectend - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc=\jobname.mtc - \else\ifx#1\sectbegin - \addtocounter{stc}{-1}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi - \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\SLT@lot - \else\expandafter\SLT@read\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{End of section-level commands}\label{s+code+end.section.level.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Fin des commandes du niveau section}\label{s+code+end.section.level.commands} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We terminate the \emph{else} branch of the test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{section}|, the \emph{true} branch of the -% test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| and add an empty \emph{else} branch to that test: -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Nous terminons la branche \emph{sinon} du test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{section}|, la branche \emph{vraie} du -% test \com{@ifundefined}\verb|{chapter}| et ajoutons une branche \emph{sinon} vide р~ce test: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\fi% end of \if@mtc@section@def@ -\fi% end of \if@mtc@chapter@undef@ -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{16} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{mtcprepare} command}\icom{mtcprepare} -% \or\relax -% \section{La commande \ucom{mtcprepare}}\icom{mtcprepare} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\jobname} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageInfo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\imess{I0048} command tests the availability of the \verb|\do|\texttt{\ldots} minitoc preparation commands and -% of the contents files, then calls as much as possible of these preparation commands. A hint is given. -% \or\relax -% Cette\imess{I0048} commande teste la disponibilitщ des commandes minitoc de prщparation \verb|\do|\texttt{\ldots} et des -% fichiers de contenu, puis appelle autant de ces commandes de prщparation que possible. Un \emph{hint} est -% щmis. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\mtcprepare@}{\mtcprepare@[l]}}% -\def\mtcprepare@[#1]{% -\@ifundefined{part}{}{% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\doparttoc[#1]}{}% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lof}{\dopartlof[#1]}{}% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lot}{\dopartlot[#1]}{}% -}% -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\dosecttoc[#1]}{}% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lof}{\dosectlof[#1]}{}% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lot}{\dosectlot[#1]}{}% - }% -}{% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\dominitoc[#1]}{}% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lof}{\dominilof[#1]}{}% -\IfFileExists{\jobname.lot}{\dominilot[#1]}{}% -}% -\if@mtc@hints@ - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0048]{minitoc(hints)}% - {Using \string\mtcprepare\space may induce some - \MessageBreak - hints about the preparation commands, - \MessageBreak - because it invokes ALL the preparation - \MessageBreak - commands allowed by the document class, - \MessageBreak - without any previous check\@gobble}% -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Use with \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles} -% \or\relax -% \section{Utilisation avec \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\nofiles} -% \begin{macro}{\gobbleopt@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% In case the document uses the \com{nofiles} command (in its preamble), the auxiliary files for the mini-tables -% should not be overwritten by the preparation commands, so these ones must be just faked; as these commands may -% have an optional argument, they will be faked using the internal \LaTeX\ macro \com{@ifnextchar} (to get -% the optional argument) and the new utility command \com{gobbleopt@}. Problem signaled by \name{Andreas}{Deininger}. -% \or\relax -% Dans le cas o∙ le document utilise la commande \com{nofiles} (dans son prщambule), les fichiers auxiliaires pour -% les mini-tables ne doivent pas ъtre rщ-щcrits par les commandes de prщparation, donc celles-ci doivent seulement ъtre -% simulщes; comme ces commandes peuvent avoir un argument optionnel, elles seront simulщes en utilisant la -% macro interne de \LaTeX\ \com{@ifnextchar} (pour obtenir l'argument optionnel) et la nouvelle commande -% utilitaire \com{gobbleopt@}. Problшme signalщ par \name{Andreas}{Deininger}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\gobbleopt@[#1]{\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A test is placed in a \com{AtBeginDocument} and gives a warning if \com{nofiles} is used: -% \or\relax -% Un test est placщ dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} et donne un avertissement si \com{nofiles} est utilisщe: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{\if@filesw\relax\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0098]{minitoc}% - {--- You have used the \string\nofiles\space command - \MessageBreak - in your preamble; all preparation commands - \MessageBreak - in the body of the document will be ignored} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since \com{nofiles} has been used, we must disable all the -% preparation commands: -% \or\relax -% Puisque \com{nofiles} a щtщ utilisщe, nous devons inhiber -% toutes les commandes de prщparation: -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for part level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for section level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Command \com{mtcprepare}: -% \or\relax -% Commande \com{mtcprepare}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% End of the inhibition of the preparation commands and of the \com{AtBeginDocument} block: -% \or\relax -% Fin de l'inhibition des commandes de prщparation et du bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Necessary \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+necessary.l@} -% \or\relax -% \section{Commandes \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} nщcessaires}\label{s+code+necessary.l@} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@listof} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starpart} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starparagraph} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \verb|\l@...| commands (analog to \com{l@section} or \com{l@paragraph}) are required to format some -% entries in the mini-tables, for starred sectionning commands essentially: -% \or\relax -% Quelques commandes \verb|\l@...| (analogues р~\com{l@section} ou \com{l@paragraph}) sont requises pour -% mettre en page certaines entrщes dans les mini-tables, essentiellement pour les commandes de sectionnement -% щtoilщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\l@listof\l@section} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\l@listof\l@chapter} -\@ifundefined{part}{}{\let\l@starpart\l@part} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\l@starchapter\l@chapter} -\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\l@starsection\l@section} -\@ifundefined{subsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsection\l@subsection} -\@ifundefined{subsubsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsubsection\l@subsubsection} -\@ifundefined{paragraph}{}{\let\l@starparagraph\l@paragraph} -\@ifundefined{subparagraph}{}{\let\l@starsubparagraph\l@subparagraph} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{13} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The horizontal rules and their default values}\label{s+code+horiz.rules.default.values} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les filets horizontaux et leurs valeurs par dщfaut}\label{s+code+horiz.rules.default.values} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\noptcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nostcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\stcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@rule} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define here the various commands to activate ou inhibit the horizontal rules in the various kinds of -% mini-tables. Each such command is an indirect definition of the corresponding horizontal rule. The rules are -% .4\,pt high horizontal rules. We begin with rules for mini-tables of contents. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons ici les diverses commandes pour activer ou inhiber les filets horizontaux dans les diverses -% sortes de mini-tables. Chacune de ces commandes est une dщfinition indirecte du filet horizontal correspondant. -% Les filets sont des filets horizontaux щpais de 0.4\,pt. Nous commenчons par les filets pour les mini-tables des matiшres. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\noptcrule{\let\ptc@rule\relax} -\def\nomtcrule{\let\mtc@rule\relax} -\def\nostcrule{\let\stc@rule\relax} -\def\ptcrule{\def\ptc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\mtcrule{\def\mtc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\stcrule{\def\stc@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\ptc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -\def\mtc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -\def\stc@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\noplfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\noslfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\plfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mlf@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\slfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\slf@rule} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, the rules for mini-lists of figures: -% \or\relax -% Puis les filets pour les mini-listes de figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\noplfrule{\let\plf@rule\relax} -\def\nomlfrule{\let\mlf@rule\relax} -\def\noslfrule{\let\slf@rule\relax} -\def\plfrule{\def\plf@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\mlfrule{\def\mlf@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\slfrule{\def\slf@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\plf@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -\def\mlf@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -\def\slf@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\columnwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\nopltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nosltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\pltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\plt@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\mltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mlt@rule} -% \begin{macro}{\sltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\slt@rule} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, the rules for mini-lists of tables: -% \or\relax -% Puis les filets pour les mini-listes de tableaux: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\nopltrule{\let\plt@rule\relax} -\def\nomltrule{\let\mlt@rule\relax} -\def\nosltrule{\let\slt@rule\relax} -\def\pltrule{\def\plt@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\mltrule{\def\mlt@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\sltrule{\def\slt@rule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width \columnwidth \kern2.6\p@}} -\def\plt@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -\def\mlt@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -\def\slt@rule{\rule[3\p@]{\columnwidth}{.4\p@}\vspace*{2.6\p@}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+mtcsetXXX.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.}}\label{s+code+mtcsetXXX.commands} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These commands\,\footnote{The general concept of the \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands was proposed -% by \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}.} have been introduced to build a nicer user interface, and each of them replaces -% numerous user commands, offering a rather unified and logical syntax. -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes\,\footnote{Le concept gщnщral des commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} a щtщ proposщ par -% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}.} ont щtщ introduites pour construire une meilleure interface utilisateur, et chacune -% d'elles remplace de nombreuses commandes utilisateur, offrant une syntaxe assez unifiщe et logique. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Keywords for the \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+keywords.mtcset} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Mots-clщs pour les commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.}}\label{s+code+keywords.mtcset} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define some common keywords for the \verb|\mtcset...| commands. A keyword is created via -% the \com{@namedef} -- \com{@nameuse} mechanism the following way: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{@namedef}\verb|{mtc@|\emph{family}\verb|@|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{abbreviation}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% where \emph{family} is the name of a group of keywords relative to one or several \verb|\mtcset...| macros, -% \emph{name} is the keyword that the user gives as argument to the \verb|\mtcset...| macro, and -% \emph{abbreviation} is a string used to build the name of the macro effectively used. As some \verb|\mtcset...| -% macros have several keyword parameters, this method can reduce the number of macros at the user level, at the cost -% of few keyword families. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons quelques mots-clщs communs pour les commandes \verb|\mtcset...|. Un mot-clщ est crщщ via le -% mщcanisme \com{@namedef} -- \com{@nameuse} de la maniшre suivante: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{@namedef}\verb|{mtc@|\emph{famille}\verb|@|\emph{nom}\verb|}{|\emph{abrщviation}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% o∙ \emph{famille} est le nom d'un groupe de mots-clщs concernent une ou plusieurs macros \verb|\mtcset...|, -% \emph{nom} est le mot-clщ que l'utilisateur donne comme argument р~la macro \verb|\mtcset...|, et -% \emph{abrщviation} est une chaюne utilisщe pour construire le nom de la macro effectivement utilisщe. Comme -% certaines macros \verb|\mtcset...| ont plusieurs paramшtres mots-clщs, cette mщthode peut rщduire le nombre de -% macros au niveau de l'utilisateur, au prix de quelques familles de mots-clщs. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define a family (\texttt{typetable}) of keywords for the types of mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons une famille (\texttt{typetable}) de mots-clщs pour les types de mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@parttoc}{ptc}\def\mtc@typetable@parttoc{ptc} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@partlof}{plf}\def\mtc@typetable@partlof{plf} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@partlot}{plt}\def\mtc@typetable@partlot{plt} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@minitoc}{mtc}\def\mtc@typetable@minitoc{mtc} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@minilof}{mlf}\def\mtc@typetable@minilof{mlf} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@minilot}{mlt}\def\mtc@typetable@minilot{mlt} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@secttoc}{stc}\def\mtc@typetable@secttoc{stc} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@sectlof}{slf}\def\mtc@typetable@sectlof{slf} -\@namedef{mtc@typetable@sectlot}{slt}\def\mtc@typetable@sectlot{slt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then another family (\texttt{typetitle}) for the titles of the mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Puis une autre famille (\texttt{typetitle}) pour les titres des mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@parttoc}{pti}\def\mtc@typetitle@parttoc{pti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@partlof}{pti}\def\mtc@typetitle@partlof{pti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@partlot}{pti}\def\mtc@typetitle@partlot{pti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@minitoc}{mti}\def\mtc@typetitle@minitoc{mti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@minilof}{mti}\def\mtc@typetitle@minilof{mti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@minilot}{mti}\def\mtc@typetitle@minilot{mti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@secttoc}{sti}\def\mtc@typetitle@secttoc{sti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@sectlof}{sti}\def\mtc@typetitle@sectlof{sti} -\@namedef{mtc@typetitle@sectlot}{sti}\def\mtc@typetitle@sectlot{sti} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define a family (\texttt{YN}) of keywords to recognize the keywords ``\texttt{off}'' and ``\texttt{on}'', with their -% many synonyms\,\footnote{This (deliberately extreme) case shows the easyness for creating synonyms of frequently -% used keywords. Note also that when a keyword contains a non-letter character, we must use a hack with -% \com{expandafter} \com{csname} \texttt{...} \com{endcsname}.} -% and meaning false or true\FZ: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons une famille (\texttt{YN}) de mots-clщs pour reconnaюtre les mots-clщs л~\texttt{off}~╗ et -% л~\texttt{on}~╗, avec leurs nombreux synonymes\,\footnote{Ce cas (dщlibщrщment extrъme) montre la facilitщ de crщation de -% synonymes pour des mots-clщs frщquemment utilisщs. Notez aussi que lorsqu'un mot-clщ contient un caractшre qui -% n'est pas une lettre, nous devons ruser en utilisant \com{expandafter} \com{csname} \texttt{...} -% \com{endcsname}.} et signifiant faux ou vrai\,\FZ: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@off}{no}\def\mtc@YN@off{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@OFF}{no}\def\mtc@YN@OFF{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@no}{no}\def\mtc@YN@no{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@NO}{no}\def\mtc@YN@NO{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@n}{no}\def\mtc@YN@n{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@N}{no}\def\mtc@YN@N{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@false}{no}\def\mtc@YN@false{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@FALSE}{no}\def\mtc@YN@FALSE{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@faux}{no}\def\mtc@YN@faux{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@FAUX}{no}\def\mtc@YN@FAUX{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@f}{no}\def\mtc@YN@f{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@F}{no}\def\mtc@YN@F{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@NON}{no}\def\mtc@YN@NON{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@non}{no}\def\mtc@YN@non{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@0}{no}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@0\endcsname{no} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@-}{no}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@-\endcsname{no} -% -\@namedef{mtc@YN@on}{}\def\mtc@YN@on{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@ON}{}\def\mtc@YN@ON{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@yes}{}\def\mtc@YN@yes{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@YES}{}\def\mtc@YN@YES{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@y}{}\def\mtc@YN@y{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@Y}{}\def\mtc@YN@Y{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@true}{}\def\mtc@YN@true{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@TRUE}{}\def\mtc@YN@TRUE{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@t}{}\def\mtc@YN@t{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@T}{}\def\mtc@YN@T{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@vrai}{}\def\mtc@YN@vrai{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@VRAI}{}\def\mtc@YN@VRAI{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@v}{}\def\mtc@YN@v{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@V}{}\def\mtc@YN@V{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@OUI}{}\def\mtc@YN@OUI{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@oui}{}\def\mtc@YN@oui{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@O}{}\def\mtc@YN@O{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@o}{}\def\mtc@YN@o{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@1}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@1\endcsname{} -\@namedef{mtc@YN@+}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@YN@+\endcsname{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetfont} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}\icom{mtcsetfont} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetfont}}\label{s+code+mtcsetfont.command}\icom{mtcsetfont} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the sectionning level keywords (note that \texttt{part} is not a member of this family (\texttt{sectlevel}), -% because no contents line for a -% part can appear in a mini-table, part being the highest sectionning level); ``\texttt{*}''~represents ``any level'', -% and is used to set the global default font for a given kind of mini-table. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons les mots-clщs pour les niveaux de sectionnement (notez que \texttt{part} n'est pas membre de -% cette famille (\texttt{sectlevel}), car aucune ligne de contenu pour une partie ne peut apparaюtre dans une -% mini-table, la partie щtant le plus haut niveau de sectionnement); <<~\texttt{*}~>>~reprщsente <<~tout -% niveau~>>, et est utilisщe pour щtablir la fonte globale par dщfaut pour un genre donnщ de mini-table. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@chapter}{C}\def\mtc@sectlevel@chapter{C} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@section}{S}\def\mtc@sectlevel@section{S} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subsection}{SS}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subsection{SS} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subsubsection}{SSS}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subsubsection{SSS} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@paragraph}{P}\def\mtc@sectlevel@paragraph{P} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subparagraph}{SP}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subparagraph{SP} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@*}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@sectlevel@*\endcsname{} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@figure}{}\def\mtc@sectlevel@figure{} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@table}{}\def\mtc@sectlevel@table{} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subfigure}{S}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subfigure{S} -\@namedef{mtc@sectlevel@subtable}{S}\def\mtc@sectlevel@subtable{S} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetfont} command has the following syntax: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{level-name}\verb|}{|\emph{font commands}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcsetfont} a la syntaxe suivante: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{nom-niveau}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes de fonte}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \verb|minitoc|, the \emph{level-name} is a sectionning level like -% \verb|subsection| (no backslash). The \emph{font commands} are a font specification, using NFSS~\cite{fontsel} basic -% commands usually. -% \or\relax -% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \verb|minitoc|, le \emph{nom-niveau} est un niveau de -% sectionnement tel que \verb|subsection| (sans contre-oblique). Les \emph{commandes de fonte} sont une spщcification -% de fonte, utilisant habituellement des commandes basiques de NFSS~\cite{fontsel}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we declare a flag, set true: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, mis р~vrai: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setfont@\@mtc@setfont@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we begin the command, which has three arguments: -% \or\relax -% Puis, nous commenчons la commande, qui a trois arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetfont}[3]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mta@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{E0013} two first arguments of this command are keywords. They must be translated into the effective strings. -% We process the first argument, a keyword from the \texttt{typetable} family. The result is stored in -% \com{mtc@mta@abbrev}. Example: if \verb|#1| is \verb|minitoc|, we get \cnt{mtc}. -% \or\relax -% Les\imess{E0013} deux premiers arguments sont des mots-clщs. Ils doivent ъtre traduits en chaюnes effectives. -% Nous traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ dans -% \com{mtc@mta@abbrev}. Exemple: si \verb|#1| est \verb|minitoc|, nous obtenons \cnt{mtc}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mta@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setfont@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setfont@false - \def\mtc@mta@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0013]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetfont \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mta@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@level@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{E0014} second argument, a keyword from the family \texttt{sectlevel}, is processed the same way and -% the result is stored into a macro \com{mtc@level@abbrev}. -% Example: if \verb|#2| is the \verb|subparagraph| keyword, we get~\verb|SP|. -% \or\relax -% Le\imess{E0014} deuxiшme argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{sectlevel}, est traitщ de la mъme maniшre -% et le rщsultat est rangщ dans \com{mtc@level@abbrev}. Exemple: si \verb|#2| est le mot-clщ \verb|subparagraph|, -% nous obtenons~\verb|SP|. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@level@abbrev{X} -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@sectlevel@#2\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setfont@false - \def\mtc@level@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0014]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetfont \space has a wrong second argument - \MessageBreak - (#2). - \MessageBreak - It should be a sectionning level - \MessageBreak - (part...subparagraph) or * }% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@level@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@sectlevel@#2}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmp@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mta@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@level@abbrev} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we construct the effective macro to be applied: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous construisons la macro effective qui sera appliquщe: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@tmp@name{\mtc@mta@abbrev\mtc@level@abbrev font} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Example: if \verb|#1| is \verb|minitoc| and \verb|#2| is \verb|subsection|, we get \verb|mtcSSfont|, which is the -% name of the command for the font of a subsection entry in a minitoc (the backslash is missing, but we will use -% a \com{csname} \ldots\ \com{endcsname} pair to apply the constructed command). -% \or\relax -% Exemple: si \verb|#1| est \verb|minitoc| et \verb|#2| est \verb|subsection|, nous obtenons \verb|mtcSSfont|, qui -% est le nom de la commande pour la fonte d'une entrщe de sous-section dans une minitoc (il manque la -% contre-oblique, mais nous utiliserons une paire \com{csname} \ldots\ \com{endcsname} pour appliquer la -% commande construite). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But all combinaisons are not legal (the level of the entry must be lower than the level of the mini-table, and -% the kind\,\footnote{``Kind'' being sectionning, (sub-)figure, or (sub-)table.} of the entry must be consistent -% with that of the mini-table), -% so we must test. Special care must be taken for testing via internal defined commands (\emph{quarks}) -% with \texttt{@mtcqk} at the end of their names). -% \or\relax -% Mais toutes les combinaisons ne sont pas lщgales (le niveau de l'entrщe doit ъtre plus bas que celui de la -% mini-table et le genre\,\footnote{Le <<~genre~>> щtant sectionnement, (sous-)figure ou (sous)-table.} de -% l'entrщe doit ъtre cohщrent avec celui de la mini-table),), donc nous devons tester. -% Un soin particulier doit ъtre pris pour tester en utilisant -% des commandes internes dщfinies (\emph{quarks} avec \texttt{@mtcqk} р~la fin de leurs noms). -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\parttoc@mtcqk{parttoc@mtcqk} -\def\minitoc@mtcqk{minitoc@mtcqk} -\def\secttoc@mtcqk{secttoc@mtcqk} -\def\partlof@mtcqk{partlof@mtcqk} -\def\minilof@mtcqk{minilof@mtcqk} -\def\sectlof@mtcqk{sectlof@mtcqk} -\def\partlot@mtcqk{partlot@mtcqk} -\def\minilot@mtcqk{minilot@mtcqk} -\def\sectlot@mtcqk{sectlot@mtcqk} -\def\part@mtcqk{part@mtcqk} -\def\chapter@mtcqk{chapter@mtcqk} -\def\appendix@mtcqk{appendix@mtcqk} -\def\section@mtcqk{section@mtcqk} -\def\subsection@mtcqk{subsection@mtcqk} -\def\subsubsection@mtcqk{subsubsection@mtcqk} -\def\paragraph@mtcqk{paragraph@mtcqk} -\def\subparagraph@mtcqk{subparagraph@mtcqk} -\def\figure@mtcqk{figure@mtcqk} -\def\table@mtcqk{table@mtcqk} -\def\subfigure@mtcqk{subfigure@mtcqk} -\def\subtable@mtcqk{subtable@mtcqk} -\@mtc@setfont@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\parttoc@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\partlof@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\partlot@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\minitoc@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\minilof@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\minilot@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\secttoc@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\section@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\sectlof@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\section@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\table@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subtable@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1@mtcqk\endcsname\sectlot@mtcqk\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\part@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\chapter@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\appendix@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\section@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\figure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2@mtcqk\endcsname\subfigure@mtcqk\relax\@mtc@setfont@false\fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfont@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmp@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mta@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@level@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{I0015}\\\lmess{E0024}} the combinaison is legal, -% we apply it, i.e.,~we redefine the meaning of the constructed macro with the sequence -% of commands given as third argument of \com{mtcsetfont} and we log that event (we store the third argument in a -% token register to can print it \emph{verbatim}); -% if the combinaison is not legal, an error message is displayed. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{I0015}\\\lmess{E0024}} la combinaison est lщgale, -% nous l'appliquons, c'est-р-dire que nous redщfinissons la signification de la -% macro construite comme щtant la sщquence de commandes donnщe en troisiшme argument de \com{mtcsetfont} et nous -% notons cet щvщnement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} (nous rangeons le troisiшme argument dans un registre -% \emph{token} pour pouvoir l'щcrire \emph{verbatim}); -% si la combinaison n'est pas lщgale, un message d'erreur est affichщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@setfont@ - \def\mtc@tmp@name{\mtc@mta@abbrev\mtc@level@abbrev font} - \mtc@toks{#3} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0015]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetfont\space redefines the macro - \MessageBreak - "\mtc@tmp@name" as "\the\mtc@toks"}% - \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmp@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0024]{minitoc}% - {The macro \string\mtcsetfont\space has incompatible - \MessageBreak - first (#1) and second (#2) arguments}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsettitlefont} command}\label{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}\icom{mtcsettitlefont} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsettitlefont}}\label{s+code+mtcsettitlefont.command}\icom{mtcsettitlefont} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsetfont} command. Its syntax is almost identical: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|\mtcsettitlefont{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{font commands}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% \or\relax -% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsetfont}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsettitlefont}\verb|\mtcsettitlefont{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes de fonte}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitlefont@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \verb|minitoc|. The \emph{font commands} are a font specification, using -% NFSS~\cite{fontsel} basic commands usually. The difference is the absence of the second keyword argument, because -% the \emph{font commands} will be applied to the title of each mini-table of the given kind. -% -% First, we declare a flag, set true: -% \or\relax -% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \verb|minitoc|. Les \emph{commandes de fonte} sont une -% spщcification de fonte, utilisant habituellement des commandes basiques de NFSS~\cite{fontsel}. La diffщrence est -% l'absence du deuxiшme argument mot-clщ, car les \emph{commandes de fonte} seront appliquщes au titre de chaque -% mini-table du genre donnщ. -% -% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, mis р~vrai: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@settitlefont@\@mtc@settitlefont@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And we begin the definition of the \com{mtcsettitlefont} command, which has two arguments: -% \or\relax -% Et nous commenчons la dщfinition de la commande \com{mtcsettitlefont}, qui a deux arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsettitlefont}[2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtatf@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitlefont@} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0022} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetitle} family, then the result is stored into -% \com{mtc@mtatf@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0022} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetitle}, puis le rщsultat est -% rangщ dans \com{mtc@mtatf@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mtatf@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@settitlefont@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetitle@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@settitlefont@false - \def\mtc@mtatf@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0022]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsettitlefont \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mtatf@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetitle@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitlefont@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmptf@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtatf@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\SMM{\lmess{I0018}\\\lmess{E0034}} we build the name of the effective command and apply this command: -% \or\relax -% Puis\SMM{\lmess{I0018}\\\lmess{E0034}} nous construisons le nom de la commande effective et appliquons cette commande: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@settitlefont@ - \def\mtc@tmptf@name{\mtc@mtatf@abbrev font} - \mtc@toks{#2}% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0018]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsettitlefont\space redefines the macro - \MessageBreak - "\mtc@tmptf@name" as - \MessageBreak - "\the\mtc@toks"}% - \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmptf@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0034]{minitoc}% - {The macro \string\\mtcsettitlefont\space uses - \MessageBreak - an illegal type of table (#1)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax} -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsettitle} command}\label{s+code+mtcsettitle.command}\icom{mtcsettitle} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsettitle}}\label{s+code+mtcsettitle.command}\icom{mtcsettitle} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsettitlefont} command. Its syntax is almost identical: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsettitle}\verb|\mtcsettitle{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% \or\relax -% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsettitlefont}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsettitle}\verb|\mtcsettitle{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{texte}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \verb|minitoc|. The \emph{text} is the text for a mini-table title. -% \or\relax -% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \verb|minitoc|. Le \emph{texte} est le texte pour un titre -% de mini-table. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitle@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we declare a flag, set true: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, mis р~vrai: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@settitle@\@mtc@settitle@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we define the \com{mtcsettitle} command, which has two arguments: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous dщfinissons la commande \com{mtcsettitle}, qui a deux arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsettitle}[2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtati@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitle@} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0021} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family. The result is stored in -% \com{mtc@mtati@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0021} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ -% dans \com{mtc@mtati@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mtati@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@settitle@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@settitle@false - \def\mtc@mtati@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0021]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsettitle \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mtati@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@settitle@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpti@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtati@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\SMM{\lmess{I0017}\\\lmess{E0033}} we construct the name of the effective macro and apply it: -% \or\relax -% Et\SMM{\lmess{I0017}\\\lmess{E0033}} nous construisons le nom de la macro effective et nous l'appliquons: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@settitle@ - \def\mtc@tmpti@name{\mtc@mtati@abbrev title}% - \mtc@toks{#2}% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0017]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsettitle\space redefines the macro - \MessageBreak - "\mtc@tmpti@name" as - \MessageBreak - "\the\mtc@toks"}% - \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmpti@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0033]{minitoc}% - {The macro \string\mtcsettitle\space uses - \MessageBreak - an illegal type of table (#1)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax} -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetformat} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetformat.command}\icom{mtcsetformat} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetformat}}\label{s+code+mtcsetformat.command}\icom{mtcsetformat} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@namedef} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define first the keywords (family \texttt{formatparam}) for the three formatting parameters that this command -% can alter: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons d'abord les mots-clщs (famille \texttt{formatparam}) pour les trois paramшtres de mise en page -% que cette commande peut altщrer: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@formatparam@dotinterval}{dotsep}% -\def\mtc@arg@dotinterval{dotsep} -\@namedef{mtc@formatparam@tocrightmargin}{tocrmarg}% -\def\mtc@arg@tocrightmargin{tocrightmargin} -\@namedef{mtc@formatparam@pagenumwidth}{pnumwidth}% -\def\mtc@arg@pagenumwidth{\mtc@arg@pagenumwidth} -%% \@namedef{mtc@arg@numwidth}{numwidth} %not yet available -%% \def\mtc@arg@numwidth{\mtc@arg@numwidth} %not yet available -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{13} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetformat} command needs an initialization to be done at the beginning of the document, to set the -% defaults values of the formatting parameters: -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcsetformat} a besoin qu'une initialisation soit faite en dщbut de document pour щtablir les -% valeurs par dщfaut des paramшtes de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\@pnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\stcpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\plfpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\slfpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\pltpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpnumwidth} -% \begin{macro}{\sltpnumwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We take, if possible, the default value of \com{@pnumwith} for each type of mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Nous prenons, si possible, la valeur par dщfaut de \com{@pnumwith} pour chaque type de mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{ptcpnumwidth}{\let\ptcpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{stcpnumwidth}{\let\stcpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{mtcpnumwidth}{\let\mtcpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{plfpnumwidth}{\let\plfpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{mlfpnumwidth}{\let\mlfpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{slfpnumwidth}{\let\slfpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{pltpnumwidth}{\let\pltpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{mltpnumwidth}{\let\mltpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -\@ifundefined{sltpnumwidth}{\let\sltpnumwidth\@pnumwidth}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\@tocrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctocrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\mtclofrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\stclotrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\plftocrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\mlflofrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\slflotrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\plttocrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\mltlofrmarg} -% \begin{macro}{\sltlotrmarg} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We take, if possible, the default value of \com{@tocrmarg} for each type of mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Nous prenons, si possible, la valeur par dщfaut de \com{@tocrmarg} pour chaque type de mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{ptctocrmarg}{\let\ptctocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{mtctocrmarg}{\let\mtctocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{stctocrmarg}{\let\stctocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{plftocrmarg}{\let\plftocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{mlftocrmarg}{\let\mlftocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{slftocrmarg}{\let\slftocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{plttocrmarg}{\let\plttocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{mlttocrmarg}{\let\mlttocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -\@ifundefined{slttocrmarg}{\let\slttocrmarg\@tocrmarg}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\@dotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\stcdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\plfdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\slfdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\pltdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\mltdotsep} -% \begin{macro}{\sltdotsep} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We take, if possible, the default value of \com{@dotsep} for each type of mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Nous prenons, si possible, la valeur par dщfaut de \com{@dotsep} pour chaque type de mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{ptcdotsep}{\let\ptcdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{mtcdotsep}{\let\mtcdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{stcdotsep}{\let\stcdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{plfdotsep}{\let\plfdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{mlfdotsep}{\let\mlfdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{slfdotsep}{\let\slfdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{pltdotsep}{\let\pltdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{mltdotsep}{\let\mltdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -\@ifundefined{sltdotsep}{\let\sltdotsep\@dotsep}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{4} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And we terminate the \com{AtBeginDocument} block: -% \or\relax -% Et nous terminons le bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The executive part is done via the following macros, which are invoked in the \env{mtc@verse}-like -% environments for each kind of mini-table. These commands activate the values recorded by \com{mtcsetformat}. -% \or\relax -% La partie exщcutive est effectuщe via les macros suivantes, qui sont invoquщes dans les environnements analogues -% р~\env{mtc@verse} pour chaque genre de mini-table. Ces commandes activent les valeurs enregistrщes par -% \com{mtcsetformat}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ptc@setform} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{ptc@setform} macro is invoked in \env{ptc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{ptc@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{ptc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ptc@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\ptcpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\ptctocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\ptcdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setform} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtc@setform} macro is invoked in \env{mtc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mtc@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{mtc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\mtcpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\mtctocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\mtcdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\stc@setform} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{stc@setform} macro is invoked in \env{stc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{stc@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{stc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\stc@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\stcpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\stctocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\stcdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plf@setform} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{plf@setform} macro is invoked in \env{ptc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{plf@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{ptc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\plf@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\plfpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\plftocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\plfdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mlf@setform} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mlf@setform} macro is invoked in \env{mtc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mlf@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{mtc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mlf@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\mlfpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\mlftocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\mlfdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\slf@setform} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{slf@setform} macro is invoked in \env{stc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{slf@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{stc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slf@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\slfpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\slftocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\slfdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\plt@setform} -% \begin{environment}{ptc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{plt@setform} macro is invoked in \env{ptc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{plt@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{ptc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\plt@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\pltpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\plttocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\pltdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mlt@setform} -% \begin{environment}{mtc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mlt@setform} macro is invoked in \env{mtc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{mlt@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{mtc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mlt@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\plfpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\plftocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\plfdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\slt@setform} -% \begin{environment}{stc@verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{slt@setform} macro is invoked in \env{stc@verse} to set format parameters: -% \or\relax -% La macro \com{slt@setform} est invoquщe dans \env{stc@verse} pour щtablir les paramшtres de mise en page: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slt@setform{% -\let\@pnumwidth\plfpnumwidth\relax -\let\@tocrmarg\plftocrmarg\relax -\let\@dotsep\plfdotsep\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setformat@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We now define a flag and the \com{mtcsetformat} command, with has the following syntax: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{parameter-name}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family, \emph{parameter-name} is a keyword of -% the \texttt{formatparam} family and \emph{value}, the value of this parameter for the given kind of mini-table. -% \or\relax -% Puis nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcsetformat}, avec syntaxe suivante: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{nom-paramшtre}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}, \emph{nom-paramшtre} est un mot-clщ de la -% famille \texttt{formatparam} et \emph{valeur}, la valeur de ce paramшtre pour le genre de mini-table donnщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setformat@\@mtc@setformat@true -\newcommand{\mtcsetformat}[3]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtf@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@fparam@abbrev} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0021} now process the first argument and store the result in \com{mtc@mtf@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{E0021} nous traitons le premier argument et rangeons le rщsultat dans \com{mtc@mtf@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mtf@abbrev{X} -\def\mtc@fparam@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setformat@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setformat@false - \def\mtc@mtf@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0015]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetformat \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else \edef\mtc@mtf@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@fparam@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{E0016} we process the second argument and store the result into a macro \com{mtc@fparam@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{E0016} le deuxiшme argument est traitщ et le rщsultat est rangщ dans \com{mtc@fparam@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@formatparam@#2\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setformat@false - \def\mtc@fparam@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0016]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetformat \space has a wrong second argument - \MessageBreak - (#2). - \MessageBreak - It should be a formatting param choosen from: - \MessageBreak - pagenumwidth, tocrightmargin, dotinterval}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}% -\else - \edef\mtc@fparam@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@formatparam@#2}}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setformat@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpfm@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtf@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@fparam@abbrev} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\SMMZZ{\lmess{I0016}\\\lmess{E0025}} name of the storage macro is built and it receives the third parameter -% as value (\emph{via}~\com{edef} because it can contain some complex code): -% \or\relax -% Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{I0016}\\\lmess{E0025}} nom de la macro de stockage est construit et elle reчoit le troisiшme paramшtre -% comme valeur (\emph{via}~\com{edef} car il peut contenir du code complexe): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@setformat@ - \mtc@toks{#3}% - \def\mtc@tmpfm@name{\mtc@mtf@abbrev\mtc@fparam@abbrev}% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0016]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetformat\space redefines the macro - \MessageBreak - "\mtc@tmpfm@name" as "\the\mtc@toks"} - \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmpfm@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0025]{minitoc}% - {The macro \string\mtcsetformat\space has incompatible - \MessageBreak - first (#1) and second (#2) arguments}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}% -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetpagenumbers} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetpagenumbers.command}\icom{mtcsetpagenumbers} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetpagenumbers}}\label{s+code+mtcsetpagenumbers.command}\icom{mtcsetpagenumbers} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command activates of inhibits page numbers in the mini-tables of a given kind. Its syntax is the following: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb+\mtcsetpagenumbers{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ -% \end{verse} -% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword for a kind of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}), -% or \texttt{on} and -% \texttt{off} a keyword to activate (\texttt{on}) or inhibit (\texttt{off}) the page numbers. \texttt{on} and -% \texttt{off} have many synonyms. -% \or\relax -% Cette commande active ou inhibe les numщros de pages dans les mini-tables du genre donnщ. Sa syntaxe est la -% suivante: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb+\mtcsetpagenumbers{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ -% \end{verse} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ pour un genre de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}) -% et \texttt{on} ou \texttt{off} un mot-clщ pour activer (\texttt{on}) ou inhiber (\texttt{off}) les numщros de -% pages. \texttt{on} et \texttt{off} ont de nombreux synonymes. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setpagenumbers@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@spn@ok@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define some flags: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons quelques indicateurs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setpagenumbers@ \@mtc@setpagenumbers@false -\newif\if@mtc@spn@ok@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the user-level macro. If the first argument is a star, we call the internal macro -% \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@} for each type of mini-table available; else, we call this internal macro only once, -% for the specified type of mini-table. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons la macro au niveau utilisateur. Si le premier argument est une щtoile, nous appelons la macro -% interne \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@} pour chaque type de mini-table disponible; sinon, nous appelons cette macro -% interne une seule fois, pour le type de mini-table spщcifiщ. -% -% \lneed{5} -% \fi % -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetpagenumbers}[2]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\*\relax - \@ifundefined{part}{}% - {\mtcsetpagenumbers@{parttoc}{#2} - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{partlof}{#2} - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{partlot}{#2}} - \@ifundefined{chapter}{}% - {\mtcsetpagenumbers@{minitoc}{#2} - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{minilof}{#2} - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{minilot}{#2}} - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {\mtcsetpagenumbers@{secttoc}{#2} - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{sectlof}{#2} - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{sectlot}{#2}} - \else - \mtcsetpagenumbers@{#1}{#2}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumber@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then the \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@} internal macro, with two arguments: -% \or\relax -% Puis la macro interne \com{mtcsetpagenumbers@}, avec deux arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetpagenumbers@}[2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttpn@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pnsw@abbrev} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0017} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family, and store the result in -% \com{mtc@mttpn@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0017} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}, et rangeons le rщsultat dans -% \com{mtc@mttpn@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setpagenumbers@true -\def\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{} -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setpagenumbers@false - \def\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{X} - \def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0017]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetpagenumbers \space has a wrong first - \MessageBreak - argument (#1)}% - {It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot) - \MessageBreak - Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@spn@ok@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@pnsw@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttpn@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setpagenumbers@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmppn@name} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\SMM{\lmess{E0018}\\\lmess{I0022}\\\lmess{I0021}} the second argument, a keyword of the \texttt{YN} family, -% and store the result into a macro \com{mtc@pnsw@abbrev}. -% The name of the effective macro is built and the macro executed. -% \or\relax -% Puis\SMM{\lmess{E0018}\\\lmess{I0022}\\\lmess{I0021}} le second argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{YN}, -% et nous rangeons le rщsultat dans \com{mtc@pnsw@abbrev}. -% Le nom de la macro effective est construit puis la macro exщcutщe. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@mtc@spn@ok@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@YN@#2\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@spn@ok@false - \def\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{X} - \def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} - \@mtc@setpagenumbers@false - \def\mtc@mttpn@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0018]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetpagenumbers \space has a wrong second - \MessageBreak - argument (#2)}% - {It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...) - \MessageBreak - Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@pnsw@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@YN@#2}} - \def\mtc@pnsw@abbrevX{X} - \def\mtc@noX{mtc@noX} - \def\mtc@tmppn@name{\mtc@pnsw@abbrev\mtc@mttpn@abbrev pagenumbers} - \expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@\mtc@pnsw@abbrev X\endcsname\mtc@noX - \mtcPackageInfo[I0022]{minitoc}% - {Page numbers are inhibited - \MessageBreak - for the #1s} - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0021]{minitoc}% - {Page numbers are activated - \MessageBreak for the #1s} - \fi - \csname\mtc@tmppn@name\endcsname{} -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetrules} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetrules.command}\icom{mtcsetrules} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetrules}}\label{s+code+mtcsetrules.command}\icom{mtcsetrules} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This macro is very similar to \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and its syntax is the same: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb+\mtcsetrules{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ -% \end{verse} -% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword for a kind of mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}), -% or \texttt{on} and -% \texttt{off} a keyword to activate (\texttt{on}) or inhibit (\texttt{off}) the horizontal rules. \texttt{on} and -% \texttt{off} have many synonyms. -% -% Hence the code is similar. -% \or\relax -% Cette macro ressemble beaucoup р~\com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et sa syntaxe est la mъme: -% \begin{verse} -% \verb+\mtcsetrules{+\emph{mini-table}\verb+}{on|off}+ -% \end{verse} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ pour un genre de mini-table (\texttt{parttoc}, \ldots\ \texttt{sectlot}) -% et \texttt{on} ou -% \texttt{off} un mot-clщ pour activer (\texttt{on}) ou inhiber (\texttt{off}) les filets horizontaux. \texttt{on} et -% \texttt{off} ont de nombreux synonymes. -% -% Donc le code est similaire. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setrules@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sru@ok@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define some flags: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons quelques indicateurs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setrules@ \@mtc@setrules@false -\newif\if@mtc@sru@ok@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define the user-level macro. If the first argument is a star, we call the internal macro -% \com{mtcsetrules@} for each type of mini-table available; else, we call this internal macro only once, -% for the specified type of mini-table. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons la macro au niveau utilisateur. Si le premier argument est une щtoile, nous appelons la macro -% interne \com{mtcsetrules@} pour chaque type de mini-table disponible; sinon, nous appelons cette macro -% interne une seule fois, pour le type de mini-table spщcifiщ. -% \fi % -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetrules}[2]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\*\relax - \@ifundefined{part}{}% - {\mtcsetrules@{parttoc}{#2} - \mtcsetrules@{partlof}{#2} - \mtcsetrules@{partlot}{#2}} - \@ifundefined{chapter}{}% - {\mtcsetrules@{minitoc}{#2} - \mtcsetrules@{minilof}{#2} - \mtcsetrules@{minilot}{#2}} - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {\mtcsetrules@{secttoc}{#2} - \mtcsetrules@{sectlof}{#2} - \mtcsetrules@{sectlot}{#2}} - \else - \mtcsetrules@{#1}{#2}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then the \com{mtcsetrules@} internal macro, which has two arguments: -% \or\relax -% Puis la macro interne \com{mtcsetrules@}, qui a deux arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetrules@}[2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttru@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setrules@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rusw@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0019} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family and store the result in a macro -% \com{mtc@mttru@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0019} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable} puis rangeons le rщsultat -% dans \com{mtc@mttru@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mttru@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setrules@true -\def\mtc@rusw@abbrev{} -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setrules@false - \def\mtc@rusw@abbrev{X} - \def\mtc@mttru@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0019]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetrules \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1)}% - {It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot) - \MessageBreak - Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mttru@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sru@ok@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@rusw@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mttru@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{if@setrules@false} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@noX} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmppn@name} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\SMM{\lmess{E0020}\\\lmess{I0008}\\\lmess{I0007}} the second argument, a keyword of the \texttt{YN} family, -% and store the result in a macro \com{mtc@rusw@abbrev}. -% The name of the effective macro is built and the macro executed. -% \or\relax -% Puis\SMM{\lmess{E0020}\\\lmess{I0008}\\\lmess{I0007}} le second argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{YN}, -% et nous rangeons le rщsultat dans \com{mtc@rusw@abbrev}. -% Le nom de la macro effective est construit et cette macro est exщcutщe. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@mtc@sru@ok@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@YN@#2\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@sru@ok@false - \def\mtc@rusw@abbrev{X} - \def\mtc@mttru@abbrev{X} - \@mtc@setrules@false - \mtcPackageError[E0020]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetrules \space has a wrong second argument - \MessageBreak - (#2)}% - {It should be a boolean value (0/1, yes/no, on/off, ...) - \MessageBreak - Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@rusw@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@YN@#2}} - \def\mtc@rusw@abbrevX{X} - \def\mtc@noX{mtc@noX} - \def\mtc@tmppn@name{\mtc@rusw@abbrev\mtc@mttru@abbrev rule} - \expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@\mtc@rusw@abbrev X\endcsname\mtc@noX - \mtcPackageInfo[I0008]{minitoc}% - {Horizontal rules are inhibited - \MessageBreak - for the #1s} - \else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0007]{minitoc}% - {Horizontal rules are activated - \MessageBreak - for the #1s} - \fi - \csname\mtc@tmppn@name\endcsname{} -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetfeature} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}\icom{mtcsetfeature} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetfeature}}\label{s+code+mtcsetfeature.command}\icom{mtcsetfeature} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For this command, we must define three families of keywords, but the third is just used to add the word -% ``\texttt{style}'' for the ``\texttt{pagestyle}'' when ``\feat{pagestyle}'' is used. -% -% \or\relax -% Pour cette commande, nous devons dщfinir trois familles de mots-clщs, mais la troisiшme ne sert qu'р~ajouter le mot -% <<~\texttt{style}~>> pour le <<~\texttt{pagestyle}~>> lorsque <<~\feat{pagestyle}~>> est utilisщ. -% -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A family (\texttt{ltypetable}) for the long names of the types of mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Une famille (\texttt{ltypetable}) pour les noms longs des types de mini-tables: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@parttoc}{parttoc}\def\mtc@ltypetable@parttoc{parttoc} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@partlof}{partlof}\def\mtc@ltypetable@partlof{partlof} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@partlot}{partlot}\def\mtc@ltypetable@partlot{partlot} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@minitoc}{minitoc}\def\mtc@ltypetable@minitoc{minitoc} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@minilof}{minilof}\def\mtc@ltypetable@minilof{minilof} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@minilot}{minilot}\def\mtc@ltypetable@minilot{minilot} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@secttoc}{secttoc}\def\mtc@ltypetable@secttoc{secttoc} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@sectlof}{sectlof}\def\mtc@ltypetable@sectlof{sectlof} -\@namedef{mtc@ltypetable@sectlot}{sectlot}\def\mtc@ltypetable@sectlot{sectlot} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A family (\texttt{featureparam}) for the type of feature: -% \or\relax -% Une famille (\texttt{featureparam}) pour le type de dispositif: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@before}{before}% - \def\mtc@featureparam@before{before} -\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@after}{after}% - \def\mtc@featureparam@after{after} -\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@open}{open}% - \def\mtc@featureparam@open{open} -\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@close}{close}% - \def\mtc@featureparam@close{close} -\@namedef{mtc@featureparam@pagestyle}{thispage}% - \def\mtc@featureparam@pagestyle{thispage} -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And a family (\texttt{ft3}) to add ``style'' if it is a ``\feat{pagestyle}'' feature: -% \or\relax -% Et une famille (\texttt{ft3}) pour ajouter <<~style~>> si c'est un dispositif <<~\feat{pagestyle}~>>: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{mtc@ft3@before}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@before\endcsname{} -\@namedef{mtc@ft3@after}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@after\endcsname{} -\@namedef{mtc@ft3@open}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@open\endcsname{} -\@namedef{mtc@ft3@close}{}\expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@close\endcsname{} -\@namedef{mtc@ft3@pagestyle}{style}% - \expandafter\def\csname mtc@ft3@pagestyle\endcsname{style} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \com{mtcsetfeature} command has the following syntax: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{feature-name}\verb|}{|\emph{commands}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% where \emph{mini-table} is a keyword of the \texttt{ltypetable} family, \emph{feature-name} is a keyword of -% the \texttt{featureparam} family (but also of the \texttt{ft3} family), and \emph{commands} are the commands which -% constitute the selected feature. -% \or\relax -% La commande \com{mtcsetfeature} a la syntaxe suivante: -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcsetfeature}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{nom-dispositif}\verb|}{|\emph{commandes}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% o∙ \emph{mini-table} est une mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{ltypetable} family, \emph{nom-dispositif} est un mot-clщ -% de la famille \texttt{featureparam} (mais aussi de la famille \texttt{ft3}), et \emph{commandes} sont les -% commandes qui constituent le dispositif choisi. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfeature@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We define a flag and the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, with three arguments: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, qui a trois arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setfeature@\@mtc@setfeature@true -\newcommand{\mtcsetfeature}[3]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@abbrev} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0011} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{ltypetable} family, and store -% the result in \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0011} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{ltypetable}, et rangeons le rщsultat -% dans \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev{X} -\def\mtc@featparam@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setfeature@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@ltypetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setfeature@false - \def\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0011]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetfeature \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@ltypetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfeature@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@third} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\imess{E0012} second argument is a keyword of the \texttt{featureparam} family, the result is stored in -% \com{mtc@featparam@}; and the complement is computed from the first argument, interpreted as a keyword of the -% \texttt{ft3} family and whose result is stored in \com{mtc@featparam@third}. -% \or\relax -% Le\imess{E0012} deuxiшme argument est un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{featureparam}, le rщsultat est rangщ dans -% \com{mtc@featparam@}; et le complщment est calculщ d'aprшs le premier argument, interprщtщ comme un mot-clщ de -% la famille \texttt{ft3} et dont le rщsultat est rangщ dans \com{mtc@featparam@third}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@featureparam@#2\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setfeature@false - \def\mtc@featparam@abbrev{X} - \def\mtc@featparam@third{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0012]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetfeature \space has a wrong second argument - \MessageBreak - (#2). - \MessageBreak - It should be a feature param - \MessageBreak - (before, after, open, close, pagestyle)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@featparam@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@featureparam@#2}} - \edef\mtc@featparam@third{\@nameuse{mtc@ft3@#2}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setfeature@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpfeat@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@featparam@third} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The\SMM{\lmess{I0014}\\\lmess{E0023}} name of the effective macro is built by concatenating these three -% pieces (named \com{mtc@featparam@abbrev},\space -% \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev},\space and \com{mtc@featparam@third}\space respectively), then this macro is executed: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Le\SMM{\lmess{I0014}\\\lmess{E0023}} nom de la macro effective est construit en concatщnant ces trois -% morceaux (nommщs \com{mtc@featparam@abbrev}, -% \com{mtc@mtfeat@abbrev} et \com{mtc@featparam@third} respectivement), puis cette macro est exщcutщe: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@setfeature@ - \def\mtc@tmpfeat@name% - {\mtc@featparam@abbrev\mtc@mtfeat@abbrev\mtc@featparam@third}% - \mtc@toks{#3}% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0014]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetfeature\space redefines the macro - \MessageBreak - "\csname mtc@tmpfeat@name\endcsname" as - \MessageBreak - "\the\mtc@toks"}% - \expandafter\edef\csname\mtc@tmpfeat@name\endcsname{\the\mtc@toks}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0023]{minitoc}% - {The macro \string\mtcsetfeature\space has incompatible - \MessageBreak - first (#1) and second (#2) arguments}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetdepth} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetdepth.command}\icom{mtcsetdepth} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetdepth}}\label{s+code+mtcsetdepth.command}\icom{mtcsetdepth} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsettitle} command. Its syntax is almost identical: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsetdepth}\verb|\mtcsetdepth{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{depth}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% -% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \texttt{minitoc}. The \emph{depth} is the depth for a mini-table. -% If it is a mini-table for a list of figures or tables, the corresponding depth counter \virage\emph{must be -% available}, i.e.,~must have been created (often by an adequate package, like the \pack{subfig} -% package~\cite{subfig}). -% \or\relax -% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsettitle}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsetdepth}\verb|\mtcsetdepth{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{profondeur}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% -% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \texttt{minitoc}. La \emph{profondeur} est la profondeur -% pour une mini-table. Si c'est une mini-table pour une liste de figures ou de tableaux, le compteur profondeur -% correspondant \virage\emph{doit ъtre disponible}, c'est-р-dire qu'il doit avoir щtщ crщщ (souvent par un paquetage -% adщquat, tel que le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setdepth@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we declare a flag, set true: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, vrai par dщfaut: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setdepth@\@mtc@setdepth@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we define the \com{mtcsetdepth} command, with two arguments: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous dщfinissons la commande \com{mtcsetdepth}, avec deux arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetdepth}[2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtade@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setdepth@} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0009} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{ltypetable} family. The result is stored in -% \com{mtc@mtade@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0009} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{ltypetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ -% dans \com{mtc@mtade@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mtade@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setdepth@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@ltypetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setdepth@false - \def\mtc@mtade@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0009]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetdepth \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mtade@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@ltypetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setdepth@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpde@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtade@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\SMM{\lmess{E0008}\\\lmess{I0013}\\\lmess{E0010}} we construct the name of the effective counter -% and gave it the value: -% \or\relax -% Et\SMM{\lmess{E0008}\\\lmess{I0013}\\\lmess{E0010}} nous construisons le nom du compteur effectif -% et lui donnons la valeur: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@setdepth@ - \def\mtc@tmpde@name{\mtc@mtade@abbrev depth} - \expandafter\noexpand\@ifundefined{c@\mtc@mtade@abbrev depth}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0008]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetdepth \space attempts to use - \MessageBreak - an undefined counter (#1depth).}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}}{% - \mtc@toks{#2} % trick for explicit message using \the. - \mtcPackageInfo[I0013]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetdepth\space redefines the counter - \MessageBreak - "\mtc@tmpde@name" as "\the\mtc@toks"}% - \expandafter\csname c@\mtc@tmpde@name\endcsname=#2}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0010]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetdepth:\space Illegal type of table (#1)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax}% -\fi}% end of \mtcsetdepth -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{The \ucom{mtcsetoffset} command}\label{s+code+mtcsetoffset.command}\icom{mtcsetoffset} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{La commande \ucom{mtcsetoffset}}\label{s+code+mtcsetoffset.command}\icom{mtcsetoffset} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command is very similar to the \com{mtcsettitle} command. Its syntax is almost identical: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsetoffset}\verb|\mtcsetoffset{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% -% The \emph{mini-table} type is a keyword like \texttt{minitoc}. The \emph{value} is the offset value for a mini-table. -% \or\relax -% Cette commande est trшs similaire р~la commande \com{mtcsettitle}. Sa syntaxe est presque identique: -% \begin{verse} -% \icom{mtcsetoffset}\verb|\mtcsetoffset{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| -% \end{verse} -% -% Le type de \emph{mini-table} est un mot-clщ tel que \texttt{minitoc}. La \emph{valeur} est celle du dщplacement -% latщral pour une mini-table. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setoffset@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we declare a flag, set true: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons un indicateur, vrai par dщfaut: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@setoffset@\@mtc@setoffset@true -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we define the \com{mtcsetoffset} command, with two arguments: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous dщfinissons la commande \com{mtcsetoffset}, avec deux arguments: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcsetoffset}[2]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setoffset@} -% \begin{macro}{\@nameuse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{E0042} process the first argument, a keyword of the \texttt{typetable} family. The result is stored in -% \com{mtc@mtaof@abbrev}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{E0042} traitons le premier argument, un mot-clщ de la famille \texttt{typetable}. Le rщsultat est rangщ -% dans \com{mtc@mtaof@abbrev}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@mtaof@abbrev{X} -\@mtc@setoffset@true -\expandafter\ifx\csname mtc@typetable@#1\endcsname\relax - \@mtc@setoffset@false - \def\mtc@mtaof@abbrev{X} - \mtcPackageError[E0042]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetoffset \space has a wrong first argument - \MessageBreak - (#1). - \MessageBreak - It should be a mini-table type - \MessageBreak - (parttoc...sectlot)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} -\else - \edef\mtc@mtaof@abbrev{\@nameuse{mtc@typetable@#1}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@setoffset@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@tmpof@name} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@toks} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\SMM{\lmess{E0041}\\\lmess{I0052}\\\lmess{E0043}} we construct the name of the effective offset and gave it the value: -% \or\relax -% Et\SMM{\lmess{E0041}\\\lmess{I0052}\\\lmess{E0043}} nous construisons le nom du dщplacement effectif -% et lui donnons la valeur: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@setoffset@ - \def\mtc@tmpof@name{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset.} - \expandafter\noexpand\@ifundefined{\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0041]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetoffset \space attempts to use - \MessageBreak - an undefined offset (\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset).}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}}{% - \mtc@toks{#2} % trick for explicit message using \the. - \mtcPackageInfo[I0052]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetoffset\space redefines - \MessageBreak - "\mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset" as "\the\mtc@toks"}% - \expandafter\def\csname \mtc@mtaof@abbrev offset\endcsname{#2}}% -\else - \mtcPackageError[E0043]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcsetoffset:\space Illegal type of table (#1)}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}{\relax}% -\fi}% end of \mtcsetoffset -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Polymorphic entries}\label{s+code+polym} -% \or\relax -% \section{Entrщes polymorphes}\label{s+code+polym} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymtoc} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% A toc entry should be able to have variants when it appears in the normal text (like the mandatory argument of -% a sectionning command), in a page header or in the main TOC (like the optionnal argument of a sectionning -% command), in a minitable (parttoc, minitoc or secttoc). Similar behaviour should be available for entries in th -% LOF or the LOT. So we define three commands to be used inside the optionnal argument of a sectionning command or -% of \com{caption} for a figure or a table. These commands must be robust (because used in optionnal arguments) -% and have 4~arguments: (1)~the variant to appear in a parttoc (or partlof or partlof), -% (2)~the variant to appear in a minitoc (or minilof or minilof), -% (3)~the variant to appear in a secttoc (or sectlof or sectlof). -% (4)~the variant to appear in the main TOC (or LOF or LOT). -% The variant to appear locally as title of the sectionning unit or as local caption of the figure or table is -% the mandatory argument of the sectionning command or of the caption command (see section~\vref{ss+polym}). -% We use the \verb|\ifin...| flags. -% \or\relax -% Une entrщe de table des matiшres devrait disposer de variantes selon qu'elle apparaюt dans le texte normal -% (comme l'argument obligatoire d'une commande de sectionnement), dans un en-tъte de page ou dans la table des -% matiшres principale (comme l'argument optionnel d'une commande de sectionnement), dans une minitable (parttoc, minitoc -% ou secttoc). Un comportement similaire devrait ъtre possible pour les entrщes de la liste des figures ou des -% tableaux. Donc nous dщfinissons trois commandes р~utiliser р~l'intщrieur de l'argument optionnel d'une commande -% de sectionnement ou de celui de \com{caption} pour une figure ou un tableau. Ces commandes doivent ъtre robustes -% (car utilisщes р~l'intщrieur d'un argument optionnel) et ont 4~arguments: (1)~la variante apparaissant dans une -% parttoc (ou partlof ou partlof), -% (2)~la variante apparaissant dans une a minitoc (ou minilof ou minilof), -% (3)~la variante apparaissant dans une secttoc (ou sectlof ou sectlof). -% (4)~la variante apparaissant la la table des matiшres (ou liste des figures ou liste des tableaux) principale. -% La variante apparaissant localement comme titre de l'unitщ de sectionnement ou comme lщgende locale de la figure -% ou du tableau est l'argument obligatoire de la commande de sectionnement ou de la commande de caption (voir la -% section~\vref{ss+polym}). -% Nous utilisons les indicateurs \verb|\ifin...|. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymtoc}[4]{% - \ifinparttoc\relax{#1}% - \else\ifinminitoc\relax{#2}% - \else\ifinsecttoc\relax{#3}% - \else\relax{#4} - \fi - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlof} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries of the list of figures: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes le la liste des figures: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlof}[4]{% - \ifinpartlof\relax{#1}% - \else\ifinminilof\relax{#2}% - \else\ifinsectlof\relax{#3}% - \else\relax{#4} - \fi - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlot} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For entries of the list of tables: -% \or\relax -% Pour les entrщes le la liste des tableaux: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlot}[4]{% - \ifinpartlot\relax{#1}% - \else\ifinminilot\relax{#2}% - \else\ifinsectlot\relax{#3}% - \else\relax{#4} - \fi - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \texttt{mtchideinmaintoc} environment and siblings}\label{s+code+mtchideinmaintoc.env}\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'environnement \texttt{mtchideinmaintoc} et ses comparses}\label{s+code+mtchideinmaintoc.env}\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himtoc@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The flag \com{if@mtc@Himtoc@} is used to detect an incorrect imbrication of this environment: -% \or\relax -% L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@Himtoc@} est utilisщ pour dщtecter une imbrication incorrecte de cet environnement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@Himtoc@ \@mtc@Himtoc@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{9} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savetocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restoretocdepth} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himtoc@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{E0005}\\\lmess{E0031}} define a macro \com{mtc@savetocdepth} to save the current value -% of the counter \dcnt{tocdepth}. -% Then we define this environment, which inserts into the TOC file this command and commands of the -% form \com{setcounter}\verb|{|\dcnt{tocdepth}\verb|}{...}|. Note that \com{xdef} is necessary! -% It also save and restore the value of the counter \dcnt{tocdepth}, as the optional argument is the hiding depth of -% the entries in the main TOC. -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{E0005}\\\lmess{E0031}} dщfinissons une macro \com{mtc@savetocdepth} pour sauvegarder la valeur -% courante du compteur \dcnt{tocdepth}. -% Notez que \com{xdef} est nщcessaire! -% Puis nous dщfinissons cet environnement, qui щcrit dans le fichier table des matiшres cette commande et -% des commandes de la -% forme \com{setcounter}\verb|{|\dcnt{tocdepth}\verb|}{...}|. -% Il sauvegarde et restaure aussi la valeur du compteur \dcnt{tocdepth}, car -% l'argument optionnel est la profondeur de masquage des entrщes dans la table des matiшres principale. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtc@savetocdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@tocdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}}% -\newcommand{\mtc@restoretocdepth}{\setcounter{tocdepth}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth}}% -\newenvironment{mtchideinmaintoc}[1][-1]% -{\if@mtc@Himtoc@\mtcPackageError[E0005]{minitoc}% - {Imbrication of mtchideinmaintoc environments}% - {The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himtoc@true - \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\mtc@savetocdepth}% - \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% -{\if@mtc@Himtoc@\else\mtcPackageError[E0031]{minitoc}% - {Unbalanced mtchideinmaintoc environment}% - {The hiding in main ToC could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himtoc@false - \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlof@} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\empty} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svf@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments are similar, but we must verify the -% presence of the associated depth counter, so we have two versions of each of these environments. -% This must be done \emph{after} the loading of the packages. -% -% First, for the list of figures:\SMM{\lmess{E0003}\\\lmess{E0029}} -% \or\relax -% Les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} sont similaires, mais nous devons -% vщfifier la prщsence du compteur de profondeur associщ, donc nous avons deux versions de ces environnements. -% Ceci doit ъtre fait \emph{aprшs} le chargement des paquetages. -% -% D'abord, pour la liste des figures:\SMM{\lmess{E0003}\\\lmess{E0029}} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@Himlof@ \@mtc@Himlof@false -\AtBeginDocument{% -\@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{% - \providecommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\empty} - \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]% - {\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}% - {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments}% - {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlof@true - \def\mtc@sv@tocdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% - \def\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@savetocdepth}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% - {\if@mtc@Himlof@\else\mtcPackageError[E0029]{minitoc}% - {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment}% - {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlof@false - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}% -}}% -{% - \newcommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{lofdepth}}}% - \newcommand{\mtc@restorelofdepth}{\setcounter{lofdepth}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth}}% - \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]% - {\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}% - {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments}% - {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlof@true - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@savelofdepth}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% - {\if@mtc@Himlof@\else\mtcPackageError[E0029]{minitoc}% - {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment}% - {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlof@false - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlot@} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\empty} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svt@tocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then for the list of tables:\SMM{\lmess{E0004}\\\lmess{E0030}} -% \or\relax -% Puis pour la liste des tableaux:\SMM{\lmess{E0004}\\\lmess{E0030}} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@Himlot@ \@mtc@Himlot@false -\AtBeginDocument{% -\@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{% - \providecommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\empty} - \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]% - {\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}% - {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments}% - {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlot@true - \def\mtc@sv@tocdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% - \def\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{tocdepth}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@savetocdepth}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% - {\if@mtc@Himlot@\else\mtcPackageError[E0030]{minitoc}% - {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment}% - {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlot@false - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}% -}}% -{% - \newcommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{lotdepth}}}% - \newcommand{\mtc@restorelotdepth}{\setcounter{lotdepth}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth}}% - \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]% - {\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}% - {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments}% - {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlot@true - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@savelotdepth}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% - {\if@mtc@Himlot@\else\mtcPackageError[E0030]{minitoc}% - {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment}% - {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himlot@false - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Fixing the ``Glossary'' entry in the TOC}\label{s+code+mtcfixglossary} -% \or\relax -% \section{Correction de l'entrщe <<~Glossaire~>> dans la TdM}\label{s+code+mtcfixglossary} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This macro is complex. Its syntax is: -% \or\relax -% Cette macro est complexe. Sa syntaxe est la suivante: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[part|chapter|section]+ -% \end{verse} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@glofix@level} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{W0006}} on the document class, -% the ``Glossary'' entry in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred -% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then -% stored in the macro \com{mtc@glofix@level}. This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning -% message: -% \or\relax -% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{W0006}} la classe du document, -% l'entrщe <<~Glossaire~>> dans la table des matiшres est traitщe comme un chapitre щtoilщ -% ou une section щtoilщe. Donc nous devons d'abord dщterminer la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel. La -% valeur par dщfaut est alors rangщe dans la macro \com{mtc@glofix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui -% produit щventuellement un message d'avertissement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0001]{minitoc}% - {\string\chapter\space and \string\section\space are undefined.% - \MessageBreak - Cannot use \string\mtcfixglossary \space without - \MessageBreak - optional argument [part]}% - \@ifundefined{part}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0001]{minitoc}% - {But \string\part\space is undefined}% - {\string\mtcfixglossary\space not usable}}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0006]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcfixglossary\space can only be used - \MessageBreak - with the [part] optional argument, - \MessageBreak - which becomes the default}% - \def\mtc@glofix@level{part}% - }}% - {\def\mtc@glofix@level{section}}}% -{\def\mtc@glofix@level{chapter}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcfixglossary@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixglossary} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{E0026} we define a flag (\com{if@mtcfixglossary@}) and the command \com{mtcfixglossary}, which adds -% the necessary lines in the TOC, the LOF and the LOT. -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{E0026} nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcfixglossary}, qui ajoute les lignes -% nщcessaires dans la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtcfixglossary@ \@mtcfixglossary@false -\newcommand{\mtcfixglossary}[1][\mtc@glofix@level]{% - \@mtcfixglossary@false - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax\@mtcfixglossary@true\fi - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax\@mtcfixglossary@true\fi - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax\@mtcfixglossary@true\fi - \if@mtcfixglossary@ - \addcontentsline{lof}{x\mtc@glofix@level}{}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{x\mtc@glofix@level}{}% - \csname mtcadd\mtc@glofix@level\endcsname\relax - \else - \mtcPackageError[E0026]{minitoc}% - {The optional argument of \string\mtcfixglossary - \MessageBreak - is wrong}% - {It must be omitted (\mtc@glofix@level), or be part, chapter or section}% - \fi -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Fixing the ``Index'' entry in the TOC}\label{s+code+mtcfixindex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Correction de l'entrщe <<~Index~>> dans la TdM}\label{s+code+mtcfixindex} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This macro is complex. Its syntax is: -% \or\relax -% Cette macro est complexe. Sa syntaxe est la suivante: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[part|chapter|section]+ -% \end{verse} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ixfix@level} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}} on the document class, -% the ``Index'' entry in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred -% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then -% stored in the macro \com{mtc@ixfix@level}. This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning message: -% \or\relax -% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}} la classe du document, -% l'entrщe <<~Index~>> dans la table des matiшres est traitщe comme un chapitre щtoilщ -% ou une section щtoilщe. Donc nous devons d'abord dщterminer la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel. La -% valeur par dщfaut est alors rangщe dans la macro \com{mtc@ixfix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui -% produit щventuellement un message d'avertissement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0002]{minitoc}% - {\string\chapter\space and \string\section\space are undefined.% - \MessageBreak - Cannot use \string\mtcfixindex \space without - \MessageBreak - optional argument [part]}% - \@ifundefined{part}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0002]{minitoc}% - {But \string\part\space is undefined}% - {\string\mtcfixindex\space not usable}}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0007]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcfixindex\space can only be used with - \MessageBreak - the [part] optional argument, - \MessageBreak - which becomes the default}% - \def\mtc@ixfix@level{part}% - }}% - {\def\mtc@ixfix@level{section}}}% -{\def\mtc@ixfix@level{chapter}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcfixindex@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{E0027} we define a flag and the command \com{mtcfixindex}, which adds the necessary lines in the TOC, the LOF -% and the LOT. -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{E0027} nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcfixindex}, qui ajoute les lignes nщcessaires dans -% la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtcfixindex@ \@mtcfixindex@false -\newcommand{\mtcfixindex}[1][\mtc@ixfix@level]{% - \@mtcfixindex@false - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax\@mtcfixindex@true\fi - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax\@mtcfixindex@true\fi - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax\@mtcfixindex@true\fi - \if@mtcfixindex@ - \addcontentsline{lof}{x\mtc@ixfix@level}{}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{x\mtc@ixfix@level}{}% - \csname mtcadd\mtc@ixfix@level\endcsname\relax - \else - \mtcPackageError[E0027]{minitoc}% - {The optional argument of \string\mtcfixindex - \MessageBreak - is wrong}% - {It must be omitted (\mtc@ixfix@level), or be part, chapter or section}% - \fi -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Fixing the ``Nomenclature'' entry in the TOC}\label{s+code+ature} -% \or\relax -% \section{Correction de l'entrщe <<~Nomenclature~>> dans la TdM}\label{s+code+ature} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This macro is complex. Its syntax is: -% \or\relax -% Cette macro est complexe. Sa syntaxe est la suivante: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[part|chapter|section]+ -% \end{verse} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@nomenclfix@level} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} on the document class, -% the ``Nomenclature'' entry\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or -% \pack{nomentbl} package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} calls \pack{nomentbl}).} -% in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred -% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then -% stored in the macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. -% This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning message: -% \or\relax -% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} la classe du document, -% l'entrщe <<~Nomenclature~>>\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le -% paquetage \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} appelle \pack{nomentbl}).} -% dans la table des matiшres est traitщe comme un chapitre щtoilщ -% ou une section щtoilщe. Donc nous devons d'abord dщterminer la valeur par dщfaut de l'argument optionnel. La -% valeur par dщfaut est alors rangщe dans la macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui -% produit щventuellement un message d'avertissement: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0095]{minitoc}% - {\string\chapter\space and \string\section\space are undefined.% - \MessageBreak - Cannot use \string\mtcfixnomenclature \space without - \MessageBreak - optional argument [part]}% - \@ifundefined{part}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0039]{minitoc}% - {But \string\part\space is undefined}% - {\string\mtcfixnomclature\space not usable}}% - {\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0096]{minitoc}% - {\string\mtcfixnomenclature\space can only be used with - \MessageBreak - the [part] optional argument, - \MessageBreak - which becomes the default}% - \def\mtc@nomenclfix@level{part}% - }}% - {\def\mtc@nomenclfix@level{section}}}% -{\def\mtc@nomenclfix@level{chapter}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtcfixnomclature@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\imess{E0040} we define a flag and the command \com{mtcfixnomenclature}, which adds the necessary lines in the TOC, -% the LOF and the LOT. -% \or\relax -% Puis\imess{E0040} nous dщfinissons un indicateur et la commande \com{mtcfixnomclature}, qui ajoute les lignes -% nщcessaires dans la table des matiшres, la liste des figures et la liste des tableaux. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtcfixnomenclature@ \@mtcfixnomenclature@false -\newcommand{\mtcfixnomenclature}[1][\mtc@nomenclfix@level]{% - \@mtcfixnomenclature@false - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part\relax\@mtcfixnomenclature@true\fi - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\chapter\relax\@mtcfixnomenclature@true\fi - \expandafter% - \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\section\relax\@mtcfixnomenclature@true\fi - \if@mtcfixnomenclature@ - \addcontentsline{lof}{x\mtc@nomenclfix@level}{}% - \addcontentsline{lot}{x\mtc@nomenclfix@level}{}% - \csname mtcadd\mtc@nomenclfix@level\endcsname\relax - \else - \mtcPackageError[E0040]{minitoc}% - {The optional argument of \string\mtcfixnomenclature - \MessageBreak - is wrong}% - {It must be omitted (\mtc@nomenclfix@level), or be part, chapter or section}% - \fi -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{mtcselectlanguage} command}\label{s+code+mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage} -% \or\relax -% \section{La commande \ucom{mtcselectlanguage}}\label{s+code+mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@insellang@} -% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\@input} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\SMM{\lmess{I0010}\\\lmess{E0006}} command loads a minitoc language definition -% file \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} to set the language-dependent -% titles for the mini-tables. -% But first, we verify that this file exists. -% The flag \com{if@mtc@insellang@} is true while we are in this macro. -% \or\relax -% Cette\SMM{\lmess{I0010}\\\lmess{E0006}} commande charge un fichier minitoc de dщfinition -% de langue \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} pour щtablir les -% titres dщpendants de la langue pour les mini-tables. -% Mais au prщalable, nous vщrifions que ce fichier existe. -% L'indicateur \com{if@mtc@insellang@} est vrai tant que nous sommes dans cette macro. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@insellang@ \@mtc@insellang@false -\def\mtcselectlanguage#1{% - \@mtc@insellang@true - \InputIfFileExists{#1.mld}% - {\mtcPackageInfo[I0010]{minitoc}{The #1 language is selected.% - \MessageBreak - }}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0006]{minitoc}% - {#1 is not a known language, - \MessageBreak - #1.mld not found. - \MessageBreak - Command ignored}% - {See the minitoc documentation. - \MessageBreak - Correct the source using a valid language name. - \MessageBreak - Press RETURN}}% - \@mtc@insellang@false -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \ucom{mtcloadmlo} internal command}\label{s+code+mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} -% \or\relax -% \section{La commande interne \ucom{mtcloadmlo}}\label{s+code+mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@insellang@} -% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\@input} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command loads a minitoc language object file \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} to set the language-dependent -% titles for the mini-tables when exotic characters are needed. -% This command is used only in some \suffix{.mld} files when the title strings can not be generated by the normal -% processing of \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. The \suffix{.mlo} files are generated by \env{filecontents} environments in the -% \xfile{minitoc.ins} file. -% But first, we verify that this \suffix{.mlo} file exists. -% -% \emph{This command}\SMMZ{\lmess{I0011}\\\lmess{E0007}\\\lmess{E0032}} -% \emph{should not be invoked directly by the user. This is verified via the flag -% \com{if@mtc@insellang@}.} -% \or\relax -% Cette commande charge un fichier minitoc objet de langue \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} pour щtablir les -% titres dщpendants de la langue pour les mini-tables lorsque des caractшres exotiques sont nщcessaires. -% Cette commande n'est utilisщe que dans certains fichiers \suffix{.mld}, lorsque les chaюnes de titres ne peuvent -% pas ъtre produites par le traitement normal de \xfile{minitoc.dtx}. Les fichiers \suffix{.mlo} sont produits -% par des environments \env{filecontents} dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% Mais au prщalable, nous vщrifions que ce fichier \suffix{.mlo} existe. -% -% \emph{Cette commande}\SMMZ{\lmess{I0011}\\\lmess{E0007}\\\lmess{E0032}} -% \emph{ne devrait pas ъtre invoquщe directement par l'utilisateur. Ceci est vщrifiщ grтce -% р~l'indicateur \com{if@mtc@insellang@}.} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcloadmlo#1{% - \if@mtc@insellang@ - \InputIfFileExists{#1.mlo}% - {\mtcPackageInfo[I0011]{minitoc}% - {#1 minitoc language object selected. - \MessageBreak}}% - {\mtcPackageError[E0007]{minitoc}% - {#1 is not a known minitoc - \MessageBreak - language object file (.mlo), - \MessageBreak - #1.mlo not found. - \MessageBreak - Command ignored}% - {See the minitoc documentation. - \MessageBreak - Correct the source using a valid language name. - \MessageBreak - Press RETURN}}% - \else - \mtcPackageError[E0032]{minitoc}% - {You are using the \string\mtcloadmlo\space command - \MessageBreak - outside of a .mld file}% - {It will be ignored} - \@mtc@insellang@false - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The ``coffee breaks''}\label{s+cod+coffee.breaks} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les <<~pauses cafщ~>>}\label{s+cod+coffee.breaks} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\addcoffeeline} -% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents} -% \begin{macro}{\coffeeline} -% \begin{macro}{\l@coffee} -% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtocline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \pack{minutes} package~\cite{minutes} (by \name{Knut}{Lickert}), we need some commands to insert special -% entries, undotted, in the -% TOC to mark ``coffee breaks''{\myCoffeecup} in a conference. -% Hence we define \com{addcoffeeline}, \com{coffeeline} and -% \com{l@coffee}, and internal commands analog to the standard internal commands to format the TOC. -% \or\relax -% Pour le paquetage \pack{minutes}~\cite{minutes} (de \name{Knut}{Lickert}), nous avons besoin de quelques -% commandes pour insщrer des entrщes spщciales, sans points de conduite, dans la table des matiшres pour marquer les -% <<~pauses cafщ~>>{\myCoffeecup} dans une confщrence. Donc nous dщfinissons \com{addcoffeeline}, \com{coffeeline} et -% \com{l@coffee}, et des commandes internes analogues aux commandes internes standard pour mettre en forme la -% table des matiшres. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\addcoffeeline#1#2#3{% - \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\coffeeline{#2}{#3}{\null}}} -\def\coffeeline#1{\csname l@#1\endcsname} -\newcommand*\l@coffee{\@Undottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Initialization of counters}\label{s+verse+init.counters} -% \or\relax -% \section{Initialisation des compteurs}\label{s+verse+init.counters} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\setcounter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% At the beginning of the document, we initialize the absolute counters for parts, chapters and sections, if they -% are defined. -% \or\relax -% Au dщbut du document, nous initialisons les compteurs absolus pour les parties, chapitres et sections, s'ils -% sont dщfinis. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% -\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\setcounter{ptc}{0}} -\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{\setcounter{mtc}{0}} -\@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\setcounter{stc}{0}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Declarations for simple options}\label{s+code+simple.options} -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщclarations pour les options simples}\label{s+code+simple.options} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These options are just setting a flag. -% \or\relax -% Ces options ne font que positionner un indicateur. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Options \uopt{tight} and \uopt{loose}, \uopt{k-tight} and \uopt{k-loose}}% -% \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Options \uopt{tight} et \uopt{loose}, \uopt{k-tight} et \uopt{k-loose}}% -% \iopt{tight}\ioptd{loose}\iopt{k-tight}\ioptd{k-loose} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These options influence the interline separation in the mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% Ces options influencent l'interlignage dans les mini-tables. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{tight}{\tightmtctrue} -\DeclareOption{loose}{\tightmtcfalse} % default -\DeclareOption{k-tight}{\ktightmtctrue} -\DeclareOption{k-loose}{\ktightmtcfalse} % default -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Options \uopt{checkfiles} and \uopt{nocheckfiles}}\label{o+checkfiles}\ioptd{checkfiles}\iopt{nocheckfiles} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Options \uopt{checkfiles} et \uopt{nocheckfiles}}\label{o+checkfiles}\ioptd{checkfiles}\iopt{nocheckfiles} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@checkfiles} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These options activate or inhibit the checking for empty mini-table files. -% \or\relax -% Ces options activent ou inhibent les tests de vacuitщ sur les fichiers des mini-tables. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{checkfiles}{\@mtc@checkfilestrue} % default -\DeclareOption{nocheckfiles}{\@mtc@checkfilesfalse} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Options \uopt{dotted} and \uopt{undotted}}\ioptd{dotted}\iopt{undotted} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Options \uopt{dotted} et \uopt{undotted}}\ioptd{dotted}\iopt{undotted} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These options activate or inhibit the leaders (lines of dots) in the mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% Ces options activent ou inhibent les points de conduite dans les mini-tables. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{undotted}{\undottedmtctrue} -\DeclareOption{dotted}{\undottedmtcfalse} % default -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Option \uopt{notoccite}}\iopt{notoccite} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Option \uopt{notoccite}}\iopt{notoccite} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@notoccite@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This option will later load the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}. -% \or\relax -% Cette option chargera plus loin le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{notoccite}{\@mtc@notoccite@true} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Option \uopt{shortext}}\iopt{shortext} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Option \uopt{shortext}}\iopt{shortext} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\imess{W0020} option forces the use of short extensions. -% \or\relax -% Cette\imess{W0020} option force l'utilisation de suffixes courts. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{shortext}{% - \@mtc@longext@false - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0020]{minitoc}% - {You have forced the use of short extensions}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uopt{insection} option}\label{s+code+insection.option}\iopt{insection} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'option \uopt{insection}}\label{s+code+insection.option}\iopt{insection} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ss@insection@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This\imess{E0035} option is available only if \com{chapter} is not defined and \com{section} defined. -% It is to be revised when chapter/section level commands will ever be allowed together, sometime in the far away future, -% with a lot of luck (and work)\footnote{Please, do not dream too much!}. -% \or\relax -% Cette\imess{E0035} option n'est disponible que si \com{chapter} n'est pas dщfinie et \com{section} est dщfinie. -% Il faudra la revoir si un jour les commandes aux niveaux chapitre et section sont щventuellement permises -% ensemble, peut-ъtre dans un avenir lointain, avec beaucoup de chance (et de travail)\,\footnote{Ne rщvez pas trop -% quand mъme!}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@ss@insection@ \@mtc@ss@insection@false -\@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{\DeclareOption{insection}{% - \mtcPackageError[E0035]{minitoc}% - {You have used the `insection' option in - \MessageBreak - a document where chapters are defined. - \MessageBreak - This is not compatible: option ignored.}% - {Remove this option. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX} - }}% - {% - \DeclareOption{insection}% - {\@mtc@ss@insection@true}% - }% -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uopt{listfiles} and \uopt{nolistfiles} options}\label{s+code+listfiles.option}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} -% \or\relax -% \section{Les options \uopt{listfiles} et \uopt{nolistfiles}}\label{s+code+listfiles.option}\ioptd{listfiles}\iopt{nolistfiles} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@listfiles@} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \optd{listfiles} option creates a file containing a list of the auxiliary files created -% by the \upack{minitoc} package. This is the default. -% This file is named \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. -% The \opt{nolistfiles} option inhibits this listing. -% \or\relax -% L'option \optd{listfiles} crщe un fichier contenant une liste des fichiers auxiliaires crщщs par -% le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. C'est le choix par dщfaut. -% Ce fichier est nommщ \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. -% L'option \opt{nolistfiles} inhibe ce listage. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@listfiles@ \@mtc@listfiles@true -\DeclareOption{listfiles}{\@mtc@listfiles@true} -\DeclareOption{nolistfiles}{\@mtc@listfiles@false} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Language options}\label{s+section+language.options} -% \or\relax -% \section{Options pour les langues}\label{s+section+language.options} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@listmisslanguages} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@LML} -% \begin{macro}{\MessageBreak} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we define an utility macro (\com{@gobblethree}), a list of the missing files -% (accumulated in the \com{mtc@listmisslanguages} macro), -% and a macro (\com{mtc@addmisslanguage}) to add a file name to the list: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous dщfinissons une macro utilitaire (\com{@gobblethree}), une liste des fichiers manquants -% (accumulщe dans la macro \com{mtc@listmisslanguages}), et une macro pour ajouter un nom de fichier р~la liste -% (\com{mtc@addmisslanguage}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@gobblethree#1#2#3{\empty} -\def\mtc@listmisslanguages{} -\def\mtc@addmisslanguage#1{% - \let\mtc@LML\mtc@listmisslanguages - \edef\mtc@listmisslanguages{\mtc@LML \MessageBreak #1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@misslang} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopt} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopto} -% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Before\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}} defining a language option, -% we must verify that the corresponding \suffix{.mld} file exists, and, if -% necessary, that the corresponding \suffix{.mlo} file exists. -% Hence, we must first define a flag \com{if@mtc@misslang} and -% two macros to test the presence of these files; if the files are available, we define the language option. -% \or\relax -% Avant\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}} de dщfinir une option de langue, -% nous devons vщrifier si le fichier \suffix{.mld} existe, et, si -% nщcessaire, que le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant existe. Donc, nous devons d'abord dщfinir un indicateur -% \com{if@mtc@misslang} et deux macros pour tester la prщsence de ces fichiers; si les fichiers sont -% disponibles, nous dщfinissons l'option de langue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@misslang\@mtc@misslangfalse -\newcommand{\mtc@setlangopt}[1]{% - \IfFileExists{#1.mld}% - {\DeclareOption{#1}{\mtcselectlanguage{#1}}}% - {\@mtc@misslangtrue \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mld} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0050]{minitoc}% - {The required "#1.mld" file is missing. - \MessageBreak - The "#1" language option will not be available. - \MessageBreak - Please install it from a recent distribution - \MessageBreak - or from the CTAN archives\@gobble}}% -}% -\newcommand{\mtc@setlangopto}[1]{% - \IfFileExists{#1.mlo}% - {\mtc@setlangopt{#1}}% - {\@mtc@misslangtrue \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mlo} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0051]{minitoc}% - {The required "#1.mlo" file is missing. - \MessageBreak - The "#1" language option will not be available. - \MessageBreak - Please install it from a recent distribution - \MessageBreak - or from the CTAN archives\@gobble}% - \IfFileExists{#1.mld}{}% - {\@mtc@misslangtrue - \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mld} - \mtcPackageInfo[I0050]{minitoc}% - {The required "#1.mld" file is missing. - \MessageBreak - The "#1" language option will not be available. - \MessageBreak - Please install it from a recent distribution - \MessageBreak - or from the CTAN archives\@gobble}% - }% - }% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@misslang} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangoptm} -% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} \suffix{.mld} files are mandatory (\xfile{english.mld} because english is the default language), -% so their absence is a serious error: -% \or\relax -% Certains\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} fichiers \suffix{.mld} sont obligatoires (\xfile{english.mld} car l'anglais est la langue -% par dщfaut), donc leur absence est une erreur sщvшre): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtc@setlangoptm}[1]{% - \IfFileExists{#1.mld}% - {\DeclareOption{#1}{\mtcselectlanguage{#1}}}% - {\@mtc@misslangtrue - \mtc@addmisslanguage{#1.mld} - \mtcPackageError[E0038]{minitoc}% - {Your minitoc installation is incomplete. - \MessageBreak - A mandatory minitoc language object file, - \MessageBreak - #1.mld, is not found. - \MessageBreak - We will try to continue with - \MessageBreak - current/default values}% - {See the minitoc documentation. - \MessageBreak - Please fix your minitoc installation. - \MessageBreak - Press to continue}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must define the default titles (english): -% \or\relax -% Nous devons dщfinir les titres par dщfaut (anglais): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\ptctitle}{Table of Contents}% - \providecommand{\plftitle}{List of Figures}% - \providecommand{\plttitle}{List of Tables}% - \providecommand{\mtctitle}{Contents}% - \providecommand{\mlftitle}{Figures}% - \providecommand{\mlttitle}{Tables}% - \providecommand{\stctitle}{Contents}% - \providecommand{\slftitle}{Figures}% - \providecommand{\slttitle}{Tables}% -}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@misslang} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} -% \begin{macro}{\MessageBreak} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@listmisslanguages} -% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing, -% we signal that at the end of the document, with also the full list of the missing language files: -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} est manquant, -% nous le signalons en fin de document, avec aussi liste complшte des fichiers de langue manquants: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndDocument{% - \if@mtc@misslang - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0093]{minitoc}% - {Some "*.mld" or "*.mlo" files are missing - \MessageBreak - in your installation. - \MessageBreak - Search for the I0050 and I0051 info messages - \MessageBreak - in the \string\jobname.log file. - \MessageBreak - The full list of the missing language files - \MessageBreak - is given in the W0094 warning message. - \MessageBreak - Please install the missing files from - \MessageBreak - a recent distribution - \MessageBreak - or from the CTAN archives}% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0094]{minitoc}% - {Missing minitoc language file(s)\string: - \MessageBreak - \mtc@listmisslanguages\@gobblethree}% - \fi -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopt} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangopto} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@setlangoptm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Each language option reads the corresponding \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file via -% the specialized macro \com{mtcselectlanguage}, after verification by \com{mtc@setlangopt} or -% \com{mtc@setlangopto} (when a \suffix{.mlo} file is required), by \com{mtc@setlangoptm} when the language is -% mandatory. If the file -% does not exist, a standard error message is displayed. The language options are (should be) in alphabetical order -% (to make maintenance easier). -% Several options could load the same file, but, by convention, there should be a \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file for -% each language option, given that this file may load another one (as \xfile{american.mld} loads \xfile{english.mld}). -% \or\relax -% Chaque option de langue lit le fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} correspondant via -% la macro spщcialisщe \com{mtcselectlanguage}, aprшs vщrification par \com{mtc@setlangopt} ou -% \com{mtc@setlangopto} (lorsqu'un fichier \suffix{.mlo} est requis), par \com{mtc@setlangoptm} lorsque la -% langue est obligatoire. Si le fichier -% n'existe pas, un message d'erreur standard est affichщ. Les options de langue sont (devraient) ъtre par ordre -% alphabщtique (pour faciliter la maintenance). Plusieurs options pourraient charger le mъme fichier, mais, -% par convention, il devrait y~avoir un -% fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} pour chaque option de langue, щtant donnщ que ce fichier peut en charger un autre -% (ainsi \xfile{francais.mld} charge-t-il \xfile{french.mld}). -% \fi -% \raggedcolumns -% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macrocode} -\mtc@setlangopt{acadian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{acadien}% -\mtc@setlangopt{afrikaan}% -\mtc@setlangopt{afrikaans}% -\mtc@setlangopt{albanian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{american}% -\mtc@setlangopt{arab}% -\mtc@setlangopt{arab2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{arabi}% -\mtc@setlangopt{arabic}% -\mtc@setlangopt{armenian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{australian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{austrian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bahasa}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bahasai}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bahasam}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bangla}% -\mtc@setlangopt{basque}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bengali}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bicig}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bicig2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bicig3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bithe}% -\mtc@setlangopt{brazil}% -\mtc@setlangopt{brazilian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{breton}% -\mtc@setlangopt{british}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bulgarian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{bulgarianb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{buryat}% -\mtc@setlangopt{buryat2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{canadian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{canadien}% -\mtc@setlangopt{castillan}% -\mtc@setlangopt{castillian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{catalan}% -\mtc@setlangopto{chinese1}% -\mtc@setlangopto{chinese2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{croatian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{czech}% -\mtc@setlangopt{danish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{devanagari}% -\mtc@setlangopt{dutch}% -\mtc@setlangoptm{english}% -\mtc@setlangopt{english1}% -\mtc@setlangopt{english2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{esperant}% -\mtc@setlangopt{esperanto}% -\mtc@setlangopt{estonian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ethiopia}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ethiopian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ethiopian2}% -\mtc@setlangopto{farsi1}% -\mtc@setlangopto{farsi2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{farsi3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{finnish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{finnish2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{francais}% -\mtc@setlangopt{french}% -\mtc@setlangopt{french1}% -\mtc@setlangopt{french2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{frenchb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{frenchle}% -\mtc@setlangopt{frenchpro}% -\mtc@setlangopt{galician}% -\mtc@setlangopt{german}% -\mtc@setlangopt{germanb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{germanb2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{greek}% -\mtc@setlangopt{greek-mono}% -\mtc@setlangopt{greek-polydemo}% -\mtc@setlangopt{greek-polykatha}% -\mtc@setlangopt{guarani}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hangul1}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hangul2}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hangul3}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hangul4}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hangul-u8}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hanja1}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hanja2}% -\mtc@setlangopto{hanja-u8}% -\mtc@setlangopt{hebrew}% -\mtc@setlangopt{hebrew2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{hindi}% -\mtc@setlangopt{hindi-modern}% -\mtc@setlangopt{hungarian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{icelandic}% -\mtc@setlangopt{indon}% -\mtc@setlangopt{indonesian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{interlingua}% -\mtc@setlangopt{irish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{italian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{italian2}% -\mtc@setlangopto{japanese}% -\mtc@setlangopto{japanese2}% -\mtc@setlangopto{japanese3}% -\mtc@setlangopto{japanese4}% -\mtc@setlangopto{japanese5}% -\mtc@setlangopto{japanese6}% -\mtc@setlangopt{kannada}% -\mtc@setlangopt{khalkha}% -\mtc@setlangopt{latin}% -\mtc@setlangopt{latin2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{latinc}% -\mtc@setlangopt{latinc2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{latvian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{latvian2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{letton}% -\mtc@setlangopt{letton2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{lithuanian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{lithuanian2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{lowersorbian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{lsorbian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{magyar}% -\mtc@setlangopt{magyar2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{magyar3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malay}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-b}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-mr}% -\mtc@setlangopto{malayalam-omega}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{manju}% -\mtc@setlangopt{mexican}% -\mtc@setlangopt{meyalu}% -\mtc@setlangopt{mongol}% -\mtc@setlangopt{mongolb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{mongolian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{naustrian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ngerman}% -\mtc@setlangopt{newzealand}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ngermanb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ngermanb2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{norsk}% -\mtc@setlangopt{norsk2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{nynorsk}% -\mtc@setlangopt{nynorsk2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{occitan}% -\mtc@setlangopt{occitan2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{polish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{polish2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{polski}% -\mtc@setlangopt{portuges}% -\mtc@setlangopt{portuguese}% -\mtc@setlangopt{romanian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{romanian2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{romanian3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{russian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{russianb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{russianc}% -\mtc@setlangopt{russian2m}% -\mtc@setlangopt{russian2o}% -\mtc@setlangopto{russian-cca}% -\mtc@setlangopto{russian-cca1}% -\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lh}% -\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lhcyralt}% -\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lhcyrkoi}% -\mtc@setlangopto{russian-lhcyrwin}% -\mtc@setlangopt{samin}% -\mtc@setlangopt{scottish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{serbian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{serbianc}% -\mtc@setlangopt{slovak}% -\mtc@setlangopt{slovene}% -\mtc@setlangopt{spanish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{spanish2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{spanish3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{spanish4}% -\mtc@setlangopt{swahili}% -\mtc@setlangopt{swedish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{swedish2}% -\mtc@setlangopto{thai}% -\mtc@setlangopt{turkish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{uighur}% -\mtc@setlangopt{uighur2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{uighur3}% -\mtc@setlangopt{UKenglish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ukraineb}% -\mtc@setlangopt{ukrainian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{uppersorbian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{USenglish}% -\mtc@setlangopt{usorbian}% -\mtc@setlangopt{vietnam}% -\mtc@setlangopt{vietnamese}% -\mtc@setlangopt{welsh}% -\mtc@setlangopt{xalx}% -\mtc@setlangopt{xalx2}% -\mtc@setlangopt{xalx3}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \end{multicols}} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uopt{hints} option}\label{s+code+hints.option}\ioptd{hints} -% \or\relax -% \section{L'option \uopt{hints}}\label{s+code+hints.option}\ioptd{hints} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We declare the \optd{hints} (default) and \opt{nohints} options: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщclarons les options \optd{hints} (dщfaut) et \opt{nohints}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption{hints}{\@mtc@hints@true} -\DeclareOption{nohints}{\@mtc@hints@false} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \optd{hints} option is made of three parts: the first, \com{mtc@hints@begindoc}, is executed via -% \com{AtBeginDocument} and looks if some packages or classes are loaded, then gives warnings about their compatibility -% with \upack{minitoc}. -% \or\relax -% L'option \optd{hints} est constituщe de trois parties: la premiшre, \com{mtc@hints@begindoc}, est exщcutщe -% via \com{AtBeginDocument} et regarde si certains paquetages ou classes sont chargщs, puis donne des -% avertissements р~propos de leur compatibilitщ avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The second part is made of tiny pieces of code inserted in the \upack{minitoc} code, to verify that some macros -% are called in the right order. -% \or\relax -% La deuxiшme partie est faite de petits fragments de code insщrщs dans le code de \upack{minitoc}, pour vщrifier -% que certaines macros sont appelщes dans le bon ordre. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} -% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The third and last part, \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}, is executed via \com{AtEndDocument} and examines the flags set -% by the first and the second parts. Then, if necessary, it writes some infos in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} -% file and/or warnings on the screen and in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% The \optd{hints} option \virage\emph{does not signal errors}, only infos -% and warnings, so it does not stop the \LaTeX\ run. -% \or\relax -% La troisiшme et derniшre partie, \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}, est exщcutщe via \com{AtEndDocument} et examine -% les indicateurs positionnщs par les premiшre et deuxiшme parties. Puis, si nщcessaire, elle щcrit quelques -% informations dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} et/ou des avertissements sur l'щcran -% et dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% L'option \optd{hints} \virage\emph{ne signale pas d'erreurs}, seulement des informations et des avertissements, et -% donc n'interrompt pas l'exщcution de \LaTeX. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{First part: \ucom{mtc@hints@begindoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}\icom{mtc@hints@begindoc} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Premiшre partie: \ucom{mtc@hints@begindoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}\icom{mtc@hints@begindoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@abstract@loaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0049} declare some flags and the first part of the \optd{hints} option (for an \com{AtBeginDocument} block): -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0049} dщclarons quelques indicateurs et la premiшre partie de l'option \optd{hints} -% (pour un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@abstract@loaded@ \@mtc@abstract@loaded@false -\newif\if@mtc@toc@used@ \global\@mtc@toc@used@false -\newif\if@mtc@lof@used@ \global\@mtc@lof@used@false -\newif\if@mtc@lot@used@ \global\@mtc@lot@used@false -\def\mtc@hints@begindoc{% -\mtcPackageInfo[I0049]{minitoc(hints)}% - {==> You requested the hints option. - \MessageBreak - Some hints are eventually given below\@gobble}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{alphanum} package}\ipack{alphanum} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{alphanum}}\ipack{alphanum} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0025}} test the presence of the \pack{alphanum} package (part of the \class{jura} class~\cite{jura}), -% and emit a warning, because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0025}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{alphanum} (qui fait partie de la -% classe \class{jura}~\cite{jura}), et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} -% avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{alphanum}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0025]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The alphanum package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak - with the minitoc package}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{appendix} package}\ipack{appendix} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{appendix}}\ipack{appendix} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0042} test the presence of the \pack{appendix} package~\cite{appendix}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0042} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{appendix}{% -\@mtc@hints@given@true -\mtcPackageInfo[I0042]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The appendix package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{tocbibind} package}\ipack{tocbibind} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{tocbibind}}\ipack{tocbibind} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0046} test the presence of the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0046} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{tocbibind}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0046]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The tocbibind package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \KOMAScript{} classes} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur les classes \KOMAScript} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0043} test the presence of each \upack{minitoc}-compatible \KOMAScript{} -% class~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0043} testons la prщsence de chaque classe \KOMAScript~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} compatible -% avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifclassloaded{scrbook}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0043]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The KOMAScript scrbook class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% -\@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0043]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The KOMAScript scrreprt class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% -\@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0043]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The KOMAScript scrartcl class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{tocloft} package}\ipack{tocloft} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{tocloft}}\ipack{tocloft} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0047} test the presence of the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0047} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0047]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The tocloft package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titlesec} package}\ipack{titlesec} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titlesec}}\ipack{titlesec} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} test the presence of the \pack{titlesec} package~\cite{titletoc}, and emit a warning, -% because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}, -% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0099]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The titlesec package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak - with the minitoc package}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titletoc} package}\ipack{titletoc} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titletoc}}\ipack{titletoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} test the presence of the \pack{titletoc} package~\cite{titletoc}, and emit a warning, -% because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{titletoc}~\cite{titletoc}, -% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{titletoc}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0040]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The titletoc package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak - with the minitoc package}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{placeins} package}\ipack{placeins} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{placeins}}\ipack{placeins} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ss@insection@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackagewith} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}\\\lmess{W0032}} test if the \pack{placeins} -% package~\cite{placeins} is loaded and, if yes, we check if the selected options are correct (see section~\vref{rem+FB}): -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0031}\\\lmess{W0084}\\\lmess{W0085}\\\lmess{W0032}} testons si le paquetage -% \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} est chargщ et, si oui, nous regardons si les options choisies -% sont correctes (voir la section~\vref{rem+FB}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{placeins}% - {\if@mtc@ss@insection@ - \@ifpackagewith{placeins}{section}{}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0031]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The placeins package is loaded - \MessageBreak - without the section option, - \MessageBreak - but minitoc used the insection option - \MessageBreak - which implies it. Try to inverse the - \MessageBreak - loading order and use consistent options. - \MessageBreak - You may have got a message - \MessageBreak - ! LaTeX Error: Option clash for package placeins}% - }% - \@ifpackagewith{placeins}{above}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0084]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The placeins package is loaded - \MessageBreak - with the above option, - \MessageBreak - but minitoc used the insection option - \MessageBreak - which is incompatible with it. - \MessageBreak - Try to remove the above option - \MessageBreak - and use consistent options}% - }{}% - \@ifpackagewith{placeins}{below}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0085]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The placeins package is loaded - \MessageBreak - with the below option, - \MessageBreak - but minitoc used the insection option - \MessageBreak - which is incompatible with it. - \MessageBreak - Try to remove the below option - \MessageBreak - and use consistent options}% - }{}% - \fi - \@ifpackagelater{placeins}{2005/04/18}{}{% - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0032]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The placeins package loaded is - \MessageBreak - too old. You should use a version - \MessageBreak - dated of 2005/04/18 at least}% - }% - }{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{memoir} class}\iclass{memoir} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la classe \uclass{memoir}}\iclass{memoir} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0044} test if the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} is loaded: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0044} testons si la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3} est chargщe: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifclassloaded{memoir}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0044]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The memoir class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}{}% - }{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{amsart} and \uclass{amsproc} classes}\iclass{amsart}\iclass{amsproc} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur les classes \uclass{amsart} et \uclass{amsproc}}\iclass{amsart}\iclass{amsproc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}} test if the \class{amsart} or \class{amsproc} class is loaded and emit a warning, -% because these classes are \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}} regardons si l'une des classes \class{amsart} ou \class{amsproc} a щtщ chargщe -% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ces classes sont \emph{incompatibles} avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifclassloaded{amsart}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0026]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The amsart class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak - with the minitoc package}}{}% -\@ifclassloaded{amsproc}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0027]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The amsproc class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak with the minitoc package}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{amsbook} class}\iclass{amsbook} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la classe \uclass{amsbook}}\iclass{amsbook} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0041} test if the \class{amsbook} class is loaded: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0041} testons si la classe \class{amsbook} est chargщe: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifclassloaded{amsbook}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0041]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The amsbook class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - See the minitoc package documentation - \MessageBreak - for specific precautions\@gobble}{}% - }{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{abstract} package}\ipack{abstract} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{abstract}}\ipack{abstract} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackagewith} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0040} test the presence of the \pack{abstract} package~\cite{abstract}, then its options: -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0040} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{abstract}~\cite{abstract}, puis ses options: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{abstract}% - {\@mtc@abstract@loaded@true% - \@ifpackagewith{abstract}{addtotoc}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageInfo[I0040]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The ``abstract'' package has been - \MessageBreak - loaded with the ``addtotoc'' option. - \MessageBreak - You need to look at the - \MessageBreak - documentation to adjust. - \MessageBreak} - }}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \uclass{jura} class}\iclass{jura} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la classe \uclass{jura}}\iclass{jura} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifclassloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}} test if the \class{jura} class is loaded and emit a warning, because this class is -% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0029}} regardons si la classe \class{jura} a щtщ chargщe et щmettons un -% avertissement, puisque cette classe est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifclassloaded{jura}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0029]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The jura class is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak with the minitoc package}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{flowfram} package}\ipack{flowfram} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{flowfram}}\ipack{flowfram} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We \SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}} test the presence of the \pack{flowfram} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}, -% and emit a warning, because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0097}} testons la prщsence du paquetage \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}, -% et щmettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{flowfram}% - {\@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0097]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The flowfram package is loaded. - \MessageBreak - It is incompatible - \MessageBreak - with the minitoc package}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the alteration of the sectionning commands} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur l'altщration des commandes de sectionnement} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@section} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To check if the sectionning commands \com{part}, \com{chapter} or \com{section} have been altered by some -% package or in the preamble, we compare them (when executing an \com{AtBeginDocument} block) with their saved -% versions (saved by the -% \upack{minitoc} package when it is loaded) \com{mtc@hints@part}, \com{mtc@hints@chapter} and -% \com{mtc@hints@section}. For each sectionning command, we must perform the comparaison for the command itself, -% its unstarred branch and its starred branch. But the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web} may interfere, -% hence the formal precautions in the messages. -% \or\relax -% Pour vщrifier si les commandes de sectionnement \com{part}, \com{chapter} ou \com{section} ont щtщ altщrщes -% par un paquetage ou dans le prщambule, nous les comparons (lors de l'exщcution d'un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}) -% avec leurs versions sauvegardщes (par le paquetage \upack{minitoc} lors de son chargement) \com{mtc@hints@part}, -% \com{mtc@hints@chapter} et \com{mtc@hints@section}. Pour chacune de ces commandes de sectionnement, nous -% devons effectuer la comparaison pour la commande elle-mъme, sa branche non щtoilщe et sa branche щtoilщe. Mais le -% paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web} peut interfщrer, d'o∙ les prщcautions formelles dans les messages. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{13} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \paragraph{Alteration of \ucom{part}}\icom{part} -% \or\relax -% \paragraph{Altщration de \ucom{part}}\icom{part} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@part} -% \begin{macro}{\@part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@part} -% \begin{macro}{\@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0023}} check the alteration of \com{part}, \com{@part} and \com{@spart}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0030}\\\lmess{W0023}} regardons si \com{part}, \com{@part} and \com{@spart} ont щtщ altщrщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@mtc@hints@w@false -\@ifundefined{part}{}{\ifx\part\mtc@hints@part\relax - \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} -\@ifundefined{part}{}{\ifx\@part\mtc@hints@@part\relax - \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} -\@ifundefined{part}{}{\ifx\@spart\mtc@hints@@spart\relax - \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} -\if@mtc@hints@w@\@mtc@hints@given@true% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0030]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The \string\part\space command is altered - \MessageBreak - after minitoc} - \if@mtc@hyper@used@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0023]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- It may be the consequence - \MessageBreak - of loading the ``hyperref'' package} - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{13} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \paragraph{Alteration of \ucom{chapter}}\icom{chapter} -% \or\relax -% \paragraph{Altщration de \ucom{chapter}}\icom{chapter} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0023}} check the alteration of \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter} and \com{@schapter}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0028}\\\lmess{W0023}} regardons si \com{chapter}, \com{@chapter} and \com{@schapter} ont щtщ altщrщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@mtc@hints@w@false -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\ifx\chapter\mtc@hints@chapter\relax - \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi}% -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\ifx\@chapter\mtc@hints@@chapter\relax - \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi}% -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\ifx\@schapter\mtc@hints@@schapter\relax - \else\@mtc@hints@w@true\fi}% -\if@mtc@hints@w@\@mtc@hints@given@true% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0028]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The \string\chapter\space command is altered - \MessageBreak - after minitoc} - \if@mtc@hyper@used@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0023]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- It may be the consequence - \MessageBreak - of loading the ``hyperref'' package} - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{13} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \paragraph{Alteration of \ucom{section}}\icom{section} -% \or\relax -% \paragraph{Altщration de \ucom{section}}\icom{section} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@section} -% \begin{macro}{\@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@ssect} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hyper@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{W0039}\\\lmess{W0023}} check the alteration of \com{section}, \com{@sect} and \com{@ssect}: -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0039}\\\lmess{W0023}} regardons si \com{section}, \com{@sect} and \com{@ssect} ont щtщ altщrщes: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@mtc@hints@w@false -\@ifundefined{chapter}% - {\@ifundefined{section}{}{\ifx\section\mtc@hints@section\relax\else - \@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} - \@ifundefined{section}{}{\ifx\@sect\mtc@hints@@sect\relax\else - \@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} - \@ifundefined{section}{}{\ifx\@ssect\mtc@hints@@ssect\relax\else - \@mtc@hints@w@true\fi} -\if@mtc@hints@w@\@mtc@hints@given@true% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0039]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- The \string\section\space command is altered - \MessageBreak - after minitoc} - \if@mtc@hyper@used@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0023]{minitoc(hints)}% - {--- It may be the consequence - \MessageBreak - of loading the ``hyperref'' package} - \fi - \relax\else\fi}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about the consistency of the calling sequences of the commands} -% And finally, we prepare the consistency tests about the calling sequences of triplets of associated commands -% like \com{doparttoc}, \com{parttoc} and \fkcom{tableofcontents}, and similar: to be able to use -% \com{parttoc}, a table of contents file must have been -% created via \fkcom{tableofcontents} and splitted into parttoc files via \com{doparttoc}. -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur la cohщrence des sщquences d'appel des commandes} -% Et enfin, nous prщparons les tests de cohщrence sur les sщquences d'appel de triplets de commandes associщes -% telles que \com{doparttoc}, \com{parttoc} et \fkcom{tableofcontents}, et similaires: pour pouvoir -% utiliser \com{parttoc}, un fichier table des matiшres doit avoir щtщ crщщ via \fkcom{tableofcontents} et -% щclatщ en fichiers parttocs via \com{doparttoc}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Hence we initialize some flags: -% \or\relax -% Donc nous initialisons quelques indicateurs: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@hints@ -\global\@mtc@toc@used@false -\global\@mtc@lof@used@false -\global\@mtc@lot@used@false -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@listoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\listoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then we patch the involved commands to set the corresponding flag when they are used. First, the commands for -% the main summaries: -% \or\relax -% Puis nous modifions les commandes concernщes pour positionner l'indicateur correspondant lorsqu'elles sont -% utilisщes. Nous commenчons par les commandes des sommaires principaux: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtc@sv@tableofcontents\tableofcontents -\def\tableofcontents% - {\global\@mtc@toc@used@true\mtc@sv@tableofcontents} -\let\mtc@sv@listoffigures\listoffigures -\def\listoffigures% - {\global\@mtc@lof@used@true\mtc@sv@listoffigures} -\let\mtc@sv@listoftables\listoftables -\def\listoftables% - {\global\@mtc@lot@used@true\mtc@sv@listoftables} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@fktableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@fklistoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@fklistoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, their ``fake'' siblings: -% \or\relax -% Puis, leurs cousines <<~fake~>>: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtc@sv@fktableofcontents\faketableofcontents -\def\faketableofcontents% - {\global\@mtc@toc@used@true\mtc@sv@fktableofcontents} -\let\mtc@sv@fklistoffigures\fakelistoffigures -\def\fakelistoffigures% - {\global\@mtc@lof@used@true\mtc@sv@fklistoffigures} -\let\mtc@sv@fklistoftables\fakelistoftables -\def\fakelistoftables% - {\global\@mtc@lot@used@true\mtc@sv@fklistoftables} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the \com{mtc@hints@begindoc} definition is finished (it begins in -% section~\vref{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}): -% \or\relax -% Et la dщfinition de \com{mtc@hints@begindoc} est terminщe (elle avait commencщ р~la -% section~\vref{s+code+mtc@hints@begindoc}): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Final part: \ucom{mtc@hints@enddoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@enddoc}\icom{mtc@hints@enddoc} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Partie finale: \ucom{mtc@hints@enddoc}}\label{s+code+mtc@hints@enddoc}\icom{mtc@hints@enddoc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} -% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The final part of the \optd{hints} option is executed via \com{AtEndDocument}. Its code is in the -% \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} macro. It is a sequence of tests on the packages or classes loaded and the flags set -% during the first and the second parts of this option. First, we declare the \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} macro: -% \or\relax -% La partie finale de l'option \optd{hints} est exщcutщe via \com{AtEndDocument}. Son code est dans la -% macro \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}. C'est une sщquence de tests sur les paquetages et classes chargщs et sur les -% indicateurs positionnщs durant les premiшre et deuxiшme parties de cette option. Tout d'abord, nous dщclarons -% la macro \com{mtc@hints@enddoc}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@hints@enddoc{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Hint about \ucom{sect-lof{\BAR}lot} and the \uopt{insection} option}\iopt{insection}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur \ucom{sect-lof{\BAR}lot} et l'option \uopt{insection}}\iopt{insection}\icom{sectlof}\icom{sectlot} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sect@floats@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We look if some section-level lists of figures or tables have been requested. -% \or\relax -% Nous regardons si des listes de figures ou de tableaux ont щtщ demandщes au niveau section. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@dosectlof@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi -\if@dosectlot@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi -\if@sectlof@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi -\if@sectlot@used@\@mtc@sect@floats@true\fi -\if@mtc@section@def@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sect@floats@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@w@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\imess{W0056} yes, we verify that the -% \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} has been loaded with the correct options or that the \opt{insection} -% option of the \upack{minitoc} package has been invoked. -% If not, a warning is given. -% \or\relax -% Si\imess{W0056} oui, nous -% vщrifions que le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} a щtщ chargщ avec les options correctes ou que -% l'option \opt{insection} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} a щtщ invoquщe. -% Sinon, un avertissement est щmis. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@ \else - \if@mtc@sect@floats@% - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0056]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You are using \string\dosectlof\space and/or - \MessageBreak - \string\dosectlot, \string\sectlof\space and/or \string\sectlot, - \MessageBreak - hence the ``insection'' package - \MessageBreak - option is recommended}% - \@mtc@hints@w@true \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the consistency tests}\label{ss+final.coh} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale des tests de cohщrence}\label{ss+final.coh} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We test if \com{parttoc} has been used without \com{doparttoc}, etc., for each pair -% of preparation/insertion commands. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons si \com{parttoc} a щtщ utilisщe \com{doparttoc}, etc., pour chaque paire de commandes -% prщparation/insertion. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\SMM{\lmess{W0062}\\\lmess{W0060}\\\lmess{W0061}} the part level commands: -% \or\relax -% Pour\SMM{\lmess{W0062}\\\lmess{W0060}\\\lmess{W0061}} les commandes au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@part@def@ - \if@parttoc@used@ - \if@doparttoc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0062]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\parttoc, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\doparttoc} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@partlof@used@ - \if@dopartlof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0060]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\partlof, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dopartlof} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@partlot@used@ - \if@dopartlot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0061]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\partlot, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dopartlot} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\SMM{\lmess{W0059}\\\lmess{W0057}\\\lmess{W0058}} the chapter level commands: -% \or\relax -% Pour\SMM{\lmess{W0059}\\\lmess{W0057}\\\lmess{W0058}} les commandes au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@chapter@def@ - \if@minitoc@used@ - \if@dominitoc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0059]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\minitoc, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dominitoc} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@minilof@used@ - \if@dominilof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0057]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\minilof, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dominilof} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@minilot@used@ - \if@dominilot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0058]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\minilot, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dominilot} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\SMM{\lmess{W0065}\\\lmess{W0063}\\\lmess{W0064}} the section level commands: -% \or\relax -% Pour\SMM{\lmess{W0065}\\\lmess{W0063}\\\lmess{W0064}} les commandes au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@section@def@ - \if@secttoc@used@ - \if@dosecttoc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0065]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\secttoc, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dosecttoc} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@sectlof@used@ - \if@dosectlof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0063]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\sectlof, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dosectlof} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@sectlot@used@ - \if@dosectlot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0064]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\sectlot, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\dosectlot} - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Check if the main tables have been prepared (first part)} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Les tables principales ont-elles щtщ prщparщes (premiшre partie)?} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Now, we test if a \com{doparttoc} macro has been called but without any matching \com{parttoc}, hence it is a -% vain call. We do the same for each analog command. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons maintenant si une macro \com{doparttoc} a щtщ appelщe sans aucune commande \com{parttoc} -% correspondante, car sinon cet appel est vain. Nous faisons de mъme pour chaque commande analogue. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@doparttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dopartlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Part\SMM{\lmess{W0075}\\\lmess{W0076}\\\lmess{W0077}} level commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0075}\\\lmess{W0076}\\\lmess{W0077}} au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@part@def@ - \if@doparttoc@used@ - \if@parttoc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0075]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\doparttoc, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\parttoc} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@dopartlof@used@ - \if@partlof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0076]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dopartlof, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\partlof} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@dopartlot@used@ - \if@partlot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0077]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dopartlot, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\partlot} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dominilot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Chapter\SMM{\lmess{W0078}\\\lmess{W0079}\\\lmess{W0080}} level commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0078}\\\lmess{W0079}\\\lmess{W0080}} au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@chapter@def@ - \if@dominitoc@used@ - \if@minitoc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0078]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dominitoc, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\minitoc} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@dominilof@used@ - \if@minilof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0079]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dominilof, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\minilof} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@dominilot@used@ - \if@minilot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0080]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dominilot, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\minilot} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosecttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@dosectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Section\SMM{\lmess{W0081}\\\lmess{W0082}\\\lmess{W0083}} level commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0081}\\\lmess{W0082}\\\lmess{W0083}} au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@section@def@ - \if@dosecttoc@used@ - \if@secttoc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0081]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dosecttoc, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\secttoc} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@dosectlof@used@ - \if@sectlof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0082]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dosectlof, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\sectlof} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@dosectlot@used@ - \if@sectlot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0083]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\dosectlot, - \MessageBreak - but not \string\sectlot} - \fi - \fi -\fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Check if the main tables have been prepared (second part)} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Les tables principales ont-elles щtщ prщparщes (seconde partie)?} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Another consistency test verifies that if the macro \com{parttoc} has been called, -% then the macro \com{tableofcontents} or \com{faketableofcontents} has also been called -% (to create the necessary contents file); similar tests are made -% for the other mini-table commands. -% \or\relax -% Un autre test de cohщrence vщrifie que si la macro \com{parttoc} a щtщ appelщe, -% alors la macro \com{tableofcontents} ou -% \com{faketableofcontents} a aussi щtщ appelщe (crщant le fichier de contenu nщcessaire); des tests -% analogues sont faits pour les autres commandes de mini-tables. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Part\SMM{\lmess{W0071}\\\lmess{W0069}\\\lmess{W0070}} level commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0071}\\\lmess{W0069}\\\lmess{W0070}} au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@part@def@ - \if@parttoc@used@ - \if@mtc@toc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0071]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\parttoc\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\tableofcontents - \MessageBreak - nor \string\faketableofcontents} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@partlof@used@ - \if@mtc@lof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0069]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\partlof\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\listoffigures - \MessageBreak - nor \string\fakelistoffigures} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@partlot@used@ - \if@mtc@lot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0070]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\partlot\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\listoftables - \MessageBreak - nor \string\fakelistoftables} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minitoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@minilot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Chapter\SMM{\lmess{W0068}\\\lmess{W0066}\\\lmess{W0067}} level commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0068}\\\lmess{W0066}\\\lmess{W0067}} au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@chapter@def@ - \if@minitoc@used@ - \if@mtc@toc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0068]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\minitoc\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\tableofcontents - \MessageBreak - nor \string\faketableofcontents} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@minilof@used@ - \if@mtc@lof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0066]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\minilof\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\listoffigures - \MessageBreak - nor \string\fakelistoffigures} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@minilot@used@ - \if@mtc@lot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0067]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\minilot\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\listoftables - \MessageBreak - nor \string\fakelistoftables} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@toc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtc@lot@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Section\SMM{\lmess{W0074}\\\lmess{W0072}\\\lmess{W0073}} level commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes\SMM{\lmess{W0074}\\\lmess{W0072}\\\lmess{W0073}} au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@section@def@ - \if@secttoc@used@ - \if@mtc@toc@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0074]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\secttoc\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\tableofcontents - \MessageBreak - nor \string\faketableofcontents} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@sectlof@used@ - \if@mtc@lof@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0072]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\sectlof\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\listoffigures - \MessageBreak - nor \string\fakelistoffigures} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi - \if@sectlot@used@ - \if@mtc@lot@used@\else - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0073]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used \string\sectlot\space but not - \MessageBreak - \string\listoftables - \MessageBreak - nor \string\fakelistoftables} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Check the number of mini-tables, in case of short extensions} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Tester le nombre de mini-tables, dans le cas de suffixes courts} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@checklongext} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\value} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@true} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@chapter@def@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@section@def@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If\SMM{\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0055}} short extensions are used, -% you can use only 99~mini-tables of each kind. If more are created, the auxiliary -% files can be overwritten: the hundredth minitoc file \com{jobname}\verb|.U100| has its name truncated to -% \com{jobname}\verb|.U10|, which is already the tenth minitoc file. Thus, we need a hint to signal this situation. The -% code is rather simple, but the remedy is bitter and costly: either use a better operating system\,\footnote{On -% the long term, a good investment.}, either redesign the document. -% \or\relax -% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0054}\\\lmess{W0053}\\\lmess{W0055}} les suffixes courts sont utilisщs, -% vous ne pouvez utiliser que 99~mini-tables de chaque genre. Si davantage de -% mini-tables sont crщщes, les fichiers auxiliaires seront щcrasщs; le centiшme fichier minitoc \com{jobname}\verb|.U100| -% a son nom tronquщ р\com{jobname}\verb|.U10|, qui est dщjр le dixiшme fichier minitoc. Donc nous avons besoin d'une -% indication (\emph{hint}) pour signaler cette situation. Le code est assez simple, mais le remшde est amer et -% co√teux: soit utiliser un meilleur systшme d'exploitation\,\footnote{Dans le long terme, un bon investissement.}, -% soit revoir la conception du document. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@hints@checklongext{% -\if@mtc@longext@ -\else - \if@mtc@part@def@ - \ifnum 99 < \value{ptc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0054]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used short extensions - \MessageBreak - and more than 99 parts (\arabic{ptc})} - \fi - \fi - \if@mtc@chapter@def@ - \ifnum 99 < \value{mtc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0053]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used short extensions - \MessageBreak - and more than 99 chapters (\arabic{mtc})} - \fi - \else - \if@mtc@section@def@ - \ifnum 99 < \value{stc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0055]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have used short extensions - \MessageBreak - and more than 99 sections (\arabic{stc})} - \fi - \fi - \fi -\fi} -\mtc@hints@checklongext -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{sectsty} package}\label{s+sectsty.h2}\ipack{sectsty} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{sectsty}}\label{s+sectsty.h2}\ipack{sectsty} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0037} test if \pack{sectsty} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+sectsty.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0037} testons si \pack{sectsty} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+sectsty.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@sectstyLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0037]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The sectsty package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{varsects} package}\label{s+varsects.h2}\ipack{varsects} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{varsects}}\label{s+varsects.h2}\ipack{varsects} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0038} test if \pack{varsects} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+varsects.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0038} testons si \pack{varsects} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+varsects.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@varsectsLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0038]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The varsects package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{fncychap} package}\label{s+fncychap.h2}\ipack{fncychap} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{fncychap}}\label{s+fncychap.h2}\ipack{fncychap} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0086} test if \pack{fncychap} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+fncychap.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0086} testons si \pack{fncychap} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+fncychap.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@fncychapLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0086]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The fncychap package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{hangcaption} package}\label{s+hangcaption.h2}\ipack{hangcaption} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{hangcaption}}\label{s+hangcaption.h2}\ipack{hangcaption} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0092} test if \pack{hangcaption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0092} testons si \pack{hangcaption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+hangcaption.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@HgcLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@HgcLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0092]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The hangcaption package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{quotchap} package}\label{s+quotchap.h2}\ipack{quotchap} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{quotchap}}\label{s+quotchap.h2}\ipack{quotchap} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0087} test if \pack{quotchap} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+quotchap.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0087} testons si \pack{quotchap} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+quotchap.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@quotchapLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0087]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The quotchap package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{romannum} package}\label{s+romannum.h2}\ipack{romannum} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{romannum}}\label{s+romannum.h2}\ipack{romannum} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0088} test if \pack{romannum} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+romannum.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0088} testons si \pack{romannum} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+romannum.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@romannumLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@romannumLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0088]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The romannum package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{sfheaders} package}\label{s+sfheaders.h2}\ipack{sfheaders} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{sfheaders}}\label{s+sfheaders.h2}\ipack{sfheaders} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0089} test if \pack{sfheaders} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0089} testons si \pack{sfheaders} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+sfheaders.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@sfheadersLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0089]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The sfheaders package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{alnumsec} package}\label{s+alnumsec.h2}\ipack{alnumsec} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{alnumsec}}\label{s+alnumsec.h2}\ipack{alnumsec} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0090} test if \pack{alnumsec} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0090} testons si \pack{alnumsec} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+alnumsec.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@alnumsecLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0090]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The alnumsec package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{captcont} package}\label{s+captcont.h2}\ipack{captcont} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{captcont}}\label{s+captcont.h2}\ipack{captcont} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0091} test if \pack{captcont} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+captcont.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0091} testons si \pack{captcont} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+captcont.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@captcontLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@captcontLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0091]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The captcont package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{caption} package}\label{s+caption.h2}\ipack{caption} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{caption}}\label{s+caption.h2}\ipack{caption} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0033} test if \pack{caption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+caption.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0033} testons si \pack{caption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+caption.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@captionLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0033]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The caption package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{caption2} package}\label{s+caption2.h2}\ipack{caption2} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{caption2}}\label{s+caption2.h2}\ipack{caption2} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0034} test if \pack{caption2} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+caption2.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0034} testons si \pack{caption2} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+caption2.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@captionIILoaded@\else - \if@mtc@captionIILoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0034]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The caption2 package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{ccaption} package}\label{s+ccaption.h2}\ipack{ccaption} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{ccaption}}\label{s+ccaption.h2}\ipack{ccaption} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0035} test if \pack{ccaption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+ccaption.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0035} testons si \pack{ccaption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+ccaption.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@ccaptionLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0035]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The ccaption package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{mcaption} package}\label{s+mcaption.h2}\ipack{mcaption} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{mcaption}}\label{s+mcaption.h2}\ipack{mcaption} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{W0036} test if \pack{mcaption} has been loaded before (correct) or after (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% See section~\vref{s+mcaption.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{W0036} testons si \pack{mcaption} a щtщ chargщ avant (correct) ou aprшs (incorrect) \upack{minitoc}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+mcaption.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@\else - \if@mtc@mcaptionLoaded@a@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0036]{minitoc(hints)}% - {The mcaption package should be - \MessageBreak - loaded BEFORE the minitoc package} - \@mtc@hints@given@true - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{float} package}\label{s+float.h2}\ipack{float} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{float}}\label{s+float.h2}\ipack{float} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{float} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+float.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{float} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+float.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@floatLoaded@\ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have loaded the float package; - \MessageBreak - please be aware that the minitoc package - \MessageBreak - facilities can not be used for new types - \MessageBreak - of floats defined by the float package\@gobble} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{floatrow} package}\label{s+floatrow.h2}\ipack{floatrow} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{floatrow}}\label{s+floatrow.h2}\ipack{floatrow} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{floatrow} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+floatrow.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{floatrow} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+floatrow.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@floatrowLoaded@\ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have loaded the floatrow package; - \MessageBreak - please be aware that the minitoc package - \MessageBreak - facilities can not be used for new types - \MessageBreak - of floats defined by the floatrow package\@gobble} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{trivfloat} package}\label{s+trivfloat.h2}\ipack{trivfloat} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{trivfloat}}\label{s+trivfloat.h2}\ipack{trivfloat} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{trivfloat} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{trivfloat} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+trivfloat.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@trivfloatLoaded@\ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have loaded the trivfloat package; - \MessageBreak - please be aware that the minitoc package - \MessageBreak - facilities can not be used for new types - \MessageBreak - of floats defined by the trivfloat package\@gobble} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Final part of the hint about the \upack{rotfloat} package}\label{s+rotfloat.h2}\ipack{rotfloat} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Partie finale du \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \upack{rotfloat}}\label{s+rotfloat.h2}\ipack{rotfloat} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0053} test if \pack{rotfloat} has been loaded. See section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h1}. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0053} testons si \pack{rotfloat} a щtщ chargщ. Voir la section~\vref{s+rotfloat.h1}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@rotfloatLoaded@\ - \mtcPackageInfo[I0053]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have loaded the rotfloat package; - \MessageBreak - please be aware that the minitoc package - \MessageBreak - facilities can not be used for new types - \MessageBreak - of floats defined by the rotfloat package\@gobble} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Check if empty mini-tables have been detected} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Tester si des mini-tables vides ont щtщ dщtectщes} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We test for each kind of mini-tables. -% \or\relax -% Nous testons pour chaque sorte de mini-tables. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For parttocs:\imess{W0046} -% \or\relax -% Pour les parttocs:\imess{W0046} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@parttoc@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0046]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty parttocs} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlof@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For partlofs:\imess{W0044} -% \or\relax -% Pour les partlofs:\imess{W0044} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@partlof@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0044]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty partlofs} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@partlot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For partlots:\imess{W0045} -% \or\relax -% Pour les partlots:\imess{W0045} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@partlot@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0045]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty partlots} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For minitocs:\imess{W0043} -% \or\relax -% Pour les minitocs:\imess{W0043} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@minitoc@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0043]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty minitocs} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilof@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For minilofs:\imess{W0041} -% \or\relax -% Pour les minilofs:\imess{W0041} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@minilof@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0041]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty minilofs} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@minilot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For minilots:\imess{W0042} -% \or\relax -% Pour les minilots:\imess{W0042} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@minilot@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0042]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty minilots} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@secttoc@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For secttocs:\imess{W0049} -% \or\relax -% Pour les secttocs:\imess{W0049} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@secttoc@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0049]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty secttocs} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For sectlofs:\imess{W0047} -% \or\relax -% Pour les sectlofs:\imess{W0047} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@sectlof@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0047]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty sectlofs} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For sectlots:\imess{W0048} -% \or\relax -% Pour les sectlots:\imess{W0048} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@empty@sectlot@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0048]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have attempted to insert - \MessageBreak - empty sectlots} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG -% \subsubsection{Check if obsolete commands have been used} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Tester si des commandes obsolшtes ont щtщ utilisщes} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG -% This hint is just a reminder if you have used obsolete commands, which are also signalled -% in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. -% \or\relax -% Ce \emph{hint} est juste un rappel dans le cas o∙ vous auriez utilisщ des commandes obsolшtes, qui sont aussi -% signalщes dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstpartis@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Obsolete macro \com{firstpartis}:\imess{W0051} -% \or\relax -% Macro obsolшte \com{firstpartis}:\imess{W0051} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@firstpartis@used@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0051]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have invoked an obsolete (ignored) - \MessageBreak - command: \string\firstpartis} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstchapteris@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Obsolete macro \com{firstchapteris}:\imess{W0050} -% \or\relax -% Macro obsolшte \com{firstchapteris}:\imess{W0050} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@firstchapteris@used@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0050]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have invoked an obsolete (ignored) - \MessageBreak - command: \string\firstchapteris} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\if@firstsectionis@used@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Obsolete macro \com{firstsectionis}:\imess{W0052} -% \or\relax -% Macro obsolшte \com{firstsectionis}:\imess{W0052} -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@firstsectionis@used@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0052]{minitoc(hints)}% - {You have invoked an obsolete (ignored) - \MessageBreak - command: \string\firstsectionis} - \@mtc@hints@given@true -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsubsection{Check if some hints have been written} -% \or\relax -% \subsubsection{Tester si des \emph{hints} ont щtщ щcrits} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\SMM{\lmess{W0024}\\\lmess{I0019}} come at the end of the third part of the \optd{hints} option: -% if problems have been detected, a warning is displayed; -% the warning is not displayed but only written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file if no problems have been detected. -% And we terminate the \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} macro by a closing brace. -% \or\relax -% Nous\SMM{\lmess{W0024}\\\lmess{I0019}} arrivons р~la fin de la troisiшme partie de l'option \optd{hints}: -% si des problшmes ont щtщ dщtectщs, un -% avertissement est affichщ; cet avertissement n'est pas affichщ mais seulement щcrit dans le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} si aucun problшme n'a щtщ dщtectщ. Et nous terminons la macro \com{mtc@hints@enddoc} -% par une accolade fermante. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@hints@given@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0024]{minitoc(hints)}% - {Some hints have been written - \MessageBreak - in the \jobname.log file} -\else - \mtcPackageInfo[I0019]{minitoc(hints)}% - {No hints have been written - \MessageBreak - in the \jobname.log file.\@gobble} -\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Processing of options}\label{s+code+processing.options} -% \or\relax -% \section{Traitement des options}\label{s+code+processing.options} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\InputIfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\ExecuteOptions} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, if possible, we apply the default language option, \loptd{english}: -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, si possible, nous exщcutons l'option de langue par dщfaut, \loptd{english}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \InputIfFileExists{english.mld}% - {\ExecuteOptions{english}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} -% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Else,\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} we signal a severe error and provide the missing default titles: -% \else\relax -% Sinon,\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} nous signalons une erreur sщvшre et fournissons les titres par dщfaut manquants: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - {\mtcPackageError[E0036]{minitoc}% - {Your minitoc installation is incomplete. - \MessageBreak - The minitoc language object file (.mld), - \MessageBreak - english.mld is not found. - \MessageBreak - We will try to continue with default values}% - {See the minitoc documentation. - \MessageBreak - Please fix your minitoc installation. - \MessageBreak - Press to continue}% - \providecommand{\ptctitle}{Table of Contents}% - \providecommand{\plftitle}{List of Figures}% - \providecommand{\plttitle}{List of Tables}% - \providecommand{\mtctitle}{Contents}% - \providecommand{\mlftitle}{Figures}% - \providecommand{\mlttitle}{Tables}% - \providecommand{\stctitle}{Contents}% - \providecommand{\slftitle}{Figures}% - \providecommand{\slttitle}{Tables}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\ProcessOptions*} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then, we execute all requested options: for most options, it is just setting a flag, or loading a file for the -% language options. -% \or\relax -% Puis nous exщcutons toutes les options demandщes; pour la plupart des options, ceci consiste seulement -% р~positionner un indicateur, ou р~charger un fichier pour les options de langue. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProcessOptions* -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We now examine the flags for some options and execute the necessary actions. -% \or\relax -% Nous examinons maintenant les indicateurs pour certaines options et exщcutons les actions nщcessaires. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{insection} option}\iopt{insection} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{insection}}\iopt{insection} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@ss@insection@} -% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@placeinsLoaded@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \opt{insection} option, we load the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} with its options -% \optp{verbose}{placeins} and \optp{section}{placeins}, after the \pack{flafter} package (described in~\cite{ltoutput} -% and~\cite[page~286]{TLC2}); the correct loading is verified: -% \or\relax -% Pour l'option \opt{insection}, nous chargeons -% le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} avec ses options -% \optp{verbose}{placeins} et \optp{section}{placeins}, aprшs le paquetage \pack{flafter} (dщcrit dans~\cite{ltoutput} -% et~\cite[page~292]{TLC2F}); le chargement correct est vщrifiщ: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@ss@insection@ - \RequirePackage{flafter}[2000/07/23]% - \RequirePackage[section,verbose]{placeins}[2005/04/18]% - \@ifpackageloaded{placeins}% - {\@mtc@placeinsLoaded@true}{\@mtc@placeinsLoaded@false}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{notoccite} option}\iopt{notoccite} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{notoccite}}\iopt{notoccite} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@notoccite@} -% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \opt{notoccite} option, we just load the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite}: -% \or\relax -% Pour l'option \opt{notoccite}, nous chargeons simplement le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@notoccite@ - \RequirePackage{notoccite}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{listfiles} option}\ioptd{listfiles} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{listfiles}}\ioptd{listfiles} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@long} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@short} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addtomaf} -% \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% \begin{macro}{\jobname} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{I0009} define the \com{mtc@maf} macro which closes \com{tf@mtc} -% and reopens it to write into the file \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. -% It calls \com{mtc@maf@long} or \com{mtc@maf@short} (long or short extensions), then -% closes \com{tf@mtc}. \com{mtc@maf@long} or \com{mtc@maf@short} writes the names of the existing auxiliary -% files using decrementing loops on the associated counters, and includes \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} in the list -% (but \emph{not} the \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Some users could made a cleanup using this file as a list of -% files to delete, so it must not be in the list.} file). -% We must also check the existence of \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} if long extensions are used. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{I0009} dщfinissons la macro \com{mtc@maf} qui ferme \com{tf@mtc} -% puis le rщ-ouvre pour щcrire dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. -% Elle appelle \com{mtc@maf@long} ou \com{mtc@maf@short} (suffixes longs ou courts), puis ferme \com{tf@mtc}. -% \com{mtc@maf@long} ou \com{mtc@maf@short} щcrit les noms des fichiers auxiliaires existants en utilisant des boucles -% par ordre dщcroissant sur les compteurs associщs, et inclut \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} dans la liste -% (mais \emph{pas} le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Certains utilisateurs pourraient faire un nettoyage -% en utilisant ce fichier comme liste des fichiers р~dщtruire, donc il ne doit pas ъtre dans la liste.}). -% Nous devons aussi tester l'existence de \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} si les suffixes longs sont utilisщs. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@maf{% - \mtcPackageInfo[I0009]{minitoc}% - {Listing minitoc auxiliary files. - \MessageBreak - Creating the \jobname.maf file\@gobble} - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc - \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.maf - \if@mtc@longext@\mtc@maf@long\else\mtc@maf@short\fi - \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} -\def\mtc@addtomaf#1{% - \IfFileExists{#1}{\immediate\write\tf@mtc{#1}}{}} -\def\mtc@maf@long{% - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc0} -\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@ptc>\z@\relax - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.ptc\arabic{ptc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plf\arabic{ptc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plt\arabic{ptc}} - \advance\c@ptc\m@ne\repeat} -\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{% - \loop\ifnum\c@mtc>\z@\relax - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc\arabic{mtc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mlf\arabic{mtc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mlt\arabic{mtc}} - \advance\c@mtc\m@ne\repeat} -\@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@stc>\z@\relax - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.stc\arabic{stc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.slf\arabic{stc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.slt\arabic{stc}} - \advance\c@stc\m@ne\repeat}} -\def\mtc@maf@short{% - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc} -\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@ptc>\z@\relax - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.P\arabic{ptc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.G\arabic{ptc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.U\arabic{ptc}} - \advance\c@ptc\m@ne\repeat} -\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@mtc>\z@\relax - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.M\arabic{mtc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.F\arabic{mtc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.T\arabic{mtc}} - \advance\c@mtc\m@ne\repeat} -\@ifundefined{c@stc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@stc>\z@\relax - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.S\arabic{stc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.H\arabic{stc}} - \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.V\arabic{stc}} - \advance\c@stc\m@ne\repeat}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@listfiles@} -% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% If this option is active, we call \com{mtc@maf} in an \com{AtEndDocument} block. -% \or\relax -% Si cette option est active, nous appellons \com{mtc@maf} dans un bloc \com{AtEndDocument}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@listfiles@{\AtEndDocument{\mtc@maf}}\else\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Processing the \uopt{hints} option}\ioptd{hints} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Traitement de l'option \uopt{hints}}\ioptd{hints} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@begindoc} -% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@enddoc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \optd{hints} option, we set its first part in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block and its third (last) part -% in an \com{AtEndDocument} block: -% \or\relax -% Pour l'option \optd{hints}, nous plaчons sa premiшre partie dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} et sa -% troisiшme (derniшre) partie dans un bloc \com{AtEndDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\if@mtc@hints@ - \AtBeginDocument{\mtc@hints@begindoc}% - \AtEndDocument{\mtc@hints@enddoc}% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \subsection{Saving the sectionning commands} -% \or\relax -% \subsection{Sauvegarde des commandes de sectionnement} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And, at least, we save the definitions of sectionning commands (and of their unstarred and starred branches), -% for comparaisons (this is a part of the \optd{hints} option executed in the preamble): -% \or\relax -% Et, enfin, nous sauvegardons les dщfinitions des commandes de sectionnement (avec leurs branches non щtoilщes et -% щtoilщes), pour des comparaisons (ceci est une partie de l'option \optd{hints} exщcutщe dans le prщambule). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@part} -% \begin{macro}{\part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@part} -% \begin{macro}{\@part} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@spart} -% \begin{macro}{\@spart} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \com{part} command: -% \or\relax -% Pour la commande \com{part}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{part}{}{\let\mtc@hints@part\part - \let\mtc@hints@@part\@part - \let\mtc@hints@@spart\@spart} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \vspace{3\baselineskip} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@chapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@schapter} -% \begin{macro}{\@schapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \com{chapter} command: -% \or\relax -% Pour la commande \com{chapter}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\mtc@hints@chapter\chapter - \let\mtc@hints@@chapter\@chapter - \let\mtc@hints@@schapter\@schapter} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \vspace{3\baselineskip} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@section} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\@sect} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@@ssect} -% \begin{macro}{\@ssect} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the \com{section} command: -% \or\relax -% Pour la commande \com{section}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\mtc@hints@section\section - \let\mtc@hints@@sect\@sect - \let\mtc@hints@@ssect\@ssect} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Trapping the undefined preparation and insertion commands}\label{s+undef+trap} -% \or\relax -% \section{Interception des commandes de prщparation et d'insertion non dщfinies}\label{s+undef+trap} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@classck} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% It\imess{E0037} may happen that you use a preparation command (like \com{dominitoc}) or an insertion command -% (like \com{dominitoc}) in a document using a class where that command is not available (like -% \class{article}). To get a better diagnostic for such errors, we intercept such commands by providing a default -% definition which just emits an error message. These default definitions are made in an \com{AtBeginDocument} -% block. -% \or\relax -% Il\imess{E0037} peut arriver que vous utilisiez une commande de prщparation (comme \com{dominitoc}) ou une commande -% d'insertion (comme \com{dominitoc}) dans un document utilisant une classe pour laquelle cette commande n'est pas -% disponible (comme \class{article}). Pour obtenir un meilleur diagnostic pour ce type d'erreurs, nous interceptons de -% telles commandes en fournissant une dщfinition par dщfaut qui щmet simplement un message d'erreur. Ces dщfinitions -% par dщfaut sont faites dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtc@classck#1{% - \mtcPackageError[E0037]{minitoc}% - {The \csname #1\endcsname\space command is incompatible - \MessageBreak - with the document class}% - {Correct the source code. - \MessageBreak - Type and rerun LaTeX}% -}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% An \com{AtBeginDocument} bloc: -% \or\relax -% Un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\providecommand} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Part-level preparation commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes de prщparation au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\doparttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{doparttoc}}% - \providecommand{\dopartlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dopartlof}}% - \providecommand{\dopartlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dopartlot}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Chapter-level preparation commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes de prщparation au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\dominitoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dominitoc}}% - \providecommand{\dominilof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dominilof}}% - \providecommand{\dominilot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dominilot}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Section-level preparation commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes de prщparation au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\dosecttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dosecttoc}}% - \providecommand{\dosectlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dosectlof}}% - \providecommand{\dosectlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{dosectlot}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Part-level insertion commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes d'insertion au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\parttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{parttoc}}% - \providecommand{\partlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{partlof}}% - \providecommand{\partlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{partlot}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Chapter-level insertion commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes d'insertion au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\minitoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{minitoc}}% - \providecommand{\minilof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{minilof}}% - \providecommand{\minilot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{minilot}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Section-level insertion commands: -% \or\relax -% Commandes d'insertion au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand{\secttoc}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{secttoc}}% - \providecommand{\sectlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{sectlof}}% - \providecommand{\sectlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{sectlot}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% ^^A \vspace{3\baselineskip} -% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{19.45525292mm} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{9.727626459mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And\ixgrfl{stop.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{stop.png}}} -% the package is terminated. -% \or\relax -% Et\ixgrfl{stop.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{stop.png}}} -% le paquetage est terminщ. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{macrocode} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{The \uxfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} file}\ixfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} -% \or\relax -% \section{Le fichier \uxfile{minitoc-fr.dtx}}\ixfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\jobname} -% \begin{macro}{\input} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This short file is necessary to create the french documentation. Its rЇle is to -% set \com{jobname} to \texttt{minitoc-fr} in place of \texttt{minitoc}. As \xfile{minitoc.ins} -% generates the \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan} and \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} files which set a language number \com{LANG}, -% and \xfile{minitoc.dtx} reads then the \icom{jobname}\xfile{\bs jobname.lan} file, the documentation can be in several languages -% (english and french here) in -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, the language being selected by \com{ifcase}\com{LANG}\com{relax} \ldots\ \com{or}\com{relax} -% \ldots\ \com{fi} constructs. The \com{relax} primitives are necessary to avoid bad surprises. -% \or\relax -% Ce court fichier est nщcessaire pour crщer la documentation en franчais. Son rЇle est de forcer \com{jobname} -% р~\texttt{minitoc-fr} au lieu de \texttt{minitoc}. Comme \xfile{minitoc.ins} engendre les fichiers -% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan} et \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc-fr.lan} qui щtablissent un numщro de langue \com{LANG}, et comme -% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} lit alors le fichier \icom{jobname}\xfile{\bs jobname.lan}, la documentation peut ъtre en plusieurs langues -% (anglais et franчais ici) dans \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, la langue щtant choisie par des constructions -% \com{ifcase}\com{LANG}\com{relax} \ldots\ \com{or}\com{relax} \ldots\ \com{fi}. Les primitives -% \com{relax} sont nщcessaires pour щviter de mauvaises surprises. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*minitoc-fr> -\ProvidesFile{minitoc-fr.dtx}% - [2008/07/16 minitoc v60 french documentation start file] -\input{minitoc.dtx} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Commented code of the \upack{mtcoff} package}\label{c+code+mtcoff.sty}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Code commentщ du paquetage \upack{mtcoff}}\label{c+code+mtcoff.sty}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \fi -% \minitoc -% \mtcskip -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Why \upack{mtcoff}?}\label{s+mtcoff+why}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \or\relax -% \section{Pourquoi \upack{mtcoff}?}\label{s+mtcoff+why}\ipack{mtcoff} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \upack{minitoc} package~\cite{minitoc-fr,minitoc} requires that the user inserts many commands in the source -% code of her/his document, and not only into the preamble of the document. Hence the concept of a replacement -% package, \pack{mtcoff} (means ``minitoc off''), which substitutes to all commands and environments of the -% \upack{minitoc} package some alternative commands and environments with the same names and syntaxes, but doing nothing -% (except emitting some harmless warnings, for special cases). This way, to turn off easily the \upack{minitoc} package, -% you just have to write, in the preamble of your document, something like: -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc}~\cite{minitoc-fr,minitoc} requiert que l'utilisateur insшre de nombreuses commandes -% dans le code source de son document, mais pas seulement dans le prщambule du document. D'o∙ le concept d'un -% paquetage de remplacement, \pack{mtcoff} (c'est-р-dire, л~\emph{minitoc off}~╗), qui substitue р~toutes les -% commandes et р~tous les environnements du paquetage \upack{minitoc} d'autres commandes et environnements ayant -% les mъmes noms et syntaxes, mais ne faisant rien (sauf щmettre quelques avertissements bщnins, dans des cas -% spщciaux). De cette maniшre, pour inhiber facilement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, il vous suffit d'щcrire, -% dans le prщambule de votre document, quelque chose comme ceci: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{usepackage}\verb|[...options...]{minitoc}|\\ -% \verb|%\usepackage{mtcoff}| -% \end{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% then the \upack{minitoc} package is activated with the specified options. If you modify this two lines this way: -% \or\relax -% alors le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est activщ avec les options spщcifiщes. Si vous modifiez ces deux lignes de -% la maniшre suivante: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \verb|%\usepackage[...options...]{minitoc}|\\ -% \com{usepackage}\verb|{mtcoff}| -% \end{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% then the \upack{minitoc} package is desactivated and all its commands and environments are ignored. This is much -% easier, faster and safer than commenting out all the commands and environments of \upack{minitoc}. Moreover, -% this operation is reversible. -% \or\relax -% alors le paquetage \upack{minitoc} est dщsactivщ et toutes ses commandes et environnements sont ignorщs. Ceci -% est beaucoup plus facile, rapide et s√r que de mettre en commentaire toutes les commandes et environnements -% de \upack{minitoc}. De plus, cette opщration est rщversible. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Identification of the package}\label{s+mtcoff+ident} -% \or\relax -% \section{Identification du paquetage}\label{s+mtcoff+ident} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\NeedsTeXFormat} -% \begin{macro}{\ProvidesPackage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% First, we identify the package and check the version of \LaTeX\,\footnote{This checking is not really useful for -% the \pack{mtcoff} package itself, but it is good to check that your version of \LaTeX\ is not too old to -% support \upack{minitoc}.}; we need the \pack{mtcmess} package to write messages with unique identifiers. -% \or\relax -% Tout d'abord, nous identifions le paquetage et vщrifions la version de \LaTeX\,\footnote{Cette vщrification -% n'est pas vraiment utile pour le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} lui-mъme, mais il est bon de vщrifier que votre -% version de \LaTeX\ n'est pas trop ancienne pour supporter \upack{minitoc}.}; nous avons besoin du paquetage -% \pack{mtcmess} pour щcrire des messages avec des identificateurs uniques. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtcoff> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}% -\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2008/07/16 v60 The mtcoff package] -\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Faking counters and dimensions}\label{s+mtcoff+faking.counters.dimensions} -% \or\relax -% \section{Simuler compteurs et dimensions}\label{s+mtcoff+faking.counters.dimensions} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\count@} -% \begin{macro}{\dimen@} -% \begin{macro}{\c@minitocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} -% \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount} -% \begin{macro}{\c@parttocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} -% \begin{macro}{\c@secttocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\stcindent} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% As \upack{minitoc} declares some counters and dimensions registers, we fake them using \com{count@} or -% \com{dimen@}. For \com{mtcskipamount}, we must use its default definition, \com{bigskipamount}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Puisque \upack{minitoc} dщclare quelques registres compteurs et dimensions, nous les simulons en utilisant -% \com{count@} ou \com{dimen@}. Pour \com{mtcskipamount}, nous utilisons sa dщfinition par dщfaut, -% \com{bigskipamount}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\c@minitocdepth\count@ -\let\mtcindent\dimen@ -\let\mtcskipamount\bigskipamount -\let\c@parttocdepth\count@ -\let\ptcindent\dimen@ -\let\c@secttocdepth\count@ -\let\stcindent\dimen@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\c@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\c@ptc} -% \begin{macro}{\c@stc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The basic mini-table counters are provided by \com{count@}: -% \or\relax -% Les compteurs de mini-tables basiques sont fournis par \com{count@}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\c@mtc\count@ \let\c@ptc\count@ \let\c@stc\count@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapafterheads} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The gaps before and after parttoc heads receive their default values: -% \or\relax -% Les intervalles avant et aprшs les tъtes de parttocs reчoivent leurs valeurs par dщfaut: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcgapbeforeheads{50\p@} \def\mtcgapafterheads{40\p@} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\kernaftersectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\kernafterminilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{F0008} must define the macros for the vertical kernings between the minitables and their before the bottom rule. -% The default values are used. We must issue a warning if one of these macros is used. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{F0008} devons dщfinir les macros pour les crъnages verticaux placщs entre les minitables et leurs filets -% horizontaux infщrieurs. Les valeurs par dщfaut sont utilisщes. Nous devons щmettre un avertissement si l'une de ces -% macros est utilisщe. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{part}{}{% - \def\kernafterparttoc{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernafterparttoc - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernafterpartlof{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernafterpartlof - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernafterpartlot{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernafterpartlot - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - }% - \@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {% - \def\kernaftersecttoc{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernaftersecttoc - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernaftersectlof{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernaftersectlof - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernaftersectlot{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernaftersectlot - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - }% - }% - {% - \def\kernafterminitoc{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernafterminitoc - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-.5\baselineskip\kern.5ex}% - \def\kernafterminilof{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernafterminilof - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.0ex}% - \def\kernafterminilot{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\kernafterminilot - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - \kern-1.\baselineskip\kern.0ex}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\plfoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\pltoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\stcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\slfoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\sltoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\slfoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mltoffset} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We\imess{F0009} must define the macros for the horizontal offsets of the mini-tables. -% The default values are used. We must issue a warning if one of these macros is used. -% \or\relax -% Nous\imess{F0009} devons dщfinir les macros pour les corrections horizontales des mini-tables. -% Les valeurs par dщfaut sont utilisщes. Un avertissement sera щmis si l'une de ces macros est utilisщe. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{part}{}{% - \def\ptcoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\ptcoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - \def\plfoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\plfoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - \def\pltoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\pltoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - }% - \@ifundefined{chapter}{% - \@ifundefined{section}{}% - {% - \def\stcoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\stcoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - \def\slfoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\slfoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - \def\sltoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\sltoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - }% - }% - {% - \def\mtcoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\mtcoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - \def\slfoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\slfoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - \def\mltoffset{% - \mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}% - {The macro \string\mltoffset - \MessageBreak - should not be used out of context - \MessageBreak}% - 0pt}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Faking simple commands}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.simple.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Simuler les commandes simples}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.simple.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} -% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some user commands are easy to fake: -% \or\relax -% Certaines commandes utilisateur sont faciles р~simuler: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\faketableofcontents\relax -\let\fakelistoffigures\relax -\let\fakelistoftables\relax -\let\mtcskip\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustptc} -% \begin{macro}{\adjustmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementptc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\decrementstc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementptc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\incrementstc} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Basic adjustment commands are also easy: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes d'ajustement de base sont aussi faciles: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\adjustptc}[1][1]{\relax} -\newcommand{\adjustmtc}[1][1]{\relax} -\newcommand{\adjuststc}[1][1]{\relax} -\let\decrementptc\relax \let\incrementptc\relax -\let\decrementmtc\relax \let\incrementmtc\relax -\let\decrementstc\relax \let\incrementstc\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\partend} -% \begin{macro}{\partbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterend} -% \begin{macro}{\chapterbegin} -% \begin{macro}{\sectend} -% \begin{macro}{\sectbegin} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The following commands are not directly called by the user, in normal circumstances, but must be faked: -% \or\relax -% Les commandes suivantes ne sont pas appelщes directement par l'utilisateur, dans des circonstances normales, -% mais il faut les simuler: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\partend\relax \let\partbegin\relax -\let\chapterend\relax \let\chapterbegin\relax -\let\sectend\relax \let\sectbegin\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Faking commands with one optional argument}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.user.commands.1opt} -% \or\relax -% \section{Simulation des commandes ayant un \texorpdfstring{\mbox{argument}}{argument} optionnel}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.user.commands.1opt} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\gobbleopt@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The user commands with an optional argument are faked using the internal \LaTeX\ macro \com{@ifnextchar} (to get -% the optional argument) and the new utility command \com{gobbleopt@}. -% \or\relax -% Les commandes utilisateur ayant un argument optionnel sont simulщes en utilisant la macro interne \LaTeX{} -% \com{@ifnextchar} (pour prendre l'argument optionnel) et la nouvelle commande utilitaire \com{gobbleopt@}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\gobbleopt@[#1]{\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\parttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\partlof} -% \begin{macro}{\partlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for part level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\parttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\partlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\partlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} -% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} -% \begin{macro}{\minitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\minilof} -% \begin{macro}{\minilot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\minitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\minilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\minilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\secttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\sectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for section level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\secttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\sectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -\def\sectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Command \com{mtcprepare}: -% \or\relax -% Commande \com{mtcprepare}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Faking flags}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.iflags} -% \or\relax -% \section{Simulation d'indicateurs}\label{s+mtcoff+fake.iflags} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ifinparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifinsectlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We defines flags which were true when inside a mini-table of the matching type, false outside. -% \or\relax -% Nous dщfinissons des indicateurs qui щtaient vrais р~l'intщrieur d'une mini-table du type correspondant, faux -% р~l'extщrieur. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifinparttoc\inparttocfalse% -\newif\ifinpartlof\inpartloffalse% -\newif\ifinpartlot\inpartlotfalse% -\newif\ifinsecttoc\insecttocfalse% -\newif\ifinsectlof\insectloffalse% -\newif\ifinsectlot\insectlotfalse% -\newif\ifinminitoc\inminitocfalse% -\newif\ifinminilof\inminiloffalse% -\newif\ifinminilot\inminilotfalse% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the internal commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.internal.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes internes}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.internal.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@gobbletwo} -% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@string} -% \begin{macro}{\appendixmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\xchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\pchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\psect} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xpart} -% \begin{macro}{\xpart} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\xsect} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We need also to disable some \upack{minitoc} commands, with \com{relax} (macros with no argument) or -% \com{@gobbletwo} (macros with two arguments): -% \or\relax -% Il nous faut aussi inhiber quelques commandes de \upack{minitoc}, avec \com{relax} (macros sans argument) ou -% \com{@gobbletwo} (macros avec arguments): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\tf@mtc\count@ -\let\mtc@string\relax -\let\appendixmtc\relax -\let\l@xchapter\@gobbletwo -\let\xchapter\relax -\let\pchapter\relax -\let\psect\relax -\let\l@xpart\@gobbletwo -\let\xpart\relax -\let\l@xsect\@gobbletwo -\let\xsect\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the font commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.font.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Dщsactivation des commandes de fonte}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.font.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\empty} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We disable the \upack{minitoc} font commands (like \com{mtcSSfont}) with \com{empty}, because some users -% might have used: -% \or\relax -% Nous dщsactivons commandes de fonte de \upack{minitoc} (telles que \com{mtcSSfont}) avec \com{empty}, car -% certains utilisateurs pourraient avoir utilisщ: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{renewcommand}\verb|{|\com{mtcSSfont}\verb|}{...}| -% \end{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% which will not work if we use \com{relax} here. -% \or\relax -% ce qui ne marcherait pas si nous utilisions \com{relax} ici. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcCfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\plffont} -% \begin{macro}{\plfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\pltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\ptifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Fonts for part level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Fontes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\ptcfont\empty -\let\ptcCfont\empty -\let\ptcSfont\empty -\let\ptcSSfont\empty -\let\ptcSSSfont\empty -\let\ptcPfont\empty -\let\ptcSPfont\empty -\let\plffont\empty -\let\plfSfont\empty -\let\pltfont\empty -\let\pltSfont\empty -\let\ptifont\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlffont} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Fonts for chapter level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Fontes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtcfont\empty -\let\mtcSfont\empty -\let\mtcSSfont\empty -\let\mtcSSSfont\empty -\let\mtcPfont\empty -\let\mtcSPfont\empty -\let\mlffont\empty -\let\mlfSfont\empty -\let\mltfont\empty -\let\mltSfont\empty -\let\mtifont\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\stcfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSSSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stcSPfont} -% \begin{macro}{\slffont} -% \begin{macro}{\slfSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\sltfont} -% \begin{macro}{\sltSfont} -% \begin{macro}{\stifont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Fonts for section level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Fontes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\stcfont\empty -\let\stcSSfont\empty -\let\stcSSSfont\empty -\let\stcPfont\empty -\let\stcSPfont\empty -\let\slffont\empty -\let\slfSfont\empty -\let\sltfont\empty -\let\sltSfont\empty -\let\stifont\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\coffeefont} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Font for ``coffee''{\myCoffeecup} lines: -% \or\relax -% Fonte pour les lignes de л~pause-cafщ~╗{\myCoffeecup}: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\coffeefont\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcsetXXX.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcsetXXX.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@gobbletwo} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetoffset} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitlefont} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsettitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetrules} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These commands use two or three mandatory arguments: -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes utilisent deux ou trois arguments obligatoires: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtcsetdepth\@gobbletwo -\let\mtcsetoffset\@gobbletwo -\def\mtcsetfont#1#2#3{\empty} -\let\mtcsettitlefont\@gobbletwo -\let\mtcsettitle\@gobbletwo -\def\mtcsetformat#1#2#3{\empty} -\def\mtcsetfeature#1#2#3{\empty} -\let\mtcsetpagenumbers\@gobbletwo -\let\mtcsetrules\@gobbletwo -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcpolym.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcpolymXXX.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{mtcpolym.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcsetpolym.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRobustCommand} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymtoc} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlof} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpolymlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We simulate these commands by keeping only the fourth argument; they must still be robust. -% \or\relax -% Nous simulons ces commandes en ne gardant que le quatriшme argument; elles doivent encore ъtre robustes. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -% \DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymtoc}[4]{{#4}} -% \DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlof}[4]{{#4}} -% \DeclareRobustCommand{\mtcpolymlot}[4]{{#4}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the new \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.l@XXX.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des nouvelles commandes \ucom{l@.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.l@XXX.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\l@starpart} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubsubsection} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starparagraph} -% \begin{macro}{\l@starsubparagraph} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \upack{minitoc} package defines the \verb|\l@starXXX| commands to format TOC entries for starred sectionning -% commands. We reset to the unstarred version, when necessary: -% \or\relax -% Le paquetage \upack{minitoc} dщfinit les commandes \verb|\l@starXXX| pour la mise en forme d'entrщes de la -% table des matiшres pour des commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. Nous revenons р~la version non щtoilщe, lorsque -% cela est nщcessaire: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{part}{}{\let\l@starpart\l@part} -\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\let\l@starchapter\l@chapter} -\@ifundefined{section}{}{\let\l@starsection\l@section} -\@ifundefined{subsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsection\l@subsection} -\@ifundefined{subsubsection}{}{\let\l@starsubsubsection\l@subsubsection} -\@ifundefined{paragraph}{}{\let\l@starparagraph\l@paragraph} -\@ifundefined{subparagraph}{}{\let\l@starsubparagraph\l@subparagraph} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Ignore the obsolete commands}\label{s+mtcoff+ignore.obsolete.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Ignorer les commandes obsolшtes}\label{s+mtcoff+ignore.obsolete.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@gobble} -% \begin{macro}{\firstpartis} -% \begin{macro}{\firstchapteris} -% \begin{macro}{\firstsectionis} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We just ignore the obsolete commands (with one mandatory argument): -% \or\relax -% Nous ignorons simplement les commandes obsolшtes (qui ont un seul argument, obligatoire): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\firstpartis\@gobble \let\firstchapteris\@gobble \let\firstsectionis\@gobble -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcselectlanguage} and \ucom{mtcloadmlo} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{mtcselectlanguage} et \ucom{mtcloadmlo}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcselectlanguage.command}\icom{mtcselectlanguage}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcloadmlo.command}\icom{mtcloadmlo} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@gobble} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These command have one mandatory argument: -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes ont un seul argument, obligatoire: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtcselectlanguage\@gobble \let\mtcloadmlo\@gobble -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{16} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the commands for the horizontal rules}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+horiz.rules} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les filets horizontaux}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+horiz.rules} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ptcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\noptcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\stcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nostcrule} -% \begin{macro}{\plfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\noplfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\slfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\noslfrule} -% \begin{macro}{\pltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nopltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\mltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\sltrule} -% \begin{macro}{\nosltrule} -% % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These commands have no argument: -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes n'ont aucun argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\ptcrule\relax -\let\noptcrule\relax -\let\mtcrule\relax -\let\nomtcrule\relax -\let\stcrule\relax -\let\nostcrule\relax -\let\plfrule\relax -\let\noplfrule\relax -\let\mlfrule\relax -\let\nomlfrule\relax -\let\slfrule\relax -\let\noslfrule\relax -\let\pltrule\relax -\let\nopltrule\relax -\let\mltrule\relax -\let\nomltrule\relax -\let\sltrule\relax -\let\nosltrule\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{15} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the commands for the page numbers}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+page.numbers} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les numщros de page}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling+page.numbers} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ptcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noptcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomtcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\stcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nostcpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\plfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noplfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomlfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\slfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\noslfpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\pltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nopltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\mltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nomltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\sltpagenumbers} -% \begin{macro}{\nosltpagenumbers} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These commands have no argument: -% \or\relax -% Ces commandes n'ont aucun argument: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtcpagenumbers\relax -\let\nomtcpagenumbers\relax -\let\stcpagenumbers\relax -\let\nostcpagenumbers\relax -\let\ptcpagenumbers\relax -\let\noptcpagenumbers\relax -\let\mlfpagenumbers\relax -\let\nomlfpagenumbers\relax -\let\slfpagenumbers\relax -\let\noslfpagenumbers\relax -\let\plfpagenumbers\relax -\let\noplfpagenumbers\relax -\let\mltpagenumbers\relax -\let\nomltpagenumbers\relax -\let\sltpagenumbers\relax -\let\nosltpagenumbers\relax -\let\pltpagenumbers\relax -\let\nopltpagenumbers\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the mini-table features commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.features} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les dispositifs des mini-tables}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.features} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We disable the commands for features (like \com{beforeparttoc}) with \com{empty}, because some users may have -% used: -% \or\relax -% Nous inhibons les commandes pour les dispositifs (telles que \com{beforeparttoc}) avec \com{empty}, car -% certains utilisateurs ont pu avoir fait: -% \fi -% \begin{verse} -% \com{renewcommand}\verb|{|\com{beforeparttoc}\verb|}{...}| -% \end{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% which will not work if we use \com{relax} here. These commands have no argument, -% \or\relax -% ce qui ne marcherait pas si nous utilisions \com{relax} ici. Ces commandes n'ont aucun argument, -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\beforeparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\beforepartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\afterparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\afterpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\openparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\openpartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\openpartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\closeparttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closepartlof} -% \begin{macro}{\closepartlot} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageparttocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagepartlotstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for part level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau partie: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\beforeparttoc\empty -\let\beforepartlof\empty -\let\beforepartlot\empty -\let\afterparttoc\empty -\let\afterpartlof\empty -\let\afterpartlot\empty -\let\openparttoc\empty -\let\openpartlof\empty -\let\openpartlot\empty -\let\closeparttoc\empty -\let\closepartlof\empty -\let\closepartlot\empty -\let\thispageparttocstyle\empty -\let\thispagepartlofstyle\empty -\let\thispagepartlotstyle\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\beforeminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\afterminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\openminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\openminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\openminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminitoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminilof} -% \begin{macro}{\closeminilot} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminitocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispageminilotstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau chapitre: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\beforeminitoc\empty -\let\beforeminilof\empty -\let\beforeminilot\empty -\let\afterminitoc\empty -\let\afterminilof\empty -\let\afterminilot\empty -\let\openminitoc\empty -\let\openminilof\empty -\let\openminilot\empty -\let\closeminitoc\empty -\let\closeminilof\empty -\let\closeminilot\empty -\let\thispageminitocstyle\empty -\let\thispageminilofstyle\empty -\let\thispageminilotstyle\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\beforesectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\aftersectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\opensecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\opensectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\opensectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\closesecttoc} -% \begin{macro}{\closesectlof} -% \begin{macro}{\closesectlot} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesecttocstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlofstyle} -% \begin{macro}{\thispagesectlotstyle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Commands for section level mini-tables: -% \or\relax -% Commandes pour des mini-tables au niveau section: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\beforesecttoc\empty -\let\beforesectlof\empty -\let\beforesectlot\empty -\let\aftersecttoc\empty -\let\aftersectlof\empty -\let\aftersectlot\empty -\let\opensecttoc\empty -\let\opensectlof\empty -\let\opensectlot\empty -\let\closesecttoc\empty -\let\closesectlof\empty -\let\closesectlot\empty -\let\thispagesecttocstyle\empty -\let\thispagesectlofstyle\empty -\let\thispagesectlotstyle\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling miscellaneous flags and commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.misc} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition de divers indicateurs et commandes}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.misc} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} -% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} -% \begin{macro}{\l@listof} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} -% \begin{macro}{\chapter} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There are some flags and commands that it is wise to declare: -% \or\relax -% Il y~a quelques indicateurs et commandes qu'il est bon de dщclarer: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@mtc@longext@ \@mtc@longext@true -\newif\iftightmtc \tightmtcfalse -\newif\ifktightmtc \ktightmtcfalse -\newif\ifundottedmtc \undottedmtcfalse -\newif\ifmtcsecondpart \mtcsecondpartfalse -\let\l@listof\chapter -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Caution for some commands}\label{s+mtcoff+caution} -% \or\relax -% \section{Prщcaution pour certaines commandes}\label{s+mtcoff+caution} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcoffwarn@} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\SMMZ{\lmess{F0007}} \upack{minitoc} commands should eventually be replaced if you decide to \emph{definitely} -% stop using the \upack{minitoc} package with your document. So we declare a flag and an \com{AtEndDocument} block to signal -% that you have used these commands: -% \or\relax -% Certaines\SMMZ{\lmess{F0007}} commandes de \upack{minitoc} devraient щventuellement ъtre remplacщes si vous dщcidez -% d'arrъter \emph{dщfinitivement} l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec votre document. Donc nous dщclarons un -% indicateur et un bloc \com{AtEndDocument} pour signaler que vous avez utilisщ ces commandes: -% \fi -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifmtcoffwarn@ \mtcoffwarn@false -\AtEndDocument{\ifmtcoffwarn@ - \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[F0007]{mtcoff}% - {You should scan (backwards) your .log - \MessageBreak - file to find some commands needing - \MessageBreak - to be replaced if you decide to - \MessageBreak - DEFINITELY stop using minitoc for this - \MessageBreak - document. It is more wise to keep the - \MessageBreak - \string\usepackage\space lines for minitoc and mtcoff - \MessageBreak - and to comment out only one of them} -\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddsection} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddpart} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcoffwarn@} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@ck} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Then\SMM{\lmess{F0004}\\\lmess{F0006}\\\lmess{F0005}} these commands are disabled -% and they set the flag and give a warning (useful to get the line number): -% \or\relax -% Puis\SMM{\lmess{F0004}\\\lmess{F0006}\\\lmess{F0005}} ces commandes sont inhibщes -% de maniшre qu'elles positionnent l'indicateur et donnent un avertissement (ce -% qui est utile pour avoir le numщro de ligne): -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcaddchapter}[1][]{\mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0004]{mtcoff}% - {\protect\mtcaddchapter{...} should be replaced - \MessageBreak - by \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...} - \MessageBreak} -\def\mtc@ck{#1} -\ifx\mtc@ck\empty -\else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% -\fi} -\newcommand{\mtcaddsection}[1][]{\mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0006]{mtcoff}% - {\protect\mtcaddsection{...} should be replaced - \MessageBreak - by \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...} - \MessageBreak} -\def\mtc@ck{#1} -\ifx\mtc@ck\empty -\else - \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% -\fi} -\newcommand{\mtcaddpart}[1][]{\mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0005]{mtcoff}% - {\protect\mtcaddpart{...} should be replaced - \MessageBreak - by \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...} - \MessageBreak} -\def\mtc@ck{#1} -\ifx\mtc@ck\empty -\else - \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% -\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling commands for ``coffee''}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.coffee.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes pour les <<~pauses-cafщ~>>}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.coffee.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\addcoffeeline} -% \begin{macro}{\coffeeline} -% \begin{macro}{\@gobble} -% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtocline} -% \begin{macro}{\@Undottedtoclinep} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We disable the commands relative to ``coffee'' lines, and the specific version of contents lines without leaders -% of dots: -% \or\relax -% Nous inhibons les commandes concernant les lignes de contenu pour les л~pauses-cafщ~╗, ainsi que la version -% spщcifique de ligne de contenu sans points de conduite: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\addcoffeeline#1#2#3{\relax} -\let\coffeeline\@gobble -\let\l@coffee\relax -\def\@Undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\relax} -\def\@Undottedtoclinep#1#2#3#4#5{\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \texttt{mtchideinmain.{}.{}.} environments}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtchideinmainXXX.envs} -% ^^A \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des environnements \texttt{mtchideinmain.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtchideinmainXXX.envs} -% ^^A \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} -% \fi -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} -% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These environments accept one optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Ces environnements acceptent un argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newenvironment{mtchideinmaintoc}[1][-1]{\empty}{\empty} -\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]{\empty}{\empty} -\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]{\empty}{\empty} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \section{Inhibition of the \ucom{mtc@saveXXXdepth} and \ucom{mtc@restoreXXXdepth} internal commands} -% \section{Inhibition of the \ucom{mtc@[save\BAR{}restore]XXXdepth} internal commands} -% \or\relax -% ^^A \section{Inhibition des commandes internes \ucom{mtc@saveXXXdepth} et \ucom{mtc@restoreXXXdepth}} -% \section{Inhibition des commandes internes \ucom{mtc@[save\BAR{}restore]XXXdepth}} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savetocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelotdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restoretocdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restorelofdepth} -% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restorelotdepth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We must inhibit these commands, inserted in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files by the -% hiding commands. So we will not have to delete these files when switching from the \upack{minitoc} package to -% the \pack{mtcoff} package. -% \or\relax -% Nous devons inhiber ces commandes, insщrщes dans les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} et \suffix{.lot} par -% les commandes de masquage. Ainsi nous n'aurons pas р~dщtruire ces fichiers lors du passage du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc} au paquetage \pack{mtcoff}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\mtc@savetocdepth\empty -\let\mtc@savelofdepth\empty -\let\mtc@savelotdepth\empty -\let\mtc@restoretocdepth\empty -\let\mtc@restorelofdepth\empty -\let\mtc@restorelotdepth\empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcfixglossary} command}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixglossary.command}\icom{mtcfixglossary} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition de la commande \ucom{mtcfixglossary}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixglossary.command}\icom{mtcfixglossary} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixglossary} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command accepts one optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcfixglossary}[1][]{\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcfixindex} command}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixindex.command}\icom{mtcfixindex} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition de la commande \ucom{mtcfixindex}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixindex.command}\icom{mtcfixindex} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixindex} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command accepts one optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcfixindex}[1][]{\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{mtcfixnomenclature} command}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixnomenclature.command}\icom{mtcfixnomenclature} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition de la commande \ucom{mtcfixnomenclature}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.mtcfixnomenclature.command}\icom{mtcfixnomenclature} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This command accepts one optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Cette commande accepte un argument optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\mtcfixnomenclature}[1][]{\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Disabling the \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.addstarredXXX.commands} -% \or\relax -% \section{Inhibition des commandes \ucom{addstarred.{}.{}.}}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.addstarredXXX.commands} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcoffwarn@} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredpart} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredchapter} -% \begin{macro}{\addstarredsection} -% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These\SMM{\lmess{F0002}\\\lmess{F0001}\\\lmess{F0003}} commands should be replaced by standard commands, -% but \pack{mtcoff} simulates and gives a warning, which will be reminded at the end of document: -% \or\relax -% Ces\SMM{\lmess{F0002}\\\lmess{F0001}\\\lmess{F0003}} commandes devraient ъtre remplacщes par des commandes standard, -% mais \pack{mtcoff} les simule et donne un avertissement, qui sera rappelщ en fin de document: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\addstarredpart#1{\mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0002]{mtcoff}% - {\protect\addstarredpart{...} should be replaced by - \MessageBreak - \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...} - \MessageBreak} - \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}} -\def\addstarredchapter#1{\mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0001]{mtcoff}% - {\protect\addstarredchapter{...} should be replaced by - \MessageBreak - \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{...} - \MessageBreak} - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}} -\def\addstarredsection#1{\mtcoffwarn@true - \mtcPackageWarning[F0003]{mtcoff}% - {\protect\addstarredsection{...} should be replaced by - \MessageBreak - \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...} - \MessageBreak} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% And the \pack{mtcoff} package is terminated. -% \or\relax -% Et le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} est terminщ. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Commented code of the \upack{mtcmess} package}\label{c+code+mtcmess.sty}\ipack{mtcmess} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Code commentщ du paquetage \upack{mtcmess}}\label{c+code+mtcmess.sty}\ipack{mtcmess} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageInfo} -% \begin{macro}{\PackageInfo} -% \begin{macro}{\MessageBreak} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarning} -% \begin{macro}{\PackageWarning} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} -% \begin{macro}{\PackageWarningNoLine} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} -% \begin{macro}{\PackageError} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% To make easier the search of a message in the documentation\footnote{For instance, using the search facility of some PDF -% reader utility.}, we will assign an unique identifier to each -% message of the \upack{minitoc} and \pack{mtcoff} packages. As the standard commands for such messages do not -% include this feature, we make extended versions, with the same syntax, plus a first optional argument: -% \or\relax -% Pour faciliter la recherche d'un message dans la documentation\,\footnote{Par exemple, en utilisant le systшme de -% recherche d'un utilitaire de lecture de fichier PDF.}, nous attribuerons un identificateur unique р~chaque -% message des paquetages \upack{minitoc} et \pack{mtcoff}. Puisque les commandes standard pour de tels messages -% n'offrent pas ce dispositif, nous en faisons des versions щtendues, avec la mъme syntaxe, plus un premier argument -% optionnel: -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtcmess> -\ProvidesPackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% -\newcommand{\mtcPackageInfo}[3][]% - {\PackageInfo{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% -\newcommand{\mtcPackageWarning}[3][]% - {\PackageWarning{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% -\newcommand{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine}[3][]% - {\PackageWarningNoLine{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% -\newcommand{\mtcPackageError}[4][]% - {\PackageError{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}{#4}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Hence the first line of the message will contain the package name and the unique identifier of the message. -% \or\relax -% Donc la premiшre ligne du message contiendra le nom du paquetage et l'identificateur unique du message. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% These macros are defined in a separate package because they are used by at least two packages -% (\upack{minitoc} and \pack{mtcoff}) and because they could be useful for other packages. -% \or\relax -% Ces macros sont dщfinies dans un paquetage distinct car elles sont utilisщes par au moins deux paquetages -% (\upack{minitoc} et \pack{mtcoff}) et parce qu'elles pourraient ъtre utiles pour d'autres paquetages. -% \fi -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Patch for the \uclass{memoir} class}\label{memoir-patch}\iclass{memoir}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} -% This\SMMZZ{\lmess{M0001}} code must be loaded to fix an \emph{incompatibility} of the \upack{minitoc} package -% with some recent versions of the \class{memoir} class. -% This correction is no more necessary after the 2005/09/25 version of \class{memoir}. -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Correction pour la classe \uclass{memoir}}\label{memoir-patch}\iclass{memoir}\ipack{mtcpatchmem} -% Ce\SMMZZ{\lmess{M0001}} code doit ъtre chargщ pour corriger une \emph{incompatibilitщ} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% avec certaines versions rщcentes de la classe \class{memoir}. -% Cette correction n'est plus nщcessaire aprшs la version datщe 2005/09/25 de \class{memoir}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mtcpatchmem> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% -\ProvidesPackage{mtcpatchmem}% - [2008/07/16 v60 Package mtcpatchmem] -\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] -\mtcPackageInfo[M0001]{mtcpatchmem}% - {mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class\@gobble} -\renewcommand{\@m@mchapter}[1][]{% - \def\ch@pt@c{#1}% capture first optional arg - \@ifnextchar[{\@chapter}{\@chapter[]}% -} -\def\@chapter[#1]#2{% -% if |\ch@pt@c| is empty, no [ was found at all. Use |#2| as -% entry for all fields. - \ifx\ch@pt@c\@empty - \def\f@rtoc{#2}% - \def\f@rhdr{#2}% - \else -% otherwise at least one [ was found. If |#1| is empty then only -% one was found. - \let\f@rtoc\ch@pt@c - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \let\f@rhdr\ch@pt@c - \else - \def\f@rhdr{#1}% - \fi - \fi - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \fi - \fi - \chaptermark{\f@rhdr}% - \ifartopt - \@makechapterhead{#2}% - \@afterheading - \else - \insertchapterspace - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{#2}% - \fi - \@afterheading - \fi - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax - \if@mainmatter - \ifanappendix - \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}{% - \protect\chapternumberline{\thechapter}\f@rtoc}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\chapternumberline{\thechapter}\f@rtoc}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\f@rtoc}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\f@rtoc}% - \fi - \ifheadnameref\M@gettitle{\f@rhdr}\else\M@gettitle{\f@rtoc}\fi -} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter{Language definition (\usuffix{.mld}) and object (\usuffix{.mlo}) files}\label{c+code+mld.files}% -% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo} -% \or\relax -% \chapter{Fichiers de dщfinition (\usuffix{.mld}) et objets (\usuffix{.mlo}) de langue}\label{c+code+mld.files}% -% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo} -% \fi -% \minitoc -% \mtcskip -% \lneed{7} -% ^^A MINILOF BLOCK WAS HERE -% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \mtcindent=0pt -% \minilof -% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\empty} -% \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}% -% \raggedcolumns -% \mtcskip -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{lang-g.png}\ixgrf{lang-g.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Language families in the world]{Language families in the world (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Language_family}; see also \url{http://www.dicts.info/img/speakers.png})\hfill\null}\label{f+lang-fam} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Familles de langues dans le monde]{Familles de langues dans le monde (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Language_family}; voir aussi \url{http://www.dicts.info/img/speakers.png})\hfill\null}\label{f+lang-fam} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[th] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{mondep.png}\ixgrf{mondep.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The political world]{The political world (\url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})\hfill\null}\label{f+polw} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Le monde politique]{Le monde politique (\url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})\hfill\null}\label{f+polw} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}@{}} -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{wrs-c.png}\ixgrf{wrs-c.png}\\{}% -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\small\RaggedRight -% \itemsep=0pt -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{wdesc}{Alphabets:X}\itemsep=0pt -% \item[Alphabets:] latin (grey), cyrillic (blue-green), greek (blue), georgian (dark blue), armenian (darker blue); -% \item[Abjads\,\protect\footnote{An \index{abjad}abjad is a segmental script containing symbols for consonants only, -% or where vowels are optionally written with diacritics (``pointing'') or only written word-initially.}:] -% arabic (green), arabic and latin (light green), hebrew and arabic (lighter green); -% \item[Abugidas\,\protect\footnote{An \index{abugida}abugida, or \emph{alphasyllabary}, is a segmental script in which vowels are denoted -% by diacritical marks or other systematic modification of the consonants.}:] north indic (light orange), -% south indic (orange), ethiopic (maroon), thaana or t\=ana (Dhivehi language in Maldives) (olive), canadian syllabic (yellow); -% \item[Logographic\,\protect\footnote{In logographic\index{logographic} systems, glyphs represent words or morphemes (meaningfull -% components of words, as in \emph{mean-ing-ful}, rather than phonetic elements).}$+$syllabic:] pure logographic (red), -% mixed logographic and \index{syllabary}syllabaries\,\footnote{In syllabaries, graphemes represent syllables.} (dark red), -% featural-alphabetic: hang√l (dark mauve)$+$limited logographic: -% hanja (light mauve); -% \end{wdesc} -% \or\relax -% \begin{wdesc}{Alphabets:X}\itemsep=0pt -% \item[Alphabets:] latin (gris), cyrillique (bleu-vert), grec (bleu), gщorgien (bleu foncщ), armщnien (bleu plus foncщ); -% \item[Abjads\,\protect\footnote{Un \index{abjad}abjad est une щcriture segmentale contenant des symboles uniquement pour les consonnes, -% ou dans laquelle les voyelles sont (sur option) щcrites avec des diacritiques (\og pointantes\fg) ou seulement -% щcrites en dщbut de mot.}:] arabe (vert), arabe et latin (vert clair), hщbreu et arabe (vert trшs clair); -% \item[Abugidas\,\protect\footnote{Un \index{abugida}abugida, ou \emph{alphasyllabaire}, est une щcriture segmentale dans -% laquelle les voyelles sont indiquщes par des marques diacritiques ou une autre modification systщmatique des -% consonnes.}:] indien du nord (orange clair), indien du sud (orange), щthiopien (marron), thaana ou t\=ana -% (langue Dhivehi aux Maldives)(olive), -% syllabique canadien (jaune); -% \item[Logographique\,\protect\footnote{Dans les systшmes \index{logographique}logographiques, les glyphes reprщsentent des mots ou -% des morphшmes (composants de mots ayant un sens propre, comme dans \emph{mean-ing-ful}, plutЇt que des -% щlщments phonщtiques).}$+$syllabique:] logographique pur (rouge), mщlange logographique et \index{syllabaire}syllabaires\,\footnote{Dans -% les syllabaires, les graphшmes reprщsentent des syllabes.}(rouge foncщ), -% alphabщtique modifiщ: hang√l (mauve foncщ)$+$logographique limitщ: hanja (mauve clair); -% \end{wdesc} -% \fi -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Writing systems by country]{Writing systems by country (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-c} -% \or\relax -% \caption[╔critures~--~par~pays]{╔critures~--~par~pays (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-c} -% \fi -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{wrs-a.png}\ixgrf{wrs-a.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Areas of writing systems]{Areas of writing systems (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-a} -% \or\relax -% \caption[╔critures~--~par~rщgions]{╔critures~--~par~rщgions (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-a} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{africa-lf.png}\ixgrf{africa-lf.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{africa-lo.pdf}\ixgrf{africa-lo.pdf}% -% ^^A \IVC{\bwidth}{africa-lo.pdf}\ixgrf{africa-lo.pdf}% bad alignment -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Language families and official languages in Africa]{Language families and official languages in Africa -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Africa})\hfill\null}\label{f+africa} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Familles de langues et langues officielles en Afrique]{Familles de langues et langues officielles en Afrique -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Africa})\hfill\null}\label{f+africa} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!p] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{euro-lan.png}\ixgrf{euro-lan.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in Europe]{Languages in Europe (by \name{Andrei}{Nacu}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_the_European_Union})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Les langues en Europe]{Les langues en Europe (par \name{Andrei}{Nacu}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_the_European_Union})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{euro-lan1.png}\ixgrf{euro-lan1.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages families in Europe]{Languages families in Europe (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan1} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Familles de langues en Europe]{Familles de langues en Europe (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan1} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!th] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{euro-lan2.png}\ixgrf{euro-lan2.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in Europe]{Languages in Europe -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan2} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues en Europe]{Langues en Europe -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan2} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{leur.png}\ixgrf{leur.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Simplified Linguistic Map of Europe]{Simplified Linguistic Map of Europe -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+leur} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Carte linguistique simplifiщe de l'Europe]{Carte linguistique simplifiщe de l'Europe -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+leur} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Overview} -% This chapter shows the code of each \suffix{.mld} file. A \suffix{.mld} file is a \emph{minitoc language -% definition} file, which defines the titles of the mini-tables for a given language. It contains often some -% comments about its origin, if you need further details. -% -% \lneed{6} -% For some languages, I~have added a map (and a flag) of the country or area where the language is spoken, if it is not -% trivial. The origin of each map is given by an URL to the graphic file or to the WEB page where I~found it. -% Note that the~\cite{tlfq} and~\cite{LMP} Web sites are useful sources. Maps from~\cite{LMP} are under the -% Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}. -% The site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} allows to look at the maps of many countries (but not of France!). -% The Perry-Castaёeda Library Map Collection~\cite{texasmaps} (The University of Texas at Austin, -% \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contains countless maps. -% -% \reversemarginpar -% Many\ixgrf{wiki.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\raisebox{2cm}[4.5cm][-2cm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wiki.png}}}} -% free maps were also found by a search in the vast Wikipedia -% (i.e. \url{http://en.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org}, -% \url{http://de.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org}, etc.). -% If you are curious and brave, you can also find many -% maps and documents about Eastern Europa and about Asia at \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org}; that site give many -% historical informations. -% -% \lneed{8} -% \normalmarginpar -% A \suffix{.mld} file is loaded either via a -% package option in the \com{usepackage} command -% for the \upack{minitoc} package (or a global option for the document), either via the command: -% \or\relax -% \section{Gщnщralitщs} -% Ce chapitre montre le code de chaque fichier \suffix{.mld}. Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est un fichier -% de dщfinition de langue pour minitoc (\emph{minitoc language definition file}), qui dщfinit les titres des -% mini-tables pour une langue donnщe. Il contient souvent quelques informations sur son origine, si vous avez -% besoin de plus de dщtails. -% -% \lneed{6} -% \reversemarginpar -% Pour certaines langues, j'ai ajoutщ une carte (et un drapeau) du pays ou des zones o∙ la langue est parlщe, si ce n'est pas trivial. -% L'origine de chaque carte est donnщe par un URL vers le fichier graphique ou vers la page o∙ je l'ai trouvщe. -% Notez que les sites Web~\cite{tlfq} et~\cite{LMP} sont des sources utiles. Les cartes de~\cite{LMP} sont sous la -% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}. -% -% Le site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} permet de regarder les cartes de nombreux -% pays (mais pas de la France!). La \emph{Perry-Castaёeda Library Map Collection}~\cite{texasmaps} (Universitщ du Texas -% р~Austin, \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contient d'innombrables cartes. -% -% \lneed{7} -% De\ixgrf{wikif.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\raisebox{2.87cm}[2.87cm][0.cm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipщdia}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wikif.png}}}} -% nombreuses cartes publiques proviennent aussi de la Wikipщdia ({\froff\url{http://en.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org}, -% \url{http://de.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org}, etc.}). -% Si vous ъtes curieux et courageux, vous pourrez aussi trouver de nombreux documents et cartes concernant l'Europe de -% l'Est et l'Asie sur le site \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org}; il donne de nombreuses informations historiques. -% -% \lneed{8} -% \normalmarginpar -% Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est chargщ soit via une option du paquetage -% dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% (ou une option globale pour le document), -% soit via la commande: -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \begin{verse} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\marg{language} -% \or\relax -% \com{mtcselectlanguage}\marg{langue} -% \fi -% \end{verse} -% \end{macro} -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macro}{\ptctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\plttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mtctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\mlttitle} -% \begin{macro}{\stctitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slftitle} -% \begin{macro}{\slttitle} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Each \suffix{.mld} file must define the nine following commands (for the mini-tables of contents, -% mini-lists of figures and mini-lists of tables, at the part, chapter and section levels): -% \or\relax -% Chaque fichier \suffix{.mld} doit dщfinir les neuf commandes suivantes (pour les mini-tables des -% matiшres, les mini-listes des figures et les mini-listes des tableaux, aux niveaux partie, chapitre et section): -% \fi -% \begin{multicols}{3} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \com{ptctitle} -% \item \com{plftitle} -% \item \com{plttitle}\columnbreak -% \item \com{mtctitle} -% \item \com{mlftitle} -% \item \com{mlttitle}\columnbreak -% \item \com{stctitle} -% \item \com{slftitle} -% \item \com{slttitle} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{3} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Many \suffix{.mld} files require special fonts adequate for the corresponding language; as this is a -% language-dependent issue, the user must set up the correct language and font context for each language, like using -% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, the -% \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX}, the \pack{Antomega} -% system~\cite{antomega}, the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex}, -% \ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}\devnag{} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, -% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}{\protect\FARSINOTE}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, -% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} et \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, -% or \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} packages. -% Note that it is often the \virage\emph{english} name of the language which is used to name the corresponding -% \suffix{.mld} file. -% \or\relax -% De nombreux fichiers \suffix{.mld} ont besoin de fontes spщciales adщquates pour la langue -% correspondante; comme ceci est une question concernant la langue, l'utilisateur doit mettre en place un contexte -% linguistique et typographique correct pour la langue correspondante, en utilisant par exemple le paquetage -% \pack{babel}~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, le systшme -% \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX}, le systшme \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}, -% les paquetages \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex}, -% \ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}\devnag{} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, -% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, -% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} -% et \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o}, -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} ou \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}. -% Notez que c'est souvent le nom en \virage\emph{anglais} de la langue qui est utilisщ pour nommer le fichier \suffix{.mld} -% correspondant. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{environment}{filecontents} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% But for some oriental languages\,\footnote{Mainly for chinese, farsi (iranian), hang√l (korean), hanja (korean), japanese, -% \lopt{malayalam-omega}, thai, and russian variants.}, the source of the titles -% use some \virage\emph{exotic encodings}, difficult to manipulate -% in a \suffix{.dtx} file, the \suffix{.mld} file is then just a wrapper loading -% a \suffix{.mlo} file\,\footnote{The extension -% \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}.}, not generated by the -% \suffix{.dtx} files in the current version of \upack{minitoc} package. -% To go around this limitation, the \xfile{minitoc.ins} file uses -% \env{filecontents} environments to generate the \suffix{.mlo} files. -% The adequate input encoding must be set up -% by the user \emph{before}\virage{} loading the \suffix{.mld} file via the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command. -% \or\relax -% Mais pour certaines langues orientales\,\footnote{Principalement pour les variantes du chinois, du farsi -% (iranien), du corщen (hang√l et hanja), du japonais, du \lopt{malayalam-omega}, du thaя et du russe.}, le code source des -% titres utilise quelques \virage\emph{codages exotiques}, -% difficiles р~manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}, le fichier \suffix{.mld} est alors une simple enveloppe qui charge -% un fichier \suffix{.mlo}\,\footnote{Le suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object}, -% objet minitoc de langue.}, qui n'est pas engendrщ par les fichiers \suffix{.dtx} dans la version actuelle du -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Pour contourner cette limitation, le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins} utilise simplement des -% environnements \env{filecontents} pour engendrer les fichiers \suffix{.mlo}. -% Le codage d'entrщe adщquat doit ъtre mis en place par l'utilisateur \emph{avant}\virage{} le -% chargement du fichier \suffix{.mld} via la commande \com{mtcselectlanguage}. -% \fi -% \end{macro} -% \end{environment} -% -% \lneed{4} -% {\bfseries -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} version~\#49, -% the \upack{minitoc} package checks the presence of the -% \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file -% (and of the \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} file if necessary) for each language option of the package, -% before validating the option. If a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing, the corresponding language option -% is not enabled and a warning message is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. But the presence of -% the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language. -% If some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing, -% the list of this files is given in the \suffix{.log} file. You should find these files on CTAN. -% \or\relax -% └~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} de la version~\#49, -% le paquetage \upack{minitoc} vщrifie la prщsence du fichier -% \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (et du fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} si nщcessaire) pour -% chaque option de langue du paquetage, avant de valider l'option. Si un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} -% est manquant, l'option de langue correspondante n'est pas validщe et un message d'avertissement est щcrit dans -% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Mais la prщsence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car -% l'anglais est la langue par dщfaut. -% Si certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants, -% la liste de ces fichiers est щcrite dans le fichier \suffix{.log}. Vous devriez pouvoir les trouver sur CTAN. -% \fi -% \par} ^^A %BF> -% ^^A \clearpage ^^A %% BEGIN OF LANGUAGE SECTIONS -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Acadian'' language: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~acadian~>>: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{acadian-m.pdf}\ixgrf{acadian-m.pdf}% -% \caption[Acadia today]{Acadia today (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acadia})}\label{f+acadien} -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{acadien-m.pdf}\ixgrf{acadien-m.pdf}% -% \caption[Acadie actuelle]{Acadie actuelle (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acadie})}\label{f+acadien} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{acadie-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acadia}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{acadie-f.png}}}}} -% \lopt{acadian} language\,\FAC{} -% is just french, so we load the \xfile{french.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{acadie-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acadie}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{acadie-f.png}}}}} -% langue \lopt{acadian} (acadien)\,\FAC{} est simplement du franчais, -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*acadian> -\ProvidesFile{acadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Acadien'' language: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~acadien~>>: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{acadie-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acadia}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{acadie-f.png}}}}} -% ``\lopt{acadien}'' language\,\FAC{} -% is just french (``\texttt{acadien}'' is the french term for ``\texttt{acadian}''), so we load the \xfile{french.mld} -% file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{acadie-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acadie}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{acadie-f.png}}}}} -% <<~\lopt{acadien}~>>\,\FAC{} -% est simplement du franчais (<<~\texttt{acadien}~>> est le terme franчais pour <<~\texttt{acadian}~>>, en anglais), -% donc nous chargons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*acadien> -\ProvidesFile{acadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Afrikaan'' language: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.382958802\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.617041199\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-l.pdf}\ixgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-p.pdf}\ixgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Afrikaans language areas]{Afrikaans language areas (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+afrsud} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue afrikaans]{Rщgions de la langue afrikaans (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+afrsud} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{33.33333333mm} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles\ixgrfl{south-africa-f.png}\ixgrfl{namibia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_Africa}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{south-africa-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Namibia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{namibia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{afrikaan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in South Africa and Namibia, it has dutch origins; compare with -% section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}. -% See also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}. See figure~\vref{f+afrsud}.} -% come from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \lneed{5} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{south-africa-f.png}\ixgrfl{namibia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Afrique_du_Sud}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{south-africa-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Namibie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{namibia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe en Afrique du Sud et en Namibie, elle a des origines -% nщerlandaises; comparez avec la section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}. -% Voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}. Voir la -% figure~\vref{f+afrsud}.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} -% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*afrikaan> -\ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Afrikaan(s) titles from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L. -\def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% -\def\plftitle{Lys van figure}% -\def\plttitle{Lys van tabelle}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% -\def\mlftitle{Lys van figure}% -\def\mlttitle{Lys van tabelle}% -\def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% -\def\slftitle{Lys van figure}% -\def\slttitle{Lys van tabelle}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Afrikaans'' language: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~afrikaans~>>: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The term ``\lopt{afrikaans}'' is a synonym of ``\lopt{afrikaan}'', so we just load \xfile{afrikaan.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}): -% \or\relax -% Le terme <<~\lopt{afrikaans}~>> est un synonyme de <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>, -% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{afrikaan.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*afrikaans> -\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \setlength{\wkdim}{17.25352113mm} -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Albanian'' language: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{albania-f.png}\ixgrfl{macedonia-f.png}\ixgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}\ixgrfl{serbia-f2.png}\ixgrfl{kosovo-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{albania-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{macedonia-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montenegro}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{montenegro-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f2.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kosovo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kosovo-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% albanian language (\emph{shqip}) is spoken in Albania and some regions of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Kosovo; -% see figures~\vrefrange{f+albania}{f+alb2}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{albanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{albanian.dtx} file -% (with a contribution of \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}: -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{albania-f.png}\ixgrfl{macedonia-f.png}\ixgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}\ixgrfl{serbia-f2.png}\ixgrfl{kosovo-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{albania-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macщdonie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{macedonia-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montщnщgro}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{montenegro-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f2.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kosovo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kosovo-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue albanaise (\emph{shqip}) est parlщe en Albanie et quelques rщgions de Macщdoine, du Montenegro, -% de Serbie et du Kosovo; voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+albania}{f+alb2}. -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{albanian}~>> (albanais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{albanian.dtx} -% (avec une contribution de \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}: -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.468652038\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.531347962\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{albania.pdf}\ixgrf{albania.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{alba-eth.pdf}\ixgrf{alba-eth.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Albanian language areas]{Albanian language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+albania} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue albanaise]{Rщgions de la langue albanaise -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+albania} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kos-alb.png}\ixgrf{kos-alb.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kos-ml.png}\ixgrf{kos-ml.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Language areas in Kosovo]{Language areas in Kosovo -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/Kosovo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+kosovo} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Les langues au Kosovo]{Les langues au Kosovo -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/Kosovo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+kosovo} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{alb2.png}\ixgrf{alb2.png} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Albanian dialects]{Albanian dialects (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albanian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+alb2} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes albanais]{Dialectes albanais (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albanian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+alb2} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*albanian> -\ProvidesFile{albanian.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Albanian titles from albabian.dtx (babel). -%% Adi Zaimi (zami1st at yahoo.com / adizaimi at yahoo.com). -\def\ptctitle{P\"ermbajta}% -\def\plftitle{Figurat}% -\def\plttitle{Tabelat}% -\def\mtctitle{P\"ermbajta}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurat}% -\def\mltitle{Tabelat}% -\def\stctitle{P\"ermbajta}% -\def\slftitle{Figurat}% -\def\slttitle{Tabelat}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{13.15625mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``American'' language: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~american~>>: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{usa-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% ``\lopt{american}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'' -% (the languages themselves have some differences, -% like the hyphenation rules, some spellings and phonetics), -% so we just load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{usa-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{american}~>> (amщricain) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>> -% (les langues elles-mъmes ont quelques diffщrences, -% par exemple les rшgles de coupure des mots, l'orthographe et la prononciation), -% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} (voir -% la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*american> -\ProvidesFile{american.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Arab'' language: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arab~>>: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{arabw.png}\ixgrf{arabw.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Countries where the arabic language is official]{Countries where the arabic language is official -% (green: sole official language, blue: one of several official languages) -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+arabic} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Pays o∙ la langue arabe est officielle]{Pays o∙ la langue arabe est officielle -% (vert: seule langue officielle, bleu: une langue officielle parmi d'autres) -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+arabic} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!tpb] -% ^^A \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islam-pbc.png}\ixgrf{islam-pbc.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Percentage of muslims by country]{Percentage of muslims by country -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-pbc} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Pourcentage de musulmans par pays]{Pourcentage de musulmans par pays -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-pbc} -% \fi -% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islam-sw.pdf}\ixgrf{islam-sw.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The status of Islam by country]{The status of Islam by country -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-sw} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Statut de l'Islam par pays]{Statut de l'Islam par pays -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-sw} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A (ARAB -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% ^^A Asia -% \ixgrfl{bahrain-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{iraq-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{israel-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{jordan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kuwait-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lebanon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{libya-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{oman-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{palestine-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{qatar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{saudi-arabia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{sudan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{syria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uae-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{yemen-f.png}% -% ^^A Africa -% \ixgrfl{algeria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{chad-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{comoros-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{djibouti-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{eritrea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{egypt-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mauritania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{morocco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{nigeria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{somalia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tanzania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tunisia-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bahrain}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bahrain-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iraq}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{iraq-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israel}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{jordan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bahrain}&\textbf{Iraq}&\textbf{Israel}&\textbf{Jordan}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kuwait}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kuwait-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lebanon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lebanon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lybia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{libya-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oman}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{oman-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Kuwait}&\textbf{Lebanon}&\textbf{Lybia}&\textbf{Oman}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palestinian_National_Authority}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{palestine-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qatar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{qatar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{saudi-arabia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sudan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Palestine}&\textbf{Qatar}&\textbf{Saudi~Arabia}&\textbf{Sudan}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{syria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Arab_Emirates}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uae-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yemen}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{yemen-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Syria}&\textbf{United~Arab~Emirates}&\textbf{Yemen}&\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algeria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{algeria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chad}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{chad-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comoros}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{comoros-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Djibouti}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{djibouti-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Algeria}&\textbf{Chad}&\textbf{Comoros}&\textbf{Djibouti}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eritrea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eritrea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egypt}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{egypt-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauritania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mauritania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Morocco}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{morocco-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Eritrea}&\textbf{Egypt}&\textbf{Mauritania}&\textbf{Morocco}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nigeria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nigeria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Somalia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{somalia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanzania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tanzania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tunisia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Nigeria}&\textbf{Somalia}&\textbf{Tanzania}&\textbf{Tunisia}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Arabophone countries in Asia and Africa]{Arabophone countries in Asia and Africa -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arab} and~\cite[page~664]{comrie1990})\hfill\null}\label{f+arabo-sp-c} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% ^^A Asia -% \ixgrfl{bahrain-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{iraq-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{israel-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{jordan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kuwait-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lebanon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{libya-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{oman-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{palestine-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{qatar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{saudi-arabia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{sudan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{syria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uae-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{yemen-f.png}% -% ^^A Africa -% \ixgrfl{algeria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{chad-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{comoros-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{djibouti-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{eritrea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{egypt-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mauritania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{morocco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{nigeria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{somalia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tanzania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tunisia-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bahrain}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bahrain-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irak}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{iraq-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israыl}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{jordan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bahrain}&\textbf{Irak}&\textbf{Israыl}&\textbf{Jordanie}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Koweяt}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kuwait-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liban}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lebanon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libye}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{libya-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oman}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{oman-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Koweяt}&\textbf{Liban}&\textbf{Libye}&\textbf{Oman}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palestine_(╔tat_revendiquщ)}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{palestine-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qatar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{qatar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabie_saoudite}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{saudi-arabia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soudan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sudan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Palestine}&\textbf{Qatar}&\textbf{Arabie~saoudite}&\textbf{Soudan}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syrie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{syria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔mirats_arabes_unis}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uae-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yщmen}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{yemen-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Syrie}&\textbf{╔mirats~arabes~unis}&\textbf{Yщmen}&\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algщrie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{algeria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tchad}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{chad-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comores}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{comoros-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Djibouti}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{djibouti-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Algщrie}&\textbf{Tchad}&\textbf{Comores}&\textbf{Djibouti}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔rythrщe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eritrea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔gypte}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{egypt-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauritanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mauritania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maroc}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{morocco-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{╔rythrщe}&\textbf{╔gypte}&\textbf{Mauritanie}&\textbf{Maroc}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nigщria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nigeria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Somalie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{somalia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanzanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tanzania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tunisia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Nigщria}&\textbf{Somalie}&\textbf{Tanzanie}&\textbf{Tunisie}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays arabophones en Asie et Afrique]{Pays arabophones en Asie et Afrique -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_pays_de_langue_arabe} et~\cite[page~664]{comrie1990})\hfill\null}\label{f+arabo-sp-c} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A ARAB) -% \par\reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{arab-l.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{16mm}[28.15mm][-16mm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{arab-l.jpg}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{arab}'' language (\textsf{al-'Arabiyyah}) are taken -% from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} -% (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{arab-l.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{16mm}[28.15mm][-16mm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{arab-l.jpg}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab}~>> (arabe) (\textsf{al-'Arabiyyah}) sont tirщs -% du paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} -% (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The arabic language is spoken in: -% Algeria, Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Mauritania, Morocco, Oman, Palestinian territories, -% Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, United Arab Emirates, Western Sahara, Yemen by a majority; it is also -% the liturgical language of Islam (see figures~\vrefrange{f+islam-pbc}{f+islam-sw}). -% \or\relax -% La langue arabe est parlщe dans les pays suivants: -% Algщrie, Bahrain, ╔gypte, Irak, Jordanie, Koweяt, Liban, Libye, Mauritanie, Maroc, Oman, Territoires Palestiniens, -% Qatar, Arabie Saoudite, Soudan, Syrie, Tunisie, ╔mirats Arabes Unis, Sahara Occidental, Yщmen par une -% majoritщ de la population; c'est aussi la langue liturgique de l'Islam -% (voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+islam-pbc}{f+islam-sw}).\looseness=-1 -% \fi -% \par\normalmarginpar -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*arab> -\ProvidesFile{arab.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Arabic titles. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex) -\def\ptctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% -\def\plftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% -\def\plttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% -\def\mtctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% -\def\mlftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% -\def\mlttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% -\def\stctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% -\def\slftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% -\def\slttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Arab2'' language: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcArabTok} -% \begin{macro}{\tcArabTok} -% \begin{macro}{\a@tok} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{arab2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} -% (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts. -% It is a variant of the ``\lopt{arab}'' language. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab2}~>> (arabe, variante) sont tirщs du -% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), -% qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*arab2> -\ProvidesFile{arab2.mld}[2006/03/31]% -%% Arabic titles. Variant. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex) -{\makeatletter\global\let\mtcArabTok\a@tok}% -\def\ptctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% -\def\plftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% -\def\plttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% -\def\mtctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% -\def\mlftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% -\def\mlttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% -\def\stctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% -\def\slftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% -\def\slttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Arabi'' language: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arabi~>>: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\R} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{arabi}'' language are taken from the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi} -% (by \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), -% which should be used, with the associated fonts. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arabi}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} -% (par \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*arabi> -\ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27]% -%% Arabic titles (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi) -%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, by Youssef Jabri) -\def\ptctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% -\def\plftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% -\def\plttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% -\def\mtctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% -\def\mlftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% -\def\mlttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% -\def\stctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% -\def\slftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% -\def\slttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Arabic'' language: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arabic~>>: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{arabic}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{arab}'', so we just load \xfile{arab.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{arabic}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{arab}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{arab.mld} -% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*arabic> -\ProvidesFile{arabic.mld}[2005/02/10]\mtcselectlanguage{arab}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Armenian'' language: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{armeniar.jpg}\ixgrf{armeniar.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{caucasus.pdf}\ixgrf{caucasus.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Armenia and languages of Caucasus]{Armenia and languages of Caucasus -% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- -% and -% \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} by \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, -% link found from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+armenia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Armщnie et langues du Caucase]{Armщnie et langues du Caucase -% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- -% et -% \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} par \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, -% lien trouvщ dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+armenia} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{armeniad.pdf}\ixgrf{armeniad.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The Armenian diaspora]{The Armenian diaspora (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenian_diaspora})\hfill\null}\label{f+armeniad} -% \or\relax -% \caption[La diaspora armщnienne]{La diaspora armщnienne (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diaspora_armщnienne})\hfill\null}\label{f+armeniad} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{6.213285133mm} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{armenian-l.png}\ixgrfl{armenia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenian_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenian-l.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{armenian}'' language (\emph{hayeren}) are taken from the \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} package~\cite{armtex} -% (by \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), which should be -% used, with the associated fonts. -% The armenian language is spoken in Armenia, in a part of Azerbaidjan and in the armenian diaspora; -% see figures~\vrefrange{f+armenia}{f+armeniad}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{armenian-l.png}\ixgrfl{armenia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armщnien}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenian-l.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armщnie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{armenian}~>> (armщnien, \emph{hayeren}) sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} -% (de \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), -% qui devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes associщes. -% La langue armщnienne est parlщe en Armщnie, dans une partie de l'Azerbaяdjan et dans la diaspora armщnienne; -% voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+armenia}{f+armeniad}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*armenian> -\ProvidesFile{armenian.mld}[1999/06/28]% -%% Armenian titles from ArmTeX. Sergueя Dachian (Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr), -%% Arnak Dalalyan & Vartan Akopian -\def\ptctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% -\def\plftitle{Patkerneri cank}% -\def\plttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% -\def\mtctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% -\def\mlftitle{Patkerneri cank}% -\def\mlttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% -\def\stctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% -\def\slftitle{Patkerneri cank}% -\def\slttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Australian'' language: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~australian~>>: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \ixgrfl{australia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{australia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% ``\lopt{australian}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{australia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{australia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{australian}~>> (australien) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*australian> -\ProvidesFile{australian.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Austrian'' language: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~austrian~>>: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For\ixgrfl{austria-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Austria}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{austria-f.png}}}}} -% the mini-table titles, the ``\lopt{austrian}'' language is like the ``\lopt{german}'' language, so we load -% \xfile{german.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+german}): -% \or\relax -% Pour\ixgrfl{austria-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autriche}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{austria-f.png}}}}} -% les titres des mini-tables, la langue <<~\lopt{austrian}~>> (autrichien) est comme la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> -% (allemand), donc nous chargeons \xfile{german.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+german}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*austrian> -\ProvidesFile{austrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{german}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bahasa'' language: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bahasa~>>: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{bahasa}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{bahasa}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bahasa> -\ProvidesFile{bahasa.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bahasai'' language: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bahasai~>>: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.321112516\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.678887484\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia1.pdf}\ixgrf{indonesia1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia2.pdf}\ixgrf{indonesia2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Indonesia]{Indonesia (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} and -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+indonesia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Indonщsie]{Indonщsie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} et -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+indonesia} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{indonesia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{indonesia-f.png}}}}} -% of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasai}'' language\,\footnote{Bahasa is spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, -% with different pronunciations and titles but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant. See -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are -% taken from the file \xfile{bahasa.dtx} (by \name{JЎrg}{Knappen} and \name{Terry}{Mart}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}. -% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. The word ``bahasa'' means ``language'' in bahasa. -% For other names for this language, see sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa} and \vrefrange{s+mld+indon}{s+mld+indonesian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{indonesia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonщsie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{indonesia-f.png}}}}} -% des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>\,\footnote{Le bahasa est parlщ en Indonщsie et en Malaisie, -% avec des prononciations et des titres diffщrents mais avec la mъme щcriture. Bahasai est la variante indonщsienne. -% Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.} -% (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{bahasa.dtx} (de \name{JЎrg}{Knappen} -% et \name{Terry}{Mart}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}. -% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. Le mot л~bahasa~╗ signifie -% л~langage~╗ en bahasa. Pour d'autres noms pour cette langue, voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa} et -% \vrefrange{s+mld+indon}{s+mld+indonesian}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bahasai> -\ProvidesFile{bahasai.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Bahasa Indonesia titles from bahasa.dtx in the babel package. -%% Knappen, JЎrg & Mart, Terry -\def\ptctitle{Daftar Isi}% -\def\plftitle{Daftar Gambar}% -\def\plttitle{Daftar Tabel}% -\def\mtctitle{Daftar Isi}% -\def\mlftitle{Daftar Gambar}% -\def\mlttitle{Daftar Tabel}% -\def\stctitle{Daftar Isi}% -\def\slftitle{Daftar Gambar}% -\def\slttitle{Daftar Tabel}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{18} -% \section{``Bahasam'' language: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} -% \or\relax -% \lneed{20} -% \section{Langue <<~bahasam~>>: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.293413174\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.706586826\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!hb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia1.pdf}\ixgrf{malaysia1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia2.pdf}\ixgrf{malaysia2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Malaysia]{Malaysia (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+malaysia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Malaisie]{Malaisie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+malaysia} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{4} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{meyalu.png}\ixgrfl{malaysia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malay_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{meyalu.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malaysia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malaysia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasam}'' language (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with -% different pronunciations and titles -% but the same writing. Bahasam is the malaysian variant.} are taken from the file \xfile{bahasam.dtx} -% (by \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}, \name{Terry}{Mart} and \name{Bob}{Margolis}) -% in the -% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasam}. -% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. For other names for this language, see -% sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} and~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{meyalu.png}\ixgrfl{malaysia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malais}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{meyalu.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malaisie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malaysia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>> (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Parlщe en Indonщsie et en Malaisie, avec des -% prononciations et des titres diffщrents mais avec la mъme щcriture. Bahasam est la variante malaisienne.} sont -% tirщs du fichier \xfile{bahasam.dtx} -% (de \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}, \name{Terry}{Mart} et \name{Bob}{Margolis}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasam}. -% Des -% fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. Pour d'autres noms pour cette -% langue, voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} et~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bahasam> -\ProvidesFile{bahasam.mld}[2006/12/19]% -%% Bahasa Malaysia titles from bahasam.dtx in the babel package -%% Knappen, JЎrg & Mart, Terry & Margolis, Bob -\def\ptctitle{Kandungan}% -\def\plftitle{Senarai Gambar}% -\def\plttitle{Senarai Jadual}% -\def\mtctitle{Kandungan}% -\def\mlftitle{Senarai Gambar}% -\def\mlttitle{Senarai Jadual}% -\def\stctitle{Kandungan}% -\def\slftitle{Senarai Gambar}% -\def\slttitle{Senarai Jadual}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \lneed{4} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bangla'' language: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld} -% \suppressfloats -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bangla~>>: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}% -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}% -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}% -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}% -% \begin{figure}[!ht] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla1.png}\ixgrf{bangla1.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla2.png}\ixgrf{bangla2.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Bangla (bengali) language areas]{Bangla (bengali) language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+bangla} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue bтnglт (bengalю)]{Rщgions de la langue bтnglт (bengalю) -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+bangla} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bengali-m.jpg}\ixgrf{bengali-m.jpg}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The bengalю diaspora]{The bengalю diaspora -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+bengali-m} -% \or\relax -% \caption[La diaspora bengalю]{La diaspora bengalю -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+bengali-m} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0pt} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \noindent\begin{samepage} -% The titles\ixgrf{bangla.png}\ixgrfl{bangladesh-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengalю}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bangla.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bangladesh-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' (\lopt{bengali}) language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India, -% like Occidental Bengal~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) and Tripura~(16); -% see figures~\vrefrange{f+bangla}{f+bengali-m}.} are taken from -% the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts -% (the bengali alphabet is derived from sanskrit). -% \par\end{samepage} -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{bangla.png}\ixgrfl{bangladesh-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengalю}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bangla.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bangladesh-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe au Bangladesh et dans certaines parties de -% l'Inde, comme le Bengale Occidental~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) et Tripura~(16); -% voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+bangla}{f+bengali-m}.} (\lopt{bengali}) sont simplement tirщs -% du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); -% ils ont besoin de fontes spщcifiques (l'alphabet bengalю est dщrivщ du sanskrit). -% \fi -% \par\normalmarginpar -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bangla> -\ProvidesFile{bangla.mld}[2006/03/31]% -%% Bangla titles from BangTeX. Needs specific fonts. -\def\ptctitle{suu\*c*ipotRo}% <----- -\def\plftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% -\def\plttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% -\def\mtctitle{suu\*c*i}% -\def\mlftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% -\def\mlttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% -\def\stctitle{suu\*c*i}% -\def\slftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% -\def\slttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Basque'' language: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~basque~>>: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque1.pdf}\ixgrf{basque1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque2.pdf}\ixgrf{basque2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The Basque country]{The Basque country -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} and -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+basque} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Pays Basque]{Pays Basque (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} et -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+basque} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque-de.png}\ixgrf{basque-de.png}% -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque-df.png}\ixgrf{basque-df.png}% -% \fi -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{euskara.png}\ixgrf{euskara.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The Basque dialects]{The Basque dialects -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basque_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+euskara} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes basques]{Dialectes basques -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_basque})\hfill\null}\label{f+euskara} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{14mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{eusk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basque_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eusk-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the basque country, in the north of Spain and -% south-west of France; see figure~\vref{f+basque}.} (\emph{euskara}) are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, by \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} -% and \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}, with help from \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}. -% It seems that 8~bits fonts are preferable. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{eusk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_basque}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eusk-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{basque}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe au Pays Basque, qui est situщ dans le nord de l'Espagne -% et le sud-ouest de la France; voir la figure~\vref{f+basque}.} (\emph{euskara}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage -% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, par \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} et \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}, avec -% l'aide de \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}. -% Il semble que des fontes 8-bits soient prщfщrables. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*basque> -\ProvidesFile{basque.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Basque titles from basque.dtx (babel). -%% Aguirregabiria, Juan M. WWW: http://tp.lc.ehu.es/jma.html -%% & Sanchez, Julio , -%% and help from Izaola Azkona, Zunbeltz -%% Needs special fonts. -\def\ptctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% -\def\plftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% -\def\plttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% -\def\mtctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% -\def\mlftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% -\def\mlttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% -\def\stctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% -\def\slftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% -\def\slttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bengali'' language: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bengali~>>: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{bengali}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language, so we load -% the file \xfile{bangla.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{bengali}~>> (bengalю) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>> (bтnglт), -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{bangla.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bengali> -\ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23]\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bicig'' language: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bicig~>>: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\bcg} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig} is a written form of the mongolian language. -% It is also known as Uighur or Bichig. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} are taken -% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig2}{s+mld+bicig3}, and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> est une forme щcrite de la langue mongole. -% Il est aussi connu sous le nom de ouяghour (\emph{uighur} en anglais) ou bichig. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig2}{s+mld+bicig3} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bicig> -\ProvidesFile{bicig.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Mongol (Bicig) titles needs mongol fonts -\def\ptctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% -\def\plftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% -\def\plttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mtctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% -\def\mlftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% -\def\mlttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\stctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% -\def\slftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% -\def\slttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bicig2'' language: \uxfile{bicig2.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig2}\ixfile{bicig2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig2}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig}, or uighur, is a written form of the mongolian language, -% \lopt{bicig2} is a variant. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur2}.} are taken -% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also -% sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, and~\vref{s+mld+bicig3}, and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bicig2~>>: \uxfile{bicig2.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig2}\ixfile{bicig2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig2}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>, ou ouяghour, est une forme щcrite de la langue mongole, -% \lopt{bicig2} en est une variante. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur2}.} sont -% tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, \vref{s+mld+bicig3} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bicig2> -\ProvidesFile{bicig2.mld}[2005/11/16]% -%% Mongol (Bicig2) titles (needs mongol fonts) -\def\ptctitle{garcag}% -\def\plftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% -\def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% -\def\mtctitle{garcag}% -\def\mlftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% -\def\mlttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% -\def\stctitle{garcag}% -\def\slftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% -\def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bicig3'' language: \uxfile{bicig3.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig3}\ixfile{bicig3.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig3}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig}, or uighur, is a written form of the mongolian language, \lopt{bicig3} is a -% variant. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur3}.} are taken -% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bicig2} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~bicig3~>>: \uxfile{bicig3.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig3}\ixfile{bicig3.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig3}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>, ou ouяghour, est une forme щcrite de la langue mongole, -% \lopt{bicig3} en est une variante. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont -% tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bicig2} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bicig3> -\ProvidesFile{bicig3.mld}[2006/03/31]% -%% Mongol (Bicig3) titles (needs mongol fonts) -\def\ptctitle{aguulag=a}% -\def\plftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% -\def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% -\def\mtctitle{aguulag=a}% -\def\mlftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% -\def\mlttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% -\def\stctitle{aguulag=a}% -\def\slftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% -\def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{41.11842105mm} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bithe'' language: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld} -% The titles\ixgrf{manjui.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchu_alphabet}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{manjui.png}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{bithe}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bithe} is a written form of the \lopt{manju} variant of the mongolian language.} are taken -% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% The Manju writing, or \emph{bithe} system is a close relative -% of the Mongolian system; the basical letter shapes are the -% same. Yet for Manju, a set of diacritics (\emph{dots and circles}) -% was designed to eliminate all the ambiguities of Mongolian. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bithe~>>: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld} -% Les titres\ixgrf{manjui.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchu_alphabet}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{manjui.png}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bithe}~>> est une forme щcrite de la -% variante <<~\lopt{manju}~>> de la langue mongole.} sont -% tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% L'щcriture Manju (Manchou), ou le systшme \emph{bithe}, est une proche -% parente du systшme Mongol; les formes de base des lettres sont les mъmes. Mais pour le Manju, un -% ensemble de signes diacritiques (\emph{points et cercles}) a -% щtщ conчu pour щliminer toutes les ambiguяtщs du Mongol. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.386473430\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.613526570\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{manchuria.jpg}\ixgrf{manchuria.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{manjuc.jpg}\ixgrf{manjuc.jpg}% -% \\ -% -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{manchu.jpg}\ixgrf{manchu.jpg}} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Manchuria]{Manchuria (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchuria} -% and \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org/turan/manchu/manchuria.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+manju} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Mandchourie]{Mandchourie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchuria} -% et \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org/turan/manchu/manchuria.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+manju} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Figure\vref{f+manju} shows the extent of Manchuria according -% to definition~1 (dark red) -% below, definition~3 (dark plus medium red) and definition~4 (dark -% plus medium plus light red): -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item Northeast China: generally defined as the three -% provinces of Heilongjiang, Jilin and Liaoning. -% \item The above, plus part of northeastern Inner Mongolia. -% \item The above, plus the Jehol region of Hebei -% province. The part of Manchuria in China is called -% Inner Manchuria to contrast it with -% Outer Manchuria (see below). -% \item The above, plus Outer Manchuria or Russian Manchuria, -% a region in Russia that stretches from the Amur and -% Ussuri rivers to the Stanovoy Mountains and the -% Sea of Japan. Russian Far East comprises Primorsky Krai, -% southern Khabarovsk Krai, the Jewish Autonomous Oblast -% and Amur Oblast. These were part of Manchu China -% according to the Treaty of Nerchinsk of 1689, but were -% ceded to Russia by the Treaty of Aigun (1858). -% \item The above, plus Sakhalin Oblast, which is generally -% included on Chinese maps as part of Outer Manchuria, -% even though it is not explicitly mentioned in the -% Treaty of Nerchinsk. -% \end{enumerate} -% Outer Manchuria is in light red on this map. Some also -% consider the island of Sakhalin to be part of Outer -% Manchuria. -% \or\relax -% La figure~\vref{f+manju} montre l'щtendue de la Mandchourie -% selon la dщfinition~1 (rouge -% sombre) ci-dessous, la dщfinition~3 (rouge sombre plus rouge -% moyen) et la dщfinition~4 (rouge sombre plus rouge moyen plus -% rouge clair): -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item Chine du Nord-Est: gщnщralement dщfinie comme щtant -% formщe des trois provinces de Heilongjiang, Jilin et Liaoning. -% \item Comme ci-dessus, plus une partie du nord-est de la -% Mongolie Intщrieure. -% \item Comme ci-dessus, plud la rщgion de Jehol de la province -% de Hebei. La partie de la Mandchourie situщe en Chine -% est appelщe Mandchourie Intщrieure par opposition р~la -% Mandchourie Extщrieure (voir ci-dessous). -% \item Comme ci-dessus, plus la Mandchourie Extщrieure ou -% Mandchourie Russe, une rщgion situщe en Russie et qui -% s'щtend des riviшres Amur et Ussuri jusqu'aux Monts -% Stanovoy et р~la Mer du Japon. L'Extrъme Orient Russe -% comprent le Primorsky Krai, le Khabarovsk Krai du sud, -% l'Oblast Juif Autonome et l'Oblast de l'Amur. Ces -% rщgions faisaient partie de la Chine Mandchoue selon le -% Traitщ de Nerchinsk de 1689, mais furent cщdщes р~la -% Russie par le Traitщ de Aigun (1858); -% \item Comme ci-dessus, plus l'Oblast de Sakhalin, qui est -% gщnщralement inclus sur la cartes de Chine comme faisant -% partie de la Mandchourie Extщrieure, mъme s'il n'est pas -% mentionnщ explicitement dans le Traitщ de Nerchinsk. -% \end{enumerate} -% La Mandchourie Extщrieure est en rouge clair sur cette carte. -% Certains considшrent l'юle de Sakhalin comme faisant partie de la -% Mandchourie Extщrieure. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bithe> -\ProvidesFile{bithe.mld}[2005/11/16]% -%% Manju (bithe) titles (needs mongol fonts) -\def\ptctitle{garcag}% -\def\plftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% -\def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% -\def\mtctitle{garcag}% -\def\mlftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% -\def\mlttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% -\def\stctitle{garcag}% -\def\slftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% -\def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Brazil'' language: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~brazil~>>: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \raisebox{-3.5mm}{\includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazilp.pdf}}\ixgrf{brazilp.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazil.pdf}\ixgrf{brazil.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Brazil]{Brazil (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})i\hfill\null}\label{f+brazil} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Brщsil]{Brщsil (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+brazil} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-b.png}\ixgrf{portu-b.png}% -% \IVC{\awidth}{portu-b.png}\ixgrf{portu-b.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \RaggedRight -% \begin{enumerate}[1.~] -% \item Caipira -- States of Sуo Paulo (countryside; -% the city of Sуo Paulo and the eastern areas of the -% state have their own dialect, called paulista); -% southern Minas Gerais, northern Paranс, Goiсs and -% Mato Grosso do Sul. -% \item Cearense -- Cearс. -% \item Baiano -- Bahia. -% \item Fluminense -- Variants spoken in the states of Rio de -% Janeiro and Espэrito Santo (excluding the -% city of Rio de Janeiro and its adjacent -% metropolitan areas, which have their own -% dialect, called carioca). -% \item Ga·cho -- Rio Grande do Sul. (There are many distinct accents -% in Rio Grande do Sul, mainly due to the heavy -% influx of European immigrants of diverse origins, those which have -% settled several colonies throughout the state.) -% \item Mineiro -- Minas Gerais (not prevalent in the Triтngulo Mineiro, -% southern and southeastern Minas Gerais). -% \item Nordestino -- northeastern states -% of Brazil (Pernambuco and Rio Grande do Norte have a -% particular way of speaking). -% \item Nortista -- Amazon Basin states. -% \item Paulistano -- Variants spoken around Sуo Paulo -% city and the eastern areas of Sуo Paulo state. -% \item Sertanejo -- States of Goiсs and Mato Grosso -% (the city of Cuiabс has a particular way of speaking). -% \item Sulista -- Variants spoken in the areas between the northern -% regions of Rio Grande do Sul and southern -% regions of Sуo Paulo state. (The cities of Curitiba, -% Florianєpolis, and Itapetininga have fairly distinct accents -% as well.) -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Dialects of Portuguese in Brazil]{Dialects of Portuguese in Brazil -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-b} -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-b.png}\ixgrf{portu-b.png}% -% \IVC{\awidth}{portu-b.png}\ixgrf{portu-b.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize -% \RaggedRight -% \begin{enumerate}[1.~] -% \item Caipira -- ╔tats de Sуo Paulo (campagne; -% la citщ de Sуo Paulo et les zones de l'est de l'щtat ont -% leur propre dialecte, appelщ \emph{paulista}); -% le sud de Minas Gerais, le nord du Paranс, de Goiсs et -% le Mato Grosso do Sul. -% \item Cearense -- Cearс. -% \item Baiano -- Bahia. -% \item Fluminense -- Des variantes parlщes dans les щtas de Rio de -% Janeiro et Espэrito Santo (sauf la citщ de Rio de Janeiro -% et ses zones mщtropolitaines adjacentes, qui ont leur -% propre dialecte, appelщ \emph{carioca}). -% \item Ga·cho -- Rio Grande do Sul. (Il y~a de nombreux -% accents diffщrents dans Rio Grande do Sul, surtout -% р~cause du fort afflux d'immigrants europщens de -% diverses origines, ceux qui щtabli plusieurs colonies -% dans tout cet щtat.) -% \item Mineiro -- Minas Gerais (ne domine pas dans le -% \emph{Triтngulo Mineiro} ou л~Triangle Minier~╗, au sud -% et au sud-est de Minas Gerais). -% \item Nordestino -- ╔tats du nord-est du Brщsil (Pernambuco -% et Rio Grande do Norte ont une maniшre de parler -% particuliшre). -% \item Nortista -- ╔tats du bassin de l'Amazone. -% \item Paulistano -- Des variantes sont parlщes autour de -% la citщ de Sуo Paulo et dans les rщgions de l'est de -% l'щtat de Sуo Paulo. -% \item Sertanejo -- ╔tats de Goiсs et du Mato Grosso -% (la citщ de Cuiabс a une maniшre de parler particuliшre). -% \item Sulista -- Des variantes sont parlщes dans les -% zones entre les rщgions du nord de Rio Grande do Sul et -% celles du sud de l'щtat de Sуo Paulo. (Les citщs de Curitiba, -% Florianєpolis et Itapetininga ont aussi des accents -% assez distincts.) -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Dialectes du portugais au Brщsil]{Dialectes du portugais au Brщsil -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-b} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \setlength{\wkdim}{17.5mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{brazil-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazilian_Portuguese}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brazil-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language (\emph{portuguъs brasileiro} or -% \emph{portuguъs do Brasil})\,\footnote{It is the main portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note that these titles are -% \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed to brazilian translations. -% See section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file (for portugese titles by -% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) in the \pack{babel} -% package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{brazil-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazilian_Portuguese}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brazil-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brщsilien, \emph{portuguъs brasileiro} ou -% \emph{portuguъs do Brasil})\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais principal parlщ au Brщsil. -% Notez que ces -% titres sont \emph{diffщrents} au Brщsil et au Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} a contribuщ aux -% traductions brщsiliennes. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx} -% (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete} pour les titres portugais) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*brazil> -\ProvidesFile{brazil.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Portugues (brazil) titles, from portuges.dtx (babel) -%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro & "de Lima", Arnaldo Viegas -\def\ptctitle{Sum\'ario}% -\def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}% -\def\plttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% -\def\mtctitle{Sum\'ario}% -\def\mlftitle{Lista de Figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% -\def\stctitle{Sum\'ario}% -\def\slftitle{Lista de Figuras}% -\def\slttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Brazilian'' language: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~brazilian~>>: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{brazilian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{brazil}'', so we just load \xfile{brazil.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{brazilian}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{brazil}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{brazil.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*brazilian> -\ProvidesFile{brazilian.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{brazil}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Breton'' language: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~breton~>>: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bretagne.pdf}\ixgrf{bretagne.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Brittany]{Brittany (\url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+bretagne} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Bretagne]{Bretagne (\url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+bretagne} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{spilhennig.png}\ixgrfl{gwenn-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Breton_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{spilhennig.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Britanny}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gwenn-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language (\emph{brezhoneg})\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany; see -% figure~\vref{f+bretagne}. -% See also \url{http://www.ofis-bzh.org}, \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-fr.jpg} and -% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-br.jpg}.} are taken from the -% \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: -% \or\relax -% \lneed{2} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{spilhennig.png}\ixgrfl{gwenn-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Breton}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{spilhennig.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bretagne}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gwenn-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>> (\emph{brezhoneg})\,\footnote{Parlщe comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France); -% voir la figure~\vref{f+bretagne}. Voir aussi \url{http://www.ofis-bzh.org}, -% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-fr.jpg} et -% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-br.jpg}.} -% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{breton.dtx} (de \name{Christian}{Rolland}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*breton> -\ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Breton titles from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian -\def\ptctitle{Taolenn}% -\def\plftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% -\def\plttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% -\def\mtctitle{Taolenn}% -\def\mlftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% -\def\mlttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% -\def\stctitle{Taolenn}% -\def\slftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% -\def\slttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``British'' language: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~british~>>: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{uk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Britain}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}}} -% ``\lopt{british}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{uk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grande_Bretagne}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{british}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*british> -\ProvidesFile{british.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bulgarian'' language: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bulgarian~>>: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.317738791\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.682261209\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgmap.png}\ixgrf{bulgmap.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgariar.jpg}\ixgrf{bulgariar.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Bulgaria]{Bulgaria (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria} -% and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)\hfill\null}\label{f+bulgaria} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Bulgarie]{Bulgarie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria} -% et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)\hfill\null}\label{f+bulgaria} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\cyr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{bulgarski.png}\ixgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgarian_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgarski.png}}\\*[2mm]% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgaria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgaria-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{bulgarian}'' language (\emph{b\u{a}lgarski}) are taken from the \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} -% (adapted from russian by \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) file in the -% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; they require -% specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{bulgarski.png}\ixgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgare}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgarski.png}}\\*[2mm]% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgarie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgaria-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarian}~>> (bulgare, \emph{b\u{a}lgarski}) sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} (adaptщ du russe par \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) dans le -% paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; ils ont -% besoin de fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bulgarian> -\ProvidesFile{bulgarian.mld}[2007/03/08]% -%% Bulgarian titles from bulgarian.dtx (babel) (needs special cyrillic fonts) -%% by Boshnakov, Georgi N. -\def\ptctitle{% - {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % - \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% -\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % - \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% -\def\mtctitle{% - {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % - \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % - \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% -\def\stctitle{% - {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % - \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% -\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % - \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Bulgarianb'' language: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bulgarianb~>>: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\cyr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarianb}'' (upper bulgarian) language are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) -% of the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}; -% they require specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarianb}~>> (haut bulgare) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} -% (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}; -% ils requiшrent des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*bulgarianb> -\ProvidesFile{bulgarianb.mld}[2006/03/06]% -%% Upper bulgarian titles from russianb.dtx. Needs cyrillic fonts for upper bulgarian. -\def\ptctitle{% - {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\def\plftitle{% Figuri - {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% -\def\plttitle{% Tablici - {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% -\def\mtctitle{% Sydyrzhanie - {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\def\mlftitle{% Figurite - {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% -\def\mlttitle{% Tablici - {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% -\def\stctitle{% Sydyrzhanie - {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\def\slftitle{% Figuri - {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% -\def\slttitle{% Tablici - {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{13} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Buryat'' language: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~buryat~>>: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}[b]{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=.54054054\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 300 203]{buryatia.pdf}\ixgrf{buryatia.pdf}% -% &&% -% \includegraphics[width=.45945946\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 255 216]{buryatia-l.pdf}\ixgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}% -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Republic of Buryatia]{Republic of Buryatia (\url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})}\label{f+buryat} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщpublique de Buryatie]{Rщpublique de Buryatie (\url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})}\label{f+buryat} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \begin{macro}{\mnr} -% \begin{macro}{\sh} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{bur-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buryat_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bur-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in some regions of Mongolia and in the Buryatia republic, near -% Lake Baikal. See figure~\vref{f+buryat}.} are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. -% This language requires specific fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{bur.pdf}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buryat_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bur-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat}~>>\,\footnote{Parlщe dans certaines rщgions de la Mongolie et dans la rщpublique -% de Buryatie, prшs du lac Baяkal. Voir la figure~\vref{f+buryat}.} (bouriate) sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*buryat> -\ProvidesFile{buryat.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Buryat titles. Needs special fonts. -\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% -\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\stctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% -\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Buryat2'' language: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~buryat2~>>: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mnr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat2}'' language (a variant for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language, see section~\vref{s+mld+buryat}) -% are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat2}~>> (une variante du langage л~\lopt{buryat}~╗, voir la section~\vref{s+mld+buryat}) -% sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue -% requiert des fontes spщcifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*buryat2> -\ProvidesFile{buryat2.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Buryat2 titles. Needs special fonts. -\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% -\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\stctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% -\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Canadian'' language: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~canadian~>>: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-5mm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}} -% \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[c]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% Province&Official\\ -% &language(s)\\ -% \midrule -% Alberta&english\\ -% British-Columbia&english\\ -% Island-of-Prince-Edward&english\\ -% Manitoba&english\\ -% New-Brunswick&english-french\\ -% New-Scotland&english\\ -% Ontario&english\\ -% Quщbec&french\\ -% Satkatchewan&english\\ -% Newfoundland&english\\ -% Federal territories&english-french\\ -% Federal government&english-french\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada.pdf}\ixgrf{canada.pdf} -% \IVC{\awidth}{canada.pdf}\ixgrf{canada.pdf} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Official languages in Canada]{Official languages in Canada -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada} -% \or\relax -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}} -% \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[c]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% Province&Langue(s) officielle(s)\\ -% \midrule -% Alberta&anglais\\ -% Colombie-britannique&anglais\\ -% ╬le-du-Prince-╔douard&anglais\\ -% Manitoba&anglais\\ -% Nouveau-Brunswick&anglais-franчais\\ -% Nouvelle-╔cosse&anglais\\ -% Ontario&anglais\\ -% Quщbec&franчais\\ -% Satkatchewan&anglais\\ -% Terre-Neuve&anglais\\ -% Territoires fщdщraux&anglais-franчais\\ -% Gouvernement fщdщral&anglais-franчais\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada.pdf}\ixgrf{canada.pdf} -% \IVC{\awidth}{canada.pdf}\ixgrf{canada.pdf} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Langues officielles au Canada]{Langues officielles au Canada -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure} -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada1.pdf}\ixgrf{canada1.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Canada]{Canada (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/cia07/canada_sm_2007.gif} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada1} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Canada]{Canada (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/cia07/canada_sm_2007.gif} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada1} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \afterpage{\clearpage} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pe.png}\ixgrf{canada-pe.png} -% \caption[Political map of Canada]{Political map of Canada -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Provinces_and_territories_of_Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-p} -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pf.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-pf.pdf} -% \caption[Carte politique du Canada]{Carte politique du Canada -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-p} -% \fi -% -% \vspace*{\baselineskip} -% -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-l.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-l.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Linguistic map of Canada]{Linguistic map of Canada -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-l} -% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Carte linguistique du Canada]{Carte linguistique du Canada -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-l} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \vspace*{-3\baselineskip} -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{canada-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Canada}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% ``\lopt{canadian}'' language \textcolor{red}{(note the final ``i\emph{a}n'')} is just the \loptd{english} language spoken -% in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{canada-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Canada}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{canadian}~>> \textcolor{red}{(notez le <<~i\emph{a}n~>> final)} est simplement la langue \emph{anglaise} -% (\loptd{english}) parlщe au Canada. -% Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*canadian> -\ProvidesFile{canadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Canadien'' language: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~canadien~>>: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{canada-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Canada}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% ``\lopt{canadien}'' language \textcolor{red}{(note the final ``i\emph{e}n'')} is just the \lopt{french} language spoken -% in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{canada-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Canada}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{canadien}~>> \textcolor{red}{(notez le <<~i\emph{e}n~>> final)} est simplement la langue \emph{franчaise} -% (\lopt{french}) parlщe au Canada. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la -% section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*canadien> -\ProvidesFile{canadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{19.14587332mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Castillan'' language: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~castillan~>>: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{castillan}'' language is better known as ``\lopt{spanish}'',\ixgrfl{castille-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Castille}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{castille-f.png}}}}} -% but is spoken mainly in Castile, -% a part of central Spain. We -% just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> est mieux connue sous le nom de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> -% (espagnol),\ixgrfl{castille-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Castille}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{castille-f.png}}}}} -% mais est parlщe principalement -% en Castille, une partie du centre de l'Espagne. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*castillan> -\ProvidesFile{castillan.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Castillian'' language: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~castillian~>>: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ``Castillian'' is just the english name for ``castillan'', so -% we just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): -% \or\relax -% <<~Castillian~>> est juste le nom anglais du castillan, donc -% nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*castillian> -\ProvidesFile{castillian.mld}[2005/07/01]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Catalan'' language: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~catalan~>>: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.502354788\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.497645212\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-d.pdf}\ixgrf{catalan-d.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-p.pdf}\ixgrf{catalan-p.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Catalan language areas]{Catalan language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+catalan} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue catalane]{Rщgions de la langue catalane -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; -% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+catalan} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{3} -% The titles\ixgrfl{catalonia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{catalonia-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{catalan}'' language (\emph{catalр, valenciр})\,\footnote{Spoken in Catalunya, the eastern part of Spain, -% around Barcelona, and in Roussillon, in France. See figure~\vref{f+catalan}.} -% are taken from the \xfile{catalan.dtx} file (adapted from spanish by \name{Gonчal}{Badenes} and \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{catalonia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{catalonia-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{catalan}~>> (\emph{catalр, valenciр})\,\footnote{Parlщe en Catalogne, -% la partie orientale de l'Espagne, autour -% de Barcelone, et dans le Roussillon, en France. Voir la figure~\vref{f+catalan}.} sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adaptщ de l'espagnol par \name{Gonчal}{Badenes} -% et \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*catalan> -\ProvidesFile{catalan.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Catalan titles from catalan.dtx (babel) (Badenes, Gonчal) -\def\ptctitle{\'Index}% -\def\plftitle{\'Index de figures}% -\def\plttitle{\'Index de taules}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{\'Index}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Taules}% -\def\stctitle{\'Index}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Taules}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Chinese1'' language: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hanzi.png}\ixgrf{hanzi.png}% -% \IVC[55mm]{\awidth}{hanzi.png}\ixgrf{hanzi.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c][4\baselineskip]{\bwidth}\small\RaggedRight -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Left: "Chinese character" in hрnzь (Traditional Chinese);\newline -% Right: "Chinese character" in Simplified Chinese. -% \or\relax -% Gauche: \og Caractшre chinois\fg en hрnzь (chinois traditionnel);\newline -% Droite: \og Caractшre chinois\fg en chinois simplifiщ. -% \fi -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Traditional and simplified Chinese versions of the Chinese word hрnzь]{Traditional and simplified -% Chinese versions of the Chinese word hрnzь -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+hanzi} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Versions en chinois traditionnel et simplifiщ du mot chinois hрnzь]{Versions en chinois traditionnel et -% simplifiщ du mot chinois hрnzь -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+hanzi} -% \fi -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-ch.png}\ixgrf{china-ch.png}\\{}\small -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Areas using only Chinese characters in green; in conjunction with other scripts, dark green;\ABK maximum -% extent of historic % usage, light green (does not include other territories annexed by Japan in World War~II). -% \or\relax -% Rщgions n'utilisant que des caractшres chinois: en vert; en conjonction avec d'autres щcritures: en vert foncщ; -% extension maximale de l'utilisation historique: en vert clair (n'inclut pas d'autres territoires annexщs par le -% Japon pendant la seconde guerre mondiale). -% \fi -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Areas using Chinese characters]{Areas using Chinese characters -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_character})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-ch} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions utilisant des caractшres chinois]{Rщgions utilisant des caractшres chinois -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_character})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-ch} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.651554404\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.348445596\iwidth} -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine1.pdf}\ixgrf{chine1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine2.pdf}\ixgrf{chine2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in China]{Languages in China (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+chine} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues en Chine]{Langues en Chine (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+chine} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-ae.png}\ixgrf{china-ae.png} -% \caption[People's Republic of China (PRC)]{People's Republic of China (PRC) -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PRC})\hfill\null}\label{f+PRC} -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-af.png}\ixgrf{china-af.png} -% \caption[Rщpublique Populaire de Chine (RPC)]{Rщpublique Populaire de Chine (RPC) -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_populaire_de_Chine})\hfill\null}\label{f+PRC} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-l.pdf}\ixgrf{china-l.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Dialects in China]{Dialects in China -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-l} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes en Chine]{Dialectes en Chine -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-l} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.25mm} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There\ixgrf{china-w.png}\ixgrfl{taiwan-f.png}\ixgrfl{china-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{china-w.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/China}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{china-f.png}}}\\ -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Republic_of_China}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{taiwan-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% are several variants for the chinese language. -% The ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cap} file -% in the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}. -% See~\cite{china-h} about the history of China and the chinese language. -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm}% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{chinese1.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Il y~a\ixgrf{china-w.png}\ixgrfl{china-f.png}\ixgrfl{taiwan-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{china-w.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{china-f.png}}}\\ -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_de_Chine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{taiwan-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% plusieurs variantes pour la langue chinoise. -% La langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> (chinois premiшre variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cap} du -% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}. -% Voir~\cite{china-h} sur l'histoire de la Chine et de la langue chinoise. -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese1.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*chinese1> -\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese1}% -%% From file Bg5.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e -%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -%% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5 -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Chinese2'' language: \uxmldo{chinese2}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~chinese2~>>: \uxmldo{chinese2.mld}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cpx} file in the \pack{CJK} -% system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{chinese2.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> (chinois seconde variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cpx} dans -% le systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Voir aussi la -% section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}. -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese2.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*chinese2> -\ProvidesFile{chinese2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese2}% -%% From file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e -%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -%% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5, preprocessed -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Croatian'' language: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~\lopt{croatian}~>>: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.556818182\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443181818\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatia-un.png}\ixgrf{croatia-un.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie2.png}\ixgrf{croatie2.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Croatia and minorities in Croatia]{Croatia and minorities in Croatia -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Croatia} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+croatie} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Croatie et minoritщs en Croatie]{Croatie et minoritщs en Croatie -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Croatia} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+croatie} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% ^^A \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xyugo.png}\ixgrf{xyugo.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Main nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia in 1998]{Main nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia in 1998 -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croate})\hfill\null}\label{f+xyugo} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Principales nationalitщs dans l'ex-Yougoslavie en 1998]{Principales nationalitщs dans l'ex-Yougoslavie en 1998 -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croate})\hfill\null}\label{f+xyugo} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{25mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{hrv.png}\ixgrfl{croatia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatian_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hrv.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{croatia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{croatian}'' language (\emph{hrvatski}) are taken from the file \xfile{croatian.dtx} file -% (by \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian} (see figures~\vrefrange{f+croatie}{f+xyugo}): -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{hrv.png}\ixgrfl{croatia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatian_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hrv.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{croatia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~croatian~>> (croate, \emph{hrvatski}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{croatian.dtx} -% (de \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian} (voir les -% figures~\vrefrange{f+croatie}{f+xyugo}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*croatian> -\ProvidesFile{croatian.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Croatian titles from croatian.dtx (babel). Pai\'{c}, Alan. -\def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% -\def\plftitle{Popis slika}% -\def\plttitle{Popis tablica}% -\def\mtctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% -\def\mlftitle{Popis slika}% -\def\mlttitle{Popis tablica}% -\def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% -\def\slftitle{Slike}% -\def\slttitle{Tablice}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Czech'' language: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~czech~>>: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz1.pdf}\ixgrf{cz1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz3.png}\ixgrf{cz3.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Czech Republic]{Czech Republic (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})\hfill\null}\label{f+cz} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщpublique Tchшque]{Rщpublique Tchшque (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})\hfill\null}\label{f+cz} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!tb] -% ^^A \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{czechd.pdf}\ixgrf{czechd.pdf}% -% \IVC[40mm]{\awidth}{czechd.pdf}\ixgrf{czechd.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[1.~] Czech group: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[1.a~] north-east czech subgroup, -% \item[1.b~] center czech subgroup. -% \item[1.c~] south-west czech subgroup, -% \item[1.d~] morave czech subgroup. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[2.~] Group of central Moravia. -% \item[3.~] Group of eastern Moravia. -% \item[4.~] Group of Silesia: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[4.a~] subgroup of moravian Silesia, -% \item[4.b~] subgroup of polish Silesia. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[5.~] Miscellaneous dialects. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Czech dialects]{Czech dialects (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tchшque})\hfill\null}\label{f+czechd} -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{czechd.pdf}\ixgrf{czechd.pdf}% -% \IVC[40mm]{\awidth}{czechd.pdf}\ixgrf{czechd.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[1.~] Groupe tchшque: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[1.a~] sous-groupe tchшque du nord-est, -% \item[1.b~] sous-groupe tchшque du centre, -% \item[1.c~] sous-groupe tchшque du sud-ouest, -% \item[1.d~] sous-groupe du tchшque morave. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[2.~] Groupe de la Moravie centrale. -% \item[3.~] Groupe de la Moravie de l'est. -% \item[4.~] Groupe de la Silщsie: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[4.a~] sous-groupe de la Silщsie morave, -% \item[4.b~] sous-groupe de la Silщsie polonaise. -% \end{itemize} -% \item[5.~] Dialectes divers. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Dialectes tchшques]{Dialectes tchшques (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tchшque})\hfill\null}\label{f+czechd} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{czech-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Czech_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{czech-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{czech}'' language (\emph{\v{c}e\v{s}tina, \v{c}esk\'{y} jazyk}) are taken from the file \xfile{czech.dtx} -% (contributions by \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{czech-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Czech_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{czech-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{czech}~>> (tchшque, \emph{\v{c}e\v{s}tina, \v{c}esk\'{y} jazyk}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{czech.dtx} -% (contributions de \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*czech> -\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04]% -%% Czech titles from czech.dtx (babel). Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V. -\def\ptctitle{Obsah}% -\def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% -\def\plttitle{Seznam tabulek}% -\def\mtctitle{Obsah}% -\def\mlftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% -\def\mlttitle{Seznam tabulek}% -\def\stctitle{Obsah}% -\def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% -\def\slttitle{Seznam tabulek}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Danish'' language: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~danish~>>: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.362204724\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.637795276\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danemark.jpg}\ixgrf{danemark.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{feroe.jpg}\ixgrf{feroe.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Denmark and Faeroe Islands]{Denmark and Faeroe Islands -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} and -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+denmark} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Danemark et ╬les Fщroщ]{Danemark et ╬les Fщroщ -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} et -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ddenmark} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishd.pdf}\ixgrf{danishd.pdf}}\\% -% \\*[1\baselineskip]% -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishg.pdf}\ixgrf{danishg.pdf}% -% \IVC[80mm]{\awidth}{danishg.pdf}\ixgrf{danishg.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize -% The distribution of one, two, and three grammatical genders in Danish dialects. -% In Zealand (\emph{Sjцlland}) the transition from three to two genders has happened fairly recently. -% West of the red line the definite article goes before the word as in English or German; -% east of the line it takes the form of a suffix. -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Danish dialects]{Danish dialects (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+danishd} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishd.pdf}\ixgrf{danishd.pdf}}\\% -% \\*[1\baselineskip]% -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishg.pdf}\ixgrf{danishg.pdf}% -% \IVC[80mm]{\awidth}{danishg.pdf}\ixgrf{danishg.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize -% La distribution d'un, deux et trois genres grammaticaux dans les dialectes danois. En Sealand (\emph{Sjцlland}) la -% transition de trois р~deux genres s'est produite assez rщcemment. └~l'ouest de la ligne rouge, l'article dщfini -% se place avant le mot comme en anglais ou en allemend; р~l'est de la ligne, il prend la forme d'un suffixe. -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Dialectes danois]{Dialectes danois (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+danishd} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \setlength{\wkdim}{18.9189892mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{dane-f.png}\ixgrfl{faroe-f.png}\ixgrfl{greenland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danish_Language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dane-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Faroe_Islands}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{faroe-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greenland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greenland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language\,\footnote{The danish (\emph{dansk}) language is spoken in Denmark, in the Faeroe -% Islands and in Greenland.} are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Henning}{Larsen}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{dane-f.png}\ixgrfl{faroe-f.png}\ixgrfl{greenland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danois}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dane-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╬les_Fщroщ}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{faroe-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Groenland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greenland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois\,\footnote{Le danois (\emph{dansk}) est parlщ au Danemark, dans les ╬les -% Fщroщ et au Groenland.}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx} -% (de \name{Henning}{Larsen}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*danish> -\ProvidesFile{danish.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Danish titles from danish.dtx (babel). Larsen, Henning (larsen@cernvm.cern.ch) -\def\ptctitle{Indhold}% -\def\plftitle{Figurer}% -\def\plttitle{Tabeller}% -\def\mtctitle{Indhold}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurer}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabeller}% -\def\stctitle{Indhold}% -\def\slftitle{Figurer}% -\def\slttitle{Tabeller}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Devanagari'' language: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.845238095mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{devanagari.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Devanagari}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{devanagari.png}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{devanagari}'' language are taken from the \xfile{devanagari.sty} and \xfile{captions.dn} files -% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, -% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) -% in the Devan\=agar\={\i} -% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{devanagari.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Devanagari}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{devanagari.png}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>> (hindi) sont tirщs des fichiers \xfile{devanagari.sty} et \xfile{captions.dn} -% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, -% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) -% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dn} -% \begin{macro}{\qva} -% \begin{macro}{\re} -% \begin{macro}{\rs} -% \begin{macro}{\8} -% \begin{macro}{\2} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Specific fonts are required. -% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. See also~\cite{hindi99} about the hindi language. -% \or\relax -% Des fontes spщcifiques sont requises. -% La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}. -% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*devanagari> -\ProvidesFile{devanagari.mld}[2006/08/25]% -%% Devanagari (hindi) titles from devanagari.sty by -%% Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k & -%% Smith, John & Carmody, Kevin & Mahoney, Richard & Wujastyk, Dominik -\def\ptctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% -\def\plftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\plttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\stctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% -\def\slftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Dutch'' language: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~dutch~>>: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} -% \fi -% ^^A (DU -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!bhp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{netherlands-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belgium-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{flanders-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{brussels-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suriname-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{aruba-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{netherlands-antilles-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{netherlands-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belgium}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belgium-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{flanders-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brussels-Capital_Region}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brussels-f.png}}}\\ -% \textbf{Netherlands}&\textbf{Belgium}&\textbf{Flanders}&\textbf{Brussels}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suriname}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suriname-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aruba}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{aruba-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands_Antilles}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{netherlands-antilles-f.png}}}&\\ -% \textbf{Suriname}&\textbf{Aruba}&\textbf{Netherlands~Antilles}&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Dutch speaking countries]{Dutch speaking countries (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dutch})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutch-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tphb] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{netherlands-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belgium-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{flanders-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{brussels-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suriname-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{aruba-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{netherlands-antilles-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pays-Bas}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{netherlands-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belgique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belgium-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portail:Flandre}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{flanders-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщgion_de_Bruxelles-Capitale}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brussels-f.png}}}\\ -% \textbf{Pays-Bas}&\textbf{Belgique}&\textbf{Flandre}&\textbf{Bruxelles}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suriname}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suriname-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aruba}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{aruba-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antilles_nщerlandaises}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{netherlands-antilles-f.png}}}&\\ -% \textbf{Suriname}&\textbf{Aruba}&\textbf{Antilles~nщerlandaises}&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays nщerlandophones]{Pays nщerlandophones (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nщerlandais})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutch-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A DU) -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.381017882) -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.618982118) -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{neder.pdf}\ixgrf{neder.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{belgique.pdf}\ixgrf{belgique.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium]{Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} and -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutch} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique]{Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} et -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutch} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{dutchw.pdf}\ixgrf{dutchw.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The dutch language in the world]{The dutch language in the world -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nщerlandais})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutchw} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Le nщerlandais dans le monde]{Le nщerlandais dans le monde -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nщerlandais})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutchw} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{3} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles -% for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language\,\footnote{The dutch language (\emph{nederlands}) is spoken in -% the Netherlands and a part of Belgium; see figures~\vrefrange{f+dutch-c}{f+dutchw}.} are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (nщerlandais, \emph{nederlands})\,\footnote{La langue nщerlandaise -% est parlщe aux Pays-Bas et dans une partie de la Belgique; voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+dutch-c}{f+dutchw}.} sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) dans le -% paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*dutch> -\ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Dutch titles from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) -\def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% -\def\plftitle{L"yst van figuren}% -\def\plttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% -\def\mlftitle{L"yst van figuren}% -\def\mlttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% -\def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% -\def\slftitle{L"yst van figuren}% -\def\slttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \normalmarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``English'' language: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~english~>>: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\loptd{english}'' language are taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}. -% \emph{The\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% See\ixgrfl{england-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{england-f.jpg}}}}} -% also sections~\vref{s+mld+american},\ABK \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK -% \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK \vref{s+mld+canadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+newzealand},\ABK \vref{s+mld+UKenglish},\ABK -% and~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\loptd{english}~>> (anglais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} -% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}. -% \emph{Notez que la\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} prщsence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par dщfaut.} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% Voir\ixgrfl{england-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angleterre}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{england-f.jpg}}}}} -% aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+american},\ABK \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK -% \vref{s+mld+canadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+newzealand},\ABK \vref{s+mld+UKenglish}\ABK et~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*english> -\ProvidesFile{english.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) -\def\ptctitle{Table of Contents}% -\def\plftitle{List of Figures}% -\def\plttitle{List of Tables}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Contents}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Tables}% -\def\stctitle{Contents}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Tables}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{anglo1.pdf}\ixgrf{anglo1.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Anglophone areas]{Anglophone areas -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+english} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions anglophones]{Rщgions anglophones -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+english} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A (ENG -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{uk-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ireland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{usa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{canada-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{australia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{newzealand-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ghana-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{liberia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uganda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{zimbabwe-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{jamaica-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bahamas-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{barbados-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{dominica-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vanuatu-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{fiji-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{solomon-islands-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tanzania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cameroon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{south-africa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{singapore-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{philippines-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{samoa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kiribati-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{india-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{pakistan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tonga-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tuvalu-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Kingdom}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ireland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USA}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{United~Kingdom~(1)}&\textbf{Ireland~(1)}&\textbf{USA}&\textbf{Canada~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{australia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Zealand}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{newzealand-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghana}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ghana-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liberia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{liberia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Australia~(1)}&\textbf{New~Zealand~(1)}&\textbf{Ghana~(1)}&\textbf{Liberia~(1)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uganda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uganda-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zimbabwe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{zimbabwe-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jamaica}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{jamaica-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bahamas}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bahamas-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Uganda~(1)}&\textbf{Zimbabwe~(1)}&\textbf{Jamaica~(1)}&\textbf{Bahamas~(1)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbados}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{barbados-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominica}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dominica-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vanuatu}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vanuatu-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fiji}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{fiji-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Barbados~(1)}&\textbf{Dominica~(1)}&\textbf{Vanuatu~(1)}&\textbf{Fiji~(1)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solomon_Islands}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{solomon-islands-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanzania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tanzania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cameroon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cameroon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_Africa}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{south-africa-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Solomon~Islands~(1)}&\textbf{Tanzania~(2)}&\textbf{Cameroon~(2)}&\textbf{South~Africa~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Singapore}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{singapore-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Philippines}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{philippines-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samoa}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{samoa-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kiribati}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kiribati-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Singapore~(2)}&\textbf{Philippines~(2)}&\textbf{Samoa~(2)}&\textbf{Kiribati~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{india-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{pakistan-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tonga}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tonga-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuvalu}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tuvalu-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{India~(2)}&\textbf{Pakistan~(2)}&\textbf{Tonga}&\textbf{Tuvalu}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{See~\cite[page~77]{comrie1990}~and~\cite[page~137]{LOE}}.\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(1)~English~is~the~only~official~language.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(2)~English~is~one~of~the~official~languages.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[English-speaking countries]{English-speaking countries (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language})\hfill\null}\label{f+eng-c} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{uk-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ireland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{usa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{canada-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{australia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{newzealand-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ghana-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{liberia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uganda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{zimbabwe-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{jamaica-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bahamas-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{barbados-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{dominica-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vanuatu-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{fiji-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{solomon-islands-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tanzania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cameroon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{south-africa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{singapore-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{philippines-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{samoa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kiribati-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{india-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{pakistan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tonga-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tuvalu-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Royaume-Uni}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irlande}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ireland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔tats-Unis}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Royaume-Uni~(1)}&\textbf{Irlande~(1)}&\textbf{╔tats-Unis}&\textbf{Canada~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{australia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nouvelle-Zщlande}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{newzealand-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghana}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ghana-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libщria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{liberia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Australie~(1)}&\textbf{Nouvelle-Zщlande~(1)}&\textbf{Ghana~(1)}&\textbf{Libщria~(1)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ouganda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uganda-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zimbabwe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{zimbabwe-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jamaяque}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{jamaica-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bahamas}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bahamas-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Ouganda~(1)}&\textbf{Zimbabwe~(1)}&\textbf{Jamaяque~(1)}&\textbf{Bahamas~(1)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbade}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{barbados-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dominica-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vanuatu}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vanuatu-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fidji}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{fiji-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Barbade~(1)}&\textbf{Dominique~(1)}&\textbf{Vanuatu~(1)}&\textbf{Fidji~(1)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salomon_(pays)}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{solomon-islands-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanzanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tanzania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cameroun}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cameroon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Afrique~du~Sud}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{south-africa-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{╬les~Salomon~(1)}&\textbf{Tanzanie~(2)}&\textbf{Cameroun~(2)}&\textbf{Afrique~du~Sud~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Singapour}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{singapore-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Philippines}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{philippines-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samoa}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{samoa-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kiribati}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kiribati-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Singapour~(2)}&\textbf{Philippines~(2)}&\textbf{Samoa~(2)}&\textbf{Kiribati~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inde}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{india-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{pakistan-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tonga}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tonga-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuvalu}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tuvalu-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Inde~(2)}&\textbf{Pakistan~(2)}&\textbf{Tonga}&\textbf{Tuvalu}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Voir~\cite[page~77]{comrie1990}~et~\cite[page~137]{LOE}}.\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(1)~L'anglais~est~la~seule~langue~officielle.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(2)~L'anglais~est~l'une~des~langues~officielles.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays anglophones]{Pays anglophones (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anglais})\hfill\null}\label{f+eng-c} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A ENG) -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``English1'' language: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~english1~>>: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} -% \begin{macro}{\value} -% \begin{macro}{\Roman} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{english1}'' language come from the \xfile{english.dtx} file -% (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english1}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} -% (щcrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres -% au niveau partie. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*english1> -\ProvidesFile{english1.mld}[2006/03/30]% -%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L. -%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) -\def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax - Table of Contents of the First Part\relax - \else Table of Contents of Part~\Roman{part}\fi}% -\def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax - List of Figures in the First Part\relax - \else List of Figures in Part~\Roman{part}\fi}% -\def\plttitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax - List of Tables in the First Part\relax - \else List of Tables in Part~\Roman{part}\fi}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Contents}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Tables}% -\def\stctitle{Contents}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Tables}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``English2'' language: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~english2~>>: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcEnglishIIpart} -% \begin{macro}{\ifcase} -% \begin{macro}{\value} -% \begin{macro}{\Roman} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{english2}'' language are again taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file -% (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with adaptations at the part level. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english2}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} -% (щcrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec adaptations au niveau partie. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*english2> -\ProvidesFile{english2.mld}[2006/03/30]% -%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L. -%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) -\def\mtcEnglishIIpart{\ifcase\value{part}% -\or the First Part\or the Second Part\or the Third Part -\or the Fourth Part\or the Fifth Part\or the Sixth Part -\or the Seventh Part\or the Eighth Part\or the Ninth Part -\or the Tenth Part\or the Eleventh Part\or the Twelfth Part -\or the Thirteenth Part\or the Fourteenth Part \or the Fifteenth Part -\or the Sixteenth Part \or the Seventeenth Part \or the Eighteenth Part -\or the Nineteenth Part\or the Twentieth Part \else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} -\def\ptctitle{Contents of \mtcEnglishIIpart} -\def\plftitle{List of Figures in \mtcEnglishIIpart} -\def\plttitle{List of Tables in \mtcEnglishIIpart} -%% -\def\mtctitle{Contents}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Tables}% -\def\stctitle{Contents}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Tables}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Esperant'' language: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld} -% The titles\ixgrfl{esperanto-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Esperanto}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{esperanto-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{esperant}'' (espщranto) language are taken from the \xfile{esperanto.dtx} file -% (by \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} and \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}. -% The esperanto artificial language was created in the 1877--1885 years -% by Doctor~\namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}\footnote{See -% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/L.L._Zamenhof}, -% \url{http://uea.org/} and \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} for more information; his first names are -% sometimes spelled ``Ludvic Lazarus'' or ``Louis-Lazare'', with small variations.} (1859--1917) of Warsaw, Poland. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~esperant~>>: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{esperanto-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Esperanto}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{esperanto-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> (espщranto) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{esperanto.dtx} -% (de \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} et \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}. -% La langue artificielle esperanto a щtщ crщщe dans les annщes 1877--1885 par le docteur -% \namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir -% \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zamenhof}, -% \url{http://uea.org/} et \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} pour plus d'informations. Ses prщnoms sont -% parfois щcrits \og~Ludvic Lazarus~\fg{} ou \og~Louis-Lazare~\fg, avec quelques variantes.}} (1859--1917) de -% Varsovie en Pologne. -% \fi -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*esperant> -\ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19]% -%% Esperanto titles from esperanto.dtx (babel) Ruiz-Altaba, Marti & Knappen, JЎrg -\def\ptctitle{Enhavo}% -\def\plftitle{Listo de figuroj}% -\def\plttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% -\def\mtctitle{Enhavo}% -\def\mlftitle{Listo de figuroj}% -\def\mlttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% -\def\stctitle{Enhavo}% -\def\slftitle{Listo de figuroj}% -\def\slttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Esperanto'' language: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~esperanto~>>: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{esperanto}'' and ``\lopt{esperant}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the -% \xfile{esperant.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}): -% \or\relax -% Les langues <<~\lopt{esperanto}~>> et <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{esperant.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*esperanto> -\ProvidesFile{esperanto.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{esperant}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Estonian'' language: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~estonian~>>: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-a.pdf}\ixgrf{estonia-a.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-b.pdf}\ixgrf{estonia-b.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Estonia]{Estonia (\url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html}, -% under the Creative Commons License, -% see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB})\hfill\null}\label{f+estonia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Estonie]{Estonie (\url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html}, -% sous la \emph{Creative Commons License}, -% voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr})\hfill\null}\label{f+estonia} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{estonia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{estonia-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language\,\footnote{Estonian (\emph{eesti keel}) is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a -% language from the uralian family.} are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file -% (by \name{Enn}{Saar}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{estonia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{estonia-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien\,\footnote{L'estonien (\emph{eesti keel}) \emph{n'est pas} une langue -% balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx} -% (de \name{Enn}{Saar}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}: -% \fi -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!p] -% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% ^^A \centering -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltic-s.jpg}\ixgrf{baltic-s.jpg}% -% ^^A \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \caption[Baltic Sea]{Baltic Sea (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_peoples})\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-s} -% ^^A \or\relax -% ^^A \caption[Mer Baltique]{[Mer Baltique (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_peoples})\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-s} -% ^^A \fi -% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*estonian> -\ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Estonian titles from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn -\def\ptctitle{Sisukord}% -\def\plftitle{Joonised}% -\def\plttitle{Tabelid}% -\def\mtctitle{Sisukord}% -\def\mlftitle{Joonised}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabelid}% -\def\stctitle{Sisukord}% -\def\slftitle{Joonised}% -\def\slttitle{Tabelid}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ethiopia'' language: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ethiopia~>>: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.447761194\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.552238806\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia.pdf}\ixgrf{ethiopia.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia-p.pdf}\ixgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}\\*[\bigskipamount] -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{ethiolang.png}\ixgrf{ethiolang.png}} -% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Ethiopian languages areas]{Ethiopian languages areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})\hfill\null}\label{f+ethiopia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions des langues щthiopiennes]{Rщgions des langues щthiopiennes -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} -% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})\hfill\null}\label{f+ethiopia} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.642441860mm} -% \begin{macro}{\eth@doaltchar} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles\ixgrf{eth2.png}\ixgrfl{ethiopia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amharic}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eth2.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopa}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ethiopia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language (amharic, \emph{\=amari\"{n}\"{n}a}) are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop} -% (written by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). Specific -% fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. See figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} for the repartition of -% the various ethiopian dialects. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{eth2.png}\ixgrfl{ethiopia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amharic}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eth2.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopa}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ethiopia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>> (щthiopien, amarique, \emph{amaregna}) sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop} -% (щcrit par \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). -% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. -% Voir la figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} pour la rщpartition des divers dialectes щthiopiens. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ethiopia> -\ProvidesFile{ethiopia.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Ethopian titles. Needs special fonts. -\def\ptctitle{yezate}% -\def\plftitle{% - ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% -\def\plttitle{% - yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% -\def\mtctitle{yezate}% -\def\mlftitle{% - ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% -\def\mlttitle{% - yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% -\def\stctitle{yezate}% -\def\slftitle{% - ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% -\def\slttitle{% - yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ethiopian'' language: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{ethiopian}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language, so we just load the -% \xfile{ethiopia.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian}~>> (щthiopien) est un simple synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>>, -% donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{ethiopia.mld} -% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ethiopian> -\ProvidesFile{ethiopian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ethiopian2'' language: \uxfile{ethiopian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian2}\ixfile{ethiopian2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{ethiopian2}'' language (for Omega) are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop} -% (by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). -% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian2~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian2}\ixfile{ethiopian2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian2}~>> (щthiopien pour Omega) sont tirщs -% du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop} -% (de \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). -% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ethiopian2> -\ProvidesFile{ethiopian2.mld}[2006/01/30]% -%% Ethopian titles with Omega. Needs special fonts -\def\ptctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% -\def\plftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% -\def\plttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 - ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% -\def\mtctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% -\def\mlftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% -\def\mlttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 - ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% -\def\stctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% -\def\slftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% -\def\slttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 - ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{30.96125mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Farsi1'' language: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% There are\ixgrf{farsi-logo.png}\ixgrfl{iran-f.png}\ixgrfl{afghan-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{iran-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Afghanistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{afghan-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://www.farsitex.org}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{farsi-logo.png}}\end{tabular}}} -% several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}). -% The ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the -% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} system{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, -% \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, -% \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others. -% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{farsi1.mlo}. -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi.pdf}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}% -% \caption[Farsi language areas]{Farsi language areas (\url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi}; -% see also \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+farsi} -% \end{figure} -% -% \or\relax -% \lneed{8} -% \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1} -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi.pdf}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}% -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue farsi]{Rщgions de la langue farsi (\url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi}; -% voir aussi \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+farsi} -% \end{figure} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{30.96125mm} -% Il y~a\ixgrf{farsi-logo.png}\ixgrfl{iran-f.png}\ixgrfl{afghan-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{iran-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Afghanistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{afghan-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://www.farsitex.org}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{farsi-logo.png}}\end{tabular}}} -% plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlщe en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la figure~\vref{f+farsi}). -% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> (farsi premiшre variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du -% systшme -% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, -% par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al. -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. -% -% \normalmarginpar -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi1.mlo}. -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{iranian.jpg}\ixgrf{iranian.jpg}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Iranian tongues]{Iranian tongues (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})\hfill\null}\label{f+iranian} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues iraniennes]{Langues iraniennes -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})\hfill\null}\label{f+iranian} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*farsi1> -\ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi1}% -%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, -%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others. -%% http://www.farsitex.org -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Farsi2'' language: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2} -% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}). -% The ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}} -% system~\cite{farsi}{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, -% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others. -% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~farsi2~>>: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2} -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlщe en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la -% figure~\vref{f+farsi}). -% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> (farsi deuxiшme variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du -% systшme \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, dщveloppщ par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, -% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al. -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}. -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, -% hence we load \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*farsi2> -\ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi2}% -%% From farsi.sty (FarsiTeX project: http://www.farsitex.org). Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, -%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others. -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Farsi3'' language: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}% -% \ixfile{farsi3.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~farsi3~>>: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}% -% \ixfile{farsi3.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\FR} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}). -% The ``\lopt{farsi3}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.ldf} file in the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system\cite{arabi}, -% by \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. Special fonts are needed, of course. -% \or\relax -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlщe en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la figure~\vref{f+farsi}). -% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi3}~>> utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.ldf} du -% systшme \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, par \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*farsi3> -\ProvidesFile{farsi3.mld}[2006/07/27]% -%% From farsi.ldf of the Arabi system by Youssef Jabri. -\def\ptctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% -\def\plftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% -\def\plttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% -\def\mtctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% -\def\mlftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% -\def\mlttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% -\def\stctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% -\def\slftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% -\def\slttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Finnish'' language: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~finnish~>>: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.437269373\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.562730627\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.505\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.495\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande1.png}\ixgrf{finlande1.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande2.pdf}\ixgrf{finlande2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Finland]{Finland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+finland} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Finlande]{Finlande (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; -% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+finland} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishl.pdf}\ixgrf{finnishl.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Areas of the Finnish language]{Areas of the Finnish language -- blue: official language; dark green: -% spoken by a minority -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishl} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue finnoise]{Rщgions de la langue finnoise -- bleu: langue officielle; vert foncщ: -% langue parlщe par une minoritщ -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishl} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishd.pdf}\ixgrf{finnishd.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Finnish dialects]{Finnish dialects -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishd} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes finnois]{Dialectes finnois -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishd} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15.28125mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{finland-f.png}\ixgrfl{aaland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_Language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{finland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/┼land_Islands}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{aaland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{finnish}'' language (\emph{suomi}) are taken from the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{finland-f.png}\ixgrfl{aaland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnois}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{finland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/┼land}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{aaland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish}~>> (finnois, \emph{suomi}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx} -% (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*finnish> -\ProvidesFile{finnish.mld}[2006/03/20]% -%% Finnish titles from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen -\def\ptctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% -\def\plftitle{Kuvat}% -\def\plttitle{Taulukot}% -\def\mtctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% -\def\mlftitle{Kuvat}% -\def\mlttitle{Taulukot}% -\def\stctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% -\def\slftitle{Kuvat}% -\def\slttitle{Taulukot}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Finnish2'' language: \uxfile{finnish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish2}\ixfile{finnish2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{finnish2}'' language are taken from a variant proposed by the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~finnish2~>>: \uxfile{finnish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish2}\ixfile{finnish2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish2}~>> (finnois seconde variante) sont tirщs d'une variante proposщe -% par le fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx} -% (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*finnish2> -\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Finnish titles (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen -\def\ptctitle{Sis\"allys}% -\def\plftitle{Kuvat}% -\def\plttitle{Taulukot}% -\def\mtctitle{Sis\"allys}% -\def\mlftitle{Kuvat}% -\def\mlttitle{Taulukot}% -\def\stctitle{Sis\"allys}% -\def\slftitle{Kuvat}% -\def\slttitle{Taulukot}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Francais'' language: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~francais~>>: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{francais}'' (\emph{franчais}) -% language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see -% section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{francais}~>> (\emph{franчais}) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, -% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*francais> -\ProvidesFile{francais.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``French'' language: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~french~>>: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1425 631,clip]{franco.png}\ixgrf{franco.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Francophone areas]{Francophone areas -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+french} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions francophones]{Rщgions francophones -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+french} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[htb!] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{france-lr.png}\ixgrf{france-lr.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Regional dialects in France]{Regional dialects in France -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langues_rщgionales_de_France})\hfill\null}\label{f+france-lr} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues rщgionales de France]{Langues rщgionales de France -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langues_rщgionales_de_France})\hfill\null}\label{f+france-lr} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A (FRANCO-EU -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{albania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{andorra-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belgium-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{wallonia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{france-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{greece-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lux-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{macedonia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{moldova-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{monaco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{romania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suisse-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cyprus-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{austria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{croatia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{hungary-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{poland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{czech-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{serbia-f2.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovakia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ukraine-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{albania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andorra}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{andorra-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belgium}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belgium-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walloon_Region}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{wallonia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Albania}&\textbf{Andorra}&\textbf{Belgium}&\textbf{Walloon~Region}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgaria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgaria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{france-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greece-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luxembourg}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lux-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bulgaria}&\textbf{France}&\textbf{Greece}&\textbf{Luxembourg}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{macedonia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moldova}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{moldova-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monaco}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{monaco-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Romania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{romania-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Macedonia}&\textbf{Moldova}&\textbf{Monaco}&\textbf{Romania}\\% -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Switzerland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suisse-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cyprus-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Austria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{austria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{croatia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Switzerland}&\textbf{Cyprus~(a)}&\textbf{Austria~(o)}&\textbf{Croatia~(o)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hungary-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lithuania-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{poland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Czech_Republic}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{czech-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Hungary}~(o)&\textbf{Lithuania}~(o)&\textbf{Poland}~(o)&\textbf{Czech~Rep.}~(o)\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f2.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovakia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovakia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovenia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukraine-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Serbia~(o)}&\textbf{Slovakia~(o)}&\textbf{Slovenia~(o)}&\textbf{Ukraine~(o)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vatican}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vatican-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brussels-Capital_Region}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brussels-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Vatican~(v)}&\textbf{Brussels}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(a)~Associated member.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(o)~Observer.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(v)~Vatican uses french as its official diplomatic language.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in Europe]{Francophone countries in Europe (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-eu-c} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{albania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{andorra-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belgium-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{wallonia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{france-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{greece-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lux-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{macedonia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{moldova-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{monaco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{romania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suisse-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cyprus-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{austria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{croatia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{hungary-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{poland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{czech-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{serbia-f2.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovakia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ukraine-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{brussels-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{albania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andorre}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{andorra-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belgique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belgium-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Communautщ_franчaise_de_Belgique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{wallonia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Albanie}&\textbf{Andorre}&\textbf{Belgique}&\textbf{Wallonie}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgarie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgaria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/France}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{france-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grшce}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greece-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luxembourg}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lux-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bulgarie}&\textbf{France}&\textbf{Grшce}&\textbf{Luxembourg}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macщdoine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{macedonia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moldavie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{moldova-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monaco}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{monaco-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roumanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{romania-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Macщdoine}&\textbf{Moldavie}&\textbf{Monaco}&\textbf{Roumanie}\\% -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suisse}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suisse-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chypre}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cyprus-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autriche}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{austria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{croatia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Suisse}&\textbf{Chypre~(a)}&\textbf{Autriche~(o)}&\textbf{Croatie~(o)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hongrie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hungary-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lituanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lithuania-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pologne}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{poland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_tchшque}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{czech-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Hongrie}~(o)&\textbf{Lituanie}~(o)&\textbf{Pologne}~(o)&\textbf{Rщp.~tchшque}~(o)\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f2.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovaquie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovakia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovщnie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukraine-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Serbie~(o)}&\textbf{Slovaquie~(o)}&\textbf{Slovщnie~(o)}&\textbf{Ukraine~(o)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vatican}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vatican-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщgion_de_Bruxelles-Capitale}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brussels-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Vatican~(v)}&&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(a)~Membre associщ.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(o)~Observateur.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(v)~Le Vatican utilise le franчais comme langue diplomatique officielle.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones en Europe]{Pays francophones en Europe (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-eu-c} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-EU) -% ^^A (FRANCO-AM -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{canada-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{nbrunswick-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{quebec-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{dominica-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{haiti-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{saint-lucia-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{california-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{louisiana-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{maine-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrf{new-york-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vermont-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Brunswick}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nbrunswick-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quebec}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{quebec-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominica}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dominica-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Canada}&\textbf{New~Brunswick}&\textbf{Quebec}&\textbf{Dominica}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haiti}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{haiti-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Lucia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{saint-lucia-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Haiti}&\textbf{Saint~Lucia}&&\\% -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{california-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Louisiana}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{louisiana-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{maine-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_York}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{new-york-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Califorbia~(u)}&\textbf{Louisiana~(u)}&\textbf{Maine~(u)}&\textbf{New~York~(u)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vermont}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vermont-f.png}}}&&&\\% -% \textbf{Vermont~(u)}&&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(u)~State of the USA; not member because of federal restrictions.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in Americas and the Caribbean]{Francophone countries in -% Americas and the Caribbean (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-amc-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{canada-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{nbrunswick-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{quebec-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{dominica-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{haiti-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{saint-lucia-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{california-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{louisiana-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{maine-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrf{new-york-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vermont-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{canada-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nouveau_Brunswick}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nbrunswick-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quщbec}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{quebec-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominique_(Pays)}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dominica-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Canada}&\textbf{Nouveau~Brunswick}&\textbf{Quщbec}&\textbf{Dominique}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haяti}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{haiti-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sainte-Lucie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{saint-lucia-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Haяti}&\textbf{Sainte-Lucie}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Californie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{california-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Louisiane}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{louisiana-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maine_(╔tat)}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{maine-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Etat_de_New_York}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{new-york-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Californie~(u)}&\textbf{Louisiane~(u)}&\textbf{Maine~(u)}&\textbf{New~York~(u)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vermont}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vermont-f.png}}}&&&\\% -% \textbf{Vermont~(u)}&&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(u)~╔tat des ╔tats-Unis: non membre pour cause de restrictions fщdщrales.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones aux Amщriques et dans les Caraяbes]{Pays francophones aux -% Amщriques et dans les Caraяbes (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-amc-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-AM) -% ^^A (FRANCO-AFN -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{egypt-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lebanon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{morocco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mauritania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tunisia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{algeria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{israel-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egypt}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{egypt-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lebanon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lebanon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Morocco}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{morocco-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauritania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mauritania-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Egypt}&\textbf{Lebanon}&\textbf{Morocco}&\textbf{Mauritania}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tunisia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algeria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{algeria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israel}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Tunisia}&\textbf{Algeria~(p)}&\textbf{Israel~(p)}&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(p)~Not member for political motives.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in North~Africa and Middle~East]{Francophone countries in -% North~Africa and Middle~East (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-afn-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{egypt-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lebanon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{morocco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mauritania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tunisia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{algeria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{israel-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔gypte}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{egypt-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liban}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lebanon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maroc}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{morocco-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauritanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mauritania-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{╔gypte}&\textbf{Liban}&\textbf{Maroc}&\textbf{Mauritanie}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tunisia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algщrie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{algeria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israыl}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Tunisie}&\textbf{Algщrie~(p)}&\textbf{Israыl~(p)}&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(p)~Non membre pour des motifs politiques.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones en Afrique du Nord et au Moyen~Orient]{Pays francophones en -% Afrique du Nord et au Moyen~Orient (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-afn-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-AFN) -% ^^A (FRANCO-AFW -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{benin-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{burkina-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cap-verde-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ivory-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guinea-bissau-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mali-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{niger-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{senegal-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{togo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ghana-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Benin}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{benin-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burkina_Faso}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{burkina-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cape_Verde}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cap-verde-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ivory_Coast}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ivory-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Benin}&\textbf{Burkina~Faso}&\textbf{Cape~Verde}&\textbf{Ivory~Coast}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinea-Bissau}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guinea-bissau-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mali}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mali-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Niger}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{niger-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Guinea}&\textbf{Guinea-Bissau}&\textbf{Mali}&\textbf{Niger}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Senegal}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{senegal-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Togo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{togo-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghana}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ghana-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Senegal}&\textbf{Togo}&\textbf{Ghana~(a)}&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(a)~Associated member.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in West~Africa]{Francophone countries in -% West~Africa (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-afw-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{benin-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{burkina-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cap-verde-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ivory-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guinea-bissau-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mali-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{niger-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{senegal-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{togo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ghana-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bщnin}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{benin-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burkina_Faso}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{burkina-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cap-Vert}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cap-verde-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/CЇte_d'Ivoire}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ivory-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bщnin}&\textbf{Burkina~Faso}&\textbf{Cap-Vert}&\textbf{CЇte~d'Ivoire}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinщe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinщe-bissau}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guinea-bissau-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mali}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mali-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Niger}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{niger-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Guinщe}&\textbf{Guinщe-bissau}&\textbf{Mali}&\textbf{Niger}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sщnщgal}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{senegal-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Togo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{togo-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghana}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ghana-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Sщnщgal}&\textbf{Togo}&\textbf{Ghana~(a)}&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(a)~Membre associщ.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones en Afrique de l'Ouest]{Pays francophones en Afrique de l'Ouest -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-afw-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-AFW) -% ^^A (FRANCO-AC -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{burundi-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cameroon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{central-africa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{congo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rdcongo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{gabon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rwanda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{sao-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{chad-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burundi}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{burundi-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cameroon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cameroon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_African_Republic}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{central-africa-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Republic_of_the_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{congo-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Burundi}&\textbf{Cameroon}&\textbf{Central-African-Rep.}&\textbf{Congo}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Democratic_Republic_of_the_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rdcongo-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gabon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Equatorial_Guinea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{equa-guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rwanda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rwanda-f.png}}}\\ -% \textbf{Dem.~Rep.~of~the~Congo}&\textbf{Gabon}&\textbf{Equatorial~Guinea}&\textbf{Rwanda}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S%C3%A3o_Tomщ_and_Prэncipe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sao-f.png}}}& -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chad}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{chad-f.png}}}&&\\ -% \textbf{Sa\~o~Tomщ~and~Prэncipe}&\textbf{Chad}&&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in Central~Africa]{Francophone countries in -% Central~Africa (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-afc-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{burundi-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cameroon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{central-africa-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{congo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rdcongo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{gabon-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rwanda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{sao-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{chad-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burundi}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{burundi-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cameroun}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cameroon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_centrafricaine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{central-africa-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_du_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{congo-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Burundi}&\textbf{Cameroun}&\textbf{Rщp.~Centrafricaine.}&\textbf{Rщp.~du~Congo}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_dщmocratique_du_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rdcongo-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gabon-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinщe_щquaroriale}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{equa-guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rwanda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rwanda-f.png}}}\\ -% \textbf{Rщp.~Dщm.~du~Congo}&\textbf{Gabon}&\textbf{Guinщe~щquaroriale}&\textbf{Rwanda}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sao_Tomщ-et-Principe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sao-f.png}}}& -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tchad}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{chad-f.png}}}&&\\ -% \textbf{Sao~Tomщ-et-Principe}&\textbf{Tchad}&&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones en Afrique~Centrale]{Pays francophones en Afrique~Centrale -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-afc-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-AC) -% ^^A (FRANCO-AEOI -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{comoros-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{djibouti-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{madagascar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mauritius-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{seychelles-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mozambique-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comoros}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{comoros-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Djibouti}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{djibouti-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madagascar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{madagascar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauritius}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mauritius-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Comoros}&\textbf{Djibouti}&\textbf{Madagascar}&\textbf{Mauritius}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mozambique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mozambique-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seychelles}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{seychelles-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Seychelles}&\textbf{Mozambique~(o)}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(o)~Observer.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in East~Africa and Indian~Ocean]{Francophone countries in -% East~Africa and Indian~Ocean (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-aeoi-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{comoros-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{djibouti-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{madagascar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mauritius-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{seychelles-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mozambique-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comores}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{comoros-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Djibouti}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{djibouti-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madagascar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{madagascar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╬le_Maurice}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mauritius-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Comores}&\textbf{Djibouti}&\textbf{Madagascar}&\textbf{╬le~Maurice}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mozambique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mozambique-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seychelles}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{seychelles-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Seychelles}&\textbf{Mozambique~(o)}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(o)~Observateur.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones en Afrique~de~l'Est et dans l'Ocщan~Indien]{Pays francophones -% en Afrique~de~l'Est et dans l'Ocщan~Indien (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-aeoi-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-AEOI) -% ^^A (FRANCO-AS -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{cambodia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{laos-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vanuatu-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vietnam-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{armenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{georgia-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cambodia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cambodia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laos}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{laos-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vanuatu}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vanuatu-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnam}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vietnam-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Cambodia}&\textbf{Laos}&\textbf{Vanuatu}&\textbf{Vietnam}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Georgia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{georgia-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Armenia~(o)}&\textbf{Georgia~(o)}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(o)~Observer.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Francophone countries in Asia and Pacific~Ocean]{Francophone countries in -% Asia and Pacific~Ocean (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-asp-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{cambodia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{laos-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vanuatu-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{vietnam-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{armenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{georgia-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cambodge}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cambodia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laos}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{laos-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vanuatu}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vanuatu-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnam}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vietnam-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Cambodge}&\textbf{Laos}&\textbf{Vanuatu}&\textbf{Vietnam}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armщnie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gщorgie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{georgia-f.png}}}&&\\% -% \textbf{Armщnie~(o)}&\textbf{Gщorgie~(o)}&&\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(o)~Observateur.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays francophones en Asie et dans l'Ocщan Pacifique]{Pays francophones en Asie et -% dans l'Ocщan Pacifique (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+franco-asp-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A FRANCO-AS) -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{4} -% The titles\ixgrfl{france-f.png}\ixgrfl{francophonie-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{france-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Francophonie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{francophonie-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{french}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. See also -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+acadian}{s+mld+acadien}, \vref{s+mld+canadien}, \vref{s+mld+francais}, -% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+frenchb}{s+mld+frenchpro}. -% \or\relax -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{france-f.png}\ixgrfl{francophonie-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/France}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{france-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Francophonie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{francophonie-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>> (c'est-р-dire le franчais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} -% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. Voir aussi -% les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+acadian}{s+mld+acadien},\ABK \vref{s+mld+canadien},\ABK \vref{s+mld+francais},\ABK -% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+frenchb}{s+mld+frenchpro}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*french> -\ProvidesFile{french.mld}[2006/03/21]% -%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel -\def\ptctitle{Table des mati\`eres}% -\def\plftitle{Liste des figures}% -\def\plttitle{Liste des tableaux}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Sommaire}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Tableaux}% -\def\stctitle{Sommaire}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Tableaux}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``French1'' language: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~french1~>>: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} -% \begin{macro}{\value} -% \begin{macro}{\Roman} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{french1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} -% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) -% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french1}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} -% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres -% au niveau partie. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*french1> -\ProvidesFile{french1.mld}[2006/03/29]% -%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel -%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) -\def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax - Sommaire de la premi\`ere partie\relax - \else Sommaire de la partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% -\def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax - Liste des figures de la premi\`ere partie\relax - \else Liste des figures de la partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% -\def\plttitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax - Liste des tableaux de la premi\`ere partie\relax - \else Liste des tableaux de la partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Sommaire}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Tableaux}% -\def\stctitle{Sommaire}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Tableaux}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``French2'' language: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~french2~>>: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcFrenchIIpart} -% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} -% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} -% \begin{macro}{\value} -% \begin{macro}{\Roman} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{french2}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles\footnote{This -% is an example of a \suffix{.mld} file needing some support from code in the \upack{minitoc} package.}. -% See also section~\vref{ss+2parts}, for the subtle distinction between ``deuxiшme'' and ``seconde''. -% See the \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} example file in section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french2}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} -% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres -% au niveau partie\,\footnote{C'est un exemple de fichier \suffix{.mld} ayant besoin de code de support dans le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{ss+2parts}, pour la subtile nuance entre л~deuxiшme~╗ et л~seconde~╗. -% Voir le fichier d'exemple \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} dans la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*french2> -\ProvidesFile{french2.mld}[2006/07/07]% -%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel -%% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) -\def\mtcFrenchIIpart{\ifcase\value{part}% -\or premi\`ere partie\or -{\ifmtcsecondpart seconde\else deuxi\`eme\fi} partie\or -troisi\`eme partie\or quatri\`eme partie\or cinqui\`eme partie\or -sixi\`eme partie\or septi\`eme partie\or huiti\`eme partie\or -neuvi\`eme partie\or dixi\`eme partie\or onzi\`eme partie\or -douzi\`eme partie\or treizi\`eme partie\or quatorzi\`eme partie\or -quinzi\`eme partie\or seizi\`eme partie\or dix-septi\`eme partie\or -dix-huiti\`eme partie\or dix-neuvi\`eme partie\or -vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% -\def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax - Sommaire \else Sommaire de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}% -\def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax - Liste des figures\else - Liste des figures de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}% -\def\plttitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax - Liste des tableaux\else - Liste des tableaux de la \mtcFrenchIIpart}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Sommaire}% -\def\mlftitle{Figures}% -\def\mlttitle{Tableaux}% -\def\stctitle{Sommaire}% -\def\slftitle{Figures}% -\def\slttitle{Tableaux}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Frenchb'' language: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~frenchb~>>: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{frenchb}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the -% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchb}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier -% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*frenchb> -\ProvidesFile{frenchb.mld}[2003/02/11]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Frenchle'' language: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~frenchle~>>: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{frenchle}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the -% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchle}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchle}~╗ est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier -% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchle}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*frenchle> -\ProvidesFile{frenchle.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Frenchpro'' language: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~frenchpro~>>: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{frenchpro}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the -% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchpro}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier -% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*frenchpro> -\ProvidesFile{frenchpro.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Galician'' language: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.556048835\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443951165\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-m.pdf}\ixgrf{galicia-m.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-mp.pdf}\ixgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Galician language areas]{Galician language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue galicienne]{Rщgions de la langue galicienne -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[htb!] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galician-l.png}\ixgrf{galician-l.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Linguistic map of Galician]{Linguistic map of Galician -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_(Spain)}; see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician-l} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Carte linguistique du galicien]{Carte linguistique du galicien -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_(Spain)}; voir aussi -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician-l} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.66666666mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{galicia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galician_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{galicia-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{galician}'' language (\emph{galego})\,\footnote{Spoken in Galice, in the north-west part -% of Spain, around Santiago de Compostela; see figure~\vref{f+galician}.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file, -% (by \name{Manuel}{Carriba} and \namea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}) derived from the -% \xfile{spanish.dtx} file (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{galicia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galician_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{galicia-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien, \emph{galego})\,\footnote{Parlщe en Galice, -% dans la partie nord-ouest de l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle; voir la figure~\vref{f+galician}.} -% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{galician.dtx} (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et -% \namea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}), dщrivщ du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}), -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*galician> -\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Galician titles from galician.dtx (babel). -%% Carriba, Manuel (mcarriba@eunetcom.net) -%% Javier A. M·gica de Rivera (jmugica@digi21.net) -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% -\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\mtctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% -\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\stctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% -\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\slttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``German'' language: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{allemand.jpg}\ixgrf{allemand.jpg}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Germanophone areas in Europa]{Germanophone areas in Europa -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+german} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions germanophones en Europe]{Rщgions germanophones en Europe -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; -% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq}.)i\hfill\null}\label{f+german} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{germ-w.png}\ixgrf{germ-w.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Germanophone areas]{Germanophone areas -% (\url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deutsche_Sprache})\hfill\null}\label{f+germ-world} -% \else\relax -% \caption[Rщgions germanophones]{Rщgions germanophones -% (\url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deutsche_Sprache})\hfill\null}\label{f+germ-world} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{germany-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrf{be-dg-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lux-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suisse-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{austria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{jutland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{liech-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bolzano-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{alsace-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lorraine-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{opole-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{germany-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German-speaking_Community_of_Belgium}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{be-dg-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luxembourg}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lux-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Switzerland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suisse-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Germany}&\textbf{Belgium}&\textbf{Luxembourg}&\textbf{Switzerland}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Austria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{austria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jutland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{jutland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liechtenstein}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{liech-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bolzano}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bolzano-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Austria}&\textbf{Jutland}&\textbf{Liechtenstein}&\textbf{Bolzano}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alsace}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{alsace-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lorraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lorraine-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Opole}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{opole-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Alsace}&\textbf{Lorraine}&\textbf{Opole}&\\% -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Germanophone countries and regions]{Germanophone countries and regions (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_Language})\hfill\null}\label{f+germano-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{germany-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrf{be-dg-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lux-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suisse-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{austria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{jutland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{liech-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bozen-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{alsace-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lorraine-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{opole-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Allemagne}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{germany-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Communautщ_germanophone_de_Belgique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{be-dg-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luxembourg}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lux-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suisse}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suisse-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Germany}&\textbf{Belgium}&\textbf{Luxembourg}&\textbf{Switzerland}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autriche}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{austria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jutland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{jutland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liechtenstein}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{liech-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bolzano}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bozen-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Autriche}&\textbf{Jutland}&\textbf{Liechtenstein}&\textbf{Bolzano}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alsace}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{alsace-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lorraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lorraine-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Opole}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{opole-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Alsace}&\textbf{Lorraine}&\textbf{Opole}&\\% -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays et rщgions germanophones]{Pays et rщgions germanophones(\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Allemand})\hfill\null}\label{f+germano-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{german-d.pdf}\ixgrf{german-d.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[German dialects]{German dialects -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-d} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% By the High German consonant shift, the map of German dialects is divided into Upper German (green), Central German (blue), -% and Low German (yellow). The main isoglosses and the Benrath and Speyer lines are black. -% \end{minipage} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes allemands]{Dialectes allemands -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-d} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% Depuis la modification des consonnes du Haut allemand, la carte des dialectes allemands se divise entre Haut -% Allemand (vert), Allemand Central (bleu) et Bas Allemand (jaune). En noir: isoglosses principaux et lignes Benrath -% et Speyer. -% \end{minipage} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!htbp] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{german-m.pdf}\ixgrf{german-m.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The spread of the German language until ca.~1945 in Central Europe]{The spread of the German language -% until ca.~1945 in Central Europe -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-m} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% Orange marks Lower German, blue Middle German and green Upper German dialects. -% \end{minipage} -% \or\relax -% \caption[L'щtendue de la langue allemande jusque vers~1945 en Europe centrale]{L'щtendue de la langue allemande -% jusque vers~1945 en Europe centrale -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-m} -% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% Orange: Bas Allemand, bleu: Bas Allemand, vert: dialectes du Haut Allemand. -% \end{minipage} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{german-c.pdf}\ixgrf{german-c.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Distribution of the major West-Germanic dialectal varieties]{Distribution of the major West-Germanic -% dialectal varieties -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-c} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Distribution des principaux dialectes germaniques occidentaux]{Distribution des principaux dialectes germaniques occidentaux -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-c} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{germany-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{germany-f.jpg}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{german}'' language (\emph{deutsch}) are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% See also the section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{germany-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Allemagne}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{germany-f.jpg}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> (allemand, \emph{deutsch}) sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*german> -\ProvidesFile{german.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% German titles -\def\ptctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% -\def\plftitle{Figuren}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellen}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% -\def\mlftitle{Figuren}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}% -\def\stctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% -\def\slftitle{Figuren}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Germanb'' language: \uxfile{germanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb}\ixfile{germanb.mld} -% The ``\lopt{germanb}'' language is a variant for the ``german'' language. The titles come from -% \xfile{germanb.dtx} -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,germanb}: -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~germanb~>>: \uxfile{germanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb}\ixfile{germanb.mld} -% La langue <<~\lopt{germanb}~>> (allemand, variante) est une variante de la langue <<~german~>>. Les titres sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{germanb.dtx} -% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,germanb}: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*germanb> -\ProvidesFile{germanb.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% German titles (variant) from germanb.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Raichle, Bernd -\def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% -\def\plftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% -\def\mlftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% -%% -\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Germanb2'' language: \uxfile{germanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb2}\ixfile{germanb2.mld} -% The ``\lopt{germanb2}'' language is a variant for the ``\lopt{german}'' language, with short titles. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+germanb}. -% The titles are taken from the file \xfile{germanb.dtx} -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}: -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~germanb2~>>: \uxfile{germanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+germanb2}\ixfile{germanb2.mld} -% La langue <<~\lopt{germanb2}~>> (allemand, variante) est une variante de la langue <<~german~>>, avec des titres courts. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+germanb}. -% Les titres sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{germanb.dtx} -% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*germanb2> -\ProvidesFile{germanb2.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% German titles (variant) -\def\ptctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\plftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellen}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\mlftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}% -\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Greek'' language: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek~>>: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.6273522572\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.372647428\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece1.pdf}\ixgrf{grece1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece2.pdf}\ixgrf{grece2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Greece]{Greece (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+greece} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Grшce]{Grшce (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+greece} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure} -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth]{greekm.jpg}\ixgrf{greekm.jpg} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Dialects of modern Greek]{Dialects of modern Greek -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})\hfill\null}\label{f+greekdia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes du grec moderne]{Dialectes du grec moderne -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})\hfill\null}\label{f+greekdia} -% \fi -% \vspace*{-2\baselineskip} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm}\reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{greeka.png}\ixgrfl{greece-f.png}\ixgrfl{cyprus-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greeka.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grece}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greece-f.png}}}\\ -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cyprus-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{greek}'' language (modern greek, -% $\nu\acute{\epsilon}\alpha~\epsilon\lambda\lambda\eta\nu i\kappa\acute{\alpha}$) are taken from the \xfile{greek.dtx} file -% (by \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) in the -% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek,greek-ba}. -% Greek fonts are required. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{greeka.png}\ixgrfl{greece-f.png}\ixgrfl{cyprus-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grec_moderne}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greeka.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grшce}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{greece-f.png}}}\\ -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chypre}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cyprus-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek}~>> (grec moderne, -% $\nu\acute{\epsilon}\alpha~\epsilon\lambda\lambda\eta\nu i\kappa\acute{\alpha}$) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{greek.dtx} -% (de \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek,greek-ba}. -% Des fontes grecques sont requises. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*greek> -\ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Greek titles from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos. Needs greek fonts. -\def\ptctitle{Perieq'omena}% -\def\plftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% -\def\plttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% -\def\mtctitle{Perieq'omena}% -\def\mlftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% -\def\mlttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% -\def\stctitle{Perieq'omena}% -\def\slftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% -\def\slttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Greek-mono'' language: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek-mono~>>: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-mono}'' language\,\footnote{Monotonic greek, from a recent (1982) but strongly -% contested -- and contestable -- reform of the greek language.} are taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-mono}~>> (grec dit monotonique\,\footnote{Le grec monotonique, selon une rщcente -% (1982) mais fortement contestщe -- et contestable -- rщforme de la langue grecque.}) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*greek-mono> -\ProvidesFile{greek-mono.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. -%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\plftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^03ac^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% - ^^^^03bd}}% -\def\plftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\mlftitle%{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^03ac^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% - ^^^^03bd}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\stctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\slftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^03ac^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% - ^^^^03bd}}% -\def\slftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Greek-polydemo'' language: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek-polydemo~>>: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polydemo}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic demotic (popular) greek, for classical greek.} -% are taken from the file \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polydemo}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique <<~dщmotique~>> (populaire), -% pour le grec classique.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*greek-polydemo> -\ProvidesFile{greek-polydemo.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. -%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\plftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% - ^^^^03bd}}% -\def\plttitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% - ^^^^03bd}}% -\def\mlttitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\stctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\slftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9% - ^^^^03bd}}% -\def\slttitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Greek-polykatha'' language: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polykatha}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic greek, <<~kathaverousa~>> (purified) style, -% a form of the Greek language created during the early \textsc{xix}-th century by \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, -% to purify the language from the Byzantine and non-greek vocabulary. -% It has now been obsoleted by the demotic (popular) greek, but it -% has left a very noticeable trace in the modern Greek language.} are -% taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polykatha}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique, en style <<~kathaverousa~>> (purifiщ), -% une forme de la langue grecque crщщe au dщbut du \textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siшcle par \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, pour purifier -% la langue du vocabulaire byzantin ou non grec. Il a maintenant щtщ dщmodщ par le grec dщmotique (populaire), -% mais a laissщ d'importantes traces dans la langue grecque moderne.} -% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}: -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*greek-polykatha> -\ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. -%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\plftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\plttitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\mlttitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\stctitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc% - ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}% -\def\slftitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -\def\slttitle{\localgreek% -{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% - ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Guarani'' language: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguayp.pdf}\ixgrf{paraguayp.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguay.png}\ixgrf{paraguay.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Paraguay]{Paraguay (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+paraguay} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Paraguay]{Paraguay (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+paraguay} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{paraguay-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paraguay}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{paraguay-f.png}}}}} -% ``\lopt{guarani}'' (guaranэ) language is the main language spoken in Paraguay. -% Very often, a mixture of Guaranэ and Spanish, known as Joparс or Yoparс, is spoken. -% The titles are taken from the \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} file by \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}. -% A special input encoding (\xfile{win-gn.def}) is needed. -% These files are available on the CTAN archives. -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{paraguay-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paraguay}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{paraguay-f.png}}}}} -% langue л~\lopt{guarani}~╗ (guaranэ) est la langue principale parlщe au Paraguay. -% Trшs souvent, un mщlange de guaranэ et d'espagnol, appelщ л~joparс~╗ ou л~yoparс~╗, est utilisщ. -% Les titres sont tirщs du fichier \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} de \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}. -% Un codage d'entrщe spщcial (\xfile{win-gn.def}) est nщcessaire. -% Ces fichiers sont disponibles sur les archives CTAN. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*guarani> -\ProvidesFile{guarani.mld}[2005/08/26]% -%% Guaranэ titles from guarani.ldf by Javier Bezos. Input encoding win-gn.def needed. -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% -\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% -\def\mtctitle{\'Indice general}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% -\def\stctitle{\'Indice general}% -\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul1'' language: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1} -% \else\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul1~>>: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.426693630\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.573306370\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean1.png}\ixgrf{korean1.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean2.jpg}\ixgrf{korean2.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Korean language areas]{Korean language areas -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} -% and \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})\hfill\null}\label{f+korean} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue corщenne]{Rщgions de la langue corщenne -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} -% et \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})\hfill\null}\label{f+korean} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} -% -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.677187948\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.322812052\iwidth} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hangul.png}\ixgrf{hangul.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hanja.png}\ixgrf{hanja.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Hang√l and hanja characters]{Hang√l and hanja characters -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul} -% and \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; see also \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})\hfill\null}\label{f+kor-chars} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Caractшres hang√l et hanja]{Caractшres hang√l et hanja -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul} -% et \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; voir aussi \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})\hfill\null}\label{f+kor-chars} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{29.15625mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{korea-n-f.png}\ixgrfl{korea-s-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_Korea}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{korea-n-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_Korea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{korea-s-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% Korean language was originally written using the Chinese characters; it is now mainly written in Hang√l, the -% Korean writing system, optionally incorporating Hanja to write Sino-Korean words~\cite{venkatesan}. -% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. -% See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language (korean in hang√l script, first variant) are taken from the file -% \xfile{hangul.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% -% \lneed{2} -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{korea-n-f.png}\ixgrfl{korea-s-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_populaire_dщmocratique_de_Corщe}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{korea-n-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corщe_du_Sud}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{korea-s-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue corщenne щtait originellement щcrite en caractшres chinois; elle est actuellement principalement -% щcrite en caractшres hang√l, en incorporant щventuellement des caractшres hanja pour щcrire des mots -% sino-corщens~\cite{venkatesan}. Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}. -% Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. -% -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> (corщen, щcriture hang√l premiшre variante) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{hangul.cap} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. -% -% \lneed{2} -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hangul1> -\ProvidesFile{hangul1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul1}% -%% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs -%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg -%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions -%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul2'' language: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul2~>>: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language (korean in hang√l script, second variant) are taken from the file -% \xfile{hangul.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% -% \lneed{3} -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1} and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul3}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> (corщen en щcriture hang√l, deuxiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{hangul.cpx} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Voir aussi les variantes dans les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul3}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hangul2> -\ProvidesFile{hangul2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul2}% -%% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs -%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg -%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003), Hangul captions -%% char. set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{11} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul3'' language: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixmldo{hangul3} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul3~>>: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixfile{hangul3} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language (korean in hang√l script, third variant) are taken from the file -% \xfile{hangul2.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul2} and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul4}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> (corщen en щcriture hang√l, troisiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{hangul2.cap} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul2} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul4}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hangul3> -\ProvidesFile{hangul3.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul3}% -%% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs -%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg -%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2 -%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{11} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul4'' language: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul4~>>: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language (korean in hang√l script, fourth variant) are taken from the file -% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul3}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul-u8}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> (corщen en щcriture hang√l, quatriшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul3} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul-u8}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hangul4> -\ProvidesFile{hangul4.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul4}% -%% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs -%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg -%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2, -%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), -%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{9} -% \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8} -% \or\relax -% \lneed{8} -% \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language (korean in hang√l script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken -% from the file \xfile{u8hangul.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. -% Special fonts are needed, of course. Input encoding is UTF-8. -% -% \lneed{3} -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul4}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja1}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> (corщen, щcriture hang√l, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{u8hangul.tex} du systшme \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. -% Le codage en entrщe est UTF-8. -% -% \lneed{4} -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul4} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja1}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hangul-u8> -\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}% -%% Hangul captions for Lambda. From the file u8hangul.tex -%% of the HLaTeX package by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hanja1'' language: \uxmldo{hanja1.mld}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hanja1~>>: \uxmldo{hanja1}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language (korean in the old script hanja, first variant) are taken from the file -% \xfile{hanja.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul-u8}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> (corщen en щcriture ancienne hanja, premiшre variante) sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{hanja.cpx} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi -% Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. -% les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hangul-u8} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+hanja2}{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hanja1> -\ProvidesFile{hanja1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja1}% -%% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs -%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions. -%% Created by Werner Lemberg , Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -%% Character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), -%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hanja2'' language: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hanja2~>>: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language (Korean in the old script hanja, second variant) are taken from the file -% \xfile{hanja.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> (corщen en щcriture ancienne hanja, seconde variante) sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{hanja.cap} du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi -% les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% \fi -% \end{SMOOTH} -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hanja2> -\ProvidesFile{hanja2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja2}% -%% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs -%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions. -%% Created by Werner Lemberg . -%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), -%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung). Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{11} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hanja-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language (korean in hanja script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken from the file -% \xfile{u8hanja.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% Input encoding is UTF-8. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja2}. -% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. -% -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> (corщen, щcriture hanja, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{u8hanja.tex} du systшme \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~corщen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. -% Le codage en entrщe est UTF-8. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+hangul1}{s+mld+hanja2}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hanja-u8> -\ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}% -%% Hanja captions for Lambda. From the file hanja-u8.tex of the HLaTeX package -%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{29.15625mm} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hebrew'' language: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{ivrit.png}\ixgrfl{israel-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{ivrit.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israel}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{hebrew}'' language (\emph{ivrit}) are taken from -% the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), -% with the associated fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}. -% See the hebrew alphabet (\emph{alefbet}): \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{ivrit.png}\ixgrfl{israel-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{ivrit.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israel}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew}~>> (hщbreu, \emph{ivrit}) sont tirщs du -% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), -% avec les fontes associщes. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}. -% Voir l'alphabet (\emph{alefbet}) hщbreu: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hebrew> -\ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28]% -%% Hebrew titles. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation) -\def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% -\def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% -\def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% -\def\mtctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% -\def\mlftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% -\def\mlttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% -\def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% -\def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% -\def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr1.pdf}\ixgrf{isr1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr2.pdf}\ixgrf{isr2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Israыl]{Israыl (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+israel} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Israel]{Israel (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+israel} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hebrew2'' language: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hebrew2~>>: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\@ensure@R} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew2}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{hebrew.dtx} -% (by \xname{Boris}{Lavva} and \name{Rama}{Porrat}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, which should be -% used, with the associated fonts and encodings. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew2}~>> (hщbreu, une variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{hebrew.dtx} -% (de \name{Boris}{Lavva} et \name{Rama}{Porrat}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, qui -% devrait ъtre utilisщ, avec les fontes et codages associщs. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hebrew2> -\ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11]% -%% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il) -%% Need hebrew fonts. -\def\ptctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % - \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% -\def\plftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % - \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% -\def\plttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ - \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% -\def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % - \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% -\def\mlftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % - \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% -\def\mlttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ - \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% -\def\stctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % - \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% -\def\slftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % - \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% -\def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ - \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hindi'' language: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hindi~>>: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{hindi}'' language is just like ``\lopt{devanagari}'', -% so we just load \xfile{devanagari.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{hindi}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>>, donc nous -% chargeons \xfile{devanagari.mld} simplement (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hindi> -\ProvidesFile{hindi.mld}[2006/08/24]\mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hindi-modern'' language: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hindi-modern~>>: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.417475728\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.582524272\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde1.pdf}\ixgrf{inde1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde2.jpg}\ixgrf{inde2.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in India]{Languages in India -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+india} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues en Inde]{Langues en Inde -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; -% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+india} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}l@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hindi-p.png}\ixgrf{hindi-p.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hindi-b.png}\ixgrf{hindi-b.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Hindi proper and the hindi belt]{Hindi proper (east and west Hindi dialects) and the hindi belt (1991 -% census) (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi})\hfill\null}\label{f+hindi} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Hindi proprement dit et la ceinture hindi]{Hindi proprement dit (dialectes hindi de l'est et de l'ouest) et -% la ceinture hindi (recensement de 1991) (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi})\hfill\null}\label{f+hindi} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{6} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles\ixgrf{hin.png}\ixgrfl{india-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{hin.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{india-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{hindi-modern}'' language are taken from the \xfile{captions.dn} file -% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, -% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) -% in the Devan\=agar\={\i} -% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}) after conversion. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}. Specific fonts are required. -% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrf{hin.png}\ixgrfl{india-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{hin.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inde}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{india-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{hindi-modern}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{captions.dn} -% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, -% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) -% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}), aprшs conversion. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}. -% Des fontes spщcifiques sont requises. -% La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\dn} -% \begin{macro}{\qva} -% \begin{macro}{\re} -% \begin{macro}{\rs} -% \begin{macro}{\2} -% \begin{macro}{\8} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hindi-modern> -\ProvidesFile{hindi-modern.mld}[2006/08/29]% -%% Hindi modern titles from captions.dn in ``Devanagari for TeX'' -%% by Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k & -%% Smith, John & Carmody, Kevin & Mahoney, Richard & Wujastyk, Dominik -\def\ptctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% -\def\plftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\plttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\stctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% -\def\slftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% -\def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hungarian'' language: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hungarian~>>: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{hungarian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language, -% so we load \xfile{magyar.mld}. -% See section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>>, donc nous chargeons -% \xfile{magyar.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*hungarian> -\ProvidesFile{hungarian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{magyar}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Icelandic'' language: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~icelandic~>>: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islande.png}\ixgrf{islande.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islandep.jpg}\ixgrf{islandep.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Iceland]{Iceland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} -% and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}); -% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})\hfill\null}\label{f+icelandic} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Islande]{Islande (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} -% et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}; -% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})\hfill\null}\label{f+icelandic} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{18mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{iceland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icelandic_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{iceland-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{icelandic}'' language (\emph{эslenska}) are taken from the \xfile{icelandic.dtx} file -% (by \namea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. See also~\cite{icelandic2}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{iceland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icelandic_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{iceland-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{icelandic}~>> (islandais, \emph{эslenska}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{icelandic.dtx} -% (par \namea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. Voir aussi~\cite{icelandic2}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*icelandic> -\ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% From icelandic.dtx (babel). Needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding. ┴rnason, Einar -\def\ptctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% -\def\plftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% -\def\plttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% -\def\mtctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% -\def\mlftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% -\def\mlttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% -\def\stctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% -\def\slftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% -\def\slttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Indon'' language: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~indon~>>: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{indon}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{indon}~>> (indon) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*indon> -\ProvidesFile{indon.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Indonesian'' language: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~indonesian~>>: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{indonesian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{indonesian}~>> (indonщsien) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*indonesian> -\ProvidesFile{indonesian.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Interlingua'' language: \uxfile{interlingua.mld}}\label{s+mld+interlingua}\ixfile{interlingua.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{interlingua}'' language are taken from the \xfile{interlingua.dtx} file -% (by \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,interlingua}. -% Interlingua is an auxiliary language, built from the common -% vocabulary of Spanish/Portuguese, English, Italian and French, -% with some normalisation of spelling. The grammar is very easy, -% more similar to English's than to neolatin languages\footnote{The site -% \url{http://www.interlingua.com} is mostly written in interlingua -% (as is \url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}), in case you want to read some sample of it.}. -% See also: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, -% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/} -% \item interlingua-english dictionnary: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/} -% \item interlingua grammar (in french): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html} -% \item somes sites in interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua} -% \item other sites about interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm} -% \end{itemize} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~interlingua~>>: \uxfile{interlingua.mld}}\label{s+mld+interlingua}\ixfile{interlingua.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{interlingua}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{interlingua.dtx} -% (de \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,interlingua}. -% Interlingua est une langue auxiliaire, construite р~partir du vocabulaire commun de l'espagnol/portugais, de -% l'anglais de l'italien et du franчais, avec une certaine normalisation de l'orthographe. La grammaire est trшs -% facile, plus similaire р~celle de l'anglais qu'р celles des langues nщo-latines\,\footnote{Le site -% {\froff\url{http://www.interlingua.com}} est щcrit principalement en interlingua -% (comme l'est {\froff\url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}}), au cas o∙ vous souhaiteriez en lire un exemple.}. -% Voir aussi: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, -% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/} -% \item dictionnaire interlingua-anglais: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/} -% \item grammaire de l'interlingua (en franчais): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html} -% \item quelques sites en interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua} -% \item d'autres sites sur interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm} -% \end{itemize} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*interlingua> -\ProvidesFile{interlingua.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Interlingua titles from interlingua.dtx (babel). Kleiweg, Peter -\def\ptctitle{Contento}% -\def\plftitle{Lista de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{Lista de tabellas}% -\def\mtctitle{Contento}% -\def\mlftitle{Figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellas}% -\def\stctitle{Contento}% -\def\slftitle{Figuras}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Irish'' language: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~irish~>>: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irlande.pdf}\ixgrf{irlande.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irish.png}\ixgrf{irish.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Ireland]{Ireland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} -% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+ireland} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Irlande]{Irlande (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} -% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+ireland} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{gael-ft.pdf}\ixgrfl{ireland-f.png}\ixgrfl{uk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gael-ft.pdf}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔ire}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ireland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{irish}'' language (\emph{gaeilge}) come from the \xfile{irish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} and \name{Fraser}{Grant}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}: -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrf{gael-ft.pdf}\ixgrfl{ireland-f.png}\ixgrfl{uk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irlandais}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gael-ft.pdf}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔ire}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ireland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irlande}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{irish}~>> (irlandais, \emph{gaeilge}) viennent du fichier \xfile{irish.dtx} -% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} et \name{Fraser}{Grant}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*irish> -\ProvidesFile{irish.mld}[2006/02/28]% -%% From irish.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Gunn, Marion & Grant, Fraser -\def\ptctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% -\def\plftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% -\def\plttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% -\def\mtctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% -\def\mlftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% -\def\mlttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% -\def\stctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% -\def\slftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% -\def\slttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Italian'' language: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.55\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.45\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italysm.png}\ixgrf{italysm.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italian.pdf}\ixgrf{italian.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Italy]{Italy (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/italy.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~-- -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+italy} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Italie]{Italie (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/italy.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~-- -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+italy} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1357 628,clip]{italo1.png}\ixgrf{italo1.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Italophone areas in Europa]{Italophone areas in Europa -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+italo} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions italophones en Europe]{Rщgions italophones en Europe -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+italo} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{italy-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{argentina-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{croatia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{eritrea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{malta1-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{san-marino-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{somalia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suisse-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{corsica-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{monaco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{albania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{nice-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{libya-f.jpg}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{italy-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Argentina}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{argentina-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{croatia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eritrea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eritrea-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Italy}&\textbf{Argentina}&\textbf{Croatia}&\textbf{Eritrea}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malta}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malta1-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/San_Marino}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{san-marino-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovenia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Somalia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{somalia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Malta}&\textbf{San~Marino}&\textbf{Slovenia}&\textbf{Somalia}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Switzerland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suisse-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corsica}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{corsica-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vatican}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vatican-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monaco}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{monaco-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Switzerland}&\textbf{Corsica}&\textbf{Vatican}&\textbf{Monaco}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{albania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nice}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nice-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montenegro}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{montenegro-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libya}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{libya-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \textbf{Albania}&\textbf{Nice}&\textbf{Montenegro}&\textbf{Libya}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Italophone countries and regions]{Italophone countries and regions (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_Language})\hfill\null}\label{f+italo-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{italy-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{argentina-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{croatia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{eritrea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{malta1-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{san-marino-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{somalia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{suisse-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{corsica-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{monaco-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{albania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{nice-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{libya-f.jpg}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{italy-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Argentine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{argentina-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{croatia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔ritrщe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eritrea-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Italie}&\textbf{Argentine}&\textbf{Croatia}&\textbf{╔ritrщe}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malte}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malta1-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint-Marin}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{san-marino-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovщnie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Somalie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{somalia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Malte}&\textbf{Saint-Marin}&\textbf{Slovщnie}&\textbf{Somalie}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suisse}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{suisse-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corse}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{corsica-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vatican}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vatican-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monaco}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{monaco-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Suisse}&\textbf{Corse}&\textbf{Vatican}&\textbf{Monaco}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{albania-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nice}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nice-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montщnщgro}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{montenegro-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libye}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{libya-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \textbf{Albanie}&\textbf{Nice}&\textbf{Montщnщgro}&\textbf{Libye}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays et rщgions italophones]{Pays et rщgions italophones(\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italien})\hfill\null}\label{f+italo-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{italy-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{italy-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language (\emph{italiano}) come from the file \xfile{italian.dtx} -% (by \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} and \name{Claudio}{Beccari}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{italy-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{italy-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian}~>> (italien, \emph{italiano}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{italian.dtx} -% (de \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} et \name{Claudio}{Beccari}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*italian> -\ProvidesFile{italian.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Italian titles from italian.dtx (babel). Same authors. -%% Maurizio Codogno (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it) & Claudio Beccari (beccari@polito.it) -\def\ptctitle{Indice}% -\def\plftitle{Elenco delle figure}% -\def\plttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% -\def\mtctitle{Indice}% -\def\mlftitle{Elenco delle figure}% -\def\mlttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% -\def\stctitle{Indice}% -\def\slftitle{Elenco delle figure}% -\def\slttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Italian2'' language: \uxfile{italian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian2}\ixfile{italian2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{italian2}'' language are the same as for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language, except at the part -% level (``Contenuto''). See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian}.\iname{Maurizio}{Codogno}\iname{Claudio}{Beccari} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~italian2~>>: \uxfile{italian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian2}\ixfile{italian2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian2}~>> (italien, variante) sont les mъmes que pour la langue л~\lopt{italian}~╗, -% sauf au niveau partie (л~Contenuto~╗). -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian}.\iname{Maurizio}{Codogno}\iname{Claudio}{Beccari} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*italian2> -\ProvidesFile{italian2.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Italian titles. Variant, from italian.dtx (babel). Same authors. -\def\ptctitle{Contenuto}% -\def\plftitle{Elenco delle figure}% -\def\plttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% -\def\mtctitle{Contenuto}% -\def\mlftitle{Elenco delle figure}% -\def\mlttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% -\def\stctitle{Contenuto}% -\def\slftitle{Elenco delle figure}% -\def\slttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{7} -% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{29.15625mm} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese~>>: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.516379310\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.483620690\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon1}\ixgrf{japon1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon2.jpg}\ixgrf{japon2.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Japan]{Japan (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+japon} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Japon]{Japon (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+japon} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% There\ixgrf{nihongo.png}\ixgrfl{japan-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Japanese_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{nihongo.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Japan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{japan-f.png}}}\\\strut\end{tabular}}} -% are several variants for the japanese titles. -% The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language have been found (by a Google search) on -% the Web site of -% Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}. -% -% \normalmarginpar -% But see also other variants in sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese2}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \or\relax -% Il y~a\ixgrf{nihongo.png}\ixgrfl{japan-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Japonais}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{nihongo.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Japon}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{japan-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% plusieurs variantes pour les titres en japonais. -% Les titres pour une premiшre variante de la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> (japonais) ont щtщ trouvщs -% (par une recherche avec Google) sur le site Web du Professeur -% \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}. -% -% Mais il faut aussi regarder les autres variantes dans les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese2}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*japanese> -\ProvidesFile{japanese.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese}% -%% Japanese titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. -%% From Kumazawa Toshiki -%% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language (japanese, second variant) are taken from file -% \xfile{JIS.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese3}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> (japonais, deuxiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{JIS.cap} du -% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese3}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*japanese2> -\ProvidesFile{japanese2.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese2}% -%% From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package -%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. -%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language (japanese, third variant) are taken from -% file \xfile{JIS.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% -% \lneed{3} -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese2}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese4}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> (japonais, troisiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{JIS.cpx} du -% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont bien s√r nщcessaires. -% -% \lneed{3} -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese2} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese4}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Notez que les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas -% ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{6} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*japanese3> -\ProvidesFile{japanese3.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese3}% -%% From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package -%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. -%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC, preprocessed -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language (japanese, fourth version) are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cap} of the -% \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese3}, and~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese5}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> (japonais, quatriшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cap} -% du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, bien s√r. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese3} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*japanese4> -\ProvidesFile{japanese4.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese4}% -%% From SJIS.cap in CJK package for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) -%% with LaTeX2e. Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28/03/2003). -%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' (japanese, fifth variant) language are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cpx} of -% the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese4}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> (japonais, cinquiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cpx} du -% systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spщciales sont nщcessaires, щvidemment. Regardez aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese4} -% et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*japanese5> -\ProvidesFile{japanese5.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese5}% -%% From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package -%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. -%% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS, preprocessed -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{11} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese6'' language: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' (japanese, sixth variant) language have been found (by a Google search) -% on the Web site of -% Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}. -% ^^A \lneed{4} -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese5}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese6~>>: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6} -% Les titres pour la langue л~\lopt{japanese6}~╗ (japonais, sixiшme variante) ont щtщ trouvщs (par une recherche avec -% Google) sur le site Web du Professeur -% \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}. -% ^^A \lneed{4} -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+japanese}{s+mld+japanese5}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese6}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*japanese6> -\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mld}[2006/10/31]\mtcloadmlo{japanese6}% -%% Japanese6 titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. -%% From Kumazawa Toshiki -%% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Kannada'' language: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue л~kannada~╗: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixgrf{kannada.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnataka.jpg}\ixgrf{karnataka.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnad1.jpg}\ixgrf{karnad1.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Kannada language areas]{Kannada language areas (\url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm} -% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karnataka}; -% see also \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg} -% and figure~\vref{f+india})\hfill\null}\label{f+kannada} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue kannada]{Rщgions de la langue kannada -% (\url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm} -% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karnataka}; -% voir aussi \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg} -% et la figure~\vref{f+india})\hfill\null}\label{f+kannada} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{7.180851064mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrf{kannada-n.png}\ixgrfl{karnataka-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kannada_script}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{kannada-n.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karnataka}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{karnataka-f.jpg}}\end{tabular}}} -% Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state -% (main town: Bangalore) of India. -% Titles are taken in the \xfile{kanlel.sty} package file from the -% \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX} project~\cite{kannadatex}\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}} by \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} and \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}. -% Specific fonts are required. See the alphabet here: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}. -% \or\relax -% Le\ixgrf{kannada-n.png}\ixgrfl{karnataka-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kannara}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{kannada-n.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karnataka}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{karnataka-f.jpg}}\end{tabular}}} -% л~\lopt{kannada}~╗ (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlщe dans l'щtat Karnataka (capitale Bangalore) de l'Inde. Les textes pour les -% titres sont tirщes du fichier paquetage \xfile{kanlel.sty} du projet -% \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}~\cite{kannadatex}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}}} de \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} et \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}. -% Des fontes spщcifiques sont nщcessaires. Voir l'alphabet ici: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*kannada> -\ProvidesFile{kannada.mld}[2007/02/22]% -%% From kanlel.sty of Kannadatex -%% (C. S. Yogananda yoga@math.iisc.ernet.in yogacs@users.sarovar.org) -%% (K. K. Subramaniam subbukk@users.sarovar.org) -\def\ptctitle{pariviDi}% -\def\plftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% -\def\plftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% -\def\mtctitle{pariviDi}% -\def\mlftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% -\def\mlftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% -\def\stctitle{pariviDi}% -\def\slftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% -\def\slftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Khalkha'' language: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~khalkha~>>: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ``\lopt{khalkha}'' is a synomym for ``\lopt{xalx}'', -% so we just load \xfile{xalx.mld} (see sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}): -% \or\relax -% Le <<~\lopt{khalkha}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{xalx}~>>, -% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{xalx.mld} -% (voir les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*khalkha> -\ProvidesFile{khalkha.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{xalx}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Latin'' language: \uxfile{latin.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin}\ixfile{latin.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{latin}'' language (medieval) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} file -% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latin2}. -% The latin\ixgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://www.vatican.va/latin/latin_index.html}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vatican-f.jpg}}}}} -% language is still used by the Catholic Church and the Vatican for archives and some texts. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~latin~>>: \uxfile{latin.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin}\ixfile{latin.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latin}~>> (mщdiщval) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} -% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latin2}. -% La langue latine\ixgrfl{vatican-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://www.vatican.va/latin/latin_index.html}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vatican-f.jpg}}}}} -% est encore utilisщe par l'╔glise Catholique et le Vatican pour des archives et certains textes. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*latin> -\ProvidesFile{latin.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Latin (medieval) titles from latin.dtx (babel) -%% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad -\def\ptctitle{Index}% -\def\plftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% -\def\plttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% -\def\mtctitle{Index}% -\def\mlftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% -\def\mlttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% -\def\stctitle{Index}% -\def\slftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% -\def\slttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Latin2'' language: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~latin2~>>: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\ae} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{latin2}'' language (latin, medieval, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} -% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latin}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latin2}~>> (latin, mщdiщval, variante abrщgщe) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} -% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont щtщ abrщgщs. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latin}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*latin2> -\ProvidesFile{latin2.mld}[2007/04/06]% -%% Latin (medieval) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel) -%% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad -\def\ptctitle{Index}% -\def\plftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% -\def\plttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% -\def\mtctitle{Index}% -\def\mlftitle{Descriptiones}% -\def\mlttitle{{Tabul\ae}}% -\def\stctitle{Index}% -\def\slftitle{Descriptiones}% -\def\slttitle{{Tabul\ae}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Latinc'' language: \uxfile{latinc.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc}\ixfile{latinc.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc}'' language (classical latin) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} file -% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc2}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~latinc~>>: \uxfile{latinc.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc}\ixfile{latinc.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc}~>> (latin classique) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} -% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc2}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*latinc> -\ProvidesFile{latinc.mld}[2007/04/13]% -%% Latin (classical) titles from latin.dtx (babel) -%% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad -\def\ptctitle{Index}% -\def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% -\def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% -\def\mtctitle{Index}% -\def\mlftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% -\def\mlttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% -\def\stctitle{Index}% -\def\slftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% -\def\slttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Latinc2'' language: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (classical latin, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} -% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~latinc2~>>: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (latin classique, variante abrщgщe) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} -% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont щtщ abrщgщs. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*latinc2> -\ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06]% -%% Latin (classical) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel) -%% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad -\def\ptctitle{Index}% -\def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% -\def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% -\def\mtctitle{Index}% -\def\mlftitle{Descriptiones}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabvlae}% -\def\stctitle{Index}% -\def\slftitle{Descriptiones}% -\def\slttitle{Tabvlae}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Latvian'' language: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~latvian~>>: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.3649022507\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.635097493\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes.jpg}\ixgrf{baltes.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lettonie.jpg}\ixgrf{lettonie.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Baltic languages and Latvia]{Baltic languages and Latvia -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% note that the estonian language is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the -% uralian family.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-le} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues baltes et Lettonie]{Langues baltes et Lettonie -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; -% notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-le} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{latvian-d.png}\ixgrf{latvian-d.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{latvian-r1.png}\ixgrf{latvian-r1.png}% -% \\ -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{% -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Dialects of the Latvian language. Main dialects are titled -% grey, subdialects are titled black, subdivisons of subdialects -% are given in brackets. L\={\i}biskais or Livonian dialect is in -% bluish shades, Vidus (Vidzemes) or Middle dialect is in green shades, -% Aug\v{s}zemnieku or Highlander/Latgalian dialect is yellow-orange. -% \or\relax -% Dialectes de la langue lettone. Les dialectes principaux -% sont titrщs en gris, les sous dialectes sont titrщs en noir, -% les sub-divisions des sous-dialectes sont donnщs entre -% crochets. Le dialecte L\={\i}biskais ou Livonien est en tons -% bleus. Le dialecte Vidus (Vidzemes) ou dialecte mщdian -% est en tons verts, le dialecte Aug\v{s}zemnieku ou -% dialecte des hauteurs ou Latgalien est en jaune orangщ. -% \fi -% \end{minipage}} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Dialects and administrative regions in Latvia]{Dialects and administrative regions in Latvia -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvian_language} and -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/Europe/lettonie-1gnrl.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+latvian-d} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes et rщgions administratives de Lettonie]{Dialectes et rщgions administratives de Lettonie -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvian_language} et -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/Europe/lettonie-1gnrl.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+latvian-d} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{latvia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{latvia-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language\,\footnote{Note that ``\lopt{latvian}'' is the original name for -% ``\lopt{letton}''.} (\emph{latvie\v{s}u valoda}) come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+letton}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{latvia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettonie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{latvia-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>\,\footnote{Notez que <<~\lopt{latvian}~>> (latvien) est -% l'autre nom du <<~\lopt{letton}~>>.} (\emph{latvie\v{s}u valoda}) viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+letton}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*latvian> -\ProvidesFile{latvian.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% From latvian.ldf (Antomega project). -%% Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% -\def\plftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% -\def\plttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% -\def\mtctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% -\def\mlftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% -\def\mlttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% -\def\stctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% -\def\slftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% -\def\slttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Latvian2'' language: \uxfile{latvian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian2}\ixfile{latvian2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{latvian2}'' language come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file -% (by \name{Andris}{Lasis} and \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}) -% at~\url{http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~latvian2~>>: \uxfile{latvian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian2}\ixfile{latvian2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian2}~>> viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf} -% (de \name{Andris}{Lasis} et \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}) -% р~{\froff\url{http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf}}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*latvian2> -\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]% -% Andris Lasis (andris_lisis@simms.lv) Ivars Drikis (drikis@lanet.lv) -% http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf -\def\ptctitle{Saturs}% -\def\plftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% -\def\plttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% -\def\mtctitle{Saturs}% -\def\mlftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% -\def\stctitle{Saturs}% -\def\slftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% -\def\slttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Letton'' language: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~letton~>>: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{letton}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language, so we just load -% \xfile{latvian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{letton}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{latvian.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*letton> -\ProvidesFile{letton.mld}[2005/02/08]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Letton2'' language: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~letton2~>>: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{letton2}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian2}'' language, so we just load -% \xfile{latvian2.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{letton2}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian2}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{latvian2.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*letton2> -\ProvidesFile{letton2.mld}[2007/06/05]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Lithuanian'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.442069741\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.557930259\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes.jpg}\ixgrf{baltes.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lituanie.png}\ixgrf{lituanie.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Baltic languages and Lithuania]{Baltic languages and Lithuania -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; -% see also~\url{http://samogitia.mch.mii.lt/KALBA/girdstr.en.htm} by \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis}; -% note that estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-li} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues baltiques et Lithuanie]{Langues baltiques et Lithuanie -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; -% voir aussi~\url{http://samogitia.mch.mii.lt/KALBA/girdstr.en.htm} par \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis}; -% notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-li} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lithuania-f.jpg}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{lithuanian}'' language (\emph{lietuvi\k{u} kalba}) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf} -% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}.} -% (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) -% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettonie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lithuania-f.jpg}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lituanien, \emph{lietuvi\k{u} kalba}) sont simplement tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvщ dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}}}.} -% (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) -% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*lithuanian> -\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04]% -%% Lithuanian titles from lithuanian.ldf -%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip -%% by Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt) -\def\ptctitle{Turinys}% -\def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% -\def\plttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% -\def\mtctitle{Turinys}% -\def\mlftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% -\def\mlttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% -\def\stctitle{Turinys}% -\def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% -\def\slttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Lithuanian2'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian2}'' language (variant) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf} -% file, found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}, -% (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) -% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}. -% The L7x encoding and the Latin Modern fonts are needed. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian2~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian2}~>> (lituanien, variante) sont simplement tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}, trouvщ dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}}}, -% (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) -% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}. -% Le codage L7x et les fontes Latin Modern sont nщcessaires. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*lithuanian2> -\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04]% -%% Lithuanian titles (variant) from lithuanian.ldf -%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz -%% by Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt) -\def\ptctitle{Turinys}% -\def\plftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% -\def\plttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% -\def\mtctitle{Turinys}% -\def\mlftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% -\def\mlttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% -\def\stctitle{Turinys}% -\def\slftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% -\def\slttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \par -% -% \lneed{9} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Lowersorbian'' language: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~lowersorbian~>>: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{ls-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lower_Sorbian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ls-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'' language\,\footnote{Lower sorbian. Sorbian, or wendisch, -% is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Lower Lusatia in the german -% \emph{lфnder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes -% who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during -% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century). -% See figures~\vrefrange{f+lusace}{f+sorben}.} (\emph{dolnoserbski, dolnoserv\v{s}\'{c}ina}) are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file (by \name{Eduard}{Werner}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. -% A shorter language name is \lopt{lsorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}). -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{ls-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lower_Sorbian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ls-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>> (bas sorabe)\,\footnote{% -% ^^A \interfootnotelinepenalty=10000\interlinepenalty=10000\relax -% Le bas sorabe, le sorabe ou wende, -% est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-europщennes parlщ en Basse-Lusace dans les \emph{lфnder} -% allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves -% qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale р~l'ouest et l'Oder р~l'est pendant la pщriode mщdiщvale -% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siшcle). Voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+lusace}{f+sorben}.} -% (\emph{dolnoserbski, dolnoserv\v{s}\'{c}ina}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} -% (de \name{Eduard}{Werner}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. -% Un nom plus court pour cette langue est \lopt{lsorbian} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{figure}[!tbh] -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}cXc@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-1.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}&% -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-2.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}\\ -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Lusace and the Sorbians]{Lusace and the Sorbians -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+lusace} -% \or\relax -% \caption[La Lusace et les sorabes]{La Lusace et les sorabes -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+lusace} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorbian.jpg}\ixgrf{sorbian.jpg}% -% ^^A `p' option to keep the figure from drifting -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Sorbian dialects areas]{Sorbian dialects areas -% (\url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(University of Exeter), -% \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html}, -% \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: lower sorbian, ▄bergangsdialekte: transitional dialects, -% Obersorbish: upper sorbian.)\hfill\null}\label{f+sorbian} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions des dialectes sorabes]{Rщgions des dialectes sorabes -% (\url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(Universitщ d'Exeter), -% \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html}, -% \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: bas sorabe, ▄bergangsdialekte: dialectes de transition, -% Obersorbish: haut sorabe.)\hfill\null}\label{f+sorbian} -% \fi -% ^^A \vspace*{-2pt} % ^^A ``Float too large'' -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!tb] -% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorben.jpg}\ixgrf{sorben.jpg}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Sorbs]{Sorbs (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sorbs})\hfill\null}\label{f+sorben} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Sorabes]{Sorabes (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sorbs})\hfill\null}\label{f+sorben} -% \fi -% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*lowersorbian> -\ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28]% -%% Lower sorbian titles from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard -\def\ptctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% -\def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% -\def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% -\def\mtctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% -\def\mlftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% -\def\mlttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% -\def\stctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% -\def\slftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% -\def\slttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Lsorbian'' language: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~lsorbian~>>: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{lsorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'', so we just need to load \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. -% See section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{lsorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*lsorbian> -\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Magyar'' language: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~magyar~>>: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.588235294\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.411764706\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun2.jpg}\ixgrf{hun2.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun1.png}\ixgrf{hun1.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Hungaria and magyar speaking areas]{Hungaria and magyar speaking areas -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungaria} -% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_Language}; -% the magyar language is also spoken in some regions in Romania, -% Slovakia, Serbia-Voivodina and Ukraine)\hfill\null}\label{f+hongrie} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Hongrie et rщgions de langue magyar]{Hongrie et rщgions de langue magyar -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungaria} -% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_language}; -% la langue hongroise est aussi parlщe dans quelques rщgions de Roumanie, -% de Slovaquie, de Serbie-Voяvodine et d'Ukraine)\hfill\null}\label{f+hongrie} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm}\reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{hungary-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hungary-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language are taken from the \xfile{magyar.dtx} -% (by \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces} and \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, with help from \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) -% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. A synonym of ``\lopt{magyar}'' is -% ``\lopt{hungarian}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar2}{s+mld+magyar3} for variants. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{hungary-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hungary-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} -% (de \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces} et \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, avec l'aide de \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. Un synonyme de <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> -% est <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar2}{s+mld+magyar3} pour des variantes. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*magyar> -\ProvidesFile{magyar.mld}[2006/03/08]% -%% Magyar titles from magyar.dtx (babel). Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef -\def\ptctitle{Tartalom}% -\def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% -\def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% -\def\mtctitle{Tartalom}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% -\def\mlttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% -\def\stctitle{Tartalom}% -\def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% -\def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Magyar2'' language: \uxfile{magyar2.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar2}\ixfile{magyar2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar2}'' language are taken from a variant proposed -% in the \xfile{magyar.dtx} file of the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (by \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, -% \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, and \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}). -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar} and~\vref{s+mld+magyar3}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~magyar2~>>: \uxfile{magyar2.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar2}\ixfile{magyar2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar2}~>> sont tirщs d'une variante proposщe -% dans le fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (de \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, -% \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro} et \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}). -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar} et~\vref{s+mld+magyar3}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*magyar2> -\ProvidesFile{magyar2.mld}[2008/04/03]% -%% Magyar2 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). -%% Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef -\def\ptctitle{Tartalom}% -\def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% -\def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% -\def\mtctitle{Tartalom}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% -\def\mlttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% -\def\stctitle{Tartalom}% -\def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% -\def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Magyar3'' language: \uxfile{magyar3.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar3}\ixfile{magyar3.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar3}'' language (third variant of magyar) are taken -% from the \xfile{magyar.dtx} file (by \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, and \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}\,\footnote{The situation of the magyar language in -% the \pack{babel} package is not clear; some experimental versions exist.}. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar}{s+mld+magyar2}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~magyar3~>>: \uxfile{magyar3.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar3}\ixfile{magyar3.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar3}~>> (troisiшme variante de la langue magyar) sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} (de \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro} et \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}). -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}\,\footnote{La situation de la langue magyar dans -% le paquetage \pack{babel} n'est pas claire; il existe des versions expщrimentales.}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+magyar}{s+mld+magyar2}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*magyar3> -\ProvidesFile{magyar3.mld}[2006/03/08]% -%% Magyar3 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). -%% Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef -\def\ptctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% -\def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% -\def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% -\def\mtctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% -\def\mlttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% -\def\stctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% -\def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% -\def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malay'' language: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malay~>>: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{malay}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{malay}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malay> -\ProvidesFile{malay.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-b'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-b~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.528700906\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.471299094\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malayalam.pdf}\ixgrf{malayalam.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kerala.jpg}\ixgrf{kerala.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Malayalam language areas]{Malayalam language areas -% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP} -% and \url{http://keralalife.com/})\hfill\null}\label{f+malayalam} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue malayalam]{Rщgions de la langue malayalam -% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP} -% et \url{http://keralalife.com/})\hfill\null}\label{f+malayalam} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-b}'' language -% are taken from the -% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of -% Malabar to the extreme southern India, mainly in the Kerala state. It is one of the dravidian languages strongly -% bound to the Tamil language. -% The\ixgrf{malayalam.png}\ixgrfl{kerala-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malayalam_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malayalam.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kerala}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kerala-f.jpg}}\end{tabular}}} -% alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries. -% This language option requires specific fonts (depending on the -% option of the \pack{malayalam} package). -% It should be used with the following options of the -% \pack{malayalam} package\,\footnote{There is a great variety of fonts for malayalam; hence I have attempted to limit -% the number of \suffix{.mld} files.}: -% \optp{aathira}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ambili}{malayalam}, -% \optp{anahka}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam}, -% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam}, -% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam}, -% \optp{chippi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{gauri}{malayalam}, -% \optp{gopika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{jaya}{malayalam}, -% \optp{karthika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam}, -% \optp{makam}{malayalam}, -% \optp{malavika}, -% \optp{mridula}{malayalam}, -% \optp{payippad}{malayalam}, -% \optp{periyar}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam}, -% \optp{revathi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{sabari}{malayalam}, -% \optp{sarada}{malayalam}, -% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam}, and -% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-b}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% La langue Malayalam est -% parlщe de la cЇte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'р l'extrъme sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'щtat de Kerala. -% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liщes au Tamoul. L'alphabet% -% \ixgrf{malayalam.png}\ixgrfl{kerala-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malayalam}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malayalam.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kerala}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kerala-f.jpg}}\end{tabular}}} -% et l'щcriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou -% \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siшcle. -% Cette option de langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (selon l'option -% du paquetage \pack{malayalam}). -% Elle devrait ъtre utilisщe avec les options suivantes du paquetage -% \pack{malayalam}\,\footnote{Il y~a une grande variщtщ de fontes pour le malayalam; j'ai donc essayщ de limiter -% le nombre de fichiers \suffix{.mld}.}: -% \optp{aathira}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ambili}{malayalam}, -% \optp{anahka}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam}, -% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam}, -% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam}, -% \optp{chippi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{gauri}{malayalam}, -% \optp{gopika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{jaya}{malayalam}, -% \optp{karthika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam}, -% \optp{makam}{malayalam}, -% \optp{malavika}{malayalam}, -% \optp{mridula}{malayalam}, -% \optp{payippad}{malayalam}, -% \optp{periyar}{malayalam}, -% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam}, -% \optp{revathi}{malayalam}, -% \optp{sabari}{malayalam}, -% \optp{sarada}{malayalam}, -% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam} et -% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-b> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04]% -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -%% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}'' language, -% with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam} -% package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts. -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} and \vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, щcriture \emph{keli}), avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>, -% sont tirщs du paquetage -% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} et \vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-keli> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Malayalam: Keli fonts -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-keli2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli2}'' language -% are taken from the -% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts (keli second variant). -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli} -% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-mr}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli2}~>> sont -% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (keli seconde variante).\ABK -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli} -% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-mr}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-keli2> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04]% -% Keli fonts (mkl) -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-mr'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-mr~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-mr}'' language -% are taken from the -% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts (traditional rachana). -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli2} -% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-omega}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-mr}~>> sont -% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (rachana traditionnel).\ABK -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-keli2} -% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-omega}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-mr> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04]% -% mr fonts (rachana: mr1,...,mr6) -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-omega'' language: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue л~malayalam-omega~╗: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is the Malayalam language implementation ``\lopt{malayalam-omega}'' -% based on \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (the version of \LaTeX\ for -% Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega -% project\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}. As the titles contain characters in a special encoding, -% we must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. A lot of fonts are available via options of the \pack{omal} package. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-mr} -% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% C'est l'implantation л~\lopt{malayalam-omega}~╗ de la langue malayalam lorsque vous utilisez -% \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (la version de \LaTeX\ pour -% Omega) via le paquetage \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o} (de \name{A.J.}{Alex}) du projet -% Malayalam-Omega\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}}. Comme les titres contiennent des -% caractшres dans un codage spщcial, nous devons charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. De nombreuses fontes sont disponibles -% via des options du paquetage \pack{omal}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-mr} -% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-omega> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}% -%% from omal.sty (Alex A.J. indicTeX@gmail.com) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-rachana'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\C} -% \begin{macro}{\F} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana}'' language, -% with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from -% the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-omega} -% and~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana}~>>, -% avec les fontes traditionnelles <<~Rachana~>> (ancien \emph{lipi}), -% sont tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-omega} -% et~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-rachana> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana.mld}[2005/06/07]% -%% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, traditionnal. -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-rachana2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}'' language, -% with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the -% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}~>>, -% avec les fontes <<~Rachana~>> rщformщes (nouveau \emph{lipi}), sont -% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-rachana2> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, reformed. -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{9} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-rachana3'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana3~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\mm} -% \begin{macro}{\X} -% \begin{macro}{\<>} -% \begin{macro}{\C} -% \begin{macro}{\F} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}'' language -% are taken from the -% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts (rachana). -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}~>> sont -% tirщs du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques (rachana). -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+malayalam-b}{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*malayalam-rachana3> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04]% % Rachana fonts (mr2,...,mr6) -\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% -\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% -\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Manju'' language: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~manju~>>: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{manju}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{bithe}'', -% so we just load \xfile{bithe.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{manju}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>, donc nous chargeons -% simplement \xfile{bithe.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*manju> -\ProvidesFile{manju.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{bithe}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{14.28125mm}\reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Mexican'' language: \uxfile{mexican.mld}}\label{s+mld+mexican}\ixfile{mexican.mld} -% The titles\ixgrfl{mexico-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexican_Spanish}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mexico-f.jpg}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{mexican}'' language (\emph{espaёol mexicano}) are taken from the \xfile{mexican.ldf} file -% (by \name{Luis}{Rivera}) in \url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/language/spanish/nonstandard/mx/}. -% Mexican is a spanish (castillan) dialect. -% The title of the parttocs is shorter for articles. See also section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}. -% See figures~\vrefrange{f+mexico}{f+mexl}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~mexican~>>: \uxfile{mexican.mld}}\label{s+mld+mexican}\ixfile{mexican.mld} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{mexico-f.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexican_Spanish}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mexico-f.jpg}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{mexican}~>> (mexicain, \emph{espaёol mexicano}) sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{mexican.ldf} (de \name{Luis}{Rivera}) -% dans \url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/language/spanish/nonstandard/mx/}. Le mexicain est un dialecte de l'espagnol -% (castillan). -% Le titre des parttocs est plus court dans les articles. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}. -% Voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+mexico}{f+mexl}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \def\LBAS{Less than 20\,000 speakers.} -% \def\LMED{From 20\,000 to 100\,000 speakers.} -% \def\LHAUT{More than 100\,000 speakers.} -% \else\relax -% \def\LBAS{Moins de 20\,000 locuteurs.} -% \def\LMED{De 20\,000 р~100\,000 locuteurs.} -% \def\LHAUT{Plus de 100\,000 locuteurs.} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[htb!] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mexip.pdf}\ixgrf{mexip.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Mщxico]{Mщxico (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexico})}\label{f+mexico} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Mexique]{Mexique (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexique})}\label{f+mexico} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.3333333333\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mex1.pdf}\ixgrf{mex1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mex2.pdf}\ixgrf{mex2.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mex3.pdf}\ixgrf{mex3.pdf}\\ -% {\footnotesize\LBAS}&&{\footnotesize\LMED}&&{\footnotesize\LHAUT} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Indigenous languages of Mщxico]{Indigenous languages of Mщxico -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Mexico})\hfill\null}\label{f+mexl} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues indigшnes du Mexique]{Langues indigшnes du Mexique -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Mexico})\hfill\null}\label{f+mexl} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mexican> -\ProvidesFile{mexican.mld}[2008/04/03]% -%% Spanish titles (from mexican.ldf) Rivera, Luis (jlrn77@gmail.com) -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi % <---- -\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -\def\stctitle{\'Indice}% -\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Meyalu'' language: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{meyalu}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld} -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{meyalu}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*meyalu> -\ProvidesFile{meyalu.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Mongol'' language: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~mongol~>>: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongolian.pdf}\ixgrf{mongolian.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Mongol language areas]{Mongol language areas -% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+mongolian} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue mongole]{Rщgions de la langue mongole -% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+mongolian} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongasie.pdf}\ixgrf{mongasie.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Linguistic map of the mongol language]{Linguistic map of the mongol language -% (\url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+lmap-mongol} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Carte linguistique du mongol]{Carte linguistique du mongol -% (\url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+lmap-mongol} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongols.png}\ixgrf{mongols.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Mongolia and Mongol autonomous regions in the People's Republic of China (PRC)]{Mongolia and Mongol autonomous regions in the People's Republic of China (PRC) -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongol}, see also -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-Mongolie.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Mongolie et rщgions mongoles autonomes en Rщpublique Populaire de Chine (RPC)]{Mongolie et rщgions mongoles -% autonomes en Rщpublique Populaire de Chine (RPC) (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongol}, voir aussi -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-Mongolie.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{22.8125mm} -% \begin{macro}{\mnr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\ixgrfl{imongolia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{mongoltr.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inner_Mongolia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{imongolia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{mongol}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bithe}, -% \vrefrange{s+mld+buryat}{s+mld+buryat2}, and \vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}. -% ^^A \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% ^^A \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\ixgrfl{imongolia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{mongoltr.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolie-Intщrieure}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{imongolia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongol}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spщcifiques. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+bicig}{s+mld+bithe}, \vrefrange{s+mld+buryat}{s+mld+buryat2} et -% \vrefrange{s+mld+xalx}{s+mld+xalx3}. -% ^^A \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{8} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mongol> -\ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Mongol (xalx) titles. Needs mongol fonts -\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% -\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\stctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% -\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Mongolb'' language: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld} -% This\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\ixgrfl{mongolia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mongolcy.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mongolia-f.png}}}\\\strut\end{tabular}}} -% is an other variant for the mongolian titles, -% taken from the \xfile{mongolian.dtx} file~\cite{mongolian} (by \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}) -% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (hence the final ``\texttt{b}'' in ``\texttt{mongolb}''). -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~mongolb~>>: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld} -% Ceci\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\ixgrfl{mongolia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mongolcy.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mongolia-f.png}}}\\\strut\end{tabular}}} -% est une autre variante pour les titres en mongol. -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongolb}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{mongolian.dtx}~\cite{mongolian} -% (de \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}) -% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (d'o∙ le л~\texttt{b}~╗ final dans л~\texttt{mongolb}~╗). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\cyr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived -% from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue л~\lopt{mongolb}~╗ utilisent des caractшres cyrilliques et les codages X2 et T2 -% sont dщrivщs du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et -% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mongolb> -\ProvidesFile{mongolb.mld}[2007/01/29]% -%% Mongolian titles from mongolian.dtx for the babel package -%% Dorjgotov Batmunkh (batmunkh@num.edu.mn) -%% Needs some cyrillic fonts and special cyrillic encoding T2 and X2. -%% Vladimir Volovich (TeX@vvv.vsu.ru) & Werner Lemberg (wl@gnu.org) -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax - \def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax% -\else\relax - \def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRG\cyra\cyrr\cyrch\cyri\cyrg}}\relax% -\fi -\def\plftitle{{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyru\cyrr\cyrg\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn - \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn - \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax - \def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax% -\else\relax - \def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRG\cyra\cyrr\cyrch\cyri\cyrg}}\relax% -\fi -\def\mlftitle{{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyru\cyrr\cyrg\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn - \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn - \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax - \def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax% -\else\relax - \def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRG\cyra\cyrr\cyrch\cyri\cyrg}}\relax% -\fi -\def\slftitle{{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyru\cyrr\cyrg\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn - \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn - \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Mongolian'' language: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~mongolian~>>: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This is an other name for the ``mongolb'' language, because -% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} uses the name ``\lopt{mongolian}''. -% We just load \xfile{mongolb.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}. -% \or\relax -% C'est un autre nom pour la langue л~mongolb~╗, car le paquetage -% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} utilise le nom л~\lopt{mongolian}~╗ -% Nous chargeons simplement \xfile{mongolb.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*mongolian> -\ProvidesFile{mongolian.mld}[2007/02/05]\mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Naustrian'' language: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~naustrian~>>: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{naustrian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language -% (a revised version of the \texttt{germanb} variant of the german language), -% so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{naustrian}~>> (nщo-autrichien) est un synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>> (nщo-allemand) (une -% version rщformщe de la variante \texttt{germanb} de la langue allemande), donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*naustrian> -\ProvidesFile{naustrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Newzealand'' language: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~newzealand~>>: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{newzealand-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Zealand}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{newzealand-f.png}}}}} -% ``\lopt{newzealand}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', -% so we just load \xfile{english.mld} -% (section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{newzealand-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nouvelle_Zщlande}% -% {\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{newzealand-f.png}}}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{newzealand}~>> (nщo-zщlandais) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*newzealand> -\ProvidesFile{newzealand.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ngerman'' language: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ngerman~>>: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{ngerman}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language\,\footnote{A revised version of the -% \lopt{germanb} variant of the german language.}, so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{ngerman}~>> (nщo-allemand) est un synonyme de la langue -% <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>>\,\footnote{Une version rщformщe -% de la variante \lopt{germanb} de la langue allemande.}, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ngerman> -\ProvidesFile{ngerman.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ngermanb'' language: \uxfile{ngermanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb}\ixfile{ngermanb.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language\,\footnote{A variant of the german language, with revised spelling.} are -% taken from the file \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Bernd}{Raichle} and \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}. -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+naustrian}, and~\vref{s+mld+ngerman}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ngermanb~>>: \uxfile{ngermanb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb}\ixfile{ngermanb.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>>\,\footnote{Une variante pour la langue allemande, avec une orthographe -% rщformщe.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} -% (de \name{Bernd}{Raichle} et \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+naustrian} -% et~\vref{s+mld+ngerman}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ngermanb> -\ProvidesFile{ngermanb.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% New german (B) titles from ngermanb.dtx (babel). Raichle, Bernd & Schmidt, Walter -\def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% % oder nur: Inhalt % <----- -\def\plftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\mlftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% -\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\slftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ngermanb2'' language: \uxfile{ngermanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb2}\ixfile{ngermanb2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{ngermanb2}'' language (revised spelling and -% short titles) are taken from the \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Bernd}{Raichle} and \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}, and abbreviated. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~ngermanb2~>>: \uxfile{ngermanb2.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngermanb2}\ixfile{ngermanb2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb2}~>> (orthographe rщformщe et titres courts) sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{ngermanb.dtx} -% (de \name{Bernd}{Raichle} et \name{Walter}{Schmidt}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ngermanb}, et abrщgщs. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ngermanb2> -\ProvidesFile{ngermanb2.mld}[2005/09/27]% -%% New german (B) short (2) titles -\def\ptctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\plftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellen}% -\def\mtctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\mlftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}% -\def\stctitle{Inhalt}% -\def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellen}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Norsk'' language: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~norsk~>>: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.591188475\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.408811475\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-c.pdf}\ixgrf{norvege-c.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-t.pdf}\ixgrf{norvege-t.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in Norway]{Bokm{\aa}l and nynorsk languages in Norway -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+norway} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues en Norvшge]{Langues <<~bokm{\aa}l~>> et <<~nynorsk~>> en Norvшge -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+norway} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{18.1875mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{norway-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norwegian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{norway-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{norsk}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the -% \xfile{norsk.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, -% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} and \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help -% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{norway-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norwegian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{norway-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk}~>> (norvщgien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirщs du -% fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx} -% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, -% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} et \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, -% avec l'aide de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norway-p.pdf}\ixgrf{norway-p.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Norway]{Norway (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway})\hfill\null}\label{f+norway-p} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Norvшge]{Norvшge (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway})\hfill\null}\label{f+norway-p} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*norsk> -\ProvidesFile{norsk.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Norsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard -%% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset -%% & Kleveland, Rune. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) -\def\ptctitle{Innhold}% -\def\plftitle{Figurer}% -\def\plttitle{Tabeller}% -\def\mtctitle{Innhold}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurer}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabeller}% -\def\stctitle{Innhold}% -\def\slftitle{Figurer}% -\def\slttitle{Tabeller}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Norsk2'' language: \uxfile{norsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk2}\ixfile{norsk2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{norsk2}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the -% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help -% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}, and abbreviated. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~norsk2~>>: \uxfile{norsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk2}\ixfile{norsk2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk2}~>> (norvщgien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirщs -% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}, et abrщgщs. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*norsk2> -\ProvidesFile{norsk2.mld}[2005/09/27]% -%% Short norsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) -\def\ptctitle{Innhold}% -\def\plftitle{Figurliste}% -\def\plttitle{Tabelliste}% -\def\mtctitle{Innhold}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurliste}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabelliste}% -\def\stctitle{Innhold}% -\def\slftitle{Figurliste}% -\def\slttitle{Tabelliste}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Nynorsk'' language: \uxfile{nynorsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk}\ixfile{nynorsk.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{nynorsk}'' language\,\footnote{Created around 1800 -% by \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen} to make a real -% independent and national norvegian language, in reaction to danish, from the various dialects spoken in the -% country. But nynorsk has never gained much popularity outside rural regions.} are taken -% from the \xfile{norsk.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, -% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} and \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help from -% \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~nynorsk~>>: \uxfile{nynorsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk}\ixfile{nynorsk.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{nynorsk}~>> -% (nщo-norvщgien)\,\footnote{Crщщe vers 1800 par \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen} -% pour construire une vraie langue norvщgienne indщpendante et nationale, en rщaction au danois, р~partir des -% divers dialectes parlщs dans le pays. Mais le nщo-norvщgien n'a jamais beaucoup gagnщ en popularitщ en dehors des rщgions -% rurales.} sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx} -% (par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, -% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} et \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de -% \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*nynorsk> -\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Nynorsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard -%% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset -%% & Kleveland, Rune. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) -\def\mtctitle{Innhald}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurar}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellar}% -\def\ptctitle{Innhald}% -\def\plftitle{Figurar}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellar}% -\def\stctitle{Innhald}% -\def\slftitle{Figurar}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellar}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Nynorsk2'' language: \uxfile{nynorsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk2}\ixfile{nynorsk2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{nynorsk2}'' language are variants of the titles of the ``\lopt{nynorsk}'' language. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~nynorsk2~>>: \uxfile{nynorsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+nynorsk2}\ixfile{nynorsk2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{nynorsk2}~>> sont des variantes des titres de la langue <<~\lopt{nynorsk}~>>. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*nynorsk2> -\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Nynorsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) -\def\mtctitle{Innhald}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurliste}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabelliste}% -\def\ptctitle{Innhald}% -\def\plftitle{Figurliste}% -\def\plttitle{Tabelliste}% -\def\stctitle{Innhald}% -\def\slftitle{Figurliste}% -\def\slttitle{Tabelliste}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Occitan'' language: \uxfile{occitan.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan}\ixfile{occitan.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~occitan~>>: \uxfile{occitan.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan}\ixfile{occitan.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htbp] -% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.599812559\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.400187441\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occitanie.png}\ixgrf{occitanie.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occtaur.jpg}\ixgrf{occtaur.jpg}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Occitan in France]{Occitan in France (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi1} -% \or\relax -% \caption[L'occitan en France]{L'occitan en France -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi1} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{1.\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.709152542\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.290847458\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.6\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.4\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occdial1.jpg}\ixgrf{occdial1.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occdial2.png}\ixgrf{occdial2.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Occitan dialects]{Occitan dialects (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi2} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Les dialectes occitans]{Les dialectes occitans (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi2} -% \fi -% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{16.65625mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{occ-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitanie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{occ-f.png}}}}} -% \lopt{occitan} language\,\footnote{I~used the site {\url{http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx}} -% for the translations.} is still spoken in the south of France, -% from Limoges (LetmЄges), Bordeaux (Bordшu) and Toulouse -% (Tolosa\,\footnote{\emph{Per Tolosa totjorn mai!}}) to Marseille (Marselha) and Nice (Niчa), with many local variants. -% This bilingual street sign in Toulouse (Tolosa), like many -% such signs found in historical parts of the city, is maintained -% primarily for its antique charm; it is typical of what little -% remains of the ``lenga d'oc'' in southern French cities (see -% figures~\vrefrange{f+occi1}{f+occi2}). -% See also~\url{http://www.orbilat.com/Maps/Occitan/Occitan.gif}. -% See also~\cite{occi}. -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{occ-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitanie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{occ-f.png}}}}} -% langue occitane (\lopt{occitan} ou langue d'oc)\,\footnote{J'ai utilisщ le site -% {\froff\url{http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx}} pour les traductions.} -% est encore parlщe dans le sud de la France, -% de Limoges (LetmЄges), Bordeaux (Bordшu) et Toulouse (Tolosa\,\footnote{\emph{Per Tolosa totjorn mai!}}) -% р~Marseille (Marselha) et Nice (Niчa), avec de nombreuses variantes locales. -% Ces plaques de rue en deux langues dans Toulouse (Tolosa), -% comme de nombreux signes analogues dans les parties -% historiques de la citщ, sont conservщes essentiellement pour -% leur charme ancien; ceci est typique de ce qui subsiste de la -% <<~lenga d'oc~>> dans les citщs du Midi de la France (voir -% les figures~\vrefrange{f+occi1}{f+occi2}). -% Voir aussi {\froff\url{http://www.orbilat.com/Maps/Occitan/Occitan.gif}}. -% Voir aussi~\cite{occi}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*occitan> -\ProvidesFile{occitan.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Occitan titles (translations using http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx) -\def\ptctitle{Ensenhador}% -\def\plftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% -\def\plttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% -\def\mtctitle{Ensenhador}% -\def\mlftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% -\def\mlttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% -\def\stctitle{Ensenhador}% -\def\slftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% -\def\slttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Occitan2'' language: \uxfile{occitan2.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan2}\ixfile{occitan2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~occitan2~>>: \uxfile{occitan2.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan2}\ixfile{occitan2.mld} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \lopt{occitan2} language provides an example of variants for the occitan titles. -% \or\relax -% La langue \lopt{occitan2} donne un exemple de variantes des titres occitans. -% \fi -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*occitan2> -\ProvidesFile{occitan2.mld}[2008/04/03]% -% Occitan titles (variants) -\def\ptctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% -\def\plftitle{Lista de las figuras}% -\def\plttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% -\def\mtctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% -\def\mlftitle{Lista de las figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% -\def\stctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% -\def\slftitle{Lista de las figuras}% -\def\slttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Polish'' language: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{pologne.pdf}\ixgrf{pologne.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{polmin.jpg}\ixgrf{polmin.jpg} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Poland and minorities in Poland]{Poland and minorities in Poland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+pologne} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Pologne et les minoritщs en Pologne]{Pologne et minoritщs en Pologne (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+pologne} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{polish-d.jpg}\ixgrf{polish-d.jpg}\\{} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \small This map shows a division of Polish dialects onto four branches: the Lesser Polish~(B1) in the south and -% southeast, Greater Polish~(B2) in west, Mazovian~(B3) in central and eastern parts and the \emph{New Mixed Dialects} -% group~(B4) in southwest. Silesian~(G) and Kashubian~(F) are treated as languages rather than dialects. -% \or\relax -% Cette carte montre une division des dialectes polonais en quatre branches: le polonais mineur~(B1) au sud et au -% sud-est, le polonais majeur~(B2) р~l'ouest, le mazovien~(B3) au centre et р~l'est, et le groupe des -% \emph{nouveaux dialectes mixtes}~(B4) au sud-ouest. Le silщsien~(G) et le kashubien~(F) -% sont considщrщs comme des langues plutЇt que comme des dialectes. -% \fi -% \end{tabularx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Polish dialects]{Polish dialects -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polish_dialects})\hfill\null}\label{f+polish-d} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Dialectes polonais]{Dialectes polonais -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polish_dialects})\hfill\null}\label{f+polish-d} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{poland-f.png}\ixgrfl{polski-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland}% -% {\flagboxu{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{poland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polish_Language}{\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{polski-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{polish}'' language (\emph{j\k{e}zyk polski}) are taken from the \xfile{polish.dtx} file -% (by \namea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck} and \name{Michael}{Janich}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish2}{s+mld+polski}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{poland-f.png}\ixgrfl{polski-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pologne}% -% {\flagboxu{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{poland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polonais}{\flagboxa{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{polski-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish}~>> (polonais, \emph{j\k{e}zyk polski}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{polish.dtx} -% (de \namea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck} et \name{Michael}{Janich}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish2}{s+mld+polski}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*polish> -\ProvidesFile{polish.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Polish titles from polish.dtx (babel). Schal№ck, Elmar & Janich, Michael -\def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% -\def\plftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% -\def\plttitle{Spis tablic}% -\def\mtctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% -\def\mlftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% -\def\mlttitle{Spis tablic}% -\def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% -\def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% -\def\slttitle{Spis tablic}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Polish2'' language: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~polish2~>>: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localpolish} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{polish2}'' language\,\footnote{``Polish2'' is a variant of ``\lopt{polish}''.} are taken from -% the \xfile{omega-polish.ldf} -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish2}~>> (polonais, seconde variante) sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{omega-polish.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} et~\vref{s+mld+polski}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*polish2> -\ProvidesFile{polish2.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% from omega-polish.ldf (Antomega). Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov, Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% -\def\plftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% -\def\plttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% -\def\mlttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% -\def\stctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% -\def\slftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% -\def\slttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Polski'' language: \uxfile{polski.mld}}\label{s+mld+polski}\ixfile{polski.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{polski}'' language (variant for polish) are taken from the \xfile{polski.dtx} file -% (by \name{Mariusz}{Olko} and \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}) -% in the \pack{polski} package~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish}{s+mld+polish2}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~polski~>>: \uxfile{polski.mld}}\label{s+mld+polski}\ixfile{polski.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polski}~>> (autre nom du polonais) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{polski.dtx} -% (de \name{Mariusz}{Olko} et \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish}{s+mld+polish2}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*polski> -\ProvidesFile{polski.mld}[2008/01/15]% -%% Polski titles from polski.dtx. Olko, Mariusz & Woli\'nski, Marcin. -\def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% -\def\plftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% -\def\plttitle{Spis tabel}% -\def\mtctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% -\def\mlftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% -\def\mlttitle{Spis tabel}% -\def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% -\def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% -\def\slttitle{Spis tabel}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Portuges'' language: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~portuges~>>: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The name ``\lopt{portuges}'' is another spelling for ``\lopt{portuguese}'' -% (see section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), so we just load \xfile{portuguese.mld}: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Le nom л~\lopt{portuges}~╗ est une autre orthographe pour <<~portuguese~>> -% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{portuguese.mld}: -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*portuges> -\ProvidesFile{portuges.mld}[2005/06/07]\mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Portuguese'' language: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~portuguese~>>: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-r.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-r.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portugal.pdf}\ixgrf{portugal.pdf}\\ -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Portugal]{Portugal (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/portugal.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+portugal} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Portugal]{Portugal (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/portugal.html} -% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+portugal} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% ^^A \centering -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{luso1.pdf}\ixgrf{luso1.pdf}% -% \caption[Lusophone areas]{Lusophone areas -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+luso} -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{luso2.pdf}\ixgrf{luso2.pdf}% -% \caption[Rщgions lusophones]{Rщgions lusophones -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugais})\hfill\null}\label{f+luso}\ixgrf{luso2.pdf}% -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A \def\ctextbf#1{\null\hfill\textbf{#1}\hfill\null} -% ^^A \let\ctextbf\textbf -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{angola-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{brazil-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cap-verde-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{east-timor-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{galicia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guinea-bissau-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{macau-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mozambique-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{portugal-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{sao-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{cplpmap.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angola}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{angola-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brazil-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cap_Verde}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cap-verde-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/East_Timor}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{east-timor-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Angola}&\textbf{Brazil}&\textbf{Cap~Verde}&\textbf{East~Timor}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{galicia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinea-Bissau}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guinea-bissau-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Equatorial_Guinea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{equa-guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macau}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{macau-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Galicia}&\textbf{Guinea-Bissau}&\textbf{Equatorial~Guinea}&\textbf{Maca∙}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mozambique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mozambique-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugal}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{portugal-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sao_Tome-and-Principe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sao-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Mozambique}&\textbf{Portugal}&\textbf{Sa\~o~Tomщ-and-Prэncipe}&% -% ^^A \\\bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=\textwidth]{cplpmap.png}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \caption[Lusophone countries and regions]{Lusophone countries and regions (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+luso-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{angola-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{brazil-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{cap-verde-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{east-timor-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{galicia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guinea-bissau-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{macau-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mozambique-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{portugal-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{sao-f.png}% -% \ixgrf{cplpmap.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angola}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{angola-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brщsil}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{brazil-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cap_Vert}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cap-verde-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://n.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timor_Oriental}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{east-timor-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Angola}&\textbf{Brщsil}&\textbf{Cap~Vert}&\textbf{Timor~Oriental}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galice}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{galicia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinщe-Bissau}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guinea-bissau-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinщe_╔quatoriale}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{equa-guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macao}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{macau-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Galice}&\textbf{Guinщe-Bissau}&\textbf{Guinщe~╔quatoriale}&\textbf{Macao}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mozambique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mozambique-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugal}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{portugal-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sao_Tome-et-Principe}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sao-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Mozambique}&\textbf{Portugal}&\textbf{Sa\~o~Tomщ-and-Prэncipe}&% -% ^^A \\\bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=\textwidth]{cplpmap.png}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx} -% \caption[Pays et rщgions lusophones]{Pays et rщgions lusophones (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP})\hfill\null}\label{f+luso-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.35\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.65\iwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!ht] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-p.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-p.jpg}% -% \IVC[60mm]{\awidth}{portu-p.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-p.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \RaggedRight -% \begin{enumerate}[1.~] -% \item Aчoriano (Azorean) -- Azores. -% \item Alentejano -- Alentejo. -% \item Algarvio -- Algarve (there is a particular dialect -% in a small part of western Algarve). -% \item Alto-Minhoto -- North of Braga (hinterland). -% \item Baixo-Beirуo; Alto-Alentejano -- Central Portugal (hinterland). -% \item Beirуo -- Central Portugal. -% \item Estremenho -- Regions of Coimbra and Lisbon (the Lisbon dialect -% has some peculiar features not shared with the one of Coimbra). -% \item Madeirense (Madeiran) -- Madeira. -% \item Nortenho -- Regions of Braga and Porto. -% \item Transmontano -- Trсs-os-Montes. -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-p.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-p.jpg}% -% \IVC[60mm]{\awidth}{portu-p.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-p.jpg}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize -% \RaggedRight -% \begin{enumerate}[1.~] -% \item Aчoriano (Azorean) -- Aчores. -% \item Alentejano -- Alentejo. -% \item Algarvio -- Algarve (il y~a un dialecte particulier -% dans une petite partie de l'Algarve occidental). -% \item Alto-Minhoto -- Nord de Braga (arriшre-pays). -% \item Baixo-Beirуo; Alto-Alentejano -- Portugal central (arriшre-pays). -% \item Beirуo -- Portugal central. -% \item Estremenho -- Rщgions de Coimbra et Lisbonne (le dialecte -% de Lisbonne a quelques particuliaritщs que ne partage -% pas celui de Coimbra). -% \item Madeirense (Madeiran) -- Madшre. -% \item Nortenho -- Rщgions de Braga et Porto. -% \item Transmontano -- Trсs-os-Montes. -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \fi -% \vspace*{1.\baselineskip} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% ^^A \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-a.png}\ixgrf{portu-a.png}% -% \IVC[55mm]{\awidth}{portu-a.png}\ixgrf{portu-a.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french} -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \begin{enumerate}[1.~] -% \item Benguelense -- Benguela province. -% \item Luandense -- Luanda province. -% \item Sulista -- South of Angola. -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Dialects of Portuguese in Portugal and in Angola]{Dialects of Portuguese in Portugal -% and in Angola (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-a} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% ^^A \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-a.png}\ixgrf{portu-a.png}% -% \IVC[55mm]{\awidth}{portu-a.png}\ixgrf{portu-a.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize -% \begin{enumerate}[1.~] -% \item Benguelense -- Province de Benguela. -% \item Luandense -- Province de Luanda. -% \item Sulista -- Sud de l'Angola. -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Dialectes portugais au Portugal et en Angola]{Dialectes du portugais au Portugal -% et en Angola (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-a} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \reversemarginpar -% ^^A http://www.gastronomias.com/lusofonia/ -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{angola-f.png}\ixgrfl{portugal-f.png}\ixgrfl{cplp-0.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugal}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{portugal-f.png}}}\\% -% ^^A \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angola}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{angola-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.or/wiki/CPLP}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cplp-0.png}}% -% \end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{portuguese}'' language (\emph{portuguъs}) are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file -% (by \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}. -% The portuguese language is spoken in Portugal (with the islands of Azores and Madeira) , in Brazil, and in -% former portuguese colonies like Angola, Guinea-Bissau, Mozambique, Cape Verde Islands, Sa\~o~Tomщ and Prэncipe Islands, -% East Timor, and some old trading posts like Macao and Goa; see figures~\vrefrange{f+luso}{f+luso-c}. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, because the titles are different in Brazil, even if the language is also portuguese. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{angola-f.png}\ixgrfl{portugal-f.png}\ixgrfl{cplp-0.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugal}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{portugal-f.png}}}\\% -% ^^A \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angola}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{angola-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/CPLP}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cplp-0.png}}% -% \end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{portuguese}~>> (portugais, \emph{portuguъs}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx} -% (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}. -% Le portugais est parlщ au Portugal (avec les ╬les des Aчores et Madшre) , au Brщsil, et dans les anciennes -% colonies telles que l'Angola, la Guinщe-Bissau, le Mozambique, les ╬les du Cap-Vert, les ╬les de Sa\~o~Tomщ-et-Prэncipe, -% le Timor Oriental et quelques anciens comptoirs comme Macao et Goa; voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+luso}{f+luso-c}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, parce que les titres sont diffщrents au Brщsil, -% mъme si l'on y parle aussi le portugais. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*portuguese> -\ProvidesFile{portuguese.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Portuguese titles from portuges.dtx (babel). -%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro -\def\ptctitle{Conte\'udo}% -\def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}% -\def\plttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% -\def\mtctitle{Conte\'udo}% -\def\mlftitle{Lista de Figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% -\def\stctitle{Conte\'udo}% -\def\slftitle{Lista de Figuras}% -\def\slttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Romanian'' language: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~romanian~>>: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{romanian.pdf}\ixgrf{romanian.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Romanian language areas]{Romanian language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+romanian} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue roumaine]{Rщgions de la langue roumaine -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+romanian} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{romania-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Romania}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{romania-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{romanian}'' language (\emph{romтn\u{a}}) come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file -% (by \name{Umstatter}{Horst} and \name{Robert}{Juhasz}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian2}{s+mld+romanian3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{romania-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roumanie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{romania-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian}~>> (roumain, \emph{romтn\u{a}}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} -% (de \name{Umstatter}{Horst} et \name{Robert}{Juhasz}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian2}{s+mld+romanian3}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*romanian> -\ProvidesFile{romanian.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Romanian titles from romanian.dtx (babel). -%% Horst, Umstatter & Juhasz, Robert -\def\ptctitle{Cuprins}% -\def\plftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% -\def\plttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% -\def\mtctitle{Cuprins}% -\def\mlftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% -\def\mlttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% -\def\stctitle{Cuprins}% -\def\slftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% -\def\slttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{9} -% \section{``Romanian2'' language: \uxfile{romanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian2}\ixfile{romanian2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian2}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file -% (by \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% in the \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX} package~\cite{romaniantex}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+romanian} and~\vref{s+mld+romanian3}. -% Alas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{is not compatible} with the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~romanian2>>: \uxfile{romanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian2}\ixfile{romanian2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian2}~>> (roumain, variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} -% (de \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% dans le paquetage \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}~\cite{romaniantex}. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+romanian} -% et~\vref{s+mld+romanian3}. -% Hщlas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{n'est pas compatible} avec le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*romanian2> -\ProvidesFile{romanian2.mld}[2006/08/03]% -%% Titles in RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx). Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl), -%% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de) -\def\ptctitle{Cuprins}% -\def\plftitle{Lista de figuri}% -\def\plttitle{Lista de tabele}% -\def\mtctitle{Cuprins}% -\def\mlftitle{Lista de figuri}% -\def\mlttitle{Lista de tabele}% -\def\stctitle{Cuprins}% -\def\slftitle{Lista de figuri}% -\def\slttitle{Lista de tabele}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Romanian3'' language: \uxfile{romanian3.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian3}\ixfile{romanian3.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian3}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file -% (by \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% in the \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX} package~\cite{romaniantex}. -% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian}{s+mld+romanian2}. -% Alas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{is not compatible} with the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~romanian3>>: \uxfile{romanian3.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian3}\ixfile{romanian3.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian3}~>> (roumain, autre variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} -% (de \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle}) -% dans le paquetage \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}~\cite{romaniantex}. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+romanian}{s+mld+romanian3}. -% Hщlas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{n'est pas compatible} avec le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*romanian3> -\ProvidesFile{romanian3.mld}[2006/08/03]% -%% Romanian titles from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx) variant. -%% Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl) -%% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de) -\def\ptctitle{Tabla de materii}% -\def\plttitle{Indice de figuri}% -\def\plttitle{Tabele}% -\def\mtctitle{Tabla de materii}% -\def\mlttitle{Indice de figuri}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabele}% -\def\stctitle{Tabla de materii}% -\def\slttitle{Indice de figuri}% -\def\slttitle{Tabele}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian'' language: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian~>>: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-5mm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}} -% \toprule -% {\IVC{\awidth}{rus-cyr.png}}\ixgrf{rus-cyr.png}&\hspace*{5mm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\parskip=.7\baselineskip -% \footnotesize As in any slavic language, the russian is characterized -% by its alphabet. Let us remember that the catholic legacy has -% favorized the latin alphabet with croatian, polish, czech, -% slovak, slovene and sorbian, while the legacy of the orthodox -% world has favorized the cyrillic alphabet with russian, -% belarusian, ukrainian, serbish (Serbia), bulgarian and -% macedonian. However, in Russia, we speak of the russian -% alphabet, the ``cyrillic'' appellation denoting only the -% slavonic writing used in Russian until the beginning of the -% \textsc{xviii}\textsuperscript{th}~century. -% \par -% The russian alphabet contains 33~letters, the bulgarian and -% the serbian ~0, the ukrainian~33. The modern russian alphabet -% has also been adapted to several non slavic languages in -% countries of the ex-USSR by adding letters, like for ouralians -% (votiak, erzia, ostiak, vogul), altaic languages -% (turkmen, azeri), iranian (ossetic, kurdish, tadik), caucasian -% (abkhaz, adyghe, ingush, avar, circassian, chechen, etc.), -% turkish (azeri, bashkir, karakalpak, kyrgyz, nogai, tatar, turkmen, uzbek, etc.), -% finno-ougrian (kshanti, komi, etc.), -% samoyed (nenets, selkup), -% mongol (mongol, buryat, etc.), -% tunghunze (even, evenki, nanai), -% paleo-siberian (eskimo, koryak, nivkh, chukchi), -% roman (moldavian/moldovan, romanian), -% and other (dungan) languages. -% \end{minipage}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{% -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% Today, it seems that most of the non slavic languages are tending to leave the cyrillic script and to go back to -% their traditional script or to replace it by the latin alphabet. This is the case for kazakh, uzbek, mongol, -% azeri, etc. The cyrillic script seems to survive mainly in countries of orthodox tradition (central and eastern -% Europe): russian, ukrainian, belarusian, macedonian and serbian. -% See also~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic}. -% \end{minipage}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Russian alphabet russe]{Russian alphabet -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq} and -% \url{http://ras-poutine1916.blogspot.com/2007/05/lalphabet-cyrilique.html} by \name{Cezare}{Tomczak})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-cyr} -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=\textwidth]{cyr-alf.png}\ixgrf{cyr-alf.png} -% \caption[Distribution of the cyrillic alphabet]{Distribution of the cyrillic alphabet: this map shows in dark -% green the countries that adopt the cyrillic alphabet as the official main script; and in light green, -% the countries that uses officially the cyrillic alongside another script -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic})\hfill\null}\label{f+cyr-alf} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-5mm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}} -% \toprule -% {\IVC{\awidth}{rus-cyr.png}}\ixgrf{rus-cyr.png}&\hspace*{5mm}&% -% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\parskip=.7\baselineskip -% \footnotesize Comme dans toutes les langues slaves, le russe se distingue -% par son alphabet. Rappelons que l'hщritage catholique a -% favorisщ l'alphabet latin avec le croate, le polonais, le -% tchшque, le slovaque, le slovшne et le sorabe, alors que -% l'hщritage du monde orthodoxe a favorisщ l'alphabet -% cyrillique avec le russe, le biщlorusse, l'ukrainien, le -% serbe (Serbie), le bulgare et le macщdonien. Cependant, -% en Russie, on parle d'alphabet russe, l'appellation de -% cyrillique servant р dщsigner seulement la graphie du slavon -% utilisщe en Russie jusqu'au dщbut du \textsc{xviii}\textsuperscript{e}~siшcle. -% \par -% L'alphabet russe comprend 33~lettres, le bulgare et le serbe~30, -% l'ukrainien~33. L'alphabet russe moderne a щgalement щtщ -% adaptщ р plusieurs langues non slaves des pays de l'ex-URSS -% par l'adjonction de lettres, que ce soit pour certaines -% langues ouraliennes (votiak, mordve, ostiak, vogoul), -% altaяques (turkmшne, azщri), iraniennes (ossшte, -% kurde, tadjik), caucasiennes (abkhaz, adyguien, ingouche, avar, circassien, tchщtchшne, etc.), -% turques (azщri, bachkir, karakalpak, kirghiz, nogaя, tatar, turkmшne, ouzbek, etc.), -% finno-ougriennes (khanti, komi, etc.), -% samoyшdes (nenets, selkup), -% mongoles (mongol, bouriate, etc.), -% toungouzes (even, evenki, nanaя), -% palщo-sibщriennes (eskimo, koriake, nivkhe, tchouktche), -% romanes (moldave, roumain), -% et autres (dungan). -% \end{minipage}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{% -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% Il semble qu'aujourd'hui la plupart des langues non slaves aient tendance р~abandonner peu р~peu l'щcriture cyrillique -% pour revenir р~leur щcriture traditionnelle ou р~la remplacer par l'alphabet latin. C'est le cas par exemple pour -% le kazakh, l'ouzbek, le mongol, l'azщri, etc. L'щcriture cyrillique semble persister surtout dans les pays de -% tradition orthodoxe (Europe centrale et orientale): russe, ukrainien, biщlorusse, macщdonien et serbe. -% Voir aussi~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillique}. -% \end{minipage}}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular} -% \caption[Alphabet russe]{Alphabet russe -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq} et -% \url{http://ras-poutine1916.blogspot.com/2007/05/lalphabet-cyrilique.html} de \name{Cezare}{Tomczak})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-cyr} -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=\textwidth]{cyr-alf.png}\ixgrf{cyr-alf.png} -% \caption[Distribution de l'alphabet cyrillique]{Distribution de l'alphabet cyrillique: le vert foncщ dщsigne -% les pays o∙ il est utilisщ en tant qu'щcriture principale; le vert clair dщsigne les pays o∙ il est utilisщ -% en mъme temps qu'une autre щcriture officielle -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillique})\hfill\null}\label{f+cyr-alf} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \vspace*{1\bigskipamount} -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian.png}\ixgrf{russian.png}% -% -% \vspace*{-1\bigskipamount} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Russian language areas]{Russian language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue russe]{Rщgions de la langue russe -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian-e.pdf}\ixgrf{russian-e.pdf}% -% \caption[Areas where the russian language is official or spoken]{Areas where the russian language is official or spoken -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian-e} -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian-w.png}\ixgrf{russian-w.png}% -% \caption[Rщgions o∙ la langue russe est officielle ou parlщe]{Rщgions o∙ la langue russe est officielle ou parlщe -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_russe})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian-f} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A (RUSS -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{cis-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{russia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{armenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{azerbaijan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belarus-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{czech-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{estonia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{finland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{georgia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{israel-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kazakhstan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kyrgyzstan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{latvia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{moldova-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mongolia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{poland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{romania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovakia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tajikistan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{turkmenistan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ukraine-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uzbekistan-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Commonwealth_of_Independent_States}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cis-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azerbaijan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{azerbaijan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{CIS~(1)}&\textbf{Russia~(2)}&\textbf{Armenia~(2)}&\textbf{Azerbaijan~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belarus}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belarus-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgaria}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgaria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Czech_Republic}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{czech-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{estonia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Belarus~(2)}&\textbf{Bulgaria}&\textbf{Czech~Rep.}&\textbf{Estonia}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{finland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Georgia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{georgia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israel}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kazakhstan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kazakhstan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Finland}&\textbf{Georgia~(4)}&\textbf{Israel}&\textbf{Kazakhstan~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kyrgyzstan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kyrgyzstan-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{latvia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lithuania-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moldova}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{moldova-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Kyrgyzstan~(2)}&\textbf{Latvia}&\textbf{Lithuania}&\textbf{Moldova~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{mongolia-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{poland-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Romania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{romania-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovakia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{slovakia-f.png}}}}\\% -% \textbf{Mongolia}&\textbf{Poland}&\textbf{Romania}&\textbf{Slovakia}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajikistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{tajikistan-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkmenistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{turkmenistan-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{ukraine-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uzbekistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{uzbekistan-f.png}}}}\\% -% \textbf{Tajikistan~(2)}&\textbf{Turkmenistan~(3)}&\textbf{Ukraine~(2)}&\textbf{Uzbekistan~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{See~\cite[page~329]{comrie1990} and~\cite[page~395]{LOE}}.\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(1)~CIS:~Commonwealth~of~Independent~States.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\phantom{(1)~}Charter:~\url{http://www.therussiasite.org/legal/laws/CIScharter.html}}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(2)~Member~of~CIS.\qquad(3)~Associated~member~(observer)~of~CIS.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(4)~Withdrew~of~the~Council~of~Defense~in~February~2006.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Russian-speaking countries]{Russian-speaking countries (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+russ-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{cis-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{russia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{armenia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{azerbaijan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belarus-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bulgaria-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{czech-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{estonia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{finland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{georgia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{israel-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kazakhstan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kyrgyzstan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{latvia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{lithuania-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{moldova-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mongolia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{poland-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{romania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{slovakia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tajikistan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{turkmenistan-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ukraine-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uzbekistan-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Communautщ_des_╔tats_indщpendants}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cis-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armщnie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azerbaяdjan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{azerbaijan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{CEI~(1)}&\textbf{Russie~(2)}&\textbf{Armщnie~(2)}&\textbf{Azerbaяdjan~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biщlorussie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belarus-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgarie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgaria-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_tchшque}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{czech-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{estonia-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Biщlorussie~(2)}&\textbf{Bulgarie}&\textbf{Rщp.~tchшque}&\textbf{Estonie}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finlande}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{finland-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gщorgie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{georgia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Israыl}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{israel-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kazakhstan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kazakhstan-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Finlande}&\textbf{Gщorgie~(4)}&\textbf{Israыl}&\textbf{Kazakhstan~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kirghizistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kyrgyzstan-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettonie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{latvia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lituanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{lithuania-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moldavie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{moldova-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Kirghizistan~(2)}&\textbf{Lettonie}&\textbf{Lituanie}&\textbf{Moldavie~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{mongolia-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pologne}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{poland-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roumanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{romania-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovaquie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{slovakia-f.png}}}}\\% -% \textbf{Mongolie}&\textbf{Pologne}&\textbf{Roumanie}&\textbf{Slovaquie}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tadjikistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{tajikistan-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkmщnistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{turkmenistan-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{ukraine-f.png}}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ouzbщkistan}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{{uzbekistan-f.png}}}}\\% -% \textbf{Tadjikistan~(2)}&\textbf{Turkmщnistan~(3)}&\textbf{Ukraine~(2)}&\textbf{Ouzbщkistan~(2)}\\ -% \midrule -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Voir~\cite[page~329]{comrie1990} et~\cite[page~395]{LOE}}.\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(1)~CEI:~Communautщ~des~╔tats~indщpendants.}\\ -% ^^A \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{Charte:~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Charte_de_la_CEI&action=edit&redlink=1}}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{\phantom{(1)~}Charte:~\url{http://www.therussiasite.org/legal/laws/CIScharter.html}}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(2)~Membre~de~la~CEI.\qquad(3)~Membre~associщ~(observateur)~de~la~CEI.}\\ -% \multicolumn{4}{@{}l@{}}{(4)~S'est~retirщe~du~Conseil~de~Dщfense~en~fщvrier~2006.}\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays russophones]{Pays russophones (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russe})\hfill\null}\label{f+russ-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A RUSS) -% \begin{figure}[!ht] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{rus-re.png}\ixgrf{rus-re.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Regions of Russia]{Regions of Russia (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-re} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de Russie]{Rщgions de Russie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-re} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!ht] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{rus-su.pdf}\ixgrf{rus-su.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Russian subjects]{Russian subjects (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia}; -% see also~\url{http://www.monde-diplomatique.fr/IMG/artoff619.jpg})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-su} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Sujets russes]{Sujets russes (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia}; -% voir aussi~\url{http://www.monde-diplomatique.fr/IMG/artoff619.jpg})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-su} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \setlength{\wkdim}{18mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \begin{macro}{\cz} -% \begin{macro}{\mz} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles -% \ixgrf{russian-n.png}\ixgrfl{russia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russian-n.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{russian}'' language (\emph{russkiy yazyk}) are taken from -% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% Specific cyrillic fonts are required; see figure~\vref{f+rus-cyr}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{russian-n.png}\ixgrfl{russia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russe}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russian-n.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russia-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian}~>> (russe, \emph{russkiy yazyk}) sont tirщs -% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. -% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises; voir la figure~\vref{f+rus-cyr}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian> -\ProvidesFile{russian.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Russian titles -\def\ptctitle{Oglavlenie}% -\def\plftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% -\def\plttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% -\def\mtctitle{Oglavlenie}% -\def\mlftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% -\def\mlttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% -\def\stctitle{Oglavlenie}% -\def\slftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% -\def\slttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian2m'' language: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian2m~>>: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localrussian} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2m}'' language (``\lopt{russian2m}'' is a modern variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') -% are taken from the \xfile{russian2m.ldf} file -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. -% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2m}~>> (une variante moderne de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{russian2m.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. -% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian2m> -\ProvidesFile{russian2m.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% from russian2m.ldf (Antomega project, russian modern) -%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}% -\def\plftitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b% - ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}% -\def\plttitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% - ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b% - ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}% -\def\mlttitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% - ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% -\def\stctitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}% -\def\slftitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b% - ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}% -\def\slttitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% - ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian2o'' language: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian2o~>>: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localrussian} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2o}'' language (``\lopt{russian2o}'' is an old variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') -% are taken from the \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} file -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> (<<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> est une ancienne variante -% de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} -% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) -% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. -% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian2o> -\ProvidesFile{russian2o.mld}[2005/02/08]% -%% from russian2o.mld (Antomega project - russian old) -%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov -\def\ptctitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}% -\def\plftitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438% - ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}% -\def\plttitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% - ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438% - ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}% -\def\mlttitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% - ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% -\def\stctitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}% -\def\slftitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438% - ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}% -\def\slttitle{\localrussian% -{^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% - ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russianb'' language: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russianb~>>: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\cyr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russianb}'' language (``\lopt{russianb}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') -% are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}. -% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. The parttoc title varies depending -% on the presence of chapters defined or not by the document class. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianb}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianb}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) -% sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} -% (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}. -% Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. Le titre des -% parttocs dщpend de l'existence de chapitres dans la classe de document. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russianb> -\ProvidesFile{russianb.mld}[2006/02/15]% -%% Russian (russianb) titles from russianb.dtx (babel) -%% Lapko, Olga & Volovitch, Vladimir & Lemberg, Werner -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{% - {\cyr\CYRS\cyro\cyrd\cyre\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}% -\else\def\ptctitle{% - {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}% -\fi -\def\plftitle{% - {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space - \CYRi\CYRl\CYRl\CYRyu\CYRs\CYRt\CYRr\CYRa\CYRc\CYRi\CYRishrt}}% -\def\plttitle{% - {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space - \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% -\def\mtctitle{% - {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}% -\def\mlftitle{% - {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space - \CYRi\CYRl\CYRl\CYRyu\CYRs\CYRt\CYRr\CYRa\CYRc\CYRi\CYRishrt}}% -\def\mlttitle{% - {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space - \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% -\def\stctitle{% - {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}% -\def\slftitle{% - {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space - \CYRi\CYRl\CYRl\CYRyu\CYRs\CYRt\CYRr\CYRa\CYRc\CYRi\CYRishrt}}% -\def\slttitle{% - {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space - \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russianc'' language: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russianc~>>: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\xalx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russianc}'' language (``\lopt{russianc}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'', -% used in the part of Mongolia under russian influence) are taken from the file \xfile{russian.def} in the -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est une variante du russe <<~\lopt{russian}~>>, -% utilisщe dans la partie de la Mongolie sous influence russe) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russian.def} dans le paquetage -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Des fontes cyrilliques spщcifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la -% section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russianc> -\ProvidesFile{russianc.mld}[1999/03/16]% -%% Russian titles (Mongolia). Needs cyrillic fonts. -\def\ptctitle{\xalx{Oglawlenie}}% -\def\plftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% -\def\plttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% -\def\mlftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% -\def\mlttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% -\def\stctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% -\def\slftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% -\def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-cca'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts. -% The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} -% (by \name{Victor}{Boyko} and \name{Vadim}{Maslov}) -% file in the \pack{cmcyralt} package~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}. -% \or\relax -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt. -% Les titres pour une premiшre variante de la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russian.sty} -% (de \name{Victor}{Boyko} de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian-cca> -\ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}% -%% Russian-cca titles. From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package -%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu) -%% Needs cmcyralt fonts and special input encoding. -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-cca1'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca1~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} file -% (by \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} and \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) -% in the \pack{cmcyralt} package\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}. -% \or\relax -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt. -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} -% (de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} et \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian-cca1> -\ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}% -%% Russian-cca1 titles. From cmcyralt.sty in the cmcyralt package -%% with cmcyr fonts in alt encoding. -%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Alexander Harin (harin@lourie.und.ac.za) -%% & Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@phy.ncu.edu.tw) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lh'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lh~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The russian titles for the LH fonts (``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language) are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} file -% (by \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}) -% in the \pack{LH} package~\cite{LH/russian.sty}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LH (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>>) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{russian.sty} -% (de \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{LH}~\cite{LH/russian.sty}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian-lh> -\ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}% -%% Russian-lh titles from russian.sty in the LH package -%% LH fonts in special encoding. By Sergei O. Naumov (serge@astro.unc.edu) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyralt~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The russian titles for the LHCYRALT fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language) are taken -% from the \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRALT (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>>) sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. The input encoding is ALT (code page CP866). -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre -% gщnщrщs facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. Le codage en entrщe est ALT (page de code CP866). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian-lhcyralt> -\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}[2006/03/10]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}% -%% Russian-lhcyralt titles from lhcyralt.sty in the LHCYR package -%% LHCYRALT fonts in special encoding ALT (CP866). -%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lhcyrkoi'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrkoi~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The russian titles for the LHCYRKOI fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language) are taken -% from the \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRKOI (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>>) sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. The input encoding is KOI-8. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. Le codage en entrщe est KOI-8. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian-lhcyrkoi> -\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% -%% Russian-lhcyrkoi titles from lhcyrkoi.sty in the LHCYR package -%% LHCYRKOI fonts in special encoding KOI-8. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lhcyrwin'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrwin~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The russian titles for the LHCYRWIN fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language) are taken -% from the \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRWIN (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>>) sont tirщs -% du fichier \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is CP1251. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas -% ъtre gщnщrщs facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. -% Le codage en entrщe est CP1251. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*russian-lhcyrwin> -\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}% -%% Russian titles from lhcyrwin.sty in the LHCYR package -%% LHCYRWIN fonts in encoding CP1251. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Samin'' language: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same.png}\ixgrf{same.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same-f.png}\ixgrf{same-f.png}% -% \end{tabular}\\*[1\baselineskip] -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Sсmi dialects areas]{Sсmi dialects areas\,\mpfootnotemark{} -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages} and \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_same})\hfill\null}\label{f+same} -% \footnotetext{Sсmi: 1.~Southern; 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~Northern; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Teri. Darkened -% area represents municipalities that recognize Sсmi as an official language.} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions des dialectes sтmes]{Rщgions des dialectes sтmes\,\mpfootnotemark{} -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages} et \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_same})\hfill\null}\label{f+same} -% \footnotetext{Sтme: 1.~du Sud; % 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~du Nord; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Ter. La zone -% foncщe reprщsente les municipalitщs qui reconnaissent le Sтme comme une langue officielle.} -% \fi -% \end{minipage} -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{sami-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sami-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{samin}'' language come from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Specific fonts are required. -% ^^A -% ^^A \lneed{3} -% Note that several Sсmi dialects/languages are spoken in Finland, Norway, Sweden, -% and on the Kola Peninsula (Russia). The alphabets differ, so there will eventually be a need for more \suffix{.dtx} -% files for, e.g., Lule and South Sсmi. -% Hence the (artificial) name \xfile{samin.dtx} (and not \uxfile{sami.dtx} or the like) in the North Sсmi -% case\,\footnote{Adapted from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file.}. These dialects and languages are part of -% the Finnic group. See also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sсpmi_(area)}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{sami-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langues_Sames}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sami-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{samin}~>> (Sсmi (ou Sтme) du Nord) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx} -% (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Des fontes spщcifiques sont requises. -% ^^A -% ^^A \lneed{3} -% Notez que plusieurs dialectes ou langues Sсmi/Sтme sont parlщs en Finlande, Norvшge, Suшde et dans la pщninsule -% de Kola (Russie). Les alphabets sont diffщrents, donc il y~aurait щventuellement besoin de plusieurs -% fichiers \suffix{.dtx} pour, par exemple, le Lule et le Sсmi (ou Sтme) du Sud. -% D'o∙ le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue) dans le cas du -% Sсmi (Sтme) du Nord\,\footnote{D'aprшs le fichier \xfile{samin.dtx}.}. Ces dialectes et langues font partie -% du groupe finnois. Voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sсpmi_(area)}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*samin> -\ProvidesFile{samin.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% North Sсmi (samin) titles from samin.dtx (babel). Jernsletten, Regnor -\def\ptctitle{Sisdoallu}% -\def\plftitle{Govvosat}% -\def\plttitle{Tabeallat}% -\def\mtctitle{Sisdoallu}% -\def\mlftitle{Govvosat}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabeallat}% -\def\stctitle{Sisdoallu}% -\def\slftitle{Govvosat}% -\def\slttitle{Tabeallat}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Scottish'' language: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~scottish~>>: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.275526742\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.358184765\iwidth} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{.366288493\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=90 0 430 500,clip]{ecosse1.pdf}\ixgrf{ecosse1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse2}\ixgrf{ecosse2.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse3}\ixgrf{ecosse3.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Scotland and the scottish gaelic language]{Scotland and the scottish gaelic language -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ecosse} -% \or\relax -% \caption[╔cosse et la langue gaщlique щcossaise]{╔cosse et la langue gaщlique щcossaise -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ecosse} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A \setlength{\wkdim}{5.508474576mm} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{gaid.jpg}\ixgrfl{scotland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scottish_Language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gaid.jpg}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{scotland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language (gaelic scottish, \emph{gрidhlig}) come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Fraser}{Grant}) -% in the \pack{babel} language~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrf{gaid.jpg}\ixgrfl{scotland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔cossais}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gaid.jpg}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔cosse}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{scotland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (gaщlique щcossais, \emph{gрidhlig}) sont tirщs du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx} -% (de \name{Fraser}{Grant}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*scottish> -\ProvidesFile{scottish.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Scottish titles from scottish.dtx (babel). Grant, Fraser -\def\ptctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% -\def\plftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% -\def\plttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% -\def\mtctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% -\def\mlftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% -\def\mlttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% -\def\stctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% -\def\slftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% -\def\slttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Serbian'' language: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~serbian~>>: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.500713267\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.499286733\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{serbia1}\ixgrf{serbia1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bosnia}\ixgrf{bosnia.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina]{Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+serbia} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Serbie et Bosnie-Herzщgovine]{Serbie et Bosnie-Herzщgovine -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+serbia} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{serb-a.pdf}\ixgrf{serb-a.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Serbian alphabets]{Serbian alphabets (cyrillic and latin) compared to other european alphabets -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+serb-a} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Alphabets serbes]{Alphabets serbes (cyrillique et latin) comparщs aux autres alphabets europщens -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+serb-a} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrf{serbia-f.png}\ixgrfl{serbia-f2.png}\ixgrfl{vojvodina-f.png}\ixgrfl{bosnia-hz-f.png}\ixgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}\ixgrfl{kosovo-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbian_Language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f2.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vojvodina}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vojvodina-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bosnia-herzegovina}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bosnia-hz-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montenegro}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{montenegro-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kosovo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kosovo-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{serbian}'' (serbocroatian) (\emph{srpski jezik}, \emph{srpskohrvatski jezik}) language are taken from the \xfile{serbian.dtx} file -% (by \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} and \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}. -% Serbocroatian is spoken by Serbs, Croats and Chernogors, but only Serbs and Chernogors use the cyrillic alphabet -% (a variant) (see figure~\vref{f+serb-a}). -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc} and figure~\vref{f+kosovo}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{serbia-f.png}\ixgrfl{serbia-f2.png}\ixgrfl{vojvodina-f.png}\ixgrfl{bosnia-hz-f.png}\ixgrfl{montenegro-f.jpg}\ixgrfl{kosovo-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbe}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serbie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{serbia-f2.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Voяvodine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vojvodina-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bosnie-Herzщgovine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bosnia-hz-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montщnщgro}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{montenegro-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kosovo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kosovo-f.png}}}\\\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbian}~>> (serbocroate) (\emph{srpski jezik}, \emph{srpskohrvatski jezik}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{serbian.dtx} -% (de \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} et \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}. -% Le serbocroate est parlщ par les Serbes, les Croates et les Chernogores, mais seuls les Serbes et les Chernogores -% utilisent l'alphabet cyrillique (une variante) (voir la figure~\vref{f+serb-a}). -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc} et la figure~\vref{f+kosovo}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*serbian> -\ProvidesFile{serbian.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Serbian titles in serbian.dtx (babel). Muhamedagi\'{c}, Dejan & Slobodan, Jankovic -\def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% -\def\plftitle{Slike}% -\def\plttitle{Tabele}% -\def\mtctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% -\def\mlftitle{Slike}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabele}% -\def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% -\def\slftitle{Slike}% -\def\slttitle{Tabele}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{6} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Serbianc'' language: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~serbianc~>>: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\cyr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language\,\footnote{The ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language is written -% with cyrillic characters.} have been gently provided by \namea{Marko}{╚ehaja}{Eehaja} and \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}. -% Cyrillic fonts are required. -% Serbocroatian is spoken by Serbs, Croats and Chernogors, but only Serbs and Chernogors use the cyrillic alphabet -% (a variant). -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> (serbe cyrillique)\,\footnote{La langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> est -% щcrite en caractшres cyrilliques.} ont щtщ aimablement fournis par \namea{Marko}{╚ehaja}{Eehaja} et -% \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises. -% Le serbocroate est parlщ par les Serbes, les Croates et les Chernogores, mais seuls les Serbes et les Chernogores -% utilisent l'alphabet cyrillique (une variante). -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}. -% \fi -% ^^A %% Abt. Biophysikalische Chemie | K№ster -% \lneed{14} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*serbianc> -\ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Serbian cyrillic titles. Marko ╚ehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org -%% Frank K№ster, Biozentrum der Univ. Basel, frank@kuesterei.ch -\def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% -\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% -\def\plttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% -\def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% -\def\mlttitle{\cyr\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% -\def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% -\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% -\def\slttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Slovak'' language: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!hbt] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[c]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovakia.pdf}\ixgrf{slovakia.pdf}% -% \IVC[46mm]{\awidth}{slovakia.pdf}\ixgrf{slovakia.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% ^^A \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovak-ok.png}\ixgrf{slovak-ok.png} -% \IVC[35mm]{\bwidth}{slovak-ok.png}\ixgrf{slovak-ok.png} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Slovakia]{Slovakia -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_Slovakia}; -% see also~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_traditional_regions_of_Slovakia} -% by~\name{Kristian}{Slimak})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovak} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Slovaquie]{Slovaquie -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_Slovakia}; -% voir aussi~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_traditional_regions_of_Slovakia} -% par~\name{Kristian}{Slimak})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovak} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{slovakia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovakia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovakia-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{slovak}'' language (\emph{sloven\v{c}ina, slovenk\'{y} jazyk}) are taken from the \xfile{slovak.dtx} file -% (\namea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova} and \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{slovakia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovaquie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovakia-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovak}~>> (slovaque, \emph{sloven\v{c}ina, slovenk\'{y} jazyk}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{slovak.dtx} -% (\namea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova} et \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3}% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*slovak> -\ProvidesFile{slovak.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Slovak titles from slovak.dtx (babel). Chlebюkovс, Jana & Schlemmer, Tobias. T1 encoding. -\def\ptctitle{Obsah}% -\def\plftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% -\def\plttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% -\def\mtctitle{Obsah}% -\def\mlftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% -\def\mlttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% -\def\stctitle{Obsah}% -\def\slftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% -\def\slttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Slovene'' language: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenie.pdf}\ixgrf{slovenie.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenian.png}\ixgrf{slovenian.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Slovenia]{Slovenia (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovene_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovene} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Slovщnie]{Slovщnie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovene_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovene} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \ixgrfl{slovenia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovenia}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovenia-f.png}}}}} -% slovene language (\emph{sloven\v{s}\v{c}ina, slovenski jezik}) is spoken in Slovenia, but somewhat also in Italy (Frioul), in Austria (Carinthia and Styria), in -% Hungary (Szlovщnviщk and Porabje), in West Germany and Sweden. -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{slovenia-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovщnie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{slovenia-f.png}}}}} -% langue slovшne (\emph{sloven\v{s}\v{c}ina, slovenski jezik}) est parlщe en Slovщnie, mais un peu aussi en Italie (Frioul), en Autriche (Carinthie et Styrie), en -% Hongrie (Szlovщnviщk et Porabje), en Allemagne de l'Ouest et en Suшde. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{slovene}'' language come from the \xfile{slovene.dtx} file -% (by \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} and \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovene}~>> (slovшne) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{slovene.dtx} -% (de \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} et \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*slovene> -\ProvidesFile{slovene.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Slovene titles from slovene.dtx (babel). Zavrtanik, Danilo & \v{Z}lajpah, Leon -\def\ptctitle{Kazalo}% -\def\plftitle{Slike}% -\def\plttitle{Tabele}% -\def\mtctitle{Kazalo}% -\def\mlftitle{Slike}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabele}% -\def\stctitle{Kazalo}% -\def\slftitle{Slike}% -\def\slttitle{Tabele}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{10} -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Spanish'' language: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~spanish~>>: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[p!] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{spain.png}\ixgrf{spain.png}% -% -% \vspace*{\bigskipamount} -% -% \noindent\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\small\columnseprule=.4pt\relax -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Spain comprises 17~autonomous communities (see figure~\ref{f+17spain} above) in the whole country, including the -% Canary Islands, near Morocco\footnote{Ceuta and Melilla are spanish enclaves on the northern coast of Morocco.}: -% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns -% \begin{itemize}\raggedright -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt -% \listparindent=0em -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-2em -% \item[--] Andalusia (\emph{Andalucэa}): castillan; -% \item[--] Aragon (\emph{Aragєn}): castillan ; -% \item[--] Principality of Asturias (\emph{Principado de Asturias}): castilan; -% \item[--] Balearic Islands (\emph{Islas Baleares}): castilan and catalan; -% \item[--] Basque Country (\emph{Pais Vasco, Euskadi}): castilan and basque; -% \item[--] Canary Islands (\emph{Canarias}): castillan; -% \item[--] Cantabria (\emph{Cantabria}): castillan; -% \item[--] Castile-La~Mancha (\emph{Castilla y La Mancha}): castilan; -% \item[--] Castile~and~Leєn (\emph{Castilla y Leєn}): castilan; -% \item[--] Catalonia (\emph{Cataluёa / Catalunya}): castilan and catalan; -% \item[--] Estremadura (\emph{Estremadura}): castilan; -% \item[--] Galicia (\emph{Galicia}): castilan and galician; -% \item[--] La~Rioja: castilan; -% \item[--] Madrid (\emph{Madrid}): castilan; -% \item[--] Region of Murcia (\emph{Region de Murcia}): castilan. -% \item[--] Foral Community of Navarre (\emph{Comunidad Foral de Navarra}): castilan and basque; -% \item[--] Valencian Community (\emph{Comunidad Valenciana}): castilan and catalan (valencian); -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \or\relax -% L'Espagne compte 17~Communautщs autonomes (voir la figure~\ref{f+17spain} ci-dessus) rщparties dans l'ensemble du pays -% et incluant les юles Canaries, au large du Maroc\,\footnote{Ceuta et Melilla sont des enclaves espagnoles sur la -% cЇte nord du Maroc.}: -% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns -% \begin{itemize}\raggedright -% \item Andalousie (\emph{Andalucэa}): castillan; -% \item Aragon (\emph{Aragєn}): castillan ; -% \item Principautщ des Asturies (\emph{Principado de Asturias}): castillan; -% \item ╬les Balщares (\emph{Islas Baleares}): castillan et catalan; -% \item Pays basque (\emph{Pais Vasco, Euskadi}): castillan et basque; -% \item Canaries (\emph{Canarias}): castillan; -% \item Cantabrie (\emph{Cantabria}): castillan; -% \item Vieille-Castille (\emph{Castilla y La Mancha}): castillan; -% \item Castille-et-Lщon (\emph{Castilla y Leєn}): castillan ; -% \item Catalogne (\emph{Cataluёa / Catalunya}): castillan et catalan; -% \item Estrщmadure (\emph{Estremadura}): castillan; -% \item Galice (\emph{Galicia}): castillan et galicien; -% \item La Rioja: castillan; -% \item Communautщ de Madrid (\emph{Comunidad de Madrid}): castillan; -% \item Rщgion de Murcie (\emph{Region de Murcia}): castillan. -% \item Communautщ forale de Navarre (\emph{Comunidad Foral de Navarra}): castillan et basque; -% \item Communautщ valencienne (\emph{Comunidad Valenciana}): castillan et catalan (valencien); -% \end{itemize} -% \end{multicols} -% \fi -% \end{minipage}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The 17~autonomous communities in Spain]{The 17~autonomous communities in Spain -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+17spain} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Les 17~communautщs autonomes en Espagne]{Les 17~communautщs autonomes en Espagne -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+17spain} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-l.pdf}\ixgrf{espa-l.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in Spain]{Languages in Spain -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+esp} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues en Espagne]{Langues en Espagne -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+esp} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1427 628,clip]{hispano.png}\ixgrf{hispano.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Hispanophone areas]{Hispanophone areas (\url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} -% by~\name{Onofre}{Bonvila})\hfill\null}\label{f+hispa} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions hispanophones]{Rщgions hispanophones -% (\url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} par~\name{Onofre}{Bonvila})\hfill\null}\label{f+hispa} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-o.png}\ixgrf{espa-o.png}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[States where spanish (castillan) is an official language]{States where spanish (castillan) is an -% official language (red: the only one, blue: co-official) (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idioma_espaёol})\hfill\null}\label{f+espa-o} -% \or\relax -% \caption[╔tats o∙ l'espagnol (castillan) est une langue officielle]{╔tats o∙ l'espagnol (castillan) est une -% langue officielle (rouge: la seule, bleu: co-officielle) -% (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idioma_espaёol})\hfill\null}\label{f+espa-o} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{spain-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{andorra-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{argentina-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belize-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bolivia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{chile-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{colombia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{costa-rica-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{cuba-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{dominican-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ecuador-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{el-salvador-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{gibraltar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guatemala-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{honduras-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mexico-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{nicaragua-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{panama-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{paraguay-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{peru-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{puerto-rico-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uruguay-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{venezuela-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{usa-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{spain-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andorra}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{andorra-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Argentina}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{argentina-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belize}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belize-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Spain}&\textbf{Andorra}&\textbf{Argentina}&\textbf{Belize}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bolivia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bolivia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chile}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{chile-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colombia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{colombia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Costa-Rica}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{costa-rica-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bolivia}&\textbf{Chile}&\textbf{Colombia}&\textbf{Costa-Rica}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuba}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cuba-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominican_Republic}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dominican-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ecuador}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ecuador-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/El_Salvador}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{el-salvador-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Cuba}&\textbf{Dominican~Republic}&\textbf{Ecuador}&{El~Salvador}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Equatorial_Guinea}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{equa-guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gibraltar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gibraltar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guatemala}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guatemala-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Honduras}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{honduras-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Equatorial~Guinea}&\textbf{Gibraltar}&\textbf{Guatemala}&\textbf{Honduras}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexico}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mexico-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicaragua}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nicaragua-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panama}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{panama-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paraguay}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{paraguay-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Mexico}&\textbf{Nicaragua}&\textbf{Panama}&\textbf{Paraguay}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peru}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{peru-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Puerto-Rico}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{puerto-rico-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uruguay}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uruguay-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venezuela}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{venezuela-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Peru}&\textbf{Puerto-Rico}&\textbf{Uruguay}&\textbf{Venezuela}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USA}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}&&&\\% -% \textbf{USA}&&&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Hispanophone countries and regions]{Hispanophone countries and regions (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_Language})\hfill\null}\label{f+hispano-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{spain-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{andorra-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{argentina-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{belize-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{bolivia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{chile-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{colombia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{costa-rica-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{cuba-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{dominican-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{ecuador-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{el-salvador-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{equa-guinea-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{gibraltar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{guatemala-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{honduras-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mexico-f.jpg}% -% \ixgrfl{nicaragua-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{panama-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{paraguay-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{peru-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{puerto-rico-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uruguay-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{venezuela-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{usa-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Espagne}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{spain-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andorre}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{andorra-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Argentine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{argentina-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belize}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{belize-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Espagne}&\textbf{Andorre}&\textbf{Argentine}&\textbf{Belize}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bolivie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bolivia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chili}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{chile-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colombie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{colombia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Costa-Rica}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{costa-rica-f.jpg}}}\\% -% \textbf{Bolivie}&\textbf{Chili}&\textbf{Colombie}&\textbf{Costa-Rica}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuba}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{cuba-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_Dominicaine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{dominican-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔quateur_(pays)}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ecuador-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salvador}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{el-salvador-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Cuba}&\textbf{Rщpublique~Dominicaine}&\textbf{╔quateur}&{Salvador}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guinщe_╔quatoriale}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{equa-guinea-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gibraltar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{gibraltar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guatemala}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{guatemala-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Honduras}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{honduras-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Guinщe~╔quatoriale}&\textbf{Gibraltar}&\textbf{Guatemala}&\textbf{Honduras}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mщxique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mexico-f.jpg}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicaragua}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{nicaragua-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panama}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{panama-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paraguay}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{paraguay-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Mщxique}&\textbf{Nicaragua}&\textbf{Panama}&\textbf{Paraguay}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pщrou}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{peru-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Porto-Rico}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{puerto-rico-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uruguay}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uruguay-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vщnщzuela}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{venezuela-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Pщrou}&\textbf{Porto-Rico}&\textbf{Uruguay}&\textbf{Vщnщzuela}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/╔tats-Unis}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}&&&\\% -% \textbf{╔tats-Unis}&&&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays et rщgions hispanophones]{Pays et rщgions hispanophones (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/espagnol})\hfill\null}\label{f+hispano-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{spain-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{spain-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{spanish}'' (\emph{espaёol, castellano}) language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialy by \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}. -% Note that the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language is in -% fact ``\lopt{castillan}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). But note also that other languages are spoken in Spain: ``basque'' -% (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), ``\lopt{catalan}'' (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), and ``\lopt{galician}'' -% (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}); see figure~\vref{f+esp}. Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}'' -% with shorter titles (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}). -% And ``\lopt{spanish3}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) is a version for -% the \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} project; some titles are -% differents. -% And ``\lopt{spanish4}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{spanish}'' where \com{ptctitle} is shorter for -% articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}). -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{spain-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Espagne}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{spain-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) (\emph{espaёol, castellano}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} -% (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialement par \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}. -% Notez que le <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) est en fait le <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> -% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). -% Mais notez aussi que d'autres langues sont parlщes en Espagne: <<~\lopt{basque}~>> (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), <<~\lopt{catalan}~>> -% (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}), voir la -% figure~\vref{f+esp}. -% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> avec des titres plus courts -% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}). -% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) est une variante pour le -% projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}; certains titres sont diffщrents. -% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish4}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> o∙ \com{ptctitle} est plus court -% pour les articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}). -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*spanish> -\ProvidesFile{spanish.mld}[2008/04/03]% -%% Spanish titles from spanish.dtx (babel) by Bezos, Javier & CervanTeX -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}\fi -\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -\def\stctitle{\'Indice}% -\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Spanish2'' language: \uxfile{spanish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish2}\ixfile{spanish2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish2}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file in -% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}, -% but made shorter for chapter and section levels. See section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~spanish2~>>: \uxfile{spanish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish2}\ixfile{spanish2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> (espagnol deuxiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}, -% mais abrщgщs pour les niveaux chapitre et section. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*spanish2> -\ProvidesFile{spanish2.mld}[2008/04/03]% -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% -\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% -\def\mtctitle{Contenido}% -\def\mlftitle{Figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{Tablas}% -\def\stctitle{Contenido}% -\def\slftitle{Figuras}% -\def\slttitle{Tablas}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Spanish3'' language: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~spanish3~>>: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\localspanish} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish3}'' language are taken from the \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} file -% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) -% of the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (espagnol troisiшme variante) sont tirщs du fichier -% \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) du projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*spanish3> -\ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06]% -%% Spanish titles from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project. -\def\ptctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% -\def\plftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% -\def\plttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% -\def\mtctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% -\def\mlftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% -\def\mlttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% -\def\stctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% -\def\slftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% -\def\slttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Spanish4'' language: \uxfile{spanish4.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish4}\ixfile{spanish4.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish4}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}) -% from the \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} package~\cite{spanish4}. -% The title of the parttocs is shorter for articles. See also section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~spanish4~>>: \uxfile{spanish4.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish4}\ixfile{spanish4.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish4}~>> sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} -% (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}) -% du paquetage \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX}~\cite{spanish4}. -% Le titre des parttocs est plus court dans les articles. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*spanish4> -\ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19]% -%% Spanish titles (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi -\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% -\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% -\def\stctitle{\'Indice}% -\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Swahili'' language: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~swahili~>>: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}l@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili-m.png}\ixgrf{swahili-m.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili.pdf}\ixgrf{swahili.pdf}% -% \or\relax -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{fswahili.pdf}\ixgrf{fswahili.pdf}% -% \fi\\ -% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The areas where Swahili is spoken as a native language (dark green), official or national language (medium green), -% and trade language (light green). As a trade language, it extends some distance further to the northwest. -% \or\relax -% Les zones o∙ le swahili est parlщ comme langue native (vert foncщ), comme langue officielle ou nationale (vert -% moyen) et comme langue commerciale (vert clair). Comme langue commerciale, il s'щtend un peu plus loin vers le nord-ouest. -% \fi -% \end{minipage}} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Swahili language areas]{Swahili language areas (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swahili_language} and \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili})}\label{f+swahili} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue swahilie]{Rщgions de la langue swahilie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swahili_language} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})}\label{f+swahili} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% ^^A (SWA -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{burundi-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{comoros-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{congo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rdcongo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kenya-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{madagascar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{malawi-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mozambique-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{oman-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rwanda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{somalia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tanzania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uganda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{zambia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{zanzibar-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burundi}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{burundi-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comoros}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{comoros-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Republic_of_the_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{congo-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Democratic_Republic_of_the_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rdcongo-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Burundi}&\textbf{Comoros}&\textbf{Rep.~of~the~Congo}&\textbf{Dem.~Rep.~of~the~Congo}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kenya}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kenya-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madagascar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{madagascar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malawi}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malawi-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mozambique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mozambique-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Kenya}&\textbf{Madagascar}&\textbf{Malawi}&\textbf{Mozambique}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oman}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{oman-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rwanda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rwanda-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Somalia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{somalia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanzania}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tanzania-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Oman}&\textbf{Rwanda}&\textbf{Somalia}&\textbf{Tanzania}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uganda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uganda-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zambia}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{zambia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zanzibar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{zanzibar-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Uganda}&\textbf{Zambia}&\textbf{Zanzibar}&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Swahili-speaking countries]{Swahili-speaking countries (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/swahili_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+swa-c} -% \end{figure} -% \or\relax -% \begin{figure}[!tp] -% \centering -% \ixgrfl{burundi-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{comoros-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{congo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rdcongo-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{kenya-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{madagascar-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{malawi-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{mozambique-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{oman-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{rwanda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{somalia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{tanzania-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{uganda-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{zambia-f.png}% -% \ixgrfl{zanzibar-f.png}% -% {\small\begin{tabular}{@{}cccc@{}} -% \toprule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burundi}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{burundi-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comores}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{comoros-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_du_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{congo-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rщpublique_Dщmocrarique_du_Congo}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rdcongo-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Burundi}&\textbf{Comores}&\textbf{Rщp.~du~Congo}&\textbf{Rщp.~dщm.~du~Congo}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kenya}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{kenya-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madagascar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{madagascar-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malawi}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malawi-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mozambique}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mozambique-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Kenya}&\textbf{Madagascar}&\textbf{Malawi}&\textbf{Mozambique}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oman}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{oman-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rwanda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{rwanda-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Somalie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{somalia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanzanie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{tanzania-f.png}}}\\% -% \textbf{Oman}&\textbf{Rwanda}&\textbf{Somalia}&\textbf{Tanzania}\\ -% \midrule -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ouganda}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uganda-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zambie}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{zambia-f.png}}}&% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zanzibar}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{zanzibar-f.png}}}&\\% -% \textbf{Ouganda}&\textbf{Zambie}&\textbf{Zanzibar}&\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabular}} -% \caption[Pays o∙ est parlщ le Swahili]{Pays o∙ est parlщ le Swahili (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/swahili_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+swa-c} -% \end{figure} -% \fi -% ^^A SWA) -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{swahili}'' language (\emph{kiswahili}) are taken from the \emph{obsolete} -% \xfile{swahili.tex} file\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}}, -% with adaptations and corrections given on the -% \texttt{comp.text.tex} news group (messages 57662, 57713, and 57717) by \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} -% and \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swahili}~>> (\emph{kiswahili}) sont tirщs -% du fichier \emph{obsolшte} \xfile{swahili.tex}\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}\,.}, -% avec des adaptations et des corrections donnщes sur le groupe de discussion \texttt{comp.text.tex} (messages -% 57662, 57713 et 57717) par \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} et \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}. -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Swahili is the main Bantu language and is spoken in East Africa: Tanzania, Kenya, -% Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar and in the area of the Great Lakes in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Congo-Kinshasa, -% formerly Zaire) and in the Republic of Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), in -% the north of Mozambique and the south of Somalia\,\footnote{\RaggedRight See -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/czaire.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}, -% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html}, and -% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}\,.}. See~\cite[page~991]{comrie1990} and figure~\vref{f+swahili}. -% \or\relax -% Le swahili (ou л~souaщli~╗) est la plus importante langue bantoue et est parlщe dans l'Afrique de l'Est: Tanzanie, Kenya, -% Ouganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar et la rщgion des grands lacs dans la Rщpublique Dщmocratique du Congo (Congo-Kinshasa, -% ex-Zaяre) et dans la Rщpublique du Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), au -% nord du Mozambique et dans le sud de la Somalie\,\footnote{\RaggedRight Voir -% \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/czaire.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq}, \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html} et -% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. Voir~\cite[page~991]{comrie1990} et la figure~\vref{f+swahili}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*swahili> -\ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02]% -%% Swahili titles from swahili.tex in articles: 57662,57713,57717 -%% in comp.text.tex by Giancarlo Bassi -%% & Enrico Gregorio -\def\ptctitle{Yaliyomo}% -\def\plftitle{Picha zilizomo}% -\def\plttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% -\def\mtctitle{Yaliyomo}% -\def\mlftitle{Picha zilizomo}% -\def\mlttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% -\def\stctitle{Yaliyomo}% -\def\slftitle{Picha zilizomo}% -\def\slttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Swedish'' language: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~swedish~>>: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.450276243\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.549723757\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.42\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.58\iwidth} -% \setlength{\cwidth}{.323437500\iwidth} -% \setlength{\dwidth}{.676562500\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}} -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sweden.pdf}\ixgrf{sweden.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{svenska.png}\ixgrf{svenska.png}% -% \end{tabular}\\*[\baselineskip] -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\cwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{suede-fin.pdf}\ixgrf{suede-fin.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\dwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{suede-a.pdf}\ixgrf{suede-a.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Swedish language areas]{Swedish language areas -% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, -% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language}, -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+suede} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue suщdoise]{Rщgions de la langue suщdoise -% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, -% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language}, -% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+suede} -% \fi -% \vspace*{-2\baselineskip} -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{sweden-f.png}\ixgrfl{finland-f.png}\ixgrfl{aaland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_Language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sweden-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{finland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/┼land_Islands}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{aaland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' (\emph{svenska}) language come from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Sten}{Hellman} and \namea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}, with a correction by \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}. -% The swedish language is spoken in Sweden and in some regions of Finland like -% the \r{A}land Islands (see figure~\vref{f+suede}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{sweden-f.png}\ixgrfl{finland-f.png}\ixgrfl{aaland-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suщdois}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{sweden-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finlande}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{finland-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/┼land}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{aaland-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish}~>> (suщdois, \emph{svenska}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{swedish.dtx} -% (de \name{Sten}{Hellman} et \namea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}, avec une correction de \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}. -% ^^A -% La langue suщdoise est parlщe en Suшde et dans certaines rщgions de Finlande, -% dont les ╬les \r{A}land (voir la figure~\vref{f+suede}). -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{7} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*swedish> -\ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13]% -%% Swedish titles from swedish.dtx (babel). Hellman, Sten & ╓sthols, Erik -\def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% -\def\plftitle{Figurer}% -\def\plttitle{Tabeller}% -\def\mtctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurer}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabeller}% -\def\stctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% -\def\slftitle{Figurer}% -\def\slttitle{Tabeller}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Swedish2'' language: \uxfile{swedish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish2}\ixfile{swedish2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish2}'' language (variant for swedish) are taken -% from the \xfile{rapport.doc} file (by \name{Sven}{Mattisson}) in the \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} package~\cite{slatex}. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish}. -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~swedish2~>>: \uxfile{swedish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish2}\ixfile{swedish2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish2}~>> (suщdois, variante) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{rapport.doc} -% (de \name{Sven}{Mattisson}) -% dans le paquetage \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*swedish2> -\ProvidesFile{swedish2.mld}[2006/04/04]% -%% Swedish2 titles from rapport.doc (slatex). Mattisson, Sven (sven@tde.lu.se) -\def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% -\def\plftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% -\def\plttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% -\def\mtctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% -\def\mlftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% -\def\mlttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% -\def\stctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% -\def\slftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% -\def\slttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Thai'' language: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~thai~>>: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!ht] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{thai.pdf}\ixgrf{thai.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Thai language areas]{Thai language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm} -% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+thai} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue thaяe]{Rщgions de la langue thaяe -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm} -% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+thai} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles\ixgrf{thai.png}\ixgrfl{thailand-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thai_alphabet}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{thai.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thailand}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{thailand-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language come from the \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} file -% (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) -% and use fonts -% of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex} (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, -% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) provides the same titles in its \xfile{thai.ldf} file. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrf{thai.png}\ixgrfl{thailand-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alphabet_thaя}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{thai.png}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thaяlande}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{thailand-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> (thaя) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} -% (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) -% et utilisent des fontes du systшme \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}. -% Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex}% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, -% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) fournit les mъmes titres dans son -% fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}. Voir aussi~\cite{thaistd}. -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} -% \normalmarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{thai.mlo}. See also~\cite{thaistd}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> contiennent des caractшres qui ne peuvent pas ъtre engendrщs facilement, donc -% nous chargeons \xfile{thai.mlo}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*thai> -\ProvidesFile{thai.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{thai}% -%% From thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system -%% by Werner Lemberg -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Turkish'' language: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} -% \fi -% \newcommand{\TUL}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% {\large -% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{}} -% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}} -% \toprule -% a&b&c&\TUL{ч}&d&e&f&g&\TUL{\u{g}}&h&\TUL{\i}&\TUL{i}&j&k&l&m&n&o&\TUL{Ў}&p&r&s&\TUL{\c{s}}&t&u&\TUL{№}&v&y&z\\ -% \midrule -% A&B&C&\TUL{╟}&D&E&F&G&\TUL{\u{G}}&H&\TUL{I}&\TUL{\.I}&J&K&L&M&N&O&\TUL{╓}&P&R&S&\TUL{\c{S}}&T&U&\TUL{▄}&V&Y&Z\\ -% \bottomrule -% \end{tabularx}} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption{The turkish alphabet}\label{f+turc-alpha} -% \or\relax -% \caption{L'alphabet turc}\label{f+turc-alpha} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turquie.pdf}\ixgrf{turquie.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Turkey]{Turkey (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+turc} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Turquie]{Turquie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+turc} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turkish.png}\ixgrf{turkish.png}\\ -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize\columnseprule=.4pt -% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns\RaggedRight -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \bgroup -% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt -% \partopsep=0pt -% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em -% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt -% \begin{wdesc}{mediumMblueM} -% \item[black] Official language: -% Turkey, Cyprus, Republic of Macedonia (at municipal -% level), Kosovo (a former part of Serbia administered by United -% Nations as of 2006 and who proclamed independance on February~17, 2008; see figure~\vref{f+kosovo}). -% \item[dark blue] More than 1,000,000 speakers: -% Germany. -% \item[blue] Between 500,000 -- 1,000,000 speakers: -% Bulgaria. -% \item[medium blue] Between 100,000 -- 500,000 speakers: -% France, Netherlands, Belgium, Austria, United States, -% Uzbekistan. -% \item[sky blue] Between 25,000 -- 100,000 speakers: -% Greece, United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, Russia, -% Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, Romania, Azerbaijan. -% \item[white] Less than 25,000 speakers / none. -% \end{wdesc} -% \egroup -% \or\relax -% \begin{wdesc}{bleuMmoyenM} -% \item[noir] Langue officielle: -% Turquie, Chypre, Rщpublique de Macщdoine (au niveau municipal), -% Kosovo (une ancienne partie de la Serbie administrщe par les -% Nations Unies depuis 2006 et qui a proclamщ son indщpendance le 17~fщvrier~2008; voir la figure~\vref{f+kosovo}). -% \item[bleu foncщ] Plus de 1\,000\,000 locuteurs: -% Allemagne. -% \item[bleu] Entre 500\,000 et 1\,000\,000 locuteurs: -% Bulgarie. -% \item[bleu moyen] Entre 100\,000 et 500\,000 locuteurs: -% France, Pays-Bas, Belgique, Autriche, ╔tats-Unis, Ouzbщkistan. -% \item[bleu ciel] Entre 25\,000 et 100\,000 locuteurs: -% Grшce, Royaume Uni, Australie, Canada, Russie, Suшde, -% Danemark, Suisse, Roumanie, Azerbaяdjan. -% \item[blanc] Moins de 25\,000 locuteurs / aucun. -% \end{wdesc} -% \fi -% \end{multicols} -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Turkish language in the world]{Turkish language in the world -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+turkish} -% \or\relax -% \caption[La langue turque dans le monde]{La langue turque dans le monde -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+turkish} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The -% The\ixgrfl{turkey-f.png}\ixgrfl{ncyprus-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkey}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{turkey-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Northern_Cyprus}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ncyprus-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% turkish language (\emph{t№rkчe}) is spoken mainly in Turkey and in Cyprus. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{turkish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{turkish.dtx} file -% (by \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} and \name{Turgut}{Uyar}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}. -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{turkey-f.png}\ixgrfl{ncyprus-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turquie}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{turkey-f.png}}}\\% -% \href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chypre_du_Nord}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ncyprus-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue turque (\emph{t№rkчe}) est parlщe principalement en Turquie et р~Chypre. -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{turkish}~>> (turc) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{turkish.dtx} -% (de \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} et \name{Turgut}{Uyar}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*turkish> -\ProvidesFile{turkish.mld}[2007/12/18]% -%% Turkish titles from turkish.dtx (babel). Burc, Mustafa -\def\ptctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% -\def\plftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% -\def\plttitle{Tablo Listesi}% -\def\mtctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% -\def\mlftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% -\def\mlttitle{Tablo Listesi}% -\def\stctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% -\def\slftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% -\def\slttitle{Tablo Listesi}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{8} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \lneed{7} -% \section{``Uighur'' language: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!thb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{uighur.pdf}\ixgrf{uighur.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Uighur language areas]{Uighur language areas -% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+uighur} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue ouяghoure]{Rщgions de la langue ouяghoure -% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+uighur} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.308755760\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.691244240\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiangc.png}\ixgrf{xinjiangc.png}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiang.png}\ixgrf{xinjiang.png}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region]{Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang} -% and \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm}; see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-ouigoure-Xinjiang.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+xinjiang} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgion autonome du Xinjiang ouяghour]{Rщgion autonome du Xinjiang ouяghour -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang} -% et \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm}; voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-ouigoure-Xinjiang.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+xinjiang} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \lneed{3} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{20mm} -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{uighur}'' and ``\lopt{bicig}'' languages\ixgrfl{uighur-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uyghur_people}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uighur-f.png}}}}} -% are synonyms, so we just load the -% \xfile{bicig.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): -% \or\relax -% Les langues\ixgrfl{uighur-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ouяghour}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uighur-f.png}}}}} -% <<~\lopt{uighur}~>> (ouяghour) et <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{bicig.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*uighur> -\ProvidesFile{uighur.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Uighur2'' language: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~uighur2~>>: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{uighur2}'' and ``\lopt{bicig2}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the -% \xfile{bicig2.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}): -% \or\relax -% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur2}~>> (ouяghour deuxiшme variante) -% et <<~\lopt{bicig2}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{bicig2.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*uighur2> -\ProvidesFile{uighur2.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Uighur3'' language: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~uighur3~>>: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{uighur3}'' and ``\lopt{bicig3}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the -% \xfile{bicig3.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): -% \or\relax -% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur3}~>> (ouяghour troisiшme variante) -% et <<~\lopt{bicig3}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier -% \xfile{bicig3.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*uighur3> -\ProvidesFile{uighur3.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{12.5mm}\reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``UKenglish'' language: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~UKenglish~>>: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \ixgrfl{uk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UK_English}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% ``\lopt{UKenglish}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'' (``UK'' is for ``United Kingdom''), so we just -% load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{uk-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UK_English}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{uk-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{UKenglish}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>> (л~UK~╗ signifie \emph{United Kingdom}, -% le л~Royaume Uni~╗), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} -% (section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3}\normalmarginpar -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*UKenglish> -\ProvidesFile{UKenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ukraineb'' language: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ukraineb~>>: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{ukraineb}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{ukrainian}'', so we just load \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. -% See section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{ukraineb}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ukraineb> -\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Ukrainian'' language: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ukrainian~>>: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukraine.jpg}\ixgrf{ukraine.jpg}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Languages in Ukraine]{Languages in Ukraine -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukraine} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Langues en Ukraine]{Langues en Ukraine -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukraine} -% \fi -% ^^A \end{figure} -% -% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} -% -% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukrainep.pdf}\ixgrf{ukrainep.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Ukraine]{Ukraine -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukrainep} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Ukraine]{Ukraine -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukrainep} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \setlength{\wkdim}{6mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \lneed{2} -% \begin{macro}{\cyr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% The titles\ixgrf{ukra.png}\ixgrfl{ukraine-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukrainian_language}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukra.png}}\\% -% \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukraine-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% for the ``\lopt{ukrainian}'' language (\emph{ukrayins'ka mova}) come from the \xfile{ukraineb.dtx} file -% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Cyrillic fonts are required. -% Another language name is \lopt{ukraineb} (see section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% Les titres\ixgrf{ukra.png}\ixgrfl{ukraine-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}c@{}}\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukrainien}% -% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukra.png}}\\% -% \href{http://ft.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukraine}{\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukraine-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>> (ukrainien, \emph{ukrayins'ka mova}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{ukrainian.dtx} -% (de \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises. -% Un autre nom pour cette langue est \lopt{ukraineb} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*ukrainian> -\ProvidesFile{ukrainian.mld}[2006/01/33]% -%% Ukrainian titles from ukraineb.dtx (babel). Shvaika, Andrij & Lapko, Olga -%% Needs cyrillic fonts -\def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk - \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk - \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% -\def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}% -\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk - \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk - \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% -\def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}% -\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk - \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk - \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{12} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{15mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Uppersorbian'' language: \uxfile{uppersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+uppersorbian}\ixfile{uppersorbian.mld} -% The titles\ixgrfl{us-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upper_Sorbian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{us-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'' language\,\footnote{Upper sorbian. Sorbian, or wendisch, -% is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Upper Lusatia in the german -% \emph{lфnder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes -% who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during -% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).} (\emph{hornjoserbsce, hornjoserb\v{s}\'{c}iba}) -% are taken from the \xfile{usorbian.dtx} file (by \name{Eduard}{Werner}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,usorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. -% A shorter language name is \lopt{usorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+usorbian}). -% \or\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~uppersorbian~>>: \uxfile{uppersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+uppersorbian}\ixfile{uppersorbian.mld} -% Les titres\ixgrfl{us-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upper_Sorbian_language}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{us-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{uppersorbian}~>> (haut sorabe)\,\footnote{Le haut sorabe, le sorabe ou wende, -% est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-europщennes parlщ en Haute-Lusace dans les \emph{lфnder} -% allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves -% qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale р~l'ouest et l'Oder р~l'est pendant la pщriode mщdiщvale -% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siшcle).} (\emph{hornjoserbsce, hornjoserb\v{s}\'{c}iba}) sont tirщs du fichier \xfile{usorbian.dtx} -% (de \name{Eduard}{Werner}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,usorbian}. -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. -% Un nom plus court pour cette langue est \lopt{usorbian} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+usorbian}). -% \end{SMOOTH} -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*uppersorbian> -\ProvidesFile{uppersorbian.mld}[2006/02/38]% -%% Upper sorbian titles from usorbian.dtx (babel). Needs cyrillic fonts. Werner, Eduard -\def\ptctitle{Wobsah}% -\def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% -\def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% -\def\mtctitle{Wobsah}% -\def\mlftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% -\def\mlttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% -\def\stctitle{Wobsah}% -\def\slftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% -\def\slttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \reversemarginpar -% \setlength{\wkdim}{13.15625mm} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``USenglish'' language: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~USenglish~>>: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The\ixgrfl{usa-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% ``\lopt{USenglish}'' language (``US'' is for ``United States (of America))'' is just like -% ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the -% languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules, -% see~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}\,.}, so we just -% load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \or\relax -% La\ixgrfl{usa-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\strut\\\strut\\\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{usa-f.png}}}\end{tabular}}} -% langue <<~\lopt{USenglish}~>> (amщricain, л~US~╗ signifiant л~\emph{United States (of America)}~╗) est -% comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait ъtre vrai pour les titres des mini-tables; les langues elles-mъmes -% ont quelques diffщrences, dont les rшgles de coupure des mots, -% voir~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_English}\,.}, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*USenglish> -\ProvidesFile{USenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Usorbian'' language: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~usorbian~>>: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{usorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'', so we just have -% to load \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{usorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{uppersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement -% \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. -% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*usorbian> -\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Vietnam'' language: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{figure}[!htbp] -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \setlength{\iwidth}{.5\iwidth} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet2.pdf}\ixgrf{viet2.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet3.pdf}\ixgrf{viet3.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Vietnam]{Vietnam (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} -% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+vietnam} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Vietnam]{Vietnam (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq})}\label{f+vietnam} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \begin{figure}[!htbp] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet-w.pdf}\ixgrf{viet-w.pdf}\\ -% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The creation of the vietnamese alphabet is officially -% attributed to the Jesuit -% \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes} in~1623. -% Born at Avignon on March~15th, 1591, died on -% November~5th, 1660, at Ispahan, he was a Jesuit priest who spent six years in Vietnam (1624~--~1630) for his -% catholic missions and systematized the -% \index{quoc ngu=\protect\leavevmode\protect\mbox{\quocngu}\hfil\null|hyperpage}% -% ``(Ch\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}) Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}\,'', -% or ``script for the natianal language'', the romanized script of the vietnamese language -% (see~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandre_de_Rhodes}). It is a latin alphabet with the addition of many -% diacritic marks to note the phonetic value of some letters and the tunes of the language -% (see~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qu%E1%BB%91c_ng%E1%BB%AF}). -% \par \vspace*{\baselineskip} -% See also~\url{http://rarfaxp.riken.go.jp/~dang/rhodes_motive.html} for a resume of the modern story and -% \url{http://www.cjvlang.com/Writing/writviet.html} for an introduction to this writing system. -% See also~\cite{ppvl} about the portuguese predecessors of \uname{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes}. -% \or\relax -% La crщation de l'alphabet vietnamien est officiellement attribuщe au -% jщsuite \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes} en~1623. -% Celui-ci, nщ en Avignon le 15~mars 1591, -% mort le 5~novembre 1660 р Ispahan, est un prъtre jщsuite qui passa six annщes au Vietmam (1624~--~1630) et р~qui -% l'on doit la systщmatisation du -% \index{quoc ngu=\protect\leavevmode\protect\mbox{\quocngu}\hfil\null|hyperpage}% -% л~(Ch\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}) Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}~╗, -% ou л~щcriture de langue nationale~╗, -% l'щcriture romanisщe du vietnamien -% (voir~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandre_de_Rhodes}). C'est un alphabet latin augmentщ de nombreux -% signes diacritiques servant р~noter tant la valeur phonщtique de certaines lettres que les tons de la langue -% (voir~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qu%E1%BB%91c_ng%E1%BB%AF}). -% \par\vspace*{\baselineskip} -% Voir aussi~\url{http://rarfaxp.riken.go.jp/~dang/rhodes_motive.html} pour un rщsumщ de l'histoire rщcente (en anglais) -% et \url{http://www.cjvlang.com/Writing/writviet.html} pour une introduction р~ce systшme d'щcriture (en anglais aussi). -% Voir aussi~\cite{ppvl} р~propos des prщdщcesseurs portugais d'\uname{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes}. -% \fi -% \end{minipage} -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[The vietnamese language in the world]{The vietnamese language in the world -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnamese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+viet-w} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Le vietnamien dans le monde]{Le vietnamien dans le monde -% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnamese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+viet-w} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{vietnam-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnam}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vietnam-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language (\emph{ti\'{\^e}ng vi\d{\^{e}t}}) are taken from the \pack{vietnam} package~\cite{vietnam} -% (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}). -% Vietnamese fonts are required; see~\cite{han2003,han2008}. The vietnamese language is spoken in Vietnam -% and in the vietnamese diaspora (see figures~\vrefrange{f+vietnam}{f+viet4}). -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{vietnam-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnam}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{vietnam-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien, \emph{ti\'{\^e}ng vi\d{\^{e}t}}) sont -% tirщs du paquetage \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}). -% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises; voir~\cite{han2003,han2008}. Le vietnamien est parlщ au Vietnam -% et dans la diaspora vietnamienne (voir les figures~\vrefrange{f+vietnam}{f+viet4}). -% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \begin{figure}[!p] -% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet4.pdf}\ixgrf{viet4.pdf} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Provinces of Vietnam]{Provinces of Vietnam -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Administration_du_Viъt_Nam})\hfill\null}\label{f+viet4} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Provinces du Viъtnam]{Provinces du Viъtnam -% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Administration_du_Viъt_Nam})\hfill\null}\label{f+viet4} -% \fi -% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*vietnam> -\ProvidesFile{vietnam.mld}[1999/03/16]% Vietnamese titles -\def\ptctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% -\def\plftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% -\def\plttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% -\def\mtctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% -\def\mlftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% -\def\mlttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% -\def\stctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% -\def\slftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% -\def\slttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Vietnamese'' language: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~vietnamese~>>: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The ``\lopt{vietnamese}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language. -% So we just load \xfile{vietnam.mld}. -% Vietnamese fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}. -% \or\relax -% La langue <<~\lopt{vietnamese}~>> est simplement un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien). Donc nous -% chargeons simplement \xfile{vietnam.mld}. Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises, Voir aussi -% la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}. -% \fi -% \lneed{4} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*vietnamese> -\ProvidesFile{vietnamese.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Welsh'' language: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~welsh~>>: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} -% \fi -% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} -% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} -% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.346020761\iwidth} -% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.653979239\iwidth} -% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth} -% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth} -% \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} -% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles1.pdf}\ixgrf{galles1.pdf}% -% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% -% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles2.pdf}\ixgrf{galles2.pdf}% -% \end{tabular} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Wales]{Wales (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} -% and \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} -% in the \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})\hfill\null}\label{f+wales} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Pays de Galles]{Pays de Galles (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} -% dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} -% dans la \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})\hfill\null}\label{f+wales} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% \setlength{\wkdim}{0mm} -% \reversemarginpar -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles\ixgrfl{wales-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wales}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{wales-f.png}}}}} -% for the ``\lopt{welsh}'' language (\emph{cymraeg}) come from the \xfile{welsh.dtx} file -% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}: -% \or\relax -% Les titres\ixgrfl{wales-f.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill% -% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pays_de_Galles}% -% {\flagbox{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{wales-f.png}}}}} -% pour la langue <<~\lopt{welsh}~>> (gallois, \emph{cymraeg}) proviennent du fichier \xfile{welsh.dtx} -% (щcrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}: -% \fi -% -% \normalmarginpar -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*welsh> -\ProvidesFile{welsh.mld}[1999/12/06]% -%% Welsh titles from welsh.dtx (babel), by Braams, Johannes~L. -\def\ptctitle{Cynnwys}% -\def\plftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% -\def\plttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% -\def\mtctitle{Cynnwys}% -\def\mlftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% -\def\mlttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% -\def\stctitle{Cynnwys}% -\def\slftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% -\def\slttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Xalx'' language: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~xalx~>>: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mnr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% Xalx (Khalkha) is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia proper. -% See figure~\vref{f+khalkha}. -% Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with -% Cyrillic letters. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha} and~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx2}{s+mld+xalx3}. -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% Xalx (Khalkha) est le nom de la nationalitщ Mongole qui -% vit en Mongolie proprement dite. Voir la figure~\vref{f+khalkha}. -% Son dialecte forme la base du Mongol щcrit en lettres cyrilliques. -% Voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha} et~\vrefrange{s+mld+xalx2}{s+mld+xalx3}. -% \fi -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*xalx> -\ProvidesFile{xalx.mld}[2005/11/16]% -%% Mongol (xalx) titles -\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% -\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\stctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% -\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{figure}[!tb] -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{khalkha.pdf}\ixgrf{khalkha.pdf}% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \caption[Khalkha language areas]{Khalkha language areas -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+khalkha} -% \or\relax -% \caption[Rщgions de la langue khalkha]{Rщgions de la langue khalkha -% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+khalkha} -% \fi -% \end{figure} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Xalx2'' language: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~xalx2~>>: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\mnr} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% This is a variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx2}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% C'est une variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*xalx2> -\ProvidesFile{xalx2.mld}[2006/03/31]% -%% Mongol (xalx2) titles -\def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% -\def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mtctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% -\def\mlftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\mlttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\stctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% -\def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% -\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \lneed{5} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Xalx3'' language: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} -% \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~xalx3~>>: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} -% \fi -% \begin{macro}{\xalx} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx3}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% This is an other variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). -% \or\relax -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx3}~>> sont tirщs du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} -% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% C'est une autre variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). -% \fi -% -% \lneed{3} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*xalx3> -\ProvidesFile{xalx3.mld}[2006/03/31]% -%% Mongol (xalx3) titles -\def\ptctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% -\def\plftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% -\def\plttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% -\def\mtctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% -\def\mlftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% -\def\mlttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% -\def\stctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% -\def\slftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% -\def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% -% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \cleardoublepage -% ^^A \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} -% \let\NC\relax -% -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \part{Complements}\label{p+complements} -% \or\relax -% \part{Complщments}\label{p+complements} -% \fi -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} -% \parttoc -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\empty} -% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{close}{\empty} -% -% ^^A \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \backrefenglish -% ^^A \or\relax -% ^^A \backreffrench -% ^^A \fi -% -% \nocite* -% \def\noopsort#1{\relax} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \FTRfalse -% \bibliographystyle{en-mtc} -% \begin{raggedright} -% ^^A DO NOT INDEX AUTHORS -% \let\name\oname -% \let\iname\oiname -% \let\inameA\oinameA -% \let\inameB\oinameB -% \let\xname\oxname -% \let\vname\ovname -% \bibliography{minitoc} -% -% \end{raggedright} -% \or\relax -% \FTRtrue -% \bibliographystyle{fr-mtc} -% \begin{raggedright} -% ^^A DO NOT INDEX AUTHORS -% \let\name\oname -% \let\iname\oiname -% \let\inameA\oinameA -% \let\inameB\oinameB -% \let\xname\oxname -% \let\vname\ovname -% \bibliography{minitoc-fr} -% -% \end{raggedright} -% \fi -% \adjustmtc -% ^^A NEW HISTORY BEGIN -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter*{Changes history\markboth{Changes history}{Changes history}}\label{c+history} -% \markboth{Changes history}{Changes history} -% \mtcaddchapter[Changes history] -% \or\relax -% \chapter*{Historique des modifications\markboth{Historique des modifications}{Historique des modifications}}\label{c+history} -% \markboth{Historique des modifications}{Historique des modifications} -% \mtcaddchapter[Historique des modifications] -% \fi -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \bgroup -% \def\labelitemi{\ensuremath{\star}~\textbf{version}} -% \def\labelitemii{\textbullet} -% \def\labelitemiii{\textopenbullet} -% \def\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered} -% \begin{RaggedRight} -% % -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \textbf{00} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1990/10/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Original version, by \xname{Nigel}{Ward}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1991/11/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Revised to reuse \com{chapter}, \com{section}, -% \com{subsection} commands transparently, generate toc-file-name automatically, -% assorted other cleanup (by \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{01} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item New design, to avoid allocating a newwrite, or file descriptor, -% for each chapter (a deadly sin!) (\uname{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert}). -% \item Added \com{chapterend} to terminate the scope of a minitoc. -% (\emph{If you forgot putting} \com{chapterend} at the end -% of \emph{each} chapter, an entry for the next chapter -% will appear in each minitoc.) (Thanks to \xname{Yufan}{Hu}). -% \item Replaced the \env{minipage} environment by a \env{verse} -% environment, to allow a minitoc being split across pages. -% \item All the layout of the minitoc is in the -% command, so if someboby wants -% to redefine that layout, he has just to rewrite it (and only it). -% \item You can inhibit the minitoc for the next chapter -% by preceding it with \ucom{minitocno}. (\ucom{minitocyes} -% is useless for the user, because it is implicit \emph{after} -% the \com{chapter*} pseudo-chapters). -% \item Problems: you \emph{must} have \com{chapterend} to terminate each -% chapter with a minitoc. How about avoiding this constraint? -% \item The depth of the minitoc is user-adjustable with -% the counter \dcnt{minitocdepth} (similar to \dcnt{tocdepth} for the table of contents). -% \item At least three passes (3) of \LaTeX{} are necessary to -% get correct minitocs (the first pass creates the -% \suffix{.mtc}\meta{X} files, the second uses them (but they may -% contain wrong page numbers) and recreates them, -% the third should be ok). -% \item Works with \com{chapter}\texttt{[xxx]\{yyy\}} and floating bodies. -% Works with two columns (but the minitoc is composed in -% one column; how to make it to spread over the two columns?). -% \item Some mods added to work with \pack{xr} (external -% references). \upack{xr} version~5 is much more tolerant. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{02} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added compatibility with \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} (the package -% \pack{hangcaption} (if present) must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package). -% \emph{Beware} to options modifying \com{@caption}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{03} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version 3 not released (buggy). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{04} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \ucom{if@realch} to avoid contents lines from pseudo-chapters to go into the toc. -% \item The package \pack{mtcoff} allows you to use a \LaTeX\ document -% with minitoc commands and to make them transparent: just replace the \upack{minitoc} package by -% \pack{mtcoff}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{05} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a selection mechanism to not write spurious things in the minitocs. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{06} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed problems about chapters in the toc, removed obsolete \com{caption} stuff -% (filters are much better) added compatibility with \pack{toch} -% (\pack{toch} makes a table of chapters; -% if used, must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}; in fact, it is the ancestor of -% the \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc} package). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{07} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item (\emph{major differences}) Completely rewritten, using tricks from \pack{xr} (the version~5, by -% \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). The info for minitocs is directly stolen from the \suffix{.toc} file. -% \com{chapterend} and \ucom{minitocno} are suppressed, \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} -% and \com{faketableofcontents} added. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{08} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Spacing adjustements. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{09} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/08/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added mods for MS-DOS (search for MS-DOS, uncomment; search for UNIX, comment out). MS-DOS allows -% only 3 characters for extensions in file names (what a pity!). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{10} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/08/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Works now with appendices. Detects now the obsolete versions of \xfile{latex.tex} -% (\com{@inputcheck} or \com{reset@font} not defined). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{11} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/08/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcSfont}, font for section entries, \com{mtcSSfont} for subsection entries, -% \com{mtcSSSfont} for subsubsection entries, \com{mtcPfont} for paragraph entries, -% \com{mtcSPfont} for subparagraph entries. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{12} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/12/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Use \com{kern} in place of \com{vspace*}, and added penalties (\com{nopagebreak}) -% to avoid a page break just before last \com{mtc@rule}. -% \item Also added a \env{samepage} environnement. -% \item Removed old commented out lines from previous versions. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{13} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/12/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{minilof} and \com{minilot} stuff. For MS-DOS, uncomment the definition of \com{SHORTEXT}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{14} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/01/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected space under \texttt{minitoc/lof/lot} and added a \com{raggedright} -% setting to avoid ``underfull'' warnings. -% \item Corrected some spacing problems (avoiding~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s). -% \com{mtifont} is changed from \ucom{normalsize\bs bf} to \ucom{large\bs bf}. -% \item Some modifications suggested by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (thanks): -% \ucom{@newread} becomes \com{newread}, not outer version of \com{newread}; -% \com{empty} replaced by \com{relax} in the spare definition of \com{reset@font}. -% \item Removed the setting of \com{clubpenalty} and \com{widowpenalty} -% to \texttt{10\,000} (done by \com{samepage}), and \com{noindent}. -% \item Simplified processing of optional argument in \com{minitoc}, -% \com{minilof} and \com{minilot}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{15} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/01/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} and \com{partlot} for books, \com{secttoc}, -% \com{sectlof} and \com{sectlot} for articles, with some commands and parameters parallel to those -% for mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1994/01/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} and \com{partlot} for books, -% \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof} and \com{sectlot} for articles, -% with some commands and parameters parallel to those for mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{16} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/02/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Bug fixes (typos). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{17} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/06/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item `\texttt{n}' (null) synonym of `\texttt{e}' (empty) in the optional argument of \com{minitoc}, -% \com{dominitoc}, and siblings. -% \item Compatibility with ``\LaTeXe''. Thanks to \xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} (who found the problem) and -% \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach} (who gave the hints to solve). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{18} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/06/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Make \upack{minitoc} really compatible with \LaTeXe. -% \item Introduce the language files as options. Many thanks to \xname{Michel}{Goossens} -% (via \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}) who was inspired by the code of the \pack{babel} package -% (by \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{19} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/08/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added stuff for numbering of chapters (parts, sections) not starting at 1. \com{firstchapteris} etc. -% commands added. -% \item \com{mtcrule}, \com{nomtcrule} etc. commands added. -% \item Corrected a bug in \com{c@mti}. -% \item Corrected \xfile{mtcswedish.sty} (\xname{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}). -% \item Corrected appendix in articles. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{20} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/08/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected spacing before and after minitocs and siblings. -% \item Added the \com{mtcpagenumbers} and \com{nomtcpagenumbers} commands -% (and siblings) to make minitocs with/without page numbers. Default: with page numbers. -% \item Corrected (difficult bug) appendix in articles. -% \item Corrected vertical spacing. -% \item Corrected a problem with chapters numbered with uppercase roman numbers. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{21} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/09/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected typos in \upack{minitoc} and \xfile{minitoc.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{22} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/10/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected typos in \upack{minitoc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{23} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/11/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a missing line in \com{sectlof}. -% \item Works with document classes resetting chapter (or section) number at each part -% (thanks to \xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}). -% \item Added the notion of ``absolute numbering'' for the mini-tables. -% \item Removed stuff for \com{firstchapteris} and co. These commands are obsolete. -% \item Removed appendix stuff. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{24} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/12/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The \com{protect} commands have been removed from -% the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lot} and \suffix{.lot} files, so some internal macros have been -% corrected to be compatible with the \LaTeXe\ release of December 1994. Thanks to -% \xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} who did the work. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{25} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1996/09/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated \xfile{mtcnorsk.sty} and added \xfile{mtcnynorsk.sty} on a suggestion from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{26} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1996/11/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Language specific files are now named \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} (replacing names of the form -% \texttt{mtc}\emph{language}\suffix{.sty}) because they are not packages and it makes shorter names. -% \item Added breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower and upper sorbian; renamed -% ``esperanto'' by ``esperant'' like in the \pack{babel} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{27} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1996/12/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections for starred sectionning commands. -% \item \xfile{english.mld} loaded as default language. -% \item Added \xfile{vietnam.mld} and \xfile{arab.mld}. -% \item Renamed \pack{minitocoff} into \pack{mtcoff} to keep the name short. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{28} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1997/10/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the afrikaan(s), brazil, and ethiopia(n) languages. -% \item Added autoconfiguration of extensions. -% \item Added the \opt{shortext} package option. -% \item Added \emph{coffee} stuff. -% \item Added \com{addstarred} stuff (for starred chapter stuff). -% \item Fixed bug in parttocs. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1998/06/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A typo corrected by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: -% \begin{quote} -% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} -% \end{quote} -% should probably be -% \begin{quote} -% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} -% \end{quote} -% (a backslash was missing after \com{let}). Thanks to him. -% \item Added the bahasa language. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1998/12/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \opt{tight} and \optd{loose} package options. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{29} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1999/03/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the bicig, buryat, mongol and russianc languages. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1999/06/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the armenian language (from \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1999/07/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \optd{dotted}/\opt{undotted} package options (default: \optd{dotted}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1999/07/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{30} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1999/12/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the basque, ngermanb, serbian, ukraineb, and welsh languages. -% \item Corrected a bug in \com{sltname} definition (\texttt{mlt} should be \texttt{slt}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{31} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/04/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added compatibility with the \pack{hyperref} package, thanks to \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, -% who has also simplified some code and fixed the infamous \com{chapter*} bug. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{32} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/08/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added very (too) numerous new commands for the mini-table features: -% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK -% \com{afterparttoc},\ABK \com{afterpartlof},\ABK \com{afterpartlot},\ABK -% \com{thispageparttocstyle},\goodbreak \com{thispagepartlofstyle},\ABK and \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. -% \item Documentation improved by \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}. -% \item \com{nomtcrule} corrected. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{33} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/12/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added new adjustment commands: \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, -% and \com{mtcaddpart}. -% These commands add stuff in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files for the -% \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} and \com{part*}) problem. From a suggestion by -% \xname{Karl~F.}{Everitt}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2000/12/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected a feature in \com{mtcaddchapter} and~co. with a blank optional argument. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{34} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/12/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added\imess{I0046} in the documentation a section for use with the \pack{tocbibind} package. -% \item Added \suffix{.mld} files for alternate names of languages: so, \xfile{american.mld} just loads -% \xfile{english.mld}, which contains the real definitions. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{35} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2001/01/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added macros to test if a file is ``empty'' (i.e.,~empty, blank or -% inexistent) or ``non empty'' (i.e.,~useful). I used some code from \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}. -% \item Added the \optd{checkfiles}/\opt{nocheckfiles} package options. -% \item Replaced \ucom{The@chapter} by \com{The@mtc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/02/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{bulgarian.mld}, \xfile{hebrew.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{latin.mld}, and -% \xfile{samin.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcselectlanguage}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed the \lopt{estonian} package option (missing). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/07/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the interlingua language. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{36} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected an interaction with \com{tableofcontents} which creates a \com{chapter*} or -% a \com{section*}, perturbing \cnt{mtc}/\cnt{stc} counters (problem signalled by \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected a spacing problem with empty titles (problem signalled by \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \item Workaround for the \com{parttoc}-\com{chapter*} problem. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcskip} and \com{mtcskipamount}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed test for empty files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/03/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \lopt{bangla} language. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/03/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Reduced depth of \com{mtc@strutbox}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{37} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~\#37 dropped. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{38} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{pt} becomes \ucom{@pt} and \texttt{0pt} becomes \ucom{z@}. -% \item \ucom{hrule} and \ucom{vrule} replaced by \ucom{rule} (\LaTeX). -% \item Added \com{mtc@zrule} for zero-dims rules. -% \item Added the frenchb language (synonym of french). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changed the test for empty titles. -% \item Added the \opt{flsection} and \opt{flsectionb} package options. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The \opt{tight} and \optd{loose} package options are applied to -% \com{parttoc} (\xname{Thomas}{Leonhardt}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/02/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Package options \opt{flsection} and \opt{flsectionb} removed and -% replaced by the \opt{insection} package option (like \opt{flsectionb}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/02/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected numbering of SLF, SLT. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/02/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \lopt{frenchle} and \lopt{frenchpro} language options (synonyms of \lopt{french}). -% \item Corrected secttocs, at least. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/03/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected some vertical spacings and struts -% (I added some mods by \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}, many thanks to him.). -% A lot of cleaning remains to do, but the release seems to be needed now. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{39} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2003/04/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Modern font commands for compatibility with the \class{memoir} class. -% \item \com{nomtcpagenumbers} and \class{memoir} class. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/06/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{@fileswfalse} and \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} -% for the \pack{notoccite} package (requested by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}); added the -% \opt{notoccite} package option (loads the \pack{notoccite} package). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/09/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added language options and \suffix{.mld} files for dialects: \lopt{canadian} (\loptd{english}), \lopt{acadian}, -% \lopt{acadien}, \lopt{canadien} (\lopt{french}), \lopt{naustrian}, \lopt{ngerman} (\lopt{ngermanb}). -% \item Added comments in \suffix{.mld} files using special fonts. -% \item Documentation: added a paragraph about making a TOC for -% appendices, eventually not listed in the main TOC. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/09/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation; corrections about rules. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{40} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the japanese and castillan languages. -% \item Removed the test on the presence of the \pack{multicol} package in -% \xfile{minitoc.tex}, because \pack{multicol} is a required package. -% \item Added a figure in \xfile{minitoc.tex} about the need of three compilations. -% \item Added some infos in \xfile{minitoc.bug}. -% \item Added\imess{I0042} a paragraph about a problem with the \pack{appendix} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib} and \xfile{minitoc.bib}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \optd{hints} package option. This option is still experimental; your advice is welcome. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} (french documentation in PDF format). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{41} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in documentation. -% \item Message added if some sectionning commands are not available. -% \item Replaced \ucom{typeout} commands in \upack{minitoc} -% by the \com{PackageInfo} or \com{PackageWarning} commands; with the line number when useful -% (\com{@gobble} if no line number). Hence, the package is less verbose -% (\com{PackageInfo} writes only in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, not on the terminal). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \com{mtcsetfont} (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) and \com{mtcsettitlefont} commands, -% with a much simpler syntax. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \AmS\ classes: \class{amsart} and \class{amsproc} are incompatible with -% \upack{minitoc}, \class{amsbook} needs precautions. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcsetformat}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcsettitle}. -% \item Added a hint for recommending the \opt{insection} package option. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint about the presence of \com{dominitoc} and co. -% \item Added a hint about consistency of \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} and co. -% \item Improved documentation about hints. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint about using short extensions with more that 99~parts or 99~chapters or 99~sections. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \com{ptifont}: \texttt{\bs Huge\bs bfseries} becomes \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs bfseries}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added many new language files: \xfile{serbianc.mld}, \xfile{chinese1.mld}, -% \xfile{chinese2.mld}, \xfile{hangul1.mld}, \xfile{hangul2.mld}, \xfile{hangul3.mld}, -% \xfile{hangul4.mld}, \xfile{hanja1.mld}, \xfile{hanja2.mld}, \xfile{japanese2.mld}, -% \xfile{japanese3.mld}, \xfile{japanese4.mld}, \xfile{japanese5.mld}, \xfile{thai.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcsetrules}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{plfrule}, \com{noplfrule}, \com{mlfrule}, -% \com{nomlfrule}, \com{slfrule}, \com{noslfrule}, \com{pltrule}, -% \com{nopltrule}, \com{mltrule}, \com{nomltrule}, \com{sltrule}, -% \com{nosltrule}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{letton.mld}, \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, -% \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, \xfile{russian2m.mld}, and \xfile{russian2o.mld} -% as new language files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added tests on the \uenv{mtchideinmain*}\ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot} -% environments. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{42} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~42 not released. -% \item Replaced ``language'' by ``langue'' in the french documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed a minor typo. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Upgraded \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcsettitle}, forgotten to be inserted in v41. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{43} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~43: consolidation of v40, v41 and v42. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed a big bug in \com{mtcsetformat}. -% \item Fixed a bug in \xfile{mtcoff.sty} about \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed the \ucom{mtcset}\texttt{.{}.{}.}\ macros. -% \item Moved history to the end of package code. -% \item Added the \xfile{INSTALL} file and a chapter about installation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed a typo (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}). -% \item Completed the hint about consistency of \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} and co. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint about consistency of \com{minitoc} and \com{tableofcontents}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added comments about fonts. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcsetfeature}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{bulgarianb.mld} (upper bulgarian). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \texttt{*[-\bs baselineskip]} after the \texttt{\bs\bs} after the top rule of each part level mini-table. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the arguments of \com{mtcsetfeature}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Removed \com{markboth} for minitocs (\ldots) and secttocs (\ldots). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{spanish2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint for the \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected the \env{stc@verse} environment. -% \item Added \xfile{finnish2.mld}, \xfile{latin2.mld}, and \xfile{magyar2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renamed \xfile{portuges.mld} as \xfile{portugues.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction in \com{mtcskip}. -% \item First version in \suffix{.dtx} format. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Removed \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, and stuff; unused. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/05/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected a typo in \com{@dosectlot}. -% \item Added \com{mtcfixglossary}. -% \item Print the documentation with ``\optp{oneside}{\protect\textsl{many classes}}'' to have all marginal notes on left. -% Added the (extended to 54 floats) code of \pack{morefloats} (\xname{Don}{Hosek}) to allow more marginpars -% and floats. -% \item Added \xfile{minitoc.ist}\isuffix{.ist} to format the index correctly. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/05/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed rules in parttocs, partlofs and partlots. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/05/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed chapter-level entries in parttocs, when page numbers must be removed. -% \item Added a hint about the \pack{sectsty}\imess{I0043} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint about attempts to insert empty mini-tables. -% \item Added a hint about the use of obsolete commands. -% \item The mini-lists of figures or tables should not be printed empty even if \dcnt{tocdepth}${}<1$. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the notion of depth for mini-tables of figures/tables. -% \item Added \com{mtcsetdepth}. -% \item The \optd{hints} option is the default and no more considered as experimental. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added an error message in \com{mtcsetdepth} if the counter is not available. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{portuges.mld}, which loads \xfile{portugues.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added three variants for the malayalam language: \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld}, -% \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}, and \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added method for bilingual documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}\isuffix{.ist} to format correctly the index in french. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changed ``Liste des Tables'' by ``Liste des Tableaux'' in \xfile{french.mld}, and in the french documentation, -% to stick to the choices of the \pack{babel} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The file \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} is now generated by \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added ``OUI'', ``NON'', ``oui'', ``non'', ``O'', and ``o'' as true/false keywords. -% \item Compacted the code about detection of short/long extensions. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added ``VRAI'', ``FAUX'', ``vrai'', ``faux'', ``V'', and ``v'' as true/false keywords. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correctly set the \com{ifFTR} flag to have the names of months in the right language in the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Set the flag \com{mtcoffwarn@true} in \pack{mtcoff} if a command \ucom{mtcadd...} is found. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{castillian.mld}. -% \item Renamed \xfile{portugues.mld} as \xfile{portuguese.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{brazilian.mld}, \xfile{british.mld}, \xfile{UKenglish.mld}, and \xfile{USenglish.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppressed ``General:'' in the changes history. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Replaced some \com{PackageWarning} commands by \com{PackageInfo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Restoring the correspondence of each language option with a \suffix{.mld} file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Improving the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Removing unused some flags \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} and \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. -% \item Added the \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, and \com{decrementstc} commands. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected a bug in \pack{mtcoff}. -% \item Improved some messages in \pack{mtcoff}. -% \item Added a test on the version of the \pack{placeins} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a note about \com{FloatBarrier}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a note about an alignment problem in the minitocs. Updated \xfile{minitoc.bug}. -% \item Made two versions of the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments, -% depending on the presence of the corresponding depth counter. -% \item The \class{memoir} class is incompatible if too recent. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a comment about the position of the \ucom{do.{}.{}.} preparation commands. -% \item Corrections in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{guarani.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc}, and \com{incrementstc}. -% \item Added an optional argument to \com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc}, and \com{adjuststc}. -% \item Added the \opt{k-tight} and \optd{k-loose} package options. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a patch for the recent version of the \class{memoir} class. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{spanish3.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Use \com{mtcselectlanguage} in language options and in ``secondary'' \suffix{.mld} files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcloadmlo} to be used in some \suffix{.mld} files to load a \suffix{.mlo} file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a test to forbid direct calls of \com{mtcloadmlo} by the user. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{farsi1.mld}, \xfile{farsi1.mlo}, \xfile{farsi2.mld}, and \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. -% \item Added a note about the \tool{rubber} tool. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{mtcglo.ist}\isuffix{.ist} to format the glossary. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Removed the page numbers in the glossary. Done in the \texttt{*mk} scripts. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{44} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changes history (glossary) typeset in \texttt{RaggedRight}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{ngermanb2.mld}, \xfile{norsk2.mld}, and \xfile{nynorsk2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item New method for history: embedded lists on 3~levels. -% \item Removed \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{mtcglo.ist}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Cleaned the \texttt{*mk} scripts. -% \item Added the \optd{listfiles} package option. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected typos. -% \item Added the name of the \suffix{.maf} file in the message of the \optd{listfiles} package option. -% \item Improved the cleaning in the \texttt{*mk} scripts, using a~\suffix{.maf} file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Load the patch for the \class{memoir} class only if necessary; do not load it if \class{memoir} -% is dated after 2005/09/25. -% \item Added a remark in the FAQ chapter (and \xfile{minitoc.bug}) about precautions to take with the starred -% sectionning commands. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \opt{nolistfiles} package option. -% \item Added a hint about the \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption}, and \pack{mcaption} packages -% (they must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \item Fixed some marginal notes in the commented code. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. -% \item Use the \tool{xargs} Unix command in the \texttt{*mk} scripts to remove the auxiliary files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added a short intro to the ``Frequently Asked Questions'' chapter and to \xfile{minitoc.bug}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Minor corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Begin adding the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the french \LaTeX{} Companion~\cite{TLC2F}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Adding \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} in \xfile{minitoc.l}. -% \item Adding a note about the need of running \scrp{imk} before \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \item Added a note about a problem with \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} and \class{memoir}. -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Improve the notes about the \class{memoir} class. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Improve the notes about the \class{memoir} class. -% \item Added \com{plfSfont}, \com{pltSfont}, \com{mlfSfont}, \com{mltSfont}, -% \com{slfSfont}, and \com{sltSfont} for subfigures and subtables entries in the mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Fixed a bug about fonts for subfigures and subtables entries in the mini-tables. -% \item Added \xfile{bicig2.mld}, \xfile{bithe.mld}, \xfile{manju.mld}, \xfile{xalx.mld}, and -% \xfile{khalkha.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Added testing via internal \emph{quarks} commands in \com{mtcsetfont}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Updating the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Changed ``table'' into ``tableau'' in the french doc, where necessary. -% \item Updating the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \item Fixed typos in the bibliography. -% \item Updating the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Avoid some warnings ``Token not allowed'' from \texttt{pdftex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Reordering a long sequence of citations. -% \item Added \og{} {\texttt{mailto:}}\fg{} in the mailing URLs. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed typos in the documentation. -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0038}\pack{varsects} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Correcting an hyperlink in the bibliography (for the \pack{xr} package). -% \item Attempting to avoid broken URLs, using \env{quote}, footnotes and \com{par}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Updating the bibliography. -% \item Corrections of layout (some headers, a table). -% \item In the warning message of the hint about a number of mini-tables greater than~99 (if short extensions), -% give the effective number. -% \item Reduce the width of some info, warning or error messages. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections of layout (some headers). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections of french quotes. -% \item Added some PDF options. -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Corrected an URL to the \AmS\ in the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Made some messages shorter (mainly by removing stars). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction of typos. -% \item Added some labels. -% \item Added a chapter with the (explained) messages. Not yet sorted. -% \item The documentation needs 4~\LaTeX\ runs. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Made some messages shorter. -% \item Corrections in the list of messages. -% \item Updating the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Improving the placement of floats on pages of floats: to the top. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation (thanks to \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). -% \item Added \oexam{addsec.tex} -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected the flag \com{ifundottedmtc}. -% \item Correction to make \oexam{addsec.tex} work. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added ``\texttt{*}'' as keyword for the first argument of \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} and -% \com{mtcsetrules} (asked by \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). -% \item Removed ``\com{MessageBreak}'' from the index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Corrected the bibliography entry about \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Used the \pack{afterpage} package~\cite{afterpage} in the documentation to fix a float positionning problem. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Fixing a float positionning problem. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Continuing the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added the bahasam language. -% \item Added the albanian language. -% \item Added the hebrew2 language. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Updated the documentation for the albanian, bahasa, bahasam, and hebrew2 languages. -% \item Updated \xfile{french.mld} (removing abusive uppercase letters). -% \item Corrected the \xfile{italian.mld} file. Added the italian2 language. -% \item Added the australian and newzealand languages (english). -% \item Renamed the bahasa language as bahasai; bahasa is synonym of bahasai. -% \item Added the malay and meyalu languages, synonyms of bahasam. -% \item Added the indon and indonesian languages, synonyms of bahasai. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Updated the acknowledgements. -% \item Added references to the new bibliographic entries. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed an instability in page breaks in the documentation of \xfile{japanese3.mld}. -% \item Added comments in some \suffix{.mld} files. -% \item Added \xfile{magyar3.mld}. -% \item Updated \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction in \com{mtcaddsection}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction in \com{mtcfixindex} and \com{mtcfixglossary}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Limitation of the initial depth of displayed bookmarks. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added some comments in point~34 of the FAQ (and in \xfile{minitoc.bug}) about the initialization of fonts. -% \item Added \xfile{romanian2.mld} and \xfile{romanian3.mld}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Load some packages before \pack{hyperref}. -% \item Added \xfile{spanish4.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected the table about default titles. -% \item Corrected the keywords for \com{mtcsetfont}. -% \item Added \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}, and \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated documentation for \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}, and \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript{} -% classes~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}, and an entry in the FAQ chapter -% (and in \xfile{minitoc.bug}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added a note in documentation of \xfile{serbian.mld} and \xfile{serbianc.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{ethiopian2.mld} (for Omega). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Simplifications in the ``Messages'' chapter. -% \item Corrections in the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added the ``Postface'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the ``Postface'' chapter. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added package \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} for the ``The pdf\TeX\ Program'' entry in the bibliography. -% Its author's first name needs a double accent \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}; je l'ai aussi -% utilisщ pour composer d'autres mots vietnamiens. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{malayalam-omega.mld} and \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{kannada.mld}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in \xfile{russianb.mld} and \xfile{spanish.mld}. -% \item Corrections in the documentation and the bibliography. -% \item Place \com{mtcfixglossary} before \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a citation from \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Updated the acknowlegments. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Updated the jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld}, and \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renamed languages \texttt{u8hangul} and \texttt{u8hanja} into \xmldo{hangul-u8} and \xmldo{hanja-u8}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint about repeated preparation commands. -% \item Moved up the declaration of some flags relative to the \optd{hints} option. -% \item Added \com{mtcprepare}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} to class~6. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Corrected the position of tables in the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Corrected \xfile{irish.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld} and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. -% \item Added \xfile{polski.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Hints about the \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} class and the \pack{alphanum} package, -% incompatible with \upack{minitoc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Use bibliographic styles with an~\texttt{URL} field, built with the help of \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in \xfile{magyar.mld}, \xfile{magyar2.mld}, and \xfile{magyar3.mld}. -% \item Added \xfile{russian-cca.mld}, \xfile{russian-cca1.mld}, and \xfile{russian-lh.mld}, with their -% \suffix{.mlo} files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Added \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}, \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}, and \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}, with their -% \suffix{.mlo} files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \pack{mtcmess} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The messages are now numbered. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Update the jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added FAQ~37 about \suffix{.mld} files and \pack{babel}. -% \item Added \xfile{french1.mld} and \xfile{french2.mld}. -% \item Update the jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{english1.mld} and \xfile{english2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{45} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppression of the PostScript versions of the documentation. -% \item Added \xfile{arab2.mld}, \xfile{bicig3.mld}, \xfile{buryat2.mld}, \xfile{xalx2.mld}, and \xfile{xalx3.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{swedish2.mld}. -% \item The \opt{insection} package option loads also the \pack{flafter} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added \uxgrf{lamed.eps} and \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \uxfile{lamed.tex}). -% \item Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Use \pack{sectsty} to better format section titles. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added \com{ifmtcsecondpart} to check if the document has exactly 2~parts. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item In the \opt{insection} package option, load the \pack{flafter} package \emph{before} the -% \pack{placeins} package. -% \item Added a figure about the float barriers (figure~\vref{f+barrier}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added notes in FAQ~20, about the use with the \pack{appendix} package. -% \item Added comments about the \opt{insection} option. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Begin correction of the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added notes in \xfile{minitoc.bug}, point~20, about the use with the \pack{appendix} package. -% \item End correction of the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment. -% \item Analogous corrections in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added notes about the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments. -% \item Added \oexam{hide1.tex} and \oexam{hide2.tex}. -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0087}\pack{quotchap} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0088}\pack{romannum} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0089}\pack{sfheaders} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0090}\pack{alnumsec} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Renamed \oexam{hide.tex} to \oexam{hide1.tex}. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Use \com{MakeUpperCase} in \com{markboth} for page styles. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Added a hint about the \pack{captcont} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added \xfile{uighur.mld}, \xfile{uighur2.mld}, and \xfile{uighur3.mld} (as synonyms for the bicig variants). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added description of \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} in the jargon. -% \item Added a comment about the \scrp{imk} script in \xfile{INSTALL} and the ``Installation'' chapter. -% \item Added an entry about ``package'' in the jargon. -% \item Added the \exam{mtc-apx.tex} example file. -% \item Added FAQ 44 and the \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} and \com{mtcgapafterheads} commands. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Added the \oexam{gaps.tex} example file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Spacing correction in \xfile{french2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{46} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation and the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Comment about the \pack{thailatex} package. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Generate some example files with \xfile{minitoc.dtx}/\xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item Added chapter ``Example files''. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renamed chapter ``Example files'' as ``Examples of documents''. -% \item Use the \pack{lipsum} package~\cite{lipsum} in some of the examples of documents. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the examples of documents. -% \item Added the \oexam{second.tex} example file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \oexam{amem.tex}, \oexam{mem.tex} and \oexam{mem1.tex} example files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \oexam{fo1.tex}, \oexam{fo2.tex} and \oexam{scr.tex} example files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \oexam{subf.tex} example file. -% \item Corrections about the depth of minilofs, minilots and siblings. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \oexam{tsfc.tex} and \oexam{tbi.tex} example files. -% \item Corrections in the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections of typos. -% \item Corrections in the bibliography. -% \item Added the \oexam{2c.tex} and \exam{mtc-bo.tex} example files. -% \item Correction in \xfile{french2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction in minilots and minilofs (and siblings) about depth. -% \item Added the \oexam{hop.tex} and \oexam{cri.tex} example files. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \oexam{livre.tex}, \oexam{ch0.tex}, \oexam{tlc.tex} and \oexam{mu.tex} example files. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item The not released versions are flagged by~\textbf{\textreferencemark} in place of~\ensuremath{\star}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The ``About this document'' section becomes a starred first chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \oexam{hir.tex} and \oexam{hia.tex} example files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Corrections in \oexam{add.tex} and \oexam{addsec.tex} for the index. -% \item Added the \scrp{xmk} script to typeset the examples into PDF documents. -% \item Updated the scripts to treat the examples. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Do not forget \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} in the list of files. -% \item In the scripts, the backup directory (\xfile{OLD}) is now \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}. -% \item In the scripts, the repartition directories (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) are -% now \texttt{/tmp/`whoami`/CL[0-9]}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{47} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the documentation and the bibliography. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{arabi.mld} and \xfile{farsi3.mld} (from the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system~\cite{arabi}). -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed \com{l@xsection}. -% \item Fixed some spacings in mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a \verb|\kernafter...| vertical kern between each minitable and its bottom rule. -% \item Added point~45 of the FAQ. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Minor correction in warning message \texttt{F0008}. -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Fixed a bug in \xfile{romanian2.mld} and \xfile{romanian3.mld}. -% \item Shortened the result of some example documents by using the \class{report} class in place of the -% \class{book} class (hence using one side printing). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{48} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fixed typos. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item No preamble in \oexam{add.bib}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the TOC formatting. -% \item Increasing \com{textwidth}. -% \item Correction of the preamble problem in \oexam{add.bib} and all generated files. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Remove comments about spurious lines in preamble of generated files. -% \item Added \xfile{devanagari.mld} and \xfile{hindi.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Added \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. -% \item Corrected the \com{name} macro (for the documentation). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the bibliography. -% \item Correction (conversion) in \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added error \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} if \xfile{english.mld} is not found to set the default titles. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Modified the \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} to have family names of authors and editors in small caps and years in -% old style digits. Titles are in emphasis. The \xfile{frplain1.bst} style is also updated. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item The bibliographic styles \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} and \xfile{frplain1.bst} are renamed \xfile{en-mtc.bst} and -% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Update the bibliography. -% \item Renamed \oexam{add.bib} to \exam{mtc-add.bib}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{add.tex} to \exam{mtc-add.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{addsec.tex} to \exam{mtc-ads.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{2c.tex} to \exam{mtc-2c.tex}. -% \item The \optd{listfiles} package option is now active by default. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renamed \oexam{app-mem.tex} to \exam{mtc-amm.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{apx.tex} to \exam{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{bo.tex} to \exam{mtc-bo.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{ch0.tex} to \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{cri.tex} to \exam{mtc-cri.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{fo1.tex} to \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{fo2.tex} to \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{gaps.tex} to \exam{mtc-gap.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{hia.tex} to \exam{mtc-hia.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{hir.tex} to \exam{mtc-hir.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{hide1.tex} to \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{hide2.tex} to \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{hop.tex} to \exam{mtc-hop.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{livre.tex} to \exam{mtc-liv.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{mem.tex} to \exam{mtc-mem.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{mem1.tex} to \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{mini-art.tex} to \exam{mtc-art.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{minitoc-ex.tex} to \exam{mtc-bk.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{mu.tex} to \exam{mtc-mu.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{scr.tex} to \exam{mtc-scr.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{second.tex} to \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{subf.tex} to \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{tbi.tex} to \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{tlc.tex} to \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}. -% \item Renamed \oexam{tsfc.tex} to \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography (added the Pentaglot). -% \item Corrected the format of two tables about NFSS. -% \item Example documents in alphabetical order in their chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a figure about systems derived from \TeX{} and \LaTeX. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \exam{mtc-syn.tex} example document file. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{49} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Slightly modified the layout of the list of files (``Installation'' chapter). -% \item Simplifications in the scripts. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added point~46 in the FAQ and example file \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Corrections in the bibliography and the bibliographic styles. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Better error messages about undefined preparation and insertion commands. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added ``\textbf{+}'' and ``\texttt{-}'' as synonyms for ``\texttt{on}'' and ``\texttt{off}'', respectively. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/10/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the bibliography. -% \item Fixed typos. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added a table of some encodings. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/10/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppressed the ``Summary'' entry in the summary, but added it in the Table of Contents. -% \item Improving some tables. -% \item Added the \xfile{japanese6.mld} and \xfile{japanese6.mlo} files. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in the bibliography. -% \item Corrections in formatting a citation from \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. -% \item Combine four figures in one (with sub-figures). -% \item Added (in the memento) a table of the classes and packages which are incompatible or need precautions with -% \upack{minitoc}. -% \item Added a hint about the \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} package (must be loaded \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Completed the list of the standard classes. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a validation of the language options with the presence of the \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. -% \item Added\imess{E0036} notes about the mandatory presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item The validation of the language options writes only informative messages in the -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file and, if necessary, gives only one warning message. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{50} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Removed old examples of documents: \oexam{mtc-adds.tex}, \oexam{mtc-amem.tex}, \oexam{mtc-book.tex}, -% \oexam{mtc-gaps.tex}, \oexam{mtc-mem1.tex}, \oexam{mtc-subf.tex}, and \oexam{mtc-tsfc.tex}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added the \scrp{tmk} script and a table describing a \index{TDS}TDS structure for \upack{minitoc}. -% \item Added an item about the \index{TDS}TDS in the jargon. -% \item Updated the \xfile{INSTALL} file and the ``Installation'' chapter. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the warning message \texttt{W0094} with the list of the missing minitoc languages files (\suffix{.mld} -% and \suffix{.mlo}). -% \item Corrections in the bibliography. -% \item Updated the \xfile{INSTALL} file and the ``Installation'' chapter. -% \item Changed the names of the scratch directories in some scripts. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added the file \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of -% the package) to the distribution. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{51} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/12/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Improving the index: packages and classes, scripts, tools, names, examples, extensions, options, -% language options. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/12/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Improving the index: names. -% \item Updated some \suffix{.mld} files with names of the authors of titles. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Miscellaneous corrections. -% \item The names of some internal macros are shortened to fit into the margin. -% \item Added a \com{ProvidesFile} command to the example files. -% \item Indexing the environments (not perfect). -% \item Indexing the files. -% \item Renamed the file ``\texttt{catalog}'' into ``\xfile{CATALOG}''. -% \item Indexing the counters and depth counters. -% \item The example files are in their own directory in the (proposed) \index{TDS}TDS hierarchy. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{52} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction of index ordering. -% \item Default option in boldface in the index. -% \item Adding some informations about authors for language specific titles. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added fake sections in the ``Examples of documents'' chapter. -% \item Removed the preparation of the documentation in PostScript format. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the \scrp{cmk} script to convert the documentation from PDF format into PostScript format. -% \item Removed \xfile{duplex2v.pro}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Indexing the referenced commands. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected the name \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han} (first name before last name, the english way). -% \item Corrected some other names. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{mongolb.mld} and \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. -% \item Removed \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (new cyrillic encodings T2 and X2 in \xfile{mongolb.mld}). -% \item Added the example file \exam{mtc-3co.tex}. -% \item Trying to use a recent version of the \pack{cite}~\cite{cite} package (2003/11/04, 4.01) to allow -% sorting, but still clashes with \pack{hyperref}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Balancing the columns in the index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction of the indexing of the environments. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Improving the index layout. -% \item Updated \xfile{galician.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{mongolian.mld} which loads \xfile{mongolb.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Indexing the names of authors. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the acknowledgements. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{53} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the example file \exam{mtc-fko.tex}. -% \item Corrected \com{kernafterminitoc} and siblings. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Bibliographic references for packages and classes in the index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a header to the index, to explain notations. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Changed the style of page and line numbers in the index. -% \item Updated \xfile{kannada.mld}. -% \item Dangerous bend symbols are now in the right margin. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Improved the presentation of example files. -% \item Using the \pack{natbib} package~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} to sort the sequences of citations. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction in table~\vref{t+TDS}. -% \item Renamed \uxfile{minitoc-texmf.zip} into \uxfile{minitoc-tds.zip}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Use the \optp{sort\&compress}{natbib} option of the \pack{natbib} package~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} to compress the -% sequences of citations; the \pack{hypernat} package must also be loaded (after \pack{natbib} and -% \pack{hyperref}). -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added changing the title of the parttoc for appendices in \xfile{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{54} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features. -% \item Indexing the features. -% \item Added the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/04/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added the ``\com{mtcfixnomenclature}'' command. -% \item Added the \exam{mtc-nom.tex} example file. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Corrected the last argument of \com{mtcsetfeature} and siblings, using \com{mtc@toks}. -% \item Some mini-tables are set on two columns in the manual. -% \item Indexing the messages. Messages noted in the right margin. -% \item Corrected a bug in \pack{mtcoff}. -% \item Added \xfile{latinc.mld} and \xfile{latinc2.mld} for classical latin. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/04/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added internal hyperlinks for messages. -% \item Load the \pack{hypcap} package for hyperlinks in the documentation. -% ^^A \item Modification of \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, and \scrp{pmk} to remove \verb*|\ | from the index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{mtcoffset} and co. for an horizontal offset of a mini-table. -% \item Added \com{mtcsetoffset} for an horizontal offset of a mini-table type. -% \item Added the \exam{mtc-ofs.tex} example file. -% \item Added flagging of macros in example files. -% \item The 2007 section in the ``Postface'' chapter was garbled. -% \item More internal links in the documentation. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added a clickable table of all messages. -% \item Improved column breaks in the index. -% \item Added a local minitoc in the ``Jargon'' chapter. -% \item Added \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% \item Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}. -% \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{55} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} about the \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} package (incompatible). -% \item Added a \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} about the \pack{float}~\cite{float}, -% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat}, and \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} packages. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Regrouping some marginal notes about messages; improving their positions. -% \item Improve page breaks in the documentation. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Corrected a bug about minitocs in appendices for the \class{memoir} class. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changed the color of hyperlinks. -% \item Revised the format of the headers. -% \item Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \textbf{56} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/07/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{swahili.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/08/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Page headers modified in documentation. -% \item Added stuff (files) for figures (maps) for many language areas. -% \item Removed the \suffix{.eps} files. -% \item Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}. -% \item Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/12/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Many minor typo fixes. -% \item Darker colors for hyperlinks. -% \item Updated and corrected the bibliography. -% \item Corrected a typo in the \env{ptc@verse} environment (thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). -% \item Corrections of typos in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments -% (thanks to \name{Andrew}{Bowden}). -% \item Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid -% erasing the (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file). -% \item Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). -% \item The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part. -% \item Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package. -% \item Complete indexing of the messages. -% \item Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% \item Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to increase the width of the pages of the bibliography. -% \item Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}. -% \item Updated \xfile{czech.mld}. -% \item Removed \ucom{l@xsection}. -% \item Graphic files are indexed separately. -% \item Updated \xfile{galician.mld}. -% \item Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy. -% \item Updated \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. -% \item Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld},\ABK and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. -% \item Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. -% \item Suppressed parasite entries from the index. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \textbf{57} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/12/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/12/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections in examples of documents. -% \item Added \xfile{occitan.mld}. -% \item Updated \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, -% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, -% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld}, and \xfile{turkish.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2008/01/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrected \xfile{polski.mld}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. -% \item Added maps of Manchuria (figure~\vref{f+manju}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2008/04/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Better captions for maps. -% Added maps for Italy, Karnataka, Germany, Mongols and China. -% \item Added \xfile{occitan2.mld} and \xfile{mexican.mld}. -% \item Added a map of czech dialects (figure~\vref{f+czechd}). -% \item Added maps of danish dialects (figure~\vref{f+danishd}). -% \item Added a map of the dutch language (figure~\vref{f+dutchw}). -% \item Added a map of french dialects (figure~\vref{f+france-lr}). -% \item Added a map of galician dialects (figure~\vref{f+galician-l}). -% \item Added maps of german dialects (figures~\vrefrange{f+german-d}{f+german-c}). -% \item Added maps of hindi dialects (figure~\vref{f+hindi}). -% \item Added maps of portugese dialects (figures~\vref{f+portu-b} and~\vref{f+portu-a}). -% \item Added a map of the turkish language (figure~\vref{f+turkish}). -% \item Added a map of the vietnamese language (figure~\vref{f+viet-w}). -% \item Added a map of the armenian diaspora (figure~\vref{f+armeniad}). -% \item Added a map of the sami dialects (figure~\vref{f+same}). -% \item Added a map of the nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia (figure~\vref{f+xyugo}). -% \item Added a map of countries where spanish is an official language (figure~\vref{f+espa-o}). -% \item Added a map of the sorbian area (figure~\vref{f+sorben}). -% \item Added an entry for the Wikipedia in the jargon. -% \item Added a map of the minorities in Poland (figure~\vref{f+pologne}). -% \item Added a map of the bengali diaspora (figure~\vref{f+bengali-m}). -% \item Splitted the TDS hierarchy into three tables~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. -% \item Added maps of the basque dialects (figure~\vref{f+euskara}). -% \item Added maps of the latvian dialects (figure~\vref{f+latvian-d}). -% \item Added a map for the swahili language (figure~\vref{f+swahili}). -% \item Added the turkish alphabet (figure~\vref{f+turc-alpha}). -% \item The page numbers in the index are now hyperlinks (thanks to~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). -% \item Colors added in figure~\vref{f+barrier}. -% \item Added maps of the languages in Europe (figure~\vrefrange{f+euro-lan1}{f+euro-lan2}). -% \item Added maps of Kosovo (figure~\vref{f+kosovo}). -% \item Added a map of the languages in Africa (figure~\vref{f+africa}). -% \item Corrected an error of message number. -% \item Added maps for Russia (figures~\vrefrange{f+rus-re}{f+rus-su}). -% \item Added a map of the districts of Slovakia (figure~\vref{f+slovak}). -% \item Added maps about Islam (figures~\vrefrange{f+islam-pbc}{f+islam-sw}). -% \item Added a figure about hрnzь characters (figure~\vref{f+hanzi}). -% \item Added a figure about chinese characters usage in the world (figure~\vref{f+china-ch}). -% \item Added a figure about chinese dialects ((figure~\vref{f+china-l}). -% \item Added maps about writing systems (figures~\vrefrange{f+wrs-c}{f+wrs-a}). -% \item Added a map of the regions where Finnish is spoken (figure~\vref{f+finnishl}). -% \item Shortened the ``Installation'' chapter. -% \item Updated from the \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j of 2008/03/16. -% \item Files \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} and \uxfile{lamed.tex} replaced by \xgrf{lamed3.png}. -% \item Added maps of the indigenous languages of Mщxico (figure~\vref{f+mexl}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \textbf{58} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2008/06/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renamed \uxfile{minitoc-tds.zip} into \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}. -% \item Added a simplified linguistic map of Europe (figure~\vref{f+leur}). -% \item Added a map of polish dialects (figure~\vref{f+polish-d}). -% \item Added a figure about the russian alphabet (figure~\vref{f+rus-cyr}). -% \item Added a map about the russian alphabet (figure~\vref{f+cyr-alf}). -% \item Added a figure about the serbian alphabets (figure~\vref{f+serb-a}). -% \item Added a map of the provinces of Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+viet4}). -% \item Used \ucom{vrefrange} to compress ranges of internal cross-references. -% \item Added a map of albanian dialects (figure~\vref{f+alb2}). -% \item Added a map of Norway (figure~\vref{f+norway-p}). -% \item Added flags for many countries. Added a light gray frame around the flags. -% \item Added a figure about lusophonia (figure~\vref{f+luso-c}). -% \item Added a figure about germanophonia (figure~\vref{f+germano-c}). -% \item Added a figure about hispanophonia (figure~\vref{f+hispano-c}). -% \item Added a figure about italophonia (figure~\vref{f+italo-c}). -% \item Added a minitoc in the index to make it easier to consult. -% \item Added figures about francophones countries (figures~\vrefrange{f+franco-eu-c}{f+franco-asp-c}). -% \item Added a figure about swahili-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+swa-c}). -% \item Added a figure about arabic-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+arabo-sp-c}). -% \item Added a figure about russian-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+russ-c}). -% \item Added a figure about english-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+eng-c}). -% \item Added flags \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}. -% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, -% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof}, and \com{ifinsectlot}. -% \item Added example document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. -% \item Added a figure about dutch-speaking countries (figure~\vref{f+dutch-c}). -% \item Renamed \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} and consorts as \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} and consorts. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{59}:~corrupted PDF files. -% \item \textbf{60} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2008/07/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Minor correction in figure~\vref{f+arabo-sp-c}. -% \item Updated the bibliography. -% \item Added missing flag files (thanks to \namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). -% \item Replaced many \suffix{.pdf} image files (most of them are flag files) by the original \suffix{.png} file -% because they were corrupted during the conversion by \tool{ImageMagick} (\tool{xpdf} didnt see the problem but -% \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuses to show the file); many thanks to \xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} -% and \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. -% \item Back to standard colors and default \pack{hyperref} color options. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{RaggedRight} -% \egroup -% ^^A MAJ-E -% \or\relax -% ^^A FRENCH -% \bgroup -% \def\labelitemi{\ensuremath{\star}~\textbf{version}} -% \def\labelitemii{\textbullet} -% \def\labelitemiii{\textopenbullet} -% \def\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered} -% \begin{RaggedRight} -% % -% \lneed{5} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \textbf{00} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1990/10/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version originale, par \xname{Nigel}{Ward}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1991/11/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Rщvision pour rщutiliser de maniшre transparente les commandes -% \com{chapter}, \com{section}, \com{subsection}, et engendrer automatiquement -% le nom du fichier minitoc, avec en plus d'autres nettoyages (par \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{01} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Nouvelle conception, pour щviter d'allouer un newwrite, ou descripteur de fichier, pour chaque chapitre -% (un pщchщ mortel!) (\uname{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert}). -% \item Ajout de \com{chapterend} pour terminer la portщe d'une minitoc. (\emph{Si vous oubliez de -% mettre} \com{chapterend} р~la fin de \emph{chaque} chapitre, une entrщe pour le chapitre suivant -% apparaюtra dans chaque minitoc.) (Merci р~\xname{Yufan}{Hu}). -% \item Remplacement de l'environnement \env{minipage} par un environnement \env{verse}, pour qu'une -% minitoc puisse se rщpartir sur plusieurs pages. -% \item Toute la mise en page de la minitoc est dans la commande, donc si quelqu'un souhaite redщfinir cette -% mise en page, il a juste р~la rщщcrire (et seulement elle). -% \item Vous pouvez inhiber la minitoc pour le chapitre suivant en le faisant prщcщder par \ucom{minitocno}. -% (\ucom{minitocyes} est sans objet pour l'utilisateur: elle est implicite \emph{aprшs} -% les pseudo-chapitres \com{chapter*}). -% \item Problшmes: vous \emph{devez} avoir mis \com{chapterend} pour terminer chaque chapitre ayant une -% minitoc. Comment щviter cette contrainte? -% \item La profondeur de la minitoc est ajustable par l'utilisateur avec le compteur \dcnt{minitocdepth} (similaire -% р~\dcnt{tocdepth} pour la table des matiшres.). -% \item Au moins trois passes~(3) de \LaTeX{} sont nщcessaires pour obtenir des minitocs correctes (la premiшre -% passe crщe les fichiers \suffix{.mtc}\meta{X}, la deuxiшme les utilise (mais ils peuvent contenir des -% numщros de pages faux) et les recrщe, la troisiшme devrait ъtre bonne). -% \item Fonctionne avec \com{chapter}\texttt{[xxx]\{yyy\}} et les щlщments flottants. Fonctionne en mode deux -% colonnes (mais la minitoc est composщe sur une colonne; comment faire pour qu'elle s'щtende sur les deux -% colonnes?). -% \item Ajout de quelques modifications pour fonctionner avec \pack{xr} (rщfщrences externes). -% \upack{xr} version~5 est bien plus tolщrant. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{02} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la compatibilitщ avec \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} (le paquetage \pack{hangcaption} (s'il est prщsent) -% doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} le paquetage \upack{minitoc}). \emph{Attention} aux options modifiant -% \com{@caption}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{03} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~3 non distribuщe (erronщe). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{04} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \ucom{if@realch} pour щviter que des lignes de contenu provenant de pseudo-chapitres -% aillent dans la table des matiшres. -% \item Le fichier paquetage \pack{mtcoff} vous permet d'utiliser un document \LaTeX\ contenant des -% commandes minitoc et de les rendre transparentes: il suffit de remplacer le paquetage \upack{minitoc} -% par \upack{mtcoff}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{05} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un mщcanisme de sщlection pour ne pas щcrire des choses superflues dans les minitocs. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{06} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de problшmes sur les chapitres dans la table des matiшres, retrait de code obsolшte pour -% \com{caption} (les filtres sont bien meilleurs), ajout de la compatibilitщ -% avec \pack{toch} -% (\pack{toch} crщe une table des chapitres; si utilisщ, doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}; -% en fait, c'est l'ancъtre du paquetage \pack{shorttoc}~\cite{shorttoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{07} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item (\emph{diffщrences majeures}) Rщщcriture complшte, en utilisant des astuces de \pack{xr} -% (la version~5, de \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). Les informations pour les minitocs sont directement prщlevщes dans -% le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Suppression de \com{chapterend} et \ucom{minitocno}, ajout de -% \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} et \com{faketableofcontents}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{08} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/07/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajustements d'espacement. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{09} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/08/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de modifications pour MS-DOS (rechercher MS-DOS, et dщcommenter; rechercher UNIX, mettre en commentaire). -% MS-DOS permet seulement 3~caractшres pour les suffixes dans les noms de fichiers (pitoyable\ldots). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{10} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/08/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Fonctionne avec les appendices. Dщtecte maintenant les versions obsolшtes de \xfile{latex.tex}: -% (\com{@inputcheck} ou \com{reset@font} non dщfinies). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{11} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/08/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcSfont}, fonte pour les entrщes de section, \com{mtcSSfont} pour les entrщes -% de sous-section, \com{mtcSSSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-sous-section, \com{mtcPfont} pour -% les entrщes de paragraphe, \com{mtcSPfont} pour les entrщes de sous-paragraphe. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{12} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/12/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Utilisation de \com{kern} au lieu de \com{vspace*} et ajout de pщnalitщs -% (\com{nopagebreak}) pour щviter une coupure de page juste avant la derniшre \com{mtc@rule}. -% \item Ajout aussi d'un environnement \env{samepage}. -% \item Retrait de vieilles lignes mises en commentaire dans des versions prщcщdentes. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{13} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1993/12/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de code pour \com{minilof} et \com{minilot}. Pour MS-DOS, dщcommenter la dщfinition -% de \com{SHORTEXT}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{14} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/01/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'espacement en dessous d'une \texttt{minitoc/lof/lot} et ajout de \com{raggedright} -% pour щviter des avertissements \og{} underfull \fg. -% \item Correction de quelques problшmes d'espacement (en щvitant des~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s). -% \com{mtifont} est changщe de \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs bf} en \texttt{\bs large\bs bf}. -% \item Quelques modifications suggщrщes par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (merci): \ucom{@newread} devient -% \com{newread}, une version \emph{not outer} de \com{newread}; \com{empty} remplacщe -% par \com{relax} dans la dщfinition par dщfaut de \com{reset@font}. -% \item Retrait du forчage de \com{clubpenalty} et \com{widowpenalty} р~\texttt{10\,000} (fait -% par \com{samepage}) et \com{noindent}. -% \item Traitement simplifiщ de l'argument optionnel dans les commandes \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof} -% et \com{minilot}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{15} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/01/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof} et \com{partlot} pour la classe \class{book}, -% de \com{secttoc}, \com{sectlof} et \com{sectlot} pour les articles, avec des commandes -% et paramшtres en parallшle avec ceux pour les mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{16} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/02/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections d'erreurs (typos). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{17} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/06/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \og{} \texttt{n} \fg{} (nul) synonyme de \og{} \texttt{e} \fg{} (\emph{empty}, vide) dans l'argument optionnel -% \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc}, et analogues. -% \item Compatibilitщ avec \og{} \LaTeXe \fg. Merci р~\xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} (qui a trouvщ le problшme) -% et \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach} (qui a donnщ les indications pour le rщsoudre). -% \item Ajout de la notion de \og{} numщrotation absolue\fg{} pour les the mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{18} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/06/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Rendu \upack{minitoc} vraiment compatible avec \LaTeXe. -% \item Introduction des fichiers de langue comme options. Grand merci р~\xname{Michel}{Goossens} -% (via \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}) qui a щtщ inspirщ par le code du paquetage \pack{babel} -% (de \xname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{19} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/08/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de code pour numщroter les chapitres (parties, sections) sans commencer р~1. -% Ajout des commandes \com{firstchapteris}, etc. -% \item Ajout des commandes \com{mtcrule}, \com{nomtcrule}, etc. -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans \com{c@mti}. -% \item Correction dans \xfile{mtcswedish.sty} (\xname{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}). -% \item Correction de l'appendice dans les articles. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{20} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/08/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'espacement avant et aprшs les minitocs et analogues. -% \item Ajout des commandes \com{mtcpagenumbers} et \com{nomtcpagenumbers} (et analogues) pour faire -% des minitocs avec ou sans numщros de pages. Dщfaut: avec numщros de pages. -% \item Correction du problшme (difficile) de l'appendice dans les articles. -% \item Correction de l'espacement vertical. -% \item Correction d'un problшme avec des chapitres numщrotщs avec des chiffres romains majuscules. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{21} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/09/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos dans \upack{minitoc} et \xfile{minitoc.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{22} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/10/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos dans \upack{minitoc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{23} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/11/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une ligne manquante dans \com{sectlof}. -% \item Fonctionne avec les classes de document rщinitialisant le numщro de chapitre (ou de section) -% р~chaque partie (merci р~\xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}). -% \item Retrait du code pour \com{firstchapteris} et compagnie. Ces commandes sont obsolшtes. -% \item Retrait du code pour l'appendice. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{24} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1994/12/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Les commandes \com{protect} ont щtщ retirщes des fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lot} et -% \suffix{.lot}, donc certaines commandes internes on t щtщ corrigщes pour ъtre compatibles avec la version -% de \LaTeXe\ de dщcembre 1994. Merci р~\xname{Denis~B.}{Roegel} qui a fait le travail. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{25} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1996/09/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{mtcnorsk.sty} et ajout de \xfile{mtcnynorsk.sty} sur une suggestion -% de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{26} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1996/11/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Les fichiers spщcifiques des langues sont maintenant nommщs \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (remplaчant les -% noms de la forme \texttt{mtc}\emph{langue}\suffix{.sty}) parce que ne sont pas des paquetages -% et que cela fait des noms plus courts. -% \item Ajout des langues breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower- et upper-sorbian; -% renommage de \og{} esperanto \fg{} en \og{} esperant \fg{} comme dans le paquetage \pack{babel}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{27} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1996/12/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections pour les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. -% \item \xfile{english.mld} chargщ comme langue par dщfaut. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{vietnam.mld} et \xfile{arab.mld}. -% \item Renommage de \pack{minitocoff} en \pack{mtcoff} pour que le nom reste court. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{28} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1997/10/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des langues afrikaan(s), brazil et ethiopia(n). -% \item Ajout de l'autoconfiguration des suffixes. -% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \opt{shortext}. -% \item Ajout du code \emph{coffee} (pauses cafщ). -% \item Ajout du code de \com{addstarred} (pour ce qui concerne un chapitre щtoilщ). -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans les parttocs. -% \end{itemize} -% \item -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Un typo corrigщ par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: -% \begin{quote} -% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} -% \end{quote} -% devrait probablement ъtre -% \begin{quote} -% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} -% \end{quote} -% (une contre-oblique manquait aprшs \com{let}). Merci р~lui. -% \item Ajout de la langue bahasa. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1998/12/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{tight} et \optd{loose}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{29} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1999/03/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des langues bicig, buryat, mongol et russianc. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1999/06/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la langue armenian (d'aprшs \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1999/07/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{dotted}/\opt{undotted} (dщfaut: \optd{dotted}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 1999/07/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{30} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 1999/12/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des langues basque, ngermanb, serbian, ukraineb et welsh. -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans la dщfinition de \com{sltname} (\texttt{mlt} devrait ъtre \texttt{slt}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{31} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/04/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la compatibilitщ avec le paquetage \pack{hyperref}, merci р~\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, -% qui a aussi simplifiщ certains morceaux de code et corrigщ l'infтme erreur sur \com{chapter*}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{32} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/08/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de trшs (trop) nombreuses nouvelles commandes pour les dispositifs associщs aux mini-tables: -% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK \com{afterparttoc},\ABK -% \com{afterpartlof},\goodbreak \com{afterpartlot},\ABK \com{thispageparttocstyle},\ABK -% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}\ABK et \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. -% \item Documentation amщliorщe par \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}. -% \item Correction de \com{nomtcrule}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{33} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/12/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de nouvelles commandes d'ajustement: \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection} et -% \com{mtcaddpart}. Ces commandes ajoutent des choses dans les fichiers \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} -% et \suffix{.lot} pour le problшme de \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} et \com{part*}). -% D'aprшs une suggestion de \xname{Karl~F.}{Everitt}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2000/12/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'un problшme dans \com{mtcaddchapter} et~co. avec un argument optionnel blanc. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{34} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2000/12/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout\imess{I0046} dans la documentation d'une section sur l'utilisation avec le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. -% \item Ajout de fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour les noms alternatifs de langues: ainsi, \xfile{american.mld} ne fait -% que charger \xfile{english.mld}, qui contient les vraies dщfinitions. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{35} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2001/01/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de macros pour tester si un fichier est \og{} vide\fg{} (c'est-р-dire vide, blanc ou inexistant) -% ou \og{} non vide \fg{} (c'est-р-dire utile). J'ai utilisщ du code de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}. -% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}\\opt{nocheckfiles}. -% \item Remplacement de \ucom{The@chapter} par \com{The@mtc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/02/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{bulgarian.mld}, \xfile{hebrew.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{latin.mld} et -% \xfile{samin.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcselectlanguage}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'option de paquetage \lopt{estonian} (manquante). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2001/07/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la langue interlingua. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{36} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'une interaction avec \com{tableofcontents} qui crщe un \com{chapter*} ou -% une \com{section*}, en perturbant les compteurs \cnt{mtc}/\cnt{stc} (problшme signalщ par -% \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'un problшme d'espacement avec des titres vides (problшme signalщ par \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}). -% \item Contournement du problшme \com{parttoc}-\com{chapter*}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcskip} et \com{mtcskipamount}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/02/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction du test sur les fichiers vides. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/03/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la langue \lopt{bangla}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2002/03/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Rщduction de la profondeur de \com{mtc@strutbox}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{37} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~\#37 sautщe. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{38} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \texttt{pt} devient \ucom{@pt} et \texttt{0pt} devient \ucom{z@}. -% \item \ucom{hrule} et \ucom{vrule} remplacщes par \ucom{rule} (\LaTeX). -% \item Ajout de \com{mtc@zrule} pour les filets de dimensions nulles. -% \item Ajout de la langue frenchb (synonyme de french). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changement du test pour les titres vides. -% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{flsection} et \opt{flsectionb}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/01/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Les options de paquetage \opt{tight} et \optd{loose} sont appliquщes р~\com{parttoc} -% (\xname{Thomas}{Leonhardt}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/02/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Options de paquetage \opt{flsection} et \opt{flsectionb} retirщes et remplacщes par l'option -% de paquetage \opt{insection} (comme \opt{flsectionb}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/02/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de la numщrotation des SLF, SLT. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/02/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des langues frenchle et frenchpro (synonymes de french). -% \item Correction des secttocs, enfin. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/03/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de certains espacements verticaux et d'щtais (j'ai ajoutщ quelques modifications -% de \xname{Frank}{Mittelbach}, grand merci р~lui.). Il reste pas mal de nettoyage р~faire, mais il semble -% nщcessaire de publier la distribution maintenant. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{39} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2003/04/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Commandes de fontes modernes pour compatibilitщ avec la classe \class{memoir}. -% \item \com{nomtcpagenumbers} et la classe \class{memoir}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2003/06/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{@fileswfalse} et \com{mtc@hook@beforeinputfile} pour le paquetage -% \pack{notoccite} (demandщ par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}); ajout de l'option de paquetage -% \opt{notoccite} (charge le paquetage \pack{notoccite}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/09/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des options de langue et des fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour les dialectes: \lopt{canadian} (\loptd{english}), -% \lopt{acadian}, \lopt{acadien}, \lopt{canadien} (\lopt{french}), \lopt{naustrian}, \lopt{ngerman} (\lopt{ngermanb}). -% \item Ajout de commentaires dans les fichiers \suffix{.mld} utilisant des fontes spщciales. -% \item Corrections dans la documentation: ajout d'un paragraphe sur comment faire une table des matiшres pour -% les appendices, щventuellement non listщs dans la table des matiшres principale. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/09/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation; corrections sur les filets. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{40} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des langues japanese et castillan. -% \item Retrait du test sur la prщsence du paquetage \pack{multicol} dans \xfile{minitoc.tex}, -% puisque \pack{multicol} est un paquetage obligatoire (\emph{required}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure dans \xfile{minitoc.tex} sur la nщcessitщ de trois compilations. -% \item Ajout de quelques informations dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}. -% \item Ajout\imess{I0042} d'un paragraphe sur un problшme avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{minitoc-fr.bib} et \xfile{minitoc.bib}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \optd{hints}. Cette option est encore expщrimentale; votre avis est le bienvenu. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2004/12/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{minitoc-fr.pdf} (documentation en franчais en format PDF). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{41} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Message ajoutщ si certaines commandes de sectionnement ne sont pas disponibles. -% \item Remplacement des commandes \ucom{typeout} dans \upack{minitoc} par les commandes -% \com{PackageInfo} ou \com{PackageWarning}; avec le numщro de ligne lorsqu'il est utile -% (\com{@gobble} si pas de numщro de ligne). En consщquence, le paquetage est moins bavard -% (\com{PackageInfo} щcrit seulement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, pas sur le terminal). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des commandes \com{mtcsetfont} (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}) et \com{mtcsettitlefont}, -% avec une syntaxe beaucoup plus simple. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Classes \AmS: \class{amsart} et \class{amsproc} sont incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}, -% \class{amsbook} demande des prщcautions. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetformat}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsettitle}. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} pour recommander l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur la prщsence de \com{dominitoc} et co. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur la cohщrence de \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} et co. -% \item Amщlioration de la documentation sur les \emph{hints}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur l'utilisation des suffixes courts avec plus de 99~parties ou 99~chapitres -% ou 99~sections. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \com{ptifont}: \texttt{\bs Huge\bs bfseries} devient \texttt{\bs LARGE\bs bfseries}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetpagenumbers}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/01/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de nombreux fichiers de langues: \xfile{serbianc.mld}, \xfile{chinese1.mld}, \xfile{chinese2.mld}, -% \xfile{hangul1.mld}, \xfile{hangul2.mld}, \xfile{hangul3.mld}, \xfile{hangul4.mld}, \xfile{hanja1.mld}, -% \xfile{hanja2.mld}, \xfile{japanese2.mld}, \xfile{japanese3.mld}, \xfile{japanese4.mld}, -% \xfile{japanese5.mld}, \xfile{thai.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetrules}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{plfrule}, \com{noplfrule}, \com{mlfrule}, \com{nomlfrule}, -% \com{slfrule}, \com{noslfrule}, \com{pltrule}, \com{nopltrule}, -% \com{mltrule}, \com{nomltrule}, \com{sltrule}, \com{nosltrule}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de nouvelles langues: \xfile{latvian.mld}, \xfile{letton.mld}, \xfile{greek-mono.mld}, -% \xfile{greek-polydemo.mld}, \xfile{greek-polykatha.mld}, \xfile{polish2.mld}, \xfile{russian2m.mld}, -% \xfile{russian2o.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de tests sur les environnements \ienv{mtchideinmaintoc}\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\env{mtchideinmain*}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{42} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~42 non distribuщe. -% \item Remplacement de \og{} language \fg{} par \og{} langue \fg{} dans la documentation franчaise. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'un typo mineur. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration de \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsettitle}, oubliщe dans v41. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{43} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Version~43: consolidation de v40, v41 et v42. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/02/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'une grosse erreur dans \com{mtcsetformat}. -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans le paquetage \pack{mtcoff} р~propos de \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction des macros \ucom{mtcset.{}.{}.} -% \item Dщplacement de l'historique vers la fin du code du paquetage. -% \item Ajout du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et d'un chapitre sur l'installation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'un typo (\xname{Benjamin}{Bayart}). -% \item Complщter le \emph{hint} sur la cohщrence de \com{dominitoc}/\com{minitoc} et co. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur la cohщrence entre \com{minitoc} et \com{tableofcontents}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de commentaires sur les fontes. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetfeature}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{bulgarianb.mld} (haut bulgare). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \texttt{*[-\bs baselineskip]} aprшs le \texttt{\bs\bs} aprшs le filet supщrieur de chaque -% mini-table au niveau partie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans les arguments de \com{mtcsetfeature}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait de \com{markboth} pour les minitocs (\ldots) et secttocs (\ldots). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{spanish2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/03/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} pour le paquetage \imess{I0040}\pack{abstract}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'environnement \env{stc@verse}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{finnish2.mld}, \xfile{latin2.mld} et \xfile{magyar2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renommage de \xfile{portuges.mld} en \xfile{portugues.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction dans \com{mtcskip}. -% \item Premiшre version en format \suffix{.dtx}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/04/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait de \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, etc., inutilisщes. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/05/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'un typo dans \com{@dosectlot}. -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcfixglossary}. -% \item Impression de la documentation avec \og{} \optp{oneside}{\protect\textsl{nombreuses classes}} \fg{} pour -% avoir toutes les notes marginales -% sur la gauche. Ajout du code (щtendu р~54 щlщments flottants) de \pack{morefloats} -% (\xname{Don}{Hosek}) pour permettre -% davantage de notes marginales et d'щlщments flottants. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{minitoc.ist}\isuffix{.ist} pour mettre en page l'index correctement. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/05/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction des filets dans les parttocs, partlofs et partlots. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/05/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction des entrщes de niveau chapitre dans les parttocs, lorsque les numщros de pages doivent ъtre omis. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \pack{sectsty}\imess{I0043} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les tentatives d'insertion de mini-tables vides. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur l'utilisation de commandes obsolшtes. -% \item Les mini-listes de figures ou de tableaux ne doivent pas ъtre imprimщes vides mъme si \dcnt{tocdepth}${}<1$. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la notion de profondeur pour les mini-listes de figures/tableaux. -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetdepth}. -% \item L'option \optd{hints} est le choix par dщfaut et elle n'est plus considщrщe comme expщrimentale. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un message d'erreur dans \com{mtcsetdepth} si le compteur n'est pas disponible. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{portuges.mld}, qui charge \xfile{portugues.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de trois variantes pour la langue malayalam: \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld}, -% \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une mщthode pour documentation bilingue. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{minitoc-fr.ist}\isuffix{.ist} pour mettre en forme correctement l'index en franчais. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changement de \og{} Liste des Tables \fg{} en \og{} Liste des Tableaux \fg{} dans \xfile{french.mld} et -% dans la documentation franчaise, pour suivre les choix du paquetage \pack{babel}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Le fichier \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} est maintenant engendrщ par \xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des mots-clщs \texttt{OUI}, \texttt{NON}, \texttt{oui}, \texttt{non}, \texttt{O} et~\texttt{o} -% pour vrai/faux. -% \item Condensation du code de dщtection des suffixes courts ou longs. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des mots-clщs \texttt{VRAI}, \texttt{FAUX}, \texttt{vrai}, \texttt{faux}, \texttt{V} et~\texttt{v} -% pour vrai/faux. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item ╔tablir correctement l'indicateur \com{ifFTR} pour avoir les noms des mois dans la langue correcte dans -% la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/06/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item ╔tablir l'indicateur \com{mtcoffwarn@true} par \pack{mtcoff} si une commande -% \texttt{\bs mtcadd...} est trouvщe. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{castillian.mld}. -% \item Renommage de \xfile{portugues.mld} en \xfile{portuguese.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{brazilian.mld}, \xfile{british.mld}, \xfile{UKenglish.mld} et \xfile{USenglish.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppression de \og{} Gщnщral: \fg{} dans l'historique des modifications. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Remplacement de quelques commandes \com{PackageWarning} par \com{PackageInfo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Restauration de la correspondance de chaque option de langue avec un fichier \suffix{.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait de deux indicateurs inutiles: \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} et -% \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. -% \item Ajout des commandes \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc} et \com{decrementstc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/07/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'une bourde dans \pack{mtcoff}. -% \item Amщlioration de quelques messages dans \pack{mtcoff}. -% \item Ajout d'un test sur la version du paquetage \pack{placeins}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une note sur \com{FloatBarrier}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une note sur un problшme d'alignement dans les minitocs. Mise р~jour de \xfile{minitoc.bug}. -% \item Fait deux versions des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}, -% selon la prщsence du compteur de profondeur correspondant. -% \item La classe \class{memoir} est incompatible si elle est trop rщcente. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un commentaire sur la position des commandes \texttt{\bs do.{}.{}.} de prщparation. -% \item Corrections dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{guarani.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/08/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{incrementptc}, \com{incrementmtc} et \com{incrementstc}. -% \item Ajout d'un argument optionnel р~\com{adjustptc}, \com{adjustmtc} et \com{adjuststc}. -% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \opt{k-tight} et \optd{k-loose}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un patch pour la version rщcente de la classe \class{memoir}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{spanish3.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Utiliser \com{mtcselectlanguage} dans les options de langue et dans les fichiers -% \suffix{.mld} \og{} secondaires\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcloadmlo} р~utiliser dans certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour charger -% un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un test pour interdire les appels directs de \com{mtcloadmlo} par l'utilisateur. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{farsi1.mld}, \xfile{farsi1.mlo}, \xfile{farsi2.mld} et \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. -% \item Ajout d'une note sur l'outil \tool{rubber}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{mtcglo.ist}\isuffix{.ist} pour formater le glossaire. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait des numщros de pages dans le glossaire. Fait par les scripts \texttt{*mk}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{44} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Historique (glossaire) composщ en \texttt{RaggedRight}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{ngermanb2.mld}, \xfile{norsk2.mld} et \xfile{nynorsk2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Nouvelle mщthode pour l'historique: listes imbriquщes sur 3~niveaux. -% \item Retrait de \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{mtcglo.ist}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Nettoyage des scripts \texttt{*mk}. -% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/09/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos. -% \item Ajout du nom du fichier \suffix{.maf} dans le message de l'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles}. -% \item Amщlioration du nettoyage dans les scripts \texttt{*mk}, en utilisant un fichier \suffix{.maf}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Charger la correction pour la classe \class{memoir} seulement si nщcessaire; ne pas la charger si -% \class{memoir} est datщe aprшs 2005/09/25. -% \item Ajout d'une remarque dans le chapitre \og{} Questions Frщquemment Posщes\fg{} (et dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}) -% sur les prщcautions р~prendre avec les commandes de sectionnement щtoilщes. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de l'option de paquetage \opt{nolistfiles}. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les paquetages \pack{caption}, \pack{caption2}, \pack{ccaption} et -% \pack{mcaption} (ils doivent ъtre chargщs \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \item Correction de quelques notes marginales dans le code commentщ. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. -% \item Utiliser la commande Unix \tool{xargs} dans les scripts \texttt{*mk} pour dщtruire les fichiers -% auxiliaires. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/10/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout d'une courte introduction dans le chapitre \og{} Questions frщquemment posщes\fg{} et -% dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Dщbut de l'ajout du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la version franчaise du \LaTeX{} Companion~\cite{TLC2F}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Ajout de \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} dans \xfile{minitoc.l}. -% \item Ajout d'une note sur la nщcessitщ d'exщcuter \scrp{imk} avant \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout d'une note sur un problшme avec \upack{minitoc}, \pack{hyperref} et \class{memoir}. -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Amщlioration des notes sur la classe \class{memoir}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Amщlioration des notes sur la classe \class{memoir}. -% \item Ajout de \com{plfSfont}, \com{pltSfont}, \com{mlfSfont}, \com{mltSfont}, -% \com{slfSfont} et \com{sltSfont} pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tables dans -% les mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction d'une erreur sur les fontes pour les entrщes de sous-figures et de sous-tables dans les -% mini-tables. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{bicig2.mld}, \xfile{bithe.mld}, \xfile{manju.mld}, \xfile{xalx.mld} et -% \xfile{khalkha.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Ajout de vщrifications par des commandes \emph{quarks} internes dans \com{mtcsetfont}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Changement de \og{} table\fg{} en \og{} tableau\fg{} dans la documentation en franчais, lр o∙ c'est nщcessaire. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \item Correction de typos dans la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/11/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item ╔viter quelques avertissements \og{} Token not allowed\fg{} щmis par \texttt{pdftex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Rщordonnщ une longue sщquence de citations. -% \item Ajout de \og{} {\froff\texttt{mailto:}}\fg{} pour les URLs de courrier. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos dans la documentation. -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0038}\pack{varsects} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction d'un hyperlien dans la bibliographie (pour le paquetage \pack{xr}). -% \item Tentative pour щviter des URLs cassщs, en utilisant \env{quote}, des notes infrapaginales et \com{par}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Corrections de mise en page (quelques en-tъtes, un tableau). -% \item Dans le message d'avertissement du \emph{hint} concernant un nombre de mini-tables dщpassant~99 (idans -% le cas de suffixes courts), imprimer le nombre effectif. -% \item Rщduction de la largeur de certains messages d'information, d'avertissement ou d'erreur. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections de mise en page (quelques en-tъtes). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections sur les guillemets franчais. -% \item Ajout de quelques options pour PDF. -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction d'un URL vers l'\AmS\ dans la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Raccourcissement de quelques messages (essentiellement en enlevant des щtoiles). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos. -% \item Ajout de quelques labels. -% \item Ajout d'un chapitre avec les messages (expliquщs). Pas encore triщs. -% \item La documentation a besoin de 4~compilations par \LaTeX. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Raccourcissement de quelques messages. -% \item Corrections dans la liste des messages. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2005/12/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration de la position des flottants dans les pages de flottants: en haut. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation (merci р~\name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). -% \item Ajout de \oexam{addsec.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'indicateur \com{ifundottedmtc}. -% \item Correction pour faire marcher \oexam{addsec.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \og \texttt{*}\fg comme mot-clщ pour le premier argument de \com{mtcsetpagenumbers} et -% \com{mtcsetrules} (demandщ par \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}). -% \item Retrait de \og \com{MessageBreak}\fg de l'index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Correction de l'entrщe bibliographique sur \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage} dans la documentation pour rщsoudre -% un problшme de placement de flottants. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Rщsoudre un problшme de placement de flottants. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Continuation du chapitre \og{} Jargon\fg. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout de la langue bahasam. -% \item Ajout de la langue albanian. -% \item Ajout de la langue hebrew2. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour de la documentation pour les langues albanian, bahasa, bahasam et hebrew2. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{french.mld} (retrait de majuscules abusives). -% \item Correction du fichier \xfile{italian.mld} language. Ajout de la langue italian2. -% \item Ajout des langues australian et newzealand (english). -% \item La langue bahasa est renommщe en bahasai; bahasa est synonyme de bahasai. -% \item Ajout des langues malay et meyalu, synonymes de bahasam. -% \item Ajout des langues indon et indonesian, synonymes de bahasai. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour des remerciements. -% \item Ajout de rщfщrences aux nouvelles entrщes bibliographiques. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction d'une instabilitщ dans les coupures de page dans la documentation de \xfile{japanese3.mld}. -% \item Ajout de commentaires dans quelques fichiers \suffix{.mld}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{magyar3.mld}. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{lithuanian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction dans \com{mtcaddsection}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction dans \com{mtcfixindex} et \com{mtcfixglossary}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Limitation de la profondeur initiale d'affichage des signets. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de quelques commentaires dans le point~34 des questions frщquemment posщes (et dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}) -% р~propos de l'initialisation des fontes. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{romanian2.mld} et \xfile{romanian3.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Chargement de certains paquetages avant \pack{hyperref}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{spanish4.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction du tableau sur les titres par dщfaut. -% \item Correction dans les mots-clщs de \com{mtcsetfont}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld} et \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la documentation pour \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}, \xfile{uppersorbian.mld} -% et \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur les classes \imess{I0043}\KOMAScript{}~\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3} et -% d'un point dans les questions frщquemment posщes (et dans in \xfile{minitoc.bug}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout d'une note dans la documentation de \xfile{serbian.mld} et \xfile{serbianc.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{ethiopian2.mld} (pour Omega). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/01/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Simplifications dans le chapitre л~Messages~╗. -% \item Corrections dans le chapitre л~Jargon~╗. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout du chapitre л~Postface~╗. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans le chapitre л~Postface~╗. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout du pacquetage \pack{dblaccnt}~\cite{dblaccnt} pour l'entrщe л~The pdf\TeX\ Program~╗ dans la bibliographie. -% Le prщnom de son auteur a besoin d'un double accent \mbox{(\namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han})}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{kannada.mld}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans \xfile{russianb.mld} et \xfile{spanish.mld}. -% \item Corrections dans la documentation et la bibliographie. -% \item Mettre \com{mtcfixglossary} avant \com{mtcfixindex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une citation de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour des remerciements. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld} et \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Les langues \texttt{u8hangul} et \texttt{u8hanja} sont renommщes \xmldo{hangul-u8} et \xmldo{hanja-u8}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} pour des commandes de prщparation rщpщtщes. -% \item Dщplacement vers le haut de la dщclaration de certains indicateurs concernant l'option \optd{hints}. -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcprepare}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout de \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} р~la classe~6. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/02/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Correction de la position des tableaux dans le chapitre л~Jargon~╗. -% \item Correction de \xfile{irish.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{polski.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \emph{Hints} sur la classe \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} et le paquetage \pack{alphanum}, -% incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Utilisation de styles bibliographiques avec un champ \texttt{URL}, construits р~l'aide de -% \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans \xfile{magyar.mld}, \xfile{magyar2.mld} et \xfile{magyar3.mld}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{russian-cca.mld}, \xfile{russian-cca1.mld} et \xfile{russian-lh.mld}, avec leurs -% fichiers \suffix{.mlo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}, \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld} et \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}, avec -% leurs fichiers \suffix{.mlo}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du paquetage \pack{mtcmess}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Dщsormais, les messages sont numщrotщs. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la question~37 sur les fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \pack{babel}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{french1.mld} et \xfile{french2.mld}. -% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{english1.mld} et \xfile{english2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{45} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/03/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppression des versions PostScript de la documentation. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{arab2.mld}, \xfile{bicig3.mld}, \xfile{buryat2.mld}, \xfile{xalx2.mld} et \xfile{xalx3.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{swedish2.mld}. -% \item L'option de paquetage \opt{insection} charge aussi le paquetage \pack{flafter}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout de \uxgrf{lamed.eps} et \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis -% \uxfile{lamed.tex}). -% \item Rщ-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Utilisation de \pack{sectsty} pour mieux mettre en forme les titres des sections. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout de \com{ifmtcsecondpart} pour tester si le document a exactement 2~parties. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Dans l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}, charger le paquetage \pack{flafter} \emph{avant} le -% paquetage \pack{placeins}. -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les barriшres de flottants (figure~\vref{f+barrier}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/04/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout\imess{I0042} de notes dans la question~20, sur l'utilisation avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}. -% \item Ajout de commentaires pour l'option \opt{insection}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Dщbut de la correction de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout\imess{I0042} de notes dans \xfile{minitoc.bug}, point~20, sur l'utilisation avec le paquetage \pack{appendix}. -% \item Fin de la correction de l'environnement \env{mtchideinmaintoc}. -% \item Corrections analogues dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de notes р~propos des environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot}. -% \item Ajout de \oexam{hide1.tex} et \oexam{hide2.tex}. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0087}\pack{quotchap} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0088}\pack{romannum} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0089}\pack{sfheaders} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0090}\pack{alnumsec} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Renommщ \oexam{hide.tex} en \oexam{hide1.tex}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Utilisation de \com{MakeUpperCase} dans \com{markboth} pour les styles de page. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/05/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \pack{captcont} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{uighur.mld}, \xfile{uighur2.mld} et \xfile{uighur3.mld} (comme synonymes pour les -% variantes de la langue bicig). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout d'une description de \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} dans le jargon. -% \item Ajout d'un commentaire sur le script \scrp{imk} dans \xfile{INSTALL} et le chapitre л~Installation~╗. -% \item Ajout d'une entrщe л~paquetage~╗ dans le jargon. -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \item Ajout du point~44 de la FAQ et des commandes \com{mtcgapbeforeheads} et \com{mtcgapafterheads}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \oexam{gaps.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \end{itemize} -% \item Correction d'espacement dans \xfile{french2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{46} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation et la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/21 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Commentaire sur le paquetage \pack{thailatex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Engendrer certains fichiers d'exemples avec \xfile{minitoc.dtx}/\xfile{minitoc.ins}. -% \item Ajout du chapitre л~Fichiers d'exemples~╗. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renommщ le chapitre л~Fichiers d'exemples~╗ en л~Exemples de documents~╗. -% \item Utiliser le paquetage \pack{lipsum}~\cite{lipsum} dans certains des exemples de documents. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour des exemples de documents. -% \item Ajout du fichier d'exemple \oexam{second.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \exam{mtc-amm.tex}, \oexam{mem.tex} et \oexam{mem1.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/06/30 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{fo1.tex}, \oexam{fo2.tex} et \oexam{scr.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du fichier d'exemple \oexam{subf.tex}. -% \item Corrections sur la profondeur des minilofs, minilots et similaires. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{tsfc.tex} et \oexam{tbi.tex}. -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections de typos. -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{2c.tex} et \exam{mtc-bo.tex}. -% \item Correction dans \xfile{french2.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/10 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction dans les minilots et minilofs (et analogues) sur la profondeur. -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{hop.tex} et \oexam{cri.tex}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{livre.tex}, \oexam{ch0.tex}, \oexam{tlc.tex} et \oexam{mu.tex}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Les versions non distribuщes sont marquщes par~\textbf{\textreferencemark} au lieu de~\ensuremath{\star}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item La section л~└~propos de ce document~╗ devient un premier chapitre щtoilщ. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des fichiers d'exemple \oexam{hir.tex} et \oexam{hia.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Corrections dans \oexam{add.tex} et \oexam{addsec.tex} pour l'index. -% \item Ajout du script \scrp{xmk} pour composer les exemples en documents PDF. -% \item Mise р~jour des scripts pour traiter les exemples. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ne pas oublier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} dans la liste des fichiers. -% \item Dans les scripts, le rщpertoire de \emph{backup} (\ixfile{OLD}) est -% dщsormais \ixfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}. -% \item Dans les scripts, les rщpertoires de rщpartition (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) sont -% dщsormais \texttt{/tmp/`whoami`/CL[0-9]}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{47} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la documentation et la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{arabi.mld} et \xfile{farsi3.mld} (d'aprшs le systшme \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}). -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour du jargon. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de \com{l@xsection}. -% \item Correction d'espacements dans les mini-tables. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/07/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un crъnage vertical \verb|\kernafter...| entre chaque minitable et son filet infщrieur. -% \item Ajout du point~45 des questions frщquemment posщes. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction mineure dans le message d'avertissement \texttt{F0008}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans \xfile{romanian2.mld} et \xfile{romanian3.mld}. -% \item Raccourcissement du rщsultat de certains exemples de documents en utilisant la classe \class{report} -% au lieu de la classe \class{book} (d'o∙ une impression en recto seul). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{48} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de typos. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Pas de prщambule dans \oexam{add.bib}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/23 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans le format de la table des matiшres. -% \item Augmentation de \com{textwidth}. -% \item Correction du problшme de prщambule dans \oexam{add.bib} et tous les fichiers gщnщrщs. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/24 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait des commentaires sur les lignes superflues dans le prщambule des fichiers gщnщrщs. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{devanagari.mld} et \xfile{hindi.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/25 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. -% \item Correction de la macro \com{name} (pour la documentation). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/28 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. -% \item Correction (conversion) dans \xfile{hindi-modern.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de l'erreur \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} si \xfile{english.mld} n'est pas trouvщ pour щtablir les titres par dщfaut. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/08/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Modification du style bibliographique \xfile{plainurl.bst}\isuffix{.bst} pour avoir les noms de famille des auteurs -% et rщdacteurs (\emph{editors}) en petites capitales et les annщes en chiffres de style ancien. Les -% titres sont mis en emphase. Le style \xfile{frplain1.bst} est aussi mis р~jour. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/01 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Les styles bibliographiques \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plainurl.bst} et \xfile{frplain1.bst} sont renommщs \xfile{en-mtc.bst} et -% \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{add.bib} en \exam{mtc-add.bib}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{add.tex} en \exam{mtc-add.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{addsec.tex} en \exam{mtc-ads.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{2c.tex} en \exam{mtc-2c.tex}. -% \item L'option de paquetage \optd{listfiles} est dщsormais active par dщfaut. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/07 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renommage de \oexam{app-mem.tex} en \exam{mtc-amm.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{apx.tex} en \exam{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{bo.tex} en \exam{mtc-bo.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{ch0.tex} en \exam{mtc-ch0.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{cri.tex} en \exam{mtc-cri.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{fo1.tex} en \exam{mtc-fo1.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{fo2.tex} en \exam{mtc-fo2.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{gaps.tex} en \exam{mtc-gap.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{hia.tex} en \exam{mtc-hia.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{hir.tex} en \exam{mtc-hir.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{hide1.tex} en \exam{mtc-hi1.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{hide2.tex} en \exam{mtc-hi2.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{hop.tex} en \exam{mtc-hop.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{livre.tex} en \exam{mtc-liv.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{mem.tex} en \exam{mtc-mem.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{mem1.tex} en \exam{mtc-mm1.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{mini-art.tex} en \exam{mtc-art.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{minitoc-ex.tex} en \exam{mtc-bk.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{mu.tex} en \exam{mtc-mu.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{scr.tex} en \exam{mtc-scr.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{second.tex} en \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{subf.tex} en \exam{mtc-sbf.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{tbi.tex} en \exam{mtc-tbi.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{tlc.tex} en \exam{mtc-tlc.tex}. -% \item Renommage de \oexam{tsfc.tex} en \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/08 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie (ajout du Pentaglot). -% \item Correction du format de deux tableaux sur NFSS. -% \item Exemples de documents par ordre alphabщtique dans leur chapitre. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les systшmes dщrivщs de \TeX{} et \LaTeX. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple de document \exam{mtc-syn.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{49} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/14 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Lщgшre modification de la mise en forme de la liste des fichiers (chapitre л~Installation~╗). -% \item Simplifications dans les scripts. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout du point~46 dans les questions frщquemment posщes et du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie et les styles bibliographiques. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/09/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Meilleurs messages d'erreur pour les commandes de prщparation et d'insertion non dщfinies. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout de л~\textbf{+}~╗ et л~\texttt{-}~╗ comme synonymes pour л~\texttt{on}~╗ et л~\texttt{off}~╗, -% respectivement. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/10/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. -% \item Corrections de typos. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout d'un tableau de quelques codages. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/10/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppression de l'entrщe л~Sommaire~╗ dans le sommaire, mais elle est ajoutщe dans la table des matiшres. -% \item Amщlioration de quelques tableaux. -% \item Ajout des fichiers \xfile{japanese6.mld} and \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. -% \item Corrections dans la mise en page d'une citation de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}. -% \item Combinaison de quatre figures en une (avec des sous-figures). -% \item Ajout (dans le mщmento) d'un tableau des classes et paquetages qui sont incompatibles ou ont besoin de -% prщcautions avec \upack{minitoc}. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} sur le paquetage \imess{W0092}\pack{hangcaption} (il doit ъtre chargщ \emph{avant} \upack{minitoc}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Complщtщ la liste des classes standard. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'une validation des options de langue avec la prщsence des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}. -% \item Ajout\imess{E0036} de notes sur la prщsence obligatoire du fichier \xfile{english.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item La validation des options de langue n'щcrit que des messages informatifs dans le fichier -% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} et, si nщcessaire, donne un seul message d'avertissement. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{50} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Suppression des anciens exemples de documents: \oexam{mtc-adds.tex}, \oexam{mtc-amem.tex}, \oexam{mtc-book.tex}, -% \oexam{mtc-gaps.tex}, \oexam{mtc-mem1.tex}, \oexam{mtc-subf.tex} et \oexam{mtc-tsfc.tex}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout du script \scrp{tmk} et d'un tableau dщcrivant une structure \index{TDS}TDS pour \upack{minitoc}. -% \item Ajout d'un item sur la \index{TDS}TDS dans le jargon. -% \item Mise р~jour du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et du chapitre л~Installation~╗. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/11/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du message d'avertissement \texttt{W0094} avec la liste des fichiers minitoc de langue manquants -% (\suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}). -% \item Corrections dans la bibliographie. -% \item Mise р~jour du fichier \xfile{INSTALL} et du chapitre л~Installation~╗. -% \item Changement des noms des rщpertoires \emph{scratch} dans certains scripts. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout du fichier \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip} (une archive ZIP d'une hiщrarchie conforme р~la \index{TDS}TDS et -% contenant tous les fichiers du paquetage) р~la distribution. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{51} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2006/12/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration de l'index: paquetages et classes, scripts, outils, noms, exemples, suffixes, options, -% options de langue. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2006/12/20 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration de l'index: noms. -% \item Mise р~jour de certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} avec les noms des auteurs des titres. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections diverses. -% \item Les noms de certaines macros internes sont raccourcis pour tenir dans la marge. -% \item Ajout d'une commande \com{ProvidesFile} aux fichiers exemples. -% \item Indexation des environnements (pas parfaite). -% \item Indexation des fichiers. -% \item Renommage du fichier л~\texttt{catalog}~╗ en л~\xfile{CATALOG}~╗. -% \item Indexation des compteurs et des compteurs de profondeur. -% \item Les fichiers exemples sont dans leur propre rщpertoire de la hiщrarchie \index{TDS}TDS (proposщe). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{52} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'ordre dans l'index. -% \item Options par dщfaut en gras dans l'index. -% \item Ajout d'informations sur les auteurs pour les titres spщcifiques aux langues. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de sections bidons dans le chapitre л~Exemples de documents~╗. -% \item Retrait de la prщparation de la documentation en format PostScript. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du script \scrp{cmk} pour convertir la documentation du format PDF en format PostScript. -% \item Retrait de \xfile{duplex2v.pro}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/17 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Indexation des commandes rщfщrencщes. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction du nom \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han} (le prщnom avant le nom de famille, р~la franчaise). -% \item Correction de quelques autres noms. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{mongolb.mld} et \xfile{mongolb.mlo}. -% \item Retrait de \xfile{mongolb.mlo} (nouveaux codages cyrilliques T2 et X2 dans \xfile{mongolb.mld}). -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-3co.tex}. -% \item Essai d'utilisation d'une version rщcente du paquetage \pack{cite}~\cite{cite} (2003/11/04, 4.01) pour permettre le tri, -% mais reste en conflit avec \pack{hyperref}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item ╔quilibrage des colonnes de l'index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de l'indexation des environnements. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/01/31 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration de la mise en page de l'index. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/05 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{mongolian.mld} qui charge \xfile{mongolb.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Indexation des noms des auteurs. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour des remerciements. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{53} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/13 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-fko.tex}. -% \item Correction de \com{kernafterminitoc} et consorts. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/02/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Rщfщrences bibliographiques pour les paquetages et les classes dans l'index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un en-tъte р~l'index, pour expliquer les notations. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Changement du style des numщros de pages et de lignes dans l'index. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{kannada.mld}. -% \item Les symboles de virages dangereux sont maintenant dans la marge de droite. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration de la prщsentation des exemples de fichiers. -% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} pour trier les sщquences de citations. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/09 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction dans le tableau~\vref{t+TDS}. -% \item Renommage de \uxfile{minitoc-texmf.zip} en \uxfile{minitoc.tds.zip}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/19 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Utilisation de l'option \optp{sort\&compress}{natbib} du paquetage \pack{natbib}~\cite{dnatbib,natnotes} pour -% compresser les sщquences de citations; le paquetage \pack{hypernat} doit aussi ъtre chargщ (aprшs \pack{natbib} et -% \pack{hyperref}). -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout du changement de titre de la parttoc des appendices dans \xfile{mtc-apx.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{54} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/03/27 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout des dispositifs л~\feat{open}~╗ et л~\feat{close}~╗. -% \item Indexation des dispositifs. -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/04/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de la commande л~\com{mtcfixnomenclature}~╗. -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-nom.tex}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Correction du dernier argument de \com{mtcsetfeature} et analogues, en utilisant \com{mtc@toks}. -% \item Certaines mini-tables sont composщes sur deux colonnes dans le manuel. -% \item Indexation des messages. Messages notщs dans la marge de droite. -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans \pack{mtcoff}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{latinc.mld} et \xfile{latinc2.mld} pour le latin classique. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/04/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'hyperliens internes pour les messages. -% \item Charger le paquetage \pack{hypcap} pour les hyperliens dans la documentation. -% ^^A \item Modification de \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk} et \scrp{pmk} pour retirer \verb*|\ | de l'index. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/06 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcoffset} et consorts pour un dщcalage horizontal d'une mini-table. -% \item Ajout de \com{mtcsetoffset} pour un dщcalage horizontal d'un type de mini-table. -% \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ofs.tex}. -% \item Ajout du marquage des macros dans les fichiers exemples. -% \item La section 2007 du chapitre л~Postface~╗ щtait en pagaille. -% \item Plus de liens internes dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout d'une table cliquable de tous les messages. -% \item Amщlioration des coupures de colonnes dans l'index. -% \item Ajout d'une minitoc locale dans le chapitre <<~Jargon~>>. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}. -% \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans les tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \lneed{5} -% \item \textbf{55} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/12 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0097})\imess{W0097} sur le -% paquetage \pack{flowfram}~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} (incompatible). -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (\texttt{I0053})\imess{I0053} sur les paquetages \pack{float}~\cite{float}, -% \pack{floatrow}~\cite{floatrow}, \pack{trivfloat}~\cite{trivfloat} et \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/22 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Regroupement de notes marginales concernant des messages; amщlioration de leur placement. -% \item Amщlioration des coupures de page dans la documentation. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Correction d'un problшme sur les minitocs dans les appendices pour la classe \class{memoir}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/06/29 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Changement de la couleur des hyperliens. -% \item Changement du format des en-tъtes. -% \item Correction de quelques commandes \verb|\mtcset...| pour utiliser \com{edef} afin d'щvaluer -% correctement \com{mtc@toks}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \textbf{56} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/07/02 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/08/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item En-tъtes de pages modifiщs dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) des rщgions o∙ sont parlщes diverses langues. -% \item Retrait des fichiers \suffix{.eps}. -% \item Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}. -% \item ╔clatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vrefrange{t+files1}{t+files2}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/12/04 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Nombreuses corrections typographiques mineures. -% \item Couleurs plus sombres pour les hyper-liens. -% \item Mise р~jour et correction de la bibliographie. -% \item Correction d'un typo dans l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} (\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). -% \item Corrections de typos dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} (merci -% р~\name{Andrew}{Bowden}). -% \item Remplacer le suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour щviter -% d'щcraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}). -% \item Correction d'un problшme avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). -% \item Les remerciements sont dщplacщs vers la partie л~Complщments~╗. -% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} -% р~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}. -% \item Indexation complшte des messages. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. -% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour щlargir les pages de la bibliographie. -% \item Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}. -% \item Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}. -% \item Les fichiers graphiques sont indexщs sщparщment. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}. -% \item Ajout d'un rщpertoire spщcifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiщrarchie TDS. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et\ABK \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. -% \item Suppression d'entrщes parasites dans l'index. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \textbf{57} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2007/12/11 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2007/12/18 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Corrections dans les exemples de documents. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{occitan.mld}. -% \item Mise р~jour de \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld}, -% \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld}, -% \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld} et \xfile{turkish.mld}. -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2008/01/15 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction de \xfile{polski.mld}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout de la table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}. -% \item Ajout de cartes de la Mandchourie (figure~\vref{f+manju}). -% \end{itemize} -% \item 2008/04/03 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Amщlioration des lщgendes des cartes. -% Ajout de cartes pour l'Italie , le Karnataka, l'Allemagne, les Mongols et la Chine. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{occitan2.mld} et \xfile{mexican.mld}. -% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes tchшques (figure~\vref{f+czechd}). -% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes danois (figure~\vref{f+danishd}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte du nщerlandais (figure~\vref{f+dutchw}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes franчais (figure~\vref{f+france-lr}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes galiciens (figure~\vref{f+galician-l}). -% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes allemands (figures~\vrefrange{f+german-d}{f+german-c}). -% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes hindi (figure~\vref{f+hindi}). -% \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes portugais (figures~\vref{f+portu-b} et~\vref{f+portu-a}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte de la langue turque (figure~\vref{f+turkish}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte de la langue vietnamienne (figure~\vref{f+viet-w}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte de la diaspora armщnienne (figure~\vref{f+armeniad}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes sтmes (figure~\vref{f+same}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des nationalitщs dans l'ex-Yougoslavie (figure~\vref{f+xyugo}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des pays o∙ l'espagnol est une langue officielle (figure~\vref{f+espa-o}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte de la rщgion sorabe (figure~\vref{f+sorben}). -% \item Ajout d'une entrщe pour la Wikipщdia dans le jargon. -% \item Ajout d'une carte des minoritщs en Pologne (figure~\vref{f+pologne}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte de la diaspora bengalю (figure~\vref{f+bengali-m}). -% \item ╔clatement de la hiщrarchie TDS en trois tableaux~\vrefrange{t+GRF1}{t+TDS}. -% \item Ajout de cartes pour les dialectes basques (figure~\vref{f+euskara}). -% \item Ajout de cartes pour les dialectes lettons (figure~\vref{f+latvian-d}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte pour la langue swahilie (figure~\vref{f+swahili}). -% \item Ajout de l'alphabet turc (figure~\vref{f+turc-alpha}). -% \item Les numщros de pages dans l'index sont maintenant des hyperliens (merci р~\namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}). -% \item Ajout de couleurs dans la figure~\vref{f+barrier}. -% \item Ajout de cartes des langues d'Europe (figure~\vrefrange{f+euro-lan1}{f+euro-lan2}). -% \item Ajout de cartes du Kosovo (figure~\vref{f+kosovo}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des langues d'Afrique (figure~\vref{f+africa}). -% \item Correction d'une erreur de numщro de message. -% \item Ajout de cartes pour la Russie (figures~\vrefrange{f+rus-re}{f+rus-su}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte du Kosovo (figure~\vref{f+kosovo}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des districts de Slovaquie (figure~\vref{f+slovak}). -% \item Ajout de cartes sur l'Islam (figures~\vrefrange{f+islam-pbc}{f+islam-sw}). -% \item Added a figure about hрnzь characters (figure~\vref{f+hanzi}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'utilisation des caractшres chinois dans le monde (figure~\vref{f+china-ch}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les dialectes chinois (figure~\vref{f+china-l}). -% \item Ajout de cartes sur les systшmes d'щcriture (figures~\vrefrange{f+wrs-c}{f+wrs-a}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des rщgions o∙ le finnois est parlщ (figure~\vref{f+finnishl}). -% \item Raccourcissement du chapitre л~Installation~╗. -% \item Mise р~jour depuis le paquetage \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j du 2008/03/16. -% \item Remplacement des fichiers \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} et \uxfile{lamed.tex} par \xgrf{lamed3.png}. -% \item Ajout de cartes de langues indigшnes du Mexique (figure~\vref{f+mexl}). -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item \textbf{58} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2008/06/26 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Renommage de \uxfile{minitoc-tds.zip} en \xfile{minitoc.tds.zip}. -% \item Ajout d'une carte linguistique simplifiщe de l'Europe (figure~\vref{f+leur}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes polonais (figure~\vref{f+polish-d}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'alphabet russe (figure~\vref{f+rus-cyr}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte sur l'alphabet russe (figure~\vref{f+cyr-alf}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte sur les alphabets serbes (figure~\vref{f+serb-a}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte des provinces du Viъtnam (figure~\vref{f+viet4}). -% \item Utilisation de \ucom{vrefrange} pour compresser les intervales de rщfщrences croisщes internes. -% \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes albanais (figure~\vref{f+alb2}). -% \item Ajout d'une carte de la Norvшge (figure~\vref{f+norway-p}). -% \item Ajout des drapeaux de nombreux pays. Ajout d'un cadre gris clair autour des drapeaux. -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur la lusophonie (figure~\vref{f+luso-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur la germanophonie (figure~\vref{f+germano-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'hispanophonie (figure~\vref{f+hispano-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'italophonie (figure~\vref{f+italo-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une minitoc dans l'index pour faciliter sa consultation. -% \item Ajout de figures sur les pays francophones (figures~\vrefrange{f+franco-eu-c}{f+franco-asp-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le swahili (figure~\vref{f+swa-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'arabe (figure~\vref{f+arabo-sp-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le russe (figure~\vref{f+russ-c}). -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant l'anglais (figure~\vref{f+eng-c}). -% \item Ajout des indicateurs \com{ifinparttoc}, \com{ifinpartlof}, \com{ifinpartlot}, -% \com{ifinminitoc}, \com{ifinminilof}, \com{ifinminilot}, -% \com{ifinsecttoc}, \com{ifinsectlof} et \com{ifinsectlot}. -% \item Ajout de l'exemple de document~\exam{mtc-vti.tex}, section~\vref{mtc-vti.tex}. -% \item Ajout d'une figure sur les pays parlant le nщerlandais (figure~\vref{f+dutch-c}). -% \item Renommage de \uxfile{fminitoc.dtx} et consorts en \xfile{minitoc-fr.dtx} et consorts. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \item[\textreferencemark~\textbf{version}] \textbf{59}:~fichiers PDF corrompus. -% \item \textbf{60} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item 2008/07/16 -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Correction mineure dans la figure~\vref{f+arabo-sp-c}. -% \item Mise р~jour de la bibliographie. -% \item Ajout de fichiers drapeaux manquants (merci р~\namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}). -% \item Remplacement de nombreux fichiers images \suffix{.pdf} (la plupart щtant des fichiers drapeaux) -% par le fichier \suffix{.png} parce qu'ils ont щtщ corrompus lors de la conversion par \tool{ImageMagick} -% (\tool{xpdf} ne voit pas le problшme mais \tool{Acrobat Reader} refuse de montrer le fichier); -% grands mercis р~\xname{Heiko}{Oberdiek} et \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}. -% \item Retour aux couleurs standard et aux options de couleur standard de \pack{hyperref}. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{itemize} -% \end{RaggedRight} -% \egroup -% \fi -% ^^A MAJ-F -% -% ^^A ACK -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter*{Acknowledgments\markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}} -% \markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}% -% ^^A \enlargethispage*{1.5\baselineskip} -% \mtcaddchapter[Acknowledgments]% -% \noindent -% I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their -% questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and -% \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well: -% send me also a mail in french or in english).}, -% and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{} -% \or\relax -% \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}} -% \markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}% -% \mtcaddchapter[Remerciements]% -% \noindent -% Il me faut remercier les personnes suivantes\,\footnote{Et que toutes celles que j'ai oubliщes me pardonnent.}, pour -% leur aide, leurs questions, leurs interventions dans les groupes de discussion\,\footnote{Essentiellement, -% \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en franчais) et \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais), mais aussi -% \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (en allemand, mais je le lis trшs mal: envoyez-moi aussi un courrier en franчais ou en anglais).} -% et/ou leurs paquetages, classes, documents et outils:\hfill\mbox{} -% \fi -% -% \begin{raggedright}\noindent -% \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, -% \name{Paul~W.}{Abrahams}, -% \namea{Nabil}{Abu~El-Ata}{Abu~El-Ata}, -% \name{Tommaso}{Addabbo}, -% \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}, -% \name{Stщphane}{Aicardi}, -% \name{Vartan}{Akopian}, -% \name{A.J.}{Alex}, -% \namea{╔lisabeth}{Allшs}{Alles}, -% \name{Mark}{Alford}, -% \name{Viviane}{Alleton}, -% \namea{Jacques}{Andrщ}{Andre}, -% \name{JщrЇme}{Andrieux}, -% \name{Ralf}{Angeli}, -% \name{Walter}{Appel}, -% \name{Achod~Andrщ}{Aradian}, -% \name{Patrick}{Andries}, -% \namea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}, -% \name{Tim}{Arnold}, -% \name{Jouko}{Arponen}, -% \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, -% \name{Helmer}{Aslasken}, -% \name{David}{Aspinall}, -% \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen}, -% \name{Philipp}{Bachmann}, -% \name{Gonчal}{Badenes}, -% \name{Guillaume}{Balavoine}, -% \name{Jason}{Baldridge}, -% \name{Marin}{Balgarensky}, -% \name{Leonor}{Barroca}, -% \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi}, -% \name{Pierre}{Basso}, -% \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}, -% \name{Jean-Yves}{Baudais}, -% \name{David}{Bausum}, -% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, -% \name{Thierry}{Bayet}, -% \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, -% \name{Beebe}{Nelson~H.~F.}, -% \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara}, -% \name{Benoюt}{Belet}, -% \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub}, -% \namea{Madeleine}{Benoюt-Guyot}{Benoit-Guyot}, -% \namea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}, -% \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov}, -% \name{Jens}{Berger}, -% \name{Tobias}{Berndt}, -% \name{Karl}{Berry}, -% \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, -% \name{Javier}{Bezos}, -% \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}, -% \name{Olivier}{Binisti}, -% \namea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}, -% \name{Justin~K.}{Bisanwa}, -% \namea{Denis}{Bitouzщ}{Bitouze}, -% \name{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}, -% \name{Laurent}{Bloch}, -% \namea{Aurщlie}{Boissiшre}{Boissiere}, -% \name{Patrick}{Boman}, -% \name{Onofre}{Bonvila}, -% \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}, -% \name{Patrice}{Bougette}, -% \name{Daniel}{Bourbonnais}, -% \name{Andrew}{Bowden}, -% \name{Victor}{Boyko}, -% \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, -% \name{Felix}{Braun}, -% \name{Jim}{Breen}, -% \name{Peter}{Breitenlohner}, -% \name{Roland}{Breton}, -% \name{Catherine}{Bricout}, -% \name{William}{Bright}, -% \namea{GyЎngyi}{Bujdosє}{Bujdoso}, -% \name{Mimi}{Burbank}, -% \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, -% \name{Patrick}{Burgel}, -% \name{Alexey}{Burykin}, -% \name{Jean-Pierre}{Cabestan}, -% \namea{Philippe}{Cadшne}{Cadene}, -% \name{Olivier}{Cardi}, -% \name{Samuele}{Carcagno}, -% \name{David}{Carella}, -% \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, -% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, -% \name{Manuel}{Carriba}, -% \name{Rщgis}{Caspar}, -% \name{Waldemar}{Celes}, -% \name{Raymond}{Chabbert\textsuperscript{\textdied}}, -% \name{Winston}{Chang}, -% \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}, -% \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}, -% \name{Pehong}{Chen}, -% \name{Cщline}{Chevalier}, -% \namea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova}, -% \name{Otfried}{Cheong}, -% \name{Jin-Hwan}{Cho}, -% \name{Pai~H.}{Chou}, -% \name{Pierre}{Chuvin}, -% \name{Yves}{Citoleux}, -% \name{Marian}{Clegg}, -% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, -% \name{Maurizio}{Codogno}, -% \name{Bernard}{Comrie}, -% \name{David~B.}{Cook}, -% \name{Emmanuel}{Cornet}, -% \name{Oliver}{Corff}, -% \name{Prakash}{Countcham}, -% \namea{Olivier}{Dabшne}{Dabene}, -% \name{Sergueя}{Dachian}, -% \name{Adrian}{Daerr}, -% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan}, -% \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly}, -% \name{Peter~T.}{Daniels}, -% \name{Holger}{Danielsson}, -% \name{Alice}{Davison}, -% \namea{Luiz~Henrique}{de~Figueiro}{deFigueiro}, -% \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima}, -% \name{Sщbastien}{Demoustier}, -% \name{Andreas}{Deininger}, -% \name{╔ric}{Depardieu}, -% \namea{Ben}{De~Rydt}{DeRydt}, -% \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes}, -% \name{Cщcile}{Desprairies}, -% \name{Sщbastien}{Desreux}, -% \name{Christine}{Detig}, -% \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller}, -% \name{Gщrard}{Dorel}, -% \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}, -% \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}, -% \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, -% \name{Denys}{Duchier}, -% \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}, -% \namea{Marko}{╚ehaja}{Eehaja}, -% \name{Ta~Quang}{Dung}, -% \name{Patrick}{Egan}, -% \namea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout}, -% \name{Brian}{Elmegaard}, -% \name{Danie}{Els}, ^^A booktabs -% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, -% \name{Thomas}{Esser}, -% \name{Gilhooly}{Etienne}, -% \name{Karl~F.}{Everitt}, -% \name{Mike}{Fabian}, -% \name{Robin}{Fairbairns}, -% \name{Christian}{Faulhammer}, -% \name{Simon}{Fear}, ^^A booktabs -% \name{J№rgen}{Fenn}, ^^A l2tabu -% \name{Michael~J.}{Ferguson}, -% \name{Jeff}{Fessler}, -% \name{Ulrike}{Fischer}, -% \name{Joshua-A.}{Fishman}, -% \name{Jean-Julien}{Fleck}, -% \name{Daniel}{Flipo}, -% \name{Peter~L.}{Flom}, -% \name{Peter}{Flynn}, -% \name{Jim}{Fox}, ^^A dpfloat -% \namea{Louis}{Frщdщric}{Frederic}, -% \namea{Danny~M.}{F№rni▀}{Furniss}, -% \name{Tetsuo}{Furukawa}, -% \name{Federico}{Garcia}, -% \namea{Diego}{Garcэa~Morate}{Garcia~Morate}, -% \namea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}, ^^A pict2e -% \namea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}, -% \name{Maarten}{Gelderman}, -% \name{Chuck}{Genschte}, -% \name{Jacques}{Gernet}, -% \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, -% \name{Helen}{Gilhooly}, -% \name{Henri}{Giordan}% -% \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis}, -% \name{Franчois}{Giron}, -% \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}, -% \name{Josiane}{Gonthier}, -% \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk}, -% \name{Michel}{Goossens}, -% \namea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}, -% \name{Mathieu}{Goutelle}, -% \name{Bruce~K.}{Grant}, -% \name{Fraser}{Grant}, -% \namea{George}{Grфtzer}{Gratzer}, -% \name{Norman}{Gray}, -% \name{George~D.}{Greenwade}, -% \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}, -% \name{Loяc}{Grenon}, -% \name{Charles}{Grether}, -% \name{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}, -% \name{Olga~A.}{Grineva}, -% \name{Sщbastien}{Grot}, -% \name{Micael}{Guignard}, -% \name{Marion}{Gunn}, -% \name{Guntermann}{Klaus}, -% \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari}, -% \name{Thomas}{Hafner}, -% \name{Hans}{Hagen}, -% \name{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}, -% \name{Boumediene}{Hamzi}, -% \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}, -% \name{Thorsten}{Hansen}, -% \name{Patrick}{Happel}, -% \name{Yannis}{Haralambous}, -% \name{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves}, -% \name{Alexander}{Harin}, -% \name{Russel~L.}{Harris}, -% \name{Michael~A.}{Harrison}, -% \name{Stephen}{Hartke}, -% \name{Danny}{Heap}, -% \name{Jim}{Hefferon}, -% \name{Andrщ}{Heider}, -% \name{Thorsten}{Hein}, -% \name{Sten}{Hellman}, -% \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, -% \name{Yvon}{Henel}, ^^A l2tabu -% \name{Hartmut}{Henkel}, -% \name{Thomas}{Henlich}, ^^A marvosym% -% \name{Stephan}{Hennig}, -% \name{Florence}{Henry}, -% \name{Stephen}{Herborn}, -% \name{JЎrg}{Hesoll}, -% \name{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}, -% \name{David}{Hoadley}, -% \name{Taco}{Hoekwater}, -% \name{Alan}{Hoenig}, -% \name{Joe}{Hogg}, -% \namea{Morten}{H°gholm}{Hogholm}, -% \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, -% \namea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}, -% \name{Umstatter}{Horst}, -% \name{Don}{Hosek}, -% \name{Yufan}{Hu}, -% \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}, -% \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby}, -% \name{Helene}{Hyna}, -% \name{Roberto}{Ierusalimschy}, -% \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda}, -% \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}, -% \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, -% \name{Victor}{Ivrii}, -% \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma}, -% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}, -% \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi -% \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls -% \name{Roland}{Jacques}, -% \name{Christophe}{Jacquet}, -% \name{Bernd}{Jaehne}, -% \name{Radwan}{Jalam}, -% \name{Michael}{Janich}, -% \name{Frank}{Jensen}, -% \name{Alan}{Jeffrey}, -% \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}, -% \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}, -% \name{Loяc}{Joly}, -% \name{David~M.}{Jones}, -% \name{Christophe}{Jorssen}, -% \name{Robert}{Juhasz}, -% \name{Jean-Joseph}{Julaud}, -% \name{Stefan}{Junge}, -% \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, -% \name{Akira}{Kakuto}, -% \name{Mikko}{Kanerva}, -% \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, -% \name{David}{Kastrup}, -% \name{Ronan}{Keryell}, -% \name{Jonathan}{Kew}, ^^A xetex -% \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, -% \name{Ki-Joo}{Kim}, -% \name{Bil}{Kleb}, -% \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}, -% \name{Rune}{Kleveland}, -% \namea{Ingo}{KlЎckl}{Klockl}, -% \name{JЎrg}{Knappen}, -% \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}, -% \name{Markus}{Kohm}, -% \name{Helmut}{Kopka}, -% \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}, -% \name{Adamantios}{Korais}, -% \name{Vincent}{Krakoviack}, -% \name{Kai}{Kratt}, -% \name{Thankmar}{Kronzucker}, -% \name{Siep}{Kroonenberg}, -% \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}, -% \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, -% \name{Markus~G.}{Kuhn}, -% \name{Florian}{Kulzer}, -% \name{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}, -% \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, -% \namea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}, -% \name{Stщphane}{Laborde}, -% \name{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert}, -% \name{Klaus}{Lagally}, -% \name{Leslie}{Lamport}, -% \name{Fabio}{Lanari}, -% \name{Robert}{Lange}, -% \name{Dag}{Langmyhr}, -% \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, -% \name{Henning}{Larsen}, -% \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes}, -% \name{Andris}{Lasis}, -% \name{Christian}{Laucou}, -% \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger}, -% \name{Arnaud}{Launay}, -% \name{Claire}{Lauvernet}, -% \name{Boris}{Lavva}, -% \name{Andrщ}{Lebacq}, -% \name{Olivier}{Lecarme}, -% \name{Jacques}{Leclerc}, -% \name{Iksop}{Lee}, -% \namea{Fabrice}{Le~Goff}{LeGoff}, -% \name{Jeanne}{Legrand}, -% \name{Philipp}{Lehman}, -% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, -% \name{Thomas}{Leonhardt}, -% \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}, -% \name{Stщphane}{Lepolozec}, -% \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut}, -% \namea{Renщ}{Lщtoile}{Letoile}, -% \name{Adam}{Lewenberg}, -% \name{Knut}{Lickert}, -% \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}, -% \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}, -% \name{Bernice~Sacks}{Lipkin}, -% \name{Pierre}{Lobel}, -% \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}, -% \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}, -% \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}, -% \name{Tristan}{Lorino}, -% \name{Tim}{Love}, -% \name{Vincent}{Lozano}, -% \name{Daniel~H.}{Luecking}, -% \name{Ken}{Lunde}, -% \name{Anders}{Lyhne}, -% \namea{Jean-Franчois}{Macщ}{Mace}, -% \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay}, -% \name{Lars}{Madsen}, -% \name{Richard}{Mahoney}, -% \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}, -% \name{Pierre}{Malecki}, -% \name{Pascal}{Marchand}, -% \name{Bob}{Margolis}, -% \name{Cщcile}{Marin}, -% \name{Nicolas}{Markey}, -% \name{Marcus}{Marr}, -% \name{Franчoise}{Marre-Fournier}, -% \name{Alan}{Marshall}, -% \name{Terry}{Mart}, -% \name{╔ric}{Martini}, -% \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, -% \name{Henri}{Massias}, -% \name{Stephen}{Matthews}, -% \name{Andreas}{Matthias}, -% \name{Sven}{Mattisson}, -% \name{Krystyna}{Mazoyer}, -% \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}, -% \name{Ben}{McKay}, -% \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, -% \name{Sщbastien}{Mengin}, -% \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}, -% \name{Yanick}{Michou}, -% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach}, -% \name{Young~Joon}{Moon}, -% \name{Ross}{Moore}, -% \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}, -% \name{Florence}{Morgiensztern}, -% \name{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}, -% \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison}, -% \namea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}, -% \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}, -% \name{Andrei}{Nacu}, -% \name{}{National Geographic Society}, -% \name{}{National Institute of the Korean}, -% \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}, -% \name{Lee}{Netherton}, -% \name{Frank}{Neukam}, -% \name{Cuong}{Nguyen}, -% \name{Julien}{Nicolas}, -% \name{Elke}{Niedermair}, -% \name{Michael}{Niedermair}, -% \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e -% \name{Josselin}{Noirel}, -% \name{Tim}{Null}, -% \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, -% \name{Tobias}{Oetiker}, -% \name{Haruhito}{Okamura}, -% \name{Mariusz}{Olko}, -% \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo}, -% \namea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}, -% \name{JЎrg}{Ott}, -% \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}, -% \name{Scott}{Pakin}, -% \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}, -% \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, -% \name{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park}, -% \name{Hubert}{Partl}, -% \name{Oren}{Patashnik}, -% \name{Jonathan}{Pechta}, -% \name{Kasper}{Peeters}, -% \namea{Manuel}{Pщgouriщ-Gonnard}{Pegourie-Gonnard}, -% \name{Matthias}{Pelger}, -% \name{Philippe}{Pelletier}, -% \namea{Franчois}{Pщtiard}{Petiard}, -% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}, -% \name{Sщbastien}{Peyrouse}, -% \name{Paul}{Pichaureau}, -% \name{╔ric}{Picheral}, -% \name{Bruno}{Piguet}, -% \namea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska}, -% \name{John}{Plaice}, -% \name{Yves}{Plassereau}, -% \name{Ariane}{Poissonnier}, -% \name{Maria}{Polinsky}, -% \name{Philippe}{Pons}, -% \name{Monique}{Pontault}, -% \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}, -% \name{Fabrice}{Popineau}, -% \name{Nico}{Poppelier}, -% \name{Rama}{Porrat}, -% \namea{Camille-Aimщ}{Possamaя}{Possamai}, -% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, -% \namea{Hilmar}{Preu▀e}{Preusse}, -% \name{Glanville}{Price}, -% \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, -% \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz}, -% \name{Bernd}{Raichle}, -% \name{Claude}{Raimond}, -% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}, -% \name{S.~Robert}{Ramsey}, -% \name{Paul}{Rascoe}, -% \name{Keranen}{Reino}, -% \name{Arthur}{Reutenauer}, -% \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}, -% \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes}, -% \name{Franчois}{Richaudeau}, -% \name{Luis}{Rivera}, -% \name{Yuri}{Robbers}, -% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}, -% \name{Will}{Robertson}, -% \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel}, -% \name{Christian}{Rolland}, -% \name{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund}, -% \name{Chris~A.}{Rowley}, -% \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}, -% \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}, -% \name{Young}{Ryu}, ^^A txfonts -% \name{Enn}{Saar}, -% \name{David}{Samsoen}, -% \namea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}, -% \name{Larry}{Sanger}, -% \name{Morgan}{Sangeux}, -% \name{Thierry}{Sanjuan}, -% \name{Eddie}{Saudrais}, -% \namea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck}, -% \name{Bernd}{Schandl}, -% \name{Elisabeth}{Schlegl}, -% \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}, -% \name{Walter}{Schmidt}, -% \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}, -% \name{Uwe}{Schneider}, -% \namea{Rainer}{SchЎpf}{Schopf}, -% \name{Joachim}{Schrod}, -% \namea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc -% \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz}, -% \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield}, -% \name{Michael}{Shell}, -% \vname{Shin}{Jungshik}, -% \namea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}, -% \name{Ali}{Shoukat}, -% \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, -% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}, -% \name{Sindhu}{Singh}, -% \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland}, -% \name{Petra}{Schlager}, -% \name{Kristian}{Slimak}, -% \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}, -% \name{John}{Smith}, -% \name{Robin~S.}{Socha}, -% \name{Nick}{Sofroniou}, -% \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}, -% \name{Lianyi}{Song}, -% \name{Yves}{Soulet}, -% \name{Gщrard}{Sournia}, -% \name{Pierre-Franчois}{Souyri}, -% \name{Arjen}{Steiner}, -% \name{D.~P.}{Story}, -% \name{╔ric}{Streit}, -% \name{Ralf}{Stubner}, -% \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}, -% \name{Cyrille}{Suss}, -% \name{Robert~S.}{Sutor}, -% \name{Chris}{Swoyer}, -% \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}, -% \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, -% \name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}, -% \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}, -% \name{Philip}{Taylor}, -% \namea{Michel}{Tщtu}{Tetu}, -% \name{Yves}{Ternon}, -% \name{Manfred}{Thibud}, -% \name{Christina}{Thiele}, -% \name{Harold}{Thimbleby}, -% \name{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}, -% \name{Aurщlien}{Thureau}, -% \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}, -% \name{Josef}{Tkadlec}, ^^A pict2e -% \namea{Ton}{'t~Lam}{tLam}, -% \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}, -% \name{Cezare}{Tomczak}, -% \name{Laurent}{Tordella}, -% \name{Mark}{Trettin}, ^^A l2tabu -% \name{Antonis}{Tsolomitis}, -% \name{Ahto}{Truu}, -% \name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, -% \name{Hideo}{Umeki}, -% \name{Un}{Koaunghi}, -% \name{Turgut}{Uyar}, -% \name{Jari}{Vaario}, -% \name{Christian}{Valantin}, -% \name{Piet}{van~Oostrum}, -% \namea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gщry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}, -% \name{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}, -% \name{Vincent}{Vaquin}, -% \name{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}, -% \name{Didier}{Verna}, -% \name{Sylvain}{Vesco}, -% \name{Boris}{Veytsman}, -% \name{Alexandre}{Vial}, -% \name{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}, -% \name{Florence M.}{Voegelin}, -% \name{Martin}{Vogel}, -% \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, -% \name{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}, -% \namea{Herbert}{Vo▀}{Voss}, -% \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, -% \name{David}{Walden}, -% \name{Jimmy}{Wales}, -% \name{Nigel}{Ward}, -% \name{John}{Warnock}, -% \name{Douglas}{Waud}% -% \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}, -% \name{Stephan~B.}{Webanck}, -% \name{Eduard}{Werner}, -% \name{Daphne}{West}, -% \name{Ferenc}{Wettl}, -% \name{Graham}{Williams}, -% \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, -% \namea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout}, -% \name{Alexandre}{Wolf},% -% \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}, -% \name{╔lisabeth}{Wolkowski}, -% \name{Mark}{Wooding}, -% \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}, -% \name{Tim}{Wright}, -% \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}, -% \name{Damien}{Wyart}, -% \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda}, -% \name{Adi}{Zaimi}, -% \namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}, -% \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}, -% \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}, -% \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender}, -% \name{Federico}{Zenith}, -% \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}, -% \name{Uwe}{Ziegenhagen}\ifcase\LANG\relax, and\ \or\relax\ et\ \fi -% \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}.\par -% \end{raggedright} -% ^^A NEW HISTORY END -% ^^A SEE.. -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \index{Suffixes|see{Extensions}} -% \or\relax -% \index{Extensions|see{Suffixes}} -% \fi -% \iftrue % ^^A to index authors from the bibliography (citations replace the page number) -% \bname{}{National Institute of the Korean}{korean-beg}% -% \bname{Iksop}{Lee}{kor-lan}% -% \bname{Bruce~K.}{Grant}{korean-chars}% -% \bname{Philippe}{Pelletier}{pelletier2003,pelletier2004,pelletier2007}% -% \bname{Philippe}{Pons}{pons2007}% -% \bname{Pierre-Franчois}{Souyri}{pons2007,souyri1999}% -% \bnamea{Louis}{Frщdщric}{Frederic}{japon-dc}% -% \bname{Jean-Pierre}{Cabestan}{chineco}% -% \bname{Yves}{Citoleux}{chineco}% -% \bnamea{╔lisabeth}{Allшs}{Alles}{chineco}% -% \bname{Jacques}{Gernet}{gernet1,gernet2,gernet3}% -% \bname{Viviane}{Alleton}{alleton2008}% -% \bnamea{Jean-Franчois}{Macщ}{Mace}{mace2008}% -% \bname{Gщrard}{Dorel}{atlasmi-us}% -% \bnamea{Philippe}{Cadшne}{Cadene}{atlas-in}% -% \bname{Guillaume}{Balavoine}{atlas-in}% -% \bname{Pascal}{Marchand}{atlas-ru}% -% \bname{Cyrille}{Suss}{atlas-ru}% -% \bnamea{Olivier}{Dabшne}{Dabene}{atlas-amla}% -% \bnamea{Aurщlie}{Boissiшre}{Boissiere}{atlas-amla}% -% \bname{Yves}{Plassereau}{atlasmi-eu}% -% \bname{Henri}{Giordan}{atlasmi-eu}% -% \bname{Yves}{Ternon}{atlasmi-eu}% -% \bname{Cщcile}{Marin}{atlasmi-eu}% -% \bname{Thierry}{Sanjuan}{sanjuan,chineco}% -% \bnamea{Madeleine}{Benoюt-Guyot}{Benoit-Guyot}{sanjuan}% -% \bname{Justin~K.}{Bisanwa}{bisanwa}% -% \bnamea{Michel}{Tщtu}{Tetu}{bisanwa}% -% \bname{Victor}{Ivrii}{ivrii2007a,ivrii2007b}% -% \bname{Roland}{Breton}{breton2003,atlasmi-mo}% -% \bname{Krystyna}{Mazoyer}{breton2003}% -% \bname{Joshua-A.}{Fishman}{breton2003}% -% \bname{Stephen}{Matthews}{comrie2004}% -% \bname{Maria}{Polinsky}{comrie2004}% -% \bname{Catherine}{Bricout}{comrie2004}% -% \bname{Petra}{Schlager}{schlager2007}% -% \bname{Manfred}{Thibud}{schlager2007}% -% \bname{Monique}{Pontault}{OIF}% -% \bname{Alexandre}{Wolf}{OIF}% -% \bname{Christian}{Valantin}{OIF,OIF2003}% -% \bname{Florence}{Morgiensztern}{OIF,OIF2003}% -% \bname{Josiane}{Gonthier}{OIF}% -% \bname{Ariane}{Poissonnier}{AF}% -% \bname{Gщrard}{Sournia}{AF}% -% \bnamea{Fabrice}{Le~Goff}{LeGoff}{AF}% -% \bname{Glanville}{Price}{LOE}% -% \bname{Peter~T.}{Daniels}{WWS}% -% \bname{William}{Bright}{WWS}% -% \bname{Bernard}{Comrie}{comrie1990,comrie2004}% -% \bname{Tristan}{Lorino}{lorino2006}% -% \bname{S.~Robert}{Ramsey}{ramsey1989,kor-lan}% -% \bname{Pierre}{Chuvin}{chuvin2008}% -% \bnamea{Renщ}{Lщtoile}{Letoile}{chuvin2008}% -% \bname{Sщbastien}{Peyrouse}{chuvin2008}% -% \bnamea{Manuel}{Pщgouriщ-Gonnard}{Pegourie-Gonnard}{p-xargs,p-xargs-fr}% -% \bname{Roberto}{Ierusalimschy}{lua2005,lua2006}% -% \bnamea{Luiz~Henrique}{de~Figueiro}{deFigueiro}{lua2006}% -% \bname{Waldemar}{Celes}{lua2006}% -% \bnamea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes}{ppvl}% -% \bname{Alan}{Marshall}{marshall1991}% -% \bname{Patrick}{Andries}{andries2008}% -% \bname{Roland}{Jacques}{ppvl}% -% \bname{Tobias}{Berndt}{berndt2007}% -% \bname{Joachim}{Schrod}{ilatex,guntermann1986,detig1994}% -% \bname{Guntermann}{Klaus}{guntermann1986}% -% \bname{Christine}{Detig}{detig1994}% -% \bname{╔ric}{Martini}{martini2008}% -% \bname{Olivier}{Binisti}{rich2005}% -% \bname{Patrick}{Boman}{boman2005}% -% \bname{Christian}{Laucou}{boman2005}% -% \bname{Franчois}{Richaudeau}{rich2005}% -% \bname{Patrick}{Burgel}{pluriels}% -% \bname{Jin-Hwan}{Cho}{cjkomega}% -% \bname{Haruhito}{Okamura}{cjkomega}% -% \bname{}{National Geographic Society}{atlas-china}% -% \bname{Beebe}{Nelson~H.~F.}{beebe}% -% \bname{Raymond}{Chabbert\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{occi}% -% \bname{Elke}{Niedermair}{la-praxis}% -% \bname{Bernice~Sacks}{Lipkin}{lipkin}% -% \bname{Michael}{Niedermair}{la-praxis}% -% \bname{Jean-Joseph}{Julaud}{fnul,fgram,conju}% -% \bname{Claude}{Raimond}{enul}% -% \bname{Paul}{Rascoe}{texasmaps}% -% \bname{Christophe}{Jacquet}{mlatex}% -% \bname{Alice}{Davison}{hindi99}% -% \bname{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}{basque}% -% \bname{Jonathan}{Kew}{xetex}% -% \bname{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}{lowlands}% -% \bname{Franчois}{Giron}{surlatex}% -% \bname{Patrick}{Egan}{nomentbl}% -% \bname{Brian}{Elmegaard}{nomentbl}% -% \bname{Ferenc}{Wettl}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}% -% \bname{Stщphane}{Aicardi}{aicardi}% -% \bname{Jouko}{Arponen}{practical}% -% \bname{Jason}{Baldridge}{jason}% -% \bname{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}{fancybox}% -% \bname{Frank}{Jensen}{calc}% -% \bname{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}{calc}% -% \bname{Akira}{Kakuto}{kakuto}% -% \bname{Lee}{Netherton}{nomencl}% -% \bname{Bernd}{Schandl}{nomencl}% -% \bname{Vartan}{Akopian}{armtex}% -% \bname{A.J.}{Alex}{malayalam,malayalam-o}% -% \bnamea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}{china-h}% -% \bnamea{Einar}{┴rnason}{Arnason}{icelandic}% -% \bnamea{GyЎngyi}{Bujdosє}{Bujdoso}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}% -% \bnamea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}{ethno}% -% \bname{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}{ethno}% -% \bnamea{Ingo}{KlЎckl}{Klockl}{ingo}% -% \bname{Donald}{Arseneau}{notoccite,placeins,cite,overcite,wrapfig,chapterbib,url,ifmtarg}% -% \bname{Gonчal}{Badenes}{catalan}% -% \bname{Pierre}{Basso}{bibtopic}% -% \bname{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}{mongolian}% -% \bname{David}{Bausum}{trm-b,trm}% -% \bname{Benjamin}{Bayart}{JMPL1,texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Thierry}{Bayet}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Claudio}{Beccari}{beccari1998,latin,italian,beccari-pj-2007-1}% -% \bname{Emmanuel}{Beffara}{rubber}% -% \bnamea{Jєzsef}{Bщrces}{Berces}{magyar}% -% \bname{Jens}{Berger}{hypernat}% -% \bname{Alexander}{Berdnikov}{maccents,X2T2,cyri,X2ENC}% -% \bname{Karl}{Berry}{impatient,fr-impatient,berry1990,berry2003}% -% \bname{Berhanu}{Beyene}{ethiop}% -% \bname{Javier}{Bezos}{spanish4,spanish,guarani,titletoc}% -% \bname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}{aleph}% -% \bnamea{┴rpсd}{Bэrє}{Biro}{magyar}% -% \bnamea{Denis}{Bitouzщ}{Bitouze}{latex-synthex}% -% \bname{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}{bulgarian}% -% \bname{Victor}{Boyko}{cmcyralt/russian.sty}% -% \bname{Johannes~L.}{Braams}{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,dutch,english,irish,norsk,welsh,basque,% -% icelandic,catalan,latin,magyar,bulgarian,turkish,LaTeXbase,galician,galician2,slovak,italian,BEP,% -% frenchb,scottish,swedish,romanian,samin,finnish,interlingua,bahasa,bahasam,russianb1,danish,hebrew2,% -% czech,serbian,croatian,germanb,ngermanb,portuges,breton,esperanto,estonian,polish,ukraineb,greek,% -% lsorbian,usorbian,albanian,slovene,i-ntg,ntg,proc,classes,letter,docstrip-prog,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F}% -% \bname{Felix}{Braun}{jura}% -% \bname{Jim}{Breen}{breen}% -% \bname{Mustafa}{Burc}{turkish}% -% \bname{Alexey}{Burykin}{X2T2,cyri,X2ENC}% -% \bname{David}{Carella}{carella}% -% \bname{David~P.}{Carlisle}{LaTeXbase,xr,afterpage,ltxdoc,xr-hyper,color,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,ltclass,ifthen,backref,textcase}% -% \bname{Manuel}{Carriba}{galician,galician2}% -% \bname{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}{latex-synthex,ftb,TLC2F,jcc2008,ftds}% -% \bname{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}{kanji}% -% \bname{Pehong}{Chen}{chen1988}% -% \bnamea{Jana}{Chlebюkovс}{Chlebikova}{slovak}% -% \bname{Bernard}{Desgraupes}{meta-des,desgraupes,unicode-des}% -% \bname{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}{subfigure,captcont,subfig}% -% \bname{Maurizio}{Codogno}{italian}% -% \bname{Oliver}{Corff}{mlsquick,pentaglot,mongol-web,montex}% -% \bname{Prakash}{Countcham}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Sergueя}{Dachian}{armtex}% -% \bname{Arnak}{Dalalyan}{armtex}% -% \bname{Patrick~W.}{Daly}{fullpage,dnatbib,natnotes,kopka,daly1998}% -% \bnamea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima}{portuges}% -% \bname{╔ric}{Depardieu}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}{montex}% -% \bname{Jean-Pierre~F.}{Drucbert}{texfaq-fr,shorttoc,minitoc-fr,minitoc}% -% \bnamea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout}{BEP,TBT,comment,i-ntg,ntg}% -% \bname{Behdad}{Esfahbod}{farsi}% -% \bname{Mike}{Fabian}{cjk-suse}% -% \bname{Robin}{Fairbairns}{texfaq-en}% -% \bname{J№rgen}{Fenn}{l2tabufr,l2tabuen,Fenn-pj-2006-4}% -% \bname{Daniel}{Flipo}{frenchb,CIL2E}% -% \bname{Peter}{Flynn}{flynn,veryshort,Flynn-pj-2005-3,Flynn-pj-2006-4}% -% \bname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}{farsi}% -% \bname{Michel}{Goossens}{latex-web,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,TLGC}% -% \bname{Mathieu}{Goutelle}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Fraser}{Grant}{irish,scottish}% -% \bnamea{George}{Grфtzer}{Gratzer}{gr-mil,gr-mmil,gr-fsl}% -% \bname{Norman}{Gray}{urlbst}% -% \bname{George~D.}{Greenwade}{greenwade}% -% \bname{Enrico}{Gregorio}{gregorio-pj-2007-1,gregorio2007}% -% \bname{Olga~A.}{Grineva}{maccents}% -% \bname{Marion}{Gunn}{irish}% -% \bname{Hans}{Hagen}{aleph-hagen,style-hagen,pdftex,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,luatex}% -% \bname{Hartmut}{Henkel}{luatex}% -% \bname{Taco}{Hoekwater}{luatex,luatex2007}% -% \bnamea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hрn}{Han}{han,han2000,pdftex,vietnam,han2003,han2008,han2008a}% -% \bname{Patrick}{Happel}{lipsum}% -% \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,YH2007,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004,yannis+a}% -% \bname{Alexander}{Harin}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}% -% \bname{Michael~A.}{Harrison}{chen1988}% -% \bname{Sten}{Hellman}{swedish}% -% \bname{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}{norsk}% -% \bname{Yvon}{Henel}{texfaq-fr,l2tabufr}% -% \bname{Thomas}{Henlich}{marvosym}% -% \bname{Stephan}{Hennig}{mcaption}% -% \bname{Florence}{Henry}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{David}{Hoadley}{btxfaq}% -% \bname{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}{norsk}% -% \bname{Umstatter}{Horst}{romanian}% -% \bname{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}{norsk}% -% \bname{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}{basque}% -% \bname{Youssef}{Jabri}{arabi}% -% \bname{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}{pearls}% -% \bname{Michael}{Janich}{polish}% -% \bname{Regnor}{Jernsletten}{samin}% -% \bname{Zhuhan}{Jiang}{vruler}% -% \bname{Loяc}{Joly}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{David~M.}{Jones}{hangcaption}% -% \bname{Christophe}{Jorssen}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Robert}{Juhasz}{romanian}% -% \bname{Mikko}{Kanerva}{finnish}% -% \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex,thaistd}% -% \bname{Axel}{Kielhorn}{koma,komab}% -% \bname{Ki-Joo}{Kim}{bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim,latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim}% -% \bname{Peter}{Kleiweg}{interlingua}% -% \bname{Rune}{Kleveland}{norsk}% -% \bname{JЎrg}{Knappen}{bahasa,bahasam,esperanto,knappen2004}% -% \bname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}{cmt,texbook,metabook,ftb}% -% \bname{Markus}{Kohm}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bname{Yuri}{Robbers}{robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bname{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund}{robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bname{Helmut}{Kopka}{kopka,kopka-bd1,kopka-bd2,kopka-bd3}% -% \bname{Attila}{Koppanyi}{magyar}% -% \bname{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}{antomega}% -% \bname{Dmitry}{Ivanov}{antomega}% -% \bname{Manfred}{Kudlek}{ethiop}% -% \bname{Markus~G.}{Kuhn}{effective}% -% \bname{Olaf}{Kummer}{ethiop}% -% \bnamea{Frank}{K№ster}{Kuster}{alnumsec}% -% \bname{Klaus}{Lagally}{arabtex2,arabtex}% -% \bname{Leslie}{Lamport}{LaTeXbase,lamport-mkx,latex-manual,ntg,proc,classes,letter}% -% \bname{Olga~G.}{Lapko}{X2T2,cyri,X2ENC,russianb1,FULLCYR,floatrow,russianb,ukraineb}% -% \bname{Henning}{Larsen}{danish}% -% \bname{Boris}{Lavva}{hebrew2}% -% \bname{Olivier}{Lecarme}{lecarme}% -% \bname{Jacques}{Leclerc}{tlfq}% -% \bname{Philipp}{Lehman}{TFIG}% -% \bname{Werner}{Lemberg}{russianb1,cjk,cjk2,vietnam,dblaccnt,cyrguide,ukraineb}% -% \bnamea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Knut}{Lickert}{minutes}% -% \bname{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}{fncychap}% -% \bname{Anselm}{Lingnau}{float}% -% \bnamea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}{czech}% -% \bname{Maurizio}{Loreti}{sfheaders}% -% \bname{Tim}{Love}{timlove1994,timlove}% -% \bname{Vincent}{Lozano}{lozano}% -% \bname{Ken}{Lunde}{lunde1993,lunde,lunde1999}% -% \bname{Pierre~A.}{MacKay}{turkish}% -% \bname{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}{russianb}% -% \bname{Bob}{Margolis}{bahasam}% -% \bname{Nicolas}{Markey}{texfaq-fr,splitbib,ttb}% -% \bname{Franчoise}{Marre-Fournier}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Terry}{Mart}{bahasa,bahasam}% -% \bname{Sven}{Mattisson}{slatex}% -% \bname{Rowland}{McDonnell}{sectsty}% -% \bname{Surapant}{Meknavin}{thailatex}% -% \bname{Sщbastien}{Mengin}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Jochen}{Metzinger}{ethiop}% -% \bname{Frank}{Mittelbach}{LaTeXbase,classes,letter,FMI1990,FMI1992,slides,multicol,varioref,doc,dblaccnt,docstrip-prog,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,FMI1997,ltclass,enc-inter,TLGC}% -% \bname{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}{komab,koma}% -% \bname{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}{gregorio-pj-2007-1,Mori1-pj-2007-1,Mori2-pj-2007-1}% -% \bnamea{Javier~A.}{M·gica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}{galician,galician2}% -% \bnamea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}{serbian}% -% \bname{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}{LH/russian.sty}% -% \bname{Frank}{Neukam}{koma,komab}% -% \bname{Rolf}{Niepraschk}{pict2e,texfaq-de}% -% \bname{Josef}{Tkadlec}{pict2e}% -% \bname{Josselin}{Noirel}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hypcap,ifpdf,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf,makerobust}% -% \bname{Mariusz}{Olko}{polski}% -% \bnamea{Erik}{╓sthols}{Osthols}{swedish}% -% \bnamea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}{croatian}% -% \bname{Scott}{Pakin}{dtxtut,symbols,newcommand}% -% \bname{Palash~Baran}{Pal}{bangtex}% -% \bname{Anshuman}{Pandey}{pandey1999,devanagari}% -% \bname{John}{Smith}{devanagari}% -% \bname{Harold}{Thimbleby}{seealso,seealso1}% -% \bname{Dominik}{Wujastyk}{devanagari}% -% \bname{Kevin}{Carmody}{devanagari}% -% \bname{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}{devanagari}% -% \bname{Oren}{Patashnik}{btxdoc,btxhak}% -% \bname{Kasper}{Peeters}{hypertex}% -% \bname{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}{norsk}% -% \bname{Bruno}{Piguet}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{John}{Plaice}{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}% -% \bname{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}{thailatex,thai-how}% -% \bname{Nico}{Poppelier}{BEP}% -% \bname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}{farsi}% -% \bname{Sebastian}{Rahtz}{latex-web,pdftex,hyperref.web,hyperref,TLGC,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf,backref,nameref,rotating}% -% \bname{Leonor}{Barroca}{rotating}% -% \bname{Bernd}{Raichle}{germanb,ngermanb,texfaq-de,romaniantex}% -% \bname{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}{portuges}% -% \bname{Keranen}{Reino}{finnish}% -% \bname{Arthur}{Reutenauer}{reutenauer2008}% -% \bnamea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}{romaniantex}% -% \bname{Christian}{Rolland}{breton,rolland1999}% -% \bname{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}{esperanto}% -% \bname{Young}{Ryu}{txfonts}% -% \bname{Enn}{Saar}{estonian}% -% \bnamea{Julio}{Sсnchez}{Sanchez}{basque}% -% \bname{Eddie}{Saudrais}{saudrais2001,saudrais2005}% -% \bnamea{Elmar}{Schal№ck}{Schaluck}{polish}% -% \bname{Tobias}{Schlemmer}{slovak}% -% \bname{Walter}{Schmidt}{ngermanb,Schmidt-pj-2006-1,psnfss,fftex}% -% \bnamea{Martin}{SchrЎder}{Schroder}{multitoc,pdftex,msch2007}% -% \bname{Michael}{Shell}{btxfaq}% -% \bname{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}{ukraineb}% -% \bname{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}{thailatex}% -% \bname{Jankovic}{Slobodan}{serbian}% -% \bname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}{caption2,cap-anleitung,caption,caption-eng,rotfloat}% -% \bname{Joseph~A.}{Wright}{trivfloat}% -% \bname{D.~P.}{Story}{dpstory}% -% \bname{╔ric}{Streit}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}{beccari1998,greek,syro2002,greek-ba}% -% \bnamea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}{varsects}% -% \bnamea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}{frenchle,frenchpro,frenchperso}% -% \bname{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}{quotchap}% -% \bname{Mark}{Trettin}{l2tabufr,l2tabuen}% -% \bname{Stefan}{Ulrich}{bibtopic}% -% \bname{Un}{Koaunghi}{HLATEX}% -% \bname{Turgut}{Uyar}{turkish}% -% \bname{Piet}{van~Oostrum}{teximpl}% -% \bnamea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gщry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}{texfaq-fr,thomasvo}% -% \bname{Vladimir}{Volovich}{russianb1,cyrguide,ukraineb}% -% \bname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}{Bechtolsheim+TB11-3-409,tex-bech}% -% \bname{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}{platex-pl}% -% \bname{Eduard}{Werner}{lsorbian,usorbian}% -% \bname{Graham}{Williams}{tcat}% -% \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,ledmac,ledpar,ledarab,chngpage}% -% \bnamea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}{docstrip-prog,polski}% -% \bname{Damien}{Wyart}{texfaq-fr}% -% \bname{Adi}{Zaimi}{albanian}% -% \bname{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}{slovene}% -% \bnamea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}{latin}% -% \bname{Charlie~S.}{Zender}{latex-cheat}% -% \bname{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty,lhcyr}% -% \bnamea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}{slovene}% -% \bname{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves}{impatient,fr-impatient}% -% \bname{Paul~W.}{Abrahams}{impatient,fr-impatient}% -% \bname{Mark}{Alford}{alford}% -% \bname{Walter}{Appel}{ltximpat}% -% \bname{Cщline}{Chevalier}{ltximpat}% -% \bname{Emmanuel}{Cornet}{ltximpat}% -% \bname{Sщbastien}{Desreux}{ltximpat}% -% \bname{Jean-Julien}{Fleck}{ltximpat}% -% \bname{Paul}{Pichaureau}{ltximpat}% -% \bname{Helmer}{Aslasken}{aslaksen,aslaksen2}% -% \bname{Rachid}{Belmouhoub}{arabe}% -% \bname{Cщcile}{Desprairies}{arabe,japo,chinois,russe}% -% \bname{Antoni~R.}{Diller}{diller}% -% \bname{Fabrice}{Popineau}{ftds}% -% \bname{Alan}{Jeffrey}{LaTeXbase,jeffrey1994,ltnews,ltclass}% -% \bname{Chris~A.}{Rowley}{LaTeXbase,jeffrey1994,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,FMI1997,ltclass,rowley1999,calc}% -% \bnamea{Rainer}{SchЎpf}{Schopf}{LaTeXbase,letter}% -% \bname{Peter}{Breitenlohner}{etex}% -% \bname{Otfried}{Cheong}{cheong}% -% \bname{Pai~H.}{Chou}{chou}% -% \bname{Michael~J.}{Ferguson}{fergu90}% -% \bname{Maarten}{Gelderman}{gelderman}% -% \bname{Chuck}{Genschte}{pdfspec}% -% \bname{John}{Warnock}{pdfspec}% -% \bname{Helen}{Gilhooly}{japo}% -% \bname{Gilhooly}{Etienne}{japo}% -% \bname{Eitan~M.}{Gurari}{latex-web}% -% \bname{Ross}{Moore}{latex-web}% -% \bname{Robert~S.}{Sutor}{latex-web}% -% \bname{Thorsten}{Hansen}{multibib,bibunits}% -% \bname{╔ric}{Picheral}{yannis1995}% -% \bname{Alan}{Hoenig}{unbound}% -% \bname{Hiroya}{Ikeda}{platex-jp}% -% \bname{Tetsuo}{Furukawa}{styleuse}% -% \bname{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma}{styleuse}% -% \bname{Siep}{Kroonenberg}{MAPS22-13}% -% \bname{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert}{lachand}% -% \bname{Denys}{Duchier}{docstrip-prog}% -% \bname{Mark}{Wooding}{docstrip-prog}% -% \bname{Young~Joon}{Moon}{young-mm}% -% \bname{Tobias}{Oetiker}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% -% \bname{Hubert}{Partl}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% -% \bname{Helene}{Hyna}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% -% \bname{Elisabeth}{Schlegl}{CIL2E,NSSL2E}% -% \bname{Tanguy}{Ortolo}{ortolo}% -% \bname{Jeanne}{Legrand}{ortolo}% -% \bnamea{}{{\LaTeX3}~{Project}~{Team}}{latex3}{ltnews,proc,docstrip,ltoutput,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,encguide,cyrguide} -% \bname{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park}{park2003}% -% \bname{Jonathan}{Pechta}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% -% \bname{Federico}{Zenith}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% -% \bname{Holger}{Danielsson}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% -% \bnamea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout}{kile-cjk,kile-encoding,kile}% -% \bnamea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska}{piska}% -% \bname{Mimi}{Burbank}{piska}% -% \bname{Christina}{Thiele}{piska,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% -% \bname{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}{venkatesan}% -% \bname{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}{voeg}% -% \bname{Florence M.}{Voegelin}{voeg}% -% \bname{Daphne}{West}{russe}% -% \bname{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland}{russe}% -% \bname{Thomas}{Hafner}{texfaq-de}% -% \bname{Elizabeth}{Scurfield}{chinois}% -% \bname{Lianyi}{Song}{chinois}% -% \bname{Charles}{Grether}{chinois}% -% \bname{Antonis}{Tsolomitis}{syro2002}% -% \bname{Nick}{Sofroniou}{syro2002}% -% \bname{}{TWS-TDS}{ftds,tds}% -% \bname{Hideo}{Umeki}{geometry}% -% \bname{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}{TLC2F,hufflen}% -% \bname{Benoюt}{Belet}{TLC2F}% -% \bname{Yves}{Soulet}{TLC2F}% -% \bnamea{Jacques}{Andrщ}{Andre}{TLC2F,jcc2008,yannis+a}% -% \bname{Samuele}{Carcagno}{carcagno}% -% \bname{Simon}{Fear}{booktabs}% -% \bname{Danie}{Els}{booktabs}% -% \bname{Martin}{Vogel}{marvosym}% -% \bname{Don}{Hosek}{morefloats}% -% \bname{Stephan}{Hennig}{mcaption}% -% \bnamea{Hubert}{Gф▀lein}{Gasslein}{pict2e}% -% \bname{Winston}{Chang}{latexsheet}% -% \bname{Didier}{Verna}{minitoc-hyper}% -% \bname{Bernd}{Jaehne}{minitoc-hyper}% -% \bname{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}{minitoc-hyper}% -% \bname{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}{ltx-primer,nomencl}% -% \bname{C.~S.}{Yogananda}{kannadatex}% -% \bname{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}{kannadatex}% -% \bname{Vadim}{Maslov}{cmcyralt/russian.sty,cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}% -% \bname{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}{Schmitz-pj-2007-1}% -% \bname{Federico}{Garcia}{Garcia-pj-2006-4,garcia2007}% -% \bname{Boris}{Veytsman}{Veytsman-pj-2006-4-design,nomencl}% -% \bname{Sindhu}{Singh}{Singh-pj-2006-4}% -% \bname{Will}{Robertson}{Robertson-pj-2006-3}% -% \bname{Stephen}{Hartke}{Hartke-pj-2006-1}% -% \bname{Jim}{Hefferon}{Hefferon-pj-2005-4,Hefferon-pj-2006-4}% -% \bname{David}{Walden}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% -% \bname{Philip}{Taylor}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,taylor1996}% -% \bname{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,talbot2004,novices,flowfram,ffuserguide,talbot-admin,talbot-phd,talbot-thesis,talbot-mini}% -% \bname{Joe}{Hogg}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% -% \bnamea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}{Hoeppner-pj-2005-3}% -% \bname{Peter~L.}{Flom}{Flom-pj-2005-2,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,Flom-pj-2005-4}% -% \bname{Douglas}{Waud}{Waud-pj-2005-1}% -% \bname{Tim}{Null}{Waud-pj-2005-1,Null-pj-2005-2-bh02,Null-pj-2005-3-bh03}% -% \bname{Michael~A.}{Morrison}{morrison}% -% \bname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}{TLGC}% -% \bnamea{Herbert}{Vo▀}{Voss}{TLGC,voss2006}% -% \bname{Christian}{Faulhammer}{preusse}% -% \bname{Ulrich}{Schwartz}{preusse}% -% \bnamea{Hilmar}{Preu▀e}{Preusse}{preusse}% -% \bname{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}{LMP}% -% \bname{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}{LMP}% -% \bpack{xargs}{p-xargs,p-xargs-fr}% -% \bpack{chngpage}{chngpage}% -% \bpack{ledmac}{ledmac}% -% \bpack{ledpar}{ledpar}% -% \bpack{ledarab}{ledarab}% -% \bpack{afoot}{ledarab}% -% \bpack{frenchle}{frenchle}% -% \bpack{frenchpro}{frenchpro,frenchperso}% -% \bpack{flowfram}{flowfram,ffuserguide}% -% \bpack{nomentbl}{nomentbl}% -% \bpack{minitoc}{minitoc-fr,minitoc}% -% \bpack{Aleph}{aleph,aleph-hagen}% -% \bpack{dblaccnt}{dblaccnt}% -% \bpack{nomencl}{nomencl}% -% \bpack{hypernat}{hypernat}% -% \bpack{fancybox}{fancybox}% -% \bpack{shorttoc}{shorttoc}% -% \bpack{appendix}{appendix}% -% \bpack{babel}{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}% -% \bpack{hyperref}{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}% -% \bpack{backref}{backref}% -% \bpack{nameref}{nameref}% -% \bpack{rotating}{rotating}% -% \bpack{hypcap}{hypcap}% -% \bpack{ifpdf}{ifpdf}% -% \bpack{notoccite}{notoccite}% -% \bpack{placeins}{placeins}% -% \bpack{tocbibind}{tocbibind}% -% \bpack{tocloft}{tocloft}% -% \bpack{titletoc}{titletoc}% -% \bpack{titlesec}{titletoc}% -% \bpacka{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}{arabtex2,arabtex}% -% \bpacka{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}{xetex}% -% \bpack{minutes}{minutes}% -% \bpack{needspace}{needspace}% -% \bpack{txfonts}{txfonts}% -% \bpack{ifmtarg}{ifmtarg}% -% \bpack{abstract}{abstract}% -% \bpack{xr}{xr}% -% \bpack{textcase}{textcase}% -% \bpack{ethiop}{ethiop}% -% \bpack{sectsty}{sectsty}% -% \bpack{subfig}{subfig}% -% \bpack{comment}{comment}% -% \bpack{ccaption}{ccaption}% -% \bpack{caption}{caption,caption-eng}% -% \bpack{caption2}{caption2,cap-anleitung}% -% \bpack{bibtopic}{bibtopic}% -% \bpack{bibunits}{bibunits}% -% \bpack{chapterbib}{chapterbib}% -% \bpack{multibib}{multibib}% -% \bpack{hangcaption}{hangcaption}% -% \bpack{varsects}{varsects}% -% \bpack{xr-hyper}{xr-hyper}% -% \bpack{stdclsdv}{stdclsdv}% -% \bpack{CJK}{aslaksen,aslaksen2,chou,cjk-suse,cjk,cjk2,kile-cjk}% -% \bpack{docstrip}{docstrip,docstrip-prog}% -% \btool{urlbst}{urlbst}% -% \btool{rubber}{rubber}% -% \btool{newcommand}{newcommand}% -% \bpack{float}{float}% -% \bpack{floatrow}{floatrow}% -% \bpack{trivfloat}{trivfloat}% -% \bpack{rotfloat}{rotfloat}% -% \bpack{fncychap}{fncychap}% -% \bpack{quotchap}{quotchap}% -% \bpack{romannum}{romannum}% -% \bpack{sfheaders}{sfheaders}% -% \bpack{alnumsec}{alnumsec}% -% \bpack{captcont}{captcont}% -% \bpack{vruler}{vruler}% -% \bpack{doc}{doc}% -% \bpack{shortverb}{doc}% -% \bpack{tocvsec2}{tocvsec2}% -% \bpack{thailatex}{thailatex}% -% \bpack{lipsum}{lipsum}% -% \bpack{subfigure}{subfigure}% -% \bpack{multicol}{multicol}% -% \bpack{geometry}{geometry}% -% \bpack{wrapfig}{wrapfig}% -% \bpacka{\eTeX}{etex}{etex,FMI1990}% -% \bpacka{\Arabi}{arabi}{arabi}% -% \bpack{color}{color}% -% \bpack{docmfp}{docmfp}% -% \bpack{splitbib}{splitbib}% -% \bpack{afterpage}{afterpage}% -% \bpack{multitoc}{multitoc}% -% \bpack{cite}{cite}% -% \bpack{booktabs}{booktabs}% -% \bpack{url}{url}% -% \bpack{varioref}{varioref}% -% \bpack{fullpage}{fullpage}% -% \bpack{marvosym}{marvosym}% -% \bpack{guarani}{guarani}% -% \bpacka{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}{mlsquick,montex}% -% \bpacka{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}{armtex}% -% \bpack{Antomega}{antomega}% -% \bpacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}{bangtex}% -% \bpacka{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX}{spanish4}% -% \bpacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}{devanagari}% -% \bpack{malayalam}{malayalam}% -% \bpack{omal}{malayalam-o}% -% \bpacka{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}{platex-jp,kakuto}% -% ^^A \bpacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}{polski,platex-pl}% -% \bpack{polski}{polski,platex-pl}% -% \bpacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}{slatex}% -% \bpacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}{farsi}% -% \bpacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}{HLATEX}% -% \bpack{LH}{LH/russian.sty}% -% \bpack{lhcyr}{lhcyr}% -% \bpack{cmcyralt}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty,cmcyralt/russian.sty}% -% \bpacka{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}{romaniantex}% -% \bpack{flafter}{ltoutput,TLC2}% -% \bpack{alphanum}{jura}% -% \bpack{morefloats}{morefloats}% -% \bpack{natbib}{dnatbib,natnotes}% -% \bpack{overcite}{overcite}% -% \bpack{pict2e}{pict2e}% -% \bpacka{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}{kannadatex}% -% \bpacka{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}{hypertex}% -% \bpacka{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}{luatex,luatex2007}% -% \bpack{mcaption}{mcaption}% -% \bpack{minitoc-hyper}{minitoc-hyper}% -% \bpack{vietnam}{vietnam}% -% \bpack{calc}{calc}% -% \bpack{makerobust}{makerobust}% -% \bclass{memoir}{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}% -% \bclass{jura}{jura}% -% \bclass{amsart}{amslatex}% -% \bclass{amsproc}{amslatex}% -% \bclass{amsbook}{amslatex}% -% \bclass{scrbook}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bclass{scrartcl}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bclass{scrreprt}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bclass{scrlettr}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bclass{scrlttr2}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}% -% \bclass{article}{classes}% -% \bclass{report}{classes}% -% \bclass{book}{classes}% -% \bclass{letter}{letter}% -% \bclass{slides}{slides}% -% \bclass{ltxdoc}{ltxdoc}% -% \bclass{ltnews}{ltnews}% -% \bclass{proc}{proc}% -% \fi -% \Finale -% \endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins deleted file mode 100644 index 0316f9ea5d2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2179 +0,0 @@ -\begin{filecontents}{./dblaccnt.sty} -% Copyright 2000 Frank Mittelbach . -% License: LPPL, version 1.3a or newer, according to -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -% -% The Current Maintainer of this work is Werner Lemberg . -% -% -% This is the file dblaccnt.tex which implements support for multiple -% accents. -% -% -% The code below handles only the case of -% -% \acc1 \acc2 ... glyph -% -% with or without nesting braces. -% -% \acc1 {\acc2 a} -% -% etc. will be handled correctly by removing the brace group during -% the scanning process. This means in particular that conceptually -% any accent command can only handle single token arguments! -% -% It should also work for combinations generated from inputenc, i.e., -% are presented as 8bit tokens or, after passing through something like -% an .aux file, as \IeC{\acc1} \IeC{\acc2} ... -% -% If you use OT1 encoding you have to explicitly reload it (with -% \usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}). -% -% -% History -% -% 1.0 2000/01/27 -% -% Initial release. -% -% 1.1 2005/04/21 -% -% Make it work with LaTeX release 2003/12/01. -% Add copyright message and history. -% - -\ProvidesPackage{dblaccnt}[2005/04/21 v1.1 double accent support] - -\endlinechar \m@ne - - -% We must redefine two internal LaTeX commands to provide hooks for -% assembling accents. - -% Here we test whether #1 (the command to be executed) is \chardef or -% #3 (the encoding) is `?'. If both are false, \assemble@accent@cmds -% will be used. -% -% The first case catches \DeclareTextSymbol, the second catches -% \ProvideTextCommandDefault. Both checks are ugly hacks which hopefully -% disappear in the near future. -% -\def\@dec@text@cmd#1#2#3{ - \ifx#1\chardef - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \else - \ifx#1\chardef@text@cmd - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \else - \if#3? - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \else - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - % start looking for acc tokens - \expandafter\assemble@accent@cmds - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \fi - \fi - \fi - \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable - \expandafter#1\csname#3\string#2\endcsname -} - - -% The redefined \@tabacckludge macro below assures that the top-level -% definition of the accents (which contains \assemble@accent@cmds) -% will be called. -% -\def\@make@tabacc#1#2{ - \expandafter\def\csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname{#2} -} - -\@make@tabacc{'}{\@acci} -\@make@tabacc{`}{\@accii} -\@make@tabacc{=}{\@acciii} - - -% Here the redefinition of second internal LaTeX macro. -% -\def\@tabacckludge#1{ - \csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname -} - - -% We only look ahead for further accents if we are to typeset. -% -\def\assemble@accent@cmds{ - \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect - \expandafter\assemble@tokensinit - \fi -} - - -% The init is special as we have to parse over some of the expansion -% of the encoding specific command; for example, \^ might expand to -% -% \assemble@accent@cmds \OT1-cmd \^ \OT1\^ -% ^^^^^^ one token -% -% We start \assemble@tokens with the number of hits so far (\@empty), -% zero the actual code for the current, e.g., \OT1\^ in the above -% example (resp. the corresponding macro in the current font -% encoding), and as a third argument we will pick up the next token -% or group in the input stream for testing. -% -\def\assemble@tokensinit#1#2#3{ - % the usual test for availability in the current encoding - % similar to the test in \@changed@cmd - \@inmathwarn#2 - \expandafter\ifx\csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname ?\string#2\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\def\csname ?\string#2\endcsname{ - \TextSymbolUnavailable#2 - } - \fi - \global\expandafter\let - \csname\cf@encoding \string#2\expandafter\endcsname - \csname ?\string#2\endcsname - \fi - - % here we substitute the current encoding - \expandafter\assemble@tokens@\expandafter\@empty - \csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname -} - - -% The next commands should be considered only as a proof of concept -% -- they can most certainly be streamlined. Here is roughly what -% they do: -% -% \assemble@tokens: If the picked up token is \IeC then get rid of it -% and parse the next token (or group) which is expected to be the -% argument of \IeC. This is done by restarting the whole process. -% Otherwise we have to figure out if the current token (#3) is an -% 8-bit from inputenc, i.e., expanding to \IeC{...}. This is -% handled by calling \assemble@tokensz passing an expansion of #3 -% as well as #3 (or more exactly, its first token since the braces -% get removed in this process) itself. -% -% \assemble@tokensz: Test if the expansion start with \IeC in which -% case it is assumed that it comes from an inputenc 8bit; the next -% token will be considered as its argument and used for further -% processing in \assemble@tokensx. Otherwise the unexpanded #3 -% from above is used. -% -% \assemble@tokensx: If this cmd is called its third argument should -% contain a normalized token from the input stream, i.e. -% -% {..} -> .. -% \IeC{..} -> .. -% ^^xx (expanding to) \IeC{..} -> .. -% -% Now all :-) that remains is testing whether the expansion of this -% token starts with \assemble@accent@cmds, since in this case we have -% found another accent cmd. -% -% #1 is the number of hits, #2 is the real definition in that -% encoding, and #3 is the next token (or group). -% -% The macros \assemble@tokens@ and \assemble@tokens@@ are -% intermediate steps to test whether #3 is empty; if yes, we simply -% expand #2. -% -\def\assemble@tokens@#1#2#3{ - \assemble@tokens@@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#3\@empty} -} - -\def\assemble@tokens@@#1#2#3#4{ - \ifx#4\@empty - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi - {#2{}} - {\assemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} -} - -\def\assemble@tokens#1#2#3{ - \ifx\IeC#3 - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi - % try again but pick up argument of \IeC - {\assemble@tokens@{#1}{#2}} - % this will get rid of a group argument -- nasty :-) - {\expandafter\assemble@tokensz#3\relax\assemble@tokensz{#1}{#2}#3} -} - -\def\assemble@tokensz#1#2\assemble@tokensz#3#4#5{ - \ifx#1\IeC - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi - {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#2} - {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#5} -} - -% \assemble@tokensx: This passes an expanded and unexpanded version -% of #3 to \ifassemble@tokens to do the actual processing. -% -% \ifassemble@tokens: If we have found another accent command then -% keep its name and record that we had another hit and restart the -% scanning via \assemble@tokens, i.e., we append an `x' to the -% ``hit'' argument that we carry around for no good reason, and we -% append the official name of the accent command (which was picked -% up as part of the expansion of the input token) to the argument, -% storing the list of accents found so far. Note that we do use -% the official name, e.g. `\"', not `\OT1\"' -- the latter is only -% used for the very first accent! -% -% If it turns out that we don't have an accent command here it is -% time to stop the scanning and do some processing. Now finally the -% ``hit'' argument and the list of collected accents comes into play: -% We construct a command which name consists of the string -% ``handle@accent'', followed by a number of `x's each for each hit -% earlier on. Thus in a situation like \"\^a we would execute -% \handle@accentx and in case of \"a \handle@accent. This command -% gets as its arguments the collected accents followed by the token -% which stopped the scanning proccess, e.g. -% -% \handle@accentx \OT1\" \^ {a} -% -% and its purpose is to determine how to produce a glyph from it -% (e.g. as a composite or as a part composite or ...) -% -\def\assemble@tokensx#1#2#3{ - \expandafter - \ifassemble@tokens#3\@empty\@empty\@empty\ifassemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} - -\def\ifassemble@tokens#1#2#3#4\ifassemble@tokens#5#6#7{ - % next token was defined via \DeclareText... - \ifx#1\assemble@accent@cmds - % thus #3 is its official name - \expandafter\assemble@tokens@ - \else - % execute what has been assembled and exit - \csname handle@accent#5\endcsname#6{#7} - \expandafter\@gobbletwo - \fi - % first two args to \assemble@tokens on next pass - {#5x}{#6#3} -} - - -% Depending on the number of accents found, \handle@accent[x[x]] will -% be called. - -% ONLY ONE: We check whether \#1-#2 is a known command (a composite) -% and execute it, otherwise try to execute #1{#2} as an accent -% command. -% -\def\handle@accent#1#2{ - \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname\relax - #1{#2} - \else - \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname - \fi -} - -% TWO IN A ROW: We check for \#1-#2-#3. If undefined, we apply #1 to -% whatever is the result of #2{#3}. One could think of a more -% complex algorithm here, e.g., if #1-#2 is known as a composite -% modifier (whatever that is) apply that before trying the above but -% this is probably not necessary. -% -\def\handle@accentx#1#2#3{ - \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname\relax - #1{#2{#3}} - \else - \csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname - \fi -} - -% MORE THAN TWO: (Not handled so far.) If there are more than three, -% then the parsing will die at some point when \handle@accentxx... -% will turn out to be \relax, and then one accent will become an -% argument of another -- too bad. -% -\def\handle@accentxx#1#2#3#4{ - % catch more than two accents in a row - \errmessage{Too many accents, dropping first} - #2#3#4 -} - - -% This is simpler now. -% -\def\DeclareTextCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4{ - \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3\endcsname{#4} -} - -% This is new. -% -\def\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4#5{ - \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3-\string#4\endcsname{#5} -} - -% This also. -% -\catcode\z@=11\relax -\def\DeclareTextDoubleComposite#1#2#3#4#5{ - \def\reserved@a{\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}} - \bgroup - \lccode\z@#5 - \lowercase{ - \egroup - \reserved@a ^^@} -} -\catcode\z@=15\relax - - -% Now we reinitialize the \@acc... macros to use our new definitions. -% -\AtBeginDocument{ - \let\@acci \' - \let\@accii \` - \let\@acciii \= -} - - -\endlinechar `\^^M - -\endinput - -% end of dblaccnt.tex -\end{filecontents} -\bgroup -\catcode`\^^?=11 -\begin{filecontents}{./chinese1.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file file Bg5.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Chinese captions -% -% character set: Big 5 -% encoding: Big 5 -% -\def\ptctitle{е╪~~┐¤}% -\def\plftitle{╣╧~е╪~┐¤}% -\def\plttitle{кэ~е╪~┐¤}% -% -\def\mtctitle{е╪~~┐¤}% -\def\mlftitle{╣╧~е╪~┐¤}% -\def\mlttitle{кэ~е╪~┐¤}% -% -\def\stctitle{е╪~~┐¤}% -\def\slftitle{╣╧~е╪~┐¤}% -\def\slttitle{кэ~е╪~┐¤}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./chinese2.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{chinese2.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Chinese captions -% -% character set: Big 5 -% encoding: Big 5 -% -% preprocessed -% -\def\ptctitle{е216~~┐253} -\def\plftitle{╣207~е216~┐253} -\def\plttitle{к237~е216~┐253} -% -\def\mtctitle{е216~~┐253} -\def\mlftitle{╣207~е216~┐253} -\def\mlttitle{к237~е216~┐253} -% -\def\stctitle{е216~~┐253} -\def\slftitle{╣207~е216~┐253} -\def\slttitle{к237~е216~┐253} -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./farsi1.mlo} -\ProvidesFiles{farsi1.mlo}[2005/09/13] -% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project -% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, -% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), -% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. -% http://www.farsitex.org -\def\ptctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} -\def\plftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} -\def\plttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} -% -\def\mtctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} -\def\mlftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} -\def\mlttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} -% -\def\stctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} -\def\slftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} -\def\slttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./farsi2.mlo} -\ProvidesFiles{farsi2.mlo}[2005/09/13] -% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project -% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, -% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), -% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. -% http://www.farsitex.org -\def\ptctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} -\def\plftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} -\def\plttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} -% -\def\mtctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} -\def\mlftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} -\def\mlttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} -% -\def\stctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} -\def\slftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} -\def\slttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hangul1.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hangul1.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Hangul captions -% -% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) -% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -\def\ptctitle{╕ё┬ў}% -\def\plftitle{▒╫╕▓~╕ё┬ў}% -\def\plttitle{╟е~╕ё┬ў}% -% -\def\mtctitle{╕ё┬ў}% -\def\mlftitle{▒╫╕▓~╕ё┬ў}% -\def\mlttitle{╟е~╕ё┬ў}% -% -\def\stctitle{╕ё┬ў}% -\def\slftitle{▒╫╕▓~╕ё┬ў}% -\def\slttitle{╟е~╕ё┬ў}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hangul2.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hangul2.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Hangul captions -% -% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) -% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -% preprocessed -% -\def\ptctitle{╕241┬247}% -\def\plftitle{▒215╕178~╕241┬247}% -\def\plttitle{╟165~╕241┬247}% -% -\def\mtctitle{╕241┬247}% -\def\mlftitle{▒215╕178~╕241┬247}% -\def\mlttitle{╟165~╕241┬247}% -% -\def\stctitle{╕241┬247}% -\def\slftitle{▒215╕178~╕241┬247}% -\def\slttitle{╟165~╕241┬247}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hangul3.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hangul3.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Hangul captions set 2 -% -% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) -% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -\def\ptctitle{┬ў╖╩}% -\def\plftitle{▒╫╕▓~┬ў╖╩}% -\def\plttitle{╟е~┬ў╖╩}% -% -\def\mtctitle{┬ў╖╩}% -\def\mlftitle{▒╫╕▓~┬ў╖╩}% -\def\mlttitle{╟е~┬ў╖╩}% -% -\def\stctitle{┬ў╖╩}% -\def\slftitle{▒╫╕▓~┬ў╖╩}% -\def\slttitle{╟е~┬ў╖╩}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hangul4.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hangul4.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Hangul captions set 2 -% -% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) -% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -% preprocessed -% -\def\ptctitle{┬247╖202}% -\def\plftitle{▒215╕178~┬247╖202}% -\def\plttitle{╟165~┬247╖202}% -% -\def\mtctitle{┬247╖202}% -\def\mlftitle{▒215╕178~┬247╖202}% -\def\mlttitle{╟165~┬247╖202}% -% -\def\stctitle{┬247╖202}% -\def\slftitle{▒215╕178~┬247╖202}% -\def\slttitle{╟165~┬247╖202}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hanja1.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hanja1.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Hanja captions -% -% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) -% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -% preprocessed -% -\def\ptctitle{┘205є173}% -\def\plftitle{▒215╕178~┘205є173}% -\def\plttitle{°250~┘205є173}% -% -\def\mtctitle{┘205є173}% -\def\mlftitle{▒215╕178~┘205є173}% -\def\mlttitle{°250~┘205є173}% -% -\def\stctitle{┘205є173}% -\def\slftitle{▒215╕178~┘205є173}% -\def\slttitle{°250~┘205є173}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hanja2.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hanja2.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997) -% -% Hanja captions -% -% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992) -% encoding: EUC (=Wansung) -% -\def\ptctitle{┘═єн}$ -\def\plftitle{▒╫╕▓~┘═єн}$ -\def\plttitle{°·~┘═єн}$ -% -\def\mtctitle{┘═єн}$ -\def\mlftitle{▒╫╕▓~┘═єн}$ -\def\mlttitle{°·~┘═єн}$ -% -\def\stctitle{┘═єн}$ -\def\slftitle{▒╫╕▓~┘═єн}$ -\def\slttitle{°·~┘═єн}$ -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./japanese.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{japanese.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Japanese captions -% -% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) -% encoding: SJIS -% -\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} -% -\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} -% -\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./japanese2.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{japanese2.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Japanese captions -% -% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) -% encoding: EUC -% -\def\plttitle{╠▄╝б}% -\def\plftitle{┐▐╠▄╝б}% -\def\plttitle{╔╜╠▄╝б}% -% -\def\mlttitle{╠▄╝б}% -\def\mlftitle{┐▐╠▄╝б}% -\def\mlttitle{╔╜╠▄╝б}% -% -\def\slttitle{╠▄╝б}% -\def\slftitle{┐▐╠▄╝б}% -\def\slttitle{╔╜╠▄╝б}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./japanese3.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{japanese3.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Japanese captions -% -% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) -% encoding: EUC -% -% preprocessed -% -\def\ptctitle{╠220╝161}% -\def\plftitle{┐222╠220╝161}% -\def\plttitle{╔189╠220╝161}% -% -\def\mtctitle{╠220╝161}% -\def\mlftitle{┐222╠220╝161}% -\def\mlttitle{╔189╠220╝161}% -% -\def\stctitle{╠220╝161}% -\def\slftitle{┐222╠220╝161}% -\def\slttitle{╔189╠220╝161}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./japanese4.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{japanese4.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Japanese captions -% -% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) -% encoding: SJIS -% -\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} -% -\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} -% -\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} -\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./japanese5.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{japanese5.mlo}[[2005/01/28] -% From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package -% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -% created by Werner Lemberg -% -% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) -% -% Japanese captions -% -% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) -% encoding: SJIS -% -% preprocessed -% -\def\ptctitle{Ц218О159} -\def\plftitle{Р125Ц218О159} -\def\plttitle{Х92Ц218О159} -% -\def\mtctitle{Ц218О159} -\def\mlftitle{Р125Ц218О159} -\def\mlttitle{Х92Ц218О159} -% -\def\stctitle{Ц218О159} -\def\slftitle{Р125Ц218О159} -\def\slttitle{Х92Ц218О159} -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./japanese6.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mlo}[2006/10/31] -% -% Japanese captions -% -%% Japanese titles for minitoc.sty -%% Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. -%% From Kumazawa Toshiki -%% kumazawa@biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp -%% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html -% -\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mlo}[2006/10/31]% -% Japanese titles for minitoc.sty% -\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% -\def\plftitle{Р}ИъЧЧ}% -\def\plttitle{Х\ИъЧЧ}% -% -\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% -\def\mlftitle{Р}}% -\def\mlttitle{Х\}% -% -\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% -\def\slftitle{Р}}% -\def\slttitle{Х\}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./malayalam-omega.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2007/11/21] -% From omal.sty -% by Alex A.J. -% -\def\ptctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% -\def\plftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% -\def\plttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% -% -\def\mtctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% -\def\mlftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% -\def\mlttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% -% -\def\stctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% -\def\slftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% -\def\slttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% -% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./russian-cca.mlo} -%% This package redefines several LaTeX defaults for printing Russian -%% documents in alternative encoding. Uses packages cmcyr and -%% indentfirst. By Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu). 01/18/95. -\ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mlo}[2006/03/07] -%% From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package -%% Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu) -\def\ptctitle{Оглавление} -\def\plftitle{Список рисунков} -\def\plttitle{Список таблиц} -%% -\def\mtctitle{Оглавление} -\def\mlftitle{Список рисунков} -\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц} -%% -\def\stctitle{Оглавление} -\def\slftitle{Список рисунков} -\def\slttitle{Список таблиц} -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./russian-cca1.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mlo}[2006/02/07] -%% Titles for minitoc.sty -%% using cmcyr fonts in alt encoding -%% From the cmcyralt package -%% (A.Harin and V.Zhytnikov)] -%% -\def\ptctitle{Оглавление}% -\def\plftitle{Список иллюстраций}% -\def\plttitle{Список таблиц}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Оглавление}% -\def\mlftitle{Список иллюстраций}% -\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц}% -%% -\def\stctitle{Оглавление}% -\def\slftitle{Список иллюстраций}% -\def\slttitle{Список таблиц}% -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lh.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mlo}[2006/03/07] -%% Russian (russian-lh) titles for minitoc.sty -%% from russian.sty in the LH package -%% Sergei O. Naoumov (serge@astro.unc.edu) -%% -\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -%% for books -- -\def\ptctitle{Оглавление} -\else -%% for articles etc.-- -\def\ptctitle{Содержание} -\fi -\def\plftitle{Список рисунков} -\def\plttitle{Список таблиц} -%% -\def\mtctitle{Содержание} -\def\mlftitle{Список рисунков} -\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц} -%% -\def\stctitle{Содержание} -\def\slftitle{Список рисунков} -\def\slttitle{Список таблиц} -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lhcyralt.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}[2006/03/10] -%% From lhcyralt.sty in the lhcyr package -%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -\def\ptctitle{Оглавление}% -\def\plftitle{Список иллюстраций}% -\def\plttitle{Список таблиц}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{Оглавление}% -\def\mlftitle{Список иллюстраций}% -\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц}% -%% -\def\stctitle{Оглавление}% -\def\slftitle{Список иллюстраций}% -\def\slttitle{Список таблиц}% -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}[2006/03/10] -%% From lhcyrkoi.sty in the lhcyr package -%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -\def\ptctitle{я╟╠┴╫╠┼╬╔┼}% -\def\plftitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╔╠╠└╙╘╥┴├╔╩}% -\def\plttitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╘┴┬╠╔├}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{я╟╠┴╫╠┼╬╔┼}% -\def\mlftitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╔╠╠└╙╘╥┴├╔╩}% -\def\mlttitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╘┴┬╠╔├}% -%% -\def\stctitle{я╟╠┴╫╠┼╬╔┼}% -\def\slftitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╔╠╠└╙╘╥┴├╔╩}% -\def\slttitle{є╨╔╙╧╦ ╘┴┬╠╔├}% -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./russian-lhcyrwin.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}[2006/03/10] -%% From lhcyrwin.sty in the lhcyr package -%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -\def\ptctitle{╬уыртыхэшх}% -\def\plftitle{╤яшёюъ шыы■ёЄЁрЎшщ}% -\def\plttitle{╤яшёюъ ЄрсышЎ}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{╬уыртыхэшх}% -\def\mlftitle{╤яшёюъ шыы■ёЄЁрЎшщ}% -\def\mlttitle{╤яшёюъ ЄрсышЎ}% -%% -\def\stctitle{╬уыртыхэшх}% -\def\slftitle{╤яшёюъ шыы■ёЄЁрЎшщ}% -\def\slttitle{╤яшёюъ ЄрсышЎ}% -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./thai.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{thai.mlo}[2005/01/28] -% from thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system -% by Werner Lemberg -% -\def\ptctitle{╩╥├║╤н}% -\def\plftitle{╩╥├║╤н├┘╗}% -\def\plttitle{╩╥├║╤н╡╥├╥з}% -% -\def\mtctitle{╩╥├║╤н}% -\def\mlftitle{╩╥├║╤н├┘╗}% -\def\mlttitle{╩╥├║╤н╡╥├╥з}% -% -\def\stctitle{╩╥├║╤н}% -\def\slftitle{╩╥├║╤н├┘╗}% -\def\slttitle{╩╥├║╤н╡╥├╥з}% -% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hangul-u8.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mlo}[2006/02/21] -%% From the file u8hangul.tex in the HLaTeX package -%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) -%% -%% Hangul captions for Lambda -%% -\ksnamedef{ptctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} -\ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} -\ksnamedef{plttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} -%% -\ksnamedef{mtctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} -\ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} -\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} -%% -\ksnamedef{stctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} -\ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} -\ksnamedef{slttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} -%% -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./hanja-u8.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mlo}[2006/02/21] -%% From the file u8hangul.tex in the HLaTeX package -%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) -%% -%% Hanja captions for Lambda -%% -\ksnamedef{ptctitle}{чЫо~цмб} -\ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} -\ksnamedef{plttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} -%% -\ksnamedef{mtctitle}{чЫо~цмб} -\ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} -\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} -%% -\ksnamedef{stctitle}{чЫо~цмб} -\ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} -\ksnamedef{slttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} -%% -\end{filecontents} -\egroup -\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc-fr.ist} -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%% -%% This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -%% -------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% The list of all files belonging to the minitoc package is -%% given in the file `minitoc.l'. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -actual '=' -quote '!' -level '>' -encap '|' -preamble -"\\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" -postamble -"\n\\end{theindex}\n" -item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " -item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " -delim_0 "\\dotfill " -delim_1 "\\dotfill " -delim_2 "\\dotfill " -% The next lines will produce some warnings when -% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different -% versions of the program: -lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" -lethead_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" -lethead_flag 1 -heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" -heading_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" -headings_flag 1 -%% -% Added for french. -symhead_positive "Symboles" -symhead_negative "symboles" -numhead_positive "Nombres" -numhead_negative "nombres" -%% -%% End of file `minitoc-fr.ist'. -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.ist} -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert. -%% -%% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -%% distributed with it. -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -actual '=' -quote '!' -level '>' -encap '|' -preamble -"\\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" -postamble -"\n\\end{theindex}\n" -item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " -item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " -delim_0 "\\dotfill " -delim_1 "\\dotfill " -delim_2 "\\dotfill " -% The next lines will produce some warnings when -% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different -% versions of the program: -lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" -lethead_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" -lethead_flag 1 -heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\\xhead{" -heading_suffix "}\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" -headings_flag 1 -%% -%% -%% End of file `minitoc.ist'. -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.lan} -\def\LANG{0} -\endinput -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc-fr.lan} -\def\LANG{1} -\endinput -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.pre} -% chaptermark: do not uppercase the headers -% \def\HLS{\hspace*{-\leftmargin}} % Header Left Shift -\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% - \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} -% \markboth{\chaptername~\thechapter~---~#1}{\chaptername~.\thechapter~---~#1}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% do not uppercase the headers in TOC, LOF, LOT, BIB -\makeatletter -\let\RELAX\relax -% We replace \MakeUppercase by \RELAX -% TOC -\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% - \if@twocolumn - \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn - \else - \@restonecolfalse - \fi - \chapter*{\contentsname - \@mkboth{% - \RELAX\contentsname}{\RELAX\contentsname}}% - \@starttoc{toc}% - \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi - } -% LOF -\renewcommand\listoffigures{% - \if@twocolumn - \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn - \else - \@restonecolfalse - \fi - \chapter*{\listfigurename - \@mkboth{\RELAX\listfigurename}{\RELAX\listfigurename}}% - \@starttoc{lof}% - \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi - } -% LOT -\renewcommand\listoftables{% - \if@twocolumn - \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn - \else - \@restonecolfalse - \fi - \chapter*{\listtablename - \@mkboth{% - \RELAX\listtablename}{\RELAX\listtablename}}% - \@starttoc{lot}% - \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi - } -% BIB -\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1] - {\chapter*{\bibname - \@mkboth{\RELAX\bibname}{\RELAX\bibname}}% - \mtcaddchapter[\bibname]% - \bibpreamble - \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% - {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% - \leftmargin\labelwidth - \advance\leftmargin\labelsep - \@openbib@code - \usecounter{enumiv}% - \let\p@enumiv\@empty - \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% - \sloppy - \clubpenalty4000 - \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty - \widowpenalty4000% - \sfcode`\.\@m} - {\def\@noitemerr - {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% - \endlist} -% Do nor slant text in headers -\if@twoside - \def\ps@headings{% - \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty - \def\@evenhead{\bfseries\large\thepage\hfil\upshape\leftmark}% - \def\@oddhead{\bfseries\large{\upshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}% - \let\@mkboth\markboth - \def\chaptermark##1{% - \markboth {\RELAX{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter -% \@chapapp~\thechapter~---~% - [\thechapter]~---~% - \fi - \fi - ##1}}{}}% - \def\sectionmark##1{% - \markright {\RELAX{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ - \thesection. \ % - \fi - ##1}}}} -\else - \def\ps@headings{% - \let\@oddfoot\@empty - \def\@oddhead{\bfseries\large{\upshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}% - \let\@mkboth\markboth - \def\chaptermark##1{% - \markright {\RELAX{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter -% \@chapapp~\thechapter~---~% - [\thechapter]~---~% - \fi - \fi - ##1}}}} -\fi -\def\ps@myheadings{% - \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty - \def\@evenhead{\bfseries\large\thepage\hfil\upshape\leftmark}% - \def\@oddhead{\bfseries\large{\upshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}% - \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo - \let\chaptermark\@gobble - \let\sectionmark\@gobble - } -\makeatother -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% PB HYPERREF % \usepackage[position=top,farskip=3ex,captionskip=2ex]{subfig} -\usepackage{tocbibind} -% Do not uppercase -\makeatletter -\renewcommand{\tocetcmark}[1]{% - \@mkboth{\RELAX{#1}}{\RELAX{#1}}} -\makeatother -\RequirePackage{fixltx2e} -\usepackage{xspace} -\usepackage{calc} -\usepackage{afterpage} -\usepackage{comment} -\usepackage{enumerate} -%{\RaggedRight\arraybackslash}p{#1}} -\newcolumntype{L}[1]{>{\RaggedLeft\arraybackslash}p{#1}} -\newcolumntype{C}[1]{>{\Centering\arraybackslash}p{#1}} -% La somme des coeffs doit ъtre щgale au nombre de colonnes Z, P et X. -\newcolumntype{Z}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\RaggedRight\arraybackslash}X} -\newcolumntype{Y}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\RaggedLeft\arraybackslash}X} -\newcolumntype{O}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\Centering\arraybackslash}X} -% La somme des coeffs doit ъtre щgale au nombre de colonnes Z, O, P et X. -\newcolumntype{P}[1]{>{\hsize=#1\hsize\relax\leavevmode\arraybackslash}X} -%ADDITIONS> -\usepackage{textcomp} -\DeclareTextSymbol{\textbackslash}{TS1}{92} -\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbackslash}{TS1} -\usepackage{amsfonts} -\IfFileExists{txfonts.sty}{\usepackage{txfonts}}{\relax} -\IfFileExists{mflogo.sty}{\usepackage{mflogo}}% -{\def\MF{\textbf{\texttt{METAFONT}}} - \def\MP{\textbf{\texttt{METAPOST}}}} -\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} -\newif\ifDP\DPfalse -\IfFileExists{dpfloat.sty}{\usepackage{dpfloat}\DPtrue}{\DPfalse} -\newif\ifFLP\FLPfalse -\IfFileExists{floatpag.sty}{\usepackage{floatpag}\FLPtrue}{\FLPfalse} -\usepackage{nameref} -\input{\jobname.lan} -\newif\ifFTR -\makeatletter % ESSAI pour tromper varioref -\@twosidetrue\@mparswitchtrue % ESSAI pour tromper varioref -\makeatother % ESSAI pour tromper varioref -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\lefthyphenmin=3 -\righthyphenmin=3 -\hyphenation{Mittelbach} -\hyphenation{Jackowski} -\hyphenation{biblio-gra-phy} -\hyphenation{Biblio-gra-phy} -\hyphenation{Impatient} -\hyphenation{make-index} -\hyphenation{hyper-link} -\FTRfalse -\usepackage[english]{varioref} -\or\relax -\lefthyphenmin=3 -\righthyphenmin=3 -\hyphenation{Mittelbach} -\hyphenation{Jackowski} -\hyphenation{biblio-gra-phy} -\hyphenation{Biblio-gra-phy} -\hyphenation{Impatient} -\hyphenation{make-index} -\hyphenation{hyper-link} -\FTRtrue -\usepackage[french]{varioref} -\fi -\usepackage{frbib} -\makeatletter % ESSAI pour tromper varioref -\@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse% ESSAI pour tromper varioref -\makeatother % ESSAI pour tromper varioref -\usepackage{multicol}% v40 -\usepackage[OT1,TS1,T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{fixfoot} -\usepackage[bottom,hang,multiple]{footmisc} -% \def\footnotelayout{\color[rgb]{0.37254903,0.37254903,0.37254903}} -\renewcommand{\multfootsep}{,} -\setlength{\footnotemargin}{.7em} %1.8em by default, much too wide. -% Check if booktabs package is available -\newif\ifBT \BTfalse -\IfFileExists{booktabs.sty}{\BTtrue\usepackage{booktabs}}{\BTfalse} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\def\gpdftitle{The minitoc package} -\or\relax -\def\gpdftitle{Le paquetage minitoc} -\fi -\ifpdf - \usepackage[pdftex]{color} -% \definecolor{OliveGreen}{cmyk}{0.64,0,0.95,0.40} -% \definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1.,0.,1.,0.} -% \definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0.,0.77,0.87,0.} -% \definecolor{Cyan}{cmyk}{1.,0.,0.,0.} -% \definecolor{light}{cmyk}{0.,0.,0.,0.05} -% \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0.,0,0.5} -% basic color % \definecolor{blue}{rgb}{0.,0.,1.} -% \definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0.,.35,0.} -% basic color % \definecolor{green}{rgb}{0.,1.,0.} -% \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1} -% basic color % \definecolor{red}{rgb}{1.,0.,0.} - \usepackage[pdftex,pstarrows]{pict2e} - \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} - \usepackage[pdftex, colorlinks,% - pdfpagelayout={SinglePage},% -% pdfpagetransition=Dissolve,% slow -% pdfpagetransition={Split /H /O},% - pdfview={Fit},% - pdfstartview={Fit},% - pdftitle={\gpdftitle},% - pdfsubject={minitoc},% - pdfauthor={Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert},% - pdfcreator={pdfLaTeX with hyperref package},% - pdfproducer={pdflatex},% -% pdfpagemode={UseOutlines},% - pdfkeywords={latex,toc,table-of-contents,part,chapter,section},% -% pdfpagescrop={53 486 389 754},% -% pdfpagescrop={0 72 595 772},% % A4 cropped -% pdfcompresslevel=9,% - pagebackref=true,% - pdfnewwindow=true,% -%% pdffitwindow=true,% -%% pdfcenterwindow=false,% - pdftoolbar=true,% - pdfmenubar=true,% -%% pdfwindowui=false,% - bookmarks=true,% - unicode=true,% - a4paper=true,% -% plainpages=false,% -% pageanchor=false,% -% hyperindex=true,% - breaklinks=true,% - bookmarksopenlevel=0,% - bookmarksopen,% -% DEFAULTS % COLORS -% DEFAULTS linkbordercolor={blue},% -% DEFAULTS linkcolor={blue},% -% DEFAULTS menubordercolor={blue},% -% DEFAULTS % menucolor={FireBrick},% -% DEFAULTS % basic color % menucolor={red},% -% DEFAULTS pagecolor={blue},% -% DEFAULTS % citecolor={DarkGreen},% -% DEFAULTS citecolor={green},% -% DEFAULTS % urlcolor={FireBrick},% -% DEFAULTS urlcolor={red},% -% DEFAULTS filecolor={blue},% -% DEFAULTS % COLORS - bookmarksnumbered=true]% - {hyperref}% - \IfFileExists{hypcap.sty}{\usepackage[all]{hypcap}}{}% -\else - \usepackage[dvips]{color}% -% \definecolor{OliveGreen}{cmyk}{0.64,0,0.95,0.40} -% \definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1.,0.,1.,0.} -% \definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0.,0.77,0.87,0.} -% \definecolor{Cyan}{cmyk}{1.,0.,0.,0.} -% \definecolor{light}{cmyk}{0.,0.,0.,0.05} -% \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0.,0.,.5} -% basic color % \definecolor{blue}{rgb}{0.,0.,1.} - %\definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0.,.35,0.} -% basic color % \definecolor{green}{rgb}{0.,1.,0.} -% \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1} -% basic color % \definecolor{red}{rgb}{1.,0.,0.} - \usepackage[dvips,pstarrows]{pict2e}% - \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}% - \usepackage{hyperref}% - \IfFileExists{hypcap.sty}{\usepackage[all]{hypcap}}{}% -% \usepackage{breakurl} % DOES NOT WORK -\fi -\makeatletter % to include some useful commands -%avoid warnings -\providecommand*{\toclevel@xpart}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@xchapter}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@xsect}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@starpart}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@starchapter}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@starsection}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@ppart}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@pchapter}{0} -\providecommand*{\toclevel@psect}{0} -\makeatother -\usepackage{tabularx} -\def\UrlFont{\sffamily} -% Check if url package is available -% \IfFileExists{url.sty}{\usepackage{url}}{\let\url\texttt} -\def\eLaTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\LaTeX} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\usepackage[french,english]{babel} -\or\relax -\usepackage[french,english]{babel} -\usepackage{franc,frnew} -% prepare a box for phonetics... -\newsavebox{\latexbox} -\catcode`\:=12 -\savebox{\latexbox}{\textbf{[la\i{}tex tu:i:]}} -\catcode`\:=\active -\fi -%\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc} -%\def\ij{i\kern-.1ex j} -\DeclareTextSymbol{\ij}{T1}{188} -\DeclareTextSymbol{\IJ}{T1}{156} -\usepackage[isolatin]{inputenc} -\ifcase\LANG\relax -\or\relax -\IfFileExists{mypatches.sty}{\usepackage{mypatches}}{\relax} -\fi -%\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -% gray rules for tables/figures -\definecolor{figrulecolor}{gray}{.82} -%\definecolor{figrulecolor}{cmyk}{.7,.1,.1,.1} % ESSAIS -\providecommand{\topfigrule}{\relax} -\providecommand{\botfigrule}{\relax} -\providecommand{\medfigrule}{\relax} -\iffalse % NO figrules... sight -\renewcommand{\topfigrule}{% - \vspace*{3pt}% - \noindent\textcolor{figrulecolor}{\rule[0pt]{\textwidth}{2pt}}% - \vspace*{-5pt}} -\renewcommand{\botfigrule}{% - \vspace*{-3pt}% - \noindent\textcolor{figrulecolor}{\rule[0pt]{\textwidth}{2pt}}% - \vspace*{1pt}} -\renewcommand{\medfigrule}{% - \vspace*{-3pt}% - \noindent\textcolor{figrulecolor}{\rule[0pt]{\textwidth}{2pt}}% - \vspace*{-2pt}} -\fi % NO figrules... sight -% -% -\makeatletter % to include some useful commands -\providecommand{\WEB}{\textsc{WEB}} -\providecommand{\BibTeX}{{\rmfamily B\kern-.05em\textsc{i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em - T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} -\providecommand{\SLaTeX}{{\rmfamily S\LaTeX}} -\renewcommand{\SLaTeX}{{\sffamily S\LaTeX}} % \sffamily to be coherent with other package names -%\renewcommand{\BibTeX}{{\rm B\kern-.05em\textsc{i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em -% T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} -\renewcommand{\BibTeX}{{\upshape B\kern-.05em\textsc{i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em - T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} -\let\BiBTeX\BibTeX -\def\NTS{\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal N\kern-0.35em\lower0.5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}\kern-0.2emS$}} -\providecommand*{\pdfTeX}{pdf\TeX} -%\def\eTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX} -\providecommand*{\eTeX}{$\csname m@th\endcsname\varepsilon$-\TeX} -%\newcommand{\Arabi}{\L{\sffamily A\kern-.2ex\lower.25ex\hbox{r}\kern-.25exa% \L not used here -% \kern-.22exb\kern-.15exi}} %Logo -\newcommand{\Arabi}{\mbox{\sffamily A\kern-.2ex\lower.25ex\hbox{r}\kern-.25exa% - \kern-.22exb\kern-.15exi}} %Logo -\newcommand{\devnag}{Devan\=agar{\=\i}} -\def\XeTeX{\leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em \TeX}% - \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0} -\def\XeLaTeX{\leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\LaTeX}% - \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0} -% IF YOU NOT HAVE THE manfnt FONT, the dangerous bends will not be printed... -\IfFileExists{manfnt.sty}{% does not work with .tfm -%\typeout{manfnt.tfm FOUND} -\def\DBEND{% -\ifcase\LANG\relax -{} like the one shown in the margin\virage\relax -\or\relax -{} comme celui montrщ dans la marge\virage\relax -\fi}% -\newfont{\manfnt}{manfnt} -\newcommand\virage{\reversemarginpar\marginpar[\raggedleft - {{\manfnt\symbol{'177}}~~}]{\raggedright {~~\manfnt\symbol{'177}}}\normalmarginpar} -\def\@Vir{\hbox to12mm{\hbox{}\leaders% - \hbox{{\manfnt\char127}\kern2pt}\hfil\hbox{}}} -\newcommand\Virage{\reversemarginpar\marginpar[\hfill{\@Vir~~}]{{~~\@Vir}\hfill}\normalmarginpar}% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -}%ELSE -{\let\Virage\relax \let\virage\relax \let\DBEND\relax} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF REPLACE -\def\smooth{\spaceskip=0.3em plus .8em minus .1em -\xspaceskip=0.6em plus 1em minus .2em -\pretolerance=10 \tolerance=10000 \looseness=-10000 -\parfillskip=0pt plus10fill\relax}% -%%% \newenvironment{SCBOX}[1]{\mbox{\scshape #1}}{} -\newenvironment{SMOOTH}{\bgroup\smooth}{\par\egroup} -% -\let\oendquote\endquote -\def\nendquote{\oendquote\penalty-1\relax} -% -\newenvironment{xmessage}[1][XXXXX]{% - \expandafter\label{mess+#1}% - \begin{samepage}% - \let\endquote\nendquote\relax\smooth\lneed{5}\strut\hrule\relax\jmess{#1}\penalty10000}% -{\par\end{samepage}} -% -\def\Cat#1{\hbox{$\langle$\emph{#1}$\rangle$}} -\def\<#1>{\Cat{#1}} -%%% -%%%% Some useful commands from Stefan Ulrich -\newcommand\changeskips{% - \@tempdima\abovecaptionskip - \abovecaptionskip\belowcaptionskip - \belowcaptionskip\@tempdima -} -\newcommand\thickline{% - \noalign{\hrule\@height1pt\vskip.8ex\relax}% -} -\newcommand\V[1]{\texttt{\string#1}} -\newcommand\Chap{$^*$} -\newcommand\Sec{$^{**}$} -\newcommand\Lang{$^\dag$} -\newcommand\Strut{\rule[2.5ex]{0pt}{0pt}} -\newcommand\Strutt{\rule[3.5ex]{0pt}{0pt}} -\newcommand\FontDefault[2]{% - \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - #1\\ - \hspace*{2em}#2 - \end{tabular}% -} -\newcommand\FontChapSec[3]{% - \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}% - #1\\ - \hspace*{2em}#2\Chap\\ - \hspace*{2em}#3\Sec - \end{tabular}% -} -%\makeatother -%\makeatletter -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% -\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage - \if@twoside - \ifodd\c@page\else - \null\thispagestyle{chapterverso}\newpage - \if@twocolumn\null\newpage\fi - \fi - \fi - }% -\def\ps@chapterverso{\ps@empty}% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\makeatother -%old% -\def\oname#1#2{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}\oinameA{#1}{#2}\oinameB{#1}{#2}} -\def\oiname#1#2{\oinameA{#1}{#2}\oinameB{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\name}[2]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}\inameA{#1}{#2}\inameB{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\iname}[2]{\inameA{#1}{#2}\inameB{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\uname}[2]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}} -\newcommand{\namea}[3]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}\inameaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\inameaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} -\newcommand{\inamea}[3]{\inameaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\inameaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} -%\def\xname#1#2{\mbox{\textrm{#1}~\textsc{#2}}} -\let\oxname\oname -\let\xname\name -% vietnamese name: last-first -%old% -\def\ovname#1#2{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textsc{#2}~\textrm{\upshape{#1}}}\oinameA{#2}{#1}\oinameB{#2}{#1}} -\newcommand{\vname}[2]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textsc{#2}~\textrm{\upshape{#1}}}\inameA{#2}{#1}\inameB{#2}{#1}} -\newcommand{\ivname}[2]{\inameA{#2}{#1}\inameB{#2}{#1}} -\newcommand{\vnamea}[3]{{\protect\linebreak[0]}\mbox{\textsc{#2}~\textrm{\upshape{#1}}}\inameaA{#2}{#1}{#3}\inameaB{#2}{#1}{#3}} -\newcommand{\ivnamea}[3]{\inameaA{#2}{#1}{#3}\inameaB{#2}{#1}{#3}} -\parskip=12pt -%\def\bs{{\ttfamily\char'134}} -\def\bs{\textbackslash} %ESSAI -\setcounter{tocdepth}{6} -\setcounter{parttocdepth}{0} % only chapters -\setcounter{minitocdepth}{6} -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6} -\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.0} -\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9999} -\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.9999} -\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.9999} -\setcounter{totalnumber}{10} -\setcounter{topnumber}{10} -\setcounter{bottomnumber}{10} -\makeatletter -\setlength{\@fptop}{0pt}% to push floats to top on float pages -\makeatother -\clubpenalty=10000 -\widowpenalty=10000 -\let\mysize\small -\author{\name{Jean-Pierre F.}{Drucbert}\\% -ONERA~/~Centre de Toulouse~/~SRI\\% -\url{mailto:jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr}} -\date{\today} -\title{The \texttt{minitoc} package\\(version~\#44)} -\parindent=0pt -\lefthyphenmin=3 -\righthyphenmin=3 -\hyphenation{Mittelbach} -\hyphenation{Jackowski} -\hyphenation{biblio-gra-phy} -\hyphenation{Biblio-gra-phy} -\hyphenation{Impatient} -\hyphenation{make-index} -\hyphenation{hyper-link} -\makeatletter -\let\o@tocrmarg\@tocrmarg -\def\@tocrmarg{\o@tocrmarg plus 1fil} -% macros for needed vertical space -\def\need#1{\ifhmode\unskip\par\fi \penalty-100 \begingroup % preserve \dimen@, \dimen@i - \ifdim\prevdepth>\maxdepth \dimen@i\maxdepth \else \dimen@i\prevdepth\fi - \kern-\dimen@i - \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal % space left - \ifdim #1>\dimen@ - \vfill\eject\PackageInfo{'need' macro}{WARNING- EJECT BY NEED} - \fi - \kern\dimen@i - \endgroup} -\def\lneed#1{\need{#1\baselineskip}} -\def\sneed#1{\ifhmode\unskip\par\fi \penalty-100 \begingroup % preserve \dimen@, \dimen@i - \ifdim\prevdepth>\maxdepth \dimen@i\maxdepth \else \dimen@i\prevdepth\fi - \kern-\dimen@i - \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal % space left - \ifdim #1>\dimen@ - \vfill\null\newpage\PackageInfo{'sneed' macro}{WARNING- SOFT EJECT BY NEED} - \fi - \kern\dimen@i - \endgroup} -\def\lsneed#1{\sneed{#1\baselineskip}} -% to avoid a page break just after -% a part/chapter/section title in a table of contents. -\let\old@l@part\l@part -\def\l@part{\lneed{6}\old@l@part} -\let\old@l@chapter\l@chapter -\def\l@chapter{\lneed{2.5}\old@l@chapter} -% -% %Donald Arseneau asnd@reg.triumf.ca -% % bottomfnote.sty % replaced by footmisc.sty -% \let\bf@makecolold=\@makecol -% \def\@makecol{\advance\skip\footins\fill \bf@makecolold} -% % end of bottomfnote.sty -% indentations multiples of 1.5em. -% enlarge section numbers (numwidth) in tocs. -\def\l@section{\lneed{1.5}\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{3.0em}} -\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.0em}{3.2em}} -\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{4.5em}{4.1em}} -\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.0em}{5.0em}} -\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{7.5em}{6.0em}} -% -% \renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{2.3em}} -\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{3.0em}} -\let\l@table\l@figure -\makeatother -\providecommand{\AmS}{$\mathcal{A}$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\mathcal{M}$}% - \kern-.125em$\mathcal{S}$}% -%%% -\providecommand{\BAR}{\texttt{\textbar}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%% wdesc &co -\def\wdesclabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1} -\def\wdesc#1{\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{#1}\leftmargin\labelwidth -\advance\leftmargin\labelsep -\let\makelabel\wdesclabel}} -\let\endwdesc\endlist -\def\wit[#1]{\item[{{#1}\hfill}]} -% bulleted labels -\def\buwdesclabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \hbox{$\bullet$~~\bf #1}} -\def\buwdesc#1{\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{{$\bullet$~~#1}}\leftmargin\labelwidth -\advance\leftmargin\labelsep -\let\makelabel\buwdesclabel}} -\let\endbuwdesc\endlist -% boxed labels -\def\bxdesclabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \fbox{\bf #1}} -\def\bxdesc#1{\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{#1}\leftmargin\labelwidth -\advance\leftmargin\labelsep -\let\makelabel\bxdesclabel}} -\let\endbxdesc\endlist -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\RequirePackage{boldsc} -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./mypatches.sty} -% LOCAL PATCH -% encoding T1 for \" (francais) -\def\fileversion{v02} -\def\filedate{2006/06/01} -\ProvidesPackage{mypatches}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space - Package mypatches] -% dieresis accent; special case for i -\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{T1}[1]{{\accent"4\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{OT1}[1]{{\accent"7F\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} -% encoding T1 for \w (czech) -\gdef\czech@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) -\gdef\croatian@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) -\global\let\w\czech@w -% \q for czech -\gdef\czech@q#1{#1\kern-2pt\char'47}% -\global\let\q\czech@q -% backslash character (Barre Oblique Inversщe: \boi) -\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{T1}{{\tt\char '20}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{OT1}{{\tt\char '134}} -%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{T1}{{\char '6}} -%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{OT1}{{\char '27}} -\let\degre\undefined -\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{T1}{'6} -\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{OT1}{'27} -% -\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} -\global\let\w\czech@w -% -\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} -\global\let\q\czech@q -% Pb with \No (Nobelium) in chemsym.sty -\let\Noo\No -\let\No\undefined -% \textcent, \textcurrentcy, \textyen, \textbrokenbar -\ProvideTextCommand{\textcent}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char162}} -\ProvideTextCommand{\textcurrency}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char164}} -\ProvideTextCommand{\textyen}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char165}} -\ProvideTextCommand{\textbrokenbar}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char166}} -\RequirePackage{cmsd} -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./boldsc.sty} -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{boldsc}[1996/11/12] -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{bx}{sc}{% - <5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12>% - <14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>genb*ecxc% -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{} -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./franc.sty} -\ProvidesPackage{franc}[1994/12/16] -\def\figurename{Figure} -\def\tablename{Table} -\def\contentsname{Table des Mati\`eres} -\def\listfigurename{Liste des Figures} -\def\listtablename{Liste des Tableaux} -\def\bibname{Bibliographie} -\def\indexname{Index} -\def\chaptername{Chapitre} -\def\appendixname{Appendice} -\def\partname{Partie} -\def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e} -\def\seename{voir} -\def\alsoseename{voir aussi} -\def\today{\ifnum\day=1\relax 1\/$^{\rm er}$\else\number\day\fi \space\ifcase\month\or -janvier\or f\'evrier\or mars\or avril\or mai\or juin\or -juillet\or ao\^ut\or septembre\or octobre\or novembre\or d\'ecembre\fi -\space\number\year} -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./frbib.sty} -% -% Pour la bibliographie: -% -% En fonction du style french, par de'faut en anglais : -% Si on ne fait pas de traduction de mots en franc,ais ou que cette notion -% n'existe pas, on fait tout en anglais : - -%%% Correction --bg 2001/08/03 -%%%\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\let\ifFTR\iffalse\fi -\def\@tempa{\let\ifFTR\iffalse} -\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\expandafter\@tempa\fi - -\newcommand{\andname}{\ifFTR et\else and\fi} -\newcommand{\editorname}{\ifFTR \'editeur\else editor\fi} -\newcommand{\editornames}{\ifFTR \'editeurs\else editors\fi} -\newcommand{\volumename}{\ifFTR volume\else volume\fi} -\newcommand{\Volumename}{\ifFTR Volume\else volumes\fi} -\newcommand{\ofname}{\ifFTR de\else of\fi} -\newcommand{\numbername}{\ifFTR num\'ero\else number\fi} -\newcommand{\Numbername}{\ifFTR Num\'ero\else Number\fi} -\newcommand{\inname}{\ifFTR dans\else in\fi} -\newcommand{\Inname}{\ifFTR Dans\else In\fi} -\newcommand{\editionname}{\ifFTR \'edition\else edition\fi} -%\def\pagename{\ifFTR page\else page \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. -\newcommand{\pagesname}{\ifFTR pages\else pages\fi} -%\newcommand{\chaptername}{\ifFTR chapitre\else \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. -\newcommand{\technicalreportname}{\ifFTR Rapport Technique\else Technical - Report\fi} -\newcommand{\revisionname}{\ifFTR R\'evision\else Revision\fi} -\newcommand{\janname}{\ifFTR janvier\else January\fi} -\newcommand{\febname}{\ifFTR f\'evrier\else February\fi} -\newcommand{\marname}{\ifFTR mars\else March \fi} -\newcommand{\aprname}{\ifFTR avril\else April\fi} -\newcommand{\mayname}{\ifFTR mai\else May\fi} -\newcommand{\junname}{\ifFTR juin\else June\fi} -\newcommand{\julname}{\ifFTR juillet\else July\fi} -\newcommand{\augname}{\ifFTR ao\^ut\else August\fi} -\newcommand{\sepname}{\ifFTR septembre\else September\fi} -\newcommand{\octname}{\ifFTR octobre\else October\fi} -\newcommand{\novname}{\ifFTR novembre\else November\fi} -\newcommand{\decname}{\ifFTR d\'ecembre\else December\fi} -\end{filecontents} -\begin{filecontents}{./frnew.sty} -%permet dans la frappe de retrouver les habitudes de -%la dactylographie francaise qui conseille de mettre -%un espace avant les signes de ponctuation ; : ! ? -%et d'empecher pourtant une coupure de ligne a cet -%endroit dans le traitement -\def\dospecials{\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~\do\!\do\?\do\:\do\;} -\catcode`\@=11 -\catcode`\;=\active -\catcode`\:=\active -\catcode`\!=\active -\catcode`\?=\active -\def;{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string;} -\def:{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\penalty\@M\ \fi\string:} -\def!{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string!} -\def?{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string?} -\let\old@C\^ -\let\old@T\" -%\uccode"10=`I -%\uccode"11=`J -\uccode`\i=`I -\uccode`\j=`J -%\def\^#1{\ifx#1i{\old@C\i}\else{\old@C #1}\fi} -%\def\"#1{\ifx#1i{\old@T\i}\else{\old@T #1}\fi} -\def\og{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}} -\def\fg{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\,\rangle\!\rangle$}} -\def\guill#1{\og\relax #1\relax\fg} -\frenchspacing -\def\fron{\catcode`\;=\active -\catcode`\:=\active -\catcode`\!=\active -\catcode`\?=\active -\frenchspacing} -\def\froff{\catcode`\;=12 -\catcode`\:=12 -\catcode`\!=12 -\catcode`\?=12 -\nonfrenchspacing} -\def\@tochtitle{Table des Chapitres} -\def\@utochtitle{TABLE DES CHAPITRES} -\def\@Hint{Indications} -%%% Espace apres le : -\fron -\end{filecontents} -%% -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% The list of all files belonging to the minitoc package -%% given in the file `minitoc.l'. -%% -\input docstrip.tex -\keepsilent - -%\usedir{tex/latex/minitoc} -\usedir{.} - -\preamble -This is a generated file. - -%% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 -%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 -%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% - -This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -license is in: - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -2003/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). - -This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' -distributed with it. -\endpreamble - -\Msg{****************} -\Msg{*** PACKAGES ***} -\Msg{****************} -\generate{\file{minitoc.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{minitoc}}} -\generate{\file{minitoc-fr.dtx}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{minitoc-fr}}} -\generate{\file{mtcoff.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtcoff}}} -\generate{\file{mtcmess.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtcmess}}} -\generate{\file{mtcpatchmem.sty}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtcpatchmem}}} -\Msg{*****************************} -\Msg{*** EXAMPLES OF DOCUMENTS ***} -\Msg{*****************************} -\generate{\file{mtc-2c.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-2c}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-2nd.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-2nd}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-3co.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-3co}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-add.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-add}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-ads.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ads}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-amm.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-amm}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-apx.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-apx}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-art.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-art}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-bk.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-bk}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-bo.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-bo}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-ch0.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ch0}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-cri.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-cri}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-fko.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-fko}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-fo1.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-fo1}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-fo2.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-fo2}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-gap.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-gap}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-hi1.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hi1}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-hi2.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hi2}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-hia.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hia}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-hir.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hir}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-hop.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-hop}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-liv.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-liv}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-mem.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-mem}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-mm1.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-mm1}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-mu.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-mu}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-nom.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-nom}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-ocf.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ocf}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-ofs.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-ofs}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-sbf.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-sbf}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-scr.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-scr}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-syn.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-syn}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-tbi.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tbi}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-tlc.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tlc}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-tlo.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tlo}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-tsf.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-tsf}}} -\generate{\file{mtc-vti.tex}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-vti}}} -\Msg{*****************} -\Msg{*** MLD FILES ***} -\Msg{*****************} -\generate{\file{acadian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{acadian}}} -\generate{\file{acadien.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{acadien}}} -\generate{\file{afrikaan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{afrikaan}}} -\generate{\file{afrikaans.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{afrikaans}}} -\generate{\file{albanian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{albanian}}} -\generate{\file{american.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{american}}} -\generate{\file{arab.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arab}}} -\generate{\file{arab2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arab2}}} -\generate{\file{arabi.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arabi}}} -\generate{\file{arabic.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{arabic}}} -\generate{\file{armenian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{armenian}}} -\generate{\file{australian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{australian}}} -\generate{\file{austrian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{austrian}}} -\generate{\file{bahasa.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasa}}} -\generate{\file{bahasai.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasai}}} -\generate{\file{bahasam.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasam}}} -\generate{\file{bangla.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bangla}}} -\generate{\file{basque.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{basque}}} -\generate{\file{bengali.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bengali}}} -\generate{\file{bicig.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig}}} -\generate{\file{bicig2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig2}}} -\generate{\file{bicig3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig3}}} -\generate{\file{bithe.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bithe}}} -\generate{\file{brazil.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{brazil}}} -\generate{\file{brazilian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{brazilian}}} -\generate{\file{breton.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{breton}}} -\generate{\file{british.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{british}}} -\generate{\file{bulgarian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bulgarian}}} -\generate{\file{bulgarianb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bulgarianb}}} -\generate{\file{buryat.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{buryat}}} -\generate{\file{buryat2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{buryat2}}} -\generate{\file{canadian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{canadian}}} -\generate{\file{canadien.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{canadien}}} -\generate{\file{castillan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{castillan}}} -\generate{\file{castillian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{castillian}}} -\generate{\file{catalan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{catalan}}} -\generate{\file{chinese1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{chinese1}}} -\generate{\file{chinese2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{chinese2}}} -\generate{\file{croatian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{croatian}}} -\generate{\file{czech.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{czech}}} -\generate{\file{danish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{danish}}} -\generate{\file{devanagari.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{devanagari}}} -\generate{\file{dutch.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{dutch}}} -\generate{\file{english.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{english}}} -\generate{\file{english1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{english1}}} -\generate{\file{english2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{english2}}} -\generate{\file{esperant.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{esperant}}} -\generate{\file{esperanto.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{esperanto}}} -\generate{\file{estonian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{estonian}}} -\generate{\file{ethiopia.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ethiopia}}} -\generate{\file{ethiopian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ethiopian}}} -\generate{\file{ethiopian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ethiopian2}}} -\generate{\file{farsi1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{farsi1}}} -\generate{\file{farsi2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{farsi2}}} -\generate{\file{farsi3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{farsi3}}} -\generate{\file{finnish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{finnish}}} -\generate{\file{finnish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{finnish2}}} -\generate{\file{francais.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{francais}}} -\generate{\file{french.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{french}}} -\generate{\file{french1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{french1}}} -\generate{\file{french2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{french2}}} -\generate{\file{frenchb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{frenchb}}} -\generate{\file{frenchle.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{frenchle}}} -\generate{\file{frenchpro.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{frenchpro}}} -\generate{\file{galician.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{galician}}} -\generate{\file{german.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{german}}} -\generate{\file{germanb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{germanb}}} -\generate{\file{germanb2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{germanb2}}} -\generate{\file{greek.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek}}} -\generate{\file{greek-mono.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek-mono}}} -\generate{\file{greek-polydemo.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek-polydemo}}} -\generate{\file{greek-polykatha.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{greek-polykatha}}} -\generate{\file{guarani.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{guarani}}} -\generate{\file{hangul1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul1}}} -\generate{\file{hangul2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul2}}} -\generate{\file{hangul3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul3}}} -\generate{\file{hangul4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul4}}} -\generate{\file{hangul-u8.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hangul-u8}}} -\generate{\file{hanja1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hanja1}}} -\generate{\file{hanja2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hanja2}}} -\generate{\file{hanja-u8.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hanja-u8}}} -\generate{\file{hebrew.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hebrew}}} -\generate{\file{hebrew2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hebrew2}}} -\generate{\file{hindi.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hindi}}} -\generate{\file{hindi-modern.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hindi-modern}}} -\generate{\file{hungarian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{hungarian}}} -\generate{\file{icelandic.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{icelandic}}} -\generate{\file{indon.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{indon}}} -\generate{\file{indonesian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{indonesian}}} -\generate{\file{interlingua.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{interlingua}}} -\generate{\file{irish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{irish}}} -\generate{\file{italian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{italian}}} -\generate{\file{italian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{italian2}}} -\generate{\file{japanese.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese}}} -\generate{\file{japanese2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese2}}} -\generate{\file{japanese3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese3}}} -\generate{\file{japanese4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese4}}} -\generate{\file{japanese5.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese5}}} -\generate{\file{japanese6.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{japanese6}}} -\generate{\file{kannada.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{kannada}}} -\generate{\file{khalkha.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{khalkha}}} -\generate{\file{latin.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latin}}} -\generate{\file{latin2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latin2}}} -\generate{\file{latinc.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latinc}}} -\generate{\file{latinc2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latinc2}}} -\generate{\file{latvian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latvian}}} -\generate{\file{latvian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{latvian2}}} -\generate{\file{letton.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{letton}}} -\generate{\file{letton2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{letton2}}} -\generate{\file{lithuanian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lithuanian}}} -\generate{\file{lithuanian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lithuanian2}}} -\generate{\file{lowersorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lowersorbian}}} -\generate{\file{lsorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{lsorbian}}} -\generate{\file{magyar.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar}}} -\generate{\file{magyar2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar2}}} -\generate{\file{magyar3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar3}}} -\generate{\file{malay.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malay}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-b.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-b}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-keli.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-keli2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli2}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-mr.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-mr}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-omega.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-omega}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana2}}} -\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana3}}} -\generate{\file{manju.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{manju}}} -\generate{\file{mexican.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mexican}}} -\generate{\file{meyalu.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{meyalu}}} -\generate{\file{mongol.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongol}}} -\generate{\file{mongolb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongolb}}} -\generate{\file{mongolian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongolian}}} -\generate{\file{naustrian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{naustrian}}} -\generate{\file{newzealand.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{newzealand}}} -\generate{\file{ngerman.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ngerman}}} -\generate{\file{ngermanb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ngermanb}}} -\generate{\file{ngermanb2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ngermanb2}}} -\generate{\file{norsk.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{norsk}}} -\generate{\file{norsk2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{norsk2}}} -\generate{\file{nynorsk.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{nynorsk}}} -\generate{\file{nynorsk2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{nynorsk2}}} -\generate{\file{occitan.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{occitan}}} -\generate{\file{occitan2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{occitan2}}} -\generate{\file{polish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{polish}}} -\generate{\file{polish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{polish2}}} -\generate{\file{polski.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{polski}}} -\generate{\file{portuges.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{portuges}}} -\generate{\file{portuguese.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{portuguese}}} -\generate{\file{romanian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{romanian}}} -\generate{\file{romanian2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{romanian2}}} -\generate{\file{romanian3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{romanian3}}} -\generate{\file{russian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian}}} -\generate{\file{russian2m.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian2m}}} -\generate{\file{russian2o.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian2o}}} -\generate{\file{russianb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russianb}}} -\generate{\file{russianc.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russianc}}} -\generate{\file{russian-cca.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-cca}}} -\generate{\file{russian-cca1.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-cca1}}} -\generate{\file{russian-lh.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lh}}} -\generate{\file{russian-lhcyralt.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lhcyralt}}} -\generate{\file{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lhcyrkoi}}} -\generate{\file{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{russian-lhcyrwin}}} -\generate{\file{samin.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{samin}}} -\generate{\file{scottish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{scottish}}} -\generate{\file{serbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{serbian}}} -\generate{\file{serbianc.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{serbianc}}} -\generate{\file{slovak.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{slovak}}} -\generate{\file{slovene.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{slovene}}} -\generate{\file{spanish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish}}} -\generate{\file{spanish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish2}}} -\generate{\file{spanish3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish3}}} -\generate{\file{spanish4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish4}}} -\generate{\file{swahili.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swahili}}} -\generate{\file{swedish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish}}} -\generate{\file{swedish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish2}}} -\generate{\file{thai.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{thai}}} -\generate{\file{turkish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{turkish}}} -\generate{\file{uighur.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uighur}}} -\generate{\file{uighur2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uighur2}}} -\generate{\file{uighur3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uighur3}}} -\generate{\file{UKenglish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{UKenglish}}} -\generate{\file{ukraineb.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ukraineb}}} -\generate{\file{ukrainian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{ukrainian}}} -\generate{\file{uppersorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{uppersorbian}}} -\generate{\file{USenglish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{USenglish}}} -\generate{\file{usorbian.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{usorbian}}} -\generate{\file{vietnam.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{vietnam}}} -\generate{\file{vietnamese.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{vietnamese}}} -\generate{\file{welsh.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{welsh}}} -\generate{\file{xalx.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{xalx}}} -\generate{\file{xalx2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{xalx2}}} -\generate{\file{xalx3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{xalx3}}} -% -% NO preamble/postamble for mtc-add.bib -\nopreamble -\nopostamble -\Msg{******************} -\Msg{*** A BIB FILE ***} -\Msg{******************} -\generate{\file{mtc-add.bib}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mtc-addbib}}}% -\obeyspaces -\Msg{*************************************************************} -\Msg{* *} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to read the *} -\Msg{* Installation chapter in minitoc.pdf (or minitoc-fr.pdf) *} -\Msg{* or the INSTALL file. *} -\Msg{* *} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file minitoc.dtx *} -\Msg{* (or minitoc-fr.dtx) through PdfLaTeX. *} -\Msg{* *} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *} -\Msg{* *} -\Msg{*************************************************************} - -\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/UKenglish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/UKenglish.mld index e6a94db50cd..0b1230c526d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/UKenglish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/UKenglish.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{UKenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `UKenglish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/USenglish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/USenglish.mld index 814501f9974..079b74a55a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/USenglish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/USenglish.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{USenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `USenglish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadian.mld index 6f5e4dab6fe..f4af85b87de 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + \ProvidesFile{acadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `acadian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadien.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadien.mld index 4a8dcd5df23..0d869b6d613 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadien.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/acadien.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + \ProvidesFile{acadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `acadien.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaan.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaan.mld index eaff4812081..52319393827 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaan.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaan.mld @@ -18,17 +18,21 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + \ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Afrikaan(s) titles from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L. \def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% @@ -40,7 +44,106 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% \def\slftitle{Lys van figure}% \def\slttitle{Lys van tabelle}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `afrikaan.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaans.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaans.mld index 183513acf73..71cd00bdc1e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaans.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/afrikaans.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + \ProvidesFile{afrikaans.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `afrikaans.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/albanian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/albanian.mld index 1c9cc7dfd7a..b45b8245764 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/albanian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/albanian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,23 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{albanian.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Albanian titles from albabian.dtx (babel). %% Adi Zaimi (zami1st at yahoo.com / adizaimi at yahoo.com). @@ -41,7 +47,104 @@ \def\stctitle{P\"ermbajta}% \def\slftitle{Figurat}% \def\slttitle{Tabelat}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `albanian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/american.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/american.mld index d3056f90db7..5fbd2f56617 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/american.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/american.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{american.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `american.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab.mld index 1fc8a710105..3dcbbc0a9ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab.mld @@ -18,17 +18,25 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{arab.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Arabic titles. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex) \def\ptctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% @@ -40,7 +48,102 @@ \def\stctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}% \def\slftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}% \def\slttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `arab.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab2.mld index e3329541131..9e3c4ff315d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arab2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,25 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{arab2.mld}[2006/03/31]% %% Arabic titles. Variant. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex) {\makeatletter\global\let\mtcArabTok\a@tok}% @@ -41,7 +49,102 @@ \def\stctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}% \def\slftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}% \def\slttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `arab2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabi.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabi.mld index 53b0326fb2c..1327d2cb433 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabi.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabi.mld @@ -18,17 +18,25 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27]% %% Arabic titles (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi) %% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, by Youssef Jabri) @@ -41,7 +49,102 @@ \def\stctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% \def\slftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% \def\slttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `arabi.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabic.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabic.mld index 0cc4fe880f5..523e1cdc5fd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabic.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/arabic.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{arabic.mld}[2005/02/10]\mtcselectlanguage{arab}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `arabic.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/armenian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/armenian.mld index 35ab99881e9..5c152c600a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/armenian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/armenian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,27 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{armenian.mld}[1999/06/28]% %% Armenian titles from ArmTeX. Sergueя Dachian (Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr), %% Arnak Dalalyan & Vartan Akopian @@ -41,7 +51,100 @@ \def\stctitle{Bovandakuthyun}% \def\slftitle{Patkerneri cank}% \def\slttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `armenian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/australian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/australian.mld index 6bbe77af5ae..c36ee2086b9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/australian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/australian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{australian.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `australian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/austrian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/austrian.mld index 6b96043716a..67205d71684 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/austrian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/austrian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{austrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{german}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `austrian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasa.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasa.mld index dcad122ae45..8f3c740bbaf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasa.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasa.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bahasa.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bahasa.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasai.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasai.mld index 74c6071d425..c2d2c26d4fa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasai.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasai.mld @@ -18,17 +18,28 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bahasai.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Bahasa Indonesia titles from bahasa.dtx in the babel package. %% Knappen, JЎrg & Mart, Terry @@ -41,7 +52,99 @@ \def\stctitle{Daftar Isi}% \def\slftitle{Daftar Gambar}% \def\slttitle{Daftar Tabel}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bahasai.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasam.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasam.mld index e0734b497c0..89f1236142a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasam.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bahasam.mld @@ -18,17 +18,29 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bahasam.mld}[2006/12/19]% %% Bahasa Malaysia titles from bahasam.dtx in the babel package %% Knappen, JЎrg & Mart, Terry & Margolis, Bob @@ -41,7 +53,98 @@ \def\stctitle{Kandungan}% \def\slftitle{Senarai Gambar}% \def\slttitle{Senarai Jadual}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bahasam.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bangla.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bangla.mld index 583bbb07b5f..95c7a070d38 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bangla.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bangla.mld @@ -18,17 +18,31 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bangla.mld}[2006/03/31]% %% Bangla titles from BangTeX. Needs specific fonts. \def\ptctitle{suu\*c*ipotRo}% <----- @@ -40,7 +54,96 @@ \def\stctitle{suu\*c*i}% \def\slftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}% \def\slttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bangla.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/basque.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/basque.mld index 2f6947622f8..26b3beceb75 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/basque.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/basque.mld @@ -18,17 +18,33 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{basque.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Basque titles from basque.dtx (babel). %% Aguirregabiria, Juan M. WWW: http://tp.lc.ehu.es/jma.html @@ -44,7 +60,94 @@ \def\stctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}% \def\slftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}% \def\slttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `basque.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bengali.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bengali.mld index f481a513b61..b5af7d034e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bengali.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bengali.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23]\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bengali.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig.mld index 5874f7bdfd8..5fd05ca6fd7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig.mld @@ -18,17 +18,33 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bicig.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Mongol (Bicig) titles needs mongol fonts \def\ptctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% @@ -40,7 +56,94 @@ \def\stctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}% \def\slftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}% \def\slttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bicig.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig2.mld index 99eca14799d..d8a0e25fea3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,33 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bicig2.mld}[2005/11/16]% %% Mongol (Bicig2) titles (needs mongol fonts) \def\ptctitle{garcag}% @@ -40,7 +56,94 @@ \def\stctitle{garcag}% \def\slftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% \def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bicig2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig3.mld index e5ee541ed6d..b4fd7e85915 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bicig3.mld @@ -18,17 +18,33 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bicig3.mld}[2006/03/31]% %% Mongol (Bicig3) titles (needs mongol fonts) \def\ptctitle{aguulag=a}% @@ -40,7 +56,94 @@ \def\stctitle{aguulag=a}% \def\slftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}% \def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bicig3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bithe.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bithe.mld index f8ce6bbb488..163c6bc9714 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bithe.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bithe.mld @@ -18,17 +18,34 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bithe.mld}[2005/11/16]% %% Manju (bithe) titles (needs mongol fonts) \def\ptctitle{garcag}% @@ -40,7 +57,93 @@ \def\stctitle{garcag}% \def\slftitle{zirug-un? afaha}% \def\slttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bithe.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 41428c86bc7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/boldsc.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -%% LaTeX2e file `./boldsc.sty' -%% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/02/26. -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{boldsc}[1996/11/12] -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{bx}{sc}{% - <5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12>% - <14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>genb*ecxc% -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{cmr}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazil.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazil.mld index c3dd75016f7..338e4a707cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazil.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazil.mld @@ -18,17 +18,35 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{brazil.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Portugues (brazil) titles, from portuges.dtx (babel) %% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro & "de Lima", Arnaldo Viegas @@ -41,7 +59,92 @@ \def\stctitle{Sum\'ario}% \def\slftitle{Lista de Figuras}% \def\slttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `brazil.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazilian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazilian.mld index 8254257f1b4..af60dadbc71 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazilian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/brazilian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{brazilian.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{brazil}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `brazilian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/breton.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/breton.mld index 8299bc6e6bf..7a1b72ce0e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/breton.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/breton.mld @@ -18,17 +18,36 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Breton titles from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian \def\ptctitle{Taolenn}% @@ -40,7 +59,91 @@ \def\stctitle{Taolenn}% \def\slftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% \def\slttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `breton.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/british.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/british.mld index a99258b720a..ee52f686a3b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/british.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/british.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{british.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `british.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarian.mld index 106fc9acf41..b7f4a21c1a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,37 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bulgarian.mld}[2007/03/08]% %% Bulgarian titles from bulgarian.dtx (babel) (needs special cyrillic fonts) %% by Boshnakov, Georgi N. @@ -50,7 +70,90 @@ \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% \def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ % \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bulgarian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarianb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarianb.mld index 4e97d16dd45..6249b3be6b2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarianb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/bulgarianb.mld @@ -18,17 +18,37 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{bulgarianb.mld}[2006/03/06]% %% Upper bulgarian titles from russianb.dtx. Needs cyrillic fonts for upper bulgarian. \def\ptctitle{% @@ -49,7 +69,90 @@ {\cyr \CYRF\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri}}% \def\slttitle{% Tablici {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `bulgarianb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat.mld index 76ac3b7d131..560cece29c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat.mld @@ -18,17 +18,38 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{buryat.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Buryat titles. Needs special fonts. \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% @@ -40,7 +61,89 @@ \def\stctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}% \def\slftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `buryat.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat2.mld index 9f3db4e2f1b..faa6736577d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/buryat2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,38 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{buryat2.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Buryat2 titles. Needs special fonts. \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% @@ -40,7 +61,89 @@ \def\stctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% \def\slftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `buryat2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadian.mld index 059ed697460..32566780a99 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{canadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `canadian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadien.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadien.mld index edfc172613e..5190a267d96 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadien.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/canadien.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{canadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `canadien.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillan.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillan.mld index 6bdb25db295..6f9c61f4f21 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillan.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillan.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{castillan.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `castillan.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillian.mld index 6744dd2aaee..67a6210fb93 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/castillian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{castillian.mld}[2005/07/01]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `castillian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/catalan.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/catalan.mld index 8604d7bf744..ef4c2deed8d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/catalan.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/catalan.mld @@ -18,17 +18,42 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{catalan.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Catalan titles from catalan.dtx (babel) (Badenes, Gonчal) \def\ptctitle{\'Index}% @@ -41,7 +66,85 @@ \def\stctitle{\'Index}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Taules}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `catalan.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mld index a0bbdac113e..e56f3279c1a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese1}% %% From file Bg5.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e %% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `chinese1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mlo index 6ddaf035573..62a5e29da7b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese1.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./chinese1.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{chinese1.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file file Bg5.cap of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mld index 34660b2f96c..f89d27c4171 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{chinese2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese2}% %% From file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e %% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5, preprocessed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `chinese2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mlo index 97490b853b2..9ba43f6caf7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/chinese2.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./chinese2.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{chinese2.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/croatian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/croatian.mld index 7dcef6f4ae2..0fdf210fe03 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/croatian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/croatian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,46 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{croatian.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Croatian titles from croatian.dtx (babel). Pai\'{c}, Alan. \def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% @@ -40,7 +69,81 @@ \def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% \def\slftitle{Slike}% \def\slttitle{Tablice}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `croatian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/czech.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/czech.mld index a4060f5c3bc..43c8fefca5a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/czech.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/czech.mld @@ -18,17 +18,47 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04]% %% Czech titles from czech.dtx (babel). Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V. \def\ptctitle{Obsah}% @@ -40,7 +70,80 @@ \def\stctitle{Obsah}% \def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% \def\slttitle{Seznam tabulek}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `czech.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/danish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/danish.mld index 342c83db37b..22a216b8ab6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/danish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/danish.mld @@ -18,17 +18,48 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{danish.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Danish titles from danish.dtx (babel). Larsen, Henning (larsen@cernvm.cern.ch) \def\ptctitle{Indhold}% @@ -40,7 +71,79 @@ \def\stctitle{Indhold}% \def\slftitle{Figurer}% \def\slttitle{Tabeller}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `danish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty deleted file mode 100644 index b4e36bf38d0..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dblaccnt.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,367 +0,0 @@ -%% LaTeX2e file `./dblaccnt.sty' -%% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/02/26. -%% -% Copyright 2000 Frank Mittelbach . -% License: LPPL, version 1.3a or newer, according to -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -% -% The Current Maintainer of this work is Werner Lemberg . -% -% -% This is the file dblaccnt.tex which implements support for multiple -% accents. -% -% -% The code below handles only the case of -% -% \acc1 \acc2 ... glyph -% -% with or without nesting braces. -% -% \acc1 {\acc2 a} -% -% etc. will be handled correctly by removing the brace group during -% the scanning process. This means in particular that conceptually -% any accent command can only handle single token arguments! -% -% It should also work for combinations generated from inputenc, i.e., -% are presented as 8bit tokens or, after passing through something like -% an .aux file, as \IeC{\acc1} \IeC{\acc2} ... -% -% If you use OT1 encoding you have to explicitly reload it (with -% \usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}). -% -% -% History -% -% 1.0 2000/01/27 -% -% Initial release. -% -% 1.1 2005/04/21 -% -% Make it work with LaTeX release 2003/12/01. -% Add copyright message and history. -% - -\ProvidesPackage{dblaccnt}[2005/04/21 v1.1 double accent support] - -\endlinechar \m@ne - - -% We must redefine two internal LaTeX commands to provide hooks for -% assembling accents. - -% Here we test whether #1 (the command to be executed) is \chardef or -% #3 (the encoding) is `?'. If both are false, \assemble@accent@cmds -% will be used. -% -% The first case catches \DeclareTextSymbol, the second catches -% \ProvideTextCommandDefault. Both checks are ugly hacks which hopefully -% disappear in the near future. -% -\def\@dec@text@cmd#1#2#3{ - \ifx#1\chardef - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \else - \ifx#1\chardef@text@cmd - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \else - \if#3? - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \else - \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{ - % start looking for acc tokens - \expandafter\assemble@accent@cmds - \csname#3-cmd\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter#2 - \csname#3\string#2\endcsname - } - \fi - \fi - \fi - \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable - \expandafter#1\csname#3\string#2\endcsname -} - - -% The redefined \@tabacckludge macro below assures that the top-level -% definition of the accents (which contains \assemble@accent@cmds) -% will be called. -% -\def\@make@tabacc#1#2{ - \expandafter\def\csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname{#2} -} - -\@make@tabacc{'}{\@acci} -\@make@tabacc{`}{\@accii} -\@make@tabacc{=}{\@acciii} - - -% Here the redefinition of second internal LaTeX macro. -% -\def\@tabacckludge#1{ - \csname @tabacc\string#1\endcsname -} - - -% We only look ahead for further accents if we are to typeset. -% -\def\assemble@accent@cmds{ - \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect - \expandafter\assemble@tokensinit - \fi -} - - -% The init is special as we have to parse over some of the expansion -% of the encoding specific command; for example, \^ might expand to -% -% \assemble@accent@cmds \OT1-cmd \^ \OT1\^ -% ^^^^^^ one token -% -% We start \assemble@tokens with the number of hits so far (\@empty), -% zero the actual code for the current, e.g., \OT1\^ in the above -% example (resp. the corresponding macro in the current font -% encoding), and as a third argument we will pick up the next token -% or group in the input stream for testing. -% -\def\assemble@tokensinit#1#2#3{ - % the usual test for availability in the current encoding - % similar to the test in \@changed@cmd - \@inmathwarn#2 - \expandafter\ifx\csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname ?\string#2\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\def\csname ?\string#2\endcsname{ - \TextSymbolUnavailable#2 - } - \fi - \global\expandafter\let - \csname\cf@encoding \string#2\expandafter\endcsname - \csname ?\string#2\endcsname - \fi - - % here we substitute the current encoding - \expandafter\assemble@tokens@\expandafter\@empty - \csname\cf@encoding\string#2\endcsname -} - - -% The next commands should be considered only as a proof of concept -% -- they can most certainly be streamlined. Here is roughly what -% they do: -% -% \assemble@tokens: If the picked up token is \IeC then get rid of it -% and parse the next token (or group) which is expected to be the -% argument of \IeC. This is done by restarting the whole process. -% Otherwise we have to figure out if the current token (#3) is an -% 8-bit from inputenc, i.e., expanding to \IeC{...}. This is -% handled by calling \assemble@tokensz passing an expansion of #3 -% as well as #3 (or more exactly, its first token since the braces -% get removed in this process) itself. -% -% \assemble@tokensz: Test if the expansion start with \IeC in which -% case it is assumed that it comes from an inputenc 8bit; the next -% token will be considered as its argument and used for further -% processing in \assemble@tokensx. Otherwise the unexpanded #3 -% from above is used. -% -% \assemble@tokensx: If this cmd is called its third argument should -% contain a normalized token from the input stream, i.e. -% -% {..} -> .. -% \IeC{..} -> .. -% ^^xx (expanding to) \IeC{..} -> .. -% -% Now all :-) that remains is testing whether the expansion of this -% token starts with \assemble@accent@cmds, since in this case we have -% found another accent cmd. -% -% #1 is the number of hits, #2 is the real definition in that -% encoding, and #3 is the next token (or group). -% -% The macros \assemble@tokens@ and \assemble@tokens@@ are -% intermediate steps to test whether #3 is empty; if yes, we simply -% expand #2. -% -\def\assemble@tokens@#1#2#3{ - \assemble@tokens@@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#3\@empty} -} - -\def\assemble@tokens@@#1#2#3#4{ - \ifx#4\@empty - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi - {#2{}} - {\assemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} -} - -\def\assemble@tokens#1#2#3{ - \ifx\IeC#3 - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi - % try again but pick up argument of \IeC - {\assemble@tokens@{#1}{#2}} - % this will get rid of a group argument -- nasty :-) - {\expandafter\assemble@tokensz#3\relax\assemble@tokensz{#1}{#2}#3} -} - -\def\assemble@tokensz#1#2\assemble@tokensz#3#4#5{ - \ifx#1\IeC - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi - {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#2} - {\assemble@tokensx{#3}{#4}#5} -} - -% \assemble@tokensx: This passes an expanded and unexpanded version -% of #3 to \ifassemble@tokens to do the actual processing. -% -% \ifassemble@tokens: If we have found another accent command then -% keep its name and record that we had another hit and restart the -% scanning via \assemble@tokens, i.e., we append an `x' to the -% ``hit'' argument that we carry around for no good reason, and we -% append the official name of the accent command (which was picked -% up as part of the expansion of the input token) to the argument, -% storing the list of accents found so far. Note that we do use -% the official name, e.g. `\"', not `\OT1\"' -- the latter is only -% used for the very first accent! -% -% If it turns out that we don't have an accent command here it is -% time to stop the scanning and do some processing. Now finally the -% ``hit'' argument and the list of collected accents comes into play: -% We construct a command which name consists of the string -% ``handle@accent'', followed by a number of `x's each for each hit -% earlier on. Thus in a situation like \"\^a we would execute -% \handle@accentx and in case of \"a \handle@accent. This command -% gets as its arguments the collected accents followed by the token -% which stopped the scanning proccess, e.g. -% -% \handle@accentx \OT1\" \^ {a} -% -% and its purpose is to determine how to produce a glyph from it -% (e.g. as a composite or as a part composite or ...) -% -\def\assemble@tokensx#1#2#3{ - \expandafter - \ifassemble@tokens#3\@empty\@empty\@empty\ifassemble@tokens{#1}{#2}{#3}} - -\def\ifassemble@tokens#1#2#3#4\ifassemble@tokens#5#6#7{ - % next token was defined via \DeclareText... - \ifx#1\assemble@accent@cmds - % thus #3 is its official name - \expandafter\assemble@tokens@ - \else - % execute what has been assembled and exit - \csname handle@accent#5\endcsname#6{#7} - \expandafter\@gobbletwo - \fi - % first two args to \assemble@tokens on next pass - {#5x}{#6#3} -} - - -% Depending on the number of accents found, \handle@accent[x[x]] will -% be called. - -% ONLY ONE: We check whether \#1-#2 is a known command (a composite) -% and execute it, otherwise try to execute #1{#2} as an accent -% command. -% -\def\handle@accent#1#2{ - \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname\relax - #1{#2} - \else - \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname - \fi -} - -% TWO IN A ROW: We check for \#1-#2-#3. If undefined, we apply #1 to -% whatever is the result of #2{#3}. One could think of a more -% complex algorithm here, e.g., if #1-#2 is known as a composite -% modifier (whatever that is) apply that before trying the above but -% this is probably not necessary. -% -\def\handle@accentx#1#2#3{ - \expandafter\ifx\csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname\relax - #1{#2{#3}} - \else - \csname\string#1-\string#2-\string#3\endcsname - \fi -} - -% MORE THAN TWO: (Not handled so far.) If there are more than three, -% then the parsing will die at some point when \handle@accentxx... -% will turn out to be \relax, and then one accent will become an -% argument of another -- too bad. -% -\def\handle@accentxx#1#2#3#4{ - % catch more than two accents in a row - \errmessage{Too many accents, dropping first} - #2#3#4 -} - - -% This is simpler now. -% -\def\DeclareTextCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4{ - \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3\endcsname{#4} -} - -% This is new. -% -\def\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4#5{ - \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3-\string#4\endcsname{#5} -} - -% This also. -% -\catcode\z@=11\relax -\def\DeclareTextDoubleComposite#1#2#3#4#5{ - \def\reserved@a{\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}} - \bgroup - \lccode\z@#5 - \lowercase{ - \egroup - \reserved@a ^^@} -} -\catcode\z@=15\relax - - -% Now we reinitialize the \@acc... macros to use our new definitions. -% -\AtBeginDocument{ - \let\@acci \' - \let\@accii \` - \let\@acciii \= -} - - -\endlinechar `\^^M - -\endinput - -% end of dblaccnt.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/devanagari.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/devanagari.mld index 996364379c6..c435fe129dc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/devanagari.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/devanagari.mld @@ -18,17 +18,48 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{devanagari.mld}[2006/08/25]% %% Devanagari (hindi) titles from devanagari.sty by %% Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k & @@ -42,7 +73,79 @@ \def\stctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% \def\slftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% \def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `devanagari.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dutch.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dutch.mld index 1d65fb86673..0e7d1655392 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dutch.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/dutch.mld @@ -18,17 +18,50 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Dutch titles from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) \def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% @@ -40,7 +73,77 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% \def\slftitle{L"yst van figuren}% \def\slttitle{L"yst van tabellen}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `dutch.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english.mld index c903e3002fa..d7901af87e4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english.mld @@ -18,17 +18,50 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{english.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% English titles from english.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) \def\ptctitle{Table of Contents}% @@ -41,7 +74,77 @@ \def\stctitle{Contents}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Tables}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `english.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english1.mld index bad6658e44d..e87fb209e88 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english1.mld @@ -18,17 +18,51 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{english1.mld}[2006/03/30]% %% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L. %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) @@ -48,7 +82,76 @@ \def\stctitle{Contents}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Tables}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `english1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english2.mld index f9b60c922db..9e81b24ee05 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/english2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,51 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{english2.mld}[2006/03/30]% %% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L. %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) @@ -50,7 +84,76 @@ \def\stctitle{Contents}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Tables}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `english2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperant.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperant.mld index 522a49f260e..0aee39bfa97 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperant.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperant.mld @@ -18,17 +18,51 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19]% %% Esperanto titles from esperanto.dtx (babel) Ruiz-Altaba, Marti & Knappen, JЎrg \def\ptctitle{Enhavo}% @@ -40,7 +74,76 @@ \def\stctitle{Enhavo}% \def\slftitle{Listo de figuroj}% \def\slttitle{Listo de tabeloj}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `esperant.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperanto.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperanto.mld index 98da47d6d22..8a95b767236 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperanto.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/esperanto.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{esperanto.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{esperant}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `esperanto.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/estonian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/estonian.mld index 01edb5fd2db..81b0e862803 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/estonian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/estonian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,53 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Estonian titles from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn \def\ptctitle{Sisukord}% @@ -40,7 +76,74 @@ \def\stctitle{Sisukord}% \def\slftitle{Joonised}% \def\slttitle{Tabelid}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `estonian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.mld index e56c97e6b04..55391b52cdf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopia.mld @@ -18,17 +18,54 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{ethiopia.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Ethopian titles. Needs special fonts. \def\ptctitle{yezate}% @@ -46,7 +83,73 @@ ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% \def\slttitle{% yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ethiopia.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian.mld index 60ab9731c8e..1419f81018f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{ethiopian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ethiopian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian2.mld index 4fde15d0dca..706974b8010 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ethiopian2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,54 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{ethiopian2.mld}[2006/01/30]% %% Ethopian titles with Omega. Needs special fonts \def\ptctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}% @@ -43,7 +80,73 @@ \def\slftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% \def\slttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5 ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ethiopian2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mld index b766fc8383f..6e9c717e40c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi1}% %% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, %% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others. %% http://www.farsitex.org + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `farsi1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mlo index 6abab038fdf..c12dfbc403c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi1.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./farsi1.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFiles{farsi1.mlo}[2005/09/13] % From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ % Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), % Hassan Abolhassani, and others. % http://www.farsitex.org -\def\ptctitle{ъ·┬и┤ ї^^80└д^^9b^^91^^96} -\def\plftitle{є^^83╞┤ ^^90к╪^^91ё} -\def\plttitle{є^^83╞┤ ^^9b└^^90°ё} +\def\ptctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} +\def\plftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} +\def\plttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} % -\def\mtctitle{ъ·┬и┤ ї^^80└д^^9b^^91^^96} -\def\mlftitle{є^^83╞┤ ^^90к╪^^91ё} -\def\mlttitle{є^^83╞┤ ^^9b└^^90°ё} +\def\mtctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} +\def\mlftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} +\def\mlttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} % -\def\stctitle{ъ·┬и┤ ї^^80└д^^9b^^91^^96} -\def\slftitle{є^^83╞┤ ^^90к╪^^91ё} -\def\slttitle{є^^83╞┤ ^^9b└^^90°ё} +\def\stctitle{ъ·┬и┤ їА└дЫСЦ} +\def\slftitle{єГ╞┤ Рк╪Сё} +\def\slttitle{єГ╞┤ Ы└Р°ё} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mld index 16037cc67fa..1cb0c7aedf6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi2}% %% From farsi.sty (FarsiTeX project: http://www.farsitex.org). Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, %% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `farsi2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mlo index b16a374e928..91a94fa304a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi2.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./farsi2.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFiles{farsi2.mlo}[2005/09/13] % From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ % Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), % Hassan Abolhassani, and others. % http://www.farsitex.org -\def\ptctitle{^^96^^91^^9bдвўї ^^96ид·ъ} -\def\plftitle{ё^^91юк^^90 ^^96и■є} -\def\plttitle{ё°^^90в^^9b ^^96и■є} +\def\ptctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} +\def\plftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} +\def\plttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} % -\def\mtctitle{^^96^^91^^9bдвўї ^^96ид·ъ} -\def\mlftitle{ё^^91юк^^90 ^^96и■є} -\def\mlttitle{ё°^^90в^^9b ^^96и■є} +\def\mtctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} +\def\mlftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} +\def\mlttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} % -\def\stctitle{^^96^^91^^9bдвўї ^^96ид·ъ} -\def\slftitle{ё^^91юк^^90 ^^96и■є} -\def\slttitle{ё°^^90в^^9b ^^96и■є} +\def\stctitle{ЦСЫдвўї Цид·ъ} +\def\slftitle{ёСюкР Ци■є} +\def\slttitle{ё°РвЫ Ци■є} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi3.mld index ff62596e8b6..442c56ae718 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/farsi3.mld @@ -18,17 +18,57 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{farsi3.mld}[2006/07/27]% %% From farsi.ldf of the Arabi system by Youssef Jabri. \def\ptctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% @@ -40,7 +80,70 @@ \def\stctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}% \def\slftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% \def\slttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `farsi3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish.mld index e2f93d54b00..b90f34272aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish.mld @@ -18,17 +18,58 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{finnish.mld}[2006/03/20]% %% Finnish titles from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen \def\ptctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% @@ -40,7 +81,69 @@ \def\stctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}% \def\slftitle{Kuvat}% \def\slttitle{Taulukot}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `finnish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish2.mld index 79ebf24ba9b..99aa3c5797f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/finnish2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,58 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Finnish titles (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen \def\ptctitle{Sis\"allys}% @@ -40,7 +81,69 @@ \def\stctitle{Sis\"allys}% \def\slftitle{Kuvat}% \def\slttitle{Taulukot}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `finnish2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/franc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/franc.sty deleted file mode 100644 index a6faf7b61ac..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/franc.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -%% LaTeX2e file `./franc.sty' -%% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/02/26. -%% -\ProvidesPackage{franc}[1994/12/16] -\def\figurename{Figure} -\def\tablename{Table} -\def\contentsname{Table des Mati\`eres} -\def\listfigurename{Liste des Figures} -\def\listtablename{Liste des Tableaux} -\def\bibname{Bibliographie} -\def\indexname{Index} -\def\chaptername{Chapitre} -\def\appendixname{Appendice} -\def\partname{Partie} -\def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e} -\def\seename{voir} -\def\alsoseename{voir aussi} -\def\today{\ifnum\day=1\relax 1\/$^{\rm er}$\else\number\day\fi \space\ifcase\month\or -janvier\or f\'evrier\or mars\or avril\or mai\or juin\or -juillet\or ao\^ut\or septembre\or octobre\or novembre\or d\'ecembre\fi -\space\number\year} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/francais.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/francais.mld index 510a36881ee..ec8cd75e8b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/francais.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/francais.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{francais.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `francais.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 401bcf6c4c1..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frbib.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -%% LaTeX2e file `./frbib.sty' -%% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/02/26. -%% -% -% Pour la bibliographie: -% -% En fonction du style french, par de'faut en anglais : -% Si on ne fait pas de traduction de mots en franc,ais ou que cette notion -% n'existe pas, on fait tout en anglais : - -%%% Correction --bg 2001/08/03 -%%%\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\let\ifFTR\iffalse\fi -\def\@tempa{\let\ifFTR\iffalse} -\ifx\ifFTR\iftrue\else\expandafter\@tempa\fi - -\newcommand{\andname}{\ifFTR et\else and\fi} -\newcommand{\editorname}{\ifFTR \'editeur\else editor\fi} -\newcommand{\editornames}{\ifFTR \'editeurs\else editors\fi} -\newcommand{\volumename}{\ifFTR volume\else volume\fi} -\newcommand{\Volumename}{\ifFTR Volume\else volumes\fi} -\newcommand{\ofname}{\ifFTR de\else of\fi} -\newcommand{\numbername}{\ifFTR num\'ero\else number\fi} -\newcommand{\Numbername}{\ifFTR Num\'ero\else Number\fi} -\newcommand{\inname}{\ifFTR dans\else in\fi} -\newcommand{\Inname}{\ifFTR Dans\else In\fi} -\newcommand{\editionname}{\ifFTR \'edition\else edition\fi} -%\def\pagename{\ifFTR page\else page \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. -\newcommand{\pagesname}{\ifFTR pages\else pages\fi} -%\newcommand{\chaptername}{\ifFTR chapitre\else \fi} de'ja` dans french.sty. -\newcommand{\technicalreportname}{\ifFTR Rapport Technique\else Technical - Report\fi} -\newcommand{\revisionname}{\ifFTR R\'evision\else Revision\fi} -\newcommand{\janname}{\ifFTR janvier\else January\fi} -\newcommand{\febname}{\ifFTR f\'evrier\else February\fi} -\newcommand{\marname}{\ifFTR mars\else March \fi} -\newcommand{\aprname}{\ifFTR avril\else April\fi} -\newcommand{\mayname}{\ifFTR mai\else May\fi} -\newcommand{\junname}{\ifFTR juin\else June\fi} -\newcommand{\julname}{\ifFTR juillet\else July\fi} -\newcommand{\augname}{\ifFTR ao\^ut\else August\fi} -\newcommand{\sepname}{\ifFTR septembre\else September\fi} -\newcommand{\octname}{\ifFTR octobre\else October\fi} -\newcommand{\novname}{\ifFTR novembre\else November\fi} -\newcommand{\decname}{\ifFTR d\'ecembre\else December\fi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french.mld index 053a485ccb1..0c0d221a1dd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french.mld @@ -18,17 +18,59 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{french.mld}[2006/03/21]% %% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel \def\ptctitle{Table des mati\`eres}% @@ -41,7 +83,68 @@ \def\stctitle{Sommaire}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Tableaux}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `french.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french1.mld index 45e71ba3624..593dfffd8ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french1.mld @@ -18,17 +18,59 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{french1.mld}[2006/03/29]% %% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) @@ -48,7 +90,68 @@ \def\stctitle{Sommaire}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Tableaux}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `french1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french2.mld index 07de5e69a0d..f3939ce7642 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/french2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,59 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{french2.mld}[2006/07/07]% %% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD) @@ -57,7 +99,68 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\stctitle{Sommaire}% \def\slftitle{Figures}% \def\slttitle{Tableaux}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `french2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchb.mld index e38855c3d22..297a5d886ce 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchb.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{frenchb.mld}[2003/02/11]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `frenchb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchle.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchle.mld index 8d32c695623..3b88c3540e8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchle.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchle.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{frenchle.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `frenchle.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchpro.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchpro.mld index 8f8174ecf59..b179a8033a7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchpro.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frenchpro.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{frenchpro.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `frenchpro.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty deleted file mode 100644 index f16922289a0..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/frnew.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -%% LaTeX2e file `./frnew.sty' -%% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/02/26. -%% -%permet dans la frappe de retrouver les habitudes de -%la dactylographie francaise qui conseille de mettre -%un espace avant les signes de ponctuation ; : ! ? -%et d'empecher pourtant une coupure de ligne a cet -%endroit dans le traitement -\def\dospecials{\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~\do\!\do\?\do\:\do\;} -\catcode`\@=11 -\catcode`\;=\active -\catcode`\:=\active -\catcode`\!=\active -\catcode`\?=\active -\def;{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string;} -\def:{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\penalty\@M\ \fi\string:} -\def!{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string!} -\def?{\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@ - \unskip\fi\kern.25em\fi\string?} -\let\old@C\^ -\let\old@T\" -%\uccode"10=`I -%\uccode"11=`J -\uccode`\i=`I -\uccode`\j=`J -%\def\^#1{\ifx#1i{\old@C\i}\else{\old@C #1}\fi} -%\def\"#1{\ifx#1i{\old@T\i}\else{\old@T #1}\fi} -\def\og{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}} -\def\fg{\leavevmode\raise.3ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\,\rangle\!\rangle$}} -\def\guill#1{\og\relax #1\relax\fg} -\frenchspacing -\def\fron{\catcode`\;=\active -\catcode`\:=\active -\catcode`\!=\active -\catcode`\?=\active -\frenchspacing} -\def\froff{\catcode`\;=12 -\catcode`\:=12 -\catcode`\!=12 -\catcode`\?=12 -\nonfrenchspacing} -\def\@tochtitle{Table des Chapitres} -\def\@utochtitle{TABLE DES CHAPITRES} -\def\@Hint{Indications} -%%% Espace apres le : -\fron diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/galician.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/galician.mld index 427b74082a8..7ef374aef7a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/galician.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/galician.mld @@ -18,17 +18,60 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Galician titles from galician.dtx (babel). %% Carriba, Manuel (mcarriba@eunetcom.net) @@ -45,7 +88,67 @@ \def\stctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi% \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% \def\slttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `galician.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/german.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/german.mld index 7f76d14f148..5272deb54cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/german.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/german.mld @@ -18,17 +18,62 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{german.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% German titles \def\ptctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% @@ -40,7 +85,65 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhaltsangabe}% \def\slftitle{Figuren}% \def\slttitle{Tabellen}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `german.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb.mld index 4a870910798..af675b1eb8b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb.mld @@ -18,17 +18,62 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{germanb.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% German titles (variant) from germanb.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Raichle, Bernd \def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% @@ -41,7 +86,65 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhalt}% \def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% \def\slttitle{Tabellen}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `germanb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb2.mld index ca916e5f427..c4167813b16 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/germanb2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,62 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{germanb2.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% German titles (variant) \def\ptctitle{Inhalt}% @@ -40,7 +85,65 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhalt}% \def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% \def\slttitle{Tabellen}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `germanb2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-mono.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-mono.mld index f6db3c28604..33be9ee9716 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-mono.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-mono.mld @@ -18,17 +18,64 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{greek-mono.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. %% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov @@ -62,7 +109,63 @@ \def\slftitle{\localgreek% {^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^03ac^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `greek-mono.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polydemo.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polydemo.mld index b788b3b597e..5d3b09a0740 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polydemo.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polydemo.mld @@ -18,17 +18,64 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{greek-polydemo.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. %% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov @@ -62,7 +109,63 @@ \def\slttitle{\localgreek% {^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `greek-polydemo.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polykatha.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polykatha.mld index 984b039463d..4b64beb075f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polykatha.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek-polykatha.mld @@ -18,17 +18,64 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. %% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov @@ -59,7 +106,63 @@ \def\slttitle{\localgreek% {^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf% ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `greek-polykatha.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek.mld index ecc5f4c7de1..a352055ded1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/greek.mld @@ -18,17 +18,64 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Greek titles from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos. Needs greek fonts. \def\ptctitle{Perieq'omena}% @@ -40,7 +87,63 @@ \def\stctitle{Perieq'omena}% \def\slftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}% \def\slttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `greek.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/guarani.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/guarani.mld index 218ff90d9c5..04cddefd233 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/guarani.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/guarani.mld @@ -18,17 +18,65 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{guarani.mld}[2005/08/26]% %% Guaranэ titles from guarani.ldf by Javier Bezos. Input encoding win-gn.def needed. \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% @@ -40,7 +88,62 @@ \def\stctitle{\'Indice general}% \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% \def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `guarani.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mld index dd69f3c3143..bd9ef121b1f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}% %% Hangul captions for Lambda. From the file u8hangul.tex %% of the HLaTeX package by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hangul-u8.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mlo index a3f6594b126..7d6cb3e5bdd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul-u8.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hangul-u8.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mlo}[2006/02/21] %% From the file u8hangul.tex in the HLaTeX package @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ %% \ksnamedef{ptctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} \ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} -\ksnamedef{plttitle}{э^^91^^9c~ыкйь░и} +\ksnamedef{plttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} %% \ksnamedef{mtctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} \ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} -\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{э^^91^^9c~ыкйь░и} +\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} %% \ksnamedef{stctitle}{ыкй~ь░и} \ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ыкйь░и} -\ksnamedef{slttitle}{э^^91^^9c~ыкйь░и} +\ksnamedef{slttitle}{эСЬ~ыкйь░и} %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mld index d0aed5c9cae..a3b5fe47d14 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hangul1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul1}% %% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs %% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hangul1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mlo index dcd05d8fd4c..4c5704e393d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul1.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hangul1.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hangul1.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mld index d3f9c163260..a5e6158e65a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hangul2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul2}% %% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs %% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003), Hangul captions %% char. set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hangul2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mlo index 272e86ffec9..2cf48d3dcb3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul2.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hangul2.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hangul2.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mld index 607df6513fc..358623148e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hangul3.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul3}% %% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs %% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2 %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hangul3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mlo index 844381346e9..1d302be555e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul3.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hangul3.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hangul3.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mld index b048b067991..728e56d9b1c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mld @@ -18,24 +18,127 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hangul4.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul4}% %% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs %% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2, %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), %% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hangul4.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mlo index dd6004e9832..d412ffecc25 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hangul4.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hangul4.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hangul4.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mld index 6d138295f85..d6548c57a66 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}% %% Hanja captions for Lambda. From the file hanja-u8.tex of the HLaTeX package %% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hanja-u8.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mlo index 501a7f8f9f6..a38b282dbb6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja-u8.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hanja-u8.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mlo}[2006/02/21] %% From the file u8hangul.tex in the HLaTeX package @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ %% %% Hanja captions for Lambda %% -\ksnamedef{ptctitle}{ч^^9bо~цмб} -\ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ч^^9bоцмб} -\ksnamedef{plttitle}{шби~ч^^9bоцмб} +\ksnamedef{ptctitle}{чЫо~цмб} +\ksnamedef{plftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} +\ksnamedef{plttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} %% -\ksnamedef{mtctitle}{ч^^9bо~цмб} -\ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ч^^9bоцмб} -\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{шби~ч^^9bоцмб} +\ksnamedef{mtctitle}{чЫо~цмб} +\ksnamedef{mlftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} +\ksnamedef{mlttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} %% -\ksnamedef{stctitle}{ч^^9bо~цмб} -\ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~ч^^9bоцмб} -\ksnamedef{slttitle}{шби~ч^^9bоцмб} +\ksnamedef{stctitle}{чЫо~цмб} +\ksnamedef{slftitle}{ъ╖╕ыж╝~чЫоцмб} +\ksnamedef{slttitle}{шби~чЫоцмб} %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mld index 34fa8418394..4a672ce0c40 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mld @@ -18,24 +18,127 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hanja1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja1}% %% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs %% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions. %% Created by Werner Lemberg , Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), %% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hanja1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mlo index a0ead80567c..d1297867bfb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja1.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hanja1.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hanja1.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mld index c59759dbcb6..5b5f6580648 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mld @@ -18,24 +18,127 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hanja2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja2}% %% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs %% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions. %% Created by Werner Lemberg . %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), %% encoding: EUC (=Wansung). Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hanja2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mlo index 4a4532b65d7..917ff117123 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hanja2.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./hanja2.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{hanja2.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew.mld index 7a41bafb0a3..f88daec3ceb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew.mld @@ -18,17 +18,67 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28]% %% Hebrew titles. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation) \def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% @@ -40,7 +90,60 @@ \def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% \def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% \def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hebrew.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew2.mld index 8d628788220..8b75c1de05c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hebrew2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,68 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11]% %% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il) %% Need hebrew fonts. @@ -50,7 +101,59 @@ \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% \def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hebrew2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi-modern.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi-modern.mld index 8225a50d320..820d6779155 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi-modern.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi-modern.mld @@ -18,17 +18,70 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hindi-modern.mld}[2006/08/29]% %% Hindi modern titles from captions.dn in ``Devanagari for TeX'' %% by Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k & @@ -42,7 +95,57 @@ \def\stctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}% \def\slftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}% \def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hindi-modern.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi.mld index 3f6bb93162d..882dd59c09c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hindi.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hindi.mld}[2006/08/24]\mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hindi.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hungarian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hungarian.mld index 2d3575b4a13..9b8221074b7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hungarian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/hungarian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{hungarian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{magyar}% + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `hungarian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/icelandic.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/icelandic.mld index 604af97ace7..c1bda314c1c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/icelandic.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/icelandic.mld @@ -18,17 +18,71 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% From icelandic.dtx (babel). Needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding. ┴rnason, Einar \def\ptctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% @@ -40,7 +94,56 @@ \def\stctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% \def\slftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}% \def\slttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}% + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `icelandic.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indon.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indon.mld index 4775f2fa82e..76daad7d511 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indon.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indon.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{indon.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `indon.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indonesian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indonesian.mld index 402f6882984..fb739f75ed3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indonesian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/indonesian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{indonesian.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `indonesian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/interlingua.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/interlingua.mld index 5133cdd3d11..1e604b7796d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/interlingua.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/interlingua.mld @@ -18,17 +18,71 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{interlingua.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Interlingua titles from interlingua.dtx (babel). Kleiweg, Peter \def\ptctitle{Contento}% @@ -40,7 +94,56 @@ \def\stctitle{Contento}% \def\slftitle{Figuras}% \def\slttitle{Tabellas}% + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `interlingua.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/irish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/irish.mld index bce473f4056..237ee851fcb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/irish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/irish.mld @@ -18,17 +18,72 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{irish.mld}[2006/02/28]% %% From irish.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Gunn, Marion & Grant, Fraser \def\ptctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% @@ -40,7 +95,55 @@ \def\stctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}% \def\slftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}% \def\slttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}% + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `irish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian.mld index e54316ee901..f1c6322efba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,73 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{italian.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Italian titles from italian.dtx (babel). Same authors. %% Maurizio Codogno (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it) & Claudio Beccari (beccari@polito.it) @@ -41,7 +97,54 @@ \def\stctitle{Indice}% \def\slftitle{Elenco delle figure}% \def\slttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `italian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian2.mld index 1cc20982eec..3d381aaf2ec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/italian2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,73 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{italian2.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Italian titles. Variant, from italian.dtx (babel). Same authors. \def\ptctitle{Contenuto}% @@ -40,7 +96,54 @@ \def\stctitle{Contenuto}% \def\slftitle{Elenco delle figure}% \def\slttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}% + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `italian2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mld index 6a849dab362..99c4aacc682 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{japanese.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese}% %% Japanese titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. %% From Kumazawa Toshiki %% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `japanese.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mlo index 7c110e3e16a..c5543147a26 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./japanese.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{japanese.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ % character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) % encoding: SJIS % -\def\ptctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} +\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} % -\def\mtctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} +\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} % -\def\stctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} +\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mld index 3a8497d65a7..cc5e5ed3817 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{japanese2.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese2}% %% From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package %% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. %% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `japanese2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mlo index c3980db5d20..dcf85b32a2b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese2.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./japanese2.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{japanese2.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mld index 01311a9be42..97b019ad4a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{japanese3.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese3}% %% From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package %% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. %% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC, preprocessed + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `japanese3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mlo index 153fa7cada6..a65c9a7848a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese3.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./japanese3.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{japanese3.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mld index 898efb7af45..e8f82ef86ce 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{japanese4.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese4}% %% From SJIS.cap in CJK package for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) %% with LaTeX2e. Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28/03/2003). %% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `japanese4.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mlo index b490b567630..2a9ee8a40fe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese4.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./japanese4.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{japanese4.mlo}[2005/01/28] % From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ % character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990) % encoding: SJIS % -\def\ptctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} +\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\plttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} % -\def\mtctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} +\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\mlttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} % -\def\stctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} -\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}^^96┌^^8e^^9f} +\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slftitle{\CJKchar{"090}{"07D}Ц┌ОЯ} +\def\slttitle{\CJKchar{"095}{"05C}Ц┌ОЯ} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mld index 652d93b2833..6d36ddc8f80 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{japanese5.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese5}% %% From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package %% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. %% Created by Werner Lemberg . Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS, preprocessed + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `japanese5.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mlo index 01b877711ce..48d6c72422b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese5.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./japanese5.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{japanese5.mlo}[[2005/01/28] % From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package @@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ % % preprocessed % -\def\ptctitle{^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} -\def\plftitle{^^?^^90^^?125^^?^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} -\def\plttitle{^^?^^95^^?92^^?^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} +\def\ptctitle{^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} +\def\plftitle{^^?Р^^?125^^?^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} +\def\plttitle{^^?Х^^?92^^?^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} % -\def\mtctitle{^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} -\def\mlftitle{^^?^^90^^?125^^?^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} -\def\mlttitle{^^?^^95^^?92^^?^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} +\def\mtctitle{^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} +\def\mlftitle{^^?Р^^?125^^?^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} +\def\mlttitle{^^?Х^^?92^^?^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} % -\def\stctitle{^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} -\def\slftitle{^^?^^90^^?125^^?^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} -\def\slttitle{^^?^^95^^?92^^?^^?^^96^^?218^^?^^?^^8e^^?159^^?} +\def\stctitle{^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} +\def\slftitle{^^?Р^^?125^^?^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} +\def\slttitle{^^?Х^^?92^^?^^?Ц^^?218^^?^^?О^^?159^^?} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mld index 5fb294ac4d0..642f194c9b1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{japanese6.mld}[2006/10/31]\mtcloadmlo{japanese6}% %% Japanese6 titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding. %% From Kumazawa Toshiki %% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `japanese6.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mlo index 2f48bc2292c..d63d06dbe81 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/japanese6.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./japanese6.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{japanese6.mlo}[2006/10/31] % @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ % \ProvidesFile{japanese6.mlo}[2006/10/31]% % Japanese titles for minitoc.sty% -\def\ptctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f}% -\def\plftitle{^^90}^^88ъ^^97^^97}% -\def\plttitle{^^95\^^88ъ^^97^^97}% +\def\ptctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% +\def\plftitle{Р}ИъЧЧ}% +\def\plttitle{Х\ИъЧЧ}% % -\def\mtctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f}% -\def\mlftitle{^^90}}% -\def\mlttitle{^^95\}% +\def\mtctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% +\def\mlftitle{Р}}% +\def\mlttitle{Х\}% % -\def\stctitle{^^96┌^^8e^^9f}% -\def\slftitle{^^90}}% -\def\slttitle{^^95\}% +\def\stctitle{Ц┌ОЯ}% +\def\slftitle{Р}}% +\def\slttitle{Х\}% % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/kannada.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/kannada.mld index 9c30a825ea9..ed66b58d756 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/kannada.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/kannada.mld @@ -18,17 +18,75 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{kannada.mld}[2007/02/22]% %% From kanlel.sty of Kannadatex %% (C. S. Yogananda yoga@math.iisc.ernet.in yogacs@users.sarovar.org) @@ -42,7 +100,52 @@ \def\stctitle{pariviDi}% \def\slftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}% \def\slftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}% + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `kannada.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/khalkha.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/khalkha.mld index 72018ba611a..fa01ef083d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/khalkha.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/khalkha.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{khalkha.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{xalx}% + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `khalkha.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin.mld index 8303f900077..501c781ea2a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin.mld @@ -18,17 +18,75 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{latin.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Latin (medieval) titles from latin.dtx (babel) %% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad @@ -41,7 +99,52 @@ \def\stctitle{Index}% \def\slftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}% \def\slttitle{Conspectus tabularum}% + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `latin.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin2.mld index c8b7a949e51..3035edddb2f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latin2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,75 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{latin2.mld}[2007/04/06]% %% Latin (medieval) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel) %% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad @@ -41,7 +99,52 @@ \def\stctitle{Index}% \def\slftitle{Descriptiones}% \def\slttitle{{Tabul\ae}}% + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `latin2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc.mld index 235306d237f..de5930708c8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc.mld @@ -18,17 +18,75 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{latinc.mld}[2007/04/13]% %% Latin (classical) titles from latin.dtx (babel) %% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad @@ -41,7 +99,52 @@ \def\stctitle{Index}% \def\slftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% \def\slttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `latinc.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc2.mld index b77c8b0db34..780e1b452c5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latinc2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,75 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06]% %% Latin (classical) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel) %% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad @@ -41,7 +99,52 @@ \def\stctitle{Index}% \def\slftitle{Descriptiones}% \def\slttitle{Tabvlae}% + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `latinc2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian.mld index 882871da982..337473cc04d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,77 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{latvian.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% From latvian.ldf (Antomega project). %% Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov @@ -41,7 +101,50 @@ \def\stctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}% \def\slftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}% \def\slttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}% + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `latvian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian2.mld index fbb87a1bf4f..8d6f80b28c1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/latvian2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,77 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]% \def\ptctitle{Saturs}% \def\plftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% @@ -39,7 +99,50 @@ \def\stctitle{Saturs}% \def\slftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% \def\slttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `latvian2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton.mld index 8c3079b8b13..fb872297813 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{letton.mld}[2005/02/08]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian}% + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `letton.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton2.mld index 1cbf3c6c617..86370bd3599 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/letton2.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{letton2.mld}[2007/06/05]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}% + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `letton2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian.mld index d82f20f988b..2c6d88044f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,78 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04]% %% Lithuanian titles from lithuanian.ldf %% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip @@ -42,7 +103,49 @@ \def\stctitle{Turinys}% \def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% \def\slttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `lithuanian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian2.mld index d33f540ddd8..82ccf3b8eb5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lithuanian2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,78 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04]% %% Lithuanian titles (variant) from lithuanian.ldf %% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz @@ -42,7 +103,49 @@ \def\stctitle{Turinys}% \def\slftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}% \def\slttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `lithuanian2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lowersorbian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lowersorbian.mld index 2a0041726b2..75360bb26c1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lowersorbian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lowersorbian.mld @@ -18,17 +18,79 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28]% %% Lower sorbian titles from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard \def\ptctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% @@ -40,7 +102,48 @@ \def\stctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% \def\slftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% \def\slttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `lowersorbian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lsorbian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lsorbian.mld index ec0bf3fcf8e..8a218a1c3ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lsorbian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/lsorbian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}% + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `lsorbian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar.mld index 98c37787c5f..db4954da38c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar.mld @@ -18,17 +18,80 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{magyar.mld}[2006/03/08]% %% Magyar titles from magyar.dtx (babel). Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef \def\ptctitle{Tartalom}% @@ -40,7 +103,47 @@ \def\stctitle{Tartalom}% \def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak}% \def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}% + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `magyar.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar2.mld index 4134476a7e8..a74c2d53536 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,80 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{magyar2.mld}[2008/04/03]% %% Magyar2 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). %% Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef @@ -41,7 +104,47 @@ \def\stctitle{Tartalom}% \def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}% \def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}% + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `magyar2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar3.mld index 4b255929b5d..deae0014e18 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/magyar3.mld @@ -18,17 +18,80 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{magyar3.mld}[2006/03/08]% %% Magyar3 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). %% Bэrє, ┴rpсd & Bщrces, Jєzsef @@ -41,7 +104,47 @@ \def\stctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}% \def\slftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}% \def\slttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}% + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `magyar3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malay.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malay.mld index 8cb7dab6b70..9eba4fcaa4b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malay.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malay.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{malay.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malay.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-b.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-b.mld index 833ab74c04c..93263a89bb1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-b.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-b.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04]% \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% @@ -40,6 +104,45 @@ \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-b.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli.mld index 1e7cbede6e7..e85bda38a8b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Malayalam: Keli fonts @@ -41,6 +105,45 @@ \def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-keli.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli2.mld index 46f922491cd..5ada878f3e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-keli2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04]% \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% @@ -40,6 +104,45 @@ \def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-keli2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-mr.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-mr.mld index 022b33370e1..a0459459d28 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-mr.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-mr.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04]% \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} @@ -40,6 +104,45 @@ \def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-mr.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mld index e9c0c18a1fb..e1ab523fd26 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mld @@ -18,20 +18,123 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}% %% from omal.sty (Alex A.J. indicTeX@gmail.com) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-omega.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mlo index fe8204ca09b..d213db4f7e7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-omega.mlo @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./malayalam-omega.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2007/11/21] % From omal.sty % by Alex A.J. % -\def\ptctitle{\mal р┤^^89р┤│р╡^^8dр┤│р┤^^9fр┤^^95р╡^^8dр┤^^95р┤^^82}% -\def\plftitle{\mal р┤^^9aр┤┐р┤др╡^^8dр┤░р┤^^99р╡^^8dр┤^^99р┤│р╡^^8dт^^80^^8d}% -\def\plttitle{\mal р┤^^9fр╡^^87р┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡^^81р┤^^95р┤│р╡^^8dт^^80^^8d}% +\def\ptctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% +\def\plftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% +\def\plttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% % -\def\mtctitle{\mal р┤^^89р┤│р╡^^8dр┤│р┤^^9fр┤^^95р╡^^8dр┤^^95р┤^^82}% -\def\mlftitle{\mal р┤^^9aр┤┐р┤др╡^^8dр┤░р┤^^99р╡^^8dр┤^^99р┤│р╡^^8dт^^80^^8d}% -\def\mlttitle{\mal р┤^^9fр╡^^87р┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡^^81р┤^^95р┤│р╡^^8dт^^80^^8d}% +\def\mtctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% +\def\mlftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% +\def\mlttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% % -\def\stctitle{\mal р┤^^89р┤│р╡^^8dр┤│р┤^^9fр┤^^95р╡^^8dр┤^^95р┤^^82}% -\def\slftitle{\mal р┤^^9aр┤┐р┤др╡^^8dр┤░р┤^^99р╡^^8dр┤^^99р┤│р╡^^8dт^^80^^8d}% -\def\slttitle{\mal р┤^^9fр╡^^87р┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡^^81р┤^^95р┤│р╡^^8dт^^80^^8d}% +\def\stctitle{\mal р┤Йр┤│р╡Нр┤│р┤Яр┤Хр╡Нр┤Хр┤В}% +\def\slftitle{\mal р┤Ър┤┐р┤др╡Нр┤░р┤Щр╡Нр┤Щр┤│р╡НтАН}% +\def\slttitle{\mal р┤Яр╡Зр┤мр┤┐р┤│р╡Бр┤Хр┤│р╡НтАН}% % % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana.mld index 1a5c227cfa8..a67dd79cd15 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana.mld}[2005/06/07]% %% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, traditionnal. @@ -41,6 +105,45 @@ \def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-rachana.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana2.mld index 33fb0c94eec..1d5334262bc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana2.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, reformed. \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% @@ -40,6 +104,45 @@ \def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-rachana2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana3.mld index b7b89097edf..a80da63fd7c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/malayalam-rachana3.mld @@ -18,17 +18,81 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04]% % Rachana fonts (mr2,...,mr6) \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% @@ -40,6 +104,45 @@ \def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `malayalam-rachana3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/manju.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/manju.mld index a3a70a79168..c8583ed3569 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/manju.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/manju.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% \ProvidesFile{manju.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{bithe}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `manju.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mexican.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mexican.mld index 4bb6a95fff6..f73ff1089f1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mexican.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mexican.mld @@ -18,18 +18,84 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + \ProvidesFile{mexican.mld}[2008/04/03]% %% Spanish titles (from mexican.ldf) Rivera, Luis (jlrn77@gmail.com) \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax @@ -42,6 +108,43 @@ \def\stctitle{\'Indice}% \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% \def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mexican.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/meyalu.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/meyalu.mld index 6dded820dea..c77adb70fb7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/meyalu.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/meyalu.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + \ProvidesFile{meyalu.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `meyalu.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sty index 652d41d3de9..7617aac7d3a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/minitoc.sty @@ -18,23 +18,22 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/02]% \ProvidesPackage{minitoc}% - [2008/07/16 v60 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000 + [2015/07/13 v61 Package minitoc] % message I0000 \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] \mtcPackageInfo[I0001]{minitoc}% - {*** minitoc package, version 60 ***\@gobble} + {*** minitoc package, version 61 ***\@gobble} \newwrite\tf@mtc \newlength\mtcindent \newskip\mtcskipamount @@ -5008,7 +5007,111 @@ \providecommand{\sectlof}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{sectlof}}% \providecommand{\sectlot}[1][l]{\mtc@classck{sectlot}}% } + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `minitoc.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongol.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongol.mld index 576b2240d78..97148df15da 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongol.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongol.mld @@ -18,18 +18,86 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Mongol (xalx) titles. Needs mongol fonts \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% @@ -41,6 +109,41 @@ \def\stctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% \def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mongol.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolb.mld index b9676a895d9..5a68dfdca51 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolb.mld @@ -18,18 +18,86 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{mongolb.mld}[2007/01/29]% %% Mongolian titles from mongolian.dtx for the babel package %% Dorjgotov Batmunkh (batmunkh@num.edu.mn) @@ -62,6 +130,41 @@ \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% \def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRH\cyry\cyrs\cyrn\cyrerev\cyrg\cyrt\cyri\cyrishrt\cyrn \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mongolb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolian.mld index d3c5fc18823..a48ea897221 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mongolian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{mongolian.mld}[2007/02/05]\mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mongolian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcmess.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcmess.sty index 8c295ad99ea..5bfccf298dc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcmess.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcmess.sty @@ -18,16 +18,15 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \ProvidesPackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% @@ -39,7 +38,111 @@ {\PackageWarningNoLine{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}}% \newcommand{\mtcPackageError}[4][]% {\PackageError{#2}{#1\MessageBreak #3}{#4}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mtcmess.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcoff.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcoff.sty index 8ab5d329ef1..8fc3845a9ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcoff.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcoff.sty @@ -18,19 +18,18 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}% -\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2008/07/16 v60 The mtcoff package] +\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2015/07/13 v61 The mtcoff package] \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] \let\c@minitocdepth\count@ \let\mtcindent\dimen@ @@ -483,7 +482,111 @@ \protect\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{...} \MessageBreak} \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mtcoff.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcpatchmem.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcpatchmem.sty index 27d04a73cdf..dd2b8c7f483 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcpatchmem.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mtcpatchmem.sty @@ -18,20 +18,19 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% \ProvidesPackage{mtcpatchmem}% - [2008/07/16 v60 Package mtcpatchmem] + [2015/07/13 v61 package mtcpatchmem] \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] \mtcPackageInfo[M0001]{mtcpatchmem}% {mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class\@gobble} @@ -86,7 +85,111 @@ \fi \ifheadnameref\M@gettitle{\f@rhdr}\else\M@gettitle{\f@rtoc}\fi } + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `mtcpatchmem.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty deleted file mode 100644 index ad86e101758..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/mypatches.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -%% LaTeX2e file `./mypatches.sty' -%% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/02/26. -%% -% LOCAL PATCH -% encoding T1 for \" (francais) -\def\fileversion{v02} -\def\filedate{2006/06/01} -\ProvidesPackage{mypatches}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space - Package mypatches] -% dieresis accent; special case for i -\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{T1}[1]{{\accent"4\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\french@dieresis}{OT1}[1]{{\accent"7F\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}} -% encoding T1 for \w (czech) -\gdef\czech@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) -\gdef\croatian@w#1{\accent'06 #1}% 06 for T1, was 23 (OT1) -\global\let\w\czech@w -% \q for czech -\gdef\czech@q#1{#1\kern-2pt\char'47}% -\global\let\q\czech@q -% backslash character (Barre Oblique Inversщe: \boi) -\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{T1}{{\tt\char '20}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\boi}{OT1}{{\tt\char '134}} -%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{T1}{{\char '6}} -%\DeclareTextCommand{\degre}{OT1}{{\char '27}} -\let\degre\undefined -\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{T1}{'6} -\DeclareTextSymbol{\degre}{OT1}{'27} -% -\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\czech@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} -\global\let\w\czech@w -% -\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{T1}[1]{{\accent'06 #1}} -\DeclareTextCommand{\croatian@w}{OT1}[1]{{\accent'23 #1}} -\global\let\q\czech@q -% Pb with \No (Nobelium) in chemsym.sty -\let\Noo\No -\let\No\undefined -% \textcent, \textcurrentcy, \textyen, \textbrokenbar -\ProvideTextCommand{\textcent}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char162}} -\ProvideTextCommand{\textcurrency}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char164}} -\ProvideTextCommand{\textyen}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char165}} -\ProvideTextCommand{\textbrokenbar}{T1}{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\char166}} -\RequirePackage{cmsd} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/naustrian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/naustrian.mld index 6b60d753cdb..673b31aa179 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/naustrian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/naustrian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{naustrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `naustrian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/newzealand.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/newzealand.mld index 23c78927c15..00712202e94 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/newzealand.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/newzealand.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{newzealand.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `newzealand.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngerman.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngerman.mld index 729b955ef17..c6b33b45da8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngerman.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngerman.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{ngerman.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ngerman.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb.mld index 694b723468e..fc0476ec824 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb.mld @@ -18,18 +18,86 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{ngermanb.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% New german (B) titles from ngermanb.dtx (babel). Raichle, Bernd & Schmidt, Walter \def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% % oder nur: Inhalt % <----- @@ -41,6 +109,41 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhalt}% \def\slftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% \def\slttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ngermanb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb2.mld index 04ecfed86f9..6de90e4d6f7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ngermanb2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,86 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + \ProvidesFile{ngermanb2.mld}[2005/09/27]% %% New german (B) short (2) titles \def\ptctitle{Inhalt}% @@ -41,6 +109,41 @@ \def\stctitle{Inhalt}% \def\slftitle{Abbildungen}% \def\slttitle{Tabellen}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ngermanb2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk.mld index c174045afbf..b33f6032561 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk.mld @@ -18,18 +18,88 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{norsk.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Norsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard %% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset @@ -43,6 +113,39 @@ \def\stctitle{Innhold}% \def\slftitle{Figurer}% \def\slttitle{Tabeller}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `norsk.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk2.mld index 77855636a56..90cb7ff0064 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/norsk2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,88 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{norsk2.mld}[2005/09/27]% %% Short norsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) \def\ptctitle{Innhold}% @@ -41,6 +111,39 @@ \def\stctitle{Innhold}% \def\slftitle{Figurliste}% \def\slttitle{Tabelliste}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `norsk2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk.mld index 4569727aafe..de5c97f83e3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk.mld @@ -18,18 +18,88 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Nynorsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard %% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset @@ -43,6 +113,39 @@ \def\stctitle{Innhald}% \def\slftitle{Figurar}% \def\slttitle{Tabellar}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `nynorsk.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk2.mld index 4909e653c3b..8d8f0a4ba04 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/nynorsk2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,88 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Nynorsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no) \def\mtctitle{Innhald}% @@ -41,6 +111,39 @@ \def\stctitle{Innhald}% \def\slftitle{Figurliste}% \def\slttitle{Tabelliste}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `nynorsk2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan.mld index 19c588d4fb5..0709eb9b363 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan.mld @@ -18,18 +18,90 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{occitan.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Occitan titles (translations using http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx) \def\ptctitle{Ensenhador}% @@ -41,6 +113,37 @@ \def\stctitle{Ensenhador}% \def\slftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}% \def\slttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `occitan.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan2.mld index 3c479351ca4..4d5315c5ef4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/occitan2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,90 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{occitan2.mld}[2008/04/03]% \def\ptctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% \def\plftitle{Lista de las figuras}% @@ -40,6 +112,37 @@ \def\stctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}% \def\slftitle{Lista de las figuras}% \def\slttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `occitan2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish.mld index 348d102f416..fad9fc6d42e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish.mld @@ -18,18 +18,91 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{polish.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Polish titles from polish.dtx (babel). Schal№ck, Elmar & Janich, Michael \def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% @@ -41,6 +114,36 @@ \def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% \def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% \def\slttitle{Spis tablic}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `polish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish2.mld index a4edb8b0bb1..3e00ee6b3fa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polish2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,91 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{polish2.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% from omega-polish.ldf (Antomega). Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov, Dmitry Ivanov \def\ptctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% @@ -41,6 +114,36 @@ \def\stctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}% \def\slftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}% \def\slttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `polish2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polski.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polski.mld index c4c443524a5..b748b510eb4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polski.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/polski.mld @@ -18,18 +18,91 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{polski.mld}[2008/01/15]% %% Polski titles from polski.dtx. Olko, Mariusz & Woli\'nski, Marcin. \def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% @@ -41,6 +114,36 @@ \def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}% \def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}% \def\slttitle{Spis tabel}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `polski.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuges.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuges.mld index 85baa59ddd3..a2f59cf48f7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuges.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuges.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{portuges.mld}[2005/06/07]\mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `portuges.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuguese.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuguese.mld index 0a521aa855f..890a7bb1e7b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuguese.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/portuguese.mld @@ -18,18 +18,93 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{portuguese.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Portuguese titles from portuges.dtx (babel). %% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro @@ -42,6 +117,34 @@ \def\stctitle{Conte\'udo}% \def\slftitle{Lista de Figuras}% \def\slttitle{Lista de Tabelas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `portuguese.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian.mld index ff0abec7e0c..41c587af146 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian.mld @@ -18,18 +18,94 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{romanian.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Romanian titles from romanian.dtx (babel). %% Horst, Umstatter & Juhasz, Robert @@ -42,6 +118,33 @@ \def\stctitle{Cuprins}% \def\slftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}% \def\slttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `romanian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian2.mld index 4ed36dbba82..1c37b580f1e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,94 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{romanian2.mld}[2006/08/03]% %% Titles in RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx). Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl), %% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de) @@ -42,6 +118,33 @@ \def\stctitle{Cuprins}% \def\slftitle{Lista de figuri}% \def\slttitle{Lista de tabele}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `romanian2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian3.mld index 7c71d4c6301..c0cc5224237 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/romanian3.mld @@ -18,18 +18,94 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{romanian3.mld}[2006/08/03]% %% Romanian titles from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx) variant. %% Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl) @@ -43,6 +119,33 @@ \def\stctitle{Tabla de materii}% \def\slttitle{Indice de figuri}% \def\slttitle{Tabele}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `romanian3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mld index 54957526a58..671ff25a258 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}% %% Russian-cca titles. From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package %% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu) %% Needs cmcyralt fonts and special input encoding. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian-cca.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mlo index e38ad78d1d4..3864db04aeb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./russian-cca.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% %% This package redefines several LaTeX defaults for printing Russian %% documents in alternative encoding. Uses packages cmcyr and @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ \ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mlo}[2006/03/07] %% From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package %% Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu) -\def\ptctitle{^^8eглавление} -\def\plftitle{^^91писок рисунков} -\def\plttitle{^^91писок таблиц} +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление} +\def\plftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц} %% -\def\mtctitle{^^8eглавление} -\def\mlftitle{^^91писок рисунков} -\def\mlttitle{^^91писок таблиц} +\def\mtctitle{Оглавление} +\def\mlftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц} %% -\def\stctitle{^^8eглавление} -\def\slftitle{^^91писок рисунков} -\def\slttitle{^^91писок таблиц} +\def\stctitle{Оглавление} +\def\slftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц} %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mld index a690ba011e9..3b91bcc6ee9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mld @@ -18,23 +18,126 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}% %% Russian-cca1 titles. From cmcyralt.sty in the cmcyralt package %% with cmcyr fonts in alt encoding. %% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Alexander Harin (harin@lourie.und.ac.za) %% & Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@phy.ncu.edu.tw) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian-cca1.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mlo index 65d5969b52c..cc882a58ec2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-cca1.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./russian-cca1.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mlo}[2006/02/07] %% Titles for minitoc.sty @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ %% From the cmcyralt package %% (A.Harin and V.Zhytnikov)] %% -\def\ptctitle{^^8eглавление}% -\def\plftitle{^^91писок иллюстраций}% -\def\plttitle{^^91писок таблиц}% +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\plftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц}% %% -\def\mtctitle{^^8eглавление}% -\def\mlftitle{^^91писок иллюстраций}% -\def\mlttitle{^^91писок таблиц}% +\def\mtctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\mlftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц}% %% -\def\stctitle{^^8eглавление}% -\def\slftitle{^^91писок иллюстраций}% -\def\slttitle{^^91писок таблиц}% +\def\stctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\slftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц}% %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mld index 1ecf817d950..6ea0c86cab3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}% %% Russian-lh titles from russian.sty in the LH package %% LH fonts in special encoding. By Sergei O. Naumov (serge@astro.unc.edu) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian-lh.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mlo index 66cab772a3d..a0a1ab7447f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lh.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./russian-lh.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mlo}[2006/03/07] %% Russian (russian-lh) titles for minitoc.sty @@ -9,19 +9,19 @@ %% \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax %% for books -- -\def\ptctitle{^^8eглавление} +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление} \else %% for articles etc.-- -\def\ptctitle{^^91одержание} +\def\ptctitle{Содержание} \fi -\def\plftitle{^^91писок рисунков} -\def\plttitle{^^91писок таблиц} +\def\plftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц} %% -\def\mtctitle{^^91одержание} -\def\mlftitle{^^91писок рисунков} -\def\mlttitle{^^91писок таблиц} +\def\mtctitle{Содержание} +\def\mlftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц} %% -\def\stctitle{^^91одержание} -\def\slftitle{^^91писок рисунков} -\def\slttitle{^^91писок таблиц} +\def\stctitle{Содержание} +\def\slftitle{Список рисунков} +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц} %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mld index e3537956e3e..46d1e856968 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mld @@ -18,22 +18,125 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}[2006/03/10]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}% %% Russian-lhcyralt titles from lhcyralt.sty in the LHCYR package %% LHCYRALT fonts in special encoding ALT (CP866). %% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian-lhcyralt.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mlo index f4c186ef7ef..37ab2d69fbc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyralt.mlo @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./russian-lhcyralt.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}[2006/03/10] %% From lhcyralt.sty in the lhcyr package %% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) -\def\ptctitle{^^8eглавление}% -\def\plftitle{^^91писок иллюстраций}% -\def\plttitle{^^91писок таблиц}% +\def\ptctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\plftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\plttitle{Список таблиц}% %% -\def\mtctitle{^^8eглавление}% -\def\mlftitle{^^91писок иллюстраций}% -\def\mlttitle{^^91писок таблиц}% +\def\mtctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\mlftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\mlttitle{Список таблиц}% %% -\def\stctitle{^^8eглавление}% -\def\slftitle{^^91писок иллюстраций}% -\def\slttitle{^^91писок таблиц}% +\def\stctitle{Оглавление}% +\def\slftitle{Список иллюстраций}% +\def\slttitle{Список таблиц}% %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mld index 1c1fab9b850..99ba5151154 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% %% Russian-lhcyrkoi titles from lhcyrkoi.sty in the LHCYR package %% LHCYRKOI fonts in special encoding KOI-8. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian-lhcyrkoi.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo index 09f61198fd8..fba47924245 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}[2006/03/10] %% From lhcyrkoi.sty in the lhcyr package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mld index 6ac57213821..b418e79ac45 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}% %% Russian titles from lhcyrwin.sty in the LHCYR package %% LHCYRWIN fonts in encoding CP1251. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian-lhcyrwin.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mlo index 9403ec4f512..6261658a3c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian-lhcyrwin.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./russian-lhcyrwin.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}[2006/03/10] %% From lhcyrwin.sty in the lhcyr package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian.mld index 78954833e8d..54e700c1df8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian.mld @@ -18,18 +18,101 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Russian titles \def\ptctitle{Oglavlenie}% @@ -41,6 +124,26 @@ \def\stctitle{Oglavlenie}% \def\slftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}% \def\slttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2m.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2m.mld index 6d969e088dc..cc439381aba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2m.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2m.mld @@ -18,18 +18,101 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian2m.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% from russian2m.ldf (Antomega project, russian modern) %% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov @@ -57,6 +140,26 @@ \def\slttitle{\localrussian% {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430% ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian2m.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2o.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2o.mld index b7bbc431f08..c76572bf26a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2o.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russian2o.mld @@ -18,18 +18,101 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russian2o.mld}[2005/02/08]% %% from russian2o.mld (Antomega project - russian old) %% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov @@ -57,6 +140,26 @@ \def\slttitle{\localrussian% {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442% ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russian2o.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianb.mld index ef6d5ec16e3..56adc16b346 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianb.mld @@ -18,18 +18,101 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russianb.mld}[2006/02/15]% %% Russian (russianb) titles from russianb.dtx (babel) %% Lapko, Olga & Volovitch, Vladimir & Lemberg, Werner @@ -61,6 +144,26 @@ \def\slttitle{% {\cyr \CYRS\CYRp\CYRi\CYRs\CYRo\CYRk\space \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russianb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianc.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianc.mld index ce47c7d86f1..8f0fc124521 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianc.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/russianc.mld @@ -18,18 +18,101 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{russianc.mld}[1999/03/16]% %% Russian titles (Mongolia). Needs cyrillic fonts. \def\ptctitle{\xalx{Oglawlenie}}% @@ -42,6 +125,26 @@ \def\stctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% \def\slftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}% \def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `russianc.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/samin.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/samin.mld index 8cb2405f1f0..03800253f2b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/samin.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/samin.mld @@ -18,18 +18,102 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{samin.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% North Sсmi (samin) titles from samin.dtx (babel). Jernsletten, Regnor \def\ptctitle{Sisdoallu}% @@ -41,6 +125,25 @@ \def\stctitle{Sisdoallu}% \def\slftitle{Govvosat}% \def\slttitle{Tabeallat}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `samin.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/scottish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/scottish.mld index e1426444578..175bfbcae34 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/scottish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/scottish.mld @@ -18,18 +18,103 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{scottish.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Scottish titles from scottish.dtx (babel). Grant, Fraser \def\ptctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% @@ -41,6 +126,24 @@ \def\stctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}% \def\slftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}% \def\slttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `scottish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbian.mld index b0b88b8e8f4..4bf605c5596 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbian.mld @@ -18,18 +18,104 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{serbian.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Serbian titles in serbian.dtx (babel). Muhamedagi\'{c}, Dejan & Slobodan, Jankovic \def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% @@ -41,6 +127,23 @@ \def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}% \def\slftitle{Slike}% \def\slttitle{Tabele}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `serbian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbianc.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbianc.mld index ba5b2937f4a..c3c0f2fa5e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbianc.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/serbianc.mld @@ -18,18 +18,104 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Serbian cyrillic titles. Marko ╚ehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org %% Frank K№ster, Biozentrum der Univ. Basel, frank@kuesterei.ch @@ -42,6 +128,23 @@ \def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}% \def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}% \def\slttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `serbianc.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovak.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovak.mld index cd4b50713a6..e01dd623bfb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovak.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovak.mld @@ -18,18 +18,105 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{slovak.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Slovak titles from slovak.dtx (babel). Chlebюkovс, Jana & Schlemmer, Tobias. T1 encoding. \def\ptctitle{Obsah}% @@ -41,6 +128,22 @@ \def\stctitle{Obsah}% \def\slftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}% \def\slttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `slovak.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovene.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovene.mld index 0048a698341..eb4b56ca933 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovene.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/slovene.mld @@ -18,18 +18,106 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{slovene.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Slovene titles from slovene.dtx (babel). Zavrtanik, Danilo & \v{Z}lajpah, Leon \def\ptctitle{Kazalo}% @@ -41,6 +129,21 @@ \def\stctitle{Kazalo}% \def\slftitle{Slike}% \def\slttitle{Tabele}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `slovene.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish.mld index bb13db974ad..2dc0b1b86ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish.mld @@ -18,18 +18,108 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{spanish.mld}[2008/04/03]% %% Spanish titles from spanish.dtx (babel) by Bezos, Javier & CervanTeX \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax @@ -43,6 +133,19 @@ \def\stctitle{\'Indice}% \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% \def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `spanish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish2.mld index 862e0b30641..4431a7f5661 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,108 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{spanish2.mld}[2008/04/03]% \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% \def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% @@ -40,6 +130,19 @@ \def\stctitle{Contenido}% \def\slftitle{Figuras}% \def\slttitle{Tablas}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `spanish2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish3.mld index d5e246e79f3..b745b8922d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish3.mld @@ -18,18 +18,108 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06]% %% Spanish titles from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project. \def\ptctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% @@ -41,6 +131,19 @@ \def\stctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% \def\slftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% \def\slttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `spanish3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish4.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish4.mld index 3b64f70328e..5e7776b9256 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish4.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/spanish4.mld @@ -18,18 +18,108 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19]% %% Spanish titles (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax @@ -43,6 +133,19 @@ \def\stctitle{\'Indice}% \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% \def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% + + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `spanish4.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swahili.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swahili.mld index 95e8e7cfa68..9dc3583a6ec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swahili.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swahili.mld @@ -18,18 +18,109 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02]% %% Swahili titles from swahili.tex in articles: 57662,57713,57717 %% in comp.text.tex by Giancarlo Bassi @@ -43,6 +134,18 @@ \def\stctitle{Yaliyomo}% \def\slftitle{Picha zilizomo}% \def\slttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% + + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `swahili.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish.mld index b307453ab1f..5ec2c2acb6a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish.mld @@ -18,18 +18,110 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13]% %% Swedish titles from swedish.dtx (babel). Hellman, Sten & ╓sthols, Erik \def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% @@ -41,6 +133,17 @@ \def\stctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% \def\slftitle{Figurer}% \def\slttitle{Tabeller}% + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `swedish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish2.mld index acadf61474f..4d720cdcca4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/swedish2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,110 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{swedish2.mld}[2006/04/04]% %% Swedish2 titles from rapport.doc (slatex). Mattisson, Sven (sven@tde.lu.se) \def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% @@ -41,6 +133,17 @@ \def\stctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}% \def\slftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}% \def\slttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}% + + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `swedish2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mld index 88ee2e1a44d..5969eb8be35 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mld @@ -18,21 +18,124 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{thai.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{thai}% %% From thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system %% by Werner Lemberg + + + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `thai.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mlo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mlo index 8df6b5b6344..655e63dce4b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mlo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/thai.mlo @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% LaTeX2e file `./thai.mlo' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment -%% from source `minitoc' on 2008/07/16. +%% from source `minitoc' on 2015/07/13. %% \ProvidesFile{thai.mlo}[2005/01/28] % from thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/turkish.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/turkish.mld index 4e6db732367..a1fb5e0f128 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/turkish.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/turkish.mld @@ -18,18 +18,113 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{turkish.mld}[2007/12/18]% %% Turkish titles from turkish.dtx (babel). Burc, Mustafa \def\ptctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% @@ -41,6 +136,14 @@ \def\stctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}% \def\slftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}% \def\slttitle{Tablo Listesi}% + + + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `turkish.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur.mld index 5844231cedf..a1178ada320 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{uighur.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig}% + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `uighur.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur2.mld index 729de61a7e6..c2734a8c930 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur2.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{uighur2.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}% + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `uighur2.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur3.mld index 524093a4c97..0613f0ba99f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uighur3.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{uighur3.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}% + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `uighur3.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukraineb.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukraineb.mld index 62711e96454..4c21e304d3f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukraineb.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukraineb.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}% + + + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ukraineb.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukrainian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukrainian.mld index 4093435c271..a3115fbbe68 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukrainian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/ukrainian.mld @@ -18,18 +18,117 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{ukrainian.mld}[2006/01/33]% %% Ukrainian titles from ukraineb.dtx (babel). Shvaika, Andrij & Lapko, Olga %% Needs cyrillic fonts @@ -48,6 +147,10 @@ \ \cyrii\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyrii\cyrishrt}}% \def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `ukrainian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uppersorbian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uppersorbian.mld index 0e092e6c42a..66d17e03712 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uppersorbian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/uppersorbian.mld @@ -18,18 +18,117 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{uppersorbian.mld}[2006/02/38]% %% Upper sorbian titles from usorbian.dtx (babel). Needs cyrillic fonts. Werner, Eduard \def\ptctitle{Wobsah}% @@ -41,6 +140,10 @@ \def\stctitle{Wobsah}% \def\slftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% \def\slttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `uppersorbian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/usorbian.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/usorbian.mld index 28777555dae..b7ea3a771a9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/usorbian.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/usorbian.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}% + + + + \endinput %% %% End of file `usorbian.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnam.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnam.mld index 4f48cc5ec1c..93898baaad4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnam.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnam.mld @@ -18,18 +18,119 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{vietnam.mld}[1999/03/16]% Vietnamese titles \def\ptctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% \def\plftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% @@ -40,6 +141,8 @@ \def\stctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}% \def\slftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}% \def\slttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}% + + \endinput %% %% End of file `vietnam.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnamese.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnamese.mld index 3b015b024e0..426cf4bc43d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnamese.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/vietnamese.mld @@ -18,19 +18,122 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{vietnamese.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}% + + \endinput %% %% End of file `vietnamese.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/welsh.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/welsh.mld index 55b03e5d77d..2e506973344 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/welsh.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/welsh.mld @@ -18,18 +18,120 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{welsh.mld}[1999/12/06]% %% Welsh titles from welsh.dtx (babel), by Braams, Johannes~L. \def\ptctitle{Cynnwys}% @@ -41,6 +143,7 @@ \def\stctitle{Cynnwys}% \def\slftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}% \def\slttitle{Rhestr Dablau}% + \endinput %% %% End of file `welsh.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx.mld index 32ca9b8cbc1..f5132ef6e76 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx.mld @@ -18,18 +18,120 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{xalx.mld}[2005/11/16]% %% Mongol (xalx) titles \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% @@ -41,6 +143,7 @@ \def\stctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}% \def\slftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% + \endinput %% %% End of file `xalx.mld'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx2.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx2.mld index bd1d2539335..74491741016 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx2.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx2.mld @@ -18,18 +18,121 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{xalx2.mld}[2006/03/31]% %% Mongol (xalx2) titles \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx3.mld b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx3.mld index cab591094e8..cd6546a90b6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx3.mld +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/minitoc/xalx3.mld @@ -18,18 +18,121 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version %% 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert (JPFD). +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is . %% %% This work consists of all the files listed in the file `minitoc.l' %% distributed with it. %% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert -%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ProvidesFile{xalx3.mld}[2006/03/31]% %% Mongol (xalx3) titles \def\ptctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}% -- cgit v1.2.3